HINESE REPOSITORY VOL. XI-XV MARUZEN CO, LTD. CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. XI-XV SAL DS 701 C56 CHINESE REPOSITORY YOL DS 701 C56 REPOSITORY VOL. XI LARUSIANO 2 KUPUSIDUNT TX VOL. 庆​出 ​繼 ​The Chinese Repository Universiv of Michigan Libraries 1817 ARTES SCIENTIA VERITAS Univusiivof Michijan Libraries #817 ARTES SCIENTIA VERITAS THE CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. XI FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1842. MARUZEN CO., LTD. TOKYO This edition may not be sold to North, Central and South America. Reprinted in Japan TUE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XI. FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1842. CANTON: PRINTED FOR THE PROPRIETORS. 1842. INDEX. 53 ABEEL, Rev. D., at Kúlángsú... 505, Boats ordered from the river.. 355 Adams, J. Quincy's letter... 274||Bogue forts attacked.. 580 Admiral Wú visits Kearny. 333||Bogue to be blockaded... 470 Alphabet of the Mantchous. 430|Bombay schooner, notices of... 303 Amaurosis, cases of. 661|Books on coast, distribution of.. 131 American ships Panama and Kos Books of the Mantchous.. 429 ciusko..... 578||Boone, Rev. W. J., at Kúlángsú 505 Amherst's, lord, embassy.. 83||Boone, Death of Mrs... 509 Amherst's return from Peking.. 85 Bourchier, captain, report.. 156 Amherst, ship sails for the coast 7 British authorities in China... 54,114 Amoy, the capture of the city... 148|British factory, quarrels of. 2 Amoy, the defenses of.. 294||British Seamen's hospital. 191 Amoy, notice of city of. 504||British forces, advance of.... 477 A'nhwui province, topography of. 307 British subjects expelled Macao. 462 Ann, brig, particulars concerning 682||British subjects banished. 244 Archives of the Mantchous. 433||Brown, Rev. S. R.'s report. 545 Argyle's boat, the loss of the... 81) Burial ground in Macao... 48 Argyle, the loss of reported to the Burman envoy dies at Peking... 24 government.. 123 Arins of the Mantchous. 431 Cabinet ministers at Peking... Army, instructions for an. 487|Cabinet, members of the.. 296 Army of the Chinese. 476||Calendar for the year 1842.. 52 Army lists in China. 609||Callery's Systema Phoneticum.. 388 Army, the British in China. 516||Campbell's sergeant, narrative... 335 Attack on British ships. 582||Canal, notices of the Grand. 564 Attaran schooner lost. 354 Cancer, extirpation of a... 666 Autumnus' boat fired on. 183|Cannon, manufacture of new.... Aviary of the late T. Beale.... 59||Canton at the mercy of English. 581 Canton ransomed.. 582 BANNERS of the Mantchous..... 431|Catholic priests expelled Macao. 21 Bath, description of a Chinese.. 215||Challaye, adventure of A. C..... 120 Beale, death of Thomas.. 59 Chamber of Com. regulations of. 242 Bean curd, mode of making. 326|| Chandeliers of the Mantchous... 428 Beds of the Mantchous... 428||Chandoo or prepared opium... 587 Belleisle, troop ship arrives. 676||Chapel for foreigners.... 252 Belligerent parties, state of. 289||Chápú, Mantchou Tartars of. 425 Bentinck, brig, alias the Plover.. 397|Chápú, capture of city of. 342 Bentinck's letter to gov. of Canton 2 Chápú, military state of. 292 Bilbaino, the Spanish brig, burnt 469||Chápú, its situation... 163 Birth, a triplicate.. 10|| Chárhár, department of.. 443 Blockade established. 525|Chau Tientsióh's memorial.. 351 Blockade of the Bogue. 522|Chekiáng, topography of.... 101,162 Bosts for foreigners. 255)| Chief supt.'s office abolished. 189,193 64 iv INDEX. ( G Child of the Ocean, a river..... 374 Davis' qualifications for writing. 82 Chili province, the topograply of. 438| Davis writes to Palmerston.. 75 Chinese national character... 480 Davis becomes pres. of factory.. 6 Chinese lang, helps to study.. 388||Decorations of the Mantchous.. 430 Chinese put Canton in defense.. 582||Defenses about Canton... 182 Chinese schools at Penang. 176||Demands of the plenipotentiary. 512 Chinese Repository begun. 9 Dent, Mr. Lancelot, donation... 544 Chinese thieves at Amoy,. 150 Dent, Mr. Lancelot, demanded.. 356 Chinhái, the fall of.. 61 Dicey's narrative.... 633 Chinhái, authorities at. 115 Diseases, list of cases and. 670 Chinhái, an attack on. 233 Dragon boats, racing of. 436 Chinkau, destruction of opium at 458 |Dreams of the Red Chamber. 266 Chinkiáng, the battle of.... 512,518 Drought in Canton... 129 Chinkiáng, the department of... 220 Duties on British ships revoked.. 24 Cholera, instances of the... 130,679 Duties on the local cominerce... 183 Chrestomathy, a Chinese... 157,223 Chứ's It.-gov. admonitions to people 12 EARTHQUAKE in Yunnán.... 21 Chuenhiu, an ancient king... 616 Earthquake in Macao. 520 Chuenpí, nava) battle of.. 469|Easy Lessons, notice of the..... 389 Chuenpí attacked and taken.. 578 Eclipses of the sun and moon... 518 Churchill, death of lord John... 525 E. I. Co.'s rights in China cease.. 24 Chusan, government of. 627 Edge-tools, mode of sharpening. 326 Chusan, recapture of. 60|Edwards A. P. seized by Chinese 586 Chusan, authorities at. 115 Edwards, Robert, postmaster... 240 Chusan evacuated... 579|Elliot advises gov. Tang,. 196 City-gate, notices of a visit to. 124 Elliot's remarks on going to Can- City gates, scene at. 26,287 ton... 188,198 Coasting vessels noticed. 15|Elliot allowed to go to the city. 245 Cochinchina, insurrection in... 20,22 Elliot's movts. regarding peace. 581 Cochinchina, king of...... 400,675 Elliot, capt. leaves Canton..... 410 Cochinchinese language. 450| Elliot and Bremer leave China.. 584 Cochinchinese envoy from Hué.. 21 Elliot reported to the court,. 242 Co-hong, the evils of the... 351 Elliot becomes chief sup..... 189,195 Commerce, plans for extending.. 128 Elliot's interview with Kishen 579,644 Commercial houses, foreign... 55 Ellis, roy. inar. cap.t., report... 157 Commissioners, Hi-ngan, &c... 10 |Emperors of Ming dynasty.. 592 Cominissioners, their conduct... 571 Emperor's birthday aniversary.. 131 Commissioners, the joint.... 515 Emperor's rescript upon treaty.. 629 Commission of H. B. Majesty ... 248 Empress, death of the.... 19,524 Commission of H. B. M. its policy 122 Erigone, French frigate. 64,397 Commission of H. B. M. extended 188 Evacuation of Chuenpi. 578,644 Commission, changes in H. B. M. 128 Expedition, second, its strength. 526 Committee of Correspondence.. 244|Expeditions, the three. 526 Committee of roads, lands, &c.. 240 Condition of affairs in China.. 76 Fables of the poet Sú Tungpú. 139 Confucius, life of..... 411 Factories, three, in Canton burned 687 Constellation, reminiscences of.. 329 Fairy, the brig, lost on coast. 255 Constellation, U. S. frigate.. 183||Falsehood, an instance of. 508 Consuls list of foreign. 55 Famine in Kiángsi... 19 Coolidge, J. carried into city.. 582 | Fankwei, remarks on the term.. 325 Corarior's inquest by the Nánhái 355 Farewell, Gough's to the army... 688 Cradles of the Mentchous. 427 Fast for the inundation, 25 Crines of the British.. 522|Fatqua's hong shut up. 128 Currency, regulation of the.... 129||Finance com. of E.I.C. exit of the 470 Fitzgerald, tomb of' It. Edward... 50 Davis' Sketches of China ..... 81|Flogs in Canton struek,..... 355 G G G G G. INDEX. 1 Flags rehoisted at the faeteries. . 183IIongkong, change's ut. 296 Forces, British land and ser. 116 Hongkong Gazette published... 581 Forces of the imperial arny 470 Longkong occupied by English. 579 Foreigners maligned.... 193|Hong-nerchants go nurth.... 456 Foreigners detained at Canton.. 356 Hong-merchants go to Cheklany. 100 Foreigners all leave Canton... 582 Hong-merchants, debts of... 353 Formosa, barbarity of olžicers in. 002 Horswurgii, capt., memorial 10... 296 Forinosa, prisoners in... 627 |Hospital for seainen, Whampoa. 127 Formosa, rebellio:1 in. 12 Hospital at Macao.. 05:) Fortifications on the river.. 23€ Hostility against the Englislı 521,577 Forts, five new, near Canton. 6 tiowqua ani Lord Napier,.. 27 France, the flag of.... 11h Cháu's oiler of services. 451 Franks appear in China, 61: Lung Lau Mung, review of.. 266 French ships at north.. 647,670| Hápe, disturbances in.... 184 Friend of China, No. 1. &c.... 18! Huron, the American brig. 131 Frigates two reach Whampoa... 70 Hwangti, portrait of.... 386 Fuchau fi in Fukien... 655Hwuichau fii, prisoners at. 039 Fukien, topography of. 65.1 Hwuilhi, Dicey and companions at 6:39 Fukien dialect, orthography. 28 Fuhí, portrait of the emperor. 173 ILIUSTRATIONS of men and things Funghwá, a visit to the city. 180 in China. 325,434 Infanticide in Fukien, female.. 507 GENERAL chamber of conmerce. 195Ingersoll goes to Japan. 255 General Orders by Gough, 60,236,343 Innes, goods lost by,.... 187,192 Goncalves', pere, death... 585 intercourse can be easily effected 205 Gordon, G. J. visits the Wiú hills 129 Interpreters much needed. 223 Gough's arrival.. 580||Inundation at Nanking. 680 Gough, sir Hugh, dispatches 148,496||Inundation in Canton. 20,25 Gough leaves China. 6881 Gov. Findlay, brig visits Fukien. 129 JANCIGNY, col. arrives... 586 Grammar, Notices on Chinese.. 317 Japan, the Morrison's visit to. 255 Graves of foreigners in Macao... 49 Japanese from Háinán.. 244 Great Wall, termination of.... 03 Japanese invade China.. 598,600 Gribble, Mr. seized at Tungkú.. 522 Japunese, eight shipwrecked. 400 Gully beheaded on Formosa... 684Jardine steamer arrives.. 130 Gutzlaff's visit to city gates.. 125] Je hó, or the Hot Streams. 100 Junks, the seizure of. 119 HAILING, death of.... 479,678 Halley's comet observeri. 131 KANPC, its position. 103 Hangchau, reinforcements at... 342/ Kaulung, attack ipon. 460 Hangchau, its defenses. 2001 Keamy, arrival of commodore 183,2:38 Hángchau, the defenses of.. 0:3||Keating, claims against Mr..... 130 Hángchau, the departinent of. 104 Khan Khojá, ruler of Kashgár.. 14.5 Hellas, schooner attacked. 535 Ri Kuny, It-ruv. of Caiitun.... 24 Hienling, 'Tartar lieut-gen.. 679|Kiángning, tie ancient capital.. 214 Hingtai's bankruptcy. 297 Kiángsi province, topography of. 374 History of the Ming dynasty. 52 Kiángsú, military operations in.. 397 Hin Náitsi dismissed. 345||Kiángsii, the topography of.. Hobson's report of hospital. 659 Kiáu Ping Siu chi reviewed. 487 Holgate in charge of hospital.. 19:5jKidnappers at Chusan.. 614 Honán, people at excited.... 081Kienwan, the en:peror. 592 Honán temple injured hy fire.. 23 Kinsaj, the roilern Hángchan 100 Hongkong, land committee at.. 1841 Kishen at Tientain.. 17 Hongkong, the tenure of..... 344 Kishen, treaty with. 578 Hongkong, the government of... 144 Kishen recalled to Peking. 180 Hongkong a free port. 115 Kiu Kirn, nutice of'. 472 2.111 VI IV. 64 ... 350 Kiying appointel commissioner. 075 Medhurst'y report of school..... 231 kúlánysú, authorities at. 113 Medical Miss. Soc. 3d report... 659 Külangsú, notice of island of 154,504 Medical Mis. Soc., meeting of... 520 kurlángsú, force at.. 115,6726 Med. Mis. Society's operations. . 335 Kumsing moon, affray at. 23Medical Missionary Society. 251 Kunsing moon closed. 245 Militia, new levies of.. Kwan, admiral to ad. Maitland.. 300 Militia, disbanding of native.. 576 Military operations of the British 289 Lake of Hangchau, or Si hú.... 106 Military forces, lists of British.. 116 Lake in Kiángsi, the Póyang. 386||Ming Shi reviewed... 592 L'Artemise, capt. La Place. 307 ||Minglun táng, assemblages at.... 686 Lay, G. T. review hy......... 487||Mission, the special, to China. 114 Lays renarks on the Mantchous 425 Morrison, the grave of Mrs..... 48 lecturn of j. Quiney Adams... 274 Morrison, death of Rev. Robt. D. D. 65 Legends, extra: rdinary 202| Morrison Ed. Soc., meeting of... 520 Leprosy in China... 66:3|Morrison Ed. Soc.'s fourth report. 541 Lexilogus, notice of the. 38: Mor. Education Soc. organized. 191 Li, goy. banished to Qiointsi. 12 Mor. Ed. Society's schools. 337 Li, governor derradeil... 11 Morrison's Dictionary, cost of... 388 Liai Chai, notice of the. 202 Mowqua's death.. 130 Light-house, one recommended.. NX Murad beg, chief of the Usbecks 145 Lin appointed commissioner. Lin Tsesii enters Canton.. 357 NAN Sung Chiclmen reviewed.. 529 Lin and Tang banished in lli... 584 Nanking, notices of the city. 214 Lin Tsesii's memorial. 21 Nanking, or Kiángning, 518 Lin Weihi, the death of'. 458 Napier met by Chinese deputies. 69 Lin becomes goverror, 524 Napier suggests a chainber of com. 68 Lindsay, an attack on H. H.. 12 Napier retires to Macao. 74 Lintsing, temple at. 504 Napier dies at Macao. 74 Ljungstedt, death of sir A. 131 Napier and family arrive in China 25 Locusts in Kwangsi. 21 Napier, a monument to lord Locusts rise in rebellion. 130 Napier's commission appointed.. 25 Lii, the mountains of. 381 Napier's letter to the governor. 26 Lí, the death of governor. 131 Napier's fort occupied.. 580 Napier's second letter to Palmer- Macao, changes in. 400 ston.. Macao, Inner Harbor of. 524 Napier's fort commenced. 188 Macao, Matheson's donation to.. 181 Narrative of sergeant Campbell. 395 Macdonald, capt., his statements. 81|Naval forces, list of English... 119 Mackenzie's, K. S., narrative. ... 643|Navy at Chápú.. 432 Madagascar steamer burnt. 6:34||Negotiations commenced. 70 Maitland's dispatch to Elliot.. 298|Negotiations, character of Chi- Majoribanks leaves China ..... 6 577 Majoribanks' newyear's dinner. . 1|Nemesis stearner tired at. 579 Manifesto, people's rejoinder to. 685 Nerbudda abandoned by captain 683 Manifesto of people at Canton... 630 Nerbudda transport lost... 585 Manifesto by people of Tinghái.. 646 Ningpo reoccupied by Chinese. . 470 Mantchou Tartars, account of... 425 Ningpo, an attack on.. 233 Manichons, the houses of the. 426| Ningpo, and its subdivisions. 163 Mantchou ladies. 434 Ningpo, the fall of. 61 Marine police, rules for a. 354||Ningpo, the city of, evacuated.. 342 Marines land in Canton. 70 Niú Kien governor, degraded.... 681 Materialism of Chinese. 202 Niú Kien to sir Henry Pottinger 569 Matheson's, James, donation. 181| Notices of the Pei ho.... 92 Mofryde er. T. family.. 506Notices of Itálychau. 101 Viedals, notice of military. 32; I Notices on Chinese grammar... 317 .... 127 60 nese.. IDEN زرا Novel, the dreans in the R. Cham. 2001 porcelain, site of its inanufacture 380 Portraits of ancient Chinese 17,111, OBSERVATION on natives. 480 17-1,323,387,452,616 Officers of the U. S. squzdion... 238 Portuguese yokt. instructions froin 191 Officers, provincial at Canton.. 53 Portuguese govt. at Macao..... 54 Official intercourse forbidden.. 761 Portuguese troops go to Peking 601 Oificial pavers, suminary of... 170 Post-office establishinent.. 240 Ophthalmic hospital, report of.. 1871|Potomac, V. S. frigate.... 9 Opiu n trade is not smuggling.. 190 Pottinger, sir H., proclamations 119, Opiun burnt in Canton. 1:27 179,181,233,239,312,397,510,512,514, Opium to be destroyed. 457 (26,682,683, Opium trade, Elliot's remırks on, 401| Pouinger, sir llenry's return.... 64 Opiu:n to be surrendered. 356 Potiinger's, sir Henry, arrival... 584 Opiuin, mo le of smoking, 587| Presses and wardrobes. 427 Opiun, seaching for.. 24.1 Prisoners of Madagascır released 642 Opium, trade in, flourishing. 1871 Prize money, i gents for... 115 Opium, memorials on,. . 190,191 Proclamation against seditious Opiuin trade begun on the coast 128 meetings.. 686 Opium, legislation on... 214 Provinces, divisions of the eighteen 46 Opium, opposition against. 2.7 Pwankú, a portrait of.... 47 Opium, pledge not to deal in.... 360 Opium, 20,283 chests, surrendered 366 Quix goes to the eastern coast. 254 Opium, Elliot's notice of....... 376 Quin, Capt. in H. B. M. S. Raleigh 130 Opiun, memorials against. 345 Opium, edicts against... 6,7 REBELLION in liwanguung. 6 Opiuin-smoking in Penang. 507 Register, the commencement of'. 181 Orthography, the new system of. 28 Regulations, new and restrictive 128 Oxus, journal to the river. 142 Relation with foreigners.. 78 Relations, British, state of'. 185 PAGODA, the porcelain...... 215,680 Reminiscences of the U. S. frigate Palmerston's instruction to Napier 22 Constellation. 329 Pamir, the situation of. 113 Reply to lord W.C. Bentinck.. 4 Parapattan, school at. 231 Residents, lists of foreiyn.. 55 Parker, sir William, dispatches 152,501 Retrospection. . 1,65,121,185,241,297, Parker's, admiral, arrival. 584 345,401,157,521,577,672 Parsee graves in China. 51 Reynolds, E. G. assist. land. ofli. 240 Passes of the Great Wall. 448 Rice, importation of. 17,20 Pay of the Mantchou officers. 432Riot in Canton, Dec. 12th, 1838. 307 Peace, items of the treaty of.... 514 Riot in Canton, Dec. 7th, 1842.. 687 Peacock, U. S. ship... 11 River obstructed at Howqua's fort 586 Pei ho, notices of the. 92 Rivers in Chekiáng.. 168 Pei ho, anchorage off the. 93,99 Roads, the committee for. 240 Peking, notices of the city. 87 Robinson, sir G. B. chief supert.. 80 Peking, situation of... 9:2 Robinson, sir G. at Lintin.... 185 Peking, the avenue to Ga Robinson, sir G.'s policy. 131 Periodical, a Chinese monthly.. 19 Roof of the world, Bain-i-Dúniah 143 Petition, superintendents not to.. 189 Pin (petition) word disallowed.. 264 SARAH, the first free trader... 24 Pin, the use of the term. 318 Scholars of the glor. Ed. Soc.... 552 Pinto, gov. note to Mr. Matheson 181 School-books wanted.. 548 Pinto, gov, arrives in Macao. 242 Schooners built on European mod. 525 Piraces near the Bogue... 184 Seamen's Friend Association... 350 Plover, brig, the late Bentinck.. :397 Seminary at Parapattan. 231 Plowden returns to China.. TuSenhouses sir II. F.death... 583 Poison in springs of water. 161 Serpent, U. M. brig, visit Formosa 627 Poliey of the Janichon govt..... 121. Shantung, topograply of.. 557 INDEX Shanghai attucked. 33971Topography of Fukie.. 631 Shansi, topography of. 617||Trade of the British stopped... 68,70 Shauhan, portrait of. 15:3Traits of native character.. 480 Shinnung: portrait of. 322 Treachery, an instance of. 508 Ships of war required. 255 Treaty, emperor approves. 629 Shipwrecked Chinese.. 247 Treaty, memorial regarding the. 571 Shrines of the lantchous. 429 Treaty, manner of signing the.. 575 Shuntien, department of. 444 Treaty of peace broken off. 579 Siamese tribute-bearers. 130 Treaty, signing of the.. 519 Sinolognes, present number of.. 158 Treaty, a commercial, proposed.. 67 Sketch of Confucius' life... 411 Trial at Hongkong, notices of a. 461 Sketches of China, by Davis.... 81 Troughton, the English bark.... 130 Sinith, G. H. on opiun sinoking. 587| Tsang Wangyen, letter to. 389 Smokers of opiun warned. 524 Tsientáng river described. 170 Snugglers, seizure of... 239 Tsz'ki, skirmishing at... 496 Sunggler killed at Whampoa... 18:3 Tsz'ki, situation and capture of. 498 Sinugglers, action against.. 263 Tsz'ki, a visit to the city of.... 180 Snow at Canton, fall of.. 187|Tsz'ki, an attack on. 234 Society, the dissensions in foreign 129 Tsungming, notice of the island. 221 Soldier's Manual, the... 487 Tyfoon of Aug. 5th, 1835. 130 Sovereigns, portraits of the three 110 Tyfoon of Aug. 3d, 1832. 10 Spelter, export of, forbidden.... 12 Tyfoon at Macao &c... 583 St. Paul's church, Macao, burnt.. 81 Tyrant, the village, executed.... 21 St. Vincent, the ship, boat lost.. 355 Stanton, Vincent seized.. 527 UNITED Sates' ships of war.. 11,186 Statesmen in China, life of. 6101 238,329,576 Statistics of Chekiáng.. 162 Useful Knowledge, Society for.. 131 Stewart, C. E. assist. secretary.. 240 Stronach, reports of his school.. 176 VESSELS on the coast. 15 Sú Tungpů, works of. 1:32 Victoria, Lin's letter to queen... 522 Súchau, the statistics of. 216 Vincennes, U. S. sloop,. 186 Sung dynasty, the Southern. Suninary of official papers. 470||Wang Ting, suicide of..... 399,456 Svcec not to be exportes.. 21/Wang Tsinglán, letter of. 389 Sz'chuen, insurrection in... 17,128||Wanli, emperor of Ming., 599 War with China, cause of the... 281 Tx Papan, a kidnapper. 615 War, the cause of the. 510 Tales of Táu priests. 204 Warehousing in Macao. 522 'I'ang's inswer to Elliot. 196 White Deer vale in Kiángsi... 383 Tang Tingching arrives... 187||Wood, It. John's journal.... 142 Teishin and Tsishin degraded.. 68] Writing, the several modes of... 175 Tie-chew dialect, Lessons in. 389/Wu's visit to the Constellation.. 333 Tientsin, defenses at city of. 296 Wúsung attacked... 397,676 Tientsin, the defenses of Tientsin, the situation of. 97 Yangtsz' kiáng, course of...... 374 Tinghái (Chusan) a free port. 119 yihin, emperor's son...: 16 Tinghái, capture of.. 60 Yishan, an interview with.. 183 Tinghái, manifesto by people of. 646 Yishán, Yiking, and Wanwei de- Tones in Chinese... graded... 685 Topography of Aʼnhwui. 307 Yuen Yuen made cabinet minister 20 Topography of Chili province... 438 Yuen Yuen, sonnets by... 327 Topography of Shansi.. 617 Yuenfusiuen, king of Cochinchina 400 Topography of the eighteen pro Yiikien commits suicide.. 63,583 Tovinces. 44 Yüyau, a visit to the city. 183 CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XI.- JANUARY, 1842.- No. 1. Arr. I. Retrospection, or a rcview of public occurrences in China during the last ten years, from January 1st, 1832, to Decoin- ber 31st, 1841. RETROSPECTION, when properly conducted, can hardly fail of being both pleasing and profitable. Most people are fond of reviewing the scenes through which they have passed, or with which they have been in any way connected. They love, in fancy, to go back and dwell on the events that have given iuterest and character to former days and years. Whether they have been pleasurable or the reverse, the mind, at times, almost instinctively returns to and lingers over the successive scenes that have already closed; and as it does this, in the hours of calm reflection, it observes their varied effects whether they be good or bad. Though all the acts performed, like their re- gistry on high, inust for ever remain unchanged, so far as they relate to the past, yet it may be otherwise regarding their future bearing. Having had full opportunity to observe their consequences, we are prepared to repeat, reverse, or modify them, so far as they may be under our control. Errors may be corrected; and from the past, useful lessons derived for the guidance of future conduct. To aid in such a retrospect, we will bring together in this article, and in chro. nological order, notices of the principal events that have occurred within the range of our observation, during the last ten years. January 1st, 1832. The gentlemen of the foreign community in Canton were entertained on new-year's day, at the British factory, by Mr. Marjoribanks in a style that could hardly be surpassed. The number of guests was about one hundred. The following notice of the entertainment is from the Canton Register of that year. 1 VUL XL NO. 1 2 Jan. Review of Public Occurrences During the 66 Many appropriate toasts were given. On the health of lord Williamu Bein. tinck' being proposed, the president took occasion to expatiale on the deep obli. gation which his lordship had conferred on the community by making it known to the Chinese authorities, that he will interpose with the weight of his authority to shield his Britannic majesty's subjects from wrong, and that lie will never allow them to be oppressed. " Then followed sii Edward Owen ;'sir Charles Malcolm and the Indian Navy;' captains Freemantle and Hainley R. N.' then present ; «general Darling (whose indisposition unfortunately prevented his attendance,) and the colony late- ly under his command;" commodore Hine, and his brother commanders of the Indiamen; &c. “In proposing the British merchants of Canton, Mr. Marjoribanks took the op- portunity (the last that might probably be afforded him) of paying thein a very handsome and feeling tribute of respect, complimenting them on the honorable and liberal system he had ever observed in their commercial intercourse, and thanking them for the assistance and communications wliich they had, on all oc- casions, so readily afforded him. “Mr. Dent returned thanks on the part of the British merchants, and subse. quently, in proposing the health of Mr. Marjoribanks, he, in a very handsoinc man- ner, eulogised the moasures of the coinnitlec; at the same time, expressing the deep sense of obligation entertained by the mercantile community for the uniform attention and support which they had always received from the committer, and the meinbers of the British factory, in their public capacity; and for the friendly feelings displayed in their private intercourse. “Our friendly relations with France and America were not forgotten; and, in the speeches of Mr. Davis and Mr. Marjoribanks, very good fcling on the suh. ject was expresscu. • Mr. Latimer maile some very happy observations, illustrative of the origin and progress of the United States. "The prosperity of the American goveri). ment, and the extension of civilization,' was drank with much enthusiasm. “Mr. Lindsay proposed the emperor of China, and avowed his conviction that the period was not far distant when our communication with the governmerit and people, woulil assume the same freedom as prevails in civilized states. “The greatest harmony prevailed throughout the evening, and the party sepa- rated at an early hour.” An almost uninterrupted quarrel was kept up between the Chinese and the British factory from the time of its establishment till it was abolished : sometimes it was partially suspended; sometimes it was carried on without noise or display; while again it seemed about to involve the parties in open war. At the commencement of this year (1832), the quarrel was being conducted with a good deal of blus- tering. A wall and quay had been demolished, and the lieutenant- governor had turned his back towards a picture of the king; and these things had been reported to the governor-general of India, who wrote the following letter, dated Simla, 27th August, 1831. " To his excellency the governor of Canton. It has been represented to me thal, ve your excellerwy's absohce, measures of an iuimical and insulling character have 1842. 3 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841, been adopted, by the 11.-governor of Canton, towards British merchants, my conn. trymen; that the factory of the English nation at Canton has been forcibly taken possession of; the wall and quay, which your excellency previously sanctioned, demolished; and that the perpetrator of these outrages carried his insolence so far as to treat the portrait of my august sovereign with marked and intentional dis. respect. I am further informed that there was no difference or dispute of any kind at the time pending between the authorities at Canton and those who preside over the affairs and commerce of the British nation; that no act was committed by the latter which was the subject of complaint on the part of those authorities; that, in short, on either side thcre had been no deviation from established custom or violatian of law, which might justly have provoked such an act of violence. “Your excellency is a wise and just man. The reputation of the high qualities which adorn your excellency's character, and of the prudent and beneficent ac- tions which have distinguished your excellency's administration of affairs at Can. ton, has spread far and near, raising admiration in all classes of persons. I respect, and esteem your excellency. I therefore doubt not that it has been your excellency's study to do justice to the injured merchants of my country, to punish the evil-doers, and to place the commerce of the British nation on a footing at once mutually secure and honorable, to the subjects of both empires who are en. gaged in it. "I am sure your excellency cannot have approved, and will be ready to dis- avow, the violent, unjust, and indecent proceedings which the subordinate officers at Canton have been led into during your excellency's absence: it will give me joy to hear that your excellency's wisdom has anticipated my hopes and wishes in this respect, and your excellency's reputation will be increased a hundred fold by such a restoration of affairs. May God grant that such has been the issue ! “Your cxcellency knows that the customs of nations differ. When the subjects of your excellency's august sovereign go abroad to other countries, they are no longer the subjects of the paternal solicitude of the mighty ruler of China. It is not so with the ships and merchants of my sovereign's doininions. Wheresoever they go, they are the objects of his care, and he watches, with equal anxiety, their conduct and the treatment they experience. If they do what is wrong, he is ready to punish them, and to grant redress to the injured. If others commit injustice or violence towards them, he feels it as an offense against himself, and makes it. his study to procure from all nations that his subjects shall be treated with res. pect, and obtain justice according to their descrts, so long as they act in confor. mity to the principles of justice and equity. “I am the governor-general, on the part of my sovereign, of a large empire. The extent of territory and the number of provinces and islands under my rule, the resources they possess, the number and wealth of the inhabitants, the disci plined armnies maintained, and the ships and commerce which visit and enrich the various harbors and cities, cannot be unknown to your excellency. It is my duty to watch over the concerns of my country in all this part of the world, and to in. terpose with the authority and power I possess, to secure the merchants of the British nation from injustice and oppression, so far as my infl!e:CC extends, and the means at my disposal my allow. It is on this accomt that the members of 1... British factory at Canton have represented to me the injuries and oppressions nikey have suffered. I entreat of your excelleney, if they should decin it necessary 4 JAN. Review of Public Occurrences During the to appeal to your wisdom and justice, to give to their wrongs a fair and candid consideration. You will thus confer on nie a personal obligation, and will relieve me from the anxiety, with which I should view the necessity of considering what further measures of support, the aggrieved merchants have a right to expect at my hand. I beg of your excellency to accept the assurance of my high consideration. (Signed) W. C. BENTINCK." 2d. The Canton Register, No. 1, volume fifth, this day pub- lished, details the particulars of the presentation of lord William Bentinck's letter, which took place on the 31st of December, at the imperial landing-place, by captain Freemantle. The Register also announced the arrival off Macao, on the 29th ult., of H. B. M. sloop- of-war Wolf, captain Hamley, with dispatches from his excellency sir Edward Owen, naval commander-in-chief in the East Indies. 7th. On this day the governor of Canton, having refused to give any direct reply to lord William Bentinck's letter, issued an edict, addressed to the hong merchants. This edict, elicited by an address from the chief of the British factory, contains the following indirect reply. His excellency says: On the 28th day of the 11th month of the current year, was received an oficial document presented by Freemantle, a naval officer sent by the said nation, concerning the lieut.-governor of Canton breaking down and removing the landing-place and wall in front of the factory's barbarian hall. Also about insulting the picture of the nation's sovereign, earnestly craving redress, &c. At that time I, the minister and governor, issued my authoritative decisions as follows: “On examining it is found that, outside the city of Canton, there is a factory barbarian hall. It was built by native hong-merchants, and is rented by the English chief and others, who come up to Canton, and have there a temporary lodging ; it is by no means a hall that the said nation has itself placed there (or purchased). The landing-place before the factory was also built by the hong-merchants to facilitate the sending off and landing cargo. During the 7th year of Táukwáng, the hong-merchants clandestinely added to the landing-place, and surrounded it by a wall, enclosing too large a space; and did not petition government, and wait for an authoritative decision to act in obedience thereto. Then I, the minister and governor, by inquiry found out the circumstance, and sent the prefect to go and examine the place, and commanded it to be broken down and removed. After this, the hong-merchants procrastinated and did not break it up, but repeatedly presented petitions earnestly craving—so that, year after year, it still remained as before. This offense was all owing to the stupidity of the hong-merchanis, and did not implicate the said nation. During the spring of this year, after I, the minister and governor, had gone forth from Canton city ;-in consequence of a person stating to the emperor that the barbarian factory bad clandestinely built a landing-place, a secret order from the emperor was received by the lieut.-governor to examine and act; therefore, it was instantly ordered to be destroyed. And the lieut.-governor stated the facts, of his going in person and destroying it, to the einperor From this it may be seen that it was hy no means the lieut-governor's 1842. 6 Last I'en Years, from 1832 to 1841 intention to stir up reprehension. And, whilst he was giving orders for the destruction (of this place), he was acting in implicit obedience to a secret order. How could he previously let the said nation's chief and others know ? Besides, that which was destroyed was the surrounding wall which the hong-merchants had clandestinely built. The hong-merchants alone were the parties to be punished there was no chastisement extended to the said chief and others. All you English merchants--what was there unequitable done to you? Further, at the time, the rooms in the factory and utensils were not in the least injured or knocked about; manifestly there was no unjust oppression of the nation. " The hong-merchants did, at an early day, rebuild the stone steps and quay in the same manner as they formerly were, and it is convenient for landing and shipping cargo. Afterwards, also, the hong-merchants petitioned and entreated that open rails might be placed, which might be opened or shut as required. Already has the hoppo made a communication to the lieut.-governor to allow it; so that there will be a still further defense, and not the least impediment to commerce. Thus there, no doubt, may be, as formerly, mutual tranquillity. “As to what is said concerning insulting the picture of the sovereign of that nation;—it is found that the said chief and others, some time ago presented a petition, about the cloth being violently torn down from the king's picture ; and the lieut-governor immediately gave, clearly and distinctly, his authoritative l'eply---saying, that he would not trample even on a child unless he had offended the laws, and how then could he lightly enter into peoples' factory, and lightly insult the picture of their nation's king! &c. Thus it may be seen that nothing of the kind occurred. It is right to order the said chief and others to take the lieut.-governor's authoritative reply, transcribe it entire, and send it to the said nation to read—that no doubts or suspicions may remain. To sum up all ;-the said nation has come to Canton to an open market upwards of a hundred years ; and has had to look up with gratitude to the great emperor for his abundant liberality and profound benevolence in stooping down to bestow compassion; and there has been, for a long period, mutual tranquillity. It is necessary that the chief, and other supracargoes who reside at Canton, for the general management of the commerce, should be intelligent persons who understand business ; implicitly ad- hering to established customs, and not listening to the insidious suggestions of Chinese traitors. The celestial empire's graciousness and politeness are con- stant. It decidedly will not despise or ill-treat any. I, also, the minister and governor, look up and imitate the great emperor's infinite tenderness to men from remote regions, and decidedly will never cease to observe their reverence and submission, so as to preserve all entire. For this purpose, these perspicuous, explicit, orders are issued. And the hong-merchants are commanded to take these orders and deliver them to the English nation's chief and others, that they may transfer the orders to the said nation's naval captain, that he may promulgate them for the information of the said nation's civil and military, every one of them, so that they all inay hear and know. This will do." The above authoritative decisions were issued on the 1st day of the 12th month. But the said chief and others procrastinated, and would not receive them; and again petitioned that an officer might he dispatched to give a written document in return. Strange they do not know that, when the envoys of foreign mations have presented petitionary documents, it has always bern the case that the hong-merchants were commanded to communicate the orders to the chief 6 JAN Prviru of Public Orcurrences During the } 1 11 12 0 25 that he might promulgate them for obedience thereto ; it has never been the case that a written document was given in return. On this occasion, I, the mi- nister and governor, have already given my authoritative decisions perspicuously. It is incumbent on the said chief and others to take the authoritative decisions which have been issued, and promulgate thein for information. Why do they, again and a third time, obstinately refuse to transmit the injunctions, and dun. with requests to give a written document in return? Exceedingly does it indicate refractory stupidity! Uniting the above, I again issue these orders, and require the hong-merchants to deliver them to the said chief and others, that they may transmit the orders to the said naval captain, that he may promulgate them for the information of the said nation's civil and inilitary, and cause them all to know them fully. As to the said naval captain availing himself of the north wind that now blows, and returning on an early day-let him make haste and set sail. It is by no means the case that I, the minister and governor, have not taken the said nation's document, and clearly and fully given my authoritative decision in reply. These are the commands. Can. Reg. Jan. 16th. 13th. Dispatches for the admiral, on the Indian station, left Can- ton to be forwarded by the Wolf, and captain Freemantle at the same time proceeded to rejoin his ship (the Challenger) at Lintin. 19th. Charles Marjoribanks, esq , late president of the select com- mittee of the honorable E. I. Company's factory, sailed for England. and J. F. Davis, esq-, succeeded to the presidency. February 2d. There being an eclipse of the sun, his excellency Chí, the lieutenant-governor, went into mourning for it this day. 5th. A rebellion broke out on the northwest frontiers of this pro- vince, among wilu tribes of mountaineers. Ith. The governor published the following edict, regarding opium, addressed to the hong merchants. “Opium is a spreading poison,-inexhaustible ;-its injurious effects are ex- treme. Often bas it been severely interdicted, as appears on record, But of late, the various ships of barbarians which bring opium, all anchor, and linger about at Lintin, in the outer ocean, and, exclusive of cargo ships, there are appointed barbarian ships, in which opium is deposited and accumulated, and there it is sold hy stealth. That place is in the midst of the great ocean, and 10 il there are four passages and eight cominunications (i. e. it is accessible from every quarter) Not only do traitorous banditti of this province, go thither, and in boats make clandestine purchases, but, from many places, in various provinces, vessels come by sea, under pretence of trading, to Lintin; and in the dark, buy opium dirt, which they set sail with, and carry off: as, for example, from Hiámun (or Amoy) in Fukien, Ningpò in Chèkiáng, and Tientsin in Chili provinces &c. And there are native vagabonds, who clandestinely open opium furnaces ; then traitorous merchants from outside (or other provinces) first go to Canton shops, and secretly agree about the price;next make out a bond and buy ;- proceedings which are direct and gross violations of existing prohibitions. • At present, some one in the capital, has represented the affair to the emperor, and strict orders have been respectfully received from his majesty. To the DO C alize for Prive lily 66 AVC 1842. Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841 investigate, consull, and exterminate, by cutting off the source of the evil. I, tlie cabinet minister and governor, have met and consulted with the lieut-governor', and we have, with veneration, reported our sentiments to the emperor. We huve, besides, written to the governments of Chilí and the other provinces, that they may search and prosecute, - -as is on record. “Uniting the above, an order is hereby issued to the long-merchants, that they may forthwith ohey accordingly. They are commanded to expostulate with earnestness, and persuade the barbarians of the scveral nations, telling them that, hereafter, when coming to Cantor to trade, they must not, on any account, bring opium concealed in the ships' holds, nor appoint vessels to be opiuni depôts at Lintin, in the outside ocean, boping thereby to sell it by stealth. If they dare intentionally to disobey, the moment it is discovered, positively shall the said barbarian ships have their hatches sealed,--their selling and buying put a stop to, and an expulsion inflicted, driving them away to their own country; and, for ever after, shall they be disallowed to come to trade; that thereby punishment may be manifested. On this affair, a strict interdict has been respectfully received from imperial authority: and the long-merchants must honestly exert their ut- most efforts, to persuade to a total cutting off of the clandestine introduction of opium dirt. Let there not be the least trilling or carelessness, for, iſ opium be again allowed to enter the interior, it will involve them ini serious criminality. Oppose not! These are the commands." Cun. Reg. 17th March. lith. A dispatch reached the governor of Canton, asking for assistance against the rebellious mountaineers. 15th. The Indian cruiser Clive left China for Bombay, 11. B. M. ship Challenger having returned to Macao from a short cruise ainoug the neighboring islands. 27th. The British bark lord Ainherst, captain Recs, sailed for the east coast of China, Il. II. Lindsay and Rev. C. Gutzlaff pas- sengers. March 8th. The Canton Register of this date says, the sun bas 101 shone on the provincial city for about thirty days. 9th. II. B. M. ship Cruizer, captain Parker, sailed from China for Calcutta. 13th. The following memorial, addressed to the emperor by the provincial authorities at Canton, was received at Macao this day. The governor of Canton and Kwangsí, Lí; the lieut.-governor of Canton, Chú; and the commissioner of duties for the port of Canton, Chung; memori- alize, in obedience to the imperial will, requiring them to examine and deliberate. l'or this, they respectfully present this memorial in reply, and, looking upwards, pray the sacred inspection thereof. We have l'eceived from the ministers of the Privy Council, a letter stating that an imperial edict has been received; as follows: “A person has made a prepared memorial, concerning the accumulating ille- galily of opium smoking; and requesting the total eradication of the root of it. Hy states: •The foreign ships which clandestinely bring opinm-dirt to Canton, lave dared to station in the offing of Tayu shan (great fislı hill), near the Bugue, C Kcvicio of Public Occurrences During the JAN. other ships for storing up and accumulating it, which are called 'opium godowris. There are also foreign eyes (or commanders) of war vessels, called 'convoys of the merchandize,' anchored in the same place; and they connect and associate themselves with native villains, who open places under the name of money. changers' shops where they secretly keep and sell the opium-dirt. These, which are called 'great furnaces,' are numerous at the provincial capital; for instance, in the street Liuenhing kiái, by the thirteen factories. Traitorous merchants repair to these shops, and there with the foreigners, decide on the price, and make out a bond, that when they go to the 'godowns,' the opium may be deli- vered to them. This they term writing a chit!' Further, there are vessels called kwái-hái • fast-shoe,' for carrying on the sinuggling in a general way, which come and go, as if flying, and are hence designated 'winged!' These vessels always move during the night; and when passing any of the custom-housei?, if they hap- pen to be followed and pursued by the cruizing vessels, they have the presump- tion to fire on them with musketry and guns. The officers and the custom-houses dare not make any inquiries; nor do they report to the magistrates, for them to inflict punishinent; and the smugglers therefore go on to excess without fear or dread. Of this class of 'fast-shoe' vessels, there are now from 100 to 200; and whatever cargo is sent from the 'godown' to the “furnace' is all carried by them; all the cruizers unite together with them in committing illegalities, and have each their share of the profits, for which they protect and defend them in smuggling: so that the illegalities become still greater. The places to which the opium purchased is taken off, are Amoy in Fukien, Tientsin in Chili; and the two departments of Luichau and Kiungchau, (Hainan and the mainland op- posite) in Canton. For all these places, opium is obtained by bonds for its deli- very, made out at the furnaces, and taken to the 'godowns.' All the other provinces for which it is clandestinely purchased, have it carried into port and taken beyond the frontiers of the province by the ‘fast-shoe' vessels. The passes they must go through in taking it beyong the frontiers are Tien kwánsin, Lán- shi-sin, Tsz'tung pass, and the port of Lò-tsung in Nánhái district; Hwangpu in Hiángshán district; Sínánsin, and Lúpáu fau in Sanshui district, &c. From tlie 'great furnaces, they are taken in portions throughout the interior, and everywhere, traitorous people form connections with the money-seeking attendants of the public offices, and open private establishments called 'small fur: naces.' In all places cities, villages, market-towns, camps, and stations, these exist. On inquiry, I find that, for the one article of opium dirt clandestinely bought and sold there goes abroad of sycee silver, every year, not under several millions. This is to take the useful wealth of the country and exchange it for an injurious article from beyond seas. The prevalence of the poison is without end, the consumption of wealth extremme. Opium is a very prevalent poison. Already edicts have been repeatedly is- sued, giving general commands to the governors and lieuto-governors of all the provinces, each, according to the circumstances of the place, to establish regula- tions for the strict interdiction and prohibition thereof. But opium comes chiefly from beyond sea, and is accumulated at Canton; if the source whence it comes is not cut off, this would be to neglect the root, and attend only to the branches :- though, within the country, the regulations against it be strict and severe, yet, on inquiry, it will be found, that they are no advantage to the object. A person llas now presented this memorial. Whether his statements of the illegalities be 1842. 9 Last Ten Ycars, from 1832 to 1841. according to the real circumstances or not, let Li and his colleagues examine truly and fully. Also let them, with their whole minds consider and deliberate how to prevent the opium dirt from being clandestinely imported, or clandestinely sold on the seas, and how to prevent the foreigners having any other ships beside merchant ships. The source whence it comes must be decidedly cut off, in order to eradicate the evil. It must not be permitted to prevail in the country, that future calamities may be prevented. Take this edict, and enjoin it on Lí and Chú, that they may enjoin it on Chung, and all may make themselves acquaint- ed with it. Respect this." “There was also received this addition in vermilion (i. e. by the imperial hand). 'If the said governor and his colleagues can exert their whole mind and strength to remove from the centre of civilization (i. e. China) this great evil, their merit will not be small. To strenuousness let them still add strenuousness. Respect this !'” Can. Reg., August 2d. 15th. H. B. M. ship Challenger, captain Freemantle, sailed from China for Calcutta. 20th. H. B. M. ship Cruizer sailed from China for Madras. She arrived on the 9th from Calcutta, (but did not sail for that port, as erroneously stated above on page 7.) April 7th. In the Canton Register, of this date, it is remarked that the rebellious mountaineers were becoming more and more for- midable. The leader styles himself the Golden Dragon. 11th. Chung, the hoppo of Canton, issued an edict forbidding fo- reign ships to remain at Lintin, and requiring those there to depart. May. The first number of the Chinese Repository was published on the 31st, the last day of this month. It gave a detailed account of the rise and progress of the rebellion on the borders of the pro- vinces of Kwangtung, Kwangsí, and Húnán. Large numbers of the troops that had been called into the field were found unfit for service, having been enfeebled by the use of opium. The provinces of Chekiáng, Kiángsí, A'nhwui, and Húpe were at that time suffering from a famine caused by inundations. See vol. I.* pp. 30, 31. Also Can. Reg., June 15th, p. 58. 18th. The U. S. A. frigate Potomac, commodore Downes, arrived in China, having visited Qualla Batu on her way hither. 29th. The Peking Gazette contains an account of a great victory gained over the rebels on the frontiers of Húnán. Vol. 1. p. 111. 31st. The H. C. sloop Coote arrived in China bringing a private dispatch for the select committee. From the tone of indifference, with which the late rupture with the Chinese has been regarded in England, nothing can be hoped for that might rescue British subjects * Note. Where only the volume and page are specified the references are under- slood to be made to the Chinese Repository. 2 VOL. XI. NO 10 Jan. Review of Public Occurrences During the in this country from the anomalous and helpless condition in which they have so long remained." Can. Reg., June 15th. June. The rebellion in the highlands still continued to be the en- grossing topic of inquiry at Canton, both among natives and foreign- ers, the rebel arıy mustering 30,000 strong. 2d. The governor of Canton, Li Hungpin, embarked, with a stali body of troops as an escort for Lienchau, and reached that place on the llui. During this month two new hongs were established for the transac- tion of business with foreigners, one called Tungshun; the other Hang-ta-tang. 5th. 'The U. S. A. frigate Potomao, commodore Downes, sailed from China for the islands of the Pacific. 25th. Fighting with the mountaineers commenced on the 20th, and continued on five successive days, when 2000 of the imperial forces were left dead on the field. Vol. I. p. 78. July 23d. A detachment of troops passed through Canton on their way to the highlands. 28th. Another body of troops passed the city on their way to join the imperial forces on the highlands. The Canion Register of the 18th contains a translation of a cu- rious paper placarded in the streets of Ningpo, giving a brief account of English character. August 3d. The preceding evening gave indications of an ap- proaching storm, the wind was from the northward ; the thermometer stood at 92, and the barometer began to fall from about 29:60 or 70. On the morning of this day the breeze rapidly freshened, and the barometer continued to fall till it stood at 28:10, or by some instru- ments to 27:90, when the tyfoon was at its height. The destruction caused by this storm was very great. Vol. I. p. 156. 15th. Two imperial commissioners Hí-ngan and Húsunge, arrived at Lienchau, to cooperate with governor Lí, in the war against the rebels. Vol. I. p. 208. 28th. Another small body of troops left Canton for the highlands, which would increase the imperial forces to about 15,000 fighting Vol. I. p. 159. 30th. Two literary examiners, Ching Ngántsi and Hing Fushan arrived in Canton from Peking. A woman named Cháng, the wife of Wáng Akwai, living at Whampoa, presented her husband with three sons, in consequence of which the parents received ten taels of silver ($13.33) from the nagistrate of the district. Vol. I. p. 208 men. 1842. Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841 September 2d. The triennial examination of the young literati commenced, at Canton. 5th. The bark Lord Amherst, captain Rees, returned from her voyage of observation along the coast of China. Mr. Plowden having returned to China, resumed his place as chief of the E. I. Company's factory, Messrs. Davis and Daniell being the other members of the select committee. 9th. A tire occurred in Canton, at the residence of one of the subordinate examiners of the literary graduates; it originated with the smoking of opium. October. The rebellion in the highlands was reported to have been entirely subdued. T. R. Colledge, esq. gives a narrative of the Ophthalmic hospital, which commenced under his care in Macao in the year 1827. Vol. II., p. 270. 15th. A dispatch was received by the two imperial commissioners, approving of their conduct, but degrading governor Lí. His excel- lency's family left Canton the same day, for their home in Kiángsí; and he himself, having delivered up the seals of his office to the chief commissioner, set out on wis journey to Peking, there to be put on trial. Yáng Yuchun, Yu Tepiáu, Yáng Fáng late commissioner at Canton, and Yu Púyun, late commander-in-chief in Chekiáng, were conspicuous leaders against the rebels. Vol. I. p. 247. November 6th. Lú Kwan, late governor of the two lake provinces, Húpe and Húnán, having been appointed to the gubernatorial office in Canton, left . Lienchau for the provincial city. 8th. The U. S. A. ship Peacock, captain Geisinger, arrived in China from Sumatra and Manila, having on board Mr. Edmund Roberts, diplomatic agent from the cabinet at Washington. 20th. Rumors in Canton were current that the late governor Lí was dead, but whether he had died by his own hand or by the em- peror's order was uncertain. 27th. At ten o'clock at night was announced the decision on the forty-nine fortunate candidates, out of several thousands, who had competed for the second military order or rank, viz. that of Pro- moted men. December 13th. The flag of France-the tricolor—was hoisted by Mr. Gernaert, the French consul, in front of the French hong, after an interval of about thirty years. 15th. Lú Kwan, the new governor, lately from the two lake pro- vinces and Lienchau, made his entrance into the city of Canton, with the usual formalities. Lú was then 60 years age. of 12 Review of Public Occurrences During the JAN. The particulars of an attack on Mr. Lindsay and others, while returning to Macao from the Lappa, are detailed in the Canton Register of the 20th December. Mr. Lindsay was very severely wounded by an ax. A rebellion in Formosa was reported during the inonth, and a large body of troops from the main were sent across the channel for its suppression. January 1st, 1833. The rumors concerning the rebellion in For- mosa continue current in Canton. About this time proclamations were issued by the provincial authorities, concerning a fleet of pirati- cal boats, which had come up from Cochinchina : iwo boa's were taken, and the prisoners declared that the whole number of boats was more than ninety. Can. Reg., 10th Jan. 7th. The exportation of spelter, or tutenague, was forbidden by an order from the Board of Revenue, on the recommendation of the late governor Lí. Can. Reg., 24th Jan. 18th. A report from Fukien reached Canton, that the imperial troops had been repulsed in attempting to land on Fornasa, and 1300 killed. Five thousand troops were, in consequence of this defeat, ordered from this province. Vol. I. p. 380. February. The rebellion in Formosa produced so much concern in Peking, that the governor of Fukien, with two imperial commis. sioners, were ordered to take the field in person, and bring the war to a speedy close. The foreign ships on the coasts attract the atten- tion of the imperial government. 15th. A gazette of this date contains the decision of the emperor on the case of the late governor Lí, sending him into banishment to Oroumtsi. Vol. I. 470. March. Early in this month it was reported that the rebellion was suppressed, in Formosa, by the virtue of money, rather than by the force of arms. 14th. Chú, the lieut.-governor of Canton, member of the Military Board, of the Censorate, &c., &c., issued the following proclamation, which, while it affords a very correct idea of his own character, gives us an equally faithful view of that of the people. “Chú, &c., &c., hereby issues proclamation for the purpose of correcting pub- lic morals; and delivering strict admonitions. In the acts of government, moral instructions and the infliction of punishments are mutually assisting. But punishments should come after the act-instructions should go before. That neither should be neglected has long been decided. Two years have elapsed since my arrival at my official station in Canton, and I have observed the multitudinous 1842. 13 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. robberies and thefts therein. Streets and lanes are never tranquil. Daily, have I led the local officers to search and seize, so that we have not had strength for anything else ; but the spirit of robbery bas not, even till now, ceased. This has arisen froni my defective virtue, the smallness of my ability, and the inequality in my conduct of majesty and mercy. I feel ashamed of myself. But, I consider, that luxury and extravagance are the causes of hunger and cold; and from thence robberies and thefts proceed. The learned gentry are at the head of the common people, and to them the villagers look up. If they do not sincerely issue educational commands, to cause the public morals to revert to regularity and economy, so that sons and younger brothers may gradually learn to be sincere and respectful : then, where is that which has long been considered the best device for a radical reform and a source-purifying process in a country? Availing myself of this doc- trine, I shall select a few of the most important topics, and proclaim them perspi- cuously below. That which I hope is that all you learned gentry, and all old men among the people, will, from this time and afterwards make a work of stirring and brushing up your spirits, to become leaders of the people; and to assist and supply that in which I am defective. When there are native vagabonds in a district, who oppose what is good, and plan with acts of disobedience, I shall order the local magistrate to punish them severely, but still scribes and policemen must not be allowed to make pretexts, and thus create disturbance. Alas! those who will not be concerned about the future, must one day have trouble near at hand. This, I, the lieutenant-governor, distinctly perceive, is the s'urce of nefarious conduct. My mind is full of regret on the subject, and I will not be afraid to iterate instructions, and issue my commandments for the sake of the land. Ye learned gentry and elders of the people, respectfully listen to my words. Despise not! A respectful proclamation. “ First. Exhortation and persuasions ought to be extensively diffused. The national family has appointed officers from provincial governors and lieute- nant-governor's down to district magistrates, who hold the station of guides and shepherds; and whose duty it is equally io renovate, and to lead the people. How can they throw their faults off on other people! Although sons and younger brothers may be deficient in respect, it is because fathers and elder brothers have not previously taugl t them. And how can the learned gentry in villages and hamlets, lanes and neighborhoods, sbut their eyes or view occurrences as not concerning them! The teaching of the magistrate is interrupted by his being sometimes presentand sometimes absent. The teaching of a learned gentle- man is continuous by his constant presence. Here he was born, and grew up. He is perfectly acquainted with the public morals—what is beneficial and what is prejudicial. Moreover, he knows perfectly the roots of the mulberry, which join neighbors' houses; and the altar tree, whose shade is common to all. And, still more, he feels every pain and pleasure that is felt by any of his clan. To fathers, he can speak of tender heartedness; to sons, he can speak of filial duty. He can exhibit his instructions appropriately to every man, and convey them deli. cately in the slightest conversation. With half a word he can dissipate an intri- cate feud. It is easy for him to avail himself of his influence, and persuade to what is right “Learned gentry read the useful books of sages and worthies; and for the na- tional family they should be useful men. If to-day they are living in the coun- try, instructors of morals and examples of propriety, another day they will fill offi- Review of Public Occurrences During the JAN. cial stations; following what is good, and obtaining the highest recompense. Being abroad and at home makes a temporary difference, but the incumbent duty in both stations is the same. At home, manifesting the principles of good government, is also being in the government, I, the lieutenant-governor in patrolling and soothing thisfregion, am always toiling hither and thither about puh- lic affairs ; I cannot get time to grasp the hand, and hold conversation with the learned gentry, and be always exhorting and exciting each other; but some. tirue, when I obtain an interview with you, I shall issue my commands, that you may enjoin those commands on other gentry; that every one may instruct his own neighborhood, and all correct their own kindred. When one village is renovated, it will exhibit beautiful morals. By union, scores of villages will exhibit the same beautiful morals. Then a whole district, will, in every house, become the same. Scores of districts will exhibit beautiful morals, and every house in the whole province will become the same. Then he who carries a heavy bur- den will only have to call, and be sure to have help, like T'siángri of old: and when fording a stream, and in danger, he will only have to cry out, and some friend will come to his aid. He alone who has no blemish himself, can perfectly mend others. That which I hope, is that the virtuous will take the lead of the vicious. Only the good man will receive entirely the advice given him. None ought, on account of talents possessed, to reject those who are not talented. In ancient times, Yenkiun ping let fall the screen at Chingtú, and all the men of Shu were renovated. Chingtsz'mei himself ploughed at the mouth of the valley, and all the people of Kwányíú followed his example. When a scholar and good man girds up his loins, and walks firmly, he becomes the leader of all in the country. No doubt, when people look up at his gate, they will desist from their conten- tions; when they hear his name, those who are wrong will feel ashamed. In all you, learned gentry, I have substantial hopes. • Secondly. Plainness and economy should be greatly esteemed. Since I, the soother of the people, came to my present office, I have for two years observed and investigated the state of things among the people at Canton. I have looked at their airs, and inquired about their customs. I have secretly indulged intense sorrow; and been filled with extreme regret. And for nothing more than to see useful property thrown away for useless purposes; to see limited strength wasted on projects from which nu benefit could accrue. In country places, the lasting occupations of husbandry and mulberry culture are still attended to with a spirit approaching to simplicity; but, in the town of Canton, at Fuhshan, and at all tlie places where markets are held, and official people live, there is a strife and emula- tion to exceed in gaiety and extravagance. At every anniversary of the birthday of a god: or when plays are performed at masses for departed shades; or thanks- givings given for divine energies exerted in behalf of any one; or grateful pro- cessions with prayers are carried round, (all of which are what propriety does not interdict,) every one wants to boast of excelling, and to fight for great ex- pense; one imitates another, and in a worse degree. Some even go the extreme of erecting lofty and variegated pavilions; aud for a great distance rearing flow- ery palaces. Fire trees and silver flowers fill the streets and stop the lanes. Men and women assernble promiscuously, greatly to the detriinent of the public The sums expended must be reckoned by thousands and tens of thous- ands. And, in a few days, the whole is of no more use than mire or sand, and mannel's. 1812. 15 Last Ten Years, from 1832, to 1841. 66 is thrown away like a child's grass dog. Moreover, a blast may sel on fire and cause a conflagration, which will occasion the resentments of myriads of fa- inilies. It cannot be that these things emanate from the wishes of the many. They must be led into error by "divine vagabonds” (i. e. persons who make a pretext from serving the gods to serve themselves). “Consider-the shopmen in a street all live by a little trade; their origin is not bigger than a fly's head: their end a mere trifle; and the profits they gain are small. But, in a moment, it is spent on wind and flame, and thrown away for useless regrets. Heaven's ways hate self-sufficiency; demons and gods abominate a plethory. To consider such services as prayers must be followed by divine reprehension. I, the lieutenant-governor, am in my own person economical and simple, that I may be an example to the people. It is my sincere desire to make my nursing to consist in giving no trouble; and to teach by my own mode of living. This is what you learned gentry and common people all know, and all have seen. Hereafter, when any anniversary of a god's birthday occurs, there is no objection to your going to a temple to suspend lanterns, and bang up ornaments, offering sacrifices with abundance and cleanliness. But, as to the street exbibi- tions, you must not listen to the divine vagabonds, who make pretexts to collect money, and gather together men and women promiscuously. If such people assemble, the district constables and street elders must be responsible. The learned gentry are permitted to proceed summarily, and report them to the local magistrate for punishment; to pull back again the people from the regions of sterile custom. As to all causes of assuming the cap (or toga), marrying wives, or burying parents, with the sacrificial rites attendant thereon-whether poor or rich-all should have a tender fceling for comnodities; and a tender feeling for subsequent enjoyr (i. e. avoid all waste). The said learned gentry also should substantiate the wish of me, the lieutenant-governor, to correct the people, and instruct them in morals--should advise them to substitute plainness for ex- travagance, and by economy nourish wealth : so that the people of a year of plenty, may so hoard that plentiful year's wealth, that the people of a year of scarcity may look up to a year of plenty's accumulations. Would not this be beautiful! Ah! governmental love to the people, is not so good as the people's love to themselves! Would the people but love and compassionate their own persons and families, where would be the occasion of their waiting till other per- sons laid plans for them! And if reciprocally acting, they thus led the fashion. they might govern sweetly, and never know discomfort. Using these topics, I have lucidly and earnestly proclaimed them, that all might hear and knowi wishing that none will tread the steps of their former iniquities; but all practice to the utmost good morals." Can. Reg., April 13th. 1833. 16th. A document was sent up to the emperor, regarding foreign vessels on the coast, deprecating their appearance there, and plead- ing inability to prevent it. ‘A document sent up to the emperor, on the 10th of March, contains a reca- pitulation of all that has been, and of all that can be said, upon the subject of foreign ships going on coasting expeditions. This report is draws up by the joint Jabor of the governor, lieut.-governor', títuh and hoppo, who (us well as old go- vernor Lí) have examined the matter, and given their opinion occordingly. It was called forth boy the statement of Ná-urh-king iba, lieut.-yovernor of Shantung 66 Review of Public Occurrences During the JAN. province, made to the emperor in consequence of the Lord Amherst having been in liis jurisdiction, and endeavoring to trade. There is nothing new in it:-we have heard the substance. in the same words, over and over again. Lí, the títul, consider it as a matter of impossibility to prevent ships from proceeding to the northeast coast, since the ocean is so very wide, and he has found out that ves. sels may proceed thither direct, without touching in Canton province. But he is exercising the utmost vigilance to prevent ships from proceeding, by way of Can- ton, to the northern ports. He sends for that purpose cruisers to keep a sharp lookout, both on the coast and open sea, and especially at the frontier of Fukien and Canton provinces. Yet, at the same time, he acknowledges, that a ship, even when arrested in her course, can again retrace her steps. He therefore orders his officers to pursue and drive any away, and at all events to send immediate notice to all officers along the coast, that they may be enabled to arrest her pro- gress, and to send her back to Canton. If it is found out, that the vessel comes by way of Canton, the naval officers are responsible, and their neglect of duty will be reported to the emperor. The hoppo has examined in the matter of trade. He finds that the hong-mer- chants are just in their dealings, according to their own statement; that the reduction of the port duties, three years ago, has roused the barbarian merchants to gratitude, for the favor bestowed by the great emperor who shows compassion towards distant foreigners. In consequence of these regunlations, there came more than twenty English vessels two years ago. Up to the 17th of Jan. of this year there had been already twenty-six ships. The Company's trade had been carried on as customary; the duties paid; and everything was going on prosperouis- ly, and upon a firm footing. Country and other harbarian ships participated in the trade, and had nothing to complain of. He considers therefore the pretence of transferring the trade to other ports, on account of the injustice done to foreign merchants, as quite futile; and as a mere cloak to open a trade with other provinces where the cominodities yield a greater profit. But, in case the hong-merchants acted unjustly, the barbarian merchants were at liberty to petition government, which would take due care to investigate the matter. They have therefore no reason to creep like rats into the seas of Chekiáng and Shantung. According to the established regulations of the celestial empire, their trade is restricted solely to Canton, and they are not allowed to go to other provinces, from whence they will return, after having toiled to no purpose, and involved themselves in guilt. " To take away all grounds of complaint, which might give rise to similar expeditions, in opposition to the ancient laws of the celestial empire, all the above named officers will bestow their utmost care in scrutinizing, whether the naval officers commit the least negligence in the performance of their duty ; whether the hong-merchants, or any other merchants commit the slightest act of injustice in their commercial dealings; or whether the custom house officers take more than the reduced tariff permits; they will, if found out, he reported to the emperor, that they may serve as a warning. The barbarian merchants may thus look up with composure to‘the holy lord,' who cherishes the utmost compassion towards foreigners." Can. Reg., May 31st, 1833. 27th. By the Peking gazette of this daie it appears that another son has been born to the emperor, who is to be named Yihin, i. e. 'Great and continued joy. Can. Rey, July 15th. 1842. 17 Last Ten Yeurs, from 1832 to 1841. April. Peking gazettes, that reached Canton during this month, contain accounts of recent military operations against freebooters on the frontiers of Shensí. The exposed condition of the river leading to Peking, having been pointed out to the emperor, his majesty ordered Kishen the governor of the province, to examine into the state of the defenses at Tientsin. He did so, ana reported against repairs, which report was accepted. Vol. I., p. 512. 28th. A fire broke out in the city of Tientsin, and more than a thousand houses were destroyed. The houses were chiefly low, being built of mud. May. Letters were received in Canton, reporting that an insurrec- tion had broken out in Sz'chuen. 22d. The following proclamation, regarding the importation of foreign rice, we borrow from the Canton Register. “Lú, the governor, Chú, the lieutenant-governor, and Chung, the hoppo, order the hong-merchants and others, that they make themselves acquainted with the following: - “The population of Canton province is dense, the merchants are numerous ; there reigned formerly abundance; but now the shore and great ocean are ploughed by numerous fishermen and peasants (verbally by threefold fishing and sevenfold occupation-cultivation), and the grain is not sufficient for the annual consumption. Heretofore, we have supplied the wants from the western provinces. But if there happened to be a year of scarcity and dearth, when nothing could be imported, the price of food would rise considerably, and we would also stand in want of rice from foreign countries. We find, upon examination, that, during the reigns of Kienlung and Kiáking all foreign rice ships had to pay no duties upon their cargoes, in order to show compassion, and to invite them hither. Our predecessors, the governor Yuen, the lieut.-governor Chin, and the hoppo Tá, renewed this pri- vilege during the 4th year of the reign of Taukwang. But the foreign rice vessels, which have hitherto entered the port to dispose of their rice cargo, avoided only the entry-port fees; but were not allowed, after they had accomplished their sales and were returning to their country, to export any cargo. Those barbarian mer- chants had on their return no goods to ballast the ship, and it was difficult for them to stand against winds and waves: moreover, they could inake very little profit. “The local government, therefore, which cherishes compassion towards distant foreigners, has implored the holy favor (imperial favor) to grant to the barbarian ships of all nations, that if they come without any other cargo but rice, to the port of Canton, as formerly, they shall not pay the entry port duties. Let the hong-merchants report how much rice they have brought, store it up in their hongs, and sell it according to the market price. After having disposed of it, allow these ships to take in an export cargo, and levy the export duties according to the same laws as upon the other barbarian ships. This will benefit the revenues, suit the people, and bring foreign business upon a firm footing; and all parties will be equally benefited. 1 VOL. XI. NO 18 JAN. Revicu of Public Occurrences During the "We have with profound respect received the imperial pleasure upon this sub- ject; the matter is granted; and we have issued accordingly our explicit commands, that they may be obeyed, as is upon record. Barbarian merchants, who bring rice to the port of Canton, will thus have an equal profit upon their return cargoes. These barbarian merchants may therefore leap for joy, and go incessantly backwards and forwards. But the number of barbarian rice vessels, which repaired this year to the port of Canton, was not very considerable, and the whole amount of their imports is scarcely a tenth part of the rice which came from the west. “We fear that the custom-house servants, and the boatmen of the revenue bnats, exercise extortions under some pretence, heyond the legal duties which are to be levied, and thus prevent the barbarians from trading. "It is found, upon examination, that the port clearance fees upon the exports, the fees for opening the bar, the direct duties, the fees for making up the difference in scales, and the liáng-táu's fees (grain department office), are levied upon rice ships, according to a fixed rate. Every ship has to pay for opening the bar and direct duties, 480 taels, 4 m. 2 c.; for the scale business 32 taels, 4 m. 2 cand. 8 cash; as the fees of the grain department, 116 taels, 4 m. 2 cand. 4 cash. The duty levied upon every ship will thus amount altogether to no more than 620 and odd taels. Besides this those in office ought not to levy any fees. The governor, lieut.-governor and hoppo have however found out that the rice ships are sub- ject to extortions, made in different ways, and under sundry names, beyond the expenses incurred for payment of the above mentioned duties. Now, these are the sordid fees of the men belonging to the custom-house, which they take to themselves. “It is plain, that the barbarian merchants come a very long way to sell their rice at Canton, according to the ancient laws, which lessen the duties. There has since also been granted to them, upon representation, leave to return with a cargo to their country, not solely to procure subsistence for the inhabitants of the metropolis, but also to show superabundant compassion towards distant foreigners; how can you extort under any name, or in any way, more than what the customary duties and fees amount to ? At the present moment, we give our explicit orders to those in office, in regard to the duties and fees which ought to he levied upon rice ships; all which are not in the tariff are strictly forbidden, and beyond this no extortions are permitted. In entering the port, the expenses are lessened, and on going out of the port, they have not to pay much. As soon as they have arrived here, they can dispose of their cargo, and quickly come back, and those barbarian merchants will make a very great profit. But what regards the inhabitants, who hoard up the rice, and the shopkeepers ;--they know, that the foreign rice, on account of having suffered the moisture of the sea and winds; easily rots and spoils, and cannot be kept long. The shopkeepers only run after gain ;-how can they then hoard it up, let the rice spoil, and suffer loss? Thus, those barbarian merchants will have no trouble in bringing it on, and the large dealers in disposing of it. Henceforth, the hong-merchants, who receive the rice, and the rice shopkeeper next, ought to give a chop that the value is paid at a stated time, and thus afford the barbarian ships opportunity of disposing soon of their cargo, and returning with- out interruption repeatedly. As soon as the rice has been taken out, it ought to be generally made known in all quarters, and the shopkeepers onght to sell it by l'etail, and dispose of it in small quantities, so as it shall be most convenient for the people II is vol confined to one place, nor can any monopoly be carried ou in 1842. 19 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. it. The shopkeepers ought solely to vend it in and outside the city; they cannot export it out of the province. As often as the hong.merchants receive rice, they ought to send in a chop, stating the quantity, to the local officers, and the govern- or, lieutenant-governor, and hoppo's officers, who will examine it. and duly Communicate it to the háu-kó, that he may hand it in to the said officers (the hoppo's clerks), that they are not to make money by extortion; but if they are found out, they will be reprimanded and degraded. Thus, there will be no longer any necessity for making new regulations against the growth of vile practices. “We command at the same time the local officers, and the whole body of hong- merchants, to obey, whilst we add to this our explicit orders addressed 10 all the military belonging to the metropolis, and to all the soldiers and servants wno guard the entrance, and to all the linguists of barbarian merchants of different nations- that they may duly acquaint themselves that, from the moment of this publication, every rice ship ought to pay the export duties and customs according to the es- tablished imperial tariff. The soldiers and servants of the custom-house, and the compradors, cannot by any means, or under any name, charge them by extra extortions. Yet, if they dare to disobey, they will be punished, nrosecuted, and all banished. " When the rice has entered the harbor, and passed the custom-house, let it be entirely disposed of, and let the hong-merchants and shopkeepers give notice of it, for the advantage of the people. But every shopkecper, who retails it and sells it in small quantities, ought to confine himself to this province, to dispose of it. the exportation is not permitted. Everybody ought to obey this implicitly, and not slight this special proclamation. “We have moreover issued explicit orders in addition to these, addressed to those merchants, that they immediately communicate commands to all the chiefs and barbarian principals of every nation, and to all the barbarian ships, that they jointly obey this. Do not oppose ! A special order!" Can. Reg., June 17th, 1833. June. Rumors were still abroad concerning insurgents and re- fugees in Formosa. Vol. II., p. 95. Large numbers of poor people, driven by famine from their homes in Kiángsí, made their appearance at Canton; and in some instances, these hungry beggars in large gangs entered the foreign factories. 10th. The death of the empress, who had long been in a state of bad health, occurred this day at Peking. The usual honorary ce- remonies were decreed. Vol. II., p. 142. A Chinese Mohamniedan,--a poor native of Tientsin, returned, vià Bombay, from a pilgrimage to Mecca, after an absence of three years from Canton. 17th. A young woman in Canton, aged seventeen years, received sentence of death for crime of poisoning her uncle, and was imme- diately carried out to the place of execution, and there beheaded. 23d. Prospectus for a monthly periodical in the Chinese lan- guage was issued at Canton by the Rev. Charles Gutzlaff. July 5th. The governor of Canton issued a proclamation declar- 20 JAN. Rcview of Public Occurrences During the ing, that all vessels trading to Canton, and bringing cargoes of rice, shall pay only the regular imperial duties on leaving the port, the measurenient duties being remitted. Can. Reg., 15th July. An insurrection broke out in Cochinchina about this time, the par ticulars of which were given a letter of this date, written by a Chinese at the city of Saigon. 9th. Captain Bernardo Joze de Souza Soares Andreia, governor of Macao, arrived from Goa, and landed with the usual honors. 10th. A very destructive inundation occurred along the river near Canton, occasioned by a succession of heavy rains; at some places the water rose more than ten feet above the ordinary mark. Thou- sands of lives were lost. Ilth. The select committee of the E. I. Co.'s factory withdrew the license under which the opium receiving ship Hercules was permit- ted to resort to China. This was countermanded by a second notice, dated the 25th. Can. Reg. 27th. The mercury in the thermometer at Canton stood at 96° for five hours, a scorching wind blowing at the same time from the north and west. A Chinese man-of-war, while cruizing off Hainan in February, having deen driven down to Cochinchina by the northerly winds and currents, was sent back by the king under convoy. August 1st. The first number of the monthly periodical, in the Chinese language, was this day published in Canton by Mr. Gutzlaff. Under this date the governor of Canton issued an edict, forbidding the introduction of the other goods with cargoes of rice, in evasion of legal duties. 4th. Twenty-three men were beheaded this day at the usual place of public execution in Canton. Yuen Yuen, formerly the governor of Canton, and afterwards holding the same office in Yunnan, becomes the sixth member of the cabinet. Vol. II., p. 192. The hoppo Chung published an edict requiring all foreigners to leave Canton, and return home or go to Macao as soon as their busi- ness was finished-acting in obedience to old custom. September 7th. Again Canton and its vicinity were inundated, the river rising far above its ordinary limits, and spreading devasta- tion through fields and villages. The water at the gates of the fo- reign factories stood four or five feet high. The number of houses demolished in the city and suburbs was, according to an official re- port to the emperor, more than four thousand. Vol. II., p. 238. 1842. Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841 An envoy from the court of Hué in Cochinchina was expected to reach Peking early this inonth; he was to enter the Chinese borders on the 30th of March, and pass through the provinces of Kwangsí, Húpe, &c., to the court of 'Táukwáng. Vol. II., p. 240. An earthquake was experienced early this month in Yunnán; re- port said the shocks continued on several successive days, and hun- dreds of people were destroyed. Vol. II., p. 288. Locusts appeared in Kwangsí, coming from the north, and after tra- versing that province, they made an advance towards Canton. Orders were immediately issued for their extermination. Vol. II., p. 288. October. Hingan and other high officers at court were recently reprimanded and degraded, for presuming to break in upon the retire- ment of their sovereign while in mourning for his imperial consort, in order to propose unprecedented amendments in the ceremonies of that mournful occasion. Can. Reg., Oct. 24th. 20th. Lieutenant-governor Chú, having obtained leave to retire on the plea of illness, left Canton. Yáng, the late commissioner of justice, after residing in Canton for little more than a year, was recalled. November 5th. H. B. M. ship Magicienne, capt. Plumridge, ar- rived in China, viâ Manila, and soon after sailed for India. 25th, Ye Yungchí, the famous village tyrant of Tungkwán, was executed at Canton, with 15 other criminals: Ye and three others were strangled, the remaining 12 were beheaded. December. An imperial messenger reached Canton, to announce to the provincial authorities, that the remains of the late empress had been deposited in the imperial mausoleum. It was also reported that his majesty had raised to the rank of em- press, Chiunfi his second wife, a sister of Hingan. A report having been made to the emperor by his officers in Che- kiáng, complaining of the exportation of sycee silver in exchange for opium, it was decreed that yellow gold and white silver should be prohibited, but that foreign money, i. e. dollars, should not be includ- ed in this interdict. Hwang Tsiótsz' protested against this, and beg- ged that the coining of dollars might be forbidden. 15th. A decree soine tiine previous to this date was issued by the Portuguese government of Macao, requiring all Catholic priests (not Portuguese) to leave the place on or before the 15th of Decem- ber. Vol. III., p. 383. 24th. A secret memorial was addressed to the emperor by Lin 'Tsihsiú, then lieutenant-governor of Kiángsú, concerning the non 22 JAN. Rrview of Public Occurrenres During the payment of taxes. An abstract of the document was given by Dr. Morrison. Vol. III, p. 144. to January 1st, 1834. Soon after the departure of Messrs. Plowden and Davis from Canton to Macao, just before new-year holidays, the hoppo or commissioner of customis issued an edict, censuring them for not asking his excellency's permission. 8th. A report was current in Canton concerning an insurrection in Cochinchina, a person with the title of Kiálung having set himself up against the authority of Mingming, the reigning king. The par- ticulars are detailed in the Canton Register of the 14th. 26th. Under this date, viscount Palmerston addressed a letter to lord Napier, from which the following is an extract: “Your lordship's instructions, under the royal Sign Manual, contain all that is essentially necessary for your guidance, in the general conduct of the super- intendence intrusted to your charge. But there still remain some particular points, upon which I am commanded by his majesty to convey you, for your information and guidance, the further instructions which you will find in this dispatch, and in my others of the same date. “Your lordship will announce your arrival at Canton by letter to the viceroy. In addition to the duty of protecting and fostering the trade of his majesty's subjects with the port of Canton, it will be one of your principal objects to ascertain, whether it may not be practicable to extend that trade to other parts of the Chinese dorninions. And for this end you will onit no favorable opportunity of encouraging any disposition which you may discover in the Chinese authorities, to enter into commercial relations with his majesty's government. It is obvious that, with a view to the attainment of this object, the establishment of direct communications with the imperial court at Peking would be desirable; and you will accordingly direct your attention to discover the best means of preparing the way for such communications; bearing constantly in mind, however, that peculiar caution and circumspection will be in- dispensable on this point, lest you should awaken the fears, or offend the preju- dices, of the Chinese government; and thus put to hazard even the existing opportunities of intercourse, by a precipitate attempt to extend them. In conformity with this caution, you will abstain from entering into any new relations or negotiations with the Chinese authorities, except under very urgent and unforeseen circumstances. But if any opportunity for such negotiations should appear present itself, you will lose no time in reporting the circumstance to his majesty's government, and in asking for instructions; but, previously to the receipt of such instructions, you will adopt no proceedings but such as may have a general tendency to convince the Chinese authorities of the sincere desire of the king to cultivate the most (friendly relations with the emperor of China, and to join with him in any measures likely to promote the happiness and prosperity of their respective subjects. “I have to add, that I do not at present foresee any case in which it could be advisable that you should leave Canton to visit Peking, or any other parts of China, rvithout having previously obtained the approbation of his majesty's governinent. to you to 1812. Last 'l'en Ycars, from 1832 to 1841. Observing the same prudence and caution which I have inculcated above, you will avail yourself every opportunity which may present itself, for ascertaining whether it may not be possible to establish commercial intercourse with Japan, and with any other of the neighboring countries; and you will report to this department, from time to time, the results of your observation and inquiries. It is understood that a survey of the Chinese coast is much required; and your attention should, therefore, be directed to this subject, with a view to ascertain the probable expense of such an undertaking; and you will have the goodness to transmit to me an carly and full report of your opinion. But you will not take any steps for commencing such a survey, till you receive an authority from hence to do so. “Your attention should also be directed to the inquiry, whether there be any, and what, places at which ships might find requisite protection in the event of hostilities in the China seas. Upon these points, I recommend to your attentive consideration the inclosed observations of capt. Horsburgh, the correctness of which your lordship will make it your duty to investigate. Peculiar will be necessary on the part of the superintendents, with regard to such ships as may attempt to explore the coast of China for purposes of traffic. It is not desirable that you should encourage such adventures; but you must never lose sight of the fact, you have no authority to interfere with, or to prevent, them. It is generally considered that the Bocca Tigris, which is marked by a fort immediately above Anson's Bay, forms the limit of the port of Canton :* and as this appears to be the understanding of the Chinese authorities themselves, a notification to that effect has been made to the mer. chants in this country. Your lordship will, accordingly, conform to that under- standing." Correspondence relating to China, (Blue Book) page 4. February 11th. About the middle of Oct., 1833, an affray occur- red at Kumsing moon, in consequence of which, and sometime sub- sequently, through the agency of one of the hong-merchants, a black man was conveyed from Macao to Canton and induced to declare himself to be the person who had accidentally killed a Chinese in the affray. This led to a spirited correspondence between the committee of the E. I. Co.'s factory and the local authorities. The correspon- dence closed this day; and the man, not very long afterwards, was released. Vol. II., p. 515. 26th. His excellency Lí Táikáu, the literary chancellor of Can- ton, hung himself in his own house this morning. March. Droughts, inundations, famine, and insurrections, are ca- lamities of very frequent occurrences in all parts of the empire. At this time the provinces of Yunnán, Húnán, Húpe, Kiángsí, Shántung, and Chilí, were suffering from one or other of these evils. 4th. A fire broke out in the large temple in Hónán, nearly oppo- site to the foreign factories, and one of the principal pavilions was entirely destroyed with all its images. By instruction to sir G. B. Robinson, dated May 28th, 1836, the limits of the jurisdiction of the superintendents were extended, so as to include Lintin and Macao. * 14 Jan. Review of Public Occurrences During the 5th. Under this date an order was passed at the court of St. James, revoking a previous order of the 9th of December, 1833, whereby certain duties were imposed on British ships, and the goods on board thereof, trading to the port of Canton. 6th. The emperor published an edict, containing his triennial opinion and decisions concerning the chief officers of the empire. Vol. III., p. 96. 22d. The first English vessel in the free trade, the ship Sarah, captain Whiteside, sailed from Whampoa for London. See Chronicle of events in the Anglo-Chinese Calender, 1839. April 6th. The ceremonies of annual ploughing by the emperor in person were this day celebrated at Peking. Vol. II., p. 576. 22d. The honorable East India Company's exclusive rights in China ceased this day. Vol. II., p. 574. 25th. The first vessels in the free trade, laden with teas—the Camden, Frances Charlotte, and Georgiana,-sailed from China for England. Calender, p. 23. May 1st. Among the native inhabitants of Canton a good deal of sickness prevailed; and some cases of small-pox * were reported in the same neighborhood. Vol. III., p. 45. 2d. The governor of Canton, and several of the other high pro- vincial officers visited the foreign factories, apparently for their mere amusement and gratification of curiosity. Vol. III., p. 45. 3d. It was rumored (and the rumor was probably according to the truth) that the lady of the hoppo went incognito to see the foreign factories. 9th. Kí Kung, during the last four years lieutenant-governor in Kwangsí, arrived in Canton to fill the same office. Vol. III., p. 47. 19th. His excellency governor Lú set out on a tour through the provinces under his jurisdiction, for the purpose of inspecting the imperial troops. Vol. III., p. 47. 22d. The remains of the late literary chancellor Li, were carried out of the city and sent on their way to his native province Kwei- chau. The lieutenant-governor accompanied them beyond the west- crn gate. Vol. III., p. 48. The death of a Burman envoy, at Peking, was reported about this time in Canton. He was interred at the capital, as the remains of other deceased envoys from Cochinchina and Siam have been. * Note. Vaccination, for the prevention of this disease, has been regularly and successfully practiced, every eighth day, during many years by Hequa, at the public hall of the long-merchants. 1842. 25 Last Ten Yeurs, from 1832 to 1841. June 11th. The festival of the dragon boats was celebrated this day, with great pomp and noise, not withstanding the distressed state the people. Vol. III., p. 95. 14th. Governor Lú issued an order tu the magistrates of Canton, commanding them to interdict the slaughter of animals, and to fast for three days on account of the inundation. 28th. The city and vicinity of Canton were again this month visited by an inundation, more destructive than that of last year, the water rising considerably higher. Vol. III., p. 96. July 2d. Two young men in Canton, named Asú and Acháng, put an end their life by swallowing opium. This is one of the most common means of suicide in China. Vol. III., p. 142. 10th. A new literary chancellor, Wang chi, made his entry into the provincial city; he came as successor to the late chancellor Lí. 15th. The right honorable lord Napier and suite, lady Napier and family, arrived at Macao in H. M. ship Andromache, captain Chads, and landed at 3 P. M. under a salute from the Portuguese fort. Corresp. p. 7. 17th. John Francis Davis, esq., accepted the situation of second superintendent, sir G. Best Robinson, bart., accepted the situation of third superintendent, and John Harvey Astell, esq., that of secretary to the superintendents. 19th. The Rev. Dr. Morrison was appointed Chinese secretary and interpreter; captain Charles Elliot, R. N., master attendant; T. R. College, esq., surgeon; and Mr. Anderson, assistant surgeon. The Rev. G. H. Vachell, then on his way from England, was to as- sume the duties of chaplain. The office of private secretary to his lord- ship was filled by A. R. Johnston, esq. Vol. III., p. 143. Cor. p. 7. 23d. The superintendents embarked at Macao on board the ship Andromache, and proceeded to the anchorage at Chuenpi, where she anchored at midnight. 24th. This morning a Chinese war-junk came to anchor near H. B. M. ship, and fired a salute of three guns, which was returned. At noon the superintendents left the ship under a salute of 13 guns, and vent on board the cutter Louisa and proceeded to Canton. Cor- resp. p. 7. 25th. Early this morning (2 A. M.) the superintendents arrived in Canton, and at daylight the union jack was hoisted. 26th. In the Canton Register of this date, was published by au- thority a copy of the king's commission to the superintendents. Vol. III, p. 143. 4 VOL XI. NO. 1. Review of Public ()ccurrcuces During the JAN The following communication, having been translated into Chi- nese, and in the form of a letter, not a petition, addressed to the go- vernor, was carried to the city gates by Mr. Astell, accompanied by a deputation of gentlemen from the establishment. “In pursuance of orders from my most gracious sovereign, William IV., king of Great Britain and Ireland, I have the honor of notifying to your excellency my arrival at the city of Canton, bearing a royal commission constituting and ap- pointing me chief superintendent of British trade to the dominions of his imper- ial majesty the emperor of China. By this commission are associated with me, John Francis Davis, esq., aud sir George Best Robinson, bart., late of the ho- norable East India Company's factory at this place. The object of the said royal commission is to empower us, his majesty's superintendents, to protect and promote the British trade, which, from the boundless extent of his majesty's dominions, will bear the traffic of the four quarters of the world to the shores of the emperor of China,--the exclusive privileges and trade bitherto enjoyed by the honorable East India Company of merchants having ceased and determined, by the will and power of his majesty the king and the parliament of Great Britain. I have also the honor of acquainting yonr excellency, that his majesty, my most gracious sovereign, has been pleased to invest me with powers, political and judicial, to be exercised according to circumstances. “At present, I will only further request that your excellency will grant me, with my colleagues, the honor of a personal interview, when it will be my duty to explain more fully to your excellency the nature of the changes which have taken place, and upon which our present duties and instructions have been founded. Allow me to convey, through your excellency, lo isiw imperial majesty, the high consideration of his majesty the king, my master; and with the utmost respect for your excellency, allow me to subscribe myself your excellency's very faithful and obedient servant. (Signed) NAPIER, Chief Superintendent." In attempting to convey his lordship's letter to his excellency the governor, odd scenes, equally insulting and ridiculous, played off with more or less success a hundred times before, were reäcted at the city gates. We quote them as described in a dispatch from lord Napier to lord Palmerston. “It may be here stated, that during the intrval employed in translating my letter, the hong-merchants, Howqua and Mowqua, arrived with the copy of an edict, ad- dressed by the viceroy to themselves, for the purpose of being enjoined on the su- perintendents by their body. Long experience having already proved to the Fast India Company the utter futility of such a medium of commnunication, and the compliance there with only tending to degrade his majesty's commission and the British public in general, in the estimation of the Chinese people, and to rend- er the exertions of the superintendents to perform their various duties altogether ineffectual, the hong-merchants were courteously dismissed with an intimation, • That I would communicate immediately with the viceroy in the manner befit- ting his majesty's commission, and the honor of the British nation.' Mr. Astell Wus, therefore, instructed to deliver my letter to an officer, and to avoid any com- munications through the hong-merchants, which might afterwards be represent- ed as an official communication, and a precedent on all other uccusions. 1842. 27 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. "On the arrival of the party at the city gates, the soldier on guard was dispatch- ed to report the circumstance to his superior. In less than a quarter of an hour, an officer of inferior rank appeared ; whereupon Mr. Astell offered my letter for transmission to the viceroy, which duty this officer declined; adding, that his su- perior was on his way to the spot. In the course of an hour several officers of nearly equal rank, arrived in succession; each refusing to deliver the letter, on the plea that "higher officers would shortly attend.” Aſter an hour's delay, during which time the party were treated with much indignity, not unusual on such occa- sions, the linguists and hong-merchants arrived, who intreated to become the bearers of the letter to the viceroy. About this time, an officer of rank higher than any of those who had preceded him, joined the party, to whom the letter was in due form offered, and as formally refused. "The officers having seen the superscription on the letter, argued, that as it came from the superintendent of trade, the hong-merchants were the proper channel of communication ;' but this obstacle appeared of minor importance in their eyes, upon ascertaining that the document was styled a letter and not a peti- tion. The linguists requested to be allowed a copy of the address, which was of course refused. “ About this time the kwang-hie, a military officer of considerable rank, ac- companied by an officer a little inferior to himself, arrived on the spot, to whom the letter was offered three several times, and as often refused. The senior hong- merchant, Howqua, after a private conversation with the kwang-hie, requested to be allowed to carry the letter in company with the kwang-hie, and ascertain whether it would be received. This being considered as an insidious attempt to circumvent the directions of the superintendents, a negative was made to this and other overtures of a similar tendency. Suddenly, all the officers took their departure, for the purpose, as it was after. wards ascertained, of consulting with the viceroy. Nearly three hours having been thus lost within the city, Mr. Astell determined to wait a reasonable time for the return of the officers, who shortly afterwards re-assembled; whereupon Mr. As- tell respectfully offered the letter in question three separate times to the kwang- hie, and afterwards to the other officers, all of whom distinctly refused even to touch it; upon which Mr. Astell and his party returned to the factory." 27th. The hong-merchants in a body waited on the superinten- dents; and after a long conversation, marked on their part by cun- ing and duplicity, Howqua proposed that a new address should be affixed to the letter--substituting the word petition for letter, altering somewhat the designation of the governor : the first was refused, the, second, being a mere matter of courtesy, was complied with. How- qua having taken a copy of the same for the approval of the governor, took his departure, promising to bring a reply next day. 28th. This morning a ticket was addressed to his lordship by Howqua, announcing his intention to call with the other hong-mer- chants at one o'clock. On this ticket, instead of using the words which Dr. Morrison had selected for “Jord Napier," Howqua wrote " Laboriously Vile;" and on being asked the reason, avoided expla- 28 Jan. Nero System of Orthography nation, only remarking that he had been “so instructed by the pilot.” They came at the appointed hour, but Howqua only was admitted; and he, having declared that tlie communication would not be receive ed unless superscribed as a petition, was at once dismissed. 31st. Howqua and Mowqua waited on the superintendents, with an edict from the governor, not addressed to lord Napier but to them, and by them to be enjoined on him. Corresp. p. 9. (To be continued.) Art. II. New orthography adopted for representing the sounds of Chinese characters, by the Roman alphabet, in the national language and in the dialects of Canton and Fukien. DISSATISFACTION with the existing systems of orthography for indi. cating the sounds of Chinese characters has been repeatedly express- ed in our pages, defects have been pointed out, and improvements suggested. In volurne third, page 29, was introduced a 'table of the Chinese significant sounds, exclusive of the variations formed by the modulation of tones and aspirates.' In volume fifth, page 22, a new system was proposed; this was soinewhat modified in volume sixth, page 479 and the sequel, and with a few slight changes is now adop- ted for the pages of the Repository. Note. The new orthography comprises all the syllables, alphabetically arrang- ed, contained in Morrison's Dictionary, Part 2d. In this list of syllables, all the modifications occasioned by the tones and aspirates, are disregarded-otherwise instead of 410, there would have been nearly 1600 syllables. A complete syllabic system ought to define each of these 1600 syllables, and arrange under one or other of them, every word in the language. Morrison's orthography is that given in Part 2d of his Dictionary; the numbers, as they there stand, are here retained, but are disarranged by the new orthography, The Canton Dialect is that used in the Chinese Chrestomathy, made out from a Chinese Tonic Dictionary. The number of syllables in this Tonic Dictionary~ in which all the modifications occasioned by the tones and aspirates are marked amounts to 1582: the work comprises 8335 characters, being those most in use. Medhurst's orthography is that in his dictionary of the Fukien dialect, in which work he has fully explained it. In the new orthography of the Fukien dialect the sounds of the Roman letters (vowels, diphthongs, and consonants,) are the same as in the other new ortho- graphy and in the Cauton dialect. The object aimed at, and it is one of great im- portance, is to have but one system of orihography for all the dialects. 1842. 29 New System of Orthography. 2 an 3澳 ​au 3 aou 10 chay Chi. Nero Or. Morrison's Canton Medhurst's New Fukien No. nese. thography. Orthography. Dialect. Orthography. Orthograpky. 1亞​点 ​1 a á à á' 2 安 ​an ón an án ò ò Ò 4 chá 4 cha chá chay ché 5聞 ​chah 5 chữ cháp chắn chán, 6 % chái 6 chae chái chhay ch'é 7 bi chán 7 chan chám chám chám 8 # Cháng 8 chang chéung chëang chiáng 9 8 cháu 9 chaou chíú teāou tiáu? 10 l chau 19 chow chau tēw tíú? 11 ché ché chea chia 12 kr che 12 chě chít chöet chiet, 13 Schen 13 chen chím chºem chiem 14 II chí 11 che chí te tí 15 R chi 14 chih chik ch'hek ch'ek, 16 chin 15 chin chan chin chin 17 E ching 16 chang ching chºng cheng 18 | chó 17 chỗ chéuk tok tók, 19 E chú 18 choo chü choo 'chú 20 chu 22 cho chuk tek tek, 21 chue 20 chuě chüt twat twat, 22 III chuen 21 chuen chün ch'hwan ch'wár. 23 E chúi chui tuy túi 24 chun 23 chun chun ch’hun ch'un 25 | chung 24 chung chung teong tióng 26 tik chwa 26 chwa chá ch'hwa ch'wa 27 PR chwái 27 chwae chüt chöey cloé? 25 chung 30 Jan. Now System of Orthography. Canton Dialect. No. 30 få 31 fan 38 fun 32 fang 36 for 33 fe 35 fo 非​縛 ​39 fung Chi- Noro Or Morrison's Medhurst's Noro Fukien nese. thography. Orthography. Orthography. Orthography. 28 HH choáng 98 chapamg chóng chong chóng 29 i fáh fát hwat hwát, 30 / fán fán hwān hwán? 31 fan fan hwun hún 32 ti fáng fóng hong hóng 33 Efau fau hoé 'hó 34 fi fi hwuy chúi 35 fó fók pók pók, 36 X fú 34 foo fú hoo hú? 37 JH fu 37 fủh fat hwut hút, 38 風 ​fung fung hong chóng 39 6 Bái 50 hae hoi haē hái: 40 hán 51 han hón hãn hán? 41 K han 52 hån han hin hin' 42 háng 53 hang hong hâng kháng 43 195 hang 54 hằng hang hêng sheng 44 47 háu 55 haou hò hó 'hò 45 後 ​hau 79 how hau hoē hó 46 to he 73 hih hak hek hek, 47 hi hí 56 he hí he chí 48 heute hi 64 heih hat hék hek, 49 T hia 57 hea há hāy hé 50 ** hjáh 58 hex háp hëép hiep 51 tl hiái 59 heae hái haē hái? 52 Ú) hiáng 60 heang héung hëàng hiáng' ” 53 #hiáu 61 heaou háu haùu háu' 54 協 ​hie 62 hëě hip hëép hiep 1842. 31 New System of Orthography. No. Chi- New Or Morrison's Canton Medhurst's New Fukien nese. thography. Orthography. Dialect. Orthography. Orthography. 55 W hien 63 hệem ý bám hăm hám? 56 T hin 74 hin yan hin hin 57 7 hing 75 hing hang hêng Cheng 58 學 ​hi6 65 heě hók hák hák, 59 項 ​hiu 69 hcuh huk hëuk biok, 60.4 hiú 72 hero yau hew hiú 61穴 ​hiue 67 heuě üt hëet hiet, 62 biuen 68 heuen ün hëên chien 63 熏 ​hiun 70 heun fan hwun chún 64 biung 71 heung hung heung biung 65 k hò 76 ho fó h"ó 'hmò 66 A hó 77 hồ hòp háp háp, 67 A hú 78 hoo ú hoē ho 68 PT hü 66 heu hü he hí 69 紀 ​hung 80 hung hung hông chóng 70 1 hwa 81 hwa fá hwà hwa' 71 hwah 82 hwă wat kwút kwút, 72 6 hwái 83 hwae wái hwaê hoái 73 g hoán 84 hoan fún hwan hwan' 74 8 hwan 85 hoàn fan hwun hún 75 | hwáng 86 hoang wóng hồng chóng 76 là hwang 87 haoăng wáng hông sheng 77 hwó 88 hapõ út hwát hwát 78 Rhwu 89 hrůh fat hwut hút, 79 T hwui 90 hwuy úi höêy shoé 80 ti í í 81 W jáng 91 jang yeung jêāng jiáng 29 e e 3:2 Vew System oj Orthography JAN Nero Ur- Canton Dialcct. No. 93 jay 94-5 jě 97 jen 98 jin Chi- Morrison's Medhurst's New Fukion nese. thography. Orthography. Orthography. Orthography. 82 饒 ​ju 92 jaou iú jeâu sjiáou 33 肉 ​jau 102 jou yuk jëúk jiók, 84 Ejé yé jëá jia 85 熱​je ít jeét jiet, 86 然 ​jen ín jëên sjien 87 Aji 96 jih yat jit jit, 88 jin yan jîn sjin 89 13 jing 99 jing ying jöùng jióng 90 jó 100 jo yêuk jëák jiák, 91 ik jü 101 joo yü je jí 92 辱 ​ju 104 júh yuk jëúk jiók 93 軟 ​juen 103 juen yün jwán jwán 94 jui 107 juy yui jöey joé 95 潤 ​jun yun jūn jún 96 7£ jung 106 jung yung jẽúng jióng 97 kái 108 kae koi kaé kái 98 F kán 109 kan kón kan kán 99 Ik kan 110 kim kan kin kin 100 + káng 111 kang kóng khong kong 101 kang 112 kăng kang keng keng 102 káu 113 kaou kò kò ko' 103 | kau 138 kow hau kéhoé kéo 104 ke 132 kih hák k hek kek, 105 Eki 114 ke kí kē kí 106 B ki 123 keih kap kip kíp 107 g kiá ká kay ké 108 kiál 116 kou káp kap : 105 jun 115 kea káp. 1812. 33 New System of Orthography. Chi- New Or. Morrison's Canton Medhurst's New Fukien No. nese. thography. Orthography. Dialect. Orthography. Orthography. 109 là kiái 117 heae kái kae kái 110 T kiáng 118 keăng bóng kang káng 111 pit kiáu 119 keaou kiú kedou kiáu” 112 pi kié 120 keay ké kay ské 113 ) kie 121 këě kip këep kiep, 114 劍​kien 122 köen kím këèm kiem 115 HI kin 133 kin kan kin skin 116 king : 34 king king keng ckeng 117 14 kió 124 keð kók kak kák, 118 kiu 128 keủh kuk këuk kiuk, 119 * kiue 126 keuě küt kwat kwat, 120 kiuen 127 keuen hün kehëén 'k'ien 121 Va kiun 129 keun kwan kin kin 122 kiung 130 keung kung kéúng kiung 123 XL kiú 131 kew kau kéw kiú 124 19 kò 135 ko kó kò ko 195 % kó 136 kò kók kok kok, 126 # kí 137 koo kú koé 'kó 127 kü 125 keu hü kthe klí 128 + ku 139 kuh kuk kok kok, 129 I kung 140 kung kung kong kóng 130 kwa 141 kwa kwa kwa kwa 131 kwáh 142 kwă kwát kwat kwat, 132 # kwái 143 kwae fái khwae kwái 133 E kwan 144 kcan kín kwan kwan 134 E kwan 145 kwăn kwan k hwùn k'ún' 135 X kwáng 146 kwang kwóng kong chóng VUL XI. NO 1 5 34 JAN, Now System of Orthography No. Canton Dialect. Chi New Or Morrison's Medhurst's New Fulicn nese. thography. Orthography. Orthwgraphy. Orthography. 136 , kwang 147 Icaoàng kwang keng keng 137 } kwei 148 kuci kwai kwuy kwúi 138 kwò 149 kwo kwó kó 'kò 139 Di kwó 國 ​150 kuo kwók kok kok, 140 kwu 151 kwèh fat kwaè kwái' 141 hk lá 152 la lá lëep liep 142 Dibil láh 153 lă lá la lá 143 3 lái 154 lae loi lae lái 144 滥 ​Jan 155 lan lám lām lám 145 iš láng 156 lang lóng lông lóng 146 ilang 157 lăng lang Jéng ‘leng 147 & láu 158 laou lò ló lò 148 Hlau 177 low lau loệ dó 149 h le 171 lih lak lék lek, 150 8 lí 159 le lí lé lí 151 to li 164 leih lik lék lek, 152 miliáng 160 leang léung lêáng liáng 153 ✓ liáu 161 leaou líú lenou liau 154 51 lie 162 lce lít lëet liet, 155 jill lien 163 lëen lín leen clien 156 ti lin 172 lin lam lîm slim 157 ling 173 ling ling lêng çleng 158 lió 165 leo leuk lëák liák, 159 i liú 170 lew lau lêw cliú 160 W liu 169 leih lut lút lút, 161劣 ​liue 167 leuč Jiit Iwat Iwát, 162 liuen 168 leuen luu Iwan 1 Iwan 1842 35 New System of Orthography. New 01- No. Canton Dialect. 181 luy 183 ma Chi- Morrison's Medhurst's New Fukien nese. thography Orthography. Orthography. Orthography. 163 羅 ​lo 174 lo lò lô clò 164 m ló 175 lõ lók lók lók, 165 K lú 176 loo lú loē ló 166 E lü 166 leu lü lē lí? 167 la lu 178 lh Juk lëúk liuk, 168 G13 lwan 182 lwan lun Iwan 'Iwan 169 lui lui lûy clúi 170 m lun 179 lum lun lûn slún 171 lung 180 lung lung löng long? 172 馬 ​mé má má ‘má 173 lik máh 184 mă mút bwat bwát, 174 買​mai 185 mae mái maé ‘mái 175 mán 186 man mán bân bán 176 t máng 187 mang móng bông bóng 177 l mang 188 măng mang bēng beng 178 % máu 189 maou mò mô mò 179 # mau 204 mow mau boé 'bó 180 t mé mat meěngh míngh, 181 h me 198 mặt mak bek bek, 182 ## mei 195 mei múi möèy moé 183 * mí 191 me mai bé bí 184 hili miku 192 meaou múí beãou biáu? 185 mie 193 mëě mút bëet biet, 186 Úmien 194 mëcn mín bëēn bien? 187 mi 196 meih mat bit bit, 188 E min 199 min man bîn sbin 189 ming 200 ming ming bêng sbeng 190 may 36 JAN. Neue System of Orthography, No. Canton Dialect. Chi Ncro Or Morrison's Medhurst's More Fukien nesc. thography. Orthography. Orthography. Orthography. 190 miú 197 mewo mau béw sbíú 191 per mu 201 mo mó mô mù 192 * mó 202 mě mút bwat bwát, 193 fmú 203 moo mò boộ sbo 194 * mu 205 mah muk bók bók, 195 門 ​mun 206 mun mún bûn bún 196 mung 207 mong mung bông bóng 197 | mán 208 mwan mún bwán bwán 198 HP ná 209 na ná ná 'ná 199 kN náh 210 nă náp lap láp, 200 75 nái 211 nae nái naé 'nái 201 ij nán 212 nan nám lam lám 202 nang 213 mang nóng lòng çlóng 203 Hé naus 214 măng nang lêng çleng 204 開 ​niu 215 maoạt náu laou láu? 205 hinau 230 now nau noē no? 206 Ý ngái gnae gnái 207 08 ngán ngón gān gán? 208 % ngan 42 gån yan yin yin 209 | ngang 43 gang ngóng gông góng 210 E ngang 44 găng ngang keng keng 211 (ngát 45 gau ngò go ngo 212 W ngau ngau gnoé 'gnò 213 額​nge 46 gih ngák gék gek, 214 L ngo ngó gô ngó 215 FI ngó 48 go ngók gók ngok, 216 Eni ní 11công ning 40 gac 41 gan ngái 49 gono 47 go 216 ne 1842. 37 Vern System of Orthography. Chi. Nero Or. Morrison's Canton Medhurst's Nou Fukien No. nese. thography. Orthography Dialect. Orthography. Orthography. 217 ni 221 neih nik lék lek, 218 KR niáng 217 ncang néung lëâng liáng 219 niku 218 neaou niú nenou 220 h nie 219 nëě ship lëep liep, 221 If nien 220 nëen nín lëên en 222 47 nin 225 nin yan jim jim? 223 letning 226 ning ning lêng sleng 224 nió 222 neð yeul gülk giák, 225 # niú 224 new ngau gnêw sgiú 22 227 no nó ná 'ná 227 Bà nó 228 nă nók lók lók, 232 nůh nut lút lut, 220 229 noo nú noệ 230 nü lé li 231 de nui noi löēy loé 231 nun nün jūn jún 233 nung 233 nung nung lông çlóng 234 l nwán 235 nwan. nün Iwan lwán 235 to è 236 0 ó Ò 236 ó 237 8 or go ok ok ók, 228 nò 223 neu 234 nu24 232 nun 0 238 pa pá pá «ра 237 € 2381ph 239 på 239 HF pái 24pán 241 À pan 242 + páng 242 pang 243 AJ pang 243 pong 240 pae 241 pan 260 pun pát pái pán pún póng pang pat paè pān pún pông pát, pái' pán 'pún 9. List of H. B. M. Military Forces in China. Lt.-general, sir Hugh Gough, K. G. C. B., commander-in-chief. STAFF. Lt. col. A. S. H. Mountain, C. B. H. M. 26th, Deputy adjutant-general. Major J. B. Gough, 3d Light Dragoons, Deputy quarter-master general. Lt. W. Gabbett, Madras Horse Artillery, · Aid-de-camp, absent to Calcutta. Capt. F. Whittingham, H. M. 26th regt. Aids-de-camp. Lieut. John Heatley, H. M. 49th, Lt. col. Wilson, 65th regt. B. N. I. Paymaster. Lt.-col. F. S. Hawkins, 38th regt. B. N. I. Deputy commissary geueral. Capt. J. Ramsay, 35th regt. B. N. I. Dep. assist. commissary-general. Sub-assistant commissary.general, Lt. W. W. Davidson, 18th regt. B. N. I. and assistant paymaster. Lt. A. G. Moorhead, H. M. 26th regt. Acting sub-assist. com.-general. Capt. H. Moore, 34th regt. B. N. I. Deputy judge advocate general. Surgeon J. French, H. M. 49th regt. Superintending surgeon. W. W. Graham, assistant surgeon, B. E. Medical storekeeper. ROYAL ARTILLERY. Capt. J. Knowles, brevet lieut..col. com- Lt. the honorable C. Spencer. manding Rank and File, 40. MADRAS ARTILLERY. Lieut..col. P. Montgomerie, C. B., com. Lt. A. T. Cadell, 1. A. manding artillery, and senior officer W. C. Baker. Madras troops. Second-lt. H. Molesworth. Capt. P. Anstruther, brevet major. E. S. Elliot, H. A. R. C. Moore. Surgeon J. P. Grant. Br capt. G. Balfour, staff officer Madras Assist. surgeon, J. Middlemass. troops. W. C Maclean, doing Lt. Gabbett, H. A., Aid-de-camp. duty H. M. 18th R. I. J. Barrow, Deputy commissary of Act. ass. sur. W. C. Coles, doing duly. ordnance. S Europeans 260, A. Foulis, H. A. Natives 200. MADRAS SAPPERS AND MINERS. Capt. J. J. Pears, Commanding. Second-lt. J. G. Johnston, F. C. Cotton, engineers. Lieut. Robert Gordon, 32d regt. M. N. Bt.-capt. W. Birdwood, I. doing duty. Lt. J. W. Rundall, Assist. surgeon J. Williams, in charge. J. Ouchterlony, Rank and file, 230. H. M. 18TH ROYAL IRISH. Colonel, Matthew, Lord Alymer, G. C. B. Lieutenant-colonel, George Burrell, C. B., Lieut. G. F. Call, Brigadier commanding, Hongkong. C. Dunbar, Lt. col. H. W. Adams, c. B., absent, sick. W. T. Bruce, Major N. R. Tomlinson, J. J. Wood, J. Cooper. G. Hilliard, Brevet-major F. W. Dillon. Alexander Murray, Capt. T. Moore, F. Martin, J. Grattan, brevet major. David Edwards, J. J. Sargent, do. absent sick, S. Bernard, F. Wigston, J. Cochrane, Charles J. R. Collinson, Anthony W. F. S. Armstrong, William T. Payne, in England Charles Rogers, T. Š. Moyle, do. Isaac Hewitt, C. A. Edwards, [Hongkong William P. Cockburn, J. P. Mitford, brigade-major at H. D. Burrell, Sir H. Darrell, bart. C. Woodwright, Licut. Hon. C. H. Stratford, Ensign S. W. Kirk, in Engand. Sir W. Macgregor, bart. J. P. Mayo, E. Joddrell, E. W. Sargent, J. W. Graves, Adjutant, John Elliot, in England. " Rank and file, 11 17 1) 7) 1842. 117 Detail of the Regiments. 19 17 11 9 19 Ensign M. Hayman, in England. Ass. surgeon, C. Cowen, H. Ward, do. J. Baker, Paymaster, G. I. Call, James Stewart, Adjutant, lieut. J. W. Gravcs, W. C. Maclean, M. A. do. Quarter-master, J. Carroll, ing duty. Surgeon, D. M'Kinlay, M. D. Rank and file, 800. H. M. 26th (Cameronian) Regiment of Foot. Colonel, John, Lord Seaton, G. C. B., G. C. H. Lt.-colonel, W. James, absent sick. Lieut. A. G. Moorhead, acting sub-as A. S. H. Mountain, C. B., Deputy sistant commissary-general, absen adjutant-general. W. B. Park, Major T. S. Pratt, c. B., Br. It.-colonel, W. T. Betts, commanding. John Cumming, absent. William Johnstone. R. P. Sharp. do. Capt. George Hogarth, brevet major. H. B. Phipps, do. H. F. Strange, Alexander Miller, W. Caine, chief magistrate, Hong- A. F. Wallace, kong. Robert C. Jones, J. Paterson, John Piper, absent. J. Piggott, absent sick. Patrick Duff, do. D. Young, Bengal. E. G. Whitty, George F. Mylius, Land officer, Ensign Charles H. Rhys, Hongkong Robert Synge, John Shum, R. El De Montmorencie, Thomas French, C. Duperier, F. Whittingham, A. D. C. to sir W. Turner, Hugh Gough, H. De Quincey, absent Lieut. R. Thompson, in India. R. Dickens, E. R. Greig, brevet capt. I. Bredin, Thomas Seccombe, Paymaster, R. H. Strong, absent. E. W. Sibley, in England. Adjutant, J. W. Johnstone, Alexander McDonald, in England. Quartermaster, Joseph Goodfellow, Henry Edgar, Surgeon, W. Bell, m. D. John W. Johnstone, Adjutant. Assistant sur. Chilley Pine, Charles Cameron, W. G. Bace, absent. Hon. W. G. Osborne, military sec. W. Brush, to governor-general, India. G. Coman, B. E. doing John Rodgers, duty. George Sweeney, in England. Rank and file, 600. H. M. 49th REGIMENT. Colonel, Sir Gordon Drummond, G. C. B. Lt. colonel R. Bartley, absent sick. Lieut. John Heatley, aid-de-camp. E. Morris, C. B., commanding. James Ramsay, Major Thomas Stephens, br. It..col. G. F. Bartley, S. Blythe, absent sick, Hugh Pearson, absent sick. Capt. G. J. Paisley, at depôt, England. Samuel B. D. Anderson, abt. sick. T. S. Reignolds, J. H. Daniell, Charles Gregory, Arthur R. Shakespeare, W. R. Faber, L. H. G. Maclean, M. G. Sparkes, Hongkong, H. S. Michell, D. McAndrew, Lieut. T. P. Gibbons, acting sub-asst W. Johnston, commissary general. R. Campbell, D. McAdam, James P. Meik, Hongkong, R. Blackall, J. Dennis, mil. magistrate, Chusan. F. W. Lane, Lient. J. T. Grant. Walter T. Bartley, H. G. Hart, in England, George Rand, J. M. Montgomery: C. A. Halfhide, W. P. Browne, Adjutant, Ensign Charles Faunt, Henry G. Rainey, William H. C. Baddcley, 11 1 1 ' 17 " 19 1) 19 118 FEB. Detail of the Regiments 11 } . 11 9 29 9 Ensign G. D. Prettcjohn, Surgeon, J. French, m. D., superintending George Weir, Hongkong. surgeon. John G. Bolton, do. Assisting surgeon, C. Flyter, in charge. John Campbell, R. H. Garrett, M. V. J. Wilkinson, not joincd. J. M. Duff, M. D. Paymaster, R. Ware, G. Sealey, B. E. Adjutant, William P. Browne, G. Smith, B. &. Quartermaster, H. Mayne, Rank and file, 800. H. M. 55TH REGIMENT OF Foot. Colonel, Sir W. Henry Clinton, G. C. B. Lt. col. J. H. Schoedde, commanding. Lieut. W. H. Fairtlough, P. E. Craigie, Henry. H. Warren, acting inter. Major c. Warren, at Hongkong. E. Pitman, D. L. Fawcett, W. Snowe, Capt. N. Maclean, D. M'Coy, in England. C. Campbell, act. paymaster. George King, J. Horner, in England. C. A. Daniell, Arthur O'Leary. J. K. Wedderburn, H. C. B. Daubeney, J. G. Schaw, A. H. S. Young, John Freind, J. B. Rose, in England. Ensign John R. Wilton, at Hongkong. J. Coats, Henry J. W. Egan, H. Grimes, at Hongkong. J. Maguire, H. M'Caskill, F. S. Ďaubeney, at Hongkong Lieut. A. H. Chaproniere, James Campbell,qr-mast.to detach. W.T. Colman, in England Paymaster, Cyrus Daniell, sick leave. T. A. Heriot, do. Adjutant, J. R. Magrath, do. T. de Havilland, Hongkong. Quartermaster, James W. Grigg, Edward Warren, in England. Surgeon, A. Shank, m. D. G. T. Brooke, do. Assist. surgeon J. H. Sinclair, m. D., al). Hume Edwards, do. J. S. Smith, M. D. abs. William H. L. D. Cuddy, T. G. Traquair, M. P. H. T. Butler, acting adjutant. H. Hutchinson, B. E. G' Hamilton, at Hongkong. doing duty. J. R. Magrath, adjutant, in Eng. F. Grant, B. E. doing E. G. Daniell, duty. M. Barbauld, Rank and file, 1100, MADRAS RIFLE COMPANY, 36TH REGT. N. I. Capt. J. Simpson, commanding, Assisting surgeon, W. Johnson. Lieut. F. Cox Bishop, Rank and file, 110. A. L. Tweedie, 37TH REGIMENT MADRAS NATIVE INFANTRY. Lt. colonel J. Campbell, (not joined) Lieut. C. J. Power, Major Clarke, detached on civil employ Goldsmid, acting adjutant, in India. W. M. Berkeley, absent sick. Capt. P. Bedingfield, commanding. W. W. Coote, do, Simpson, R. Mayne. E. Wardroper, absent sick. Lt. W. Devereux, ad Eur. reg. R. Gordon, absent sick, Acting quartermaster & interpreter. J. Hadfield, absent sick. Assistant surgeon D. Macpherson, in me- Lieut. W. Marcer, dical charge. R. Colton, absent sick. Act. as. surgeon J. Bryden doing duty, W. Bayley, Act. assist. surgeon Lünn, doing duty, W. H. Freeze, Rank and file, 400. DETACHMENT BENGAL VOLUNTEER Regiment. (apt. G. A. Mee, 58th B. N. I., com. Assisting surgeon G. S. Mann, in nie. manding dical charge. ( Bonline 4811 B N D Rank and file. 131, 91 ) 12 79 Journal of Occurrences 11!) i0. List of H. B. M. muual force in China. Blenheim; 72: captain sir Thomas Herbert, k. C. B. llerald, 26, captain Josepla Nias, c. B. Nimrod, 18, commander Glasse. Cruizer, 18, cominander J, Pearse. Squution of Royalist, 10, lieutenant Chetwood. Canton Rioer Young liebe, schooner, Wood. 11. Co.'s Arined steamer Hoogly, master-coulinanding Ross. Ariadne, Roberts, IN: Druid, 44, captain Henry Smith, c. B. Pylades, 18, commander L. S. Tindal. Chameleon, 10, lieutenant Hunter. Squadron at ilmoy Starling, 6, commander H. Kellett. Cornwallis, 72, capt. T. Richards, bearing the flag of Reais Admiral sir W. Parker, K. C. B., cominander.in-chief. Squadron at Clio, 16, commander T. Troubridge. Chusan. Trooj ship Jupiter, master-commanding Fulton, Blonde, 44, captain Thomas Bourchier, c. 6. Modeste, 18, commander Watson. llyacinth, 18, coinmander G. Goldsmith. Pelican, 18, commander Napier. Columbine, 18, commander W. II. A. Morshead. Squadron at Algerine, 10, commander W. H. Maitland. Chinhái and Lady Bentinck, surveying vessel, commander R. Collinson. Ningpo. II. C. Arined steainer Nemesis, lieut. W. II. Hall, R. N. Queen, master-commanding W. Warden. Sesostris, commander Ormshy; 1. N. Phlegethon, lieut. McCleverty, R. N. * ART. VII. Journal of Occurrences: H. M. special mission to China; Hong kong and Chusan declared to be free ports; Mr. Challayc's adventure. No important item of news from the north has reached us during the month. On sir Henry Pottinger's arrival on the 1st, the seizure of Chinese junks was immediately stopped, and such as had not been sold were returned to the owners. Much ill-will has been occasion- ed among the Chinese by the capture of their vessels by order of the senior naval officer, as they deemed it to be an infraction of captain Elliot's promise made last summer. His excellency arrived in Macao on the 15th, and returned to Hongkong on the 27th, removing thi- ther the whole of the superintendents' establishment. The following proclamation we extract from the Hongkong Gazette of the 26th instant, in which it was published in both English and Chinese. PROCLAMATION. Her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, minister extraordinary, and chief super- intendent of the trade of British subjects in China, deems it advisable to notify, that pending the receipt of the queen’s gracious and royal pleasure, the harbors of Hongkong and Tinghái (Chusan) and their dependencies, shall be considered Free Ports, and that no m:umner of customs, port duties, or any other charges, shall be Irvice in the said ports, on any ships or vessels of whatever nation, or sailing under 120 murnal of Occurrences whatever flag, that may enter these ports, or on their cargoes. Her Britannic ina- jest.y's minister plenipotentiary, &c., further notifies, that every facility for landing and disposing of merchandize, as well as ample protection under all ordinary circum- stances, will be afforded to all ships and vessels, of whatever flag or nation, that may visit the anchorage of Kúlangsú in thc harbor of Anoy, and likewise that, in the improbable event of her majesty's forces being withdrawn from the island in question, a sufficient period will be allowed for all merchants and others to remove their goods, as well as to adjust their accounts. God save the Queen of England. Dated at Hongkong, the 16th day of February, 1842. HENRY POTTINGER, Her Majesty's Plenipotentiary. Adventure of Mr. Challaye.-As Mr. C. A. Challaye, the French consul, and Messrs. Monge and Jeanneret, were going from Canton to Whampoa on the 13th instant, in a native boat, the boatmen turn- ed out of the main channel to go through a small creek (commonly known as Lob creek), to avoid the tide, and as the boat passed near the Halfway pagoda, they improved the occasion to land and visit it, though against the advice of the boatmen. While engaged in inspect- ing the building, the people began to collect, and in such numbers that the party soon deemed it best to return; but by the time they reached the boat, the crowd was increased by many arıned soldiers, who showed evident signs of a disposition to molest them, by laying hold of the boat, and becoming very clamorous. At this juncture, unable to make themselves understood, they were relieved by the arrival of two petty officers, who restrained the mob, and suffered them to embark; but scarcely had they began to move before the clanior revived, and shots were fired at the boat, but providentially without wounding any one. It was again seized by some of the soldiers, and the officers then requested the gentlemen to land and accompany them to their dwelling in order to escape from the enraged Crowd; as soon as they left the boat it was pillaged of nearly all its contents. On arriving at the officers' dwelling, they repeatedly assured them that they were French, at the same time demanding to be sent to Canton, and requesting that no harm might befall the boatmen. Mr. Challaye informed the officers, that he was agent of the French government, but the crowd without could hardly be made to believe they were not English. At last, other officers arriving, they all left on foot for Canton, under a guard of five officers, and upwards of a hundred and fifty armed soldiers, the boatmen carrying what was saved from the boat. On reaching Canton, the company entered the city about 9 o'clock P. m., and were kept standing in the streets until the authorities, apprised of their arrival, made their appearance with two of the hong-merchants and linguists to identify them. Other officers came to the place, and at last the Tartar general and Yishán, with a crowd of attendants all in full dress also arrived, to whom a- pologies were made for the trouble caused then, which they returned by shaking hands d l'Européenne all round, when the two parties separated, and the gentlemen were conducted to the linguists' houses and then to their factories, where they arrived about 2 o'clock A. M. The guard of soldiers who had accompanied then to Canton in hopes of a reward took their disappointineut very quietly, but it would seeni Chat the officers did not possess much control over their troops : TIE CHINESE REPOSITORY. REPOSITORY Vol. XI.-MARCH, 1842.- No. 3. Art. I. Retrospection, or a Rcview of public occurrences in China during the last ten years, from January 1st, 1832, to December 31st, 1811. (Continued from page 81.) Some of the best informed politicians in India—not to speak of those in Europe and the far west--have been led to sce, by the occur- rences of the last year, “that the resources of China, whether for warlike or peaceful undertakings, are far greater than they had anti- cipated;" at the same time they admit, “that the desirableness of bringing this magnificent country within the pale of civilized rela- tions, and of introducing the largest mass of men in the world to the European family, has been made more evident the more we have been enabled to lift up the veil which has hitherto concealed it from our view. How the expedition is to bring about the result, which we know it is destined to accomplish, cannot be foreseen.” The conduct of the shrewd dame of Padua and her suitor (if great things may be compared with small) was not altogether unlike what has been ex- hibited in China. If she be cursed, it is for policy ; For she 's not froward, but modest as a dove. Many used to affirm, and some still maintain, that the Chinesc go- vernment is just and mild, though weak and timid. At a mere show of force, it was supposed, that these three hundred and sixty millions would cower, and at once yield everything. The measures pursued by the E. I. Company's supercargoes in China, were varied in cha- racter almost as much as were those of the Gentleinan of Verona. Sometimes they frownedl; sometimes they flattered ; " French and German liqucurs,” says Alr. Davis in his new book. were among 6 VOL 1 122 MARCH, Review of Public Ouurrences During the the presents which they ammually seul to Canton for the inandarins.” Auber, somewhere, speaks of large sums of money as having been paid with a view to an extension of privileges; and we ourselves can remember the time when the whole of their shipping was kept out of the port till past inidwinter, in order to bring the provincial authori- ties to terms; for the same object, we have seen heavy cannon brought from Whampoa and placed in their factory at Canton, and scores of blue jackets in marshaled bands drilled in the East India Company's garden. Lord Napier's course was diguified and straightforward : when just privileges were denied, he remonstrated; when indignities were offered and rights infringed, he threatened ;—but he had not the power to execute, and when he was dead, his government did not see fit, either to demand reparation, or to maintain the high ground he had rightly taken. Mr. Davis, who seems to have been in a mea- sure pledged to a firm course, sceing this, withdrew, and the policy of the Commission was changed. This was on the 22d January, 1835. On the same day, a boat's crew belonging to the ship Argyle fell into the hands of the Chinese, and thereupon the action of that niew policy began to be developed. The deposition of captain Mac- donald was given in our last; we now record the sequel, borrowing our information from the Blue Book. “As there appeared to be no doubt that these unfortunate men had fallen into the hands of some of the notoriously lawless people upon the part of the coast indicated in the deposition, the superintendents letermined to lose no time in formally and respectfully reporting the circumstances to the direct knowledge of the principal authorities at Canton. With this view, they caused the following note to be trau- slated into Chinese by Mr. Gutzlaff, and its sentiments to be render- ed in a manner conformable to the genius of the language, and in itccordance with those respectful modes of communication adopted by public oflicers in their reports to cach other. "To his excellency the governor of the two provinces of Kwangtung and Kwangsí. "The undersigned have the honor respectfully to represent to your ex- cellency, that, &c. [here was recited a succinct stalement of the circumstances.] • The undersigncd are very conscious that your excellency will hear of the violent outrage committed by those evil-disposed people upon his majesty the king of England's subjects, driven by distress upon the coast, with feelings of sincere regret; and they have a firm confidence in the earnestness of your excellency's efforts to deliver these unfortunate innocent men from (heir perilous condition will, the utmost promptitude. W the discharge of a solemn duly!u the kius their gracions sovereign and in a sense of respect 1842 : Iuest Trine Truls Jo 18:35 19 mil. to your excellency, it has been julged right 10 submit this injiciant rrpre. sentation in the most direct marmer, by 1.he hands of a member of lois dia. jesty's commission, who is accompanied by the captain of the ship, and in authorized to carry on any official communications which may be needful. It has also been considered decorous and reasonable to refrain from taking any urgent steps for the recovery of the people, until your excellency shall be made acquainted with the disastrous transaction. 6. The undersigned avail themselves of this occasion to offer to your ex. cellency the expression of their highest consideration and respect. (Signed) "6G. B. ROBINSON, Ist 16.J. H. ASTELL, 21 Superintendent. CHARLES Fuliot, 3d " The version in Chinese of this document, as prepared by Mr. Gutzlaff, is as follows:- "La, Ah, and F, hy British royal commission superintendents of their country's affairs, communicate jointly and respectfully to your excellency, the governor of the two Kwang, Lú. That on the first day of the first month, the 15th year of Taukwang (January 29th, 1835), Ma (Alexander Macdonald), a captain of their nation, reported: That his ship called the Argyle, whilst on her voyage from Bengal, mel unfortunately with storms, and made St. John's, when she anchored in a harbor on the east coast, near 10 New-keo chan. That, on the 230 of the 12th month of the 14th year of Taukwang (January 21st, 1835), be sent his mate, two helmsmen, and nine sailors in his boat on shore, with the intention of procuring a pilot, who might guide his ship over the shoals to Ma- That the inhabitants of St. John's being unfortunately ruffians, seized on a sudden upon our people, twelve in number, taking them prisoners, and forcibly possessing themselves of their boat. That, although the said captain strenuously exhorted them to liberate his sailors, those rullians demanded by way of extortion, 500 dollars, for which they would set them at liberty. That two of the in- habitants of St. Jolm's came here in his ship to receive that unjust bribe. This coming before us the superiutendents, we prepared previonsly this document to represent to your excellency, that according to decorum, we should not our- selves arbitrarily endeavor to get back our countrymen, but we beseech your ex. cellency most earnestly to issue immediate orders to those ruffians of St. John's commanding them to give up our countrymen without delay. The superin- tendenis being extremely desirous to fulfill the duties of their office, which they hold by royal comunission, could not sit down with indifference, and see their people in the utmost danger, without succoring and assisting them. They therefore deputed the superintendent E, to repair with the said captain Ma, to the provincial city, that he might with his own hand present this docu- ment, and wait for an official reply from your excellency. Respectfully wish- ing your excellency the enjoyment of peace and happiness, we communicate in this document a true statement of the case. Done, January 3011, 1835. (Signed) "CHARLES Gurzy.AFF.' "January 30, 1835.—It was considered to be desirable that the three superintendents should sign this paper to the governor, as it appeared 1.0 be possible Urat this circunstance might give it rather cao. 124 MARCII, Review of Public Occurrences During the 1 the character of a report than a letter (and it will be remembered that the pretext for refusing lord Napier's first communication was, because it was a letter); at all events it was thought probable that the Chinese authorities might be disposed to avail themselves of any change in the forın, as a reason for receiving the statement. The seals of the three superintendents were affixed to their signatures, but it was determined merely to attach a fly seal to the envelop, because it was hoped, that to afford the officer who might be deputed to communicate with us the facility of reading it, would remove every rational ground of objection. Upon the address was super- scribed a short sentence to the effect, that the report related to mat- ter concerning human life. These precautions being taken, it was arranged that the third superintendent (captain Elliot) should be the bearer of the paper, and with a view to prevent excitement, or any pretension that the communication was lumultuously presented, it was resolved that the intention should be kept perfectly secret, and that only two persons should accompany captain Elliot, viz., Mr. Gutzlaff and the captain of the Argyle. It was also decided that these gentlemen should not go to the factories at all, but should repair direct to the water gate, (about a mile to the eastward of the factories,) at which point an officer in the navy, of captain Elliot's rank (captain Freemantle in 1831) had recently delivered a letter from the governor-general to the viceroy. The result of this attempt it described in the following papers. “February 4th, 1835.-The annexed minute is from the third superintendent. Immcdiately upon the conclusion of our recent visit to the water-gate, i re- quested Mr. Gutzlaff to take a note of the circumstances which had occurred there, because I rather preferred that the statement should be made by another hand than iny own. I have read his paper which is annexed to this minute, with great attentiori, and I should say, that it contains a complete and exact account of the transaction. There be little doubt that the person by whom I was principally beset, acted only in the performance of his duty in resisting the entrance of any foreigner into the city. It need hardly be observed, however, that he was unne- cessarily earnest and violent, because there was not the least disposition on my part to force my way into the city, but simply to maintain a position within the first wicket, as is usual on these occasions, and to wait there for the arrival of any officers •deputed by the governor, with whom I might confer. The two mandarins of rank who did eventually come, stayed only to declare that they could receive nothing but a petition, and therefore no opportunity was afforded to mc formally lu complain of the unbecoming treatment I had experienced. But I confess I cannot regret this circumstance, for it is very obvious that the truc responsibility of this, and all other conduct of the same nature, attaches entirely to the govern. ment, and is by no means to be set aside by the imputation of blame to their sule 1842. 12. Last 7'en Yrars: from 183? tu 1841. altcrn officers. It belongs generally to that spirit of unreasonable and dangerous impracticability with relation to the point of direct intercourse between the public. officers of the two countries, which is so coinpletely a subject for the considera- tion and disposal of his majesty's government. The awakening of cager solicitude upon the part of tho highest authorities, for the rescuc of the king's subjects, and the inducing a serious determination vigorously to pursue the offenders, were the great objects of immediate concern to the Commission, and to this extent there can be no doubt that our mission was completely successful. (Signed) “"Charles Elliot, Third superintendent.' “Mr. Gutzlaff's report. — Sunday morning, 1st Feb., 1835, his majesty's third superintendent, captain Elliot, R. N., the master of the British ship Argyle, Alex- ander Macdonald, and myself, arrived opposite the third pagoda in Canton river. We went in a three-oared boat to a landing-place near the Yíúlán gate, which leads to the governor's palace, in order to present a document from his majesty's superintendents, addressed to his excellency the governor, wherein they request ed him to give orders for the liberation of twelve British subjects who had been forcibly seized upon by some natives of St. John's, and belonged to the British ship Argyle. “ His majesty's third superintendent, captain Elliot, wore the uniform of a post captain of his majesty's navy, and directed us both to behave towards himself, in the presence of the mandarins, with the greatest respect, to give an additional proof that he was a king's officer. He also requested me to be courteous in the ex- treme, when engaged in conversation with the mandarins, and not to offer any resistance, should violence be used towards us “We entered, accordingly, the Yítlán gate, and bad proceeded a few houses farther, when all on a sudden, the soldiers fell upon captain Elliot, one of them, a second lieutenant, with a brass knob, grasping the hilt of his sword and struggling with him for several minutes, until captain Elliot fell on the ground. In the meanwhile, I addressed the soldiers in a loud voice, that the gentleman whom they maltreated was an officer of his Britannic majesty, and came here upon a most urgent affair, which concerned the lives of twelve British subjects, but they did not listen, and pushed him very hard. I then placed myself near a pillar, and endeavored to reason with these violent men, which had the desired effect, for, upon hearing that we came in the service of his Britannic majesty, they desisted from offering violence to me; nevertheless, they continued to treat captain Elliot with the greatest indignity, whilst I ınyself went up the street to find out, if pos- sible, an officer of rank; but not succeeding, I turned back, and saw captain Elliot, and afterwards Macdonald, forcibly dragged and pushed through two wicket gates. Ilereupon, 1 most solemnly, in the hearing of all bystanders, protested, that captain Elliot, being an officer of his Britannic majesty, bad come hither with a document addressed to his excellency the viceroy, concerning the lives of twelve British subjects, and was on no account to be ill-treated. I exhorted theni to ab- stain from this outrage, but the lieutenant, as well as the other soldiers, answered me with a sneer, 1ook hold of me, aud threw me out of the gate. •We stood now between the Yíúlán and the two wicket gates, when we were met hy a military mandarin, in his uniform, wearing a blue knob, and being pre- ceded by several men who carried chairs. To him captain Elliot addressed himself and presented the document, which he refused to receive; and I was then request ont to stalo. 10 the said mandarin, in plain terma 1990 this wiislis Britannir mejory's 120 МАКСІН Review of Public Orcurrences During the. officer, who had come bere upon a most important affair which concerned the lives of British subjects, and was anxious to hand this document to a mandarin of rank, that he inight transmit it to his excellency the governor. He treated this appeal with contempt. I therefore showed hiin the outside of the document, where it was stated, that this matter was of the highest importance, and concerned the lives of British subjects. Ile read it and sneered contemptuously. Captain Elliot then requested, through me, that the lieutenant who had treated him, a Britishı officer, with such indignity, should be punished. The mandarin laughed, saying, • You an officer!' We pointed, therefore, to the epaulets and the other insignia of rank, and the bystanding soldiers l'emarked, thal gold naturally indicates rank, whilst the officer silenced thein and sneered. He then took off his upper robes, and captain Elliot declined any farther conversation. ". Whilst the mandarin withdrew, we were exposed to a great mob, drawn hither by curiosity, in witnessing so extraordinary a scene. The soldiers now collected in greater numbers, and placed themselves before the wicket gate where we stood. some of them having whips in their hands, whilst others appeared on the opposite side, and drove the multitude away. Shortly afterwards some linguists came, and desired to converse with us. Captain Elliot requested me to tell them, that we wished to communicate our affairs to a messenger from the viceroy, a man- darin of rank. This I told them in Chinese; and farther refused to hold any con- versation with any man who was not an officer of government. “We had waited half an hour longer, when several mandarins, all in their state uniform, arrived; and amongst them we observed Mowqua, a senior hong-mer- chant, who wore a peacock's feather and a crystal globe. The same linguist ad- dressed us again, and desired that we might communicate the affair, and give him the document. As he, however, met with a refusal, the gates were thrown open, and we were brought into the presence of two general officers, who wore red but- tons, and had seated themselves in the watch-house. As soon as captain Elliot tried to sit down, they rose, and he presented, most respectfully, the document to one of them; but the mandarin refused to receive it. These officers, as we were told, had been deputed by the governor, and I therefore again stated in a loud voice, that captain Elliot was a British officer, who had come here to represent a most urgent case which concerned the lives of twelve British subjects; but he re- plied, 'We only receive petitions. I showed him the cover of the document, opon which the above words were written, which he read. After this both left us abruptly, and repeated, “We only receive petitions. We therefore withdrew, and returned to our boat. (Signed) Charles GUTZLAFF, Joint interpreter.' The following memoranda, made at the foreign office, affords all the comment we need offer on the foregoing extracts. "[Mem.: F. O., 1840.—It is not necessary to state all that subsequently passed between the superintendents and the Chinese authorities relating to this case : suffice it to say, that the authorities are represented to have exerted themselves zealously; that on the 20th of February, intelligence was received at Macao, that the officer and boat's crew of the Argyle liad arrived at. Canton on the 18th ; that they were restored to their ship on the 197h; what the ship as serured in the usual way ; and that the first part of her cargo reached Canton on the 23d 1" Corresp. pp 82.-36. 1842 Luise Ten Yulis; from 1923: 10 ISI. 127 oth. A. R. Jolusioni, esq., secretary and treasurer w H. B.;M. Commission, issued a public notice, intimating that-in conformity with the provisions of an Act of Parliament, 6 Geo. IV., cap. 87,- James Matheson, esq., had been duly authorized to convene a meet- ing of all British subjects in Canton, for the purpose of instituting a British hospital at Whampoa, or elsewhere, for the reception of Brit- ish subjects, needing medical care and relief 14th. Mr. Matheson, by public notice, requested a meeting for the aforesaid purpose, to be convened on the 23d. The law above referred to provides, that where voluntary contri- butions towards erecting churches, hospitals, or providing burial- grounds, in any place where consuls are resident, such consuls are authorized to advance suins of money equal to the amount of such contributions. Can. Reg., Feb. 17th. 13th. The British residents in Canton were convened for the pur- pose of adopting measures in order to secure the erection of a monu- inent in honor of Lord Napier : it was proposed to raise a sum not exceeding £500; and the design of the monument was to be left lo the judgment of J. F. Davis, and James Matheson, esqs. The remainder of the subscriptions, should they exceed £500, were to be employed in the foundation of some benevolent and useful institution in China, connected with the name of Napier. The sum of $2200 was immediately subscribed, and a monument bearing the following cpitaph ordered from England. To the memory of The right honorable WILLIAM-JOHN, LORD NAPIER, of Murchistuon, Captain in the Royal Navy, His Majesty's Chief Superintendent of thc British trade in China; who died at Macao, October 11th, 1834. Aged 48 years. As a Naval Officer, he was able and distinguished. In Parliainent, his conduct was liberal and decided. Allached to the pursuit of science, and the duties of religion, He was Faithful, Charitable, Affectionate and Kind. lle was the First Public Functionary chosen by our Sovereign, On the Opening of the Trade in China to British enterprise; And his valuable life Was sacrificed to the zeal with which he endeavored to discharge The arduous duties of the Situation. This monument is erected by the British Community in China. 23.1. The magistrates of Canton, in company with his honor, the prefect, went to the military parade ground on the east of the city, and there witnessed the burning of several tens of chests of opium, that had been scized and taken from the smugglers. Vol. Ill., p. 188 1.28 MARCI, Review of Public Occurrences During the A connittee appointed to frame regulations for a British hospital at Whampoa. 27th. Under this cate, sir G. B. Robinson wrote to viscount Pal- merston regarding facilities of extending British commerce to other ports in China. The following is an extract from the letter. " From the period when the first ship, the Merope, captain Parkyns, 1820- 21, commenced the system of delivering opium at various places, I have closely questioned intelligent men, who have had opportunities of making observations; and the result of my inquiries is the conviction, that the peo. ple arc intensely desirous to engage in traffic, certain to prove alike advan. tageous to themselves and to foreigners; that the mandarins are anxious to benefit thereby, but are, reluctantly perhaps, compelled to enforce tha prohibitions regarding trade; and that an opening for almost unbounded commercial operations would be the desirable effect of little more than a elemonstration on the part of our government of a determination to establish a proper understanding in the political and commercial relations of the two countries." Corresp. p. 87. March 8th. Their excellencies the governor, lieut.-governor, and commissioner of customs, having framed a new code of restrictive regulations, addressed the same to his majesty for approval: these restrictive regulations commenced in 1760; were revised in 1810 and in 1831, and again on the present occasion. For a translation of the eight regulations forwarded to Peking under this date, sce vol. III., P. 580. 24th. A report was current in Canton that an insurrection had broken out in Sz'chuen, having commenced near the close of the last year. 26th. Fatqua's hong, said to be debtor to the local government for arrears of duties to upwards of 200,000 taels, was this day closed by the magistrates of Canton, in obedience to an order from the com- missioner of customs. April 1st. Under this date the following official notification was published in the Canton Register. Pursuant to instructions under the royal sign manual, captain Charles Elliot, R. N., has this day succeeded to the office of second superintendent of the trade of British subjects in China, vacant by the resignation of Johın Harvey Astell, esq., and Alexander Robert Johnston, esq., latc sccretary to the Commission, has suc- cccded to the office of third superintendent. Edward Elmslic, csej., scnior clerk on the chief superintendents' establishment, has been charged provisionally with the duties of sccretary and treasurer, and it is requested that all public commu. nications may be addressed to that gentleman. By order of the Superintendents, Edward ELUSLIE, Atacau, lijf April, 1835. Acling secretary and Ircasurer Last Ten Hars, from 1832 to 1841. 129 11th. The magistrates of Canton issued an order for the purpose of regulating the exchange of dollars, Mexican, Spanish, Bolivian, Peruvian, &c. Can. Reg. April 21st. 13th. Sir G. B. Robinson wrote to viscount Palmerston, expressing “his unfeigned regret at the dissensions and violent party spirit that so fearfully prevailed among the mercantile community of Canton," calling his “attention to this dangerous state of society.” He then adds : "Without reverting to the past, I wish strongly to point out the absolute neces sity of placing the officers of government as much beyond these influences as prac. ticable; their most strenuous efforts and best exertions must be in vain, if counter- acted by a strong under-currcnt, if I may so express it. To prevent an evil of this nature is perhaps impossible, but I conceive it might be in a degree lessened, were cvery British subject, every British ship, removed from the river previous to the commencement of any sort of communication with the local authorities. Timely and reasonable notice being given, I should not anticipate remonstrance on an occasion where pers ɔnal apprehensions would have their due weight. A retire. ment to Macao would hardly have the desired effect, and probably lead to many difficulties; to avoid which I would venture to recommend the embarkation of all British families and subjects resident at that place, until political arrangements were perfectly concluded, on board the merchant ships, which might then take their station in some of the beautiful harbors in the neighborhood of Lantao or Hongkong. How far the latter measure is practicable, I am uncertain, but think, if accomplished, it would make a greater impression on the Chinese than any expedients hitherto resorted to.”-Corresp. p. 95. 14th. The Governor Findlay, captain McKay, sailed for Fukien, carrying G. J. Gordon, agent of the Bengal governinent, to visit the Bohea (Wuí) hills. Mr. G. had visited the Ngánkí hills in Novem- ber of the preceding year. Vol. III., p. 72. 21st. The prefect of Canton, in consequence of continued drought, having previously forbidden the slaughter of animals, published an edict prohibiting the catching of fish as well as the killing of animals. Cun. Reg., 21st April. 28ts. The prefect, having erected an altar and engaged the ser- vices of a Budhist priest, offered prayers for rain. May 1st. No rain having fallen after three successive days devot- ed to prayers by the priest and prefect, the former proposed to the latter to enter on another engagement for three days, but the prefect at once bid him begone. Vol. IV., p. 46. 8th. After an uninterrupted drought of eight or pino months in Canton and its vicinity, there were copious showers of rain. Uth. Mr. Gordou and his party, while proceeding up the river Min, were fired on by the Chinese soldiers. Vol. IV., p. 89 VOL XI NO. !! 130 MARCH, Review of Public Occurrences During the 25th. Several cases of sickuess and death occurred during this inonth, generally believed to be instances of the malignant cholera. Vol. IV., p. 48. June 2d. The funeral rites for the late Mowqua, who died on the 7th ult. at bis iesidence in Honin, were celebrated. 4th. Siamese tribute-bearers, after an absence of six or eight inonths on a visit to the capital, returned to Cantou. Vol. IV., p. 103. 7th. His excellency governor Li returned from a military tour of the two provinces, said to be thinner in persuit, därker in complex. ion, and more than $50,000 richer in purse, than when he left the city six or eight weeks previously. 20th. Disturbances in Shausí, recently reported, were still unset- iled. Those in Sz'chuen were said to be at an end. Vol. IV., p. 104. July 1st. The chief superintendent had the honor to transmit to viscount Palmerston sundry papers “relative to a claim of Messrs. 'Turner & Co. upon Mr. Keating, for the sum of 300 dollars ;" the case was "only interesting as showing the necessity there was for the superintendents being armed with efficient powers to control British subjects in their intercourse and dealings with each other." This power they did not possess. 9th. The English bark Troughton arrived in distress, having on the oth been boarded and robbed by Chinese pirates. Vol. IV., p. 151. 19th. An edict was issued by the provincial authorities, declaring war of extermination against some insurrectionary grasshoppers or lo- custs, the same as had been done in 1833. Can. Reg., Sep. 22d. August 5th & 6th. One of the severest storins ever known on the coast of China was experienced in the vicinity of Macao and Canton. Vol. IV., p. 197, and Vol. VIII., pp. 232–236. Tith. Arrived H. B. M. sloop Raleigh, Michael Quin, esq., com- wander, under jury masts, having sustained a very heavy gale on the 4th and 5th, by which she was compelled to throw overboard 13 of her guns, and to cut away her quarter boats. Vol. IV., p. 198. September 1st. Of the money and goods taken from the bark Troughton, and estimated to be $74,380.45, the sum of $24,435.50 was returned by order of the government. Vol. IV., p. 248. 20th. The steamer Jardine arrived in the Chinese waters, under calvas from Aberdeen. Vol. IV., p. 439. 9:20. The Footae hong was admitted to the cohong; a new lin- guist Yánghien was appointed in place of Hopin who was banished last year 1842. 131 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. 23d. An edict was issued by the governor, complaining of the distribution of foreign books on the coasts of Fukien and Chekiáng. Can. Reg., Oct. 6th. 25th. The death of governor Lú was announced in the evening. He died after an illness of only a few hours, aged sixty-six years. He was a native of Chili. October 1st was the 54th anniversary of the emperor's birthday : it was then said that during his reign, there had not been one pros- perous and happy year. Vol. IV., p. 295. 12th. Halley's comet was observed by residents in Canton, form- ing with the last two stars of Ursa major, the points of a right-angled triangle, nearly. Vol. IV., p. 296. 19th. The first annual meeting of the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge in China was held in Canton. Vol. IV., p. 354. 31st. The American brig Huron, captain Thomas Winsor, and the Rev. Messrs. Medhurst and Stevens passengers, returned from a voyage northward of two months and five days, during which time several places in Shantung, Keangsú, Chekiáng, and Fukien were visited, and about 20,000 voluines of Christian books distribut- ed. Vol. IV., pp. 308–335. November 5th. In obedience to orders from Peking, the acting governor of the province issued an edict relative to the voyage of the Huron and other foreign vessels on the coasts, “ for the distribution of books and opium." Vol. IV., p. 343. 10th. Died at his residence in Macao, sir Andrew Ljungstedt, knight of the Swedish royal order of Waza, and author of " An his. torical sketch of the Portuguese settlements in China; and of the Roman Catholic church and mission in China." An enlarged edition of this was published in Boston, by James Munroe & Co. in 1836. 22d. A fire broke out in the city of Canton and continued to rage till the next day, when more than three hundred families were left houseless. Vol. IV., p. 390. 25th. In pursuance of public notice given on the 21st, sir G. B. Robinson, chief superintendent of British trade in China, removed froin Macao to Lintin, accompanied by Mr. Elmslie, secretary. December 10th. The “quiescent policy" maintained by H. B. M. superintendent, and the “extreme delicacy and difficulty," of his po- sition, are best indicated in his own words, on which it is unneces- sary to comment. The following is an extract from a dispatch, dated His majesty's cutler Louisa, Lintin, December 10th, 1835," ad. dressed to viscount Palmerston. 04 132 Marcii, Notice of the Works of Sú Tungpo. “I shall not iutrude so far on your lordship's time, as to enter at length into a defence, if such be requisite, of the course of quiescent policy, in which I flatter myself I have successfully persevered to the present moment, when I rejoice to say everything in this country manifests a state of uninterrupted tranquillity and peace, which I could hardly have ventured to anticipate from the very discordant state of society, the virulent party spirit and default of unanimity and good-will existing among the British community in China, while the important trade of the season is in active, and I trust, successful progress under a tacit and nutual under- standin gand total abstinence and forbearance from communication, on the part of the Chinese and myself. My position has been one of cutreme delicacy and difficulty. Succeeding, in pursuance of the instructions under his majesty's royal signet and sign manual, to the high and important office I have the honor to hold, at a crisis when a false step or error in judgment might not only have led 10 extreme hesita. tion and difficulty in the arrangements which his majesty's government may deem it proper to make for the adjustment of atfairs here, and their future ma- nageinent and control, but have plunged the whole of his majesty's Commission, all British subjects, and the valuable trade in which they are engaged, as well as perhaps life and property, in great jeopardy, or into an utterly hopeless and inex- tricable state of confusion and discord; my best efforts have been directed 10 maintain the precise position in which I found myself placed on the departure of Mr. Davis, whose recommendation to that effect has had due weight with me.'' Corresp. p. 106. ito be continued.) Arr. II. Notices of the complete works of Sí Tungpo, comprised in twenty-six volumes. 8vo. By a Correspondent. . There was once a period in Chinese history, when the spirit of com- piling and of commentating, had so completely taken possession of the nation, that the whole tribe of literati was at once absorbed in the contemplation of the real and imaginary beauties, which they had discovered in the ancient writings. Almost every nation takes the same turn as soon as the talent for begetting original ideas becomes extinct, of which the Greek scholiasts are proof. But the literary sons of Han are exceedingly unwearied in their researches, bringing together everything they can lay their hands on; no matter whether they be scraps of poetry, rhapsodies, or absordities, if they contain a phrase or even a single character which will elucidate their own opi. vions, they are sure to quote it. And so it happens, that volumes after volume:s are filled with nothing, so that one is at a loss to imagine what conld prossibly have been the inieniion of such compilations. In this grand science of book-making. however, no race among them 1842. 13: Nolier of the It'orks il Si Tung po was so diligent as the scholars under the Sung dynasty, and among them, the commentaries of Chú lí, or Chú fuútsz', are remarkable for their clearness, and the distinctness with which they elucidate the text. They have therefore been reprinted a thousand tiines, and are even in this age, regarded as the orthodox explanations of the classics. The reasonings of these giants in compilation took a very perverse turn, for it was their wisdom, that finally proved the mortality of the soul. The sitnile by which, instead of argument, they illustrated this pernicious opinion, is unique in its kind, and deserves mention. They said, the relation of the soul to the body is like the sharpness of a knife compared to the kuife itself; now as soon as the knife is destroyed, its sharpness also vanishes. So on the death of the body, the soul ceases to exist. This is just like another famous argument; viz., water is a fluid, and a Auid is not a compact body; therefore water can never appear in a compact form, and all the fables about. ice, snow, and hail are unworthy of credit. Thus reasoned the king of Siam, and nobody dared to contradict. These sentiments of the philosophers of the age of Sung have in the meanwhile been repeat- ed by all the self-wise of the race of Han, who imagine they have found the philosopher's stone by denying the future existence of man's most precious part. Theoretically they believe firmly in an. nihilation, but really they are afraid of the sufferings in hell, and very frequently call in the assistance of a priest of Budha to smooth their last moments. But during life, they proceed, as if there was no life to come, and commit every vile and atrocious crime, because there is no restraint upon their deeds, which always will influence mankind, if they are imbued with a fear of everlasting punishment. Amongst the number of clever scholars, who lived during the time preceding the latter emperors of the southern Sung, when the Tar- tars occupied all the country to the north of the Yángtsz’ kiáng, Sí Tungpo was distinguished. He early studied letters, in order to ad- vance himsell, and so far succeeded in his ambitious views, that he became a minister of state, and lived a life of splendor at Hángchau, which was then the capital. He highly had a discursive rind, and whether he applied himself to letters, or devoted his mind to affairs of state, he alike excelled. As a scholar, he fairly came up to the beau ideal of what a Chinese author ought to be ;—that is a poet, a prose writer, a framer of epigrams, of ditties, and unmeaning classi- cal aspirations; while he aiso composed state papers, and corn- plaints upon the corruption of the age. As a minister, he was bigoted, 1:34 MARCH Notice of the llorks of Si Tingpo upholding the opinions of the ancients, and considering them still ap- plicable in the present day. Ile worries his sovereign with memorials, points out to himn how he may raise himself to the glorious state of faultless antiquity, and stickles at every improvement, because he can- not trace it in the classics. He hates foreigners, on account of their being beyond the transforming influence of the celestial empire, and argues against the trade with Corea, because it would contaminate tie purity of the sons of Han. But this writer is a paragon of literary accomplishments, and whoever wishes to become a first rate scholar must imitate him in every particular. His works therefore stand very high in the estima- tion of the learned, and a single quotation from him is better than a Jong argument. His writings are short, the twenty-six volumes before us being a complete miscellany. We have first an eulogy in praise of il city, followed by a ditty upon wine; and shortly afterwards a trea- rise upon punishment and rewards, quite in the style of Yáu and Shun, with a reference to whom he commences the lucubration. In 1hose golden times, virtue was promoted by immediate rewards, and praises sung in its favor; whilst vice was repressed by the punish- ment it received, and the wailings with which it was accompanied. In fact public opinion then did everything in support of the good morals of the country. Sú Tungpo likewise writes essays upon the examinations, which at that period were held nearly in the same manner as they are now; he makes Confucius a pattern, whom every candidate for govern- inental honors must resemble and whose fitness must be judged according to this great model. We have also some touches upon the Chun 'Tsau, which our author considers the most perfect and excel- lent production, perhaps for not containing a single remark, and merely giving us the names of ancient kings and princes both real and fictitious. But the publication of this work wrought wonderful changes, and the times immediately succeeding were quite different from what they afterwards have been. The reason was, that every body seeing this long series of names laid open for public perusal, began to fear, that he would likewise be immortalized for his crimes, and rendered infamous throughout all ages. He therefore straight. way became virtuous, and to this shamefacedness the growth of virtue at that time is to be ascribed. Listen to this, ye legislators of the west, and especially ye agitators of Spain and Ireland! If you wish to render the people virtuous, publish chronological tables, and then the whole nation will be renovated Jotice of the Vorhs y Su Tuugpi. 1:52 There is also a great deal concerning ceremonies, and not it nile about my lord Chau, that very pink of ininisters, who restrained a vicious court, and introduced order throughout the empire. At that time the celestials were often sorely pressed by the Tartars, an enemy that never gave up the contest; and this circumstance suggested to the author, lo write an essay upon bravery, according to the model of the ancient kings. Their principle was to interfere in all quarrels of their neighbors, but to do so merely from motives of benevolence. It was their endeavor to soothe the people, and therefore they went about to kill them, a process similar to that of Napoleon's, who waged war for the pacification of the world. After much miscellaneous matter, we have a treatise against here- sies, and Sii recapitulates all the heresiarchs, that lived about or near the time of Confucius, two of whom Shángyáng and Hanfi asserted, that the empire ought to be ruled by the fear of punishment-a the- ory afterwards fully adopted by Tsiu Chí hwangtí. When the mi- uister discourses upon the government of the state, he forgets the present exigencies of the times, and reverts to the happy periods of which Confucius gives a charming account. He was coustantly liv- ing in the golden age, and forgot his country's woes; for notwith- standing the excellency of his treatises, the Tartars encroached upon the imperial domains and ravaged the whole frontier. And when at list le proposed a grand stratagem according to the treatises of Yáu and Shun, the enemy would not attack the Chinese where they had prepared the ambush, and therefore all these contrivances succeeded very ill. But still he would revert to the saine plans and urge the adoption of the whole Confucian system; in fact Yáu and Shun were always in his mouth, and if he could have resuscitated them, he would indeed have made them field marshals. It was a reinarkable circumstance that whilst the rude Tartars in the north kept the country in good order by exercising a vigorous government, the Chinese emperors lived for their own pleasure. Sú Tuugpo upbraids them in a series of well written papers, in the strictly classical style, long before the division took place; not so much for being inferior to their fierce neighbors, as for neglecting to imitate their ancestors. The fault of government, he says, is not so much in the constitution, as in the administration. There are laws enacted which are quite inapplicable to circumstances, and oflicers are appointed to fulfill duties for which they are totally unfit. To the sovereign ought to be intrusted the whole power of levying duries, and hostowing rewards: one mun ought to control the whole, 1:30 MARCI Vinduer of the Worlis of the Thingpo. but in our times every body exercises these functions. The nunber of magistrates is too large; there are three candidates for one ap- pointment, and all must be maintained from the public treasury. Another error was not equalizing the land tax, so that a deficit in the revenue ensued. In ancient times one tenth of the produce was raised; in Sú's time the regular impost did not amount to so much, and even this was felt a great hardship, because the collectors took so much for their own share. In ancient times trained bands were al- ways maintained, and the people were accustomed to the sound of the bugle and the roll of the gong; but under the present administra- tion the soldiers were disbanded, and the defenses of the country became of no avail. When bands of robbers traversed the land, the tew soldiers that were collected in a hurry, ran away without fight- iny. After having dwelt upon the administration in detail, he sums the whole in a spirited address to his sovereign, (Elining, about 1080,) in which he urges him to strive towards perfection, and to model all his actions according to the bright pattern of the ancients. These essays are perhaps the best in the whole work, and though not free from the charge of pedantic reasoning, still there is very much in them, which is really applicable to all ages. A collection of prefaces, which Sú wrote at the request of friends, scarcely deserve remark, but it is worthy of notice, that Chinese au- thors endeavor to show their greatest talents in such lucubrations, and to be as unintelligible as the subject will admit. After the pre- faces comes a volume of descriptive pieces, upon man, manners, temples, idols, rivers, &c.; some would bear translating as specimens of Chinese literature, and we shall perhaps quote few of them on a future occasion. Sir's funeral enlogies hold a high place in our estimation. With great facility he collects all the meritorious deeds of his heroes, and places them in a very strong light; he then makes some allusion to the ages long gone by, and traces their resemblance to celebrated personages, concluding with his own panegyrics. These eloquent pieces were not only printed, but also engraven on solid stone, and placed near the tombs of the illustrious dead, that every one might becoine acquainted with their exploits. Our literary minister more- over composed a great number of inscriptions, for no object was be- neath his notice; and when realities were wanting, he had recourse to poetry, and never failed to clothe his thoughts in beautiful lan- quage. llis works contain many somets in praise of the numerous uvjects, that struck the statesmau's faucy, and as his fame increased. 1842. 137 Notice of the Works of Sú Tungpo. 1 the applications for a few lines from his elegant pencil, became also more numerous. He indited several stanzas upon the large Budhist temples in the neighborhood of the capital, descriptive of the great happiness conferred by the prospect of felicity promised to the vota- ries of that superstition. There are, however, more praiseworthy traits in his character, and his appeals in behalf of suffering humanity deserve attention. With all the eloquence he could command, he intreated his sovereign to order an investigation of the prisons, and to free the innocent men, iminured for many years in these pestilen- tial dungeons, from their fetters, and restore them to their families. He undoubtedly speaks the language of his heart, and pathetically appeals to every noble feeling in the human breast. We now come to his memorials, the greater part of which were written towards the end of the eleventh century, when the state was in the uttermost danger, and the government reduced to every mean shift. The Tartar foe had been braved, irritated by faithless con- duct, offended beyond conciliation by haughty officers, and when the hordes commenced advancing to the frontiers, the heart of the emperor began to quail. Sú, however, was firm in his principles, and with bitter hatred to the terrible enemy, recommends the extermination of these robbers. But these men never for a moment considered the impracticability of their scheme, thinking all the while that the thun- der of their edicts would settle the matter. If the command for ex- termination has once gone forth, the enemy will certainly be annihilat- ed, because it is the celestial empire, which, in obeying the sacred decrees of heaven, issiles these orders. The ancients did the same and were successful, and why should not their illustrious posterity carry their point in a similar manner? Amongst other scourges under which the country at this juncture smarted was a long drought, while swarms of grasshoppers also devoured what grain there was left. With true patriotism, Sú, after enumerating all the misfortunes and showing the great difficulties in removing them, sets boldly to work to indicate the remedies; this however was not quite enough to re- move the evil, and they grew every day. But his mind was not diverted from minor matters, whilst engaged in discussing these na- tional concerns : there had existed for a considerable time a very brisk trade between Corea and China, fishermen from Fukien, espe- cially natives of Chinchew, engaged largely in this traffic, and repair- ed to the coasts of that country to catch fish, which they salted and brought to the Nanking market. To promote this amicable inter- course, the king used to send a tribute bearer, who devoid of all 18 VOL. XI. NO, TI. 133 Notice of the Works of Sii Tungpo. MARCH, pride most willingly performed every kutow required of him. The matter soon attracted Sú's notice, and on consideration, it occurred to him, that there could be no necessity for such commerce and fish- eries, as the emperor himself derived no profit from them. Why then should rude barbarians be benefited by the merchandize carried from the stores of China ? In consequence of this, an order was straightway issued prohibiting all intercourse between China and Corea. The Chinchew men however thought differently; and away they went with their junks, brought back large cargoes, and in order to put a fair face upon their proceedings, took with them an envoy, a priest of Budha, as plenipotentiary from the august monarch of Corea. This daring act highly irritated the minister ; he exclaimed, “This man has come hither to spy out the land, he has deceived us, and the whole object of his mission is to obtain maps of this country to pre- sent to our enemies the Ketans, who will then invade the southern provinces.” The clamor of such an influential man incensed the whole cabinet against the poor priest, who had lost his life if Sú had not bethought himself to avoid provoking hostilities, and sent him back, with orders never to return. The act of non-intercourse which was thus passed has never been revoked. Some traitorous natives, however, continued still to hover amongst the islands, but the whole trade was changed into smuggling, and Sú flattered himself that he had achieved a very good object. After these memorials, we have commissions sent to the different military and civil authorities under the seal of the minister. Then follows a whole series of documents in praise of meritorious officers, who were conspicuous for their loyalty, under the most trying cir- cumstances. These productions are written in a very lively style, and are rich in comparisons. We have also a collection of the mi- vister's official correspondence; his letters are extremely short and much to the point, and the long discourses in the memorials are here condensed to a few sentences. It was thus he managed to keep up his interchange of letters with the principal functionaries, and to im- part his pithy orders for their obedience. In whatsoever point we view Sú 'Tungpo, he seems to have been a sort of universal genius; whilst he writes an episode in honor of Budha, he also draws up a prayer for the emperor, to use on special occasions. There are also petitions for rain, supplications in time of danger, and other ejaculations, but all so very short, that devotion can find no resting point. Even the slightest allusions to the Supreme Bcing do not occur, materialisin had taken 100 deep a root, wv allow :llything but the grossesi idol worship 1842 139 Notice of the Works of $u Tungpo. There are also a number of his private letters, divested of much of the peculiar slang with which these productions in Chinese begin and end, containing much solid information upon the state of affairs dur- ing his administration. An address to the inspector of salt is really worthy of perusal, and proves how stationary China has remained for the last seven centuries. If the minister should rise again at the present moment, and re-pen his letters to the same department, his remarks would be as applicable now as they were then. What changes has not the West undergone since the eleventh century, and how rapid and irresistible have they been, whilst generation upon generation has passed away in the Central empire, and one horde of foreigners after the other have obtained sovereign sway over the realm, but still it has for the most part remained what it was. Sú Tungpo however apprehended changes, and therefore adhered closely to the old regime. Though possessing great foresight, he was mis- taken in this particular, for though the victories of the barbarians brought a large portion of the empire under their sway, they never succeeded in changing the customs, but were on the contrary obliged to adopt them, in order to conciliate the goodwill of the conquered. The reason is found in the rudeness of the Tartars, who had to learn the arts of civilized life, and had nothing of their own to benefit the conquered. Hence the facility with which they yielded to their su- periors in every useful science, and amalgamated with thein after a few generations. On turning to the essays, the first which attracts attention is one on musical bands. Now the ancients had an idea, that the fiercer passions of man, which remained after his civilization, could only be subdued by ceremonies and music. This latter art therefore held a high rank in the estimation of government, and was carefully promot- ed. But like many things in this world, it has not always answered the purpose for which it was invented, and its sweet harmony has in vain reëchoed in the ears of the hearers. They have still remained rude, and up to the present day the shrill notes of the tabret and fife, with the peals of the gong, soften few hearts and seldom restrain the boisterous passions Sú Tungpo is the only Chinese author we have yet met, who uses fables to convey instruction. His best essay in this species of writ- ing, is the piece entitled the Raven, in which there is considerable wit and humor, but the comparisons are rather farfetched. Our au- thor has likewise attempted to write the life of Sz’má Tsien the histo- rian, and what he says respecting his style and his other qualities is 140 MARCH, Notice of the Works of Sú Tungpo. much to the purpose. Yet it is really to be regretted, that the best writers never reinember, that in order to do good by their lucubra- tions, they ought to write intelligibly. Instead of descriptions and careful relations of things as they happened, we have nothing but a sorry exposition of the most uninteresting events. Could not the astute Sú discover these defects in the historian ? We have now come to his pieces of poetry, upon which a few general remarks will suffice. We have never yet met a single fo- reigner, who has studied this branch of literature, and we have never been acquainted with a single native scholar who could not write poetry. But there exist great difficulties in learning to under- stand Chinese poetry, and many sinologues vote all the rhyming of a whole poetical nation, to be bare nonsense, not worth a moment's consideration. This is a very summary way of settling matters, to which one or two remarks may be appended. Granting that there is much absurdity in Chinese poetry, yet though hundreds of their poets have been fools, there must have been a few amongst the myriads this country has produced, that now and then indited verses not devoid of all meaning. There is one region of realities and another of fancy, the latter exclusively the sphere in which the poet moves, and unless one can follow him to his own domains, he cannot comprehend the things of which he speaks. Our author is by no means remarkable for his high genius in this department, on the contrary he sinks often to the level of prose, and seldom ascends high up on Parnassus. Still he maintains that the proper accompaniment of the harp is wine, and when he can taste a drop of this liquid, it proves to him a nectar that fires his thoughts to soar sublimely, and traverse the empire of the ideal world with an eagle's wing. Some of the descriptive pieces are tolerably well, but too short, so much so that one regrets, that the author showed no greater ingenui- ty and patience. A few treatises upon the events of his times would have been worth volumes of his miscellaneous lore. Who would think, that a man who had to look after such various affairs, should have found time to study medicine? Such however was the case; and not merely satisfied with a general outline of the science, he enters into minute detail respecting various remedies, especially one for stopping the ravages of dysentery, of which green ginger is the principal ingredient. There occurs also a passage relating to the healing art, which much resembles an explanation of the effects of animal magnetisin upon the human body. When all the natural functions are at a stand, and the body has been reduced to a state of 1842. 141 Notice of the Works of Sú Tungpo. quiescence, like a clod of earth, then the remedy becomes of avail, and the patient prescribes for himself. From this discussion, we must revert to Sú's small treatises upon plants and fruits, and sundry scraps of poetry. The last three volumes are of poetry, and some pieces are of the best description. They were composed in his younger years, when he was not accustomed to repress his feelings. They are therefore live- ly pieces, and full of good ideas, though usually rather prosaic. Yet they are deserving of perusal, and a tyro in the art ought to com- mence with this collection. There is only one volume more, and that too one of the best, of which we have not yet spoken ; this is an account of his literary life, and a biography taken from the history of the Sung dynasty, descriptive of his official character. Sú was born about the middle of the eleventh century, of poor parentage at Meichú, but being a clever boy, his mother took pleasure in instructing himn. Having obtained the histories of Táng, he perused them with great avidity, and thence formed the determination of serving his country. But the road to honor was not very easy; he had to serve for many years in the most humble capacity and was driven from one place to ano- ther, before he could attract the attention of the court. Once how- ever made a doctor in the national college, he soon contrived to make this a stepping stone to the ministry, in which he passed a large part of his life. At the age of sixty, he wrote his last effusions, and henceforth was dead to the world. The praises which the biographer bestows upon him are well earned; he was indeed a worthy states- But he had also to undergo great troubles, and the court prov- ed to him an abode of wretchedness. He was of a very elastic spirit, could bear a great many reverses without repining in the least, and like an experienced politician stood favor as well as disgrace with equal firmness. To those sinologues who are satisfied with the bare perusal of the Four Books, Sú Tungpo will prove very valuable. He is decidedly a classical writer, though a servile imitator of the ancients, and is in every respect one of the best Chinese authors. Many a native student has striven to emulate him, but few have reached his height. When youth proceed to the examinations, they betake themselves to these books, and search after well turned sentences. man. 142 MARCHI (Vool's Journal to the River Oius. Art. III. A personal narrative of a Journal to the river Oxus, by the route of the Indus, Kabul, and Badakshan, fc., foc.; by lieutenant John Wood, of the E. 1. Co.'s navy. When the traveler has ascended up the valley of the Oxus to its fountain-head, he stands upon the 'Roof of the World,' or the Bam-i- Dúniah. There lies the lake called by the natives Sir-i-kol, in the form of a crescent, about fourteen miles long from east to west, by an average breadth of one mile, from whose western end issues the Oxus or Jihun. This point--the western end of the lake-our traveler found to be in latitude 37° 27' N., by meridian altitude of the sun, and longitude 73° 40' E. by protraction from Langer Kish, where his last set of chronometric observations had been obtained. Its elevation, measured by the temperature of boiling water, is 15,600 feet. On three sides it is bordered by swelling hills, about 500 feet high, while along its southern bank they rise into mountains 3,500 feet above the lake, or 19,000 above the sea, and are covered with perpetual snow, from which never failing source the lake is supplied. It was on the 19th of February, 1838, that lieut. Wood reached this elevated site; the next day, the 20th “after getting a clear and beautiful meridian altitude of the sun,” and casting a last look at the lake, he entered the defile leading to Wakhan. The hills and moun- tains encircling this lake give rise to some of the principal rivers in Asia. Our author says: 6- In walking over the lake, I could not but reflect how many coumtrics owe their importance and their wealth to rivers the sources of which can be traced to the lonely mountains which are piled up on its southern ii argin. This elevated chain is common to India, China and Turkistan; and from it, as from a central point, their several streams diverge, each augmenting as it rolls onwards, until the ocean and the lake of Aral receive the swollen tribute, again to be given up, and in a circuit as endless as it is wonderful to be swept back by the winds of heaven, and showered down in snowy flakes upon the self-same mountains from which it flowed. How strange and how interesting a group would be formed if an individual from each nation whose rivers have their first source in Pamir were to meet upon its summit; what varieties would there be in person, language, and manners ; what contrasts between the rough, untained, and fierce mountaineer and the more civilized and effeminate dweller on the plain ; how much of virtue and of vice, under a thousand different aspects, would be met with among all ; and how strongly would the conviction press upon the mind that the me- lioration of the whole could result only from the diffusion of early education nu a purios religion ! 1843.. 143 lvoud's Journal to the River 0:xus. “ Parnir is not only a radjating point in the hydrographical system of Cen- tral Asia, but it is the focus from which originate its principal mountain chains. The plain along the southern side of which the lake is situated has a width of about three miles ; and viewed from this elevated plateau the moun. tains seem to have no great elevation. The table land of Pamir is, as I have already stated, 15,600 feet high, or sixty-two feet lower than the summit of Mont Blanc; but the height of 3400 feet, which I have assigned to the mountains that rise from this elevated basin, is a matter of assumption only. Where nothing but snow meets the eye it is not easy to appreciate heights and distances correctly; and it is therefore not improbable that the dimen- sions thus assigned to Sir-i-kol may be subsequently found incorrect. Co- vered as both the land and water were with snow, it was impossible to tell the exact size ; the measurements given were obtained from the Kirghiz, who were familiar with the spot, assisted by my own eye. I regret that I omitted to take the necessary trigonometrical observations for determining the altitude of the southern range of mountains. I estimated their height on the spot, and noted down the impression at the moment; but though I had fully intended to have made the measurements on the morrow, it quite escaped ine in my anxiety to fix the geographical position of the lake, nor did I discover the omission until our arrival in Wakhan. “ The Wakhanis name this plain Bam-i-Duniah, or • Roof of the World,' and it would indeed appear to be the highest table-land in Asia, and probably in any part of our globe. From Pamir the ground sinks in every direction ex- cept to the south-east, where similar plateaux extend along the northern face of the Himalaya into Tibet. An individual who had seen the region between 'Wakhan and Kashmir informed me that the Kuner river had its principal source in a lake resernbling that in which the Oxus has its rise, and that the whole of this country, comprehending the districts of Gilgit, Gunjit, and Chitral, is a series of mountain defiles that act as water-courses to drain Pamir. “As early in the morning of Tuesday, the 20th February, as the cold per- initted, we walked out about 600 yards upon the lake, and having cleared the snow from a portion of its surface, commenced breaking the ice to ascer. tain its depth. This was a matter of greater difficulty than it at first sight appeared, for the water was frozen to the depth of two feet and a half, and, owing to the great rarity of the atmosphere, a few strokes of the pick-ax produced an exhaustion that stretched us upon the snow to recruit our breath, By dint, however, of unwearied exertions and frequent reliefs, we had all but carried the shaft through, when an imprudent stroke fractured its bottom, and up the water jetted to the height of a man, sending us scampering off in all directions. This opening was too small to admit our sounding-lead, and had of necessity to be abandoned; besides, a wet jacket where the ther. mometer is at zero is a much more serious affair than where it is at summer. hcat. We resolved to be more circumspect in our next attempt, and diligent scarch having revealed to us a large stone upon an islet in tlic lake, it was 1.14 MARCH, Wood's Journal to the River Orus. forthwith transported to the scene of our labors. When judging by the depth of the first shaft, we concluded the second to be nearly through, the stone was raised and upheld by four men immediately above the hole. A fifth man continued to ply the ax, and at the first appearance of water the stone was dropped in and went clean through the ice, leaving an aperture its own size, and from this larger orifice there was no rush of water. The sounding-lead was immediately thrown in, when, much to my surprise and disappointment, it struck bottom at nine feet, for we had prepared and brought with us from Langer Kish a hundred fathoms of line for the experi- ment. “The water emitted a slightly fetid smell and was of a reddish tinge. The bottom was oozy and tangled with grassy weeds. I tried to measure the breadth of the lake by sound, but was baffled by the rarity of the air. A musket, loaded with blank cartridge, sounded as if the charge had been poured into the barrel, and neither wads nor ramrod used. When a ball was introduced the report was louder, but possessed none of the sharpness that marks a similar charge in denser atmospheres. The ball, however, could be distinctly heard whizzing through the air. The human voice was sensibly affected, and conversation, especially if in a loud tone, could not be kept up without exhaustion : the slightest muscular exertion was attended with a similar result. Half a dozen strokes with an ax brought the workman to the ground; and though a few minutes' respite sufficed to restore the breath, anything like continued exertion was impossible. A run of fifty yards at full speed made the runner gasp for breath. Indeed, this exercise produced a pain in the lungs and a general prostration of strength which was not got rid of for inany hours. Some of the party complained of dizziness and head- aches; but except the effects above described, I neither felt myself, nor per- ceived in others, any of those painful results of great elevation which travelers have suffered in ascending Mont Blanc. This might have been anticipated, for where the transition from a dense to a highly-rarified atmosphere is so sud- den, as in the case of ascending that mountain, the circulation cannot be expected to accommodate itself at once to the difference of pressure, and violer.ca must accrue to some of the more sensitive organs of the body. The ascen. w Pamir was on the contrary, so gradual that some extrinsic circum- stances were necessary to remind us of the altitude we had attained. The effect of great elevation upon the general system had indeed been proved to me some time before in a manner for which I was not prepared. One even- ing in Badakhshan, while sitting in a brown study over the fire, I chanced to touch my pulse, and the galloping rate at which it was throbbing roused my attention. I at once took it for granted that I was in a raging fever, and after perusing some hints on the preservation of health which Dr. Lord, at parting, had kindly drawn out for me, I forthwith prescribed for myself most liberally. Next inorning my pulse was as brisk as ever, but still my feelings denoted health. I now thought of examining the wrists of all our party, and to my surprise found that the pulses of my companions bcat yet 1842. 145 Wood's Journal to the River Oxus. faster than my own. The cause of this increased circulation immediately occurred to me; and when we afterwards commenced marching towards Wakhan, I felt the pulses of the party whenever I registered the boiliny point of water. The motion of the blood is in fact a sort of living barometer, by which a man acquainted with his own habit of body can, in great altitudes, roughly calculate his height above the sea." Pages 358—363. The proximity of the valley of the Oxus to the frontiers of the Chi- nese empire, the fact of its having been, and of its now being, one of the routes frequented by travelers in passing to and from China through Central Asia, together with the interest attaching to the country itself and its inhabitants, have induced us to call the atten- tion of our readers to lieutenant Wood's exceedingly interesting nar- rative. But it would be incompatible with the object of our work to dwell long on its details. The course of the river from its source, Sir-i-kol, is to the west or northwest, till it falls into the sea of Aral, after traversing a distance of upwards of one thousand miles. “West of Khulm, the valley of the Oxus, except on the immediate banks of the stream, appears to be a desert; but in an opposite direction, east- ward to the rocky barriers of Darwaz, all the high-lying portion of the valley is at this season (20th March) a wild prairie of sweets, a verdant carpet enameled with flowers. * * * The low swelling out- lines of Kunduz are as soft to the eye as the verdant sod which car- pels then, is to the foot.” Kunduz is the capital of Murad Beg, the head of the Usbek state, who holds dominion, nominal at least, over the whole, or nearly the whole of the valley eastward to the 'Roof of the World.' Concerning the Usbeks, the Tajiks, the Kirghis, and the Kaffirs, lieut. Wood has added most valuable information, to the little hitherto known of them and their country. In chapter sixteen, page 249, he notices Khan Khoja, a Moham- medan ruler of Kashgar and Yárkand, who having been drive nfrom his dominions, about a century back, took shelter in Badakshan, bringing with him 40,000 followers. 'The Khoja was killed at Reishkhan. The mines of lapis-lazuli were visited, and are minutely described, by lieut. Wood. They are situated to the southward from Jerm. The ruby mines, on the north or right bank of the Oxus, he failed to reach; but he gives some account of them, derived from native sources. Of the animal and vegetable productions of the valley, his work contains many interesting notices, coinciding with those given by Marco Polo. See Marsden's edition, pp. 129, 141, &c. Kaffirstan is situated south from Badakshan, and west from Chitral. 19 VOL. XI. NO. III. iloots Jillurnal to the River ().us. MARCII, The Jusscimen say, that its inhabitants resemble Europeans, in be- mg possessed of great intelligence; and lieut. Wood adds, that from all he has seen and heard of them, he conceives that “they offer a fairer field for missionary exertion than is to be found anywhere else on the continent of Asia. They pride themselves on being, to use their own words, brothers of the feringi; and this opinion, of itself, may hereafter smooth the road for the zealous pioneers of the gospel. Uulike the Ilindús and Mohammedans, they have no creed purport- ing to be a revelation ; but, as far as I could discover, simply believe in the supremacy of a deity, and that men who have been good and hospitable on earth will be rewarded in heaven." Pag c287. On newyear's day, 1838, our traveler visited Ahmed Shah, the pír, or head inullah of Jerm, who, after emigrating froin Hindustan in 1809, had traveled much and made a long abode in China. He enter- ed this country by the way of Wakhan, and left it by that of Kokan. The difficulties of the first of these routes he described as great, aris- ing chiefly from the height of Pamir, the severity of its climate, and the almost total absence of inhabitants. Of that of Kokan he spoke more favorably. Ile was in China when the lamented Moorcroft's messenger arrived in Yárkand to request perinission for his master lo visit that city, on which occasion, an officer of Alimed Shah's acquaintance, told him that the Chinese had determined not to admit Moorcroft, “ for,” added the officer, “we are persuaded were a feriu- gi to enter the country some dreadful evil would befall us." IIc told many anecdotes of the Chinese, illustrating their distrust and jealousy with regard to foreigners; "while," so writes lieut. Wood, "like every other native of these countries, with whom [ conversed on the subject, he praised their probity and good faith.” Yárkand, he said, was neutral ground, where neighboring nations are privileged to meet the subjects of the Celestial empire for purposes of traffic; and "no one except its governor is permitted to enter China, and he visits the frontier town of Ecla once a year. Before Kashgar and Yárkand were wrested from the Mohammedan family, their inhabitants traded with Ecla, or I'li. The occasion of their expulsion, and the subse- quent advance of the commercial entrepôt to Yárkand, was thus related to lieut. Wood by his friend Ahmed Shah. " A foreign merchant informed the magistrates of Ecla that he had lost his b:worgeen, or saddle-bags. The man was required minutely to describe theż, and to make oath to their contents. He swore to the value of one hundred silver yambos, and was then dismissed after being told to come back ou il given day, when, if the sadelle-bays were not recovered, the state would 1842 Wowl's Journal to the River Crus. make good lis loss. On the appointed day the merchant presented hunsell, when, to his great chagrin, the koorgeen was produced. It had not been opened, and much to the crafty man's annoyance, this was now done by the authorities; when, instead of the suin he had sworn to, the articles it con- tained were found not to exceed a few yambos in value. A circumstantial detail of the whole affair was transmitted to Peking, and the emperor decided it to be for the benefit of his exchequer, and the moral good of his subjects, that the admission into the country of barbarous and unprincipled foreigners should forthwith be prohibited. This may, or it may not, have been the case; but from the story, we learn the high estimation in which the Chinese cha- racter is lield among those most intimate with them.” Page 280. One more short extract is all that our limits will allow us to bor- row from the personal narrative before us: it is a notice of a Jewish traveler-a Russian by birth. Our author is speaking of those who had visited Yarkand. “ All our visitors spoke in high terms of Yárkand, and appeared delighted with its climate, and its inhabitants. They expatiated on the peculiarities of the Chinese, and the contrast which they exbibit when compared with other nations. Many accounts of their custoins and habits, which I received when at Jerm, were afterwards confirmed by a traveling Jew, who had tried, but failed, to accomplish a journey through their territories. This man was a Russian by birth, and had been for many years a traveler in the countries bordering the Caspian and the lake of Aral. Hearing that records of inu missing tribes were to be obtained in Kashmir, or Tibet, he was journeying thither when my múnshí, Gholam Hussein fell in with him at Balkh. This man's original plan was, to penetraie by the ruote of Kokan, Kashgar, and Yárkand; but, though skilled in the various languages of central Asia, and conforining to the dress and habits of its people, the cunning of his nation was no match for the honest, zeal with which the public functionaries of Kashgar executed the orders of their emperor. Suspicion attached to his and after proceeding as far as that to'vn, he was forced to retrace his steps. A large guard, be said, was stationed in a tower above the city gate, from which all caravans could be seen, while yet distant. Before they are permitted to enter the city, each individual is strictly examined; their personal appearance is noted down in writing, and if any are suspected, an artist is at hand to take their likenesses. Interpreters for every current dialect are also present. To each of the persons subjected to this vexatious investigation the Chinese make a present of a few tangas (or copper cash). The Jew traveler mentioned a singular, and I should infer, an efficient pu::ishment for the crime of theft, inflicted in the Chinese cities through which he had passed. The criminal is not incarcerated, but made to walk the street, with a clog attached to liis feet, or a wooden coilor suspended about his neck, of a size, and for a time, proportional to the offence." Pagi PMI character; 148 MARCII, Official Reports of Capture of Amny. Art. IV. Capture of Amoy: Official Reports of their excellencies, the military and naval commanders-in-chief, It.-general sir Hugh Gough, G. C. B., and rear-admiral sir William Parker, K. C. 15. Published by command of the governor-general at Calcutta. Head-quarters, ship Marion, Amoy Harbor, Sept. 5th, 1841. To the Rt.-hon. the Earl of Auckland, G. C. B., Governor-general, &c., &c. My LORD-I am happy to be enabled to report to your lordship the complete success of the operation against Amoy with very trifling loss-my anticipations in regard to the enemy have been fully realized, but I did not calculate on so fee- ble a resistauce. 1. The expedition left Hongkong on Saturday, the 21st August, but in conse- quence of light winds, the fleet did not clear the Lemma passage until Monday the 23d, and on the evening of the 25th we arrived in the outward anchorage of Amoy, a few shots only having been fired, as we were running through a chain of islands, which form the mouth of this anchorage, and most of which the Chinese had fortified. As it was blowing very fresh, I could not get on board the flag ship until the following morning, when I accompanied their excellencies sir Henry Pot- tinger and admiral sir William Parker, in the Phlegethon steamer, to reconnoitre the defences, with a view to the commencement of immediate operations. The enemy allowed us to do so without firing a shot, and the plan of attack was at once decided upon, a summous having been previously sent in requiring the surrender of the town and island of Amoy to her majesty's forces. 2. The enemy's defences were evidently of great strength, and the country hy nature difficult of access. Every island, every protecting headland, from whence guns could bear upon the harbor, was occupied and strongly armed. Commencing from the point of entrance, into the Inner harbor on the Amoy side, the principal sea-line of defence, after a succession of batteries and bastions in front of the out. er town, extended for upwards of a mile in one continuous battery of stone, with embrasures roofed by large slabs, thickly covered with clods of earth, so as to form a sort of casement, and afford perfect shelter to the inen in working thir guns. Between some of the embrasures were embankments to protect the masonry, and 96 guns were mounted in this work, which terminated in a castellated wall, con- necting it with a range of precipitous rocky heights, that run nearly parallel to the beach at a distance varying from one fourth to half a mile. Several smaller works were apparent at intervals amid the rocks. 3. The entrance to the Inner harbor is hy a channel about 600 yards across be- tween Amoy and the island of Kúláng sú, upon which several strong batteries were visible, and some of those flanked the sea-line and stone battery. It ap- peared expedient therefore to make a simultaneous attack on these prominent · lines of defence. 4. It was proposed that the two line-of-battle ships with the two large steamers, should attack the sea defences on the island of Amoy nearest the town, and that some of the smaller vessels of war should open their fire to protect the landing of the troops, which was to be effected below the angle formed hy the junction of 1842. 149 Official Reports of Capture of Amoy. the castellated wall with the sea-line, while the remaining vessels should engage several flanking batteries that extended byond these works. 5. At the same, the two heavy frigates and the Modeste were to run in and open their fire upon the works of Kúláng sú, where I instructed major Johnstone, with a company of artillery, and the three companies of the 26th regiment, support- ed by 170 marines under major Ellis, to land in a small bay to the left of the bat- teries, which they were to take in reverse. 6. About hast past one o'clock, the attack commenced, the enemy having pre- viously fired at the ships as they proceeded to their statious. Sir William Parker will no doubt communicate to your lordship, the very conspicuous part taken by her ma- jesty'sfships on this occasion. From the difficulty of getting the boats collected in tow of the steamers, the troops did not land quite so soon as I could have wish- ed, notwithstanding the judicious arrangements of captain Giffard of H. M. sloop Cruizer, who conducted the disembarkation. The 18th and 49th regiments however landed about 3 o'clock, with very little opposition. The former regiment I directed to escalade the castellated wall, while the 49th were to move along the beach and get over the sea face, or through the embrasures. These two operations were performed to my entire satisfaction, and the greater part of these corps were soon in position within the works, and rapidly moved along the whole line of sea- defence, the enemy flying before them. Upon reaching the outskirts of the outer town, they were joined by a party of marines and seamen, whom sir William Parker had most judiciously landed in support, and whom I directed to occupy a rocky bill in our front in the neighborhood of which firing was still heard. This duty was promptly and ably performed by capt. Fletcher, of H. M. S. Wellesley, and captain Whitcomb of the Royal Marioes. 7. While these operations were going on upon the Amoy side, the island of Ku- láng sú was ably attacked by the frigates, and the troops landed. Major Ellis, with some of the marines and Cameronians who first landed, climbed up the rocks to the left of the easternmost battery. and, gallantly driving the enemy from tb? works on the buignts, which 'vere defendeil with some spirit, continued his progress to the north side of the island, while major Julinstone, who closely followed up with the rest of the troops, proceedevi across il ud carried the remaining works, thus putting us in possession of this very important position. Major Johnstone reports that brevet-captain Grigg had an opporiurity of distinguishing himself in driving a large body of the enemy from a battery, upon which he came unexpectedly with a detachment of 12 men. 8. On Amoy, a chain of steep rocky hills running from the range already men. tioned, transversely to the beach, still intercepted our view of the city, though the outer town lay beneath my advanced post. The guns having been landed by the exertions of the Artillery and Sappers, and brought on far enough for support, had a strong force opposed our advance, I decided upon forcing the position in my front, which appeared extremely strong, and well calculated to he held during the night. Having made the necessary disposition, I directed the 18th regiment to advance up a precipitous gorge, where the enemy bad two small works, while the 49th were to pass through the outer town by the road to the same hills, extending their left, after gaining the pass, to the works above the breach, so as to open communication with the shipping. This movement was also. executed with spirit, the enemy merely firing off their guns and flying; and at dusk, I found myself in position close above the city, and perfectly commanding it. Oferint Reports of Century o Amoy. VAROTT 9. Owing to the boisterous state of the weather, and the delay in the return of the steamers, the 55th regiment had not yet landed, but this was effected at daylight the following inorning, I regret to say not without loss, a boat having been swamp- ed, and 5 men unfortunately drowned. Thus reinforced, I pushed strong parties of the 18th and 49th regiments down to the outskirts of the city, in the northeastern quarter of which, upon irregularly rising ground, and closely surrounded by a dense mass of buildings, appeared the walled town or citadel. Having carefully reconnoitered the place, I satisfied inyself that, although there was a conconise of people passing and repassing at the northern gate, the walls were not manned; I therefore thought it advisable to take advantage of the prevailing panic, and having sent a sınall party with captain Cotton, the commanding engineer, to reconnoitre the approach to the eastern gate, which he promptly effected, I directed, upon his return, the 18th to advance, having the 49th in support, and the 55th in reserve. The advanced party of the 18th escaladed the wall by the aid of ladders found ou the spot, and opened the castern gate, which was barred and barricaded from withi- in by sacks filled with earth and stones. The remainder of the regiment passed through it and manned the other gates, the enemy having previously abandoned the place, leaving it in possession of the mo!!, which bad already begun to plunder the public establishments. 10. I occupied the citadel with the 18th and Sappers, placing the 49th regi- ment in an extensive building without the public office of the intendant of circuit, from whence they could give protection to the northern suburb and command the communication to the interior by the only road on this side the island. The Artil- lery, I placed in a commanding position upon the top of the pass between the city and the outer town, with the 55th in support, occupying a range of public buildings, in which the sub-prefect of Amoy held his court. 11. Amoy is a principal third class city of China, and from its excellent harbor and situation appears to be well calculated for commerce. The outer town is divided from the chain of rocks I have mentioned, over which a paved road leads through a pass, that has a covered gateway at its summit. The outer harbor skirts the outer town, while the city is bounded in nearly its whole length by the Inner harbor and an estuary, which deeply indent the island. Including the outer town and the northeastern suburb, the city cannot be much less than ten miles in circunference; and that of the citadel, which entirely commands this suburbs. and the inner town, though commanded itself by the hills within shot range, is nearly one mile. The walls are castellated, and vary with the inequality of the ground froin 20 to 30 feet in height; and there are four gates, each having, in an outwork, a second or exterior gate at right angles to the inner gate. The citadel contained five arsenals, in which we found a large quantity of powder, with store of materials for making it ; ginjals, wall-pieces, matchlocks, and a variety of five- arms of singular construction; military clothing, swords of all descriptions. Shields, bows and arrows, and spears, were also in such quantity, as to lead to the conclu- sion, that these must have been the chief magazines of the province. Within the sea-defences first taken, there was a foundry, with moulds and material for casting heavy ordnance. 12. All these have been destroyed, and this so much occupied my time, consider- ing too how much the troops were harassed hy patroles to keep off Chinese plun- derers, and by other duties incident 10the peculiarity of our situation, that I aban- cloned my intention of visiting the interior of the islorod Tro plunders locked 151.. Ojciul lieporis of Capiure of Amoj. into the city and suburbs, to the extent, as the Chinese themselves reported. of many thousands, and I regret to say, that several gangs penetrated into the citadel and committed much devastation. Indeed with the prospect of leaving Amoy so soon, I doubt that our marching through the island might rather have frighten- ed away the peaceable householders, and led to further plunder by the mob, than have been of any advantage. Such indeed was the audacity of these mis- creants, that I was in some cases obliged to fire, in order to disperse them; but I am glad to say but little loss of life occurred. 13. I am most liappy to be enabled to state that the conduct of the troops has been exemplary; some instances of misconduct have no doubt occurred; but when it is considered that they were in the midst of temptation, many of the houses being open with valuable property strewed about, and many shops in every street deserted, but full of samshodamit is matter of great satisfaction that these instances were so few. 14. During our stay upon the island, I did all in my power to prevail upon the l'espectable merchants and householders, who had so much at stake, to aid ine in protecting property, which they rcailily promised--but their apprehension of appearing to be on friendly terms with us was so great, that I could obtain no effectual assistance from thein, and was unable cven to get a Chinese to remain with the guards at the gates, and point out the real owners of houses within the citadel, for the purpose of granting them free egress and ingress. 15. Our departure being determined upon, I could take no measures for per- manent occupation, and as the wind was strong against us, we were kept on shore four days in a state of constant watchfulness, until yesterday at half past 2 P. M., when the preconcerted signal for embarkation was given by the admiral. By ball past 6, every soldier and every follower had been embarked (without a single instance of inebriely occurring) on board the steamers, which transferred the troops on board their respective transports during the night. 16. The three companies of the 26th regiment have remained upon the island of Kúlang sú, which lier majesty's plenipotentiary has determined to hold for the present-and I have strengthened major Johnstone, who is in command, with a wing of the 18th regiment and a small detachment of artillery. This little force amounting to 550 men, will, I trust, together with the ships of war also left behind, be sufficient to hold this small but important possession. 17. To the commanding officers of corps and detachments, lieut.-col. Craigie, 55th regiment; lieut.-col. Morris, 491h regiment; and lieut.-col. Adams, 18th regi- ment; major Johnstone, 26th regiinent; major Ellis, royal marines; capt. Knowles, royal artillery; capt. Anstruther, Madras artillery, and capt. Cotton, commanding engineers, my best thanks are due; and I have received the most cordial and active support from the otficers of the general and my personal staff, lieut.-col. Mountain, deputy adjutant-general, capt. Gough, acting deputy quarter master- general, major Hawkins, deputy commissary.general, Dr. French, superintending sirgeon, and lieut. Gabbett, any aid-de-camp. 18. I cammot too strongly express to your lordship, in conclusion, my sense of obligation to his excellency rear-admiral sir William Parker, for his ready sup. port and judicious arrangements upon every occasion, as well as for having given me, at the disembarkation and embarkation, and during the whole period of our stay at Amoy, the alle assistance of capt. Giffard. to whom my best thanks are due. 152 MARCH, Official Reports of Capture of Anoy. 19. I have the honor to inclose a list of ordnance captured, and a return of the wounded on our side upon the 26th ultimo, and have no means of correctly estimating the killed and wounded of the enemy, but it must bave been severe, and we know that several mandarins were amongst the former. I have the honor to be, my lord, Your lordship's most obedient humble sernant, (Signed) H. Gough, major-general, commanding expeditionary force. s [INCLOSURE.] Return of ordnance mounted on the defences at Amoy, when stormed and captured on the 26th August, 1841. Island of Amoy, 211 Island of Kúláng sú, 76 Total mounted, 343 Batteries on S. W. side of bay, 41 Guns not mounted, 157 Little Gouve, 15 Grand Total, 500 (Signed) J. KNOWLEs, captain, Royal Artillery. N. B. Fifty pieces of ordnance of small calibre captured in the citadel, not included in the above. (Signed) A. S. H. Mountain, Lt.-col., D. A. G. Expeditionary force, Head-quarters, Amoy castle, Ist Sep., 1841. Return of killed and wontided of the force under the command of major-gene- ral sir Hugh Gough, K.. C. B., &c., on the 26th of August, 1841, at the capture of the batteries, heights, city, and citadel of Amoy. 18th Royal Irish regiment, rank and file wounded 2 49th regiment, 7 Total wounded 9 (Signed) A. S. H. MOUNTAIN, Lt.-col., D. A. G. Major-general sir Hugh Gough, K. C. B., commander-in-chief, Wellesley, in the bay of Amoy, 31st August, 1841. To the Rt.-Hon. the Earl of Auckland, G. C. B., &c., &c., &c. My Lorn--It is with much gratification that I have the honor of announcing to your lordship, the capture of the city of Amoy, and the island of Kúláng sú, (which forms the wost side of the harbor,) together with ilieir strong lines of batteries and sea deiencas mounwing above 223 guns, by the combined forces of her ma. jesty, afior a. hori. bui vigorous attack, on the 26th instant, with very trifling loss on our pari. The expedition, comprising the ships of war hereafter namod, and 21 transports containing the land forces, military and victualing stores, &c., under the com- mand of his excellency major-general sir Hugh Gough, sailed from the anchorage at Hongkong on the 21st, and fortunately arrived off the islands at the entrance of Amoy by sunset on the 25th; it was then beginning to blow strong, but favored by a fair wind, and good moonlight, with the advantage of the local knowledge of cap- tain Bourchier of the Blonde, the fleet were pushed into the bay, and anchored in security for the night. A few shots were discharged at her majesty's ships as they passed between the fortified islandss, but no mischief was done. It blew too hard during the night to admit of any boats leaving the ships to sound, or make obser- vations; but no time was lost after daylight in reconnoitering the Chinese positions, in which the general, and sir Ilenry Pottinger did me the favor to accompany me, in the Phlegethos steain vessel. 1842. 153 Official Reports of Capture of Amoy. 1 We found the batteries and works of defence on the entire sca face, strength. ened by every means that the art of these active people could devise; presenting a succession of batteries and outworks, from the extreme outward points of this ex tensive bay, until within about three quarters of a mile of the entrance of the har- bor, where a high barrier wall was constructed from the foot of a steep and rocky mountain, to a sandy beach on the sea; and from this latter point, a strong casemat. ed work of granite, faced with occasional small bastions with parapets of stone, to afford flanking defences, was continued to the very suburbs and entrance of the harbor, from whence were niasked batteries with sand bags, until opposite the northeastern point of Kúláng sú island, altogether 152 guns. On the island of Kuláng sú, which is the key of Amoy, strong batteries, mounting in all 76 guns, were also placed in every commanding position for flanking the approach to the harbor (which is scarcely half a mile wide at the entrance), and protecting the accessible points of landing. As it was of the utmost importance with a view to ulterior operations, and the ad- vanced period of the present monsoon, that we should be delayed as short a time as possible at Amoy, it was determined that the batteries within the barrier wall, and on the island of Kúláng sú, should be immediately attacked by the squadron, and the troops landed within the barrier as soon as it might be practicable to take the batteries in the rear; for this object the Wellesley and Blenheim were ordered to anchor against the strongest batteries on Amoy, and as near the entrance of the harbor as possible, leaving the Cruizer, Pylades, Columbine, and Algerine, to engage the extreme point of the line, and cover the landing of the troops, flanked by the heavy guns of the Sesostris and Queen steam vessels; the Phlegethon and Nem. esis being appointed to receive the troops, and tow in the boats for landing them. The attack of the island of Kú!áng sú, where we had reason to apprehend the water was shoaler, was assigned to captain Bourchier of the Blonde with the Druid and Modeste, 150 marines under captain Ellis, and a detachment of the 26th regiment under major Johnston. Pending the necessary preparations for disembarking the troops, and mɔving the ships into their appointed positions, a communication was received from the shore, requesting to know the object of our visit, to which the answer No. 1 was returned. About a quarter past one, a steady and favorable brecze having set in, the squadron weighed and proceeded to their stations. The Sesostris being the most advanced received a heavy fire before any return was made ; she was soon joined by the Queen, and both commenced action with good effect. The Wellesley and Blenheim, after ranging along the line of works on Amoy under a smart fire, were anchored by the stern about half-past 2 P. M., admirably placed by captains Maitland and Herbert in 40 fathoms water, within 400 yards of the prin. cipal battery, precisely in the position allotted them: and the Cruizer, Pylades, Co. lumbine, and Algerine, took their stations with equal judgment. The Blonde, Druid, and Modeste reached their positions against the batteries on Kúláng sú, a few minutes earlier, but their captains found such difficulty from the shallowness of the water in placing them satisfactorily, that, to effect this object they very spiritedly carried their ships into almost their own draft. The Bentinck had been appointed to sound the channel ahead of the Wellesley as we ran in, which lieutenant Collin. son very skillfully perform:d, and then gallantly anchored the brig within the entrance of the harbor, where she was joined by the Sesostris, which was placed by captain Ormsby, in a very judicious situation for relieving her, and the other ships froin a flanking fire. The fire of the Chinese soon slackcred under thö cx VOL! Xt. NO. II. 20 151 Marcil, Oficiul Reports in Capture of Imoy. cellent gumi practice of the squadron. At half past 3, I had the satisfaction of see- ing the marines and 26th regiment land on the island of Kulang sir, and the British colors plantad on the batteries. The Modeste and Blonde then weighed and stood into the Inner harbor, and after silencing as they passed the town batteries which were out of our rcach, they anchored completely inside, and abreast of the city, taking possession of 26 war junks, with 128 guns on board, in a state of prepa. ration for sca, but deserted by their crows. About the same time, the first division of troops was landed under the ablc dircc- tion of commander Giffard of the Cruizer; and headed by their gallant general sir Ilugh Gough, escaladed and took possession of the works, at the Barrier wall. An outwork beyond this point, (which had been previously silenced,) was also entered, WILLESLEY. and the British colors hoisted by the crew of a boat from Act. licut. Carmichacl. the Phlegethon : and the batteries immediately opposite Lt. White, royal mar. Lord A. W. Beauclerk, the Wellesley and Blenheim being ncarly demolished, a S. S. L. Crofion, pari.y of seamen and marincs were landed from those ships 1. G. Ilalsted, Nules. under the command of commander Fletcher and the of. W. F. F. Jackson, ficers named in the margin; by whom the Chinese who Midlshipinan. Jad taken shelter in adjoining buildings were put to flight, BLENHEIN. Capt. Whitcoinb, r. M. aſter discharging their matchlocks, and possession taken R. C. Revern, of the works. The general having cleared the intermc- T. A. St. Leger, Males. diate space of such of the Chinese as remained, pushed forward, and occupied the heights immediately above the town for the night; every point being thus completely in our power. In detailing this service to your lordship, I have the highest satisfaction in reporting the gallantry, zeal, and energy, which has been manifested by every officer and man of her majesty's navy and royal marines, as well as those of the Indian navy under my command; they have vied with each other in the desire to anticipate and meet every object for the public service, and are fully entitled to my best acknowledgments; and the favorable consideration of the Board of Adiniralty and the Indian government. I have no less pleasure in witnessing the anxiety which pervades all ranks, to go hand in hand with our gallant companions of the army. His excellency sir Henry Pottinger and suitc were with me on board the Wellesley during the operations of thc 26th. Captain Bonrchior's own report will best describe the proceedings of the little squadron placed under his orders for the attack of Kúlang sú. which Inclosure, was admirably cxecuted, and I can only add my meed of praise on No. 2. this additional instance of the gallantry of captain Ellis, and the vllicers and men of the royal marines under his command, as well as of major Jolin- ston, and the detachment of the 26th acting with them.* The accounts we have * An officer of one of the regiments, writing to the cditor of the Calcutta Courier, thus bricfly describes the island of Kúlang sú : "The island of Kalang sú is of an irregular oval form, stretching east and west, or ncarly in such direction; it is about 2 miles long and twice that distance in circum- ference. It consists of a mass of granite, which protrudes to a great height in seve- ral places in the form of immense rounded blocks. Among the rocks, under their shelter, were discovered a number of stone jars, with covers luted on. These jars contained perfect human skeletons disarticulated, cach bone carefully packed and numbered or marked with red paint. The island is naturally barren, but most ex. cellent water abounds at a few feet from the surface, a circumstance which Chinese industry has taken advantage of in every situation at all suited for any kind of cul. tivation. The sweet potato and a sort of dhall are the principal products. In the 1842. 13.5 Official Reports of Capture of Amoy. received of the force of the Chinese for the defence of Amoy, vary from 5,000 to 10,000 troops; and it is with sincere pleasure I am enabled to transmit your lurdship so small a list of casualties amongst the crews, and the masts and rigging of the squadron. The resistance made by our opponents would have justified the apprehension of greater injury. Under the protection of their well constructed casemated works, they stood on soine points firmly to their guns. We have no knowledge of their actual loss, inore than 60 dead bodies were I belicve found in the batterics; but nearly all the wounded, and many of the slain, were carried off by their countrymen. His excellency the commander of the forces will probably give your lordship an account of the munitions of war and government stores which have fallen into our hands, including a large quantity of gunpowder, and a foundry for cannon, where some guns of very large calibre, newly cast, have been discovered. We have been constantly employed in destroying the guns; and as far as it has been practicable the batteries taken on the 26th. The last two days, commander Fletcher with a party of soamen and marines has been also detached in the Nemesis, and with very commendable zeal, has completely disabled the northeast and southwest sides of the bay; and the fortified islands at the entrance, of which your lordship will find official returns inclosed. The superiority of the bay and Inner harbor of Amoy has much exceeded our expectations. The anchorage in the former appears excellent; and the latter, as far as our hasty surveys have gone, affords perfect security for ships of any class and to a great extent, with a reasonable prospect of proving a healthy situation. Sir Hugh Gough and myself have therefore entirely concurred with his excellency sir Ilenry Pottinger, in the expediency of retaining possession of the island of Kúiáng sú, which will at any time give us the command of Amoy, until your lordship’s wishes, or the pleasure of her majesty's government is known. For this purpose, a sufficient garrison will be placed on the island by the general, and I propose to leave captain Sinith of the Druid, with the Pylades and Algerine for their support. The wind is unfortunately at present adverse, but your lordship may be assured that the expedition will proceed to the northward the moment it is practicable in the further execution of our instructions. I have the honor to be, My lord, Your lordship's most obedient servant, W. PARKER, Rear admiral. 1. ) [INCLOSURE No. On board H. M. S. Wellesley, Off Amoy, Ang. 26th, 1841. To his excellency the admiral, commanding in chief of the naval forces of the province of Fukien. I The undersigned, sir Henry Pottinger, bart., her Britannic majesty's plenipoten- tiary, sir William Parkei', commanding in chief the naval forces, and sir Hugh Gough, commanding in chief the land forces of the British nation in these parts. There being certain differences subsisting between the two nations of Great Britain and China, which have not been cleared up, the undersigned plenipoten- villages, of which there are five, two of them large, trees are to be seen preserved apparently for the shade which they afford. The guava flourishes in the gardens, and the yine trained over trellis, is occasionally met with. " In the maps, the city of Amoy is placed on a kind of blind passage creck, but the fact is very different; it occupies the whole breadth of the northern cxtremity of the island of the same name, round which there is apparently a passage, so that large 156 MARCII, Official Reports of Capture of Amoy. tiary, and the commanders-in-chief have received the instructions of their so. vereign, that unless these be completely removed, and secure arrangements made, by accession to the demands last year presented at Tientsin, they shall regard it as their duty to resort to hostile measures for the enforcement of those demands. But the undersigned plenipotentiary and commanders-in-chief moved by compassionate feelings, are averse to causing the death of so many officers and soldiers as must perish, and urgently request the admiral commanding in chief in this province forthwith to deliver the town and all the fortifications of Amoy into the hands of the British forces, to be held for the present by them. Upon his so doing, all the officers and troops therein will be allowed to retire with their personal arms and baggage, and the people shall receive no hurt: and whenever these difficulties shall he settled, and the demands of Great Britain fully granted, the whole shall be restored to the hands of the Chinese. If these terms be acceded to, let a white flag be displayed from the fortifications, (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER, her majesty's plenipotentiary. WILLIAM PARKER, -rear admira). Hugh Gough,-major general. (INCLOSURE, No. 2.) E. I. station, H. M. S. Blonde, His excellency rear-admiral Inner Harbor of Amoy, 27th Aug., 1841. Sir William Parker, K. C. B., commander-in-chief, &c., &c. Sir,—The operations of the force you did me the honor to place under my com- mand for the attack of the island of Kúláng sú, were so immediately under your observation, that little remains to me beyond the agreeable duty of bringing to your excellency's notice the admirable conduct of every officer and man I had the honor to command. The squadron was led into action by captain Eyres, com- manding her majesty's sloop Modeste, with the most perfect skill and gallantry; the Blonde and Druid followed, and were placed as near as the shoalness of the water would admit to the three principal batteries, which they succeeded in silenc. ing after a fire of one hour and twenty minutes, when the marines, under the gallant captain Ellis were landed, and carried the heights with their accustomed bravery. The distance of the transports prevented the 26th Cameronian regiment from being on shore at the same moment with the marines, but they were prompt. ly after them; and the detachment of that distinguished corps, under major Johnston, assisted in clearing the remaining batteries, and dispersing the enemy. From captain Smith of H. ship Druid, I received the most able support ; that ship was placed with excellent judgment, and her conduct such as was to be ex- pected from her high state of discipline. This island being now completely in our possession, I left the Druid to protect it; and pushed the Modeste and Blonde into the Inner harbor, silencing their war junks and batteries on the opposite shore as we passed; and I have herewith the honor to inclose a return of the vessels cap- tured, and ordnance destroyed. The officers and crew of this ship merit my highest praise, as well as the party of royal artillery serving on board under the command of lieutenant, the honorable R. E. Spencer. I should be wanting in justice wero vessels can anchor off those parts of the town near the water. The Blonde, Modeste, Pylades, and a steamer, anchored off the town on the night after the action, and are still lying there in 10 ſms. water-naval men consider the harbor of Amoy to be much superior to that of Ilongkong." Cal Cour. Nov. 24th, 1841. 1842. 154 A Chinese Chrestomathy. I to close this letter without bringing to your notice the merits of lieutenant sir Frederick Nicolson, first of the ship, to whose valuable assistance I am much in. debted, and I must also beg to name to your excellency the senior mates of this ship, Messrs. Walker, Rolland, and Anderson, young officers of much promise. I have great pleasure in adding that thc service was performed without loss of life on our part, although the ships have suffered considerable in their masts, sails and rigging. The captains of the Druid and Modeste speak in the highest terms of their officers and ships' companies. I inclose the report of captain Ellis of the royal marines. (Signed) T. Bourchier,-captain. Inclosure in Capt. Bourchier's letter. Military quarters, Royal Marines, Island of To Capt. Bourchier, R. N., Kuláng sú near Amoy, 27th Aug., 1841. H. M. S. Blonde, Sir-Having yesterday received your directions to land from her majesty's ships Blonde and Druid, under your orders, the detachments of royal marines, of the Wellesley, ships named in the margin, and drive the enemy from the strong Blenheim, battery of Kuláng sú you had previously engaged, I have the honor Blonde, to acquaint you, for the information of rear-admiral sir William Druid, Modeste, Parker, jK. C. B., commander-in-chief, that, in furtherance of that object, I landed with them on a sandy beach to the right of the battery; and after some difficulty in climbing rocks and other impediments, succeeded in gaining the ridge, and the fank of the Chinese position. The enemy, before we had gained the level, opposed us courageously, attacking us with matchlocks, spears, and stones, but we soon drove them before us, cleared the battery, and dispersed them; the garrison retreating to the rear, many of whom effected their escape by boats on the beach to Amoy opposite ; several men were killed in and about the battery. In following the retreating party (some of whom also were wounded), I made a detour of this large and populous island, and discovered at its western extremity a sand-bag battery of 9 guns, and a few gin. jals; they were all loaded but did not appear to have been recently discharged: no other armed party of the enemy was fallen in with. I am happy to add that in these operations nu casualty happened to the detachment I have the honor to command; moreover, I have great pride in reporting to you, that all the officers, rank and file, throughout the day, conducted themselves individually, as well as collectively, with a courage, zeal, and perseverance far beyond my power to ex- presa. (Signed) J. B. Ellis,--captain, royal marines. ART. V. A Chinese Chrestomathy in the Canton Dialect. By E. C. Bridgman. Macao, S. Wells Williams. 1841. Super-royal octavo, pp. 728. From us our readers cannot expect a review of this Chrestomathy; they will, however, surely excuse our giving a brief account of what 1.5.5 Martisi A Chinese Chrestomathy the work is-provided that, in so doing, the occasion be improved renewedly to draw attention to the study of the Chinese language. An officer, connected with the present expedition to China, coming suddenly one day in contact with a body of the people, was heard to exclaim-in imitation of Richard when sorely pressed for a horse- An interpreter! An interpreter! My regiment for an interpreter ! During the long intercourse which has existed between foreigners and the Chinese, immense damages, and even the loss of human life, have no doubt been caused by their mutual ignorance of each other's speech. Half a century ago it was difficult to fiud any man who could speak both English and Chinese. When Macartnay's embassy was about to leave the shores of Britain, in 1792, one office was still vacant, which was as necessary, as it was difficult to fill up—that of Chinese interpreter and translator: no man capable of that employ- ment, then existed throughout the British dominions." Four Chi- nese secretaries' were attached to the einbassy of lord Amherst in 1816: viz. “F. Hastings Toone, esq.; J. F. Davis, esq.; Thomas Manning, esq.; and Rev. Robert (the late Dr.) Morrison." . At pre- sent there are connected with the British authorities in China the fol- lowing gentlemen; John Robert Morrison, esq.; Rev. Charles Gutz- laff; Robert Thom, G. Tradescant Lay, Samuel Fearon, and Wal- ter H. Medhurst, junior, esquires. No foreigner living has enjoy ed better opportunities for obtaining a knowledge of Chinese than the son of Dr. Morrison; and the office he has long held and now holds, as Chinese secretary and interpreter, is good evidence of the high estimation in which his acquirements are held by those best able to appreciate the same. In August, 1831, immediately after the death of his father, he was appointed to this office, ordi- nary difficulty and responsibility, and the constant and faithful dis- charge of its duties justly claiins, we think, some honorable acknow- ledgment from the government of his country, in these its palmy days of honors. Of Mr. Gutzlaff's acquirements, as a Chinese scholar, it is unnecessary for us to say one word : bis writings are his truest and best testimonials. It reflects much honor on both Mr. Thom and Mr. Fearon, that they gained nearly all their knowledge of this lan- guage, while engaged in commercial and other business, and since they entered on the offices they now hold; and the success of these gentlemen may be held up for others—an example worthy alike of commendation and imitation. As a general linguist, and naturalist, Mr. Lay has earned for himself a good reputation : the field here before one of no 1842. 159 A Chinese Chrestomathy him-acting in either of these capacities—is broad and rich enough to gratify his highest anticipations; and both he and his friends will be disappointed if his labors here are not distinguished beyond those of inost men who have to earn their bread and their honors in foreign lands. --A reference to the last number, page 114, will show the read- er how Mr. Morrison, and the others connected with the British government, are now employed. Besides these gentlemen--and we beg they will excuse our passing notices of them as sinologues——tire names of several others deserve to be mentioned. The Rev. Walter H. Medhurst whose son we have inentioned above, emulous of his father-is the author of a Chinese dictionary of the Fukien dialect; of China, its State and Prospects; &c. He commenced the study of the Chinese language, we think, in 1816; and his acquisitions, in this department of learning are such (taking them all in all) as to make him second to no foreigner now living. Mr. Medhurst still continues the study of the language at Batavia, and is at present employed in preparing and printing a new dictionary of this language. He has written much in Chinese, and has labored long on the revision of the Bible in this language. With Mr. Dyer, formerly of Penang, who has recently returned from a visit to Europe, we have no personal acquaintance, nor have we with but few of the many who are now engaged in studying Chi- hese at the Straits of Malacca and in Siam. Mr. Dyer has been much and very successfully employed in manufacturing Chinese me- tallic types, and his knowledge of the language, we suppose, is second only to that of Mr. Medhurst. The Rev. A. Stronach, now at Pe- pang, has not been long engaged in the study. So with others, at Malacca, Singapore, Batavia, Bangkok, &c. In addition to his at- tention to the study of the language, Mr. Stronach has taught a school of Chinese boys, a report of which he has kindly sent to us, and we shall take an early opportunity to lay the same before our readers. At Malacca, the Rev. James Legge, D. D., now at the head of the Anglo-Chinese college there, has been about two years engaged in studying the Chinese language, and for a part of the time directing the education of the students in the college. Since Dr. Milne's death at Malacca about twenty years ago, that school and the others about it have not enjoyed the degree of prosperity which that good man so anxiously sought for. As a Chinese scholar, his success was emi- nent. Of his successor, some have returned to Europe : professor Kidd is among this number : others have died. · Under the care of i Chinese Chrestomathy MARCII .n. the present principal, we hope to sec the college soon flourishing and Chinese learning revived. Whether there be any other Europeans at Malacca, besides Dr. Legge, engaged in the study of Chinese, we do not know; nor have we the least acquaintance with, or knowledge of, any of the students who have left the college excepting that one, who, on his return to China, was appointed many years ago to be in- terpreter at the court of Peking. This man, who reads Latin and English equally bad being barely able to gain the general import of what is plain and easy-has been on a visit at Canton during the last four years; but the recent disturbances northward have o sioned his recall. He left Canton sometime during the last 1. It was said that he would probably be retained by Yiking, the im- perial commissioner in Chekiáng. Shaute, (for this is the name by which the man of whom we have been writing is best known to foreigners,) when at Peking, used to be employed in carrying on communication with the Russians resident there; and it is not im- probable that his services inay now be required for the same purpose. At Singapore, a semivary of learning was projected by sir Stamford Raffles, soon after that place became a British settlement; and the cultivation of Chinese literature was to be one of its principal objects. It was not, however, until within a very few years that the “Singa- pore Institution Free School," came into operation. It has published, we believe, seven annual reports the last being that for the year 1840–41. These reports, most of which are noticed in our pages, show that the school is flourishing and doing good; on the score of Chi- nese learning, however, it seems not to have accomplished very much; and in this respect we wish there might be a change in the institu- tion, and the teaching of the Chinese language made more promi- nent. Not long since, his excellency sir Henry Pottinger sent to the British resident at Singapore for interpreters, to join the expedition in China. We fear the number of eligible candidates, at Singapore, Malacca, Penang, and Calcutta--and at all of those places inquiries are to be made-will not be large ; nor do we expect that any who may be obtained will possess very distinguished qualifications for their office. As Christian missionaries, a large number of foreigners have studied the Chinese language at Singapore; but the number at present there is small, the Rev. Messrs. Tracy, Wood and Orr being now in America, and the Rev. Messrs. Ball and McBryde in Macao, leaving, so far as we know, only the Rev. J. Stronach and Dr. Hep- burn now there, engaged in this study. 1842. 161 A Chinese Chrestomathy. At Bangkok are the Rev. Messrs. Johnson, Dean, Goddard, Peet, and perhaps one or two more. At Batavia, besides Mr. Medhurst, there are Mr. Young and a few others who have made more or less proficiency in acquiring the lan- guage of the celestial empire. On Borneo, are the Rev. Messrs. Doty, Pohlman, and perhaps one or two others, engaged in studying it among the Chinese colonists on the island. At Rhio, likewise, there is at least one individual, the Rev. Mr. Röttger, who has given some attention to the stady of Chinese. In China, there are, as students in Chinese, the Rev. Messrs. Abeel, Brown, Boone, Bridgman, Milne, Parker, Roberts, Shuck; and Messrs. Williams, Lockhart, and Hobson. These are all con- nected with the protestant missions. Of those in connection with the Catholic establishments, no one has gained more celebrity than the late Pe. Gonzalves. Mr. Callery, by his new work, “Systema Phoneticum Scripturæ Sinicæ,” recently published, will secure for himself a name among those who have written learnedly on this lan- guage; and if the work doos not expose its author to criticism, surely he will be more fortunate than any of his predecessors. To what ex- tent other Catholic missionaries in this country may be acquainted with the Chinese language, we have not the means of knowing. Two or three Portuguese gentlemen, connected with the government of Macao, speak and write the language with much fluency and cor- rectness. Last, but not least in his attainments, must be named the veteran editor of the Canton Register, longer, we believe, a student of Chinese, than any other European in China; and, we think, he is the only gentleman who has prosecuted the study of this language for any considerable length of time without the patronage of government or that of any public institution. Mr. Slade's translations have been very numerous, widely circulated, and often quoted. So much for the students of Chinese now in the east. could not say, and the limits of this article forbid us to go further into detail--for already these desultory remarks have run on to such length, that our notice of the Chrestomathy must be postponed till the next number. Less we VO, Xi NO. 1 20 162 Illarci, Topography of Chekung ART. VI. Topogruphy of Chekiúng ; extent of the province, its populution, subdivisions, rivers, lakes, mountains, productions, fc. (Continued from page 109.) Notices of Hangchau, with a description of the department of which it is the chief city, were given in the last number. Before proceed- ing with the description of the other departments, we will here inti- mate the principal native sources from whence our information is derived—for it is on these that we chiefly rely for the knowledge we have to communicate. The first authority is the TI, Chekiáng Tung Chi, a “ Complete Historical and Statistical Account of Chekiáng.” This is comprised in forty octavo volumes, and was published in the reign of Kánghí. Another authority is the #lei 府​廳​州縣​圆 ​Kienlung in ting chau lien Yi Ch, or “Kienlung's Maps and Account of the departments and districts” of the provinces. A third is the K E KWA 5, Kin ting Tá Tsing Hwui Tien Tú, or “Maps accompanying the Collection of Statutes of the Great Pure dynasty, published by Imperial Authori- ty." In one important particular these maps are more servicable to us than that of Lí Yánghú, noticed on page 46; they present us in detail each of the departments of the empire, separately mapped, with its boundaries and rivers all described. The distances of the chief town in each department from Peking, and from the provincial city, are also given. II. The department of Kiáhing, second to that of Hángchau, is situated north and northeast from it; having Húchau fú on the west ; Súchau ſú on the north, and Sungkiáng ſú (both in Kiángsú) on the northeast and east; and the seacoast on the southeast. Its form is rhomboidal, one of its longest sides being the line of coast, running from the northeast to the southwest, with its shortest sides runding north and south. Excepting a few hills near the coast, the whole sur- face of the department is level, and intersected by numerous rivers and canals. One of these hills is Tea hill. Two of the seven districts, into which the department is divided, have the residences of their chief magistrates at the city of Kiáhing , from which city Kiáshen is situated to the northeast; Pinghú and Háiyen to the east and south; and Shimun and Tunghiáng to the west and northwest. The district of Kiábing includes le casterni prikrit of the city of Kiabing; and that of Siusvui, lhe western. Tlie 1842. 163 Topography / Chekiúng: city has four gates, and is surrounded by a ditch filled with water, The chief city in each of the other districts is iu like inauner sur- rounded both by a wall and a dilch. Near the extreme northeast of this department is Chápu, (E) a place of considerable importance, on account of the trade which it carries on with Japan--Chápú being the only port from which Chinese vessels sail to Nagasaki. It is within the district of Pinghú. It has been repeatedly visited by foreign ships, and its fortifications will pro- bably soon be demolished, if they are still standing. For a nautical view of Chápu, see volume X., page 386. N. B. We hope special pains will be taken, on visiting the place, to purchase and bring off whatever Japanese books and maps may be found there. Kánpú, supposed by some authors to be the same Canfu spoken of and described by the Arabian travelers of the ninth century-as noticed in volume III., pages 115-118,- is situated on the coast further to the southwest, in the district of Fáiyen. In one of the old Chinese books, the town is represented as standing on the north bank of a small river, which forms a communication with Hangchau. In an official paper of a recent date, we have seen an allusion to this channel, or to another near it, as a channel of communication that may be sought out by the rebellious foreigners, and afford them ac- cess to the provincial capital." III. The department of Hichau is situated due west from Kiihing fú, having Hangchau fú on the south, the province of Aʼnhwui on the west, and that of Kiángsú on the north. The Tái hú, or Great lake, lies partly within this department; and hence, perhaps, is de- rived the name Húchau, or Lake-department, i. e., the department of the Lake. The chief town in this department is situated near the southern shore of the lake, and contains the residences of the chief magistrates of the districts Wuching and Kwei'án; these two dis. tricts include the northeast portion of the department. The district of Tetsing is situated so as to forin its southeast extreme; Wúháng is on the south; Hiiufung includes the extreme southwest ; while Aʼnki chau and Chánghing fill up the west and northwest portions. IV. The department of Ningpd includes six districts, compris- ing the easternmost parts of the province, which have been oftener visited and are better known by foreigners, than any other places in the empire, north of Canton. It is bounded, on the west by Shau- hing; on the southwest, by Táichau; and by the sea on the other sides. The chief city of this department, Ningpò, stands near its 11 164 MARCII, Topography of Chekiúng. centre on the mainland, at the confluence of two rivers ;-one of which runs from the northwest and passes a few miles south of 'Tsz'. kí, flowing down from Yüyáu; the other comes from the southwest, taking its rise in two different places beyond Funghwá. The magis- trate of the district Kin resides at Ningpo, which is wholly within his jurisdiction. The district of Chinhái, known by the defenses of its chief town, includes the headlands to the northeast of Ningpd. The district of Tsiángshán is situated directly south from Chinhái, and, according to one of our maps, forms a peninsula. Tinghái, both the city and district, with their dependencies, have been described at great length in former volumes. Most of the department of Ning- pd is now under British rule, and the city may again become, at no very distant day, a place of resort for the merchants of Europe. As a place of trade, Ningpo possesses great advantages. The extent of the city is supposed to be, by those who have recently visited it, two thirds that of Canton. Some of those now resident there will, we hope, send us full accounts of both the city and adjacent country. The climate is delightful. V. The department of Sháuhing is bounded, on the east by Ning- pd; on the south, by the departments of Taichau and Kinhwa; on the west, by that of Yenchau; on the northwest by Hangchau; and by the sea on the north. The two principal districts, Shányin and Hwuikí, have the residences of their magistrates in Shauhing ;-the first district including the western part of the city with the adjacent country; the second, the eastern and its vicinity. It is here, in the district of Hwuikí, that the Chinese point out the grave of the ancient monarch Yü, over which a temple has been erected and made sacred to perpetuate his memory. About midway between Shiuhing and Ningpd is the district of Yüyau with the town of the same name, recently twice visited by the British forces. The com- munication by water is continued from Yüyáu on the westward to Sháuhing, but part of the way it is, apparently, merely a canal. The district of Shángyü is situated west and south from Yüyáu, and the channel of communication, noticed above, passes by its chief town. The district of Sinchang forms the southeast portion of the depart- ment; its chief town is situated on the south bank of a river of the Descending this river a few miles, towards the north- west, to a point where it is joined by a small stream coming from the southwest and with their united waters flow duc north, you there find the chief town of the district called Shing. From tliis town the river runs north to the sea : near its mouth a large Chinese encampment same naine. 1842. 165 Topography of Chekiáng. L has recently been formed, with a view to prevent an advance from Ningpd on the cities of Sháuling and Hángchau. The river, near its embouchure, is called Tsáu-ngo kiáng. Chúkí is near the south- west, and Sikushan near the northwest of the department. VI. The department of Túichau forms an amphitheatre, opening towards the sea on the east. On the north, it is bounded by Ningpo and Shauhing; on the west, by Kinhwá; on the southwest, by. Chú- chau; and on the south, by Wanchau. The chief town of the depart- ment is the residence of the magistrate of the district Linhái, which occupies a central position in regard to the other districts. That of Taiping is situated at the southeast of the department; the chief town of the district Wángyen stands about midway between Taiping and Linhái; Sienkü is a little to the southwest, Tientái to the north- west, and Ninghái to the north, from the chief town of the depart- inent. VII. The department of Kinhwa is a rich and beautiful tract of land, if we may form an estimate of its qualities from the name it bears. Literally translated, Kinhwú fú means the region of Golden- flowers—or the richly adorned country. It occupies the central por- tion of the province, and includes that region from whence descend the numerous little streams, which joining their accumulated waters glide through a beautiful vale, passing westward, on the south side of the city Kinhwá, to the city Lánkí, where they are met by another river flowing in from the southwest: these two channels united con- stitute the principal river of the province, which rolls its swift current close by the provincial city, and then disembogues some forty or fifty miles to the eastward. It is bounded on the north by Sháuhing; on the east, by Taichau; on the south, by Chúchau; and on the west, by the department of Küchau and Yenchau. The chief city of the department is the residence of the magistrate of the district Kinhwa. Taking Kinhwa for a centre, the chief towns of the other districts form almost a complete circle: Púkiáng being on the north ; [wú on the northeast; Tungyáng on the east; Yungháng on the southeast ; Wuí on the south; Tángkí on the southwest ; and Lánkí on the west. The city of Kinhwá is very irregular in its forin, and has eight gates. VIII. The department of Küchau is bounded on the north by Yenchau ; on the east, by Kinhwá; on the southeast by Chúchau; ath by the province of Fukien; on the southwest by the province of Kiángsí; and on the northwest by A'nhwui. It comprises that region of country from whence spring the several streams which, on the 166 MARCH Topography of Chehiúng after uniting their waters, flow down the valley, towards the east or northeast, till they unite with those which come from the opposite valley, above described, forming the “region of golden flowers.” The chief city of the department is the residence of the magistrate of the district Si’án, situated near its eastern side. Between this district and the department of Kinhwá is the district of Lungyáu. Kiáng. shán and Changshán are near the southwest side, and Káihwa is near the northwest side, of the department. Macartney and his suite, on their return from Peking to Canton in 1793, ascended in boats from Hángchau to the town of Chángshán, where, says Staunton, “ the river ceased entirely to be navigable.” The principal observa- tions made by the members of that embassy shall be given in the sequel, when we come to speak of the rivers. IX. The department of Yenchau is bounded, on the north by Ilángchau; on the east by Shauhing and Kinhwa; on the south by Kichau; and on the west by the province of A'nhwui. The great river, which is formed by the waters of Kinhwa and Küchau, ap- pears to be the eastern boundary of this department. Its capital city, which is the residence of the magistrate of the district Kiente, stands on the western bank of this river. Directly north, and on the same side of the river, is the chief town of the district Tunglú; the district of Shauching and its chief town are on the south; Sui'án and Shun'an are situated on the southwest ; and Fanshui on the north side of the department. X. The department of Wanchau is of a triangular shape, and oc- cupies the extreme southeast portion of the province, having the sea on the east, Fukien on the south, and the departments of Chúchau and Táichau on its third side. The capital city stands on the south- ern bank of a river, on the northern side of the department, and is the residence of the magistrate of the district Yungkiá; Lótsing in- cludes the mainland on the north; Yu-hwán ting is an insular posi- tion, east of Lotsing ; Sui'an and Pingyang are on the south, and Táishun on the extreme west, of the department. The capital city has two gates on the north side; three on the south; with one each on the east and west side. XI. The department of Chúchau, one of the largest in the pro- vince, occupies the southwest portion of the province; it is bound- ed by Küchau and Kinhwá on the north; by 'Táichau on the east; by Wanchau on the southeast; and by Fukien on the south and west, It is the upper valley from whose surrounding hills, forming almost a sernicircle, spring a dozen rivulets, which descending into 1842 167 Topographij of Chokiung. The low lands umte and from the river Ngau. Upon the north bank of this river, and a little northward from the centre of the depart ment, stands its capital, which is also the residence of the magistrate of the district Lishui. Northeast from this site, is the town and dis- trict of Tsinyun; on the southeast is Tsingtien ; on the south and southwest, are Kingning, Yunh), and Lungtseuen; far beyond them, towards the southwest, is Kingyuen ; on the north and northwest, are Suenping, Sungyáng and Suicháng. The eleven departments and seventy-eight districts, into which the province of Chekiáng is divided and subdivided, have now been all enumerated and their situations indicated. On the north are Wúchau, Kishing, and Hángchau; on the east Shauhing, Ningpò, and Tái- chau; on the south Wanchau and Chúchau; on the west Küchau and Yenchau; leaving Kinhwa in the centre. The rivers of the province are next to be described ; in doing this the principal mountains and hills will be named, and the general features of the country indicated. On the maps before us, published by imperial authority, the rivers are drawn with great minuteness and apparent accuracy. They do not, in their number and courses, dif- ſer much from those given in Du Halde's work. We intend to follow that published by imperial authority, it being the most recent, and probably the most accurate. According to Du Ilalde, not one of the numerous rivers takes its rise beyond the boundaries of the province: according to the other map, one does, and only one—the Sin’án kiáng. And only three rivers of Fukien, and one in Kiángsí have branches which take their rise in Chekiáng. Hence the boundary of the province must, for the most part, be formed by elevated ground, from whence the streams flow in each direction. By a glance at the map it will be seen that most of the rivers of Chekiáng flow in an easterly direction. In the following list, the principal rivers are indicated by their naines being placed the space of one type further to the left of the page than the names of the tributary and lesser streams. The word kiang usually means a large river, and hò a smaller one; the two, however, are used interchangeably. The word ki generally signifies a rivulet. It sometimes happens that one and the same river is known by two, three, or even more names, different parts of it being named from the hills, vallies, &c., near or through which it passes. Thus the great river of the province, called Tsientáng at Ilangchau, is known by se- veral other names in its winding course from the western frontier of the province 168 MARCII, Topography of Chekiúng, NAMES OF THE PRINCIPAL AND TRIBUTARY RIVERS AND THE LAKES OF CHEKIANG. Nán ki. Háu ki. Kiáu ki. Si ki. her 11 wángyáng ki. TE I Fiyun kiúng. * Pecháng ki. 1 ľking ki. IRR Ngau khúng. 楠​溪 ​# E MAS IIwuicháng ho. Byl pl Wáisié ki. k# Táyáng ki. 好​溪 ​1 PG 1 東​1 t LE * in Sin hò. HIS I Tsiáu kiáng ( T T Yungning kháng. 義​成​溪 ​rching kh. 大溪 ​& # # Yungán ki. 馬​磺溪 ​Maling kai, Táhwang ki. i i 石​瑜 ​HW | Shiyi ki. 姚江 ​Váu king. Mi 1 Yung kiáng mi I * Tungyen ki. te I Petú kiáng. 8 k I Toáu-ngò giáng. 1 Yen kháng. HT B Sinchàng kiảng. 西​港 ​Sí kiáng. E 28 Cháng tán láng. EM | Sán hin kau. HI Tsientáng kiáng. 湘湖 ​Siáng ha. 18 I Tsientsing kiáng. 東溪 ​Tung kí. G 1 泌​湖 ​& Đ Ể Lóm kháng. 新​江 ​Sin kiáng. El Yusie ki. HỂ H I Púyáng kháng. k là 1 | Takiáupú bò. I Fúchun kiáng. 東溪 ​Tung kí. Tá kí. Hau kí. Si ki. Pi lú. Tá kí. Tung kí. Pechú ki. Si kí. Tung kiáng. Fau ki. 桐​溪 ​1 Tung kí. tih 1 Tábiálı kiung Tisz' ki 1842. 169 Topography of Cheklang Lung ki. 柳​溪 ​Liú ki. 文​溪 ​Wan ki. W 1 Lín kí. đề #T Sin'án kiáng. #1 Ngái kí. 金溪 ​Kin ki. 東溪 ​Tung kí. ĐỀ THI Yun hò. TẾ T & Wukiảng kí. E = T Sháng táng hò. 龍溪 ​F = P Histáng hò. il Siáulung ki. 6 Si hú. 脉​溪 ​Mi ki. 南溪 ​Nán kí. ho 1 Mei ki. de 1 Pe ki. AL 1 Táu kí. 1 Fau ki. Shu kí. #1 Fung kí. 婺​江 ​Wú kiáng 東​莒溪 ​Tungchau ki. 雙溪 ​Sháng ki. 大錢​湖 ​Tatsien hai. # Kingpú ki. Æ Mi Yo Kinshá ho. 東​陽江 ​Tungyang thing | 合​溪 ​H6 ki. 衢​港 ​1 Nán ki. 简​奪​溪 ​Suntse ki. là & HT IIwangkí hò. 桃溪 ​Tàu ki. 苕​溪 ​Cháu ki. to Chesháng ki. 1 Tung kí. Hwángyáng is the first rivulet on the the southern coast; and is formed of two branches, a northern and a southern. Ou some maps this rivulet is called a kiáng. It flows close by the south side of Pingyang, and is connected with the river Fiyun, by what seems an artificial channel, running north and south from the town of Ping- yang to that of Sui’án. Fiyun rises on the hills of the celestial barrier, called Tienkwin shún, beyond which, a little to the westward, are the golden hills. South of these last, the rivulet Kiáu rises in two branches, and flows southward into Fukien. On this rivulet stands the town Táishun. The river Ngau, mentioned when describing the department of Chúchau, and its dozen tributary streams, spring from as many dif- ferent mountains and hills. One of its principal tributaries takes ils rise on the Little Plumb range, near the southwest of Chúchau Kü kiảng. U'IL 170 MAROHI Topography of Chekiung. fú. Beyond this range, two other rivulets, gushing from the bills, How south into Fukien. On one of these stands the town Kinyuen. Tábiáh is the next river worthy of notice. This name seems to be applied only to that part of the river which is between Ningpo and Chinhái. One of its principal branches is the Yáu, a river of the breadth of the Thames between London and Woolwich, mean- dering through the most fertile vallies, bounded by hills of various forms and heights, and some stupendous mountains. Nothing can be more pleasing and romantic." The branches of the Tsiungù spring from scveral ranges of bilis on the south of Sháuhing fú. On the imperial inap, instead of Sunhin kuu we have Sankiáng kall, i. e. mouth of the three rivers. This communicates, if we may trust to our inaps, dirceily with Sháuhing, and there with other streams, and with Mirror lake or Kien hú. Steamers probably will find their way ip both this and the 'Tsáung). T'he Tsientang is the great river of the province, and the only one known to have been visited by Europeans in modern tiines, previously to the late expedition. From Hingchau to the sea it has never been examined. Its branches, and the canals that run into it, are very On one of those which come in from the south, colonel Benson and captain Mackintosh proceeded, in small barges, to Yii- yiiu. A party of gentlemen, going to visit these barges, rode round the eastern part of Hingchau city, and over a pleasant plain to the bank of the river, There they mounted wagons, drawn each by Three buffaloes abreast, the wagoner riding on the iniddle one. Coming in the water they plunged in without hesitation, and proceed- ed till within their depth, when a small boat took the travelers to the opposite side of the river, from whence they went in chairs to the canal about a mile distant.' Captain Mackintoshi and the others, as they proceeded in their first day's course, passed through a cham- paign country, richly and completely cultivated like the garden grounds near London, though perhaps more fertile. He observed a solid hill of rock, at least three hundred feet high, which was hewni into plain sides or faces, from whence were cut blocks of any shape or size. “ This stupendous rock was in the neighborhood of a large city, to whose best buildings it must have, no doubt, contribuied.” This vity must have been Sháuhing. The grape vine was seen, along ille sides of the canal, in great quantities, “ cultivated for food," not. for wine. In three says the party “ arrived at the city of Loo-chung. when they changed then inland boarnes for punks of about sex19 1019 numerous. 1842. Topography vi hekiung: 171 burden each." This Loo-chung, we suppose, was the old city of Yüyáu. Macartney and his suite,-proceeding in flat bottomed barges, sharp fore and aft, about twelve feet broad and seventy long, having cotton sails, were seven days in reaching Chingshán. As they ad. vanced the river soon became contracted, running down through a defile between ranges of high hills, whose sides were indented by deep glens, separated from each other by narrow and parallel ridges of naked rock. “ The succeeding scene exhibited the contrast of an extensive plain richly and variously cultivated on one side of the river, and on the other, mountains rising suddenly from the water, and apparently higher than any in Great Britain." They saw the excavations made in extracting the pe-tun-tse, a species of fine gra- nite, used in the manufactory of porcelain," the same as the growan- stone of the Cornish mines." Near their town was an inwalled villa, said to contain three thou- sand furnaces for baking porcelain, which, when all lighted at one time, gave the place the appearance of a town on fire. Along this great river, a course of less than two hundred miles traveled by the embassy, "there was no want of trees, ainong which the inost com- mon were the tallow tree and the camphor, cedars, firs, and the tail and majestic arbor vitæ. Groves of oranges, citrons and lemons were abundautly interspersed in the little vales that sloped down to the brink of the river; and but few of the huts were without a sinall garden and plantation of tobacco. 'The large plains were planted with the sugar-cane. We had thus far passed through the country without having seen a single plant of the tea-shrub); but here we found it as a common plant, used for hedge-rows to divide the gardens and fruit groves, but not particularly cultivated for its leaves." North of the Tsientáng the rivers are indeed many, bnt scarcely deserve particular notice, excepting the Yun hd, or Grand canal, which will be described in a separate article. The hills also, in the northern part of the province, so far as we know, are nowise remarkable. The productions of Chekiáng are very abundant and rich, the cli- inaie being mild, and the soil fertile and well-watered. Of forest trees, there are the cypress, fir, willow, tallow tree, elm, ash, banian fig, camphor, cassia tree, ebony, maple, dryandra, mulber- ry, palm, paper tree, pine, sandalwood, varnish, &c. Of fruit trees, there are the almond, arbutus or strawberry tree, loquat, chestnut, grapes, dates, papaya, hazle not, orange, peach, pear, persimmon, plum, &c. 172 MARCU, Topography of Chekiung Of grains and vegetables, there are barley, beans, chives, cresses, gentian, ginger, hemp, millet, mustard, onions, pumpkins, rice, wheat, sesamum, melons of various sorts, &c. Of ornainental flowers there are the white lily, small pæony (Peonia albiflora), mowtan (Peonia mautan), cinnamon rose, camellia, Ilibiscus, flowering prunus, day lily, Daphne ordora, Narcissus, &c. Of animals, there are the antelope, ape, ass, chamois, deer, dog, fox, goat, hog, horse, leopard, otter, ox, porcupine, rabbit, sheep, squirrel, weasel, pangolin, &c. Of birds, besides common fowls, ducks, and geese, there are pheasants, quails, thrushes, cormorants, mandarin ducks, long legged water fowl, kingfishers, passerine birds of various sorts, and many ac- cipitrine birds. There are also many mineral productions such as silver, iron, brass, tin, white lead, coal, and salt. This last named article is a very rich source of gain to the government. The animal, vegetable, and mineral productions obtained for medicinal purposes, are very numerous, but need not be separately enumerated. The manufactured articles are rich in quality and plentiful. The silks,—damasks, senshaws, etc., -probably are not surpassed by any in the empire. The so called Nanking raw silk, which is produced in the department of Húchau, affords some of the finest samples that can be found in any part of the world. The pencils of Sháuhing are held in esteem all over the empire. The hams of Kinhwa are among the articles sent annually as tribute to Peking. In closing this decription of Chekiáng, a few words may be said regarding the character of the people. Those in the northern de- partments, for their wealth, learning, and refinements, are generally considered as being in no degree inferior to those of any other parts of the empire. But those on the frontiers of Fukien and Kiángsí are probably among the most rude and savage that can be found in any of the provinces. By an edict published in 1836–a translation of which was given in this work for February of that year--it appears that extensive tracts of land on the southern and southwestern fron- tiers are interdicted--for reasons of state the people are not allowed to cultivate or occupy them. These are wild lands, and on their borders the people are as rude and wild as the hills they inhabit. Our ineans for studying the character of the people of this province are very meagre. Our native authorities are full and explicit enough; but it is not always easy to determine their meaning. What the Chi- 1 1842. 173 Portrait of Puli nese themselves call elegant and refined in manners, Europeans might, and often do, pronounce coarse and barbarous. Hence, as we are compelled to infer the quality of the soil from its productions, and the inclination of the earth's surface from the course of the rivers; so, in like manner, we must derive our ideas of the character of the inhabitants from their institutions, civil, social, and religious, and from the productions of their hands and their genius. From the foreigners now resident in Chekiáng we hope to receive valuable information, as well regarding the character and man- ners of the people, as respecting the productions of their soil and their manufactories. Our pages will always be open for original communi- cations; and faithful descriptions, especially of men and things in those parts hitherto but little frequented by foreigners, will surely be acceptable to all our readers. ART. VII. Portrait of Fuhí, the first of the Five Sovereigns, whose reign commenced two thousand eight hundred and fifty- two years before Christ. IMMEDIATELY after the Three Sovereigns, whose portraits were given in the last number, some authors introduce two other monarchs, whose names are W Yúcháu and the Sui-jin. Next in the series, all agree in placing Fuhí, or, with the name more fully written, th Tái Háu Fuhí, the Great Illustrious Fuhí, who was born in the province of Shensí. He was renowned for his virtues; and hence the appellations Great and Illustrious were given to him. He built his capital in the province of Hdnán, in the depart- ment of Káifung, its modern capital. And it is there, on the banks of the Yellow river, that the Chinese look for the site of that first set- tlement, from whence have sprung all the successive dynasties and all the countless multitudes of the black-haired people, which, during a period of forty-seven centuries, have ruled and cultivated the bills and vallies of the celestial empire. But if the time of Fuhi's apo pearance on earth be correctly indicated, and the commenceineut of his reign be placed 2852 B. C., he must of course have lived ani. terior to the deluge of Noah; and consequently at a period when there may have been no Hwáng hò to overflow its banks, and distress Die praceful inhabitants of thie land. 174 MARoll Portrait of fiki 氏​義​贱​暴 ​WE The portrait represents him in a rude state, but yet engaged, with pencil in hawdd, pondering over the eight diagrams, of which the Chi- nese write and talk much, and kuow little. Grave historians consider Fuhi as the founder of their empire. They say that at the commencement of our race, men differed not from The frutes. They were rude in manners, without arts and sciences, and made no provision for life. When hungry, they sought food; ishen satiated, they abandoned that which they had not eaten. The devoured their meat raw and undressed, drank blood, and wore the skins of wild beasts. In this incultivated state was the human race, whira Fuhi appeared. He made vets to catch fish, and shares to *:lltrap wild beasts and birds, to supply the wants of the people. He inghit them how 10 feed domestic animals, and those required for sa- trilinjaal purposes l'urtinit of the 175 So great were lus virtues, that he comprehended all things, understanding their qualities, their powers, and the ends for which they were best filted. When he first drew the eight diagrams, each had three strokes. He increased their whole number to sixty-four. From this commencement, be proceeded to invent written charac- ters, which were substituted for knotted cords. The sources from whence the language was formed, were the six following: - BH characters resembling objects or things ; EiB characters having borrowed meanings; EE i characters pointing out objects ; 14 Ethose formed by combining ideas ; 7. El by inverting their significations; + Elements and by uniting sound to the object. We quote these six classes from the History Made Easy, and will add an example or two under each, as we there find them givers. 1. The sun and the moon are denoted by the following characters, which in their original shape were thought to resemble those two objects : ji, the sun; Ayue, the moon. 2. This includes characters that have two meanings, one literal and the other borrowed ; thus î ling, an ensign of authority, is used to denote the exercise of authority, i. e. to rule. 3. Those under this class point out their meaning, by their form &c.; they say, 11E - ER I jin tsái yi sháng, wei sháng, the character man ) standing (#) above (E) one (-), makes () the character sháng (E) above, or to ascend. 4. This class comprises such characters as are composed of two or more parts, the meaning of which, when combined, form a new word having a meaning derived from those two parts: thus they say, Nel jin yen wei sin, man and words make truth, verity, or good-faith ; i. e. a man who keeps his word is truthful, and may be trusted. 5. The characters te ts), the leî hand, and to yiú, the right hand, are examples adduced under this class; the first inverted forms the second. 6. The characters T. kiáng and hò, both meaning a river, iire given io illustrate this class; in caclı casc one part of the characa ter indicates the form, and the other the sound of running water. Report of Chinese school: MARCH Such, the Chinese would have us believe, was Fuhi's knowledge of lexicography. Modern writers have improved on this system, re- taining the six classes, subdividing and arranging under them all the characters of the language. The regulation of times and seasons, the rites and usages of domestic and social life, the administration of government, and the cultivation of music, all engaged the attention of this illustrious patriarch-this son of heaven. His reign was 115 years. Some writers say that his immediate successors were fifteen in vumber, and reigned 17,787 years. ART. VIII. Report of Chinese schools for boys and girls under the care of the Rev. Alexander Stronach and Mr. R. T. Grylls, at Penang. “Our boys are all under engagements for a definite number of years, five, six, or seven,-according to their ages on entering school. The penalty for leaving before their terms expire is to refund $2 for every month the boys shall have been supported here. This penalty has been enforced in two cases, so they all feel that their engage- ments are binding. 66 The boys all read Chinese. The first class of them read through two books of Confucius; but I then thought that, in future, all their reading should be Christian, for I saw them but too ready to fall into the Chinese notion, that all wisdom rested with their heathen sages. Since that time, they have read through Collie's Shing King, Med- hurst's Shin Lun, &c., and now they are reading the New Testament in Chinese. 'The boys of the second class are now reading in the gospel harmony; those of the third class is Medhurst's Lun Yü; and the fourth class in his three character book. All that the boys read in Chinese is explained to them both in the colloquial Fukien and in English. Twenty of the boys daily write in the Chinese character; their autographs are herewith sent. · Daily, at our morning worship, the more advanced boys read and translate into Chinese some part of the English Old Testament; and all the others, except one newly coine, read in the New Testament, render the verses they read into Chinese; while the whole is ex- plained to the buys assembled in the English and Chinese language. 1842. Report of Chinese Schools. At our evening worship, also, each boy repeats a verse, or verses, of Scripture, which he has previously committed to memory; and the truths in these verses are explained to them, and are endeavored to be brought home to their hearts in their own language. All the boys, and also all the girls in our female school, attend the English service at the mission chapel every Lord's day evening. There are in our girl's school, at present, twenty daughters of Chinese; and their progress in acquaintance with divine truth is very encouraging. “Mr. R. T. Grylls, the English teacher, has furnished the accom- panying statement of the progress which the boys have been making in their English studies. “Reading. The 1st class, consisting of six boys, are now reading Marshman's Brief Survey of History. They have read the first iwo volumes through, and are now going through it again in short lessons: they first read the lesson, then go over it again, giving a kind of paraphrase: afterwards, they spell the principal words; and occa- sionally are required to write, without referring to their books, an abridgment of what they have read for some days past. This class has read, in the same way, except the writing, English instructor No. 3, of the Calcutta School-book Society; Scripture Lessons of the Brit- ish and Foreign School Society; Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress, Pike's Persuasives to Early Piety, and the Traveler, all of the Religious Tract Society. The 2d class, of eleven boys, are now reading the Scripture Lessons of the B. and F. School Society. These boys first read their lesson ; then explain it, as well as they can in English and in Chinese, and afterwards spell it. They have read the lessons now in use by the 3d and 4th classes. The 3d class, of eight boys, is now reading English Instructor No. 3, in the same way as the 2d, excepting the English explanation. The 4th class, of four boys, are reading Select lessons from Scripture, published by the B. and F. S. S. on sheets. Grammar. The first class, of six boys, have gone through Len- nie's Grammar, learning the rules and writing the exercises. These boys can parse any sentence at first sight with ease. The 2d class, of four boys, can parse any simple sentence. Their instruction has been chiefly oral, having used no book but Cobbin's. The 3d class, of seven boys, know the parts of speech, and after the holidays, will commence either Lennie or McCulloch. " Writing. All the boys, excepting the four of the last reading class, are writing English; and to give you a better opportunity of judging of their progress, I inclose with this some loosc leaves take! from their copies OL VI 178 MARCH Report of Chinese Schools. 1 Arithmetic. The 1st class, of live boys, has advanced, in Con- versations on Arithmetic, by Mrs. G. R. Porter, to Application of Decimals; when, having only one copy of that work, and requiring it for a junior class, Walkinghame was substituted; in which they have advauced to Alligation. Although they take their sums from this book, and are expected to understand its rules, they are not confined to them--for instance they freely use cancelling, at which they are very expert ; and when it is advantageous, they substitute vulgar or decimal fractions for the common notation. The 2d class, of two boys, now use the Intellectual Calculator of the B. and F. S. S. These boys were formerly in the 1st class, but not being able to keep up with it, they have been employed alternately as monitors to the 3d class, and consequently have not advanced as they otherwise would have done. Those of the 3d class, eleven boys, are in Division, ilud those of the 4th, of seven boys, in Addition. " Geography. The six boys of this class have gone through, with me-having only one copy--Guy's geography; and can answer most questions without hesitation. Their chief information has been gained from oral instruction, combined with the use of the maps-of which we have a fine set, about four feet square. One of these boys, with another who has left school, has worked all the problems on the globes in Guy's Geography, and with his class is now going through the more extended work of Keith. Several other boys are able to point out all the principal places on the maps, and possess much information about geography. “Drawing. Eight of the boys are copying the drawing exercises from the work published by the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge. Three or four have a decided taste for drawing. After holidays a new class will be formed. “ Miscellaneous. The boys of the 1st reading class know all the natural figures, both planes and solids. They have also read three or four of the first conversations on Natural Philosophy by Dr. Johns of the Franklin Institute, America. We have an orrery and tellurium, by which the motions of the heavenly bodies have been explained to them, and apparently with some success in removing their prejudices in favor of Chinese knowledge. “I have spoken only of boys actually present, for there are many of the 2d and 3d reading classes absent, through sickness, this island having been visited by some very severe epidemics, cholera, cysen- tery, influenza, fever, &c. Most of these boys have been long absent, and their return woulil greatly retard our progress." 1842 179 Journal of Orrurrences Nule. The conductors of the school at Penang, for Chinese children, have our best thanks for the foregoing report, with which our readers cannot but be much pleased. The autographs sent to us are fair specimens; and most of the copies are adınirable. The length of time the children have been under tuition, if specificd, would have enabled us to judge more accurately of their merits. We always like to see intellectual and nioral culture carried on simultaneously; be- cause, when rightly so conducted, both will proceed more rapidly than either could, isolated and alone. In the education of Chinese youths we would not restrict them, in the reading of their own language, to books composed by fo. reigners. To become thorough Chinese scholars, they must not only read, but they must also study, many and the best native authors. We hope Mr. Stro- nach, and others who are in charge of Chinese schools, will regularly furnish us with reports of the same. It is high tine that the education of Chinese in Eu- ropean sciences, literature, &c., be prosecuted with greater rigor, and on a broader scale. Arr. IX. Journal of Occurrences: nilitary visits to the rities of Yiiyáu, Tsz'ki, and Funghwá ; donation to the Portuguese of Macao, by James Matheson, esq.; notice of the defenses on the river at and below Canton ; stoppage of the trade threatened ; the commercial gricvances at Canton; capture of a boat's crew and death from a shot; the flags of France, and of the U. S. A.; an interview with Yishin; the U. S. frigate Constellution and sloop-of-war Boston ; piracies; the settlement of Ilongkong; the Friend of China; disturbances in Húpe; the English erpe- dition. WANT of space in our last number prevented the appearance of the following CIRCULAR TO ILER BRITANNIC MAJESTY'S SUBJECTS IN CHINA. Her majesty's plenipotentiary in China has the pleasure to announce to her majesty's subjects in China, that the district cities of Yüyáu, Tsz'kí, and Funghwa, distant respectively 40), 20), and 30 miles, from Ningpò, have been lately visited and temporarily occupied by detachments of her niajesty's combined forces. The Chinese government having thrown garrisons into the cities in question, and given out that the object in so doing was to encourage (or, perhaps, more cor- ectly speaking, to tniimidate) the inhabitants of Ningpò and the surrounding clis- tricts, to withhold obedience to the British authorities, and likewise to deter ihem, as far as possible, from furnishing provisions and supplies, it was resolved by their excellencies, llic naval and inilitary commanders-in-chief, 1o take an early oppor- lunily of dislodging those garrisous, and, on the weather (which had been ex- tremely wet in the early part of December) becoming frosty and favorable for operations, the necessary arrangements were completed for carrying that reso. Jution into effect. The Sesostris, Nemesis, and Phlegethoni, steamers, carrying about 700 men of all arns, and towing a number of boats, weighed from their positions at Ningpò on the morning of the 27th Dec., and proceeded up the river. The former ship, owing to her greater dratt of water, was obliged to bring up about two thirds of the way to Yürün, off which place the civo smaller ynsel anchored late in the anternoon 180 MARCH, Journal of Occurrences. when the troops landed immediately, under the personal direction of his excellen- cy lieut.-general, sir Hugh Gough, K.C. B., and, having taken possession of a small battery mounting four guns (which the Chinese had thrown up to enfilade the ap- proaching reach of the river, but wliich they did not venture to defend), were lodg. ed for the night in a large temple or joss-house, situated on a hill which overlook- ed the town at the distance of less than half a mile. At daylight on the morning of the 28th, his excellency, the naval commander-in-chief, disembarked with the seamen and marines, and preparations were made for escalading, when some of the people came out and declared, that the garrison (stated to have consisted of 1200 regulars, and an equal number of militia) had quitled the town during the night, and that the gates were open. Our troops in one division, and the seamen and marines in another, accordingly marched in, and separated at the southern gate, to go round the town, along the ramparts. When the naval division had advanced part of the way, a fire of jinjalls and matchlocks was opened on it, by a considerable body of Chinese soldiers, which had taken post outside the walls at a spot near the N. W. angle, where they were covered by a deep canal. It unavoid- ably occupied some little time for her majesty's forces to gain egress from the town by the northern gate, leading over the canal, and in the interim the enemy had decamped across the country. They were hotly pursued for 7 or 8 miles, Juring which, numbers of them threw away their arms and heavy clothes. A mili- tary position on which they retreated, about 5 miles from Yüyau, was burned, and a very extensive barrack (temple) close to that town, containing a magazine of gunpowder, and great quantities of arms, clothing, and other munitions of war was subsequently set fire to and utterly destroyed. Twenty-eight prisoners were taken, amongst whom were several subordinate officers; and it is believed that from 75 to 100 of the enemy were killed and wounded duiring the affair. Had they only stood to allow H. M. forces to close with them, not a man could have escaped; but their local knowledge of the roads, combined with the fact of the whole country being knee-deep with frozen snow (which covered up and concealed the paths), gave them a decided advantage over their pursuers in their flight. On the 29th, the city was examined, and an immense public granary of rice dis- covered, and given to the inhabitants to carry away. On the 13th, the small steam- ers descended the river, and rejoined the Sesostris; the three vessels anchored that afternoon on the nearest point to the city of Tsz’kí, which lies between 4 and 5 miles from the left bank, and which was found on the following morning (the 31st) to be deserted by the Chinese troops, and all the civil authorities. The public buildings were here destroyed, as far as that could be done without endangering the town; the population allowed to take the grain from the government granary, which was very large and quite full of rice; and the combined forces having reëm- barked, the steamers returned to Ningpò on the evening of the 31st of December. It affords her majesty's plenipotentiary extreme gratification to add, that not a single casualty occurred during these movements. Mr. midshipman Loch of H. M. ship Blenheim, was struck on the foot by a spent jinjall ball, but fortunately escaped with a slight contusion. The cold was intense during the whole period; the thermometer ranging at night 10 and 13 degrees below the freezing point; but notwithstanding this fact and the unavoidable exposure, the troops all came back in the highest health and spirits. An unfavorable break in the weather prevented the intended movement on Fung- hwa being put into execution until the 10th instant. On that morning. the Phle- getlion and Nemesis started from Ningpò, and were brought up by a bridge across the river about noon. The land forces, with the lieut.-general commanding, here landed, whilst the seamen and marines, under his excellency the admiral, went some miles further up the river in boats. The two divisions arrived simultaneous- ly at the city of Funghwa about dusk, and found it deserted by the Chinese au- thorities and troops. The same steps as were adopted at Tsz'kí with regard to the public buildings and granaries, were, next morning, adopted here, and the com- bined forces returned to the steamers, on the afternoon of the 11th, and to Ningro early on the 12th instant. Although these operations are of no moment considered in a military point of firw, yet their moral and political effect is highly important, and on that account !!pr majesty's plenipotentiary derms it expedient to make the result of llips pith 18.12. 181 Journal of Occurrences. lic. They evince our irresistible power, as well as extraordinary forbearance so far as the people are concerned; and it has been ascertained, that such was the coosternation, on the news of the descent on Yüyáu reaching the provincial ca- pital of Hángchau fú (distant above 100 miles), that the imperial commissioners, and other high Chinese officers, fled from that city to Suchau, ninety miles fur- ther north. The Phlegethon steamer, and Bentinck brig-of-war, have just proceeded to ex- arnine and reconnoitre the bay of Hangchau fú and the port of Chápu. GOD SAVE THE QUEEN. Dated on board her majesty's ship Blenheim, at sea, on the 21st of January, 1842. (Signed) Henry POTTINGER, H. M. Plenipotentiary. 2. The donation specified in the following notes, (which we publish with much pleasure at the request of the secretary to govern- ment, Mr. de Siqueira,) is substantial testimony of the estimation in which the government of Macao is held by some of the foreign re- sidents. By the departure of Mr. J. Matheson, who sailed from Macao in the clipper bark Tartar, captain Luce, on the 10th instant, the foreign community has lost one of its most enterprising, able, and liberal members. Mr. Matheson, we believe, has the honor of being the founder of the British press in China—having commenced the Canton Register in 1827. See that paper for March 3d, 1835. To H. E. Adrião Accacio da Silveira Pinto, Macao, 9th March, 1842. Governor of Macao, &c., &c. Sir,-Being about to depart from China after a residence of many years, though not without the hope of returning, I am desirous of leaving some memorial to testify my grateful sense of the protection afforded to me, in common with the rest of my countrymen at Macao, more especially under the enlightened govern- ment of your excellency, by whose able management all the evils of a state of war have been averted from this important settlement, and circumstances of complicated perplexity and danger converted into elements of peace and increas- ed prosperity. I therefore take the liberty of placing at your excellency's dispo- sal the sum of five thousand ($5,000) dollars, with a request that you will have the goodness to appropriate it to some permanent purpose of public benevolence, bearing an inscription that it is an offering of gratitude from a British subject to the government of which your excellency is the head, and to the Portuguese in- habitants generally of Macao. I have the honor to remain, with cordial wishes for the welfare of your excel. lency and family, Sir, your excellency's very faithful and grateful servant, JAMES MATHESON. His ExceLLENCY'S REPLY. Macáo, 10 de Março, de 1842. Illmo. Sr.-Em a carta de V. S. desta datta cuja recepção eu tenho a honra d'accuzar não dezejando que V. S. parta sem huma resposta, participa-me a sua retirada para a Europa, e os dezejos que tem de deixar perpetuada a sua memoria neste estabellecimento por algum acto de publica beneficencia para o que poě a minha disposição a somma de sinco mil ($5,000) patacas Espanbolas. Eu seria criminozo ou pelo menos merecedor de grande censura se recuzasse huma offer- ta que tem por fim hum bem publico, ou se deixasse d'agradecer não obstante ver em V. S. dezejos de que o não fizesse, com a expressă o da mais bem merecida gratidão. Estimaria eu, que V. S. houvesse prefixado a applicação da somma offerecida, mas pois o năo quiz fazer talvez pela sua extremada delicadeza, ea conjunctamente com o Leal Senado desta cidade procuraremos satisfazer a esse encargo de hum modo satisfactorio, a para o offerente e para o publico a quem o dom he offerecido. As expressoěs que eu encontro em a sua carta, amim parti- enlarmente dirigidas, ainda que eu as 'attribuo mais devidas, a ja bem reconhecida generozidade de V. S. do que ao men proprio merecimento, não posso deixar 182 MARCH Journal of Orrurieures d’agradecer-lhns com tadas as minhas forças. Resta-me pois dezejar a V. S. a mais prospera viagem, e que em o seu paiz natal possa encontrar tantas venturas quan- tas tem direito a esperar. Sou com os sentimentos da mais perfeita consideração, () mais attento venerador obediente servo, Illmo. Sr. James Matheson ADRIAĎ ACCACIO DA SILVEIRA PINTO ( Translation.) Macao, 10th March, 1842. Sir, -In your letter of this date, of which I now have the honor to acknow'. ledge the receipt, and desirous that you should not leave without a reply, you inform me of your departure for Europe, and your wish to perpetuate your memory in this settlement by some act of public beneficence, to do which you have placed at my disposal the sum of live thousand dollars. It would be criininal, or at least very censurable, in me, to refuse a gift which is designed for the public good, or to fail to express, notwithstanding your wishes to the contrary, my sincerest gratitude. I could have wished that you had designated tie mode of applying this sum, but since your extreme delicacy has perhaps prevented this, I, in conjunction with the loyal senate of the city, well endeavor io fulfill the trust in a manner satisfactory both to the donor and the public to whom it is presented. As to the sentiments in your letter addressed to me personally, though I attribute įthem more to your partiality than to my merits, you will please accept my best thanks. It remains only to wish you a very pleasant voyage, and that in your native land, you may meet all that good fortune you have a right to expect. I am, with sentiments of highest esteem, Sir, your humble and ob'dt servant, ADRIAĎ AccACIO DA SILVEIRA PINTO. To JAMES MATHESON, ESQ. 3. The defenses at and below Canton are noticed in the follow- ing Circular, addressed to "the mercantile community of Ilong- kong, Macao, &c., &c.," dated “Government House, Hongkong, March 22d, 1842." Gentlemen,---You are aware that some of the hong-nierchants lately paid a visit to Macao, and it is probably by this time known to most of you that that the object of that visit was to find out whether the provincial government of Canton would be allowed to rebuild the Bogue and other dismantled forts, or to erect new ones, on this side of the Whampoa anchorage. Although I of course declined having any sort of intercourse with the long-mer- chants, I took advantage of the kindness of a friend to let these individuals know, in distinct terms, that orders had been long issued to prevent the repair of the old, or the crection of any new forts, lower down than Whampua, and that the conse- querce of any attempt of the sort would be the renewal of hostilities in the Canton river, the stoppage of trade, and consequent distress to the provincial city. I trust this warning will have the desired effect, and that matters will be allowed to go on in their present tranquil course; but I nevertheless think it my duty to ac- quaint you with what has passed, as well as with my resolution, which has been fully approved and confirmed by the experienced judgment of the senior officer of H. M's navy in the Canton river; aad in doing so I would request you indivi- dually and collectively to give me the earlest possible notice of any collecting of materials, assemblage of workmen, or other apparently defensive (though in reality offensive) preparations that yourselves or your agents may perceive on the river below Whampoa. It is superflunns for me to observe that the safety of the ship- ping and their crew's at that anchorage imperatively demand every precaution and vigilance, and I feel assured you will cheerfully aid me in the manner I bare pointed out. I am, Gentlemen, Your most obedient and faithfuil servant, HENRY POTTINGER 11 M. Plenipotentiary. Journal of Occurrence. 183 4. The stoppage of trade, threatened in the second paragraplı of the preceding circular, deserves most particular attention. Ac- cording to public notice, given by captain Elliot last June, it was agreed between the high contracting parties, English and Chinese, that none of the fortified places within the river should be reärmed, nor any additional preparations made. See vol. X. p. 343. At the time when Yishán entered into this engagement, he told the emperor, that, as soon as the ships of war have retired, beginning with the river in front of the city, and continuing the work down to the Bogue, they would block it up with piles of stones at every important pass, and there crect forts and place guns." Vol. X., p. 404. On sir Henry's arrival, he took an early opportunity to signify to the provincial au- thorities that he was willing, for the time being, to respect the then existing truce, but, declaring at the same time, that the slightest in- fringement of its terms would lead to an instant renewal of hostilities in this province. Vol. X., p. 478. Old forts above Whampoa have been reärmed and many new ones built, and guns placed in them; and yet hostilities have not been renewed-unless the destruction of the works on Wangtong and the late seizure of junks outside, be so considered. For the exercise of this indulgence, on the part of H. B. M. plenipotentiary, there must have been good reasons; but can such reasons operate in the coming season? And will Yishan fail to attempt to keep his promise with his master? It is to be much regretted that the forts at Canton have been rebuilt; once opened, the river to Canton and the Macao Passage, ought to have remained so—and this could have been easily effected, had captain Elliot's measure, of visiting the river at short intervals, to see that no repairs were going on, been persisted in. And unless this is done in future, we fear repairs will go on below Whampoa, 5. The commercial grievances at Canton, in the shape of legal duties, have of late been greatly augmented. Those on tea alone for the last 12 months, amount to six millions of dollars! 6. Capture of a boat's crew and death from a shot. A boat from the British ship Autumnus was proceeding to Canton from Whampoa, when by mistake she went up Junk river, was fired on, the crew seiz- ed, carried to Canton, and there liberated. Soon after this, on the 9th instant, at Whampoa, "a well-known Chinese smuggler was ap- proaching one of the opium ships in a small boat, to make a purchase of the drug; he was hailed, but did not answer; and the person on the deck of the English vessel fired his musket, and shot him dead on the spot.” Canton Register.-All inquiry seems hushed. How un- like the case of poor Lin Weihí! n. The flags of France, and of U. S. A., have been re-hoisted in Canton, for the first time since they were struck in Dec. 1838. 8. An interview with Yishán, and his colleagues was held, on the 921, by colonel de Jaucigny and Mr. Challaye, in Canton. 9. The U. S. A. frigate Constellation, commodore Kearney, and the slowp-of-ar Buston, commander Long, arrived off Macao on the same day. Will the commodore inquire after the death of the young 184 Journal of Occurrenti 1 1 man in the boat of the ship Morrison, and the other losses and da mages sustained by his countrymen? We hope the ships will proceed up the river, and likewise go to Chusan and other northern ports. 10. Piracies have recently been very frequent on the river near the Bogue, and large numbers of these outlaws have been seized and executed by the Chinese government. 11. The settlement of Aongkong, as may be inferred from the following circular, continues to increase. CIRCULAR TO H. B. M. SUBJECTS IN CHINA. His excellency, sir Henry Pottinger, bart., her Britannic majesty's plenipoten- tiary,;&c., &c., deems it expedient to intimate to all persons interested in the sub)- ject, that it is his intention to appoint very shortly a committee, consisting of not less than three members, to investigate any claims that may yet be pending re- garding allotted locations of ground, of whatever description; and to finally define and mark off the limits of alſ locations that have yet been sold or granted on any other terms. The committee will likewise definitively fix the direction, breadth, &c., &c., of the Queen's and all other existing public roads within the settlement, and will be empowered to order the immediate removal of any encroachments that may be found to have been unauthorizedly made upon them, the expense of such remo- val being chargable to the individuals to whom the locations, in which they have been made, belong. The committee will further be instructed to turn its attention to the examination of the best points for laying down new lines of roads, beyond those that have already been marked off, with a view of providing locations, lo meet the demands for them that may be expected from the rapidly increasing po- pulation of the colony, both European and native; and any suggestions that indi. viduals may wish to offer on this part of the committee's proceedings, will receive from it the fullest consideration ; but it is at the same time expressly notified that no purchases, ur renting of ground from the natives formerly, or now, in posses- sion, will be recognized or confirmed, unless the previous sanction of the constitut- ed authorities shall have been obtained, it being the basis of the footing on which the island of Hongkong has been taken possession of, and is to be held pending the queen's royal and gracious commands, that the proprietary of the soil is vest- ed in, and appertains solely to, the crown; on the same principle, the reclaim- ing of land beyond high water mark must be deemed an infringement on the ro- yalties of her majesty, and it is therefore positively prohibited by any private per- GOD SAVE THE QUEEN OF ENGLAND. Dated at Hongkong Government House, this 22d day of March, 1842. HENRY POTTINGER, H. M.'s Plenipotentiary. 12. “ The Friend of China,” No. I, of the 17th, and “the Friend of China, and Hongkong Gazette," No. 1, of the 24th instant, have reached us. The first, being in an incomplete form is to be consi- dered as a Prospectus merely to the other; into which, as may be ivferred from the name, the Hongkong Gazette is to be in future merged. 13. Disturbances in Húpe have been reported, but they do not seem to be very extensive. The military preparations of the Chinese, at the north are progressing. 14. The English expedition, according to our latest accounts, was remaining in statu quo, at the north ; but we suppose operations will commence, probably on the Yangtsz kiáng, as soon as the rc. inforcemcuts arrive: 1 sons. Tilt CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XI.—APRIL, 1842.- No. 4. ART. 1. Retrospection, or a Review of Public Occurrences in China during the last ten years, from January 1st, 1832, to December 31st, 1841. (Continued from page 132.) JANUARY 1st, 1836, the steamer Jardine left Lintin, at half past seven o'clock, A. M.; in three hours she arrived off Chuenpí, and a cannonading immediately commenced from the forts at the Bogue. 3d. The U S. A. sloop-of-war Vincennes, captain Aulick, arrived from South America, the Sandwich and the Pellew islands. 10th. Public religious worship, which had been discontinued in the chapel of the E. J. Company, since the dissolution of the factory in 1834, was this day resumed. Can. Reg., 12th Jan. 29th. Sir G. B. Robinson, chief superintendent, wrote a long letter to viscount Palmerston, in which he admits the desirableness of establishing the Commission in Canton, but believes it impossible to do so in an honorable and satisfactory manner, except by force of arms. He then proceeds to say: “The events of some years past militate in no small degree against any rational hope that, without intimidation, and, I fear, ultimate resort to hostilities, a proper understanding could be established, although not a doubt can be entertained of the perfect success that must attend the adoption of vigorous and efficient measures on the part of the British government. The destruction of one or two forts, and the occupation of one of the islands in this neighborhood, so singularly adapted by nature, in every respect, for commercial purposes, would, I am positive, promptly produce upon this barbarous nation, arrogant in proportion to their ignorance, every effect we could desire, and at once and for ever place our trade and poli- tical relations with the empire on a respectable, safe, and becoming footing. But it is by no means my duty or intention to offer suggestions of this nature, save as the means of conveying my opinion of the perfect cerlainty of success. and the !! VOL. NO IV, 180 APRIL, Review of Public Gccurrences During the iin mense advantages that would emanate therefrom, in the event of his majesty's government at any time deewing such a course advisable. On the contrary, my object is to point out the little necessity that exists for sv total a change of policy, by the adoption of an alternative which now presents itsell, for the almost imper ceptible adjustment of existing difficulties, and the future management of affairs, as well as reduction in expense consequcut upon this change in the nature of our establishment. “ The Chinese seem to have but one ohject; that is, to prevent our establishi ing ourselves permanently at Canton. It appears to me, then, injudicious and vain to persist in the endeavor to place ourselves completely in their power, and entirely under their control and thraldom, when the very locality of that place alone, renders our residence there almost incompatible with the duties we have to discharge, and exposes British merchants in a tenfold degree, to inconvenience and danger, arising from our collision with the mandarins. I conceive the principaj object of maintaining a British authority in this country, is to exercise a salutary control over the safety, conduct, and perhaps property, of thc king's sulyjects in China; to arbitrate and assist in the adjustment of disputes and differences; and to prevent the occurrence of actions or proceedings, whereby the natives of China may be wronged or aggrieved ; or to the prejudice of that high national character aud reputation, which it is so desirable to uphold and maintain, even for policy and interest alone. “ To these ends, a full and efficient control over the shipping is the main point ; little else seems requisite. While that power is retained in our hands, and exer- cised when necessary, with judgment and discretion, little difficulty will exist in the management of other matters. No man can quit the country, or evade the fulfill- ment of just claims against him; and it cannot be doubted that the knowledge of our ability effectually to interpose our lawful authority, will check those evils which might be expected to result from the total absence of any officer of his majesty's government, unconnected with trade, unbiased by party feelings, and ever vigilant over the safety, welfare, and bearing of the king's subjects. Feeling somewhat doubtful how far my residence at this anchorage, on board this little vessel of seventy-four tons, in conformity to the public notice under date Novem- her 21, would answer the expectations I had long since formed of its utility and ad- vantage, and being uncertain in what manner the Chinese would view the change of position I had assumed, trifling as it is, I delayed this dispatch until the present period when the season is well advanced, and I am competent to speak with con- fidence and truth on the efficient means I here possess to discharge at least a most important part of my duty. In this place I shall not enter into any argument on the mischiefs attendant upon that disunion and opposition which I fear inevitably results from the existence of a Council or Board of three or more persons, but under the impression that the management of affairs would devolve infinitely bet. ter on a single individual, whose views and proceedings, not liable to opposition and counteraction, could be carried into effect on his whole and sole responsibili- ty, I submit, with all due deference, that he should reside on board some vessel in the vicinity of the shipping, completely out of the power, and free from the pestraints, of the Chinese. His situation should be centrical, for general commu• nication, and his means of loco otion entirely unshackled. To effect this, and to afford him a comfortable habitation, I would suggest the purchase or hire of a small merchant vessel (about 200 fom:) rapable of accommodation for the 1842. 187 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. chief superintendent, a secretary to his office in the event of death or absence, and one or two clerks; sufficient room for a master and crew of about twelve good steady seamen, two of whom might be sworn in as constables, to act as occasion required. Room might also be found for a medical man, whose presence in a large fleet is of the greatest advantage, and a space for the reception of a person under arrest, or whom it inay be desirable to take out of his ship. The expense attendant upon such an establishment would be triding indeed, compared with that of the present Commission, if permanently fixed at Canton, or elsewhere, and its utility and efficacy in my opinion beyond all calculation.”-Corresp. pages 114, 115, February 4th. The first quarterly report of the Ophthalmic Hos- pital in Canton was published by the Rev. Peter Parker, M. D. 5th. The chief superintendent of British trade wrote the follow- ing to viscount Palmerston, respeciing the traffic in opiurn, then in an “increasing and flourishing condition.” "I see no grounds to apprehend the occurrence of any fearful events on the northeast coast, nor can I learn what new danger exists. I am assured, from the best authority, that the scufies between different parties of smugglers and mandarins, alike engaged and competing in the traffic, are not more serious, or frequent than in this province. In po case have Europeans been engaged in any kind of conflict or affray; and while this increasing and lucrative trade is in the hands of the parties whose vital interests are so lotally dependent on its safety and continuance, and by whose prudence and integrity it has been cherished and brought into its present increasing and Aourishing condition, I think little apprehension may be entertained of dangers emanating from imprudence on their part. Should any unfortunate catastrophe take place, what would our position at Canton entail upon us but responsibility and jeopardy ? from which we are now free. On the question of Smuggling Opium,' I will not enter in this place, though, indeed, smuggling carried on actually in the government boats can hardly be termed such. Whenever his majesty's government direct us to prevent British vessels engaging in the traffic, we can enſorce any order to that effect; but a more certain method would be to prohibit the growtb of the poppy and manufacture of opium in British India ; and if British ships are in the habit of committing irregularities and crimes, it seems doubly necessary to exercise a salutary control over them by the presence of an authority at Lintin.”—Citresp. UNIVERSITY p. 119. 8th. This morning, the ground in Canton was covered with a fleece of snow, nearly two inches deep. The chief superintendent informed his government that the second superintendent captain Elliot, while at Whampoa, on account of the Argyle's boat, had concerted measures for proceeding with two armed vessels to recapture the crew. Corresp. p. 120. 15th. His excellency Tang Tingching, new governor of the pro- vinces, made his entrance into Canton. 22d. Mr. Innes brought to the notice of the chief superintendent the fact of samples of his goods lost from the Orwell being in the 186 Arri, Revicw of Public Occurrences During the 66 possession of an attendant officer at the custom-house in Canton ; this fact was corroborated by another, that no sample of the goods, which were of a new pattern in regard to their color, had previously been sold in China. Corresp. p. 124. March 14th. Captain Elliot addressed a communication to the foreign office, on the subject of opening communications with the Chinese authorities in Canton. The following is an extract. “ It had long seemed to me, that the arrival of the new viceroy at Canton would furnish us an occasion for the re-opening of our communications with the provincial authorities, hy the only channel which, I am well persuaded, will ever open out to us at once, without a very hazardous and a very needless struggle. Being at Canton, and conforming heartily to the spirit of our cautious and conciliatory instructions, I see every day more reason to believe, that without much address upon our parts, and in short, by the mere force of circumstances, we should soon come to make ourselves so useful to the native authorities, as to lead them (gradually and silently indend, but surely) not only to admit, but to court direct communication with us. In China, to keep things quiet is the best evidence as well as the whole end of successful administration: as soon as the viceroy found out that we were sincere allies with them in that object, he would sedulously cultivate our friendliness.”—Corresp. p. 136. During this month the fort above Howqua's Folly, sometimes call- ed Napier's fort, was commenced, with a view to prevent Europeans from approaching the provincial city in their men of war. April 18th. Under this date, sir G. B. Robinson wrote to viscount Palmerston, and closed his communication with the following para- graph: “ There remains, therefore, no alternative but a continuance in my present quiescent line of policy, until I am in possession of definite instructions from your lordship as to our future measures. I have only to observe, that I per- severe in my course, simply because all has proceeded well and successfully during its operation; and I consider, that so long as that is the case, I am best fulfilling the duties of iny office.”—Corresp. p. 131. May 12th. The new cominissioner of customs, Wan, arrived from Peking, and was received with the usual honors. 28th. By a letter of this date from viscount Palmerstou, the powers of the superintendents of British trade in Chia are extended so as to include Lintin and Macao. Corresp. p. 111. Junc lith, Viscount Palmerston, having been informed of Mr. In- nes' intention to procure redress for sundry goods, by acts of reprisal against tlie Chinese trade, instructs the superintendent to prevent his so doing by all legal means, considering that Mr. Innes' inten- tions could not be too strongly condemned, since if they were carried into execution, the would have rendered lim liable the penahies of piracy Corresp. p. 112. 1842, 189 Last Ten Vrars, from 18:3? tu TRI 7th. II. B. M. government refuse to authorize the permanent rr. sidence of the Commission at Lintin. With a view to economy, the government also signify its determination to abolish the office and salary of chief superintendent. In concluding his dispatch of this date to sir G. B. Robinson, viscount Palmerston writes : “In communicating to you this decision, I have at the same time to inforın you, that your functions will cease from date of the receipt of this dispatch. You will make over to captain Elliot all the archives of the Commission ; which will, of conrse, include copies of every dispatch and its inclosures, which you have addressed to this department during the period you have acted as chief snper- intendent."— Corresp. p. 114. 14th. Viscount Palmerston wrote to captain Elliot, and referring to that of the 7th says, "you will, from the date of the receipt of this dispatch consider yourself as tlie chief of the commission.” Corresp. p. 119. July 22d. Captain Elliot having, in the preceding December, ad- vised that the cominander of the steamboat Jardine should be enjoin- ed, on the king's authority, not to proceed up the river to Canton, viscount Palmerston thus remarks thereon : "I think it necessary to recommend to you great caution in interfering in such a manner with the undertakings of British merchants. In the present state of our relations with China, it is especially incumbent upon you, while you do all that lies in your power to avoid giving just cause of offense to the Chinese an- thorities, to be at the same time very careful not to assume a greater degree of authority over British subjects in China than that which you in reality possess. Corresp. p. 121. The following is another extract, under the same date, from a let- ter to captain Elliot from his government. “I have to observe to you that it does not appear to his majesty's government, that it would be expedient that you should attempt to re-open cominunications with the viceroy through the hong-merchants; hut, on the contrary, it is desi- rable that you should decline every proposition to revive official communica- tions through that channel, whatever may be the quarter from whence such pro- positions may come. It might be very suitable for the servants of the East India Company, themselves an association of merchants, to communicate with the authorities of China through the merchants of the hong; but the superintendents are officers of the king, and as suci: can properly communicate with none but officers of the Chinese government. This is a point upon which you should insist; and I have therefore to instruct you, iť any attempt should be made by the hong-merchants to enter into communication with you upon matters of public business, to express your regret that you are not at liberty to receisany such communications, except from the viceroy direct, through some responsible officer of the Chinese government. I have to add, that his majesty's goverri- ment do not deem it expedient that you should give in your written communi- cations with the Chinese government the name of Petitions."--Corresp. p. 123. 190 APRIL, Review of Public Occurrences During the 27th. Captain Elliot wrote to the foreign office respecting the me- morable memorial to legalize the introduction of opium. This change of means in the action of the government he did not regard as an in- dex of "any change in the principles of its policy," which seeks the smallest possible amount of foreign intercourse, consistent with the active pursuit of trade, always anxious to avoid such difficulties with foreigners as might furnish their governments “ with a pretext for in- terference.” He considered the measure of legalization as designed to overthrow the trade at Lintin and on the coast, and to concentrate it at Canton through the hong-merchants. Ile says it is “a confusion of terms to call the opium trade a smuggling trade ; it was formerly a prohibited trade, but there was no part of the trade of this country which had the more active support of the local authorities.” In his mind, it was the visits of Mr. Gordon to the tea plantations, and the distribution of tracts along the coast by Mr. Gutzlaff and others, rather than the traffic in opium, that produced this change. Ile tms concludes his observations : “This state paper is a public confession that the Chinese cannot do without our opium, and that being the case, the regulation of the manner of its introduc- lion in such wise as will render it least mischievous to their policy of foreign exclusion, is no doubt a skillful measure, but I greatly question its efficacy. It has been delayed too long. The officers and the people have been accustomed to the feeling that the government is at once false and feeble. Sooner or later the feeling of independence, which the peculiar mode of conducting this branch of the trade has created upon the part of our countrymen in China, will lead to grave difficulties. A long course of impunity will beget hardihood, and at last some gross insult will be perpetrated, that the Chinese authorities will be con- strained to resent; they will be terrified and irritated, and will probably commit some act of cruel violence, that will make any choice but armed interference impossible to our own government. The immediate effect of the legalization of the opium, will be, I should suppose, to stimulate production at Bengal; there is some notion here that it will encourage the growth of the poppy in China, and that home-produced opium will thrust out our own market; eventually per haps it may, but results of that kind are of slow growth."--Corresp. p. 138. A translation of this paper, of Heu Naetse with a few remarks re. specting it, will be found in vol. V., p. 138, &c. 29th. Imperial envoys, some time engaged on special criminal cases in Canton, left the provincial city for Peking. August Ist. A severe gale was experienced on the river at Can- ton, but little damage was occasioned thereby. On the coast the gale was severe. 6th. The hong-merchants advertise the foreign merchants that, as soon as the opium becomes dutiable, there will be no longer any need for receiving ships at Lintin. 1842. 191 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1941, Lith. Archdeacon Dealtry, of Calcutta, published a series of re- marks, written by a British merchant in Canton, condemnatory of the traffic in opium. Vol. V., p. 297. The governor of Canton, sometime during this month, made an address by memorial to the throne, asking for money to repair and strengthen the forts at the Bogue. September 7th. The governor and lieutenant-governor of Canton sent up a report to the emperor, containing drafts of sundry regula- tiods made in reference to the proposal to sanction the importatiou of opium. Vol. V., p. 259. 14th. The honorable W. Fox Strangways addressed to captain Elliot the following note from the foreign office. "Sir,- I am directed by viscount Palmerston to transmit to you, for the pur- pose of being forwarded to the Portuguese governor of Macao, the accompany- ing letter, under flying seal, 'addressed to his excellency by his government con. taining instructions as to the conduct he should puruse in all matters in which the superintendents of British trade in China may have occasion to address them- selves to his excellency, on subjects relating to the discharge of their official duties: these instructions are sent to his excellency in consequence of the re- presentation of his majesty's government to that of Portugal, of the circum- stances stated in sir G. Robinson's dispatch of the 23d of November, 1835. -Corresp. p. 123. “I am, &c., (Signed) W. Fox STRANGWAYS." 22d. The first report of the British Seamen's hospital in China, was published, with general rules of the institution. Vol. V., p. 274. 28th. The Morrison Education Society, for the promotion of edu- catiou among the Chinese, was organized. October During this month memorials, counter to that for the legalization of opium, were presented, by Chú Tsun, Hü Kiú, and others. Vol. V., p. 390. 10th. Captain Elliot addressed a letter to the foreign office, from which the following is an extract. "We are in expectation of soon receiving the final orders from Peking for the legalization of the opium. This is undoubtedly the most remarkable measure which has been taken in respect to the foreign trade, since the accession of this dynasty, when the ports on the coast were closed, and it has been prefaced by a series of reports to the emperor, strikingly worthy of attention. They incline me to believe, that it wants but caution and steadiness to secure, at no very distant date, very important relaxations.”—Corresp. p. 138. 13th. Sir G. B. Robinson sent a communication to viscount Pal- merston, from which the following is an extract. Nothing but decided measures will, at the present period, induce the local Chinese government to admit or tolerate the resort to, or residence at Canton of an officer of his ma ty's government on a becoming footing (and unless he bu so placed, his presence inust prove a source of evil instead of good), as they 1 i 1 1 1 1 . ! 1). APRIL, Review Public Occurrences During the have the sagacity to foresee the endless embarrassment certain to emanale there- from, but they will tacitly sanction, or perhaps avail themselves of the full exer. cise of his functions and authority without the river, and I am confident, appeal 10 him in any extreme case of difficulty or aggression on the part of his country- men, thereby at once yielding a point of contention which it seems to me idle io urge."-Corresp. p. 135. November 8th. Regarding the goods lost by Mr. Innes, viscount Palmerston wrote to captain Elliot. · The dispatch of sir George Robinson of the 20th of November, 1835, relative to the case of Mr. Innes, together with the various minutes and other papers connected with it, which have been transmitted home by the superintendents, have received the most careful consideration of his majesty's government, and Their legal advisers. It appears from these papers, that Mr. Innes, a British merchant resident at Canton, had employed a pilot named Acha, to transfer some goods from the ship Orwell, while passing up from Lintin to Canton, to another vessel at Lintin bound for Manila: that the pilot Acha, instead of proceeding with the goods to the other vessel, was conveying them up the Canton river, when his boat and the goods were seized by the Chinese custom-house officers, near the Bocca Tigris, for a breach of the Chinese revenue laws; it heing considered that he was attempting to smuggle the merchandize within the entrance of the port of Canton; that Mr. Innes conceiving himself to be wronged by the acts of the pilot and of the custom-house officers, had petitioned the governor of Canton for redress; and that, upon exneriencing delay in obtaining the restitution of his goods, he had noti- fied to the governor his determination to procure redress for himself by acts of reprisal against the Chinese trade; but that he had consented to abstain from his ineditated hostilities, upon receiving from the superintendents a pledge, that his case should be submitted to the consideration of lis majesty's government; and that the l'ecovery of his properly should be made the subject of a demand on the Chinese authorities, on the first occasion of the superintendents coming in formal contact with those authorities. You have already been informed, by iny dispatch of June 6th, addressed to sir George Robinson, that the papers connected with this transaction were under the consideration of the law officers of the crown. The report which I have now received from the law officers, fully confirms the opinion which I expressed in thal dispatch, that the acts threatened by Mr. Innes, would, if carried into effect, amount to puracy. I bave therefore to instruct you to communicate to Mr. Innes the opinion of his majesty's legal advisers, with regard to the intention which Mr. lunes had announcel, and 10 express the conviction of his majesty's government, that he will abandon all intention of having recourse to proceedings which high legal authorities have declared would amount to piracy. You will further inform Mn.-lunes, that if the contrary should unfortunately happen, and if he should per- sist in carrying his former intentions into execution, he will be abandoned by the British government to the fate which such a course will probably bring upon him; and further; that the commander of any of his majesty's ships which may fall in with him, will be bound to act towards him as the naval instructions re- quire commanders of his majesty's ships of war to act towards pirates whom they 66 ! may mieli 1 1843. 193 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. . sun. "With respect to your representations to the Chinese authorities, with a view to obtain the restitution of Mr. Innes' property, you will conform yourself to the instructions contained in the latter part of iny dispatch to sir George Robin. I am, &c., (Signed) PALMERSTON." ---Corresp. p. 126. Under the same date and from the saine source—the foreign of- fice-another communication was addressed to captain Elliot, rela- tive to a claiın preferred by Messrs. Turner & Co. of Canton against Mr. Arthur Saunders Keating for a balance of $300 freight. The reader will find the case given in detail on page 127, et seg of thie Blue Book. Captain Elliot is recommended to confine his interference, “when called for, as inuch as possible to friendly suggestion and advice to the parties concerned.” The quly power exercised by the supercar- goes of the E. I. Company, “was that of removing unlicensed per- sous; but as no license from his inajesty is now necessary to enable his majesty's subjects to trade with or reside in China, such power of expulsion has altogether ceased to exist with respect to China." Corresp. p. 129. By another dispatch of this date, the office of the third superin- lendent was abolished, and a deputy superintendent appointed in his stead with a salary of 15001. instead of 20001. per annum; the salary of the surgeou was reduced from 15001. to 1000l. per annum ; that of the secretary and treasurer from 15001. 10 8001.; and that of Chi- nese secretary and interpreter from 13001. 10 10001. The assistant surgeon's office was abolished; and the sum for contingent expenses reduced from 50001. tv 25001. 9th. The constitutiou of ihe Morrison Education Society was adopted, and its officers elected. Vol. V., p. 375. Joth. Foreign merchants address the governor of Canton, asking for permission to export raw silk freely, by paying only the proper duties. This was refused. Can. Reg., 8th Nov. November 3d. By an edict from the governor of Canton, the pas- sage boats ou the river were required, on passing the Bngue, to re- port themselves for examination. 5th. The following edict, from the Canton Register of Nov. 22d, is a specimen of the style in which the far-traveled foreigners are an- nually proclaimed to the native community in Canton. • Tang, a president of the Board of War, member of the Censorate, goverior of Kwangtung and Kwangsí, &c.; and Wáni, controller-general of the customs al the port of Centon, issue herehy strict prohibitory orders. Whereas ---as the words and speech and written language of the) vario:is ſo. reign ''s who come liither to trade are dillcrent from those of China, the cere- UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN 圣​三​道​了​後 ​cc VO) I.. 10. 194 APRIL, Review of Public Occurrences During the monies, laws, prohibitions, and orders of the celestial dynasty they cannot very easily understand; on this account the security-merchants and linguists are or- dered to lord over and manage their trade; it is their duty to give unceasing instructions, suppress their pride and profligacy, that their hearts may be changed and themselves renovated; and, moved with gladness, dwell long in peace and obtain profit; each confining himself to his own station and employment. And the security merchants should be careful to preserve their respectability on ac- count of their estates and families, and conduct their trade on just principles, without fraud or falsehood, then will men from afar put confidence in them. “Now we have inquired and found that formerly some of the hong-merchants were lawless and shameless; and when foreigners came to Canton and lived in heir factories, the avaricious amongst the hong-merchants hit upon a hundred plans to pay their court to them; some previously bought youths to be thei! domestic altendants; or they invited women from the boats to lodge with them in their factories; which was not only injurious to our native manners and cus- toins, but gave occasion for much apprehension that some serious disturbances might occur. -At present, the foreign ships successively enter the port, and we have real apprehensions that there are some lawless ones amongst the horig- merchants, who still follow the old courses. Besides issuing secret orders to examine and seize, it is proper that we prepare strict prohibitions, as follows. 'The security-nierchants and linguists are hereby ordered, as well as the police, patroles, and constables, to fully inform themselves thereof. Henceforth, it is necessary you should all have regard to your characters, and thoroughly reform your foriner faults. All the foreigners dwell in the rear of the hongs, near the river; near there the tankia and other small boats are not allowed to remain; and the foreigners in their journeys, between the provincial city and Whampoa, are not allowed to seek for and hire the tankiú people, nor go on board the other small boats. The foreigners are allowed to bring their own servants and attendants, originally they were not permitted to hire the people of the Inner Land. li' they (the merchants and linguists) dare, as hitherto, to hire for the foreigners oative servants and youths of tender age, and seduce them to spend the night, driuking, &c., in the river boats, or bring in loose women during the night into their factories,—when they are seized by the police, &c., or even should we hear only of such conduct, the lawless foreigners, as well as the security-merchants and linguists, shall be delivered over to the district magistrates, and punished with the utmost severity of the law. And if the local police and constables receive bribes and convive with the foreigners, when once their delinquency is heard of, they shall be first punished hy wearing the wooden collar for a month. and then taken to the public offices and bambooed. We, the governor and hoppo, have a firın grasp of the laws, decidedly we will not show the least favor. All should tremblingly obey, and truly not try experiments with the laws. A special edict. Táukwang, 16th year, 9th moon, 27th day.” (Nov. 5th, 1836 ) 22d. A public meeting was this day held in Canton, for adopting measures relative to erecting a tribute to the memory of the late cap- lain Florsburgh. Can. Reg. p 198. 23.1. Several foreign merchants, charged with being engaged in the opiun trade were ordered, in virtue of an imperial edict, to leave Canion within the period of hill is month. Vol Vip .4636 1842. 193 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. 28th. Sir G. B. Robinson, in the absence of any dispatches rela- tive to his “quiescent course of policy,” declared his intention to per. severe therein. Corresp. p. 135. Mr. H. Holgate was appointed to succeed to the charge of the British Seaman's hospital at Whampoa. A General Chamber of Commerce was formed in Canton, at a pub- lic meeting held this 28th of November. December 13th. The orders for the expulsion of foreigners from Canton repeated, in an edict addressed to the hong-merchants. Vol. V., p. 467. 14th. With the following note we close sir G. B. Robinson's official correspondence; it was written at Macao under this date, and ad- dressed to viscount Palmerston : · My Lord, I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of dispatches from your lordship, per ship Neptune, announcing the abolition of the office of chief superintendent of the trade of British subjects in China, and directing me to make over the archives and other documents of this establishment, to capt. Elliot, R. N. The commander of the ship Eleanor, being actually in attendance at my office, at the moment of their arrival, for the purpose of signing his manifests and receiving a port-clearance, I have no time to add more, than that these instruc- tions will be carried into effect this day, and that I shall further have the honor of addressing your lordship, by ships shortly about to sail for England. --Corresp. p. 136. “I have, &c., (Signed) GEORGE B. ROBINSON On the same day, captain Elliot, as chief superintendent, thus wrote to the same. • By a ship upon the point of sailing, I have the honor to acknowledge your lordship’s dispatch of June 15th of this year, to my address, accompanying dis- patches from May 28th to June 15th, to the address of sir George Robinson. “In conformity with these instructions, I have this day assumed the chief place in the Commission. And with the expression of my thanks to your lordship, I beg to convey my assurance, that I shall endeavor to justify the appointment, by a steady determination faithfully to discharge the duties intrusted to me. I apply myself to that purpose with a strong persuasion, that a conciliatory dis- position to respect the usages, and above all, to refrain from shocking the pre- judices of this government, is the course at once most. consonant with the mag- nanimity of the British nation, and with the substantial interests at stake, in the maintenance of peaceful commercial relations with this cinpire. Being this impressed, my lord, I hope it will be a source neither of surprise nor dissatisfac... tion to you to learn, that I do not propose to protract the actual interruption of our public communications, upon the ground that we have a right to a direct official commumicalion with the viceroy. I will only add, that the very re- markable movements of this government in respect to the foreign trade actually in ag ion, and the critical state of uncertainty in which the results still re- main, furnishi me a strong additional motive for desiring to place myself at Cantu as soon as possible 196 APRII., Review of Public Occurrmces During the “The manner in which I propose to re-open the communications with the viceroy, as the Select Committee was accustomed to conduct them, shall form the subject of an early dispatch to your lordship.”—Corresp. p. 139. On the same day, the 14th of December, he addressed the follow- ing communication to the governor of Canton : “The undersigned has the honor most respectfully to announce to his excel. lency the governor of the two provinces, that he has this day received dispatches from the English government, appointing him to the station of chief English authority in China. In the actual condition of circumstances, with no English anthority at Canton, and with great numbers of English ships in the river, having on board many hundreds of seafaring persons, and others little acquainted with the laws and customs of this empire, the undersigned believes his excellency, will be of opinion, that he should be permitted to repair to Canton, with as little delay as possible, for the purpose of fulfilling the duties confided to his management. The undersigned has, therefore, the honor to request, that his excellency will be pleased to issue orders to furnish him a passport to proceed to the provincial city. In using his most earnest efforts to maintain and promote the good under. standing which has so long and so happily subsisted between this ancient and great empire and his own distant country, the undersigncd can assure his ex- cellency, that he is only conforming to the strong instructions of his own govern- ment. The undersigned hopes he may permit himself to observe, in this place, that no task could be more agreeable to his own disposition, than the duty of diligently seconding these wise objects, by the sincerest personal desire to con. ciliate the goodwill of his excellency. The undersigned has once more to offer his excellency the sentiments of his most profound respect, and will conclude with the expression of an ardent hope, that his excellency's adıninistration of these provinces may be long and prosperous. -Corresp. p. 142. (Signed) “CHARLES Elliot, Senior Superintendent." This address was accompanied by a short note to Howqua, senior hong-merchant; and under an envelop to him, was confided to the care of Messrs. Astell, Clarke, Jardine, and Dent; these gentlemen were requested to arrange a meeting with Howqua, and to deliver the governor's address to him. Four members of the Commission were to accompany captain Elliot to Canton. 22d. The address was duly forwarded and received by his excel- lency the governor, who, after noticing its reception and quoting in, thus proceeds: “On the receipt of the above, I made cxamination, and find that since the English nation has had commercial intercourse here, it has, hitherto, established a Company, and appointed a chief, second, third, and fourth supracargoes to come to Canton, and manage the trade. The foreign ships of the Company suc- cessively reached Canton on the 7th and 8th months of every year; and their cargoes having been changed, left the port and returreil home in the course of the 1211 month, and of the 1st and 24 months of the following year. After the de. parture of all the forcign Company's ships out of the poori, the chief supracargnes of the Company, and all the foreign merchants of the said nation, requested per 1842. 197 Last Ten Years, from 18:32 to 1841. mits to proceed to Macao and reside there. Then in the 7th and 811 months, when the merchant ships of the said nation again reached Canton, the chief supra- cargo and the others, requested permits to repair again to the provincial city, to transact the affairs of trade. This, the former mode of practice, continued for a long period to be the unvarying rule. "Not long since, in conseqnence of the dissolution of the Company, and the non-arrival of the chief supracargo, owing to which a man was wanting to take the general direction of these affairs, my predecessor in this government addressed a memorial to the throne, and received the following imperial edict, That he should immediately command the hong-merchants to direct the private merchants to send home a letter, calling for the re-appointment of a chief supracargo, to re. pair hither to superintend the affairs of commerce, in order that the old ordi. nances might be complicd with. Respect this! In respectful obedience hereto, my predecessor issued directions, and also commanded that a barbarian eye (or headman) should not be again sent. This is on record. “Now, the said foreigner, Elliot, having addressed to me the above-cited informa. tion, it is doubtless my duty t report the same to the throne, for instructions how to act. But in the petition, I observe, that the said foreigner designates himself • an officer from afar,' which appears like the designation of a foreign eye, and is not at all that of a chief supracargo. This being wholly inconsistent with the mode in which things were heretofore conducted, and the following points not. having been at all distinctly stated by him, it becomes highly important to inquire, before acting, whether, in consequence of the dissolution of the said Company; the said nation has made a change in her regulations ? What office the said fo- reigner actually holds at present from the said nation? Whether his object in coming to Canton is in truth merely to control the several unconnected mer. chants: and if he is not at all to transact commercial business? And lastly, whether the dispatches which he states that he has received from home, are sent by the said nation's king or not? “To make these inquiries, I send, as my deputy, Cháng Sing, magistrate of the district Yányshan; I send also the sub-prefect stationed at Macao, and the na. gistrate of the district Hiángshán. I, furthermore, issue this order to the senior merchants, requiring them on receipt hereof, as soon as possible to take their de- parture; and, in instant obedience hereto, to proceed speedily to Macao, that in the suite of my deputy, and of the local territorial officers abovenamed, they may investigate these particulars, viz.:—What office the said foreigner, Elliot, now holds from the said nation? In what respects he would come to Canton to super. intend the foreign merchants? Why a chief supracargo does not come from the said nation, in place of a foreign eye being sent? Whether he has really received written credentials from the said nation's king ? Whether he has any ulterior aim ? And what is the number of individuals in his suite ? On all these points the real facts must be speedily made (known] to me, that I may examine and decide accordingly. "If, on examination, no covert purpose appear, thư:n let orders be immediately enjcined on the said foreigner to reside for a time at Macao, and wait there till I, the governor, shall have sent in a memorial to the great cmperor. And as soon as I shall learn his majesty's gracious pleasure, I will then address a communica. tion to the superintendent of maritime customs, calling on himn to grant a pass- 193 APRIL, Review of Public Occurrences During the port for the said foreigners to come up to Canton, and oversee matters. When he thus comes up, he must comply with the old regulations, having a residence at Canton and another at Macao, and coming and going at the regular seasons. This is a law and ordinance of the celestial empire. The phraseology and subject- inatter of the said foreigner's address are rcverential and submissive. It seems that he understands matters, and he will, thereforc, doubtless be implicitly obedient in all things. During the residence of the said foreigner, for the present, at Macao, the local officers should still keep a diligent and faithful watch on him, day and night; and they must not allow the said foreigner to presume to leave Macao a single step, or to hold any cominunication or intercourse with people unconcerned. This is of the utmost importance. With trembling anxiety obey this, and oppose. it not. A special order.” (Dec. 22d, 1836.)—Corresp. pp. 144, 145. 28th. Captain Elliot again addressed the governor, expressing the satisfaction he had felt in giving replies to the officers deputed by his excellency, and signifying his determination to remain at Macao until the emperor's pleasure should be known. 30th. Captain Elliot in long letter under this date, to viscount Palmerston, thus describes what he had done and purposed to do. • My Lord,-In my dispatch to your lordship of the 14th instant, I had the hon- or to state, that I should endeavor to open the communications with the provin- cial authorities forth with ; and that I should take an early opportunity to make known to your lordship the means by which I hoped to accomplish that object. I perceived that the recent arrival of your lordship's dispatches would afford me a favorable pretext for addressing myself to the governor of the two provin- ces; and I was mindful that any delay in the communication of my appointment, might hereafter be construed into a point of a very suspicious nature, extremely difficult of satisfactory explanation; I lost no time, therefore, in draſting the accompanying note to his excellency. “Another reason, too, had alwys presented itself to me, in recommendation of this prompt application 10 the governor. It seemed that a communication for- warded on the very recent receipt of instructions from his majesty's government, would of itself be a state of circumstances well calculated to dispose the governor to lend a reasonable attention to moderate and unsuspicious overtures, respectfully submitted for his excellency's adoption. The translation of this paper was sealed up and directed in the same form in which the Select Committee of supracargoes had been accustomed to superscribe documents to the governor's address. In other words, the superscription bore the Chinese character Pin, carrying in our language the signification of 'an address from an inferior to a superior.' It was then placed an open envelop to the address of the senior hong-merchant, and the whole inclosure was trans- mitted with the accompanying confidential letter to the agents of the East India Company at Canton, and to two members of the principal British firms at that place. These gentlemen were selected as being the most proper persons through whom the first declaration of my appointment and official character might be made, with a view to the sufficient formal authenticity of the fact. Upon the morning of the 25th instant, I had the satisfaction to receive an official com- munication from the gentlemen to whom my address had been confided, covering an edict from the governor in reply tu il, together with it noto from foryline 1842. 199 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. 66 “Your lordship will observe lıy the governor's edici, that lie has required me to remain at Macao pending instructions from his imperial majesty; and further, that his excellency commands certain officers and hong-merchants to visit me here for the purpose of clearing up some doubts which bad presented themselves to his mind, as to the nature of my appointment, and the duties I am to perform. The opinion I have formed of the tenor of his excellency's edict, (which it is material to observe, carefully abstaius from all notice of the events in 1834,) is, that the provincial government, and probably the court, would be well content to feel reässured in respect to the sentiments of his majesty's government upon those matters; and I have no doubt there is a disposition to draw to a close the present hazardous interruption of responsible communication and supervision at Canton. “I would in this place take the liberty to remark to your lordship, that in the consideration of Chinese official papers, with a view to the detection of their real spirit, it has always seemed to me to be a point of principal moment, to weigh the effect of any distinctly promised course of action, and to attach a very subor- dinale degree of importance to their mere phraseology. I would by no means be supposed to think that I hold the consideration of the language to be without use for the due estimation of the intentions or dispositions of this government, but I certainly am of opinion that it will always be found to be a sounder course steadily to look at the portions material of those instruments, and to draw our conclusions from these, than from the manner in which it is the custom of these people to dress or to cover up their purposes. Testing the governor's edict by this principle, I would say that if his excellen- cy had informed me I must abide at Macao, without making a distinct specification of a line of proceeding upon his own part, I should have concluded that it was determined to adhere rigidly to the rule that the chief must be a trading chief. But coupled with the declaration, that the chief ought to be a trading chief, and that I must remain here for the present, the governor signifies with great plain- ness, not only that he knows I am not a trading clief, but that he will seek the imperial sanction to let me proceed to Canton; and in order to leave me in little doubt that this application will be successful, he describes the steps he will take till that sanction arrives. This, in my manner of considering the matter, is to ac- quaint me that it is determined to permit me to repair to Canton. But at the same time, I conceive that his excellency's desire is to be permitted to work out that end in his own fashion; that is to say, with due regard to a respectable mode of setting aside difficulties which it is so frequently the consequence of their jealous policy to create for themselves, as well as for others. "This edict, my lord, has appeared to me to justify some hope, that a point of no ordinary public moment is susceptible of attainment, namely, the direct im- perial sanction of the official character of a person at Canton, wholly unconnect- ed with trade, and I trust your lordship will approve of the terms in which I have replied to his excellency's edict, with the intention to promote that result. “Upon the morning of the 28th instant, I received a visit from the hong-mer- chants, who had arrived at Macao with the mandarins deputed by the governor to seek some further explanation as to the nature of my office and duties, and upon the other matters noticed in his excellency's edict. These persons opened their mission hy proposing that I should visit the mandarins; a course, however, which ! declined upon the ground that I had no particular communication 10 00) APRIL Rericul Public Ocrurrences During the 66 anake to them; I remarked at the same time, that these officers must be in every respect better judges than myself of any necessity which existed agreeably to the governor's edict, that they should see me; al all events, if they were of the mind that we ought to meet, I could assure them that it would give me great pleasure to have the honor of receiving them at my house; if they did not consider it l'equisite, I should be glad to suit their convenience, by affording the merchants any verbal explanation in my power upon those points which appeared to the governor to need further explanation. "Renewed efforts were inade in the course of the day to induce me to visit the officers; but I had strong reasons for declining to accede to that proposition; and I felt much satisfaction, that an obstacle (not of my creation) had arisen to prevent our ineeting. It occurred to me that there was a possibility the mandarins inight have propounded questions, with respect to the particular ship of war in which I came, and that the replies might have led us back to the consideration of. events much better kept out of sight. ll, upon the other hand, I had declined to answer such questions, it was to be apprehended, that my silence might hrve been constructed into arrogant disrespect towards the governor, and have in- duced inconvenient heats and suspicions. With the merchants, unembarrassed by the presence of the inandarins. I was aware I stood in a far more favorable position. They would take all imaginable care to shape their questions in such wise as would make the avoidance of disagreeable topics no difficult matter. • Upon the occasion of this last visit to me on the night of the 28th, the mer. chants intreated that I would give them something under my own hand to show to the inandarins; and I then caused the accompanying memorandum to be tran- slated, which I told them, they were at perfect liberty to hand to the officers. They wished me also to sign a string of answers which they had drawn up from my conversation, and from the paper just referred to; but this I refused to do, not that there was any violation of the truth in what they had said, but I could not recognise their right to place me on examination on any subject what- ever. If the inandarins thought fit to come, I remarked, we would discourse at large upon any point of question they proposed; but I never could consent to set my hand to questions put to me by persons in the situation of the inerchants. When they found that this was my resolution, tbey left ine, professing that they thunght the mandarins ought to be satisfied with what I had said, which I con- clude they were, as I learnt that the whole deputation departed the next day (the 29th instant) to return to Canton, and report to the governor. I delivered to the merchants my reply to his excellency's edict. “ It is proper to state to your lordship, that I took occasion to tell the mer- chants in strong terms, for communication to the authorities, that I could not nndertake, upon the part of his majesty's government, the least share of responsi- bilily, for the adjustment of any dispute or difficulties which might arise at Can- tun, pending my protracted absence from that place, in conformity with the governor's desire. His excellency, in his wisdom and sense of justice, would admit that it was fit I should be placed in a situation to prevent and control before I could be called upon to manage and adjust. This was an argument very congenial to the mode ul general reasoning in this country upon all points of responsibility; and they assured me that it should be earnestly pressed upon the governor's attention Istories 201 Lust Ten Years, from 1832 in 1841. “ In this early stage of my correspondence with your lordship's departinent, I would presume to observe, that I am not prone to attach easy credit to what I hear in respect to the temper and the views of the high native authorities. But upon this occasion, I certainly have a belief in the general rumor, that my ap- proaches have been acceptable to the governor, both in point of mariner and maſter. The translation of my first note was executed with all the care that the interpreters could give to it. And it is said by the Chinese to have drawn from his excellency unequivocal marks of satisfaction. “I have to express my great obligations to Messi's. Astell and Clarke, for the zealous and very judicious manner in which they assisted me in the delicate task I felt myself called upon to impose on them; and I am also indehted to Messrs. Jardine and Dent, for their prompt concurrence in that transaction, “I have thus, my lord, once inore opened the communications with this yo- vernment; and I sincerely trust your lordship will see no reason to disapprove of my motives, or of the manner of my proceeding. I have acted under a strong persuasion, that all hope of peacefully carrying the point of direct official inter- course was futile ; that the actual condition of circumstances was hazardous; that the instructions in my hand do not warrant the assumption, that I have any high political or representative character; and, finally, that the course itself which I have pursued is neither derogatory to the national honor, nor at variance with sound principles of public propriety and utility. "I shall venture to trouble your lordslip, by an early occasion, with a few ideas as to the mode by which, in my opinion, it would be judicious to preface and accompany an attempt to carry the point of direct official communication not only to the governor, but from the governor, whenever it shall appear that sufficiently urgent public grounds exist for achieving such a concession. Your lordship will hear with satisfaction, that the trade at Canton is proceed- ing in tranquillity. I have, &c., (Signed) CHARLES Ellior." -Corresp. p. 139–142. We have given--and it seems only right and just to give-captain Elliot's own correspondence as fully as seems requisite to explain his whole course; and if we can do this impartially, we shall be content to leave our readers to draw their own conclusions. 31st. A public notice was given this day, by the superintendents of the British trade in China, that over British subjects and ships their authority was to be considered as extended to Macao, as it had previously been to the port of Canton, “ without prejudice to the just rights, authorities, and sovereignty of the government of her most faithful inajesty, the queen of Portugal, at Macao and the anchorages thereto subject." (To be continued.) 1 Vas X1 Ltt AIRIES са си { Cut I ART. II, Liáu Chái r Chi, or Extraordinary Legends from Liáu Chải. Reviewed by a Correspondent. MATERIALISM is the most prevalent system amongst the thinking Chinese. Without troubling themselves about a first cause, they con- trive to substitute a reciprocal working of the elements upon each other; and by this means they suppose matter was at first called into existence, and the present order of nature maintained. This is the orthodox creed, though not quite in unison with realities or facts. What is called the Course and Law of Nature by our infidel philoso- phers, to which they subject everything, the Chinese call revolving chaos and endless reproduction. Both parties are far enough from the truth, though the latter are more excusable. Most of the Chinese, however, admit the existence of spiritual beings, which are met with throughout all nature, though a few allow them to exert little or no influence in human affairs. Reason in whatsoever manner you will, you can never persuade them, that their whole being is mere mat- ter; and as some part partakes of a spiritual nature, there must like- wise be some connection between man and the world of spirits. In the same degree that man becomes enlightened, without the salutary influence of Christianity, he endeavors to rid himself of all relation- ship with the invisible world, and apparently succeeds in gaining this end, when he is again most forcibly thrown back upon a long ex- ploded creed, that there exists a most intimate union with beings unseen from whom he cannot sever himself. But the mass of the Chi- nese have not yet arrived at that manhood which confers the privi- lege of believing nothing, except what is perceptible to the senses ; they liave not yet cast off the bonds that link them to another world; and as they do not know its nature, they have filled the universe with imaginary demons and spirits, to whom they suppose they owe sone allegiance. That such is the case they prove mechanically, without any reflection, every day; and stores of incense and gilt paper bear evidence of a remembrance of their duty towards invisible beings. By a system of gross inconsistency, however, they bring down these existences to the level of sense, in images and prints, and look upon them as full substitutes for the originals. For though their represen- tations are in general nothing more than deified heroes and sages, they attach to their manes the same ideas, as to the spirits, genii, &c. Such delusions, however, are not in strict accordance with the 1 1 1*42 2033 Liá (lá l Cli governmental regulations, and therefore the priests of superstition receive no stipend from their rulers. There are no benefices, no lithes, no emoluments, and all religionists must get on by their own wits. They manage, however, pretty well, by some means or other gain a living, and even contrive to get temples and monasteries endowed, much to the scandal of the grave Confucianists. A reli- gious belief being a matter of necessity, and the government nou providing for religious instruction, it is the duty of individuals as well as cominunities to make up the want, and this is done by joint subscription. Thus large and splendid temples are built, and hosts of priests maintained, who in the event of scanty supplies take to beg. ging, or turn doctors and soothsayers. It requires great exertions, however, to maintain their influence, for government does not even confederate with such a race, as that of the priesthood. Priests are never employed in offices of trust; nor are they remarkable for their learning and high moral qualifications. The greater part of the priesthood has sprung from the dregs of the people, and it is therefore no wonder that they are little esteemed. Many of them are persons who have taken refuge in a temple to save themselves from starvation, and few have taken the profession from religious motives. Their conduct inspires no reverence, and thus being without any solid claims upon the admiration of the multitude, they must principally depend upon their idols, their jugglery, and flat- tering the prejudices of the people, in order to retain a hold upon their minds. To effect this the Budhists have imported from Flin- dostan a multitude of legendary tales, which they disseminate amongst the ignorant. These stories either exalt the power of their gods, praising the unspotted lives of the priests, and narrating the many miraculous deeds they performed; or more commonly, holding forth the dreadful punishments of hell, which will overwhelm that sinner, who pays no regard to their tenets and leads an immoral life. In every large monastery these works are for sale, and no votary goes to the temple, without buying at least one of them. In this charlataury the priests of Táu have been far behind those of Budha. For though they have likewise their books about genii and demons, their legendary literature is by no means frequently mel with, nor are their tales as popular. It is however surprising how they maintain their sway by such lying fables, whilst the pure word of the eternal God is read with little attenti aud seldom taken to heart. Their uninds being darkened, that they cannot understand the way of eternal lite, they turn to anything that will get their 204 APRIL, 1iáu Cát 1 (lí. feelings respecting futurity, and for this purpose these books furnish abundant food. The present volumes are legends, that refer principally to the doc- trines of the 'Táu sect. The first contains a good many advertise- ments and prefaces, according to the invariable role of Chinese writings. The author's name is Pú Tsungling, a literary bachelor of Tsz'chuen in the department of Tsínán in Shantung; he flourish- ed in the reign of Kánghí. The style of the work is highly admired, and this, together with the nature of the stories, causes it to be often read. Although many of the tales refer to the Tau sect, Budhists are soinetimes introduced ; but it contains also accounts of elis, fairies, ghouls, and spirits of all sorts, with wonderful narratives of animals endued with spiritual power, and other surprising tales. Judging from the many copies in the hands of the people, we con- clude that it is rather a popular work. The Chinese in their leisure hours like to peruse such lucubrations, and to laugh heartily at them, though they at first pretend not to believe them. Their superstitions, however, are thus nourished, and they can never free themselves entire- ly from the incubus. There is nothing that can liberate man from this thralldom except true Christianity, which in all its bearings produces a healthful state of mind, and whilst it makes us acquainted with bliss eternal before the throne of God and of the Lamb, it introduces us likewise to an innumerable company of saints and angels in light. When we are familiarized with these sacred objects, we feel indeed the utmost contempt for such superstitious fables. Otherwise no faith in fate, or in the laws of nature and destiny, which is frequently disguised under the name of Providence, can permanently rescue us from error. To give some idea of the work before us, we here transcribe a variety of its stories. An old priest of Táu had died, and his spouse entered the house with great wailing. On a sudden they heard Joud exclamations from the old man, and a crowd of people ran into the room where the body was laid out, and saw to their great surprise, that the dead man had revived. On being question- ed about his resuscitation, he related, that on expiring he remem- bered his pledge of bringing with him a whole set of skeletons, and had revived in order to come back and fetch them, and expressed a wish that his wife might accompany him; after this he should die again. The old woman remonstrated against his intention of again leaving this world, as he had now acquired the means of enjoying its pleasures. But he was inexorable, and obliging his wife to lie 1842 205 Liá Cá T Chi 1 1 1 down with him, notwithstanding she was supported in her remon- strances by the whole family, they both shut their eyes and began to sleep. On nearer inspection it was found, that the eyelids of both husband and wife were already closed in death, and they never came to life again. There lived a family in Kwangsi, who, exposed to repeated wars, lost their whole property, and the husband as well as his wiſe were carried into hopeless captivity. But there remained still two brothers, who, reduced to poverty, used to go to the forest in order to collect firewood. Whilst thus engaged, one day, a tiger rushed from his lair upon the youngest of the two, who, apparently killed the tierce animal, but, having been severely wounded, he all at once disappear- ed in the jungle. His brother was inconsolable at his loss, and after pining a few days, died broken-hearted. The relations deeply af- flicted by this calamity, thereupon consulted a sorcerer, who lived in the village. This man was only too glad to charge himself with bringing them to life again, and therefore repaired instantly to the city. Here he cited a whole host of spirits, and set them immediate- ly to work to resuscitate the young man that had lately died. As soun as the latter felt the return of his faculties, he again immediate- ly instituted a search after his brother, but without the slightest suc- cess. Happening, however, to be in a remote town, he saw a splendid cavalcade pass him, and perceived in the rear a young gentleman superbly dressed, who kept his eyes steadily upon him. Having all at once dismounted, he went up to the brokenhearted sufferer, and exclaimed, “You are iny brother! Come with me to the office and I shall relate to you the events that have taken place since I saw you last. When the tiger had gone, I fell, from loss of blood, into a swoon, but by the service of propitious spirits, my wounds were dress- ed and I was brought to a rich family in office, where I myself at- tained a high rank." Upon further inquiry it was found, that the ma- tron of this house was the mother of the unfortunate wight, and that his father had risen to the rank of general and afterwards died, leav- ing behind him another son. There lived a family in a commercial district, the father of which had by several wives a number of children. As his consorts were not all equal in rank, two having been taken from the lowest grade, their respective offspring assumed authority over each other, and this gave rise to litigations. When the father had died, they omitted, on account of mutual jealousy, to bury him according to the established rites, and even came to blows, whilst the corpse of their paient was 206 Arril Lián Chui r Chi still upon the earth. This animosity grew more virulent, every day until the magistrates had to interfere, and one of the brothers having been severely punished for sacking the house of his sister-in-law, a pause ensued, and the propositions of one of the combatants was lis, tened to. They went thereupon with one accord to their parent's grave, and having made the customary sacrifices and genuflections, harmony spread through them all, and they felt the growth of frater- mal love in their hearts. From this state of mutual goodwill, they were however suddenly roused, by their neglecting to pay honor lo their progenitor; and whenever they neglected to pay due honors 10 the dead, it always produced altercation amongst themselves. The same feeling existed amongst their children, until they discovered the cause of the mischief, and thenceforth became inore attached 10 each other. A minister of state, in his excursions, happened to fall in with a monastery, and as rain was approaching, he resolved to wait there until the shower was over. Here he met several priests of Budha, whose behavior was very singular, and amongst them an old man, who on his entering paid not the least attention to the illustrious visitor. On being asked to explain such rudeness, he answered, “I was once a minister of state like yourself, but wearied of worldly honors, I have retired to this quiet place, and care for nobody.” The traveler being tired, soon fell asleep, and beheld a number of genii approach- ing him in the shape of beautiful females, whom he received under his protection. After this he was present at an imperial audience, and being charged with very important matters, he executed them with promptness, but studied his self-interest, oppressing the people and driving them to despair-a behavior which was quite in accor- dance with his real disposition. But these acts of cruelty drew forth a series of accusations, which were sent to court, and the emperor re- solved instantly to destroy the worthless servant. He however had previous warning of his impending fate, and immediately fled into the mountains. There he met a band of robbers, who surrounding him, threatened to murder him instantly. But he begged hard for his life, and one of the desperadoes springing forward to examine more close- ly his features, all at once exclaimed ; “Indeed this is the villain who drove us to the necessity of adopting this mode of life," and imme- diately severed his head from his body. A demon close at hand put them together again, and hastened with his booty to hades, where he presented the statesman to a grim monster, the director of the punishments of hell, who pronounced his doom. He was then led 209 - to a cauldroni, in which some oil was heated, till the vessel became red hot, and this was poured down his throat. This excruciating pain made the victim repeatedly ask for death as a boon, but this was not granted, and after being duly tormented, the demons took him over a mountain, which was beset with sharp swords; and finally tied him to a wheel, which by its rotation almost smashed his body to pieces. He was then ordered to be born as a women, and in this shape he suffered a great deal of bad treatinent, so as to drive him al- most to madness. Having to undergo some other severe punishment, he suddenly awoke, and seeing the priests all sitting around him, he inquired about the interpretation of his dream. As they however, refused to give him a satisfactory explanation, and his heart sinote him, since he had committed crimes fully deserving punishment, like that he had undergone in his dream, he refused to return to court, and went into obscurity in the mountains. A gay young man was fond of the society of beautiful ladies, and very impudent and bold to gain a sight of them. Once on a day he was walking out and perceived a very handsome lass, fair as a houri, and according to his custom ran after her, and trudged along her side for a considerable distance. Instead of being coy, the nymph was very affable, but the unfortunate swain, on fixing his eyes inore and more upon her smiling countenance, lost his sight, and soon found himself in utter darkness; and upon examining into this change, he perceived a white spot, that had grown over his whole eye. He spent several years in utter blindness to expiate for his frowardness, and was not restored to sight, until he had done penance, paid the priests their fees, and prevailed upon them to intercede in his behalf with the fairy, who had struck him blind. There lived a rich man in Chili, who was exceeding generous and entertained every stranger, who came to ask for his hospitality. More than a hundred individuals sat at his festive board, and he was really delighted, if he could give his guests a good repast, and make them merry. But the money soon winged its way, and he became a poor man. During his prosperity he had formed a matri- monial alliance with one of his friends' daughters, but on becoming destitute, the damsel was refused to his son. Her parents having found out a richer suitor prevailed upon the daughter to marry him. As she was a very comely woman, the bridegroom considered her an acquisition. But on the day of the wedding, the bride defaced her features and escaped to the house of her ancient lover, vowing never 10 part froin him. She remained notwithstanding all remonstrance's 208 APRIL, liant Chili [ Chi. sum of to the great regret of her parents. Since this catastrophe, misfortune upon misfortune had come over her father's house, and when he was reduced to starvation, her generous partner who had again realized great property, hastened to the parental house, and there relieved the sufferers of their anxiety and want, by presenting them with a large money. And this man had formerly been sent away from the door of his father-in-law, because the sum of money, which he brought as a dowry, was not considered sufficient. So much for the generosity of this noble minded man. A young husband lost his wife and was sorrowing for her loss, when the cold hand of death also removed his concubine. Being inconsolable, he retired to a solitary cupola in the garden to indulge freely in his grief. He was sitting up late and reading a book, when suddenly the figure of an old woman gliding along the wall made him startle. He had, however, assurance enough to meet the spec- tre boldly, and ascertaining that it was a hobgoblin, drove it forth- with out of the room. Very soon afterwards, there appeared the shadow of a very beautiful woman, which the disconsolate husband was anxious to catch. The figure seeing no escape possible, began to assume the human form, and addressed the mourner : “A number of women are buried under your house, and being envious of your consort, we killed her. All of us have assumed the shape of demons, and hover about at pleasure; the old woman you saw before was my duenna when alive, and also serves me in hades. If you wish to have accounts of your late wife, I shall appear to you regularly every evening, and become the courier of your desires to your spouse." When the husband heard this he was greatly delighted, and instantly closed the bargain. This intercourse had lasted for some time, when the ghostly visitor declared, that she must now revenge her own death, for her husband by his improper conduct, had forced her to hang herself. The case had never been sufficiently investigated, and she was now going to Shántung to bring the whole matter before the pro- But I cannot walk, she added, and you must therefore give me a horse to ride upon. The widower readily agreed to pro- vide her with a charger, but stipulated, that during her absence, his wife should be allowed to have interviews with him in a private apartment unknown to any one in the house. To this the fairy easily agreed; the husband had a proper horse made, burnt it at his door, and she rode off instantly to the court of justice. The shade of his wife now came regularly, and the intercourse grew daily more and more endearing, when one evening she began to complain of dreadful per tribunal. 184, 209 Lidu Chui ľ Chi. pain, and the malignant influence of demons. “You will," she said, "never be happy as long as you mingle in our society; my loss is irreparable, but bear it as well as you can, and never come again to this place.” Having uttered these words, he saw her extended a corpse, and thenceforward never intruded again on the forbidden ground. A mother bore a child, which from the day it came into the world could speak, and she pourished it with dog's milk. When the boy grew up, he was very expert in classical lore, and the doating mother Aattered him with the prospect of marrying a princess, who was the only proper partner for such a genius. But years elapsed, and no princess made her appearance, and as the lad grew up to manhood, he was rather anxious to seek a partner in life, and extremely dissa- tisfied with his mother's ambitious views. Whilst he was in this fretful mood, there came a splendid cavalcade, and a nymph-like virgin stood forward to inform him, that she was the princess, destined by her relations to become his consort. The youth was overjoyed, and wished to show his affection to the beautiful bride, when the latter warned him off, remarking, that they must previously proceed 10 business; and first of all she said, this house does not suit your fu- ture companion in life, and therefore take this sum of money and put it in proper order. The youth looked at the cash so unexpectedly put at his disposal, when the whole apparition suddenly disappeared. His mother immediately concluded, that it was merely a company of hobgoblins, that wished to play a trick on her beloved, and therefore forgot the whole matter, wbilst her son, who could never chase froin his mind the beautiful forin of the princess, considered the whole a reality. The money, however, remaining in his possession, he inade a very good use of it, and most generously spent it amongst his friends. Being accustomed to play a game of chess with some of his boon companions till late at night, he came home after midnight, and there found to his great astonishinent, that the thieves had pluu- dered bis house and left bim not a single article. His mother could not survive the loss, and died of fright, whilst he himself went into a jungle. Here he was suddenly attacked by a tiger, which fairly carried him away in his mouth, and then thirew him dowu before the gate of a palace. What was therefore his astonishment when the identical princess came to salute him, and after having condoled with him on account of the death of his mother, requested him to resume all the rights of a husband. After some time, however, she disap- peared, and he had long to wait for a second interview. By degrees VOL. XI 210 APRIL, Topography of Kiáng sú. he got a large family of sons and daughters, all of whom without ex- ception proved reprobates, unworthy of such parents. A mandarin was on his way to the capital, bat fell very sick; and being unable to proceed, stopped in his boat, whilst his complaint grew every day worse. His servants observing that their master was dying, immediately resolved to throw him overboard, and then seize upon his effects. Their consultations, however, were over heard by a female, who went on board, took away the body, put it into her own boat, and then pulled away. On perceiving the livid color of the whole body, she addressed the dying man, saying, you are wandering amongst the dark regions of the grave, and cannot expect to live much longer, but I have a medicine, that will restore you to health again. She therefore handed him a pill, which he immediately swal- lowed, and then began gradually to recover. After this he was nursed by the same woman with a wife's care, and thus soon recovered. Having arrived at the capital he received fresh proofs of the fervent attachment of this lady, but could never persuade himself that she was a human being. Once he had lost the seal of his office, and could nowhere discover it, but the officious and kind-hearted nurse indicated its place in an instant, and thus saved the officer from de- gradation. Instead however of showing gratitude, the officer became more and more suspicious, and on a certain night, when he had re- turned home at a late hour, he discovered his benefactress to be a spirit, and would immediately have dispatched her with his sword. She awoke, however, betimes, and with a scornful look said: “Un- grateful wretch, thou canst not feel the obligations thou owest to me; receive therefore the award of thy base behavior, and throw up the pill that saved thy life!" He did so instantly, was again afflicted with his former disease, and died in consequence. Art. III. Topography of Kiángsú ; boundaries and situation of the province; its area and population; departments and districts ; rivers, lakes, mountains, productions, fc. FORMERLY, and until the peaceful and prosperous times of the pre- sent dynasty, the provinces of Kiángsú and A’nhwui were united in one, under the name of Kiángnán; so they are described by Du 1842. Topography of Kiángsu. 20 Halde, and often so spoken of at the present day. Thus, the govern- ment of the Liáng Kiáng includes, together with these two provinces; that of Kiángs. The province is bounded on the north by Shan- tung; on the east, by the sea ; on the south by Chekiáng; and on the west, by A'nhwui and Hdnán. Its shape, on native maps, is rhom. boidal, with the longest sides running from the northwest to the south- east, and the shortest from east to west. The extreme north is in lat. 35° 10', and the southern limit in lat. 31° 20', giving an extent of 3° 50' from north to south; in longitude it extends from 5' to 5° 5' east from Peking. Of the line of coast little is known, except that it is studded with the low islands and sand bauks, evidently formed by the disemboguement of the two great rivers, the Yangtsz' kiang and the Yellow river. Commencing at the northeast on the sea, following closely the line of demarkation, you run first northwest, then west, and round the south, crossing and twice recrossing the river Mu; thence due west across seven small streams, and then turning short to the south you run down lo and over the Grand canal ; going on a little to the south, you then turn to the northwest and sweep around to the southwest, to the Yellow river. Thus far you have Shantung on one side of the line. On the south of this river, for a short dis- tance, perhaps fifty miles, the province borders on Hdnán, and the line runs from the northwest to the southeast. It now separates this pro- vince from that of Anhwui, and runs first east, then south, and again east, or rather southeast ; and in this direction it continues on to the sea, dividing Kiángsú from Chekiáng. Its area must be nearly that of Chekiáng, which has been estimat- ed to contain 39,150 square miles, making 25,056,000 English acres. The population is much larger than that of Chekiáng, being put down at 37,843,501 souls. Kiangsú is divided into twelve departments, and sixty-seven dis- tricts it having 8 fú, 1 chilí ting, and 3 chili chau, with 2 ting, 3 chau and 62 hien--the names of which are as follows, taken from the imperial authority. 1. I. # Kiángning fú; or the Department of Kiángning, includes seven districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 32° 4' 30" N., and long. 2° 18' 34" E. of Peking, and 118° 43' 34" E. of Greenwich. 1 ETT Shángyuen, 3 Káushun, 2 YI. Kiángning, 4 lü) Küyung, 1 212 l'opography of Kiáng sú APRIL, 5 jij Kiángpu, 7 * Luhó. 6 k Lishui, II. W T Súchau fú; or the Department of Súchau, includes ten districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 31' 23' 25' N., long. 4° 0' 25" E. of Peking, and 120° 25' 25" E. of Greenwich. 1 Wú hien, 6 ở đ Chángshu, 2 & it Chángchau, 7 8 * Cháuwan, 3 Tī # Yuenhò, 8 HL 4 Kwanshán, 4 R I Wukiang, 9 # Sinyáng, 5 Chintse, 10 k Táihú ting. III. HA JI W Sungkiáng fú ; or the Department of Sungkiáng, includes eight districts. Ils chief city is situated in lat. 30° N., and long. 4° 28' 34" E. of Peking, and 120° 53' 34" E. of Greenwich. 1 #Hwating, 5 À 4 Kinshán, 2 | 0 Lau hien, 6 EU Shánghái, 3 La MÊ Nánhwái, 7 WII Vi Chuenshá ting 4 Funghien, 8 Tsingpú. IV. IN F Chángchau fú; or the Department of Chángchau, includes eight districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 31° 50' 36" N., long. 3° 24' 17" E. of Peking, and 119° 49' 17" E. of Greenwich. 1 14 HAYángbú, 54 I Kinkwei, 2 it 1 Wútsin, 6 , 9 Wúyáng, 3D fill I'hing, 7 I R Kiángyin, 4 # Kingki, 8 I Tsingkiáng. V. 1 1. Chinkiúng fú; or the Department of Chinkiáng, includes four districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 32° 14' 26" N., long. 2° 55' 43" E. of Peking, and 119° 20' 43" E. of Greenwich. 1 lg ke Tántú, 3€ Kintán, 2 + Tányáng, 4 5 . Liyáng. 18-12 Topography of kiángsú. 213 VI. * # Hwúián fú; or the Department of Hwái'an, includes six districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 33° 32' 24" N., long. 2° 45' 42" E. of Peking, and 119° 10' 42" E. of Greenwich. 1 14 17 Shányáng, 4* *A’ntung, 2 ne til Yenching, 5 Tsinghè, 3 Fauning, 6 HK Táuyuen. VII. W Yángchau fú ; or the Department of Yángchau, includes eight districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 32' 26' 32" N., long. 2° 55' 43“ E. of Peking, and 119° 20' 43" E. of Greenwich. 1 1 kg giángtú, 5 Km Páuying, 2 # Kántsiuen, 6 m Hinghwa, 3 Iching, 7 Tungtái, 4 = 0 ) Káuyú chau, 8 k | Tái chau. VIII. 2 H H Süchau fú ; or the Department of Süchau, includes eight districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 34° 15' 8" N., and long. 0° 57' E. of Peking 1 H Tungshán, 5 hou Yangshán, 2 BEE Shuining, 6 | % Fung hiem, Sutsien, 7 i la Pei hien, , 4 đã 8 Siáu be, 8 MP 44 Pei chau. IX. Háimun ting; or the Department of Háimun, has only one district, - PH Haimun. X. H Hái chau ; or the Department of Hái, includes two districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 34° 32' 24" N., and long. 2° 55' 47" E. of Peking. 1 st Bill Muyang, 2 h Hányü. 214 APRIL, Topography of Kiangsú. XI. 1 H1 Tung chau ; or the Department of Tung, includes two districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 32° 3' 40" N., and long. 4° 12' 42" E. of Peking, and 120° 37' 42" E. of Greenwich. 1 kp Jükáu, 2 Táihing. XII. * Táitsáng chau ; or the Department of Táitsáng, includes four districts. 1 di Chinyáng, 3 X 4 Páushán, 2 # # Kiating, 4 Tsungming. The latitude and longitude of some of the chief towns of this pro- vince have not been ascertained, or, at least, have not been given by any Europeans. However, they are marked on the Chinese maps with sufficient clearness to enable us to describe their positions aecu- rately enough for the general reader. 1. The department of Kiángning includes the ancient Nánking, or the Southern capital-once the most celebrated city of China, whether regard be had to its extent, its buildings, its manufactures, or the character of its inhabitants. The department comprises seven districts: two of them, Shángyuen and Kiángoing, have the resi- dences of their chief magistrates in the provincial capital : Küyung, the chief town of the district of the same name, and the residence of its chief magistrate, is situated on the east of the department; Lí- shui and Kaushun are on the south; Kiángpú is on the west ; and Luhó is on the north. This department forms the southwest portion of the province; on the north and northeast it is bounded by the de- partment of Yangchau ; on the east, by that of Chipkiáng; and on the west and south, by the province of A'nhwui. Its greatest extent is from north to south. The Yangtez' kiáng flows through it, so dividing it that about one third of its area is on the northern, and the rest of the department on the southern, bank of that majestic river. The members of lord Amherst's embassy are, we believe, the only foreigners who have visited Nanking in modern times; and it is from their writings that we select most of the few particulars which we have to give regarding that city. It stands on the southern bank of the river, and distant from it about three miles. Several canals lead from the river to the city, and also one road, on which some of the members of the embassy walked to the northern gate ; this gate is a Topography of kiungsu. 15 Another gen- simple archway, thirty-five paces broad, the height of the wall forty feet, and its width seventeen. Mr. Ellis, and three of the other gen- tlemen of the embassy, succeeded in passing completely through the uninhabited part of the city, which at present seems to comprise much more than half of the whole area within the walls. The outline of the city, as marked by the walls, is very irregular, approaching to a right angled triangle, the southern wall being the base, and the western the perpendicular, nearly twice the length of the base. Mr. Ellis and his friends visited one of the vapor-baths, "where,” he says, dirty Chinese may be stewed clean for ten tsien, or three farthings each: the bath is a small room of one hundred feet area, divided into compartments, and paved with coarse marble: the heat is con- siderable ; and as the number admitted into the bath has no limits, but the capacity of the area, the stench is excessive." tleman of the embassy, Mr. Poole, says the outermost of the three compartments was lined with closets for the reception of the clothes of bathers, who undressed in this division of the establishment. The closets were all ticketed. One was called the bath of fragrant waters. The two other divisions of the buildings were beyond the first : the largest, on the right hand, containing three baths, about six feet in length, and three in width and depth. “At the time of our visit, they were filled with Chinese, rather washing than bathing themselves, who stood upright in the water, which was only a few inches deep, and threw it by turns over each other's backs. There appeared no intention of renewing the water, thus become saturated with dirt, for the use of many other Chinese who waited their turn in the outer apartment. The steam arising from it, however fragrant to the senses of the Chinese, was to mine really intolerable, and drove me away before I could ascertain in what manner the baths were heated. I just looked into the adjoining room, and found it furnished with mat- ted benches, and that it was used by the bathers to dry themselves in before going to dress in the outer apartment.” The walls of Nan- king, judging from a specimen carried away by Abel, are built of grey compact limestone, which he says frequently occurs in quarries in its neighborhood. Mr. Davis speaks of a striking resemblance be- tween the city of Nánking, with the area within the walls but par- tially inhabited, and ruins of buildings lying here and there, and that of Rome. Le Comte's account of the Porcelain pagoda may be found in the first volume of the Repository, at page 257. II. The department of Súchau is nearly square; it lies on the south of the Great river, and extends southward from it to the pro 216 Topography of kiúngsü. Arrii, vince of Chekiáng, having the departments of Táitsáng and Sung- kiang on the east, and that of Chángchau on the west. The magis- trates of three districts have their residences at Súchau : these dis- tricts are, Chángchau on the east, Yuenhd on the west, and Wúhien in the middle between the two. From Súchau the chief town of the department, the districts of Kwanshan and Sinyáng lie on the east, their chief magistrates both (judging from the map) residing in one city; the districts of Wúkiáng and Chintse lie on the south, their magistrates likewise both dwelling within the same walls; the district of Táihú is situated on an island in the Great-lake, and hence its name (Táihú ting); the remaining two districts, Chángshu and Cháu. wan, are situated on the north of the department, their chief magis. trates residing in one and the same city, near the “Great river,”—28 the Yangtsz' kiang is emphatically and very commonly called. “Above," say the Chinese, “there is paradise (or the palace of heaven)-below are Sú and Háng;" i. e. the cities of Súchau and Hángchau. All that was said, in the last number, in praise of Hang- chau, may be said, with equal propriety, of Súchau. We subjoin, however, some additional particulars, collected from one of the his- tories of the department: the work is called H Súchau fú Chi, and is comprised in forty octavo volumes, making eighty-two chapters, besides long and labored introductions. Among the remarkable things noticed in these introductions are the ZK siun hing, or “ imperial visits,”—if we may translate the phrase by giving its equivalent, instead of the literal sense of the two words: siun means to go round, as a circuit judge, and as the ern- perors used to do on tours of inspection : hing means to bless, as the emperor does any and all places that he visits. Kánghi twice visited Súchau, once in the 23d year of his reign, and again in the 28th Kienlung also visited the city repeatedly. Chapter 1st comprises several maps, showing the shape of Súchau, the city, and the whole department, with all its districts and principal rivers and lakes : it also contains 4*** kú kin yuen ke piáu, a list of all the ancient and modern names which the place has had at different times : with you an yuen ke cháng tsie, minute and clear explanations of the reasons for these changes, Its most ancient name was Yáng chau, and it was then without the pale of civilization ; subsequently it was called Wú. This name it bore in the times of the Three Kingdoms. Chapter 20 coinprises two topics ; the first is 1 fun 18-12 19 Popography ! kiungsu. yê sing kwei ; the second is it tsiúng i. The phrase fun yé sing kwei has reference to that part of the heavens under which the place is situated, and its bearing in regard to the sun and other ce- lestial bodies. Under the second phrase, tsiáng 1, are noticed in chro- nological order, all the strange and ominous occurrences that have happened at Súchau--such as eclipses, falling stars, appearances of comets, earthquakes, famines, plagues, locusts, inundations, hurri- canes, remarkable births, talking dogs, strange sights, miraculous events, fruitful seasons, droughts, running and falling of mountains, square eggs producing a monkey, &c. Chapter 3d gives the tal kiáng yi, and JE I hing shing, shape of the department. Chapter 4th details the particulars of the hill n ching chí, cities and moats, giving their dimensions, gates, &c. Chapter 5th enumerates and describes, first the kún chú, governmental offices, and then the tsáng yi, granaries, and governmental post-office or caravansaries. Chapter 6th describes the B*ß hiáng tú, large and small vil- lages, and the iti shi chin, markets, marts, &c. Chapter 7th enumerates the Wi #fáng hiáng, streets, lanes, of various sorts and dimensions. Chapter 8th gives the names of all the time kiáu liáng, bridges, and I kwán tsin, passes. Chapter 9th gives the names of the 14 shán fau, hills and mountains. Chapter 10th describes the * į shúi táu, water courses, such as lakes, rivers, canals, &c. Chapter 11th is occupied with the TE hd hing, or form of the rivers, giving their dimensions, &c. Chapters 12th to 15th are occupied with the K Fil shúi li, or water privileges. Chapters 16th to 19th contain lists of the design chi kún, office bearers, through all the successive dynasties. Chapter 20th contains the phú kau, or censuses, extending from the Chau dynasty downwards. Chapter 21st relates to the Ta fung su, or manners and cus- toms of the people. Chapter 22d enumerates the top Cou chán, productions of all sorts, animal, vegetable, mineral, and inanufactured. 1 { VOL. XI. NO 218 APRIL, Topography of Kiangsu Chapters 23d to 26th relate to the H nat tien fi, taxes of various kiuds. Chapter 27th relates to those classes of persons called event yúu yu, who are employed by the officers of government, as messen- gers, keepers of prisons. Chapter 28th describes the institutions of learning, called hió hiáu, which terms includes colleges, and all the minor schools. Chapters 29th to 34 relate to suen kü, the selected and elevated men, who are chosen for high service in the government. Chapter 36th relates to the military defenses, the # 5 ping fáng, i. e. soldiers, &c. Chapters 36th and 37th describe the various kinds of sacrificial rites, under the head of Tə Til tsz sz”. Chapters 38th to 40th relate to # tsz kwán, the religious houses, such as temples, monasteries, &c. Chapter 41st relates to ti tse, the dwellings of the people, describing their situation, &c. Chapter 42d is filled with notices of the $ yuen ting, gar- dens, pavilions, arbors, &c. Chapter 43d contains notices of the time chung mú, graves, tombs, &c., of distinguished persons. Chapter 44th relates to the kú tsi, the antiquities of various kinds, such as monuments, pagodas, and the like. Chapter 45th contains notices of literary productions, under the head of * * i wan. Chapters 46th to 53d are filled with hwán tsi, or reminis- cences of those who have served the state. Chapter 54th contains #fung tsió, or lists of those who have been honored with titles: it is a chapter on heraldry. Chapters 55th to 66th contains i flie chuen, or memoirs of distinguished men. Chapter 67th contains notices of tháu yiú, persons distin- guished for their filial duty. Chapter 68th contains notices of chung í, or those who have distinguished themselves by loyalty to the state. Chapters 69th and 70th relates to 文學 ​wan hio, the literature and its authors. Chapter 71st relates to the jät x wú lió, or military men, hierves of all ranks, 1842 Topography aj hrungsu 219 1 Chapter 72d relates to it like yí, sojourners and residents, persons who have come from other parts of the empire to reside in this departmeut. Chapter 73d relates to ** 1ī tu hing, private actions, or notable deeds performed in private life. Chapter 74th gives notices of it yin yi, hermits, recluses, &c., who, though possessing ability, chose to live in retirement. Chapter 75th relates to be hau fi, queens and imperial ladies of all ranks. Chapters 76th and 77th notice il # lie nü, eminent women, such as have in any way distinguished themselves by their good con- duct. Chapter 78th relates to the de plu i shu, or fine arts, painting, and the like. Chapter 79th describes the ti Shi Tún, the religious sects of Budha and the Táuists. The remaining chapters, 80 to 83, are filled with miscellaneous notices, under the head of the al tsáh kí. This brief outline of the statistical History of Súchau will afford the reader some idea of the manner in which all things belonging to that department are described. Every province, and almost every department and district in the empire, has its statistical history, in which, as in the one above noticed, a great amount of inforination is collected and arranged. Volumes of historical, statistical, and de- scriptive information, regarding Súchau, might be compiled; but these miscellaneous notices are all that we can now give. III. The department of Sungkiáng comprises eight districism one ting and seven hien. It forms the southeast portion of the pro- vince, and is of a triangular shape, having Táitsáng chau on the north; the sea on the east and west. The districts of Hwáting and Lau hien have the residences of their chief magistrates at the city of Sunghiáng. Northeast from this city are Shanghai and Chuensha; on the east, is Nánhwái; on the southeast, is Fung hien; Kinshin is on the south; and 'Tsingpu on the north. Shanghái ranks among the largest and richest commercial cities in the empire. IV. The department of Chángchau is of a square form, having Tungchau on the north, Súchau on the east, Chekiáng on the south, and Chinkiáng on the west. Nearly one third of its area is covered with water, the Great river passing through it on the north side, and one half or more of the Great lake lying within its southern border, 220 Topography of Kiúngsú. APRIL, The chief magistrates of Yánghú and Wútsin have their residences at Chángchau: north from this city, and on the northern bank of the Great river, is 'Tsingkiáng; on the east are Kiángyin, close on the southern bank of the Great river, and Kinkwei and Wúyáng, the chief magistrates of the last two both residing in one and the same city; on the south are the departments l'hing and Kingkí. V. The department of Chinkiáng is a narrow strip of territory stretching from the Great river on the north to the province of A'n- hwui on the south, having the department of Chángchau on the east, and that of Kiángning on the west. T'he district of Tántú has the residence of its magistrate at the city of Chinkiáng, close on the southern bank of the Great river; Tányáng is also not far from the Great river, southeast from Chinkiáng; Kintán is near the middle of the department; and Líyáng is near the southern border. Du Halde says this department “ is one of the most considerable, on account of its situation and trade, being one of the keys of the empire towards the sea, and at the same time a place of defense, where there is a strong garrison." VI. The department of Hwái'án extends from the mouth of the Yellow river, along both its banks, to the western banks of the lake Hungtse. Its chief city "is in imminent danger of being drowned," for the ground on which it stands is lower than the canal, which in several places is supported only by banks of earth : "six miles off," says Du Halde, “it has a borough named Tsingkiáng pú, which is as it were the port of the Yellow river, large and populous; and there resides the surveyor general of the rivers." The department contains six districts: the magistrate of Tanyáng resides at Hwái'áni; north from this city, is Aʼntung; to the northest from it is Fauning; east is Yenshing; west and northwest are 'Tsinghó and 'Tányuen. VII. The department of Yángchau is likewise an extensive re- gion, bounded on the north by Hwái'án, on the east by the sea, on the south by Tungchau and Chinkiang, on the southwest by Kiáng- ning, and ou the west by A'nhwui. It is nearly square in its form, and no inconsiderable portions of its surface are covered with water. It comprises eight districts: two, Kiángtú and Kantsiųen, have the residences of their chief magistrates at Yángchau, which stands nog far from the northern bank of the Great river ; I'ching stands near it to the southwest ; the Great river forms the southern boundary of these three districts. Directly east of Yángchau is the district of Tái or Tái chau; farther towards the northeast is Tungtái. Hing- hwá stands in the center, On the north is Pángying; and on the 1842. Topography of Kingsú. 221 west Káuyú chau: in this name, and Tái chan, the last character or syllable, chau, does not constitute a part of the name, but is merely an equivalent for hien, a district. VIII. The department of Süchau comprises eight districts, in- cluding the whole northwestern part of the province, on both sides of the Yellow river, west of the department of Hwái'án. There are four districts on the south side of the river; Tungshán, the seat of whose chief magistrate is at Süchau, stands midway between the extremes of the department; northwest from thence is Siau hien and Yáng. shán; and in the opposite direction to the southeast, is Suining. On the northern side of the river, to the north west and east are Peichau and Sutsien. IX. The department of Haimun is geographically described by its name, which, literally translated, means the marine gate, or gate of the sea. It is an island and stands in the mouth of the Great river, northwest from the greater island of Tsungming. X. The department of Hái is bounded by Shantung ou the north and northwest, on the east by the sea, on the south by Hwái'án, and ou the west by Süchau. On the west and southwest, the river Mu forms the boundary of this department, or runs very near it, making a right angle at its sonthwest extreme. XI. The department of Tung is of a triangular shape, situated on the northern bank of the Great river at its mouth, so that the sea forms one of its sides, the river another, while the third side is bounded by the department of Yangchau. The chief towns of both of its districts stand some distance removed from the chief town of the department: the latter is on the south, Jükáu is on the west, and Táihing is on the northwest of the department. XII. The department of Táitsáng stands on the sonthern bank of the Great river, at its mouth opposite to the department of Tung on the northern bank. It has four districts; Chinyang on the west; Kiáting and Páushan on the south and southwest ; and Tsungming stands on an island of the same name; and it was there that inid. shipman Hervey was killed, and a site, near which he fell, is now Galled Hervey Point. Du Halde, speaking of the island, says, that it has three kinds of soil; the first is on the north, wholly uncultivated, and covered only with reeds; the second extends from the first to the sea on the south, and yields two crops annually; the third "con- sists of a greyish sort of earth, dispersed, by spots of the bigpess of two acres, over several parts of the island on the north; it yields so great a quantity of salt, that those of the continent are supplied with 222 Topography of Kiúngsu APRIL it, as well as the islanders, It is pretty difficult to account whence it is that certain portions of land, scattered here and there over the whole country, shonld be impregnated with salt to such a degree as not to produce a single blade of grass ; while at the same time the lands contiguous to them are very fertile, both in corn and cotton. It often happens also that the fertile lands, in their turn, become salt, and the saline lands fit for sowing." Probably no territory in the world, of similar extent, is better watered than the province of Kiángsú. The Yangtsz' kiáng, the Yellow river, and the Great canal, a vast number of lesser streams and branches, with several extensive lakes, afford easy communica- tion by water through almost every part of the whole province. The list of rivers, if made complete, would far exceed that given for Che- kiang. But we shall not, in this article, attempt to give an account of them in detail. The entrance of the Yángtsz' kiáng was quite unknown to European navigators, previously to the surveys which were published in the last volume. We trust that all who may have the means of acquiring additional information, will kindly communi- cate such for our pages. The embassies of Macartney and Amherst traversed the province, and both on the same course from the fron- tiers of Shantung to the Great river; there Macartney's turned to the left, and passed on to Hangchau; while the second turned to the right, and proceeded up the Yángtsz kiáng. To the several volumes written by the members of those two embassies, our readers are refer- ed for many valuable notices of men and things seen in their jour- neys. Staunton, vol. II. p. 398, &c.; Ellis, p. 194; Abel, p. 148; and Mr. Davis's new work, noticed in a former number. There are no mountains, and but few hills, in Kiangsú, the whole province being for the most part one unbroken plain. The productions are quite the same as those already enumerated as found in Chekiáng, -certainly they are no less in number nor inferior in quality. To Europeans the province presents a rich field for research and observation, regarding the country and its products, the people and their manufactures. Dreadful indeed must be the desolations in this province, if it becomes the theatre of war, as very likely it may in the coming season. Most of its large cities, and they are many, can be approached by small vessels and steamers; whilst vessels of the largest class can, it is believed, move up the Great river quite across the province; and those of the middling class, with the steamers, will probably have no difficulty in reaching the great Jake Poyang ilureitunniliit :)..:: ART. IV. A Chinese Chrestomathy in the Canton Dialect. By E. C. Bridgman. Macao, S. Wells Williaris. 1841. Super-royal octavo. pp. 728. (Continued from p. 161.) PRELIMINARY to a notice of the Chrestomathy, some desultory ob- servations were thrown together in the last number, regarding those who are now studying the Chinese language. The number of stu- dents thus engaged, as was there shown, is by no means inconsider- able; and, considering the time they have devoted to the study, and the means they have enjoyed, we see no cause to complain of the proficiency they have made. Looking, however, at the present exi- gencies of the case-in a political, commercial, or religious point of view—who will venture to say that the men and means employed by foreigners in the study of this language are one half, or even a third part, of what they ought to be? A moment's consideration of exist- ing circumstances will serve to make more evident the desirableness of increased attention to tliis subject. For political purposes, five times the present number of men are now needed; and probably ten times as many as are now employed could find immediate and ample demand for their services. When lord Jocelyn had been only six months with the English expedition in China, and when its operations had not one fifth of their present extent and magnitude, he thus wrote on this subject: “One of the greatest uifficulties and drawbacks to the expedition has been the want of interpreters; and it is a requisition of such vital importance for all future negotiations, that some steps ought to be taken to remedy the evil. There is no doubt that most of the disagreements between the soldiery and the people, and likewise our want of supplies, arose from the difficulty of making bargains and agreeing upon prices, when there were no linguists to interpret between the parties.” This is strong testimony; and every intelligent man connected with the expedition will, we doubt not, give the same. Similar, and even stronger, language than that of lord Jocelyn, we have often heard ex- pressed regarding the want of interpreters. Had proper means been adopted, and sufficient inducements held out, many years ago, these present embarrassments would have been avoided ; and instead of five, the British government might now command fifty interpreters. It must be acknowledged, however, in excuse, that many years ago), they had no conception of the necessity there would arise to emplov so many We know that the last ludia Company did allurd soll! 1 Chinese Chrestomulhy. APRIL, encouragements to induce the young men in their factory at Canton to study the Chinese language. We know, also, that both at Malacca and Singapore the British government has made grants of money for the education of Chinese youths. Yet neither at the Straits of Ma- lacca nor in China, either at any previous time or at present, has this subject received all the consideration which it demands from the British government; while by all other governments, the Portuguese only excepted, it has received little or no attention, nor were their circumstances such as to require it. We are glad to know, however, that her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary has not allowed this sub- ject to escape his notice; and we congratulate the friends of Chinese education on the assurances, which his excellency has been pleased to give, not only of a willingness, but of an anxious desire to promote this laudable object by every possible means, public as well as private. Commercial affairs, it is true, have been managed with a tolerable degree of satisfaction to the foreign factors, through the agency of native linguists,-if it be proper so to designate a class of men, who are as notorious for their double-dealing as they are for their igno- rance, they being unable to read or write a word of English or of any other foreign tongue. As the losses occasioned by these men have fallen chiefly on that government which gave them their appoint- ments, and upheld them therein, the foreign merchants have had much less cause, than otherwise they would have had, for complaint. Still they have often complained, and not without reason. But if, as many hope, the days of these linguists and of the monopoly of the co. hong, are about to cease, it is needless to expose the malpractices of either the one or the other of them. Religious considerations hitherto have effected far more than all others, in promoting the study of the Chinese language. The conduct of the East India Company was remarkable. When a poor and “ob- scure individual” asked for a passage in one of its ships to China, it was denied him, and he was compelled to seek a conveyance" by an indirect course;" and not only so, but after his arrival in China he was obliged to “continue as an American.” One year and a half, however, had not elapsed, before the factory of the said E. I. Com- pany sought for the services of this obscure individual, offering him a salary of £500 per annum. This offer was accepted, because but for his connection with the Company's factory, it would have been necessary for Morrison to leave China. Though he continued to act as translator and interpreter as loug as he lived, his labors as a Christian minister and missionary were never interrupted till his liſe 1812 2:25 Chinese Chrestomathy closed. Motives similar to those which brought Dr. Morrison to China, bave led to the East almost all those who are now engaged in studying this language. The number of these students, as has been enumerated, is by no means equal to the exigencies of the case. The cause of revealed truth has claims on Christendom for a multi- tude of able and learned men, who, making themselves masters of this language, as the country becomes accessible, shall make known to its inhabitants the glad tidings of salvation and all the benefits of modern science. The principal works now extant designed to aid the student in the study of the language, were enumerated in former volumes. See vol. III. p. 11., and vol. VII. p. 113. Several new ones may now be add- ed to that list, and among them is the Chrestomathy. As its title indicates, the Chrestomathy is designed to furnish a series of easy lessons, comprising simple instruction, or that which is plain and useful. Its object is threefold : to aid foreigners in learning the Chinese, to assist native youth in acquiring the English tongue, and to show how far this language can be acquired and express- ed through the medium of the Roman letters. Throughout the work, the English, the Chinese characters, and their sounds occupy three parallel columns on each page. The Chinese, in the middle column, is written in the local dialect, excepting only the extracts from the classics and other standard works, law phrases, with forms of edicts, &c., making in all, perhaps one quarter of the whole work. The English, in the column on the left is a translation of the Chinese; and the sounds, or the Romanized Chinese, fill the column on the sight. A few notes and explanations, designed to illustrate the text, are sup- plied at the bottom of each page. The following is a specimen of the inode of arrangement: chap. III. sec. I. 1. Pray sit down, says the host, and the guest "Ts'ing tsó? responds) Pray sit down. 請坐 ​'Ts'ing tsó? 2. What is your honor- name? 尊​姓​呀 ​Isün sing' á ? My humble surname is Lau. 小劉 ​'Siú sing sLau. 'The body of the work is preceded by an introduction, in which the orthography adopted (substantially that of sir William Jones), the tones, &c., are explained ; some cursory remarks on Chinese gram- mar, literature, &c., are added ; to which is joined a list of Chinese books, 165 in number, selected from the imperial catalogue The Yol XL NO ۱۷: 2:26 APRILE 1 Chinese Chrestomathy. catalogue is divided into four parts: 1, Classical writings, in ten sec- tions; 2, Historical writings, in nine sections; 3, Professional writings (including arts, sciences, and religion) in fourteen sections ; and 4, Miscellanies, in five sections. This catalogue is in itself a very valuable work, comprised in one hundred and twelve duodecimo volumes of 140 or 150 pages each. It is called, literally, the Four Treasuries, from the four departments into which the works compris- ed in the library are divided. The 165 works enumerated in the Chrestomathy constitute but a very small part, probably not more than one fiftieth, of the whole library; but we have not the means of ascertaining what may be the exact number. It is no doubt one of the largest collections of books in the world. One simple work—the Great Classical Collection of the emperor Yunglo of the Ming dy- Dasty-contains twenty-two thousand eight hundred and seventy- seven chapters, making, as Chinese books are usually bound, at least 1400 volurnes ! The Chrestomathy is divided into seventeen chapters, each of which we shall briefly notice---partly for the purpose of showing what the work is, and partly for the sake of placing on the pages of the Repository a variety of information which will, perhaps, be accepta- ble to the general reader. Chapter 1st is on the Siudy of Chinese,' comprising exercises in conversation, reading, and writing. On this last topic, there is given one of the best systems, now in vogue among the Chinese. Wang Yúkiun (called Wóng Yaukwan in the Canton dialect) is the author of this system of writing, which in many respects corresponds to those which are common in the west : the work contains twelve plates, il- lustrating the several methods of holding the pencil, to which are added explanations with examples of all the different strokes which occur in writing Chinese. Elegance in writing is highly esteemed by this people, and great care is taken by scholars to secure the ac- complishment. Copy-books are numerous; and all the examples, contained in one of the most approved works, are introduced into the Chrestomathy, in a series of copies, ninety-two in number. Chapter 2d contains words and phrases, used when speaking of 'the Human Body,' which the Chinese regard as a microcosm. "The circuit of the heavens," say they,“ has three hundred and sixty de- grees; the human body also has three hundred and sixty divisions ; in the heavens are stars and constellations, with the sun and moon; in man also are the heart, liver, spleen, and lungs; hence he is call- rod. un lien 11," little heaven and earth. that is, in microcosm. Many i there's Churrsfonath of the phrases m this chapter are selected from those maxus and short sayings, for which the Chinese language is remarkable. Such are the following. The eye is the best index of a man's character.' "Words may act a deceitful part, but the eye cannot play the rogie.' Bitter words are good medicine.' · From the mouth come peace and war; peace is mild, war is destructive; thus from the words of the mouth, are these two diverse effects : how greatly ought such springs of evil and of good to be feared.' Chapter 3d comprises phrases relating to the Kindred Relations.' The following is an extract from the fourth section selected for the Chrestomathy from the Memoirs of Distinguished Women. "In the education of females, the first object of their attention is their virtue ; the second is their language; the third is their deportment; and the fourth is their appropriate work. Confucius said, 'let the woman be in subjection to the man.' Therefore, she has no part in the direc- tion of affairs; but there are three whom she must obey: while under the paternal roof, she must obey her father; after marriage, she must obey her husband; and when he is dead, she must obey her eldest son: in no case may she presume to follow her own will. There are seven causes for putting away a wife; namely, disobedi- ence to her parents, barrenness, wantonness, jealousy, incurable (lisease, loquacity, and thievishness. There are five things which may prevent a woman from being taken as a wife; if she belong 10 a vicious family, a rebellious family, to one whose members suffer- ed capitally, to one afflicted with incurable disease, or if she be the elder child, and has no brother.” In the last section of this chapter are collected most of those terms which are in common use to desig- nate near and distant relations among the Chinese ; 149 are enume- rated, and others might have been added. Chapter 4th gives a collection of phrases appropriate to different classes of mer worthi pes, bards, &c. Although there aste still there are several classifica- th ancients, all were divided into mechanics, and merchants. ol l'hey say, “men of the highest n of the middling class are good le those of the lowest grade are e several sections of this chapter of maxims, of which we give a the hero is that which camuot be The genius of the poet never ar as in 11 t 228 APRIL, it Chinese Chrestomathy. goes beyond what is pure and elevated.' "Those who in ancient times were called wise men, are now esteemed fools. Among the sages Confucius is preëminent, and they thus celebrate his praises : 孔子​孔子​大哉​孔子 ​孔子​之前​從無​孔子 ​孔子​之後​更​無​孔子 ​孔子​孔子​大哉​孔子 ​Confucius, Confucius, how great is Confucius ! Before Confucius, there never was a Confucius ! Since Confucius, there never has been a Confucius ! Confucius, Confucius, how great is Confucius ! Chapter 5th relates to 'Domestic Affairs,' and is divided into twelve sections. The first gives an account of the manner of renting houses in China; the second enumerates, in alphabetical order, all the va- rious apartments and parts of houses, and these are moulded into phrases which are in common use. All the most common articles of furniture are specified, in the same manner, in the third section; the number runs up to 252. Articles of dress and of the toilet are speci- fied in the same way in sections fourth and fifth. Section sixth is in dialogue, and comprises phrases for the bedroom. In section seventh, 174 articles of food are enumerated, also in alphabetical order. Sec- tion eighth is in dialogue, with the steward of the house, afford- ing a large variety of such phrases as are in daily use. Phrases for the breakfast table are given in the ninth section ; those for the dinner table in the tenth; and those for the tea table in the eleventh. Rules for visiting, observed by the Chinese, are given in the twelfth section. In chapter 6th, Commercial Affairs' are treated of in the same You have first described the method of renting shops and warehouses; next you have 236 commercial articles and terms enu- merated, and when necessary defined; the regulations of the govern- ment for the native pilots are next given; then all the different kinds of teas are specified; dialogues on buying and selling goods, descriptions of Chinese coins, and all the varieties of silk, then fol- manner. Chures Chrestomathy D. low; and the chapter closes with the celebrated edict of commissioner Lin for the surrender of opium. In consequence of this edict 20,283 chests were immediately surrendered, and afterwards destroyed, un. der Lin's superintendence near the forts at the Bogue. In chapter 7th, Mechanical Affairs' are treated of, and in detail, the names of all common articles, mechanical operations, mechanical implements, are enumerated, and when necessary, described. The names of colors are also given. The 8th chapter is occupied with ‘Architectural Affairs.' Ships and carriages and all their appendages are described under this head. In chapter 9th, the implements, operations, and importance, of 'Agriculture' are the leading topics of discourse. Chapter 10th is devoted to the Liberal Arts. “I have heard peo- ple speak of the six liberal arts in China; may I ask what they are? • They are,' it is said in reply, 'etiquette, music, archery, charioteer- ing, writing, and arithmetic.'" Each of these six forms the subject of a separate section ; in the second, under the head of music, is given a pretty full account of musical instruments, which are formed on five principles. Chapter 11th is devoted to Mathematics. Here are specified the different methods of notation in use among the Chinese : and also their common rules of arithmetic, measuras of length, of capacity, weights, land measures, and measure of time; with notices of geome- try, trigonometry, and astronomy. In chapter 12th, Geography' is the leading subject. The shape of the earth and meteorology are noticed in the first and second sec- tions. In the third, the nations of Asia are enumerated; those of Europe are given in the fourth; those of Africa in the fifth; and those of America in the sixth. Some of the principal islands of the sea are noticed in the seventh; and in the eighth and ninth are brief- ly described the territorial divisions of the Chinese empire and of Canton province. Mineralogy' is the subject of chapter 13th, which gives the names of the minerals and metals most common in China. Botany' is the subject of the 14th chapter. The various parts of plants are first enumerated and described. Then are given alpha- betical lists of forest trees, fruit trees, vegetables and grains, orna- mental flowers, and a collection of miscellaneous plants. * Zoology' is the subject of chapter 15th. Here the different parts of animals are first described, and then are enumerated the animals of different kinds-mammalia, birds, reptiles, fishes (246 in number) Muistareil and mollusca and insects 2:30 APRIL i Chinese Chrstomaihy. Conversations on medicine, nosology, materia medica, anatomy, and surgery, are the leading topics treated of in chapter 16th, under the head of Medicine,' which the Chinese call the benevolent art,' and is esteemed second only to the literary profession. The medical college at Peking arrange all diseases into nine classes—those affect- ing the pulse violently, those affecting the pulse slightly, those arising from cold, diseases of females, ulcers and cutaneous diseases, those needing the acupunctura and cautery, diseases of the eyes, of the mouth and teeth, and of the bones. • Governmental Affairs' are treated of in the 17th chapter, divided into eight sections. The first gives an index-view of the whole Penal Code of China, by specifying all the 436 heads under which that body of law is arranged. The various titles given to the emperor are enumerated and defined in the second section. In the third are notices of the imperial family. The Inner Council of state is de- scribed in the fourth; the General Council in the fifth ; the six su- preme Boards in the sixth; and the Colonial Office in the seventh. A list of official titles, 462 in number, are given in the eighth and jast. Two indexes, one general, containing nearly twelve thousand articles, and a small one comprising proper names, close the volume. From the foregoing synopsis it will be seen that a very large num: ber of topics are treated of in the Chrestomathy. On many of these topics if we mistake not, it will be found one of the best sources of information within the reach of the general reader. Regarding Chi- na and the Chinese, there are probably very few single volumes that contain more information than the one under consideratio. We speak freely, yet we trust impartially, on this point, because we wish to recommend the Chrestomathy to the friends of Chinese literature in general, as well as to the students of the language in particular. “And if the Chrestomathy shall aid in bringing about a better state of rela- tions between foreigners and the Chinese, and in facilitating a more friendly intercourse, desirable and useful alike to all, the object of its publication will be fully gained." t'himse Semuny. Buluru 231 ART. V. Report of the Chinese Seminary, Purapatlan, Bulawia, under the direction of the Rev. W. 11. Medhurst, and others. Į We are always happy in being able to give our readers reports of Chinese schools: the following needs no comments froin us. In laying such state- inents before the public, special care should be taken, not only to make them accurate, but to give them interest, by the detail of facts, showing what the school is in all its parts, and what are the advances mady by all the pupils. The education of Chinese youth, in European literature, and Christian know- ledge, and modern sciences and arts, deserves the countenance and support of all who love their fellow-men. More attention must be given to this sub- ject; and inore teachers, and better books, must be had, and as the number of students in the language increases, we may expect an increase of facilities for learning it; and this we are gratified to know is to some extent the case.) THE above Institution has been in existence about three years. At first it contained 24, and latterly 34, Chinese boys, born in Batavia, who have hitherto been boarded, clothed, and educated in it. They reside and study on the mission premises, and return home only once a fortnight, and at the year's end. They are employed solely in learning, which cccupies them about twelve hours every day. They have one English master, and two Chinese teachers, to suit the two different dialects spoken by the boys. The Chinese lessons are given early in the morning and late in the afternoon, while the English studies occupy the rest of the day. In Chinese, are employed as schools books the New Testament and the works of Confucius ; in English, the New Testament, Martinet's Catechism of Nature, a Catechism of Geography, the English Grammar, and the spelling- books of the British and Foreign School Society are used. The boys translate everything they learn in English into Malay, and are employed every morning in rendering the Chinese Testament into English, or the English Testament into Chinese. They have com- initted to incmory Watts' First and Second Catechism, together with a scheme of Christian doctrine drawn up by some clergymen of Cal- cutta. They attend morning prayers in English every day in the chapel, when they alternately read a portion of the New Testament and answer questions on the same. In the evenings they join in Malay worship, besides attending every service, English, Malay, and Chinese which are beld on the mission premises. An examination in Chinese was held on the 25th of January last, when they stood the competition with the boys of several indigenous chool who can only Chinese, il crried off a fair proportion of (henr's Seminary. Butaria APRIL:: prizes. At that examination the learners were required to repeat any given passage in the Four Books of Confucius, lo explain it in the colloquial dialects, and then to write it off without looking at the ori- ginal; which if well done would present a tolerable proof of the ex- tent and accuracy of their acquaintance with the Chinese author. No prize was awarded unless these three things were promptly and correctly doue, and though the boys had only a week's notice of the examination, they acquitted themselves as well as those whose atten- lion was solely directed to Chinese studies. On the 2d of February, an examination was held in the English language, when the boys replied to a number of queries on Christian doctrine, displayed a familiar acquaintance with the general geogra- phy of Europe, aud answered from memory all the questions in the English Grammar, published by the Irish Board of Education, regard. ing the various parts of speech, from the article to the interjection, which could not be done without possessing a complete knowledge of the whole. They were also prepared with a treatise on natural his- tory, which they had committed to memory, and with some transla- tions of their own from Malay into English, which there was not time to hear. Several of the boys, however, were called up, and asked to read in an English book which they had never before seen, and this they did not only fluently and well, but rendered it at bidding into Malay, or gave the meaning of difficult English words by more fami- liar expressions, without hesitation. In arithmetic they have advanced to reduction of money, weights, and measures; and though their pen- manship is not elegant, they are ready scribes, having to write out in English a great part of what they learn. Their dispositions are do- cile and industrious, quarreling is seldom heard of, and theft is un- known. They have a full persuasion of the impropriety of worshiping idols, and say that they believe in the doctrines of the Gospel. The seeds of Divine truth have, however, been implanted in their minds, and may we not hope that their confidence in heathen systems will not only be shaken, but that by the teaching of the Holy Spirit they will be brought at no very distant period to see the importance of giving their hearts to God, and believing in his Son Jesus Christ? The sympathies and assistance of a Christian and benevolent pub- lic are solicited in behalf of these interesting youths; such an under- taking, it is evident, cannot be conducted without expense. As far as the instruction is concerned we may look for aid to London Mis- sionary Society; but they expect, and not without reason, that while chcir Board provides the means of imparting knowledge, the funds 1812 Journal of Occurrences. 233 the spot. necessary for feeding and clothing the children should be raised on Hitherto not much above one half of the sum required for the board of the seminarists has been contributed by the friends of education in the vicinity, in addition to several presents of cloth for the boys, but it is hoped that now the feasibility and utility of the scheme has been established, such assistance will be rendered as will enable the conductors of the Seminary to maintain it with efficiency and success. The state of the cash account for boarding and cloth- ing the boys in the Chinese Seminary, at Parapattan, is as follows; In 1839, received f 412:50 In 1839, paid f 846 : 26 In 1840, do. 761:73 In 1840, do. 885:18 In 1811, do. 302:46 In 1841, do. 880:05 Total, f 1476:69 Total, f 2611:49 Donations and subscriptions to the above object will be thankfully received by W. II. MEDHURST. Arr. VI. Journal of Occurrences : attack on Ningpò and Chin- húi by the Chinese, and their defcat; circulars of their cxccl- lencies sir H. Pottinger and sir H. Gough regarding it; Amoy ; disgrace of Yen Pctáu; fortifications on the river ; V. S. A. ships Constellation and Boston; list of their officers; notice from commodore Kearny; smugglers; Friend of China and Hong- kong Gazette; regulations for the post-office and currency of Hongkong Arrivals from the north during the month have brought the particu- lars of a simultaneous attack by the Chinese upon the British forces at Ningpd and Chinhái, a movement it would seem they had been preparing for some weeks previously to its actual execution. The following circular was issued by H. M plenipotentiary immediately after the receipt of the intelligence. CIRCULAR TO HER BRITANNIC MAJESTY'S, SUBJECTS in China. ller Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary in China has great pleasure in an- nouncing to her majesty's subjects the complete repulse of two bodies of Chinese troops which attacked the British positions at Ningpò and Chinhái at daylight on the morning of the 10th of last month. During the whole of February, almost daily intelligence reached the head. quarters of her majesty's forces showing that the Chinese high authorities con- templated some active operations, but they were from time to time deferred on such frivolous pretences, that it appears their excellencies the naval and military commanders-in-chief had gone over to Chusan 10 make arrangements at that place preparatory tu a forward movement of a portion at least of her majesty's com- bined forces. 30 VOL. XT NO 34 ATRIL Journal of 04!!!111!!ces Tu this sale inoller: remained 1ntil the dale ind huli amse vojenimned, when a considerable body of Chinese, estimated al from 10,000 10 12,000 men, advanc ed upon the south and west gates of Ningpo, gol over the walls and penetrated !.. the market-place in the centre of the city. where they were met by our trosop: and instantly driven back with great loss; in fact, it would seem that the inorent ihe Chinese troops found themselves su warmly received, their sole object was to get ont of the city as fast as possible, and in their retrcal to the south gate, the field guns drawn by ponies came up and opened on a dense Wass with grape and canister, at a distance of less than 100 yarıls. About 250 dead bodies were found inside the walls, and when the accounts carnc away, her majesty's 49th regi. ment had not returned from the pursuit of the discomfited and flying enemy. Wbilst these operations were progressing on shore, a number of fire boatia (sampans) lashed together with chains, were floated down the river, and were lowed into the mud by the boats of the Sesostris, steamer. In the meantime : gun was brought down a lane in the eastern suburbs (across the river) and as the inhabitants had been previously warned that any such attempt would bring chas tisement upon them, hier inajesty's slip Modeste opened her guns, and did great execution in that quarter. The attack on Chinhai was much voore feeble. The cneniy advanced to the nortlı gale, where they were driven oll ' by the guard, and followed by one coinpany (afterwards reinforced by three others, of her majesty's 551h regiment, who killed 30 men and wo odlic't's in the pursuit. Simultaneously with the attack on the city of Chinhai, lire sampans chained together were sei adrili to burn the shipping and that anchorage, but they all went on shore above the ship oluyor and merclient vessels, and did no sort of harm. Shortly before these repulos centred, the: Nemesis, steamer, was sent from Chusan io reconnoitre the island of Taisam (Tái shán), where it was understood Chinese troops were collecting with the purpose of attacking 11. M. forces at Ting. hii. The steamer sent ler levitis into a creck where they were fired on, and in consequence commander Collinson and lieut. Hall landed the steamer's ship's company, when the Chinese lied with the loss of about thirty killed and a nun ber wounded. The steamer's boats then set fire to a number of junks which had also fired on her, and returned in Chinhái. Their excellencies the naval and mi Jilary commanders-in-chief had gone back to Ningpo, and proposed to follow up the repulses the enemy had experienced, ly active measures. It affords her majesty's plenipotentiary the highest satisfaction in close the circular by stating that in these attempts of the enemy, her imajesty's combined Lurces had not lost a man). The latest intelligence from the head-quarters of the Chinese army south of the Hangchan river speak of the troops being in almost a state of insubordination, and in want of supplies, &e. The emperor had ordered, that the provinces which are the seat of war should bear the expenses of it, and as the inhabitants seein resolved to make no further sacrifices, tliere appears every probability of the army dissolving itself, and becoming totally disorganized. God save the Queell. JIENKY PUTTINGER, II. M. Plenipotentiary Dated at Macao on the 1st day of April, 1812. This repulse was shortly after followed up by offensive mcasures. Detachments froin the 18th, 26th and 19th regts. and a body of ma. rines, in all about 1100 strong, marched against 'Tsz'ki; the circum- stances of this movement are thus announced. CIRCULAR TO II. B. M'S SUBJECTS IN CHINA. tler Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary in China has the highest satisfaction in announcing to lier majesty's subjects that he has this day received official in telligence mai a body of Chinese select troops, estimated at from 5000 10 10,000 ment, partly forming the garrison of the district city of Tsw'kí, (10 miles from Ningpo) and partly posted in a strongly fortified camp on the lieights close to than city, were totally defeated with the loss of all their guns, small arms, ammunition, stores, camp erjuipage, &c., (botla in the city ind camp) by her majesty's com bined forces on the 15th of last monti. Accounts and for some time licline icarlient florir poxacillorries, the navalilnad inilitary colders-in-chiedostlus embalse ist Ironopos at Tsziki nu as litre 1812 13. Journal of October was reason to believe they intended to delive on Pokwioli justy miles distant, in: consequence of the repulses sustained by the Chinese forces at Ningpó and Chin. hai on the morning of the 10th March, their excellencies determined to make a rapid movement in the hope of bringing them to action before they could re. trogade. The troops, seamen and marines were accordingly embarked in the Ne. mesis, Phlegethon, and Queen steamers, towing a number of boats of the squadron, early on the morning of the 15th, and after proceeding 16 iniles by the river, and marching five, reached Tsz’kí at half past three o'clock, when a fire was opened on them by some guns from the ramparts, and a considerable body of matchlock men, who retired on receiving a few rounds from two sinall pieces, and the walls were immediately escaladed without resistance. The chief body of the British troops, &c., marched round outside the town, and were joined at the east gate. by the escalading party, where the whole had an excellent view of the Chinese forces entrenched on two distinct lofty hills in front, and on the left. Arrangements were directly made for advancing io attack and dislodge them as nearly as possible at the same instant. This mancuvre suc- ceeded admirably, and altliongli thic enemy disputed the possession of their steep and difficult position so obstinately that inany instances of hand to hand combat occurred, H. M.'s forces gallantly and steadily persevered in their ascent under an unceasing fire, until their suminits were gained, and the rout of the Chinese army became complete at all points, and was followed up by a pursuit which was continued till suriset. Whilst these operations were going on upon the heights, the small steamers, Phlegethon and Nemesis accompanied by some of the boats of H. M. ships, pro- ceeded up a branch of the main river leading in the direction of the intrenched camp, where they destroyed a number of gun-boats and fire vessels; and shortly after, on the fugitives from the Chinese camp passing near them, they landed their small crews, and pursued them in various directions, putting a number hors de combat. It is estimated that the enemy could not have lost fower than 1000 men killed, in these different affairs, independent of a greal number that were carried off wounded, and amongst whom are known to have been many man- darins and officers of rank. Her majesty's plenipotentiary has not received the return of casualties in her majesty's land forces, but he regrets to mention that three were killed and fifteen wounded (most of them severely) in the naval brigade. The British forces remained the night of the 15th in the Chinese deserted camp, and the next day, after the necessary delay of embarking the wounded, destroying the guns, wall-pieces and matchlocks, as well as the useless provisions and am- munition, and burning the camp and barracks; the commander-in-chief pushed forward to a second entrenched camp about seven miles from Tsz'kí at the Changkí pass, but it was found that it had been evacuated during the night, and alter destroying the works, and burning everything that was ignitable, including the joss-house and other buildings, which had been converted into magazines or barracks, H. M.'s forces returned to Tsz’kí the same evening, and io Ningpò on the 17th. God save the Queen. IIENRY POTTINGER, H. M. Plenipotentiary. Daled at Ilongkong Governmeni Ilouse, 8th April, 1842. The slaughter made among such of the Chinese troops as pene- Irated into the streets of Ningpo in this bold attack to surprise their enemies, seems to have been so great and disastrous as to completely paralize the whole force, so that those who were able thought only of escaping from immediate destruction. Four or five dollars were found in the dress of most, if not all, of those killed. The force which was driven from 'Tsz’kí contained a large portion of remarkably ath- letic able-bodied men, and the corps as a whole was much superior 1.0 what had been met on previous occasions. The Chinese officers too had chosen their position with considerable military skill. pawn- broker's shop ni great extent was found at Tsz'kí, similar in many 236 APRIL, Journal of Occurrences. respects to that which was found in Tinghái in 1840. H. E. sir Hugh Gough issued a General Order subsequent to each of these actions. General Orders by his excellency lieut.-general sir Hugh Gough, G. C. B., com- manding expeditionary land force in China. Head-quarters, Ningpò city, 14th March, 1842. 1. Lieuto-general sir Hugh Gough congratulates the troops both at Ningpò and Chinhái, on the recent gallant repulse of the Chinese, in their bold and well-plan- ned night attack upon these cities. All those employed manifested the spirit which the lieut..general feels assured that the whole of the troops would have displayed, had circumstances enabled them to come into closer contact with the enemy. Sir Hugh Gough begs colonel Schoedde and lieut.-colonel Morris, C. B., to ac- cept for themselves, as commanders at the points of attack his very best thanks, and to convey his excellency's highest approval to the officers, non-commissioned officers and soldiers, under their respective commands, particularly to those men- tioned by them and by It.-colonel Montgomerie, C. B., who commanded the sortie from the north gate of Ningpò, and whose praiseworthy conduct was such as might have been expected from this gallant and judicious officer: to lieut.-colonel Mountain C. B., deputy adjutant general; lieut.-colonel Hawkins, deputy commissa. ry general; major Moore, deputy judge advocate general; Dr. French, superintend. ing surgeon; captains Moore and Balfour, and lieut. Molesworth, Madras artillery: to lieuts. Murray, Armstrong, and O'Toole, 18th R. I. regiment; brevet captain Moorhead, 26th (Cameronian) regiment: captain McAndrew, lieut. Grant, lieut. and adjutant Browne, licuts. Ramsay and Michell of the 49th; and captain Daubeney, and lieut. Schaw of the 55th regiment. 2. The following letter from the military secretary to the commander-in-chief in India, forwarding copy of a letter to his excellency's address from his lordship, the general commanding in chief, having been received by the last mail, lieut.-general sir Hugh Gough has the high gratification of communicating to the force under his command the gracious expression of Her Majesty's approval, as conveyed by general lord Hill. “Commander-in-chief's office, Delhi, Dec. 24th, 1841. Head-quarters, camp. “Sir,- I am desired by the commander-in-chief to forward, for your information, the copy of a letter from lord Hill, dated Horse Guards, Oct. 30th, 1841, and to express his excellency's gratification in having the opportunity of conveying these assurances of her majesty's approbation. I have, &c. " To It.-gen. sir Hugh Gough, G. C. B., (Signed) “ JOHN LUARD, It..col. &c. Commanding the military force in China. "• Horse Guards, October 30th, 1841. "Sir,- I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 10th August last, transmitting a printed copy of lieuto-general sir Hugh Gough's report of thc brilliant succcsscs obtained by the troops under his command in the neigh- borhood of Canton in the month of May last, and I have the satisfaction of as. suring you, that the Queen has been plcased to express her entire approbation of those operations, and of the conduct of the officers and men employed on the occasion. You will be pleased to signify the same to sir Hugh Gough, and to inform him likewise, that the zcal, talent and energy he displayed, are duly ap- preciated by her majesty, who is no less sensible of the conspicuous gallantry of thc troops, and of their admirable order under the most trying circumstances. "• I have, &c. (Signed) Hill.'" 3. His excellency has the further pleasure of publishing the following letter from the political secretary to the government of India, conveying the approbation of the right honorable the governor-general of India, in council. · Fort. William, 220 Nov., 1841. "To lieut.-general sir Hugh Gough, G. C. B., Commanding the expeditionary force on the coast of China. “Sir, I am directed by the right honorable the governor-general of India in council to acknowledge the receipt of your dispatch under date the 5th September, announcing the capture of Amoy by her majesty's combined naval and military forces : and in reply to convey to you, his lordship's high approbation of the judi. 1842. 237 Journal of Occurrences. as men. cious arrangements concerted by rear-admiral sir William Parker and your excel- lency, and of the conduct of the officers and men engaged on the occasion. Copies of the dispatches have been published in the Official Gazette, and trans. mitted to the authoritics in England. I have, &c., (Signed) "T. H. MADDOCK, Sec. to the government of India." By order, A. S. Mountain, Lieut.-colonel, D. A. G. General Orders by his excellency lieut.-general sir Hugh Gough, G. C. B., com- manding the expeditionary land force. Head-quarters, Ningpo city, 18th March, 1842. Lieutenant-general sir Hugh Gough congratulates his brave comrades in arms on the opportunity which was given to them on the heights of Segoan, of proving to the élite of the Chinese army, the superiority of Britons both as soldiers and Sir Hugh Gough will not here particularize, as the frequency of brilliant deeds in this small but formidable force renders it difficult to vary the expression of his approval, and where all did their duty nobly, the lieut.-general requests all to accept his warmest thanks, with the assurance that he will not fail in his dispatch to do justice to their gallant and exemplary conduct so creditably displayed as well in the field as in their forbearance towards the peasantry, who were in many cases intermingled with the fugitive soldiers. The lieutenant-general's thanks are equally due to the battalion of seamen and marines, and he feels assured that every officer and soldier will join with him, in admiration of the spirited advance of a small body of the battalion upon the forti. fied encampment on the hill to the right of the enemy's position, headed by his excellency sir William Parker. By order, 9. S. MOUNTAIN, lieut..col., D. A. G. Later arrivals to the 10th inst., bring accounts of an attempt on the 5th inst. to destroy the shipping at Chinhái by means of boats con- taining gunpowder in boxes. Two lascars of the Ernaad, transport, were destroyed while attempting to seize one; and the ship itself was somewhat injured by one exploding under the quarter. No other vessel was seriously injured. 2. At Amoy, there was a rumor of an attack upon the force sta- tioned at that place, but by accounts brought a few days since all was quiet. The settlers on Kúláng sú had returned in considerable num- bers, but had not yet brought their families back. The Sesostris steamer arrived from Chinhái, and carried 300 men of the 18th Royal Irish northward, leaving a force of about 300 on the island under the orders of major Cooper. H. M. ship Pylades had been dispatched to Formosa to recover the crew of the Ann lately wrecked. 3. The following imperial command contains the dismissal of Yen Petáu, late governor of Fukien. It will be recollected that I'liáng is the present governor in that quarter. Formerly, Yen Petáu (late governor of Fukien), having in a detailed report, stated the circumstances of the loss of Amoy; and as I was apprehensive that the report was not true, and as I could not be always admitting him to an audience, I sent Twánhwá to make a secret examination; it is now authenticated that the said officer has reported the facts, and the reports generally tally with each other; and in the number of the new troops (reinforcements at Amoy), and the marines (water braves-i. e. swimmers and divers), the reports differ but little. But the said governor has been managing the affairs of Amoy for more than half a year; yet the English no sooner appear than straightway Amoy is lost! and he forthwith retreats upon to guard Tungan and Shingkiun; he is stupid and weak, without ability, and he cannot avoid ihe consequences of his crime. Now, as Amoy has been retaken, our indulgence shall excuse the severe pui nishment of his crime: but he is to be degraded three strpis, and lose his butter 238 APRIL, Journal of Occurrences. and rank, but still be retained in office; and shame may, perliaps, stimulate him to efforts to regain his reputation, when his honors shall be restored. Now, looking at another of his reports, I see he announces that the English have not renewed their attacks; this is nothing but empty prattle and glossing talk: and there is not a word of truth in it.--He should now (have reported) in what manner he had formed his plan of altack and extermination of the [English] places; but no scheme has been devised:---heinous, heinous are his incoherent fallacies; this conduct really proves him to be ungrateful for imperial favors, and unfit for office. I order Yen Petau to be forthwith dismissed from the public service. Respect this. January 13th, 1842. Can. Reg., April 19th. 4. The fortifications on the river between Canton and Whampoa are, apparently, completed, and the authorities are now armning them; the troops are constantly engaged in practicing both with large and small arms. No fortifications are building below Whampoa. On the 12th instant, at a visit on Wangtong, it was found wholly desert- ed, not a human being was on the island. The sites of all the old forts at the Bogue seem to be viewed with horror both by soldiers and people; and this feeling will not die away if, at short intervals, the steamers or the small vessels of war run up to the First Bar or even higher. The visit of the Ariadne, steamer, to Whampoa on the 14th, caused no inconsiderable anxiety among the authorities in the pro- vincial city. One of the hong-merchants has lately presented his go- vernment with a schooner built at Canton according to the European model, by native workmen, which is highly praised for her symme- try by competent judges. She carries 22 guns, is coppered inside as well as outside, and has canvas sails. There are other vessels of war also building. 5. The U.S.A. ship Constellation, 36, bearing the broad pen- dant of commodore Kearny, left Macao Roads on the Ilth inst. for Whampoa, where she anchored on the 13th. The corvette Boston, 18, left for Manila on the 1st instant, and will, we understand join the Constellation on her return. We are happy to learn that the oſlicers and crews of both these vessels are in excellent health, and have been so since they left the United States in Dec. 1840. The following lists of officers have been furnished us. ONFICERS IN THE CONSTELLATION. Coinmodore I. Kearny, commanding the squad- mon. II. Pinkney, T. Bailey, 11. II. Rhodes, L. Ilandy, J. L. Parker, lieutenants. Stephen Rapcljc, feet surycon. Nath. Wilson, purser. John G. Reynolds, 1st Tirulenant of narines. N. Collins, acting master. J. W. B. Greenhow, assistant surgrum. Reed Worden, passed midshipman. A, G. Pendleton, professor of ma. thematics, Holin Mathews, J. C. Beaumont, B. L. Henderson, James Wilcoxson, Earl English, John Walcutt, Ilomer C. Blake, Charles Waddell, G. V. Dennis- lon, William Grenville Ternple, R. M. McArann, James Wiley, Francis Gregory, midshipmen. Butler Maury, commodore's clerk. Thomas Tyler, boatswain. Daniel James, gunner. David Marple, carpenter. John Heckle, sailmaker. Orricers in the Boston. J. C. Long, commander. T. G. Benham, M. G. L. Claiborne, H. Walke, John F. Mercer, lieutenants. R. J. Dodd, surgeon. Nath. G. Rogers, acting purser. Isaac N. Brown, acting master. John H. Wright, assist. ant surgeon. James B. McCauley, R. B. Lowry, Charles Dyer, Reuben Harris, S. P. Quackenbush, midshipinen. Mr. Henriquez, commander's clerk. John Munro, boatswain. Elisha Whitton, gunner. George T. Lozier, sailmaker. W. D). Monmonier, master's mate. Commodore Kearny has published the following notice respecting American ypacele engaged in the opium traffic, 1 Juliinised | Culination 11. S. ships Constellationi, Macau kwalls, 3151 Marchi, 1812 Sir --The llongkong Gazettu vf the 21th in tant contains a shipping report in which is the name of an American vessel engaged in carrying opium,-therefore I beg you will cause to lie made known with equal publicily, and also to the Chi- uese arithorities by the translation of the same, that ihe government of the United States does not sanction “the smuggling of opium” on this coast under the Ame- rican flag in violation of the laws of China. Difficulties arising therefrom in respect to the seizure of any vessel by the Chinese, the claimants certainly will not under my instructions find support, or any interposition on my part after the publication of this notice. I am, very respectfully, your obedient servant, (Signed) 1. KEARNY, comm nmanding the U. S. E. I. squadron. To the United States consul or the vice-consul at Canton., 6. Forly smugglers, out of a crew of seventy, were seized by native fishing boats near the Boguc about the middle of the month, and delivered over to the authorities at Canton, by whom they will doubtless be very summarily executed. A large number of these miscreants were also brought into Macao on the 26th instant, and carried to Iliángshán the next day, to be forwarded to the provincial city. A few seizures of this kind will restrain in some degree their andacity, and render traveling in the waters of the river safer than it has been for natives during the last six months. 7. The friend of China and Ilongkong Gazettc has now reach- ed its sixth number, and we believe with as fair a proportion of public patronage as could be expected. It has hitherto been published anonymously, but the prospectus leads us to infor that no pains will be spared to render it worthy to represent the settlement abroad. From the first number, it appears that the native inhabitants of the island are reckoned at 12,361; in the list of occupations the great dis- proportion of laborers and artisans employed in building shows how readily the Chinese fock where there is a demand for their services, If we consider how cramped all commercial operations have been dur- ing the last three years, from the want of an eligible place for con- ducting them safely, and for storing goods, the growth of the settle- ment will not be deemed surprising; and moreover a free port on the confines of an empire like China, and near a city like Canton, may be expected to increase very rapidly, especially with the inducement of high wages and prompt pay to attracı workmen. It appears from the first number, that measures were taken, during the latter part of March, to put down and affright the pirates in the neighborhood by sending the steamers to Chungchau to recover the boat and property of a man who was proceeding to Hongkong. We have extracted several circulars published by authority in its columns for the present number, and have ventured to make a correction in sir Hugh Gough's General Orders of the 14th ult. of " captain Daubeney, and lieut. Schaw,” for “ capt. Danbeney & Co. Schaw.". Too much care can- not be taken to make such documents correct, and we doubt not the paper will soon improve in this respect. The members and duties of the committee announced in our last number are thus detailed in a public notice. NOTIFICATION. With cleronce in their livstination datest on the ?? just llic following gentle ?!!"*are appointed trump car inte efect the cel therein described 10 Journal of Occurrences Majur Malcolm. capit. Meik, I1 M.'s 19th loot (with the sanction of major-gene ral Burrell, c. B.); ensign Sargent: W. Woosnam, esq. Mr. J. Pascoe, 2d master of II. M.'s ship Blenheim, (with the sanction of capt. sir Thomas Herbert, K.C.B.) Captain Mylius, land officer, will attend the committee for the purpose of giving effect to its proceedings, by laying down the necessary land-marks, boun- daries, roads, &c., &c. The committee will report to government any cases in which they are of opinion that the native Chinese should be remunerated for ground which was in their possession previous to the occupation of the island by her majesty's forces, and which may have been appropriated, as well as the amount of remuneration. The committee will select the most eligible spots for public landing-places; will define the limits of the cantonments or locations for officers, near the different barracks; will likewise fix the extent of ground to be reserved for the naval depôt, and for dock-yards, including spots for one or more patent slips, which it is understood are likely to be erected by companies or individuals. It being the intention of government to form a watering place for the shipping hereafter, the committee will select the most eligible spot with a running stream of good water for that purpose. HENRY POTTINGER, H. M.'s Plenipotentiary. Dated at Hongkong Government House, this 29th day of March, 1842. In other numbers of the same paper, Charles E. Stewart is ga- zetted as having been appointed assistant secretary and treasurer ; Edward G. Reynolds to be assistant to the land officer; and Robert Edwards to be postmaster. The regulations of the post-office are thus announced, in which we are sorry to see that it is to be opened on the Sabbath. Mr. Robert Edwards having been appointed to take charge of the post office at Hongkong, the following regulations are published for his guidance, and for general information. All mails upon arrival, are to be delivered to the har- bor-master, who will have them conveyed to the post-office. Notice of the in- tended time for closing any mail, is to be given to the harbor-master, who will make the necessary arrangement for having it taken on board ship. The harbor- master is to give information to Mr. Edwards, of the arrivals, sailings and general movements of the vessels in port, who will cause a notice of the same to be ex- posed at the post-office: a general delivery of letters to take place at least once in every lwenty-four hours. All government letters are to be forwarded immediately on arrival. The office to be kept open and attended from 8 o'clock A. M. till 8 P. M. on week-days, and from 8 to 10 A. M., and from 3 to 5 P. m. on Sunday. For the present no charge of any description is to be inade on letters or parcels. By order. J. Robt. MORRISON, acting secretary and treasurer. Hongkong, April 15th, 1842. Sir Henry Pottinger has also, under date of 29th March, 1842, is- sued a proclamation fixing the kinds of coin to be regarded as legal touders, and the rate at which they are to be taken; they are, Spa- nish, Mexican and other dollars, Company's rupees, and their com- ponent parts, and the cash of the Chinese. The dollar is the standard, and all descriptions of dollars are to be held of equal value, provided they are of equal weight and standard. This regula- tion will soon have a beneficial effect upon the currency, and tend to remove the prejudice against the Mexican and S. A. coinage hereto- fore maintained by the Chinese. According to this proclamation, two and a quarter Company's rupees are equal to one dollar; one rupee and two annas (or half a quarter) is equal to half a dollar; and half a rupee and one anna is equal to a quarter of a dollar; 1200 cash arc equal to one dollar, 600 to half a dollar, 300 10 a quarter of a dollar, 5:33 10 a rupee, 260 10 hall o rupee, and 133 tu il quarter of a rupee. TIJE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XI.-MAY, 1842.-No. 5. Art. I. Retrospection, or a Review of Public Occurrences in China during the last ten years, from January 1st, 1832, to December 31st, 1841. (Continued from page 201.) Captain Elliot's proceedings, undertaken with a view to obtain, from the Chinese, a formal recognition of his authority as king's officer, with permission for him to proceed to and reside at Canton, were noticed in the last number, as were also those of the local govern. ment regarding the trade in opiun. These proceedings were brought down to the close of 1836, from which date we now proceed with our review. The more careful attention is due to these early steps, in public affairs, because with them are intimately connected the merits of the present war between Great Britain and the Chinese empire—a war involving, more or less directly a large portion of the human family. In proceeding with our review, it is our aim to ad- duce all the facts and testimony within our reach, necessary to ena- ble the reader to form a correct judgment on the case in question. January 1st, 1837. The magistrate at Nánhái went to the shop of Hungyi, a money-changer in the street Lienhing, near the foreign factories of Canton, in search of opium : the owner of the shop having absconded, some of the people employed by him in it were seized, in order to elicit from them information regarding the conduct of their master. The magistrate came out the next day and sealed up the shop. 2d. Aming, one of the linguists who had been seized and tortured on the charge of aiding in the smuggling of fine silver, was brought out of the city under a guard, with a heavy wooden cangue round his 3.! VOL. XI NO V 2120 MAY, Review of Publix (Decurionet) During the SO neck, and posted at the gate of Ilowqua's factory, where he was to remain for two days, then to be removed to Mowqua's gate, and ou to the gates of all the thirteen hongs. 10th. Regulations of the General Chamber of Commerce of Can- ton were adopted at a general meeting held this day. 200h. The governor of Canton sent up a memorial to the emperor regarding the appointment of captain Elliot to “manage the mer- chants and seamen of his country,” and requesting permission for captain Elliot to reside at Canton. “Since it was first permitted to the various nations of the foreigners, without the empire's pale, to have commercial intercourse with Canton, the English trade has always been the largest. Heretofore the direction of that nation's trade was in the hands of a company, by which, a chicf, second, third and fourth supracargoes were appointed to reside in Canton. All the Company's foreign vessels successively reached China during the 7th and 8th months of every year; and having exchanged their commodities, left the port during the course of the 12th month, and of the 1st and 2d months of the following year. Having all left, the supracargoes forth with requested passports to proceed to Macao, and reside there until the return of their foreign vessels in the 7th and 8th months, when they again requested passports to come to Canton to transact their affairs. This is the way in which formerly, and for a long time past, these affairs were regulated. Al a later period, thc Company having been dissolved, no chief supracargo was sent; and another person was directed to take the control of affairs.* Your majesty's minister, Lú, then the governor, having represented this, received your majesty's commands, 'immediately to direct the hong-merchants, to desire the said private merchants to send a letter home to their country, calling for the renewed appointment of a chief supracargo who should come to Canton to direct commercial affairs, and thus should conform to the old enactments. Respect this.' In respectful obedience hereto, directions were given, as is on record. Now in the 11th month of the present year, I, your majesty's minister, have received from an English foreigner, Elliot, an address forwarded from Macao, to This effect:-'I have received dispatches from my government, specially ap- pointing me to come to Canton, for the general control of the merchants and seainen of my nation. Under present circumstances, there being very many ships in the port, and the merchants and seamen at Canton and Whampoa being very numerous, and many of them little acquainted with the laws of the celestial em- pire, I am apprehensive lest any difficulties should arise; and I intreat, therefore, pernission to proceed to Canton for the direction of affairs.' "Observing that this foreigner, in his address, calls himself an officer, which appears to be the designation of a barbarian headman, and not at all of a chief supwacargo; and that he does not plainly state in his address, what rank he now Holds from his own naliou; whether the purpose of his coming is siinply to apply himself to the control of the merchants and seainen, or whether he is also to 66 This is an unofficial copy obtained through a private channel, and liable telefon to mi ke SCCDs to be a mis he is should probably be an!!!!!!'a ipagloi persons to take the codrut oot alais 1842 213 Lant Ten Years, froin 18:32 in 1841. transact commercial buziness, and whether he has credentials trom his govern- ment or not, I immediately sent a deputy to Macao, whom I directed to proceed thither with speed, to take with him hong-merchants; aud, in conjunction with the local, civil and military officers, to ascertain fully the truth on all these points. This having been done, the deputy and the others reported to me in the following terms :-In obedience to the orders received, we took with us the hong-mer. chants, and questioned the foreigner, Elliot, on each point distinctly. His infor- mation was that he, Elliot, was an English officer of the fourth grade; that in the autumn of the 14th year of Taukwáng, he came to China in a cruizer, as was at the time reported by the pilots; that he had remained two years in Macao, his business being to sign the papers of English merchant vessels; that now, the Company not having been reëstablished, and there being no chief supracargo, he had received his king's commands, through a letter from a great ininister of the first rank, informing him that he is appointed to control the merchants and sea- men,-not to control commerce; that he has credentials, commanding him to hold the direction of affairs at Canton; and that in case of any disturbances, he alone is answerable. We also learned that the foreigner, Elliot, has brought with him a wife and a child, and a retinue of four persons. On inquiry, we found that the foreign barbarians at Macao, and the foreign merchants of his nation, all represented Elliot as a very quiet and peaceable man, and as having no ulterior object to effect.' “ This report having come before me, I find that since the dissolution of the English Company, a chief supracargo las not come hither; that of late, the ships' papers of foreign merchants returning home have been signed by this foreigner, who has resided at Macao for the purpose, and is represented to have quietly attended to his duty; and that at this present time, ships are constantly and unin- terruptedly arriving, and the merchants and seamen are indeed very numerous. It would be well, promptly to relax the unimportant restraints in order to preserve peace and quiet. Now this foreigner having received credentials from his coun- try, appointing him to the general control of merchants and seamen: though he is not precisely the same as the chief supracargo hitherto appointed, yet the differ- ence is but in name, for in reality he is the same. And, after all, he is a foreigner to hold the reins of foreigners; and if not allowed to interfere in auglit else, it would seem that an alteration may be admitted; and that he may be permitted to come to Canton and direct affairs, according to the same regulations under which the chief supracargoes have hitherto acted. I have, for the present, commanded the said foreigner to remain temporarily at Macao, waiting until I shall have an- nounced the facts to your majesty. If your majesty's gracious assent be vouch- safed, I will then write to the superintendent of maritime customs to grant a pass- port for his admission to Cantun. Thereafter, he shall be required to change his residence from Canton to Macao and back again, according to the season, just as under the former regulations; and he shall not be allowed to overpass the time, and linger about at the capital, so as gradually to effect a settlement here. I will besides command the local, civil, and military officers, and the hong-merchants, from tiine to time, truly to watch and examine his conduct, and if he exceed bis duty, and acts foolishly, or forms connections with traitorous Chinese, with a view to twist the laws to serve private interest, he shall be iminediately driven forth, and sent back to his country. This will the source of any illegalities be . I closed up 244 May, Review of Public Occurrences During the “It is my duty to lay this before your majesty, that the correctness or incorrect. ness of my views may be determined; and for this purpose I subjoin to my me- morial these remarks. Prostrate imploring you sacred majesty to grant me instructions. A respectful memorial."-Corresp. p. 151-152. 21st. A meeting was held in Canton, convened by a circular from captain Elliot, for the purpose of choosing a committee of Brit- ish residents in Canton to correspond with H. B. M. superintendents of trade. Canton Register, 24th Jan. This proposed arrangement was not however actually came into execution so as to effect any of the objects proposed by captain Elliot. February 7th. Under this date captain Elliot wrote to viscount Palmerston, respecting the situation of certain British subjects who had been ordered, by the Chinese government, to leave this country on account of their being traders in opium; and he assures his lord- ship that, if this measure, of expelling the merchants is attempted, his interposition will become 'indispensable, on account of the great injuries both they and their constituents would suffer by their being obliged to leave this country. Corresp. p. 181. Ilth. His excellency Adrião A. da Silveira Pinto, governor of Macao, disembarked with his lady and family, on the Praya Grande, with the usual honors. Canton Reg., 21st Feb. 12th. Six Japanese arrived in Canton from Háinán, where they had been wrecked near the close of last year. Several instances of this kind have been known to occur. 21st. Captain Elliot wrote to viscount Palmerston, saying he could not but think “the legalization of the trade in opium would afford his majesty's government great satisfaction." Yet he added, “it cannot be good that the conduct of a great trade should be so dependent upon the steady continuance of a vast prohibited traffic in an article of vicious luxury, high in price, and liable to frequent and prodigious fluctuation.” And he believed it susceptible of proof, " that the gradual diversion of British capital into other channels of employment than this (in opium); would be attended with advanta- geous consequences.” This letter to the foreign secretary was OC- casioned by the appearance in Canton of the two following papers. No. 1. “On the 20th day of the 12th month (Jan. 26th) the grand Council of State received the following verbal commands from his majesty: “A report has this day arrived from Tang and his colleagues, presenting the re- sult of their mutual deliberations, directed to remove the baneful effects that arise irom opium having pervaded the country. By the prevalence of opium through- ille ihirapoile there has been urrasionnal a daily decrease of our fine silveri 1842 245 Last Teu foars: from 1832 10 1841. being now desirous to exert ourselves entirely to stop up the source of this evil. the only sure mode of proceeding is, uiterly to prohibit the exportation of sycee silver. If by diligent and assiduous watchfulness in the places from whence the silver is exported, and at those points by which it necessarily must pass, we can deprive both the traitorous natives and the barbarians of all opportunity of ex- ercising their artful advices, it is clear that we may thus gradually close up the breach and prevent further exportation. The said governor and his colleagues have been able to perceive this, and point it out in their memorial. Let them join heart and hand to enforce vigilant and faithful observation, to punish all trai. torous natives who combine with the foreigners in all illegality, and entirely to hinder foreign merchants from gratifying their avaricious greediness; and let it be their grand object wholly to prevent the exportation of our fine silver. Their labors must be productive of some fruit, they must not attempt to get off with mere empty words, but, having the name of exerting themselves, they must prove the reality of their exertions. Communicate these commands to Tang and Kí, and let them enjoin them also on Wán. Respect this." No. 2. “The following passage is translated from a paper purporting to give informa- tion as to the nature of a dispatch received by the provincial government from Peking. “A dispatch from the grand Council of State has reached Canton, to this effect, that the exportation of sycee silver is still by law to be prohibited; that as to opium, the governor and lieutenant-governor are directed to deliberate with regard to a duty, to be levied on its importation.'"-Corresp. p. 191. March 10th. The Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge in China held its second annual meeting in Canton. 16th. An edict was issued by the governor forbidding foreign ships to anchor in Kumsing moon. 18th. The hoppo, or commissioner of customs, issued an edict, in accordance with the imperial pleasure, giving captain Elliot permis- sion to proceed to Canton. Chi. Rep., vol. V., p. 527. . 21st. Captain Elliot addressed the following note to his excellency the governor of Canton. “The undersigned has had the honor to receive the signification of his imperial majesty's most gracious commands that he should be furnished with a passport to repair to the provincial city and enter upon the performance of his duties. The undersigned respectfully assures his excellency, that it is at once his duty and his anxious desire to conform in all things to the imperial pleasure. And he will therefore heedfully attend to the points adverted to in the papers now before him. The undersigned has transmitted to the senior hong-merchant a list of the per- sons attached to his suite, whose names he desires to be inserted in his passport. And he avails himself of this occasion to offer to his excellency the governor, the reiterated expression of his most respectful consideration. -Corresp. p. 195. (Signed) “ CHARLES Elliot." 20th. Captain Elliot received his passport, allowing H. B. M, commission to proceed to Canton. Rerien of Public Orrurrrures During the MAY; April 1st. Captain Ellint wrnte the following communication 10 ius government. My lord, ---Refore I proceed to Canton, I think it right to place your lordship in possession of my own views upon the actual posture of circumstances con- nccted with the public intercourse between his majesty's government and this empire. The imperial edict which I have had the honor to transmit, is certainly a very formal and uncquivocal recognition of my character as a British officer, appointed by the government of my country, to manage its public concerns in these dominions. No attempt is made to evade the material distinction between my own position and that of the chief servant of the Company, or of any other foreign functionary hitherto permitted to reside here. The understanding that I cannot engage in trade, and that my business is purely public, is plainly ex- pressed. “Upon the side of his majesty's government then, my lord, it appears to me, that no condition is wanting to give to the representations of its agent here, a complete formal character. They are the communications of a foreign officer recognized by the emperor, addressed to the head of the provincial government, and they reach his excellency's hands in a sealed shape. As respects the com- munications of the government intended for me, the state of the case is very different. They are not addressed to me at all: they speak of me, not to me. They are injunctions to persons with whom, in the admission of the emperor, I have no congeniality of pursuit, and who, therefore, in common sense, ought to have no public relations with me. To the extent that the employment of the hong-merchant, as a channel for the conveyance of direct sealed communications to the governor, commits me to receive by the same hand direct sealed cominu- nications from the governor, the analogy, indeed, is a sound one, and I could offer no objection to practice founded upon it. But the use of the hong.mer- chant, as a letter-bearer to the governor, certainly carries with it no acquiescence in the doctrine, that the governor's orders addressed to that individual are binding upon me. “As it is at present, I am entitled to consider that the governor's communica- tions in respect to me reach me in the form of no more than highly credible information. And when no public inconvenience, or grave personal responsibility is to be incurred by shaping my proceedings upon knowledge thus acquired, I hope your lordship will be of opinion that I shall only manifest a proper respect to these authorities by conforming to their understood wishes, notwithstanding the indirectness of their signification. But as a constant principle, it appears to be clear that my obligations to conformity to the pleasure of this government, or of my notice of it, are justly limited by the rule, that it should be directly and formally signified to me. It is not for me to dictate a mode of intercourse to the Chinese government with an officer of a foreign nation-and, indeed, I have a strong impression that events will soon open their own eyes to the unsuitableness and inefficacy of the present conrse, for their own purposes. When his excel- lency finds me incommunicable upon points on which he desires to communicate with me, (for to receive papers addressed to the hong-merchants, in my judgment, by no means commits me to acknowledge them in other papers, addressed to the governor,) I imagine his excellency will set about to seek what these obstacles are, and low they may be conveniently and quietly set aside. II. crolloint it may bop siggestrd in snmr such conjunctive receives niy 1842, Lust Ton I cars, from 1832 10 1841 communications in a sealed shape addressed directly to himself, a practice with which I am perfectly satisfied; and if he thinks fit to forward his own, direct to me in the saine wise, I could no longer presume to question the perfect formal sufficiency of such a manner of intercourse. There were many subjects upon which his excellency communicated with the hong-merchants, that I could not venture publicly to notice, except his pleasure were signified to me in a direct form, or through a responsible officer of the empire of respectable rank, specially deputed for purpose of carrying on the public intercourse with me. Under present circumstances, his excellency's views only reached my knowledge as they did that of all foreign private individuals--that to say, at second hand, and as an individual, they should always have my most respectful attention. But as an officer, my responsibility was serious, and I was precluded from dealing with them officially, unless I had a direct public warrant for my proceedings. The hong-merchants are men unacquainted with public affairs, and naturally swayed by their private interests, and therefore with no culpable intentions, their liability lo mistakes and misconception is considerable. The consequences of such errors inight be too fatal to permit me to waver from my just claim to be placed in direct possession of the wishes of this government, whenever it was expected I should take public notice of them, committing the public interests of my country. “The emperor had already been graciously pleased to acknowledge my offi- cial character; and his imperial majesty, in his wisdom, would also recognise the reasonablenes of these objections and requests, founded upon my duty to my own government, and upon an anxious desire to obviate the risk of very hazar- dous misunderstandings. With this course of representation put forward at a favorable opportunity, and in the most deferential language, I see no reason to despair of carrying the required modification in the mode of conducting my official intercourse with the provincial government. I will conclude this dispatch, hy observing that, in my own humble opinion, the actual manner of communica- tion from us to the Chinese is sufficiently formal and complete for all our purposes. From them to us, and for their objects, it is defective. I can assure your lordship that this is a condition of circumstances far less inconvenient to his majesty's government than to the provincial authorities. The defect, however, is of their own creation, and the remedy is in their own hands. I have, &c. -Corresp. pp. 196–198. (Signed) “ CHARLES Elliot." 8th. Captain Elliot addressed the following letter to the governor of Canton, intending to prepare the way by it to announce his own arrival. "The undersigned has the honor to acquaint your excellency, that he has received dispatches from the government of Singapore, informing him that seven- teen natives of China had arrived there in January last, from a place called Pulo Aor. The chief of these persons represents, that he is an officer of this empire, and that the vessel in which they were embarked was carrying grain from one port to another, when she was overtaken by a violent tempest, and blown off the coast. The vessel was reduced to a condition of extreme peril in the high scas, and six of the unfortunate men had already sunk under the effect of cold and privation, when the English ship of Moncrieff bound from Canton to England, came up with her. This commander with becoming humanity took the people of the wreck under circumstances of great difficulty, and left thicm a! Pulo Review of Public Occurrences During the MAY, Aor, having made arrangements with the native chief there, lo convey them to Singapore. It is a pleasing duty to the undersigned on this occasion to acknow- ledge in grateful terins, the many acts of kindness which bis own shipwrecked countrymen have experienced on the coast of China. The interchange of these charities cannot fail to strengthen the bonds of peace and good-will between the two nations. The undersigned avails himself of this occasion to renew to your excellency the sentiments of his high respect. --Corresp. p. 201. (Signed) “ CHARLES ELLIOT." 12th. H. B. M. commission arrived in Canton, consisting of capt. Elliot, Mr. Johnston, Mr. Elmslie, Mr. Morrison, and Mr. Anderson, leaving Mr. Colledge, Mr. Vachell, and Mr. Gutzlaff at Macao. 15th. The governor urges upon the hong-merchants to send away the foreign merchants engaged in the opium trade, who had applied for delay to recover their debts from the hongs. 19th. The governor of Canton, it seems, was not to be coaxed into compliance with "barbarian usages ;" on the 13th he issued or- ders to the hong-merchants; and again under this date, and in the following terms. “Tang, governor of Kwangtung and Kwangsí, &c., &c., issues this order, requiring obedience. “On the 12th instant, the English superintendent Elliot reported, that a ves- sel, with officers and people of Formosa, having encountered a gale off the Piscador islands, was driven to Pulo Aor, within the dominions of the said nation; that the persons on board were rescued, and that the foreign chief at Singapore had informed the said superintendent of the circumstance, in order that he might report the same. On the receipt of this report, I, the governor, com- municated the subject in the proper quarters, and also commanded the senior hong-merchants to enjoin orders on the said superintendent, that he knowing the same, might act accordingly. “But for all—for those without as well as those within the pale of the em- pire—there are rules and bonds of action, styles and modes of expression, be. coming that dignity which has so long been respected. To the renovating prin- ciples for so long a period emanating from our empire, the barbarians on every side have submitted themselves. They have tendered to the celestial empire their respectful services, and this empire stands in truth at the head of the lands at its remotest borders, in no other character than that of a ruler amid ministering Servants. As to foreign merchants, permission is granted them to trade and to esport, and thus is bestowed on them the means of obtaining profit. And in re- gard to those in distress, they are rescued from their distresses, and with needful gifts are sent back. These things arise solely from the all-pervading goodness, and cherishing kindness of the great emperor, whose favors are constant and universal. Between him and the small, the petty, how can there exist anything like 'bonds of peace and good-will ?' “The said superintendent, in his address on this occasion, has failed altogether ti) conform himself to the old rules, has omitted the respectful expression, 'celes. tial empire,' and has absurdly used such words and expressions as 'your honor. able country,'aud peace and good-will between the two nations,' giving utterance 184:23. 249 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1811. to his own puffed-up imaginations. Not only is this offensive to the dignity to be maintained, but also the ideas therein expressed are absurd and ridiculous. At the time, I, the governor, on account of the dutiful nature of the thing reported, and because the said superintendent, having but newly come to Cantou, is per- haps uninformed on many matters, viewed his address indulgently, and in a par- tial light, and manifested vastness of liberality. Therefore I refrained from plainly correcting him, and from casting back to him his address. But the said superintendent having come to Canton for the purpose of controlling the mer- chants and seamen, he cannot avoid having from time to time addresses to make. And if not forewarned, it will be impossible to insure that he will not, by coli- tinued ignorance and blindness, fall into some grave errors. This then would not be the way to preserve uninjured the concerns of the foreigners. “ I therefore issue this order to the senior hong-merchants, requiring them im- mediately to enjoin it on the said superintendent'Elliot, that he may act in obedi- ence to it. In whatever address he may have to present, he is absolutely required loc onform implicitly to all that is called for by the dignity of the celestial empire. He must be careful to render his expressions thoroughly respectful, in order that appropriate commands may be given in reply. Let him not again step into any path opposed to the diguity of the empire, and so tread in a course of still greater error. “The senior hong-merchants, whenever the said superintendent, or a foreign merchant of any nation, present an address on any subject, are required to give it a previous close and careful perusal, and if there be in it anything, as in this instance, inconsistent with the perfect dignity to be maintained, or any similar loose and crude phraseology, they are immediately to send back the address ;- they must not have the audacity to present it for the party, by doing which they will involve themselves with such party in a severe investigation. I, the governor, having spoken, the law shall follow up what I say. Let all then listen with trem- Bling attention. Oppose not these commands.” April 19th.-Corresp. pp. 202-203. Regarding this edict captain Elliot wrote a long letter to his go- verninent, dated the 27th of this month, setting forth his views and action thereon. He perceived, he said, with great satisfaction, that the governor's manner of repelling his advances had not been care- fully measured, and that his excellency had hastily placed himself in an unsound position. He therefore sent for Howqua, and on the- 22d. Having signed in his presence the following document, dis- patched him with the same to the governor. “On the 20th instant, the undersigned, &c., &c., received a communication froin the hong-merchants, concerning an edict from the governor, addressed to theni, dated on the 19th instant. • In his excellency's cdict to the hong-merchants, he is pleased to command the senior of their body to give all the addresses, which it may be the duty of the undersigned to submit, a close and careful perusal, before they present them to his cxcellency. And if they shall not approve of the language, not to dare to present but immediately to send them back. The undersigned cannot presume to question the perfect authority of his excellency to issue any orders, couched in any tcrms which he may think fil, to the hong-merchants. But the undersigned is a 3) VOL ܠܐܠ NO. 1 2001 MAY, Review of l'ublic Occurrences During the forcign officer, and not a merchant, and he must take the liberty respectfully to declare, that it is impossible for him to submit his addresses to the governor tu the knowledge or approbation of the hong-merchants, before they are forwarded. “In the present posture of circumstances, therefore, the undersigned must. cease to forward any further addresses to his excellency. And it is at the same time liis duty to add, that in future he can only receive such official communica- Lions, scaled with his excellency's seal, as his excellency shall be pleased to address directly to him.sell, and not to the hong-merchants. To direct sealed communi- cations from that high quarter, it must always be the duty and the earnest effort of the undersigned, to give the most respectful and zealous attention. The terms of his excellency's last edict to the hong-merchants, and the instructions which thic undersigned has now reccived from his own government, constrain him to say, that he cannot deviate from his present determination, without drawing down certain ruin upon his own head. The exalted public station of his excellency, and his experience in affairs, render it needless for the undersigned to press upon the rule, that an officer's obligations of duty to his own government are sacred, and must be fulfilled. (Signed) CHARLES ELLIOT." --Corresp. p. 20-1. 25th. Having received the above, the hong-merchants reported the same to the governor, and thereupon his excellency thus address- ed himself to the hong-merchants. "Upon the receipt of this, I the governor have examined into the matter refer- red to. I find that the said superintendent, leaving newly come to Canton, and being in consequence unacquainted with the rules of dignity in thc celestial empire, made use, in his former address, of expressions not altogether proper; which led me, the governor, to send to him commands of a special nature, making knowi to him the prohibitions and requirements, and thus preserving him from error. "Now the above representaticn having been laid before me by the said mer. chants, I perceive that the said superintendent is able to understand the duties of faithfulness and attention, and that he will not indulge the slightest desire to aci, contrary to the requirements of dignity; that he is indeed dutifully disposed. Hereafter, whenever he may have occasion to address me on any subject, the said superintendent is permitted to seal his address, and to deliver them to the Senior merchants, Wí Sháuyung, Lụ Kikwang and Puan Sháukwang (Howqua, Mowqua, and Ponkequa), to present for him. As regards the subject matter of his addresses, and the nature of the expressions adopted, it will not be difficult for me the governor, myself to distinguish them, and act in reference to them. But with respect to cominands issued by me, the governor, to the foreigners from withi- out the empire, requiring their obedience in any matter, the established rule of the celestial empire is, always to address them to the senior hong-merchants, to be enjoined by thein; and this rule it is inexpedient to alter. On a review of the particulars contained in the above audress, I forth with issue this order. When il, reaches the said senior merchants, let them immediately enjoin it on the said superintendent, that he, laving knowledge thereof, may act accordingly. Op pose not these commands." April 2,5111, 1837.—Corresp. pp. 201-205. 271). The above was handed to captain Elliot late on the sanne Jay, the 25111, ilud, under ill the circumstances of the case," he Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. 251 determined not to reject “these overtures ;" accordingly he gave the following reply. “The undersigned, &c., &c., has had the honor to receive an edict from your cxcellency, addressed to the three senior hong-merchants, dated on the 25th inst., for communication to him. He begs to offer to your excellency his respectful thanks for the commands that his addresses shall always be transmitted to your excellency's hands, by the three senior hong-merchants, in a sealed form. Your excellency, however, an illustrious officer in a very high station, has been pleased to signify that the customs of the empire prevent a direct communication of your commands to the undersigned. Under these circumstances, he has bent his most carnest attention to the course which it becomes him to pursue. And he is hum. bly of opinion, that he shall best evince his profound respect for the rules of this empire, by continuing to carry on the communications in the manner prescribed hy your excellency, until he can receive the further commands of his own govern. ment. The undersigned avails himself of this occasion to renew to your excellency the sentiments of his highest consideration. -Corresp. p. 205. (Signed) " CHARLES ELLIOT." With reference to the foregoing, viscount Palmerston, under date of Nov. 20, 1837, thus wrote to captain Elliot. Her majesty's government have learnt with satisfaction that you had succeed. ed in obtaining the admission of the first of these claims, which relates to the mode of sending in your own communications; and I am to express 10 you the approbation of your government of the course whieh you pursued on the occasion. You will not fail, on every suitable opportunity, to continue to press for the recognition, on the part of the Chinese authorities, of your right to receive, direct from he viceroy, sealed communications addressed to yourself, without the inter. vention of hung-merchants. I am, &c. -Corresp. p. 192. (Signed) “ PALMERSTOV." May Ist. On the communication of the 27th from captain Elliot, the governor gave the following orders to the hong-merchants. “This address coming before me, I the governor have perused the document. and fully informed myself of its contents. "As to my commands, which I the governor may have to give, such com mands have litherto been enjoined and inculcated through the inedium of the senior hong-merchants. This concerns the settled dignity of the celestial empire; and the said nation, in its up-gazing contemplation of the majesty and benignity of the empire, will assuredly indulge no foolish expectations of change. Let obe. dience be at once paid in this matter, as is agreeable to the duty of the said super intendent's office. The above address being fully authenticated, I forthwith issues these commands to the said senior hong-merchants, Flowqua and Morsqua. Lo them immediately enjoin the commands on the said superintendent, that loc, knowing the saine, may act accordingly. Oppose not these commands." May 131, 1837.)--Corresp. p. 306.207. Ill. Under his date a list of subscribers, with donations in clip amont of $5,230, to à proposed Medical Missionary 001011 in! I hina is publiskocel 11 de l'anton Roule! 252 MAY, Review of Public Occurrences During the 18th. A meeting of the foreign residents was held in Canton with a view to open a chapel for public worship. A committee was appointed to carry into effect the wishes of those convened. Can. Reg., May 30th. 24th. In a dispatch of this date to his government, captain Elliot wrote ; thus “ upon the whole, perhaps, your lordship may be led to think that there can be no advantage in wringing a change of prac- tice from the Chinese government regarding the mode of inter- course;" and therefore he hints that all “ needless agitation of points of form” should be avoided. Corresp. p. 206. June 1st. The governor of Canton gave permission to capt. Elliot to proceed to and from Canton in his European boat, without applying for a passport, he promising "not to fail to report the period of his arrival and departure." Corresp. p. 208. 5th. The managing partner in the Hingtái hong made a report of its concerns to the provincial government. Can. Reg., June 27th. 12th. Under this date, viscount Palmerston, in reply to captain Elliot's communications of December 30th, 1836, and January 12th, 1837, wrote thus : “I have received your dispatch of December 30th, 1836, detailing the parti- culars of a communication into which you had thought proper to enter with the authorities of the Chinese government at Canton, through the hong-merchants ; and I have also received your dispatch of January 12th, 1837, in which you state the course which you intended to pursue until the arrival of further instructions from this department. I have now to desire that, upon the receipt of this dispatch, you will forthwith inform the hong-merchants and the viceroy that his majesty's government cannot permit that you, an officer of his majesty, should hold com. munications with an officer of the emperor of China, through the intervention of private and irresponsible individuals. You will, therefore, request that any com. munications which the governor may have to make to you in future, may be sent to you direct; and that the governor will consent to receive directly from you any communications on public affairs which the interests of the two governments may require you to make to him. You will also explain, that if in future your written communications should not be endorsed with the character which is usually adopted by subordinate officers in China, when addressing representations to supe- rior Chinese authorities; this alteration will not arise from any want of respect on your part towards the governor; but will simply be the result of the established usages of England, which do not admit that an officer commissioned by the king of England should so address an officer commissioned by any other sovereign." -Corresp. p. 149. 19th. The commissioner of customs made a report to the governor regarding the European boats, running to and from Canton, which led to the larger ones being interdicted, and the smaller ones being required to go without decks. Vol. VI., p. 103. 1842. Last Ten Years; from 1832 to 1841, 253 21st. In February of this year, captain Elliot addressed lord Auck- land, and rear-admiral sir Thomas Bladen Capel, soliciting the pre- sence of one or more armed vessels, because “the interruption of the opium trade in China, must have the effect, not merely of temporarily crippling our means of purchasing at all in this market, but of plac- ing us, in respect to the prices of export staples, completely in the power of a copartnership of native dealers. The failure of the opium deliveries is attended with an almost entire cessation of money tran- sactions in Canton.” But he thinks it “ quite unnecessary to press upon the attention of their excellencies the inany extremely important considerations connected with this subject.” He therefore begs leave to suggest, " that the frequent and short visits of ships of war 10 this anchorage off Macao, and in the neighborhood of the points, along the coast, to which the outside trade (in opium) has extended, seem- ed to him to be the movements (best) calculated, either to carry the provincial government back to the system (of connivance) which has hitherto prevailed, or to hasten onwards the legalization measure from the court.” Again : "there is a pressing necessity to use every effort, consistent with safety and discretion, for the relief of the whole trade, from the embarrassment into which it has been thrown by the restrictive spirit of the provincial government.” This was written on the 2d of February ; (Corresp. pp. 188, 189 ;) and surely indicates a desire to preserve the traffic in opium, either by legalization or by connivance. Their excellencies were not slow to accede to the superintendent's wishes. One of his majesty's sloops of war having arrived here, under the command of captain Quin, captain Elliot addressed the following letter to that officer, dated Macao, June 21st. Sir,-- The disclosures which took place at Manila during your last visit at that port, have made you acquainted with all that is yet known of the disastrous fate of the late brig Fairy. And our recent conversation will have apprised you that urteen Lascars landed upon the coasts of Fukien, but the piratical part of the crew are still said to be detained in Fúchau fú, the capital of that province. From all the inquiry I have been able to make, I am led to conclude that these men are kept by the provincial government of Fukien, in consequence of a diffi. culty to understand, or to credit the circumstances under which they landed; and probably pending further instructions from the court for their removal to this place. It appears to me, however, that if an application were made by you at the mouth of the Min river, the doubts and delays of the government of Fukien would give way; and at all events, if the people were not at once delivered to you, this proceeding would, in my judgment, accelerate their dispatch to this place by other means. “With that impression, I have taken the liberty to propose this service; and in conformity with your wishes, I now submit the mode by which it occurs to me it may be best execnted I would suggest that you should proceed to the mouth. 66 254 MAY, Review of Public Occurrences During the of the Mia river, upon which the city of Fúcliau fu is situated, taking with you the Rev. Mr. Gutzlaff, joint interpreter to this establishment. That upon your arrival at that destination, you should hand to the commander of any man-of-war junk, or other servant of the government who may wait upon you, the accom - panying paper, inclosure No. 1; and that your address to the governor should be placed in the hands of any officer who may be deputed to receive it. His ex- cellency will probably meet these advances with a declaration that the people are safe; that it is not in his power to deliver them to you; that they shall be dispatched to Canton forthwith; and finally, with a request that you should leave the coast immediately. "To a communication of this nature, I would advise that you should reply in the most conciliatory terms, signifying your indisposition to press any arrange- ments to which you were informed his excellency could not accede, and expres- sive of your entire confidence in his assurance of the safety of the people. If this communication from the governor should be made verbally, that is to say, through an officer deputed to confer with you, as indeed it is probable it will, I would submit that you should request this functionary to commit the subject matter to writing, remarking, that you were ready to leave the coast as soon as that was done. At this point of my letter, it is proper to observe to you, that I am without any uneasiness as to the safety of the people; but independently of has- tening onwards the period of their release into our hands, this service appears to be calculated to help the uninterrupted progress of gradual relaxation at this place. I believe that no circumstance would more impressively fix upon the local government of these provinces the necessity of great moderation and circumspec. tion in respect to the treatment of foreigners, than the successful result of quiet official application by an officer of the king at some other point than Canton; and more particularly at the chief city of the neighboring province of Fukien, where it is known that the monopoly of the foreign trade at Canton is a subject of great jealousy. ** The appearance of considerable eagerness for an early reply to your address, upon the ground that you were anxious to leave the coast, would probably i'c- remove all uneasiness about your intentions, and expedite a satisfactory and courteous answer. And I would beg you to bear in mind, that having effected a communication upon just pretexts, and in a deferential manner, you will have accomplished what appears to be the principal object of your mission; for, as has already been observed, there is no reason for solicitude as to the safety of the people. Your former experience in this country, the cautious character of your instructions from the commander-in-chief, and your own sound judgment, would make it intrusive upon my part to do more than mention the necessity of ex- treme care in refraining from any proceedings likely to excite the suspicions of the Fukien authorities, and of earnest effort to conciliate their good-will. But being upon this topic, I would presume to say that it would be well to avoid those parts of the coast upon which the opium ships are usually anchored, neither would it be desirable that the ship should pass above the forts at the entrance of the Min. “I have judged it best that the communications with the government of Fu- kien should be carried on in your name, rather than my own, because my busi- ness is specially with the authorities of the provinces, and you will ſeel that communications upon my part with those of another. Would expose me to great 1842 Lust Ton Ycars, fruin 18:3:2 iv isit suspicion and dislike here. Mr. Cluizlall, the joint interpreter, has been instruciei to place himself under your directions, and will readily afford you every assist ance in his power. After your departure from the Min, I am led to hope that you will convey to the Bouins, Mr. Millichamp, a Britislı subject, and a principal settler in those islands. This person has been waiting here for a passage for more than twelve months at a licavy expense, and I am not withoni reason to believe that any facilities which could be properly ded to him, would be acceptable to his majesty's government. Perhaps too, in the course of your voyage to the Bonins, you would do me the favor to call at Napakiáng, in Lew'chiew, for the purpose of enabling the Rev. Mr. Gutzlaff to join a vessel, bound on an expedi tion of investigation which he has my permission to do. I have, &c., -Corresp. pp. 211-212. (Signed) "Charles EL1.10T;"' A very full account of the loss of the English brig Fairy will be found in vol. VI., p. 201 and the sequel. H. B. M. sloop Raleigla sailed on the 230, two days after the date of the foregoing letter, The vessel alluded to in the last paragraph was the Morrison, whicla sailed from Macao July 4th, bound to Japan. See vol. VI., p. 209 and sequel. For some curious notices of the Bonin islands, sco Corresp. p. 218 and sequel ; also vol. VI., p. 381 and sequel. July 4th. The American ship Morrison, captain D. Ingersoll, sailed from Macao for Japan. Vol. VI., p. 289, &c., p. 353, &c. 9th. The governor of Canton published an edict regarding the affairs of the Hingtái hong. Canton Reg., July 18th. 18th. Another edict from the governor was published on the same subject. Canton Reg., July 25th. August. In course of this month an imperial edict reached Can- ton, announcing the degradation of his excellency Tang Tingching. Vol. VI., p. 308. 29th. The ship Morrison returned from her trip to Lewchew and Japan, and brought back the Japanese, whose return to their homes was the main object of her voyage. September 20th. Under this date, viscount Palmerston, at the Foreign office, addressed the following communication to the lords of the admiralty. fler majesty's government have had under their consideration sir John Bar: cow's letter of the 6th instant, in which, by command of your lordships, he in closes a copy of an article in the instructions of the naval commander-in-chief in the East Indies, upon the subject of our relations with China, and requests tu be informed whether any, and if any, what addition or alteration should be made in that instruction; and, also, whether the rear-admiral commanding-in-chiel, should not be directed to proceed himself to Macao, to communicate with her majesty's superintendent at Canton. Her majesty's government having, at the same tine, lad under consideration the several letters which have on various occasions been addressed by this department to the admirally, upon the nature of 256 MAY, Review of Public Occurrences During the the protection which it would be desirable to afford to British subjects resident in or trading to China, I have now to signify to your lordships the queen's pleasure, that the existing instruction to the commander-in-chief in the East Indies, with respect to China, should be altogether concelled, and that one, in the following terins, should he substituted in its stead: 6 The trade between Great Britain and China being now by law thrown open to all her majesty's subjects instead of being confined, as formerly, to the East India Company, the care of our commercial relations with the Chinese empire has, in consequence, been transferred to the crown; the East India Company's establishments at Canton and Macao have been withdrawn; and a queen's officer has been substituted, with the title of superintendent and with the duties of a consul. It is, therefore, desirable that one or more of the ships under your orders should, as frequently as possible, visit the China station, and should remain there as long as may be consistent with the demands of the service elsewhere within your command; and whenever a frigate can be spared for this service, a ship of that class would be preferable to a smaller one, " . The purposes for which such ships would be stationed are:- First, to afford protection to British interests, and to give weight to any representations which her majesty's superintendent may be under the necessity of making, in case any of her majesty's subjects should have just cause of complaint against the Chinese authorities; and secondly, to assist the superintendent in maintaining order among the crews of the British merchantmen who frequent the port of Canton. "The officers commanding the ships of her majesty, which may thus from time 10 time be sent to China, should be especially admonished to be very careful that the officers and men belonging to the ship under their command, do not in any way offend the prejudices of the Chinese people, nor violate the laws and cus- toms of the Chinese empire; and upon all such matters, as well as with respect to the places where such ships ought to lie, in order best to be able to perform the services for which they are sent, the officers in command should communicate frequently and confidentially with her majesty's superintendent; remembering always, however, that unless in a case of great emergency, when a demonstration or an actual employment of force may be urgently and absolutely necessary for the protection of the lives and property of British subjects, her majesty's ships of war are studiously to respect the regulations of the Chinese government as to the limits beyond which foreign ships of war are not allowed to approach the city of Canton. “. But it is for many reasons expedient, forthe interests of her majesty's service, that you should yourself take as early an opportunity as may be convenient, to have a personal communication with her majesty's superintendent, who would meet you for that purpose at Macao; and your visit on that occasion should, if possible, be made in a line-of-battle ship. The interchange of information be. tween yourself and the superintendent, for which such personal communication would afford an opportunity, would, in many possible future contingencies, be highly advantageous to British interests in that quarter. “ . You will,'however, constantly hear in mind, that while, on the one hand, it is useful that the Chinese should be aware of the nature and extent of her majesty's naval power, it is, on the other hand, most important that you should avoid any proceedings which might inspire the Chinese with an apprehension that this naval power is likely to be cinployed in unprovoked hostility against them.' L'esi Ten Yours, from 1832 to 1811 237 In conclusion, I am to request that your lordships will furnish me with a copy of any instructions which you may now, or at any future time, think proper give to the naval commander-in-chief in the East Indies, bearing upon the ques- tion of our relations with China, in order that the same may, if necessary, be transmitted to her majesty's superintendent in China, for his information and guidance. I am, &c., (Signed) PALMERSTON.” Corresp. pp. 193-194. 25th. On the 4th and 17th of August, and on the 18th and 19th of September, the governor and lieutenant-governor issued orders to the hong-merchants, requiring captain Elliot immediately to send away all the opium-receiving ships from China, of which an abstract is here given. No. 1. ** The Englislı superintendent Elliot, being authorized to direct even triſling matters, is so much the more called on to interfere in an important matter, which, as it is contrary to the laws of the celestial empire, must also be obnoxious to the instructions which the superintendent has from bis own government. The bene. volence of the great emperor is universal, but it cannot suffer depraved foreigners to tempt natives to do evil. “ The strict terms of the imperial edict require on the part of their excellencies, the utmost diligence; and, being apprehensive that the-hong-merchants may not have explained the subject with sufficient earnestness, this second edict is there- fore issued. The superintendent is to be instructed, immediately to send away all the vessels anchored at Lintin, and other places outside the port; and here- alter, the trade must be confined to articles legally dutiable, and no contraband articles, such as opium, must be imported. "The goodness of the government in permitting foreigners to have a general mart for their commerce, at such an important emporium as Canton, is then spoken of; but it is shown on the other hand, that the emperor can be awfully severe, as well as good and merciful; and that it will be well, therefore, to avoid such conduct as will lead to the entire stoppage of commercial intercourse." No. 2. "The goodness of the government in permitting the continuance trade, under all circumstances, for a space of 200 years, is highly extolled, and the contumacy of foreigners reprobated; and it is asked, if they can suppose that while they render the Chinese seas a common sewer for the filthy opium, the go- vernment can fail to put the laws in force against them; if in the several foreign countries, individuals of another country were, with their ships, lo contravene the laws, and continue for a long time so doing, the king of the country would certainly enforce the laws against the offenders. How much more must the go- vernment of this empire punish the contumacious disobedience of barbarians ? "'The king of England has been hitherto dutiful and respectful, and has plainly prohibited the conduct complained of; and, lest any of his people should bring shame on their country, has sent the superintendent Elliot to Canton, to hold them in check. But a month has elapsed since strict investigation concerning these receiving.vessels was entered upon, and yet the superintendent has not sent any of them away. It is to be feared, therefore, hc is unfit for the situation of superintendent. If he can willingly locar rrproach: on account of these vessels. VOL 11 1o. V Rericne of Public Occurrences During the Max, how then will be answer it to his king, or how to their excellencies; it he will seriously consider it, he surely cannot find rest upon his bed. Their excellencies issue once more their commands, requiring the superin- tendent to make known to those of the receiving-ships the goodness and the terrors of the government; to lay before them the choice of weal or woe; and to call on them all immediately to return home: they also require him to report to his king, in order that the receiving-vessels may henceforth be prohibited from coming hither. Thus the good and bad will not be confounded; thus the un- bounded goodness of the emperor may be manifested, and the path of intercourse be for ever retained to those who are good among the foreigners, It would not be difficult for their excellencies to use the power placed in their hands, and at once drive off these offenders; but they do not decline repeatedly to give admo- nitions, lest anything should be wanting to the faithful exhibition of their require- ments, and so the display of impartial benevolence should be obstructed. But further contumacy, after this, will make it manifest that words are but thrown away upon willful offenders.”—Corresp. p. 235. Referring to these “orders to the hong-merchants, captain Elliot, under this date, the 25th of September, thus addressed the governor of Canton. The undersigned, &c., &c., has had the honor to receive your excellency's edicts addressed to the senior hong-merchants, dated on the 18th and 19th Sep. tember, 1837. His commission from his government places the ships and subjects of the English nation trading to this port under his direction. It is his duty to use every effort to cause all British persons arriving within these limits, to respect the laws and customs of the empire; and your excellency may be assured that he will ever zealously devote himself to those objects. The undersigned is not ignorant that an extensive traffic is carried on without the port of Canton by the ships of foreign nations. But he sees only the papers of British ships which arrive within the port: and he is therefore without any public means of knowing which of the ships resorting to these anchorages are British ; what is the nature of their pursuits; whence they come, or whither they go ? “ Your excellency has now been pleased to direct that his majesty the king of England should be informed of the gracious will of the emperor,, requiring the adoption of measures to prevent these alleged irregular visits of British ships to the coast of China. It is the duty of the undersigned respectfully, but plainly, to signify to your excellency, that the present condition of his public intercourse with the government of these provinces renders it impossible, consistently with the customs of his country, that any such communication should ever arrive under the notice of the king. The pleasure of your excellency reaches the knowledge of the undersigned, who is an officer, and wholly unconnected with trade, in no more authentic and formal shape than the copy of an edict addressed hy your excellency to native merchants. He does not dare to forward the sub- stance of information derived from such a source for submission to the throne. In his ordinary intercourse with your excellencies, lie has deferred, at great personal responsibility, to the present manner of communication, because your excellency informed him that it was in conformity with the customs of the em- pire. But in the transmission of communications to the knowledge of the king of England, it is in like manner just and needful, that due regard should be had s the customs which regulate tipi ulnerab illlercourse with his liajes!! 66 iasi I'on leurs from 1832 in 1841 "In a lato visit of a British ship-of-war to the coasts of Fukien, upon public business, his excellency the governor of that province communicated his pleasure concerning those affairs, to certain officers of the province, and commanded them to take a copy of his edict, and to deliver it, under their seal, to the commander of the British ship. That document is now in possession of the undersigned, and a translation of it will be laid before the king, so that the gracious benevolence of the eniperor to the distressed subjects of his kingdom may be made known to his majesty. If your excellency, in your wisdom, shall judge fit to conform to this same practice, whenever it be desired to lay communications before his ma- jesty, all difficulty upon the subject will be removed. “The undersigned will conclude this address, by observing, that his gracious sovereign has never yet been approached with representations setting forth the existence of irregularities by the subjects of his kingdom on these coasts; and that his majesty, therefore, can know nothing of any such allegation, or of the plea- sure of the emperor in respect to them. The undersigned avails himself of this occasion to renew to your excellency the sentiments of his highest conside- rations. I am. &c., -Corresp. pp. 236-237. (Signed) "(HARLES Ellio'r.“ 28th. Their excellencies, the governor and lieutenant-governor, replied to the foregoing, declaring the address of the superintendent to be merely a specious document,' yet are willing to adapt their proceedings to the occasion," and therefore they command the pre- fect and the chief military officer of the department to communicate the orders under their seals directly to captain Elliot, that he may forward the same to his king. 29th. Accordingly, under this date those two officers communi- cated to captain Elliot the following document. Clhú, prefect of Kwangchau fu, and Tá, coinmander of the forces of Koáng. clau, issue these commands to the English superintendent, Elliot, that he may render himself acquainted therewith. On the 28th Septeinber, we received from their excellencies the governor and licutenant-governor, the following official document: “On the 3d of August., we received from the Grand Council of State, copy of an imperial edict, of date July 14th, of the following tenor :- “. Owing to the exportation of silver carried on from all the ports along the coast, and in consideration of the important bcaring of this upon the national resources and the livelihood of the people, we have already, in repeated instances, declared our pleasure, requiring all the governors and lieutenant-governors of tlum porovinces, l'aithfully to make examination and to act in this matter. s• Today again, the sub-censor Lí Pánkiú, has laid before us a memorial 10 this effect, that there are above ten English warehousing vessels, which first, in the year 1821, entered the anchorage of Kápshuymún, and thence in 1833, re- moved their anchorage to Kumsingmún; that the importation of opium, and the exportation of silver, depend wholly on these warehousing vessels, which form also a general refuge for absconders; that a set of worthless fellows, in boats alled last-crabs,' going and coming from morn to night, find mcans to make !!! all stealthili indian curry (pork and miles: that there arr dhe pora pred dealer's 200 MAY, Rcvicw of Public Occurrences During the who prepare the drug for use, buying and selling by wholesale ; and, also, that the native retail dealers in foreign commodities, under the open pretext of selling articles of commerce, make secret smuggling their business, and in nowise differ from the larger preparers of the drug. There surely must be a fixed place of anchorage for the vessels of the fo. reigners : how then is it, that, while previous to the year 1821, the clandestine establishment of warehousing vessels was never heard of, these vessels have of late been suffered to remain for whole years at anchor on the high seas, thus leading to unlawful combination between them and natives, and to unrestrained smug. gling? Let it be the responsible duty of the governor of Kwangtung and his col. leagues, to give strict orders to the hong-merchants, to be enjoined on the resident foreigners of the said nation, requiring them to compel the warehousing vessels now anchored theru, one and all, to return home, and not to permit them under any pretext to linger about. Let them also ascertain where are the dens and hiding-places of the opium-dealers, and inflict punishment on each individual, without the slightest indulgence. Thus the source of the evil may be closed up, and the spirit of contumacy suppressed. Let a copy of the memorial be, together with these commands, transmitted to Tang and Kí, and by them let the com- mands be enjoined on Wán. Respect this.' “This having been with respectful obedience transmitted to us, the governor and lieutenant-governor, we have examined the subject. Opium is a poison capa. ble of destroying life; and the pure silver may not by law be exported. The aim and object of the foreign receiving-ships is gain alone; and by presuming for a long period to remain at anchor, enticing the natives and combining with them in clandestine traffic, those concerned in these ships have greatly infringed the laws of the celestial empire. Having respectfully received the above commands, we issued especial orders to the hong-merchants, requiring them earnestly and zeal. ously to enjoin the same on the said superintendent Elliot, and directing, that he should pay immediate obedience to the declared imperial pleasure ; that he should send away home every one of the receiving vessels now anchored in the various offings, and should no longer suffer theni to linger about as heretofore. This is on record. “After thus doing, we successively received reports from the military com- mander at Tápang, from the sub-prefect at Macao, and from the civil and naval authorities of Hiángshán, to the effect, that thero were twenty-five receiving-ves. sels anchored off the Motáu island (in Kapshuymún), as also in the offings of the Nine islands and Cabreta point, and in the anchorage of the Typa; from which places they successively moved on the 29th and 30th days of August; and on the 20 and 3d of September, nineteen of the said receiving-ships proceeding from the Motáu islands to Tsienshátsuy offing, and two of them from the Nine islands, and one from off Cabreta point, to the same place; further, that on the 8th of Septem. ber, two vessels moved from Tsienshátsuy to the Typa, and on the 9th, one from the same place to Cabreta point; while only a Dutch ship, which had in the year 1834, anchored off the Nine islands, and had at this time removed to Tsienshátsuy weighed anchor on the 7th, and proceeded to sea, beyond the great Ladrone islands. We also received a communication from the naval commander-in-chief to the same effect, adding that Tsienshátsuy is to the eastward of Motáu; and sug- gesting the great necessity for driving off the numerous vessels which have now taken up their anchorage there. 18.12. 201 Last Ten Years, from 1832 10 1841. “Now these receiving-ships come from the southwestward, and must needs return in a southwest direction; how is it then that they have on the contrary removed eastward! And why do they not remain in one place? It is manifest herein that they wish to cruize about unchecked, and to linger in the neighbor. hood, to watch the progress of circumstances. “The goodness of the celestial empire and its cherishing kindness are extreme. Since it first granted to all nations a general market, where the commodities of all might be bartered, a space of 200 years has elapsed as though it had been but a single day. Such profound benevolence,-favors so substantial, are well fitled to penetrate the entire body, even to the very marrow of the bones. Could it then be supposed, that depraved foreigners would twist awry the laws, and to serve merely their private ends, would assume the pretence of traffic! Most lucid and clear are the sacred commands. Can any yet dare to be, as the habitual looker- on, unobscrvant, and still continue to linger about ? And are the seas of the cen. tral flowery land to be made a common sewer for the reception of this filthy (opium]! Or shall we, intrusted with the defense and government of the frontier, be thought unable to follow such conduct with the rigor of the laws ? Consider, if within the territory of any of those countries, the vessels of another country were contumaciously to infringe the prohibitions, and remain for a long periud there without leaving, whether the king of that nation would not regard it neces- sary to punish such offenders with rigor, refusing the least indulgence. How much mure then the celestial empire! How can it suffer barbarians to disobey the laws, and without restraint to throw contempt thereon! “The king of the said nation has been heretofore, dutiful and respectful, and his prohibitions have been rigorously and clearly enacted. And being apprehensive lest merchants or seamen of vessels coming hither should infringe prohibitions, of transgress the laws, and so should bring shame upon their country, he specially sent the superintendent Elliot to Canton, to keep them under control and re- straint. But these receiving-ships have now remained for a very long time at an. chor; and though two months have elapsed since the said superintendent has received our commands, he has not yet sent them away to their country. We fear he is unfit to bear the designation of superintendent. If he can willingly subject himself to reproach on account of these receiving-vessels, how will he be able to answer it to his king? Or how to Us, the governor and lieutenant-governor? Let him, in the stillness of night, reflect hereon; and if he do so, we think that he will be unable to find rest upon his bed. “It now, however, appears, from an address presented by the said superinten. dent, that he objects to the copying and enjoining of these commands by the hong-merchants, on the ground of such copied document being unauthentic, with. out official seal or envelop, and so not giving him evidence fwhereon to pay obe- dience to it; and also that he is apprehensive of transgressing the laws of his country. According to the established laws of the celestial empire, it is required, that in all matters wherein commands are given to the outer foreigners, such com. mands be enjoined through the medium of hong-merchants. And in this instance, moreover, the imperial pleasure was declared, specially requiring that the hong- merchants should be commanded to give dire ons and to Can any dare, then, not to pay respectful obedience thereto ? The said nation of course has its own laws. But is it imagined, that the laws of outer harharians can be practiced ct. 1132 MAY, Recinte of Public Occurrences During the in the clomains of the celestial dynasty.? What utter ignorance of the requirements of dignity is this ! Yet the representation, that it is impossible for him to communicate to his government such an unauthenticated document appears reasonable. And we, therefore, on this consideration act, on this occasion, as expediency dictates. We forthwith issue this document to you, the prefect of Kwángchau fú, requiring you immediately, in conjunction with the commander of forces in the department, to copy these our commands, and enjoin them on the said superintendent Elliot, that he may act in obedience thereto. He is required speedily to make known to the receiving vessels anchored at Tsienshátsuy and other places, the imperial goodness, and also the imperial terrors; to set before them the choice of weal and woe: and to urge their speedy and entire departure for their country. There must be no contumacious opposition. The said superintendent is also to convey it to his king, that hereafter such receiving vessels are to be prohibited ever again coming hither; and that only the merchant vessels trading in legally dutiable articles may come, while all contraband articles, such as the filthy opium, are not to be conveyed over the wide seas. Thus, the source of the evil may be closed, and the laws be held up to honor; thus, the universally beneficial and boundless favors of the great emperor, may, on the one hand, be conferred ; and, on the other hand, the path of commercial intercourse may for ever be kept open to all good foreigners. We, the governor and lieutenant-governor hold a great power in our hands, and do that which we determine to do. What difficulty should we have in driving these vessels away with the utmost rigor? Yet we refuse not to repeat our admonitions again and again, fearing lest there should be any want of perfect faithfulness, and any consequent obstruction to the display of universally impartial benevolence. “If, after this time of issuing our commands, the receiving-vessels again col. lect, as though we were not heard, and continue to remain looking around them, it will be manifest that amendment finds no place in the hearts of those concern. ed in them; and not only will they be no longer borne with by the great emperor, but by their own king also, they will certainly be subjected to trial. We cannot do otherwise than pursue them with the rigor of the laws, and show forth to all the celestial terrors. If the said superintendent fail to pay earnest obedience hereto, he also will draw on himself investigation and expulsion. All must with trembling anxiety attend. Further, let him be commanded to report as to the periods when these receiving-vessels severally depart for their country. Oppose not! Be carnest and speedy; earnest and speedy !" We, the civil and military authorities of this department, having received the above, forthwith copy the commands of their excellencies the governor and lieut.. governor, and send ihem to the said superintendent Elliot, requiring him to pay immediate obedience. (The remainder of the document is a repetition of the latter portion of the preceding commands, with but one addition, wherein they require captain Elliot to report again through the medium of the hong-merchants.') Be earnest and speedy; earnest and speedy! A special order. September 29th, 1837.—Corresp. pp. 237-240. October 5th. The heads of the financial and judicial departments of the provincial government, issued a document regarding the amount and payment of the debuis of the Hingtái hong. Can. Reg. 24th Oct Luise Tre Brun from i$??? 10 indi November th. The first annual report of the general committcc of the Canton Chamber of Commerce, was approved at a general meeting. Vol. VI., p. 327. 17th, Under this date captain Elliot replied to the cdict of the 25th of September, promising “to transmit it to his country by the rapid steam and overland communication.” And then adds : " He has already significd to your excellency witle truth and plainncss, that. his commission extends only to the regular trade with this empire; and further, that the cxistence of any other than this trade has never yet been subinitted to the knowledge of his own gracious sovereign. He will only permit bimself to add, un this occasion, that circumstances of the kind described by your cxcellency, cannot be lıcard of without feelings of concern and apprehension : and he desires humbly to express an carnest hope that sure and safe means of remedying a hazardous state of things, may be specdily devised, -Corresp. p. 240. (Signed) " CHRIES ELLIOT." 19th. The following communication affords no very favorable pic- ture of the then existing state of circumstances.” It was, under this date addressed from captain Elliot to viscount Palmerston. “My lord, I now beg leave to resume the subject of my dispatch of yester- day's date. In the early part of this year, the project of immediately legalizing the traffic in opium was, without doubt, favorably entertained at the court; and, situated as we are, it is impossible to detect the particular management by which the postponement of the measure may have been achieved. We have now arriv. ed, liowever, at a stage in the passage of circumstances when it appears to be necessary, that the subject should once more be drawn under your lordship’s st. rious attention. The vigorous proceedings of the provincial government against the native smugglers at the outside anchorages in the immediate neighborbood of this port, have had the effect of vastly increasing the traffic on the eastern coasts of the neighboring province of Fukien. Till within the last few months that branch of the trade never afforded employment to more than two or three small vessels; but, at the date of this dispatch, and for some months past, there have not been less than twenty sail of vessels on the cast coast ; and I am sorry to add, that there is every reason to believc blood has been spilt in the interchange of shot which has cver and anon taken place between them and the mandarin boats. “The most grave result of the vigilance upon the spot remains to be described'. The native boats have been burned, and the native smugglers scattered ; and the consequence is, as it was foreseen it would be, that a complete and very hazardous change has been worked in the whole manner of conducting the Canton portion of the trade. The opium is now carried on (and a great part of it inwards to Wliampoa) in European passage-boats belonging to British owners, slenderly .manned with Lascar scamen, and furnished with a scanty armament, which may rather be said to provoke or to justify search, accompanied by violence, than tos furnishi thic means of effectual defense. I have no certain means of judging to what cxtent the shipping at. Whampoa may be implicated in this new mode of carrying on the trade, but I am no. without reason to believe, that they are so, and guessibly in an increasing degree. And as your lordship is probably awari Ind! Aber long trobar dio eros vitrall shops indend the mi podarilo sa v ISIS 264 May, Revicu of Public Occurrences During the join in a bond that she has no opium on board, it is needless to dwell upon the very embarrassing consequences which would ensue if the existence of a different state of facti should nevertheless be established. “I am disposed to believe that the higher officers of the provincial government are perfectly sensible of the extensive smuggling of opium carried on in the Eu. ropean passage-boats, and from some motive, either of interest or policy, or pro- hably of both, they oppose no immediate obstacle to such a condition of things. But the continuance of their inertness is not to be depended upon. Disputes among themselves for the shares of the emoluments, private reports against each other to the court, and, lastly, their ordinary practice of permitting abuse to grow to ripeness, and to rest in false security, are all considerations which forbid the hope that these things can endure. Setting aside, however, the interference of the mandarins, it is not to be questioned that the passage of this valuable article in small and insignificantly armed vessels afford an intense temptation to piratical attack by the many des. perate smugglers out of employment, and by the needy inhabitants of the neigh- boring islands. And another Ladrone war directed against Europeans as well as Chinese is a perfectly probable event. In fact, my lord, looking around me, and weighing the whole body of circumstances as carefully as I can, it seems to me that the moment has arrived for such active interposition upon the part of her majesty's government as can be properly afforded; and that it cannot be deferred without great hazard to the safety of the whole trade, and of the per- sons engaged in its pursuit. • The accompanying paper was originally intended as a memorandum of mat. ter to be framed into a dispatch to your lordship; but several considerations dispose me to hope I shall be excused for transmitting it in its present form. That the main body of the inward trade (about three-fifths of the amount) should be carried on in so hazardous a manner to the safety of the whole commerce and intercourse with the empire, is a very disquieting subject of reflection; but I have a strong conviction, that it is an evil susceptible of early removal. --Corresp. p. 241.242. “I have, &c. (Signed) CHARLES ELLIOT." Accompanying this, of the same date, was forwarded to the foreign office a long memorandum, proposing that her majesty address a letter to the emperor, and send it by a special comınissioner, who should proceed to Chusan, there to confer with officers from Peking, and settle all difficulties. Corresp. p. 242. 21st. Dispatches, dated June 12th, 1837, were received by capt. Elliot, forbidding him to use the word pin in his addresses to the Chinese authorities. A long discussion ensued, and ended in an in- terruption of communications between the two governments. Vol. VI., p. 352. For a series of edicts against the opium trade, see vol. VI., p. 341, and sequel. December 2d. The British flag was struck this morning by captain Elliot, hoisted in Canton on his arrival there on the 12th of April preceding 18 Last Ton Tours, from 183? lo 1911. Stii. Under this date captain Elliot addressed a comunication to viscount Palmerstout, from which the following is an extract. “ In my inind, iny lord, the peaceful establishment of direct oflicial intercourse is no longer of questionable or difficult accomplishment. The principle that officers were not to reside in the empire, has been formally renounced by the emperor himself, and that was the main obstacle; the clearest admission of my right to direct sealed communications with the governor upon the ground of my official character, has been conceded; an official mistake in an edict describing me to be a merchant, has been publicly acknowledged and corrected; facilities (especially upon the plea that I was an officer, and involving a direct official intercourse with the mandarin here) have been accorded; striking proofs of the disposition to devolve upon me in my official capacity the adjustment of all dis- putes, even between Chinese and iny own countrymen, have been afforded. On one occasion, the provincial government has already cominunicated with me in a direct official shape; and upon my late departure fron Canton, it was easy to perceive that the governor was prepared to fall entirely into that course, upon the condition that I should waive the proposed change in the superscription of my address. 66 · When to these circumstances be joined the consideration that the provin- cial government has now been accustomed to a measured mode of official ail- dress, which it is certain has been more agreeable to it than the less guarded tone of irresponsible individuals, I think I may say, that it is probable the communica- tions will be opened upon the required footing before the replies to these dis patches can arrive. But at all events, I entertain a persuasion that a letter from your lordship to the cabinet at Peking, written by her majesty's command, and sent to the inouth of the lei ho in a ship-of-war, would at once draw from the emperor an order for the concession of the point. Your lordship's letter might be sent here for translation : and it communications were open, authority might be given to me to return it to England. If her majesty's government, how- ever. should be of opinion that the proposition contained in my dispatch of No- vember 191h, 1837, were deserving of attention, perhaps the object of direct official intercourse inight form a part of the instructions to the special coni- missioner."-Corresp. p. 249. Under date of June 15th, 1838, lord Palmerstou shortly expresses the approval of her majesty's government of captain Elliot's course in retiring from Canton ; and adds that “With respect to the plan proposed by you in your dispatches of the 19th No- vember, for sending a special commissioner to Chusan, to endeavor to effect some arrangement with the Chinese government about the opium trade, her majesty's government do not see their way in such a measure with sufficient clearness to Justify them in adopting it at the present moment." lle also intimates that * With respect to the smuggling trade in opium, which forms the subject of your dispatches of the 18th and 19th November, and 7th December, 1837, I have to state, that her majesty's government cannot interfere for the purpos of enabling British subjects to violate the laws of thic country to which they trade. Any loss, Horrefort;, winch suche persons may suffer in consequence of the nurse cortadi? :31 266 Mari Dreams in the Rail Chaumbcr. cxecution of the Chinese laws on this subjcct, must be borne by the parties who have brought that loss on themselves by their own acts.” 30th. The governor and lieutenant-governor and hoppo addressed a nemorial to the emperor, regarding the existing state of the contra band trade. Vol. VI p. 473. (To be continued.) ART. II. Hung Lau Jung, or Dreams in the Red Chamber ; u novel. 20 vols, duodecimo. Noticed by a Correspondent. AMONGST the novels of the Chinese, this work holds a decidedly high rank. The author, after making many protestations of his ina- bility to do justice to the subject, which indeed is the only truth i!! the book, commences his story, like thic IIistory of New York, with the creation of the world. To wit, there was once a being, man or woman cannot now be ascertained, called Nükwa, in which, by the way, several authors have supposed they had found some resemblance to that of our mother Eve. Now, this Niikwá, being of a thrifty dis. position, undertook to repair the heavens with solid stones, at work of some difficulty, considering their heighi and airiness. But noi. withstanding all this, the artificer succeeded, ard made a very hand- some piece of work, as is this day to be seen. Nikwá had prepared 36,501 stones for the grand work, but there were only 36,500 wanted, the odd one was therefore thrown away This discarded stone, however, perceiving itself to be devoid of talen! and unfit for the splendid work to which its brethren had been ap- plied, began to repine, and would have been overpowered by its grief, if, in the midst of its misfortunes, a priest of Táu and one of Budha had not come and paid it a visit. They observed that there was something curious in the stone, and soon found out, that its claims to superiority were very great. To avoid having it looked upon as a common stone, they set to work and graved an inscription, which set forth the excellency of the said stone. When finished, they went away, and nobody took any notice of the wonderful mineral, until a few kulpas, some of which were at least 100,000 years' duration, had passed away. Then it happened that another priest found the identical stone, and woudered at the long histories, that were engraved on its yurface He therefore asked him how this had comic to pass, and 1842 267 Dreuins iii the Red Churiver and even was told, that every event had been carefully noted down, and hence the long stories that astonished the ecclesiastic. He was, however, so much taken with the contents, that he immediately copied the whole, and made of it the present volumes. So much for the origin of this works, than which none other can boast a more ancient descent. There lived at a city called Kúsú a wealthy man, the son of a ma- gistrate, whose name was Chin Fí, or otherwise Chin Sz’yin. But one thing was wanting to make his happiness complete, for he had no son and only one daughter, whose name was Yinglien, and at the time the story begins only three years of age. Once being tired with reading, Chin fell asleep ou liis seat, and saw in his dream two priests, both of whom gave him an account of the wonderful stone, presented it to him to look at. But at that moment he awoke, and perceived that it was only a dream. Hearing in the street a great noise, he saw two noisy, roistering priests, resembling those he had just seen in his dream, foretelling him his fate, and frightening him with the gloomy prospects, that should soon darken his brightest hopes. Now this man being of a very jovial disposition, had many visitors and friends, and amongst others a poor scholar, named Ká Yütsun. The latter having no money for paying the expenses of a journey to the capital, was likely to lead a life of obscurity for the remainder of his days, if Chin had not generously advanced him fifty taels, with which sum he set out for the court. In the meanwhile, one calamity tipon another befell the unfortu- nale Chin. His darling liule daughter had disappeared, and could bowhere be found; the house also caught fire during an illumination and burnt down, so that he was obliged io proceed with his wife 10 his father-in-law's. Here he bought, with the remainder of his pro- perty a little estatc, and as he did not understand agriculture every- thing went to ruin. When therefore a mad Táu priest announced to him more fortunate days, he instantly followed him, leaving his wife in ä most distressing situation. She found, however, a kind friend in Ká, the literati, who by her husband's kind assistance had passed the examinations, and having become the magistrate of that district, had married her inaid. Cruelty and worthless behavior, however, brought him in bad odor, and he was finally accused of malversation, and lost his office. Being of a buoyant disposition, he laughed at his misfor- tune, and becarne a wanderer in the empire. Under such circumstances, Ká met a friend, who had become a salt inspector, and beard from him a relation of the wonderful events which had befallen his own family Whilst thus enjoying themselves 10.- MAY, Wrcruins in the Red Chamber there arrived tidings of his restoration to oflice, and he therefore set out for the capital, taking with him the little daughter of his host, Táiyu, a child of great learning and intelligence. The author gives us a great idea of the splendor reigning in the capital, which we suppose to be for the most part imaginative. On reässuming his dignity, Ká was considerably startled with a case of violence com- mitted towards an unoffending female. This innocent damsel had been sold to a party, but the wretch that kidnapped her, disposed of The girl a second time, to a young unprincipled man, of high birth and powerful connections. The former purchaser would however not so easily. part with her, and therefore to obtain possession of the trea- sure some force was used, and a man killed in the scuffle. The gentleman was therefore accused as the murderer, and brought be- fore Ká. The latter did not hesitate to pronounce judgment, but the difficulty was, how 10 execute the sentence. On further examination he found, that the delinquent had such influential friends, that the slightest proceedings against him would involve the magistrate in im- inediate disgrace, and no measures for his apprehension could therefore be taken. At this juncture it was ascertained, that the unfortunate girl, who had occasioned so much noise, was Yinglien, the kid- napped daughter of Chin Sz’yin, a circumstance which increased the anger of Kú, on account of his being unable to rescue her from her debauched suitor, though then but a child. The story becomes now more intricate. We are first made ac- quainted with the state of female society amongst the higher classes, and the general pursuits of these ladies. They seem to be after all the most trivial beings, chattering like magpies about nothing curi. ous, and peering into every nook and corner, the while doing mis- chief, and exercising kindness by turns. There is no end to finery, gewgaws, knicknacks, and dress, and the young ladies freely express their opinions about all these matters. As an episode, we find at last a dreain in the red chamber. T'lic individual is the lady Pauyu. She lies down to sleep, is met by a nymph, and instantly carried into the fairy land. Everything that can create delight is there presented to her wondering eye. Of jas. pers, rubies, and pearls there is no end. There are sparkling four- tains of clear nectar, trees that bear ambrosia, and nymphs of perfect beauty, and exquisite forın to wait upon the stranger. But all this could not satiate the visitor; she must have some amusement for her mind. To this end she is first shown into a spacious hall containing sondro' scrolls, with many curious inscriptions, consisting of sublime 1812 1989) Dirums in their Rra ( hainbei poetry and laconic distiches. Being a great admirer of literature, Páuyu prolongs her stay in the palace, and is made acquainted with the records of destiny, in the examination of which she never tires. Actuated by curiosity, she attentively peruses its pages, and thus be- comes versed in fiturity. In the height of her enjoyinent, however, she utters an involuntary shriek, and is awakened by her maid servants, From these trifles we are led to death-bed scenes. The king of terrors himself is never mentioned, but the physician stands promi- nent. Desirous to rescue his friends from the fangs of death, the doctor exhibits his simples and compounds, but it happened by some mischance that the patient took 100 much, and died of a surfeit of drugs. The physician knew how to excuse himself, and so the mis- fortune was charged to the disease. In the intrigues the acting characters behave very grossly, and this part of the work fully shows the coarseness of the author's mind. The monotony of the story is much relieved by scraps of poetry, put in very opportunely. When a number of ladies are assembled, they generally compose, and inscribe their verses upon a wall or some other conspicuous object, and then make the contents a topic of con- versation. Amidst this joyous mode of living, there arrived among the party, who were all relations of ká, or the daughters and sisters of his friends, an imperial decree to choose one amongst the number to en- ter the harem. This event made the whole company delirious with joy, it was such an amazing honor, and fraught with so many benefits to the whole family, that preparations for a splendid outfit were im- mediately made, and the fortunate damsel was then conveyed to the imperial apartments. Such elevation usually confers upon the rela- tions titles of nobility, and they were on this occasion by no means sparingly bestowed. Thus the happiness of the circle increased daily, and they endeavored to chase every latent sorrow from their hearts. These ladies were, however, not always confined to their apartments. They not only visited their friends, and corresponded with the impe- rial favorite, but made long rambling excursions to the most romantic spots of the neighborhood. On these occasions they carried with them paper and ink, to write down the inspirations suggested by the beauti- ful scenery. It was then that their hearts expanded, and they ex- pressed the inost ardent love for each other. One peculiar taste marked their literary propensities, they would always choose the in- scriptions on stones, and decypher them, for on these they supposed 2718 MAY, Drentiis in the Red Chamber the wisdorn of ages to be recorded, and the writings thus collected they made the theme of lively conversation. On these occasions their sentiments often differed, for all was guess work, and like critics of old manuscripts, they very freely gave their opinions. Their usual occupations consisted in study and writing, thrumming the gui- tar, or playing chess, drawing, composing poetry, or embroidering flowers. Whilst, however, fortune smiled upon them, they did not forget the poor family of Chin, to whom they sent no less than 40,000 taels, as a debt of gratitude, for what the unfortunate man had done to the head of the Ká family when in distress. At this point, the story grow's more and more uninteresting, and contains scarcely anything, but the tittle tattle of the female apart- ment. These ladies, when left to their own society become very tire- some to their friends as well as to themselves. On a visit to the im- perial favorite, the damsels found several nuns in the neighborhood of the harem, who burnt incense and lamps in honor of the idols. On inquiry they were informed, that it was the custoin of the inmates of the palace, to choose a favorite idol, and to make a certain allow- ance of oil, in order to propitiate his favor by the constant burning of a lamp. This edifying example so much operated upon the young lasses, that they came forward with a subscription, and had their idol and lamp. This custom we think is still upheld in the precincts of the palace; the officiating clergy are lamas, who also act like father confessors, and often disturb the peace of the ladies. The leading character amongst the inmates of Ka's family, was a very petulant woman, who committed many freaks, which involved herself as well as the others in considerable difficulties. It was the same Páuyu who had had the dream in the Red Chamber. On a certain day she had teased a waiting-maid so much, that the girl was driven to despair, and threw herself into a well. This circum- stance increased the wrath of the magistrate, and without listening to the remonstrances of the other ladies, he had Pauyu brought to the hall of office, and so severely bainboocd, that she was more dead than alive. But the worthy mandarin soon found out, that he had put his hand into a wasp's nest, which should be a warning to all whoin it may concern, never to meddle too much with ladies' affairs. Whilst her beautiful form was lying on the ground, covered with stripes, bis own mother came with a number of shrews; and attacked him with such bitter reproaches, even threatening to show fight, that the now vanquished judge, was fain to retire with all haste. Some of the women, however, actually conspired to take his part, and to kill Pais - yn from sheer envy, for vi incit: ill case ot accusation, they were really 40 pay it fwrvy mulct to escape punishment, But these schemes ivere never put into execution, and Páriyu lived 10 laugh at her rivals. A spirit ví contention and hatred had thus been kindled, and hrawls in the house were frequent, which sometimes rose to blows, uch to the scandai oi the inaid-servants. From the description we have of the arrangements in the imperial jarem, it does by ia means appear that the women are carefully watched, but that their relations have free access. One scene is very characteristic of ilez establishment. The first physician of his im- perial majesty was calied to ascertain the various complaints of the dcar in males lle was i min of consicicrable patience and skill, but The immense number of applicants quite overpowered him. Every ole of them had to ask luis advice; some he gravely told, there was Bithing the matter with them; to others he gave a few pills, and was very glad at last to escape from thern altogether. On a certain spring day, they left their respective homes and re- paired to a garden to enjoy the fragrant flowers. It was here their spirits warmce, and vented themselves in curious poetical effusions on the beautios of Flora. This is a favorite pastime of the higher cla:ses of Chinese, and in all situations in life, they are fond of pour. ing ont their hearts in high flown poetry, understood only by the initi- ated. Amongst their amusements, the voice of wisdom is occasion- ally heard from an old matron. There appeared a suitor for the hand of her accomplished daughter, who pretended to be a scholar, and had in fact read many books. The dame was not so soon taken with the proposal, but examined into the merits of the swain. lle had learning, but nothing else. She therefore turned towards the scholar, and said, “endeavor to practice what you have learned, for the benefit of the nation, and then you will be welcome to my house and home; so long however as you are a pedant, dare not to ask for the houor of becoming my son-in-law." and with this wholesome dvice, the old woman dismissed him. Most of the discourses of the elderly people turn upon marriage, and the best means of settling their daughters in life. Instances are not wanting of girls choosing a partner for themselves, whom they had never seen before, declare their intention to their mothers, and then entreat them to send the matchmaker to the family of the swain cleci. Suc!i proceedings are by no means considered indelicate, and make tfied story sijort, the two mistresses of the respective families !! Of !etde irrange the preliminaries There apa Dicains in the hori Chumber. MAR pears to be a good deal of over-reaclung in this matter, and many a promise of a rich dowry to be bestowed upon the parents of the bride, is dexterously evaded. Ká, the magistrate, was living in aflluence, and his daughter so clever in writing poetry, attracted a great deal of attention. Go-be- tweens passed to and fro, but the fair damsel reluctantly refused her hand, until a powerful family wanted to force her into an union. All the efforts to obtain her being in vain, the head of this house resolved upon ruining the officer, and for this purpose made him pay heavy times. Ká himself not having the means of meeting the constant de- mands, was finally obliged to take from the public treasury, and when the accounts were demanded he was found a defaulter. His enemy however did not obtain his heart's wish, and the match was not concluded. Two other girls of the coterie were betrothed to faithless lovers, and felt a deep grief on seeing their affections slighted. On the ap- pointed time for accompanying them home, they upbraided the gentle- men in no very measured terms, and declared that they would never become their partuers. But as the bridegrooms grew very pressing, the girls asked a little respite to retire to their rooms, and when alone they cut their throats, as being the least evil of the two. Páuyu, that busy lady, on seeing her friends one after the other departing this liſe, felt rather lonely, and to prove her great attach- ment to her former companions, she went to sacrifice at their graves, and rehearsed a splendid funeral oration. It is sometimes customary among the Chinese, whenever a person of importance has departed this life, for one of the sorrowing friends to go to the grave, and re- capitulate the merits of the deceased. This feinale panygerist was however far more eloquent than many a statesman, who is purposely deputed to bury a compeer, and her praises made the departed an angel in human form. A trial of manslaughter fills a great many pages, and probably details Chinese law proceedings pretty accurately. The individual was accidentally slain by one of his boon companions in a pot-house. To avoid all difficulties, the guilty party endeavored to hush up mal- ters, but a near relation of the deceased insisted upon having blood for blood. Witnesses appearing before the inagistrate, a solemn ap- peal was made to him in open court, and when the culprit endeavor- ed to excuse himself, the incensed officer uttered dire threats and demunciitions. This was a broad hint to the accused, and his friends immerliteli resudice to plan esond te thus cil!s is considerabili 1842 273 Dreams in the Red Chumber. bribe. One present, however, could not altogether stay the proceed. ings, and it would indeed have gone hard with the defendant, if a cunning person had not taken the lead in the affair, and suited the gifts to the occasion, keeping the officer constantly in suspense, and causing him to be anxious to defer the sentence. At a critical junc- ture in the case, the emperor went on a visit to his ancestorial tumbs, and his pilgrimage obliging all officers to leave their offices in order to accompany the monarch, the trial was arrested, and the manslayer escaped with his life. Mention is frequently made of nuns, to whom the ladies repaired under difficult circumstances, both for asking their advice, as well as for begging their intercession before the idols. They however held these woman in very low estimation, and treated them as slaves. One of the fair ones having a desire to become a recluse, was conveyed to a temple, and well received by the sisterhood. But on passing one night she heard dreadful noises which repeatedly awakened her from sleep, and she was anxious to discover the cause, but could not find it out. Finally she remembered, that she was in the region of spirits, and that these unruly beings held their carousals during the night. Trembling she sunk upon her couch, and having passed a most wretched night, declared on the following morning that she would not prolong her stay on any account, and took her departure forth with. In general we find the ladies superstitious, and fond of using incantations, amulets, and philtres. At the end of the work, we are again introduced to our old ac- quaintances, of whom we had lost sight in the middle of the story. There are the priests, the stone, Nükwá, the hill where it had been lying, and an explanation of the influence it exercised upon the lives of our heroes and heroines. Having brought this tedious story to a conclusion, in expressing our opinion about the literary merits of the performance, we may say that the style is without any art, being literally the spoken language of the higher classes in the northern provinces. Some words that are used in a sense different from that in ordinary writings, and others are formed for the occasion, to express provincial sounds. But after reading one volume, the sense is easily understood, and whosoever wishes to familiarize himself with the manner of speaking the northern court dialect, may peruse the work with advantage. VOL. X1 NO V 274 MAY, Adams Lecture on the !lur with China. ART. III. Lecture on the war with China, delivered before the Massachusetts Historical Society, December, 1841 By the hou. Joun Quincy Adams of Mass., U. 3. A. Extracted from an Ame- rican paper. The existing state of the relations between the kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and the empire of China, opens for discussion questions of deep interest to the whole human race; and of pre-eminent interest to the people of the North American union. Great Britain and China are at war. The questions which immediately rise for consideration, in this conflict between two of the mightiest nations of the globe, are- 1. Which of the two parties to the contest has the righteous cause ? 2. What are the prospects of its progress and termination ? 3. How are the interests of other nations, and particularly of the United States, already, or likely to be hereafter, affected by it? 4. What are the dutice of the government and people of the United States resulting from it ? For the solution of the first of these questions, we inust resort to a statement of the facts in which the controversy originated, and for a candid application to those facts, of the laws of nature and of nations. But before entering upon the inquiry, it may be proper to remark that an eminent French writer upon the subject of international law has contended that there can be no such thing, and he makes it a subject of grave and serious charge against the English language itself, that-it applies the word law to the obligations incumbent upon nations. His argument is that law is a rule of conduct prescrib- ed by a superior~a legislator, that is, an act of government, deriving its force from sovereign authority, and binding only upon the subject. That nations, being inde. pendent, acknowledge no superior, and have no common sovereign from whom they can receive the law. That all the relative duties between nations result from right and wrong, from conventions or compact, and from usage or custom, to neither of which can the term law be properly applied. That this system of rules had been called by the Romans the jus gentiumf, and in all the languages of mo. dern Europe, the right of nations, or the rights of war and peace. Upon the rigor. ous analysis of the meaning of words it must be admitted that there is much force in this objection. Law and right, we know but too well by the experience of mankind in all ages, including our own, are not convertible terms. Law necessa. rily implies command on one part, and obedience on the other. Right is the gift of the Creator to man, at once the charter of his own freedom, and the law of his reverence for the same right of his fellow creature, man. In this sense right and law are convertible terms--but the law is the law of God, and the right is the right of man. It is urged by the writer to whom I now allude, that the nations speaking the English language, by the use of this word law to express the rules of intercourse between nations, have hahituated themselves to confound it with the municipal law of their own realm; and to infer that the same legislative authority which is competent to make the laws of the land for them, is equally competent to preocribe !11! - for all the malions of the yra 1842. 27:) Adams Lecture on the l'ar withi China How far this reproach of a French writer upon the freedom of the seas, (Ray. neval) is justified by the facts which he alleges in its support, is not now my pur. pose, nor have we time to inquire. It behooves us however to remember that the English language is now the mother tongue, not of one, but of many nations, and that whatever portion of them believe that the fountain of all human legislation is the omnipotence of the British parliament, we as one of those nations acknow. ledge no such supremacy. We think, with the great jurist of our mother country, that the omnipotence of the British parliament is a figure of speech rather too hold, azi the first declaration of the act of our existence as a separate nation, was, self-evident, inalienable rights of all men by the laws of nature and of nature's God. This is the only omnipotence to which we bow the knee, as the only source, direct or indirect of all human legislation, and that thus the laws of nations are identical with the rights of men associated in independent conimunities. The practical organization of our social system is not altogether consistent with our theory of the law of nature and of nature's God, which has given to all men the inalienable right to liberty. The existence of slavery is incompatible with that law of nature. But we speak the English language, and what the men of other tonguee call the right of nations, we call the law of nations. What then are the laws of nature by the rules of which the right and wrong of the present contest between Great Britain and China are to be ascertained? And here we are to remember, that by the laws of nations are to be understood not one code of lawe, binding alike upon all the nations of the earth, but a system of rules, varying according to the character and condition of the parties concerned. The general law of nations is derived from four distinct sources, denominated by Vattel the necessary, voluntary, conventional, and customary, laws of nations. The necessary law is the applica. tion of the law of nature to the intercourse between independent communities, and this itself can be enforced only between nations who recognize the principle that the state of nature is a state of peace. It is a religious principle of the Moham. medan nations, that it is their duty to propagate their religion by the sword. Time was, when their cruel, absurd, and unnatural principle was inscribed on the holy banners of the meek and lowly Jesus. The vision of Constantine himself who seated Christianity upon the throne of the Cæsars—the vision by which he pretended to have been converted to the faith of the blessed Gospel, falsified all its commands, and perverted its nature. The cross of Christ was exhibited before his eyes, and the words inscribed upon it were, "By this conquer"-conquer, perse. cute, enslave, destroy, kindle the fires of the holy fraternities, burn the heretic at the stake, tcar his nerves to atoms by the rack, hunt him with blood-hounds, pluck out his vitals and slap them in his face---all for the salvation of his soul- by this conquer ! By the law of nations between thuge communities, subscribers to this creed, the bishop of Rome, the self-styled servant of servants, by the seal of the fisherman's ring, was for many ages invested with authority to distribute all the kingdoms of the earth, out of the pale of Christianity, to whomsoever he pleased. And ac. cordingly in January, 1445, his holiness, Nicholas V. did, of his own proper mo. tion, without petition from any one, by his mere liberality and certain knowledge, after full deliberation and in the plenitude of apostolic power, give, grant, and con. vey the whole kingdom of Guinea, and all its negro inhabitants, to Alphonso, king of Portugal, and his son, the infanta, Don Henry, and their heirs and successore 276 May, Adams Lecture on the War with China. for ever: and forty years after, in 1493, Alexander VI., the Nero of the papal tiara, the year after the discovery by Christopher Columbus of the western hemis- phere, did in like manner give and grant the same hemisphere to Ferdinand and Isabella of Spain. This was about twenty-five years before the publication of the thirty-five theses of Martin Luther at the university of Wittenberg. That was the law of nations between Christian communities of that day. Since the protes. tant reformation, the power of the pope to distribute kingdoms at his pleasure is hardly an article of the law of nations, even among Catholic communities. Yet even now there is a law of nations between Roman Catholics, strictly confined to them, and which is of no validity for any other portion of the human race. There is also a law of nations betwcen Christian communities, which prevails between the Europeans and their descendants throughout the globe. This is the law recognized by the constitution of the United States, as obligatory upon them in their intercourse with European states and colonies. But we have a separate and different law of nations for the regulation of our intercourse with the Indian tribes of our own continent. Another law of nations between us and the woolly- headed natives of Africa-another with the Barbary powers and the sultan of the Ottoman empire-a law of nations with the inhabitants of the isles of the sea, wherever human industry and enterprise have explored the geography of the globe ; and lastly, a law of nations with the flowery land, the celestial empire, the Man. tchou-Tartar dynasty of despotism, where the patriarchal system of sir Robert Fil. mer flourishes in all its glory. And this is the heathen nation with which the im. perial Christian realm of Great Britain and Ireland, is waging a war, in which all or many others of the Christian nations of the earth, and among the rest our United States of America, are in imminent danger of being involved. The law of nations then, by which the right and wrong of the present contest is to be tried, is, as between the parties themselves, the general and necessary law of nations, but as it may effect the other Christian nations whose rights are involv. cd in the issue, it is the Christian law of nations which must furnish the principles for discussion.—It may be necessary to remember this distinction. By the law of nature, the rights of property result from two sources, occu- pancy and labor-occupancy gives possession, and confers the exclusive right to its fruits—but possession is either temporary or permanent. It may be exclusive or common. Possession may be permanently maintained of that which can be carried about with the person. The occupancy of the soil to give the right to the soil must be permanent, at least for a season; to be permanent, it must be divid- ed by metes and bounds; and this can be effected only by agreement. The right of property being thus established by labor, by occupancy, and by compact, the right of exchange, barter, or in other words of commerce, necessarily follows. If the state of nature between men is a state of peace, and the pursuit of happiness is a natural right of man's, it is the duty of man to contribute as much as is in his power to one another's happiness. This is emphatically enjoined by the Christian precept to love your neighbor as yourself; now there is no other way by which men can so much contribute to the comfort and well-being of one another as by commerce or mutual exchanges of equivalents. Commerce is then among the natural rights and duties of men—and if of individuals, still more of communities, for as by the law of nature every man, though he love his neighbor as himself, must provide for his own preservation and that of his family, before he can minis- ter to the wants of his neighbor, it follows that he can give in exchange, to his 1842 Addams Lecture on the l'ar with China. neighbor only the excess of the fruit of his labor beyond that which is necessary for his and their subsistence. The exchange itself may indeed be of necessaries, and that leads to the division of labor, one of the greatest blessings of association ; but that cannot be without commerce. This duty of commercial intercourse between nations is laid down in terms suffi. ciently positive by Vattel, but he afterwards qualifies it by a restriction which unless itself restricted, annuls it altogether. He says, that although the general duty of commercial intercourse is incumbent upon nations, yet every nation nay exclude any particular branch or article of trade which it may deem injurious to its own interest. This cannot be denied. But then a nation may multiply these particular exclusions until they become general and equivalent to a total interdict of commerce, and this, time out of mind, has been the inflexible policy of the Chi- nese empire. So says Vattel, without affixing any note of censure upon it. Yet it is manifestly incompatible with the position which he had previously laid down, that commercial intercourse between nations is a moral obligation incumbent upon them all. The empire of China is said to extend over three hundred millions of human beings. It is said to cover a space of seven millions of square miles; about four times larger than the surface of these United States. The people are not Christians. Nor can a Christian nation appeal to the principles of a common faith to settle the question of right and wrong between them. The moral obligation of commercial intercourse between nations is founded entirely, exclusively, upon the Christian precept to love your neighbor as yourself. With this principle you cannot refuse commercial intercourse with your neighbor, because commerce, consisting of a vo- luntary exchange of property mutually beneficial to both parties, excites in both the selfish and the social propensities, and enables each of the parties to promote the happiness of his neighbors by the same act whereby he provides for his own. But China, not being a Christian nation, its inhabitants do not consider them. selves bound by the Christian precept, to love their neighbors as themselves. The right of commercial intercourse with them reverts not to the execrable principle of Hobbes that the state of nature is a state of war, where every one has a right to buy, but no one is obliged to sell. Commerce becomes altogether a matter of con. vention. The right of each party is only to propose—that of the other is to accept or refuse, and to his result he may be guided exclusively by the consideration of his own interest, without regard to the interests, the wishes, or the other wants of his neighbor. This is a churlish and unsocial system ;—and I take occasion here to say that whoever examines the Christian system of morals, with a philosophical spirit, set- ting aside all the external and historical evidences of its truth, will find all its pre- cepts tending to exalt the nature of the animal man; all its purpose of peace on earth and goodwill towards men. Ask the atheist-the deist--the Chinese, and they will tell you that the foundation, of their system of morals is selfish enjoy. ment. Ask the philosophers of the Grecian schools—Epicurus, Socrates, Zeno, Plato, Lucretius, Cicero, Seneca, and you will find them discoursing upon the Supreme Good. They will tell you it is pleasure, ease, temperance, prudence, fortitude, justice, not one of them will whisper the name of love, unless in its gross and physical sense; as an instrument of pleasure, not one of them will tell you that the source of all moral relation between you and the rest of mankind is to love your neighbor as yourself-10 do unto him as you would that he should do unto you. Árlens: Ertui's on the l'ar with Chirin. Var, The Chinese recognize no such law. Their internal government is a hereditary patriarchal despotisın, and their own exclusive interest is the measure of all their relations with the rest of inankind. Their own government is founded upon the principle, that as a nation they are superior to the rest of mankind. They believe themselves and their country especially privileged over all others-that their domi. nion is the celestial empire, and their territory the flowery land. At a period of their history so remote that they have no authentic records of the times,* to make their separation from the rest of the world more effectual, they built a wall 1500 miles long between themselves and their next neighbors, the Tartars, which how. ever has not saved them from being more than once conquered. The last time that this happened was in the year 1644, and the second century is about closing upon the dominion of the Mantchou Tartars. That conquest however produced no other revolution of government than the transfer of the imperial sceptre from one family to another. It is a remark of Hume that if the conquest of France by Henry V. had been maintained by his successors, the result would have been to convert England into a French province; such in the natural course of events must be the result of the conquest of a larger by a smaller adjoining people. And this is precisely what has happened with China and Tartary. The principle of the Chinese government is, that the whole nation is one great family, of which the emperor is the father. His authority is unlimited, and he can, not only appoint such of his sons as he pleases to succeed him, but may even transfer the succession to another family. Idol worship, polygamy, infanticide, are the natural conse. quencest of such a system within the realın, and the assumption of a pretension to superiority over all other nations regulates their intercourse with foreigners. To the Greeks and Romans of antiquity, the very existence of the Chinese nation was unknown. The first notice of them received by the Europeans of the middle ages, was from the Venetian Marco Palo in the 13th century. When the Portuguese two hundred years later found the way round the cape of Good Hope to India, they soon pushed forward their navigation and their enterprize along the whole coast of China. They were allowed to trade for several years at various ports; but abusing this privilege and their navigating power, they were excluded from all access to the empire. A few years later the coast was infested by pirates. One of these named Ching Chílung obtained possession of the island of Macao; others held the whole coast in a state of blockade, and besieged Canton, itself destitute of all naval power. The officers of the celestial empire were obliged to have recourse to those very Portuguese to defend and deliver their country from the depredation of a single bold and desperate pirate. They sent from Sancian, where they had a trading establishment, an expedition which raised the siege of Canton, and drove Ching Chílung back to Macao, where to escape from the fate which awaited him, had he fallen into the hands of his pursuers, he died by his own hands. In reward for this service, the emperor of The Great Wall was built about B. c. 240, by the emperor Chí Hwangtí of the Tsin dynasty. He was cotemporary with Hannibal. The Chinese records of this event are among the most authentic they have, for this emperor stands pre. eminent for his power and his conquests.-Ed. Chi. Rep. + In our humble opinion, these consequences can hardly be said to follow, because the emperor's authority is unlimited, nor do we exactly see how they grow out of it at all: the power of the emperor of Russia is probably as unlimited as that of his imperial hrother at Peking, but these evils are surely not general in nie dominions.--Ed. Chi. Rup illum, Lipeluri inni ili llur milli ( 'liniat.. 79 China gave to the Portuguese line island of Macao, which they hold to this day, and from which station they, and the other navigating nations of Christendoni, have carried on their commercial intercourse with the intcrior of China.* This grant, in full sovereignty of an island at the very entrance of the China seas, to a foreign and Christian power, would scem to be a wide departure from the fundamental systein of excluding all foreigners from admission within the empire, but it was in truth a necessary consequence of that system. The seclu- sion of the empire from all other nations was a necessary renunciation of all inaritime enterprisc, and all naval armament. The coast was thus leſt defense- less against the assaults of single desperate adventurers. The traffic which the Portuguese solicited, was altogether advantageous to the Chinese. The Portu- guese brought gold, silver, and precious stones. They took away silks, nankeens, porcelain, varnish, medicinal plants and tea, the produce of the soil and manu- facturing industry of the country. A small island upon the coast as a perma. nent abode for the Portuguese traders, given to them as a possession, was a compromise for their claim of admission to the territory necessary for carrying on that importation of the precious metals, and that exportation of Chinese in- dustry, the benefits of which could not but be felt, and could not be overlooked. Other navigating Christian nations followed in the wake of the Portuguese. The Spaniards, the Dutch, the English, the French, and the Danes,-successive- ly came as rival competitors for the lucrative commerce. It was chiefly, though not always confined to the port of Canton, but no European was ever admitted within the walls of that city. The several trading nations were allowed to esta- blish small factories, as counting-houses, on the banks of the river without the city; but they were never suffered to enter within the gates, they were not per. initted to introduce even a woman into their factory. All their intercourse with the subordinate government of the province was carried on through the me. dium of a dozen Chinese traders denominated the hong-merchants. All their remonstrances against wrong, or claims of right, must be transmitted not directly to the government, but through the hong, in the form of humble supplication called by the Chinese a pin-and all must be content to receive the answers of the viceroys in the form of edicts in which they, their sovereigns, and their nations, were invariably styled "outside barbarians;!--and the highest compliment to their kings was to declare them reverently submissive to his imperial majesty, monarch of the Celestial empire,—and father of the Flowery land. It is humiliating to think that not nly the proudest monarch of Europe, but the most spirited and enlight- ened and valorous nations of Christendom have submitted to this tone, and these principles of intercourse, so long as to have given them, if prescription could give them, a claim of right, and a color of conformity to the law of nature. There are three principles of the law of nature applied to nations, laid down in the preliminary chapter to Vattel's treatise, a close attention to which is indispen. For notices of the travelers who visited China before Marco Polo, and the intercourse carried on with this people, see Chi. Rep., vol. III., page 107. There is, also, in this paragraph some confusion regarding the doings of the pirates, one or two of whoin are confounded. Ching Chílung died in Peking. But see Chi. Rep. vol. III., page 64, and Ljungstedt's Macao, page 12, for an account of this and other pirates, and the tenure by which the Portuguese obtained and still hold Macao. Nor is it from this port alone that, the other navigating nations of Chris. tendoni have carried on their commercial intercourse with China.-Ed. Chi. Repi * Adams' Laccturn on the l'ar with China. MAK sably necessary to the adjustment of the question of right and wrong in the issue of fact between the British and Chinese govermuients: “ The first general law, which the very end of the society of nations disco. vers, is that each nation ought to contribute all in its power to the happiness and perfection of others."—" But the duty towards ourselves having incontestibly the advantage over our duty with respect to others, a nation ought in the first place, preferably to all other considerations, to do whatever it can to promote its own happiness and perfection." Here is a fallacy. The first and vital principle of Christian morality is to love your neighbor as yourself to do unto others as you would that they should do unto you. It does not permit you to promote your own happiness and perfection in preference to all other considerations. It makes your neighbor's happiness, so far as your action is concerned, a part of your own. It does not permit you to sacrifice his happiness to yours, any more than yours to his. The importance of this distinction will be seen-by referring to the second and third preliminaries laid down by the same author, and by deducing the con. sequences inferable from them all. “Nations being free and independent of each other, in the same manner as inen are free and independent,--the second general law of their society is, that cach nation ought to be left in the peaceablc enjoyment of that liberty it has derived from nature. From this liberty and independence, it follows that every nation is to judge of what its conscience demands, of what it can or cannot do, of what is proper or improper to be done; and consequently to organize and de- termine, whether it can perform any office for another without being wanting in what it owes to itself.” Now for the third general law. “Since men are naturally equal, and their rights and obligations are the same, as equally proceeding froin nature, nations composed of men, considered as so many free persons living together in a state of nature, are naturally equal, and receive from nature the same obligations and rights.” Hence, “If it (a nation] makes an ill use of its liberty, it offends; but others ought to suffer it to do so, having no right to conmand it to do otherwise. The nation that has acted wrong, has offended against its conscience, but as it may do whatever it has a right to perform it cannot be accused of violating the laws of society." Let us separate the question of risht and wrong, from that of the right of cither party to compel by force the performance of right by the other, and how stand these three corner stones of Vattel's laws of nations towards cach other? If it be true that each nation ought to contribute all in its power to the happi- ness and perfection of others, how can it be true that a nation ought in the first place, and preferable to all other considerations, to do whatever in can to promoto its own happiness and perfection, and to be the exclusive judge of what that is ? If the vital principle of all human society be that each is bound to contribute to the happiness of all, it surely follows that each cannot regulate his conduct hy the exclusive or even by the paramount consideration of his own interest. In applying his own principles to the cultivation of commerce, Vattel begins by lay. ing it down as a moral obligation. He says expressly, that nations are obliged to cultivate the home-trade-because it promotes the welfare of the community- and, “From the same reason, drawn from the welfare of the state, and to pro. "ure for the citizens everything they want, a nation is obliged to promote and 1842, 281 Adams Lecture on the War with China, carry on a foreign trade.” And yet, because every one has a right to buy, and every one an equal right to refuse to sell, therefore every nation, having exclu- sively, or in preference to all other considerations, regard to its own interest, has a right to interdict all commerce with other nations. Here is a manifest inconsistency between the two principles. The vital principle of commerce is reciprocity ; and although in all cases of traffic, each party acts for himself and for ile promotion of his own interest, the duty of each is to hold commercial intercourse with the other--not from exclusive or paramount consideration of his own interest, but from a joint and equal moral consideration of the interests of both. If the object of any particular traffic is advantageous to one party, and injurious to the other, then the party suffering has an unquestionable right to interdict the trade, not from exclusive or paramount consideration of his own interest, but because the traffic no longer fulfills the condition which makes commercial intercourse a duty: The fundamental principle of the Chinese empire is anti-commercial. It is founded entirely upon the second and third of Vattel's general principles, to the total exclusion of the first. It admits no obligation to hold commercial intercourse with others. It utterly denies the equality of other nations with itself, and even their independence. It holds itself to be the centre of the terraqueous globe, equal to the heavenly host, and all other nations with whom it has any relations, politi- cal or commercial, as outside tributary barbarians reverently submissive to the will of its despotic chief. It is upon this principle, openly avowed and inflexibly maintained, that the principal maritime nations of Europe for several centuries, and the United States of America from the time of their acknowledged indepen- dence, have been content to hold commercial intercourse with the empire of China. It is time that this enormous outrage upon the rights of human nature, and upon the first principle of the rights of nations, should cease. These principles of the Chinese empire, too long connived at and truckled to by the mightiest Christian nations of the civilized world, have at length been brought into conflict with the principles and the power of the British empire; and I cannot forbear to express the hope that Britain, after taking the lead in the abolition of the African slave trade and of slavery, and of the still more degrading tribute to the Barbary Afri. can Mohammedans, will extend her liberating arm to the farthest bound of Asia, and at the close of the present contest insist upon concluding the peace on terms of perfect equality with the Chinese empire, and that the future commerce shall be carried on upon terms of equality and reciprocity between the two communities, parties to the trade, for the benefit of both, each retaining the right of prohibition and of regulation, to interdict any article or branch of trade injurious to itself, as, for example, the article of opium; and to secure itself against the practices of fraudulent traders and smugglers. This is the truth, and I apprehend the only question at issue between the go. vernments and nations of Great Britain and China. It is a general, but I believe altogether mistaken opinion, that the quarrel is merely for certain chests of opium imported by British merchants into China, and seized by the Chinese government for having been imported contrary to law. This is a mere incident to the disputc; but no more the cause of the war, than the throwing overboard of the tea in Boston harbor was the cause of the North American revolution. The cause of the war is the pretension on the part of the Chinese, that in all their intercourse with other nations, political or commercial, their superiority must be implicitly acknowledged, and manifested in humiliating forms. It is not credit. :36 YOL V 2672 MAY, Adams: Lecture on the War with China. able to the great, powerful and enlightened nations of Europe, that for scveral centuries they have, for the sake of profitable trade, submitted to these insolent and insulting pretensions, equally contrary to the first principles of the law of nature and of revealed religion-the natural equality of mankind Auri sacra fames, quid non mortalia pectora cogis ? This submission to insult is the more extraordinary for being practiced by Chris. tian nations, which, in their intercourse with one another, push the principle of equality and reciprocity to the minutest punctilios of forms. Is a treaty to be concluded between the British and Russian empire, it must be in both their languages, or in a third, agreed upon by the parties. The copies of the same treaty are to be so varied that each of the parties is first named in the copy re. lained by itself; the signatures of the plenipotentiaries must either be in parallel lines or alternate in their order upon the two copies. Duels have been fought between embassadors of two European courts to the monarch of a third, for the precedence of admission to his presence; and in the reign of Charles II., a bloody battle was fought in the streets of London etween the retinues of a French and a Spanish crnbassador, in a struggle between the two coachmen, which should lead the other in a procession. Ainong the expedients to which the British government had resorted to hide their faces from the shame of submission to their principle of commercial inter- course with China, was that of granting the monopoly of trade to a company of inerchants. The charter of the East India Company was the instrument of this monopoly; and as the Company possessed none of the attributes of sovereignty, whatever compliances their thirst for gain might reconcile with their self-esteem as men or their pride as Britons, was supposed to involve no sacrifice of the nation. al honor and dignity. They submitted, therefore, to accept the permission to trade with the people of China, as a boon granted to their humble supplication, called a pin. But their trade was to be confined to the single port of Canton, in an empire of seven millions of square miles, with a population of 360,000,000 of souls. Even into that city of Canton no British subject was ever to be suffered to get his foot. They were permitted lo erect, on the banks of the river below the city, the buildings necessary for a counting-house, over which they might display the degraded standard of their nation, but from which their wives and families were to be for ever excluded.--For the superintendence of this trade, certain officers were appointed by the East India Company-and it was to be exclusively carried on with ten or twelve Chinese merchants of the city, called hong-merchants, through whom alone, the outside barbarians had access by the pin (i, e. petition) to the government of the city. In the year 1792, just at the time when the wars of the French revolution, in which Great Britain took so prominent a part, were breaking out, the British government instituted a splendid embassy to the emperor of China, Kienlung, who was then approaching the termination of a reign of sixty years. The selection : of the time for this mission excited a general suspicion throughout Europe, that its object was connected with the policy agitated by the approaching conflict, and that an alliance at least defensive against revolutionary France, was contemplated, under the ostensible appearance of placing the commercial intercourse between the two countries upon a more just and equilable footing. From the historical account of this embassy, published by sir George Staunton, it appears that its vbject was to prevail pon the chinese government to admit the establishment of 1842 dums leiturs une Uhr i Vai with Chince. a permanent diplomatic Britisho minister to reside near the person of ihe emperos, at Peking, and thereby to secure a more effective protection to the commerce between the two countries, than it had before enjoyed. This was a fair and laud. able purpose and so reasonable did it appear, that Mr. Ward, who published his excellent history of the Law of Nations, in 1795, before the result of lord Macart. ney's embassy was known, in the passage of his work, where he noticed this ex. clusive and excluding policy of the Chinese, added a note announcing the expec. tation that very shortly thereafter, a permanent British diplomatic inission would be established at the imperial court of Peking. But this was not the conclusion of Chinese logic or Chinese benevolence. From the moment that lord Macartney landed in China, till he embarked in the Lion to return home, he was considered as the vassal of a distant subordinate petty prince, sent by his master to do ho- mage, and bear the tributary presents to the superhuman majesty of the celestial empire. Laudandum, ornandum, tolerandum, was the unvarying policy of the treat. ment which he received --all possible courtesy of forms was observed towards him, and, with occasional gross exceptions, to the numerous retinue of the embassy. Two grandees of the empire, Chau tájin, a civilian, and Wán tájin, a military com- mander, were sent to accompany and escort him to Peking, with a third legate, a Tartar in every sense of the word, whose office was all but avowedly that of a spy. Arrived at Peking, lord Macartney found that the emperor was absent in Tartary, and was advised to follow him thither, which he accordingly did. He was lodged with his junto, at sundry unoccupied imperial palaces on the way, and given to understand that this and many other petty observances, were transcen. dant honors, such as no outside barbarian had ever before been indulged in. Meantime he was advised to practice the kotow, or ceremonial prostration, knock. ing his forehead nine times on the floor, which would be required on his being presented to the emperor. Lord Macartney, who perfectly understood the meaning of this ceremony, importing that his sovereign was but the tributary vassal of the celestial emperor, proposed as a compromise, to perform his part of the ceremony, on condition that a Chinese mandarin of equal rank with himself, should perform the same ceremony before the portrait of the king of Great Britain. This proposa ! was not accepted, but the old emperor, as a special favor, consented to receive the embassador, as he was accustomed to approach his own sovereign, on one bended knee. Before the presentation, however, lord Macartney, had a private interview with the kóláu, or prime minister of the empire, in which he disclosed the principal object of his mission, and was sufficiently forewarned of its failure. “ His excel. lency,” (says sir George Staunton,) "found it necessary to use great tenderness and many qualified expressions, in conveying any idea that a connection between Great Britain and China, could be of any importance to the latter, either by the introduction of European commodities, of which taken in barter, the necessity was not felt: or by the supply of cotton or of rice from India, which some of the Chinese provinces were equally fit to cultivate; or of bullion, of which the increase had sometimes the inconvenience of unequally increasing the prices of the useful or necessary articles of life; or lastly by the assistance of a naval force to destroy the pirates on the coast, against whose mischief the surc source cxisted of an internal communication by rivers and canals. Such were the avowed or affected notions entertained by the Chinese government, of the superiority or independence of the empire, that no transaction with foreigners was admissible by it, on the 284 MAY, Adams' Lecture on the War with China. ground of reciprocal benefit, but as a grace and condescension from the former to the latter. ... His excellency was not unwilling to negotiate even on those terms; and the kóláu obligingly said, that they should have frequent opportunities of měst. ing during the continuance of his excellency's visit at the Chinese court." The value of this answer was very shortly after ascertained. The presentation of the embassador and the delivery of his credential letters was effected with great solemnity, and he was magnificently entertained by the emperor on his birth-day, the 17th of September. But the letter and the presents were no sooner delivered, than he received significant hints, that it was expected he would apply without delay for permission to depart. The emperor returned after a few days to Peking, preceded by the embassador. Then lord Macartney, to avoid the appearance of obtruding himself too long upon the generous hospitality of the flowery land, wrote to the kóláu, informing him of his intention to ask permission to depart in the ensuing month of February, at the beginning of the Chinese new-year. In- stead of answering this latter, the kóláu sent for lord Macartney to come to him, inf med him that the emperor was greatly concerne for the health of the em. bassador and of his suite, and that the climate of Peking would be very unfavor. able to them in the winter, but that it was perfectly at the embassador's own option to depart or to remain, the solicitude of the emperor being caused solely and exclusively by his regard for the embassy and the embassador himself. Lord Macartney assured the red buttoned officer that he was not under the slightest ap- prehension for himself or for his companions, of suffering from the climate of Peking—that he had many important objects of negotiation to present to the con. sideration of his imperial majesty, and “that he, the kóláu, had, when at Jeho, been so good as to flatter him with the hope of many meetings with him, which, however anxiously he wished for, his sudden departure would necessarily prevent.” The reply of the kóláu was in the most approved style of courtly dissimulation. Without particularly noticing the appeal to his previous promise, his words were so gracious that the interpreter, a native Chinese, concluded that it would be per- fectly at the embassador's option to stay as long as might suit his purpose. The kóláu gave not the most distant intimation to his excellency the embassador that the emperor's answer to the credential letter from the king of Great Britain was already prepared, and was to be delivered to him the next day, as it actually was; and that he might make no mistake as to the intentions of his Chinese majesty, Chau tájin and Wán tájin were sent to him, to inform him gently, with great reluctance, and under some depression of spirits, that they surmised but did not know, that the emperor's answer would be delivered to him on that day; and that the moment it should be received, it would be advisable to make application for permission to depart. Early the next morning the embassador was again sent for to meet the kóláu at the great hall of audience in the palace of Peking, as soon as he could get ready. Though severely indisposed, he had no choice but to obey the summons, and after traversing a considerable part of the Tartar city, on reaching the great hall of the palace-guard, the emperor's answer to the letter of the king of Great Britain, in a large roll covered with yellow silk was placed in a chair hung with curtains of the same color. It was afterwards carried in form up the middle of three flights of stairs; while the kóláu and others who stood by it, and the embassador and his suite went up the side steps to the hall. The answer was placed in the midst of the hall, and not delivered to the embassador, but was afterwards sent to his 1842. 285 Adams Lecture on the War with China, hotel, in state. That this humiliation of the British nation in the person of their embassador should lack no appropriate appendage, it seemed to be part of the intended ceremony of the day to display the beauties of the palace to the embas- sador; which his indisposition obliged him to decline; and to leave the honor of this perainbulation to sir George Staunton himself, and to other gentlemen of the embassy. The kóláu led them through a great number of separate edifices erected on a regular plan in a high style of magnificence, all intended for public occa- sions and appearance, while the emperor's private apartinents were pointed out at a distance in the interior palace. With the emperor's answer to the letter of his Britannic majesty, farewell presents for him, for the embassador, and for every person of his scile, were sent to the hotel. Lord Macartney was extremely reluctant at cɔmmg to the canclusion that his embassy was at an end, and that he had nothing more to do but to ask per- mission to depart and return to his own country; but a kind friend at the imperial court, whose good offices he had sccured, suggested to him that the Chinese had no otner idea of an embassy, and there was in truth no other alternative. To relieve him from this embarrassment to his British pride and this Tartar courtesy, he. just at this time received advices of the war which the National Convention had declared against the king of Great Britain, and the Stadtholder of the Netherlands, and he comforted himself with the anticipation that by returning home imme. diately in the Lion, the ship which had conveyed him to China, he might at the same time perform the service of conveying in safety the East India Company's fleet of merchantmen then bound to Europe. This ship, however, which had landed him at the mouth of the Pei ho river, within three days journey of Peking, had already sailed from the neighboring is- land of Chusan, and was returning to Canton. The distance from that city to Peking is from twelve to fourteen hundred miles, the whole of which lord Macart. ney and his whole embassy were transported by island, river, and canal naviga. tion, at the cost of his imperial majesty, in the custody of a succession of officers, civil and military, of the very highest dignity-everywhere treated with distin- guished honors, occasionally buffeted with humiliating insults, and never suffer- ed to stray a single mile from the river or canal upon which they were boated, into the country through which they were passing; or to pass a night in one of the numerous cities through which they were conducted. They were nearly thrce months in the performance of this inland safe conduct; and at the expiration of his voyage and embassy, lord Macartney knew about as much of the condition of the interior of China as if he had, durir:g the two years of his absence, continually resided in Pall Mall or Piccadilly, within a stone's throw of the palace of Si. James. This embassy, however, appears to have been treated with more respect than any other from an European government during the two centuries of the reign of the Tá Tsing or Mantchou-Tartar dynasty. The narrative of sir George Staunton distinctly and positively affirms that lord Macartney was admitted to the presence of the emperor Kienlung, and presented to him his credentials without performning the prostration of the kotow, the Chinese act of homage from the vassal to the sovereign lord :-ceremonies between superiors and inferiors are the personification of principles. Nearly twenty-five years after the repulse of lord Macartney, in 1816, another splendid embassy was dispatched by the British government, in the person of lord Amherst, who was much more rudely dismissed, withollt eycos Adams MAY; Lecture on them. It'ur with China. being admitted to the presence of the emperor, or passing a single hour at. Peking. A Dutch embassy, instituted shortly after the failure of that of lord Macartney's, fared no better, although the embassador submitted with a good grace to the prostration of the kotow. A philosophical republican may smile at the distinction by which a British nobleman saw no objection to delivering his credentials on the bended knee, but could not bring his stomach to the attitude of entire prostration. In the discussion which arose between lord Amherst and the celestials, on this question, the Chinese to a man, insistcd inflexibly that lord Macartney had per- formed the kotow, and Kiáking, the successor of Kienlung, who had been present at the reception of lord Macartney, personally pledged himself that he had seen his lordship in that attitude. Against the testimony to the fact of the inn. perial witness in person, it may well be conjectured how impossible it was for the British noble to maintain his position, which was, after all, of small moment. The bended knee, no less than the full length prostration to the ground, is a symbol of homage from an inferior to a superior, and if not equally humiliating to the performer, it is only because he has been made familiar by practice with one and not with the other. In Europe, the bended knee is exclusively appropriated to the relations of sovereign and subject, and no representative of any sovereign in Christendom ever bends the knee in presenting his credentials to another. But the personal prostration of the embassador before the emperor, was in the Chi. nese principle of exactions, symbolical not only of the acknowledgment of sub. jection, but of the fundamental law of the empire, prohibiting all official inter. course upon a footing of equality between the government of China, and the government of any other nation. All are included under the general denomina- tion of outside barbarians, and the commercial intercourse with the maritime or navigating nations is maintained through the exclusive monopoly of the hong- merchants. It has been seen how the British government and nation had accommodated themselves to this self-arrogating system of the Chinese. It was by establishing a monopoly on their part adapted to the monopoly of the Chinese system. The exclusive right of trading with China was granted to the East India Company, and all the commerce of British subjects with the celestial empire was transacted by means of commissioned supercargoes, appointed by those merchant princes, without diplomatic character, and without direct intercourse weth any officer of the Chinese government. But on the expiration and removal of the East India Company's charter in 1833, the exclusive right of trading with China was discontinued, and thenceforth the quasi-political intercourse between the two nations, transacted by mere commercial agents of the East India Company ceased, and in the third and fourth year of the reign of William IV., an act of parliament was made and passed, 'to regulate the trade to China and India. In pursuance of the powers conferred upon the crown by this act, the sailor-king issued three orders in council. 1.-Constitu- ting and appointing William-John, lord Napier, W. Henry Chicheley Plowden, and John Francis Davis, “superintendents of the trade of British subjects in China,' with an order for the government of British subjects within the Chinese dominions. 2.-Creating a court of justice for the purposes therein mentioned. 3.—Impos- ing duties on the ships and goods of British subjects trading to China, for the purposes therein mentioned, that is, of defraying the expenses of the establishment. The order for the imposition of duties was afterwards rescinded, and the oriler ddams Lietur i tha llar otle China for the constitution of a court of justice was suspended for further consideration. The chiel superintendent lord Napier was instructed to announce his arrival al. Canton, by letter to the viccroy. The superintendents were instructed to take up their residence at the port of Canton, and to discharge thc duties of their commission within the river or port of Canton, or at any other place within that. river or port, or at any other place thereafter to be designated by an order in council, and not elsrwhere, One of the most remarkable circumstances attending all these transactions is, that in giving these instructions to the superintendents to take up their residence al Canton, and to the cheif superintendent to announce his arrival by letter lo the viceroy, they appear not to have been aware of the possibility of any ob- jection to this cutirse of proceeding on the part of the Chinese. Accordingly, on his arrival in China, after organizing the board of superintendents at Macao, lord Napier with his colleagues and the secretary of the commission proceed. ed immediately lo Cantou. For the scenes which ensued of dramatic interest, partaking at once of tragedy and farce, recourse may be had to the official dispatch of the chief superintendent to his Britannic majesty's secretary of state. • In obedience to his majesty's commands (says lord Napier in his letter of 9th August 1834, tu lord Palinerston) conveyed to me by your lordship, of the date of the 23d of January last, desiring me to announce my arrival at Canton by letter to the viceroy, which being reidered into Chinese by the Rev. Dr. Mor. rison, the Chinese secretary and interpreter, was carried to the city gates by Mr. Astell, (the secretary to the commission) accompanied by a deputation of gentlemen from the establishment.' (For lord Napier'8 account of this transaction, see pages 26 and 27 of this vol.] You have now, in this portion of the narrative of the first dispatch from lord Napier to lord Palmerston, the primitive and efficient cause of the present war between Great Britain and China. It was in the attempt to execute two points of the instructions to the superintendent. That the chief superintendent should announce his arrival at Canton, by letter to the viceroy, and the other, that the superintendents should take up their residence at Canton. Lord Napier, with the open-hearted and inconsiderate boldness of a British sailor, attempted to execute these points of his instructions to the letter, without for an instant con- ceiving that each of them was in direct conflict with the vital and funda. inental laws of the celestial empire. This ignorance was very natural and very excusable in a captain of the British navy, hut how it came to be shared by the council and the secretary of state of the British empire, is more unaccountable. The instructions were explicit and positive. Had there been the remotest suspi. cion at the time when they were prepared, that their execution would meet with resistance by the Chinese authorities, it could not have failed to be noticed in them, with directions how the superintendents were to proceed in such an event. Until then the official protector of British commercial interests in China, had been a supercargo of the East India Company, denominated by the Chinese a táipán, whose representations or remonstrances in behalf of British subjects to the go- vernor of the two provinces, Kwángtung and Kwangsí, were always presented in thc form of petitions, and always communicated through the medium of the hong.merchants, without obtaining or claiming direct access to the Chinese dig. hitary himself. That this mode of communication was to cease from the time of the expiration of the exclusive privileges of the East India Company, was Adams Lecture on the War with China. MAY, cqually well known to the British and Chinese governments, and in the contro- versy which immediately followed this first collision between lord Napier and the governor of Canton, the latter once and again asserts that ample warning had been given to the British merchants that when, by the expiration of the pri- vileges of the East India Company, the functions of the taipán would be super- seded, some suitable messenger must be substituted to settle with the hong-mer- chants those triling and insignificant concerns of commerce which it wa far beneath the dignity of the government of the celestial empire to provide for or to notice. But I am already trespassing upon your patie: ce a brief and summary notice of the sequel, is all that your time will at present allow. The proud and generous British noble mariner persisted in his determination to hold direct communication with the governor of the two provinces, Lú, and to continue his residence at Canton, till he was obliged to call for an armed force from the British frigate in which he had performed his passage, and for the frigate and another to force the passage of the river for the protection of his person from assault by the armed force of the governor, who on his part issued edict after edict against the barbarian eye, the laboriously vile Napier, who had come by sea more than ten thousand miles to the flowery land of the celestial empire, for what purpose, the chief of the two- eyed peacock feather could not tell, but against all reason, and ignorant of all dignities, pretending to correspond with the viceroy of the provinces of Kwang- tung and Kwangsí, upon matters of trade, by letter, instead of by petition, and to assuine the functions, which for a century and some tens of years had always been performed in all humility by a táipán, petitioning through the medium of the hong-merchants. Three of the principal hong-merchants attempted for seve- ral days to negotiate a compromise between the governor and the noble lord su- perintendent, without success, till at length an edict was issued by the governor which suspended the British trade. The British commerce in China was pros. trated at a blow, and the only alternative left to lord Napier was to retire under numerous insults and indignities to Macao, where on the 13th day of October, 1834, he died of chagrin and a broken heart. And here we might pause :-do I hear you inquire, what is all this to the opium question, or the taking of Canton? These I answer are but incidents in that movement of mind on this globe of earth, of which the war between Great Bri- tain and China, is now the leadi:.. star. Of the four questions which I have pro- posed this evening to discuss, we have not even reached the conclusion of the first. The justice of the cause between the two parties :-which has the rightcous cause ? You have perhaps been surprised to hear me answer Britain-Britain has the righteous cause. But to prove it, I have been obliged to show that the opium question is not the cause of the war, my demonstration is not yet complete. The cause of the war is the kotow !-the arrogant and insupportable pretensions of China, that she will hold commercial intercourse with the rest of mankind, not upon terms of equal reciprocity, but upon the insulting and degrading forms of the relation between lord aud vassal. Tic melancholy catastrophe with which I am obliged to close, the death of the gallant Napier, was the first bitter fruit of the struggle against that insulting and senseless pretension of China. Might I, in the flight of time, be permitted again to address you, I should pursue lhe course of the inquiry, through the four questions with which I have begun. But the solution 1842 289 Positions of the British and Chinese forces. cause. of thenu all is involved in the germinating element of the first, the justice of the This I have sought in the natural rights of man. Whether it may ever be my good fortune to address you again, is in the disposal of a higher Power; but with reference to the last of my four questions, What are the duties of the govern- ment and the people of the United States, resulting from the existing war between Great Britain and China ? I leave to your meditations the last event of that war, which the winds have brought to our ears—the ransom of Canton. When we remember the scornful refusal from the gates of Canton in July, 1834, of Mr. Astell, bearing the letter of peace and friendship from lord Napier to the governor of the two provinces, and the contemptuous refusal to receive the letter itself, and compare it with the ransoın of that same city in June, 1841, we trace the whole line of connection between cause and effect-may we not draw from it a monitory lesson, written with a beam of phosphoric light--of preparation for war, and preservation of peace ? Note. One of the strongest inducements to place this lecture of Mr. Adams upon the pages of the Repository has been in this manner to exhibit the principal arguments that can be stated in behalf of this view of the merits of the present struggle between China and England. These remarks are the views of a man of extensive experience in public life, and as such are worthy of attention and de- furence; and they also show in a lucid manner onc of the strongest reasons why the Chinese government has not the right to shut themselves out from the rest of mankind, founded on deductions drawn from the rights of men as members of one great social system. While, however, we differ from the lecturer with regard to the influence the opium trade has had upon the war, for it has been without doubt the great proximate cause, we inainly agree with him as to the effect that other remoter causes springing from Chinese assumption, conceit, and ignorance have also had upon it. In its progress, these features have been more and more prominently brought forward, and on the part of this government, the war is probably at present regarded as one of supremacy or vassalism, according as the Chinese win or lose. We do not see how the war could have arisen, had not the opium trade been a smuggling trade,—we think it would never have gone on as it has were the Chinese better acquainted with their own and others' rights. But whatever be its course, it must we think, be the hearty desire of every well-wisher of his race, that the almighty Governor of the nations would in his own chosen way educe lasting good to both parties, and cause that these two mighty nations may in their future intercourse be a mutual benefit.--Ed. Chi. Rep. Art. IV. Recent military operations of the British forces in Chi- na, and actual position of the belligerent parties. In Chekiáng, where the chief interest of the British expedition againist China is at this moment concentrated, and where the Chi- nese have, for months past, been assembling their high officers and select troops in the largest numbers, there have recently occurred, some more active operations than during the past winter. These, brought on by the increased daring of the Chinese, have resulted, as was to be expected in their signal discomfiture. 101: 37 290 May, l’osilions of the British and Chinese Forces. After the capture of Chinhái, and the consequent occupation of Ningpd in Oct. last, the amount of force then with the head-quarters of the expedition was not deemed sufficient for further onward progress. It would have shown weakness, and afforded encou- ragement, to the Chinese to have retired from Ningpò without making a simultaneous forward movement to some other more im- portant point; and it was therefore resolved to retain possession of that city for the winter, unless the excuse of a ransom should be given for its evacuation. We ourselves cannot but think, that, whether the immediate object of keeping the troops quiet and unfatigued during the winter months be considered, or the desir- ableness of losing no opportunity to press the enemy to the utmost possible straits be the question, it wonld, in either point of view, have been better, at this early period, when the defenses of the capital of the province were hardly even commenced, to have pushed on and taken, or ransomed at a high rate (and thereby weakened the enemy's * sinews of war'), the ancient city of Hangchau, the capital of the whole province. Such a movement, it would appear, is now to be made (if at the date of our writing it has not been already accom- plished); and this, with no great increase of force upon the side of the British, though opposed to a vastly increased number of men and extent of defenses on the side of the Chinese. The difficulties to be encountered are great; but we feel not a doubt, that the superiority of British arms and discipline-under the blessing of the God of battles, who giveth not always the battle to the strong, nor the race to the swift-will come off victorious. A statement of these difficul- ties, and some exposition of the recent events which have led to this movement in advance, may be looked for by our readers. Hángchau, as we have elsewhere stated, lies on the north bank of the river Tsientáng, at a point where that river, after a rapid course from the southward and westward, through the western districts of the province, begins to open out and form a wide embouchure toward “ The tide, when full,” says sir G. Staunton in his account of Macartney's embassy, “increases the width of this river to about four miles opposite the city. At low water, there is a fine level strand, near two miles broad, which extends towards the sea as far as the eye can reach." On its southern shore, as we proceed eastward from Hangchau, this swift-Aowing river has deposited, during the lapse of ages, upon the slope of a ridge of hills that skirts it to the southward, bank upon bank of sand and earth, brought dowry by its rapid stream from the the sea. 1842 291 Positions of the British and Chinese Forces, high mountain-range (one of the outmost of the off-branches of the Himalayas) wherein it has its source. Under the triple distrbution of hardened ground, firm sands, and quick sands, these deposits of centuries have so narrowed the stream in its progress onward, that the deep channel that has been left on its northern edge has been found to flow with a rapidity, which even the steam vessels, when sent out to survey were unable during the spring rides to stem. A stone causeway, built and kept in repair with much labir and the utmost exertions of Chinese engineering skill, serves on the northern bank to keep out the encroachments of river and sea from the generally flat country that lies between this place and the Yangtsz' kiang,-a country everywhere intersected with streams, rendering it rich and fertile in the highest degree, and at the same time sufficiently diversified with hills to add beauty to the scene, and to make it in all respects one of the most lovely and interesting parts in the whole empire of China. The sand banks on the southern shore reach nearly to Chinhái, not many miles to the westward of which the unfortunate ship Kite was lost in 1840, and her crew conveyed to 'Tsz'ki and Yüyáu, and thence to Ningpd. The river Tsáungd rising in the centre of the Chekiang province flows northward, almost in a straight line, into the embouchure of the Tsientang or Hangchau river ; and thus makes a slight break in the line of these sand banks, to examine which commander Collinson has recently been sent out, but with what success he has met we have yet to learn. Communicating, too, with the river of Ningpd by means of a canal, that extends likewise from the Tsaungo, westward, past the city of Sháuhing, and ends at a place directly opposite to Hángchau, a line of commnication by inland waters is thus afforded between the British position at Chin. hái and Ningpo, and the head-quarters of the Chinese force at that provincial capital,--a line which has been twice described to us,- first, by the PP. Bouvet, Fontenay, and others, on their route from Ningp) by way of Hángchau to Peking in 1687,-and then, by a portion of lord Macartney's embassy proceeding in an opposite direc- tion, from Hángchau to rejoin their ship at Chusan, in 1793. The embankment and causeway, on the northern shore of the Tsientang river and embouchure, extend from Hángchau, with little interrup- tion to the knot of hills that encircles the bay and town of Chápú,- passing by the ancient Canfu (Kanpú) of Mohammedan travelers, before it reaches this the modern seat of the rich trade with Japan: and nearly parallel with this road runs a canal, its banks adorned at bort distances will prolilo wooded villages 292 May, Positions of the British and Chinese Forces. We have thus three modes of approaching Hangchau :—first, by the sea and the river of Tsientáng, a route which sand banks and rapid tides render most difficult, if not impracticable ;-secondly, by inland water, from Chinbái and Ningpd to the shore opposite the capital, carrying us past Sháuhing and several other fortified towns, and meeting interruptions in some places of locks that must be as- cended; and thirdly, by land route from Chápu, upon a carefully pre- served causeway, whereof we possess rather well-drawn native maps, and which we have reason to believe good, and of sufficieni width for artillery. Of these routes a question can scarcely arise as to which will be found the best to advance upon. A distance of about fifty miles of sea, measured on a line drawn northward and westward, separates Chinhái from Chápú; and a somewhat greater distance of causeway has to be traveled over before reaching Hángchau from this latter place. But the town of Chápú once taken (and it can be come at by the guns of the British ships, as the Algerine proved in 1840), and its hills once crossed, there is little other than a large tract of plain ground, with perhaps only small streams intersecting it, to be passed over in the march thence upon Hangchau. The city of Kiáhing fú lies, however, not far from this route, nor many miles distant from Chápú, and here the main force of the Chinese left wing will have to be encountered. Its centre rests upon Hángchau, and the rich and beautiful country about ninety miles in length," that lies between it and Súchau, on either side of the Grand canal. The chief position of its right wing is Shauhing, a large city, situated, as already mentioned, on a branch of the river Tsáungo, and about midway between Ningpò and Hangchau,- from which advanced parties have been frequently pushed out to Yüyáu and Tsz’kí, chief towns of districts on the north bank of the Ningpo river, situated between that river and the sand banks of the embou- chure of the Tsientang. With the centre of this extended Chinese force we find, surround- ing himself with every sensual indulgence, the imperial high com- missioner, Yiking, “ awe-inspiring general, a minister of the cabinet of six, a president of the Tribunal of Civil Office," and a nephew or cousin of the emperor,-attended by a galaxy of high provincial of- ficers, the Tartar-general, the governor, &c., &c., &c., and by two joint-commissioners, by name Teishun and Wan Wei, to whom a third has lately been added, and a multitude of " courtiers," or of- ficers sent immediately from the presence of the emperor. Kíshen, 1030: Honld have been of the number, (for he is among the friends of 18:41. Positions of the British und Chinese forces. Yiking), but for the strongly urged remonstrances, as we are led 10 believe, of the governor, Liú Yunko. With the left wing, at Kiáking fú, is flúcháu, another joint commissioner, who having gained rank and nobility by the war of 1831 against Jehanguir and his Túrks, at Cashgar and Yarkand in the farthest west, hopes now to adorn himself with honors wrested by his own right hand from the English on the sea-coasts of the east. At Sháuhing, with the right wing, is Chin Kiáiping, an aged man, lately retired from the chief coromand in Fukien, but now agaia called forth as joint commissioner and commander-in-chief in Chekiáng,—with whom are associated the active and intelligent old general Yü Púyun, late commander-in-chief of the provincial force, and all those who, with him retired, defeated, froin Chinhái and Ningpò, after the death of that savage self-confi- dent generalissimo, Yükien. Under these numerous officers are assein bled many thousands of select troops from almost every pro- vince of the empire, foremnost among whom stands a detachment of the imperial guards,-a body of the men of Kansu, tall and athletic inheritors of the blood of Mohammedan Turks and Tartars,—and a band of aborigines from the mountain fastnesses of Húkwáng or of Sz'chuen, called forth now to meet the new invaders of the country, from whose plains they themselves have by former invaders been long since expelled. Against this whole force we find marshaled, under the gallant lieut.-general and vice-admiral, sir Hugh Gough, and sir William Parker, besides the necessary detachments of royal and Madras artillery and engineers, only four regiments of foot, the 18th, 26th, 49 h and 55th (none of them complete) and two battalions from the navy, consisting of royal marines and seamen. And of so small an array, portions must yet be left to rest upon Chinhái and Tinghái, while the main body is moving forward to meet the left and centre of the Chinese army. That army met and worsted, its right wing will alone remain, hemmed in, resourceless, between the division of the British force at Chinhái and at Hangchau,--and quickly as the dew must it dissolve away. But so dispelled it will become yet more formidable than in its entirety, if, instead of withdrawiug from one field of battle to seek elsewhere another, the British forces should repose from their toils ainid the scattered, but not subjected, multi- tudes of the enemy. Blow must succeed rapidly to blow, if final suc- cess is to be hoped for. It was by the windmills in active motion that the redoubtable Don Quixote was worsted: he might have come off scatheless in the collision with them, in the calm and idle rest of a breathless summer's day 294 MAY, Positions of the British and Chinese Forces, It is from such a state of inactive repose, in the very midst of the enemy, that the British forces have recently been aroused by the bold attempts which the Chinese had thereby been encouraged to make; and it is always during such a continuance of inactivity, that a crafty enemy is enabled to organize a system of espionage and secret influence, to send into the invader's camp the vilest agents to kidnap or to poison. Of the proceedings of the Chinese in these respects, sundry accounts have from time to time appeared in the public prints, and others are daily reaching us: of their bolder operations, in the night-attack on Ningpo, and the resistance they offered when their advanced post at Tisz'ki was in turn attacked, full particulars are afforded in the circulars issued by H. B. M.'s plenipotentiary to the British community, contained in the last number. At Amoy, a like state of inactivity has been rendered yet more un- avoidable by the smallness of the force left there, five companies of the 18th Royal Irish, at the moment of our writing reduced to three only, on the island of Kúláng sú,--and two or three ships of war in the harbor. Westward from Kúláng sú, an inlet or branch of the sea, for it is such rather than a river, runs up into the land in a westerly di- rection (soon becoming very shallow), to the departmental chief town of Chángchau. Amoy itself, and Kúlang sú as its dependency, are not however subordinate to this city, but to that of Tsiuenchau (Chinchew), situated at the head of a bay somewhat farther up the coast than that of Amoy. More immediately, Amoy pertains to the district of Tungán, a dependency of the department of Tsiuenchau. It is chiefly in this department, as being within a convenient dis- tance of the capital of the province, that liáng the late governor of Kwangtung, now a special commissioner and (we believe) governor- general of Fukien and Chekiang, makes at this time his residence. Another commissioner, Tuankwá, is with him and also the late go- vernor-general Yeu Petáu, disgraced for having been unable to save Amoy. Accounts received from thence to the 15th of April bring us rumors of an intended attack, to be made on Kúláng sú, from the direction chiefly of Changchau, by 20,000 men, with the aid of a band of pirates and robbers, and a squadron of fire-boats. Not a doubt can we feel, that captain Smith, who, in the Volage and Druid successively, has been so long among us, and has had such numerous opportunities of witnessing these dread attacks by fire-boats, and who so well knows how to temper firmness with kindness and moderation in his treatment of the people, will, aided by the timely warning 18.1 Positions of the Britisi tund Chinese forces which the people will convey to bil, easily be enabled to defeat all their machinations. In the sunth, taken up with watching the rising progress of Hong- kong, or averse to commit themselves to measures that might require a retention here of a large force, the British authorities have perinit- ted the Chinese to rebuild their defenses; and from a little above Whampoa upwards, Canton and its approaches are now much more strongly fortified than ever before. sea. The foregoing observations having been prepared somewhat too late for insertion in the last number, soine more recent accounts have since reached us. At Chinhái and Chusan, several attempts to cause destruction of the shipping by fire-boats and by shallops con- taining boxes of gunpowder have been defeated (in one case with the loss of four men killed and wounded). The routed fugitives from 'Tsz’kí were met in their flight by a new commissioner, Chülahang, just arrived from Peking with violent warlike denunciations, and a large store of honorary distinctions for brave combatants. A council of war was held on his arrival, and he strongly urged renewed attacks upon Ningpo, that the enemy might be driven into the depths of the Those who had already felt the effects of British prowess show- ed, however, great unwillingness again to advance, and Chülahang himself hesitated to become the leader of the new attacks he recom- mended. To fight to the last by their own posts, and not to seek death in advancing seems therefore to have been the determination with which the council broke up. Meanwhile, it has become the purpose of the British authorities, if report speak correctly, not to approach Hangchau, but to turn the flank of all this force, and by attacking the defenses that have been erected in the Yángtsz' kiang, to throw open that river to the British forces. The reinforcements which have begun to arrive from India and England, will soon more than double the effective force. At Amoy the rumored attack has not taken place : captain Smith in the Druid has relurned from Amoy to Hongkong, and captain Nias in the Herald has taken his place at Amoy. At Canton, Yishán has been permitted to send back some portions of his force that had come from distant provinces. Yiking, in the north, it is said has done the same, in order to conceal the fact of the numerous desertions that had taken place in his corps. Journal of Occurrences. near. we ART. V. Journal of Occurrences : members of the cabinet ; rumors from Peking; forts at l'ientsin; Hongkong. The northern capital is now, more than ever before, an object of attention--attracting alike all eyes, foreign as well as native far and The Gazettes, down to about the middle of April, are filled as usual with memorials and edicts, announcements of new appoint- meuts, &c., &c., seeming to indicate little or no concern, by the conductors of the "machinery of government,” for its continued safe administration. The four principal ministers of the cabinet are-as at the com- mencement of the year--Muchángáh, Pwán Shingan, Páuhing, and Wang Ting; and fifth and sixth are 來​經 ​Viking and 卓​秉​活 ​Chó Pinghwd. The original sentence, sending Lin to l'lí," the cold country," has been put in execution; so ve been informed. He left Peking sometime last month. Kíshen has been banished to Mantchouria; and old I'lıpú sent again to Chekiáng. The rumor that Taukwang has Aed from Peking to Moukden, we do not find authenticated. The monarchs of the reigning dynasty have been accustomed we believe, annually, early in summer, to retire to the ancient residence of their family in Mantchouria, there to spend the hot months. This precaution for avoiding hot weather, we imagine H. I. M. will probably not neglect during the present season. At Tientsin, and along the Pei ho, from the sea to the capital, the Chinese, by all accounts, have made great preparations for de- fense. The forts are reported to be more than a hundred in number, and the troops almost innumerable. At Hongkong, affairs have gone on peaceably. Transports, con- taining Indian troops, steamers, and men-of-war have arrived and part of them gone northward. The settlement on the island itself still progresses rapidly so far as the erection of buildings is concerned. A market for the accommo- dation of the Chinese in disposing of provisions has been erected and opened. H. E. sir Henry Pottinger, under date of April 27th, issued a proclamation, declaring Mexican or other republican dollars to be the standard in all matters of trade, unless otherwise particularly specified. This was done at the suggestion of several of the leading English mercantile firms.-The Hongkong Gazette and Friend of China of the 12th inst. contains a General Orders of H. E. sir Hugh Gough, which quotes the approbation of the late governor-general of India, lord Auckland, respecting the operations before Chinbái ard Ningpo. Another paper of the 19th contains the following notice. The appointments of land officer, surveyor, and acting colonial surgeon at Hong- kong, are, under instruction from her majesty's government, to cease from the 31st of the current month. The arrangements to be continued for the discharge of the duties hitherto performed by the land officer will be noticed in due time. By order, Charles E. STEWART, Assistant secretary and treasurer. Gioverninent House, Hongkong, 17th May, 1842, TIF CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XI.-JUNE, 1842,-No, 6. Arr. I. Retrospection, or a Revicio of Public Occurrences in China during the last ten years, from January 1st, 1832, lo December 31st, 1841. (Continued from page 266.) OPERATIONS against the trade in opium, correspondence regarding the debts of the Hingtái hong, and the visit of the British admiral to China, are the principal topics of local interest in the chapter of occurrences for 1838. In obedience to an imperial order, issued in October, 1837, the provincial authorities, on the 30th of December, sent up a memorial to the emperor, respecting the measures adopted against the receiving ships, the actual condition of those ships, and the repeated seizures made of sycee silver and of opiuin, and of the boats which supply the ships with provisions. In forwarding this do- cument to his government, captain Elliot remarked that "the inter- ruption of trade is less likely to eusue from the commands of the court, than from some grave disaster arising out of collision between the government craft and our own armed boats on the river. Loss of life in a conflict of this kind, would at once compel the government to adopt the most urgent proceedings; and the actual condition of circumstances, certainly renders such a catastrophe probable in the very highest degree." For an account of the affairs of the bankrupt establishment of Hingtai, see vol. VI., pp. 160, 304, 590, and the subsequent volumes ; also the Blue Book, and newspapers of the day. January 18th, 1838. Captain Elliot addressed a communication to the Foreign Office, froin which the following is an extraut. "The boat of a Mr. Just (a British subject, and a watch-maker: resident ** Canton) was visited a few evenings since, being then about two miles aboyo the 38 IOL NO 298 JUNE, Reviero of Pubhi Duillropracos During the gum. factories, by some official runners, and there they discovered three cases of opium. This is the first instance, for many years, of a searching visit on board Furopean boats, and it is to be apprehended the practice may be inconveniently extended: the more so, as several of these boats are armed. It scems that this affair might have been seliled on the night it happened, by a bribe of 2,000 dollars to the seizing officer, hut Mr. Just would not go beyond the half of that On the next day, the matter necessarily ſell within the knowledge of a wider circle of officers, who would all require bribery 10 keep the business out of the viceroy's public sight. In due course, therefore, the demand for bribes Amounted to 6.000 dollars; and at the date of the last advices from Canton (the 16th), the affair was still unfinished, and the terms for accommodation were rising rapidly. If the seizure he publicly reported to the viceroy, it will lead to some serious mischief; and at all events, the hong-merchant, who is the landlord of Mr. Just's house (and who has no more to do with the business than I have) will be a severe sufferer."-Corresp. p. 253, 19th. Regarding the Horsburgh memorial, a letter of this date was addressed 10 the committee in London by its corresponding com- mittee in China, the object of the letter was to recomend the erec- tion of a lighthouse, for the benefit of those who navigate the eastern Chi, Rep., vol. VI., p. 545. February 25th. An imperial order was issued for the immediate strangulation of Kwo Siping, for his having been engaged in the opium trade with foreigners. This sentence of the law was executed on the unhappy victim at Macao early in April following. Vol. VI., seas. P. 608. April 21st Sir Frederic Maitland addressed to captain Elliut, under this date from Madras, the following dispatch. "Sir,—This letter will be delivered to you by captain Blake of her majesty's sloop Lurne, whom I have ordered into the China seas to afford protection to the British interests, and to give weight to any representations you may be under the necessity of making, in case her majesty's subjects should have just cause of complaint against the Chinese authorities, and to assist you in maintaining order among the crews of the British merchantmen who frequent the port of Canton. I have now the honor to inform you that I relieved vice-admiral sir T. B. Ca. pel in coinmand of her majesty's ships in the Indian seas, on the 5th of February last, and have only delayed sending a ship to China in consequence of the state of the relations of the Indian government with that of Ava: for the present, everything bears a pacific aspect, though it is by no means certain that the differ- ences between the two governments may not ultimately produce hostilities. I shall, however, take advantage of the present position of affairs, to send the Larne to Macao, and after communicating with you cordially and confidentially, with instructions to go on to Manila, and obtain a supply of cordage for the dock- yard at Trincomalce, and then return to Macao. In the early part of July it is iny intention to leave the Straits of Malacca, for the purpose of paying Macao a visit in the Wellesley, in compliance with in structions from the lords of the admiralty, to enable ine 10 have a perional.com 1842 299 Last Irn Pours, fruiii ii io isti munication with you, as the interchange of information for which such commu uication will afford an opportunity, night, in many possible future contingencies. be highly advantageous to the British interests. As it is possible the arrival of my flag-ship, as well as that of others which I may from time to time send into the China seas, may give some cause of jealousy and suspicion to the government of China, I wish you clearly to understand that the trade being r. Inngono monopoly of a company of merchants, comes under the immediate protection and care of her majesty's government; and that that government considers itself bound to see that the ships and persons of her majesty's subjects are duly pro- tected from injury or insult, as is the case in all other portions of the globe. This I communicate to you, that the Chinese government, may if necessary, be put at ease, and no suspicion arise of any hostile intention on the part of the Brit- ish government, which is the farthest from their views, by the more frequent visits of our ships now, as compared with former times. “Though capt. Blake is commanded to assist you in maintaining order among the crews of the British inerchant ships, you must be perfectly aware he, as captain of a ship of war, has no legal right to interfere, and must be very cautious in committing himself in the disputes between the masters and their crews. “I have, &c., (Signed) FREDERICK MAITLAND." - Corresp. p. 311. July 12th. Admiral Maitland having arrived off Macao addressed captain Elliot the following note. • Sir,-In reference to my letter dated at Madras, 21st of April last, acquaint. ing you with my intention to visit, in person, this part of my station, I now beg to inform you that I have arrived off Macao in her majesty's ship Welles. ley, and mean to proceed to the anchorage called Tungku bay, or Urmston's, harbor, which I am informed is the safest and most convenient roadstead for a large sbip at this season of the year. My future movements will be directed very much by circumstances, and I shall be obliged to you to communicate any information you are possessed of, which you think may be useful or interesting to me, as my stay in this neighborhood must depend very much upon circum- stances. I shall not form any plan until I have communicated with you, which I shall take an early opportunity of doing. I have, &c., - Corresp. 312. (Signed) · FREDERICK MAITLAND." 15th. Captain Elliot acknowledged the receipt of the two prece- ding, and in reply thus wrote. "Your remark, that the aspect of public affairs in India was unsettled, and that therefore your intention to visit this part of your station might be frustrated for the present, led me to refrain from inaking any communication to the provincial government founded upon that contingency, till the period of your actual arrival in these seas. It is yow my purpose to repair to Canton towards the end of this week, and to cause it to be announced to the governor that I am ready, by your desire, to explain the peaceful objects of your visit, if his excellency shall think fit to receive my address in a manner which may be consistent with my instruc- tions from her majesty's governinent. I shall, at the satse time, in conformity with your directions communicated to me in the conference I had the honor to buve with you on the 13110 instant, acquaint the governor that you are willing . 300 JUNE Review of Public Occurrences During the 11 to pay your personal respects to him, upon the clear understanding bat you are to be received on a perfectly equal footing. "And I shall take care to explain, as you have desired, that you would never forward or receive written communications to or from the governor, except they bore the superscription significant of complete evenness of dignity. It is proba- ble that the provincial government will make some approach towards me as soon as your arrival is reported, and with that impression I have deferred my visit to Canton till the period I have mentioned. In conclusion, I permit myself to remark that it is a source of great satisfaction and support to me to have your concurrence, that every proper effort should be made upon my part, (and failing my success, upon your own) to explain the amicable objects of her majesty's government in commanding you to visit this empire. The rejection of all means of friendly communication with her majesty's government submitted upon the part of an officer of your high station, and in an imposing attitude, is a course not to be expected; or at all events, there can be little doubt that such rash im- practicability would expose the governor to the grave displeasure of his own court if it were persisted in, and be made the subject of future complaint at the mouth of the Pei ho. I have, &c. -Corresp. p. 313. (Signed) CHARLES ELLIOT." Under the same date captain Elliot, having received an edict (詢 ​yü, from the subprefect of Macao, returned the same for correction 29th. Captain Elliot, having proceeded to Canton, addressed the following note to the governor. "An English officer, of the first rank, Maitland, commanding the ships of his sovereign in the Indian seas, has arrived off these coasts, by the command of his government. The superintendent Elliot has now received Maitland's instruc- tions to signify to his excellency the governor, that he desires to explain the peaceful purposes of this visit. It would be convenient, therefore, that the man- per of intercourse should be clearly understood beforehand, so that all difficulties and misunderstandings may be prevented. For this reason Elliot requests that the governor will be pleased to send officers to communicate with him. And if they should come, his excellency may be assured that they will be received in a manner consistent with their dignity. -Corresp. p. 314. (Signed) CHARLES Elliot." On the day preceding, i. e. on the 28th, an affair took place at the Bogue, which served to hasten direct intercourse between the English and Chinese authorities; and is thus set forth in a “declaration of captain Middlemist.'' - Mr. Willian Campbell Middieinisi, a master in ber majesty's royal navy, and cominander of the British ship Falcon, of London, now lying at Hongkong, states, that he was proceeding from Hongkong to Canton, on the twenty-eighth day of July, 1838, in the schooner Bombay (passage-boat), when, nearing the Bogue, he was chased by two mandarin boats, which made signs, by waving a dag, which he understood to be a signal to heave-to; which signs were disregard- ed, it not being usual for the mandarin boats to make such signals. One o mandarin boats then fired a muskel, apparently to call the silention of the balle. ries, which wunceliaris oouumenreu firing shoi pou tha: Bumbuy, which ur first 1812 List Ten Frans from 1832 in imeti fell short. ime, as the passage bont approached the Bogue fort, being under the necessity of closing the land, the shot from the batteries were better directed. iwo of them passing between the masts of the schooner, and one within a yard of the bow, throwing the water on board. The Bombay then immediately rounded-to, and was boarded by one of the before-mentioned mandarin boats, at about 4 P. M. The boarding officer (who was not the mandarin, but an inter- preter) inquired whether .admiral Maitland, or any of his soldiers, women, or man-of-war's men, were on board? If so, they would not be allowed to pass up the Bogue:' wbich inquiries were answered in the negative. “On one of the passengers of the Bombay inquiring of the boarding officer whether he would seize opium, if any were on board, that officer answered no! The officer then left the schooner, and she proceeded again for Canton; but, in about an hour afterwards, she was again brought to by a shot from the Tiger fort, and boarded by a boat from that fort, the officer of which (who did not leave his boat) made tbe like inquiries, viz., whether admiral Maitland, or any of his soldiers, women, or man-of-war's men were on board ?' which being answered, as before, in tbe negative, the schooner was allowed to proceed without further molestation. (Signed) W. C. MIDDLEMIST. “Declared before me, on board her majesty's ship Wellesley, in Tungkú bay, 1st of August, 1838. (Signed) CHARLES ELLIOT." - Corresp. pages 314-315. August 4th. Admiral Kwán addressed the following dispatch to sir Frederick Maitland. “Kwán Tienpei, general (or admiral) of the celestial empire, the potent and fear-inspiring, writes for the information of Maitland, the chief commander of the vessels of war of the English nation. We of the celestial empire, and you of the English nation, have had a common market at Canton for two hundred years past. On both sides there has been the fullest harmony, without the slightest interruption thereof. During the continuance here of your nation's superintend- ing officer, Elliot, all too has been quiet. Recently, Elliot went to Canton, and there told the hong.merchants, that in consequence of the unwillingness of the merchants of the various nations to submit to restraint, he had represented to his sovereign a wish that another should be sent hither in his place: that now his sovereign had sent from homne the noble Maitland, and it was desired that both should repair together to Can- ton, humbly and plainly to address his excellency the governor, in reference to . the continuance here of Elliot as superintendent. To these public arrangements of your nation, bis excellency our governor would of course consent, were it not that the prohibitory enactments of the celestial empire have hitherto withheld from cominanders-general of vessels of war permission to enter the port; and of this Elliot is well aware. “On a recent visit of Elliot to Canton, he sought to effect a sudden change in the ancient rules, by using, in place of the words 'humble address,' (pin,) the words 'letter of intelligence,' (shisin.) Hence his excellency our governor declined to receive, in disobedience of the regulations, his documents. Perhaps Elliot may have failed to inform you, the honorable cominander-general, of this circumstance of not using the words bumble address. What may he the motives for your present step of moving these three vessels to the anchorage or 302 JUNE Hrveerd i Prohr Dieurirret: During the . Lungkerti When I consider that your sovereign has sent you hither, it distance of tens of thousands oot iniles, to conduct affairs, I feel that you must be a man of capacity at hoine. Should you now neglect to distinguish clearly right from wrong, and aci upon the spur of the inoment, will not the blame rest on you- how will you be able to answer it to your sovereign? These things I specially put before you; and, while quietly a'vaiting your reply, I wish you unalloyed enjoyment of repose."-Corresp. p. 315. 5th. Under this date we have the three following papers relative 10 the affair of the Bombay. No. 1. Sir F. MAITLAND TO THE CHINESE ADMIRAL. Her majesty's ship Wellesley, off Chuenpe, Aug. 51b, 1838. · In reply to the adıniral's note of yesterday, I have shortly to observe that the cause of my coming to this anchorage of Lungkeet is distinct from the affairs of Elliot, and is to demand explanations ior au insult offered to the sovereign of my country in the person of inyself, by firing at and boarding a British vessel, under the pretext that I might be on board. I have now to request that the admiral will send me officers, in order that I may fully explain my meaning, and having fulfilled my objects in coming to this anchorage, sail away to more con. venient places below. Thus will all change of an interruption of the peace that has so long subsisted between the two countries be happily removed. Hith compliments, I have the honor to remain, &c., (Swyned) “F. L. MAITLAND." (L. S.) No. 2. DECLARATION OF CHINESE OFFICERS. “On the 8th day of the 6th month (28th July), an English boat was enter- ing the Bogne, wben certain natives spoke wrongly of your honorable admiral, bis family, and subordinates, inquiring whether they were on board or not, and adding that, if they were on board, the boat must return, but; if not, she inight proceed through the Bogue. This has been inquired into. It was not done in consequence of any official orders: the wrong language was that of the natives aforesaid themselves. Should any such-like language be used hereafter, the circumstance shall be at once investigated and punished. Their thus offending your honorable admiral is one and the same as offend. ing our own admiral." [The above was written by Lí, a hietái or tsantsiáng, and another officer, whose name was not learned, of the rank of shaupei. It is in the handwriting of the latter, whose rank may be considered analogous to that of lieutenant-commander. The rank of the former is analogous to that of post- captain. ) No. 3. MINUTES OF CORRESPONDENCE HELD ON BOARD THE WELLESI.EY. After the officers deputed by the Chinese admiral to visit sir Frederick Maitland had, in writing, disavowed, on the part of their admiral, all saction of the insulting inquiries made on board the boat Bornbay, sir Frederick Maitland observed, “That irregularities will happen, but, as they may lead to serious misunderstandings between the two nations, they require to be noticed and checked. That the títuh had expressed a determination to punish the person who had committed this offence. But that, since every mulention of insulting the British Ang lad now been disavowed. he hoped the veut tould aulsider is an crident, and forgive the offender To this the 1912 :30: Last l'on leur:, from 1832 19 1811 officers replied, that it was an insult to the liiuii vimcil a:, will n. 10 st Frederick Maitland, and that the offence could not be passed over, hut must of necessity be punished " The admiral then said that, having satisfactorily settled the business that had brought him up to Lungkeel, he mcant to take ihe earliest oppor lunity of wind and tide to return to Tungkú. Thal, the monsoon, being now against his return southward, he would probably remain some weeks longer in that neighborhood He added that since the trade had ceased to be in the hands of the Company, frequent visits of British vessels of war may be expected, it being in accordance with the genius of the English nation 20 look after its subjects in foreign countries, to see that they are subjected to no insults. and that disturbances do not take place among them. That they may rest assured, however, that these vessels will coine always with a peace- ful purpose. “ The officers requested in the name of the títuh, that orders should be given to put a stop to the irregularities of British subjects, such as had been alluded to in the second conference between the titul and captain Maitland. The admiral informed thiem, that merchant vessels are not under the martial discipline of the navy, but are subject to the civil authority; and pointed them in captain Elliot, who was present. Captain Elliot assured then that his constant wish has been to preserve peace and good order. He added a desire that the governor might be informed that the late negotiations on his part were carried on by him, in obedience to the orders of his government, and were not owing to any want of respect towards his excellency." - Corresp. pp. 316-317. 10th. The affairs relative to the Bombay, and the visit of the Wellesley to Chuenpí, &c., are thus reviewed in a dispatch to vis- count Palmerston, under this date. My lord, “In returning to the subject of my hurried dispatch of the 17th inst., I take the liberty to observe that I had delayed the acknowledgment of your lordship’s dispatch of November 20, 1837, till the arrival of the rear-admiral com- manding-in-chief (which I had reason to expect from other sources of informa- tion,) should enable me to report any consequences tbat might result from that event. Upon the 13th ult., sir Frederick L. Maitland arrived off this place in her majesty's ship Wellesley, accoinpanied by her majesty's brig Algerine, and I im. mediately joined him in the culier Louisa, and proceeded onwards with the ships to the anchorage of Tungku bay, distant about seven leagues to the south- ward of the Bocca Tigris; a position which, besides its recommendations in point of safety and sufficient distance from the entrance of the river, has the advantage of being remote froin the anchorage of the ships engaged in the illicit traffic. "On the day that I joined him, the adniral plaeed in my hand the communi- cation, of which I now transmit an inclosure; and my reply to this, and the previous dispatch of the 21st April, is also now forwarded. A few days after his excellency's 3.-44al, I received a communication from the kiunmin ſú, the district magistrate of this place, superscribed in the usual form; but as the inside bure the character yli, which signifies 'a command,' I returned it to bim "cad, with a few lines to the effect that I should be glad to give it my attention as soon as this inistakip was corrected The next approach was in the old form of ar 00 304 JUNE: Remedio publi! Occurrences During the edict from the governor, addenssped in the three hong-nerchants, and forwarded hy them to me, through the hands of a linguist This document was returned unopened, with a message that my strict orders from her majesty's government in this respect, had frequently been clearly and deferentially explained to the go. vernor, and that I could not deviate from thein. It is not to be douhted that the purport of these two communications was identical, namely, to desire that I would enjoin upon the rear admiral the propriety of sailing away from the coasts of the empire. Ilelt then that any protraction of the attempt to explain the peacefnl object of his visit, might give some color to the pretext that it was suspicious and dangerous, and lead (with the hope to draw i! !0 conclusion,) to a course of harassing measures, directed either against the irade, or against the social com forts of her majesty's subjects, hy depriving them of their servants, and otherwise inconveniencing them. Under this impression, and with sir Frederick Maitland's concurrence, I pro. ceeded to Canton on the 25th ult., and having hoisted the flag, forwarded to the city gates by the hands of Messrs. Morrison and Elmslie, an open paper for trans- mission to the governor by an officer. The paper was left open with the view 10 obviate the difficulty about the character pin. It was conveyed to the go- vernor by the kwánghie, but the three senior merchants returned it to me in the course of the evening with the remark from his excellency that his orders from the emperor were imperative, and that he could not take it unless it bore the character pin. The merchants were at the same time desired to acquaint me that the governor was a lover of peace and good understanding, and would go as far as he could to accommodate the difficulties upon the subject of in- tercourse. They then proposed by his command, that I should receive an official address from the governor setting forth that the three senior merchants were indeed officers, and that therefore I could no longer reasonably decline to receive papers addressed to them for communication to me. I answered that it needed all my respect for bis excellency to return any other than very strong terms of reply to this extravagant suggestion, and that I should certain. ly be less scrupulous if any heedlessness of the kind were repeated. “My government was actuated by sentiments of profound veneration for the emperor, but it should be plainly understood that it would not regard these trifings and evasions with satisfaction. They were unfriendly and unworthy. I then remarked that I had now formally offered to set forth tbe praceful pur- poses of the rear-admiral's visit, and if the governor did not think fit to accept these explanations, my business in Canton was concluded, and I should return forth with to Macao. Whilst these communications were passing at Canton, a British boat passing through the Bocca Tigris, on the 28th ultimo, was fired upon by the batteries, and upon her arrival in Canton, Mr. Middlemist, a passenger on board, made a declaration before me, subsequently reduced to writing on board the Wellesley. Upon this I sent again for the three senior merchants, and desired them to express to the governor my serious anxiety upon the subject. The rear-admiral had taken the utınost precaution to prevent the least cause of irritation or suspicion, and was afraid tbat the offensive declaration at the forts, thal violence was used especially in search for him, and not for opium, or other illicit trade, would give him great and just displeasure. At all events, I felt that it became ine immediately to submit the circumstance to his know- ledge, and I sincerely hoped the governor would ſurnish me with an official d13- prona! (oj any intention to insult or provoke hin!. 1842 305 Last Ten Years, from 1832 10 1841. “The merchants declared that the governor could have no such purpose, and that the whole matter was of course a mistake of the inferior officers, but they did not hand me any formal declaration to that effect, and I therefore proceeded at once to the rear-admiral at Tungkú bay, where I arrived on the 1st instant. I represented to him that in my judgment this was the first of what would be found to be a series of experiments on the extent of his forbearance, and that I had a conviction the provincial government would tone their future proceedings in this respect, either for civility or increased aggression, by his treatnient of the actual emergency “ The rear-admiral remarked to me that he had come to China with a deliberate determination most studiously to avoid the least violation of the customs or prejudices either of the government or people; but that he was not less resolved to bear no insult on the honor of the flag intrusted to his protection, and that he should therefore proceed forthwith to the Bocca Tigris with her majesty's ships under his command, and demand a formal disavowal of these unprovoked attacks upon him. Her majesty's ships Wellesley, Larne, and Algerine, were accordingly moved to the anchorage of Chuenpí, where they arrived on the morning of the 4th instant, and I accompanied them in the cutter Louisa, with the hope to ren. der myself useful to the rear-admiral. On the morning of our arrival there, the captain of the flag-ship was sent to the men-of-war junks off the batteries, accom. panied by Mr. Morrison, and conveying a dispatch from the rear-admiral to the governor of Canton. The Chinese officers manifested considerable disinclination to this course of proceeding, (without, however, positively declining it,) and began by proposing some alteration in the form of the address, which involved no aban. donment of the rear-admiral's right to communicate upon a footing of equality, and was therefore adopted. “But whilst these communications were passing upon the subject of the mode of address, the accompanying paper from the Chinese admiral was received, and upon this, it was determined to apply at once to that functionary for tedress, which was accordingly done next morning (the 5th). The result was the mission of an officer of equal rank with captain Maitland, to wait upon the reår-admiral, accompanied by one of less rank; and the expressions of disavowal of any inten. tion to insult were written at the dictation of the higher officer, by the hand of the other, on board the Wellesley in the presence of the rear-admiral, captains Mait. land, Blake, Kingcome, Mr. Morrison, and myself. Sir Frederick signified his satisfaction with this declaration, and took occasion through Mr. Morrison to make some further observations, the purport of which I have now the honor to submit. An exchange of civilities then took place, and on the morning of the next day (the 6th) the ships returned to their former anchorage at Tungkú bay, where they still remain. I have already presumed to offer my respectful testimony to the great judgment and temper which the rear-admiral displayed in the dis- charge of this duty: and I believe it will appear to your lordship that the whole transaction is calculated to leave lasting and favorable impressions both of the firmness and moderation of the higher officers of her majesty's government. The cyents have passed without interruption to the trade or any other description of inconvenience. I have, &c., -Corresp. pp. 309-311. (Signed) " CHARLES ELLIOT." Under this date the following correspondence occurred regarding the departure of the English admiral 39 1 ! OL.. XI No 306 JUNE, Reorow of Public Occurrences, fc. No. 1. SIR FREDERICK MAITLAND TO THE CHINESE ADMIRAL. “Rear-admiral sir Frederick Maitland has the honor to acquaint the títuh, that the ship bearing the flag, now lying at Tungkú, has recently been visited by a government boat, with a desire to be informed when the ship will proceed to sea. In order that no doubt may exist as to the real and peaceful purposes of his visit, sir Frederick Maitland considers it proper to record in a written form, the expla. nation which he had the honor to make to the honorable officers, who waited upon him at Chuenpí on the 5th instant. The trade has now ceased to be in the hands of the Company, and is under the direct control and protection of the Brit. ish sovereign. Frequent visits of the British men-of-war therefore must be ex- pected, because it is in accordance with the genius of the English government to look after the interests of its subjects in foreign countries, to see that they are subjected to no injustice, and that no disturbances take place amongst them. The Chinese government, however, may rest assured, that the British vessels of war who visit this empire, will come always with a peaceful purpose; but sir Frederick Maitland must demand, in the name of his government, peaceful and respectful treatment towards them. The monsoon being now against his return to the southward, sir Frederick Maitland will probably remain a few weeks longer in this neighborhood. With expressions of compliment and consideration, he has the honor to remain, &c. (Signed) F. L. MAITLAND." No. 2. THE CHINESE ADMIRAL'S REPLY. “On the 29th August, I opened and perused your communication, and ac. quainted myself with all the honorable and excellent thoughts therein expressed. The thoughtful care that is therein manifested, has also yielded me gratification. Having before heard that you were indisposed, and having also been informed of the loss of your niece, I was mentally grieved; but yet I dared not, by waiting upon you, to infringe the rules of my country; at this I trust you will not feel any offense. The outer scan afford good space and depth of water; and there is nothing to apprehend from winds or waves. Should your public affairs yet detain you several weeks, there can be no obstacle thereto. I pray you to be careful of yourself, to keep your body in health and comfort. I specially address this in reply, and wish your excellency much and many blessings.”—Corresp. pp. 319.320. September 25th. Admiral Maitland addressed this communication to the Chinese admiral, being then at Tungkú. “Rear-admiral sir Frederick Maitland being about to sail away from the Can- ton river, for other parts of his station, as the season for the change of monsoon ig fast approaching, takes this opportunity to acquaint the títuh therewith, and expressing the high sense he entertains of the manner in which all the commu. nications which have passed between his excellency and himself, have been carri. It has been sir Frederick Maitland's constant desire to maintain such order amongst the officers and men under his command, as might prevent any act of theirs giving offense to the Chinese authorities, in which he trusts he has been successful ; and the captain of every British ship-of-war which may hereafter be sent to the coast of China, will be directed to comport himself in the same Sir Frederick Maitland further feels it a duty he owes to the comunand. crs of the imperial war.junks which have been stationed in the neighborhood of the ring his flag, 10 state for the tituli's informati that their conduci. lias been marked hv the strictest propriety and civility. Sir Frederick Maillnad ed on. manner. 1842 307 Tupagraphy of Anhuni. 고 ​requi's the títuh will accept his best wishes for his health and prosperity; and as a mark of his feelings towards him, begs he will honor himn by the acceptance of a few bottles of Cape sweet wine. (Signed) F. L. MAITLAND." October 4th. The British admiral sir F. Maitland, left Macao Roads, accompanied by the Algerine. 17th. The Larne returned from a cruise on the coast of Cochin- china, on a fruitless search for the Antonio Pereira. 22d. The French ship of war, L'Artemise, captain La Place, ar- rived off Macao from Manila. November 26th. The creditors of the bankrupt hong-merchants in- formed viscount Palmerston of their settlement, to receive Hingtai's debts by instalments in eight and a half years, and Kingqua's in ten years. December 3d. A seizure of opiuin was made by the crstom-house officers, at Canton, immediately in front of the foreign factory in- habited by Mr. Innes. For the sequel of this case, see Chi. Rep. vol. VII. p. 438; Corresp. p. 323, &c. 12th. This is a memorable day in the annals of Canton, signaliz- ed by an attempt to execute a Chinese criminal in front of the foreign factories. The particulars of which are detailed in the Repository. vol. VII., p. 445, &c., Correspond. p. 325. 31st. Captain Elliot announced to viscount Palmerston that he had resumed his correspondence with the Chinese authorities, and incurred the responsibility of communicating with his excellency the governor, his dispatches being superscribed with the character pin. (To be continued.) Art. II. Topography of 'nhwui ; situation and boundaries of the province; its area and population; departnents and dis- tricts, rivers, lakes, mountains, productions, fc. As already remarked, the two provinces of Aʼnhwui and Kiangsú were formerly united in one, which was called Kiángnán, i. e. ‘south of the river. The name Aʼnhwui ( ) peace and ex. cellence,” i. e. the peaceful and excellent province. The southwest- ern portion of the old province of Kiángnán constitutes the modern A'nhwui the boundary line of which forins almost a coinplete circle, means 308 JUNE.. Topographp of Anhwui. and is conterminous on the north with the provinces of Honán and Kiangsú; on the east, with Kiángsú and Chekiáng ; on the south, with Chekiáng and Kiángsí; and on the west, with Kiángsí and Hdnán. Its extreme limits stretch from about lat. 29° 3' to 34° 15' N., and from long. 3° E., to 1° 25' W. of Peking. Its area is greater that that of Kiangsú, and is probably between forty and forty-five thousand square miles, but no scientific admeasure- ment of it has been made since the division. The surface of the country in the eastern part resembles that of Kiangsú. The population, according to the census of the 17th year of Kiá- king is 34,168,059 individuals, which is about 850 on a square mile. There is however, some little uncertainty about the computations regarding this and the adjoining province, as their separate areas cannot be exactly ascertained. There is, according to Barrow, 92,961 square miles in Kiángnan, which gives an average of 774 individuals to a square mile for both the present provinces. Their area united is about the same as that of the two states of New York and Pennsylva- nia, of which the average united population to a square mile is nearly 45 individuals. Their area is also about the same as that of Paraguay, where Dr. Francia lately reigned; half as large as Spain ; a little larger than England and Scotland ; and about the same as Bokhara in Central Asia. The province is divided into thirteen departments and fifty-four districts--the names of which are subjoined, in the order in which they are found in the Collected Statutes of the reigning dynasty. T'he figures, indicating the latitude and longitude of the several chief towns, are borrowed from the folio edition of Du Halde. 1. HF А’nking fú; or the Department of A’nking, contains six districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 30° 37' 10" N., and long. 0° 35' 47" E. of Peking, and 117° 0' 47" E. of Greenwich. 1 i Hwáining, 4 T H Tsienshán, 2 I Wangkiáng, 5 R A Táihú, 37 H Susung, 6 Hi Hi Tungching. II. MUH Hwuichau fú; or the Department of Hwuichau, contains six districts. Its chief ctiy is situated in lat. 29° 58' 30" N., and long. 2° 3' 20' 9. of Peking, and 118° 28' 20" E of Greenwich. > 18.1.! 309 Topography u f'nhwui. 1 k Hi hien, 4 Tsiki, 2 Wúyuen, 5 H Hiúning, 3 3 H ľ hien, 6 Tils Kímun. III. Ningkwó fú; or the Department of Ningkwó, contains six districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 31° 2' 56" N., and long. 2° 15' 33" E. of Peking, and 118° 40' 33" E. of Greenwich. 1 ] Hill, Siuenching, 4 WE TH Tsingti, 2寧​國 ​Ningkw6, 5 * F Taiping, 3 & Bé King hen, 6 i Nánling. IV. HLW HF Chichau fú; or the Department of Chíchau, contains six districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 30° 45' 41" N., and long. 0° 58' 34" E. of Peking, and 117° 23' 34" E. of Greenwich. 1 li ilu Kweichí, 4 Titi Tungliú, 2 T Shitai, 5 Tsingyang, 3. Kienti, 6 Tungling V. AFHF Taiping fú; or the Department of Taiping, contains three districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 31° 38' 38" N., and long 2° 4' 15" E. of Peking, and 118° 29' 15" E. of Greenwich. 1 Tángtú, 3 etag Fáncháng. 2 h i Wúhú, VI. A Lúchau fú; or the Department of Lúchau, contains five districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 31° 56' 57' N., and long. 0° 46' 50'. E. of Peking, and 117° 21' 50" E. of Greenwich. 1 A PHófei, 4 FE W Wúwei chau, 2 là T. Lúkiáng, 5 i Hit Sháching. 3* Tsáu hion, 310 JUNE, Popography in Anhwmi VII. W T Fungyúng fú; or the Department of Fungyáng, contains seven districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 32° 55' 30" N., and long. 1° 1' 26" E. of Peking, and 116° 26' 26" E. of Greenwich. 1 EL Fungyáng, 5 Lingpi, 2 ] Tingyuen, 6 h Hwaiyuen, 3. Fungtái, 7 T W Su chau. 4 h Shau chau, VIII. WWF Yingchau fú; or the Department of Yingchau, contains six districts. 1 = {% Fauyáng, 4 M Pó chau, 2 * £ Yingsháng, 5 k hp Táinò, 3 GiB Hókiú, 6 ore Mungching. IX. Per 1 Kwángti chau ; or the Department of Kwángti, has one district. 1 L F Kienping. X. DR H Chú chau ; or the Department of Chú, contains two districts. 1 # Tsiuentsiáu, 2 Láián. XI. Fp W Hò chau ; or the Department of Hò, has but one district. 1 H Hánshán. XII. * W Luán chau; or the Department of Luán, has two districts. 1 14 Hóshán, 2 * Yingshán. XIII. jg » Szchau ; or the Department of Sz', has three districts. 1 k Tiencháng, 3 PF Hüí. Hi Wúhò, 18.12. :11 Topography of it whirui. Before describing the several departments ju detail, it is proper li) remark here, that the Great river, as the Yánglyz' kiáng is called, runs through the province diagonally due northeast from Kiángsí to Kiángsú, having about one third of the province on the south and east, and the remainder on the north and west of the river. This river enters Kiángsú about twenty-five or thirty miles to the southwest of the ancient Nánking, 1. The department of Anking, the chief city of which is the pro- vincial capital, lies on the northwestern bank of the Great river, and is bounded, on the south by the province of Kiángsí, on the west by Húpi, and on the north by the departments of Luán and Lúchau, The magistrate of the district Hwáining has his residence at the city of Aʼnking. Southwest from this city is the chief town of the district Wangkiáng, on the northern bank of the Great river. Due west from this last named town is the district of Susung with its chief lown. Again, going a little to the northwest from Aʼnking, a distance of about thirty miles, you arrive at Tsienshán; and thence moving on to the southwest you find the town Táihú, the capital of the district of the same name. The town is built on an island in the 'Tsing-shi hd, or the river of Transparent-stones. North from the capital of the department is the town of Tungching, standing near the fountain head of a streamlet, which flows southward into the Great river. A moun- tainous ridge runs vearly parallel with the Great river, distant perhaps forty miles, and seems to form the western boundary of the depart- ment. From this ridge numerous little rills descend, and after being united in two streains enter the Great river, one to the north and the other to the south of Aʼnking. In the southern part of this depart- ment are some sınall lakes. Du Halde speaks of this department as being very beautiful and fertile. Its chief city was visited by the members of Amherst's em- bassy, and the following particulars are gleaned from the Sketches of Mr. Davis. It is a large and important town, and the residence of a lieut.- -governor. Mr. Davis says, “On entering the eastern suburb of the city, we perceived a very long single rank of soldiers, in their petticoat armor, drawn out to the number of nearly five hundred. With their helmets, flags, and other appartenances, they made, as usual, a good theatrical show; and against Chinese rebels and rob- bers were probably invincible. Having admired these gentry, we made our boatmen approach the shore, and sallied forth to explore the city, which we entered at the eastern gate, nearest the water, and proceeded directly through the town, in it westerly direction, to :31. JUNE. Topography of s'nhwui. meet our boats at their anchorage beyond the western suburbs. The streets were as narrow as I had ever seen them in a Chinese city, nor were the shops very splendid ; but many good dwelling houses pre- sented themselves--or rather their courts and gateways, for no gentleman's house in China ever adjoins the street. The palace of the lieutenant-governor we first took for a temple, but were soon undeceived by the inscriptions on the huge lanterns at each side of the gateway in front of the great open court. These official resi- dences seldom display any magnificence. The pride of a Chinese officer of rank consists in his power and station; and as the display of mere wealth attracts little respect, it is neglected more than in any country of the world. On particular family festivals, as marriages, funerals, and the like, considerable sums are expended. The best shops that we saw were those for the sale of horn lanterns and porn celain." He goes on to say, that the porcelain was of the finest kind, that some of the tea-cups with covers were unusually elegant, and that the price was naturally very low in comparison with their sale value at Canton. II. The department of Hwuichau forms the southeast portion of the province, comprising three vallies, being those through which flow the rivers Nán, Wú, and Sinán, the last entering Chekiáng and the others Kiangsí. The head-waters of these streams rise on a range of hills running some forty miles distant from the Great river, and flow off to the south and east. This range forms the northern and north- western boundary of the department, separating it from the depart- ments of Ningkwó and Chí chau. On the east and southeast the department is bounded by Chekiáng, and on the south by Kiángsí. The chief town of the department, called by the same name Hwui- chau, is the residence of the magistrate of the district Hi, and stands on the eastern bank of the river Sinán. A second district lies due north froin this, and a third due west, and near the centre of the department. From this third, a fourth lies northward, and a fifth westward, and a sixth southward. The inhabitants of this depart- rent are distinguished for their commercial activity; and there were also, in Du Halde's time, some bankers of great wealth, who had their establishments in almost all parts of the empire. Iu the moun- tains, Du Halde says there are mines of gold, silver, and copper. . Some of the best teas are brought from llwuichau; and also some of the best ink and lackerware. The produce of the country is carried dowu the Sinau to the Tsienting, and thence 10 Hingchau. 18-12 :31: Topography of 'nhroue. III. The department of Ning kwó—or the peaceful kingdom-is situated directly north from Hwuichau, on two small rivers which flow from the south. It is bounded on the north by the department of Taiping; on the east by that of Kwangti; on the southeast by Chekiáng ; on the south by the department of Hwuichau; and on the west by that of Chíchau. The chief town of the department stands on the north, between the two abovenamed rivers, and is the residence of the magistrate of Siuenching. Northwest from this is Nánling ; southeast is Ningkwó; southwest is Kinghien ; and south and southwest from Kinghien are Tsingti and Táiping. IV. The department of Chichau comprises the narrow strip of country, which lies along the south and east bank of the Great river, extending from it to the departments Hwuichau and Ningkwó on the east, and from the department of Taiping on the north to the pro- vince of Kiangsí on the south. The capital stands about midway between the two extreme limits of the department, and is the resi- dence of the magistrate of the district Kweichí. North from this is Tungling, standing near the Great river; east is Tsingyáng; south- east is Shikáng; southward are Kienti and Tunglau, the latter stand- ing near the Great river. The town of Tungling was visited by the members of Amherst's mission. Mr. Davis and others in a small party traveled ten or twelve miles on shore, but he gives no account of all that he there saw and heard. This was on the 2d of November, 1816. The following day he visited a village called Tátung chin, on the southeastern side of the river. The open country, “in all its beautiful features" closely resembled that of Tungling, with some very high hills at the distance of several miles. On the second day of their stay they traveled a distance of fifteen or sixteen miles. “ The course was at first along a regular pathway from the town, partly paved with broad stones, until we reached a village at the foot of the high hills, which it was intended to ascend. In our way we came, for the first time, to small tea plantations, being now within the latitudes in which the shrub flouriskus. In the same valley we discovered a new and curious species of oak, and observed that the mulberry was extensively culti- vated. On ascending one of the lofty bills of the range, a very fine prospect was afforded of the surrounding country and the course of the river. The whole surface of these picturesque mountains was cover- ed with a vast variety of shrubs and plants, many of the latter aro- matic, and among the rest the wild thyme very abundant.” On the 7th they anchored at IVúshá kiú-" Black-sand branch,"_"Kiá, 10 VOL. XI. NA. VI. 314 JUNE, Topography of Anhwui. meaning any part of a river where the stream divides into two so. as to compass an island in the middle." Mr. Davis speaks of the Chi- nese conductors being afraid to proceed along the open breadth of the (reat river while the wind was high, and he was surprised at the in- feriority of the sailors there to those at Canton. ! 'The boats were almost as different as the boatmen; for while the Canton vessels are strongly built and capable of buffeting the waves, the great square boxes, clamped with iron at the corners, in which we were at present embarked, seemed really to justify the apprehensions of their con- ductors." While there he had repeated rambles on shore, and saw the agriculturists cultivating rice, cotton, buckwheat, &c. Having passed A'nking on the one side, and Tunglau on the other side of the river, they visited Hwayuen chin, “the flower-garden station," where they “made an excursion along the side of the river to a sinall wood, consisting principally of green hollies, and several of the young members of the party trespassed so far on the lord of the ma- nor of the Flower-garden station as to cut themselves some walking sticks.” On the Ilth, a soldier of the embassador's guard was drown- ed, and was buried the next day : “the whole squadron then set sail, and proceeded along one of the branches of the river, which was divided by a long island into two streams. Towards evening we ap- proached a very singular rock, famous among the Chinese under the name of Siáukú shán, the “ Little Orphan hill," rising precipitously fom the water to the height of between two and three hundred feet.” On its summit were some buildings belonging to priests of Budha : and the sides and suminit of the rock were absolutely darkened with the countless swarm of pelicans, closely resembling the fishing bird of the country. V The department of Triping also lies on the southeast side of the river, extending from the department of Chichau to the province of Kiangsú. Its three districts, commencing with Tánytú on the north- east, succeed each other, as you proceed to the southwest, going up the river. The chief city of Wúhú hien, Mr. Davis says, is “ a very considerable town, the largest of its class in China. The streets proved on inspection to be superior to those of many of the first class cities; and some were as large and as well furnished with handsome shops as those at Canton. It is to the great inland commerce carried on by this town, that such unusual wealth and prosperity are to bo referred." llere he saw bales of cloth with the E. I. Co.'s mark upou them. These were brought inland from Canton, a distance of about six bundred miles. Flere too he visited a pagoda and several templea. Topography of inhuwi 315 one of which was dedicated 10 Kwánti, the titelary Mars of Chinid, ancestor of the late admiral Kwiin, who fell in the battle of the Bogue. As they advanced slowly up the river, they found "a cli- mate and country which could yield to none in the world, and equal- ed by very few. The landscape, consisting of the finest coinbination of hill and dale, with very high mountains in the distance, was va- riegated in the most beautiful manner with the red and yellow tints of autumn." VI. The department of Luchau lies on the northwestern bank of the Great river, and northeast from A'nking, the first department of the province, which it very much resembles. Near its centre there is a large lake, filled by streamlets flowing into it from the nortlı- west, and southwest, and discharging its own waters through a chan- nel descending in an easterly direction into the Yángtsz kiáng Taking this lake for a centre of a circle, with five radii of fifteen or twenty miles in length, a chief town of a district will be found situat- ed near the middle of each radius. The lake is remarkable for an abundance of excellent fish. The plains abound with grain and fruit, and the hills with the “best sort of tea, for which the whole department is famous.” So says Du Halde. VII. The department of Fungyáng stretches due north from Lúchau to the northern boundary of the province, and is nearly square in its configuration. The chief town stands a few miles south from the river Hwái, which runs through it from west to east. Du Halde tells us that this city was the birthplace of the founder of the Ming dynasty, who made it for a time the capital of his empire, but was afterwards induced to remove the seat of his government to Nán- king. Before this was done, of the many buildings undertaken only three were completed-a tomb for his father, a tower, and a temple for the priests of Budha. The tower was the highest structure in China. Upon Hungwú's removal, the public works ceased, and the glory and granduer of the city rapidly faded. Four of the districts stand on the south side of the river Iwái, and three on the nortli. The whole department is well watered by several streams which flow into the IIwái. VIII. The department of Yungchm forms the northwest por- tion of the province, and is bounded on the west anit north by llin nán, on the east by Fungying, and on the south by Luán. wholly on the north of the river flwái, and is watered by cousider: - ble streams flowing through the deparunout, from the northwest 109 Blee southeast 316 JUNE Topography of Anhwui. IX. The department of Kwángti comprises a narrow district east of Ningkwó fú, by which it is bounded on the west, and by the province of Kiangsú on the other sides. X. The department of Chú lies between the department of Fung- yang on the west, and Kiángning of Kiángsú on the east. The dis- trict of Láián forms its northern part, and that of Tsunshu its most southern, XI. The department of Hd lies between that last named, and the Great river, which forms its southern boundary. Lord Amherst's embassy stopped, on the 27th Oct., 1816, about four miles from the town of Hd, or Hochau, which is that distance, Mr. Davis tells us, froin the river, but can be approached by a navigable stream which flows from it to the Great river. In fact, as Mr. Davis says, scarcely any town of consequence in the whole empire is without a river or canal by which it can be approached. XII. The department af Luán lies between Lúchau and A'n- king on the east, and Húpe and Hònán on the west. It is for the most part a valley, having a rivulet, which descends from its southern extreme due north, and empties itself into the Hwái. XIII. The department of Sz' is bounded on the north and east by Kiangsú, on the south by the department of Chú, and on the west by Fungyáng. It is watered by the river Hwái, and also by the lake Kungtse. These last named departments, from the eighth downwards, are all small, and comparatively unimportant, being, except in their name and form of government, scarcely at all different from the districts. The rivers of the province, with but few minor exceptions, are all tributaries to the Yángtsz' kiáng or to the river Hwái. Those that flow into the last, for the most part come from Hònán and run to the southeast; three or four, however, run from the opposite direction. Along the whole course of the Yángtsz' kiáng through the province, at short intervals and on either side of it, rivers flow in to augment its flood of waters. These numerous branches are of various lengths, some twenty, some forty, some sixty, and more miles. Mountains are seen in the southern part of the province; and the principal ranges form the high lands, on both sides of the Great river, where many of the abovenamed rivers have their sources. Through the central and western parts are numerous hills, but we are not aware that any of them are very high or any way remarkable. The soil seems everywhere to be well watered and very fertile, and little il' any remains uncultivated. 1842. 317 Notices on Chinese Grammar. The vegetable productions are like those of the province of Che- kiáng and Kiangsú. The greater part of the green teas come from A'nhwui, or Oʻnfai, as the people of Canton pronounce the name of the province. The most celebrated localities are in Hwuichau fú among the Sungld range of hills, in the southeastern part of the pro- vince. The shrub is however cultivated in all parts of the three pro. vinces under the authority of the governor of the Two Kiáng, although some districts are better adapted for its growth, or the tea manufac. tured there is more celebrated, than others. request that Art. III. Notices on Chinese Grammar. Part I. Orthography and Etymology. Pp. 148, octavo. By Philosinensis. Batavia : Printed at the Mission press, 1842. Who is Philosinensis ? And what is the mission press at Batavia ? With us no doubt exists regarding either of these questions. And a copy of the book having been put into our hands, accompanied by a recommend it, with a view to aid in securing for it an extensive and ready sale, and thereby in obtaining for its publish- er some remuneration for the time and inoney expended thereon ; we therefore, as in duty bound, hasten to lay before our readers such information as we can collect regarding these Notices—confident that in no other way can we so well meet the publisher's wishes, and dis- charge the obligations we are under to the public generally and to Chinese scholars in particular. This little volume of grammatical Notices is a book almost unique in its mode of printing. In 1831 and 1832, Mr. Medhurst, the indefatigable superintendent of the Batavia mission and its "mis. sion press," published two vocabularies, Japanese and Corean, which were printed entirely by lithography. The toil and expense of writing out so many words, and writing them too in a Roman text hand, induced Mr. Medhurst to try if he could not use common movable types and lithographic printing in conjunction; and this little book is the result. All the English portion of it was "set up" (as the printers phrase it) in movable types, with blanks left for the Chinese characters, and an inpression was then taken and transferred to the lithographic stone, on which the blanks for Chinese writing were Vulicris uide (Wintrist Pin ifterwards lilled in with the pencil. --:nd the whole was then printed Together in the same manner as ordinary lithography. We are aware that this has sometimes been done in Europe also: but we know that Mr. Medhurst, having spent nearly the whole active portion of his life, now a score of years and more, in Asiatic countries, was igno- rant of this, and to himself alone is due the credit of the experiment. and its successful result. This mode of printing somewhat mars, indeed, the fair face of the page ; but usually distinctly legible, and well-furnished by this mode of printing with examples in the Chinese character, without thereby involving a large increase of cost, none we presume will complain of what enables the publisher to sell it at the very moderate price of $150 a copy. A grammar that will exhibit all the forms and idioms of the Chin nese language is a great desideratum. It may in passing be here intimated, that the compiler of the Chinese Chrestomathy, noticed in our number for April, has been collecting materials for a work of this kind, during the last three years. The compilation, however, of a grammar, that shall comprise everything valuable in the works of Morrison, Marshınan, Rémusat, and Premare, and at the same time be free from their inaccuracies and supply their defects, is a task which cannot be very speedily accomplished. In the four above- named authors some very important principles have been omitted, and many slightly touched upon require to be more fully elucidated. In loing this, the little and unpretending volume before us will afford essential aid, while at the same time it puts within the student's reach, and in a chicap and convenient shape, one of the best manu- als hitherto published. We should have preferred a faithful translation of either Rémusai or Prémare to these Notices. Still our best thanks are due to Mr. Gutzlaff (who often takes the signature Philosinensis) for compiling, and to Mr. Medhurst for revising and publishing this yolune, which we proceeil now brielly to review. The notices, without introduction or preface, are comprised in two books: Ilie first is divided into three chapters--on the sounds, on the characters, and on words: the second is divided into nine chapters, under the following heads--nouns, ädjectives, pronouns, numerals, verbs, adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, expletives and interjec- tions. Part I, stamped on the title page seems to intimate that the work is yet incomplete, and that something more is to appear as part II, which we suppose is to be the syntax,' to which several refer- rences are made in part I. !! -!!!!! Dorrt!(!!!!!!! push !!ptic is Prisi 1171111 ! perspicilti 18.12. :319 Notices on Chinese Graminar. and precision. Thus in treating of sounds, characters, and words, the compiler omits to define these terms; and using them sometimes interchangeably, it is not always easy to determine what meaning he would have attaclied to them. Want of perspicuity is seen both in the arrangement of paragraphs, and in the structure of sentences. This might be excused in Mr. Gutzlaff, the English tongue with him not being vernacular : but Mr. Medhurst should not have allowed it to escape his practiced eye. It is not always easy to determine how much one ought to undertake. With all proper deference to seniori- ty, we would suggest to Mr. Medhurst whether, by undertaking less and by rendering that more complete, the total value of his work to the public would not be considerably enhanced. For an improve- ment in quality, we would gladly see a large reduction of the quan- tity of the matter, comprised in the first book of the notices before us. Were it worth while we could point out several inaccuracies in the paragraphıs on sound, on the characters, and on words. In one place we read, "the characters, used by the Chinese, are ideographic symbols." Again we read, "that it is also very obvious, that for the greater part of ideas no imitative representations could be made, and therefore new and arbitrary signs had to be invented,” which of course are not ideographic. Further; the remarks that “the Chinese have no idea of our graminatical distinctions," and that, "not a single native writer las ever touched upon the subject,” are inaccurate. But, leaving these points, we proceed to notice, seriatim, the se- veral chapters of the second book, on grainmar, properly so called. Here we find the work executed in a much more satisfactory man- ner; and all that is said “points strictly to the peculiarities of the language;" for, it is added, “we intend to give the Chinese, as a whole, such as it is, independent of any other language, to enable the reader to become acquainted with its idioms." This is the true ind the only proper course to be pursued in formning a Chinese grammar. Chapier Ist treats of the noun. Without assigning any reason for so doing, the article is placed under this head; and is disposed of in few words, In closing the remarks on the article it is said that, “almost all the Chinese substantives have their peculiar nunerals, which, put before the noun, seem to circumscribe the definite article." The class of words here referred to cannot, we think, be considered as numerals; nor is it easy to understand what is meant when it is said “they serve to circumscribe the indefinite article.” The geni- live, dative, accusative, ablatives, and vocative cases are all illustrated 1 1 Votices in Chinese (trammar JUNE, by examples. But of the nominative nothing is said. Remarks on gender and number close this chapter. The adjective is treated of in chapter 2d, and a large collection of examples is given to illustrate its forms and uses. The positive, com- parative, and superlative, are noticed in three separate sections. In the first paragraph of this chapter the compiler says: “The remark, previously made, that Chinese words do not exactly belong to one par: ticular class, applies also to the adjective,” meaning simply to say, that many Chinese words may be used, according to circumstances, as nouns, adjectives, verbs, &c. In chapter 3d, the pronouns-personal, reciprocal, demonstrative, relative, interrogative, distributive, indefinite, and collective,-are severally treated of and illustrated. The compiler says, in commenc- ing the chapter, “We may here premise, as a general remark, that each personal pronoun, when put before the substantive, or whenever it is followed by chí, or Ah ti, the genitive particles, becomes possessive.” Having said thus much, he anon forgets to consider possessive pronouns as a distinct class of words. He also speaks of “the declension of pronouns," and of “their oblique cases," with- out even intimating what he means by these phrases. In like man- ner he says, “Chinese verbs often imply the pronoun," meaning, as his examples show, that the pronoun is often omitted. So likewise he repeatedly speaks of “the third personal pronoun;" and uses might for may, thus: “as demonstratives, might also be consider- ed words of the following class.” After enumerating what he consi- ders “collective pronouns," properly so called, he adds a few others, which " are frequently used to denote multitudes, though it would be not exactly proper to consider them in the light of collectives." In chapter 4th, the numerals are treated of; but “an idiomatic peculiarity, which the Chinese language has in common with the Japanese, in the addition of a generic term to various nouns, for the sake of cnumeration," is omitted under this head, though alluded to, and partially illustrated, in another part of the volume. In chapter 5th, on the verb, are collected a great variety of good phrases and correct observations, illustrative of Chinese grammar. 'The want of perspicuity, however, is very great, both in the phraseo- logy and in the general method of arrangement. We are told in the ürst paragraph of the chapter that the language is “devoid of moods and tenses," and "that, unless the distinction becomes necessary, none of the grammatical particles or auxiliaries arc enumcrated and Jlustrated by examples; substautive verbs are nese considered : ther! 184% 321 Votices on Chinese Grammar. “ various classes of verbs” are specified; and we are told, that "the distinction we draw between the neuter and active verbs does not, from the nature of the language, exist in Chinese.” Moods, though the language is “ devoid of them," come now to be considered; but “the indicative requires no comment, and of the conjunctive we have already spoken;" while “there exist many conditional particles which circumscribe the conjunctive." The potential and optative are "imaginary forms of the verb.” The infinitive and imperative are both noticed, though “the Chinese language has no peculiar way of expressing them.” So of the particles. So of the particles. The “interrogative forms of the verb," tenses, person, and number, are also remarked upon; and after all, “should the student not find any of the grammatical distinctions explained, which other languages exhibit, he has only to refer to the particles, where some further elucidation will be given." The 6th chapter is occupied with the adverb, under the following heads : interrogatives; negatives; affirmative adverbs ; adverbs of time; adverbs of place; adverbs of quality; and adverbs of quantity. Here, as in the preceding chapters, we find a good many examples, badly arranged, or rather thrown together without either much re- gard to order or method. In chapter 7th is given a succinct view of the various ases of prepositions," alluded to “ when treating of the cases of substantives ;" and a good variety of examples, tolerably well arranged, is collected. In the middle of this chapter, we are told, “that many of the Chinese verbs comprise in themselves our prepositions, an account of which would come better under the head of syntax.” In chapter 8th conjunctions are treated of: “this is a very nume- rous class, to which we wish to draw the attention of the student, for without a knowledge of them, neither can the books be properly understood, nor the language appropriately written or spoken." They are of four kinds—copulative, conditional, causative and disjunctive. The 9th chapter is occupied with expletives and interjections. "The expletives constitute a most important class of words, not only for rounding periods, but also for promoting the intelligibility of sen- tences, and their connection with each other; they are the very es- sence of construction, especially in the literary style; and their omission, or wrong position, is not only productive of jarring sounds, but may entirely change the meaning of a sentence." Flaving now recapitulated the leading topics of Mr. Gutzlaff's Notices on Chinese Grammar, and specified some of its defects and Y NO Portrait of Shinnung JINE, errors, we have only two or three remarks to add. lu no part of the volume are we referred to the sources from which the examples have been collected. This is a great defect. The numbering of the paragraphs, in some chapters, is very incomplete. We shall be glad to see part II, containing the “syntax." The work never was in- tended to be complete, but was merely designed to afford a collection of “notices;" as such we can recommend it, and sincerely hope the book will find a quick and extensive sale. No man living merits more from the lovers of Chinese literature and learning, than the Rev. Wal- ter H. Medhurst. He has done, and is doing much for the advance. inent of Chinese literature, and his zealous and persevering labors are worthy of the warmest approbation and the most liberal support of all who wish for a free and honorable intercourse with the sons of Hán. The responsibility of the publication, at least in a pecuniary point of view, rests, we have been told, wholly with Mr. Medhurst. ART. IV. Portrait of Shinnung, or the Blazing emperor, the second of the five sovereigns, with brief notices of his life. PHYSIOGNOMISTS, phrenologists, and philosophers of schools and classes, may possibly find somewhat on which to speculate in the se- ries of portraits which we have borrowed from the Sán Tsái Td. These Chinese patriarchs were men of no ordinary cast, if we may judge of them eituer from their biographies or from their pictures. The visage of the Blazing emperor is much more intellectual than that of his predecessor. His bold elevated forehead, his high nose, and broad chin, indicate the presence of a great mind. In his cos- tume, too, there is likewise something to attract attention. And the vegetables or bouglis held in his hands may serve to show in what manner his mind was employed. Where and how the engraver ob- tained the originals, from which he formed this and the other figures, we and our readers are alike left 10 conjecture. Poubtless they are its true as those we sometimes see of Ilomer, and the other great men of Greek and Roman history, who lived in high autiquity. But whether ore or on they enco show what ideas are at present el- popland roofing programelor of the black-haired rain 12 Portraut | Shinning 庆​農​神​萧​炎 ​The prince of Shantien married the daughter of Yükiáu. ter name was A’ntang, and she bore two sons: the eldest was Shinien, who was nourished and brought up close by the waters of Kiang, which Aowed along the south side of a city of the same name, in the department of Fungyáng in Shensí. Hence he received the surname Kiáng. Exercising the functions of government by the virtue or power of fire, he was hence called, í Yen ti, or the Blazing emperor. He was also known by the names of two hills, or moun. tains, near which he was born ; and likewise sometimes called by the names of the districts, over which he was first made ruler. He first built his capital in the department of Kaifung in Ionan, but subre quently lic removeel 10 tlır department Kiufu in Shanting. 324 JINE, Portrait of Shinnung The people of his age were rude, and wholly unacquainted with the arts and advantages of agriculture. They subsisted on fruits, vegetables, and the flesh of birds and beasts. The Blazing emperor, not satisfied with this state of his empire, engaged in domestic im- provements; examined the qualities of the soil, and the character of the climate; made ploughs, &c.; and taught his people how to till the soil and raise grain. The interests of husbandry thus commenc- ed their advance, and most salutary results followed. Hence it was that his grateful subjects called him The Shinnung, which means the Godly.agriculturist, or the Divine-husbandman. But the sovereign did not stop with these more necessary improve- inents. The people suffered from sickness, and he was thereby led to search for remedies. The vegetable kingdom was laid under con- tribution--as intimated by the portrait. The medical qualities of plants were tested; and his investigations went on rapidly, sometimes analyzing as many as seventy new plants in a single day. Books on the healing art were soon made, and the practice of medicine became a regular and honorable profession. The streams and springs of water were likewise carefully ex- amined, and their mineral qualities noted, so that the people might know which to use and which to avoid. The inhabitants of the em- pire now began to live in security and quietude, enjoyed the fruit of their industry, and were relieved from all fear of dying. How splen. did! How glorious ! In such happy and prosperous times, commerce could not long be wanting The people were all honest, faithful, and industrious. There were no domestic or foreign wars; and money was abundant. By imperial commands, markets were erected, and sales appointed. Soon people came from all quarters and all countries; and thus com- merce, both domestic and foreign, began to flourish. Music and the other refined arts, under these circumstances, could not be long neglected. Instruments were made, and the song of the plentiful year was sung. The officers of government were arranged into classes, their ranks defined, and boards instituted with proper titles, and the most perfect method was everywhere preserved. But the Divine-husbandman was not to live always, his healing art notwithstanding. The years of his reign were one hundred and forty. He died 2737 B. C. This melancholy event happened in the southern part of his empire-the Chinese say, in the province of Húkwáng. Sich are some of the sentiments and opinions entertained, by the hlack-haired race, regarding the successor of Fuhí 184 Illustrations of Ben and Things in China. а Art. V. Illustrations of men and things in China: the term Fan- kwei ; mode of sharpening edge tools ; bean curd; sonnets of Yuen Yuen; military medals. The term Fankwei.-This opprobrious epithet has become in this country a synonym for foreigner, and we may alınost expect erelong to see it entered in our dictionaries, and defined term for a fo- reigner in China." We were asking a respectable native gentleman the other day what he supposed was the reason for the application of this term Fán kwei or. Fán devils' to foreigners. He replied, " that he did not think kwei meant devil or demon in this connection, but some- thing outlandish, uncouth, bizarre, something in short that was not celestial, i. e. Chinese. Fán was a terra given to the petty, groveling island savages living in the southern ocean, as mán, i, ti, &c., were the names of people dwelling on the northern and other frontiers of the empire. When foreigners first came to the shores of China, their close fitting dress, their squeaking shoes and cocked hats, their blue eyes and red hair, their swords, their unintelligible talk, their overbearing carriage, and the roaring guns of their ships, all astonish- ed the people, who exclaimed kwei! kwei! Thus the term came into use, and gradually acquired circulation until it has become the general appellative of all far-traveled strangers.” This explanation is probably somewhat near the truth, but must be considered rather ex parte evi- dence, and is, we think, really illustrative of Chinese contempt for other nations. The terın is, however, the only one in common use among the people in this region to denote foreigners, and although it may be in many cases used without any intended disrespect, yet if the people entertained any particular respect for us, they would soon find a better term. It is not so much used in direct address to a foreigner, (which is a tacit confession of its rudeness,) as it is a des- criptive term for them and everything belonging to them, when they are the subject of remark. Hundreds of natives know no other ap- pellation. We heard a friend say, that he was once walking the streets of Canton, and one youngster among the crowd around him hooted after him so obstreperously, that turning suddenly he caught the urchin, and was about to teach him better manners, when the lad, turning up the white of his eyes, exclaimed, “If I do’nt call you fank wei, what shall I call you ?' And thus escaped. The ideas en- tertained among the lower class of natives regarding foreigners are Illustration. Men sind Things in China JUNE. as strange as can be well conceireil, almost akin jo tlir deinonical natures ascribed to ghouls and genii in Arabian story; and many of these opinions, we think, derive a sanction in their minds from the ise of kwci. We once saw a mother instantly quell the crying of her child by telling it that she would throw it to the fankwei, if it did not hush. On another occasion, we were walking alone, and over- took a child, who immediately began to whimper and cry fankwei. “Do'nt cry, do'nt cry," said the father," he understands Chinese, " which quite pacified it. The use of this epithet however cannot be eradicated, until the people shall have had more familiar intercourse with those froin other lands, and learned to regard them as fellow- men and friends, by receiving ocular demonstration of their claim 10 such titles. Mode of sharpening edge tools.—The greatest part of the blade in most of the edge tools of the Chinese is made of soft iron, the edge only being steel, and usually of a pretty good temper. The search for stones proper for whetstones has not been carried to much extent, or else there are none in the country except those of the coarsest grain, which are wholly unfit for sharpening fine tools. In order to supply this want, the cutlers have contrived a scraper, shaped some- what like a drawing-knife in having handles at each end of a bar, with a chissel-like process on the bar. In using this shovel, or chán as it is called, the razor or other cool is placed firmly upon a bench, and the workmen pushes the scraper along its edge, paring off a fine shaving. When he has taken off as much as is necessary, a strop is used to give a smooth edge. This clumsy mode of putting an edge on certain tools has been to some extent superseded in this region by common whetstones, but whether they are imported or not we have not learned. Bean curd.—This is the name sometimes given to an emulsive preparation of pulse, which is constantly hawked about the streets, and used as a condiment. It is made from a species of Dolichos bean, cultivated for the purpose, which after being boiled and skin- ned, is ground in a common hand-mill, with the addition of a good deal of water. The semifluid mass, after straining and adding a little clean water, resembles bonny-clabber or curdled milk, and in that state is called tau fú hwá, or bean curd jam. Frequently, the water is wholly strained off, and the curd sold in slices. It is also made into small cakes, stamped with the maker's name; which are sometimes colored yellow with the juice of small seeds called hwáng In whatever way it is used, finely powdered gypsum is usually 18.12. Illustrations of Men and Things in China. added, from a notion of its strengthening properties, and intimately mixed up in the mass. The purchaser eats it as he buys it, or else cooks it to suit himself; sometimes he simmers it in fat, and some- times takes it along with soy; the cakes are hashed up with pork, and then fried, or dressed in some other way; but in some form or other, it is found on almost all tables from the beggar upwards. A similar condiment of beans is used as a relish by the Japanese The taste of this preparation to a palate unused to it is insipid, nor does the gypsum seem to alter the favor, or prove noxious to the cater. Sonnets of Yuen Yuen.-The original of these two pieces are found in the Indochinese Gleaner. The author was governor of Can- ton in 1818, and wrote the first on his birthday, having retired from his office on that day to avoid his visitors, and take a ramble in the country. From some of the expressions in it he seems then to have been dissatisfied with his honors in this “dusty world,” but it was not till about three years ago that he could get permission from his im- perial master to retire to his native place in Kiángsú, where he is till living, upwards of 82 years old. We insert them here merely as specimens of the occasional verses of an educated man, one who linally attained to a seat in the cabinet of the empire. SONNET ON BIRTHDAY , The forty years the vernal winds have blown, Do just accord with all the years I've seen; But when my mind the rolling time recalls, My thoughts like tangled silk at once become. My duty to my tender mother, I've long foregone, But I now recall her care for me when callow and unweaned ; My princely sire is still strong at threescore and ton, And for this robust age I can and will rejoicc. He who has reached the time of forty years, Must look back at his prime, and on to his decay ; Although my hair has not yet turned to ashy gray, I cannot sleep nor eat as in the days gone by. My life has been spent like that of Lí Táipe, But compared with him, alas ! how paltry has it passed ; All kinds of cares distract my jaded mind, - But my toils are not those of flesh and limb. My learning 's rusty, which makes my rule so bad, ị 'm always ſcaring lest I crr or do somic crying wrong i Yet I entered office yoimger than loí Táipe, Invi mpen Pc Lólinn was later suilt than he. Illustrations of Men and Things in China. JUNE ON But I cannot take from them their laureate's seat, For dusty politics do daily follow hard on me. How shall I throw off the burden of my old disease ? I'll consult with Lí Taipe about the means of cure. ON SBTTING OUT A JOURNEY IN WINTER. The clarion of the cock was ceasing as we took up our way, And the curling smoke from the lone hamlet was just arising ; In the cold-smitten forest not a withered leaf was found, And the birds in flocks descended to the level plain. But the level plain was covered o'er with rotten withered grass, And the fanciful hoarfrost hid the roots from sight, The birds descending found nothing there for food ; And turning in their flight to their empty nests made haste. The aged husbandman within the village dwelling, At dawn arising to fondle his grandchildren dear, Heard the rumor fly, “a magnate of the land doth pass,” And staff in hand he leans upon the matted door to gaze. Many strawy stacks on the west of his hut are seen piled up, While on the east the beams of the rising sun do glance; His cotton dress made from the cotton tree seems warm and thick, And the hue of his face shows the plenty he enjoys; By which I shrewdly guess that in his house there can, Still a measure of rice be found stored away in the bin. Military medals. We have lately seen some of the medals con- ferred by the high officers of Chekiáng upon the soldiery of that pro- vince, in reward for their bravery in repelling the invaders of their native soil. There are several sizes; some of them as large as the palm of the hand, and other larger ones six inches long by four broad. They are made of very thin paper-like silver plates, stamped with an ornamental border, which contains in large letters the in- scription "Conferred from the office of the governor of Chekiáng and Fukien.” The character sháng (conferred) occupies nearly one half the surface. The medal is usually worn on the right lappet of the coat, suspended from the button. Yishan distributed a large num- ber of them to his troops last year after the settlement with captain Elliot, some of whom paraded them very conspicuously in the streets of Canton. 18.12 Trip to l'union in the constellation Art. VI. Reminiscences of a trip up the river of Canton, on board the U. S. frigate Constellation, in the spring of 1842. COMMODORE Lawrence Kearny, commanding the U. S. squadron in the East Indies, arrived off Macao on the 22d of March. Sundry papers having been placed in his hands, requiring correspondence with the provincial authorities at Canton, he determined to proceed up the river, and invited the writer of these inemoranda to accompany him. On the 11th of April, a little before noon, we stepped into the barge from the Praya Grande; and in an hour or so reached the Constella- tion, lying off in the Macao Roads, five or six miles from shore. Two pilots were already on board, and the men, keeping time to the music, soon raised the anchor, and spread the sails to a fine breeze, which in a few hours carried us above Lintin. Early the next morn- ing, the frigate was again under way, and about noon came to an anchor a mile or two above Wangtong, where a small party went on shore. Not a human being was found alive on the island ; and we sought in vain for the graves of the hundreds who were buried there the year before. The forts, like all the others at the Bogue, are "heaps of ruins, in some places hardly one stone being leſt npon ano- ther. Even the poor fishermen avoid these recently so strongly for- tified places, as if they were now accursed and abandoned by their gods. The only remnants of man that we saw, were some boves that had been deposited in an urn. The urn had been broken-by a shot or by some careless hand-and the bones were scattered upon the ground. At sunrise, on the morning of the 13th, the Constellation moved over the Second Bar; and at 4 P. M. took up a good berth in the southern channel (sometimes called the Blenheim passage) just below Dane's island. Of this channel we have seen two surveys-one by commander Belcher, executed in a very superior manner, and extend- ing almost to Fátshán--of which the outlines are given, as the town was seen from the mast-head of the surveying vessel. This channel unites with the Macao Passage about two miles south of Canton, and both are at present very strongly defended. Some of the batteries and fortified camps are within sight of Whampoa. This channel has vever been opened to foreigners. Thc Constellatiou is, we believe, the first vessel froin the govern- MICHI of the limited Stiles that ever anchored in the Chinese inmor 22 VOL IL NO VI 330 JUNE, Irip to Canton in the Constellation. waters. Usually, and not long ago, when such ships arrived on this coast, and were reported to the provincial government, they were in the rudest inanner attacked and expelled, not indeed vi et armis, but by paper bulletins. Of these memorable state papers there are speci- mens enough. Now the force of circumstances is altered. For aught we know to the contrary, however, the formalities of expulsion may have been gone through with, on the present occasion, and duly authenticated reports thereof put on record; but we are not aware that any such edicts have been fabricated. To avoid giving offense, and at the same time to afford opportunity to the Chinese to learn something of the character of the squadron, and the object of its visit, no small degree of prudence was requisite. For several days neither men nor boats were allowed to leave the ship At seasonable hours of the day, the boats of the compradore were allowed to come along- side with provisions. There were also some visitors from the mer- chant vessels at Whampoa. And on the evening of the 14th, the Ariadne, armed steamer, came up, passed close by the Constellation and anchored, and at daylight next morning returned down the river, without communicating with the commodore. Thus if the Chinese government had its emissaries on the watch, they must have found it hard to get evidence of any hostile purpose, or of any deviation from the strictest neutrality. In the meantime, the American vice-consul at Canton, having had occasion to communicate with the governor, announced the arrival of the two American ships of war. In his reply to this, his excel- lency traveled somewhat beyond his ordinary sphere remarking that he entertained no suspicions of ill-designs on the part of the two slips, and that if the English merchants resident at Canton lawfully and quietly pursued their commercial business they should enjoy full protection. These expressions of the feelings of the local govern- ment, wholly uncalled for, may be considered as evidence of a dispo- sition to conserve the peace. The reasons for such a disposition are obvious enough, and need not be here repeated. On Sunday the 17th-as on several subsequent occasions--divine service was held on board the Constellation. Those who have never witnessed such solennities on board a man-of-war, can scarcely con- ceive of the interest which gathers around these scenes of religious devotion. Beneath the broad arch of heaven, and surrounded by an inmense pagan population, to see a great congregation reverently engaged in worshiping the Most High, is one of the most interesting scenes on earth--one upon which, where there are pure and humble Trip to punton ii ihi consillution hearts, even the livly angels and Jelovalı bimself can look down witli joy. That the squadron has been sent out on a long cruize of three years, without a chaplain in either of its ships, is we think a matter of deep regret; and, on the part of the United States' government, a direliction of sacred duty. Its citizens, who are to be so long from their homes, should and have a right to claim for themselves more consideration from those whose honor and welfare they go abroad 19 promote. Ships of war-if we must so call all vessels engaged in the service of a government-ought not only to be provided with chap- lains, but the men so appointed should be selected from among the most able, accomplished, and pions ministers of the gospel ; men who will be agreeable companions and counsellors to those whom they ac- company, while they discharge aright the obligations they owe to their Divine Master. At present, on the river of Canton, between the outer-waters and Whampoa, there are no obstructions to vessels of any description ; and at Whampoa, even the Chinese government has little or no authori- ty. Consequently, all sorts of crafi, native and foreign, and all kinds of commodities, come and go freely. No inconsiderable portion of the trade--perhaps a third or a fourth of the whole at Whampoa, --is now carried on in direct violation of the regulations of the port ; all, however, that does come under the cognizance of the laws is suffi- ciently taxed, extra, to supply the deficiences of the public chest oc- casioned by illegalities. Now and then a native smuggler is seized ; but of late occurrences of this kind are rare. A boat with seventy men was recently captured by two fishing smacks, and forty of the crew carried as prisoners to Canton, there to be publicly executed. "Some sad catastrophe" may erelong befall these European small craft, unless they be well on their guard. On the 20th, a man was seen half a mile astern of the frigate, endeavoring to swim to her. Our ship's boats soon brought him alongside. lle proved to be a foreigner who had by some means, fair or foul, got on shore, been robbed of his inoney, and stripped half naked, and then forced by the Chinese into the river. The next day assistance was requested, on board one of the ships in Whampoa, to quell a mutiny. Instances of this kind are not 1111- frequent; and the request for assistance was once or twice repeated during the Constellation's short stay on the river. These movements gave to the Chinese soine opportunity for be. coming acquainted with the object and aims of the new visitor Om the 22d, an armed hoai, under the charge of a trusty officer, was Trip to Canton in the constellation JUNE, dispatched for the first time to the provincial city. She passed up through the barrier, close under the guns of the forts, and by an im- mense flotilla of war boats and junks, without being hailed or in any way molested. Some little excitement was caused when the boat reached the landing-place, and the party stepped on shore in front of the factories; but not the slightest disturbance was created. From this time one or more boats went almost daily to Canton, and special care was evidently taken by the authorities to secure to them an unobstructed and undisturbed passage up and down the river. The tide-waiters, too, became remarkably civil, allowing the men to take with them in the boats whatsoever they pleased. On the 27th, about noon, Mr. Reynolds, first lieutenant of marines, arrived at the consulate with a dispatch to the governor. A message was immediately sent into the city, intimating that the bearer of the dispatch would wait its reception only till 4 o'clock, and that within that time he would deliver it to an officer from the governor, either at the consulate or at the public hall of the hong- merchants. At 3 o'clock P. M., the arrival of the Kwángchau hie, the chief military officer in the department, of the rank of colonel, was announced, as in waiting at the hall. Lt. R. proceeded thither, and on entering the hall the officer rose from his seat, and came forward and received him. The formalities of compliments, &c., finished, the dispatch, bearing the follow superscription, ng More to All FjÝ nui tsz tsung-tu tái jin tsió isien, was presented and received in due form, and the two officers took leave. Lt. R., having gone in full dress, attracted not a little attention. An immense throng was collected as he came out of the hall and passed down the street, all preserving the most perfect silence and good order. Two days after this, his excellency gave his reply, fu wan, sending it direct to the commodore on board ship, by the hand of an officer of the rank of captain. The whole of the subsequent cor- respondence was conducted in like manner. Before this time the Constellation had changed her berth, and was now at anchor off the east end of Dane's island, where one of the branches of Junk river unites with the Whampoa reach. The dis- tance from Canton being fully 12 miles, it was thought a convenient anchorage might be found higher up the river, and a boat was sent to ascertain the practicability of this. The boat proceeded up Junk river taking the soudings, and at length was under the guns more 1842 Trip to (anton in the Constellation of one of the new forts, that which is nearly opposite to Howqua's folly, which fired upon her. This, as some of the guns were shotted, might have proved a very untoward event." The demand for ex- planation was promptly answered by the governor, and in a manner that afforded full statisfaction to the commodore; and, without its being demanded, the officer in command at the fort was degraded. Previously to this occurrence, adiniral Wú, had signified his wish to visit the commodore. In the meantime, the Boston, commander Long, having returned from a short cruize to Manila, came up and joined the Constellation. About noon May 9th, the day fixed upon for the admiral's visit, two messengers arrived to announce his approach. But it was past 2 o'clock before his barge was in sight. As he neared the ships, they were in readiness to do the honors due to his rank and station; and the manning the yards and firing of the salute, in most adınirable style, were to him a sight equally novel and animating He was received by the commodore on the quarter- deck, and conducted to the cabin. The admiral, a native of Fukien, was appointed to this station shortly after the battle of the Bogue, where his predecessor fell in the storming of one of the forts. Kwán bore a good reputation among his own countrymen; but in his ap- pearance and whole bearing as a warrior, Wú is decidedly his superior. He is now 44 years of age, tall, well formed, has a high aquiline nose, a keen eye, and moved across the deck with an easy, but firm and manly step. He had hardly been seated in the cabin, before he begged that the men might be put at their ease-he supposing that they were then, as when he came on board, standing upon the yards. As his own request he was shown round the ship, and was afforded an opportunity of seeing the men at their quarters. The inarines particularly attracted his attention; and for several minutes, while going through their evolutions, he stood like a statue fixed in perfect amazement. While the men were still at their guns, and without the adıniral's knowledge, orders were given to repel boarders on the starboard quarter, where he chanced to be standing. Instantly, alınost, a hundred or more men, with swords and pikes ind fixed bayonets, rushed up froin the gun-deck, and took their proper sta- tions. For the moment the admiral found it impossible entirely to conceal his feelings, though the lines of his face were screwed up to the highest pitch he could command. He had been forewarned of treachery by some of the wise men at the provincial city. But his fears were banished, by the men the next moment moving to the other quarter Still more ludicrous scenes occurred at Canion. The 334 JUNE Trip to Canton in the Constellation. adiniral had scarcely left the city for the ship, before the senior hong- merchants were called on to give security for his safe return. And the report of thirteen guns-instead of the Chinese number three- for the salute, was such positive proof of treachery, that nothing but the admiral's safe return in person could allay the alarm of the pro- vincial authorities. It was nearly sunset when the admiral left the ships, evidently much pleased and well satisfied with his reception, and the atten- tions shown him on board the foreign men of war. On Monday the 18th, two other officers, one the second in command to the admiral, visited the commodore. These men were from northern provinces, and though they had been a year or more at Canton, had never before been on board a foreign vessel. They said they had supposed, from all reports, that the foreign men-of-war were strong, but till then they never believed thern so strong as they now found them to be. They seemed astonishell when told, that many of the English ships were far superior to the Constellation, On the 27th, the commodore for the first time went up to the pre- vincial city, where he remained till the 8th of June. On the 7th, having previously closed his correspondence with the governor of Canton, some bullocks, sheep, &c., were sent by his excellency on board the ship, it having been stipulated that other articles, an atlas, &c., should be given by him in return. Tuesday afternoon, the 7th of June, having been fixed upon for leaving the city, the governor sent an officer to the consulate with his compliments to take leave of the commodore. At three o'clock, a large Chinese fast boat was in readiness; but it was late in the evening before we reached the ship, near Second Bar. The progress down the river was slow; and it was past sunset on Saturday the 11th, when the Constellation return- ed to her former anchorage in the Roads off Macao. Regarding the correspondence with the authorities at Canton, we have only to remark, what is generally known, that his excellency the governor was very civil and courteous, (or as the Chinese term it, #li kung shan, “ respectfully obedient,” for so the phrase has usually been translated when speaking of foreigners,) willingly en- gaging to pay the demands for losses, and leaving it for the commo. dore to fix their amount. Of the ships and of the officers we need say but little. The Bos- ton is admired by all for her proportions and her "splendid battery.' The age of the Constellation drew from the Chinese many exclama- rions of surprise. She is one of the six frigates ordered in 1794, on 1842 3:35 Medical Missionary Socirly account of the Algerine depredations, and was launclied in 1997 She has seen some service, as the l'Insurgente and the la Vengeance can testify; but even in her old age she retains well her qualities for speed. From Commodore Kearny and commander Long, as from their officers also, we received, during our short trip, every possible attention and kindness. The effect of the visit on the Chinese was evidently very favorable. At first there were many suspicious and bad ruinors abroad; and insolent tones and gestures were, as asual, frequent; but after the affair at the fort, and the admiral's visit, these ceased. In times like these, the presence of such vessels is much needed; and when they leave the Chinese waters, we hope others may not be long in coming to supply their places. ART. VII. Notices of the Medical Missionary Society in China, and of the Morrison Education Society in China. Medical Missionary Society's hospitals. It must be gratifying to the friends and supporters of the medical mission to the Chinese, to find that the hospital under their patronage in Macao is so fully answering the objects for which it was established The warmest thanks are due to the benevolent friends who have from time to time so freely contributed to the expenses which it has entaileded upon them. Since July last, up to the present time, there has been an uninterrupted attention paid to all the objects and cases of disease that have been presented for medical or surgical relief. The number of patients, whose names, ages, residences, occupations, and maladies, have been registered in the books of the hospital, during the period of a little more than eleven months, amounts to 3826. This number (including those only that have appeared for the first time) consists of men, women, and children, from different parts of this and the neighboring provinces. When the institution was first opened, for the admission of in patients, there was some reluctance and timidity in accepting the offer ; but latterly, since the character of the hospi- tal has become established, its regulations known, and its advantages understood, there is not only a willingness, but a solicitude on the part of many to reside within its wards. During the present annual term there have been rather more than 300 m-patients of both sexes, who have conducted themselves with much propriety, and in willing 3:36 UNL. Medical Jissionary Society acquiescence to the rules of the hospital. The trumber of beds at present does not exceed fifty-five ; aud these, for the last three months have been usually occupied, so that from this and other causes many applicants have been necessarily refused admission. It is upon the in-patients that the twofold benefits, both of moral and physical improvement, are mainly exerted; and it must be evident to all, that it is by and through these that the chief and the more important objects of the Medical Missionary Society will be secured, both as it regards the patients themselves, and the young men who are being educated for future medical practice among the Chinese. The chief expense of the hospitals in Europe is the support of the patients; but in China there is this peculiarity, that all persons of much respectability who enter onr hospitals provide entirely for their own maintenance, and find their bedding and attendants; and even the poorer classes are allowed only 30 cash a day to find their fuel and rice—a sum equal in value to rather less than three cents or one penny per diem. Our limits will not allow us to add more. Full particulars will doubtless be detailed in the report at the general meeting, to be held on the 29th of Sept. next, when we hope there will be an attendance commensurate to the claims of this instituition. We are happy to notice that the visit of Dr. Parker to England and the United States, has not been in vain. An interest has been excited, and provisional committees have been formed in different places, to respond to the appeals made on the Society's behalf. The following are the reasons assigned by the provisional commitlee, consisting of some of the most distinguished men in Edinburgh, for recommending this cause to the consideration and support of their fellow citizens. 1. The plans of the Medical Missionary Society in China seem well calculated to introduce amongst the millions of Eastern Asia an acquaint- ance with those improvements in medicine and surgery which have been made in Europe within the last century, such as cannot but prove a great benefit to these nations. 2. There are presented by these missionary institutions admirable fields for the exercise of the highest medical acquirements which this country can produce, in such a manner as is likely to lead to an extension of our know- ledge of disease, and of the use of remedies hitherto unknown to us. 3. The more intimate intercourse with the Chinese of all ranks which the hospitals naturally give occasion to, seems likely to lessen those petty jealousies on the part of that pcoplc, which have so long impeded the opera- tions of commercial enterprise. 1. It has been plainly proved by the past success of the mission, that the 181 13:37 Medical Missionary Society hospitals present the best possible opportunities for propagating divine truth, amongst the people. There are at least constantly set before their inmates, proofs such as they can and do fully appreciate of the existence of that cha- rity, which is the best fruit of our holy religion, and may thus be led to in- quire about its source. 5. Many persons well qualified to form an opinion on the subject, who have been eye witnesses of the operations of the Society, have borne the strongest testimony in their favor as being conducted in a manner the best calculated to lead to the results which are contemplated. Examination of the school of the Morrison Education Society.--On Wednesday, the 22d inst., a public examination of this school was held at the residence of the Rev. S. R. Brown, its tutor; and being the first opportunity of the kind that has been afforded to the friends of the Society, to observe the progress of the boys under its patronage, it was an occasion of much interest, and deserves a more extended notice than we can now give it. We cannot, however, suffer the inpression which the scene made upon our minds to pass, without a brief statement of the exercises, since they afforded unequivocal evidence of the utility of the local Society under whose auspices that school is conducted. The examination opened at half-past 12 o'clock, when the pupils, sixteen in number, entered the rooin, neatly attired, and with cheer- ful faces, indicating that they were pleased with the prospective trial of their attainments in English learning. Mr. Brown commenced by giving a brief account of the school, nientioning the periods of time that the boys had been at school, and the changes and interruptions which the political troubles in Chi- na had produced; and said, that the examination had been proposed for the purpose of showing the patrons of the Society, to what they were lending their support, when they made donations to the Morrisou Education Society, while it might at the same time operate as a stinulus to the pupils, who, like their fellow-men, are encouraged by the recognition of their own merits, when conscious of them them- selves. He alluded to the fact that, according to the plan of the So- ciety, half of the time in school is devoted to the study of the native language, so as to combine Chinese and English learning, and there- fore, in forming an estimate of the boys' progress, it was but just to recollect that the younger class of ten, who had been in the school nonths, had studied English but three months and a half, and the elder class, who had spent two years and a half at school, had really studied English but a year and a quarter. The smaller boys were the examined ur reading English, Spelling 13 seven mo 2 101 11 0 :)3 JINE Morrison Education Noriely and translating colloquial sentences from English into Chwese, and vice versa. Considering the short period during which they had been attached to the school their examination was very creditable to them, even their occasional blunders in pronunciation, showing that they were conscious of them, and that they were partly attributable an evideut effort to avoid thein. The clder class was then brought forward, and kept upou the floor for about two hours, through a variety of exercises. The boys were first called upon to read in the English New Testament, and we observed that to avoid every appearance of set lessons, previously prepared for the occasion, Mr. Brown directed one of the boys to open) his book at randoin, and read what first met his eye. He did So, and read with much fluency and accuracy of pronunciation. The rest followed in order, and in the lonies of two or three, there was no foreign accent at all. They then took the Chinese New Testament, and read and trauslated the same into English. The sense was always given, though not always in idiomatic Euglish, which it is difficult for any one to do, without great care and previous practice, the con- structions of the two languages being often opposite to each other. When they afterwards took up a secular reading book, they read and translated with ease into the native colloquial dialect. They then analyzed each sentence, numbering the propositions in each, and pointing out the several parts of these propositions, as the subject, verb, attribute, &c. This exercise exhibited an uncommou insight into this essential part of the study of language. They were vext examined in geography, in which Mr. Brown re- marked, they had this year received very little instruction. This exercise was short, but sufficiently long to show that they were pretty well versed in topography. It was evident, however, that they felt. somewhat embarrassed by the novelty of their position before strangers. They then took up mental arithmetic, and showed, by the readı- ness of some of their answers to the questions proponuded at randon, that they had acquired a good degree of familiarity with this branch of study, and particularly when inet by fractional members. They next passed to alyebrit, first mental and then written. They were tried in simple equations, containing one and two unknown quantities, which they soivell readily and accurately, repeating the successive steps in the operations, without the aid of slate or black-board. Tie saine ex- ercise wils continued prou the back-board, in with the same suc- This point of the formation. When miglie have been carried 18.12. 13:34 jirrisoni Pieluisin Society much liries, polito aquations with four umknow quantities, and in some cases to quadratic equations, was cut short by the lateness of the hour, there being no wish to protract it tediously, and for the same reason the examination in English history was omitted. Lastly, two of the boys ---who had made greater proficiency in alge- bra than the rest, and had takeni mp geometry, about a month before, to fill up their vacant time,--proceedel, one to perform a problem, and the other to demonstrate the theorem, that“ the angles at the base of an isosceles triangle are equal." They had gone, it was remarked, about half way through the first book of Playfair's Euclid. demonstrating the propositions both geometrically and algebraically. While the examination was in progress, some very well executed letters of the seven older boys, addressed to the Rev. Dr. Bridgman, acting president of the M. E. Society, were handed round for perusal. They had been written at Dr. Bridgman's request, on the previous Monday afternoon, upon the question proposed by him, "What is the difference between English and Chinese education.” The theme was propounded, and the letters were the result, written and corrected by the boys maided. They were of course unequal in merit, but all deserving of praise. There were sentiments expressed in some of them which indicated close observation, mature reflection, and purity of motive, which none could notice but to admire. Finally, it is believed that all who were present at the examination were highly gratified, and that more would have been, had they been there. We could but feel, that the Morrison Education Society, under all its discouragements has thus far pursued its way steadily, unostentatiously, and successfully, and that it deserves the liberal patronage and best wishes of all the friends of humanity. We subjoin two of the letters, printed exactly as they were writ- ten, leaving all their errors incorrected. Macao Junc 2012 1842. My dear Sir.--I am now in this school, to be taught by Mr Brown, and I must adhere to what he tells me, because knowledge is power. Before I came here, I had wasted four years of study in Chinese, and by it wasted money, and did not know anything, but a few characters. Now I have been in an English school for about two years and a half, and I think to have spent these years liere is a hundred times better than those four years which I wasted a long time ago. Beside this, in Chinese schools, we want money, but in this we can study without it. The Chinese are very ignorant about education. I must have a thankful heart to (iod and those gentlemen, who give money for us to live here and get knowledge. Therefore we must try to learn, so as to pay for that money, and let it be of advantage to us, and those who give !1. Lihould be very glad to have an examination of 119, and lets those gentlemeyi Sre how much I have learned, and see if it is better for them to give or not. 340 JUNE. Morrison Education Society The English schools are much better than theoChinese because the Englislı learn of inany useful things, such as astronomy, geometry, algebra, true religion, and many others that I cannot mention io you now; but the Chinese, have no such things, and only study to be men who understand what the book's mean, and when they understand this, and advance in years, they have a literary examination, and get a great name. Now this is the most that they generally learn I think, but perhaps more, would be not of great My dear Sir, this is all that I can write to you, because I have not time enough to write a long letter, and I hope you will excuse this. Your's with respect. Rev. E. C. Bridgman. D. D. President of the M. E. Society. use. A * * * Macao June 20th 1842. My dear sir,- According to your request, I write this letter, but I have not time to write a long one. The most of us in the first class have been here about two years and a half, but none of us can write a Chinese letter well, though we had been in Chinese schools for some years before we came here. Some of us have studied Chinese five times as many years as Englislı, but we can know five times more when we study English, than when we study Chinese. The Chinese school-books never teach people about sci- ences and arts, but only about Confucius, how he acted in his lifetime, and his followers praised him. In the poetical classic I find many words which I never heard people speak in my life, and I believe they are seldom used through the Empire, except when they want to make a dictionary. The difference between the English and the Chinese is this, the English school- books are made by gentlemen or ladies every year, and when the scholars study any art or science, they at the same time learn how to read, spell, explain, and many other things. But the Chinese turn their eyes to Con- fucius, who lived more than twenty centuries ago. The Chinese teachers very seldom explain the school-books to their scholars, and many of the school-books cannot be used at the present day, only at the literary examina- tions, I believe. If a Chinese scholar study his books for twenty years, he can do no more than learn how to read and write, and the Chinese say a learned man should never do anything that is laborious, as a common man does. But the great difference between the English and the Chinese is this; the Chincse look back into ancient times, but the English are always looking to the present, and the future, to discover the truth, therefore the Chinese are always about the same, while the English become better and better. I do not mention the Ainericais because they are decended from thein, and much like the English. The Chinese have no Bible and they do not know Jesus Christ who creat- ed the universe. They are full of superstitions and ignorance; besides, their government rules them with injustice. How glad we ought to be when a light came from the other side of the world, not called here by our own coun- tryman, but sent by foreigners to enlighten our minds, and clear off the superstitions from us. Now, the gentlemen and ladies of the Morrison Education Society have spent a great deal of voney for the school, and have been kind to us, and we cannot recompense them as they have done to us, but with a thankful heart towards them, and hy being diligent to improve our time as to please them. Yours a.ffectionately, Rrip E ( Bridgman. 1). !! A * * * 18.12. Journal of Ocrurimini Art. VIII. Journal of Occurrences : progress of the war; recap- ture of Ningpo; reinforcements for Wangchun; garrison of Chinhải; attack on Chápú ; Chusan : British reinforcements; tenure of Hongkong ; sir Henry Pottinger's departure for the north; indemnity for opium; the emperor's finances ; investiture of a new king of Cochinchina. No wonder the statesmen of the west are in great doubt regarding the past and the future courses of events in China, since the best informed even here, and those too inost interested in these matters, find themselves possessed of very imperfect inforınation. Facts, prin- ciples, deductions, and opinions, by being transferred from one per- son to another, often come to assume new forms and coloring, as diversi- fied and as fanciful as those of the kaleidoscope occasioned by its slightest change. So far as the future is concerned, we are at pre- sent without any data to enable us to form an opinion, either satis- factory to ourselves, or worthy of being received by others. We can imagine H. B. M.'s combined forces scouring the plains of Kiáng- nán; all communication by the Grand canal intercepted; advanced squadrons far up into the interior of the empire on the waters of the two great rivers and their tributaries; and hundreds of towns and cities along their banks attacked and ransomed or deserted. While by these measures, occupying only a few days, the inhabitants of all the central provinces are thrown into consternation, it is easy further to fancy all the defenses between the sea and Peking swept away at a stroke; the capital entered; and the monarch deposed! However, something quite the opposite of all this might be conjured up by an excited imagination, or (as some would have it) must clearly be fore- seen by every unbiassed judgment. Still what is to be the actual order of events, resulting from the present course of operations--how commerce is to be effected at Canton and elsewhere-how the war is to be carried on and brought to a termination-and how negotiations are to be opened and conducted—are topics about which we must leave our readers for the present to their own musings. Did we not know that a Power, far above all human authority, is guiding all these events we should despair of soon seeing any improvement in the moral and political condition of the Chinese. When her H. B. M.'s forces proceeded northward, two years ago, in the summer of 1840, the whole coast was defenseless, and not even a gun was mounted on the forts at the mouth of the Pei hò. A speedy termination of all difficulties was expected by every body. The results of that expedi- tion, and of another, are on record. For those of a third, all eyes are now anxiously watching. The British demand, according to a rumor from Peking, Hong- kong; the ports of Amoy, Tinghái, Ningpò, and Shanghai, opened ; $20,000,000, expenses of the war, paid: a minister to reside at Pe- king: ministers in reside at foreign courts: with equality and reci. procity generally :34:2 APRIT, Journal of Ormwrences. There is another late rumor that the emperor has fou on that ihe ancient emperors, and his ancestors, when all things weni wrong through the errors of his ininisters, changed them and altered their policy; and therefore he, Taukwang, proposes to do the same. 2. The recapture of Ningpò. It is known to most of our readers, if not to them all, that this city, which was taken by the British forces Oct. 10th, last year, was abandoned by them on the 7th of last May. But mark;-his excellency, lient.-governor Liú Yunkò, an- nounces to the emperor its recapture weeks before, in a memorial which appears in the Gazelle of April 12th. 3. Reinforcements at Hangchau. Immediately after the fall of Chinhii and Ningpò, il very small British force might have inoved on Hangchau in triumph--for, as the authorities of the city then declar- ed, in a meinorial to the emperor, there was not a soldier in the pro- vince on whom any dependence could be placed. But as soon as the routed forces had time to recover from their fears, works of defense and reinforcement began, and are still, down to the latest dates from the north, in progress. "The Tartar general Kíying has recently been sent thither, froin Peking, for the especial defense of the city', carrying with hiin such full power as to enable him, in concert with commissioner Ti-i-shun, to order from any of the provinces such an. bers of forces as they may deem necessary for the defense of that city. 4. At Chinhái, a small garrison has been retained on Joss-house bill. Whether the city itself has been recaptured or 101, we find as yet no record to inform us. But we understand that the soldiers of ihe garrison could not go into the town for provisions except in arm- ed parties--so closely were they watched. 5. The attack on Chúpii has been announced in the Friend of China, by the following official notices. ller inajesty's plenipotentiary, &c., &c., has much satisfaction in promulgat. ing, for general information, the annexed extracts of official dispatches, under dates the 23d and 21st of May wluch have this day reached him from their ex- cellencies the naval and military commanders-in-chief, announcing the capture of the port and city of Chápú. Whilst her majesty's plenipotentiary must feel, in common with all her majesty's subjects, great ihankfulness and pride at this most important success, he participates inost warmly in the expressions of regret which have been recorded by their excellencies the naval and inilitary commanders.in. chief of her majesty's combined forces, at the losses which our gallant country- men have sustained in killed and wounded, as well as at the amount of suffering which has fallen on the Chinese soldiers and inhabitants, in spite of every effort made to induce the former to surrender, and as well as the latter, to trust to our cleinency and kind treatment of them. The whole of the prisoners made, have been released and sent back to the Chinese high officers, who had subsequently made overtures for accommodation, but which it is impossible to pronounce to be sincere. Her majesty's plenipotentiary, however, indulges the strong hope, that the irresistible power of her m ijest.y's arms will, at no distant period, compel the government of China to come to terms, and thereby put a stop to a war, which it. is his anxious duty and wish to see terminaled on an honorable and lasting basis. GOD SAVE THE QUEEN. HENRY POTTINGER. Dated at Government house, Hongkong, 4th June, "Dated Cornwallis, at Chaptı, 23d May, 1842. "Commandiss Kellent and Collinson, who have been indefatigable in surveying -- very part 11'e have had io navigate, succeeded during the night in thoronglily 1842.. :3133 Journal of Orrureries sounding between the anchorage of the ships and the sture, which enabled the Cornwallis, Blonde, and Modesie, while the troops were landing, lo lake up excel. lent positions against the sea batteries, consisting of two works mounting seven and five gung, about ove third of the way up a sleep hill, at the eastern extremity of the suburb, and crowned with a joss house, occupied by a large body of men'; and three other inasked batteries mounting thirty guns, in front of the suburbs; making a total of forty-two guns of different calibre. These all were thronged with Chinese soldiers, who also lined their defences on the licights, to a considerable extent, with inatchlock men and numerous jinjalls. Against these field works, the Sesostris was anchored, for the purpose of dis- persing them with shells as our troops advanced; and the inhabitants of the suburbs and city were duly warned to retire out of the line of our fire. “By the exertions of the Nemesis, Phlegethon, and Queen, steainers, and the boats of the covering vessels Starling, Columbine, Bentinck, and Algerine, together with those of the transports, conducted by lieut. Somerville, the troops were all put on shore in admirable order, under the able direction of commander Charles Richards of the Cornwallis, before nine o'clock, when the general, with his ac. customed energy, immediately pushed forward at their licad; the ships, by a pre- concerted signal, opening their fire at the same time on the batteries. "A few shot however put the men stationed in them, and at the Joss house on the summit of the hill opposite to us, to a precipitate fight, and not a moment was lost in land. ing the seamen and marines of the squadron, under captain Bourchier of the Blonde and the officers named in the accompanying list, who got possession of the batteries before the inines which were prepared in them could be sprung, and having succeeded in cutting off several of the Chinese troops that were endeavor. ing to reach the suburbs, joined our land forces on their approach to the city. (Signed) · William Parker, Vice-admiral." A true extract. G. A. MALCOLM, Secretary of Legation. " Dated head-quarters, Chápu, May 21st, 1842. “The fleet arrived at an anchorage, thirteen miles froin this, on the 14th instant. On the 16th his excellency, sir Wm. Parker and myself reconnoitred the defences of Chápú; when we made our dispositions for its attack. On the 17th, the flect came to anchor about four miles to the east of the city ;-and the troops were ordered to prepare to land at daylight next morning. By 8 o'clock on the 18th, every man was on shore without being opposed. By ten o'clock, the whole range of heights and fortified encampments, forming the principal military defences of Chápu, were in our possession, and by 12, I was on the walls of the city,-having escaladed the eastern angle during the confusion and panic occasioned by the previous attacks; and having cut off the retreat of a large portion of those who defended the heights, which fortunately were the enemy's best troops composed of Mantchon Tartars. The Chinese had about 8000 regulars, 1700 of whom were Tartars. Their loss must have been very great, as we have buried from 1200 to 1500 men; we have made but low prisoners, and those are principally wounded. From 80 to 90 guns have fallen into our hands; all of which I am in the act of destroying, expect the brass. Vast quantities of jinjalls, with some thousands of matchlocks, and innumerable bows and arrows, have also fallen into our hands ; as have also a foundery, gunpowder manufactory, together with several arsenals, which shall all be destroyed. "I regret to add, that this has not been effected without a greater loss than I anticipated. One officer, one sergeant, and 7 men killed; seven officers, one ser. jeant, and 42 men wounded, of the military arm; and about 5 of the marines and In the list of killed, I feel deep regret in naming It.-colonel Tomlinson, an officer of high promise. Amongst the wounded are lt. col. Mountain, deputy adjt..general, a very superior staff officer, who has received three rather severe wounds; and captain Campbell, 55th, a most zealous officer. (Signed) · Hvah Gougii, Lt.-gen. Commanding Land Forces Eastern Expedition.” True Extract, G. Ä. Malcol, Secretary of Legation. GENERAL ORDER: ' fiy hus rxcellener lige... ?ral. sir lugli (inugh, li. c. R., commanding expedi. t!!lory land forre, dated headquariers, Chapirily, 1914 Voy, 18:12: scannen. 14.1 Journal of Orrurrencex. True copy. “The It..genl. has again to congratulate luis brave comrades in arus on another very brilliant achievement executed with their usual gallantry by the Chinese expe. ditionary force. Sir Il. Gougli's best thanks are due to all ranks, and he again has to request officers in command of corps and detachinents to convey to their respective officers and soldiers his highest sense of approbation. The licut..general com. manding cannot deny himself the mclancholy gratification of recording the deep feelings of regret he has experienced at the loss of one of our brightest ornainents, lieut.-colonel Tomlinson, 18th royal Irish, who fell at the head of his corps, nobly duing his duty. His honorable remains will be comunitted to the deep to-morrow, in accordance with the express wishes of his brother officers. The lieuto-general is happy to announce that licut..colonel Mountain, C. B., deputy adjutant-general, whose zealous exertions have been so frequently recorded, is doing well, as also the other wounded officers and men. (Signed) • J. B. GOUGI, Major, Deputy quarter-master general, acting for depy. adjt. genl. expeditionary force.” G. A. MALCOLM, Secretary of Legation. 6. The British reinforcements for the third expedition have for the most part arrived in the Chinese waters, and are reported to be in excellent health and spirits. It is generally reported that there will be something more than 10,000 bayonets; several companies of artillery ; one of cavalry; one or two of riflemen; and more than a hundred sail, of which about twenty will be steaners, with forty or fifty other ships of war. 7. Tenure of Hongkong. Sir R. Peel, on the 15th of March, in the House of Commons, when asked what were the intentions of the government respecting the retention of the island of Hongkong, said, really, during the progress of hostilities to commit the government on such a point, he must decline." London Mail, 4th April. 8. Indemnity for tlie 20,283 chests of opium surrendered to the Chinese in March, 1839, was the subject of debate in the House of Commons on the 17th of March, 1842, Mr. Lindsay having brought forward a notion for the House to go into committee on this subject. Sir G. Staunton, sir G. Larpent, sir C. Napier, the chancellor of the exchequer, lord Palmerston, Mr. Mark Phillips, Mr. Jardine, Mr. Wynn, sir R. Peel, lord John Russel, took part in the debate; after which the house divided, and 37 members appeared for the motion, and 87 against it. Sir R. Peel said, "Captain Elliot had no authority to give pledges to the merchants, and the government was not respon- sible for thein." He recommended that the [$6,000,000] money should be applied to the vigorous prosecution of the war. the way to obtain ultimate compensation, considering that the com- pensation is to be obtained from China." 9. The emperor's finances, as appears by Gazettes, are suffering some derangement by the heavy drafts made on II. M.'s treasury, Three millions of taels have been advanced from it for expenses in Chekiáng, and fourth ordered from the neighboring provinces. Note. The following edict is dated at Peking, April 12lli, 1843. We liere give the original, and will add a translation in the next. It is the first intimation we have seen of the demise of his late majesty Mingming, if he be indecd dead. 欽​奉​諭旨​越南​國​嗣​阮​福​旋​著​軸封 ​為​越南​國​玉​所有​許​會​刺​書​派​廣西 ​按察使​寶清​寶​体​前往​除依​議​欽​此 ​This was TUR CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XI.-- JULY, 1842,--No. 7. Art. I. Retrospection, or a Reviero of Public Occurrences in China during the last ten years, from January 1st, 1832, to December 31st, 1841. (Continued from page 307.) The year 1839 will long be memorable in the annals of foreign inter- course with China, and its occurrences referred to as the immediate causes of the great struggle now in progress. These were connected with the illegal traffic in opium. A proposition had been brought forward, the previous year, to legalize the trade in this article. But at the opening of this year, 1839, it was reported at Canton, that the party opposed to the admission of opium on payment of duty, had gained the entire ascent in the imperial councils; that Hiú Náitsí, the leader of the party advocating the legalization of the drug, had been dismissed from the public service; and that memorials, from ali the provincial governments, had been laid before the Cabinet, the General Council, the imperial house, and Board of Punishments, for final consideration. The tenor of these memorials was found to be alınost unanimous against the admission of opium, at the same time recommending more vigorous measures for effecting a discontinuance of its traffic and use. Already, indeed, at Canton, measures of this kind were in progress. A summary notice of the events of this year was published at its close, in the Repository for December. From that and the Corres- pondence presented to Parliament in 1840, the facts for the present retrospect are chiefly derived. January 1st, 1839. The trade of the port of Canton was reöpen- ed to foreigners, by command of the local government of Canton 11 101 X1 VII 3.10 JILI Review of Public (crudiences During the The trade had been stopped ill consequence of the seizure of opi- um at Canton, belonging to Mr. Tunes. With reference to this and the opening of the trade, captain Elliot thus addressed the foreign secretary, viscount Palınerston, under date of January 2u. “I have now to inform your lordship that Mr. Innes applied to the provincial government for a passport, and left this place for Macao, on the 16th ultimo, having previously forwarded a declaration to his excellency, confessing that the opium was his; that it came from his boat, and not from the American ship; and absolving the two coolies from all willful participation in the offense, upon the ground that they were ignorant of the contents of the boxes. The difficulty which remained to he removed before the trade could be opened, was the illicit traffic in opium carried on in small craft within the river. a considerable nuinber of which were stationary at Whampoa, l'eceiving their supplies from time to time in other vessels of a similar description from the opium ships at Lintin or Hongkong " 'The senior hong-merchants. on the evening of my arrival in Canton, (the 13th ultimo,) complained in bitter terms that they should be exposed to the cruel and ruinous consequences which were hourly arising out of the existence of this forced trade, not merely at Whampoa, but at the factories themselves, of which they were the proprietors; and therefore, under beavy responsibility to the government. And they insisted that they would not carry on the lawful com- merce, (having the governor's sanction for their conduct,) till effectual steps were taken for the suppression of this dangerous evil. Mindful of the embar- l'assments which would ensue if his excellency (perceiving that all hope of inter- Terence upon my part were vain,) should effect this and far more inconvenient objects, by the immediate interruption of the ordinary inamner of intercourse, und by the protracted stoppage of the trade, I tell that the moment had arrived for my own interposition. I therefore desired the merchants to proceed directly to his excellency, and announce my arrival in Canton i adding that as no mere difficulties in points of form should deter me, in the actual emergency, from faith fully endeavoring to restore a state of peaceful trade and intercourse, so I looked at his excellency's hands for reasonable countenance: and above all, for a just and dignified abstinence from measures of irritating pressure upon the general trade. "l'arefully considering the critical posture of those momentous interests con- fided to ine. I resolved, as a preliminary measure, upon an appeal to the whole coinmunity; not only with some hope that such a proceeding might have the ctfect of clearing the river of these boats, but because (if the case were otherwise) I felt it became me distinctly to forewaru her majesty's subjects concerned in these practices, of the course which it was my determination to pursue. On the lille ulimu, therefore, I convened a general meeting of all the foreign residents itdrunken in this hall, and addressed them in the manner your lordship will find reported in the accompanying note, ( Sre Chi. Rep., vol. VII., p. 452,) taken at the moment hy my secretary: On the 18th), I promulgated the inclosed notice, Sex Chi. Rep., vol. VII., p. 153,) and having ascertained that the smuggling boats were still at Whampoa on the 23d, some of them wearing British ensigns and pouzdisnits,: I addresses the 300mpanying note to his excellency the governor.* Som chi tirp, cod 171.: p. long long as postrare from this commoralin Thor Luust lone Boura, jrin 1834 10 1811 6. ( Forlis excellency'd reply, (See Chi. Rep., vol. VII., p. 456,1 and the next in. closure is my renewed request that this mode of direct official intercourse on affairs ot' importance should be declared to be general, and not for the occasion. Irola. aure No. 12, is the governor'e absent to this principle, signified, indeed, through the senior hong.merchant, but he was desired to place the original documeni, bearing his excellency's seal, in my hands, in order that I might duly authenticate the fact to my government. I was contented with this acknowledgment, and the flag was rehoisted on the 30th ultiino at 11 o'clock. On the 31st, I was enabled to desire the senior merchant to report the departure of all the boats from Wham- poa; and he has this day announced to me the official commands of the govern. ment to open the trade, which I have just signified to the community. The inclosure No. 14, (See Chi. Rep., vol. VII., p. 454,) is il general notice to her majesty's subjects, which I have also issued to-day, annoucing the renewal of the public intercourse, and publishing those portions of my correspondence with the governor, which it concerned them to know. But I have not telt myself at liberty to publish those parts which relate to the inanner of my intercourse; upon the ground that it ie the special attribute of her majesty'e government to dispose of that object, and that it may be highly inconvenient they should be generally pro- mulgated without your lordship's sanction. Having now drawn the statement of these proceeding to a close, I may turn to a more particular explanation of the motives and the manner of my interposi. tion. It had been clear to me, iny lord, froin the origin of this peculiar branch of the opium traffic, that it must grow to be more and more mischievous to every branch of the trade, and certainly to none more thun to that of opium itself. As the danger and the shame of its pursuit increased, it was obvious that it would fall by rapid degrees into the hands of more and more desperate men; that it remainder of it seems necessary in order to explain captain Elliot's views regarding the word pin, and we take it from the Correspondence. fle can assure your excellency that he has not requested that the cominuni. cations should be forwarded through the honorable officers from any vain or idle pretensions on his own part, but only that he may be able to impress on his own countrymen, in cases of emergency, that he is acting at your excellency's requisi. tion, that his representations may be more effectual, and that his own governinent may see he has had proper authority, as well as urgent occasion, for his proceed. ings. Neither does the undersigned desire to trouble your excellency upon trifling affairs. So soon as the intercourse is renewed, all such matters can be conducted between the official hong-merchants and himself, agreeably to your excellency's further arrangements. Influenced by motives of solicitude for the character of liis countrymen, and the general protection of the interests of a good trade, the under- signed feels it right to subinit his own views to your excellency of this mo. ment; and he has therefore, used the character pin in the address; but he requests your excellency to signify, through the honorable officers, that it is a mode of address used by native officers, even of the second rank, so that it may be seen by the government of his own country that he has acted upon admissable princi. ples. He can assure your excellency that there is no disposition to press incor. venient changes on the government of the empire, but only such modifications as are needful for the conduct of authentic intercourse, so that peace and honora. ble trade may always subsist. The undersigned, in conclusion, respectfully, but. very carnestly, entreats your excellency to pardon the two coolies who were lately apprehended in the act of landing opium belonging to Mr. Innes. Clear as it is from the declaration of that gentleman, that these poor men were ignorant of the contents of the boxes, their present unhappy condition is a distressing reflection, Your excellency's clemency on this occasion would be grateful to the government of the British nation, and io the whole foreign community in China."----page 334. 34 115, Review of Public Occurrences During the 6 would stain the foreign character with constantly aggravating disgrace, in the sight of the whole of the better portion of this people; and lastly, that it would connect itself more and more intimately with our lawful coinmercial intercourse, to the great peril of vast public and private interests. • Till the other day, my lord. I believe there was no part of the world where the foreigner felt his life and property more secure than here in Canton, but the grave events of the 12th ultimo have left behind a different impression. For a space of near two hours the foreign factories were within the power of an im- mense and excited mob, the gate of one of them was absolutely battered in, and a pistol was fired out, probably without ball, or over the heads of the people, for at least it is certain that nobody fell. If the case bad been otherwise, her majes- ty's government and the British public would have had to learn that the trade and peaceful intercourse with this empire was indefinitely interrupted by a terri- ble scene of bloodshed and ruin. And all these desperale hazards have been incurred, my lord, for the scrambling and, comparatively considered, insignifi- cant gains of a few reckless individuals, unquestionably founding their conduct upon the belief, that they were exeinpt from the operation all law, British or Chinese. “I owe it to myself to say, ibat foreseeing the serious consequences which must arise from the further growth of this evil, I wrote more than a year and a half since, to the General Chamber of Commerce, moving them to use their best efforts to put it down. It is also an act of similar justice to that body, (and to the great majority of the foreign cominunity settled here,) to state, that this peculiar form of the traffic has been practiced or countenanced by very few ainongst them. But it was extending itself widely amongst persons not forming part of the resi. dent society, and in no long lapse of time, it must have brought to Canton the refuse of all the countries in our neighborhood. “Indeed. judging of the future from the past, I feel warranted in saying, that within the space of one year from this time, there would have been at least three hundred armed and lawless inen carrying on this business in the very heart of our regular commerce. And if the extent of the mischief hourly impending, was in some sense susceptible of estimate, I must remark that no satisfactory course of remedy has ever yet presented itself to my mind. But that her majesty's go. vernment would have been driven into the necessity of very urgent, expensive, and hazardous measures upon the most painful grounds, appeared to me to be a certain result of the protraction of this forced traffic within the river, and at the factories; and with this conviction I resolved to use all lawful means in my power to draw it to a conclusion, and to prevent its recurrence. I should observe in this place, that the remarkable vigor, not merely of the locul, but of the general govern.nent, for some months back, furnished additional causes in apprehend some exceedingly serious dilemma. And regarding the subject in every point of view, I could not hut perceive that a person in my station should lose no time in taking such a position as would give weight to his representations in any moment of emergency. "I made up my mind to incur the responsibility of making my communica. tions under the character pin, because I was sensible that it was vain to bope this government would consent to give way upon such a point, so long as there was an absence of really pressing necessity; and in that situation of affairs, I am as alfre the change frould pass without difficully, and probably without comment. 1842. 3199 honest Irn Beurss, from 13:10 1*11. Indeed, I felt I could shape my own proceedings on the present occasion in such a manner as would necessarily involve the principle, that British officers should intercommunicate upon a footing of equality with native officers of the same ranks; and more than that, I ain afraid it will be impossible to get from this go- vernment without driving it to extremities upon matter of form. I would also respectfully press upon your lordship the assurance that the idea of the character is that of respectful report, not of solicitation, or petition; and regard being had to the lofty tone assumed by all Asiatic powers; to the particular genius of this language and government; to its strangeness to foreign intercourse; and, above all, to the fact, that it is the manner of address used by native officers even of the third rank; I cannot but hope that I shall be excused for determining not 10 continue the interruption of the public communications in” a moment of crisis (with the trade actually stopped, and with other serious evils impending) upon such a ground as that. “The next point I have to notice in my own correspondence with the govern. or, is the request that he would command the officers who might be employed in the duty of dismissing these bonts from the river, to accompany me to their ordinary place of anchorage I advert to this subject, because it has been put prominently forward in the torrent of censure which has been poured upon me through the medium of the Canton newspapers. My lord, I requested his ex- cellency to let the officers place themselves in communication with me, because I was not without reason to believe that some of the thoughtless people in those vessels might be contemplating the forcible opposition of the authority of this government; and I hoped that my presence in my own boat would prevent such dangerous absurdity. But assuming for a moment that they had been wild enough to do so, and life had been lost, it was my duty to take every care in my power, that the persons of British subjects (be their crime what it might) did not fall into the bands of the Chinese government; and it was further incumbent upon me to protect the property of British subjects, guiltless of those illegal practices which had induced the stoppage of the trade, from inconvenience of any description. I was also mainly influenced in this respect, by the desire to establish the general principle, that measures of an urgent nature affecting her majesty's subjects, needed the admission of her majesty's officers. “The opening of this official communication, forwarded to me by the foo and hie, needs a few words of comment. These officers, it will be observed, com- mand me to heed the governor's edict; and I have enough of experience of the temper of this government to know, that if I had returned it upon that pretext. I should bave driven them into one of those impracticable moods of offended dignity, the sure fruit of which would have been the contumelious refusal of all official communication, and an obstinate adherence to their own policy of work ing out their ends by measures of general pressure upon the whole trade. "I preferred, therefore, to pass it without notice for the present, determining, on the first oc.asion that the governor desired to communicate with me on any important su vject in the only way by which he knows such communications can reach me, to send a brief note beforehand to the officers, requesting them, for the sake of precision, to signify that they are communicating his exoel- lency's pleasu 'e, and not their own. I shall at the same time take occasion in hint, that this course will ohviate the disagrveable necessity which would other- wise devolve upon ine, of returning the edict 10 his excellency for correction, Hreinn af Pablas Chiciurretid: Driting che pointing vil thara inaceamey ami con polarining oliheit WH unveitingahle: üdlerrucolaan arrogation of his arrilescu anturity, rather than of simple olardience to luis commissa Will the essential point in my hand. I trit tha, it would be unwisp 10 risk its complete accomplishment by difficulties upon what I am well aware are the mere: tricks of wordy assumption, so characteristic of Chinese negociation, and which I can set to rights without hazard on some fissure and more favorable occasion. Neither slid I object to receive the governor's assent to the principle, that all communications of importance must be forwarded through the officers, in an answer addressed to the senior hong-merchant; because I sincerely felt that his excellency had made as much of substantial concession for the present, as a functionary in his station could venture upon, without the express orders of his court. And after what had been gained, I perceived how necessary it was to refrain fron exciting the ready feeling, that to grant anything, is only to feed the spirit of demand. "I hope, my lord, that this attainment of direct official communication be- tween the two countries will, on the whole, be satisfactory to her majesty's government. It is the first permanent intercourse of the kind which has ever existed between this ancient empire and the western world; and with the rule plainly admitted, and the countenance of her majesty's goverument, prudent and watchful officers will, I trust, find it less perplexing to improve and extend the inanner, than it has been to establish it. I have, &c. -Curresp. pp. 326-329. (Signed) “ CHARLES E.L10T." Again, "in a private shape,” on the same day, captain Elliot wrote, expressing a hope that II. B. M. government would be pleased to determine whether he had a claim to such an expression of sup- port, as he might he permitted to publish to the queen's subjects in China. He at the same time informed his lordship that, till furnish- ed with further instructions, he should hold it to be his duty to resist to the last, the seizure and punishment of any British subject by the Chinese, be his crime what it might. 3d. Lin, governor of Húkwáng, was appointed by the emperor, to repair to Canton, in order to stop the traffic in opiun. 7th. A public ineeting of foreign residents was held in Canton, for the formation of a Seamen's Friend Association. An edict was issued by the local magistrate, admonishing all smokers of opium, at once to abandon the vile habit. Native houses we: 2 searched for the drug and the apparatus for sinoking it. In con- sequence of these proceedings, the people erected gates in the streets in order to enable them first to seach the person of the police-men before permitting them to begin their search. 8th. Captain Elliot wrote to his government regarding the evils of the co-hong-evils which thrive well in these times of disorder. The following is au proract 18.12. 31 Last Ton Pears, from 1832 lo in " It will disquiet her majesty's government and the British comercial com- munity connected with this country, to learn that the new assessments for the adjustment of these claims, will burden the foreign commerce with additional charges, probably not at all understated at a million of dollars per annum. As yet, however, the whole extent of taxation on this vast trade is comparatively considered moderate; but this practice of leaving the recurring claims of foreign creditors to be met by reiterated and disproportionate duties (rated solely by the native debtors) on all the principal articles of the legal trade, both outwards and in, certainly demands the serious attention of her majesty's government. “An open trade upon our side with such an association as the co-hong on the other, must always be a very unfortunate state of things to ourselves. But at all events, even so long as that mischief subsists, I believe that the interests of this trade would be protected by the concession of what it is only a delusion. to call, the guaranty of this government for the payment of the hong debts. In its practical application, that form of words is nothing else than a device for sad- dling the foreign commerce with all the heavy consequences of most imprudent trading on both sides, with all the losses occasioned by incapacity or extrava- gance upon the part of the long-merchants; and if I may be pardoned for using the significant jargon of the place, with all the “squeezes” which the local go- vernment can upon any pretext fasten upon the co-hong. The consoo fund in fact is the fountain from which the multifarious channels of drain on the foreign trade are directly supplied. And yet with the late assistance there can be no doubt that it will leave a bandsome annual surplus to be divided amongst the hong-merchants after every foreign claim, every payment to the government, just or unjust, and every expense of their respective trading establishments, are fully met. The mode of remedy which has suggested itself to me, is a direct application to the court on the part of her majesty's government. I would submit that the altered state of circumstances on our side should be plainly explained, and that a l'equest should be made for the very considerable extension of the number of persons licensed to trade with us: her majesty's government upon its part con- senting to give up all direct claim upon the Chinese government for the future payment of foreign debts on a single condition, namely, that special orders should be issued by the emperor to the authorities at Canton to apprehend and punish any native debtors who attempted to defraud their foreign creditors. A change of this nature would immediately induce a cautious adherence to safe principles of trade on both sides; and hence that confidence arising from attentive observa- tion of each other's means and prudence, which has been found to be the best support of commercial stability in all parts of the world. It may be possible in- deed that some few cases of successful fraud might happen, but I perceive no reason to believe that they would be more easy or frequent on the side of the Chinese, than our own. “ Indeed, the more natural and healthy consequence would he to adjust the trade on their side into those convenient proportions, limited by men's interested, and therefore acute judgment, of the extent to which it would le prudent or profitable to do business with each other. The establishment of some simple but etficacious civil jurisdiction would no doubt be a necessary accompaniment of this change of system, and your lordship may, I think, rely that the Chinese would readily refer all contested points with her majesty's subjects to this tribu- 66 : JOLS Breien a Publin Orcurrues. During the wal, either placing the disputed sum in deposit or at least giving security that it should be paid, if the decision were adverse 10 them. “I offer these opinions, because I am sure the Chinese have great confidence in the good faith of the Europeans, and because too I believe they are, in many important respects, the most moderate and reasonable people on the face of the earth. Seeking nothing but justice (and no people are more capable of clear perceptions upon the reality of what they receive under that name), I am per. suaded that they will have the good sense, for the sake of inutual convenience, to lake it at our hands; regarding, indeed the form under which it it administered to them, with feelings of perfect indifference. I would. in conclusion, beg your lordship tu l'emark that these view's upon the extreme mischief of the actual mode of settling foreign claims are neither novel, nor peculiar to myself. In the year 1779, when captain Panton, of the Sea-Horse, came to China by the order of sir Edward Vernon, for the recovery of debts due to certain British creditors, I find the supracargoes clearly predicting the institution of this couson las, and all the evil. consequences, hoih immediate and prospective, which must ensue. “By such a inude,' say they, and we think by such a mode only, an annual sum inay be funded to discharge so much of the present debt as the officers shall decree to be just.' When captain Panton declined to correspond with them on the subject, they protested against sir Edward Vernon and himself for all losses, &c., &c., which his proceedings might occasion; and the result of his interference verified their worst apprehensions, for in the next year the consoo system was established to the great and lasting injury of this trade. Throughout the subsequent course of the Company's monopoly, their servants here on the several occasions of embarrassment amongst the hong-merchants, put forward the same just arguments, and her majesty's government will readily admit, that if the system were dangerous to the interests of the East India Com. pany, it inust be intensely more so to those of the general and open trade. The agents upon the spot will always and naturally be anxious to have their immedi. ate difficulties solved; and the future consequences of our permanent com. mercial interests in this empire are little likely to bear down that consideration. I shall transmit your lordship an authentic statement of the new assessments as soon as it can be procured; and in the meantime, I once morc take the liberty to recommend this subject to the earnest attention of her majesty's government. I have, &c. (Signed) CHARLES ELLIOT." -- Corresp. pp. 301-342. 10th. An edict was issued by the governor, against ships bring- ing opiuin to Whampoa, and declaring that if they did so they would be sent back to their own country. Another edict came out from the governor, commanding the hong-merchants to secure sundry ves- sels then at Whampoa. 14th. The co-hong paid the first dividend, of four per cent., on the debts of Kingqua, to the foreign creditors of that hong. 16th. A new form of bond was proposed by the hong-merchants to the Chamber of Connierce, to prevent the smuggling of opium 97 and sycce. i Several Firepeian passage-boats were licensed to run be- 1842. 355 Lust Ten Years, from 1832 tu 1841. tween Canton and Macao, for the purpose of conveying letters and passengers. 23d. A dispatch was received by the governor from the Board of War, giving conveyance to an imperial ediot, of the ad, respecting the new commissioner. A proclamation was addressed to foreigners by the governor and lieut-governor, giving notice of the approach of a special coinmis. sioner, and urging the immediate removal of all the opium and store ships from the Chinese waters, threatening a stoppage of the trade in the case of non-compliance. 27th. A regulation that the debts of one hong-merchant to fq. reigners shall not exceed a hundred thousand taels, was ordered, by the local authorities, to be engraven on stone, and kept in everlasting remeinbrance. 30th. Under this date, captain Elliot wrote the following observa- tions with reference to the then approaching tempest, which had long been gathering in the north. “The stagnation of the opium traffic at all points, however, may be said to have been nearly complete for the last four months. And it is now my duty 19 signify to your lordship the expected arrival of a very high officer from the court, of equal rank with the governor, and specially charged, as I am this day informed by Howqua, with the general conduct of the measures lately determined upon at Peking, for the suppression of the opium trade. It must also be stated, that the emperor has recently been advised to command a total interruption of the fo. reign trade and intercourse, till the introduction of opium shall be effectually stopped; and an edict of great moment, evidently founded upon that policy, has just been issued to the foreign merchants, but not yet to myself. It shall be transmitted to your lordship as soon as Mr. Morrison has translated it; but it is probable the communication will not be sent officially to me till the arrival o! the high commissioner from Peking, which may be expected in the course of a few weeks. “There seems, my lord, no longer any room to doubt that the court has firmly determined to suppress, or, more probably, most extensively to check the un trade. The immense, and it must be said, most unfortunate increase of the supply during the last four years, the rapid growth of the east coast trade, and the continued drain of the silver, have no doubt greatly alarmed the govern- ment; but the manner of the rash course of traffic within the river, has probably contributed most of all to impress the urgent necessity of arresting the growing audacity of the foreign smugglers, and preventing their associating themselves with the desperate and lawless of their own large cities. In the excited tempor of this extraordinary government, it would be unsate indeed, to speculate upon. the particular means they may pursue; but, at least, I am sure that my own altered position, and the course I took last month, with respect to the forced trade within the river, will give much weight to my remonstrances, in any ms. ment of emergency. “. Replying to Howqua's suggestions to-day, that such proceedings must be look 1.5 VOR VI. VO Vil. 351 JULY, Review of Public Occurrences During the ed for, I said, I earnestly hope not, because I was persuaded they would be regarded by my own government to be unjust and hostile in the very last degree. I added, that I should be careful to clear myself of all responsibility, by signify- ing these convictions to the provincial government, in respectful, but most plain terms, directly that it adopted courses so certain, in my judgment, to tend to an interruption of the peace between the two countries. He met this observation by saying, that I had experience enough of the Chinese government to know thal full time would be given before such extreme measures were adopted. I answer- ed, that the lapse of no interval of time could justify aggression upon public and private interests embarked in this lawful trade, by reason of the acts of smugglers, in a high degree encouraged by the clrief authorities of these provinces. 'He dwelt earnestly upon the manifold mischiefs of the trade, and particularly upon the alarming character of the late inside traffic, asking me what my govern- ment would do under such circumstances? I said, that no such state of things could obtain in England, and he must give me leave to remark three things con- cerning that part of the subject;—1st, that it no longer subsisted; 2d, that it had been induced by the venality of the highest officers of this province; 3d, that it had been put down by the effect of my representations and proceedings, as soon as ever I was in a condition to take steps concerning it. “Whilst such a traffic existed, indeed, in the heart of our regular commerce, I had all along felt the Chinese government had a just ground for harsh mca- sures towards the lawful trade, upon the plea that there was no distinguishing between the right and the wrong. But I told Howqua, that should never happen again so long as the governor enabled me to perform my duty; and it could not have happened at all, but for his excellency's countenance. I concluded by say. ing, that I had too much confidence in the justice and wisdom of his government, to apprehend such measures as he appeared to do, and too much expe the genius of my own, to doubt that their adoption would be the sure precursor of a rupture. He anxiously intreated me to press, in my dispatches to my go. vernment, on the great and growing danger of this traffic to the lawful trade and peaceful intercourse ; and he led me to understand, that some strong official com- munication on the subject must be expected as soon as the high commissioner arrived. The immediate departure of this ship will be my excuse for a hurried dispatch. I have, &c., --Corresp. pp. 343–344. (Signed) "CHARLES ELLIOT." February 1st. All the back doors of the foreign factories were ordered be blocked up. 4th. Rules and regulations were promulgated by the British chief superintendent for the establishment of a maritime police in the Chi- nese waters. A document was published “on the best mode of arresting the opium plague," written by Chau Tientseo, superintendent of the tran- sport of grain. A dividend of three per cent. was paid on Hingtae's debts, mak ing the total hitherto paid amount to seven per cent. 30. The schooner Attaran, capt. Jackson, was lost near the island Nanpany, a few miles westward of Macao, with 130 chests of opium. ence of 1842 3:5.5 Last 7'r'n lears, from 1R32 to 1941. 16th. A coroner's inquest was held, by the magistrate of Nánhái, at the Ophthalmic l'ospital in Canton, respecting the death of a Chinese. 26th. A Chinese, accused of trafficking in opium, was strangled in front of the foreign factories. All the foreign flags thereupon ceased to be hoisted. 28th. A request was made by the British merchants to their superintendents of trade, to detain H. M. sloop Larne, in the Chinese waters. March 2d. Captain Elliot intimated to Mr. Bell and others, H. B. M.'s subjects, that it was not his intention to hoist the British Aag at Canton, and that he had already moved captain Blake, of H. B. M. sloop Larne to remain in China. 4th. Captain Elliot addressed to her Britannic majesty's subjects the following CIRCULAR. “The execution of a criminal in this square, on the 26th ultimo, renders it the duty of the undersigned to submit a few remarks to her majesty's subjects. In his own judgment, the purpose of this most humiliating event was not only to intimidate, but to degrade, and render hateful, the whole foreign community in the sight of the native population. Neither can he doubt that its tacit admission would lead to still graver passages. Her majesty's subjects may be assured that he will not fail to lay these convictions before the right honorable the secretary of state for foreign affairs. Impressed by the persuasion, however, that the recur. rence of such an outrage would lead to soine sudden and deplorable catastrophe, he finds it necessary to make an immediate cominunication to the governor. But he has been careful to leave the treatment of the late cvent to the unembarrassed disposal of his own and the other western governments, whose flags have been subsequently lowered. He considers it due to his countrymen to promulgate a copy of his address to the governor on this occasion. -Corresp. p. 360. (Signed) “CHARLES Elliot." For the address from captain Elliot to his excellency the governor, see Chi. Rep., vol VII., p. 607. 7th. The British chief superintendent requests all British owned passage boats, not having licenses, immediately to proceed outside of the Bogue, and not return within the same. 9th. Under this date, captain Elliot addressed another circular to the British residents in Canton. Vol. VII., p. 607. 10th. Lin Tsihsü, the imperial commissioner, made his entrance into Canton, and took up his residence in one of the collegiate halls. Ilth. A European boat, belonging to the British ship St. Vincent at Whampoa, on her way from Canton to the ship, was run down by a Chinese lighter, and nine of the crew lost. 356 JULY, Rcvier of Public Occurrences During the 66 12th. Whether any reply was ever received by captain Elliot 10 the following address of his to the governor, we do not know. "The undersigned, &c., &c., being on the point of coninunicating with the government of his nation, and the high officers of the government of India, and the chief in command of the naval forces, and having his mind agitated by many doubts and fears, has once more to address your excellency upon the subject of his address of the 14th instant. It is his duty to lay before your excellency his strong conviction that the government of his nation will regard the unprecedent- ed execution of a criminal before the foreign dwelling-houses, to be an outrage upon the feelings and dignity of all the western governments whose flags were recently Aying at Canton. And for the sake of that peace and goodwill which lias subsisted for one hundred and several tens of years, the undersigned has again respectfully and anxiously to request that your excellency will be pleased to for. ward him a calming declaration through the honorable officers, in order that he may report to the high officers of his own nation, the needlessness of imicdiate and direct appeals to the great emperor for protection. The cruizer of his nation is detained for your excellency's reply, and the undersigned having received the same, will immediately make the necessary statement, and she will then sail away. (Signed) Charles ELLIOT." -Corresp., p: 362. 18th. Two edicts were issued by the commissioner-one to the hong-merchants, and the other to the foreigners : the latter requiring, ' every particle of the opium in the store-ships' to be delivered up to government, and bonds given that they will never again bring any more on penalty of death, and promising in case of compliance a remission of the past, and the continuance of commerce. The term of three days was given for a reply. For these two edicts, see Chi- nese Repository, vol. VII., page 610 and sequel. 19ih. By an edict from the hoppo, addressed to the hong-mer- chants, all foreigners were forbidden to go to Macao. One of the licensed passage-boats, the Snipe, was stopped at the Bogue on a charge of smuggling, and brought back to Canton. She was afterwards broken up. 21st. All communication with Whampoa was stopped, and troops assembled on the river and in the suburbs near the factories. The Chamber of Commerce assembled, and 1037 chests were tendered for surrender. 22d. Mr. L. Dent was invited to go to the city-gates to meet the commissioner. By circular from captain Elliot at Macao, all British ships were ordered to rendezvous at Hongkong, and put themselves ili a posture of defense immediately. Under this same dite (the 22d), captain Elliot addressed the fol- luwing note tu the governor of Canton, and sent a copy of the same 1842. 357 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. to the sub-prefect at Macao: it was believed by captain Elliot that both were received. That it ever reached the governor we doubt. “ 'The undersigned, &c., &c., seriously disturbed by the unusual assemblage of troops, ships of war, fire-vessels, and other menacing preparations, and, above all, by the unprecedented and unexplained measure of an execution before the factories at Canton, to the destruction of all confidence in the just and inoderate dispositions of the provincial authorities, has now the honor to demand, in the name of the sovereign of his nation, wliether it is the purpose of his excellency the governor to make war upon the men and ships of his nation in this empire ? “He claims immediate and calming assurances upon this subject: and he has at the same time to declare his readiness to meet the officers of the provincial government, and to use his sincerc efforts to fulfill the pleasure of the great em. peror, as soon as it is inade known to him. --Corresp. p. 362. (Signed) “Charles ELLIOT." 23d. The proceedings of this day are thus given in the Corres- pondence, written by the secretary to the superintendents. “This day at 10 a. M., the hong-merchants repaired to the house of Mr. Dent, Howqua senior and mandarin Mowqua appearing with iron chains round their necks, and also with the further degradation of being deprived of their buttons of rank. Howqua's son, Mowqua, and Gowqua, were also degraded and cast into prison. The visit to Mr. Dent was by the express order of the high commissioner, to command Mr. Dent to go into the city immediately, that he might be confronted with his excellency. The majority of the foreign community had already as- seinbled at Mr. Dent's, and it was deemed niost advisable, that they should collect in a separate room from the hong-merchants, and that the following question should be put to them: Shall Mr. Dent comply with the commands of the com- missioner or not? “It was unanimously carried, that Mr. Dent should not comply, unless under the written and sealed guaranty that he should be treated with respect, and also that he should be permitted to return home after the conference. This decision was conveyed to the hong.merchants. They said that Howqua and mandarin Mow- qua would lose their heads if Mr. Dent did not comply with the commands from the cominissioner, and that they could not venture to apply for the required gua. ranty. After considerable delay, a deputation of foreigners, accompanied by lin. guists, proceeded to the consoo house, to explain to the Kwángchau fú, and other officers, the objection the community had to allowing Mr. Dent to coinply with the cominands in question. Upon these objections being made known, the Kwang- chau fú requested an officer belonging to the high commissioner's suite, with the Nánhái, and an officer from the hoppo's office, to repair and again deliver the commands to Mr. Dent, and to admonish him, in the presence of the foreigners, on the necessity of obeying. This summons being now officially and directly made to Mr. Dent, it was thought advisable once more to solicit the opinion of the community, when the same unanimous feeling prevailed, that Mr. Dent should not go into the city, unless with a special sealed guaranty from the high commissioner. This determination being repeated to these three officers, they declared and called heaven to witness, that they would safely conduct and bring back Vr. Dent. The irresponsibility of these officers was taken into considera- 1 Rrrier of Publio Orcurrences During the Juils, tion, and the community still adhered to their determination. The officers were left in a room consulting together, and after a lapse of a few minutes, they ex. pressed a wish to see Mr. Dont once inore, when the officer belonging to the com. inissioner's suite spoke for a very considerable time, giving his assurance in every way, and pledging his own word, for the safety of Mr. Dent's return. All these assurances were of no avail; and after Mr. Dent had expressed his regret that a further time could not be allowed for the arrangement of so important a question as the one on hand, he withdrew from the presence of the officers. It was now most distinctly affirmed by the officers, that they could not quit the house without they took Mr. Dent, and that they must use force to compel him to go. Waiting, however, for about half a hour, and finding Mr. Dent would not go, they wished to conduct a deputation of foreigners to the presence of the Kwángchau fú, at the consoo house, that they might state to that officer, upon what conditions Mr. Dent would comply with the cominands. Many gentlemen accompanied these officers, and distinctly stated to the Kwángchau fu what the whole foreign community required. All the officers at the consoo house said that they could not obtain or even ask his excellency for a guaranty, but they all expressed a request that Mr. Morrison should accompany them to the city: this request was instantly denied : because Mr. Morrison had already been detained for about an hour against his will, in the consoo house, in the forenoon of this day, and was liberated by the deputy superintendent and the secretary to the superintendents. And it was strongly suspected that he was to be kept as a hostage for Mr. Dent. “Mr. Inglis proposed that three other gentlemen, with himself, should be allow. ed to accompany the Kwangchau ſú into the city: this was instantly conceded, and Messrs. Inglis, Thom, Slade, and Fearon were to form the party; they were conducted through the back door of the consoo house, entered the Chuklan gate, walked up the street, and took the first turning on the right, and soon passed the viceroy's palace; and after turning on the left, they drew up and were taken into the temple dedicated 1.0 the Queen of Heaven (tien hau kung). The Kwángchau fu had already arrived at this temple. He put these gentlemen in charge of the hong-merchants, and went to report to the high commissioner; during his absence, these gentlemen were shown to a very pretty part of the temple, and introduced to priests, who treated them kindly with sweetmeats, tea, &c. After great delay, the noise of gongs and shouting, intimated the approach of the following officers :--Puching sz’, or financial commissioner; Anchá sz’, or judicial commis- sioner; Yenyun sz’, or salt commissioner; and Liángtau, or grain commissioner. These officers took their respective seats in a line, but leaving the Kwangchau fu, and weiyuen, or a deputed officer, to sit on a bench in another part of the hall, evidently as if they were of too inferior degree to sit on a level with the former officers. All forms of etiquette, &c., being arranged, Mr. Thom was ushered hy the head linguist into the presence of these officers, and the following questions put to him direct. • What is your name? What country do you belong to ? &c., &c. Why does Mr. Dent not come ?' “Mr. Thom said that all foreigners thought Mr. Dent would be detained, and therefore they would not allow him to come. Detain him or not detain him, he is guilty of showing the greatest disrespect for not obeying the commands from the high commissioner,—was the reply. Here Mr. Thom begged to say, that Mr. Dent had not the most distant intention of showing any disrespect; that this question was one of the utmost importance; that Mr. Dent and his countrymen were all 1812. 359 Last Ten Years, from 183:2 to 1811, of opinion, and under the appreliension, that the high comissioner wished to detain Mr. Dent until a certain quantity of opium be confiscated, as they had heard it reported, the high cominissioner imagincd Mr. Dent had 6000 chests of opiuin. “The Anchá sz' replied, that this is no report, but a certainty; that the high commissioner's eyes are very sharp, and his ears very long; that lie knows Dent to be a very great merchant, and a very large capitalist, and that he had resided in China many years; that the high conmissioner held positive and explicit orders froin the emperor to put down the opium trade, and that he was possessed of powers quite unlimited and extraordinary, and that he wished to admonish Mr. Dent, and also to inquire into the nature of his business; that Mr. Dent must be confronted with the high commissioner; that if he did not consent, he should be dragged out of his house by force; and consequently, the high cominissioner would most assuredly kill him. One of the officers remarked, that if Dent would willingly come and see the commissioner, the trade would be reöpened. “Similar questions to the above were put to the other gentlemen, but through one of the linguists; this mode of interruption is always very confused, and causes 80 much misunderstanding, that the exanıinations are better omitted. After a detention of about three hours, the whole party returned under the escort of an officer. (Signed) EDWARD ELMSLIE." -Corresp. pp. 365–367. Under this date, the 23d, captain Elliot addressed the following letter to P. J. Blake, esq., commander of her majesty's sloop Larne. Sir,—The various and unreserved conferences I have had the honor to have with you, on the present extremely disquieting state of circumstances, preclude the necessity of recapitulating the reasons which compel me to proceed forthwith to Whampoa for the relief of her majesty's subjects from their actual restrained and dangerous situation. And if you shall not hear from me in some certain and assuring manner, within the space of six days from the date of this communication, I trust that you will proceed in her majesty's sloop under your command, to the Bocca Tigris, and, failing such authentic accounts of the safety and free agency of all her majesty's subjects within those forts, from the Chinese admiral, as may be satisfactory to you; I must beg you will consider us to be prisoners, and adopt such immediate proceedings for our relief as may seem suitable to you. "Cordially assenting with me in the propriety of avoiding any unnecessary or ostensible intercourse with the British shipping at the outside anchorages (many of which have no doubt been engaged in the illicit traffic) it is at the same time most satisfactory to me to reflect, that in the event of any well-sustained evidence of aggressive attempts, British life and property will have the benefit of all the protection and countenance which you can afford. In touching this delicate and difficult subject, I should perhaps again remind you, that most of the ships engag. ed in the regular trade, are accustomed to anchor at the usual outside stations, both upon arriving and putting to sea. I hold it my duty to you to state that I shall willingly take the full responsibility of any proceedings you may find it ne. cessary to adopt on account of these requisitions. And it is a great support to ne in any embarrassing circumstances, that I have the assistance of an officer in whose zeal and ability I may justly repose entire confidence. I liave, &c., Corresp. pp. 364.363, (Signed) "CHARLES ELLIOT." 360 JULE, Review of Public Occurrences During the وز 24th. At sunset, captain Elliot arrived in Canton, and immediate- ly hoisted the British flag, aud conducted Mr. Dent to his own con- gular hall, at which place he summoned a public meeting. All natives were withdrawn. Provisions stopped; and a triple cordon of boats placed in front of the factories. Captain Elliot demands passports. 25th. The foreign merchants pledged themselves “not to deal in opium, nor to attempt to introduce it into the Chinese empire." Under this date captain Elliot addressed the two following letters to the governor. Elliot, &c., moved by urgent considerations affecting the safety of the lives and property of all the men of his nation, and the maintenance of the peace between the two countries, respectfully claims passports for all the English ships and people at Canton, within the space of three days that this application reaches your excellency's hands; so that they may all be set at liberty, and depart outside in peace, with their property, within ten days after the passports are issued. And Elliot further requests that your excellency will be pleased to grant them boats for the removal of their persons and property, with guards to protect them from the violence of the lower orders. And if Elliot shall not 'hear that the passports are granted within the space of three days from the date that this application reaches your excellency's hands, he will be reluctantly driven to the conclusion, that the men and ships of his country are forcibly de- tained, and act accordingly. Elliot cannot conceal from your excellency his deep and surrowful conviction, that the peace between the two countries is placed in imminent jeopardy by the late unexplained and alarming proceedings of this government. And in the name of the sovereign of his nation, he declares him. self free from the responsibility of all the consequences that may arise. -Corresp. p. 367. (Signed) " CHARLES Elliot." “ Elliot, &c., sicerely anxious to fulfill the pleasure of the great emperor, as far as it may be in his power, and as soon as it is authentically made known to him, respectfully requests that your excellency will be pleased to depute an officer to visit him this day, to the end that all matters may be peacefully adjusted. And if Elliot is left at liberty to communicate with the men and ships of his nation at Whampoa, he will solemnly pledge himself that he will take care that they do not repair to the provincial city under the apprehension that he and all the people of his nation are prisoners and without food, thus producing conflict and disturbance. “Elliot therefore moves your excellency to let the native servants return to their occupation, to permit the supply of provisions, and to remove all the bar. riers from before the factories. By such means, confidence and tranquillity will be restored in the minds of all men, both native and foreign. Elliot has in all respects, since he filled the station of superintendent, manifested his earnest desire to keep the peace, and fulfill the pleasure of your excellency; and, ass an officer of his country, he now asks for reasonable treatment for himself and all the men of his nation, and claims your excellency's confidence in his peaceful disposition on this occasion of perilous jeopardy. It may sometimes happen, when Elliot addresses pour excellency concerning attairs, that insnitahle terme find place in 11 ! 18.1:.. 361 Last Ton Tours, from 18:3!10 1511 his communications; and whenever that be the rase, he inl.rcais your excellencs to believe that the circunstance is attributable to the want of perfect familiarity with the native language, and never to any intention to manifest disrespect to the high officers of this government, which would expose him to the severe displeasure of his own sovereign. “And he has now to request that your excellency will be pleased to return him the address he subunitted this morning. With highest consideration, &c., -Corresp. pp. 367-368. (Signed) * CHARLES ELLIOT." On the same day a reply was giveir, through the principal of- ficers of the department of Canton. Chú, prefect of the department of Kwangchau, and lian. commandant of the same department, issne commands to the English superintendent, Elliot. for his full information. They bave received the within official injunction from the high imperial commissioner and governor of Húkwáng, his excellency Lin: “I have received from Tang, the governor of the two Kwáng, the following communication : "On the 25th of March, 1839, at i 4. M., the English superintendent. Elliot, addressed me in the following terms:--( Quoted vcrbatim as on the opposite page. ) “This address having duly come before me the governor, I have given it my consideration. I find that the foreigners of the nation aforesaid have in their commercial intercourse with Kwángtung, long enjoyed gratifying advantages ; but that they have brought opium—that pervading poison-to this land: thus profiting themselves by the injury of others. That the great emperor has now been pleased to give to your excellency a special commission to repair hither and make inquiry, and act in this matter. And that. as high imperial commis. sioner, you issued an edict, promising not to go back into the past, but only requiring that the opium already here should be entirely delivered up: that the opium to come should be effectually stopped from coming; and that they should then be enabled to continue their trade as usual. These commands, on the 18th of March last past, all the hong-merchants were required to repair to tie factories and enjoin, a term of three days being prescribed within which to give a reply. Upon the 22d, there was yet no reply. This was conduct highly disobedient and procrastinating. Your excellency, the high commissioner, had ascertained that the opium brought by Dent was comparatively in large quantity, and summoned him to be examined. lle, too, procrastinated for three days, and has not at all heyed your commands by appearing. In consequence hereof, and in accordance with established precedents, a temporary einbargo was placed on the trade, and the requesting of permits to go to Macao was stayed. 'In perusing now the address of the said superintendent, I find no clear state. ment of the circumstances from first to last, but an ins:ant application for the granting of passports. I would ask, while commands' remain unanswered, monses inattended, how I, the governor, can, regardless of the commands given by the high imperial commissioner, at once write out and give passports ? ' In regard to the style of the address, there is much that cannot be under- stood. Thus, for instance, the words the two countries.' I know not the mean. ing of. While cur celestial court has in humble submission to it ten thousand li. e. all) regions, and the heaven-like goodness of the great emperor overshadows ill. the nation aforesaid and the Americans hans big their trade in langaiole during sum- !) VII. 362 JUL, Rcvicw of Public Occurrences During the inany years, enjoyed, of all those in subjection, the largest measure of favors. And I presume it must be England and America, that are conjointly named the two countries.' But the meaning of the language is greatly wanting in perspi. cuity. ««• It is most requisite that, in obedience to the commands of you, the high im- perial commissioner, the opium laid up on board the store-ships should at once be delivered up to government, when of course immediate permission will be accorded to apply for permits for the men and vessels of the said nation to come and go; and assuredly there shall be no causeless obstruction and delay. " . Besides cominanding the original merchants, Wutun Yuen (Howqua senior) and his fellows, to join commands on the said superintendent for his obedience; besides too, instructing the territorial and financial commissioner of Kwangſung, in concert with the judicial commissioner, to give all the needful commands, it is also my duty to communicate with the high imperial commissioner, desiring to give him the trouble to examine and cause measures to be taken accordingly.' Upon this communication being duly received hy me, the commissioner, I proceed forthwith to give injunctions requiring obedience. When these injunc- tions reach the prefect and other aforenamed, let them immediately issue com- mands, requiring that obedience he paid without fail." They, the prefect and commandant, having respectfully received the above, proceed fortbwith to issue commands When these reach the said superintendent Elliot, let him immediately act in obedience to them, and speedily take the opium Jaid up on board the store-ships, and at once deliver it up to government. Then of course immediate perinission will be accorded to apply for permits for the men and vessels of his nation to come and go; and assuredly there shall be no causeless obstruction and delay. Be there no opposition to these special com- mands. March 25th, 1839.--Corresp. pp. 368–369. 26th. A new proclamation was issued by the commissioner, urg- ing four reasons for the immediate surrender of the opium. Chi. Rep., vol. VII., p. 628. Under the same date, the prefect of Canton, and the other asso- ciates with him, made two following communications to captain Elliot. No ]. Chú, by special appointment, prefect of Kwangchav, taking with him Liú, the magistrate of Nánbái district, and Cháng, the magistrate of Pwányú district, issues commands to the English superintendent, Elliot, for his full information. On the 25th March, 1839, he received the within official injunction from his excellency Tang, governor of the two Kwang. “Upon the 25th March, 1839, I received from Lin, the high imperial commis- sioner and governor of Hukwang; a communication of the following tenor:-"I received on the 25th March, 1839, at from 1 to 3 a. M., your excellency's com- punication of the following tenor: -( Quoted verbatim from page 360.) “Upon the receipt hereof, I have given the subject my consideration. Elliot having come as English superintendent into the territory of the celestial court, how ought he implicitly to obey the laws ? But his country, while it interdicts the use of opium, has yet permitted the seduction and enticement of the Chinese people. The store-ships have been long anchored in the waters of Kwangtung. Last Ten Brille, jiom 1932 iri 14.11. 30133 pat he has been able to expel them, or by probibitions to stay their proceed. ings. I woulit ask what it is then that Elliot superintends ? "•Of my special mission by the great emperor, as his commissioner in this province, for inquiring and acting in regard to opium, how can the said superin- tendent be ignorant? And when, after my arrival here, in place of taking the foreigners who dealt in opium, and subjecting them to the punishment due by the laws, I turned to issue to them, an edict, giving them the option to deliver up their opium, and put a full stop to its future ingress, how could he remain un- aware of this act of kindness beyond the bounds of laws? Yet in this address, not one word has he said in reference hereto; assuming the false garb of stupid ignorance. But has he not failed indeed to consider, that he, the said superin- tendent, having come from Macao to Canton, cannot keep himself aloot from this matter? The unintelligibleness of the style of his address, it is not worth while minutely to discuss. Nor is it necessary that I should reiterate the com. mands which I have already given. “I have now inerely to lay on Elliot the responsibility of speedily and secure- ly arranging these matters, the delivery of the opium, and the giving of bonds in obedience to my former commands. If he can take the opium on lioard the store-ships, and at once deliver it up entirely, it will of course be the duty of me, the commissioner, to give him encouragement and stimulus to exertion. "Or if he have anght that he would say in the way of intreaty, he is permitted to make a clear statement thereof. If there be really nothing therein inconsis. tent with the principles of reason, in my equal maintenance of perfect justice. how can I, the commissioner, be willing in the least to oppress ? But if he speak not according to reason, and imagine, amid the darkness of night, 10 abscond with his men, it will show the conviction within him that he can have no face to encounter his fellow-men, and can he be able to escape the meshes of the vast and wide net of heaven ? Having received your excellency's communication as above, it befits me to communicate with you in reply, that you may, upon due examination, direct the territorial and financial commissioner, and the judicial commissioner, with the prefect of Kwangchau (ú, to join commands upon the said superintendent, for his implicit obedience.' “I, the governor, having received the above communication, proceed to give this injunction, enjoining the prefect that he instantly take with him the two mayistrates of Nannai and Pwányü; and in obedience to the matter contained in the communication from the higli imperial commissioner, proceed to impress on the said superintendent Elliot the commands, that they may be without fail obeyed.” He (the Kwángchau fu) having received this, forth with issues commands. When they reach the said superintendent Elliot, let hiin pay immediate obe. dience. Be there no opposition to these special commands. March 2011. 18:39 No. 2. Chu, by special appointment, prefect of Kwangchau, taking with him Liù, the magistrate of Nanhái, and Chang, the magistrate of Pwanyü, issues com mands to the English superintendent Elliot, for his full information. On the 26th March, 1839, he received the within official injunction from his excellency Tang, governor of the two Kwáng: Upon the 26th March, 1839, I received from Lin, the high imperial commis: siones and gurrrnor of Ilkwangit communication of the following trnor 16 36-4 101.1, Revient of Public Occurrences During the “I received on the 26th March, 1839, between , and 7 A. M., your excel- lency's communication to me of the following tenor:- «« • That the English superintendent, Elliot, having come up to Canton on the 241h, had a foreign address ready and presented, at 1 A. M. on the 25th; that a clear and plain reply had been given to it, and the particulars communicated to me, as appears explicitly on record; that now, between 1 and 3 P. M., ano. ther prepared address has been presented, the requests contained in which are all found difficult to be at present granted; and that it has appeared right to send for my examination the foreign addresses, that commands may be given in reply. “Upon the receipt hereof, I have given the subject my consideration. The said superintendent, Elliot, requests, I find, that an officer may be deputed to enable him clearly and minutely to state inatters. These words seem somewhat reasonable. But how then is it that this day, from 7 till 5, when I had sent several times, Chú the prefect of Kwángchau fú, Yü the preſect expectant, Liú the suh-prefect of Fukáng, Liu the magistrate of Nánhái, and Cháng the magis- Trate of Pwanya, who jointly repaired 10 the consoo house of the hong-merchants, waiting for the said foreigner, in order to express to him commands; and when the territorial and financial commissioner, and the judicial commissioner, also both went to the new city to await inforination : nevertheless, the foreigners all remained in concealment, not one appearing; and the said superintendent Elliot also did not even to the last show himself? What kind of conduct is this? “• I find that foreigners, by dealing in opium, have long infringed the laws. I, the high comınissioner, having received the imperial commands to repair to Kwangtung in order to make inquiry and to act, cannot hear to destroy ere I have instructed. Therefore did I first issue an edict, requiring the delivery up of the opium. This was a nieasure of indulgence beyond the bounds of law. Ilad the said superintendent one glimpse of ght, how ought he to have been roused by gratitude speedily to act? But whereas, before Elliot came to Canton, I heard that all the foreigners verbally expressed their readiness to deliver up opium, and only failed to state the true amount; and even Dent, although having the conviction that he had been long in the habit of dealing in opium, he ven- tured not at once to appear before the officers, yet neither did he venture to abscond; whereas, I say, this was before the case, no sooner had Elliot come to Canton, on the evening of the 24th, than he wished to lead off Dent to abscond, with the view of preventing the determination in regard to the delivery of the opium. Had not the precautionary measures been most strict and complete, almost had the hare escaped, the wolf run off. Elliot's conduct being thus exactly the same as that of an artful schemer, can he yet be regarded fit for the office of superintendent ? · And while confusedly presenting to your excellency the governor two ad. dresses in one day, he makes not one word of reference to the inquiries now being made for the prevention of opium, or to the orders that have been given 10 deliver it up, just as though there was a canseless and vexatious detention. This only he has failed to consider, that had he really indeed been ready to command clearly all the foreigners to deliver up the opium in obedience to the commands given, should not I, the commissioner, have then praised and encouraged him greatly? Or had he even abstained from giving such clear commands, yet if he had not proceeded 10 work upon and seduce the minds of all, to induce them !!) isteseond. shwule! I in this case hare indeed taken tor step of withdrawing the 181. 363 Last Pon Ivors, from 18:31Twil. compradors, and making inquiry regarding the vessel he came in! At this time, the offense of contumacious resistance and opposition is turned away from Dent, and fixed on Elliot. Even should I, the commissioner, treat him with a partiality of leniency, yet, his country having long enjoyed the advantages of a commercial intercourse with Kwángtung, even for a period of two hundred years, if it shall find these advantages suddenly stopped and destroyed by the individual Elliot, will bis sovereign treat him with consideration and indulgence? When on former occasions, foreign officers that have been here have failed to keep the laws, the nation aforesaid has several times gone to the full extent of the law in inflict- ing punishment upon them. Can Elliot not have heard of this? •* • Having received your communication as afore stated, it behoves me to request your excellency the governor, to be so indulgent as once more to enjoin it upon Elliot, that it is needful he should coine to have a fear of crime, and a purpose to repent and amend ; that he should give clear commands to all the foreigners to obey the orders, requiring them to take the opium on board the store-ships, and speedily to deliver it up. Then not only the compradors of individuals and of ships will be all restored as usual; but I, the commissioner, with your excellency the governor, and the lieutenant-governor, will assuredly cease to go back into the past, and will lay our intreaties before the great em. peror, that favors may be shown beyond the bounds of law. And thenceforward all the foreigners will conduct a legitimate trade, rejoicing in the exhaustless gains thereof. If, assuming a false garb of ignorance, he voluntarily draw upon himself troubles, the evil consequences will be of his own working out, and where shall be find place for after repentance? Herewith is sent a proclamation, under four heads, which, while I send copies to the hong-merchants to be pasted up, I hope you will at the same time enjoin on Elliot, that he may have it tran- slated and given to all the foreigners, for their information. I wait your reply.' Upon the receipt of the above, I, the governor, proceed to issue this injunc- tion, requiring of the prefect instantly to take with him the two magistrates of Nánhái and Pwányü, and to act in obedience to what is contained in the com- munication from his excellency the imperial commissioner, enjoining the com- inands on the said superintendent Elliot, that he may without fail obey." Having received this, he the preſect proceeds at once to issue commands. When these reach the said superintendent Elliot, let him pay immediate obedi. Let there be no opposition to these coinmands. March 26th, 1839. -Corresp. pp. 370-373. 27th. Captain Elliot signified w the inperial commissioner his determination to surrender all the opium. “Elliot, &c., &c., has now had the honor to receive, for the first time, your excellency's commands, bearing date the 26th day of March, issued by the plea- sure of the great emperor, to deliver over into the hands of honorable officers to be appointed by your excellency, all the opium in the hands of British subjects. Elliot must faithfully and completely fulfill these commands; and he has now respectfully to request that your excellency will be pleased to indicate the point to which the ships of his nation, having opium on board, are to proceed, so that the whole may be delivered up. The faithful account of the same shall be trans- mitled as soon as it is ascertained. Sigued Charles EL101." ence. ! ishi01 JELS, Horwin ni Pabelee Orreureurs. During the On the same day the following communication was made in reply. "Chú, hy special appointment. prefect of Kwangchau fú, issues commands to the English superintendent. Elliot, for his full information. Ile has now receive ed the within commands from Lin the high imperial commissioner, and governor of Húkwáng. * This day it appears the following prepared address has been presented by the English superintendent, Elliot :-( The preceding address is here inserted.) Upon this coming before me, the cominissioner, I forthwith reply: " " The representation that, in obedience to the commands, he will deliver up the opiwın, manifests a respectful sense of duty and understanding of matters. I find that the store-ships at present in these seas, are, in all, twenty-two; and the general amount of the opium they have on board, I am already informed of by my inquiries. The superintendent can have no difficulty in instantly ascertaining from all the foreigners in the factories the precise amounts, and immediately writing out and presenting a clear statement thereof, to enable me, the commis- sioner, in conjunction with the governor, at once to declare a certain period, when we will ourselves go to receive what is delivered up. He must not make an untrue report, lest he bring on himself the offense of concealing. deceiving, and passing over. Beware of this! “I proceed to direct that commands be enjoined, and to this end address my commands to the prefect of Kwanychau fú, requiring that he pay immediate obedience, and make known to the hong-merchants my reply, for them to trans- mit the commands to the said superintendent Elliot, in order that he may obey the same. A special order.' * Upon the receipt hereof, he the prefect proceeds to issue commands. When these reach the said superintendent Elliot, let him immediately act in obedience thereto, and instantly ascertain from all the foreigners in the factories, what is the precise amount of opium on board the store-ships now in these seas, and at once let him write out and present a clear statement thereof. Let there be no opposi- tion to these commands." March 27th, 1839.- Corresp. pp. 373–374. For ó a most momentous circular' of this date, the reader is refer- red to vol. VII., p. 633. 28th. Captain Elliot, the opium having been made over to him, thus made the surrender of the same to the commissioner. ot, respectfully referring to yonr excellency's commands, has now the honor to signify that he holds himself strictly responsible to your excellency, as the high commissioner of the great emperor, faithiully, and with all practicable dispatch, to deliver up as may be appointed, 20,28? (twenty thousand two hundred and eighty-three) chests of British owned opium, which he yesterday required of the people of his country in the name of his sovereign. But as it appears upon inquiry that considerable quantities of the said 20,283 chests are not at places within the immediate reach of this port, Elliot must request that your excellency will be pleased to accept his solemn public pledge, that every chest shall be deli. vered up as it falls into his possession, until the whole amount of 20,283 chests shall be within the hands of your excellency. And if Elliot dares to break that solemn public pledge in the least degree, he would most assuredly draw upon his uwu brud stie si birore'st displeasure of his m'n soparciynı. Ellint. owever, is the 18.12. 367 Last Ton Years, from 183:2 10 1841. officer of the English nation only, and your excellency will, therefore, sce that it is not in his power to require men of other foreign nations to deliver him their opium. It remains for him to offer the expression of his highest consideration. -Corresp. p. 375. (Signed) “ CHARLES ELLIOT." A rejoinder of the same date was soon forthcoming, of the follow- ing lenor. “Chú, prefect of Kwángchau fú, issues commands to the English superinten. dent Elliot, for his full information. He has now received the within injunction from his excellency Lin, the high imperial commissioner and governor of Hú- kwang. • The English superintendent Elliot has presented an address, of the following tenor :-(Quoted as above.) "Upon this coming duly before me, the commissioner, 1 proceed to reply. By this address it appears, that the amount of opium has been ascertained, and the needful examination and receipt thereof respectfully awaited. The real ncerity and faithfulness thus shown, are worthy of praise. I find that the amount of 20,283 chests, stated by the said superintendent, has reference only to such as is brought by the English foreigners. I, the commissioner, have assuredly no suspi- cion that there is any insincerity behind. And the statement that there is some at other ports elsewhere, I presume also to be the fact. But I have considered that, before the issuing of the orders to deliver up, it is difficult to feel assured that there has been no opium laid up in the several foreign factories, nor any brought in the various vessels at Whampoa. The question does not now stop with what is in deposit on board store-ships, but at this time, when punishment is not to be inflicted on past offense, it is essential that all the opium, wherever laid up, should be completely surrendered. Assuredly the offenses of those who have be- fore laid up a store thereof, shall not be visited upon them. "I have now, in conjunction with the governor and lieutenant-governor, deter- inined on the rules to be observed in regard to the delivery of the opium. Besides sending a copy thereof separately to the prefect of Kwangchau fú, that he may desire the hong-merchants to make known the same, I also require of the said superintendent, instantly to ascertain what quantity of opium there may be in the foreign factories; and on the 29th, officers shall be deputed to receive the same; what quantity of opium there may be on board the ships at Whampoa, to examine and receive which officers shall be sent on the 30th; and what quantity there is on board the twenty-two store-ships outside, to examine and receive which, I, the commissioner, and the governor, will ourselves go to the Bocca Tigris. Whatever there may be stored up at other ports, since the said superintendent has promised to deliver up the whole, he should of course be held responsible for the delivery of, from time to time, as it shall arrive. Should the amount be in excess of the 20,283 chests, it must still be fully surrendered. In so doing, the sincerity of the purpose will be shown. And assuredly no blame shall be attached to the inaccu. racy of the original report, on account of such excess. “Besides this, the American, French, and Dutch nations have also consuls in superintendence of affairs. to whom orders have now been given in like manner to pay obedience, and speedily to represent the real amounts, waiting till ex. amination can be made, and the whole received. Though the said superintendent he peculiarly charged with the control of the English foreigners, yet having been 30 JULY, Reviere of Public Occurrences During the permitted by the crown, in consequence of the governor's representations, to remain as superintendent in the foreign factories, he should spread abroad his monitions, so that all may specdily deliver up what opium they have, so as to enable us memorialize the throne conjointly, and request a conferment of favors from the great emperor, in order to afford encouragement and stimulate exertion. Now is the time for the foreigners of all nations to repent of their faults, and pass over to the side of virtue. This is the day and time for reformation; and if einbraced, the enjoyment of unending advantages will be the result. Let none on any account make excuses, or seek delay, so as to incur cause for future repentance. I proceed to issue commands, requiring obedience. And to this end I give my injunctions to the prefect of Kwángchau fú, requiring him immediately to transmit directions to the hong-merchants, to enjoin the commands on Elliot, to be without fail by him obeyed." “ This having been received, he the prefect proceeds to issue commands. When these reach the said superintendent Elliot, let him pay immediate obedience. Let there be no opposition to these cominands.” March 28th, 1839.-Corresp. pp. 375-376. Further, under date of the 28th, we have the following edict, com- municating four rules for the delivery of the opium. “Chú, prefect of Kwángchau fú, issues commands to the English superinten. dent Elliot, for his full information. He lias now received an injunction from. Lin, the high imperial commissioner and governor of Hukwang, sending out four rules for the delivery of opium, which he transmits for immediate obedience. Be there no opposition. A special command. • Rules. First.—The opium to be delivered up, as promised in the address, was not intended to have reference peculiarly to the store.ships. Whatever may be laid up in the foreign factories, or on board the ships at Whampoa the said superinten. dent is required first to deliver up: all that there may be in the factories he is required to have removed on the 29th, to the outside thereof, there to await the deputing of officers to examine and take charge of the same. As to the ships at Whampoa, he is instantly to draw up a clear statement of the amount of opium in chests on board any of them by name, and to write in readiness, foreign letters to be handed in to government: it being determined to depute an officer on the 30th, to proceed, with chop-boats and tea-boats to examine and take charge of the same. ". Secondly. To the twenty-two store-ships, which have of late been anchored off Lintin, in the Macao Roads, and elsewhere, tije said superintendent is also required to address foreign letters, that they may immediately proceed to make delivery. Officers shall be in the first place deputed to carry the letters, and give commands to the store-ships to cast anchor near to the Sandy-head ofing, (one of the headlands of the Bogue,) and then and there they must respectfully await the arrival at the Bocca Tigris, of their excellencies the imperial commissioner and the governor, personally, between the 31st of March and the 2d of April, when they shall, ship by ship, submit the opium to be examined and taken charge of by their excellencies, in concert with the naval commander-in-chief. • Thirdly.—The foreigners of his nation residing in the foreign factories at Macao, must also be required to convey any opium they have in store, to the port of Sandy-lead, there to be in course of time examinců and taken charge of IS. 369 Last mon i pars, from 1832 10 1841. * fiourihly.--Foreign vessels bringing opium from beyond sea, and being an. chored in sundry and distant places, not near to the Bocca Tigris, the said super- intendent and the several consuls are constantly in communication with them, and their courses are well known: they should be required, therefore, to write and have in readiness foreign letters, and to point out plainly the places in which the vessels are anchored, delivering such letters in to government, until officers shall be deputed to take and give them to the parties, who must bring their ships, with the opium on board, to the port of Sandy-head, where, as they arrive, the opium shall be delivered. There inust not be the least concealment or delay.” March 28th, 1839.--Corresp. p. 377, 29th. Captain Elliot having desired the commissioner to order the return of compradors and servants, and the use of passage-boats, &c., received the following reply from his excellency, through the prefect. “Chú, by special appointment, prefect of Kwangchau fú, issues commands to the English superintendent Elliot, for his full information. He has now received the within injunction from Lin, the high imperial commissioner and governor of Ilúkwáng : “Upon the 29th instant, the English superintendent Elliot, presented an address requesting that as usual the compradors and servants should be allowed to fur. nish the daily supplies of food, and the passage-boats should be permitted to run hetween this, the outer anchorages and Macao; he still remaining in Canton until the whole amount of opium shall he completely delivered up. "On this duly coming before me, the commissioner, I proceed to reply. Yes. Terday the said superintendent, when addressing me in reply, promised for himself, 1.hat he would certainly deliver up the opium of his nation, to the amount of 20,283 chests, surrendering the whole quantity as he should bring it into his hands. I therefore answered in his praise, and at the same time clearly gave directions in regard to the places where, and time when, the delivery should be made. And I besides sent in a separate form, a list of rules, and required of him to write foreign letters or orders to enable me to depute officers to proceed ih:rewith to the store. ships, and call on them to make the delivery. This was a most simple, convenient, and casy mode of proceeding. If the said superintendent were really acting with sincerity of purposc, he certainly should have spccdily proceeded to obey iny com. mands. Though he say, that in the foreign factories, and on board the ships at Wliampoa, there is now no opium, yet the opium laid up on board the twenty-two store-ships is all deposited therein by the foreigners residing in the factories. Ordinarily, when combining with Chinese traitors to dispose thercof clandestinely, it lias been always practicable to obtain foreign orders written at the factories, and giving the saine to the fast boats to proceed therewith outside and get possession of the commodity. How is it then that on this occasion, when surrendering the opium, there is no knowledge of this mode of operation ? "In the present address, it is represented, that now, while the north wind is blowing, it is feared that vessels outside, having opium on board may perhaps set sail and go away. Now I find that of late the store-ships have all returned to Lintin, Macao Roads, and other anchorages, and there remained ; doubtless, because they have heard that commands have been issued requiring delivery of the opium, and therefore have not dared to sail far away. They are yet dis. posed to await and pay obedience; while you would desire testis post hip and 10. NO VII 370 JULY, Review of Public Occurrences During the make them go. I would ask, seeing that you have taken on you the responsi- bility in this matter, how, if the store-ships should dare to sail away, you will be able to sustain the heavy criminality attaching to you ? • The address talks too of close restraint, as if it were imprisonment, which is still more laughable. I find that from the 18th March, when the commands were given to all the foreigners to deliver up their opium, everything remained as usual until the 24th, when you came in a boat to Canton, and that night wished to take Dent and abscond with him. It was after this that cruizers were stationed to examine and observe all that went in and out. It was because you were void of truth and good faith, that it became unavoidably necessary to take preventive steps. As to the compradors and others, they are in fact Chinese traitors, who would also suggest absconding and escape. How then could the withdrawal of them be omitted? Yesterday, 100, when you had made a statement of the amount of opium, I at once conferred on you a reward consisting of sundry articles of food. Is this the manner in which prisoners are ever treated ? I, the high iinpe. . rial commissioner, in conjunction with the governor and lieutenant-governor, look. ing up to the great emperor, embody his all-comprehending kindness, and in our treatinent of you foreigners of every nation, never go beyond these two words, favor and justice. Such as display contumacy and contempt, how can they have aught but justice dealt out to them? But such as show a respectful sense of duty, shall assuredly be tenderly intreated with favor. "• Do you now simply command plainly all the foreigners with instant speed 10 prepare letters, and hand them in to government, to enable it to give commands to all the store-ships to deliver up in orderly succession the opium. And as soon as this shall be delivered up, everything shall without fail be restored to its ordinary cond on. This requisition is indeed conformable to reason; wh difficulty is there in complying with it? If, in place of speedily making delivery, you make pretexts for diverting attention, in the hope that after the strict preventive mea. sures shall be withdrawn you may form some other scheme, who cannot see through such artful devices ? And will you be enabled to make a repetition of such attempts ? ««• Besides deputing officers to proceed to the hong-merchants' consoo house, there to give verbal commands, and so prevent delay, you are also hereby required to act speedily in obedience to this my reply. Do not again be working at excuses and delay, thereby drawing on yourself causes for future repentance. I proceed to give this injunction requiring obedience: and to this end I enjoin the prefect of Kwangchau ſú, instantly to command the hong-merchants to give it in command to the said superintendent Elliot, that he without fail pay obedience.' He (the prefect) having received this, proceeds to issue the commands. On these reaching the said superintendent Elliot, let him speedily act in conformity with this reply. Let him not again set to work at making excuses and delaying, lest he draw on himself causes for future repentance. Hasten! Hasten! A special cominand.” March 29th, 1839.-Corresp. pp. 378–380. 30th. The following notes were sent to the imperial commissioner, and the next day returned, though the proposition was finally agreed to. Elliot, heing anxious to discharge his obligations to your excellency with all practicable dispatch, has the honor to acquaint your excellency that he has now Love Ten Fritix: from 183? In Ini : 14 issued instructions to Mr. Joliston, the deputy superintendent, requiring hun torthwith to proceed outside and deliver into the hands of the honorable officers, 20,283 (twenty thousand two hundred and eighty-three) chests. It is desirable, therefore, that the intercourse, by the licensed passage.boats, should be opened as soon as possible, in order that Mr. Jolinston may proceed to Lintin, and there assemble all the ships for the purpose of convenient delivery. The inclosed is the order to Mr. Johnston for the delivery of the opium. (Signed) “ Charles Eliot. ««• Sir, I have to instruct you to deliver over to the officers of the Chinese government, with the least possible delay, twenty thousand two hundred and eighty-three chests of opium ; and for the more convenient and rapid discharge of that dut.y, you will be so good as to assemble all the British outside shipping at Lintin. You will report to me at Canton the quantity delivered by every oppor. tunity which presents itself, to the end that I inay communicate the same to the high commissioner, from time to time. I have, &c., --Corresp. p. 380. (Signed) "CHARLES ELLIO'r.'” Under this date captain Elliot wrote to his government, briefly reviewing the course of events, giving his opinion thereon, with rea- sons for the part he had acted. My lord, I have considered that I shall most perspicuously perform my pre- sent duty to her majesty's government, by confining this dispatch to a narrative of events accompanied by the documents connected with thein; and indeed my imprisoned and harassed condition is not suited to a deliberately comprehen- sive exposition of the motives which have influenced some of the momentous proceedings involved in this report. Being at Macao on the 28th of last month for the purpose of conferring with captain Blake of her majesty's sloop Larne then at anchor in those roads, I received intelligence to the effect that a native of China had been suddenly bronght down into the sqnare before the foreign factu. ries on the 26th of the same month, accompanied by a considerable force of troops, and immediately put to death by strangulation. Within two hours after I had received these tidings, I embarked on board the cutter, and arrived here on the morning of the 2d instant. “On the 10th instant, leaving the trade still proceeding, but with a state of gloom subsisting in the ininds of all men, both natives and foreigners, I returned to Macao, to which point, and the outside anchorages, appearances indicated that the first measures of the commissioner would be directed. I was therefore anxious to have further consultation with captain Blake on the expediency of his protracted stay in these seas, till I could judge of the degree in which the high commissioner's proceedings would affect the general and important interests confided to me. “ Between his excellency's arrival and the 20th instant, rumors of every description were abroad: but the general impression was that the governor and the high commissioner were to proceed forth with to Macao, or its near neigh. borhood, and commence their operations from that situation. At Macao, within the Barrier, tents were pitched, a considerable force was assembled, numbers of vessels and boats of war were collected, and I had myself observed, a few days be:fore, under the forts at the Bocca Tigris, a display of old native vessels prepar. ing lu serve the purposes of fire.ships, or at all events to leave that impression 三​、学​法​在​过去 ​ -372 Jil. Revieto of Public Derurience: During the 66 upon passing forcigners. In this menacing posture of affairs outside, I had deter- mined to abide at Macao, so that my intercourse with her majesty's sloop might not be interrupted, and that I might concert with the commander measures of general protection, iſ any atlack should he really directed against the lives or properties of her majest.y's subjects. Resolved, in any pressure of emergency, actually threatening the continued peaceful intercourse with this empire, to incur most heavy personal responsibilities concerning the ships engaged in the illicit traffic, I had also determined to resist sudden aggression on British life and British property at all hazards, and to all extremity; and I am well assured, your lordship will he of opinion, that this was my capital duty as the queen's officer. On the 22d instant, however, as your lordship is already aware, the news reached me, that the storm had changed its direction, and iinpended over the whole foreign community at Canton in thc most alarming form. Forwarding an address to the governor of Canton through the keunmin tú, and a transcript of the same to that officer, issuing two circulars to her majesty's subjects, and addressing a secret letter to captain Blake, of her majesty's sloop Larne, I proceeded to make the attempt to reach these factories on the 23d instant, · It had heen my intention to proceed only to the Bocca Tigris and carry on my communications from that point, but further disquieting private intelligence reached me from Canton; and the reflection of the natural unfitness of a com- mercial community to take any consentancous course respecting the delicate and momentous question in hand, in this hour of extreme peril to all interests, and indeed generally to human life, carried me to the conviction that I must either reach these factories, or some desperate calamity would ensue. On Sunday the 24th inst., I passed through the Bocca Tigris, and calling to me an inferior officer stationed there, explained to him my apprehension, that if the communications were cut off between me and all the people of my nation at Macao and the other anchorages, they would believe that I and all the other foreigners were prisoners, or alarmed by vague reports that our lives were in immediate peril, they would attempt a rescue, to the certain violation of the peace between the countries, and to the grcat increase of our own danger. This I desired him to explain to his admiral with my respects. I reached Whampoa at 4 p. m. of the same day (the 24th), where I carnt, as I had anticipated, that the intercourse between that place and Canton had been entirely cut off for forty-cight hours. Putting on my uniform directly, and placing myself in the gig of her majesty's sloop Larne, which I had taken up with me, with the ensign and pendant hoisted, and my Chinese passport for the cutter in my hand, (declaratory of my public character and name), I proceeded forth with to the chief officer I could find in the reach. I told that officer that it was my purpose to proceed to Canton; and that apprehending forcible interruption, I had to warn him that my boat was unarmed, that my purposes were peace and the protection of my countrymen, that. I should offer no resistance, but that it was my resolution to reach the factories, or to sacrifice my life in the attempt. I therefore called upon him not to lose one moment in forwarding expresses to advertise the officers of various stations not to fire upon me. Disregarding his carnest dissuasion, I proceeded on immediately in the cutter to the usual ancho ge, about four miles from these factorice. At that point I was again approached by several armed boats; but pursuing a similar ourse ont propresentation, I entered the gig, anil porncredea uwards with all prossi 1842 :57:3 Last Tent Pruns from 1932 10 Infi 66 ble celerily, pulling and sailing. Ai my nearer approach to the factories, armed boats pushed out from every side, but the admirable steadiness of the four people of the Larne, and a commanding favorable breeze, enabled ine to baffle the al. tempts to obstruct me; and at 6 P. M., I pushed into those stairs, to the great relief of my distressed countrymen, many of whom had watched the latter part of my approach with feelings of keenest solicitude. “The top-mast of the flag.staff had been struck since the execution; but I innmediately desired that the boat's ensign should be taken up and made fast to the lower mast-head; for I well know, my lord, that there is a sense of support in the sight of that honored flag, fly where it will, that none can feel but men who look upon it in some such dismal strait as ours. The state of intense distress in which I found the whole foreign community will be explicable to her majesty's govern- ment, when I inform your lordship that the actual pressing difficulty was the obstinate demand that Mr. L. Dont, one of the most respected merchants at Can- ton, should proceed into the city, and attend the high commissioner's tribunal. The accompanying notes, however, (see page 357), will furnish a detailed account of the proceedings, which immediately preceded my arrival in Canton. My first step was to go to Mr. Dent's house with my countrymen; and taking him under my arm, I brought him to this hall, where by God's gracious mercy he still remains. Most anxious, however, to avoid all just imputation of impracti. cability, I immediately signified to the hong-merchants, for communication to the government, my readiness to let Mr. Dent go into the city with me, and upon the distinct written stipulation, (sealed with the high commissioner's signet,) that he was never to be removed for one moment out of my sight. I then assembled the whole foreign community in Canton, and reading to them my circulars issued at Macao, enjoined them all to be inoderate, firm, and united. I had the satisfac. tion to dissolve the ineeting in a calmer state of mind than had subsisted for several days past. The native servants were taken from us, and the supplies cut off on the samne night; but it was declared by the merchants, that the orders had been issued in the course of the inorning, by reason of Mr. Dent's opposition to the high commissioner's summons. “ An arc of connected boats was formed with armed men, the extremes of which touch the east and west points of the bank of the river in the immediate front of the factories, cutting off a segment of the stream from the main body; the square, and the rear of the factories, are occupied in considerable force; and before the gate of this hall the whole body of hong-merchants and a large guard are posted day and night, the latter with their swords constantly drawn. In short, so close an imprisonment of the foreigners is not recorded in the history of our previous intercourse with this empire. “The justification of this immense responsibility will need more full develop- ment than it would be desirable, or indeed practicable, to make in my present condition. I am without doubt, however, that the safety of a great mass of human life hung upon my determination. For if I had commenced with the denial of my control over the subject, the high commissioner would have seized that pretext for reverting to his measures of intimidation against individual mer. chants, obviously the original purpose, but which my sudden appearance had disturbed. If I had persevered in this course of representation, he would have forced the wholc into submission by the protracted confinement of the persons he should determine 10 seize; and, judying from the tenor of his prorlamation anst ;376 JU'S, Tipography of kiungsi general conduct, I am lilly warranted in saying by the sacrifice of their lives, 'The forced and separate surrender of all this immense valnable property hy individual merchants, without security of indemnity and protection, must have led to some desperate commercial convulsion in India and England, which might have embarrassed the queen's government in an incalculable degree. In a few words then, my lord, I may say, that I plainly perceived the moment had arrived for placing the whole weight of the iminense difficulties to be encountered, on the only foundation where it could safely rest : namely, upon the wisdon, justice, and power of her majesty's government. * * * “ This is the first time, in our intercourse with this empire, that its government has taken the unprovoked initiative in aggressive mcasures against British liſe, liberty, and property, and against the dignity of the British crown. I say unpro- voked, advisedly, because your lordship will observe, in my address to the keunmin fu, dated at Macao, on the 22d ultimo, that I offered to adjust all things peace. fully, by the fulfillment of the emperor's will, as soon as it was made known to Her majesty's government may be assured that there shall be no pretext of unscemily violence or intemperance of tone on my part, to help the vindication of the actual policy. They have deprived us of our liberty, and our lives in their hands; but our reason, and above all, our dutiful confidence in the queen's gra- cious protection, will remain with us. I have, &c., -Corresp. pp. 355–358. Signed) “Curles Elliot." (To be continued.) ine. $ 1 Art. II. Topography of kiángsi: situation, extent, and boun- daries of the province; its departments and districts enumerated and described; its rivers and lakes; with notices of its popu- lation, productions, and trade. Proceeding up the Great river (the # F I Yángtsz kiáng), rst in a northwesterly and westerly, and then in a southwesterly direction, a distance of nearly four hundred miles, through the two provinces of Kiángsú and A’nhwui, you reach the northeastern bor- ders of Kiangsí, where the river leaves the province, after a course of about eighty miles along its northern frontier, a part of which distance it forms the boundary line. In latitude 29° 56' N., lon- gitude 6' W. of Peking, this Great river, “the Child of the Ocean," receives the Póyang with all its waters accumulated by the flowing into it of a great number of rivers; with but few exceptions, all these rivers have their sources within the boundaries of the province, while w feu rising within the same boundaries now onward llence 18.1: :3773 Topography of kingsi when standing at the entrance of the lake, on the one side you have an easy descent to the Yellow sea and the Pacific; and on the other there opens a wide amphitheatre--extending, directly before you, southward to the Mei ling (or Plum ridge) over more than five de- grees of latitude,-on your right, reaching nearly three degrees west- ward and southwestward,—aud, on your left, more than two degrees eastward. Thus the province of Kiangsí is one spacious valley, com- prising an area of 72,176 square miles, with a population of more than twenty-three millions of souls, or about 319 persons upon a square mile. It is a little larger than all that part of the United States called New England, and about as large as the state of Virginia; and also twice that of Portugal, and thrice that of Denmark, but vastly exceeds all those countries in population. The province is bounded, on the north and northeast by Húpe and A'nhwui, on the east by Chekiáng and Fukien, on the south by Kwangtung, and on the west by Húnán. Its shape is irregular; its boundary, except on the north, being the summit of the hills, whose waters flow into the Póyáng. A line drawn from the point where the Great river leaves the province, lat. 30'5' N., long. 10' E. of Peking, to lat. 24° 30' N., long. 2° W. of Peking, would show the greatest extent of the province, and divide it longitudinally into two nearly equal parts. Another line drawn at right angles to this, from one side of the province to the other, would show an average breadth of two and a half or three degrees. The following is a complete list of the names of the departments and districts, in the order they are placed in the governmental books. I. in Náncháng fú; or the Department of Náncháng, contains eight districts. Its chief city is in lat. 28° 37' 12' N., and longitude 0° 36' 43" W. of Peking, and 115° 48' 17" E. of Greenwich. 1 A B Nángháng, 5 * * Fungsin, 2 F Sinkien, 6 Tsing-án, 3 Tsinhien, 7 IC g Wíning, 4 Hill Fungching, 8 IN I'ning chau. JI. W T Jauchau fú; or the Department of Jáuchau, contajus seven districts. Jis chief city is in lat. 28° 59' 20" N., long. 0° 13' 38" E. of l'e- king, and 1 16" is ;38" Eollireenwich. 3:13 JULY Toprigraphy of brangs 1 R 14, Póyáng, 5 T Tibing; 2 # F Anjin, 6 F Yükán, 3 F Wánnien, 7 % % Fauliáng. 4 F Lóhping, IU. I J Kwúngsin fú; or the Department of Kwangsin, contains seven districts. Its chief city is in lat. 28° 27' 36" and long. 1° 37' 30" E. of Peking, and 118° 2' 30" E. of Greenwich. 1 E Shángjáu, 5 . Hingán, 2 廣​豐 ​Kwangfung, 6 E 4 Yiyáng, 3 E NA Yushán, 7 Kweikí. 4 H H Yuenshán, IV. TR Nánkung fú; or the Department of Nánkáng, has four districts. Its chief city is in lat. 29° 31' 42" N., and long. 0° 26' 37' W. of Peking, and 115° 58' 23" E. of Greenwich. I F Singtsz, 3 TAʼn-í, 2 H B Kienchang, 4 kg B Tícháng. V. HLT WF Kiúkiáng fú; or the Department of Kiúkiáng, contains five districts. Its chief city is in lat. 29° 54' N., and long. 0° 24' W. of Peking, and 116° 1' E. of Greenwich. 1Tihwa, 4 Húkau, 2 n + Ti-án, 5 Bin Suicháng. 3 Pángtse, VI. Kienchúny fú; or the Department of Kiencháng, contains five districts. Its chief city is in lat. 27° 33' 36' N., and long. 0° 12' 18" E. of Peking, and 16° 37' 18" E. of Greenwich. 1 it hit Nánching, 4 H B Kwangcháng, ? i bili Sinching 5 PA Lúkí. . Mi Vávrung Ult 1842, 377 Topography of Kiángsi VII. W RF Fúchau fú; or the Department of Fúchau, has six districts. Its chief city is in lat. 27° 56' 24" N., and long. 0° 10' 30" W. of Peking, and 116° 14' E. of Greenwich. 1 Set JU Linchuen, 4 = 8 Lóh-án, 2 Kinki, 5 Tsungjin, 3 | | hwang, 6 8 BỘ Tunghoáng. VIII. L TF Linkiáng fú; or the Department of Linkiáng, has four districts. Its chief city is in lat. 27° 57' 36" N., and long. 1° 1' 30" W. of Peking, and 115° 23' 30" E. of Greenwich. 1 I. Tsingkiáng, 3 Sinyü, 2 Sinkán, 4 k I Kinhkiáng. IX. H H Suichau fú; or the Department of Suichau has three districts. Its chief city is in lat. 28° 24' 40" N., and long. 1° 10'54" W. of Peking, and 115° 14' 6" E. of Greenwich. 1 | 2 Káu-án, 3 4 5 Sinchàng. 2 E Shángháu, X. #Yuenchau fú; or the Department of Yuenchau, has four districts. Its chief city is in lat. 27° 51' 32" N., and long. 2° 5' 24" W. of Peking, and 114° 19' 36" E. of Greenwich. 1 # I'chun, 3D Faní, 2 tl Wántsái, 4 # B Pinghiáng. XI. # # # Ki-ám fú ; or the Department of Ki-án, has ten districts. Its chief city is in lat. 27° 7' 54" N., and long. 1° 34' 5" W. of Peking, and 114'50' 55" E. of Greenwich. 1 M BE Lüling, 6 Yungning, 2 = 0 Táihó, , 7 Lienhwa ting, 3 | | Wánhán, 8k Kishui, 4 HE Lungtsiuen, 9 Yungfung, 5 KW Yungsin, 10 Tia Antu. VOL XI. NO vil Topography of krangsa. , JULY 3 Xil. H F Kanchau fú ; or the Department of Kanchau, has nine districts. Its chief town is in lat. 25° 52'48" N., and long. 1° 40' 54" W. of Peking, and 114° 14' 06" E. of Greenwich. IKán hien, 6安​遠 ​Anyuen, 21 Sinfung, 7 Eng Chángning, 3 't it Tingnan ting, 8 Hingkwóh, 4 Lungnán, 9 #1 Yütú. 5 6 8 Hwuicháng, XIII. in El Nán-án fú; or the Department of Nán-án, has four districts. Its chief city is in lat. 25° 30' N., and long. 2° 28' 38" W of Pe- king, and 113° 56' 22" E. of Greenwich. 1大使 ​Taiyi, 3 E Shángyú, 2 P * Nánkáng, 4 Tsungi. XIV. 4 Ningtú chau, or the Department of Ningtú, has two districts. 1 l Suikin, 2 The Shiching. Both of the British embassies traveled through this province-that of Macartney entered it from Chekiáng on the east; the other, under lord Amherst, entered it by the Yángtsz kiáng ; both crossed the lake, and then proceeded by the same route to Canton. If the pre- sent British expedition should extend its operations on the Great river, and on the lake and its chief tributary, the Kán, the security of the Chinese on this great thoroughfare will be sadly interrupted. The advanced squadron on the Kán could come, with small craft and steamers, within three hundred miles of the factories at Canton. Westward, it might pass through Húkwáng and Sz'chuen, into Yunuán, and all this it could effect in the course of two or three weeks. Mr. Davis, speaking of his trip up the Great river, says, " Here, after little less than a month's protracted, but not tedious journey, we quitted the magnificent Yangtsz' kiáng, nearly four hun- dred miles from its mouth, but still two thousand miles short of its source! It is upwards of fifteen times longer than the river Thames, und bears about the same proportion to it, that the territory of Chwa 1842 Topographij of Kiingsi 33:9 bears to that of England and Scotland. We had found its sides composed of the most beautiful country, lying in the finest climate, and planted with numerous and flourishing cities. Being the first Englishmen who had ever navigated its stream, and probably the last who for a long period of years would be able to do so, the abundant leisure and opportunities afforded by our frequent halts had been em- ployed agreeably, and perhaps not unprofitably, in strict accordance with the precept of the English poet, who says with reference to the Thames Search not its bottom, but survey its shores.'" I. T'he department of Náncháng is the principal one in the pro- vince, and has within it the provincial city, bearing the same name, which is also given to one of the districts. On the west and north- west, the department is bounded by Húnán and Húpe, on the north by Kiúkiáng and Nankang, on the east by Fúchan, Linkiang and Suichau. It comprises eight districts, consisting of one chau and seven hien. A ridge of mountains stretches along its westesn part; and on these highlands the river Siú takes its rise in three separate foun- lains, and, after being united in one stream, it flows on in a north- easterly course and falls into the lake. The city Náncháng stands on the eastern bank of the river Kán. Du Halde says little of it, besides remarking that it was once the residence of princes of the Ming family, and accordingly was an object on which the Mantchou rulers poured their wrath, burning and destroying all they could find in it. Mr. Davis says, “the interior of the city has since been restored; that some of the party walked round its walls, and found it answering to the description given in the first volume of Du Halde, the area being nearly six miles in circuit, of an oval shape, and with seven gates. The suburbs appeared in no ways different from the city itself.” He remarks also, that considerable space within the walls, as was the case at Nanking, was still uninhabited, not having been rebuilt since it was destroyed nearly two centuries ago. Barrow adds, "the city is situated on the left bank of the river, which is here about five hundred yards in width, against the stream of which, with a brisk breeze, we made rapid progress. For the first sixty miles the country was flat and uncultivated, except the places where we observ- ed a few fields of rice. But there was no want of population. Towns and villages were constantly in sight, as were also manufactories of earthen-ware, bricks and tiles. The farther we advanced up the river, the more populous was the country, the more varied and agrce- 380 JULY, Topography of kiungsi. There were, able the surface, the more extended the cultivation." he says, lying at anchor at Náncháng, four or five hundred revenue vessels, one of which he measured. " It was in length 115 feet, breadth 15 feet, and depth 6 feet; the sides straight, and the width nearly the same fore and aft; so that the burden might fairly be estimated at 350 tons. Independent therefore, of the innumerable small craft, there were lying before the city, 100,000 tons of ship- ping." IS. The department of Jauchau forms the northeastern portion of the province: and in that quarter is bounded by the department of Hwuichau in Anhwúi; on the southeast it is bounded by Kwang- sin; on the south by Fúchau; on the west by Náncháng and Nán- káng; and by Kiúkiáng on the northwest. On the west it is washed by the waters of the Póyáng lake, into which four considerable rivers flow, two from the north, one from the east. Its form is nearly cir- cular; and its surface, in many places, uneven and mountainous. Its chief magistrate resides at Jáuchau, on the eastern shores of the lake, and his jurisdiction extends over seven districts. In one of these, Fauliáng hien, is the site of the celebrated manufactories of porcelain. It stands forty or fifty miles northeast from Jáuchau, on the river Cháng, and is called Kingte chin ( v ) the mart of Kingte. The Chinese historian says, “it is situated thirty li (eight or ten miles) southwest from Fauliáng, and was founded in the reign of Kingte of the Sung family (who began to reign A. D. 1004), and hence derived its name. The books say,” continues the same his- torian, “ that the earth and water of that site are suitable for porce- lain; and that in the time of Siuente (about 1426), the manufacto- ries of imperial wares were established." D'Entrecolles, one of the learned Jesuits, had a church at Kingte, and among his parishioners there were several who both made and traded in these wares. From them and from books, he obtained a most thorough knowledge of the art. From his writings, and those of some of the other Jesuits, Du Halde has given a full account of its manufacture. Vol. I., p. 338, fol. ed. III. The department of Kwangsin occupies that portion of the province, which is situated between Jauchau and Fukien on the east. It constitutes a wide valley, down which Macartney and his party traveled on their return from Peking. Having lefi Hángchau, the embassy ascended the 'Tsientang in boats as far as practicable; it had then four-and-twenty miles to pass over land to Yushán, the chief cown of a district of the same name, standing on the northern side of 1812. **Topography of Kiúngsí. :381 a river, upon which the embassador and his suite were to embark." This road was first over rising grounds, and afterwards in narrow valleys, and through low and marshy rice grounds, over a causeway raised between two stone walls, and covered with fine gravel, brought from the neighboring mountains. To the southward of the road, were several round and conical hills detached from each other, cover- ed with grass and shrubs, and of so regular a figure, and of so uni- form a slope from the summit to the base, that they had the appear- ance of having been formed by art. They consisted of blue coarse- grained limestone. Beyond these were quarries, out of which were dug stones beautifully white and shining. They consisted of quartz in its purest state, and were used for pe-tan-tsz! (ATF) in the manufacture of porcelain. Through this short land journey, and far from all great roads, not a mile was traveled without a village, nor a spot observed, except mere rocks, or perpendicular heights, that was not under cultivation. The soil in many places was indifferent; but the people were in proportion active in their efforts to fertilize it. The party had scarcely embarked at Yushán, when the violence of the wind and rain either retarded or entirely stopped their progress. After the showers had ceased, their effect in swelling the river still continued, and its current being favorable, they proceeded rapidly along the stream. About the city of Kwangsin, the weather was again wet, cold and gloomy. The country had also a rude appear- On each bank of the river were sometimes large masses of naked rock, of vast height, and resembling the rough scenes of nature which had been deemed to be exaggerated in Chinese draw- ings. The rock was a dark sandstone. Several rice-mills on the river showed that the grain was more frequently reduced into flour in this province, than to the northward where no such erections were observed." IV. The department of Nánkáng is situated on the western and northern borders of the lake, (but not including its most northern part), having Kiúkiang on the north, Jauchau on the east, and Nán- chang on the south and west. The general features of the country are like those of the neighboring departments. In the northwestern portion of this department are the celebrated Lü shán, 4 “the mountains of Lü," which Mr. Davis visited. As he proceeded southward, on the lake, towards Nánkáng, they “gradually rose to a great height, until the most distant were capped with clouds, and could not be less than five hundred feet above the level of the lake, This range is one of the most celebrated in China, for reasons which ance. or 361 Tupography of kiungsi JULY, will presently appear, independent of its great natural beauties. Our first excursion was a walk towards the Lii shán; and we succeeded in reaching the top of the range of hills next in height to them, though still greatly inferior, and thence had a noble view of the lake and the surrounding country. These hills were covered with earth to the very top, but yet uncultivated. The herbs which grew upon them in vast variety were, almost without exception, strongly aromatic. A beautiful species of bright laurel leaved oak, and the sycamore, were the principal trees observed." The town of Nánkáng stands on the western shore of the lake at a place where it is very narrow. “We arrived,” says Mr. Davis, " at this city early in the day, and anchored near a mole, built along the northeastern side of the town, forming a small harbor for boats to lie in, secure from the tempestuous waters of the lake in bad weather. Sufficient swell existed, as it was, to make it resemble an arm of the sea, and the shore was covered with shingle in the manner of a beach. Immediately on our arrival a party proceeded to walk through the town. The walls were new, and appeared to have been lately built or repaired, but the town, strange to say, was completely deso- late within. The shops were not so good as at the little town Takú ting, where we had lately stopped, and a very large portion of the area within the walls consisted of fields. The only decorations were a considerable number of honorary gateways (páilau), on which the carved relief was remarkably bold, and contained representations of ancient historical events in well executed work. The inscriptions on some of these proved them to have existed between two and three hundred years, from the solid material of their construction, very unlike the wooden gateways of the same kind which we had often seen elsewhere. The town must at some former period have been an important and flourishing place, in connection with the literary and classical recollection of the Lü shán in the immediate neighbor- hood.” On the 16th and 17th Nov., Mr. Davis made two excursions up the heights of those mountains, the beauty and sublimity of which, com- bined with their associations, has rendered them the frequent subject of poetical celebration among the people. As the mountains appeared to the author of the 'Sketches,' on the 16th, during his first excursion, the “highest peaks were evidently covered with snow drifts.” On his day, the lateness of the hour compelled him and his fellows to return earlier than they wished, having directed their course to a very fine and conspicuous water-fall. A large party set off the next 18.12 :38 Topography of kinngst day. Four miles of the distance were accomplished, before they seemed to be inore than half way to the summit, when some of the adventurers returned, while the others steered their course up a regular pathway in one of the ravines, hoping to reach a pagoda perched up at the elevation of several hundred feet near the water- fall. In about three hours and a half, after quitting the town, they reached the pagoda-a most romantic spot. To the left of the pa- goda, and just above the water-fall, was a small temple, to which they directed their steps, and there found some priests and obtained re- freshments. They had then traveled eight or nine miles. As they ascended to this spot, they found the climate change, and observed the plants and trees which are found in a natural state in England. On a following day, a romantic dell was visited not far from the bol- tom of the water-fall, where they found "gigantic characters some feet in length,” cut into the face of the native rock-"memorials of persons who had visited the spot.” On the 19th, Mr. Davis visited “the vale of the White Deer," where Chú, the great disciple and com- mentator of Confucius lived and taught. It is a secluded valley about seven or eight miles from the city, situated in a nook by the side of a rivulet. The buildings were comprised in a number of different courts, but quite plain, evidently intended for use rather than show, In a school-room were fine large tablets, on which were inscribed the five cardinal virtues. In one of the halls, the white deer was repre- sented. Near by a tree was pointed out, said to have been planted by the philosopher's own hands. This valley forms a place of pilgri- mage to the literati of China at the present day. For the foregoing particulars, and more which we might quote, we are indebted to Mr. Davis. See his Sketches, vol. II, p. 55, et seq. V. The department of Kiúkiáng,—or that of "the Nine-rivers," as the name signifies,- forms the most northern portion of the province; it is watered by the Great river, and is bounded on the east and south by the departments of Jauchau, Nánkáng, and Náncháng. It includes the most northern part of the lake, and of course was visited by the members of Amherst's embassy. In point of situation, it was the most remarkable town that had been seen by them. As they ascended the river, it lay on their left," and might be described as nestled in a romantic valley or basin, formed by the lofty hills surrounding it. Nearly the whole of the built and inhabit- ed part was in this valley, but the walls themselves surrounded a much larger area, running up the ridges and over the summits of the hills at the sides and back of the lowU; while the front, or water Topography of Kiangsi. JULI line, ran horizontally across the valley looking towards the river." The embassy had also a good view of " the city of the Lake's mouth,' which Mr. Davis says, is embosomed in high hills in a manner not unlike the one already described. VI. The department of Kicncháng is a small tract of country, comprising five districts, situated on the borders of Fukien, at the head of a valley lying off to the southeast from Náncháng. It is high, mountainous, and not very fertile. VII. The department of Fúchau is situated between Kiencháng and Náncháng. The face of the country is much diversified with plains, dales, bills, and mountains. The air and climate are good, and the ground is watered by numerous small streams, besides the main river which pours down the middle of the valley from Kien- cháng. This river, which rises near the frontiers of the province, runs from the southeast to the northwest, and, after passing the city F'úchau, divides into two branches and empties itself into the lake. VIII. The department of Linkiang is situated southward from Náncháng, and on both sides of the river Kán. The boats on this river are peculiarly light, being made as buoyant as possible. As Mr. Davis and his fellow travelers proceeded from Náncháng, they found the bed of the river composed of shingle and gravel. After passing over the low country about the lake, it was to them a gratifying change to travel along this clear and fresh-looking stream, where the country began to assume a more varied and picturesque appearance. The massive camphor tree, with its dark green leaves, was very abundant, and a great ornament to the landscape. The character of the mountain stream was marked by the great banks of gravel and stones, which constantly appeared above the water in the channel of the river. Stone embankments were occasionally observed on each side, to serve as a security against the sudden swelling of the stream. Having passed “the station of camphor trees” ten or twelve miles, they reached the mouth of the Sin kiang (a small tributary of the Kán), on which about six miles distant, stands the chief town of the department. Mr. Davis “ was surprised to see so much of the banks of the river in what might almost be styled a state of nature.” Field and garden cultivation was more unfrequent than they had bitherto observed. The tallow-tree, as well as the camphor, was abundant. Near Sinkán, the chief town in the most eastern district of this de- partment, he “observed some little approach to the fruit and vegeta- hle cultivation prevailing about Canton. On the sides of the river were groves of the orangeirce, ined the tops of the harren lls were buckly pimiel !h ! 18.12. Topography of kingsi IX. The department of Suichuu, which comprises only three districts, stretches westward from Nanchang to the borders of Húnán, comprising a beautiful valley through which the river Kin flows on ils way to the lake. Du Halde says, the city Suichau, is built on both sides of the Kin, and is connected by two bridges, one of boats, and the other of stone, with more than ten arches. X. The department of Yuenchau lies on the borders of Húnán, having Suichau on the north, Linchau on the east, and Ki-árı on the south. Du Halde says that it yields to no other part of the pro- vince * in the fertility of its soil, and plenty of everything.” Three rivers have their sources within its borders, two of which flow east- ward, and the other westward into Húnán. XI. The department of Ki-an-"the happy and quiet region"- lies south from Linkiang, and north of Nán-án, stretching from Húpe on the west, down across the valley of the Kán, to the departments of Fúchau, Ningtú, and Kanchau, on the east. Into the Kán several streams flow, some coming down from the west, and others from the east. Beyond the city Ki-án, the river Kan is very narrow and has “ Eighteen Rapids," "which,” says Barrow, "are torrents formed by Jedges of rock running across the bed of the river; they have not, however, anything terrific in them-not one being half so dangerous as the fall at London bridge about half-tide. This intri- cate part of the river, where innumerable pointed rocks occurred, some above, some even with, and others just below, the surface of the water, required two long days' sail with a fair breeze; and the falls became more rapid and dangerous the farther we advanced. At the fifteenth rapid we perceived two or three vessels lying against the rocks, with their flat bottoms uppermost." Both Barrow and Davis describe the country in the neighborhood of these rapids, as being extremely beautiful. "The transparency of the stream, the bold rocks finely fringed with wood, and the varied forms of the moun- tains, called to mind those delightful streams, that are discharged from the lakes of the north counties of England.” At Ki-án, Mr. Davis saw great quantities of Nankeen cloth, manufactured from the produce of that place and its immediate vicinity. XII. The department of Kanchau forms the southern portion of the province, and comprises nine districts. Its chief city as viewed by Mr. Davis, seemed to surpass, in the extent of its arca, any that he had before seen. It is a place of great commercial business, and the surrounding country is rich and diversified. In this city there is a pagoda of nine stories, on a hexagonul lase, from the summit of 19 VOL. XI. NO. VII. 386 JULY, Purtrait of Wung ti which some of the members of the embassy gained a delightful view of the surrounding country. XIII. The department of Non-án forms the southwest portion of the province. At or near its chief city the inland navigation, froin the north, terminates. The city is divided into two separate walled portions one on each bank of the river. The Engish visitors have recorded little of it worthy of notice. The distance from the lake to this city is about three hundred miles. XIV. The department of Ningtú is situated between the depart- ments of Ki-án and Kanchau on the west, and Kiencháng and Fu- kien on the east, being the upper valley of one of the eastern tribu- taries of the Kán. It comprises only two districts. The principal lake, and most of the rivers of the province, have been already named; and enough said of them to show, not only that the whole territory is well watered, but that the inland navigation is both extensive and easy. The Póyang is differently described by different writers. Those of the English embassies have represented it as the very "sink of all China.” Others have given a more favora- ble, and probably a more correct, account of it. In regard to extent, it is second only to the Tungting in Húkwáng. The people of the province are laborious, enterprising, but in no way distinguished for their civilization and intellectual improvements. The women in many places are accustomed to the hard labors of the field. The pro- ductions, in the mineral, vegetable, and animal kingdoms, are great in variety, many of them plentiful, and excellent in quality. 2:37 Arr. III. Portrait of Wáng ti, the third of the five emperors, with notices of his life and character. Tuis monarch's character has been drawn with great precision by the Chinese, who honor him as the author of many useful inventions, and as the possessor of almost every intellectual and moral excellence. The rude and uncultivated appearance of his predecessor is laid aside, and you see, in his portrait, the countenance and costume out only of the civilized man, but of the royal sovereign and the venera- ble sage. 1 TRI Portrait of Wany ti. 医​較​轄​流​黄 ​(IMO He was born in one of the districts of Hónán, called Fle Hien-yuen, and also Pú-hiung; and therefore was some- times called by these names. He was brought up at BE 7 Ki- shúi ; and hence Kí was sometimes used for his sing or family name, which was a Kung-sun. On the demise of the Divine Husbandman, there were several pre- tenders to the throne. But--"knowledge is power" -our hero enlisted six species of wild animals, (bloodhounds not then being in vogue,) taught them the art of war, and his enemies were all van- quished, and peace and order and prosperity universally reigned. Having become sovereign by terrestrial power, he styled himself, as he ascended the throne, Hvúng tí, the Yellow emperor because the color of the earth is yellow. 388 JULY, Nexe Works on the Chinese Language The mariner's compass, the six Boards, an observatory with astrono- inical instruments, the calendar, writing, arithmetic, scales of weights and measures, chronometors, music, medicine, commerce, ships and carriages, with a great variety of useful and elegant implements, 'were the products of his genius. His was a golden age. After a reign of 100 (some say 111) years, this great and wise sovereign fell. His praises are celebrated alike both in story and in song; but, the Chi- nese being judges, no language can do justice to his virtues. He was buried in Shensi. ART. IV. New works for aiuing the study of the Chinese lan- guage : Systema Phoneticum Scripturæ Sinice; a Lexilogus of the English, Malay, and Chinese languages; First Lessons in the Tie-chero Dialect; and Easy Lessons in Chinese. 'Too long already we have neglected to bring these several works to the notice of our readers; and now we have only space for brief notices of them. The multiplication of this class of books argues well for the progress of Chinese literature. The facilities for multiplying books of this sort have of late years been greatly increased. Twenty years ago, Dr. Morrison's Dictionary was completed, at an expense of £15,000; and all this outlay was made for type, manual labor, &c. Now, we suppose, one third that sum, or perhaps even a less amount, would suffice. Still the expense of such publications is not small. It is desirable, therefore, that every proper means be taken to secure for them as extensive patronage as possible. 1. Systema Phoneticum Scripturæ Sinicæ. Auctore J. M. Callery, missionario apostolico in Sinis. Part I. et II. Macao, 1841. Regard- ing the merits of this book, it is not easy to form an opinion, and those we have heard expressed are very contradictory. Much labor was bestowed on its preparation by M. Callery, and it is a valuable addition to the helps for studying the Chinese language. We shall feel much indebted to any student in the language who will prepare for our pages an analysis of the book, with critical remarks on its several parts. Hoping that some one, who can perform this task better than we can, will soon furnish such a view, we withhold, for The present, any additional remarks of our own? JE 1842. Letter of Wang Tinglán. 2. A Lerilogus of the English, Mulay, and Chinese languages; comprehending the vernacular idioms of the last in the Hok-keen and Canton dialects. Printed at the Anglo-Chinese College press: Ma- lacca, 1841. pp. 110. This little school-book, executed under many disadvantages, is nevertheless very servicable, particularly to those for whose use it was especially designed, namely,--Chinese who are learning English. The sentences are short and easy, and such as are constantly needed and used in the common business of life. It was designed evidently for the school-room, and not as a manual for reference. The phrases being thrown together in a miscellaneous manner, it is not easy to find any particular term, required for a special object or occasion. Had the phrases been arranged according to subjects, the value of the collection would have been considerably enhanced. 3. First Lessons in the Tie-chew dialect. By W. Dean. Bankok, Siam, 1841. Pp. 43. • This little work," Mr. Dean says, “ aims at nothing more than a few simple lessons for beginners.” Its general character is quite like that of the Lexilogus--but it differs from that work in two particulars: the phrases are arranged into classes ac- cording to subjects, and are limited to one dialect. The Chinese in both these works, is printed with Mr. Dyer's new type. 4. Easy Lessons in Chinese, or progressive exercises to facilitate the study of that language, especially adapted to the Canton dialect. By S. Wells Williams. Printed at the office of the Chinese Reposi- tory. Macao, 1842. Pp. 287. On another occasion we will give an analysis of this work, like that given of the Chinese Chrestomathy in a former number-qur object being to show what the works are, hoping thereby to secure for them a favorable reception by those who are desirous of promoting the study of Chinese literature. The Easy Lessons have been favorably noticed and recommended by the editors of the Canton Register and Canton Press, Art. v. Letter of Wáng Tinglán, commissioner of justice in the province of Canton, addressed to his friend Tsang Wángyen, a native of Hiangshan, and late memorialist to the throne, Sir, to you I respectfully address this communication. The soldiers collected from the several provinces, for the recent service in Canton, 390) JELY, Letter of Hang Tinglun. being seventeen thousand strong, could not be considered as few in number. The money in the treasury, amounting to some millions of taels, could not be deemed an inadequate sum. Timber was pur• chased from Kwangsí. Powder spears, and guns were brought from Kiangsí and A'uhwui. Thus there was no want of military stores and implements in readiness. Yet these have all been broken up, dashed to pieces, and scattered, solely because those who had the management of affairs were without rules and regulations, either for their own guidance, or for the employment of the troops. There are facts, connected with this affair, which pencil and ink cannot de- scribe, and which I dare not mention; I blush with shame, and am filled with indignation, at their bare remembrance. This, sir, being your native province, no doubt you ardently desire to have a faithful account of the proceedings on the late occasion, to which this letter will be particularly confined. Regarding these pro- ceedings there are four things which are inexplicable, two which are 10 be regretted, and three to be lamented, The erection of forts, at the various narrow passages on the river to Canton, well distributed in a connected line, shows that our an- cestors possessed a knowledge of local advantages, which cannot be equalled by the people of our own times. The advance of the foreign ships on the river up to Canton, was made under the pilotage and direction of native traitors, there being on our part nothing prepared to prevent this. From the very first, on, his arrival here, the minister Keshen exhibited no disposition to fight. He stood in awe of the foreigners, as rauch as if they had been tigers; but had he met them promptly, things would not have come to this pass. The robbers having attacked the defenses at the Bogue, the soldiers at the forts next above them were quickly scattered. So when they reached those at Howqua's folly, the forts up to the city were deserted. It was expected that our troops would not be routed, but would put their foes to fight, and not return into the city, and then talk with them of peace. Now the city has its forts for defense, as a house has its doors and gates. Yet what is the advantage of gates, iſ when the robbers approach they are not closed ? Nay but the guilt of opening the gates, and inviting the robbers to enter, how can a hundred lips excuse? In short, even their very beds were given up by our troops for the robbers to snore upon! This is the first of the things inexplicable, and the guilt thereof will assuredly rest on the man [Lin Tsesii) who gave rise to these evils. When the foreigners first entered the river, they did not know 18.12. 391 Letter of Hung Tinglan. whether it was practicable to advance far or not. Accordingly they moved along by slow degrees, having to employ small boats with Chi- nese traitors to take the soundings. On reaching those places where the junks loaded with stones had been sunk, not seeing there even one officer or one soldier, they at once removed the obstructions, and advanced as unconcernedly as if they had been entering an un- inhabited region. The authorities in Canton having caught a Chi- nese traitor, ascertained from him that there were sixteen of like character, who daily entered the city as spies. In the meantime, our own spies reported nothing but lies and nonsense, only calculated to frighten each other. And it was not until after the attack on the city, when the foreign ships of war were withdrawing from the river, that it was ascertained by us that there were shallows where the ves- sels could not move, and were required to be dragged by small boats and steamers. Now had there been only one or two persons able to have made this discovery half a month earlier, how easy it would have been to have employed some of our marines and made an attack with fast-boats and fire-ships, and burnt up the men of war while on those shallows! They had their spies who could act; but not one had we. They could employ traitorous Chinese; but not a single foreigner could we get to act in this capacity. This is the second of the things which are inexplicable. After more than a hundred mat-dwellings had been built at Hongo kong, and a mock magistracy established, it was on a day reported by spies that more than half of those dwellings had been pulled down. It was also reported, that the foreign officers had in regular succes- sion embarked, that twenty ships of war, with steamers and many boats, were far on their way to Canton. At that time I chanced to be paying my morning visit to his excellency, the governor of Can- ton, and ventured to suggest that, as all the ships had left Hongkong, the place must necessarily be quite deserted, and that it would be practicable to send an army secretly to seize upon that robber's nest ; I also suggested that a very strong force should be placed at Níching (where sir H. Gough disembarked), so that when the robbers should have advanced to the attack, these soldiers could move out and cut off their retreat. Hemmed in thus, victory over them would not have been doubtful. But his excellency would consent to no such move- ments. However, after the affair was over, every one found fault with the tardy novement of our troops. Even after the robbers had entered the Bogue with their ships, they supposed the attack would be made on them, and not that they were to make the inflack Early 392 JULY, Letter of Wang Tinglan. and promptly to have opposed them could have been only right and proper; and that this was not done is the third one of the items which are inexplicable. The position of Níching, covering the northern entrance to the city, is one of much importance. Now it happened that in the attack on Wangtong, there was among the runaways one colonel Liú Tá. cháng, whom his excellency the governor reported for military honors, as one who had fallen in the service of his country. The honors were according conferred, when to! the said runaway colonel came back, and reported that, having been wounded, he escaped alive by swimming; and so his case was again reported to the emperor! After- wards the governor appointed this same fellow, with another of like quality, to be chief officers in the camp at Niching--an act of mere favoritism. But the sound of the enemy's guns had scarcely reached their camp, when these two veteran heroes fled, and to this day not a word of censure has been heard. On the fifth day, the robbers with their ships gained possession of the public landing-place and the forts in front of the city, and our soldiers fled leaving their artillery behind them. None of the troops in the city came out to their aid. The city was now shut up, and for three successive days the robbers con- tinued their fire, throwing shells within the walls. On three sides, the fierce flames rose up to the heavens, and thousands of the people's houses were burnt. The sound of their cries was distressing. At this crisis orders came from the authorities that the scattered soldiers, who had fled from their posts around the city, might enter the gates, but that no man or woman of the people would be allowed to go out. Thus the troops were not employed in defense of the people, while the city was made a place of refuge for the soldiers. This is the fourth of the items which are inexplicable. For more than ten days Elliot resided in the foreign factories, while but few ships and boats remained on the river, and he might have been seized without difficulty. He was constantly off his guard, sometimes purchasing articles in the market, and sometimes going and coming in a sedan. At this time a few daring fellows could have seized him, and carried him off as safely as a nut in a bag. But the governor would give his consent to such measure, because they were talking of peace, and therefore everything must be kept quiet. This is one of the things that are to be regretted. On the tenth day the robbers had left the forts (which they had taken), and were rambling about through the neighboring villages, pluudering the people and doing violence to the women). The alarm 't Letter of Ilang Tinglan. ;3933 10 gong was sounded; banners were raised ; and tens of thousands from more than a hundred villages, were soon thickly surrounding the foreigners, scarcely one thousand in number. Two of their leaders, and eighty or ninety of the soldiers were killed, and many were wounded. Our people also had some wounded, but they were nothing to the host, which the more it was beaten the greater it became. The number of troops in the city at that time was more than ten thousand; and a body of five hundred new troops had just come into Fáhshán. Had orders been given for these combined forces to march, and an attack been made in front and rear in concert with the villagers, every one of the robbers must inevitably have been kill- ed. The governor would noi consent to this; but, on the contrary, at Elliot's request, sent out the prefect of the city to quiet the villagers. The righteous indignation of the people, kindled by the outrage and violence done to the innocent, urged them on to join battle with the foreigners, who were rescued only by the interference of the prefect, in dispersing the assembled host, and allowing the foreign troops to return to their ships. Since their first attack on the Bogue they never had an encounter like this. But this opportunity for destroying them is now lost. And this is the second of the two things which are to be regretted. Since the rebellious foreigners commenced their annoyances, the conduct of traitorous natives has not been the only calamity that has befallen the country. For when Lin undertook his severe measures to prevent the traffic in opium and smuggling, then, the bow having been bent too suddenly and too far, the storm began, the thunders roaring and the winds blowing. He was detested alike by the sol- diers, by the police, and by foreigners, whose means of subsistence he labored to destroy. Consequently, when the rebellious foreigners broke out in their opposition, multitudes of our people encouraged and supported them. These were the lawless, who had no concern for the government, anxious only that the foreigners might be victo- rious, and that opium might continue to be obtainable, so that they could again walk in their former courses. Moreover, the foreigners gave out, wherever they went, that they were enemies not to the people, but only to the officers of the government. Hence our trai- torous people sought profit from them, foolishly believing all they said. 'Thus, when large rewards were offered for the seizure of foreigners, not one was caught for many months. And it was not until they had seized all the forts, and began to rob the villagers and ravish the women, that the people found out the decrit of the forcigners, and 1 VI. NO. VII 191 OLY Lurrier i Wang Tinglan wished to fight against them Siill supposing they were again to hemi in the city, and that not long hence, there would be those who would open the gales and go out to receive the foreigners. Even among the natives of our soil, the nuinber of good inen is few; the number of the bad is great. Thris chills the heart, and is truly very inuch to be lamented. Through the long peace enjoyed by our dynasty, the art of war has not been cultivated : the officers do not know the soldiers ; the soldiers do not know each other. When the foreigners broke out in rebellion in Canton, every body was anxious to have troops called in from the neighboring provinces, supposing that, on the collection of a few hundreds or thousands, thc forciguers would be easily extermi- uated and they relieved from fear. But ere the soldiers had reached Canton, reports of their robberies and of their quarrels with the police, came before them; and on their arrival here, the officers did not know the soldiers, nor the soldiers the officers. All was clamor and disorder. Though I knew in my heart that these soldiers were useless, I still hoped they would not wrangle and fight among themselves. But on the fifth day they began fighting with the native people and militia. The setting on fire of houses and killing of people became the order of the day, and innumerable were the dead corpses on the bat- ile-ground. In the city, the people, flying from these calamities, were denounced as traitors, and plundered. Their shrieks were fearful, and more than once they were driven to desperation. Such a state of things was exceedingly to be lamented. On the day the soldiers went out to plunder the foreign factories, several hundreds in mumber, having got their booty, they fled away, and on reaching the neighboring district, were taken up and sent back, they declaring that they had lost their way while giving chase to the foreign devils. With this excuse the governor and those with him were satisfied-onay they even rewarded them for their bravery! Running to the north in pursuit of the barbarians! Such are the sol- diers of this age, collected from the several provinces. And from these, you may judge of those in the whole empire. For a thousand days the government has supported them, and now when once called out on service, see what they are worth! Nothing can be more de- plorable than this condition of our army! Note, The foregoing letter is without date, but must have been written 80011 after the British forces withdrew from the river. It is, in some minor parts, untrue, but still a valuable document. 'Two paragraphs, at the close of the letter, **. have milled, as they add nothing but a repetition of his own dolorous 2012 plaints, with other matter:: Hoy cut of date Varratin of Surgeon Impbell 19: ART. VI. Narrative of sergeant l'ampbell's capture, and treatment from the Chinese while at Hángchau fú. SEROFANT Campbell had been employed in the commissariat depart ment at Chusan, since the 1st of February last ; on the 24th of March he went to Tinghái to purchase some fowls ; but after a fruitless search in the market, he was on the point of returning home, when a Chinese boy, whom he had employed for several months, told him if he went to the east gale, he would get plenty of them. He followed him; and on coming to the gate, the boy pointed to a house about a hundred yards further on. 'The boy ran into the house, at the door of which, sergeant Campbell waited for his return; but after standing at the place for ten minutes, and getting tired, was retracing his steps, when at the corner of the building he was attacked by twenty or thirty Chinese. Four of them he knocked down with his stick, but the odds were loo great; he was felled to the ground by a stone that struck him over the left eye. They then sprung on him, tied his hands and feet, and filled his mouth with clay. Immediately after he was put into a bag, and two man carried him on a bamboo. Walking at a good pace for two hours, they brought him to a row of houses, on the southern part of the island. Here he was taken out of the bag, only to lose his left ear, which one of his captors cut off with a pair of scissars, upon which they put him back into the bag, and traveled as before till 10 o'clock P. M., when the Chinese ate their suppers. This done they took him up on their shoulders, and twenty minutes' walk brought them to a creek, where, through the sack, he could see several small juoks. Into the hold of one of these he was lowered, and left three days and three nights, his clothes saturated with water, without a single morsel to eat, and supported entirely by some shamshoo and water which they gave him at long intervals. On the fourth day after capture he was landed at a place, which he subsequently ascertained to be Chipú. There he was taken before the chief officer, who immediately ordered his hands and feet to be untied, and treated him very kindly, giving him an abundance to eat and drink. They kept him there but two hours, after which he was sent, under the escort of a petty officer and twelve soldiers, to the canal, and embarked in a flat-bottomed boat. This officer was most civil, and insisted on his eating in company with him. The canal runs through a perfectly fat country, so they had no locks to get over; at times, whenever the bank of the canal would 396 Varrutire u Sergrumi Cumpbell allow it, the boats were tracked, but for the greatest part of the way the boatmen were obliged to scull. They stopped only to take in what- ever provision the party required, and moved on day and night till the evening of the 30th, when they reached Hangchau fú. Here sergeant Campbell was placed in a sedan; carried through the suburbs, a distance of nearly three miles, skirting the walls of the city for the greater part of the way; and at last reached an eminence about three quarters of a mile off, where he was lodged in a cell very little larger than the size of a cot. In this prison two officers came 10 see him; they put to him, through an interpreter, several questions, as to the strength of the army, navy, and the chief officers; and at last asked him if he was not an officer. He says that he met with very good treatment, although kept in close confinement. On the 25th of May, they were released, and he saw for the first time his fellow-sufferers. It seems that it was the intention of the officers to hand them over to the British officers at Chápú, and they were embarked in boats, but when they got to the latter place, the expedition had left. They stopped there till the 30th, and then retrac- ing their steps, arrived at Hángchau fú on the 20 June. They again left Hangchau fú on the morning of the 7th, carried in sedans, and passed through the Chinese camp, which appeared a most extensive one, tents being visible as far as the eye could see; mere curiosity brought an immense crowd of soldiers and others to look at the fánkwei, but the Indians were those that amused the people most. As they formed a long line on either side of the pro- cession, he observed that the soldiers had weapons of all kinds; matchlocks, spears, swords, cutlases and bows and arrows, the latter of which they seemed to be very fond and very proud of ; every tenth soldier had a matchlock. They reached the bank of a river (the Tsientáng), and crossed it at a place where it is two or three miles wide, but so shallow that the boatmen jumped into the water to propel the boats. They passed through a town about a mile long, and, resorting again to boats, moved down on a canal to Shauhing fú, where they arrived on the 10th. This city seemed to be as large as Hangchau fú; they did not enter it, but were under its walls for about three hours in the canal running round it. Before getting to Yiiyáu they passed a very curious rock, the echo of which repeated, as distinctly as possible, every word that was spoken. They passed Yüyáu on the 11th, reached Ningpò on the morning of the 12th, stopped there two hours, then proceeded down the river to Chinhiái, and the same evening were handed over to planna Vipier on l! Vi borig Pelicans lu 1842. :397 Journal. ul Ocrurrence Art. VII. Journal of Occurrences: military operations in Kiáng. sú ; report of the English being at the mouth of the Pei hỏ: death of one of the members of the cabinet ; affairs at Chusan, Amoy, Hongkong, Macao, Canton ; new king of Cochinchina; shipwrecked Japanese. SOMETIMES, when our allotted number of pages is nearly filled, near the end of the month, a variety of interesting matter comes to hand, all of which we would gladly lay before our readers at once. This we cannot always do; communications, however, shall seldom be postponed longer than a month. This remark being made, to prevent correspondents having the idea that their communications are not acceptable, we proceed to notice such in. cidents and occurrences as seem most likely to be interesting to our readers. 1. Military operations in Kiangsú commenced about the middle of last month. In expectation of these we gave, in recent numbers of the Reposi- tory, some topographical notices of that province and of Anhwui, which once formed the great territory of Kiángnán. The southwestern portion of the province, which constitutes the department of Sungkiáng, has been the scene of these operations. The mouth of the Wúsung (Woosung) may be some sixty or eighty miles due north from Chápu. From hence the line of coast stretches away first to the northeast, and then turning in a sharp angle it runs to the northwest. H. B. M.'s plenipotentiary, it will be remembered, left Hongkong on the 13th ultimo; he passed Amoy, after touching there for a few hours, on the 15th; and having spent a day or so at Chusan, left that place about noon on the 19th. Several British ships of war, 25 transports, and the French frigate Erigone, were then at anchor in the outer harbor. The Queen passed along the western shores of Kintang, running against a strong current; some islands, called we believe the Seven Sisters, were soon visible off on the left, marking the entrance to Hangchau ſú up the river Tsientáng; and erelong the Rugged islands were in sight, abreast of which she anchored for the night. The next day, the 20th, moving on at an early hour, she passed the Belleisle, Vixen, and some other ships, lying off the mouth of the Great river (the Yángtsz’ kiáng); the Plover (lately called the Bentinck) was lying among them, and pointed out the dangerous rock, which recently all but irreparably destroyed the Ariadne. In an hour or two, as she moved on, the low unvaried plain of Kiangsú was visible from her deck Clusters of trees, surrounding each little harnlet along the south bank of the river, ren- dered perceptible the position of the land. Advancing a little further, and a dry bank, on her right, showed an outline of a part of the island of Tsung- ming; and in an hour or two trees on all side were visible. At sunset the Queen anchored among the shipping off the mouth of the Wúsung river, dis- tant more than half a mile from the shore. From this place was issued a CIRCULAR TO H. B. M's. SUBJECTS IN CHINA. “The gratifying duty of announcing further highly important successes of her majesty's combined forces, again devolves on H. M. plenipotentiary in China. After the necessary delay in destroying the bat:eries, magazines, founderies, barracks, and other public buildings, as well as the ordnance, arms, and ammuni- tion, captured at Chápu, the troops were reëmbarked, and the expedition finally quitted that port on the 23d of May, and arrived on the 29th off the Rugged islands, where it remained until the 13th of June, on which day it crossed the Bar, which had been previously surveyed and buoyed off, into the Yángtsz’ kiáng river, to the point where the river is joined by the Wúsung. "At this point the Chineee anthrities haod ererted immense lines of works ,10 de. 39 Jills. Journal of Orurones send the entrance of both rirrors, and seem to have boril si contident of their ability to lepel is, ihat they permitted it very close reconnoisamer to be made in two of The small steamers by ineir excellencies ite narul and military commanders in chief on the 14th inst.; and even cheered and encouraged the boats which were sent in the samne night to lay down buoys tu guide the ships of war to their allot. ted positions of attack. “At daylight, on the morning of the 16th, the squadron weighed anchor, and proceeded to take up their respertive stations, which was scarcely done when the batteries opened, and the cannonade on both sides was extreinely heavy and uinceasing for about two hours; that of the Chinese then began to slacken, and the seamen and marines were landed at once, under the fire from the ships, and drove the enemy out of the batteries before the troops could be disembarked and formed for advancing. "Two hundred and fifty-three guns (42 of them brass) were taken in the bat. teries, most of them of heavy calibre, and upwards of eleven feet long. The whole were in:hunted on pivot carriages of new and efficient construction, and it was likewise observed that they were fitted with bamboo sights. " The casualties in the naval arm of the expedition amounted to two killed and twenty-five wounded, but the land forces had not a man touched. It appears al. most miraculous that the casualties should not have been much greater, consider. ing how well the Chinese served their guns. 'The Blonde frigate had 14 shot in her hull, the Sesostris steaner 11, and all the ships engaged more or less. The loss on the part of the enemy is supposed to have been about 80 killed, and a proportionate number wounded. On the 17th of June soine of the lighter vessels of the squadron advanced up the Wúsung river, and found a deserted battery, mounting 55 guns, of which 17 were brass. “On the 19th, two inore batteries close to the city of Shanghái, opened their guns on the advanced division of the light squadron, but on receiving a couple of broadsides, the Chinese fled, and the batteries, which contained 48 guns (17 of them brass) were instantly occupied, and the troops took possession of the city, where the public buildings were destroyed, and the extensive government granaries given to the people, “ His excellency the adiniral proceeded up the river Wúsung with two of the small iron steamers on the 20th inst., about 50 miles beyond the city of Shanghái, and in this reconnoisance two additional field works. each mounting four heavy guns, were taken and destroyed; bringing the total of ordnance captured in these operations up to the astonishing number of 364, of which 76 are of brass, and chiefly large handsome guns; many of the brass guns have got devices showing that they have been cast lately ; several of them have Chinese characters signify. ing the tamer and subduer of the barbarians,' and one particularly large one is dignified by the title of the Barbarian.' The Chinese high officers and troops are supposed to have fled in the direction of the cities of Súchau, Hangchau ſú, and Nanking. The same high authorities have made another indirect attempt to retard active operations, by an avowed wish to treat, and have also given a satisfactory proof of their anxiety to conciliate by the release of 36 of H. M.'s subjects (European and natives of India) who had been kidnapped ; but as the overtures were not grounded on the only basis on which they can be listened to, they were met by an intimation to that effect. GOD SAVE THE QUEEN. “ Dated on board the steam frigate Queen, in the Yángtsz kiáng river (off Wúsung) the 24th day of June, 1842. (Signed) “ HENRY POTTINGER, H. M. Plenipotentiary." We very much regret that it is not at present in our power to give maps of the places we have to describe. The coast, or southeasterly bank of the Great river, at the place we are now speaking of, runs nearly from the north. west to the southeast, and the river which flows down from beyond Shang- hái is represented as cutting this line of coast nearly at right angles. The river which flows by Shanghái, is not the Wúsing, which is a small stream till it reaches this larger one near its mouth, and gives to it its name. On this arger river the stoginere. carrying admiral sir Willium Parker, proceed- imit 1979 Journal Occurreitor's ed more than sixty imlesi direct distance of about 45 miles. At a distance of 36 miles up, the river is called the ti hili Tá-hwáng phú, “ the Great yellow anchorage," having 13 futhoins of water. Of Wusung we know nothing, except of its long line of mud batteries, now demolished. These extend a considerable distance on both sides of the river, but chiefly on the north, where the Cornwallis, Blonde, Modeste, Clio, Columbine, &c., took up their respective positions. In some of our letters, mention is made of “ war-junks,” flying before the steamers. Shanghái (Ej, stands in a direct line of seven miles from the mouth of the river. The advance upon it was made by a combined force, on the 19th. Colonel Montgomerie commanded the marching party. After a mo- inent's resistance, and before the general had landed, the garrison fled, leav- ing the British musters of the city. It was here, on Wednesday the 22d, that sir Henry, accompanied by lord Saltoun, rejoined the naval and military commanders-in-chief. The wall is 3 iniles in extent; that of Ningpo is 5%; but its suburbs are inore extensive than those of Ningpo. The gardens of the Chinghwang miau, in which sir Hugh and three regiments were quarter. ed, are extensive, and built in good style. There were many summer and grotto-houses, separated by arms of the garden-pool, affording quarters for the soldiers. Gardens are very generally attached to houses, excepting the meanest and poorest, and afford excellent fruit. In one of the houses a very extensive library was found, having more than thirty book-cases. As in other cities, the pawnbroker's shops were numerous and extensive; and in one of them the artillery was quartered: Many had been broken open, and robbed by the mob. But almost all the houses and shops were shut up. Provisions were abundant and good. Hamlets of two or three houses, or single farmsteads, surrounded each by a fence, diversify the landscape around Shanghái and Wúsung. The ground is entirely flat, producing cotton, rice, &c.; and it was not till the steamers had gone a considerable distance above the city, that high land appeared. The country was very fertile, but did not show signs of a very high degree of population. In going up the river, the distinct separation of the layers of deposited soil strongly reminded those who had been in Egypt, of the Nile. Numbers of ancient tombs, on one side, have been undermined by the river encro croaching on the bank; and sometimes held together, projecting unsupported; and at other times they have crumbled to pieces on the shore. 2. 'The British forces arrived off the mouth of Pei hó (80 a report from Canton states) on the 10th instant, and immediately occupied four of the forts, and put forth a proclamation, declaring that they had not come to pos- sess themselves of the territory of the Chinese, or to fight with the people, but only desired to see the emperor face to face, and hold with him a con- ference on matters of great importance. This report assumes to be founded on a dispatch frora the General Council of State, addressed to the governor of Canton, and received by him on the morning of the 23d. It is added that, the emperor, who on account of the war this year had not taken his departure to the north at the usual time in the fourth month, set off for Je hó on the Ilth; and that the British said they occupied the forts only temporarily, in order to give rest to their troops after their long detention on board ship; and that they had killed some of the Chinese troops, because the officers opposed their entrance into the forts. We cannot vouch for the correctness of this report, though we are inclined to regard it as substantially correct. 3 The third member of the cabinet, Wang Ting, is dead, and the emperor has published a long edict on the occasion, deploring his logs, setting forth the merits of the aged minister, &c. 4. Al Chusan affairs were becoming, at the commencement of this nionth. 1 400 Journal of Occurrences. 2015 more settled. Kidnapping, since the release of sergeant Campbell and others by the imperial commissioners, recommended thereto by l'ipu, was appa- rently at an end. The tide of population was again rising, and the general aspect of things was improving Our dates are to about the 10th of July. 5. Al Amoy, a like state of things existed, and at a somewhat later date. The rumors of an attack were dying away, or rather had ceased. 6. Hongkong continues slowly to improve. About the middle of the month, a foul report of blockade and an attack, by a combination of volunteers and imperial forces, created some uneasiness among the better classes of native residents'; but the excursion of admiral Cochrane and general Burrell, with a sinall squadron to Whampoa, checked the reports and quieted the people. 7. Canton has recently exhibited perhaps more than usual commercial activity. Some of the factories are being repaired; and a petition to the governor, numerously signed by the foreign merchants, has been, or is about to be presented, the object of which is to ask for permission to bring their fumilies to Canton to reside. Hong-merchants and linguists have been sent for, who set off on the 25th, to go to Chekiáng, to aid in carrying ou the diplomacy at the north ! 8. Macao, during this month and the last, has been the scene of some changes. H. E. the governor, as we learn from a correspondent of the Friend of China, having been blamed for certain acts by the court of Lisbon, tendered his resignation to the senate, but they begged him not rashly to relinquish his office. The next day, the troops paraded themselves in the square before the Senate house, demanding an assembly of the citizens at Jarge, to induce the governor to resume his office. The third day, June 25th, at a general assembly of the senate and the people, and by their united request the governor was induced to resume his station, and was immediately escorted to the palace, attended by the authorities and notables of the place. A decretal of the queen of Portugal, dated Lisbon, Feb. 10th, 1842, having reached Macao, the senate, in conformity with its orders, issued a public pro- gramme to the citizens, appointing the 10th inst. as the day for subscribing to the constitution of April, 1826, which was henceforth to be the fundamental law in the dominions of the Portuguese monarchy. A Te Deum was sung in the cathedral, at which all the ecclesiastical, civil and military authorities assisted, and the houses in the place were generally illuininated in the evening of that and the two succeeding days. 9. Cochinchina. “ The imperial will is received, ordaining the heir ap- parent, Yuenfusiuen, king of Cochinchina. And all the requisite papers for the investiture, Pau Tsing, the commissioner of justice in Kwangsí, is ap- pointed to bear thither in due form. Let other particulars be done according to the memorial." On inquiry we find that Mingming died early this, or late last year; but the particulars of his death and of the succession we have not been able to obtain. 10. Eight shipwrecked Japanese arrived in the Gitana at Macao during this munth from Manila. They were driven ashore on the Samar isles, at the southeast of Luçonia, after being tempest tost for about 150 days between Yedo, near where they last saw land, and that shore. They are from that part of the principality of Mutsu lying in the northern part of Nippon called Shendai, about 180 miles northeast of Yedo, and were bound to the capital with a cargo of rice. On coming down the coast and rounding cape King, they met a northeaster, and were blown off. They say that the famine experienced in that part of the empire about four years ago was dreadful in the extreme; people ate horses, ate corpses, the alburnum of trees, in short whatever they could seize to satisfy the cravings of nature. The name of the vessel was Kwanyoshi or the Happy-go-lucky; the captain's name is Ziluinske, and the supercargo's Chiozioro, with six inen in the crew. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XI.--AUGUST, 1842.-No. 8. was • In Art. I. Retrospection, or a Review of Public Occurrences in China during the last ten years, from January 1st, 1832, to December 31st, 1841. (Continued from page 374.) In our last number, the review of the events of 1839, in Canton, brought down to the end of March, when the negotiations regarding the mode of delivering the opiuin were still pending. These were soon settled ; and on April 3d. The second superintendent proceeded outside, to direct and oversee the fulfillment of the obligations. We continue this part of the narrative, as far as practicable, in the words of capt. Elliot's official dispatches to lord Palinerston. my position, and with my thoughts intensely fixed upon the difficulties that have befallen this great trade, I may spare your lordship the language of excuse for the following matter. It is my first duty to express a plain conviction, that no efforts of her majesty's government, either of negotiation purely, or of negotiation supported by arms, could recover, for trade to be carried on Canton, such a degree of confidence as would restore its late important extent. All sense of sccurity has been broken to piecos. In fact, my lord, the first truth deducible from the actual proceedings of this government, is strikingly momen. tous; namely, that a separation froin the ships of our country, on the main land of China, is wholly unsafe. The movement of a few hours has placed the lives, libcrty, and property of the foreign coinmunity in China, with all the vast inte. rests, coinmercial and financial, contingent upon our security, at the mercy of this government. And if this fearful intelligence reaches England and India before the news of our liberation, and before that of the reassuring measures which I felt myself called upon to take, I am greatly afraid that the shoek will be incal. culably heavy, and most widely felt. Indeed, before I leave this part of the sub. ject, I would presume to express the anxious hope, that her majesty's government :51 at VOL Xl. 10 VIll. 102 AUG. Review of Public Occurrences During the mer. 66 same. will see fit, as soon as these dispatches come to hand, to make such a declaration concerning its general intentions, as will have the effect of upholding confidence. I am writing this dispatch, my lord, in a moment of anxiety, and I close it abruptly, to save the opportunity of Mr. Johnston, who is leaving us in our cou. finement, as your lordship will observe by the narrative dispatch, in a sudden man. This is our first intercourse, of a sure kind, with our countrymen and families outside for twelve days.”—Corresp. p. 384. Commissioner Lin, “rash man,” has brought on his country and on himself, the terrible reäčtion which the “stultified barbarian" foresaw and foretold. For dates of some minor occurrences, we reſer our readers to the Repository, vol. VIII., p. 437. T'he follow- ing series of dates are addressed to viscount Palmerston. Canton, April 6th, 1839. • Vly lord.--I resume my anxious task, taking up the narrative from the date of Mr. Johnston's departure to Macao on the 3d instant. The blockade has not. relaxed,-indeed, judging from the increased rareness with which we receive in. forination from below, the reverse is the case. We are without further intelli. gence than I recorded in iny last dispatch. In other respects our situation is tho Yesterday foremoon, Howqua and Mowqua visited me, and brought me the draft of a bond, which they said had just been placed in their hands by an officer deputed by the high commissioner. I returned it to them; but in the course of the afternoon, they left a copy of the same paper with the General Chamber of Commerce. “ Last evening, I received an official paper on the subject, (Chi. Rep. vol. VII., p. 650) to which I niade no reply; and this afternoon a direct address from the high commissioner himself, enjoining the execution of this monstrous instrument. To. morrow being Sunday, no reply need be made; but on the next day I shall return The answer now transmitted, and if we are ever free, the more practical and fit reply will be the withdrawal of all the queen's subjects from the grasp of this government. It has seemed to me, however, that the direct avowal of such a purpose at present would have the effect of increasing the great risks and discorn. fort of our situation. Trade with China at any point remote from the station of our ships, as I have already observed to your lordship, is no longer a possible state of circumstances. On reconsidering the public correspondence already transniitted, I find that the high commissioner boldly fastens our actual condition of imprisonment on my intention to make my escape, taking with me Mr. Dent. “The facts shall answer his excellency. On the 19th ultimo, all intercourse between Canton, Whampoa, and the outside anchorages was authoritatively stop- ped by the commands of this government, and not a single ship's boat has suc- ceeded in getting from Canton to Whampoa since the 21st ultimo, (excepting my own on the 24th at the risk of my life from Whampoa to Canton) up to this dale, 6th April. I did not leave Macao till the 230 March. On the 24th 1 pass. ed through the Bogue, and there I fell in with the British ship Heroine, detained (notwithstanding the perfect formality of her pass) upon the express ground that " householders " might attempt to escape on board of her. So much for the implication that all was open till I came in, with the intention to run out. Your lordship will know that I came here to do iny duty, which was to place neyself, if possible, between the scarful proceedings of his excellency and her 1817 103 Last Post Veurs, jronie IMS! 10 14.11. majesty's subjects, and, if I could not ward them off, at least 10 share them. This rash man is hastening on in a carrer of violence, whirh will reäct npon this enipire in a terrible manner. "I am sensible, rny lord, that the whole body of reasoning governing my pro. ceedings throughout the momentous affairs cast upon ine, will demand a separate and detailed exposition. But situated as I am, uncertain of the means of commu. nication, or opportunities of leisure which may be afforded to me, I feei assured your lordship will pardon me for noting any reflections that may occur io me in this detached and occasional way. Before the arrival of the high cominissioner, I had steadily considered the expediency of formally requiring all the British ships engaged in the opium trade to sail away from the coasts of China. But the objections to that measure were very strong, and the result has proved that I took a sound view in refraining from it. In the first place, it was remembered that the late frequent changes of policy of the government in relation to this trade, left it a matter of perfect doubt to the very day before the coinmissioner'e first edicts appeared, whether the avowed purposes were to be depended upon or not, or whether the object was merely the extensive check of the trade by sub. jecting it to heightened temporary inconvenience, and exacting some considerable fees for the price of its future relaxation. Although I had certainly come to the conclusion, for some months since, that the determination of the court to put down the trade was firmly adopted, I had neither then nor now formed such a judgment of its power effectually to accom. plish that object. And it behoved me to pause most gravely before I committed her majesty's government to any direct concernment with this delicate subject, and immense mass of property, upon my personal opinions; or, without the strongest public necessity, immediately affecting the safety of the lives and gene. ral interests of her majesty's subjects. It should be added, too, that iny own opinions were contradicted, in a strong practical form, by the persons most. deeply interested; for the increasing imports proved that there was no real and general apprehension of the measures which have been taken. But an additional and pressing motive for caution in this respect arose from my conviction, that, be the traffic carried on how it might, the time had arrived when the merchants engaged in the trade at Canton must resolve to forego their connection with it. And I was of opinion that the continuance of the shipping on the spot might enable them all frankly to meet any reasonable advances on the part of the high commissioner, with plain and respectful statements, setting forth their readiness to abandon the further pursuit of the trade entirely; but soliciting time and reasonable opportunities, upon the ground of the course of connivance it had en- joyed; and upon the great impulse it had so lately received by the public prepara- tions of the imperial government to legalize it. "Up to a very late date, my lord, no portion of the trade to China has no regularly paid its fees to the officers of this and the neighboring provinces, high and low, as that of opium; and, under all the circumstances of the case, I am warranted in describing the late measures to be those of public robbery, and of wanton violence on the queen's officers and subjects, and all the foreign communi. ty in China. In my dispatch of March 30th last, I have already acknowledged to your lordship that, looking to pressure of extreme urgency, I had made up my mind to incur very heavy personal responsibilities for the sake of peace and the general trade, concerning these ships. Once more referring your lordship to iny 404 Aug. Review of Public Occurrences During the note to the governor, dated at Macao, on the 23d March, and a copy of which reached the keunmin ſú on the same day, by the avowal of the chief pilot whose duty it was to deliver it, I would ask, upon what admissible principle the govern. ment could make a prisoner of me? It was my fixed purposo, my lord, when I left Macao, to afford every reasonable satisfaction concerning the immediate with- drawal of this property, unquestionably drawn here by a long course of encourage. ment on the part of this government; and either to cause the merchants of my country, engaged in trade at Canton, to make solemn promises that they would abstain from connection with the opium traffic in future, or myself, on the part of her majesty's government, to undertake that no reclamation should be made if they were forth with expelled. “I must confess, that I had contemplated these gravest responsibilities with intense uneasiness; but for the sake of the considerations I have noticed, and mindful of the character of the trade, I should not have shrunk from them, if I could have drawn from this government reasonable securities for the future, and moderate explanations concerning the past. But, my lord, when I arrived at Whampoa, on the 24th ultimo, and learnt that this intemperatë man had abso. lutely begun to work out the dark threats involved in his edicts, against the mer. chants of my country; I saw that there was no hope of accommodation by such nieans as I had considered. His purposes were plain; and it was my clear duty to let them reach me, and not the merchants acting principally for absent men, and therefore wholly incapable of taking consentaneous courses, or any other than those which would lead to separate and ruinous surrenders of all this immense mass of property. · The surrender of the property at the first public summons was founded upon the clear perception, that the demand without alternative of any kind, under the circumstances of strictest and most unprovoked restraint, faithfully described in my public no ice of March 30th (See Chi. Rep. vol. VII., p. 633), was an act of forcible spol iation of the very worst description, justly leaving to her majesty the right of full indemnity and future security. The situation of this peculiar property has been entirely altered by the high commissioner's proceedings; and his con. tinuance of the state of restraint, insult, and dark intimidation, subsequently to the surrender, has certainly classed the whole case amongst the most shameless violences which one nation has ever yet dared to perpetrate against another. It is not by measures of this kind that the Chinese government can hope to put down a trade, which every friend to humanity must deplore; great moral changes can never be effected by the violation of all the principles of justice and moderation. The wise course would have been to make the trade shameful, and wear it out by degrees in its present form. The course taken will change the manner of its pursuit at once, cast it into desperate hands, and with this long line of unprotected coast, abounding in safe anchorages, and covered with defenceless cities, I fore. see a state of things terrible to reflect upon. Perhaps, indeed, the chief mischief of the actual proceedings, is the evil feel. ing of revenge they will unquestionably produce in the minds of the class of men, otherwise disposed to engage in the traffic for the mere love of gain; they will seem to justify, in the consciences of such persons, every species of retaliation. Indeed, I feel assured, that the single mode of saving the coasts of the empire from a shocking character of warfare interference of her majesty's government for me just vindication of all wrong, and the effectual prevention of crime and wretch- 1842 100,7 last l'en Feurs, from 18;!;!1811 edness by permanent settlement. Conprehensively considered, this measure has become of high obligation towards the Chinese government, as well as to the public interests and character of the British nation. There can be neither safety nor honor for either government till her majesty's flag fies on these coasts in a secure position. "April 11th, 1839. “The interval between the date of my last notice and the present, has been mainly occupied by the high commissioner's pertinacious adherence to the demand for the execution of the bond. (Chi. Rep. vol VII., p. 650.) The American and Dutch consuls have been similarly assailed, and have replied substantially in the same sense. • Prisoners in his excellency's hand, I have not considdred it expedient for the present to explain, that, whilst her majesty's government will offer no objection to the principle, that the emperor has the just right to make what laws seem good to him for the government of all persons in his dominions, there will remain, first, the right of remonstrance and its consequences to her majesty ; secondly, the free election of departure to her majesty's subjects; and, thirdly, an inherent impossi.. bility to the admissible execution of any legislation involving capital, and probably any other, punishment or liability, save expulsion, in respect of her majesty's sub- jects who may remain in China, till the laws, in the language of his late majesty's instructions, shall be administered towards them “in the same manner in which the same are, or shall be, administered towards the subjects of China.” Denied all right of free intercourse, or appeal to the higher tribunals of the empire, the state of circumstances contemplated in the instructions does not exist. Being on this subject, I should not omit to mention to your lordship that most of the foreign merchants in Canton had already signed and transmitted to the high conimis. sioner, a voluntary pledge, couched in very extensive terms, to the effect, that they would have no further connection with the opium traffic. His excellency, however, was not satisfied, and hence the bond. “I trust that I shall be able to avert any recurrence to intimidatury proceed. ings against the merchants, concerning this monstrous instrument, presented at a moment and under circumstances which intensely aggravate the responsibility that the high commissioner is casting upon his country and himself. His excel. lency, however, left Canton for the Bocca Tigris yesterday evening, to be present at the delivery of the opium; and I know not what effect my late address pro. duced upon him. But adverting to the demand I have made for time, (which I have made principally to turn aside a return of proceedings against the mer. chants,) I need hardly acquaint your lordship that my first measure after we are get at liberty, will be to declare her majesty's government irresponsible for the safety of British shipping or property which may enter this post subsequently to the date of my notice. And with the liberty and lives of her majesty's subjects in constant danger, pending their continued stay within the grasp of this govern. ment, I shall further enjoin them all, in urgent terms, to quit the place with her majesty's establishment. My own departure will be regulated by the fulfillment of my public engagements to this government. “We hear of the arrival of the ships at Lankeet, but the blockade continues very strict, and I am without letters from Mr. Johnston, since his departure on the 3d instant. Your lordship will judge of our separation from all intercoures with the ships and people of our countries, when I mention that I have not sue. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Hrozienti di Pashlir (herumpares During the Arri IN "eeded in geiting one line from any person outile, siire my imprisonment here on the 241 ultimo. It is to the great honor vi a community principally com- posed of merchants unaccustomed to confinement and anxiety of this distressing nature, that their confidence in the protection of his majesty's government is their sufficicnt support: • April 13th, 1839. "I permit myselt to refer your lordship to the memorials laid before the emperor relating to the opium question, which were transmitted, in a printed form, in my dispatch of February 22, 1837. Their attentive consideration will be needful for the treatment of the grave public difficulties forming the subject of these dispatches. The memorial of the governor and lieutenant.governor of these provinces (vol. V., page 259,) in support of the legalization policy, was formally transmitted to the forcigners through the official organs of the government, together with their own remarkable report (vol. V., page 385). The natural effect was an imme. diate and prodigious impulse to the trade; and dismissing all claim for modera. tion, arising from the considerations of the laxness of the court (to use careful terms), and the long connivance of the officers, the fact now noticed should of itself have secured to this property, upon every ground of justice aud sound policy, totally different treatment than has now been hazardcd. The utmost con- ceivable encouragement, direct and indirect, upon the one hand, and sudden vio. lent spoliation on the other, are the characteristics of the Chinese measures con- cerning the opium subject. “The institution of intimidatory proceedings against the merchants, the con. tinued forcible detention of all our persons, the menaced privation of fresh water, of food, and of the life of her majesty's officer, form the heavy account of res- ponsibilities which this government has now incurred. I am not ignorant, my lord, that the sacredness of British life, liberty, and property, from sudden and most unjustifiable aggression, is an active principle of that spirit of government which has placed us where we stand amongst the nations. And whatever por. tion of the uttermost fraction of expense her majesty in her magnanimity may be pleased to restore, the requirement of the whole certainly seems to be of highest obligation. Such a course is necessary, not for the sake of the value surrendered, or to be recovered by force, but for the effectual prevention of the like dark proceedings. “ There is reason to believe, that the author of the rational policy advocated in these papers, was the great minister Yuen Yuen, formerly governor of these provinces, a man of singular moderation and wisdom, and robably more vers. ed in affairs of foreign trade and intercourse, than any statesman in the empire. Hu Náitsz', who was an officer in this province during his administration, is supposed to have acted under his guidance, and Yuen Yuen's concurrent retire. ment, or nearly so, from the Inner Council, by the emperor's permission, with the late degradation of Hü Náitsz, is a circumstance which favors these views. The adverse character of reasoning in these reports is less remarkable in my judgment, on account of the special hostility to the legalization of opium, than because of the general reactive and restrictive spirit concerning the whole gub. ject of foreign intercourse. “ This scheme of policy would necessarily acquire prodigious credit and force, iſ the present proceedings were lightly treated. But from all I have been ablez is observe of the character of this court, it seems to be a just inference that 25 18.12. 1019 Last Ten Years, from 183 to 18 inmediate and vigorous measures on the part of hier majesty's government will as suddenly and completely restore the wise and liberal party to the ascendant in the emperor's councils, as it was lately cast out. At all events, the time has arrived when her majesty's government must consent to the rapid growth of relaxation, or restriction, concerning foreign intercourse; the more sinister of which policy has prevailed for the moment, and is actually in harshest operation. In my own humble opinion, the Chinese government is utterly without the spring of power to jerk back (if I may so liave it) to the accomplishment of the present reactive purposes; in my mind, they can lead only to a safe setting aside by her majesty's prompt, powerful, and measured intervention, or to discreditable, but not less certain, overthrow, by llte movements of lawless men on the coasts. “ Thus profoundly impressed, (and my practical opportunities of judging are so favorable, as to go far to compensate my inability to search such subjccts with the needful spirit,) I cannot but express the anxious hope that her majesty's go. vernment will find it easier, more just to itself, and more considerate to this emi. pire, to adjust the effects of the rash but impotent proceedings which emanale from the actual councils of the emperor, than to remedy, at some little later period, evils of a different and far more difficult nature. It has sometimes occur. red to me, that the uneasy temper of the Nepaulese and Burmese courts, parti- cularly on the subject of the residence of political agents, is not entirely uncon. nected with Chinese suggestion ; neither can I dismiss from my mind the surmise, that the increasing indisposition of the Chinese to the foreign trade by the sea. shore, may find some explanation in the existence of an establishment at Peking, which I need not advert to particularly; but whence the notion, that safer and more extensive commerce and intercourse might be carried on by the land fron. tier would arise more naturally, than any suggestions favorable to the British government, or to the protection of British trade. “ April 17th, 1839. “The correspondence will inform your lordship that our close captivity still continues : the servants, however, are coming back gradually: and I collect from a letter of Mr. Johnston's, dated on the 15th instant, that about one half of the opium surrendered will be delivered to the officers of the Chinese government to- morrow evening. April 22d, 1839. “Our confinement still continues. The interruption of my coinmunications with Mr. Johnston, at the Bocca Tigris, prevents me from know- ing whether the one half of the opium be actually surrendered. But I have no doubt that must be the case, and indeed his excellency's late communication con. tains an avowal that he does not mean to keep his pledge in respect to the open. ing of the intercourse. No circumstance shall disturb my determination to let him fill the measure of his responsibility. For I well know that remonstrance from a man in my present situation to a high Chinese officer, determined to be false and perfidious, can serve no other purpose than to furnish him with adroit turns in plausible palliation of his own conduct. Appeals to reason or justice are out of the question ; complaint would be unbecoming ; and we would only ring the language of warning or indignation to his own advantage. The necessary reply to all this violation of truth and right is a blow, and that it cousists peither with my power nor authority to inflict. But When I am in a convenient situation for placing the real hearings of circum. * * 108 Reticle of Public Urrurrences During the All 2. stances under view, your lo-dslip war be assured the task shall be parformed calınly and plainly. Yesterday the long-merchants brought me a direct address under the seals of the high comunissioner, the governor, and lieutenant-governor, reiterating the demand for the bond. I tore it up at once, and desired them to tell their officers that they might take my life as soon as they saw fit; but that it was a vain thing to trouble themselves or me any further upon the subject of the bond. There had been men, I reminded them, with naked swords before our doors, day and night, for more than four weeks, and as it was to be pre. suined they had orders to kill as if we attempted to escape (though there had been no previous torinality of a bond of consent) there could be no necd for our bonds of consent to the killing of other people at some future period. It was competent for the emperor of China to make what laws he saw good, in- curring the risks of their execulioi, risks which it was not to be denied were very considerable, and about which they should lear more, when I could find a suitable occasion to treat so grave a subject. " Turning now to other things, I would beg to turn your lordship': particular attention to the expressions significant of som: purpose of indemnity or remune: ration, which are to be found throughout the commissioner's papers; and upon this point it is most material to observe that the first pretensions concerning the burn- ing of the opium have entirely disappeared from the later documents. Indeed, my lord, I have ascertained beyond all doubt, that the surrender of this mass of property (under the declaration that it was taken away from her majesty's sub- jects in the name of her majesty,) has overturned the original schemes (of what- ever nature they were), and that the high commissioner has applied to the court for orders concerning its disposal. In the meantime, he remains at the Bocca Tigris, superintending an elaborate examination, careful repackage, and classifi- cation of the opium into three sorts; carefulness which does not accord reasona. bly with destructive intentions. In my judgment, the main body of this opium, in fact all that is saleable, will be turned to the most advantageous account; and I confess I have a suspicion that the present spoliatory measures will end in the legalization of the trade, upon the footing of a government monopoly, with pro. bably some provision for the cessation of imports for one year, and perhaps a limited and annually decreasing amount, after the expiration of that period. This train of events is agreeable to the suggestions of the most enlightened Chinese statesmen; and the actual possession of at least one year's consumption, will enable the government to commence its operation on the favorable footing of making the native consumers pay such prices as will place the government in a situation to reimburse the foreign claimant fully for his opium, and leave a handsome surplus to go to the imperial treasury. The actual price of opium in this city is certainly nothing under 1200 dollars a chest: I learn that late deliveries have been made outside at about 600 dollars a chest. Your lordship will judge how easily the Chinese government may form a sufficient fund to defray the charge of indemnity. However, without prolonging this course of speculation, I may say, that these is no doubt at all of the intention to pay something by some means. Let her majesty's governinent then think fit to respond to these tidings with an immediate and strong decla. ration that it will exact complete indeinnity for all manner of loss; and I am well assured that such a communication alone will so hasten the purposes of the Chinese governrncnt, and so extend the measure of remunerntion (certainly Last Ten Leurs, from 183: 10 1811 109 already intended,) that there will be nothing to seek for under that head by the time that force can reach these coasts, The demand of all others which the Chinese would least wish to meet at such a inoment is one involving money payment. “I will not disiniss these remarks without taking the liberty to submit, in a brief form, the general impressions which are more and more forcibly fixing themselves upon me, as I attentively consider the whole subject of these dis- patches. In the first place, it appears to me that the immense extension of our peaceful trade and intercourse with this empire is as certain as any event de- pendent upon human agency can be said to be. Secondly:- That this object can alone be attained by immediate vigorous measures, founded upon the most moderate ulterior purposes. "Thirdly.-That as a more just, necessary, or favorable conjuncture for action never presented itself, so, upon the other hand, it cannot be cast away, except at the certain and immediate sacrifice of honorable trade and intercourse with the empire: and the production of such a condition of frightful evil as her majesty's government will not bear to consider. And, lastly, that every man's just in- demnity may be surely recovered from this government. May 4th, 1834. "The monotony of our confinement till this date, has been interrupted by nothing except harassing rumors concerning Macao, forming the subject of other dispatches. But to-day an official paper has reached me (vol. VIII., p. 15) which your lordship will observe opens out the way to all but sixteen persons. I need not say that I shall not quit Canton till my public obligations are fulfilled, and never, except in the company of those of my countrymen whose names are men. tioned in this paper. I have just issued the accompanying circular (vol. VIII., p. 17), and at a future moinent, when the present proposed purposes of relaxation are in train, and the Chinese less liable to excitement, which might have the effect of abruptly closing the door again, I shall promulgate the inclosed notice (vol. VIII., p. 28). My last information from Mr. Johnston, dated on the 2d inst. reports the deliveries to be 15,501 chests; and I hope the whole will be complet. ed in about ten days. The present event furnishes a suitable occasion for closing this part of my report. I have, &c. -Corresp. pp. 385-391. (Signed) CHARLES ELLIOT." May 6th. The European boats, with about fifty passengers left Canton this day, for Whampoa and Macao. 21st. The delivery of the whole amount of opium 20,283 chests, was this day completed. 24th. Captain Elliot when about to leave Canton, addressed to his excellency the following note. “Elliot, &c., &c., having now fully accomplished his pledges to this govern. ment, in the delivery of the whole amount of the opium; and being in bad health, has the honor to inform your excellency that it is his purpose to take his depar- ture from Canton this day, and proceed in his own boat to Macao. He begs at the same time to take leave of your excelleucy. And he has the honor, &c., - Corresp. p. 417. (Signed) “Charles Elliot." On the same day, the governor gave the following reply, which was communicated ilirough the prefect. . yol W. "I11 410 Alo, Review of Public Occurrences, fer CS • This having been duly received, I, the governor, have considered it. * Before, at the time of removing the guard, it was directed that the said superintendent should leave Canton, in order to conduct the delivery of the opium; but on the ground that all the foreigners remaining at Canton still re quired to be controlled and restrained, he did not at once perfer his request to depart. Al this time, being in bad health, he has presented his address of leave. It is surely right that he should be permitted to go to Macao, that he may be enabled to receive medical treatment. At present, although the opium has been all delivered to the amount before stated, yet the high cominissioner and I, the governor, have still many mallers regarding which to direct him to act. The said superintendent having a respectful sense of duty, and being able in action, must hasten to recover his health speedily. He must not delay, and while he has been l'eady at the first, be found lacking al the last. Let him also, on bis arrival at Macao), faithfully and truly examine; and if the foreigners of every nation residing at Macao are guilty of secreting any opium, he must instantly command them, one and all, to deliver up the entire quantity. It is of impo ce that no gronnant of the evil be left. I proceed at once to give these commands. When they reach the prefect, let himn instantly enjoin them on the said superintendent Elliot, that he may pay obedience. Let there be no opposition. Hasten! Hasten!" May 24th, 1839.--Corresp. p. 417 22d. Captain Elliot issued a public notice to British subjects, enjoining upon thein not to require, aid, or assist in introducing Brit- ish ships or properly within the port of Canton, or to stay there after liis own departure. 23d. A memorial to lord Palmerston, signed by British merchants, was forwarded to England. Vol. VIII., p. 32. 27th. Captain Elliot returns to Macao, in company with the six- teen individuals sent out of the country by the Chinese authorities, because they had been engaged in the opium traffic. All these per- sons signed a promise that they would never return to Canton. 30th. The clipper Ariel sailed this day with dispatches to the home government. The U. S. A. ships of war Columbia and John Adams, had arrived a few days before. During the month of June the whole amount of opium seized by the Chinese was destroyed at Chinkau near the Bogue under the superin- tendence of the commissioner. For an account of the process, see vol. VIII., page 70. All British subjects and shipping also left the city and port of Canton, in compliance with captain Elliot's notice. A few other events of minor importance occurred, as detailed on page 438 of vol. VIII. The first great act of the drama in opening a new and we hope improved intercourse between China and western na- tions hiere ends. The consequences of the commissioner's conduct will no doubt extend, like the circling waves in a pool, farther and farther is !imne develops them, until the whole empire feels the influence. (To be continued.) 410 #! 11 Ehh 18.12 Schut the life of Confucius. Art. II. Sketch of the life of Confucius, the Chinese moralist. It would be a subject worthy of the attention of a scholar, who was thoroughly acquainted with the theories of the most distinguished Greek and Roman teachers of ethics, and able to give a digest of their several systems of morals, to draw a careful comparison between them and those most popular among the chief Asiatic nations. We think a very instructive volume might thus be made upon this sub- ject, forming a sort of harmony of heathen ethics. By bringing into one view the most prominent features of the Vedas, and the writings of such men as Plato, Socrates, Seneca, Cicero, Aristotle, Zoroaster, Confucius, Mencius, and Lautsz', and exhibiting under proper heads, the distinctive notions of these distinguished men upon the great principles of human action, we should possess a work alike interest- ing and instructive. We suspect that a remarkable similarity would be found between the instructions of the European and Asiatic teachers regarding the conduct of a man, and how he ought to act in the different relations and duties of life; we should see, too, that, however much they might differ in their theories with regard to his origin and end, they would concur in recommending him to live temperately, honestly and peacefully. We would also have the author of such a synopsis of morals well acquainted with the Bible, heartily loving and reverencing it as a divine book, that he might show his readers what degree of correspondence existed between its pure doc- trines and those of these philosophers. The result of such an inves- tigation, (and we are not aware that it has ever been made in just this form,) would, we think prove in a most conspicuous manner, the truth of the apostle's declaration : "For when the Gentiles, which have not the law, do by nature the things contained in the law, these, having not the law, are a law unto themselves; which show the work of the law written in their hearts, their conscience also bearing wit- ness, and their thoughts the meanwhile accusing or else excusing one another.” It would probably show that heathen moralists have laid down many rules for the guidance of their fellow-men in conso- nance with the perfect law of God, and these teachers have always set up a higher standard of action than has been followed by themselves or their disciples. The comparison between the principles they have laid down, and their own practice and that of the people would also conclusively show how true is another declaration of the same 112 Aliri Slutch of the Life of Confucius. apostle, when speaking of the iniquities of pagan nations: “Who knowing the judgment of God, that they which commit such things are worthy of death, not only do the same, but have pleasure in thein that do them." Tholuck has drawn a striking sketch of the charac- teristics of heathen philosophy and morals among the ancients of southern Europe, and exhibited the consequences of some of the prin- ciples taught by their sages, in the vile depravity of the people, both drawn from the histories and other writings of those nations them- selves; which show most strikingly the justice of these declarations. A similar examination and comparison of the writings of the Chinese sages with the practice of the people, would undoubtedly lead to the same results. We have already made a few reflections upon this point in a former number, when speaking of Luhchau's Female In. structor, and it is not our present object to pursue this train of thought any farther than to suggest this topic to some of the students of Chinese as one to which their attention might be profitably di- rected. Among the persons who have been distinguished among men for their writiugs on moral subjects, Confucius, so far as reverence for his name, and obedience to his instructions and dogmas is concerned, stands beyond all comparison in the first place. Even the trifling and jejune expressions found in his writings, the trivial incidents of his life as narrated in the memoir by his pupil Tsz'tsz', as well as his more weighty and remarkable sayings and doings, are surrounded with interest, when we remeinber the influence they have had upon so large a portion of mankind. This influence has permeated the mind of the Chinese, and from the people extended itself by degrees through the whole structure of the government of the country, and there can be no doubt has proved one of the principal causes of the uniformity of the Chinese character and writings for the last two thou- sand years. As some curiosity naturally arises to know something of the personal history of one whose writings have had such an influ- ence upon the thoughts of his fellow-men, we have collected a few notices concerning him, from the last two volumes of the Shing Miáu Sz’tien To káu,* or Sacrificial Ritual of the temple of Sages, which contain drawings and annexed descriptions of the principal events in his life. The father of Confucius was a district magistrate of the city of Tsau in the peu.y kingdom of Lú (now Shántung province) and hav- ing no son by his wife or concubine who could succeed him, sought For a farther notice of this work. see ral. II. page 236 Shirtch of the Life of Confurins 11:3 a third alliance with Chingtsái, a daughter of the family of Yen. who becaine the mother of the philosopher. Other accounts make him to have been an illegitimate child of these two persons. His birth took place in the 21st year of the reign of king Ling of the Chau dynasty, B. c. 549–550, the same year in which Cyrus became sovereign of the Medes and Persians. His mother named him Kiú, from the name of the mountain Kiúní, where she had prayed for a child, and his mar- riage style was Chungní, meaning the second son Ní, Ní referring also to this mountain. Subsequent veneration for the sage has added the accounts of many marvels which happened upon his birth, such as heavenly music being heard in the air ; two dragons winding over the roof; five old men appearing at the door, who after consulting together, suddenly vanished; and a unicorn or kilin bringing a tablet in his mouth to his mother in one of her trips to the mountain. At his birth, five characters were seen on his breast which declared him to be “the maker of a rule for settling the world.” His face showed in miniature the five mountains and four great rivers of China; his hands hung below his knees, and his stature was nine cubits and five tenths, and whatever may have been the measure of a Chinese cubit at that period, every body called him the tall.man. Confucius lost his father when he was three years old, and during his youth he was poor and unknown; but his gravity and attention to his studies drew the observation of his townsmen. He passed for a young man of remarkable wisdom, already equaling the learned men of the country in his knowledge of the manners of ancient times. At the age of seventeen, he was appoined to act as a clerk in the de- partment of grain, which was then as now paid into government as a tax in kind. His careful management of the affairs committed to him raised his reputation, and caused him to be appointed shortly after in his nineteenth year to the general supervision of the fields and parks, and to oversee the breeding of the cattle of government. At this time he married a daughter of Ki Kwán, and on the birth of his only son two years after, lord Cháu, governor of Lú, sent him two carps as a congratulatory present, whereupon Confucius named the boy Lí, or Carp, and styled him Piyü, or Uncle-fish, in compliment to his friend. In his twenty-fourth year he lost his motner, whom he buried in the same grave with his father, and then according to an- cient usage resigned his office to mourn for her three years. It seems that this custom had fallen into desuetude during the distracted state of the country, and Confucius endeavored to imitate the example of the ancient kings Yán and Shun, whom he took for his patterns Skrick of ihr life of Confurias Allo This revival of ancient rises inpresseri his townsmen willi a deep sense of his respect for former itsages, and ied them to copy his ex- ample. From them it spread to the neighboring states, and has been followed from that day to this. The three years of his retirement were not lost, for in them Con- fucius devoted his time to study. He diligently examined the an- cient books to learn what constituted the instructions of the kings of antiquity, and to ascertain the means by which they hoped to attain the perfection of morals. The result of his studies was that he deter- mined to devote his life to the instruction of his countrymen, in order to revive in them an attachment and respect for ancient usages, in the practice of which he thought lay all social and political virtues. Not content with explaining to his countrymen the precepts of pure morality, he proposed to found a school, in order to train up pupils who could diffuse his doctrine to all parts of the empire, and carry on what he had begun. It also formed part of huis plan to compose a series of works in which his doctrines should be fully exhibited. All these designs he lived to accomplish. In carrying his plans into effect, and in promulgating his instructions, he generally met with an attentive hearing, although he was at times the butt of contradiction from some persons, and the object of ridicule from others. The greater part of the life of Confucius was passed in traveling, visiting the courts of the petty princes whose states then con- stituted the empire under the sovereign of the Chau dynasty. This course was, as might be expected, fruitless in reforming these states, but it diffused a general knowledge of himself and his doctrine, and procured himn scholars. The prince of Tsi was the first who invited him to his court, and received him with distinction. The prince heard him with pleasure and applauded his maxims; but to the chagrin of Confucius, he continued to live in luxury and allow his ministers to oppress his subjects and abuse their power. He, however, offered him for his maintenance the revenue of a considerable city, which the philosopher thought proper to decline, alleging that he had done nothing to merit such a recompense. After sojourning a year in Tsí, and seeing that his discourses produced no effect to reform the abuses and evils of the country, he left it, and visited some of the other principalities. On the road between Tsí and Chin, he got into a difficulty. The prince of Wú having attacked Chin, the lord of 'Tsú came to his relief, and sent an invitation to Confucius to join him, but the other party learing that he would do them a disservice sent people 10 ill- Sketch of the Life of Confucius. tercept him. They surrounded him in the wilderness and would have starved him to death, had not his friend come to his relief after a detention of seven days. After this narrow escape, he returned home, and the prince of Lú gave him a carriage, two horses and a servant, with which he set off for the capital Kingyang (now in Kánsu pro- vince), where the dynasty of Chau had their sway. Here he passed his time in observing the forms of government, the condition of the people and their manners, and how the rites and ceremonies of the ancient kings were regarded. He held several interviews with the ministers of the court, was permitted to visit the emperor's ancestral hall, and other sacred places, and had access 10 the archives of the kingdom from which he was allowed to take extracts. Another object in his visit to the capital was to see Láutsz', the founder of the Táu sect or Rationalists, who lived in a retired place some distance from court. This old philosopher, accustomed to visits from inen of all ranks received Confucius and his disciples with in- difference. He was reclining on an elevated platform, and hearing that his visitor had come to hear from his own mouth an exposition of his tenels, and to ask him about propriety, he roused himself to receive him. “ I have heard speak of you," says he," and I know your reputation. I am told that you speak only of the ancients, and discourse only upon what they taught. Now, of what use is it to endeavor to revive the inemory of men of whom no trace remains on the earth? Thc sage ought to interest himself with the times i: which he lives, and regard present circumstances; if they are favor- able, he will improve them; but if on the contrary they are unfavor. able, he will retire and wait tranquilly, without grieving at what others do. He who possesses a treasure will try to have every body know it; he will preserve it against the day of need: this you will do if you are sage. It seems, judging by your conduct, that you have some ostentation in your plans of instruction, and that you are proud. Correct these faults, and purify your heart from all love of pleasure ; you will in this way, be much more useful than sceking to know what the ancients said.” Láutsz' also observed, “A discreet merchant keeps his affairs to himself as if he knew nothing; an excellent mau although highly in- telligent demeans himself like an ignorant inan.” Confucius, remark- cd to his disciples, “I have seen Lautsz’; have I not seen something like a dragou ?" On leaving bim, Láutsz' at parting said, "I have heard that the rich dismiss their friends with a present, and thic bene- Bulent send away people will it word of advice ocres ia lalented 2 116 Are Sketch of the Life of Confucius " You say and prying into everything, will run himself into danger because he loves to satirize and slander men; and he who wishes to thoroughly understand recondite things will jeopard his safety, because he loves to publish the failings of men.” Confucius replied, “I respectfully receive your instructions,” and thus left him. Láutsz' advice seemed directed against a too inquisitive philosophy, and meddling too much in the affairs of the world; he was rather of the Budhistic school of quietists, while Confucius wished men to endeavor to make each other better. Confucius, like Socrates and other teachers, used to teach his dis- ciples while walking with them, deriving instruction from vhat he saw. He was once walking with them by the bank of a stream, and stop- ped from time to time to look very intently at the water, until their attention was excited and aroused to ask him the reason. well,” said he, “that the running of water in its bed is a very simple thing, the reason of which everybody knows; I was however rather making a comparison in my own mind between the running of water and doctrine. The water, I reflected, runs unceasingly, by day and by night, until it is lost in the bosom of the mighty deep. Since the days of Yáu and Shun, the pure doctrine has uninterruptedly des- cended to us; let us in our turn transmit it to those who come after us, that they from our example may give it to their descendants to the end of time. Do not iinitate those isolated men (referring to Láulsz?) who are wise only for themselves; to communicate the mo- dicum of knowledge and virtue we possess to others, will never im- poverish ourselves. This is one of the rcflections I would make upon the running of water." This peripatetic habit, and the aptitude for drawing instruction from whatever would furnish instruction, was usual with the philoso- pher, and he seldom omitted to improve an occasion. Once when walking the fields, he perceived a fowler, who having drawn in his nets, distributed the birds he had taken into different cages. On coming up to him to ascertain what he had caught, Confucius atten- tively remarked the vain efforts of the captive birds to regain their liberty, until his disciples gathered round him, when he addressed the fowler, “1 do not see any old birds here, where have you put them?" “'The old birds,” said he “are too wary to be caught; they are on the lookout, and if they see a net or a cage, far from falling into the snare, they escape it and rever return. Those young ones which are in company with them likewise escape, but such as only separate into i Hock by themselves ilud rashly approach, are the bircis I catch. 1.4.1.2 Shrich I The Lili !!! l'onducnos If perchance I catch an old bird; it is because he follows the young ones.” “ You have heard him," said Confucius turning to his disci- ples; "the words of this fowler afford us matter for instruction. The young birds escape the snare only when they keep with the old ones; the old ones are taken when they follow the young : it is thus with mankind. Presumption, hardihood, want of forethought, and inatten- tion, are the principal reasons why young people are led astray. Inflated with their small attainments, they have scarcely made a com- mencement in learning, before they think they know everything; they have scarcely performed a few common virtuous acts, and straight they fancy thenselves at the height of wisdom. Under this false impression, they doubt nothing, hesitate at nothing, pay atten- tion to nothing; they rashly undertake acts without consulting the aged and experienced, and thus securely following their own notions, they are misled, and fall into the first snare laid for them. If you see an old man of sober years so badly advised as to be taken with the sprightliness of a youth, attached to him, and thinking and acting with him, he is led astray by him and soon taken in the same snare. Do not forget the answer of the fowler, but reflect on it occasionally.” Having completed his observations at the capital, Confucius re- turned by way of Tsí, to his native state Lú, where he remained ten years. His house now came a sort of lyceum, open to every one who wished to receive instruction. Ilis manner of teaching was to allow his disciples or others to come and go when they pleased, ask- ing his opinion on such points, either in morals, politics, history or literature, as they wished to have explained. He gave them the liberty of choosing their subject, and then he discoursed upon it. From these conversations and detached expressions of the philoso- pher, treasured up by his disciples, they afterwards composed the Lun Yü, now one of the Four Books. Confucius, it is said, numbered upwards of three thousand disciples, or perhaps we ought to call them advocates or hearers of his doctrine. They consisted of men of all ranks and ages, who attended upon him when their duties or inclina- tions permitted, and who materially assisted in diffusing a knowledge of his tenets over the whole country. There were, however, a select few who attached themselves to his person, lived with him and fol- lowed him wherever he went; and to whom he intrusted the pro- mulgation of his doctrines. After several years of retirement, Confucius was called into public life. The prince of Lú died, and his son, entertaining it great respect for the philosopher, and esteem for his instructi:?lis, invico him 10 53 VOL X1 NO 418 Å16 Sketch of the Life of Confucius. court in order to learn his ductrine more fully. After becoming well acquainted with him, and reposing confidence in his integrity, the young ruler committed the entire management of the state to hiin; and the activity, courage, and disinterested conduct which he exhibited in the exercise of his power, soon had their happy effect upon the coun- try. By his wise rules and the authority of his example and his Inaxims, he in a short time reforined many vicious practices, and in- troduced order and sobriety in the place of waste and injustice. He occupied hiinself with agriculture, regulated the revenue and the manner of receiving it, so that soon, in consequence of his measures, the productions of the state were increased, the happiness of the peo- ple extended, and the revenue considerably augmented. He carried his reforms into every department of justice, in which soon after he entered upon his duties as ininister, he had an opportu- nity of exhibiting his inflexibility. One of the most powerful nobles uf the state had screened himself from the just punishment due to his many crimes, under the dread of his power and riches, and the num. ber of his retainers. Confucius caused him to be arrested, and gave order for his trial; and when the overwhelming proofs brought for- ward had convinced all of his guilt, he ordered him to lose his head and presided himself at his execution. This wholesome severity struck a dread into other men of rank, and likewise obtained the plaudits of all men of sense, as well us of the people, who saw in the minister a courageous protector ready to defend them against the tyranny of inen in power. These salutary reforms had not been long in operation, before the neighboring states took alarm at the rising prosperity of Lú, and the prince of Tsi, who had recently usurped the throne by assassinating its occupant, resolved to ruin the plans of Confucius. To this end, he appointed an envoy to the young prince, with whose character he was well acquainted, desiring to renew the ancient league of friendship between the two countries. This envoy was charged with presents consisting of thirty fine lorses beautifully caparisoned, a large number of curious rarities, and twenty-four of the most accomplished cour- lesans he could procure in his dominions. The scheme succeeded ; before these seductive damsels, the austere etiquette of the court of Li soon gave way; and fetes, coinedies, dances and concerts look the place of propriety and decorum. The presence of the sage soon becaine irksome to his master, and be at last forbid him to come into his sight, having become quite charmed with his fair enchantresses and no longer able to endure the remonstrances of his ministe 18.12. 419 Skrich of the Life of conruicius he said, Confucius, thus disgraced in his own country, now at the age of fifty, left it and retired to the kingdom of Wei, where he remained more than ten years without seeking to exercise any public employ, but principally occupied with completing his works and lash ucring his disciples in his doctrine. During his residence in Wel, he fre- quently made excursions into other states, taking with him such of his disciples as chose to accoinpany him. He was at times applauded and esteemed, but quite as often the object of persecution and coni tempt; more than once his life was endangered. He compared him. self to a dog driven from his home : “I have the fidelity of that ani- mal, and I am treated like it. But what matters the ingratitude of men? They cannot hinder me from doing all the good that hias been appointed me. If my precepts are disregarded, I have the consola- tion in my own breast of knowing that I have faithfully performed my duty.” He sometimes spoke in a manner that showed his own impression be that heaven had conferred on him a special commis- sion to instruct the world. When an attempt was made on his life, “As heaven has produced such a degree of virtue in me, what can Hwantúi do to me ?" On another occasion of danger he said, “ If heaven means not to obliterate this doctrine from the earth, the men of Kwáng can do nothing to me." Al the age of sixty-eight, after an absence of fourteen years, Con- fucius returned to his native country, where he lived a life of retire- ment, employed in putting the finishing hand to his works. In his sixty-sixth year, his wife died, and his son Peyü mourned for her a whole year ; but one day overhearing his father say, " Ah! it is carried too far," he dried up his tears. Three years after, this son also died, leaving a son Tszisz', who afterwards emulated his grand- father's fame as a teacher, and became the author of the Chung Yung, or True Medium; he was also the instructor of Mencius. The next year, Yen Hwui, the favorite disciple of the sage, died, whose loss he bitterly mourned, saying, Heaven has destroyed me! heaven has destroyed ine! He had great hopes of this pupil, and had depended upon him to perpetuate his doctrines. An anecdote is related of him about this tiine of life, which the Chinese regard as highly creditable to their sage. Tsz’kung, one of his disciples, was much surprised one morning to meet his master at the door, dressed with much elegance and nicety. On asking him where he was going, Confucius, with a sigh, replied, “I am going to court, and that too without being invited. I have not been able to resis: a feeling which possesses me to make a last effort to bring a 420 AUG . Sketch of the Life of Confuriws reign Kien arms, 19 just punishment upon Chin Chen, the usurper of the throne of 7'si I am prepared, by purification and fasting, for this audience, so that if I fail, I shall not have to accuse myself." On presenting himself, he was received with respect and immediately adınitted to an audi- ence; and the prince of Lii asked him what important affair had call- ed him from his retirement. Confucius replied, Sire, that which I have to communicate alike concerus all kings. The prefidious. Chin Chen his irbrued his hands in the blood of his legitimate sove- You are a prince, your state borders upon Tsí; Kien was your ally, and originally of the same race as yourself. Any one of these reasons is sufficient to authorize you to declare war against Chin Chen, and all of them combined, make it your duty to take up Assemble your forces, and march to exterminate a nonster whom the earth upholds with regret. This crime is such that it can- not he pardoned, and in punishing it, you will at once avenge an outrage against heaven, from whoin every king derives his power ; against royalty, which has been profaned by this perfidy; and against a parent, to whom you are allied by ties of blood, of alliance and of friendship. The prince, convinced of the criminality of Chin Chen, applauded the just indignation which inspired the heart of Confucius, but sug- gested that before he took order upon such an enterprise, it would be best to confer with his ministers. “Sire," he replied, “I have acquitted myself of a duty in laying this case before you; but it will be useless to insist upon it before your ministers, whom I know are disinclined to enter into my views. Reflect, I pray you, as a sove- reign, upon what I now propose, and consult only with yourself as to its execution. Your servants are not sovereigns, and have other and their own ends to gain, to which they sometimes sacrifice the good of their master and the glory of the state. I have no other end in view than to support the cause of justice, and I conjure you, by the sacred names of justice and good order to go and exterminale this iniscreant from the earth, and by restoring the throne of Tsí to its rightful owner, to exhibit to the world your justice, and strike a salutary terror into the hearts of all who may wish to imitate this successful villainy.” On leaving, the prince said to Confucius, " I will think seriously on what you have said, and if it be possible, will carry it into execution." Towards the end of his days, when he had completed his revision of the Five Classics, he with great solemnity dedicated them to hear- He assembled all his disciples and led ihein out of the town en Victrh v The Life of conjurins 泰​梁​哲 ​乎乎​乎 ​10 one of the hills where sacrifices had been usually offered for many years. lle here erected a table or altar upon which he placed the books; and then, turning his face ļo the north, adored heaven, and returned thanks upon his knees in a humble manner for having had life and strength granted him to enable him to accomplish this labo- rious undertaking; he implored heaven to grant that the benefit to his countrymen from so arduous a labor might not be small. He had prepared himself for this ceremony by privacy, fasting and prayer. Chinese pictures represent the sage in the attitude of supplication, and a pencil of light, or a rainbow, descending from the sky upon the books, while his scholars stand around in admiring wonder. In his seventy-third year, a few days before his death, leaning upon his stafl', Confucius lottered about the house, sighing out, HA # 顏 ​壞 ​^ # The great mountain is broken! The strong beam is thrown down ! The wise man is decayed ! He then related a dream he had had the night before to his pupil Tsz’kung, which he regarded as a presage of his own death; and after keeping his bed seven days, he died on the 18th day of the 20 month, and was buried in the same grave with his wife. Tsz’kung mourned for him six years in a shed erected by his grave, and then returned home. His death occurred 479 B.C., the year of the battle of Platæa in Greece, and about seven years before the birth of So- crates. Many events of great importance happened during his life in western countries, of which the return of the Jews and building of the second temple, Xerxes' invasion of Greece, the expulsion of the kings from Rome, the conquest of Egypt, and establishment of the Persian inonarchy in its fullest extent, were the most important. Posthumous honors in great variety have been conferred upon Confucius. Soon after his death, the prince of Lú entitled him Ni fú or father Ní; which under the reign of Lintí of the Hán dynasty, 197 B. C., was changed to Ni kung, or duke Ní, and his portrait ordered to be hung up in the public school. the emperors of the Táng dynasty it was inade sien shing, the ancient sage ; he was next Styled royal preacher,' and his effigy clad in king's robes, and a crown put on its head. The Ming dynasty called him the most holy ancient teacher kung tsz : which vitle is now continued 10 hım His Ву ..! Slaa Sketch the late of continu: us." crescendants have continued to dwell in Shaniung province, alid the beads at the family have enjoyed the ranks of nobility, being almost the only hereditary nobleinen in the empire out of the imperial kin- dred. They are called Yenghing kung; ill the reign of Kanghi, (120 years ago) the descendants of the sage numbered 11,000 males; the present is said to be the seventy-fourthi generation. The chief of the family is commonly called the holy duke,' and enjoys all the honors of a prince. Whenever he visits the court, the emperor re- ceives him with almost the same respect and ceremony as he enter- tains embassadors froin foreign countries. P. Amiot relates that he was honored with a call from him upon one of his visits to couri. " He was a pleasant and modest man, whom knowledge had not filled with conceit. He received, when he came to our house, some reli- gious books which we offered him in exchange for some Chinese books he gave His name was Kung Chaulián, and he was of the seventy-first generation in direct descent from the sage, in all probability the oldest fainily in the world of which the regular des. cent can be traced. In the life of Confucius, written by P. Amiot, which forms one of the volumes of the Mémoires sur les Chiniose, there is a brief account of each of these heads of this family, with Dtices of other distinguished persons belonging to the house. In every district in the empire, there is a temple dedicated to Con- fucius, and his name is usually suspended in every schoolroorn in the land, and incense burnt before it morning and evening by the scho- lars. Adoration is paid to him by all ranks. In 1457, Jentsung of the Ming dynasty set up a copper stalue of the sage in one of the halls of the palace, and ordered his officers, whenever they came to the palace to go to this room and respectfully salute Confucius before speaking of the affairs of state, even if the monarch were present. But this custom was represented to another emperor as tending to the worship of images like the Budhists, and on that account the memorie alist represented that simple tablets, inscribed with the name of him who was worshiped, were much better. This advice was followed, the statues of Confucius and his disciples were suppressed by order of the emperor Chítsung in 1530, and simple tablets have since been up in the temples erected to his name. The writings of Confucius, as might be expected, are held in great veneration, and regarded as the best books in the language. He revised all the ancient books, containing the precepts of the kings and emperors of former times, and left them pretty much as they are. at the present day He explained the Yi King, or Book of Change, set 1 1842 Sketch of the life of confucius comincnted upon the Li Ki, or Buok of Rites, and compiled the Slu King, or Book of Odes. He composed the Shú King or Book of Records, and the Chun T'sau or Spring and Autumn Annals, so call- ed, some say, because the commendations contained therein are life- giving like spring, and the reproofs are life-withering like autumı. These books are collectively called the Wú King or Five Classics. The Hiiu King or Memoir on Filial Duty, the Chung Yung or True Medium, the Tái Hióh or Superior Lessons, and the Lun Yii or Conversations of Confucius, are all considered by the Chinese as con- taining the doctrines of the sage; the first one is soinetimes ascribed 10 his own pen. The last three, with the work of Mencius, consti- tutes the Sz' Shu or Four Books, and were arranged on their present form by Ching fútsz' about 800 years ago: The leading features of the morality of Confucius are subordina- tion to superiors, and kind upright dealing with our fellow-men. From the duty, honor, and obedience owed by a child to his parents, he proceeds to inculcate the obligations of wives to their husbands, of subjects to their prince, and of ministers to their king, while he makes the head also amenable to heaven. " These principles are perpetually inculcated in the Confucian writings, and are embodied in solemn ceremonials, and apparently trivial forms of mere etiquette. And probably it is this feature of his ethics which has made him such a favorite with all the governments of China for many centuries past and at this day. These principles and these forms are early in- stilled into young minds and form their conscience; the elucidation and enforcement of these principles and forms is the business of stu- dents who aspire to be magistrates or statesmen; and it is in all likelihood owing in great part to the force of these principles on the national mind and habits, that China holds together the largest asso- ciated population in the world." Every one is interested in uphold- ing doctrines which give him power over those under him; and as the instruction of his own youthful days has given him the habit of obedi- ence and respect to all his superiors, so now when he is a superior he exacts the same obedience from his juniors, and public opinion accords it to himn. The observance of such principles has tended to consoli- date the national inind of China to that peculiar uniformity which has been remarked by those who have known them best. It has also tended to restrain all independence of thought, and keep the mind, eren of the most powerful intellects, under an incubus which, while it was prevented by our ivärit circumstances from getting at the know- care of the land was too great for then !!hasisted ouergies to 121 Alli Sarlah or the Lol Confucius throw off. It camol be doubted that there have been many intellects of commanding power among the Chinese, but ignorance of the lite- rature and condition of other nations has led them to infer there was nothing worthy of notice out of their own borders, and to rest contented with explaining and inforcing the maxims of their sage. Confucius must we think, be regarded, as a great man, if superi- ority to the people and times in which one lives, is a criterion of greatness. The immense influence he has exercised over the minds of his countrymen, we are conscious, cannot be regarded as complete evidence of his superiority, but no mind of weak or ordinary powers could have stamped its own impress upon other minds as he has. He never rose to those sublime heights of contemplation which Plato ascended, nor does his mind seem to have been of a very discursive nature. He was content with telling his disciples how to act, and en- couraging them to make themselves and others better by following the rules he gave them; not leading them into those endless disquisitions and speculations upon which the Greek moralists so acutely reason- ed, but which exercised no power over the conscience and life. The leading features of his doctrines have been acknowledged by man- kind the world over, and are embodied in their most common rules of life. “Do justly, love mercy, and walk humbly with thy God," is a direction of inspired Writ, and so far as he knew them, their incul- cation was also the amount of the teachings of Confucius. He said Jittle or nothing about spirits or gods, nor did he give any directions about worshiping them; but the veneration for parents which he in- culcated was in fact idolatrous, and has since degenerated into the grossest idolatry. Political morality was a subject which engrossed much of his at- tention, and he was in his lifetime much mixed up with the petty disputes between the feudal states of that day. He seems to have had a high opinion of the native goodness of the human heart, when uninfluenced by evil example or temptations, and endeavored to bring mankind back to this simplicity. And knowing as we do, much better than he did, how hopeless was the effort, we are more surprised that his endeavors have had so much success than that they have had so little. In estimating his rank of greatness, and also, wc might add, the rank which the Chinese hold among the nations of the earth, we must remember the position in which we stand, and try to realize how elevated it is compared with theirs. Thc merest school-boy ould be ashamed hot to know bundred things whic Newton liever dreamed of is when we attempt to judge of the ry 110) W And som Arrma of the Name:inns al Chopú 425 morals of the Chinese saye: we cannot help comparing them with the morals of the New Testament, and we cannot, without great. effort, if it is at all possible, appreciate the depth of ignorance and darkness where he sat. When one comes into close contact with the intellect of a Chinese, (not his desires, his passions or his feelings,) he is surprised at its general feebleness, its bigotry, and its little power to receive knowledge or grasp any subject; and a sentiment of contempt for such impotence of mind is apt to arise. He is surprised at the predominance of the animal propensities over the human in the inner man; the higli aud noble sentiments of the mind and heart have been so contracted and stinted that their chords give forth no response when touched. This people exhibit much that is commendable in the duties and relations of life, and in their intercourse with one another acknowledge the force of obligations which are everywhere the bonds of society, but all seems to be done from habit, because it has been taught them. Their minds seem neither to have the power to understand the excel- lence of wliat is right in their teaching, nor the strength to throw off what is silly and superstitious: both the good and the bad are alike obligatory, and alike followed. We know that “every good gift and every perfect gift coineth down from the Father of lights,” and when we recognize his teachings in the writings of a Confucius or Mencius, it is a proof that he has not left himself without some witnesses even among this people. He raised these men up to act as the leaders of this mass of mind, and in giving so much success to their tcachings, has shown the insufficiency of such instruction to lead men 10 Him- self, W ART. 111. it brich account of the Mantchou. Tartars at Chupú. By G. TRADESCANT Lav. interpreter to sir Henry Pottinger's special mission. The Mantchou Tartars occupy a division of the city which is partei from the rest by a wall of brick, remarkable neither for strength nor elevation. It was not intended, perliaps, to serve as a defense against any sudden assault from the townsmen, but to keep the Tartars to one spot and always in the same relative position one to another, that 0}} : liv emnervency they might loe able to march forth in order of bat- VOL NO VIII 136 JUG ifccount of the Juntchous ilt Chip tle without delay and confusiou. In the locating of their dwellings, the Tartar chiefs had an eye to martial arrangement, as appears not only from a view of them, but from a plan exhibiting a portion of their encampment, which was found by a marine officer and oblig- ingly given to the writer of these observations. The houses are gene- rally of a very humble character, being small and low. A few of more spacious dimensions present themselves here and there, and suggest to us, that they were tenanted by persons of quality and influence. One in particular, though not distinguished for neatness of architecture, has several extensive halls and court-yards. In front of this residence is a green lawn, which served for the pasturing of about fifty ponies, said to be of Mantchou extraction, and for the more important objects of parade and military exercise. If in a general statement it may be said the abodes of the Tartar soldiers at Chápú agree in being strait and confined, they differ widely in point of accommodation; some have merely a bench for reclining at night, a table, a few stools, and perchance a solitary cup- board for the bestowment of some spare garments; others, though unpromising in outward show, are well stored with the necessaries, the comforts, and not in a paucity of instances, with the elegancies of life. Each house is seated in a small inclosure, surrounded by a wall six or eight feet high. The gate consists of two folding leaves secured by a cross bar and a Chinese lock, but the texture and workmanship are often so slight that a blow from the arm of a soldier dismantles the whole at once. The courtyard is paved with stones, and earthen jars are placed here and there for holding fresh water. They are of the urn-shape, that is larger at the top than below, and as they are not un frequently ranged in order, they furnish us with an apt illustra- tion of the passage in the 2d of John, wherein six earthen pots are said to have been set according to the Jewish rites of purification. In the centre of the court-yard a well is sometimes dug of great depth and of narrow bore. The water from this repository chiefly used in the offices of cooking, while the water treasured up in the earthen jars, was brought I suppose from the fresh stream, and destined to pre- pare the tea and to allay the thirst of the inmates. In one corner of many yards a lodge was seen, in which the porter and perhaps some of the other domestics sleep and take their meals. In the same inclosure, upon a wooden stand' rests a jar, in which the water-lily displays its broad leaf, and the gold-fish disports in the tiny waves when gilded by the rays of the sun In the different rivit si she jhambuliwa ili Chipui angles of the same are seen bamboo rouls extended from wall io wall as rests for clothes when washed for cleanliness, or what is quite com mon in China, dyed for freshened beanty. The walls of the house, are constructed of bricks plastered oser and whitewashed. The door: preserve the same folding character, and the windows are wrought in a kind of trellis work of segments in conformity with the Chinese fashion But apart from this there is a light framework of latli, with a pane of translucent shell in each of the interstices. This contri- vance for illuminating the rooms gives an advantage to the bamboo dwellings, which the Chinese edifices do not always possess, namely, that of enjoying light without encountering the distemperatures of the sky. The master's dwelling consists of two or more apartments, with a small cook-house or kitchen either on one side or behind. One of the front apartments is used for meals, ihe entertainment of guests, and the more public duties of domestic economy. The other is foi repose, and the retired seclusion of the fairer par: of the household The furniture of the principal room is composed of square tables, stools of a similar form, and not unusually or a long narrow side-board. All these items are of neat workmanship, a well selected grain, and are covered with a beautiliil varnish. In the more retired apartment, we meet with presses for clothes, wardrobes provided with shelves and drawers, and a variety of articles both for ornament and use. These presses and so forth are always neat and tasteful, and sometimes ele- gantly gilded. The stores of embroidered shoes, the assortment of silk- en and other kinds of dress, and the many nameless things intended for personal embellishment, though scattered in rude confusion when I saw thein, could scarcely fail to persuade us, that the genius of cultivation, with many of its kindly influences, was not a stranger among the Mantchon inhabitants of Chápu. Amidst the objects, which had been overwhelmed in the eager spirit of plunder was the cradle, suspended from the roof by bands set out by battens to keep them in their proper places. The body of cradle was of an oval form, higher at each end than in the middle, and formed of thin wood. The Chinese a long while ago seem 10 have been expert in the construction of swings for exercise and amuse- ment. But in the design of this cradle, their skill has been rivalled by their conquerors, and the baby, the dear object of maternal solicitude, may have motion, varying in quantity from the soothing accompani- ment of the song that lulls 10 sleep to the wider sweep of efforts, which stir up the activities of health and recreate a br passing hours of 428 AUG Account of the Aluntchwus at Chipu watchfulness. The bed is a wide bench in the rear of this room, and sometimes separated from it by pannels and folding doors. The whole of the family seem to take their repose in this spot, with the simple conveniences of thick coverlids and hard pillows. The clus- tering together of the parents and their offspring at night reminds us of a phrase in Luke's Gospel, where the goodman of the house repre- sents himself as being in bed with his children, and therefore unable to rise without disturbing their balmy slumbers to grant his importu- nate friend the loan he desired. Notwithstanding the scanty limits in which economy has to exercise her resources there is uniformly a closet constructed of boards, and thus the requirements of decency are consulted in a way not always exemplified in China. In speaking of the hall, I forgot to mention the chandeliers, which are made of glass beads moulded in pretty forms, and adorned with gay pendents. Here and there the beaded chandelier is replaced by one of painted facets ornamented with tassels after the Chinese model. The doors between the central and the lateral rooms are not unfrequently panneled, each pannel filled by a picture, or an inscription in the seal, running or printed characters of the Chi- nese. In one of these inscriptions, which I found in a house recently fitted up, the occupier seemed to rejoice in the prospect of dealing out his arrows among the barbarians. In times of yore, a doating ima- gination might have indulged such vagaries in harınless security ; now the signs of the times' are changed, and a soldier must ex- change theory for pracice. The reader might be tempted to take me for an epicurean or some- thing worse, were I to tell him that the most interesting object in these houses was the kitchen. The arrangements in this part of the dwelling showed a regard to neatness which I have never seen be- fore in China. The main feature is the cooking stove, which is white-washed, and variously adorned with portraitures of flowers, fruits, birds and beasts, all of the liveliest hues. Without a figure it is not easy to give a correct idea of this stove; it may perhaps be best described by saying that it consists of a frontispiece raised upon one side of a square mass of masonry. In the top of this square mass are two shallow boilers, with high wooden covers to condense the steam upon certain viands placed upon a latticed frame within. Besides the coppers, there is a bottle of a peculiar form, being cylin- drical above and conical below. This is used to heat water for tea, and resis in a hole like the coppers. The furnaces are on the other ziile, so that the cork may proceed with her operations without fear- ... crvand in the diamtehines ni Chiipu 4:29 ing either smoke or excessive heat. From these furnaces, il chimney runs in one side of the frontispiece before mentioned, and is raised three or four feet above the roof of the dwelling. In this frontispiece there are uniformly four niches, one with a slit behind to allow the smoke to escape that ascends around the tea kettle, two for the recep- tion of pots and pans of small dimensions, and a fourth in the upper part for offerings to the genius, who presides over the affairs of the cooking stove. In one side of this niche there is a small shrine, in which the picture of the, Tsáu kiun or as he is called the tsáu shin Tibb, is set up by means of a pair of incense sticks. He is represented in robes of office surrounded by ministers who execute his commands. Before this shrine a veil is hung, as indicative of the sacredness of the recess. It is worthy of our notice, that in the system of religion commended to us by divine appointment, and in some of those conveyed down from age to age by the doubtful hands of tradition, a veil is interposed between the worshiper and the object worshiped. In the Christian religion the veil is taken away, and man is specially invited to contemplate the Deity, with the hope. that by frequent gazing he may ultimately be himself transformed into the same image. In the houses, which by their furniture indicated that they belong- ed to persons above the rank of common soldiers, books were general- ly found; some in Chinese, some in Mantchou, but the more part in a mixture of both languages. It was evident that men, whose profes- sion was only that of arms, spent some of their time in poring over the venerated classics of China, for the works of Confucius and his admirers were generally punctuated and exhibited other marks of being well handled. Sorne of the classics were in manuscript, with the Mantchou and Chinese in collateral columns. This might seem to be with the view of teaching the Mantchou Tartars the value of the national lore, but I am inclined to think that as the language, habits, and feelings of the Chinese flow around every stranger with almost irresistible force, that the main object of such manuscript efforts is to keep alive the Mantchon language in its native purity. I ain strength- ened in this opinion by the fact that all the printed books were of a didactic sort, and expressly meant to teach the Mantchou Tartar language. In these books the writers show great skill in attempting to give an analysis, orthæpical and etymological, through the me- dium of such an unwieldy tongue a the Chinese, where each sound is encumbered by a complex character, and with every half of truth thierc is an extraneous half of falsehood 13301 forvand ud ohve bunicheti itt i hapi The alphatons of the Hantchool is susceptible of a neat resiuction: and when developed brings to view many phenomena in natural acous- tics. The r of the Mantchous has a more distinct trill or burr than is ever heard in either the Italian or the Spanish. The tongue is heard to quiver in the articulation. There are three or four letters with the sound of ch as heard in our word church, but I suspect that when the language is spoken in its purity these characters have each its appropriate sound. I questioned a Mantchou prisoner upon this point, but he did not help me, as he was not a literary man and had never seen the land of his forefathers. Many words in utterance get an n, for which the alphabet does not provide. This reminds us of the nunnation of the Arabic language, and is not far from what is sometimes met in the Chinese, when followed through its different dialects. At Ningpó, for example, many words end in a vowel not unlike our English a; in the next province they gain the suppressed sound of the nasal n; but in the Canton dialect they obtain the full utterance of n without any let or hindrance as the breath passes through the nostrils. But on this instructive and highly interesting subject I trust I shall be better informed as we advance northward, where I hope to meet with Tartars fully competent to answer any question I may feel it necessary to put to them. The practice of printing books with two collateral columns, one in Chinese and the other in Mantchou, suggests a hint which the British and Foreign Bible Society may deem it right to improve on some future occasion. A gospel after the same plan, partly Chinese and partly Mantchou, would be well received by the Tartars, as apart from the excellence of the matter, they might thus have an opportunity of cultivating the language they cherish so dearly in their remembrance. The decorations of the Mantchou rooms, so far as the picturesque is concerned, is altogether Chinese ; the softer and soul-subduing scenes of courtship, the pomp and pageantry of court levies, and the dazzling displays of military prowess, figure in alternate succession upon the walls of the Chápú Mantchous. The gates and doors are adorned with the figures of Chinese heroes, and thus the Mantchou affects to adore the heroic ancestors of those men, whom his own courage first brought low and still keeps in a state of subjection. Court-worship is very common among them; scarcely a house in which a likeness of the emperor or a civil officer in full robes is not suspended in the most conspicuous part of the principal room. Before this a lable* is set, in the language of Isaiah, and upon this table Kaian lx 11 1842 1:51 Irrien ut ille Iliriuriivit report CCNSC sticks. ani llylted candles are placer as perlamumny io the Julies of juoruing and evening devotion A picture of the emperor or empress is not scen in every house for I imagine that such a picture is not always to be obtained, while Show shing kung', the officer in lus robes, witli bis ngly father and clouterly offspring may be obtained at any painter's shop, for a triſling sum of inoney. As the business of the l'artars is fighting, bows and arrows, matcli- fucks and ginjalls, powder and other warlike materials were blended with the furniture of the dwellings, and mct the visitor at every turi. In the routine of daily exercise, their minds become as familiar with the use of arms as their bodies are with rest and refreshment Among other literary monuments, I found a description of Chápú in the Chinese language. The date of this performance is not set down, but from the state of the ink and the texture of the paper, I should guess it to be not more than 30 or 10 years old. It was probably in part from a printed work which I have seen, and in part composed from the original, by some Tartar soldier acquainted with Chinese, as it chietly relates to the affairs of the army. From this manuscript now before ine, it appears, that in the time of Yungching two 'Tartar camps were organized, consisting of 800 troops cach, that is of sixteen centuries or companies of one hundred respectively, marshaled under its own peculiar banner. This garrison was commanded by 42 officers of diflerent ranks and functions. About the same time 400 marines were added to render the force more effective in its cooperation with the coast guard. Additions were subsequently made to the official staff, the value and importance of which it would not be casy to estimate without the assistance of a Tartar soldier. About five years after the organization of the garrison; the lángchau general, as commanding officer appointed a maker of bows and two blacksınitlis to each banner, that with the original complement the number of armorers amounted to thirty-two. In the following year sixteen of the sinithis became bow-makers, so anxious were the heads of the war department, that the troops should be well provided with these war- like implements. The statute number of arrows as I gather from the list was 30,000. The smiths were employed in making steel helmets, swords and matchlocks, A stand of 1500 of the last was ordered to be in readiness for use It appears that cach century had a banner of a different color with a flying tiger depicted upou 1 Several of these were taken by !!! Proops on the line of the 198:18k ilan shown 10!30 11011ey as oller. ing a problem for his solucion Each filey mon nad is 10:11!!!ry with: 1:32 Aug. Irround + the Mantrhous at Chápu. boa, or mang", pourtrayed in golden hues upon it in close resem- blance to the lang, dragon, the imperial emblem among the Chinese. In like manner every ten men had a banner of the same device, but of smaller dimensions. And thus a very efficient method was adopt- ed for marshaling the troops, and putting them into a condition to receive an assault without noise and loss of time. Not the least interesting part of the Chápú garrison was the navy. This navy consisted in conformity with an edict of Kienlung's, of nine large and nine small cruizers and four others under a different deno- inination. To cruizers of the first class, six marines were appointed; to cruizers of the second class, five; and to cruizers of the third class four. Some time after, the four cruizers of the last class were èx- changed for long boats, provided with sixteen marines each and five officers to act as helsmmen, mates, &c., while the numerical force of each of the other crews was augmented by one. Officers were nomi- nated from time to time to drill these men, that they might be expert in their duty. Subsequently other reforms took place, the number of vessels was reduced to ten, each having twenty-five marines. The entire number of marines was 400, which added to the two encamp- ments made the whole garrison 2000 fighting men. These marines were marshaled under the green flag. In the time of Kienlung 100 soldiers were chosen to look after the orphans, widows, and such as had no means of support. Thus chari- table considerations found a place in the bosom of the emperor to- wards the poor and the needy of his father-land. In the latter part of the work the pay of the different officers is carefully tabulated, and descends in a graduated scale of adjustment from that of the five highest officers to the marine, who received near- ly three dollars per month in money, and a ration of rice sufficient to maintain himself and his family. All the officers as weli as men received their salaries in rice as well as in money, but were allowed to exchange their rice for cash if they thought proper. This was a convenient arrangement as it enabled the superior officers, who receiv- ed much more than was necessary for the support of their households, to turn their superabundance into money in times of plenty, and in a season of scarcity to realize more than enough without feeling the pressure of hardship. Tablets prepared of a hard wood and written in the Mantchou character were among the prettiest things we found at Chápú. These tablets were given to divisions of men whose divi- sion in virtue of them were allowed to draw their salaries from month 10 month. The sinooth finish of the wood and the beauty of the frround of the Hantchou: ont l'hipu 13: writiny. commended itself to those who knew nothing of the Man- ichou character. These beautiful speciinens of calligraphy show that the secretaries of the executives of the Mantchou army were fully alive lo what is tasteful and ingenious. Of the 'Tartars themselves, so far as personal acquaintance goes, little information was gained at Chápu. An old woman suspended by her neck, another wandering from house to house, and three of the same sex killed by poison, or another presenting a rose to the manes of her daughter, who had plunged herself into a well, were not calculated to give us much insight into the habits of the people. On one occasion, we found two girls tending upon a wounded father. Their heads were large and their hair bushy, their faces broad and Aat. The younger of the twain was, however, not ill looking, and a decent apparel and intelligible language might have made her a pleasing object of interest. The Mantchou prisoners were persons of no outward proinise, with one or two exceptions. One of them, who distinguished himself in the defense of the temple, was a well buiſt man, and was perhaps nou inexpert in martial exercises. He spoke Chinese as if it had been his native dialect, and when asked to write a phrase, he seemned more ready to put it into Chinese than in Mantchou. He had copied something from the courteous etiquette and complimentary address of the celestials, and of course found many topics for eulogium and flattering titles in the writer. The habit of blending two languages, and rendering them alike native has in this case a very important result. For we obtain from it transla- tions of doubtful words and phrases in Chinese into a language, which is furnished with cases, tenses, adjective terminations, and other grammatical contrivances for securing exactness of synthesis and perspicuity of meaning. The last thing I shall mention is the box of archives, which was often found reposing upon a shelf near the top or highest part of the room, It generally contained one or more rolls of white silk various- ly trimmed and decorated with embroidery of a more showy, color, such for example, as yellow flowers upon a red ground. This roll was a diploma from the emperor granted as a public recognition of praise- worthy qualities. The calligraphy is remarkable, and presented most engaging specimens of Mantchou as well as Chinese writing. The date of the diploma is inscribed in the interval between the Mantchou and Chinese, and the name of the individual in whose favor it was issued written beside the date. The composition is divided into two or more sections In one the soldier is addressed by diline, the qual ܐܐܐ +34 Art Illustrations of Jen and Things in China. lities he possesses, or is expected to possess, are described in terms of studied elegance and evident amplitude. To the praise is joined an exhortation more and more to cultivate such habits as becoine a inan; and it then concludes by saying that this roll is to make known to all what the emperor is graciously pleased to think of his subjects' good conduct. The style is eulogistic and affects magnificence, but not more perhaps than may be found in the diploraas of western col. leges, or in the inscriptions with which our monumental records are decorated. But in the second or third paragraphs we have some- thing, for which an equivalent is scarcely to be found among us, whe- ther our dwelling be on the eastern or western side of the Atlantic, which is, a public testimonial in favor of the wife, ranging side by side with her husband's. The lady has her share in the diplomacy, where- in she is commended for all those virtues which best become her sex and station, and is encouraged to persevere in their culture in the most forceful and charming phrases that language can suggest. It seems to be taken for granted that to perfect the character of a wise and sober man the possession of a good wife is essential. The influence, either for good or for evil, which a wife generally exerts over her hus- band, is no secret to the observer of mankind; nor has it escaped the wisest of men, when, in an elaborate encomium upon a prudent wife, he thus describes the effect which her good conduct has upon her partner : He is known in the gates when he sitteth among the nobles. ART. IV. Illustrutions of men and things in China: popular opi- nions and proverbs, relating to times and seasons, fr., with erplanatory notes. 1. When a sage appears, the Yellow river becomes clear; when a prefect refuses bribes, the Yue gem appears. “ 'The Yellow river, according to the Classic, becoines clear once in five bundred years, which is a sign that a sage has appeared, or is to do 80.- Tlie Yue gein occurs on the seashore in Fuchau fú in Fukien, enve. joped in a mist, and has only appeared once, when Sung Yüyuen was prefect, who was famed for integrity and justice. 2. When one gets what is useless to him, he is like one who has obtained a field of stones; when one attains at high literary degree, he is said to have landed on the shores of reason Illustrations of Wer and Things in China. 1:3:7 3. One explosion of fire-works does away with the old year. peach signets' on every dvor changes the old year into the new. “L{ Mun lived in the hills, and the house of his neighbor, old Chung, was continually infested with elves; Man sent him every morning and evening 10 a hall to burn bamboo, whose crackling alarmed them so that they let hiu sleep in quiet till morning. On which account, people have since used fire. works, and it has thus becoine a custom.” This is the account of the origin of the custom of letting off fire-crackers at the close of the year, that their crackling inay terrify the spirits, and no malicious ones mar the harmony of the coming new-year; for a similar reason, crackers are let off whenever any enterprise, as a voyage, or a journey, is undertaken, not so much to get good luck to attend it, as to drive away all evil from hindering it. "In Shóh hill grew an immenso peach tree, whose roots were 3000 16 In lengil ; two small branches upon it, pointing to the north and south, wern called the devil's gatos,' at which they came and went. There were lwo spirits, one called in Shintú, the other Yului, who ruled all those demons that injured men ; and Hwangtí drew their likenesses on peach.wood boards upon his gate in order to ward off ali noxious demons." Instead of peach boards, representations of these two deities upon paper are now 118ed, and every new year they are panted upon the doors of houses, and Taidly a dwelling is lo be seen without either their names or pictures upon: the trout door. They are drawn like two furious lemoniac looking beings, or like iwo warriors in the attitude of doring cach other to desperate combal. 4. Walking correctly' (li twan) is (a name for) the first morni- ing of the year; 'man's day' (jin ji) is the seventh day's happy time. It is said that at the creation of all things, man was made on the seventh day; the cock, dog, hog, sheep, now and horse being respectively made on the six preceding days in that order, and grain on the eighth day, On newyear's day present your prince a 'pepper flower ode' to pray for his long life; and also give men to drink' reviving wine to drive away noxious hunors. The ode is now discontinued ; pepper is looked upon as a longlived plant, whence its naine was appiied to the ode. The reviving wine' (tít sú isit) originaled with Sun 'l'sz'ınáu of the 'lang dynasty, who ordered a patient to throw a dose of medicine mto the world and drink of the water on newyear's day, when his ailments ivould repart.. It is still drank for the same purpose, though not prepared in the same way. 6. The new year is called the 'prince's spring,' and the departing year is termed the 'guest year.' The term prince's spring (wáng chuit) was given by Confucius, to that period which was chosen by Chau, the lord paramount of China, to commence the year with, iis distinction from the time chosen by the feudatory princee, who lo show their independence began it when they pleased 436 Arri, Nustrations of Men and Things in thinat 7. One hundred and six days after the winter solstice coines the time to sweep the tombs; fifty days after the commencement of spring (Feb. 6) is the time to worship the gods of the land. 8. The fourth month is called 'wheat autumn ;' the fifth of the fifth month is called 'sweet flag term.' “On this day (5th of the 5th month) precisely at noon, people cut up leaves of sweet flag and steep them in wine, and drink off the decoction to ward off the sickness and malaria of summer." It is not drunk now, but sprinkled upon the person. 9. On the fifth of the fifth month, the racing of boats commemo- rates the drowning of Wu Yuen; the ascent of hills on the ninth of the ninth moon is in imitation of Hiuenking, who thus escaped calamity. “ Kiu Yuen wag a minister of king Hwái of the state of Tsú, and being banished by his master south of the Great river, he drowned himself upon this day. The people of T'su mourned for him, and instituted races of dragon boats on that day in search of him, and also sacrificed to him with bamboo tubes filled with rice,” which was scattered upon the water. This was the origin of the festival of dragon boats, (so called from their length and the figure head of a dragon,) which is observed with great spirit by the peo- ple even to the present time; not for one day only, but for five or six. « Fi Chángfang once told his friend Hiuenking, that on the ninth day of the ninth month, a sudden calamity would come upon his house; wherefore he had better sew some bags and fill them with eatables, and remove to the hills to escape the evil. Hiuenking followed his advice, and in the evening on his return home, found his cattle and stock all dead. Chángfang exclaim- ed, "These instead of you!!” This practice is still continued, and people improve the opportunity of an otherwise idle jaunt to visit the graves of their friends, so that the remembrance of the first occasion is almost lost in the observance of the other. At this same time, people sometimes carry a kite, which is flown with a lighted stick of incense tied to the string; when the string is burnt through and the kite floats away, they called it liſt tsái or loosing calamities; the kite is made the scape goat of their apprehended misfortunes. But most men laugh at this custom, and fly no kites, because they do not see its efficacy, or any particular connection between a kite and a misfortune. 10. On the day when the gods of the land and grain are wor- shiped with poultry and pork, everywhere is drunk the 'curing deaf- ness' wine; on the 7th day of the 7th month, when the constellations of the Weaver (Lyra) and Cow (Cygnus) cross the Milky Way, wo- men everywhere pray for skill on the needle. During the T'áng dynasty, the ladies of the palace, on the 7th day of the 7th moon, nised always looking toward the moon lo thread the nine-eyed 66 Iliustruowns will her and Thing in this 437 same as needle with many colored silk : at they succeeded. they considered thema selves as having obtained skill." The Custom here alluded in is 101 some. times observed, though the ceremonies have as much or more reference lo superstitions connected with the supposed transit of the two constellations as lo skill in embroidery or needlework. 11. The men of the Tsin (dynasty) called their worship of the gods at the end of the year láh, whence the twelfth month is now called láh; the epitaph of the emperor Tsin Chihwang was ching', therefore the name of the first inonth was ordered ever after to be read 'ching, and not ching, Meats used at this sacrifice were dried in the north wind, (a mode of pre- serving animal food still employed,) and called láh. This change of sound exhibits the veneration of the Chinese for their sovereigns, for a character used by the emperor for his own name must not be lightly employed by his subjects ; ching the was Chíhwang's designation, and this tone was the E ching, the first month, which was henceforward to be sounded like the sching, and not like if& ching”. The present dynasty have intered the forms of several characters, 12. When the ashes' (down) of the cat-tail reed fly about, then winter has come; when the leaves of the Dryandra (wú tung) fall, then autumn is known to be here. 13. To burn oil to eke out the day is (a phrase for) toiling labo- riously night and day; to make moon as night is to turn the day upside down. 14. An unsuccessful student who has not attained his degree says, I have vainly wasted the years and months ;" conversation with a friend is called small talk about cold and heat (i. e. the weather). 15. It is detestable to see how mankind become chilly and warm ; it is odious to see the world act so loving and so distant. “ This sentence speaks of the vulgar world, who always adulate the rich, and lightly regard the poor ; who accommodate themselves to the powerful, and stick close to the strong, looking down upon the poor and ignoble. How odious! How detestable !!! 16. "The springtime of life will never return, wherefore we stu- dents should begrudge every moinent; as our days and months are gradually waning, so we, who mean to be scholars, must study while waiting for the dawn). “The great Yü did not value a foot of kingly power, but begrudged an inch of time. "If a sage like the great Yü did so,' says Tó Chu, how ought we cominon men, to lament the waste of a single hairbreadth of line ?' 'The example of my lord Chan, author of the Book of Rites, who studied in the morning ratch, is adduced for the emulation of students. 2pmgraphy of Chile Hllri Ant. V. Topography of Chili: boundaries and situation of the provinre; ils area and population ; its subdivisions, rivers, lakes, mountains, plains, productions, for. SINCE the publication of the maps which accompany the work of Du Halde, the northern boundaries of Chili have been greatly ex. tended, so as in include almost as much terrilory on the north of the Great Wallits foriner limit in this direction as there is on the south of it. As formerly the shape of the province is triangular Starting from a point in latitude 35° N., longitude 1° W. of Peking, where the provinces of Shantung and Shanss unite on the border of Chili, run a line northeast to 43° 30' N., longitude 5° 30' east of Peking, and it will form the longest side of the triangle. From the last named point, run another line to longitude 3° west of Peking in latitude 42° 30' N, and it will mark the second side of the triangle; while another, from the last to the first named points, will make the third side. Such is the general configuration of the province. Starl- ing again from the same point as before, and following closely the line of demarkation, you will find the boundary between Chili and Shántung running in a very zigzag course to the sea, forty or fifty miles southeast of the Pei hó. The seacoast forms the boundary from Shán. kung to the Great Wall, which for a short distance divides Chili from Shingking; and then a palisade is the separating line, uniil near, or at, a river which is called the Hwang hó. This river marks the northern boundary of the province from the palisade to its source among the peaks of the Inner Hingan. "Thence, for the remainder of the distance there is no natural or artificial object ex- hibited on the map to indicate the boundary, running nearly due east and west in latitude 42° 30' N. The western boundary, running nearly north and south, stretches over more than seven and a half degrees of latitude, and divides Chili from Shánsí and Hónán. The area of the province, as given by Staunton, is 58,949 square miles; and the population, as given by the Chinese, 27,990,870, being an average of 475 inhabitants to the square mile, showing a sparser population than some of the provinces to the south of it. It will compare in size with the states of Michigan, Illinois, or Arkansas, in the United States; with England and Wales united; and with Nipál, as that kingdom is usually delineated. The subdivisions of the province, as exhibited in the following tabular view, are numerous--some of them differing from those in the other provinces 182 Topography llule IVestern circuit. Eastern circuit. Southern circuit. Silu ting . 1. 順天府 ​Shuttern it; or the Department of Shuntien, includes twenty-four districts. Its chief city Peking, situated in lat. 39° 55' N., and long. 116° 25' E. of Greenwich. Northern circuit 西路​廳 ​東路​廳 ​南路​廳 ​北路​廳 ​Tunglú ting Nánlú ting . Pelú ting . 1涿州 ​6通州 ​13 霸州 ​20昌平​州 ​Chöh chuu. Tung chart. Pá chuu. . Chángping chau. 2大典 ​7 蘭州 ​14 保定 ​21 順義 ​Tahing Kí chau, Pauting. Shuni. 3宛平 ​8三河 ​15 文​安 ​22 懷柔 ​Yuenping. Sáuho. Wanáil. Hwaijau. . 4良鄉 ​9武清 ​16 大城 ​23 密雲 ​Liánghiáng Witsing. Táching. Miyun. 5房山 ​10 寶​纸 ​17 固安 ​24 平谷 ​Fangshán Páutí. Kúán. . Pingku. 11 寧河 ​18 永清 ​Ninglio. Yungtsing . 12 香河 ​19 東​安 ​IIiangho, Tungan II. ERF Páuting fú; or the Department of Páuting, comprises seventeen districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 38° 53' N., and long. 52' 31" W of Peking 1 清苑 ​Tsingyuch, 10 安​肅 ​Ansu, 2博野 ​Polye, 11 hil Yungching, 3 19 A’n chau, 12 E 1 Tinghing, 4 高​陽 ​Kauying, , 13 新城 ​Sincling, 5赢 ​Li, 14 Hjung lien, 6 Tiang, 15 millj bili Mwánching, 7望都 ​Wingth, 16 新安 ​Sini, 3 TiB IN Kí chun, 17 完​縣 ​Yuen hic )。 台東​鹿 ​Slulu 410 All; Topography of Chili 1 lệ 臨 ​1 III. T Chinyte ſú; or the Department of Chingte, comprises six districts, 1 # HH Pingtsiuen chuu, 4 Kiencháng, 2 F Lwánping, 5 719 Chányáng, 3 | Chifung, 6 豐寧 ​Fungning. IV. 5K F WF Yungping fú; or the Department of Yungping, comprises seven districts. Its chief city in situated in lat. 39° 56' 30" N., and long. 2° 25' 28" E. of Peking, and 118° 50' 28" E. of Greenwich. THE Lúlung, 5 Tsien-án, 2 2 $ Lóhting, 6 H Fúning, 3 | * Chánglí, 9 Hi Lingü. 4 14) Lwán chau, , V. Yo Hókien fú; or the Department of Hókien, comprises eleven districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 38° 30' N., and long. 38' W. of Peking. 1 M H Hókien, 7 King chau, 2 t = Hien hiem, 8 Wúkiáu, 3 Hill Kuching, 9 £ GB Jinkiú, 4 Yo Kiáuhó, 10 Suning, 5 y Fauching, 11 Ningtsin. 6 * Tungkwáng, VI. F# Tientsin fú; or the Department of Tientsin, comprises seven districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 39° 11' N., and long. 46' 22" E. of Peking 1 Tientsin, 5 ở BÊ Tsing bien, 0 # | Ýenshan, 6 8 | Tsáng chau, 3 Kingyun, 7 Nánpí. 4 4 in Tsinghái, 11. Topography Chill VII. ŽE Ë R Chingting fú; or the Department of Chingting, comprises fourteen districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 38° 10' 55" N., and long. 1° 43' W. of Peking I E Chingting, 8 # BITsingking, 2 bo Lwánching, 9 # Sinlóh, 3 til Káuching, 10 T Hingtáng, , 4 H Tsin chau, 11 Lingshau, 5 獲​麗 ​Hwöhli, 12 X Fauping, 6 T & Yuenshí, 13 file tale Wuki, 7 đề 8 Tsánwáng, 14 F 1 Pingshán. VIII. le probleme mit Shunte fú; or the Department of Shunte, comprises nine districts. Ils chief city in situated in lat. 37° 7' 15" N., and long. 1° 49' W of Peking 1 A1 Hingtái, 6 # ! Pinghiáng, 2 PJ Sháhó, 7 = Kwangtsung, 3 y 6B Nuikiú, 8 El Jin hien, 4 E Külu, 6 H 14 Tángshán. 5 till Nánhó, IX. Af Kvángping fú; or the Department of Kwángping, comprises ten districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 36° 45' 30" N., and long. 1° 34' 39" W of Peking. IF Yungnien, 6 vž, H Tsz' chau, 2 hil & Ching-án, 7 th M Kiuchau, 3 FC 48 F'cihiáng; 8 Kítse, 4廣​平 ​Kwangping, 9 Wei hien, 5 WB 1 Hántán, 10 mm Tsinghó. X. * B Táming fú; or the Department of Taming, comprises seven districts. VOL NO VIII 56 Topography of Chili: Aug Ils chief city is situated in lat. 36° ?!?!" N., and long. 1° 6' 30" W. of Peking i ii til Yuenching, 5 r. Nánlób, 2 * Táming, 6開​州 ​Kai chund 3 MTsingfung, 7 Ę bo Chánghiuen, HI HA Tungming, XI. ' TU HI Siuenhvá fú; or the Department of Siuenhwá, comprises ten districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 40° 37' 10" N., and long. 1° 20'2" W. of Peking IR Siuenhwa, 6 g h HMái-án, 2 đa t | Pau-ản chau, 7 in Sining, 3懷​來 ​Hwáilái, 8 P9 Lunguun, 4 LET IN Yenking chuu, 9 Hole Chiching, 5蔚 ​MI Wei chau, 10 Wántsiuen. XII. 1944 Tsunhwá chau; or the Department of Tsunhwa, comprises two districts. 1 EH Yutien, 2 Fungjun. XIII. 14 Yi chau; or the Department of Yi, comprises two districts. 1 * K Láishúi, 2 N B Kwangcháng. XIV. th Cháu chau ; or the Department of Cháu, comprises five districts. 1 # SOB Pehiáng, 4 Káuyi, Ningtsin, 5 Ep til Linching. 3 X to Lungping, XV. W Kí chau; or the Department of Kí, comprises five districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 37° 18' 15" N., and long. 16' 30' W of Peking 19 Tipogripin ni bilo 11:3 in Tsáukiang, 1 Hangshúi, 2 # JA Sinhó, 5 C & Wủyi. Si É Nánkung, XVI. in 4 Shin chau; or the Department of Shin, comprises three districts. 1 It s Wukiang, 3 HA Jáuyáng. 2 FA'nping, XVII. 1 Ting chau; or the Department of Ting, comprises two districts. Its chief city is situated in lat. 38° 32' 30" N., and long 1° 19' 30" W. of Peking 1 YR Y Shintse, 2 H 4 Kiuyáng. XVIII. 11 I Kaupe tár; or the Department of Kaupe, comprises three districts. 1 District of Changkiá kau ; 2 T District of Tushikau ; 3 * District of Tólunnóh’rh. XIX. DA W Cháh-hóh-'rh ; or the Department of Cháhár. Recapitulating the departments and districts of the province of Chili, in a summary manner, they will stand thus. Shuntien fú, having 24 districts; 2. Páuting fu, having 17 districts; 3. Chingte fú, having 6 districts; 4. Yingping fú, having - the districts; Hókien fu, having Il districts; 6. Tientsın fú, having en districts; 7. Chingting fú, having 1.4 districts ; 8. Shunte fú, having 9 districts; 9. Kwangping fú, having 10 districts, 10. Táming fú, having 7 districts ; 11. Siuenhwá fú, having 10 districts; 12. T'sunhwa chau, having districts ; Pichari, haring districts 1 1. 5. 13 Topography of (hin Alló. Siant chan, having districts : 15. Kí chal, having j districts; 16. Shin chau, having :3 districts ; 17. Ting chau, having 2 districts; 18. Kaupe tán, having 3 districts; 19. Cháhár, having I district. Peking, Tientsin, Je hó, and Pei hó, have already been described, in former numbers of the Repository. The descriptiou of Peking, occupying forty pages, and accompanied by a map, will be found in vol. II., p. 432, and the sequel. Oinitting as far as possible to repeat what has been before said of the abovenamed places, we proceed now to notice the several departinents in their order. I. The department of Shuntien is distinguished from all the other divisions of the einpire by being the lilli King-sz', or residence of the imperial court. According to governmental measurement, it extends 600 lí froin east to west, and 488 from norih to south. On the north and northwest it is bounded by the Great Wall, from which it extends to the sea, east of Tientsin. Its shape is that of a quad- rant, the radii of which are three or four rivers, running under the Wall, and from thence converging to the point where they disemi- bogue in the gulf of Chill. The most eastern of these rivers is called, where it intersects the Wall, yo] DJ Kiú hó: it rises not far beyond the Wall, and descends almost due south, passing near Kí chau, and receives the waters of several minor streams. The second, proceed- ing westward, has two sources on the north of the Wall-first the A w Cháu hó, and then the Pe hó, or White river, usu- ally written “ Pei ho :” these unile just below the district of Miyun; then take a southerly course to Fung chau, near Peking; and thence the river forms the great thoroughfare to Tientsin and the sea. The third, a river of soine magnitude, is called # Sángkien, on the north of the Wall, and K Ě Yungting on the south. The fourth, and last, is the E Kuma. Both of these, the Sángkien and the Kiimá, flow into the lake V Tungting, west of Tientsin, near which place they unite with the Pe ho, and with it flow into the sea. From this notice of the rivers of Shuntien, it is natural to infer, what travelers affirm, that the whole of the country north and west of Peking is mountainous, while in the opposite direction the surface stretches out in one broad plain. The prefect of this department resides at Peking, which comprises Topography my chil 1.1.5 the districts of Tahing and Ynemping The prelecture, or ju. beng large and important, is parted into four divisions, or circuits, inder an equal munber of sub-prefects: the first, tesiding at Yuenping, goverus five districts, forming the western circuit; the second, resid- ing at Tungchau, governs seven districts, forming the eastern cir- cuit; the third, residing at 'Táping, also governs seven districts, form- ing the northern circuit; the fourth, residing at Chángping, goverus five districts, forming the northern circuit. II. The department of Páuting is situated on the southwest of Shuntien. Its chief city is distant from Peking some eighty or nine. ty miles, and the high road from the capital to Shánsí passes tlirough it. On the southeast, it is bounded by the departments of Hókien and Shin chau; on the south, by Kí chau; on the southwest, by T'ing chau; on the north west, by Shánsí; and on the north by Yi chau. For several miles, the Great Wall forms its northwestern boundary; and in that direction the country is high and hilly, giving rise to several small streams, the waters of which, after uniting in one stream, Aow into the G Siting, east of the city Páuling. Si- ting is a small lake, and is connected by two small streams with the Tungting lake, named in the description of Shuntien. The eastern and central parts of the department present to the traveler a richly cultivated, and well watered region. Du Halde speaks in high terms of the roads, which are shaded by rows of trees. Páuting fú is the proper residence of the provincial government. III. The department of Chingte includes, in its six districts, the whole of the northeastern part of the province-having Shingking on the east, the Great Wall on the south, and Cháhár on the west-and constitutes not less, probably, than one fourth of the area of the pro- vince. Its principal river is the Lwán; it takes its rise in Chá- hár, east of the Pass called Kúpe, runs due north through one or two degrees of latitude, and then, turning round eastward, flows south into the gulf of Chili, passing under the Great Wall, and receiving the waters of many small rivers—among which is the Je hó. Ma- cartney's embassy traveled through the southwestern quarter of this department, in the journey from Kúpe to the residence of the em- peror at Je ho. The country traveled over by the embassy, has been described by Staunton and Bitrrow, to whose works the reader can refer, and also to that of Du Halde, who calls it Karchin, or Kar- ching. Nothing can be more charining than some of the gardens described by Staunton-nothing inore dreary thau some of the plaius noticellow Du Bilde Since the faller wrote. Ilie countri luas proba! Topography of (hili. Aici. bly greatly improved under the culture of the Chinese who have emi- grated thither. Tribes of Mongols inhabit its northern and western frontiers. IV. The department of Yungping forins the most eastern portion of the province, south of the Wall. Its shape is triangular--the Wall being on the north ; the sea or gulf on the southeast ; while the Lwán hó, or a line near it, makes the southwest boundary. It is neither very extensive nor fertile. The Shánhái kwán, or Hill-sea barrier, stands near the coast, where the Wall terminates in that direction. Du Halde says that it is a fort standing near the Wall; but according to our maps it appears to be a fortified pass in the Wall itself. V. The department of Hókien is bounded, on the north by Shun- tien; on the east, by Tientsin; on the southeast and south, by Shán- tung; on the southwest, by Kwaugping ; on the west, by Kí chau and Shin chau; and on the northwest, by Páuting fú. The name of this department, interpreted, signifies the “region between rivers." 'Three run through it, almost parallel one with another, from the southwest to the northeast. The whole department is apparently one plain, and nearly on a level with that about 'Tientsin. VI. The department of Tientsin is bounded, on the north by what is usually called the Pei hó, but which is named, in the maps before us, in Chikú; on the east by the sea ; on the southeast and south, by Shantung; on the west, by Hókien; and on the north- west, by Shuntien fú. The river, which serves as a part of the Grand Canal, runs from the south to the worth near the western boundary of the department. VII. The department of Chingting is bounded, on the west by the province of Sháusí; on the north, by Ting chau; on the east, by Kí chau; and on the south, by Siáu chau. A few miles east of north from Peking, the Great Wall divides into two branches-one stretch- ing off to the west and north, the other to the southwest ; the latter, after forming the northwestern boundary for the departments of Shuntien, Yi, Páuting, and Chingting, here terminates at the south- west of this department, on the banks of a river called the 25 Sihán hó. This, and three other rivers, which have their sources in Shansí, after intersecting the Wall, flow eastward, two of them emptying their waters into the Siting lake; and the others, after uniting their waters, empty themselves into another lake, called the Ningtsin pe ht Topography (hili 11 VIII. T'he department of Shunie is bounded, on the north, by Siku chau; on the east, by Ki chan: on the south, by kwingping : and on the west, by the provinces of Sháusí ind Ilonan. Near its centre is the A Tálu tše, a shallow lake or marshi, into which three small rivers flow from the west and southwest. This is one of the most fertile and populous parts of the empire. Du Ilalde says that touch-stones for gold, and sand for polishing precious stones, both highly valued throughout the einpire, are found in this departinent. IX. The department of kwangping is bounderl, on the northi, by Shunte and Hokien ; on the east by the province of Shantung : on the south, by 'Turning fú; on the southwest and west, by Hónán. T'wo rivers have their sources in this department: and another, divid- ed into three branches, traverses il-all flowing from the southwest lo the northeast. X. The department of Taming tills up the long and narrow neck of land that forins the most southeru portion of the province, between the provinces of Shántung and Hónán. Its northern districts are traversed by two or three rivers, which flow to the northeast, and enter the sea northward of the promontory of Shantung; while seve- ral others, having their sources in this department, take an easterly course, and mingle their waters with those of the Hwang lió, or other streams, which enter the sea on the south of Shántung. Like that of Shunte, the departments of Kwangping and Taming are fertile, well watered, and populous. XI. The department of Siuenhwá occupies the northern part of the space included between the tivo branches of the Great Wall, noticed when describing the seventh department, viz. Chingting. It is spacious, mountainous, and well watered. The river Sángkien, or Yungting—which, under the former name comes in from Shansi, Hows through this district, and in its course receives the waters of several minor streams, of which the castern and western f lang are the principal. Du Haide speaks in high terms of this tcrritory, and of its chief city. Timkowski, who visited it on his way to Pc- king in 1820, thus describes Siuenhwá. “The crenated wall which surrounds it is thirty foci bigli, and puts us in mind of that of the Kremlin, iud resembles those of several towns in Russia. It consists of two thin parallel brick walls, the intermediate space being filled with clay and sand. The wall is Ranked with towers. We passed through three gates les enter the city; the first is covered with iron and large nells: it the second is the guard-konse: Wethence proced Topography of Chili Arti 1 ed along a broad street bordered with shops of hardware, and ware- houses of carts, when we reached the triumphal gate. We went ihrough several large and small streets, which are broad and clean; bui, considering its extent, the city is thinly peopled.” Timkowski also visited the chief towns of the districts Pau-án and Hwáilái, and gives us a pleasing account of the country. He met many Mongols, , chiefly Chákárs, returning from Peking: also numerous caravans of camels, loaded with brick tea, going northward. This is perhaps the most suitable place to notice the four celebrat- ed Passes through the Great Wall, west of thạt near the coast: the Jatier, that of Shánhái is called a kwán, or barrier; the former are called kau, i. e. gates, or passes. Proceeding westward from the coast, the following are their names, in order. 喜​宰 ​Hitung kau, lat. 40° 26' N. 2 5 tp Kúpe kau, lat. 40° 43' N. :3 Mili T Tushi kau, lat. 41° 19' 20" N, 4 5Chángkiá kau, lat. 40° 51' 15" N. These names translated, literally, will read thus ; 1. Joyful-peak gate; 2. Old-northern gate; 3. Solitary rock gate; and 4. the Long- family gate, so called, Klaproth says, because a family by the name of Cháng (or Long) first lived there. Macartney's embassy passed through the Old-northern gate; Timkowski's, through that of the Long-family; of which he thus speaks; “It is divided by a river into two parts, the upper and lower town: the forner is situated on the Mongolian side of the frontier, and its gates are built in the Great Wall, which passes over the mountains. To the west of these gates the old wall is distinguished only by a stone rampart, and a green hill, on which a tower formerly stood." The lower town is a fort, or fortified town, on the south of the Great Wall. Timkowski says, Chángkiá is the key of the commerce of China with Russia, and in part also with Mongolia; and hence there is usually assembled at that place a great concourse of merchants. The commander-in- chief, or the keeper-general of Cháhár resides here, with a large mi- litary force. XII. The department of Tsunhwa lies between those of Shuntien and Yungping, on the west and east; and between the Great Wall and the sea, on the north and south ; and is neither very extensive nor in any way worthy of particular notice. XIII The department of Vi is likewise m no ways remarkalıle il is bounded by the departments of Sileniwi, Shuntien, and Pali 11.2 Topography of (hili. 119 XIV. The department of Siúu lies between those of Chingting and Shunte on the north and south; and between Kí chau and the pro. vince of Shánsí on the east and west. In it is the lake Ningtsin pe. XV. The department of Ki lies due east of the last named, from which it differs in no way worthy of notice. The above-named lake, forms its western border. XVI. The department of Shin lies directly on the north of that last named, to the southwest of that of Hókien, and south of Páuting. XVII. The department of Ting is nearly inidway between Pau- ting and Chingting, with the chief towns of the three departments nearly in a right line. XVIII. The department of Kaupe lies on the north of Siuenhwa, west of Chingte, with the territory of Cháhár on its north and west. Its chief magistrate resides at Chángkiá in Siuenhwa, which is also the residence of one of its three under magistrates; a second resides also within the Great Wall, at or near the Solitary-rock gate ; while the third resides at Tó-lun-nóh’rh, sixty or seventy miles further northward. XIX. The department of Cháhár lies westward and northward from Kaupe; and in the face of the country, nature and productions of the soil, and character of the inhabitants, the two are quite alike. The country for the inost part is mountainous and wild. The inha- bitants are shepherds and herdsmen, and keep the flocks and cattle of their jinperial master, the son of heaven. Their ancestors formed one of the eight divisions of the grand army of the Mantchous, which conquered China in 1644. They are among the most faithful of the Mongols, and are distributed into eight bands, under that number of different standards—which are a plain and bordered yellow; and plain and bordered red; with white and blue distinguished in the same Timkowski writes the name of this country Tsakhar, and says the word, in Mongolian, means “ frontier country.” Barrow says that during the months of August, September and October, while they were in Chili, there was one continued succes- sion of cloudless days, showers of rain falling only on one occasion. The range of Fahreuheit's thermometer was, in August, 80° 10 88° at noon; at night 60° 10 64°: September, 70° was the medium at 2 o'clock v. m.; October, about 68°, descending sometimes at night to 14. manner. VI 1541 duni. Remarks on the Cochinchinese Language. ART. VII. Remarks on the Cochinchinese language, designed to disprove the opinion that the language of Cochinchina is dif- ferent from that of China. In a note to the editor. In reading, in a late number of an American Journal, a notice of the Cochinchinese language, I observed a statement that the two nations, viz., the Chinese and Cochinchinese, “ do not understand each other, either in reading or speaking;" and again, “ that the Cochinchinese cannot read Chinese books, unless they have learned Chinese.” We have been accustomed to think that the only written language the Cochinchinese have is the Chinese, and of course they cannot read Chinese books before they have learned them; but we are still dis- posed to think that every native of Cochinchina, who has learned to read in his own country, can read Chinese books. We are inclined to this belief from the fact, which is well authenticated, that books prepared and printed in Cochinchina have been circulated and read understandingly by the Chinese, who have never been in that coun- try, and again Chinese books have, under our own observation, been sought for and intelligently read by the Cochinchinese, not only by the higher classes but by the common people, such as prisoners of war, among several hundreds of whom an equal or greater proportion could read Chinese books than among the same class of native born Chinese. We have also seen Cochinchinese, able to read a Chinese book and to explain the meaning through the medium of a third lan- guage, who could not speak a word of Chinese ; and we have also had an opportunity, during a visit to their own country, while desti- tute of any spoken language we knew in common, to prove by a practical use of the Chinese character as a medium of communicat- ing thought, that it is understood by them generally. For not only the petty officers, who visited us on ship-board, but among the fisher- men and cottagers, we found persons who readily understood our inquiries, and by means of the pencil settled the prices and quantity of the various articles of provisions required for the ship. They also gave to the character the same signification, and assigned it the same location in a sentence. that a Chinese would, allowing for the differ- ent forms of expression, which different individuals, speaking the same language, will sometimes adopt, and especially persons speaking different dialects of the same language It will probably be found that, although the Chinese written Character may on the whole bo 1842. 451 Remarks on the Cochinchinese Language. a occurs. used and understood alike in different portions of the empire, still familiar composition written by any individual might contain some peculiar forms of expression which would be regarded as excellencies by those speaking the same dialect, while they would be looked upon as blemishes by those of another province. Men of different dialects may not only use entirely different sounds in expressing the samne idea, but they may and often do use different characters which may be synonymous in signification, but one o- which when pronounced may better harmonize with a particular diaf lect than another, and for that reason may be chosen. And if the Co- chinchinese should occasionally use a character out of its ordinary signification, giving it a local sense, it would be no more than is done in some of the provinces in China, and especially in some of the co. lonies out of the empire, where the people would be unwilling to acknowledge that their language was not Chinese. If in Cochinchinese, as is stated, the same character is used in various senses, with a distinct sound for each ; this instead of being a peculiarity proves its identity with Chinese, in which the same thing Thus in the dialect of Fukien, is read siets, a proper name; k'iets, sorrowful; and k'i, to unite. In Tiéchü (Chauchau fú), This read kiá’, to walk, heng actions, and háng, valient. In the couri dialect, it is read hán, completely; kien, to diminish; and ying, according, but it does not necessarily follow from this that there are three distinct languages so far as these characters are concerned. Nei- ther would any one dialect by giving to a few characters a local sig- nification, differing from the one in general use, thereby become entitled to the appellation of a new language. So it is believed that the colloquial mediurn of the Cochinchinese is but one of the dialects of Chinese, while the written language is essentially the same in both. The article above alluded to, which asserts that the Cochinchi- nese written as well as spoken language is distinct froin the Chinese, leaves also on the mind of the reader an impression that the Cochin- chinese is nearly allied if not identified with the languages of Cam. boja, Laos, and Siam. This latter impression we think to be equally incorrect with the former. The colloquial spoken by the Cochinchi- nese is far from resembling that spoken in the other countries named, while these have a written language with an alphabet widely differing from the Chinese character. The Siamese, Laos, and Cambojan languages are analogous to each other, and there are individuals from Cochinchina in these several countries speaking their own language, but they seldom (cach it 10 those with whom they reside whereas Purwuit of Shurihuivi Arg 1 the Chinese in some of these places have settled in such great num- bers, and constitute such an important portion of the community that they have transferred many expressions from their colloquial medium to the native language of the place : e. g. the Siamese numerals are năng, song, sân, si, ba, hỏk, chet, pét, kiot, sắp, Sounds sufficiently resembling those given to the numerals in some of the dialects of Chinese to show that one is derived from the other. In Siamese a chair is called kaou-i, the same as in Chinese, a horse is called ma, so in Chinese; money is called gin, which is nearly or quite the sound for the sarne thing in some of the dialects of Chinese. Again, we trace a resemblance in the form of asking a question; the Siamese say ki- mong, for what time, the Chinese' ki-shi? the Siamese say ki-minoi, for how many ? the Chiuese, kító. Again for finished the Siamese have luou, and the Chinese liáu; for great the Siamese would say to, and the Chinese tú or twá. In short, in listening to the Siamese and Chinese as they are spoken, one is daily noticing sounds used alike in the two, with the same signification, while the written language of the two is as unlikefas English and Arabic. D). 7! Art. VI. Portrait of Sháuháu, the fourth of the five ancient sovereigns, with remarks on Chinese historical writing. But for the purpose of rendering our series of portraits complete, we might content ourselves with saying of this monarch, as professor Kidd has properly enough done, that nothing occurs in his history, as written by native authors, worthy of being translated. The profes- sor's remark is perfectly correct. It would, however, in a Chinese historian, be an unpardonable omission of duty thus to pass over even the humblest of the five great monarchs of antiquity. His names, with the reasons for them; his parentage; the circumstances attending his birth, with the place thereof; the character and acts of his government; and the particulars of his death, and so forth, must all be related in the exactest manner. It matters little how the facts are obtained, or what may be their character, weighty or unim- portant; they must be cleared from all obscurities, and recorded as unquestionable verities. In the historian, who has exhausted all the means at his command for gaining the truth, such positiveness is not 1 Hvernig vé Shuniistica 1:1:1 庆​風​螺 ​unbecoming. The reader of history will always be pleased with sim- ple narrative of things that have been or are; conjectures, fancies, and the like, he can easily make for himself. How Chinese authors obtained a knowledge of the particulars they relate of the five em- perors,--the cotemporaries of Adam, Noah, &c., we know not. When what they say existed or occurred, if there be any reason for repeating it, we will repeat, and put it on record” as they have done. But where there are no evidences of credibility to be found, then we may cease to repeat what they would fain have us believe. The genuineness, the integrity, and the credibility of Chinese early writings, both historical and philosophical, deserve a degree of at- tention which they have never yet received, either from native or foreign scholars. 151 Alici Surnal of Birurrelios ART. VITI. Journal of Occurrences: the eastern cxpeditionary force; memorial from Hi Chún; British expelled from Ningpó; fall of Wusung ; hong-merchants summoned by I'lípú; Hingan; Wúng Ting ; Amoy; Hongkong, On the return of the expedition from China, says a late number of the Indian Review, “ we hope lord Ellenborough will not forget the insults of the Burmans, the encroachments of the Nipálese,” &c. ... And when is the expedition to return? Two full months—July and August, -have passed since the British community have had any dispatches from H. B. M.'s sole plenipotentiary, and chief superin- tendent of trade of British subjects in China. There are rumors-of an advance up the Yángtsz' kiáng as far as to Kiángning, the an- cient Nanking, ---of the flight of its army and people ;-of the occupa- tion of the forts at the mouth of the White river (or Pei hó); of the flight of the emperor to his summer residence on the Warm river (or Je hó);—of the determination to decline all terms for an-amicable ar- rangement;-of the return from banishment of Lin, and of his ap- pointment as commissioner to Canton; &c., &c. Such are the rumors. Supplies, &c., are constantly being sent forward to head- quarters on the coast. Time will soon show the results, and with the return of the northerly winds the dispatches for this place will not be Jong in reaching their destination. 2. Hú Cháu's offer of services is extracted from a late Peking Gazette. The paper itself is without date, and it may be the same offer that is alluded to on page 62, but we rather think not for he speaks in this of having already waited a year. Hú Cháu was the superior officer of Yáng Fáng, who came to Canton last year. Hú Cháu, great protector of the heir-apparent, general of the guard at the Kientsing gate of the palace, major-general of the division of the province, pa- triotic earl of the second rank, and a pátúlu of distinguished bravery, kneels and inemorializes l'especting his ardent desire to give vent to his feelings, and looking up begs the sacred glance upon it. Your servant is well aware that he was originally but a poor inefficient subal- Lern, and has successively received imperial favors ever since he was a mere lackey in the army up to his present elevated rank. Formerly, on account of the dastardly rebel Jehanguir making commotions among the people and troub- ling the frontier, I, having exhibited the terror of our arms, seized and brought him to the capital, where he was made a public example. The dignity of great protec- tor of the heir-apparent was then conferred on me by special order, and the title of patriotic earl, together with a two-eyed peacock's feather, a riding jacket of yellow satin, a thrice-joyful: archer's ring, and sundry, other things were be- stowed upon me. That I, who have not a particle of merit should so unexpectedly receive such distinguished marks of approbation, filled my breast with confusion, and the more I thought thereon the more was I ashamed. Last year, as soon as the alarining intelligence came from Tinghái in the sixth month, I immediately ordered all my officers to drill the marines perfectly, and put every kind of equipment in the best of order; I also sought out skillful arti- sans who have cast 65 large cannon, and made 500 stands of arms, each gun being about two and a half feet in length, and carrying twice the charge of the old is. Journal of Occurrences. j guns; in these, 110 sooner bas the first gun gone off than the other succeeds it. I have moreover made a man-of-war vessel, having two wheels each side, and a large copper mortar on the bow to carry fire in; ihese wheels revolve of them- selves; the model is taken from that of the western foreigners, which it resem- bles; it goes a hundred lí in a twinkling. I have besides this, with the savings of my own salary, collected more than 5000 brave and experienced men, whom I have kept day and night in constant readiness and practice for any public exigency. Lately hearing of the disturbances in Canton, and also that Amoy was lost, my hair bristled from irrepressible indignation. Moreover, I reflected that our dynas- iy, from its constant use of soldiery, has always been successful wherever it had turned its arms: how has it happened therefore that these petty contemptible English barbarians have waxed so outrageous? It is not because the rules of strategy are not understood, nor because the troops fear the burnt of battle, but simply because these rebels alone had steamers, cannon, and such sorts of things, by which they could overcome us who had none of them, and give full scope to their outrageous violence without the least apprehension. Now, having made my vessels, guns, &c., all ready, and learned the navigation of the channels, I am exceedingly desirous to exhibit the terror of our arms upon the ocean, and requite the many favors of my sovereign: but I cannot imagine why after waiting a whole year I have not received a commission to active service. Can it be be- cause the sacred thought' compassionates my debility, and does not wish me to emulate the hard toil of the dog or horse? My age is but threescore, nor is my strength yet weakened, but in walking, riding and archery, my vigor is quite as good as ever. This proposal is by no means made from a covetous desire of honors or rewards, but simply because the troubles on the maritime frontier are not quelled, and because the poor people there are so afflicted. Your majesty is now greatly discomposed by the troubles at the south, nor am I and my comrades restricted to serve in any one spot: can we merely consume our stipend with: out an exertion, and not be covered wtih confusion? Prostrate I beg, that these my incoherent notions and private feelings may be noticed, and that I may be allowed to hasten with utmost speed to Fukien, where I will seize these barbarous rebels and offer them up before the palace with the greatest alacrity. Your servant intently awaits the imperial commands, while he humbly implores a sacred glance upon ibis careful memorial. 3. The British forces expelled from Ningpó. The Peking Ga- zette of June 4th contains an imperial edict, awarding honors to the heroes who led H. I. M.'s forces to expel the barbarians from Ningpó. Peacock's feathers, &c., are to be bestowed on the leaders according to their respective deeds, which, as recounted by Yiking, were neither few nor small. The attack on the English was a com- bined one, there being more than seventy vessels, with large land forces cooperating The carnage was dreadful; more than 300 of the English were killed; five ships were destroyed; and powder, military hats, &c., were borne off as trophies! All this was done without any loss on the part of the Chinese for fortunately it was achieved subsequently to the evacuation of the city by the English, on the 7th of May last. 4. The fall of Wúsung, and other places in its vicinity, has been reported to the emperor, by his excellency (Niú) Buffalo, (for such when translated is the name of) the governor of Liáng Kiáng. Ile had reported the advance of the rebellious barbarians on the 15th of Junc; and now he has to report the loss of several cities, for whichi, and the violation of law, he begs that beavy punishment may be in- Micter on his own person. le takes care, however, 10 tell his mas- vor how he had braved the honest of their right 0 tlır. billlc fichel 4.56 Journal of Occurrences, where cannon-balls innumerable, flying in awful confusion through the expanse of heaven, fell before, behind, and on either side of him; while in the distance he saw the ships of the rebels, standing erect, lofty as the mountains. The fierce daring of the rebels was incon- ceivable. Officers and men fell at their posts. Every effort to resist and check the onset was in vain, and a retreat became inevitable.” The memorial as it comes us, is without date; but must have been written shortly after the occurrences it narrates. 5. Hong-merchants summoned by Plípú. This old commissioner and his colleagues, having sent off a dispatch to Canton, requiring two of the hong-merchants immediately to repair to Súchau, made report thereof at the same time to their master, setting forth the rea- sons for having so done. These were childish enough: their excel- lencies were afraid there would be no means of communicating with the English, and that in consequence thereof, the barbarians would intrude themselves upon the Inner Land, and create confusion. How- ever, his majesty has not been pleased to sanction the summons; and consequently the said hong-merchants have returned to look after their private affairs. 6. Hingan, an old favorite but degraded minister of Taukwang, of Lienchau memory, is often noticed in the Gazettes, and is no doubt exerting much influence in the imperial counsels during these times of troubles. 7. Wang Ting, late cabinet minister, reports current in Canton say, hung himself, and that he did this because he was unable to carry certain measures which he had brought forward. In the Ga- zettes we do not find any allusion to the causes of his demise, which is deplored, and high honors conferred. 8. At Amoy, everything remains quiet. The people on Kúlang sú have to a great degree, resumed their occupations, and the inter- course between it and Amoy, is unobstructed. 9. Hongkong. The progress of public and private works has been somewhat accelerated during the present month; and the amount of business done gradually increases. A little tea has lately been brought down coastwise, which has been shipped to England. To the number of residents, there have been added, -an attorney-at-law, Mr. Edward Francomb from Londonand a master-builder, Mr. F. Langes from Calcutta. The Queen's Road (Baptist) chapel at Hongkong was dedicated on the 17th ultimo, a very neat and commodious building, consider- ing its cost, which was less than one thousand dollars. It is built of “concrete earth,” is about 70 by 27 feet, with cupola, bell, &c. It is the first Protestant chapel built on Hongkong, but not the first in China:' nor is the church, which meets within its walls, “the first Christian church formed in China;" it is the property of the Ame- rican Baptist Board of Missions, having been erected under the care of the Rev. J. L. Shuck, one of its missionaries, by subscription among the foreign community. l'IE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XI.-SEPTEMBER, 1842.--- No. 9. ART. I. Retrospection, or Review of Public Occurrences in China during the last ten years, from January 1st, 1832, lo December 31st, 1811 (Continued from page 410.) Soon after captain Elliot retired from Canton, the 24th of May, 1839, the factories were mostly deserted, so that June 1st there were not more than twenty-five or thirty foreigners remaining in the pro- vincial city. The Ann Jane, the last of the British ships in port, passed out of the Bogue, heavily laden with cargo for England, on the 16th of that mouth. And it was the declared intention of the chief superintendent to prevent, as far as it was possible for him to do, the return of British merchants to Canton. At the same time it was the desire of the imperial commissioner that they should returii, but under bonds never more to traffic in the drug While the question of returning was pending, Lin and his col- leagues received a dispatch from the emperor, in which his majesty was pleased to say, unadvisedly as it now appears—that “this affair has been extremely well managed.” And it was added, in the same edict--"Let Lin and his colleagues assemble the civil and inilitary officers and in their presence destroy the opium, thus exhibiting an awful warning to the foreigners and natives dwelling on the coast.' The prefect of Canton bad already given a receipt for the whole amount of opium, 20,283 chests, delivered over to the Chinese from on board the ships. The reccipit bears date, May 18th, 1839. 'The opium had then been all stored, under guard, at Chiukau, a few sniles east of the Bogue. VOL XL N 458 SEP. Review of Public Occurrences During the July 7th. June 3d, 1839. The excavation of pits for the destruction of the opium was begun at Chinkau, by Chinese officers, who were deputed froin Canton by the commissioner and goverunr. For notices of the manier in which the opium was destroyed, re- ferences were given in the last number. For details of ininor occur. rences, cotemporaneous with the destruction of the opium, see Chi. Rep., vol. VIII., p. 439. Hongkong had been frequented by ships for several years, during those months in which tyfoons occur. Early in July, of this year, a large number had rendezvoused there, all English ships having re- fused “either to enter the port or to leave the coast of the celestial empire." A Chinese, named Lin Weihí lost his life in an affray ou shore at Hongkong. Vol. VIII., pp. 180, 212, 321, &c. 15th. Captain Elliot addressed the following letter to Messrs. Jar- dine, Matheson, & Co., and to Messrs. Dent & Co. “Gentlemen,- I am concerned to acquaint you, that a very serious riot look place in the neighborhood of a village on the eastern shore of the anchorage in Hongkong bay, in the afternoon of Sunday, the 7th instant, in which several seamen of the ships Carnatic and Mangalore, were engaged. There is strong reason to fear, that a native named Lin Weihí lost his life on this occasion ; and for the ends of justice, I have offered a reward of 200 dollars on the part of her majesty's government to any person or persons who shall adduce evidence leading to the conviction of any other person or persons, (being subjects to her majesty,) for the murder of that individual. I have also offered a reward of 100 dollars, to any person or persons who shall adduce evidence leading to the conviction of any other person or persons, (being subjects to her majesty,) as instigators of, or ring. leaders in, the riot of the 7th instant. I have also advanced on my private ac. count and risk, a sum of 1500 dollars to the family of the deceased, as some com. pensation for the heavy loss they have sustained; a further sum of 400 dollars, to protect them against the extortion of this money by the lower officers in the neighborhood; and 100 dollars, lo be distributed ainongst the suffering villagers, (some of them aged men and women,) with the hope to soothe the irritation which the late event was calculated to create. "I have no doubt you will agree with me that expenses of this nature incurred on account of the grave misconduct of English seamen, should devolve upon the English ships to which the people belonged, who had been so improperly permit. ted to go on shore; and so far as I have yet ascertained, the Carnatic and Man. galore are the only English ships in that situation. If it should become known to me, however, that the seamen of any other English ships were on shore and engaged in this riot, I will of course transmit, a copy of this letter to the agents for them Perhaps I should explain, that I have carefully particularized English ships, because I believe there is no doubt that the seamen of other gn ships were concerned in this dispial transaction But I have necessarily neither the riphe nor the law deposition to accept from foreigo'sh, ally share of the "xpense. 11: 1:59 Laris lori front's Iron iX:3. in di I have incurred on tin: Oreasiun : and, incerci, il pou do ist frei warranted in inaking the payment on account is the Elgit de chips, I must sustain llie loss. It should be added that the relatives of the deceased have forwarded in a paner, declaring that they a:cribe his death to accident, and not willfulness. Buil afraid that this representation is made wholly with the purpose to protect them from punishıment, for receiving money from foreigners; and I certainly do not intend to relinquish the pursuit of the strictest further investigation on such a ground as that. I have, &c., -Corresp. p. 432. (Signed) “(HARLES El.lfor." 18th. Captain Elliot, under this date addressed a cominunication 10 viscount Palmerston, from which the following is an extract. "My lord. The high commissioner still remains at Canton, and I learn through a highly respectable native channel, that he dares not venture to leave the pro. vinces till he can report to the throne the peaceful resumption of the regular Brit. ish trade. His excellency's perplexity too, is said to be intensely increased by the impulse, which it was natural to expect his late rash measures would give to this traffic, at other points of the coast than this. In several parts of Fukien they have already produced a formidable organization of the native smugglers, and the officers of the government do not venture to disturb them. The high prices in China will soon bring on the immense stocks in India; and, indeed, whilst I am writing to your lordship, a most vigorous trade is carried on at places about 200 miles to the eastward of Canton. “J am more and more convinced, my lord, that the late crisis, and the just ground of interference afforded to her majesty's government, will enable it to interpose, under the most favorable circumstances, for the establishment of regular and honorable trade on a firm basis, and, let me take the liberty to add, for the effectual check or regulation of a traffic, which by the present manner of its pur. suit must every day become inore dangerous to the peace of this ancient empire, and more discreditable to the character of the Christian nations, under whose flags it is carried on. But, my lord, the difficulties in China are not confined to this matter of opium. The truc and far more important question to be solved, is whether there shall be honorable and extending trade with this empire; or whether the coasts shall be delivered over to a state of things which will pass rapidly from the worst character of forced trade to plain bucaneering. If the high commis. sioner had accepted the sincere offers I made to him on the 24th of March last, I am well assured that far more would have been done to diminish the imminent danger of such a state of things, than has resulted from his own impetuous and ill- considered proceedings. I have, &c., --Corresp. p. 431. (Signed "CHARLES Ellios." 13th. The following note was addressed to Chinese officers, deputed by the inperial coinmissioner lo inquire of captain Elliot regarding the affair of the 7th. “ Elliot, learning that the honorable officers have arriver here to make inquiries concerning the death of a native at Hongkong, on the 7th instant, writes these particulars. As soon as it was reported to Elliot, that disorder lad saken place at Hongkong, and that a native of the land had lost his life, ciher by accident or deliberate intention, he proceeded immediately to Hongkong, where but arriveil on 160 SEP Review uj Publio Occurrences During the the morning of the 1011 instant. Upon inquiry, appeared that several seanien of the ships, American as well as English, had been permitted to go ashore as it was said, for the purpose of bathing and taking exercise on the beach. Concerning any English people, who might have been engaged in the disorder, Elliot imme- diately took measures according to the customs of his country. He issued a notice among the English shipping, offering a reward of 2001. to any person who would discover the man by whom the native of the land might have been killed, whether accidentally or not, and a reward of 1001. to any person who would discover the leaders in the riot which had taken place. • The investigations are still proceeding, neither shall they be lightly pursued ; and most assuredly, if it shall be brought to light that this unhappy man lost his life by an act of a British subject, and the offender be discovered, he shall be immediately placed on his trial, according to the laws of his country. The government of the English nation would hold Elliot deeply guilty, if he failed to prosecute this affair with the utmost severity. Elliot should further make known to the honorable officers, that the family of the deceased do not ascribe the death of this individual to willfulness, but to accident. Be it accident or willfulness, how- ever, he is no longer here to take care of them, and therefore Elliot has consider- ed that it became him to provide for their support. This is just. - Corresp. p. 440. (Signed) “CHARLES ELLIOT." 21st A further communication, under this date, was addressed lo officers sent by the com ommissioner to captain Elliot. For the ends of justice and in the performance of his duty to his own gra. cious sovereign, Elliot must assuredly continue to use his sincerest efforts to discover whether the perpetrators of any crime, declared to be committed within this jurisdiction, are British subjects; and if it shall appear upon faithful investiga- tion that such is the case, the offenders will be placed upon their trial according to the laws of their country. But the present conduct of the honorable officers is as inexplicable, as their past proceedings are unjust and dangerous. At one moment they issue a public notice, encouraging the mer hants and seamen of the English nation to disregard the lawful orders of their officer. At the next they approach him with requisition to settle important affairs. When the ships of his nation went to Hongkong, Elliot strictly commanded the people of his nation always to treat the honorable officers of this empire with respect, and to prevent the sailors from occasioning disorder. Immediately afterwards, follows the proclamation of the honorable officers, inciting the people of the English nation to disregard Elliot's injunctions. But if they were to be disregarded in one sense, how was it to be expected they would be observed in another? Would it be possible to maintaiu order and tranquillity, if Elliot and the other foreign officers were to incite the natives of the land to give vo heed to the commands of their own authorities, and assure the people of assistance, if they thought fit to break the laws of the empire ? Truly these proceedings of the honorable officers have been highly inconsistent with the principles of peace and reason, and Elliot considers that these and all othe disorders are chiefly attributable to them. Elliot will receive no papers from the honorable officers till he is satisfied that there shall be no repetition of these inflammatory practices, and till the higher officers think fit to receive his own Sraled addresses agreeably to custom, Curresp. p. 411. Signed CHARLES FJJjor." 18.12. 401 Last Ten Years, from 18 tu ni .Tugust 3d, Arrangements having been made for the public trial of certain English seamen, concerned in the riot at llongkong, capt, Elliot gave the following notice thereof to the Chinese authorities. The note is addressed to the sub-prefect of Macao. Elliot, &c., &c., begs to acquaint the keunmin fú. for the information of the higher officers at the provincial city, that on Monday, the 12th day of the inonth, certain English seamen will be tried before him, according to the laws of the English nation, on board a British ship, at the anchorage at Ilongkong, for parti. cipation in the riot, in which a native of the land, named Lin Weihí, is declared to have lost his life, to the end that justice may be done upon those who are prov. ed to be guilty, and that the innocent may be allowed to go free. And if the higher officers shall be pleased to command any of the honorable officers to be present at the trial, Elliot will fake care that they are received with the respect due to their rank, (Signed CHARLES EL1.10r." -Corresp. p. 441. 16th. Under this date the result of the trial was communicated to the sub-prefect, in the following note. “ Elliot has the honor to acquaint the keunmin fú, for the information of the high officers, that he has strictly investigated according to the forms of law of his country concerning the death of a native of the land, at Hongkong, on the 7tlı July last. Not to the end that any man should be delivered up, for, by the plain orders of his gracious sovereign, that is impossible, but that justice may be done upon the guilty, even to the taking of life, if there be a conviction of murder. He now solemnly declares that he has not been able to discover the perpetrators of this deed. (Signed) " CHARLES Elliot." - Corresp. pp. 441-442. 21st. The servants having been withdrawn from the British houses in Macao, and attempts made to cut off all supplies, the fol- lowing note was addressed to the sub-prefect. “ Elliot has to demand, in the name of the sovereign of his nation, that proclamations should be forth with issued, perniitting the native servants, in the employment of the English at Macao, to return to their occupations and furnish the supplies. And Elliot has further to give notice that, as at Hongkong, there are several thousands of seamen menaced with the privation of supplies of foor), le cannot be responsible for the preservation of the peace, iſ the present condition of disquietude subsists. According to the genius of the English nation, they will be considered by his government to be measures of insult and violence of the worst character. And the responsibility rests upon the commissioner. emperor will not sanction proceedings of undistinguishing vinlenee, arising entirely from a violation of his gracious will, t.hat all things should he adjustod agreeably in the principles of justice and reason. -Corresp. p. 442. 'Those who were not in Macao during the days now under review, or in Canton while the foreigners were forcibly detained there in March and April. cau scarcely conceive of the degree of excitement The great Rrriere of Publio Orrurrences During the SEF that existed on those occasions. 'The following notes will indicate something of the feeling then prevalent in the British cominunity. No. 1. Maria, 'lypa, Sunday, August 25th, 1839. My dear capt. Elliot, ~ We have persuaded the commander of the Ann to pro. ceed to Hongkong before sailing, in case you may have any further dispatches to write. Her destination is Manila and Singapore; but circumstances may oc. casion thc voyage terminating at Manila. Mr. A. Jardine will tell you of a second chop this afternoon from the Chinese officers, in consequence of which the Portuguese governor has declared, he cannot answer for the safety of British sub. jects after noon tomorrow, at which hour all are to embark in a body, in the governor's presence, with the troups under arms. There is even a threat of an attempt to surround British houses to-night; but the governor has declared his determination to resist this; and it is not likely that, if it is really intended, they would have given notice of it. I think, however, none of our countrymen at Macao will venture to go to sleep to-night. Mr. Jardine will tell you of the fearſul murder of the crew of the Black Joke, off Lantao point, last night, excepting only the serang, who sprang overboard, and clung to the rudder. Mr. Mark Moss, the only passenger, was barbarously wounded, one of his ears cut off, and left for dead. After which they attempted setting fire to the vessel, but were interrupted by the Harriet coming up, which took the Black Joke in tow. The attackers consisted of seven Chinese rowing- boats, manned and armed like mandarins, but, I think, (contrary to the general opinion) they must have been pirates, trusting to the present confusion for im. punity. They carried off some property, consisting of Mr. Just's watches, but left some dollars, strange to say. Mr. Moss was flying from the process of the Macao court, on an action of debt on Mr. Gouldborough's account. He is alive and likely to survive, unless lock-jaw supervenes. We have ordered provisions, &c., for ourselves. Have you any orders to give on account of the community ? -Corresp. p. 435. Yours, &c., (Signed) “JAMES MATHESON." No. 2. Macao, August 25th, 1839. Sir,—We have the honor to forward to you herewith copies of depositions taken this day, regarding a distressing outrage committed last night by the Chi. nese on the crew of the schooner Black Joke, when at anchor off Lantao. The eominittee waited on the governor this morning, in consequence of this business, and also with reference to a chop from the commissioner to the Portuguese govern- ment (which was demi-officially notified to their chairman), directing them imme. diately to send away the English residents. The governor did not feel himself at liberty to cummunicate the contents of this chop to the committee; but a con. fidential interview with their chairman, coupled with the purpose of certain other chops, just now issued, (and an abstract of which we have procured from Mr. Gutzlaff, and forward hercin) and also bearing in mind the affair of the schooner Black Joke, which there is apparently some reason to fear was made under the directions of the officers, have induced the committee to recominend the iminediate embarkation of the British community. “ We send also herewith a copy of our circular, suggesting the adoption of that measure, We trust the embarkation will be allowed to take place without abstruction, in the course of to-morrow. We e are sorry to add, that we have Ferested information that the schooner Jane was last night chased by the officers, 181 Leest Trol pours from 18:30 iimili also in the neighborhood of lantan. The governor har declined furnishing is with a copy of the chop to himself, or communicating it officially to us as a com- mittee, and he states himself unable to say what time will be allowed by the Chinese authorities for the departure of the English residents. It is said, on goud authority, that several thousand troops are collected in this neighborhood; and we hear that the Chinese are removing themselves and their property in large numbers from Macao. We have, Sic., (Signed) J. H. ASTELL, G. BRAINE, - Corresp. p. 436. WM. BELL, G. Suru, DinsiIaW FURDONJER- The departure of the U.S. A. frigate Columbia and sloop-of-war John Adams on the 6th, and the arrival of H. B. M. ship-of-war Vol- age on the 30th, with other minor occurrences, are noted on page 439, vol. VIII September Ist. Captain Elliot addressed to the governor of Macao the following note. "The undersigned, Sic., &c., has the honor to acquaint your excellency that he has received dispatches from the rear-adıniral commander-in-chief, dated on the 8th July last, by which he learns that the captain of her majesty's ship Volage, is instructed to cooperate most cordially and energetically with his excellency the governor of Macao, in the defense of the place, and in repelling any aggression that may be attempted, and to consider the lives and liberty of her most faithful majesty's subjects equally under his protection with those of her majesty. If, therefore, your excellency shall desire aid of any kind for the above purposes from her majesty's officers or subjects, at this anchorage, it shall immediately be afford- ed. Under the circumstance of the arrival of her majesty's ship, with such orders, the undersigned cannot but feel that your excellency will anxiously desire to see British subjects once more under the protection of her most faithful majesty's flag, at Macao, if possible; the more so on account of the insulting address to the Portuguese authoritics, praising and thanking them for assisting in driving forth the British people. " This infamous calumny will have been a source of deep chagrin to your ex. cellency; but the undersigned hopes he need not say that he has assured luis own government it is utterly void of foundation. The undersigned, for liis own part, did not require your cxceliency’s repeated and honorable declarations that the same protection should be attorded to British as Portuguesc subjects, and his own reason for retiring, was indisposition to compromise the settlement whilst there was no force at hand to repel the aggression. That is no longer the case; and the undersigned has now to propose to your excellency the return of her majesty's subjects to Macao, and the utınost aid in his power for the resistance of any ag. gression upon the honor and rights of her most faithful inajesty, which may ensue from the protection of the subjects of her most ancient and intimate ally. llc has communicated this note to his comrade, the captain of ler majesty's ship, and is requested by that officer lo state his entire concurrence in these sentiments, and to offer your excellency his heartiest assistance. The vessel which conveys this dispatch will wait for your excellency's answer, and a force of 800 or 1000 inent can be placed ill your excellere y's disposal at once. The undersigned lakes this occasion to rent in our excellency the sentiueints of his highest consideration (mresp. p. 1133 (Signets (HARLL. ELIOT " 101 Ser Rroinnt in Publir Oirurreres During the To the above note, of the Ist, his excellency the Portuguese governor, made reply thus, iinder this date. The nndersigned, governor of Macao and its dependencies, has the honor 10 acknowledge receipt of the note addressed to him by the most illustrious Mr. Charles Elliot, superintendent of British comnierce in China, dated in the bay of Hongkong, the 1st of September; and in reply thereto, he has to repeat what he has already officially declared more than once since the arrival at Canton of the high commissioner sent by the emperor of China expressly for the suppression of thic prohibited trade in opium. And it is this, that without receiving from his government express and definitive orders, he cannot cease to preserve the most strict neutrality between the two nations, the English, with which his own has been so long and so intimately allied, and the Chinese, from mutives well known to all. The undersigned cannot at the same time let slip this occasion afforded by the superintendent to express anew, in the name of his government, his very great and well-mcrited thanks for the frank and generous coöperation which has been afforded, but of which he is not able to avail himself for the reasons above stated. " The British subjects retired of their own accord from Macao, with a view of not compromising this establislıment, and by this step have placed themselves under the necessity of not landing here so long as all the difficulties now existing shall continue unsettled ; which difficulties the undersigned hopes to see terminat. ed satisfactorily for all parties, it not being allowable for him to vary in anything from the maintenance of the neutrality above stated, until he shall receive express orders from his government in that respect. The “chops” of the officers, of which with reason the superintendent complains, have been answered to the high commissioner in a manner definite and positive, making him perceive that the British subjects retired of their own accord, and in this the undersigned judges that the British subjects and the dignity of the Portuguese government will be equally satisfied. The superintendent and all the British subjects were aware of the lively fvelings with which the undersigned saw them depart, and all knew that what protection was possible in the circumstances in which we are here placed was given, and of this the superintendent was convinced; and it appears to the undersigned that the note already cited is thus satisfactorily answered, it only remaining for him to renew the expression of his highest esteem and consideration. The governor, -Corresp. pp. 445–446. (Signed) “ADRIAO A. Da Silveira Pinto." 2d. The following note will sufficiently explain the reasons for its appearance; it was written at Hongkong to dissuade the people from poisoning the water. A placard, said to be posted on shore at Hongkong, to the following effect, has this day been exhibited to Elliot, the English superintendent :—Poison has been put into this water, which will destroy the bowels if it be drunk. Let none of our people take it to drink.' He knows that the higher officers are incapable of issuing such shameful papers, and that they are the work of low and designing Elliot now cxhorts all the good and peaceable natives of the neighborhood riot to lend themselves to such practices, so sure to draw down the just wrath of the great emperor, and to lead to conflict with the foreign men. Here are several thousands of persons who have done 1100 evil, but who, ou le contrary, Việt, 1842 16., Last Post Pours from 1833:2 10 DI. venerate the einperor, and know that these trouvles have arisen because his yra. cious commands have been violated, and because the truth is concealed fronı him. The men have arms in their hands, and is it reasonable to suppose they will suffer themselves to be starved to death and poisoned? These are vain 'and foolish thoughts. “ Elliot has strictly commanded all the men of his nation to treat the natives of the land with justice and kindness, and to pay faithfully for all that is supplied. So long as the provisions and water are furnished without difficulty, Elliot will be responsible for the preservation of the peace. If they are stopped, Elliot knows that there will be conflict, and the blame will fall upon the heads of those by whom these troubles have been incited. If any injury be done to the unoffending natives by the men of the English nation let them prefer their complaints, and they shall be redressed. Whilst the people are coinmanded to poison the water for the cruel destruction of the English nation, these English foreigners are risking their own lives, and freely using their own means, to save and succor the people of the land. On the 30th day of last month, thirty Chinese belonging to Cháu. chau, in this province, were landed from the English vessel Manly, having been saved from shipwreck, near the coast of Manila, about one month since. The men of the English nation consider it an act of sacred duty to assist the natives of the land in distress; and, since Elliot has been in the country, several hundreds have been saved from shipwreck, and restored to their fathers, and the care of their families, by the kindness of the English people. Is it a suitable return to deprive them of supplics of food, and to poison the water which they are accus- tomed to drink? For the sake of peacc, Elliot writes these words. -Corresp. p. 448. (Signed) “Charles Elliot." Under the same date captain Elliot addressed the following commu- nication to the high commissioner. “ Is it consistent with peace, or with the dignity of the empire, to drive forth from their houses, and to deprivc of supplies of food, and of attendance, women in the pains of child-birth, sick persons, and young children, upon the pretext that Elliot does not deliver up a man to be killed, although he has solemnly and repeatedly declared that he has strictly investigated according to the laws of his country, and that he is unable to discover who the guilty man is; and although it is most certain that the seamen of American ships were on shore, and engaged in the riot which led to this disaster? Is it desired that Elliot should deliver up any man indiscriminately, and involve the higher officers, as well as himself, in the guilt of murdering an innocent man? Again Elliot asks,- Is it consietent with peace, or with the dignity of the empire, for the high commissioner to encou- rage the natives of the land to acts of the worst description of violence against the men of his nation? On the 16th day of the moon, native boats, which there is every reason to believe had officers on board, (for Elliot is in possession of a cap left there, such as is usually worn by native soldiers,) suddenly attacked a small English passage boat, off the southwest end of Lantao, plundered her of much valuable property, caused six of the crew to lose their lives by drowning, at- tempted to blow up the vessel, and cruelly wounded and disfigured an English gentleman, by cutting off one of his cars, and stabbing him in thirty ,places. "At Hongkong, Elliot finds that the water las been poisoned: and though lic knows the commissioner never pould have given in order so sure to draw down 53 ܠܐܠ NO), IX 106 Ser Review of Public Occurrences During the ID upon his head the terrible wrath of heaven, and of the empcror, still is it to be believed that the water would not have been poisoned, or the boat attacked, unless the commissioner had incited the natives to acts of violence against the people of the English nation by untrue and inflammatory productions on the walls of Macao ? Elliot, who is an humble foreign officer, has done far more in fullfilment of the just imperial will, for the suppression of the traffic in opium, than the high com- Inissioner, and is ready still farther to manifest his sincere earnestness by separat. ing the lawful from the lawless trade. But when he offered to do so, the com- missioner refused to receive his sealed addresses in the manner agreed upon between the governor of these provinces and himself on the 25th of April, 1837. Thus the first interruption of the communication is attributable to the commis- sioner, and its continued interruption arises from Elliot's determination to receive no papers whilst the walls of Macao are covered with unjust and inflammatory proclamations against him and all the men of the nation, and whilst his country. men are deprived of their servants and supplies of food. Let these things be adjusted, and Elliot is ready immediately to open honorable and friendly com. munication with the officers, and use his sincerest efforts to settle all things ac- cording to the principles of reason and justice, upon the basis of effectually separating the lawful trade from the unlawful, and of securing the faithful pay. ment of the imperial duties by the British ships. -Corresp. p. 450. (Signed) " CHARLES ELLIOT." 4th. Captain Elliot, in consequence of the want of provisions at Hongkong, sent the following note to the local officers at Kaulung. "Here are several thousands of men of the English nation deprived of regular supplies of food; and assuredly if this state of things subsists, there will be fre- quent conflicts. And the honorable officers will be responsible for the conse- quences. These are the words of peace and justice. -Corresp. p. 418. (Signed) “ CHARLES ELLIOT." Minute of conversations held by Mr. Gutzlaff with some of the Chinese officers at the anchorage of Kaulung. “When coming alongside the first junk in a two-oared gig, the soldiers put forth their boarding pikes;" on assuring them, however, that I was unarmed, and had come alone for peaceful purposes, they were ashamed of their untimely show of resistance. After some desultory conversation, they told me that there was no officer on board ; the spokesman, however, though dressed in the common garb of the people, appeared to me as a naval officer. He informed me, that no public documents could be received and forwarded by the junks, but if I had to comunicate any thing verbally, he should be too happy to listen to my request. I then stated the reason of our coming, and showed him the necessity of our pro- curing supplies of provisions, since it was impossible that such a large fleet could subsist without them. He received the paper containing an enumeration of our grievances, and read it very attentively, but said that lie was unable to act on his own responsibility and permit the people to come off, but he was perfectly willing to report the matter to his superiors. I turned then to the crew', and asked them, saving. Suppose your were without food for any length of time, and debarred from buying il, would you wail mil the case was transmilied to the higher Leesy Tri Yritis from 183: in idil inthorities, or procure for yourself the same hy every means in your purower! They all exclaimed. . Certainly nobody will like to starve, and necessity bas nuo law.' They directed me, however, to the other junk, where a low naval officer was said to reside. There I repeated my torner arguments, with nearly the same result, of convincing them of the necessity of permitting the people to come ofl and sell provisions. • In this manner I went repeatedly backward and forward, repeating the tenor of our conversation to Captain Elliot. I also took two hundred dollars with me, assuring them that we could not leave the place until we had obtained supplies. 'The soldiers soon afterwards went off in a boat, to consult with the officer in the adjacent fort, and promised to tell us his opinion. It then appeared that nothing could be done, unless the matter were duly reported to the deputy of the com- inissioner, who resides in the neighborhood, and leave obtained from the plenipotentiary himself. Having handed in to them a paper dictated hy captain Elliot, I solemnly declared verbally, that all the mischief arising from their not permitting the people to come off to our ships would recoil on themselves, and besought them not to carry things to extremities, as the most disastrous conse- quences would naturally follow. At their request, I wrote also a list of the articles wanted; but was told that they could not be procured: something. however, would be made a present to us, to satisfy our immediate necessities, for which, however, no payment could be received. This was a mere manquvre 10 gain time for manning the fort, whither numbers crowded. After the most. pathetic appeal to their feelings, and having described the disasters which certain- ly would ensue from their obstinacy, I left them, and returned on board the cutter,--having thus repeatedly besought them to prevent, by tiincly yielding, loss of life, and all the concomitant feelings of men made desperate by hunger. - Corresp. p. 449. (Signed) Charles GUT2LAFF." 5th. Regarding the peacefulness of British subjects the following notice was addressed to the Chinese people by Captain Elliot. “The men of the English nation desire nothing but peace; but they cannot submit to be poisoned and starved. The imperial cruizers they have no wish to molest or impede; but they must not prevent the people from selling. To deprive men of food is the act only of the unfriendly and hostile." Under the same date captain Elliot at Hongkong wrote the follow- ing letter to viscount Palmerston. · My lord,-) yesterday proceeded to Kaulung, in the cutter Louisa, distant about four miles from this anchorage, where there were three large war-junks, whose presence, I collected from the natives about us, prevented the regular supplies of food. I was accoinpanied by the Pearl, a small armed vessel, and captain Smith of the Volage was so good as to lend me the pinnacc of his ship, and to go with me himself. But I can assure your lordship, that though I am responsible for causing the first shot to be fired, I did not anticipate any conflict when we left, and went accompanied solely for purposes of sufficient defense against insult or attack. The violent and vexatious measures heaped upon her, majesty's officer and subjects will, I trust, serve to excuse those feelings of irritation which have betrayed me into a measure that I am sensible, under less trying circumstances, would be difficult indeed of vindication. But I proceed to state the cireunstances • 40% SEP. Rrcinu vj Publio Oiruurences During the as they took place, leaving their most favorable construction to your lordship's unvarying kindness, and to that consideration for my harassing situation which I am sure will be extended to me by her majesty's government. Upon our arrival at the station of the junks, which I found anchored in a line ahead and close order, under rather a formidable and well-manned battery, I brought up abreast of them at about pistol-shot distance, and dispatched Mr. Gutzlaff in a small boat with two men (perfectly unarmed) to the centre junk, taking her from her size and Superior equipment to be the vessel of the commanding officer. He carried in his hand the papers (pages 464 and 466), and the paper (on page 466) contains his notes of what took place. After five or six hours of delay and irritating evasion, I sent a boat on shore to a distant part of the bay with money to purchase supplies, which the people succeeded in doing, and were on the point of bringing away, when some police-runners approached, and obliged the natives to take back their provisions. “They returned to me with this intelligence, and greatly provoked, I opened fire from the pinnace, the cutter, and the other vessel, the three junks. It was answered both from them and the battery, with a spirit not at all unexpected by me, for I have already had experience that the Chinese are much under-rated in that respect. After a fire of almost half-an-hour against this vastly superior force, we hauled off from the failure of our ammunition; for I have already said, antici. pating no serious results, we had not come in prepared for them. It was evident, however, that the junks had suffered considerably, and after a delay of about three-quarters of an hour, they weighed and made sail from under the protection of the battery, with the obvious purpose of making their escape through an adjacent outlet. By this time we had made cartridges, and were in a state to renew the action, and, as captain Smith had proceeded out to bring in her ma. jesty's ship, and wished the vessels to be prevented from escaping, I bore up and engaged them again, and succeeded in beating them back to their former position. In this affair, as in the preceding, I was very gallantly supported by Mr. Reddie, the commander of the Pearl; but the superior sailing of the cutter, cast the task of sending back these three vessels upon that vessel ; and I can have no doubt that the impression, that such a force was more than enough to cope with three of their war-junks, will indispose the commissioner to revert to his menaced measures of attack against this fleet. By this time the evening was closing in, and we returned to join the Volage and the boats from the fleet, then entering the bay for our support. During the night I conferred with captain Smith, and he acceded to my recommendation, not to proceed in the morning and destroy the three junks ; and above all, not to land men for the purpose of attack upon the battery, a mea- sure that would probably lead to the destruction of the neighboring village, and great injury and irritation of the inhabitants. If her services had been required for our support against a state of actual attack, such considerations could not have prevailed; but it did not appear to me to be judicious, or indeed becoming, to recommend the employment of her majesty's ship in the destruction of three junks, already most effectually checked by my own small vessel, with the assist- ance of another scarcely larger. There had been no act of aggression against her majesty's ship, and her active interference was unnecessary for the support of the honor of the flag. :: 'The impression that this heavy force was not to be lightly used, and that there TM:1:2 469 Lust Per scars, frwn in: u . was no disposition to protract. hostile measures, wonld be salutary ; indeed in every respect it seemed to ine to be our duty to confine her services to defense against attack, agreeably to the commander-in-chief's orders to himself, and dispatch to me. Concurring in this reasoning, he has returned this morning to his former anchorage at Hongkong, for the purpose of continuing our organization of defense against the attacks of the commissioner, so long threatened, but which I trust and believe the presence of her majesty's ship will avert. The only casualty I have to report on this occasion, is a flesh wound in the arm of captain Douglas, of the ship Cambridge, in a gallant attempt to carry one of the junks at the close of the day; and two of his boat's crew also wounded rather more severely. I am greatly indebted to this gentleman for his public spirit in purchasing, at his own charge, at Singapore, on his way up, twenty-two 1816. guns (hearing of our desperate condition at Canton). And I have no doubt that the sight of this imposing vessel, manned with a strong crew of Europeans, has discouraged attempts upon this fleet for the last two months. I should hope that her majesty's government will be pleased to pay the expenses of this ship during the time he has performed these very valuable services in the absence of any ship of war, and reimburse him for the expense of the guns, and otherwise reward him as may seem right to your lordship. Meritorious public impulses and pecuniary risks of this description will not be lost upon the queen's government. And the ship is still performing the useful service of guarding one of the entrances into this harbor, against the fire rafts, and war-junks, with which we are menaced. (Signed) “CHARLES ELLIOT." 11th. Captain Smith, of the Volage, issued a public notice of his intention to establish a blockade of the river and port of Canton. This intention was not carried into effect. 12th. The Spanish ship Bilbaino was burnt by orders of the Chi- nese high commissioner. Indemnity for this loss, though early de- manded, was not obtained until after the British were in possession of the heights above Canton in June, 1841. October 9th. Commissioner Lin declared, by proclamation, that as long as opium continued to come to China, he would continue to act against it. Little did he know of the odds against which he had to contend. For this ignorance he was culpable, and adhering to it was the cause of his mismanagement, and the consequent degradation and punishment which have followed. The violent measures continued through the month, the English vessels, with the exception of the Thomas Coutts and Royal Saxon, refusing to enter the port, and the trade in opium reviving, especially on the east coast. November 3d. A spirited action took place off Chuenpí, in which H. B. M. ships Volage and Hyacinth engaged and destroyed or dispersed a fleet of twenty-nine junks, under admiral Kwán. Vol. VIII., p. 378. The Chinese continued their annoyance at Hongkong. On the Summary of Ojjiciul Documenis. SAP 20th, captain Elliot gave notice that he had requested the senior naval officer, captain Smith, to prevent the further entrance of British vessels into the Bogue, under present circumstances; and on the 26th the commissioner declared that after December 6th, none should be allowed to enter. December 6th. The finance committee of the honorable East India Company, and its last official servant, left China. The stuggle, between the imperial commissioner and the British chief superintendent of trade, continued through the month, with no prospects of an amicable arrangement. (To be continued.) 1 1 N 1 ih ART. II. Summary of information collected from official documents regarding the views and proceedings of the emperor and the officers of his government, since the evacuation of Ningpó. On the 20th of May, the emperor issued an edict, with reference to the reoccupation of Ningpó by Chinese officers, being in reply to the report which Yiking had transmitted to the capital. The approach of the Chinese arny, it appears from this, so alarmed the British troops (already disheartened by the destruction of several of their ships, with the slaughter of several hundreds of their men, at Chusan), that they hastened on board their ships, strewing the way with bag- gage dropped in their flight, and retired immediately to Chinhái. On the 7th of May, Ningpó was reoccupied by the Chinese. The emperor encourages himself, on the receipt of these tidings, with the assurance, that, after such a display of feebleness, the utter destruction of the enemy must be near at hand : and commands that an early opportu. nity for retaking Chinhái also, be sought and availed of. From the heavy loss which the English suffered in the attacks made by fire rafts at Chusan, during May, when they lost, it appears, several vessels, and more than 300 men, the emperor is assured, that they will now feel the insufficiency even of their strongly built vessels, and heavy guns: and highly gratified with this success, his majesty gives promotion to all the leading officers concerned, grants to the most active of the unofficial persons engaged, Ching Tingchin, son of one of the generals killed last year in the taking of Chusan, the in. signia of the 4th rank, with a peacock’s feathers--and crowns the 1 1 181. 171 Summary of Osirial Doruments high commissioner and generalissimo Yiking, with his threc joint commissioners, Wanwei, Te.j-shun, and Tsishin, with honors, for their share in having directed the measure, imagined by him to have been so successful. In the midst, howevers of his joy on this occasion, his majesty could not relieve his mind from anxiety (indeed the expressions of joy and approbation might be intended to disguise his real feelings), in consequence of the fall of Chápu on the 18th of May, and the ap- proach thus made to the borders of Kiángsú, and the mouth of the Yangtsz' kiáng. Kíying, of the imperial house, appointed general of the Tartar garrison of Canton, but detained, on his way, as high commissioner at the seat of war, had to report to his sovereign and relative the rout and expulsion, for the first time since the firm esta- blishment of the Tartars in China, of a garrison of their own people. His majesty in replying, forbears to speak of the past loss, and dwells only on his anxieties for the future. He draws some comfort from the assurances of Niú Kien (governor-general of the provinces Kiángsú Aʼnhwui, and Kiangsí), that as the enemy ventured not to leave his ships. beyond a short distance, while at Ningpó, so neither will he here, and that the difficulties of the Yángtsz' kiáng will render that river unnavigable, for any distance, by his ships. Of the stoppage of communication by the canal, there need therefore, he thinks, be no apprehension. His majesty directs that efforts be especially directed to the apprehension of all traitorous natives, who may be assisting the enemy with information or otherwise. To this last direction, Niú Kien responus, but observes that it must be done cautiously, so as not to alarm and irritate the people. He promises also strict accordance with the imperial injunction, to follow with immediate condign punishment every semblance of cowardice. In further urging his own opinion, that the enemy would never go far by land, he remarks, that to obtain territorial possession evidently is not the object sought, for that even Ningpó and Chápu, rich places of trade on the coast, were not long retained. He proceeds with many arguments to assure himself and the emperor, that the inner parts of the Yangtsz’ kiáng are safe, and that the talk of reaching the Grand Canal and Nanking is mere talk and nothing else. He felt much more apprehension, lest the intelligence of the enemy's approach, shall drive away the people, and so leave the country at the mercy of hands of lawless natives, who will take occasion to rob and plunder, and per- chance do yet more. A faw days later, and the cmperor lcarns that the enemy's ships are 17 Sur Summary of Official Documents approaching the mouth of the Yangtsz' kiang; and directs immediately that the commander-in-chief in the province of Húpe shall assemble as many soldiers as can be withdrawn from that province, and repair forthwith to Kiangsú. Niú Kien is still slow to believe that the enemy will enter the Yangtsz' kiáng, but prornises implicit obedience to the emperor's injunctions, to watch carefully every inlet by which entrance can be gained, either into that river, or from it to the waters of the inner cities. The emperor is in part convinced, and hopes it may indeed be so. He shortly, however, hears from the governor of Chekiáng, that more than 30 vessels are lying at anchor not far from Chápú, 13 at Chusan, 2 at Chinhái, and that a great number of boats have been recently made,—from which it is to be feared that new attacks, and at various points simultaneously, are about to be made. His majesty fears, that, under pretence of entering the Yangtsz' kiáng, they may be preparing for an attack on some other place. He directs that the governor-general shall make Shanghái his head-quarters, and not al. low himself, by any feint of attack elsewhere, to be diverted from that place. A new edict, a day or two later, shows that the enemy's proceedings have at this time become a constant source of anxiety at court. Some months previously, Háiling, lieut..general of the Tartar gar. rison at the mouth of the Grand Canal, had requested permission to stake the Yángtsz' kiang across at several places of difficult passage : but on representation of Niú Kien, that the sands and sunken rocks in the river were its best defenses, and that staking would be not only expensive and ineffectual, but at the same time a source of alarm to the people, the lieut.-general's request had been refused. The differ- ence of opinion becomes now the cause of recrimination. Nor is this the only incautious neglect on Niú Kien's part: he had failed also to provide an abundance of fire vessels and fire rafts. In this position stood the governor-general, when he found it neces- sary to report, on the 15th of June, that the enemy had come to his gates. The commander-in-chief of Kiángsú was with him at Wú. sung, and assured him, from a half century of naval experience, that with the powerful defenses of cannon placed in his hands, victory was certain to be his. Great was then the governor-general's astonish- ment, the next day. He was on the point of sending a message to the commander-in-chief, when the sound of the commencing battle rung in his ears, and he went out himself to the scene of action. The sliottlew willlly about him. low be out forward, encouraging ille $ 1842, 473 Summary of Official Documents. whole force by his presence. Advanced a little farther, the shot fell all around him, killing a number of his retinue, and before him loomed the vast ships of the enemy, standing firm as the mountains. He was led and dragged off the field, and returned unhurt to the neigh. boring town of Paushán. There, he found the place, before half emptied, now wholly deserted, except by the magistrate, who met him with 2000 of the militia. He now learned that the commander-in- chief was killed in the camp, that others had come off severely wound- ed, that the battle indeed was lost. It was vain to stay longer; he left the town, and had journeyed but a mile or so, when he beheld one gate of the town in flames, and the magazine of powder exploded. For a moment he yielded to the violence of his pain and grief. But other duties awaited him. He hastened to reässemble his routed force, to issue proclamations for quieting the minds of the people, and to prepare new means of defense. The report of the fall of Shanghái follows rapidly on this. But the advance of the small steamers twice up the river above Shanghái, and their return, with the ultimate evacuation of Shanghái itself, afforded opportunities, not to be lost, of taking some credit, to make amends for the disgrace of utter defeat at Wúsung. Twice the enemy's ad. vance towards Sungkiáng and Súchau (Soochow) was repulsed with loss. The steamers had closely approached Sungkiáng, whither, after the defeat at Wúsung, all the treasure and official correspondence of the commissariat and pay office had been removed from Shanghai. The outer defenses of the city were attacked. But the bold front shown by the garrison, drawn out in the suburbs, induced the enemy again to retire. With these reports some details are given of the loss suffered on the side of the English at Wúsung. Two ships had been sunk and a steamer injured. Of the routed Chinese force, 2400 men had reassembled, and busy preparations were being made for the defense of all approaches to Súchau : for, that the English would forthwith spread abroad in all directions, the governor-general could no longer doubt, as they had cast aside the cloke of benevolence and justice which they had endeavored to wear at Ningpó, and now show- ed themselves in their true character of robbers and plunderers. Immediately before hearing of these events, the emperor had received from all the provinces along the coast, information of ships moving northward ; and had therefore called off toward Tientsin many troops before ordered to Súchau. In the state of anxiety in which he then was, the announcement of the fall of Shanghái was received with small indulgence, Niv Kien's statements were but doubt. 60 VOL. XI. NO XI. Summary of Official Dorumenis. Ser. AME fully listened to. Ile was, however, in consideration of the personal exertions made by him at the expense of his lifc, allowed to remain unpunished, and enjoined to sustain his energies adequately to the actual emergency. The generalissimo, Yiking, was directed to send one of his joint commissioners to Kiángsú, whither the high com- missioner, general Kíying, and the lieut.-general l'lipú (Elepoo), were also commanded to proceed, there, “in conjunction with the governor- general, to concert measures adapted to the actual circumstances.” In what precise capacity thesc last two were ordered to Kiángsú does not appear, and probably will not appear, till such time as they shall sce reason to exhibit their instructions. It seems, that their duties are not unconnected with the military arrangements of the province ; for, as soon as they reached the frontier of Kiángsú, they wrote to cach of the principal military officers for returns of the number of thc troops and amount of military stores. On the other hand, they stand apart from the generalissimo and his joint commissioners, whose duties point solely to the conclusion of the war by force of arms. And the emperor commands them, in the orders addressed to themselves, " to proceed with haste to Chekiáng, there in concert with Niú Kien to consider and measure circumstances, and consulting together, securely to manage affairs." Though some doubt still remained, whether the enemy would not yet, after drawing away the Chinese soldiery toward this quarter, suddenly return to Chekiáng, or proceed to Tientsin, it was now however apparent, that a campaign in Kiangsú was chiefly to be looked for. Liú, the commander-in-chief in Húpe, whom the emperor had ordered to Kiángsú, and had afterwards directed to act in the place of the deceased commander-in-chief of this last province, was for a moment called away toward Tientsin, and another officer, Yú, appointed to the acting command instead of him ; but counter orders avertook the former oncs, and he reached Chekiáng in time to meet the English troops in the field. A special general department of com- inissariat, pay, and ordnance supply was formed at Súchau, for the more rapid furnishing of all necessary supplies to the troops engaged in the province, and the emperor's permission was obtained for its horrowing a portion of the ample means that has been gathering for some months in Chekiáng. The magistrate of the city district of Chokiang ('Tántú hicn) had alrcady reported on the 26th of June, that the vessels transporting grain, &c., to the capital had all passed from the southern canal, across the Yángtsz.' kiáng, and that the holly of militia formed for their protection had therefore been disbanded 1842. 475 Summurij of Oficiul Documenis. so that this subject of anxiety was for the present year at rest. Not 90, however, another one, the apprehension of the Chinese traitors, and the dread of native plunderers gaining the upper hand wherever war approached, in consequence of the flight of large masses of the people. Niú Kien had trusted to the defenses of Wúsung for the defeat of the English, and in case of that failing, to the presumed difficulties of navigating the river; the defenses therefore beyond Wúsung were utterly contemptible; he had neglected too the union of stakes and batteries, as well as the provision of fire rafts, means of defense and offense in which his countrymen place so great confidence. There was nothing capable of offering a moment's resistance to the progress of even a couple of vessels up the river: and he now felt this. Others, less confident in the difficulties of the river, felt it still more, and complained of it to their sovereign. There are three good positions for defense between Wúsung and Chinkiáng. Ngópítsui, off the large town of Kiángyin, where low bluff hills approach closely to the river side, and under them the deep water channel runs; with Chunsáu (marked by a high hill surmounted by a pagoda), where the rapid current and winding of the river renders the passage difficult, and bluff hills approach the river's bank ; and Siángshán, or Tung-mátau, a few miles farther on, at the termina- tion of the windings, and close to Chinkiang, where the great rapid- ity of the current, between a small island and the main, renders it impassable for ships, without the aid of powerful steamers or a strong breeze. These three points were feebly defended by a few guns. The governor-general's opinion was, that it was folly to offer resis. tance with these feeble means, and by his desire we find the magis. trate of Kiángyin removing the guns from the first place, and the military officer there angrily complaining of the interference. The general of the Chinkiang garrison succeeded in retaining his batteries at the other two places, being points so much nearer to himself. The soldiery of Kiangsú had been in part drawn off to Chekiáng (one of its generals of division had been slain at Chusan the year before); they were scattered too at various posts, posts in theinselves utterly indefensible,-in place of being drawn together at a few points of good defense. The approaches to Súchau were defended by vessels prepared for sinking at the moment of the enemy's approach : but the number of troops behind these (about 4000 in and around Súchau) was not deemed sufficient for the defense of the capital of a province, and earnest representations were sent to the emperor, and the gane.. 476 Sep. Summary of Oficiul Dücuments. ralissimo Yiking; to furnish more troops. A Kiangsí force of 2000 men was sent by Yiking froin Chekiáng, of which 1000 proceeded to Nanking, and 1000 to Chinkiang; 40 guns, and 100 jingalls, also, were brought with them. From Kwangsi 1000 men, too, are on their way, and they are ordered to Súchau. The general of the Nanking garrison likewise wrote for an increase of his force, requesting the generalissimo to send back a detachment of 800 of his men, which had been stationed on the banks of the Tsáungó, throughout the past winter. These were to have reinforced the Chinkiáng garrison, but on their arrival there, found orders to return at once to Nanking. He also requested the emperor to send his garrison an increase of 1000 Tartars from Sí-án on the western frontier. But this request was refused, on account of the distance; and he was told to do the best he could with the troops of the province. The brigadier commanding the naval force of Chinkiang had been stationed at Kiángyin, and the force under his command was scattered between that place and Chinkiáng. The Tartar garrison of Chinkiáng, called by the emperor 1500, appears, by other documents, to have been reduced to 1200 dis. ciplined fighting men, out of a total Tartar population according to oral information, of about 3000 adult males. To these a Tartar force from the Koko-nor, 400 strong, with 13 officers, was added. There were originally 18 pieces of ordnance, but eight of them were lost at Wúsung, and six more were placed in the small battery of Tung-má- tau, and there spiked. These particulars are derived from the returns rendered to Kiying and Plípu. Besides the numbers here given, there was the city commandant's force of about 800 men,* and pro- bably some recalled portions of the naval brigade, making a total within the walls of 2400 or 2600 men at arms, with about 1400 more of adult Tartars, who would naturally assist the others in opposing an escalade. The commander-in-chief of Húpe brought a reinforcement of 1000 men from that province, which was joined by a nearly equal number of Kiángsi troops sent from Chekiáng, besides 700 men under the joint commissioner Tsíshin, who also repaired from Che. kiáng to Kiangsú. These encamped outside the walls. The garrison of Nanking consisted of nearly 3000 men at arms, and of about an equal number of Chinese ; (at this moment it is in. creased by the Húpe force that was at Chinkiáng previous to the 21st of July, and by other reinforcements gradually collecting.) The troops * It appears that this force, the exact number of which was 835 men, was chiefly posted throughout the country: there were however, by addition of a portion ,31 Tsishin's force, or otherwise, not far from 2400 fighting men within the walls. 1842. 477 Summary of Oficiul Documents. on the northern bank of the Yangtsz' kiáng have been wholly useless, the positions of defense occupied being all on the southern shore. Two thousand one hundred and fifty men from the departments north of the Yángtsz' kiáng were summoned to Súchau. The reinforcements from different parts mentioned in the preced. ing details had not arrived, at the time when the departure of the English fleet from Wúsung was first reported. On the 29th of June, its departure from the mouth of the Wúsung river, and its anchorage outside, with the arrival of additional ships, (which had before been sailing northward,) and the detention of a number of merchant junks, was announced to the emperor. From the ambiguous character of the enemy's proceedings, it was supposed that he might be returning to Shanghái, to try if a more successful issue could be arrived at than before, when no booty was obtained (the brass guns, useful to himself, excepted); and from the seizure of junks, and plunder of the clothing of its crews, it was thought that to obtain an entrance, in a Chinese disguise, to the interior of the country, was intended. The loss of booty at Shanghái suggests to his majesty a new mode of resistance, that of strong walls with an empty country, and he commands that measures be speedily taken to repair the defences of Shanghái. On the 29th and 30th of June, it is announced from Tsungming, that some of the enemy's ships are beginning to move about; and to attack that island, it is feared, is the object. Reports of the 1st and 2d of July show, however, that their destination is farther west, and that they are learning, in small boats, the depth of water. At length, on the 6th, 22 vessels move as far as to Cháng-án shá (the island of which Harvey Point is the western extreme); the following day, 26 follow them; and then some move on to the northwestward, while others yet remain there. Aroused by this intelligence, the high officers hasten to throw into the post of Ngópítsui stronger means of defense. The 9th of July brings the fleet to Lángshán, on the northern shore; but for reporting this, the officer on the southern shore is disgraced, and his disgrace announced to the people, in order that their minds may be quieted. The approach of the surveying squadron to Kiángyin is reported on the 10th, and that of the whole fleet on the 12th. At this time, the governor-general, after a conference with the high commissioner, Kiying, was in the neighborhood of Kiáng. yin, making arrangements for a vigorous resistance, with guns (which when the enemy approached, the magistrate, acting under his orders, removed,) as well as with stakes and sunken junks, and fire rafts. While his preparations were yet making, however, the steamers arrive, 472 Sep. Summary of Official Documents, passing through the shallow water on the north shore. Ile was the next day joined by the joint commissioner, 'T'sishin, who forthwith proceed. ed to Chinkiáng, and thither, after writing to the emperor, the governor. . general also followed him: for Ngópítsui, the best defense of the Yangtsz kiáng, had been harmlessly passed. On the 13th two steamers reached Chünshán, and met with a brave resistance, which drove them back, after they had fired without success a rocket and a couple of shot. But on the 141h the whole feet arrived, the river was filled with white sails, and all further resistance was ineffectual. The brave defenders of these two batteries, here retired behind the hills, to tempt the eveny on shore ; but he would not come, till after dusk, when he landed only under cover of the darkness to destroy the guns. On the 15th, the steamers again proceed in advance of the fleet, and Tung- mátau also fell, the battery being destroyed by the vessel's fire, and three men being wounded, while en revanche they struck several times the steamers, and killed sundry of their men, the general Hailing himself looking on, from the north gate of Chinkiáng. On the 17th, other vessels came up to Kinshán; and on the 18th proceeded to stop the navigation of the river. It was in the midst of these last events, that Tsishin arrived to as- sist the genera! Háiling, with his advice. The governor-general ar- rived at Chinkiáng on the night of the 13th, but passed on imme. diately to Nanking on the evening of the 14th. The commander-in- chief of Húpe, with his reinforcement of 1000, arrived on the 16th. It was not till later, if at all, that a further reinforcement of 600 (out of 1000) Kiángsí men, dispatched on the 18th from Nanking, also arrived. These reinforcements could afford, however, but little relief to the general Hailing, left alone in the midst of his difficulties to bear the brunt of the day,--deserted by the governor-general, and refused fur- ther help, as everything was required for the defense of Nanking. 'I'he fire vessels which the governor-general had left, too, under the charge of an officer of his own selection, and with special directions from himself, proved utter failures. Under these circumstances, the general shut the gates of the city, an act by which he incurred much ill feeling among the people, as he rendered it impossible for those within the walls to escape from the scene of action. In the midst of his perplexities, he wrote to the governor-general on the 18th, saying, s My force is indeed but fceble; of the commissariat office which you established, no person is present, nor is there any one, either at the district granary, or at the post station; the stores of grain and money un 에 ​ 1842. 479 Summary of Official Documents. arc inadequate; my official communications are cut oft'; and the north and south are effectually separated ; so that even my dispatches to be forwarded to the throne, can be sent only by special messengers sent off express by myself. The number too of people within the city is very great, and, it is to be feared, will, from want of food, give risc to internal revolution."* On the 20th, Itáiling writes his last communication to the emperor. A dispatch from the governor-general had reached hiin detailing the aid he had afforded in fire ralls, reinforcements, &c., after quoting which, ho exclaims, “ At the receipt of this, your slave was inuch astonished. The governor-general rcached Chinkiang only on the evening of the 13th, he first gave his orders for the preparation of these fire rafts on the 14th, an: the same evening he went on to Nanking; the next morning the foreign vessels came to Chinkiáng, and when they arrived nothing of the fire rafts was to be seen. After some further details of his measures of defense, and the strength of the united forces acting under and aiding him, he recurs to the refusal of his request some months before to have the river staked, and thus ends his last dispatch: 6 Now the whole fleet of the rebellious barbarians is approaching, ship quickly following ship. Your slave is under the banner of the Tartars, an hereditary servant of the crown. then, can do no otherwise than exert his whole heart and strength, in endeavors to repay a small fraction of the favors he has enjoyed from his government.”—The day after this he fought bravely for many hours, and when he found his troops all routed, and the city committed to his charge fallen into the enemy's hands, he sat down in one of the public courts of his official house, and ordering fire to be set to it, re- mained there and perished in the flames. 66 And what elsc could he do ?” is cach Chinaman's remark; "he never could again see the emperor.” Hc, * It appears, from another document, that the intendant, lately appointed over the commissariat, the magistrate, and the officers of the post, fled on the 15th, but. appeared again shortly after. Drawn up hy J. Robr. Morrison, Chinese secretary and interpreter. · Traits of Chinese Chararters SEP 1 > 13 al 1 ART. III. Observations on Truits of Chinese national character. By a Correspondent. If you ask soine people what they think about the Chinese, they will tell you that they are a set of villains, to whom no quarter ought to be given; that they are the most infamous people in the world, and so degraded as to be below the level of the basest of mankind; that they have not one redeeming quality, and are the veriest repro- bates to be met with. One person, wiro wished to distil all his oppro- brium into one sentence, averred, that they were worse than the Greeks.' But ask the opinion of another, and he will tell you, that the sons of Hán are most excellent people; that they are honest and prompt in their dealings; anxious to oblige foreigners, industrious and nice in their habits; in short, a paragon among nations. Their government is paternal, and admits great liberty to the subject. Judging by own servant, he maintains that the people are well dress- ed; and looking at his coolie, he concludes that they are a well fed, stout and athletic race. The reason for this disparity of opinion must be sought in the different circumstances under which he sees the individuals with whom he is connected. It is not desirable to dissemi- nate bitterness and hatred, and to rouse that spirit of hostility which can only be quenched in blood. If we expect too much from a pagan nation, we shall be disappointed; yet if we deny the existence of every good quality, we wrong the Chinese as a people. The national virtues and vices of a son of Hán naturally take their impress from his circumstances. He is less the master of his move. ments than others are, and to a great degree, he spends his life in mental as well as bodily thralldom. As soon as he comes into the world, he is subject to rules, which are never dispensed with. boy, it is well and good, the father may undertake to rear his off- spring; but a little girl, how lovely soever in appearance, sometimes runs the chance of being instantly drowned. We do not here refer alone to people that are pinched by poverty, but also to the better classes, who hate the trouble of educating a daughter. The remark made that such cases are rare is hardly founded on fact, though we mave no idea of the proportion it is true that infanticide is coinmit- rod in the dark, for even a Chesc heart feels shame for such a crime. The extent of child inurder can only be known 10 lIim before whom diri!le.*. 1 light, but there is one circumstance which proves that If a 1 1 11 1842. 181 Trails of Chinese Chargler. the practice is proportionately rare, the number of females in many districts is said to be greater than that of the males. Public opinion among the people revolts however at this sacrifice of life, and found- ling-houses have been erected in cities and large towns, in which the unfortunate children are received after their birth, and maintained until they are twelve or fourteen years old. In a small city like Ting- hái, there is a commodious house of this description, and our infor- mant stated that more than 1000 children had been received into the institution since its erection, which was by the subscription of the citizens. Admitting, however, the validity of these palliative remarks, the indifference with which this detestable custom is regarded is a deep stain upon the national character. As soon as the infant comes to understand instruction, he is ini- tiated into the code of etiquette, both in regard to inen as well as towards the gods. He is taught to bow, to fold his hands, and to kneel and prostrate himself in company with his parents; and hardly a festival is kept, where the lad does not accompany his parents to the temples and perform the ceremonies. The girls meanwhile learn female duties; they are also taught lessons of politeness and go through the whole process, unseen by strangers. The forms thus early taught are of course not forgotten in old age, and a Chinese remains polite in his peculiar way to the last of his days. Two extremes, however, often meet in the character of an individual ; he can be exceedingly complaisant, and then excessively rude; and the greater the polish of the man, the more glaring is the opposite extreme of his rudeness. When one sees a village clown in his ordinary walks of life, he can hardly suppose him capable of a compliment; but behold the same man on a holiday, dressed up in all imaginable finery, his head adorned with a court cap, and you will at once perceive that he has totally changed his nature; and now exhibits nothing but gentleness, courtesy, bows and compli- ments without end. We have seen a party of clodpoles of the villages assembled at a wedding, and sitting down to their meals like gentle- folk, perforining all the ceremony that a grandee would observe, and behaving as if they had all their lives studied the art of pleasing. The next day, you see them again following their occupations in fil- thy raiment and utter disregard of the decencies of life. On new- year's day especially, the whole nation is absorbed in etiquette, the most expressive and fulsome compliments are mutually paid; none are rude, or forgetful of their places ; none are backward in apparent humility and high estimation of others. The higher the rank in socie 61 VOL. I. VO. IX. 102 Trails of Chinese Character ly, the inore constant the calls upon this artificial affability, until al tast all their motions are performed according to the code of rites. But if these over polite people are taken unawares --if their passions are roused, their self-interest hurt, or their names defamed, they be- come coarser than the savage, and their behavior borders upon brutality. True gentility is indeed a sure sign of civilization, but when eti- quette becomes an object of life, and unmeaning compliments are sub- stituted for the genuine feelings of the heart, the character of man is nost materially deteriorated. Such in a great degree is the case with the Chinese. Taught to conceal their true sentiments, they dissemble, lie and prevaricate, look satisfied and gratified, when they feel displeased; and appear grave and imperturbable, when every passion is aroused. Falsehood becomes a system ; and every body endeavors to overreach his neighbor. If you listen to the language which persons hold with each other, you would infer, that they emulated each other in disinterestedness, and denied themselves comforts to oblige their neighbors. But take thern at their word, and their countenance falls; they did not sup- pose you meant to take in earnest what they said. The terms they apply to each other partake of the same character; nothing is too self abasing in the appellations by which they designate themselves; no terms too high and honorable to be applied to their neighbors. The pronoun I, though written in English with a capital letter, is too high an assuinption, and a truly polite man only uses the word when speaking to inferiors. The minds of the people being thus perverted by the repetition of unmeaning compliments, truth in all matters is constantly violated by the majority of the people. They are indeed a formal nation, but deceit and hypocrisy are great lineaments of their character. There is another thralldom to which the people are subjected by their education. From the structure of the government, the sphere of an individual is much circumscribed. His thoughts, ener- gies and exertions are limited, first by precept, and soon after by habit. Does he wish to become a scholar; he learns whatever the sages have bequeathed him. When a boy, he goes to school, me. morizes the peerless classics, listens to the exhortations of Confucius, and moves in the circle of ideas therein marked out for him. Though the sages never intended to make man an antomaton, he becomes so by habit. Nothing is taught in the public schools besides the clas- wifes, and the literature of the country is based upon them. Would as 1 1842. Traits of Chinese. Character. 483 Chinese soar beyond the dull level of these acquirements, he soon dis, covers, that his countrymen detest such vague Aights; nor indeed would they be able to appreciate them, even if one could be found able to enlarge the bounds of their knowledge. The general belief is, that whatever the ancients did not teach, is unworthy the atten- tion of a son of Hán. "The mind is therefore kept in subjection; it may not, and unaided, it cannot proceed farther than the prescribed limits, and must model all thoughts according to the orthodox canon. This blunts the faculties, and produces slavish submission to authority, without permitting the right of inquiry. Few as the ideas are that are communicated by this course of instruction, they are often vot fully comprehended, and the words conveying them are mechanically repeated without much idea of the meaning. Thus there is strictly speaking no mental cultivation, and the yoke of submission to dogma- tic precept is easily borne, as its pressnre is not felt by such callous minds. Such is exactly the state in which a despotic government wishes its subjects to be. Control then becomes easy; the people are kept in awe, by working upon their prejudices, and where all minds are tutored in the same manner, the same measures will be equally ap- plicable to the whole commonwealth. 'The emperors have always been anxious to uphold this acquiescence in what is written. The advanta- ges accruing to the rulers are immeasurable, and with such subjects they can safely venture a little upon their endurance. A whole code of laws is therefore drawn up to suit this mental slavery. There is law upon law, and precept upon precept, regulations, edicts, proclama- tions, commands, and behests without end. They are calculated to restrain every action, and to make an immense people the puppets of their superiors. Though these laws often lie dormant, yet they are rigorously executed when it suits the sovereign pleasure of the rulers So artfully is everything managed, that when they wish, the innocent feel most its crushing power, aud, before they are aware, are hurried to ruin and doomed to suffer the most crying injustice. The myrmi- dous of the magistrates keep the people in constant terror, and as it were, pounce upon their victim with cunning wiliness. This is in- deed a thralldom, for the fear of this arbitrary power paralizes their energies. Since it cannot be resisted by open force, the sufferers use corresponding craftiness to escape from its clutches, or to protect themselves against its assaults. To this we trace another cause for the leceitfulness of the Chinese character. When we remember that the Chinese have no religious instruc- **4 Sep. Prils oj (hinese (herunter. tions, and are also without the fear of the only true (ioil, and have no accountability to him in all their actions, we are by no means astonished that there is so much vice amongst them. In our own lands, there is a sense of honor, a dread of sinning against the rules of society, and above all the acknowledgment of the holy Gospel as a safe guide of conduct, together with the gracious influences of the Holy Spirit upon the heart--all of which prove a curb to the wicked, and in many instances hinder the outbreak of unbridled passions. In China such restraints are not known or very partially felt. Whatever does not attract the attention of government, may be and is committed without remorse or compromise of character. In judging therefore of this character, we must take into consideration the circumstances under which it is formed this will help us to have more patience with the people, and it ought also to have a tendency to make us grateful for the privileges we enjoy as Christians. If we glance at the female part of the community, we shall find somewhat in their character worthy of commendation. A woman spends most of her time at home, and if she belongs to the poorer class, there is the loom upon which she labors, or the needle which she plies; besides her more usual domestic duties. Ladies of wealth often spend a part of their time in embroidering and other fancy work. In their love of apparel, Chinese ladies are not a whit behind their sisters in the west; those of the poorest rank generally dress better and more decently than the men, and a right honorable lady's robes are magnificent in the extreme. There is no infringement of decency in their costume, for the garments encase the whole person, like a tortoise's shell; even the small feet are completely hid, for it would be a violation of female propriety to make a parade of this crite. rion of beauty. The majority of the sex, having received little or no education, have of course few resources of mental amusement; and those whose means elevate them above the necessity of manual labor, spend much of their time in a kind of busy idleness or a listless toy. ing, far beneath the great end of their being. Many of them no doubt educate their children as well as they can, but girls are not expected to know much, and the boys are at a very early age with. drawn from their sway. Unceasing toil fills up the life of females in the lower walks of life. As soon as they have arrived at womanhood, and usually long Lefore, they are engaged in marriage, and as they cannot form alli- ances for themselves, this task devolves upon go-betweens, who are wonerally okil women, Wherever there is an advantagenus suitor, the 1 1 1842. AMC Trails of Chinese Character. offers on the part of the ladies are numerous. Rich people, who have daughters only, seek out for worthy sons-in-law, and invite can- didates for their hands from amongst whom they may choose. This custom is exhibited in the popular novel called Yu Kiáu Lí, or The Two Cousins. When married, these become their adopted children. The marriage vows are well kept on the part of the woman, and pro- portionally loose on that of her lord. How lightly she may be held, how much soever she may suffer, as a general thing the wife remains faithful to her husband. Suicide is not uncommon, when the wife feels the brutal manners and treatment of her husband to be past endurance. The Chinese are particular in avoiding connections with their relatives. Families of the same surname cannot legally marry, for they believe that the slightest degree of consanguinity deteriorates the race, and perpetuates, or give rise to hereditary disease. Their notions of beauty are indeed singular; a small foot, and a chalky complexion approaching to the ghastly, are regarded as essentials to females loveliness. A pensive, languid look, and a delicate silvery voice, are always attractive in their view. Celibacy is of rare occurrence, and young men of all ranks marry as early as possible. If some of the poorer classes have no wives, it is owing to their having no money to buy one. The purchase money is paid in the shape of a dowry, and is looked upon as a sort of indemnity for the expense of bringing up the damsel. It is not look- ed upon as an actual purchase of the wife, however, but a kind of set. tlement upon the parents. Concubines and inferior wives are acquired by the actual transfer of money, and hold a rank between a wife and a servant. If widows have no grown up sons to cherish and sup- port them, nor parents to control them, they can dispose of their own persons; yet it is disgraceful to marry a second time, and public opi. nion honors the chaste keeper of a widowed marriage. The entire life of a Chinese is spent in amassing property. There are great incentives to untiring industry. Property is probably safer here than among any other Asiatic nation, and perhaps nowhere so sub- divided. Entail is unknown, and though the eldest son may take the lion's share by main force, his younger brothers must divide with him, Thus the largest estates soon dwindle away, and the accumulation of enormous property is of rare occurrence. The mass of the people however are neither very rich nor degradedly poor, whatever be their occupation. No labor is wanting to extract as much from the soil as it will produce, and if agriculture fails, a man turns his attention to some. Truits of Chinese (horucia. Sep. thing else, and gets a living in a vost extraordinary manner, especi. ally in petty trading. The whole stock of some of these pedlers amounts perhaps to 10 cents, and with this capital a man perseveringly traffics day after day, gaining from 2 to 3 cents, and laying out his capital to the best advantage. If his exertions afford him rice, or at least sweet potatoes, he puts up with his lot; and if his gains cannot firnish two meals per day, he manages to do with one. The sons of Hán are reckless about the means whereby to enrich themselves, and ingenious at devices. Amongst a nation of sharpers, however, it is no easy thing to over-reach another, and the deceivers are often repaid in their own coin. A Chinese is ever mindful of the end he has in view. Reverses do not damp bis ardor, nor disappoint. ments paralize his exertions, in pursuit of wealth. After losing again and again, he attempts anew to recruit his finances, and sustains the rude blasts of fortune, or the entire destruction of his darling hopes without despair. This has converted the whole celestial empire into a large house of industry, where the god of riches sits enthroned, and leads the whole household at his will. Industry and a spirit of enter. prise are indeed ornaments to any nation, but when all its energics are absorbed in the acquisition of worldly gear, the nobler feelings are blunted, and man becomes a sordid animal, indifferent about the suf. ferings of his fellow creatures, and concentrating all his thoughts upon himself. How much less guilty, however, are the Chinese in following the chief good they know, than other slaves of Manmon who hold his muck-rake so firmly, when higher treasures are offered for their ac- ceptance on high! This extreme selfishness however is counteracted by a large degree of affection for parents, brothers and other relatives: and extends even to members of the same clan. A true Chinese will stand by his own flesh and blood to the last, and sacrifice a great deal in their behalf. He is to his kin a friend in trouble, a devoted adherent to his kinsman, and his condoling protector under sufferings. Palliating his crimes and excusing his misdeeds, he will not allow any his memory, nor suffer injury to be inflicted upon him with impunity. This feeling divides society into small communities or clans, who often stand in hostile attitude to each other, though they are united amongst themselves. We meet the extremes of intense feeling and apathetic indifference, of cheerfulness and sullenness amongst the Chinese. If grief takes full possession of his heart, he is inconsolable, he raves like a madman, heats his breast, tears his hair, and utters piercing lamentations; but the causes of such, outrageous sorrow must be weighty, and the suffer stain upon 1 18. The Soldier's llamuul, ings keen to nake him lose the general equanimity of his character. Attempts are inade to counterfeit this despair, especially at burials, or under great bereavements. Wrath is not a passion, that sways a Chi- nese mind, for by effort he dissembles or suppresses his emotion. But on the other hand he is not prone to revenge, and will put up with injuries, that would make the blood of other people boil, and urge a Malay to deeds of deadly hostility. Gratitude however is not a lead. ing feature of his character, though it is by no means unknown, and we have heard of well authenticated instances of grateful re- membrance and requital of kindness, ART. IV. kiáu Ping Siú Chi, or The Soldier's Manual. Review: ed by G. TRADESCANT Lav, interpreter to sir Henry Pottinger's special mission. This is a little work that I met with in a Tartar dwelling at Chápu, buried among books, papers, and the scattered fragments of household stuff. No date is prefixed, but it is apparently a modern performance. The style is copious without ill-considered and inflated sentences, and by presenting many phrases that have a direct reference to what is practical, it helps the reader to a clear and accurate notion of several words, which in the present state of Chinese lexicography are allowed to roam at large in the region of indefinables. As two or three en. gagements are fresh in my recollection, and there is a prospect of witnessing several more before this war is at a close, I have read this little work with pleasure, and not without profit. Its perusal has sharpened my curiosity, and at the same time confirmed the common opinion, that everything done in China, whatever may be its merits or defects, is planned according the laws of a special system, and ex- ecuted in conformity with preëstablished rules. Without further preamble, we will proceed to give a concise view of the little book before us. In the first section, the commissary is instructed to provide trustworthy colones, or camp-followers, and to license them by express nomination, no soldier being allowed to have his own follower. Carts, horses, and waggons, are in like manner to he considered as public property. In passing through the territory of any civil magistrate, the value of a thrum of silk or a flue of down. The Soldier's Manual. Ser. 1 must not be taken. If any annoyance is given, so that persons are stripped of their property, the commander, in conjunction with the civil magistrate, is bound to punish such offenses. It is the duty of the commanding officers to march in front, of the commissaries to follow in the rear and bring up and chastise the laggers. The officers are cautioned against exhausting the strength of their men by long marches, and are told that gentleness and moderation beget respect and insure obedience. When on a march, the horse soldiers are directed to go before, the foot soldiers to follow with the baggage in their rear. A map or statement of the cities and camps before and behind should be drawn up for the information of all. It was in conformity with this rule that maps and plans were in the possession of the officers at the pass of Chángtsz' ling, a few miles from Tsz’kı. The companies are directed to start together, that in case the army fall in with am- buscades, the companies in the van may with greater ease proceed to cut off the retreat of enemy, while the companies en face, or the wing, advance to attack them in the front, and the others to help and cover the companies which are ahead. On such occasions, the veterans are admonished to act in concert and to aid each other. This section winds up like all those that follow it, by ordaining that all cases of delinquency be rigidly investigated, and punished according to the nature of their guilt. In the second section, advice is given about the construction of a bridge, to be followed when an army on its route encounters a canal, and neither bridge por boat are at hand to convey it over. Reeds, bundles of straw, and planks are suggested as things likely to be with. in reach, and by help of which a temporary bridge or raft may be easily constructed. When it is necessary to encamp in the neigh- borhood of high hills and thick woods, measures should be taken to ascertain whether the enemy be not posted in their recesses. For this purpose the light companies should advance before, taking care that the more able soldiers be not left too far behind, lest the ambus- cades of the enemy should sally from their hiding places and carry off the baggage. It is deemed necessary to explore every part, and to be on your guard at every point, but not do this with anxiety. If the road diverges, the more intelligent among the villagers should be ques- tioned carefully. Spontaneous information about the road should not be credited, since it may be the interest of the informers to deceive. Counsel like that contained in the last sentence might seem too ob- vious to need inculcation, but as much may be won or lost by correct oor incorrect intelligence, interpreters here find it necessary not only 1 1 1842 The Soldier's Manual. to report what they hear, but to sift it to the bottom before they can venture to recommend it as the ground of any important measure. The third section contains some directions about an encampment. Each company, consisting of a hundred men, is ordered to march by its own encampment, and at night to dig a trench of a certain depth and throw up a rampart; that is, to use the fossa and vallum of the Romans as a means of defense against assaults. On the outside of the trench, stag-horns are to be planted. By which term I suppose an abattis or a chevaux-de-frise is meant, or some other contrivance for obstructing the path of the assailants, for stag-horns are in China used as a specific in pulmonary complaints, and are consequently too expensive for such a purpose. This very useful advice about the construction of a camp is but slightly attended to by the Chinese soldiers now, since, we have not met with more than a breastwork of bamboo hurdles as at Tsz’ki and Chángtsz? ling, or a low rampart and a shallow trench as at Chapú – in all three instances, bulwarks by far too inconsiderable to be of any use against any western assailants. It is further thought necessary to collect a great many stones, and to pile them up in heaps at the dis. tance of three or four feet from each other, and to prepare many blow. tubes and fire balls. These stones are, I apprehend, to be dropped upon the heads of such as should attempt to storm the camp. 'The blow. tubes, or as the Malays call them sumpitan, and the fire.balls are des. tined to answer the same purpose. Soldiers are ordered to keep watch by turns, and not to take up their stations too far from each other. Each tent is to be pitched at least more than three feet from the foot of the rampart, and to contain five soldiers. All the military weapons should be laid down by the person of each soldier, who must not be allowed to throw off his clothes and boots at night. The men should sleep upon their bow-cases instead of pillows. If the enemy approaches, the sentinel should twang his bow-string as a signal. Men must be expected to have light slumbers, when the mere sound of a vibrating bow-string is thought sufficient to break the thread of a laboring man's night visions. Each night the sentries must be set so that each soldier keeps his watch in his turn. They are placed to look out, and to give the watchword in a loud tone. Sleep is not tolerated; if men are tired or drowsy they should be relieved. Soldiers should speak to each other in a low tone of voice lest they should create alarm. This order is not superfluous as Chinese talk very loud, espe- cially when a little excited by the nature of the subject under discus- s101. Great care should be taken of the fire and lights, especially in Vol. VI. VO IX, 490 SEP, 'The Soldier's Manual. a season of wind and rain. This last rule seems to have some refer. ence to superstitious feelings, as if the presence of fire and lights had the effect of keeping any adverse god out of the camp. When the camp communicates with the habitations of people, a severe control should be exercised over the soldiers to keep them with- in the bounds of good order, and from committing excesses to the injury of others. To guard against disorderly conduct on the outside of the camp, and mutinous within, soldiers belonging to the green flag, in conjunction with half belonging to the black flag, are appointed to act as constables. These are expected to find out the seeds of re- bellion, and if there any plots and cabals to discover them in the bud, and thus prevent a great deal of mischief. Smoking, drinking and gaming are strictly forbidden. Idling about the door of the camp, noise and uproar are in like manner proscribed, as things incompatible with good order and promptitude in the discharge of duty. In the fourth section, some observations occur in reference to the use of the kettle-drum and the flags, which the writer calls the eyes and ears of the soldier, as each company musters under a flag of some peculiar color. This rule forms the basis of discipline and tactics among the Chinese, and would answer as well as a similar one among the ancient Romans, had the former the same courage and the same confidence in the firmness of their officers. The voice of man commu. nicating orders should not be heard, nor any idle movements per- mitted, lest the equilibrium of the soldier's resolution should be disturb- ed. Four or five able men are appointed to take care of the standard, and by turns to carry it when the bearer is tired. The expression which is met with in Is. x. 18, “as when a standard-bearer fainteth,” and the ebbings and flowings of success among the Israelites as Moses reared or let fall his hands, had doubtless allusion to the effect which the waving or dropping of a flag had upon the minds of soldiers, while engaged in a combat. When the drum sounds aloud, continues our author, the soldiers are to advance with intrepidity, though fire and water should be before them; when by a soft murmuring it commands a retreat, though the road were filled with gold and silver, the soldiers are not permitted to set their eyes upon it, or to look at each other with a wish to take a share for themselves. In the fifth section, the soldier is enjoined to carry his arms when on a march, and not trust them in the hands of camp followers, lest they should be lost. The powder is to be lain in a wide empty space, and men appointed to take care of it, lest it should be injured by dampness, or exploded by candles. Each soldier is expected to have his nuinber 18.1.! igji The Sulzber's Miintini and be in readiness to take his place as sentinel. li is rocoli- mended that the string which serves instead of a flint in the match- lock should be boiled for a long time to remove the sap, as it is made of thin bark • laid up' like a piece of common string. After this process is complete, it should be wiped and dried thoroughly by ex- posing it to the sun. In consequence of this treatment a length, equal to that of the hair in a Chinese pencil, will be sufficient to ignite the priming powder ten times in succession. If it will do this it is reckoned good, and may be relied upon. The author is aware, that unless a ball fits the bore of a piece, it will not hit the mark; he directs therefore that the soldiers should try their balls beforehand. Swords, spears, bows and arrows are all to be kept in readiness against the approach of an enemy. In a subsequent section we shall find the particular office assigned to each of these weapons. In the sixth section, the horses are commended to the attention of the soldier, who is ordered to treat them with feeling, and to hire horse. keepers, whose business it is to supply them with water and herbage. If a horse be too fat he should be allowed to rest awhile, if he be lean and poor care should be taken to put him in good condition. At night they should be watched lest they stray. When a well is dug, they should not be allowed to drink muddy waters, nor to drink out of their turn. The officers are expected to see these regulations properly enforced. In the seventh section, it is suggested that the persons employed as camp.followers should be steady men, and that on a march they should not be separated far from the principal servants of the camp. In the eighth section, the acclivities and summits of hill are men. tioned as proper for an encampment, that soldiers may be stationed to lookout with the view of anticipating danger, and taking advantage of the enemy. For though the advantage should be small it is worth contending for. A spot abounding in water and grass should be selected, to avoid the evils of an empty cupboard. The camp should not be planted too near a stream descending from steep hills, lest the enemy should resort to the expedient of laying it under water. Sol. diers are also cautioned against an inconsideratė use of water and herbage, as they are very valuable. To insure a judicious issue of these essentials, and to avoid disputes, a proper officer should be ap- pointed to take charge of the spring. In the ninth section, it is recommended that the soldiers belonging to one encampment on a march should not go wider apart from those pertaining to the other than seven or eight lí, or about two miles. Plepi Suliier's Blommeout. SI: At light they should select some coveri, and station sober men as sentinels, to look out and see whether all be quiet abroad, and secretly report what the enemy is doing. Alarm, confusion, and hurry are forbidden, and the watchman is lo possess the nice art of so modulat- ing his voice as to make himself heard without much noise, as a loud summons, as well as a gentle whisper, chills the heart of a soldier. The writer seems to be well aware, that a Chinaman's courage comes on him in fits like an intermittent lever, and may be in the cold stage whon ardor and energy are inost needed, and therefore he insists upon the propriety of setting a watch to keep them from deser- tion during the night. This watch should consist of the most trusty men, who are commanded to light fires upon hillocks whin near at hand with the view of detecting deserters, and giving timely notice that they may be pursued and taken. Every night the names of all the soldiers should be called over, and the sentinels directed to hail every one within abied without the camp; while officers are required to set on foot such investigation as will lead them to find out any negli. gence or dereliction of duty in this respect. The tenth section advises that men of established character should be sent in groups varying between three and five in number from the camp, with directions to take three or four different routes towards the quarters of the enemy, to ascertain what is going forward and to pry into his secrets. These spies are to visit the enemy under the color of merchants, or even to feign themselves willing to become partners with him, and thus to gain access to his haunts. It should be remarked that in this section and in several others, the word thief and enemy are used as synonimous ternis. So far are the Chinese from supposing that there is a nation beside their own, which has any wrongs that demand redress, or any rights that ought to be insisted on. Sentiments which might have had some plausible excuse, while sur- rounding tribes were rude and unlettered, but deserve no indulgence when for many years the arts and discoveries of western nations have been bearing upon them in all their august and varied magnificence. But we had forgotten the spies. These are commanded minutely to inform themselves as to the defenses, courage, and intelligence of the enemy. They are instructed to scrutinize everything they hear and see to the utmost, that they may discriminate truth from crror. The result of their inquiries they are not to report hastily, but make out à distinct statement on their return to the camp. All questions arising out of such a statement are to be asked in private, not in the presence of the soldiers generally, lest by premature disclosures the objects of 1842. 19: Thir Soldier's Manual. such inquiries should be deteated. All want of caution in this l'espert must be subject to serious notice. This section is important because it teaches us, that it is one of the stratgemata or military manœuvres of the Chinese to send spies into the enemy's camp, who by professing themselves to the “true men" gain opportunities not only of scanning his resources, but of probing his heart, and thus learning how far fear, hope, or resolution predominate. The eleventh section supposes that the enemy is in sight, and if the spot be level, directs that the soldiers should boldly hasten to their posts, and follow their respective companies in battle array. The action opens by a fire from the large guns, or ginjalls, and then the matchlocks. And as the enemy draws near, bows and long spears are put in requisition. Each man is to keep his rank and stand at the dis- tance of fourteen inches from his companion. The cavalry is to be divided into two brigades in resemblance to the Roman alæ or wings. If the enemy advances close up, a vigorous fire should be kept up, since the greater the number and the closer the order, the more des- tructive is a discharge of cannon and musquetry. If the eneiny's scouts are seen here and there, and make their appearance suddenly, it is plain that his main body is at a distance, that it is following slowly, is a regular army, and that the aim of these scouts in going before is to find out the road, and to commit any mischief that may come in their way. In this case, when these scouts or advanced guard ap- proach, the musketeers, bowmen and horse are ordered to advance, and after one discharge of their missiles to retreat slowly toward the camp-not at once, but at several periods. This movement is to be followed by a discharge from the artillery and four rounds of musketry. And then while the view of the enemy is intercepted by smokė, the spearmen are sent forth to explore, to be presently after succeeded by the bowmen. If after all these manœuvres and assaults, the foe is not driven back, recourse must be had to the great guns, with an im- plied certainty that the artillery would be sufficient, if stoutly plied, to foil and disorganize any body that might advance in front of it, for the horse are ordered to pursue in two brigades, to stop the retreat of the vanquished, and cut them to pieces if a fair position can be found. The fallacy of this postulatum, that no soldier will go up to a can- non's mouth has been shown in many of the late rencontres to the consternation of its inventors, who see themselves in a moment bereft of the main stay of their military tact, their darling principle of inductive wisdoin and good generalship. 1 494 Ser: The Sudier's Manual. The twelfth section notices the different situations in which an enemy may be posted. If it be a hill, bold men should be chosen to climb it; if it be a low place, stones should be tumbled upon the heads of the enemy. If they can be attacked before and behind, their rout and confusion are deemed inevitable, so much emphasis is there laid upon this very simple and obvious manæuvre. The disorder would be increased, the overthrow rendered more complete, as the writer thinks, if the flanks of the enemy were assailed at the same time, and the assault take place in the night, and be further accompanied by a display of fire. If the enemy has gained possession of a place well fortified by nature, the soldiers are not to attack it rashly, but resort to strata. gem, lest by relying upon their courage they should incur great loss. In this case they should resort to stratagem, and endeavor to act in concert with each other. What these stratagems are, the writer does not tell us, but adds that if by them the enemy be disloged and beaten, they should be destroyed root and branch. He then suggests, after another cautionary hint, that it may be possible to starve them out, in which case the soldiers should watch for their retreat, throwing out va- luable things as baits to amuse them. The author closes the section by again adverting to the mischiefs that would result by soldiers attack- ing the enemy in a desultory manner, and enjoins upon officers the duty of inculcating this lesson from time to time. The thirteenth section supposes that the enemy may be so strongly posted as not to be easily dislodged, or so strong as not to be over- come. When this happens, the soldiers are advised to retreat slowly and in good order, lest the whole force of the enemy, seizing the ad. vantage of their retreat, should pursue and harass their rear. It is a good practice, says the writer, to get a plan of the country, and to leave ambushes in convenient spots, that as the enemy approaches they may suddenly spring up and assault them, and thus secure the means of gaining a victory. But if these ambuscades are themselves sur- prised and rendered useless, and providence seems to point out that it is time to retire, the guns and bows should be well used, and well regulated; companies should be left behind; and if the enemy is pur- suing to turn round and attack them. If the enemy retires, they should be pursued calmly; but if advancing they must be assaulted, the companies mutually assisting each other. If the position of the enemy be a fortified city, the troops must wait till they retire. The fourteenth section adverts to the propriety of a nice attention to rewards and punishments, and tells us that merit cannot be hid from the ears and eyes of all the army. Some must be the witnesses 1 1915.. 10,5 The Soldier's Manual. 66 It is an of distinguished nierit, from whom the officers may learn the truth, and thus, by a judicious distribution of praise and censure, lay hold on the fundamental principle, the moving cause of victory. If officers are found applauding without justice, they are to be punished severely. The fifteenth section condemns the practice of appropriating the bra vest men to strengthen the body-guard of an officer, for the mere purposes of personal security, as it is derogatory to the dignity of the army, and destroys the confidence of the soldiers. In the sixteenth section it is remarked, that if a soldier would rout the enemy, he must encourage himself into a noble spirit of daring, and then he may expect to triumph. But if he regards his own per. son when he meets with a strong enemy, he will quickly retire, the enemy taking advantage of his timidity will chase him and great loss will be sustained. It behooves a soldier to understand that by advanc. ing and not by retreating death is avoided, and that he who seeks to save his life shall lose it. And thus a man who retreats may deem himself very lucky if the enemy does not pursue and kill him. acknowledged law," adds the writer, “and deserves to be considered as an unalterable practice, that he who most courageously advances fore- most should be entitled to be highest rewards, with the further con. sideration that honor and dishonor would not be limited to himself, but extend as an heirloom to his latest posterity.” It is a sentiment which Xenophon has somewhere put in the mouth of Cyrus, that there is more jeopardy in seeking to flee from danger than there is instantly facing it. In matters pertaining to the kingdom of heaven, dangers lessen as decision increases, and he who is fain to relinquish the pros. pects of a better world lest he should incur the frowns of this, will lose all those praises which firmness of character is wont to receive, the testimony of a good conscience, and the approving smiles of the Deity. In the seventeenth section, soldiers are lessoned in the art and uses of patience, if it should happen that on a march there be a straitness of provisions and water. In such circumstances they are told to keep quiet and forbear murmuring and complaining, while the officers are commanded to use every effort that policy can devise to save their troops from starving. If complaints are made about the insufficiency of the allowances, inquiries should be made as to whether the com- plaint be well founded or otherwise. If they are just, a remedy must be provided if possible; if they are futilc or imaginary, the complain- ants must be severely punishcil, that the oflender may be sorry for his faults, and know how to conduct himself prudently for the future. And -190 SEP Repulse of the Chinese al 'I'sa'ki. thus whether a soldier is endeavoring to obtain the relief he wants, or whether he is about killing an enemy, that he may enrich himself with spoil, or sharing in danger for the sake of rest, he should do nothing with the rashness of an over-eager haste. It is incumbent upon officers to impress this upon the minds of their men from time to time, that all may know and fullfil their duty. The eighteenth section winds up the book by reminding the sol. dier that he is bound to expend his strength for his country and his home. And if he should meet with a commissary who is not just and moderate, it is his duty nevertheless to maintain his own part, and not seek to gratify his desires by acts of disobedience. This the commanding officer ought to know, and to explain to his men by line upon line, precept upon precept. If an inferior officer be a sharper, how it is possible long to avert ruin? If a soldier has any moral crookedness in his nature, it is his duty to make it straight. If a man is moved beyond bounds, and angry without reason, he will be guilty of a great crime. Soldiers that garrison a city are placed there for the defense of their country and their homes, and ought to quash their enmities, and be civil and obliging towards one another. A daring spirit is to be used against an enemy alone. But if, instead of social habits, he delights in feuds and brawls, he must be put down by a strict execution of the law. It is the bounden duty of an officer before. hand to look into such matters and administer proper cautions. Art. V. Dispatches of their excellencies lieuto-general sir Hugh Gough, G. C. B., and rear-admiral sir William Parker, K. C. B., relating to the repulse of the Chinese at Tsz’ki and vicinity, March 15th, 1842. Head-quarters, Ningpó, March 19th, 1842. My Lord, I have the gratification to inform your lordship of the total discom. fiture, and precipitate retreat of that portion of commissioner Yiking's force, which had been sent forward to exterminate us, and I feel most thankful to say, with wonderfully small loss on our part. My letter of the 11th will have informed your lordship of the attacks on this city and Chinhái, on the night of the 9th and morning of the 10th. I deemed it right promptly to follow up these successful repulses, taking the attacking columns in detail, and understanding that general Yü Púyun was advancing from Funghwa with from 6 to 7,000 men, I moved out to meet him on the 13th, with 600 men of the 18ìh and 49th regiments, and Madras artillery, with 2 guns and Repulse of the Chinese al 7szki. 197 50 sappers, flanked by the Sesostris steamer, which moved up the river parallel with our route, having on board three companies of the 26th, and a small body of scamen and marines. Until I reached the village Litso, about 7 miles from hence, where I understood the enemy had been posted on the 12th, I could obtain no satisfactory information of his movements; but I had the mortification to find on my arrival, that the Chinese had retreated over the hills the preceding night, apparently moving on Shauhing. Having thus got rid of this column, although not in the way I could have wished, and being joined by sir William Parker, who on his arrival from Táshán, with the zeal for which he is so conspicuous, at once followed me up the river with the two small steamers, bringing with him 250 marines and a party of seamen, I determined upon moving on Tsz’kí, where I was informed, that the Chinese wome in considerable force under generals Twan Yung, Yang and Choo. It was reported that they had two intrenched camps on the Segaon hills, about half a mile north of Tsz’kí ; that several guns had been placed on the walls and at the gateways, and large stores of provisions laid up for the army in the city, and that 7 milcs northeast of these encampments, another force from 5 to 6,000 men, under com. inissioner Wun, with the military chest, was posted in a fortified camp in the hills at the Changkí pass. The necessary arrangements havings been made Madras artillery with 4 with rear-admiral sir William Parker, the troops eight-pounder guns, 84 18th Royal Irish, 201 named in the margin were all embarked by 8 o'clock 26th Cameronians. 156 on the morning of the 15th, on board the steamers 49th Regiment, 305 Queen, Nemesis, and Phlegethon. Sir Wm. Parker Rifles, 36th N. I. 54 placed at my disposal 350 seamen and marines, mak. Sappers. . 66 ing up about 1,200 bayonets. At 12 o'clock, this 865 force was landed about 4 miles from Tsz’kí, from whence we had a perfect view of the enemy's encampments, and I immediately pushed forward on the city. I feel it right here to observe, that sir William Parker accompanied me throughout the operations I am about to detail, and from his sound judgment and excellent arrangements, I received the most valuable assistance. Upon our approaching Tsz’kí, and occupying a hill which commands the southern face of the walls, and the south gate, the Chinese fired all the guns and ginjals they had for the defence of this gate, but with so little effect, and at so great a distance, that it led me to believe that they (most unaccountably) did not pro. pose to defend the city, and I was confirmed in this conclusion by observing that the ramparts nearest us were unoccupied, while the Segaon hills, at the opposite side of the town, on which were their encampments, appeared crowded with troops. Lieutenant-colonel Montgomerie having, with his usual promptitude, brought up his guns, I determined at once to take the city by storm, pass through to the north gate, there reunite my force, and carry the enemy's encampments. I was led to this line of operation by the conclusion before mentioned, that the Chinese did not mean to defend the city, as well as with a view to expedite the attack on the heights, as it would otherwise have been necessary (to provide for the possible case of the enemy's being in force within the walls) to make a detour out of range through the paddy fields ; but my principal object was, to prevent the enemy from falling back on the city when driven from the hills. 63 VOL. XI. XO, IX. 498 561. hiepulse of the Chinese at Ts'hi. In furtherance of these, views, i directed the vaval brigade, with a party of sappers, covered by the guns and the Madras rifles, if opposed, to escalade the walls in iny front, assemble on the ramparts, and move along them to the north gate. The 49th I instructed to move on the south gate, blow it open, and join the naval brigade on the ramparts. I had previously ordered the 18th to dislodge a body of the enemy that occupied a hill to the northeast of the city, after which they were to move round the walls, out of ginjal range, and threaten the north gate. Should the naval brigade and 49th meet with opposition, the 26th were placed in reserve, and were directed to move with, and protect the guns. A few minutes placed the naval brigade on the walls unopposed, and the whole promptly formed on the ramparts. The Royal Irish meanwhile dispersed the enemy in their front, and rapidly moved on to the north gate. I accompanied the 49th, but finding that the bridge over the canal, close to the south gate, was destroyed, and that it would take some time to replace it, the corps passed along a canal under the walls, and I directed the naval brigade to move parallel with it upon the ramparts. The whole force thus soon arrived at the place of assembly, ihe north gate. The city of Tsz’ki is surrounded on three sides with precipitous hills, and the north gate is on a low spur of one of these hills, which terminates in an eminence within the walls. At the northwestern extremity of a range of high hills, being a branch of the mountains that skirt the coast, are the Segaon or Siguen hills, on which were the encampments: both were of considerable extent, and the natural difficulties of the position strengthened by abattis. These camps, which as well as the summits of the hills beyond them, were thickly occupied, were within long range of the walls, the intervening space being a tract of paddy fields, with a few scattered houses. I at once perceived that the position was faulty, as the hills on our right commanded their left, while their left commanded their right, and I made my dispositions accordingly. The 18th with a rifle company, and 36th Madras native infantry, were ordered to move up a ravine and occupy a hill to the left of the position. The naval brigade was instructed to move under the walls, and occupy two rather large buildings in front of the right encampinent, making a lodgment under cover ready to rush forward, when the 18th should reach the summit and turn the enemy's left. With the 49th I proposed to attack at the same moment the largest encampment in my front, my great object being to make a simultaneous attack with the three columns, pushing the 18th down in rear, while the naval brigade should cut off all communication with the city. So rapid were our movements that only one gun could be brought up, notwithstanding the praiseworthy exertions of lieutenant-colonel Montgomerie, who dashed the guns into the canal, and entered the city by a water gate. This gun was ably brought up, and did good execution under the direction of captain Moore of the Madras artillery, who with his party merits great praise for their extraordinary exertions in dragging it through paddy fields and across canals. The steepness of the mountain gorge, by which the Royal Irish and rifles 18- cended, notwithstanding the entirusiasın of their advance, occupied more time in surmounting than I anticipated; and finding thai the naval brigade might probably suffer more by the delay than in an inmediate attack, and that the enemy ap. peared to gain contidence ho this delay, I ordered the advance to be sounded, when the: 1991h. with their rentourd'spirit, rushes up the hill. overcoming all op. 19.12. 199 Repulse of the Chinese al Txahi puri..n, and crowning its height within a few minutes, driving everything before then. From this height it afforded me no small satisfaction to witness the spirited rush of the advance of the marine brigade led by their gallant chief (I am per. suaded sir William Parker will excuse this expression of my admiration), who was ably supported by captain Bourchier, commanding the naval brigade; captain Richards of H. M. ship Cornwallis and commander Watson of H. M. ship Modeste, commanding the seamen battalion. The whole brigade soon reached the sum. mit, carrying the enemy's works. At the moment when the admiral had nearly gained the height, I perceived a large body of Chinese ascending the back of the hill which he was attacking, apparently ignorant of the conjoint attack, and I directed major Gough, deputy quarter-master genoral, to push forward with the grenadiers of the 49th, supported by a battalion company, to cut off their retreat. The carnage at the foot of this hill was extraordinarily great; the 49th in rear, and the naval brigade in front, almost annihilated this body, while the remainder of the 49th pressed the retiring enemy (I cannot say his columns), as the whole plain was covered with the dispersed and flying foe. The 18th and rifles finding that they were too late to participate in the attack on the encampments, rapidly dashed into the plain and cut off the Chinese from their only safe retreat on the Changkí pass, killing numbers ; and one company und::r lieutenant Bernard followed up the pursuit for several miles towards Yüyáu. The 26th Cameronians, having left one company to protect the guns, pressed forward into the plain, and joined in the pursuit. It was 8 o'clock before the force re-assembled, when we occupied the enemy's encampment, where the men found ample bedding and comforts. Sir William Parker has brought to my notice, in addition to the captains of the navy I have already named, the spirited conduct of lieut. Charles E. Tenant (flag lieut.); lieut. George Elliot (slightly wounded); Mr. George H. Hodgson, mate (also slightly wounded in a personal rencontre with a Chinese); Mr. Wm. Bowden, volunteer 1st class, and Mr. Henry D. C. Cunningham, secretary's clerk, all of H. M.'s ship Cornwallis; also of lieut. Harriott, Royal Marines of H. M. ship Blonde The admiral also noticed (and it came under my own observa. tion), the judicious and well directed fire of rockets by a party under lieutenant James Fitzjames, and Mr. Charles Keats Jackson, mate, both of H. M.'s ship Cornwallis. These officers accompanied sir William Parker with the advance. Lieutenant A. J. B. Hambly of the Royal Marines was severely wounded at the head of his company in the advance to the hill. I cannot too strongly express my entire approbation of the enthusiastic inarner in which the whole force maintained their character. Our loss, under Divine pro. tection, was wonderfully small, but the enemy's troops stood well and disputed the hills, until in many instances our officers and men came into personal contact with them. The conduct of the 49th came more under my personal observation, and I wilnessed with great satisfaction the zealous exertions of captain Reynolds (wounded); lieutenant and adjutant Brown, lieuts. Ramsay and Mitchell of the grenadier company; lieut. Lane (whose left arm was amputated on the field); and licut. Montgomery (severely wounded in the thigh). I must also mention with much approbation the conduct of brevet captain Balfour of the Madras artillery. I almost feel it invidious to name these officers, when I am conscious that every individual zealously did his duty; but as their conduct came under my own eye, I consider it a duty to express my sense of approval. 300 Ser. Repulst of ihp hinese al Txa'ká. The exact strength of the enemy I can hardly estimate, as various accounts give it from 7 to 10 000 men. I conceive it to have been about 8,000 men: they were the élite of the Chinese army, including 500 of the imperial body guard, remarkably fine men ; the Kánsu troops from the frontiers of Túrkistan, a strong and muscular race accustomed to border warfare, and reputed by the Chinese invincible; and the Shansí troops, for whose arrival Yiking gave out that he had delayed his attack. Their loss must have been very great, not less than a thousand were killed upon the field or in the pursuit, and drowned in the canals; a great proportion of officers fell. These troops not having before met the English, apprehended, I presume, that we should give no quarter ; and al. though the officers and men showed great forbearance, calling to the Chinese to surrender, very few prisoners were taken. We have, however, three officers, two from Káns, and one a lieutenant of the imperial body guard. Fatigue parties from the several corps, together with the available native fol. lowers, were occupied in collecting guns, ginjals, and matchlocks, left in camp or thrown away during the flight, until 12 o'clock of the 16th, when I set fire to the encampments, and to the several houses that the Chinese had occupied as arsenals. At daylight in the merning, I had sent into the town to open the grain magazines to the populace, which eagerly flocked to them, and upon visiting them next morning, I found they had been completely emptied. From these and other causes, I could not commence my march before half past twelve o'clock, when the column moved for the Chángkí pass, which I determined to carry, in order to destroy this, as I understood, formidable position, and capture the treasure chest. After a rapid march of three hours we reached the base of the hills under the pass. The position appeared remarkably strong, indeed almost impracticable from the front, as the hills are lofty and exceedingly steep, and the summits of the ridges were strongly intrenched. But here again, as at Segaon, I perceived that the position could be turned, and I at once directed the Royal Irish to ascend the hills on the left of the position, while I moved with the 26th Cameronians and 49th, supported by the naval brigade, and occupied a wooded spur which directly led up to the left of the encampment. On reaching the summit of this spur, I found that the enemy had retreated, taking with him his guns, and I regret to say, his treasure ; but a considerable quantity of good bread was discovered, also some ammunition. We halted for a couple of hours, and as there was not sufficient cover for all the troops, the works were set fire to, together with the magazine and a large joss house where the officers resided. The column returned to Tsz'kí, which we did not reach until nine o'clock that night; all the villages in the neighbor. hood of our route were apparently deserted by the inhabitants; but I am happy to say, in no one instance was a house entered on our line of march, along which no trace was left betokening a movement of troops through a hostile country. Indecd, with the exception of a very few killed in houses, where the Chinese troops sought refuge the preceding day, I did not see amid the slain one individual that was not habited as a soldier, which, as the peasantry were in many instances intermingled with the fugitives, goes far to show the for. bearance and discrimination of our men even in the heat of pursuit. On the 17th, I returned with the whole force to Ningpo, with the exception of two companies of the 26th, which I sent under captain Strange, accompani. od by capt. Pears, direct to Chinhái, with a view to ascertain the fact of a canal communication between that place and Tszki, and to clear the country nf any I H 1842. 01 Repulse of the Chinese at Tsz'ki. 1 straggling parties of the enemy. This duty was satisfactorily performed, and the detachment rejoined me here on the 18th. Permit me now to bring to your lordship's favorable notice the several offi- cers commanding corps who were most zealous in executing and even in anti- cipating my wishes ; viz., captain Bourchier, commanding the naval brigade ; lieutenant-colonel Morris, commanding 49th regt.; lieut.-colonel Pratt, command- ing 26th regt.; major Tomlinson, commanding 18th regt.; commander Watson, R. N., commanding the seamen ; captain Uniacke, commanding Royal Marines; and capt. Simpson, commanding Rifles 36th Madras native infantry. From It-col. Montgomerie, commanding the artilllery, and captain Pears, commanding engi. neers, I received the most zealous support. I am greatly indebted to lieut..col. Mountain, deputy adjutant general, and major Gough, deputy quarter master general, for their valuable assistance; and I feel much obliged to lieut..col. Hawkins, deputy commissary general, and major Moore, judge advocate general, who accompanied me and acted as my personal staff. Captain Whittingham my aid-de-camp, having been sent to convey my wishes to sir William Parker, ascended the hill with his excellency, who speaks most favorably of his exertions. I cannot too strongly convey my approbation of the zealous exertions of doctor French, the superintending surgeon. I send this dispatch by lieut. Montgomery, 49th, who, I am sorry to say, will not, from his wound, be fit for service for a considerable time; he is a most gallant officer. I have, &c., (Signed) Hugh GOUGH, Lieut.-general, Commanding Expeditionary land force. To the Rt.-hon. EARL OF AUCKLAND, G. C. B., &c., &c. Return of killed and wounded in the attack on the enemy's intrenched camps on the heights of Segaon, 15th March, 1842.- Total; killed 3, wounded 22. Return of ordnance captured. Two long 6 pounders, 1 3-pr., and 20 12–pr. carronades. Nine portable naval pieces, brass 3-prs., parceled with silk, and bound round with catgut, quite new. DISPATCH FROM REAR-ADMIRAL SIR WILLIAM PARKER, K. C. B., &c., &c. Modeste at Ningpo, 19th March, 1842. To the Secretary of the Admiralty, Sir, -My letter No. 42, of the 11th instant, will apprize their lordships of the complete discomfiture of the Chinese, on shore and afloat, in their attacks on our positions at Chinhái and Ningpo, on the 10th instant. Retrograde movements in various directions were the immediate result; and feeling it of importance not to lose a moment in following up the advantage of these severe repulses, sir Hugh Gough and myself determined to make a rapid move. ment on their encampment at Tsz’kí, in the hope of bringing them to action, before they retired on Fikwán, about forty miles higher up the river, at which point we had reason to believe they were concentrating their army. In anticipation of this advance, captain Richards, with three boats and the whole of the marines attached to the Cornwallis, accompanied me in the Nemesis and Phlegethon to Ningpo, where we arrived (after our examination of the island of Táshán) on the afternoon of the 12th; and being joined by the small-arm men and marines of the squadron within the river, the whole amounting to 410 men, were placed under the command of capt. Bourchier of the Blonde, assisted by capt, Richards of my flag ship, and the several officers specified in the subjoined list, Repulse of the Chinese u Tel. EP A18 A. N. in the 151h, his excellency sir Hugh liough, and about 50 troops, in addition to the naval brigade, were embarked from Ningpo in the Nemesis, Phlegethon, and Queen, steanı vessels, making altogether a force of about 1260 men, with which we proceeded up the river, and before we reached the point of debarkation al a village four miles from Tsz’kí, we had the satisfaction of seeing a large force of the Chinese, still in their cncampments, on the hills to the north of the city. The coinbined force were all landed and in full inarch for Tsz’kí by two o'clock, the Phlcgethou having been previously dispatched up the river with the armed harges of the Cornwallis and Blonde, to intercept and harass the retreat of the Chinesc by water as much as possible. As our reconnoisance of 'Tszki in December had made us familiar with the route, and no obstacles were offered to our advance, we reached the suburbs on the south side of it at half past 3; and on the troop ascending a small hill, two gins, and a few straggling shots from ginjals and matchlocks, were opened on us from the ramparts, and also froni a body of matchlock men on a height opposite us; but, on the advance of a detachment of the leih regiment, and the discharge of a few rounds from two small field pieces by the Madras artillery, they disap. peared, and about four o'clock the city walls were escaladed by the seamen and marines, and a party of sappers, without resistance. Advancing along the ramparts, this division rejoined the main body with the general, through the east gate and proceeded outside the walls to the northeast angle of the city, from which point we had an excellent view of the Chinese forces opposed to us, consisting of five or six thousand men strongly posted in fortified encampinents on the two high hills of Segaon in front, and on our left. The assault of the latter was asigned to the naval brigade; and that more im. modiately in front, to the 49th regiment. As it was the general's wish that they should be attacked as nearly as possible at the same time, and the naval brigade being the most advanced in the line, it. was necessary, while the 49th moved forward, to make a lodgment under some houses of our left, situated at a short distance from the foot of the hill which our men were to assail, and in passing to this point across paddy fields, they were unavoidably exposed to a galling fire from both the positions of the Chinese. On reaching it come musketry was opened on them by part of the Royal Marines, and Aeveral three-pounder rockets were discharged with excellent precision, by lieu. tenant Fitzjames, and Mr. Charles K. Jackson, matc of the Cornwallis, while the men were re-forming. The 49th regiment was soon observed approaching the hill on our right, when orders fore the assault were immediately given, and the leading company of the marines under lieutenants Elliot and Hambly of that corps, promptly and gallantly pushed forward with a small band of seamen about 5 o'clock. As they emerged from the building, the fire of the Chinese was very severe. Captains Bourchier and Richards, with admirable spirit, sprung to the head of their men, and having rapidly crossed a small intervening paddy field, led them up the hill, which was disputed from its base to the crest, and several instances of personal conflict occurred. The ascent was steep and difficult, but steadily and gallantly persevered in under an unceasing fire, until the summit was attain. ed, and our opponents flying in every direction. Commander Watson of the Modeste, who had been stationed in the rear of the storming party; suerrdhud bor great forts, in rruching it forward position wille 19.12. 60; Repulse of the Chinese at Tszki. gonie of his men, before the hill was carried : and the main body of seamen and marines, as they advanced in support, perceiving its fate, pressed round the sides, and inflicted a severe loss on the fugitive soldiers, the pursuit being continued until sunset, when our advanced party was halted ou a bridge about two miles beyond the city. During these operations the hills on our right were simultaneously carried in admirable style by our gallant general, and his brave troops ; the rout of the Chi- nese at every point was thus complete, and I must not omit to notice the good services of the Phlegethon and the little party landed from her in a branch of the river, on the flank of the fugitives, as reported in lieutenant McCleverty's inclos- ed 'letter; and she was closely followed to the judicious position by the Nemesis after the troops were disembarked. Froin the best accounts we have been able to collect, the Chinese cannot have Jost less than 800 to 1,000 men slain, independently of great nunibers carried off wounded. Among the former were several officers, supposed to have held important positions in the army. Many prisoners also fell into our hands, and some interesting papers relative to the present position of their affairs; and from accounts previously received, and the amount of sycee silver afterwards found on the bodies of the dead, there is no doubt that a considerable sum had been paid to them as an encouragement to resist her majesty's forces, and that the troops we encountered were composed of the élite of their army. It is with pain I have to transmit a list of 3 killed and 15 wounded in the naval brigade; and amongst the latter many are severely hurt. I am not in possession of the casualties which have been sustained by the troops; but I hope none were killed, though severa! I fear, are severely wounded. It is impossible for me to extol too highly the animating example set. by captains Bourchier and Richards, commander Watson, and every officer and man who was fortunate enough to be in advance in the assault of the encamped hill; their names are especially transmitted for their lordships' information, and my best and cordial thanks are also justly due to the gallantry and exertions displayed by captain Uniacke, and all the officers and men of the royal marines, and to every individual of her majesty's squadron, and the Indian navy attached to the naval brigade, whose conduct was as exemplary for steadiness in their quarters as in the field. I have no less pleasure in noticing the gallantry of captain Whittingham, aid-de-camp to sir Hugh Gough, who, having brought a message from his ex- cellency at the moment of the assault, very handsomely ascended the hill, and remained with our people, until it was carried, as did lieut. Barrow of the Ma. dras artillery (commissary of ordnance), who, having mingled with them as a volunteer, was conspicuous for his intrepidity, and broke his sword in cutting down a Chinese soldier who opposed him. Mr. Hodgson, mate of the Corn. wallis, was also wounded in parrying the thrust of a spear, when bravely ad. vancing amongst the foremost on the hill. Our people were quartered during the night in the captured camps, and north part of the city, where a considerable quantity of arms and a large store of on the following morning discovered and destroyed; and is a very strong fortified encampment was known to be formed on some niountains about six or seven milles to the northwest of Tuz'kií. !'omprising the post of the minu rice was 504 SEM. hulungsu and Amoy. road to Yüyáu and Pikwán, every exertion was made by sir Hugh Gouglı and myself to get our wounded embarked, and attack it as expeditiously as possible. At 1 P. M. on the 16th, the whole of the combined force marched on it for that purpose; but on ascending the lofty heights, it was found entirely evacuated; nothing therefore remained but to destroy the works, arms, and large quantities of provisions, which the Chinese had not time to remove; and when this was effectually accomplished, we returned to Tsz’kí, and on the morning of the 17th, reëmbarked the whole force, and arrived at Ningpo at 5 P. M. flatter ourselves that the success which has attended this movement will have a very beneficial effect on our future operations; and their lordships may be assured that no opportunity will be lost by the general and myself, in prosecut. ing, with our best energies, any measure which is likely to advance the object of her majesty's government, and bringing our contest with the Chinese to a speedy and satisfactory termination. (Signcd) WILLIAM PARKER, Rear-admiral. We Art. VI. Kúlangsú and Amoy, with notices of Christian missions there, of the manners of the people, infanticide, c. The mainland, stretching eastward from Chángchau fú, or the depart. ment of Chángchau, forms the southern shore of the bay of Amoy. The southern side of Amoy itself (which is an island) forms the north. ern shore. The southern shore of the bay is rendered remarkable by a high hill, with a pagoda on the summit, from which to the water is an almost uninterrupted facing of dark granite; and beneath this high hill, on the west, a deep bay runs far into the land. Opposite to the high hill, the northern shore is soon broken by a wide channel, running between the islands of Amoy and Quemoy,—at the back of which, in the distance, are seen the high hills of the district to which Amoy be. longs. Eastward, the lower ground of Quemoy appears, its smooth surface of earth and disintegrated rock, strongly contrasting with the rough, rugged shore of black rocks on the sides and summits of the hills of Amoy, where scarce a tree is to be seen on the southern end, except here and there a little village or hamlet rears its head in the low ground, or a temple crowns some eminence. The continuation of the northern shore, afforded by Quemoy, enables one coming in from sea to preserve the illusion, suggested at first sight, of the stretching out of two gigantic arms, to embrace the green-prowed jimki, ils she enters from the coast of Formosil. Several small island: 1 1942. 505 kúlangsu and Amoy. stretching southward from Quemoy; and others northward from the easternmost point of the southern main, narrow the entrance; and the junk, as she glides inwards with her broad face and square form, ap- pears to be entering a long funnel--at the base of which, on the western side of the bay, is to be seen the little island of Kúlángsú is it was distinguished by a pile of rocks forming its summit. A love it, further westward, are to be seen other higher hills, -and beyond, towering above thein the mountains of the mainland. Such are the general outlines of Amoy and Kúlangsú. For the few notices which follow, the reader is indebted to the Rev. David Abeel, who has kindly allowed us to draw freely from a manuscript journal. In company with the Rev. Wm. J. Boone, Mr. Abeel left Macao in a lorcha (a Portuguese boat) on Wednesday, 2d Febru. ary, 1842, for Hongkong, where they cinbarked on the Australian Packet, and from thence sailed Monday the 7th of that month. On the 13th, they came to anchor off Namao, an island near the coast, situated on the line between this province and that of Fukien. It is one of the principal stations for those ships which are engaged in the opium trade on the coast of China. It was the 24th of the month when they reached Amoy, nor had they any opportunity of seeing much of the mainland.-For an account of the coast of China, the reader is referred to the sixth volume, page 8th, and the sequel. A letter from the plenipotentiary, sir Henry Pottinger, to major Cowper introduced the missionaries to that gentleman, then acting cominandant of the island, who, with captain Smith of H. M. S. Druid, sliowed them much kindness in many ways. From among the many unoccupied houses, one, within the British lines on Kúlángsú, was selected for the missionaries, and without much trouble or delay was fitted up for their residence. Both of them being already familiar with the Fukien dialect, they were enabled at once, both to commence their appropriate labors, and to render inportant aid as interpreters and translators to their friends, both English and Chinese. On the 31st of March, they made their first visit to the city of Amoy, where they were kindly received. They passed through several streets, which appeared quite like those of Canton. The number of vessels in port was something more than 200, though several had removed to other harbors, since the place had fallen to British arms. On the 10 h of April, Mr. Boone left Kúlangsú to return to Macao, for the purpose ot' removing his family to Fukien. On the night of the 14th an alarm was sounded by the drun and bugle, and the troofits were in it few inmonts ready to repel alticki TOL Xtvo, IX. 61 5111 Still kulangsu and Amou, which it was supposed was aboul to be made--intimations of such a movement having some days previously been given to the English. However, it wa:s soon discovered that a gang of robbers had inade their entrance into Amoy, seizing and carrying vil some of the poor preople and their effects. 'llic attack of these robbers on Amoy was repeated on the 17th, there being no Chinese or other authorities to defend the city, or to keep the people in order. Soun alter this, advantage was taken of the presence of a steamer to make an examination of the vicijuty in search of soldiers or other means of offint. Tliis trip is thus noticed in the journal. " May 31st. To-day, at the mvitation of the navel senior officer, capt. Chads, I accompanied himself and others in the iron steamer Medusa in the direc- tion of Tung-án lö (or Tang-w"i) the chief town of the district in which Ainoy is situated. Our course lay cast of north. We had the island of' Amoy on the right during the greater part of the distance. For a few miles up, the hills wore the same rugged harren aspect, which is 80 common on the southern coast of China, but fertility and cultivation grew upon us as we ad- vanced; the mountains on the cast became hills, and these were adorned with field. The villages were numerous at intervals ; many of them were in- dicated in the distance by large groves of trees; want of trees, however, made the landscape Inok naked. Well-sweeps were scattered over the cultivated hills, affording evidence of the need and the means of irrigation. " Nagy villages seenied to have turned out en masse to see the strange object as she passed, the people darkening the hills and tops of the rocks, and men, women, ind children gazing at us as we passed. The steamer drew only 1 lect, and we went up probably seventeen miles before grounding, when we look to the bouts, and proceeded two or three miles further ; but the tide being out, this took ns only two or three miles short of Táng-whá. On our return, we saw Chinese boats going up another passage, but they also ground- ed and had to wait for the tide, on the top of which the steamer could have reached the district town, and probably also vessels of 16 feet draft of water, so great is the rise of the tide. We landed at one of the villages near Táng-whá, where the crowd of spec- tators was the greatest. Some of thein recognized me, and hearing me speak were very civil. The narrow, crooked lanes of the village, together with the crowd, cubarrassed our progress, and we soon returned to the boats. On the whole way, we saw no warlike preparations, not a soldier nor an armed per- son of any sort; one or two dismantled forts were passed. The day was de- lightful, and all enjoyed the excursion ; no injury was inflicted on any one, and no indications were notice that any tire-raits or munitions of war were preparing for an attack upon us." On the 7th June, Mr. Boone returned to kúlangsú, accompanied by Mrs. Boone and their two children, Rit: Mr. 941 Mrs. McBrydle or their instant chuibel, arid W. U. ('umiuM. ), to cugige in Chriss 111n1 Libors withi Vir, llarla * 16 1842. 507 anlangse und Amoy. The journal before 11s, in the forin of a diary, details many occurren. ces of almost every day. The number of Chinese attendants at public worship on the Sabbath, small at first, being not more than three or four, gradually increased to twenty, forty, sixty, and upwards. Many private opportunities also, were improved to communicate, by books, by conversation, &c., the knowledge of revealed religion, and to draw attention to the great interests of the soul, and to those things that bear most directly on its immortal destiny. We will copy the entire journal for two or three days. “ July 12th. Spent a part of the day at Amoy. Our friend, to whose house we went on the former occasion, invited us to dine with him at his new establishment, which he has lately occupied. We went over the bay in his boat, and passed very near one of the piratical craft, which give the inhabitants here so much trouble. We were told the pirates never molest our friend's boat, and that they would be afraid to touch us. We scarcely gave the crowd time to form around us in the street before we reached his new establishment. There we met a company of very respectable and intelligent Chinese, who came partly to offer their congratulations to our host, and partly to see us. The way was thus open for a long conversation on the religion of Jesus, whose simple and reasonable tenets seemned to com- mend themselves convincingly to their minds. “23d. To-day, had a conversation with one of the merchants, who come to Külángsú for trade, on the subject of female infanticide. Assuming a coun- tenance of as much indifference as possible, I asked him how many of his own children he had destroyed; he instantly replied, “two.' I asked him whether he had spared any ; he said "one I have saved.' I then inquired how many brothers he had; "eight,' was his answer. I asked him how many children his eldest brother had destroyed. “Five or six.' I inquired of the second, third, and all the rest; some had killed four or five, soine two or three, and others had none to destroy. I then asked how many girls there were left among them all. Three,' was the answer. And how many do you think have been strangled at birth? "Probably from twelve to seventeen.' I wished to know the standing and employment of his brothers. One, he said, had attained a literary degree at the public examinations; a second was a teacher; one was a sailor; and the rest were petty merchants, like him- self. Thus it was evidently not necessity, but a cold inhuman calculation of the gains and losses of keeping them, which must have led these men to take the lives of their own offspring. It is so seldom that we can find a man as candid as this, that I am quite incapable of saying whether he and his brothers have not exceeded their neighbors. At present I think they have. “ Sometime after this conversation, I asked Mr. Boone's teacher whether any of his children had been deprived of life. He said no, adding that it Wa:: a very wicked act He confessed, bouwrver, that his sister, or sister- 5113 SET: dulangise od Amorj, at sea. in-law, had with her own hand destroyed her first three children successively, The fourth was also a girl, but the mother was afraid to lay violent hands on it, believing it to be one of the previous ones reäppearing in a new body." Such deeds of cruelty as these, we do not remember ever to have heard or read of before. In other parts of the journal, Mr. Abeel gives some most lamentable instances of deceit, fraud, falsehood, treachery, &c., one of which we quote. April 30th. The falsehood and dishonesty of those who are connected with us render it necessary to maintain the strictest caution and vigilance. Though our knowledge of the language guards us against much of the impo- sition which is practiced upon others, it is quite insufficient to keep us froin being often defrauded and deceived, even by those in whom we have placed the greatest confidence. When we first came, the carpenters and masons cheated us in almost everything they did and bought. Soon after we arrived, a man made his appearance who professed to be the near relation and guar- dian of the owners of the house in which we live. A little boy was presented by him, as the joint proprietor with his mother, his father having been lost From the appearance of the house and the testimony of others, we could easily credit his story, that the family were now in reduced circum- stances, having not only lost his house; but more than a thousand dollars beside, which the robbers had taken away from under the Hoor. Both Mr. Boone and myself conceived it right to allow a small rent for the house, and after inquiry fixed upon a few dollars a month, and gave them to the man, who put them into the hands of the child. The next month, he made his ap- pearance, but our boy, whom we had taken to be peculiarly frank and honest for a heathen, suggested the propriety of inquiring, whether the money was rover given to those for whom it was professedly received. He said he knew all the parties, and would go and ask the mother of the child. He returned with the inforination that the mother had heard nothing of the money, that the man who had received it, did not live with them. The true owner being made acquainted with our willingness to allow something for the house, sent a lad to us who was living in the family. Our boy and several others pre- sent assured us that they knew the lad, and that we might now rest assured that the money would be given to the proper party. A day or two afterwards, our cook came privately and whispered to me, that our honest boy, who had taken so much pains to prevent all fraud in this matter, had made the lad give him one half of the money for his disinterestedness in preventing it from falling into improper hands. The whole truth was that the boy had given this very cook a part of the money to bribe him into silence. “ But the most affecting instance of treachery and cruelty occurred the day before yesterday. The man, who nearly three weeks ago gaye information of the purpose of the (hinese to attack the place, returned to tell us what had occurred in the meantime, and on what the time of the attack depended. Prom all tliut I can wather, our cook, having made himseit'acquainted with 112. hulanunu and Imoy. . the design of the man in coming, went out to the market-place and betrapod the secret to those who were ready 10 make the most out of it. What could have prompted hiin but a fiend-like malignity, I cannot imagine. He knew he could gain nothing by it-he knew he was acting a treacherous part to us. It could not have been patriotisın, for he has promised to give us the same information, as soon as he lears it, and a regard to his own safety will proba - bly bind him to his promise. The poor man was immediately followed from the market, seized, robbed of his money, and stripped of his clothes, and carried off to the officers, who will probably put him to death." But we are not without suspicion that bis informant, in the cases of infanticide, deviated from the truth. We have known instances, where long stories, of strange and pitiful occurrences, have been told ex cathedra by the Chinese, which upon counter and cross examination have been found to be utterly false. We wish Mr. Abeel had made a closer examination, and written a more circumstantial narrative of these diabolical acts, giving the name, the residence, and history of that family of murderers. Their deeds are so foul that they deserve to be capitalized in the annals of Fukien. We have before heard of the cruel hearts of the men of Changchau; but we were not prepared to read of such wholesale murder. Mr. Abeel will do well to repeat and extend his inquiries, regarding infanticide in Fukien. P. S. We are much distressed to hear of the death of Mrs. Boone ; she died on Tuesday, the 30th of August, at 5 o'clock P. M., after an illness of only ten days. She was attacked with the prevailing ſever on the 20th, and was not considered to be in a dangerous con. dition until the 26th, when the disease settled upon the nervous sys- tem, and delirium ensued, which continued until death released her from suffering. The funeral was attended by many of the officers from the army and navy then stationed at Kúlángsú, and the flags were lowered halfmast. Mrs. Boone was the daughter of the honorable Henry De Saussurc, chancellor of the state of South Carolina, U. S. A., who died a few years since. She and her husband left the United States in 1836, and settled first in Batavia, where they engaged in such mis. sionary labors among the Chinese, as the restrictions of the Dutch would permit. Ill health compelling both of them to seek a colder climate, they left Java, and reached Macao in November, 1840, where they remained until the occupation of Kúlangsú by the British forces opened a way to labor among those speaking the Fukien dialect, as has been already stated. Here she was permitted in the providence of God to remain only a few months, heartily engaged in the work to which she had given herself, when she was thus suddenly called away, We camiot doubt, to ir bigher, a better service on high. Jourirnal of OrcurrerePS. Sep. ART. VII. Journal of Occurrences: sir Henry Pottinger's procla. mation to the Chinese ; his circular to British subjects regarding The capture of Chinkiang fú; and his circular containing the pro- visions of a treaty of peace; progress of the expedition from Wu- sing up the Yangtsz' kiáng ; arrangement of the ships and troops ; attack and capture of Chinkiúng fú; progress to Nanking ; ar. rangements for peace; anniversary of the Morrison Education Society; meeting of the Medical Missionary Society ; eurthquake in Macan, Join with us, Christian rraders, in giving thanks to our most merci. ful Father in heaven, for that he has graciously pleased here to stay the scourge of war, and has opened, partially at least, (and for great good, we trust) the ancient land of Siniin. Our last notice of the expedition left it off' Wúsung, July 6th. Its progress up the river was slow. Several small defenses of the Chinese were destroyed; the Grand Canal blockaded; Chinkiáng attacked and destroyed; and the combined forces collected before the ancient “ southern capital,” from whence are our last dates, August 31st. A treaty of peace had then been signed, the Chinese agreeing, among other stipulations, to pay $21,000,000 indemnity, to open five ports, and to cede Hongkong. Of these proceedings we will give, first such official notices as have been made public by authority, and then such further particulars as we have been able to collect from other sources. Before proceeding from Wúsung, the plenipotentiary issued a pro- clamation in Chinese, the “ literal English version" of which we copy from the Hongkong Gazette, of the 15th inst, Pottinger, her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., &c., makes this clear exposition for the information of all the people of the country. Under the canopy of heaven, and within the circumference of the earth, many are the different countries: of the multitude of these, not one is there that is not ruled by the supreme heavenly Father, nor are there any that are not as brethren of one family. Being then of one family, very plain is it that they should hold friendly and brotherly intercourse together, and not boast them- selves one above another. But England, coming from the utmost west, has held intercourse with China in this utmost east, for more than two centuries past; and during this time the English have suffered ill treatment from the Chinese officers, who, regarding themselves as powerful and us as weak, have thus dared to commit injustice. The English, unwilling to enter into contest with them, had borne such treatment for many years till in the the emperor of China, having determined to prohibit effectually the importa- sion of opium, sent a special commissioner, Lin Isesii, to conduct the arrangements for that purposes; and that officer, finding himself unable to year 1839, 19.1. 111 Journal of Occurrences. seize the actual offenders of each nation, in place of consulting and concert- ing measures with the several national officers residing in China (as it was his proper duty to have done), had the audacity forcibly to confine in Canton the English officer and people, at the same time threatening them with death. His object was by extorting from them what opium there might be in China that year, to gain favor with his emperor; and the English officer at Canton, seeing this position of things, commanded the English inerchants in the name of their sovereign, that they should deliver up, for the ransom of themselves from this position of extreme danger whatever opium they might have in the Chinese waters. Here is one great offense committed by the Chinese offi- cers against the English. The sovereign of Great Brituin, in consequence of this and numerous subsequent acts of injustice, appointed as her envoys, the admiral Elliot, and Elliot the superintendent at Canton, to whom jointly full powers were given for the settlement of affairs with China. And huving in consideration the many past acts of injustice of the Chinese officers, her majesty directed the admiral to take command of a combined naval and land force, and to quarter it at one of the islands on the Chinese coast; her instructions being, that if the Chinese government were willing to adınit its errors, and afford redress, a peaceful arrangement of affairs should be concluded, but other- wise, if justice and recompense were refused, that the standard of justice should be raised, and its claims enforced by war. The adıniral, &c., here- upon proceeded to the Pei ho, and there presented a letter from the minister of Great Britain which the minister and governor Kishen transmitted for the consideration of all the ministers to Peking; after this Kishen wrote to the admiral stating, that affairs which concerned Canton, it was difficult to arrange so far off, and if the admiral, &c., would proceed to Canton, it would not need long to arrange affairs there. The high English officers, still desiring peace, consented to this, and proceeded to Canton, where they met Kishen, and had frequent communications with him both written and personal. Arrangements were not yet concluded, when the ministers at Peking, men without truth or good faith, induced the emperor to recall Kishen, and send instead general Yishán, to fight and war with the English, so that the English were actually compelled by these proceedings to take the Bocca. Tigris and the line of defenses from thence upwards, and to bring Canton itself to submission, and to take from it a ransom for the punishment of such ill faith. In this ill faith of the Chinese ministers, we have a second grand instance of offense against England. The high commissioner Yukien, and other high officers, generals, &c., in the several provinces, in repeated instances, when they have found our peo- ple cast by the weather on their coast, or induced by evil men on shore, have, being dead to all good and honest feeling, dared to put the captives thus brought into their hands to a tyrannical and cruel death; and have deceitfully and falsely reported the cases to the emperor, or published lying proclamations to the people, wherein they have invented tales of lengthened contest and seizure of vessels in battle with slaughter of many people. Thus falsely did Yukien declare last year, the circumstances of the English oc- cupation of Chusan; thus did the general Yishán pretend that he had des- troyed many vessels; the governor Yen Petau that he had by force of arms recovered Ainoy; the tautai on Formosa, when shipwreck had cast men on that island, that he had gained a victory over them in battle; and the general Yiking, in May last, that he had destroyed many vessels and killed a multi- tude of men at Chusan, when not one vessel was injured, nor a single man killed. These multiplicd false statements, misleading the emperor and pen- ple, and hindering peaceful arrangements, are a third great cause of oſtensen against the English. !!! Sür. Journal of Orrurrrurs. Witli reference to trade, the English merchants used to carry their yowds to many places, and buy from and sell to the people generally, which was in the people wholly in benefit, and in no sense hurttiil. But the officers at Canton, seeking to contine the profits to themselves, induced the emperor by false statrients to restrict trade to (ariton alone, and to pernit 13 hong-iner- chants to conduct it, not even allowing intercourse with any but them and linguists ieppointed by the government. This did these otficers gain the power of meddling in every matter, extorting as they pleased, and disguising everything under false statements to the emperor. This is a fourth great cause of offense. There are besides many ininor grievances that excite indignation and wrath, but that bere need not be enunerated. Because of these grievances, the plenipotentiary &c., has been sent out by command of his sovereign to denpand redress and satistaction. When these are obtained, peacefuil arrangements may be made, and the former friend- liness of intercourse may be repewed. But until then, the high officers who cornuand bere the combined naval and land forces will continue, as com- manded also by their sovereign, to maintairi the cause of justice, and to con- tend with all their power for the enforcement of such redress. When the emperor shall appoint a high officer with full powers to negotiate and con- clude arrangements on his own responsibility, and not till then, will hostile operations be stayed. Now three principul things are required for the redress and satisfaction above spoken: namely, compensation for losses and expences; a friendly and becoming intercourse on terms of equality between officers of the two countries; and the cession of insular territory for commerce and for the residence of merchants, and as a security and guaranty against future renewal of offensive acts. If these three things be acceded to, there will be no difficulty in the settle- ment of any minor points. That the people may know our objects, and not be inisled hy the false representations of their officers, to commit acts of hostility that would bring home to their own persons and families the horrors of war, the plenipotentiary, &c., proclaims for general information this clear exposition. Dated in the Yangtsz' kiáng, the fifth day of July, in the year 1842. (Signed) Henry POTTINGER, H. M. Plenipotentiary: G. A. MALCOLM, Sec. of legation. CIRCULAR TO VER BRITANNIC MAJESTY'S SUBJECTS in China. ller majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., &c., in China has high satisfaction in promulgating for the information of her majesty's subjects in China, the important progress and success of the expedition since the date of his last circular of the 24th of June. The expedition was detained by bad weather and other circumstances at Wisung until the 6th of July, on which day it advanced up the Yángtsz? kiáng, and on the 11th, reached a military position built on a range of hills coinmanding the stream, where two small, recently erected batteries mount- ing thirteen guns, opened the first fire since leaving Wúsung, on the leading ships, but were instantly silenced, and the guns, batteries and military build- ings, connected with them destroyed as soon as inen could be put on shore. At this point, the main body of the feet was retarded by adverse winds for nearly a week, during which period some of the ships of war, assisted by the steamers got up to Kin-shan or Golden island, where the whole armament, amounting to seventy sail of vessels, assembled on the 20th instant, and anchored abreast of the city of Chinkiang: reconnaissance having been obtained the same evening, the troops were diseinbarken as early as possible the next morning. It was at this time be- lipurd, that the majority not the Chinese troops which had been variously Triie copy T: journal of Orrurrrrcra. .:j1; reported it froni titreous hundred in three thousand Hedd, were ist it ramp which was visible from billis overhanging the river, at it distance of about three miles. Against this camp the right brigade moved inder major-general lord Saltoun. The centre brigade, led by major-general Bartley, was directed in the first inētance, to co-operate with the right one, in cutting off the anticipated retreat of the fugitives from the camp in the direction of the city; and the lett brigade, headed by major-general Schoedde, landed on the river in face of the city opposite the fleei, where it was instructed to escalade the northern wail , which the centre brigade was likewise appointed to do ou the southern side, after it had perfornied the other duty assigned to it. The Chinese troops in the camp did not venture to stand the near ap- proach of our weni, b:11 after firing three or four distant vollies from their ginjalls and matchlucks, broke and dispersed all over the country, which was billy and covered with thick jungle. By this time the left brigade had got on short, when in berome obvious, that the Tartar garrison intended to de- tend the city, from the walls of wluch they opened a heavy and incessant fire of cannon, ginjalls, wall pieces, rockets and matchlocks. As the lett brigade moved up from the landing place, the Auckland steam frigate, which had been placed in position for thie purpose, threw some shells amongst the enemy on the works with admirable precision, but was obliged to cease firing, owing 10 the rapid advance of the brigade to the bottom of the wall, which was most galantly escaladed under a heavy fire from the Tartar troops, who behaved with great spirit, and disputed every inch of the ramparts, availing them- selves with great tact, of their knowledge of the localities to gall our, and screen their own, troops. The centre brigade got into the city (after some delay in finding a bridge 10 cross the Grand Canal, which runs along the western side of Chinkiang fü, and separates the walled city froin very extensive suburbs,) by blowing open one of the gates; but even after the left brigade had received this large reinforcement, besides parties of marines and seamen who were landed the moment the opposition promised to be so stubborn, the Tartars manfully pro- longed the contest for sore hours, and it was late in the afternoon before they entirely disappeared, which it is surmised the survivors did by throwing away their arms and uniform, and either hiding themselves till night enabled them to escape, or else mingling with the other inhabitants. The city of Chinkiáng is rather more than four miles in circumference, the works are in excellent repair, and the parapet, which is so thick and solid that nothing but cannon shot could have made any impression on it, is pierced with narrow embrazures and loopholes, and flanked at a variety of spots with transverse walls. It has hitherto been impossible to obtain anything like a precise return of the strength of the garrison, but from calculations made with reference to the extent of the works, and Tartar troops seen on them at the same moment, it is thought there could not have been less than three thousand men. Of these it is said, that forty maridarins (officers) and one thousand men, were killed and wounded. T'he Tartar general commanding-in-chief, retired to his house when he saw that all was lost, made his servants set it on fire, and sat in his chair till he was burned to death. His private secretary was found the day after the assault, hidden in a garden, and on being carried to the spot, re- cognized the half consumed remains of his master, who was worthy of a nobler death. It will be readily understood, that it brilliant service, of which the preced- ang detail gives but a very feeble outline, could not be perforined without loss on our side, ined her majesty's plenipotentiary is sure that all her majesty's :51hjects in China will participate in his feelings of sincere regret at the an- pogrull resortes rof casualties of killed and wouded in her majesty's combined threes I. LA Journal of Occurrences Ser 1 Arrangements are in progress for placing a strong British garrison at Chinkiang fi, (which commands the entrances to the Grand Canal , and is therefore of vast importance,) and the remainder of the expedition will shortly move up this majestic river, headed by the admiral's flag ship Corn- wallis, to the neighborhood of Nanking, (which ancient capital of the en- pire is about forty miles distant, and situated about three miles from the Yáng- tsz kiáng, with which it is connected by a variety of canals,) it having already been ascertained by actual survey that there is ample depth of water, and no natural impediments. GOD SAVE THE QUEEN. Dated on board the steam frigate Queen, Yángtsz' kiáng river at Chin- kiáng fü, the 24th day of July, 1842 HENRY POTTINGER, H. M. Plenipotentiary. Abstract of killed and wounded and missing of her majesty's combined forces in the assault on the city of Chinkiang, and the enemy's intrenched camps, July 21st, 1842. Land force. Killed; officers 3, rank and file, &c. 30.,,.33 Wounded; officers rank and file, &c. 98. , . 109 Missing 3 145 Varal force. Killed and wounded, 24 169 CIRCULAR TO H. B. MAJESTY'S SUBJECTS IN CHINA. Her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., in China has extreme grati- fication in announcing to her majesty's subjects in China, that he has this day concluded and signed, with the Chinese high commissioners deputed to negotiate with him, a treaty, of which the following are the most important 1. Lasting peace and friendship between the two empires. 2. China to pay twenty one-millions of dollars in the course of the present and three succeeding years. 3. The ports of Canton, Amoy, Fúchau fü, Ningpo, and Shanghái, to be thrown open to British merchants, consular officers to be appointed to reside at them, and regular and just tariffs of import and export (as well as inland transit) duties to be established and published. 4. The island of Hongkong to be ceded in perpetuity to her Britannic majesty, her heirs and successors. 5. All subjects of her Britannic majesty, (whether natives of Europe or India,) who may be confined in any part of the Chinese empire to be uncon- ditionally released. 6. An act of full and entire amnesty to be published by the emperor under his imperial sign manual and seal to all Chinese subjects, on account of their having held service, or intercourse with, or resided under the British govern- ment or its officers. 7. Correspondence to be conducted on terms of perfect equality amongst the officers of both governments. 8. On the emperor's assent being receive to this treaty, and the payment of the first $6,000,000, her B. M.'s forces to retire from Nanking and the Grand Canal, and the military posts at Chinhái to be also withdrawn, but the islands of Chusan and Kulángsú are to be held until the money payments and the arrangements for opening the ports be completed. In promulgating this highly satisfactory intelligence, her majesty's plenº provisions : 1842. 515 Journal of Occurrences. potentiary, &c., purposely refrains from any detailed expression of his own sentiments as to the surpassing skill, energy, devotion, and valor, which have distinguished the various grades, from the highest to the lowest of all arms of her majesty's combined forces, during the contest that has led to these mo. mentous results. The claims which have been thus established will be doubtless acknowledged by the highest authorities. In the meantime, H. M.'s plenipotentiary congratulates her majesty's subjects in China on the occasion of a peace, which, he trusts and believes will, in due time, be equally benefi- cial to the subjects and interests of both England and China. GOD SAVE THE QUEEN. Dated on board the steam frigate Queen, in the Yángtsz' kiáng off Nanking, this 29th day of August, 1842. (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER. H. M.'s plen potentiary. Our readers will remember that, while the British forces held Ning. po, the head-quarters of the Chinese army were kept at Hangchau, its right wing extending to Shauhing, and its left resting on Kishing, not many miles from Chápú. Ningpo was abandoned by the British the 7th May; Chápu was taken on the 18th, and abandoned on the 23d of that month. June 16th, the defenses of Wúsung were carried, and those of Shanghái on the 15th. For several days the expedition remained off Wúsung. How these, and subsequent operations, were reported to the emperor, has been exhibited in Art. II, of this number, The principal officers deputed by the emperor to direct the imperial army, and to conduct the war, were the generalissimo * ** Yi. king, and the two joint commissioners, 1 Fa Mi Te-í-shun and 蔚 ​Wan Wei; l'lípú Pa tri the old commissioner; and Ki- ying in Hi the new commissioner; and Niú Kien, I. ili governor of the two Kiáng. Among the “great men” were crowds of satellites. On the 27ih of June, while the plenipotentiary and chiefs of the expedition were still off Wúsung, “corporal White,” formerly known as " captain White," appeared for the fourth time at head-quarters, since the taking of Chápú, accompanied by the linguist Achau, they being the bearers of a letter from l'lípú and Kiying. What may have been the tenor of these communications from the Chinese, we know not; but from all we do know, war and extermination were still the order of the day. We may here mention, in passing, that we have been told that Kishen has not been at the scene of these recent operations, having been retained at Changkiá kau, in the northwest of Chils. We may also add here, that one of the steamers, in proceeding beyond Shanghái, reached the lake, called Tienshán hlı ; he direct distance run by this steamer, the Medusa, was 384 miles, 8. 60° W. Assurning the Jesuits' position of Súchau to be correct 516 SEE . Journal of Chirurritiers. she was within 23 miles of that city. bcariny N. :14° W., with Chápú distant :31 miles S. 18' E. We are now prepared to follow the expedition, in its advance from Wisung to Chinkiang and Nánking. The difference of longitude between Wúsung and Chinkiáng is about two degrees, and the differ- ence in latitude is 50', nearly. Nanking (or I. F Kiángning fú, as the Chinese now call the ancient capital) is distant froin Chin- kiáng about 40' W., and 6' or more S. The surveys, made by capt. Bethune in H. B. M. ship Conway in 1840, were found correct. It was on the 29th of June when the exploring squadron-consist- ing of H. M. ships Starling, Plover, Modeste, Clio, and steamer Phlege- thon--commenced the advance, sounding and buoying off the course for the larger vessels. Nore shoal water was found than had been anticipated, just beyond where captain Bethune had surveyed two years ago; the steamers Pluto and Medusa were therefore sent for. ward to join the exploring expedition. This was July 1st. The next day the steamer Auckland was sent off to Tsungming to bring fresh provision, there procured, and now beginning to be scarce in the ex- pedition. Some scurvy therefore had begun to appear. More than a month had now passed away, since the ships sailed from Chápú. On the 4th, the Phlegethon returned, reporting all clear, and deep water, though in a difficult channel, to within a few miles of Golden island, which lies between Chinkiang on the south shore and Kwa- chau on the north, at the junction of the waters of the Grand Canal with the river. The North Star, and one steamer, and a transport or two, were to remilin off Wúsung, while the combined forces moved up the river. The army was divided into four brigades, besides the general staff, and the sappers and miners, the last remaining as a separate com- mand. The squadron was formed into five divisions, besides the steamers, sloops and brigs, which remained around the admiral at his command. The arrangement of both arms of the force are exhibited in the accompanying schedule. ORDER OF SAILING OF THE SQUADRON IN TUE YANGTSZ' KIANG. Advanced squadron.-Surveying. Starling, 6, commander H. Kellett. Plover, 6, commander R. Collinson. Modeste, 18, coin. R. B. Watson. Clio, 16, commander T. Troubridge. 11.(. armed str. Phlegethon, lient. J. H. Č. arined str. Medusa, lieut. He- McCleverty, R... witt, 1. N. GENERAL SQUADRON. II. M.'s ship Cornwallis, 72, captain Richards, flag ship of rear- solmiral, sir William Parker, k. P. B., commander-in-chief of this nayai forces. 1842. 517 Journal of Occurrences. FIRST DIVISION. H. M.'s ship Calliope, 26, capt. A. 8. Kuper, c. B. H. C.'s armed steamer Vixen, capt. H. Boyes. Transports. .| Urgent, , staff. Alibi, Atiet Rahoman, sappers and miners. Trio, followers. John Fleming, sappers and miners. Martha, coals and followers. John Cooper, coals. SECOND DIVISION. H. M.'s ship Blonde, 42, captain T. Bouchier, C. B. H. C.'s steamer Auckland, captain R. Ethersay. Transports—Artillery brigade. Sophia, Royal artillery. Rustomjee Cowasjee, head-quarters of Defiance, Madras artillery. Teaser, Palmyra, head-qrs. of Madras artillery. Livingstone, * artillery followers. Gipsey, Lysander, Lady Flora, City of London, horse artillery. } powder and horses. THIRD DIVISION. H. M.'s troop ship Belleisle, captain J. Kingcomb, major-gen. lord Saltoun, and H. M.'s 98th regt. H. M.'s troop ship Jupiter, lieut. G. B. Hoffmeister, H. M.'s 26th regt. H. C.'s armed steamer, Queen, W. Warden, master commanding. Transports.- 1st or Right Brigade. Robarts, flank comps. of 41st M. N. I. Maria, , Tamerlane, Percy, Bengal Volunteers. Burhampooter, head-qrs. of Bengal Warrior, Volunteers. City of Palaces, Flowers of Venite, followers FOURTH DIVISION. and H. M.'s 55th regt. Wm. Money, H. M.'s ship Endymion, 44, capt. the hon. F. W. Grey. H. C.'s armed steamer Sesostris, capt. H. A. Ormsby, 1. N. Transports.-2d or Centre Brigade. Orient, Major-gen. Schoedde, Amelia Thompson, Madras rifles. . Coromandel, Worcester, Asia, Urgent, 2d regt. Madras Wm. Turner 6th regt. Madras Duke of Bedford, Native Infantry. Walmer Castle, Native Infantry. Rohomany, Runnymede, FIFTH DIVISION. H. M.'s ship Dido, 20, capt. the hon. H. Keppel. H. C's armed steamer Tenasserim, capt. P. Wall. Transports.—3d or Left Brigade. H. M.'s troop ship Apollo, com. Fre- Ernaad, H. M.'s 18th regt. derick, major-gen. Bartley, and H. Belle Alliance, M.'s 49th regt. Mallaked Behar, Minerva, H. M.'s 49th regt. Cursetjee Cowasjee, 11th regt. Ma- H. M.'s troop ship Rattlesnake, H. Pekin, dras Native In- M.'s 18th regt. Victoria, fantry. Faize Robanny, 518 Journal of Occurrences, Ser. BRIGADES. Artillery Brigade. Stati.---Lieut-col. Montgomerie, C. B. 1 company Royal foot artillery. Bt.-capt. G. Balfour, brigade-major. 3 companies of Madras artillery. Corps. 1 troop Madras horse artillery. Gun Lilscars. FIRST, OR RIGHT BRIGADE. Major.-gen. lord Saltoun, C. B., G. C. B. H. M.'s 26th Cameronians. Capt. Conyngham, 3d buffs, A. D. C. Bengal Volunteer regt. Major Grant, 9th Lancers, brig.-major. Flark companies of 41st Jadras Na. Lieut. Gibbons, 49th regt. sub.-assist. tive Infantry. commissary H. M.'s 98th regt: SECOND, OR CENTRE BRIGADE, Maj.-general J. H. Schoedde, H. M.'s Capt. Daubeney, 55th regt, bri-major 55th regt: 14th Madras Native Infantry. Lieut. Elphinstone, sub-assistant com- Rifles, 36th Madras Native Infantry. missary. H. M.'s 49th regt. THIRD, OR LEFT BRIGADE. Maj.-gen. R. Bartley, 49th regt. 14th regt. Madras Native Infantry. Capt. Browne, 49th regt., brigade maj. H. M.'s 49th regiment. H. M.'s 18th regt. Royal Irish. ENGINEERS. Capt. Pears, Madras engineers. Engineer department. Sappers and miners. Concerning the river, and the progress of the expedition up to Chinkiáng, we withhold for the present the few bariiculars we have collected, hoping erelong to be able to give a full account of all that has been seen and done, during this forice days. Two singular occurrences (sa:y om nous in the opinion of the Chnese) may here be noticed. On ihe 8.h 0. Joly, when the expedi. tion was off Fushan, in the department of Scha!ı, ar eclipse of the sun, almost total--and quite total at Parking--oceilrred; and on the 22d, the day after the terrible destruction at Chinkiáng, there was an eclipse of the mocu. The city of Chinkang stay:!s distant from the souihern bank of the river about one fo:rth of a mile, its northern wall running parallel with it. The ships took up their positira near the city on the 20th, and early on Thursday morning, the 21st, the troops were all landed - the 1st and 2d brigades, with some of the artillery, west of the city; and the 3d also with artillery, on the east; some sappers and miners were attached to each brigade. A body of the Chinese troops were seen occupying high ground off to the southwest of the city, two or three miles distant from the landing-place. They were soon put to flight, and the parties which did this, then turned their course and joined the others, who were to attack the northern gate on the west side of the city. While they were doing this, firing was heard at the 1 1 18.1 519 Journal of Occurrences. northern angle of the city, where the troops were escalading. This was done in admirable style, the Chinese fighting desperately, and the party, cutting its way, moved on towards the gate ; which, by the attacking party on that side, had been blown up and entered. It was now near two o'clock, and the British were nearly masters of the city, only one party of the Chinese still holding out, A few brave soldiers had collected within the walls, not far from the southwest angle of the city. Captain Collinson and lieutenant Gibbons fell in overcoming these. On the whole, perhaps, the scenes of this day, July 21st, 1842, were more remarkable than those of any other day since the war began. The weather was intensely hot, a score or more of the troops perished by the heat alone. The opposition was more determined than had before been experienced, and the losses in overcoming it greater. The Tartar city was larger than that of Chápú, and the self-inmolation is said to have been fifty times greater. During the day, several very spirited conflicts were witnessed; some in single combat; others in small parties. The Blonde's boats, in going up a creek, met a • Tartar,' and smart work followed. The most gallant action was the escalad. ing. To the other means of havoc, the setting on fire of houses increased the destruction of property, especially in the suburbs. Most of the British troopa remained in the city during the night. Augus: 3:1, a pari of the fleat got under weigh, and the remainder destined for Nanking, followed next day, leaving strong detachments at Chinkiáng. By the 9h the whole had arrived, and the debarka. tion began. Tie city of Nanking is some three miles from the river ; but thera are 0:11er wails, como parts of which are not above 1000 yards from the water, On the 11th, all things were in readiness for an attack. The Chinese coin missioners now saw that they had no time for delay. The waita flag was hung out, and several friendly con. ferences ensued, ending on the 29th by formally signing and sealing of a treaty of peace. The imperial comunissioners Kíying and I'lipú, and the governor of the two Kiáng, first put their signatures to the treaty, and then sir Henry added his. This was done on board H. M. ship Cornwallis 74, when, with the imperial yellow flag and the union jack both flying, a royal salute of 21 guns was fired. The news of this transaction reached Hongkong on the morning of the 9th instant, by the steamer Sesostris; and the report of the em. peror's approval, brought by rnajor Malcolm, secretary of legation, arrived there in the Auckland, at 5 P. M. on the 23d; captain Whittingham, aid-de-camp to sir Hugh Gough, and captain Rirhards 3:20 Journal of Occurrences, of the Cornwallis, were the bearers of dispatches from their excellencies the military and naval commanders-in-chief. Major Malcolm proceeded the next evening, in the same steamer, for Singapore and Suez, carry- ing the treaty to London, and expecting to return to China from thence in March next. These are new scenes, and full of promise. The storm of war has beat hard, as well on the people as on the Chinese soldiery. They have suffered greatly, and sustained great losses. Kishen seems to have foreseen what the result of a further struggle would be, and endeavored, honestly but vainly to avert the impending calamity and hurniliation of defeat. We will not anticipate the resumption of hos- tilities in China, but rather hope that the peace may be, as the treaty states it, lasting. All has been obtained, by treaty, that any reason. able judgment could demand. The fourth anniversary of the Morrison Education Society was held at the residence of the Rev. S. R. Brown on Wednesday the 28th inst., Rev. Dr. Bridgman presiding, in the absence of the president and vice-president. The report of the past year was read by the principal ; it exhibited a most satisfactory progress of the pupils in their studies, and that they took a hearty interest in their own in- provement; and showed that the institution was fully accomplishing the objects of its founders and supporters, so far as they had given it the means. The Society's house at Hongkong has been begun, and will soon be ready for the reception of the pupils. A meeting of the Medical Missionary Society was held the same day, when the report of its hospital in Macao for the past fifteen months, was read, and other business transacted. From this report, it appears that 5265 new cases have been entered upon the books, of which 433 were in-door patients. The total expenditures for native assistants, repairs, furniture, food of indigent patients, &c., since July Ist, 1841, has been a little over $700. The medicines were contri. buted by friends in England. Fuller accounts of both these meetings, with the reports, lists of their officers, statement of funds, &c., will ap pear in the next number. A slight shock of an earthquake was sensibly felt at Macao on the 16th of this month at 14 minutes past 4 o'clock P. M.; there was first a light rumbling noise, presently succeeded by a louder noise, attend- ed with a slight tremor, somewhat as if a heavy tierce was being rolled in a distant part of the house, THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XI.-OCTOBER, 1842.-No. 10. Art. I. Retrospection, or a rcvicw of public occurrences in China, during the last ten years, from January 1st 1832, to December 31st, 1841. (Continued from page 470.) Tá cháng pu pá, reiterated a high officer, as we endeavored to dissuade him from his purpose to expel the British from every nook and corner of the imperial dominions, in 1839—tá cháng pu pá, said he, "to join battle (with the English) we are not afraid.” Expulsion and extermination were then the order of the day. Correspond or communicate with foreign officers, on terms of equality, the Chinese would not. No reparation would they make, either for the opium confiscated, or for the losses, by no means inconsiderable, occasioned by the removal of the merchants from Canton. No apology would they offer for the forcible detention of the subjects and representatives of foreign governments ; nor would they yield the right of apprehend- ing and executing foreigners, charged with murder or homicide, or allow any cognizance of a foreign authority in such proceedings. By the statutes of the realm, the ingress and residence of Europeans, except at Canton and Macao, were prohibited. A large bounty was placed on the heads of Englishmen, who were to be hunted down like savage beasts on the mountains. January 1st, 1840 A few British subjects were in Canton; two ships, the Thomas Coutts and Royal Saxon, were at Whampoa; some of the English nierchants were with their families in Macao; while the majority of H. B. M.'s subjects and ships, in China, were at the anchorage of Tungkú, not far from Lintin The high imperial com- 66 VOL XI. NO. X Review of Public Occurrences During the OT missioner, the emperor's inost trusty minister Lin, already began to see himself in danger of being worsted by the lion's power. At this moment, however, British political influence in China was at its lowest point--so low was it, that, when the chief superintendent, “driven to ask permission, in the name of her Britannic majesty, to deposit the remainder of certain cargoes in the warehouses of Macao, upon the payment of the duties fixed by the regulations of the place,” his re- quest was rcfused! January 2d. Mr. Gribble, who had been seized by the emissaries of the Chinese government, was brought to Canton in a sedan; but the secret relentings of Lin were beginning to operate; the "rebel- lious barbarian" was found to be a "good Englishman;" accordingly he was mercifully spared, so as to show the imperial favor to men from afar. 3d. A dispatch from the emperor reached the high officers in Canton this day, declaring his majesty's approbation of their conduct in stopping all British trade. Some curious memoranda, written with the vermilion pencil, res- pecting the battle of the Bogue, will be found on page 486, volunie VIII., intimating in no very doubtful terms a suspicion that “mat- ters” in Canton had not all been arranged aright. 5th. Lin and his colleagues published a manifesto, setting forth the “crimes” of the English, as the reasons why they should be for ever banished the country, and no more allowed the blessings of the celes- tial empire. They had outlawed themselves; but this case in no way could be permitted to abridge the rights of the other foreigners. Not even the goods and the produce of Great Britain, or of her dependen- cies were to be allowed to enter the Chinese ports. The conduct of Lin in actually allowing, while by public edicts he pretended to disallow, the importation of British commodities, was and ever will be a dark spot on his character. No man of stern rectitude could have stooped to, or allowed of, such double-faced policy. 7th. The chief superintendent of British trade warned all persons not to make shipments to England on board the ships Thomas Coutts and Royal Saxon, they having entered the port in violation of his injunctions. with Captain Smith of H. B. M. ship Volage, then off Chuenpí, gave official public notice of his intention to establish a blockade of The river ind port of Canton, on the 15th following: 1:11. Mr. Giribhir and fire Lascars were released from Canto ind iron 17'11 doll on board tho. Volingo, 2ide the Beguir 1 1842 Lusi Pre Yours, from it 1841. On the same day, January 14th, 18-10, 1.in and his colleagues received an imperial edict, from which the following is an extract, the translation whereof we borrow from the Canton Register. "'The foreigners of the English nation, from and after the time that it was agreed upon to proliibit opiuin, have been continually shifting backwards and forwards. On a previous occasion (alluding perhaps to the battle of Kaulung) they had the liardihood to be the first to fire off great guns, and afterwards, under false pretence of respect and obedience, they leagued themselves with ships of war and clandestinely scheined after revenge and reprisals. At that time, although we awarded them the chastisement (due to their rashness), yet did we not immediately cut off their commercial intercourse, not deeming (their faults hitherto) worthy of so stern a display of (cclestial) dignity. But this time, the foreign ship, Smith (i. 4. II. M. ship Volage), having again dared to be the first to fire off his great guns, and further, having seized upon (?) a place called Kwán. chung (i. e. the neighborhood of Hongkong) as a stronghold or fastness, this is quite enough to show that these said (English) foreigners cherislı dark and unfa. thomable designs in their hearts! Thus even granting that they were at this time tu give the duly prepared bond, yet it is difficult to secure that they would not be turning and twisting again, and if, they having so often shown us opposition and defiance, we were still to permit then to hold commercial intercourse with us, this would indeed be a very improper way of managing affairs. As to the little potty amount of duties, this is a subject not worthy a monarch's consideration :- we of the heavenly dynasty cherished these foreigners from afar with the utmost kindness and benevolence, but these said foreigners know not to feel grateful! They on the other hand, act the part of the unfilial shí bird (which attacks and tries to destroy its mother so soon as hatched):—that they are in the wrong, arıd we in the right, is a fact known alike to those of the Inner Land, and to those from beyond the seas! Since then these said (English) foreigners, by their own act, have put themselves out of the pale of the laws, what occasion is there for us to feel any sorrow or regret about them? Cause therefore that the trade of the English nation be immediately put a stop to, and let every one of the ships be. longing to the said nation be forthwith driven out! Cause at the same time that it be clearly proclaimed and made known to all nations, and let the crimes (of the English) be duly and specifically drawn up in order, and disseminated among the people of all countries, showing them how that the English foreigners have cut themselves off from communion with the celestial dynasty, and that this affair has no reference to you, (the good) foreigners of other countries. Do ye then, 0 all foreigners of all other nations be respectful and submissive as hitherto, and you will be permitted to continue your commercial intercourse as of old! But if you dare to shelter or protect the English, or clandestinely to convey them (or their property ?) into our harbors, so soon as found out, then shall your crime be visited with the most severe punishment, &c., &c. Respect this." 15th Commissioner Lin addressed a letter to H. B. M. queen Victoria. Chi. Rep., vol. VIII., p. 497. 19th. An edict was issued by the provincial authorities, warning the smokers of opium that their day of grace, 18 months, granted by imperial favor, would expire in six months, when the extreme 524 OCT Rovirw of Public Occurrences During the penalties of the law would be inflicted on all who continued un- reformed. 31st. A new officer, to fill the new office of intendant (táutúi). arrived in Macao. February 1st. Yi, the new incumbent in the office of táutái, published an edict ordering all British subjects to leave Macao immediately. 4th. H. B. M. sloop Hyacinth, commander Warren, moved into the Inner Harbor of Macao. For the correspondence occasioned by this movement, see Chi. Rep., vol. VIII., p. 543. 6th. His excellency Tang Tingching left Canton, and was suc- ceeded in the gubernatorial office by Lin, late high imperial com- missioner. A special envoy, captain Halcon, R. N. from the Spanish autho- rities of Manila, arrived in Macao, in order to demand from the Chinese the release of two Spanish prisoners, taken from the Bilbaino, and reparation for the loss of that vessel. The foreign ships, Cambridge, Norden, Dansche Koenge, recently confiscated by the Chinese, with the intention of forming a new navy, were restored to their owners, and the project of transforming them into ships of war abandoned. 13th. The empress of China, at about one o'clock this morning, left the imperial court, and went “to ramble among the immortals.” The emperor, by special edict, ordered all his children to mourn according to law, for the imperial consort. March 6th. The authorities in Canton, by special proclamation, reöpened their commerce with Macao, which sometime previously they closed, because certain of the Portuguese dared to harbor and give food to the rebellious English. 24th. An interview was held between the Spanish envoy, captain Halcon, and Yi the intendant, and other Chinese officers, in the pre- sence of the procurador of Macao. H. B. M. ship Druid, 44 guns, captain lord John Churchill arrived off Macao. Salutes with the Portuguese were exchanged next morn- ing, and she then proceeded to Tungkú. April 1st. The two persons belonging to the Bilbaino, who was seized when she was burned, having been released, arrived in Ma- Vol. VIII., p. 647. 2d. The Ariel, captain Warden, which sailed from China, on the 30th of May last, returned with dispatches from the home go- orient cao. 1842. Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. 52: 4th. An order in council issued by II. B. M.'s government, re- garding the adjudication of prizes taken from the Chinese. 11th. The American consul, P. W. Snow, esq. arrived in Macao from Canton; on his way down from the provincial city, his boat was stopped, and the people in her treated with indignity such as would in any other country have called for an official explanation. 25th. The project of a navy having been revived, Chinese schoon- ers, after European models, were launched in Canton; and the “old Cambridge," having been purchased, was anchored off Howqua’sfort. Chinese troops, in considerable numbers, were assembled near Macao. The political aspect of affairs daily became more and more hostile, in every quarter. May 1st. New regulations were brought forward in an official form to restrict the foreign trade. These originated with the sub- prefect of Macao, and were especially designed to debar British pro- duce and manufactures from the empire. 13th. The governor of Canton issued an order to the sub-prefect of Macao, making it his duty to obtain from every ship, arriving off Macao, both her port-clearance and her manifest, and to forward the same to his excellency. 22d. The British vessel Hellas, captain Jauncey, while becalmed near the Brothers, north of Namoh, was attacked by eight junks and three large pulling boats. All of her European crew, fifteen in num- ber, and ten Lascars, were wounded. Her commander was severely injured. Can. Reg., June 2d. June 3d. Died at Capsing moon, on board H. B. M. ship Druid, the right honorable lord Henry-John Spencer Churchill, aged 43. 9th. An attempt was made to burn the British fleet at Capsing moon, by means of fire rafts. The attempt failed. H. B. M. ship Alligator arrived the hour the fire broke out. 16th. The steamer Madagascar came in from sea, causing among the Chinese no inconsiderable excitement. 21st. H. B. M. ship Wellesley, 72, bearing the broad pendant of commodore, sir James John Gordon Bremer, knt., &c., &c., arrived off Macao. Other ships and transports arrived, and moved northward the same evening. 22d. Public notice of the blockade of the port and river of Can- ton was published by sir Gordon. 25th. A manifesto to the Chinese people was published by capt. Charles Elliot, announcing to them that the queen had been pleased to appoint liigh officers to make known the truth to the emperor. 520 OiT. Rerima of Public Occurruners During the :301h. The first expedition now amounted to say, in round mm. bers, 15 ships of war, 4 steamers, 25 transports, with about 4000 land for ces. Early this morning, rear-admiral, the honorable G. Elliot, and captain Elliot-joint plenipotentiaries, with other officers in her Britannic majesty's service, on board H. B. M. ship Melville, left Macao roads and proceeded northward-preceded some days by sir J. J. G. Bremer. During this month proclamations were issued by the provincial authorities of Canton, offering large bounties for British subjects and ships. Chi. Rep., vol. IX., p. 165. July 1st. For lists of the forces comprising the first expedition against China, see vol. IX., page 221. The ships of war in number were, say 20; transports, 30; fighting men, of the land forces, 4000, being the 18th Royal Irish, 26th Cameronians, and the 49th regi- ments of foot, Bengal Volunteers, with a corps of Bengal engineers, corps of Madras sappers and miners. 2d. H. B. M. ship Blonde, captain Bourchier, paid a visit to the Chinese authorities at Amoy-her boat, bearing a white flag, was fired on. Vol. IX., p. 222. 4th. Sir Gordon Bremer, commanding the advanced squadron, appeared before Tinghái, on board the Wellesley, and demanded the surrender of the town. Ibid. p. 228. 5th. The 7th day of the 6th moon of the 20th year of Táukwang, Tinghái, &c., a part of the dominions of the Great Pure dynasty fell to the arms of H. B. M. p. 229. 6th. The British troops entered the city, the people and troops having fled. H. B. M. commissioners, admiral and captain Elliot, arrived this day off Tinghái in the Melville. An attempt was made to deliver into the hands of Chinese officers a copy of lord Palmerston's letter, designed for the perusal of the emperor and his ministers. Brigadier Burrell was appointed by admiral Elliot to take charge of Tinghái. A blockade was established from Ningpo to the mouth of the Yángtsz' ķiáng. August 4th. Two British naval officers were attacked by a gang of Chinese robbers in the streets of Macao, who took from them what- rver money, &c., they possessed. Vol. IX., p. 2:34. 5th. The Elliots, H. B. M. plenipotentiaries, passed the promon pusty of Shantung. 10th. 1842 527 Last Ten Ycurs, from 18:32 10 1811. 6th Mr. Vincent Stanton was seized by a band of Chinese kidnappers, near Cassilha's bay, and carried off to Canton. 11th. The steamer Madagascar, with captain Elliot on board, entered the Pei ho. Vol. IX., p. 429. The intendant of Macao, Yi, left for Canton to procure the release of Mr. Stanton. 13th. The British squadron having arrived off the mouth of the river below Tientsin, an officer was dispatched by Kishen, governor of Chilí, to supply the ships with provisions. 16th. The dispatch, twice refused, at Amoy and Ningpo, was received on board the Wellesley by "captain White," aid-de-camp of Kishen. The same day the squadron sailed for the coast of Mantchouria. 19th. Captain Smith, with H. B. M. ships Larne, Hyacinth, steamer Enterprise, and the cutter Louisa, drove the Chinese troops from the Barrier, and burnt their barracks, the authorit.es of Canton having refused the surrender of Mr. Stanton. Vol. IX., p. 237. Severe sickness and great mortality prevailed among the troops at Chusan; and the people, for the most part, declined all inter- course with the foreigners. Vol. IX., p. 325. 20th. C. A. Challaye, esq., French consul arrived in China. 21st. P. W. Snow, esq., American consul, left China for the United States. 24th. Messengers from Kishen (according to his report) went off to seek the squadron, which did not rejoin its anchorage till the 29th. 25th. A foraging party from H. M. ship Conway landed on Tsung- ming, and were attacked by the Chinese; Mr. midshipman Harvey was killed near a place since called Harvey point. Vol. IX., p. 639. 28th. No reply having been received from Kíshen, a strong boat- force, in hostile array, proceeded towards the shore, when it was as- certained that communications had been sent off previously, but no one was found to receive thein. 30th. A conference was held on shore, below Tientsin, near the mouth of the river, between H. B. M.'s plenipotentiary, captain El. liot, and H. I. Mi's cabinet minister Kíshen. Vol. IX., p. 421. September 1st. Only two foreign merchants, both Americans, were in Canton, and only two ships, the Panama and Kosciusko, were at Whampoa, at this date. 1.5th. The transport Kite, capt. Noble, on her way back to Chusan from the Yangtsz kiing, was lost on a quicksand. Vol. X., p. 191. Rrvice of Public Occurrences, fc. OCT: 16th. Capt. Austruther was seized by the Chinese near Tinghái. 17th. Kíshe was appointed high imperial commissioner, and ordered to proceed immediately to Canton to examine and arrange all difficulties. 27th. Lin, governor, &c., of Canton, published an edict, admo- nishing the people of the near approach of the period—the com- mencement of the new year-when condign punishment would be visited on all unreformed opium-smokers. Vol. IX., p. 404. On the same day (the 27th of September,) an edict was received, by the appropriate Board in Peking, depriving Lin of his office, censuring him severely for inefficiency, and dissembling conduct, and summoning him to repair speedily to Peking, to answer there for his conduct. Another edict, of similar tenor, appeared on the next day. Vol. IX., p. 412. October 1st. The governor of Canton received a dispatch from the General Council of state. 4th. A party connected with the British expedition, anchored off the Pei ho, sailed northward and visited the Great Wall. November 6th. Admiral Elliot, at Chusan, announced a truce, agreed on between himself and the high imperial commissioner, pending the negotiations between the two countries." 15th. H. B. M.'s plenipotentiaries sailed from Chusan, to return to Canton to meet Kíshen, leaving land and naval forces at Tinghái. 20th. Their excellencies the plenipotentiaries arrived off Macao, direct from Chusan. 21st. The Queen steamer, bearing a flag of truce, and having captain Elliot on board was fired at from one of the forts at Chuenpí. An apology was immediately made for this act by the Chinese. 29th. Kishen made his entry into Canton, having been preceded some days by “captain: White." The resignation of the honorable George Elliot, rear-admiral and commander-in-chief of the British expedition, was announced by captain Elliot. December 12th. Mr. Stanton, on application of the plenipoten- tiary to Kíshen, was released, and returned to Macao. The remainder of the month was occupied with negotiations, which remained unfinished at the close of the year. Kishen's con- duct, in this business, is best seen in his own memorials. Vol. IX., p. 6.1.52 (To be continucil.) History of the Southern Sung Dynasty, 529 Arr. II. Nún Sung Chi-chuen, or History of the Southern Sung dynasty. 5 volumes, small octavo Reviewed by a Corres- pondent. At the beginning of the tenth century, there lived a man called Kiáu Likí, who begat a son, whom he called Kingtang, and who as he grew up displayed a great fondness for military exercises. When ten years old, happening to be with his elder brother on a hunting party, they both saw a goose, at which each shot an arrow; and having brought it down, began to quarrel about its possession, and soon came to blows. Kingtáng, not daring to return to his father, as he considered himself the guilty party, ran away. He had not wan- dered far, when he saw a temple dedicated to Yü, where he offered his prayers; a man there, looking upon the stripling, had compassion upon him, and took him into his service, sending him to the field to tend his sheep. Here he amused himself by drilling his charge regularly. On a certain day there came a wolf and took away a sheep, but Kingtáng jumped on the back of the beast, and rescued the prey. This attracted the notice of his inaster, who asked him, why did he not learn military exercises. King assured him, that he was well versed in the art. A number of lads were soon assembled in order to hold à sham fight. Being victorious, he roused the envy of a powerful family, whose son he had shot through the eye. His master, therefore, directed him to steal a horse and run away, and having given a sum of mouey to the adventurer, lie bade him good luck. Kingtáng entered into the ariny, where he was soon at home. In various engagements he was the foremost, and exposed himself to every dan- ger. Once his chief stumbled upon his horse in the midst of battle, but Kingtang assisted him to remount, and protected his life in the thickest of the fight.' The general was grateful for this proof of his attachment, and gave him his daughter to wife. The name of this leader was Sz'yuen, who under the ancestorial name of Chwang- tsumg founded the After Táng dynasty in A. v. 923. Kingtáng's fortune was thus made; he was appointed an officer of the body guard, and a son-in-law to his sovereign. Once when he was hunting, an officer brouglit to him a pair of white foxes. Kingtáng wished to kill them, but the fizes spoke and besought him not to do so. He complied, and in return for this generosity received the assurance that after the 10. 11. VO .. 530 History of the Southern Sung Dynasty. Oct. death of the present ruler, he would become a relation of theirs. Scarcely were the words spoken, when a storm arose, and the foxes vanished, but their words left a deep impression upon his mind. Some time after this incident, a provincial officer rebelled, and the famous Kingtáng was sent to subdue him. On the day of the departure of the army, one of his officer's wives bore a son, the future founder of the Sung dynasty, and a man celebrated in history. The mother had long prayed to heaven to grant the birth of a sage, who might put a stop to the intestine wars that distracted the empire. Her supplications were heard, and the child was born under these auspicious circumstances. The 20,000 men under Kingtáng's command marched joyously to battle, but were nearly cut to pieces by the enemy. The generalis- simo was accused of incapacity, when he was fortunate to capture the son of the rebel chief. Afterwards he retreated, much to the displeasure of the emperor, and would have been punished as a trait- or, if the Ketan Tartars had not made an inroad into China; where- upon he was ordered to expel the barbarians. King thought it better to negotiate, than to fight; a horse was killed before the gate of a fortress, he partook of the blood with the Tartar chief, and conclud. ed a lasting treaty. From that time they no longer invaded the Chi- nese territory. Some years after this, a celebrated leader, cffended at the insolence of the minister, penetrated with an army to the pa. lace, and there dethroned the reigning emperor Ming ti, and substituta ed his brother as his successor (A. D. 934), with the ominous name of Fi tí, or emperor Abrogation. King was too good a politician not to send in his adherence; he even went to the capital, where he got en- tangled in intrigues, and scarcely escaped with his life. Under the existing government, it was impossible to remain faith- ful. There was so much intrigue and favoritism, that the must up- right statesmen could never make sure of their offices. Kingtáng was moreover popular with the army, which is a crime with a sus- picious prince. His wife and children lived at the capital as hostages. The former was very much attached to her husband, and asked her imperial relation, whether she might not join her lord. " What !" said the emperor, “ do you wish to have intercourse with a rebel ?” These words sunk deep into her heart, and that very night she dis- patched a messenger to warn him of the impending danger. Thus was a breach made, which could never be repaired. Kingting had interceded for the sufferers of his district, and had received largesses from the emperor himself to supply their wants. By their careful } 1812. 531 History of the Southern Sung Dynasty. destribution, he greatly conciliated the army, and was hailed with the general exclamation of Wan sui (long live the king)! Desirous of contirming his power he sent for all his goods and chattels from the capital, and addressed a spirited memorial to the emperor up- braiding him with his miserable government. This remonstrance filled the measure of his crimes; his four sons were openly decapitat- ed by order of the despot, and he was declared a traitor to his country. When Kingtáng received this news, he looked up to heaven, and said 'the hour of revenge is come.' He forthwith concluded a treaty, offensive and defensive, with the Ketan chief, and marched with a powerful army against the imperialists. No decisive success however was gained, till he proclaimed himself emperor, and from that moment, the imperial generals succ ccessively came over and swore fealty to his standard. This emboldened the hero, and not heeding the fulminating edicts of his master, he gained very decisive advan- tages, which paralized all the efforts of Fi ti. A battle was then rought near L'hying the capital, in which 30,000 Chinese troops sur- rendered at the first onslaught, and opened the approach to the court. The ministers now began to consult, whether they ought to burn the palace, but the majority rejected the proposal, and only one of the buildings was destroyed. Kingt ng became the undisputed master of the empire, giving to his dynasty the name of Tsin, now known as the After Tsin; his reign was called Tieniu, and in history he is called K utsí. The first act of his government was to cede 16 districts to the Ketans, and to load their horses and carts with valuables to a consi- derable amount. They therefore went home cheerfully, after having obtained the assurance of the payment of silks to the amount of several thousand pieces. After this there was an extensive creation of noblemen, in which all his officers shared, and Kingtang looked around to survey the great changes he had effected. How transi- tory was the glory of the shepherd boy! How soon was he satiated with all the pageantry of sovereignty, and learn that all was vanity! The people of Lirutung, who, by the recent treaty had become bub ects of the Tartars, were very much dissatisfied with their situa- tion, and endeavored to shake off the foreign yoke. The emperor partly from fear, partly from gratitude, sent an army to suppress the revolt. After many skirmishes and a war which lasted some years, the rebel was taken prisoner and his head sent as a peace offering to the Ketan chief. The latter saw in this present nothing but a 532 Oit. History of the Southern Sung Dynasty. proof of cowardice, and sent an envoy, who in insulting terms told Kingtáng, that he had been ungrateful to his benefactor, and he would give another master to China. When the emperor heard these words, his very soul melted in him; he immediately retired to the inner palace, fell sick, and died shortly afterwards in A. D. 936. His grandson, much against the last expressed wish of the mon- arch, was chosen emperor, and in order to assuage the wrath of the barbarian, sent a most humiliating epistle to the chief. He had however taken his resolution, the Tartar hordes marched boldly into the provinces, and spread over a great part of the northern territory. This inroad was opposed by some brave Chinese generals, who drew up their soldiers in squares, to protect them against the attacks of the Tartar horse, and the Ketans were obliged to retreat to their own country on account of the losses they suffered. The Chinese ministers now flattered themselves that they would be free from further attacks, when an unfortunate circumstance, threw the whole court in utter consternation. A fox walked into the imperial chamber, and cowered down on the couch. The archers sent by the emperor to drive away the animal, instead of hitting it. pierced the imperial robes—a bad omen: a number of dogs also were let loose upon reynard, but he walked composedly out of the palace. What could this signify, than that the Ketans were preparing for a new attack? To avert the danger, the young monarch Kaiyun, known in history as Chu tí, addressed a very servile letter to the enemy. This token of fear roused the spirit of the rovers, and they appeared with a more formidable army than ever before. But they might have been driven back, had the generalissimo not played the traitor. The emperor wished to place himself at the head of his troops, but was dissuaded by the advice of his ministers, who sug- gested to him, that being the head of the state, he ought to take care of himself, for the benefit of the public. The commander-in-chief therefore received absolute power, and when the hostile armies ap- proached each other, and remained for a long time inert, the provi- sions of the Chinese began to fail, and the troops were reduced to great misery. The Ketans, being aware of this state of things, but n t wishing to drive them to despair, sent a message offering to the general the imperial diadem, if he would surrender. This bait was tov tempting to be rejected; he called upon the officers of his staff whether they agreed to the proposal, and, as all gave their consent, the terms of the capitulation were soon arranged. The emperor, believing himself in security at Liang, was just 1842. .):3:) History of the Southern Sung Dynasty. dispatching other generals to different parts of the empire', who had elated his hopes by promises of certain victory, when he heard the dismal news, that the 'Tartars were approaching the capital. Instead of thinking about the means of defense, he set fire to the palace, and drove the inmates of his harem into the flames. Whilst thus barbarously employed, a message arrived from the Ketan khan, promising him life and protection if he would descend from the throne. He immediately endeavored to quench the Aames, put off the robes of state, and went to meet the victor with his whole family. The city was then exposed for two days to plunder, and the emperor confined to a narrow temple, where he remained without even the necessaries of life. The conquerors however showed great moderation, and even punished some base traitors. Whilst the Ketans were elated with this success, an envoy arrived in the Tartar camp, announcing the assumption of the throne by Liu Chiyuen. This man was a soldier of fortune, one of the bravest generals in the Chinese army, who on hearing of the overthrow of the dynasty declared himself the founder of a new line of rulers, (which was afterwards named the Hau Hán, or After Hin dynasty,) and called upon every true Chinese to fight for his country, A. D. 947. He ordered all the feudal princes to forward their tribute. The prince of Táng readily yielded to the summons, and instead of precious jewels, sent three opera singers, the fairest damsels in his whole ter- itory. The ministers were very indignant at their appearance at court, and foretold the consequences which must ensue from harbor- ing such sirens. To these remonstrances, the emperor turned a deaf ear and erected a stage, where they might perform for the amusement of the public. We must now turn our attention to a lad, whose deeds henceforth engross many pages of the history. This was Cháu Kwángyin, the son of the officer before mentioned. Few persons would have thought, that anything noble would have spring from so wiid a sprig as this lad. His father, being anxious to bring him up to a learned profes- sion, sent him to his maternal grandfather to study the classics; but instead of plaguing his head with books, he spent his days in loitering about, and getting into broils. After a year's absence from his pa- ternal roof, he returned without leave to seek his former boon com- panions. They were once strolling about the streets bent upon mis- chief, when they stopped at a shop where bows were sold. The artisan had given a challenge, that whosoever could draw the cross bows hie offered for sale, should have them as a present. All the gay 3:34 Ост. History of the Southern Sung Dynasty gentlemen tried, but did not succeed, until Kwing stepped forward, and with a single effort broke a bow to pieces. And irying the second he succeeded, to the great admiration of his companions, who forthwith over a cup of wine declared him their leader, and promised that they would follow him. A star-gazer ahout the same time dis- covered the destiny of the future hern, and his faine grew more and more, though he had not yet reached his eighteenth year. One of the comedians sent by the Ting prince had not been in- troduced to the emperor when Kwing formed a connection with her. In a drunken fit he visited the imperial theater, and soon began to fight with the guards, in which he was supported by his comrades. His father hearing of the brawl punished him severely, and the hope- ful son vowed vengeance upon the informers. For this purpose he climbed over the walls of the harem, and killed the two favorite dam- sels of the emperor, and then wrote a distich on the wall, declaring himself the perpetrator of the murder, and straight returned to the house of his beloved. Here he might have remained hidden, for all thought he had fled, but hearing of the inprisonment of his father, he have himself up to justice, to free him. The jailor, one day per- ceived a halo encircling his forehead while he was sleep, and thence concluding that he was destined to play a memorable part, he struck off his fetters, and fled with him. The first night they spent in a temple, and were met by a sooth- sayer, who told Kwáng, that he had red his great fortune in the stars, and he would one day ascend the imperial thrcne. This announcement kept the hero's spirit alive; he was moreover glad- dened by the arrival of his brother, who brought him some money to pay his expenses, and presented him with a magic red, which afterwards proved of great service. Kwáng was now fairly ready to seek adventures, and like a knight errant, he went to a military station, where he found a great number of disbanded soldiers whom he joined. He slew in single combat many a robber, and gained a great name for his exploits. Twice he joined the army, and performed feats of valor, in order to redeem his character, but though the generals reported his heroic behavior to the emperor, the ministers who were his personal enemies would not permit his return. Seeing himself thus exiled, he resolved to make his own way through the world. Once he was pursued by some officers, whom he had offended at a review, and took refuge in a butcher's house. During the night a demon came to his chamber, and exclaiined with astonishment, Do I find the future emperor . 1 1842. 535 History of the Southern Sung Dynasty. here? I was sent to kill the butcher's son, but am happy to discover my mistake.” Kwang was not much discomposed at this speech, and rejoiced at the renewed assurance of his future success. About this time the founder of the Hau Hán died, and his son, a boy of 18 years, known in history as Yin ti, ascended the throne in A. D. 948. He promulgated a general amnesty, and Kwang therefore set out for the capital, elated with his prospects of a rapid advance- ment. But as soon as he had reached his parent's house, his father, who knew the boy too well to trust him any longer out of his sight, kept him at home. The restraint proved ineffectual; for on a court day, when the way was open, he appeared amongst the joyous crowd of spectators. When every one had dispersed, he managed to find his way into the imperial kitchen, where the smoking viands invited him to satisfy the cravings of appetite. Perceiving a golden goblet filled with spiced wine, he quaffed it off, and then hastened to the imperial throne, upon which he seated himself with all the dignity he could assume. Here he was observed by some of the guards, but made a timely escape. The ministers were enraged at this pre- sumption, and put a price on his head, and would, failing to seize him, have seized and executed his father, had not the most conside- rate amongst them proved that he was entirely ignorant of his son's freax, Kway, notwithstanding the strictest search, could not be found, when suddenly he appeared at the army; here in action, he perforined such exploits, that his fame grew till he began to be re- garded as the bravest general of his age. There was, at this time, a parasite at court, who hated every man of real merit. It happened that the commander on the frontier, ge- neral Kwóh Wei, had so well kept the Ketans in check, that they had not dared to invade the empire. He was a straightforward man, who never troubled himself about courtiers nd politics, and from his rigid virtue, had incurred the hatred of this minion, who denounc- ed him as a traitor, and obtained an order for his appearance at court. When these summons arrived, Kwóh Wei refused to obey them, pleading the necessity of his stay on account of the proximity of a powerful enemy. This excuse was considered by the emperor as an act of contumacy, and he therefore sent a silken cord, a hemloc po- tion, and a sword, to the general, leaving to his choice to use either, and ordering his envoy to bring back the general's head. Kwoh Wei, being a very loyal subject, on receiving these directions, went into his tent, to take the poisoned cup At this moment two of his 5:36i OCT: History of the Southern Sung Dynasty aids observing what he was going to do, dashed it upon the ground, ind then called upon him to avenge this vile treatment. Even then the brave man remonstrated, and showed the wickedness of resisting his sovereign. His reasonings, however, were soon overruled, by the assurance, that he did not rebel against the monarch, but only against a depraved minister, and that the sole object of the expedition would be the change of counselors, and the restoration of the em- peror to the full exercise of his power. With such sophisms the officers overpersuaded him, and he therefore led his veteran bands into the field. The struggle was long and doubtful, but his soldiers inured to all hardships, obtained the supremacy, and on their ap- proach to the capital, the emperor loosened his girdle, and hanged himself. Thus ended the short-lived Hau Hán dynasty in A. D. 948. Kwóh Wei, on hearing of the catastrophe, shed bitter tears, and accused himself as the author of all the misfortunes that had befallen the land. But no repentance could recall the monarch to life, and he hastened to the empress dowager, and proposed the nomination of another einperor. Her choice fell upon general Liú, the brother of the deceased monarch, and an envoy was dispatched to the prince to announce his election. Whilst Kwoh was a waiting his answer, there arrived a messenger, stating, that the Ketans had made an in- road into the country, and were advancing with a formidable army upon the capital. The empress therefore constituted him general- issimo, and the brave warrior ordered his soldiers to prepare them- selves anew to march. They were all drawn up in beautiful order on the parade ground, and the drums and gongs sounded a march, when some officers boldly stepped forth and ordered a halt. Kwóh Wei, incensed at this insubordination rode up to them, and asked the reason of their conduct. One of them replied, “ You have aided in choosing a new monarch, who will never forget that we once acted as rebels, and seize on a favorable time to punish us for our refractory example. We therefore shall not wait his arrival, nor shall we ever submit to his sway, but now proclaim you, our beloved commander, emperor.” The words had scarcely passed his mouth, when the air resounded on all sides with cries of Wán sui! and the loyal Kwóh, notwithstanding all his expostulation, was seated on a throne of sods, which was suddenly erected on the spot. But all this homage could not blind the eyes of the veteran, and when he heard of the approach of Liú, he was about tenderiny his homage, but his officers anticipated his design. One amongst their number seduced the fol- lowers of Livi from their allegiance, and then all forced the loval 1 18422 History of the Southern Sung Dynasty. Kwóh to assume the imperial diadem. Thus he became a mighty monarch, the founder of a new dynasty, known in history as the Hau Chau, or After Chau dynasty. The name of his reign was Kwángshun, and his ancestorial designation Táitsú, a. D. 951. As soon as Liú heard of Kwóh's election, he resolved upon the most vigorous measures, and in imitation of King, he concluded a treaty with the Ketans, who were only too anxious to make a diver- sion into China. But all their bravery was of no avail against the well disciplined troops of the new emperor. Instead of meeting them in the open field, he allowed them to fritter away their strength in a protracted siege, and when the besiegers had become weakened by famine and disease, he attacked them and drove them back to their native deserts. Liú was then in a helpless condition, and owed his existence to his generous rival. In misfortune as well as prosperity, Kwoh remained the same. He forgave his enemies but treated mean informers with great harsh. ness, though with all his care and kindness he could not give satis- faction to all the officers who had helped him to the throne. Our hero Kwángyin, contrary to his custom, kept aloof froin the court, and joined himself to the prince of Tsin, the heir of the crown, who administered his own principality. On a certain day it happened, that one of the companions of Kwáng stole his horse. Exasperated at this act, he hastened to the palace, and exposed the conduct of the chief, who was a great favorite at the little court. About this time, the emperor dreamed that he was hit by an arrow, which a rosy cheeked youth aimed at him from the city wall. The circum- stance made such a deep impression upon the monarch, that he fell sick, and as the disorder increased, the prince of Tsin hastened to the capital and took Kwang with him. Wishing to introduce him to the notice of the sovereign, he brought him to the bedside of the patient. As soon as the latter observed him, he, in a fit of rage, exclaimed, “ this is the identical youth that shot the arrow at me in the dream." He instantly gave orders to decapitate the intruder ; but on the representations and prayers of the crown-prince, the pu- nishment was commuted into banishment from the court. The ambitious designs of Kwang were thus again frustrated, and he betook himself to his paternal home, to avoid future trouble. His father was greatly delighted to recover the truant, and recommend- ed him to observe the strictest retirement. Kwang, anxious to com- ply with his father's wishes, began to study tactics in company with one of his comrades. But still he could not abstain from sauntering VOL. XI. 1O. 538 Oct, History of the Southern Sung Dynasty. about, and on one occasion he was straying on a terrace, when he again beheld the yellow dragon, at which he aimed a furious-blow. This however took no effect, and the apparition dissolved in air. Shortly afterwards, the old emperor died (A. D. 954), and Kwang's bosom friend, whose reign is known under the name of Hiente, and his ancestorial designation Shítsung, succeeded to the throne. From the moment Shítsung held the sceptre, Kwang's fortune was made. He was now fully grown and exhibited such a portly figure, that he became the admiration of the whole court. His restless disposition soon found occupation enough, for as soon as Liú heard of Táitsú's death, he forthwith declared war, and engaged the Ketans to take his part; a most sanguinary contest followed, and notwithstanding Kwang's generalship and bravery, the imperialists could not main- tain themselves in the field. But people cannot fight for ever, and as both parties had become disgusted with bloodshed, they concluded a peace. The Tartars were the gainers in this treaty, for they return- ed with an immense booty to their country. Shítsung, smarting under these losses, now looked about for some territory with which tú indemnify himself. There was a prince of Táng reigning, who occupied the fairest portion of China, and to dis- possess him of his patrimony, the emperor dispatched an overwhelm- ing force. This war was protracted several years, and the losses suffered and advantages gained, were nearly equal. But Kwáng had obtained experience, and he therefore by masterly maneuvres repeat- edly beat the enemy and gained a triumph. The sovereign was so delighted at the success of the companion of his youth, that he no- minated him commander-in-chief of the body guard. This elevation made our hero stilf more devoted to his master, and he was willing to sacrifice life and property in his service. When the wars were ended, Shitsung resolved upon enjoying himself, and two houries having been presented to him, he built a splendid palace for their accommodation, and there spent his days in joyous oblivion of the past. When Kwang perceived this, he at once declared that all government would go to ruin, if the emperor did not abstain from his pastimes, and consulted with a companion how to put a stop to such a dissolute life. They themselves had al- ways been foremost in every revel, but on the present occasion thought that their master ought to attend to other things, and that if he gave himself up to pleasure, all his enemies would rise again, and they be obliged to refight all his battles. They therefore went 10 the monarchi's aparuent, and murte him a present of some beautiful 1 18:42. 539 History of the Southern Sung Dynasty. flowers, which he most graciously received. But as soon as they commenced lecturing him on his effeminacy, he immediately sent them away, for he was tenderly attached to the ladies, and would not hear a single word of reproof. They therefore went about to concert a plan to resciie their master from the snare of these Delilahs. But here, as in many others instances, their remedy proved worse than the disease. Having taken their resolution, they set fire to the newly built palace in the night, and as the wind blew strong, the whole building was soon on fire. Kwáng's friend stood at the avenue, from whence the emperor was to issue, and receiving the monarch into his arms, carried him away. The damsels were seen walking on the terrace, and imploring the assistance of the bystanders, when Kwáng rushed forward and immediately carried them off, and threw them into the hottest of the flames, where they miserably perished. This shock was so severe as to deprive the emperor of his health. When he heard that the ladies had been burned in the palace, he heaved a deep sigh, and was inconsolable at their loss; he refused all food, and died of a broken heart in A. D. 960. Scarcely was the breath out of him, when the ministers elevated to the throne his son, Hiente, a mere boy, who is known in history as Kungtí. He had enjoyed this dignity only a few days, when the grandees consulted amongst themselves to raise a more influential personage, and not to allow a beardless youth to sway them. Kwáng overheard this conversation, and was not at all pleased with this ex- hibition of a mutinous spirit. He therefore declared, that if any body repeated the proposal, he would cut him down. With this threat- ening speech they were little pleased, and one amongst them, took a yellow robe, and throwing it upon Kwang, exclaimed, “ Be thou our emperor !” This appeal was supported by drawn swords, and Kwáng, though in his heart liking the thing, continued to make a show of resistance until he reluctantly yielded. But the officers soon found to their cost, that they had given themselves a master indeed. Being at the head of a powerful army, Kwáng could firmly support his title; he adopted the name of Sung for his dynasty; his reign was successively named Kienlung, Kánte, and Kaipau, but in history he is known as Táitsú; this was in A. D. 960. War was his element, and to wage it against the opposing forces was now his duty. At the head of his army, he obtained many a battle, which most effectually contributed to his renown. But such a state of things could uot always last, lie saw whole provinces laid waste, and people dying of pestilential diseases. He himself was 340 OCT. History of the Southern Sung Dynasty satiated with the glory of a warrior, and from a thoughtless youtki, he had become sedate. Under these circumstances, he convoked a general council, and explained to the officers the plan of his future course. “You," he said, "are my companions in arms, and have nobly stood the brunt of battle. But I am afraid, that if occasion offers, you will be tempted to assume the diadem, and then there will be another dreadful slaughter between the contending parties, and the empire never be at rest." Though all protested against such ambitious views on their part, Kwang continued to say, “ It is useless to spend your existence in this miserable way, and I therefore confer appropriate titles upon you. Let every one return to his home, forget his past dangers, and live at his own house." This proposal was relished by most of those present, and soon they returned to their estates, honored with titles, and holding civil employments. Kwang now created a new staff, from among his own followers. He procur- ed food for the people, and obtained great popularity. In addition to all his good fortune he was enabled to subjugate the adjacent pro- vinces of Central China, and thus became able to cope with all his rivals. He did not, however, live to see the end of this conflict, but died in A. D. 976. This history does not bring us to his death, but abruptly closes at the occupation of Kiangnán province. One fault we find with this book is its erroneous title, for it does not contain, as it pretends, a history of the Southern Sung dynasty. It is, however, one of the most interesting Chinese books we have read. The style is not only lucid and simple, but exhibits beauties of the highest order, and may be looked upon as a model of good writing. We do not believe that there is one obscure passage throughout the five volumes. There is not the least pretence, no affectation, no show of learning or quotations. The author's descriptions are vivid; one supposes himself a spectator of the events, and follows the heroes through their adventurous course. On he leads you, showing you a man's character by his actions, and leaving you to judge of their worth. You never lose the thread of history by long discussions, or the introduction of subordinate personages. The great aim of the author is to show, how the Sung dynasty arrived to universal power, and he performs the task with masterly skill. The book is well fitted for beginners, and the best sinologue may learn from it the secret of writing in a flowing style, and using elegant expressions without pedantry. It is rather extraordinary that these volumes have never yet, to our knowledge been noticed, but their unpretending form, which partakes of the commion novel, may account for the oversight. 184:2 541 Report of the Morrison Education Society. Art. III. The fourth annual report of the Morrison Education Society, read September 28th, 1842. In making their fourth annual report to the members and friends of the Morrison Education Society, the trustees can but acknow- ledge the good hand of Divine Providence, that has enabled the So- ciety to pursue a course of steady but noiseless advance, in the pro- secution of its objects, and congratulate its friends, upon the amount of good that has been accomplished, and the still brighter prospects that open before them. During the twelve months elapsed since the last meeting of the Society, several changes have occurred, to which it is necessary to allude. Within this period, some of the earliest and best supporters of the Society have removed from China. Three vacancies have been made in the board of trustees, by the departure to England of Messrs. Bell, Matheson, and Dent. Mr. Leslie was appointed by the trustees to act in the place of Mr. Bell, vice-president; Mr. Alexan- der Matheson, to succeed Mr. James Matheson, treasurer; the Rev. Dr. Bridgman to perform the duties of president, in the room of Mr. Dent; while Mr. Brown consented to act as recording secretary, in place of Mr. Morrison, whose official engagements have detained him with the expedition on the northeast coast of China through a good part of the year. These temporary arrangements, the trustees hope, will receive the approbation of the Society. The state of the Society's funds will be exhibited in the treasurer's account, accompanying this. The list of subscribers has been con- siderably increased in the course of the year, in some instances by very liberal donations, though unsought, but particularly by the recent call of the trustees upon the foreign cominunity for funds, to enable them to place the school upon a better footing, and to enlarge their operations. Still there are a few more residents in China that will give their names, and their support to the Society. In February last, after the arrival of H. B. M. plenipotentiary from the north, the trustees through their president, addressed to him the following letter. “To his excellency sir Henry Pottinger, bart., C. B. H. M. plenipotentiary, governor of Hongkong, &c., &c. “Sir, -As president of the Morrison Edụcation Society, I take the liberty of bringing that Society to your excellency's notice. The principles on which it is :51 Ост. Report of the Morrison Education Socirty. conducted, and the progress it has made, under very unfavorable circumstances, are fully developed in the ceveral accompanying reports, which I transmit for yone information. In the fullest confidence that the objects of this establishment will be deemed highly deserving of your countenance and support, I proceed without further pretace to state the inorc immediate motive for my addressing you. “The friends of the Society have determined that the period has at length arrived for extending its operations, and that the British settlement of Hongkong, presents a peculiarly eligible opportunity for that purpose, as there alone in this country can exist protection and scope for carrying out its views to advantage. “I have therefore to request w behalf of the Society that your excellency will be pleased to grant sufficient ground at Hongkong, in an eligible site, for a dwelling house, school-room, &c. “I have the honor to be “ Your excellency's most obedient servant, LANCELOT DENT, Macao, Feb. 21st, 1842. President of the M. E. Society." The reply was given the next day, promptly meeting the wishes of the Society, as follows Macao, February 22d, 1842. “Sir, I am directed by his excellency sir Henry Pottinger, to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of yesterday's date, with its accompanying reports of the Morrison Education Society. " His excellency's public and private feelings most warmly enter into the senti- ments you have expressed, and on his return to Hongkong in a few days, he will take an early opportunity of appropriating for the purposes you describe, a suitable location, subject to such rules as her majesty may hereafter prescribe for similar laudable and charitable institutions. “I have the honor to be, sir, “ Your most obedient servant. "J. Robt. MORRISON, Acting secretary and treasurer to the superintendent of trade. “ To Lancelot Dent, esq., president of the Morrison Education Society." Subsequently to the foregoing correspondence, the trustees, in consideration of the kind and prompt attention given by his excel- lency, to the representations made to him on behalf of the Society, appointed a deputation of three from their number to wait on him, for the twofold purpose of thanking him for the grant he had promis- ed to make, and to request that he would allow himself to be nomi- nated a patron of the Society. The next day, April 3d, the depu- tation performed the agreeable errand, and gave the following me- morandum of their enterview with sir Henry. “Macao, 5th April, 1842. “The deputation appointed by the trustees of the Morrison Educa- tion Society, consisting of the Rev. Dr. Bridgman, Messrs. A. Ma- theson and W. Leslie, waited on sir Henry Pottinger, soon after 1 181: 393 Report of the Horrison Eduration Society. noon, and was very cordially received by his excellency. A copy of the resolution carried at the late meeting being handed to him, he expressed himself much gratified and flattered by being nominated a patron of the Society, assuring the gentlemen of the deputation that it would ever be his anxious wish to forward by every possible means, private and public, the highly important objects of the institution : he looked upon elementary education, not only as a means of im- proving the civilization of the Chinese, but as the only rational medium, and an indispensable precursor to their conversion to Chris- tianity; and he considered the Morrison Education Society and other similar associations, to be of public utility, and entitled to a certain degree of attention and assistance from government, and therefore, when the pleasure of her majesty with regard to Hong- kong is made known, this point, he said, would receive his early at- tention, for he thought it right that some regular allowance should be made here, per month or annually, as is already done in India. Throughout the conversation, sir Henry evidently showed himself to be much interested in the welfare of the Society, and remarked that he had perused with great pleasure and satisfaction all its re- ports. Before taking leave of the deputation his excellency requested that he might always be informed in what manner he could best pro- mote the interests of the Society, and the laudable objects which it has in view." Encouraged by these evidences of interest in the Society's opera. tions, and others from other quarters, and pressed by the most urgent necessities of the case, the trustees on the 9th of April took mea- sures to carry into effect the resolution made at the last annual meeting, by Mr. Dent, "to procure an additional teacher; with refer- ence to the prospect and desirableness of an extension of the number of pupils.” Considering how well and how cheerfully the committee of gentlemen in Yale college, New Haven, V. S. A., had acted for the Society on a former occasion, no hesitation was felt in renew- ing the request that they would make the election of a second in- structor to come to China. This request was forwarded to the be- forementioned gentlemen in April, and in the ensuing winter, it is hoped, the Society will have the pleasure of seeing another here devoting himself to that service, which is daily becoming more and inore necessary; for it is impossible, for one to occomplish, on the score of teaching, all that the school now requires, while the cir- cumstances of the times on which we have fallen, demand is great enlargement in the scale of our operations, and consequently much 544 Ocr. Report of the Morrison Education Society. increase of labor. The cessation of hostilities between Great Britain and China, furnished the first fair opportunity for exhibiting to the Chinese people, the tendencies and benefits of Christian education, and more than this, since the war has given a severe shock to the national vanity and valor, there must be some ready aid applied, in kind like that which this Society offers, to prevent the mind of the nation from relapsing into a sickly restiveness or sullen submission to the baser foreign influences. Had we the men and the means, a school of a hundred boys might at once be opened, and that might be increased to any degree accordingly. The circles of our influence are now widening, and we are no longer encompassed by a narrow boundary, which we must be cautious of overstepping, as in former days, but the limits that circumscribed us then are fast retreating in the distance, leaving us only straitened in our own ability to oc- cupy the space thus thrown open before us. The action of the trus- tees in order to procure a coadjutor for Mr. Brown, is but a step in advance towards this end, and they will not doubt, until they see it, that the friends of the Society will withhold their approbation of the measure so essential to the lasting prosperity of the institution. Before his departure for England, Mr. Dent desired his agents to pay is the treasury of the Society the sum of $3000, the trustees could fix upon building at Hongkong.” .The site had already been selected, but it was not till the 5th of August that the plan and contract for the building were agreed upon, and the trus- tees then deemed it expedient to limit the expenditure for this pur- pose to about $3000. The site is one every way most' eligible for the purposes of the Society. It is a hill having the harbor on the north, the valley of Wongnai chung on the east, the Queen's road on the south, and adjoining it on the west, the lot granted to the Medical Missionary Society, which is a part of the same range. In process of time, it will probably be nearly midway between the eastern and western extremities of the town, occupying a conspicuous yet retired position, elevated and healthy, and commanding a panoramic view of land and The plan for the building which is commenced is in its out- line as follows. It is to consist of a main body and two wings; the whole one story in height. The first is to be 63 feet in its front length, and 55 deep, divided into 6 rooms, each 20 by 25 feet. The wings likewise are each to be 63 feet in length by 244 in breadth. The east wing is intended exclusively for a range of apartments toor prupils. suficiently large to accommodate 20 boys and two Chi' as soon as water. 1512 .::: Rrport of the Morrison Education Norirty. nese teachers, -allowing a room to each person, where he will be furnished with a bed and writing-table, that are to be fixtures, and are included in the contract wtth the builder. The other wing is divided into two rooms, 21 by 25 feet in dimensions, besides a smaller one 10 by 21 feet, for'a store-room. Of these larger rooms, one is designed eventually to hold the Society's library, and the other for the purposes of a recitation-room. The trustees have, in the first instance, contracted only for the erection of the two wings and a kitchen in the rear, which will serve as a temporary, though plainly a bare accommodation for the school, and Mr. Brown's family. The room intended for the library and recitation-room will be occupied by the latter until such time as the body of the house can be erected, which should not be delayed. To avoid the expense of another year's rent to the Society, Mr. Brown is making arrangements to give up the lease of the house which he now occupies in Macao, at the expiration of the present year, which will be the first of November next. The pupils of the school all express much eagerness to remove to Hongkong, and there is reason to believe that nearly all of them will be able to do so with the consent of their friends. But if one or two of them should be obliged to quit the school in consequence of this movement, the number will soon be there filled up; for applications have already been made for admission, by those too, who are both able and will- ing to pay all their expenses themselves, and there will doubtless be more applicants than can be at present accommodated. For other information respecting the school, the trustees refer the readers of this report to the following communication of Mr. Brown, which gives the most pleasing encouragements to the support of the Society. MR. BROWN'S REPORT OF THE SCHOOL FOR THE YEAR 1842. To the trustees of the Morrison Education Society, Gentlemen,-I take pleasure in submitting to you the customary report of the Society's school for the last year, as the time is at hand, when you will require to be furnished with facts, from which to gather materials for a report to the patrons of the Society, and the public generally, and the more because I trust you will be grati- fied by what I shall be able to lay before you. In a postscript appended to the last annual report, dated Oct. 29th, in was stated that twelve new pupils have been admitted to the spaliool. Siibsequently to that time, 1110 more were received like the 69) VL V 5.16 OT. Report of the Jorrison Edurution Society. rest on trial, so that with the former class of six, there were in Nov. 1811, twenty boys enjoying the Society's patronage. On the 10th of December, another was added to the school. This lad had be- longed to the class of 1840, and had been in the school nine months, when he was suddenly removed by his father on the day of the battle of the Barrier though on his part very reluctantly. Since then he has often made application for re-admission, but for the sake of ex- ample to others who might desire to violate their engagements with me respecting their sons, it was deemed best to put him off from time to time, until it should be seen that such a breach of good faith would render it difficult for a pupil to be restored to the school. As however, in this case the boy was not in fault, but his father, after the the lapse of eighteen months, he was again received on the list. He had been absent twice as long as he had been at school, yet on his return, I was surprised to find that he could read and speak English nearly as well as when he was taken away. His conduct since then has been very pleasing, evincing deep interest in his studies, and strong attachment to his teachers. This accession would have made our whole number of pupils twenty-one, but five, at the expiration of their month of trial, being found either too deficient in capacity to learn, or else too little de- sirous to improve, were dismissed, and thus for the last ten months the school has consisted of sixteen boys. These vary in age from ten to sixteen years, and are divided into two classes, with the ex- ception of one who is midway between the two. In regard to their studies, the same general plan has been pur- sued that was described in iny last coinmunication to the trustees. The first half of each day lias been assigned to Chinese books and writing, the rest to English studies. In Chinese they are still taught after the fashion of the country, by the same native master who was employed the last year. He is probably as efficient in his department as the majority of teachers in China, and feels as much interest in his work as most of them. Ten of the boys have committed to me- niory all or nearly all of the Four Books, and reviewed them, while one of the more advanced class, has taken up the commentary on these books by Chú fútsz’, ind is now endeavoring to understand it. Most of them comprehend the ineaning of the books of Mencius, fewer the writings of Confucius, and none of them but here and there a passage in the Book of Odes, which is the most diflicult. Some of them are able to translate passages from Mencius into intel- Jigible English. They have also horn esercised somewhat in translat- 16.12. Report of the Morrison Edurution Society. ing portions of the Chinese version of the New Testament, under iny own direction. In this they exhibit different degrees of facility, in proportion generally to their knowledge of the English language. They have occasionally been required to compose letters, &c., in Chinese, which is an exercise that would be altogether premature in Chinese schools of the same grade. The result has been such, that they themselves say they can write better English than Chinese, and I certainly agree with them. To write even correctly in Chinese, is confessedly an accomplish- ment that can only be acquired by long study and practice, and so far as my observation extends, it is much more rare than would be supposed from the statements of writers upon China, and the preva- lence of schools in the country. Not that the language is intricate in its construction, for in this point of view it is one of the simplest, but because each character, instead of being composed of symbols that are significant of the same sound in all words where they occur, is an arbitrary cipher, so that one inust, so to speak, seat himself before an enormous number of these strange signs of words, that are contrived! with, it would seem, the least possible aim to assist the reader in pre- nouncing or collecting them, and knowing the form and adaptation of each to each, select and arrange a series to suit his purpose. To do this with any degree of facility, one must have a liberal supply of these grotesque forins ever present in his memory, ready to be tran- sferred to paper, as well as their significations, and the usages that regulate their positions in a sentence. No wonder, then, that even the natives of this country, who enjoy the best advantages, are obliged to go through a long course of study, in order to write, not to say elegantly, but tolerably well. Nor is it at all strange that the boys in our school find it easier to write English than Chinese. Every alphabetic or syllabic language must in the nature of things, be less difficult of acquisition, than one formed after the model of the Chi- nese, which exhibits only in the remotest manner, any design to meet that demand of the inind which has usually resulted in the in- vention of alphabets. In my last report to the trustees, I ventured to advance the opi- nion, that the Chinese mode of study in schools, is by no means destitute of good and substantial reasons for its support. It is well known that boys generally spend six, seven, or even eight years in reading the books in a loud voice, and repeating them memoriter. During all this period, there is about as little exercise of any faculty of the inind hut memory, as when an infant repeats some lines of jis VET Report of the Morrison Elucution Society. Milton from its mother's lips. It is a simple effort of memory, upon the forms and sounds of characters. Nothing beyond this is attempted at school, until the pupil is able, in the Chinese phrase, "to back the book," i. e. to turn his back upon it and say it by heart. Now so long as these books continue to be the only school-books used in the country, it seeins to me that this method of instruction must in a great measure be adopted. For the subjects of these books are entirely unsuited to the mind of a child, and the style in which they are written, is for the most part such as to put it quite out of the power of a young lad to come at their meaning, though the topics were brought down to the level of his intellect. 'To explain the import of the Chinese classics so that a youth could understand them, would require far more time and labor, if the teacher were at all successful, than to commit every word of them to memory. Hence, to do as the Chinese do, without further tasking the mind to no profit, seems to be the true way to make use of those books. In this way no more is undertaken than can be accomplished, and that too is attempted first, which is best suited to the mind of the learner; for it is the faculties of perception and memory alone that are called into action. The usages of society in any land, are not all the result of caprice; but on the contrary those especially that are most immediately connected with the wants of life, may for the most part be traced to causes existing in the circumstances in which they had their origin. The savage is content with his hut, because it costs nothing to abandon it, when the chase calls him away in quest of subsistence. Indeed a mansion would be a poor lodging to one of his manner of life. This last must be changed, or the other would be a hurtful exchange to him. So likewise is it with the schools in China. The fault is not in the method of study, but in the studies themselves, and we must make innovations upon them, or it will do no good to trouble ourselves about the method. So long as the writings and compilations of Confucius and Menciu held to be the proper aliment for the youthful intellect and heart, we must concede that the Chinese in their necessity have hit upon the only rational way of effecting their object. Should these works ever fall into disuse as school-books, it will then be time enough to make some useful innovations upon the prac- tices of the school-room. To attempt them now, is trying to make the child stride over a vast chasm between his own mind, and the matter and style of the authors placed in his hands. The Chinese :rethod of instruction attempts no such thing. but sets the mind at 13.12. :519 Report of the Morrison Education Socirty. what it can do, leaving the higher effort of the understanding to a more advanced stage of its development. The true objection that lies against the Chinese system of educa- lion, is that the books before mentioned, are admired and adopted in schools of every grade to the exclusion of all others, except a few works on polite literature, that are used in the higher academies. In fact the sum of the best education that Chinese schools can give is told, when a man has learned to use his own language. No science, nor art, but that of penmanship, enters into the schedule of studies pursued anywhere in the land. Even the study of the language is no exception to this remark, for instead of prosecuting it in a philoso- phic way, every student learns it by the tedious process of imitating particular passages from the best authors, without even thinking, so far as I have been able to ascertain, that it is possible to facilitate his progress by the aid of generalizations. This it is that renders a Chinese teacher so poor an assistant to one who has learned by the opposite method. But what is most to be regretted is the influence of this course of education upon the national mind. While it utterly fails to enrich it in the various departments of knowledge most needed, and there- fore most useful, it confines the attention of both young and old who attempt to learn, to books that are filled with profound abstrac- tions, dreamy nonsense, and occasional veins of practical wisdom. It teaches the people to look upon these books as the repositories of all that is necessary or worthy to be learned, and from the highest personage at court, to the lowest laborer in the field or shop, all have become accustomed to listen to the voice of gray antiquity for instruction, and he that is the most patient listener, is surest of pre- ferment. The mind of the nation has been systematically taught not to think, and the reasoning faculty, like their written language, has long ago been arrested in its improvement, so that what another has said of Egypt, is as true of this country—and China “is a pe- trifaction." I have allowed myself to enlarge upon the subject to this extent, because I have not seen it discussed anywhere else, and because it, to my mind, shows us where the greatest artificial obstacle to success in our undertaking lies, and because my employment brings it con- stantly into notice. Could we prevail upon a community of Chinese in their own country to substitute other well written, but suitable books, for those now universally used in their schools, I am persuad- ed that community would, in the next generation, show an order of 550 Oct. Rrport of the Morrison Eilucution Society. intellect and amount of knowledge, evidently superior to those of their neighbors in the old way. Perhaps the cession of a neighbor- ing island to the crown of Great Britain, has opened a spot on which the experiment may be made. To effect this change on a large scale must require a long period of peaceful intercourse with this people, time enough to do away their prejudices against us and our learning The commencement of that period has I trust arrived, for while I am writing, we are greeted by the intelligence of “lasting peace" confirmed. Now from the platform of the philanthropic institutions established in and in behalf of China, we hail the day yet distant, but surely approaching, when the mind of this great people shall come forth from its long hibernation, with the fresh- ness and life of spring. But in the meantime we must not be idle, for we can do much to inspire some individuals with new activity, and make them powerful- ly react upon the slumbering multitude. The plan of instruction adopted by the Morrison Education Society, provides for the supply of the very deficiency that the Chinese system of education creates. We open to our pupils the sources of knowledge that lie in English literature. While we deny to the Chinese youth nothing that can be gained from his native soil, we give him access to as much as possible of occidental lore, thus securing to him that which gives weight and respectability to a man in his own country, but at the same time taking care that his mind shall be cultivated, and well fur- nished. That part of the man, which is so sadly neglected, to wit the reason, judgment, imagination, affections and conscience, is here subjected to the best culture we can give it through a foreign medium. This leads me to speak of the progress of the boys in their English studies, and the effect they have produced upon their character. The first step taken in the instruction of the new class received last autumn, was of course to teach them to read. For this purpose a few copies of the "Mother's Primer," by a distinguished writer of elementary books for children, were put into their hands. According to the plan of the author, they were taught the powers of the letters first, and the names afterwards. At first the pupil may not seem to be making as rapid progress as in the usual mode of teaching, but in a given time, the amount of his attainments is greater, be- sides that he is much more interested in his task, than when taught first to call certain arbitrary marks, or letters, by certain arbitrary sounds, or the names of the letters. The new method has also a double advantage where it is adopted among boys that are learning a * 18.12. 551 Report of the Morrison Education Society. foreign language, for it gives them a great deal of practice upon the sounds of words, which if not early acquired, will ordinarily never be mastered. While this was done, the boys were taught to use siinple sentences in English, and to understand and ask easy ques- tions. The simple interrogation, What is that? has generally been learned first, and has proved the key to a good deal of information, especially while picking up a vocabulary of the names of things. Having finished the above mentioned Primer, and reviewed it tho- roughly, they were then ready to read a little, and the next book given them, was a work alluded to in the last report, called the Lexi- logus, or a collection of about 1200 phrases in English, translated into their equivalents in Chinese. This they have committed to me- mory, and reviewed many times; and it has been of great service to them, in learning to use idiomatic English in conversation, and to understand it in books. Throughout the greater part of the year, they have had a daily recitation from this book, together with lessons in writing and reading. This class has fortunately been under the influence of an older class, which, I am happy to say, has been such as to increase their attachment to the school and to the family. Of their progress in learning English, I shall have occasion to say more hereafter. The older class, one of whom will have been at school three years next November, and the rest, some a few months less, and one but a year and nine months, have of course taken a wider range in their studies. They have been exercised from time to time in writing their own thoughts on various subjects. They have usually had this for an evening task, and their compositions were examined and corrected before the whole class the next day. If the writer failed to suggest at once the proper amendment to be made, the rest were then called upon in turn to do it for him, so that each one's produc- tion has been criticized by all, and no time lost. gress in writing will best appear, from the speciinens that accompany this paper. It may be observed, however, that these specimens, are what they profess to be, original and uncorrected by any but the writer of them. In reading, they have been required to render into Chinese colloquial as they read. No exercise has tended more to show the boys the contracted range of their own thoughts, if they had been left to nuove in the circle prescribed by Chinese usage. They often meet with ideas, sentiments, and facts that had never occurred in them before, and never would have occurred to them, had they wo! But their pro- 552 Ост. Report of the Morrison Education Society. 1 been taught to read English. Things which are familiar to every child of ordinary understanding in England and America, and which the writers of juvenile books take it for granted, will be understood by their little readers, are new and startling to these lads, because they are entirely foreign to the subjects on which the Chinese expend their thoughts. Indeed either of the boys in this class could instruct the best teacher I ever saw among them, in many matters of the commonest observation and occurrence. Early in the year this class read in the above manner, were ques- tioned on, and reviewed, Gallaudet's Child's Book on the Soul, a little work well known and highly appreciated on both sides of the Atlantic. It is designed to teach some of the simplest truths in men- tal philosophy. They were much interested in it, the more, because they could understand it, and have of their own accord made frequent allusions to what they then learned. They also took up the book of phrases before mentioned when speaking of the other class, and committed the whole of it to memory. Since that time, they have studied Guy's Geography, and Peter Parley's Method of telling stories about the world, which is principally filled with incidents in English and American history, related in a manner at once calculated to in- terest a child, and to fasten them upon his memory, as well as cha- racteristic of its well known author. They have also carefully studi- ed and recited, an abridgment of Hume's History of England, as far as to the time of Henry VIII. We continued to be destitute of arithmetics till a few months ago, when a supply came from England, together with a variety of other valuable school-books, through the kindness and liberality of Mr. Fox, who procured and sent them out. But having been obliged to adopt some plan to teach the science of numbers, I resorted to al- gebra, having a few copies of a work on that subject at hand. It will be perceived, that it was premature to take up that study before arithmetic had been well attended to. But necessity was my apology. For a considerable time, the boys were kept at the solution, upon the black-board, of literal equations, framed for the occasion. Thus they learned to perform the fundamental, and some of the higher operations in algebra, and proceeded to the solution of simple equa- tions containing two, three, and four unknown quantities. Their algebraical knowledge was therefore considerably advanced, before they were furnished with a book. Colburn's Algebra was then given to them, and they have proceeded to about the 40th page of that book, which is pretty closely filled with questions throughout. 1817 153 Report of the Jorrison Education Socirty. in the meantime two of these boys, being able to keep pace with their companions, and still have leisure time upon their hands, took up Playfair's Geometry, studying it an hour a day, while the rest were occupied with their lessons in algebra. Their progress in this, has been such, that they have read and understood the whole of the first four books of Euclid, besides having also reviewed and demonstrated in recitation a considerable portion of them. They have done it by quietly retiring with their books in hand, and studying, with al- most no aid from me. If the question should be asked, How much do they know of gram- mar? it would be difficult to answer it. They have never read any on the subject, and do not know a single rule of Murray or any other grainınarian, in so many and such words as he uses to set forth the the doctrines of the science. But still they have studied grammar, though in quite another way, ever since they began to learn the English language. Indeed they are not likely, nor any other boys so situated, to succeed in acquiring a foreign language without it. If English is unlike Chinese, they must know the reason why, or at least in what the difference consists ;-and this is grammar. The ge- neral principles of language, or those which may be applied to any and every language, I have endeavored to teach them, and they are therefore able in most cases to resolve a paragraph into its consti- tuent parts, pointing out the number of sentences and propositions, and these again into their elements, showing the office which each word performs, and generally the reason why it is so employed. Otherwise than this, they have no knowledge of grammar, or least very little. It remains now to be told what the general conduct of the boys has been during the past year, and what evidences there are, that their moral character has been improved by the training the Society has afforded them. This after all is the only satisfactory end of education. The founders of the Morrison Education Society con- templated this end, and desired to accomplish it Hence the second by-law respecting books, which is appended to the constitution they adopted, viz., “The scholars shall be furnished with the Bible, and with the instruction and aids to understand it which are usually af: forded in the best schools of Christendom, but the reception of its doctrines is not to be a test for the admission of scholars," The aim and endeavor of the agent to whom the instruction of their first pupils has been intrusted, in accordance with the spirit of all the public actions of the Society, is to enlighten the mind, in ree TOL 70 554 Oct. Report of the Morrison Education Society 1 tify bad habits, to chasten evil tempers, to uproot false principles and establish true ones, to make the subjects of his care, better in their families, their business, and every sphere of life; to exalt what is low in them, and ennoble them in everything; in short, to make them happy and respected, the friends of truth, the benefactors of man, and the servants of God. The Bible has been placed in their hands, and every assistance I could give them to understand it, has been gladly rendered. But in order to compel them to accept its doctrines, I must have withheld the book, which, being the great charter of human liberty, denies the right, or power of any man to do so. Nay, the freedom to think, judge and act for one's self, under but one great bond of account- ability, is the very lesson we should wish them to learn first ; and if I have endeavored to inculcate any, it is this. Being treated as mem- bers of the family in all desirable points, we have exercised a paren- tal care of them, and I hesitate not to say that the same number of English or American boys, would have given us far more trouble. The reason is not simply that Chinese boys are different from others, but their confidence in their teachers as their best friends, is now well established, and where that feeling exists, there is always a desire to please. Last spring, the father of one in the older class came to the house, and told his son that he could not let him remain here any longer, but that he must put him out to service, and make him earn something. His father is a poor miserable man, besotted by the use of opium, and has sold his two daughters into slavery to raise money. The boy ran away to the room of his instructor, Mr. Milne, who was teaching him at that time, and told him, what his father had said, adding, “I cannot go." Mr. Milne, willing to ascertain the sincerity of the boy, and the strength of his attachment to his friends here, coolly replied by saying, “Perhaps it would be well for you to go, for probably you could be a table-boy in some gentleman's house, and so get $2 a month, which is two dollars more than you get here, where only your food is given you;"—or some. thing to that effect. The little fellow looked at him steadily while he made these remarks, as if amazed at the strange language he used, and when he had done, turned hastily about, and bursting into tears, exclaimed in English, “I cannot go. If I go away from this school, I shall be lost.” This same lad, and another of his class went home at the last Chinese new-year, as usual, with per- mission to remain three weeks, but at the end of five days, they re- turned, saying, that they had no pleasure at home. Another would 1842. Report of the Morrison Education Society. 555 not go at all, though he lives near to Macao, until the idolatrous ceremonies of the festival were past, and then he remained only for a single day. Their attachment to us is also shown in their obedience. There are of course some boyish irregularities anong them from time to time, but as a general thing, it is sufficient to express a wish, and it is done. It is true they have a monitor over them who keeps a daily account of behavior in school, but the monitors are all in turn subject the supervision of each other, and the very fact that this supervision is attended to with so much fidelity and promptness is a sufficient testimonial of the general good order that prevails among them. They have learned to pass the Lord's day in quiet while they are under no physical restraint, and have merely to commit to memory some portion of the Sacred Scriptures, and recite it at the close of the day. They are exceedingly fond of western music, and I should have yielded to their repeated solicitations to instruct them in vocal music, had the pressure of other duties been less. When I shall have the happiness to welcome an assistant to China, this branch of education must not be omitted, both because of the habits it in- spires, and the softening, elevating influence it exerts upon the minds As it is, they are now familiar with quite a number of English melodies. There are many other proofs of the good which this Society has conferred upon these interesting lads, but I fear to trespass upon your attention much longer. I would not omit to say, however, that their fondness for general reading has become quite manifest. It is no uncommon thing to find the elder lads, seated in my study, or elsewhere out of school-hours, with some juvenile book in hand, which they had rather read, than join the sports of the junior boys abroad. By the kindness of Mr. Slade, they have been furnished with a copy of the Canton Register, for some weeks past, and keep it filed in the school-room, proud of their property in a newspaper, and pleased when they can understand it. The gift has awakened in them more than their former interest in the news of the day, especially what relates to their own country. About four months ago, the boys of the school having noticed a remark, that if they did not speak En- glish, they could never learn it, unanimously resolved, (both classes,) that Chinese should be laid aside in conversation, and nothing but English used, except to other Chinese persons, and when engaged at their nioraing recitations with the Chinese teacher. To secure at rention to the rule, they laid a fine upon the more advanced pupils, of the young 356 Oct. Peport of the Horrison Education Society. five times as heavy as upon the rest, for the breach of it, making the monitor of the week the collector of the fine, and directing that the sums should be paid over to me, at the end of each week, and the amount thus raised, be laid out in books, as the nucleus of a school-library. At first the fines were very numerous, and the week- ly sums large, but so rare has it become now for any boy to speak in Chinese, that they have dwindled down to almost nothing. The fact speaks for itself, and is its own encomium, while the effect of this ineasure on their part, has been to render their acquisi- tion of English much more rapid. It is a happy circumstance in the school that the largest and oldest pupil in it, is the most exemplary in all his condnct. He was not so when he came here, but from being a thievish, deceitful lad, he has become honest and upright. From being like all his countrymen selfish in the extreme, he now exhibits both in words and actions a strong desire to do good to others. From being an idolater, ignorant and superstitious, he re- fuses to worship any but the true God, and has suffered sore trials already from his heathen friends, trials that I am persuaded would have shaken the resolution of many better fortified by early education than himself. His change of character first began to appear in De. cember of last year, when with a swelling heart and tearful eye, he brought back to me some 26 volumes that he had stolen from Mr. Morrison and myself, although no one had accused him of the theft, nor even suspected him, for the books had not been missed, and would probably have never been called for. This act of self-crimi- nation, the most convincing evidence of a sincere desire to repair the injury he had done to others, was the beginning of a course of life that has been irreproachable without exception to this day, and there is every reason to hope that it will continue to shed light upon the circles in which he shall move hereafter. In short, if the Mor- rison Education Society should suspend its operations now, it would not have been established in vain, for good has been done that can- not be undone. I could wish that the friends of education would save me the trou- ble of being so particular and lengthy in my annual communica- tions to the trustees, by troubling themselves occasionally to visit the school, and inspect it personally. It would stimulate the pupils to greater exertion on their part, and assure those who toil in seclusion to instruct them, that others are interested in their success. I would recommend to the trustees, to consider whether an annual public examination would not further she interests of the Society in 1842 Topography of Shantung. 5:57 time to come. With this suggestion, I conclude my record of labors for another year, grateful for the continued smiles of a beneficent Providence, and the marks of favor with which it has been crowned. Your obedient servant, Macao, Sep. 20th, 1842. S. R. Brown. Art. IV. Topography of Shantung : boundaries and situation of the province; its area and population ; with its subdivisions, rivers, lakes, mountains, plains, productions, dc. From the northernmost point of this province, round to the north- west and west, it is bounded by Chili; on the southwest, the line of demarkation runs a short distance from Chili to the Yellow river, separating Shántung from Hónán; on reaching the river, the line runs on it, or rather the river itself becomes the line, until you reach the province of Kiangsú, where, leaving the river, the boun- dary trends northward for a few miles, and then stretches off, in a winding course, eastward to the sea. Following the coast line, you proceed in a northeasterly direction till you reach the extreme astern point of the province, which forms the promontory of Shán-, ung; thence turning round the point you proceed westward to the place of your departure, in latitude 38° 20' N., longitude 1° 30' E. of Peking. From this extreme north a course due south will carry you to the extreme point in that direction, in lat. 34° 31' N. A line connecting these two extreme points, on the north and south, 3° 49' distant from each other, will divide the province in two nearly equal parts: the eastern part is in a conical form, with the point of the promontory for its apex; the western part is in the form of a truncat- ed pyramid. A line drawn from east to west, to the extreme points, will extend over nearly eight degrees, say from 1° 15' W. to 6°45' E. of Peking. The area has been computed at 65,184 square miles, or 41,666,560 English acres, which is about the size of the state of Georgia, or of Missoura in the American Union. The population is 28,958,764, which gives an average of 444 to a square mile. By the last census in England, the average population to a square mile in Great Britain is 206, Ireland, Scotland and Wales united equal the area of Shantung. 558 Topography of Shántung. Ост. The province is divided into 12 departments, and 115 districts the names, &c., of which we give in detail. I. PH Tsínán fú; or the Department of Tsínán, contains sixteen districts. Its chief city is in lat. 36° 44' 24' N., and long. 117° 4' E. of Green- wich, or 39' E. of Peking. 1 til Liching 9 Tsiyáng, 2 t ! Tsz'chuen, , 10 GB Chángkiú, 3 8 h Chángtsing, 11 Tsítung, 4 mins to Tsíhó, 12 313 + Tsauping, 5 X H Yüching, 13 8 L Changshan, 6 Pingyuen, 14 th Sinching, 7 % % Ling hiem, 15 Linyi, 8 H Techau, 16 # Teping II. Ef Tái-án fú; or the Department of Tái-án, contains seven districts. Its chief city is in lat. 36° 14' 30" N., and long. 117° 14' E. of Greenwich, or 48' E. of Peking. 1 48 | Tái-án, 5 F IN Tungping chau, 2 € Láiwú, 6 P Tulig-ó, 3 Sintái, 7F B Pingyin. 4 FL # Fíching, III. TË I Wúting fú; or the Department of Wúting, contains ten districts. Its chief city is in lat. 37° 32' N. and about 1° 13' E. of Peking. 1 WE Hwuimin, 6 PS Shánghó, 2 8 | Pin chau, 7 Lóhling, 3 FLítsin, 8 l Yángsin, 4 BỀ Pútái, 9 海豐 ​Haifung, 5 ha Tsingching, 10 = (k Chenhwá. IX.HU W Kuanchau fú; or the Department of Kwanchau, contains ten districts. 1842 5.59 Topography of Shantung Its chief town is in latitude 35° 41' 51" N. long. 116° 58' E. of Greenwich, or 33' E. of Peking. 1 B, Tsz’yáng, 6 Yi hien, 2 Kiufau, 7 von E Wansháng, 3 ilg K Sz’shui, 8 Shaucháng, 4 Tsau hien, 9 Yangku, 5 let the Tang hien, 10 8 9 Ningyang. V. F HI HF I'chau fú; or the Department of Ichau, contains, seven districts. Its chief city is about lat. 35° 10' N., and long. 2° 10' E. of Peking. 14 Lánshán, 5 AB Yichau, 2 x H Yenching, 6 H Küchua, 3 # Fi hien, 7 T K I'shui. 4 Mungyin, VI. NNW Zsáuchau fú; or the Department of Tsáuchau, contains eleven districts. Its chief city is in lat 35° 20' N., longitude 45' W. of Peking. 1 Hótse, 7 Puchau, 2鉅野 ​Kiye, 8 st Fán hien, 3 Bc Tingtáu, 9 h Kwánching, 4 bili Chingwú, 10 i Hile Cháuching, 5 X Shen hien, 11 # bi Yunching 6 8 8 Tsáu hiem, VII. Tungchang fú; or the Department of Tungchang fú, contains ten districts. Its chief city is in lat. 36° 32' 24" N. long. 116° 17' 30" E. of Greenwich, or 18' 30" E. of Peking. i hp byť Liáuching, 6 8 Bỏ Ngan hien, 2F Chíping, 7. Tángyi, 3 # F Póhping, 8 Kwántáu, 4 1 # Tsingping, 9 TỈ LÀ Kwan hien, 5 E H I Knutang chau, 10 % là Sin hien. 560 OCT Topography of Shantung VIII. W Tsingchau fú; or the Department of Tsingchau, contains eleven districts. Its chief city is in lat. 36° 44' 22" N. long. 118° 40' E. of Green- wich, or 2° 15' E. of Peking. 1 * Yitú, 7 oth Lintsz, 2 PM] Linkü, 8 Hi Káuyuen, 3 E Aʼnkiú, 9 H Póhhing, 4 BẾ HỆ Chúching, 10 7 X Shaukwáng, 5 til 1, Póhshán, u Chánglóh. 6 % # Loh-án, IX. HI HF Tangchau fú; or the Department of Tangchau, contains ten districts. Its chief city is in lat. 37° 48' 26" N., and long. 121° 1' East of Greenwich, or 4° 36' E. of Peking. 1 * Funglái, 6* Wantang 2 Tia Fushán, 7 con il Yingching, 3 Tsihiá, 8 % % Láiyáng, 4 Y Háiyáng, 9 } % Cháuyuen, 5 sự g | Ninghái chau, 10 Bà Hwang hiem. X. IN A Láichau fú; or the Department of Láichau, contains seven districts. Its chief city is in lat. 37° 9' 36" N., long. 120° 10' 10" East of Greenwich, or 3° 45' 10" E of Peking. 1 B Yi hiem, Káumi, 2 Tsimi, 6 Chángyi, 3 + 8 | Pingtu chau, 7 thứ VÀ Hwui hien. 4 BW Kiáuchau, XI. EH Tsining chau ; or the Department of Tsining, contains three districts. Its chief city is in lat. 35° 33' N., long. 116° 41'30" E. of Green- wich, or 16' 30" E. of Peking. | A Kinhoáng, 3 8 2 Yitái. ? Kjátsiáng 1312 561 Topography of Shuntung". XII. WW Lintsing chau; or the Department of Lintsing, contains also three districts. Its chief town is situated in lat. 36° 55' N., and about 45' East of Peking 11 Hiátsin, 3 GiB Kiú hien. 2 zł bile Wúching, , Shántung is well watered, nearly its whole surface being intersect- ed by rivers not far distant from each other. Some of these, as the Tátsing hó, which is the largest in the province, and the Yu hó, a branch of the Pei hó, rising in the southwestern part, run quite across it, emptying into the gulf of Chilí, and intersecting the Canal in their courses. Most of the rivers, however, are short, having their sources on those ridges which extend nearly through the whole length of the province, from east to west. The Grand Canal commences at Lintsing chau; from this point north to 'T'ientsin, the communica- tion is along the channel of a branch of the Pei ho. Froin this town its course is southeasterly to the province of Kiángsú, inter- secting two or three lakes or marshes. According to native maps, the bays and harbors are numerous along the whole coast, which, except at one or two points, is almost entirely unknown to foreigners. The northern and western parts of Shántung, bordering on Chili and Hónán, and also the southern frontiers, bordering on Kiángsú, are low grounds, with only here and there a few hills and knolls. The chain of ridges, sometimes rising into high mountains, having their highest summits about midway between the northern and southern borders of the province, give a pleasing diversity to its surface and climate. From the main chain many small ridges and spurs branch off, some northward, others southward, towards the sea. Speaking of the appearance of the country when passing from Chilí into Shantung, Davis says, “The low flat country through which we had hitherto journeyed all the way from Peking, at this autumnal season, had proved very unhealthy to many of our number, and I myself was at last laid up in all the luxury of a severe tertian. The country still continued its uniformly flat appearance, but we were soon to perceive an alteration at the point where the Cháh-hó, 'the river of flood-gates,'—that is, the Canal, commences its course through a region where the inequalities of surface render those artifi- cial aids necessary." Ile also observes, “Everything appeared to wear it more prosperous and wealthy aspect as we advanced into the 71 VOL. XI 10 Topography of Shúntung. (es. province of Shantung, and upon the whole a marked inprorement took place generally as we proceeded southward." I. The department of Tsinán is bounded on the north by Chili; on the northeast by the department of Witing; on the east, by that of Tsingchau; on the south, by Tái-án; on the west, by Tungcháng and Lintsing. This city, the capital of the department, stands on the southern side of the Great Clear river (Tátsing hó), the largest of those streams which intersect the canal. It is a populous and rich city; and by means of the river, carries on an extensive commerce. The soil is fertile, and produces“grain and fruits in abundance. Silk of an excellent quality is manufactured, and commands a high price. The lakes and rivers are well stored with fish. II. The department of Tái-in is situated directly south from Tsinán. Its chief city stands on a hilly country, and near a river which flows southward and westward, in a direction the opposite to that of the Great Clear river. III. The department of Wuting stands between Tsínán and the sea, forming the most northerly portion of the province. It is one broad plain-like that of Tientsin--and is traversed by the Great Clear river. IV. The department of Yenchau stretches from Tái-án and Tung- ching on the north to Kiángsú on the south, having the departments of Tsauchau and Tsining on the west, and that of ľ on the east. Its surface is very much diversified; its eastern parts are hilly; while the western and southern, through which the Canal flows, are low and marshy. The department of Ľlies eastward from that last described, having Túi-án and Tsingchau on the north; the sea on the east; and Kiángsú on the south. Among the hills and mountains on the north, several small rivers rise, some flowing eastward into the sea, and others southward to the Yellow river. VI. The department of Tsáuchau forms the southwestern por- tion of the province, having Hónán on the south; Chilí on the west; and the department of Tungchang, Yenchau, and Tsínán, on the north, northeast, and east. A dozen or more rivers run across the department from west to east, the southernmost of which is the Yellow river. VII. The department of Tungchang is bounded by Lintsing on the north; by Tsinan and Tái-ín on the east by Yenchau and Tsáu- chau on the south; and by the province of Chilí on the west. Its features are like those of the departments on the east of it. Davis V. 1:842 0:3 Topography Shandong says concerning the capital city, "it appeared to be well built, ex- lensive and populous, with high walls within the suburbs," along which the boats were tracked for two miles. The country in its vicinage is Hat. VIII. The department of Tsingchau lies eastward from Tsinan and Túi-án, having Wúting on the north, the sea on the northeast, Láichau on the east, sea again on the southeast, and the department of l' on the south. Its greatest length is from northwest to southeast, stretching quite across the promontory. IX. The department of Tangchau includes the whole extremity of the promontory, bounded by the sea excepting on the west where it borders on the department of Laichau. Though very mountainous, it is nevertheless well watered. The islands along the coast here are numerous. As X. The department of Láichau is situated between those of Tangchau on the east, and Tsingchau on the west, and stretches from the sea to the sea on the north and south. On the south is a deep bay or gulf, which with the rivers on the north opens a water com- munication from one side of the promontory to the other. Not far from the head of the bay is a large lake. XI. Tsining chau, or the department of Tsining, is of a triangu- lar shape, having Kiangsú on one side, and the departments of Yen- chau and Tsáuchau on the other sides. It is low and marshy, cover- ed with lakes and rivers and canals. The canal runs near the ca- pital, of which Davis says, " In the afternoon' we reached the neigh- borhood of Tsining chau, a town of considerable dimensions. we did not proceed on our way until late on the morning of the 29th, an opportunity was afforded for surveying its suburbs, whose appear- ance surpassed what we had yet seen in that way. The canal seems to render this an opulent and Aourishing place, to judge by the gilded and carved shops, temples, and public offices, along the east- ern banks. Soon after quitting the neighborhood of the town, we for the first time saw two boatsful of the fishing birds, but nothing would induce the fellows in the boats to come nearer for close in- spection; we had abundant opportunities, however, of observing them afterwards. The canal in this part was a little raised above the level of the extensive marshes on each side, which were mostly under water. “On the 30th the swamps increased rapidly, until the whole coun- try, as far as the eye could reach, displayed the effects of a most politensive recent inundation The waters were on a level with those 564 Uit Topography of Shantung. commences. of the canal, and there was no need of dams, which were themselves nearly under water; and we occasionally observed sluices at the sides of the canal for discharging the superfluity. Clumps of large trees, cottages, and towers, were to be seen on all sides half under water, and deserted by the inhabitants. The number of these towers led to the inference that they were provided as places of refuge in case of inundation, which must here be very frequent. Wretched villages occurred frequently on the right-hand bank, along which the tracking path was in some places so completely undermined with water, as to give way at every step. Hurdles of reeds were often laid down to afford a passage to the feet.” XII. The department of Lintsing lias Chilí on the north and west, and the departments of Tsínán and Tungchang on the east and south. Davis observes in his Sketches, “ It was not until the 22d of September that we reached Lintsing chau, where the canal -About noon on that day we passed a pagoda of nine stories (páutáh) in a perfect state of repair; the first that I had ever seen in actual occupation. The ground plan was octagonal, and round each story was inscribed in large charaeters O-mi-to-fu (Ami- da Budha), being the constant invocation of the Budhist priests. Several of our party went on shore to inspect it. Like all such edifices, it was erected in honor of the relics of Fu, the worship of relics being a part of their idolatry; and the date of the pagoda was since the completion of the Grand canal. Its good condition was therefore probably owing to imperial or public endowment. А winding stair of nearly two hundred steps conducted to the top, the height of which was estimated to be something under one hundred and fifty feet. The basement we observed to be excellently built of a sort of granite, and all the rest of a glazed brick, beautifully joined and cemented. Only two idols of the Budhist sect were discovered in it; one of these occupied a niche in the lowest, and the other in the highest story. From the top of the pagoda a very extensive and beautiful view was obtained of the surrounding country, including the city of Lintsing chau at its feet, full of gardens and cultivated grounds interspersed with bụildings.” Sketches, vol. I., page 212. In addition to the preceding list of departments and districts, we add a few paragraphs froin the Sketches of Mr. Davis, containing some notices of the canal on which the embassy passed through this province. Early on the 23d September we entered the Canal through two stone piers, and between very high banks. The mounds of earth in the immediate vicinity were evidently for the purpose of 1842. Topography of Shantung. -507 effecting repairs, which, to judge from the vestiges of inumdation on either side, could not be infrequent. The canal joins the Yú hó, which we had just quitted, on its right or eastern bank, as that river flows towards the Pei ho. One of the most striking features of the canal is the comparative clearness of its water, when contrasted with that of the two rivers on which we had hitherto traveled; a circumstance reasonably attributable to the depositions occasioned by the greater stillness of its contents. "Whatever the course of the canal might become hereafter, it was, at this commencing point, evidently in the bed of a natural river, as might be perceived from its winding course, and the irre- gularity, and inartificial appearance of its banks. The stone abut- ments and flood-gates are for the purpose of regulating its waters, which at present were in excess, and flowing out of it. As Lintsing chau, where the canal commences, is just under the thirty-seventh parallel of latitude, and Hángchau fú, where it terminates, is nearly in 30°, the direct distance is about five hundred English miles, with- out allowing for windings. It is the channel not only of subsistence, but of all kinds of tribute to Peking, in a country where so large a portion of the revenue is paid in kind. We observed, on the first day of our voyage on its waters, a large junk decorated with a yellow umbrella, and, on inquiring, found that it had the honor of bearing the ' dragon-robes,' as the emperor's garments are designated. These are forwarded annually, and are the peculiar tribute of the silk dis- tricts. As we proceeded on the canal, the stone flood-gates or sluices occurred at the rate of three or four a-day, sometimes oftener, ac- cording as the inequalities in the surface of the country rendered them necessary.” Vol. I., page 245. “As we advanced, the canal in some parts became narrower, and the banks had rather more of an artificial appearance than where we first entered it, being occasionally pretty high; but still the winding course led to the inference, that as yet the canal was for the most part only a natural river, modified and regulated by sluices and em- bankments. The distance between the stone-piers in some of the flood-gates was apparently so narrow as only just to admit of the pas- sage of our largest boats. The contrivance for arresting the course of the water through them was extremely simple. Stout boards, with ropes fastened to each end, were let down edgewise over each other through grooves in the stone-piers. A number of soldiers and work- men always attended at the sluices, and the danger to the boats in passing was diminished by coils of rope being hung down at the 500 Oci, Topography of Shantung, i sides to break the force of blows. The slowness of our progress, which for the last week averaged only twenty miles a day, gave us abundant leisure to observe the country. Its appearance continued to improve, with diversified surface and clumps of trees amidst the cultivation. The cotton shrub, tobacco, hemp, and various grains, as wheat and sesamum, appeared to be the things chiefly grown. Indeed the great quantity of cotton which we saw during our jour- ney, seemed to prove that the importations from India must form a very inconsideraba portion of the consumption of this vast empire, in which the whole of the inferior orders are universally clothed in cotton garments." Vol. I., page 249. “We now began to make better progress on the canal than we had hitherto done. The stream, though against us, was not strong, except near the sluices, where it was confined. As the month of September drew to a close, the weather became cloudy and cold to a remarkable degree, considering our latitude. A strong northerly wind and rain brought the thermometer in our boats down to sixty degrees in the morning. In the afternoon we stopped at a place called Káiho chin. The last word signifies a military station, or 'corps de garde,' and the first two syllables imply the opening or commencement of the river,' which led to the inference that this must have been the point from whence the canal was begun; an opinion rendered still more probable by our vicinity to the highest point, whence the current runs down north and south in opposite directions. At Kaiho chin a large party of us went on shore, and took a long walk through the adjoining village. The great stone rollers used by the Chinese for pressing the grain from the husk, or for leveling the newly-ploughed ground, appeared to be of black marble with white veins; but the stone of which the piers are con- structed had a siliceous appearance, and broke like flint. The neigh- boring hills must no doubt supply an abundance of stone. A famous mountain of Shantung is called by the Chinese Táishán, and is pro. bably the highest of the range. "On the 28th we arrived at the influx of the Yun hó, where the stream turned in our favor, and flowed to the southward, being the highest point of the canal, and a place of some note. The Yun hó flows into the canal on its eastern side nearly at right angles, and a part of it going to the north, the other part runs southward ; while a strong facing of stone on the western bank of the canal sustains the force of the influx. This seems to have been the work of Sungli who lived under the first emperor of the Ming dynasty, at the end 181 567 Topography of Shuntung". of the 14th century. In his time a part of the canal in Shantung province became so impassable, that the coasting passage by sea began to be most used. This was the very thing that the canal had been intended to prevent; Sung accordingly adopted the plan of an old man, named Píying, a resident in that part of the country, to concentrate the waters of the Yun hó and neighboring streams, and bring them down upon the canal as they are at present. History states that Sung employed 'three hundred thousand' men to carry the plan into operation, and that the work was completed in two hundred days. On both sides of us, nearly level with the canal, were extensive swamps with a shallow covering of water, which the Chi- nose dignify with the name of hú, 'lakes, and which they plant extensively with the Nelumbium, useful for its roots and seeds. These were occasionally separated from us by very narrow banks, along which the trackers walked, and the width of the canal some- times did not exceed five-and-twenty yards." Vol. I., page 251. “On reaching the part of the canal which skirts or passes through a lake called Túshán hú, the left bank was entirely submerged, and the canal confounded with the lake. All within range of the eye was swamp, and coldness, and desolation-in fact a vast inland sea, as many of the large boats at a distance were hull down, or invisi- ble except the masts. We were here at no great distance from Kiufau hien, the birth-place of the sage Confucius, lying on our left, to whose honor we saw a temple erected, with a school or college for students, shortly before we reached the lake just mentioned. A chain of mountains was visible at a considerable distance on the southeast. The swamps on the following day were kept out of sight by some very decent villages on the high banks, which, from per- petual accumulation, assumed in some places the aspect of hills. After breakfast I walked for about an hour and a half with lord Am- herst, and came to that point of the canal where it is crossed at right angles by a river, which is therefore called Shitsz' hó, or Cross river,' styled in Barrow's maps 'the Four rivers,' where the course is cut through a low hill to the depth of thirty feet. We soon afterwards came again in sight of the dreary marshes, continuing to infest our course as far as Yellow river." Vol. I., page 258. А part of our journey on the first of October lay along a portion of the canal where the banks particularly to the right, were elabor- ately and strongly faced with stone; a precaution which seeined to imply a greater than ordinary danger from inundations. In fact the Takes, or rather foods, seemed to extend al present yearly to the 568 OCT. Topography of Shántung. feet of the mountains which lay at a distance on our left. We were now approaching that part of China which is exposed to the disas- trous overflowings of the Yellow river; perpetual sources of waste. ful expenditure to the government, and of peril and calamity to the people. So incurable, indeed, have been the destructive sallies of this great stream, and so useless is it (from its violence) for the pur- pose of internal intercourse, that it well deserves the name of Chi- na's Sorrow. The European trade at Canton has been heavily taxed for it. We observed the repairs of the banks diligently proceeding under the superintendence of the proper officer. For this purpose they use the natural soil in combination with the thick reedy stalks of the káu-liáng, or gigantic millet, of which the harvest had not long since been completed. This appears to be the mode in which the Yellow river is checked and confined throughout its boundaries in this part of China. The Weicháng hú, or lake through which the canal might be said to run, when we passed on the second, mingled its waters with our stream, the piers being nearly submerged; and we were carried along with such rapidity, that the only thing requir- ed was to guide and check our barges. This was done by taking ashore a small anchor from each boat, with which a man ran along the bank, and occasionally brought up the vessel's head by striking the fluke of the anchor in the ground, while we floated down stern foremost.” Vol. I., page 260. Confucius was born in Shántung, in the department of Yenchau, in the district of Kiufau—"an unparalleled honor." “Confucius! Confucius! How great is Confucius ! “ Before Confucius there never was a Confucius! “Since Confucius there never has been a Confucius ! “ Confucius! Confucius! How great is Confucius!" Foreigners in modern times have seen but little of this province. Messrs. Medhurst and Stevens, in the American brig Huron, visited one or two of the places on the each side of the promontory. See vol. IV. pp. 308_335. Macartney and Amherst's embassies both passed down the Canal, on their return from the northern capital, visiting the cities of Lintsing, Tungcháng, &c. 1 Journal of Orrurrrrrrrrs, 569 3 B 11 ART. V. Journal of Occurrences; letter from Niu kien to sir Henry Pottinger ; feelings of the Chinese commissioners; me- morial to the emperor relating to the treaty; particulars regard- ing the negotiations and signing of the treaty; proclamation from the authorities at Canton ; U. S. A. ships of war. The pleasing and unexpected intelligence of a treaty of peace being concluded between the English and Chinese plenipotentiaries at Nanking, which was contained in the last number, will, we are sure, be received with the same lively emotions by all those in England, America, and elsewhere in western lands, who have been watching che progress of the contest. We have been able to collect a few more particulars relating to this momentous event--the importance of which cannot be fully known till passing years have developed the benefits of the freer intercourse now about to commence. Would that it might always and for ever be conducted according to the royal law of doing to others as we would that they should do to us! We insert a letter from his excellency Niú Kien to his excellency sir Henry Pottinger, which seems to have been called forth by the latter's proclamation to the Chinese people, as given on page 510. The translation is borrowed froin the Canton Register of Oct. 14th. A letter from Niú Kien, the governor of the Two Kiáng provinces, dated July 27th, conveyed by the deputies Chin and Lin to Chinkiáng, to be delivered to the English nation's public embassador. Concerning battles and strife, which are occasioned by our being separated and misunderstanding each other, I write purposely, with perfect sincerity, a perspicuous proclamation, by which we may understand the principles of reason, and our true and sincere feelings and inten. tions. It is generally known, that men, being influenced by the cleinents of hea. ven and earth, by which they live, it is not necessary to discuss, whether the Chinese and the foreigners are not restrained by thc two words--reason and hu. man fcelings. On the vast breadth of the four seas, every kingilom has its prince, every nation its (own) people; custom-houses, where goods are inspected; and the boundaries arc divided by known limits. And neither the one nor the other are allowed to intrude and usurp (what is not their own): this is agreeable to reason. Although the productions of the central and flowery cmpire are many and abundant, still it is cut off and separated by a great distance from (other nationis.) It also possesses many excellent, rare, and extraordinary coinmodities; and with some nations there is a trade, with others, nonc; but in commerce, fair dealing and equity inust be observed, in order to connect each other together by good understanding and harmony—so consonant to human feelings and reason. In the present dynasty, this sunny and flowery region is tranquilly ruled; and we have swayed for ages over ten thousand lí, and (our dominion) extends to Corea, the land of thc farthest east. Your honorable country is situated in the ocean, on the limits of the extreme west: and thc distance between us is immense. The emperors of our dynasty have always equally regarded natives and strangers (English), and we have been united by a friendly commercial intercourse for two hundred years. Now the high and suprenie ruler (the emperor) is thoroughly learned in all civil and military matters; and in the management of all affairs, he reverently respects, like his ancestors, the laws of heaven : low, then at this time, are our old relations so suddenly changed-so as to be the cause of a national quarrel? It arose, inost assuredly from the spreading opium poison. Opium is neither pulso, nor graill, and vet multitudes of our Chinese subjects cousunie it, wasting their property, and destroying their lives and the calamilies arising theretion av 7? . d 2 1 VOL N 570 Oci Journal of Occurrences unutterable! How is it possible for us to refrain from forbidding our people to use it? But inen are born, like good grain and noxious weeds, some good and some bad. Our bad subjects buy and use the opium, and your honorable country has bad people who traffic in and sell it. In the beginning, your honorable country did not force the sale nor the consumption: and the prohibition of trade with the opium in the beginning, was noć the original intention of the cherishing kindness of the emperor toward foreigners. If it is not 80,-at the time when your honora. ble nation's former public envoy went to Tientsin, to state his defense and repre. sent his complaiuts, how, when, immediately the imperial will was sent down, did he repair to Canton, and there await the examination and management of the matter); and further, before Tinghái had been received back, orders were given to the army guarding the coast, not to open their fire on the English ships : thus, our einperor's virtue is produced by heavenly love: he knows no difference be. iween natives and foreigners. The people of your honorable nation have all seen and heard of this (truth), When they arrived at Canton, to exaniine into the cause of the dispute, and end it, I had not arrived in the provinces of Fukien and Canton, and was unable, therefore, to beconie fully acquainted with the matter; and from then until now the affairs of Chekiáng have been the subjects of discussion. Since we lost Chinhái and Ningpo, in the 3d moon of this year, the emperor has conferred on I'lípu the rank of chungtánga principal minister of state, and the button of the fourth rank, and also ordered him to receive the seals of acting adjutant-ge. neral of the district of Tsopu. Can you suppose, that if I'lípú had committed an offense in being too timid, he would now be quickly promoted to high official employment? When I was a petty, inferior officer, I was unable to look up and intimately understand (the emperor's intentions); but such intentions inust have dwelt in the beneficent heart of the emperor. From the 4th ,moon until now, the soldiers of your honorable nation have entered the district of 'Tsopú, ruined our city of Wisung, and killed our cornmander-in-chief; and you have also attacked and taken by storm, the city of Chinkiáng; and when the people of the province of Kiángsú heard of it, what else could they do than assemble their lusty youths to protect their families, while it was my duty to guard the frontiers, to face difficulties and firmly maintain Nauking, devoting myself to death as a return for my country's favors. When the (chehien) magistrate of Íching district had seen the proclamation, he copied and sent it to me. The contents of the honorable embassador and great minister's published proclamation announce an application for justice, and from which, wlien read and fully understood, the natural purposes and sentiments of the two nations will be known. In the beginning, there was not any cause of interruption to our good understanding; but if we repel each other from mere appearances and circumstances the more will we recede from each other; a state of uncompromising hostility will ensue. If there be any real cause of complaint against China, referring to human feelings and reason, if there be the least incongruity, there is no hindrance that you should not substantiate the facts, and make a true statement, when the right or the wrong will be evident ; or perhaps, it would be better that the noble embassador should draw up a state- ment, and send it, through me, to the emperor; or clearly narrate and explain all the circumstances to me, in a public platement, and I will report them in a dis. patch to the emperor; both ways are feasible--you mav please vourself: and when we mutually understand cach other's minds, ali trifting difference and cause of dis. like will cuase; and then affairs can be perfected and mutual friendship will long last; if not, then must the troops again join in strife, and the business of each day will be battles. Although our central iation lias enjoyed peace for a long time, and we are not prepared for attacking and fighting, which has led to this accumula. tion of insult and disgrace, yot you also must have lost many of the officers and soldiers of your honorable country, and who is he that has neither father, mother, wife, nor son, distant from this coultry several tens of thousands of lí? Carry- ing on this strife will causc enroities, hatred and calamiting; and when will an end be to this state of things, which inust he: bobly offensive to supreme heaven's be: pevnleuca herh Invesi ohial meu should live and in die tihting? Heaven driests 12.12 571 Journal of Occurrenres. the self-sufficient and audacious, but heaps blessings or the obedient and humble. Those who rebol against human feelings, providence protects them not. Our cen. tral nation has, for successive ages, guarded against arrogance and self-sufficiency, and we have held fast by humility, through goud report and bad report, for profit or loss, for good or for evil, waiting upon the will of heaven. Your honorable country has the most profound reverence for providence, and the greatest respect for the truth. I have now offered ing most private thoughts before heaven, and they are evident as seen in a mirror. As we are both inclined to be friends, and to put away hatred, cease from war, and give repose to the people ; and hereafter, your honorable nation will enjoy profit inexhaustible. To establish his inerit, by exertions of zeal, ability and fidelity, with his native country, is the task of the honorable public embassador; will he not, then, act a great and splendid part, illustrious and eminent as he is!-If the two armies again join battle, on both sides there will be killed and wounded. Each party should be faithful to its sovereign; and there are not sufficient causes for anger. Fur. ther, China did not first put her army in motion; but because your honorable coun. try attacked us, we were obliged to defend ourselves. Your honorable country's troops coming from afar, you must necessarily be involved in great expense; and the necessary expenditure for the defense of our central empire will he fivefold. I am a civil officer, unaccustomed to military affairs. I look up, with humble gratitude, to the enıperor, who has appointed me to the important dury of guard. ing the maritime boundaries ; and I dare not but exert my nimost strength both of body and miad, iri return and reconipense for the favor of my prince. And seeing the people fleeing from their habitations, and native banditti everywhere plundering, my head sickens ani my lieart is deeply pained. I consider that all my life, I have not done the cast praiseworthly action; but I am true and guile. less; and I can swear before the sky and its sun, and announce it to the demons and gods, that I am perfectly sincere in the sentiments I liave written, and order to be delivered to the public cmbassador by the two deputies; and I beg that he will adjust all matters, according to heavenly principles and huunan feelings : with speed decide on his great measures, choosing that which is good, and follow- ing it ont. If I have uttered one insincere word, may I be punished both by gods and inen. A lucid communication. When the British forces, moving on from Chinkiang, took up their position before Nanking, the high officers saw at once that con- tinued resistance must prove ruinous to the empire. On the 11th of August, the British commanders-in-chief made a reconnoisance, and, it is supposed, determined on the plan of attack. The next day a deputation came from the commissioners to know the plenipotentia- ry's demands, and returned with them the same evening, the prepa- rations for attack proceeded in the meanwhile, and the “red flags" were kept Aying. The next day the 13th, they sent up their memo- rial, stating the dangerous position of their affairs, and begging the emperor to grant the demands of the plenipotentiary. The attack was suspended, and the arrangements for a treaty went on, till at length the high contracting powers were brought together. The translation of this memorial we borrow from the Canton Register of Oct. 7th. It has no date in that paper. The imperial coinmissioner and great minister, Kíying, the acting adjutant. general of Tsopú, I'lípú, and the governor of the two Kiang provinces, Nii Kien, take the articles of peace which have been decided upon with the English nation, and send up a duly prepared report of all circumstances. 1st. The said barbarians begged that we should give them twenty-one millions of dollars. On examination it is found that the said barbarians originally wanted to extort thirty millions of dollars ; but Chángi and his colleagues, argued the point strongly again and a third time, and at length the sum was fixed at 91 millions of dollars. They said, that 6 millions was the price of the opium, 3 millions 1 672 Wert. Journal of Orrurrrures. 1 1 for the hung-nerchants' debts, and 12 millions for the expenses of the army. The shíwei (an officer of the emperor's body-guard,) Chánghi, and his colleagues repeated that the price of the opium, 6 million of dollars, had already been paid by the city of Canton; how could payment be extorted a second time? And the debts of the hong-merchants should be liquidated by themselves; how could the officers of government be called upon to pay them? As to the necessary ex. penses of the army, why should China be called upon to pay them ?—and these matters were discussed again and again. The said barbariaus exclaimed, that opium was not prodnced in England, but that it was all sent forth from a neigli . boring country. That upwards of 20,000 chests had been destroyed, and it required no small sum to pay for them ; the six millions that had been paid, did not arount to half of the prime cost; and therefore the deficiency must now be supplied. As to the hong-merchants' debts, the hong-merchants, originally, should have dis- charged them; but as they delayed the payment for a long time, the accumula. tion amounted to a vast sum ; on that account, therefore, they required 3 million of dollars, which did not amount to more than a tenth part of the original claims ; and they particularly requested that a dispatch should be sent to Canton, direct. ing that a clear inquiry should be made into all the hong-merchants' debts; and to limit a time for their recovery; but if they (the hong-merchants) had no funds forthcoming, that it will be necessary to require the government to pay the debts. As to the item of expenses of the army; as peace has already been made, the soldiers and sailors should be rewarded, before they are sent home; as to the amount of those necessary expenses if it is not decided to pay, you must say nothing more to us about the retirement or not, of the army and fleet; but iſ hostilities do not cease, we apprehend that the expenditure of China, in future, will not stop at 12 million of dollars. Further, the men of war have already taken Kingkau, and have blockaded the passage; and if we are soon enabled to order them to retire, the advantages to China will be very great indeed! and so forth. The said shíwei and his colleagues, again authoritatively questioned as to the difficulties; but the said barbarian only stared at him indignantly; the shiwei was not listened to. I, your servant, have cxamined and found what are the unwarrantable demands of the said barbarians, which they so importunately urge ; and they are deserving of the utmost hatred. But considering that they have already attacked and laid in ruins Kingkau ; and it is proved that not only the rivers and Chinkiáng, will be difficult to recover speedily, but I am apprehen. sive we shall be blocked up, both on the north and south; which will be the heaviest calamity. The ships that formerly blocked the entrances were far differ- ent from these in the Yangt.sz' kiáng, and great expense is unavoidable; as yet, our reputation is not lost. As to the extorted 21 million of dollars, they are to be reckoned at 7 mace cach of sycee silver, which will amount to upwards of tacls 14,700,000; the hong debts are $3,000,000, weighing taels 2,100,000; which must be recovered from the hong-inerchants of Canton, when a clear examination has been made. There still remains taels 12,600,000. This year, the first payment of $6,000,000 has been made, equal to taels 4,200,000. Now one million has al. ready been carried to the account of the people and merchants of Kiángsú; which the officers must pay in the first instance. And in time, money may be looked for from the purchase of honors—buttons and peacock's feathers. The remainder is to be cleared off in three years, not requiring three million of taels for each year. Moreover, the duties that the said nation will pay should be taken into account, which will help the expenditure of the imperial family, and disturbances will be prevented. Comparing one year's expenses of the army with the sum paid to the English, it is as three to ten; and there is only the name of fighting, without the hope of victory; it is better to adopt plans in accordance with circumstances, and put an everlasting stop to war. The 4,200,000 taels, the first payment made of this year, has been collected from the funds of the treasurers and salt.commis. sioners of the three provinces of Chekiáng, Kiángsú, and Gánhwui; which will be repaid hereafter by the duties on the merchants and people. We wait to receive the imperial will, that we may send post-haste orders to the treasurers and salt commissioners, to be respectfully obeyed. 2d. The said barbarians begged that Ilongkong might be conferred on them is a place of residente: they also requested to be allowed to trade at h'wángchani. 1 11? 573 Journal of Orrurrouces. 1 Funchal, Amoy. Ningpo, and Shanghái. The skiwei and his colleaguesas 1.he barbarians had already built houses at Hongkong, and yet could bey for favor,-granted that they inight dwell there. With reference to Kwángchau and the other four places, they must be considered too inany. As to the regulations of the trade as well as the duties, they should carly be consulted and decided. upon. When clear and explicit questions were asked, it is authenticated, that the said barbarians answered, -"We consider Hongkong as our dwelling-place, and we must have Kwángchau, and the others, in all five places, as ports of trade ; but if it cannot be allowed, then neither Amoy, Ningpo, Chinhái, Î'inghái, Topá, Paushán, nor Chinkiáng, will be delivered up, neither will our forces retire. And as we want to trade at all those, it is absolutely necessary that resident consuls should be appointed to superintend affairs; to restrain the barbarians (En. glish), and prevent disturbances. The duties shall be paid according to the regula. tions of China; and when the duties are settled, there shall be no delay in the payment. Further, when we traded at Canton, the whole trade was in the hands of the hong-merchants, and we were exposed to their extortions, and the injuries we suffered were not small. Hereafter, we desire to choose our own mer- chants, that trade may be conducted equitably; and the entire duties are to be paid through the consuls to the hoppo, and not to pass through the hands of the hong.merchants, in order that their extortions may be prevented;" and so forth. The said shíwei again represented that from the five places, Kwangchau, &c., some should be deducted; but the said barbarian obstinately refused. 1, your ser. vant, have examined and found, that with reference to the said foreigners dwell. ing on Hongkong, and going to trade in the provinces of Fukien and Chekiáng, the imperial will has already been received, granting the desired permission. As to what they have requested about trading at the five places named, although the comparison is great; yet as they have taken and kept possession of Amoy, and other places, which are not yet given up; and as they still hold Hongkong, kú- lángsú, Paushán, and have not retired, it will be a difficult matter to get them back. If we again prepare our armies to maintain those places, it will be difficult to engage with them on the waters. Though near each other, we have been idle for many days ; and as to those places which they retain possession of, will it not be best to allow them to return to us our territory, and grant them trade, since they are willing respectfully to pay the duties ? Just now, they are sensible of their errors, and are as obedient as if driven by the wind, and when again united in mutual friendship, benevolence and truth, all things will go on well. And since they will guard their own market, and surround and protect the sea boundaries, there will be no necessity for recourse to our interference, which will be to the advantage of our country. We request the imperial will may be sent down to the governors and lieut.-governors of each of the three provinces, to examine clearly into the duties and trading regulations of the controler of maritime customs in the province of Canton ; and consult about the management of affairs, and fix them on a secure basis. 3d. That which the said barbarians have requested with reference to the officers of China,--to have ceremonial intercourse upon an equality; and the bar. barians who have been made captives, and the Chinese traitors who have been seduced into the service, &c., of the English, the release of all these they niost earnestly solicit. I, your servant, have examined and found, that with reference 10 equal official intercourse, it may be unreservedly granted : and as the affairs with the foreigners are finished and the war ended, the prisoners may also be released; by which harmony and good understanding will be strengthened; for a state of peace will bring repose and gladness, and overthrow factious parties; these mat. ters may be allow to proceed; and I have left them to the shíwei, without dis. cussing them. Particulars of negotiations. On t..e day appointed by sir Henry Pottinger, for his first meeting with H. I. M.'s high officer Kiying and others, on board the Cornwallis, the Chinese made their appear- ance soon after 10 o'clock in six boats, ornamented with Hags. On approaching the ste:arner Medusid, which was sent out 10 niept iud rmprojvinclem, thens out on boord iud vero pocord, while their :111001l- 574 Journal of Occurrences. 1 Jants filled up every corner of te little ressel. They were plainly dressed, wearing only their buttons and peacock feathers. Some of their attendants werp haisited in highly elegant dresses. It is said that imperial commissioners, being sent only on important business, are always expected to proceed in haste and in a plain costume. From the Medusa the party passed to the quarter-deck of the Corn- wallis, where were assembled a great number of military and naval officers, all in full uniforms, forining a striking contrast with the dresses of the Chinese. The high commissioners were received by the plenipotentiary, admiral, and general, and conducted into the after cabin, where tiffin was prepared. This meeting was merely one of cereinony. After tiffin the Chinese were shown round the ship, and then took leave, much pleased with their reception, having been on board about two hours, This visit was to have been returned in two days, but at day- light on that morning the rain descended in torrents, and not abating as the day advanced, sir Henry determined not to go out. The Chinese officers set off to come to the meeting, but the rain, combined with I'lípú's ill health, constrained them to return, and the meeting was deferred for two days longer. The next day ap- pointed being fair, the ineeting was held at a temple, just outside the walls. Long before the hour of meeting, the Chinese were on the spot. It was past ten, however, when their guests arrived, and, were received with a salute of three guns. They passed through several lines of Chinese troops, sir Henry and the general and admi- ral proceeding first, with escort, inusic, &c., &c. As they approach- ed the place of meeting, Kiying, Ilipú, and Niú Kien, advanced, and received them with great courtesy. Being seated, tea, sweetmeats, &c., followed, with Chinese music. The visit lasted about an hour, and on parting the national anthem of England was played. On the 26th of August, three days before the signing of the treaty within the city, at about 10 o'clock, sir Henry and his suite proceeded in boats up the canal, while an escort of horse artillery advanced about four miles close under the walls (along all parts of which sol- diers were posted) to the place where the plenipotentiary was to land. There his excellency was received by a brigadier and two colonels ; and both he and his suite being mounted, they all rode together to the gate-where the provincial secretary to government, and the two principal secretaries of I'lipíí, received him: and thus about twenty- one Englishmen, with a dozen black followers, rcde,-amid some twenty or thirty Chinese (red, blue, white, and gilt buttons) with hosts of followers,--for a mile and a half, into the great city of Nán- king, the ancient, but now sadly ruinous, though yet populous, capi- tal. Thousands of people, all perfectly quiet, eagerly gazed at the company as it passed along to a college hall, fitted up for the oc- There the two imperial commissioners, Kiying, and I lipú, and the governor-general Niú Kien, robed and capped, received sir Henry, and ushered the wholy party into a room, véry neatly fur- nished A semicircle of chairs, covered will onliroidered silk-rush- 184: 576 Journal of Occurrrups. &c. ions and hangings, had been arranged. There Il. B. M.'s pleni- potentiary sat down in the chief seat, with Kiying on his left, and Ilipú on his right. Others followed in their order. Refreshments of food and wine were first introduced, and conversation on sundry inatters of business followed; and after three or four hours' stay, the party retired quietly as it came. This was a great day. How unlike the 26th of August, 1839, when Lin expelled the English from Macao! On the 26th of August, 1840, the British plenipotentiaries returned to the month of the Pei ho, to seek an interwiew with Kí- shen. In 1841, August 26th, the British forces expelled the Chinese from the batteries of Amoy. And on the same day, 1842, they win the three years' game, and enter in triumph the old capital of the empire, Lin and Kishen both being in exile. On the 29th, the treaty was formally signed, the commissioners having received the imperial directions so to do." It was expected," says an eye-witness of the scene, that I'lípú would not attend, as he was very sick. Their excellencies Kíying and Niú Kien arrived with- out him, and were conducted into the after cabin, where a grand tiffin was laid out, After they had been seated about half an hour, I'lípú made his appearance in his own boat, and was obliged to be carried up the side of the ship in a chair. Their excellencies sir Henry, the admiral, and general, went out and met him, and sup- ported him into the cabin (for he could not walk by himself), and laid him on a couch, and they forthwith set to work that lie should not be tired. The treaty was first sealed with sir Henry's seal, by Mr. Morrison as his secretary, and by Wáng tájin, Kíying's secretary, with the seal of the imperial high comunissioners. The table was then drawn tip for each of their excellencies to put his signature to the treaty. This was done-Kíying, I'lípu, and Niú Kien each signed it; and lastly sir Henry. The signature of the three foriner personages was not done with characters, but with a private mark or rubric. After they had signed it, they sat down to the table and took refreshments; and then a royal salute of 21 guns was fired; and a yellow flag for China, and the Union Jack for England, were hoist- ed at the main and mizen of the Cornwallis. The treaty was then forthwith dispatched to Peking, for the emperor's ratification.” This, as our readers know already, was at once obtained; and on the return of the treaty from the capital, it was again dispatched for London, and may be expected back in March next. Some differences of opinion, according to popular reports, have existed at Peking, regarding the propriety of granting the demands of the English. It is said the Mantchou officers have concurred with his majesty, while his inother and the sons of Han high in power, have been averse to the imperial decision. Since the ratification of the treaty by his imperial inajesty, the first instalment of six millions has been receiveat, and the ships (viz. HL. M. ships Blonde, Herald, Modeste and Columbine) appointed to carry it have already sailed. Some of the other ships of war and steamers have also left China, and it few of the transports 576 Journal of Occurrences 1 1 1 1 1 1 The emperor has been pleased to conter high honors ou fáiling, the hero of Chinkiang; and has been pleased to remit the taxes in those districts where the war has cut off the harvests. Those who fell and those who fled, at Chapú, have been reported to the emperor, and rewarded or punished according to their respec- tive actions. On the 13th an edict was issued by the magistrates of Canton : Liáng and Cháng, district magistrates of Nánhái and Pwányű respectively, hereby issue a proclamation for the troops to disband and thus invigorate the oc. cupations of the people. We have received from their excellencies, the governor and lieut.-governor, an order which had been before transmitted by the General Coun. cil, to wit: Whereas the affairs of the English having compelled us to station soldiers, and to collect volunteer companies of militia for the defense of every place, this is to declare that peace having been reestablished, on a certain day, every body of troops wherever placed for the defense of the country, and all the companies of militia, inust immediately disband and return home, thus affording quict alike to the soldiers and people, and not retarding their usual occupations. When the day arrives, as will be stated, and the mandate reaches every district, it must be res. pectfully opened, and its injunctions acted upon.” Wherefore this proclamation is issued to the gentry and the leaders of thc mi. litia, that they are straightway to learn and publish its contents, and one and all to return home, iti order that every one may soon resume his occupation, no delay cnsue or doubt arise as to low to act, nor any one be able to deceive the picople. We also send you all instructions, that whatever occupation any of you previously had, after you are now disbanded, you must not assemblc together in tumultuous parties, rambling about idly, ruining your property, and not attending to your calling, thus committing a grevious offense. It was with a burning indignation and righteous patriotisni that you once assembled to revenge your wrong, but now with joyful hearts you can enjoy thic pleasures of peace, and cach pursue his own occupation. Your parents need no longer anxiously await your return, nor need the populace l'estra in their songs, but ihe deep sounding drun (an again resound, and sorrow and grief be quite extinguished, and the halcyon days of Yáu and Shun again be seen in these our times. Wc, the district magistrates, having respectfully reccived the orders of their excellencies, in our turn communicate them to all you people that you inay fully understand them, and that all the gentry and leaders of the militia, as they arc in duty bound, may accordingly follow them with implicit obediencc. Oct. 15th, 1842. Since the date of the preceding proclamation for disbanding the militia, the high provincial officers have received an imperial rescript . containing orders relating to the treaty. In consequence, and with the tacit consent of the authorities, ladies from the shipping at Whampoa have publicly visited the foreign factories, and we may expect erelong to see families settled there. The authorities through the hong-merchants have recently purchased two foreign vessels, one of which, the Ranıiro has been carried up nearly to the French Folly, through a new channel cut away by the current around the obstructions near Ilowqua's Folly. The U. S. ship Constellation lately went to Chuenpí, where she Commodore Kearney recently visited the provincial city, and had communication with his excellency the governor by letter through the Kwanghie. The corvette Boston, J. C. Long, esq., con- Inander, left hese waters for the Sandwich Islands and America oli hotlinimo now lies. TIE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XI.-NOVEMBER, 1842.-No. 11. ART. I. Retrospection, or a revicw of public occurrences in China, during the last ten years, from January 1st, 1842, to December 31st, 1841. (Concluded from page 528.) Negotiations, commenced at Tientsin in August, 1840, were pend- ing at this remote part of the empire at the close of that year. On the part of the Chinese they were conducted by Kíshen, and by captain Elliot on the part of the British. Captain Elliot strove to obtain, by fair words and arguments, indemnity for the past and security for the future. In this strife of words, it was not difficult to foresee on which side the victory would rest. The Chinese, from the very nature of their civil constitution, could not yield to the demands made on them, unless forced to do so; nor would they, in plain terms, give that which they knew they had not the power to withhold. Their only chance of success was in foiling their adversary by pro- mises and delays; and in this way month after month had slipped by. The protestations of friendliness, assumed at the north when the British squadron appeared off the mouth of the Pei ho, were gradually laid aside, and a menacing attitude began to be assumed. Secret orders had been dispatched from Peking to all the generals, go- vernors, and lieut.-governors along the coast, requiring them to in- crease the strength of their defenses. At length an edict came out, from which the following is an extract, dated January 6th, 1841. * * * If the said foreigners (the English) again come to presept any pettins, let them all be utierly rejected; should any of their ships sail near the ports on the coast, at once let matchlocks and artillery be opened, and the thundering attack be made dreadful. There must be no wavering, so as 10 cualift the slightest degree of fcar. Chi. Rep., vol. X., p. 118. 7:3 O.. XI. 1o. XI. 578 Nov Review of Public Occurrences During the This edict, elicited by reports which had been sent up to the em- peror, both from Chekiáng by Liú the It.-governor, and from Canton by Kishen, virtually nullified the armistice which had been agreed upon previously, and announced to the Chinese in an edict of Nov. 17th, 1840. 7th. A circular was issued at Macao announcing to the British residents there the fall of the forts at Chuenpí. Negotiations having been interrupted, the positions of Chuenpí and Táicock. tow were simultaneously attacked this morning by sea and land, and have both fallen to H. M.'s arms. It will be very satisfactory to H. M.'s subjects to learn that this gallant achievement was effected with trifling loss, notwithstanding an obstinate and honorable defense at all points. (Signed) “CHARLES Elliot, H. M.'s plenipotentiary. H. M. ship Wellesley, at anchor in Anson's bay, 7th January, 1841." The details of this engagement are to be found in vol. X., page 37. While the forces were getting ready to advance to the attack on the forts at the Bogue, his excellency admiral Kwán sought an armistice, which was agreed to, and announced by a second circular, dated off Anunghoy, on board H. M.'s ship Wellesley. “A communication has been received from the Chinese commander-in-chief, which has led to an armistice, with the purpose to afford the high commissioner time to consider certain conditions now offered for his acceptance. (Signcd) “Charles Elliot, H. M. plenipotentiary." On this same day, the 8th, Kishen sent up a memorial to the throne, regarding the attack on the forts at Chuenpí. This and the imperial replies are in vol. X., p. 108. 9th. Sundry merchants in Macao addressed sir Gordon Bremer, remonstrating against the permission of egress from the river of the American merchantmen Kosciusko and Panama. C. Reg., Mar. 9th. 20th. A circular was issued to her Britannic majesty's plenipoten- tiary in Macao, announcing the conclusion of preliminary arrange- ments between the imperial commissioner and himself, involving the conditions of a treaty, in which it was agreed on the part of the Chi- nese that the island and harbor of Hongkong were to be ceded to the British crown, six millions of indemnity to be paid by the Chinese, direct official intercourse allowed on equal terms, and the trade of the port to be opened in ten days. Vol. X., p. 63. 21st. The British colors, which for several days had been flying over the demolished forts at Chuenpí, were hauled down, and the forces retired from the moutlı of the river. 23d. H. M. brig Columbine, comd. Clarke, was dispatched to Chusan, with dispatches requiring its evacuation by the British. 1842 579 Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. 26th. The island of Hongkong was this day taken peaceable possession of in the name of her Britannic majesty, queen Victoria, with the formalities of hoisting the Union Jack, royal salute, &c. 27th. An interview took place near the pagoda at the Second Bar, on the river of Canton, between Kishen and captain Elliot. 29th. Captain Elliot issued a proclamation, providing for the go- vernment of the island of Hongkong. Vol. X., p. 63. 30th. Captain Elliot, on his return from the interview with Kí- shen, issued the following "CIRCULAR TO HER BRITANNIC MAJESTY'S SUBJECTS. “The plenipotentiary acquaints H. M. subjects that the negotiations with the imperial commissioner proceed satisfactorily. Learning, however, that H. M. sub. jects are preparing to go to Canton, he feels it his duty to declare, that if persons pursue that course before he publishes a declaration that he considers it safe and suitable, must be pleased to understand that they are acting contrary to his sense of what is right for the public interest, and must incur the whole risk and respon- sibility of their own procecdings. (Signed) Charles Elliot, H. M. plenipotentiary." February 1st. Their excellencies, the commander-in-chief, and plenipotentiary issued a proclamation to the Chinese of Hongkong, declaring them subjects of the queen of England, and giving them assurance of protection, &c. Ilth. An imperial edict was received by Kíshen, blaming him for having solicited an extension of favor towards the English, and declaring that he had only pretended to promise, &c. Vol. X., p. 19. 13th. H. M. plenipotentiary held a second interview with Kishen. He returned to Macao on the 15th. 18th. The boat of the steamer Nemesis was fired at from the fort upon Wangtong. 19th. A circular was issued at Macao by captain Elliot, giving information of the commander-in-chief's intention to move his forces towards the Bogue, which was accordingly done. 23d. Hostilities resumed against the Chinese, Kíshen having failed to conclude the treaty of peace previously agreed on. 24th. The island of Chusan was this day evacuated by the British troops, the Chinese having previously released the prisoners in their possession. Capt. Anstruther, Mrs. Noble, and the other prisoners at Ningpo reached the shipping after the island was evacuated. Vol. X., pp. 184, 191. 25th. Rewards were offered by the Chinese authorities at Canton, for Englishmen, dead or alive: $50,000 were to be paid for the ring- leaders Vol. X., pp. 120, 174. 580 Nov. Review of Public Occurrences During the 1 1 1 26th. The forts at the Bogue were attacked and taken by the British forces, under command of sir Gordon Bremer. A notice was issued the same day by the commander-in-chief, raising the blockade of the Bogue. 27th. A battery of some 50 guns, just below Whampoa, was des. troyed, and the late British ship Cambridge (then called the Che- sapeake) was blown up. March 1st. The river was cleared for ships to Whampoa, and the vessels proceeded up the river. 2d. Major-general sir Hugh Gough, K.C. B. &c., &c., arrived at Whampoa, in H. M. brig Cruizer, to assume command of the British land forces. A masked battery, on the northeast end of Whampoa island was carried by boats' crews, and the advanced squadron anchored off Howqua's fort. Vol. X., pp. 179, 180. 3d. The prefect of Canton, after a good deal of hesitation, visited capt. Elliot under a flag of truce, and a suspension of hostilities ensued. About this time a board of commissioners was appointed by the emperor, and dispatched to Canton. These were Yishán, Lungwan, Yang Fang, and Tsishin. 6th. The armistice granted by H. M. plenipotentiary having ex- pired, Napier's fort, in immediate advance of Howqua's folly, was occupied by the British forces, and a proclamation issued to the Chinese of Canton, sparing the city on condition that the people would remain quiet. 10th. The plenipotentiary at Macao, issued a circular, declaring that the passports of the Chinese granted to other ships than the British could not be respected, the port of Canton from one extreme to the other being under her Britannic majesty's arms. 12th. Kíshen, having been degraded and deprived of his insignia and credentials of office, and recalled to Peking, left Canton as a prisoner under guard. 13th. The fort, in the Macao passage, near Canton, was occupied by British forces, under command of captain Herbert. On the same day, the Nemesis, lieut. Hall, proceeded from Macao to Canton by the Inner Passage, destroying several forts and nine junks on her way up. Captain Elliot was on board. 18th. A flag of truce having been fired on, during the 16th, the remaining defenses in Macao passage, the Dutch folly, a large flo- tilla of boats, were taken or destroyed, and the city of Canton placed 1842. 581 Lust Ten Years, from 1833.2 to 1841. under the guns of the squadron, and the foreign factories occupied by British troops. This was done just two years after Lin, with his high hand, stopped the egress of foreigners from Canton, and of their shipping from Whampoa. Vol. X., p. 181. 20th. A suspension of hostilities was agreed upon, between the imperial commissioner Yang and captain Elliot; the port was opened equally to the ships of all nations. 21st. All vessels are allowed to proceed to Whampoa, but do so at the risk of the parties sending them. Vol. X., p. 182. 26th. Two young officers of the Blenheim were lost while pro- ceeding from Macao to their ship in the Roads. Mr. Field, a British subject, belonging to the merchant service, was lost at the same time, His body, washed up on shore near the Barrier, was found April 1st. April 5th. Captain Elliot returned to Canton, and took up his residence in the British hall. 12th. It was agreed by and with the members of the co-hong that the duties on foreign commerce should be the same as they were the preceding year. Vol. X., p. 234. 14th. Yishan and Lungwan, the new commissioners, and Ki Kung, made their entrance into Canton. 16th. Captain Elliot received what he regarded as satisfactory information of the faithful intentions of the new commissioners to abide by the engagements made by Yáng Fáng. 17th. A circular was issued by the plenipotentiary, requiring all small vessels on the river to be furnished with passports from himself. 25th. A court of inquiry was in cession at Hongkong, touching the mortality of the troops in Tinghái, during the preceding year. 30th. Captain (since major) William Caine, of H. M. 26th regi- ment was appointed chief magistrate of Hongkong. Rules and regulations for the British merchant service arriving in the port of Hongkong were published. Vol X., p. 287. May 1st. The first number of the Hongkong Gazette published under this date, by the authorities of that island. 8th. A Chinese, for having dared to speak about foreign affairs, was publicly beaten in the streets of Canton. This was a clear index of the feelings and purposes of the imperial and provincial authorities. 10th, Captain Elliot proceeded to Canton in the Nemesis, accom- panied by Mrs. Elliot. He suspected mischief was concocting, and went up as he did in order to conceal his suspicions, 532 Nov. Review of Public Ocrurrencez During the SITY OF More ihan three hundred fishing smacks collected in the Inner Harbor at Macao, and armed themselves against pirates; the Chinese government, not being able to resist the pirates, and afford protec- tion to the fisherman, sanctioned their measures adopted for self- defense. The Columbine, captain Clarke, returned to the commodore, the dispatches to the government of Chekiáng having been refused. 11th. The military operations for defense of Ningpo and Chusan were pushed forward with the utmost dispatch. 17th. Captain Elliot again left Macao to join H. B. M.'s forces, then for the third time preparing to advance on Canton. New guns were brought from Fáhshán, and numerous batteries completed and manned along the banks of the river, both above and below the factories. 20th. Yü, the acting prefect of Canton, issued an edict, to calm the fears of foreigners and of the natives, who, distrusting the pro- testations of the government, were leaving the city in large numbers. 21st. Captain Elliot, being himself again in Canton, recommend- ed all foreigners to retire from the factories before sunset. 'This was done by all, excepting parties belonging to two American houses. At about 10 o'clock P. M., the Chinese commenced the attack on the British ships, at several points simultaneously, with fire-rafts afloat, and with guns on shore. 22d. A boat, belonging to the American ship Morrison, was fired on, and the people seized, excepting only a sailor-boy, who was lost. Vol. X., pp. 295, 415. Mr. Coolidge was seized near the factories, (some of which were pillaged) and carried into the city. Mr. Morss and captain Ben- son escaped the mob, and succeeded in reaching the Nemesis in one of the ship's boats. All the factories east of Hog lane were sacked by Chinese soldiers and populace, accompanied by officers. 24th. The British forces under sir Hugh Gough and sir Le Flem- ing Senhouse, commenced their operations against the city. Major Pratt landed with the Cameronians at the factories, while the main body of the army proceeded up the river. 25th. The force having landed two or three miles distant from the northwest corner of the city, advanced at an early hour and took possession of the heights above Canton. 27th. The authorities of Canton agreed to pay six millions of dollars for the ransom of the provincial city, and thereupon hostilities ceased. Vol. X. pp. 346, 396 1812 583 Last 7'en Yeurs, from 18:3:2 10 1811 300h. An armed population, ten or fifteen thousand strong ap- peared on the heights, and were repeatedly, and with considerable slaughter, driven back. 31st. The populace appeared again, and were again driven back; besides Chinese officers, the prefect and others went out to keep them in check. Five millions of the ransom money having been paid, and securi. ties taken for the remaining one million, the British forces withdrew from Canton. June 1st. The people north of Canton continued to arm them- selves in self-defense, ranged under banners, on which were inscribed í ping, i. e. "patriotic soldiers." An edict was issued by Chinese military officers forbidding the inhabitants to molest the graves of those English who had been in- terred on the heights. Yishan and Lungwan took their departure from Canton, most of the troops from the provinces having preceded them. 7th. By proclamation, made by H. M. plenipontiary, Hongkong was declared a free port, and "full protection from the high officers of the British nation." Vol. X., p. 350. 13th. Died on board H. M. ship Blenheim, at Hongkong, capt. sir Humphry Le Fleming Senhouse, K. C. B., &c., &c. 14ih. Agreeably to public notice, a sale by auction of the an- nual quit-rent of lands, took place at Hongkong. Vol. X., p. 351. Ilipú was ordered by the emperor to appear before the Board of Punishments, to answer to charges of misconduct. Vol. X., p. 447. 18th. Commodore sir J. J. Gordon Bremer arrived in the steamer Queen from Calcutta, having been appoined joint plenipotentiary. 22d. Alexander Robert Johnston, esq., deputy superintendent of the trade of British subjects in China, assumed charge of the go- vernment of Hongkong. July 1st. The Medical Missionary Society held its second annual meeting in Macao. 6th. H. M. ship Calliope, captain Kuper, sailed for Calcutta, with about two millions of the money taken as ransom for Canton. 16th. British trade with the port of Canton was reopened, by a proclamation issued in obedience to the imperial commands. 17th. H. M. ship Conway, captain Bethune, sailed for England, with upwards of two inillions of the ransom Nioney. 21st. A typhon of great violence visited Macao, Hongkong; and vicinity, doing much damage. Vol. X., 19. 107, 1:21 584 Noi Koricw of Public Occurrencrs During the 26th. A second storni cxccurred, adding many losses to those sustained on the previous day. The ex-governors, Lin and Tang, about this time, were sentenced to banishment to l'lí. News also arrived from England, intimating the purpose of removing captain Elliot from the office of plenipoten- tiary, both the Chinese and English governments thus choosing to manifest displeasure at the conduct of their high public officers. August 10th. During the night, the E. I. Co.'s steam frigate Sesostris arrived in Macao Roads, bringing as passengers, colonel sir Henry Pottinger, H. B. M.'s sole plenipotentiary and minister extra- ordinary to the court of Peking; sir William Parker, rear-admiral and commander-in-chief of the Brtish naval forces in the East In- dies; also major Malcolm, Mr. assistant-surgeon Woosnam, Mr. Chimino, and lieut. Tennant. 11th. Their excellencies landed on the Praya Grande in Macao, under a salute from the battery; and soon after met sir Hugh Gough, and waited on the governor of Macao. The admiral then proceeded to Hongkong 12th. Sir Henry Pottinger issued a proclamation, briefly setting forth the objects of his mission. 13th. "The admiral, having returned on the preceding day, re- embarked with sir Hugh Gough for Hongkong, while major Mal- colm proceeded with dispatches for the Canton government. 20th. Sir Henry Pottinger embarked this evening in the steamer Queen, and proceeded the next morning to join the expedition at Hongkong 21st. His excellency landed at Hongkong, inspected the public works, and visited the various officers of government there. 22d. Having repeated his visit on shore, sir Henry proceeded to join the squadron, then already under sail for the north. 24th. Captain Charles Elliot, late plenipotentiary, &c., &c., embarked with his lady and family, accompanied by sir J. J. Gordon Bremer, and Alexander Anderson, esq., in the steamer Atalanta, for Bombay. 26th. The British forces, this afternoon took possession of the de- fenses at Amoy. Vol. X., pp. 524, 621 ; vol. XI., p. 148. 27th. The town and citadel of Amoy were taken by the British, the Chinese having fled. September. H. M. ship Royalist, in the early part of this month, destroyed all the fortifications on Wangtong, thus completing the entire destruction of all the defenses it the Bogue 1842. Last Ten Years, from 1832 to 1841. Ath. The steamer Nemesis had an engagement with some junks and sinall forts at Sheipú in Fukien, which were taken and dis- mantled. 5th. The expedition, which had been sometime detained by con- trary winds, again proceeded northward. Vol. X., p. 623. 16th. The prefect of Canton, Yü Páushun was driven from the hall of Examination by the literary candidates. Vol. X., p. 527. 18th. The prefect resolved to leave his office. His popularity and standing were lost by the part he took in the late collision with the British, the people denouncing him as a traitor. Ibid. 23d. The schooner Maria, through the carelessness of her crew, lost near Chuenpí. Vol. X., p. 528. 26th. The transport Nerbudda was lost about this time near the north end of Formosa, or on the Piscadore islands, having been dri- ven down from near Chusan ; 33 of the crew, in the long boat were picked up by capt. Mann of the schooner Black Swan near Hong- kong, Oct. 6th. 29th. The third annual meeting of the Morrison Education So- ciety was held in Macao. Vol. X., p. 564. October 1st. Tinghái was retaken by the British forces, and the whole island soon after repossessed, the Chinese troops having been driven out. Vol. X., pp. 587, 623. 3d. Died in Macao, J. A. Gonçalves, æt. 61, well known for his attainments in Chinese, and his philological and other works upon that language. He was born in Tojal in Portugal in 1780, and ar- rived in China in 1812, as a missionary to the Chinese. He was connected with the royal college of St. Jozé most of his life, where he published all his works upon the Chinese language. Can. Reg., Oct. 12th. The pinnace of H. M. ship Druid at Kúlangsú pursues some pi- rates, in whose capture and destruction they were assisted by the natives. Can. Reg., Oct. 19th. 8th. Large bodies of native militia are organized by his excel- lency Yishán, for the future defense of Canton, to the 10 small an- noyance of the peaceable inhabitants of the city. 10th. Chinhái with its defenses fell into the hands of the Britishi, after an obstinate resistance on the part of the Chinese, who suffered great losses. p. 588. 1:31h. Ningpu was entered without any opposition made, the Chi- test troops having relised to light. Third Vol. X., MOL. NI. 10). Reviour of Public Orrurrrnors, ofer. Nor. 1 1 1 1 15th, Yukien, his imperial majesty's commissioner in Chekiáng commits suicide, after having already once vainly tried to drown him- self. 20th. The steamers Phlegethon and Nemesis proceeded to Yüyáu, about forty miles westward fron Ningpo. 27th. Liú Yenko, and others, reported the fall of Ningpo to their master, and ask for trial by the Board of Punishments. Vol. X., p. 675. November. Defenses are erected at and near Tientsin by com- mand of the Chinese governnient, to protect the passage to the capi- tal by way of the Pei ho. 15th. The emperor issues an edict, urging on the war of exter- mination against the English. Vol. X., p. 683. 18th. Mr. A. P. Edwards, supercargo of the American ship llan- nibal, while proceeding from Whainpoa to Canton through the chan- nel on the south side of Honán, was with his boat's crew seized and carried into the city. Vol. X., p. 639. December. During this month, the work of obstructing the river at Howqua's fort by sinking of stones was completed; a similar ob- struction in Blenheim reach had been already formed. Many thou- sands of tons of stones were thrown into the channel at these two points, nor was a word of complaint raised by the people against the construction of these very serious inpediments to their free pas- sage of the river. 8th. Colonel A. de Jancigny, in charge of a commercial mission from the French government, arrived in China in the ship-of-war Erigone, capt. Cecille. Vol. X., p. 688. 10th. Thomas Beale, esq., left his house in Macao privately, and all traces of him were lost till the 13th of January, when a body recognized as his was found buried in the sand at Cassilha’s bay. Vol. XI., p. 59. At this date, we close this chronological list of events. Our rea- ders, who have followed us in the restrospect, will be able to draw their own conclusions regarding the inerits of the dispute which has arisen during these ten years. The results, mediate and remote, which seem likely to flow from the extension of intercourse ensuent upon the conduct and present conclusion of this dispute, cannot be calculated. They must be left in the hands of Ilim who worketh all things wisely anong the armies of the earth, and who can educa greit food from the most opposing interests 18.12! :587 Opixn-smoking in Penang Art. II. Abstract of a paper on opium-smoking in Penang By G. H. Smith, surgeon in Penang.--Mode of preparing the opium for smoking ; causes of the prevalence of the habit ; mode of smoking; description of a smoking-shop; effects of the opium on the smoker ; influence of the habit on the health, vigor, and conformation of the Chinese. Extracted from John- son's Medico-Chirurgical Review for April, 1842. The great extent to which this destructive vice is carried on in this island, and in the straits and islands adjacent, together with the al- most utter impossibility of relinquishing the dreadful habit when once acquired, opens an immense source of revenue to the East India Company, who monopolize the sale of all quantities of opium under a chest, as well as that of arrack, siri, toddy, bang, &c. The annual average revenue of this monopoly, or revenue farms, as they are called, for ten years past, has amounted to 48221. sterling. But the quantity of opium smuggled is immense and incalculable. Benares opium is that chiefly used by the farmer for the preparation of chandoo (the composition smoked), on account of its weight and cheapness; but the consuiners prefer the Patna opium, because it has a finer flavor, is stronger, and its effects more lasting. The following is part of the mode of preparing the chandoo. Two balls are as much as one man can properly prepare at once. The soft inside part of the opium-ball is scooped out, and the rind is boil- ed in soft water, and strained through a piece of calico. The liquor is evaporated in a wide vessel, and all impurities carefully skimmed off, as they rise to the surface. The same process is gone through with the soft opium extracted from the ball; and all being mixed and evaporated to the consistence of dough, it is spread out into thin plates, and when cold, it is cut into a number of long narrow slips. These are again reduced to powder, re-dissolved, again evaporated, and ultimately rolled up into balls, and a good deal resemble shoe- maker's wax. In this state it is fit for smoking, and is at least twice the strength of crude opium. The chandoo, when once smoked, does not entirely lose its power, but is collected from the head of the pipe, and is then called tyc-chandoo or forcal opiun, which is made into pills, and swallowed by those whose poverty prevents then from smoking the chanrloo itselt. In Penang, the opium-smokers are the Chinese, the Malays, and ad very low of other nations, olietly the malien Portuguese li is cal- 588 Nov. Opium-smoking in Penang. culated that 10 per cent of the Chinese, 21 of the Malays, and about 1 per cent. of other natives, are addicted to the vice of opium-smok- ing. The poorer classes smoke in the shops erected for that purpose, but the wealthier orders smoke privately in their own houses. The practice is almost entirely confined to the male sex, only a few aban- doned prostitutes of the other sex partaking of the vice. A beginner will not be able to smoke more than five or six grains of chandoo, while old smokers will consume 290 grains daily. One of the principal causes which lead to this dreadful habit among the Chinese is their remarkably social and luxurious disposition. In China, every person in easy circumstances has a saloon in his house, elegantly fitted up, to receive his friends, with pipes, chandoo, &c. All are invited to smoke, and many are thus induced to commence the practice from curiosity or politeness, though few of them are ever able to discontinue the vice afterwards. Parents are in the habit of granting this indulgence to their chil- dren, apparently to prevent them from running into other vices still more detestable, and to which the Chinese are more prone than, perhaps, any people on earth. There is another cause which leads great numbers of young men into the practice of opium-smoking, a belief, founded, it is said, on experience, that the said practice heightens and prolongs venereal pleasure. It is, however, admitted by all, that opium-smokers become impotent at a much earlier peri- od of life than others. In painful or incurable diseases, in all kinds of mental or corporeal sufferings, in mercantile misfortune, and in other reverses of fortune, the opium-shop is resorted to as an asylum, where, for a time at least, the unfortunate may drown the recollec- tion of his cares and troubles in an indescribably pleasurable feeling of indifference to all around. The Malays are confident that opium- smoking inspires them with preternatural courage and bodily strength; it is, therefore, resorted to whenever any desperate act is in contemplation. The smoking-shops are the most miserable and wretched places imaginable : they are kept open from six in the morning till ten o'clock at night, each being furnished with from four to eight bed- steads, constructed of bamboo-spars, and covered with dirty mats and rattans. At the head of each there is placed a narrow wooden stool, which serves as a pillow or bolster; and in the centre of each shop there is a small lamp, which, while serving to light the pipes, diffuses a cheerless light through this gloomy abode of vice and mi- sary On an old table are placed a few cups and a tea-kettle, 184:2. 589 Opium-smoking in Ponnng. At one 1 together with a jug of water, for the use of the smokers. side of the door the sub-farmer, or cabaret-keeper, sits with chandoo, pipes, &c., for the accommodation of his customers. The place is filled with the smoke of the chandoo, and with a variety of other vapors, most intolerable to the olfactories of an European. The pipe, is composed of a shank and a head-piece, the former made of hard and heavy wood, fourteen inches long by three inches and a half in circumference. It is bored through the centre, from the mouth- piece to the head, where there is a kind of cup to collect the tye- chandoo. The smokers generally go in pairs, and recline on the bedstead, with their heads resting on the wooden stool. The mode of proceeding is as follows:-first, one of the pair takes up a piece of chandoo on the point of a short iron needle, and lighting it at the lamp, applies it to the small aperture (resembling the touch-hole of a gun) in the head of the pipe. After a few whiffs he hands the pipe to his friend, who lights another piece of chandoo at the lamp; and thus they go on alternately smoking till they have had sufficient, or until they are unable to purchase any more of the intoxicating drug. The fume is always expelled through the nose, and old smokers even draw it into their lungs before it is expired. During this time, they are at first loquacious, and the conversation highly animated; but, as the opium takes effect, the conversation droops, they frequently burst out into loud laughter, from the most trifling causes, or without any apparent cause at all, unless it be from the train of thoughts passing through their excited imaginations. The next phase presents a vacancy of countenance, with a pallor and shrinking of the features, so that they resemble people convalesc- ing from a fever. A dead silence precedes a deep sleep, which con- tinues from half an hour to three or four hours. In this state the pulse becomes much slower, softer, and smaller than before the debauch. Such is the general proceess almost invariably observed among the Chinese ; but with the Malays it is often very different. Instead of the placidity that ushers in the profound sleep, the Malays frequently become outrageously violent and quarrelsone, and lives are occasion- ally lost in these frightful orgies. The chandoo is sometimes employed for the purpose of self-des- truction : but from its strong smell and taste, it is never nised as poison for others. It does not appear that sudden death is ever pro- duced by an overdose of chandoo when used in smoking. When ani inordinate quantity has been expended in this way, headach, vertigo. and nausea are the effects, and are only relieved by vomiting. 590 Nur () pium-smoking in Penang. ers. When a person has once contracted the habit of opium-smoking, he finds it extremely difficult to discontinue the vice; yet there are many instances of its being conquered by resolution of mind. In such attempts it is most dangerous to approach the opium-shops, as the smell of the chandoo produces an irresistible desire to indulge once more in the pernicious habit; neither can opium-smoking be suddenly abandoned without some substitute, as the most serious or even fatal consequences would ensue. The best substitute is a tinc- ture of the tye-chandoo, (which is about one fourth the strength of the chandoo itself), made with samshoo, a spirit made from rice, and taken in gradually diminished doses, till the habit is broken. By a continuance in this destructive practice, the physical constitution and the moral character of the individual, are deteriorated or destroy- ed, especially among the lower classes, who are impelled to the com- mission of crimes, in order to obtain the means of indulging in their dominant vice. The hospitals and poor-houses are chiefly filled with opium-smok- In one that I had charge of, the inmates averaged sixty daily, five-sixths of whom were smokers of chandoo. The baneful effects of this habit on the human constitution are conspicuously displayed by stupor, forgetfulness, general deterioration of all the mental facul- ties, emaciation, debility, shallow complexion, lividness of lips and eyelids, languor and lack-lustre of eye, appetite either destroyed or depraved, sweetmeats or sugar-cane being the articles that are most relished. In the morning, these creatures have a most wretched ap- pearance, evincing no symptoms of being refreshed or invigorated by sleep, however profound. There is a remarkable dryness or burning in the throat, whichi urges them to repeat the opium-smoking. If the dose be not taken at the usual time, there is great prostration, vertigo, torpor, discharge of water from the eyes, and in some an involuntary discharge of seinen, even when wide awake. If the privation be complete, a still more formidable train of phenomena take place. Coldness is felt over the whole body, with aching pains in all parts. Diarrhea occurs--the most horrid feelings of wretched- ness come on; and if the poison be withheld, death terminates the victim's existence. It is generally remarked, as might, à priori, be expected, that the offspring of opium-smokers are weak, stunted, and decrepit. It does not appear, however, that the Chinese, in easy circumstances, and who have the comforts of life about them, are materially affected, in respect 10 lonerrority, by private aceliction to this rice, so destrue- . 18.12. Opiun-smoking in Prnang. 591 It is a tive to those who live in poverty and distress. There are many per- sons within the sphere of my own observation, who have attained the age of sixty, seventy, and more, and who have been well known as habitual opium-smokers for more than thirty years past. well-known fact, that the present emperor of China was a slave to the pernicious habit of smoking opium for many years; but that, by great moral courage and perseverance, he weaned himself from the vice, and has ever since become a most violent persecutor of those who are addicted to the indulgence. He accordingly issued edicts of severe punishment against the smoker, vendor, importer, and all concerned in the traffic of opium; and, finding these ineffectual, he made the crime capital, and punished it with death. Whatever may be said in favor of the opium traders, and against the policy or jus- tice of the Chinese emperor, I am convinced in my own mind that the real object of his edicts was the good of his subjects, and that he hoped, however vainly, to eradicate a vice destructive alike of the health and morality of those who became its victims. But his majes- ty's governinent acted on very different principles; namely, the most selfish, venal, and mercenary. It is a notorious fact, that many, per- haps most of the officers employed in preventing the importation and smuggling of opium, are themselves opium-eaters, or opium-smokers, and consequently that they wink at the illicit trade, or take bribes of opium or dollars for the introduction of the drug. It is well known now, that in several of the southern provinces of China, opium is cul- tivated to a great extent, without any check from the local authorities, and, doubtless, without any knowledge of the emperor himself. The propensity to opium-smoking is becoming so universal and so irresisti- ble in China, that no sumptuary laws, however sanguinary, will be able to stem the torrent. In Penang, excessive duties have only increased the thirst for opium; and what is worse, they have quadru- pled the number of murders and other crimes committed in order to obtain the means of procuring the drug. (Note. We have extracted the preceding remarks just as they stand in the Medico-Chirurgical Review. We wish Mr. Smith would pursue his investi- gations upon this subject, and especially direct his attention to those smokers who have reformed;what means they made use of to overcome the habit, what success attended their first efforts, and how many failed in the attempt at reformation. We should be glad also to know if privation of the drug, except in those cases where the functions of the whole animal system are completely disorganized by long and excessive use, does result in death. The Chinese say that a man can safely break off the habit, if he has the deter- mination and courage to let the pipe alone. There are a few points in the paper which are not quite clear. We suppose the 18221. to be the income de- :59: Nor. History of the Ming Dynasty. Art. III. Ming Shi, or History of the Ming dynasty. In 68 vols., royal octavo. Reviewed by a Correspondent. Two notices of ju iť Hungwú, the founder of this dynasty, having already appeared in the Repository, it is needless to speak again of his history. From a scullion he rose to be a monarch, and in truly va- luable qualities for ruling over a large nation has had few equals in all history--certainly not in Chinese history. Hungwú, in 1368, was in full possession of the empire, and sat up upon the throne till 1399, a period to him of unremitted cares. In a solemn assembly he took leave of all his courtiers, and recommended to his well tried ministers his grandson, then aged only 16 years, whose reign was call- ed Kienwan. Notwithstanding the precautions that were taken to establish the throne, Hungwú committed a radical error in bestowing principalities upon all his sons. When therefore, they saw a mere stripling appointed to succeed him, they were indignant at his choice, and like all ambitious princes thought themselves much better entitled to receive the imperial yellow, then a beardless boy. To crush this dangerous dissatisfaction, the regency com- initted blunder upon blunder. First, they seized the weakest of the princes, degraded him to a common man, and sent him to Yunnan, to give him the opportunity of dying there of an epidemical disease. This naturally checked the others; they saw before them the same fate, and when two officers appeared at the court of the ruler of Yen, to see what was transpiring, he instantly killed them as spies. This he did with impunity; but not so his brothers; one of them had kill- ed a magnate, and was sentenced by the regency to lose his possession and end his days in exile. Another on a similar accusation of hav- ing executed one of his subjects, preferring death to disgrace, set fire to his palace and perished in the flames. The prince of Yen, think- ing himself no longer safe, took up arms, in order, as he expressed himself in a manifesto, to free his innocent nephew from such treache- rous ministers. The struggle now commenced in true Chinese style; large armies were soon collected and suddenly disappeared, cities rived from the opium farın in Penang alone, for the whole revenue to the Company and the crown cannot be much under two millions sterling. The remarks in the last paragraph, also, regarding the cultivation of the poppy, venality of the officers, and the habits of his imperial majesty, would have hech materially inodified if the writer had been in China.l. 184:2. 593 History of the Ming Dynasty. were taken and retaken ; the imperial generals the while, always giving a faming account of their victories. But the result of all their valor was, that the young monarch was reduced to great straits, and to appease his clamorous uncle, he degraded his two ministers, but kept them still as his principal advisers. But matters grew worse and worse every day, and recourse was again had to negotiations, in which, as both parties tried to outwit each other, no treaty could be concluded, and affairs remained as they had been. The prince of Yen, perceiving that his nephew was easily frightened, and that the repeated losses which his army had suffered, had reduced him to the most helpless condition, already resolved to decide the quarrel by force of arms, and boldly marched towards the capital, which was then kept at Nanking. As for the battles between the two parties, which are related with much pomp, we verily believe, that the im- perialists only tried who could rnn best, and that it was not much else than a contest for pedestrian honors. The troops of Yen ap- proaching the Yángtsz' kiáng, threw the whole court into consterna- tion, and Kienwan considerately recommended negotiations, in order to delay their advance until more forces could arrive. He made choice of an intelligent lady, a relative of the prince of Yen, who of- fered him the rule over one half of the empire, in order to settle the dispute. The wary rebel was well aware that this proposal was merely intended to amuse him, and declared, that all he wished was to see the emperor's counselors punished, after which he would return home. With his customary energy, he immediately crossed the river and took possession of two gates of the city, and confidently waited the issue of his movements. Kienwan was in the greatest consternation, and was about to commit suicide, when his confidential adviser suggested, that it would be better to turn monk and thus pre- serve his life. To strengthen this proposal, the courtier produced a sealed box, which he pretended was bequeathed by Hungwú, with injunctions only to open it in the last extremity. When the seal was removed, it was found to contain the robes of a priest with all the requisites for becoming a hósháng. The youth immediately sat down and was soon transformed into a bonze; his ministers seeing this, imi- tated the illustrious example, and the ci-devant monarch's statesmen were soon seen leaving the gates of Nanking on their way to a clois- The empress, however, could not outlive this disgrace and stabbed herself. The palace was immediately burned, and a ru- mor spread, that the emperor had fallen a sacrifice to the flames, But Kienwan secretly withdrew, and was met by a priest, who told 75 ter. VOL. XI. NO. XI. 794 Nur. ilistory of ihr iling Dynasty. 1 him that he had been forewarned in a dream to receive him into the holy brotherhood, and forthwith took him with part of his suite to a retired convent. The prince of Yen could scarcely credit this unexpected success. Most of the high officers came and tendered homage to their new sovereign, who on his part was all smiles and affability. In order to punish his enemies, he promised rewards to any one that would deliver them up,-a sanguinary procedure that caused so much misery and treachery, that a number of the most guilty surrendered them- selves and were pardoned. One doctor of the Hanlin college who disputed the prince's succession, had his mouth slit from ear to ear. Another minister, who had irritated the usurper, was killed in the most ignominious manner; beside a host of literati, who testi- fied considerable sympathy at the fate of those great men, and who suffered with them. The tyrant, whose temper was soured by this opposition, then turned to the harem, and killed every one, who had shown attachment to his nephew; and finding the burnt skeleton of the empress, it was declared to be that of the monarch. He put it into a coffin and fell down before it, bewailing the loss of his nephew. After this exhibition of his vengeance upon his enemies, he publish- ed an amnesty, but many of the provincial authorities would not listen to the proffered grace, and chose death rather than submission to the new sovereign. But nothing daunted at this inauspicious commencement, he gave (A. D. 1404) the name of 7** Yunglóh (Eternal-Joy,) to his reign, and regarded himself as firmly seated on the throne. The new monarch soon perceived, that the generals who had as- sisted him in obtaining possession of the empire, would become dan- gerous to his peace if left unemployed, and he therefore immediately ordered them to prepare for a new campaign. In the meanwhile he removed his court to Shuntien fú, formerly the capital of his pa- trimonial principality, which henceforth, under the name of Peking, or the northern capital, became the metropolis of the empire. Some trouble having occurred in Tungking, Yunglóh immediately constituted himself umpire, and dispatched an army to take posses- sion of the country, in order quietly to settle the dispute. Success and defeat alternately attended the imperial arms; much bloodshed and misery was occasioned in the country, and the natives at last obtained many a signal victory over their enemies. He, however, went to fight the Tartars of the north, amongst whom he had pre- viously own dissensions. About this time, he received an embassy 18.12. 595 History of the Ming Dynasty. His son from Malacca and then one from Bengal, a sufficient proof of the fame of his exploits. After several campaigns into the desert Athe emperor perceived the hopelessness of pursuit; but in order to leave behind him a proof of his valor, he erected a pyramid to witness to the extent of his conquests. He returned after having spent the greater part of his existence in waging war, and died on reaching the fron- tiers in the year 1425. Kienwan had, in the meanwhile, been going from one place to another, and his existence becoming known, he attracted the jealousy of the usurper. The latter had him carefully watched, without inflicting the least injury upon him, until his name was consigned to oblivion and contempt. Ane Hunghí, known in the hall of ancestors as EOS Jintsung, had often ted as his father's deputy, and on his accession to the throne published a general amnesty, but he lived too short a time to develop his character. His son e Siuente (called after his death Siuentsung) assumed the reins of government in A. D. 1426. He revived the war with Cochinchina, in which the Chi- nese armies were usually annihilated, after having, according to the report of their generals, achieved the most splendid victories. He was, however, a lover of peace, and when his uncle endeavored to usurp the throne, he managed matters so adroitly, that the plot- ter was compelled to come of his own accord to render homage and confess his crime. The even tenor of his life leaves but little for his chroniclers to record, and he died in 1436, leaving the empire to his * Yingtsung, whose reign was at first called TE * Chingtung, and afterwards Fly Tienshun. He w's a boy of eight years of age, and his mother became regent during his minority. Fondly attached to an eunuch of the name of Wangchin, the child plead hard to save his life, when about to suffer the punishment due to his crimes. It was during his minority, that the unfortunate Kienwan was discovered, and brought to court to undergo examination. This worthless scion of the great Hungwú, had wandered about as a vagrant from one province to the other for forty years, and although no accusation could now be brought against him, he was still looked upon as a dangerous person, and therefore confined within the palace, where he died unregretted and unknown. A portentous storm was meanwhile brewing in the north. An ambitious Tartar chief, of the name of Yesien, had made many incur- son 596 Nor. ITistory of the Ming Dynasty. sions into the Chinese territory, and so much enraged Wangchin, that he (A. D. 1450) assembled a large army to chastise him. But he had forgotten to provide an effective commissariat, and when the troops had advanced into the desert, they found themselves destitute of everything. In this emergency, they were attacked by the Tar- tars, and completely routed ; and the young emperor himself taken prisoner. His wife and mother both gave up all their jewels to ransom Yingtsung, but Yesien disdainfully refused every offer. Great consternation reigned at the court; the. eunuchs were de- nounced as the authors of all the evils that befell the land, and some of them were slain in the precincts of the palace. The empress dowager, seeing the throne vacant, appointed prince Chin, a brother to the captive monarch, acting emperor, under the name of Kingtí, who was so pleased with the possession of power, that when Yesien proposed to liberate the autocrat, he placed many ob- stacles in the way. Yingtsung, however, was by no means ambitious. On his return from Tartary, he willingly retired to a private station, and reäscended the throne only on his brother's death in 1458. After thus having experienced many changes of fortune, he was again exalted, and employed his power in waging war against the eunuchs. This genus of the human race seems, however, to be en- dowed with great natural vivaciousuess, for scarcely had one party been driven from the harem, when another came again into power, and from simple servants rose to be privy counselors. They soon arranged a conspiracy, and when the emperor was off his guard, attacked the palace, but were beaten off. The authors were capitally punished, and the monarch believed himself to be firmly seated on the throne, when the hand of death closed his career in A. D. 1465. il lŁ Chinghwá, called in the ancestorial chronicles Hientsung, was a complete child of the palace, reared and cherished by women and eunuchs. To increase the power of the latter, he instituted a committee of public safety, to put down all rebels, and the eunuchs were nominated members of this dread tribu- nal. They soon became a terror to the whole empire, and their spies and unexpected seizures filled every officer with consternation. No censor had sufficient influence to prevail upon the monarch to dis- card these villains, and the land resounded with unheeded murmurs. The whole administration was in a wretched condition and no melio- ration could be expected from mere parasites who had not the slight- est claim to merit. The emperor died of grief on account of the death of his wife, leering the empire in a miserable condition. His son 1842. History of the Ming Dynasty. 597 merce. Hungchí 14 , called after his death Hiáuisung, oc- cupied himself with transfusing gold, and preparing the elixir of im- mortality. Some troubles with the chief of Hami engaged his atten- tion, and he thought that he would avoid all difficulties by prohibiting all intercourse with foreigners. At this prohibition, several barba- rians, who had come many thousands of miles over the ocean, grumbled exceedingly, and pointed to the valuable curiosities they brought to the court, and demanded a continuance of their com- The edict was, however, put on record, and trade went on as heretofore, the officers being well paid for their connivance. The emperor, on his death-bed, deeply regretted having given heed to the vagaries of heretics, and left a son E piha Chingte of 15 years of age to succeed him in 1506. This young man hardly es- caped from the leading strings of the eunuchs, saw himself invested with power, which, as he could not wield, he intrusted it to the friends of his youth. When the high officers observed this, they represented to him the dangerous consequences that must ensue, and reminded the monarch of a comet, that had appeared to forebode the downfall of his reign. The youthful emperor, apprehensive of such a calamity, gave orders for the apprehension of the most obno- xious eunuchs; but while being led to prison, their cries for mercy touched his heart, and he changed his purpose, reinstated them in his favor upon their promise of amendment, and clothed them with greater authority than ever. They did not forget their revenge; all their enemies were dismissed from office, and the whole administra- tion brought under their control. They made a good use of their opportunities, and the empire groaned under their tyrannical sway. As a natural consequence, the robbers grew daring, and on horse- back invaded the richest districts with impunity. A prince of the blood also took arms against the government, in order as he said, to deliver the country from the eunuchs. But he was taken prisoner and his whole host dispersed. At this juncture, accusations were brought against Kjúkin the most powerful of the courtiers. A faithful minister by night found access to the emperor, and describing the villany of the favorite in the most striking colors, obtained a guard for his seizure. His palace was found stored with arms, his coffers filled with treasure, and on finding these proofs of his wickedness, his enemies forthwith beheaded him. Throughout the western pro- vinces rebellion was rife, and the emperor was obliged to send thi- ther large detachments to suppress the rising of his unruly subjects. In these attempts he was successful, and grew so fond of war, that 598 History of the Ming Dynasty. Nuv as he himself joined the army. But whenever the enemy approached, he retreated to the capital. Towards the end of his reign, another prince of the blood arose in arms against his authority, but his designs were crushed by his capture and death. From a census taken in his reign, it was ascertained, that China contained fifty millions of souls. Chingte died without children, and his cousin succeeded him in 1522, under the name of Kiátsing, known in the chronicles | | 5 Shitsung. Kiátsing was not at the capital when the news of his nomination reached him, but on taking possession of the government his first act was an amnesty of all political offenses. There was only one grandee, whom he deprived of his office, and whose goods he confis- cated. When quietly settled on the throne, he gave himself up to poetry and song, and did nothing for the benefit of his people. The frontiers were constantly ravaged by the Tartars; disputes also arose in Cochinchina, but the emperor wisely hesitated to interfere. The Mongols had for a long time traded in cattle with the frontier towns, but difficulties arising, caused by the exactions of the officers, their chief Yenta was so irritated that he resorted to arms. Myriads of peasants were driven captive into the desert, cities were burnt and the whole country laid waste. The marauder forced his way to the gates of Peking, and the helpless emperor was forced to permit them to hold fairs at certain times, but soon virtually annulled the per- mission by placing many restrictions upon the intercourse; which soon caused the resumption of hostilities. Another enemy also appeared about this time. Some Japanese had in the reign of Hungwú committed piracy, and settled on the island of Tsungming, but their chief was finally forced to restrain his subjects, and pay tribute to China. Some commercial intercourse was however carried on by the two countries, and in 1539 an embassador was sent to Ningpo with a number of vessels to conclude a treaty for the opening of commerce. But the custom-house officers treated the envoy shamefully, and the irritated Japanese took signal revenge upon the Chinese. They were soon driven back to their ships, and a stipulation entered into, that henceforth only three vessels should come annually, and their crews not be perınitted to come ashore. Mutual wants, however, produced a corresponding amount of smug- gling in the Chusan archipelago, in which the Chinese were conside- rably the gainers. In one instance, in a vessel sent by the king himself, the supercargo having paid for his goods in advance, was cheated out of his money, and obtaining no redress, made an inroad 18.1:.. History of the Ving Dynasty -3999 into the country, carrying off enough to make up his loss. The Japanese were, however, nearly cut off on their return, and soon re- appeared in large force to attack the Chinese coast. Having thrown the province of Shántung into consternation, they ascended the Yángtsz' kiáng, penetrated as far as Nanking and Súchau, and then turned south to Chekiáng, where they took several places, every- where committing great ravages. Having established themselves at Chusan, they laid siege to Nanking. In this emergency, a woman from the south of China led forward a host of warriors, and kept them in check. Not succeeding in taking the place, they extended their piratical cruises to Fukien, and the east of Kwangtung, to the great distress of the inhabitants. Native pirates had also become numerous, and joined the Japanese in their maraudings. Hostilities likewise commenced in Corea, into which country the Japanese had pene- trated. Amidst all these troubles, the emperor was seeking for the liquor of immortality, and after a useless reign of more than forty years, expired in A. D. 1566. Lungking van known in history as Mutsung, did his utmost to settle the tranquillity of the frontier. His own opinion was for permitting Yenta to pay tribute and have a trade, but the ma- jority of his ministers decided to refuse all intercourse. But the mo- narch was too wise a prince not to foresee the struggle, that must ensue on account of this obstinacy, and therefore acceded to a com- mercial treaty. He died in 1572. Wanlig his successor, was only ten years of age at his ac- cession ; he is known under the ancestorial name of The Shin- tsung. During his minority he followed the advice of his cabinet, and appeared to promise well. The intercourse with western nations, commenced under his predecessor, became an object of solicitude. Mathew Ricci obtained access to the court in 1583, and presented a repeating watch to the young monarch, who was so taken with the rarity that he built a tower to keep it safe. Under his government the despised Niúchí, who afterwards be- come so formidable as the Mantchous, made themselves feared. The Chinese had permitted them some commercial privileges upon the frontier, and they every year brought a quantity of ginseng and furs to market. Being often quarreling among themselves, the officers repeatedly interfered with an high hand in their disputes. The injuries they then suffered were carefully remembered, and after- wards repaid with interest by their children. 600 History of the Jling Dynasty. Nov. Wanli unwisely interfered in the internal affairs of Corea, which being overrun with innumerable warriors from Japan, occasioned much trouble to the imperialists. This war lasted more than thirty years; and although the Chinese were usually worsted, and their ge- nerals boasted of their victories, still the most numerous and best appointed armies were dispersed by a handful of the enemy. But when the Chinese inveigled the Japanese into negotiations, they gained the ascendant. The whole coast of China had become ac- cessible to the enemy, who often advanced for several hundred miles into the country, comınitting all kinds of excesses. To protect their property against such a ruthless foe, the Chinese built walls and in- closures along the coast, to which they retired whenever the Japan- ese approached. The latter were inclined to make lasting peace, but were always thwarted by the treachery of the Chinese envoys. Wanli, however, prevailed upon the Japanese king Taikosama to receive the investiture of his realm froin a Chinese commissioner, which was thought to be a sure sign of a lasting peace; but reiterated treachery called forth renewed hostilities. Taikosama dying in 1598, the martial spirit died with him, the Japanese armies retired from Corea, and their fleets from China, and that country returned to its ancient limits. Wanli, to bring the last peace offering, in 1600, exe- cuted two relations of Taiko, and stuck their heads upon of Peking, in order to show compassion towards distant foreigners. Ricci, in the meanwhile, preached at the court and made several presents to the emperor. The 'Tribunal of Rites reported upon the same, and issued the following edict: “Europe has no connection with us, and does not receive our laws. The images of the God of heaven and of a virgin, which Ricci offers up as tribute are of no value. He also has presented a bag which contains some bones of genii, without considering, that the sien when ascending on high take their bones with them. Let no such novelties be intro- duced into the palace, lest some evil might befall us, and let Ricci be sent back to his country.” This rescript was put on record, and Ricci remained at court. A few years afterwards the president of the same Tribunal praised the services of the European missionaries for their great skill in astronomy, and recommended to employ them in this department. A new enemy appeared on the frontier of China.' We have al- ready referred to the Niúchí, a small tribe of Tartars that had been trampled upon by the Chinese. The officers who were sent to the eastern frontiers plundered and killed their inerchants, after having the gates 1 1842 601 llistory of the ling Dynasty. thrown every obstacle in the way of the trade. Not satisfied with this treatment, they destroyed the habitations of some Tartar colo- nists, carried the people into the interior of Liautung, where those who had escaped the sword died of the winter's cold, and of starva- tion. Since all this was done with impunity, Wanli sent more officers, who destroyed all the houses near the borders and drove the Niúchí, now called the Mantchous, to despair. They had hitherto been a scat- tered nation, but were united under Tienming, their first chief, who in 1618, assumed the style and title of emperor, having but a few naked savages under his banners. under his banners. His father had been murdered by the officers, and he swore that he would sacrifice 200,000 Chinese to his names, and he kept his dreadful oath. He first attacked the city, where the cattle fair was generally held, and took it by storni; his warriors seemed to be so resistless that the Chinese generals des- paired of opposing him themselves, and called in the aid of their loyal vassals the Portuguese. At that time Gonçalves Teixera was embassador, or rather tribute-bearer, at Peking, and as the emperor liberally furnished the means, a body of 200 Portuguese and 200 western Asiatics were equipped and sent to the capital. Each of them had a servant and plenty of money, so that the whole cavalcade ap- peared more a like gay equipage than a real army. When they reached Peking the officers of Canton, doubting the policy of permitting such access to the court, bribed them who had suggested this measure, to dissuade the emperor from einploying the barbarians, and thus was this little band under the valiant captains Cordier and Del Capo led back to Macao. Tienming, tired of war, proposed a peace, but the imperial court answered by a rescript, ordering the extermination of all barbarians. Nothing was heard but extermination-the fashionable word of the present warlike times. The Mantchous gave up all hope of nego- tiating with such a people, and took possession of the whole of Liau- tung, from whence they made inroads to the gates of Peking. The terrific generals sent out to annihilate them disappeared like gigantic shadows at the approach of night, and notwithstanding all edicts to the contrary, the barbarians grew more powerful every day, and would no longer hear to any treaty. Wanli could not bear these reverses, and losing his beloved wife, he died of a broken heart in the year 1620. Táicháng, called in the chronicles to Kwangtsung, promised well at his accession, and exerted himself to pul government affairs in order. These exertions brought on ili His son O.. X1. XI. 602 Thistory of the Ming Dynasty Nov. malady, and having drank the liquor of immortality, he died instant- ly. His son, a diffident youth of 16 years, whose reign is called Fake Tienki, and his ancestorial name * Hítsung, ascend- ed the throne in 1621. He did nothing to blame or praise, and had the happiness of seeing a rebellion which extended through Sz'chuen, Kweichau and Yunnan, entirely quelled. The officers on the east- ern frontiers continued to irritate the Mantchous. The governor sent a haughty letter to their prince, the successor of Tienming, claiming divine honors for iiis emperor. The rude chief, exasperated at this presumption, complained of the haughtiness of a fellow mor- tal, and asked redress for various injuries, with a request to establish an exchange of the respective commodities of their countries. To this reinonstrance an evasive answer was returned, and the Man- tchous resolved upon an appeal to arms. But Tienkí did not behold this catastrophe, dying in 1027, when still very young. Tsungching me his successor, known in the ritual as het 懷​宗 ​Hwáitsung, was a great friend of letters, but proved quite unable to face the gathering storm. All resistance against the Tartars was in vain, and Tatsung, their leader, in an edict demanded uncondi- tional subivission to his arms. The Chinese, perceiving that he was in earnest and could no longer be driven back by words, began to bless the rising sun, and fail in allegiance to their own master. Ini this emergency, one of the best ministers advised peace at all risks, but was beheaded in the streets as a traitor. Táitsung, becoming more and more sure of winning the prize, finally yielded to the represen- tations of his nobles, as well as of the Chinese who had come over to his side, to adopt, in 1635, the title of emperor of China, and to give the name of Tá Tsing, i. e. Great Purity, to his dynasty. The Chi- nese however, might have still resisted, and successfully, if their country had not been convulsed by internal feuds. One of them a cruel monster, Li Tsz'ching, devastated and pillaged the central pro- vinces, and arrived at Jast at the gates of Peking. The eunuchs pened to him, and the emperor was still dreaming of the great vic- Tories obtained by his generals, when a servant brought the news of the surrender of the city and palace. Instead of meeting the foe like a man, he put his hareni to death, one of his daugliters only escap- mg, and then cowardly hung hintself. In his girdle was found an ac- cusation of himself and a request to spare the people. Thus departed ylee last of the Ming emperors in 1611. Wi Sankwei, it relation of the imperuid fimily, was at this (12) .latones con the frontiers la defend them in the Manichelin 19 3 zile. S 1842 History of the Ming Dynasty 003 When he heard that a robber had taken possession of the throne, his indignation exceeded all bounds, and taking 7000 Tartars into his pay, he marched to meet the enemy. In a hard fought battle victory decided in his favor, and getting another reinforcement of 60,000 Mantchous and Mongols, he pressed to exterminate the monster Lí. In this endeavor he succeeded, but wishing to send home his guests, they flatly refused to leave, and in a strong force marched to the capital, where they were received as deliverers of the country. When in possession of the nine gates, the Mantchou chiefs held a coun- cil; Táitsung having died, they appointed his nephew, a child of seven years as their leader, and proclaimed him emperor of China in 1644, under the title of low Shunchí, or Obedient-Rule. From this period the reigning dynasty dates its sway. A young man heir to the Ming throne, who held his court at Nan- king was supported by a number of patriotic Chinese, but weakened himself in idle intrigues and revels. Other princes of the blood in Chekiáng, in Fukien, and Kwangtung, successively defended them- selves bravely, and were one after the other overcome, so that in 1650, there remained scarcely a single individual to oppose the Man- tchous. The rover Koxinga and his father also caused the Tsing emperors much trouble, but no well organized effort was made by the people to reinstate their native sovereigns, a sign that they did not have a very hearty loyalty to their persons, or feel that they would lose much by the change. Turn we now to examine the chronicles, (68 volumes there are of them) from which the preceding sketch has been drawn. The Ming Shi was commenced by order of Kanghi in 1696, and appears to have been finished in 1715, by a number of learned men, whose names are given in the introduction. And as there can be a great deal done in 20 years, especially when many scholars set to work, there is every probability that the book contains a great deal. The first part is a history of the dynasty in nineteen chapters, as we have already given it. Then follow seventy-seven miscellaneous chapters, containing among other things, an account of astronomy and the elements, of chronology, geography, hydraulics, ceremonials, music and dress, choice of officers, official rank, military affairs, punish- ments, arts and sciences, &c. Nine chapters describe the kings, ministers and household officers. Finally there are 250 chapters containing miscellaneous notices of the lives of the empresses, queens, and members of the imperial harem, the princes and princesses royal, notices of a host of scholars, retired individuals, statesmen, gran- 604 Vor. History of the Ming Dynasty. dees, and officers of all grades, traitroous ministers, thieves (Lí Sz' ching is placed first), and chiefs of the aborigines in China, inter- course with Japan, Lewchew, Camboja, Siam, and various Malay states, Sumatra and Java, with the Franks and the Dutch, with Ben- gal, Mongolia, Tartary, Medina, and other places. In the history of the kings, we have a kind of biography of the mo- narchs. Hungwú's origin and adventures are minutely detailed, and as they have already been noticed (see vol. VII., page 353), we pass to Kienwan, who was distinguished for his filial piety. He refused to appear in his robes of state for three years after his grandfather's death, or to eat anything but congee, in order to honor his illustrious predecessor. Whether he really kept his vow, we do not know, but a prince who was so punctilious in the observance of rites, could most cruelly persecute his uncles from mere jealousy. Of Hunghí, the historiographer says, "he honored heaven, acted up to his principles, was simple and sincere, virtuous, extensively learned, dignified and martial. An ornament to the sages, and fully versed in filial piety. His youth was marked by a solemn deportment, a fondness of retire- ment, and exactitude of word and deed. He exercised himself in archery; he was fond of scholars, and was never wearied in convers- ing with them.” A translation of a short passage will give an idea of the style. “In the first year of Lungking, the first month on the second day, the emperor sacrificed at the great temple. After the lapse of some days he officiated at the Tuitsung ming hall. In the second month, he presented his offerings to the gods of the land. About this time he raised the concubine Chin to the rank of empress. Chin I'kin, vice- president of the Board of Civil Office, was created director of the Board of Rites, and minister of the Wanyuen hall (the same rank that Kishen held), whilst Cháng Küching, vice-president of the Board of Rites, became vice-president of the Board of Civil Office, and mi- nister of the eastern hall, being also created a counselor of war. Sacrifices were offered in the Tuitsung yu chí palace. The robbers attackeủ Kwangning, and general Wáng Chítáu defeated them.” The history is told throughout in this edifying manner, and if a sinologue was never before plagued with headache, we think he can have a touch of it by patiently perusing these annals, and we safely recommend them for their soporific qualities. The interminable intrigues and cabals are minutely described, and if Táukwáng has no better court than the Ming princes, he must be one of the most unhappy men in the world, A host of women, of course all of them 1842. 605 History of the Ming Dynasty houris, with their relations and the eunuchs contest precedence, and strive for the advancement of their creatures ; a crowd of syco- phants press around the throne, and blacken the character of the most deserving; princes of the blood with fair princesses, and thou- sands of officers besieging the palace, all defaming each other's cha- racter, and stepping into office over their fellows, play their part in the drama, and render the whole work to a foreign reader as tire- some as a Punch and Judy after the fair. The centre is the great emperor, who is looked to decide every quarrel and settle every claim. Such are the general outlines of the history of Ming, and we guess, ttha when another dynasty shall drive the present rulers from the throne, the tale to be told of Tsing will vary but little. In the chapter on astronomy, we find notes on the solar and lunar eclipses, the phases of sun and moon, and a general account of the heavenly bodies, with such a host of constellations that even Herschel would fain confess, that he had never discovered half so many. But the truth is, that the Chinese having followed their Mohammedan guides, found themselves out of reckoning, and therefore changed the calendar, according to the suggestions of the Jesuits. The pre- sent detail contains the journal kept by the imperial astronomers for more than two centuries, and a description of many things found in a nautical almanac. The next part treats upon the five elements, water, fire, wood, metal, and earth. The reader is perhaps curious to know what they have to do with an historical volume. The mystery is soon explain- ed, when it is known, that these substances are by Chinese historians supposed to rule the world, and by their mutual relations, their hos- tile positions, and their growth and decrease, occasion all the revolu- tions that occur in this sublunary world. But the great emperor, when he chooses, can influence them by his virtuous conduct, and avert their malevolent influence. If he on the other hand is refrac- tory, these fearful engines of pantheistical power are let loose by heaven upon the country. Consequently, the object of this part of the history is to give an account of all the devastations occasioned by the exuberance of water and fire. This is intelligible enough; but what harın can wood do? We must tell the reader, that this element, according to the chroniclers, exists in the life-giving principle, and in its production of monsters, as a sheep with eight legs and two heads, or a millet stalk growing to the height of a tree, exhibits its malignant intentions. As for metal, it is a most wonderful principle, and does its mischiel, principally by absenting itself :-- France dur: il Qui Novi History of the Ming Dynasty ing the time of the revolution, and the United States at the present moment, are illustrations of the sad disasters ensuent upon its depar- ture. So it was also in older times in the central empire, though assignates, bills, and notes never could here assume the reality of the pure element, though frequently attempting to do so. Amongst the instances mentioned there is one similar to an event that took place at Bencoolen, when the white ants there got to the treasury chest and ate up so many dollars, that the hon. E. I. Company sent out a bundle of files to their servants, with which to blunt the teeth of these destroyers. It was in the eighth year of Hungwú, somewhere about four hundred years ago, that all the gold and silver in the im- perial treasury took flight. Now, patient reader, remember that your humble servant has not coined this story, but merely translates a pas- sage from the grave historian of the Ming, and if thou shouldest appear incredulous, know then, that this flight has taken place from of old, for riches have wings as good as any eagle, and that the historian of Taukwang's reign will have to record a similar miracle. About the same time, we are told that a bell in the palace struck of its own accord and then burst; and not long after streams of light issued from all the shields and spears in the arsenal, with many other portentous omens relating to this element of metal. We now descend from this celestial transcendentalism to terrene matters, and have a verbal treatise on geography—for it is full of names. The territory over which the Ming princes ruled was not so large by far as the possessions of this dynasty; there pertained no foreign countries to their crown, and all their attempts to extend the frontiers proved fruitless. The Tartars retained their indepen- dence, the Cochinchinese struck off the yoke, and towards the con- fines of Yunnan the country was rather curtailed. The chapters on hydraulics are interesting, and when we reckon up the successive devastations occasioned by the inundations of the Yellow River, which are carefully recorded, we are astounded at the terrible invasions of “China's Sorrow." Millions of families have found in it a watery grave; dykes at which myriads were at work for years together, have been swept away in a few minutes, and the work of man set at naught and ruined to show his utter impotence. We are furnished with an account of the canals dug during the dynasty, which is as instructive as any in the work, and shows what the go- vernment did to promote the welfare of the nation at large. Wher- ever there is level ground, through it canals are cut, and the pea- -anire imitate the works of the government, in their sluices for 181: History of the Ning Dynasty. 6:07 irrigating their fields. In this respect China resembles Holland, and the water-coinmunications are so multiplied, that the construction of good roads is entirely forgotten. Labor being cheap, the means of subsistence easily obtained, and the population immense, works of this description are executed more cheaply than in any other country. Succeeding these remarks upon the elements, the historians of Ming have given us long disquisitions upon the ceremonies then in fashion, told us what music was most esteemed at court, and added sundry remarks, valuable to a professor of the kotau, upon the most appropriate genuflections when coming into the presence of celestial majesty. After these remarks, we seem to have fallen upon a tailor's journal, or the diary of some Chinese Pepys, in which the cut of his imperal majesty's robes, the successive fashions of empresses, cour- tiers, and dignitaries of all degrees, and the costumes of the people at large, are all described. It would seem that the garb of that pe- riod was more becoming than that of our degenerate age. First, the dress was so wide that the wearer looked like a lord-chancellor on the woolsack; and the sleeves were large, and served for pock- ets; then they wore a square cap, and lastly they did not shave their head and make monkeys of themselves, but tied all their long hair up in a top-knot. The appointment of officers was similar to that which obtains at present, so that the chapters upon this subject require only a transi- An idea is very general abroad that merit alone leads to office in China, and that the successful candidate at examinations has alone a claim to promotion. But there are several other things which affect a man's eligibility; sons of meritorious officers and noblemen have the first claim, after whom come successful gradu- ates, who are usually appointed to be district teachers and professors; then assistants in the offices, if recommended by their superiors. 'These last are, in one sense, the real rulers of the country, inasmuch as being accustomed to transact business, their aid is indispensable to the actual incumbent, while in his name they often oppress the people. Last not least are wealthy individuals who buy their offices. In the detail of governmental departments, we have extracts of the Tá Ming Hwui tien, or Statistics of the Ming, a valuable document to the historian. The revenues of the court, amounted on an average 10 10 millions of taels, besides an adequate quantity of rice, which is tar below the present in compe. Comparing this present income with: these quotations from ancient revenue, it is evident. thai China has tory notice. 008 Nov. History of the Ming Dynasty. never been so populous and so well cultivated as at present, and that the riches possessed by the nation are now four times as large as then. The machinery of government adopted by the Ming was in its principal features retained by the Mantchous. The personal house- hold of the emperor appears to have been much larger that at pre. sent, but on the other hand the retinue of the imperial relations was nothing to what it is now, when more than six thousand royal princes and princesses are to be found in the precincts of the palace. The Ming emperors sent these scions into the provinces, and thereby oc- casioned much trouble. What would have become of China, if the Mantchous had adopted the same plan! Nothing proves so much the profound prudence of the foreign rulers, than their abstaining en- tirely from favoring their own race, and keeping the hereditary no- bility near the imperial abode under the surveillance of the monarch himself. As early as the reign of Hungwú, an account was made of the productive industry of each family, which was made to pay an in- come tax, and also to furnish a certain number of men either for the military service or the forced labor of the state. They were allowed to commute this demand by a certain sum, and the average annually paid was three taels per household After Hungwú was firmly seat- ed on the throne, these taxable families amounted to 16,500,000, notwithstanding the long war carried on against the Mongols. But they decreased under his successors, so low at one time as nine mil- lions, a conclusive proof of the deteriorating state of the country. In this system of taxation the Ming princes were as clever as were the ministers of Lewis XIV., and we presume, that Colbert might even have learnt inuch froin thein. We are told that Hungwú appointed the harbors of Ningpo, Tsiuenchau (Chinchew), and Kwángchau for the reception of vessels coming to bring tribute from distant countries, (people who inno- cently supposed they merely came to “catch a little profit” in the way of trade), and who were therefore perinitted to carry on coni- Some of these tribute-bearers were also allowed to set up a shop to the capital. These regulations underwent many successive alterations, and foreign trade was at one time confined to Fukien province. The einperors ordered that every article of consumption must be brought to court from the provinces. Thus there were districts bound to furnish the tiles for the imperial buildings, others the irou, cop- merce, 1842. 609 History of the Ming Dynasty. was no nec per, and other metals, with silks and precious stones, so that there ecessity for laying out much silver. At the commence- ment of Hungwú's reign, the precious metals ceased to circulate, and lhe emperor issued bank-notes to provide for this deficiency. Their value was soon reduced to nothing, and cash were cast, which has continued to this day to be the only coin in the empire. To protect the sacred person of the emperor a large body-guard was maintained. But like Yishán's army at Canton, the whole host disappeared in the hour of danger, leaving none to defend the mo- narch in the time of need. The Chinese autocrats had standing armies long before the princes of Europe. In some of these hosts, if we are to believe the record, a single division amounted to 230,000 men, but in not a single instance could they be kept together. The pay and provisions soon fell short, and of course every body went home, leaving the officers with a few of their retainers alone in the field. Nor were these regiments able to fight for any length of time; if they gained the victory, they spread themselves to plunder; if they were worsted every man thought only of his own safety. And so it happened that the sons of heaven were usually destitute of an ef- fective force, and when soldiers were most wanted, they were least to be had; so that amid a teeming population the emperor was almost defenseless. Yet the army lists were carefully kept, and a de- scription of all the corps stationed along the frontiers is given, who were engaged in the amiable duty of exterminating barbarians. A maritime and river navy existed, and the former was increased, on account of the Japanese war; still it fell far below the present state of the Chinese men of war—which are always invincible, except when they come in contact with an enemy. The arms of the Chinese were similar to those at present used; it was under the reign of the latter emperors that cannons and match- locks became general. The first attempt at firing the new cast can- non proved fatal to the life of one Portuguese and several Chinese, and those engines of war fell into some disrepute. However one of the Jesuits mended the matter, by giving to each of the guns the name of a saint, and blessing them in regular Chinese style. We have two volumes upon the kings, and their genealogy. Each of the princes of the blood received a small government in the pro- vinces, where they promulgated their race. As Hungwú had a large number of sons, and each of them received his own rule, their num- ber grew fast, and the historian has retained the lineage of each with a correctness that would put our heralds to the blush. Descend- 77 VOL. X1. NO. XI 610 Nor Thutory of the Bling Dynasty ants of the Mug dynasty were alive a few years ago, but in inisera- ble circumstances. Táukwáng, however, could not bear their pre- sence and killed them, though we believe that the race is not yet extinct. The people, however, care nothing about them, nor would they make an effort to restore thein, The account of men and things commences with the biography of empresses, queens, and maids of honor, and so numerous are they that even the Grand Turk cannot boast of a more formidable array of bright eyes and small feet. When Hungwú was crowned, his faith- ful partner, the wife of his youth, shared with him the high honor, but he prohibited her and all her court from interfering in the bụsi- ness of government. But this interdict was of no avail, and every beautiful mouth, if once in the monarch's favor, had something to say upon the administration, and to speak for a dear friend or first cousin. Some of those who shared the throne were of low extrac- tion, their beauty being their only recommendation, but they seldom failed to raise their relations to high dignities. China, like all other lands, has had her clever women, and if we do not hear about Elisa- beths, Catharines, or Maria Theresas, it is owing to the modesty of the daughters of Han; some of them, as Wú Tsetien, related in our vol. III., page 543, have proved themselves able to do anything to effect their end. Some of the statesmen noticed were men of the first stamp, who well earned their renown, especially those who fought with Hung- wi. There are also literary characters, celebrated for their know- ledge of Chinese lore and the excellency of their administration, who were raised to office. Some of these biographies would read well if translated. The life of a person that wishes to climb high in office is full of care and trouble. In no station is he secure against the malice of his fellow officers; from his entrance upon office to the last day of his life, he must intrigue, cheat, and fawn, suffer oppres- sion and oppress others. The ups and downs in life of these gran- dees furnish many an instructive lesson, and show the slippery ground on which they constantly tread. Behold the powerful minister of state, who by his unscrupulous conduct has finally distanced all his com- petitors, and is seated at the pinnacle of power, the premier of the realın, the delegated possessor of more power than almost any other mortal on the earth. Years of intrigue have furrowed his cheeks, and there he sits at the council-board grey headed, enjoying his in- fluence and indemnifying himself for all the trouble he has had, in arriving in such a prominent station Unfortunately, he forgets at 18.12. llistory of the Ming Dynasty 611 single ceremony at one of the proscribed sacrifices. His inferiors, envious of his good fortune, bring forward an accusation; he is ad- judged either to lose his pay or his rank, and the man who may have in the morning received the adulation of thousands, sits down in the evening a clerk in one of the offices, there to redeem his errors. Against these vicissitudes of fortune no functionary is secure, and they are so common that the fall of the highest statesmen, for the most trivial reason occasions no sensation at all. Others follow and experience the same fate, until either a narrow minded man with few talents comes by some good luck, or having outlived his competitors, to high honors, and by the common consent of his fellow officers is left to enjoy his dignity, since all can draw advantage from his stupidity. Three volumes are occupied with an account of native chiefs, who ruled over the aborigines in Húnán, Yunnán and other provinces, and who either incorporated their country with, or resisted the go- vernment. Their territory at that time appears to have been exten- sive, but the incroachments of the Chinese population upon their mountain fastnesses have been such during the last two centuries, as to make one believe, that they will be extinct within less than another 200 years. The last three volumes are taken up with a detail of the foreign relations of China; the intercourse with Mongolia, Turkestan, and Independent Tartary occupying the largest portion. This part of the work opens with a description of Japan, the inroads of that peo- ple, and the final triumph of the imperial arms. There are several edicts addressed to the king by heaven's son, in which he dilates upon the great benefits Japan has received from China, and the ne- cessity of his bowing a humble vassal of the Inner Kingdom. It is however remarkable, that no allusion is made to the priests who enriched the Japanese with the literature of Hán, and laid the foun- dation for its present civilization. The countries that come next under consideration are Lewchew, Manila, Moluccas, and some other lands or nations, whose names it is impossible to recognize. The Lewehew islands appear to have been as civilized in the middle ages as they are at present, and to have kept up a steady intercourse with China. What a contrast is there in the state of civilization in the eastern and western islands of the Pacific; yet these amiable people are idolaters to this day, whilst the savages of many an isle west of them have embraced Christianity! 612 Nov. History of the Ming Dynasty. The native states of Luçonia sent tribute-bearers at various times to court. During Wánli's reign some Chinese men-of-war were cast on the coasts of the island, and found the Franks in possession. They were however well treated, and sent back to their country accom- panied by soine Dominican friars. Our author tells us, that these Franks got possession of the island by warily asking for a piece of territory as large as a cow's hide would cover, which they then cut into long pieces and inclosed a large tract of land, and this they claimed as their own in virtue of their agreement. Omitting all further notices of the intercourse carried on with islands south of Luçonia, and the Moluccas, as well as that with Bor- neo, Malacca, Camboja, and India, we pass to what the historian says of European nations. The Franks live in the neighborhood of Malac- ca, but up to the time of Chinte they are not mentioned; they drove away the king of Malacca, and sent an embassador to court, one cap- tain Mot and others, in 1519, who brought the produce of their coun- try as a tribute offering. They lingered when ordered to depart, and began to rob and plunder, and even ate little children. The emperor, who kept two of this race with him, learned their language as an amusement. At this act two censors became indignant, and one of them sent in a memorial, advising that they should not be allowed to send any more tribute to the court, until they had rein- stated the rájá of Malacca in his dignity. The other said, “that they were a dangerous set of knaves, skillful in holding arms, and the shrewdest of all the foreigners. They had entered Canton last year with a large vessel, and the roar of their guns had shaken the earth about the provincial city. Now they had found their way to the capital, and were going on trading as fast as they could; but if there was not an end put to their proceedings, the south of China would be soon involved in a bloody war. These and other considerations pre- vailed on the court to adopt measures for their expulsion. Koyung attacked them in 1524, took two of their ships, and beheaded thirty- five individuals. After taking this signal revenge, the emperor re- solved upon casting cannon according to the model of the captured guns. There was only one obstacle in the way of making these fire- arms effective, and this was, that the Chinese soldiers were unable to handle them. Undaunted by this reverse, the Franks pitched their tents and took possession of some parts of the country. The go- vernor of Canton even went so far in his partiality towards these fo- reigners as to petition the emperor, to allow them to trade, because both the public and private resources of the province depended upon 1842. 613 History of the Ming Dynasty. foreign commerce. Since that time the Franks entered Hiángshán, and settled themselves at Macao. In 1550, the governor of Canton prohibited the foreign trade, and the consequence was that these robbers, as the Franks are termed, proceeded to Fukien ; but they suf- fered a signal defeat near Chaungán, (2) the western district of that province, and ninety-six of their leaders were beheaded by the victorious Chinese commander. In ancient times the southern nations such as the Siamese, Java- nese, Cambojans, &c., came to Canton to carry on their trade. But the Franks soon frightened the other foreigners so much, that they moved away and left them in possession of the territory. They built a large church, much to the annoyance of loyal Chinese, who again and again petitioned for their expulsion. In the meanwhile, their trade increased at an enormous rate, everybody stood in awe of them, and though the authorities openly prohibited their stay in the country, they privately favored them. About this time the Portu- guese came and settled in Macao. They first worshiped Budha, and then adopted the religion of the God of heaven. When they trade, says the author, they count by their fingers. - Though engaged in transactions amounting to thousands, they do not draw up any writ- ten engagements. When they swear they point to heaven, and never perjure themselves. The Dutch, called the red haired nation, we are told, are large of stature, the hair of the head, beard, and eyebrows is red, and their feet remarkably long. When they heard of the progress the Franks had made they took Batavia, attacked them at Manila, and then came to Macao, spying about and devising mischief, but such good guard was kept, that they neither could get on shore, nor send a tribute-bearer to the capital. When they were in this dilemma, there came a traitorous Fukien man and told them to proceed to Cháng- chau. Thither they bent their course, and set themselves down on the Pescadors, where they met a roguish negotiater, who promised them access to the court, and the honor of sending up tribute, if they would pay down 30,000 taels. This sum they discharged in kind, giving him swords, wines, cloth and sundries, and he went his way with these bribes. Shortly afterwards Chin, an eloquent man was sent to them, who talked friendly and tried to prevail upon them to leave the station, which they would not do. In the meanwhile, the governor of Fukien issued prohibitory edicts, threatening with death every native who dared to supply them with provisions. But the traitorous natives, unmindful of their loyalty, carried on a trade. The 1 614 Nov. Chinese Kidnappers. Hollanders had in the meanwhile built a city at one of the Pescadors, and the governor perceiving this, and also aware, that they had erected fortifications on Formosa, permitted them to carry on com- merce under the condition of leaving the Pescador islands, which they did in 1624. But the Chinese functionaries having obtained their end, refused them the boon, and the Dutch reoccupied the Panghú, seized upon 600 fishing smacks, and forced the sailors to bring stones, and other materials to assist in building a new city. 'The officers at Amoy beheaded several tens of their prisoners, cheat- ed them in the bargain, and prevailed upon the Dutch to level the fortifications and to remove to another place. They kept firm pos- session of Formosa, and would not move from thence. The Chinese were also degenerate enough to enter into commercial speculations with them. Their principal strength is in their huge vessels and large guns which smash stone walls to pieces, and in their black slaves, who can walk upon the sea as if it were dry land. They wor- ship the God of heaven, and the produce of their country consists of amber, cornelian stones, glass, velvet and woolens, Art. IV. Particulars regarding a party of Chinese seized and imprisoned for having been engaged in kidnapping at Chusan. Our readers are already aware of the efforts which have been made by the Chinese authorities, to induce the people to endeavor to kid- nap their enemies as opportunity offered. They are also acquainted with many of the results of those efforts,—such as the seizure and imprisonment of Mr. Stanton, captain Anstruther, and others. The treatment which some of these captives received at the hands of the Chinese, as Mrs. Noble, sergeant Campbell, It. Douglas, and others, in being thrust into bags, forced into cages, or closely pinioned, as our readers already know, places the inhumanity of their captors in a very unfavorable light. But it should be observed, in order that these cases may be fairly judged, that there does not seem to have been any extraordinary harshness used towards these foreign prison- ers above that which is inflicted upon native prisoners, who have no money to bribe their jailers, although it is natural to suppose much greater irritation was felt against the former than the latter. Some- tlung is known likewise of the measures that have been adopted tu 184... 615 Chinese kidnappers. check that practice. Many, almost all of those who have been the agents of the government in kidnapping, have escaped with impuni- ty. The offense was a very grave, though it must be confessed, not a very surprising one for Chinese 'braves' to commit, and might have been punished, in the first, and every succeeding instance, with severity. For a long time, however, the offenders went unpunished; at length some were seized and imprisoned ; and finally a few were executed, being either shot or hung. One party of these stealers of men was seized near Tinghái, at Chusan, on the 9th of last May. The British authorities had been looking out for these men a long time. Among them were two bro- thers—ringleaders of the gang—one called Tá Pápau, and the other Siau Pápau. We suppose these were fictitious names. At length, pretty good evidence was brought to head-quarters, that one of these fellows was lodging in a house seven miles from Tinghái, with about twenty comrades; that they had that day, the 8th of May, been cele- brating a feast, and carousing together; and that one of them had been seen at a temple, wearing a blue-button and a fox-tail, which had lately been conferred on him for his kidnapping, stealing arms, &c., &c. As the informants were ready to act as guides, the op- portunity was not to be lost. Accordingly, early on the morning of the 9th, a party of soldiers, under the command of an officer, started for the above-named house. Our informant accompanied that party. They reached the place unobserved; and having surrounded the house, burst open the door and entered. There they found some twenty villains, who tried to escape. Matchlocks were also found and taken; and last, but not least, he of the blue-buttoned cap and fox-tail. The men, having been bound, were carried off, twenty-four in all. One, on trying to escape, was shot. On examination, the leader of the gang was found to be Siáu Pá- pau, and among his followers was a son of Tá Pápau. Having been detained at Chusan, these unfortunate men were put on board ship and brought down to Hongkong, were they were lodged in prison, and remained till the 7th instant, when, in consequence of the treaty, they were set at liberty. The number brought to Hongkong was, we believe, only twenty-two, and of these two died in prison. A free passage on board ship was offered them back to Chusan; they, however, preferred to go overland viâ Canton, and at their own ex- pense. A recent attempt has been made to kidnap, since the sign- ing of the treaty. But this must have been done, we presume, by persons wacquainted with the regulations, recently agreed upon fur peace and friendly intercourse 616 Nov. Portrait of Chuenhiu 氏​錫​息​題​網 ​ART. V. Portrait of Chuenhiu, one of the ancient sovereigns of China. CHUENHIU, Fuhí, Shinnung, Hwangtí, Yáu and Shun, are the fire emperors; and with them, as one dynasty, Sháuhau, Chuenhiu, and Ku—his immediate predecessor and successor,—are usually classed with the five emperors; and their names, on chronological records, are placed immediately before those of Yáu and Shun. The three collectively reigned 240 years—the first occupying the throne 84, and the secoud' and third each 78 years--which period terminated B (. 1842. 617 Topography of Shánsi. 2435, or about a century before the flood. It is in vain to speculate on the Chinese chronology of those early times. All their records must be fabulous or traditional, and of little value. In the portraits, the artist has contrived to exhibit a gradual im- provement in physiognomy, costume, &c., quite in harmony with what might be supposed to be the actual improvement of society. In their writings, however, the native historians are so lavish of praises, and attribute so many great and useful inventions to each of these patriarchs, that their respective claims to authorship are made to clash with each other. Chuenhiu hi W-“the eminent and noble "-was born in Sz’- chuen, and succeeded his father Shauháu at the age of twenty ; began the exercise of royal authority in Chilí, not far from Peking ; but built his capital in Shantung. He was a worshiper of—or one who offered sacrifices to-the Most High--i. e. E if hiáng Sháng Ti. He died at the age of 97. Art. VI. Topography of Shánsi; situation and boundaries of the province; its area and population; its subdivisions, mountains, rivers, lakes, plains, productions, fc. Though one of the smaller divisions of the empire, Shansí is yet no mean province. In it the progenitors of the black haired race built their habitations, laid the foundations of the Central Kingdom, and commenced a succession of celestial dynasties. It is situated between latitutes 35° 15' and 42° 10' N.; and between longitudes 0° 50' and 6° 30' W. of Peking, -reckoning from the extreme points on the Chinese maps. It is bounded, on the east of Chili and Hónán; on the south, by Hónan; on the west by Shensí; and on the north by Chahar in Mongolia. The whole western, and half of the southern boundary, are forined by the Yellow river. This river, at the southwest, as it comes down from the north, turns almost al right-angles, and flows to the east. The province is nearly in thi form of a parallelogram, of which the river is one of the longest. sides. It contains 5.7, 263 square miles, or :3;7,:371,520 Englislı acres, supporting a population of 14,00:1,10), which gives 277 souls to VOL. XI. To W 618 Nov. Topogryihy of Shaxsi 0 V each square mile Il is about the same size as t'uksen and Chili, but larger than Kiingsii. Naiinhwui, and Chekiing 1. km Túiyuen fú; or the Department of Táiyuen, contains eleven districts. Its chief city is in lat. 37° 53' 30" N., and lony. 112' 30' 30" E., or 3° 55' 30" W. of Peking. 1h Yangkiu, 7* K Wanshúi, TË Sükau, 8 GiB W Kí hient, 3 k Táiku, 9 | Hi Lán hien, 4 Ak Yütsri, 10 WH Hing hien, 5 * i Táiyuen, 11 1 Kólán chau. 6 * 1, Kiáuching, II. 4 B9, 4F Pingyúng fú; or the Department of Pingyáng, contains eleven districts. Its chief city is in lat. 36° 6' N., and long. 111° 30' 30" E., or f' :55' 30" W. of Peking. i tho Linſan, 7 Hungtung, 2 h K Kiuyu, 8 E 1 Ngóhyáng, , 3 H Fauslián, 9 ņ Fansí, 4.7Yiching, 10 EK Hiángning, 5 R P Siángling 11 Ki chau. 6* Taiping, II. Púchau fú; or the Department of Púchau, contains six districts. Its chief city is in lat. :3.151' N., and long. 100" 12' 30" E., or 6' 13' 30" W. of Peking. IK Yungtsí, 47 Wantsjuen. 2 Lintsin. 5 77T Yunghó, 3 M Ft Ishí, 6 = R Yiiling. IV. TE KA Lú-un fú; or the Department of Lú-án, contaius seven districts Its chief city is in lat. 36º q' 1?" N., and long 112 37 :30' F, or 35 30" Wol Paling 1812 019 7 upography of Shansi 1 E G Cháng chí, 5 Hit Liching, 2 Húkwán, 6 Tunliú, 3 F Chángtsz, 7 Siángyuen. 4 H Lúching, V. Hf Funchau fú; or the Department of Fanchau, contains eight districts. Its chief city is in lat. 37° 19' 12" N., and long. 111° 38' 30" E, or 4° 46' 30" W. of Peking i ☺ # Fanyáng, 5 T Shiilau, 2 * Hiáuí, 6 Lin hien, 3 st Tt Kiáihiú, 7 Yungning chau, 4 FL Pingyáu, 8 de Ninghiáng. VI. 1 Tsechau fú; or the Department of Tsechau, contains five districts. Its chief city is in lat. 35° 30' N., and long. 112° 46' E., or 30 39' W. of Peking. i Fungtái, 4 bit Yangching, 2 El Lingchuen, 5 fa Káuping 3 16 7K Tsinshúi, VII. * P Tátung fú; or the Departnıent of Tátung, comprises ten districts. Its chief city is lat. 40° 5' 42" N., and long. 113° 13' E, ur 3 12 W. of Peking 1 大同​Titung, 6 GB Lingkiú, 2 E Hwáijin, 7 Lipa Shányin, 3 ME IN Yingchau, 8 2 6 láng kín, 4 T 14 Hwanyuen chau, 9 7 lhi Tienchin, 5 Do Kwángling, 10 ili Fungehin ting. VIII. kerül Hit Ningwú fú; or the Department of Ningwú, contains four diatricts. li: chef city is nearly in lat. 34° V., and luny + 10 W üf כעורו laking ازه Voi Topogruphy of Shansa SI JO UBE 1 寧武 ​Ningwú, 3 1 9 Píenkwán, ? Ti L Shinchí, 4 h = Wíchái. IX. F if Sóhping fú; or the Department of Sóhping, contains five districts. Its chief city is nearly in lat. 40° 10' N., and long. 4° 10° W of Peking ItiE Yúyu, 4. IM Sóhchau, 2 Feb Pinglú, 5寧遠​廳 ​Ningyuenting 3 ti. Tsóyun, X. FU" Pingting chau; or the Department of Pingting, comprises only two districts. Its chief city is nearly in lat. 37° 50' N., and long. 3° W. of Peking 1 壽陽 ​Chauyang, 2 inte helt Yü hicn. XI. 15 W Hin chau; or the Department of Hin, contains only two districts. 1 * Tsinglób, 2 = 1 Tinggiáng. XII. #WTái chau ; or the Department of Tái, contains three districts. Its chief city is in lat. 39° 5' 30" N., and louy. 33° 30' 30" W. of Peking 1 Ji Y Hútái, 3 ta Fanchi. 2 Kón hion, XIII. M Páute chau ; or the Department of Paute, contains only one district. Its chief city is in lat. 39° f 44" N., and long. 5° 10' W. of Peking. I HJ Hókiu. XIV. ALE W Kiái chau; or the Department of Kiái, contains four districts. Its chief city is nearly in lat. 135' N., and long. 5° 40'W. of Peking. I Pinglu, Anyi, in y Nuiching. 3 4 Bá Há hiem, 3 1842. 021 Topography of Shúnsá. XV. et WW Kiáng chau ; or the Department of Kiáng, contains five districts. Its chief city is in lat. 35° 37' 32" N., and long. 5° 15' W. of Peking i 19 Wanhí, 4 Tsishán, 2 độ Kiáng haen, 5 jo # Hótsin. 3 Yuenkiu, XVI. TH1 Sie chau; or the Department of Sie, contains three districts. Its chief city is in nearly lat. 36° 40' N., and long. 5° 30' W. of Peking 1 B B Pú hien, 3 | Til Yunghó. 2 * Táning, XVII. Y WH Tsin chau ; or the Department of Tsin, contains two districts. Its chief town is in nearly lat. 36° 32' N., and long. 3° 40' W. of Peking 1 Tsinyuen, 2 , N Wuhiáng. XVIII. N Liáu chau; or the Department of Liáu, contains only two districts. Its chief city is in lat. 37° 2' 50" N., and long. 3° 1' W. of Peking. 1 FH Hóshun, 2 kết T Yishié. XIX. Hóh chau ; or the Department of Hóh, contains only two districts. Its chief city is in lat 36° 35' N., and long. 4° 43' W. of Peking 1 til Cháuching, 2 Lingshi. xx. 8 k k g h là Kaseisui Táu, shu Wủ Ting, or the five districts belonging to the circuit (or department) of Kweisui. 1歸化城​廳 ​Kweihoá ching ting, 2 FP ## to faj Hólinke’rh ting, 0 Nur Popography of Shiinsi. 3 ft 克托​廳 ​Tóbketóh ching ting, 4 jul este Tsingshúihó ting, 5 薩拉​弯​聽 ​Sáhláhtsí ting. 1. The depurtment of Táiyuen is one of the largest in the pro- vince: it occupies a central position, with regard to the north and sonth, and stretches eastward from the Yellow river, on the west, iwo thirds of the distance. On the north it is bounded by the de- partments of Páute and Ningwú; on the northeast by Hin; on the past by Pingting; on the southeast, by Liáu; on the south and soutli- west by Fanchau; ind on the west by the province of Shensi. Several of the tributaries of the Wáng and Fan rivers take their rise in this department, considerable parts of which are hilly and moun- tainous. It has an enterprising and numerous population. Its capi- tal city stands on the eastern bank of the river Fan, which affords an easy communication with the Yellow river. The magistrate of Yangkiu resides in the provincial city. The residence of the magis- trate of the district Táiynen is in the city of that name, standing on the western bank of the river. The city Ki, the head of the district of that name, stands on the eastern bank of the river and near the borders of the department. To this place the ancient monarch Yáu early removed his residence, from Tánling where he was born. II. The department of Pingyúng is in every respect second only to the provincial capital and the region of country over which it has jurisdiction. It stands on a plain, not far from the eastern bank of the river Fin. It is bounded, on the north by the departments of Sie:, Holi, and Tsin; on the east by Lú-án; on the south, by Tse- chau :und Kiáng; and on the west by Shensí. Several tributaries of the large rivers have their sources in this department. Just below the city of Pingyáng the river divides and forms an island, on which is built ole chief city of the district of Siangling. UIT. The department of Púchau, forming the southwestern por- tion of'the province, is bounded on the west by Shensi; on the south by Honin: on the east by the department of Kiái; and on the north and northeast by Kiáng. Its shape is nearly that of a parallelogram, The angle made by the Yellow river, however, is not an exact right angle but an acute one, and the shape of the departinent varies ac- cordingly, the western boundary being one of the longest sides of the paralleloram. Púchow.fil, literally translated, incans the " Flag- Country department," so named evidently from its producing all boundless of predis illic mshiris Its alios form standa local its rit. 181.. Topography of Shansi. a V. treme southwestern corner, and is the residence of the magistrate of the district Yungtsí. Northward from this city stand the chief ones of the districts Lintsin, I'shí, Wanhí, Wántsíuen, and Yunghó. South from these and east from Yungtsí is Yühiáng. IV. The department of Lí-án is in the southeastern part of the province, occupying the country in which the southern branches of the Chucháng (799) take their rise. It is bounded on the north, by the department of Tsin; on the east by that of Changte, in Hó- nán; on the south by that of Tsechau; and on the west by that of Pingyáng. On one of our Chinese maps there is low range of hills extending from the Yellow river almost up to the Great Wall, form- ing a part of the southern and eastern boundaries of the province. This ridge makes the eastern boundary of Lú-án, and the river Chu- cháng flows through it, running eastward. The shape of this river, on the east side of the ridge, is like a bill-hook. On the outer bend of the river, are four branches nearly equidistant from each other. The country is hilly, but affords a good deal of arable ground; and being well watered, uniformly yields plentiful harvests. The department of Fanchau stands on the western bank of the river Fan (or F'wen, as Du Halde calls it,) about midway be- tween the cities of Táiyuen and Pingyáng. Two of its eight dis- tricts are on the east of the Fan; the others are between the Fan and the Yellow rivers. The chief city--if we may determine its site by the Chinese maps-stands on a plain some miles from the river. The general features of the country resemble those of the depart- ments of Taiyuen and Pingyang. VI. The department of Tsechau is situated on the south of those of Lú-án and Pingyang, having the department of Kiáng for its west- ern boundary, and the province of Honán for its southern and east- On these two last named sides, the long low ridge, above alluded to, forms the line of demarkation : it is called Táihing shán Hi IT ), which might be translated the High-way hill, or the hill which makes a high road. It is watered by the Tsin and the Tán jy rivers. VII. The department of Tátung is bounded on the north and northwest by the country of the Cháhárs; on the east by the pro- vince of Chili; on the south by Chili and the department of Tái (pt); and on the west by that of Sohping. It is a very mountain- ous region, having branches of the Great Wall on its northern and Southern frontiers, and watered by the Sangkáu and its tributaries. VINI The department of Ningwu lies on the south of the Great ern. 621 Nov. Topography of Shansi. west. Wall and east of the Yellow river, extending nearly half across the province from east to west. The names of its four districts, when translated, will perhaps in some measure indicate the character of the country. The first has the same name as the department, viz., "Quiet and martial ;' the second is named the “ Divine Pool;' the third, the “Inclined Pass;" the fourth, the “Five Encampinents.” IX. The department of Sóhping lies due west from that of Tá- tung, between the two branches of the Great Wall; it embraces one district, Ningyuen ting, situated on the north side of the wall. Near its southern border is a small lake, called the “Fountain of the Singkau.” The department of Pingting borders on Chili, having the extreme southern part of a spur of the Great Wall for its eastern boundary. On the north it is bounded by the department of Tái; on the west by those of Hin and Táiyuen; and on the south by that of Liau. The department is small and mountainous, and two or three small streams of water take their rise in it. XI. The department of Hin is bounded by Ningwú on the north; by Tái on the east; and by Pingting and Táiyuen on the south and Its general features are like those of Pingting. XII. The department of Tái lies due north of Pingting, having a spur of the Wall above named on the east, and the southern branch of the Wall for its northern boundary. It is exceedingly mountainous. The river Hátóh, rising near the point where the spur leaves the main Wall, runs several miles westward nearly parallel with it, and then trending to the south, makes a broad sweep and flows east- ward into the province of Chilí, making on the south and southwest the line of demarkation between Tái and the departments of Ping- ting and Hin. XIII. The department of Páute, having but a single district, lies on the east of the Yellow river, between the departments of Ningwíl and Táiyuen. A portion of the Great Wall here runs parallel with the Yellow river, close to its eastern margin. XIV. The department of Kiái stretches over a sinall region of country on the northern bank of the Yellow river, directly east of and contiguous to the department of Púchau, which it greatly resem- bles in its geographical features. XV. The department of Kiang includes a narrow belt of coun- try lying northerly and easterly from the departments of Púchau and klai, having a short portion of the Yellow river at the two extremes of the belt 1812 125 Topography of Shunsi. XVI. The department of Sie lies on the eastern bank of the Yellow river, between Fanchau on the north, and Pingyáng on the south, It is hilly, and well watered by several small branches of the Yellow river. XVII. The department of Tsin is a narrow range of mountain- ous country, bounded on the north by Fanchau; on the east, by Liíu; on the southeast, by Lú-án; on the south, by Pingyang; and on the west, by Hóh. XVIII. The department of Liau is elevated and mountainous ; bounded on the north by Pingting; on the east and south, by Chili and Honan provinces; on the southwest, by Tsin; and on the west, by Táiyuen. XIX. The department of Hóh is a narrow portion of country lying on both sides of the river Fan, directly above the department of Pingyang XX. The department (or circuit į táu) of Kweisui contains five districts, all situated north of the Great Wall, and comprising the whole of the northern portion of the province. The prefect has his residence in the city of Kweihwa, which is distant to the northwest 890 li from the provincial capital, and 1180 from Peking, nearly in lat. 40° 49' N., long. 4° 45' W. Southeast fram Kweihwa are the district of Hó-lin-ke-'rh and Tóh-ke-tóh. Further to the south and west is the district Tsingshui hó; and that of Sáh-láh-tsi on the west. This province affords an instance of the changes that have taken place in the empire since the days of Du Halde. He makes only five cities (the heads of that number of departments) in the whole province: these are, in his own orthography, Tay-ywen-fu, Ping- yang-fu, Lu-ngan-fu, Fwen-chen-fu, and Tay-tong-fu. The depart- ment of Kweisui has been added since he wrote, and the others sub- divided so as to give nineteen where he found only five. The natural features of the country have doubtless changed but little, if at all. The Hwáng hó “rolls down its golden sands," quite as it used to do under other dynasties, changing its bed a little here and there, but keeping well within its bounds, so far at least as Shánsí is concerned. The headwaters of the river Fan are near lat. 39° N., among the summits of the Kwántsin () tains; it flows nearly parallel with the Yellow river, till it reaches the chief city in the department of Kiáng, where it turns and flows to the west, and unites its waters with those of the Hwáng hó. The Sángkien (B or Sángkáu) is the next largest river. The branches of these are numerous. The next, in the order the Chi- moun- VOL. XI. NO, XI. 626 Nov. Journal of Occurrences nese name them are the T'sin yu; the Cháng ; the Tsing cháng ; the Mútoh it; and the Sie. There are only a few lakes, and those are small. One is called the Salt pool. The portions of the country exhibits great diversity, in its animal vegetable, and mineral productions. Animals, both tame and wild, are abundant. On the north are some of the emperor's best hunting grounds. Grains of almost all kinds are plentiful. The grapes are perhaps the best that can be found in the empire. Iron and other minerals are produced in most of the northern parts of the province. The natural scenery is in many places exquisitely beautiful, rich, and varied. The climate, too, we may easily suppose is, as gener- ally represented by travelers, good, being quite free from those evils which infest the more level portions of the empire. HY ART. VII. Journal of Occurrences : return of troops from the north; division of the forces; proclamation regarding the new ports ; government of Chusan; visit of H. M. brig Serpent to Formosa; popular feeling at Canton relating to foreigners. HITHERTO the aspect of affairs consequent upon the peace, continues to promise well. The feelings of the people towards foreigners, in that part of the country where the war has caused them the most misery, is kindly, and in the new ports they seem to be looking forward to the commencement of a new intercourse with pleasure. The first instalment of the sum agreed upon in the treaty having been paid, the whole force retired to Chusan. A correspondent of the Friend of China states that 1930 men are to garrison Chusan, 980 to be placed on Kúlángsú, and 1700 at Hongkong. Most of the troops and transports have returned to the latter place from the north, where also H. E. sir Hugh Gough arrived on the 26th inst. H. E. sir Henry Pottinger visited Shánghái on his way to Chusan, where he issued the following Her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, and chief superintendent of the trade of the trade of British subjects in China, deems it proper in consequence of applications having been lately made to him, to proclaim for general in- formation, that no British merchant vessel can be allowed to go to any of the ports (Canton excepted) that are to be opened in accordance with the last treaty, until the tariffs and scale of duties shall be fixed, and consular officers appointed ; and of which arrangements due notice will be published. In the meantime, the ports of Tinghai (Chusan) and that of Kúlangsú (Ainoy) are, 43 heretofore, open to all vessels wishing to visit them. God save the Queen. Dated on board the steam frigate Queen, in Chusan Harbor, this 14th day of November, 1842. (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER, fler majesty's plenipotentiary and cliief superintendent of trade in China. (The copy.) CHARLES E STEWART, asst scc. & treasurer, PROCLAMATION. Juurmoil i Ouvrir's :: The government of Chusan it is said iš tú bip parly military and partly civil, but the whole island is to be left completely under the control of the English. None of the details of this arrangement, nor of those pertaining to the new ports, have yet been officially promulgated. The prisoners on Formosa, from the Nerbudda and Ann, not having been delivered up, capt. Chads dispatched H. M. brig Serpent from Ainoy to receive them. We have been fav ed with the following account of this visit. “We started from Amoy on Saturday morning the 8th of October, ran over to the Pescadores by evening, lay to until the next morning, and in a short time were at anchor near several large junks, whose position directed us. Having obtained a pilot from one of them, we ran in abreast of the fort about four miles below the capital, and anchored in five fathoms, between two or three miles from the shore. The place where the fort is of which I speak is called Aʻnping F; the name of the capital is Taiwán fú 臺灣​府​, as you already know. Soon after coming to anchor, the first lieutenant was sent to the commander of the fort, the A'nping hie, to announce our arrival on a peaceful errand, and to inquire when the captain, who bore a letter from the English senior naval officer at Amoy to the Taiwán chin , (1. e. the protector of Taiwán, who is the highest authority in the island) inight have an interwiew with his excellency. Mr. Brown, the first lieut. had some difficulty in making his way over an extensive mud flat, which lay between the beach and the fort, and on reaching the spot, an in- ferior officer put his head out of a port hole, and inquired what he wanted. He told them he wanted first to be on a level with themselves, when he would deliver his message. A second came and told him they had not sent for him, and of course could not tell what business he had there. Refusing to say inore until invited into the fort, the Anping hie came, and told him to enter. They received him in an open court, gave him a narrow bench to sit on, and treated him uncivilly. He told them what he came for, and they appointed the next morning at 11. A. M. to receive the letter of captain Nevill . The next day several of the officers and myself accoinpanied the captain. The shore is difficult of approach. We ran through breakers, and were pulled in flat boats and carried by the men over the mud. On arriving at the fort, where Mr. Brown was received, we were met by some officials wearing gold buttons, who led us outside of the fort, and through the streets of a village to the hall where their superiors were assembled. Here we were well re- ceived by a number of officers wearing light red, blue crystal, and white and gold buttons. They gave captain Nevill and Mr. Brown chairs, and wanted to put the rest of us off with benches, but this honor we declined, and held out until all obtained chairs. Akum acted as interpreter. After a few intro- ductory remarks, the letter was adduced; it went around, and was return- ed, none daring open it, because it was directed to the Táiwán chin, and he was not present. Captain N.'s instructions were to deliver it personally if possible. This was the first point at issue. The captain pressed the nature of his instructions, and they the impracticability of following them under pre- sent circumstances. The Taiwán chin was at Taiwán fú. There was an im- mense mud Hat in the way, so that he could not come to us, nor we go to him. They dispatched a letter to him to know his pleasure, and told us we had better return to our ship, and come again the next morning. Captain N. replied that we were in haste to accomplish the business, and preferred waiting on shore for the reply. At this time they were willing to receive the letter and forward it to the Táiwán chin; but this was objected to in the hope of obtaining an audience with him. Tea and cakes were handed us, and they told us that apartinents would be provided for 118. The preparations 028 Nov. Jurnal of Occurrences. were soon made, and we were conducted a long distance to a temple of the Queen of Heaven. Here we found three priests' rooms with several naked bedsteads, for all of which only one large quilt could be mustered. Others with some difficulty were obtained, and with our cloaks and clothes, we managed to pass the night. The dinner and breakfast were very inferior. The first consisted of Chinese messes in a few bowls, flavored with garlic, and scarcely tolerable. The rice was the only pure and good substance. Having ascer- tained before the next morning, that we did not despise fowls, ducks, pork, or eggs, they gave us a set-out of a chicken, a duck, a piece of pork, and some eggs, all but the latter, boiled to insipidity. “ After breakfast we sent Akum to request an audience, as we wished to dispatch business and return. He brought back an unsatisfactory answer. Their honors appeared to have lost their zeal in our business and cared very little about seeing us; whereupon we determined to march to the hall and send for them, which we accordingly did. The Aʼnping, hie and one or two others wearing blue buttons soon made their appearance, but the wind had changed. The former gentleman came in with all the inimitable airs of a Chinese dignitary of the old regime. He scarcely noticed us, and when spoken to, answered disdainfully. He condescended to tell us, that the Taiwán chin was not coming to meet us. We inquired whether we might go and deliver the letter to him. He answered, No, it would not be permitted. We then as our dernier resort, asked him whether he would receive the letter, and have it conveyed to his superior officer. He graciously replied, That he would have nothing to do with it. He then gracefully turned up his nose at the whole affair, told Akum that the business for which we were taking so much trou- ble was a small affair, and was indulging in this strain, when I told captain N. what he was saying, and asked him, whether I had not better give him a little plain talk before we parted. I then went before him and told him that he was making very light of this matter, but that we considered the lives of our fellow-men very important, and that I begged him to tell us where the hundred and odd men were, of whom he made no account. He was evidently alarmed and made no reply. The day before he told Akum unasked that they had been put to death, which we would not listen to. Now he was afraid to repeat what he had said; contradicted himself, and prevaricated, and when hard pushed even said, He did not know. At capt. Nevill's request I again asked him whether he would receive and forward the letter. He said, No; I inquired whether captain Nevill could see the Táiwán chin, to which he made the same reply. I then asked whether the eleven prisoners would be delivered up to us. This met with the same negative. He said that the letter was informal, not having come through the governor of the province, and that it was their duty to hand over the prisoners to his excellency only. He added that the prisoners had already been sent to the northern part of the island, there to be embarked for Fuchau fú. This assertion we believed at the time to be false, and afterwards learned from the soldiers that it was so, and that they were still confined at Taiwán fú. As nothing could be gained by protracting the audience, we agreed to take our leave and return to the ship. Before going, I told the officers present, that we were not igno- rant of the part they had been acting; that they had deceived the emperor, in telling hin, what they well knew to be false, viz. that these unfortunate men were English soldiers, whom they had conquered and seized, after hav- ing destroyed their ships. I took occasion to say to the military commander, whose cap was adorned with a red button, and peacock's feather, that the honors lie was then wearing he owed to the base imposition he had practiced upon tris emperor. I did not let them know that we were acquainted with their having procured through their misrepresentations the death of so many of the Lascais, for this was too grave a subject to be treated here. The few saluta 1842. 020 Journal of Orrorrince's ry trullis dealt out tu them in languaye adapted rather to their base conduci. than to their present unmerited ranks, had a markeıl and we hoped a happy effect at this time. On Wednesday the 12th, we returned to the ship, and arrived back at Amoy on Saturday morning." Since the return of the Serpent to Amoy, she has been again to Formosa, and received on board the crew of the Herculaneum transport, who were treated very kindly by the Chinese. We copy the following rescript from the Friend of China, in which it ap- peared in both Chinese and English. It is to be hoped that H. I. M. is sincere in these concessions, and does not regard them is mere temporary expedients to avoid greater humiliations. On the 2d day of the 8th moon (Sept. 8th, 1842), the imperial will was receiv. cd as follows ; Kíying has sent up a dispatch concerning the settlement of affairs with the barbarians, the establishment of peace, and the affix of the inn. perial scal. The various items of the treaty entered into, have also been sub. mitted to the imperial glance, having been assented to by the said commis- sioners. In this dispatch was likewise stated the confirmed desire of the English to havc trade at Fuchau fú, to crect factories, and to dwell there with their families, to all which the imperial assent was given, on the third of Aug. Our commissioners themselves, requested gravest punishment (for the concessions to the English) but we acquit then of all guilt on the subject. As to the old debts of the hong-merchants, the forcigners will not dare to seck the interference of the officers of governinent. The English are to have nothing to say against the erection of our forts and citadels.- To thesc two last items the English have given their respectful assent. Each of the different points were drawn out in form, and I the emperor having given them thorough pernsal adjudged them worthy of negotiation, but demand- ing the utmost care and the most judicious deliberation. At the various ports where the barbarians arc to trade they are allowed to carry on their dealings indiscriminately with whomsoever of our merchants they please, and all debts contracted between them are to be paid by the respective parties without official interference. The money (the 21 millions,) is to be paid hy annual instalments. It is a vast. amount, and where is such a sum to come from to be given away? Let Kíying alone be held responsiblc hercaſter for arranging the matter and registering be- forehand the places which are to supply their respective quota of the fund, and memorialize the court accordingly. In the present dispatch it is stated that on 1st August, 1811, the said English nation had received money at the various cities. As to these cities where such money has been received, with the definite amount, and also the amount to be deducted, let clear investigations be instituted, and representations made to the Court in accordance therewith. The prisoners of each country to be unconditionally delivered up, that ex- traordinary benevolence may be manifested. The natives of the Middle Kingdom, who have been in attendance upon the officers of the said English nation, arc to be considered free from guilt for so doing; and as peace has now been declared, the people of both nations are to be regarded as one mutual whole, no one again daring to proceed to bloodshed. Should any of our people in other matters offend against the laws, our nation alone is to take the management of their cases with- out the interference of the English nation. Hereafter there will be fixed duties at thc five ports, and how is it that the said barbarians who have lived so long at Canton, are not ſully aware of the cus- tom-house arrangements ? The merchants of the Middle Kingdom wlio carry on trade from the interior and pass througlı the custom-house, are to pay the usual ducs. Our assent is given for the occupation of Tinghái and Kúlángsú for a time until the money be paid; and let cach of the five custom hotines be thrown open. le:1. the ships pass ont and let it be also understood that military occupation ilhe amove places will 10001 loe allowed for a great lengll, of time. Letrach vi the boven to me lot definitely arranged by Kíying and colleagues Journal of Oituriennes Nov with the barbariang, giving closest attention to the minutest particulars, that iliu treaty may be drawn up in the most clear and intelligible terms, preventing all after difficulties, and confusion of affairs. As the barbarians cannot understand uis, let the services of interpreters be employed that they may be satisfied. The whole of the barbarian vessels are to leavc the Great river about Sept. 141.h; and let the matter be adjusted with the speediest dispatch that quiet may be restored to the imperial bosom, and let these our commands be sent by thc 311091 rapid cxpress, that they may be made known. Respect this. At Canton, no small excitement has been caused by certain gentry, who have made use of a rumor that the English were to have lands granted them for dwellings on Húnán, opposite the foreign factories, to irritate the people against them. The following spirited manifesto was published by the gentry during the present month as the expression of their opinion. We have been reverently consulting upon the empirema vast and undivided whole ! How can we permit it to be scvered in order to give it to others! Yet we, the rustic pcople, can learn to practice a rude loyalty ; wc too know to destroy the banditti and thus requite his majesty. Our Great Pure dynasty las cared for this country for more than two hundred years, during which a succession of distinguished monarchs, sage succceding sagc, has reigned ; and we who eat the herb of the field, and tread the soil, have for ages drank in the dew of imperial goodness, and been imbued with its benevolence. The people in wilds far remote beyond our influence, have also felt this goodness, comparable to the heavens for height, and been upheld by this bounty, like the carth for thickness. Where. fore peace being now settled in the country, ships of all lands come, distant though they be from this for many a myriad of miles; and of all the foreigners on the south and west there is not one but what enjoys the highest peace and contentment, and cntertains the profoundest respect and submission. But there is that . English nation; whose rnler is now a woman and then a man, its people at one time like birds and then like beasts, with dispositions inore fierce and furious than the tiger or wolf, and hearts more grecdy than the snake or hog,--this people has ever stealthily devoured all the southern barbarians, and like the demon of the night they now suddenly exalt themselves. During the reigns of Kicnlung and Kiáking, these English barbarians humbly besought entrance and permission to m:lko present; they also presumptuously requested to have Chusan, but those divine personages clearly perceiving their traitorous designs, gave them a peremptory refusal. From that time, linking themselves in with traitorous traders, they have porivily dwelt at Macao, trading largely in opium, and poisoning our brave people. They have ruined liveshow many millions none can tell; and wasted property-how many thousands of millions who can guess! They have dared again and again to murder Chinese, and have secreted the murderers, whom they refused to deliver up, at which the hearts of all men grieved and 1.heir heads ached. Thus it has been that for many ycars past, the English by their privily watching for opportunities in the country have gradually brought things to the present pass. In 1838, our great emperor having fully learned all thc criincs of the English and the poisonous effects of opium, quickly wished to restore the good condition of the country and compassionate the people. In consequence of the memorial of Hlwang Tsióhsz', and in accordance to his reqnest, he specially deputed the public minded, upright, and clear headed minister Lin 'Tscsü, lo act as his im- perial commissioner with plenipotentiary powers, and go to Canton to cxamine and regulate. He came and took all the stored-up opium and stopped the trade, in order to cleanse the stream and cut off the fountain ; kindness was mixed with his severity, and virtue was evident in his laws, yet still the English repent. cd not of their crrors, and as the climax of their contumacy called troops to iheir aid. The censor Hwang, by advising peace, threw down the barriers, and hands of andacious robbers, willingly did all kinds of disreputable and villainous decds. During thc past three years, these rebels, depending upon their stout ships and effective cannon, from Canton went to Fukien, and thence to Chekiáng and on 10 Kiingsú, scizing our territory, destroying our civil and military authorities, ravishing our women, capturing our property and bringing upon the inhabitants of these four provinces intolerabile misries Flis imperial majesty was troubled 1842 6:31 Journal of Oberurrencrs. and alllicled, and thus adoled to los griei' and anxicly. If you w: 11.10) purily their crimes, all llic ſuel in the empiru will not sulle, nor would the vasi occan be enough to waslı ont vur l'esentniunt. Gods and inon arc alike filled with indigna. tion, and licaven and earth cannot permit them to remain. Recently, all those who have had the inanagement of affairs in Kiánynán have been imitating those who were in Canton, and at the gates of the city they have will.. ingly madu an agreeinunt, peeling off the fat of the people to the tune of hundreds of inyriads, and all to save the precious lives of one or two nscless officers; in doing which they have exactly verified what chancellor Kin Ying in had before memoria. lized. Now these English rebels are barbarians dwelling in a petty island beyond our domains; yet their coming throws myriads of iniles of country into turinoil, while their numbers do not exceed a few inyri:lds. What can be casier than for our celestial dynasty, to exert its fullness of power, and exterminato these con. temptible sca-going imps, just as the blast bends the pliant bamboo! But our highest officers and ministers cherish their precious lives, and civil and inilitary men both dread a dog as they would a tiger; regardless of the enemies of their country or the griefs of the people, they have actually sundered the empire and granted its wealth ; acts inore flagitious thcsc than those of the traitors in the days of the Southern Sung dynasty, and the reasons for which are wholly beyond our com- prehension. These English barbarians are at bottom without ability, and yet wc 11ave all along seen in the memorials that officers exall, and dilate upon their prowess and obstinacy; our people arc courageous and enthusiastic, but the officers on the contrary say that they are dispirited and scattered: this is for no other reason than lo coerco our prince to make peace, and then they will luckily avoid the penalty due ſor“ deceiving the prince and betraying the country.” Do you doubt? Then look at the inemorial of chancellor Kin Yinglin which says, "'They take thc occasion of war to seek for self-aggrandizement;" cvery word of which directly points at such conduct as this. We have recently read in his majesty's lucid inandate, that “There is no other way, and what is requested must be granted,” and that, “ We have conferred ex. traordinary powers upon the ministers, and they have done nothing but deceive us." Looking up we perceive his majesty's clear discriinination and divine perception, and that he is fully aware of the imbccility of his ministers; he remembers too the loyal anger of his people. He has accordingly now temporarily settled all the pre- sont difficulties, but it is that, having matured his plans, he may hercaſter mani. fest his indignation, and show to the empire that it had not fathomed the divine awe-inspiring counsels. The dispositions of these rebellious English is like that of the dog or sheep, whose desires can never be satisfied; and therefore we need not inquire whether the peace now made be real or pretended. Remember that when they last year Madc disturbance at Canton, they scized the Square fort, and thereupon exhibited their audacity, everywhere plundering and ravishing, If it had not been that the patriotic inhabitants dwelling in Hwáitsing and other hainlets, and those in Shingping, had not killed their leader and destroyed their devilish soldiers, thcy would have scrupled at nothing, taking and pillaging the city and then firing it, III order to gratify their vengcance and their grecdiness : can we imagine that for the paltry sum of six millions of dollars they would, as they did, have raised the ziege and retired ? Ilow to be regretted! That when the fish was in the frying- part , the Kwángchau ſú should come and pull away the firewond, let loose the liger to return to the inointains, and disarm the people's indignation. Lil. in the enemy thus cscape on one occasion bas successively brought misery upon many provinces: whenever we speak of it, it wounds the licart, and causes the lears to dows. Last year, when the treaty of peace was inade, it was agreed that the English bond withdrew from beyond Lankcct, that they should give back the forts near Horo, ind dwell temporarily at llongkong, and that thenceforth all military ope. pi110011s were for ever to ceasc: who would liave supposed that before the line llocated hard passed away. they would have turned iheir backs upon this agree 1.1. takuu voilent possession will be fully ill the bottle with their wooden dra ...1113"!! illipsoit wari, - sul whecs lleľ raume pop the giallis vellow City of Worms Hlitli vlanie prostorius Hers, he !!!: !ores lor 11. th:29? Wing these lisro prara, 1.-14.1120.01 foi oo it!oj.. 1.110.5onto!!luma! 1115!, !!!!!! deep Journal of OccurreNCE'S. craſtiness then contined to these regions has rapidly extended itsell to Kiángnám. But our ligh and mighty emperor, prcëninently intelligent and discerning (lit. grasping the golden mirror and holding the gemmeous balances), consents to de. mian himself to adopt soothing counsels of peace, and therefore submissively ac- cords with the decrces of heaven. Having a suspicion that these outlandish people intended to incroach upon us, he has secretly arranged all things. We have res. pectfully read through all his majesty's mandates, and they are as clearsighted as the sun and inoon; but those who now manage affairs, are like one who supposing the raging fire to be under, puts himself as much at ease as swallows in a court ; but who, if the calamity suddenly reäppears, would be as defenseless as a gram- puis in a fishmarket. The law adjudges the penalty of death for betraying the country, but how can even death atone for their crimes ? Those persons who have been handed down to succeeding ages with honor, and those whose memories have been execrated, are but a little apart on the page of righteous history; let our rulers but remember this, and we think they also must exert themselves to recover their characters. We people have had our day in times of great peace, and this age is one of abundant prosperity; scholars are devising how to recom. pense the kindness of the government, nor can husbandmen think of forgetting his majesty's exertions for them. Our indignation was carly excited to join battlc with the enemy, and we then all urged one another to the firmest loyalty. We have heard the English intend to come into Pearl river and make a settlement; this will not, however, stop'at Chinese and foreigners merely dwelling together, for men and beasts cannot endure each other; it will be like opening the door and bowing in the thief, or setting the gate ajar and letting the wolf in. While they were kept outside, there were many traitors within ; how much more, when they incroach even to our bedsides, will our troubles be augmented? We cannot help fearing it will eventuate in something strange, which words will be insuffi. cient fully to express. If the rulers of other states wish to imitate the English, with what can their demands be waived ? Consequently, the unreasonable de. mands of the English are going to bring great calamity upon the people, and deep sorrow to the country. If we do not permit them to dwell with us under the same heaven, our spirits will fcel no shame; but if we willingly consent to live with them, we may in truth be deemed insensate. We have reverently read in the imperial mandate, “ There must indeed be soine persons among the people of extraordinary wisdom or bravery, who can stir them up to loyalty and "patriotism, or unite them in self-defense; some who can assist the government and army to rccover the cities, or else defend passes of im. portance against the robbers; some who can attack and burn their vessels, or seize and bring the heads of their doltish leaders; or else some with divine pre- science and wisdom, who can disclose all their silly counsels, and get to them. selves a name of surpassing merit and ability, and receive the highest rewards We can confer, &c., &c." We, the people having received the imperial words, have united ourselves together as troops, and practice the plan of joining hamlets and villages, till we have upwards of a million of troops, whom we have provisioned according to the scale of estimating the produce of respective farms; and now we are fully ready and quite at ease as to the result. If nothing calls us, then cach one will return to his own occupation; but if the suinmons come, joining our strength in force, we will incite each other to effort; our brave sons and brothers are all animated to deeds of arms, and even those who are finical and delicate as jewels, our wives and daughters, have learned to discourse of arms. At first, alas, those who guarded the passes were at case and careless, and the robbers came unbidden and undesired; but now (if they coinc), we have only zealously to appoint each other to stations, and suppress the rising of the waves to the stillest calm (i. c. to exterminate them). When the golden pool is fully restor- ed to peace, and his majesty's anxiety for the south relieved; when leviathan has been driven away, then will our anger, comparabic to the broad occan and high lea 19, bo pacified. A'! We hero bind ourselves to vengeance, and express thesc our sincero. sitentions in order to exhibit great principles; an! also to manifest hcaven's retribution and rojone men's hearts, we w iss!le blus patriotic declaration. The nigno zodi clearly behislai: slo? 100 10:xe' l'ou! Just resolution. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XI.- DECEMBER, 1842.-No. 12. ART. I. Narrative of the destruction of the H. C. steamer Ma- dagascar, given by her commander J. M. Dicey, in a letter to his crel'ency rear-admiral sir William Parker, K. C. B. (Before introducing this narrative, we must detain the reader with a few ex- planations. The spot ut which the party landed, was in the district of * Hvuildi, in the department of # Cháuchun, a few miles west- ward from Namah (or Nán-ngáu) . Just below the district of 14 14 Cháu- yáng, south ward towards the sea, a narrow inlet opens and the water sets back, forrning a long bav, on the western bank of which is a military station, a fortress , called bli Tsinghúi só, or the fortress of Tsinghái. It was a few miles southeast from this fortress, where the party landed, and proceeded to Hwuilhi; from thence, they were carried through the districts Lufung and in Haifung, to i Hưuichou für, in a course a little north of west, and a distance of one hundred and fifty miles. Hwuichuu stands on the southern bank of a large river; and is distant, nearly due east, say one hundred miles from Canton ;-the river unites with the Chú kiány just below Whampoa ; and is, we presume froin the re- ports we have heard of it, navigable for sınall ships quite up to Hwuichau, and perhaps still higher. The conduct of the Chinese government was, in this affair we think, very reprehensible. Sir Henry Pottinger had been pleased to spare the authorities of Canton, on condition that they remained neutral. Under these circum- stances, therefore, the party, thrown upon the coast of the province, ought to have been imrnediately restored. The povernor could not but have known they were English. The demand for their release made by the American inorchant and consul, was urged solely on the ground of their being ship- wrecked foreigners; and it was urged that, as such, they ought, in accor- dance with a provision of the Chinese laws, to be iminediately restored. How the hong-merchants represented the case to the govemor, and how his ex- cellency reported it to his imperial majesty', we have never bern able to ascertain.—in one point captain Dicey is in error, and it is 11.htih it tiie error should be corrected. We knoin the American viip.cunsul Wüs noi induced TOL. XI No 634 Dec Loss of the Mailugasidir. to act as he did by any “strong influence" of a third party; that influence, unfortunately at the moment, was operating in the opposite direction, and what was done was occasioned only by a sense of duty and humanity to the persons in captivity. The reasons for withholding the communication, till the present time, are obvious.] SIR,-Being released from the hands of the Chinese, it now devolves on me to lay respectfully before your excellency a full and correct account of the loss of the late H. C. armed steamer Madagascar, while under my command, and of the sufferings and privations of myself and party while in captivity; also of the measures adopted for restoring me and my companions in captivity to liberty and our country, which have been crowned with success. I arrived at Hongkong on Monday, 13th September, 1841, and having received orders from captain Nias, C. B., H. M. ship Herald, senior officer, that I was to join your excellency immediately, then on the east coast of China, I commenced taking in coals, watering, and receiving provisions. Having completed these duties, and re- ceived the dispatches for your excellency and the post-office packets, I finally left Hongkong on the morning of the 17th in prosecution of my voyage. I experienced calms and light easterly winds the whole of the 17th; on the 18th the wind increased to a strong breeze, and on the 19th it blew hard from the eastward, with a very high sea-s() much so, that at almost every plunge, our jib-boom and bowsprit were under water; the topmasts were housed, with the yards all on deck, and the steamer made as snug as possible for progressing against adverse weather, On the 19th Sep. at noon, we were in lat. 32° 50' N., long. 117° E. Clouds with increasing wind and the weather very unsettled, and a high sea running. At 6 P. M. sighted the Lamock islands, bear- ing N. by W. about fifteen miles, and shaped our course for the Bro- thers. At 9 P. M., the after accommodations were filled with smoke, and as the vessel had been repeatedly on fire in the former voyage in the coal boxes, and smoke was seen escaping from the starboard after coal box scuttle on deck, I thought the coals in the boxes were on fire. I turned all hands up, and commenced passing them on deck, but at 10 P. M. was satisfied that the coals in the boxes were not on fire though very much heated; at 10.30 P. M. the smoke was too dense to remain below in the after part of the ship. 1 there- fore closed all the hatches abaſt, and covered them with awnings and curtains to smother it as much as possible, leaving only a part of the main hatch open. This was nearly over the place where I supposed the fire to be, viz. the bulkhead abaft the hoiler, and a 1 184 6:35 Loss of the Hudugascar. constant stream of water was thrown on the after part of the bulk- head and upon the coals in the after hold, by means of engine pumps and hose. At 11 P. M., I ordered Mr. Oliver, the chief officer, who took with him Mr. Sharpe, the third officer, Mr. Burbank, the gunner, Mr. Wilson, 2d engineer, and a gang of hands, to clear away the coals from the fore part of the bulkhead, and to rip open the coal box plates, which was effected by midnight, although the heat below from the boiler (steam being up) as well as the fire was almost in- tolerable. The plates of the coal boxes being fitted over, and cover- ing the top of the boilers, by opening them, we got immediately at the fire, and discovered that the lower part of the bulkhead was to all appearance consumed, and the coals in the after hold on fire. A plentiful supply of water was kept up abaft as well as before the bulkhead, and being satisfied that the coals in the after hold were on fire, I ordered the cocks in the engine room to be opened and five feet of water to be let in; the steamer was also put before the wind to smother it as much as possible, and prevent its spreading aft to the magazine. At this time it was blowing very fresh, with dark gloomy weather and a high sea running. At 2.30 A. M. of the 20th, I indulged the hope that we had got it under, and as I could keep up a constant supply of water by buckets, ordered the steam to be blown orf, and the fires to be drawn to cool the ship as much as possible in the vici- nity of the flame. In this hope I was disappointed, for at 3 A. M., I discovered the fire had taken hold of the ship's side, and ca' in deck, and was spreading aft on the starboard side; we could distinctly hear the crackling of the wood and the rapid progress the fire was mak- ing aft. At about 3.30 A. M., the ship became enveloped in thick clouds of smoke, and we could scarcely stand upon the deck, at the after part of the vessel, the smoke being so very painful to the eyes. Although a constant supply of water was kept playing upon the fire, and every possible exertion made on the part of all hands, still our efforts were in vain, as the vessel became heated all over, and the flames gained so much ground, that we could see the fire through the bull's eyes in the scuttles on the outside of the ship, while the pitch boiled out of the seams on deck. The smoke being so thick that it was impossible to remain below even in the engine room, I ed all down, and about 4 A. M. came to the determination of taking 10 ile boats. I mustered all hands on the quarter-deck to make my Arrargenellis; there were 99 souls in all on board, who were appor. cover- 030 DEC. Loss of the Huciug'usculi tioned as follows; to the first cuiter 12, to the second cutter 30, to the third cutter 20, and to the gig 7. The gig, with the conpleinent allotted to her, shoved off by ny or- ders in charge of Mr. Sharpe, third officer, who had with him oue European soldier, one European sailor, and four Lascars, with orders to remain near by the vessel; for the sea was running so high that I was fearful if she remained alongside, she would be dashed to pieces by its violence. On his leaving, the ressel fell off, the boat got under the bows, and was never seen after. The 3d cutter was in charge of Mr. Bowman 2d officer, but being an old boat, and having struck under the counter of the ship, she separated in two pieces. Mr. Bowman was picked up by the inen in the 2d cutier, then lying isteru of the steamer; but all the other hands perished. The first and second cutters were to have shoved off together, but the sea was running so very high, and the ship rolling so heavily, that they came in contact with tie ship's side and each other several times, and were much injured. The first cutter being on the lee quarter, I got into her, having some time previously ordered capt. Grattan, H. M. 18th R. I., two European seldiers, two Chinese carpenters, and the remaining Lascars to get in, leaving Mr. Oliver, chief officer, (whom I had previously informed I would lay off upon our oars a few yards from the ship to make room for the second cutter to get in the same position on the lee quarter, where the first cutter then was that thus he might embark himself and the remainder of the crew with greater facility,) and a few others that were to go in the second cutter. But in the darkness of the night, and the ship being so enveloped in smúke that we could with difficulty see, by some unaccountable mistake, a portion of the Lascars intended for my boat went on board the second cutter, and then cut her adrift. Learning this to be the case from Mr. Oliver who hailed me, I pulled up under the stern, and Mr. Oliver, chief officer, Mr, Maxtin, sur- geon, Mr. Burbank, gunner, two engineers and others, lowered them- selves from the lee quarter into the boat. But Mr. Mispelaar, the parser, must I fe:ur have fallen overboard in endervering to get in. W had 42 in all in the first cutter, whose dimensions were 24 feet long by 61 bean. This accounts for so large a proportion of Eu- ropeans being with me, and among then the chief mate, who was allotted in charge of second cutter; and Mr. Bowman, who, as I before stated, was picked up from the third cutter, remained in charge of the second. After quitting the ship, it was my inten- tion to have carried into effect my first arrangements and trans- 18:12. 637 Loss of the Madugascar. sea. ferred Mr. Oliver and the others to the second cutter, and received an equal portion of Lascars from her into the first cutter. But from the high cross sea that was running, this was found innpracticable; for had the two boats come in collision, it would have been inevi- iable destruction to both. Preparing the boats and embarking occupied from 4 till 5 o'clock of the morning of the 20th of Sep- teinber, when I finally quitted the unfortunate Madagascar. Ten minutes after, the vessel was in flames from the funnel to the after part of the skylight in the quarter deck, and the main inast gone and hanging over the side. The weather at this time was threatening and unsettled, with a strong northeast gale and high sea. Being so near the equinox, I thought it most advisable to steer for the land in hopes of falling in with a fishing boat, as I had passed several the day before; but in this I was disappointed, the unfavor- able aspect of the weather probably preventing their remaining out at At 10 minutes to 10 A. M., the steamer blew up with a loud report, and we saw the immense column of smoke from the explo- sion, being I suppose about twelve miles froin her at the time. It had been my wish to have remained close by, and have seen the last of this ill fated vessel, but the state of the sea and weather would not adrnit of doing so without almost certain destruction to all those in the two boats. The second cutter was in company with me for several hours when I suddenly lost sight of her ; the sea at this time (about noon) was very high, and I came to the conclusion that she must have swamped; for in my own boat, although I had packed the men around the gunwale of the boat as close as they could possibly sit together, as being the best means available of keeping out the water, still several seas broke in, and it was with the greatest difficulty she was kept free. At one time, having shipped a heavy sea, the boat apparently became water-logged; so that we scarcely ven- tured to hope that we should succeed in freeing her. We could show no other sail than a blanket, and with great difficulty kept the boat from being overwhelmed by the heavy cross sea that was running. We reached the land near Breaker Point about 10 o'clock P. M. During the night we had several narrow escapes, from being strand- ed on the reef and scattered rocks off the Point. At one time the rocks were not more than six or eight feet from the boat, with a high reiling sea dashing against them, while the dark and gloomy night, the unsettled weather, and all of us drenched to the skin from spray and tops of the seas conibing over us, added to the horrors of our 638 Dec. Loss of the Madagascar. situation. We had moreover been without food from Sunday after- noon at 4 P. M. till this time 4 A. M. of the 21st; consequently we were all exhausted, but every effort that men in our condition could put forth was exerted, and after dragging along the edge of the reef, and close to the breakers, we succeeded in clearing the Point. At that time the wind shifted round to southeast and south, and some- what increasing, the boat could not lay clear of the land. She was at last stranded about seven miles to the westward of Breaker Point, at 5 o'clock on the morning of the 21st. Finding that we must inevitably fall into the hands of the Chinese, the dispatches for your excellency, as well as those for their excel- lencies H. M. plenipotentiary and sir Hugh Gough, G.C. B., were effectually destroyed by myself and captain Grattan, who was the bearer of those sent by the right honorable the governor-general of India. Thus end the disasters we encountered, up to the time of our being thrown on shore into the hands of the Chinese, a period of 32 hours, during which we were placed in a position of the great- est trial, difficulty and danger, and which I am happy to say was borne throughout by my officers and crew with the greatest patience and fortitude, more particularly that part of the time our efforts were exerted to extinguish the fire, when every officer and man on board carried into effect my orders with zeal, promptitude and unflinch- ing firmness to the last ;-particularly Mr. Oliver, the chief officer, who remained very near the flame during the whole time. In bring- ing this to a close, I would bear testimony to the great assistance I received from captain Grattan, H. M. 18th Royal Irish, a passenger, and the five European soldiers who were with him, during the whole of the night of the 19th September. Prior to landing, I had determined, had we fallen in with the fisher- men, and any difficulty arisen with them as to our nation (for Amoy as I had learned a few days before had fallen into British hands), to say that we were Americans, in hopes of inducing them by a liberal reward to take us to Macao. But we met no fisherman, and almost as soon as the boat stranded, it was seized and broken to pieces by the natives. We were then invited by a fisherman to his hut, and, when he understood we were not English, he appeared dispos- ed for a handsome reward to convey me and my companions to Ma- cao; but while engaged in arranging through our Chinese carpenters with him about the terms, à petty oflicer, with a number of follow- ers, arrived, and marched us to a village about two miles from the beach On our way there, the crowd meanwhile increasing at every 1842. Loss of thr Musluga:cur. 039 step, we were suddenly set upon, some of us knocked down, ali more or less threatened with weapons, and every man stripped near- ly naked, the attendants of the officer encouraging and joining in this brutal and cowardly attack. We probably had a narrow escape at this time, for the Chinese carpenters told us, they were disputing whether or not they should take our lives. Having reached the village, we were confined in a dark and filthy outhouse, and after a short time were supplied with rice and water, and exhibited to successive multitudes of the people, who pressed upon us, nearly to suffocation. About 3 P. M. a petty officer came, and by his orders, we were locked up for the night. During the whole of the next day, 220 September, we remained at the same place, receiving the same treatment. We were informed that we should march the next day to HIwuilái, distant about 20 miles; and about 10 o'clock on the 23d, we commenced our journey. Several other officers also arrived, among whom was one who ap- peared to take an interest in us, and undertook for the sum of $250 to have a letter conveyed to Macao. He also informed us through nur Chinese carpenters, that if we were Americans, or if we would evert persist in stating that we were so, (for he evidently had suspi- cions to the contrary,) he would for the sum of $3,000, but which as the difficulties increased he raised to $6,000, engage to clear us through the authorities at Canton. In the helpless situation in which we were placed, I determined to try the experiment, and on my ar- rival at Hwuilai, where we were detained for a week, I, with extreme difficulty, wrote my first letter, addressing it to captain Belcher, R. N. and to Messrs. Matheson and Burn, at Macao, and acquainted them with our position and the liopes we entertained for deliverance. Having undergone a ridiculous examination before two oflicers of higher rank than we had before seen, our carpenters acting as inter- preters, we left the place on the 30th September, and continued our journey with only one day's interval until the 6th of October, on which day, we embarked in chop boats for Canton. During this journey, we suffered severely from fatigue, sore feet, and exposure to a burning sun; we were also miserably fed, lodged and clothed ; and in short, experienced every description of annoyance, humiliation, filth and wretchedness. During this journey, moreover, our carpen- ters unfortunately disclosed that we were English. We continued our course in the boats up to the 10th, when we were met not far from Canton by a deputy from the governor, who ordered us back to Flwuichau, a place we had passed two days before cordingly returned there on the 12th We ac. 30 Der Loss of the Madagascar. Here I received a letter addressed to us at the suggestion of Mr. Matheson, by his agen in Cano11, Mr. R. an American merchant, acquainting me thit arrangements were in progress for our deliver- ance, agreeably to the plan suggested in any letter from Hwuilái. Also that two linguists had been dispatched from Canton to inves- tigate our case, and that he had niade a demand upon the govern- or for us. He at the same time gave some useful advice for our gui- dance, and inclosed a line from captain Belcher informning us, that our plan would be adopted. After the investigation which took place on the 16th of October, and which was conducted on the part of the authorities with much care, we succeeded in deceiving them from their partial ignorance of nautical matters, and have reason to be- lieve that at its conclusion they were persuaded we were really Americans. It became imperatively necessary that Mr. R. should be acquainted with the result and information we had given them. Our Chinese friend managed with much difficulty for the sum of $130 to get this forwarded to Canton, so as to reach there prior to the official dispatches, that thus he might be enabled to answer any questions that would probably follow. This safely reached its desti- nation, and we received the answer to it in 8 days on the 24th Oct., which gave us to understand that the authorities were preparing to forward us to Canton. We waited anxiously for the order for release to arrive, but eleven days after the official dispatch left, a letter ar- rived from the governor, ordering a second trial to be held to ascer- tain if any letters had passed between us and merchants at Canton. This was done, without their discovering that any communication whatever had passed between us, although they asserted that Mr. R. admitted that he had received a letter from us. The officer who came in charge of us from Hwuilái, and our Chinese friend, were both obliged to proceed to Canton, and by this opportunity I wrote Mr. R. on the 29th October, informing him of all that had occurred, and begging if anything had transpired regarding the letter, to endeavor by some means to turn it to our advantage; for if the governor should discover that I had really sent a letter, the lives of our Chinese friend, as well as of the two carpenters would in all probability be forfeited. On the 23d of November, I received a letter by the hand of our friend, who, although he had been separated from us by engagements ou other duty, managed to keep up the communication with our friends at all hazard. This letter informed me that the governor bad made some olojection to the wording of the document sent in by 18:11 641 Loss of the Madagascar. vernior him, demanding our release; but which being explained, that he had received a letter from a friend at Macao and not from us, the go- was satisfied; and as all difficulties now appeared to be removed, there could be no reasonable pretext for much longer delaying our reiease. On the 24th and 25th November, I wrote an answer, although with extreme difficulty to avoid observation, and sent it by the friend to Mr. R., inclosing a letter for Macao, in which was a hurried state- ment of the loss of the steamer, with the names of my companions in captivity, begging that it might be forwarded to the senior na- val officer at Hongkong. The cold weather having now set in, , accompanied with heavy rains, and we being housed in the open verandah of a temple, which was but partially covered with a mat roof, and sleeping on the damp brick floor, nearly all of us without shoes or stockings and little or no clothing, (for the Chinese had only given each of us an old jacket,) diarrhæa and ſever began to make their appearance amongst us; and I applied to the officers in charge of us to forward a letter to Canton for a supply of clothing and medicines. Since nothing had been discovered against us, I could only attribute this want of kindness to the officers having a strong suspicion as to our real character. They complied with the request, and dispatched my letter to Mr. R. on the 18th of November. Oni the 5th of December, we received the clothes and medicines sent, which added much to our comforts, for we had been without a change of linen of any description for eleven weeks; our sickness now soon disappeared. The period froin the 23d of Norember (date of the last letter) to the 26th of December was an anxious time to Among other rumors which we heard, was one that the go- vernor would not take upon himself the responsibility of releasing us; and had reported the whole affair to the emperor ; and that we should be detained until an order arrived from the court of Peking. At this time our Chinese friend made his appearance with a letter to us from Canton, informing us we were to be released and for- warded to Macao. I also received a public letter through the Chi- mese officers from Mr. Delano, American vice-consul, informing me that I and my party were to be delivered over to the Rev. Mr. Bridg- man, at Macao, which gentleman would hand me a letter nearly the counterpart of one, an extract from which is here attached, receira ed at Weichau. us. Copy of a letter froin Jfr. Delano, rirr-consul C. S. to the 10.. V. 642 Der Loss of the Jadagascar " Rev. E. ( Bridgman. Canton, 18th December, 1841 My dear sir,--Before I left Macuo, I received your note covering the. translation of a communication from the authorities, and calling my attention to the case of the shipwrecked people in Weichau; I intended to have thank- ed you for the one, and to have spoken of the other, before I left, but press of other engagements prevented me. Almost immediately after my return, I got into a correspondence with the hong-merchants, and after some consi- derable delay and management, terins were settled, upon which they agreed to deliver the shipwrecked people (about forty in number) to my order in Macao. And to this effect the authorities of Canton sent instructions to Wei- chau, several days since. The officer who has charge of the party of fo- reigners, has a letter from me to you, requesting you to receive the said peo- ple, and to give him a few lines to show to me, saying the promise of the authorities had been fulfilled. And I hope within a day or two they will all be in safety with you. I do not know what statements the hong-merchants have made to the authorities, regarding the country to which the wrecked vessel belonged, but I have reueron to believe that they have taken upon themselves a good deal of responsibility in order to get the sufferers clear ; and that if it were to come to the knowledge of the officers that they were English, the hong-merchants might find a difficulty. To save them from trouble, I would ask the favor of the captain and his companions to refrain from publishing in the local papers any account of their shipwreck and sufferings, and I would also thank you to get Mr. Matheson to take measures to prevent any printed notice of the matter in either of the newspapers, Register or Press, for a month or two to come. A notice stating the officers and crew of a foreign vessel wrecked to the east coast, after being detained for two or three months, had been liberated and brought to Macao, &c., would of course be unobjectionable." On the 30th of December the Weichau fú, or prefect of the city, informed me that he would forward myself and party to Macao the day following, and the two Chinese carpenters were to follow us in a few days. I remonstrated in their behalf, but to no purpose; and we all, forty in number, embarked from Weichau on the 31st De- cember, having been there eighty days. We stopped at Tungkwán to change boats, but they could not be procured, and were compel- led to proceed around by way of Canton. We there embarked in other boats, and on the morning of the 6th Jan., 1842, arrived at Macao, where I was most kindly received by the Rev. Mr. Bridg- man, who took us to his house, and gave the necessary documents to the Chinese officers who came in charge of us from Weichau. He also rendered me every assistance in having my crew accommo- dáted for the night, (for it was 6 P. M. before we landed from the boats,) and then proceeded with myself, Messrs. Grattan, Oliver and Maxten, to the residence of our kind countryman, James Matheson, 1512 13 Stewari Hurkenzie's l'ampaign in China e9q, who gave us a most hospicable reception. He had taken the most lively interest in our late from the first to this interest and to the perseverance and strong influence which this gentleman possessed with the American cousul and merchants, and exerted in our behalf, is to be aitributed the success of the means adopted, and which have now come to such a successful termination. To Mr. Delano, the American vice-consul and Mr. R., American merchant, I am much indebted for their generosity in behalf of the unfortunate, and throughout they have rendered every assistance in their power to ob- tain our release from the hands of the Chinese authorities. I would here respectfully beg to state to your excellency that our Chinese friend has in every way acted his part faithfully, and by his coöperation, in being able to have access to the officers about the person of the governor of Canton; the services rendered by him were mainly instrumental in deceiving the authorities, which with the other means and exertions of our friends has now restored us to liberty. J. M. Dicey. Com. lute wur steamer Madagascar Hongkong, January 19th, 1842. ART. II. Nurrutive of the second campaign in China. By Keith Stewart Mackenzie, esq., late military secretary to the com- mander-in-chief London: Richard Bentley, 1842. Pp. 253. This little volume will furnish the author's particular friends with a very fair account of the details of the war, during the period Mr. Mackenzie was connected with the expedition, from the 27th of November, 1840, till the arrival of sir Henry Pottinger, August 10th, 1841. The narrative is faithful, but lacks interest, from a want of descriptions of personal adventures and natural scenery, and an al- most entire silence regarding the opinions and intentions of the con- minder-in-chief. From the military secretary of his excellency, something more was expected. We have glanced over all the pages, from beginning to the end of the book, and have found very few par- ticulars that are not already given in our own Repository. He came, as he says, with “the hope of seeing some actual service in his pro- fession;" and conseq'i.ntly was sadly disappointed whenever any- thing prevented his realizing that hope. til i Doc. Stewart Mackenzir: Cumpaign in China. An instance of this occurred on the Sth of January, when the squadron moved up the river to attack the batteries at the Bogue. At the moment the firing began, a Hag of truce was observed coming towards the flag-ship. a The boat was manned by an old woman, having for her compagnon dil voyage a man of the lowest description, who proved to be the bearer of a chop from admiral Kwán, to captain Elliot; the purport of which was to obtain a. grace of three days, to enable them to cominunicate with Kishen. This was acceded to, and our answer was taken in the Nemesis by lieutenant William Maitland, who had an interview with the Chinese admiral, who was most civil; and when told by lieutenant Maitland that he must desist from all further hostile preparations, replied, That he dared not surrender the forts, but if able we might come and take them. In consequence of this, all idea of hostilities was laid aside. I leave the reader to imagine, if he can, the feelings of the fleet on this occasion; to attempt to describe them would be useless.” (p. 26.) Another similar disappointment was experienced on the heights of Canton, May 27th, when firing was about to commence, preparations for escalading having been completed. He gives some amusing particulars regarding the flag of truce-90 often hoisted, and so otten disregarded. Once," the plenipotentiary, when on his way to Canton, was fired at while under a flag of truce.” On the 21st of January, 1841, at the suggestion of captain Elliot, the squadron that had been nearly two months in the river, occupying Chuenpi since the 8th, retired from the inner waters, and proceeded to Hongkong The military secretary remained behind “ to assist captain Scott of H. M. S. Samarang, governor of Chucnpí, in restor- ing the forts” to a Chinese officer. The restoration was made in due form. On the 27th January—the day sir Gordon Bremer took possession of Hongkong, captain Elliot had a formal interview with Kishen at Second Bar. Many officers, naval and military, with the French consul and captain Rosamel of the French corvette Danaïde, accom- panied H. B. M.'s plenipotentiary-and proceeded in the Calliope, Hyacinth, Larne, Nemesis, and Madagascar. In order to give as much éclat as possible to the meeting, the band of the Wellesley, and also one hundred picked men of the Royal Marines, commanded hy captain Ellis, having under him lieutenants Stransham and Max- well, were in attendance as a guard of honor. On arriving off Chuenpi, the whole party were distributed among the two steamers, i hich gave and returned salutes as they passed the several forts. 1842 01: Stewart Juckrnzie's (rampaign in China. The landing-place was inclosed by a slight bamboo railing, roofed over, and covered with bright colored cloth. Under this, the guard of honor and band were drawn up to receive the plenipotentiary. The tents, in which the interview was to be held, were about three hundred yards from the landing-place, and were surrounded by smaller tents, for Kishen's own guard and suite. The plenipotentiary was received in a handsome outer tent, where the whole party, individual by individual, was introduced to Kíshen. After this ceremony was over, he invited captain Elliot and a few others into an inner tent, “where," says the military secretary, “we found chairs arranged on each side of an ottoman, upon which Kishen immediately seated himself, in a manner in which tailors are wont to pursue their lau- dable vocation-his staff standing around him. We sat on chairs, captain Elliot on the left, and the hon. captain Dundas on the right -the former being looked on, in China, as the seat of honor. Mr. Grey, a young midshipmen of H. M. S. Herald, son of the late bishop of Hereford, had accompanied his captain; and Kishen took the lad, and placed him at his side, commencing a series of questions relative to the boy. Captain Elliot mentioned that Mr. Grey is nephew of the late prime minister, at which Kishen seemed pleased, and inquired his age. On being informed that he was only fifteen, he remarked that one so young would be much better employed at home in learning his books, than in learning the use of his sword.” (p. 29.) Not one word—not one hint—not even a guess, is ex- pressed by our author regarding the business of the interview with the “ talented Tartar." In the Appendix, he gives a number of tables showing the whole number of guns, taken from the Chinese between 1st of January 1841, to June of that year, which were 1,211. Several of these were 68 prs.; and all were found in the forts and junks on the river, or about the city of Canton. A good “Sketch of the operations of the British forces, by land and in the river," against the city of Canton, precedes the narrative, and is the best part of the book —of which it is needless for us to say more. 646 Dec. Manifestu by the Prople of Tinghái. Art. III. A Public Manifesto by all the people of the twenty- six districts of Tinghái. Our district of Tinghái stands orphan-like in the midst of the sea; our manners and customs are plain and unsophisticated, nor are there wanting among us those who have been faithful statesmen and upright men. From the time that the present family ascended the throne, the virtue and valor of our ancestors has been the theme of history, and for the last two hundred years our hills and vallies have been at peace; which may in a great measure be attributed to our daring and hardiness. On a previous occasion, the English rebelled and invaded Tinghái; we seeing that their appearance resembled the human species, though their dispositions were brutish, and that they only wished to hold commercial intercourse, consented to dwell with them, and raised no disturbance; and last year when they again came we treated them as host and guest, and held intercourse as usual. This spring, the imperial soldiers came to exterminate them, but because these people during the two years that they have been here made some show of mock humanity and goodness, we were duped by them, and stood tamely looking on to see who conquered, and who was defeated. And further we found that if we had recourse to arms, it would only confirm their enmity, and expose us more than ever to its deadly effects, which was the reason why orders were sent to stop the progress of the imperial troops. We have submitted to these insults and injuries because of our desire to save our lives and properties, not to say that we have been willingly so foolish and so traitorous. But now their ships having been burned by our soldiers, the English have gone everywhere burning the houses of our people, and have without any cause carried some of them into captivity; they have seized on their persons and demanded money for their ransom ; and they have demolished the temples, and desecrated the images of the gods themselves! And they have further called together a band of villains to act as police, who daily rob clothes and other articles, and extort money; and they have forbidden us to plough our fields, and the good grain that was planted near the city they have compelled us to root up again: in fine, to judge from their varied tyranny and oppression, they will be satisfied with nothing less than the very lives of us people of Tinghái! Formerly we sacrificed our good name for our lives and our properties, but these being now as it were no more, what further hare we worth caring about? 1941 6.17 Manifesto hy the Icopale of Tinghui. It now happens that the great awe-inspiriug general Yiking has issued a proclamation to the eftect that those who can kill these rob bers will be rewarded, and if their houses are burned or their pro- perties destroyed, they will be refunded. How much better then that in the midst of death we should have a chance of life by screw- ing up our courage for their attack and destruction, than that we should set as with our hands tied awaiting death, or that we should leave behind us the stigma of traitors, and that our ghosts should blush to see our fathers in the other world! For that end we must suinmon up our resolution, every man of every district must unite like so many pillars of the glorious cause; we must go to the temples and there solemnly swear, with hands and hearts as one, that wherever we can meet them and find an opportunity, we shall kill them, and wherever we see a ship unprepared we shall burn her. Perhaps some may say, “they are strong and we are weak.” But then I answer, they are few and we are many; they cannot afford to be a moment off their guard, and we can conveniently wait for op- portunities; they cannot move a step from where they are, whereas we may carry out our plans anywhere; if we do not succeed the first time, we may try it a second; if we fail in an attack by sea, let us next try a land attack; if fair means miscarry, foul means may obtain the same end. By using poison, by concealing a dagger, we may cause their guards to be no guards, and render all their prepara- tions of no avail. They have come from the distance of several tens of thousands of miles, and they have entered into the midst of our territory; this then becomes a war of the few and the many, If we kill a man of their's, it is always a man lost to them; if we burn a ship, it is always a ship the less; until by this means we shall speedily see all their ships and men perishing imperceptibly before their eyes. Besides their little country has already been well nigh exhausted by the length of the contest, they have no resources to make up for losses, so that even without exterminating them, they must erelong die off of themselves. Lately there was a ship added to their number, but she is a French ship, which the English have invited to assist them, by which we may see that their strength is at a low ebb, and their ability not equal to the task they have undertaken. But the people of France are in their dress and appearance somewhat like the na- tives of China, and they are also respectful and kind. Let us, the peo- ple of Chusan then proclaim (to the French] that the English lo- rriguers sold opium, aw deluged our Central Land with their poison ; 648 Dec. Manifesto by the People of Tinghui. that the great emperor, who loves his people as children, again and again forbade them to use it; that the English were obstinate and would not obey his commands, for which he took their opium and destroyed it; and for this they lighted the torch of war. But this affair took place at Canton, and had no reference whatever to l'ing- hái, yet they suddenly took possession of our district. Still the great einperor graciously consented to pardon their crime, and re- stored them several tens of their people who had been taken, and per- mitted them to continue their commercial intercourse as usual at Canton; but they being full of wickedness availed themselves of the pretense to make peace, suddenly to attack the Bogue forts at Can- ton, when our people were off their guard, and to kill a number of our officers and soldiers. That our gracious emperor being full of goodness as heaven itself, and looking upon the English as so many wolves and tigers, with whom it were unworthy to enter into discus- sion, paid them back the price of their opium. But these having not an atom of conscience and being insatiately greedy, without any reason whatever attacked Amoy in Fukien, and a second time took our Tinghái in Chekiáng, where they have conducted themselves in the most ruthless manner. And this was not done because they had any very skillful leaders, or valorous soldiers, but because our civil officers were without knowledge, and our military men fearing that there was no one to head the good people, and lead them on en masse to oppose the enemy, which had caused that Chinhai, Ningpo, Funghwá, Yüyáu, and other places have been alike exposed to their ravages, so that their cup of iniquity is filled to the brim, and they are now treating us Tinghái people with greater cruelty than ever ; and other words to that effect. The great French nation seeing an address from us the common people, such as this, must say in reply that they will on no account be disobedient or give assistance to the rebel English. There are now five men of that nation living at Hú Tsáimau's house, who are constantly telling our people that the hearts of the English foreigners are poisonous, that we must on no account hold intercourse with them, or afterwards we are sure to suffer by it; that they (the English) are not like us (the French) who depend upon heaven, and that all the people of the other countries whom the English have invited to assist them [in this war with Chi- na] detest their wickedness and deceit, and look upon them as ene- mies. This implies then that their support from foreign countries is cut off, and we, though we he at emity with the English, yet must on no account injure a single ship or a single individual le- Manifesto by the People of Tinghái 619 longing to the French nation; hic wlw disobeys this ivjunction, we shall all of us adjudge him as guilty of reckless murder. In refer- ence to the linguists of Canton and Fukien, whom the English depend upon as their very wings, these were originally good subjects of our Central Land, who perhaps Aed from punishment, or were seduced to serve them, but who never willingly left the land of their fathers to join the ranks of these birds and beasts. On a previous occasion our high officers yracionsly permitted them to return to their allegiance, and now there is a linguisi belonging to one of the ships, who has already proceeded to the camp and returned to his duty; and among them who carry on their business, there are those who have privately made their arrangements with us, though they still remain with them, and profess to serve them, so that in this respect their wings are already pretty well clipped. But we are the same people, and yet we cannot assist in slaying them! If there be those among us so besotted that they will not awaken, then we must look upon them as not having human hearts, and we nust. slaughter them as we would sheep or pigs, and in this way they will also be dispersed. The homes of all these black, white, and red devils are removed several tens of thousands of miles from this; they have fought now for three or four years; when a city is taken, their officers get fat upon it, but what wealth or fame awaits them? When they meet in the shock of battle and cross their swords, it is done by order of their officers, who thus doom numbers of them to destruction. If they live, it is only as strangers in a far country; if they die they become ghosts in a distant land. Truly they are much to be pitied! They are constantly saying so to our people, and tell their complaints with abundance of tears. Lately at Chipi, Kanfi (Gough?) was wound- ed, when the whole of them swelled with the greatest hatred and indignation ; they retired, and said to our people, 'We do not wish to fight, but are compelled to do it, and must obey orders; so there is no help for it! If your soldiers could kill our mang-tá-li (mandarins), we should then be able to return home;' and other words to that efect, which proves that they are on the point of a mutiny, then these said black and white devils will seize their officers and deliver them over to us, we the said people of Chusan will no longer remember our previous enmity, but will beg our high officers to send them back to their homes. Oh ye black and white devils! Why should you throw away your lives in assisting the tyranny of your masters to be out in pieces by us? If ye do not soon äwake to a sense of what is for your benefit and injury, or if you do not secretly VOL XI. O WI 650 DEC: Manifesto by the People of linghai. agree with us to deliver up your leaders or to kill them, we shall not be able to know who is good and who is bad, but you must all of you be either captured or killed; we will on no account permit a single man of you to return home! Ye linguists and interpreters, who are detained among them by compulsion, must translate these sentiments into their language, and declare the same to them all, which will be a work of the greatest merit. The son of Ching tálauyé, the commandant of Chúchau fú, had previously assembled a thousand ships, and ten thousand volunteers ; he had several times burned their ships, and carried off their people, thereby reaping a harvest of merit. We have lately heard that Liú, the lieut.-governor having requested I'lipú to make peace, young Mr. Ching's ships and volunteers are now dispersed, and he is gone to accompany the bier of his great father to his native place. Let us all agree to send people to stop young Mr. Ching, and we must charge him that he on no account forget the enmity he owes the English for the death of his father, and that he turn not his back on the great duty he owes his country :-he will assuredly again come and re-assemble his ships and volunteers. If the English barbarians still dare to remain squatted in our island and oppose us, we shall then arrange with him (i. e. Ching tálauyé), and fix upon a day when he will attack with his ships and volunteers from without, and we shall rush in dealing death upon them from within. Moreover we shall request the French people to coöperate, the linguists from Canton and Fukien will privately assist us; the black and white devils longing for home only wish that they may get defeated in order that they may return; they will on no account exert themselves to defeat their opponents, so that these barbarians, though their ships and guns may be powerful,—what difficulty will there be in pointing out the day when they will be all utterly exterminated ? Moreover, our people in burning the ships of the English have a much quicker plan than the slow process of using fire-junks. Let us therefore cove- nant together, that if there be any among us who coveting their paltry gains forget their own name and fame, who throw obstacles in the way of this public covenant, or whose hearts incline towards the English, as well as those who through fear of death, or danger fly away, and will not aid and assist us to kill the robbers, then such people are no longer worthy to be considered as sons of Ting- hái; they must be the offspring of those barbarian dogs! Though they may by good luck escape the laws of land, yet they are sure to meet an ignoininious death, their properties will be dissi- 1642 051 Popography of Kuhieri pated, and their posterity entirely cut off. All we, huwever, who cherish a faithful hearı within our breast, must have no shifting or changing of opinion; we must look forward to the time when we must utterly cut off the barbarians, when each shall be able to enjoy his estate in peace, and perpetuate his virtue to succeeding genera- tions. Thus shall we fulfill the great duty we owe our country, Those who have done meritorious deeds on a large scale will be re- warded with the glories of official employment; those who have labored, on a more humble scale, will be rewarded with money. It is right then for all of us who have blood and breath valorously to exert ourselves, and strive to be foremost in the good cause. Let us not deceive ourselves, thereby burdening our memories with a still great- er load of shame. Let these sentiments be reverentially borne in mind by all. A respectful declaration. Titukwang, of the Tá Tying dynasty, 224 year, 4th month, 29th day (June 7th, 1842.) Art. IV. Topography of Fukien: situation and boundaries of the province; its area and population ; süblivisions, mountains, rivers, harbors, &c. The opening of two ports of Fukien, Fuchau fú and Amoy, give new importance to a province, which long ago had acquired celebrity on account of its productions and foreign commerce. With a popula- tion of 14,777,410, on an area of 53,480 square miles, comprising 34,227,200 English acres, Fukien may well he regarded as no mean province." Lying between the parallels 23° 30' and 28° 30' N., and those of 1' W., and 4' E. of Peking, it enjoys a tenperate climate, in a position favorable for both domestic and foreign com- Its ancient name is Min, still often used instead of the 福建 ​Fukien,---" Happy establishment." It is bounded on the north by Chekiáng; on the west, by Kiangsí; on the sonthwest, by Kwangtung; and on the south and east by the Its seacoast is full of harbors, many of them spacious, commo- dious and safe. There are also, not far from the main, many islands, the principal of which are, Nón-áu, Tungshan, Hiúmun, Kinmun, and Haitán. The Min is the principal river; its branches extend merce more common one sea, 632 DEC Topography of Fukion over full one half of the province, and after uniting all their waters into one cliannel below the city of Fuchau, mingles them with those of the ocean. Nearly or quite every branch of the Min has its foun- tain-head within the boundaries of the province; and indeed, with very few exceptions, the saine is true of all the rivers in Fukien. On the north some small streams rise in Chekiáng, and flow south- ward into the department of Funing. On the northwest, two or three rivers of Kiángsi have their sources in Fukien. And again on the south, a few streams rising within the province flow across the boundary into Kwangtung. A high range of mountains stretches from the south to the north, the highest peaks evidently forming the line of demarkation between Kiángsí and Fukien. Several minor ranges of hills and mountains give diversity to the surface of this province, which presents to the view of the traveler very little level ground. In its general features, is is not unlike Maine in the United States, but is nearly double the size of that state. Its area is about the same as Nipál or Scinde. The province is divided into twelve departments—ten fí, and two chili-chau; and into sixty-six districts—sixty-two hien, and four ting --the names of which we subjoin, copying them from the govern- mental books. 1. HF Fuchau fú; or the Department of Fuchau, contains ten districts. Its chief city is in lat. 26° 2' 24" N., and long. 119° 25' E. of Greenwich, or 2° 40' E. of Peking. 1 | 1 Min hien, 6 | 1 Lienkiáng, 2È Haukwán, 7 Lóyuen, 3 Futsing, 8 Mintsing, 4 El Chánglóh, 9 H Kútien, 5 RT Yungfu, 10 W i Pingnán. II. W RF Tsiuenchau fú; or the Department of Tsiuenchau, contains six districts. Its chief city is in lat. 24° 56' 12" N., and long. 118° 47' 40" E. of Greenwich, or 2° 22' 40" of Peking. 1 T. Tsinkiáng, 4 Nan-án, 2 F7 : Tung-án, 5 h lệ Hvui-án, 3馬​港​廳 ​Making ting,6安溪 ​Atki 1842 653 Topography of Fukien III. . Of kienning fú; or the Department of Kienning, contains seven districts. Its chief city is in lat. 27° 3' 36'' N., and long. 118° 24' 25" E. of Greenwich, or 1° 59' 25" E. of Peking: 1 H 2 Kien-án, 5 Wij Púching, 2 5 Ngauning, 6 31 Kienyáng, 3 ttle to Chinghó, 7 # # Tsung-án. 4th Sungkí, IV. E F 1 Yenping fú; or the Department of Yenping, contains six districts. Its chief city is in lat. 26° 38' 24" N., and long. 118° 14' 20" E of Greenwich, or 1° 49' 20" E. of Peking IF Nánping, 4 k k Yung-án, 2 tyúkí, 5 Shuncháng, 3 vit Shá hien, 6 Tsiánglóli. V. T W FF Tingchau fú; or the Department of Tingchau, contains eight districts. Its chief city is in lat. 25° 44' 54" N., and long. 116° 26' 5" E. of Greenwich, or 1" 5" E. of Peking, LET Chángting, 5 ü€ F Wúping, 2 E tl Shangkáng, 6 v Tsingliú, 3 Hf Lienching, W 1 Ninghwá, 4 * t Yungting, 8 M 1 Kweihwá. VI. mit HF Hinghwá fú ; or the Department of Hinghwá, contains two districts. Its chief city is in lat. 25° 25' 22" N., and long. 118° 13'50” E. of Greenwich, or 2° 18' 5' E. of Peking. 1 Pútien, 2 fill it Sienyú. VII. BB st Hit Shauwú fú; or the Department of Sháuwú, contains four districts. lis chief city is in lat. 27° VI° :36” N., and long: 117° 33' E or Greenwich, or lº8' E. of Peking. 654 Dec, Topography of Fukien. 1 BB T Sháuwú, 3 Táining, 2 Kienning, 4 * Kwangtse. VIII. H Chángchau fú; or the Department of Chángchau, contains eight districts. Its chief city is in lat. 24° 31' 12" N., and long. 117° 59' E. of Greenwich, or 1° 24' E. of Peking. 1 Lungkí, 5 BH = Cháu-án, 2 Chángpú, 6雲霄​廳 ​Yunsidu ting, 39 Háiching, 7 8 h Cháng tái, 4 F FP Pinghó, 8 T 1 Nántsing. IX. To Funing fú; or the Department of Funing, comprises five districts. Its chief city is in lat. 26° 54' N., and long. 120' 5' E. of Green- wich, or 3° 40' E. of Peking. 1霞浦 ​Hipt, 4 Shauning, 2 Ningte, 5 h 42 Futing. 3 im l Fuán, X. W Táiwán fú; or the Department of Táiwán (Formosa) contains 6 districts. Its chief city is in lat. 23° N., and long. 120° 7' 50" E. of Green- wich, or 3° 32' 50" E. of Peking. 1 Taiwán, 4 . + Chánghwa, 2 Fungshán, 5 ik zk Tánshúi ting, 3 # Kiá-í, 6 Pánghú ting. XI. F + H1 Yungchun chau ; or the Department of Yungchun, contains two districts. 1 14 Tehwá, 2 * Tátien. XII. H 4 Lungngún chau ; or the Department of Lungngán, contains two districts. IF Chángping, 2 # Ningyang. 18.12. 655 Topography of Fukien. 1. The department of Puchau is bounded on the east by the sea; on the north, by the departments of Funing and Kienning; on the west by those of Yenping and Yungchun; and on the south by that of Hinghwa. The city of Fuchau-the capital of the province and of the department--stands about twenty-five or thirty miles from the sea, on the northern bank of the river Min. In 1835, the brig Governor Findlay anchored in lat. 26° 6' north, and long. 119° 53' east, being 3° 26" north and 28' east of Fuchau. The party, which left her in a boat to proceed to the Wúi hills, soon arrived off the fortress of Min-án, half way to the capital, at which place the river contracts and runs within very narrow limits, bounded by high and bold hills on each side. Four or five miles further westward is an island, called Pagoda island, beyond which the river reunites with a branch that puts off from it several miles above the city. The magistrates of the districts Min and Ilaukwin both reside at Fu- chau. The districts of Chángloh and Futsing lie on the south of the river, both bordering on the sea; and the latter extending to the frontiers of Hinghwá. On the north of the river, on the coast, are the districts of Lienkiáng and Liyuen, Westward from the capital, on the southern side of the Min, are the districts of Mintsing and Yunglu. The chief town of Mintsing, bearing the same name, stands closc upon the river. It was near this town that Mr. Gordon and his party, in 1835, were fired on by Chinese soldiers, and com- pelled to desist froin their purpose of visiting the hills of Wun. The Rev. Mr. Stevens, one of that party, described the country as being exceedingl; rich and beautiful all the way up from the sea to this place, a distance of seventy or eighty miles. Bold, high, and ro- mantic hills give a uniform, yet ever varying, aspect to the country; but it partakes so much of the mountainous character that it may be truly said, beyond the capital we saw not one plain, even of small extent. Every hill was covered with verdure from the base to the sunimit. The less rugged were laid out in terraces, rising above each other, sometimes to the number of thirty or forty. On these, the yellow barley and wheat were waving over our heads. Here and there a laborer, with a bundle of grain, which he had reaped, on his shoulder, was bringing it down the hill to thresh it out. Orange, lemon, or mulberry groves, and other trees, sometimes shaded a nat- row strip along the banks, half concealing the cottages of the inhil- bitants." Further westward, on the northern side of the Min, are the two remaining districts of this department, kuten and Pingnan ) 656 DEC Topography of Fukien. II. The department of Tsiuenchau is bounded on the south and east by the sea, on the north by Hinghwá; on the northwest, by Yungchun; and on the west, by Chángchau. It is a narrow tract of land, exceedingly well watered by numerous rivers, and many bays and harbors—among which latter is that of Hiámun, or Amoy. Du Halde says “the situation of the chief city is most agreeable, and renders it a place of great trade: it is built on a cape, and al- most encompassed with water; and the greater Chinese vessels enter within its walls." He speaks of several other cities as being most advantageously situated for foreign commerce. Particularly is this the case with Amoy. The magistrate of Tsinkiang resides at Tsiuenchau, which stands on the northern bank of the Tsin kiáng, or river Tsin. Aʼnki (Ankoy), known for its teas, lies due west from the chief town of the department. This district was visited by Mr. Gordon, under the direction of the Bengal government, in November 1834. His memoranda of the visit are to be found in our fourth volume. In that excursion he passed one of those stone bridges, of which there are several along the coast, and some of them ranked among " the wonders of China." See Medhurst's Fukien Dictio- nary, Introduction, p. xxiii. The district of Hwui-án is situated to the northeast from Tsiuenchau, and Nán-án to the northwestward from it. Tung-án and Mákiáng lie to the southwest, forming the southern portion of the department. The islands of Kinmun, Hiá- mun, and Kúláng, fall within the jurisdiction of the magistrate of Tung-án. III. The department of Kienning is situated on the northern side of the province, and is bounded, on the east by Funing and Chúchau in Chekiáng; on the north, by Küchau in Chekiáng and Kwangsin in Kiángsi; on the west, by Shanwú; and on the south, by Fuchau and Yenping. It is a very mountainous region, giving rise to several small streams, which flowing southward form the Tung-kí, one of the principal branches of the river Min. The ma- gistrates of Kien-án and Ngauning reside at the capital of the de- partment, Kienning, near its extreme south. The districts of Ching- hó and Sungkí form the western portion of the department. On the north is Púching; and on the west are the districts of Tsung-án and Kienyáng. The Bohea (Wúi) teas are produced in this de- partment. For a short account of these teas, and their particular localities, &c., the reader is referred to vol. VIII., page 132 and the sequel Toperiphy of Bukion ern. V. The department of Tenping spreads out on both sides of the Min, between Kienning and forhan-having Kienning on the north, Fuchau on the east, Yunge hun on the southeast, Lungyen on the south, and Tingchau and Shanwu on the west. Ascending tlie Min, the course from Fuchan to Yenping is nearly northwest. Yenping stands on the northern bank of the river. The districts of Yúkí, Sha, and Yung-au compose the southern portion of the department; while Shunchang and Tsianglóh till up the northwest- The chief city, Yenping, is remarkable, as Du Halde informs us, for its being watered in every part by aqueducts, and for the purity of the language of its inhabitants, which is that of the ancient Nanking; and hence he supposes that it was first settled by a colony from that region of country. The department of Tingchau is a narrow strip of land bor. dering on Kiángsi, having the departments of Sháuwú and Yenping on the north: those of Lungngán and Changchan on the east ; and those of Chinchau and Kiáying in Kwangtung on the south. The country is mountainous, and in nowise remarkable for its pro- ductions VI. The department of Hinghwa is of very small extent, situat- ed between Fuchau and 'Tsiuenchan, on the north and south; and between Yugchin on the west, and the sea on the east. Like the departments to which it is contiguous, Hinghwil je densely populated, with a rich, well cultivated, and very productive soil VII. The department of Shoundú is situated on the northwest- orn portion of the province, having the departments of Kwangsin and Kienchang in Kiángsi on the north and west; and those of Kienning, Yenping, and Tingcha, on the east and south In its general features, it resembles Tingchau, being a part of that moun- tainous range that divides Kiángsi and Fukien. VILL The department of Chingahau constitutes the southern portion of the province, and is of a triangular shape, having the departments of Tingchau, Lungngin, and Tsiuenchau for the north- ern line, the seacoast for the southern, and the department of Cháuchau in Kwangtung for the western. The line of coast stretches from Namoh to the hay of Amoy. The capital of the de- partment, which is the residence of the magistrate of Lungk, is situated due west from Amoy, at the junction of the Kiúlung and the Lung rivers. On the north and northeast is the district of Chángtai; and on the northwest is that of Nántsing. The district of Haiching is sitvater beturen Lingki and the seri and its clipticity stands upon 101.. 658 DEO Topographij of t'ukicu. an island. Nearest to Chángtái, on the coast, is the district of Chángpú; next is Yunsiáu; while Cháu-án lies at the extreme south. North of the last named district, is that of Pinghó. The depart- ment is populous, but not remarkable for its productions, or for any excellent qualities in its inhabitants. On the contrary, the people are reputed to be rude in manners and cruel in disposition. If com- mon reports be true, infanticide is more prevalent here than in any other part of the empire. IX. The department of Funing is situated, following the sea, at the opposite extreme of the province, bordering on Chekiáng. Like the last it is also of a triangular shape: the sea-line and the frontier of Chekiáng making a right angle at the northeast extreme of the province, while the third and longest line of the triangle is made by the boundary that separates this department from those of Kienning and Fuchau. The magistrate of Hiápú resides at Fu- ning. Futing is situated to the north, on the coast. Shauning is also to the north, but westward from Futing. Fu-án is in the centre of the department; and Ningte on its south. The country is popu- lous. X. The department of Taiwán including the Pescadore islands (Panghú ting), has been described at great length in former volumes : see vol. II., p. 408, and vol. III., p. 496. The attention of the public has been recently attracted to that island, by the barbarity of its local government. XI. The department of Yungchun is bounded on the north by Yenping and Fuchau; on the east, by Hinghwa; on the south, by Tsiuenchau; and on the west by Lungngan. XII. The department of Lungngán lies on the west of Yungchun, north of Changchau, east of Tingchau, and south of Yenping. These two are of small extent, and in their productions, and so forth, differ very little from those of Tsiuenchau and Chángchau. The productions of Fukien are tea, grain of various kinds, oranges, plantains, líchí, lungyen, bamboo, ginger, gold, silver, lead, tin, iron, salt (both marine and rock), deers' horn, beeswax, sugar, fish, birds' nests, medicine, paper, cloth (both silk and grass), tim- ber, &c., &c. The black teas come chiefly from those mountainous regions which are drained by the numerous branches of the Min, and form a most valuable article of export. On the opening of the port of Fuchau, these teas will easily be brought to that market, and not be subject to the heavy charges hitherto levied on them when carried overland w Canton. None of the other productions appear 10 Report the Nordical Missionary Society 0,9 be found in very great quantities, though of most of them there is sufficient raised for domestic consumption. No doubt, lowever, that both Fuchau and Amoy will afford a ready market for many foreign commodities, to be given either for money or in barter. ART. V. Annual report for 1841-42, of the hospital at Macdu, under the patronage of the Medical Missionary Society. By B. lobson, M. 13. In a former report it was mentioned that the capabilities of this institution had not then been tully tested, partly on account of its recent origin, and the fear and disquietude which pervaded the native com- niuuity at that time, and partly from a reluctance to allow its media cal duties to encroach upon the time necessarily devoted to studying the language; and although its operations had been from these causes restricted, it was anticipated that its influence and usefulness wouid rapidly advance. It is now my pleasing duty to inform the beneva lent friends and supporters of this Society, that these anticipations have been fully realized. From July last up to the present date, there has been an uninterrupted attention paid to all the objects that have been presented for medical and surgical relief. The number of patients, whose names, ages, occupations, residence, and maladies, have been registered in the books of the hospital, during that period, is five thousand two hundred and sixty-five ;-a number much greater than during any former period. That for the year ending 30th June, 1841, was 1457, showing a gratifying increase of confidence on the part of the natives in the skill and intentions of the foreiga physician. This number includes those only that have appeared for the first time, and consists of men, women, and children from this city, and the numerous and populous towns and hamlets in its vicinity; they have also come from Canton, and other parts of this and the neigh- boring provinces, and are chiefly persons of the middle and lower classes. But officers of government, both civil and military, have oc- casionally either personally or through others applied for medical aid. Two of these have come long journeys with this special object in view. 660 DEC. Report of the Medical Missionary Sorinty. Though the number of in-door patients, 433, bears but a small proportion to the applicants for relief, it is gratifying to remark that it is an increasing one, and that the national reluctance and timidity to be in the house of a foreigner is gradually lessening; and though no allowance is made to patients for subsistence, excepting a sum of a little more than a penny a day to those entirely destitute, many show not only a willingness but a solicitude to be permitted to reside with- in the walls of the hospital, and have readily yielded obedience to the regulations of the institution, which prohibit entirely the smoking of opium, gambling, and idolatrous sacrifices. Two patients have died in the house, and both have been removed and buried by their relations without trouble or any judicial inquiry. Besides the regular visits of the surgeon, the in-door patients have the constant attendance of native assistants. One of these, called Atsung, first canne under my notice in April, 1840. Though a young man, he was then an opiuin-smoker of seven years' standing, and much reduced both in his property and health. I promised to cure him of the habit, and to give him employment. Having been re- covered from this dangerous vice, and being found active and inge- nious, and moreover acquainted with three dialects, his services were engaged in the dispensary. In July, 1840, he accompanied Dr. Par- ker to America, and after being kindly instructed in many points, with benefit to his mind, he returned to Macao in March, 1842, and has remained here since usefully occupied. The younger one Apín, aged 19, has been with me for a year and a half; he has a good native education, and possesses now a respectable knowledge of English. Both these are young men of talent, and bid fair from the favorable opportunities that they enjoy, to become better ac- quainted with the principles and practice of medicine and surgery according to modern views, than any of their countrymen. They are receiving instruction daily in all the elementary branches of me- dicine, natural theology, and religion, and with the blessing of God they will erelong prove benefactors to their country. Before offering any remarks upon the subjoined list of cases, in which I shall confine myself to such as are interesting from some peculiar frequency, or as affording some trait of Chinese character, it is proper here to mention, that my esteemed friend and coadjutor Dr. Lockhart, has for nearly the whole term, kindly given me his assistance in taking three days of the week to prescribe for the out patients. I am also much indebted to him for his advice in important rases, and his readiness to assist at operations. 1842. 661 Report of the Medical Hissionary Society. A few remarks upon diseases of the eye. No country in the east, and certainly not one in the west, appear to have diseases of the eye so prevalent as in China; and here it is chiefly ophthalmia and its consequences. Severe catarrhal ophthal- mia, arising from changes in the atmosphere, or from sleeping on the ground, come frequently under treatment. The solution of nitrate of silver of various degrees of strength, has been found an effectual remedy in this disease, where there is no chemosis. The simple acute and chronic conjunctivitis is also common: it is often caused by the practice of the barbers in cleansing the eyes by means of scoops and brushes. Solutions of copper and udiluted liq. plumbi suit this mild form of disease very well. The chronic ophthalnia, with its usual accompaniments, is the most frequent and important disease of this class, especially where blood vessels run either singly or in meshes over the cornea, render- ing it opaque and dense. Many cases of this description have been admitted into the house, and after inany trials from the mildest to the strongest remedies, have been discharged with good vision. It will be observed that purulent ophthalmia and inflammation of the in- ternal tunics is very rare. Some interesting cases of amaurosis, of various stages from slightly impaired vision to complete blindness, have come under observa- tion. Among the cases, two from diving for oysters, and two from excessive study to obtain literary rank, were the most interest- ing. One of the latter was a young man of respectable parents from Weichau, a place some distance east of Canton, where the crew of the steamer Madagascar was imprisoned. This lad was 19 years of age, and when admitted into the hospital was quite blind. He had allow- ed himself only five hours' sleep each night for more than two years, and this united with licentious habits brought on the disease. His head was hot and excited, occasionally feeling giddy, trouliled with unpleasant dreams, pulse quick, spirit depressed, bowels constipated, countenance sallow, iris moving slightly on the approach of a strong light. Antiphlogistic treatment, combined with continued counter-irri- tation was pursued regularly for about three weeks, which relieved the brain and benefited the sight. Tonics, as sulphate of iron and sul- phuric acid, were now united with aperient pills and counter-irritants to the head, and from this time there was il gradual improvement pach day. The iris of both eyes moved freely on exposure to light. Head free froin measiness, no dreams, spirit better, and the sight sufficiently good to distinguish the color of objects, the strokes of 062 Der. Report of the Medical Missionary Society. simple Chinese characters, &c. The same remedies were continued as before, with the addition of strychnine to the blistered surface, but whether this was useful or not I cannot say. In two months and a half after admission, he was discharged cured; being able to dis- tinguish near and distant objects readily when assisted by concave glasses. The other case of complete amaurosis, was a respectable school- master, who had been so untiring in his zeal and unceasing in his labors both night and day, as to destroy his sight. He was besides an opium-smoker of 23 years' standing, which no doubt helped on the paralysis. Blisters were constantly applied to the temples, and behind the ears, and the muriated tincture of iron, adding a drop each dose, with mild aperients were exhibited; but he could not remain in the house long enough to give the remedies a satisfactory trial. We decreased the opium, but dared not entirely relinquish its use. The number of patients, with single or double cataracts that have been operated upon, has been twenty-five; of this number eleven have recovered their vision; of the remainder, two lost their sight from destructive inflammation arising from exposure to cold air; and the rest had their sight only partially restored, either from not return- ing for a second operation, or from the disease being complicated with amaurosis or glaucoma. The mode of operation, and the one which is sufficient in most if not in all cases, is that either of depres- sion or division. Inflammation and that is conjunctival, rarely supervenes after such operations in the lymphatic temperament of the Chinese, if care is observed to keep the patient from light and wind. Inversion of the eyelids, either partial or complete, is a disease that will always require remedying in China. Thirty cases of entro- pium have been thus preserved from blindness by an operation, and each year will add to the number. A great number of children and grown up persons, have been presented with total staphyloma, rupture and adhesion of the cornea, dense leucoma, &c., with the hope that something might be done for them; and when interesting children quite blind, have been dismissed as incurable, who might if other circumstances had been favorable, enjoyed the light of day, it has often excited the deepest pity for the distressed parents, and the poor child, perhaps unconscious of its loss, who is thus doomed to grope its way in darkness. Phthisis has its victims in China, but it is slower in its pro- gress and less frequent than with us I apprehend that as our know- 184.2. 66: Report of the Medical Missionary Society. men. use ledge of the Chinese in different parts of their extensive territory enlarges, we shall find that in common with other eastern nations, they are peculiarly exempt from those acute inflammatory diseases of the viscera, which annually destroy such multitudes of our country- They are also less liable to the effects and consequences of accidents and intemperance, and with the exception of the dreadful scourges of famine, small-pox, and cholera, with which they are occasionally visited, and the increasing evils of opium-smoking, I should say that there appears to be a fair proportion of health in China. Diseases of the skin, leprosy, &c. Psoriasis annulata, lichen circi- natus, and scabies purulenta, are of daily occurrence, and happily they are easily cured by the topical remedies in common use, espe- cially sulphur and blue ointment; these are invaluable, but the Chinese do not possess them, and are ignorant of their as external applications. The most formidable cutaneous disease among the inhabitants in the south, is the leprosy; which is regarded with horror as an incurable and contagious disease. In Canton, there is a lazar house supported by the government, and capable of holding several hundred persons. It is chiefly used as an asylum for poor outcast lepers, who receive daily small allowances of rice for their support, but are permitted at the same time to wander about the streets to the great annoyance of shop-keepers and passers by, from whom they solicit alms. Although this lazaretto was intended originally to seclude its inmates from society, yet through misma- nagement, it not only does not effect this object, but through the connivance of the proper authorities, the police make a practice of extorting large bribes from the rich, who, if discovered to be affected with this disease, are seized and threatened to be put into that place of filth and contagion, unless they pay handsomely for the exemp- tion. The demand is paid, and their names enrolled in the books as being there, which with a ticket they receive, prevent any further molestation. Leprosy is regarded as so unclean and contagious a disease, that when a family or a branch of a family, is infested with it, it shuts them out from all direct intercourse with their relations and friends. Thus a father banishes his child, and the children their parent, for they dare not eat or live with him, lest they also should be contaminated; and thus these poor creatures are avoided by all and pitied by none. Besides the lazar house, there is a part of the city appropriated for the lepers, who there live and trade to- gether. not daring to intermarry with others. I have been informed by 6161 DEC Report of the Vedical Missionary Society. 1 good authority, that while the severest prohibitions of commissioner Lin were in force, that these people bought and sold opium with great profit, and without any danger of detection. Leprosy is un- doubtedly an hereditary disease, but whether it is really contagious I cannot determine, The Chinese affirm that it is, ayd act accord- ingly. It is said to become mild in the third generation, and to run itself out in the fourth. A child may become leprous when the pa- rents are apparently free from any taint, and it is therefore a matter of great importance and anxiety to determine this point. The com- mon mode of doing this, is to call in one of the police connected with the lazaretto, who from long experience is qualified to judge; or the suspected person is placed in a dark room where some nitre is burving; if the complexion changes to light blue it is not leprosy, if it remain unchanged of a reddish hue it is. Another mode is to take the person to a shop and expose the face or diseased part to the large blaze of a refining furnace, when if it remains a dullish red, it is the leprosy. To prevent any children being inoculated with this dreadful mala- dy, the government orders two police men from the lazar house to examine all the children who present themselves for vaccination to I lequa, who was initiated into this art by the late Dr. Pearson. If there is any suspicion of leprosy the child cannot be vaccinated. Want of time forbids me to compare the leprosy of the Chinese with that of the Jews, Arabs and Hindoos; I shall only therefore describe the symptoms as met with in the natives of this, and its two neigh- boring provinces Kwangsi and Fukien. Beyond them this disease does not appear to extend; this is accounted for by the Chinese by these being lower and more damp than the other provinces. I hope more extended observations will throw light upon this point. It is reasonable to suppose from the fact that this disease is unknown in Europe, and in temperate or frigid zones, that its no further pro- gress towards the north, may be accounted for by the intenser cold of the other provinces in winter. llowever, whatever may be the cause, the fact seems to be established that the leprosy in China is confined to the southwest provinces. Not one case Chusan. The first appearance of the disease is a red spot appearing either on the face, body or legs-most frequently on the face. This gradually spreads to a patch which is visuall round, or in streaks. Sometimes these patches unite, and in other cases they are distinct and mimerous. On examining this patch the integument feels thick- pledd, is plevitrost, and olit dull reclalisha use; the skin looks stretched, was seen it 1842. 665 Report of the Medical Missionary Society. and is very similar in many cases to the inflamed skin from a blister, before the cuticle is raised by the effusion of serum; in others it is smooth and shining. On pricking it, instead of any limpid fluid is- suing as might be supposed from its appearance, blood flows. The ears soon become swollen, thick, and permanently red; usually the affected part loses its sensibility, and if the disease advances, the hair falls off from the eyebrows and head, the tendons of the hand or feet contract, and the skin ulcerates and discharges a thin purulent secretion. In the worst cases there is sometimes much swelling of the extremities, with the toes or fingers ulcerated off. The distin- guishing characters of the leprosy is the thickened integument, the reddish hue, elevation of the patches, and its invariable tendency to spread. The children of leprous parents are at once recognized by the coarse thickened expansion of the features, a broad nose, large ears, and a dry shriveled skin on the arms and legs. The Chinese consider the disease to be a poisonous breath or wind that has entered the body, and profess to distinguish thirty-six kinds, but these include some forms of lichen psoriasis, scabies, and syphilis, and some mere varieties of the same disease. The true leprosy is believed to be incurable. And although the quacks in their placards boast of their success, no intelligent person places the slightest confidence in what they affirm. In order to try the effect of remedies, I took three persons with this disease into the house. One was a young man, a student, who was brought to be cured of what is called hiue sien, ur the bloody lichen, which in some respects resembles the leprosy, but it does not spread and is curable. The true nature of the disease was soon apparent, for the patch on his forehead spread to the eyebrows and nose, the legs were siinilarly affected. The liq. arsenicalis was a long time administered, and topical applications, as the white precipitate of mercury, blue ointment, sulphur, chloruret of sulphur, &c., were used, and alterative medicines and saline aperients given internally, but all of no avail. A boy similarly diseased, was much benefited for a time by the above line of treatment, but the disease quickly returned, and was worse than before. Another inan was taken in, but the other patients being certain of its nature, they all threatened to go home if he remained ; of course he was dismissed, but every- thing he had touched was looked upon with suspicion, so strong is the aversion and dread of this disease. The use of remedies will be persevered in, with the hope that something may yet be discovered to lessen this evil. and soon OL. XI. TO 666 DEC. Report of the Medual Missionary Society Ascites from enlarged spleen. Two cases, one a female, have been treated for this disease in the house, and I now only refer to them to show the caution that is required in administering mercurial prep:urations internally. They both took hyd. cu. cretæ five gr. each day with apericnts, and yet on the third day they were salivated; the woman severely, the man slightly. The former had hemorrhage from the gums with large secretion of saliva, and a little ulceration of the mouth for five days, and although much alarmed, remained till the ascites diminished one half. The latter, with only a small increase of saliva, no ulceration or hemorrhage, was afraid, and he went home. Other cases also clearly indicate that the Chinese can- not bear calonnel or any other oxide of mercury in repeated doses ; once every other day can be borne with benefit. General bleeding also and drastic purgatives must be dispensed with in treating the Chinese. There is a greater susceptibility to the influence of all me- dicinal agents than with those of a more temperate zone and san- guine temperament. Wounds. These for the most part have been superficial or affect- ing the extremities. One lad falling upon some crockery received a severe wound on the lower half of the thigh, dividing a large por- tion of the muscles on the outer side, but happily did not injure the femoral artery. A native surgeon refused to cure the patient under $12 before commencing his treatment; the father therefore was loud in my praise for healing it so quick and for nothing. The praises of the Chinese are not to be despised, but sad to say they are often insincere, though probably not in this instance. Extirpation of a cancer. A female aged 50, mother of five children, admitted 2d Aug., with schirrus of right breast. The whole breast was one solid mass of cancerous disease of 3 years' growth; the inte- guments anteriorly were ulcerated slightly with an unoffensive puri- form discharge. There was no pain except occasionally darting pains running up to the shoulder. The tumor was oblong, directed outwards and forwards, about 7 inches in length, 44 broad, and appeared to be about 2 thick. The integuments around were healthy, free from all tubercular deposits, and the glands in the axilla not larger than is usually the case in any irritation of the arın, or surrounding parts. Fler health was unaffected, and her countenance and spirits cheer- ful. As the removal of the breast was urgently solicited, both by herself and husband, and as there was no symptoms to disallow the operation, it was accordingly performed on the 5th August, assisteil !! Drs. Lockhart, Anderson, and Young, of whom the former (Dr 18:12 Report of the Medical Missionary Society. 867 A.) has long been on the committee, and proved himself at all times a warm friend of the Society. She bore the operation well, the wound healed perfectly, and happy and thankful she returned in the beginning of September, to her family and friends. Her husband was unceasing in his kind attentions to her, both during the opera- tion and subsequently, and it is due to her to state that her courage and patience throughout was admirable. For several months after- wards I received tidings of her continued good health, but was grieved in lately hearing that she had had a severe attack of acute bronchitis, similar to one she had had some years previously, and of which she died in a few days. The tumor was found to be entirely eradicated; it was fifteen inches long in the longitudinal circumfer- ence, 114 in the transverse circumference, and about three inches thick. On cutting into it, it was found to be carcinoma throughout, with superficial ulceration externally. Removal of a fibrous tumor. A man whose name was Tsien, and his family Liáng, of 60 years of age, belonging to this district, un- married, a fisherman by trade, was admitted on January 1st, with a large pendulous tumor from the right side of his face, of an irregular oval shape, greatly distorting his countenance, and rendering hini an object both of curiosity and pity. After stating that it began 30 years ago, and has gradually increased to the size of the pumelo fruit, his own account went on to say that, “On the 8th month of this year, an abscess formed about the size of a lichi, with much itching and pain; it soon burst and offensive matter ran out unceasingly day and night. No one dared to approach me, and I felt in the highest degree miserable. Hearing my nephew say that an illustrious foreign doctor had established a hospital at Macao, and administered medi- cine gratuitously, I immediately came to request the doctor to mani- fest his benevolence to me; ving examined the disease with his own hands, and taken me under his care, such favor is like making me a new man." The tumor was about the size of an infant's head, dragging down the integuments of the face. The base could be felt attached to the buccinator muscle. On the lower half anteriorly was a sinus lead- ing into a large cavity discharging very fetid pus. The constitu- tion seemed feeble from the harassing nature of the disease, but as there was no decided objection to the operation, it was performed on the 4th, assisted by Dr. Lockhart. The integuments were with- out difficulty dissected back, the base of the tumor exposed, and 068 Dec. Report of the Medical Missionary Society. easily and quickly reinoved. A large vein, a branch of the external jugular, bled profusely for two or three moments, but there was very little arterial hemorrhage, two small arteries only required tying. When all bleeding had ceased, the flaps were brought together by sutures and sticking plaster, and with the exception of a small ab- scess which formed at the inferior portion of the wound, everything went on favorably, and on the 28th of the same month, he was dis- charged perfectly well, and without any disfiguration of the features. The tumor was of a fibrous nature, with a large secreting abscess in its centre degenerating the tissue around. It weighed a little more than one pound. Scuore accidents. The second day of the second moon in China is cominemorated with much rejoicing as the birthday of the house- hold deities. At an exhibition at the temple in Makok, dedicated to the Queen of Heaven, the goddess of sailors, owing to the immense crowd, a part of the wall gave away, and heavy masses of granite fell upon those who were standing below. One man died from injury to his head, and three others were brought to the hospital. The most important case was a young man, a carpenter, aged 26, belonging to a village in the country, who had a compound fracture of both bones of the arm, with the head of the radius dislocated forwards, with much extravasation of blood and injury to the soft parts. There were also superficial wounds of the face and legs. The inflamma- tion and irritative fever were very severe, and were kept under as much as possible by free leeching, fomentations, aperient febrifuge medicines, a good position, and perfect rest. When the inflamma- tion and swelling of the arm was somewhat subdued, extension and counter-extension was again made, and splints applied to the arm placed in a half prone position. What effused blood could not be absorbed suppurated, and discharged itself just above the head of the radius, the soft parts having been there contused. As the discharge was considerable and pain great, bread poultices were used twice a day surrounding the elbow joint, which from their moisture and warmth gave great relief. The patient was kept on low diet, and perfect rest of body and arm constantly maintained. Improvement was daily manifest, till on one night, liaving a necessity to move, and not being able to awake his attendant, he unfortunately fell on the floor; hearing his groans, I immediately went to him; he was put to bed with care, and splints and bandages re-applied. The next day all his symptoms were aggravated : inflammation and suppura- rjun in and about the elbow-joint were much increased, but by the 1842. 669 Report of the Medical Missionary Society, continuance of the same treatment as before, the arm gradually re- assumed its quiescent state, fever subsided, and the arm dressed but once a day. The poultices were dispensed with, and the patient al- lowed a more nourishing diet. Matter continued to discharge from the sinuses, which gradually got thinner and thinner till it became pure synovia; one had direct communication with the joint, the other with the integuments around. The latter soon closed, but the former remained open until within a week of his discharge. It was impossible to exert any pressure upon the head of the radius without endangering the skin which covered it, it was therefore allowed to remain in its position. For a month after admission the fractured bones were still loose, and a small part of the ulna at its middle half being exposed, was cut off, as its ragged edges wounded the skin. The fractured extremities ultimately united, and at the end of two and a half months after his admission, he was discharged with a partial use of the elbow-joint, and probably will erelong possess some power of rotating the hand. On more than one occasion there seemed no other prospect of saving his life than by amputation; and l attribute the cure to the healthy lymphatic temperament of the individual, and the perfect rest of the arm. In drawing this report to a close, I cannot forbear mentioning that it has been an object to keep constantly in view the two-fold object of the Society, viz., to "Heal the sick, and to say to them that the kingdom of God is come nigh unto you," as our Lord Jesus Christ commanded his disciples. The moral improvement of the patients has not been such as could be desired, but it has not al- together been neglected. Suitable portions of holy Writ, and select tracts, have been freely distributed, especially to the in-patients, who have for the most part read them with care; and to whom frequent occasions have been improved to explain the nature and importance of the truths they teach; and what is said to them of the vanity and wickedness of idolatry, and the holy doctrines of the Bible, if not believed, have at least been received with attention and respect. The native assistants who are in training to practice ultimately upon their own countrymen, with the light which the sciences of the west afford to them, will it is devoutly hoped, prove usetul characters in this new era of China's political history. And every friend to the advancement of science and Christianity in this land, has now am- ple opportunity to assist in enlightening and benefiting the largest and most ancient kingdom in the world. 070 Dec. Report of the Nedirul Missionary Society. over cornea 87 20 64 Aphonia O Register of the number and classification of diseases from July 1st, 1841, to September 30th, 1842. Diseases of the eye. Diseases of the ear. Catarrhal ophthalmia 105 Inflammation of eustachian tube 8 Chronic ophthalmia 154 Otorrhea 17 Do. with vessels projecting Otalgia 12 60 Deafness 15 Purulent ophthalmia 5 Loss of tympanum from punc- Ophthalınia tarsi 48 ture 5 Sinple acute conjunctivitis Total 57 Simple chronic Do. 71 56 Entropium Diseases of the face and neck. Ulceration and perforation of Ectropium 6 the palate 11 Lippitudo 6 Trichiasis and distichiasis Cynanche tonsillaris 68 4 Granular lids 2 Laryngitis, chronic 2 Abscess of lachrymal sac - 5 Fistula of lachrymal sac Lupus of the face 5 Inflammation of the parotid Epiphora 10 gland 1 Ptosis 4 Ulcers of the cornea Scrofula, enlarged glands of 25 neck 31 Foreign substances imbedded 6 Enlarged thyroid gland 3 in the cornea 3 Epistaxis 2 Punctured wounds of cornea 5 Total 65 Prolapsus of the iris Staphyloma 35 Diseases of the vascular system. Conical cornea 7 Hypertrophy of the heart 9 Nebula 46 Palpitation of the heart 16 Alhugo 51 Aneurism of external iliac 1 Leucoma 38 | Varicose veins 14 Pterygium 48 Total 40 Enlarged carunculus 9 Ecchymosis from a blow 4 Diseases of the nervous system. Iritis 5 Paralysis of mor or sensor 2 18 Hypopium Obliteration of the pupil 18 Hemiplegia 4 Paraplegia 2 Synechia anterior and poste- rior 12 Neuralgia 12 Cataract, complete 45 Total 36 Do. incipient 28 Diseases of the respirative Amaurosis, complete 10 organs. Do. partial Bronchitis acute 8 Glaucoma 11 Do. chronic 44 Dropsy of the eye 4 Asthma 35 Impaired vision 18 Loss of one eye 35 Chronic cough 93 Do. of both eyes 29 Total 1288 Urematemesis 1 nerves 26 Dyspnea 23 llemoptysis 1812 Report of the Nordical Missionary Society. 071 Phthisis 16 | Leucorrhæa 9 Catarrh 38 | Inflammation and ulcers of Total 282 pudenda 5 Retention of placenta 1 Discases of the abdominal orguns. Abortio 2 Dyspepsia 71 5 Prolapsus ani Diarrhæa 56 Total 317 Dysentery 12 Constipation 16 Cutancous diseases. Colic 45 Acné Gastrodynia 34 Tinea capitis 17 Disordered liver 7 Scabies 210 Jaundice 10 Lichen 136 Chronic inflammation of caput Psoriasis 180 coli 1 Leprosy - 28 Ascites 14 | Lepra vulgaris 15 Worins 8 Impetigo 3 8 Enlarged spleen u Herpes Hernia inguinal 28 Ecthyrna 5 Do. scrotal 10 Eczema 15 Do. umbilical 2 Erysipelas 29 Do. inguinal strangulated, Bullæ 10 reduced by taxis 1 Prurigo Total 326 Urticaria 6 Syphilitic tubercles 27 Diseases of the generative Discoloration of skin 12 and pelvic organs. 'Thickening and hardening of Hernia huinoralis the integuments 28 · Indurated enlarged testes 14 Total 739 Soft enlarged testes 8 Urinary calculus 1 Diseases of the boncs. Stricture of urethra 6 Inflammation and disease of Enlarged prostate gland 8 elbow-joint 14 Retentio urinæ 5 Inflammation of the hip-joint 2 Incontinentia urinæ 3 Do. and disease of Phymosis 9 knee-joint - 16 Do. congenital 3 Inflammation of ankle-joint 2 Paraphymosis 4 Thickening of bone Hydrocele 6 Periostitis 4 Do. 1 congenital 2 Caries of dorsal vertebræ Hæmorrhoids 24 of lower jaw - 10 Fistula and excrescences about of ulna 2 the anus 36 of tibia 3 Gonorrhea 34 of nasal bones 2 Chancre 55 of metacarpal bones 12 Bubo 28 Anchylosis of elbow-joint 3 Enlarged glands of the groin 18 Exfoliation of outer table of skull 2 Amenorrhea 10 Exfoliation of clavicle 5 Dysmenorrhea 8 Curvature of the spine 3 Prolapsus uteri Total 85 12 070 Dec. Report of the Meilirul Missionary Society. 12 over cornea 64 Aphonia Register of the number and classification of diseases from July 1st, 1841, to September 30th, 1842. . Diseases of the eye. Diseases of the ear. Catarrhal ophthalmia 105 'Inflammation of eustachian tube 8 Chronic ophthalmia 154 Otorrhea 17 Do. with vessels projecting Otalgia 60 Deafness 15 Purulent ophthalmia 5 Loss of tympanum from punc- Ophthalınia tarsi 48 ture 5 Simple acute conjunctivitis 87 Total 57 Simple chronic Do. 71 Entropium 56 Diseases of the face and neck. Ulceration and perforation of Ectropium 6 20 the palate Lippitudo 11 6 Trichiasis and distichiasis Granular lids 68 Cynanche tonsillaris 4 Abscess of lachrymal sac - 2 7 Laryngitis, chronic Fistula of lachrymal sac 5 Lupus of the face 5 Inflammation of the parotid Epiphora 10 gland 1 Ptosis Ulcers of the cornea 25 Scrofula, enlarged glands of neck 31 Foreign substances imbedded Enlarged thyroid gland 3 in the cornea 6 Punctured wounds of cornea 3 Epistaxis 2 5 Total Prolapsus of the iris 65 Staphyloma 35 Diseases of the vascular system. Conical cornea 7 Hypertrophy of the heart 9 Nebula 46 Palpitation of the heart 16 Alhugo 51 Aneurism of external iliac 1 Leucoma 38 Varicose veins 14 Pterygium 48 Total 40 Enlarged carunculus 9 Ecchymnosis from a blow 4 Diseases of the nervous system. Iritis 5 Paralysis of motor or sensor Hypopium 2 18 Obliteration of the pupil 18 Hemiplegia 4 Synechia anterior and poste- Paraplegia 2 rior 12 Neuralgia 12 Cataract, complete Total 36 Do. incipient 28 Diseases of the respirative Amaurosis, complete 10 organs. Do. partial Bronchitis acute Glaucoma 11 Do. chronic 44 Dropsy of the eye 4 Asthma 35 Impaired vision 18 Loss of one eye 93 Do. of both eyes 23 Haemoptysis Total 1288 Tematemesis 1 . nerves - 45 22 26 Dyspnea 35 Chronic cough 29 1812 071 Report of the Medical Missionary Society Phthisis 16 | Leucorrhæa 9 Catarrh 38 Inflammation and ulcers of Total 282 pudenda 5 Retention of placenta 1 Diseases of the abdominal organs. Abortio 2 Dyspepsia Diarrhea 56 Prolapsus ani Dysentery 12 Total 317 Constipation 16 Cutaneous discases. Colic 45 Acné 3 Gastrodynia 34 Tinea capitis 17 Disordered liver ng Scabies 210 Jaundice 10 Lichen 136 Chronic inflammation of caput Psoriasis 180 coli 1 Leprosy 28 Ascites 14 Lepra vulgaris 15 Worins 8 Impetigo 3 Enlarged spleen 11 Herpes Hernia inguinal 28 Ecthyrna Do. scrotal 10 Eczema 15 Do. umbilical 2 Erysipelas 29 Do. inguinal strangulated, Bullæ reduced by taxis 1 Prurigo 10 Total 326 Urticaria 6 Diseases of the generative Syphilitic tubercles 27 Discoloration of skin 12 and pelvic organs. 'Thickening and hardening of Hernia huinoralis 12 Indurated enlarged testes the integuments 28 14 Soft enlarged testes 8 Total 739 Urinary calculus 1 Diseases of the boncs. Stricture of urethra 6 Inflammation and disease of Enlarged prostate gland 8 elbow-joint 14 Retentio urinæ 5 Inflammation of the hip-joint 2 Incontinentia urina 3 Do. and disease of Phymosis 9 knee-joint Do. congenital 3 Inflammation of ankle-joint 2 Paraphymosis 4 Thickening of bone 7 Hydrocele 6 Periostitis 4 Do. congenital 2 Caries of dorsal vertebræ Hæmorrhoids 24 of lower jaw - Fistula and excrescences about of ulna the anus 36 of tibia Gonorrhea 34 of nasal bones Chancre 55 of metacarpal bones Bubo 28 Anchylosis of elbow-joint Enlarged glands of the groin 18 Exfoliation of outer table of skull 2 Amenorrhira 10 Exfoliation of clavicle 5 Dysmenorrhaa 8 Curvature of the spine 3 Prolapsus uteri Total 85 లు నిలు ని నిలు నిం- 4 ని. - 672 Dec. Review of Public Occurrences ear Preternatural and diseased Boils 38 growths. Lumbago 30 Malformation of thorax 10 Fever intermittent 45 Nasal polypi - 12 continued 54 Tumors, encysted 14 typhoid 4 fibrous 8 Anasarca 29 cancers of breasts Cachexy in children 12 and testis 7 Debility from opium-smoking 36 abdominal 3 Death from swallowing ex- fatty 6 tract of opium 4 Inflammation of mammæ 4 Secondary syphilis 19 Cauliflower excrescences on Headache 18 penis 4 Total 1223 Excrescences on other parts 12 Elongation of the lobe of the Wounds, injuries, fc. 6 Wounds, lacerated 78 Harelip 37 2 punctured Frenuin of the tongue divided contused 85 Vascular tumor under the gunshot 5 poisoned 1 tongue 75 Vascular tumor growing from the Simple contusion roof of mouth 1 Ulcers arising from external injury 341 Malignant bleeding tumor below the lower jaw 1 Fractures 6 3 Malignant tumor over the tro- Old dislocation of femur 15 chanter major Burns 1 10 Ganglions Mortification from wounds 6 Total 110 Concussion of the brain 1 General and constitutional Accidental amputation of finger 1 diseases. Hemorrhage from the gums 2 Rheumatism chronic 392 Contraction of tendons 12 Abscesses, acute and chronic 212 Inflammation and ulcers of feet Ulcers 244 from tight irregular bandag- Sinuses in different parts 26 ing 4 Onychia 55 Total 688 Whitlow 16 Scalds 15 Art. VI. Retrospection, or a review of public occurrences in in China during the year one thousand eight hundred and forty-two. The present year, which is the twenty-second in the reign of 'Táu- kwáng--makes a new era in the history of China, and its records 181:.. During the four 18.12. contain both some of the darkest, and some of the most promising, lines in the annals of the celestial empire. The events of this year in this eastern part of Asia, like those lately enacted in Syria and other parts of western Asia, show in a wonderful manner the work- ings of His providence, who often mercifully brings good out of evil, making hunan wrath productive alike of man's happiness and of God's glory. When the imperial high commissioner, Lin, came down from the emperor, in the early part of 1839, to restrain and punish the barbarians, little did he or his master dream of what was to be the sequel. “The son of heaven,” as the emperor proudly styles himself, was represented as weeping in secret over the black- haired race, on account of the miseries they were suffering from foreigners ; and his commissioner swore he would never more see his master's face, unless he could first cut off the "poisonous flow"- the introduction of opium, and humble the rebels in the dust. The weeping and the oath may both have been sincere; but the policy of the imperial cabinet was bad, founded on wrong principles, and conducted by an improper agency. Hence it failed. Long ago it was foreseen that “ China must break or bend." The latter alter- native, after a manly struggle to resist the invaders of their soil, has been chosen. Otherwise, perhaps, the days of the Mantchous would ere this have been numbered, and a new line of princes have risen to sway the sceptre of empire. Honorable intercourse, not conquest, was the object of the interfering power. This being gained, the scourge of war was stayed and peace declared. Leaving our readers to speculate on the occurrences of the past year, we will close this volume with a recapitulation of the principal ones, noticing them briefly in the order in which they transpired. January, 1842. At the end of the preceding year, the British forces under sir H. Gough and sir W. Parker were on their return from Yüyáu and Tsz’ki, to which places they had previously gone to dislodge Chinese troops. p. 179. 6th. Commander J. M. Dicey, and others, from the late war steamer Madagascar, arrived in Macao, after having been more than three months in the custody of the Chinese. 10th. The forces at Ningpo visited the district town of Fung- hwá, to dislodge Chinese troops. 12th. At Canton, a manufactory of gunpowder was blown up by accident, causing great destruction to life and property. 13th. His excellency Yen Petáu, governor of Fukien and Che- kiáng, was degraded for having failed to defend the city of Amoy, when attacked by the British forces, p. 237, (, X. NO. XII kerier of Public (Sccurrences Dr. p. 496. February 1st. H. E. sir lleury Pottinger, with his suite, returned to Hongkong in H. M. S. Blenheim. 13th. Mr. C. A. Challaye, the French consul, and two other French gentlemen, while on their way from Whampoa to Canton, were inade prisoners by Chinese soldiers, and carried to the provin- cial city, where they were liberated by the imperial high commis- sioner Yishin and the governor Ki Kung. p. 120. 16th. The ports of Tinghái and Hongkong declared free, by H. B. M.'s plenipotentiary; and ample protection, under all ordinary circumstances, guarantied. p. 119. March 10th. The Chinese troops, between tan and twelve thou- sand in number, made an attack simultaneously on Ningpo and Chin- hai, and were repulsed with great slaughter p. 233. The British brig Ann was wrecked on the island of Formosa, having on board 57 souls. 15th. The British forces from Ningpo and Chinhái attacked the Chinese troops at Tsz’kí, and took possession of the town. After driving back the Chinese forces from this advanced posts, they again evacuated the town. The 37th regt. Madras N. I. sailed for Madras. It was made a grenadier regiment for its services in China; the head-quarters and several companies were lost in the Golconda. 21st. Commodore Kearny published a notice to citizens of the U. S., warning them that in case of their being seized by the Chi- nese in smuggling opium, he could afford them no protection. p. 239. 22d. . A public notice was issued by sir Henry Pottinger, to pre- vent the erection of any defenses below Whampoa. The U S. frigate Constellation, 36, and sloop-of-war Boston, 18, arrived off Macao; the former bearing the broad pendant of com- modore Lawrence Kearny. p. 233. The flags of France and of the United States of America re-hoisted at the foreign factories in Canton-having been struck in February, 1839. An interview was held, at the provincial city, between Yishián, generalissimo, and colonel de Jancigny, French commercial agent, Mr. Challaye, French consul, and several high Chinese officers being also present. 24th. The first number of The Friend of China and Hongkong Gazette was published. Kiying was appointed to the office of general of the Mantchou croeps at Canton, with instructions to proceed thither post laste. p. 182. 1842. 67.5 During the fear 18.12. 27t”. A'tsingá was ordered to remain at Canton in Kiying's stead, as Tartar general. At the same time Kiying was appointed temporarily to the ge- neralship of Hangchau in Chekiáng. The incumbent, Kimingpáu, was to await Kíying's arrival at Hángchau, and then repair to Peking 29th. A committe was appointed, by H. B. M.'s plenipotenti- ary, to survey and mark out the roads, &c., in Hongkong. p. 240. April 11th. Commodore Kearny proceeded from Macao roads, in the Constellation, to Whampoa, where she anchored on the 13th. The commodore's object was to communicate with the Chinese authorities of Canton, especially regarding the destruction of proper- ty and life there, the preceding year. p. 329. Under this date (the 11th April), in consideration of the impor- tant position of Hangchau, and of there being at that city only one joint commissioner, Teishan; the emperor was pleased to give to Kiying during his stay there as general, the seal of an imperial high commissioner. The disgraced ininister l’lipú, and lieut-general Hienling, were placed at his disposal, the former with the 7th rank; the latter as an imperial guard of the 4th class. 121h. The emperor granted a royal investiture to the king of Cochinchina. His majesty Minhinenh (Mingming) died on the 20th January, 1841, in the 50th year oi' his age, and 21st year of his reign his successor is Thieu-fri. p. 344. 15th. Regulations for the British post-office published in the Hongkong Gazette. p. 240. 27th. A proclamation for the regulation of the currency of the island was issued by sir Henry Pottinger. May 17th. The city of Ningpo was eracuated by the British forces, under sir Hugh Gough. 17th. The appointments of land-officer, surveyor, and acting colonial surgeon, at Hongkong were abolished by public proclama- tion. p. 296. 18th. The defenses of the Chinese at Chápu, in Chekiáng, were attacked and destroyed by the British forces. The lieut.-general commanding the garrison, Changhí, was mortally wounded. p. 342. 23d. The British forces withdrew from Chápú, having first deg- troyed all its public buildings, arms, and ammunition. During their stay at the place, I'lipú was put forward by Kiying, to open com- munications (hitherto invariably avoided by the Chinese officers) with the English ; and the place being so soon after left, the op- 676 DEC Reviou of Public Ocrurrences portunity was not lost, of advancing I'lípú a little nearer to the rank and honors of which he had been deprived : he was raised to the 4th rank, and appointed acting It.-general of Chápu. June 2d. H. B. M. troop-ship Belleisle arrived at Hongkong from England, bringing 800 men of H. M.'s 98th regiment, and 120 women and children. 9th. A public examination of the scholars under the patronage of the Mortison Education Society was held in Macao, at the re- sidence of the Rev. S. R. Brown. p. 337. 13th. Sir Henry Pottinger sailed from Hongkong to join the expedition at the north. The same day the British forces crossed the Bar, and entered the Yángtsz kiáng. 16th. The British forces attacked and destroyed the defenses at Wúsung, along the banks of the Great river, where the river of Shánghái falls into it. The provincial commander-in-chief was here killed. 17th. Some of the lighter vessels of the expedition proceeded up the river of Shanghái, and destroyed other defenses. 19th. The advanced squadron appeared before Shanghái, and having first silenced and occupied its batteries, took possession of the town. 20th. A communication was again received from I'lípú. 22d. Admiral sir William Parker proceeded with two of the small iron steamers about 50 miles above Shanghái, Sir Henry Pottinger, who left Hongkong on the 13th, joined their excellencies, the military and naval commanders-in-chief at Shanghái. 23d. The British troops withdrew from Shanghái, preparatory to an advance up the Yángtsz' kiáng. 25th. Sundry movements, of a revolutionary kind, occurred at Macao; but the general peace and quiet of the place were preserved. 26th. The French frigate Erigone arrived at Wúsung, in com- pany with English ships of war and transports. 27th. Several Chinese came on board the Cornwallis, the admi- ral's flagship, off Wúsung bearing further communications of a paci- fic character from Kiying and I'lípíí, but with evident intention of delaying the progress of the expedition. 29th. A light squadron of steamers, &c., proceeded from Wúsung to survey, und mark out the course for the large ships to ascend the irrat river 1842. During the Prar 1849. July 1st. The Phlegethon steamer, one of the light squadron, came down to Wúsung, and reported a tree passage for many miles up the river. 4th. The Phlegethon again returned, and reported the river navi- gable for large ships far to the westward. 5th. Preparations were made for sailing--the army was divided into four brigades, and the squadron into five divisions. p. 516. Under this date (the 5th), sir Henry Pottinger issued a proclama- tion 'in Chinese, briefly stating the complaints and demands of Great Britain. p. 511. 6th. At 8 o'clock A. M., signal was made for advancing: the 3d division moved first ; the 1st followed it, the 2d, third; and then the 4th and 5th in their order. The Cornwallis led the way, sailing near the middle of the river, there about nine miles wide. 7th. The Queen's Road (Baptist) chapel at Hongkong was de- dicated. This chapel was erected by subscriptions from the foreign residents and visitors. 8th. The squadron was off Fushán, where hills rise on each side of the river, called the 'river's teeth.' There were found some deserted fortifications. A partial eclipse of the sun occurred; at Peking the eclipse was nearly total. 10th. The Auckland steamer, which had been sent to Tsung- ming for bullocks, joined the squadron with a good supply. 12th. The squadron passed the town of Kiángyin--where the channel passing close to the foot of steep hills. an excellent point for defense was afforded, but made no use of by the Chinese. 15th. Some small batteries were taken, after little firing and no loss of life. This was at Chuenshán (or Chiishán) the scene of a naval contest between the Chinese and Mongols in the 12th century, when the former were completely routed. The advanced squadron engaged some small batteries, which were soon silenced, and the Chinese fled in consternation. This was at Tsiáushán. The current here was very strong, with whirlpools, so as to make the passage difficult. 18th. An advanced squadron consisting of the Blonde, Modeste, Dido, and Queen and Nemesis steamers, &c., having anchored off Chinkiáng, the great measure of cutting off communication by the Grand Canal was put in operation, all the known openings being stopped, and very many Chinese vessels held in blockade. 19th. Parties, from the advanced squadron, visited the Golden island. A body of troops from Húpe were seen encamped on a hill in the distance ; but none appeared on the walls of Chinkiang Rrrier of Public Occurrences Dec. 25th. long-merchants, at the requisition of rlipi, started for Chekiáng, to aid in conducting negotiations with the foreigners. 21st. The city of Chinkiang, with its defenses, attacked by the British combined forces, who in a few hours, but not without con- siderable losses, becaine masters, the Chinese officers and soldiers being overcome and disappearing in every quarter. Of the British, the killed and wounded were 169; of the Chinese the number could not have been less than several hundred killed, including nearly all the officers with the town. The joint commissioner Tsi Shin, just arrived from Canton, and a general just arrived from Húpe, com- inanded outside the town, but would not stay to fight. Many of the Tartar garrison committed suicide. Their general Háiling was among the number. p. 512. 22. Messengers came again from the Chinese commissioners, Kíying and l'hip, and received the same answers as before, that till full power was given to accede to the deinands of Great Britain, peace was out of the question. 25th. A party that was on shore, at the residence of the late general, Háiling, found his remains, consumed by fire: bis head charred to a coal but still entire. His imperial majesiy subsequently conferred the following honor upon his servant. The imperial will has been receive as foliows: K:ying has memorialized 113 saying, “ I have learned that at the time (hinkiảng was lost, the It.- general of the garrison, Hailing together with his wife and grand- son, all perished in its defense.” Suci: loyity and devotion are worthy of the highest praise! Let rewards beyond thic usus) scale be conferred upon him, anil let Kiying dispatch messengers to make diligent search for the corpses of the said general, his wife, and his grandson, and have them cofhi- ed in the best manner. Let him also ascertain where the remaining song and daughters are, and have them all conveyed back to the division (to which he belonged}; and having learned how many sons were left, let him, after they have observed the hundred rays of mourning, have them conducted an imperial audience. And alter the war is ended, let the authorities of the place (where Hailing fellj erect a fane specially to his memory, where, also let the names of his wife and grandson be inscribed. Kiying has also me- morialized us respecting the captain o cavalry, Tsiángyun, who drowned him- self; whereiore lei him examine and then inform the proper Board that re- wards may be conferred, and let his name also be inscribeči in the fane (with Háiling). Respect this. 26th. Captain Kellet reporied the river to be practicable quite up to Nanking, about 30 miles. One of the bastions of Chinktang was blown up, with 1250 pounds of Chinese powder. When the explosion took place, there was no report: the ground shook, and bricks and rubbish, &c., fell think amidst the dense smoke (On the 21st, only til'o bags of pok 191.. 6179 During thr Prur 15.1.2. der, each of 60 lbs. were employed in blowing open the northwest gale.) The object of the present explosion was to have an open ac- cess to the town from the station of the troops left at Chinkiang, who were quartered outside. 29th. Messengers came froin the governor Njá Kien, bearing a long, and conciliatory conmunication. p. 569. August Ist. Messengers went again from the imperial bigh commissioners, with their old terms, and received a corresponding answer. 3d. The squadron started on its course up the river, for the pur- pose of noving on Nanking. 4th. The advanced ships came before Nanking, where the Chi- nese were found as unwilling as unprepared for contest, and all their troops withdrawn into the city. White flags of truce were every- where displayed, and messengers were sent from the governor-ge- neral, Niú Kien, with offers of ransom. Cases of cholera, subsequently to the taking of Chinkiing, oc- casionally appeared among the troops of the expedition. 6th. The reconnoissance of Nanking was continued. Rafts of beautiful wood, and large stacks of good coal, discovered not far above the city 8th. Ilipú, sent Cháng, a Chinese in his service, to announce his arrival at Nanking, and inquire about terns of peace. . 9th. At this date the whole of the force destined to act against. Nanking had arrived before the city, and the debarkation began. 10th. The ships, one after another, took up their positions so as to bring their guns to bear on the city, expecting it would be necessary to breach the wall. 12th. Kiying having arrived at Nanking, two oficers from each high contracting party met to arrange preliminaries of peace. An extensive reconnoissance was made, and the preparations for attack rapidly hastened. 131h. The imperial high commissioners report to the emperor the demands of the British plenipotentiary, and ask permission to conclude a treaty. p. 571. 13th. Another meeting was held on shore, and the desire for peace, by friendly negotiations, seemed more and more strong. 14th. Hieuling, Tartar lt.-gen., and Hwang Antung, púchingsz', took the place of the previous deputies on the part of Kíying and Mlipí; the terins of peace were generally agreed to, and everything more pacific aspect on the part of the Chinese. wore a Periour of Publio Orrurrouces DEC 16th All the terms of peace being agreed to, a conference be- tween the plenipotentiaries was arranged for the 20th. 20th. Au interview was held on board the Cornwallis between the imperial high coinmissioners, and H. B. M.'s plenipotentiary: this was their first meeting, and one merely of ceremony. 24th. The visit of their excellencies, Kiying, Mípíú, and Niú Kien, was returned by sir Henry and the commanders-in-chief sir Hugh Gough and sir William Parker. This interview, one of mere cere- mony, was in a temple on shore. 26th. An interview was held within the city between the pleni- potentiaries of the high contracting powers, for purposes of business. 29th. Treaty of peace between China and Great Britain signed by their excellencies, the plenipotentiaries, on board H. B. M.'s ship Cornwallis. By this treaty, the Chinese are to pay $21,000,000; to open the ports of Shanghái, Ningpo, Fuchau, and Amoy; and to cede to the queen of Great Britain the island of Hongkong. p. 514. . Captain Cecille of the French frigate Erigone arrived in a junk from Wúsung, just in time to witness the ceremony. September 3d A party of British officers and others acting the barbarian in right good earnest, visited the “Porcelain tower." They went, (so the abbot testified,) with hatchets, and chisels, and hainmers, and cut off and carried away large masses, doing no in- considerable damage. For the reparation thereof the plenipotentiary ordered a sum of money to be paid. 8th. A rescript of H. I. M. to Kiying's memorial regarding the terms of peace, and assenting to them, was published to the empire. p. 629. 9th. News of the treaty of peace arrived at Hongkong by the Sesostris, from Nanking. 12th. The river at Nanking, for several days, overflowed its banks, inundating the country far and wide. 14th. This being the birthday of his imperial majesty Táukwáng, a royal salute was fired by the British fleet before Nanking-with the Union Jack at the fore, the Yellow flag at the main, and the British ensign at the mizzen. 15th. Dispatches arrived at Nanking from the emperor, giving his assent to the treaty of the 29th ult. The steamer Auckland leti at daylight the following morning, carrying major Malcolm, the hearer of dispatches to the court of St. Jarnes. 16th A slight shock of in earthquake was felt at Macao, four- ifen minutes past 1 o'clock in 1842. 631 During the Year 1842. 23d. News of the emperor's approval of the treaty arrived at Hongkong, 5 o'clock P. M., by the steamer Auckland. 28th. The anniversaries of the Morrison Education Society, and of the Medical Missionary Society, were held in Macao. p. 514. October 8th. H. M. brig Serpent, capt. Nevill, was dispatched from Amoy to Formosa, to make inquiries concerning the crews of the Nerbudda and Ann. p. 627. 13th. The magistrates at Canton, by orders from their superiors, in pursuance of an imperial edict, issued a proclamation for disband- ing the volunteer companies of militia collected in and about the provincial city for its defense. p. 575. 23d. H. I. M. ordered Niú Kien, the governor of Liáng Kiáng, and Techúpú, commandant of Nanking, to be degraded from their offices, and delivered to the Board of Punishments for trial. November. In the beginning of this month, the following placard was published by certain gentry of Canton, for the purpose of excit- ing the people to resist the innovations of the late treaty. A public communication from the gentry and people of the villages con- tiguous to Canton. “We have recently heard that the English foreigners are thinking of moving into this country to dwell, and that from outside of Can- ton along the banks of the river, and all the way to Honám they have taken plans and sketches, trusting to their power erelong to come and seize there- on. Now for the native Chinese and foreigners to mix together will indeed be a vexatious thing, in the highest degree annoying to the feelings; it is a matter which most deeply concerns every one of us, people and gentry, both in our families and in our estates, and is a thing that can by no means be per- mitted. If we estimate the people in the villages of Honám and Shánto (Fátí) there are upwards of 200,000 inhabitants; those in Great and Little Fúwei (near the French folly) cannot be less than 400,000; those in the vil- lages along the banks at Lukpú are about 100,000; and those on the north- west (near Naishing) cannot be much under 500,000 people. If the English fo- reigners keep in their own sphere and do not come to dwell in the land, we, the gentry and people need concert no plans to oppose them; but if they come to reside here, we will instaatly let it be generally known, that with united purpose and action we may at once get them away, and not allow a single person to remain, nor a streak of canvas to be seen: thus we shall allay the general displeasure. For, (as the classic says,) "heaven sees as the peo- ple sce, and heaven hears as the people hear.” (i. e. Vox populi, vor Dei.) This intimation is previously given, let every one be ready." The preceding was followed up near the end of the month by a long manifesto issued in the name of an assembly of the people. p. 630. 13th. H. I. M. orders Teishan and Tsishin to be degraded and handed over to the proper Board for punishment. 14th. II. B. M.'s plenipotentiary announced, by proclamation, dated in Chusan harbor, that no English merchant vessels would be allowed to go to the new ports, "until the tariffs and scale of duties shall be fixed, and consular officers appointed;" of which due notice will be published. 80 VOL X. VO XII. Review of Public Occurrences DEC 21st. · Sir Ilenry Pottinger arrived at Amoy, and had an inter- view with Pliáng, governor of Fukien and Chekiáng. His excel- lency issued the following proclamations regarding the treatment of the prisoners on-Formosa. Sir Henry Pottinger, bart., her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary in China, has, on his arrival at Amoy, learned, with extreme horror and asto- nishment, that many more than a hundred subjects of her Britannic majesty, who were wrecked in the ship Nerbudda and brig Ann, in the months of Sep- tember, 1841, and March, 1842, on the coast of the island of Formosa, have been recently put to death by the Chinese authorities on that island, who allege, that they perpetrated this cold-blooded act in obedience to the im- perial commands. Had the unhappy people who have suffered on this occasion even been prisoners of war, taken whilst fighting with arms in their hands, their mas- sacre (which is aggravated by a lapse of time of nearly a year) would have been a most flagrant violation of the acknowledged and well-understood rules and fcelings which distinguish warfare amongst civilized nations, and contrast it with the sanguinary and inhuman practices and ideas of mere savages; but, when her majesty's plenipotentiary calls to inind, that the un- fortunate individuals, on whom this foul deed has been committed, were inoffensive camp followers and seamen, who neither were armed, nor had any means of defending themselves or of molesting others, and who were specially entitled, as distressed and shipwrecked men, both by the laws and usages of China, to kindness and protection, the plenipotentiary has no lan- guage by which he can sufficiently proclaim the sentiments of abhorrence and detestation with which he views this lainentable affair, the recollection of which will remain as a stain and disgrace in the annals of the Chinese empire. Her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary has already obtained positive offi- cial proof, that the cominands issued by tie emperor for putting to death her Britannic majesty's subjects were drawn from his imperial majesty by the gross an: inerciless misrepresentations of the local authorities on Formosa, who, with the object of personal aggrandizement, basely and falsely reported to the Cabinet at Peking, that both the ship Nerbudda, and subsequently the brig Ann, had gone to that island, with hostile intention, an assertion not more lying and false, than manifestly absurd, since neither of those vessels were ships of war, or had, when wrecked, any troops or other fighting men on board of them. Her Britannic majesty's plenipoteutiary now intends to respectfully, though firmly, submit the real facts of this dreadful affair to the special notice of the emperor, through the imperial comunissioners and minis- ters, and to demand, in the name of his sovereign, the queen of Great Bri- tain, that the local authorities on the island of Formosa, whose false and pitiless misrepresentations have led to the horrid event which has called for this proclamation, shall be degraded and (condignly) punished ; and, further, that their property shall be confiscated, and its amount paid over to the offi- ce:s of the British government, to be applied to the relief and support of the families of the innocent men who have been put to death on false and foul accusation. Without this just atonement her Britannic majesty's plenipo- tentiary is not prepared to say, that the event which has occurred, and which it becomes the plenipotentiary's unwilling duty to report to her majesty's government, will not be the cause of a further serious misunderstanding, or that it may not even lead to a renewal of hostilities between the two empires, which would be greatly 1.0 he deplored, as involving this country and its people in fresh misery and evil, for the crimes of a few shameless and un- 5 + 1942. 683 During the Year 18-12 worthy miscreants in power, who have, from base motives, imposed on their own sovereign. Her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, however trusta, that the emperor will, in his wisdom, see the justice, as well as policy, of making the retribution which is herein pointed out; which is due both to England and China, and which will avert further calamity. That all persons may know the real state of the case, this proclamation is published in the English and Chinese languages for general information. God save the Queen. Dated on board the steam frigate Queen, at Amoy, on the 23d day of No- vember, 1842, corresponding with the Chinese date, 21st of the 10th inonth in the 22d year of Taukwáng. (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER, H. M. Plenipotentiary. PROCLAMATION TO H. B. M.'s SUBJECTS. Sir Henry Pottinger, bart., her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary in Chi- na, purposely refrained from making any allusion, in his proclamation of the 23d instant, to the European portion of the crews of the ship Nerbudda and brig Ann. The plenipotentiary imagines, that it must be already generally known, that, when the Nerbudda got into danger, the natives of India on board of that ship were abandoned by the master and mates of her, and also by an officer and a small detachment of her majesty's regiments who were proceeding in her to join the expedition. It now appears, that the natives reinained by the ship for five days after they were thus abandoned, that they then landed on rafts under the guidance of the lead and second syrang, that, in thus landing, some of the men (both camp followers and Lascars or sea- men) were drowned or killed by Chinese who came down to plunder them, that all who landed were made prisoners the moment they got on shore, and confined in heavy irons, under circumstances of great cruelty, in small parties, and in separate prisons, for about eleven months, at the expiration of which period they (with the exception of the head and second syrang) were carried in sedan chairs to a plain, a short distance from the capital of the island of Formosa, and there beheaded in cold blood, in presence of the Chi- nese local authorities. It further appears, that there were altogether two hundred and forty natives of India (one hundred and seventy camp followers and seventy seamen) left in the Nerbudda, when her inaster and mates desert- ed the ship, out of whom only the head and second syrang have escaped with their lives, but it is not possible to determine how many were drowned, killed by plunder, died natural deaths, perished from ill treatment or starva- tion, or were beheaded by the Chinese authorities. With regard to the brig Ann, it has been ascertained, that the fifty Bouls on board when she was cast away, of whom fourteen were natives of Europe or America, two or three Portuguese and Malays, five Chinese, and the remainder natives of India. The vessel was driven high and dry (at low water) on shore, about midnight, and the whole of the fifty seven in- dividuals quitted her at daybreak next morning, and took possession of a Chinese junk which was lying in a creek or river near the spot, with the object of putting to sea in the junk; but the violence of the gale prevented them even making the attempt, and they surrendered, without even firing a musket, to the host of armed Chinese who had been assembled round them, about three o'clock in the afternoon of the same day. They were instantly stripped, and marched some distance without a particle of covering, exposed to a cutting northeast wind. 'Two men died from cold, and several others dropped from the same canse and fatigue, and were carried on in baskets 10 the capital (about ninety iniles from the spot where the brig was wrecked), where they were separated into small parties and put into distinct . prisons in irons. Subsequent to this, the parties had little comnmnication with each 684 DES, kiviere of Public Occurrences other, but it is known, that they were all subjected to the most barbarous treatinent, and were scarcely allowed sufficient food to sustain life. In this manner above seven dreary months passed away, when it was announced to the eleven survivors, iucluding the two belonging to the Nerbudda (six natives of Europe and America, three natives of India and two Chinese, which latter individuals had been pardoned on condition of entering the service of the government of Formosa), that peace had been made ; and they likewise then ascertained, that all the rest of their fellow sufferers in captivity and wretch- edness had been put to death on or about the 13th of August last, on the grounds stated in the plenipotentiary's other proclamation. Among the sufferers is Mr. Gully, a British merchant, who was returning to Macao from the northward, as a passenger by the Ann. It is not possible to account for the lives of the six Europeans and Americans, and three natives of India, being spared ; but it is surmised, that they were considered to be principal men of their classes, and were intended to have been sent to Peking to be there executed. This proclamation is now published, to satisfy the great anxiety and interest which has been universally felt on the subject of it. is superfluous for her majesty's plenipotentiary to record the deep and sincere regret and sorrow with which he discharges so painful a duty. God save the Queen. Dated on board the steam frigate Queen at Amoy, on the 26th day of Nov., 1842. (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER, H. M. Plenipotentiary. PROCLAMATION TO THE CHINESE. Sir Henry Pottinger, bart., her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary in Chi- na, announced in his proclamation under date the 23d instant, that a number of her majesty's subjects had been cruelly and causelessly put to death by the local officers on the island of Formosa. The plenipotentiary has now further to announce the following clear details which he has obtained from a few of the shipwrecked men, who have been sent over to Amoy, to be released agreeably to the treaty. On board the ship Nerbudda, which was wrecked in September, 1841, there were altogether 274 souls ; of these, 29 were Europeans, 2 Manila men, and 243 natives of India. All the Europeans, accompanied by 2 Manila men and 3 natives of In- dia, left the ship in the boats as soon as she struck on the rocks, and thus exactly 240 natives of India were left behind. These men remained by the ship, which had drifted over the reef, and was lying in smooth water in Hilung bay, for five days, and then landed on rafts, without arms or weapons of any description. In landing some men were drowned in the surf, others were killed by plunderers who came down to strip them as they reached the shore, and the rest were seized and imprisoned in separate small parties, where they were left in heavy irons, with hardly any clothing, and a very small allowance of food, from which privations many died after great suffer- ing. Of the whole 240 who left the ship on the rafts, only two men have been sent over to Amoy. On board the brig Ann, which was wrecked on her passage from Chusan to Macuo in the month of T.Iarch, there were altogether 57 souls. Of these, 14 were natives of Europe or America, 5 Chinese, 4 Portuguese or Malays, and 34 natives of India. The brig was driven by the violence of the wind and sea so high on shore, that when the tide ebbed she was left dry, and the fifty-seven men quitted her and got on board a Chinese junk, with the hope of being enabled to put to sea in lier; but this could not be effected, and they surrendered without having fired even one musket, or made the smallest resistance, to the Chinese troops that had come down to the spot. Like the unfortunate nien in the Nerbudda, those who were in the Ann were stripped stark naked, and dragged in that state to the capital of Formosa, when they 1842. 68 During the Year 18.12. were separated and confined in small parties, which lad little communication with each other, but were all treated with extreme barbarity and almost starved. Out of the fifty-seven souls who were cast away in the Ann, eight have just arrived at Amoy. Of these, six are natives of Europe or America, one a native of India, and one Chinese. A second Chinese is alive, and is said to have staid at Formosa of his own choice. It thus appears from the pre- ceding details, that two hundred and thirty-seven persons belonging to the Nerbudda, and forty-six belonging to the Ann, have either been put to death by the officers of the Chinese government on Formosa, or have perished through ill treatment and starvation. These atrocious and appalling facts are not to be refuted or questioned, and, that all may judge of them, and con- trast the conduct of the officers of the British government (who set all their prisoners free), this proclamation is made in Chinese. Her Britannic ma- jesty's plenipotentiary trusts, however, that the emperor will yet make the only atonement that remains, and thereby avert further evils. God save the Queen. Dated on board the steam frigate Queen, at Amoy, on the 27th day of Nov. 1842. (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER, Å. M. Plenipotentiury. 21st. H. I. M. orders Yishán, Yiking, and Wanwei, to be de- graded, dismissed from public service, confined in prison, and con- demned to death. December 2d. Sir Henry Pottinger, H. B. M.'s plenipotentiary, arrived from the north, late in the afternoon, on board the Queen. An invitation was circulated throughout the city of Canton for its citizens and gentlemen from other provinces to assemble at the Public Assembly hall to consult upon public affairs. 3d. The following rejoinder was published to counteract the ma- nifesto of last month, and allay the feelings of the populace. Whoever has studied the writings Confucius well knows his words, “That the man who does not feel any anxiety about what is far off, will without fail have sorrow near by;" and again · Be harmless, and then you will be undis- turbed." Whoever carries out these two principles of anxiety and harmlessness to their full extent, there can be no doubt, is prepared for every emergency. At this time, the patriotic gentry and people have unitedly led on and excited each other to protect themselves against the foreigners; and to prepare themselves for any affair that might happen before it came. They simply wish to remove every source of anxiety, hewever remote, and thus they probably expect to prevent all sorrow that may be near. Such conduct indeed bears the semblance of the great. est wisdom, but those who act thus have not examined very deeply, nor have they looked to the bottom of the matter. We somewhat suspect they have lost their harmlessness, and obtained instead an empty disquiet. Now, for natives and foreigners together to enjoy a benevolence high as heaven, and subsist upon a kindness like the earth for thickness, cannot be regarded as violating the dictates of reason. Can it be supposed that every individual in this land always fully practices the requirements of virtue? Or inust we also con- clude that every English foreigner scts at nought the principles of common sense and reason? Have the patriotic gentry and people never yet heard what Men. cius said ? In the days of the eastern Chau dynasty, the state Tsú was still numbered among uncivilized and barbarous states, but he thus speaks, "Chin Liáng was a native of Tsu. He came northward to study in the Middle Kingdom, and among all those at the north who studied with hiin, not one could compare with him." We beg you who are learned seriously to consider this expression. If these English foreigners possess the military strategy which we know they do, it is not so entirely certain that they do not also possess literary rules. When 680 Der. Ririou ul Public Orrirrenres they were carrying on the attack against the city of Canton in the second, third, and fourth months' of last year, can you remember one instance of their soldiers having disorderly murdered a man? Or, in all their successive enterprises and engagements in the provinces of Fukien, Chekiáng, and Kiángnan, can you call to mind one instance of one of their soldiers having killed a person against the rules of war? Confucius has observed. "In my intercourse with men, whom do I traduce or whom do I laud? But if I do praise any, I have previously tested them.” Now, if you will but observe the successive acts of these English, you will probably find that cvery act has not been so utterly opposed to reason, nor so completely against common sense [as you seem to imaginc). Their wish now to come up 10 the provincial city and dwell among us, must and will be made a subject of mutual deliberation, in which the fuelings and desires of both parties will be arnicably consulted, and after which both can live together neighborly. There is no evidence that they intend to come and by violence carry their point. If, however, you suppose otherwise, can you imagine that the English foreign- ers, during the long time they have had intercourse with us, have had no spot, not even a foothold, on which to erect their dwellings, but that now they are compel. led to put forth their strength and lake forcible possession of this place, that they may have a quiet spot to reside in? Whenever a inan of talents undertakes a business, he ought repeatedly to turn it over and reflect upon it again and again, in order that he may completely exhaust whatever is praiseworthy and good in it, neither injuring himself nor others, but accomplishing the whole without detriment in any one. Now those who have set in motion and carried on this affair, have not merely acted upon what they themselves saw and knew to be true, but hearkening to rumors and dark surmises, they have acted thus impetuously and reckless of all consequences. They have assumed to themselves the name of the patriotic gentry and people, and have everywhere posted up their manifestoes. They have raised the cry. “Guard against the foreigners,” but really they only wish to stir up commu- tion; they wish to be reckoned as those who quiet the people, but they are in truth no otherwise than public demagogues ; ery wise man thoroughly sees through their intentions. We have reflected upon this matter, looking at it in all lights; there is, in fact, nothing to cause apprehension in the country, but these factious people themselves are trying to stir up a commotion. Where then is the use of inaking such a buzz about this affair? This is a public statement by the learned scholars of Canton. Note.—This was pasted up in the Minglun Hall on 2d December, upon which day there was a public meeting there; many of the patriotic gentry and people seeing it, immediately left the assembly; while others were irritated to furious raving. Sonie said its sentiments were exceedingly proper and reasonable ; and others praised the style as very nervous, and took copies of it away with them. Some there were who wished to tear it down, while others carefully guarded it, and would not suffer it to be destroyed. There were on that day not less than several thousand presons assembled at the Minglun Hall, all excited to the highest pitch of anger against the English ; but on seeing this placard, they looked at each other in amazement, and full one half of them left the place. 6th. Their excellencies, the governor and lieut.-governor, issued the following proclamation against what they termed the seditious assemblages in the Public Assembly hall. Kí Kung and Liang Pauchang, respectively governor and lientenant-governor of Kwangtung, &c., &c., Hereby issue a clear proclamation to all the intelligent gentry that they do not listen to incendiary reports which may inveigle them. It is well known, that last year during hostilities, whoever of the gentry inade out plans or devised schemes, which could be acted upon, that we selected and availed of them; and also whoever of the brave militia came forward to be drilled and exercised, that we then employed them to the uttermost. We have now respectfully received his majesty's commands, granting to the English his sooth. ing kindness, and that trade may be conducted as before. All scholars, officers, and common people, ought therefore respectfully to accord with these arrange- 18.12. 087 During the year 18.1.2 We ments of his imperial inajesty, and not pronuulgate different opinions and coun. sels. However, at this time. There is Ye Yingtsai and others with him, who have falscly taken upon themselves the name of the Public Assemblyhall,* and have secretly printed a public manifesto. They have endeavored to raise and organize troops, and to subscribe for and collect money, which is full evidence that they really mean to excite a commotion. Wherefore we issue this procianation to all gentry, scholars, tradesinen, and people, ihal. cach of you most carefully watch over himself and his family, nor on any account listen to these seditious in. stigations, lest you involve yourselves in legal criminality. It is that we may quict and allay the minds of people, that we, the governor and lieut.-governor, now publish this special and clear proclamation. Whoever presumptuously disre- gards it, we shall instantly seize, and at the same time bring his offense to his mjesty's knowledge. Do not therefore say that we have not told you beforehand. A special proclamation. Note. This proclamation was posted up in the Public Assembly hall. YesYungtsai is a native of the district of Tungkwan, upon whom the degree of master of arts was conferred by his majesty. On account of his age, 89, he could not go up to the capital, and therefore has not received, as las been filsely stated, the honor of a Hanlin. 7th. The minds of the people at Canton and its vicinity having become excited against the English by the instigations of some de- magogues, they were led to the commission of many excesses. have gleaned the following particulars from the published accounts. During thc morning of this day, a brawl commenced between some Chinese and Lascars, in which the latter being pursued by the Chinese, were compelled to retreat for safety into the Creek long. The mob rapidly increased in numbers by the addition of citizens ready beforehand, it would seem, for the commission of any violence. They commenced their attack about 2 o'clock by tearing down the brick wall on the western side of the Company's garden, and by forcing the door into Mr. Murrow's house; this they pillaged of its contents. Two ladies staying in it at the tiine, were on the first alarm taken to Kingqua's hong across the Creck, from whence the proceeded in safety to Whampoa. Early in the evening, the British Aag.staff was set on fire, and burning up. wards till the whole was on fire; a shout from the mob when it fell told their triumph. Meanwhile the British factory was fired, and the verandah, chapel. belfry and skylight were soon burning furiously—the calmness of the evening too made the sight a beautiful one. Intimations of the designs of the people, and dan. ger of the forcigners, had been sent to Howqua before nightfall, but no efficient succor came, and such fire-engines as arrived were ordered off by the mob. The entrance to the Dutch hong was bravely defended by its inmates until the fire on both sides in the British and Creek hongs drove them out; five Chinese lost their lives here, but all within made their escape about 11 P. M. by the back passage. The three hoogs were completely on fire by midnight, but as these were the same that were pillaged in May, 1841, coinparatively few of the houses were tenanted; no one resided in the Creek hong, and only four firms in both the others. The first hong across the Creek was saved by the exertions of the servants and others in it, so that nothing else was burned. The residents in the other factories were at first under no little alarm lest their dwellings should catch fire across Hog lane, but all apprehensions on this head ceased by midnight. Two ladies residing in the Aincrican hong went into Ming- qua's hong carly in the evening, but during the night the square was completely in, possession of the inob. Most of the ring leaders, or those who appeared to direct the movements of the mass, satisfied with firing the British hong, en. deavored to prevent the thieves from carrying away their plunder. In the morn. ing of the 8th, the latter reässembled and resumed possession of the square, and * So we translate Minglun Tang. This is the name of a hall iu Canton, in which the people assemble to consult upon their grievances, and make their representations to the emperor or to luis officers. There is such a hull in every city :nd town in the empire. and assemblies in thein for political purposes are allowed by the Penal Code. 03 が ​Review of Public Oceurrences in 1842. began to plunder the burning ruins; continued squabbles among the wretches for the possession of the dollars they had dug out of the treasuries covered the square with knotted groups of struggling desperadoes, until the forenoon. About this time, the police and hong coolics began to dispute the power of the mob; and by nuon, a bridy of 200 troops appeared, who cleared the square of the thieves, and dispersed the rioters, after they had been dominant for twenty-four hours. It is said the Kwánghie appeared on the ground late in the afternoon of the 71h, but refused to risk an attack on the populace. Sth. Sir Hugh Gough arrived at Canton in the Proserpine steamer, but the attack on the factories was not renewed, and after a few days his excellency returned. 16th. The governor and lieut.-governor threatened the public in- structors of the department of Kwángchau with degradation and accusation at court, if they permitted any illegal gatherings at the Public Assembly hall. 19th. The following general orders were issued by his excellency lieut.-general, sir Hugh Gough, 6. C. B. commanding the expedi- tionary force in China. Dated head-quarters, Marion, Hongkong. The commander of the forces cannot allow this army to separate, without finally expressing the gratification which he has uniformly derived from its ex- emplary conduct. The warm anticipations which he had entertained on assuming the cornmand, have been amply fulfilled. Patient endurance of fatigue and ex- posure in a warfare often harassing, steady discipline in the midst of temptations of no ordinary kind, and enthusiastic gallantry whenever a foe appeared, whatever his numbers or however sirongly posted, have marked the conduct of this army. The happy termination to the war now severs the tie which united the lieu. tenant-general with his gallant comrades at Chusan, Kolángsú and Hongkong; with those who return with him to India, a brief space more will dissolve his connection, but neither time nor circumstances will efface the deep interest which he fuels in the well-being and the honor of the corps and individuals that compose the army of China. With this assurance sir Hugh Gough bids them farewell. By order, ARMINE S. H. MOUNTAIN, It..col., dep. adj.-gen. exp. force. 20th. Transports and ships of war, to the number of fifty and upwards, sailed this morning from Hongkong for India, carrying sir Hugh Gough and large bodies of troops on their return from the war. 31st. At this date, the citizens of Canton were regaining their usual quiet, trade was going on, and less apprehension felt of another outbreak. Most of the foreign residents had returned to their houses. Her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, by thus speedily termi- nating the war, opening the northern ports, and insuring a friendly intercourse for the future, secures to himself reputation and honors, which it is the lot of but few men to enjoy. To complete the work, now happily begun, there is requisite no small degree of prudence and wisdom. The agency, in these great movements, is human ; the directing power, divine. The high Governor of the nations has employed England to chastise and humble China: He may also soon employ her to introduce the blessings of Christian civilization and free intercourse ainong her inillions. JO he S V 0 72 र CHINES REPOSITO VOL, XII ASIA LIBRARY DS 701 C56 V.12 CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. ASIA LIBRARY DS 701 .C56 V.12 VOL. XII ASIA LIBRARY DS 701 C56 V.12 RES XII ASIA LIBRARY 息 ​DS 01 C56 VIZ VOL. 39 University of Michoun libraries . '9817 ARTES SCIENTIA VERITAS University of 1 Michiun Libraries , 7 '9817 ARTES SCIENTIA VERITAS University of Michigan Libraries 1817 ARTES SCIENTIA VERITAS 1 1 THE CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. XII FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1843. MARUZEN CO., LTD. TOKYO Asia libre DS 701 1656 1.12 This edition may not be sold to North, Central and South America. Reprinted in Japan THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XII. FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1843. CANTON: PRINTED FOR THE PROPRIETORS, 1843. INDEX. ABEEL at Chángchau fú. 528 Callery's Systema Phonetic Scrip. 253 Abeel's journal, Rev. D. 266||Callery's encyclopedia 300 Abeel on infanticide. 540 Cameronian regiment, history of. 145 Admiralty jurisdiction, rules of.. 383 Canton, topography of. 88 Akbar steamer leaves China. ... 400 Canton, fire at. 560,616 Albert's peak, or Tafuh tow,. 420 Canton, new warehouses in. 515 Alceste isle, trade at. 10 Canton, attack on the city of. 163 Almanac, Chinese and English. 112 Canton province, history of.... 309 Americans at Chángchau.. 526 Cape Montague, its position...: 424 Amherst rock near Wúsung. 428||Capture of Chinkiáng fú.... 346,460 Amoy, an excursion to... 268 Catalogue of officers in Canton.. 505 Amoy, position of.... 401 Cattle-catching at Quelpaert.... 358 Amoy harbor surveyed. 121 Censorate, description of the.... 67 Amoy, limits of port.. 631|Champollion's Egyptian grammar 337 Ann, loss of the British brig 113,235 Changche shan island, its position 411 Archipelago, notices of the eastern 169 Chángchau fú, visit to... 523 Astronomica oard... 67||Chángyang hien, islands on coast 479 Aurora Macaense, a newspaper. 110 Chapel island, its situation. 121,401 Chápú city, its position... 426 BALFOUR's consular notice..... 631|Chápú, attack on and capture of. 248 Baptist chapel, cost of... 550||Character of the Chinese.. 136 Barren rocks north of Chusan... 421||Charter of colony of Hongkong 380 Beehive rock, its position.... 423 Chau Tientsióh, a cruel officer.. 328 Belcher's voyage round the world 490||Chauchat island in Amoy harbor 402 Bible, revised translation of..... 551||Cháuchau fú, divisions of....... 319 Bingham's narrative.... 353 Chesapeake burned by English.. 360 Boards, the six of state govt.. 31||Chihseu, or Yi si near Amoy. 403 Body-guards of the emperor. 68||Chikhok island, its position. 417 Bogue, battle at the..... 492 Chili, drought and floods in. 277 Bohur's life of St. F. Xavier. 258||Chimmo bay, its position.. 405 Borneo, notices of the people of. 169 China,“ the great unknown" 6 Borneo Proper, government of, &c. 171 Chinese Tartary, notices of'.... 237 British trade, regulations of.. 3:57|Chinese and English dictionary., 496 British trade with China.... 513 Chinese officers, notices of..... 328 British vessels on coast, limit of. 558||Chinese character and customs., 135 Brooke's letter on Eorneo. 169||Chinese empire, condition of... 1 Brown's report of M. E. S. school. 624 Chinese spoken language. 582 Brown's sermon on Morrison's de. 456||Chinese dandy, sketch of a.. 357 Buriat converts, notice of.... 1 13| Chinhái passage to Chápu. 425 Chiohbè, a town near Amoy 524 CABINET, the emperor's..... 30,6||Chinkiáng fú, capture of. 346,464 Calendar for the year 1843. 13|| Cholera at Amoy. 447 Callery's reply to Lay... 37:!!Cholera in China. 485 iv INDEX Christian instrumentality ....... 211 Essay, Dr. Harris' prize........ 210 Christian knowledge, effects of.. 7 Exports to England from China., 517 Chuh seu I. near Taichow group. 419 Churches in Hongkong..... 440,613 Factories partly burned...... 560 Chusan Arch., sailing directions. 422 Families to reside at Amoy, &c.. 35 Cliff island, or Leao-seao. 421||Fatshá.n river examined.... 494 Co-hong to be abolished. 35 Fire in suburbs of Canton... 560,616 Coast of China, sailing directions 401 Flogging with the bamboo. 246 Cochinchina, Frenchmen in.... 5:37 Foreign vessels in Shantung 613 Collinson's survey of Ainoy.. 121,401 Formosa, massacre on.... 103 Colonial Office, notice of the.... 66 Formosa reprimanded officers in 334 Conimercial treaty proclaimed... 391 Formosan massacre, memorial on 501 Commercial houses, list of. 17||French consulate in China.. 400 Cominission, the Great, noticed.. 210French miss. in Cochinchina.. Consul at Canton.. 392 Fuchau fü, its position.... 411 Consuls to be appointed.. 35 Fulyau shan island described... 413 Consuls at Shanghái and Ainoy. 560 Fukien, infanticide in..... 540 Consuls, the names of foreign... 18 Consular fees published... 393 GENERAL regulations for trade... 397 Constellation, U. S. A. frigate sails 224 Gold annually obtained in Sambas 175 Constellation, U. S. A. frigate.. 279 Gough's reply to l'ipú. 345 Coptic tongue, features of the.. 338 Gough's dispatches from Wúsung 341 Correspondence, local... 33,94 Gough's letter to marq. Tweeddale 475 Councils of the emperor 60||Gough's dispatches from Nanking 469 Council, the Inner.... 28 Gestural language described... 584 Council, the General. 30 Governor of Hongkong appointed 379 Courts at Hongkong, rules for... 384 Government at Peking., 20 Cruclty of officers... 616|Government, the general. 28 Cushing appointed commissioner 503 Grand Canal, notices of. 277 Custom-lıouse register. 144 Grammaire Egyptienne. 337 Grainger, capt., of Indian Oak.. 78 Dean, biography of Mrs.. 207 Greek church, character of the.. 143 Degradation of officers. 276 Gribble, consular notice from (31 Dispatches of admiral Parker,. 464|| Gúmmí, notices of..... 236 Dispatches of general Gough 371,469|| Dodd's island or Pakting.. 405 HAETAN peak, its position..... 407 Dollars, rate of exchange for... ... 397|Háifáng, a marine magistrate... 269 Du Halde's geog. descriptions.. 89 Háifung, city of, its position.... 481 Dunn's Chinese collection. 561|Háinán, towns in..., 324 Duties how supplied, deticiency in 632 Harpoon of Chinese described... 609 Duties on merchandise.. 99 Harris, Great Commission by.. 210 Dyaks, notices of their character. 176 Head, mode of compressing the. 492 Dyer's death.. 553 Heroine, ship at Turon bay,.... 537 Hiángshan hien, islands of.... 483 EARTHQUAKES in Tartary 239 Hienling goes to Hongkong.. 274 Eastern Globe, a paper. 336||Hienling visits Macao. 3:30 Ecclesiastics in Tibet. 26 Hishan group, its position.... 419 Eelchi, notices of the town. 2:37 Hong debts, liquidation of.. 273,447 Egyptian grammar. 337|Hong debts, instalments paid 336,616 Elephant island in Chusan Arch. 354| Hong debts, nature of.... 515 Emperor, family of the......... 23 Hong merchants, bankrupt. 101 Encyclopedia of Chinese language 300 Hongkong, justices of peace at 46,382 English alphabet, confusion in. . 589 Hongkong, officers of.. 383 English vers delivered up.. 345 Hongkong described by Chinese 362 Englisli in China... 8 Hongkong, shipping entered at.. 363 Enterprise, loss of colonial lorcha, 56 Hongkong, sickness and cleath... 610 INDEX. V Hongkong, affairs at.... 280ņKúláng sú, notice of......... 265 IIongkong, prisons and prisoners 534||Kúláng sú, harbor off. 403 Hongkong I.its position and shape 435) Kungming, notices of the hero.. 126 Hongkong, places in the island.. 435 Kwángchau fú, divisions of.... 312 Hongkong, churches in..... 440|Kwangtung Tung-chi noticed... 309 Hongkong taken possession of.. 492 Kwangtung, topography of..... 88 Hongkong, charter of colony of.. 380 Kwángtung, list of officers in... 505 Hongkong, commission appoint Kweishen hien, islands near.... 482 ing governor.. :: 381 Hongkong, legislative council at. 445||LADIES' visit to Chinese.. 359 Hostile feelings of the Chinese.. 279| Lamyit islands, their position.. 400 Howqua's death... 500|Land at Hongkong, notice for. . 445 Humiliation of this government.. 4 Langdon's Ten Thousand Things 561 Hwang Antung at Hongkong.. 274|Langrenée appointed commiss... 503 Hwáng Antung, judge at Canton 333 Language, kinds of... 583 Hwuichau fú, divisions of. 317 Language, features of Siamese. . 283 Hwui Tien, notice of the. 57|Lay appointed consul at Canton. 392 Hwuilái hien, islands near, 480||Lay's remarks on the Chinese... 135 Lay's notice of Callery's work.. 253 Íri, notices of... 236 Laymen bearing titles 26 I'liáng, governor-gen. of Fukien. 333 Le Fevre, friend of Xavier. 259 I'liáng's memorial on Formosa. . 501 Leeo-Loo bay near Quemoy, 404 Ilipú's letter to general Gough.. 345 Legislative council appointed... 445 I'lipú, death of, at Canton... 166,329 Lewchew, notices of... 78 I'lipú arrives at Canton, &c... 55||Lewchewan mission at Peking. 331 Imperial family, list of the.. 23| Lewchewans in Chekiáng: 278 Imports into Canton. 516 Liáng Páucháng, fuyuen oſ Canton 33:3 Indemnity for losses. 224 Lieut-governor of Canton. 328 Indian Oak, loss of the. 78||Lin Tsesi, genealogy of. 507 Infanticide in Fukien. 540||Linguists' demands... 500 Islands on coast of Canton. 477|Lopp, notices of... 236 Lotteries, proclamation against.. 334 JAPANESE, shipwrecked...... 56,109 Lufung hien, islands near...... 430 Jehángier Khojeh's rebellion.... 240|| Jesus, how written in Malay.. 449||MACAO, disturbances in. 555 Jones' Siamese grammar. 281 Macao, new governor of...... 553 Juggler, feat of a.. 565|Macgowan's address on teinpera.. 205 Justices of peace at Hongkong.. 382 Mantclous, eight generations of. 22 Map of Canton province. 309 KASHGAR, notices of..... 235||Mátsú pó, a divinity.. 525 Kaulung opposite Hongkong. 435||Matsoo shian island, its position.. 411 Kháns, or hán, rulers.... 26||Mechanism of language..... 587 Kloten, notices of. 236,233||Medluurst's Chinese and English Kindred, the imperial. 591 Dictionary... 496 Kingqua's debts, interest on..... 615||Medhurst on name of Jesus.. 449 Kirrea, notices of. 237||Medical Missionary Soc. hospital 441 Kishen's political life. 331 Medical College at Peking... 07 Kiying appointed imperial com... 224 Medical Missionary Soc. report. . 188 Kiying's proclamation.. 443||Neiling pass. coolies at the. 331 Kiying, dispatches from. 55Meinory of the righteous. 456 Kiying appointed cominissioner. 332 Military forces, Fl. B. M.'s.. 18 Kiying's departure from Canton,. 632 Military resources developed. 3 Kiying's remarks on Eng. vessels 559 Milne on cholera in China... 485 Kiying's interview at Hongkong. 335) Min, entrance to river. . 409 Kouché, notices of..... 230||Mingan, a town on the Min river 410 Kúlang sú, the situation of..... 12$|| Missions, berichts of Christian... 211 vi INDEX. + Missions in China, notice of.... 222 Pihseang shan group of islands.. 41:2 Missions, Roman Cat., in China. 222 Pilots, notification regarding. 444 Missionaries, a list of Protestant. 223 Pinto's farewell address. 554 Modderman, agent of Dutch gov. 632 Pirates destroyed by the Pylades 355 Mongols at Kourun. 277 Pirates, attacks of the. 56 Monte Video L or Wongsking s. 423 Popular feeling, notice of.. 5 Morrison, funeral sermon ok..... 456 Portrait of the emperor Ku..... 75 Morrison, death of J. Robt.. 448 Portuguese government at Macao 18 Morrison Education Soc. school. 362 Pottinger's reply to Kiying..... 613 Morrison Education 50., 5th report 617 Pottinger, governor of Hongkong 379 Mosque at Hongkong.. .549 Pottinger's notes to Gough..... 469 Pottinger's proclamation onyessels 558 NAME of Jesus in Malay.... 449 Prejudices, how to be treated... 6 Names given a Chinese.. 506 Prisons & prisoners at Hongkong 534 Names, surnarnes, &c.... 21 Prisoners in the city of Canton.. 604 Namoh, its position and aspect.. 477 Princes, or kings of countries... 25 Nanking, operations before.. 469 Princes, imperially allied, &C.... 27 Nánhái hien, borindaries of.... 313 Promotion in Eng. army and navy 167 Nánting island, near Amoy..... 402 Prospects of British trade in China 513 Narrative of the Expedition. 353 Púching sz', proclamation of.... 448 Narrative of Sulphur's voyage.. 490 Pwányü hien, boundaries of.. 313 Naval forces, H. B. M.'s... 201Pylades attack on pirates... 355 Navy, the imperial. 108 Nerbudda, fate of the.. 113 QUELPAERT, the Nimrod at.... 358 Nimrod at Quelpaert island. 359 Ningpo river, entrance of... 429 RATTI-Menton, comte de, consul 400 Ningpo, cholera in... 407 Ratti-Menton's interview with Niú Kien degradation of 329 Kiying: 503 Niú Kien's note to Gough. 470 Rees' rock near Min river. 409 Nobility, orders of titular. 27 Residents, foreign in China. Nobility, the hereditary. 25 Riot in the city of Canton... 106 Notification regarding lands..., 445 Roman Catholic chapel at Hong- kong... 336 OCKSEU, or Wúkiú island... 406 Roope, narrative of Mr. G.... 114 Office of the imperial kindred.. 24 Royal col. of surgeons, letter from 201 Office, mode of buying. 505 Rules for consul at Canton. 392 Officers, at Peking, list of. 20 Rules of admiralty court. 384 Oksú, notices of the city. 235 Russia, Christianity in. 142 Opium trade, increase of. 168 Opium trade, proclamation on... 446 SADDLE island, near Shanghái.. 424 Opium trade, notices of.... 355 Sailing directions up to Ningpo. 429 Order in council regarding trade 446 Sailing directions to Chápú.... 424 Ordnance taken at Wúsung... 23 Sailing directions to Shanghai., 427 Orpen on general language. 583 Sailing directions for N.E. part of Chusan Archipelago.... 422 PARKER, report of the Rev. Peter 191 Sailing directions for coast. 401 Parker, sir William, investiture. 279 Sailing directions, errata in.. 476 Parker's memorandum for ships. . 615 Sailing letters for British ships. , 615 Parker's dispatches, admiral. 287,464 Salt, manufacture of.... 354 Pánshán, batteries at. 288|Sán Kwóh Chi, extract from the. 120 Pei-wán-yun-fi, an encyclopedia 303 Sancian, or St. John's island. ... 2014 Peking, list of officers at. 20Sarawak, Mr. Brooke's residence 169 Peshan island, and its position.. 416 Sarawak, government of ........ 184 Phonetic system of Chinese. 25:3 Schoedde's report of operations. . 352 Pihke shan group of islands. 414 Schools in Hongkong.... 440 Pilquan island and harbor.. 414 | Seamen's hospital in Hongkong. 442 14 INDEX vii five ports. Seminario Filipino, a newspaper 111||Temples of the Chinese.... 278 Serinon on Morrison's death.... 456 Ten Thousand Things on China. 561 Seven Sisters group near North I. 425 Tibet, road to, from Ladak.... 238 Shang tachin shan, an island. ... 418 Ting Kungshin, engineer. 108 Shánghái, capture of... ... 291,343) Tomlinson, death of lieut.-col... 250 Shanghái city, sailing directions to 427 Topography of Canton, the islands 477 Shánghái, limits of port of...... 631 Torturing prisoners. 605 Shángtí , adoration of.. 77|Trade opened 443 Shántung, British vessels in 559,615 Trade at Macao, rules of.... 555 Sháuchau fú, divisions of.... 316|Trade at Canton, how conducted 500 Shields, new pattern for.. 334|Transit duties, to be fixed... 36 Shipping, list of, in Hongkong 46,270 Translating comniittee.... 448 Shunte hien, account of.. 313 Treaty exchanged at Hongkong. 335 Siamese language, notices of.... 281|Treaty of peace, ratified copy of. 167 Sickness at Hongkong..... 447,610 Treaty, three articles of.. 35 Sickness of the Cameronians.... 161 Treaty, supplementary, signed.. 556 Silápan, commissioner of grain,.. 328 Treaties, remarks on. 9 Sin-án hien, islands belonging to 482|Triad Society, act of. 332 Sinhwui hien, islands of.. 483||Tseigh Is., number and position.. 415 Smuggling, orders regarding. 271 Tsien Kiáng, a demagogue. 448 Smuggling trade forbidden..... 224 Tsien Kiáng apprehended.. 332 Soldiers, savage and undisciplined 3 Tung Yung peak, on the coast.. 412 Soldiers, instructions to.. 69|| Tungkwan hien, situation of.... 314 Soldiers, conduct of foreign.... 69||Túrfán and Túfán, notices of... 236 Sovereignty denied, universal,. . 105||Turnabout island, near Haetan.. 407 Spider island, its size and position 412 Tyfoon at Chusan.. 504 Spoken language described. ... 585 Square I. passage to Shanghái.. 427|VICTORIA visits Chinese collection 562 St. George's I. near C. Montague 421 Victoria, town named...... 379 State and Prospects of China.... 294Vowels in the English language. 595 Statistics of China, new edition.. 331 Vowels in the Siamese. .. 282 Statistics of the Tá Tsing dynasty 57 Sü Kitien, judge in Canton.... 338 WANDERER meets a tyfoon..... 504 Sulphur's voyage round the world 498|Whale fishery on Chinese coast. 608 Supplementary treaty, abstract of 556 White Dog group of islands...... 408 Supremacy, absurd claim of.... 2 Woga fort in mouth of Min R... 409 Survey of Amoy harbor.... 121 Yü Púyun, execution of... 330 Wúseu island in Amoy harbor.. 402 TaEchow group of islands. 417 Wúsung anchorage, notice of... 429 Tahiah river, entrance to. 429 Wúsung custom-house register.. 144 Tángchau fú in Liautung 356|| Wúsung, capture of.. 287,342 Tariff to be established. 35 Wúsung river, ascent of. 293 Tariff, new..... 393 Tariff, change in.... 632 YA'NGtsZ' kiáng, passage up the 465 Tartars, the names of the.. 21|Yárkand, notices of.. 233 Tartary, notices of Chinese. 233 Yengi Hissár, notices of.. 235 Tchinsanna island, its position.. 423|| Yisiáng, Tartar general at Canton 234 Telescope, a Chinese newspaper. 111 Young, William Curling's, book. 8 Telke Dortsi, visits Peking.. 277||Yuetung Tung kwan Lu.... 505 Temples, old, at Chángchau..... 528 Temple, a Chinese at Hongkong 549||XAVIER, lifc of saint Francis.... 258 2 1 1 1 CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XII.—JANUARY, 1843.—No. 1. t Art. I. Present condition of the Chinese empire, considered with regard both to its domestic and foreign relations, especially as affected by the late war and treaty. Henceforth, the Centre Kingdom--the celestial empire-ancien and long secluded China-takes rank among the nations of the earth, and becomes of one family with them. By the treaty, signed before Nanking, August 29th, 1842, the spell which gave this go- vernment its fancied elevation was broken, its wall of seclusion breached, and a highway projected, whereupon the sons of Hán may enjoy free intercourse with those of every race and in every clime. The condition of China, therefore-as it respects both the government and people—now becomes a subject of much deeper in- terest to foreigners than it ever was before. We should dwell upon the past, in order to see how the present has grown out of it; and to the future also we should look, that we may the better anticipate the demands and the products which will rise in each succeeding period of coming time. But our most direct and immediate concern is with the present condition of the Chinese empire, the greatest on earth, We wish to see and to exhibit the Chinese as they are—at court and in country—acting and acted upon, by all the varied influences which conspire to form their character-political, commercial, do- mestic, literary, moral, and religious. And what, now, is the condition of this empire? A question that is much more easily asked than answered. Indeed, to give a perfectly satisfactory answer is impracticable; and, could it be given in ample details, it would require many volumes. We have upon our VOL. XII. NO. 1. 1 2 jan Present Condition of the Chinese Empire. shelves, “China;" “ China, its State and Prospects;" “the Chi- nese;" "the Chinese as They Are;" &c. Yet how very little know- ledge of China and of the Chinese do even those possess, who are the most extensively acquainted with this empire! A perusal of all the books written by foreigners on this subject, will show, that our knowledge of this country is exceedingly limited and superficial. In the few paragraphs, to which this introductory article is limited, China and the Chinese will be delineated only in rough and half. completed outline-for this is all that we can at present presume to undertake: but the doing of this will show-what is of no small con- sideration--the strong necessity of making much greater efforts to obtain a better acquaintance with this empire-its history, its geo- graphy, its government, its productions, in short, all things that affect national charater. By the late war, both the doinestic and foreign relations have been put to a severe test; and some important results worked out. The collision, though not very long, nor very sharp, gave a shock to the whole empire, such as it had never before experienced. It waked those, charged with the direction of the helm of government, to such a sense of the impending danger, that they were induced, with- out long delay, to change in a degree their course of policy-thus saving, for a time at least, their huge but fragile bark from destruc- tion. The collision, modified and made pacific, continues, and must continue, working out greater and still greater results-results more salutary than those already produced, and some of which we will here briefly notice. The absurd claim of universal supremacy, long ago made clear by the Chinese in their books, and always avowed and maintained as far as their caring and power would admit, has been exposed and exploded. The favorite dogma ran thus: “There is but one sun in the heavens ; so there can be but one emperor, the Most High's vicegerent, on earth, appointed to rule all nations." So infatuated was poor Lin, on his first arrival in Canton as his imperial majesty's high commissioner, that he proceeded at once to give special in- structions to the fraternity of licensed merchants, to become the tutors and masters of all foreigners resident at the provincial city. The barbarians, being stubborn and obstinate, were threatened with extermination; and, refusing to do homage in the prescribed form and manner, they were denounced as rebels, and large rewards offer- od for their heads. Their crime, their only crime, was disobedience to llir sell of licilien Tlus the Chinese would fain believe, anil 18:13 3 Present Condition in the Chinese Empire. would have others believe, that universal homage was due to their sovereign. The development of the military resources of the empire is ano- ther result. A mere show of force, it was supposed, would at once “bring the emperor to liis senses." Two or three smart frigates, it was thought, were quite enough to effect the desired end. Hence instructions were given not to proceed further, in the first instance, than to take possession of a single insular position. Chusan was taken; the expedition appeared before the dilapidated and dismantled forts at the mouth of the Pei ho, and then the whole matter was to be concluded amicably down at this extremity of the empire. Nego- tiations went on here satisfactorily, until the military resources of the empire were put in requisition. Much was promised, but nothing granted. Breaches of faith—failure to meet engagements, renewed the attack, which the Chinese, with their accumulated armies hoped to repel. Although these armies were defeated, it was now plain that the imperial cabinet had resolved to measure their strength with the invaders. The Board of War was called upon to do its best deeds. Awe-inspiring generals, conquerors of rebel-barbarians, were ap- pointed; ships of war were built; forts erected; and all the muni- tions of war prepared for immediate use, and in great quantities. And so imposing was the display—so vast were the resources, 'ranged like men on a chessboard,” from one extreme of the line of coast to the other—that success on their part was confidently ex- pected by the Chinese, and by foreigners not a few. "Only let the Chinese hold out, maintain their passive resistance, and the day is theirs," was the language sometimes heard. In almost everything that appertains to war, the Chinese have shown themselves to be by no means contemptible. They have failed for want of system and discipline. Let but these be improved sufficiently, and mastery over them will be difficult. Their numbers and their resources, are suffi- cient for every emergency-for all contingencies. The overwhelm- ing forces ordered to Canton, from the neighboring provinces, broke down beneath their own weight, and became a scourge to the pro- vincial city, and all the neighboring places where they marched or encamped. Even while the British guns were at the gates of Can- ton, and commanding the heights above the city, these myrmidons were actually devouring the flesh of the native inhabitants. Such were the congregated armies of the celestial empire. If the Chinese act wisely, they will speedily reform their whole military and naval system, and make their navy and their army worthy of a great na- tion, and capable of giving defense to every part of their country. 4 JAN. Present Condition of the Chinese Empire. By being defeated in every engagement, the Chinese have learned some very useful lessons. One of these we see in their being made willing to bend to meet the exigencies of the late crisis. Had the emperor and his ministers maintained their usual degree of pertinaci- ty, how different would have been the results of the war ! To those who saw the actual posture of affairs there was but one alterna- tive-to bend or to break. This necessity was seen by a few—they saw they must yield, or lose the reins of government. The pressure became all but intolerable. Another blow, in all probability, would have broken asunder the empire. But He who ruleth the hosts of heaven, and doeth his will among all the earth's inhabitants, was graciously pleased to stay the impending blow. When everything was in readiness, and the storm was about to burst upon the old capital, dispatches arrived from court. The emperor and his advi- sers, having seen their dilemma, had consented to the demands, and now the articles of peace were signed with due formalities. The spell was there broken, the vain claim to supremacy abandoned. And from the humiliation (however partial it may have been) we date the commencement of a new era—the beginning of China's ex- altation. By solemn treaty the Chinese have humbled themselves so as to take a stand among the nations of the earth. Now they may rise from their real degradation, and take their proper rank among the other kingdoms and empires of this world. By the signing of the late treaty, the Chinese empire was removed from its old isolated condition, and was placed in a new sphere, where all its relations, domestic and foreign, are subject to new and power- ful influences. Hitherto, in fact, it has enjoyed no relations, wor- thy of the name, with other nations. The intercourse with foreigners was so restricted, and conducted in such a manner, that for all pur- poses of state it was nothing—nothing except to be a cause of per- petual irritation. Happily, to that anomalous condition honorable relations have now succeeded. The forming of these relations, and their future management, is a matter of great interest, because it will affect, in a greater or less degree, the welfare of nearly or quite the whole civilized world. All are concerned,; and, sooner or later, and probably at no very remote period, all and each will acknow- ledge the new relationship and seek for its benefits. One thing more calls for particular notice--it is the bearing of the popular feeling. “The opinion,” says a late writer, “that the people themselves are not only willing but eager to receive us among them," appears to him a "mischievous fallacy,” and “seems incom- 1843. Present Conclition of the Chinese Empire. patible with the known peculiarities of the national character of the two races now occupying the Chinese empire.” To the discussion of this topic we may return in another article. In this country, as in all other countries that have made advances in civilization, there is a public opinion, greatly influencing and influenced by the ac- tion of government. The leaven of humanity which has been recent- ly administered to the imperial cabinet, enabling it to bow with so good a grace, has not had time to spread far among the great mass of this people. Moreover, but few of the people are at all aware of the advantages of foreign commerce, and foreign intercourse. Those who see these advantages—as some do—are anxious to have the pro- visions of the late treaty carried speedily into effect. At Ningpo sheet almanacks have lately been published, on which are represen- tations of the scenes that are about to open there, by the introduc- tion of foreign commodities: these, emblazoned with light, and hailed with expressions of joy. At Shanghái, popular feeling takes a similar course. But at Canton, there are counter currents, work- ing with "toil and trouble.” From these, however, we do not ex- pect that any very serious evils will arise. So far as we know, the empire is enjoying its usual degree of tranquillity. From the recent changes, we anticipate many good and great results-not indeed unmixed with evil, but results in which the good will far exceed the evil. Let light and knowledge come in freely from abroad: and come they will with the introduction of foreign commodities, and the extension of foreign intercourse. Let them come as free and as pure as possible; because the more abundantly these are introduced, the greater will be the benefits resulting both to the Chinese and to foreigners. Policy which only seeks to acquire good, and never to communi- cate it, is ever to be repudiated. That “it is more blessed to give than to receive" is the economy taught by the highest authority. It is the best economy, as honesty is the best policy. The old prin- ciple that would lead a man to secure to himself as much as possi- ble, irrespective of the rights and wishes of others, is confessedly a wrong rule of action. To seek more for ourselves, in any transac- tion, than we should under similar circumstances, be willing to give to others, is base conduct, unworthy of a good man, and repugnant to the spirit of sound ethics. In the arrangements that are about to be formed, for the regula- tion of political and commercial intercourse with this government and people, we hope and expect to see a liberal policy pursued. The Pirsini Comitoin of the thinks Empire. JIN greater care will be requisite morder to render this intercourse everyway agreeable to the Chinese. For this, as we view the inat- ter, is the essential point. Let nothing but what is clearly feasible, and honorable, and profitable, he introduced into the new system, and then it will surely succeed; otherwise, it ought not, it will not, it cannot. Great allowances must be made for the ignorance and prejudices of the Chinese; and yet their ignorance and prejudices regarding foreigners are scarcely greater than ours are respecting them. Both are wrong. We have light, and a code of moral laws, which they Hive not. Accordingly, we are bound to excel them in magnanimi- ty, in kininess, and in cvery good work. In oriler to kuow how to deal with the Chinese aright, we need to possess much inore accu- rate and extended kuowledge of them, and all that appertains to them and their country. It may be of importance to advert to some of the leading topics to which our inquiries should be directed. This empire is emphatically "the great unknown.” With a few exceptions, foreigners know but little more of it than they do of the moon. A field, wide enough for the greatest ambition, is here open- cd. Under the head of physical sciences, the principal topics of in- quiry have been well arranged in a collection of “ Ilints," prepared for the expedition of China, and published at Calcutta in May, 1940. From that collection we borrow a few details, and refer the reader to it for others. The principal divisions of the country are the first points of at- tention. Its aspect and surface should be carefully noted. The outlines of the principal bases of the chief rivers, with the limits of the secondaries, should be marked, and the mountains and hills traced. Show the direction of each range, with the general form of its outline, its height, passes, structure, &c., adding the proper names. Trace the courses of all the rivers ; show how far they irc navigable; and describe the country along their banks. The lakes, the coasts, harbors, &c., should be particularized. “It would be interesting to know, whether a permanent current, like the Gulf Stream, exists;" or whether there are minor currents; and also to ascertain the extent and direction of the monsoon, and of the ty- foons. Everything relating to the climate, should likewise be ob- served and noted—the heat, the cold, the winds. All the dc- partments of natural history-mineralogy, botany, and zoölogy, should be examined. On all these topics, and many more, of a like pature, the English reader can find but very little and imperfect in- 1813. 7 Present Condition of the Chinese Empire. formation. In one department-of topography—the Jesuits have given us much information, especially regarding the position of the chief town and cities. But it is concerning the inhabitants of the Chinese empire that we most need information. Man, as an individual, and as a mem- ber of the body politic; his institutions; civil and social; his man- ners and customs; his language and his learning; his morals and his religion ; his laws and government; &c., are to us the most deeply interesting subjects for investigation. The position in which China has long stood, with regard to all other nations, is an unnatural one. It is against nature. There is in it something defective, something wrong, which should be searched out and exploded.. The leaven of humanity-sometimes, in the present state of the world, to be administered by the strong hand of war,—so it seems very often breaks up old prejudices, and opens out the way for the milder and all-subduing influences of truth--that truth which will and must eventually prevail over all error. We see in the progress of society a slow but steady improvement; and in the volume of re- velation, we see clearly what is merely indicated in the progress of society. One may, if he please argue for a removal of foreigners from this country to insular positions; and the Chinese government may forbid its subjects to einigrate; but neither will have much effect. The Chinese will emigrate; and foreigners will come to dwell in this land and among this people. Treaties will be formed; and intercourse maintained. The strong encouragement now de- rivable from the signs of the times becomes positive assurance, when we study the Revelation made for man under the inspiration of the Most Fligh. Iloly writ gives full assurance of a coming period, when pure religion shall universally prevail, and those principles everywhere be adopted, and that conduct exhibited, which are in accordance with the laws of God. “Then,” in the words of another, “there will be no usurpation over conscience, nor forcing of creeds, nor persecutions; for differ- ences in religion will cease from their dominion over the minds of men, by, the effect of solid conviction, and a divinely sweet experi- ence of the power of true religion. There will be every encourage- ment of the freest inquiry and the most ample research ; yet infideli- ty, in every forin, shall flee before the glorious light of evidence. Coinmerce will be carried on in the most extensive, active, and successful manner; but truth, honor, and piety will direct all its operations: overreaching and all fraudulent artifices, greediness of The English in China. Jan. gain, avarice in the retention of it,-luxury, pride, and selfishness in the use of it,—will be generally abhorred. “Literature, science, and the useful and elegant arts, will be cul- tivated, and probably carried to an unexampled height of improve- ment; but they will be subservient to holy purposes, to general hap- piness, and to the love, admiration and service of God. “Governments will be firm, secure, and happy; bad laws will be abrogated, and good ones held in honor; liberty, civil and religious, personal and political, shall flourish; ambition, oppression, injustice, cruelty, and—that embodying of all evils—war, shall cease. Both the governors and the governed, in all nations, will be in general men of sound knowledge and wisdom, upright, just, and good. The principles and the practice which distinguish the people of God shall bear rule and shall diffuse general hnppiness.” A condition of the human family like this, the Bible warrants us to expect. Its duration may not be exactly a thousand years, but it will be for no inconsiderable period; nor is it, perhaps, for man to know the exact time of its approach. But the movements of the present age seem to indicate the coming of brighter days than the world has ever yet enjoyed. Knowledge and pure religion are spreading and prevailing in an unexampled manner. Peace is more eagerly sought now than ever before; and proper concessions for its restoration and preservation are deemned magnanimous—not coward- ly. The speedy return of peace in China, and the favorable terms on which it has been established, are not the least of the favorable signs of the times. While they demand a tribute of grateful praise to the great Sovereign of the universe, they inspire the confident belief, that the old order of things is passing away, and that erelong free and friendly intercourse will be enjoyed among all nations. Since things are thus, what ought to be the conduct of those who are the most enlightened and the most free of all people ? Art. II. The English in China. By William Curling Young. London, 1840, Smith, Elder & Co., Cornhill. This, though a little book, comprised in less than one hundred and fifi.y duodecimo pages, discusses a subject of great moment, and with 1843. 9 The English in China. no mean ability. A brief analysis of the book will best exhibit the subject, and the manner and bearing of the discussion. Mr. Young considers the common opinion, that the Chinese are desirous of hav- ing foreigners come among them, a mischievous fallacy, incompa- tible with the known peculiarities in the national character of the two races now occupying the Chinese empire. These two races are evidently of Mongolian extraction—at least, so he conjectures. The first of these two races, the Chinese, early formed a compact com- munity, divided from all the rest of the world; became strongly attached to their ancient usages, averse to innovations, and to the introduction of foreigners. This spirit of exclusion now extends to all their feelings, and affects all their institutions. Though the pre- sent dynasty is hateful to the nation, he contends "that the policy of the government and the disposition of the people are the same; that the fabric of the government has been moulded, and its maxims supported, and its spirit influenced, by the direction and the tenor of the national sentiment; that, therefore, any attempt to establish our- sclvcs securely among them, on the faith of treaties or by the force of arms, would be impolitic, if not impracticable; and that, if in the belief that an attempt to coerce the government would be supported by the people, we have recourse to invasion, we shall find too late, in the inherent national sentiment, a power more hostile to our pro- gress than the factitious control of arbitrary edicts, a power existing in the hearts of the people, made binding by the precepts which enforce, and sacred by the antiquity that sanctions it, confirmed by long continuance, and jealous of the slighest invasion-power in short, Strong in possession, founded in old custom, Power, by a thousand tough and stringy roots • Fixed in the people's pious nursery faith ; "This, this will be no strife of strength with strength.”” These facts, these prejudices, &c., " attest the policy of avoiding a more direct intercourse with the Chinese than that to which we might invite the inhabitants of the coast, by fixing insular marts for the exchange of merchandise within reach of their ordinary naviga- tion." Mr. Young prefaces his remarks on treaties—which fill the second chapter of the book with the old Chinese maxim, "that to rule barbarians with misrule is the true and best way of ruling them.” This proves, what he had proved before, that no treaties can esta- blish friendly relations with this governinent—a fact“ abundantly VOL. XII. NO. I The English on Chin JAN no proved by the failure of all diplomatic proceedings in this country The cause of this failure he believes to be “the unconquerable repuguance of the people to the adınission of Europeans within their shores." Hence the necessity of planting conuercial settlements beyond their jurisdiction. The Dutch establishments on Formosa “also illustrated this view of the inutility of treaties"-for“ compact whatever can be binding on the Chinese.”—“We may strike terror or spread destruction by our fleets and armies, and inake our own terins with their leaders, amidst the roar of cannon and the shock of arins ; but we can never hope to secure a friendly commerce by means of war, or' to forın political relations of lasting utility with a government notoriously faithless, and a nation distin- guished by inendacity.” Even the frontier commerce, such as that secured to the Russians by a formal convention, he thinks would have been far more advantageously conducted at marts, remote from the Chinese territory,—for so eager are the people for trade, that they will seek it at all hazards however remote. The establishment of marts beyond the limits of the empire is the best and surest foun- dation on which to build our future intercourse with the Chinese. To give additional force to his opinions, Mr. Young takes a re- view of all past intercourse, and appeals to facts. Where the sys- tein he advocates has been followed, success has usually crowned the efforts that have been made to carry on commerce in the east, and failure attended all deviations from it. So long as trade was maintain- ed by means of insular entrepôts, it prospered; but when,“ departing from that wise and cautious system, Europeans sought to make trea. ties, &c., then apprehensions were awakened, and the havens closed. Factories were forts; warehouses, arsenals; traders, sol- diers; and men mounted guns, where they should have stored mer- chandise. “Such is the history of this portion of oriental com- merce, in its rise, progress, and decline.” The internal commerce of Asia strongly exemplifies the policy in question, it having a very strong analogy to the maritime system of conducting trade. Having proved the necessity of removing the Anglo-Chinese com- merce, he invites the reader's attention to the most suitable locality for new entrepôts. He would plant a British settlement on “Alceste isle," twelve leagues from the Corean coast, in latitude 34° 6' N., longitude 125° 25' E., and make it the chief emporium of the Chi. nese trade. “Our ocean-mart, there fixed and guarded well, would not only enable us to undersell the Dutch, Danes, French, Spanish, and Portuguese, but also to compete inore successfully, than at pre- 1343 The English in China. 11 sent, both with the Russians and Americans, so long as those na- tions continue their trade, either by treaty or by sufferance, at Ki- achta and Canton. It is scarcely too much to predict, that the coun- try which first puts under the protection of its flag an island staple in the eastern seas will command in future the commerce of the ex- treme Asia." He finds it impossible, in the linits of his little book, to do inore than rapidly glance at a few of the inost obvious advan- tages of the Alceste isle. Its situation is in the very line of the junk-track, at the entrance of the passage froin China to Japan. It would also secure all the trade of Java to Japan, and then the rich produce of the Philippines, and the gold and the spices from the Indian Archipelago, would be stored. It would secure and extend the trade of Corea. These are but a few of the advantages. “Other and greater, though more remote, yet scarcely less inevitable, crowd on the imagination.”..! This “rather increases the necessity of forming a chain of insular marts along the maritime frontier of the empire;" one, for example, near Hainan; one at the Madjicosimah; another at the island of Tinghái, on the coast of Fukien ; another on Pa-tcha san, seventeen leagues to the eastward of the Great Chu- san; and one in the Yellow sea. He does not mention Formosa and Quelpaert, lest the right of occupancy there should be disputed. But as for the others, there could be no injustice in appropriating them to the crown of England. Hainan is “claimed by China, but the inhabitants are frec.” Mr. Young is not insensible of the difficulties to which his scheme is open. All the objections against it he is anxious to grapple and refute,—with what success we leave the reader of his book to judge. But to be brief: he would have a fleet equipped immeciately, "peacefully to occupy island-staples, beyond the reach of foreign control,” there to improve our trade to an indefinite extent, and “to spread the influence of the race we spring from over the distant east.” Evidently fearing some weakness in his statements and rea- sonings, our author further supports all he has said, first by a chapter of facts, and secondly by a chapter of opinions; and then comes to his “conclusion," and discusses the old question of peace or war. He declares against the war, as being unjust and wicked. Except to glut our venge:nce or take revenge, he sees no cause for the con- test, nor object to be gained. We have now glanced at all the prominent points in Mr. Young's essay, and have endeavored fairly to represent his statements and to recapitulate his arguments. Concerning the whole we have but little to remark. 12 Jan. The English in China. Mr. Young displays niore ability than knowledge, in the discus- sion of his subject. We know that many of his statements are er- roneous; others are doubtful. Ilainan and its inhabitants are no less a part of the Chinese empire“10 less strongly ruled—than Chu- san and its people. So far as facts have come to our knowledge, it may be fairly doubted whether the Mantchou rulers are hatrful to the Chinese, as a nation. Persons who have had the best opportu- nity to know the truth, declare to the contrary. But the Mantchous are foreigners, are barbarians;" and they have come into the coun- try and settled among its inhabitants--the dislikes and the preju- dices of the Chinese notwithstanding. * Prejudices and dislikes here are no stronger than they are elsewhere. They have been, and they can be, and will bemagain overcome and removed. The advantages of the new system--were it feasible--are, we think, greatly over-estimated by Mr. Young. It will, however, be quite early enough to discuss this point, when we can see some probability that the scheme will ever be undertaken. In our opinion, there is no more probability of concentrating the Anglo-Chinese commerce at Alceste isle, than there is of carrying it to Cape Horn. And whether or not any compact or treaty can be binding on the Chi- nese, is a question, which, for the present, we are quite willing to leave in the hands of II. B. M.'s plenipotentiary. Were all the doc- trines of Mr. Young's book true, and were they to be carried into effect, the returmation of China-most devoutly to be wished—would be postponed indefinitely, nay, for ever. But, thanks to the all wise and over-ruling providence of God, the hope for China is not so for- lorn. Let no one say popular feeling here is against us. We know something of that feeling, and have carefully watched its late ebullitions. Anything we would rather see, than the old, long, dead calm of ages, when everything stagnated and died. God will make the wrath and the folly of men to praise him, and restrain, or stop the same, when he pleases. We know he does all things well, and can employ bad as well as good men, to effect his great designs. * One who has remained long in Canton must have been struck by the strongly murked Arab l'aces he has often seen, ind if he asks the men their creed and their origin, he is answered that they are Mohammdan-, and that their ancestors settled here soinu few centuries ago. History assures us that many Arabs have become denizens of China; and hy ihe descendants of that people are large portions of the northwest of China Proper inhabited. 1843. 13 Anglo-Chinese Calendar for the Year 1843 5 & Jan. 12 m Feb. 1 m. Mar. 2m. April. 3 m. May. 4 m. June. 6 m, July, 6 & 7 m. Aug. Int. Sep. Int. 18 m. Oct. 8 & 9 m. Noo. 110 & 10 m Dec. 11 m on 2 was e 44 t 10 O OUTON osovo CTA W ETEOWOO voer A WN + T NO OT A G 9 - 9. 10 11 12 t SSH2B4 s11 a t 14 t t 15 16 N Ngoen soy esa & How voor 8 20 90 9 10 f | 12 10 f | 10 10 m 11 11 $ ( 13 11 s 11 10 s 11 11 t 13 10 m 13 12 11 S 14 1 t 14 12 12 $ 14 12 S 12 12 w 13 12 f 13 12 m | 15 13 13 m 15 13 m 13 13 t 14 13 s 14 13 1 16 14 14 t 16 14 t 14 14 f 15 14 15 14 21 17 14 15 15 2 17 15 w 15 15 s 16 15 m 16 15 t 16 16 t 18 16 t 16 16 s 17 16 t 10 17 17 f 17 17 m 18 17 w t t 8 I w If 11 123s 13 14 156 16 17 8 f 16 18 19 10 S 18 20 11 19 21 12 t 13 m 22 22 114 22 114 t 21 15 20 15 20 23 16 25 26 18 s 26 19 S 28 119 t. 13 f 14 S 115 s 36 m 17 t 18 w 19 t 120 f 121 s 122 S 123 m 18 15 s. 10 t 11 20 17 12 t 19 12 t 12 18 13 13 f 1 2012 J 14 t 14 s. 15 f | 22 15 S 16 s 17 S 23 18 m 25 18 20 24 19 t 21 ť 5o 28 23 s 29 124 S 20 %%%% s 1 m t more on 4 25 m 5 26 t 6 227 2 t 1 t 2. f 9 30 s :31 S 10 11 t'wingu lirsidents Art. III. Calendar for the year A. 1. 1843, bring the twenty- third of the reign of T'áukwung; list of foreign residents in China; and of forrign commercial houses; Portuguese govern- ment in Macao; foreign consuls; detail of Her British Ma- jesty's naval and military forces in China. Tue comparative Calendar on the preceding page shows at one view the dates of the Chinese and European year; the present year 1844;} is the 4480th year of the Chinese era, or the 40th year of the 75th cycle of 60 years, and the twenty-third of the reign of his imperial majesty Túukwáng. It is named in the cycle lypi kwei m.iu; this cycle era began in the 61st year of the reign of Il wángtí, corresponding to B. c. 26:37. See Chi. Rep. vol. XI, page 121. The present year has an intercalary month intervening between the 7th and Sth moons; an intervening month is always added when the sun does not enter another sign during a lunar month, or which is the same thing, when there are two new moons in one sign. am. am. am an. fr. aam. I. FOREIGN RESIDENTS. Abeel, Rev. David Burd, John br. Almack, W. br. Burjorjee Framjee, par. Allanson, William br. Burn, D. L., and family, br. Anderson, Alexander, Buxton, Travers Anderson, Thomas, Byramjee Rustomjee, par. Anthon, Joseph C. Byramjee Cursetjee, par. Amroodin Abdool Sutiff, mnoh. Byramjee Pestonjee par. Ardaseer Furdoonjee, par. Byworth, G. br. Ball, Rev. D. M. D. and family Caine, William Balfour, George br. Calder, Alexander Bancker, James A. Cannan, John H. Barnett, G. br. Case, W. Bates, Challaye, Charles A. Bateman, J. br. Chapman, Frederick br. Baylis, H. P. Chicks, W. Baynes, W. J. W. Chinnery, George Bennet, J. W., and family Chonski, N. de Blenkin, W. Clark, W. br. br. Board, Charles Cleverley, Osmund Bontein Compton, J. B. Boone, Rev. W. J., and fam. am. Compton, C. S. br. hin. Coobear Hurjeewun, Bovet, L. Bowman, J. br. Coolidge, Joseph Braine, George T. br. Cooverjee Bomonjee, par. Bridgman, Rev. E. C. d. d. Couper, William Brown, Rev. S. R. and family am. Cowasjee Framjee par. Bull, Isaac M. Cowasjee Pallanjee . br. sw. (m. (im. am. par'. am. 18-13. 15 Foreign Residents. br. am. br. > am. am. cm. am: » Cowasjec Shapoorjce Tabac, par. Goolam Hoseen Chadvo Craig, John br. Gordon, Alexander F. Croom, A. F. br. Gray, C. H. Cumming, W. H. M. D. Gray, W. F. Cursetjee Dadabhoy, par. Gribble, Henry, and family, Cursetjee Ruttonjee, par. Gutzlaff, Rev. C., pr. Dadabhoy Burjorjee, Hajee Dawood moh. Dadabhoy Byramjee, Halcon, J. M. sp. Dadabhoy Hormusjee, par. Hallam, Samuel J. br, Dadabhoy Hosunjee, par. Harker, Henry R. br. Dale, W. w. br. Hart, Alexander Davidson, G. F. Hart, Benjamin Davidson, Walter Hart, C. H., and family, Davidson, William Harton, W. H., and family Davidson, F. M. br. Hay, W. Dean, Rev. William and family am. Heard, Augustine Delano, Edward Heard, John Delano, jr. Warren (absent) am. Henderson, William br. Dent, John br. Henry, Joseph De Salis, J. H. Henry, William Dixwell, George Basil Heras, P. de las sp. Dodd, Samuel Heron, George br. Douglass, Richard H. Hight, John F. Drummond, Hon. F. C. br. Hillier, C. B. Dudgeon, Patrick Hobson, B. M. B., and family Dundas, Henry br. Holgate, H. Durran, A. fr. Holliday, John, and family Durran, J. A., jr. Hormuzjee, Framjee par. Duus, N., and family dan. Hormusjee Byramjee, par. Edger, J. E. br. Howe, Charles F. Edwards, Robert Br. Howell, Augustus Ellis, W. Hughesdon, C. br. Elmslie, Adam W. Hulbert James A. Empson, Arthur J. Humpston, G. Endicott, James B. Ilbery, John Erskine, W. A. br. Jallbhoy Cursetjee, par. Farncomb, Edward br. Jancigny, col. X. d' B. de Fearon, Christopher Jardine, Andrew br. Fearon, Charles A. br. Jamsetjee Rustomjee, par. Fessenden, Henry Jamsetjee Eduljee Findlay, George br. Jauncey,F. br. Fisher, Rodney Jeanneret, L. Auguste Fletcher, Angus br. Johnston, A. R. br. Forbes, D. Jones, T. Ford, M. Jumoojee Nasserwanjee, par. Framjee Jainsetjee, par. Just, jr., Leonard, br. Framjee Nowrosjee, par. Kay, Duncan J. Fryer, w. br. Kent, G. Gallant Kerr, Crawford, and family br. Gibb, John D. Kimball, John E. Gibb, T. A. King, Edward Gillespie, C. V. and family, am. King, Charles W. Gilman, J. T. King, James R. Gilman, Richard J. br. King, William H. Gomajee Gordhunjee hin. Kinsley, W. T. br. Goolam Hoseen moh. Lampliano, Robert am. am. am. ani. 99 am. $1. am. am. am. am. > am. > 16 Forrign Residents. JAN. br. am. br. ami. du. am. am. ami. am. 29 am. an. Lane, Thomas Moses, J. br. Lane W. br. Moss, Alexander Lapraik, Douglas Moul, Henry Larkins, John 11. Mullaly, D. Lawrence, Wm. A. Muloo, Downgur moh. Lay, G. T. Muncherjee Cursetjee, par. Le Geyt, W. C. Mur, J. Manuel peruvian Lejee, W. R. Murrow, Y. J. br. lena, Alexander italian Nanabhoy Hormusjee, par. Leslie, W. absent br. Neave, Thomas D. br. Livingston, W. P. Nesserwanjee Bhicajee, par. Lloyd, Charles Nesserwanjee Dorabjee, par. Low, E. A. Nowrosjee Nesserwanjee, par. Lowrie, Rev. W. M. Nye, Clement Lockhart, W., and family. br. Nye, Gideon jr. Macculloch, Alex. Nye, Thomas S. H. Macfarlane, A. Oswald, Richard br. Mackcan, T. W. L. Palmer, J. Macleod, M. A. Pallanjec Dorabjee, par. Mahomedbhoy Alloo, moh. Pallanjee Nasserwanjee Patel, par. Malcolin, G. A. absent br. Parker, Rev. Peter, m. D. and family am. Maneckjce Burjorjce, par. Parkes, Harry br. Maneckjee Bomanjee, Pattullo, Stewart E. br. Maneckjee Nanabhoy, par. Payne, J. B. Markwick, Charles br. Pedder, William, R. N. Martin, H. br. Peerbhoy Khalikhdin, moh. Matheson, Alexander Peerbhoy Yacoob, moh. Matheson, James absent Perkins, George Matheson, Donald absent Perkins, T. H. McBryde, Rev. T. L. and family am. Pestonjee Dinshaw, par. McDonald, Jannes br. Pestonjee Rustomnjee Hukeem, par. McMinnis, H. Pestonjee Rustomjee, Medhurst, W. H. jr. ur. Pestonjee Ruttonjee, par. Mehagan, Pestonjee Merwanjee, Melrose, William Ponder, Stephen br. Melville, A. Potter, D. Mercer, J. A. Pottinger, Sir Henry Merwanjee Dadabhoy, par. Pierce, W. P. Merwanjee Eduljee, Pitcher, M. W. br. Merwanjee Jeejeebhoy, Poor, William Meufing, w. ham Power, J. C. br. Middleton, John br. Proctor, Daniel Miles, William Harding Prosh, John br. Millar, John Pybus, Henry Milne, Rev. W. C. Pybus, Joseph Mohamedally Mohotabhoy, moh Pyke, William dan. Mölbye, A. du. Reynvaan, H. G. J. Moller, Edmund, ham. Rickett, John, and family, br. Moore, William Ritchie A. A., and family, am. Moss, Alexander br. Roberts, Rev. I. J. Monge Roberts, Joseph L. Monk, J. absent Rolf, R. br. Morgan, W., and family, Ruttonjee Framjee, par. Morrison, J. Robt. Rustomjee Framjee, par. Morss, W. H. Ruttonjee Hormusjee Camajee, par. Moses, Gelaustan Ryan, James » am. am. am. » 9 am. " br. TE (N. ат. . 1843. 17 Foreign Commercial Houses. br. am. am. 99 " am. Ryder, James Strachan, W. br. Saunders, Frederic br. Sturgis, James P. Scheel, Augustus germ. Sturgis, Russell Scott, Alexander br. Succutmul Nuthmul, hin. Scott, Adam Suliman Jarmohmed, moh. Scott, William Sumsoodin Ahabhoy, moh. Sears, Benjamin Sword, John D., and family am. Shuck, Rev. J. L., and family, am. Sykes, B. br. Silverlock, John br. Tarrant, William Simmonds, J. M. Thom, Robert Skinner, John Thomson, William Slade, John Tiedeman, jr., P. and family du. Smith, Gilbert absent Tiedeman, F. H. du. Smith, Thomas S. Townsend, P., jr. Smith, J. Mackrill, Trott, John B. Smith, John, and family Walker, J. Smith. Henry Wardin Edmund Somjee Lalljee, moh. Waterhouse, B. br. Somjee Visram, Webster, Robert Sorabjee Burjorjee, par. White, James br. Sorabjee Pestonjee, par. Whitney, A. Spooner, Daniel N. Williams, S. Wells Staple, Edward A. br. Wilkinson, Alfred br. Stewart, C. E. Wilson, Craven Stewart, Patrick, and family Wise, John br. Stewart, T. Woodberry, Charles am. Stewart, w. Woodward, T. W. br. Still, C. F. Woosnam, Richard Strachan, Robert Young, Peter am. » » » 99 am. am. am. 9 2. FOREIGN COMMERCIAL Houses. A. A. Ritchie. James Ryan. A. & D. Furdoonjee. Jamieson, How, & Co. Augustine Heard & Co. Jardine, Matheson, & Co. Bell & Co. John Burd & Co. Bovet, Brothers, & Co. John Smith. C. V. Gillespie. J. D. Sword & Co. C. H. Hart. L. Just & Son. D. & M. Rustomjee & Co. Lindsay & Co. Dallas & Co. Macvicar & Co. Dent & Co. N. Duus. Dirom & Co. Olyphant & Co. Fearon & Son. Pestonjee Merwanjee & Co. Fletcher, Larkins, & Co. P. Townsend & Co. Fox, Rawson, & Co. Reynvaan & Co. Framjee Jamsetjee. Richard Oswald. G. F. Davidson. Robert Webster. Gibb, Livingston, & Co. Russell & Co. , jr Turner & Co. Heerjeebhoy Rustuinjee. W. A. Lawrence. Henry Gribble. W. Lane. Holliday, Wisė, & Co. W. & T. Gemmell & Co. Hughesdon, Brothers. Wetmore & Co. Isaac M. Bull. William Scott. J. S. Rigge & Co. William Allanson & Co. VOL. XII. NO. 1, 3 18 Portuguese Government, and H. B. M. Military Forces. Jan. 3. PORTUGUESE GOVERNMENT AT Macao. Adrião Accacio da Silveira Pinto, Governor. Jozé Maria Rodrigues de Bastos, Judge. Pe. Candido Gonçalves e Franco, Vicar Capitular. Caetano de Lemos, Commandant. Present members of the Senate. Jozé Francisco d'Oliveira, Manoel Duarte Bernardino, Judges. Felippe Vieira, Guilherme Gonzaga, } Vereadores. Jošo Damasceno Coelho dos Santos, Procurador. Cipriano Antonio Pacheco, Treasurer. Justices of Peace. Claudio Ignacio da Silva, of the parishes of Sé and St. Antonio. Manoel Antonio de Souza of the parish of St. Lourenço. 4. FOREIGN CONSULS. French, Charles A. Challaye, consul. Col. A. d’B. de Jancigny, commercial agent. American, (Edw.snow, consul, (absent.) King, vice-consul. 5. LIST OF H. B. M. MILITARY FORCES in China. Maj.-general, Lord Saltoun, C. B., G. C. H., commanding the forces. Commandants of field force, garrison, and cantonment. Maj.-gen. J. H. Schoedde, H. M. 55 regt. commanding at Chusan. Lieut. col. C. Campbell, H. M. 98th regt. commanding at Hongkong. Lieut. col. J. Cowper, H. M. 18th regt. commanding at Kúlángsú. GENERAL STAFF AT HONGKONG, THE HEAD-QUARTERS OF THE ARMY. Maj. J. Hope Grant, H. M. 9th Lancers, Assistant adjutant gen. of the force. acting barrack Maj. S. H. Moore, 34th regt. B. N. I. Judge advocate general. Lieut. col. R. W. Wilson, 65th M. N. I. Paymaster. Lieut. J. L. Barrow, Madras artillery Commissary of ordnance. Lieut. J. Ouchterlony, Mad. saprs. & miners. Executive engineer. Lieut. W. W. Davidson, 18th B. N. I. Sub-assistant commissary gentrals. Capt. D. Bamfield, Bengal Volunteers, Lieut. J. McViccar, 41st M. N. I. Staff officer to Madras troops. Capt. A. A. T. Conyngham, 3d Buffs Aid.de-camp: Licut. E. Haythorne, H. M. 98th regt. Assistant aid-de-camp. Surgeon J. Thomson, E. 1. Co.'s service, Superintending surgeon. Assist.-surg: W. Graham, E. 1. Co.'s service, Medical store keeper & staff surg. Lieut..col. Colin Campbell, H. M. 98th regt. Commandant of Hongkong. Licut. E. Haythorne, l1. M. 98th regt. Station staff. 1843. 19 H. B. M. Military Forces in China. 85 10 Troops. Europeans. Nutives. Ordance departmnnt, under lieut. Barrow, com'y of ord. 3 Commissariat dept., under licut. Davidson, sub-as, com.-gen., 1 Royal artillery, commanded by Madras artillery, br. It..col. J. Knowles Sappers and miners, lieut. Ouchterlony 3 56 H. M. 18th Royal Irish detachments, It. Bloomfield 118 H. M. 55th left wing, maj. D. L. Fawcett 500 H. M. 98th regiment, lieut..col. C. Campbell 481 41st regt. M. N. I., lieut..col. Dyce 439 Madras gun Lascars, It.-col. J. Knowles 57 Total rank and file 1201 552 FIELD FORCE AT CHUSAN. Major-general J. H. Schoedde, commanding the force. Capt. A. O'Leary, H. M. 55th regt. Brigade major. Lieut. T. de Havilland, H. M. 55th regt. Military magistrate. Rey. Charles Gutzlaff, Joint magistrate. Lieut. A. G. Elphinstone, 12th M. N. I. Sub-assist. commissary general. Lieut. J. Hitchins, Madras sappers & miners, Executive eng. & barrack master. Surgeon J. Shanks, H. M. 55th regt. Staff surgeon. Troops. Europeans. Natives. Madras artillery, commanded by capt. Back 60 H. M. 18th R. I. regt., left wing, capt. Lord Cochrane 334 H. M. 55th regt. right wing, major C. Warren 569 Gun Lascars, capt. J. Back 70 2d regiment M. N. I., lieut..col. J. R. Luard 2 844 Sappers and miners, licut. J. Hitchins 63 47 Total rank and file 1028 961 GARRISON of K Ú LÁNGSÚ. Lieut.-colonel J. Cowper, commanding the garrison. Lieut. J. W. Graves, H. M. 18th R. I. regt. Station staff officer. Lieut. G. F. Call, H. M. 18th R. I. regt. Sub-assistant commissary gen. Troops. Europeans. Natires. Madras artillery, commanded by lieut. Collingwood 25 H. M. 18th R. I. regt. right wing, lieut..col. Cowper 484 Gun Lascars, lieut. Collingwood 21 41st regiment M. N. I. left wing, capt. Hall 434 Sappers and miners, lieut. Collingwood 16 Total rank and file 509 471 Summary: Europeans. Natives. Rank and file of field force at Hongkong 1201 552 Rank and file of garrison at Chusan 1028 961 Rank and file of garrison at Kulángsú 509 471 Total rank and file 2738 1984 20 JAN. List of Officers at Peking. Guns. , 6. LIST OF H. B. M. NavAL FORCE IN CHINA. Ships. Captain's Name. Complement. Cornwallis, 72, Captain Peter Richards, 620 Flagship of vice-admi- ral Sir William Parker. Agincourt, 72, Captain H. W. Bruce, 620 Flagship of rear-admi- ral Sir T. Cochrane. Algerine, 10, Liutenant B. Dolling, 60 Alligator, 2, Master Richard Browne, 44 Troop ship. Apollo, 8, Commander C. Frederick, Troop ship. Belleisle, 20, Captain John Kingcome, 280 Troop ship. Cambrain, 36, Captain H. D. Chads, c. B. 360 Childers, 16, Comdr. G. G. Wellesley, 130 Dido, 18, Captain hon. H. Keppel, 200 Harlequin, 16, Comdr. hon. G. F. Hastmgs, 130 Jupiter, 12, Master E. B. Hoffmeister, 100 Troop ship. Minden, 20, Captain Michael Quin, 276 Hospital ship. Northt Sar, 26, Capt. sir J. E. Home, Bart, 200 Pylades, 18, Commander D. S. Tindal, 130 Pelican, 16, Commander P. Justice, 130 Rattlesnake, 2, Master James Sprent, Troop ship. Serpent, 16, Commander W. Nevill, 130 Sapphire, 2, Master J. R. Fittock, Troop ship. Starling, 4, Commander H. Kellet, Surveying vessel. Plover, 4, Commander R. Collinson, Surveying vessel. Thalia, 42, Captain Charles Hope, 450 Wolverine, 16, Comdr. J.J. W. Johnson, 130 Wanderer, 16, Comdr. G. H. Seymour, 130 Wolf, 18, Commander C. O. Hayes, 140 (Not yet arrived). Steamers. Acbar, Commodore John Pepper, 164 Honorable Company. Driver, 6, Comdr. S. F. Harmer, 145 Medusa, Lieut. H. H. Hewitt, 1. N. Honorable Company. Phlegethon Lieut. J. J. McCleverty, R. N. Honorable Company. Proserpine Commander Hough, Honorable Company. Rev. J. A. Burrows, H. M. ship Cornwallis, Rev. S. W. Parish, H. M. ship Agircourt, Rev. E. S. Phelps, H. M. ship Belleisle, -Chaplains. Rev. J. L. Moody, H. M. ship Thalia, Art. IV. List of the principal persons holding office at Peking in the imperial government, with explanatory remarks. The commencement of a new year—and of a new era in the foreign relations of China-reminds us again to introduce to our readers the principal persons serving in the government of this empire. In our fourth volume, a rather detailed list was given of those who were then in the government; and the hope was expressed, that the character and services of many might be, from time to time, noticed. The promise then made we have not hitherto found it in our power 1843. 21 List of Officers at Peking. to redeem; and the list of officers has in successive years been but very partially repeated. But the more intimate intercourse with Chinese officers, which is hereafter likely to exist, will require am- pler particulars for the information of those interested in that inter- course, and at the same time will afford the means of gaining more accurate knowledge regarding those whose names may appear before the public. The names here given will be spelled according to the orthogra- phy which we have recently adopted, as explained in several volumes of the Repository, and given at full length on pages 28–44 of the last vol. In a few instances, however, where names written according to another orthography have become familiar, such different spelling will be retained, either in lieu of, or in addition to, the newer spelling. The Chinese have, like ourselves, surnames, or family names, which they place, however, (consistently with the rule of contrariety that obtains between us and them in so many particulars,) before instead of after the individual's name. In writing Chinese names, then, we should distinguish the surname from the individual name, by commencing each with a capital: but to prevent confusion, where several names occur consecutively, it will be well to join the two together by a hyphen. Thus Lí-Tingyáng will at once be seen to be a person of the family of Li, whose own personal name is Ting- yáng. In most cases the surname is, as here, a monosyllable; but there are a few, not often occurring, of two (sometimes of even more than two) syllables. The individual names are, irregularly, of one or two syllables. - The Tartars—whether Mantchou or Mongol-do not, like the Chinese, have the family names in ordinary use; and the individual names by which they are known are, in their own languages, single words, although often of three, four or more syllables. These names should not therefore be written, as are those of the Chinese, with the first syllable separated from the rest, but all in one, as Tsilámingá. The Mantchous, coming among a more civilized people than them- selves, have indeed shown a disposition often to blend themselves with the Chinese; and in the efforts of their sovereigns to prevent this, we find ordinances, forbidding them to select such names, and such characters in Chinese to denote their pronunciation—as will give those names, when written in Chinese, a resemblance to the names of men of Chinese descent. We find them also forbidden to have the initial syllable in consecutive generations the same, making it appear in Chinese as a surname; and they are prohibited, when 22 JAN, List of Officers at Peking. writing their names in their own languages, to write the several sylla- bles apart onė from another. These various ordinances have not been very rigidly obeyed; yet partially observed as they have been, it is not difficult, in general, after some little experience, to distin- guish the Tartar from the Chinese names. There is one class of Mantchous, those closely related to the so- vereign, the initial syllable of whose names is fixed for each genera- tion, so as to show at once to what generation of the imperial family the person belongs; and, in this case, the syllables having been taken from Chinese, and not from Mantchou, the separation of the first and second syllables is correct, as Mien-Sái, Yi-Shán; but, since Chinese surnames of the same pronunciation as Mien, Yi, &c., often occur, it will be better, in writing them in English orthography (where the Chinese character will not appear to distinguish them), that we should still run the two together like all other Tartar namnes; and we will therefore continue to write Miensái, Yishan. Since the introduction of the initial syllables, to mark successive generations of the nearer members of the imperial family, there have been eight generations, distinguished by these eight characters-Ź. IC 54 Hiuen, Yun, Hung, Yung, Mien, Yi, Tsai, Fung. The first of these marks the generation of Kánghí, the fifth that of the reigning monarch, who has yet no grandchildren, but numerous cousins in the second and third generations below him. A grand-nephew, Tsáitsiuen, it will be seen below, is now the chief controller of the imperial house or clan. Those most nearly allied in blood to the sovereign are still farther distinguished, by having the second syllables of their names written in compound Chinese characters, a part of the composition of each character being the same for individuals of the same generation. Thus, all relatives in the same generation with Kiáking were distin- guished by Yung for the first syllable of their names; but those most nearly related were further distinguished by the use of E (yu, a gem) in the composition of the character forming the second syl- lable, as Yungtsung, K & Yungsang. The nearer re- latives of Táukwáng may be known in like manner by the use of (sin, mind), in the composition of the second syllables ; as in te Mienkái, em Mienyü :—and his sons and nephews are all marked by the use of 4 (sz', silk) in the like manner,-as 奕​緯​, Yiwei, Vitsung; his grand-nephews and future grandsons by the use of È (kin, gold),—as Tsáitsiuen, 1843. List of Officers at Peking. 23 Tsáijui. But this is a peculiarity that can only be marked in Chinese, and cannot be preserved in turning the names into an English orthography. There is yet another peculiarity in names, which will occasionally be met with. Sons born at a time when their fathers had reached an advanced age are oftentiines named after the number of years which their fathers had then attained; as t+ = Tsishi-rh, "Seventy-two." The Chinese, in speaking of others, being in the practice of using the first name alone (with them the surname), and attaching to it a title, —as Lí Láuyé, i, e, Mr. Lí; Ki Hauyế, i. e. Lord Kí,—the Mant- chous have imitated their example, and the first syllables of their names are invariably used apart, in the same manner as surnames; so that we find Kiying reduced to Ki (Ke), and Mipú to ľ (E), when spoken of by others, or when they are detailing their titles at the commencement of a document, addressed either to an equal or an inferior. To observe this mode of abbreviation, in turning the names into an English orthography, would, however, only create confusion; for by such abbreviation, names like Kishen, Kíying, and K1-Kung, would all be reduced to the same monosyllable Kí (or Ke),- till at length it would be impossible to know who was spoken of. It is much therefore to be desired, that, in translating documents wherein officers are named in this abbreviated manner, the names should be filled up, as often as the whole names are known to the translator. After these remarks on the varieties that will be found in names, and the modes of writing them, it only remains to observe, that an asterisk (*) after a Tartar name will show the individual to be of the imperial kindred; a dagger (+) will mark him as a Mongol (not a Mantchou) Tartar; and an asterisk after a Chinese name will show that the individual is a naturalized Tartar, that is, a descendant of those Chinese who aided the reigning family in the conquest of China, and who in consequence enjoy the same privileges as Tartars. The Imperial Family THE EMPEROR. * Tärkwáng, “ Brightness of Reason.” (so the reigning emperor is designated during his lifetime) is the second son of the late emperor Kiáking (or Jintsung FH as he has been named since his death). Táukwang was born on the 10th of the 8th month, 1781;-he gained great 21 Jan. List of Officers ut Peking. credit in 1813, by his successful resistance of an attack on the imperial palace; he succeeded his father on the 24th or 25th August, 1821. Dur- ing his reign, there has been almost constant war with insurgents, in one quarter or another of the empire. In 1831, the emperor lost his eldest son, the crown prince; he has now three sons surviving, all under age. THE OFFICE OF THE IMPERIAL KINDRED, FTsung-jin Fú, Is for the direction and government of all the imperial clan. The imperial kindred are divided into two classes, the tsungshi, or 'iinperial house, and the Ghioro, or members of the gol- den (i. e. Ghioro) tribe, (that being the surname of the reigning fa- mily.) The lineal descendants of the first sovereign, who assumed the name of emperor, are called 'of the imperial house;' the rest of the family only retain the surname of “Ghioro, Those who may have been expelled from the first class for misconduct are still distinguished by wearing a red girdle;' those who are expelled from the second class, wear a light pink girdle. There are many titular distinctions among the members of the imperial family; but the titled members seldom appear in official situations, excepting those of court ceremony. The present chief controller of the imperial kindred was in high employment, till he succeeded to his father's title of prince, since when he has been entirely withdrawn. Chief Controller, or Head of the House, * @ Tsung ling. E B E B A Tsáitsiuen,* prince of the 2d order Ting kiun- wáng) , succeeded to his father * Yisháu, a prince of the 1st order Ting tsinwáng,—about two years ago ; Yisháu's father was 編​恩 ​Mien- 'an, also a prince of the 1st order, and in common with his son and grand- son, a chief officer over the imperial kindred. Secondary Controllers, IE Tsung ching. #LEE Jinshau,* prince of the 1st order (Jui tsinwáng) Jineal descendant of Torhwan, the uncle and guardian of Shunchi, who established the present dynasty on the throne, and received the title which his descendants now enjoy. BLE, WITH BOT U'rkungá, prince of the 1st order (Ching tsinwáng)-lineal descendant of one of the princes of Shunchi's reign. Officers of the Family,' \ Tsung jin. Q), kolb, Miensiú, prince of the 3d order (Peile or Beile). 11719. Miensái, prince of the 4th order (Peitsz' or Beidse). 18433. 2,7 List of Officers at Peking. Sons OF THE EMPEROR. py jsoy F, Yichú, the fourth Ako,' born in the 6th month, 1831,—the eldest surviving son. fi. In F Yitsung, “the fifth Ako, born in the 6th month, 1831. + , — Yi —,' the sixth Ako.? ' BROTHERS OF THE EMPEROR. IN E Mienkái, prince of the 1st order, Tun-tsin- wáng, commanding one of the Mantchou ‘banners.' Ek w Mienyü, prince of the 1st order, Hwui-tsin- wáng, for several years degraded to the 2d order (kiunwang), but now restored; presides over the Board of Music. Nephews, Cousins, &c., OF THE EMPEROR. te hou o Mienchi, the fir tsinwáng, son of WE Yungsiuen, and first cousin of the emperor. # Yichí, Fit Sui kiunwáng, cousin once removed. y Yikí, a Peile, son of the late E Chi kiunwang, Mienking * Yiking, a 14 & Fúkwó-Tsiángkiun, or noble of the blood imperial of the 11th order. ke Yikí, a brother of Yiking's, about two years since sent on a mission to the frontiers of Corea, and disgraced on account of the malpractices of his followers. itil et Tsáijui, the file Ching kiunwáng, cousin twice removed, Tsáitsiuen, the É Ting kiunwáng, cousin twice removed. Hereditary Nolility. The titles of nobility acknowledged and adopted by the Chinese are very numerous, and the list we can now give of those possessing such titles is very imperfect. We must take a future occasion mi- nutely to explain the relative position and the regulations of the va- rious orders of nobility—those native to China—and those intro- duced from the Tartars or others. RULING PRINCES. Kwówáng, Kings of countries. A B E B Lí Hwán, king of Corea, succeeded his father a few years since. * VOL. XII. NO. 1 26 List of Officers at Peking Jan, # B Ł, TT The Yuen Fusiuen, king of Cochinchina, succeeded his father (known by the name AJ op Mingming), last year, and has just received investiture. 琉球​國王 ​E king of the Lewchew islands. The Chinese reckon several other kwowáng, or kings of nations, besides these ; but these three are the only ones that do homage for their investiture. 2. Kháms, IF Hán. Per of the Kalkhas : £*if the Tuchétú khán. 車臣​汗 ​the Tsetsen khán. # The BT the Dzassáktú khán. 三​音​諾顏 ​the Sáin-noin. E đã đE # of the Tourbeths: # #4 # the Dalái khán. & # of the Torgouths : E F the Cho- riktú khán. Dzassák TL , or ruling chiefs. Ecclesiastics. THE $13 W, the Dalái-lámá of Tibet at Hlassa. HITE Pē, the Bántchen-erdení, at Chashi-lounbou. There are besides numerous other Debil pot lámás, and PF 3 2 Khoutouktous (khútuktús), both as chiefs, and as simple ecclesiastics. Laymen. AL FREE WE 9 E, F, ], Dzassák Tsin- wang, Kiunwáng, Peile, Peitse, Kung, princes of the 1st, 2d, 3d, and 4th orders and dukes, as well as of lower grades, are very nu- merous, among both the 'Inner' and 'Outer' Mongol tribes. Some of these titles, as well as that of 141 Beg, or Bey, are given also to chief men in the Mohammedan country. To many of these the imperial daughters and near female relatives are given in mar- riage. There are many having these titles without being "Dzas- sík,' or ruling chiefs. Such would come under the following class of titular nobility; but we have not now their names and tilles in any proportion to their actual numbers. 3. 1843 List of Officers at Peking 27 Titular Nobility. The four higher orders of princes, imperial dukes, &c., and the ancient military orders-A kung, hi hau, 181 pe, tsz', $ nán—are the principal distinctions; a few minor ones need not now be detailed. Pátúlú en is a distinction corresponding to Eu- ropean orders of knighthood. 1. Tsinwang # E, 'imperially-allied princes;' their heirs are entitled to F shitsz', 'heirs,' and take rank as such. The Lí tsinwáng, premier prince ; inherits his title from one of the founders of the dynasty. Jui tsinwáng, EJinshau. B Ching tsinwáng, , * BP] Urkungá, descended from Yü tsinwáng, Su tsinwáng, tik tok Kingmin, a son of TÁ 19. Yungsi. jChwáng tsinwáng Mienkó, his rank temporarily reduced to kiunwang; was in 1818 at the head of a commission of regency. The r tsinwáng, junior hereditary tsinwang. Her tsinwáng, Mienchí, son of a Hif Yungsiuen, who, as Kiáking's brother, received the title : according to a Chinese rule—this not being a perpetual title given on account of merit, the successor in the 3d generation will become kiunwáng, in the 4th, Peile, &c. Tun tsinwang, brother of the reigning emperor. Hwui tsinwáng, brother of the reigning emperor. 2. Kiunwáng BR E princes of princedoms :' their heirs are entitled # F chángtsz”, “eldest sons, and take rank as such, during their fathers' lifetime. V Kekin kiunwáng, le si shunching kiunwang, 1 # Lunchú. King kiunwáng, the Mienmin. FH Hó kiunwang. So Yung kiunwang, Yihwui, son of le. Mienyi.—The above are perpetual hereditary kiunwang; the following descend a degree in each generation, 28 Jar. List of Officers at Peking Sui kiunwang, Yichí, son of Man IT Mienhin, late tsinwáng hili Ching kiunwing, il t Tshijui, Ath in descent from the first Ching tsingwáng FR FYungsang, a brother of Kiáking's), and grandson of Mienkin. È Ting kiunwáng, IA Tsáitsiuen, son of a Yisháu, and grandson of 2. Mien’an, both of whom were of the higher order, tsinwáng; chief controller of the imperial clan. 3. Peile or Beile, a Tartar title, the 3d order of princes. Miensái, one of the officers of the imperial clan,—together with many others, descendents of tsinwáng, and kiunwang in the 2d, or 3d generation, allied to the imperial house, &c. 4. Peitse It or Beitse, the 4th order of princes. Share be Miensiú, an officer of the imperial house,—together with many others. 5. Chinkwó kung DE EL 1, dukes “ ruling the nation. 6. Fúkwó kung 1, dukes 6 sustaining the nation.' 7. 8. Each subdivided into two orders, making the number of 8. 9. Fungkwó kung # D A national dukes. Kung, A dukes, &c., (but not allied to the imperial house, F hau, 11 pe, tsz, nán, -which we render counts, viscounts , barons, and baronets, succeed; and in the imperial house four lower orders of titular rank, designated as 4* i tsiángkiun, generals. FIT Yenshing kung, “the ever sacred duke,' descendant of Confucius, FL Kung Haiching kung, Hwang Kiámú, a descen- dant of one of the patriot pirates, or officers engaged against the present dynasty, in Kanghí's reign, in Fukien. Resides at Peking. The General Government Comprehends two Councils, and six supreme Boards, a Colonial Office, a Censorate, an imperial College, and some courts. The Inner Council, di Nui Kó, Corresponds in some degree to the European Cabinets; it is the 6 1843. 29 List of Officers at Peking. emperor's office of business, or administrative board, from which all his ordinary commands are issued: its principal officers are four chief ministers, to tá hiósz', 'great scholars,' and two assisting ministers, t ** hiepán tá hiósz': there are also ten thiósz', who hold a high rank, and are often appointed to colonial or other governments. Their duties are 'to deliberate on the government of the empire, to declare the imperial pleasure, to regulate the canons of state, and in general to guide the balance of affairs,—thus aiding the sovereign in directing the concerns of his people.' See Vol. IV. p. 139. Tá hiósz'. 1. 穆彰阿​, Miuchange, minister of the Wanhand in 文華殿​, or 'hall of literary adornment,' a guardian of the crown prince, president of the imperial college, superintending the Board of Works, general of the yellow-bannered Mantchous, &c., &c. 2. Pwán Shi'an, of Kiángsú, minister of the Wúying tien, 武英殿​, “hall of martial heroism," a guardian of the crown prince, a president of the imperial College, superintending the Board of Revenue, &c. 3. * *, Páuhing, * minister of the Wanyuen kó, 文淵​閣 ​, cabinet of literary treasures, and governor-general of Sz'chuen. 4. E 42 Wáng Ting, of Shensí, minister of the Tung ko, 29 eastern cabinet,' a titular guardian of the crown prince, super- intending the Board of Punishments. (Lately deceased.) 1. Muchanga has always been an officer about the court; it is nealy eight years since he entered the Cabinet, having previously been a president of the Board of War, and one of the lords of the “Three Treasuries :" he has been many years a president of the College, and his power and influence throughout the em. pire are great. 2. Pwan Shi'an has been in the Cabinet about the same length of time as Mu. changa, having previously been a president of the Board of Civil Office: he has also been, for the last eight years, a president of the imperial College. He is un- derstood to be very pacific, and averse to violent measures. 3. Pauhing has held high rank for a number of years, both in and out of Pe. king: he was senior vice-president of the Board of Civil Office ten years ago, being at the same time under Kíying, who then commanded the guards of the capital'; but since his appointment to the capital he has not been to Peking. 4. Wáng Ting's place in the Cabinet has not been filled since his decease. Report says this minister killed himself because the emperor would not follow his advice. He was a president of the Board of Revenue years ago, and served in that office in conjunction with Kíying in 1835, at which time he was in the cabinet. His voice was for war. :30 List of Officer's it Pehing. JAN, I Tirpán tá hiósz'. 5. Viking, * assistant minister, a titled member of the im- perial family, a president of the Board of Civil Office, one of the treasurers to the imperial house, general of the yellow-bannered Mantchous,-lately sent as ' awe-inspiring generalissimo' against the English in Chekiing and Kiúngsí,- now in disgrace and un- der sentence of death. 6. # # # Chó Pingtien, of Szchuen, Assistant minister, a pre- sident of the Board of Civil Office, superintending the metropolitan prefecture of Shuntien. Hiósz' of the Cabinet, and ex-officio vice-presidents of the Board of Rites. 1. b sili Peiching. 2. ll Lienkwei, superintendent of the imperial court. 3. Miensing, * It-general of the white bannered Mantchous, commanding en-second the guards of Peking. 4. Hi'an,* superintendent of the palace of Yuenming yuen, recently appointed general-in-chief of the Mantchous at Moukden. 5. 奕毓 ​Yiyu. .* 6. E NA Yuming, * a general of the red-bannered Mantchous, a commander of the body guards, &c., &c. 7. HAE TT Ź Yáu Yuenchí, of Aʼnhwui. 楊殿邦 ​Yáng Tienpang, of Aʼnhwui. Lí Hwang, of Yunnan. 候​桐 ​Hau Tung, of Kiángsú. The General Council, Kwan Ki Chú. This Council is composed of princes of the blood, nobles of the highest rank, ministers of the Inner Council, presidents of the six 5. Yiking, owing to his being a cousin, or nephew of the emperor's, has been many years in high office. He served under Kíying in command of the guards of Peking in 1832; was general-in-chief and governor of the Mantchous in 1835. His brother, Yikí, was disgraced, not long since, for malpractices; and he is himself equally worthless. 4. Hi'an was formerly in high favor, his daughter or sister being it is said, one of the chief favorites of the seraglio: he was, however, disgraced for malpractices, but is now again rising into favor; he has lately been appointed chief general in the military government of the Mantchou country. So long ago as 1832, this favorite of the emperor was sent as imperial commissioner to Canton, and was then said to have more influence with the emperor than any man living, 9. He 1843. List of Officers at Peking. 31 Boards, &c., with such other officers as the emperor may please to appoint. No list of its members is published. (See Vol. IV., pp. 138, 475.) The Six Boards, to i Lu Pú. The two Councils--the Inner and General Councils—connect the supreme head of the state with the several subordinate departments of the administration, the chief of which are the six Boards, having cognizance of all the transactions that take place in the eighteen provinces of China Proper. At the head of each Board are two pre- sidents and four vice-presidents; who are alternately Chinese and Tartars (Mantchou or Mongol). Over the presidents and vice-presi- dents, superintendents are sometimes placed. For details, see vol. IV., page 139. 1. Board of Civil Office, Li Pú. 來​經 ​Yiking, a Mantchou. #t li Chó Pingtien, of Sz'chuen. 麟​魁 ​Linkwei, a Mantchou. ME Pwán Si'an, of Aʼnhwui. 善​豪 ​Shentáu,* a Mantchou. E K Máu Shisiun, of Shantung. 2. Board of Revenue, F 1 Hú Pú. 2 Pwán Shí’an, of Kiángsú. 敬​徵 ​Kingching, * a Mantchou. Ki Tsintsáu, of Shánsí. 文蔚 ​Wanwei, a Mantchou. LE , Tú Shautien, of Shantung. 端​華 ​Twánhwá,* a Mantchou. 3. The Board of Rites, it is Li Pú. ti Seketsingnge, a Mantchou. E Kung Shauching, of Chekiáng. Kwanshingpáu, a Mantchou. Fung Chí, of Shánsí. kim lo Sáyinga, a Mantchou. Em Wang Pingying, of Sz'chuen. 32 Jan List of Officers at Peking. 5. 4. The Board of War, F Bb Ping Pú. 裕​誠 ​Yiishing, a Mantchou. it Thứ Hii Náipú, of Chekiáng. TE H h Weishináh, a Mongol. * Le Chú Tsun, of Yunnan. Weiching, a Mantchou. 魏​元​娘 ​Wei Yuenláng, of Chili. The Board of Punishments, #sh Hing Pú BAT 9 BoT Bo Alitsinga, a Mantchou. TT Lí Chinhú, of Anhwui. 柏​俊 ​Petsiun, a Mongol. Hwang Tsiótsz’, of Kiángsí. nt U Chingkang, a Mantchou. Wing Chi, of Chilí. 6. Board of Works, I Kung Pú. FREE BY Muchanga, a Mantchou. # BoT Sáishánga, a Mongol. Liáu Hiungtsiun, of Fukien. W Tetangnge, a Mantchou. Sü Sz'fan, of Chekiáng. 阿​靈​阿 ​Alinga, a Mantchou. 賈​植 ​Kiá Ching of Shantung. The Colonial Office, Li Fán Yuen. 阿 ​Sáishanga, a Mongol. TE ’Ankwei,* a Mantchou. A Keluntái, a Mantchou. 恩​華 ​'Anhwá, a Mantchou. * i Lá-mu-ke-pú-chá-pú, a Mongol. The Censorate, *1 VTúchá Yeun. 奕山 ​Yishán,* a Mantchou. # Chin Kí, of Kiangsú. 隆​勳 ​Lunghiun, a Mantchou. 1843. Correspondence between H. B. M. Plenipotentiary, fc. 33 TR Chu Kingfán, of Hónán. 寶​齡 ​Páuling, a Mantchou. Tost Hó Yülin, of Kiángsú. Revisors of the Imperial Academy, The Bay Hanlin gue sau chán. 劉​譯 ​Liu Yi, of Kiángsí. Lung Kísui, of Kwangsí. SHTË Niú fupáu of Chekiáng. #ALi Chinglin, of Kiángsú. Local corresponclence between her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary and the British merchants. From the Friend of China and Hongkong Gazette. (No. 1.) Macao, December 28th, 1842. To the British merchants, &c., &c. GENTLEMEN, I have reason to expect, that one or both of the impe- rial commissioners will arrive at Canton, in the course of the ensu- ing or current month, with the object of negotiating with me upon, and finally adjusting, the still pending questions as to the tariff to be established, and duties to be levied at the five ports, that are to be thrown open, in conformity with the late treaty; and as the discus- sion of such matters, and the adjustment of the important questions they involve, are strange to me, owing to my never having had to look much into mercantile matters, I came over to this place a few days ago, with the intention of inviting you all to a conference; but subsequent reflection has led me to think, that it will be better to obtain your sentiments (whether you may decide on favoring me with the individually or collectively,) in writing, which will have the self-evident advantage over verbal communication, that you will all be more likely to weigh your opinions with even greater care, than if you were to express them orally; but your putting those opi- nions on paper will be ar ellectual guard against the possibility of TUL 11. NO ! 34 Correspondence between H. B. M.'s Plenipotentiary JAN my misunderstanding your object; and that it will enable me to sub- mit the result in a clear and concise shape to H. M. government. I had proposed to inyself, to publish for general information the treaty, which I have concluded with China; but there appears to be objections to that course, until it shall have been formally ratified by the queen ; and, therefore, I herewith send you copies of the three articles, 2d, 5th and 10th, immediately connected with the subject. of this letter, and which will show you distinctly what remains to be done. I had, as you may readily imagine, a great deal of discussion with the imperial commissioners, subsequent to the signing of the treaty, and I likewise forward for your notice, extracts froin memoranda which passed between those high officers and myself. To the last, of these extracts, dated the 17th of September, the imperial com- missioners replied, on the 27th of the same month, amongst other matters in these words : "Putting aside, however, the question of the duties, which shall hereafter be printed and bound into a large volume, according to the rules established by the Board of Revenue, and published also on a board, that all men may see, and the mandarin followers not be permitted to interfere with them: putting aside too, the question of the various charges, and of examining distinctly which are those that ought to be retained, and which those that ought to be abolish- ed, the result to be fixed by treaty, upon a moderate scale, which end will be worked out, after we, the high commissioners, shall have arrived at Canton, where we shall again consult about matters, so as to leave no room for any disagreement or unpleasant discussion : putting aside all this, there only remains," &c., &c., &c. And, as I quitted Nanking the day the communication reached me, from which the above is a quotation, the matter rests in that state. I am not aware, I can add any observations to the views I have recorded in the extracts from my inemoranda; but I presume that you will all agree with me, as to its being most desirable that every- thing should be strictly defined, so as to leave no opening, however small, for exactions or perquisites under whatsoever name or pre- tense; and also, that the duties should be fixed on a scale, which will not only provide for the liberal maintenance of the requisite establishment, but will, after providing for the expenses, form a fair source of imperial revenue, and I am sure, that in taking this letter and its accompaniments into consideration, you will also bear in mind, that the benefits of a commercial treaty beyond all others, 1843 35 and the British Merchants, must be as far as possible, reciprocal, if we hope and wish they shall be permanent; and that you will also remember that the nearer the points, now to be fixed, can be made to approach to, and assimilate with, what is at present in force in China, and the more simple the whole system, the better hope may be indulged that it will work well. You will observe, that no allusion is made in any of these docu- ments to the subject of the trade in opium. It is only necessary, that I should at present tell you, that the subject has not been over- looked by me, and that I indulge a hope, a very faint one I admit, that it will be in my power to get the traffic in opium, by barter, legalized by the emperor; but whatever arrangement I may be able to effect regarding it, when I again meet the imperial commissioners, will be hereafter intimated to you, in common with all other mercan- tile arrangements. In the meantime, I shall be glad to receive your reply on this matter, at your convenience. I have the honor, &c., &c. (Signed), HENRY POTTINGER. Inclosure No. 1. Three articles of the treaty. Article 2. His majesty, the emperor of China, agrees that British subjects with their families and establishments, shall be allowed to reside for the purpose of carrying on their mercantile pursuits, without molestation or restraint, at the cities and towns of Canton, Amoy, Fuchau fú, Ningpo and Shanghái; and her majesty the queen of Great Britain, &c., will appoint superintendents, or consular officers, at each of the above named cities or towns, to be the medium of communication between the Chinese authorities and the said merchants, and to see that the just duties and other dues of the Chinese government, as hereinafter provided for, are duly discharged by her Britannic majesty's subjects. Article 5. The government of China, having compelled the British mer- chants trading at Canton, to deal exclusively with certain Chinese mer- chants, called hong-merchants, or co-hong, who had been licensed by the Chinese government for the purpose, the emperor of China agrees to abolish that practice in future, at all ports where British merchants may reside, and tu permit them to carry on their mercantile transactions, with whatever per- sons they please: and his imperial majesty further agrees to pay to the Brit- ish government, the sum of three millions of dollars on account of debts due tu British subjects, by some of the said hong-nierchants or co-hong, who Hirve become insolvent, and who owe very large sums of money to subjects of her Britannic majesty. Article 10. His majesty, the emperor of China agrees to establish, at all the ports, which are by the ed article of this treaty to be thrown open for Dhe rrosort. of British merchants, a fair and regular tariff of export and import customs and other dues, which tariff shall be publicly notified and promul- gated for general information: and the emperor further engages, that when 36 JAN. Corresponulence between H. B. M.'s Plenipotentiary . British merchandise shall have once paid, at any of the said ports, the regu- lated customs and dues agreeably to the tariff, to be hereafter fixed, such merchandise may be conveyed, by the Chinese merchants to any province or city, in the interior of the empire of China; this shall not exceed per: cent. on the tariff value of such goods. (True copies.) R. Woosnam, Acting secretary. Inclosure No. 2. From the Plenipotentiary, 20th Aug., 1842. A vast object both for China and England might, I think, be gained, by assimilating the duties and tariff, at all the four ports which are to be thrown open to British merchants. The best way of attaining this object is for the emperor to be pleased to command the local officers to furnish, from each port, a detailed report of fixed and authorized export and import duties, rejecting of course all consoo, co-nong and other arbitrary charges. These reports can be examined by the high officers on both sides, and on being pro- nounced suitable and correct, an average of the whole, both as to export and import duties and tariff, might be assumed and established at the five ports. This plan has many advantages. Its simplicity would prevent disputes. It would render the accounts of the customs department, concise and clear: it would enable the Chinese and British consular officers to detect any at- tempts at smuggling or extortion, and it would be a most satisfactory ar- rangement for the merchants of both countries. 2. When the export and import customs should have been once decided upon, there will be no difficulty in fixing the amount of transit duties, since they are to depend on the other. The mode of levying the transit duties will require alteration, and, were it possible to arrange for so doing at the sea-port, it would be a great benefit. The goods might be stamped, or furnished with a certificate showing their quantity, &c., and exempting them from further demands. 3. The prohibitory laws as to the exportation of particular articles from particular ports, nust of course all be annulled, seeing that after the re-es- tablishment of friendship and peace, the great airn of the treaty is to facili- tate and encourage commerce. ('True Extract.) RICHARD WOONAM, Acting secretary. Inclosure No. 3. From the imperial Commissioners, 1st September, 1842. 1. The five ports of Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo and Shánghái, being thrown open, it will be right, except at Canton, (where Hongkong has been given as a place of residence, and no further deliberation on the matter is therefore needed,) to build at the four ports of Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo and Shanghái only, general factories, whereat, when the English merchant peo- ple arrive, they may reside. That they should bring with them their families, is a natural compliance with the constant principles of human nature. But, after commercial affairs are at an end, they should then return again on board their vessels and go home: it will be unnecessary that they should remain throughout the year, residing in the factories, 1843 and the British Merchants. This is what would appear the right and sure course, and if any really have accounts unsettled, or transactions unfinished, they may, according to the rule at Canton, of leaving merchants to direct the winter purchases, (that is, the purchases at the end of the season, of goods for the ensuing season) make clear representation to their consular officers, and receive per- mission still to reside in the factories. 2. With the exception of the debts of the hong-merchants at Canton, settled at three millions of dollars, for the payment of which the government takes the responsibility, hereafter seeing it is now determined that the English may have commercial dealings with any merchants whomsoever they please, so that, being able to choose the merchants for themselves, they are nowise in the same position, as when dealing with a limited number of hong-merchants, licensed by China: whatever debts therefore, there may be, they shall only be able to sue for the recovery thereof through the govern- ment, and can no longer call for reimbursement by the government itself. (True extract.) R. WOOSNAM, Acting secretary. Inclosure No. 4. From the Plenipotentiary, 5th September, 1842. The high imperial commissioners and governor-general, are already per- fectly aware that one of the chief causes of this disagreement and consequent hostilities, that are now happily at an end, was the unauthorized exactions and extortions of the Canton custom-house officers, and local authorities; and which exactions and extortions frequently raises the imperial and regular dues, to double and treble, and even fourfold, the proper amount; to speak therefore of making the Canton custom-house regulations and tariff the basis of future arrangements, is, as it were, “perpetuating remonstrance and dis- cussion." Her majesty's plenipotentiary has already recommended that the authorized tariff and duties of the five ports should be called for and com- pared, and an average struck for the whole. The advantages of this arrange- ment are so obvious, that they do not reqnire to be enlarged on. H. M. ple- nipotentiary can most solemnly and conscientiously assure their excellencies the imperial commissioners, that on the questions of import and export duties, as well us transit dues, his sole and anxious object, is to fulfill the duties of an impartial umpire between the two countries. He neither wishes to see the duties so high as to encourage or foster smuggling, nor yet so low, as not to form a fair and legitimate source of imperial revenue, after paying the expen- ses of establishments, &c. With these sentiments the plenipotentiary will be happy to confer with the imperial commissioners, as soon as they have re- ceived instructions from the Cabinet, and the plenipotentiary will meet their excellencies at Canton, or any other port, they may consider more convenient, to bring this important question to a final close. (True Extract.) R. WOOSNAM, Acting secretary. Inclosure No. 5. From the imperial Commissioners, 131) September, 18.12. 2 Another articl:: (nee under head No. 1.) alludes 1o the duties bring 38 Jan. Correspondence between H. B. M.'s Plrnipotentiary high and low, at different ports ; and we proposed that the scale of the Can- ton custom-house should be assumed as a model, and sent in to the Board of Revenue, when being duly canvassed by them, the same should be respectful- ly put in force. Your excellency objects to this, as still more perplexing matters, and says that it is, as it were perpetuating remonstrance and discus- sion. We find that in China, the custom-house duties have certain fixed rates, beyond which, no extortion is permitted: thus in the case of the cus- tom-house duties, these are printed and made up in a volume, and the Eng- lishmen, who have resided for many years at Canton, cannot but know all about them. Where in any case, has excess of duty been levied ? Those extortions and abuses alluded to, which trebled and quadrupled the duties, must have proceeded from the followers and underlings of the hoppo, the hong-merchants, linguists and coinpradores. Now we, the high commissioners, looking up, embody in ourselves the kind intentions of our gracious emperor, and how can we permit, that mat- ters be carried on, on any other principle, than that of satisfaction for what is past, and guarding against mischief for the future? Thus, when we spoke of adopting the scale of duties of the custom-house of Canton, and referring it to the Board of Revenue, to be fully canvassed by them, and respectfully put in force, we were expressly alluding to the regular imperial duties ; and as your imports, such as woolen-cloths, clocks, watches, &c., and your ex- ports, such as raw silk, piece-goods, tea, rhubarb, &c., are not articles, which every year pass through the custom-house of Fuchau fú, Ningpo, and Shanghái, when the matter is submitted to the Board of Revenue, for ex- amination and deliberation, they cannot do otherwise than adopt the Canton fixed duties as a standard, and proceed to act upon it accordingly. With reference to those abuses and extortions which amount to three or four times more than the regular duties, not only will the Board of Revenue be unwilling to let these enter into their calculations, but due care will be ta- ken most rigidly to prohibit them; so there is no occasion for your excellency feeling further anxiety on this head; but having created a custom-house, this house has certain current expenses, and the different clerks and writers therein employed, must have food to eat, and some little money, wherewith to support themselves; these items are in addition to the regular duties; and afterwards, when the four ports (up the coast) shall be opened, arrangements must be made with the viceroys and governors of the provinces concerned, to provide for these extra expenses, but on no account will there be such a paradox, as their amounting to three or four times the regular duties. Thus, in like manner, at the city of Canton, there have always been certain esta- blished rates, and the extortions and angmentations, that have swelled these to three or four times the regular duties, should be submitted to the viceroy and hoppo of Canton, who will examine and distinguish clearly between those charges which ought to be abolished, and those which ought to be retained; but on no account will such a vicious custom of trebling and quadrupling the regular duties be permitted. 18433 39 and the British Merchants. In your excellency's reply, it is stated, that after paying all expenses, you wish that a large overplus of revenue, may flow into the imperial treasury, &c. In our Chinese custom-house, just as we collect the regular establish- ed duties, so do we send them on: this is our constant rule. We do not ask more than the fixed rates, that we may have an overplus, and yet the expenses of the custom-house must be paid, (as your excellency is well aware,) someway or other, so that we can only calculate and decide upon, on, what is just enough to cover these expenses, and there stop. If your excel- lency will consult with those who transact business with this country, and have long resided in China, and if your excellency will carefully examine into particulars, you will clearly comprehend our meaning. 3. British subjects being permitted to trade at five ports, as above specified, a superintendent must of course be established at each place, for the direction of their affairs. All Engiishmen whatever, ought to be com- pletely under his control, and the mandarins of the Central Land will also undertake that our merchants and people be placed under proper restraint. Thus, both parties, carrying on their trade on a footing of perfect equality and justice, no insults or deception whatever will be permitted, which might lead again to the involving of the two countries in war. As for the goods, which are to be bought and sold, we can only permit these to be bargained and settled at the public residence; it will never do for them to proceed to distant markets in the country, and such places, thereby causing loss to the revenue by smuggling, be that ever so small. (True Extract.) RICHARD WOOSNAM, Acting secretary. Inclosure No. 6. From the Plenipotentiary, 17th September, 1842. 2. With respect to the second item of their excellencies' memorandum, her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary can only repeat his anxiety to sec the tariff and duties fixed on a fair scale, so that they shall as before stated, neither be so high as to foster or encourage smuggling, nor yet so low as not to forin a fair and legitimate source of imperial revenue, after defray- ing the expenses of establishinents,” &c. H. B. M. plenipotentiary reads with real satisfaction, the firm intention of their excellencies to abolish all extortions and abuses, and he earnestly suggests, that whatever the amount of duties and charges, whether import, export, or transit, may be, it should be specifically defined, and not in the smallest degree left to the arbitrary plea- sure, or option of the local officers. This has been the great evil at Canton, out of which so much discussion and discontent has sprung. Let the necessary salaries to clerks, writers, and other functionaries, high or low, be included in the scale of duties, so that merchants shall know precisely, what they are to pay on their mer- chandise, whether on importation or exportation. Her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary is still of opinion, that if the duties can be equalized, what- ever inay be the model, at the five ports of Canton, Fu lau, Amoy, Ningpo, aul Shanghai, it will be it most advantageous arrangement for both enpires, Correspondence between Il. B. N's Plenipotentiary JAN though the plenipotentiary admits, that the equalization is secondary to everything being defined on a moderate scale. Her majesty's plenipotentiary is so very anxions that this question should be settled to the satisfaction, not only of the government of England, but also to that of China, that should their excellencies, the imperial commission- ers, be of opinion that their presence at Peking might facilitate the arrange- ment, the plenipotentiary is willing do defer the final discussion and settle- ment of the matter for an additional month or six weeks, to enable their excellencies to proceed to court, and afterwards to come to Canton, where the plenipotentiary will be happy to meet the imperial commissioners. 3. With regard to the third article of their excellencies' memorandum, H. B. M. plenipotentiary will in due time lay down in concert with the imperial commissioners, the most minute and stringent rules as to the conduct of the British merchants, and their servants or dependants : on no pretense will they be permitted to go into the country, or away from the seaports to trade, and every merchant will be beld responsible for the orderly behavior of his ser- vants and dependants, of whatever nation or class they may be. Moreover, no British ships will be allowed to visit any other ports, than those opened by treaty, and should any person be detected in attempting to smuggle, or trade without paying the established duties, the Chinese go- vernment officers will be at perfect liberty to seize and confiscate such goods. It is, however, so obviously the interest of the British merchants to live on friendly terms with the people of China, among whom they are even to dwell for a time, and with whom they will have mercantile dealings, that there is no fear of their misbehaving; and H. M. consular officers will see that they strictly conform to the rules to be laid down, so far as the govern- ment of China and its officers are concerned. The moment these points can be finally settled, they shall be embodied in a supplementary treaty, and submitted for the gracious ratification of the so- vereigns of both countries. (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER, H. B. M. plenipotentiary. (A True Extract.) RICHARD WOOsnam, Acting secretary. (No. 2.) To His Excellency, sir Henry Pottinger, bart., &c., &c. Sir,-We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of Y. E.'s letter to the British merchants in China, under date 28th ultimo, with the several inclosures therein referred to: and in replying to that communication we beg leave to forward to Y. E. copies of resolutions passed at a general Meeting of the merchants, by which Y. E. will observe that the undersigned have been requested to act as a com- mittee on the occasion. It does not appear to us, that, at the present moment, the information before us is of a sulliciently tangible or specific character, to enable us lu place anything before Y. E. which 1843. 11 and the British Merchants. could be useful; but if Y. E. could furnish us with translations of the documents which are said to contain an exact account of the imperial duties, we might be better able, on arrival of the Chinese commissioners, to state the views of the British merchants as to any proposed alteration. On all other points, Y. E. will probably agree with us, that it might be expedient to refrain from drawing up any statements, until the arrival of these authorities may enable us to learn the principles upon which it is intended the trade shall in future be conducted. And we need only add that our committee will at all times be ready to communicate with Y. E. personally, or by letter, whenever Y. E. may wish us to do so. We have the honor to be, &c., &c. A MATHESON, G. T. BRAINE, W. THOMSON, Macao, 6th Jan., 1843. D. L. BURN, W. P. LIVINGSTON. Note of proceedings at a meeting of British merchants held on the 31st Dec., 1842, at the house of Messrs. Dent & Co., to take into consideration a letter, dated Macao, 28th December, 1842, addressed by sir Henry Pottinger, H. M.'s plenipotentiary, to the British merchants, in which he requests to be put in pos- session of their sentiments “regarding the adjustment of the tariff to be established, and the duties to be levied at the five ports, that are to be thrown open in confor. mity with the late treaty." The letter having been read, after some discussion, the following proposition was made by Mr. G. T. Braine, seconded by Mr. A. Matheson, and passed una nimously:- That the communications desired hy sir Henry Pottinger should be made by the merchants collectively. After some farther conversation, it was proposed by Mr. Matheson, seconded by Mr. D. L. Burn, and passed unanimously, That a committee of five merchants should be formed, to draw up such re. commendations in regard to the alteration of the tariff, and other commercial matters, as might appear to be beneficial to British interests, to be adopted, and that the same should be submitted to a general meeting of the merchants before being communicated to sir Henry Pottinger. A committee was then ballotted for, when the scrutineers declared that the following gentlemen had been chosen, viz. Messrs. Matheson, Braine, Thomson, Burn, and Livingston. These gentlemen having consented to act, the meeting was dissolved. (True copy.) R. Woosnam, Acting secretary. (No. 3.) Government House, Hongkong, 7th Jan., 1843. Gentlemen,-I have this moment received your letter of yesterday's date, and lose no time in informing you, in reply, that I have as yet received none of the papers which the high commissioners speak of VOL. XII. NO.1 6 Correspondence brtwocon 11. B. M.'s Plenipotentiary JAN in one of their memoranda as likely to come from the Board of Revenue at Peking, nor do I expect to be furnished with those papers until I recommence my discussions with the commissioners at Canton. Under these circumstances, I have the honor to suggest that you should proceed with the information which you must already possess, from your long local experience of the trade of China, to draw up, in concise form, a report, showing the alterations in the present system which you would wish to see effected, and the footing as to tariff and duties, including anchorage charges, &c., &c., on which you would desire to see the trade placed in times to come. Should your report and the deliberations of the Revenue Board at Peking, nearly or wholly assimilate, the matter would be at once arranged without further delay or trouble; and on the other hand, should there appear important discrepancies in the two documents, I should have good grounds for urging a reconsideration of the Chinese plan (which, you will have seen, the commissioners say is to be based on the present system), and supporting my arguments by your opinions and advice. It is almost superfluous to add that in the latter case I shall com- inunicate with you further before I accede to any final arrangement. I have the honor to be, gentlemen, Your most obedient servant, HENRY POTTINGER. H. M's plenipotentiary. Messrs. MATHESON, BRAINE, THOMSON, BURN AND LIVINGSTON. (No. 4.) Macao, 13th January, 1843. To his excellency, sir Henry Pottinger, bart., &c., &c. Sir,-We have the honor to acknowledge receipt of your ex- cellency's letter of 7th instant. As it is understood that the new tariff is to be base on the re- gular iinperial duties, and as we have no means of ascertaining what those duties actually are, we do not conceive there would be any advantage in proceeding, as Y. E. suggests, with the information actually before us, and “our long local experience," in preparing a report on the subject. The imperial duties, properly so called, are generally understood to be very moderate, except on two or three articles: but those duties have been swelled by a variety of additional charges, some of which are possibly regular, although it is generally believed many of them have arisen froni either the necessities of the local govern- 184:3. 13 and the British Microchants. ment, from consoo charges, or extortions of the government func- tionaries. We may instance the article of tea, the imperial duty on which is said to be nominally two mace per pecul, but raised by in- cidental charges to one tael, two mace, and four candareens : while for several years the actual payment, including consoo charges, has varied from 24 taels to 84 taels. We may observe, however, that we never have been able to obtain any authentic accounts of the authorized duties, and we again beg leave to suggest to Y. E. the expediency of obtaining for us, from the Canton governinent, a copy of the imperial tariff to enable us to proceed with the consideration of any alterations which may suggest themselves. As the privileges of the hong-merchants, and indeed the system of which they were part, are to be abolished, an entire change must necessarily be made in the management of the trade. Hitherto the settlement of duties, inward and outward, arrangements for warehousing goods, taking charge of them when landed-in short, all the details of the trade have been made by that body, whilst they are besides proprietors of the factories in which we resided, and the warehouses in which our property has been stored. As the responsibility both of them and of the government will neces- sarily cease with the existence of the co-hong, the important ques- tion arises, of what system Y. E. and the Chinese commissioners may propose to establish in place of the former one; we are not aware whether it is the wish of Y. E. that our report should embrace this branch of the subject : but should such be the case, we may be al- lowed to observe that, unless other parts of the treaty than those we have seen should in some measure define the principles upon which the foreign intercourse in Canton is to be in future conducted, it might be desirable that we should defer any consideration of the mat- ter until some specific plan be placed before us in the room of the system about to be abolished. We have the honor to be, &c., &c., ALEX. MATIESON, GEORGE T. BRAINE, D. L. BURN, WILLIAM THOMSON. (No. 5.) Government House, January 15th, 1843. Gentlemen,-I have this day had the honor to receive your letter of the 13th instant in reply to mine of the 7th. I beg to point out to you that most (if not all) of the facts as to Correspondence between H. B. M.'s Plenipotentiary Jan. extra charges, &c., which you detail, are expressly alluded to in the extracts, from both the high comnissioners' and my own memor- anda, which I sent to you with my letter of 28th ulto., so that it was quite unnecessary for you to bring them to my notice; and I have to add, that I still retain my opinion, that it would have been advisable for you to furnish me with a statement as to tariff, duties, &c., showing what you would in future consider desirable, without reference to the papers that may have been prepared by the Board of Revenue at Peking. In fact, I may further here observe that I believed in affording you the opportunity of stating your unbi- assed opinions on these points, I was doing the very thing you had all, collectively and individually, been most anxiously longing for, for years past; and I am sorry to find that it is out of your power to comply with my suggestion. As to the arrangements to be made for carrying on your trade at Canton after the co-hong shall be formally abolished, it appears to me, that will depend solely on yourselves. The trade is to be conducted in China as in all other parts of the world, and I am not aware that it would be possible, or proper, to make the smallest difference between Canton and the other ports which are to be thrown open to British merchants. After I shall have seen I'lipí, should I have any fresh informa- tion to communicate, I will again address you, but you will under- stand from the above observations that it is my present intention to leave the commerce totally unshackled by rules, beyond providing for a tariff and scale of duties, including anchorage fees, &c. I have, &c., Henry POTTINGER, H. M.'s plenipotentiary. To Messrs. MATHESON, BRAINE, BURN, & THOMSON. (No. 6.) Macao, January 24th, 1843. Gentlemen,-I have the honor to forward for your notice and in- formation certain extracts from a memorandum which I addressed to the imperial commissioner I'lípú and his colleagues on the 21st instant. I have, &c., HENRY POTTINGER, H. M.'s plenipotentiary. Messrs. MATHESON, BRAINE, BURN, THOMSON, AND LIVINGSTON. Extract. The first step to be taken is to fix a tariff showing the price at which a rtain stated quantity of each article of import or export commerce is be assumed, and on such price to lay down tlıc duties that are to be hencefor- 1843. 45 and the British Merchants. tra" or ward charged, and which must include fees, perquisites, and allowances of every description; for if anything is left unfixed it will be sure to lead to future references, discussion, and trouble. If the Chinese authorities desire it, I see no objection to the duties being divided into “imperial” and “ex- " official” dues, but whatever may be the appellation, they must be rigidly defined. After the tariff and import and export duties, the anchorage or harbor charges are to be settled, and the most simple mode that occurs to me of doing this, is to name a certain sum per ton on the registered burden of every vessel (above a certain size) that may enter the ports. In considering the anchorage and harbor charges, it is to be borne in mind, that the govern- ment of China has hitherto done nothing towards facilitating commercial intercourse by building light-houses, laying down buoys or moorings, and erecting beacons; and therefore, it necessarily follows, that these charges should be exceedingly light, and equally well defined as the duties. The consuls at the different ports are to see, agreeable to treaty, that the duties and anchorage or harbor charges are paid, and the moment the amount of each is fixed, the necessary rules will be laid down, in concert with Chi- nese high officers, for the regulation and guidance of the consular functiona- ries, who will not be allowed to trade themselves, and will consequently have nothing to divert their undivided attention from the efficient discharge of their duties. The plenipotentiary has already at Nanking, explained to the imperial commissioners, that the British government holding Hongkong can in no way disadvantageously affect the external or internal commerce of China, because the English government have no intention of levying any kind of duties there, and consequently goods carried to that island from the port or places in China should pay, on shipment from such port or places, the ex- port duties; while goods purchased at Hongkong and brought from that island, whether in foreign ships or native vessels, to any port or place in China will pay the established import duties at such port or place, just as if they had come direct to China from foreign countries. It will be understood from the preceding article, that Hongkong is merely to be looked upon as a sort of bonding warehouse, in which merchants can deposit, in safety their goods, until it shall suit their purpose to sell them to native Chinese dealers, or to send them (in case of imports) to a port or place in China for sale; and in the case of exports to ship them to foreign coun- tries; and, it being accordingly equally obvious and certain, that none of these measures can possibly interfere with the just revenue or dues of the emperor, the plenipotentiary has to beg, that proclamations may be issued allowing free and unrestricted intercourse to all vessels from ports in China to Hong- kong and vice verså, on the export or import duties (as the case may be), as well as anchorage or harbor charges, being duly paid at the ports to which they may be carried, or from which they may be shipped, within the Chinese empire. 10 Jan. Shipping Entered at Hongkong Before the plenipotentiary can offer any decisive opinion with regard to transit duties, which are likewise by the treaty to be specially fixed, he re- quires to be furnished with a concise memorandum, explanatory of the pre- sent system, showing the authorized amount in each province. It is so obvious, that it is hardly necessary to point out, that whatever facilities may be outwardly introduced for the export or import trade of the seaports, the whole of those facilities may be rendered absolutely nugatory, so far as the greater part of the empire is concerned, by such onerous transit duties being demanded on goods passing through the country as should amount to a posi- tive prohibition of their transit. This must therefore be looked into, and the plenipotentiary will hope to be favored with the memorandum above alluded to, at the early convenience of his excellency the imperial cominis- sioner. As soon as the leading and important points discussed in this memoran- dum are settled, there will be no difficulty in arranging the details, such as the mode and period of payment (of dues), the loading and storing of goods, the locations to be assigned for the dwelling and warehouses of the mer- chants at the different ports, and other similar matters; and the plenipoten- tiary concludes this memorandum by observing, that should any of the ar- rangements now about to be made, not work well in future, or appear, on trial, unsuited to the object for which they were intended, they may be at any time easily revised, since, where confidence and good intentions mutually exist, no suspicion of, or objection to the motives of, a revision can possibly interfere. January 21st, 1843. (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER, H. M.'s plenipotentiary. (True extracts.) R. WOOSNAM, Acting secretary. (To be continued). Art. VI. Shipping at Hongkong, as reported from August, 1841, to January 1st, 1843, showing the tonnage, number of men, cargo. For the following list of vessels we are indebted to the kindness of It. Pedder, R. N. harbor-master of Hongkong. The number of Chinese essels, that have entered the port since it came under British rule, has been considerable. Taking them all in all, the number of native sail has been, perhaps, equal to that of those from abroad. The harbor is very spacious and safe, easily entered on the east and west, especially on the west. ves 1843. 17 Shipping Entered at Hong kong. From. Buund tu. Men. Tons. 662 710 691 03 27 > > " 243 22 343 317 Aug. 18:11. Ve'ssiil's nincs. Import cargo. Diys out 3d Coromandel, Calcutta, Transport, Privateer, Macao, Opium, 4th Coromandel, Whampoa, Tea, 5th David Malcolm, Calcutta, Transport, 53 6th Water Witch, Macao, Clipper, William, Opiuin, 7th Adventure, Caledonia, Bombay, loth Charlotte, Whampoa 12th Oinega, Opium, 14th Worcester, Calcutta, Transport, 47 54 John Adam, 15th Young Queen, Namoa, Macao, 16th Manly, Macao, Opium, 17th Harriet, Opium, Lyra, 12 Carolina, 18th Lynx, E. coast, 20th Zenobia, 23d Gustave, Macao, Whainpoa, Cotton, 24th Sovereign, California, Tea, 25th Mor, Calcutta, 24 Thistle, Macao, Ballast, Linnet, Sundries, 261h Arun, E. coast, 30th Devil, Масао, , Nerbudda, Calcutta, Transport, 50 Spy, E. coast, 31st Grayhound, Namoa, Specie, Manila, ist Rafaela, Micao, Tirnber, Теа, 2 Susan, Whampoi, Tea, Grayhound, 2d Sri Singapora, Singapore, 3d Corsair, Macao, City of Palaces John Barry Bengal Packet Dos Amigos, Manila, Macao, 12 Madeira, 7th John Bibby, 139 Liverpool, General, 8th Sea Queen, 56 Calcutta, Sundries, Calumet, Macao, Whampoa, Cotton, 41 10th Stork, Madras, Macao, Singapore, Govt stores, 15 2 11th Nimrod Macao, St. Mungo, London Timber 38 12th G. Washington, Singapore, Whainpoa, 13th Rob Roy, Calcutta, General, Corinna, Macao, Rice, 15th Niantic, 122 New York, Whampoa, Cotton, 16th Conrad, N.S. Wales, 17th Hero, Macao, Sundries 3 Ainelia, E. coast, Macao, Whampoa, Bombay, Cotton, 47 Tweed, 2 Whampoa, Macao, Tea, 20th Anglona, Macao, E. coast Rice, 23d Anne Jane, Whampoa, Cotton, Harlequin, Mexico, Macao, Specie 70 :341h Lord Amherst, Ensayo, Macao, Timber, Sep. 1811. 20 וי 31 300 50 577 2.) 317 16 95 18 160 45 430 520 42 231 32 500 30 500 60 413 17 130 15 329 13 236 19 469 13 342 20 350 60 375 20 105 20 450 77 72 » Masdeu, 77 " 19th Ann, 27 164 37 140 47 800 19 443 13 108 17 351 15 292 20 2040 18 JAN. Shipping Entered ut Hongkong. Sep. 1841. Vessel's names. From Bound to. 90 Tea, Oct. 1841. 22 " 22 Import cargo Days out. Men. Tous, 24th Dardo, Macao, Timber, 20 200 Lingayen, 20 223 25th Omega, E. coast, 40 178 27th Red Rover, Chimmo, Macao, Specie, 2 45 250 Neptune, Macao, 38 643 29th Lowjee Family, Whampoa, 1000 3d Clarinda, N. S. Wales, 400 4th Foam, London, General, 113 20 330 Parkfield, Bombay, Macao, 56 27 490 Thomas Sparks, Liverpool, Whampoa, 130 22 497 5th Jardine, Масао, 27 140 Ann, Singapore, 27 40 346 6th Psyche, Macao, E. coast, 26 100 7th Black Swan, E. coast 5 23 150 10th Good Success, Whampoa, Bombay, General 78 546 Venice, Macao, Philadelphia, 18 550 Manila, ilth Carolina, Macao, Sundries, 5 18 396 Lema, Macao, Whampoa, Tea, 25 340 12th Ds. of Northum. Singapore, Macao, Stores, 21 26 541 General Kyd, Madras, Whampoa, Cotton, 1000 Young Queen, Macao, Islands, Stores, 14 85 14th Belle Alliance, London, Chusan, 115 14 700 Sri Singapora, Macao, Whampoa, Opium, 17 85 Sesostris, Cotton, 35 488 15th Charlotte, Whampoa, Bombay, Tea, 70 730 16th Harlequin, Macao, E. coast 50 292 Luconia, Singapore, Macao, Cotton, 25 20 500 Cleveland, Calcutta, Stores 19 383 22d Ann, Macao, London, Tea, 57 800 Nimrod, 19 467 23Arun, E. coast, Opium, 40 343 24th Roy Roy, E. coast, India, Specie, 5 80 375 25th Defiance, Macao, Cotton, 60 511 Earl Grey, Ord. Stores, 30 571 26th Patriot, 19 180 27th Allalevie, Amoy, Formosa, Stores, 75 885 30th Cowas. Family, Macao, 70 439 31st Lord Amherst, Cotton, 45 328 1st Dudu, Manila, Bali, Ballast, 2 45 328 Forfarshire, London, Tea, 20 723 3d Black Swan, Namoa, Macao, Specie, 3 23 150 Red Rover, Amoy, 5 45 250 Ternate, Whampoa, 2 40 271 5th Frankfield, Macao, Chusan, 36 903 6th Coromandel, Hongkong, London, 18 662 Earl of Hardwck. London, Calcutta, Troops, 52 960 Cordelia, Liverpool, Hongkong, Coals, 140 21 378 Tartar, London, Bombay, Troops, 124 35 567 Hamilton, Liverpool, General, 150 17 298 7th Guisachan, Bombay, Macao, Cotton, 89 20 474 Flora, Macao, Ballast, 15 322 Masdeu, Chusan, Transport, 237 9th Cadet, Manila, Calcutta, Transport, 8 21 500 16th Mahomoodie, Macao, Timber, 35 250 Wanderer, Sundries, 17 256 17th Belhaven, Coals, 17 299 18th Sundrapoory, Namoa, Macao, Specie, 29 205 19th Carnatic, London, Troops, 147 35 650 Nov. 1841. 9 27 17 32 95 1843 49 Shipping Entered at Ilong kong. Nov. 1841. Bound to. Jinport cargo. Rice, Days out. 42 9 Opium General, Men. T'one. 21 536 600 35 193 30 450 25 450 40 271 40 280 24 517 70 386 Saltpetre, 23 93 Comm. Stores, Opium, Coals, Stores, 99 18 290 36 120 15 315 IO 108 85 950 17 344 17 344 14 194 16 102 Coals, General, 76 Specie Opium, 10 General, Cotton, 51 84 36 236 10 347 17 223 22 450 8 375 37 620 25 179 25 145 14 700 140 1400 18 290 92 General, Vessels' names. From. 19th Clarendon, Batavia Macao, Bencoolen, Island Queen, Macao, Whampoa, 20th John O'Gaunt, John Bibby, 21st Ternate, 22d Lady Grant, Namoa, 29th Gil. Henderson, Sydney Macao 30th Falcon, Macao, Dec. 1841. 1st Salopian, Singapore, Spy, Macao, 2d British Isle, Anglona, 7th Framjee Cowasjee, Calcutta, 16th John Renwick, Sydney, Macao, Potentate, Macao, 17th Austral. Packet, Sydney, 18th Jardine, Macao, Whampoa, Westmoreland, 19th Lady Grant, E. coast, Persian, Sydney, » Lingayen, Manila, 221 Wm. Metcalfe, Pt. Philip » Canopus, Calcutta, Euphrates 24th Rosa, Macao, E. coast, 25th Algerine, Singapore, Macao, Belle Alliance, Put back, Chusan, 29th Earl of Balcarras, Whampoa, Manila, 30th Salopian, Macao, 2d Mavis, Macao, Whampoa, 4th Canton, N. S. W. 5th Abberton, Manila, 7th Regina, Macao, Louisa Baillie, oth Linnet, E. coast, 10th Friends, Singapore, 13th Euphrates 14th Livingston, 13th Urgent, Singapore, Chusan, 16th Sundrapoory, Macao, 18th Prince George, Chusan, Singapore, 21st Canopus, Macao, Manila, Manila, Chusan, 23: William, E. coast, Macao, 25th Sylph, Calcutta, 24th Caroline, Whampoa, 25th Sappho, Macao, Wm. Metcalfe, John Renwick, Whampoa, 22. Cacique, Sydney, Macao, , 27th Lady Grant, E. coast, 24th Algerine, Chusan, 2d Amazon, Macao, » Arethusa, Harlequin, E. coast 7th Isabella, Macao, 32 35 Tea, Opium, Opium, Jan. 1842. 42 20 Sundries, Stores, Ivory, &c. Cotton, Sydney, 50 46 Stores, 12 43 113 28 507 23 451 33 276 25 413 18 100 19 204 37 620 22 467 22 408 24 208 30 482 49 365 18 481 18 236 42 153 65 317 14 85 18 445 21 448 20 402 14 172 33 236 20 145 Rice, » Masdeu, 7 3 54 1 General, 23 Coals, Specie, 57 Opium, General, Feb. 1842 General, 35 423 15 214 4 292 24 422 Cotton, VOL. XIT, NO. 1, 50 JAN. Shipping Entered at Hongkong. Vessels' names. Fromn. Bound to Chusan, Macao, . 19 Madras, Chusan, 72 _ Масао, Calcutta, E. coast, Whampoa, 97 7 E. coast, 77 Whampoa, E. caost, Macao, Opſum, 11 E. coast, Calcutta, Madras, 13 Feb. 1842. 8th John Cooper, Calcutta, 10th Anne, Terror, Sydney, Hero of Malown, 13th Chelydra, Macao, Aurora, 14th Manly, Manila, Masdeu, Масао, , 15th Boman. Horm'jee, Whainpoa, 16th Ariel, E. coast, 17th Sappho, Масао, , Bornbay Castle, Bombay, 19th Reliance, Orixa, Manila, 21st Harrier, Macao, 23d Time, 24th Palestine, Bombay, 26th Red Rover, Macao, Murch, 1842. Harlequin, Euphrates, 6th Aurora, Young Queen, Whampoa, 7th Ariel, Arrow, Sydney, Hannah Kerr, Macao, 8th Psyche, 9th Marian, Chusan, 10th Mahomed Shaw 10th David Malcolm, 10th Victoria, Sydney, 10th Mary Imrie, Calcutta, 11th Forum, Macao, 12th Algerine, Amoy, 12th John Adam, Calcutta, 15th Masdeu, Macao, 16th Ardaseer, 16th Ariel, 17th Austral. Packet, 17th Arrow, 18th Anonyma, 19th Mercury, 19th Prima Vera 19th Rob Roy, 21st Black Swan, 23d John Horton, Liverpool, 24th Sir Rob. Peel, Calcutta, 25th Alihi, Calcutta, 25th Kestrel, 25th Queen Mab, Liverpool, 27th Algerine, Macao, 28th Maulmein, Bombay, 28th Prima Vera, Macao, 29th Priss. Charlotte, 29th Royal Exchange, Chusan, 31st John H. Yates, Singapore, 31st Ramoncita, Manila, pril, 1842. 1st Prima Donna, Liverpool, 3d Good Success, Bombay, Jinport cargo Days out. Men. Tons. Coals, 90 28 659 Cotton, 88 20 270 42 14 300 43 25 482 General, 20 349 12 90 30 186 237 Tea, 6 90 880 Opium, I 8 95 Cotton, 14 445 85 88 602 70 122 1515 General, 6 19 365 15 163 22 97 Cotton, 20 507 Opium, 35 250 Saltpetre, 50 292 Iron, 37 620 Opium, 10 90 14 85 5 98 52 12 175 26 594 20 100 General, 7 50 350 37th M. N. 1.7 7 52 22 358 Gov stores, 42 14 314 General, 9 296 Stores, 20 145 Transport, General, 12 236 Opium, 48 422 60 371 20 194 Coals, 12 175 60 257 General, 13 250 Sundries, 30 105 Opium, 28 380 23 150 General, 145 16 336 Stores, 84 19 608 Gov stores, 73 30 318 73 24 325 General, 149 20 394 Stores, 20 145 Opium, 73 45 171 Opium, .30 185 Tea, Stores, 21 14 131 General 44 12 184 9 23 200 General, 190 14 222 Cotton, 75 60 550 27 >> Chusan, Macao, Calcutta, Chusan, E. coast, Madras, E. coast, Bombay, E. coast, > Manila, Chusan, Macao, Calcutta, Namoa, Namoa, Singapore, Macao, Масао, , 1843. 51 Shipping Entered at Hongkong. From Bound to Chusan, Singapore Chusan, 23 England, Macao, England, Calcutta, Whampoa, Macao, Singapore, » Ariel, Namoa, April, 1842. Vensels' names. 5th Wanderer, Calcutta, » Champion, Trincomalee, 6th Mysore, Chusan, 10th Cecilia, Macao, 11th Royal Exchange, 12th Minerva, 14th Sundrapoory, 16th Liverpool, Sydney, John H. Yates, Macao, 17th Prima Vera, Namoa, S. R. Crawford, Calcutta, 20th Juverna, Macao, 21st Euphrates, Mor, 228 Young Queen, 23d Arrow, Chusan, Courier, Manila, 25th Abbott's Reading, Liverpool, 25th Cecilia, Macao, 26th Eleanora, 27th Australian Pkt. May, 1842. 4th Eagle, Chusan, Consuelo, Manila, Royal Exchange, Macao, 8th Anna, 9th Louisa, Calcutta, 12th Lambton, Macao, 13th Lyra, 14th Mercury, Thames, Madras, Robarts, Percy, Prima Donna, Масао, 17th Maria, Calcutta, 18th Caledonia, Bombay, Forth, Singapore, 223 Gratitude, Macao, Wm. Hughes, 24th City of Palaces, Singapore, 25th Harmony, Jane, Manila, zříh Faize Rhobony, Singapore, Urgent, Madras, William Money, Duke of Bedford, Fortescue, Масао, 28th Pantaloon, 299th K. S. Forbes, Chusan, 30th Teazer, Singapore, Lady Flora, Defiance, City of London, Warrior, Anna Watson, Macao, , 31st Tamerlane, Singapore, John Fleming, Ist Kestrel, Chusan, Sea Queen, Масао, Calcutta, Масао, , Chusan, Manila, Chusan, Whampoa, N.E. coast, 27 Import earge Days out. Men. Tons Gov.stores, 55 18 404 Naval do. 104 45 465 Specie, 10 30 300 16 257 Stores, 14 131 Sandal wood, 20 120 Cloths, 24 208 Coals, 63 12 270 Teas, 12 184 Specie, 2 30 105 General, 30 131 Gov. stores 25 311 Tea, 37 620 Opium, 65 261 12 85 Govt. stores, 3 11 175 General, 10 12 160 165 19 420 Cash, 16 257 Coals, 15 319 Opium, 6 98 Tea, 17 205 Stores 7 40 474 Rice, 14 30 280 Stores, 8 130 Ballast, 12 100 Sundries. 30 270 15 76 Opium, 42 165 Ballast, 13 250 41st M. N. I. 34 100 1426 do. 34 88 796 do. 34 65 668 Ballast, 14 222 Bengal Vol. 47 50 450 Cotton, 82 23 450 Bengal. Volunt. 58 430 General, 13 221 Ballast, 40 124 Beng. Vol. 27 45 436 Gov.stores, 24 30 553 Ballast, 14th M.N.I. 23 45 502 41 60 622 2d do. 41 84 950 41 54 738 General, 30 305 Rice, 40 200 30 457 Horse art. 40 40 388 do. 70 40 1070 do. 52 40 512 do. 20 40 395 53 34 542 Beng. Vol. 40 311 41 46 304 Sappers, 28 52 606 Ballast 5 14 325 55 417 Chusan, 7 77 > 27 Macao, Chusan N.E. coast, Chusan, Chusan, 73 Macao, Chusan, 23 June 1842. Macao, 1 1 52 Jan. Shipping Entered at Hongkong. From. Bound to. Macao, Manila, Chusan, 1) . 2 92 > 19 19 > 19 Import cargo. Days out. Men. Tons. Ballast, 6 15 314 Camp foll. 23 31 188 Coals, 160 18 379 39 M. N. I. 17 61 573 Beng. Vol. 26 60 550 2 M. N. I. 32 107 856 6th 26 51 554 39th 15 667 Gov. stores, 32 17 278 Camp foll. 16 20 402 Stores, 84 1426 6 M. N. I. - 22 64 637 Gun Lasc. 31 30 593 6 M. N. I. 27 50 560 Camp foll. 17 36 308 28 42 402 •14 M.N. I. 21 60 598 Gun Lasc. 13 32 530 39 M. N. I. 21 48 410 Gun Lasc. 13 27 467 13 82 689 14 M.N.I. 30 56 562 25 45 440 6 M. N. I. 30 55 733 Stores 20 8 50 Opium, 29 117 39'M. N. I. 13 42 471 Ballast, 10 40 335 Coals, 14 297 Gov coals, 55 14 242 55 15 298 130 40 610 32 12 293 Ballast, 12 160 39 M. N. I. 11 105 939 General, 17 414 Stores, 18 100 Stores, 31 30 277 Ballast, 42 153 Cotton, 56 75 728 Stores, 5,3 16 215 Opium, 25 150 35 250 19 13 Macao, Amoy, 99 Chusan, June, 1841. Vessels' names. 2d Mary Imrie, Chusan, Trio, Singapore, 4th Borassia, London, Blundell, Singapore, Burhampooter, Rohomony, Wm. Turner, John Wickliffe, 5th Cherokee, Flowers of Ugie, Thomas Coutts' England, Asia, Singapore, Amelia Thompson, Gertrude, Surat Merchant, » Runnymede, Curset Cowasjee, » Lysander, William Wilson, Livingston, 6th Malekel Bahar, Victoria, Pekin, Walmer Castle, 7th Kappa, Batavia, 8th Falcon, Macao, 9th Zoe, 9th Westmoreland, Singapore, 10th Arun, Macao, 14th Fourteen, 17th Gazelle, Singapore, 18th Sir Rob. Peel, England, 19th Nerva, Calcutta, 21st Gov. Doherty, Macao 22d Shah Alum, Singapore, Lowell, Macao, 23d Linnet, Harold, Singapore, 24th William, Macao, 27th Charlotte, Bombay, 29th Arethusa, Macao, 30th Corsair, Red Rover, July 1842. 1st Harmony, Macao, 3d Royal Saxon, 5th Bidassoe, 6th Vixen, Namoa, 7th Hope, Macao, Panther, 8th Sylth, 11th Gulnare, Liverpool, Cecilia, Sydney, 12th Raymond, London, Hellas, Namoa, 14th Ternate, Macao, Intrinsic, Hugh Walker, Flying Fish, 15th Gitana, Manila, 71 22 *, Isis, Macao, Chusan, 72 Macao, Amoy, Chusan, Whampoa, E. coast, " 29 Manila, England, Ballast, 22 1 Chusan, E. coast, 92 Macao, Opium, General, Rice, Opium, Ballast, Coals, Stores, Specie, Ballast, Coals, 19 442 40 164 22 106 40 306 30 407 70 304 17 388 14 247 18 498 45 272 35 270 20 537 29 496 20 105 17 250 145 45 135 9 Chusan Macao, 29 97 Chusan, 72 Macao, Rice, 7 1843. 53 Shipping Entered ut Hongkong. July, 1811. Vessels' names. From. 19 22 Arrow, 99 17 13. Hope, Oct. 1842. 79 92 7 97 Bound to linport cargo Days out. Men. TUDS 16th Westmoreland, Amoy, Chusan, Stores, 15 42 471 17th Potentate, Whampoa, General, 15 42 19th Peruvian, Macao, England, Stores, 14 304 Ballast, 30 Amelia, 104 20th Frederic Huth, Batavia, Macao, Stores, 17 15 208 Welcome, Macao, Whampoa, Timber, 16 293 21st Winchester England, 17 297 Columbine, Ballast, 36 350 Chusan, Gov.stores, 13 11 175 Champion, Madras, Ballast, 13 45 465 24th Semiramis, Масао, , Gov.stores, 17 364 27th Kersey, Coals, 12 182 Cilusan, General, 8 18 330 28th Andromache, Macao, Arrack, 23 560 29th Anna Maria, General, 24 487 Caroline, Ballast, 18 85 30th Hope, Singapore, General, 12 21 467 31st Amazon, Macao, Whampoa, Ballast, 45 423 4th Jane, Bali Badong, Macao, Rice, 20 23 1.90 7th Island Queen, Macao, Opium, 30 193 Coringa Packet, Rice, 37 233 9th John ('Gaunt, Liverpool, Whampoa, General, 108 Gitana, Масло, , 10th Birmail, Calcutta, Goy.stores 47 45 544 Anth. Andersoll, Singapore, Gov. coals, 24 23 498 Himalayal, Madras, Cotton, 43 24 477 Ilth Colonist, Singapore, Timber, 24 13 260 Hero, Macao, General, 27 164 Susan, Sydney, Ballast, 44 33 572 Kelpie, Macao, Chusan, Opium, 30 130 Black Swan General 6 140 131.h Salopian, 17 290 Wave, Whampoa, Cotton, 37 135 141h Foam, London, General, 19 310 Syed Khan, Macao, Macao, Opiun 25 126 Marian, Calcutta, Rice, 44 48 350 151h Lowell, Macao, Ballast, 18 416 171) Francis Ame General, 15 279 18th Diana, Manila, Gen. & horses 14 221 Ariel, Macao, Opium, Sylph, Ballast, 70 304 20th Calumet, Batavia, Rice, 17 317 22d Isabella, Ballast, 24 438 23d Anne Lockerby, Calcutta, Coals, 48 17 365 24th Chely dra, Macao, Cotton, 40 319 25th Devon, Liverpool, General, 140 22 509 Lord Lowther, Portsmouth, Gov stores 147 80 1425 26th Gitana, Macao, Manila, General, 27th Minerva, Rice, 16 327 Cotton, 13 186 Adelaide, Portsmouth, Gov stores 161 41 639 Fourteen, Amoy, Coals, 2 15 300 29ih Percy, Singapore, Chusan, Coals, 65 658 Lady of St Kilda, Port Philip, Whampoa, Stores, 87 14 95 » Victoria, Chusan 14 M. N.I. 7 45 442 City of Palaces Beng. Vol. 45 430 30th Tamerlane, Beng. Vol. 44 504 William Turner, 6th M. N. I. 7 45 554 Flowers of Ugie, Camp foll. 18 402 » Runnymede, 7th M. N. I. 43 422 99 > > 97 99 28th Mazeppa, 27 ול จ) Shipping Entered at Hongkong. Jan. Ort. 1842. From. Bound to. 19 > Import cargo. Days out. Men, Tons Ballast 58 361 Specie, 15 12 315 Beng. Vol. Beng. Vol. 47 8 542 Beng. Vol. 14 M. N. I. 6 M. N. I. Camp foll. 35 308 Gov.stores, 29 527 14 M. N. I. 8 40 520 6 9 44 561 14 9 50 598 23 99 91 3 Ballast, General, General, Ballast, General, Ballast, Ballast, Troops, 5 10 7 7 4 31 20 498 14 266 28 105 28 175 22 404 23 569 9 63 6 6 2 Ballast, 22 377 50 562 75 796 29 179 70 75 770 56 636 52 606 > 5 5 5 Veasrls names 30th Ariel, Macao, British Isle, Manila, Burhampooter, Chusan, Warrior, Maria, Faize Rhobony, Walmer Castle, Surat Merchant, 31st Asia, London, Malekel Bahar, Chusan, Gertrude, Cursetjee Cowasjee , Nov. 1842 1st Zenobia, Whampoa, Raymond Chusan, 4th George Herrick, Manila, 8th Anna, Chusan, Arrow, Chusan, Wanderer, Chusan, 10th Elizabeth, Singapore, 11th Caledonia, Sydney, Hope, Hobart town, Pekin, Chusan, Robarts, 16th Wild Irish Girl, Whampoa, Mary, Whampoa, 17th Atiet Rohomon, Chusan, Sophia, Chusan, John Fleming, Chusan, 19th Theresa, Macao, Earl Balcarras, Whampoa, William Hyde, Whampoa, 20th Parrock Hall, London, 2d Duke of Bedford, Orient, Chusan, Teazer, John, Coromandel, Urgent, William Money Livingston, Rohomony, Minerva, Marion, Blundell, Alibi, Lady Flora, Forth, Martha, Rustomjee Cowasjee ,, 23d Lysander, William Wilson, Trio, 26th Ernaad, Amoy, 27th Lady Leith, Bombay, 28th Splendid, Macao, Bilton, England, Th. Grenville, Amoy, 29th Faize Allum, Thames, Alex. Baring, London, Stores, 6 161 1700 Ballast, 4 32 447 Gov stores 184 20 336 9 H. M. 55th 5 84 700 5 32 388 41 M. N. I. 5 59 676 5 80 796 H. M. 49th 5 50 622 5 84 945 36 Á. N. I. 5 22 467 41 5 89 856 H. M. 49th 5 70 1310 Staff, 5 90 903 Goy. stores, 5 67 567 5 26 318 Artillery, 5 52 404 Gov. stores, 7 52 404 Camp foll. 7 40 382 Gov. stores, 7 29 218 Mad. Art. 7 80 764 216 gun Las. 7 27 564 Com. stores, 6 50 407 6 31 388 Gen. staff, 24 70 682 Ballst, 64 13 154 2 20 473 Gov. coals 180 16 416 Gov. stores, 3 67 1200 Invalids, 3 75 638 39 M. N. I. 2 190 1625 General, 155 25 609 లా నిలులుకొని నింద4 లా లా లా లా లా లా లా లా లా లా లా లా లా 99 1843. 55 Journal of Occurrences. Dec. 1812. Froin. Buund to. 99 9 Vessels unmes. 2d City of London, Chusan, Jessore, Manila, Defiance, Chusan, 3d Guess, 4th Prince of Wales, Whampua, 6th Akbar (Am.) Macao, 7th Hindostan, Portsmouth, 8th James Matheson, Liverpool, Orator, Macao, Ilth Australian Pkt. Sidney, 12th Elphinstone, Hobart town, 13th Palmyra, Chusan, Westmoreland, Amoy, 15th Linnet, Macao, Frankfield, Amoy, 16th Medusa, Macao, , 17th Hugh Walker, Chusan, 18th Athenian, Portsmoutli, 19th Charlotte, Whampoa, 21st Good Success, Bombay, Inglewood, Liverpool, Apolline, Hobart town, 22d Belle Alliance, Chusan, 25th Harlequin, Macao, Gitana. (Sp.) Manila, Bella Marina, Java, 26th John Cree, Clyde, Thomas Lowry, Calcutta, 27ih Liverpool, Liverpool, Dawson, Sidney, Fort William, Whampoa, 28th Nepaul, Madras, 29th Mary, Bonibav, Terror, Sidney, 30th Orcstes, London, William, Clyde, Pantaloon, Calcutta, 31st Surrey, Macao, Maria Soines, Chusan, Victoria, Macao, Greyhound, London, Elizabeth Ainslie, Chusan, Thomas Coutts, Mary Ann, Abberton, Macao, Import cargo Days out. Men. Tons. 161 M. Il. art. 5 20 398 General, 12 16 436 M. florse art. 5 35 511 Stores, 6 2014) Notions 1 90 826 1 27 642 Troops 160 24 544 General, 160 22 441 Ballast, 1 16 321 Coals, &c. 45 14 194 Ballast, 69 27 425 5 38 602 Gov. stores, 4 40 471 Stores, 1 10 100 Gov. stores, 2 40 903 Ballast, 3 18 353 4 14 496 Gov, stores, 180 25 673 Tca, &c. 2 90 730 Cotton, 67 59 545 General, 147 23 518 Ballast, 60 20 213 4 38 676 Opium, 1 35 293 Timber, 17 13 250 Rice, &c. 25 25 566 Gov. coals, 180 22 400 60 23 409 General, 171 35 760 Ballast, 171 14 227 3 200 1300 Cotton, 76 23 545 72 51 705 General, 49 20 257 Troops, 195 30 529 Giov. coals, 205 17 310 Opium, 70 30 200 Storcs, 2 27 461 Ballast, 5 36 600 3 18 358 General, 159 22 317 Gov, stores, 7 46 400) 12 84 1365 12 17 316 Ballast, 15 451 9) ART. VII. Journal of Occurrences: dispatches from Kiying : arrival of I lipú; shipwrecked Japanese. Early in the month, dispatches were received in Hongkong from Kiying, informing H. B. M. plenipotentiary that his proclamation regarding the murder of British subjects by the officers in Formosa had been forwarded to the capital. The imperial commissioner I’lipú, and suite, made their entrance into the provincial city on the 10th ; and on the 20th he proceeded to Whampoa, where, on board the H. C. steamer Akbar, he held an interview with sir Henry Pottinger. The plenipotentiary returned to Macao and Hongkong soon after, part of his suite proceeding to Canton on business connected with the negotiations, 56 Journal of Occurrences. Pirates have of late become so bold and murderous in their attacks upon the small sailing craft found in the delta of the Pearl river, and the islands interjacent, as to arouse the Chinese government to take strong measures to suppress and disperse them. The English colonial lorcha Enterprise, capt. Sharp, was cut off on the 6th inst., Mr. C. Wilson being the only Euro- pean escaping with his life, and the vessel plundered and burned. Several persons were seized a few days after by the tsotang at Macao, who confessed having been engaged in this attack, and were accordingly handed over to the authorities at Canton. By the following Extract from a memorandum to the imperial commissioners by sir Henry Pottinger, which we quote from the Friend of China, it will be seen that these miscreants are likely soon to be ferreted out, and it is to be hoped the Chinese authorities will heartily join in the offer here made. · A question that urgently calls for the most serious and immediate considera- tion, is the extent to which piracy has lately increased in the Canton river, and islands situated on its estuary, and which, if not speedily checked, will very shor:ly put a stop to all intercourse, except in vessels of war, and has already obliged every boat that plics, to be armed and manned for purposes of defense. The ple. nipotentiary is prepared to unite with the provincial government, in any plan that may be thought advisable, towards suppressing this evil, and he thinks that it might be best done by simultaneous and preconcerted measures; the first step of which, would be each of the governments sending two or three fast sailing and well armed boats, to cruize against pirates; the second, that the Chinese government should send officers to the different islands to register and number the boats; the third, to proclaim that any boat found at sea, after a certain period, without a register and number, would be confiscated; the fourth to warn all persons from the pre- sent universal practice of purchasing passports from the pirates; and the fifth, for the Chinese government to visit all cases of piracy, in which the pirates may be taken, with signal and instant punishment. As British ships of war, or vessels rigged in the European style, are sure to alarn the pirate boats, and enable them to escape, the plenipotentiary is willing to purchase and fit out vessels of the build and rig of this part of China, the moment a plan of proceeding is fixed upon; and the plenipotentiary hopes, that even the most desperate characters would not long venture to show themselves against the combined efforts of the two go. (True extracts) Richard Woosnam, Acting secretary.” Shipwrecked Japanese. The Am. ship Hopewell, capt. Engie, from Oahu, brought two Japanese sailors to Macao on the 3d inst., who were the sur- vivors of a crew of seven belonging to the junk Strong Virtue. This vessel belonged to the principality of Kaga, on the northwestern shore of Nippon, and had coasted round the island through the straits of Sangar down to Yedo; having sold the cargo, the captain set sail to return, and on his way southward, put in at the port of Simoda in the principality of Izu, where he left the vessel to go home overland to Kaga. The crew sailed on their return, N 17, 1841, but in passing cape King, were driven off in the Pacific, where after tossing about for 210 days, and five of them dying of thirst, these two men were rescued by the Am. whaler Francis, captain Hussey, and carried to Oahu. Their names are Chiobioye, aged 35, and Yasobioye, aged 27, both belonging to Kaga. Mr. Mur, lately arrived in China from Lima, informs us that on his pas- sage hence last year in the brig Ana, on the 30th May, in latitude 34° 30' N., long. 162° 40' E., he fell in with a Japanese vessel of about 90 tons, laden with sugar, cassia, and wax, from which he took four men, the sur- vivors of a crew of eleven, three of whom had been washed overboard. This junk was going from Nagasaki to Owari, and had been driven into the Pacific by a north wind. The men were carried to Lima, from whence they will probably find their way to China by some opportunity. The youngest of those saved, named Kamikichi, was 14 years old. A beautifully printed book, entitled a Mirror of Epistolary Composition for Families, was obtained from this junk, which is now lying before us. veroinents. 'THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XII.- FEBRUARY, 1843. — No. 2. Art. I. Tá Tsing Hwui Tien, or the Statistics of the Tá Tsing dynasty, in 64 volumes, royal octavo. Reviewed by a Correspondent. WHEN old Yau had fairly vanquished the deluge—a monstrous ad- versary! and had been fortunate enough to obtain a wise minister in Shun, he proceeded farther in his labors, and first making Shun his son-in-law, associated this worthy servant with him a partner on the throne. Desirous still farther to promote his country's weal, he concluded that nothing could so much advance its happiness as taxa- tion. Now, though we cannot tell how his subjects generally regard- ed this paternal mode of showing an interest in their welfare, Yau sent his surveyors, who first valued the lands, and assessed them after the most approved fashion. The advantages of this newly dis- covered feature in government were too great to be soon forgotten ; and Yu the successor of Shun, perfected the plan by drawing a map, and distributing the tolls and imposts, ordering that each district should be made to give of its abundance, and furnish its quota in kind. This done, and the plan perfected, the whole was embodied in a set of statistics, and a copy engraven on brazen tripods, with the maps of the empire. This happened shortly after the time of Abra- ham, when Egypt only could show similar monuments of skill and civilization. It was soon ascertained that these tripods were ex- tremely valuable to the ruler, and hence their possession was made to constitute the validity of the holder's claim to the revenues, and made him in fact sovereign lord of China. By an unfortunate acci- dent-perhaps it was a dispute regarding their possession--they VOL. XII. NO. II. 58 fen. Statistics of the Ta Tsing Dynasty. were lost; but the science of statistics, thus introduced to the notice of princes, was never neglected, but on the contrary extended, so that at the commencement of our era, large works had been com- piled upon the subject. Pursuing the same road, Chinese statesmen in every age have endeavored to add to the elucidation of this inva- luable art, and during the Ming dynasty an immense work was col- lected, which cost the doctors of the Hánlin college from twenty to thirty years' labor. The Mantchous took the hint, and the present collection is the result of their endeavors. It has gone through many editions and abridgments, and constitutes the vade mecum of civilians, containing in fact everything worth knowing about the go- vernment. Collateral with this performance, are the laws concerning each department of state, containing the edicts which have from time to time been promulged by the Mantchou princes. The Hwui Tien is usually bound up in about 48 volumes, so many that even the most arduous lawyers would never think of perusing the whole, for fear of losing themselves and their recollections in this labyrinth of statutes. We must, however, here give the Chinese government its due meed of praise for minutely regulating everything, as the present vo- lumes sufficiently prove. We can say very little in favor of the style; it is dry, concise and uninteresting, stamped with the peculiarities of Chinese courtiers and pedantic scholars. A foreigner will meet with many obscure passages, because he is unacquainted with the localities and institutions, and will be obliged sometimes to guess the meaning. Chinese books are always remarkable for their prefaces, and we have one at the commencement of this work, magniloquent and ex- pressive, containing the grand ideas that took rise in the imperial breast. And it is indeed no trifle to describe so great an empire in all its parts and relations, to enumerate the offices, departments, institutions, and regulations, which constitute the stupendous whole. In order to give a general account of this work, we shall go through the parts seriatim, making a few remarks upon each. Vol. I. The preface referred to contains little worthy of remark, except a short account of the compilation of the work, and the man- ner in which the different emperors commenced it. Then follows a long description of the means by which this book was manufactured, and what were the alterations it underwent. After this there is an edifying announcement addressed to the great emperor, and signed by several hundred functionaries in all departments, informning him 18.13 39 Stanistics of the T' 7'sing Dynasty that the work has been carefully revised, and is now ready. This dedication, as we almost might call it, has so much of classical lore in it, that we recommend its perusal to every admirer of antiquity. Surely if errors crept into the work, the many lynx eyes that had the correction, will deserve little credit. At the end we find an index of the contents of 80 chapters, into which the work is divided. Vol. II. The first mentioned of all institutions, is the Office of the Imperial Kindred, *N Tsungjin fú, an institution that on ac- count of the numerous progeny of the imperial house has become of great utility to the state. Whatever may be the control exercised by the members, this Office has always so cleverly managed matters, that there has not yet occurred a single insurrection, in which a prince of the blood was engaged. On the other hand they keep the majori- ty of the imperial stock in such a penurious condition, that many work as coolies, or hire themselves as servants. To us this must appear incredible, but it is the policy of the court to lower the inass of princes to a level with the people, in order to prevent their gain- ing any influence upon the public mind. Many an imperial relation receives about three taels per month, and if he has a large family, he may starve on this miserable stipend, if his pride prevents him working for his livelihood. Notwithstanding the severe prohibi- tions, the poor children of princes often remove from Peking, and try to make their fortune elsewhere. Besides controlling, this office keeps an accurate register of births, marriages, and deaths in the imperial family, choosing names for them, and never forgetting to add characters like perpetual, ever- lasting, the use of which is prohibited to the people, to the patrony- mic designation. It divides the whole clan into near and distant relatives, the former wearing as a distinguishing badge a yellow, the latter a red, girdle; while those that have been disgraced are con- demned to a nankeen colored one. Their titles of nobility are twelve, beginning with the Hotsien tsinwáng (king in their own right), and ending with Fung'an tsiángkiun, or generals by courtesy. Those that have no title, receive the nominal degree of an officer of the fourth rank. With every generation, the possessors of these honors descend one step, the right of primogeniture is duly observed, and the younger children either receive inferior rank or mingle with the people. The higher princesses have two different ranks, the lower five; or their marriage their titles are merged in those of the husband. If the chosen partner is a plebeian, he takes precedence according to the rank of his spouse. Besides the hereditary nobility there are 1 610 t'ER. Statistics of the Ta Tsing Dynasty. those that receive titles by favor from the monarch, others for services, and a third order for having passed the examinations creditably. The higher ranks have their respective establishments with a body-guard, and all the pageantry of royalty in miniature. The duties devolving upon them are their appearance at court whenever required, the performance of sacrifices on solemn occasions, and the guard at the imperial tombs; and with such honorable occupations they usually find little leisure to engage in intrigues. They and their retainers are armed, and at certain seasons a regular review is held, to ascertain whether they are ready for immediate service. They are under strict surveillance, have their own schools, and cri- minals among them are more severely punished than common Chi- nese. Their moral conduct is however excessively depraved, and the imperial kinsman exposes their misdeeds to the whole nation. They are seldom employed in the provinces, and those who are sent are usually the intimate friends and devoted adherents of the em- peror. The Nui Ko por Cabinet deliberates about the government of the empire, holds the balances of government, in order to assist the sovereign in the transaction of business. It is the duty of its members to be present at sacrifices, and circulate the commands of the emperor. They officiate on every solemn occasion, and all state papers, including the reports from the provinces, with the impe- rial reply, pass through their hands. Most of the members of the Cabinet, six in all, are gray headed statesmen, who have passed through all vicissitudes of favor and disgrace, distanced all their com- petitors, and at last risen to a seat at the council-board of the empire. Vol III. A more powerful tribunal is the Kiun Kí chú or Privy Council, whose members are chosen for the occasion by the sovereign himself, from amongst his own friends or the higher officers of the various Boards and the Cabinet. Every important business, requiring dispatch and energy, is transacted by this com- mittee. They hold their sittings within the Lungtsung gate, every day from three to five o'clock P, M., and as soon as they have fin- ished the business, they communicate the fact to a chamberlain, who having received the emperor's orders, dismisses them. On appearing before the monarch, when he holds a council of state, he allows them to spread a mat on upon floor and to sit down. They dis- patch important papers, as may be required, by couriers through tha 1843. 61 Statistics of the Tá Tsing Dynasty. Board of War at the rate of 400 or 600 lí a day. They keep all the maps of the dependencies and countries inhabited by barba- rians, have the appointment and removal of the Mantchou and Chi- nese residents, in Tibet, Turkestan, and other places, and it is their duty too, to provide them with medicine according to existing regu- lations! Other duties devolving upon them are, to select the pre- sents for tribute-bearers, especially those of Mongolia and Tibet, regulate the examinations at the court, translate documents into and from foreign languages, and many other functions too numerous to be enumerated. The Li Pú B, or Board of Civil Office, assists his majesty in making the proper arrangements about rank, examination, promotion and degradation of officers, confers ranks of nobility and titles, and rewards, and in fact manages much of the machinery of the govern- ment. The members of this Board present officers at court, and dis- miss them to their appointments. There are, in the gift of this Board, subject to his majesty's approval, the office of eight governors, eighteen lieut.-governors, nineteen treasurers, eighteen provincial judges, eighty-two salt inspectors, eighty-two chifú or prefects of departments, twenty-two sub-prefects of ting departments, sixty- seven prefects of independent chau districts, forty-seven sub-prefects of subordinate ting departments, and thirty-one assistants to these latter, 147 prefects of subordinate chau districts, 1393 chihien, or district magistrates, with a great number of inferior civilians. Vol. IV. This contains an account of all the different officers charged with public instruction, and be it remarked to the honor of the Chinese, that this Board of Education, as it may be called, contains more functionaries than any other : including all the grades of literary officers under its control, there are 12,996; and in this number, 3931 are public teachers intrusted with the management of the examinations. In the Grain department, there is one governor, and twelve inspectors. In the Salt office, eight superintendents, five assistants, thirteen inspectors, and other minor offices; in the Board of Inland Navigation there are three governors, fourteen managers, thirty-four deputies, and some other officers who bear military rank, and are intrusted with the preservation of dykes and the protection of the river navigation. Vol. V. All the ranks of civil office in China are eighteen in number, and the distinguishing badge of their respective grades is a knob upon of different colors and substance. The crown alone promotes to office, and every officer of a certain grade is obliged the cap 02 FEB. Statistics of the Tá Tsing Dynasty. to proceed to the capital there to be invested with his dignity. This arrangement keeps all alive to the imperial favor, and strengthens them in their loyalty. The higher officers in the provinces have, however, the privilege of recommending and appointing proper per- sons, to fill vacant offices, subject to the emperor's approval. Cer- tain offices require a person of a certain rank to hold them, whilst other offices receive importance from the personage that fills them. The rules of promotion are intricate, and to cut the gordian knot, the court advances its favorites at pleasure. The soldiers of the im- perial body-guard are in the most favorable position for promotion, and the first class amongst them claims by right precedence with the fourth rank of civilians. Vol. VI. This volume expatiates upon the mode of choice, and the various ways of promoting officers; this is the business of the first chamber of the Board of Civil Office. The second chamber (Káukung tsing-lisz') is occupied with the examination of the merits and demerits of public servants. The punishments are loss of pay, of rank, temporary degradation, and dismissal. The rewards are entering their names, raising them some steps, and promoting them. The Chamber of Records (Kihiun tsing-lisz') keeps an accurate ac- count of all officers. The Chamber of Patents (Yenfung tsing-lisz) is intrusted with the management of conferring titles of nobility, and investigating the merits and demerits of the inferior privileged classes. The hereditary nobility is divided into nine classes, and these again into twenty-seven subdivisions. Posthumous honors are likewise conferred, which hold good in hades, and what is more to the purpose, usually benefit the descendants of the deceased. Vol. VII. The Board of Revenue, ý Hủ Pú, is charged with the finances of the country, the payment of salaries, the ma- nagement of the granaries, and the transportation of grain. This volume contains the various districts in the empire and their situa- tion, with a nomenclature of the principal rivers and mountains. Vol. VIII. Contains the censuses, with the situation of the pro- vinces, according to the degrees of latitude and longitude, calculat- ed by the Jesuits. The arable area of the empire is 7,915,251 king 16 mau, and divided into the soldiers' acres, those belonging to the colleges, and the people's fields. The land tax is levied according to the assessment made by officers from this Board. Vol. IX. The expenditures of the state are arranged under 12 heads, viz. for sacrifices, for popular festivals, allowance for officers, for their servants, for the examinations, soldiers' batta, stipends for 18.13. Statistics of the Tá Tsing Dynasty. couriers, charities, for inland navigation, sundries, manufactures, and for salaries. Each province has its own treasury, but all the res- pective officers are answerable to the Board of Revenue, and the sums of money to be transmitted to the court are distinctly defined. Vol. X. This volume is filled with detail of the income and expenditure of some particulars branches, the various mines in the empire, and the coining of cash. Vol. XI. Speaks of the transportation of grain, the construction of the boats, and the excise or transit duty levied on merchandise throughout the empire. Vol. XII. Describes the manner in which disputes respecting the pay of the soldiers of the eight Mantchou banners and other military corps are settled, and how the commissariat is to be supplied, the money and provisions to be received, in what way the sums arising from the sale of offices and nominal rank are to be applied, and the supplies issued for the officers within the precincts of the palace. We are then informed how the articles received at the treasury, stores and granaries, ought to be examined, and carefully overhauled, and considering the roguishness of the Chinese, the care bestowed in patient investigation can never be too great. The remaining part is taken up with a variety of matters respecting the granaries at the capital, the issues of grain, the various articles that must be furnish- ed from the provinces as tribute, &c., &c. Vol. XIII. The Board of Rites, Lí Pú, is a very im- portant part of the machinery of this government, but its details are unimportant except as illustrating the hold that etiquette has upon the people. It is very apparent, that great stress is laid upon its functions, and that this tribunal is one of the strong holds of despo- tism. This whole volume is taken up with a minute detail of the congratulations proper upon new-years day, the ceremonies attend- ing the coronation of the monarch, and other state solemnities, which it is impossible and indeed quite needless to remark upon, or attempt to describe in the limits we have here prescribed to our- selves. Vol. XIV. Is wholly taken up with the detail of the robes of state worn by the court, and the ceremony necessary when officers of state visit each other, which is indeed important to a courtier in the precincts of the palace, but not at all edifying to us wái yáng, i. e. outside mer[men), as I'lípú calls foreigners. Vol. XV. Gives a succinct account of the schools and colleges Through the empire, and the manner in which the examinations arc 64 For Statistics of the Tú T'sing Dynasty. held. The whole is an interesting treatise, and develops the Chi- nese system of literature and its study to advantage. This subject is however too extensive to be more than hinted at in this synopsis. Vol. XVI. Enters more into detail of the literary examinations, and the degrees of the graduates, giving an ample account how the candidates for office ought to be employed. The last part treats upon the seals, which are used by the various departments under the control of the Board of Rites. Vol. XVII. Gives a minute account of the temples and altars erected in honor of the various deities and saints, who are worship- ed by government, and describes the ceremonies and sacrifices, that take place on saint days, festivals, and other grand occasions, as the march of an army, the eclipse of the sun and moon, &c. Vol. XVIII. This is a manual for the harem, regulating the dress and the etiquette to be observed by the ladies at the court, detailing the manner in which they ought to mourn, and behave at solemnities. Scarcely any body, we presume, except those whom it directly concerns, would take the trouble of perusing this volume. Vol. XIX. This book begins with the regulations respecting the presents, which ought to be given to tribute-bearers. There is also a short accout of the situation of the kingdoms that have brought tribute to China. There are also laws about the treatment of em- bassadors, or rather tribute-bearers, which savor of great compas- sion and generosity to far-traveled strangers. Amongst other things there is a statute ordering sacrifices to be made to the respective gods, or patron deities of these nations. After this follows a des. cription of the imperial banquets, both for the living and the dead. Vol. XX. Treats entirely on music, and prescribes the airs that are to be played on different occasions. It is full of information upon this subject, but the contents are almost unintelligible to an unin- itiated foreigner on account of the technical terms. Vol. XXI. Contains an account of the constitution of the Ping Pt 兵部 ​or Board of War: in the first part it treats upon the reviews, and in the second gives the number of all officers and gar- risons throughout the empire. This is an interesting account, inas- much as the proper army is more formidable in numbers, than the fierce legions of Russia, but there ends their superiority: their fights are, like their numbers, all on paper. Vol. XXII. Continues the subject, includes the navy both on the high seas and the rivers, with the transport service, and then gives an account of the Tartar garrisons throughout the provinces. 1843 65 Statistics of the Tá Tsing Dynasty. Vol. XXIII. Details the ranks of military officers, which are eighteen. The Board of War regulates the promotions, which are awarded of course to skill and bravery, and not at all from favorit- ism. There are, however, in the Chinese army many officers that have risen from the ranks. Vol. XXIV. Contains the martial law of rewards and punish- ments. The latter are very severe, but the former are equally great. To the brave the road of promotion and nobility are open, and those that die on the field of battle, receive the highest titles in hades, whilst their children are richly provided for and favored to obtain the speediest promotion, both amongst the civilians as well as mili- tary. At the end of this volume are the maritime regulations, direct- ing the cruises of the imperial fleet, to prevent the intercourse of barbarians with the islanders. Vol. XXV. Treats of the cavalry and posts—a curious juxta- position. But inasmuch as the foot soldiers are an armed police, so are the cavalry mere couriers for carrying dispatches. There are a good many regulations about horses and their riders, but here as elsewhere, the efficiency of such a department depends wholly upon the pay given to the couriers. So far as we can learn, dispatches reach his majesty with a good deal of speed and regularity. Vol. XXVI. Details the divisions of the van, rear, and centre of the army, its battalions and companies; describes the military ex- aminations, either in presence of the sovereign or before experienced officers, and gives a general view of the internal organization of an army. Vol. XXVII. Presents an account of the PJ Hing Pú, or Board of Punishments. The first portion of it details the several modes of panishment according to ancient laws, and then subdivides the existing code, reducing all the statutes it contains to matters con- cerning the six Boards. We find here a report of proceedings in peculiar cases, such as harboring stolen goods, commencing law- suits, passing by decisions, &c. Vol. XXVIII. Largely discusses the subject of prisons--the com- mutation of punishments, assizes, and various other important mat- ters; it likewise furnishes an outline of the provincial courts, of which there are seventeen. Vol. XXIX. Speaks of the functions of the I. BB Kung Pú, or Board of Public Works. The imperial tombs require the utmost care, and next to them the dykes and other works connected with 9 VOL. XII. NO, II: 66 Fub. Statistics of the Ta Tsing Dynasty. inland navigation. We have a full description of the imperial city, with all its outworks, temples, palaces, and altars, and the numerous establishments of the household, with a description of the materials required to erect such buildings. Public edifices in China are, how- ever, compared with them in other countries, but not with the mass of other buildings, wretchedly put up, and sometimes afford but an inefficient shelter against the inclemency of weather. Vol. XXX. Enforces the accurate manufacture of arms and gun- powder, orders the selection of pearls for the use of the emperor, expatiates upon the public works along rivers and canals, and again reverts to the manufacture of articles for the use of the court. Vol. XXXI. Most amply describes the construction of the tombs for deceased emperors and other personages; which costs the state an immense sums. This volume also describes the public buildings, granaries, mint, the coinage, powder manufacture, &c., points out the places where the materials are to be obtained, and tediously delineates the form of sacrificial vessels, seals, &c., the preparation of which falls to this Board. Vol. XXXII. Gives a description of the Colonial Office, Lifán Yuen, which is intrusted with the management of the Mongols, the government of Turkestan and Tibet, and is composed entirely of Mantchous and Mongols. It regulates the emoluments and nobility of the chiefs, appoints their audiences, and revises their punishments. This volumes gives a full list of the tribes in Inner Mongolia, Turfan and Koko-nor, their respective frontiers and princes, and settles the annual presents, which they are to receive on visiting the court, with their traveling expenses. Vol. XXXIII. Speaks of Outer Mongolia, which is, in some measure independent. We have here the names of the hordes, some of which are very long, and their chiefs from the lowest to the ruling Towards the frontiers of Russia, at Ouliasoutai, there are two residents appointed by the court who regulate the intercourse. The volume contains short notices of the trade between the two countries, but does not state the annual amount. It enumerates likewise the post establishment, and then proceeds to give an account of the spiritual reign of the Dalai Lama in Tibet, under the foster- ing care of the Chinese residents. Vol. XXXIV. Gives a more minute description of the respective relationship of the Mongol princes, the presents they receive, and the tribute they pay; with an account of the nobility, revenue, and situation of Turkestan.. 1843. 67 Statistics of the Tú Tsing Dynasty. Vol . XXXV. Comprises a description of the Censorate, *** Túcháh Yuen, and its various functions in maintaining good order, and proving a terror to presuming officers : speaks of the Court of Requests, jh T Tungching Sz', through which all important papers have to pass; then explains the nature of the T'alishí, a court instituted for revising the judgment of other boards, and reëxamin- ing sentences for capital crimes. An account of the Hanlin, or nation- al college follows, in which all those who have attained high rank in passing the examinations, are assembled, and the Chingsz' fú a simi- lar institution upon a similar scale. The members of these colleges write and correct documents, compile and publish books, and com- pose the history of the country. Vol. XXXVI. This contains an account of the Tácháng shí, and Tápuh skí * , two officers appointed to watch over the imperial stud, and direct all the pageantry which the Mantchous, when denizens of the wilderness displayed. Vol. XXXVII. This volume presents us with a succinct account of the eating establishment and the inanagement of the sacrifices, known under the name of t * # Kwángluh shí. There is moreover a particular account of the ceremonial, that takes place in Shuntien fú, the district in which Peking is situated, at the annual ploughing of the field, and at the examinations in the palace. Fi- nally, there is the Hungliú shi established in Moukden, in order to uphold the proper observance of rites, and to regulate the imperial banquets, whenever the emperor visits the palace. Vol. XXXVIII. Comprises an account of the national school Free Kwóhtsz' kien, in which the sons of meritorious officers are supported, and opportunity offered them to advance their interest. The second institution is the Kin Tien Kien ek , or As- tronomical Board, the duty of which is to foretell coming events, announce lucky hours, and make such calculations as will enable the members to compose a correct national calendar. Vol. XXXIX. This volume may be regarded as a very good Chinese treatise on astronomy. It explains the motions of the hea- venly bodies, and the calculations that have been made to settle the times, months, seasons, and years. Vol. XL. Part of this volume is also taken up with the busi- ness of the astronomers, and then dwells amply upon the Tái r Yiter 醫院 ​or Medical College, and its various functions. 68 FEB. Statistics of the Tá Tsing Dynasty. Vol. XLI. This book gives us a view of the Imperial Body- guard, Shi-weif that surrounds the sovereign continually , and explains the services which they perform. There is also a small office attached to the body-guard under the name of Tsausz' chú, where reports, addresses and congratulations for the imperial family are received and forwarded. The Liuen-í wei 5, is a tra- veling establishment, including many couches, palankeens, screens, trains, &c. Vol. XLII. Gives a full account of the eight standards, the bulwarks of Mantchou power, of their quarters, their commanders, their fields, houses and domestic circumstances, the presents made at their births, marriages and burials, their promotion and titles, with a number of other matters. Vol. XLIII. Details their duties and reviews, and refers to their division into three brigades, with the various accoutrements, and their duty when in active service. The whole breathes through- out a strong anxiety for the preservation of this corps, on which the imperial power depends. Vol. XLIV. Dwells upon the artillery, batteries, mortars, gre- nades, and other missiles of destruction. It also contains an ac- count of the Nuiwú Fé 3 Ht, or the household establishment, which is on the largest scale. We find here a detail of the sacri- fices, at which the emperor assists in person, and a list of the officers, with the regulation for their choice and promotion. Vol. XLV. Continues the same subject, containing an inven- tory of the stores and valuable things in the imperial treasury, than which there can be nothing more rich and profuse, what are the workmen employed to administer to the imperial pleasure. It gives us an insight of the retinue appointed in all the various palaces, and the customary offerings and rites, which both males and females perform. Vol. XLVI. Is more explicit about the harem, the marriage of the emperor and of the princesses, their dowry and duties, with many more important matters, which ladies ought to know. It also refers to the outer establishments, such as large farms belonging to the court, stores of all kind of provisions, of materials for building, of hosts of craftsmen ever ready to execute the imperial behests in every particular. It is in fact an institution very perfect and excel- lent in its kind and furnishes all the conveniences of life, with a good many disagreeables ones. There is likewise a whole host of 1843. 09 Important Instructions to Soldiers. eunuchs, each having his respective rank The discipline kept up is of the severest description, and the laws for their control are almost intolerable. Vol. XLVII. Points out the regulations respecting the admi- nistering of punishment, the guards at each gate, the various build- ings and their uses, the eating establishments, and the stables full of camels and horses both at Peking, the palaces outside, and Moukden. Vol. XLVIII. Enumerates all the pleasure gardens in and out of Peking, and their particular uses, with the ceremonies that take place therein. After this we have an account of his majesty's eating establishment. There ought to be placed before the emperor every day twenty-two catties of meat in a bason, five catties boiled in soup, hog's lard one catty, two sheep, two fowls, and two ducks, milk of sixty cows, one catty of butter, and seventy-five parcels of tea ;-this is the daily allowance of the monarch. According to the account, her majesty receives only sixteen catties of meat in platters, and ten catties boiled with vegetables, one fowl and one duck; she has be- sides the milk from twenty-five cows, with twelve pitchers of foun- tain water, and ten parcels of tea. The other ladies and maids re- ceive in proportion to their rank, but all without exception obtain most substantial fare. The regulations extend even to the kitchen utensils, and there must be the full number and no more. Lamas are appointed to read prayers, they being the chaplains of the court. We have now taken a general view of the whole work; to have entered into particulars, would, as the phrase is, (here without meta- phor) fill volumes. We have already, in former volumes of the Re- pository, detailed much of the information contained in the Hwui Tien, and perhaps shall be able still to add to the information on these heads. Art. II. Hiun Ping Yau-yen, or Important Instructions to sol- diers. By Yü, a commander-in-chief of H. I. M.'s military forces, foc., fc. Translated by W. D. [Besides thanking W. D. for his translation of these “Important Instruc- tions," we will take occasion here to draw attention to the conduct of fo- reign soldiers. When their own armies are on the march through the provinces, the Chinese dread their approach as they would that of hungry Important Instructions to Soldiers. FEB. men. tigers. Of the British, they had formed a different opinion, and previously to the affair on the heights of Canton, the mass of the people believed they had nothing to fear from British soldiers. This fact is noticed in the letter of Wáng Tinglán, published in our last volume. He says, “It was not till they began rambling about through the neighboring villages, plundering the people, and doing violence * * * *” that they found out the true character of the foreigners; previously, "multitudes of the people encouraged and sup- ported them, **** anxious only that the foreigners should be victorious." Base as the Chinese are—and they are very base in morals—the retired apartments of either their living or their dead, are not to be rudely entered with impunity. By disturbing the ashes of the dead, certain persons, who were not camp-followers, became so obnoxious to the Chinese people that nothing but their blood could atone for their guilt. They were doubtless unconscious of the mischief they were doing ; but their conduct, and that of those who were doing violence as they rambled from house to house through the villages, with some similar proceedings of a more recent date, have been the principal causes, we believe, of nearly all the popular hostility, which has since appeared in Canton, and which rose to such a high pitch on the 7th of last December. The admonition derived from the misconduct of native soldiers, in 1832, ought to be heeded by others besides the Chinese. Some particulars of that misconduct may by found in our second volume, in the notices of the rebellion on Formosa. Solitary instances of bad conduct are magnified; and little acts of rudeness do great mischief. The Chinese people are not to be ill-treated, nor beaten with impunity under British rule, without judge or jury. And in times of peace-however great may be the emergency-we question the expediency of pressing either coolies or sea- The detention of a few poor junks at Hongkong in 1841, did the settlement no small injury. Let the Chinese have the full benefit of British law, and depend on it they will prove themselves to be good and industrious subjects. To bring them into any service is easy; but to force them is a hard matter. They say, “a child may lead a horse to the water, but ten men cannot make him drink.” The writer of the following instructions is none other, we believe, than the veteran Yii Púyun of Chekiáng.] Every man derives his nature from heaven, and from infancy to man- hood none are destitute of virtue. The virtuous cherish it in their hearts, while the exercise of it towards a prince is called loyalty, and towards a parent filial piety. That you should while at home exer- cise reverence towards your parents, and fraternal affection towards your brethren, you very well know. The Sacred Edict has widely promulgated and reiterated in your hearing that scholars and hus- bandmen, mechanics and tradesmen, by attending to the appropriate duties of their calling, will secure a reputation, and surely reap their reward. The favors we receive from others ought never to be forgotten. Here allow me to introduce a similitude. Suppose you were on a long journey and your pocket money were expended, and you found yourself destitute, far from home, without friends and perishing from want. Then suppose a man should give you a few hundred cash to preserve your life. Should you ever afterward see this man, ought 1843, 71 Important Instructions to Soldiers. As you you to inake any expression of gratitude for his mercy? Aud, if you made no returns for his kindness, would you not justly be consider- ed a forgetful and an ungrateful creature, and thus exhibit no good- ness of heart? It is a common saying, If we receive from others a favor, like a drop of water, the return should be like an ever flow- ing fountain Now you, soldiers, have received favors from your sovereign which it is extremely difficult for you wer to repay. It is becoming you, as you regularly enter the cantonment to receive your rations and monthly pay, to remember that all you have for the support of your lives, the nourishment of your family, and the offerings to your an- cestors, is the result of your sovereign's compassion, whose mercy is higher than the heavens and extensive as the earth; therefore loyal- ty is a sentiment that should be engraven on your hearts. receive liberally of the favors of your sovereign, it is becoming you, by a careful and diligent attention to your appropriate duties, to promote the peace of the land, by exterminating thieves and robbers, and avoid disturbing or distressing the people. Thus you may res- pond to the distinguished favors of your sovereign and yourselves, advance in the road of promotion, from the infantry to the cavalry, and then to official stations, with increasing honors and emolument. This is in time of peace; but should there be a national distur- bance, and you are sent out in regular file, and on seeing the foe ad- vance bravely before him and slay the enemy, you thus repay the kindness of your sovereign. But if on seeing the enemy you cherish unworthy fears and do not advance, you prove yourself ungrateful and unworthy creatures, and of the same class with pirates, and all men will be justified in slaying you. You may consider that from ancient times till now, the wise and the brave have been prospered and honored, and for this reason, that with a true heart they destroyed the enemy. But those who fear to die cannot thus avoid death ; suppose they shut themselves up within their own doors and die of disease; are they not then dead? But if you would not deserve death, take your sword and rush amidst a thousand or ten thousand men, brandishing your weapon and speed- ing your horse, and you cannot die. A discharge of your appro- priate duties and the subjugation of the enemy, all depends upon your loyalty and bravery, and in this way alone you can obey the laws and preserve your lives. In time of peace, while remaining in your cantonments, it is ex- pected that you be quietly employed in your customary duties, not 72 Feb. Important Instructions to Soldiers. quarreling with each other; and when you go out, whether it be for taking thieves, or for war, as you meet the people you should re- member that your food and salary is the result of their labor. There- fore, carefully endeavor to protect them. Do not frighten and annoy them, but when you see among them old persons regard them as you would your own father or mother; and when you see young persons, treat them as you would a brother or sister. Do not think, because you spend your strength in the service of your emperor, that you have a right to defraud the people. When going abroad do not compel the coolies to bear your burdens, without a suitable com- pensation ; and as you pass along the road, do not rob the gardens of their vegetables and fruits. Do not passionately abuse the people; and, relying on your numbers, insult the defenseless. Should all respond to the voice of one man, and several tens of you unite in beating one man, and if perchance he is killed, do not think that you will pass undetected; your fellow-soldiers, lest they themselves should be implicated, will make known who was the mover of the disturbance; and when this is known by the people, they will repre- sent the case to the proper authority, who will institute an investiga- tion; and the corroborating testimony of soldiers and people will so clearly establish your guilt, that even your friends and relations will not dare deny it. Such will then be judged according to law and beheaded, and your head suspended by the wayside to the gaze of the multitude. These things you all understand. You remember that during the revolt of Formosa in the 12th year [of H. I. M.'s reign, A. D. 1832), the soldiers from Chekiáng, Honán and Sz'chuen, refused to pay the coolies for bearing their burdens, and that a dispute arose and life was lost; also, that chil- dren were kidnapped, and the office of the salt-merchant was plun- dered: when these things were beyond all endurance, they were represented to the high provincial officers, who reported it to his ma- jesty, and an imperial edict was issued; and, after the necessary in- vestigation, the offenders were delivered down to be punished ac- cording to the law. These things are for your admonition. There- fore do not trust in your numbers, or the fallacious hope of escape, for your commanding officer will surely understand and make known your conduct; also your comrades, for fear of being themselves im- plicated, will disclose the matter, and you cannot escape punishment. From ancient times till now the laws concerning soldiers have been very rigid. On a former occasion a soldier stole a man's vegetables, and he was put to death for it. 1813 73 Important Instructions to Soldiers Now you think that a vegetable is worth but a few cash; why need a man fear to take it? Man is prone to imitate bad example; and if he can take a vegetable, he will take something else; and soon it will become habitual, and the people of the country will cease to fear thieves and pirates, from their greater dread of the soldiers. Thus the anger of the people would lead them to call upon the gods for vengeance, and you will incur their wrath, instead of securing their aid, in time of battle. Think you, when engaged in battle, should one man draw back, would not all follow his example and flee, and the foe pursue after them to the destruction of all ? The laws concerning soldiers are extremely severe. The good man con- stantly observes the customs, and dares not contend with his asso- ciates. He regards his own life as precious, and trembles lest by quarreling with another he should accidentally kill him, when he would pay for it by the loss of his own life. If he escape death, he is banished, and thus precluded for ever from all honor and profit. Anciently there was a man by the name of Hán Sin, who compel- led a thief to pass between his legs : still he dare not wrangle; ac- cording to the saying, “The brave act like tigers, and not like mice." If for a few years there should be peace, and instead of going to war you all remain at home, as good men I will teach you what to do; viz., practice yourselves in your duties that you may be able to protect yourselves and your families, thus exhibiting truth and right- Everything in heaven and earth is comprehended in these two terms, truth and righteousness. They are to men what the root is to the tree. Where then is truth? To speak a work to-day, and follow it ever afterwards ;-not pointing to the east, then going to the west ;-not saying that you have what you have not ;-not changing to suit your own convenience;—if you speak and act thus, all men will believe you. This is what is called truth. What is right- eousness ? For each to attend to his business and practice himself in his appropriate duties ;--regarding his officers as he regards his parents, and his comrades as his brethren, avoiding ingratitude and a violation of the laws;-this is what is called righteousness. If a man have no truth, but is deceitful and false, then there is nothing too bad for him to do, and even his father and mother, and wife and chil- dren will see that he is a bad man. An unrighteous man in the twinkling of an eye becomes ungrateful. Therefore truth and right- eousness are of the first importance, Again it is easy to move the mind of the ignorant This you will eousness. VIT VO it E'or Important Instructions to Noldiers. understand by observing a play. Suppose the actor, in alluding to the ancients, should exhibit loyalty and filial piety. The audience looking at the faithful ininister or dutiful child, exposed to ten thou- sand ills, still maintaining his integrity, and in every temptation to impropriety and unrighteousness, sternly adheres to truth and up- rightness. Therefore the gods of heaven and earth will protect him in the field of battle, and crown him with laurels of victory, bless him with a blooming wife and honorable children, and perpetuate his name to a thousand generations. But how often is it that stupid men frequent the plays, desiring only to witness impure and incor- rect exhibitions, and look upon scenes calculated to foster a conten- tious spirit. You may know from the expression of their coun- tenances that such, if they are not already adepts in the practice of vice, will soon learn to be, for such things are very shallow and easily learned. llere allow me to introduce the case of Sung Kiáng, a famous robber, whose name is recorded in the Shui Hü, and history in- forms us that he was at the head of thirty-six giant-like insurgents. General Cháng Suyé of IIwuihái, at one time called out his men to exterminate them, but they surrendered and swore allegience to their sovereign. Sung Kiáng lived about the middle of the Sung dy- nasty; he was a man of superior natural talents, and at length became a faithful subject, and a queller of rebellion, and promoter of peace within the four seas (China), and was praised by succeeding ge- nerations. Still, though he became a faithful subject and a distin- guished patriot by all his good deeds, he could not erase from history the record that he was once a robber. Moreover, the works of fic- tion have misrepresented the number of his colleagues, and endea- vored to make it appear that he acted not for gain, but for honor; thus tempting the age, blinding the eyes of the people, and injuring the hearts of inen in no small degree. In the same way, novels have so represented the character of the robbers of Wa Káng, that indis- crijninating minds are led to admire their valor, not thinking that they were without prince or father, and that they thus treated with contempt their own body and their own parents ; not thinking that true courage consists in speaking with propriety and acting right- cously, in not obscuring the laws of heaven, or throwing away con- science, even if it should be at the hazard of life. The fact is, you cannot rely on what novels say, for Sung Kiáng was no better than Tái Wí and Máuting (notorious robbers). You now that in secret sucieties, where the members are sworn to pre- 1843 Porirait of the Emperor Ko Kausin tect each other, the greater guilt rests on the headman, and his guilt is increased in proportion to the increase of the numbers under him. For such proceedings they surely will be apprehended and punished, when repentance will be unavailing. Therefore you, soldiers, ought carefully and unceasingly to follow truth and righteousness, filial piety and loyalty. For if you care- fully practice your own tactics, and when at honie respect your parents, love your brethren, and attend to your own business; and when sent for the apprehension of pirates, you prove faithful to your trust; in time of war not oppressing the people, and mutually ad- inonishing each other to walk in the path of virtue; and if you bravely contend for your country's weal, you will not only be greatly beloved by your friends and relations, but also by the rulers of the land, and the gods will secretly protect you wherever you go. But if you do not carefully practice your tactics, and attend to your own business ; when sent after robbers, if you prove unfaithful; when sent to war, if you do not face the foe--such conduct cannot be endured by the justice of the laws, or the mercy of the gods. Finally, strive to familiarize yourself with your own business, and mutually instruct and assist each other. In giving these instructions, your general has not employed a mysterious style and unintelligible terins, but simple and everyday language, so plain that it may be easily understood, even by those who cannot read. Now if these principles of your nature (truth and righteousness) be established, you may travel to the ends of the earth without danger of harm, and is it not a matter to be desired that officers and soldiers, princes and people should dwell together in peace and happiness? 1 Art. III. Portrait of the emperor Ku Kuusin, classed among the five emperors of China. Before giving the few particulars, which the Chinese historians have recorded concerning this man, it is necessary to recapitulate far enough to correct the first paragraph of article fifth, of the num- ber for November last. Fuhí, Shinnung, Hwangtí, Y.áu, and Shun, are generally admitted, by the Chinese, to be the personages who are properly styled the TVú tí, or Five emperors : at the same time, 6 FEB. Portrait of the Emperor ku Káusin. 庆​羊​息​愚​斋 ​1 L 1 E 1 t | however, they admit into the list three other namesmplacing them before Yau, and after Hwangtí. These three are Shánhau, Chuen- hiu, and Ku, or 兽​高​辛 ​Kau Kausin. Notices of Shanhau and Chuenhiu have already been given, and we proceed now to speak of Ku Kausin. This monarch, the Chinese tell us, ruled by the power of wood; and black was his favorite color. His family name was His family name was . K1; and his proper or personal naine 委 ​Tsin. Shauhau 少 ​吴 ​was his grandsire, and his sire Kiáuki. He was born with di- vine intelligence. At the early age of fifteen, he began to assist the emperor. and was by patent installed in office: and when thirty he be- 日 ​C was 1813 Portrait of the Emperor ku Kausin. came monarch, laid the foundations of his empire in Sin; and hence he was styled # Kausin. He built his capital in Poh, now the district of lifi Yensz' in the department of Hónán, in the province of that name. He ordered his minister Hánme to frame and regulate music, both instrumental and vocal; and, ming yue Lu Ying, he named or designat- ed " Six Heroics : Hey D L * the, yen tien ti sz' shi chi Ying Hoá yé, "setting forth or celebrating the Ying and the Hwá of heaven, earth, spring, summer, autumn, and winter." After a reign of 70 years, this illustrious monarch died in the hun- dredth year of his age. Both he and his imperial cousort, e il EYin sz Sháng ti offered adoration and sacrifices to the Most High. Concerning this music, and this divine service, our author's mean- ing is not very clear to us. By the by, we may observe here that some have considered this union of Ying and Hvá, as remarkable, Ying being used to denote the English and what pertains to them, and Hwa the Chinese and what is their's: the first word denotes what is excellent, noble, or 'heroic' as Carlyle might say; the second is used to denote what is elegant, refined, polite: consequently, when united, the Ying-Hwá must denote all that is splendid and glorious, bright and illustrious, pure, refined, and excellent, in heaven and in earth, and during all seasons. So much for the Ying and the Hwá! We see no reason to doubt that the progenitors of the black-haired race did worship Jehovah, the Most High; and from their fathers they may have received, by tradition, much correct knowledge con- cerning the true God. "To offer pure intentions' is called Til yen; nie sz' is to sacrifice to the gods or to departed spirits, the doing of which, some one says, is like seeing, or having intercourse with, those who are in the invisible world: Thus it appears—so far as we may trust in the history and tradition of the Chinese that this ancient monarch and his house worshiped Jehovah, and paid divine adoration to the only living and true God,--the emperor and the empress, in their high stations, being examples to the people, their children, teaching them how and whom they ought to worship. Luss if the Transport Imion Ouk. fee. Art. IV. Loss of the transport Indian Oak, captain Grainger, on Lewchcu, Aug. 14th, 1840. The loss of the transport Indian Oak is mentioned on page 516 of vol. X., but as the treatment of her crew was extraordinary in the annals of shipwreck on the coasts of uncivilized countries for its kindness, we have condensed from the Nautical Magazine for 1841, the account given by J. J. B. Bowman, agent for transports, who was on board the vessel. The Indian Oak, captain Grainger, sailed from Tinghái, August 10th, 1819, in company with four other vessels, from whom she part- ed company before night. The three next days, she experienced heavy weather from the north and northwest, and the slack state of the rigging, added to the turbulent sea, caused the ship to labor very much. She also met on this eastern skirt of the Yellow sea the same strong current from the east running out of the Pacific along the south of Japan, which the Morrison experienced in 1837; (see vol. VI., p. 364.) being set westerly, notwithstanding the strong northwest wind, 23 miles in 24 hours. On Friday, the 14th, the entry in the journal is as follows: "Strong gales, N.N.W., and frequent hard squalls with a heavy sea. 5h. 30m. more moderate; sea still running high, and the ship laboring very heavy; out third reef of main-topsail, and reef of the foresail. 10h. course per log, allowing one point lee way according to capt. Grainger's opinion, is S. 00 30' E. 121 miles; lat. D.R. 25° 51' N., long. 127° 2' E. From my own obscrvations and opinion, the ship has made no lee way, but rather from the heave of the sea headed her reckoning, and has made a course from noon of yesterday, E. 13° S., 130 miles, which puts us in lat. D.R. 26° 16' N.; from yesterday's chron. lon. 127' 20' E.; wind northwest and W.N.W. “ At the moment of working the above sights, Mr. Power, acting third officer, reported discolored water; hauled out S.S.W., and saw the land indistinctly about N. by W., with a line of breakers stretching north and soutlı, close under our loc; at this time it was blowing hard with severe squalls and rain, the wind veering to the westward, the ship broke off to the eastward of south; the weather so thick the land was scarcely visible at three miles distant; saw breakers alcal, and land on the weather bow. Wore with the hope of clearing on the other tack. In the act of veering, the fore-topmast-staysail and fore-topsail blew out of the bolt rope. Finding we could not eather the coast on this tack, and an extensive eef of rocks stretching out from the island, on which there appeared no chance of saving thic lives of the people, wore under the foresail and main-topsail, with the 18.13 79 Loss of the Transport Indian Oak. hope of running into what appeared an opening in the land, very indistinctly seen; but the foresail unfortunately at this moment blew out of the bolt rope, and left us without hope ; shortly after which the ship struck, and in a few minutes more took the ground and fell over on her broadside: to the best of my judgment this was about 11 A. M. Cut away the mainmast to ease the ship; at this time blowing very hard in severe gusts, W.S.W. to W.N.W., with rain, and so thick, that the land which was moderately high, and not more than two miles distant, was very indistinctly seen. The sea now made a clean breach over the ship: all hands collected in the cabin under the poop, and on the weather or starboard quarter, where I took up my station, the sea breaking over with great violence, and sending broken pieces of sheathing and copper over all. On the ship first taking the ground, lost our larboard-quarter boat, which was stove and washed on shore, (by which we observed the tide was falling ;) there was no hope of saving our lives but by the wreck holding together, and getting a line on shore. “About noon, William Hayburn, passenger seaman, made an attempt to carry the end of the deep sea lead-line on shore, but owing to the heavy surf, and the very strong drawback, he failed, and was with some difficulty hauled on board. Shortly after Mahomed Ally, lascar, made the attempt, and succeeded in getting on shore, but without the line. On the poor fellow getting a few yards above the surge, he fell down on the rocky ledge, ap- parently quite exhausted and much injured by the rocks. Men were now seen advancing towards the wreck, and to assist the man who had got on shore. Great numbers now came down and motioned us to land. “12h. 30m. P. M. or half-past noon.-Cut away the mizzenmast to ease the poop, the ship completely over on her beam ends, and the sea making a clean breach fore and aft, and blowing a severe gale with heavy rain from W.S.W. About this time the ship broke her back and parted at the chest- tree, the fore part settling down into deeper water. An attempt was now made to launch the jolly-boat stowed on the launch, in doing which she was stove, and no part of her seen again; the end of the log-line was now made fast to a musket ramrod, and fired from a musket, but did not reach the shore. John Vincent, cook, now attempted to swim ashore with a line but failed, and was hauled on board as in the first attempt. A Lascar, named Inodee, now made the attempt and succeeded in carrying the end of the log-line on shore, by which the end of the deep sea-line was hauled on shore by the natives, but owing to the bight fouling the rocks, our intention of bending on a hawser was frustrated. Hatches, gratings, boats' oars were all tried to float a line on shore, and lastly a pig, but all failed. It was now about 3h. P. M., and the flood tide coming in all the natives with our two men left the reef, our only remaining hope being in the after-part of the ship holding together during the flood tide. The weather now became much worse, blowing and raining furiously from the W.S.W., dead on the shore. It was now next to impossible to hold on the quarter, where with several others I had continued to cling; we now retreated under thc poop, which af- Louis j' the Transport Indian Oak. FER pen can torded us somo shelter from the severity of the weather, as also from the risk of being injured by the pieces of sheathing and copper which were continually thrown by the sea over the after-part of the vessel. “Our great frar now was, in the event of the gile continuing and our not succeeding in getting on shore before the next Hood, the vessel would not hold together. A great and good God was most merciful. About 9h. the barometer began to risc and the weather to break,—this checred our droop- ing hearts, and hope began to revive. To judge of our feelings at this time between hope and fear, none but those who have unfortunately been placed in similar situations can have any idea, and far inore than my fecble describc. I have omitted to state, that shortly atter the ship took the ground, the rudiler with part of the stern separated from the vessel, and the sea with great violence forced itself through the aperture into the lower and upper cabins. “Between Ilh. 30m. P. M. and inidnight, judging it to be near low water, sounded on the lee side (boue sea and wind having greatly abated); it was comparatively smooth under the lec of the wreck, where we fiund only tive or six feet water. Piped the hands on shore, the wreck of the mizzenmast gaff and boom forining a raft, at the end of which the depth was little above a man's waist, except in holes. On all the crew and passengers quitting the wreck and succeeding in getting on shorc, captain Grainger with his officers and myself also quitted, and succeeded in reaching the rocky lcdge in safety, with the exception of receiving a few cuts and bruises in getting over the rocks, and walking over the rocky ledge about a milo in the direction of soine lights, on a sand bank about high water mark. We were met by the islanders, and greeted with great kindness and hospitality, most of us with- out snoes, hats, or jackets, and many all but haked. I had nothing but a pair of linen drawers, banian and shirt, wet and cold; one of the kind is- landers noticing my situation, took off his cloak and put it over me. Here they presented us with hot tea, and rice made up in balls. I only regret my inability to do justice to those kind-hearted people. Greater kindness and hospitality could not be shown by any nation than was shown to us by them. · After resting a short time on the beach, we were conducted about a mile higher up through paddly fields, to what appeared a guard or court house, being a comfortable wooden building with tiled roof, and divided into several apartinents. Here we were all supplied with dry clothing, and regaled with a fresh supply of tea, rice, and fowls, and laid ourselves down to rest, after twelve hours drenching in the sea. Saturday 151h, A.1.—Wind moderating and the weather clearing up, found ourselves on the border of a large village called Pekoo. Several men, apparently of rank, pail us a visit, and after making inquiries as to the num- ber of Europeans, Portuguese, and Lascilrs, our ship’s company consisted of, showing great civility and attention to our wants, scut ricc, oil, and vegeta- bles for the crew, and rice, fowls, eggs, &c., for the oilicers and Europeans. Found however we were not allowed to go beyond the limits of the house 66 18.13 81 Loss of the Transport Indicon Oak. and grounds. Our only means of communication being through the medium of the two Chinese carpenters, who spoke the Malay very indifferently, in which language I communicated, and the carpenters again by the Fukien dialect to the Lewchewans, four or five of whom spoke the latter. We however, found one Lewchew gentleman of some rank, and a very intelligent man, that spoke and understood a few words of English, which he said he had learned from captain Beechey, of H. M. S. Blossom, that had touched at the islands about fourteen years before on a visit. Having answered all their interrogations as to where we came from, and where we were bound, we were told not to fear, we should be sent to Singapore with all that we might save, and be supplied with provisions during our residence, and for the voy- age, but that we could not be allowed to walk beyond the limits of our pre- sent abode. At low water it was intimated that all hands, with the exception of myself, might proceed to the wreck, to save what we could, aud that every assistance would be given, which was done by their sending boats and men. We succeeded in saving from the wreck many articles of clothing, instru- ments, and stock. A request being made to furnish a correct list of each class of persons, and the quantity of provisions required at the same rate as allowed on board our own vessel, it was given accordingly, and I was in- formed that that quantity, or more if required, would be supplied daily. A number of men employed in bringing in materials for erecting two long ranges of buildings, one for the crew and the other for stores that might be saved, with all requisite out offices which were marked ont.—Fine weather. Sunday, 16th, A. M.-Light westerly winds and fine weather.—Crew and officers with a large party of the islanders employed in saving articles of various descriptions from the wreck, there not being more than four or five feet water alongside the wreck at low water; succeeded in saving most of our wearing-apparel and furniture, some few articles of provisions, and beer, but all completely saturated with water. Had a conversation with some of the principal men on the subject of quitting the island. One proposition from the Lewchew people was to break up the ship, and to build a smaller one with the materials, offering to supply any other wood that might be re- quired, and men to assist. On explaining the great length of time it would take to break up the ship, and the want of means to do so, as well as the unsuitableness of the old timber, it being full of bolt and nail holes, and being also without tools, a promise was given to send us in about a month to Singapore, in a Lewchew vessel. “ Monday, 17th, A.M.—Light westerly winds and fine weather, with a smooth From fifteen to twenty canoes with a large party of the islanders, and our own people getting stores from the wreck: succeeded in recovering a number of articles. Nothing can exceed the honesty of these good and kind-hearted people; greater temptations could not be offered to any men; articles of gold, silver, clothing, wines, beer, and spirits strewed in every direction, but not one ever touched, or missing; the greatest anxiety and every means used to render our situation confortable. Several of the crew 11 sea, YOL. XIT. NO. II. 82 FEB. Loss of the Transport Indian Oak returned from the wreck drunk, and very mutinous. Several cases of sick- ness, principally bowel complaint, but none of a serious nature. “Tuesday, 18th, A.M.—Throughout light winds, westerly during the day ; latter part N.E.b.E., and calms with very fine weather and smooth water; winds froin the westward during the day, and north-easterly at night. Several vessels, apparently fishing boats plying between the islands. Continued to experience the same kind treatment from these excellent and polite people. As yet have not seen arms of any kind amongst them: from eighty to one hundred men with ten to twenty canoes assisting our people in saving articles from the wreck. The meridian altitude was taken on board the wreck this day, but owing to the proxiinity of the land, do not consider it as correct'; latitude deduced from it is 26' 11' 34' N. The barracks for our people and stores being completed with all requisite out offices, sent the crew in, and the young men passengers into the north end of the store range: also obtained permission to retain one wing of the court-house for the cominander and officers' accommodation until another building could be erected. Got the starboard-quarter boat on shore only slightly damaged. “ Wednesday, 19h, A. M. -From 80 to 100 islanders, with ten to fifteen canoes employed with the crew at the wreck in saving sundry stores, as rope, blocks, kedge anchor, seven-inch hawser, two guns and carriages. Also succeeded in getting the launch out without injury. Our good friends commenced building a barrack for our accommodation, and sent persons to examine the wreck as to the practicability of breaking her up. This day come to the determination to fit out the launch, and to send Mr. Field, chief officer, with ten men in her to Chusan to obtain assistance: made the same known to the principal mandarin, stating, however, she was to go to Macao, to which he agreed, but thought her too small. Meridian altitude taken on board the wreck gave lat. 26° 16' 23" N., long. 127° 13' E. Thursday, 20th, A. M.-A large party of the islanders building a long shed or house, of rather a better description than that built for the crew, which we are informed is for our accommodation and the captain's stores. A par- ty of the islanders with their canoes assisting our people in getting stores from the wreck, recovered some provisions, sails, and rope. Friday, 21st, A.M. -The house for our accommodation being completed, of which we received intimation from my friend Tung-chung-faw, the prin- cipal man at Pekoo, inmediately moved in from that we first occupied. Our new abode is a thatched building extending in front of the court-house, on the road from north to south, about 66 feet by 15 east and west, the front facing the east, and the back to the west or seaside. The floor is raised from the ground by beams thrown across at every three or four feet, with small bamboos above, and fine mats, such as are used in their own dwellings over all; the sides or walls made of bamboos and grass worked or sewed into mats, with jumps or windows such as are usually fitted to bungalows in Ben- gal; the kindness and attention of these good people to all our little wants exceeds everything; every convenience, even a bathing-house, is attached to ont dwelling 184:3, Loss of the Transport Indian Oak. “About noon a mandarin of high rank arrived, before whom captain Grainger, Mr. Field, and myself, were summoned at the court-house: he received us with kindness, and before entering on business requested us to partake of a repast with him consisting of boiled eggs, salt fish, fried pork, and balls of some savoury meat with pickled onions, and small cups of sackie, the liquor of the country, made from rice, in which the mandarin pledged us. He was an intelligent old gentleman, between sixty and seven- ty years of age, with a long white beard from the chin, his outer robe or dress was a light blue, a broad yellow sash beautifully embossed, and a high cap covered with rich yellow silk, white stockings made like mittens, with a thumb stall only to admit the great toe, so as to allow the thong of the san- dal fitting between the great toe and the next. A long conversation now took place, the substance of which was, that they would build a vessel to take us to Singapore of the following dimensions: viz. 65 feet keel, 25 feet beam, 7 feet 6 inches depth of hold, or larger, if we thought that was not sufficient, which should be finished in forty or fifty days; that we were to superintend the building of the vessel, and reject any plank or timber we might consider bad or unsuitable. It was also proposed to break up the wreck, and to use such timbers and planks as were suitable in the construc- tion of the new vessel, to which of course there could be no objection. I however, explained that owing to the great quantity of iron and bolts in the old Indian Oak, it would occupy a very long time, not less than six months, and as with their own wood it would take full two months, strongly urged the necessity of sending our long boat with the chief officer to Macao, from whence I thought assistance might arrive in about a month. This they strongly opposed, on the plea, the long boat was too small, and if lost, blame would fall on them, and wished us all to proceed in the vessel they proposed to build. After many arguments on both sides, it was agreed the vessel should be built, and the long boat allowed to go after the change of the moon, so that in the event of the long boat not succeeding, the vessel would still be in progress; for the cost and equipment I pledged the British go- vernment. “ About 5 P. M., the great man took his leave, accepting six time-glasses as a present, which these good people seemed to prize much, giving an assur- ance we should be supplied with provisions and a vessel, with everything necessary to our confort, but that we could not be allowed to leave the boundary of our abode, except to the wreck. A party of islanders and the crew employed at the wreck, recovered some of the ship's sails and provi- sions; and inade sonne progress in making the long boat's sails. I omitted to inention yesterday that the mandarin who this day visited us, presented us with one large hog, twelve fowls, and a quantity of eggs. Saturday, 22d, A.M.-Strong easterly winds and fine weather. At day. light this morning the hands were turned up, and ten men volunteered to go in the launch with Mr. Field, chief officer. A party of the islan.lers and most of the crew employed at the wreck getting out stores and water casks, and others fitting out the launch with masts and sails. . 66 Loss of the Transport Indian Oak. FEB. “ Sunday, 23d, A.M.-Light northerly airs and fine weather. Performed Divine service to-day, and returned thanks to Almighty God for our safe deliverance ; present, officers, passengers, and seacunnies. “Wednesday, 26th, A. M.—A large party of islanders breaking up the wreck; second and third officer, with a party of crew getting the powder out of the magazine and landing it. A party of islanders building a magazine of loose stores on the beach under my superintendence, about one mile from our re- sidence. Saturday, 29th, A. M.—Dark threatening appearances and light N.N.W. winds ; long boat all ready to sail, but consider it prudent to detain her another day, in consequence of the threatening appearance of the weather. « Received an invitation from the principal man Tung-chung-faw, to ac- company him to the place where the junk was building to convey us to Singapore. Accompanied my friend, taking with me Mr. Field, the chief officer, and proceeding in sedans of the country, but rather inconvenient being small; we were obliged to sit cross-legged on our hams, as the natives generally travel in India. In our retinue were several persons of the better class of natives, on ponies. Our route lay near the sea-coast and rather rough, with a continuation of hill and dale. Had a good view of the Markerima and Kirema islands, which bore by a Chinese compass, from the entrance of the river where the junk was building W. by S. 1S. Each sedan was carried by four men, by a yoke lashed across the pole. Kept on at a round rate for about two hours and a quarter,—supposed distance eight or nine miles ; crossed a bridge built of stone, with three arches, and about twenty feet broad over a considerable river, on the banks of which the junk was building. After crossing the bridge, our route lay towards the sea, over a point of land on the north bank about two miles, and we reached the place where the junk was building. At the mouth of the river is a small bay, in which three junks of moderate size were at anchor. The entrance from the sea is formed by two high headlands, a reef extending out from each about half a mile; visited one of the junks which came in during our visit. She measured over all sixty feet, and keel forty feet. On the north bank was laid the keel of a new vessel, intended for us, and a great number of workmen employed in preparing tinbers and planks, which had been brought from the wreck, to be used in the construction of the vessel. The keel of the new vessel as stated measured sixty-five feet, had three scarfs about twenty inches deep by eighteen inches broad. I intimated our wish to build the vessel on an English model, and to be allowed to superintend the work with the two Chinese carpenters belonging to our late ship. This they would not agree to. No deviation from their own method of building would be allowed, but requested that we would prepare the sails out of those saved from the wreck. The country which we passed consisted of hllls and dales, with very little level land, but all in a high state of cultivation. The plough and hoe, with a small bill-hook, appear to be the principal agricultu- ral tools. All the cattle we saw were yoked to the plough; they are larger than the Bengal animals, and generally black. Saw large fields of the sweet 1843. Loss of the Transport Indian Oak. potato, several patches of sugar cane and millet; the former appeared healthy but very small. The soil generally a reddish clay and sand, and in many parts very rocky. Passed several small villages, but saw few inhabi- tants, and few females except children, and all of the lower order. It is difficult to distinguish the females from the males, their dress being the same. About sunset returned to our camp. Sunday, August 30th, A. M. Mr. Field, first officer, one European sea- man, one seacunny, and eight Lascars, volunteered to proceed in the launch to Chusan. About 10h. the principal man, Tung-chung-faw, came to me in a great fright, and stated a number of bad men had arrived, to get all the peeple within the inclosure, and on no account to allow any one out, as he could not be answerable for their safety : our visiters he called Too-chara men; he appeared much agitated, and very anxious the launch should get clear; he repeated in strong terms our visitors were bad men, and not Lew- chewans, but Japanese. A short distance, about 100 yards from our inclosure, the Too-charas had collected, and evidently several of them men of rank, as they had large umbrellas held over them; they were all armed; every man had two swords and a matchlock, or bow and arrows. Tung-chung-faw strongly urged me to have all our arms put out of sight, for if seen by our visitors they would be taken; this, after some remonstrance, I did, the Lewchewans begging we would make no resistance should the Too-charas come in, but receive them as friends. My reply was, that I should be very happy to see them as friends, but if any attempt at plunder was made I should certainly resist. Our friend was greatly agitated, and assured me, if I trusted to him and would conceal my arms, no resistance or plunder would take place, but that if the arms were seen his own person would suffer. I complied, well-knowing, in the event of an attack, they would be of little use, as we had no ammunition, and little confidence could be placed in any but the officers; nevertheless, I was determined to put a good face upon the matter. Our launch appeared to make little head-way against the heavy swell rolling into the bay, and I greatly feared she would not get off. This greatly increased the anxiety of my Lewchew friend, who in good English said, “long-boat come back, very bad. Too-chara man, very bad.” These men were evidently soldiers ; each wore a dark-blue handkerchief tied round the forehead, and differently dressed from the Lewchewans. I should say they amounted to between three and four hundred in number; my friend stated, besides chiefs and followers, they had 270. A party of the Too- charas visited the wreck, and three double canoes, with about fifty or sixty men were sent off, to detain and bring back the launch; fortunately they did not succeed, owing to the firmness of those on board the launch. The cutter towing astern of the launch was seized hold of by all three boats, motioning with their hands for the boats to return. One man, much fairer than the others, speaking very loud and with authority; on their being threatened from the launch, and the second officer and crew getting into the cutter, they let go and made for the shore. Of this circumstance I was not 1 R0 FEB, Loss of the Transport Indian Oak. aware until captain Grainger returned; but, as it afterwards appeared, our Lewchew friends were aware of the attempt, which caused their anxiety. About 2 P. M., the Too-charas moved off and encamped at the back of the Pekoo village. Launch well out clear of the reefs, upon seeing which, and the cutter, with capt. Grainger and second officer return, our Lewchew friends beca:ne more composed and cheerful, assuring us we should not now be visited by the Too-charas." After the departure of the launch, but little worthy of notice occurred for several days. The weather was good, and the natives kept at work breaking up the wreck, which was completed soon after this, and everything that could be used from it was made available for the junk building by the Lewchewans. After the ar- rival of the Too-chara men, the crew were kept more strictly con- fined to the limits of their dwellings, and not suffered to go abroad without attendants, although every want was supplied; a bullock was sent on one occasion. On the 10th of September, their attendant officer named Tung-chung-faw, informed them that the junk was progressing, and Mr. Bowman and capt. Grainger went in sedans to see it, the Lewchewans riding horses. “ The roads, owing to the late heavy rains, very bad. After a journey of two hours and a half arrived at the place, and were most agreeably sur- prised to find the vessel in a great state of forwardness. Frame up and planked, great part of the deck laid, and the masts ready. This was the thirteenth day since the keel was laid. The work however is very rough and very inferior to European both as to strength and workmanship. Her length over all is seventy-two feet. A dinner was prepared as on the former occasion, and at 7 P. M. we returned to our camp. “ Sunday 13th, A. M. Our Lewchew friends have this day, for the first time, acknowledged the port of Napakiáng, to be a short distance to the southward, and the islands to the westward the Makerimas. They also stated having heard of English ships with troops, being on the coast of Chi- na, and the former beaten by the Chinese at Amoy." Pekoo, where the party were lodged, is about twelve miles from Napa, or Napakiáng as it is usually called. The rise of the tide on full and change is from four to six feet. On the 16th H. M. ship Nimrod, captain Barlow, and H. M. brig Cruizer, arrived, having been sent by commodore Bremer from Chusan to take the crew off the island. The Cruizer was immediately sent back to Chusan with the dispatches and letters previously forwarded by the Indian Oak, while the Nimrod remained to conduct the crew back. The authorities at Napa visited both the ships on their arrival, and on Friday, 18th, capt. Barlow with his officers returned the visit. 1843 87 Loss of the Transport Indian (uk. “On landing were met by several men of rank, who conducted us to the Court House, at the gate of which we were met by the chief and his sons, and conducted to a room where we sat on the mats; and were regaled with spirits, tea, numerous preserves, and sweetmeats, and eggs, colored a deep red. The object of the ships' visit was made known, and thanks returned in the name of the British government for their kind treatment of the officers and crew of the late Indian Oak, and for the junk they had built, and a posi- tive refusal on the part of the Lewchewans to receive anything in the way of payment, either for the supplies required for her majesty's ships, or what they had supplied to us; stating, all they expected or wished was, that in the event of any of their vessels calling at our ports, or meeting with a simi- lar fate, they might be treated kindly and returned to their country. We now returned on board." The next day after this visit, Mr. Bowman returned to Pekoo in a Lewchewan junk, accompanied by Mr. Siddal, purser of the Nim- rod, and found everything nearly ready for leaving in the junk which had been built. On Wednesday, the 23d, he sent men to Too-koo- chie, (the place where the junk was building,) to bend the sails, while others went to the wreck to get the cables. Captain Barlow and Dr. Campbell also arrived from Napa, and ponies being provid- ed, a party of six rode to the newly built vessel. She was found to be rigged and ready for sea. We can but regret that Mr. B. makes so little mention in these notes of the condition of the natives, their houses, their agricultural productions, and their general thrift; the opportunities enjoyed on this occasion will perhaps not be soon re- peated. Saturday, 26th. All our luggage and stores being shipped, took leave of our kind friends at Pekoo, and embarked on board the small junk for Napa- kiáng, accompanied by Dr. Campbell, of H. M. ship Nimrod. Received up to the last moment the same kindness and attention we have ever experienc- ed from the first moment of our landing from the wreck, and in addition one month's water and provisions for every man; this day was the forty- third of our sojourn at Pekoo village. The wind being light, when about half way to Napakiáng, and six miles from our late abode at Pekoo, we were joined by a large number of small boats which took our little squadron of small junks, five in number, in tow. The next day, " Accompanied lieut. Williams and the young gentlemen on shore, with the presents from her majesty queen Victoria to luis majesty the king of Lewchew, presented by capt. Barlow; viz. a picture of a female reclining on a couch, twelve copies of the Saturday and Penny Magazines, a telescope, and one small looking-glass. On landing we were received at the causeway, and conducted to the same place as on the former occasion, with capt. Bar- 88 FEJ. Topography of Kwangtung. low; and after waiting a short time, the chief of Napakiáng and his sons inade their entry. We were regaled with sweetmeats, tea, and tobacco as on the former occasion, when we took our leave and returned on board the Nimrod.” This visit was returned by the magistrates of Napa, and the kind- hearted magistrate of Pekoo; and again, just before sailing for Chu- san on the 29th, Tung-chung-faw came on board to bring a few pipes and fans in return for å telescope given him by Mr. B. The junk Lewchew, as she was named, having capt. Grainger and most of the crew on board, kept company with the Nimrod in the passage over to Chusan, where all arrived safely on the 5th of October.* ART. V. Topography of Kwangtung; situation and boundaries of the province; its area and population ; its subdivisions, rivers, lakes, mountains, plains, productions, foc. PERE Du Halde gives the following general account of this pro- vince. “This is,” he says, the most remarkable of all the southern provinces. It is bounded on the northeast by that of Fukien; on the north by Kiángsí; on the west by Kwangsí and Tungking; the rest is washed by the sea, where are a good number of commodious ports. It is divided into ten counties, containing ten cities of the first class, and eighty-four of the second and third rank; exclusive of several forts and military places, together with the city of Macao, and the island of Sanshán, both of which have become famous in The editor of the Nautical Magazine makes some remarks upon the inaccuracy of the reckoning kept by on board of the Indian Oak, which we pass over, and con- clude the account by quoting his observations upon the humanity of the Lewchewans. “But it is grateful to turn from this subject to the treatment of our shipwrecked coun- trymen by the islanders in the midst of their disaster. Every possible assistance is given them to escape from the fury of the elements, and to nourish and protect them afterwards until they could be safely returned to their native land. Alas, how painful to contrast such behavior with that experienced on our own shores, where it is too well known, that in place of protection, plunder is the order of the day! We say this is too well known, and notwithstanding our civilization, there not that Christian cha- racter exercised generally on these melancholy occasions which prevails among the semi-barbarous natives of the Lewchew islands, where the light of Christianity has not yet penetrated. The people of Lewchew have indeed performed the part of the good Samaritan spontaneously, and we trust it will not be forgotten by Englishmen. By the way, how amply this confirms the character attributed to them by capt. Hall, when he visited them in the Lyra long ago. The same kind attention was shown to the Alceste and Lyra as to the shipwrecked mariners of the Indian Oak, and no return, as in the latter case, could they be prevailed on to accept. Indeed, how much is there which might be copied by civilized nations in the behavior of the uncivilized people of the Lewchew islands. 18433. Topography of hringtung. Europe. The province is partly plain and partly mountainous, and so fertile as to produce two crops of grain yearly. Whatever can contribute to the pleasure of life abounds here; it also furnishes gold, precious stones, silk, pearls, pewter, quicksilver, sugar, copper, iron, steel, saltpetre, ebony, eagle-wood, and several sorts of odori- ferous wood. There is likewise plenty of all sorts of fruits, as po- megranates, grapes, pears, plums, chestnuts, and peaches; which, though they do not ripen without difficulty, would make pretty good sweetineats. There are others that are excellent in their kind, viz. bananas, ananas, líchí, lungyen, oranges, and lemons of all sorts. There is a particular sort of lemon, which grows on trees, full as thorny as the citron tree, but much larger : it bears white flowers of an exquisite odor, from which they distil a very pleasant liquor. The fruit is alınost as big as a man's head; its rind resembles that of other oranges, but the substance within is either white or reddish, and has a taste between sweet and sour. There is another sort of fruit, the largest anywhere to be seen, which grows not on the branches, but on the body of the tree; its rind is very hard, and within it has a great number of little cells, containing a yellow pulp, which is very sweet and agreeable when the fruit is fully ripe. “Fish of all sorts are caught on the coast, besides oysters, lob- sters, and very well tasted crabs, and tortoises of an extraordinary size; the Chinese make an infinite number of pretty curiosities of their shells. The province abounds with wild and tame peacocks, which are carried into other parts of the empire; also a prodigious multitude of tame ducks, which the inhabitants breed with care. They hatch their eggs in ovens or in dung, and then carry them in little boats to the sea-side, at low water, to feed on oysters, cockles, and several sea-insects. As a great number of boats go together, consequently many flocks of them are intermixed on the shore; but as soon as the owners strike on a basin, every flock returns to its own boat, as pigeons do to their houses." The foregoing paragraphs are good and fair specimens of Du Halde's “Geographical Descriptions." When first written they were no doubt minutely accurate; but the changes which have oc- curred here, since his ‘Description Geographique, Historique, Chro- nologique, et Physique de l'Empire de la Chine,' &c., was first pub- lished in 1735, at Paris, are so numerous and so great, that his work taking it all in all, can no longer be received as a safe guide. It possesses great value, and will continue to be highly prized as long as historical records have any value; but it does not now show us 12 VOL. XII. NO. 11. 90 Popography of k'wingtung. Fes. (China ils it is nor its people and productions as they are. The descriptions, it compared with the country and the productions as they now are, will be found in many particulars defective, and in others erroncous. In one particular--its maps-its details of latitudes and longi- tudes—it is unequaled. Du Halde has given us an account of the motives that induced the einperor Kánghi to have the maps drawn, and of the method of their execution. They were commenced on the 4th of July, 1708,-the 16th of the 4th month of the 47th year of Kánghi's reign: they were finished and presented to the emperor in 1718, by pères Bouvet, Regis, Jartoux, Fridelli, Cardeso, Bon- jour, Tartre, De Mailla, Herderer, &c. The survey was made by triangulation ; and no pains were spared by the surveyors, or assis- tance withheld by the emperor, in the performance of the work. In the province of Canton, the latitude and longitude of many of the principal towns, both in the departments and in the districts, are given, and we subjoin a list, which we borrow from the English folio edition of Du Halde. A table of the latitudes (observed), and longitudes (determined geometrically), whereon the map of Du Halde is grounded. Longitude from Peking. Nánhiung chau.... .25° 11' 58" N. 2° 33' 20" W. Shauchau fú..... 24 55 3 20 Lien chau. .24 50 32 4 16 Yangshan hien.. .24 30 4 4 Yingte hien... 24 11 32 3 33 20 Chángning hien.. .24 6 45 2 37 20 Lienping chau... .24 19 12 2 10 59 IIẹping hien. .24 30 1 33 35 IIiIgning hien... .24 3 36 46 40 Cháuchau fú.... .23 36 46 40 E. Tsinning hien. 23 26 24 18 40 W. láifung hien.. .22 54 1 9 36 Hoyuen hien.... 23 42 1 54 40 Hwuichau fu..... 2 24 2 16 Lungmun hien. .23 43 42 2 24 40 Tsunghwá hien.. .23 44 24 3 46 40 Kangning hien. .23 39 26 4 29 35 Shauking fú.... 4 48 4 24 30 Teking chau... .23 13 42 5 14 40 Loting chau.... .22 55 12 5 33 30 Latine. . • 23 .. .23 183 91 Topography of Kwangtung Latitude 0 Ilongitude from Peking: Sini hien... .22° 6' 6° 1' 20" W. Kauchau fú.... .21 48 6 2 15 Shiching hien... .21 32 24 6 23 40 Lienchau fú.... .21 38 54 7 29 40 Kinchau... ..21 54 8 0 45 Lingshan hien... 22 24 ny 28 20 Suiki hien.. ..21 19 12 6 42 30 Luichau fú... .20 51 36 6 48 20 Siwan hien. 20 19 24 6 50 Hwá chau.. ..21 37 12 6 17 20 Yangkiáng hien....... ..21 50 20 5 3 40 Sinning hien..... 22 14 24 4 16 20 Sinhwui hien. 22 30 3 55 40 Hiángshan hien... .22 32 24 3 30 Shunte hien.... .22 49 25 3 39 35 Kwangchau fú. .23 10 58 3 31 29 Macao... .22 12 14 3 19 Island of Háinán. Kiungchau fú... . 20° 2' 26" 6° 40' 20" Wanchang hien.. 19 36 6 14 50 Wan chau.. 18 40 6 36 Yai chau.. 18 21 36 7 44 Chánghwa hien.. 19 12 8 Tán chau.. 19 32 24 ny 29 20 Linkáu.... 19 (46 48 7 13 40 The following is a complete list of the departments and districts of the province, in the order they are enumerated in the Tá Tsing Hwui Tien. I. EN W Kwángchau fú; or the Department of Kwángchau, comprises fifteen districts. 1 h à ánhái, 9 #Sinning, 2 #Pwányü, 10 thi Tsangching, 3 Tungkwán, 11 P9 Lungmun, 4 . HiángShán, 12 VE 1 Tsunghwa, 5 ## Sin’án, 13 Hwa hien, 6 14 Tsienshan Chaiting, 14 El Sánshúi, 7 Shunte, 15 Tsingyuen. 8 I g Sinhwui, 1 C 92 FEB. Topography of kwangtung II. A WW # Shauchau fú; or the Department of Sháuchau, comprises six districts. 1 YI Kiukiáng, 4 Yingte, 2) Ungyue!, 5 El Jinhwa, 3 L Jüyuen, 6 MR Lohcháng. III. HU Hwuichau fú; or the Department of Hwuichau, comprises ten districts. 1 * Kweishen, 6 H III Lungchuen, 2 Háifung, 7 #p 8 Họping, 3 Lufung, 8 F Lienping chau, 4 3 5 Yungºán, 9博羅 ​PChl6, 5 M F Hóyuen, 105 tỷ Chángning. IV. W Hif Chauchau fú ; or the Department of Cháuchau, comprises ten districts. 1 thg 9 Háiyáng, 6 6 Kieyang, 2 BJ : Cháuyáng, 7 Púning , 3 Tanghái, 8 * Hwuilái, 4 ki ga Hà Nán'áu ting, 9 E F Jáuping, , 5 jj Fungshun, 10 * i Tápú. V. Sháuking fú; or the Department of Sháuking, comprises thirteen districts. 1 # # Káuyếu, 8 I Yangkiáng, 2 HA Káuming, 9 10 Sz'hwui, 3 Hóhshán, 10 !! Teking chau, 4 u Sinbing, 11 Kwángning, 5 W F Haiping, 12 Háikien, 6 F ’Anping, 13 W Il Fungchuen. 7 Yángchun, VI. Wf Káuchau fú; or the Department of Kauchau, comprises six districts. 6 1 1 1843. 93 Topography of Kwungtung. 1 Mauming, 4 Tall Shiching, 2 = B Tienpe, 5 III Wúchuen, 3 TL II Hwachau, 6 Ē Siní. VII. H M Lienchau fú; or the Department of Lienchau, comprises three districts. 1 AW Hóhpú, 3 * H Kinchau. 2 H Lingshán, VIII. ! WWF Luichau fú; or the Department of Luichau, comprises three districts. 1 Haikáng, 3 ISüwan. 2 * Suiki, IX. f Kiungchau fú; or the Department of Kiungchau, comprises thirteen districts. 1 IR L Kiungshan, 8 B & Chánghwá, 2 + Tingºán, 9 Kán'an, 3* Wanchang, 10 Bin Lingshúi, 4會同 ​Hwuitung, 11 W Wánchau, , 5 * # Chingmái, 12 W Tánchau, 6 Lóhhwui, 13 W Yaichau. to be on Linkáu, X. Líyáu ting; or the (Inferior) department of Líyáu. XI. Fáhkang ting; or the (Inferior) department of Fáhkáng. XII. U N Lien chau ; or the Department of Lien, comprises two districts. 1 | L Lienshán, 2 | Yangshán. XIII.W Lóting chau ; or the Department of Lóting, comprises two districts. 1 Tung'an, 2 PT Sining 94 Correspondence between H. B. M.'s Plenipotentiary FEB. XIV. LE H-1 Nánhiung chau; or the Department of Nánhiung, forms but one district, Ha Chihing. XV. 1 Kiáying chau; or the Department of Kiáying, comprises four districts. 1 Hingning, 3 ste Chánglóh, 2 T F Chinping, 4 FM Pingyuen. (To be continued.) Art. VI. Local correspondence between her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary and the British merchants. (Continued from page 46.) (No. 7.) Macao, 25th January, 1843. Gentlemen,- I have the honor to forward for your notice and information a copy of my letter No. 43, of this date to the address of Mr. Morrison. I have, &c., (Signed) Henry POTTINGER, H. M.'s plenipotentiary. Messrs. MATHESON, BRAINE, Burn, THOMSON, & LIVINGSTON. (Inclosure in No. 7.) J. Robt. MORRISON, esq., &c., &c. Macao, 25th January, 1843. Sir,—Your private letter of the afternoon of the 23d instant reached me late last night, and I take the earliest opportunity of assuring you in this form of my unqualified approbation of, as well as great satisfaction at, you and Mr. Thom having declined either to reside at the hong-merchant's con- soo house, or to meet the Chinese officers at that place, for the transaction of business. I need not assure you at this hour, that I have personally, every feeling of goodwill and kindness towards the hong-merchants, whom I consider to have long been a most useful and meritorious class of individuals, but the time has arrived when their official connection with the officers of the British government must cease, and although it does not fully appear from your letter, that it was intended by the Chinese high officers, that the hong-mer- chants should be the medium of communication with you, yet I infer that 1843. 95 and British Merchants. such was the intention, and even had it not been so, the people of Canton could not possibly have supposed that there was any other arrangement had you and Mr. Thom taken up your residence at the consoo house. Although my opinion with regard to the hong-merchants having no longer any official intercourse with the officers of the British government, is so de- cided and conclusive, yet I will avail myself of this opportunity to record, that I not only do not see the sinallest objection to their continuing to act as brokers (in the same manner that the wealthy trading Parsees and other natives do in India) to the British merchants, but shall be very happy to pro- mote such an arrangement by my advice and suggestions; and I will even add, that were the whole of the creditors of the insolvent hong-merchants to come forward, and unanimously propose, that the payment of the three mil- lions of dollars, provided for by the treaty on that account, should be sus- pended, and the said merchants' debts to that extent be discharged (as they have hitherto been) by instalments, I shall be prepared to give effect to that proposal, pending the commands of her majesty's government—it being of course clearly and distinctly understood, and recorded beforehand, that the guaranty of the British and China governments does not extend beyond that amount. I quite approve of your having engaged a hong for the residence of your- self, Mr. Thom, and captain Balfour, and to carry on your business, during your detention at Canton, but your first letter on this point has not yet come to hand. I propose to send a copy of this letter to the committee of British mer- chants, so that there is no objection whatever to your making it public. I have, &c., (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER, H. M.'s plenipotentiary. (True copy.) RICHARD WOOSNAM, Acting secretary. 1 1 1 (No. 8.) Macao, 27th January, 1843. Gentlemen,- 1 forward to you a translation of a letter (No. 1) ad- dressed to me by the imperial commissioner I'lípú, and his colleagues, and request you will oblige me by furnishing me at your earliest convenience, with the information those high officers require. I beg to suggest, that this letter and its accompaniments should be circulated generally, and that all British merchants should be invited to address communications to me (either direct or through you) on the subject. I take this opportunity to forward, with the same view as to cir- culation, and for general information, a letter (No. 2.) which was addressed under my authority to Messrs. Bell & Co. on the 29th of last month. I have &c., &c. HENRY POTTINGER, H. M.'s Plenipotentiary. To Messrs. Braine, Mathieson, Burn, Thomson and Livingston. 990; FER Correspondence between H. B. II.'s Plenipotentiary -SO (Inclosure 1 in No. 8.) lʻlipú, imperial high commissioner, &c., Ki Kung, governor-general of the “Two kwáng," &c., and Liang Paucháng, governor of Kwangtung, &c., make this communication of their views:- In the treaty recently concluded in Kiángnán, it is stipulated, that, "At all the ports which are to be thrown open for the resort of British inerchants, there shall be established a fair and regular tariff of export and inport cus- toms ind other dues, which tariff shall be publicly notified and promulgated (by the Board of Revenue), for general inforination.” We tind, upon examination of the subject, that on all goods imported and exported by merchants of any foreign countries, the duties to be levied are laid down in an old, already existing tariff; but that the hong- merchants conducting foreign trade have, in die process of ycars, gradually added charge upon charge till they amount in some cases to several times the sum of the tariff dues. Under this head of miscellaneous charges, there are things aff ng the tribute payable to the emperor, the purchases required of them by the emperor, and sundry contributions to the public service. There are also some things which the hong-merchants find pretexts for charging to the per- sonal advantage of themselves. It of course behoves that these things should be examined into to the bottom, equitable arrangements should be inade regarding them, and that the tariff should be reduced to one standard, that the whole inay be sent up to the Board of Revenue, and by it be publish- ed to the custom officers of the several ports, and conformity thcrcto com- manded in the receipt of all customs and dues—that thus the hong-merchants may be prevented from finding any screen for illicit and gain-hunting practices, to the creation of further evils and offenses. The higli commissioner and his colleagues have, therefore, called upon the superintendent of the maritime customs of Canton, to direct the hong-mer- chants engaged in foreign trade to make a complete return of all charges and fees: and lest there should be any intentional concealment or omissions therein, lest the whole should not be reported thoroughly, the high coininis- sjoner, &c., dcem it their duty, also to request of the honorable plenipoten- tiary, that he will take the trouble to examine into this matter, and to direct some officers, well experienced in, in acquainted with commercial matters, to learn what amount of charges is actually paid on each article of their imported and exported goods, by the British merchants, and to make a clear written return thereof; also, that he will have such return rendered into Chinese, and will send it to the high commissioner, &c., to facilitate an equitable consideration and arrangement of the matter.-In the hope that the plenipotentiary will cause this to be done speedily, this most necessary Communication is now made. To sir Ilenry Pottinger, bart., II. M.'s plenipotentiary. Jan. 2:3d, 18:13. (Inclosure 2 in Vo. 8) To Voossrs. Bell & Co.-Macao. Marin, 2017 December, 18.12. Genea, -d in directed by sir Henry l'ottinger to inform you, in in. 1843 97 and the British Merchants. swer to your letter to my address under date the 27th instant, that seeing, that at least one reference to Peking will be necessary, before the final set- tlement of the new tariff and regulations, his excellency does not think, that the new tariff and duties can come into operation during this season, and, that it is not his excellency's intention to require that the new tariff should have a retrospective force with regard to goods already imported. I have, &c., (Signed) J. Robt. MORRISON, Acting secretary and treasurer to the superintendents of trade. (True copy.) RICHARD WOOSNAM, Acting secretary. (No. 9.) Macao, January 28th, 1843. To his excellency sir Henry Pottinger, bart., &c., &c. Sir,–We have the honor to wait on your excellency with copies of certain resolutions passed at a general meeting of British mer- chants this day; and we beg leave to refer to the same in reply to the letter which your excellency has addressed to us under date 24th and 25th inst. With reference to your excellency's further letter, dated 27th instant, we beg to state that we will lose no time in collecting all possible information on the subject to which it relates. And as soon as we are in a position to furnish such details as can be useful we will again have the honor of addressing your excellency. We have, &c., (Signed) ALEX. MATHESON, G. T. BRAINE, WM. THOMSON, D. L. BURN, W. P. LIVINGSTON. (Inclosure in No. 9.) Minutes of a general meeting of British merchants held at the house of Messrs. Dent & Co. to take into consideration the notification from H. M. plenipoten- tiary published the Hongkong Gazette, under date 16th January, and three communications to the committee of British merchants, dated respectively 24th, 25th, and 27th January. After some discussion with reference to the first document, as to whether the committee should continue their services, or whether it should be left to the British mercantile community to communicate separately with H. M. plenipotentiary, it was moved by Mr. Harker, seconded by Mr. Blenkin, and carried unanimously:- 1. That the committee be requested to continue to act. And moved by Mr. Kerr, seconded by Mr. Compton, and carried unanimously, 2. That it appears advisable to this meeting, that to render the service of the committee satisfactory and efficient, all communications of a public nature be. tween H. M. plenipotentiary and the British merchants regarding the tariff, should pass through the hands of the committee. The communications from H. M. plenipotentiary, under date 24th January, being then read, it was considered that no further reply appeared at present necessary beyond the expression of the thanks of the meeting to his excellency for 13 VOL. XII. NO. II. 98 Correspondience between H. B. M.'s Plenipotentiary FEB. the information it contains. The letter dated 25th January relating principally to the hong debts with the inclosure, being then read, it was moved by Mr. Blen. kin, seconded by Flecrjeebhoy Rustomjee, and carried unanimously. 3. That after mature delibcration, the creditors are unanimously of opinion that it would be highly inexpedient on all grounds to postpone the payment of the balance due on the hong debts beyond the period already fixed on by the treaty. The cominunication under date 27th instant was referred to the committee for reply, after which thc inceting was dissolved. January 28th, 1843. (Signed) G. T. Braine, Chairman. (No. 10.) Macao, 8th February, 1843. To his excellency, sir Henry Pottinger, bart., &c., &c. Sir,— With reference to our letter under date 28th ult., we now beg to acquaint your excellency that after the most diligent in- quiry, we have failed in obtaining the information requisite to prepare a complete list of duties which foreigners have been in the habit of paying to the hong-merchants on imports and exports. Your excellency is doubtless aware that the invariable custom in Canton has been for the foreign merchants to purchase exports at prices including duties and all charges, and to sell imports at rates exclud- ing such items; it having been the province of the hong-merchants to make all arrangements connected with the duties. The imperial tariff and the other legal charges have never been published by authority, and not only has it been impossible to obtain authentic ac- counts on the subject, but the charges have varied so much at different times, (and are believed frequently even to have differed at the same time in different hongs,) that any scale which the information before us would enable us to prepare, would be exceedingly imperfect. Except on a few of the staple articles of commerce, the foreigners have, for the reasons already stated, avoided troubling themselves with endeavors to investigate details which could only be supplied by parties whose object was rather to withhold than supply information. In the principal article of export, Tea, we have generally been better able to trace the charges than on other goods; and with regard to this important branch of trade, we may observe that the expense of shipping off was, only a few years since, including duty and con- soo-fund, only 2 tacis 5 mace per pecul, the analysis of which charge Y. E. will find stated in our letter of 13th January. Four years since, the total charge was raised to 5 taels ; last year, as high as 8t. 5m., and now again reduced to tacls. From the best information we can obtain, the present charge of 6 taels is subdivided as follows: 1843. 99 and the British Merchants. m. Paid into the hoppo's office (but we have no means of knowing what is irregular, and what regular charge), 1 9 6 Charge for difference in weight, (uncertain how far regular) 12 per cent.. 2 3 Consoo fund. 1 8 6 Difference between the weights of the foreigners and teamen. 1 Mending chests, coolie hire, and other hong charges. 3 Balance assumed to be profit of the hong merchants. 6 5 Taels per pecul, 6 0 0 From this statement it would appear that the regular imperial duty on this article is now barely 2 taels, and cannot have for some years varied materially; but that the greater part of the heavy burdens laid on the trade have been in the name of consoo charges. It is probably reasonable to infer that we should find such to have been the case with all or most other articles, had we the means of fully in- vestigating: but under the circumstances stated, we submit to Y. E. that the preparation of a list, which we must know ourselves to be very imperfect might better be avoided. We, however, subjoin a list of duties on a few other leading articles of trade, and we are at the same time quite ready to renew our investigations, and place before Y. E. the result, should Y. E., on reconsideration, consider it advisable. On reconsidering the question of a tariff, and our previous correspondence with Y. E., we hope we may be allowed again to express a hope that Y. E. may not be indisposed to agree with us, that as the Chinese commissioners have themselves proposed that the new scale of duties should be based on the imperial tariff, which they themselves admit to be on record at the office of the hoppo in Canton, and as those charges are generally supposed to be mo- derate, they should be requested to furnish a list of them, and what they consider a fair addition for expense of collection; or if the Chinese authorities would prefer stating the amount which at the present estimate of the trade they consider should be collected as imperial duty, we might without difficulty prepare a tariff, dividing such duty on the several articles of trade. We have, &c., (Signed) ALEX. MATHESON, G. T. BRAINE, W. THOMSON, D. L. BURN, W. P. LIVINGSTON. (Inclosure in No. 10.) Memorandum of duties said to have been charged during the last few years. Woolen cloth, 24, 253, 26 a 23158, a 30 cents per yard. Long ells, $1.80, $2, and $2.05 per piece. White shirtings, No. 1., 95 cents and $1 per piece. 100 Feb. Correspondence between H. B. M.'s Plenipotentiary White shirtings, No. 2., 47 cents and 50 cents per picce. Gray shirtings, 124 and 13 cents, per piece. Cotton yarn, 80 cents per pecul. Chintzes, $2.50 a $2.56 per piece. Cotton, 3 mace 4 candareens per pecul. Tea, (total duty) 1t. 2m. 4c. per pecul. Consoo charges in 1838 and 1831, levied by the hong-merchants, in addition to duty. Tea, some years ago, consoo charge, 6 mace; in 1838, raised to lt. 4m. Total charge, with duty, in 1836, 2t. 5m.; in 1839, 5t.; in 1841, 8t. 5m.; and in 1843, 6t. Silk, Nanking, 7 taels per pecul, reduced to 2t. in 1843. Canton silk, 2t. per pecul, reduced to lt. in 1843. White shirtings, 25 cents (average) per piece, reduced to 7fcts. in 1843. Gray do. 50 per piece, reduced to 15 cents per piece, in 1843. Long ells, 50 reduced to 25 cents per piece in 1843. Woolen cloth, $1 per piece, reduced to 50 cents per piece, in 1843. Cotton yarn, $3 per pecul; cotton (raw), 6 mace per pecul, reduced to 50 cents in 1843. (No. 11.) Macao, 8th February, 1842. Sir,-Adverting to the five articles of the Treaty which your excellency concluded with the imperial commissioners at Nanking, providing for the abolition of the co-hong, and the payment of the balance of debts due to foreigners by insolvent hong-merchants, and to the communication from the Chinese commissioner I'lípú forward- ed to us in Y. E.'s letter of 27th ult., we beg to point out to Y. E. that consoo charges to an extent nearly sufficient in a single season to pay the balance actually due, still continue to be levied by the hong-merchants according to former practice, and that the existing regulations of the port of Canton preclude our carrying on business except with that body. We beg therefore respectfully to inquire whether in the event of new debts being incurred by the hong-merchants to the foreigners, it is understood by Y. E. and the Chinese commissioner that the go- vernment still continue to guaranty the payment in case of need, and whether such responsibility will continue in force until the new .system of trade be declared by Y. E. to be in force. We have the honor to be, &c., &c. (Signed) ALEXANDER MATHESON, Georgd T. BRAINE, WILLIAM THOMSON, D. L. BURN, W. P. LIVINGSTON 1843, 101 and the British Merchants. (No. 12.) Macao, 10th February, 1843. Gentlemen,-In reply to your letter of the 8th inst., touching the period at which the guaranty of the Chinese government is to cease for the debts of the hong-merchants, I have the honor to acquaint you, that I have hitherto considered that by the payment of $3,000,- 000 the government of China absolves itself from all past or pro- spective responsibility as to insolvent or bankrupt hongs, and that any balances due by those hongs which shall continue solvent to the end of the present system, will have, in the event of disputes, to be recovered by the usual legal process through the medium of her ma- jesty's consul at Canton. I cannot at all consider that the consoo charges are solely levied to meet such claims, but I admit that there is a good deal to be said on both sides of the question, and I shall now bring the matter to the special notice of the imperial commis- sioner, and also submit it for the consideration and commands of her majesty's government. In the meantime it is, I feel, almost super- fluous for me to recommend that no sort of increased or prospective speculations, likely to cause balances, should be entered into at this moment. I have, &c., HENRY POTTINGER, H. M.'s Plenipotentiary. (True copy.) RICHARD WOOSNAM, Acting secretary. Messrs. MatheSON, BURN, BRAINE, LIVINGSTON, THOMSON. C 11 C 11 (No. 13.) Macao, 14th February, 1843. To his excellency, sir Henry Pottinger, bart., &c., &c. Sir,-Referring to Y. E.'s letter under date 10th inst. concerning the liability of the hong-merchants to the foreigners, we now beg leave to acquaint Y. E. that our advices from Canton lead us to understand that the hong-merchants are to be allowed by the local government to continue levying consoo charges until the 1st July next, by which time it is supposed arrangements will be made for the new system of trade; and it appears to be assumed that the continuance of this charge will enable the co-hong to pay the balance of hong debts within the specified time. As it appears by the 5th article of the treaty which Y. E. concluded with the imperial commissioners at Nanking, that the Chinese government agreed to pay the sum of 3 millions of dollars for these debts; we take the liberty to trouble Y. E. with the inquiry 102 Fek. Correspondence with H. B. Mi's Plenipotentiary, fc. whether the above stated arrangement of the hong-merchants and the local government has Y. E.'s sanction. Should it be the inten- tion of Y. E. to allow of this mode of settlement, thus considering the co-hong as still a recognised body for the period named, we beg to submit that the payment of the 3 millions by four monthly instal- ments might be a more convenient arrangement (particularly as it is understood to be proposed by the co-hong itself), to both creditors and the co-hong, and more advantageous to trade generally than the discharge of the whole amount at the expiration of the time; and it would appear to be the more reasonable, as the fund from which payment would be made, arises from the foreign trade itself. We are induced to trespass upon Y. E.'s attention in this important matter, considering it of much consequence that we should be enabled to show to distant constituents the circumstances under which trade will be conducted for the remainder of the season. We have, &c., &c. (Signed) ALEXANDER MATHESON, George T. BRAINE, WILLIAM THOMSON, D. L. Burn, W P. LIVINGSTON. (No. 14.) Macao, 15th February, 1843. Gentlemen,-In reply to your letter of yesterday's date, I beg to acquaint you that a similar rumor as to arrangements at Canton has reached me through a private channel, but that I have had no official intimation of it. I shall this day refer the question to the imperial commissioner and his colleagues, and if those high officers, as well as the hong-merchants, are willing to make the arrangement, I shall not object to it, though I may add that I am already quite satisfied that the continuance of the consoo charges is not at all necessary to enable the hong-merchants to discharge the $3,000,000 which are provided for by treaty, and which it is understood they are to be called on to pay. The payment of the eonsoo charges up to the first of July next, will, however, no doubt be of essential assistance to the hong-merchants towards meeting further demands, which it is understood have been, or are to be made, on them; and I shall be glad on this account alone, to accede to the arrangement under discussion, and likewise because I think it is desirable that the new system (even supposing it may be decided on in sufficient time) 1843. 103 Journal of Occurrences. should not be introduced at the busiest period of the year. With respect to the time and manner of payment of the monies to be paid by China to England, those are points in which I cannot interfere, unless the periods (half yearly) stipulated in the treaty shall be exceeded. I have, &c., &c. HENRY POTTINGER, H. M.'s Plenipotentiary. Messrs. Matheson, BRAINE, BURN, THOMSON, & LIVINGSTON, Art. VII. Journal of Occurrences : rescript of his imperial ma- jesty's to the memorial of Kiying, and H. M. plenipotentiary's reply thereto; proclamation from l'hipú concerning the late riot in Canton ; the imperial navy; shipwrecked Japanese; news- papers in Macao and Manila; a periodical in Chinese; a Chi- nese-English almanac. Want of space in the last number of the Repository prevented the insertion of the dispatch from Kíying, which we now quote, with the plenipotentiary's reply from the Hongkong Gazette of Feb. 16th. It will require no little schooling, before Chinese officers learn to refrain from expressing in their papers the soothing benevolence for far-traveled strangers felt by the emperor, and omit all mention of the compassion for outer foreigners which their master has when it is wrung out of him. Yet, necessary as the schooling is in order to maintain the complete equality of the monarchs of other lands with his majesty at Peking, this exposition of compassion, benevolence, and grace, to distant foreigners in granting them their requests for a trade, must be regarded as one of the happiest of devices to soothe offended majesty, and enable the emperor to retire with credit when he is beaten, or to grant with dignity when he is compelled to. “The Privy Council hereby send this secret communication to the high commissioner I'lipú. “On the 23d day of the 11th month of the 22d year of Táukwáng (24th Dec., 1842), we received the imperial commands to the following effect: Kiying has inemorialized us, stating that Pottinger has complained to hirn of a wanton massacre [of British subjects) at Formosa for the object of unduly obtaining military merit, through false representations. The great business of treating for peace being now settled, it is not worth while, for this one particular to risk the overturning of all previous arrangements, (66 104 Fer. Journal of Occurrences. I'lipú, after his arrival at Canton, must meet Pottinger, and immediately ex- plain to him, that the celestial dynasty has for its principle in governing all foreigners without its pale, to look upon them with the same feeling of uni- versal benevolence with which she looks upon her own children, so that shipwrecked foreigners, no matter what country they belong to, are treated with compassion and kindness, as by law established: that when Kiying previously memorialized, handing up a complaint that the commandant of Formosa had wantonly massacred people, to gain military merit through false representations, the great emperor, on hearing of this, was exceedingly indignant; but on consideration, this is only a one-sided statement of the case, and he cannot therefore rashly proceed to sentence. The emperor has already issued an imperial edict, commanding l’liáng, the governor of Fukien and Chekiáng, to cross immediately over to Formosa, there to make secret inquiries and take the steps that may appear necessary; that if the foreigners whom Tákungá previously killed were indeed people in distress, it will not be difficult to get proof of the fact during the course of such in- vestigation; that the great emperor rules with the utmost impartiality and justice, and will assuredly have Tákungá (if found guilty) sent as a prisoner to Peking, and punished with rigorous severity: further, that the rules and regulations for carrying on commercial intercourse form now the most im- portant thing to be deliberated upon and settled, and all doubts and suspi- cions may previously be dismissed, so that then everything may be arranged satisfactorily. l’lipú, in his person, sustains a most important trust; he has had long and mature acquaintance with affairs of the frontiers, and he must be able to look up and embosom our own impartial feelings, and arrange all this business with the greatest circumspection. Let this edict be forwarded at the rate of 500 li per day, for I'lipú's information. Respect this.' “We, of the Privy Council, therefore, in respectful obedience to the im- perial will, now send on the same." (True translation.) R. THOM, Interpreter. Hongkong, February 1st, 1843. To JOHN ROBT. MORRISON, esq. Sir,--Having now had leisure to look into the translation of the imperial edict, which was presented to me by I'lipú, and his colleagues at' Whampoa, I see, in its full force, the objcctionable passage which you pointed out to me at the moment, and I have therefore deemed it necessary to address the ac- companying letter to the high commissioner, &c. In addition to what I have said in that letter, I wish you in delivering it (with its Chinese translation) to tell I'lípú, &c., that adverting to the present relations between England and China, and likewise to the events of the last eighteen months, I am surprised at the adoption, in the edict, of a tone which is so utterly incompatible with existing circumstances, which can only serve to retard the cordial and friendly feelings which it is so desirable, and has been my desire to introduce, and which is moreover so obviously oppos- 1843. 105 Journal of Occurrences. ed to the real dignity and honor of the emperor, and his government. Should I'lipú express any disinclination, or apprehension of forwarding copies of my communication to the Grand Council and Kiying, you can inforın him that I will, if he declines, do so myself, as I should feel that I failed equally in my duty to my own sovereign and the emperor, did I allow the matter to pass unnoticed. I have, &c., (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER, H. Mas plenipotentiary. (True copy.) RICHARD WOOSNAM, Acting secretary. 11 100 100 101 Communication to Plipú. "Sir Henry Pottinger, bart., her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, now addresses the imperial high commissioner I’lipú, &c., and the gov.-general Ki Kung, &c., and the governor Liáng Páucháng, &c., for the purpose of making a clear, important communication. “ The plenipotentiary having had an English translation made of the im- perial edict, under date the 24th December, 1842, which was transmitted by the Privy Council on that day, to the high commissioner, I'lípú, &c. the plenipotentiary is highly gratified to find from that document, that it has pleased his imperial inajesty to issue his gracious command that I'liáng, go- vernor-general of Fukien and Chekiáng shall proceed to Formosa to institute secret inquiries into the charges which the plenipotentiary had made against the local authorities on that island for having, by false representations brought forward with a base view to personal aggrandizement, obtained orders for putting to death certain distressed and unoffensive subjects of the queen of Great Britain, who had been cast away on the coast of Formosa, and the plenipotentiary accordingly, begs to humbly tender his respectful acknow- ledgments for the convincing proof of his imperial majesty's strict sense of justice, as well as august disposition to preserve and strengthen the peace which has been happily established. “The plenipotentiary by no means would presume to question the inde- feasible and perfectly acknowledged attribute of his imperial majesty, to intimate his high pleasure to all officers of the Chinese empire, in any lan- guage and form that may seem to his imperial majesty to be most fitting and expedient; but, looking to the fact, that the edict in question was specially communicated to the plenipotentiary-who received it with all due res- pect--and further, that it will become the plenipotentiary's duty to respect- fully submit, through her majesty's minister, a copy of the translation of the edict for the satisfaction and information of the plenipotentiary's own most gracious sovereign, the plenipotentiary thinks it right to record, with refer- ence to the expression in the edict, which says That the celestial dynasty has for its principle in governing all foreigners without its pale,'--that his royal mistress, the queen of England, acknowledges no superior or governor, but God; and that the dignity, the power, and the universal benevolence of her majesty, are known to be second to none on earth, and are only equalled by her majesty's good faith and studious anxiety, to fulfill her royal pro- mises and engagements. VOL. XII, NO. II. 14 100 FEB. Journal of Occurrences. “The plenipotentiary requests that a copy of this communication may he sent to the Grand Council, and also to his excellency, Kiying, governor-gp- neral, &c. (Signed) "HENRY POTTINGER, H. M.'s plenipotentiary." (True copy.) RICHARD WOOSNAM, Acting secretary. Commissioner l’lipú, after the interview with sir Henry Pottinger on the 20th ult., returned to Canton, and soon after issued a proclama- tion regarding the riot on the 7th December, which we also extract from the Hongkong Gazette. Its effect in quieting the turbulence of the populace has been such as to remove much of the apprehen- sions felt of another out-break, although recent indications show that the irritation against the English is by no means allayed. We think the paper on the whole is creditable to the commissioner, and shows the sincerity of his professions to carry out the conditions of the treaty. It exhibits too, what is not uncommon in Chinese state-pa- pers, a mixture of fiattery and instruction, combined with a degree of authoritativeness, which in this instance indicates some apprehen- sion lest the people of Canton would not altogether fall in with the designs of the government, while it had left their quarrel entirely unavenged. This state of irritation among the people at the pro- vincial city cannot be regarded as very surprising, however much it is to be regretted. PROCLAMATION. “ I’lipú, imperial high commissioner, general of the garrison of Canton, lately a minister, &c., &c., and entitled to wear the “red girdle,' issues and urgently impresses these clear commands. “Whereas, two years having elapsed since the English first took arms, it has now pleased our august sovereign, with a liberality large as heaven's, and with a universal benevolence that knows no exclusion, leniently to treat them, and to grant them a renewal of their former commercial intercourse,- in order that he may rescue his people from the grief and suffering into which they have been cast. And the said English have, on their part imme- diately laid aside their arms, yielded to this gentle treatment, followed the influences of civilization, and ceased from strife. “The high commissioner has come, in obedience to the imperial com- mands to Canton, that he may, in concert with the governor Ki Kung, and the lieutenant-governor, Liáng Paucháng, consider and devise regulations for the levying of duties, &c., and make all the after-arrangements of peace. From henceforward, then, the seacoast will enjoy rest, and this frontier will have quiet after all its trials. Our gentry and our people are bound to joy and rejoice herein, and under the impulses of gratitude to sing, as they inove, the praises of the imperial benevolence. Towards the English tliey sirould set aside their past enmity, and so remove ali rout of future quanel. 1843. 107 Journal of Occurrences. For it is for this, that we have received and will obey the imperial com- mands, it is not merely their object, that we should bond and give way to foreigners from afar. “But from what cause was it, that in the first week of December last, a quarrel was commenced from which ensued strife and contention, even till some of the foreign residences were set on fire and consumed, and in their mutual animosity, lives were on both sides taken? It would seem that, from a continuance of war and its calamities, during three years past, the feeling of enmity and indignation had become so deepened--that foolish people under the idea of taking vengeance became the tools of lawless men, who found oc- casion to rob and plunder: while there was not entire absence of cause given on the part of the foreigners, there has yet been, on the part of our people, a criminality that calls for punishment. And the local officers have therefore been instructed to apprehend with severity those lawless incendiaries and plunderers, that they may duly receive the punishment that the law decrees. « The high commissioner has further heard a rumor, that the gentry and scholars of the country around Canton, acting still under the name of raising a patriot band of soldiers, to avenge this quarrel, have formed a 'society of spirit and loyalty.' And sundry of these gentry and scholars, have re- cently presented themselves before the high commissioner, to make a sur- render of their services for purposes of war. These things are done, indeed, under the momentary impulse of a burst of loyalty and patriotism. But they are in direct opposition to the sacred purpose of our august sovereign, tend- erly to cherish men from afar, and well-intreat those who yield him obedi- ence,-and not less opposed to his gracious pleasure, that hostilities should cease and commerce be renewed. “The people of Canton are by nature unyielding and great lovers of pro- priety; they are valiant when impelled by a sense of justice; they rigidly adhere to their pledged word, and where that is concerned are regardless of their lives: they frequently act without a due regard to consequences, and in a moment have recourse to violent measures. Such dispositions are often the source of much good; but they are also the cause of much evil. For example, when the patriot soldiers which the gentry had been trying to raise, banded together, lately, with the populace, and burned some of the foreign factories,—the people engaged in this affair were of different characters and prompted by differing motives; but they neither knew to exercise due care before committing the deed, nor did they look forward to the consequences that might follow from it. All rash appeals to arms, all acts of violence, are of this description. Therefore, in addition to the clear commands which the high commissioner verbally gave to the gentry and scholars who appeared before him, it behoves him further, lest there should still be some of the people in ignorance of these principles, to issue this clear and distinct pro- clamation for their due warning and admonition. “While ye proſess to be guided by the sentiments of loyalty and patriot- isin, ye must know that ye cannot but obey the imperial commands, and 108 FER. Journal of Occurrences. may on no account give cause for a renewal of hostilities. It is no doubt the part of loyalty to ward off insult from our shores; but to go in opposition to the imperial will, and in the straight line of one's own inclinations, can- not be deemed loyalty. Determinately to withstand the enemy, is doubtless, the part of patriotism; but to give cause for war and strife, is very much opposed to patriotism. Ye gentry and others, having read the sacred books, must understand reason. Do ye therefore take these commands, and impress the same upon all good people; and show them, that, if they set fire to houses, and rob and plunder, they are not what they profess to be right- eous men;' but they are thieves and vagabonds, and most proper will it be to deter from such like acts by making of them severe examples. No lax- ness shall be shown, which might lead to a spreading of the evil. “It has now been arranged by treaty with England, that henceforth English foreigners shall not insult or injure our people ;--and at the same time, so long as English foreigners live quietly and attend to their business, our people may not disturb or molest them. Thus, then, those from within and those from without, being at peace together, both parties may enjoy the blessing of living in perfect harmony, which the sacred emperor has himself so happily brought about. The high commissioner indulges the hope that his people will not frustrate his good intentions to guard against a recur- rence of strife, and to give a full and complete security to all. Let every one tremble and obey! Do not oppose! A most special proclamation. Táukwang, 22d year, 12th month, 25th day." (January 25th, 1843.) (True translation.) J. ROBT. MORRISON, Chinese sec. & int. The imperial navy. Among the memorials, which have lately been laid before the emperor is one from the provincial officers in Canton, They say that a memorial was laid before the throne last autumn, accompanied by a paper entitled Drawings on Gunnery, which were designed to illustrate the mode of using great guns. This paper was drawn up by one Ting Kungshin # E at Canton, superintendent of a cannon foundery, and a gunpowder manufactory. These two documents having come before the em- peror, his majesty issued his commands to the governor and his col- leagues in Canton to inquire further respecting the paper on Gun- nery, and also to collect some informatiort regarding foreign ships and steamers. On inquiry, they report, in the memorial of which we now speak, that Ting Kungshin is a native of Fukien, and a man of letters, and give a good account of him as an engineer. They men- tion the existence of ruinor at Peking concerning a steamer in build- ing at Canton, but do not give a favorable account of it; and remark that they will make further inquiries respecting the cost of foreign ships and steamers, and also, respecting some experiments in pro- gress by an American officer employed by native gentlemen, and report thereon to his majesty. 1843. 109 Journal of Occurrences. This interest at the court regarding the efficient organization of the imperial navy seems to have been increased by chancellor Kin Yinglin, who last year urged the adoption of measures for the con- struction of serviceable vessels. Yishan was therefore ordered to have vessels built after the models of the chancellor, if they were feasible; but he replied that no kinds of vessels were fit for men-of- war, except those constructed after foreign models. The emperor then transmitted a rescript in reply, ordering such ships to be built, and also requires Yishán to direct the hong-merchants to buy some vessels from the foreigners for immediate service, and to dispatch proper officers to procure materials for ship-building. The co-hong has accordingly purchased for the use of government, the Ramiro of about 180 tons, and the Lintin of 317 tons. Shipwrecked Japanese. We had hardly finished the paragraph in the last number about the two crews of shipwrecked Japanese res- cued by the brig Ana and the ship Francis, when a third case was brought to our knowledge. The American brig Abigail Sarah, cap- tain Doane, from Mazatlan, which arrived on the 8th inst., brought two more of this nation, who were put on board at that place. They are part of a crew of thirteen picked up by the Spanish vessel En- sayo, who were afterwards again wrecked on the Mexican coast in Upper California, from whence these two found their way to Mazat- lan, after suffering many privations. The foreigners and others at that place, through the kind efforts of the Hamburgh consul, D. Guhd, subscribed upwards of three hundred dollars, for their relief, with which they were fitted out and sent to China. The other eleven, are stated by the consul, at the date of his certificate, Dec. 17th, 1842, to be still in Guaymas and California. These two per- sons are from the town of Hiungo in Shessiu, a small principality near the large city of Ohosaka; the junk had been coasting along the southern shore of Nippon from one harbor to another for 45 days, till it arrived at Zioshu in the principality of Hitats, from whence, on the 21st of November, 1841, it was driven out to sea. This vessel, called the Nest of Longevity, was laden with sugar, spirits, und cotton; the crew were all rescued, after having been 110 days from land, on the 13th of March, 1842. The names of the two just arrived are Nakamuraya Zhenski, the captain, aged 25, and Owa- riya Hatstaro, aged 22. On their arrival in Macao, they were not a little surprised to meet the two men brought by the Hopewell, for the junks in which they severally were spoke each other near the bay of Yedo. 110 Fei. Journal of Occurrences. We had no room in the last number to add that the Hopewell, which brought the two Japanese from Oahu, when about three hun- dred miles west of that island, fell in with an open boat containing seven Hawaiians, who had drifted to leeward of their port; they were all taken on board, and treated with great humanity, and brought on to China. The frequent recurrence of vessels being thus driven by stress of weather across the Pacific ocean, mostly from east to west, afford, to say the least, instances of a mode by which the American continent might have been. peopled. The number of Japanese vessels thus driven off their own coast, which have come to our knowledge within the last seven years, is fourteen. A Aurora Macaense is the name of a newspaper newly started in Macao, the first number of which was issued on the 14th of January, and has now reached its seventh number. It is printed with new type, and is got up in a better dress than any newspaper heretofore published in Macao. The first number contains the report of a Commission of the citizens of Macao which met to consult upon the formation of a new code of laws for the government of the settle- ment. The editorial responsibility of the Aurora is, we believe, shared by a committee of gentlemen. This and the Portuguez na China are the only Portuguese papers now published in Macao. The Aurora Macaense, is, we believe, the seventh newspaper which has been started in Macao. The first one was called A Abe- lha da China, or the “Bee in China ;" the first number was issued September 12th, 1822, aud was so far as we can learn, the second newspaper published east of India. On the first of January, 1824, the name was changed to Gazeta de Macao, under which name it was continued for two years, and perhaps longer. The Chronica de Macao was commenced Oct. 12th, 1834, and continued to 1836, when it died a natural newspaper death from want of patronage. Meantime the Macaista Imparcial was started as a competitor to the Chronica, June 9th, 1836, and kept on its course till July 24th, 1838, when it was suppressed by the government. The Boletin Oficial do Governú de Macao was commenced, as its name imports, under the patronage of the government, September 5th, 1838; the name was changed to Gazeta de Macao in January, 1839, and not long after, it received still a third name of O Portuguez na China, under which it has now reached its fourth volume. A few months after the first issue of the Boletim, the O Commercial was commenced, and kept on its course till near the middle of 1842, when it went the way of its predecessors to the tomb of the Capulets. The Pharol Macaense, 1843. Journal of Occurrenccs. or Lighthouse of Macao, was started on the 23d of July, 1841, and only reached its second volume, when it was superseded by the Au- rora Macaense, under the present new and more promising auspices. Seminario Filipino is the title of a newspaper lately started in Manila, where heretofore there has been nothing worthy of the name of a newspaper. The number of the 5th inst. contains the details of the execution of 80 of the rebels or mutineers of the 3d regiment of the line, who were lately convicted of having been concerned in treasonable designs against the government. The cause of their sudden rising seems not to be clearly known, but at daybreak on the 21st of January, part of this battalion collected and forced an entrance into the fort of Santiago, and turned the guns upon the town. A body of artillery-men, however, who were in the fort, de- fended it against the mutineers, and by 7 o'clock they were all either killed or captured, and quiet restored to the city. They were shot at Manila in presence of about 3000 of their comrades of the army, who were formed into a hollow square around them.--We look for much interesting matter regarding the Philippines from this paper, and wish it a success and a reputation commensurate with the colony in which it is published. The Telescope. We have lately received the first number of a new monthly in Chinese called, the Tsien-li-king, i. e. the Thou- sand-mile-glass, or Telescope. This publication is intended, if we are rightly informed, to be the successor of the Chinese Magazine for- merly published under the superintendence of the Society for the Diffusion of Uuseful Knowledge in China, and discontinued in 1838. New times are coming on, however, and much interest in such a work, and even encouragement, may, we are inclined to believe, be looked for among intelligent natives here and at the northern ports. The eagerness of both Chinese officials and private gentlemen at some of the northern cities last year to learn something of western nations was very great, nor did this desire seem altogether ascriba- ble to a wish to curry favor with their conquerors. Copies of the Magazine were given to them, which were read with much avidity. The number now before us contains a comparative Chinese-Eng- lish Almanac, a paragraph on general geography, and an article on that of Asia; together with a few items of news. In a general intro- duction, the desirableness of a more accurate knowledge of foreign countries, and the benefit likely to accrue therefrom, are spoken of. In a second preface, the application of the name Telescope to the present work, is explained, and its nature and design described. 112 Journal of Occurrences. A Chinese-English Almanac has also lately issued from the press, in large octavo, containing thirty-eight leaves, which is more com- plete than anything of the kind heretofore published. The introduc- tion contains an account of the creation of the world from the book of Genesis, with explanations; after this, follows a brief description of the solar system, with a diagram illustrating the relative position of the planets. The calendar part of the work is arranged on some. what of the same plan as native almanacs, in horizontal divisions, and contains the times of the sun's rising and setting, remarkable events, passages of Scripture or portions of scriptural truth, &c. Christian Almanacs have been found, in India, and elsewhere, to be one of the best vehicles for diffusing truth; and we hope the Chinese will henceforth be furnished annually with almanacs of an instructive and entertaining nature, which will, by their superior attractions and contents, gradually supersede the miserable native ones now in use. Both these publications are well timed, and we hope are but the precursors of many a work having for its object the instruction of this people. If the Chinese have not much to teach foreign nations, we have much that we ought to teach them. Public affairs during the last month have presented few events worthy of record. His excellency, the naval commercial-in-chief, arrived at Hongkong in the Cornwallis, 74, on the 23d inst., from Amoy, where he tarried a few weeks on his way from Chusan. At Ningpo and Chusan, the Chinese are quiet, and in the former place, as they have opportunities, seem to be desirous of making friends with the residents at Chusan. Constant intercourse is kept up be- tween the two places, and in the city and suburban villages of Ning- po, foreigners are received with the utmost friendliness.-At Hong- kong, buildings are progressing with rapidity; nor have we heard many daring outrages of pirates during the last few weeks. At Can- ton, the business of the season is conducted on the old system. It is understood that communications on business connected with the treaty, have been constantly passing between the Chinese commis sioner Klipú and those gentlemen of H. M. plenipotentiary's suite who were left in Canton. We may conclude this month's labors, with the remark, that so far as we know, with perhaps a trifling exception at Algiers, the year 1843 has commenced with peace the world over, and the gates of the temple of Janus may be abut. Would that they could long remain shut. TIE CHINESE REPOSITORY. . VOL. XII.- MARCII, 1843. — No. 3. Art. I. Narrative of the loss of the English brig Ann: and of the capture of the whole, and the decapitation of forty-three of her crew, by the Chinese authorities in Formosa. Christianity alone can render man civil and tender-hearted, under all circumstances,—its written laws being the only ostensible means now employed by the Sovereign of the Universe, to rule the inha- bitants of the earth. Where the precepts of the Bible have influence, men must and will, so far as they act in obedience thereto, be always tender-hearted. But where the divine code is not recognized, even their tender mercies are cruelties. What report the governor-general of Chekiáng and Fukien, after having gone to Formosa and made in- vestigation in person, will send up to his majesty, time may show; but it is not probable that a very full disclosure will be made to the einperor of the deceits and falsehoods which consigned to an untime- ly death more than two hundred souls—the crews and passengers of the Nerbudda and Ann. The cruelties practiced by the Chinese officers in this case, are strong and melancholy proofs of what men will do when left to act without the fear of laws, human or divine. For the following details we are indebted to the captain and chief officer of the late British brig Ann, who have kindly favored us with the perusal of their respective diaries : we have, with their permis- sion, borrowed freely from each; and we beg they will please accept our best thanks for that permission: How different was the lot of those in the Ann and Nerbudda, from that of the Madagascar's crew! In the latter case, fear of human laws imposed salutary restraints, 15 VOL. XII, NO. III, 114 MARCH, Loss of the English Brig Ann. List of the crew and passengers of the brig. A denotes those liberated and sent to Ainoy, 8 in nuinber; B denotes those who perished on the day of the wreck, 2 in number; C denotes those who died in prison, - 2 in number; D denotes those who were beheaded by the Chinese, 43 in number; E denotes one who was detained a prisoner, 1 in nuniber; F denotes one who made his escape, I in number. Total 57 souls. F. A. Denham, a conimander; Momed Cassin, d Casab's mate; G. Roope, a chief officer; Sheik Hussim, b Bandaddi; D. Partridge, a third officer; Yacoot, d Lascar; S. Cowan, a gunner ; Salaam, d Lascar; F. Newman, a seacunnie; Ropequam, d Lascar; E. Wilson, d seacunnie; Joomal, a Lascar; J. Mills, d' seacunnie; Kitchel, d Lascar; W. Norris, d seacunnie; Meeran, d Lascar; Louis, d seacnunie; A. Broun, d Lascar; Jose Dais, d seacunnie; Momed Arab, d Lascar; Issedoro, a seacunnie; Mom. Chokera, d Lascar; Jose Maria, diseacunnie; Ismal. Chokera, d Lascar; Domingos, d seacunnie d Havildar; ; Subanee, Gunalio, d seacunnie; Ismael, d Sepoy ; Esub, d serang; Baboo, d Sepoy; Cormer Alli, d 1st tindal; Juan, d tailor; Baboo, d 2d tindal ; Francis, d babajee; Kitchel, d 3d tindal; Joakin de Corte d servant; Philip, d Manila sean.; D. de Baretto, b servant; Pedro, d Manila seam.; Ayin, e carpenter; Boro, d Lascar; Asoo, d Do.'s inate; Abdel Crim, d Lascar; Achow, a lst shroff; Abdellah, d Lascar; Ahok, d 2d shroff; Hadjee, d Lascar; Alop, d servant ; Johu Williams, c Portuguese; Achek, f servant; d Lascar; Moesden, d Bandaddi's mate. Sunseer, o Liscar; Amber, d Lascar; R. Gully, esq. d passenger, Innus, d Lascar; Francis, d Gi's servant. March 8th, 1842, at 11 P. n., the Ann took her departure from the harbor of Chusan, bound to Macao; at noon, sailed through the Sarah Gally passage; and 4 P. ., came to under Singloshán for the night. A 8 o'clock next morning, weighed and made sail; having communicated with the Lynx and Arun, at the southern entrance of Goff's passage, and received on board some treasure, she made all silil, with a northeasterly breeze, which increased at noon, drawing more to the northward. At sunset, moderate breeze and bazy; the Esob, 1843, 115 Loss of the English Brig Ann, "land Hishan islands bearing due east about 15'. At midnight, cloudy, with a fresh north-northeasterly breeze, which by noon, on the 10th increased to a moderate gale : at sunset shortened sail, intending to call at Chimmo bay; at 8 o'clock, with topsail and jib, steered S.S.W.; at 10, took in the first reef of the topsail. Dark and cloudy with rain. At 11.30 hands sent up to take in second reef in order to heave to till daylight, lest she might overrun. Midnight, dark squally weather, with rain and heavy sea. Friday, March 11th. About 10 minutes A. M., while in the act of double reefing the main topsail, one of the seacunnies sung out, "land on the larboard bow !" The helm was put immediately aport, which was scarcely done, when the man aloft again sung out, on the starboard bow." The helm was then put a-starboard, and im- mediately afterwards the keel grazed heavily on a shingle bottom, heavy surges forging the vessel ahead, striking as she fell into the hollow of the sea. In about four minutes after the first striking, the wheel was wrenched from the helnisman's hands; the brig settled on her starboard side; the seas making a clean breach over the stern, and washing everything away. Soon after she was thrown upon her starboard side, and the starboard bower was let go to preverit her being driven further on shore. The Lascars having taken to the fore rigging, the other hands endeavored to clew up the topsails. By this time the water was up to the cabin deck. The masts were now cut away, in hopes of her holding together till daylight. This made her quite easy, the tide having ebbed a little: it was high water with spring tides when she struck. All the Europeans were now employed until daylight in making ready arms, ammunition and provisions for the long-boat, loping a party might be able to start for the coast. All hopes of this kind, however, were blighted at day- light, when the shipwrecked foreigners found themselves on the coast of Formosa, with land all around them, and rising high in the distance. The brig was then lying nearly high and dry on a very level shingle bottom, interspersed with rocks, just within a long reef over which she had been thrown. On walking around her, the cop- per, excepting that about the keel, appeared perfectly sound, and her rudder, in two pieces, was lying not far off. Her whole stern frame, however, had started. She had sustained many other inju- ries; at one time, indeed, the watercasks were washing about the main hold, with one side of the forecastle under water. On the ebbing of the tide these were left dry, a sufficient proof that she had commenced breaking up. The jolly boat and the spars were at least a quarter of a inile from the water's edge. 116 MARO. Loss of the English Brig Ann. Considering their situation, they thought it most advisable to get possession of a junk or junks as soon as possible, and endeavor to save the treasure. Accordingly, soon after daylight as the flood tide began to set in, the whole crew, fifty-seven in number, abandoned the wreck, taking arms with them, also a bag of biscuit, a sextant, a spyglass, log-book, &c. Up to this time they had seen only one Chinese, who, when brought on board, was much frightened, and could afford them no assistance. All were well clad before leav- ing the brig. Landing in good order, they were instructed to keep as close to each other as possible. They soon discovered the mast- heads of junks, three or four miles distant, in an easterly direction; and to them they steered, with all haste. On the road, which was perfectly level, they met several fine able-bodied Chinese, mostly dressed like sailors, who quickly perceived what had happened, and hastened to the place of destruction. Several hamlets were seen, but none visited. On reaching the junks, four in number, they were found to be moored head and stern, in a very narrow creek, their anchors buried in the mud on shore. It being low water, the creek was nearly dry, with a bar across its entrance, facing the northeast, and apparently extending far each way. Moreover, it was blowing a strong north-northeasterly gale, with heavy breakers outside. Two of the junks, then nearly dry, were taken possession of with- out the slightest resistance. They were loaded with rice and ground nuts; and the crews, perceiving what had happened, soon started off with large double handed axes, for the scene of plunder, to join their countrymen, who were running from all directions. It now appeared that of the fifty-seven, two were missing—the shroff and the havildar, aud that others had been plundered, they having lagged behind in going from the brig to the junks. Among the things lost was the sextant. Suspecting that the two men missing had been kidnapped, the first officer with a few of the seacunnies went in pur- suit of thein, but soon found it advisable to return, the Chinese beginning to muster in small armed parties. At this time, about 11 A. M., all hands, excepting the two above named, retreated to the junks, and the natives commenced gathering close to them, armed with firelocks, spears, swords, long knives, &c. Some even attempted to board; but on signs being made to them not to approach, and by leveling the muskets at them, they desisted. Others endeavored to cut the cables, the anchors being buried on -shore. The owners of the junks now returned on board, and told 13:133. 117 Loss of the English Brig Ann. th M Q captain Denham and his party that those on shore were bad men, and robbers, and requested that they would fire on them and dis- perse them. But there was not ammunition enough to hold out long, their powder having been destroyed by salt water, nor was there any prospect of getting the two junks out immediately. Failing in this, at low water, the bad men, several hundred strony, could very easily set the junks on fire or riddle them with their ginjals. They evi- dently did not like to fire first, and therefore, says the chief officer, they amused themselves by throwing stones at us, till they com- pletely beat in the roof of the junks' round house." Capt. Denhain and his officers forbore to fire, and at length the assailants drew off and retired for a time behind an embankment on shore. At about :3 o'clock P. M., when the water had fallen, the villains drew closer and closer to the junks; and on observing that the fo- reigners, who were standing on the stern sheets, were unwilling to fire, they one or two at a time ventured on board, carrying their long knives. On the first musket being given up, they all made a rush and seized everything in the shape of arms, and then leaped overboard. As soon as this was seen by those on shore, they too rushed on board like savages, "leaving most of us,” says Mr. Roope, “in a state of nudity-myself with only iny socks and one half-boot, which they could not get off in their hurry-three or four brutes, in the shape of men, tearing me almost limb from limb in their eager- ness for plunder : on motioning to them not to take off my drawers, one of them iminediately laid his hand upon his knife.” " Those in the other junk," the officer further reinarks, “ fared much better, having only their arms taken from them.” During this disgraceful scene, he goes on to say, “a mandarin, with a party of soldics, were halted in sight-waiting till we were deprived of our arms, and even stripped, before they commenced that most desperate engagement, for which they have been honored while so many British subjects liave been basely murdered.” As soon as the Chinese officers approached, the robbers fled and disappeared. “In this miserable state,” adds Mr. Roope, “I succeeded in getting down into the forehold of the junk, but had scarcely been there ten minutes, when I was assisted up by the hair of my head,—the mandarin having dispatched the others, with a strong escort, to the town of Túnshui. On reaching the deck, I sprang over the junk's side; and, seeing the others in a long line ahead, ran after them with all speed, driven almost to des- peration by the heavy rain and cold winds of March. When on the road, a Chinese gave me a grass bag, which was but a sorrowful 111 und 11 113 MARC11. Loss of the English Brig Ann. garinent, for one in such a state as I was then in. On repassing the brig, I attempted to go on board, but was prevented by the sol- diers. She was then surrounded by thousands of wreckers." The prisoners—for such now were captain Denham and his of- ficers and men-reached 'T.inshui at dark, having traveled south- ward about seren iniles, many of them naked and nearly all without shoes, sometimes going over a rocky and gravelly beach, and at others sinking up to their knees in mud. On reaching that town (the capital of the district of the same name) they mustered about forty in all. They were lodged in a barn, and furnished with some hot congee and rice. Newinan, one of the seacunnies, came in about an hour after the arrival of the first party. In passing the brig, plunder being too great a temptation for his guides, he managed to get on board the wreck, which he found crowded with men; not a bulkhead was standing, and everything had been carried from the cabin and hold. The sails had been stripped from the yards, and several men were hammering away at the iron chest which they could not open. Mr. Roope's servant, Joakin de Corte, who also went on board, passed the Bandaddi lying dead on the road. The servant Delphin de Baretto was also missing; he was last seen, by one of his fellow sufferers, perfectly naked on board the wreck. Some of the Lascars and seacunnies, with the gunner, Mr. Cowan, were taken to a village, in a different direction from Tánshui. On the morning of the 12th, William Norris (one of the seacun- nies) was brought into the barn in a basket. He was perfectly senseless, as if dead, having been out all night in the rain without any covering; and it was supposed that Baretto perished from cold and fatigue, for a Chinese, who came to the barn early in the morning, made signs, indicating that two of their party had been buried by himself and others--probably the Bandaddi and Baretto. The Chinese servant, Achek, belonging to " Buffaloe's Nose,' " it was supposed never left the junk, not having been seen by any of the prisoners subsequently to their capture, During this day (Saturday the 12th) they were visited by two officers, and had rice and congee given them three times, but all their intreaties for clothes were in vain. None could be obtained, either from officers or people. The pain occasioned by the paddy husks, galling them continually, was dreadfully tormenting, and they could not, they say, find words to describe the sensation. In this condition, crowded together like brutes, by cruel masters, they were the whole long day gazed at by multitudes of the villagers, who 1843. 119 Loss of the English Briy im. 14 14 IO 16 Came to see the “ funkwei.” For some reason, not fully explained, a great deal of excitement and noise prevailed during the day-it originated probably from some inisunderstanding between the sol- diers and the villagers. These disturbances continued during Sun- day, the 13th, on the evening of which day the prisoners were re- moved across the road to another granary, for the purpose of con- cealment and better security. On Monday, the 14th, after a breakfast of salt greens, rice and con- gee, eaten in the presence of the Chinese officers, they were numbered and labeled like oxen, and under a strong escort led away south- ward about 20 miles to a walled town, probably Chinghwa hien, where they arrived about 4 P. M. Just before leaving Tánshui, some of the principal villagers endeavored to induce captain Denham, the chief officer, and Mr. Gully, to secrete theinselves, and not go on with the others, saying that the soldiers were villains, &c. On ar- riving at Chinghw.í, they were taken into a square inclosure,--the wall of the town forining one side--crowded with soldiers and other spectators. “Here we remained,” says Mr. Roope, “about half an hour, amused by some of the soldiers inaking signs they were going to cut off our heads, while others were sharpening their knives on the stones; setting on the ground, with my head resting on my knees, to avoid the gaze of those savage brutes, an officer came and laying hold of the hair of my head held up my face and stared at me: it seemed verily as if our last moments were fast approaching. From this place we were taken to (what I suppose was) the coin- mon jail, and confined in two cells. One was about eight feet by seven; into this they thrust twenty-five of us, with a guard of soldiers." There for the first time, after reaching the shore, they received soinething in the shape of kindness.” This was from the chief jailor, whom they styled the "good man," he having given some 'little bats" and rice, with some straw to keep their bodies from the cold damp ground. The country, between Tánshui and Chánghwá, they describe as level and swampy, rising into highlands about thirty miles distant eastward. It was well cultivated, chiefly with paddy. On the 15th, the gunner, Mr. Cowan, and the others, who had been taken to a village soine distance from Tánshui, arrived at Chinghwa. On Thursday, the 17th (according to the best recollection of the prisoners), they were bronght before an officer, and re-tickered and I 11 12 120 March, Loss of the English Brig tun. ornamented with handcuffs." A mace having been given to each, for purchasing food, they were mounted in sedans and chairs lashed to bamboo poles, and under a large escort of soldiers dispatched southward. After being clear of the town, they were allowed to dismount and travel on foot, which was a great relief, for the weather was very cold, and they still for the most part without clothes. When passing through villages, they were thronged with spectators, who endeavored “to console” the prisoners by making signs that they were all going to have their heads cut off. After traveling about 25 miles, they arrrived at a walled town built of red bricks, cominanded by a fort standing on a hill. There they were lodged in the common jail, which they called the bird's cage, from its being made entirely of wooden bars, one or two of which unshipped for a door. Many of the coinmon prisons of the Chinese are built in this inanner. There they remained much secluded, seeing scarcely any one except convicts. Food was given them only twice a day, at 10 a. M. and 5 P. M., consisting of rice, salt greens, and a very little fish. Captain Denham and some others were brought before the town officers; the captain was treated better than he had feared, but the carpenter and shroff were roughly handled and flogged. They remained at this place three days, and in the meantime managed to write and dispatch a letter, which seems never to have reached its destination. They met there a Chinese who had been at Malacca, and who called himself “Iyum.” He afterwards ac- companied them as interpreter. On the 21st, after having received an additional “ ornament in the shape of leg-irons," they were again moved on southward, supplied each with two mace for purchasing provisions. The preceding march was over an uneven and rocky tract of country; that over which they were now traveling, was level and well cultivated. At 4 P. M., they entered a walled town, having come they supposed about twenty iniles. At night some fine straw was given them for beds; and some of them were able to induce their keepers to take off their irons, so that they enjoyed a good night's rest. The next day, the 22d, brought them to the largest town they had yet seen (Kiá-í hien?) where they arrived late in the afternoon, and fell in with an officer, whom they named the “Old rat-headed Splut- terer." This man gave them to eat" dirty rice and fish, served out in the convicts' kids;" this captain Denham, Mr. Roope and Mr. Gully, refused to take, but without any good effect, for as soon as the others had finished their supper, all were indiscriminately thrust In.: 1:21 Surry of Imoy llarbur. into a cage, similar to the one before mentioned, with this excep- tion that the next cage was filled with Chinese felons; "the bars of the cage," says Mr. Roope, "only dividing us from them: froin this time we had always a ready supply of fine game' with us.': They passed the night without having even their handcuffs taken off, the "Splutterer” forbidding it. On the morning of the 23d, supplied with two mace more, suffi- cient for two days' journey, they started off as before; halted early, and found comfortable quarters “in a kind of half-way house." At 2 o'clock P. M. on the 24th, they halted in a village about three miles from Táiroin fú, the chief city in the department of Taiwán. They were there met by officers from the city, who inspected their irons, and arranged the whole party in the order in which they were to be led as captives into the capital of Formosa. 'They were form- ed into two parties, one entered the eastern gate, the other the north- ern: the latter soon after leaving the village, sighted the sea and observed many junks and boats. The city stands near the water, is of large extent, with thick walls and strong gates. they reached the end of their journey and halted at a temple; and from thence in small parties they were consigned to prison. The detail of what still awaited these unfortunate prisoners, at the hands of un- principled men, we reserve for another number. At 4 P.M., le 10 Art. II. Survey of the harbor of Amoy. By commander R. Collinson. From the Nautical Magazine. This harbor is superior in my opinion to any I have as yet seen upon the coast of China, and my experience comprises all the Chusan Archipelago, and the Chú kiáng, or river of Canton. The access or egress is casy; in the outer harbor there is good holding ground, and unless vessels are badly found in ground-tackle, I should con- ceive no gale of wind could hurt them. In the inner harbor, from the appearance of the rocks, and iminediate vicinity of the houses to the beach, I think no great swell ever exists; it is capable of con- taining froin 60 to 100 vessels. Chapel Istand.-Chapel Island, or Tungting sii, in the offing of Imoy, is situated in latitude 21° 1.51' N., and longitude 118° 131 10 Vol. X11 NO 122 Lakiu. Survey of Amoy Harbor E., and 9' 44'' E. of the southwest point of Kiling sil. il 18 of all even surface, and probably 200 feet high, and three cables in cir- cumference. When in its neighborhood, the pagoda Nan Taiwútáh 南​太​武​塔 ​on the hills over Chángchau fú , which is 1728 feet above the sea, will also form another mark by which the entrance to the harbor may be easily recognized. Chawchat.-Chawchat, or Kiútsí tsiáu, in the entrance of Amoy harbor, is a rock nearly level with the water's edge (during our stay, which was at spring tides, it was never covered,) N. 22° W., 10:6 miles from Chapel Island'; when on it the three chimneys on Wúsiú shán Island, are in line with the pagoda Nán Táiwú shán, bearing S. 82º W.; by keeping Taipán, or Weitsz' sü point open to the east- ward of Tsingsü Island, which it will be, bearing N. 55º W., the rocks will be avoided, should high tides and smooth water prevent their being seen. The channel between Chawchat and Wúsü shán Island is five cables long. Wúsü shán.-This island is 1.2 mile long, and near the centre only a cable's length across. On the east side is a sandy bay, with a fort, having embrasures for eight guns. The northeast and south- east faces of the island are steep cliffs. Ou the west side are three sandy bays with two batteries, each having five embrasures. In the northernmost bay of the three is a large village, and the ruins of an ancient fort. On the north point is a large battery mounting thirty guns, and there are two four-gun batteries on the northeast side of the island. On its summit (which is about 300 above the sea,) are three chimneys, which are intended for alarm signals. Similar buildings exist all along the coast of the provinces of Fukien and Chekiáng. Wú-án.- To the westward of Wúsü shán, half a mile, is the is- land of Wu-án, which is five cables long, -it is barren and without inhabitants. Between the two are three small islets, with reefs lying of them. Shelter from easterly winds, with a depth of from four to six fathoms, might be found here; but vessels had better not pass to the westward of Wúsü shán, until more soundings have been obtain- ed; the number of detached reefs in this neighborhood, leading me to suspect that many sunken rocks will be found. South from Wýsü shán Island 1.1 mile, is another half-tide reef, which lies seven cables from the main. North 32° E. from Wú-án island, lie two patches which are cover- ed at high water, and between it and the main are several islets and hill-ide rocks. 1843. 123 Survey of Amoy Harbor. . North 40° W. from Wúsii shán Island is Tsingsü; midway be- tween the two is a cliff islet, (Jihsii,) northwest of which two cables, and S.S.W. one cable, are reefs which are dry at low water. Tsingsü. — Tsingsü Island lui rises precipitously from the sea; three forts are built on its guinmit, which is about 250 feet above the sea. These forts are situated on the east, west, and south faces, having embrasures for six, eight, and twelve guns. On the northwest side is a jetty with stone steps, leading to the summit, but these, as well as the barracks, were in an unfinished state in August, 1841. Chihsü.—The entrance to the harbor lies between this island and the small islet Chihsü, (sixty feet high,) which is eight cables to the northeast The shores of both islands, facing the passage, are steep to. These rocks lie half a cable southerly from Chihsü. Two half-tide rocks lie north four cables and a half, and north 18° past three cables from it. To avoid which, when standing to the past ward, and within half a mile of Chihsü, keep the east end of that island open of the west end of Wúsü shán. N.E. by E from Chihsii are four islands. The two nearest are rather larger than Chihsii, and are called by the Chinese 'Ta-o-seao * 礁 ​and Hwangkwa 風機 ​. "Siau Tan.-S.áu T'an island of His six cables long, and about 200 feet high, and has a sandy bay upon its northern side. On this island also there are three chimneys and forts upon its northern and southern shores. Tátán. — Tátán t fp is eight cables long, with a low sandy isthmus in the centre. The east end is the highest, (about 300 feet,) with a small circular watch-house and three chimneys on it. On the west side of the isthmus is a village. Between this island and the south end of Amoy, only one and a half fathoms were found; sound- ings, however, were not obtained close in to the Amoy shore. Tsingsü to Taipan Point, or Weitsz' sü 外​四​嶼​一​From (hinsii to the outer harbor, the course is north 33° west, four and :: Half miles in a depth of from seven to twelve fathoms. Between Tsing-ii and Taipan point (one cable and a half to the southwest of which are seren ball-tide rocks, and a small peaked islet off its morth point,) is a deep bay, in which are several reefs. Vessels, thicretiore, should not stand further to the westward than to bring Our native informant gives only one character for this island ; we muspect olar the name Tu...scan was erroneously copied from the notes instead of Tom Selles for the character las butli sounds; Tá is the Fukien sound. 1 124 MARCH, Survey of Amoy Harbor. Táipan point to bear north 60° west, or Tsingsü island south 60° east, until the positions of the dangers in it have been correctly ascertained. Amoy.—The south end of Amoy P9 is a sandy point, with several black rocks extending two cables from the shore. On the slope of the hill which forms the point is a circular battery. W. by E. 0:6 of a mile, is a second battery. Between the two, a half-tide rock lies three cables from the shore. To avoid this, when stand- ing into the coast, a cliff point with a battery, and three chimneys on it, (1.3 mile from the rock,) will be seen, and also a sandy point with a large stone at its southern extreme, 0:8 of a mile further to the northwest. Tack before these two points come in line with one another. From the Chimney point abovementioned, the line of three fathoms extends two cables—otherwise the coast line of Amoy, which is a continuous sandy beach, is steep to, and the lead a good guide. North 61° west, about half a mile from the Chimney point, is a wall surmounted by a parapet, which extends from the coast inland three cables. From hence, to the stone on the beach, which is 0.38 of a mile distant, was one continuous line of battery, mounting forty- eight guns. From the stone on the beach, opposite to which was a white semi-circular battery, (and which with two others further to the northwest, appear to have been the only defenses, until after the visit of B. H. M. ship Blonde, in 1840,) the coast trends rather more to the northward for 0.28 of a mile, where there is a creek dry at low water; along this space was a similar line of fortification, (stone faced with earth,) mounting thirty-eight guns. At the back of the creek is an extensive suburb, and an isolated hill, the summit of which is a large mass of granite. At the creek entrance was a bat- tery faced with planks, mounting five guns, and upon the opposite side was one similarly constructed, mounting twelve guns. N.W. 4 W., 0.7 of a mile from the stone on the beach, are a num- ber of rocks covered at half-tide, the outermost being one cable and a half from the shoal. On the point from whence they extend, is a mass of granite,—the side of which facing the sea has some Chi- nese characters upon it. To the westward of this, was a battery mounting seven guns, and on the point forming the other end of the same bay, was one mounting five. These terminated the defenses upon the Amoy side, and here the hills which form the back ground of the coast line also end. The city, which is very little above the level of the sea commences The ridge of hills upon this face of the 1843. 125 Survey of Amoy Harbor. island does not rise above 600 feet. They are abrupt and barren, with numerous large boulders of granite, a square upright mass of which, on the highest part of the western extreme of the ridge, rises to the height of 528 feet above the sea, and is about the average height of the chain. From the large stone, with the Chinese cha- racters upon it, to the western extreme of Amoy, the distance is one mile. The houses extend close down to the beach, and the trading junks lay aground opposite to them. The distance across at the entrance of the channel between Amoy and the island of Kúláng sú (which is abreast this stone,) is 840 yards, and the narrowest part of the channel 675 yards. T'he island of Kúling sú tiek te light is 1:1 mile long, and 0-7 wide; detached rocks lie off nearly all the points. Off the northeast face, or that towards Amoy, are several which are covered at high water; therefore, in passing into the inner harbor by the channel, it is re- commended to keep the Amoy shore on board, after you have passed the rock with the characters on it. The west extreme of Hausü island, which is in the centre of the inner harbor, in line with a peak on the east part of a ridge of hills at the back of it will put you on the outer rock. The summit of the island in line with the rock will carry you through nearly in mid- channel. Having passed Harbor Rock, Fantsead, which is steep to, and lies not quite a cable from the west point of Amoy, having one fa- thom and a half between it and the shore, haul to the northward, and bring up where you please, taking care not to approach nearer the Amoy shore than three cables, to avoid a reef of rocks which lie to the northward of Harbor Rock. Sunpien shih.-Off the north point of Kúláng sú is a peaked rock covered at high water, one cable and a half from the shore, and N. by W. from it two cables, is a shoal patch having two fathoms and a half at low water, which ought to he buoyed, if the harbor be fre- quented. The other entrance to the harbor is between Kúlang sú and Tai- pan point, the distance between which is 1.8 miles. The coast is steep to, and in the channel the depth of water varies from eight to twelve fathoms. Having passed the west point of Kúlang sú, off which are several half-tide rocks one cable from the shore, the channel narrows to eight cables, and the course for Hausü Island is N.N.E., which has fifteen fathoms within thirty yards of the rocks, and should be passed close to avoid the two fathoms and a half patch 120 MARCH, Votices of Kungming, a Chinese Hero. mentioned above. Harbor Rock may be steered for directly it bears to the southward of east. N. B. This channel requires further examination. On Kúláng sú are five batteries; two on the south end mounting fifteen and nine guns, two on the south side having seven and three guns, and one on the northwest side mounting eight guns. On Taipan point were two batteries, and on the points further to the westward three other, one of six and two of five guns. The rise and fall of the tide from one day's observation on the full moon in September, was fourteen feet and a half; at this period, however, the night tides exceed the day by two feet. The change in the depth, in all probability, three days after full and change would exceed sixteen feet. This would be of great importance to vessels requiring repair, particularly as sites for docks, and ample materials for making them, are to be found upon the island of Kú- láng sú, as well as in other parts of the harbor. Kúláng sú.—This island is well adapted for a settlement; it is 2:85 miles in circumference. The channel between it and Amoy is 675 yards wide. The ridge of hills on this island is higher than those opposite. There are two distinct ridges upon the island, which might be separately.defended, the highest part being 280 feet above the sea. The geological features of the island are principally granite, the soil being formed of it in a decomposed state. Large boulders of it also occur in many places, both upon the shores and the highest part of the island. Fresh water from wells was plentiful, and the cultivation and artificial channels for leading it to boats, lead me to suppose that there is always a good supply of this article. There are many houses upon the island, and the population may be estimated at between 3000 and 4000. Art. III. Notices of Kungming, one of the heroes of the San Kapoh Chí. This celebrated personage is the greatest hero recorded in the San Kwoh Chí, or History of the Three States, which is one of the best written Chinese tales at has een written; and taking into consideration that it is now 600 years since it was written, we may 1813. Votices of kungming', a Chinese Hero. also say that it is equal if not superior to any English novel of the 13th century, or a much later period. The Chinese hold it in great esteem, which they show by frequently reading it, and indeed they have good reasons for so doing, as some of its passages are really sublime; that from which we take these remarks, is in our opinion one of the most worthy of notice. Perhaps before entering at once into that part where our hero approaches his latter end, it would not be here amiss, to mention a few particulars that occurred during his celebrated career. As the story goes, the early part of his life was spent amongst woods and streams, through which he delighted to roam, and though possessed of such extraordinary talents, he pre- ferred solitude, and the pleasures of a country life, to engaging at all in the affairs of state; but Hiuente, the then reigning so- vereign of Hán, a very valiant and virtuous prince, and who just at that time was doing all in his power to collect the worthies of the land at his court, hearing of his fame, went in person to search him out. The season was then far advanced in winter, and the snow lay thick on the ground; yet notwithstanding, the monarch accompanied by a few intimate followers started in quest of Kungming ; but after a long and wearisome journey, on arriving at his cottage, they had to bear the disappointment of finding him absent from home, and as none of the remaining inmates could inform where he had gone, they were obliged forthwith to return. But Hiuente was not so easily to be baffled in his attempts to gather together a number of wise coun- cillors and instructors, and he determined again to go and visit him in his solitude; and shortly afterwards, during the same rigorous wea- ther set out for that purpose, but was as formerly unsuccessful. He then deferred it until the next spring, when he began to make ex- tensive arrangements for the subjugation of the two states of Wú and Wei (this being the time when the empire was divided into three parts, Wei, Wú, and Han or Shuh, each of whom was striving for mastery over the two others), and as he was now more in need of good advice than ever, he resolved to go once more in quest of this great worthy, who had been described to him as possessing the greatest wisdom of any sage under heaven. Fortunately he found him at home, and having acquainted him with the object of his visit, he requested him to accompany him to the capital, but as Kungming preferred the peaceful quietude of his humble cottage, to the riotous pleasures that always attend a court, it took some time to obtain his consent thereto, till at last he yielded to the intreaties of his prince, and to Hiucnte's unspeakable jov, accompanied him back, 128 MARCH, Notices of Kungming, a Chinese Hero. Hiuente then commenced a campaign with his enemies, and with Kungming at his elbow, from whom he sought council and advice in all matters of consequence, proved victorious in all his undertakings; indeed, everything with which our hero had to do, gave success to his employers, and throughout the whole story, there is hardly a single instance recorded of its being otherwise. But Hiuente, after a series of victories, followed the way of all flesh, and as sooner or later, each one of us must do, drew near his latter end. On his death-bed, which is most affectingly and beautifully described, he appointed Kungming to be regent, and having made him promise to follow up the great work, and spend his last breath in conquering the whole of China, he intrusted him with the welfare of the empire, and then breathed his last. Kungming had now to bear a truly heavy burden, the reins of go- vernment were put into his hands, and the happiness of the country was entirely dependant on him, but having once received the trust of the late emperor he resolved to exert himself to the utmost in ful- filling it, and his courage, wisdom, and skill were very soon put to the test. The states of Wú and Wei perceiving that Hiuente was dead, and that his son was an imbecile prince, thought this a good oppor- tunity for totally annihilating the now tottering house of Han; and to make it the more sure they called in the aid of some barbarian tribes, to help them in effecting a simultaneous attack on al sides. Matters being thus arranged, and the signal given, they all at once crossed the frontiers, and commenced their work of extermina- tion; but Kungming after some short delay, collected the whole of the forces, which, having divided into several divisions and assigned to each their task, he himself with an army marched against the bar- barians, whom he not only subjugated, but also by acts of generosity and benevolence, brought over to his cause. To the fickle prince of Wú, he sent an embassy in which he was so far successful as to bring him also over to his interests, and now having Wei alone to contend with, he directed all his efforts in that quarter, and even invaded his territory. But here through the mismanagement of some of his officers whom he had intrusted with important services, he did not meet with his accustomed good fortune, being nearly sur- rounded by the enemy, and his retreat also cut off; yet in these try- ing circumstances he did not lose his wonted presence of mind, for though the enemy had made certain of their prey, he disconcerted all their plans, and in the end effected a safe withdrawal to án, without losing a man. 10.13). 1.) Votices of kungminy, a Chinese ilcro. lle then begged the emperor to punish him for his mismanage- ment in being obliged to return, which was actually done, and he was degraded a few steps; but in a short time his honors were again restored, and another army was raised to attack Wei, which he was appointed to command. On hearing of the invasion, the prince of Wei, Tsaujui, collected his forces, and having appointed Sz'má ľ', a brave and experienced officer, who had fought in the last campaign against kungming, to be commander-in-chief, he sent him off, with instruc- tions to keep possession of the strongholds and mountain passes, foriitying himself strongly therein, but on no account to engage the enemy: for he conjectured, that their provisions would soon be con- sumed, when they would of themselves retire, and then could be at- tacked to great advantage. This proved in the end to be the case, for the army of Shuh having been only provided with a slender commis- sariat, and all kungming's endeavors to provoke the enemy to fight proving abortive, they were forced much against their will to with- draw; but owing to the masterly style in which the retreat was managed, this was accomplished without loss, to the great chagrin of the opposing party. But their absence was only for a short time, for as soon as Kung- ming had made arrangements for the regular supply of the army, and had moreover obtained the assent of Wú to invule Wei on the other side, he, ever eager to fulfill the trust imposed upon him, again set out on his mission. The enemy acted on the same plan as before, but notwithstanding their precautions, Kungming by his address, brought them to an engagement several times, which never failed to and in their being defeated with great loss; but though he also took some of their cities, still they were not sufficiently weakened to be obliged to abandon their intrenched camp. However, thinking that by devrees he would weary them out, kungming pushed on his gurations with greater vigor, but just as victory was beginning to crown his efforts, he received a summons to repair forthwith to the capital. It came from his sovereign, and therefore it must be obeyed, so that however much against his wishi, hor was obliged to relinquish the porize which was almost within bis grasp. Having no experienced licer who could be intrusted with the command of the army, the retreat was sounded, and ill went back in their own territory. llere die found that it courtier had slandered him, giving out reports that he intended to possess himself of the country and depose the om- peror: wlin having listened in these calunnies, had recalled him in 17 VII. 130 MARCH, Notices of Kungming, a Chinese Hero. give an account of his conduct. Having proved the charges to be all false, and being acquitted with honor, he again marched on the same expedition, but had hardly gone, before reports reached him that the state of Wú, instead of siding with Hán, had gone over to Wei, and was marching with innumerable forces to overwhelin him. Fearing that he would be surrounded, and thinking that all the forces were but enough for the defense of his own country, he once more withdrew into Hán, where he had the mortification of perceiv- ing that this was a trick that had been played upon him by the officer who supplied the army with stores, and who being behind- hand in his arrangements, had made use of the above stratagem to bring the army back. On the deceit being found out, the officer was severely punished for his perfidy in thinking more of his own inter- ests than those of his country. Kungming, never losing sight of his promise which he made to his former patron, now began vigorously to prepare for another campaign, and though the emperor requested him to enjoy a little relaxation, and give peace to the land for a season, he refused to comply; for, said he, “I have received the trust of his late majesty, and sworn to exert myself to the utmost, in sub- jecting these thievish bands to the rule of the house of Hán, and until I have fulfilled this great work, I will not give myself a mo- ment's ease. I have already gone out many times against these rebels, but as yet have only had partial success; therefore I now swear that your majesty shall not see my face again until I have completely conquered them, nor will I again return until this be accomplished :" and he faithfully kept his word. Things now wore a little better appearance, for it was proved beyond doubt that Wú had collected a large army, which had already arrived at the fron- tiers of Wei; Kungming with redoubled ardor again set out on his last undertaking, and once more took leave of his country, which he never beheld again. As soon as the enemy perceived that another invasion was in con- templation, they immediately put the country into a state of de- fense, and intrenched themselves as strongly as ever; so that when the invaders arrived, they found that they had no despicable foe to contend with, but one which would call forth all the exertions of their noble chief to cope with, His scheme was to do all in his power by insults and other maneuvres to cause the enemy to come out and fight a pitched battle, when he felt certain that he would be enabled to put them entirely to the rout; whilst on the other hand the commander-in-chief of the arıny of Wei well knew by former 1943. 131 Notices of' k'ung ming, a Chinese loro. 1 4 ! . experience the talents of his rival, and that his safety, and the only way by which he could compel the hostile army to retire, depended upon his keeping up a vigilant guard, and remaining quietly within his trenches. Yet notwithstanding his alertness, he was often caught in the snares of Kungming, though not to such an extent as to insure the defeat of his whole force: for our hero, possessing magical arts often played most curious tricks, which sometimes put his opponents to their very wit's end, and almost terrified them out of their lives. It seems that on one occasion, all the fodder for the beasts of burden, as well as the provisions for the soldiers, had to be brought from a distance of many miles, and through a hilly country, close to the camp of Wei. These difficulties almost prevented the transport of the subsistence of an army, consisting of several hundred thousand men, and therefore he determined to construct wooden cows and horses, which were set in motion by means of extraordinary machi- nery, so that they could walk and run like those of nature. These kind of animals he found to be very convenient, as they admirably suited the purpose for which they were made, and not only did he thus obtain regular supplies, but what was more advantageous, his porters did not help to consume what they carried. They were also useful in enticing the enemy into ambuscades, who being always on the lookout, obtained knowledge of Kungming's new invention, and also wished to obtain possession of such profitable beasts. As they could not themselves manufacture them without a pattern, they resolv- ed to lie in wait, and capture some as they drove past. The spies having reported this to Kungming, which indeed did not exceed his expectations, and for which he was fully prepared, he also laid men in ambush, and routed the cueiny with great loss. Ilowever, we sup- pose that in these matter-of-lact days, this part of the tale will be regarded as rather too far ferched, and unworthy of credit. told in one place, that the chief part of the machinery lay in the tips of the tongue, and one occasion as the herd was being hotly chased boy il party of Wei soldiers, the pursued wrenched this member out of their mouths, when the animals stopped unable to move an inch, and proving of no use 10 the captors. At this time the army of Wý crossed the frontier in great num- bers, iud in accordance with their agreement made a descent upon the territory of Wei, the prince of which being roused by the immi- rut danger, determined to oppose them at once with all the force This does could muster; and having sent reinforcements to his general 1 1 1 1 We are 132 MARCII, Notices of Kungming, a Chinese Hero. Sz'má ľ who was opposing Kungming, and orders to continue on the defensive, and not give his opponent any opportunity for fighting, he himself set out at the head of his army to oppose the new comers. Luckiiy for him, he had hardly arrived in their vicinity before his scouts captured one of their messengers who was carrying a dispatch to Sunkiuen the sovereign of Wú, in which his generals informed him of the whole line of conduct they intended to pursue, with a des- cription of their plans, &c., &c. Having obtained this information of their intended movements, he instantly adopted measures by which he could disconcert them, and attacking the force unawares, defeated it in one or two engagements, so that the expedition was obliged to return without effecting anything. In the meantime, Kungming had been doing his utmost to provoke Sz'm ľto a battle, and though he often highly incensed him by his insolence, still he could not force him to leave his camp. Whilst he was laboring under these and other disappointments, the news of the defeat of the army of Wú, and its subsequent return arrived. On hearing it, he fainted away, and though he soon revived, disease had taken hold of him, and he expressed his fears that he was about to die. His constitution had for sometime been gradually undermin- ing from the arduous duties he performed, for there was nothing that he did not look after in person, from the affairs of state, down to the wants of the private soldier. It is no surprise then, that after he had gone on in this way for years without remission, that his health began to give way, and only required a shock like this to crush him at once into the grave. On the day that he received the fatal intel- ligence he took to his bed, and having moreover perceived by the stars that his end was approaching, he signified the same to his at- tendants. They at first tried to laugh it off, but perceiving that he was really serious, they became concerned, and begged him to em- ploy prayer as a means for averting such a calamity. Kungming listened to their advice, and amongst other forms of supplication he lighted a number of lamps, amongst which was placed the one of his destiny; for it was so that if this continued burning for seven days without going out, it was a sign that his life would be lengthened, but if it was extinguished during that time, it signified that he would die. All arrangements being completed, he knelt down and pray- ed in the most pathetic terms, that he might be spared for a short time, in order to carry out the great work that he had begun, and fulfill the promise that he had made to his late prince. It was on account of his country that he made these supplications, and there- 1843. 1:33 Notices of Kungming, a Chinese Hero. fore he trusted that heaven would graciously listen to them, in order that the lives of the people might be saved, and the house of Hán preserved. Having finished praying, he arose, and though he spit blood without cessation, and his sickness had arisen to an alarming height, he still attended to the ordinary affairs of the army through- out the day, whilst during the night he repeated the same cere- monies. It should be observed, that Sz’má ľwas also a star-gazer, and was enabled to foresee future events; and happening, just about the time when Kungming was taken sick to scan the constellations, he noticed that the star of his rival did not burn as clearly as usual, but with a dim and flickering light, by which he knew that he must be very ill, and could not remain much longer in the world. He was thereupon exceedingly glad, and to be still more sure he imme- diately dispatched an officer with a party of men to spy out whether it was indeed the case. Just as they arrived at the camp of Shuh, Kungming was in his tent at his devotions, which he had continued now for six days: his lamp still continuing to burn as brightly as ever, he began to cheer up, thinking that the danger had past, when a loud noise was heard outside the camp, and an officer hurriedly enter- ed to report that they were attacked. At the same moment Kung- ming hastily turned round to return to his post, and not taking heed to what was spread out on the floor, he trod on the fatal lamp, and the light was instantly extinguished. Thus all his hopes were blighted, but trying to reconcile himself to his situation, he only sighed and said, “Our life and death are destined, and we can do nothing to avert out fate.”' Knowing from this that it was the will of heaven that he should die, he forthwith began to prepare for that solemn hour; and having called all his principal officers together he delivered to each his dy- ing commands, the most important of which were that they should continue to act under the old principles, and that the commander-in- chief, whom he then nominated, should employ the same old trust- worthy generals that he had hitherto done, in whom he put most implicit reliance; that on his death, they should gradually retreat into their own land, and put off wailing and lamenting until their arrival there; for if done now it could only inform the enemy of his demise, and they would be instantly attacked; that if such should be the case, they should make up an image of him, in his usual dress, and put it at the head of the troops, which would strike con- sternation into the forces of Wei, and they would then obtain a com- 134 MARCH, Notices of Kungming, a Chinese Hero. plete victory. Je also foretold some events that would soon come 20 pass, and left behind him in writing, the way in which affairs ought to be managed; he also gave over to those who were his most particular friends the books which he had written during his life, together with some discoveries in archery, &c. Having done this he sat down and drew up a long memorial to the emperor, in which he acknowledged his faults in not having con- quered his enemies or given peace to the empire, for which he hum- bly begged to be forgiven; that it had ever been his most earnest wish to have done so, but that heaven had seen fit to put obstacles in the way, which he most sincerely regretted. In conclusion he ex- horted him to follow the example of his august father, and always exert himself in giving peace to the land; but that if he wished to improve the manners of his people, he should advance the worthy and ever take care to banish the wicked from his person. When this was received, the whole court was thrown into conster- nation, but nobody felt it more than the emperor himself, for he well knew that Kungming was the strongest support of his throne, which otherwise would long ago have been cast down. However, as he was very anxious to know somewhat of futurity respecting the kingdom, he instantly dispatched an old minister to go and make inquiries of Kungming what app ance matters would wear a hundred years hence, but on his arrival at the camp he found him already speech- less. Presently, he again opened his eyes and seeing this minister by his bedside, said to him, I already know for what purpose you have come here. The minister said that he had received commands to come and ask him who could be intrusted with the great affairs of the empire, a century hence. The man was named : and who after him was the next question: another person was again mentioned. And who then? Kungming did not answer. Surprised at his silence all the officers advanced to look at him, and found that he had already breathed his last. Thus ended the life of this statesman, in the 54th year of his age. He had always shown himself zealous in the affairs of the mi- nistry, never failing to express his true opinions, and when he had taken upon himself to defend his country, and had sworn not to rest until he had freed it from its misery, he faithfully kept his word. Though it occurred after our hero's death, it would perhaps not be out of the way to mention, that agreeable to Kungming's instruc- tions, after his decease, the army of Han was immediately set in 1843. 135 Remarks on Chinese Character. motion on their return home. This being perceived by Sz'má ľ, he forthwith pursued them, concluding that this retrograde movement was in consequence of Kungming's death, and thinking that they would be dispirited by the loss of their leader, he expected to gain an easy victory over them. What then was his astonishment on coming up with them to find out that they were drawn up in order of battle to receive him, and that at their head should be no less a personage than Kungming himself (at least so he thought). The total defeat of the army of Wei then followed, after which that of Hán quietly returned to its own territory, where the troops buried their general, and then gave vent to their lamentations. The whole court went into mourning, and there were none, who did not weep as if they had lost a father. ART. IV. Remarks on Chinese character and customs. By G. TRADESCANT LAY. I ought perhaps in the first instance to apprise the reader, that in all my attempts to delineate the Chinese character, and in all my ac- counts of what I have witnessed among that people, I feel a strong bias towards the fairer side of the picture. The secret of this partiali- ty, if indeed it merits that designation, is this. The kindness I have at any time exercised towards them, they have returned, and that too with usury. The services I have occasionally rendered, they have been so far from consigning to the oblivious poison of ingratitude, that not only the individuals benefited, but their acquaintance, their neighbors, and all to whom the good deed was told, never afterwards lost an opportunity of recording their thankful remembrance in terms of the highest praise and admiration. In the absence of most of those consolations, religious, social and domestic, which either sweeten this life or ripen the mind for the fruition of a better, it has often refreshed me to think, that I had the confidence and the es- teem of not a few of the Chinese community. A confidence and an esteem, which I will not show myself unworthy of, by dwelling upon their faults, mocking at their eccentricities, caricaturing their minds, or despising their pursuits and enjoyments. Every traveler has an undisputed right to describe scenes and doings as they struck his 136 March, Remarks on Chinese Character. own mind, and the public are free to accept such descriptions with whatever degree of credit they may see fit. But this I will take the liberty of saying, that the stranger, who discovers nothing amiable among the Chinese people, never gave them an opportunity of seeing that he has any ingredient of that sort in his own composition, and that he, who has not gained their goodwill and their applause, has assuredly not taken much pains to deserve them. Two general observations have been often made, and as often re- ceived by most persons, I believe, as unquestionably founded in fact : The unvarying character of the Chinese people throughout the em- pire, and the pertinacious and doting attachment with which they adhere to everything that antiquity has conveyed to them. As to the first observation, that the Chinese are identical in every province of the empire, a man needs not travel over many parts of China to see that this cannot be established by an appeal to reality. At Canton, the attire of the males is showy, and often selected with a reference to the contrast of colors, while the wearer is obviously thinking of the effect his outward appearance is likely to make upon the beholders. At Ningpo, instances of this kind are so rare, that I never saw one in any visit to that place. The garments of the wealthy are sometimes rich in their texture, but never fanciful in either their shape or their color. The gait of such persons is simple and unaffected, their demeanor without ostentation or conceit. At Ningpo, females who have a regard for their reputations never visit the theatre; in the suburbs of Canton, I have seen several hundreds at one time occupying the front gallery fitted up for their recep- tion by the principal contributors to such places of amusement. At Súchau, the seat of everything that is elegant and refined, ladies of quality are seen at the theatre without subjecting themselves to the reflections of the critical and the censorious. At Tinghái, a stran- ger is fed and lodged whether he be known or unknown. At Ning- po, hospitality is confined to friends and relatives. At Amoy and Fuchau fú, females old and young decorate their heads with the most gaudy flowers on all occasions. At Ningpo and Chusan, the young only wear such ornaments, and then chiefly on occasions of festivity, when the wearer selects such as are most remarkable for the neat- ness of their form, and unassuming graces of their colors. The elderly ladies as at Canton dispense with these adornments altoge- ther, and leave them to such as have some youthful charms to keep them company. At Canton, the guests observe the ceremony pledging and repledging at tal e; in the midland this rite seems to of 1843 137 Remarks on Chinese Character. be unknown. Any of the guests when he wishes to drink takes up his cup, and begs all the rest in their turn to follow his example. It would not be difficult to multiply instances of such variations in agri- cultural processes, domestic economy, and social intercourse, but these will suffice to show that it would be useful to be a little on our guard when we draw general conclusions, and that it is expedient to enlarge our stock of particulars before we venture upon univer- sals. As to the stereotype of the Chinese character, we need only cast our eye over their ancient prints and diagrams, to perceive that there has been an entire revolution in their costume. The ancient official dresses were fantastic, elaborate and ill-proportioned; the modern are simple and becoming. The former might very well serve to embellish a mountebank, the latter suits a gentleman, and adorns without betraying the design. If we may infer anything from the attitude of ancient worthies as they are represented in old pic- tures, and believe that players are faithful copyists of bygone ages, a measured pace and an air of self-importance were considered as elements in a proper bearing. Now if there be anything to denote a great man, apart from his retinue, it is his unpretending demeanor. And without multiplying instances, every observing and philanthro- pic person of the expedition, in which I have had the honor to serve, has already witnessed one of the greatest changes that ever came over the human mind. A people who a few months ago condemned us, now seek our favor, are delighted with the most transient look of complacency, and feel themselves far exalted above their neigh- bors whenever they can obtain an interest in our friendship. There are at Canton some vindictive spirits, some rude and untamed beings, who form exceptions to this rule, but these are not fair ex- ponents and representatives of the Chinese people—they are only the genuine and appropriate fruits of a system which is now most happi- ly drawing near its utter extinction, I have mixed with the Chinese at their entertainments whenever opportunity invited me, and found that though there is something like rule and order in their succession of courses, ample room is left for variety and the display of individual taste. The garniture of the table when first set out consists of fruits, confections, pastry, dried meats, and so forth, but in this the servitor consults his own fancy as well as the resources of his master. In ordinary cases the bowls which contain the ragouts, soups, and prepared viands, are brought on one at a time, but at the entertainment in Nanking each guest 18 VOL. XII, NO, III 138 MARCH Remierks on Chinese Character. was furnished with a separate basin, more in accordance with European feeling. This is considered as most complimentary to the guest, for wlien a Chinese gentleman from Ningpo wished to do honor to Mr. Gutzlaff and myself by a feast, that cost him not a little research as well as money, he adopted it. Chinese have often been charged with a want of discrimination in their choice of eatables. But in fact they are epicures, and consequently not content with what is sufficient to supply the wants of nature, they seek to please and provoke the appetite by an assortment of far-fetched dainties. Some of these are not agreeable to European prepossessions, but to relish any one of them does not require more training than is neces- sary for the enjoyment of many things that are highly valued by gentlemen who delight in the pleasures of the table among ourselves. At some of their dinners I have felt the want of bread and vegeta- bles, especially when the dishes, as it often happens, were rich and highly seasoned; at others this lack has been supplied by bread which is generally well made, and vegetables selected for the occa- sion. To find contentment in that kind of ardent spirits, which is distilled from rice, and universally employed as a beverage at all the principal meals, requires some resolution and patience. It is in fila- vor so unlike anything set forth on our tables that it has called upon ine to exert all my predilections for the Chinese, and nothing perhaps, but a settled wish to be at home here would have prevailed upon me to take what was at first so disagreeable to me. It differs, however, very much in its taste and qualities. That from Sháuhing is esteem- ed the best, and is certainly the most unexceptionable in point of flavor. In its effects upon the constitution, it seems to rank with the least hurtful of spirituous liquors. It assists digestion very ma- terially, and unless taken to great excess neither leaves the headache, loss of appetite, or a dry-mouth behind it. Our seamen suffer from the use of it, but that which is sold to one who drinks inerely for excitement, and what is set before a guest, are in all likelihood differ- ent things. To take the favorite beverage without disgust, to wield a pair of ivory sticks instead of a knife and fork, to eat vermicelli gracefully, and to open a melon seed without crushing the meat, con- stitute the chief acquirements necessary to qualify a person for the part of an easy guest at a Chinaman's table. These are worth the pains they may cost, since nothing gains the heart of a native so effectually, as to let him see that his attempts to gratify have all been successful, and that betwixt you and himself there is no difference, but such as may happen to result from superior inental endowments or the advantages of a better training 1 1843. 139 Remarks on Chinese Character. No apology can or ought to be made in the behalf of the unfeel- ing practice of spoiling the feet of the female. It had its origin solely in pride, which, after the familiar adage, is said to feel no pain. It is deemed, however, such an essential among the elements of femi- nine beauty, that nothing save the sublimer considerations of Chris- tianity will ever wean them from the infatuation. The more reduced this useful member is, the more graceful and becoming it is thought to be. When gentlemen are reciting the unparalleled charms of Súchau ladies they seldom forget to mention the extreme smallness of the foot, as that which renders them complete, and lays the top- stone upon all the rest of their personal accomplishments. The compression of the foot does not render the Chinese lady incapable of walking, nor does it give that awkwardness to the gait which one might be apt to expect. Walking among females of the lower orders is often effected with difficulty, but this arises from the imperfect manner in which the operation has been performed, and the in- equality of the surface they are obliged to tread upon. But the speed with which many of them trip over the ground when roused by any emergency would sometimes almost induce us to think they had sustained no loss at all. Within the dwellings of those whom Providence has favored with a larger share of its gifts, the ladies move about with a quick and noiseless pace, and seem to a lively imagination to float rather than walk. The ordinary specimens of the street and the wayside are not often calculated to give us a high opinion of female beauty in China. But amongst the better ranks, examples of great personal attractions are not uncommon. In them to a loveliness of form and feature are joined a peculiar softness of manner, an eye beaming with a flood of light, a smile replete with nature's own enchantments, and a voice that lights upon the ear like the melting strains of an Æolian harp, or the subdued pulses of distant music. In youth and at home she constitutes the chief joy of her mother, and requites the wakeful exercises of maternal fondness, apart from those observances which filial duty demands, with a variety of well-pleasing arts, such as the most ingenious mind alone could invent, and the kindest heart feel and put in practice. To preserve the delicacy of her hand she is not permitted to bear her part in the active duties of the household, but spends her time in works of embroidery, conversing with her female friends, or in duti- ful attentions to her mother. In the common walks of experience, I know not a more engaging sight than that of a mother and her daughter, each apparently forgetting herself to make the other hap- 140 March, Remarks on Chinese Character. py. At home her attire is often plain, sometimes rich, but only splendid when occasions of festivity render gay clothing a point of etiquette. Some latitude must be given for the diversity of tastes, but I think the costume of a Chinese lady is in shape, style and combination of colors not surpassed by anything we meet in our own country At home or abroad, in holiday robes or in plain clothing, the heart of a Chinese female seems to be at all times ready to overflow with mirth and good humor. Ill usage or misfortune may make her sad for a while, but the smallest efforts to soothe or amuse on the part of one whom she values drives away all her heaviness. Confucian philosophy has done its best to unfit a Chinese for the possession of such an heritage, by assigning to woman nothing but the privilege of drudging for her lord. Those well chosen terms of esteem and pre- ference with which we are wont to address females, and the countless variety of polite offices which we perform as matters of course, find no place either in the written or unwritten laws of Chinese society. Native poetry and romance descant upon the accomplishments of the lover and the charms of his mistress, and in beautiful terms and imagery eulogize the bliss of chaste and well-requited love. But these sentiments seem to be confined to the poet, whose imagination guided by the promptings of his heart, and the refinement of his understanding, portrays what ought to be, but what I fear seldom happens. It is hard to conceive how a man can behold the object of his best affections, and exhibit no desire to show her any marks of regard, especially when his heart has been softened by education, and no external circumstance interferes with the display of his feelings. I have seen bride and bridegroom at their home surrounded only by friends, and have chided the latter with want of attention to his part. ner, but without effect. To present her with a cake, or an orange, seemed to be beyond the sphere of his acquirements. In obedience to my wish he would order a servant to perform the office, but would not venture to do it himself. Whenever the light of heaven-born Christianity shall dawn upon this people, and begin to dissipate the mists of a diabolical system of ethics which has so long brooded over the land, one of the first evidences of its presence will be a restoration of fair woman to all her rights and privileges; she will then be regarded, as she ought to be, “the glory of the man,” and a Chinese will then behold a paradise yielding flowers to embellish his feasts, to adorn the friendly board, to refine, ennahle and rejoice Jois own heart. Now a Chinese woman looks forward no such re- 1843. Remarks on Chinese Character. compenses in her husband; her solaces prospective as well as present must be found chiefly among her female friends and acquaintances; as they do not form the subject of her hope, so the loss cannot affect her with any keen sense of disappointment. Still sorrow at being slighted and joy at being honored, are so natural and instinctive, that we can scarcely conceive a human heart to be without them. But if she wants the prerogatives which belong to her sex, she by no means lacks a fitness to enjoy them ;—no one is more perceptive of what is kind and courteous, no one more ready to evince her sense of it by words, and acts that are always clothed with meekness and hu- mility. The dwelling together of wife and concubine under the same roof does not produce that unhappiness that our feelings might teach us to imagine. The sole proprietorship of a husband's attachments does not enter into the calculation of the former, so that she yields to the obtrusion of a rival without repining; and the latter, generally pur- chased for a large sum of money, is content to find herself in a circle much above her birth and parentage. When Chinese ladies are appealed to, they alledge that there is nothing objectionable in the practice. I have seen wife and concubine mixing together without any symptoms of jealousy, and heard them contend with unusual vehemence, that neither one nor the other had any right to complain so long as the husband was impartial and loved them both alike. After a Chinese lady has become a wife, worn her bridal robes till all her husband's friends have admired her person and her attire in their turn, and she has presented them with tea till they cease from visits of ceremony, she begins to direct her attention to the affairs of the household, bears her part whenever it is necessary, and very often superintends the entire management and control of the domes- tics. Early and late she may be seen busy in her occupations, sometimes directing, but more frequently employed in the meaner duties of manipulation, and always cheerful as if her whole delight was summed up in the success of her cares. Whether her hus- band treats her kindly or unkindly, she looks after the entertainment of himself and his friends with an unwearied anxiety, and never thinks of participating herself till the host and guest have half finish- ed their feast, when with her female friends she sits down to a sub- ordinate repast in another apartment selected usually near the scene of her daily labors, I have often admired the harmony and apparent goodwill that pervades the economy of a Chinese house conducted without recourse to threats, altercations or angry words. Man-servant 142 MARCH, Christianity in Russia. and maid-servant seemed to know their part, and to be alike willing to contribute his or her share of service for the good of the whole; no sulky looks, no murmurs, no resentful airs. Noise we had sometimes in profusion, but it was not the offended voice of reproof, or the contentious tone of the gainsayer, but that kind of joyous echo, wherewith men seek to beguile their own toils and cheer their companions. ART. V. Christianity in Russia: the character and action of the Greek church; schools patronized by the imperial family; Christian converts from among the Buriats. Some of the forms of Christianity are so vitiated that they must ere- long be either reformed or overthrown, by the glorious light of re- vealed truth. This truth-the Bible—is at war with those forms, or rather they are at war with it, endeavoring to obscure its light and make void its hallowed influences. Were this truth not what it is—were it not the infallible and sure word of prophecy, the incon- testable and manifest Will and Testament of Jehovah those vitiated forms might continue and prevail. But error cannot maintain its ground against the force of divine truth. The decrees and purposes of the Almighty are all sure, not one will ever fail. To his Son he will give the heathen for an inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for a possession. “ Be wise now therefore, O ye kings ! “ Be instructed ye judges of the earth! “ Serve the Lord with fear, and rejoice with trembling! “ Kiss the Gon, lest he be angry, " And ye perish from the way, “ When his wrath is kindled but a little." The character and action of the Greek church, and the govern- ment of Russia are both opposed to the simple doctrines of the gospel. The measures, therefore, that have been taken to prevent the free circulation of the Scriptures, and to expel from the domi- nions of the autocrat those who preach only according to the Scrip- tures, are not matters of surprise to any one. But all such intolerant measures must eventually prove abortive. 1843. 143 Christianity in Russia. A letter before us, dated at St. Petersburg, Feb., 1842, written by a Christian lady, affords most pleasing evidence that the hostility of the church and government in Russia has not extinguished the spirit that was enkindled, not long ago, by the reading of the Bible and by the preaching and teaching of its holy doctrines. The system of infant schools is now, it appears, fully established at St. Petersburg, and the young children collected in all the dis- tricts, and placed under tuition—the whole being done under the superintendance of Russian ladies of nobility. These ladies have formed themselves into a society, with the empress and grand- duchess at its head. There is also in the city a society of ladies for visiting prisons. Besides the infant schools, there is at least one for other children. This is under the care of a foreign lady, and numbers about 140 pupils; and their instructress has gained such good reputation that her advice is often sought by members of the imperial family in regard to their plans of benevolence. Still more pleasing intelligence is given concerning some of those Buriats who have received the religion of Jesus under the labors of Messrs. Swan and Stally brass. These missionaries were banished by an edict dated September 29th, 1840. It was a painful measure that tore those pious and self-denying men away from their charge in the remote regions of Siberia, where they had long and successfully labored. But He who permitted the wrath of man to decree such cruel measures, has given the “poor Buriat converts” great grace, and enabled them to stand fast in the faith. A paragraph or two from their letters while show with what spirit those converts are endued. "Nothing can happen to us," says one of them, “but by God's permission; and I shall try to regard everything as a token of my Savior's unchangeable love, and sent to us in his wisdom. . . . One thing I observe in the word of God; when he sent his angels with any message to this lower world, the message was always fulfilled. They were never sent in vain. They never returned from earth to heaven leaving their work undone. In like manner God's servants are never sent in vain. Ah! shall God's work in this great dark valley remain unaccomplished? Shall all be motionless, voiceless, lifeless? No. There will be great efforts; the seed will spring up; and so let the blessing of the Lord be upon us and upon you. One thing I am fully persuaded of: God will not suffer the prayers and zeal of his servants to end in emptiness. Nevertheless to think 144 MARCH, IVúsung Custom-House Register. of the state of things at the present time is grievous. What has hap- pened we could not think of, but when it has come to pass, we see one part more of the will of God is made known to us. Not our wills, but his be done. Nevertheless, continue, my dear friends, to pray for your poor Buriat brethren, that they may not perish, that the light of salvation may shine upon them, and many precious souls find deliverance." Art. VI. A few Brief Particulars respecting the Wúsung Cus- tom-house Register. By G. T. Lay. In the custom-house at Wúsung a register is kept of all the native vessels which enter and leave that river. While the British forces were in possession of it, I obtained several volumes of this record, from which the following brief particulars are drawn. The pages of these books are divided into ten columns. In the roid space or margin above the square which confines these columns, iands the day of the month, while the year is marked on the out- ide of each volume, as a part of its title. At the head of each column is set down the name of the place to which the vessel be- longs; next, the designation of the owner's firm; then her cargo, and lastly, the place to which she is bound. The articles mentioned in the register of exports of vessels leaving the port, now before me, are these : paper, cotton cloth, tea, coarse drugs, ginger, ink-stones, &c., damaged ends of cotton, tubular cap stands, confections, spirits, sugar, cotton, leeks, grasscloth, silkworm-cases, choice wood, orna- mented cloth, woolen rugs and blankets, hemp-thread, needles, alum, earthenware, timber, artificial flowers, glass, summer-cloth or muslin, chop-sticks. Many vessels from Canton are freighted with cakes made of the external coverings, or testa of beans, or in other words of the refuse that remains after the pulse-cheese has been squeezed through a cloth. These are represented as on their way back having disposed of their cargo. I have met with several junks laden with these cakes, which are given to swine, goats, and so forth for fodder, and are said to be used also in the manuring of land. Vessels from Tsungming bear a good proportion among the en- 1843. 145 Account of the Cameronian Regiment. tries. The staple of that island is cotton, for which reason the cargoes were generally composed of this article. Rice, I was told when at that island, is not cultivated in sufficient quantities to maintain the inhabitants; hence, according to the statement made by a native, the Tand-tax is not, as is usually the case, paid partly in money and partly in rice, but entirely in money. The average rate per mau, or an area somewhere about 248 square pole or rods, is between three and four hundred cash, or copper pieces. Vessels freighted with tea, paper, cloth, sugar, artificial flowers, drugs, timber, &c., and in fact all full vessels, are bound for the coast of Shantung and Chili, from whence they return, as it appeared from our observations at Wú- sung, laden with kinds of pulse. But as this cannot countervail the valuable cargoes they take up, a part of their receipts must be in money. Vessels returning empty are chiefly those from Can- ton and the coast of Fukien, which having disposed of their sugar, pulse-cakes, &c., are on their way home. As the cotton cultiva- tion is considerable in the several departments in the vicinity of Shanghai, a good number of vessels belonging to those places are filled with cloth, thread, paper and artificial flowers, all bound for Chili and Sháptung. From another document found by me in the same custom-house, I learn that the duty on every seaman passing that place was 300 cash, and that this was the sum allowed from the same custom-house to each of twenty poor widows for their monthly maintenance. To entitle a person to this small pittance she must be a " widow in- deed," that is one who has neither sons or grandsons to requite her with what they would spare from the fruits of their industry. Art. VII. Some account of Her Majesty's Twenty-sixth, or Ca- meronian Regiment, from its formation to the present time.. This is the title of a thin octavo volune, half in print and half in manuscript: the latter part is chiefly, we believe, the work of the late truly excellent col. Oglander, who bequeathed the volume to one of his staff officers, now a resident in Hongkong. By the aid of an additional manuscript, kindly placed at our disposal, the account of the regiment is brought down to the close of the year 1842. 19 VOL. XII. NO, III. 146 MARCH, Account of the Cameronian Regiment. There have been in China, during the late war, H. B. M.'s 13th, 26th, 49th, 55th, and 98th regiments; also from the presidency of fort St. George, the 2d, 6th, 14th, 37th, 41st native infantry, troop horse artillery, two companies 2d battalion artillery, one company 3d battalion artillery, rifle company, native infantry, and three com- panies of sappers and miners; and also one regiment, the Bengal Vo- lunteers from Fort William. After the return of the first, there was a second regiment of the Bengal Volunteers. The whole of this force was under the command of his excellency sir Hugh Gough. The account of the origin and formation of the regiment we give verbatim, as we find it in the volume before us. “The religious persecutions which the cruel and ill-judged policy pur- sued by the Stuart family, enforced against their subjects of the Presbyte- rian persuasion in Scotland, gave rise to the formation of various bodies of men, who, driven to desperation by ill usage, occasionally appeared in arms in opposition to a government which denied them all freedom of wor- ship. And they finally became ready and well-trained supporters of the glorious revolution of 1688, to which the encroachments of king James II. on their civil as well as religious liberties, at length urged his unwilling subjects of both kingdoms. This revolution, which commenced in both countries in November, 1688, was rendered decisive in Scotland in March following, when the duke of Hamilton obtained the ascendency in the Con- vention; in effecting which the Cameronians were most active agents, especially in the transactions of the 18th of that month. On the following day the Cameronians manifested their zeal and devotion to this great cause by furnishing a body of 1200 men, who were raised “on the instant, without beat of drum and without levy money,” and being afterwards regimented, they were placed under the command of the Earl of Angus, to whom the estates granted a warrant. The king's confirmation appears to have been antedated to the 19th April, 1669, the date of the act of parliament, which accepted the offer of the earls Argyll, Marr, Glencairne, and Angus, and the Jords Strathnaven, Blantyre, and Bargan, and of the laird of Grant. These regiments were to be 600 men each, except the earl of Angus's, which was to be 1200 strong. The Cameronians were then enrolled as the 22d regiment. “Before their final formation as a regiment, they had an opportunity of rendering an important service to their country, by protecting, together with the militia and some of the Argyll Highlanders, the early sittings of the Convention, whose safety was endangered by the garrison of the castle, which the duke of Gordon still held. They were relieved before the castle by the troops under sir John Lanier; and the security of the estates was afterwards confirmed by the arrival, in March, of three Scottish regiments which had been employed in the Dutch service, and had attended William to England under the command of general Mackay. 1943. 147 Account of the Cameronian Regiment " Though the sanction of the estates was obtained on the 19th April, their organization appears not to have been completed till the 12th May, when a field officer came to Douglas to see them embodied; and on the 14th they were mustered by Mr. Buntine, the muster master-general, on the Holm, near the town of Douglas, by the side of Douglas water." In April, 1691, the regiment landed in Holland, and formed a part of the confederate army under king William. The earl of Angus fell at the head of his regiment in August of the next year. Andrew Munro first succeeded to the colonelcy, and then it passed to James Ferguson. In 1697, the regiment was received into Dutch pay, but taken back in 1700, and returned to England. In 1701, it and two others were sent from Scotland to Holland. On the accession of queen Anne, 1702, by a new arrangement, the Cameronians were enrolled as the 26th instead of the 22d regi- ment, and are often and honorably named in the histories of the successive campaigns, till they quitted the Lower Countries in 1713. The regiment was engaged in the battles of Blenheim, Ramillies, Oudenarde, and Malplaquet, the sieges of Lille and Mons, and shar- ed in all the hardships of the campaigns under Marlborough, of which an account has been preserved by their colonel, Blackadar. From 1713 till the autumn of 1715, they appear to have been in Ireland, when, on account of their fidelity, they were brought back to Scotland on the breaking out of the rebellion in favor of the Pre- tender. The rebellion quelled, the regiment returned to Ireland in 1716. Having remained there ten years, they were called to a post of danger at Gibraltar. In 1738, they embarked from thence, in Minorca; and from thence, in 1748, for Ireland, and returned to their native land in 1754, after an absence of about 32 years. In the spring of 1757, "hey went again to Ireland; but their stay in that country must have been short, as in the orders of major-general Wolf, dated Halifax, 1759, they appear to have formed a part of the force destined for the conquest of Canada. On the heights of Abra- ham, "the agile Scotch Highlanders with their stout claymores, served the purpose of cavalry, and the steady fire of the fusileers compensated in some degree for the want of artillery.” The Can meronians were doubtless engaged, on the 28th of April, 1760, under general Murray, “in a brilliant but rash action near Quebec." The Canadian war ended in 1763; but the Cameronians seem not to have returned home. When the American revolution broke out in 1774, and the rebel- lion of those states was openly declared, the Cameronians were 148 MARCH, Account of the Cameronian Regiment. was found in the posts of the greatest danger, "and to them of misfor- tune.” For, says the historian, “the whole of that vast country was left to the protection of two regiments, the 7th and the 26th, of a weak peace establishment of 340 men each," separated ino several remote garrisons. Fort Ticonderoga, garrisoned by 60 men of the 26th, was attacked by a volunteer, named Allen, and was lost. Montgomery and Arnold with collected forces advanced towards Montreal. The place was evacuated, but the retiring troops were pursued, and about 150 were taken prisoners. “On this occasion the Cameronians lost their colors, which, when the detachment found themselves closely pressed, had been stripped from the staves, and carried by an officer round his body; but finding escape impos- sible, they were then wrapped round a cannon-ball, and sunk in the St. Lawrence.” It seems highly probable that the regiment reformed” in the course of the next year, by recruits and by an exchange of prisoners. This detachment of the regiment appears to have been sent to Halifax; and in the autumn of 1776, or in the spring of 1777, to have been transferred, with the 7th, to the grand scene of contest in New York and New England. The 26th took part in the capture of Fort Montgomery and Fort Clinton. During a part of 1778, the Cameronians were stationed at Staten Island. During the campaign of the next year, no particular mention is made of the 26th, which continued to form a part of Clinton's army till the autumn, when the soldiers were drafted into other corps, and the staff, under sir William Myers, embarked, in Dec. at New York for England. Major André was of this regiment. In England they remained till 1782, when they marched to Scot- land; and in October, 1783, embarked for Ireland, where they re- mained till 1787, when they sailed for Canada. In 1800, they were transferred to Nova Scotia, and from thence to England the same year. In 1801, the Cameronians were called on to join the expedi- tion by which the expulsion of the French from Egypt was effected. They took part in the operations of that year in the sige of Alexan- dria. In 1802, the regiment returned to England, having been reduced, from 600 to 470, by fever and dysentery. On the 6th of July, 1803, was dated his majesty's gracious permis- sion for the regiment to bear on its colors and appointments a Sphynx, with the word “Egypt,” in commemoration of its services in that country. The Cameronians remained a little more than a year in their native country, which as a regiment they have never since visited 1843. 149 Account of the Cameronian Regiment. In 1805, it was sent on service to Germany, and the next year returned to Ireland. In 1808, the Cameronians found a place in the expedition fitted out for the south of Spain, under sir David Baird. They returned to England early in 1809. In August of this year they were at the siege of Armuyden, and the expedition against Antwerp having been relinquished, the Cameronians again returned to England in December. On the 4th of July, 1811, tran- sports, carrying 613 rank and file of the Cameronians, entered the Tagus. The next year they reached Gibralter, and returned to Ire- land in 1821. In 1828, they embarked in four ships for the east. From this date we continue the narrative from the manuscript. “Thus the Cameronians for the first time were brought on service in Asia. They landed later in the season than European troops generally arrive in India. The great heat had passed by, but the months from Sep. to Dec., are not the healthiest. Though a con- siderable number of men passed through the hospital, yet the cases were generally slight, and but for the occurrence of the cholera, the losses by death would have been very moderate. Before the 31st of December, nine men had died of various diseases; whilst thirteen fell victims to the cholera. This fearful disease was not then gene- rally prevalent, and the cases which occurred among the Camero- nians were considered as sporadic. Its virulence at such times does not seem to be diminished, but the extent of its poisonous influence is lessened. Under all circumstances the regiment was regarded as remarkably healthy, which may be attributed to the men being of sober and regular habits, to every precaution being used to check excesses whether in liquor or in the use of fruits, and to insure a regular diet of four meals a day. The first of these was a pint of congee water taken before any man turned out for duty, parade or exercise; the second a breakfast of tea or coffee at half past 7; the third a dinner of meat and vegetables at 2; and the last, a supper of tea or coffee at 7. By a watchful superintendence and an appeal to the soldier's reason, the flannel belt round the loins and a woolen bed-gown were worn with tolerable regularity; and their use doubt- less proved a great preservative against disease. Great attention was given to prevent unnecessary exposure to the sun, and by limit- ing the hours and seeking for shady places, even the drill of the recruits was carried on without any increased sickness being obser- vable among them. To avoid wet feet from the morning dew is important, and the evening was therefore chosen for the field exer- cise, whether of the squad or the regiment; and till the time of in- spection the regiment was rarely taken beyond the fort. 150 MARCH, Account of the Cameronian Regiment. “ The recruiting which had taken effect in March, was continued after the departure of the regiment, and proved so successful that 68 men were raised before the 24th July, when it was stopped, the establishment being more than complete. The depôt was thus ren- dered strong, and its appearance and the conduct of the men were stated to have been very creditable; but unluckily these men were not allowed to remain in the regiment; for the commander-in-chief cal- culating on volunteering from the regiments about to return home to complete the deficiency in the Cameronians, directed that the depot should be drafted into those corps, to effect which a bounty was offered as an inducement to the men to change. Thus the depôt, from which a fresh supply of good soldiers was expected, was reduc- ed nearly to a skeleton, for there only remained a few undersized men, and some old soldiers, who waited their discharge. “In India a body of 234 men was transferred from the 30th regi- ment, a considerable proportion of whom were neither an acquisition to the corps in appearance nor in morals. So objectionable a system as that of volunteering, conducted as it has been with every license to vice and irregularity, must necessarily be accompanied with serious evils, which greatly outweigh any supposed advantages. These men joined the regiment on the 5th November, and it thus became the strongest corps in the presidency. Immediate measures were adopted to supply them with clothing and accoutrements, which was effected partly before the end of the year, and completed early in 1829. The stores of the Company furnished part of the articles wanted, and the rest were made by native workmen. “The regiment was inspected by major-general, sir John Doveton on the 8th December. The Cameronians remained the whole of 1829, at fort St. George, the year being passed in perfect tranquillity and without any remarkable occurrence. They were inspected on the 30th March by major-general, sir John Doveton, and on the 19th December by brig.-general Andrew McDowell. The men were throughout the year very healthy, the loss by death being only 19. “From the 1st January to the 30th. September, 1830, the Camero- nians remained in garrison in fort St. George, their half yearly in- spection being made on the 24th May, by brigadier-general Andrew McDowell, when the regiment was commanded by major Mountain. Various rumors had been long afloat respecting its removal to Ben- gal, but no certain information was received till July, when besides the relief of the 89th and Royal regiments by the 55th and 62d, the Cameronians were directed after the arrival of the 57th from the New South Wales to proveed to Calcutta to replace the 14th regiment. 1843. 151 Account of the Camcronian Regiment. 1 "It was the wish of sir George Walker that the Cameronians should be reinoved to Bangalore, and as it would have saved expense to have sent on the 57th to Bengal, whenever they might reach Ma- dras Roads, application was made to the earl of Dalhousie, as com- mander-in-chief in India to warrant this deviation from the orders sent from home. Bangalore continued therefore nearly to the last moment to be looked on as the future station of the regiment, but as no answer came from lord Dalhousie, who was then at Penang, the governor in council decided, on the arrival of part of the 55th regiment, that the Cameronians should embark in the ships which brought out that and the 62d regiment in proportion as they came in. “The head-quarter division therefore embarked, on the 30th Sep- tember in the H. C. C. chartered ship Malcolm, and sailing on the morning of the 2d October it reached Calcutta on the 10th. The second division under captain Johnston embarked in the Hon. Com- pany's chartered ship Lady Kennaway on the 2d, and reached Cal- cutta on the 10th October. The 3d division under captain Pointon embarked in the H. C. C. ship Protector on the 6th October, and reaching Calcutta on the 23d passed up the river in boats to Chin- surah, where they landed on the 25th of October. The 4th division uuder major Mountain which quitted Madras Roads, in the H. C. C. ship Susan, passed into boats at Calcutta on the 4th, and joined the regiment on the 5th November, “Thus in the space of 36 days the removal of the regiment from fort St. George to Chinsurah was completed with the loss of two men only who died at sea. A small party of sick and a few others, in all 28, remained at Madras. Though Bangalore might perhaps have been the preferable station, yet as all chance of occupying it was lost by the delay which occurred in communicating with the commander-in-chief, it was highly advantageous to the regiment to effect its passage in a body, in good ships and at a good season, rather than incur the many disadvantageous changes which would have attended the delay occasioned by awaiting the arrival of the 57th regiment from New South Wales. As the arrival of the regi- ment was not expected by the supreme government, no arrangement had been made for its reception at Fort William, and it was decided that it should replace the King's depôt, at Chinsurah, which was im- mediately transferred to the fort. On the return of lord Dalhousie from Penang, it was decided that the Cameronians should march to Kurnaul, which though a distance of nearly 1000 miles, would after their long stay at fort St. George afford them a favorable change of 152 MARCH, Account of the Cameronian Regiment. climate. On the 7th of December the regiment moved from Chin- surah into camp at Tarragonee, where they were detained till the 16th, owing to the chandry who had contracted to supply 241 hack- eries for the conveyance of the baggage of the officers and men prova ing deficient in about 100 of that number. In the interval, the requisite supply was obtained through the commissariat, and the regiment, resuming its march on the 16th December, proceeded by Burdwan to Bancoorah, where it came upon the new road from Cal- cutta to the upper provinces. It encamped at Arrara on the last of that year, having then marched 126 miles. “The loss suffered by death was this year greater than last, being altogether thirty-one. Of these eight were during the first half, and twenty-three the second half of the year; thirteen died at Madras, two on the passage; fifteen at Chinsurah; and one after embarka- tion on the river. The large proportion of deaths at Chinsurah is a proof of the unhealthiness of that place, and of that part of Bengal as compared with Madras. Ten died of Indian cholera ; ten of dysentery; six of hepatitis, and the remaining five of various diseases. The sickness at Chinsurah was considerable, and owing to the fre- quency of cholera in its worst form it was often fatal ; yet no sooner was the regiment encamped, than it ceased. “The equipment of the regiment for the march was provided at the present reduced state of the Bengal government. One new, tent for every sixteen non-commissioned officers and men without any exra allowance for married men with families or any others, except two staff serjeants, who are each allowed a tent of the old pattern. Ele- phants are provided for the carriage of the tents, and one callassie to each tent. The allowance should include something for the married soldiers, and then it would suffice. There are also two bildars, two bheasties, and two puckallies to a company. The hospital establish- ment is distinct. It consisted of seven new and two old pattern tents with callassies, bheasties and puckallies. One doolie to every ten men was allowed for the conveyance of the sick. Had any sick- ness prevailed, this number would have barely sufficed, for it must be expected that the natives will also become non-efficient in proportion as the sick soldiers are numerous. “As far as Arrara, and even to Chass, which the regiment reached on the 6th January, no considerable local difficulty had occurred on the march, except the passage of the Damooder near Burdwan on the 22d December. “A few accidents and soine desertion of drivers which had occur. 1 1813. 153 Account of the Cameronian Regiment. red, were easily provided for, the nine following marches in which the regiment passed through the beautiful and picturesque district of Ramghur were attended with great difficulty. An extensive line of hills, which in parts are 3000 feet above the sea, were overpassed; and though the road be made with some skill, yet from its imperfect condition, and the frequency of the declivities, the baggage occa- sioned much delay and vexation. The oxen became unequal to the task of dragging the carts up the hills, and across the beds of the rivers and ravines, and from fatigue and sickness, occasioned by the extreme cold, the thermometer for many days being below freezing point, they died in great numbers. “Both the commissariat and private baggage suffered so much, that with alternate halts, it was only by putting the whole resources of the district in requisition, and by the aid of constant and large fatigue parties, that the regiment reached Hazareebaugh on the 14th Jan. Ramghur is a country which has little land reclaimed from jungle, though all very susceptible of cultivation; and the sagger oxen are so small and wild as to be very unfit for the yoke in the Bengal hackery. Though two companies were at work on fatigue till past midday, the distress had become so serious at Chittrod Chuttee on the 11th, that one half of the men's boxes were broken up to lighten the loads, and they marched to Hazareebaugh with knapsacks. With every effort some baggage remained behind, which did not come up during the halt at this place, and was therefore brought to Benares, where it was embarked in the boats. At Hazaree- baugh some public draught oxen, and a number of pack bullocks were procured, with which the baggage was conveyed to Sheirgatty without much difficulty. At Sheirgatty, the collector had procured a supply for fresh hackeries, which rendered the further progress to Benares much easier. The passage of the sandy beds of the rivers occasioned much more labor than the ferries. In the Damooder there was one stream only to be passed in boats; but in the Soane there were two. Many of the smaller streams which would have occasioned great loss of time and of cattle were made nearly as good as the high road, by the simple expedient of laying clay on the sand, which form ed an excellent road, For this the regiment was indebted to the assistant collector Mr. Neave, whose zeal and intelligence had great- ly contributed to smooth the difficulties which impeded its progress through this deficient but beautiful country. T regiment encamped at Sec le on the 4th to Feb. inclusive; the new hackeries with the fine oxen of Cawnpore which 20 VOL. XII. NO, 111, 154 MARCH Account of the Cameronran Regiment. were on the were ready for use at Benares through the intervention of the assis- tant commissary, enabled the regiment to move along the fine broad road to Allahabad without trouble, and the passage of the Ganges was also effected in one day, though there was a ferry and a tract of sand to pass. The rains had a favorable influence on the wea- ther, which continued cool till after the regiment reached Meerut on the morning of Saturday, the 26th of March. “Thus was terminated a journey of unusual length for a queen's re- giment in India. The total distance is 905 miles, which was perform- ed in eighty marches, being a little more than 114 daily on an ave- rage; the longest march was sixteen, the shortest under three miles. The ordinary time of starting was from one to three hours before daylight, so that on the longest marches the men ground by nine, but more frequently at seven or eight; those on fa- tigue only during the passage through the Ramghur district were out till mid-day and after. "The grenadier company of the 59th reg. N. I. accompanied the Carneronians for the usual baggage and police duties from Chinsu- rah to Cawnpore, where they were relieved by another company from that cantonment; two other reliefs were made at Mynpoorie and Ally Ghur. The sipahis were extremely useful, active, well behaved, and intelligent. The men were very healthy, especially the first month, when the sick list fluctuated from six to eight; afterwards it increas- ed to thirty, but never exceed forty; two men only died, one of cho- lera, and one of apoplexy. The commissariat supplies were good and regular; 1 lb. of biscuit, 14 lb. of beef, and two drams of rum were the daily allowance. “ The remainder of the year passed over without anything re- markable; the barracks, which are excellent, afforded every comfort and accommodation. The detachment which left Chinsurah by the river on the 6th December, 1830, and consisted of thirty sick and forty-six married and weakly men, arrived at Meerut on the 16th of May, having lost one by disease and one by accidental drowning. The difficulties experienced by this small detachment afforded a strong ex. ample how much marching by land is preferable to river navigation. “The regiment was inspected on the 7th May, and again on the 22d of November, by major-general sir Samford Whittingham, who was on both occasions pleased to express his full satisfaction with its appearance and conduct. The earl of Dalhousie also visited the re- giment on the 24th Oct.; and set off on the 29th to rejoin his camp at Delhi, having left it at Kurnaul. The regiment was generally 1943, 1.35 Account of the Cameronian Regiment. healthy this year, losing only twenty-four men, of whom four died-by accident. Including the admissions from the river party, the total of entries in hospital was 779, being 51 less than in 1830, and 169 less than in 1829. The other casualties amounted to 10. The con. duct of the men, notwithstanding several untoward circumstances, was very good. The year 1832 was passed undisturbed at Meerut, unmarked by any event of note. The commander-in-chief, general sir Edward Barnes saw the regiment with the other corps in line on the 4th March, 1832, and again on the 3d December, 1832, when he inspect- ed it separately. He was on both occasions pleased to express his satisfaction with its appearance. The first half yearly inspection was made by brigadier Ximines on the 7th of May, 1832, and the second by sir Sanford Whittingham, who both expressed their favor- able opinion of its appearance and conduct. "The health of the regiment was not so good in 1832 as in 1831, to which an epidemic catarrah in April, and its consequences in the hot and rainy season chiefly contributed. The admissions into hos- pital were 973, being 216 in excess of the number admitted in 1831. The deaths were however two less; the other casualties were 26. "The year 1833 passed away without any material change in the situation or circumstances of the regiment. The commander-in-chief sir Edward Barnes proposed its removal to Ghazeepore to make way for the 16th foot, but his recommendation was rejected by the gov.- general in council on account of expense. The first half yearly in- spection was made by brigadier sir David Ximines on the 4th May, and the second by major-general the hon. John Ramsay on the 3d December, who both expressed their good opinion of the appearance, discipline and conduct of the corps. The general behavior of the N.C.O. and men, all things considered, may be deemed satisfactory. “Notwithstanding the extraordinary heat of the summer and au- tumn, the admissions into hospital were 302 less than in 1832, and the deaths less by seven, which with due allowance for reduced numbers, proves a better state of health. It is remarkable, however, that both dysentery and hepatitis, the two most ruinous enemies to the consti-, tution with which the European has to contend in India, increased. It is much to be feared that the use of ardent spirits contributed mainly to create a predisposition to these diseases. Besides the fif- teen deaths, there were fifty other casualties, among which twenty- two were for limited service, and two transported by sentence of a general court martial. From the 1st January this year, the embroi-, dery of the officers' uniform was changed from silver to gold. 156 MARCH Account of the Cameronian Regiment. “Meerut was the station of the regiment during the year 1834, with one short exception. On the 2d Aug., an order of immediate preparation for service in the field was received, but no destination Was stated; subsequent orders delayed the march to the 1st October, on which day the regiment marched.' Its progress was arrested by the receipt on the night of the 11th, of a letter from major Alves, the political agent in Rajast'han, in which he recommended the corps to be halted till orders should be received from brig.-general Stevenson. This change arose from the amicable arrangement of the differences with the rájá of Joudpore, who had prudently yielded all the points in dispute. On the 14th, an order arrived for the Ca- meronians and two squadrons of the 11th Dragoons to return to Mee- rut, where they arrived on 1he 25th. The baggage of the officers and men was carried entirely on camels, of which 84 were employed former, and 155 for the latter. The average weight of each soldier's kit was 20 seers, in which were included his knapsack, his coatee, and his bedding. Each company had one camel for stores. “The regiment was inspected on the 5th May, and the 5th Dec. by major-general the hon. John Ramsay, who on both occasions expressed his satisfaction with regard to its field discipline and its internal economy. “Though the statement of characters, and the number of courts martial, indicated no material change in the conduct of the men, the continued increase of hepatic disease proves the injurious effects of ardent spirits. One third of the deaths are directly attributable to excess; and though the latter cannot always be distinctly traced, yet various circumstances concur to show, that the use of spirits has been an exciting cause of much disease. Though every means are adopted to make the men sensible of their true interest, the general prejudice which prevails in favor of the use of spirits renders them averse to relinquish it; and thus is maintained the certain, and proli- fic source of drunkenness and crime. The progress of civilization and religion can alone conquer this evil. It appears that orders were issued from Horse Guards on the 17th March for recruiting to re- commence in Scotland ; and in November, 62 recruits thus raised, and one old soldier landed at Calcutta. “In conduct this year there has been a falling off, as is shown by the increased number of minor offenses and of court martials. Though the year was remarkably favorable to health, yet the deaths equalled those in 1834. A decrease of admissions to hospital indi- cates the influence of favorable seasons, whilst the greater mortality 1843. 157 Account of the Cameronian Regiment, only six. proves the fatal results of bad living. The number invalided was The arrival of the buffs at Meerut being fixed for the 5th Jan. 1836, preparations were made for the Cameronians to encamp at Kurkauda on that day. The hospital was broken up on the 27th December, and the detachment of sick, convalescents, and married men, under "capt. Caine, left Meerut on the 28th. Their number was five serjeants, eight corporals, one drummer, 84 privates, 64 women, and 120 children. They embarked on the 31st Dec., and left the ghaut on the 2d January. After a tedious passage, they disembarked at Ghazeepore on the 8th February. “The regiment having gone into camp on the 5th January, conti- nued its march on the 9th. The journey terminated on the 29th February, after 45 marches and 8 Sabbath-day halts. The men of both the water detachments were very healthy; and the regiment also was very healthy, the sick ranging from five to twelve daily. As there is more occupation, and generally less temptation on a march than in quarters, the men's conduct improved during its continuance; though when near Cawnpore on the 3d and 4th February, and by their increased acquaintance with the means of obtaining liquor from the natives near the encampments, the number of crimes ex- ceeded those which occurred in 1831. "Having occupied its new station on the 29th February, 1836, the regiment expected to have remained in it for the usual period, but it was included in the change of quarters for the approaching cold sea- The 44th regiment from Fort William replaced the Camero- nians, who were ordered to march to Calcutta on the 1st December. The nine months of their sojourn at Ghazeepore, proved very unfa- vorable to health. In March, April, and May, the admissions into hospital were within the average of the seven previous years; but towards the end of May, a number of cases of colic with three of cho- lera occurred, and the latter rapidly increased to a most violent epi- demic. The hospital was a scene of distress, which demanded every exertion of moral courage and of medical skill to meet its arduous duties, and it was so crowded, that some alarm was excited, lest further injury should spring from it. The distance of the barracks, and limited medical resources, prevented the opening of fresh wards in them. Happily the disease abated with the setting in of the rains, and disappeared as the wet season advanced. During the conti- nuance of the cholera there was little other disease. The admis- sions in July to Octoberr, were beyond the usual average, and in the last half of Sepiember, and early in October, a severe but not fatal son. 158 MARCH, Arrount of the Cameronian Regiment. fever prevailed; so that when sir Henry Fane visited the hospital at his inspection there were 111 patients. The men's health rapidly improved in November, and on the passage down the Ganges, so that seven only were in hospital on arriving at Fort William, Jan. 13th, 1837. The men were very healthy during the march, but the mortality was this year greater than any since the regiment arrived in India, being in all 50 deaths, 30 of which were from cholera. With regard to conduct, the total number of offenses though large is less than that of the four previous years, but the court martials are a little above the average. The recruits of 1835, joined at Ghazee- pore, most of whom have proved an acquisition to the regiment; eight of them died within the first twelve months. The half yearly in- spection was not regularly made in May, for brig -general White's health did not admit of his visiting Ghazeepore. Neither was any made in the November previous, but the regiment was reviewed by sir Henry Fane on the 18th of October, who was pleased to express his satisfaction at its general appearance and conduct. “Colonel Oglander, who had held the command of the regiment since March, 1818, being appoined brigadier of Cawnpore, resigned it at Hazareebaugh on the 19th December to lieut.-colonel James. “The health of the regiment, considering the general insalubrity of the climate of Bengal, and of that of Calcutta in particular, was good. The average daily population of the hospital, which was nearly sixty-one, out of an average strength of 680, was indeed a higher rate than had been before experienced, but still much lower than had been usual at the station. Thirty deaths, a large number elsewhere, constitute a moderate mortality for Calcutta; the average number of deaths for 11 years in H. M.'s corps in this garrison had been 66. This more favorable state of health was partly due to the formation of a Temperance Society, which when attempted before, had encountered so much prejudice and obloquy, that it failed; but at Calcutta circumstances occurred, which secured its acceptance. Fort William is a bad station for soldiers; its duties are severe, and its restraint irksome; externally, it is surrounded by every possible temptation to vice, and also internally from the presence at certain seasons of detachments of invalids and recruits, which are not al- ways under good management, there exist serious sources of evil. These doubtless had their influence, and contributed to detract from the good conduct and well-being of the corps. “ The summer inspection was made by brig. Penny on the 27th May, and the winter inspection by sir Willoughby Cotton on the 15th 1813. 159 Account of the Cameronian Regiment. Dec.,.on which occasion lieut.-colonel James had the satisfaction of receiving those officers' approval of the app arance and conduct of the corps. During the year, 57 recruits and old soldiers joined from home, and 20 volunteers from the 20th and 45th regiments. “The health of the regiment during the year 1838, was good, notwithstanding an attack of epidemic cholera in March and April; the average daily population of the hospital was nearly 52, out of an average strength of 636. The Temperance Society s ill continued its operations, and though membership is fluctuating, yet its general re- sult as evinced by the health table, is very gratifying. Having survived all the results of ridicule and calumny, it approves itself to possess and exercise a powerful moral influence, affording an useful aid in support of good order and discipline, and strongly confirming the opinion that the issue of spirits by government, or under its coun- tenance, is unnecessary and injurious. “The summer inspection was made by maj.-gen. sir Willoughby Cotton on the 24th May; and the winter by maj-gen. Faithful on the 28th Dec. These officers expressed their satisfaction with all which came under their notice. "The events affecting the regiment during its continued stay at Fort William in 1839, were few and unimportant. The Tempe- rance Society, which without any striking increase still maintained its firm footing, may justly be deemed to have exercised a beneficial influence. If its good work told usefully in the matter of morals, much more did it do so in that of health. The result of its com- parative tables is striking, and many who did not adopt the pledge may still have profited by an indirect influence, which may have often checked the disposition to excess, though it failed to arouse a feeling sufficiently powerful to induce the acceptance of the pledge. The remittances to friends and for the savings bank were this year of a respectable amount. By a General Order from the House Guards, under date 30th March and 3d April, 1839, the establishment of the regiment was increased to 1087. “At the commencement of the year 1840, the regiment was still at Fort William, but in February orders were received to prepare for service in China. The corps embarked 904 strong, leaving only six sick behind, having been previously inspected by the commander- in-chief, sir Jasper Nichols, who spoke in high terms of them-and indeed deservedly so, for a finer body in higher order both as regards discipline and health never started for any service. The corps was commanded by lieut-colonel James, but colonel Oglander, throwing 160 March, Account of the Cameronian Regiment. up his sick leave, and his local rank as major-general, with that zeal for the service, which had always distinguished him, obtained permission to join, and overtaking the regiment at Singapore as- suined the command. The whole force, the naval portion of which was under admiral Elliot, and the military under brigadier Burrell, was to rendezvous at Singapore; and the transports in which the corps were embarked, Rohomany, Edmonstone, Ernaad, and Indian Oak, having reached Penang on the 10th April, and remained there some days, all safely inet at the point of assembly on the 6th May. The whole feet sailed for the China seas on 30th May; and now commenced the first of that series of misfortunes, which rendered this year the most unfortunate which the regiment had ever ex- perienced. Colonel Oglander gradually sunk under the dysentery which had assailed him, and died on the 22d June, when the ships were off the Canton river. In him, the corps lost an invaluable commanding officer, whose high talents and well regulated mind were entirely devoted to the well-being and happiness of his corps, and the Cameronians will long have to regret his loss, and will ever respect his memory. The last memorandum dictated by this extra- ordinary man on his death-bed was the following, “That with regard to the officers and men of the regiment, they have now for many years always had his best love, and in being removed from amongst them, that feeling will accompany him as one of the sources of future enjoyment." “ The army reached Chusan, on the 4th July, and landing took possession of Tinghái on the 5th, which was effected with scarce- ly any opposition on the part of the Chinese. The 26th reg. were encamped on a hill within the city walls, and here the body of colo- nel Oglander was deposited, with little apprehension of the number of his fellow 'soldiers by whom he was soon to be surrounded. The hill on which the corps was encamped was 14 inile from the shore, the greater portion being of a very steep ascent. The regiment was sent without any native followers, and the men had to carry their own provisions, and perform various other fatigue duties, which combin- ed with military duties imposed on them, were so severe as not to give a single day of rest. It was all performed too under a burning sun; provisions (mostly salt) of the very worst description, and fre- quently too bad to be used at all; the climate was most inimical to the European constitution, and the tents were on ground which would not admit of their being properly pitched. These causes produced their natural consequences, and within the first six weeks this fine 1843. 161 Account of the Cameronian Regincnt: corps was reduced to a inass of debilitated dying soldiers, and within one year after its embarkation at Calcutta, 500 men died. The sick- ness became so appalling, in fact, that the corps was moved into the city of Tinghái in Sep., where the sick (over 400 men) were placed in a large building, ill adapted, however, from its site and the want of glazed windows for an hospital. Here the mortality amount- ed in one month (Oct.) to 84, and in the next to nearly the same. "An attempt had been made to get the corps reëmbarked, which failed, from the transports which brought them being filled with naval stores for H. M. ship Melville. A portion of the sick, however, was at last embarked in Nov. and sent to Manila; of whom 260 were Came- ronians, selected from among those who had been ill and were re- covering. It was hoped the voyage to Manila would benefit them, but this did not prove to be the case, and the mortality amongst them was great. At the termination of this year there were at head-quar- ters in Chusan, only 273 men, of whom 163 were sick; and the re- giment had to deplore the loss of 500 well behaved and well drill- ed soldiers, who had either died at Chusan, during this year, whose deaths speedily followed from disease contracted there. The officers, though equally attacked with the men, did not suffer in the same proportion; and though many contracted disease which after- wards proved fatal, only one (lieut. Daniell) died there. cording this great sickness and mortality, it may be well to annex a copy of a most singular memorandum from the Court of Directors dated in November of this same year, calling for the details of the arrangements adopted for the internal economy of H. M. 26th foot, because they had noticed the comparative immunity from both which the corps had hitherto enjoyed. or Whilst re- MEMORANDUM. “* Adjutant general's office, head-quarters, Calcutta, Nov. 13th, 1840. "The hon. the Court of Directors having had under consideration, the report of the Medical Board on the health of the European troops at this pre- sidency, and having noticed the comparative immunity from mortality and sickness enjoyed by H. M.'s 26th regiment during the year 1838; the excel- lency of the system established in that corps has impressed itself upon the honorable court, and the adjutant of the army in consequence under instruc- tions from government has been directed by H. E. the commander-in-chief to request that the adjutant-gen. of the Queen's troops will have the goodness to obtain and forward to him the details of the arrangements adopted for the in- ternal economy of H. M.'s 26th reg. for transmission to the home authorities. (Signed) "5J R. LUMI.EY, adj.-gen, of the army.' “At the commencement of the year 1841, the regiment was still at Chusan; the party sent to Manila in search of health, reached Can- 1 VOL, XII. NO 162 Marcit, Account of the Cameronian Regiment. ton river on the 2d January in the Defiance and Ernaad, but so far from being convalescent, there had been many deaths, and the sur- vivors were in a wretched state of health. The Defiance had more- over, suffered in a gale of wind, and was so leaky that she was dis. charged, and the sick men removed into the Thetis, and the healthy into H. M. ship Jupiter. On the night of the 5th January, a order was received to move up all the healthy men to the Bocca Tigris to assist in the attack on Chuenpe; they reached the fleet on the evening of the 6th January, and on the morning of the 7th, were present at the attack and capture of the forts and batteries at Chuen- pí. The detachments of Queen's troops from the 26th and 49th regiments were under the immediate command of major Johnstone of the 26th regiment; and the whole force amounting to 1470 men, was under the command of major Pratt of the Cameronians. The whole force was thanked in General Orders, and for this major Pratt obtained the brevet of lieut.-colonel. "On the morning of the 8th, the troops and ships were again on the move to attack the principal forts, when the Chinese, having struck their colors and begged for time to communicate with Kishen, the imperial high commissioner, the attack was counter ordered, even after a few shots had been fired, and negotiations again com- menced. The results of these were that apparent peace was made, the island of Hongkong taken possession of by the English, and the forts at Chuenpí and Taikoktow formally delivered back. Chusan was also restored, and the whole force ordered down from the north. However, either through the disgrace of the imperial commissioner, or a change in the emperor's council at Peking, the treaty (which was equally disliked by the government at home, and the Chinese authorities) became null and void. Evident hostile intentions were displayed on the part of the Chinese, and on the 22d Feb., the fleet and force again moved to the Bocca Tigris, and on the 26th the for- midable forts there were attacked and carried by the combined force. “Major Johnstone again commanded the detachment of Queen's Troops, and major Pratt the land forces. It being advisable to ad- vance rapidly, without waiting the arrival of the force from Chusan, the troops and fleet moved up the river, and reached Whampoa on the 2d March, on which day major-general sir Hugh Gough joined, and assumed the command. The troops continued to advance, and the detachments of the 26th now under major Pratt took possession Howqua's fort; and the force was only stopped during a recon- proissance within sight of the walls of Cantou, hv an annolinc- 1843. 163 Account of the Cameronian Regiment, menu that negotiations had again commenced. Meanwhile, the troops began to arrive from Chusan, and the head-quarters of the re- giment joined by the detachment were collected together with the rest of the force at the Bocca Tigris, on which all had fallen back. Here lieut.-colonel James going away on sick leave, the command of the corps devolved on It.-col. Pratt. “The whole force, after dropping down to Hongkong bay, were making preparations for a move to the northward, when very hos- tile preparations being displayed at Canton, the fleet and army again moved up the river. On the 22d May the combined forces reached within a few miles of Canton, and on the 24th May proceeded to attack Canton. The post allotted to the Cameronians was to land and take possession of the factories, and to coöperate in any measures with the navy on that side, whilst the remainder of the force moved to the north of the city, and took possession of the heights and forts there on the 25th, while the 26th were protecting the factories. An agreement had been made with the senior naval officer for a simulta- neous attack on the sea side, when the general having determined to escalade on the north front, sent orders for the 26th to join him without delay; this they did on the 27th, and were quartered in the joss house :-but pending certain negotiations warlike operations were all stopped. “During these, on the morning of the 30th May, the right wing was suddenly ordered out in consequence of multitudes of armed men advancing from the interior. The major-general ordered the 26th, and a party of the 37th M. N. I. and Bengal Volunteers, to drive them from the opposite hills; this service was performed, the enemy retir- ing in all directions. It was now nearly sunset, and a violent thunder storm coming on, the general directed the troops to return; some of the Chinese thinking the firelocks would not go off from the violence of the rain, (which indeed was the case,) made an attempt by rushing on the rear of the column to spear the men, and it became necessary to reform line in the midst of the paddy cultivation, and drive them off with the bayonet. The whole of this affair was performed under a burning sun, so violent that the quarter-master general dropped dead on the field, and the successive actions from 10 o'clock A. M. until 8 P. M. through perfect swamps, were considered so creditable, that a General Order was issued on the subject. “The troops were again ordered out on the 31st, but no action took place. In the meantime, a ransom had been obtained for Can- ton, and a provisional treaty agreed to, and on the 1st June the 164 March, Account of the Cameronian Regiment. whole force reembarked, and returned to Hongkong bay. Here a court of inquiry was held to examine into the causes of the mortality at Chusan, of which sir Hugh Gough was president, and lieut.-col. Pratt a member. “A move northward being determined on, the Cameronians were directed to remain and protect the British interests in Canton river, except three companies which under major Johnstone proceeded with the force. They participated in the capture of Amoy, on the 26th of August, on which occasion, major Johnstone commanding the attack on the island of Kúlángsú, the Cameronians sustained their reputation. The regiment was now increased, by the arrival of 262 recruits from England, to 684 men. The head-quarters were ordered to join the force at Ningpo, and sailed in H. M. ship Jupiter, December 26th, taking the three companies which had remained in garrison at Amoy with them on their way up. The men also had percussion muskets served out to them just before sailing, and having regained their health to a great extent during their stay at Hong- kong, went off to the north in good spirits. The senior lieut.-col., A. S. H. Mountain, who was with the force as deptuy-adjutant- general, and lieut.-col. Pratt, were both this year appointed compa- nions of the most hon. Order of the Bath for services at Canton. “The beginning of the year 1842, found the regiment beating up the Formosa channel ; they reached Amoy on the 8th January, and the anchorage at St. Helens, Chusan, on the 3d Feb. Disturbances being expected at Ningpo, the corps was ordered into H. M. ship Rattlesnake and a steamer, and reached Ningpo on the 7th Feb. Here the regiment had an opportunity of being drilled to a certain ex- tent, and was inspected by sir Hugh Gough on the 1st March, when much praise was bestowed. About this time information was receiv- ed of the death of It.-col. James at sea, and the consequent promo- tions in the regiment were made. On the 9th March the Chinese at- tacked Ningpo, but the 26th, with the exception of a few men, were not engaged in this affair ; however, on the 15th March, three com- panies were directed, with other portions of the force, to proceed to Tsz’kí, a town about fifteen miles from Ningpo, on the hills in the neighborhood of which the Chinese were stated to have a fortifi- ed camp with a select portion of their soldiery. The Chinese made rather a warm resistance, but were eventually driven off by the troops which headed the column; a portion of the 26th regiment was ordered to protect the guns, but the grenadier company suc- corded in getting into contact with the enemy." Next day the force 1843. 165 Account of the Cameronian Regiment. was advanced to the Changkí pass, where another body of the enemy was posted, and the 26th detailed to lead. On reaching the top, how- ever, though a very formidable position and easily defended, .it found quite deserted. “The troops then returned to cantonments in Ningpo, and no fur- ther operations took place until May. It was decided by the com- mander-in-chief to evacuate Ningpo on the 7th, and proceed north- ward to attack Chápú. The force assembled off that city on the 17th of May, and on the morning of the 18th the troops landed, the 26th forming the leading regiment of general Schoedde's brigade. In a few hours Chapú was escaladed and taken; a number of the Tartars retreated into a joss house outside the walls and defended themselves to the last, in which affair lieut -colonel Mountain was se- verely wounded. The regiment again reëmbarked on the 27th May, and proceeded with the force to the Yángtsz' kiáng, rendezvousing off Wúsung. The line of batteries there was taken, on the 16th June principally by the naval force; the 26th landed with others, and went to capture Paushang, a walled city, into which it was said the Tartar soldiery had retreated, but it was found undefended. On the 19th, the force moved up the Wúsung river to Shanghái city, which was also defenseless, and remained there some days. On the 6th July, the force, now largely increased both from India and England, moved up the noble Yángtsz' kiáng en route to Nanking. After sundry delays, caused by our ignorance of the river, the force reached the city of Chinkiáng fú, at the entrance of the Grand Canal, in the neighborhood of Golden island, and defended by a strong body of Tartar soldiery. The troops landed on the 21st July on different sides of the town, the 26th being on the north side as part of lord Saltoun's brigade; they entered by a gate which was blown in by the engineers. One officer and seven men were wounded, but many suffered from the extreme heat, and 14 men of this regiment died of coup-de-soleil, and several officers of the different corps died from exhaustion. "The forces moved onwards to Nanking on the 3d August, and reached that city on the 7th, when the walls were covered with white flags, and a great desire manifested on the enemy's side to make peace. The regiment landed on the 11th with the rest of lord Sal- toun's brigade, and was posted in a joss house on a hill to the north- ward of the city, within 1000 yards of one of the city gates. A month was employed in concocting the terms of a treaty in which the most sanguine wishes of the English were complied with, which being 160 MARCH, Journal of Occurrences. signed, the 26th reëmbarked on the 11th September, being the last corps on shore. The whole force suffered from remittent and inter- mittent fevers during their stay, and in the passage down the river, but having many native followers and good food, escaped the great mortality which had so severely visited them at Chusan. On the 5th Oct. the corps reached Chusan, and starting from that place on the 220 October, arrived at Hongkong on the 30th; where, instead of finding a body of healthy well drilled recruits (439 having landed here in the previous June), they found a mass of emaciated dying lads : 127 had already died, and the survivors were fast following them. Immediate measures were taken to arrest the progress of disease by giving the services of native followers, increased medi- cal attendance, and removal to hospital ships; all of which benefited them to a certain extent, though many were too far gone to recover. The regiment remained at Hongkong until 20th December, when that portion of the force destined to return to India sailed for Sin- gapore, and the last day of the year found them at anchor in the roadstead there. Information was here received that an act of tardy justice had been done, in giving major Johnstone the rank of lieut.- colonel for services in the Canton river." Art. VIII. Journal of Occurrences : death of I lipú; return of lieut.-colonel Malcolm from England; the opium trade. His excellency, I'lípú, the imperial commissioner, died in Canton on the 4th instant, at the age of seventy-two; he had been indisposed for a few days before, but no serious fears for his life were entertained till three days previous to his decease. The duties of his commis- sion are in abeyance until the arrival of another officer, whom it is expected will be Kiying, the present governor-general of Liáng Kiáng. The members of H. B. M. commission in Canton at the time of I'lípú's decease, soon after left for Macao in company with four gentlemen of H. E.'s suite, one of whom Hienling, is also a commissioner subordinate to I'lipú, and was formerly lieut-general of the garrison at Kirin in Mantchouria; he was employed at Nan- king during the negotiations as a bearer between the high con- Tracting parties. The object of the present visit to Macao was to 18.133. 107 Journal of Ocrwrenrs. have an interview with sir Henry Pottinger, and dissuade him from proceeding northward, as in all probability Kíying would be imme- diately dispatched to Canton on the receipt at court of Ilipú's death. During the visit they improved the opportunity to see whatever was worthy of notice in Macao. Lieut.-colonel G. A. Malcolm, C. B., arrived at Hongkong on the 16th inst. in the steamer Vixen, bearing H. B. Majesty's ratification of the treaty negotiated last yeai at Nanking. He arrived hence in London on the 10th of December, and left there on his return Jan. 5th; he was absent from Hongkong 181 days. We quote the fol- lowing paragraph from the papers. “ The great seal of England was affixed on the 31st December to the treaty ratified between this country and China, at the residence of the lord chancel- lor, in Great George-street, Hanover square; after which it was transmitted to the war-office, for the purpose of being forwarded to the celestial empire, under the care of major Malcolm. The seal is inclosed in a very handsome silver box (similar to that used for the patent of his royal highness the prince of Wales), and, together with the important document to which it is aſ pended, is inclosed in an elegant case covered with crimson velvet. Of the seal itself, it is expected that no trace of the impression of Mr. Wyon's beautiful mould will exist when the case reaches its destination, on account of the yielding nature of the materials of which it is composed; indeed, on former occasions, it has been discovered that during the comparatively short journey between Scotland and London, the design has been completely obliterated.” A large list of promotions in the army and navy were made by H. B. M. government on the receipt of the news of peace with China. In the military portion of the force, majors Warren, Fawcett and Ma- clean of the 55th foot, Malcolm and Gough, are promoted to be lt.- cols. in the army; captains Paterson and Whittingham of the 26th, Faber and McAndrew of the 49th, O'Leary and Daubeney of the 55th, Wigston of the 18th, and Greenwood of the Royal Artillery, are made majors in the army. Lieut.-cols. Craigie of 55th, Camp- bell of 98th, and Morris of 49th, are appointed aides-de-camp to the Queen, and colonels in the army. Captains Whitcomb and Hamilton of the Royal Marines to be majors in the army. Majors Blundell of Mad. Art., Young of 14th M. N. I., and J. Campbell of 41st M. N. I., to be lieut.-colonels in the Indian army; and captains Simpson of 37th M. N. I., Reid of 6th M. N. I., Sherreff of 2d M. N. I., Pears of Mad. Eng., and Moore of Mad. Art. to be majors in the same. In the navy, commanders Boyce, Frederick, Troubridge, C. Ri- chards, Kellett, Watson, Morshead, and Collinson are promoted to be captains; lieutenants Tudor, Crawford, M'Cleverty, Wise, Skiprith, 10 Journal of Occurrences. Harrison, Starmer, Fitzjames, Hawkins, Stoddart and Helpman, to be commanders; and a list of thirteen mates to be lieutenants. A large list of honorary promotions in the order of the Bath has also been announced in the Gazette; among whom, their excellencies Sir Henry Pottinger, bart., and Sir W. Parker have both received the Grand Cross of the Bath; and Sir Hugh Gough has been creat- ed a baronet. Major-generals Bartley and Schoedde, and capt. T. Bourchier, are appointed knight-commanders of the Bath; and a list of twenty-nine principal officers in the Queen's and Indian army, and nine captains in the navy, have also been nominated companions of the same most honorable order. The opium trade, we are glad to see, has attracted the attention of the English public. A memorial, ' signed by 235 merchants and ma- nufacturers of the highest standing and respectability,' was presented to sir R. Peel in July of last year, in which the commercial bearings of the trade are entered into, and the obstacles which it interposes to the increased demand for British goods by the Chinese shown. The memorialists endeavor to prove that our commerce with China can- not be conducted on a permanently safe and satisfactory basis so long as the contraband trade in opium is permitted," and refer to the discussion which took place among the Chinese officers in 1836, regarding its legalization. They also remark that, “ if a treaty con- cluded on the principle that the trade in opium should be legalized, though some of the evils arising from the present position of affairs would cease, yet that trade would inevitably undermine the com- merce of Great Britain with China, and prevent its being, as it other- wise might be, an advantageous market for our manufactures. It would operate for evil in a double way: first, by enervating and im- poverishing the consumers of the drug, it would disable them from becoming purchasers of our productions; and second, as the Chi- nese would then be paid for their produce chiefly, as now, in opium, the quantity of that article imported by them having of late years exceeded in value the tea and silk we receive from them, our own manufactures would consequently be to a great extent precluded.” These powerful arguments, which have no reference to the question in a moral point of view, are supported by an array of figures, prov- ing that the average annual demand from 1834-39, for all products of British industry by the Chinese is less by nearly £150,000, than it was for woolens alone in 1803-08; while during that interval the opium trade has been multiplied ten times, rising from 3000 to 30,000 chests. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XII.- APRIL, 1843.- No. 1. Art. I. A letter from Borneo; with notices of its inhabitants. Addressed to James Gardner, esq., by J. Brooke. Often have we called the attention of our readers to the Indian Archipelago generally, and to Borneo in particular. The republica- tion of Mr. Brooke's letter, at this moment, will, we hope, in some de- gree serve to advance the cause in which he is so laudably engaged. It may be remembered that at the close of the year 1838, Mr. Brooke left England in the Royalist schooner, 142 tons, R. Y. S., with the intention of visiting Borneo. He arrived at Singapore early in 1839, and shortly after crossed over to Saráwak, in Borneo, where he has been since engaged, making occasional returns to Sin- gapore; and in one instance made an expedition to Celebes, which occupied about six months. Some valuable collections in natural history, and other interesting scientific details, both from Celebes and Borneo, have been forwarded to England by Mr. Brooke. “ Kuchin Sarawak, Dec. 10th, 1841. “My dear sir,-You are good enough in your letter of the 14th of August last, to say that if I will furnish some details respecting this country, and of my views in settling here, you will endeavor to lay them before her majesty's secretary of state for the colonies. Amid the numerous plans for the extension of commerce, the propa- gation of Christianity, or the amelioration of an interesting but most unhappy aboriginal race, my present undertaking may merit atten. tion; and I trust it may claim a candid consideration, as being di. vested of all personal views of advantage, except such as may ulti mately flow from the improvements of the country. "Of the time I have already devoted, in order to acquire a know VOL. XII, NO. IV 170 APRIL, Brouke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. ledge of this island, and of the pecuniary sacrifices I have made tu benefit the people, you are well aware; and it is only for me, in alluding to these circunstances, to add, that although anxious to see a settlement under British influence and protection established here, I am indifferent whether it be formed under my own superintend- ance or under the direction of others, and am willing to transfer the rights and interest I have acquired to any successor who, with better means and better support, shall be able more effectually to carry iny views into execution. I wish it therefore to be under. stood, that on public grounds only I request the support of govern- ment, or the assistance of the coinmercial community; that my ob- jects are to call into existence the resources of one of the richest and most extensive islands of the globe; to relieve an industrious people from oppression, and to check and, if possible, to suppress piracy and the slave-trade, which are openly carried on within a short distance of three European settlements, on a scale and system revolting to humanity. These objects are by no means so difficult to accomplish as may at first sight appear; and whilst I devote myself to this task, I cannot but hope it will excite the interest which it appears to me to deserve, and that, as I have already borne all the brunt, I shall not be left to bear all the burden likewise. It is evident that the success of such an undertaking must depend greatly on the means which are employed, and the limited resources of an individual may render the result doubtful; yet, with means better adequate to the end in view, it may be reduced nearly to a certainty, and the ad- vantages flowing from success must overpay, a thousand fold, the moderate outlay dictated by humanity and risked for the extension of commerce. “ Convinced as I am of the good that must result both to Malays and Dyaks * from even my own endeavors, and resolved to persevere in them, (as if I fail in all I propose, I shall at least pave the way for future inprovement, and leave, I trust, a favorable impression of English character,) yet to enable others to judge of the reasons for my conviction, it will be necessary for me to enter into some brief details on the following points :- 1st. The government of Borneo. 2d. The description of the country, its inhabitants and produce. 3d. My own past and present proceedings, and future prospects; the difficulties yet to be encountered, and the means necessary to insure success. The Dyak tribes are the aborigines of Borneo, inhabiting the interior of the island, and are in subjugation to the Malays who line the coast. 1843 171 Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its inhabitants: "1. The government of Borneo Proper,* like that of every other Malay state in the present day, is in the last stage of decay and dis- traction, without internal power or external influence; and to such a degree do their intrigues and dissensions extend, that for the last twenty years the sultan and the four hereditary officers of state of the royal family have merely held nominal titles, each being unable to abtain the legal investiture from the jealousy of the others. The capital, once a place of importance, is now greatly reduced and wretched in the extreme, and though formerly containing 30,000 inhabitants, it is now reduced to 4000. The trade there is nearly at an end, both with China and the European settlements, and is con- fined to a few native prows; throughout the territory, the same dis- traction prevails. A few chiefs hold possession of the mouths of the the rivers, war with each other without check or control, and op- press the inhabitants, especially the Hill Dyaks, until trade is reduc- ed to its lowest possible limit, and produce only gathered in the smallest quantity; and countries abounding with the richest gifts of nature scarce feed a scanty and diminishing population. Nor does the evil cease here, for a swarm of petty pángerans or chiefs, by their rapacity, frequently drive the people into rebellion, or reduce them to the most abject state of distress and even starvation. I am unacquainted with any parallel state of society; for though in other countries rapacity, corruption and intrigue, may be very general, there is usually some power, some rallying point for aggression, or protection; but here all are rapacious, all are poor, and all so weak that fifty Europeans could take the whole country from end to end. “Borneo Proper has scarcely held any communication with Euro- peans, and I believed the only treaty was entered into with the Eng- lish in the year 1775, which certainly was little adhered to by either party. The Dutch have had no footing or no treaty, ard the Bor- are jealous of their neighbors, as they well may be ; for the Dutch governments of Sambas and Pontianak, however advanta- geous they may be to Holland, in a pecuniary point of view, do not even aim at the improvement of the natives or the extension of trade. It is in consequence of this slight intercourse with the civilized world that the Bornese are more rude and more ignorant than the other Malayans; and the demands of commerce, instead of improv- Borneo Proper is the northern and northwestern part of the island of Borneo, and is completely an independent state, uninfluenced by any Euro- pean nation whatsoever. + Bornese. These are the Malay inhabitants of Borneo Proper, and must br considered as quite distinct from the Dyaks, or aboriginal population, nese 172 APRIL, Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. ing the country generally, have had the opposite effect, and have rendered the chiefs and traders jointly, the oppressors of the poorer classes. "I may here be allowed to offer a few remarks whieh apply gene- rally to the Eastern Archipelago, but more particularly to the coun- try of Borneo. Commerce has been indiscriminately described as an important medium of improvement, and no doubt it is so, in many (perhaps all) cases where it is unshackled and left to the im- pulse of the people; but there are exceptions to this rule, and amongst them must be reckoned the commerce of the Eastern Ar- chipelago, which is generally in the hands of the native chiefs, and often is the most fatal instrument of oppression. Space forbids my entering more largely on this question ; but if we were to inquire into the benefits conferred by trade within the last two hundred years in the Archipelago, it would be difficult to point out one sin- gle Malayan state either more civilized, more powerful, or more happy than they were formerly; whilst the examples of the contrary, either from this or other causes, are unhappily too numerous. My experience here enables me to affirm, from the distracted state of the government and the depression of the people, that trade, instead of being a blessing, is a curse; and that the richer a country is, and the greater the demand by European vessels for any staple commodi- ty, the more wretched are the inhabitants and the more rapacious the chiefs, who drive the people to unrequited labor, as long as there is any demand, to the neglect of their agricultural pursuits, on which they depend for food. The chief grows rich; but the people are abjectly poor; and the country is ruined by the desertion or rebel- lion of its inhabitants. The trade from the coast, carried on in the native prahus, leads to less mischief, although it confers little good on the poorer classes : as I have remarked before, the trade is con- fined to a few chiefs and nakodahs, and as the Dyak producers derive scarcely any advantage, the export produce is limited to the smallest possible quantity, which will serve to satisfy the demands of their rulers and to purchase that indispensable necessary of life- salt. I may here mention the usual prices demanded of the Dyaks, besides other extortions to be noticed hereafter. One gantang of salt for three or four gantangs of rice, the value of the two articles being fourteen dollars for a royan of salt, and fifty for a royan of rice !! When the chief has reduced the tribe to starvation, he returns the same rice and demands ten peculs of antimony ore for one rupee's worth of paddy or rice in the husk. Each pecul of 1833. 173 Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. antimony ore may be sold for one and a half or two rupees on the spot. Half a catty of birds' nests are taken for one gantang of rice, being a moderate profit of 2000 per cent. I would call the attention of intelligent men to this subject, and will only add that until the merchant can deal with the producer, or at any rate till the pro- ducer has the liberty of taking the best price offered for his goods, there can be no hope of ameliorating the condition of the Dyaks, by developing the resources of the country. To what extent this end might be effected I shall hereafter have to mention. “2dly. The Borneon territory is comprised between Tanjong Datu, in lat. 2° 7' 17" N., long. 109° 43' 57" E., and Malludu bay; but the northern part of the island is inhabited by a number of pira- tical communities, formed from a mixture of the surrounding coun- tries, and the authority of the Bornese government is scarcely recognized to the northward of the capital of Borneo Proper river, the entrance of which lies in lat. 5° 6' 42" N., and long. 115° 24' E. “Between Tanjong Datu and the Murah Basar, or principal en- trance of the Borneo river, are the following rivers: Samatan, Lundu, Sarawak, Samarahan, Sadong, Linga, Sakarran, Serebas, Kalaku, Niabur, Kejang, Kanowit, Palo, Bruit, Matto, Oya, Muka, Latow, Bintulu, Meri, Baram, Birah, Balyit, Tutong, Pungit, Murah-damit, (small entrance,) and Murah Basar, or Borneo river. “Several of these rivers are navigable for European vessels; many of them connected with each other in the interior, and diverging into numerous streams which descend from the range of mountains, separating the northwest coast from the Pontianak river. It is not my purpose to enter into any detail of these countries, of which it will be here sufficient to say that they are generally inhabited by Malays at the entrance of the rivers, and Dyaks in the interior, and that they are all in the state I have before described, with the ex- ceptions of Serebas and Sakarran, two powerful Dyak tribes, who having thrown off the authority of the Malays have turned pirates, and ravage the coasts even as far as Celebes. "Sarawak, the more immediate subject of attention, extends from Tanjong Datu to the entrance of the Samarahan river, a distance along the coast of about sixty miles in a E.S.E. direction, with an average breadth of fifty miles. It is bounded to the westward by the Sambas territory, to the southward by a range of mountains, which separate it from the Pontianak river, and to the eastward by the Borneo territory of Sadong. Within this space there are several Brooke's Notices of Bornco and its Inhabitants. APRIL, rivers and islands, which it is needless here to describe at length, as the account of the river of Sarawak will answer alike for the rest. There are two navigable entrances to this river and numerous small- er branches for boats, both to the westward and eastward; the two principal entrances combine at about twelve miles from the sea, and the river flows for twenty miles into the interior, in a southerly and westerly direction, when it again forms two branches--one running to the right, the other to the left hand, as far as the mountain range. Besides these facilities for water communication, there exist three other branches from the easternmost entrance, called Moratabas, one of which joins the Samarahan river, and the two others flow from different points of the mountain range already mentioned. The country is diversified by detached mountains, and the mountain range has an elevation of about three thousand feet. The aspect of the country may be generally described as low and woody at the entrance of the rivers, except a few high mountains; but in the in- terior undulating in parts, and part presenting fine level plains. The climate may be pronounced healthy and cool, though for six months from September to March a great quantity of rain falls. During my three visits to this place, which have been prolonged to eight months, and since residing here, we have been clear of sickness; and during the entire period not one of three deaths could be attributed to the climate. The more serious maladies of tropical climates are very infrequent; from fever and dysentery we have been quite free, and the only complaints have been rheumatism, colds and ague; the lat- ter however attacked us in the interior, and no one has yet had it at Kuching, which is situated about twenty-five miles from the mouth of the river. “The soil and productions of this country are of the richest de- scription, and it is not too much to say, that within the same given space, there are not to be found the same mineral and vegetable riches in any land in the world. I propose to give a brief detail of them, beginning with the soil of the plains which is moist and rich and calculated for the growth of rich, for which purpose it was for- merly cleared and used, until the distractions of the country com- menced. From the known industry of the Dyaks, and their par- tiality to rice cultivation, there can be little doubt that it would oecome an article of extensive export, provided security by given to the cultivator and a proper remuneration for his produce. The lower grounds, besides rice, are admirably calculated for the growth of sago, and produce canes, rattans, and forest timber of the finest 1843. 175 Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. description for ship-building and other useful purposes. The Chi- nese export considerable quantities of timber from Sambas and Pon- tianak, particularly of the kind called balean by the natives, or the lion wood of the Europeans, and at this place it is to be had in far greater quantity and nearer the place of sale. The undulating ground differs in soil, some portions of it being a yellowish clay, whilst the rest is a rich mold; these grounds generally speaking, as well as the slopes of the higher mountains, are admirably calculat- ed for the growth of nutmegs, coffee, pepper, or any of the more valuable vegetable productions of the tropics. Besides the above- mentioned articles, there are birds' nests, hees' wax, and several kinds of scented wood in demand at Singapore, which are all col- lected by the Dyaks, and could be collected in far greater quantity, provided the Dyak was allowed to sell them. Turning from the ve- getable to the mineral riches of the country, we certainly have dia- monds, gold, tin, iron, and antimony ore; I have lately sent what I believe to be a specimen of lead ore to Calcutta, and copper is report- ed. It must be remembered in reading this list that the country is as yet unexplored by a scientific person, and that the inquiries of a geologist and a mineralogist would throw further light on the mine- rals the mountains and the spots where they are to be found in the greatest plenty. The diamonds are stated to be found in consi- derable numbers and of a good water, and I judge the statement to be correct from the fact that the diamond workers from Sandak come here and work secretly, and the people from Banjar Massing, who are likewise clever at this trade, are most desirous to be allowed to work for the precious stone. Gold of a good quality certainly is to be found in large quantities. The eagerness and perseverance of the Chinese to establish themselves is a convincing proof of the fact; and about ten years since a body of about 3000 of them had great success in procuring gold by their ordinary mode of trenching the ground. "The quantity of gold yearly procured at Sambas is moderately stated at 130,000 bunkals, which reckoned at the low rate of 20 Spanish dollars a bunkal, gives 2,600,000 Spanish dollars, or up- wards of half a million sterling. The most intelligent Chinese are of opinion that the quantity here exceeds the quantity at Sambas, and there is no good reason to suppose it would fall short of it when once a sufficient Chinese population is settled in the country. “Antimony ore is a staple commodity which is to be procured in any quantity. Tin is said to be plentiful, and the Chinese propose 01 176 APRII. Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. working it, but I have had no opportunity of visiting the spot where it is found. The copper, though reported, has not been brought, and the iron ore I have examined is of inferior quality. The speci- men of what I supposed to be lead ore has been forwarded to Cal- cutta, and it remains to be seen what its value may be. And besides these above-mentioned minerals there can be little doubt of many others being discovered, if the mountain range was properly explored by any man of science. Many other articles of minor importance might be mentioned, but it is needless to add to a list which contains articles of such value, and which proves the country equal in vege- table and mineral productions to any in the world. “From the productions I turn to the inhabitants, and I feel sure that in describing their sufferings and miseries I shall command the interest and sympathy of every person of humanity; and that the claims of the virtuous and most unhappy Dyaks will meet with the same attention as those of the African. And these claims have the advantage that much good may be done without the vast expenditure of lives and money which the exertions on the African coast yearly cost, and that the people would readily appreciate the good that was conferred upon them, and rapidly rise in the scale of civilization. The inhabitants may be divided into three different classes, viz., the Malays, the Chinese, and the Dyaks; of the two former little need be said, as they are so well-known. The Malays are not numerous, and, generally speaking, with the exception of the Borneo pange- rans, are well inclined to aid me as far as lays in their power. The Chinese are about 400 in number, and the only impediment to their immigrating is their poverty, and the present high price of provi- sions. The Chinese, as it is well known, are divided into kungsze or companys, and a rival company to the one at present here, offers to bring 3000 men in a few months provided they can get permission to The Chinese are so industrious a people that the aspect of a country soon changes wherein they settle; and as they are most de- sirous to gain a footing here, there can be no doubt of success ulti- mately in developing the resources of the soil and working the mi- nerals to a great advantage. The Dyaks, by far the most interesting portion of the inhabitants, are confined almost entirely to the moun- tainous country where they have fastnesses to which they Ay on the slightest alarm. These people are mild, industrious, and so scrupu- lously honest that not a single case of theft has come under my ob- servation, even when surrounded by objects easily appropriated and tempting from their novelty. In their domestic lives they are ami- do so. 1843. 1709 Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. able, and addicted to none of the glaring vices of a wild state : they marry but one wife, and their women are always quoted amongst the Malays, as remarkable for chastity, nor are they degraded as in many communities. The head hunting, or taking the heads of their ene- mies, is a feature in warfare by no means new or extraordinary, and, similar to the scalping of the North America Indian, is a trophy of victory or prowess. Amongst the Hill Dyaks, this custom is confined entirely to the heads of enemies, and is the effect and not the cause of war; their wars are by no means bloody, and are never carried on but by sınall companies who enter on the enemys' ground, and lay in ambush for parties or individuals of their foes. The exagge rated accounts of some travelers have been drawn from the more savage and predatory tribes of the coast, but these tribes have for- saken their original customs, and have joined piracy to their former practice of taking heads, and they are not different from other pirates who destroy as well as plunder. The Hill Dyaks, such as I have briefly described them, are a most interesting race, and present more facilities for the amelioration of their condition than any other peo- ple. In general, however, they are sunk in misery, and too fre- quently exposed to famine; but when only moderately oppressed, I have seen tribes who brought to mind the simplicity, if not the happi- ness, of primitive society. The number of these people in the coun- try of Sarawak may generally be stated at 10,000; but with the slight- est protection, numbers who have retired beyond the reach of their cruel oppressors would return to their former habitations. Their freedom from all prejudice, and their scanty knowledge of religion would render their conversion to Christianity an easy task, provided they are rescued from their present sufferings and degraded state; but until this be done, it will be in vain to preach a faith to them, the first precepts of which are daily violated on their own persons. Never indeed were people more oppressed or more wretched ; and although to those far removed from witnessing their sufferings and their patience, the enthusiasm I feel and cannot help expressing, may appear exaggerated, yet probably were they themselves to change situations with me, they would perhaps speak, if not feel, more warmly than I do. In order, however, to give a clear idea of the past and present state of the Dyaks, it will be necessary to revert to the customs by which they are governed. They are always con- sidered an inferior race, and a heavy penalty is imposed on them for committing any offense against a Malay; to kill one under any circum- stances of aggression, would subject them to death, or even worse 23 VO, XII. NO. IV, 178 Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. April, punishment; to strike or scuffle with a Mohammedan, though he be caught in the act of stealing their property; would likewise be a grave offense; and so far is this carried that should a Malay be hurt by one of the traps laid by the Dyaks for wild boars, the Dyak would gladly compound this crime by making over two thirds of all his property to the person so injured, and he would be lucky to escape at so cheap a rate. On the other hand a Malay killing a Dyak is rarely punished, even by the imposition of a small fine, and the only incon- venience he suffers is being unable to visit that particular tribe from a just fear of retaliation. The direct tax paid by the Dyaks to their local rulers is trifling in amount, but they suffer afterwards from all sorts of exactions carried on by means of artifice or violence. It would be impossible to describe all these exactions, and I shall there- fore confine myself to such as are most oppressive, and the effects of which are most ruinous. The Dyaks, as I have already mentioned, are extensive cultivators of rice, and it will appear from what fol- fows how necessary a precaution it is, to save themselves from the consequences resulting from a failure to meet the demands made on thein by the Malays. The local rulers have the following rights :- first, the monopoly of all the Dyak trade in bees'-wax, birds' nests, &c., &c., the price of these articles being fixed by the purchaser at a five hundredth part of their value in the market, --nor dare the Dyak refuse this nominal remuneration, or accept a better from another purchaser. They have likewise the right of indirect taxa- tion, which is carried on to a very great extent and in the following manner :--an article, say a piece of iron two feet long, is sent to the head of the Dyak tribe with orders for him to buy it at two, three, or even four pound sterling, and he dare not refuse. Another is sent in the same way, another and another, until the rapacity of the chief is satisfied, or, which is more frequently the case, the victim can no longer meet the demand. All their valuable produce is thus wrested from them, rice is taken in the same way, and to finish this list of exactions, they are called upon to labor at antimony ore, or any work too heavy to suit the lazy habits of their tyrants. When the demands of the chief have been met, the herd of petty pangerans and worthless followers flock to the plunder of the Dyaks, and by threats, violence, and false accusations, extort what remains of their provisions until the cultivator, who supplies rice for export, at the end of each year has not sufficient to feed his family, and lives on raw sago, fruit, or vegetables, and too often is reduced to a state of famine as deplorable to contemplate as it is difficult effectually to 1843. 179 Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. relieve. I wish for the sake of humanity I could stop here, but the worst feature of cruelty yet remains to be stated. The Dyaks reduc- ed to starvation, sometimes are unable, sometimes refuse to meet these multiplied demands ; at other times the Malays bring some trifling accusation, and often are not at the trouble to seek any plea to justify their proceedings. The result is the same :--the Dyak tribe is attacked and plundered, and their wives and children seized and sold as slaves ! “This practice is carried on to an extent revolting to humanity, not only here, but throughout the Bornese territory wherever the Dyaks are weak and their oppressors strong; and the unwarlike Malays do not incur risk, as they generally employ the Serebas and Sakarran Dyaks, aided by a small party with fire arms, to make the attack. The terms of the agreement are, that the Malays get two thirds of the property and slaves, whilst the predatory Dyaks get the other third, and all the heads. A few facts which have fallen under my own observation will speak for themselves. Of twenty Dyak tribes under this government, more than half have been robbed of their wives and childrer in part; and one tribe is without women or chi)- dren amongst them, upwards of two hundred having been led away into slavery at Sakarran and Sadong. The chief of this tribe, when he met me a short time since, described their former and their pre- sent condition with great truth and force, and concluded his appeal in the following words :-'For more than a year we have asked the pangerans to restore our wives and children: they have promised, and deceive us. If you will get our families—if you will give is our wives and children back, we will be faithful in prosperity and adversity: we will work for you, and all that we have or can get I may perhaps be pardoned for saying that I arn now in treaty for the release of these unhappy victims, and have hopes I may ultimately succeed in restoring them to their husbands. A short time since, the following case came before me :-A pánge- ran extorted a slave from a Dyak chief, but left him with his tribe; when a few months after a Malay, representing himself as sent by the same pángeran, demanded and took the slave away. The pán- geran denied having sent and ordered ten slaves to be paiù in lieu for the one !ost; and would have succeeded in getting them, had I not heard of the circumstance. No comment need be made, except that it is probable he sent for his slave himself; and at any rate the took hins remains unpunished. One more fact, and will conclude this branch of my subject. Several of the Borneo pánge shall be yours. man 180 APRIL, Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its inhabitants. some measure. rans, about six months since, invited a large party of Sakarran Dyaks to the plunder of the tribes up the river, but before their call was answered, my arrival in the Royalist disconcerted their plan in A hundred war prahus of the Sakarrans carrying some fifty, and none less than twenty-five men, and in the whole cer- tainly a body of three thousand men, arrived however at Kuching and requested permission to make the arranged attack. The rájá Muda Hassim, who is incapable of such an act, was worked upon by fear to give over the management of the business to another, and retired into his seraglio. I was all along assured that the Sakarrans could not ascend the river, and the first intimation to the contrary was the departure of the war prahus, attended by sixty Malays, to guide them to their prey. They had however reckoned too much on my for- bearance; for the instant I was apprized of the circumstances, I load- ed the schooner's guns, and armed her boats, and threatened not only to attack the Sakarran Dyaks, but to make the pangerans answerable for their acts. After a vain attempt to convince me the Dyaks were too powerful to be resisted, they quietly yielded to my peremptory demand ; and I had the satisfaction, on the following morning, to see the fleet return. The consequences would have been lamentable, indeed, had these pangerans been allowed to carry their iniquitous scheme into execution; and I cannot but rejoice in hav- ing been instrumental in saving the Dyaks from this aggravation of their miseries. Since that time, another native chief has sent the Sakarran Dyaks to attack a tribe called Sunpro, and after a night's surprize they captured forty women and children; killing about the same number of men, and burning their village. Such is the sad condition of the Dyak tribes : such the suffer- ings of an innocent and industrious race, which are scarcely to be matched in the annals of nations, and unequalled even on the coast of Guinea; for there the lot of slavery falls only on a portion of the community, whilst here it is the wanton butchery and the wholesale slavery of entire communities. I need make no further comment of my own, save that I have endeavored to render this statement as plain and matter-of-fact as possible; and have sought instead of ex- aggerating, to soften the features of a most horrible picture. After residing amongst this people, and becoming intimately acquainted with their characters and many virtues, -after witnessing their suf- ferings and patience, and very firmly convinced of the facilities with which they might be improved; after struggling for a year to protect them, and after acquiring their slowly-bestowed confidence, it can- 1943. 181 Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. not be a matter of surprise that I appeal in their behalf to that gene- rosity which I am led to think aids the distressed and commiserates the sufferings of our fellow-creatures. If a case of misery ever called for help, it is here: and the act of humanity which redeems the Dyak race from their condition of unparalleled wretchedness, will open a path for religion and for commerce which may in future re- pay the charity which ought to seek no remuneration. “If the British public be indifferent to the sufferings of this un- happy race, now for the first time made known to them; if when the means of ameliorating this inhuman state of things, and alleviating the miseries of an innocent and much abused people, are pointed out, they turn a deaf ear to the appeal, they are not what I believe them to be, and what they profess themselves. “ It now only remains for me to state my proceedings since my first arrival at this place, and my views as to the best mode of sup- pressing the atrocities I have described, and of developing the re- sources of the country in a commercial point of view. In doing so I shall confine myself to the lowest possible limit which may offer a fair prospect of success; and I shall be better pleased if the plan is enlarged so as to embrace a more extended field of operations. The rebellion of this place arose out of the intrigues of two or three Bor- neo pangerans, conjointly with some of the pangerans of Sambas, and raja Muda Hassim came from Borneo to suppress it, and to pre- vent the alienation of the territory. I may say of this prince that he is mild, humane and just; wishing to do well, without the resolution of energy of character necessary, and decidedly partial to the En- glish. On his arrival here he found a most difficult task; and after four years, froin the lukewarmness of his followers, the deceit and intrigues of his rivals, and the falseness of some of those about him, he was reduced to circumstances of great distress and difficulty. I first visited Sarawak in 1839, and in July 1840 returned. with the intention of remaining ten days, which was prolonged week after week at the urgent entreaties of the rájá. Having at length intimat- ed my intention of taking leave, a request was made to me to assist in the war, which I refused in the first instance, but afterwards ac- ceded to, the following reasons inducing me to alter my determina- tion. The rájá Muda Hassim's cause was undoubtedly just, and was identical with the independence of Borneo: and on the continuance of this independence depends the considerablc trade between the coast and Singapore. I had a good opinion of the rájá Muda Hassim's character and intentions, and could not but lament to see an amiable 182 APRIL Brooke's Votives of Borneo and its Inhabitants. prince, who had shown himself partial and friendly to our nation; reduced to such difficulties. The rájá himself urged upon me that he was deceived and betrayed by the intrigues of pangerans, who aimed at alienating his country, and that if I left him he should pro- bably have to remain here for the rest of his life, being resolved to die rather than yield to the unjust influence which others were seek- ing to acquire over him; and he appealed to me that after our friendly communication I could not, as an English gentleman, desert him under such circumstances. I felt that honorably I could not do so; and though reluctantly enough, I resolved to give him the aid he asked ;-small indeed, but of consequence in such a petty warfare. After a three month's campaign, the rebels surrendered at discretion, and the difficult task of saving their lives was imposed upon me; for although their lives were forfeited by the law of all countries, I could not reconcile it to myself to allow their execution, when I had been a party to their capture. Those who know the Malay character will appreciate the difficulty of the attempt to stand between the monarch and his victims; and to the kindness of the raja's disposition my suc- cess may be attributed. I may here mention that the women and chil.. dren of the rebels were taken as hostages, and kept confined for nine months, when I had the satisfaction of releasing them, and restoring them to their families. At this period Muda Hassim offered me the government of the country, and we held several conferences on the subject, when it was finally settled that I should bring from Singa- pore a supply of all necessaries required, and in return reeeive anti- mony ore, and that on my return Muda Hasin should give this grant which he had volunteered. I could at once have obtained this grant, but I preferred interposing a delay; because to accept such a boon when imposed by necessity, or from a feeling of gratitude for recent assistance, would have rendered it both suspicious and useless; and I was by no means eager to enter on the task (the full difficulties of which I clearly foresaw) without the undoubted and spontaneous support of the rájí. In the month of April of this year I arrived at Kuching, but it was not until the 24th of September that Muda Hassim affixed his seal to the deed which made over the go vernment into my hands. This delay arose in a great measure from the intrigues of those about him, from his own procrastinating dis- position, and from his fear of releasing the rebel families, on which I insisted as a necessary preliminary. "The agreement is to the following effect. "That the country and government of Sarawak is made over to me (to be held under once more 1843. 183 Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. the crown of Borneo,) with all its revenues and dependencies, on the yearly payment of 2500 dollars. That I am not to infringe apon their customs or religion; and in return, that no person is to inter- fere with me in the management of the country.' This agreement is made only by Muda Hassim; and it may be objected that he alone is not capable of granting without the consent of his nephew the sul- lan;* but let it be answered to this, that there is no sultan in Bor- neo, and that the rája Muda Hassim's claim is as good as that of his nephew; and secondly, that he holds a deed from his nephew for the disposal of this country according to his pleasure. From the imbe- cility of his nephew, Amar Ali, the affairs of Borneo are entirely in the hands of the rájá Muda, and no difficulty will be found in gain- ing the additional signature, if required. I may add, that since the 24th of September I have issued a brief code of regulations, a tran- slation of which accompanies this paper, and have instituted a court of justice, where the brothers of Muda Hassim sit with myself to de- cide on cases. I have also had an interview with most of the Dyak chiefs, to whom I have explained minutely my wishes in their favor, and my intention of substituting a fixed rice tax, in lieu of the sys- tem of robbery which is yearly carried on. These measures have all been successful; and our further progress is now only checked by the arrival of a brig from Sambas, with the avowed purpose of re- covering a debt from the Chinese, and the real one of disturbing me here. In the latter attempt, however, they have met with little suc- cess; for although causing some anxiety, my influence has been strengthened rather than weakened by this interference. The only excuse I can plead for this egotistical detail is, that it will be found necessary to the right understanding of my present position; and I escape with pleasure from prosecuting it further, in order to lay be- fore you be done by a moderate outlay in furtherance of the three great objects already mentioned, viz. the extension of trade, the propagation of Christianity, and the suppression of the atrocities practiced on the Dyak tribes. "The riches of the island of Borneo are not to be questioned; and it possesses a population of some millions of inhabitants shut up in its interior, who are debarred the use of British manufactures from the restrictive policy of the Dutch, and the state of warfare they live in with the Malays. It will be found impossible, however, to open an effective communication with these people, or to develop the Amar Ali is the nephew of the rájá Muda Hassiin, and claims the title of sultan, but has hitherto been unable to make his claim good. what may * 184 APRIL, Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. resources of the island generally, without the previous amendment of its internal condition, and until the cultivator derives some ade- quate remuneration for his produce. To effect these objects, it is not required that any expensive establishments should be maintained, or any great capital risked, but only that a friendly intercourse should be opened with the chiefs, a knowledge gained of their coun- try, and a free trade encouraged at a station like Sarawak, where the small native canoes might resort, and whence an inland com- munication might be carried on. “It was with these views I accepted the government of Sarawak; and in order to carry them out, I propose the following steps: “ 1st, to encourage the immigration of Chinese and Javanese, and after twelve months to tax them at the yearly rate of one real, or 3s. 6d. per head. The same light tax, or its equivalent in rice, to be imposed likewise on the Malays and Dyaks whenever the former people can afford to pay it. “The industry of the Chinese will insure the prosperity of the country; and there can be no doubt they will crowd here in vast numbers when any government is established, as they have already persevered in forming settlements spite of repeated disasters arising froin the disturbed state of the country. The Javanese, like the Chinese, would easily be procured, and form a body distinguished for their peaceful habits and fondness for agriculture; whilst the Bugis,* from their love of commerce and enterprising disposition, have expressed a desire to come here, provided I resolved to stay. In short, there can be no doubt that a country eminently calculated to support a large population, would be rapidly filled, should there be a government sufficiently strong to save them from being plun. dered, and to clear the sea of pirates. Time, however, is required to settle a population, and to allow them to gain some profits from the soil, and the expense in the interim is the question which occu pies my attention, and forms the principal obstacle to success. If left entirely to my own resources for the future, it is necessary that I depend on the trade, to defray the charges of the establishment which I am obliged to keep; and being forced to trade is contrary to my wishes and my avowed objects, it may weaken my influence, by creating jealousy, and must include a monopoly of antimony ore. I must therefore repeat that only whilst forced by circumstances will I mix myself up with commerce. “ 2dly, I propose to open a friendly communication with the dif- The Bugis are the trading races of the Eastern Archipelago. * 1843. 185 Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. ferent chiefs, and with the interior tribes, by visiting them either once or twice a year, and inspiring a confidence in our good inten- tions; and there will be no difficulty in so doing, as from their know- ledge of me, they are already well disposed to take any steps which I may point out. 3dly, to return with the rájá Muda Hassim to Borneo Proper, and through his means to stop the distractions and intrigues of the capital, and establish an English influence. “4thly. By a free trade to remove the oppression practiced on the cultivator, by giving him a proper participation in the profits of his produce. This will be effected, in a great measure, by a post like Saráwak, which they can reach in their small boats, (as the poorer classes of Malays and Dyaks will then trade themselves, which they are now unable to do in consequence of the distance from Singa- pore,) and from the visits of the European merchant to the numerous ports on the coast. When the producer is remunerated, the re- sources of the island will be called into existence, and certainly not one five hundredth part now ever finds its way to market, even from the rivers of the coast. I need not dwell longer on this point, for whoever remembers the former accounts of the city of Borneo, with its European and Chinese trade, and compares them with the present state, will be able to judge what the country might be. "5th. The extirpation of piracy! "No remark is necessary on this head, except that the slave trade and piracy joined is carried on openly on this coast; that each year fleets of piratical Lanoons wait for the prahus * bounded for Singa- pore, and reduce their crews to slavery, after capturing their vessels. Nor is this slavery of that mild description which is often attributed to the Asiatics, for these victims are bound for months and crowded in the bottom of the pirate vessels, where they suffer all the miseries which could be inflicted aboard an African slaver. Besides the Lanoon pirates, the Dyaks of Serebas and Sakarran yearly sweep the shore, even to Celebes, murdering the men of all nations, and capturing women and children, rendering the communication along the coast dangerous, and preventing the cultivation of the soil near the seashores. It is sufficient to say that all this has been going on for years, within a few days' sail of Singapore, and that it might be suppressed in a few months by vigorous measures. The protection of the Dyak race in Saráwak would quickly follow the residence of The Lanoons (or Iljanúns) are pirates inhabiting the small cluster of islands between Celebes and Magindanoa. VOL. XII. NO. IV. 186 Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. A PRIL, 1 Europeans, and indeed already their condition has been improved in some measure, and in future the residence of missionaries amongst them would give them confidence to resist the unjust demands which they are now forced to comply with. In the present day, I know no field for the missionary which promises such a harvest as the Dyak tribes, if their condition be ameliorated simultaneously with the in- troduction of a new faith. “These are the advantages which may result to commerce and hu- manity, by a proper British influence being established in Borneo; and I conceive that policy dictates these measures at the present time, because in case of any delay it will no longer be in our power. From the distractions of Borneo, some European state must very shortly interfere in its concerns, and the supremacy of the Dutch government would be the knell of the British trade which now is carried on, and effectually stop all measures of improvement. The means for carrying these measures into effect would be as follows:- A steam-boat of a hundred tons, drawing little water, and properly manned and armed. This vessel, besides being employed in sup- pressing piracy and keeping open a communication with Singapore and China, might survey the coast of Borneo and the Palawan pas- sage. This survey is greatly required, to prevent the yearly loss of life which occurs; and a knowledge of these seas is daily becoming important, from the increased communication which will follow our present struggle with China. “The recent discovery of coal in Borneo (the capital) may attract attention, as facilitating our steam intercourse; and at any rate it is fully time that a knowledge should be acquired and a check put to the depredations of the pirates who issue from the northern ports of Borneo, Magindanao, and Saluk. “The establishment ashore should not be less than six Europeans, ten Javanese, and one hundred Bugis, and the amount yearly for wages at £2000 to £2500 sterling, making in all a total of £4000 to £5000 yearly expense. I do not dwell on this topic, but the amount here mentioned is probably the lowest on which the undertaking could be prosecuted so as to insure a fair prospect of success; and as the country becomes populous, it would gradually maintain a por- tion of the outlay, or its increasing resources might be expended in strengthening its force. The pecuniary amount is not a large one, if the objects proposed be considered; and for the purposes of hu- manity alone, larger suns are spent on less certain grounds. I leave, however, the consideration of the subject to those who read what I 1 1843. 187 Brooke's Notices of Borneo and its Inhabitants. have already advanced, and whether the government directly or in- directly give their sanction to the undertaking, or whether the public support it, every facility shall on my part, be given to aid the ends in view, and no arrangement which aims at developing the country and assisting the Dyak races shall meet with obstruction from me: for I wish it to be clearly understood that I consider myself as an agent whom fortune has enabled to open the path, and that I am as ready to gives place to a successor as I am to remain ; and in doing either, seek only to advance the object which I consider recommend- ed both by policy and humanity. My own intentions will by no means be altered, if I fail in rousing the attention and sympathy of those able, if willing, to enter on the task; and the only difference will be, that I must seek to raise the necessary expenses by entering on trade, in which case my position will be less influential and less useful than it would otherwise be, and my attention distracted by details foreign to my principal object. If my own advantage were the prominent motive, the latter plan has more to recommend it, for at the present time nothing prevents my monopolizing the produce of the country and holding its imports as a monopoly too; and if I wanted an excuse, I could readily find it in the example of my Eu- ropean neighbors. I am convinced, however, that nothing but a free trade will benefit this country, and call its resources into exis- tence; but it must be a free trade which strikes at the monopolies of the interior,--at Malay monopoly as well as others. That my views will one day be appreciated. I feel ussured; but if delay be interposed, I doubt whether they will ever be acted upon; for, as I have before remarked, we shall lose the trade we have, if the Dutch encroach on the territory of Borneo. How much may be effected by small means I have already shown; and I am now, and have been holding the government of the country, with the rája Muda Hassim's assistance, with only four Europeans and eight natives, and in the space of eight months from a state of distraction, amounting almost to a struggle, the country is peaceful and its inhabitants cultj ating the ground. "The experiment of developing a country through the residence of a few Europeans, and by the assistance of its native rulers has never yet been fairly tried; and it appears to me in some res- pects more desirable than the actual possession by a foreign na- tion; for if successful the native prince finds greater advantages, and if a failure the European government is not committed. Above all it insures the independence of the native princes; and may ad- 188 APRIL, Report of the Medical Missionary Society. vance the inhabitants further in the scale of civilization by means of this very independence, than can be done when the government is a foreign one, and their natural freedom sacrificed. Whatever may be the result in my own case, I shall have no cause to complain, and whatever sacrifices I may fruitlessly make, it will ever be a source of satisfactory reflection that I have done much good in the country- that I have saved the lives of many men-restored many captives to their families—and freed many slaves from bondage: that I have rescued an amieble and worthy native prince from the difficulties which beset him, and that I have restored him to a position whence he can claim what is his due: that I have fostered an industrious and oppressed race, and in a time of famine have relieved numbers from starvation. That I turned back a piratical fleet who would have carried destruction and slavery throughout the country-that I have assisted the Chinese to settle here--and above all, that I have repressed vice and assisted the disstressed. I am proud to say this much; and whatever the future may bring, I am ready to meet; and I sincerely trust it may be of some benefit to the native races and the cause of humanity. Let not those at a distance imagine that I have suffered nothing, or sacrificed nothing in this task; but perso- nal convenience and personal advantage has not been and is not my object, and after devoting time and fortune I shall retire with plea- sure, if others will undertake to prosecute the plan more effectually. And finally if I appeal, it is not in my own name, but in the name of the oppressed and enslaved Dyaks. I appeal to those whose views of policy lead to the extension of commerce, to the religious body in England who may here find a field for missionary labor, too long untried. I appeal to the humane who desire to suppress all the hor- rors of piracy and the slave-trade, and whose feelings would lead them to end a state of things repugnant to every idea of right, and to atrocities not to be exceeded in any part of the globe.” Art. II. 1. Report of the Medical Missionary Society, contain- ing an abstract of its history and prospects, and the report of the hospital at Macao, for 1841–42; together with Dr. Parker's statement of his proceedings in England and the United States in behalf of the Socirty Macao, 1813 pp 62 1843. Report of the Medical Missionary Society. in com- 2. Statements respecting hospitals in China, preceded by a lotter to John Abercrombie, M. D., V. P. R. S. E., by Rev. P. Parker, M. D., medical missionary of the American Board of Foreign Missions in China Glasgow, J. Maclehouse, 1842. pp. 32. 3. Claims of the Missionary Enterprise on the Medical Profes- sion. By D. J. Macgowan, M. D. New York, 1842. pp. 24. So much has already been entered upon the pages of the Repository respecting the objects and operation of the Medical Missionary So- ciety, that in bringing the three pamphlets here quoted to the notice of our readers, it is our object only to show from them what has been done to farther its objects in China and abroad. At the annual meeting held Sep. 28th, 1842, it was Resolved, "That an Abstract of the history of the Society from its commence- ment to the present time, with the prospects that are now opening for an extension of its sphere of usefuluess, be drawn up and published with the annual report of the operations of the Society, under the direction of a sub-committee, composed of Mr. Anderson, Rev. Dr. Bridgman and Mr. Lockhart.” By a subsequent motion, the prepara- tion of a similar abstract in the Chinese language was resolved upon. The report now published contains the absttract drawn up pliance with this resolution, and is signed by Mr. Anderson, as act- ing secretary. The materials are derived so far as was necessary, from the published reports of the Society, and as they have already been inserted in the Repository, we will only here quote a few of the closing paragraphs. After bringing the history of the Society down to Sep. 28th, 1842, the date of the meeting, mentioning the return of Dr. Diver to the United States, and the statistics of the hospitals in Canton, Macao, and Chusan, it thus sums up the whole : "Such is a brief outline of the nature and operations of the Society since its organization in 1838, and though owing to the unsettled state of political affairs in this country, the medical officers have been occasionally interrupt- ed in their plans and operations, there has been, with the exception of three months, at least one hospital open for the reception of the sick; and com- puting the whole number of patients entered into the books of the institu- tions, about 20,000 persons have been relieved of their sufferings. We cannot refrain from expressing our gratitude to Him whose creatures we all are, for the opportunity afforded of benefiting our fellowmen; while we look forward with confident expectation to continually enlarged fields of useful- ness, and increasing opportunities of conveying to the minds of the patients the healing influences of moral care, and the hopes that the gospel alone offers. It has been remarked both by Dr. Lockhart and Dr. Hobson, that when the patients have been removed from the surveillance and jurisdiction 190) A PRIT, Report of the Medical Missionary Society. 1 of Chinese officers, as they have been at Chusan and Macao, the most pleas- ing facilities have been afforded, of distributing religious books, and holding free converse with the people, on subjects appertaining to their eternal wel- fare. These opportunities have not been neglected, suitable portions of holy writ, and select tracts have been freely distributed among the in-patients, who have for the most part read them with care; and when the holy doctrines of the Bible have been explained to them, they have at least been received with attention and respect. If such an amount of good has been effected during the past years of difficulty, restriction, and warfare, amidst so many changes and uncertain prospects, what may we not hope for in the new era that will succeed the treaty of peace between Great Britain and China, and the removal of the many barriers that have hitherto obstructed our progress? “ The prospects now opening, encourage us in the highest degree to persevere in the same course which has already proved to be so successful. Peace has been established with China, and upon terms that promise enlarg- ed facilities for the prosecution of the labors of the medical missionary, as well as of others interested in the temporal and spiritual welfare of this large portion of their fellow-men. The efforts of this Society need no longer be confined to a corner of the empire, nor its hopsitals be limited to one spot, where the jealousy of a weak and despotic government has surrounded us with a system of restriction and surveillance, that has rendered intercourse with the people limited and uncertain; where the inhabitants have been taught, to look upon all foreigners as unworthy to enjoy the ordinary liberty and the rulers to consider it necessary that peculiar laws should be made to restrain them from free intercourse with the people of the celestial empire, who would otherwise, in their opinion, be corrupted and contaminat- ed by the wicked dispositions and evil habits of the barbarians from the west. “ The feelings of prejudice and dislike, which this conduct on the part of their rulers has generated in the minds of the people, have been partly over- come by the labors of the medical officers of the Society, and we may confidently hope, that erelong, by the blessing of God, they will disappear before the healing truths of Christianity, and the disinterested labors of its propagators. Access is now given to five of the principal seaports of the empire,—Canton, Amoy, Fuchau, Ningpo and Shánghái; and in these we have the best grounds for believing that a free intercourse with the people will be available; and it is with the liveliest gratitude to the Almighty, that we are enabled to state, that the Medical Missionary Society is in some measure prepared to take advantage of these new openings. Through the exertions of Morrison and other missionaries, who have been, during past years, zealously laboring to prepare the way for the introduction of the gospel, among the benighted millions of this empire, many of the difficulties in the way of acquiring the language have been overcome, a knowledge of the institutions of the country has been acquired, some insight into the mode of thinking and the prejudices of the people has been gained, and the paths made more easy to those who are to follow.” of men; 18.13. 191 Report of thr Medicul Missionary Society. Dr. Parker returned to China, in October, 1842, and soon after proceeded to Canton and reopened the hospital there. It should be mentioned to the credit of the senior hong-merchant Howqua that the use of the building was given to Dr. Parker free of rent, and was moreover put in repair by its landlord. As soon as his duties allow- ed him the leisure, Dr. Parker drew up the succinct account of his proceedings abroad in behalf of the Society, now published, and which we quote entire. “In now communicating to the Medical Missionary Society in China some account of the efforts made by me in its behalf, and of their results, during my recent visit to America, England, and France, the first thing that impresses itself upon my mind is, the delightful recollection of the union and harmony that characterized those with whom the Society originated, and to whose disinterested benevo- lence, rising superior to private interests and national predilections, the Society owes, under the divine blessing, its success and prosperi- ty. The bonds of that union and harmony will ever, it is my fond hope, be drawn more and more closely together. Let this motto "Union is Strength”—be inscribed upon our standards: and let us ever continue to join together, heart and hand, upon the common vantage ground of a pure and Christian philanthropy. “It having been with the express sanction and desire of the So- ciety, that in embarking for my native land, I undertook to advocate the Society's cause there and in England, it seems my simple duty now to spread before them the result of my endeavors as their agent, both those that have been obtained, and those which are yet pro- spective. The pleasure of doing this I had anticipated with delight; and it was my hope, on my return, that I might have had an early opportunity of meeting the Society and of making this communica- tion in person. The circumstances which have, however, prevented my so doing, and which have also delayed me in the preparation of the report I now present, it is not necessary here to allude to. Suf- fice it to say, that it is with satisfaction I avail myself of the Chi- nese new-year's vacation, and the consequent partial suspension of practice at the hospital, to lay before the Society this brief narrative of my proceedings. 'By public addresses, and by means of the press both in England and America, the operations of the Society, and their peculiar adaptedness to the Chinese, as well as the scriptural authority for uniting the work of healing with that of teaching the gospel aniong 192 Report of the Medical llissionary Society. APRIL CS is heathen people, have been repeatedly set forth. It has been, at such times, an especial aim to exhibit these claims as addressed to all, irrespective of sectarian or national feelings,--to commend them, also, more particularly, to those of the medical profession. It was at WASHINGTON (D. C.), that the first public meeting of medical men for the specific object was held, in the Medical College of that capital, during the month of March, 1841. This meeting was fully attended by the faculty of that city; the details of the So- ciety's operations listened to with lively interest; and a series of resolutions unanimously passed, approving the principles and objects of the Society, and commending them to the support of the Chris- tian and benevolent public in Ainerica, as well as bespeaking for it the attention of the Faculty in England, whither I was then about to proceed. With the exception of a few private donations made, nothing was done here in a pecuniary point of view. It was the opinion and feeling of intelligent and influential men, that, while Washington is so greatly dissimilar to the affluent commercial cities, as respects the means of liberally sustaining the great causes of be- nevolence, it would yet, they had no doubt, contribute something liberal, from year to year, should suitable agents be employed (as is the practice there in similar cases), to wait upon the citizens and strangers, and receive their contributions. Though the measure was not at the time tested, its success may be relied upon with con- fidence, especially now that it has the support of the augmented arguments furnished by the so happy conclusion of peace with China. " While in Washington, an opportunity was afforded me, one Sab- bath, of preaching in that capital, before the Congress of the United States, of exhibiting to that assembly the moral condition, as well as the prospects of China generally, and those of this Society inciden- tally The same was also done frequently, before many congrega- tions, both in that city, and in various parts of the United States. And it may here be suitably mentioned, that at the Theological Se- minaries of Alexandria, Princeton, Andover, and Bangor; and at the Medical Colleges in Baltimore and New Haven, the cause of China and the interests of this Society were specifically advanced ; as also in the cities and towns of Philadelphia, New York, New Ha- ven, Boston, New Bedford, Northampton, Amherst, Hallowell, and Augusta, and at Bowdoin College in Brunswick. Several of these places were visited before my passage over to England. In New York, it meeting of the Faculty was held similar to that at Washing- 1843. 193 Report of the Medical Missionary Society. ton, and the object of the Society “cordially recommended." In Boston, a committee was appointed, (consisting of Drs. Jackson, Warren, Shattuck, Hooper, and Bowditch, "to consult with any persons who may take an interest in the subject of the medical esta- blishments in China, and to take such measures as may seem to them expedient to obtained the aid required.” As, however, the result of these measures did not fully appear, till after my return from England, I will defer till that period noticing more particularly the liberal spirit with which these and other cities responded to the call made upon them. "It was immediately after the meetings held in New York and Boston, on the 17th April, 1841, that I embarked for England, in prosecution of the objects of the Society. Though a full account of my proceedings while in England has been already published there, under the form of a letter from me to the address of Dr. Abercrombie of Edinburgh, and accompanied by some “Statements respecting hospitals in China,” yet it will be proper briefly to recapitulate what was done there, that the Society may have at once a complete nar- rative of my proceedings in its behalf, from the time I left China in July 1840, to my return in October 1842. “In London, about six weeks were spent; and here the “State- ments respecting hospitals in China” were first published. The object of this pamphlet was, to give succinct account of foreign gratuitous medical practice in China, and of the circumstances under which the Society had originated, the success that had attended it, and the claims it presents for future support. The distress then prevailing in many parts of England, and the political excitement attendant upon a change of ministry, joined to the war with China, and the reflex influence of this upon the commercial and business portions of the country, were circumstances inauspicious to the im- mediate success of the agency as it respects the advancement of cuniary aid. But on the one as on the other side of the Atlantic, the views and objects of the Society are warmly responded to by multitudes; and cordial assistance may be with good assurance look- ed for, as often as it shall be actually needed. “Systematic efforts had already been made by benevolent ladies in London in behalf of this cause, and remittances of medicines and money had several times been made by them, through the London Missionary Society, to Drs. Lockhart and Hobson. They had also addressed circulars upon the subject to benevolent ladies in other parts of England. These listened with great interest to the facts and pe- VOJ, X11. NO. IV. 191 Rrport of the Medicul Missionary Socicly ATRU details of the Society's operations : and we may rely upou the cha- racter and motives of these devoted coadjutors, for constant, though limited aid, from year to year. A sum of £20 was received from them, by the hand of Miss Kirkpatrick. It is here a proper place to observe, that the religious objects of the Society being chiefly kept in view by these and other ladies' associations, they have usual- ly a preference for committing their subscriptions to the hands of those medical agents of the Society, with whose character they have had previous personal acquaintance. Suns have, under this feeling, been sent at different times, directly to medical officers of the So- ciety, and made use of by them, being simply passed in their ac- counts to the Society's credit, and not paid over to its treasurer. I shall have to allude to a payment of this kind into my own hands hereafter. “ The interest already existing in the English metropolis on behalf of the objects of the Medical Missionary Society in China was not confined to these benevolent ladies. Sir Henry Halford, bart., had, three years before, spontaneously stepped forward to advocate the Society's cause, and by him the subject was brought to the notice not only of many distinguished members of the Faculty, but also of several persons holding the highest places in dignity and influence ; to some of whom I had opportunities fforded me, of personally re- coinmending the claims of the Society. Their royal highnesses, the duke of Sussex and the princess Sophia, were pleased to manifest much interest in the subject. So also did his grace the archbishop of Canterbury, the duke of Wellington, the marquis of Lansdown, sir Robert Peel, the bishops of Durham and London, lord Bexley, sir George Staunton, and others. It was indeed my special aim, during great part of my visit in London, to secure, in the first instance the interest and patronage of that class, which may readily be induced to lead in a good cause, but will hardly be willing to follow. An objec- tion, however, exists, in the separation of the established church of England from those not included within its pale, which it was found difficult to obviate. And indeed the bishop of London very frankly, yet with much courtesy, remarked, that "much as he approved of the object, and the means used to attain it, he could not in any way co- operate in such labors with those who dissent from the established church." But while, from this cause, it was made apparent, that no direct aid or encouragement is to be looked for from these quarters, it is at the same time not less certain, that many individuals are to be found in those circles, whoxe influence will be of much value to the 1843 195 Report of the Medical Missionary Society. cause. And if the result should be to secure the attention of the established church to independent and efficient efforts in the same cause, so that in any way those blessings may be conferred on the Chinese which it is the object of this Society to bestow, neither the Society nor its agent, will have anything to regret in the varied methods adopted, to present the cause in its true light before the higher elasses of the great metropolis. And, after every discourage- ment, there still remains abundant assurance, that there are enough of noble and liberal minds, superior to all the shackles of sect, party, or nation to form there an association worthy of London and its high character, worthy too of the great cause of humanity, and gene- rosity to a nation such as is China—so great and estimable in many points, and now, it is hoped, for ever allied, in the bonds of peace and goodwill, to the nations of Christendom, and especially to those of our common Saxon blood and lineage. “Turning from those whose less open views hindered connection with the Society, no little encouragement was met with from those associated with the general religious and benevolent institutions of London, from the medical faculty, and (last, but nowise least) froin Dr. Colledge, president .of the Society, and others with whom we have been formerly associated in China. -After the “Statements re- specting Hospitals in China" had been extensively circulated among all classes in London, a meeting was convened in Exeter Hall build- ings, in behalf of the Medical Missionary Society. This was in- tended as preparatory to a yet more general meeting, which it was designed subsequently to call, when the circumstances of the coun- try should be more favorable. Meanwhile, however, a number of members of a Society, denominated “the Medical Philanthropic Society for the support of Medical Missions in China and the East,” (which had been organized, and had received some contributions, and a number of whose members were present also at the meeting in Exeter Hall), met together, and passed a resolution in the following terms: -“That this meeting, having heard of the proceedings of the Medical Philanthropic Society for China and the East; and the Report with the proceedings and resolutions passed at a meeting at Exeter Hall on the 15th instant, to promote the same objects of supporting the Medical Missionary Society, and their hospitals in China-propose the union of the two provisional committees.” “The London Missionary Society, whose directors I had an op- portunity of addressing upon the subject, will continue to give their support 10 this Society.---The amount of donations contributed to it, 196 Arkit. Report of the Medical Missionary Society. during my stay in London, will appear in the account rendered with this report of my proceedings. “Cambridge and Birmingham were visited by me on my journey, by way of Liverpool and Glasgow, to Edinburgh. At Cambridge, I found that the subject of medical missions in general had been, just previously, brought before the public, by a Christian Jew, about to proceed to Palestine in the capacity of a medical missionary. At Birmingham, the subject was brought forward by me, so far as could appropriately be done in the pulpit services of the Sabbath: and the cause was here warmly commended, but did not receive any im- mediate support, the establishment of a college in that city being then the engrossing object of attention. “Nowhere more than in Edinburgh was a sincere interest in this cause manifested, nowhere were the claims of the Society more warmly responded to. A public meeting was held there, attended by the chief citizens of the place, and an efficient committee ap- pointed to carry out the designs of the meeting. And since leaving it, intelligence has been received of the organization of a Society auxiliary to that in China, by which a circular has been issued and widely circulated, appealing to the Christians of Scotland and Eng- land in behalf of our object.* A meeting also of ladies was held in Edinburgh, and a cordial interest displayed, in the religious bearings, especially of our efforts, upon the Chinese. From the distinguished character of many who have taken up the cause, and from the en- lightened and systematic mode in which they have entered upon the work, the Society may rely with confidence upon them for efficient and steady support. But from an unwillingness to protract this re- port, it would be agreeable to mention individual exertions in plead- ing the cause. “At Glasgow, my time was much more limited than at Edinburgh. But, from the interest expressed in the subject, at the public meeting which was there held, and from its known character for liberality in a good cause, we may be assured that Glasgow will not be outdone by any other city. Judging, however, from the tone of the last com- munications received from thence, she will probably await a fresh appeal from China,—when especially under the new prospects that open to her merchants, under the improved reiations between Great Britain and China, she will step forward with all her wonted liberality. "In Liverpool, my last effors were made before returning Sos Chinese Repository. voi XI., p. 33334;. 1843. 197 Report of the Medical Missionary Society. to America, I found a people already familiar with the proceedings of the Society; and, from the circumstance of Dr. Lockhart having abandoned bright prospects among them, to become one of the So- ciety's active agents, prepared warmly to hear more upon the sub- ject. For the details of measures pursued, here as elsewhere, refer- ence must be made to the minutes of the meetings, and the “State- ment" already published in England. Besides a full meeting convened specifically for medical men, a general one of gentlemen and ladies was also held; and a committee was appointed, of which it was subsequently remarked, that a more respectable and influen- tial body comprising the same number, and embracing such dif- ferent professions and religious denominations, could scarcely be selected in Liverpool. A member of this committee wrote to me, previously to my return to China, saying that, after deliberation on the subject it was “ deemed best to delay taking any steps, till, at all events, a partial opening of the China trade should be heard of. That then, (he felt confident,) many would be prepared to enter into our views, and then would be the time to call a public meeting, and appeal to the feelings and the purses of the Liverpool merchants." Kind invitations were received to visit other parts of England, and also Ireland, to spread before the public the claims of the Society, and assurances were given of ready coöperation; but the early period for returning to America prevented their acceptance. "At Paris, a brief visit was paid, during the interval of my absence in Europe. While the brevity of that visit did not admit of adopt- ing any special efforts in behalf of the Society, an opportunity was, however, afforded, on a Sabbath, of making a public statement of its object, success, and claims. In private intercourse it was also brought to the knowledge of those whose acquaintance I had the pleasure of making “In Germany, the cause of the Society was brought forward, by several distinguished gentlemen from thence, with whom I was so happy as to become acquainted during my stay in London. They had already taken measures to disseminate in their ‘Father-land’in- formation upon the subject, and to enlist the prayers and support of the benevolent on its behalf; and should the Society make a direct appeal to the benevolent in Germany, I have no doubt but that it will be cordially responded to. “Arriving at Boston, upon my return to America, I had the high satisfaction to learn, that the appeals and personal exertions of the comunittee, that had previously been appointed, had been most suca 198 A PRII., Report of the Medical Missionary Society. cessful; and that the liberal sum of more than $5000 had been con- tributed to the cause, as the commencement of a fund for the per- manent support of the Society. “At Philalelphia, I spent the chief part of the winter of 1841, laboring much to enlist that city in the good cause; and, although the unprecedented crisis in its pecuniary interests has necessarily delayed a little the results of those efforts,-yet, if any reliance is to be placed in pledges of honorable and distinguished men, Philadel- phia is one of the opulent and benevolent cities of America from which permanent and liberal support may be relied upon by the Medical Missionary Society in China. An auxiliary Society has been carefully organized there, embracing the most distinguished men in the medical profession, as well as in the profession of law, men of the mercantile community, and clergymen of liberal Chris- tians of different denominations. As illustrating the ground of this confidence (as well as showing the peculiar state of the currency at the time), a few remarks may be quoted. Said one, estimated to be worth two or three millions of dollars, “one hundred dollars is all the available money, I have now at command. I dare not receive my dues in the present state of the banks, for in a few hours the money I receive may be no more than so much paper. What I can do even for the money requisite for my daily expenses I know not, unless I can pass iny own notes in the market." Said another gen- tleman, distinguished for his wealth and benevolence, “when the times are better, it is my intention to patronize your Society. I am a man of property, but it is now unavailable. I regret that your appli- cation should have come at a moment so unpropitious; but I approve the object and design to aid it."-Another gentlemen, who gave his ifty dollars, remarked, that had the cause been brought before them in 1836, funds might have been obtained in Philadelphia to any amount that might have been required. And to show that all these were not mere words of form, it may be added, that the first draft for $50 given for the Society was on a bank which failed within Iwelve hours afterwards, though the sum was subsequently made up by the donor. "At one of the public meetings in Philadelphia, a large number of the medical students of the University of Pennsylvania, and of other medical colleges, were present, several of whom were desirous of becoming medical missionaries to China. I regret not having a copy of the constitution of the “China Medical Missionary Society Philadelphia," illxiliary to this, -as it would exhibit 10 the So. ! 1 1843, 199 Report of the Medical Missionary Society. ciety here the mature plans for permanent interest and support there adopted. It provides for annual meetings, when public ad- dresses are to be made on behalf of the cause; and while it will aid this Society by pecuniary support of its hospitals, and in educating Chinese youth of talent, in the healing art, in furnishing periodicals, and keeping this Society informed of the progress of the medical and surgical sciences, the improvements in instruments and surgical apparatus, &c.,- it will expec: in return such contributions to ma- teria medica, paintings of remarkable diseases, and specimens of morbid anatomy, as it may be practicable for this Society to furnish. "A ladies' association, denominated the Ladies' Chinese Associa- tion of Philadelphia, was also organized; and, at the very crisis of the hard times, between 300 and 400 dollars were raised as its first annual subscription. As in England, it was the importance of the plan of this Society, as calculated to introduce the blessings of the gospel into China, that most powerfully influenced these truly devoted Christian ladies. For sure I am, that nothing but the higher consi- derations of a pious mind would have induced them to persevere with such earnestness against so many obstacles as they had to overcome. “The coöperation of the editors of the various secular and reli- gious papers and periodicals, in making known and advocating our objects and their merits, deserve the thanks of the Society. “New York was twice visited by me on the Society's behalf, dur- ing the winter that I stayed in Philadelphia; and the exertions there made were crowned with like success. Repeated opportunities were enjoyed of meeting the medical faculty of that city, who most cordi- ally coöperated in advancing the cause. On two occasions public meetings were held for this specific object. The first, at the Stuy- vesant Institute, was numerously attended by the medical students of the different colleges, by merchants, and by many other distin- guished citizens. On this occasion, paintings of the more remark- able surgical cases were exhibited; at the close of the meeting, a provisional committee was appointed, to take measures for the orga- nization of a Society.— The second was a general meeting of ladies and gentlemen, held at the Broadway Tabernacle; and a society was then formed, similar to the gentlemen's Society of Philadelphia, with like constitution-each providing a well-selected committee to solicit subscriptions The officers and members of this Society, first in their respective professions and callings, and influential men in their respective Christian denominations, afford a sufficient gua- ranty 10 the Society in China, that it will not look to New York in Rrport of the Medicul Missionary Society. APRIL vain for cooperation in prosecuting its vast ains. The most favor- able moment for making its first application for funds had not arriv- ed, as it was believed, at the time of my embarkation. Officers of the Society, well qualified to express an opinion upon the subject, assur- ed me, that about $2000 annually might be expected from New York. Encouragement was also given, that the ladies of New York would vie with those of Philadelphia, and also those in England, who have enlisted in the cause. “My report would be incomplete, should I neglect to add, that Baltimore, New Haven, Northampton, and New Bedford, which were visited in behalf of this cause, as well as numerous other cities and towns, of greater or less importance, which it was impracticable for me to visit, expecially Albany, Utica, Buffalo, and Rochester, in the north,-Richmond, Charleston, and Savannah, in the south, will not be found backward to come to our aid, as the Society in China progresses, and Providence prepares the way for the expand- ing of its plans and designs, in giving to the millions of China, hos- pitals, retreats for the leper, and asylums for the insane. “It may have been remarked in going through the details of the above report, that applications for pecuniary aid were of a twofold nature,--for annual contributions to support statedly the operations and hospitals of the Society,--and for contributions to a permanent fund, calculated to render the Society in a measure independent of the changes and chances of time. By most, the form of stated pe- riodical contribution was preferred; but at Boston, it will have been seen, upwards of $5000 were contributed to a permanent fund. About $1000 in all were contributed elsewhere as occasional, or regular, subscriptions. It seems to my mind desirable that these two forms of maintenance should coëxist; that, while the Society should not be entirely subject to the chances of having, at any moment, to draw in its operations within a narrower sphere, it should yet rest mainly upon the stated aid of those who may appreciate the value of what it does, having full confidence in their benevolent and phi- lanthropic support, so long as the double aim of the Society-the benefit of man, and the glory of God-shall be rightly kept in view. The lists of contributions, and of the committees appointed at various places in aid of the Society, are subjoined to this report. It is a subject of regret that they cannot be given corrected and completed to the latest date. 'I now come to it slloject of particount importance- -Ole which 1843. 201 Report of the Jedical Missionary Society. commended itself warmly to the friends of this cause both in Eng- land and America,-the education in the healing art of Chinese youth of talent and promising character. In the first address on behalf of the Medical Missionary Society in China, in 1838, the fol- lowing language was used :-'Another advantage will be, the edu- cation of Chinese youth in those branches which belong to medi- cine. ... Young men thus instructed wil gradually be dispersed over the empire, traveling for pleasure, honor, or reward; and will dispense the benefits of a systematic acquaintance with the subject, whither they go. The success of their measures will render them respectable, and of course will redound to the credit of those also from whom they learned the art. Their patients will not only hear, but feel, that the people from the west are good men. The effect of such influences will be silent but powerful; for there is something irresistibly impressive in benevolent action, especially when it ap- pears exempt from the imputation of interested motives.' “When in London, this subject was brought prominently forward, by a member of the Royal College of Surgeons, Mr. Chas. Aston Key, and it was in accordance with his suggestion, that'it was after- wards brought to the notice of that honorable and wealthy body. The favorable reception this proposition received from them will be seen by the following letter and extracts received after my return to America. ** Royal College of Surgeons in London, 8th Sep., 1841. Sir,—Your letter to Mr. Vincent, the late president, of the 21st of June last, inclosing, and recommending to favorable consideration, a letter from the Rev. Dr. Parker, requesting the co-operation of this College, in sustain- ing the hospitals already established in China, and in founding others, and, in any way consistent with the designs of this College, aiding in the educa- tion of a number of Chinese of talent in the healing art, has been laid before the council. “And I am directed by the president, Mr. Guthrie, to acquaint you, that the council is desirous of forwarding, in any feasible manner, the object of Dr. Parker's application, and will be ready to communicate with the secre- tary of state upon the subject, if deemed expedient. At the same time I have to state the conviction of the president, that gratuitous surgical education may be guarantied to six or more Chinese youths, in some of the public hos- pitals of this metropolis, if any arrangement could be made for their care and support therein. 66. I have the honor to be, sir, your most obedient servant, (Signed) EDWARD BALFOUR, Secretary. "Sir Geo. Thos. Staunton, bart.. &c., &c,, &c.' 26 VOL. XII. NO. IV, 202 APRIL Report of the Helical Visstomary Society 1 “Sir George Staunton, in a letter acconipanying the above, writes, 'Should you feel disposed to follow up the expression of the good- will of the College, by any specific proposal, I am sure a direct com- munication from yourself to the secretary would receive immediate attention.' “Nowhere was the subject entertained with more interest than in New York, the result of which will appear from the following 'ex- tract from the minutes of a meeting of the managers of the Chinese Medical Missionary Society of New York, 20th May, 1842.' "On motion, Resolved,—That the managers pledge themselves to educate in this city, for the medical profession, three Chinese youths, if the Society in China shall deem it expedient to send them for that purpose. (Signed.) • ALFRED C. Post, rec. Sec.' “ Several donations for this specific object, contained in the report of moneys received, will also illustrate the practical interest felt in the education of Chinese youths, by individuals. “ It was in accordance with my wishes, that the above resolution of the New York Society was expressed with deference to the deci- sion of the Society in China. For the subject of sending Chinese abroad to be educated is not devoid of objections in my own mind : and it was on this account, that I was desirous of early bringing the subject before the Society on my return, in order to elicit light upon the question. That the object of training up a band of able and scientific physicians and surgeons—that may serve as leaven to diffuse itself through the whole empire-is a settled principle: but the best mode of attaining this desirable object admits discussion. Had we a well-endowed college for the purpose in China, there would be no doubt, as to the best mode to be pursued : for then to this, young men, previously educated by the Morrison Education Society, could be transferred ;—as, in the west, men having first gained a liberal education, then resort to the institutions by which they can be qualified for their respective professions of medicine, law, and theology; and that after such a course, individuals of distinguished talent and enterprize, independent too in their pecuniary resources, should subsequently spend a year or two in the hospitals of America, England, or France, as is also the practice in the west. So educat- ed and prepared, they would return to take the lead among those of their own country, whether it should be in practice, or in lecturing in the institution established. But, in the absence of such advan- {ages, it becomes a fair question, whether, in the interim, if candi- 184:3. 20;} Report of the Medical Missionary Society dates of proper qualifications can be found, persons, already having made good advances in their own language and literature, should not be encouraged to seek abroad the advantages which for years cannot be offered them at home, It is to be borne in mind, that a considerable time may elapse (should all else be speedily attainable for giving instruction here), before the Chinese prejudices will so far yield to the light of science, as to admit of autopsies and anato- mical dissections, which are so essential to the training of any to be- come enlightened and skillful practitioners in medicine and surgery. An advantage that has been suggested, too, in the sending of Chi- nese youths to the west for education, is, the interest such youths in their native costume, and able to converse intelligently of their own country, its history, its literature, its manners, and its govern- ment—would have the power to awaken abroad. Most successful would they doubtless be in bringing China before the minds and understanding of those to whom it has hitherto been so much a terra incognita.' “I will notice some of the objections to such a measure, that seem to deserve consideration. First, the detriment the young men would suffer in their own language, by suspending it in a great measure during the years of their absence. But this would in a great degree be obviated, by selecting those already advanced in their own lan- guage and literature, and by sending several together, so that they would be able to preserve the knowledge already atttained, and even to make some advances there.—A second, and very serious objec- tion is, the temptations to which young men in our large cities would be exposed, especially as they are destitute of the restraints of moral and religious principles; and their liability to be injured by an in- judicious degree of flattery and attention, which, from being objects of curiosity they might receive; and these evils enhanced, by the suddenness of the transition from the customs of the imperfect Asia- tic form of civilization, to the more refined manners, the freer and more familiar intercourse of different classes and sexes, in the Chris- tian and intelligent society of the west. These circumstances, how- ever, would be in some degree met, as they would impose so much the greater responsibilities upon those who should become the guar- dians and instructors of those thus sent abroad. It would indeed be requisite to keep the most vigilant watch over them, they should never be absent from a watchful and kindly considerate eye-nay, They should even be denied a degree of liberty which to others might sgtly be allowed 204 APRI. Report of the Medical Jissionary Society “The practical question that arises is this—can security be afford- ed that such watchful care will indeed be taken of them, should they be sent? From my acquaintance with the gentlemen in New York, who are willing to assume this responsibility, and from the character of the society which their connection with these gentlemen would permit them to enjoy (so far as it shall be desirable for them to min- gle with society), I am induced to give to this question an affirma- tive answer. That these young men would receive the most paternal care, and that their moral and religious education would be most assiduously attended to, by those who are willing to assume the re- sponsible charge of them, I am fully persuaded. “To pass by in silence this important subject would be to disregard the indications of Providence; as manifested in the interest already expressed with regard to it. All that remains to insure the coöpera- tion of the Royal College of Surgeons in this matter is, to bring before them the specific proposition, to give a surgical education to six Chinese youths selected by this Society. And that there will be found in the city of London benevolent and judicious persons to assume the responsibility of their care, to provide for their board and lodging, and to superintend (while they are enjoying such ad- vantages for medical instructions) their moral and religious educa- tion also,—that persons of this character will be found, who will be too happy to render so important a service to the cause of Christian missions, in China, as to stand in loco parentis to these idolatrous youths-so brought in Providence to the bosom of their families, to be converted to Christ, and qualified to return and disseminate the blessings of his gospel, and of science to the millions of their fellow- countryinen,-I am sufficiently credulous firmly to believe. It is a subject I cannot contemplate, in all its magnitude and disinterest- edness, with ordinary emotions. “Should the Society decide, that it is inexpedient to make the ex- periment of sending youths out of the country, then the importance of directing its attention to the establishment of a medical school in China, where a more systematic and thorough system of medical education may be afforded than is by any possibility to be given amid the multiplied labors of crowded hospitals I shall feel it my duty, at an early day, to bring before it. " The only remaining topic wherewith I shall trespass upon the notice of the Society, relates to the prospect of reinforcements of medical missionaries from different societies and countries. Nume- rous have been the instan. es in which young men applied to me 1843. 200 Report of the Medical Missionary Society. upon the subject. In a large number of instances, however, it was with an erroneous impression as to the character of the men the Society requires—a character joining to the qualifications of the de- voted missionary, the requisite skill and knowledge for medical and surgical practice. Some expressed their motives as being a desire of a field of extensive observation and research in their profession ; others desired to be employed for four or five years, and then to re- turn to practice at home; but the number of those willing to enlist for life was more limited. Yet it is my happiness to inform the Society, that those of this class, who are to be found in both coun- tries, are not, were they but drawn forth, few or feeble. As regards an immediate demand, the uncertainty of the precise time when our operations might be resumed rendered me cautious of endeavoring to enlist medical gentlemen at once. Two young men of much pro- mise were, however, personally ready to have embarked with me; and when the intelligence shall be received of the peace now con- cluded, it may be confidently expected that several more will be ready to offer their services, through some of the missionary societies of our native lands." That all the interest, which was excited in behalf of China in Great Britain and America, as exhibited in this report, will die away we cannot believe. The cause which has thus been brought before the Christian public of those countries, is a form of Christian bene- volence which addresses itself peculiarly to a new class of support- ers; and from the manner in which medical men there have already interested themselves in it, as exhibited in Dr. Parker's Statements respecting Hospitals in China, every encouragement may safely be drawn that they will do so permanently. The author of the third pamphlet on the list at the head of this article has recently arrived in China, to carry out in practice those claims' which he has here shown to be so worthy of development- the best commentary, we may add, upon their cogency he could give. Dr. Macgowan's address was delivered before the Temper- ance Society of the College of Physicians and Surgeons in New York, a short time before his departure. His design was to bring the subject of medical missions before his audience,--and in doing this he briefly describes what has been done already in this line, the propriety of this form of benevolence, and concludes with brief no- tices of eminent Christian physicians. Speaking of the religious bearings of the practice of medicine in heathen lands, he remarks, 200 APRIL Report of the Medical Missionary Society. "The facilities afforded the physician for commending Christianity to the degraded and benighted heathen, are so great that it would seem his im perative duty,-if not going himself to the rescue,--to co-operate in every possible manner with those who have gone forth. There are none of us who are not indebted to that gospel, in the order and freedom it has esta- blished amongst us, and in the science it has cherished, and the arts it has aided to cultivate. The physician has access to communities and families in heathen lands as a missionary laborer, where the evangelist is not per- mitted to enter. He has in his power at once, to give to the distrustful heathen palpable demonstration of the benevolence of his errand. This he can do with comparatively an imperfect knowledge of the sufferer's lan- guage. The minister of the gospel, on the other hand, can do nothing of his appropriate work without the language. He is compelled to toil long, and amidst obloquy and reproach, before he can convince his hearers that he is actuated by disinterested motives, the existence of which class of feel- ings it is exceedingly difficult for the pagan to believe. "A word in season, how good it is ?' And at no season is man more docile and teachable, than when suffering under bodily affliction; it is then, that a kind and earnest exhortation from the physician makes deep impressions, which frequently result in that moral change which, in sacred writ, is termed a 'new creation.' What an immense power for good can the physician in any land wield, and how fearful is the amount of responsibility it involves ! The Divine Missionary himself blended with the heavenly wisdom of his doctrines the winning energy of his miracles : with his preaching, he united the healing of the sick, the restoring of sight to the blind, and the causing of the lame to walk. Our Savior knew what was in man. and that the heal- ing of his bodily infirmities often served to soften his heart and make it ac- cessible to the truth ; he accordingly employed this as an ally to his ministra- tions and directed his followers to proceed on the same principle. Amongst the earliest of his laborers was Luke, “the beloved physician,' who accom- panied the great apostle of the Gentiles in his missionary travels. To this member of our profession belongs the distinguished honor of being the first historian of the Christian church. It is to be hoped that soon every Paul may have a Luke of his companion." It is this part of the plan, which we are glad to see from the re- port of the Society in China, is attracting more and more of its attention; and we conclude the present notice with the hope that when the resolution passed at its last annual meeting, to have an abstract of its object and success, prepared and published in the Chinese language, is carried into effect, that the Cninese themselves will in some degree interest themselves in the institutions formed for their benefit. 18.13 Biographical Notice of the late NrDram ART. III. Brief biographical Notice of the lute Mrs. Deun, wife of the Rev. William Dean.-Communicated. Mrs. Dean was born on the 29th of March, 1819, at Thetford in England. She was the daughter of E. H. Barker, esq., a distin- guished scholar, and the editor and author of several literary works. Discovering in early life a love for books and a capacity for acquiring knowledge, the parents of Miss Barker afforded her every desirable opportunity for study, which she successfully improved. Having prosecuted her studies, including several European lan- guages, with great vigor and success, she commenced the study of the Chinese language at the age of seventeen, and the following year sailed for China under the patronage of the “ atronage of the “Society for the Promotion of Female Education in the East." In March, 1838, she was married at Macao to the Rev. William Dean, with whom she proceeded to Bangkok, Siam, where she soon commenced a Chinese school, in the instruction of which she dili- gently and successfully labored for five years. By the combined influence of teaching and study she had so far acquired the Chinese language as to speak and read it with readiness, and has left some proofs of her capacity at composition in that difficult tongue. Indeed, taking her acquirements as a whole she probably knew more of the Chinese language than any foreign lady living. Her piety which discovered itself in childhood, was of an unosten- tatious but efficient character. Like an under current, though unseen, it evidently gave direction to the conduct of her life. She needed only to be convinced that any given course was agreeable to her Divine Master, and she adhered to it with scrupulous tenacity, and pursued her way with untiring perseverance. In her choice of friends, and selection of books, she discovered a strong partiality to what was decidedly spiritual, and those who know her best can testify to her love for retirement and communion with God. This she exemplified to be compatible with a cheerful and animated deport- ment in the domestic and social circle. She appeared most happy when most usefully employed, and benevolent effort appeared ever to administer to the health of body and mind; while she exhibited a practical exemplification of the saying, “ diligent in business, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord." The health of her husband failing ilt Bangkok, she sailed with 208 APRIL, Biographical Notice of the lute Ilis. Down. him for China in 1841, where they arrived in May 1842, at Macao at which place was born the little daughter now left motherless at the age of ten inonths. In the latter end of October of 1842, she took up her residence at Hongkoug, where up to the last week of her life she occupied à portion of her time in her favorite employ- ments of teaching and studying the Chinese language. She looked forward with delight to the time when she hoped to be permanently located with her husband at a station northward, where she could be more entirely devoted to direct missionary work. But God sees not as man sees. On Tuesday morning, March 21st, she arose apparently in her usual health, and took her accustomed walk before break- fast. During the forenoon of the day she merely mentioned that she felt uncomfortably, but in course of the afternoon her husband found her so much indisposed as to warrant his calling her physi- cian. During the night her fever was very high, and her disease continued its violence until Friday, when it assumed alarming fea- tures, and baffled the efforts of the most skillful medical treatment. There were now manifest indications that the disease had deranged the mental functions, which materially interfered with eliciting those marked expressions of faith and hope sometimes uttered by dying Christians in the immediate prospect of dissolution. And yet con- sciousness lingered sufficiently for her to listen with marked atten- tion to prayer and religious conversation; and we know that having made her peace with her God while in youth and health, she was ready for the solemn summons. Her disease now raged with un- abated violence, rendering abortive the assiduous attentions and skill. ful treatment of her physicians, and throughout Saturday, Sunday, ana Monday, she lay balancing as it were, between life and death, lingering upon the confines of time and eternity until half past 4 o'clock on Wednesday morning, March 29th, when the silver cord was loosed, the golden bowl broken, and her spirit took its upward flight to that world—where death is swallowed up in victory and alj tears are wiped away. Thus on the 24th anniversary of her birthday, the subject of this notice lett her surviving husband and infant daughter to feel the loss of an affectionate wife and a devoted mother; a circle of Christian friends to mourn the removal of an agreeable associate and valued helper in their missionary work, while she has entered upon a higher service above and commenced a life of immortality and unmingled enjoyment. By her life she has furnished a practical exposition of the meekness, the chastised cheerfulness, the patient perseverance: 1813 209 Bivgraphical Notice of the late Mrs. Dean and pious devotion of the Christian ; and by hier sudden death skie has admonished us to live habitually in readiness to leave this world and meet our Judge. She has left us the best of testimony in favor of early piety, a life of faith and prayer, and of the importance of the missionary enterprise. In this cause she cheerfully devoted her all, and in the prosecu- tion of her work she peacefully resigned her life. Though cradled in affluence, and nurtured under the influence of kindred friendship and refined society, influenced by an enlightened and consistent piety she broke away from the embrace of affectionate parents, a beloved sister and endeared associates, and dared the perils of the sea and the unseen dangers of a foreign land, the scoffs of the infidel and the superstition of the heathen, for the sake of promoting the welfare of her race, and the glory of her Savior. She now rests from her labors, and her works follow her.” One Chinese who had been her personal servant up to the time of her death followed her to the grave with marks of mourning, who by his prayers and life affords encouraging evidence that he is preparing to follow his departed mistress. During her labors among the heathen it was her privilege to see several Chinese put on Christ, and how far their conversion may be attributable to her influence will be best known in a future world. Few persons have during the same number of years enjoyed better opportunities for a free and friendly intercourse with the Chi- nese, and perhaps none have improved them more assiduously, or pro- duced a more salutary impression. The following extracts inade by her from favorite authors will introduce us to the principles by which she was governed and the spirit she labored to cultivate. “Resolved to spend a portion of time thrice a day for meditation, prayer and reading the scriptures,—and to spend sometime on Saturday night in religious exercises for my. self and relations and friends. "To receive reproof or remarks on my conduct and performances With meekness, even though harsh and unreasonable. "To endeavor in giving reproof not to offend but to profit. “Never to enter into any dispute or into conversation about the character of any absent person, unless to answer some good end. When in company consider that perhaps some present may be Tying under the wrath of God, should I not do something for such? Some who are sitting around me may be near eternity. “Consider what views I once hud of those missionaries who did Hot converse profitably. VOL XII NO 210 APRII. The Grrut Commission., “What if this be the last opportunity I shall ever have of doing good? Am I improving it? If the hour of my death should now come am I suitably employed? “In writing to my friends, inquire : 1st. Do I keep fully within actual facts or strong probabilities? 2d. Do I so write as will be apt to lead the public to expect more than can be realized ? 31. Do I write, in regard to style, terms and address becoming my age, talents, &c.? 4th. Do I write anything, which if made public would cause future self-reproach, or become an obstacle to my usefulness? “The true missionary goes to his work with simple and sublime faith, high elevation of aim and desire, a spirit of entire consecration to his work, not counting his life dear unto himself. As he ad- vances in his work, he indeed finds it a career of labor and tribula- tion, but this only seems to give to his motives and aims a superior purity and heavenliness.” The last extract is underscored, and seems to have been her daily watch-word. In another manuscript are found the following: “O may I never be tempted to delay repentance to my dying day, but remember that the Lord has said 'they that seek me early shall find May I remember that if I would die the death of the right- eous, I must also live the life of the righteous. There is nothing in life of which I can be certain but death, and I know not when it may come-how necessary it is that I should make my whole life a course of preparation for death." These expressions find their ful- fillment in the pious character and unexpected termination of her own life. She has fought a good fight and finished her course, and has gone to receive the reward of the faithful. me.'» ART. IV. The Great Commission ;-—with notices of modern mis- sions, Catholic and Protestant, in China. The Rev. Dr. Harris in writing his Prize Essay, entitled "the Great Commission : or the Christian church constituted and charged to convey the gospel to the world,” has produced a work of great me- rit, much needed, and well calculated to do good. Earnestly do we recommend its perusal to all who desire to understand the full extent and force of their obligations as professing Christians. Philosophers 1843. 211 Thc Gicut Commiss201? and men of all professionis, and of all ranks and classes, interested in the Christian faith, can hardly fail to derive essential pleasure and benefit from the careful reading of this book. We give here a very brief recapitulation of the work, partly for its own intrinsic worth, and partly to draw the attention of our readers to Christian missions in China. The subject discussed in the Great Commission is the loftiest conceivable, and it is treated in a very agreeable manner. Cant and Methodisın are not its characteristics. It deals in great things, and the author seems, as well he might, to have been bur- dened with the weight of his subject. In the first Part, consisting of three chapters, his object has been to state and explain the Scripture theory of Christian instrumen- tality; to show, by a general examination of the word of God, that this theory is there prescribed and made imperative; and that the saine divine authority predicts and promises its triumph in the coul- version of the world. Then, in the first chapter he states the plan by which all the holy influences of the past should have been col- lected, multiplied, and combined; in the second, he enforces the obligation of the present to that entire consecration which the plan supposes; and in the third, shows that such consecration shall cer- tainly issue in the future and universal erection of the kingdon of Christ. In the second Part, he exhibits the benefits arising from Christian missions, with a view of still further illustrating and enforcing their claims. This he has done in four chapters: the first of which con- tains an historical sketch of the diffusion of Christianity, and of the rise and progress of modern missions, with a statistical summary of their present state; the second enuinerates the leading temporal and spiritual benefits accruing to the heathen from missionary opera- tions: the third describes their reflex advantages; and the fourth shows that the history and effects of the missionary enterprise illus- trate every view of the theory of Christian influence contained in the first part, thus supplying a powerful inducement to the increase of missionary zeal. In the third Partı he exhibits the various sources of encourage- ment-historical, moral, ecclesiastical, and evangelical—which urge and animate Christians to advance in their inissionary career. In the fourth Part, he has endeavored to show that every objection 10 their course becomes, when rightly considered, an arguinient to redouble their cfforts 212 APRIL The Great Comunission In the fifth Part, he ascertains the existence of a great defect--the want of that entireness of consecration indispensible to complete suc- cess, and points out the various requisites which such consecration includes and would infallibly supply. In the sixth Part, he enforces the principal motives which should induce their entire devotedness to the great objeets of the missionary enterprise. Dr. Harris, in stating and explaining the Scripture theory of Christian instrumentality, first shows that mutual dependance and influence is one of the laws of the universe. In the literal depen- dence of every part of the material economy on every other part- everywhere so clearly seen—we behold an image of the reciprocal action and mutual relations of all animated being. “liere, each is connected with all--and the whole to God. Here, in the absence of sin, we behold the sublime spectacle of the infinitely blessed God surrounded by distinct orders of sentient, happy beings; so various as to reach from the archangel down to the insect, yet so closely related, as parts of a mighty whole, that no single member can be detached and made independent of the rest. *** By creating at first, one common father of the human species, the Almighty design- ed that each individual should stand related to all the rest, and feel himself pledged to promote their happiness. By rendering us neces- sary to each other's welfare, he sought to train us up to a humble imitatiou of his own goodness, to make every hand and heart a con- secrated channel for his love to flow in, and thus to find our own happiness in the happiness of others.” Into this all-related system, a principle of evil obtained entrance. Satan has rebelled and drawn legions after him, tempted man to sin; and as the first sinner was the first man, ‘human nature was poisoned in its fountain.' The social principle in all its forms, entered into the service of sin, and showed itself mightier for evil than for good. Thrones and temples, collecting the scattered elements of evil, concentrated, strengthened, and gave them back again to the world under the solemn names of law and religion. Yes, religion itself, or that at least which bore the name, lived only to aggravate the evil and keep it in constant and destructive circulation. Satan became the god of this world. Wherever he looked, the expanse was his own. Temptation in his hands had become a science, and sin was taught by rule. The world was for him one store-house of evil—an armory in which every object and event ranked as a weapon, and all were classed and kopt ready for service” 1843 21:3 The Great Commission Having shown the utter impossibility of man's ever being able 10 remedy his depraved condition,-having shown that, by necessity of nature it became worse and worse from age to age during four thou- sand years, the writer then asks, where is the remedy? A plan, he finds, has been superinduced which proposes to turn all that had occurred to the highest account, as ample means of recovery. “Now shall the prince of this world be cast out;" and that principle of mutual dependence and influence, by which sin was dragging the world to perdition, is to be employed as a golden chain, by Imma- nuel, for drawing man to himself: "and I,” said the Savior, "if I be liftec up from the earth, will draw all men unto me;" all who experimentally “know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ” will come to him. By the cross of Christ, through the agency of the Holy Spirit, “a good hope" will be secured to the awakened and penitent captive. Oh, how important a theatre has the earth come! Every eye in the universe is bent on it. Here is to be fought out the grand struggle of evil with good—of heaven with hell. Here the influence of the cross is to challenge and vanquish every other power. Our author now comes to consider the scripture theory of Chris- tian instrumentality for the conversion of the world. This he finds to be human influence, deriving its efficacy from heaven, employed in the service of the cross. Through the agency of the Holy Spirit, the doctrine of the cross becomes the antagonist principle, the coun- ter influence, by which sin is to be vanquished and man restored, “The cross stands alone in the world. It does not find friends, it makes them. If it wants an agency, it has to create it. If the iron is to attract, it must itself be magnetized. And if the Savior pro- pose to employ human instrumentality for drawing all men unto him, he has first to magnetize that agency at the cross, the great centre of moral attraction.” Having shown that human influence, deriving its efficacy from heaven, is the specific instrumentality by which the gospel is to pro- pagate its transforming effects, Dr. Harris then says this plan of operation for the recovery of the world, begins with the individual convert-proceeds through him to the formation of a particular church--then leads to the formation of other churches and unites the whole in one body—the Holy Spirit preceding and pervading it to give it effect. Fortified in evil, as man may appear to be, are yet three sides, so to speak, on which he may be approached, by the spirit of truth with irresistible effect -his immortality, his guilt, " there 214 APRIL The Great Commission. and his infinite danger. These are subjects relating to part and principles of his nature, which an abandoned world overlooks-it has little or nothing which it can appeal to them if it would—and yet they lie at the very foundation of his constitution, so that who- ever shall succeed in making him sensible of his immortality, in alarming his conscience to the danger to which all that immortality is exposed by sin, and then in delivering him from the whole, will necessarily acquire a master influence over his whole nature for ever. Now the gospel does this." It individualizes, and lays its awaken- ing hand on his conscience--and that conscience (and the entire soul becomes conscience) is against him-accuser, witness, and judge. As if the judgment were set, he feels that he is lost, and seeks anxiously to know what he must do. “ In the absence of all the objects he has been accustomed to confide in; in the clear and open space which their withdrawinent has left around him, behold the cross! And the forms of terror, and ministers of justice which his sins had armed against him, blend and melt into a form of love dying for his rescue, The cross has received the lightnings of the impending cloud, and has painted upon it the bow of hope. To his anxious inquiry, "what he must do to be saved ?" the cross echoes back, be saved, and every object around him joyfully repeats, be saved. That God is love! And the Cross is the stupendous ex- pedient by which he harmonizes that love with the rectitude of his government! Then the sinner need not perish! This is the amazing means of his salvation.” In this way, by “precious blood," the gos- pel has won its first convert. But he is not to live to himself. His danguage is, to every claimant but one, “I am not my own; I adu Christ's He has put it out of my power to give him more than belongs to him, for he has purchased and challenges the whole through every moment of time; and it is out of my will to give him less, for if I know any grief it is that my all should so inadequately express my sense of obligation." The new convert, we are to suppose, becomes the means under God, of drawing others to Christ, and these, uniting, forin a society, a church, which is not of this world, but possessing qualities and endowments eininently calculated to affect and benefit the world. No one of its meinbers liveth to himself. The making of a single convert was the first step in the theory of instrumentality; the combining of individuals into a society forms she second; and a wion of these is the third. So essential a part of the theory is this, that the Savior more than once commanded, le 1843 215 The Greut Commission. be one, that « prayed for it; prayed for it at the foot of the cross; prayed for it as a means of the world's conversion ; prayed “ That they all may *** that the world may believe that thou hast sent me." Now comes the last step-the crowning influence—that without which all the other parts of the theory is useless—the effusion of the Holy Spirit upon the whole. There is one body and one Spirit. The Spirit is the prime mover of the body of Christ which is the church. Only let the union of Christians be what it ought to be, and forth- with the Spirit will be seen inpelling the entire body to one undivid- ed effort for the conversion of the world. The effort will be crown- ed with complete success, by agencies such as the following. 1. Knowledge, the knowledge of the doctrines of the cross. 2. Speech, sets on fire the whole course of nature”-speech, the procla- mation of good news, the glad tidings of salvation. 3. Relationship, whether natural or acquired--a cord for drawing others to Christ. 4. Property, that sways the heart of the world. 5. Self-denial, to provide the means of Christian instrumentality. 6. Compassion, that can “snatch the fire-brands from the flames." 7. Persevering activity that will not weary in well-doing. 8. Prayer, unceasing, impassioned entreaty for the Spirit to “ convince the world of sin.” In the second chapter of Part first, the theory of Christian in- strumentality is illustrated and enforced from the word of God. Prior to the flood this instrumentality was domestic and patriarchal; subsequently to the deluge it was migratory. By calling, and preach- ing the gospel to Abraham, and removing him from place to place, many people and nations enjoyed opportunities for learning the truth. The Mosaic dispensation was national and stationary, yet studiously adapted to bless the entire race-a type of what the church of Christ ought and is to be. But the lofty and benevolent character of the Christian church is most fully illustrated in the life of its incarnate Founder. In the life of Christ we have the type, the origin, and the glory of his church, which “is to be simply the ex- pansion of his character,” exhibiting love which passeth knowledge, giving himself for us, enduring the cross, and despising the shame. What the head was, such ought the members to be. This they can become only by an agency from on high-"the Comforter who should abide with them for ever," convincing the world of sin, con- quering and triumphing by the "sword of the Spirit.” Armed in this manner, the Captain of salvation commands his followers to “go into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature." Look- ing to the cross of Christ, and arming himself likewise with the 216 APRIL, The Great Commission. same mind, the great apostle to the Gentiles advanced unmoved to the work, leading the van of the Christian army. Paul was the first Christian missionary. The first Catholic Christian church, that at Antioch, recognizing the Lord's command, became a missionary Society, and after fasting and prayer sent forth its agents to preach 'glad tidings.' The inspired epistles are so many letters of instruc- tions, fitted to direct the missionaries of the cross. The agency of angels, too, forms part of the universal plan, for the restoration of the fallen race. Moreover, this divine economy not only unites all the diversified influences which it includes into one agency, it also combines all their accumulations, and seeks to devolve the whole entire on each successive generation in the church. The Bible has now discharged all the accumulated moral influences of the old eco- nomy into the new.” The cross has received and transmitted the whole. Here in fact the temple of Jerusalem still stands. ** * All the great events and solemn transactions of the Old Testament may be regarded as having taken place in the Christian church. Here, in the ministry of the gospel, they do come and occur again. Here its miracles are still convincing; and its angelic messengers still appearing. Here Moses is still teaching self-renunciation, by wish- ing himself “ blotted out from the book of life” for the good of others; and David leading the intercessions of the church for the salvation of the ends of the earth: and the prophet still “testifying of the sufferings of Christ and the glory that should follow.” In concluding this second chapter, our author, after having deli- neated the grand design of Divine mercy; shows it to be equally practicable and obligatory--and so obligatory and so practicable as to leave no other question on the lips of the individual Chitian than “where is my post, and what shall I do?" and no other law for. the church universal than that of entire consecration. In the third chapter, the subject is still further illustrated and enforced from prophecy. The object of the first was to unfold the Scripture theory of Christian influence; prophecy points to the same comprehensive arrangement for the same exalted issue. The object of the second was to show that the whole tenor of Scripture com- mand and example on the subject, and the entire constitution of the mediatorial economy, including all holy power in heaven and on earth, form but one loud practical call on Christians to unreserved consecration; while prophecy, the object of the third chapter, "is only the voice of that future which is included in the same economy, chining in with the voice of the past and present, and calling louder 1843 217 The Great Commission. come. still for the same consecration." The first states the plan by which the holy influences of the past should have been collected, multipli- ed, and combined; the second exhibits and enforces the obligation of the present to that entire consecration which the plan supposes; and the third engages that such consecration shall certainly issue in the universal extension of Christ's kingdom. One passage of Scrip- ture there is, “which," says Dr. Harris, " if we mistake not, virtu- ally includes, and practically applies, the whole.” It is the Divine postscript of the sacred volume: "And the Spirit and the Bride say, , And let him that heareth say, come. And let him that is athirst, come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely." On this passage the author closes this, the first part of his work, with the following paragraph. “How glorious the object which induces the Savior to address his church—the salvation of the world! How simple the method by which he proposes to accomplish it! How fearful his sacred jea- lousy that nothing should be said or done to impair its efficiency! How strong the certainty implied in that jealousy that his end will finally be gained! And how loud the summons of the whole, to every Christian, and every Christian church, to unite and call the world to come! If all the orders of the church triumphant were per- mitted audibly address the world, but were restricted to a single word, that word would be come! If all the invitations of the gospel, travailing as they do with the burden of infinite compassion, could be condensed and uttered in a single word, that word would be come ! But the church of the day is the only organ through which that word can be uttered; so that were all its duties, in reference to the world, to be expressed in a single term, it would be to utter the invi- tation come! And if, in uttering it, all its tongues were to become vocal, and each of its members could pour into it all the passionate and holy emotion the heart of man has ever known, it would only be approaching the emphasis with which the invitation should be utter- ed. As if the church of the present day, then, had to retrieve the silence of all the past, and as if it had only a word in which to re- trieve that silence, and a moment in which to utter that word, let it call, beseech, adjure, the world to come: and the Spirit himself would speak in its tones with an infinite energy; and then, to the sublime announcement of Christ, behold, I come quickly,' the church would be prepared to respond with joy, 'Amen, tven so, come Lord Jesus.'' In part Sccond, the benefits of the missionary enterprise are re- VOL XII VO 218 İrants The Great Commission counted. The history of Christian missions is first briefly sketched, then their benefits are enumerated. These are temporal and reli- gious, direct and reflexive. By means of Christian missions, islands have been discovered, wandering tribes localized and taught useful arts; languages have been reduced to written form, education pro- moted; laws and governments instituted; hostile conflicts prevented; the oppressed protected; and the enslaved liberated; &c., &c. Such are a few of the temporal advantages. The religious are the abolish- ment of idolatry with all its many evils, and the introduction and establishment of Christianity with all its innumerable blessings. The reflexive benefits of Christian missions afford a fine illustration of the remunerative influence of benevolence. Christian missions have rendered great service to literature and science, corrected and en- larged our views of the character and condition of man, vindicated the Christian character in the eyes of the heathen, improved and extended commerce; and, in a religious point of view, they have bro- ken up the dull monotony of the Christian community at home, enlivened the piety and increased the happiness of Christians, led to the formation of useful institutions, taught us that the cause of reli- giou at home and abroad is one, increased our liberality, awakened and cherished a spirit of prayer, produced noble specimens of Chris- tian character, shown the practicability of the missionary enterprise, and impressed Christians with their responsibility to espouse it, dis- armed infidelity of its principal weapons, increased the evidences of Christianity, deepened our confidence in the divinity of its character and the certainty of its triumphs, been the means of converting many nominal Christians both at home and abroad, and in many ways eminently promoting the glory of God and the good of man. In concluding this second Part, after recounting and illustrating the benefits of the enterprise, our autho derives thence powerful motives to the increase of missionary work. Part Third is occupied with a recital of the encouragements to prosecute the great enterprise. These are derived from the history of Christianity, from the political aspect of the world, froin its moral state, from the present state of the Protestant churches, and from the word of God, and the whole viewed in connection with the two preceding parts. “As far as human agency is concerned in the eventual triumph of the gospel, he who despairs of that triumph, is doing all he can to prevent it; and he who confidently and consist- ently expects it, is materially contributing to promote it. Encouragements to missionary labor, and to anticipate ilie final suc- * 18:1:5 219 The arriti tamno szivni (oss of that lübor, lie round us on very side. In collecting and presenting some of the more obvious among them to Christian atten- tion, it inay contribute to clearness, and sufficiently answer our pre- sent object, if we consider them in succession, as historical, political, moral, ecclesiastical, and evangelical.” Having done this, our au- thor marks their relation to the preceding parts, and their practical application The foolishness of preaching “has carried the tri- umphs of the gospel far and wide. In the hands of poor fishermen it triumphed. Even where 'Satan's seat' is, it triumphed—triumphed over all the forms of irreligion." Where now is Diana of the Ephe- sians ? Where now are Jupiter and the gods of Greece, and where the whole Pantheon of Rome? The first Christians testified against them, and they vanished. Missionaries of Christ came to Britain ; and where now are Woden and all the Saxon gods; Hessus, and all the more ancient and sanguinary rites of the Druids ? The idols which we now assail in the other lands have been long since routed, and the sword we wield routed them. The gods of India, [China, and Japan,] are the same, under different names, which Italy and Greece adored; the sword of the Lord chased them from the west, and shall it do less in the east? Remembering the years of the right hand of the Most High,' let us 'thank God and take courage."" Having geographically described the various grounds of encourage- ment, the writer, in conclusion of part Third, appropriately quotes the language of inspiration, “ be silent, О all flesh, before the Lord, for he is raised up out of his holy habitation;" and then adds: “Is- lands of the sea, ye shal not wait in vain for his law. Africa, there is hope in thine end; the hand of all thy children shall soon be stretched out to God. All thy myriads, India, shall rejoice in a true incarnation, 'God manifest in the flesh. And China, thy only walls shall be salvation, and her gates praise." Part Fourth is occupied with “ objections to the missionary enter. prise," or rather, as Dr. Harris considers them, "pleas and excuses for neglecting it.” The consideration of these formed a necessary part of the Prize Essay; but our limits forbid us, nor do we deem it worth our while, to follow him in his able and successful refuta- tions of these objections. Erelong all objectors will blush for their pleas and their excuses. In part Fifth, the wants of the Christian church, as a missionary society, are examined. The smallness of the Christian church is first noticed. “On calling upon the Christian church to muster for This review, is it not ominous at the outset that we know not who 220 APRIL, The Great Commission will appear? In answer to the name of Christian, indeed, about two hundred millions present themselves. But the great majority of these Christianity disowns. She knows them not. Many of them are among the chosen of Satan. The heathen around them are the worse for their vicinity. They must be dismissed by millions to the ranks of the foe. And thus, like Gideon's army, the number is reduced by a single sweep to a comparatively few. And here goes the influence of numbers.” And how ill conditioned and furnished are those few! Their chief wants and defects Dr. Harris describes eloquently and in detail. We would gladly follow him, but must content ourselves with one or two short quotations. « How much more frequently do we act from the lowest allowable, rather than from the highest possible views of Christian duty! How content are we with mere occasional glimpses of the loftier order of Chris- tian motives; as if it were quite sufficient to satisfy us if we can thus assure ourselves now and then of their existence. How seldom do we stand and gaze on our enterprise in the only light in which it is viewed from heaven; as having been revolved from eternity in the mind of God; as asking the universe for a theatre; involving the endless well-being of a race of immortals; requiring the Prince of Life for a sacrifice; and all spiritual natures, even the infinite Spirit himself, as its only adequate agency; and the coming eternity for the full development of its issues. How little do we sympathize with God on that particular point on which, if on no other, the strongest bond of union might be supposed to exist-compassion for depraved, guilty, suffering souls. Who is there that makes the bur- den of a dying world his own? That goes about with great heavi- ness and continual sorrow of heart,' oppressed and borne down by the weight of his woes ? Jesus wept over the guilt and obduracy of Jerusalem: who is there prepared to mingle their tears with his over the guilt and impending destruction of a thousand cities wholly given to idolatry? Enoch and Noah, Abraham and Moses, David and Jeremiah, and Paul, evinced the tenderness and depth of their compassion for men by tears, entreaties, and unappeasable anguish of soul: who is there now that can say, "Rivers of waters run down mine eyes, because they keep not thy law ?! Who now is heard exclaiming, 'Oh that my head were waters, and my eyes a fountain of tears, that I might weep day and night for the slain of the daugh- ter of my people ?' Who now asseverates, “I could wish myself accursed from Christ for my brethren ? " 1843 The Girrut l'unimisst. The whole wide world is the field of the missionary enterprise, and there is in the churches a great want of information concerning almost every part of it. “Would the Almighty affect his prophet with the spiritual death of the Jewish nation! He called him to look on a valley of dry bones. Was the spirit of the apostle when at Athens, stirred within him? It was when he saw the city wholly given to idolatry. Did Jesus weep over Jerusalem? It was when he drew near and beheld the city. And if we would be duly impress- ed with the spiritual destitution of mankind, and with the consequent urgency of missionary claims, we must look, and gaze, and dwell, on the subject. By a well known law of our nature, our eye will soon affect our heart; and, by a gracious law of divine economy, that compassionate emotion will be turned into practical effort and mis- sionary success.” Most necessary it is, then, that we read the his- tory and geography of the heathen nations, and study their maps, and make their conversion a standing topic of conversation, “till we have laid the state of the heathen world upon our naked hearts, and vividly pictured its miseries to the eye of our mind,” and find our- selves doing all that is commanded us to do. Greater depth of personal piety, an increase of holy wisdom, a spirit of greater devot- edness, greater pecuniary liberality, the agency of missionary lay- men, &c., are wanted. In the sixth (and last) Part of his essay, Dr. Harris enumerates some of the motives to enforce the entire consecration of Christians to the great objects of missionary enterprise. “Remembering how much may depend under God, on their right selection, and earnest inculcation, the writer cannot but humbly and earnestly implore the gracious aid of the Holy Spirit, that none of the precious and mo- mentous interests involved, may suffer in his hands. As if all the heathen world were present as his clients, and he were pleading for them in the audience of the entire church assembled on their behalf, and within hearing of the reproaches of the myriads whom the church has suffered to go down unwarned to perdition, and in sight of the great tribunal and of Him who sits on it, he would faithfully, affectionately, solemnly, urge the duty of unreserved devotedness as the only hope, from the church, for the heathen world. Let Chris- tians then devoutly consider the grounds on which we urge this and the reasons which bind them to comply; reasons so affecting and weighty that although the wisest and the holiest men have in all ages united to enforce them with tears and entreaties; and though some of these men of God appear to have been continued on caril, 2.2.2 APRTI.. The Cirrut (kommission. chiefly in enforce them, deroing their whole lives to the work, ۱۹۰ they never lave, never can have, full justice done to them; reasons so vast, thai in order to comprehend thein, we must compute the worth of all the souls perishing in ignorance of Christ through the want of it, and of all the glory which through eternity would re- dound to God from their conversion; and reasons so deeply laid in the Divine purposes, that the great object of the advent itself-the salvation of the world—is suspended on their taking effect." Here we must take leave of Dr. Harris' bock, but not without again most earnestly recommending its perusal to those who desire to be duly impressed with all their responsibility to do their duty both to God and man. The appearance of the Great Commission forms one of the most pleasing signs of the times, indicating that the standard of Christian action is rising and advancing. Believing, as we do, that the great events, which have recently transpired in Eastern Asia, are the percursors of still greater ones—all designed, in God's providence, to extend “the kingdom which is not of this world” --we deem it our pleasing duty to draw the attention of our readers to the state of Christian inissions in China. For the pre- sent, however, we have space for only two short statements-one giving the numbers of the Roman Catholic, and the other a list of the Protestant missionaries to the Chinese: both must be received as incomplete and more or less erroneous; they will serve, we hope, to elicit something more complete and correct; and we shall feel much obliged to any and all persons who will furnish such for the Repo- sitory. Roman Catholics in Central and Eastern Asia. Bishop. Coadjutors. Priests. Catholics. Tibet, 1 0 13 8000 Indo-China, 5 2 206 432,000 China, 10 144 320,000 These are in connection with the “Institution for the Propagation of the Faith ;" besides which there are in China, we believe, mis- sions connected with four other institutions or societies--one French, one Italian, one Portuguese, and one Spanish: among these five the whole empire is divided. Of these we shall be glad to give full letails, historical and statistical so far as they can be procured. Note. In the following table, A. B. C. F. M. stands for the American Board of Cominissioners for Foreign Missions; A. B. B. F. M. stands for the Ameri- can Baptist Board of Foreign Missions; A. E. B, F. M. for the American Fpisa rapial Board of Foreign Missions. 1:13 Thir Cirrut (ommission. Names. 100 00 it list of missionarios sent to the Chinese by Protestant Sociclics. Entered. Retired. Died. Socity. Stition. Robert Morrison, D.D. 1807 1 1834 Lon. Mis. Society. Canton. William Milne, 1). 1). 1813 1821 Lon. Mis. Society. ¡Malacca. Rev. W. H. Medhurst, 1817 Lon. Mis. Society. Batavia. Rev. John Slater, 1817 1823 Lon. Mis. Society. Batavia. Rev. John Ince, 1818 1825 Lon. Mis. Society. Penang. Rev. Samuel Milton, 1818 1825 Lon. Mis. Society. Singapore. Rev. Robert Fleming, 1820 1823 Lon. Mis. Society. Malacca. Rev. James Humphreys, 1822 1830 Lon. Mis. Society. Malacca. Rev. David Collie, 1822 1828 Lon. Mis. Society. Malacca. Rev. Samuel Kidd, 1824 1832 Lon. Mis. Society. Malacca. Rev. John Smith, 1826 1829 Lon. Mis. Society. Malacca. Rev. Jacob Tomlin, 1826 1836 Lon. Mis. Society. Singapore. Rev. Samuel Dyer, 1827 Lon. Mis. Society. Penang. Rev. Charles Gutzlaff, 1827 1835 Neth. Mis. Soc. China. E. C. Bridgman, 1). D. 1829 A. B. C. F. M. Canton. Rev. David Abeel, 1830 A. B, C. F. M. China. Rev. Herman Röttger, 1832 Rhenish Mis. Soc. Rhio, Rev. John Evans, 1833 1841 Lon. Mis. Society. Malacca. Rev. Ira Tracy, 1833 : 1841 A. B. C. F. M. Singapore. S. Wells Williams, 1833 A. B. C. F. M. Macao. Rey. Stephen Johnson, 1833 A. B. C. F. M. Bangkok Rev. Samuel Munson, 1833 1834 A. B. C. F. M. Indian Archi. Rev. Peter Parker, M. 1). 1834 A. B. C. F. M. Canton. Rev. William Dean, 1834 i A. B. B. F. M. Bangkok Rev. Edwin Stevens, 1835 1837 A. B. C. F. M. Canton. Rev. Henry Lockwood, 1835 1838 A. E. B. F. M. Batavia. Rev. F. R. Hanson, 1835 1837 A. E. B. F. M. Batavia. Rev. Wurth, 1835 Rhenish Mis. Soc. Malacca. Rev. Evan Davies, 1835 1839 Lon. Mis. Society. Penang. Rev. Samuel Wolfe, 1835 1837 Lon. Mis. Society. Singapore. Rev. J. L. Shuck, 18361 A. B. B. F. M. Macao. Rev. Alanson Reed, 1836 A. B. B. F. M. Bangkok Rev. 1. J. Roberts, 1836 A. B. B. F. M. Macao. Rev. J. T. Dickinson, 1837 : 1840 A. B. C. F. M. Singapore. Rev. M. B. Hope, m. D. 1837 1838 A. B. C. F. M. Singapore. Stephen Tracy, m. D. 1837 1839 A. B. C. F. M. Siam. Rev. Elihu Doty, 1837 A. B. C. F. M. Borneo. Rev. Elbert Nevius, 1837 A. B. C. F. M. Borneo. Rey. W. J. Boone, 1837 A. E. B. F. Ni. China. Rev. Baker, 1837 Rhenish Mis. Soc. Malacca. Rev. Alex. Stronach, 1837 1 Lon. Mis. Society. Penang. Rev. John Stronachi, 18:37 Lon. Mis. Society. Singapore. E. B. Squire, 1838 1840 Church Mis. Soc. Singapore'. Rev. Dyer Ball, M. D. 1838. A. B. C. F. M. China. Rev. George W. Wood, 1838 1840 A. B. C. F. M. Singapore. William Lockhart, 1838 Lon. Mis. Society. China. Rev. Robert W. Orr, 1838 1841 Gen. Ass. Board Singapore. Rev. John A. Mitchell, 1838 1838 Gen. Ass. Board. Singapore. Rev. Josiah T. Goddard, 18:39 A. B. B. F. M. Bangkok Rev. Nathan S. Benham, 1839 | 1840 A. B. C. F. M. Bangkok Rev. Lyman B. Peet, 1839 A. B. C. F. M. Bangkok William B. Diver, M. D). 1839 1841 A. B. C. F. M. China. James Legge, M. D. 1839 Lon. Mis. Society. Malacca. Rev. William C. Milne, 1839 Lon. Mis. Society. 'China. Benjamin Hobson, M. B. 1839 Lon. Mis. Society. China. Rev. Thos. L. McBryde, 1840 Gen. Ass. Board. China, James C. Hepburn, N. 1). 18:11 Gen. Ass. Board. Singapore. Rev. W. M. Lowrie, 14:12 Gen. Ass. Boara. China Daniel J. Margow....!. 1813 i 1. B. B. FM (hinnat 11 013 224 Journal of Occurrences. ART. V. Journal of Occurrences : appointment of Kiying as imperial com- missioner ; V. S. A. frigate Constellation ; proclamation regarding smug- gling ; indemnity for losses. The rumor of the appointment of Kíying to take I'lípu's place has been con. firmed by the following_imperial rescript, which was communicated to H. E. sir H. Pottinger hy H. E. Kí Kung on the 23d inst. “Let Kiying be made imperial commissioner, and let him proceed with all haste by post to Canton, to inquire into and conduct affairs there. Lét Pichang take acting charge of the government of the Two Kiang, and till such time as Pichang shall reach that post, let Sun Shenpau be temporarily intrusted with the care of its duties. Respect this." (April 6th, 1843.) Hongkong Gazette, May 4th. Pichang was long at Yarkand, and has been recently appointed to com- mand the Tartar force at Fuchau fú, but has not yet gone thither. Sun Shen- páu is lieut.-governor of Kiangsú at Súchau.” The appointment of Kíying to conclude the details of the treaty may be regarded as quite sufficient indication of the desire of the imperial cabinet to carry all its provisions into effect, and to establish future relations between the two countries on as good a basis as the nature of the case will allow. TY United States frigate Constellation, commodore L. Kearny, left these waters for Manila on her return home on the 21st instant, having remained on the station 13 months. During this time the commodore has had more official intercourse with the Chinese officers than has ever before been held by Ameri- can officers altogether, and this intercourse has been conducted on terins of en- tire equality. Cominodore Kearny has, we believe, obtained the objects sought for in his coming here, and if we are rightly informed, indemnity for all losses sustained by Americans in December last is in a fair way of being obtained. The extensive smuggling trade on the river has attracted the notice of the chief superintendent, who has issued the following proclamation. “His excellency sir Henry Pottinger, bart., G. C. B., her Britannic majesty's plenipo- tentiary, and chief superintendent of the trade of British subjects in China, issues this proclamation, in thc name, and in behalf of her majesty the Queen, and the govern- ment of Great Britain, &c., with the view of making fully known, the sentiments of deep regret, and unmitigated disapprobation under which he was obliged to address the communication, of which an English version is annexed, to his excellency, the viceroy of the Two Kwang provinces, on the 13th of this month. “As at present informed, it is impossible for her majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., to particularize, either the firms or individuals, or even the countries to which they belong, who have, with the connivance of the Chinese custom-house officers, entered into this sharneless and disreputable system of wholesale smuggling,--a system which, were it overlooked and permitted, would not only speedily sap and destroy the existing founda- tions of all legal traffic, but would render absolutely nugatory every exertion and ar- rangement that may be made, or may be attempted to be made, to put such legal traffic, on a firm, regular, and respectable footing. Her majesty's plenipotentiary anticipates, however, that he may, at a future period, have it in his power to make known the names of those individuals, in order that-whatever be their country—they may be held up to the public estimation they merit, and which it would be superfluous to designate. “ Her majesty's plenipotentiary can only lament, that at this moment, his power to check these reprehensible proceedings, so far as British subjects are concerned, is not equal to his wish, but he trusts, that on the expected arrival of the imperial commis- sioner (successor to Ilipu) means will be devised by that high officer, in concert with the provincial authorities of Canton, to bring all parties (whether foreigners or Chinese) to account for their share in the transactions which have led to this proclamation; and the plenipotentiary hereby intimates, beforehand, that he will as far as may be legal, aid and advise the Chinese officers in whatever measures they may adopt to eradicate the cvils herein denounced, and specially towards removing all British smugglers, and their vessels and boats from the river of Canton. His excellency further intimates, that such smugglers and their boats and vessels will not receive protection in the harbor ur waters of Hongkong. God save the Queen. Dated at the Government House, at Hongkong, this 15th day of April, 1843. “Henry POTTINGER, H. M.'s' plenipotentiary." indemnity for losses sustained by British subjccis last December has been received froni the Chincse government, and by : Notitication of sir H. Pottinger of April 7th, the riums, so for as approved, amounting to $67,397,25, are to he paid in Canton by cart. Biliour. HM cousu ill Shanghon, on hi 151 of Miry TIIE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XII. — May, 1843. — No. 5. Art. I. Notices of Chinese Tartury and Khuten. By IV. II. Wathen.-From the Journal of the Asiatic Society for De- cember, 1835. (Although several years have elapsed since these notices were collected, they have not yet been superseded, by other more recent information. Mr. Wathen held the office of Persian secretary to the Bombay government, and obtained these items from natives of Chinese Tartary with whom he had intercourse, and took every precaution to sift the information he received by putting his inquiries to different parties.] Chinese Tartary.—The province of Chinese Tartary contains, at present, nine towns of considerable magnitude, namely, Yárkand, Kashgar, Oksú, Eela, Yengi Hissár, Ooch Túrfán, and Koneh Túrfán, (which is sometimes called Hani,) Gúmıní and Lopp. Várkand. Of these, Yárkand, from the extent of its population, may be said to be the capital of the province, though, in a political point of view, each of the governors and Chinese residents of these towns exercises independent authority. Yárkand is described as being a flourishing and populous city. It has two forts; the princi- pal one is of large extent, but its walls are of clay, and it is unin- habited; the other, which is rather smaller, has four gates, is inha- bited; and is considered by the natives as very strong, being built of stone and chunam, and surrounded with a ditch. The suburbs extend over a considerable space. The population of Yárkand is said to consist of about 30,000 families, as found by a census made by ti e Chinese--each family consisting of from five to ten persons. Only 200 Chinese merchants are fixed residents; but many other 30 HL. XII VO 126 Mas, Notices of Chinese Tartury and Khoten traders of the same nation resort to the city-departing after a tem- porary stay. There are also many Túngání merchants resident in the place, and a number of Chinese artisans, Many natives of Kashmir have settled at Yarkand, a very few Hindus, and some Shiahs, or as they are called, worshipers of Ali; but no Jews, or Nogai Tartars. The houses are generally one story high, and built of clay, which answers the purpose sufficiently well, as very little rain falls in these countries. Yarkand boasts of numerous mosques and colleges. There are two spacious bazars-one within the fort, and the other in the suburbs, besides other smaller bazars in differ- ent quarters of the city. Horse-flesh is sold in the butcher's shops, and generally eaten : it is not considered unlawful food by the peo- ple of the country, and generally sells for the same price as mutton. Kimmiz is not used by the inhabitants of the towns, but by the Kal- muks, and other roving tribes. The tenets of the Mussulman religion do not appear to be very strictly observed in Chinese Tartary; and the inhabitants seem to be much more tolerant than those of Kokan, and other places in Independent Tartary. The Chinese government has a force stationed at Yárkand, stated to consist of about 7000 soldiers, partly Chinese, and partly Mantchous or Mongols, of whom a portion garrison the forts; the remainder are cantoned outside the town, much like the English troops in India. The whole are under the orders of an officer, who has the title of Unibaun. There are no Túngání soldiers in Chinese Tartary; for, as they are Mussulmen, the Chinese fear that they would, being of the same religion, join the Usbecks in case of any insurrection taking place. The Túngánis live in the country, the chief towns of which are Salar and Seiram. Alexander the Great is said to have penetrated as far as Salar, and to have left a colony of his soldiers in the country, from whom the Túngánís are descended. They derive the name from several Turkish and Persian words, in different ways, signifying, left behind, looking back, &c., &c. It is a general tradition, that Alexander carried his conquests through this country, to the frontiers of China Proper. The Umbaun, who is the Chinese resident, is the chief political, as well as military, au- thority in each district. The present governor of Yárkand is Abdul Rehmán Beg wang, who is the nominal Usbeck ruler of the country; but is, to all intents, under the most complete control of the Um- baun, who has sole authority over the regular Chinese troops station- ped in the district. There are mam! -mall towns and villages dependent on Yürkand 18.13 :127 Notices of Chinese Turiary and Kholen. The whole district round it is said to be most populous, and is thick- ly interspersed with villages and hamlets. The country is described as very fertile also; and among its productions are enumerated wheat, barley, rice, gram, jawárí, bajri, and various seeds from which oil is extracted. Melons, grapes, apples, and other fruits of tempe- rate climes, are also abundant. A large portion, however, of the wealth of the people of the country about Yárkand is said to consist of flocks of the shawl goat, called by them akhchah, of which al- most every landed proprietor possesses a large number. The dumba, or fat-tailed sheep, is also common. Plantations of mulberry trees are very numerous, and great quantities of silk are produced. Irriga- tion is said to be carried on to a great extent, the whole of the lands in the vicinity being plentifully watered by rivulets, and streams of water flowing from the mountains. Kashgar.–The city of Kashgar is the ancient capital of the province; but since the rebellion of Jehángír Khojeh, when its in- habitants suffered much from both friends and foes, it has fallen greatly to decay. Kashgar is the frontier station, and five days' jour- ney from Yárkand; with a caravan it is six days; but with quick tra- veling the distance may be traversed in four. The city itself con- tains about 16,000 inhabitants : many towns, villages, and castles are also dependant on it, the population of which is very consider- able. The Usbeck chief of Kashgar is named Tahíruldin beg, who has not the title of wang; but his government is distinct from that of Abdul Rehman wang, the chief of Yárkand; and he is, more- over, inferior in rank to him. Eight thousand Chinese regular troops are constantly cantoned at Kashgar, as a check on the khan of Kokán. Yengi Hissár.-On the road, about half way between Yárkand and Kashgar, lies the town of Yengi Hissár, which is famous for its dancing girls and musicians, who are Mussulmen, and resemble those of India. Oksú.-Oksú is northeast from Yarkand, and distant about 20 days curavan traveling. This town is represented as a very flou- rishing place, and a great commercial mart for the products of China and Russian Tartary. It is the residence of a hakim, named Ahmed, son of Oozak, whose authority is distinct from that of the other chiefs. He is an Usbeck, and lower in rank than the wang of Yarkand; and, in like manner, subordinate to the Chinese Umbaun. The number of Chinese troops in Oksú is 2000. The silver coin called tankeh, the current money of the province, is struck at this place 228 May, Notices of Chinese Tartary and Khoten. “Ecla or Gouldja.--The town of Eela, which is also called Gouldja, is situated north of Oksú, distant 25 or 30 days' journey; but it may be reached in 20 by quick traveling. From Yárkand to Eela, the distance is greater, and ordinarily a journey of 40 days. To this place, as also to Yessik and Kouché, the emperor of China banishes criminals of magnitude, for three, five, seven years, or for life. Owing to the fertility of the surrounding country, fruit and grain are very cheap at Eela; and good horses, sheep, and dumbas, may be had at very moderate prices. It is at this place, and the neighboring country, that great numbers of the Kalmuks, or Eleuth hordes, have been located by the Chinese government. The climate is said generally to prove fatal to foreigners. Kouché.-Kouché is situated northwest of Oksú, and south of Eela, at a distance of 40 days' journey from Yárkand, and about three months' journey from the Russian frontier. The population of Kouché consist chiefly of Kalmuks. The principal people of sub- stance reside in the city, and the poorer classes in tents on the plains. These generally follow pastoral pursuits, and have numerous herds of cattle. Ooch Túrfán and Konch Tifán.- There are two towns called Túrfán: one Ooch Túrfán, which is only two days' journey from Yárkand and Oksú; the other Koneh Túrfán, called also Hami, which is at a distance of two months' journey from those places. Koneh Túrfáan is a very ancient city; and remarkable for the fine grapes which are there produced. Lopp.—Lopp is situated at great distance from Yárkand. The inhabitants are principally Chinese; but few Usbecks reside there. Lopp is remarkable for a salt-water lake in its vicinity. Gúmmí.—Between Yarkand and Eelchí (in Khoten) is the town of Gúmmí, the chief of which some time since was Kurbán beg, who was said to be in possession of the stone called Yedeh Tásh, (rain-stone,) which, according to popular belief, possesses the extra- ordinary virtue of causing rain to fall, whenever it is placed in sweet water. Khoten. In the country of Khoten are the towns of Karakash, Eelchí, and Kirrea, besides many others of less magnitude. Eelchi was anciently called Khoten, but at present there is no town bearing that name, which is now applied to the whole district, of which Ka- rakash is the capital ; distant aboạt ten or twelve days' journey from Yarkand. The district is governed by two Chinese umbauns, or residents, to whom are subordinate to Usbeck kárims: one in 1843 229 Notices of Chinese Tartary and Khoten. Eelchí, and the other in Kirrea. There is a Chinese regular force of 2000 men stationed in the district; and the number of subjects paying tribute is estimated at 700,000. The population is chiefly Usbeck; but Kalmucks, and Eleuths, are also in large numbes in different parts of the country. The Mussulmen are more numerous than the Budhist idolators. The policy of the Chinese is said to be opposed to the adoption, by any of their nation, of the Mohammedan faith. Eelchi.-Eelchí is 12 days' journey from Yarkand. In this town, and generally in Khoten, there are many Budhist priests and temples. Kirrea.-Kirrea is five days' journey on horseback from Eelchí. At this town is a gold mine; the sand of the river which flows near it is also found to contain that precious metal. Two or three hun- dred laborers are always employed in the mines, which are said to be very productive. The produce of this mine is monopolized by the Chinese government. Revenue and trade.-The revenues of Khoten are said to exceed those of Yárkand. A considerable trade is carried on between these places by caravans, which carry mushroo, satin paper, gold dust, silk, grapes, raisins, and other commodities, to Yárkand; whence they bring copper pots, leather, boots, &c., to Khoten. Trade of Chinese Tartary.—A very extensive commercial inter- course is also carried on between Yarkánd and the large towns near it, as well as with Kashmir, Badakshan, China, and the Russian territories on the northwestern border of the Chinese empire. From Kashmír the natives of that country bring to Yárkand, shawls, kincábs, chikun, white piece goods, and leather; and take back ambú, or pure silver, the wool of the shawl goat, called tibbít, and other articles. The merchants of Fyzábád, which is the capital of Badakshán, bring to Yárkand slaves, and precious stones, taking back silver and tea. The caravan which comes once a year, is gener rally about 40 days on the road; but by forced marches, the journey may be performed in twenty. From Andejan, in the khánate of Kokan, piece goods and other commodities are brought viâ Kashgar; the return trade from whence consists of pure silver, chinaware, tea, in boxes and bricks. The brick tea is of a very inferior quality, and is used only by the poorer classes. This trade is carried on by means of horses, mules, and camels. Caravans come from the Rus. sian frontier, by way of Eela, Oksú, and Kouche, bring broadcloth, brocades, silver, gold ducats, copper, steel, furs, &c., and they take back tea, rhubarb, sal-ammoniac, &c. > 230 MAY, Notices of Chinese Turtary and Khoten. for this purpose. Communication with Peking.–From Yárkand it takes a caravan from four to six months to travel to Peking, (which the natives call Pechín) but by quick marches, the journey may be performed in three months. There is but one road to Peking, which caravans, or travelers, can use; for though there is said to be another and short- er route, its use is prohibited by the Chinese government. In the way there is one very difficult pass, where 20 matchlock men can op- pose a whole army. A party of Usbecks is stationed there. At every stage is a Chinese ortung, or post, of seven or eight Chinese, and about 20 Usbecks. No passport is necessary for persons going from Yárkand to China; neither are they prevented from remaining there as long as they choose, the leave of the emperor not being requisite An extensive trade is carried on between China and Yárkand. Great quantities of silk, great numbers of cattle, &c., are taken to China; articles of Chinese manufacture, porcelain, and especially tea, form the return. Road to Tibet.-From Yárkand to Ladák, (or Little Tibet,) which is nominally dependent on China, is a journey of 30 or 40 days. The country on the way is inhabited for two stages, where Chinese ortungs are met with, five Chinese and twenty Usbecks in each ; but for the next twenty days, the country passed through is a succession of plains and mountains, without inhabitants. The peo- ple at the ortung inspect the passes given by the Umbaun, and after stamping it with their seals, return it; but it is kept at the last post, and given back on the return of the party, which must account for absentees. These ortungs, however, it is said, may be easily avoid- ed. By forced marches, Tibet may be reached from Yárkand in 17 or 18 days. Thence to Kashmír, it takes a caravan 25 days; but the journey, by quick marches, may be performed in 15; there is plenty of wood, water, and forage, on the road. To Oksú.-From Yárkand to Oksú is 20 days' traveling by caravan; and on the way are 17 ortungs, at most of which there are seven Chinese and 13 Usbecks; but at some, there are more. The road passes through a very woody country. Rivers.--There is a river near Yárkand, the name of which is Zurufshán. It is generally frozen for three months in the winter ; when horses, camels, and men may pass over it. From the part of the country about Oksú two streams join the Zurufshán: one of them flows five kos distant from Oksú, and the other is seven days' journey from that place. ['limate.--In the summer. when the inelons ripen, it is very bot 18.13 231 Noticrs of Chinesr Tartary and Khotru. in these countries; but during winter, it is extremely cold. In this season, a great deal of snow falls on the mountains, which are twenty days' journey from Yárkand: but in the city itself, very little falls. It rains very rarely, only twice or thrice in the year, for an hour or so; and then the weather becomes very cold. Volcanoes.--Sal-ammoniac.—At the distance of 10 days' journey from Oksú, are two very high ranges of mountains, between which there is a valley, the surface of which, to a considerable depth, is covered with sal-ammoniac. There is a dreadful heat in this place, occasioned by a volcano, which, by the people of the country, is call- ed 'God's fire.' The heat prevents them approaching it in the summer. During the eruptions, the sal-ammoniac is said to be thrown out, and showered over the valley, like mist, to the distance of one kos; it afterwards hardens, and becomes, during the winter, crystalized like ice. People go there in that season, cut it into convenient pieces, and carry it away. It is said, that near old, or Koneh Túrfin, also, is a nountain, out of which flames of fire are seen to issue. Eurthquakes and cholera.-The natives state, that about three years ago, there were constant earthquakes in the province; and that the cholera committed great ravages at Yárkand. In Badak- shán, the earthquakes destroyed a great number of houses and people. History of the province. --About eighty years ago, the whole of the country was in the hands of the Kalmucks, or Eleuths; and there was one túrah, or chief, in each district, as governor. The Kalmucks were subsequently conquered by the Chinese in the reign of Kien- lung, and the authority of the emperor was established over the whole province. For a long period after that event, the Chinese held it in possession, without any attempt being made, either by the Kalmuks to regain their lost authority, or by the natives, to assert their independence. Subscquently, however, the Chinese began to oppress the people to such a degree, as to excite much discontent, and a general feeling of dislike towards them. Taking advantage of this state of things, Ai Khojeh, a descendant of the ancient princes of the country, and a syed of noble family, to whom the Kalmucks, as well as the whole of the Mohammedan population, were much attached, headed a rebellion against the Chinese, and opposed them with various success for some time; but was at last, forced to re- tire before their superior numbers. The Chinese are said to have made a cruel use of the advintages they had gained, and massacred 132 lar, Votices of Chinese Turtary and khoten. the Mohammedans in every quarter where the least resistance was apprehended. Ai Khojeh and his followers, finding it impossible to continue the contest, fled to Badakshán; but the prince of that country be- trayed him, and give him up to the Chinese, who put him to death. In retribution for this treachery, his country, (the people of Yarkand believe) has been visited with the miseries that have since befallen it, and fell an easy prey to Mohammed Murad beg, of Kunduz, who some years ago invaded and conquered it. When Ai Khojeh was thus delivered into the hands of the Chinese, his son and his grand- son, Jehángír Khojeh fled to Andeján. Some years afterwards, Ai Khojeh's son died, leaving his son Jehángír Khojeh, then a youth, under the care of the khán of Kofian. About 10 or 11 years ago, observing how unpopular the Chinese had become, he formed a plan for regaining the possessions of his forefathers. Having succeeded in bringing over to his cause Eesá Bahadur, one of the influential men of Andeján, who joined him with a large body of the Khirgíz, and being supported also in his attempt by the khán of Kokan, who sent a force of about 8000 horse to assist him; he advanced into Chi- nese Tartary, and attacked the Chinese in their cantonment at Kash- gar. The Chinese, and Yunis wang, who was then the Usbeck hakim of Kashgar, took refuge in the fort; but the Chinese appre- hending that this chief and the Mohammedans would join Jehángír, put Yunis wang, and many of the inhabitants, to death. This in- human proceeding, however, failed of its object; for it did not deter the rest of the inhabitants who were Mussulmen from going over to Jehángír; who, thus strengthened, attacked the fort, and carried it by storm: the Chinese, who were taken by surprise, being either driven out, or cut to pieces. Jehángír Khojeh then marched to Yárkand, where also he was well received by the inhabitants. The Chinese, after sustaining several defeats, abandoned the country. Encouraged by his success, the Khojeh then proceeded to Khoten, and expelled the Chinese from that province: Wherevert he made his appearance, the Chinese either gave way, or resisting, were put to the sword. Thus Jehan- gír acquired possession of the whole country, which remained in his hands for five or six months; but, abusing his power, he tyran- nised over the people, and oppressed them. He became, in conse- quence, disliked, and was not supported by the inhabitants in oppos- ing the Chinese, who returned with an army estimated at about 60,000 men, besides many Kalmuck horse. Being unable to check 1813 233* Votices of Chinese Turlary and Khoten. their progress, the Khojeh retired to the mountains, and his Khirgic and Andeján allies retired to their own countries, carrying away with them property of immense value, of which, on the approach of the Chinese, they had plundered the inhabitants. Shortly after- wards, Ishák Khojeh, of Kashgar, being jealous of Jehángír, betray- ed him into the hands of the Chinese general at Oksú, by whom he was sent to Peking, where he was put to death by order of the emperor. For the service which Ishák Khojeh had rendered, he received from the Chinese, the office and title of wáng, or prince of Kashgar. The real cause of the defeat of Jehángír Khojeh was, that the Usbecks of Chinese Tartary were divided into two tribes, the Ak Tak, to which he belonged, who are of the Naqsh-bandi sect, and the Kura Tak, who are Kadarís, and who never cordially joined the other. Ishák Khojeh was the chief of the latter. Some. time subsequent to his being appointed governor of Kashgar, he was called to Peking, and was never heard of after. It is supposed the Chinese were afraid of his influence, and that he was got rid of by poison. Revenuc.-Albaum, or land-tax, and customs –The revenue de- rived by the Chinese, or rather the payment made to them by their subjects in Chinese Tartary, is denominated albaum, which consists of a capitation tax of one rupee from each inan, per month, and a tenth of the produce of the land. Syed, múllahs, pirzadehs, fákirs, soldiers, &c., are excused from paying the albaum, according to the laws of Genghis khan. For- merly, land customs were levied on merchandize in transit through the province; and were collected at the rate of 21 per cent. on the value, (or as the narrator described it, one in 40, that is, of 40 pieces of cloth, one was taken;") but, about twelve years ago, this duty was entirely abolished, by order of the emperor of China, and merchandize now passes free of impost. Population and language. The native population of the country is Usbeck, divided, as before stated, into two distinct classes, the Ak Tak, and Kura Tak. The language generally spoken is the Jagha- tai Túrkí, which the Kalmucks also understand. This is probably the purest dialect of the Túrki language, there being less admixture of Arabic and Persian, than in any of the others. Chinese troops.--The military force stationed by the Chinese in their provinces, is said to amount to between twenty and thirty thou- sand men. Vature of the government.—The Chinese goverminent is repre XII VO 234* Max, Notices of Chinese Tartary and Khoten. 1 sented to be very unpopular, at the present tine, throughout these countries. There seems to be nothing in its system calculated to conciliate, or productive of advantages tending to reconcile the peo ple to subjection to foreigners. The feeling of dislike, with which the Chinese are regarded, has been latterly much increased, in con- sequence of their carrying on vast works of fortification, and build- ing walled towns, by the forced labor of the natives. The Mussul. men princes, chiefs, &c., are said to occupy, by the natives who had passed through India, nearly the same political position under the Chinese residents, or umbauns, and stand in the same relation to them, as they supposed the nawábs, rájás, &c., of this country do to the resident of the English government, the Chinese interfering little in the direct management of the people, and leaving to the native princes the administration of the government and laws. The revenue, however, is realized entirely by the Chinese, the princes, &c., having large landed assignments. English in India. It is known at Yárkand, that India is govern- ed by a nation of Europe (feringís); and it is said, that the Chinese entertain a high notion of the power of the English, which they view with feelings of apprehension, connected with an idea, that is preva- lent in the country, of its being destined to fall into their hands. Chinese Tartary accessible to European travelers. It is said, that provided a person would dress as a native, allow his beard to grow, and accompany pilgrims on their return from Mecca, there would not be much difficulty in penetrating into Chinese Tartary; but that the easiest way would be by way of Kokan and Kashgar, as large caravans of merchants pass that way. The person must, however, be able to speak Túrkí, as very few of the natives of the country understand Persian; whereas, in the Kokan country, in Independent Tartary, the population of whole towns speak nothing else. It would not be difficult for the individual to go even to Peking in China. All that is requisite is to get a pass from the governor, by paying a few tenkehs to the Chinese officers, giving out that his object is trade. My informants stated, that some years ago, a European made his appearance at Yárkand, in a native dress. He was discovered accidentally, and brought before the governor, who threatened him with torture if he did not confess who he was: but assured him that he would be well treated, if he spoke the truth. He admitted that he was a European, and was sent out of the country. The foregoing particulars were elicited from various natives of the country, and at different periods, as they happened to arrive at Bom 18.13 235 Loss of the English Brig Ann bay, in their way on a pilgrimage to Mecca. One of these indivi- duals was a prince of the country, another a pirzrideh, both persons of considerable education and information: the first was a native of Oksú; the second had traveled to Badakshan, Kurratigin, Derváz, and Kokan. Another was an inhabitant of Eelchi, in Khoten. At the time this information was collected, I had not seen the works of lieut. Burnes, or Timkowsky, nor the papers by the baron Humboldt, and M. Klaproth, in the Journal Asiatique. It is remarkable, however, and perhaps, may add to the value of this information, that the accounts given me generally corroborate those of the above-named distinguished characters, with the excep- tion of what lieut. Burnes' informants told himn respecting the troops in Chinese Tartary being Túngánís, which mine say is not the case; and the reason given by them seems to prove the truth of their assertion, 101 11 Art. II. Narrative of the loss of the English brig Ann; and of the capture of the whole, and decapitation of forty-three of her crew, by the Chinese authorities in Formosa. (Continued from p. 121.) SINCE the issue of the number for March, captain Denham has left China for Europe ; and having taken his MS. with him, Mr. Roope's diary alone will be availed of by us for completing the nar. rative. On the 24th of March, 1842, the prisoners reached the capital of Formosa, and were there confined in three prisons; and there they remained till two died, and forty-three were decapitated by imperial order. March 31st. The examination of the prisoners was commenced before the local officer; their names, ages, respective duties and wages on board ship, the countries to which they belonged, &c.; were all taken down in writing. Mr. Gully and his party were not brought forward on this day, and during the whole of the imprison- ment were for the most part kept separate from the others. Mr. Gully occasionally met the others when they were brought before the officers in court. April 6th. Captain Denham was taken, with irons upon him and 236* MLAR, Loss of the English Brig Ann a chain about his neck, and carried through the town, to the resi- dence of an officer wearing a blue button by whom he was examin- ed. There he met Mr. Gully and all his party. April 9th. Captain D. examined again. Mr. Roope ascertained that "the old shroff had been telling lies, making up stories to the officers about sir Henry Pottinger's sending captain Denham away with letters--thus making matters ten times worse than they really are; for the only thing the Chinese wish to make out is that the Ann was a man-of-war." He discovered also that the shroff and carpenter had already been flogged twice over the face for not saying in evidence all the officers desired. April 10th. “Having obtained pens, ink, and paper, from the natives, who are very anxious to have anything in the shape of ships drawn for them, I commenced this log, trusting it may share a bet- ter fate than the former. Cleared out our prison—which it sadly needed." Captain D., for the second time, wrote a letter, and gave it to a Chinese, who by various signs promised to take it to Amoy, for doing which he was to receive $100.* This man had the appearance and manner of a sailor, and his conduct left the impression on the mind of Mr. Roope that he and the jailer were acting in concert, being old friends, and always smoking opium together. 11th. “The carpenter was again flogged over the face, while the shroff was spared, which led to the suspicion that the latter was yielding to the wishes of the officers. 12th. “Dreadfully monotonous : attempt ship-drawing, having no employment, except the killing of vermin, which are numerous, and in spite of our exertions are daily increasing, we having no change of clothes. Our meals are brought to us twice a day, at 10 A. M., and at 5 P. M., consisting of rice and vegetables and of a better quality than those at first received. 16th. “Fifteen Chinese prisoners taken from the court this morn- ing, under a guard of soldiers. Captain Denham again examined. Mr. Roope and others taken to the officer wearing a blue button. They walked there, a distance of more than a mile, with chains around their necks, each prisoner accompanied by three soldiers. There for the first time, after arriving at the city of Taiwán, Mr. Roope had the pleasure of meeting Mr. Gully and his party. 17th. “This morning a barber having come to operate on our jailer, we all managed to get shaved, for the first time since we were Wrecked, each of us paying six cash (about half a cent), money Cuptiis morbes of !": Kelpie reprived this imiter on the 10th of May 1843. 237* 1.03s of the English Brig Am. obtained from the people which they paid us for the pictures of ships, &c.” 18th. “Taken with captain Denham to the court-house to draw a seventy-four and three decker for one of the officers, and managed to give our carpenter a letter, rolled up in some tobacco, and desired him to send it to Amoy." Mr. Gully very unwell. “Ayin, the carpenter, instead of being flogged, is now being rewarded with a suit of new clothes. Return to prison about 9 P. M. very unwell.” 19th. “Very unwell, and see no prospects of ever obtaining any medicines from these procrastinating and unfeeling men. Our jailer received upon the back of his thighs fifty blows of bamboo for allow- ing us to be shaved !" 22d. “A dull rainy day. No visitors allowed to see us, since the jailer was flogged, he being right well satisfied with his castiga- tion, and dreadfully sulky, except when drunk with opium, which is generally every evening. 24th. Captain Denham was taken before the officer, and ques- tioned about the sun, moon, stars, number of days, Sundays, and months in a year, about our festivals, &c.” “In the evening had a row with the cook, our food getting worse and worse every day.” 25th. “During the morning, taken with captain Denham to one mandarin, where we received a common blue dungary jacket and trowsers, made after the Chinese fashion, but very small; and also some straw sandals. All day I was employed in reading some old letters, saved from the wreck of the brig, to the shroff who had to write the same in Chinese for the principal officer. In the evening a good dinner was given to us, and part of which we were allowed to carry away to our fellow-prisoners. The mandarin wore a tran- sparent blue button." 26th. Capt. Denham and myself taken before some mandarins, one wearing an opaque, another a blue button. An epaulette, a cor- poral's coat, and some other articles of the 55th regiment, were shown us, and the use of which we had to explain. The epaulette they thought was worn on the head. The carpenter told us that the natives were in a state of rebellion, and that almost every year great disturbances occur. The lower classes of the people seem to be very insubordinate; and all the prisons (which we have seen) are crammed with prisoners. 27th. Mr. Roope, when hefore the officers, met one of the Las- cars of the late Nerbudda, ind learned many particulars from him regarding her unfortunate crew That crew having been nine Loss of the English Brig Ann Mar, months on the island without any attempı being made to rescue them, prompted the anxious inquiry, “what is to be the fate of the Ann's company." May Ist. Day after day passes away much after the same man- ner, and when not taken before the officers, which always gives us something to talk about, we have no employment whatever ; we find it dreadfully oppressive and are very miserable, so many of us being confined in such a hole as our prison." 2d. In the afternoon, we heard that the officers have received a letter from the main, regarding us, and had returned an answer ; also that several vessels were off Formosa, and others at Amoy, which were coming to attempt to rescue the prisoners. Whatever the truth may be, the report has caused some excitement." 3d. “ Officers out twice before breakfast; jailer sent away on duty, in high spirits. For the first time refused a sufficiency of rice, and our food becoining worse and worse. The old jailer not back, a deputy takes his place in the evening. Several Chinese who come occasionally to see us appear anxious for the English to visit the island and overthrow the government, promising to afford us every assistance, and to deliver all the Chinese officers (nine in number) into our hands." 4th. “Breakfast consisted of four or five small pieces of shark, which we refused to eat. Capt. D. determined on refusing all food, hoping by so doing to obtain an interview with one of the officers, and find opportunity to communicate with the carpenter. In the course of the day heard the firing of cannon. Contradictory reports current regarding English ships being in the vicinity. The old jailer returned late at night, rewarded by the officers with a silver armlet, and said he had been engaged carrying guns to fortify the town.” 5th. Capt. Denham told the deputy jailer that he would starve himself to death if he was not allowed to see the mandarin. This had the desired effect, and in the afternoon the officer sent for the cap- tain, to inquire about his difficulties. He complained to him of the food, and requested that better might be allowed, and a better place given the prisoners to live in, and be no longer kept in irons like convicts. These and other requests the officer said should be made known to the highest authorities, he not having power to grant them; was very polite and promised to do all he could to assist us." 7th. 'In the afternoon I was taken before the officer, who asked the weight and number of the guns, quantity of muskets, cutlases, 1843. 239* Loss of the English Brig inn. &c, which were in the Ann. The carpenter informed me that none but the jailors were allowed to see him, and that he was kept much more closely confined than he had formerly been. 8th, "A card hung up at the door of the prison, forbidding all persons having any communication whatever with us; and this the jailor makes us understand was done to prevent our having any com- munication with the shipping. Captain Denham drew a flaming steamer, à la Nemesis." 9th. Captain D. having tinished drawing a ship, sent it up to the officer, and was soon sent for, and asked many ridiculous ques- tions about large men of war, steamers, &c. Captain D. improved the opportunity to ask permission to visit his crew, he also asked for a change of clothes, and to be allowed a barber, and to be permitted to see the head mandarin; all of which were promised. The officer was very anxious to know who ‘Smith' was, observing at the same time, that there was a 'great man' at Amoy. Supposing him to refer to captain Smith of H. M. ship Druid, the reply was given accordingly, and it was added that he would play a harsh game with the authorities if he only knew they were detaining Englishmen as prisoners. But as we were entirely dependent on the shroff and car- penter to interpret, it is very doubtful whether our replies were faithfully communicated. The shroff very unwell. It appears very suspicious that the mandarin should allow him two mace a day for opium, while Chinese prisoners are allowed but four cash for all they need excepting rice. Moreover, only a short time ago he scarcely ever went before the officers without being either punished or threatened with punishment, now the case is quite different with him. Indeed, I think he now consents to all they wish, and the carpenter declares that he has been telling lies, and gets his money for so doing." 10th. “Employed this day (and this was almost their only em- ployment for many days) in drawing for visitors, and by this means obtain a few cakes and some wine. It is reported that fifteen cul- prits were beheaded.” 11th. “Heard that eighteen more culprits were beheaded this morning; and as we observed a great commotion in the yard among the soldiers, we suppose there is truth in the report.” The car- penter subsequently told them that twenty-two men were beheaded for rebellion. 14th. “Great demand for steainers drawn on fans. A gentleman attached to the court gave us each a plantain-leaf fan-he deeming 240* MAT, Loss of the English Brig Ann. it an indispensable article--for the Chinese think it scarcely possible to live without a fan, and even the poorest people are seen with them. Obtained also some Chinese soap; it resembles pounded betel-nut, and is made from the ground-nut, after the oil is extract- ed. Enjoyed a good wash, the soap working famously." 16th. “The heat in our closely confined prison is insufferable, in consequence of which we had a row with the soldiers because they would not allow us to breathe a little fresh air at the outer door. The head jailer and his retinue soon came to quiet us; and we, thinking it a good opportunity to plead for more room, refused to be quiet, and endeavored to frighten the jailer and his party, having already found that nothing was to be gained by being too submis- sive. At last they complied with our requests, and gave us better accommodations and promised to take down our window mats, so as to give us a better circulation of air. After all was amicably arrang- ed, they sent out for some pine-apples and sugar-cane, thinking evi- dently that we should duly appreciate such kindness, and conduct ourselves better in future. The fact is, these people dare not report us to the officers for the fear of being punished, and they are quite at a loss to know what to think of us. During the middle watches of the night, we found that our deputy jailer had been indulging in 'stealing, one of his national propensities,' and got punished for his crime. At this he grew very indignant and threw his opium lamp at captain Denham, for doing which he a second time got his deserts, and went out howling and crying. Thus we have been twice honored to-day with the presence of the jailer and his staff. We also took away from the deputy jailer his opium pipe, and threatened to report him to the authorities, which alarmed him and his compa- nion very much.” 17th. “Received a note from our Lascars, complaining very much of the badness of their food, and telling us also that John Williams was not expected to live, having been sick ever since he arrived in this town.” 19th. Tsz’, a son of the old gentleman who gave us some fans on the 14th, furnished each of us with a small towel.” 21st. “Managed to get my hair cut by the kindness of Tsz’, who lives close to us. He wishes very much to go with us when we leave this place. He promises to send a letter for us to Amoy." 24th. Nothing heard of the barber asked for yesterday. Our friend Tsz' brought us a little fish and some charcoal.”' 27th. “Captain D. very unwell, having smoked some opium last 18:13. 241 Loss of the English Brig inn night to inake him sleep: it had the desired effect, but made trim so sick afterwards, that he promises never to try it again. "Capt. D. still very unwell, the effects of the opium pipe. The officers having been told that this was H. B. M. queen Victoria's birthday, and a very great day in our country, our cook brought us a plate full of square pieces of fat pork, about two inches thick, also a dish made of flour looking much like tapeworms." 30th. “ Last evening Tszi informed us that the boat which undertook to convey our letter to Amoy has returned on account of the bad weather, and will not start again without being first paid, which is impossible. He promised to take it himself three or four days hence, and refused all pay. Tsz' having returned the former letter, we gave him another; he wished to have nothing said in it of payment, since he was willing to remain under British protection till after our release. If he really intends to act up to what he says, I think our imprisonment may yet be short. But I can scarcely believe he intends so to do. It is too great an undertaking for such a person as he is. Besides I do not understand a Chinaman's not taking dollars when he can get them.—Annoyed all day by the hor- rid noise of gongs and other Chinese instruments of music, a theatre having been erected near to the rear of our prison. Messrs. Gully and Newman both unwell." 31st. “Our spirits this evening raised to the highest pitch by a letter from captain Forbes of the Kelpie, dated the 14th instant, and brought to us by the man who took captain Denham's letter of the 10th April, which captain Forbes received on the 10th instant. He informs us, in this letter, that copies of it have been sent to captain Smith the senior naval officer at Amoy, and also to their excellencies sir Henry Pottinger and sir William Parker; that they had heard from some smugglers of a two masted vessel being wrecked on For- mosa ; that H. M. ship Pylades had been sent over to look for us but had learned nothing; and that the British forces in China have been greatly increased, so that we may be certain of everything possible being done for our liberation." June 2d. “Some rhubarb brought to-day by our friend Tsz' for Mr. Gully. He gave us also a few cash.” 3d. “This evening have very short allowance for dinner, and on more being sent for it was refused; whereupon captain D. broke all the plates and basins ;- but no notice was taken of this, which makes us think the officers are not aware of it. About 8 p some forty mall cakes were sent 10 make up our deficiencies. :31 1) VI WO V 242 MAT, Loss of the English Brig inn. During a heavy squall about midnight a shock of an earthquake was felt, shaking the floor and walls of the prison for about two minutes." 5th. “Our food daily becomes worse and worse; and the door of the prison being unlocked, captain D. availed himself of the op- portunity to walk up to the office of the mandarin (which is close to us), carrying with him the fragment of some fish bones, much to the astonishment of all the clerks and soldiers." A partial reform on the score of provisions, a severe flogging to the poor jailer, and a sharp admonition to the prisoners, were the consequences of captain Denham's remonstrance. They had oc- casion often to complain both of the quality and quantity of their provisions. They repeatedly had occasion to speak of the kindness of Tsz' and his father in giving them small articles of food, &c. 5th. “This morning Tsz' told us that his father has received a letter from his friend at Amoy, wherein he informs him that the English are aware of our being on the island, and that they have ob- tained a pilot for this place, and that we may expect them over in ten days. He appears alarmed for the safety of himself and family, and asked us what plan it would be best for him to adopt. We advised him to remain quiet. In the afternoon I went with captain D. to our mandarin, to whom a note had been sent, requesting him to allow Mr. Gully and Mr. Partridge to live with us and give us a separate prison. He seemed sadly annoyed at our presumption, and told us we must not write to him, but that he would have a house ready for us in a few days. Captain D. then asked him how long we were to be prisoners, and told him he might expect the English ships here soon,” &c., &c. 17th. “Our deputy jailer Quott by name, out night and day gambling, losing all his cash and clothes. Having caught his as- sistant, indulging his national propensities' at stealing, kicked him neck and heels out of doors." 19th. Cloudy weather. Quott says they are getting a house ready for us. Days awfully long and dreary. Tired of drawing ships and steamers, and sadly feel the want of books. Tormented with musketoes from sunset till sunrise." 20th. “Sent for our mandarin's head man, and reminded him of the promise regarding the house; he endeavors to excuse the delay by saying that they are waiting to get beds for us ; but we tell him it will be like our new clothes, three months coming and not received vet. This appeared to smite him, for off he walked and 1843 Lloss of the English Brig Ann 249 us. brought Greeah, with seven jackets and trowsers, of the same kind as those given to captain D. and myself; these were for the seven other prisoners who were with us. In the evening he came again, and announced the completion of our house, but giving the unwel- come determination of the officer not to allow Mr. Gully to live with Nevertheless we resolve to remove to our 'summer house,' hoping in time to obtain our point, things having already wonderfully improved." 28th. “Any quantity of flogging going on this evening at the court house. It is a very singular custom the Chinese have of trying and punishing their prisoners after dark. I have frequently heard them inflicting punishment after 10 P. m." July 2d. “ Received a note from our late prison, saying, that the shroff had this morning been alone before the mandarin, and on passing their prison would not tell them what he had been wanted for ; that they had noticed, the last three days, a great many new handcuffs and leg-irons being brought here; that nine cages just large enough for a man to sit upright in were placed outside of their prison; and that many of the Chinese told them they (the pri. soners) were to be sent away. These things look very suspicious; these nine cages tally exactly with our number here; but our friend Tsz' has said nothing to us of our being sent away. Mr. Gully, however, in his last note says, he thinks there is something the matter." 3d. “The carpenter informs us that he has heard nothing of our going away, and that the shroff was called yesterday on account of some difficulty between the officers and some men from Canton, the former not understanding their dialect. This I cannot believe. He tells us, too, that a few days since a chop was received from the main, promoting all the officers on account of their desperate engage- ment with and capture of the Ann, they having given their own report of the affair, which was agreed to by our shroff. The carpenter has been told that upwards of twenty men were killed or drowned at the wreck in their eagerness for plunder, and that at present there are five or six men kept in prison entirely to suit the purposes of the officers, who make them swear to anything they may require." 4th. Captain Denham, Mr. Roope, and some of the others were brought before the higher officers, when they were questioned, prin cipally respecting geography! They were asked if a person could walk to America in a week, and other like questions. 8th “About 3 oclock P. M. observed nearly a total eclipse of the 1) 244 Loss of the English Brig Ann. Mai sun. The Chinese wished to know if such phenomena appeared in Bengal, and if it ever rained there." 11th. The prisoners were again examined, the questions relating chiefly to geography, the British forces in China, and to the queen, &c. They wished to know if her majesty had more than one hus- band, whether sir Henry Pottinger was a white or a black man. Reference was made this day, for the first time, to their leaving their present residence. 13th. “At about half past eleven o'clock, P. M., John Williams died; he had been sick ever since he arrived at that prison, and, having had no medical aid, his sufferings have been great." 21st. “ Samseer, one of the Lascars died. Medicine had never been given to him. The Lascars complained much of the badness of their prison, and on the death of Samseer they declared that it was certain “Satan had come among them," some of them positively affirming they had seen him, and begged captain Denham and others to speak to the officers about the matter, otherwise they should all die in prison.” 22d. “Captain D. and myself had a second hand dungaree jacket given us. In the afternoon having occasion to go to our bunk, (an old bundle containing my wardrobe and answering for my pillow,) find to my surprise all the treasure taken away, and a brick placed in its room. A complaint carried before the mandarin, which was acting rather too promptly for our former trusty master Quott, who fell on his knees at once, and confessed himself to be the thief. Property restored." From the last date till the 10th of August everything went on as usual in the prisons, and the preceding extracts are fair specimens of what occurred nearly every day. August 10th, however, brought a change; they were taken from their prisons and carried in chairs to the quarters of the military commander-in-chief, "a fine tall well built man,” says Mr. Roope, “well dressed, wearing an opaque red ball on his cap, with two eyes in the peacock's feather, and without exception the handsomest Chi- nese I ever saw.!! But he was cruel and tyrannical beyond anything he had before experienced. The way to his residence carried the prisoners through a different part of the town from what they had before seen. When brought into his presence, in a large hall 60 feet long by 20 broad, they were forced to make the kotau, and to remain on their knees while in his presence, and additional irons were pnt npon them, and everything done that could be devised in 13 1843. 245 Loss of the English Brig Ann. degrade and annoy. They were afterwards removed to a granary, where they were met by their late prison-keepers, who had removed thither with their furniture. All the movements and changes of this day seemed to promise nothing good. 13th. “The house adjoining our apartment fell in, and one man was completely buried in the ruins, and would most likely have lost his life had not some of us immediately ran to his assistance, and succeeded in rescuing him, so that he escaped though not without severe bruises :" as a reward for this they were offered ten mace (about one dollar)" but we would not accept it, wishing to have the Chinese understand that Englishmen do not require to be paid for such services." " .62d. They were removed from the granary and confined in the western angle of the old fort, close to their former prison, which appeared as if it had formerly been a chapel, but it was entirely roofless, about 28 feet square, with walls of the same height, by 10 feet thick, with four arched recesses in the walls at right angles to each other. They had built a shed for the prisoners of mud and bamboo along the side of one of the walls. 23d. Visited a part of a pile of ruins; over the arch of one of the entrances was a Latin inscription dated 1654.” 29th. Captain D. and Mr. Roope were most rudely handled. The former was flogged with a large bamboo over his bare thighs. Rumors of 137 persons having been beheaded, and threats of others having to endure the same. After arriving at the officer's residence, followed by a crowd and attended by a strong escort, “Presently,' says Mr. Roope, My number was made, when the brave sergeant came up and seized me very roughly. This I did not half like and shook him off, when he immediately shouted out, and I was seized by three or four soldiers who kicked and dragged me along by the hair of my head, and on entering the court-house threw me down before Kwáng (the officer). I was immediately seized by a dozen others, who wrench- ed the irons off my legs, and put on much heavier ones than any I had yet had. The ruffianly manner in which they did this made me fear they would smash my ancles in the operation of hammering on the leg irons. Besides they half strangled me, and when I waved and called out to the officer for them to desist, one of them struck me with the hand over the windpipe. Being ironed hand and foot, I was placed on my knees before Kwang, who appeared in a great rage, and asked the reason, why I had gone on the walls of the pria 19 246 Loss of the English Brig Ann. Mar, son! and if I intended to run away? I replied no, but had merely gone up to see what could be seen, that the soldiers were aware of it and never objected. He then demanded why we had taken and burnt one of the doors of our shed? I told him we did not get our meals from the cookhouse, that the soldiers had refused to give us any fire-wood, and we were obliged to take something, and that the door we had taken was never made use of, at the same time not for- getting to tell him the soldiers had assisted us in burning it for it was those very men who had complained of us, in hopes (I suppose) of being rewarded." Mr. Roope was then taken out, and capt. D. brought into court, and a most brutal and cruel scene ensued. He received fifty blows with the heavy bamboo, “the soldier being relieved at every iron blows." These were laid upon his bare thighs, and thirty more, with the butt end of the same bamboo, over the elbow. All this pummeling left him nearly senseless, when he was brought out of court by the soldiers. In the room where this scene transpired, most horrid and frightful statues and paintings on the walls, were to be seen in all directions." And Mr. Roope adds, “in coming here we were not brought in sedans as is usually the case, but had to walk by a back roundabout way, and no one but the officer's own people were admitted through the gates.” Their prospects were gloomy enough. On succeeding days there were rumors of be- heading brought to their ears by the people. Well might they ex- claim, “may Divine Providence, who has taken care of us thus far, still grant us his protection, and deliver us out of the hands of our enemies." October 2d. “Everything perfectly quiet with us. No change whatever in our food. In fact we now neither hear nor see anything of our officers, and day after day passes in the same monotonous way. I do not know what we should do without our patients, who still place great faith in our advice and medicine. Some of the wise ones have ceased coming, but still there are many green ones who contribute greatly to our comfort, by giving us cash, tea, tobacco, or cakes, without which I know not how we should exist." Everything grows worse and worse; and “it is now our lot to be in the hands of such a villainous set of jailers, that should the mandarins ever open their hearts and allow us either better food or raiment, we should never get anything without appearing before them. Our brutish jailer now only opens the gate to admit our patients, and this he does because we allow him to steal our tobacco money, as well as 18.13. 2:47 Loss of the British Brig inn. to get fine picking out of the cash and other things that are given us by our patients. 9th. “Doctor's patients daily increasing, which enables us to live tolerably well; we do not undertake to cure a patient (no matter what his disease may be) for less than two mace, one of which he must pay before we administer to him. As for the jail allowances, they are the same as formerly, and without this godsend I really think we must have sunk under our privations.” 12th. “An old friend (named Hien) called, full of congratula- tion I took occasion to cross-examine him respecting Mr. Gully and the rest of our prisoners, being very uneasy at not hearing any- thing said about them, and having twice been told by natives, in a very private manner, that they were all beheaded. He at last, though very reluctantly, confessed that we, with the carpenter, shroff and Newman, were the only survivors of both ships—the Ann and Nerbudda, and that we had been kept to be sent to Peking, there to be tortured and beheaded, but that now, the war was ended, we should be sent away. 13th. “Met Newman for the first time since the 10th of August. He gave us a most awful and melancholy account of all that had occurred." “On or about the 13th August, shortly after daylight, several servants of officers came to the bars of their prison, offering them some cash, and saying that they were all presently going away to another port and thence to the main. This excited his suspicions, and he took the cash and sent out for some samshoo, and drank till he made himself half intoxicated. Sedan chairs, marked with numbers soon filled the yard near the prison, and about 7 P. M., they, also numbered and in irons, started off for another town, as they supposed, and as tlo bystanders affirmed. He (Newman) happened to be in the last sedan, and that he could see the others forming an immense line ahead. Having gone two or three miles outside the city walls, they halted on a large common, where were assembled tens of thou- sands of Chinese. This was the place of execution. On being taken out of his sedan to have his hands shackled behind his back, he saw two of the prisoners with their irons off, and refusing to have them put on. They had both been drinking samshoo, and were making a great noise, and crying out to him that they were all to have their heads cut off! He advised them to submit quietly, but they still refusing, he first wrenched off his own, and then put them into theirs, 10 the great pleasure of the soldiers. But when the sol- 140 Mar Capture of Chápu. diers wanted to have his own put on again, he declined. As they were on the point of securing him, he accidentally saw the chief offi- cer seated close to him. Going before him, he threw himself on his head, and commenced singing out a few Chinese words, which he had frequently heard repeated in a temple. The officer was so pleased with this procedure that he turned round to the soldiers, and ordered them to carry him back to the city. All the rest—one hun- dred and ninety-seven-were placed at small distances from each other on their knees, their feet in irons and hands manacled behind their backs, thus waiting for the executioners, who went round, and with a kind of two-handed sword cut off their heads without being laid on a block. Afterwards their bodies were all thrown into one grave, and their heads stuck up in cages on the seashore." Newman was sent back to prison and lodged among a large body of felons, living in a state of dreadful suspense. About 12 days after this massacre, the 2d shroff, carpenter's mate, and servant were car- ried out and executed. The carpenter told him that the rest were to be sent to the emperor, there to suffer death. On the 25th October, Newman received a leaf of poor Gully's log” which had been obtained from a Chinese soldier, who said he got it from a shirt stripped from Gully at the hour of execution : the “log” was abruptly closed August 10th, and was probably the last he ever wrote. The survivors of the unfortunate Ann reached Amoy Nov. 24th, and Hongkong on the 5th of December, excepting the carpenter, who did not arrive till April 2d, 1843. ART. III. Capture of Chápú; dispatch from lieuto-general sir Hugh Gough G. C. B., to the right hon. lord Stanley. Dated head-quarters, Chápú, 20th May, 1842. My lord,—My dispatch to your lordship of the 18th April, inclosing a copy of my previous one of the 22d of March to the governor-general of India, will have led your lordship to expect my present communication an- nouncing the attack on and capture of Chápu, by her majesty's military and Naval forces. I shall leave to his excellency sir William Parker to detail the movements and operations of the naval part of the expedition, merely observ- ing that the same unity of action and of coöperation has existed which have 1813 249 Cupture of Chipú. hitherto under Divine Providence, so materially tended to the successful result of every operation, and that I have experienced the most cordial and effective assistance, not only from the admiral, but from the several captains and offi- cers of her majesty's and the Indian navy. 2. I shall now beg leave to detail, with as much brevity as possible, our military movements since the evacuation of Ningpo, which event your lordship will perceive, by the accompanying copy of my dispatch to the governor-gene- ral of India, was effected in a most satisfactory manner on the 7th instant, leaving, I trust, among the inhabitants of that part of the Chekiáng province, a deep feeling of respect and gratitude for the orderly and forbearing conduct of the British soldier, and proving, that, while pressing on the government and overthrowing every opposing display of military force, it has been our object to protect the Chinese population of every class and grade as much as lay in our power. The same dispatch, your lordship also will perceive, men- tioned the withdrawal of the troops from the city of Chinhái, and the con- tinued occupation alone of the Josshouse hill above that city, commanding the entrance of the Ningpo river. 3. The fleet could, notwithstanding the unceasing exertions of sir Wil- liam Parker, only leave the anchorage of Just-in-the-way on the 13th instant, where his excellency had assembled the ships from Chusan, Chinhái and Ningpo, and in consequence of the extraordinary strength of the tide in the Tsientang river, we only reached the anchorage off this city on the evening of the 17th. Sir William Parker and myself, however, had an opportunity the preceding day, to make a most satisfactory reconnoissance in the two smaller steamers of the defenses of this place, when we decided on the points of dis- embarkation, and the line of conjoint operations we deemed advisable for the different arms under our respective commands. 4. Having had but imperfect information, we could not exactly ascertain the position and defenses of the city of Chápú, but we had a very satisfactory examination of the defenses of the heights which command it, and which extended from three to four miles to the eastward as well as of the batteries which defend the suburbs, and apparently a branch of the imperial canal, which runs almost round the walls. These heights were strengthened by several breastworks both in their gorges and along their sides, and small inclosed joss-houses crowned the summits. On the extreme right appeared two batterrés commanding the anchorage. On these heights and within the breastworks and batteries, some thousands of Chinese soldiers showed them- selves, but not a shot was fired at the steamers, although they passed and re- passed within very short range. 5 From all I could see of the defenses on the heights, and from all I could learn of the position of the city, I felt assured that I could turn the whole of the former, and if rapidly executed, cut off all the troops left to de- fend these heights. But if I should fail in that object, I had hopes of being able to enter the city with the fugitives. A bay about four miles to the east- ward, presented a good point of debarkation whatever iniglit be the forces of the opposing enemy, and in consultation with sir William Parker we decided on this point, covering the operations hy the steamers and small vessels of war, while the Cornwallis, Blonde and Modeste were to take up their positions in :32 VOL YIL NO 250 VAL Capture of Chapur Officers. Other ranks, 22 470 25 426 1 48 921 164 2 8 Sappers 2 74 Rifle Co. 36th M. N. 1. 3 100 15 363 Left column under col. Schoedde. 27 521 15 270 25 43 820 front of the western batteries already named, and of the suburb batteries on the extreme. Right column under lieut.-col. Morris, 6. The troops named in the margin were 18th Royal Irish 49th Regiment directed to be prepared to go on board the steam- Sappers 25 ers at daylight on the morning of the 18th, and Centre column under 1.col. Montgomerie. the whole force including the light field train, Detach. royal artillery Madras artillery was successfully landed by 8 o'clock under the able superintendence of commander Richards of H. M. ship Cornwallis, to whom I feel much in. 26th Regiment debted for his judicious and effective arrangements 55th Regiment Sappers and zealous exertions. The right column, which I accompanied, landed first and occupied a commanding height without opposi- tion, covering disembarkation of the remainder of the force. When the whole were landed and formed, 1 directed col. Schoedde, supported by the artillery under lieut.-col. Montgomerie, in furtherance of the views I have already an- nounced, to move as rapidly as possible around the base of the heights, 80 as to get in rear of the enemy and cut off his communication with the city, which now appeared within the range of heights already described, while the right column was directed to mount the summit and successively attack the several works and joss-houses as they proceeded. The combined attack on both flanks commenced at the same moment, the steamers shelling the breastworks in the centre. It afforded me the greatest satisfaction as I crowned each suc. ceeding height successively to find my most sanguine hopes realized by the rapid movement of the left column under col. Schoedde, passing between the heights and the city, and obliging the enemy, instead of retreating on it, to move along the heights which were now one after the other carried by the right column with the usual spirit displayed by the corps commanding it. The whole of the enemy's troops soon became a mass of fugitives throwing away their arms, and flying in every direction, with the exception of about 300; who, finding themselves surrounded, took possession of a house and inclosure, which they defended with wonderful obstinacy, and would not surrender until the house was in flames from our rockets, and breached by powder bags judi- ciously placed by captain Pears, when not above fifty, and those mostly wound- ed, could be induced to submit as prisoners. During these operations, I wit- nessed with much satisfaction the alacrity with which captain Simpson, of the rifle company 36th Madras N. I., brought up his company, and the spirited manner in which the sipahis pressed the enemy, keeping up the communica- tion between the two columns. Perceiving that the enemy had destroyed the bridge leading to the east gate, I directed the left column to occupy a height close to and commanding the southwest angle of the city wall, and lieut..col. Montgomerie, with his usual good judgment and alacrity, soon brought his guns into action, effectually covering our advance on this point. I directed the rifles to occupy the house close to the wall to cover the grenadiers of the 55th and the sappers, who were directed to ascertain the depth of a canal that intervened. Lieut. Gordon, attached to the sappers, fortunately found a small hoat with which he crossed (finding it not fordable), and secured two others of considerable size at the opposite side, with which we crossed over the grena- diers 75th, under hrevet major Maclean and a hody of sappers with scaling 18.13 از rupture of chap ladders, and the walls were soon in possession of the leti column. I deem it right here to observe that I was much assisted in crossing the canal by capt. Watson of H. M. ship Modeste, who joined me at the moment with a few sea- inen from that ship. Having collected the force on the walls, sir William Parker with the seamen and marines soon joined me, and we moved round the city, when I had the several gates occupied. Perceiving a body of the enemy in retreat towards Hángchau, I directed the 55th to pursue and bring them to action, if possible, but having had to make the circuit of the walls (three miles), as I did not wish to move the force into the city until the gates were occupied, the Chinese had got so far in advance that major Fawcett could only come up with the stragglers; but it had the good effect of obliging most of this body to throw away their arms and disperse. It is so easy for a Chinaman to divest himself of the appearance of a soldier, that I have no doubt many escaped by throwing off the outward uniform by which alone they are distinguishable from the peasantry. I found the walls not so high or in such good order as I anticipated. The Chinese had but few guns or even ginjalls mounted on them. Notwithstanding, we have found several arsenals with all kinds of arms and ammunition, together with a foundry and a gunpowder manufactory, which of course I have ordered to be destroyed, merely taking off the few (11) brass guns. The Chinese appear to have placed all their reliance in the positions on the heights, possibly on the supposition of the impracticability of landing a large force within the influence of such extra- ordinary currents. 7. Chápú has this peculiarity, that about a fourth of the city is separated from the rest by a wall, within which alone the Tartars reside. This has much the appearance and arrangement of our native cantonments, but that the houses are infinitely superior. Every male adult would appear to be a soldier, as in every house, two or three matchlocks, with a quantity of swords, bows and arrows were found. This would appear to be a Mantchou privilege, as the Chinese troops have their's collected in arsenals. 8. The strength of the Chinese force is difficult to estimate. From the best sources of information, I should say they had about 8000 men in the city and on the heights, 1700 whom were Mantchou Tartars. I calculated their loss to be about from 1200 to 1500 men. 9. I regret to feel obliged to remark that my loss is greater that I had anticipatea-though small when the strength of the position, and for a time, the obstinate defense of the Chinese, is taken into consideration. I beg to inclose a list of the killed and wounded, and here I may be permitted to ex- press my deep regret at the loss, to the service and to his country, of lieut.-col. Tomlinson of the Royal Irish, who fell at the head of his corps in the full career of renown, honored by the corps, lamented by all. I have also been deprived of the valuable services of lieut.-col. Mountain, who has received three severe, but I trust, not dangerous wounds. The uniform zealous con- duct of this meritorious staff officer, I have had frequent opportunities of wit- nessing, and pleasure in recording. I fear also I shall for a considerable time be deprived of the services of capt. Campbell of the 55th, who is dangerously wounded, and whose spirited conduct at Chusan I felt called on to notice. Every possible attention has been paid to alleviate the sufferings of my other 252 MAS Capture of Chapú wounded officers and soldiers by Dr. French, superintending surgeon, whose zealous exertions are unceasing, and I am most thankful to find all are doing well. 10. The conduct of the whole force calls for my marked approbation. To col. Schoedde, lieut.-cols. Morris and Montgomerie commanding columns, my best thanks are due,-they well executed every order they received, and were as well supported by the several commanding officers of corps and detachments. Lieut.-col. Pratt, 26th regiment, lieut.-col. Stephens 49th, lieut.- col. Knowles, royal artillery, major Fawcett 55th, br. major Grattan, 18th Royal Irish, (commanding ?) subsequent to the lamented fall of lieut.-col. Tom- linson, major Anstruther, Madras artillery, and captain Simpson, rifle com- pany 36th Madras n. 1., all of whom merit my warmest thanks; as do likewise the general and my personal staff, from whom I received the most effective assistance and support, all having accompanied me throughout the operations in a country where every order has to be conveyed by an officer on foot, over most difficult ground, and frequently to a considerable distance. I have par- ticularly to express my sense of obligation to major Gough, who had, com- bined with his duties of deputy quartermaster-general, to act for lieut.-col. Mountain, for the (I trust temporary) loss of whose service, I have already expressed my regret. My best thanks are also due to captain Pears, field engineer, who afforded me every assistance; and I beg to bring to your lord- ship’s notice my senior aid-de-camp, captain inittingham. I shall now, my lord, conclude with the assurance, although I am aware as a British soldier it is superfluous, that the force intrusted to my command has but one common object in the bright career which I anticipate for it: an anxious wish to do their duty to their sovereign, and to meet the expectations of their country. I have the honor, &c., (Signed) H. Gough, It.-col. mpany 36th Return of killed and wounded of the force under the command of his excellency lieut.-gen. sir Hugh Gough, G. C. B., at the attack of the fortified heights and capture of the city of Chapu on the 18th May, 1842. Staff, 1 officer wounded. H. M.'s 18th Royal Irish, 1 officer, 1 serjeant, and 3 rank and file killed, and 2 officers, 1 serjeant, 1 drummer, and 27 rank and file wounded. H. M.'s 26th Cameronians, 2 rank and file killed, and 8 ditto wounded. H. M.'s 49th regt., % rank and file killed, and 2 officers, and 11 rank and file wounded. H. M.'s 55th regt., 1 officer wounded. Madras sappers and miners, 1 officer wounded. Rifle Madras N. I., 1 rank and file wounded. Names of officers killed and wounded. Lieut.-col. N. R. Tomlinson, 19th Royal Irish, killed. Lieut.-col. A. S. Mountain, C. B., dep.-adj.-general, severely wounded. Captain Colin Campbell, H. M.’s 55th regt., dangerously wounded.* Lieut. A. E. Jodrell and A. Murray, H. M.'s 18th Royal Irish regt., captain 'T. S. Reynolds, and lieut. and adjt. W. P. K. Browne, H. M. 49th regt., and lieut. J. B. Johnstone, Madras sappers and miners, slightly wounded. (Signed) J. B. Gough, act, dep. quart. master-gen. Capt. Campbell subsequently died from the wounds he received at the capture of Chapir. * 18.133 ('ullory i systemu Phonetiruin Arr. IV. Systema Phoneticum Scriptura Sinica, or the Phonetic System of the Chinese Writing, by J. M. Callery Noticed by G. T. LAY. The attainment of a clear and distinct conception as to the nature of the Egyptian and Chinese modes of writing has been greatly hin- dered by the use of 'hard words, which act like a spell upon many minds, and seduce them from the plain paths of truth and sound investigation. They clothe the writer with the show of great learn- ing and profound research, and lead the reader to suppose that there is something very mysterious and recondite in the subject under consideration. This is especially the case with the terms hierogly- phic, ideographic, and phonetic, terms that have for a long time been the instruments of mistake and misunderstanding. If a written cha- racter or symbol has a meaning, it is ideographic, whether it has any resemblance to the object implied or not. And if in the mind of another it awakens the recollection of a sound, it is phonetic. In our introductory works it would be useful to dispense with the use of these epithets, and confine ourselves to words and phrases more familiar and consequently less liable to mislead. The question concerning written symbols may be summed up in three simple propositions: written symbols or characters have a meaning but no sound—they have sound without a meaning—they have both sound and meaning. As to the first proposition, that characters have a meaning without a sound, I beg leave to ask where such characters are to be found? The Chinese attribute to every one of their characters a sound; therefore the people of this great and wide empire know of no such things. The hieroglyphics of Egypt were supposed to be in this pre- dicament, but the illustrious Champollion has proved that this was a mistake. They may perchance be lurking among the monuments of Mexico, but this remains to be proved. It is not improbable, that by the help of the Mexican language and tradition, these records may be decyphered, when it will be shown that they have sound as well as sense. When characters have sound without meaning they are used in spelling words, and are called letters. A very large proportion of the hieroglyphics are letters, and are employed in spelling words. In This way they correspond with and supply the places, of the Coptic Callery's Systemu Phonriirum Mar letters, which are merely Greek letters with one or two additions, and a slight alteration in form. In spelling foreign names, and in attempting to give the sounds in the Fukien dialect, the Chinese make their characters fulfill the office of letters. In our 3d proposition, it is affirmed that some characters haev both sound and meaning. That this is the case with the Chinese charac- ters there can be no reasonable doubt, when we see the natives assign- ing to every one of them both sound and meaning. Surely the people themselves must be the best judges in a matter so practical and of such daily recurrence. But this be granted, it is still contended that the primitive when it enters in composition with the radical loses its meaning and retains only its sound, that is, it becomes a letter and the word is spelt. But is this the case? Does i puh, a shoot when added to sin form pus, as it would have done among the Egyptians? It does not, for the peculiarity of Chinese usage consists in not spelling their words, except in the case of foreign names and for certain grammatical purposes. A phonetic system consists in spelling words, a designation that applies to the orthography of every other civilized nation, the ancient Egyptian inclusive, except the Chinese. In the ancient Egyptian, a single sound had not merely one letter, as in modern alphabets, but many. L for example had 15, any one of which letters might be used in spelling one particular word with- out altering its meaning in the least. But the Chinese primitives or vocal portions may not so be exchanged, without producing the greatest change in the sense. Every student of a few months' stand- ing knows that you cannot substitute one primitive for another with- out producing a different sense; with this fact before him, will any man have the hardihood to tell me that the primitive in composition serves only for the purposes of sound? We acknowledge that Chi- nese sometimes exchange these primitives in their books and more frequently in their petitions, letters and private documents, and thus occasion doubt and difficulties which might have been avoided. The number of substitutions is always in the direct ratio of the com- poser's ignorance of the written language. Many a time has the foreigner mortified the pride of the native by showing him that he had written the wrong primitive, and perhaps not less frequently has the native repaid the little affront by pointing out a similar mistake which the foreigner had made. This is an every day proof that the Chinese recognise the principle that the primitive has a meaning as well as a sound. 1843 253 Callery's Systema Phoncticum All this and much more M. Callery had before him when he sketched out what he calls his Phonetic System. For he has not arranged the characters according to their sounds, but according to the form of the primitive. Now this is the very arrangement I ad- vocated in the Repository 1838, p. 255, which Monsieur had care- fully read, as it appears from the manner in which he cites a passage from it. He had the sagacity to see its value and to avail himself of it, but not honesty enough to say where he had obtained it. He treats the primitives as integers or as roots in Hebrew and oriental languages, and sets them at the head of group of derivatives just as I had suggested. He stole my method of analysis, and to conceal the theft he abuses me in monkish Latin and low French, and nicknames the new sys- tem phonetic. I have no other way of accounting for the designa- tion, as it is the last term that philosophy and common sense would have suggested. It could not be his attachment to the phonetic systems of Young, Champollion, and other illustrators of Egyptian literature, because at the time he wrote he knew not a syllable about the matter. If he had understood the first elements of that depart- ment of literature, he could not have thought for a moment that there is any affinity in the orthography of the two languages, Chinese and Egyptian; in the latter of them the words are generally spelt by means of letters, in the former this is not done save in case of foreign words. One had an alphabet, the other has not. Between the publication of that article in the Repository and the appearance of Callery's dictionary, there was an interval of three years, which as I know from experiment is a competent time for the execution of a work that is nothing more than an outline. I should have been willing to suppose that he had drawn out his system with- out any help from me, but I see such peevish anxiety, such perverse- ness in misnaming, and such vehement wrath against me, who did nothing to offend him, that I am irresistibly compelled to think that the man had committed a plagiarism, and that it was the stinging consciousness of this made him so far forget what was due to himself. Callery charges me with stealing Dr. Marshman's ideas, and ap- propriating them to myself. In this accusation, I confess, he has presumptive proof amounting to something like evidence, since the The filing of bills of indictment costs Callery but little trouble. At the 80th page of his preface, we find him charging Dr. Morrison with having borrowed the Jesuits' version of the Scriptures, and published it for his own. As if Jesuits did not understand their business better than to bestow any time in translating the Bible for the use of the people * Vio May, Callery's Systema Phoneticum. Clavis Sinica was published several years before I knew anything about the language. But the truth is this, I read that work in the very commencement of my Chinese studies, and was so far from understanding the Doctor's exposition of his views, that the fact of having seen it entirely escaped my memory at the time I penned the article in question for the Repository. I owed Dr. Marshman no- thing for the analytical system proposed; my aid in working out this analysis was Dr. Morrison's Dictionary. It is nothing new in the history of letters for one man to discover what some other person had found out long before him. But in truth, Dr. Marshman's system and mine are essentially dif- ferent in principle. The Doctor follows the commonly received opinion, and treats the elements or radicals, and the primitives as different things. He considers the primitives as compounded of the radicals. He has designated certain characters primitives; and yet denies them that honor; for he says in the 34th page of the Clavis Sinica, “It is however proper to observe that the term “primitive' is not applied to them on account of their origin, but merely with reference to their use. I, on the contrary lay it down as ą funda- mental principle that the primitives are not primitives in their use merely but also in their origin, and that the practice of resolving them into parts and assigning a sense to each part, is the source of all that mystery and confusion which have met the student at the outset of his inquiries. To facilitate recollection and to secure har- mony in form, these primitives are in appearance compounds, but in reality integers. And that this is a just view of the subject may be demonstrated by a reference to the old tadpole characters, which are the rude imitations of the original forms. Characters which seem to be compounded of the elements will by an inspection of the an- cient form be found to be as simple as the element or radical itself, and therefore deserve the name for the same reasons: I would take leave to ask the unprejudiced reader to look into the Clavis Sinica, and the Chinese as They Are, if those books be at hand, and ascertain for himself what the essential differences of the two systems are.* We happily live in a period when everything con- nected with Chinese literature is about to undergo a thorough and comprehensive revision, which will not fail in the issue to draw the line between truth and falsehood. All I desire is fair play; friend- ship and partiality have nothing to do where the elucidation of truth In the Doctor's notes to the Tá Hióh, he follows the old method of ex- pounding the characters without reference to any system at all. 1013 Callery's Systema Phoneticum is our object. With Monsieur it is iinpossible for me to be very angry, as he has paid me the most substantial of all compliments, in that he has decked himself with my feathers. I am sorry that Dr. Marsh- man was not mentioned when I announced my system. Whenever I meet with any of the representatives of that worthy individual, I will make them an apology, which I trust they will accept. There are one or two expressions in the same article which are not exactly in concert with the high opinion I entertain of Dr. Morrison's great merits, and the magnitude of the obligation he has laid the world under by the composure of his Syllabic Dictionary. It confessedly requires additions and emendations which his son, both for his own and his father's sake, will supply, when health and leisure are afforded him. If the necessary work be done towards its completion no sub- sequent Lexicon, whatever be the arrangement, will supersede it entirely, as it always will be convenient to look for words by a re- ference to their sounds. But the disposition of the Chinese cha- racters with regard to their vocal powers will demand a study and an independence of opinion, not hitherto bestowed upon the subject. It is commonly assumed as a maxim in Chinese orthography, that all those characters which in native works are said to have the same sound are really in this situation. So far as I can ascertain by listening to Chinese from the north, the sound of such characters approach each other, but are not really identical. If I be correct in this remark the number of sounds in the mandarin will be increased to twice or thrice the number that common tradition has assigned to it. John Robert Morrison, and his meritorious coadjutor Robert Thom, who have paid much attention to the vocal utterance of the northern people, might oblige the public with something on this point. It is not possible to give the exact sound to any character by the help of our letters, but the mode in which it is articulated might be described, and the learner might be apprised of the difficulty with an admonition as to the necessity of listening minutely to those who are known to be the best authorities. As to the utility of Callery's work it is right that I should add a few sentences by way of conclusion. I have said that it is an outline of a system, which I think is a fair description. As it is destitute of examples, and no explanation is given of words occurring in pairs, which are so common in Chinese writing, it can only be used as an auxiliary to some other dictionary. The best method of dealing with it would be to get it bound with interleaves, and write the ex- amples which are met with in reading in their proper places. What, VOL XII Na 1 155 May, The Life of Prancis Xavier: The prac- ever is deficient in definition inight be supplied in this way, and the relationship in sense which subsists between derivatives flowing from the same root or primitive might be traced with success. tice of grouping characters together which agree in sense and form, mightily assists the memory, while it stimulates the spirit of research. The characters in Callery's work are not always grouped exactly as I think they ought to be. But the deviations from principle are so few as not to affect the utility of the whole, so well did the author understand what I was aiming at. -we ART. V. The life of St Francis Xavier, of the society of Jesus, apostle of the Indies, and of Japan. Written in French by Father Dominick Bohurs of the same Society. Translated into English by James Dryden, esq. . LEAVING our readers to forin their own opinions of Xavier's life, we will, as briefly as possible, recount some of the principal actions of this early disciple of Loyola, Nothing can give a greater confir- mation of the saint's miracles, than his saint-like life; which was even more wonderful than the miracles themselves: it was”- quote the words of Bohurs--"in a manner of necessity, that a inan of so holy a conversation should work those things which other inen could not perform; and that resigning himself to God, with an entire confidence and trust, on the most dangerous occasions, God should consign over to him some part of his omnipotence, for the benefit of souls." This extraordinary man was born April 7th, 1506, in the castle of Xavier, at the foot of the Pyrenees, seven or eight leagues from Pam- peluna, and derived his pedigree from the kings of Navarre. From his infancy his parents inspired him with the fear of God, and took a particular care of his education. His mind was of a high order, and he early exhibited a fondness for learning. Having gained suffi- cient knowledge of Latin, he was sent at the age of eighteen, to the university of Paris, then the most celebrated in Europe. After his father had allowed him a complete maintenance for a year or two, lie was purposing to remove him from his studies; but his daughter, abbess of the convent of St Clare de Gandia, “a perfect pattern of 11:3 259 The Life of francis Xavier We religious perfection," warned him to beware of recalling her brother Francis from the university, because “he was a chosen vessel, pre- ordained to be the apostle of the Indies.” At the university he be- came acquainted with Ignatius Loyola, whom at first he despised and ridiculed, but afterwards admired and obeyed. In his youth, Xavier was haughty, vain, and ambitious; and when the 'heresies' of Luther began to spread in Europe, he “took pleasure in these novelties, and had run into them of his own accord, if Ingatius had not withdrawn him." In a short time, by the carefulness and ad- dress of Ignatius," he was wholly changed into another man, and the humility of the cross appeared to him more amiable than all the glories of the world.” While at Paris, Ignatius Loyola, Francis Xavier, and Peter Le Fevre, and four others engaged themselves, by promises to each other, and by solemn vows to God, to undertake a voyage to Jerusalem, or in case of that failing, to place themselves at the feet of the pope for service in any part of the world he might please to send them. Of the many miraculous acts that were performed by him, notice only a few of the most remarkable. Sometime before he left Paris for Venice, in company with Le Fevre and others, he tied his arms and thighs with little cords, to mortify himself. The flesh swelling, the cords were so deeply in- dented into his flesh, that the surgeons, who were called to see him, pronounced the ill incurable. In this dangerous conjuncture re- course was had to prayer by Le Fevre and his companions. This was at night. The next morning, the marks only remained, the swelling had subsided, and the cords fallen off p 16. Xavier began his retirement with an extraordinary zeal, eren passing four entire days without taking any nourishment. In the hospitals of the incurables, he was not satisfied with employing the whole day in waiting on the sick, making their beds and dressing their sores, but passed whole nights in watching by them. War in the Levant having prevented his going to Jerusalem, "he then disposed himself to receive the orders of the priesthood, and he did receive them with those considerations of awful dread and holy confusion which are not easy to be expressed.” With the meanest accommodations he passed forty days, lying on the cold hard ground, fasting all day, sustaining nature only with a little pittance of bread, which he begged about the neighborhood. The time at length arrived when his first mass was to be said at Vicensa, and " he said it with tears flowing in such abundanec, that liis audience could not retrain from mixing their own wishe his." 260 MAY, The Lifr of Francis Xavier. When by these austerities he was made sick, St. Jerome appeared to him by night, “refulgent in his beams of glory," declaring to him what were to be some of his future labors and sufferings, a few of which we are here to notice, John III., king of Portugal, at the suggestion of James Govea, was minded to send missionaries to the East Indies, to plant and propagate the faith. This was approved and sanctioned by the pope, who was pleased to intrust to Ignatius the whole business of making the selection. Of ten, then his associates, he named two, Simon Rodriguez and Nicholas Bobadilla; but after various changes Xavier, on the 7th of April, 1541, sailed for the East. A few days before he embarked, one of the king's officers was instructed to fur- nish him with all necessaries for the voyage. A cloak and a few little books were all that he would accepi. When urged to have a servant to attend him, he said, “So long as I have the use of these two hands,” replied Xavier, “I will have no other servant :” “But decency," rejoined the other, "require that you should have one, if it were but to maintain the dignity of your character: how shameful would it seem to behold an apostolic legate washing his own linen on the deck, and dressing his own victuals!” “I will take upon me for once,” said Xavier, " to serve myself and others too without dis- honoring my character : so long as I do no ill, I am in no fear of scan- dalizing my neighbor, nor of debasing that authority with which I am intrusted. They are these human considerations, and false notions of decencies and punctilios, which have reduced the church to that condition in which we now see it." p. 39. Xavier entered on his six and thirtieth year the day he embarked. The ship, called the Admiral, was carrying out Don Martin Al- phonso de Sosa, viceroy of the Indies. There were at least a thou- sand persons in the Admiral, men of all conditions--seamen, sol- diers, merchants, &c.; by all he was highly esteemed; and his con- versations, sermons, and acts of charity, had great influence upon them. The viceroy invited him to his table, and gave him a large cabin; but he preferred to live by begging about the ship, and to sleep upon the bare deck. When food was sent to him from the viceroy's table, it was received and distributed amongst those who had most need of nourishment. Five months elapsed ere they reach- ed Mozambique, and many were sick and died. “He wiped them in their sweats; he cleansed their ulcers; he washed their linen, and rendered them all the most abject services: but above all things, he had the care of their consciences, and his principal employment was to dispose them to a Christian death. P. 42 1843. 261 The Life of Francis Xavier. During the six months he remained on Mozambique, his acts of charity were unceasing and some of them miraculous : once he was sick, and three days in a delirium. It was at this time, according to his biographer, that Xavier “began to manifest that spirit of pro- phecy, which he had to the end of his days, in so eminent a degree.'' Soon after this, “he began to receive from above, the first fruits of the gift of tongues, which was so abundantly bestowed on him in the Indies." On the 6th of May 1542, he landed at Goa; and thus were fulfilled two prophecies--one uttered by St. Thomas, and one by Peter de Couillan, who accompanied Vasco de Gama, and who when suffering martyrdom in 1497, foretold the rise of the order of Jesuits and this new mission. When Xavier arrived in the east, there were not four preachers in all the Indies, nor one priest without the walls of Goa, which had its bishop, Juan de Albuquerque, of the order of St. Francis. This excellent man lived on the most friendly terms with the apostolical nuncio. Religion and morals were at the lowest ebb. “ The Por- tuguese lived more like idolaters than Christians,” doing deeds of which it is shame to speak. “Justice was sold at tribunals, and the most enormous crimes escaped from punishment." The pagans were brutes, the worshipers of the devil, full of all uncleanness, stain- ing their own hands with the blood of infants. In the course of five months Goa was reformed by the labors of the apostolic man. He allowed himself only four hours sleep, and even that was spent by the side of the sick. The hospitals and pri- sons he visited frequently. He began with the youth and children of the Portuguese who gathered around him in crowds; and having led them to the church, he then commenced public preaching. He went through the streets, with a bell in his hand, and summoned the people to the place of public worship. Fruits of these labors were soon visible. Unlawful bonds were cancelled ; restitution made for ill-gotten goods; slaves, unjustly acquired, were set at liberty; and concubines, not consenting to lawful marriage, were dismissed: From Goa, Xavier went to the Malabar coast; and in order to give more permanence and extension to his instructions, he translat- ed into the native dialect," the words of the sign of the cross, the apostles' creed, the commandments, the Lord's prayer, the salutation of the angel, the confiteor, the salve regina, and in fine the whole catechism.” “The translation being finished, the father got without book, what he could of it; and took his way about the villages of * * I went about, with my bell in my hand, says he the coast 202 MASI The Life of Francis Xavier. P. 60. himself, and gathering together all I met, both men and women, I instructed them in the Christian doctrine: the children learned it easily by heart, in the compass of a month, and when they under- stood it, I charged them to teach it to their fathers and mothers, all of their own family, and even to their neighbors." He taught them also to repeat prayers, first to the Savior, and then to the Virgin, in these words, "O holy Mary, mother of Jesus, obtain for us, from thy Son, that we may have the grace to keep this first commandment." And so of the others; in this manner he instructed the peo- ple, and from among the most intelligent he selected catechists, to whom he committed the care of the churches. All these things he accomplished by the end of 1543. He had also selected young men to become the future instructors of their countrymen. These, by the liberality of Christians, were placed in a seminary, which in 1548, received the name of the college of St. Paul. That he pos- sessed" the gift of tongues," Bohurs now imagined, to be an undoubt- ed fact, attested by eye-witnesses. Even the dead, after they began to putrify, were raised to life; and innumerable, almost, were the miracles which he wrought, or were wrought by his authority. In addition to all these things, Xavier was successful in seeking the aid of the Portuguese government, so that no toleration could be granted or allowed to the superstitions of the infidels, while the death of those who had suffered as Christians was revenged by the sword. Thus he carried himself, first in India, and then in Malacca and the Indian Archipelago, where converts were made by thou- sands. In April 1549, he embarked at Goa for Japan, having in company two fathers Cozmo de Torrez and John Fernandez, besides three Japanese, Paul de Sainté Foy, and his two servants John and An- thony. The first of these three had been a libertine and a mur- derer, and fled from his country for the double purpose of seeing Xavier and of escaping justice. But now he and his servant were among the disciples of Xavier, all eager to visit the land of the rising When at Malacca, letters reported that one of the Japanese princes had been made acquainted with the Christian religion, and had sent an express to the viceroy of India for preachers. This in- duced Xavier to hasten his departure, who on the 24th of June em- barked in a piratical vessel at Malacca, and on the 15th August arrived at Kagoshima the birthplace of Paul de Sainte Foy. In Japan, Xavier found that “the spirit of lies had established a kind of hierarchy, not unlike that of the Catholic church.” or sun. 18.133. The Life of Francis D'acier. course by him it was easily comprehended “Within forty days, the saint understood enough of the language, to undertake the tran- slation of the apostle's creed, and the exposition of it; and as fast as he translated it, he got every parcel of it by heart, and with that help, was of opinion that he might begin to declare the gospel." Paul de Sainte Foy, having first obtained from the king pardon for that action (the killing of a man) which had occasioned his departure from Japan, infused into all huarts, not excepting these of the king and queen, the desire of seeing the many whose fame had spread so far, and who had come from another world, through so many stormy seas, only to teach the true way of eternal life. Xavier was soon welcomed by the king, who granted him permission to preach the Christian law in all his dominions, and gave full liberty to all his subjects to become Christians if they so desired. The field was now opened, and all the skill of 'the saint' was brought into exercise, and the scenes already exhibited in India were reënacted in Japan. Lepers were cleansed, the sick were healed, the dead raised to life, and the gift of tongues restored—so that “without ever having learn- ed the Chinese language, he preached every day to the Chinese in their mother-tongue,” there being great numbers of them at Aman- guchi. Xavier must now again visit India, avhere he planned an embassy and a mission to China. Being ready to sail, he addressed letters to the king, to Ignatius Loyola, and others: the following extract is from that addressed to king John. “I shall depart from Goa, within the compass of five days, intend- ing first for Malacca, from whence I shall take the way of China, in company of James Pereyra, who is named embassador. * * * We are three in company, who go to China with Pereyra, and our design is to free from prison, those Portuguese, who are there languishing in chains, to manage the friendship of the Chinese in favor of the crown of Portugal; and above all things to make war with the devils and their adherents. On which occasion, we shall declare to the emperor, and in the sequel to all his subjects, from the King of heaven, the great injury which they have done him, in giving that adoration which is only payable to the true God, Creator of man- kind, and to Jesus Christ their Judge and Master." April 14th, 1552, he sailed from Goa in a royal vessel, the Santa Cruz, bound to Malacca, where the embassy was to be fitted out under the immediate direction of the governor, of that place, don Alvarez de Alayda, on whom the viceroy of the Indies had reposed UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN LIBRARIES 261 MAS: The Life of Prancis Xavier. seas. the trust of so inportant an affair. This man had much approved of the enterprise, when Xavier first opened it on his return from Japan, and had promised to favor it with all his power: "but envy and interest are two passions, which stifle the most reasonable thoughts, and make men forget their most solemn protestations.” Xavier and don Alvarez were soon at issue, denouncing each other. Ten years were now expired since Xavier's arrival in India, and only the bishop of Goa was made privy to his being the apostolic nuncio. “The thunders of the church” took no effect. Excom- munication signified little to a man who had no principles. Xavier was denounced as “an ambitious hypocrite," while James Pereyra was not to go to China, either as embassador or merchant so long as don Alvarez continued governor of Malacca and captain of the The governor seems never to have been subdued by the apos- tolic nuncio, who was constrained, at least for this once, to confess " the greatness of his sins;" they, he said, having been the reason of retarding the enterprize to China. However, "though the door seemed to be shut upon him, since all hopes of the embassy were vanished, which had facilitated his entrance into that kingdom, yet the saint despaired not of preaching the gospel in China.” The royal vessel, Santa Cruz, being at length upon the point of sailing, Xavier again embarked, and arrived at Sancian, or St. John's island, a few miles westward from Macao, in twenty-three days after her departure from Malacca. Here Xavier resumed his usual labors, raising the dead, &c., and also cleared the country of tigers. “These furious beasts came in herds together out of the forests, and devoured not only the children, but the men also, whom they found scattered in the fields, and out of distance from the in- trenchments which were made for their defense, One night the servant of God went out to meet the tigers, and when they came near him, threw holy water upon them, commanding them to go back, and never after to return. The commandment had its full effect, the whole herd betook themselves to flight, and from that time forward, no tigers were ever seen upon the island.” The Portuguese at St. John's endeavored to persuade Xavier to remain with them on the island: but all their efforts were in vain. He was resolved to proceed, quoting the words of our Savior, that whoever will save his life &c., adding, “the loss of the body being, without comparison, less to be feared than that of the soul, accord- ing to the principles of eternal wisdom, I am resolved to sacrifice a frail and iniserable life for everlasting happiness." He soon found 11:3 266 The Late of birancis Jurica à Chinese, whu liad a perfect knowledge of the general language of the country, and who could write excellently well, a man every way qualified to be his interpreter. He engaged, besides this scholar, seamen and a merchant; and the latter promised to conduct him to the gates of Canton in four days after landing on the main. When all things were ready for the voyage, his own countrymen became alarmed, lest the father's appearance at Canton should rouse the local government against them; at their request, therefore, Xavier consented to defer. the execution of the enterprise until after their ships should have sailed for Malacca. They sailed ; his interpreter, the merchant, and the sailors proved false ; fever seized upon him ; and "he was reduced to so great want of all necessaries, that he had scarcely wherewithal to sustain nature." All efforts to check the disease were abortive; he daily became worse and worse; and finally expired on the second of December, 1552, having by him only one brother of the Society, the Chinese named Antonio de Sainté Foy, and a young Indian who shortly after died a reprobate. These, with two others, four in all, alone attended his funeral. His biographer goes on to tell us of the place where he was in- terred, and to describe his character and person. “He was six and forty years of age, and had passed ten and a half of them in the Indies; his stature was somewhat above the middle size; his con- stitution strong; his air had a mixture of pleasingness and majesty; he was fresh colored, had a large forehead, and a well-proportioned nose; his eyes were blue, but piercing and lively; and his hair and beard of a dark chestnut.” He was buried in a coffin, made after the Chinese fashion, which was filled with unslacked lime. On the 17th of February, 1553, the coffin was taken up and the body found not only undecayed, but more fragrant than the most exquisite per- fumes; in this state it was carried to Malacca; and there taken out of the coffin and buried without the church. Thus it remained with- out honor till August, when some of the devoted friends of Xavier disinterred it, and conveyed the “sacred treasure to Goa, where the funeral solemnities were celebrated with great pomp and splendor.” “New miracles were wrought in presence of the holy body; the blind received their sight, and those who were taken with the palsy, recovered the use of their" linbs, and lepers became as clean as babes." Here we must lay aside the writings of Father Dominick Bohurs, the perusal of which has very much lowered the high opinion we once entertained. of Francis Xavier. The miracles attributed to VOL YU. VO V 266 Mari Notices of Amoy and its inhabitants 1 him are more in number, and not less remarkable in their character, than are those recorded in our Sacred Scriptures : but with regard to them all there is need of ample and satisfactory testimony to prove both their genuineness and their authenticity. In many particulars- the precepts and the practice of Xavier were excellent; but there are other things in his life which ought to be deprecated. We have, however, a much more favorable opinion of Xavier than of Bohurs; and we should be glad to see a faithful account of the man who was 80 zealous in propagating Christianity in any of its forms. When we read in his letters, to those who were to preach the faith, not forbid you to consult the Scriptures on requisite occasions," we are constrained to think that he was influenced by another gospel, “which is not another,” totally different from that which Paul preached. “ I do ART VI. Notices of Amoy and its inhabitants; extracted from a journal of Rev. David Abeel. SHORT extracts from Mr. Abeel's journal were inserted in the last volume of the Repository, page 504. The death of Mrs. Boone was. there noticed. Since that date, Mr. Boone has returned to Macao, from whence, March 1st, he sailed to the United States with his two children. Mr. and Mrs. McBryde were compelled from failure of health to leave Kúlángsú, and return to Macao in January. Dec. 3d, 1842. During the present week we have returned the visit of the tetuh, the generalissimo of the naval forces of the province, and called upon the ráutái (or intendant of circuit), the highest civil officer of the place. The táutái sent his card with that of I’liáng, gov.-general, the latter having oeen prevented from calling, as we are informed, through the misunderstand- ing of one of the interpreters. The day we were going to visit his excel- lency it rained. Early the next morning he left the place. We found the officers upon whom we called as affable and kind as possible. To each of them we have presented a copy of the New Testament, and other books. 24th. After the services of Sunday last, a number of officers called upon One of them is the tsánfú, or commandant of Amoy, and next in rank to the tetuh. These visits were returned during the week. Feb. 4th, 1843. Every day of the closing week has been interesting on ac- count of the numbers who have called, and to whom the character and works of the true God have been explained. It is pleasing to have those return who us. Votices i no rand its inhabitants 207 lave evidently reflected upon what they heard, and read and upon whose ininds there is a faint giimmering of light. Some of our visitors sit a long time, and listen attentively to the new and strange doctrines. It is to be regretted however that the Chinese with the fewest exceptions never contra- dict you. It is evidently the result of indifference to religious subjects. They have so few connected or consistent ideas in regard to things spiritual and eternal, that they act like children when you converse with them. Say what you please against their own superstitions, they are seldom offended. On the contrary they appear as much delighted with the force of your argu- ments, as if they themselves had wielded them in favor of some cherished teneis. On the 9th, Mr. Lay, who is here with admiral Parker, Dr. Cumming, and myself took an excursion into the country, We had promised some of the patients of Dr. C. that we would visit their village, and as the day was fine, and the work within doors was sufficiently attended to, we started about 11 A.M. After passing through the large town below Amoy, called Amung káng, we walked along the shore toward the mouth of the harbor, having a range of high rugged hills on the left, distant about a mile to a mile and a half from the shore. On this narrow space, composed of sand and very light soil, as many human beings as one would think could possibly extract nou- rishment from the earth and the adjacent sea were crowded together. The wheat fields reminded us of home. We passed eight villages, exclusive of the large town spoken of in a walk of six or seven miles. At two of these villages we stopped, and were greeted by the population en masse. of them were the relatives of a man from whose neck Dr. Cumming had cut out a large tumor. Men, women, and children turned out to see the man, who according to their notions, possessed such wonderful skill. We were feasted by them in their best style, and what was more gratifying had the privilege of preaching to two pretty large assemblies of both sexes, besides having much conversation with the most intelligent and inquisitive of them. 25th. Beside attending to a goodly number of daily visitors, we have made two excursions in different directions during the week. On Thursday, | accompanied col. and Mrs. Cowper and others to call upon the tetuh. Being the only interpreter I was admitted with Mrs. Cowper to the apart- ments of the women. The principal lady whom we saw was called his third wife; but whether the preceding numbers are extant or not I could not learn. She had large feet, as we were told ; but took care not to betray the secret of her origin. Her appearance was prepossessing, and her demean- or lady-like. Among other things she spoke of the losses her wardrobe and furniture had sustained when the English took the place. I endeavored to teach her something of the true God. From the significant looks and gestures of her maids, when I introdueed the subject, it was evident that they had been present when I addressed the women on a former occasion. Tea and confectionary ere handed, and immense cakes made of sugar and ornamented, which she had received from her friends on nuptial occa- sions, were presented to Mrs. Cowper. In one 20 MAT, Notices of Amoy and its inhabitants The next day nearly the same party visited the most splendid Budhistic temple I have seen in these parta, situated below Amung káng. I tried to teach the persons who came around us, and especially the priests, those truths which stand in such perfect contrast to all we saw in the sculpture, tablets, and paintings of the place. The cannon balls of the English had torn away parts of the building. May the knowledge of the true God soon leave the rest to a speedy decay. April 6th. About 11 o'clock we started out to improve the fine day for an excursion. Crossing to Amoy, we skirted the hills behind the town, where they had been yesterday decorating the tombs, and where many were still engaged. At one of them they inquired about the propriety of thus showing their regard for the dead. I told them that while our parents were living it was highly proper to respect and cherish them: but that it was perfectly useless, so far as their gratification was concerned, to decorate their tombs; that their unconscious remains were all that the grave held, the nobler part, the immortal, thinking, conscious soul not being here. The conversation jed naturally to a future state, and to the only way of obtaining a blessed immortality. We continued our ramble some distance in a northeast direc- tion from the town until we came to one or two villages. Here the gather- ing together of the people offered an opportunity for one or two short dis- courses. They listened and talked over what was said, and again confessed that we were wiser than they on these points. On returning we encountered a black faced idol which the priests were carrying around to aid in ob- taining alms. Stopping in front of it, I charged those present with stupidity and guilt in worshiping such “a stock,' telling them that the true and living God was by these means provoked to anger, and would certainly punish them after death. They offered no objections; but as usual seemed rather to be struck with the force of the remarks. 7th. There has been no little excitement among the officers at Amoy at the measures taken by the emperor to punish them for allowing the English to take the place. All the civil and military officers of any importance are to feel the rod, some of them very severely. Very fortunately for himself, our friend the naval chief or tetuh was out of the way at the time in search of pirates, by which means he retains his place and probably his head, while his button and feathers and salary are taken from him for a time. Two of the others, the tsánfú or commandant, and the háifáng or prefect, with whom we were on most friendly terms are to be displaced and sent to Pe- king for trial. The lowest punishment it is thought, will be banishment to the cold country north of China Proper for several years. The táutái or highest civil officer has been superseded two or three months. To-day the newly appointed commandant and retinue called upon us. Having no other interpreter, I accompanied him to make his other calls. He was evidently much struck with the ladies, three of whom happen to be here just now, and finding that in connection with good personal appearance and engaging manners, they could read, write, paint, &c., he confessed in trong terms their superiority to his country women 18433 20371 Notirer yd Imoy and its inhabitants I went with him on ship board, and being very sociable and talkative, we. had much conversation together. I explained to him some of the leading features of our religion, and introduced many facts connected with Christian- ized civilization which I thought might be of service to him. Speaking of our equal fondness for children of both sexes, he and his official companion said that it was not so with their countrymen, that they destroyed very many of their female offspring. I inquired what proportion they thought were thus murdered, taking the whole surrounding country into consideration. They replied, about 30 to 40 per cent. This corresponds so nearly with minute inquiries from visitors inhabiting all the adjacent parts, that I should be inclined to set it down as about the fair proportion. As I am still pursuing these inquiries, I shall be better qualified to determine in the future. 15th. The newly appointed háifäng ja t called upon us this week, and begged me to go with him on ship board. He is a fine looking man, of courtly manners and expresses the greatest kindliness of feeling. If I had never lived in China before the new order of things, I should probably not be so much struck with the astonishing change in the conduct of the officers. Their present condescension and suavity are quite equalled by the dis- dainful pride they formerly assumed. While returning their calls we propos- ed visiting our old displaced friends. The old commandant excused himself from seeing us. He takes his reverses very much to heart. The old háj- fäng received us, but (, how changed! He who appeared in such splendid robes at the newyear, reminded me now of a peacock with its feathers plucked. He received us kindly, but the call was a sad one. Poor man; the people have petitioned for his pardon, and I hope they may succeed. He was formerly known by the name of the flayer' on accout of his exactions; but his recent kindness has turned the tide of public feeling in his favor. 22d. During the week our hands have been very full. Dr. Cumming draws a large number of patients. His services are very useful both in relieving present suffering, and in bringing so many within the sound of the gospel. If we can ever get a hospital on a pretty large scale here, the influ- ence will probably be immense. Who will furnish the funds ? Among other things, we have supplied the two new officers with the New Testament and other books. One of them sent his messenger for them. We think the proper position for the efforts of the Medical Mis- sionary Society are well exhibited in the journal; here we see the physician calling the people together, and the preacher speaking to them of the good news of salvation. At such times, as a Chinese in Canton once observed when remarking Dr. Parker's efforts, it is that a man's heart is soft when his body is afflicted, and then he will hear.' Shipping Entered at Hongkong MAS; Aug. 1842. 11 ART. VII. Report of shipping entered at Hongkong during the months of August and September, 1842 The report of these two months was omitted when the list was pub- lished in January (pages 46–55), and is now inserted to supply that deficiency. Versel's name. Consignees. From Bound to. Import cargo. Dayı out. Men. Tone. 1st Guess, Allanson & Co. Macao, Масао, , General, 1 19 133 Lord Amherst, Dent & Co. Opium, 1 45 330 Judith Allan, J. Allan. London, Gov. stores, 135 25 608 2d Caroline, Newcastle, Chusan, Coals, 123 19 372 2d Dumfries, London, Stores, 98 23 468 3d H.M.S. Minden, Capt. Quin. Hospital ship, England, 4th Queen Victoria, J. M. & Co. Whampoa, Tea, 6 43 634 4th Ann Eliza, Holliday & Co. Macao, Ballast, 16 254 4th Greenlaw, Lindsay & Co. Madras. Cotton, 30 420 5th Eliz. Ainslie, Lyster, Calcutta, Gov. stores, 38 46 400 6th Anonyma, J. M. & Co. Bombay, Opium, 24 74 257 9th J. Brightman, Viall, Macao, Sundries, 1 44 404 9th Claudine, J. M. & Co. London, Gov. stores, 132 25 452 10th Hongkong, Holgate & Co. Macao, Timber, 1 12 365 U.S. S. Boston, Comr. Long. lith Intrepid, Stewart, Calcutta, Gov.coals, 48 21 300 12th Elora, Macao, Timber, 1 15 330 Mary Ann, Newcastle, Gov. coals, 140 16 320 13th Cacique, Fearon & Son, Macao, Arrack, 1 21 150 15th Prince of Wales, Jardine & Co. Bombay, Cotton, 50 100 826 17th Herald, Chusan, Ballast, 11 30 227 Isabella Thompson, Chusan, 16 16 382 Litherland, Liverpool, Gen. cargo, 115 18 365 19th Rafaela, (Sp.) Kinsley, Manila, Coals, &c. 15 29 250 21st Mermaid, Calcutta, Macao, General, 44 65 650 23d Cherokee, Jardine & Co. Chusan, Ballast, 18 15 278 Fortescue, Holliday & Co. Macao, Chusan, Stores, 2 30 305 M. of Hastings, (Por.) Oliveira, Bombay, Macao, Cotton, 75 35 220 Hashemy, Ramsay, Calcutta, Chusan, Stores, 43 55 545 M. Ann Watson, J. M. & Co. Amoy, Ballast, 28 311 Mor, Calcutta, Opium, 25th Bombay Castle, Bombay, Cotton, 46 85 609 26th Hope, Macao, Regina, W. H. Harton, Madras, Stores, 35 35 277 27th Sir E. Ryan, Macao, Ballast, 50 315 28th Felicity, Orders, Timber, 1 16 299 30th Fenella B.S. Company. Singapore. Gov, coals 19 10 320 Madura, Mylue, Macao. 2 26 603 Isabella, Dent & Co. Ballast, 2 7 524 31st Omega, J. M. & Co. Opium, 1 43 175 1st Louisa London, Gov. stores, 135 17 369 Matilda, Liverpool, Macao, General, 120 17 218 2d Cornwall, London, Gov, stores, 120 55 672 Weraff, Calcutta, Opium, 50 35 250 4th H. M. Troop S. Alligator, Brown, Singapore, Gov, stores, 12 5th Victoria, (Por.) Calcutta, Mahamoodie J. M. & Co. Macao, Ballast, 30 261 7th H. M. S. Wolverine Johnson, Valparaiso, (Am.) Ritchie, New York, General, 117 12 402 Camieu, Clucas, Macao, 20 388 9th H. C. St. Sesostris. Ormsby, Nanking. Suez, Dispatches, 10th H. C. St. Tenasserim. Will. ('alcutta, Dispatches. Rob Roy. Macão. Opiun. 2 40 308 9. Sep. 1842. 18.1: Journal of Occurrences Fron Bullend tu Sup. 1812 Vessel's nuries onsignee Import cargu. Dar vut. Sleu. 'l'ous. 10th Wm. Hughes. Macvicar & Co. Mucav. | 30 219 Ilth H. C. St. Ackbar, Pepper, England. Mail H. M. S. Vindictive, Nicholas. A Cruize, Potentate, J. M. & Co. England, Teas, 12th H. M. S. Nimrod and Cruizer, U.S. S. Constellation and Boston, 16th Black Nymph, J. M. & Co. Singapore, Gov. coals, 21 15 300 Royal Exchange, Rees, Nanking, Ballast, Mary Ann, Batavia, Rice, 21 394 Osprey, Kirk, Liverpool, Gov. coals, 137 19 381 17th Palestine, Government. Macao, 137 33 808 Maria, (Sp.) Miranda, Macao, Manila, Stores, 4 20 409 Columbine, Pybus, Opiuin, 18th Danish Oak, (Dan., Sass, Singapore, General, 11 21 400 Ann Maria, J. M. & Co. Madras, Whampoa, Cotton, 39 26 659 Namoh, Specie, 4 20th Zenobia, (Am.) Olyphant & Co. Liverpool, General, 113 23 630 Algerine, Wilson & Co. Calcutta, 45 31 195 Fram. Cowasjee, J. M. & Co. Whampoa, Cotion. 42 93 950 221 H. M. S. Agincourt, Bruce, R.N. 23d Bolton, Dent & Co. Macao, Ballast, 2 30 540 Emma Eugenia, I 19 362 H. C. St. Auckland, Ethersey, R. N., Nanking, Sucz, Dispatches, 26th Louisa, Dent & Co. Chusan, Opium, 27th Equestrian, Cromarty London, Gov. stores, 120 39 660 Buckinghamshire, J. M. & Co. Madras, Whampoa, Cotton. 1731 Fort William, Boinbay, 13 150 1300 28th H. M. S. Clio, 'Troubridge, R.N., Nanking England, Specie. 29th H. C. St. Hooghly, Ross, Macao. Oct. 1842. 3d H. M. S. Calliope, Kuper, Nanking. England. Specie. 4th Jane (Dut.) Berg. Bali, Macao, Rice, 20 233 190 19th Vixen, Art. VIII. Journal of Occurrences : sir H. Pottinger's commu- nication to the governor at Canton, and his excellency's reply respecting smuggling; public notices respecting the payment of hong debts; extracts from the Peking Gazettes ; visit of Hwang Antung and Hienling to Hongkong ; deepening of the Grand Canal; bad crops in Chili; Mongol officers in Peking ; build- ing and repairs of temples ; investiture of admiral Parker and sir H. Pottinger as knight grand crosses of the Bath; U.S. ship Constellation; popular feeling against the English ; af- fairs at Hongkong. The proclamation of H. M. plenipotentiary regarding the smuggling carried on in the river and at Canton will be found on page 224. About the same tiine, H. E. sent the following communication to the governor at Canton, upon the same subject, to which he received an immediate answer. Sir H. Potlinger's communication to the governor at Canton. “Government House, Hongkong, April 13th, 1843. “It has been brought to my notice, through a private channel, that a very extensive system of smuggling ind evasion of duties, both outwards and 273 DAR Juilini u occurrencen mwards, is at our time praliiced ai (aillvis, with the connivance of the local custom-house officers, anni lest the same fact should come to your excellency's knowledge, and you should be led to imagine, that I either ap- prove, or countenance such proceedings, to the obvious detriment of the legal trade, and the great loss of the imperial revenue, I do myself the honor in assuring your excellency to the contrary, and of declaring, in this official manner, that such practices are totally at variance with the intentions and wishes, both of my government and myself, and that I shall be happy to unite with your excellency in any step consistent with my situation and duties, towards putting a stop to this evil. It is almost needless, however, for me to report, that which I have over and over again explained to the imperial commissioners, and other Chinese authorities, that the suppression of smuggling must depend on the activity and integrity of the Chinese cus- toin-house officers; that neither British officers, nor people, nor vessels, can be employed in it; and that, however deeply I may deplore such disreputable and disgraceful conduct, the remedy does not lie in my hands. “I avail myself of this occasion to wish your excellency health and hap- piness. A most important communication. (Signed) « HENRY POTTINGER. "'Tu lis excellency Ki Kung, gov.-general, &c., &c. Canton.” H. E. the governor's reply. " Ki Kung, a guardian of the heir-apparent, &c., &c., hereby makes this communication in reply. “I have this instant, received the honorable plenipotentiary's communica- tion of the 14th day of the 3d moon (13th April), which I perfectly under- stand, and by it may be seen the honorable plenipotentiary's most praise- worthy intentions to maintain peace and harmony. " As to the hoppo's clerks and followers receiving bribes to connive at smuggling, it is, I really fear, difficult to guaranty that such is not the case, and I, the governor-general, have communicated the same to his excel- lency, the hoppo, that, by some examples of severity, he may cleanse out this fountain of evil. As regards the English merchants, no doubt there are good and upright men among them: but yet, it is to be feared, that out of every ten of them, there may at least be one or two given to deceit. The honorable plenipotentiary, for his part, gives no protection or encouragement whatever to smuggling, and I, the governor-general, never had the sınallest suspicion that he did so; still, it is difficult for a single person to oversee so inuch, and if, perchance, his supervision be not perfect, there will be less or more of smuggling ; so I must, as before, beg of the honorable plenipoten- tiary, that the two countries being now united in friendship, he will be more stringent than ever in his superintendence; the English merchants should not be permitted to listen to the seductions of the hoppo's clerks and fol- lowers, to league with them in evading the duties; and now that we are engaged in consulting about a tariff of duties, I still more devoutly hope, that the plenipotentiary will come forward with a plan of rules and regula- tions to be inscribed in our code as a lasting guide, how we may act together in searching and preventing such abuses. « For this I now reply, and avail myself of the opportunity to wish your excellency all health and happiness. "To his excellency sir Henry Pottinger, bart., &c., &c. Táukwáng; 23d year, 3d moon, 17th day.” (April 16th 1843.) Partly, we suppose, in consequence of this communication from II. M. plenipotentiary, the authorities at Canton soon after began to bestir themselves to check the growing spirit of evading the duties. 66 Journal of Orrureuros. 273 Unable, however, to repose the slightest confidence in the integrity of their custom-house officers, their wakefulness must soon give place, again, to a drowsy unconsciousness of the frauds practiced on the im- perial revenue, so long as their own private coffers are rapidly filling. There is some difficulty found in shipping goods from Canton, in consequence of a dispute between the superintendent of customs (hoppo) and the hong-merchants, regarding the price of the ginseng, which his imperial majesty is graciously pleased to allow the hong- merchants to purchase from the stock yielded by his patrimonial possessions. It is indeed time what this system of trade, convenient though it be for the facile conduct of a large commerce, should cease, and all its pretenses for extortion and annoyance with it. We hope we may soon see the yearly court appointment of hoppo done away with, and the collection of the customs placed, as they should be, under the direct jurisdiction of the governor of the province, who can appoint, as he does at Shanghíi and Ningpo, his deputy to pre- side over the details of their receipt. IIong debts. It will be seen from the following notices issued un- der authority of H. M. Superintendent that these claims are at last in a way of liquidation. Macao, 30th March, 1843. “Gentleinen,-1 am directed by sir Henry Pottinger to intimate to you, that having now had under his consideration, and having most carefully perused and weighed the proceedings of the committee which investigated the claims against the insolvent Hingtai hong in 1837, his excellency has resolved to confirin those proceedings, and to authorize the payment of divi- dends accordingly, under the superintendence of an officer on the part of the British government who will be deputed to Canton for that purpose. The cohong having reported that a further sum of $500,000 is ready to discharge the established claims against the Hingtai and other hongs, orders will be issued for its early division, and you are requested to pass the usual receipts. The cases of protest against the proceedings of the committee in the case of the Hingtai debts have been referred to England, and the decision of her majesty will be hereafter communicated to those who are interested in it. “I have the honor to be, &c. G. A. MALCOLM. "To the British merchants in China, creditors of the late Hingtai hong.” Macao, 31st March, 1843. “Gentleinen,—With reference to my letter of yesterday's date, I am now directed to further intimate to you that sir Henry Pottinger has examined into the claims against the insolvent hongs of Kingqua and Mowqua, and has authorized the payment of them froin the inonies about to be received, in virtue of the treaty, from the provincial government of Canton, in the pro- portion which such claims, and those of the Hingtai hong, may bear to the forthcoming instalment. “As soon as the capital of Kingqua's debt is discharged, arrangements will be made and promulgated) for adjusting the accumulated interest on it. With respect to Mowqua's deht, his excellency has desired me to state to you, that after having given the question the most careful consideration, he can by no means recognize, or admit, the principle that interest on any portion of the capital can be demanded for a single hour after such portion shall be discharged, and therefore any of the creditors who have received interest for a year instead of eight months, on the late dividend, must write 1.he difference back to Mowqua's credit, and allow it to be deducted from the amount of their next instalme!ll. 16 T!). 1 074 MAT Journal of Occurrcilccs. * It appears from the accounts of Mowqua's debts which have been sub- mitted, that discrepancies exist in a number of the accounts to an aggregate amount of $7820,70. Sir Henry Pottinger thinks it most desirable that these sums should be at once settled, and be either struck off, or paid; and capt. Balfour (her majesty's consul at Shanghái), who is about to proceed to Can- ton, to superintend matters on behalf of her majesty's government, will be authorized to have them finally adjusted, either by an amicable arrangement between the creditors and debtors, or by arbitration. “There still remain to be considered debts that have been claimed as payable by the cohong, but of which the details have not been agreed to, and likewise debts not originally owing by hong-merchants, but which are claimed as having been assumed by those individuals. With respect to these debts I shall again address you as soon as sir Henry Pottinger has had time to look into, and make up his mind upon them, and in the meantime I have to call your attention to his excellency's letter of the 25th of last month to Mr. Morrison's address, in which it is stated that it is the business of the claimants, and not of government, to establish claims that may be brought forward. I have the honor to be, &c., &c. 6G. A. MALCOLM. “ To British Inerchants in China, creditors of the late Kingqua, Mowqua and other hongs." May 11th. Two members of the imperial commission-Hwang Antung 黄​恩​形​, one of the secretaries to government in Kiáng- sú, and Hienling A, lately commanding as lieut.-general, the inilitary district Mantchouria-arrived this day at Hongkong, where they landed under a salute of 11 guns, and took up their residence in quarters prepared for them by H. M.'s plenipotentiary. Hwang Antung is an officer of high attainments in the literature of his own language, an intelligent and accomplished scholar. He was acting as the secretary in the department of territory and finance (púching sz') at Nanking, when the fleet passed up the Yangtsz' kiáng last year; and his advice and support it was that encouraged the gov.- general, Niú Kien, to seek for pacific negotiations, and to display the Rag of truce from the walls of Nanking. Hwang took a high literary degree at an early age. Attached to the Hánlin Academy, he has spent his time of service chiefly at the court; and was at one time superintendent of the palace of Jehó. He was sent to Kiángsú with the rank of intendant or commissioner of circuit (táutái) in 1840– 41. He is now 43 years of age; and likely yet to hold an important position in the government. In common with many of the higher officers, he is a native of Shantung, the province of Confucius' birth. Hienling is a Mantchou, of a quiet and good natured disposition, but in intelligence and knowledge not rising above mediocrity: During his command in the Mantchou province of Ghirin (Kirin), some pecuniary malversation of a subordinate passing unchecked by him, he was degraded; and in the beginning of last year he was sent with the rank of an imperial guard, to retrieve his lost position by his services under Kíying. In Kíying's first opening of communication with the commander-in-chief, after the fall of Chapú, Hienling was associated with Ilipú in conducting the correspondence opened on kiying's behall writhi sir Lugh Gough and sir "I'm. Parker. I lipi, 1813 775 Journal of Orcurrences an older and an abler man, recovered however his position by his then services, while Hienling only gained for himself the decoration of a 'peacock's feather.' 19th. The officers of the special commission, Hwang Antung, and Hienling, returned yesterday to Canton. We understand that they have been much pleased with their visit to Hongkong. It has certainly been a satisfaction to those interested in the welfare of China to see officers of their intelligence and character introduced so freely as they have been to European society and manners. They dined twice with her majesty's plenipotentiary during their stay; they rode almost daily in a carriage obligingly placed at their disposal; they visited and spent an evening at the institutions of the Morrison Education and Medical Missionary Societies; and they attended, at the invitation of colonel Knowles, a parade of the artillery, whose light field train, with the rapidity of its movements, highly delighted them, especially the military officer, Hienling. On the 17th, they were to have made the circuit of the island, and, at the invitation of colonel Campbell were to see the 98th regiment paraded, and after- wards to take a collation with its officers: but the heavy rain of the 17th compelled them to forego, or defer, that gratification. They witnessed the investiture of vice-admiral sir W. Parker, as a knight Grand Cross of the Bath, on board H. M.'s ship Cornwallis, on the 18th; and immediately afterwards, started for Whampoa in the H. C. steamer Akbar. We hear that intelligence has been received of Kiying having left Nanking, on his way hither, to resume the position of chief of the imperial high commission, rendered vacant by I'lipú's death. He was to make a circuit by way of Hangchau, to investigate the case of one Aoyun, a disgraced officer, whom the 'awe-spreading general- issimo,' Yiking, employed to engage militia and kidnappers during the war, and who has since been stirring up sedition and tumult. He has been made prisoner, and will be sent up to Peking, from whence as a Mantchou enrolled there, he ought not to have been absent without leave.--Kíying will probably arrive about the 5th of June at Canton. A few extracts from late Peking Gazettes will give our readers some views on the shady side of the scene in contrast of the promo- tions and honors conferred by H. B. M.'s government. “ March 1st. The gazettes from Peking during the last few weeks have abounded in particulars more or less relating to the concerns of the recent The Chinese law requires that the commanding officer of a division, detachment, or fort, who has lost his camp, post, or garrison, as well as the district civilian who has lost the city, or chief town of his district, shall suffer death; and the officers now at the head of affairs at court, seem re- solved to enforce this law with its utmost rigor. A singular thing appears in the rule for the punishment of the civilians: the higher officers who may be residing in the city or town are passed over with lighter punishment, and it is the poor magistrate of the district who has to answer for its loss with his life. His position is explained to us by the old adage, that the magistrate is the little king' of his small state, and in the Chinese denomi- war. 27 € ,نمان تا به ما نه نه نه به 4 زن در تم۔ nation of him as the father and mother of his people, in all whose concerns he is expected to take an interest; and we are thus enabled to under- stand how it is that he is made more particularly answerable for the safety of the district, in which the other high officers are only considered as having their residence. “The disgrace of IL Yishán and * * Yiking, for so completely failing in their high commands, and their condemnation to death, has been before noticed. We hear of them from time to time, as they approach Peking, but have not yet heard of their arrival there. Wanwei F who was stationed, under Yiking, at Hángchau, is condemned to share their fate. Yáng Fáng 5 * who preceded Yishán at Canton, and, who was, with him and Lungwan B, cooped up within the city, has by his early retirement from the scene, carried away unsullied the laurels which he gained in the Cashgar war against Jehanguir . Tsishin buh fortunate in not arriving at Canton till after its beleagurement, and in only reaching Chinkiáng after its gates had been closed, though he precipitately ran, with his two thousand best men, upon the first fire, and struck not a blow in support of the brave but too self-willed Hailing, has escaped with nearly as much of praise as of disgrace; he has returned to Sz'chuen. “Old Tau Chinpiú tie the naval commander-in-chief of Fukien, by being luckily ab’oad in search of pirates, (whom he pursued to the coasts Chekiáng) , not only, when Amoy fell, escaped a violent death by his own or an enemy's hands, but also gets clear now with a deprivation of rank, re- taining his office,-a deprivation out of which eight years' good conduct is to restore him to his former position. The emperor's hope that gratitude for such indulgence will rouse our old friend to active exertions, might have been spared. His departed energies will never return to the feeble old man on this side the grave, who is most anxious to retire in peace to his quiet home in Káuchau. The intendants (táutái) of the circuits, whereof Amoy and Ningpo are the seats of government, are also to suffer disgrace. Old Liú Yáuchun ) ML of Amoy, and Lu Tsecháng te of Ningpo, will deem theinselves fortunate if their public course be ended with a gracious permission to retire to their homes, title-less as they first left them to seek dignity and honor. They are both from the native land of Confucius—Shantung--are both men of ability, and the former especially is a man of intelligence, and actuated in his official station by good and kindly purposes. Wú l’ki, the intendant of Shanghái is among the few honest-heart- ed men in office in China; but possesses little ability. He is from Fukien, and will return thither to live the rest of his life in private. The two whose condemnation we most deplore are, Yú Púyun , who was commander-in-chief in Chekiang, and in that capacity resided at Ningpo, and was present in command at Chinhái, in October, 1841,-and “old Shú”—Shú Kungshau 47* the civil officer in charge of Chusan on the 1st of that month, when that island was a second time occu- pied by British arms. In different ways they have both deserved a fate far other than the ignominious death to which they are now condemned. Yú Púyun has been condemned by the Grand Council, in concert with the three high Criminal Tribunals, to immediate death." 21st. The province of Chilí has been suffering much under the 1543 Journal wj Occurrences effects of drought and flood, during different periods of the past sum- mer: and the taxes due have consequently been remitted till such time as a more fruitful year will enable the cultivators to pay them. The troubles of the empire, from bad seasons, war, insurrection, irruptions of the Yellow river, and now the appearance of the comet, have stirred up one of the Board of Censors to recommend to the emperor that he open his ears more attentively to receive advice and reproof. His majesty defends himself at having at all times given free approach to all advisers; but declares his aversion to mere su- perstitious wailings, that are devoid of all practical bearing on the good of the people and nation. The part of the Grand Canal which is being deepened lies be- tween Chinkiáng and Súchau (Soochow). The emperor has deemed it necessary to send out special commissioners to superintend the works on the Yellow river. Chingkang and Lí Hwui are their names. Lí Siángfan, who was last year sent as a special commis- sioner with reference to the Grand Canal is still acting as the go- vernor thereof, Linking, the late governor, being disgraced. Another special commission is setting in Húkwáng, with reference to the insurrections and riots there. 20th. The Gazettes from Peking that have just reached us are very devoid of interest. Many of the details which appear in them still relate to the recent war and its consequences, riots in different provinces, disgrace of officers of the cities and districts which fell to the British arms, rewards to the contributors to the expenses of the war and the defenses of the provinces, &c., &c. Kíying has pro- posed a new course of instruction and trial for naval officers, in which gunnery, and particularly the use of the musket, is to take the place of archery. Chin Kiiping, a retired commander-in-chief, who appeared for a brief time again at Tsaugo, has proposed a new composition of gunpowder which is to be adopted. Another subject to which the Gazettes frequently refer is the deepening of various parts of the Grand Canal, and the adoption of preventive steps against the encroachments of the Yellow river, which has just been repaired, after having a second time burst its ; banks during the past year. Lin Tsisii was ernployed on the first repair, at the end of which he was dismissed to his place of exile in I'lí. In the second repairs he is not alluded to. He was for some years, before the period of his coming to Canton to destroy the opium, one of the principal officers employed in the management of the Yellow river. 22d. We observe that Telke Dortsi, the president at Kourun, which is the capital of the extensive but thinly peopled country of the Kalka Mougols, has recently_been at Peking. The little that we know of this people, from P. Gerbillon, who with other Jesuit missionaries was frequently there under the orders of the emperor Kánghi, and from Timkowski, the head of the decennial mission from Russia in 1820–21, makes us anxious to know more. Still more interesting, probably, would it be to gain an accurate Journal of Occurrericis. MAT, knowledge of the Toungouse races of Mantchouria, and of the vast, thickly wooded country of Ghirin and Saghalien, or Tsitsihar, in which they dwell. To the little information we derive from the Jesuit missionaries regarding this country, we can only add what Pé- yrouse has told of its shores, when he coasted it, from Corea to the is- land of Saghalien,--at the mouth of the river of the same name, which, after a long course from the Russian frontier, there disembogues. 24th. We find mention made of five Lewchewans wrecked on the coast of Cheking, or rather taking shelter there, after being driven by a violent gale off theia own shores. Building of a new temple. A new temple has lately been erected by the Chinese on the shore westward of Macao, for the reception of an image of the god Wákwang # t, which literally translated means Glorious Brightness. This god is supposed to rule over the element of fire, and is supplicated for protection against the designs of incendiaries, against the lash of the Thunderer's whip (as the Chi- nese call lightning), and to preserve the worshiper from the dangers of the elements generally. This image was brought from the north last year by some person connected with the Expedition, and pre- sented to one of the residents in Macao; if we have been rightly informed, it was obtained from a temple in one of the towns on the Yángtsz' kiáng, perhaps Wúsung or Chinkiáng fú. This idol was afterwards put up at a furniture sale, and was bid in by one of the shopkeepers of Macao, who on receiving it home carefully placed it away. A subscription paper was circulated among the gentry and tradesmen of the town, and placards put up in public places, setting forth the virtues of this god, and calling upon every one to aid in erecting a proper building for his reception. Between $2500 and $3000 were subscribed, and enough of this amount was paid in, to build a temple of three rooms; the consecration of the temple and installation of the idol were accompanied by a theatre and a mass, for the former of which the most talented company of players the provincial city could produce was engaged. Proposal to repair an old temple. The following paper has re- cently been circulated in Canton, but with what success we have not heard. The Goddess of Má tsúpó is much supplicated by sea- faring people in China for protection against shipwreck and prospe- rity in their voyages. For a notice of Meichau, where this deity has a large temple, see vol. II., page 563. Proposal to rebuild the ancient temple of the Queen of Heaven near the imperial landing-place on the south of the city. The old temple of the most honorable, the Queen of Heaven on the south of the city is an ancient structure, and ought to be restored. The seafar- ing population receive happiness as they regard its bright and soft efful- gence, but the citizens of] the city of rams are ashamed as they behold its dilapidations. Our predecessors have already successively repaired it, and for thirty years, it had been a venerated temple, when suddenly the English banditti attacked it. For two years the dust and rubbish have rendered the buildings and galleries nearest the water side, like heaps of tiles and rub- bish. While the deity is not at rest, ran the thoughts of nen be tranquil? Journal u rritorvillimit Now the present, happily being a tiine of renewed and general quiet, and the common swept of all infelicitous nuisances, under favor of the benign dig- nity of her secret protection, it is still more proper that the brightness of the temple may be made to return, and its flying eaves project in restored beauty. It is proposed to rebuild the front temple for the worship of the most honorable goddess, and it is also thought, to restore the rear hall for the service of the two holy ones, the god of Letters and of War. We take the likerty therefore to call on good men for their moderate con- tributions; the original foundations are still extant, and by united efforts the work can be at once raised: how much more then ought a city so long celebrated for its riches assist the more liberally in this work! From near Fátí, when the wind is still, the distant sound of the bell, where the river market is held can then be heard. When everything is prepared, the work can soon be completed, and all will see the doings of the goddess, in the pictured pillars radiant in colors of red and azure. Then soon will the sides of the pavilion, its carved rafters exhibiting the beauty of their color- ing, mirror forth the vacant hall below. When the curtain of the goddess is fully prepared, millions of myriads will all share her condescending effi- cacious influence: when the eastern streams visit their ancestor, then will the ocean enjoy a never-ending tranquillity. The investiture of H. E. vice-admiral sir William Parker with the insignia of a Knight Grand Cross of the Bath was performed by sir H. Pottinger on board H. M. S. Cornwallis in Hongkong harbor on the 18th inst.; and on the 20th, sir W. Parker invested sir H. Pot- tinger with the badge of the same honor at the Government House. The U. S. frigate Constellation, which left this for Manila last month, made her appearance after sailing from that port in the har- bor of Amoy about the middle of this month. Commodore Kearny there met with the Am. schooner Ariel, capt. Shannon, whose sail- ing papers he examined, and ordered the captain to take out what- ever treasure and cargo he had on board, and return" directly to Macao. We avail of this opportunity, while speaking of the Con- stellation, to explain a remark made on page 108, regarding an Ame- rican officer, that the gentleinan there referred to was not an officer, nor had ever received a commission of any sort from the government of the United States. The hostile feeling against the English, felt by the people of Canton and vicinity, which has not at any time since last December altogether subsided, has lately taken a new mode of showing itself in the dispersion of a forged edict, purporting to be from a high Eng- lish officer. Forgeries of official papers are not uncommon in China, and we introduce it here merely as a specimen of such performances. Ma, generalissimo for subduing the East, created an Earl for pacifying the Chinese, and commander-in-chief of the land and' sea forces, and of the commissariat, hereby issues distinct commands to the officers and people for their implicit obedience, that disaster to the country and ruin to families may be prevented: Whereas the government of China having lost its authority, insulting those that are weak, and dread- ing those that are powerful, has plundered our property, forced upon us a bond, im- prisoned our subjects, and appropriated the goods of our people, in order to stop the Now from, and supply the deficiencies of, the treasury : it thinks nothing of thwarting men's wishes and bringing calamity upou their persons... !, the generalissimo, reflect, that China is governed by crafty rulers: such as Hwang Tsioħtsz, who advised to make it (smoking opium) : crime worthy of death, and thus get himself raised to a station of power and protit; he made in law by which innocent persons could be implicated, and 280 Wouldrul w Onecorrett's 1 the rulers torced the people to tee. I think many it person of talent and hiavery inust from this cause have left; and because they have gone, much injury and loss of life has ensued :: this has been a sort of provoking a contest, and they have willingly hearkened to whoever led them any whither. I, the generalissimo, looking up to the signs in the heavens, and also observing the feelings of the people, and availing of their indignation, have memorialized my sovereign that she straight appoint a leader with full powers to come hither, and execute judgment upon China, and save the lives of you people. Heaven assists, the tide is rising, the wind moans--we shall certainly get what we seek. [It will be as when) in Kiangnan and Chekiang, we took cities without the least effort, we seized districts without firing a gun. Wherefore the great army of the empire will flee and hide on the first bruit, and not one of the famous generals of the army but will submit or lose his life. At that time, not only was Kiangnan in my power, but even the imperial capital was completely under my control ; however, I remembered your ruler, morning and evening venting his tears and cries, and lamenting the danger to his power. He knew that he had no capable adviser near him, and no brave general in the army, and therefore commanded Niu Kien, Iipu, and Kiying, who came aboard my ship themselves, and presented a submissive statement, willing to have their country dismembered that peace might be obtained, and pay tribute in future years, and agreeing to a treaty as evidence of all these things. If these princes and statesmen thus trembled at heaven's (England's) majesty, the people of the country would of course be subinissive; but there are in Canton alone certain stupid persons, ignorant of heaven's decrees, and careless of life or death, who presumed to oppose these arrangements, and being set upon stirring up a conflict, petitioned the authorities, the while quite unaware that all their rulers are at the beck of my subalterns. Moreover, your high emperor gave nie liberty to select any place I pleased out of four provinces which I might govern entirely in my own right. Now, if I erect build- ings, the people themselves will obtain great profit; why then do they repeatedly oppose what is agreed to, starting so many new devices, and causing every body to detest them ? Truly, they act like one pounding a rock with an egg, bringing upon themselves ruin and woe. The people of Canton lightly regarded me, but when my troops came to the frontiers, of all those who were called gentry, or clever strategists, or brave heroes, not a man was to be found. Now, the Chinese are of such a nature, that without they are coerced they will never agree to anything ; but I, the general- issimo, well knowing your silly perversity, cannot bring myself to inflict upon you additional injury. Besides transmitting orders to the governor, liout.-governor, and the other high officers at Canton, that they go in person to every place and promulge these commands, I fix a limit of two months in which they can clear a spot for me to reside, moving everything clean away immediately. I, the generalissimo, will also appoint an officer to arrange for the price of the land, I will not at all permit him to extort it from you at an inadequate price, nor on the other hand, will you be allowed to put a higher rate upon it than is reasonable, bringing a severe scrutiny upon yourselves.' ll' any set theinselves in opposition, or dare to resist, there is no two ways for them, but I will straight raise a great army of troops and ships, sweep away the forts and rase the city, leaving not a man, woman, or child, no not a foot of grass behind. If there be not a full search where to establish, I will fill every house with exterminating slanghter; and then your repentings will be of no avail. I again issue these coinmands to the said ru- lers and soldiers in those places, that within a month they are one and all to go away, and not give rise to any trouble by opposing. Wherever there are forts, and troops in them who can be relied upon to guard them, let them without hesitation fully believe their high officers. Thus will officers find promotion, and the body of the people be at Let this be implicitly and fully obeyed. For this, is this proclamation issued. Atjuirs at Horngkong. By a notice in the Hongkong Gazette of March 23d, we learn that lt. col. Malcolm, C. B, on his return, resumed the duties of secretary of legation to H. M. Plenipotentiary and R. Woosnam conti- nues to act as secretary to Sir Henry Pottinger, and J. R. Morrison as secre- tary and tre:ssurer to H. M. Superintendent.-Two daring robberies were recently perpetrated there, one upon the godowns of a mercantile house, in which three Chinese were killed ; and the other on the 9th inst., upon the house of the Ivoirison Education Society ; besides “many others too numerous to mention.” Orders have been since issued by the chief magistrate, Major Caine, requiring all Chinese to carry lanterns ia the evening, and not to stir abroad after ten o'clock P. M.; no native boat is allowed move after nine These regulations have thus far, tended to muintain the quiet of the place. peace. P. M. 'I'Ile CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XII. - JUNE, 1843.– No. 6. ART, I. Brief Grammatical Notices of the Siamese Language; with an Appendix. By J. Taylor Jones, Bangkok. Printed at the mission press, 1842. Noticed by G. T'. Lay. By the publication of this little work, Mr. Jones has earned the thanks of every true lover of general literature, and at the same time offered a suitable present to that great cause, which claims the con- secration of his life and his talents. The pedigree and affinity of language is one of the most authentic sources of information as to the order and relative periods, in which the family of mankind was ramified and dispersed over the different regions of the earth. Every grammatical work, therefore, that elucidates the principles of any hitherto untouched language is a fresh aid to help us in our researches, and furnishes us with new evidences of the harmony and mutual connection which subsist among the various dialects of the world. It yields an unappropriated stock of arguments to strengthen the probability, that oral communication had originally but one com- mon root, and consequently man only one common parentage. Mr. Jones is concise in his rules and observations, but these rules and observations are so well conceived and so correctly expressed, that they give us a lively portraiture of the Siamese language in its grammatical structure, accidence and analysis. The alphabet consists of thirty-six consonants, which from their shape appear to have been dervied from the Nagri or Sanscrit al- phabet. To this opinion the author seems to subscribe, remarking in this preface, that—"the best informed natives confess their igno- rance of everything except the mere fact, that not only their nwn, 36 VOL. VU 11 282 JUNE, Grammar of the Siamese Language. but also the neighboring countries, Kamboja, Laos, Burmah, and Pegu were all indebted for their written characters to Hindustan.” The characters when taken together do not form a beautiful assem- blage like those of the Arabic, the Armenian and the Mantchou Tartar. Their unsightliness may be in some measure due to the imperfection of typography, as the printer's art in these distant re- gions lacks the skill and the materials which are so abundant at our highly favored homes. The archives of Siam may contain speci- mens of calligraphy fitted to delight the eye while they inform the judgment. But on this subject I am unable to pronounce an opinion, as I have not had the pleasure of visiting that country. The conso- nants of the Siamese alphabet, like the Sanscrit, are regarded, when they stand without their usual helpmates, as having an inherent vowel. In the Sanscrit this potential vowel has a sound something like our a in father, that is the Continental a, but in Siamese it is equivalent to o as heard in the words nor and modify. The existence of poten- tial vowels, or vowels which are heard in speech, but are not recog- nised in writing, suggests a reason why the Chaldee, Hebrew, Syriac, and Arabic languages were for many centuries written without points or notes of utterance. Each consonant had its own peculiar vowel, which custom first bestowed, and of which it continued to be the faithful depositary, while those tongues lived in the daily intercourse of men. The vowel signs of the Siamese amount to twelve, and are written above, on a level with, or below the consonants to which they appertain ; as also happens in the Nagri or Sanscrit, and in the Bugis dialect of Celebes, and, as we all know, in the Masoretic punctuation of the Hebrew. They are treated as an appendage to the consonant, and, as one would be inclined to think from this very reason, are posterior in their origin and use. It is therefore no im- peachment against the value of the Masoretic vowels, that they were invented at an epoch subsequent to that of the consonants, since vowels in other languages beside the Hebrew, Chaldee and Syriac are seen to be in the same predicament. The consonants of the Siamese acknowledge a classification which depends upon the pitch, key, or elevation of voice wherewith they are pronounced. They are accordingly distributed by Mr. Jones into high, low, and medial. This threefold distinction as to pitch reminds us of the acute, the grave, and the circumflex of classic antiquity, though only known to us by marks which have given much trouble to learned men, and have been often the theme of warm discussion.* These were per- Fourer's Treatis on the Cirock is one of the ablest performances on this subjera. 15.133 283 Biruinviar uj iho siunear Lonnig unge haps as simple in practice as the Siamese, but hard to be understood in theory, inasmuch as few persons have turned their attention to the subject of vocal acoustics long enough and strictly enough to comprehend its principles. The question of accentual intonations is doubtless susceptible of an explanation whether we look at the an- cient Hebrew, the Chinese, or the oral language of Siam. But it is no less true, that if a man has not listened to these intonations in the land of their nativity, he cannot imitate their effect any more than he could mimic the song of a bird from a mere description of it, or the tones of a musical instrument, of which he had read, but which he had never seen nor heard when in the hands of one skill- ed in the use of it. It is not easy to imitate the qualities of the human voice, but its ascents and descents, and the several points at which it rests, may be represented by the movements of the finger on the string of a violin, while the bow is drawn by a practiced hand across it. It appears to be a fact that cantillating, or the mixing up of a little song in conversation so as to form a kind of recitative, is a practice common to most ancient languages, while the proportion of this chanting ingredient seems to vary inversely as the latitude. In the higher latitudes no one blends any melody with his ordinary speech, but in all the warmer regions we meet with it either in conversation or reading, and sometimes in both. We have something like an exemplification of this remark in China, the land of intonations. For in the south, they are far more striking and far more essential than in the north. Natives from the southern provinces hesitate about your meaning because you do not use the right inflection; in the north, the inhabitants misunderstand you because there is soine want of exactness in the pronunciation. The roots or primitive words of the Siamese language are few in number, are confined for the most part to visible objects, and are all monosyllabic. In this however there is nothing peculiar, for I ima- gine that the elementary words, the original materials of every tongue, were all in the same condition at first. They referred to something that men could see, taste or handle, and they were all vocal utterances of one syllable only. If this be correct, the singularity of the Chinese language disappears, and we can at once account for the presence of monosyllables, unvaried by words of greater length, by saying the words are now what they were in the first instance, and have been kept from growing together, in obedience to what seems to be a general law, by the peculiar mode of writing, which in Grammar of the Siamese Language NE the printed and perfect forın, set cohesion at defiance. It is curious to observe that while the Siamese confined themselves to the mere gratification of their usual wants they were content with their own native resources, but when they had a mind to be religious or philo- sophic they applied for help to the ancient Bali or Pali, which easily lent them the needful supplies. Nam, water, kin, earth, hin, a stone, and thang, a road, are mono- syllables, refer to visible objects, and are consequently Siamese. Bukol, deeds of merit, and epoka, an affection of the mind, are words of more than one syllable, refer to some quality or action of the mind, and are consequently Bali or foreign. This humor of borrowing extraneous words for moral and physical inquiries is not more remarkable among the Siamese than it is among ourselves. So great is our passion for what comes from abroad, that we cannot describe the foliage of the humblest weed in English without the help of Latin terms. In the derivation and composition of abstract nouns, or such words as denote things we cannot handle, taste or see, we have the semblance of an analogous practice in the English and Siamese lan- guages. This class of nouns may be formed by joining chai, the mind, or kuam, matter, (Heb. kum) to a verb that applies to the feel- ings and thoughts. Thus with rokod to love, they form the abstract love: e. g. chai-rokod or kuam-rokod, love. The termination ment, in English and in the continental languges, is derived from mens,* chui, or mind, and when joined to govern, which is a term referring to the mind, as rokod, to love, does in Siamese, we obtain government, which is in like manner an abstract noun. The Siamese is apparently one of the connecting links between Chinese and Malay, and consequently the Polynesian. Hence it has words which slightly modified belong to one or other of those languages. For example, fai, fire, is not very unlike api, the Malay word for the same thing; and suk, ripe, has a strong resemblance to shuh, which has that meaning in Chinese. This bestows an additional value on the study of the Siamese lan- guage ; for if we assume that the Chinese, Javanese, Malays, and South Sea islanders, with the natives of Madagascar, are of common origin, and the descendants of Japhet, we are bound to point out the If it be contended that mens.comes from Greek meruw, to abide, I ans- wer so does ment, while kuam is originally from the Hebrew kum, which also means to abide, to be set up, &c. 1843 A5 Grammar of the Siamese Language the 5 23 marks of traces by which the truth and authentic nature of this derivation is established. In the physiognomy of these several na- tions and tribes we find strong marks of mutual resemblance. In usages too there are many points of similitude, but our circle of evi- dence will not be complete unless the affinity of roots, the original portions of language, lend us their useful aid. Nouns of the Siamese language, like those that belong to the Chi- nese and Malay, are not susceptible of any change, by which to denote a change in number. If a proposition is made respecting one man, the numeral for one is annexed; if the affirmation applies to inany, proper word for many must be added. The numerals last mentioned, and the adjectives in general, are written after the nouns they qualify. This is the case in Hebrew, and its cognate dialects, though not uniformly, in Malay, and in Hawaiian, but not in Chinese. Kon di, a man good, Siamese. Orang baik, Malay. Kanaka maitai, Hawaiian Shen, hien, or hau jin, a good man, Chinese. The comparison of adjectives is not effected by the annexation of particles like er and est amoug us, but by the help of various qua- lifying terms, which at first seem to have been borrowed only to sup- ply the deficiency of grammatical apparatus, but which prove in the sequel to be the means of enriching the annunciation of the writer's or speaker's thoughts. Cicero, in his De Oratore if I mistake not, has a remark to the same effect when discoursing upon the subject of tropical words, which originally sprung out of the straits and ne- cessities of language, but in the end paid the debt a thousand fold by becoming its chief graces, its choicest embellishments. In the opening of the chapter on verbs, Mr. Jones observe-"These constitute the largest class of Siamese words, and their chief pecu- liarity, is the entire absence of all those distinctions which make up what is called conjugations in other languages. They are not changed to express number or mode.” p. 45. In developing the principles of any particular language it is proper to inquire by what methods nouns were fitted for the office of verbs, and what be the force and signification of those auxiliary terms whereby the condi- tions of past, present and future, dependence, obligation and neces- sity are intimated. In the Hebrew and its related dialects, particles, which, by being prefixed or suffixed, that is put before or after the root, denote the future or past tense respectively, are pronouns. Tu Grammar y the Siamese Language JUNE, Greek and Latin, the terminations which clothe the root with the modifications of time and dependence do not so obviously indicate their origin, but they doubtless had once a meaning and once stood by themselves. This the author of the little work under considera- tion shows to be the case with the auxiliary particles of the Siamese. There is therefore no very wide difference between this and the lan- guages just now adverted to in the matter of conjugating verbs, or of adapting them to express various postures of the mind; other ex- pedients were resorted to, different materials employed, but the same end was aimed at. In the Greek tongue, the first element of the root is doubled on certain occasions, if it be a consonant; or lengthened if it be a vowel, or gets another vowel, or is exchanged for one of a different sort. In the English we have something like this in such words as help, holp, -take, took,-make, made. But in Siamese the elements or letters which compose the root are not altered. This is the case with the Armenian, which has four conjugations of verbs, and a competent apparatus of modes and tenses. If, however, in the Siamese the num- ber of auxiliary particles be small, and the root itself not capable of change to favor the variations of tense, it seems nevertheless to be better provided than the Chinese with specifications as to the time and dependence of an action. Pai, go, has by the help of an auxi- liary ayu, the force of the Greek and Hebrew participle, and marks an action that is in continuance at the present time. By the use of elow, we obtain an aorist, that is a verb denoting an event which took place at some indefinite period in the past; as pai-elow, went. If dai precede the root, we have an equivalent for the perfect and pluperfect of the Greek and Latin, which referred to events that had been accomplished prior to some specified time. It is remarkable that this dai corresponds in sense to the English have, and the French avoir, which subserve the purpose of forming these very per- fect and pluperfect tenses in their respective languages. The future is formed by prefixing cha, which signifies to be bound, obliged. This is the meaning of our own auxiliary shall, as it appears when we trace it to the Scandinavian or Swedish, whence it descended to us. The particles hai and kum are causative or compulsory, and when added to a verb give it a force analogous to what a has in Arabic, h in Hebrew and 'Tahitian, and oumbi in Mantchou Tartar. If a small treatise were written with the view of setting forth the various expedients nations have selected in order to give modification to the verh, it would exhibit a great many curious 1813. Cupture of Lusung and Shanghai affinities, and show at the same time their relative wealth and poverty in the matter of grammatical accidence. At the end of the work the author has obliged the student with some exercises, which consist of didactic sentences, and a conversa- tion between Confucius and one of his youthful cotemporaries. It matters little what moral maxims the Siamese adopt, or what such a person as Confucius was pleased to say, for I think I am correct in saying that no nation ever began to write about the theory of morals till they had lost the most valuable part of the practice. But the “form of oath adininistered in the Siamese courts," homilies and prayers used by the worshipers of Gaudama, and poetic pieces, speci- mens of which the author has furnished us, are valuable as they let us know what the people are, and not what they are fain to be thought. Budhism, or the religion of Gaudama is a relic of a very ancient superstition, and consequently a perversion of the true reli- gion: a few rays of truth shine through the gloomy night of asceti- cism and priestcraft. It is the presence of these scattered gleams of truth that render superstition a subject of literary curiosity, and of course any extracts from the prayer-books of Siamese are worth the perusal. Mr. Jones may erelong, it is hoped, find time to favor the world with a few selections from the laws of Siam, its poetry, and the popular superstitions, and the publication of that dictionary, which his late companion in life had prepared before her decease. ART. II. Capture of Wúsung and Shanghái; dispatches of H. E. vice-admiral sir William Parker, K. C. B., to the secre- tary of the Admiralty. To the secretary of the Adiniralty, &c., &c., &c. Dated Cornwallis, Wúsung harbor, 17th June, 1842. Sir,- 1 did myself the honor of apprising the lords commissioners of the admiralty on the 26th ultimo from Chápú, that his excellency lieut.-general sir Hugh Gough and myself had it in contemplation to make our next descent at Wúsung, situated at the entrance of a large river of that name branching from the Yángtsz' kiang; and I have now the gratification of reporting to their lordships that after a severe cannonading yesterday from her majesty's squadron and the steam vessels of the Indian Navy under my command, and il spiriter resistance on the part of the Chinese, the whole of their numerous - lieavy balleries, defended by several thousand men, were carried with fapture of using and Shanghai ..N ال little comparative loss by the seamen and marines; and a practicable piace for disembarking the troops having been thus secured, the combined forces under sir Hugh Gough took possession of Paushán, a city of the third class, at the northern extremity of the sea line of batteries, without further resistance, In detailing these operations, I beg to inform their lordships, that as soon as the guns, arms, and military stores of every description taken at Chápu were effectually destroyed, not a moment was lost in reëmbarking the troops. The fleet sailed from thence on the 28th of May, and on the following day reached the Rugged island, lying fourteen leagues distant to the eastward, where commanders Kellet and Collinson had recently discovered a safe and extensive sound, conveniently situated as an anchorage for the expedition, pending the further examination of those officers assisted by lieut. Maitland, of the Algerine, to ascertain a safe channel for the large ships into the Yangtsz' kiáng; but it was not until the 4th instant, that they were able to rejoin us with a satisfactory report of their investigation. The fleet proceeded to the northward on the following day ; but from the strength of the tides, calms, fogs and the necessity of anchoring during the nights, we did not arrive at the appointed rendezvous off the Amherst rocks before the 8th, when the Modeste, with the Nemesis and Phlegethon steam vessels, were immediately detached off Wúsung to intercept any communica- tion with that place; and six of the small vessels were at the same time placed as beacons at the edge of the shoals on the north side of the channel, leading into the Yangtsz' kiáng; this highly important duty was executed most skill- fully by commanders Kellet and Collinson, as no land marks are visible on the low bank of the river by which the dangers can be defined; and the Ariadne, iron steam vessel, very narrowly escaped foundering by striking on the point of a rock, before unknown, near the position taken up by the Alge- rine. This rock is awash at low water, and had not more than four or five feet on it at the time; the bottom of the steam vessel was completely perforat- ed, and the compartment which contains the engine instantaneously filled with water, but by prompt assistance from the squadron, and a sail being got under her bottom, the leak was sufficiently absorbed to enable her, with the assistance of the Sesostris, to reach Chusan, where I trust her damages will be made good in a few weeks. The weather continued too thick for the ships again to break ground before the 13th, when I am happy to say the Cornwallis, conducted by commander Blonde, Columbiuc--Jupiter, troop ship, Kellet, and accompanied by the squadron stated Phlegethon, Tenasseriin, Medusa, steam in the margin, and twelve transports succeeded in reaching the anchorage off Wúsung under sail without a single accident, though running for a distance of thirty miles in water which only exceeded by three feet the draft of this ship. I found that commander Watson, with Mr. Forster, master of the Modeste, had been indefatigable since their arrival in making observations and sounding the narrow channel by which alone the Wusung river can be approached. The banks at the entrance were lined with strong batteries; the western side presenting for three miles an uninterrupted fortified embankment mounting 134 guns, between the city of Paushan and the village of Wúsung. This vil- lage is bounded by a creek, on the opposite bank of which a semi-circular vessels. Capture of l'usung und Shanghai 289 Cornwallis-Mr. Jonas Coake Blonde--H. A. Thomas. Modeste-John T. Forster. Columbine--Richard G. Wills. battery mounting ten 24 pounders was erected to flank the entrance of the river. A strong fort, mounting 21 guns, at the eastern entrance of the Wa- sung, completed the sea defense, making a total of 175 guns, which were all placed in judicious positions. The distance between the last mentioned fort on the east side and the main battery on the west line is scarcely a mile, and the channel which runs be- tween them on the west side in a curved direction, is not more than 320 yards wide. A close reconnoissance was made by sir Hugh Gough and myself in the Medusa, steam vessel, on the 14th, but we were unable to discover any spot where the troops could be landed, except under the guns of the ships ; and I could not entertain a doubt of soon effecting this object, if they could be placed in good positions for cannonading the works. Although the weather was unfavorable, every difficulty was overcome hy the zeal and perseverance of commanders Kellet and Collinson, assisted by the masters of H. M.'s ships named in the margin, who during the night sounded and buoyed the channel with admirable accu- racy. The Medusa was then advanced as near to the batteries as we could venture to anchor her, supported by guard boats to pre- vent the Chinese removing the buoys, and by the vigilance of lieut. Hewitt none of them were disturbed. The Sesostris returned from Chusan on the 15th, and the wind being adverse for the ships taking up their positions under sail, I determined on placing them against the batteries by the aid of the steam vessels; and the following inorning, from the state of the weather and tide being favorable for our pur. pose, they were lashed alongside of H. M.'s ships at dawn of day, and at 6 o'clock the whole proceeded to the attack in the following order: Blonde, towed by the Tenasserim. Cornwallis, by Sesostris. Modeste, by Nemesis. Columbine, by Phlegethon. Clio, by Pluto. Algerine to get in as far as possible under sail; the Medusa being reserved to meet any unexpected contingency. The Blonde and Cornwallis were di- rected to anchor against the heaviest batteries at the entrance on the Western side ; and when placed the sloops were to proceed higher up under the cover of this fire, to attack those adjoining the village of Wúsung, and the flanking battery immediately opposite to it; which it was evident could be passed and enfiladed if the depth of water marked on the charts in our possession proved correct. The Blonde was kept ahead of the Cornwallis to be ready to sup- port the sloops should they require it; the narrowness of the channel in which we were to anchor making it doubtful in that event whether there would be space for her to pass this ship. Captain Bourchier led in with his accustomed gallantry and ability, closely followed by the Cornwallis bearing my flag under a heavy fire from the bat- teries on both sides which we were obliged to approach. Commanders Kellet and Collinson handsomely volunteered their assistance as pilots, and about half past six o'clock the iwo ships were anchored by the stern in excel- lent positions, within five hundred yards of the batteries, the sloops passing on successively to their stations. The Algerine was obliged to bring up astern of the Cornwallis, and the Sesostris after casting off from this ship, in proceed- ing to take a station to enfilade the fort on the eastern side, unfortunately 101. 111 AO 290 JUNE, Capture of Wúsung and Shanghái: took the ground, but in a position which enabled commander Ormsby to ren- der very essential service, of which he ably availed himself. Before the Tenasserim could take up her assigned station, the North Star was observed outside endeavoring to enter the channel ; the former vessel was therefore dispatched to tow her into position; and under the guidance of commander Kellet, she was placed in a good berth ahead of the Blonde in time to participate in our operations. The Tenasser:m then attempted to close the eastern battery with which the Sesostris and some of the larboard guns of the Cornwallis were engaged, but in doing so she likewise took the ground, although in a situation to render very effective service. It is but jus- tice to say that the Chinese evinced much firmness in their guns and kept up a smart fire for a considerable time, although it gradually slackened after the ships opened on them. The gun practice of the squadron equalled my most sanguine expectations, and by eight o'clock our opponents were all driven from their batteries, those opposite to the ships being reduced to a ruinous state. Large bodies of troops, however, were still observed from our mast-heads collected in different direc- tions to oppose our landing; but they were at lenth dispersed by shells which were thrown with excellent précision by the gunnery officers of the Cornwallis and Blonde, with the addition of some rockets from the former ship. During these proceedings at the entrance of the river, the Modeste, Columbine, and Clio led on with great spirit by commander Watson, and skillfully conducted by the steam vessels respectively attached to them, gallantly and completely achieved the service assigned them; the Modeste pushed at once into the creek at the village of Wúsung, while the Columbine and Clio approached the opposite flank of the semi-cireular battery which was immediately abandoned; and the guns adjoining the village being soon silenced, the three commanders landed at the head of their men about eight o'clock, and took possession of it, but not without some resistance from the Chinese troops in that quarter. On perceiving this movement, the main body of the suamen and marines dis- embarked opposite the Cornwallis and Blonde under captain Bourchier, sup- ported by captains Peter Richards and sir J. Everard Home; and forming a junction with commander Watson's party, the whole line of the western bat- teries were completely in our hands. The Chinese in the eastern battery, which also suffered considerably, retir- ed shortly afterwards, when commander Ormsby proinptly landed with a party of men from the Sesostris and Tenasserim, and destroyed the guns and works. The smaller steam vessels equally contributed to the success which attended commander Watson's division, and when the Nemesis and Phlege- thon were disengaged from the Modeste and Columbine, lieutenants Hall and McCleverty proceeded with their usual activity in chase of thirteen war-junks which had fired on them in their advance; these were totally destroyed, each mounting three guns beside small arms, but the crews after sustaining much loss made their escape. Three small junks, newly constructed with paddle wheels to work by hand, were also taken. In performing this service, the Nemesis took the ground and remained some hours on shore, but got off with- out injury; and I must not omit to notice the exertions of the Medusa and Pluto with similar approbation Capture of Ilusung and Shanghai 291 No time was lost in dispatching the available steam vessels for the troops, and before 1 o'clock, I had the satisfaction of seeing the whole of the land force disembarked without accident under their gallant general, opposite to the Cornwallis; and in the afternoon the combined forces entered Paushan without resistance. I now gladly acquit mygelf of a very gratifying part of my duty in bearing testimony to the gallantry and satisfactory conduct of the captains, officers, and men of all ranks in the Royal and Indian Navy, and Royal Marines under mp command. It would be almost invidious to particu- larize where all have displayed the same emulative spirit of enterprise and zeal; the whole being entitled to my unqualified cominendation; but from the special position of my flag captain, I may be allowed without prejudice to these sentiments to express my acknowledgments for the valuable assistance which I at all times derive from the unwearied exertions and good judgment of capt. P. Richards, and I add that my secretary Mr. Chimmo, and flag lieut. Charles E. Tennant, have invariably attended me on every occasion of service with most praiseworthy zeal. It is impossible to state accurately either the force or the loss of the Chinese, as they are quick in removing those who have suffered, but from the nunber of bodies found in different directions I cannot estimate their killed at less than one hundred, and a proportionate number of wounded ; and from various accounts they must have had from five to ten thousand men for the defense of Wúsung and Paushán. Many additional guns have fallen into our hands at and to the northward of the city; a considerable number of those taken are of copper, which we are now embarking in the ships of war and transports ; and as soon as the destruc- tion of the Chinese military stores is completed, the general and myself pro- pose to advance on the city of Shanghái. I have, &c. (Signed) WILLIAM PARKER, Vice-admiral. * * * Return of killed and wounded on board her majesty's ships and vessels and those of the Indian navy, in the attack on the batteries of Wurung. the 16th day of June, 1842. Blonde; killed, C. C. Hewitt, first lieutenant, Royal Marines, and James Power, A. B.; wounded, G. Tradescant Lay, interpreter, slightly, Richard Purvis, mid., slightly, and Richard Sambel, A. B., severely. Modeste; wounded, Chas. Hancock, William Webb and James Young, private Royal Marines; severely, Wm. Farrell, captain of foretop, and F. Garland, ordy., slightly.--Columbine; wounded, James Brett, private Royal Ma- rines, severely.--Clio; wounded, James Price, capt. forecastle, severely.—Algerine; wounded, Richard Windle and H. Edwards, A. B., severely, J. Wright, corporal Royal Marines, slightly, and J. Lucas, private Royal Marines, dangerously.-Sesostris; wound- ed, E. Roberts, master, A. J. Smith, mate, James McKay, Alex. Barrow and Davy Davis, A. B., slightly.-- Nemesis ; wounded, William Conner, a. B., slightly, and Charles Cock, Bombay artillery man, dangerously.—Pluto; wounded, James Richard, A.B., dan- gerously, lose of both legs.-Phlegethon ; wounded, James Bryant, quarter master, severely, J. Hasty, A. B., severely, and J. Cameron, A. B. badly. To the Secretary of the Admiralty, &c., &c. Dated Cornwallis, Wúsnng harbor, 24th June, 1842. 8ir, -In anticipation of our advance on Shanghai, communicated in my letter No. 128 of the 17th instant, I beg to acquaint you, for the information 292 NINE, Capture of using and Shanghai of my Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, that the Phlegethon and Me- dusa were dispatched up the river on that day with commander Kellet to ascertain if any obstruction might be expected either from the Chinese forces, or want of water for the steam vessels in their passage with the troops; but they returned in a few hours, having been stopped by two strong batteries on each side of the river, about six milles above Wúsung; that on the left bank mounting 46, and on the opposite 14 guns: the latter opened a distant but in- effectual fire on the steam vessels. The Modeste, Columbine, and Clio, towed by the Nemesis, Phlegethon, and Pluto, were therefore immediately sent in advance, with directions to commander Watson to take up a position as near as possible to these batteries, without drawing their fire until the Expeditiona. ry forces joined; but to destroy the guns and stores in them, if the panic caus- ed by the attack of the 16th should induce the Chinese to quit them without much resistance. The expeditionary forces were joined on the 16th by the Dido, with 8 tran- sports, containing the 2d Madras Native Infantry, and other reinforcements from India; and the destruction of the guns and military stores at Paushán and Wúsung being completed, the troops were embarked on the morning of the 19th, in the Tenasserim, Nemesis, Phlegethon and Pluto, which respective- ly took the North Star, Modeste, Columbine, and Clio in tow, and proceeded up the river; the marines of the squadron being put on board the Medusa, in which the general and his staff did me the honor to accompany me, together with captains Bourchier, Richards, and Keppel, and a few boats from their respective ships to assist in landing the troops—a force of about five hundred men, including some Horse Artillery, were also dispatched by the General by land towards Shanghai, which is about 12 miles above Wúsung. With the exception of one or two narrow channels, we found no difficulty in navigating this splendid river, and by half past one o'clock had approached within sight of the city, when the North. Star, which was leading, observed a range of batteries at the north end of it which soon afterwards opened a distant fire without doing any mischief, The squadron wis then directed by signal to cast off the steamers and engage, when the shijos promptly shot into close po- sitions; and on the discharge of two well directed broadsides from the North Star and Modeste, (by which four guns were dis "jounted) and a few guns from the steam vessels, the Chinese fled with precip tation, and captain Bourchier immediately landed with the seamen and marines, and took possession of the batteries on which 49 guns (17 of brass) were mounted, and a considerable quantity of arms of different descriptions; the whole of which, with the excep- tion of the brass guns, were destroyed. The troops disembarked in the city from the steam vessels nearly at the same time, when they were joined by the party that marched from Wúsung, which had previously entered on the west side, but the Mandarin authorities had all fled, and the principal inhabitants were departing as fast as possible in every direction. The Columbine and Medusa, were sent to the southward of the city to endeavor to check this de- population, but although the river at Shanghái is not less than 650 yards wide, it was literally covered with junks and boats of all sizes carrying off fur- niture and goods. The respectable inhabitants, however, that did remain, ap- prared to regard us with less apprehension than I had anywbere before seen, 1843. 29:3 Capture of IVásung sind Whanghai and they freely produced the supplies of provisions, &c., that were required We were informed that the day before our arrival a serious affray had occurred between the inhabitants and the mandarin party, and several lives lost in con- sequence of the heavy exactions of the latter for the avowed purpose of defend- ing the place and their hasty abandonment of it on our approach. A large quantity of guns, arms and other ammunitions of war, as well as an abundant store of rice, were found in the arsenal and magazines at Shanghái; and while the land forces were occupied in examining and destroying them, and the ships in getting off the brass guns, &c.— feeling very desirous to ascertain, as far as it was practicable, the navigable course of the river, and other water commu- nications of the interior, captain Bourchier and commander Kellet proceeded on the 20th with the Phlegethon and Medusa, the Barge, and some marines of the Cornwallis, and a boat of the Columbine, for 30 miles without interruption, when two batteries of 5 guns each were observed on the left bank in the sup- posed vicinity of Sungkiáng: they were however abandoned on the approach of the steam vessels, and lieutenant Wise, with the boats and marines of the Cornwallis, landed and destroyed them without resistance, although a con- siderable body of troops had assembled within a short distance. Captain Bourchier's report of his progress up the river was so satisfactory that I deter- mined to prosecute the examination still further, and accordingly proceeded on the following day with the addition of the Nemesis, and we succeeded in as- cending 37 miles in a direct line, and 47 including the sinuosities of the river, above Shanghai, where we were stopped by the shallowness of the water at the entrance of a large lagoon ; but having spoken with some small junks load- ed with coal which left Súchau fú only on the preceding day, we satisfactorily ascertained that there is a water communication from the Wúsung river with that rich and populous city; and that we had actually reached within 25 miles of it, with encouraging hopes that the small steamers may convey troops within a short distance of it should it be desirable. Commander Kellet's zeal on this service, and on every other which he is engaged, exceeds all praise; and I have the satisfaction of here with transmit- ting for their lordship’s information a sketch which he has drawn with much ability of the coast of the Wúsung from its entrance as far as we have proceed- ed. It will convey to their lordships the best idea of the locality in which we have been operating, and I trust prove a satisfactory addition to our present geographical knowledge of these parts. The troops were all re-embarked at Shanghái early on the morning of the 23d, when the squadron dropped down the river, and they were in the course of the afternoon transferred to their respective transports at the anchorage off Wúsung. The surveying vessels and light ships of the squadron will now proceed up the Yángtsz' kiáng, and their lordships may depend that no time will be lost in proceeding with the Expeditionary forces in prosecution of further operations. I have, &c., (Signed) WILLIAM PARKER, Vice-admiral. Abstract of the ordnance captured at Wúsung, Páushan and Shanghái. East face of Páushan 28 North face of Paushan 16 Northwest of the city 31 Coast batteries near entrance 3 294 JUNE, Slute and Prospects of China. West line of defense at Wúsung Eastern line of defense" 154 21 175 Batteries between Wúsung and Shanghai 55 In the arsenal and batteries at Shanghái 70 Above Shanghai 10 135 1 Art. III. State and Prospects of China, viewed in connection with the extension of the Christian religion. By a Corres- pondent. China has recently undergone wonderful changes, at least it is so in the estimation of foreigners. There was a time when nobody cared for this country. It was too far off to attract the attention of western nations. They knew-both men and women knew—that a delightful beverage was easily procurable from the leaf of a shrub growing in the celestial empire. So indifferent were even the news- mongers, that the Times once refused to insert an article regarding this country, though pay was proffered as for advertisements. Peti- tions sent to ministers and to parliament were laid on the table, there to lie neglected. If a solitarý volume appeared, setting forth the resources, the power, and the weakness, of this great empire, few were found to read it. The public mind was not, and could not be, roused to give attention to this country. Such was the state of things till the spring of 1839, when Lin's memorable edict fell like a thunder-bolt-and changes commenced. As soon as the surrender of the 20,291 chests of opium to the Chinese government was made known, an electric shock ran round the world, and the whole race of scribblers poured forth their decla- mations, all deeming themselves quite competent to decide every question, political or commercial. Men of all classes and all profes- sions--soldiers and scholars, merchants and missionaries, statesmen and philosophers--emulated each other in this new field; fancy furnishing them with facts; and imagination with logic. The more ignorant the writers were, the more fully and the more learnedly did they expatiate. It was amusing to read the clashing opinions which were banded to and fro. The spotless innocence of the immaculate Chinese was portrayed on the one hand, and the blamelessness and 18.13 295 State and Prospects of China. stern integrity of the foreign trader were extolled on the other. Again the Chinese were judged by the international law of western nations, and chastisement awarded without mercy, while the smug. glers were declared outlaws, worthy only of death. By one party, war was to be waged with vengeance ;-by another, the employment of coercion was murderous. No question perhaps was ever present- ed in such a variety of aspects. But very little regard, all this while, was had to his imperiil majesty Táukwáng, who ought to have been sole arbiter. As the quarrel thickened, it soon became evident that the emperor and his ministers were not to be reasoned with by a mere show of force. Something of a harder character seemed indispensably necessary in order to carry conviction, and set- tle and fix all matters on a firm basis. Against the barbarians a decree for extermination was launched from the dragon-throne. All the empire was on tip-toe with expectation. Two expeditions had already failed. A third was at last seen upon the Child of the Ocean. The crisis came; peace was concluded; and probably copies of the treaty will have been exchanged, ere this is published. Thousands of expectants stand ready to become actors in the opening scenes. Being among those simple-hearted folks who firinly believe that the stone cut out without hands is to become a great mountain and fill the whole earth, I will, with your permission, Mr. Editor, invite the attention of your readers to the consideration of a subject of the highest interest—the religious revolution of the Chinese empire. In a little time, Confucianism, Budhism, aud all other forins of idolatry will fall; and there will rise on their minds a new system, a kingdom of truly celestial origin. The great revolutions, which have been changing the face of the western world since the middle of the 18th century, may be said to have commenced in North America, A fire was there kindled, the sparks of which first ignited Europe, and subsequently the whole of the new world. As in former time, the course of events was, in ac- cordance with the great luminary, from east to west, and as every grand impulse came in that direction; so at present, everything has changed, and the west is pregnant with the most astonishing inven- tion, and the spirit of change and enterprise is taking its course to the far off regions of the east. As soon as France had involved all Europe in war, it then appeared that these revolutionary movements had indirectly contributed to the aggrandizement of Russia, the champion of ignorant princes. This colossal power came with owrwhelming forse upon the Turkish empire: while France hi Suite und Prospects of China J. 1 her operations in Africa, greatly contributed to restrict and diminish the influence of Mohammedanism. England, singularly placed as a maritime state, and having gained large accessions of territory in Southern Asia, could not but materially influence the destinies of this quarter of the world. In the north, Russia, reaching the con- fines of Kamtschatka, established its power in that quarter, without having encountered any influence or authority to dispute its sway. Everywhere in the south, British arms were victorious, reaching to Nípál, to Burinah, to Cabúl, and to the very confines of the Chinese empire. Nor were they to be stayed here by any imaginary or real obstacles, which the government of this empire could create. The same powe that had humbled Turkey in the dust showed itself to be more than a match for the millions of this empire. The Chinese claim to universal supremacy has been vetoed. However important the late struggle may be, in its bearing on commercial and political relations, it has yet a much higher import when we contemplate it as affecting the eternal destinies of the pre- sent and future millions of this empire. When we hear good people declaring against the late struggle, as a strife against a wise provi- dence, they disclose a wish to have all existing abominations tolerat- ed, and the door to all future improvements closed. This is almost as absurd as the secret wish to see war and bloodshed spreading, in order that China may be opened and free intercourse established in plain English, to do evil that good may come ! We wish, no true Christian to adopt either of these sentiments. There is a more rational, a more noble mode of thinking. As follow- ers of the Prince of peace, we have nothing to do with political mat- ters; and when, as members of the body politic, duties are assigned to us, let then each and all be faithfully discharged as in the fear of God. Let each and all our duties—both to God and to man be faithfully performed, and he will cause all events, however untoward they may seem, to redound to the Divine glory and the welfare of his creatures. All the evils and the miseries of the late war, and they have not been few, Almighty power and infinite Wisdom will make to help on God's grand design of subduing into himself all nations. And those that will not serve and obey him, he will destroy. Con- fiding entirely in the wisdom of the Most High, there need be no misgivings at any reverses or seeming impediments. The multitudes of human beings inhabiting the Chinese empire are all numbered by that almighty Father, who numbers the very hairs upon our head, and knows all the stars that twinkle in the fir- 1 ! 1843 297 State and prospects of China. mament of heaven. The whole wide universe he upholds by the word of his power, and all created things, visible and invisible, are spread out in full view before his eyes. With him there is no res- pect of persons. The Chinese claim the same regard from their Maker as we ourselves, all equally existing by his will, being the creatures of his hand, and dependent upon his mercy. Cannot, then, the claims of these multitudes, for free redemption through the blood of the everlasting covenant-the claims proffered to them as human beings for whom Christ diedcannot these claims be pleaded in their behalf at a throne of grace? Is not the love of God infinite ? Under such circumstances, questions arise which can never be answered here below, to the satisfaction of shortsighted mortals, but must be left to be solved in eternity. It is asked very ration- ally: if the Chinese are objects of the Divine mercy, why have they been permitted to grope in darkness these eighteen centuries? Why have single tribes of savage nations been benefited by the rays of the Gospel's light, and these hundreds of millions left to bow down and do divine homage to gods which are vanity and lies—to dumb idols, blocks of wood and stone? Why has this country been so long closed against all intercourse with other nations? Why have all foreign superstitions gained ingress, and the pure Gospel alone been excluded ? But stop : let us not seek to explain where we vught only to give honor and glory to Him who does all things ac- cording to his own will and pleasure. Hitherto difficulties upon difficulties have arisen to hinder the pro- gress of the word of life. A good version of the Holy Scriptures has been a desideratum, and is so still. Those who have come hi- ther to preach the gospel have had to spend years in acquiring a knowledge of this language, while they have been restricted to a remote corner of the empire. Thus situated, there has not been that entire consecration to missionary efforts, requisite to give great The truth of God—the Bible has not had free course. The mind and character of the Chinese have not been understood. A heart, deceitful above all things and desperately wicked, has been hardened and defended here by legions of allies, all armed against the truth. In their own estimation all Chinese are rich-rich though they have to beg in the streets-rich though they may be dying of starvation! And of them all, with but little limitation or modifica- tion, we may say, it is easier for a' camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a Chinese to be saved. With God all things are possible. For the conversion of sinners there are ineans, appointed success. VOI 11. NO ii. 298 JUNE, State and Prospects of China. ears. by God himself, and then he will bless. Let those, then, who are appointed to preach lift up the voice. But, it is said, the Chinese will not listen. Address yourself to a numerous auditory; describe in glowing colors some worldly advan- tages that may be gained to themselves, and you will find willing But call on them to practice the Christian virtues; warn the forlorn sinner to flee to the only refuge for a lost world; rouse them to study holiness; and you will meet with but little sympathy. If you merely require of them some additional ceremonies, some new objects of worship, the assumption of a new name, thousands will become willing converts. But urge a change of heart; call for an upright deportment, and a pure conscience; and you call in vain. în vain till the Holy Spirit descends with his all-subduing in- Auences. There is no reason why the disciples of Christ should be dis- couraged. More are they who are for them, than they who are against them, and almighty power is pledged for their support. If, as yet, multitudes have not done homage to the truth, individuals have always submitted themselves to the healing influences of the gospel. Whatever may be the worldly opinion on this point, or the contracted views of unbelief, it has again and again, even in China, been proved that the gospel is the power of God to save all that be- lieve. The number of true believers, even in the most favored por. tions of Christendom are small; and here it is very small. Yet still there are a few that call on the name of the Lord; and this seed will increase, and the numbers be multiplied, until China becomes a Christian nation. When we behold here the well-organized system of government to repress every innovation with a strong hand; when we see the mon- strous machinery of idolatry, countenanced and upheld by the very men in power; when we see the ways of access to the interior of the empire all closed: the heart, that is not strong in the faith, fails, and doubts and fears and hesitations are the consequences. The Gospel of Christ was never yet preached to the rulers of this empire, and their enmity to it is not founded on a knowledge of the truth, as truth. They dislike and disapprove of it, because it is foreign. Hence the edicts, issued some years back, against Christian books which in scarcely a solitary instance have been carried into effect. The effectual prevention of free intercourse is the greatest obstacle that now remains in our way. Only let free intercourse be granted, and the new doctrine' will spread, despite all the principalities and 1843 Siate und Prosperts of China. 299 powers of earth and hell. In God's own way an effectual door will be opened for his gospel in China. Already many opportunities to benefit the people have been presented. Many more might be found, if sought for in a proper manner. Whatever may have been, or may now be, the political considera- tions which have actuated the late two belligerent, but now friendly powers, no long lasting peace can be preserved that does not rest on the broad basis of mutual national rights, and friendly intercourse with all and every one. Until this point be gained, the grand deside- ratum will be wanting. If Jehovah be King of kings, the God of the whole earth, and doeth his pleasure among the nations, he will not for ever uphold governments that set at naught his authority. Sus- taining all things by himself, he will make all subservient to his kingdom and his glory. With perfect ease he can lead on the sol- diers of the cross, removing obstacles, opening ways, supplying means, defeating the wiles of the adversary, and subduing every op- ponent. Strength and wisdom are his, and he will show himself to be lord of all. The work of converting this empire is the Lord's. What he begins, that will he finish, for none can resist his will or stay his hand. Already the prospects brighten, at the approach of that Redeemer, who is a God mighty to save even to the uttermost. Oh, that the hearts of the sons of Han might gladden at the coming of his kingdom, and might submit to his sway, and yield the allegia ance they owe to their Creator and Preserver ! How changed will China become, when the influence of the gosa pel shall pervade all hearts! The temples with all their idols will then be in ruins, and the name of the Lord will be great in all the land. How beautiful upon the mountains will then be the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, that publisheth peace, that bringeth good tidings of good, that publisheth salvation, hat saith unto Zion, thy God reigneth! Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. For behold the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people; but the Lord shall arise upon thee, and his glory shall be seen upon thee. And the gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising. Lift up thine eyes round about and see, all they gather themselves together, they come to thee; thy sons shall come from far, and thy daughters shall be nursed at thy side. Then thou shalt see and flow together, and thine heart shall fear and be enlarged, because the abundance of the sea shall be converted unto thee, the forces of the gentiles shall come unto thee. 300 The Encyclopedia of the Chinese Language. JUNE, The impulse, so far as human agency is concerned, must doubtless come from foreigners, for in this great mass there is no life; but the bulk of the work will be carried through by natives themselves. 'There are a few instances, in which Chinese imbued by heavenly truih, have been its sturdy champions, and defended and promoted it with considerable risk. If God now pour out his Spirit, great will be indeed the number of evangelists, that will proclaim the Savior's merits, and magnify his glorious name. Then bigotry and idolatry will be subdued, and the unwearied industry of the Chinese will be pplied to advance the kingdom of God. How changed will be the country! The national character will lose its impress of low cun- ning-national liberty, and every art and science to adorn and cheer life will be adopted. Art. IV. The Encyclopedia of the Chinese Language. By J.-M. CALLERY. London, Firmin Didot Frères. 1842. The book from which we take this heading is merely a Prospectus or specimen of a work, which Mr. Callery proposes to carry through the press. The nature of the native work from which it is to be compiled, the extent of the undertaking, and the characteristics of the Encyclopedia when done, are thus set forth in Mr. Callery's Advertisement. Though a work of this kind has long been imperiously called for by per- sons of all nations whose taste or interest lea:'s them to study the Chinese language; and though, from its nature, it must findoubtedly rank with those great works which make an era in the history of science, we should never- theless have considered its practical utility too limited, and its execution too laborious, for us to venture upon such a gigantic undertaking, had not extra- ordinary events recently occurred in the East, which in all probability will make the Celestial Empire an object of universal interest, and give a power- ful impulse to the study of its language and literature. Separated from the other nations of the globe by its rigidly exclusive system towards strangers, as well as by geographical position, China till lately appeared but as a far distant empire, whose antiquity, grandeur, and civilization partook of the fabulous ;-an empire, too, which could not be to us an object of any particu- lar interest, owing to the impossibility of establishing anything like a free in- tercourse with its inhabitants. But now, that the vast space is annihilated 1843 301 'The Encyclopedia of the Chinese Language. which separated China from Europe ;-that, bearing down the weak opposi- tion made to their course, the waves of European power are about to inun- date this ancient and extensive country ;-that this nation, whose social state presents such curious phenomena, cannot much longer hide from our investigation the secrets of its politics and industry, nor the riches of its territory ;-now, in fine, that our commercial relations with these opulent countries are about to be extended to a degree unknown at any previous period, thus opening so vast a market for our manufactures, no person can be blind to the immense utility of a work which not only gives us the lan- guage and writing of the Chinese, but also their history, the description of their country and manners; their opinions in politics, philosophy, and reli- gion; their arts and sciences, and, in fact, whatever relates to their physical and moral order. Though the main object of this colossal work is, to impart a complete knowledge of the Chinese language, and in this respect it presents a dic- tionary somewhat of the same kind as Johnson's, and those of several con- tinental academies, it cannot, however, be entirely assimilated to any of our European lexicons, even the most extensive; because, from the singular character of the language, it must embrace not only all the philological explanations and discussions necessary to the understanding of each word and locution, but it must also comprise an infinity of details, equally cu- rious and diversified, on facts, usages, and natural phenomena, &c., &c.; which will give this work no indifferent claim to be entitled the Encyclo- pedia of the Chinese Empire. This peculiarity depends on the fundamental principle which distinguishes the Chinese language from those of Europe. Our languages, and in fact all the Indo-germanic tongues, being adapted rather for reasoning than imagi- nation, derive all their words from a small number of roots, the meaning of which is very precise; and, as a consequence of this derivation, each locu- tion has a clear and definite meaning, from which any one who wishes to be understood can seldom deviate. To this may be attributed those con- cise and abstract definitions which make our dictionaries so dull and dry that we hardly ever have recourse to them but from necessity. Never has any European lexicographer, however enthusiastic for his art, ventured to recommend his work as interesting to the general reader. The Chinese language, on the contrary, being more than any other orien- tal tongue, created for the imagination, and grounded, we may almost say, on the picturesque, admits an infinite number of meanings indirect and inverse, with allusions, metaphors, allegories, strange comparisons, and other figures peculiar to itself, which no foreigner can possibly understand, till he has acquired a competent knowledge of the facts, customs, and tenets which are the origin of all these tropes. A universal dictionary of the Chinese language, which shall supply all that is required by sinologists, and shall make known in Europe the inexhaustible riches of the idiom of the Celestial empire, must not be composed of definitions merely, but must contain in addition all the details above enumerated. Thus executed, it will supply a 302 JINE, The Encyclopediu of the Chinese Language tund of solid information, and will also be full of interest to many, who, without wishing to study the language, may still be anxious to obtain ac- curate information as to China and its inhabitants. There is one doubt which will naturally arise in the minds of thinking men on the perusal of this sketch of our projected work: they will ask whether we have at our disposal auxiliary means proportioned to our object; or whether we rely altogether on our own individual erudition for endowing the republic of letters with a work so vast and complete as we here venture to announce. We hasten to dissipate the fears which may arise on this head, and frankly confess that-notwithstanding our close application to the study of the Chinese language from our very youth, aided by the peculiar advantages derived from a seven years' residence in China; notwithstanding, also the extensive work we have already published on this subject, and which we would fain believe gives us some claim to the confidence of sino- logists--we confess that we do not depend on our own feeble resources alone for collecting the materials which are to form the body of the work, but upon the celebrated monument of linguistical science, by which Chi- nese philologists have shown themselves so superior to the lexicographers of all other nations. Kánghi, the greatest emperor, and perhaps the most learned man, that China ever knew, seeing that in his day there existed no work embracing all the riches of the language, in the cultivation of which he found such boundless delight, and in which he left such fine compositions, conceived the design of erecting in the midst of the vast field of Chinese philology, a lite- rary monument that should render his reign famous to all succeeding ages. With this view, he assembled in his palace the most distinguished literati of the empire, and laying before them all the works that could be got, whether ancient or modern, he commanded them carefully to collect all the words, allusions, forms and figures of speech, of which examples might be found in the Chinese language of every style; to class the principal articles accord- îng to the pronunciation of the words; to devote a distinct paragraph to each expression, and to give in support of every paragraph several quotations from the original works. Stimulated by the munificence as well as by the example of the emperor, who reviewed the performances of every day, seventy-six literati assembled at Peking, labored with such assiduity, and kept up such an active corres- pondence with the learned in all parts of the empire, that at the end of eight years the work was completed (1711), and printed at the public ex- pense, in one hundred and thirty thick volumes! We cannot refrain from inserting a translation of the preface which the emperor Kánghi himself wrote for this worķ: in our opinion, it is a model of simplicity, the more bublime from its proceeding from an oriental pen. Overwhelmed night and day by the affairs of government, seldom can 1 find a moment's repose ; but en I happen to have a little leisure, I never fail to devote it to literature. My first care has ever been to study the 68 1843 the Encyclopedia by the Chinese Langudgi 303 classics and historians, to examine their style, and ascertain the meaning; afterwards I turned to writers of secondary importance, more extensively read among the people, and I found that both, though of great usefulness on account of the instructions they give on moral conduct, have great need of being explained, corrected, and completed. “ It is quite true that the dictionaries Yun fú kiun yu and Wú ché yun sui, after classing the characters of our language according to their sound, give us a tolerably good exposition of their meaning, bring us nearer to antiquity, and afford us more enlarged views of many things that before appeared of but little importance. Certainly, nothing has escaped the perspicacity of the authors of these two works ; but, besides being too much abridged and not sufficiently explicit, they contain many errors in their quotations. * This has always attracted my attention, and inspired me with the desire of compiling a universal dictionary embracing all works now extant, and undisfigured by any important error. With this object, having assembled all the doctors of the academy in the Hanlin palace, I joined them in a thorough examination of the various dictionaries; we have corrected the faults therein committed, and supplied what was forgotten. If any character or fact in a classic author or historian had passed unnoticed, I was always there to see it inserted. By degrees we made up a volume; but as we were not yet certain that our work was complete, I gave fresh orders to the great mandarins of the empire to make more extensive researches, that hencefor- ward there might be no further occasion for adding or subtracting. When all the additions made in the capital were collected, and joined with those communicated from the provinces, they were united to the original work, and formed a whole, which was entitled i hit Pei-wan-yun-fú. “ In the 43d year of my reign, and in the 12th month, I opened the palace Yu-ying, and there convoked the doctors of the academy to assist me in thoroughly revising the work. The labors of each day were first submitted to me, and then put into the hands of the engravers. At last, in the 50th year of my reign, and in the 10th month, the work was completely finished, and consisted of 106 books, containing above eighteen thousand sheets. It comprises all that the ancients and moderns have written, little as well as great; so that of all dictionaries, even the most extensive, there is none to be compared to this. " When the work was finished, the doctors came in a body to request that I would write the preface. I have considered that from the beginning of this undertaking to the present day eight years have elapsed, and that, during a long succession of winters and summers, great have been the efforts made to complete the work. Notwithstanding my manifold occupations, I have had the satisfaction of devoting to this object nearly all the leisure hours of every day. In the beginning, I warned the doctors that a great work destined to embrace all our literature, ancient and modern, could not be executed in less than ten years. After a period somewhat shorter we have finished the compilation of this universal work. But would it have been DI 1 30.4 Judit, The Encyclopedia of the Chinese Language possible to terminate it go soon, if we had not combined the efforts of every person capable of assisting us in the undertaking? I have therefore deemed it advisable to inscribe at the beginning of the work, the names of all the doctors who have contributed to its publication.” On the authority, therefore, of the emperor Kánghi himself, this dictionary is the most complete in the Chinese language. Is it not, in fact, amazing to find in the same article three hundred, four hundred, and sometimes even six hundred, combinations of the principal word ? All of which modify its sense more or less, and form with their concomitant examples, what we may venture to call a complete monograph of the subject. Although the Mémoires concernant les Chinois notice this work and call it the Chinese Stephanus, European sinologists seem scarcely to have been aware of its existence, and have till now been content with an abridgment much less satisfactory, known by the title of * y Kánghi Tsz?- tien, an English translation of which was undertaken by Dr. Morrison. This neglect of so important a work is mainly owing to two causes, which we will here state: the first is, that before a person can make any use of the Chinese Stephanus, he must, as the above named Memoirs declare, be already conversant with the Chinese language and literature; and but few persons can boast this preliminary qualification: the second is, that the work, having been printed at the public expense and distributed gratis, either annonſ the grandees of the empire, or the literati who assisted in compiling it, never came into the book-market, and has consequently been very difficult to pro- cure ever since its first appearance. At the present time it is only found, even in China, in the private libraries of a few mandarins and literati, whom hardly any consideration would induce to part with it. This is the precious mine, then, that we purpose to work for the benefit of Europe ; and it is the matter accumulated in the 130 volumes of this mo- numental work, which is to form the basis of our publication, and constitute its essential merit. We shall not, however, confine ourselves to a mere translation. Our work will be distinguished by a vast number of improve- ments, which, we hesitate not to say, will render it far superior to the Chinese original: and to these we more especially solicit the attention of the learn- ed. For instance, 1. Instead of following the classification by tones, which offers no real advantage, and not unfrequently embarrasses even the Chinese, we shall adopt the lucid and rational classification by phonetic families, modifying it upon the principles that we have partially propounded in the fourth chapter of our system. 2. Each family of words will be preceded by a distinct article, in which we shall discuss, on strict critical principles, the origin of the principal pho- netic character, its variations, different pronunciations, and the ideographic part it takes in its derivatives. 3. Then will follow a list of the characters most used in each order, by means of which even inexperienced sinologists will be enabled to distinguish 1843. The Encyclopedia of the Chinese Language. 305 at a glance, among the formidable multitude of the Chinese characters, those which ought more particularly to draw their attention. These indica- tions will also supply excellent materials for the compilation of an abridged dictionary, which would be of great service to those who might not wish to enter deeply into the study of the language. 4. As at the present day it is of the utmost importance to be acquainted not only with the modern, but also with the ancient, classic form of the Chi- nese characters, and especially the cursive form (almost exclusively used by the people and tradesmen), we shall give in juxtaposition the three different ways of writing the same character; which will not only be a help to the memory, but will often save the trouble of making fruitless researches in particular treatises and scarce works, 5. It is well known that the distinct dialects, distinguished by the names of the mandarin, the. Cantonese, and Fukienese, divide China unequally be- tween them, and that each of them has its peculiar dictionary, poetry, and syntax. So, to make our work of general utility, whichever idiom the learner may propose to study, we shall give the pronunciation of each word in the three dialects, employing for that purpose the system of orthography which we have laid down in the ninth chapter of our Systema Phoneticúm, with certain modifications recently adopted on the advice of a friend who is justly considered as one of the most learned orientalists of India. 6. After the pronunciation and meaning of each principal word, we shall give a preliminary article on the object it represents, or a kind of short dis- sertation calculated to make the following phrases more easily understood. The articles will be found interesting to all readers, because, being free from dry linguistic discussions, they will always relate to history, manners, arts, sciences, or other curious subjects. 7. The Chinese, not being 'endowed with that spirit of order and method which characterizes European genius, have never thought of establishing in their dictionaries a system of classification which assigns to each word and phrase, a particular place where it is sure to be found. They have been content with establishing a few grand divisions, under which they have thrown into one confused heap all the characters that present a given point of general analogy, however great the difference between them may other- wise be. The consequence of this is, that when there are five hundred words in a section, or five hundred phrases under a word, the reader is com- pelled to go attentively over the whole several times, before he is certain that the word or phrase he is looking for, is not there. In order to obviate this inconvenience, and to make our dictionary of as ready use as any Euro- pean lexicon, we shall class the phonetic families, the principal characters, and all the phrases that depend on them, upon the excellent alphabetical system invented hy the learned professor, J.-A. Gonçalves, and developed in the eighth chapter of our first work. 8. Instead of foHo the Chinese original in the mutilated and obscure quotations which make it so voluninout, and so difficult to understand, we 399 1 1 VOL. XII. NO, Vi. 306 JUNE. The Encyclopedia of the Chinese Lung rug'c. shall first show the literal sense of each locution, and then add soine remarks from the context of the works quoted, whenever the occasion may seem to require it. 9. However complete and extensive a Chinese dictionary may be, it never comprises colloquial expressions, because in China, the language of everyday life is held in no esteem, and never committed to paper. But as every person that goes to China, will find that he has at first more need of speaking than writing, and as a knowledge of the vernacular contributes greatly to the understanding of books, we think that practical utility ought to prevail over prejudice, and that we shall give additional value to our work by enriching it with all the expressions in general use. Some persons will be well pleased to find that we have collected all the terms that the Chris- tian religion has appropriated to the expression of its doctrines in Chinese, which would be sought for in vain in any dictionary hitherto published. 10. When the subject may seem to require it, we shall give, at the foot of the page, wood-engravings representing notable places, objects of art, instruinents remarkable for their shape, singular costumes, or anything pecu- liar to the country. We hope that this kind of ornament will be equally appreciated by the sinologist and the general reader, as it will bring before their eyes a number of new objects of which it is impossible to form a cor- rect idea either by mere description, or even by reading the original works. 11. There are few persons, who, in reading translations of Chinese books, have not been more or less annoyed by finding chang, tan, bien, &c., given as names of plants, animal, medicinal substances, or other objects of natural history, when it was of the utmost importance to know the corresponding name in English, the synonymous or at least analogous terms in the nomen- clatures admitted in Europe, that we might enrich our arts or our pharma- copæia with the principal secrets which the Chinese have possessed for cen- turies. However well disposed sinologists may have been to remedy this defect, they have found it impracticable; for none among the authors of Chinese European dictionaries has had the opportunity, or the means, of ex- amining scientifically on the spot the objects of natural history thus des- cribed, and pointing out what terms in the Chinese nomenclature correspond with ours. It is true that many treatises on particular objects, and very interesting in themselves, with several essays on Chinese geology, botany, and mineralogy, have appeared in different languages since the celestial empire first began to attract the notice of the learned ; even lately, our illustrious friend, J. A. Gonçalves, was on the point of publishing a long work which we had edited together, when death came unexpectedly and snatched him away from his labors. But the field to be cultivated is so extensive, that all done up to this time is nothing in comparison with what still remains to do. Wc shall have, therefore, an immense gap to fill up in Chinese European dictio- naries, a long labor of tedious and difficult , comparisons to go through with. I'm lowryer hope that the collections in our possession, when compared The Encyclopedia of the Chinese Languagr. 304 with the latest and most esteemed works on the various branches of natural history, will enable us to fulfill our task with honor. We have, moreover the pleasure of stating, that in difficult cases we shall receive assistance frona friends whose names occupy a conspicuous place in the annals of science: Messrs. Ad. de Jussieu, F. L. S.; Ad. Brongniart, F. L. S., Gaudi- chaud, F. L. S., &c. 12. The two first volumes will be devoted to a general dissertation on the subjects we have briefly discussed in the introduction to the Systems Phoneticum, as well as some other interesting questions, relating to the affinities of the Chinese language, which for want of sufficient data we were compelled to pass over unnoticed in the above-named publication. That we may enrich this dissertation with all the discoveries which shall result from our further researches in the course of our long labors, we shall not publish these two first volumes until the body of the work is completed. 13. The last volume will present several tables, which will render the use of the work extremely easy to every body. In the first, for instance, sinologists unacquainted with the phonetic system will find all the characters classed according to the Chinese keys, with a reference to the volume and page where each is to be found. In the second, persons who can speak Chi- nese, and the Chinese themselves, will find the characters arranged accord- ing to the pronunciation, so that a person who remembers the sound of a character but has forgotten the form, can readily find it. In the third, we shall enumerate in alphabetical order all the principal subjects treated of in the body of the work, so that persons totally ignorant of Chinese may in- stantly find the encyclopedian articles which may interest them. As to the general table for the phonetic system, we shall give it at the very beginning of the work, and, as nearly as possihle, in a synoptical form. Such is the plan of the collosal monument that we purpose erecting to sinological science. We will not conceal the fact that its execution pre- sents great difficulties, and that a whole life, perhaps, wiil not be too much to devote to such a purpose. But the experience we have acquired in our previous labors, the perseverance with which we prosecute our researches, and the assistance we shall derive from the friendship of an extensive circle of English, Portuguese, and American sinologists of established reputation, give us the courage necessary to the enterprise, and the inward conviction that we shall honorably fulfill our promises. The typographical execution, as may be seen by the type and paper em- ployed for this specimen, will be very superior. The Chinese characters will be engraved under our own immediate superintendence by the first engravers in the province of Canton, who are the cleverest in China. We can refer to the Chinese part of our Systema Phoneticum for a proof of the unexpected success that has attended our efforts in this particular. From calculations which he have every reason to believe accurate, we have ascertained that, by adopting the size and type of the accompanying specimen, the whole work will be comprised in about twenty volumes, each :308 The Encyclopedia of the Chinese Language JUNE of 600 pages. In order to satisfy as soon as possible the anxiety of our readers, and to keep up the interest that our work must excite, we shall not stay for the completion of a volume before we publish, but shall issue every three months as much as we have been able to get done during that time, leaving it for our subscribers to divide the different parts into equal volumes. It is easy to conceive that so vast a publication, executed in a country where silver is of so little value, will require a large outlay, and that the price will consequently not be such as to place our work within the reach of narrow means. However, as we have no other object but to be useful, and as our individual necessities are easily supplied, we shall be satisfied with covering the expenses of printing. The number of copies printed will therefore be only 250, which will be delivered to subscribers at the rate of 30s. the volume. Mr. Callery has given three orders in his prospectus to illustrate his plan: namely #tsi, a wife, kiun, an army, and tung, a boy, with a few of the combinations under each character, or pho- netic as he calls them, to show what will be the general plan of the arrangement and the mode of filling up the work. It will require the labor of a long life to complete this plan, and the work, when completed, will be a rare instance of successful literary effort. The only feature of Mr. Callery's book which we will notice here is his system of writing the sounds of Chinese words, which to our mind seems to combine more defects than almost any one yet pro- posed. The peculiar termination of the ji shing, or entering tone, in the court dialect, seems to be, in this system, quite overlooked ; and the adoption of the Portuguese termination m to express the ng of other languages, will we fear, often mislead. Thus, in Hukuam (Hookwang), Kuamtum (Kwangtung), iam (yang) and many others, the reader is needlessly puzzled with a new symbol for an old sound. There are also, not to mention other points, two sounds sometimes given to the same letter, which ought always to be avoided in a system. The mode of writing the sounds of the characters may per- haps be deemed by some scholars an unimportant point compared with their signification, but Mr. Callery does not so consider it, and we think he would have made his work more acceptable if he had adopted some already well understood system of orthography. 1843. 3309 Topography of k'wungtung Art. V. Kwangtung Tung-chi, or a general Historical and Statis- tical Account of the province of Canton. Kwángtung Tungsang shúitáu Tú, or Map of the entire Pro- vince of Canton, SOME notices of the province of Kwangtung have been given in pre- vious volumes of the Repository. Regarding the provincial city, very ample details will be found in volume second. In the second number of the present volume there was published a list of the names of the departments and districts, with an account of their geogra- phical position, as given in Du Halde. And we now proceed to give additional information, regarding this province, derived from native authorities, and principally from that which stands first at the head of this article. The VỆ S i = 2k in E, Kwang-tung Tung-sang shui- táu Tú, is a large map of the whole province, filling a sheet 15 feet long, and 5 feet and 7 inches broad. It gives only a very imperfect view of the province. It is chiefly valuable on account of the dis- tinctness with which the military posts and roads are delineated; yet even in these particulars the map is incomplete; and its proportions are badly preserved. Upon the whole, however, it may be consider- ed a fair specimen of the topographical art in this country. The it, Kwang-tung Tung-chi is comprised in 182 octavo volumes, containing about thirty-five leaves each. The num- ber of characters on each leaf, and in each section of the book is marked. The book is not an original, but a new edition of an old work. This edition, much enlarged and improved, was published in 1823, under the auspices of Yuen Yuen, then governor of the pro- vince, aided by thirty-six native gentlemen, among whom were the chief provincial officers and also Lí Mingchí, with whose name our readers are already well acquainted. Works of this kind are very numerous in China, affording the most ample details regarding each of the greater and lesser divisions of the empire; and it is from these works that we must derive that authentic information which is now so much wanted, by those who are directing their attention to this country and its inhabitants and productions. The principal topics of the work before us are arranged under the following nine- teen heads, subdivided into 334 sections, 1 1 310 JNNE, Topography of Kwangtuig 1. Hiuntien, 2 2. ABY #Kiunhien yuen ke 7 3. 職官​表 ​Chi kwán piau 53 4. 選舉​表 ​Siuen kü piau 19 5. 封建​表 ​Fung kien piau 1 6. 奥地​客 ​Yú tí lish 17 7. Shán chuen lish 20 8. Kwán yái 3 Hái fáng lióh 2 10. Kien chi lioh 33 11. King ching lióh 23 Tsien sz' lióh 8 13. Iwan lioh 10 Kin shi lioh 14 15. Kú tsi lioh 15 16. Hwan tsi lu 31 17. 請​宣​錄 ​Chi hwan lu 6 傳​錄 ​Lie chuen lui 63 Tsáh lu 4 12. 14. To 19. In order to give our readers an idea of the work before us, as a whole, we will briefly notice separately each of these several chap- ters, and then resume the topographical description of the province. 1. The hiun tien are the institutes and decrees of the emperors of the reigning dynasty. Although they fill two sections, they comprise, of course, but a few of the many state papers which their majesties have promulged, and have more or less direct bearing on the affairs of this province, relating to revenue, education, &c. 2. Kiun hien yuen ke are notices of all the topographical changes that have occurred, under the successive dynasties down to the pre- sent time. 3. Chikwán piáu is a list of the office-bearers in all the various departments of the province. 4. Siuen kü piáu is a catalogue of those who have been selected and promoted : it includes the literati who are eligible to office. 5. Fungkien pián is a list of those persons upon whom titles of honor have been conferred, :: 311 Topography of i'winglung 6. Yüti libh are topographical notices, forming the most interest. ing and valuable portion of the book. Here we have delineated the boundaries of the province, the latitudes and longitudes, with long lists of the numbers of the population, dissertations on the manners and customs of the people, and notices of the various productions of the soil, 7. Shán chuen lióh contains the names and description of the hills and rivers. 8. Kwan yái are the various passes, at which toll is paid, goods and travelers examined. 9. Kuifáng lióh are notices of the forts and all the various de- fenses along the sea-coast. 10. Kien chí lióh are notices of the architecture in the province, and relate to cities, temples, bridges, &c. li. King ching lióh are notices of governmental affairs, various taxes, tribute, including that from foreigners, military and naval affairs, commerce, &c. 12. Siensz' lióh, former affairs, or ancient history; notices things and events of early times. 13. I wan lióh are notices of the fine arts, and of the sciences as they are known and treated of by the Chinese. 14. Kin shi lióh notices of the metallic and stone monuments, or the antiquities of the province. Medals, &c., are here included. 15. Kí tsi liók are notices of the ancient reinains of various sorts and descriptions. 16. Hwántsi lu are records of meritorious officers, showing their advancement and the reasons thereof. 17. Chikwán lu are records of degraded officers, being the coun- terpart of the preceding. 18. Lie chuen are memoirs of distinguished personages, both men and women, and of various characters and pursuits. 19. Tsah lu are miscellaneous records, comprising a great variety of articles that could not be well arranged under either of the pre- ceding heads. We turn now to the topography of the province, which from east to west extends more than six hundred miles, and more than four hundred and twenty from north to south. The area comprises 79,456 square miles, according to Staunton. The population in 1812, was 27,174,030. The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland has a surface of 90,950 square miles, with a population of about 25,500,000, or 280 10 the square mile. Here then, in the 1 1 1 1 31:2 Topography of Kwangtung: JUNE, province of Canton alone, we have an extent of territory and an amount of population almost equalling those of the United Kingdom in Europe. The Kwang-tung Tung-chi, the work before us, contains first a map of the whole province; and afterwards it gives a map of each department and district, separately, thus affording a very full and minute picture of every part of this extensive province. In the map of the province the lines of latitude and longitude mark whole de- grees; in those of the departments they mark half degrees; and in those of the districts each degree is divided into ten parts. Thus the scale of the maps of the departments is double that of the province, and that of the districts ten times that of the province. Each degree is divided into 250 li. We will now proceed to notice each of the departments and districts, and in the order in which their names were given on page 91 in this volume. I. TEH Kwángthau fú, comprising fifteen districts (one ting and fourteen hien) is bounded on the east by Hwuichau fú, on the west by Shauhing fú, on the northwest by Fáhkáng ting, on the north by Shauchau fu, and on the south by the sea. It is nearly square, extending about two degrees from east to west, and the same from north to south. It is well watered, being intersected by nume- rous rivers, and an estuary extending far up the Chú kiáng to the very centre of the department, almost to the provincial capital. At Whampoa, near the head of this estuary, a large river disembogues, the head waters of which are in Kiángsí. This is called the East river. Another stream comes down from the north, called the North river, and is formed of many rivulets, rising along the northern fron- tiers of the province. A third and much larger stream is the West river, having its sources in the provinces on the west and northwest of Kwangsí. Hills and mountains rise, at intervals, in all parts of the department; and some of them, as the Lófau shan, are remark- able for their beautiful scenery. The boundaries of the department and of the districts, like those of the provinces, are usually formed by nature, being either the courses of the rivers, or the ridges of hills and mountains. On the maps of the departments and districts ap- propriate marks are used to distinguish the chief towns; thus a square denotes the chief town of a fú or department; a rhomb denotes the chief town of a chau ; a parallelogram denotes the principal town of a ting; a small circle that of a hien; and a small dot that of a subdivision of the ting. The districts are the following: 1843. "Topography of Kwungtung. 313 that are Nánhái hien, or the district of Nánhái, i. e. South- ern Sea. It includes the western half of the city of Canton, extend- ing from the city about 18 miles westward; from north to south its greatest extent is about 35 miles. It has the districts of Pwányü and Shunte on the east; on the north that of Hwá; on the northwest that of Sanshúi; on the west and southwest those of Káuming and Hohshan in the department of Sháuhing; and on the south, that of Sinhwui. Its form is very irregular, the northern part being like a crescent, with the lower horn extended into a long neck forming the southern part. The course of the rivers, which are numerous, is from the northwest to the southeast. The principal hills are those on the north, in the rear of the city of Canton; there are others of about equal height on the north and west of the district. 114 Fáhshán Chintung chí is distant about 12 miles from Canton a little south of west. Fáhshán is known for its extensive warehouses. Of the subordinate divisions, called 7) sz’, several in the district. 2. # Pwányü hien, or the district of Pwanyii, includes the eastern half of the city of Canton. It has Nánhái and Hwa on the west; Tsunghwá on the north; Tsangching and Tungkwán on the east; and Shunte on the south. Its form is nearly a perfect square, extending about 24 miles on each side. The Chú kiáng or Pearl river, which runs from the city due east to the First Bar, below Whampoa, leaves about one third of the district on its south- ern bank, much of which is low rice-ground, as is also a low strip along its northern bank, and also the whole eastern extremity of the district. A ridge of mountains, called the Pewan shán, or the White-cloud mountains, rises on the north of the city, and stretches away to the northeast of the borders of the district. 3. Il ne me Shunte hien, or the district of Shunte, has Nánhai and Pwányú on the north; an estuary on the east; Hiángshan on the south; Sinhwui on the southwesť; and Nánhái on the west and northwest. Its boundary is almost a circle, with a diameter of 24 miles. It forms a part of the delta of the North and West rivers; is very low, and intersected with numerous water-courses, running in various directions, but chiefly southward and eastward. The chief city is near the centre of the district. There are several subordinate towns, of which the HC Tsz'ní is one of the principal and most known to foreigners, who often pass through it on their way from Macao to Canton by the Inner Passage. VOL. XIL NO. VI 314 Topography of Kwungtung. JUNE, water. 4. Tungkwán hien, or the district of Tungkwan, is of a square form, and extends about 35 miles from east to west, and from north to south. It is situated eastward from the Bogue and Second Bar, having Tsangching on the north, Kweishen on the east, and Sin-án on the south. The northwestern part of the district is low, forming the delta of the East river, which disembogues through several mouths between Whampoa and the Bogue. The chief town of the district is on the southern bank of this river, distant about twelve miles from one of its principal mouths. The central and southern parts of the district are very hilly, and without streams of There is however one stream which seems to come in from Sinhwui; and indicates that there is a low tract of ground lying be- tween the two districts. The naval commander-in-chief of the pro- vince has his residence in this district not far from the Bogue; in a small walled town, near to which commissioner Lin destroyed the opium in 1839. 5. # Sin-án hien, or the district of Sin-án, pronounced Sanon (or Sunoan) in the local dialect. It lies on the east of the estuary, having Tungkwán on the north, Kweishen on the northeast, and the sea on the east and south. Its greatest extent, from north to south, is thirty miles, and thirty-six from east to west. A range of hills marks its northern boundary. Through this range a solitary river passes ; but whether its course is to the north or to the south, it is impossible to determine from the map. The truth is probably that there are two streams, having their sources in or near to one and the same spot, from whence one flows northward to the East river, while the other flows to the south and then to the west, disemboguing opposite to the island of B * Lankeet. The capital of the dis- trict stands on the northern bank of a deep bay, distant from the island of Lintin, say ten miles to the northeast, taking the map for our guide. It is a very hilly district, and forms a kind of headland or promontory, the southernmost point of which is te # Kit- lung, --commonly called Kowloon, lying over against the island of Hongkong 6. IE IŁ Tsunghwú hien, or the district of Tsunghwá, stretches, from the northern boundary of Pwányü, off in a northeast direction sixty miles, along both banks of a small river, which rising in the northeast of the district, flows down to the southwest, and joins Pearl river just above the city of Canton. The breadth of the district, measuring on a line drawn at right angles to the river from 1843). Topography of h'uanglung. 315 sea. northwest to the southwest, is about one third of its length. It is covered with hills. The chief town stands about twenty miles from Pwányii, on the northern bank of the above named river. The district is bounded, on the west by Hwá, Tsingyuen, and Fáhkáng; on the north by Chángning; and on the east by Lungmun and Tsangching, with Pwányü on the south. 7. # O Lungmun hien, or the district of Lungmun, is in shape nearly round, and forms the northeast portion of this depart- ment, having Tsunghwá on the west, and Tsangching on the south- west. The chief town of the district stands on a small river which is formed by several little streamlets, converging from the north, east, and west, and uniting near the city like so many radii ; they then, in one stream, flow to the southwest, and join the waters of the East river. It is a hilly district. 8. # Sinning hien, the district of Sinning, lies at the opposite extreme of the department, forming its southwestern part. Its shape is that of a triangle, with its base and southern line on the Its west and northwest line borders on Yángkiáng, 'Anping, and Haiping; the remaining side borders upon Sinhwui. The ca- pital city stands near the northern point. The central part of the district is covered with hills, from which flow several rivulets, some to the south, and some to the west. 9. HE toll Tsangching hien, or district of Tsangching, is bounded on the west by Pwányii, on the northwest by Tsunghwa, on the northeast by Lungmun, on the southeast by Póhló, and on the south by Tungkwán. It stretches forty-eight miles from east to west, and thirty-six from north to south. In its general features it resembles Lungmun; and its chief city stands on the western bank of the river that flows down from Lungmun. The famous 羅浮 ​Lófưu shan are situated on the eastern borders of this district. Much of the scenery, in other parts, is very beautiful. 10. Hy Hiángshán hien, or the district of Hiángshán, is bounded on the west by Sinhwui, on the north by Shunte, and on the east and south by the sea. The peninsula on which Macao is built forms the extreme southeast part of the district. From north to south it extends about thirty miles, and about twenty-five from It is intersected by several deep water-courses. 11. # Sinhwui hien, or the district of Sinhwui, is bounded on the southwest by Sinning, on the northwest by Hóh- shán, on the north by Shunte, and on the east by Hiángshán. From east to west. 310 JUNE, Topography of Kurungtung north to south it extends about forty miles, and about thirty from - "east to west. It is a low tract of country, and well watered. The hills are numerous, but not high. 12. EK Sunshui hien, or the district of Sánshui, stretches thirty miles from north to south, and on an average about ten from east to west. It is situated on the west of Nánhái and Hwá. 13. 清遠​縣 ​Tsingyuen hien, situated northward and west- ward from Sanshui, Hwá, Tsunghwa, and Fáhkáng, forms the north- western portion of the department of Kwángchau. From north to south it extends thirty-five miles, and about fifty-five from east to west. It is traversed by the North river, the waters of which are augmented by several small streams from the northern and western frontiers of this district. 14. # Hvá hien, extending about twenty miles from north to south, and from east to west, lies between Nánhái and Pwányü on the south, Tsunghwa on the east, Tsingyuen on the north and northwest, and Sánshui on the west. 15. I 4 Tsienshán Cháiting, or the garrison of Casa Branca, is comprised within the territorial limits of the district of Hiángshin. II. H H H Shauchau fú, or the department of Sháuchau, comprising six districts, is bounded on the south by the department of Kwingchau, on the east by Nánhiung and Hwuichau, on the west by Lienchau and Kweiyang chau of Hinán, on the north by Chinchau of Húnán, and on the southwest by Fáhkáng ting. The capital city is situated near the centre of the department, on the northern bank of the Northern river, just above its junction with it K IVú shúi, or the waters of Wú, which forin a small stream descending from the northwest. Its exte’t from north to south is about 120 miles, and about 60 from east to west. It is a moun- tainous region, watered only by the North river and its numerous tributaries. The following are the districts: 1. H I J Kikiảng hien, or the district of Kiukiáng, com- prises that portion of the department which lies immediately around its capital, which is the residence of the chief magistrate of the dis- trict. The boundary of the district is of a circular form, having a diameter of about thirty miles. The North river divides it into two nearly equal parts. It is well watered and covered with hills. 2. Tempo Lóhcháng hien, or the district of Lóhcháng, in form and extent is quite like the preceding, and forms the north- 18.13 317 Topography of Kwungtung. western portion of the department. Its surface is very diversified, being intersected with many little streams which flow from the hills on every side. 3. = It Jinhwa hien, or the district of Jinhwá, is about fifteen miles in extent from north to south, and twenty-five from east to west. It is situated directly north of Kiukiang. 4. Le Jiyuen hien, or the district of Jüyuen, is situated on the west of Kiukiáng and south of Lóhcháng, extending thirty miles from north to south, and about twenty-five from east to west. 5. Ungyuen hien, or the district of Ungyuen, is bounded on the northwest by Kiukiáng, on the north by Chihing, on the northeast by a part of Kiángsí, on the east and southeast by Lienping, on the south by Chángning, and on the southwest and south by Yingte. The chief city of the district stands on the north- ern bank of the Kiángchin, which also bears the name of the dis- trict. It extends from east to west about fifty miles, and about thirty from north to south. 6. Hun Yingte hien, or the district of Yingte, occupies the southwest portion of the department, having Kiukiang and Jüyuen on the north, and Ungyuen on the east. Its extent is perhaps one third larger than that of Ungyuen. III. UN Hwuichau fú, or the department of Hwuichau, comprises ten districts, situated on the east of the department of Kwángchau, and extending from Kiángsi on the north to the sea on the south, a distance of nearly two degrees and a half; from east to west its average extent is about one degree and a half. It is bounded on the west by Kwángchau, Fáhkáng, and Nánhiung; on the north by Kanchau in Kiángsí; on the east by Kiáying and Cháuchau; and on the south by the sea. It is well watered by the East river and its numerous branches. It is the upper valley of that river, and most of its tributary streams rise within its boundaries. A ridge of mountains runs nearly parallel with the coast, and distant from it 20 or 30 miles. Along upon this ridge several rivulets rise and descend to the sea. The following are the districts : 1. Kweishen hien, or the district of Kweishen, forms the southwest portion of the department. Its chief town stands on the southern bank of the East river, and is separated from the capital of the department only by a small stream flowing from the south. The district is bounded on th north by the East river, on the cast by Hájfing, on the south by the sea, on the southwest hy Sin- 1 1 1 Topography of kwungtung, JUNE, an, and on the west by Tungkwan. It extends 35 miles from north to south, and about 50 from east to west. Its line of seacoast is nearly 40 miles with only a few streamlets. 2. Pohló hien, or the district of Póhló, lies directly north of Kweishen, bounded by the East river on the south, by Tsangching and Lungmun on the west, by Hoyuen and Yung'an on the north and east. Its extent from north to south is 30 miles, and about 50 from east to west. Lungkiáng, a tributary of the east river, divides the district into two nearly equal parts, one on the east and the other on the west; within the latter are a part of the Lófau shán. 3. Háifung hien, or the district of Háifung, lies on the east of Kweishen and extends about 35 miles along the coast, having Lufung on the east, Yung'án on the north, and Pohló on the north-west. The northern part of the district is covered with hills, from which numerous streams descend to the sea. The coast abounds with islands, one of which is 20 miles long and 10 broad. 4. Bei der Lufung hien, or the district of Lufung, is of a triangular form. On the west it joins Háifung and Yung'an, on the south is extends to the sea, and has on the remaining side the dis- trict of Hwuilái. Its principal river extends from its northern frontiers to the sea. 5. Hóyuen hien, or the district of Hyuen, stretches northward from the frontiers of Póhló about 35 miles, and about eastward from the frontiers of Lungmun. It is situated about midway between the northern and southern borders of the depart- ment. 6. Lungchuen hien, or the district of Lungchuen, is bounded on the west by Lienping, on the northwest by Hoping, on the north by ’Anyuen in Kiángsí, on the northeast by Chángning in Kiángsí, on the east by Hingning, and on the southeast by Cháng- lóh. Its extent from north to south is forty miles, and about fifty from east to west. It stands on the western bank of the East river. 7. Tp Háping hien, or the district of Hoping, forms the northern portion of the department. The tea, known in Canton as Woping chá, is from this district. 8. Ę Chángning hien, or the district of Chángning, is a narrow strip of land, bounded on the north by Ungyuen and Lien- ping, the east by Hóyuen, on the south by Lungmun and Fáh- king, and on the west by Yingte. Its eastern part is watered by a 1*13. Topography of bringtung. 331!! tributary of the East river; its western part is watered by a small stream which flows westward and unites with the North river. This district accordingly must form the highest portion of ground, in this direction, between the North and East rivers. 9. K L Yung-án bien, or the district of Yung-án, is situat- ed eastward from Hóyuen and Pohló, and on the north of Hai- fung, extending about thirty miles from north to south, and forty-five from east to west. 10. 4 H1 Lienping chau, or the district of Lienping, forms the extreme northwest portion of this department, bordering upon Kiangsí. It is watered by one of the principal branches of the East river. IV. WW # Cháuchau fú, the department of Cháuchau (lo- cally Tiúchiú) is situated on the east of Hwuichau, and extends east- ward to the frontiers of Fukien, a distance of ninety miles measuring the coast line on the Chinese map. On the northwest the department is bounded by Kiáying. Its form is nearly that a circle; and its greatest extent-the diameter of the circle is about 100 miles. It is divided into the ten following districts. 1. Háiyáng hien, or the district of Háiyáng, includes the capital of the department, which stands near its centre. It forms nearly a square, its respective sides measuring about twenty-five miles each. It is well watered. 2. A Cháuyáng hien, or the district of Cháuyáng, is bound- ed on the north by Kieyáng, on the west by Púning, on the south- west by Hwuilái, and on the south and southeast by the sea. average extent is about eighteen miles from north to south, and the same from east to west. 3. tis B, Kieyáng hien, or the district of Kieyáng, is bound- ed on the north and northeast by Fungshun and Haiyáng, on the southeast by Tanghái, on the south by Chángyang and Púning, and on the west by Lufung and Chánglóh. Its average breadth from north to south is about twenty miles, and its length from east to west forty miles. It is throughout well watered. 4. 4 Júuping hien, or the district of Jáuping, forms the southeast portion of the province, and is well watered. 5. * Hvuilii hien, or the district of Hwuilái, is situat- ed on the coast between Lufung and Cháuyáng. It is a narrow strip of land, extending from the sea off to the northwest. It is co- vered with lills, from which several little streams descend 10 the sea. Its :8-21 Ipagreiphy vi kwangtung. JINE. It was on this coust that captain Dicey and his party landed from the steamer Madagascar, when she was burnt. 6. * Hii Tápú hien, or the district of Tápú, comprises the northern portion of the department of Cháuchay. It is a large and hilly district 7. h Tanghai hien, or the district of Tanghái, is of small extent, bounded by Kieyang. Haiyáng, and Jáuping, and is washed by the sea on the south and southeast. Its chief town is surround- ed by a broad channel of water. 8. Pining hien, or the district of Púning, is of small extent, bounded on the north and west by Kieyang, on the south by Hwuilái, and on the east by Chuyáng. 9. la Fungshun hien, or the district of Fungshun, is bound- ed on the north by Kinying and Tápii, on the west and southwest by Kieyany, and on the south and southeast by Háiyáng. 10. a b c Nón-au ting, or the district of Nan-áu (or Na- moh), is an insular position lying on the boundary between this pro- vince and Fukien. It has long been known as one of the princi- pal places of rendezvous for those ships which are engaged in the opium trade. V. Shauking fü, or the department of Sháuking, is a large tract of country, extending from Kwangsí on the north to the sea on the south, having Fáhkáng and Kwángchau on the east, and Loting and Kiuchau on the west. Its chief city is the proper resi- dence of the provincial authorities, and is one of the best built cities in this part of the empire. It is situated on the northern bank of the West river, a little south of west from Canton. The department is divided into thirteen districts. 1. Kányán hien, or the district of Káuyáu, extends from north to south about twenty miles, and forty from east to west. The west river, entering it on the west, runs due east dividing the district into two nearly equal parts. 2. DYS?'hwui is not a large district; it extends twenty miles from north to south, and thirty from east to west. It is bounded on the northwest by Kwángning, on the northeast by Tsingyuen, on the east by Sanshui, and on the south by Káuyau. It is a level country, and well watered. 3. X L Sinhing is an extensive district, stretching from Káu- váu, on the northeast, about sixty miles to the southwest, its average readth is not more than 20 iniles. A small stream rises near the 1.18 Hopography of k'wungtung. 321 southern extreme of the district, and flows northward and is joined by several others, and unites with the West river. 4. Yángchun is a large district, bounded on the north by Sinhing, on the east by 'Anping, on the south by Yangkiáng, and on the west by by Káuchau. 5. B II Yángkiáng is also a large district, having 'Anping and Yangchun on the north, Sin-án on the east, the sea on the south, and Käuchau on the west. A river of considerable magni- tude, after passing through Yangchun, enters this district and dis- embogues through several mouths in long. 5° west of Peking. 6. Kíuming is bounded on the north by Káuyáu, on the east by Nánhái, on the south by Hóhshán, and on the west by Sin- hing. It extends from east to west about thirty miles, and about twelve from north to south. Note. The evangelist Liáng Afáh, previously to the persecution that was excited against him, had his residence in this district, in a village called =W7) Sanchau sz’, or the town of Sánchau. 7. F 'Anping is bounded on the north by Sinhing, on the east by Haiping, and on the west by Yangchun, and on the south by Yangkiáng. From north to south, and from east to west it stretches about half a degree,-thirty miles, or 125 li of the Chi- The district is of a circular shape, and is watered by the E B K Tánliú shui, and its branches, nine or ten in number, springing from the frontiers of the district, and converging and ac- cumulating until in one stream they pass the border and enter Hái- ping, and thence flowing eastward dise.obogue near Sinhwui. In this instance, as in many others, the boundaries are indicated by the natural features of the surface, the district being a basin or upper valley of the Tónliú waters. 8. Kwángning stretches more than forty iniles from north to south, having an average breadth of fifteen from east to west, and forms the northeastern portion of the department. It is bounded on the east by Tsingyuen and Sz'hwui, on the south by Kauyáu, on the southwest by Teking, and on the west by Kwangsí. 9. M F Háiping is bounded on the north and northwest by Hohshán, on the east by Sinhwui, on the south by Sinning, on the west by 'Anping. It is of a triangular shape, having a base line of twenty-tive miles on the north, and mea easuring from the base to the apex about thirty-six miles. 10. Toking chou, or the district of Teking, is situat- nese. 322 Topography of Kurungtung Juan: ed on the northern bank of the West river, extending from Káuyáu about thirty-five miles, and twenty from the river northward. Some eight or ten small streams, taking their rise either within or just be- yond the borders of the district, flow southward into the West river. 11. NI Fungchuen lies on the west of Teking, stretching west- ward from it about twenty miles to the frontiers of Kwangsí. Its southern line runs parallel with the West river and distant from it about six miles. The district extends from Sinning on the south to Háikien on the north, a distance of twenty-four miles. 12. Húikien is situated due north of Fungchuen. Its average extent is about eighteen miles from north to south, and from east to west. It stretches out on both sides of one of the tribu- tary streams of the West river. 13. B | Hóshán is bounded on the north by Káuning, on the northeast by Nanhái, on the east and southeast by Sinhwui, on the southwest by Haiping, and on the west by Sinhing. VI. W Káuchau fú is of a very irregular shape, bounded on the north by Lóting chau, on the east by Shauking; on the south by the sea : and on the west by Luichau and Lienchau. It extends about sixty miles from north to south, and about 100 from It is well watered by several small rivers running from north to south, and most of them having their sources within the department, which is divided into six districts. 1. Mauming comprises the capital of the department; and is bounded on the north by Sin-1, on the east by Tienpe, on the south by Wúchuen, and on the west by Hwachau. Its extent is about thirty-five miles from north to south, and the same from east to west. 2. Tienpe is bounded on the north by Yángchun, on the east by Yángkiáng, on the south by the sea, and on the west and northwest by Wuchuen and Mauming. It extends thirty miles from north to south, and nearly the same distance from east to west. The harbor of Tienpe was once frequented by foreign vessels, and has long been celebrated for its extensive salt works. 3. L Sini lies north of Mauming, and includes the whole of the northern portion of the department. It is a large district. 4. 1l 141 Hwachau is bounded on the north by Kwángsí, on the east by Mauming and Wüchuen, on the south and west by Shi- ching: it extends thirty-five iniles from north to south, and twenty. fiu' from past to West east to west. Topography of Kwingiung 32:3 3. III Wüchuen is bounded on the north by Hwachau and Mauming, on the east by Tienpe; by the sea on the south; and by Suiki on the west. It is a small district. 6. To bil Shiching is a large district, occupying the southwest portion of the department, and lying westward from Hwachau and Wuchuen. VII. N KF Lienchau fú, or the department of Lienchau, forms the extreme western portion of the province, bounded on the west by Yuenán kwok, i. e. the kingdom of Yuenán or Cochinchina; on the north by the province of Kwangsí; and on the east by the department of Kauchau; and on the south by the sea. Its breadth from north to south varies from sixty to ninety miles ; its length is 100 or more miles. Its rivers are numerous, but not large or long. It is divided into only three districts. 1. Ai Hóhpú is the southeastern part of the department, ex- tending fifty-four miles from east to west, and about forty from north to south. 2. 1 Lingshán is the northeastern portion of the depart- ment, extendidng from north to south about thirty miles, and from east to west about fifty miles. 3. FK H Kinchau, or the district of Kinchau, forms the extreme western portion of the department and province, extending about fifty miles from east to west, and thirty from north to south. All the three districts are well watered, but abounding in wild and uncultivated land. VIII. W Luichau ft, or the department of Luichau, includes the neck of land between Kauchau fú and Háinán, com- prising only three districts. 1. Húrkáng occupies the central portion of the depart- ment, extending thirty miles from north to south, and nearly the same distance from east to west. From the central part of the dis- trict several small streams descend into the sea. 2. * Suiki is the northern portion of the department, ex- tending from Háikáng on the south to Shiching on the north, a dis. tance of thirty-five miles; and from east to west the distance is about thirty miles. The chief town of Suiki stands on the northern bank of a river, which stretches quite across the neck. 3. A M Siwan is the southern portion of the department, ly- ing over against Háinán. It extends thirty-five miles from east to 324 Topography of hirugting jI SE, 32 west, and twenty-five from north io 40i1th. its rivers, which are few and short, run to the southward, excepting one which Hou's west- ward. IX. HA # Kiungchau fut , or the department of Kiung- chau, comprises the whole of the island of Háirán; extending about 100 miles both from north to south, and from east to west. Its greatest extent, however, is more than 150 miles, measuring in a line from the northeast to the southwest. Du Halde says: “On the north side, the country is a plain for fifteen leagues from the coast ; but on the south and east sides, it is covered with very high moun- tains. It is only between these mountains, and those which possess the middle part of the isle, that one meets with cultivated plains; and even these plains, although they contain only a very small por- tion of the land, are also in many places sandy and uncultivated.” Du Halde speaks of " mines of gold in the heart of the island; and also of the “lapis armenus." Excellent wood is found on the islands, and it abounds with game-such as snipe, teal, ducks, &c. The island has probably been greatly improved since Du Halde wrote. It is still inhabited, through the interior, by some independent tribes which occasionally become troublesome to the government. The central part is high and mountainous, giving rise to many rivulets. The department is divided into thirteen districts. 1.14 Kiungshun is in the shape of a kite, the body of which forms the northeast portion of the department, including its capital ; while the tail stretches off in a narrow strip of land towards the southwest. The body is nearly round, with a diameter of twenty miles; the tail has nearly twice that extent. 2. Chingmái lies westward and southward from Kiung- It is in shape a parallelogram; stretching thirty-eight miles from north to south, and twelve from east to west. 3. Ting-án lies on the south of Kiungshán, and resem- bles it in shape; but is of less extent, the body being smaller and the tail shorter. 4. * Wanchang is situated on the east of Ting-án, extend- ing thirty-five miles from north to south, and about thirty from east to west. 5. Hwuitung is bounded on the north by Wancháng, on the west by Ting'án, on the south by Lóh-hwui, and on the east by It extends about fifteen miles from north to south, and Arnty-four from past to west. sea. 1843 Topogruphy of kiwangtung, 6. Láh-hwui is bounded on the north by Hwuitung and Ting'án, on the south by Lingshui and Wanchau, and on the east by the sea. On the west it terminates in a point. It stretches about fifty miles from east to west, and twelve from north to south. 7. Linkúu lies on the west of Chingmái, having Ting'án on the south, and Tánchau on the west, while its northern side is washed by the sea. 8. Hol Tánchau has Linkau, Kiungshán, and Ting'án on the east; Yaichau and Kán'an on the south, and Chánghwa on the west and southwest, while the north and northwest sides are washed by It extends forty miles from north to south, and thirty from the sea. east to west. 9. 9 Chánghwá has Tánchau on the east, Kán’an on the south, and the sea on the west and north. It extends about twenty miles from north to south, and thirty from east to west. 10. THIN Wanchau is bounded on the north by Lóh-hwui, and on the west and southwest by Lingshui, while the remaining sides on the south and east are washed by the sea. It extends about twenty-four miles from north to south, and thirty-five from east to west. 11. Bila k Lingshui lies on the south and west of Wanchau, and stretches from southeast to northwest about forty miles, and twelve from the southwest to the northwest. 12. Ny Yaichau forms the most southern portion of the is- land. Its greatest extent from east to west is fifty-four miles, and forty from north to south, 13. Kún’an lies westward and northward from Yaichau, and between it and Chánghwá; it extends about twenty miles from north to south, and thirty from east to west. The chief towns of these districts are so situated as to form a ring quite around the island. Commencing on the northeast they stand in the following order : Wanchang, Hwuitung, Lóh-hwui, Wanchau, Lingshui, Yaichau, Kán’an, Chánghwa, Tánchau, Linkáu, Ching- mái, Kiungshán, and Ting-án. This last city, however, deviates somewhat from its proper place in the ring. On the map of the department there is a line drawn nearly parallel with the coast, and about midway between the coast and the centre of the island. This line forms a circle, and the people residing within it are called li, some of whom are independent. X. PE Liyán ting, or the interior department of Líváu, ;3:26 Jrsti Tipography uit k'wangtung, is situated on the west of Lienchau. It is chietly inhabited by wild uncivilized tribes. It is sometimes called Lienshán ting. XI. # E Fähkúng ting, or the inferior department of Fahkáng, is bounded on the north by Lienchau and Shauchau, on the east by Hwuichau, on the south by Kwángchau, and on the west hy Shauking. In extent of territory these two departments corres- pond to the districts, and of course are not subdivided. XII. Mi Lien chau is bounded on the north by Húnán, on the east by Shauchau and Fáhkang, on the south by Kwangsí, and on the west by Líyáu. It is divided into two districts. 1. Lienshán extends about thirty-five miles from north to south, and about thirty from east to west The district is some- times called Liencha 2. 1914 Yangshán lies on the south of the last named district, and is little inferior to it in territorial extent. XIII. EW Loting chau, or the department of Lóting, is bounded on the north by Shauking, and on the east and south by Káuchau, and on the west by Kwangsí. It is divided into two dis- tricts, while about one third part of it remains under the jurisdic- tion of the chief officer of the department. 1. Tung'án forms the eastern portion of the department, extending about forty miles from north to south, and thirty-five from east to west. 2. DESining forms the western portion of the department, is bounded on the north by Fungchuen, on the east and northeast by Tung'an, on the southeast and south by Lóting chau (district), and on the west by Kwangsí. XIV. E. Hl Nánhiung char, or the department of Nán- hiung, is bounded on the north and east by Kiángsí, on the south by Hwuichau, and on the west by Shauchau. It has one district, besides a portion of territory that remains under the jurisdiction of the chief magistrate or prefect of the department. 1. The portion of the department which is under the prefecture is bounded on the north and east by Kiángsí, on the south by Chihing, and on the west by Jinhwá. It has within its limits the principal sources of the North river. 2. Ho Chihing comprises the southwestern portion of the department, and is bounded on the north by Nánhiung chau (dis- trict), on the east by Kiangsí, on the south by Ungyuen, and on the west by Kiukiáng and Jinhwa. 1843 Journal of Occurrriiles, xv. # HE W Kiúying chuu, or the department of Kiaying. is bounded on the north by Fukien, on the east and south by Chau- chau, on the west by Hwuichau, and on the northwest by Kiingsí. It is divided into four districts, with a portion remaining under the jurisdiction of the prefecture. This on the northeast, borders upon Fukien, on the east upon Tapú, on the south on Fungshun, on the west on Hingning, and on the north on Pingyuen. 1. Hingning is bounded on the northeast by Kiáying chau (district), on the east by r'ungshun, on the south by Changloh, and on the west by Lungchuen. 2. Ę Chánglóh is bounded on the north by Hingning, on the east by Kieyáng, on the south by Lufung, and on the west by Yung'án, Hoyuen, and Lungchuen. 3. FÈ Pingyuen is bounded on the north by Kiángsí and Fukien, on the east by Chinping, on the south by Kiáying chau (dis- trict), and on the west by Kiangsí. 4. Te Chinping is bounded on the north by Fukien, on the east and south by Kiáying chau (district), and on the west by Ping- yuen. (To be continued.) ART. VI. Journal of Occurrences : notices of changes among Chinese officers, compiled from the Peking Gazettes; I lipú's death ; disgrace of Niú Kien ; execution of Yü Púyun ; visit of Hienling to Macao ; restoration of Kishen ; cooties at the Meiling_pass; appointment of Kiying; arrest of the dema- gogue Tsien Kiáng ;disturbances in the provinces ; appointment of Hwang Antung; Kishen at Jeho; Iliáng's return from Formosa; military schools; proclamation against lotteries ; Yisiáng appointed Tartar commandant at Canton ; Yiking's restoration; officers in Formosa; Kiying's arrival in Canton ; visit to Hongkong, and exchange of ratification of the treaty; Roman Catholic chapel at Hongkong; payment of hong debts, and losses by riot; the Eastern Globe. The following notices of changes among Chinese officers have been compiled for us from the Peking Gazettes and other sources. afford a partial view of the constant succession of entry into office and retirement from it, which is going on in the empire of China. Murch: 2d, Thursday. Ching Liutsai. T the new governor in They Juriul of Ocrivien ips. Kwangiung, may be expected in ariotlier morith. He has been removed from the government of Kiángsú, in consequence of the newly appointed governor of the canals and transport of grain being his relative by mar- riage. That governer (by nume Li Siángfang 19 ) has the rank and title of a governor-general (tsungtu), and Ching Liutsái, as the junior officer has had therefore to (hwuipł) retire and avoid him, it being the Chinese rule, in all such cases, that the junior give way to the senior. Ching Liutsái was formerly here as the judicial secretary of the province, and bears a good reputation; but he is not thought to be the equal in ability of Liáng Paucháng who has just left us for the government of Shántung , in which he replaces Tóhwanpú tt c , who has retired on the score of ill health. March 3d, Friday. Sü Kitien, the new judicial secretary to the government of Kwángtung, has reached Canton, and taken the seals of office out of the hands of the ignorant and feeble man of mere form, Kung Kiyin. This last-named officer has for some time been acting as secretary, both in the department of justice and of the gabel. His own proper office is the commissariat, to the duties of which he will now return. The Kwang- chau fú, Yi Chánghwá, has had charge of these duties for some days, in consequence of the recent death of Sílápan 25 L : he is a man of good disposition, but equally with Kung Kiyin, a formalist, bound in by the strictly prescribed rules and observances of office. Sílápan, who has recently died, was a very different man. Belonging to the pernianent garrison of l’li, on the northwest frontiers, he was born and brought up in those distant regions, among the wild Cossacks of the stepps, and the Túrks of Cashgar and Yarkand. He saw service in the wars against Jehanguir Khoja, 3. 2 in 1826-27, and 1830, when he gained for himself some distinction, under the auspices of the great duke, Chángling an and of his colleague , the late Yáng Yüchun 1 in In the close of 1833, he obtained by the recommendation of Pi- change the then commissioner on the Mohammedan frontier, an office at Moukden; from which in 1837, he was called to Peking and placed in the Colonial office. Thence, Yishán obtained permission to bring him in his cortége to Canton, with the rank of a táutái; and here he had till the peace been busily engaged, from the period when the beleagurement of Canton was removed, in June 1841, pursuing active measures for blocking up the channels of the river, and for defending the approaches to Canton by strong batteries. All the new defenses of Canton were erected under his eye and direction. The irregular manner in which his life has been spent ac- counts for his early death at 39, when he had just received a permanent appointment in Canton province. 4th. Chau Tientsióh F the cruel tyrant, who as governor-ge- neral in Húkwáng, cut the lips of so many smokers or alleged smokers of opium, and was at length disgraced for beating a prisoner to death, has been permitted to retire, after having retrieved for himself his lost rank. Sent Canton to atone for his offenses by meritorious exertions, he labored with Sílápan and others on the defenses, and assembling of militia about Canton; and the kind recommendation of Yishan and others obtained for so had a man the rank of a prefect, with which he was ordered up to Kiángnán, o labor under Kiying. He did not arrive, however, till after the peace was 1843. 329 Journal of Occurrences, concluded. Shortly after that, the governors of the Yellow river and of the Canals and Transport being disgraced, Chau Tientsióh was placed temporari- ly into one of the vacant appointments . From this he has retired, on the score of sickness, to end his life in the enjoyment of wealth and honor. 5th. The imperial high commissioner, I'lipú, died last evening. Though he had been complaining for some days, no danger was apprehended, and his sudden death, therefore, has taken every one by surprise. I lipú was the grandson or great-grandson (we are not sure which) of a brother, either of the emperor Yungching, or of his son Kienlung; who was expelled from the imperial house,-still wearing, however, and transmitting to his posterity the privilege of wearing a red girdle, as a badge of his having belonged to the blood imperial. He has been all his life a provincial officer, and his services have been chiefly in the southwest; he having held various subordi- nate offices in Yunnan, and afterwards made governor of Kweichau, from which rank he was appointed to succeed Yuen Yuen BI TT as governor- general of Yunnán and Kweichau. After remaining for some years in that governorship, he was removed in 1839 to that of the Two Kiáng, and about the same time was appointed to a seat in the Cabinet, or council of six. The governorship of the Two Kiáng was still retained by him in 1840, when Chu- san was first taken: the seal of a high commissioner was then given to him ; he repaired immediately to Ningpo and Chinhái, where he remained, hearti- ly coöperating with Kishen in his pacific policy, till after the restoration of Chusan , early in 1841. Yükien 1.5 t, a Mongol , had been acting as gov.- general of the Two Kiáng during I'lípú's stay at Ningpo; and had taken every occasion to cast contempt upon the policy pursued by him and Kishen. His representations being listened to at court, the seal of high commis- sioner was taken from P'lipú and given to Yükien, who arrived at Chinhái very shortly after the release by l’lipů of captain (now major) Anstruther and the other prisoners. Yükien, chafed at the escape of those prisoners from his hands, began a course of savage violence, which commenced with the cruel murder of captain Stead, after many tortures, and ended only with the tyrant's death on the taking of Chinhái in Oct, 1841. I'lipú, disgraced, and at one time condemned to death, was actually reduc- ed to a condition of slavery, when the constant failure of the imperial arms prepared his sovereign again to try a pacific policy; to carry out which, Kiying was sent to Hángchau early in 1842, and I'lípú attached to him as a subordinate. On the taking of Chápú, l’lipú addressed the British comman- der-in-chief, received the released prisoners from Chápú, and effected the liberation also of the English prisoners then at Hangchau. He continued this correspondence, at first alone, but afterwards (being elevated to the rank of lieuto-general and to the command of Chápú) in concert with Kiying until the investment of Nanking; and from that time till the conclusion of the peace, and departure of the fleet from the Yángtsz kiáng, he continued to join Kiying and Niú Kien in all communications. Kiying was then placed in the government of the Two Kiáng, and I'lípú received once more the seal of high commissioner, together with the rank of general, and the command of the Tartar garrison of Canton. 6th . Niú Kien has been conveyed to Peking, and condemned to death as a traitor. The emperor is indignant that he chose rather to escape from the captured batteries of Wúsung, than to remain there and die the death of a faithful minister. Niú Kien is an able officer, and has borne a high reputation. He is a native of Kánsu province, and though not him- self a Mussulman, has much of the loftier stature and bearing of the Mo- hammedan race, by which that province has been in great degree peopled. .12 VOL. XI. VO VI 330 JUNE, Journul of Occurrences. :> 6 He was for some years about the court, and occupied in 1832 one of the subordinate offices of the Administrative Council (under the cabinet). He then became a secretary to one of the provincial governments : from the senior secretariship in Sherisi , he was transferred to the government of Skånsi; and from that to the office of governor-general of the Two Kiáng on the death of Yükien, who had succeeded I'lipú in that office as well as in the high commission. 9th. Intelligence has reached Canton, that Yü Púyun was actually be- headed at Peking, on the 24th of January. It is with sincere regret that we see the severity, which the imperial cabinet has deemed it necessary to show toward the feeble instruments it employed during the recent war, carri- ed to this extreme. And our regret is increased in this instance, by esteem for the man's personal character, and by the knowledge that his conduct as a soldier deserved a better fate,-by the conviction also that it is on the false charges of the savage Yükien's relatives, and not on any real military fault, that his condemnation has been grounded. Yü Púyun was a native of Sz'chuen, and has worked his way upwards, as is so commonly the case in China, from the ranks. His personal exertions, not interest, obtained for him his earlier promotions: and the fire and energy of his character have no doubt had much to do with his later elevation. He was commander-in-chief in Kweichau in 1831, from whence he was called to take part in the contest with the mountaineer insurgents of Kwangtung and Húnán in the following year. He then took command of the forces in Fukien, and from thence was called to Chekiáng after the loss of Chusan in 1840. He was on the point, after a time, of returning to Fukien: but the people of Ningpo intreated that he would not leave them; and he was soon appointed to succeed the feeble old Chu Tingpiú, who had for many previous years held command in Chekiáng. Yü Púyun commanded the forces, and was with that portion of them that occupied the suburbs of Chinhái, when that town fell on the 10th of October, 1841; he withdrew his scattered troops to Ningpo; thence he attempted negotiation, but left the city precipitately on the approach of the steamers on the 13th. He hovered about Ningpo, during all the time it was occupied by the British; but never met the enemy in actual conflict. On the evacuation of Ningpo, he reöccupied it, till order- ed up to Peking 15th. Her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary has been visited at Macao by one of the officers of the Chinese high commission_Hienling, a Tartar lieut-general, who was accompanied in his visit by two officers of the British commission. They' traveled by water to Hiángshán, and thence crossed the country, a distance of about twenty to twenty-five miles ;-the first part a hilly and very beautiful country, the latter mostly level. The chief object of this visit on the part of the Chinese officer was to give assurance that no other than Kiying is likely to succeed I'lípú, as high commissioner. 31st. The intelligence from Peking and the provinces during the last half month has been of trifling importance. As a contrast to Yü Púyun, be- headed for not having chosen death rather than ignominious life, is set off the favor of the emperor to the child of Chin Hwaching | PL hif , the com- mander-in-chief in Kiángsi, who died fighting behind the defenses of Wu- sung. His own son Chin Tingfang Kip is to succeed to the here- ditary title conferred on his deceased father. His adopted son, Chin Ting- fan B 52 #receives the degree of a kijin, or magister artium. And his grandson Chin Chinshi Bai be to is to be presented for the en- peror's further manifestation of favor, as soon as he shall hp of age. 1843, 331 Journal of Occurrences A new edition of the Ta Tsing Yitung Chi, or Complete Statistics of the reigning dynasty, has just been brought to a conclusion. A long list is ex- hibited of the different officers, mostly of high rank, who have had the care of its compilation, or rather revision. Kishen’s liberation, and appointment to the office of assistant resident at Yárkand is noticed. It has been a subject of surprise that this officer was not sooner restored to favor. To restore him to the position he before held is no longer possible. His hereditary rank has passed to another branch of the family; and his princely fortune has become the prey of others. Kishen is we are told the son (by some said to be an adopted son only) of a high officer of Kienlung's reign. He is also connected by marriage with the families of several of the highest officers of the late and present reigns. He already held an office of trust about the court, while under the age of 20. He was a secretary to one of the provincial governments at the age of 27. He soon ran through the various grades, and from ruling a minor pro- vince, was appointed to the important government of Sz'chuen, before he was 40, and from that was shortly after removed to the highest governorship, that of Chili in 1830 or 1831. It was in this office that he first met the English, on the visit of the plenipotentiaries, admiral and captain Elliot, to the mouth of Pei ho, in 1840. Appointed high commissioner, he repaired to Canton in the close of that year. Lin Tsesü being disgraced, and the af- fairs in the south still needing the high commissioner's presence, Kishen exchanged the governorship of Chili for that of the Two Kwáng. But the warlike policy prevailing over the more pacific one, and the denunciations of I'liáng, who was then It.-governor of Kwángtung, being loud against Kishen, he was soon disgraced even more than Lin Tsesü had been, and was conveyed in chains to Peking. Charged with many grave offenses in his negotiations for peace, Kishen was adjudged guilty, deprived of all his property (which has been stated at an enormous amount), and condemned to hard labor at the military stations. Nor was it until very lately that he was released, and restored again to rank. His liberation and restoration may be regarded as strong tokens of the continuance of pacific purposes in the imperial councils. April 5th. We perceive that a Lewchewan mission has been at Peking. The mild Lewchewans are well pleased with their subordination to China ; for it gives their country some importance to be the kindly regarded tri- butary of so great an empire. Their subjection to Japan, or to the prince of Satzuma, is more real, and far more onerous. The Lewchewan junk mention- ed on page 278, as having been wrecked on Chekiáng, has been carried round to Fuchau fú, where it is to be repaired, and the crew returned to their homes. These islanders are always treated with a kindness by the Chinese government, which strongly contrasts with the rigor of the Japan- ese; although the uniformity of language, greater freedom of intercourse, and similarity of institutions, must always assimilate them more to the latter than to the former nation. 8th. The new governor (or fúyuen) of Kwángtung, Ching Liutsái, reach- ed Canton yesterday, and takes the seal of office to-day. 10th. It is said that the coolies of the Meiling pass, by whom teas and merchandize from Fukien and the more northern provinces have been for so many years conveyed across the Pass, are fearful that in the carrying out of the new arrangements, and the opening of the ports, they will find their occupation gone; and they vow violent opposition to measures so injurious to their interests. Their numbers amount to some hundreds of thousands. April 19th. It is no longer doubtful that Kiying will succeed I'lípú as high commissioner, taking again the seal which he recently handed over to him. Kiying is a man of energy and decision of character, possessed rather 3 332 JUNE. Journal of Occurrences: of good sense than of much ability. He has more of the rough soldier than of the courtier in his composition. And yet his services have chiefly been about the court, where he presided over the armed police of Peking, and over several of the officers of court ceremony during a number of years. He was also a president of the Board of Rites. He was afterwards sent to Moukden in Liáutung, as general commanding in chief in Mantchouria. From this office he had just returned to Peking, when he was last year sent out to supersede the old general commanding the garrison of Canton; but was immediately after the appointnient, intrusted with the seal of high commissioner, and sent to Hangchau to meet the British forces then moving towards the Yángtsz' kiáng. in coming to Canton, Kiying does not resign his appointment as governor-general of the Two Kiárig; it is to be held temp. rarily, during his absence, by Picháng, who, for many years in com- mand of the Mohammedan frontier, and resident at Yårkand, has recently, after holding for a few months the government of Shensi, been removed to the command of the garrison of Fuchau. Not having yet proceeded to Fuchau, he has been stayed from going thither, and ordered to hasten to Nanking 20th. Tsien Kiáng, the political incendiary, who has been for some time past the chief agent in stirring up at Canton a feeling of popular excitement against the peace with England, has been seized. He was carefully watch- ed for some time, till found guilty of an overt act of insubordination, when he was forthwith seized by order of the new governor. Another incendiary has been seized with him; and inquiries are set on foot after sundry others. Tsien Kiáng is a native of Hangchau: once an officer, he has been for some years merely an attaché of officers, having for some offense been expelled the civil service. His power of mischief has been in his literary talent, conjoined with unblushing insolence towards all authority. May 1st. A band of more than a hundred armed men is looking about the hills to the northward of Canton, levying tribute upon all passengers, and eluding every attempt to surprize thein. The government feels itself so fee- ble at this moment, that even such a band of men as this becomes to it a subject of alarm. The secret associations which are so numerous in China hold the govern- ment in considerable dread of them: for, though the political objects in which some of them originated are now nearly forgotten, yet are they for the most part composed of such dregs of society, that there is every reason to believe, that no good occasion to break out into disturbance would be passed by. The incendiaries by whom the British factory was burned in December last are said to have been of the Sanhoh Hwui, or Triad Society, made known to Europe by the interesting details regarding it, which were collected by the late Dr. Milne, and published in the first volume of the Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society of London. Disturbances among the people are not confined to this province. In Kiángsi and A’nhwui, there have been riots also during the past few months. Húnán is at all times a troubled province. Formosa, rarely free from riot, is now the scene of serious disturbance among the people inhabit- ing the more mountainous country of the centre of the island. And piracy is rife along the whole coast. We hear, however, more of what takes place in this province than in others. The naval commander-in-chief is now on a cruise to the westward, one of his officers there having been completely over- powered by the piratical bands. At Macao, on the 25th ult., a band of 200 men resisted the Chinese soldiers brought to disperse them or seize some of their number, and did not yield till several of them had been killed, and about 40 taken prisoners: when the rest effected their escape under cover of the confusion which they had made by setting fire to the house they Here in IM 1:3 Journal of Ourirrenteria 31st. Hwang Antung has been transferred in the Judicial secretariship in Canton, rendered vacant by the transfer of Sii Kitien to the Financial and Territorial secretariship in Fukiev. Sii tájiu has given satisfaction during the short period that he has been in otřice here. But much advantage may be expected to arise from the retention as a local officer at, Canton of one so much concerned as is Hwang Antung in all the new arrangements of com- mercial and political intercourse between China and Great Britain. And while this is the case, the exchange for Canton in other respects will not be found to be for the worse: and for Fuchau, the exchange will be very much better, as Tsang Wangyen (a native of this part of the country, born and brought up amid violent prejudices against foreigners, and himself a chief opponent of the concession of any privileges to them) is removed from the office to which Sü Kitien succeeds." It will not perhaps be without advan- tage that Sü tájın, a friend and now the guest of Hwáng tájin, has to repair to Peking to receive the imperial instructions, and may thus have an oppor- tunity afforded hiin of removing some imperial misconceptions regarding foreigners. Kishen will not have to pursue his journey to Yarkand. After he had obtained the imperial permission to take thither with him his two sons, Kungcháu — 92 and Kungkiun 4 VJ, and when he was on the point of starting for his new post, he was transferred from the office of assistant resident there, to that of general commanding at Jehó. It is thought that this office, too, is but temporary, to render his elevation to his former rank gradual, and that he will soon succeed to Kiying's te government of the Two Kiáng, or join him at Canton by being appointed Ki Kung's Tis lo Our late It.-governor , Liáng Páucháng's * removal was a sub- ject of regret at the time: for we were sorry to lose a man of his energy of character, at a post of such importance as Čanton. He has been, however, worthily succeeded by the present governor, Ching Liutsái B G# and it might have been otherwise had he remained here, to be removed (as he now is from his new government of Shantung) by the necessity of mourning during 27 months for the death of his mother. It is said that the enemy of the English, Tsang Wángyen tu (to whose office of Fi- nancial secretary in Fukien, our late criminal judge at Canton has been transferred) is the successor of Liáng Páucháng in Shantung. Of this, how- ever, we have no certain information. H. E. I'liáng the governor-general of Fukien and Chekiáng, has returned from Formosa. The fatigues of the journey have compelled him to ask for a month's furlough. Táhungáso the general of Formosa, and his colleagues in the massacre of the prisoners, are being con- veyed to Peking, for trial by the Board of Punishments. I'liáng will be remembered by those who have been long in Canton, as the governor here during the time of both Lin and Kishen's rule, and the opponent of Kishen in his negotiations for peace in 1840–41. He has been through life a provincial officer , as has also his brother Kweiliáng te k gov. general of Yunnán and Kweichau. He holds a high character for probity and honesty of purpose: by marriage he is allied with the imperial house : and we are glad to hear it rumored that he has been granted the honorary distinction of guardian of the crown prince. successor now sviitriad ost' (cruricicns. ENE. 2d. species of military schovie has recently been established in the vil- luges around Canton, for providing in times of peace u militia for the defense of the country in war. A new shield has just been introduced into them, made of rattan, with the addition of a thick padding of cotton, so that mus- ket balls will not penetrate it. The unpadded rattan shields were believed 10 be a sufficient defense, at the time of the breaking out of the war, and we remember many falling victims to their too confident trust in then, in one of their encounters with British musketry in the streets of Canton. 3d. The governor-general has issued a proclamation against lotteries ; and the superintendent of customs (hoppo), one against smuggling and un- licensed dealers in foreign trade. The Chinese are indebted to the European government of Macao for the introduction of lotteries, the first idea of which the gambling spirit of the people at once seized hold of, and carried to its utmost extent, not upon the large scale of western nations, but upon so minute a scale as to pervade all the ordinary concerns of life. Many a Chi- nese of the lower classes about Canton trusts to a lottery for his butcher's meat! The spirit of gambling and the spirit of smuggling are now so rife in this part of China that we can indulge no hope that either of these proclama- tions will meet with the least success. 4th. Yisiáng ZE ), a titled member (kung or duke) of the imperial house, has been appointed successor to l’lipú FR 11, in the command of the Tartar garrison of Canton. He was one of the lieut-generals here in tbe time of Lin's campaign against the opium: and was understood to be opposed to that officer's violent measures, and to have sent to the court a statement of his objections to them. He bore during his stay here a good reputation for probity and good sense: and though from his relationship to the throne he was much courted, he carefully avoided mingling in the party concerns of the place. Yi kungyé (as from his title he will be called) has been for some time past the general at Ouliasoutai commanding the army of observation on the Russian frontier. His successor in this command is to be Yihing 2 FL, another scion of the imperial house, whose name we do not remember to have observed, until his appointment, a little while since, to the command among the Ortous Mongols, at the northern bend of the Yellow river. Yiking , the late “awe-spreading general' at Hángchau, has, we regret to see, already been remitted the punishment of death to which he was condemned, and been even raised again to office. He has succeeded Kishen in the office of assistant resident at Yarkand. His colleague Wan- wei , less blameworthy than himself, has also been restored to office, having been likewise appointed to a command in Eastern Turkestan. Haipu 1 * has been recalled from Tibet, and Mangpáu TT. who has for a long time been stationed in that country, succeeds him as resident at Lassa. The denunciation of the Formosan massacre by the emperor himself has been published. It is now acknowledged by all the officers on that island, that the two vessels, their contests with which were so much vaunted, were both cast by stress of weather on their shores. The tyrant Táhungá AL BoT, and the weak intendant Yáu Yung ke who, though well disposed himself, allowed Táhungá to lead him, are both severely rebuked by the emperor, and ordered up to Peking, to be tried by the Grand Council, 18:13 Journal of Occurrritrex, in concert with the Board of Punishinents. We regret to observe in the imperial proclamations an exhibition of soreness of feeling, at having acted in this matter in compliance with the wishes of "outer barbarians ;" for, though professing to look with the same eye upon those within and those without the pale of the empire,” he seems yet to view the former with a far more partial eye than the latter. We are sorry also to find that the chifú of Taiwán, Hiung Yipan fit #, who was far from showing any mercy to the prisoners under his charge, has been advanced to the in- tendancy of the island as successor of Yáu Yung. 5th. Kiying, high commissioner for the conclusion of arrangements of peace with England, reached Canton, and proceeded to his temporary resi- dence at the college Yuehwá, yesterday forenoon. He was met, the pre- vious day, by the officers of the commission who had been with l’lipú, and by the principal local officers. His own suite was small, consisting only of two or three subordinate officers for employment in minor duties. Kiying left Nanking on the 17th of April, and traveling by way of Hang- chau, where he spent a few days, reached the Meiling pass about the 26th ultiino. H. E. Kiying, commissioner on the part of H. I. Majesty, on his arrival at Canton, directed that all the salutes and ceremo- nies usual on such occasions should be withheld; he made his entry without any parade. On the 6th, lieutenant-col. Malcolm, C. B., Mr. Morrison, and capt. Balfour, went into the city to pay a visit to his excellency, whom they found in good health. On the 16th, he issu- ed a proclamation to the people of Canton, informing them of the arrangements for trade, and directing them to receive these orders with respectful obedience, as the emperor's commands. On the 22d, H. E. and suite, with Hienling, assistant commissioner, and Hwang Antung, who had before visited Hongkong, went to Whampoa, where they embarked on board the steam-frigate Akbar, and in com- pany with all the officers of H. B. M. then in Canton, proceeded in her to Hongkong, where she arrived on the evening of the 23d inst. Several inferior officers and attendants had preceded his excellency, to Hongkong in war junks, and on the arrival of the Akbar, these joined the procession from the landing-place to the house which had been fitted up for the use of the Chinese officers. On Saturday, K- ying dined in private with sir H. Pottinger, and on Monday, the 26th, at 5 o'clock P. M. the ceremony of the exchange of the ratifications of the treaty of Nanking took place,—ten months after the agree- ment thereto by the same high officers on the banks of the Yángtsz' kiáng. A guard of honor was in attendance, and a large company of residents of Hongkong had also assembled to witness the cere- mony; and as soon as the treaties were exchanged, a royal salute was fired, and responded to from the forts and shipping. Her majesty's proclamation, declaring Hongkong to be a possession of the crown Journal of Occurrerers was read by İt.-col. Malcolm, and when this was finished, and kiying had retired, the Royal Warrant was read, appointing sir Henry Pottinger, governor of the colony of Hongkong and its dependencies. These and other documents connected with the new government of the island, and also more particulars concerning this visit of Kíying, will be given in the next number of the Repository. In the evening of the same day, a large dinner party was given at Government House in honor of the Chinese commissioner, who with his suite enjoyed themselves merrily. On Tuesday, Kíying made the circuit of the island in the Akbar, and next day returned to the provincial city in the same vessel. A Roman Catholic chapel, called the church of the Conception, was consecrated at Hongkong on the 11th inst. "The chapel is built in the form of an oblong square, and measures 112 feet from the threshold to the altar, and 48 feet in breadth. The roof is 140 feet long, supported by eight pillars; the nave is 25 feet wide by 52 feet long It is calculated to contain about a thousand persons, and its erection cost nearly $9000, two thirds of which was subscribed by foreign residents in China.'' The amount of contributions to the building, as acknowledged in the Canton Press of the 17th inst. is From English and Portuguese gentlemen in Macao, 4466 From English gentlemen and regiments in Hongkong, 497 From Portuguese and others in Hongkong, 107 From Abp. Segui and several Spanish gentlemen, 942 Spanish dollars 6012 Payment on hong debts and of losses by the riot. A large instal- ment has just been paid to the creditors on the debts of the Hingtae, Kingqua, and Mowqua hongs through captain Balfour at Canton. The amount of losses sustained by Americans at the destruction of the factories last December, amounting to about $250,000, was also paid during the last month, agreeable to the promise of H. E. Kí Kung to commodore Kearny before the latter's departure. The walls of the three hongs which were then consumed, have been partially taken down, and much of the rubbish removed, but no attempts have been made to rebuild them. The Eastern Globe and Commercial Advertiser, a new paper, appeared at Hongkong, on the 22d inst. It is printed at the same press as the Free Correspondent was, but the names of the publish- ers or editors are not mentioned. The typographical appearance of the two numbers which we have seen is creditable. TUE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XII. ---JULY, 1843.- No. 7. Arr. I. Grammaire Egyptienne, ou Principes Generaux de l'Ecri- ture sacrée Egyptienne, appl.quée a la Representation de la Langue Parlee. Par CHAMPOLLION LE JEUNE. Egyptian Grammar, or the general principles of the sacred writing of Egypt, as it is applicable to the purpose of express- ing the spoken language. Noticed by G. T. Lay. This is a noble work, and reflects equal credit on the patient saga- city of its author, and the munificence of the minister who took it under his patronage. It is in three folio parts, and as to typography and embellishment is executed in a way worthy of the performance. A notice of it is introduced on the pages of the Repository, not for the sake of criticising its merits, which are above all praise, but to call the attention of our readers to a book, that abounds with the choicest principles of philology, and the most profound researches into the intimate structure of written language. Every general scholar ought to be acquainted with this Gömmar, that the conceits about the mystic nature of alphabetic systems, which have for a long tiine been so carefully handed down from father to son, may be given to the moles and the bats, and that he may have before him in all its details an unravelment of that wonderful secret—the origin of written language. The writer of these observations feels that he runs no risk in as- suring any person who has made some proficiency in the fine arts, that, if he studies this Egyptian Grammar carefully, he will discover that the process of alphabetical writing from its embryo to its full development is as simple and as capable of an explanation as the von II. von VI! 338 JULE, Champollion's Egyptian Grammar. manufacture of glass, or the composure of a watch. The student who wishes to reach this point of conviction must not confine his attention to reviews, and to elementary works put forth with a promise of ex- plaining first principles, for it has happened more than once that the writers had set down with their minds full of technica distinc. tions, and their views floundering in uncertainty. He must obtain the work itself, and for and by himself endeavor to follow the illus- trious Chainpoilion in his elucidation of those rules, wh: id Egyptians observed in the composition of their orthographic system. If he does this with any ordinary degree of perseverance, he will sati himself that the spoken language of Egypt was written in hierogly; with as little affectation of mystery as we are tempted to pu. when we draw up an inscription for a tombstone, or draft the re- cord of some event for a piece of monumental work. The ancient Egyptian and the modern Coptic, with few allowances for lapse of time and dialectical variation, are identical. Before the Egyptians intermingled with the Greeks, and even after that time, they used a mode of writing which had been derived from the first attempt at graphic delineation. They did this because it was a beautiful system in outward configuration, and because they had not learned the advantages of a more compendious method. When they had lost much of their love for antiquity, and had been led to see the superiority of a simpler alphabet, they borrowed one from the Greek with a slight assistance from the Hebrew. This was called the Coptic, and was the representative of the common language of Egypt, but it was no more the representative of that ordinary speech than the hieroglyphic. The former indeed was simple and easy, and the latter complex and difficult to be acquired. The one might be understood without doubt and ambiguity, the other was apt to create misconception, and demanded various helps to prevent hesitation and to produce a certainty. The causes of this were the following, which may be stated so as to assure the reader that in dealing with diffi- culties we are upon safe and intelligible ground. In the Coptic mode of writing, the letters follow each other in a line after the order wherein they are to be read, just as it fares in all other languages. But in the hieroglyphic, the letters are piled up into a heap, and un- less aided by the context or a previous knowledge, you are at a loss to know what letter is first, what next, and so on. This practice was persisted in to favor the taste for calligraphy, while it cast a shade over the sense. In the Coptic, as in most languages, one letter was used to denote one sound—but in the hieroglyphic many. For ex- 1843. 339 Champollion's Egyptian Grammar. and con- ample, t or th might be written by twenty-two different characters, so that the alphabet was a cumbrous thing for the memory, sequently apt to breed mistakes. Again the vowels are always writ- ten in Coptic, which not only helps one to the right pronunciation, but assists in determining the sense of the words. The value of vowels in clearing the signification may be easily ascertained by experiment. If a passage in the English language taken from the Bible, because the style is familiar, were printed without the vowels, a reader would find it difficult if not impossible to read it aloud at first sight. He would first need to pore over and study his lesson, before he understood it himself, or was prepared to convey its meaning to others. Take, for instance, the fifth commandment, and write it without the vowels, and remark the difference in its appearance. Hnr th fthr nd th mthr, tht th dys my b Ing pn th Ind whch th Lrd th Gd goth th. In the fourth place all the words in Coptic are spelled, or made up of letters as with us. But in the Egyptian hieroglyphic system this is not the case in all instances, many of the words being rep- resented by a single picture instead of being spelled; as for example, in place of putting the letters together to form a word for month, they drew a crescent with a star under it; instead of writing the word in so many letters for a year, they delineated a shoot or scion; and instead of spelling heaven they described a beam with a star under it. T'hese it must be confessed were not only very ingenious, but very simple ; still however clear and striking these symbols might appear, written language is found to be much more perspicuous. Hence the innkeepers in Great Britain have found it expedient to write their signs in letters instead of resorting to pictures as heretofore. Besides this a question might arise oftentimes whether a character before you was to be considered as having both sense and sound, or whether it was only the symbol, or in other words a letter. The mixing up of this picture writing with the ordinary method by means of letters puzzled Dr. Young, who was the first to elicit anything like an al- phabet, so that he was tempted to give up some of the best ideas he had formed on the subject. He at first assumed that all the words were spelt orthographically; but finding that this judgment was not borne out by subsequent investigations, he changed his opinion and maintained that all the characters had a meaning, and no words were spelt except proper names. Now the truth lay exactly between these two opinions, inasmuch as the Egyptians spelled some words, that is, :341) JULY Champollion's Egyptian Grimmar they used characters without sense, but with sound, and they also used characters which had both sense and sound, The reader has here a short and plain statement of the main diffi- culties that were wont to beset the hieroglyphic system. But he will agree with the writer in considering such difficulties not as in- surmountable. They might indeed throw impediments in the way of a ready apprehension of a passage, and perhaps even leave it at last in a state of doubtfulness, but there was nothing mysterious or won- derful in it. It is unwieldy because the Egyptians studied grandeur of appearance more than simplicity of form. But what is remark- able, they were themselves fully aware of the ambiguity to which their mode of writing would subject their composition. Hence they adopted a variety of expedients to guard against misapprehension. One of the simplest was after they had written the name of the ob- ject to draw its picture close beside. For example after they had spelled the word for cat, pig, &c., they limned the object in full just by the word. The next step was to draw a part of the object as its head or its hide, and use part for the whole in a sort of synecdoche. The third method was an equivalent for what grammarians call a metonomy; as a leaf was used to show that the word under considera- tion was the name of some tree; a grain, or a small circle denoted that the term referred to some mineral production. So little did the priests think of concealment, or of appropriating their secrets to themselves. They may have had their esoteric doctrines and myste- ries known chiefly to themselves, but these appear not to have been in- trusted to writing, or at least do not form a part of monumental records. It may be received as a principle that the Coptic is the door whereby men must enter the study of the hieroglyphics, and the object of the Grammar before us is to establish that proposition. The author in carrying out this design has traced synthetically and ana- lytically all the changes of the accidence in both the hieroglyphic and Coptic writing, and has shown that in construction the two lan- guages run side by side, and that in all respects they prove them- selves to be the same. We have as in Coptic definite articles, pro- nouns to help in the formations of verbs, prepositions to serve as joints, and auxiliary particles to mark the posture of the mind in reference to the subject. In the perusal of this noble work, the student should remember that it is immaterial by what characters a word is written so long as the sound is the name, and corresponds to one in the Coptic. The alihor may sometimes seem to reason as if he thought otherwise, 1 1 1843. :141 Mir Hugh Gougl's Dispatches. but probably without intending to be so understood. A student will find some trouble in dealing with the examples at first from the way in which they are translated into the French and Coptic. The method is to ment the hieroglyphic, and endeavor to construe the passage for himself with a reference to the meaning of the Coptic and French rendering, not to the manner in which the words of those languages are placed, nor to the particles that are used, There are many words in the Chinese and Egyptian languages which resemble each other. This indicates that these tongues had a common origin, which is the case with all others that have any claim to antiquity. They had one common stock, and are but the branches proceeding from it. But there is not the shadow of a proof that either the Egyptian borrowed aught from the Chinese, or the Chinese from the Egyptian. They adopted different principles, and pursued the development by different routes. The Chinese compound their primitive portions or roots, allowing one of the twain to pre- serve its sound, while the other is compelled to pass into silence. The Egyptians rarely compounded their roots with a reference to their sense as well as their sound, but used them singly for sense and for sound, or grouped them into sets as sounds only, or in other terms employed them as letters in the spelling of words. If any one is heard descanting on the similarity between the two languages he must be considered as telling tales about himself. He is at least defective in the knowledge of one of these languages, and perhaps in both. The concluding advice of the writer is that no one should listen to such childish speculations, which amuse and deceive, but cannot instruct. Instead of finding delight in these things the student should get this Grammar, or some work of like authority, and ascertain the truth for himself. Art. II. Capture of Shanghái and Chinkiáng fú: dispatches of H. E. Lieut-general Sir Hugh Gough, k. G. C. B., to the Rt.-hon. Lord Stanley. To the Right Hon. Lord Stanley, principal Sec. of State, colonial department. Head.Quarters, Wúsung, June 18, 1842. My LORD,- I have the honor to apprise your ship that the file from various naval causes, which I am persuaded were unavoidable, only reached the anchorage of Wúsung, within the bar of the Yangtsz kiáng, on the evening of 13th innt. The following morning I proceeded with H. E. the naval (ow...in-chief 10 :342 JULY, Sir Hugh Gough's Dispatches reconnoitre the long line of defences on both sides of the Wúsung river, those on the left bank extending from five to six miles of the Yangtsz kiáng, while the deſences on the right bank consisted of a lower, with flanking batteries on a tongue of land formed by a bend of the river, which here runs from two to three miles parallel to the course of the Yángtsz' kiáng. The main object, therefore, was the occupation of the left bank with its defences, at the southern extremity of which the village of Wúsung is situated, while the walls of Paushan appear a short distance in the rear of the einbankments, on which the embrasures are constructed, about two miles from its termination to the northwest. We had failed to obtain satisfactory information as to the points of debarkation; one of the principal objects, therefore, of this reconnoissance was to establish the practicability of landing so as to turn the defences; one point alone seemed adapted for this purpose, about half way between Paushan and Wúsung, unless we were to effect a landing some miles up the Yáng. tsz kiáng, in which case it would be necessary to take Paushan before we could co-operate with the navy. It was, therefore, determined that this supposed landing- place should be examined during the night, and that, if not found practicable, tho ships of war should silence the batteries that covered the regular landing-place near the village of Wúsung, when the troops should land from the steamers, which, after towing in the ships of war, were to return for them to the transports. During the night, commanders Kellett and Collinson sounded along the shore, and reported that the water shoaled to three feet about 200 yards from the banks, and that boats could not approach to land troops anywhere near the spot proposed. It was then decided to resort to the alternative already mentioned. The 15th was employed in examining and sounding the entrance into the Wúsung river; and six o'clock on the morning of the 16th, the ships of war were towed in shore by the steamers, under a heavy, and, for the Chinese, well-directed fire, not returning a shot until each ship had taken her appointed station, when they opened a fire that must have appalled the enemy, though he was not entirely silenced for a considerable time. The details of this very animating scene will no doubt be fully reported by H. E. sir W. Parker, together with the deviation from our preconcerted plan of operation, occasioned by the steamers having all grounded, except the small steamer Medusa. The troops were thus prevented from participating with their gallant comrades of the navy in occupying the river line of batteries, which were by half.past seven in possession of the naval force. The troops were not landed until twelve, when having understood that a portion of the enemy, said to be about 1500 men, had retreated on Paushan, I immediately moved on that town in two columns, having directed major-general Schoedde to move his brigade in rear of the place, so as to intercept the governor of the province, who was reported to be in that town. Upon reaching it by the sea-line, I found it was in possession of major.gen. Schoedde's brigade, who had entered it without opposition from the rear, the Chinese troops and the greater part of the population having fled when they found their retreat likely to be cut off, leaving everything behind them, with about fifty guns, seventeen of which were brass. The enemy's force consisted of 4000 to 5000 men, under admiral Chin, who fell in the batteries, in which from 40 to 50 dead bodies were found. A portion of this force is stated to have fallen back upon a city within ten miles of Paushán, and disbanded themselves; the remainder, with the governor, had fled to Súchau, 'We have taken altogether, at Wúsung and Paushán, ahout 250 guns, with quantities of powder, shot, jingals, and other munitions of war, all of which have beezy destroyed with the exception of the brass guns. 1913. ;313 Si lugha Cowgli: Dispatches. Wúsung is a wretched village, and Páushán, although surrounded by a wall and rampart in good repair, is a poor place, and the country around it by no means so populous or so fertile as we have hitherto found in China. The Yang- tsz' kiáng is a magnificent river. Having arranged with the admiral to proceed to Shanghái, a large commercial town, about sixteen miles up the Wúsung river, Sir W. Parker pushed on the light ships of war on the 17th inst. Capt. Watson, who was in command, finding the batteries six miles up the river deserted, occupied them, destroying the iron and embarking the brass guns. I propose that one column shall move along the left bank of the Wúsung, while I proceed myself in the steamers, with the re- mainder of the force. The 2d Madras N. I., and detachments of Artillery and Sappers and Miners from that presidency, joined the fleet on the 17th ; they will accompany the force to Shanghái. I am most thankful to be able to inform your lordship that sixteen of our kidnapped men, seven of whom are Europeans, have been restored to us by I'lípú, of whose letter in reply to the one addressed to him by the admiral and myself, I beg to enclose a translation (inclosure not received). This act of reciprocal good feeling portends well. I have, &c. H. Gough, Lieut.-gen. commanding. Head-quarters, Wúsung, June 18, 1842. From H. E. Lieut-gen. Sir H. Gough, K. G. C. B., to the Right Hon. Lord Stanley, Dated 24th June, 1842. My Lord: My letter of the 18th June will have informed your lordship of the entrance of the combined force into the Yángtsz! Kiáng, and of the capture of Wúsung and Píushan, together with the dismantling of the forts which com. mand the entrance of the Wúsung river leading to Shanghai, and opening a very extended water communication into the interior oʻthis province (Kiangsú) On the 19th, the troops were embarked on board the steamers, with the exception of Madras horse artillery, ditto royal one column, consisting of the details named in the margin, royal Irish, 49th regt., detachment which I was anxious should move, if found practicable, of Sappers and Miners, four light field guns, about 1000'men. by a road that I understand to exist between Wusung and Shanghái, so as to reach at the same time with the steamers this latter city, where I was informed that 4,000 to 5,000 troops were stationed for its deſence. By this movement I was in hopes to have intercepted their retreat, at all events, to prevent the abduction of the valuable property as well as the public treasure. This column I placed under lieut. col. Montgomerie, Madras artillery, in whose sound judgment and practical resources I had every confidence. At eight o'clock, the steamers got under weigh, and by two o'clock, reached two small batteries within half a mile of Shanghái; these opened upon the steamers and the smaller ships of war which they had in tow, and after a few shots were evacuated; some of the retiring enemy, falling in with a flanking party of the land column, were fired on, but from the country being one sheet of paddy cultivation or swamp, they could not be captured. The steamers pushed on with the troops and landed them close to the city, but we found lieut..col. Montgomerie in pos- session of the place. This officer, hearing the firing, and conceiving it was from the city on the shipping and troops, rapidly pushed foward with his advance, and found himself unexpectedly close to the city walls. No enemy showing himself at this point, he advanced to the north gate, which he entered unopposed, having 344 dins. Sir Hugh Civeles Dispatches got one hen over the walls to operi il. il appears vial the chainese: authorities and troops evacuated the city the preceding evening, except a few men who romained tu fire ott' their guns in the batteries before mentioned. Shanghái appears a rich commercial city, with goud walle in prefect repair, on which but few guns were mounted, and these all at gateways. The walls are three miles and a quarter in circumference; the po I understand to be from 60,000 to 70,000 souls. A very considerable trade is carried on at Shanghái. Its posi- tion as commercial city nothing cali exceed, being situated within sixteen miles up the Wúsung river, up which, for several miles above the city, ships of large burden can be brought with great facility. It afforded me great satisfaction to perceive the unusual degree of confidence manifested by the people ; it is true, a great proportion of the wealthiest inhabi. tants had left it, but the middling classes and the great body of the shopkeepers remained, and freely brought in poultry and vegetables, so that I was enabled to give the troops a good portion of these necessary comforts, after living for some time on salt provisions. I have done everything in my power to prove that the confidence was not misplaced, and I am most happy to say the troops, by their orderly and forbearing conduct in the midst of that pernicious liquor samshoo, with large stores of which we were surrounded, conducted themselves to my entire satisfaction, and I re-embarked the whole force, with its numerous followers, yesterday morning, without a single instance of inebriety. The only injury done at Shanghai was by the Chinese robbers, who had commenced their work of depredation before we entered it. I issued a very strong edict, which, before we left, produced, in a great measure, the desired effect, and I was enabled to inducc many of the most respectable Chinese to take charge of large establishments (principally pawnbrokers), the proprietors of which had fled, with a promise they would protect them from the rabble. We have of course destroyed all the iron, and embarked the brass guns, amounting altogether, including those taken at Wúsung and Páushán, to 406, about 100 of which are brass. The powder and military stores of every description have been also destroyed. By an extensive though necessarily rapid survey of the river, sir Willian Par. ker has nearly ascertained the practicability of moving on Súchau by this routc, but as I consider it an object of the most vital importance to reach the point of intersection of the Imperial Canal with the Yángtsz kiáng as early as possible, and to take the strong fortress and important city of Chinkiáng ſú commanding that point, we have deemed it right to forego all other operations for this most important one, after which I shall be anxious at once to move on Nanking. Thesc commanding positions in our possession, as I before stated to your lordship, both Súchau and Hangchau must fall. On my return here yesterday, I found the Belleisle, and I understood that the Apollo, with the greater part of the transports, are at Chusan. Instructions will be sent for them immediately to follow us up the Yangtsz kiáng. With these ample means at my disposal, not only to take, but to occupy whatever may be deemed most advisable, I hope to prove to the Chinese government the extent, of the power and resources of Great Britain, and the folly of persisting in rejection of the terms offered. I have the honor to be, &c., Hugh Gough, Lieut-general, Commanding Expeditionary Land Force. 11:5 345 Sir Hugh Gough's Dispatrhes. 1 P.S. I omitted in the foregoing dispatch to report to your lordship. that the same Chinese mandarin who came to me at Chápu, brought me, on the 20th inst., at Sbánghái, a letter from I'lípú, of which, together with sir William Parker's and iny joint answer, I beg to inclose a translation. I'lípú, late governor.general of Kiángnan and Kiangsí provinces, assistant minister of the Cabinet, and now lieuto-general of Chájú, sends the following communication :- "• I find on examination that the English prisoners have been restored, and a letter has been sent with them; whilst, however, making peace, by putting, a stop to war, and entering upon arrangements respecting the trade, i all at once received a letter from Kiángnan, stating, that a large fleet of your honorable country liad sailed to the entrance of Wüsung river, without my knowing what was the object. When I, the minister and governor, two years ago, carried on on, at Chinhái, a correspondence with all the commanders-in.chief, I was then fully aware that your honorable nation was highly prizing justice and good faith. Now, however, when the two countries are on the eve of concluding peace, then sails the whole fleet suddenly to the entrance of Shanghái river, firing guns and stirring up a quarrel, which is on one side carrying on a correspondence about peace, and on the other hand to give rise to rancor and to promote hostilities; what has thus become of good faith, and where is the justice ? This I, the minis. tèr and governor, an not able to comprehend fully. "Our two empires have now for three years been at war; the soldiers and people who have been killed are innumerable, and the inisery entailed is unspeakable and grievous to recount. It is, therefore, requisite, in accordance with the celestial rule, to feel regret at those evils and to put down the war; but if one proves dis. obediunt to the dictates of Heaven, it is to be fuared that Heaven will visit us with punishment, and who will be able to endure this? Your honorable country has hitherto laid strong upon coinmerce, and considered war as nefarious, with the hope of putting a stop to the misery of war, and enjoying the advantages of an open market. Now, if this takes place, the people of your honorable country may return home and enjoy their property, and the men of our own nation could also every one of themi go back to their families, and gain a livelihoud, enjoying the blessings of peace. "Is nc: this far better than to fight for successive years, and fill the land with the bodies of the slain?' “I have sent this letter by an officer, who will wait for an answer; this is my coinmunication to the commander-in-chief. “ Táukwaug. 22d year, 5th month. Junc, 1842." (True copy of Mr. Gutzlaft's translation.) “The high officers commanding the combined British forces take the earliest opportunity of thanking I'lípú, late governor-general of Kiángnan and Kiangsí, assistant minister of the Cabinet, and now licut..general of Chájú, for the release of the British subjects, who were in the hands of the Chinese at Hángchau, and to assure him that they gladly recognize in this act that good feeling which should always subsist between civilized nations, and which H. E. will find reciprocated by the liberation of the Chinese prisoners which have since fallen into our hands. They learn with much gratification, H. E.'s appointment of licut..general of Chápu, as it is always satisfactory to thein to have to act with one whose conduct has impressed them with the highest respect. The high officers have now to acknowledge the receipt of H. E.'s letter of Taukwang. 22d year, 5th month, by his officer; and they can but refer him to their last communication, wherein they expressed their inability to cease hostilities until the Chinese government were disposed to negotiate on the terrns offered by the British government, through the medium of her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, who was then daily expected at Chusan, and is now probably on his way froin that island to W'úsung. The high British officers heg to repeat that, with an undiminished desire to lessen the calainities of war, it is their duty to proceed with hostilities until they are assured that a functionary, duly authorized by his imperial majesty. or the Chinese go. vernment, is prepared to negoziate prace, which may be honorable to both 11. VI. V. VU 346 JULY Sir Hugh Gough's Dispatches. nations, and to meet those just demands which have been repeatedly submitted to his imperial majesty. • Your Exc. must be aware that, with every respect for your exalted position, and acknowledged prubity, the high British officers have not to this hour been apprized, that Y. E. has been authorized to treat on the conditions promulgated by the British governinent; and they beg to repeat that, until such assurance is given, they have no power to stop for one moment the operations of the combined forces, which have lately been greatly augmented: and further reinforcements, to a large extent, are hourly expected to arrive here. And, much as they lament the necessity of prolonging the calamities of war, they have no alternative, until this desired communication is officially inade, when Y. E. will find that the Britislı commanders-in.chief are no less dispused than Y. E. to resume the blessings of amity and commerce. “H. Gough, Lieut.-general, coinmanding Expeditionary Land Force. · W. PARKER, Vice-admiral, naval Commander-in-chief." I'lípú, late assistant minister of the Cabinet, and governor-general of Kiángnári and Kiángsí, sends the following reply to your communication. On the 4th moon, 18th day, (27th May,) he received your letter, and made himself fully ac. quainted with the contents thereof:- “ Since 1, the late minister and governor.general, and you honorable general and admiral, treat one another with sincerity, and there exists the utmost good faith on both sides, it will not be difficult to bring the negotiations to a satisfactory conclusion. It is necessary to wait until the main points of the question have been fully satisfied, and I shall then, in conjunction with the terror-spreading general and the lieut.-governor Liú, distinctly report the same to the great emperor, that he may confirm the arrangements to show their faithful observance. All our men that were taken prisoners at Chápu have already arrived; and on inquiry I found that your honorable general and admiral gave the hungry rice to eat, and allowed to the wounded medical attendance, and we feel obliged for your kindness and courtesy. We also dispatched, under an officer, the men of your honorable country that were previously taken, with a letter, to Chápu. but your vessels had already sailed, and it was impossible to reach them. We therefore, took back both the men as well as the letter. We have now again drawn up this document, and send the thirteen men that could not come up, with three more from Shauhing, that you may receive and examine them, and send us an an. swer, to enable us to negotiate and make arrangements, in order to protect the lives of the people of both countries, to enjoy conjointly peace, and to obtain the assistance of heaven. This, I think, is also ihe delight of your honorable general and adıniral, that it may take place. Such is the most important object of this communication.' " The above is addressed to general Gough, adıniral Parker. “ Taukwang, 22d year, 4th moon, 29th day. June 7th, 1842." Ilead Quarters, Chinkiang fu, July 25th, 1842. My Lord, --It. affords me great gratification to announce to your lordship that our progress up the Yangtsz kiáng has, under Divine Providence, been most propitious, and our first operations upon the shores of this mighty river most successful. Ilis excellency sir William Parker, who, I will here beg leave to mention, accompanied me throughout all our operations before Chinkiáng ſú until we entered the city, and from whom I have upon this as upon all other occasions, experienced the most cordial and able support, will no doubt enter fully into detail upon all the subjects coming more particularly within the naval department; I shall, therefore, very slightly touch on them. We sailed from the anchorage off Wúsung on the 6th. Many unavoidable delavs occurrce in bringing a fleet of upwards of seventy sail of mch-of-war and 18.13 :3:17 Sir Hugh Cowgli Dispatches Transports up a river for the most part totally unknown, and we did not reach Suishán, the first point where opposition, if it can be so termed, was offered, until the 141h. few shots were fired here from some small batteries, recently erected, at the leading ships, which landed their marines, when the enemy Aed. The fleet anchored at this point, and the batteries and guns were destroyed. Un. fortunately, the wind came more ahead the next morning, which together with the strength of the current, and the further difficulty presented by a sudden bend of the river, prevented the ships from proceeding on the 15th. On the 16th, however, I accompanicd sir W. Parkier, in the steam-frigate Vixen, and made a very satisfactory and accurate reconnoissance of both Kinshan and Chinkiáng fu. The steamer passed close to the shore, within musket-range of the Imperial canal, which passed through the suburbs of the city, and without meeting the slightest opposition, hundreds of the inhabitants, crowding the shore to gaze on her as she passed. This, as well as all our accounts, led ine to believe that little if any resistance would be made. Not a soldier appeared upon the city walls, nor could 1 perceive any encampments in the neighbourhood. We returned to the Heet that evening. On the 17th, some of the fast-sailing ships of war were enabled to pass the bend, and proceeded up the river. On the 19th, the Cornwallis effected the pass. sage, and a favorable change of wind enabled the whole fleet to reach Chin. kiáng ſú on the 20th. This city, with its walls in excellent repair, stands within little inore than half-a-mile froin the river; the northern and the eastern face upon a range of sleep hills; the western and southern faces on low ground, with the linperial canal serving in some measure as a wet ditch to these faces. "To the westward, the suburb through which the canal passes extends to the river, and terminates under a precipitous hill, opposite to which, and within 1000 yards, is the island of Kinshán, a mere rock, rising abruptly from the water; a small seven-storied pagoda crowns ihe suminit, and a few temples and impcrial pavilions, partly in ruins, and only occupied by Chinese priests, run round its base and up its sides, interspersed with trees. The island is not more than a few hundred yards in circumference, and by no means calculated for a military position, being coin. manded completely by the hill on the right bank of the river. About a mile and a half lower down the steam there is a bluff height, con. nected by a narrow ridge, with a smaller hill, both capped with joss-houses, and both commanding the northern angle of the city wall. Here I determined to lund one brigade. My first intention, when I reconnoitred this place on the 16:41, 718 to land the other brigade near a range of low hills about two or three miles tritiba eastward, so as 10 act against the eastern face of the city ; but the feet 127?n: come to anchor on the 20th so far up the river, I was induced to alter iny plan) attack, and the more readily, as I perceived from the top of the pagoda on Kir. shián three encampinents at some distance, on the slope of the hills southwest or the city. It therefore appeared an object of importance to land a part of the force, so as to cut off these troops ; and ag I ascertained that there was a good landing-place below the hill, nearly opposite to Kinshan, I determined to disem. bark there the two remaining brigades, with the brigade of artillery. The necessary arrangements were immediately made for landing at daylight on the 21st. Major-general Schocdde's brigade (the 2d), consisting of Royal Artillery, capt, Greenwood ; 55th Regt., major Warren ; 6'h Madras N.I., lieut.. 318 drus, Sir Hugh Gough's Dispatches. colonel Drever; Rifles, 36th Madras N. I., capt. Simpson ; 2d Madras N. I., lieut..colonel Luard; detachment of Sappers, lieut. Johnstone, was ordered to land at daylight, under the bluff height, north of the city; and the major.general was instructed to take and occupy the two hills that command the northern and castern faces, with directions to turn this diversion into a real attack, if he found it practicable without incurring much loss. The first brigade, under major.general Lord Saltoun, was directed to land at the same time bolow the lill, opposite Kinshán, occupy this hill with two com. panies of the troops first landed, viz., 26th Cameronians, lieut..colonel Pratt; Ben, gal Volunteers, lieut..colonel Lloyd ; flank companies 418t Madras N. I., inajor Campbell ; 981h Regt., lieut..colonel Campbell; and form on the first open space at its base, out of view of the city and encampments, so as to cover the landing of the brigade of guns under licut..colonel Montgomerie, of the Madras Artillery, and of major-general Bartley's brigade (the 3d); 18th Royal Irish, major Cowper; 14th Madras N.I., major Young ; 49th Regt., lieut-colonel Stephens. The first brigade, under Lord Saltoun, I destined to attack the encampments; while with the third brigade, and the brigade of artillery, I proposed to operate against the west gate, and the western face of the city, taking advantage of such ground and circumstances as might present themselves. The brigades of major-generals Lord Saltoun and Schoedde commenced landing before daylight, but considerable delay took place in effecting the disembarkation from the rapidity of the current, the scattered state of the ships, some of which were aground, and from some mistake on the part of one of the new steamers. The guns were next landed, and major-general Bart. ley's brigade followed. I accompanied major-general Lord Saltoun's brigade in landing, and from the steep hill already mentioned, had a full view of the city and encampments. On the wall of the former but few men appeared, but the encampments were still occupied, though not more than from 12 to 1,500 men showed themselves. I therefore directed Lord Saltoun to move forward at once with the troops of his brigade first landed, the 98th regiment, with some companies of the Bengal Volunteers and the flank companies of the 41st M. N. I., to attack and destroy the encampments, and if possible cut ott' their communication with the city. I sent 3 guns under major Anstruther with this brigade, and a detachment of sappers, in case difficulties should pre- sent themselves. Three companies of the Bengal Volunteers under major Kent having landed some time afterwards, I sent major Gough, deputy quar- termaster general, to accommpany them, with directions to fall on the enemy's right flank, perceiving a path over some undulating ground which I thought might possibly lead them between the encampment and the city, These tiiree companies first came in contact with the enemy, not having ap- parently been seen, until they came close to the position, when the Chinese very gallantly rushed on them, and were not repulsed until they almost came into actual contact. Lord Saltoun executed his orders most satisfactorily, driving the enemy before him over the hills and destroying the encampments. The 26th having landed, proceeded to cover the guns, which lieut.-colonel Montgoinerie had placed in a strong position on a low hill to the west of and commanding the walls, of which we could take a consideraħle portion in reserye I could perceive that no strong body was in reserve at this point, 18.1: 3.19 Sir Hugh Gough's Dispotrivs. although the embrasures and loop-holes were all manned, evidently by 'Tartar troops, prepared to defend their post. A re I determined to make the assault so soon as major-general Bartley's brigade should join me, as I felt assured that my guns would soon clear the ramparts of the Tartars; and I was given to understand that the canal was fordable, a ridge of earth evidently thrown up on the original excavation giving me perfect cover to within fifty paces of the walls. As soon as the 18th and greater part of the 49th joined me, the 26th being for the time attached to this brigade, everything was prepared for the assault; I directed, however, the deputy quartermaster general, major Gough, to ascertain the correctness of my information as to the canal. Three officers rushed down the bank with him, and I think it but right here to mention their names. Captain Loch, R. N., who, being an amateur in this expedition, has acted inost zealously as my extra aide-de-camp ; lieut. Hodg- son, of the Cornwallis, and lieut. Heatly, deputy assist.-adjutant general, who has ever been forward where he could be useful. These four officers swam the canal, thus ascertaining its impracticability, and the incorrectness of my inforination. I was now equally distant from the west and south gates, but perceiving that the suburbs would give me cover, I decided on forcing the former; we soon reached this point, and covering parties were pushed on close to the banks of the canal, major Malcolm of the 3d Dragoons, who acted through- out the day as my extra aide-de-camp, and brevet capiain Balfour, brigade major of artillery, were very active in discovering the approaches to the gate. Two guns, under lieutenant Molesworth, of the Madras Artillery, were also judiciously placed, so as to take the works in flank, Under this cover, captain Pears, the commanding engineer, with great spirit and judgment, placed the powder bags, and effectually blew in the gate, giving the troops a clear entrance through a long archway, not, as it proved, into the body of the place, but into an outwork of considerable extent. In this outwork we met captain Richards, of the Cornwallis, who had most promptly landed the marines of that ship, on hearing that two gun boats, with artillery, in proceeding up the canal, had unexpectedly approached the walls, and were severely pressed. Finding, however, the attention of the enemy diverted, he escaladed this work in the re-entering angle near a sallyport. All further difficulties at this point were cleared, as we found major-general Schoedde in possession of the inner gateway. This officer, with his wonted decision, taking advantage of his discre- tionary power, converted his diversion into a real attack, escaladed the city walls at the north angle, cleared the whole line of rampart to the westward, and carried the inner gateway, which was obstinately defended. I cannot too strongly express my approval of the spirited and judicinus way in which major-general Schoedde fulfilled my orders; nor can I better convey to your lordship the operations of his brigade than by forwarding his report. By these combined movements a body of Tartars was driven into one division of the western outwork, without a possibility of retreat; and as they would not surrender, most of them were piti:er shot or destroyed in the burn- ing hours; w.veral of which had becsl Srey on tire box the Tartar troops them- 3:50 JULY, Wir Nugh Gough. Dispatches. selves or by our guns. As soon as I could collect a sufficient body of the 3d brigade, 1 directed major-general Bartley to proceed with it along the west face, and occupy the several gates to the south and east of the city. The sun at this time being nearly overpowering, I was anxious to keep as many of the men as possible under cover until towards the evening, when I proposed mov- ing into the Tartar city, and occupying the principal positions ; but the troops under maj.-gen. Bartley, consisting of the 18th, and part of the 49th regt., were soon hotly engaged with a body of from eight hundred to a thousand Tartars, who, under cover of some inclosures, opened a destructive fire upon our men, as they were filing round the walls. The leading division of the 49th dashing down the rampart on their left, while the 18th pushed forward to turn their right, they were soon dispersed, although some of them fought with great desperation. It afforded me much satisfaction to witness the spirited manner in which major-general Bartley performed this duty, with a small force of exhausted men. The admiral, who was moving with the marines of the Cornwallis along the line of wall which had been cleared by the 55th, hearing the heavy firing, with his usual anxiety to afford assist- ance, attempted to move across the city, and was strongly opposed at several points in the streets where the 'l'artars had collected. The sun now became so overpowering, that it was impossible 10 move with man already fatigued by their exertions, and I regret to say that several died froin the intense heat. We remained, therefore, in occupation of the gates until 6 o'clock, when several parties were pushed into the Tartar city and to the public offices. The Tartar general's house was burnt; that of the lieut.- general Hailing, it appears had been set on fire by his own orders, and he was destroyed in it; his secretary, who was found the next morning by Mr. Morrison, principal Chinese interpreter, related this event, and pointed out the body of the unfortunate chief. Finding dead bodies of Tartars in every house we entered, principally women and children, thrown into wells or otherwise murdered by their own people, I was glad to withdraw the troops from this frightful scene of destruction, and place them in a commanding position at the principal public offices in the northern quarter of the city. The following morning, search was made for arms, ammunition, and treasure ; about 60,000 dollars' worth of sycee silver was found in public offices, and all the arms and arsenals discovered were destroyed. It would appear that the Tartar soldiers did not calculate on the rapidity of our movements, and considered the city impregnable ; a great number of those who escaped our fire committed suicide, after destroying their families; the loss of life has been therefore appalling, and it may be said that the Mantchoo race in this city is extinct. As in all other places we have taken, the respec- table inhabitants have fled, as well as the local authorities. The suburbs are larger than the city, which is about four miles in circumference; plunderers flocking in by hundreds from the country have joined the populace, and such is their systematic mode of proceeding, that, in one instance which came to my knowledge, they set fire, to both ends of a street in the western suburb, where there was a large pawnbroker's shop (uniformly the first object of illage), in order to check all int. sruption, while they carried off their booty by the side lanes. I was niost anxious to put a stop to these scenes of devas. 17.133. ;3,71 Sir Hugh (ivmatii Dispatches. tation, but it would not have been practicable in so wide a labyrinth of street: and lanes, without constant harassing exposure to the troops, during the hottest season of the year. Cholera has made its appearance: Ensign Weir, of the 49th regiment, died this evening, and several men of the saine corps have been attacked by the disease. I propose to leave major-general Schoedde with his brigade here. Two regiments and a detachment of artillery will occupy the bluff beight and a smaller hill, which command the north angle of the city walls, in which 1» have directed extensive breaches to be made, and the whole line of parapet. will be demolished. Another regiment will occupy the hill above the mouth of the canal, and opposite to the island of Kinshán: sir William Parker leav- ing a proportionate number of ships, with the remainder of the force, we shall advance on Nanking. The mandarin who has so frequently visited us has again brought a joint dispatch from Kiying, maternal uncle to the emperor, and I'lípú, which, together with his answer, will, no doubt, be submitted by her majesty's plenipotentiary. It only now' remains for me to express my warmest ap- proval of the conduct of the troops of all arms, as well Native as European ; all were animated with one common feeling of devotion, and the anxiety of all ranks to meet my wishes has been most cheering. Major-generals Lord Saltoun and Bartley, and lieut.-colonel Montgomerie, report most favorably of the assistance they derived from the several commanding officers under them, and from their respective brigade staff. To the officers commanding brigades and corps, as to all the general and my personal staff, I am inuch indebted ; and it affords me great satisfaction to add that lieut.-colonel Mountain, the deputy adjutant-general, was suffi- ciently recovered from the severe wounds he received at Chápu to take his usual prominent share in evey active operation. I regret to say that our loss has been considerable, but not more than was to be expected, from the desperation with which the Tartars fought for their homes, and from the strength of their positions. I inclose a return of killed and wounded, with a sketch of the town and the operations before it. I have the honor to be, &c. H. Gough, lieut.-general. P. S. 29th July.--I am sorry to report that since the foregoing dispatch was written, lieut.-colonel Stephens, commanding the 49th regiment, has died, in consequence, I fear, of the great fatigue and exposure to the sun which he underwent on the 21st inst. Return of ordnance, mounted on the walls of Chinkiáng fú, captured on the 21st of July, 1842. Iron guns: 2 12-pounders, 1 9-pounder, 2 8-pounders, 2 5-pounders, 4 4-pounders, 7 3-pounders, 2 2-pounders; total, 20. The whole of these guns have been destroyed. N. B.-In addition to the above, a large number of jingals, matchlocks, spears, bows and arrows, about 3,000 lbs. of gunpowder, and a variety of military appointments, were destroyed in the different magazines and storerooms in the city. Return of killed, wounded, and missing of the above force, under the (911- 3.5:1 1113. Nir Hugh Cough': Dispatches. mand of H. E. lieut.-genaral Sir Hugh Goughi, u. (. B., at the attack on the enemy's entrenched camp, storm and capture of the city of Chinkiang fu, on the 21st July, 1842. Recapitulation.—Killed : 3 officers, 2 sergeants, 29 rank and file ; total 34. Wounded: 14 officers, 1 warrant officer, 4 sergeants, 1 drummer, 86 rank and file 1 follow?r; total, 107. Missing : 1 drummer, 2 rank and file ; 3. Killed, wounded, and missing ; 17 officers, 1 warrant officer, 6 sergeants, 2 druminers, 117 rank and file, I follower.-Grand total, 144. 1 Major-general Schoerde's Report. Sir: Pursuant to the instructions of his Exc. Sir Hugh Gongh, directing me to land my brigade at the bluff point overlooking the town, for the purpose of creating a diver- sion, but leaving it to my discretion to convert it into a real attack if I should deem it advisable to do so. I have the honor to inform you, that, as soon as a sufficient number of men had landed, I took possession of the joss houses on the hill, detaching the rifle company to a small wooded hill in my front, and after having reconnoitred the ground, I made my arrangements for the escalade of the town at the north-east angle. Whilst waiting the arrival of the remainder of the 2d and 6th regiments Madras N. I., the enemy opened a very heavy fire upon us from guns, jingalls, and matchlocks, this was immediately returned by the rockets of the Royal Artillery with considerable effect, and as soon as I could assemble such portion of the brigade as had been landed, directed the assault of the place in the following manner; half the rifle company, under the command of Capt. Simpson, rushed from the hill across the valley, and crept up under cover close to the walls, keeping up a well-directed fire against the embrasures of the place. The grenadier company of H. M. 55th foot, and two companies of the 6th Madras N. I., with the Sappers carrying the ladders, under the command of brevet- major Maclean, 55th foot, advanced against the north-east angle. The Sappers, com- inanded by lieut. Johnstone, with the greatest steadiness and gallantry, reared their ladders against the wall, and in a few minutes the grenadiers of the 55th had mounted, and, dividing into two parties, proceeded to clear the ramparts, one party turning to the right, under brevet-major Maclean, and another to the left, under lieut. Cuddy, of 55th. As we had only three ladders, reinforcements could not follow very quickly, and the enemy defended himself with the greatest gallantry, disputing every inch of ground, and fighting hand to hand with our men. Major Warren, commanding 55th foot, after he was wounded himself, cut down two of the enemy, and was personally engaged with a third, whilst the 55th and Rifle company 36th Madras N. I., were obliged to carry every angle and embrasure at the point of the bayonet. In the course of about an hour and a half we arrived at the west gate, where I shortly afterwards had the honor to meet his excellency. In the mean time, part of the 20 and 6th regiments Madras N.I., and the Royal Artillery, having mounted the ramparts, followed that portion of the grenadiere which had turned to the left; and after a severe struggle cleared the walls on their side until they met the third brigade. I am par- ticularly indebted to lieut.-colonel Drever, 6th Ñ.I., whose death, from fatigue and exposure to the sun, I am very sorry to report; to Capt. Reid, 6th Regt., who suc- ceeded lieut.-col. Drever in the command of his regt. ; to lieut.-colonel Luard, com- manding 2 N. I.; to major Warren, 55th foot, for the manner in which he led his regiment, and who was severely wounded; to brevet-major Maclean, 55th foot, who commanded the storming party; to Capt. Greenwood, commanding the Royal Artillery; to captain Simpson, commanding the Rifles, who I regret to say was severely wounded under the walls at the commencement of the attack; to lieut. Cuddy, H. M.'s 55th foot, the first man to mount the walls, and who was shortly afterwards severely wound- ed; and to lieut. Johnstone, commanding the Sappers. Lieut. Elphinstone, of the commissariat, afforded me most able assistance, as did also capt. Sheriff, of the 2d N. I., and assistant-adjutant-general, to whom I am likewise greatly indebted. To my major of brigade, capt. C. B. Daubeney, 55th foot, my thanks are particularly due, for the zeal, intelligence, and attention with which the duties of the brigade were discharged. I must also beg to express my best thanks to captain the hon. F. W. Grey, command- ing H. M.'s ship Endymion, who superintended the disembarkation of the brigade, and who volunteered to accompany me throughout the day, for his able assistance, and prompt and kind, attention to every request I made him regarding the landing of the I am, &c., J.'H. SCHOEDDF, major-general, men. 1813 :33: Bnghams Erpedition to China ART: III. Narrative of the Expedition to China, from the com- mencement of the Wur to the present Period; with Sketches of manners, fc, fc. By commander J. Elliot Bingham, R. N., late first lieutenant of H. M. S. Modeste. In two vols. London, llenry Colburn, publisher. 1842. 'THESE little volumes are well worth reading. Those who are familiar with the facts detailed in them, will be pleased with the simplicity and fidelity of the narrative, and with its easy and modest style. All the important facts relating to the expedition have been methodically arranged, and the story enlivened by many brief notices of the manners and customs of the Chinese. In many of the m- cidents recorded, lient. Bingham was himself an actor ; and where this was not the case, he has had recourse to the most authentir sources of information. On the character of the war he remarks : "This age of darkness and ignorant arrogance” in which the Chinese have long been, must fast melt away before the present movement. It is consoling, under the sufferings which the obstinacy and perfidious conduct of their government compel us to inflict upon the people, to reflect that the contest now in progress must result in throwing open the vast empire of China to a more intimate communication with Europeans than has ever yet existed : and thus while it benefits both them and ourselves, in a commercial point of view, must under God, be the means of elevating them from their present degradation to a state of real civilization. Above all, it may open to the labors of the Christian missionary one third of the population of the globe!" The preface, from which these few lines are borrowed, is dated New House, Gosport, October 1, 1842. The storm of war had then hushed. Peace was declared. Having expressed a favorable opinion of lieut. Bingham's work, we will not enter upon any formal review of his narrative, but merely select from its pages such incidents as have not yet found a place in the Repository. Nearly one half of the first volume is filled with preliininary matter, the writer having been anxious to put his readers “in possession of the main points, and the conse- quences which are based on or have arisen out of the opium question." Touching the confidence which exists between the buyers and sellers of the drug, he gives us the following incidents : "T!!" greatest reliance wias placed, by the Chinese dealers, in the horizon VO) 354 Juls, Bingham's Expedition to China. of the masters of the clippers. Frequently, when pressed by the guard- boats, they would leave quantities of their silver on board, until some future opportunity offered of their getting the opium. A gentleman informed me that on one of his voyages along the coast, he had above 50,000 dollars in bags, left on board his vessel for better than five months, without even knowing to whom they belonged; the boat that brought them having come alongside late at night, and put them on board. The way in which the Chinese prove their ownership to dollars, thus left, is curious and simple: in each bag is deposited a wooden tally, notched in some peculiar manner; when the owner comes to reclaim his money or opium, he produces a duplicate one, or rather, one that fits exactly into the one in the bag, and by this dumb evidence, at once substantiates his right. When we were in the outer anchorage at Chusan, we had frequent applications made to us for opium. On one occasion the cruizer had a bag of dollars thrown on board her at night, a boat coining with an opium order next day, and Fokie could hardly be convinced that he had mistaken the vessel.” Page 160. The Modeste, with the Melville and Pylades left the cape of Good Hope, under command of admiral Ellict, in the spring of 1840. In the summer she was in the Chusan Archipelago, where on the 29th of July, we find sc in 2 notices of the productions of the earth and sea, especially of vegetables and salt, two very important articles, among even the poorest of the Chineze. “ After the various duties of the day were over, captain Eyres kindly offered me a seat in his boat. I proceeded with him to explore the Elephant's trunk, a long narrow and high island, full of fertile indentations, which have evidently been arms or bays of the sea, but have been rendered fit for cultivation by th : d posit of the earthy matter previously held in suspension by these turbid waters. By the aid of man erecting embankments, these original estuaries have been converted into flourishing rice-grounds. Through the whole of this group of islands the same operations of nature and man may be traced. The higher lands afforded a welcome supply of brinjals, vegetable mallows, and pumpkins, the inhabitants readily parting with them, and many of them at first refusing to accept payment. In this, how- ever, they were not allowed to persist; and sixpences, with the likeness of our gracious queen upon them, soon found great favor in their sight, being often taken in preference when the quarter dollar was refused. Much salt was made by the villagers, and, as well as I could understand from the want of oral communication, the following was their process :- 66 Over their saltpans is spread a sandy earth, upon which they pour abundance of water from the sea, and when it is entirely saturated there- with, and the water has been evaporated by the rays of the sun, this dried earth is chipped off to about one inch in depth. This is then trodden into vats, built of clay for the purpose, about seven feet long and four feet broad. havir:g a sieve-like bottom fornied of canes; sea-water is then poured on in an int: 35.5 Binghair's Expedition to China. the top; and allowed to filter through this earth and cane-work into a reservoir beneath, from which a small gutter, formed of half a bamboo, leads it into large round pans. Some of this liquid I tasted, and found it to be a very strong brine, which they were boiling down at the adjoining village, in glazed earthen pans, placed in a row, with fires under each pan. It reminded me much of the interior of a boiling-house on a sugar estate in the West Indies.'» Page 207 In our volume for 1841 (see page 516), there has been given a brief notice of a rencontre between the Pylades and three piratical vessels. The following account was given to lieut. Bingham by commander John Hay, then first lieutenant of that ship. “On the 29th of July, at about five P. M., the Pylades anchored off the Kewsan group, when the joliy-boat was sent to purchase some fish from a fishing-junk close by, the people of which pointed to three junks at anchor between two and three miles in shore; informing the boat's crew by signs, that they were armed, fired guns, and cut people's heads off. Cap- tain Anson being informed of these circumstances, and having attentively examined them with his telescope, felt convinced they were not war junks, but pirates, and determined on sending the boats to ascertain if his opinion was right, and whether the fishermen's signs had been correctly understood. He directed the oíficer, if they were merchant-junks, not to interfere with them, but if of any other description, to bring them out. In twenty minutes the boats were hoisted out, manned, armed, and proceeding on this duty under the command of lieutenant Hay in the ship's cutter, lieutenant Touseau in the gig, Mr. Jefferies (mate), and Mr. Ford (mid.) being in the pinnace, while Mr. Rook (mid). had charge of the joily boit, accompanied by Mr. Tweedale, the assistant-surgeon. The whole force consisted of six officers and forty-one seamen and mines. Mr. Hay, feeling thit there would be sufficient work for all the boats, should resistance be offered, kept them well together. By the time they had nearly reached the suspected vessels it was dark ; but the junks were distinctly seen at anchor about three hundred yards distant, in a sinall bay close off a fishing village, with a space of about fifty yards between each. The boats now lay on their oara, formed, and loaded their small arins, the officers and men receiving strict injunctions not to fire, or otherwise annoy the crew of the junks, unless first attacked, or in obedience to orders given by lieutenant Hay to do so; the nearest junk to be the first boarded, the pinnace and jolly-boat doing so on the starboard side, while the cutter and gig would do the same on the port side. The junk's decks were now seen covered with men; everything being ready, the word was given to stretch out, the boats dashing gallantly alongside under a heavy but ill-directed fire from matchlocks, ingals, and guns. As the men attempted to board, they were knocked back into the boat with pikes and hooks, numerous stinkpots being thrown in at the same moment, the su'phuerous vapor of which rendered some of the men temporarily inefficient. The boats were therefore allowed to drop clear 356 Jins, Binghan's Erpedition in China. of the vessel, and some heavy and well directed volleys were fired among the people on the crowded decks; the other junks, supporting their com- rades with their guns and jingals ; but it was of little avail against the quick firing of the boats' crews, and the pirates soon showed symptoms of having had enough ; when the boats advanced a second time, our brave tars mounted the sides of the junk, her crew .flying before them, and jumping into the sea. Fleming, a fine young fellow, had a narrow escape; a gigantic Chinese making a desparate cut at him with a heavy battle-axe. He had just time to save himself, by throwing up his musket as a guard, the stock of which was broken by the weight of the blow. He instantly threw his own away, and catching one from a shipmate, effectually prevented his antagonist from repeating the experiment. Having carried this vessel, the boats proceeded with the intention of attacking the two others, but they had, seeing their comrade captured, cut their cables and made off. Lientenant Hay im- mediately gave chase: it. was however in vain, for by their numerous men and oars they soon left his boats behind ; returning therefore to his prize he dispatched his wounded men to the ship. “In this gallant affair two of the boat's crew were killed, and five wounded, while the carnage on board the junk had been tremendous. On examining her the next morning, many dead bodies were found still on her decks: and two men were discovered concealed below, besides quantities of arms, pow- der, and opium. After removing all that was valuable, she was set on fire; the two men found on board were landed on the island, where they had not been very long, before they were brought to the Pylades by the headmen of the village, with their hands lasħed hehind them, and a chop, which, for want of an interpreter, was laid by for the present. On being handed up the side, they were put in irons, which appeared to give satisfaction to the men in the boat which had brought them off. Shortly after another boat arrived with a present of two goats for the captain, accompanied by a second chop, which shared the fate of the first. On their being afterwards translat- ed by the interpreter attached to the .expedition, they proved that captain Anson's surmises had been perfectly right in supposing the destroyed junk and her companions to be piratical vessels. In these chops the poor fisher- men expressed the most lively feelings of gratitude for being delivered from the vagabonds, who had been for sometime plundering them. The day after the engagement the Pylades fell in with the two boats which had escaped, but as they stood into shoal water they avoided capture. A letter of thanks was forwarded by the admiral to captain Anson, the officers, and men, who had been engaged in this smart little affair.” Some occurrences at Tángchau fú are related by lieutenant Bingham in the following paragaph, descriptive of the country, the people, and their manners. “On the 19th of September, we were once more under all sail with captain Elliot and it party for 'Tangehau fú. 4.1 cight, captain Elliot and Mr 18:1:3 3.77 Bingham's Espedition to China Morrison landed on the west side of the town, within a natural breakwaior, formed by small reet; the surf being too heavy on the beach to adinit of their doing so there. We now saw from the ship a large artificial harbor, formed by strongly built stone piers, between which an opening was left capable of admitting the largest junks, but which are obliged to go in and out at high water: several were at this time, it heing low water, aground in the harbor; captain Elliot, after a short stay, returned to the ship, accom- panied by Paoupang: when the boat immediately went back for a mandarin and his servant, who were very anxious to accompany captain Elliot, no doubt as spies on the compradore, of wbom they evidenced great jealousy; but as captain Elliot wanted to have some private communication with this man, the smallness of the boat afforded a ready opportunity for declining their conipany: “ This mandarin was one of the finest specimens of a man I had till then seen in China. He stood about six feet two or three inches, and was apparently stcut in proportion. He wore the winter cap, the crown of which was of a puce-colored satin, shaped to, and fitting close to the head, with a brim of black velvet turned sharply up all round, the front and hinder parts rising rather higher than the sides; in fact, in shape much resembling the paper boats we make for children. On the dome-shaped top of this, he wore a white crystal hexangular button in a handsome setting. Beneath this was a one-eyed peacock's feather, falling down between his shoulders. This feather was set in green jadestone about two inches long, beyond which about ten inches of the feather projected, and though apparently but one, is in fact formed of several most beautifully united. “His mákwá, or riding-coat, was a fine blue camlet, the large sleeves of which extended about half down the fore arm, and the skirts, nearly to the hip. Under this he wore a richly-figured blue silk jacket, the sleeves equally large, but reaching nearly to the wrist, and the skirts sufficiently long to display the full beauty of it below the mákwá. These loose dresses always fold over the right breast, and are fastened from top to bottom with loops and buttons. His unwhisperables were of a light blue figured nankeen crape, cut much in the modern Greek style, being immediately below the knee tucked into the black satin mandarin boots, that shape much resemble the old Hessian, once so common in this country, with soles some two inches thick, the sides of which were kept nicely white, Warren's jet not yet having been introduced. To this part of his dress a Chinese dandy pays as much atten- lion as our exquisites do to the formation of a ‘Humby. The figure was completed by his apparently warlike, but really peaceable implements, which no respectable Chinaman would he seen without, viz., the fan with its highly- worked sheath; the purse or tobacco-pouch, in the exquisite embroidery of which great, ingenuity is displayed; a variety of silver tooth and ear-picks, with a pocket for his watch—the belt to which these are attached having a small leathern case fixed to it, to contain his Aint and steel. I had nearly forgotten his tail, luis beautiful tail, the pride of ryers Chinanan's heari, and 359 ᎫcᏓ. Bingham: Erprdition to China. in this case, if all his own, he might well be proud of it. I am afraid to say how thick it was, but it reached half way down his leg, and I would defy Rowland's Macassar to give a finer gloss. I short, he was the very epitome of a dandy Chinese cavalry officer.” Pages 263-266. Our readers will remember the narrative of the loss of the Indian Oak, and recollect that the Nimrod and Cruizer were sent to her relief. After performing that service the Nimrod was dispatched to the island of Quelpeart, for the purpose of procuring bullocks for the troops. “She left Chusan on this duty, accompanied by the Hooghly transport, on the 16th October; and after rather a boisterous passage, arrived on the 29th, and anchored between Cattle and Modeste island, the former of which was covered with herds, though no inhabitants could be distinguished. At day- light the next morning, the boats were dispatched for the purpose of catch- ing cattle, being well provided with ropes for that purpose, and being attended hy an armed party in case of any attack. Lieutenant Kendall thus describes the method used for taking the cattle:- A party, fifty strong, was form one line about ten feet apart ; and ropes, consisting of studding-sail haiyards, extended from right to left, which the men held as high as their breasts, keeping it taught. This line reached nearly across the island, by which means the herds were driven down to a point of land, where they faced their pursuers, bellowing and tearing up the ground with their feet. At length headed by a tremendous black bull, they charged the centre of the line. The extremities of the rope being kept taught, the foremost ones fell over it, when a rush was made on them, and before they could recover their legs, they were firmly tied with spun yarn. In this manner from five to six were caught at a haul, when having a rope secured round the horns and another to one of their hind legs, the lashings were cut off and they were walked down to the boat. It was a most amusing employment; and many a tumble and capsize occurred during the day.; fortunately no accident hap- pened. We tried hard to get our friend the chief, but he always escaped; he charged once the place where poor Fox was standing, who broke the butt of a musket over his nose, at which he shook his head, but continued his career. Two or three were knocked down by the men of the 18th, who, when these animals charged right on them, dexterously hit them between the eyes with stones.' “On the opposite shore and mainland of Quelpaert, the natives were as- sembling in great force, numerous tents being pitched. Among them was one, the gorgeous colors of which pointed it out as belonging to some high chieftain, and with the glasses it was observed that no one was allowed to stop or pass before it, without taking off his hat or cap and bowing. These natives kept making signs to the Nimrod's people to land, accompani- ed by threatening gesticulations, beating of gongs, and blowing of horns, which lasted until about eight o'clock, when they all lay down gazing on the 1813 3.34 Bingham's Empedition to China. 16 ships, relieving the tedium vita by an occasiozial 'shout, or blast on their horns. Captain Barlow, accompanied by the interpreter, proceeded with the gig und jolly boat, having a Hag of truce fying, to communicate with the people on shore; on approaching which, a boat pulled out and made signs for them to land. On this, the boats were pulled close to and alongside the native chief, who then got into the gig, but on wanting him to go on board the Nimrod, he made signs that he would get his head cut off, and therefore begged to decline the honor intended hiin. Several - chops” passed between this chiet and the interpreter on the object of the visit. The old chief then landed, and left the crowd which was assembled on the beach, who soon began to show and handle their arms; in consequence of which the boats were shoved a little way off from the shore. After some slight delay another attempt was made to make thein understand what was wanted. On which a m:in, apparently a chief, made a dash at the flag of truce, which he would have succeeded in carrying off had not the bowman hooked him with the boat-hook, which caused him to let it go. All hope of an amicable communication being at an end, the boats returned to their ships. During the two days they remained at this anchorage, fifty-seven bul- locks were captured and embarked on board the transport. The natives, with numerous boats and armed to the teeth, made several demonstrations of intending to attack the party employed on shore; but having to cross the fire of the corvette, on their passage to the island, a shot or two from her quickly deterred them from their object. Many tanks were observed on the island, hewed out of the rock; and as no springs could be found, it was surmised that these were supplied with water from the mainland. The natives stated that the bullocks were the private property of the king, and for that reason they could receive no payment for them. Their dresses ap- peared to be of the same shape as the Chinese, but their hair was worn in a fashion similar to that of the Lewchewans, whose gentle manners they cer- tainly did not in any way inherit.” Pages 314-319. The two ends of the following extract differ somewhat, if they do not contradict each other. Woman is not so much a slave of her husband as our lieutenant would seem to represent: and so the last part of his story plainly indicates. Marriage in China is to the female only a life of pain. They are absolutely dependent on the whims and caprices of their husbands, who look upon them, and treat them more in the light of slaves and servants than of companions. In their manners great modesty is affected; but it is only an affectation of modesty ; for China is intrinsically an immoral and sensual nation. Continuing our ramble, an old man met us and invited us into his house. We purchased from himn several boxes of artificial flowers, the colors of which were most natural imitations of the originals. These were made of feathers and silk, most of the bouquets being ornamented with counterfeit butterflies or humming birds; the imilation of the orange hlos- som was 110-4 beautifully excepted: but like everything else, we paid for 66 Bingham': Expedition to China, Jrts 1 theni about ten times as much as they were worth. Another old gentleman was most polite in his attentions, inviting us to his domicile, and regaling us with tea: he seemed perfectly happy at having an opportunity of showing his civility. As we rambled along, observing a large and good-looking house, we determined to see what its inmates were like; when we popped upon an old lady and three very interesting daughters, employed in pre- paring cotton for spinning, all the men of the household being occupied in the fields. We were welcomed with smiles by the quartetto, who though but a small farmer's family, displayed an ease and grace in their man- ners that we might look for in vain amongst our own cottagers. We speedily got up a flirtation of signs; and by showing a little shoe and a dollar, induced the matron of the party to part with a very pretty pair of green satin ones, which she had on; when one of the daughters very grace- fully presented me with a sprig of chrysanthemum, that she had plucked in her garden for the purpose. Of course I put it in the button-hole of my coat; and remembering the charms of an anchor-button, gallantly cut one from my jacket, and presented it to the little coquette, who immediately attached it to the front of her dress. But as time was flying away, we were obliged to part from these agreeable little ladies, and make the best of our way on board." After the destruction of the forts at the Bogue, the squadron proceeded up the river. The Chesapeake then bore the red flag of the Chinese, with her poop and taffrail decorated with numerous banners, and was moored near the First Bar, immediately above a raft stretched across the river opposite an intrenched camp on the north bank. “ The Chesapeake, which had opened her fire, soon found the disengaged guns of our ships too much for her, as the shot were ploughing her decks in every direction, and her crew were to be seen jumping overboard, and mak- ing for the shore, joining their now-flying countrymen. The junks, though they made a great deal of noise, took good care not to come within range. 'The seamen and marines were now landed, and the work of destruction was continued; but while our men became somewhat scattered among the tents, the Chinese made an attempt to rally. On the officers advancing in front of the men, and brandishing their swords, a few guns from the Calliope checked them, while lieut. Stransham of the marines, collecting a few men together completely routed them. One gallant fellow, with a blue button, finding his men would not come on with him, dashed his sword among them, and rushed on the British bayonets. As the enemy fled before lieut. Stran- sham's party, they attempted to cross the deep branch of the river, in which numbers of them perished and many were shot. "One of the lads (Turner) belonging to the Modeste had a very gallant single combat with a Chinaman; whom he had followed over a ditch. This man, perceiving that he had only a single antagonist, faced our youngster, 1 Init: 301 Bingham's Erpedition to China who, after a sharp struggle, witnessed by the whole force, succeeded in kill- ing his foe, amidst the cheers of his shipmates. For his gallant behavior cap- tain Eyres instantly gave him a higher rating. While this was going for- ward on shore, lieutenant Watson of the Calliope, and Mr. Pearse of the Modeste, with several men, succeeded in launching a boat across the raft, and boarded the Chesapeake. She was quickly carried after a show of resistance being made by the few of her crew that remained on board. Her decks were described by Mr. Pearse as resembling in appearance a slaughter house, so tremendous had been effect of the ships' broadsides, When boarded she had top-gallant yards across, sails bent, and the passen- ger passed all ready for moving. She mounted thirty carriage guns, and was altogether well found. Orders were sent off to the officer to see her on fire, which was accordingly done; and this vessel filled with stores of every description, was thus rashly burnt, it was said for the moral effect it would have on the Chinese at Canton. The sight of her burning is described as inost magnificent, por shortly after dark her magazine exploded, hurling her vast masts and beams on high, as if they had been mere chips of wood. The Chinese force consisted of above two thousand of the élite of their troops, of which at least five hundred fell, as they took no quarter. The Modeste had two men badly wounded after landing ; and one killed himself in the act of taking his percussion musket out of the boat, the hammer being down it caught the thwart, when the ball entering through the poor fellow's chin passed through his head." Vol. II., page 154. On the 10th of August, sir Henry Pottinger and sir William Parker arrived, the overland mail coming at the same time. By this dispatches were received, announcing from home the promotion of several officers, for services on the coast of China. Lieut. Bingham was of that number, and soon after took passage for England. Ac- cordingly the character of his narrative is no longer personal ; it is, however, brought down to the capure of Chápú. He estimates the entire losses of the Chinese, down to that date, to be, in round numbers, from fifteen to twenty thousand men, and about eighteen hundred pieces of cannon of different calibre, with an immense quantity of other materials of war, A careful review of the late war, showing its effect on the Chinese would at this moment form an interesting paper, and one which we should be very glad to publish. In looking over the narrative we have observed but few The picture at the opening of the second volume, by some mistake has got a wrong name; it should be the Licnfung miáu, the temple of the Water-lily, at the neck on which the Barrier stands, and not “The temple of Matsoo-po or Ama-ko." errors, 10 KU 362 JILI, History of Hongkong men, ART. IV. History of Hongkong; given in specimens of composi- tion, by pupils in the school of the Morrison Education Society. SINCE the removal of this school to Hongkong, we have repeatedly had the pleasure of attending the examinations of the boys belong- ing to it. These examinations have been held weekly at six o'clock A. M., and attended by one or more of the trustees of the Society, who have usually been the examiners. On these occasions the boys have been closely interrogated in their respective branches of study-geography, history, arithmetic, &c. On the 4th instant, there were present, with two of the trustees, several military gentle- and among others some belonging to lord Saltoun's staff, who were highly gratified with the exercises of the occasion. These exercises commenced with the reading of compositions, written by the boys; the several classes were then examined in their respective studies; after which, assisted by the Rev. Mr. Brown, their tutor, on a seraphine, they entertained their visitors with some charming melodies. The oldest pupils have been in the school less than four years, and have given only one half of their time to English studies, the other half being occupied with Chinese. T'he following are specimens of the compositions: they were seven in number, all writ- ten upon the same subject, designed to give an account of Hong- kong. The were written as prize essays, some books having been offered to those who would produce the best compositions. The war between England and China was commenced at the time of capt. Elliot, who had the power of being a plenipotentiary to manage the affairs in China instead of the Queen. He first lead his feet up to the north, and when the emperor saw that his capital was in danger, he was dismayed. He told capt. Elliot to depart to Canton, and he should send Keshen down there to manage the affairs rightly. While Keshen was at Canton, capt. Elliot demanded of him the island of Hongkong, and money enough to pay the expenses of the war. Keshen agreed to it and promised him. Thus he came and planted the English flag on the island. But afterwards the queen recalled him for his ill management, and sent sir Henry Pottinger to take his place. When he was come, the emperor and his ministers were sick of their bargain. At length he took his fleet up to the north, took many sea-ports, sailed to Nanking and forced Elepo the governor to sign a treaty for the island of Hongkong and twenty-one millions of dollars. Thus the treaty was signed on board of the Cornwallis, August 29th, 1842, by both of them in the name of the Emperor and the Queen. So Hongkong was declared a free port in 1842, by the British authorities. The settlement was founded by capt. Elliot. Mr. Johnston was made go- 1 184:3. 363 History of Hongkong rear. vernor, and capt. W. Caine the chief magistrate. The island was covered with mat houses when the English first came here. But soon after all were nearly extirpated, market places were changed into good order, roads were constructed, brick houses and shops began to be built, and in consequence within a short time it began to flourish. Now there are thousands of inhabi- tants English, Chinese, Hindoos and others. The greater part of the Hindoos are soldiers, but some of them are living in a bad manner. They take things without pay. The English force in Hongkong is pretty large, comprising the English and Hindoos. There is hardly any Chinese family in the island except its own natives. The harbor is very deep, where ships may anchor close to the shore. Several men of war and steam-boats are lying out in the harbor to secure it, and allow no Chinese boats to come in or go out after nine o'clock at night, because there are so great numbers of pirates. Many houses have been robbed by them. Particularly this, which is the school of the Mor- rison Education Society. It is placed in a beautiful site, and we can see almost all parts of the town and the village of Wongnai chong. The houses are built in lines and close to each other, and leave hardly half a dozen feet apart. On the right side is a grove where the music of birds is always to be heard, and on the left too ; fields on the front, and some English houses in the It is very pleasant for us to see in the morning when all the fields are covered with green. Our house is built in the form of a hody and two wings. The former is the residence of our teachers and gentlemen, and the latter of pupils. Before the English began this colony, it was a dwelling place of a great number of pirates. Many Chinese towns and villages have been ravag- ed by them, but now they are becoming less and less. Most of their wives were bad women, Stone cutters are also numerous and they are living by cutting stones, and cnt them very smooth too. Hongkong is a very good situation for merchants to trade at; it is a moun- tainous and rocky island, and a high bluff hangs over the town. It lies in about 115° east longitude and 22° north latitude ; it is about seven miles in diameter, and three times as much in circumference. There are seven or eight small villages in the whole island. The principle are Chekchu, Hongkong, and the one which I have just mentioned. The first one is the largest and many English are going to live there, and I think there are more than one hundred and fifiy shops and houses. Wangnai chong is the next largest, and Hongkong the third. The people all principally live upon fishing and cultivation of the fields. It is said that several years ago there were some tigers which harbored in the caves and came out at night to commit their ravages. One of the small villages named Sokon poo is situated near a small jutland, where Mr. Matheson built his house. Opposite to it is a little island named Kellets, and only a fort is standing on it, because there is hardly room enough for that. There are a great number of police men in the town English and Chinese. The Chinese ones are very cruel, they go out seeking after money in a wrongful way all the day. The sailors on shore are also very bad; they are always drunken, and some of them strike the Chinese and trouble them. Hong-kong is now becoming more flourishing and famous, and a great point of union to the Chinese and English. The coming of the two Chinese imperial commissioners who came here about a month and a half 361 Jeer. Iristory of Hongkong ago to hold an interview with Sir. H. Poitinger shows a littir of it, and may also show the difference between former times and the present. Since the settlement it has become flourishing, and we trust will be render- ed still more illustrious by deeds of valor, justice and magnanimity. 1 Capt. Elliot was the British plenipotentiary. First he went up to the North river with his fleet and troops. The emperor was in great consternation, he therefore sent out Keshen, who went to Canton to talk with him. Then cap- tain Elliot summoned together all his fleet, and troops, they went down to Canton. He required of him, that he should pay six millions of dollars, and cede the isle of Hongkong to the British Queen. Keshen accepted these terms, but some of the chief officers, were highly offended at him, so the emperor called him back to trial. Not long after that, the English vessels sailed up to Canton, and Captain Elliot obliged the Chinese government to pay six millions of dollars. At length he did not mind his affairs well, and was called back. Then Queen Victoria sent Sir Henry Pottinger to take his place. He was a man of great talents, and a distinguished kinght, in the East Indies. He came to China, with a large feet, and troops, and has taken a great many cities, and made a treaty between the two nations. On the 29th of october, 1842. There are many other remarkable events, which took place during this famous war. Now many missionaries may travel to every region, to diffuse sound knowledge among the heathen. Sir Henry Pottinger is the governor of Hongkong Hongkong is a rocky island, the natives are gen- erally stone cutters, and fishermen, and cultivators of the soil, the women here go to plough the field, tilling the land, raising rice, and performing nearly all the labor. When the children are about four or five years old, they may go to the field, and the girls tend the cows. I think now this island will increase in population rapidly, and flourish. Many gentlemen and ladies in England and in America, wish to see this island. But there are many formida- ble enemies about it, often they make an attack upon the English houses at midnight, they mostly use long spears, swords, knifes, and axes, and they generally retire in their boats. Once a large band of robbers came suddenly upon our house, it was dark, and little rain fell, no one suspected that an enemy was approaching, until the yell of the foes was heard, and Mr. Brown went out to see what was the matter, at length he finding himself wounded, ran with breathless haste to the apartment of his wife, and took his seat. She got up immediately, and shut all the windows as fast as she could. In a few moments, some of them pursued after him, but they could not get through the windows, therefore they hroke them, and went in, and put all the things in confusion. Soon they went down to the foot of the hill, and some of them remained here to watch. In a little while, they came up again, and took pro- perty as much as they wished. Not long after that, sir Henry Pottinger made a law, that at nine o'clock at night, the large or small boats, could not go out, or come in, and he ordered almost every war ship, to send out some boats at night, if any boat should come in, or go out, that, they might seize it. Some days after, two Chinese commissioners came to visit sir H. Pottinger, with some large war junks and soldiers. When they landed, the servants beat the gongx, some carried beautiful flags, which were woven in gold dragons, the 1 1.xt: 303.7 History of Hongkong English fired guns, to salute ihem. I'he Chinese heard themi, and crowded pogether to witness them, a few days after, they drove out in a carriage to see our school, with Mr. Morrison, and all met together with gladness, and con- versed with each other for a long time. They heard our music with gratifica- tion, and took some tea, and returned in the same way. The next day they returned to Canton with Mr. Morrison in a steamer. At Hongkong there are many ships, some from Europe, and some from America, and many steamers with passengers are constantly coming to it, or departing from it. The houses are nearly all built along the shore. The hills are watered by fine streams, and many small trees covered the hills, and valleys, fruits are plenty in some places. It abounds in interesting things, compared with other parts of China, and has a fine road, where gentlemen and ladies, ride in carriages, which are drawn swiftly along by horses, and some ride on horse back. On the Queen's road there is a chapel, where persons meet together on the Sabbath day. The Chinese also may go there, to hear the preacher explain the Chinese Bible. Three years ago, there was not one English house in Hongkong, but now it is very different, for there are houses after houses building, and there are ten times as many people as there were. Before the treaty was signed, the Chinese were afraid to go to Hongkong. If they were asked, where they were oing instead of saying they were going to Hongkong, they would say to Chekchú, or some other places, but now they can go without telling a lie. The first time I came here I found not one English house built of bricks, but all of mats and bamboo. The second time I found about 25, but the third time, which was in October 1842, I found as many as I could count, even the Morrison Education Society house was building. Year before last almost all the Chinese who lived in Hongkong were robbers, who had attacked a great many villages, and well armed pawnbroker's shops, but a great change has taken place as the English are anxious to seize every one of them if they can, and in this case they scatter all about, and I hope that they will never reside here any more, for it was said among the Chinese afar off, that Hong- kong was a residence of robbers. Hongkong given to the English in the time of captain Elliot by Keshen, but the emperor and his courtiers were displeased; and called Keshen back and degraded him; and sent another commissioner to execute his wishes in settling these affairs. The laws of the island are very free, and it may be a good example to the Chinese government. On thing the Chinese hate is that there are many drunkards among the English sailors and soldiers; who walk along the streets and rob the Chinese of their umbrellas, and strike any one they choose, for the Chinese will never go to the magistrate about such little things. The Chinese who are employed by government are very bad. They go out and seek after money as much as they can. If a Chinese has business to go to the magistrate, he must go to those who know little about the English cus- toms, and inquire how he can get the upper hand of his enemy, and they will tell him if they give him their interest, they are sure that he will get the better of his enemy, and they charge some money for it. What they say is not true, and it may be that out of ten times they will be successful oner or twice Nistory of longkang JILE, When sir Henry Pottinger came to China, he collected his troops, and ships of war, and sailed 1.0 Amoy, which place he attacked on the 26th Aug., 1841. He took first the island of Amoy, then Chusan, Chinhae, Ningpo, Chapoo, Shanghae, Golden island, Chinkeang foo, Onchappoo, Nanking, besides a great many small towns and islands. There are a great many foreigners and troops, living in Amoy and Chusan. When sir Henry Pottinger closed the war, and effected the reconciliation with the Chinese authorities was made at their own request, for they saw that it was no rise to fight against the British; the treaty was made on board of the Queen's steamer. They agreed to pay twenty-one millions of dollars in three years, and free trade to five ports in China. The emperor found it impossible to take away the island of Hong. kong from capt. Elliot, for Keshen had given it to him. Thus capt. Elliot obtained possession of Hongkong in 1841. He assembled his fleet at this island, soon after he landed, and made a settlement. There were then no houses nor roads to be found except Chinese. There are so many eminences, no Chinese nor English have number them. Almost all of them covered with stones, and rocks, and in the spring season they are covered with fine grass, and sometimes covered with fogs, and mists. The side of the eminences of the Wang-nai chung, are covered with a great many trees of different kinds. The fields look very fine and wide when produce rice, vegetables, and many others. The people are diligent and hardy, some times I have heard them very early of a fine morning ploughing their fields, when they cry out to their cattle to quicken their steps. There is a stream of water very pure, and sweet, which comes down from the hill through the village, and extends to the wooden bridge. The houses on this island are very differently builds some of them are very well done, and some are done badly. The greater part of the Chinese on this island, are opium eaters, proud and insolent. But the governor, and officers, that trade with the Chinese are with kindness and gentlemanly. There was a Chinese Akai, who came to this island at first with the British. At length the Chinese and foreigners, gradually came to this island, and opened shops for their work. This place has improved very much. They first made roads. At this time they are buildings their houses and shops. The first buildings on this island, was the magistracy and jail. The first governor of Hongkong, was capt. Elliot, but he was not long its go- vernor, he was succeeded by sir Henry Pottinger. The queen of England liked this island very much, and sent sir Henry Pottinger to take the com- mand of it. He is a distinguished knight of great talents and accomplish- ments. I hope that through the influence of pious missionaries, the Christian religion will be spread over the island, and produce the fruits of holiness. 1 I This island is very ruff covered with hills and there are very few level places except the valley of Wonnai tsung, Sokon po and little Hongkong. Although this island is so ruff yet there is a fine large harbor where ships of war and merchantships can be anchored in great numbers. On the north side of the island there is another small island named Kellets island on which a small fort was built mounting four guns about two years ago ; this named is derived froin a captain in the English navy. 18.13 llistory ! llogkung. In the year wighteen hundred and forty-one the English commenced 1.0 build houses in Hongkong. A few years ago there was not one place which is in China belonged to the Britisht. It was said what the mandarin had put poison into those streamy of water which are in this island, because the last three or two years ago many Chinese who came here got sick and some of them died, therefore they thought so. I think this story was only exaggerated by the Chinese; but now it is more flourishing state, I think it will be better than Macao, Sometime after captain Elliot had attacked Canton he was called back to England; and the queen then sent sir Henry Pottinger here to manage the Chinese affairs. When he had reached here he fought with the Chinese great many times and many places were taken. There are several villages on this island, but I cannot tell all about them, as some of them I never saw, but now I am going to write about one of them which is called Wangna chung, it is on the north side of the island. It is surrounded by trees, and some of them produce dillecious fruits. I saw those people's houses every one of which I believe has an idol on the top of it, for the heathen people think thus they can protect them from the evil things. Their streets are very dirty and narrow. There are two market places on the north side of this island, one of them is in Chungwan and the other in Hawan, and both of them are near to the sea side. The first one is larger and cleaner than the latter one, and I think they are nicer than those markets in Macao, for they are almost always mudy. About three years ago there was not one Chinese governor, who dared to hold a banquet with the English, as they were afraid of them. But now this year in the month of May there were two imperial commissioners came to this island and visited the British governor and took dinner with him; and one evening they came up to the Morrison Education Society school, and Mr. Brown played on the instrument and the boys sung several pieces, and the visiters seemed to be very much please to hear our teacher play and sing; but a few years ago I never heard they did such a thing, and I hope they will gradually become good friends and I that this country will improve. The island of Hongkong belongs to the British crown forever. The reason is that Keshen a commissioner of the emperor, ceded this island to captain Elliot, because he demanded it. But when tidings came to the emperor, he was greatly displeased. To punish this impudence he degraded him from this office. As capt. Elliot saw that the emperor was so opposed to it, he took up arms against him; but he was so fickle, that the queen gave him command to return, and sent sir Henry Pottinger (for he was a distinguished man in India) and entrusted him with the power. So he went on and took Amoy, Chusan, Ningpoo, Chinkeanfoo, and was ready to take Nanking. There the emperor was compelled to make a treaty with sir Henry Pottinger. The emperor agreed to pay 21,000,000 dollars to the English. Five seaports were opened to trade, and Hongkong was given to the English forever. Therefore in this way the English got this island. This island is not fruitful nor level, but the English look on it as a good harbor. The water is deep where ships can come in easily, and is protected by hills on all sides, and it is also an extensive harbor. Shipping Entereil ul Hongkong JL About three years ago when the English commenced to make a settlement on this island, it was in a state greatly different from what shows at the pre- sent time. The island seems as having nothing, but eminences, and trees, and what were called its inhabitants were chiefly robbers. These robbers were named kaukwany from their rapacity. But as soon as the English came they gradually became few, and now they are afraid to show themselves. I hope by and by no robbers will be seen any more. These eminences which are to be seen now, some were leveled and houses were built upon them. The government house is on of the first that was built. So the English went on, and in a short time, houses sprung up in various parts of it. Some are upon hills some are upon plain. This island is safe place to the English, a place governed by their own laws. They can carry on trade with China, in which it seems an outlet of their manufactures. I hope this island will become more dignified by spreading over the country light and knowledge. Bound to. Tons. 4th Kelpie, Art. V. Report of shipping entered at Hong kong from January 1st to July 1st, 1843. Jan. 1843. Vessel's names. Captain. From. Import. Export 1st D'Arcy, Garrick, Liverpool, Manila, Govt. coals, Ballast, 323 Lady Raffles, Fraser, London, Stores, 647 2 Sir R. Peel,' Somes, Chusan, 610 3d Baretto Jr., Marshall, Ballast, Ballast, 522 Claudine, Norris, 452 Martin, Macao, Namoh, Opium, Opium, 109 6th Cacique, Eldred, Manila, Sundrics, 150 7th Anonyma, Hicks, Calcutta, Bombay, Opium, Opium, 259 8th Isabella Ann, Tompson, Sydney, Sydncy, Soap, Tea, 226 Fenella, J. S. Self, Amoy, Stores, 320 St. Vincent, J. Young, Madras, Cotton, 419 10th Johnstone, Harrison, Chusan, Ballast, 437 L. Catharine, Franklyn, London, Sundries, 181 lith Jane Gifford, R. Paul, New Zealand, Timber, 558 C. Rawson Robson, Portsmouth, Govt. stores, 480 12th Pr. George, Foster, Halifax, Salt Fish, 382 13th John Barry: Balls, Macao, Bombay, Ballast, 450 Aust. Packet, W. Hill; Sundries, 194 14th Bull, Von Gran, Sidney, Whampoa, Sandalwood, 172 15th Primavera, 108 Hubertson, Macao, Opium, Caroline, Hughes, Amoy, Coals, 372 16h H. M. s. North Star, Sir J. E. Home, Chusan, Sydney, H. M. T. S. Alligator, Brown, R. N., Port Essington, Government and Naval stores. 17th Lacy Seith, Lewis, Whampoa, England, Tea Tea. Mary, Fryer, Amoy, Sundries, 87 v. s. Constellation, com. Kearny, Whampoa, 18th Olympus, I. Whyte, New Zealand, Ballast, Siam, Willmett, Liverpool, Genl. Cargo, Royal Exchange, Hubertson, Macao, Chusan, Opium, 131 238 Osprey, Sedgwick, New Zealand, Manila, Sundries, 24th H. M. T. s. Apollo, Frederic, Chusan. England Stores, 25th Harlequin, Oliver, Macao, Specie, 293 26th Mary, Ann, Holton, Chusan, General, Cargo, 28th him.'s. Wolverine. Johnson. R. N., Prata Shoals, Amoy, 9th Elizabeth, Jeffery, Manila. Масао, Sundries, 361 3011 l. 1.5. Wolf. Haves. R. ... (ape. China Seas 22 91 148 1843 369 Shipping Entered at Hong kong, Bound lo 72 Tons 106 197 544 150 323 282 608 175 625 560 215 170 272 230 101 365 460 317 282 365 298 578 110 524 355 223 Mor, 338 292 139 430 Heb. 1843 Vessel's naines Captain From Import Export. 2d Vixen, Carr, Hongkong, Macao, Ballast, 5th Wild Irish Girl, Gull, Cork, E. coast, Sundries, 6th Birman, J. Cleland, Greenock, Macao, Ballast, 7th Zephyr, Am. T. Johnson Bombay, Sundries, 8th Rockliffe, W. Harmer, Macao, Manila, Tea, Lark, Am. Tibbetts, Sundries, 8th Judith Allan, Hayes, Chusan, Ballast, 9th Thos. Crisp, J. Metcalf. Macao, Sundries, Hashemy, Buckle, Chusan, Ballast, Thetis, Roche Calcutta, General, Maia Sproule, Singapore, Sundries, 10th Omega, White Chusan, Macao, Ice and ballast, Lingayen, N. Mollida, Mac o Manila, General, Tenasserim, Townsend, Singapore, Betel nut, 12th Will of the Wisp, Highat, Lisbon, Wine, Water Witch, Reynell, E. coast Ballast, 15th Horatio, Am.' Howland, New York, Canton, Calumet, Leach, Whampoa, Boston, Tea, 17th Jane, Richards, Масао, , Manila, Coals, 18th Athena, White, Calcutta, Cotton, 19th Isis, Graham, Chusan, Ballast, 20th Beulah, Paton, Calcutta, Gen. cargo, Black Swan, Jones, Macao, E. coast, Opium, 21st Madras. Slack, Singapore, Coals, Seppings, Rawlins, Calcutta, Cotton, Methuin, Bombay, Opium, 24th March. of Douro, Woodnorth, Macao, Coals, Sophia Fraser, William, Singapore, Rice, 26th Velocity, Browning, Amoy Stores, Eliza Stewart, McLeod, Bombay, Whampoa, Cotton, March, 1843 4th Mary, Fryer, Macao, Sundries, Rice Sagatra, Swed. Salewangen Lombock, Clucas, Chusan, Ballast, Welcome, Morris, 7th Lu Fayette, Fr. P. Costry, Havre, Merchandize, 9th Corduau, L. Claro, Manila, Macao, Sundries, Parsons, Algoa Bay, Stores, Eden, Boice, Sydney, Specie, 10th J. McVicar, McLeod, Chusan, 11th Anthony Anderson, Macao, Whampoa, Lark Am. Tibbetts, Minerva, Brown, Bales, Erskine, E. Coast, Opium, 14th Princess, Am. New York, Whanipoa, 15th Eliza, McCarthy, Calcutta, Cotton, Evans, Bombay, Baboo, Stewart, winao, Sarah, Herdrich, Pt. Philip Bar iron, 19th Monarch, Cotton Robertson, Bombay, Edmonstone, McDougall, Ager, Liverpool, Liverpool, General, Tea, 24th Hope, Barrett, Chusan, Ballast, 27th City of Derry, Vincent, London, Macao, General Louisa, Forgan, Macao, » Brahmin, McArthur, Whampoa, Bombay, Druid, Ritchie, London, 29th Esperanza, Sp. Azearraga, Macao, Manila, Ballast, 30th Wm. Hyde, Steward, Whampoa, Cork, Tea, 31st John Knox, Ballast Cleland, April, 1843. Ist Ardaseer, Molntyre, Macao, Bombay, Opium, Culdee, J. Campbell, Manila, Whampoa, General, T. Withers, Macao, Singapore, Ballast, 3d Louisa, Jackson, Chusan, 6th Colonist, Leisk, Bally, Hongkong, Rice, Moffart, Gilbert, Sydney, 5th Cameiu, 87 179 388 286 416 322 1438 420 649 » George IV. >> 2 13th Lyra, Morley, 228 Orixa, 327 125 155 700 576 423 488 551 625 365 306 432 257 616 342 275 435 540 zů Boadicea, 402 387 427 369 261 860 ! 111, VOL. XII 370 JULY Shipping Entered at Hongkong. From 1 1 Tea, 1 1 7 1 a 12th Lyra, Bound to Caplalu. Import Export. Tons April, 1813: Vessel's names 7th Mercury, 250 Humphreys, Macao, Ballast, 9th Sarah Abigail, Am. Prescott, Whampoa, 210 12th Urgent, Thompson, Sydney, 405 Tea, 125 13th Omega, White 15th Venice, Am. Perit, Sydney, Provisions, 558 Athena, 369 D. White, Whampoa, London, 17th Sir Ed.'Ryan, Anderson Macao, E. Coast, Ballast, 325 18th D'Arcy, Garrick, Manila, 323 Hongkong, Timber. 20th Vixen, Carr, Macao, 106 Ballast, 2id Ina, Lakeland, Whampoa, 292 Bales, 25th Scotland, 388 Cunningham, Lead, 26th Algerine, Hill, Calcutta, 197 Hongkong. General 27th Hero, Fowler, Opium, 160 May, 1843. 2d' John Cooper, Salmon, Chusan, Ballast, 660 3d Salopian, E. Bell, Calcutta, Cotton, 290 Ianthe, Am. Steele, Масао, , 415 Ballast, 5th Gondolier, Oliver, Hongkong, General, 437 Kelso, Roxburgh, Bombay, 567 Cotton, Syed Khan, 126 Horsburgh, Macao, Opium, Anonyma, 450 Hickes, Bombay 7th Monarch, Robinson, Whampoa, Leith, 550 Tea, Snipe, Wood, Macao, Amoy, Sundries, 159 Emma, White, Whampoa, London, 400 Teas, Regina, Poole, Macao, 276 Singapore, Erskine, E. Coast, 172 14th Sarah, Mossman, Manila, 201 Timber, 388 Eagle, Sawell, Moumain, Hongkong, Timber, 19th Levant Packet, A. Catto, Macao, General, 161 Maas, Van Wining, Manila, Macao, 300 21st Caroline, 85 Macao, Sundries, 23d Sappho, Dunlop, 446 London, Whampoa, Teas, 142 Velocipede, Woodward, Singapore, Abberton, Cast, Whampoa, London, 500 Bombay Castle, Baxter, Bombay, Hongkong, Cotton, 609 H. Ponsonby, L verpool, General, 362 270 30th J. Laird, iron ship. St. Croix, Singapore Will o’the Wisp, Walker, E. Coast, 130 Kestrel, 525 Beauvais, Whampoa, Madras, Ballast, June, 1843. 1st Bencoolen, Clarributt, 404 Manila, Sydney, General, 2d Mary Ann, Holton, 394 Macao, Chusan, Sundries, Eth Anna, 109 Renling, Singapore, Timber, 401 9th Ingleboro', J. Rea, Liverpool, Hongkong, General, 230 James Campbell, Pitcairn, Glasgow, 10th Zenobia, Swed. Beekman, London, 291 Possidone, Valentine, 391 lith Naiad, Cheyne, Масао, , Pacific Ocean, 170 Sumatra, Crawford. Batavia, 132 Rice, 13th Flora, Swed. 340 Melpairs Sydney, Timber, 14th Chas. Jones, Mac Fee, Liverpool, 369 General, 1. th Fortescue, 305 Hall, Масао, , Chusan, Semiramis, 355 Cairnie, Lombock, Rice, 16th Geo. Armstrong, Jones, 420 Liverpool Cotton, 18th Malcolm, 238 McFarlane, Singapore, Beams, 19th Beulah, Paton, 578 Macao, Calcutta, Ballast, 264 21st Mor, Fraser, Bombay, Opium, 23d Pantaloon, 202 Pute, Масао, , Calcutta, Iron. 27th Pelorus, 380 Triggs, Opium, Mary Catharine, Taylor, 386 Madras, Cotton, Earl of Balcarras, Baker, 1488 Bombay, Whampoa, Harrier, Macao, E, Coast, 165 Sưndries, 29th Cacique, Eldred, Borneo. Hongkong, General, > Teas, with Patna, Macao, 19 150 1843. :371 Vr: Callery's Reply to Mr. Lay's Strictures ART. VI. Reply of J. M. Callery, to G. T. Lay's strictures on his Phonetic System of Chinese writing, pnblished in the Repository for May, 1843, To the Editor of the Chinese Repository, Sir,-On my arrival here last week, some friends made allusion to an article published in your number for May last, and signed G. T. Lay, which was a most gross and violent attack upon my character. At first I had erroneously supposed, that the object of your corres- pondent was exclusively to do me all the injury he could, and I in- tended to have met such a Wunton act of hostility with a contemp- tuous silence; but having since perused the article, I observe, that not only is my humble self abused, but science itself assailed. I set aside, therefore, other occupations in order to reply to your corres- pondent, G. T. Lay; and I look with confidence to your impartiality for a ready insertion of this letter in your forthcoming number, I shall perhaps take but little notice of the abusive and insulting epithets of your correspondent. I pretend to no competition with him in such an arena : and I know, that they only recur to vitupera- tion who have not argument to afford. To the point then.--The first insinuation of your correspondent is, that in my “Phonetic system of the Chinese writing,” I clothed "myself with the show of great learning and profound research,” making use of the terms hieroglyphic, ideographic and phonetic! In verity, it requires but little to be accounted profound in the esti- mation of this gentleman! In France and in England these expres- sions are used without the least fear of being taxed with scholarship; and I am well persuaded, that in China even, of all my readers, always supposing your correspondent to be of the number, he is the only one who has done me so much honor at so cheap a price! I will add, that in Europe, schoolboys, as well as common people have the mind sufficiently 'cultivated to comprehend not only the words hicro- glyphic and ideographic (at which your correspondent seems so ter- rified), but even words of a formation quite as much, if not more, hellenic, such as geographic, calligraphic, typographic, &c. If to understand what one says, G. T. Lay feels the want of “words and phrases more familiar and less liable to mislead,” this arises, without doubt, from a too long usage of the Chinese tongue, which has made him forget the languages of Europe ! 372 JULY, Mr. Callery's Reply to Mr. Lay's Strictures, The second and chief charge against me is, that my work is a theft of the ideas which your correspondent published in the Repo- sitory for 1838; and that in “stealing his method of analysis, I had not honesty enough to say where I obtained it.' To this I have to oppose ; First. The old and familiar adage: nemo dat quod non habet ; G. T. Lay could not be deprived of that which he had not. To those who will givé an attentive perusal to the introduction of my work, it is abundantly shown that my systema is essentially different from that, on which the gentleman has written; and this will more extensively be proved in the work which has called me back to China. I shall limit myself, at present, to invoke in my favor the authority of an eminent, though modest and polite sinologue; who was so much the more in position to judge the ideas of your cor- respondent at their proper value; as he was, I think, charged with a part of the compilation of the Repository, at the time, when ap- peared that fruitful article of G. T. Lay; which in five or six pages contained my work, and who knows the works of how many others besides ! Here is what Mr. J. R. Morrison did me the honor to write to me on the subject of my Systema Phoneticum; the second part of which I had submitted to him for his opinion. “I should like to see the two natural arrangements of the Chinese language fully exhibited; the Phonetic one, which you have taken in hand, and that under the elements that convey meaning, of which Mr. Lay is the champion." My work and that of the gentleman, therefore, are two separate things; the reunion of which would form, according to Mr. Mor- rison, the two natural arrangements of the Chinese language. I have therefore committed no robbery, in relation to your correspondent ; I owe him no restitution! Second. Suppose for an instant, that my work comprehended ideas quite similar to those published in 1838, by your correspon- dent; yet it would be false to say that I stole them; inasinuch as my work was commenced in 1836, during which and the year following, certain Corean pupils were employed to extract from Kinghi the compounds of each phonetic group. This fact can be attested by the individuals themselves, as well as by the superior of the house where I then lived at Macao. And more, in 1837, I exhibit- ed the Phonetic system to my then newly-arrived confrères, two of whom are here at present; while amongst those who have proceeded to the interior of the country, there are some who took an outline of my work. 18433. 373 Mr. ('allery': Reply to Mr. Lay's Strictures, If these proofs of priority are not to the taste of your corresport- dent; whether because they repose on assertion, or that he would rather avoid confronting the parties whom I have cited, here is another to which he cannot take exception, as it will be so easy for him to verify it at the source. When the imperial commissioner Lin arriv- ed in Canton, that is to say during the first quarter of 1839, I left for Manila, where I was engaged about a year in pursuits of natural history. But a few months had elapsed, since the appearance of your correspondent's article already alluded to; and notwithstand- ing, on his arrival at Manila, I presented my manuscript to my friend Mr. Lancelot Dent (who although absent now, will be here shortly) begging him to afford me his friendly assistance to get the work through the press. The first idea of Mr. Dent was, to solicit the aid of the E. I. Company; but as there were difficulties in the way of my proceeding to Calcutta, Mr. Dent advised me to publish it in China, under my own direction ; and he liberally offered to furnish the means. Now, if in the beginning of 1839, my work was ready for the press, and I wanted only funds to enable me to publish it, it follows, according to your own correspondent, who allows three years for the execution and publication of such a work, that I must have, at least in 1837, been master of the system developed in my work. G. T. Lay, then, was not robbed! Third. Let us suppose, once again, that my ideas are identical with those explained in the memoir of your correspondent. Does it follow that they belong to him? Not the least in the world! And it is here, that we would challenge him with theft who was willing in 1838, to appropriate to himself the discovery of a system known long before; though not so far developed as in my work. Since 1829, Dr. Gonçalves (who by the way was savant enough to use the word hieroglyphic)-I say that in 1829, he published the basis of the Phonetic system, in his excellent Arte China; by uniting under the title of “Chinese Alphabet” the characters which rule the pho- netic orders of my work; he has remarked, that these characters, called by him differenças, give their sound to the compound; that they often lose their sound to become ideographics, or what he calls generos; that in short, these characters are in number about 1300; a number approaching the series established in my work. These ideas belonged to the public long before G. T. Lay dreamed of invent- ing them: they afforded matter for discourse between the worthy Doctor and his pupils; and I acknowledge with thankfulness, that Mr. Callery s Heply to Mr. Lay's Strictures July, racters, 1 they furnished me in 18336, with the gertu ul thai which I have done since But, moreover, if we ascend to the source, we find that the Chi. nese, unprovided as they are, with the spirit of analysis, have essay- ed, from time immemorial, to determine their phonetic cha- We see in Kanghi's dictionary under the head of Mother-characters, a list incomplete it is true, of that which Dr. Gonçalves has styled differenças ; and which I named phonetics. Well; as in every country, mothers are those which give birth to children, it follows that these characters are, in Chinese idea, fun. damental, or primitives, such as give origin to others, and which form, so to say, distinct families. And if the Chinese had carried their investigations farther; if they had given themselves the trouble to take the dictionary * and extract therefrom all the children of these mothers, that is to say all the characters called by the same work * Phonetics, (or to speak so as to be understood by G. T. Lay, characters-sounds,) they would have had, eighteen centuries ago, not only the general idea of my work; but the phonetic orders also, arranged nearly as they are, in the second part of my y book. Thus, if my work is no- thing else than a theft of the ideas sent forth by your correspondent, we find ourselves both dispossessed of the essential of our lucubra- tions; and, should we desire to render ourselves illustrious by some other invention, let us strive to awaken the mouldering dust of some motheaten unknown books! I would here remark, that if I had robbed your correspondent, I certainly did not give much proof of the sagacity which he attributes to me, when, from the first I referred my readers to the valuable article, which, according to him, furnished matter for my work! This ready allusion of mine, was unlike the cunning of him who permitted "entirely to escape from his memory the having seen and read Dr. Marshman's Clavis Sinica, at the time he penned the article in question for the Repository"!! But to proceed. “Mr. Callery nicknames the new system phonetic. I have no other way of accounting for the designation, as it is the last term that philosophy and common sense would have suggested." It appears, from this remarkable stroke of high eloquence, that G. T. Lay is distinguished by a philosophy of his own; as well as that he is gifted with a common sense peculiar to himself! The phi- losophy which I studied in the public colleges of my country treated of God; of men: of intelligent faculties: of virtue; and of vice: not 1813 375 Mr. Callery's Reply to Jr. Lay's Strictures of the value of words and of their application to things. My teachers always told me that this belonged to grammar, and not to philoso- phy! The common sense, which serves me as criteria, is the hum- ble common sense of the vulgar; that is to say, of those who have eyes to see; ears to hear; and a sufficient development of reason, tu deduce the immediate consequences of evident principles. I open an European dictionary at the first page; I ask one who can read, why all the paragraphs commence with the sign A? He replies, that it is because the first words of every paragraph in it begin with the sound A, which he makes perceptible to my ear. Common sense directs me to conclude, that the sign A is a symbol of sound, a phonetic. I examine, in detail, the whole of the dictio- nary, and I remark, everywhere, that the signs are disposed accord- ing to the analogy of their sounds. My common sense therefore, gives me reason to determine, that the general system of the work is based on pronunciation; in a word that it is phonetic. Now, I take the book, the title of which has put G. T. Lay out of his temper, although, in my humble opinion, it evinces nothing like the vain confidence in one's powers of observation, as that of The Chinese as They Are!! I open, no matter which part of it, at page 40 for example, and I see that the sign L placed at the head of an article, is repeated in the twenty six-characters which follow. ask why this is; and on the reply; that it is, because it gives its sound på to all the characters, I conclude, that this principal cha- racter is an emblem, a symbol of sound,-a phonetic sign. I run through the book; and I see everywhere, that the characters are relatively disposed under those which give them their sound; and I conclude, that the general arrangement of the work is based on the affinity which exists between the sign and the sound; in a word that the aim is to develop a Phonetic System. Here is my common sense; and it is I hope, that of the majority of my readers. sorry, for the cause of logic, that it is not the uncommon common sense with which G. T. Lay was privileged by multiform nature! Another compliment which your correspondent makes me (I am too polite to let them pass unheeded) is, that at the time I wrote, I“ knew not a syllable about Egyptian literature.” Such might certainly have been the case, without the merit of my work on the Chinese language suffering the least; and even, I frankly own, that at the time, I had but an imperfect knowledge of this branch of philology; I may. however now say, that I am competent to inform your correspondent, that his learning, on that subject, is of another I am 376 llr. Callery's Reply tu ltr. Lay's Strictures: date than ours; and that nobody in Europe, no, not even the illus- trious successors of Champollion; such as Lepsius, Peyron, Rosel- lini, Salvolini, Letronne, and others, have the most remote concep- tion of the hieroglyphical science, as developed by G. T. Lay in his last notice! These distinguished orientalists, with most of whom, I am happy to say, I entertain amicable relations; these savants are simple enough yet to believe; that certain hieroglyphics are purely phone- tic; that is to say they represent sounds or letters of an alphabet : that others are semi-phonetic; that is to say, in certain cases they have a sound which in others they have not: that others are purely ideographic; which never attach themselves, but to the idea, without regard to the sound: that it is not indifferent for the signification, to employ this hieroglyphic or that; although they are pronounced alike: that there are generic characters which are united to others to indicate the order of ideas to which the word belongs, &c., &c. I would add, that a known sinologue; one who understands the first elements of that department of literature,” Mr. G. Pauthier, has thought, as I have, that there exists an affinity between Egyptian and Chinese writing; and default of being enlightened in time by the late article of your correspondent, he had the boldness last year to publish this theory at Paris, in a work entitled; Essai sur l' Origine et la Formation similaires des écritures figuratives Chinoise et Egyptienne! You see then, that on this ground also, your cor- respondent is not happy. If he aims at anything like superiority in that department, he must resign himself to novel efforts, to new studies; which, by the way, I offer to encourage by the loan of all the works which have appeared, ou this matter, during the last ten years. But it is not only the foundation, the basis of my work, which has put the placidity of your correspondent tº the proof. It appears that the style also, has grievously offended the refined ears of this universal linguist : for he makes to flow from my pen nothing less than " monkish Latin and low French.” As to the Latin, I never had any pretension to be a Cicero; nor had I ever intended to give to Latinists, a model of composition à From the first, I remarked in my preface; that having to treat on a subject altogether foreign to the language of all- cient Rome, it was not possible for me, to give to my style, the ele- gance and the clerness that inight have been desired. But this once acknowledged, once avowed, tell me, I pray you, who is thi: 3) propos to Chinese. IN 13 377 Mr. Cullery's Reply to Mr. Lay's Stridures. G. T. Lay, who sets himself up, as a sweeping censor of Latin elo- quence ? Has he published any Philippic which revives the language of the age of Augustus ? As yet, we know of no other of his invec- tives than in English sufficiently ordinary: and until he gives us a small specimen of his savoir faire, of his skill in Latin: that we may be enabled to estimate his authority at its just weight, we are in the right to say to him—blasphemas que ignoras. As to the “low French," it appears that your correspondent does not excel either in French literature; for were he ever so little familiar with it, he would have known, that the passage which so sharply shook his fibr«, was taken from Molière; and we think ge- nerally, that Molière knew French well enough! Indeed, it would be very despairing for science, and very conve- nient for the ignorant, if, without producing proofs of superiority, in the science of which they permit themselves to speak, they should arrogate to themselves the right to decide, that such an author is an imbecile; such an one an idiot ; this one a plagiarist; and that a thief! Fortunately the time is past, when the assertions of charla- tans find place among principles. The last accusation of which I shall take notice, is the having shown “a vehement wrath against your correspondent, the having far forgotten what was due to myself; the having abused him," &c. In order that any one may judge how far the gentleman is veridical, I shall give a literal translation of what I took the liberty to say on his account in a note at the foot of the page. (Systema Phoneticum, Pars. 2d, pag. 22.) “This theory (explained in the text) was first sent forth by Marsh- man in his Clavis Sinica in 1815; I wonder therefore that a student dared to publish it in the Chinese Repository, 1838, page 299 and following, as an invention of his own : quæ sunt Cæsaris Cæsari.” “He who desires to examine lengthy examples of this system, let him consult the Clavis Sinica, page 53 and following; as well as the Chinese Repository, 1838, page 299 and following. For us, it is enough to extract from this periodical a single example by which one may judge of the rest. The passage is this : “If we assume that meant adhesive earth or clay to be used for mortar and plaster,' and keep our eye fixed upon the labo- rious process of pounding and mixing the tenacious earth with water, bending it with rammers, the treading and so forward, we have lively ideas of labor, diligence, and carefulness, ideas which we can trace in every one of the composites, withi of course some of NO iu V. XL. 378 JULY, Mr. Callery's Reply to Mr. Lay's Striciures. the properties of the clay itself; as for example its adhesive nature, its susceptibility of receiving any form which may be impressed upon it, and its permanence in retaining them. When combined with strength it implies a laborious exertion of our means and resources; with death the lingering dissolution of one who dies for want of food, where the soul parts from the body with labor and difficulty. With heart it applies to those pangs and throes which are felt when the mind is tugging with grief and sorrow. With eye or to see, it allud- ed to an introduction into the presence of the emperor, which, with the exception of a highly favored few, must be a matter of difficulty and labor. With speech or reason it contains a beautiful reference to the susceptive habit of thought and feeling, whereby the mind like as clay is turned to the seal,' easily receives and continues ever to retain all those impressions which superior goodness and the preceptive lessons of sainted wisdom may have made upon it." After this textual quotation from the ineffable article of the gentleman, I added as a remark : et voild ce qui fait que votre fille est muette! This is a saying which is taken from Molière; a saying which has become quite proverbial, and which is very often em- ployed to qualify in an indirect manner, empty phraseology and ex- traordinary conclusions which do not logically flow from the pre- mises; as was the case in the passage quoted. This is all, abso- lutely everything, that I said, of good and of bad, against your correspondent. Now if you wish to know the tirade of pretty con- ceit, which this polite gentleman has addressed me, here is some- what with which to edify you. “He had no honesty-he stole-he decked himself with my fea- thers—to conceal the theft he abuses me in monkish Latin and low French. This is the last term that philosophy and common sense would have suggested.--He knew not a syllable about the matter.- The filing of bills of indictment costs Callery but little trouble.-1 see in him such peevish anxiety; such perverseness in misnaming; such vehement wrath against me.— The man has committed a pla- giarism.-The stinging consciousness of this made him so far forget what was due to himself,” &c., &c. Enough! Enough! Where is the politeness, the moderation, the honesty of G. T. Lay!! In closing this review of your correspondent's diatribe, I shall take the liberty to give him some charitable advice, which is altogether in his interest; and this advice is, that if ever, in future, he find him- self opposed in opinion to any one; he endeavor, at least, to use 1843. 379 Hongkong Official Notices. in support of his argument, language more dignified, than what he lowered himself to employ in the present occasion. A calm mind and politeness of expression are essential, even to make truth ac- ceptable, : how much more then, is their assistance necessary when error is to be insinuated! I remain, sir, Your most obedient servant, J. M. CALLERY. Author of the “ Phonetic System of Chinese writing." Macao, 12th July, 1843 ART. VII. Public Notiees connected with the government of Hongkong, and the British trade with China; charter of the colony; governor's commission ; oath of justices of the peace ; order for the creation of courts of justice, with rules for the same ; proclamation regarding a commercial treaty; the tarif and port regulations. Press of matter has prevented hitherto the insertion of several Public Notices and other documents connected with the settlement and government of Hongkong, which we now give in order, quoting them from the Hongkong Gazette. No. 1. PROCLAMATION. (Regarding the appointment of the government of Hongkong.) ". The treaty of peace, ratified under the Signs Manual, and seals of the respec. tive sovereigns, between her majesty, the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, &c., &c., and his imperial majesty, the Emperor of China, having been this day formally exchanged, the annexed royal charter and commis- sion, under the great seal of state, are hereby proclaimed and published for gene. ra) information, obedience, and guidance. His Excellency, Sir Henry POTTINGER, BART., G. C. B., &c. &c., has this day taken the Oaths of office, and assumed charge of the government of the colony of Hongkong, and its dependencies. In obedience to the gracious commands of her majesty as intimated in the royal charter, the Island and its dependencies will be designated and known as " The colony of Hongkong;" and his excellency the governor, is further pleased to direct, that the present city, on the northern side of the island, shall be distin. guished by her majesty's name, and that all public communications, archives, &c., &c., shall be henceforward, dated “VICTORIA." GOD SAVE THE QUEEN. HENRY POTTINGER. Dated at the Government-house, at Victoria, this 26th day of June, 1843. 380 JL Hongkong Official Notices ROYAL CHARTER OF THE ISLAND OF HONGKONG. VICTORIA, by the grace of God of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith, to all to whom these presents shall come, greeting : Know yehat We, of our special grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion, have thought fit to erect and do hereby erect our island of Hongkong and its dependencies, situate between twenty-two degrees, nine minutes, and twenty- two degrees twenty-one minutes north latitude, and the one hundred and four. teenth degree, eighteen minutes east longitude from the meridian of Greenwich, into a colony, and the said island and its dependencies is hereby erected into a separate colony accordingly, to be known and designated as is the Colony of Hongkong." And We do hereby further grant, appoint, and ordain, that the governor, for the time being, of the said colony, and such other persons as are hereinafter designated, shall constitute and be a legislative council for the said colony: And We do hereby direct and appoint, that in addition to the said governor, the said legislative council shall be composed of such other public officers within the said colony, or of such other persons within the same, as shall from time to time be named or designated for that purpose, by Us, by any instruction or instructions, or warrant or warrants, to be by Us for that purpose issued under Our signet and sign manual, and with the advice of our privy councillors, shall hold their places in the said council, at Our pleasure: And We do hereby grant and ordain, that the governor for the time being, of the said colony, with the advice of the said legislative council, shall have full power and authority to make and enact all such laws and ordinances as may from time to time be required for the peace, order and good government of the said colony of Hongkong: And that in making all such laws and ordinances, the said governor shall exercise all such powers and authorities; and that the said legislative council shall conformn to and observe all such rules and regulations as shall be given and prescribed in and by such instructions as We, with the advice of our privy council, from to time, make for his and their guidance therein : Provided, nevertheless, and We do hereby reserve to ourselves, our heirs and successors, our, and their right and authority to disallow any such ordinances in the whole or in part, and to make and establish from time to time, with the advice and consent of parliament, or with the advice of our or their privy council, all such laws as may to us, or them, appear necessary, for the order, peace, and good government of our said island and its dependencies, as fully as if these presents had not been made: And, whereas, it is expedient, that an executive council should be appointed to advise and assist the governor of our said colony of Hongkong, for the time being, in the admin. istration of the government thereof, We do therefore, by these, our letters patent, authorizing the governor of said colony, for the time being, to summon as an executive council, such persons as may from time to time be named or designated by us, in any instructions under our signet and sign manual, addressed to him in that behalf : And We do hereby authorize and empower the governor of our said colony of Hongkong, for the time being, to keep and use the public seal appointed for the sealing whatsoever that shall pass the seal of our said colony: And We do hereby give and grant to the governor of our said colony of Hongkong, for the time being, full power and authority in our name, and on our behalf, but subject, nevertheless, to such provisions as may be, in that respect contained in any instructions which may from time to time be addressed to him by us, for that purpose, to make and execute in our name, and on our behalf, under the public scal of our said colony, grants of land to us belonging, within the same to private persons, for their own use and benefit, or to any persons, bodies politic or corporate, in trust for the public uses of our subjects there resident, or of any of them: And We do hereby authorize and empower the governor of our said colony of Hongkong, for ihe time being, to constitute and appoint judges, and in cascs requisite, commissioners of oyer and terminer, justices of the peace, and other necessary officers and ministers in our said colony, for the dne and impartial administration of justice, and for putting the laws into xecution, and 100 adminster, or cause to be administered unto them, such oath or on this as al' sually upon for the due oxecution and performance of offices 1 18433 Hongkong Official Voices and places, and for the alearing o! truth: in judicial matters : Arid Wie die lierechy give and grant unto the governor of our said colony of Hongkong, for the time: being, full power and authority, as he shall see occasion, in our name, and on our behalf, to remit any fines, penalties, or forfeitures which may accrue, or become payablu to us, provided the same do not exceed fifty pounds sterling in any one: case, and to respite and suspend the payment of any such fine, penalty or forfeit. ure, exceeding the said sum of fifty pounde, until our pleasure thereon shall be made known and signified to such governor : And We do hereby give and grant unto the governor of our said colony of Hongkong, for the time being, full power and authority as he shall see occasion, in our name, and on our behalf, to grant to any offender convicted of any crime, in any court, or before any judge, justice, or magistrate within our said colony, a free and unconditional pardon, or a pardon subject to such conditions, as by any law or ordinance hereafter to be in force in our said colony, may be thereunto annexed, or any respite of the execution of the sentence of any such offender, for such period as to such governor may scem fit: And We do hereby give and grant unto the governor of our said colony of Hongkong, for the time being, full power and authority, upon sufficient cause to him appearing to suspend from the exercise of his office, within our said colony, any person exercising any office or place, under virtue of any commission or warrant gaanted, or which may be granted by Us, or in our name, or under our authority, which suspension shall continue and have offect, only until our pleasure therein shall be made known and signified to such governor: And We do hereby strictly require, and enjoin the governor of our said colony of Hong- kong, for the time being, in proceeding to any such suspension, to observe the directions in that behalf, given to him by our instructions, under our signet and sign manual, accompanying his commission of appointment as governor of the said colony: And, in the event of the death or absence out of our said colony of Hongkong, of such person as may be commissioned and appointed by us, to be the governor thereof, We do hereby provide and declare our pleasure to be, that all, and every, the powers and authorities herein granted to the governor of our said colony of Hongkong, for the time being, shall be, and the same are, hereby vested in such person as may be appointed by us, by warrant, under our signet and sign manual, to be the lieutenant-governor of our said colony; or, in the event of there being no person upon the place, commissioned and appointed by us to be lieutenant-governor thereof, then, our pleasure is, and We do hereby provide and declare, that in any such contingency, all the powers and authori. ties herein granted to the governor, or lieutenant-governor of our said colony shall be, and the same are hereby granted, to the colonial secretary of our said colony, for the time being, and such lieutenant-governor, or such colonial secretary, as the case may be, shall execute all, and every, the powers and authorities herein granted, until our further pleasure shall be signified therein: And We do hereby require and command all our officers and ministers, civil and military, and all other, the inhabitants of our said colony of Hongkong, to be obedient in aiding and assisting to such person as may be commissioned and appointed by us to be governor of Hongkong, or, in the event of his death or absence, to such person as may, under the provision of these, our letters patent, assume and exercise the functions of such : And We do hereby reserve to us, our heirs and successors, full power and authority from time to time, to revoke, alter, or amend, these . our letters patent, as to Ús or them shall seem meet: In WITNESS WHEREOF, we have caused these, our letters, to be made patent. WITNESS Ourself, at Westminster, the fifth day of April, in the sixth year of our reign. BY THE QUEEN HERSELF. EDMUNDS, No. 2. ROYAL COMMISSION APPOINTING THE GOVERNOR OF HONGKONG, Victoria, by the grace of God, of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith. To our trusty and well beloved sir Henry Pottinger, baronet, knight grand cross of the most honorable Order of the Bath. Major-general in the service of the East India Company, Hongkong Official Votices, JULY, and chief superintendent of the trade of our subject: trading to and from the dominions of the Emperor of China, greeting :- Whereas, by certain letters patent under the great seal of our United King- dom of Great Britain and Ireland, bearing even date herewith, We have made provision for the government of our colony of Hongkong and of its depen. dericies : Now know you, that we reposing especial trust and confidence in the prudence, courage, and loyalty of you the said sir Henry Pottinger, of our especial grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion, have thought fit to constitute and appoint, and do hereby constitute and appoint you, the said sir Henry Pottinger, to be the governor and commander-in-chief in and over our said colony of Hongkong and its dependencies, and of all forts and garri- sons erected and established, or which shall be erected and established within the said colony, for and during our pleasure :- And we do hereby require and command you, the said sir Henry Pottinger, to do and execute all things that shall belong to your said command and the trust we have reposed in you, according to the several powers and directions, granted to, or appointed to, the governor of our said colony of Hongkong and its dependencies, in and by the said recited letters patent bearing even date herewith, and the instructions under our signet and Sign Manual ac- companying the same, or according to such further powers, instructions, and authorities as shall from time to time, or at any time hereafter be granted or appointed you, under our signet and Sign Manual, or by our order in our privy council, or by us, through one of our principal secretaries of state. And we do hereby require and command all officers and ministers, civil and military, and all other the inhabitants of our said colony of Hongkong and its dependencies, to be obedient, aiding, and assisting, to you the said sir Henry Pottinger in the execution of this our commission, and of the powers and authorities herein contained.-In Witness Whereof, we have caused these our letters, to be made patent. Witness Ourself, at Westminster, the fifth day of April, in the sixth year of our reign. BY THE QUEEN HERSELF. EDMUNDS. No. 3 1 PROCLAMATION APPOINTING JUSTICES OF THE PEACE. His excellency sir Henry Pottinger, bart., G. C. B., governor of Hongkong, &c., &c., is pleased to nominate and appoint the undersigned gentlemen to be Her Majesty's justices of the peace, to hold and exercise lawful authority and power as such, over and towards all subjects of her Britannic Majesty pre- sently, or hereafter residing within, or resorting to, the dominions of the Emperor of China; and to require, that previously to entering on the dis- charge of their functions as justices of the peace, they do respectively and individually take, and subscribe to, the annexed oath, before any one of the undermentioned officers of her majesty's government, viz:- The Assistant and Registrar to the Chief Superintendent of Trade, &c. &c. The chief Magistrate of Hongkong. The assistant Magistrate of Hongkong. The British Government Agent (Vice-consul) at Macao. GOD SAVE THE QUEEN. Henry PottingER. Dated at the Government House, at Victoria, this 17th day of June, 1843. No. 4. OATH. I do hereby swear, that I will bear true and faithful allegiance to our so- vereign lady Victoria, Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Treland, &c., &c.; and that I will, well and truly, according to the best of my ability, skill, and understanding, and without fear, favor, or affection per. form, do, and fulfill the duties and powers of a justice of the peace, over and 1843 Ilongkong Official Notices. day of towards all subjects of her said majesty, presently, or hereafter residing in, or resorting to, her Britannic majesty's colony of Hongkong and its dependencies, or the dominions of the emperor of China.-So help me God. Sworn before me, at this 1843. Under this proclamation, forty-three persons are nominated by H. E. the governor of Hongkong to act as justices of the peace. By a Notice of the same date, it is declared that the office of deputy superintendent of trade is abolished. Thc following are names of the officers, with their respective titles, which have been gazetted as connected with the government of Hongkong, under the present charter. A. R. Johnson, esq., assistant and registrar to the superintendent of trade. Lieut.-col. Malcolm, c. B., to officiate as colonial secretary to government. Richard Woosnam, esq., to be private secretary to the governor. Lieut. G. T. Brooke, H. M. 55th foot, military secretary and aid-de-camp to the governor. C. E. Stewart, esq., to be treasurer and financial secretary. J. R. Morrison, esq., Chinese secretary to the government of Hongkong. Major W. Caine, chief magistrate of Hongkong. C. B. Hillier, esq., assistant magistrate. Lieut. W. Pedder, R. N., harbor-master and officiating marine magistrate. A. T. Gordon, esq., land officer. Alexander Scott, esq., recording officer to the colonial and admiralty court. A proclamation issued by H. E. sir Henry Pottinger on the 1st of June, promulgates and enjoins for implicit obedience the following order in council concerning the courts of Justice and Admiralty Jurisdiction for the governing of her majesty's subjects in China. For the rules by which the court of Admiralty Jurisdiction, establish- ed by captain Elliot was constituted, see Chinese Repository, vol. VIII., page 181, &c. No. 5. ORDER IN COUNCIL. At the court at Windsor, the 4th day of January, 1843.-Present, the Queen's most Excellent Majesty in Council. Whereas, by an act of parliament, made and passed in the session of parlia- ment holden in the third and fourth years of the reign of his late majesty king William the fourth, intituled "An act to regulate the trade to China and India," it was, amongst other things, enacted, that it should and might be law- ful for his said majesty in council should it appear expedient and salutary, to create a court of justice, with criminal and admiralty jurisdiction, for the trial of offences committed by his said majesty's subjects within the dominions of the emperor of China and the ports and havens thereof, and on the high seas within one hundred miles of the said coast of China ; and to appoint one of the superintendents, in the said act mentioned, to be the officer to hold such court, and other officers for executing the process thereof: And whereas, in pursuance of the said act, and in execution of the powers thereby in his said late majesty in council in that behalf vested, it was by an order dated the 9th day of December, one thousand eight hundred and thirty- three, ordered by his said late majesty, by and with the advice of his privy council, that there should be a court of justice, with criminal and admiralty jurisdiction, for the purposes aforesaid ; which court should be holden at Can- ton, in the said dominions, or on board any British ship or vessel in the port or harbor of Canton ; and that the said court should he holden hy the chief superintendent, for tic time heing, appointed, or to be appointed, by his late majesty, under and in pursuance of the said act of parliament : Uongkong Official Voiires And whereas it is expedient, that the said court of justice should benceforth be holden in the island of Hongkony; now, therefore, in further pursuance of the said act, and of the powers thereby in her majesty in council in that be- half vested, and of all other powers to her majesty belonging or in any wise appertaining, it is hereby ordered by her majesty, by and with the advice of her privy council that the said court shall benceforth be holden in the island of Hongkong; and that the same shall have, and exercise jurisdiction for the trial of offences committed by her majesty's subjects within the said island, and within the dominious of the emperor of China, and the ports and havens thereof, and on the high seas within one hundred miles of the coast of China : and it is hereby further ordered, that the said court shall be holden by the chief superintendent, for the time being, appointed, or to be appointed, by her majesty, under and in pursuance of the said act: And her majesty, by and with the advice of her said council, doth hereby confirin in all other respects the said order of his said late majesty in council, dated the ninth December, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three. And the right honorable, the earl of Aberdeen, one of her majesty's prin- cipal secretaries of state, is to give the necessary directions herein accordingly. C. C. GREVILLE. (True Copy.) RICHARD WOOSNAM. No. 6. RULES OF PRACTICE IN THE CRIMINAL AND ADMIRALTY COURT OF HONGKONG. SECTION 1. NEX307 of a Of Arrest. Rule Ist.—No subject of her majesty shall be arrested for trial within this jurisdiction, unless charged upon oath, by one or more credible person, or persons, before the duputy-superintendent, or before the Chief Magistrate of Hongkong, before any two of her majesty's justices of the peace, with such an offence as would justify the individual so charged, being, when appre- hended, committed, or held to bai). Rule 2d.—Arrest may be made in two ways. First; By warrant under the hand and seal of the authorities named in the preceding Rule. (See Appendix, No. 1.) Second; By verbal order of the deputy-superintendent, or the chief magistrate of Hongkong, or by any single justice of the peace in the event of any subject of her majesty committing (or being apparently about to commit) a dangerous breach of the peace in their respective presence. Rule 3d.--All persons charged with the execution of warrants of arrest within this jurisdiction, to exercise like authority, to be entitled to like immunities, and to be liable for unlawful proceedings, to like liabilities, as persons executing the warrants of the courts of Oyer and Terminer in England. SECTION II. Of Commitment. Rule 1st.- When a person charged with a crime or offence shall be arrested within this jurisdiction, he is to be as speedily as possible brought before the authorities named in the warrant, for examination. Rule 2d--Authorities conducting examinations, in the first instance of accused persons, are not subsequently to take part in any capacity whatever, in the trial before the court, of such persons. Rule 3d.—On the examination of accused persons, when arrested within this jurisdiction, the testimony and information of all individuals having any knowledge of the alleged crime are to be carefully taken down in writing, ud on oath, in the presence of, and subject to cross examination by, the accused. (See end of the Appendir, N. B.) Rule 4111.- The person accused to be allowed to state anything he likes, provided it be strictly relevant to the chargr against him, in explanation or 1843. 38.1 Hongkong Official Votires. defence of his conduct; but he is at the same time, to be wornind noi to say anything that may criminate himself. Rule 5th.-Should it plainly appear to the examining authorities, that the alleged offence has not been committed by the person accused, or, that where committed, the offence is of so trivial a natu:e as not to require bail, the accused is to be discharged, leaving the matter to be investigated by the chief or assistant-inagistrate, or other inferior court; but, where in the opinion of the examining authorities, the offence is sufficiently established, and of a nature requiring the detention of the accused, he is to be kept in safe custody till the examination can be submitted to the chief superintendent, (or such official functionary as he may depute to act for him) for final disposal. (See Appendir, No. 2.) Rule 6th.--Exainining authorities are to conduct their proceedings on oath (see Appendix No. 3), and are to have the like power of summoning witnesses (being British subjects) as is herein vested in the court. (See Appendir, No. 4., for form of Summons.) Rule 7th.-Britisha subjects refusing to attend on the summons of examin- ing authorities, to be liable to the penalties hereinafter provided, for failure of attendance when summoned before the court. SECTION III. Of Bail. Rule Ist. The chief superintendent, deputy-superintendent, or other official functionary to whom the case may be remitted, agreeable to Rule 5th of the preceding section, to have the like power in respect to bail as appertains by law and usage to the court of Queen's Bench, in England; and in the event of refusal, or of unnecessary delay, in the case of a baila- ble offence, to be liable to like penalties as magistrates in England. Rule 2d.-If the accused person cannot find bail, he is to be committed by warrant (as in the case of offences not bailable) to take his trial before the court for the offence with which he stands charged. (See Appendix, No. 2, for Warrant of committal.) Rule 3d.—The principle and practice of the law of England to obtain, as far as possible (with reference to local circumstances) as to the period within which a prisoner should be placed on his trial, and likewise as to the period within which prosecution for offences committed within the court's jurisdiction should be instituted, SECTION I V. of Prosecution. Rule 1st.-—In all cases coming within the jurisdiction of the court, pro- secution is to be by way only of a bill of indictment found by, and presented on oath by, a Grand Jury. (See Appendix, No. 5.) Rule 20.-It shall be the duty of an officer of the court, who is to be designated the Recording Officer, to return on each session, the names of twenty good and loyal subjects of Her Majesty to act as grand jurors, and to do and execute all things on the part of our sovereign lady the Queen, which shall then be legally required of them. Rule 3d.-Not less than fifteen, and not more then twenty grand, jurors shall be sworn at each session. (See Appendix, Nos. 6, 7, and 8.). Rule 4th.-- The proceedings of the Grand Jury to be conducted generally according to the principles and practice of the courts in England, and in the finding of a true bill on any indictment, twelve of the jurors at least must Rule 5th. The following persons may be exempted from serving on the grand (or petty) Jury, without incurring penalties on proper representation being made to the court, and claiming the immunity : 19 concur. VOL. XII. NO. VII, Fiungkong Official Notices. JULI, Ist. Persons above sixty, and under twenty-one years of age.-20. Sick persons.-311. Surgeons and physicians.-4th. Officers in the employ of government, liaving other urgent duties to attend to. SECTION of Process. Rule let.--Sessions to be proclaimed from time to time under the au- thority of the chief superintendent, and all subjects of her majesty concerned therein, or specially summoned to attend accordingly. (See Appendix, No. 9.) Rule 2d. The court to have the like power, and to pursue the same method, as the courts of Oyer and Terminer in England, to secure the atten- dance of defendants, or accused persons, who are not in actual custody. Rule 3d.- Arraignment to be in the manner, and agreeable to the rules of the courts of Oyer and Terminer in England. Rule 4th.-If the accused person refuses to plead, or confesses the fact, the court to proceed in either case agreeably to the practice of the courts of Oyer and Terminer in England. SECTION 11. of Pleas, and General Issue. Rule 1st.-Pleas to be allowed to persons accused before the court, ac- cording to the practice of the courts of Oyer and Terminer in England. Rule 21.—The accused shall be entitled to request any person, being a British subject (and having the sanction of the court) to support, on his be- half, any plea or point of law that the court may think proper to allow to be debated. Rule 3d.-In any instance coming within the preceding Rule, the court will be guided by, and decide with special regard to, the general authority and intention of the particular law and orders of council, under which, and the objects for which, the court has been erected. SECTION VII. RIVERSITY SAN BARE Of Trial. Rule ist.The recording officer of the court will at every session return a panel of not less than twenty-four British subjects, to the end that twelve thereof may sit as a Petty Jury, to hear and determine between our sovereign lady the Queen and any prisoner placed for trial at the bar of the court, for offences committed within the jurisdiction of the court. (See Appendix, Nos. 10 and 11.) Rule 2d. Regard being had to local circumstances, the prisoner shall have no privilege of peremptory challenge, but only for good cause shown, to be determined by the court. (See Appendix, Nos. 12 and 13.) Rule 3d.—The trial to proceed, and evidence both for the prosecution and defence to be received and recorded, as far as local circumstances will permit, agreeable to the practice of the courts of Oyer and Terminer in Eng- land. (See Appendix, No. 14.) Rule 4th.-Should it be found impossible to conclude any trial in one day, the court to exercise the power of adjourning without confining the jury ; but in that case the jurors shall be sworn “neither to speak themselves to any person except one of their own number, nor to allow (without represent- ing it to the court) any person to speak to them on any matter touching the trial.” Rule 5th.—In the event of any person speaking to, or trying in any man- ner, to tamper with any juryman, in contravention of the preceding Rule, the court will punish such person summarily by fine or imprisonment, (or hoth) at its discretion. 1843 387 Hongkong Oficirii Volices. SECTION Rule 6th. In cases of illness or death of jurors, the court will proceed agreeable to the practice of the courts of Oyer and Terminer in England. Rule 7th-The verdict of the Petty Jury to be found and pronounced agreeable to the practice of the courts of Oyer and Terminer in England: that is, by the unánimous voice of the jury. Rule 8th. The court to have the power of remarking on the verdict- should it see cause to do 80and allowing the jury after such remarks, to retire and reconsider their verdict. Rule 9th. When the prisoner is found guilty, sentence is to be passed by the chief superintendent in the manner laid down in the order in council ; and when the prisoner is acquitted on the merits of the charge, he is to be instantly discharged, and is to be proclaimed to be for ever free, upon that accusation. Rule 10th. But when the prisoner is acquitted on an obvious and ad- mitted defect in the proceedings, and the acquittal cannot be pleaded, the prisoner may be detained in safe custody by a fresh warrant of the court to be re-indicted in such a manner as may meet the like ends of justice. VUU. Of the Attendance of Jurors and Witnesses. Rule 1st.-Any subject of her majesty (not specially excused under Rule 5th of section IV.) who having been duly summoned by the recording officer (See Appendix. No. 10), shall fail, without sufficient and satisfactory cause (certified sickness for instance,) to attend and perform his duties as a grand or petty juror, shall be liable to a fine at the discretion of the court of not less than twenty dollars for the first omission, or less than fifty for the second, which sum shall be further increased at the pleasure of the court, and be for the use of her majesty the Queen; and the court shall have the power of enforcing all such fines, by confining the j. rties who are to pay them, till that is done. Rule 2d.-Any subject of Her Majesty, whose testimony may be con- sidered necessary, may be bound over under sufficient surety, by the exa- mining or committing authorities (see Section II.) to appear and give evidence at the trial, of which due notice will be communicated to such witnesses by the recording officer of the court; and in the event of his failing to attend, he shall be fined (in addition to the amount of his recognizance being escheated) as laid down for jurors in the preceding Rule. (See Appendix, Rule 3d.-In any urgent case where witnesses either for or against å prisoner are unavoidably forced to leave China previous to the trial of such prisoner, they may be examined on oath, in presence of the prisoner, by such official authorities, or magistrates as the chief superintendent shall nominate to discharge this duty; and such examination shall be recorded, and be held and taken to be sufficient evidence on the trial to which it rates; the prisoner always having the advantage of any doubt or omission, that may be discovered in such examination when it is produced before the court. (See Appendix, No. 16.) Rule 4th.—Citizens or subjects of foreign states not resident on Hongkong (after the island has been declared a British colony) whose evidence inay be necessary or desirable on any trial, are to he requested by the recording officer to attend the court, for the furtherance of the ends of justice: but fuiling to do so, the Jirry is to deliver its serlict on the evidence that may be adduced before it. Rule :3th.---In all cases where citizens or subjerts of foreign states inay be permanently resident ou Hongkong (atter the island shall be declared to be à British colony) they will, of course, he subject to the same laws and No. 15.) 388 JULY. Hongkong Official Notices. entitled to the like protection of them, as Her Majesty's subjects, and as such they will be held amenable to the authority of the court. ECTION IX. X. Of Reprieve and Judgment. Rule 1st. In all cases demanding sentence amounting to capital punish- ment, the prisoner will be respited, and by order of the court, kept in close and solitary confinement pending the receipt of her majesty's pleasure. Rule 2d. In all other cases, the court will exercise its own discretion as to judgment and reprieve; being guided by the principles and practice of the law of England, and having the like powers that belong of right to the judges of the courts of Oyer and Terminer in England. SECTION Of Persons amen able to the Court. Rule 1st-Regard being had to local circumstances, and especially to the object for which the Criminal and Admiralty court in China, was first esta- blished by the Order in Council, of the 9th of December, 1833, it is further declared that for the present, and pending the receipt of her majesty's gracious pleasure, no individual belonging to her majesty's naval and land forces in China, and who is consequently subject to martial law, shall be considered amenable to the jurisdiction of the court, or shall be arraigned before it Rule 2d.-All subjects of her majesty, not included in the foregoing Rule, and likewise all citizens and subjects of foreign states permanently residing within the colony of Hongkong, (so soon as it shall be declared a possession of the British crown) shall be considered amenable to the ju- risdiction of the court. > Appendix. No. 1, Form of Warrant of Arrest. These are, in her majesty's name, to require you (name of officer or officers) to arrest and take into your custody, and bring before (name of examining authori. ty or authorities) A. B., charged, on oath, with (brief description of offence, when and where committed; and for so doing, this is, and shall be, your lawful warrant. Date and place. Signed No. 2. Form of Warrant of Committal. These are, in her majesty's name, to require you (name of person to whose custody committed) to detain in safe custody A. B., herewith sent to you by me (or us, as the case may be) charged upon oath, with (brief sketch of offence, when and where committed) and for detaining the said A. B., in safe custody till he be delivered in due course of law, and released by competent authority; this is, and shall be your lawful warrant. Signed Date and place. No. 3. Oath to be taken by examining authority or authorities. I (name g-c.) do swear that I will, well, truly and impartially, according to the best of my skill and understanding, examine into, and investigate the charge now made against A. B., that he (brief sketch of offence, when and where com. mitted) and will state my opinion, in writing as to the truth or otherwise of said charge, without fear, favor, or affection.—So help me God. Sworn before me, Signed Date and place. No. 4. Form of Summons. In the Queen's name take notice, that you are hereby suminoned to appear without delay, before me (or us, as the case may be) to depose and speak to what you know of a certain charge made in her majesty's naine, against A. B. Date and place. To Ç. D. Signed 181:3 flongkong Official Votices N. B No. 5. Form of Indorsement, 'The jurors for our sovereign lady, the Queen, upon their oatlı present A. B., (name and designation to be particularly defineil) not having the fear of God be. fore his eyes, but being moved and instigated by the devil, did on the day of in the year of our Lord, 184 ſeloniously, wilfully (here enter detailed description of crime, fc.) against the peace of our lady the queen, her crown and dignity. Indorsement. If found ...... A true bill. If otherwise Not found. -Indictments will always be prepared by the recording officer of the court, according to the circumstances of the case. No. 6. Form of oath to foreman of the grand jury. Mr. F. E. you, foreman of the grand inquest for this jurisdiction, shall dili. gently inquire and true presentment make, of all such matters and things as shall be given you in charge. The queen's counsel, your fellows, and your own, you shall keep secret ; you shall present no one from envy, hatred, or malice; neither shall you leave any one unrepresented for fear, favor, affection, gain or reward, or hope thereof. But you shall present all matters and things truly and faithfully, as they come to your knowledge, according to the best of your skill and understanding.–So help you God. No. 7. Form of oath to the other grand jurors. The same oath your foreman has taken of his part, you and every of you shall truly and faithfully observe and keep on your part. So help you God. No. 8. Form of oath to witnesses before the grand jury. The evidence you shall give to the grand jury upon this bill of indictment shall be the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.--So help you God. No. 9. Proclamation. Notice is hereby given, that a session of the court of justice, with Criminal and Admiralty jurisdiction, for the trial of offences committed by her majesty's sub- jects on the island of Hongkong, or within the dominions of the emperor of China, and the ports and havens thereof, and on the high seas, within one hund. red miles of the coast of China, will be holden at Hongkong, on the day of 184 by 10 o'clock in the forenoon of the said day, and all manner of persons that are specially summoned, or that have anything to do before the said court, are required to be then and there attending. By order of the court. Hongkong, 184 Signed Recording officer. No. 10. Form of surmons to jurors. In the queen's name. Take notice that you are hereby summoned to serve as (grand or peity juror, as the case may be) at the sessions of the court of Criminal or Admiralty jurisdiction, to be held at Hongkong, on the day of Signed F. G. Recording officer To J. K. L. M., &c. No. 11. Form of oath to petty jurors. You shall, well and truly, try and truc deliverance make, between our sove. reign lady the queen, and the prisoner at the bar, whom you shall have in charge, and true verdict give, according to the evidence which you shall hear touching the charge against the prisoner.-So help you God. No. 12. Form of oath to challenged petty jurymen. You shall true answer make, to all such questions as shall be asked of you by the court (or by the persons appointed by the court) touching the challenge which the prisoner at the bar has made in your name.-So help you God. No. 13. Form of oath to triers of challenged jurymen. You shall and will truly trý, inquire, and declare to the court whether N. P. (the challenged jurymen's name, gc., to be inserted,) stands indifferent between the parties to this issue.—So help you God. No. 14. Form of oath to interpreters (when required). You shall true interpretation make of the evidence between the court, the jury, and the prisoner at the bar, according to the best of your skill and understanding. ---So help you God. :39:11 JULY Ilongkong Oficiul Votices: day of No. 15. Form of sarety bund. 'This 184 P. N. (name of person bound over) did conie before nie, (or us, as the case may be) and acknowledge that he was indebted to our sovereign lady tlie queen, in the sum of $ if he, the said P. N., should fail in attending personally to give evidence at the next session, to be holden at Ilongkong, in a certain charge against A. B. And if the said P. N., shall duly altend and give evidence, and shall not depart without the leave of the couri, then this recognizance is to be void, or else to remain in full force. Signed No. 16. Form of authority to examine witnesses, In the queen's name, these are to authorize you (names of witnesses) and to examine them, after having duly sworn them to speak the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth, as to the information and knowledge they possess in a certain case, pending between our sovereign lady the queen and A. B., (name of prisoner) who stands charged with (crime, when and where committed). And this examination you are to make in presence of the said A. B., and to allow him either hinself, or through his attorney, or other person named by him, to cross- examine the said (names of witnesses) and the whole of your said examination and proceedings, you are to carefully record in writing, and transmit under your respective signatures and seals to me. Date and place. Chief Superintendent. No. 17. Form of subpæna to witnesses. In the queen's name, take notice, that you are hereby required to lay aside all pretences and excuses whatever, and to appear before the court of Criminal and Adiniralty Jurisdiction, in your proper person, at the sessions, to be held at Hong. kong,on the to testify to the truth, and give evidence, upon the trial of for and this you are not to omit, under the penalty of (nol . exceeding $200) at the discretion of the court. Signed Date and place. Recording officer. day of N. B. With reference to Rule 3 of Section III, the following forms are to be used in examination of prisoners before trial. Form of oath to witnesses. You shall true answer make to all such questions as shall be demanded of you. -So help you God. Form of recording deposition of witnesses. TO WIT. The examination of G. H. (residence and profession taken on oath,) this day of before me, or us, in the presence and hearing of A. B.. charged with (offence described as in the Warrant of Commitment) which said G. H., saith as follows: [The very words used by the witness are as nearly as pos. sible to be inserted, and also the very words of all questions put to him The witness to be asked to subscribe his name to the deposition, though it is nul absolutely requisite, to establish its validity.] Taken before me, (or us), this day of 184 Form of Examination of the accused (not to be on oath). TO WIT. The examination of A. B., (residence and profession taken this day) of before me, or us. The said A. B., being charged with offence described in the warrant of com. mitment on his examination saith, (the very words to be put down that the accus. ed uses. If the accused remains silent, or refuses to say anything in his own behalf, the examination should close with) " And the witnesses against the said A. B., having been examined in his own behalf, whereupon, the said A. B., answereth nothing, or saith, [entering his very words]. t'i the accused wishes to call witnesses, they may be examined on oath, liko the witnesses against him. When there are more that one person accused, they ought to be examined apart, and to be allowed no communication with each ther till the whole of the examinations are finished. HENRY POTTINGER. 1843. 391 Tiongkong Official Notices. No.7 PROCLAMATION BY H. E. SIR HENRY POTTINGER, G. C. B. TO BRITISH SUBJECTS. Sir Henry Pottinger, bart., G. C. B., her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., &c., in China, has the gratification to announce, for the general informa- tion and guidance of all subjects of her said majesty, that he has concluded and sealed, with the high commissioner appointed by his imperial majesty, the emperor of China, to treat with him, a commercial treaty, stipulated for in the definitive treaty of peace, signed at Nanking, on the 29th day of August, 1842, and the ratifications of which definitive treaty of peace have been lately exchanged under the Signs Manual and seals of her majesty the Queen of Great Britian and Ireland, &c., and his majesty, the Emperor of China. Her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., now publishes the export and import tariff, and the regulations of trade, which have been, after the most searching scrutiny and examination, fixed and finally agreed upon, and which tariff and regulations of trade, are to be promulgated in Chinese, simulta- neously with this Proclamation, accompanied by a proclamation on the part of the imperial commissioner, &c. Her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., trusts, that the provisions of the Commercial Treaty will be found, in practice, mutually advantageous, beneficial and just, as regards the interests, the honor, and the future aug- mented prosperity, of the governments of the two mighty contracting em- pires, and their subjects: and his excellency most solemnly and urgently calls upon all subjects of the British crown, individually and collectively, by their allegiance to their sovereign, by their duty to their country, by their own personal reputation, respect, and good name, and by the integrity and honesty which is due from them as men, to the imperial rights of the emperor of Chi- na, not only to strictly conform and act up to the said provisions of the com. mercial treaty, but to spurn, decry, and make known to the world, any base, unprincipled, and traitorous overtures which they, or their agents, or em- ployés, may receive from, or which may be in any shape made to them, by any subject of China-whether officially connected with the government or not-towards entering into any collusion or scheme for the purpose of evad. ing, or acting in contravention to the said provisions of the commercial treaty. Her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., will not allow himself to an. ticipate or suppose, that the appeal which he now makes to all her majesty's subjects, will be unheeded, or overlooked, by even a single individual; but, at the same time, it is his duty, in the responsible and unprecedented situation in which he has been placed by the course of events, to distinctly intimate, that he is determined, by every means at his disposal, to see the provisions of the commercial treaty fulfilled by all who choose to engage in future, in com- merce with China ; and that in any case where he may receive well-grounded representations from her majesty's Consuls, or from the Chinese authorities, that such provisions of the commercial treaty have been evaded, (or have been attempted to be so,) he will adopt the most stringent and decided mea- sures against the offending parties; and, where his present powers may not fully authorize and sanction such measures as may seem to him fitting, he will respectfully trust, that the legislature of Great Britain will hold him indemnified for adopting them, in an emergency directly compromising the national honor, dignity, and good faith in the estimation of the government of China, and in the eyes of all other nations. Dated at Government-house, at Victoria, Hongkong, this 22d day of July, 1843. HENRY POTTINGER. No. 8. GOD SAVE THE QUEEN. GOVERNMENT NOTIFICATION, With reference to the preceding proclamation, &c., it is hereby notified, that the new system of trade will commence at Canton, on the 1st day of the 7th month of the present Chinese year (the 27th July, 1843), and that from 30:2 ilongkong Officiul Noticesi that day, the hong-merchants' monopoly and consoo charges will cease and terminate. The other four ports of--Amoy, Fuchau fú, Ningpo, and Sháng- zái, which, agreeably to the Treaty of Nanking, are to be resorted to by Brit- ish merchant vessels, cannot be declared to be open for that purpose, until an imperial edict to that effect shall be received from the cabinet of Peking: This edict is expected to reach Canton early in the month of September, and immediate Public Notice will be given of its arrival. In the interim, measures will be taken for the appointment of Consular officers and their establish- ments, to the ports in question, in order that no unnecessary delay may take place in the commencement of trade at them; and merchants may make their arrangements accordingly: The following temporary appointments are made : G. Tradescant Lay, esq., to officiate as her Britannic inajesty's consul at Canton. Robert Thom, esq., joint interpreter and translator, who is at present sta- tioned at Canton, as the medium of communication between her majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., &c., and the imperial commissioner and other high Chi- nese officers, will assist in the capacity of interpreter in the consular office. Messrs. Thomas T. Meadows, and William Meredith, to act as clerks and as sistants in the officiating consul's office. With the view of relieving the officiating consul at Canton and his esta- blishment, from the judicial functions, which will hereafter form a part of the duty to be performed by the consuls at the different ports, but which might interfere with the officiating consul's devoting his whole time and attention exclusively to the more important object of promoting and regulating the trade at its outset, of the new system, her inajesty's chief superintendent of the trade, &c., is pleased to direct, that all disputes and complaints emanating at Canton, and coming within the consular functions above adverted to, shall, for the present and until further notice, be referred to A. R. Johnston, esq., the assistant and registrar to the chief superintendent, &c., &c., who will, in the first instance, inquire into, and investigate such disputes and complaints, at Victoria, Hongkong, and will, in case of necessity arising for such a step, proceed to Canton for the purpose of completing his inquiry and investigation. The amount to which Mr. Johnston's awards shall be considered final, and the manner of appealing from that officer's awards to the chief superintendent, will be hereafter notified. The following extracts from instructions addressed this day to Mr. Lay, as officiating consul at Canton, are published for general information, and her majesty's chief superintendent of trade enjoins and requires all concerned to pay implicit obedience to them. “You will see from the inclosed notification, that you are for the present relieved from the exercise of your consular judicial functions, and in the event of letters or petitions (in English or Chinese) referring to disputes, or contain- ing complaints, being presented to you, will (unless they should be of the most trivial and easily adjusted nature) write upon them, Referred to the assistant superintendent, &c., and sign your name. “ You will hold the masters of all vessels responsible to you, for the orderly and peaceable behavior of their boats' crews, or any other persons belonging to their respective ships, who may visit Canton, and no • liberty men'are to go up to that city without your previous permission, obtained in writing, in answer to an application specifying the number (of the propriety of which you are to consider yourself the judge), and distinctly promising and stating, that an officer will accompany such liberty-men, to look after and control the sea. men or lascars as the case may he. “In any instance where you may discover that seamen or others are at Canton on liberty, without your permission, and the previous stipulations (above adverted to) having been complied with, you will request the comman- der of her majesty's ship which will be sta at Whampoa, to support your authority, to have the seamen or others, forthwith sent back to their ships, and you will report the circumstance to me, that I may adopt sach fur- 1813.' 3933 Hongkong Official Fotires. ther steps as the case may call for. You will at the same time, intimate to the master, owner, or consignee, of the vessel froin which the seamen or others unauthorizedly come, that all expenses attending the removal of the seamen or others from Canton, will be charged to the ship to which they belong, and will be recovered before she is allowed to sail. “In cases of petty affrays or assaults, or riotous and drunken conduct, (un. attended, however, with any inarked degree of violence), in which you may be of opinion that the ends of justice will be obtained, and a sufficient example will he made, by fining the offender any sum not exceeding $10, or confining hiin for a period not exceeding five days, you have my authority to summarily decide in such cases, without even recording the evidence, merely making a memorandum of the fact, in a book to be kept for the purpose; but, in all cases where you may consider the offense to call for more serious notice, you will, with the assistance of the captain of Her Majesty's ship, have the offender placed in confinement until formal investigation can be held, and for which I will arrange on hearing the particulars from you. “Should you obtain positive and incontrovertible proof, that any British merchant ship on the river has been, or is, engaged in smuggling, or evad- ing the payment of the just dues of the Chinese government as laid down in the tariff and regulations of trade, you will take immediate measures for in- timating the same to the Chinese high officers, and officers of customs, in order that they may, if they think proper, put a stop to such vessel either landing or shipping further cargo, as the case may be; and you will likewise apprize the master, owner, or consignee of such ship of the steps you have taken, and will acquaint them that any attempt to carry on their smuggling practices, or to trade in any shape, by force, in opposition to the wishes and directions of the Chinese authorities, will oblige me to have such ship removed from the river. "I annex a table of consular fees which you are to levy, and which are lo form a fund for the present, to be subject to such instructions as may be here- after received from her majesty's government.' By order G. A. MALCOLM, Secretary of Lrgation. Dated at Government-house, at Victoria, Hongkong, this 22d day of July, 1843. No. 9. TABLE OF CONSULAR FEES. I per ct. On report of ship's arrival, at cus Seal of office, and signature to any tom-house... other document (when required) $2 On linguists' attendance at landing Attestation of a signature (ditto) 2 and shipping of cargo. .3 Administering an cath (ditto) 1 On granting Port Clearance and Attending sales... signing Manifest.. .5 Or if a charge has been previously Valuation of goods (if referred to made for valuation........ per ct. the consul)... .1 per ct. Attendance out of consular office, Bottomry, or arbitration bond.. on express business, traveling ex- Noting a protest. 3 penses, and five dollars per diem. Order of survey .3 Attendance on opening a will. . $5 Extending a protest of survey. .3 Recovery of debts... ..21 per ct. Registrations. ..5 Management of property of British Bill of health (when required).2 subjects, dying intestate..21 per ct. Signature of muster roll (ditto) 2 By order. G. A. MALCOLM. No. 10. 1 TARIFF OF DUTIES ON THE FOREIGN TRADE WITH CHINA, Exports. New duty. Old duly. ARTICLES. PER T.M.C.C. D. C. T.M.C.C. | Alum,.. pecul 0100 0 9 5 3 2 Anniseed, Star,. 0 5 0 0 1 1 4 3 do. Dil, 0 0 6.94 3 Arsenic, 1.14 lol.. vo 1 :11) 394 JULY, Hongkong Official Votices, Ve# duis T.M.C.C. PER D.C. on canes. 77 09 Exports. Old duts ARTICLES. T.M.C.C. 4 Bangles, or glass armlets, pecul 0500 70 5 Bamboo screens, and bamboo ware of all kinds, 0 2 0 0 28 0 5 5 3 6 Brass leaf, 1 5 0 0 2.10 7 2 3 1 7 Building materials,... free 8 Bone and horn ware,. pecul 1 000 1.40 9 Camphor, 1 500 2.10 2 4 2 5 10 Canes of all kinds, 1000 0 5 0 0 70 pcl. 1 2 18 11 Capoor cutchery, pecul 0 300 09 2 3 12 Cassia, ng 50 1.04 5140 do. buds, 1000 1.40. 2113 do. oil, 5 000 6.94 S (7 2 2 5 13 China root, 0 2 0 0 28 09 6 3 14 Chinaware of all kinds,.. 0 3 9 0 to 0 5 0 0 70 1 5 50 15 Clothes, ready made... 0 5 0 0 70 16 Copper ware, pewter ware, &c., &c. 0500 70 17 Corals (or false coral) 0 5 0 0 70 18 Crackers and fireworks of all kinds, on 50 1.04 19 Cubebs,.. ) 5 0 0 2.10 2 74 0 20 Fans, as feather fans, &c.... 1000 1.40 21 Farniture of all kinds,... 0 2 0 0 28 22 Galangal..... 0100 14 0 9 5 3 23 Gamboge........ 2000 2.78 4 8 6 6 24 Glass and Glassware of all kinds...... 0 500 70 25 Glassbeads..... 0 5 0 0 70 1688 26 Glue (as fish glue, &c.). 0 5 0 0 70 1085 27 Grasscloth of all kinds... 1000 1.40 3 500 28 Hartall.... 0 5 0 0 70 1 3 2 3 29 Ivory ware of all kinds... 5 000 6.94 7 5 2 8 30 Kittysols, or paper umbrellas.. 0 5 0 0 70 31 Lackered ware of all kinds.. 1000 1.40 1 3 2 8 32 Lead (white lead).. 0 2 5 0 35 1 3 38 33 Lead (red lead). 0 5 0 0 70 34 Marbie slabs.. 0 2 0 0 28 35 Mats, straw, rattan, bamboo, &c. &c. 0 2 0 0 23 0800 36 Mother-of-pearl ware... 1000 1.40 1 3 2 3 37 Musk.... catty0500 70 38 Nankeens and Cotton cloth of all kinds pecul 1 0 0 0 1.40 4116 39 Pictures, viz., large paintings......... each 0100 14 Rice paper pictures.... hund. 0100 14 40 Paper fans, pecul 0 5 0 0 70 41 Paper of all kinds.. 0 500 70 0998 42 Pearls (i. e. false pearls). 0 5 0 0 70 43 Preserves and sweetmeats of all kinds 0 5 0 0 70 1073 44 Rattan work of all kinds......... 0 2 0 0 28 45 Rhubarb..... 1000 1.40 2 1 50 46 S!lk, raw, whether Chekiáng, Can. 25 0 0 0 or ton or elsewhere, all kinds.... 15 0 80 Coarse, or refuse of silk....... 2 500 3.47 Organzine, all kinds. 10 000 13.89 Ribbons, thread, &c. 10 000 13.89 18 000 sok pieds goods of all kinds, as Silks, Satins, Pongees, Crapes, Velvete, Lutestrings, &?,, &c, 12 0 0 0 16.67 8100 N. B. The additicnal duty of so mueh per piece hitherto lovjad, to be henceforth abolishad. 47 Silk and Corton mıx cures, Siik and Woolen mixtures, and goods of such class..... 3000 4.17 48 Shoes and hoots, leather, satin or otherwise.. 0 0 0 1 22 13 0 4 4 5 10 0 0 0 13.89 { 19 Hongkong attirual ladros 395 Nos dos Xd dels 1.M.Cir PER T.M.C.C. D. C. 56 22 19 27 Exports. ARTICLES 94 Sandalwood ware...... pecu! 1000) 1.40 50 Soy.......... O 400 catty. 51 Silverware and Ge!dware.. 10 001 3.89 20 60 52 Sugar, white and brown.. O 2 5 0 85 060 53 Sugar candy of all kinds.. O 35 0 49 1 0 5 0 54 Tin Foil...... 0 5 0 0 70 2 5 0 Oto 55 Tea of all descriptions... 2 500 3.47 5 0 0 0 56 Tobacco of all kinds... 0 2 0 0 57 Turmeric....... 0 2 0 0 28 0978 58 Tortoise-shell ware... 10 000 13.89 12 5 2 3 59 Trunks, of leather... 0 2 0 0 28 60 Treasure (i.e.coin of all kinds). free 61 Vermilion........ pecul 3000 4.17 7 4 3 8 Articles unenumerated in this tariff to pay 5 per cent. ad culorem. 23 PER. 11 72 70 Imports. New duty. Old duty. ARTICLES. T.M.C.C. D. C. T.M.C.C. 1 Assafatida,....... pecul 1000 1.40 2 300 2 Beeswax, 1000 1.4 153 3 Betelnut, 0 1 50 21 0 5 3 4 Bicho de mar, 1st quality or black,... 0 8 0 0 1.12 0950 do. 2d quality, or white ,.... 0 2 0 0 28 5 Birds-nests, 1st quality or clean,.. 500 6.94 25 1 0 0 do, 2d quality or good midg, 2 5 0 0 3.47 4 3 5 0 do. 3d quality or uncleaned, 0 5 0 0 6 Camphor, (Malay) Ist quality or clean, catty 1000 1.40 1 1 0 2 do. 2d quality or refuse,.... 0 5 0 0 70 0 37 2 7 Cloves, 1st quality or picked,... pecul 1 5 0 0 2.10 7 800 do. 2d quality or mother cloves.. 0 5 0 0 70 2 0 2 0 8 Clocks, watches, spyglasses, all kinds of writing-desks, dressing. boxes, cutlery, perfumery, &c., &c. 5 per c. nt ad valorem. 9 Canvas, 30 a 40 yards long, 24 a 31 inches wide,.. piece 0 5 0 0 70 10 Cochineal, pecul 5 000 6.94 2 300 11 Cornelians, hund 0 5 0 0 70 each 0 0 1 8 do. Beads,.. pecul 10 000 13.89 catty, 0 1 3 2 12 Cotton,..... 04 00 56 1 5 0 0 13 Cotton Manufactures, viz., Longcloths, white, 39 a 4.) yards long, 3) a 36 inches wide piece 0 150 2) 0 2 9 4 Cambrics and Muslins, 2) a 24 yards long, 41 a 46 inches wide,, piece 0 150 21 067 0 Gray or unbleached Cottons, viz., Longcloths, Domestics, &c., &c. 39 a 10 yards long, 28 a 49 inches wide,... 010 14 Gray twilled Cottons, 30 a 40 yards long, 23 a fi inches wide...... 0100 14 0 296 Chintz, and Prints of all kinds, 24 a 30 yards long, 26 a 31 inches wide, 0 2 0 0 28 0 2 7 0 Handkerchiefs, over 1 yard square,... each [:O3 2 0 0 3 0 do. under I yard square, 0010 G'nghams, Pulicates, dyed Cottons, Velveteens, Šilk and Cotton mixtures, Woolen and Cot. ton mix tures, and all kinds of fancy goods not in current consumption, 5 per cent. ad val. 14 Cotton Yarn, and Cotton Thread,... pecu] 1000 1.40 0850 15 Cow Bezoar,..... catty 1000 1.40 2 0 5 2 16 Cutch,.. pecul 0300 42 099 17 Elephants' Teeth, 1st quality whole, 4 000 5.55 6 9 5 do 2d quality broken, 2000) 2.78 41 1 96 Jur. Ilong hung Official Voiices PER T.M.C.C 1. C. 1.M.C.0. 12 70 19 9 Imports New dury !) July ARTICIES. 1. Fishma's, pecul 1 500 2.10) 1 380 19 Flints, 0 0 5 0 7 04 | 3 20 Glass, Glassware, and Crystal ware. of all kinds, 5 per cent ad valorem. each 0 1 8 4 » Gambier,... 0 1 5 0 21 0 3 8 3 22 Ginseng, Ist quality, 38 0 0 0 62.71 cty.0 4 do. 2d quality or refuse, 3 5 0 0 4.86 2: Gold and Silver Thread, viz. Ist quality or real,.. catty 0 130 18 pol. 13 200 21 quality or imitation, 0 0 3 0 4 24 Gums: Benjamin,. pecul 1 000 1.40 Olibanuni.... 0 5 0 0 70 Myrrh... 0 5 0 0 Gums unenumerated, 10 per cent. ad val. 2:53 Horns, buifalo's and builocks'. 2000 2.78 26 Horns, unicorn or rhinoceros ,... 300 0 4.17 23 6 0 0 27 linen, fine, as Irish or Scotch 20 a 30 yards long, 29 a 37 inches wide, piece 0 5 0 0 70 0 2 9 6 Coarse linen, or linen and cotton mixtures, silk and linen nixtures, &c. &c., 5 per cent. ad val. 23 Mace, or flower of nutmeg.. pecul 1000 1.40 29 Mother-o'-pearl shells,... 0 2 0 0 28 0 580 30 Metals, viz. Copper, unmanufactured, as in pigs 1000 1.40 manufactured, as in sheets, 1 5 2 0 rods, &c., &C....... 1 5 0 0 2.10 Iron, unmanufactured as in pigs.. 0 1 0 0 14 03 30 manufactured, as in bars, rods &c., &c..... 0 1 5 0 21 Lead, in pigs or manufactured... 04 00 56 0 820 Quicksilver.... 3 0 0 0 4.17 1 7 5 0 Steel, unmanufactured.. 0 4 0 0 56 084 0 Tin, 1000 1.40 1950 Tin plates...... 0 4 0 0 56 Unenumerated metals, ten per cent. ad valorem. 31 Nutmegs, 1st quality or cleaned.. 2 0 0 0 2.78 6 2 2 0 2d quality or uncleaned.. 1000 1.40 32 Pepper... 0 4 0 0 56 1 2 2 0 33 Pulchuck. 0 7 5 0 1.04 21 80 34 Rattans... 0 2 0 0 28 0 570 35 Rice, paddy, and grain of all kinds.. free 36 Rose Maloes... pecul 1000 1.40 5 y 50 37 Saltpetre (to be sold only to govern. ment agents).... 0 3 0 0 42 34 Shark's fins, 1st quality or white. pecul 10.00 1.40 1 5 30 2d quality, or black.. 0 5 0 0 70 39 Skins and furs, viz. Cow and ox hides, tanned or untanned ( 5 (0 70 Sea Otter Skins... each 1 5 0 0 1 4 20 Fox Skins, large.. 0 1 5 0 21 01 4 5 do. sinall.. 0 0 7 5 10 0072 Tiger, Leopard, Marten... 0 1 5 0 21 01 50 Land Otter, Racoon, Shark skins.. hund. 2 0 0 0 2.78 0 0 7 3 Beaver skins.... 5 0 0 0 6.94 2 0 1 2 Hare, Rabbit, Ermine.. 0 5 0 0 70 0 4 50 40 Smalts... pecul 4 000 5.55 9 2 0 0 41 Soap.. 0 5 0 0 70 12 Stockfish, &c, 0 400 56 13 Svahorse toe.th. 2000 2.73 19 93 2.10 92 ) 77 11:3 397 Horghong otrrai lotiers وانا انا hi viuly T.M.C. ('. T.V.0.0. D. (. 72 9 T. M. C. c. Imports. ÁRTICLES FER 44 'Treasure, and money of all kinds .... free 45 Wine, Beer, Spirits, &c., in quart boils. lune. 1 000 1.40 In pint bottles... 0 5 0 0 70 In casks... pecul (500 70 46 Woods, viz., Ebony 0 1 5 0 21 Sandalwood.... 0 5 0 0 70 21 60 Sapan wood.. 0100 ( 6 7 0 Unenumerated woods, 10 per cent. ad valorem. 47 Woollen Manufactures, viz. Broadcloths, Spanish Stripes, Habit cioths, &c., 54 a 64 inches wide, per chang of 141 inches.. chang 0 1 5 0 21 0700 Longells, Cassimeres, Flannels and narrow cloths of this description, 0070 93 0 2 0 5 Blankets of all kinds...... each 0 0 0 0 14 Dutch Camlets...... chang 0 1 50) 21 1 3 2 0 Camlets........ 0 0 Imitation camlets, Bombazetts, &c.... 0 0 3 5 Bunting (narrow).. 101 5 Unenumerated Woolen goods, or silk and woolen, cotton and woolen inixtures, &c., 5 per cent. ad valorem. 48 Woolen Yarn.... pecul 3000 4.17 Articles unenumerated in this tariff, 5 per cent. ad valorem. Note. The pecul contains 100 catties; a catty is 13lb. av., a pecul is 133}lbs. av. The chang contains ten cubits or chih, each of which, by this tariff, is computed at 14.1 inches; the Chinese foot, however, varies from 12.7 inches to 14.625 inches, according to circumstances. The duties are levied in sycee silver, and the following are the rates at which coins are received in payment. Rupees weighing 109 by 9 0 Peruvian dollars weighing 111 4 5 5 respectively Mexican dollars weighing 111 9 equal to 100 taels Bolivian dollars weighing 112 1 5 0 weight of sycee. Chilian dollars weighing 112 5 2 0 Chopped dollars weighing 113 2 0 7 The above percentage, together with per cent difference between hop- po's and shroff's weights, and 1:} per cent. for refining, must be added to the scale of duties extended in the column of dollars and cents to show the actual duty. This column is made out from the first at the rate nearly of 7 mace 2 candareens to a dollar. The column of figures containing the old duty is taken from Morrison's Commercial Guide, which see for remarks explanatory, pages 33-40. No. 11. GENERAL REGULATIONS, Inder which the British Trade is to be conducted at the five Ports of Canton, Amoy, Fuchau, Ningpo, and Shanghái. I. Pilots. Whenever a British merchantnian shall arrive off any of the five ports opened to trade, viz., Canton, Fuchow, Amoy, Ningpo, or Shanghai, pilots shall be allowed to take her immediately into port; and in like manner, when such British shid shall have settled all legal duties and charges, and is about to return home, pilots shall be immediately granted to take her out to sea, without any stoppage or delay. Regarding the remuneration to be given these pilots, that will be equitably settled by the British Consul appointed to each particular port, who will determine it with due reference to the distance gone over, the risk run, &c. JI. CUSTOM HOUSE GUARDS. The Chinese Superintendent of Customs at each port will adopt the means that he may judge most proper to prevent the revenue suffering by fraud or smuggling. Whenever ihr pilns shall have brought any British merchantman into port, the are 398 JULY, Hongkong Official Votices. Superintendent of Customs will depute one or two trusty custom.house officers, whose duty it will be to watch against frauds on the revenue. These will either live in a boat of their own, or stay on board the English ship, as may best suit their convenience. Their food and expenses will be supplied them from day to day from the custom-house, and they may not exact any fees whatever from either the Commander or Consignee. Should they violate this regulation, they shall be punished proportionately io the amount so exacted. dr. MASTERS OF SHIPS REPORTING THEMSELVES ON ARRIVAL. Whenever a British vessel shall have cast anchor at any one of the abovemen. tioned ports, the Captain will, within four and twenty hours after arrival, proceed to the British Consulate, and deposit his Ship’s Papers, Bills of Lading, Manifest, &c., in the hands of the Consul; failing to do which, we will subject himself to a penalty of two hundred dollars. For presenting a false Manifest, the penalty will be five hundred dollars. For breaking bulk and commencing to discharge before due permission shall be obtained, the penalty will be five hundred dollars, and confiscation of the goods so discharged. The Consul having taken possession of the Ship's Papers, will immediately send a written communication to the Superintendent of Customs, specifying the register-tonnage of the ship, and the particulars of the Cargo she has on board ; all of which being done in due form, permission will then be given to discharge, and the duties levied as provided for in the Tariff. IV. COMMERCIAL DEALINGS BETWEEN ENGLISH AND CHINESE MERCHANTS. It having been stipulated that English merchants may trade with whatever native merchants they please, should any Chinese merchant fraudulently abscond or incur debts which he is unable to discharge, the Chinese Authorities, upon consplaint being made thereof, will of course do their utmost to bring the offender to justice; it must, however, be distinctly understood, that, if the defaulter really cannot be found, or be dead, or bankrupt, and there be not wherewithal to pay, the English Merchants may not appeal to the former custom of the Hong-mer. chants paying for one another, and can no longer expect to have their losses made good to them. V. TONNAGE DUES. Every English merchantman, on entering any one of the abovementioned five ports, shall pay Tonnage Dues at the rate of five mace per Register.ton, in full of all charges. The fees formerly levied on entry and departure, of every descrip. tion, are benceforth abolished. VI. IMPORT AND EXPORT DUTIES. Goods, whether imported into, or exported from, any one of the abovementioned five ports, are henceforward to be taxed according to the Tariff as now fixed and agreed upon, and no further sums are to be levied beyond those which are specified in the Tariff. All duties incurred by an English Merchant Vessel, whe. ther on goods imported or exported, or in the shape of Tonnage Dues, must first be paid up in full; which done the Superintendent of Customs will grant a Port Clearance, and this being shown to the British Consul, he will thereupon return the ship's papers and permit the vessel to depart. VII. EXAMINATION OF Goods AT THE CUSTOM-HOUSE. Every English merchant, having cargo to load or discharge, must give due intimation thereof, and hand particulars of the same to the Consul, who will immediately dispatch a recognized linguist of his own establishment to com- municate the particulars to the Superintendent of Customs, that the goods may be duly examined and neither party subjected to loss. The English merchan: must also have a properly qualified person on the spot to attend to his interests, when his goods are being examined for duty; otherwise, should there be complaints, these cannot be attended to. Regarding such goods as are subject by the tariff to an ad-valorem duty, if the English merchant cannot agree with the Chinese officer in fixing a value, then each party shall call two or three nierchants to look at the goods, and the highest price, at which any of the merchants would be willing to pur- chase, shall be assumed as the value of the goods. To tix the tare on any article, such as tea :-if the English merchant cannot agree with the custom-house officer, then each party shall choose so many chests out of every hundred, which being first weighed in gross, shall after- wards be tared, and the average Tare upon these chegts shall be assumed as 18413 399 Hongkong Official Voters the 'Tare upon the whole, and upon this principle shall the Tare be fixed upon all other goods in packages. If there should still be any disputed points which cannoi be settled, the English Merchant may appeal to the Consul, who will communicate the parti- aulars of the case to the Superintendent of Customs, that it may be equitably crranged. Bul the appeal must be inade on the same day, or it will not be regarded. While such points are still open, the Superintendent of Customs will delay to insert the saine in his books, thus a fiording an opportunity that the meriis of the case may be duly tried and siſted. VIII. MANYER OF PAYING THE DUTIE3. It is hereinbefore provided that every English vessel that enters any one of the five ports, shall pay all Duties and Tonnage Dues before she be permitted to depart. The Superintendent of Customs wiii select certain shroffs, or bank. ing establishments, or known stability, to whom he will give licences, au- thorizing them to receive Duties from the English Merchants on behalf of governinent, and the receipt of these shrotis for any moneys paid them shall be considered as a government Voucher. In the paying of these duties different kinds of foreign inoney may be made use of, but as foreign money is not of equal purity with sycee silver, the English Consuls appointed to the different ports will, according to time, place, and circumstances, arrange with the Superintendent of Customs at each, whit coins may be taken in payment, and what per centage may be necessary io makethem equal 10 standard or pure silver. IX. II'EIGHTS AND MEASURES. Sets of balance yards for the weighing of goods, of money weights, and of measures, prepared in exact conforznity to those hitherto in use at the custon- house of Canton, and duly siamped and sealed in proof thereof, will be kept in possession of the Superintendent of Customs, and also at the British Con. bulate, at each of the five Poris, and these shall be the standards by which all duties shall be charged, and all sums paid to government. In case of any dispute arising between British Merchants and Chinese ofiicers of customs regarding the Weights or Measures of goods, reference shail be made to these standards and disputes decided accordingly. X. LIGHTERS OR Carba) BOATS. Whenerer any English merchant shall have to land or discharge cargo, he may hire whatever kind of Lighter or Cargo-boat le pleases, and the sum to be paid for such boat can be settled between the parties themselves without the interference of government. The numier of these baats shall not be limited, nor shall a monopoly of them be granted to any parties. smuggling take place in them, the otienders will oi'course be punished accord- ing to law. Shouid any of these boat people, while engaged in conveying goods for English merchants, fraudulently abscond with the property, the Chinese au- thorities will do their best to apprehend them; but at the same time, the Engl- ish merchants must take every due precaution for the safety of their goods. XI. TRAXSHIPMENT OF GOOps. No English merchant ships may tranship goods without special permission ; should any urgent case happen where transhipment is necessary, the circum- stances must first be submitted to the Consul, who will give a certificate to that effect, and the Superintendent of Customs will then send a special officer to he present at the transhipment. If any one presumes to tranship without such permission being asked for and obtained, the whole of the goods so illicitly transhipped will be confiscated. XII. SUBORDINATE CONSULAR OFFICERS. At any place selected for the anchorage of the English inerchant ships, there may be appointed a subordinate Consular Oficer of approved good con- duct to exercise due control over the seamen and others. He must, exert himself to prevent quarrels between the English seamen and natives, this being of the utmost importance. Should anything of the kind unfortunately take place, he will in like manner do his best to arrange it amicably. When sailors go on shore to walk, officers shall be required to accompany them, and should disturbances take place such officers will be held responsible. The Chinese officers mis not imprde natives from coming alongside the slips. to sell clothes or other necessaries to the sailors living on board If any 400 Journal of Orrurrencrs XIII. DISPUTES BETWEEN BRITISH SUBJECTS AND CHINESE. Whenever a British subject has reason to complain of a Chinese, he must first proceed to the Consulate, and state his grievance. The Consul will thereupon inquire into the merits of the case, and do his utmost to arrange it . amicably. In like manner, if a Chinese have reason to complain of a British subject, he shall no less listen to his complaint and endeavor to settle it in a friendly manner. If an English inerchant have occasion to address the Chi- nese authorities, he shall send such address through the Consul, who will see that the language is becoming; and if otherwise, will direct it to be changed, or will refuse to convey the address. If unfortunately any disputes take place of such a nature that the Consul cannot arrange them amicably, then he shall request the assistance of a Chinese officer that they may together exmine into the merits of the case, and decide it equitably. Regarding the punishment of English criminals, the English Government will enact the laws necessary to attain that end, and the Consul will be empowered to put them in force; and regarding the punishunent of Chinese criininals, these will be tried and punished by their own laws, in the way provided for by the cor- respondence which took place at Nanking after the concluding of the peace. XIV. BRITISH GOVERNMENT CRUZERS ANCHORING WITHIN THE PORTS. An English government cruizer will anchor within each of the five Ports, that the Consul may have the ineans of better restraining sailors and others, and preventing disturbances. But these government cruizers are not to be put on the same footing as merchant vessels, for as they bring no merchandize and do not come to trade, they will of course pay neither dues nor charges. The resident Consul will keep the Superintendent of Customs duly informed of the arrival and departure of such government cruizers, that he may take his measures accordingly. XV. ON THE SECURITY TO BE GIVEN FOR BRITISH MERCHANT VESSELS. It has hitherto been the custom, when an English Vessel entered the Port of Canton, that a Chinese Hong-inerchant stood security for her, and all duties and charges were paid through such Security Merchant. But these security merchants being now done away with, it is understood that the British Consul will henceforth be security for all British merchant ships entering any of the aforesaid five Ports, ART. IX. Journal of Occurrences : departure of lieut.-colonel Malcolm in the steamer Akbar ; Kiying's proclamation; French consulate. The preceding article contains, in the proclamation of the 24th inst. by H. E. vir H. Pottinger, and the other documents, most of the public events of the present month. The steamer Akbar was dispatched on the 31st inst, to Suez, taking lieut-col. Malcolm as bearer of the commercial treaty and tariff lately agreed upon between the British and Chinese plenipotentiaries. H. E. Kiying has published the same in Chinese, under his official seals. He has also issued a proclamation that the ships of other nations are to trade at all the ports on the same terms as the English; this important paper will appear in our next number. French Consulate in China. We have been requested to correct an error we inadvertently made in the number of the Repository for January last, page 18, in giving the list of forcign consuls in China ; we there includ- ed the names of Messrs. Jancigny and Challaye under one bracket as French, though by no means intending to say that there were two French consuls ; for the former is not connected with the French consulate. This at present consists of the following gentlemen. M. le Comte de Ratti-Menton, Consul. Mr. Charles Alex, Challavc, E True consul. ltr. Aina Rivoire, Chancelier. Nr. . .M. (allery, Interpreter to the consulate. TIR CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XII.- AUGUST, 1843. — No. 8. ART. 1. Sailing ilirections to accompany seven charts of the coast of China, between Amoy bay, and the Yungtsz' kiáng. (The following Sailing Directions have been compiled from the surveys of the following officers. In the 30th degree of latitude, comprising the northeast part of the Chu- san Archipelago, bp lieiltenants Milhank and Nolloth of H. M. S. Childers, George Wellesley, commander, in 1843. From Lulusan to Chápú by capt. R. Collinson, C. B., in 1840 and 1842. The islands in the northern face of it by Mr. Johnson, master of H. M. S. Conway, under the direction of captain C. R. Drinkwater Bethune, in 1840. 'That of the 29th degree of latitude, Nimrod sound, by commander, the hon. G. F. Hastings of H. M. S. Harlequin, and licut. Hevitt, I. N. of the H. Co.'s steam vessel Medusa in 1843. The remainder of this chart by captain Collinson. The 28th, 27th, 26th, 25th, and 24th degrecs, showing the outer islands and external dangers, from the surveys of captains Kellet and Collinson of H. M. S. Starling and Plover, in the months of January, February, March, and April, 1843. The latitudes and longitudes are given in degrees, minutes, and decimal parts.] On approaching Amoy, (Hiámun ching, 9 tis) from the southward, Chapel island, called by the Chinese Tungting THE and situated in lat. 24° 10'3 N., and long. 118° 13.5 E., or 9.44 E. of the S.W. point of Kúláng seu e le poti, may be seen from four to five leagues : it has an even surface, is about 200 feet high, and its circumference three cables. It is perforated at its southeast extreme, which shows when ië bears E.N.E. or W.S.W. When in its neighborhood, a pagoda (called Nántái Wúshán * til) will be seen, which is elevated 172:1 fert above thic sea, ud is it food mark for the entrance 1. 402 Ain Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. Between Chapel island and the main are two shoals. The ex- tremes of the Southern one bear from Chapel island S. 60° W. to S. 79° W. The south extreme, having only one fathom on it, is dis- tant 77 miles. The northern extreme, having 31 fathoms, is distant 51 miles ; the direction and extent of the shoal is N.N.E., 34 miles. When on the shoalest part, Chapel island bears N. 60° E., and the island of Nanting a tete N. 63º W. The Northern shoal bears from Chapel island N. 80° W., distant from it 84 miles; it is formed by a number of pinnacle rocks which show at low water spring tides, having deep water between them. Four miles due north of this shoal, with Chapel island bearing S. 60° E., is a small bay called Tingtae, which affords shelter for small vessels in the northern mon- soon; it may be easily known by the flat table head (with three chimneys on it), forming the eastern point of the bay, and the ruin of a wall encompassing a hill above it. The pagoda of Nántái Wú- shán is immediately over this bay, bearing N. 15° W. In entering Amoy harbor, should a vessel pass inside Chapel is- land, she must not approach within a mile of the coast al.er passing Tingtae point. The Chauchat, or Taetseao * , composed of three flat rocks, said never to be entirely covered, but over which the sea breaks, lies N. 22° W., 10.6 miles from Chapel island. When on it, the three chimneys on Wúseu shan island are in line with the Nántái Wúshán pagoda, bearing S. 82° W. By keeping Tae- pant Point open to the eastward of Tsingseu 青​嶼 ​island, (which it will be when bearing N. 55º W.,) it will be avoided. The channel between the rocks and Wúseu shán island is five cables wide, with deep water, but dangerous for ships in consequence of the chowchow water. The passage to the northward and westward of Wúseu shán is dangerous, being strewed with rocks. Wúseu Ya island is 1.2 cables long, and in the centre a cable's length broad.' The northeast and southeast faces of this island are steep cliffs. On its summit (which is about 300 feet high) are three chimneys intended for night signals. There is a large village on the west side of it. Tsingseu island rises precipitately from the sea; between it and Wúseu is a rocky islet with reefs to the west of it. The entrance to the harbor lies between this island and a small island north of it, 60 feet high, called by the Chinese Chihseu (or Yisii) EJ u The shores of both islands facing the passage are steep 10, but one or two rocks lav ope cable southerly from Chihsen. 1 1843. 403 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China Off Chungpat siaou; which is the rocky islet inmediately to the northeast of it, lie two half tide rocks, three to four cables' distant, to avoid which, when standing to the eastward and within half a mile of Chihseu keep the west tangent of that island open of the eastern extreme of Wúseu shán; N.E. by E. from Chihseu are four islands; the two nearest. Tao-sao 大小 ​and Hwangkwa 黄瓜 ​are rather larger tiran it, and be- tween which there are no passages. Seaotán /h + island is about 200 feet high, and between it and Hwangkwa there is a safe chan- nel, which may sometimes be taken with advantage by ships; there- by enabling them to weather the Chauchat without tacking. Between Seuotán 10 and Taetán * f there is also a safe channel. Vessels cannot enter to the northward of Taetán, for between this island and Amoy there is only 11 fathoms. On both of these islands there are three chimneys. From Chihseu (or Yi sü) to the outer harbor off Kúlangseu the course is N. 38° W., 41 miles, with a depth varying from 7 to 12 fathoms. Between Tsing seu and Taepan is a deep bay with many rocks and shoals in it, to avaid which vessels should keep Pagoda island or Kíseu open of Taepan Point. Vessels entering Amoy from the northward, to clear the shoal which extends three miles due south, from the western pagoda on Quemoy & P9, and dries at low water spring tides, must keep the southern extreme of Taetan open to the northward of Pagoda island. With these marks on when the pagoda on Quemoy bears N.N.E., you are clear of the danger; or a better mark is, as Pagoda island may not be seen, after passing Leeo-Loo ** 2 point, to steer to the southward until (Nantái Wúshán or) the high pagoda bears west, when you may steer west without fear until you make Wúseu shan and the Chauchat. The south end of Amoy is a sandy point. with several rocks extend- ing two cables from the shore. Between this point and the next west of it there is a half tide rock, three cables from the shore. From the south point to the remarkable stone on the beach, the three fathom line extends two cables from the shore. The channel between the island of Kúlángseu and Amoy is so nar- row that a stranger would not be justified in passing through it until he had anchored, and made himself acquainted with the marks. A rock at the entrance of this narrow strait, called Coker's rock, with only four feet water on it at low water spring tides, may be avoided by bringing the centre of Hauseu island on with a remark- 104 ÅIC. Sailing Directions for the coast of China able peak, the highest but one on the land behind it. When the rock off the south tangent of Kúlángseu is in line with Pagoda island, and a pinnacle rock off the eastern extreme of Kúlángseu is in with a remarkable Tree point on that island you are on it. From this position a vessel should keep as close to the Amoy shore as the junks anchored off it will allow them. The small island off the City point has deep water close to it; between this island and Hau seu (i. e. Monkey island), is the best anchorage for a ship, having a reef that extends from City point in a N.N.W. direction lying to the northward of her. Vessels cannot anchor in the straits without a great risk of losing their anchors, as the bottom is very rocky and uneven. North of the island of Kúlángseu, there is a pinnacle rock which is nearly covered at spring tides, and distant from the shore three cables, The mud dries between this rock and the island. All the points of Kúlangseu have rocks off them; off the southwest extreme there is a half tide rock, 14 cable from the shore. To the westward of Kúlángseu there is a good and safe anchorage in 7 or 8 fathoms. Close to either shore the water is deep, but in the centre there is a bank with from 7 to 9 fathoms on it. Vessels wishing to anchor off the town, should use this passage, and by keep- ing the rocks off the west extreme of Kúlángseu in line with a re- markable sharp peak on the south shore of the harbor, until the peaked rock off the north end of Kúlangseu bears to the southward of east, she will avoid the mud bank and rocks running off that is- land, and may choose her berth off the city. The channel round the island of Amoy is so narrow and winding thai directions would be useless; the chart is the best guide. Besides the excellent shelter that this harbor affords, the Chinese have docks for building and repairing their largest junks. Fresh water and supplies of every description may also be had of the best quality and cheap. Shelter may be obtained under Quemoy, but the entrance is not well known or sounded yet. N. 74° E. from the Chauchat, and distant sixteen miles, is a small indentation in the coast called Leeo-L00 * bay, where small vessels shelter themselves from the violence of the northeast monsoon, by bringing the south extreme rocky point of Quemoy in line with Nántái Wúshán pagoda, and as close as possible to the point forming the eastern head of the bay, in four fathoms sandy bottom, with fair holding ground. There is a village amongst some trees at the head of the bay, with a fort on a bluff to De Westwäred of it. The land over it is high and easily dis- memshed 1 11: Mwiliny Divridinis ju the rinosi : China E.N.E. five miles from loceo-Liopoint in Dodd's island, called by the Chinese Pakiing Il team; it is distant from the nearest part of Quicmoy 24 miles. There appeared to be no channel between it and the shore. A reef extends some distance to the north of it. N. 35º E., five miles from Dodd's island is the point of Hooe-Tow 2 di bay, in lat. 24° 31' N., and long. 118° 31'.5 E. This bay affords good shelter from northeast winds; it may be easily known by two very remarkable peaks situated in the bottom of the bay. The eastern peak bears from the point N. 45° W. There is shoal in the centre of the bay which extends two or three miles in a W.N.W. direction. This shoal may be avoided by keeping a remarkable hill inland, resembling a dome, open to the southward of the eastern high peak in the depth of the bay. In entering, give the point of the bay a berth of at least three quarters of a mile, for there is a reef running off it, but on which the water generally breaks. The best ancho- rage is off Oyster island, but as vessels do not visit this bay, except for shelter, it would be advisable to anchor just inside the point with it bearing E. by S. or E.S.E. South of Oyster island there is a ledge of sunken rocks, which at low water have only a few feet on them. To avoid these rocks, keep Oyster island to the eastward of north Vessels from the southward, intending to anchor should not stand too far into the bay until it is better known: there are overfalls from 10 to fathoms, and there may be less water. The junks go to Amoy by this passage, and the Chinese say there is water for small vessels, but it must be very intricate. The coast between this and Chimo bay is clear of dangers, and the general soundings are from 12 to 15 fathoms. There is no shelter for vessels, but junks anchor under some of the points. The small Pagoda island off the southeastern point of Chimmo bay is in lat. 24° 42' N., and long. 118° 42' E. This bay inay be known by a pagoda called by the Chinese Kúsiu táh tibetile , on the high- est hill in the northern end of the bay. Although vessels lie here throughout the year, it cannot be called a good anchorage, as it is exposed from E. by N. to S.S.E. Vessels entering this bay from the northward must not approach the land nearer than one mile, as there is a rock which shows at low water, half a mile off shore, on which a vessel called the Fairy struck, and from which it has taken its name. W. by S., 14 cable from the rocky islet off the northern point of The bay, is a ledge of rocks, which uncovers at low water, and on which the sea generally breaks Half a mile to the WNW ofilie 400 Arg. Sailing Directions for the C'vasi of China northern most rocky island off the southeast point are two sunken rocks, to clear which keep a remarkable clump of trees in the depth of the bay on with the right shoulder of the high land in the northwest part of the bay. There are rocks a short way from the beach all round the bay. The best anchorage for vessels is as close up to the northern shore as the water will allow the holding ground is good. There are several very large towns in this bay, and numberless fish- ing boats; supplies may be had and at cheap rates. From Chimmo bay the land stretches away to the eastward as far as 119° 10' E., very much indented, and but little known except to vessels trading to Chinchew (or Tsiuenchau fu) with opium. Ockseu te (or Wúkiú, probably a contraction of Wúkiú sü LI) consists of three islands , the centre one a barren rock, nearly joining the eastern island. The steamer Nemesis anchored under this island. There is a considerable fishing village on it, which is difficult to be seen unless very close. The western island is the largest, and is in lat. 24° 59'.3 N., and long. 119° 25'.5 E. W.N.W., twelve miles, is a group of islands, consisting of one large and four small, with a reef to the northward of them, called Sootzee. These islands were seen from Ockseu but not exanined. N.N.E. 124 miles from Ockseu is the largest of the Lamyit islands, called by the Chinese Chungtung shán. It is 7 miles long in an E.S.E. and W.N.W. direction. The eastern peak is the highest, being 565 feet above the sea; it is in lat. 25° 12'.3 N., and long. 119° 36' E. There is a remarkable table land to the southwestward of it called Powshan. This island is very low and narrow in several places, and has a remarkable conical hill towards its west end. The channel to the westward of it has not been examined. Notwith- standing its barren appearance it is very populous. To the northward of the large Lamyit is a group of small islands (called by the Chinese the 18 Yit); between this group and the large island, there are nnmerous rocks and shoals, rendering the bay per- fectly useless for shipping. N. 81° E., 6 miles from the highest peak of the Lamyet, is an islet called Cap, which is the southeastern of the 18 Yit. Vessels entering the Haetan strait should pass to the eastward of this, and the Double island three miles to the north of it, keeping to the westward of a group called the Reef islands, which bear from the Cap N. 49° E., five miles. N.N.E. four miles from Double island is a remarkable White island with sandy beaches and detached hills; the channel between this and Reef island group is foul, having many rocks in it, but it has not been sufficiently ex- 18.133 407 Nailing Dircrtions for the coast of China. amined. After passing to the westward of Sand island, which has several rocky islets on its northwest face, a pagoda situated on the point of a shoal bay, with the ruins of a town will be seen to the westward. Here vessels will have smooth water, protected from the easterly swell by Three Chimney island, which is the large island immediately to the northward of Sand island. In the centre of the channel between this island and the pagoda, the water is deep. The best anchorage is close under the shore of Haetan, near to Observd- tory island, avoiding a reef to the westward of it, which is nearly covered at high water spring tides. Observatory island is in lat. 25° 25' N., and long. 119° 45' E. The passage to the westward of Haetan has not been examined through, but as far as the examination has gone, the channel has proved narrow, with a great many dangers, of the approach to which the lead gives no warning. A vessel leaving this anchorage bound to the northward must give the south point of Haetan a good berth, as there are several rocks off it. N. 80° E., 51 miles from the Three Chimneys, and S. 65º W., 7 miles from Turnabout island, is a very dangerous shoal. Vessels com- ing from the northward intending to enter the harbor, after passing Turnabout, should steer for Triple island, passing within a mile of it, being very careful not to approach the youth point of Haetan too close. Turnabout island in lat. 26° 26° N., and long. 119° 58'.7 E.; it is distant from the nearest or southeast point of Haetan four miles; it has two small islets in its neighborhood. The channel between it and Haetan is safe. Under the eastern point there were several large junks seen at anchor, and a considerable village. Unless this anchorage gives good shelter, there is no bay on the eastern coast of Haetan that vessels ought to enter, as they are strewed with rocks and shoals. Under the high peak of Haetan, and to the eastward, is a bay that was entered by the surveying vessels Starling and Plover, in a strong northeasterly wind, out of which they were glad to get, and lucky in having escaped getting ashore; but the entrance into it and the anchorage are full of rocks, with a heavy swell when blowing hard. The high peak of Haetan it is in lat 25° 35'.7 N., and long. 119° 51'.3 E., and its elevation above the sea 1420 feet. The north coast and the northern entrance of the straits, as seen from the peak, presented to view many rocks and islands, which would always render the entrance from the northward and the navigation of the 10 Alli Sailing Dirrriions for the coast of (hina. straits extremely dangerous. The White Dog island: bear N. 1 E, 23 miles from the peak of Haetan, The White Dog group, called by the Chinese Pilkiuen të has two large and one smaller island ; 11 mile northeast from the eastern island is a rock on which the sea generally breaks. Ancho- rage for ships of any draught may be had under the western island in the northeast monsoon. A reef of rocks running off from the western extreine of this island, forming a natural breakwater, affords good shelter close under them for vessels under 18 feet draught :- here whole Heets of Chinese junks anchor during foul weather. As the water decreases gradually towards the island, large ships may approach as convenient (keeping in mind that there is 18 feet rise and fall). H. M. ship Cornwallis, vice-admiral sir William Parker, anchored here for five days with strong northeasterly winds, and rode easy. The bearings from her anchorage were as follows; west point of northwest extreine, N. I W.; village, N.N.E.; smallest is- Jand, E. 1 S.; eight fathoms at low water. A large ship ought to approach the island, until the passage be- iween them is shut in by their tangents. One cable off the western point of Village bay on the south side of the western island is a half tide rock. The channel between the islands is safe as the dangers show. The Breakwater is in lat. 25° 58'.1 N., and long. 119° 57' E. The highest peak of the islands is 598 feet above the sea. Fresh water may be obtained here in small quantities. These islands are inhabited by a few fishermen. Vessels bound for the river Mine from the anchorage under the White Dog islands should start with the ebb tide. The entrance bears N 55° W., 8} miles from the Breakwater. When this distance has been run, a good lookout must be kept from the masthead for Rees' rock (a small black rock about 20 feet high) on the southern side of the channel, which will be seen bearing N. 71° W., 41 miles. This will place the vessel about 8 miles from the land. The channel between the breakers is 2 miles across at the entrance, and gradually decreases to half a mile. There is a remarkable sharp peak on the north bank of the river, and a square peak on the south bank nearer than Square peak; and to the south- ward of it, Round island will be seen, and to the southward of that is a sharp sandy peak bearing about S. 68° W. This latter may be mistaken for the sharp peak of the north bank of the river, unless the bearings of the White Dogs group be referred to. Eastward of ihe north hom of the channel is a dangerous rorf 143. Sailing Directions for the coast of China. 109) the which shows only at low water. The bearings on it are, Matsoostian peak, N. 54° E.; Sea Dog, N. 88° E.; W. White Dog peak, S. 454 E.; Sand peak, S. 59° W.; Sharp peak, N. 71° W.; and Rees' rock in line with the south peak of Square Peak island. The best mark to keep to the southward of it, and for entering the channel, is to bring Rees' rock in line with Square peak bearing N. 81° W. There is a small knoll, with 27 fathoms on it at low water, in the centre of passage; it bears S. 86° E., 34 miles from Rees' rock, and the above leading mark will keep you clear of it. Having entered, steer so as to pass one mile north of Rees' rock ; the breakers will show on each side of the channel if it be near low water at the time and there is any swell. Should the breakers show, by skirting the northern shoal a vessel will insure the deepest water. The course from Rees' rock is N. 68° W., on which bearing a re- markable pinnacle rock on the northeast side of Hokeanga is in line with a white battery on the northe:n shore of the Kinpai mun. In going up, keep the two islets called the Brothers on the face of the island of Hokeanga I in one. This will carry you in mid channel until you are abreast of Sharp Peak point, when you can haul up N. 55° W. for Temple point, which is on the north bank of the river, and will be known by the trees on it. In the channel without Rees' rock, the depth of water is generally three fathoms. Between Rees' rock and Sharp Peak point, close to the northern breakers, there is a hole with five and six fathoms, where vessels may stop a tide and find tolerable shelter. Sharp Peak point may be passed within a cable's length. The bay west of it is shoal, and under the peak the two fathom line extends nearly one mile from the shore. The mud also extends southeasterly from Hokeanga ncarly 11 mile;-vessels beating in this passage must therefore keep the lead agoing. Woga fort is a dilapidated circular building on the top of the first hill, on the island west of Sharp peak. The junks laden with timber lie immediately under it, until the whole convoy is collected, some- times amounting to eighty sail. S. 17° W., 34 cables from the Temi- ple, (called Hoktow or Fu-tau ia *-), is a knoll with only 24 fa- thoms on it. Sharp peak seen over the lower part of Woga point will put you on it. From the West Brother the mud extends west- erly one mile; on its northern edge is a patch of rocks, which are covered ai a quarter food. The West Brother bears from it S. 74° E., and the Temple N. 12° E. From the Temple to Kinpai mun is not quite two miles W. by S. VII. NO VIII 410 11.11. Nailing Directions for the Coast of China. There are two islets at the entrance of the passage. Pass between them and keep over towards the south shore to avoid a reef, which lies W. by S. & S. froin the northern islet. The channel is not quite two cables' length wide; and should only be attempted at slack tide, for the chowchow water renders a vessel unmanageable. Two cables to the westward of Kinpai point is the tail of a sand bank, to avoid which, keep the southern shore close on board; the distance between it and the edge of the bank being under two cables. When abreast of the Ferry House, which is 14 mile above Kinpai, and on the right or southern bank, edge over to the other shore, passing Wedge islet at a cable's length Tree point will then be seen on the southern bank. A half tide rock bears N. 9° W., 4cables' length from it. When on it, the Ferry House is in line with Kinpai point. On the northern shore, after passing Wedge islet, are two rocky points extending nearly a cable's length from the embankment. This reach runs S.W. by S., and N.E. by N. At the distance of six miles from Kinpai mun, the river narrows again to 34 cables, the land rising on each side to 1500 and 2000 feet. The town of Min-gan is on the left or northern bank of the river, one mile within the strait. The river continues narrow for three miles, the depth of water being above 12 fathoms, and in some places no bottom at 29 fathoms. Vessels will have some difficulty in getting through this strait with spring tides, unless with a leading wind, in consequence of the chowchow water. Rather more than half a mile above Mingan, and on the same side of the river is an islet crowned with a fort. The banks of the river on each side are steep cliffs with many batteries. At the upper or south end of the gorge, are two islets on the right bank of the river. In going up leave these islands on your larboard hand, passing close to the northern one of the two, to avoid a shoal patch of 11 fathoms, which lies two cables W.N.W. from the island. Having passed this island, keep along the right bank gradually hauling up for the pagoda Ló-sing tah When you have passed the low point of the island on which it is situated, anchor east of it. S. 12° E. from the pagoda, rather more than two cables, is a sunken rock, which shows only at low water spring tides. It is recommended to pass close to the pagoda, if ves- sels intend proceeding up higher, but as the river is only navigable for vessels three quarters of a mile beyond the pagoda, and the chall- and is not only narrow but the tides are stronger, it would be advisa- bole not to yo above it, 1843. 411 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China soon. Above the pagoda, the river turns abruptly to the northwest. The city of Fúchau fú Ta W RF is situated on the left bank of the river, nine miles above the pagoda; the distance to the city (by the river) from the rocks at the entrance is not quite 34 miles. Four miles below the city, the river is staked half way across, and the remainder rendered difficult even for junks to pass, by large piles of stone which are covered at high water. Due north of the Western White Dog is a large island called Matsoo shan TI 144, and between the two, N. 14° E. from the White Dog, is a precipitous black rock, about 60 feet high with reefs about it, called the Sea Dog. Between the Sea Dog and Matsoo shan there are two other reefs, which are never covered. There is also an island off the eastern end of Matsoo shan, with a reef running off its eastern point. Shelter may be had under this island from the northeast monsoon. There is a deep bay on its northwest- ern face, where good shelter may be had from the southwest mon- From the peak of this island, the reef at the entrance of the Min river bears S. 54° W., 74 miles. In the northern, and also in the western sandy bays, fresh water may be obtained. Northeast, three miles from Matsoo shan, is another large island called Changche shan E ME HL, with two very remarkable sharp peaks on it; the highest is elevated above the sea 1030 feet, and in lat. 26° 14' N. and long. 120° 1.7 E. The bay on the south side of this island affords good shelter in the northeast monsoon. Vessels entering from the northward may round the southeastern horn of it close, and anchor within the point in six fathoms. Vessels bound to the river Min should anchor here, as from this anchorage in the northeast monsoon, they may always get to the bar at the precise moment they require it, but from the White Dogs a vessel will barely fetch. After a little intercourse, pilots might also be obtained, as there is a large fishing population on it. The coast inside these islands and north of the Min, (Tinghae to bay) has not been examined; but from Matsoo shan eak several rocks and numerous islands were seen. On the northern face of Changche shan are several small islands, the largest of which bears north 24 miles. There is no safe passage between these islands. N. 61° E. from the southeast point of the same island are three peaked rocł:3, call.! the Trio rocks, about 50 feet above the sea, between which and the point is a safe channel. Care must be taken in approaching these islands from seaward to 412 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. Αις. avoid Alligator island (called Tungsha M); it is due east of Ma- tsoo shan peak 244 miles. From the south extreme of the White Dog island, it bears N. 62° E., 254 miles; it is in lat. 26° 9' N., and long. 120° 25.7 E., about 40 feet above the level of the sea, and is a flat barren rock. N. 56° W., 124 miles from Alligator island, is a small rock, call- ed Larne rock, with one awash two cables to the northward of it. It bears from the high peak of Changche shan N. 80° E., and is dis- tant from it 11 miles. N. 11° E. fron Larne rock, distant 51 miles, is Larne islet; it bears from the high peak of Changche shan N. 58° E., 14 miles. It is about 200 feet high, with large boulders sticking up here and there. Near the summit are three houses, and off its northern and southern ends are ledges of rocks. N. 72° W., 74 miles from Larne island, and bearing from Changche shan peak N. 25° E., 11 miles, is an- other patch of rocks, about 40 feet above the sea. The peak of Tung Yung bears from Larne islet N. 84° E., distant 14 miles, and is the easternmost island on this part of the coast; the highest part of it is in lat. 26° 23:2 N., and long. 120° 31' E., and elevated above the sea 853 feet. Its appearance is level and Aat, topped with steep cliff shores; off its south extreme is a ledge of rocks. There is another island half a mile to the westward of it. They appear however as one, except on a N.E. by N. or S.W. by S. bearing. Under this island there is good anchorage during the northeast monsoon. North, half a mile from the eastern point of the western island, is a sunken rock. Tung Yung has a large village and fishing establishment on its western side. N. 68° W., 20 miles from Tung Yung, is a remarkable Conical island; it has a reef off its northeast point; with this exception the channel between it and the two islands north of it is safe, and two miles wide. West of it, 44 miles, is a large island (Spider island), with good shelter from the northeastern winds on its western side. The highest part of the island is 620 feet above the sea; the other peaks of it are nearly the same height. There is a large village in a bay on the south side of it, and off the southwest point is a reef. On the northeast face of it are 4 islets, and one on the northwest, between which and Spider island there is a half tide rock. To the westward are many islets and rocks. Four miles northeast of Spider island is a large island, with two remarkable cones on its northern end, called Double Peak island; 1843 Suiling Directions for the coast of China it is 31 miles long, and its highest peak 1190 feet high. There is very good anchorage, the best being under its southern point, the two small islands north of Cone island sheltering you from the east- ern swell. Between it and the main, there is a good channel, three miles wide, whose depth varies from 6 to 18 fathoms. The main. land to the westward of this island is high, with very remarkable co- nical peaks, and much indented. Water and a few vegetables may be had here. N.E. by E., 10 miles from Double peak, is a group of islands called Pihseang shan 4 or Tsihsing to the northern one is the largest. There is at its southwest angle, a small bay which would afford shelter to two or three small vessels. This is a Chinese vice-admiral's station; when the surveying vessels visited it, there were three, war junks at anchor in the bay. Between the northern and the southern islands of this group, there is a safe pas- sage, but the bay is thickly studded with fishing stakes. The north- ern island is in lat. 26° 42.5 N., and long. 120° 22.7 E. The southern, which is a detached roeky island, is about 60 feet above the sea, in lat. 26° 32' N. Between this group and the main, the average depth of water is 9 fathoms. Due north, 12 miles from the Pihseang shan group, is a high island called Fuhyaou shan Ti E 14, 1700 feet above the sea, with a good harbor between it and the main ; it is in lat. 26° 56.1 N., and long. 120° 22:6 E. The entrance to the northward is broad and open, the southeastern channel is only one cable wide. Good water is plentiful and easily obtained here. N. 60° E., 5 miles from Fuh- yaou shan, is a group of small islands affording no protection, but having no danger near them. And N. 13° E., 54 miles, is a solitary islet having a reef off its eastern end. The southwestern entrance to Fuhyaou shan harbor will probably be found better than the eastern; it has not however yet been examined. S. 74° E., 10 miles from Fuhyaou shan, and N. 45° E., 15 miles from Pihseang shan, is a very dangerous rock, over which the sea breaks; it is in lat. 26° 53' N., and long 120° 34.3 E. N. 80° E., 16 miles from the eastern point of Fuhyaou shan, there is a small group of islands called Tae shan (i. e. Table hill); the east- ernmost large island (remarkable for its table top) is situated in lat. 26° 59'5 N., and long. 120° 44' E., and is 618 feet above the S. 25° W. from Table island are two rocky is!-ts, about 100 feet high, and which are almost joined. There is bad shelter to be had between the two largest islands, as close (half a cable or less) to sea. Wailing Directions for the roast of China: Ara. ! 1 The Table island as a vessel can with safety go. "There is a passage between the two islands, and to the northeast of the western large islands, there is a most remarkable Mushroom rock, about 260 feet high, and joined to the islands by reefs at low water. There is an indentation on the eastern face of the middle large island, that af- fords shelter to a number of small fishing junks. N. 60° E., 74 miles from Table island, are three small rocky islets, with several rocks awash near them. Three miles to the N.N.W. of these is another rock, about 50 feet above water, and is remark. able from its being cleft in two. To the westward, between this group and the harbor of Pihquan there are also several rocks which only show at low water. From the number of rocks and shoals about these islands, all of which may not yet be discovered, it will be ne- cessary for vessels to approach this part of the coast with great cau- tion, or indeed to avoid it in this latitude altogether. N. 45° W., 14 miles from this group, is the island and harbor of Pihquan 12 29; it is in lat. 27° 9:7 N., and long. 120° 32.6 E., and will afford good shelter in the northeasterly monsoon for vessels drawing 15 feet. Three quarters of a mile west of the south point of Pihquan is a rock nearly level with the water's edge, with a reef that is covered, half a cable's length to the northwest of it. This roadstead is 14 mile broad, and has three fathoms in it. Fresh water may be got in the sandy bay at the foot of the three chimneys on Pihquan. To the westward of the roadsted is the island of Namquan 70 within which is a deep bight, and a walled city. To the northward of it on the main is a most remarkable peak called by the fishermen Pihquan peak. The boundary line of the provinces of Chekiáng and Fukien, passes through Pihquan harbor. N. 35º E., distant 30 miles from the Taeshan group, of islands, the largest of which is called by the Chinese Namke shan 1 HE 14. It consists of one large and fourteen smaller islands ; the large island is 737 feet above the sea, and has a good harbor on its southeastern side in the northeast monsoon, where there is a good watering place. The eastern horn of the harbor is in lat. 27° 26.3 N., and long. 121° 6'6 E. Vessels should not pass between the islets which form the southwest part of the group, as there are mar:y reefs which cover at high water. The westernmost island makes like a cone, and has reefs to the northward. The zouthern islet is a castellated rock, and is distant from the rest of the is a group urolep I wiles, 18.13 110 Sailing Directions for the Coust uj Chinu. W. by S., 24 miles from Namke shan, on the main, is an apparently good harbor, and most probably is that called P'epa shan EE on the Admiralty chart. N.N.E., 10 miles, is a group of islands, the largest of which called Pihke shan e Hage ilt, in lat. 27° 37' N., and long. 121° 12' E. There are four small islets close to it, which protect the anchorage off the southwest end of the island from the easterly swell. Ves- sels should not anchor under these islands unless from necessity, as they have so much better anchorage either to the northward or southward of them. Fresh water may be obtained. There is an extensive fishing establishment on the island. West, 11 miles from Pihke shan, is another group, of one large and four smaller islands. The largest is called Tungpwan shan A e 14 (i. e. Brass-basin I.) Between this group and Pihke shan are five detached islets. The main is distant 15 miles to the westward of Tungpwan shan, the hills rising to 1000 or 1200 feet, with extensive plains between them, which are protected from en- croachment of the sea by embankments. Between it and the main there are two groups of islands, under which a fleet of junks probably from Wanchow foo took shelter during a northeasterly gale. Eight miles, W.N.W. from Pihke shan, are the Tseigh islands, of which there are three, the North Tseigh tl the South Tseigh , and the East Tseigh in the space between which there are clusters of rocks interspersed with reefs which cover at half tide. Vessels cannot go between these groups without great risk, as there may be many rocks not yet laid down. The Tseigh islands form the south extreme of a very large and numerous group of islands; to the northward and westward of these islands, between them and Takew 21, is an excellent ancho- rage, sheltered from all winds, called Bullock's bay. The best en- trance into this bay is to the northward of the T'seigh islands, be- tween them and Pwanpien shan # Here water may be procured, and bullocks of the best description were obtained from the natives, and in any quantity. The harbor may be known by a remarkable conical island, called Coin island, (with three rocks N. 1 W. of it,) which is the northeasternmost of this group, and is in lat. 27° 50' N., and long. 121° 15' E. W.N.W. of Coin island is a flat island with rocks off its southern extreme, and two rocky islets to the westward, between which and Tongtau shan u Here is a safe passage in 8 fathoms, 416 A "G. Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. Tongtau shan, the largest of the group, and forming the northern boundary of Bullock's bay, is 6 miles long and 27 miles at its ex- treme breadth; the feature of its eastern face is high and precipi- tous; between it and Pwanpien shan, there is a junk passage, but it is not available for vessels. North of Tongtau shan, there are two large islands Miaou shan Hf 11 and Chwangpeen shan. The channel between these is shoal, having only 3 fathoms ; Miaou shan and Chwangpeen shan # Te | are separated by a channel, too narrow for a ship. The extent of the two islands together is 9 miles. N. 55º W., 8 miles from Miaou shan, is the entrance of the Wanchow foo . A river, with an island in the mouth of it. The inhabitants of Tongtau shan report that the approach to the entrance is very shallow. S. 65° W., 5 miles from Miaou shan, is a dangerous rocky shoal. We found on approaching the main from Miaou shan that the depth of water decreased at 4 fathoms. To the northward of Miaou shan, are two large islands called Hootow shan El and Laouka shan tl 141, with two small islands between them. The channels between these islands, and between them and the main, have not been examined. Two and a half miles to the southward of Laouka, there are four cliff islets, and half a mile from the south point of it is another islet. The Plover passed be- tween these, and anchored to the westward of a small islet on the southwest side of Laouka; in this bay the water shoals suddenly from 19 to 6 fathoms. N. 75º E., 17 miles from Laouka, is the easternmost island of the next group called Pe shan ki il, in lat. 28° 5²5 N., and long. 121° 31'8 E. It is three miles long from east to west, has three rocks on its northern face, and two islets on its southern. North- west from it is a sugar loaf island, with a small one close to it, and W. by N., 11 mile, is another low level island. Taluk shan t e H is west from Pe shan, 54 miles ; this islands is 771 feet high, and affords good shelter on its western side in 3 to 4 fathoms; its eastern face is a high and precipitous head. Seaoluk shan , E 14 are three islands, 14 mile south of it; between the two the depth of water is 8. fathoms. To the west of Taluk shan, 3 iniles, is Chinke shan PT 1, which has a large and populous town on it. To the north of Taluk shan, 2 miles, is another island, which is also populous. Chinke shan faces a deep hay on the main. IN: Sailing Directivis, for the Coust of China are two Northwest, 24 miles from Taluk shan, is a high conspicuous inountain on the main; the sea washes the foot of it, but the entrance to the sound was not explored. To the westward of Seaoluk shan, distant 6 miles, is Nanpai shan 14, an islet. On the point to the westward of Nanpai shan, there is a large and populous vil- lage. Heachuh shan T H 14, the southernmost island of the Taichow group, bears N. 50° E., 27 miles from Pe shan. N. 45° E., distant 16 miles from Pe shan, is a small island, with a reef running off its southern end, and which is the eastern island of a group; it is in lat. 28° 15'8 N., and long. 121° 44.5 E. Southwest, 2 miles from this island, are four small peaked rocks, with rocks awash between them. West, 21 miles, is the island of Shetung mun TO PG, having many small rocky islets nearly joined to its southern extreme, and a reef to the westward of them. A vessel may get very good shelter under this island, unless the wind is far to the eastward. Between this island and Teacupung muni # 19, islands; the eastern passage of the two is a mile wide, and has 34 fathoms. Northeast of the centre island are 3 small islets, with a reef extending from the east end of the northernmost. To the southward of the roadstead are four islets, the largest of them is called Sanshe shan 4. The channel between them and the main is a mile wide, and has 44 fathoms through it. The point opposite to these islets is called Chinseu shan, and forms the scuth- east horn of a shallow bay, and is connected with the main by en isthmus occasionally overflowed. Through the Teaoupung mun all the coasting trade passes, nnd from the number of towns erected on this barren headl:nd, it would appear that it is a stopping-place for the numerous junks that pass When the Starling anchored in this roadstead, there were nearly 100 sail of junks at anchor. They all weighed together, and passed through the Mun to the northward. North, 6 miles from the easternmost island off the Teaoupung mun, is the island of Chikhok Ti 14, in lat. 28° 22' 4 N., and long. 121° 44.2 E. It is 760 feet above the sea, and bears S. 58° W., from the anchorage at the Taichows. It rises abruptly, and has a most remarkably broad yellow stripe on its southeastern side, forming one of the best leading marks for the coast. There is an islet, 14 mile W.N.W. from it, off the north end of which there is a half tide rock. Westerly from Chikhook is a crooker island, under VOL. VIT. 10. VII 418 AuG. Sailing Direciions for the Coast of China. which there may be shelter, but between the two there is foul ground. East of Chikhok, distant 94 miles, is Heachuh shan, the southern- most island of the Taichow group, in lat. 28° 13.'3 N., and long. 121° 55'2 E. This group extends I miles in a northerly direction from Heachuh shan; it consists of two large and ten smaller islands. Between the two large islands is an excellent harbor, the approaches to which, both from the eastward and westward, are free from danger. The best anchorage will be found southeast of the island, lying off the southwestern extreme of Shang tachin shan E which is the northern large island. The bay to the northward of this is too shoal for anchorage. Between Shang tachin shan and the small island, 13 mile to the N.N.E. of it, there is a safe passage. Several watering places will be found on Shang tachin shan, but the supply from any one of them is not very abundant. The southern large island, called Hea tachin shan Tt14 is the highest, its elevation above the sea being 750 feet. It is well inhabited; a couple of bullocks and other stock were obtained here. There are four islands and two reefs to the southward of it. The southernmost island, or Heachuh shan, has a remarkable finger rock off its south side. The western rock lays S. 22° W., 34 miles from the highest part of Hea tachin shan, and is seen at all times of tide. N. 41° E , 44 cables from the above rock, is a reef that covers at high water; it bears from the peak of Hea tachin shan, S. 20° W., 23 miles. There is a good channel west of the Taichow group, and to the north of Chikhok are numerous islands, many of which are joined by the mud at low water. N. 55º W., distant 7 miles from the northern island of the Tai- chow group, are two islands close together, that will be mistaken for one except on an E.N.E. or W.S.W. bearing. Junks take shelter under the western point in strong northeast winds; off the northeast and northwest points are rocks; a reef also extends off its southeast end. Two and a half miles to the eastward of these is another cliff islet, which is the easternmost of the group. The channel between these islands and the Taichows is free froua ranger. The mainland is distant I iniles from the above islands, and the depth of water between the two is from 6 to :3 fathoms, shoaling gradually towards the coast, which is very low, and at low tides dries a long way off tiom the store, 18133. 419 Suiling Directions for the Coasi of China. North, 10 miles from the northern Taichow, is the easternmost of a large group in lat. 28° 42.2 N., and long 121° 55'1 E., called Tungchuh seu 東​機​随 ​theme with Shelter may be had under it on its south side, but there is always a heavy swel which renders riding there very unpleasant. There are several rocks and islands within two miles of its southern, and three islets on its northern face. There are several large islands lying to the northwest, some of which would no doubt afford good shelter, but they have not yet been examined. Seven miles, west a little southerly from Tungchuh seu, lies the island of Chuh seu 75 lt, with a sharp cone 670 feet above the sea, over its southern point Midway between the two is a cluster of rocks four in number; and S.S.W. from Tungchuh seu are two islets, with detached reefs bearing from it east two cables distant, and N. by W. four cables. On the same bearing from it, 3 miles, are two islets, with a reef off the eastern end of the southernmost. From Chuh seu there is a solitary cone island, S. 60° E., 24 miles. Good anchorage, with a convenient and abundant watering place, will be found under and to the southwestward of the peak of Chuh seu in 6 fathoms, between an island with a reef off its northeast point and Chuh seu. On the peak at the northwest end of Chuh seu is a lookout, and three chimneys, from whence they communi- cate by signals with Taichow foo IN F. The entrance to the river bears S. 88° W., 8 miles from Chuh seu. The inhabitants reported that vessels of 12 feet could not get over the bar except at high water, and that one tide would carry you to the city; the tide rises in the neighborhood from 18 to 20 feet. The channel between Chuh seu and the main appears to be shoal, with several rocks covered at high water. Vessels therefore ought to pass to the eastward of the whole group until the inner channel has been examined. South of Chuh seu, there are several small islets, with safe pas- sages between them. There are several rocks and islands to the northward towards Sanmoon bay, which cannot now be described, not having been sufficiently examined. N. 62° E. from Tungchuh seu, and distant 17 miles, is the Hi- shan E group, consisting of 3 inhabited islands and 8 barren rocks, extending 4 miles in a north and south direction, and 2 miles east and west. The southernmost is the largest, and makes like a saddle. It is 320 feet high, and is in lat. 28° 50.8 N., and long. 122' 14.'4 E. The rocks are steep, with remarkable cliffs. The 4:20 Antis Sailing Directions for the Coust of Chinu. sea has undermined the northernmost one so much that it bears some resemblance to a large mushroom. The inhabitants, who are Fukien men, call the island Ung shan. The depth of water in the vicinity is 20 fathoms; they are too small and tou detached to afford much shelter. The inhabitants are all fishermen, from whom excellent fish may be obtained. There is also a fine stream of water on the island, but it would be difficult to get at it. North from the highest of the Hishan islands, distant 32 miles, is Patahecock 1 the southernmost of the Kewshan 14 group. N. 25° W., distant 22 miles, is Tantow shan 4 or Cape Montague, in lat. 29° 10' N., and long. 122° 2.5 E. It is an island separated from the main by a channel varying from 1 mile to 14 wide. It is 733 feet high, and nearly divided into two parts, the connection being a low shingly isthmus. Four miles to the southward of cape Montague, and nearly attached to the main, is a small islet with a reef off its eastern point. Twelve miles S.S.W. of cape Montague, is Leaming, forming the northern and eastern points of Sanmoon = P9 bay, having a rock off its southwestern end. South of cape Montague, and 3 miles from the coast, are four islets; the southern is 9 miles from the cape, the others are severally 3,5, and 7 miles distant from it, with good passages between them to enter Sanmoon bay. Sanmoon bay will be readily recognized by a most remarkable thumb peak, called by the opium vessels that frequent this bay, Al- bert's peak, and by the Chinese Tafuh tow * ; it is about 800 feet high, and is in lat 29° 5' N., and long. 121° 58.95 E. S. 38° W., 27 miles from Leaming, is Sanche shan Elly or Triple island, the depth between the two being 10 or 11 fathoms. Vessels entering either to stop a tide, or driven in by weather, will find good shelter from the northeast monsoon, to the westward of Leaming. Care however must be taken in standing into this bay, as it shoals suddenly. If the north peak of Leaming is not brought to the southward of east there is no danger; it is all soft mud in the bay. Due west of Leaming, 6 miles, is a conical island, with a reef off its south end. Tafuh tow, or Albert's peak, is situated on an island to the north- ward of this half a mile, but the channel between has many rocks. In the northern extreine of the hay, between Leaming and Albert's peak island, is a small entrance into Sheipoo. 18433. 421 Sailing Directions for the Cowse of China. Having rounded the conical island, St. George's island will be seen, bearing northwest 4 miles. The bay shoals gradually as you approach it, and the anchorage, half a mile south of it in 3 fa- thoms, is secure in northeast winds. There is a well of good water on the island, but it is not easily got at nor plentiful, and vessels in want of water will find it more convenient to anchor to the south- ward and eastward of Albert's peak, where water will be easily ob- tained. The bay to the northward of St. George's island is shoal, and full of rocks; it extends a considerable distance. The isthmus between it and Nimrod sound, or Tseangshan kang is only 7 miles. There is an entrance into Sheipoo, 4 miles to the north of St. George's island, which is frequently used by junks. Westward of St. George's island, 4 nuiles, is a group of islands with many sunken rocks off them. The mainland is distant 3 miles to the westward of this group, and rises immediately from the sea to the height of 900 to 1000 feet, forming a continuous range along the coast. Patahecock bears from Cape Montague, N. 36° E., 151 miles. Vessels bound for Sheipoo roads may pass close to the northward of cape Montague, and run in due west for the two forts which will be seen on the summit of the island forming the entrance to Sheipoo. North of the roadstead are 3 islands. South 3 cables from the east- ern end of the centre island, Wangche shan 14, Bangoa rocks, which always show; there is deep water close to them. To the westward of Bangoa, the water shoals off the centre island to 24 fathoms, 9 cables from the land, to avoid which do not bring the higher fort to the southward of west. Cliff island, or Seao-seao, lies nearly in the centre of the roadstead; anchorage will be found off the northwest end of it in 4 fathoms mud; there is always a considerable swell rolling in with a strong wind. Vessels passing between cape Montague and the main should keep to the eastward of Cliff island, and pass between it and a rock, 7 cables further to the eastward. The deep bay on the western side of cape Montague is shoal, but the southwest point is steep to. A reef of rocks extends from the westward of Cliff island, and the channel between it and the main has only 3 fathoms in it. South of Cliff island is another islet; the ground between is foul. From the roadstead into Sheipoo T Vilj harbor are three en- trances, all of which are very narrow with rapid tides and chowchow water, rendering the navigation dangerous for ships. Two of them are the 4:32 doa. Suiling Directions for the Coast of China. are formed by Tungmun P9, the island on which the forts are situated. The third entrance is 14 mile to the southward of Tung- mun, and is the best of the three. At the entrance to it is a small flat island, with a reef of rocks extending easterly; pass to the northeastward of this island, as there is a reef to the westward between it and the main. The town is situated on the main, forming the north boundary of the harbor; it is walled, but the walls are in a most dilapidated state. The houses and shops are not good. It derives its importance from its being a convenient port for the coasting trade. At high water the harbor has the appearance of a splendid basin; but at low water the mud dries off shore a long distance, giving it the appearance of a river. At the western extreme of the harbor, is a narrow passage into Sanmoon bay, and midway between this passage and the town is a large island. South of this island is another narrow passage into Sanmoon bay. N. 36° E. from the highest part of cape Montague, 74 miles, is a very dangerous wash rock; it is as near as possible half way between Patahecock and the Cape. For the navigation between Cape Montague and Chusan, see captain Collinson's Sailing Directions for the Chusan Archipelago; Chi. Rep. vol. X., pp. 251-278. SAILING DIRECTIONS FOR THE NORTHEAST PART OF THE CHUSAN ARCHIPELAGO. By lieuts. Milbank and Nolloth, H. M. S. Childers, Geo. Wellesley, commander. Vessels bound for Shanghái, and not intending to call at Chusan or Ningpo, should pass to the eastward of the Chusan Archipelago, and make the Barren islands, which are in lat. 30° 43' N., and long. 123° 7' E. From hence the Amherst rocks, at the entrance of the Yangtsz' kiang, bear N. 58° W., 474 miles. The Barren rocks are three in number, about 50 feet high, lying nearly east and west, and are three quarters of a mile in extent. To the southeastward of the eastern rock, is a rock awash distant from it 2 cables, S. 31° W., 203 miles from the Barren rocks, is Leuconna, which appears from the southward as three abrupt and round topped hum- mocks. S. 24° W., 19.8 miles from Leuconna, is Monte Video, or Wong- 1813 4:2: Suiling Directions for the Coust of China. shing shan, in lat. 30° 7.8 N., and long. 122° 46.2 E.; it has a bold and precipitous appearance, and is nearly square. It has a remark- able white cliff, which shows very distinctly when the island bears N.W. by N. N. 74° E., 5 miles from its summit, are four rocks called the Four Sisters; and N. 78° E., 9 miles, are two rocks called the Brothers. There is a safe passage between these rocks and Monte Video, and also between the rocks themselves, the depth varying from 30 to 40 fathoms in the vicinity of these islands. Westerly from Monte Video, is a chain of islands extending to Tae shan, called Fisherman's chain. Vessels passing to the eastward of these islands, and bound to Chusan or Ningpo, should make Monte Video, then pass to the northward of Fisherman's chain, and between it and the large island of Tchinsanna. The Beehive rock in this channel bears from Monte Video, N. 17° W., 144 miles, and from Leuconna, S. 69° W., 123 miles; it is about 35 feet high, with a rock awash 3 cables to the eastward of it, otherwise the depth of water is from 14 to 17 fathoms around it. W. by N. from the Beehive is the large island of Tchinsanna, hav- ing several smaller islands on its eastern and northern faces. The channel between it and Taeshan is 5 miles wide, and safe. Tchin- sanna is 84 miles long from east to west, having good anchorages in both monsoons. Having passed Tchinsanna, vessels will proceed according to the directions given for the Chusan Archipelago, or by those for the passage between Square island and Shanghái. Northward of Tchinsanna is Peenchowa. It has several islands around it, and between it and Tchinsanna; it is next to Tchin- sanna in size, being 6 miles from east to west, and will also afford shelter in either monsoon. Off its northeast point is a rock awash 5 cables distant. The islands of Chintsien shan and Leeseu sa lie to the eastward of Peenchowa, bearing from the Barren islands S. 77° W., 17 miles, and from Leuconna N. 21° W., 18 miles. Between Leuconna and Chintsien shan, is the Childers rock, which does not always show. When on it the peak of Chintsien shan bears N. 9° W., the Bar- ren islands N. 70° E., and Leuconna S. 15° E.; the lead gives no warning of it, the depth being 24 fathoms close to. The two islands of Chintsien shan and Leeleu sa afford very good shelter in both monsoons. The former from the southward appears of an equal height, the latter more rugged, the highest part being at its northeast end. There is fresh water at the castern end of Chin- 1:21 Λι.. Nailing Directions for the Coast of China tsien shan. In the bay on the east side of Leeleu sa, is à rock which only shows at low water spring tides. It lays nearly in the centre of the bay. When on it the highest part of the rock close to the eastern point of the bay is in line with a conical hill over the western point of Chintsien shan. Should vessels be caught at anchor under these islands with a southeasterly wind, they might run through between them, taking care to keep as close as possible to the shore of Leeleu sa, as there is a patch of three fathoms in the centre of the channel, and three wash rocks further to the northward. The bay on the south side of Leeleu sa is smaller than the other, with deep water at the entrance of it; the best anchorage in it is a little to the eastward of a rocky point which juts out in the centre of the bay. Eight miles to the northwest of Chintsien shan is Saddle island, and midway between them is False Saddle, forming the northern boundary of the Chusan Archipelago. The two largest of the north- ern group are saddle shaped, about 800 feet high, and of similar ap- pearance when seen from the eastward. The northernmost island is in lat. 30° 50' N., and long. 122° 41' E. To the southwest of North Sandle are the long and narrow is- lands of Tungluh hwa and Seaoluh hwa, which are scarcely detach- ed. These islands afford anchorage but not so good shelter as under Tchinsanna, where vessels ought to stop, should night or thick wea- ther render doubtful the making of the Amherst rocks, which are distant from the northernmost Saddle island, N. 42° W., 24 miles. Having made and anchored close to the Amherst rocks, follow the di- rections given for entering the Yangtsz' kiáng. * The tides through- out this group are regular, the flood sets northwest, and the ebb southeast SAILING DIRECTIONS FROM CHUSAN TOWARDS CHAPOU. A rock awash at low water spring tides, has been seen about S.S.E., 2 cables from Just-in-the-way. Consequently vessels passing to the southward of that island should be cautious not to approach too close. No other additional information with regard to the sailing directions between Chusan and Chinhái has been ascertained. The Blonde rock, which shows itself at low water, is three quarters of a mile to the northward of the Deadman. The reef off the south end of Silver island, and a 2ą fathoms' patch to the S.S.W. of Square Ser Chinese Repository, vol. X., pages 383–387. is 1:3. 425 Sunling Directions from Chinhú to Chapa island, have already been noticed by captaiti Bethune, in the sailing directions issued to the fleet. The following remarks are therefore expressly intended for vessels navigating between Chinhái and Chápu, and Chinhái and Shanghái. Chi nhá i to Chápu. N. by W., 3} miles from Square island, is a middle ground, having 2 to 3 fathoms on it. Vessels therefore should approach the Kin- i ang shore which is steep to; if bcating through this passage, they ought not to bring Square island to the eastward of south. There is a passage inside, and to the westward of this middle ground, which vessels of 15 feet draught may use; but it is recom- mended not to do so, as the mud dries off the Chinhái shore three quarters of a mile, and the water shoals suddenly. When standing along this shore, it group of small islands (the largest of which was called by capt. Giffard of the Cruizer Friendly island,) lies three quar- ters of a mile off shore, and distant from Chinhái citadel 74 miles, under which junks frequently anchor for shelter. Four miles further to the northwest is a high bluff head, forming the southern extreme of Hangchau fú bay, and called Friendly bluff. This will form a re- markable object throughout the navigation of this part of the Archi- pelago. N. & W., 15 miles from Square island, is North island, being the easternmost and largest island of the first group of islands in this direction. It is cultivated, and about 216 feet high, and three quar- ters of a mile in extent from east to west. Close to it the water deepens suddenly to 26 and 32 fathoms. The holding ground is good, but it is too small to afford shelter in strong breezes. North from it is a small rock that always shows. W. 4 N. is the nearest island of the same group, distant 3.7 miles, with a safe pas- sage between them. The islets west of this are called the Seven Sisters, tsih tsz' mei + Hik; the navigation in their vicinity is dangerous, having many reefs round and between theni. Leaving North island to the westward, the easternmost and high- est of the Seshan group will be seen; it bears north 18 miles from North island. A vessel beating up between these islands should not bring the high Seshan to the eastward of north, until within 3 miles of it, for there was found a 3fathoms' patch with the island bearing N. by E. The Seshan islands form :3 distinct groups, the easterii- most having one large and five smaller islands with rocks. There is a safe passage between them and the main, which is very low, and contimes so 10 Chapií iz VO. II. 430 Aur Sailing Doctions from Chinhur li Chupi. The middle group lies 6 miles to the W.N.W. of the easterii, and consists of one large and several small islets, the southernmost of which is low and rugged with reefs round it. There is a safe pas- sage between this group and the main. The western group consists of two islands, 113 miles to the north- west of the middle group; the largest is about 700 feet high, and lias no passage between it and the main. Having made the Eastern Seshan, pass to the northward or southward of it as convenient,-if to the southward within 3 miles. Steering westerly from this, pass within 2 miles of the middle group, from which in clear weather, the high land of Chápu, bearing west 23 miles, may be seen; also the Fog islands, a group of low rocky islets bearing S. 75º W., 14 miles. Vessels are recommended to keep well to the northward of the Fog islands in approaching Chápú, as by this they will insure a depth of 5 and 6 fathoms, and also if a heavy breeze from the northward come on, can get shelter under the northern shores. Chápú f ili city is situated on the western face of the hills forming the castern point of Chápú bay; from this the land is low, rising again into hills at the distance of 8 miles. The mud runs off a long way from the low land between these hills, whose tops are crowned with buildings. One of the islands also has a large white joss house on it. Pass close to the point of the southern island within half a mile or less, then steer for the town, or the termination of the group of hills, and let go your anchor in 7 fathoms. You will then be about half a mile from the high land to the northeast of the town. The anchorage is sheltered from E.N.E. to S.S.W. round by north. At the spring tides the velocity is 5 knots, and the rise and fall 25 feet. About 4 miles south of the southern island off Chápú is a shoal, on which the Plover tacked in 3 fathoms, and there is probably less water. Should vessels find themselves setting to the southward of this they must anchor. Seven miles southwest from Chápú, during a stay of three days, the night tide rose 30 feet, and its velocity was 71 knots; while at the Fog islands, 10 miles to the southeastward, the rise and fall was 17 feet, and the velocity 4.4 knots: showing a rapid increase in rise and velocity as you enter the estuary of the Tsientang river leading to Hlángchau fú. The steamer Phlegeihon, with captain Collinson on board, recon- roitering and endeavoring to find a channel 10 lángchau fü, ex- 18.13 Sailing Dierws from Nature Island in Shanghui. perienced a lide of 114 knots; at this time he was distant from the high land of Chápu, 19 miles, and two from the shore. On a second trial at the dead of the neap, the Phlegethon had the tide running 54 knots at nearly the same place. In traversing the river from side to side, which is at this point about 15 miles wide, there was no con. tinuous channel found, although some deep spots. When the Phlege- thon was exposed to the above tide, she had an anchor down with a whole cable, (having previously lost an anchor and cable, when she endeavored to bring up,) was under her full power of steam, with sails set, and was still driving. After having given an account of this tide, it will hardly be neces- sary to say more, to impress on the minds of men navigating through the bay of Hángchau, how necessary it will be for them to pay par- ticular attention to the set of their ships. This bay cannot and ought not to be navigated at night. The rapidity of the flood setting into this bay was the cause of the loss of the Kite, transport, in 1840. Square Island to Shanghái. N. 76° E., 9 miles from North island, and N. 45º W., 34 miles from Broken island, is situated a small group of islands, between which and North island, there is a good channel, and the group it- self may be approached as convenient. N. 50° E. from North island, distant 94 miles, is the northwest- ernmost islet of a group called the Volcanoes; it has a reef north of it; on the highest island, there is a most remarkable conical peak. The channel between this and North island is safe, if it be kept in mind that you are not to bring East Seshan to the eastward of north. There are several islands between this group and Tae- shan, but they have not been examined. Continuing on to the northeastward, the high land of the Rugged islands will soon be seen. The southwestern horn of this group bears from North island, N. 33° E., 24 miles, and from East Seshan N. 86° E., thirteen miles. There is excellent shelter between the southwest and northwest horns of this group during the southwest The whole fleet anchored here in the month of June, before proceeding up the Yangtsz' kiáng. During the northeastern monsoon, vessels will find good shelter to the southwest of the whole group, but the ground has not been tho- roughly examined between it and Taeshan. The whole space be- tween the Rugged, East Seslian, Volcanoes, and North islands, is sale, having it depth of frown 6 to 7 farbonis monsoon. 123 duc. Suiling Dirertions trein Square 1. 1o Shánghui. N. 33° E., 34 miles from the northern horn of the Rugged islands, is a small islet with several rocks to the northwest of it, called the Hen and Chickens; and from the same horn Gutzlaff island bears N. 43° E., 12 miles. Leaving the Rugged islands, a vessel may pass on either side of the Hen and Chickens in 6 and 7 fathoms. Be- tween the Hen and Gutzlaff islands there is also a safe passage with 6 or 7 fathoms. Vessels may pass on either side of Gutzlaff island, but if to the westward of it, it must be very close. It is recommend- ed to pass to the eastward of it, and then steer N. 25° E. for the Amherst rocks, which are distant from Gutzlaff island 24 miles, taking care to keep Gutzlaff island on that bearing; for if the wind is light and it is flood tide, a vessel will be set into the bay of Hángchau fú. Vessels of light draught may navigate the Yángtsz' kiáng with ease and safety, but it will be necessary for vessels above 18 feet to make the Amherst rocks, (which are 20 feet above the sea, and in lat. 31° 9.3 N., and long. 122° 23/6 E.,) and to have beacons placed for them to sail by. Leaving the Amherst at a quarter ebb, a vessel will carry the flood to Wúsung if there is any wind. The following courses will insure deep water. From the Amherst rocks S. 72º W., 141 miles, but care must be taken that the vessel really makes good this course, and that the flood tide does not sweep her to the northward of that bearing, which is given to clear the Ariadne rocks. The sea breaks on the Ariadne rocks in strong winds, and the lowest tides. The bearings from these rocks are, Amherst N. 77° E., 74 miles; Shau-e-shan, N.; Gutzlaff, S. 9° W. After passing the Ariadne, should the northeast break or ripple be seen, it will be the best leading mark, for the deepest water is close to the bank. The course along it will be about N.W. W.; ; it bears from Shau-e-shan S. 30° W., and is distant from the Amherst rocks, 16 miles. If it is not seen, having run the first course and dis- tance, a course N. 61º W. will take a vessel in mid channel to Wúsung; but as the strength and set of the tides will materially affect the ship's course, vessels are recommended to use the ground log, both for course and distance. Having run 24 miles on the second course, approach the low west- ern land to one mile; at this time a clump of trees making like three will be seen; keep this distance from the bank until a remarkable high tren is seen (if it is clear). At the same time will be seen lahan point, which is the sharp angle of an embankment; when 13.133. 4.29 Sailing Directions for the Tuhiah up to Vingp within a mile of the High Tree point, increase your distance from the shore, and do not bring Paoushan point to the northward of W. by N. * N. The best anchorage off Wúsung will be Bush island, N.W.by W., and Wúsung village joss pole, s. 41° W., in 8 fathoms. The leading mark into Wúsung is the joss poles at the village, S. 41° W. But the best leading mark will be for a vessel at anchor in the above position, to place one of her boats for a beacon. When the low point below the embankment shows clear of Paoushan point, close the western or Wúsung shore to half a cable, where there is good anchorage. Proceeding from Wúsung to Shanghái, keep the western or left bank on board until you open the second creek on the opposite shore, which will be a mile above the village; then cross over and keep the eastern shore close on board, the channel being in some places scarcely a cable wide. Should the flood run strong, laul over as soon as you have rounded the low point opposite the village. The narrowest part is opposite to a low point on the western shore above the batteries. The bank here forms a point, with a remark- able bushy tree on it; it is 73 miles by the river from Wúsung village. Having passed this point keep in mid channel Before arriving at the town, which is 51 miles above it, the river takes a sudden turn to the southward, and the western or right shore again becomes the deep side. The mud extends nearly a cable from the point at the turning : between it and the town shore, there is a deep hole, with 12 and 18 fathoms, but off the town there is 31 and 4 fathoms. SAVING DIRECTIONS FOR THE TAHTAH OR ENTRANCE TO NINGPO, Ву tuin Collinson, C. B. T'he Tahiah L river, or entrance entrance to the Yungkiáng T., is entered by three passages (formed by the islets called the Triangles in Thornton's old charts of 1703) all of which are difficult. The first danger in the southern channel, is a rock which is cover- ed at half tide, lying N. 70“ E., 24 cables from the summit of the eastern Triangle, or Tayew shan. If the inner Triangle, or Passage island, is kept open of the south point of the outer one this danger will be avoided. Ilaing passed the east point of the outer Triangle, keep it and the 4:30 Aug, Sailing Directions for the Tahiah up to Ningpo. middle Triangle close on board, to avoid a sunken rock with 8 feet on it, which lays in mid channel, and to the southward of the latter. When on the reef, a small island, 8 miles to the west of Chinhái, is. in line with the extreme of the high bluff land beyond it. Then steer to pass half a cable east of the inner Triangle. Then steer for the foot of the joss house hill at Chinhái, taking care that the tide does not set you over to the eastern shore, the water shoaling to 2 fathoms, five cables from that side. The second passage or that between the middle and inner Trian- gle is perhaps the best of the three. A mud spit extends westerly from the middle Triangle 14 cable, which will be avoided by keep- ing the joss house on the hill, open of the west point of the inner Triangle; pass as before a cable to the eastward of the latter, which must not be approached nearer than half, or receded from further than 13 cable. The channel between the inner Triangle, and the Joss house point, has only 2 fathoms water; it is however the broadest, and best for vessels of light draught. The only danger in it is the Tiger's tail reef, which lays rather more than I cable, N. 40° W. from the high- est part of the inner Triangle. The marks for the Tiger's tail rocks are Hoowu tsiao, or the little peaked islet at the south end of the stakes in line with river hill, and also the southeast foot of the Joss- house hill in line with the first cone. The Joss-house point is steep to, and vessels will find good shelter under the fort. The river is staked across at the entrance, under the Joss-house hill, and there are sunken junks on each side of the opening through them. Ningpois 114 miles from Chinhái, by the river which is nearly strait, the reaches all lying to the southward of west, except one which is short. There are no dangers; the depth in mid chan- nel varies from 5 to 24 fathoms. Vessels therefore drawing more than 13 feet should wait for half flood. The average width of the river is two cables. At the city, the river separates into two branches, one taking a northwest, the other a S. by W. direction. The latter is barely a cable wide, and is crossed by a bridge of boats one quarter of a mile above the junction. A spit extends from each point at the entrance to the former, and has a depth of from 21 to 6 fathoms. 181:3 .131 Suiling Directions for the Cruist of (liinide TAB UL AR LIST Of places in the Sailing Directions, of which the latitude and longitude are ascertaincd. Thie list commences at the extreme south, and the places are given nearly according to their latitude proceeding northward. Chinese characters. Pronunciation in court dialect. Pronunciation in Fukien. North East Latitude. Longitude. Place. Spot. Chapel island Tungting Wuitau Point 1100-f row bay Chimno hay Ockseu I. 東 ​it 開頭 ​Pagoda 姑嫂​塔 ​High part W. I. HE Western peak Tongteng Hdétou Kóusd táp Oʻuk’jú Kúsáutáh Wúkiú Chungtung sáu Samyet L. Double island 24° 10.'3 24° 31' 24° 42' 24° 59.3 25° 12.3 25° 15.8 25° 22.2 25° 22.'1 25° 23. 1 25° 26' 25° 35.7 25° 45.4 25° 58'1 26° 05' 118° 13.5 118° 31.5 118° 42' 119° 25.55 119° 36' 119° 42.3 119° 41.9 119° 45.3 119° 51.'5 119° 58.17 119° 51.3 119° 50.8 119' 57.76 Pagoda Three Chimneys South reef Turnabout I. Summit, 639 feet 牛山 ​Niú shán Highest part Peak, 1420 feet Ngiá bán Kwun sán Kiun shán Haetan Nortli rock Pe-kiuen White Dogs Breakwater City * TE W RF Pek-k'in Hokchiú hú Fuchau fú 119° 20,'6 Foochow foo 73:1 Aloi. Sailing Directions for the coast of China. PLACE. SPOT, CHINESE COURT DIALECT. _FUKIEN DIALECT. LATITUDE LONGITUDE. Foochow foo 羅​星​塔 ​福​斗 ​Losing tah 119° 29' 1 Pagoda Temple Sharp P., 586 ft. do. Löséng táp Hoktóu 25° 59.6 26° 08.7 Futau 119° 39.3 do. 26° 08.3 119° 42:4 Outer reefs 26° 05' 119° 51'1 26° 05.2 120° 04' Mátsú shání Máchóu sán Tiảngkí sát Tongse 26° 09:2 26° 14' Changkí shán 119° 58'2 120° 01.8 120° 25.7 Tungsha 26° 09' 26° 15.8 120° 14/1 26° 21.3 Sea Dog Matsoo shan Summit 馬祖​山 ​Changche sán do. 長​岐山 ​Alligator island 東​沙 ​Larne rock Larne islet Highest part Yungtseigh do. 853 ft. 東​永 ​Spider peak Cone I. Double peak Pihseang shan Peak EX High I. Summit, 1700 ft. The Taeshan group Highest part 臺山 ​Sunken rocks between Pihquan and 'Taeshan. 120° 14.8 Tungyung Tong-éng 26° 23'2 26° 30.²6 120° 31'2 120° 04/2 120° 10' 26° 30' The paps 120° 11,'2 26° 36'1 26° 42:4 Piheiáng sáu Fuhyáu shán Táishán PoksOlg sán Hokysu sán Táisan 26° 56.'1 26° 59:2 27° 02.4 120° 22,'7 120° 22/6 120° 43.8 120° 38.6 1843. E:F Sailing Directions for the Coast of China Pokkwán Pekwán 27° 09.'7 27° 03. 5 27° 05.'6 120° 32. 6 120° 51.77 120° 49:4 121° 06.'6 VOL XII. NO. VIII Intensity group Nánkí shán Pekí shán Pihquan Three chimney |北​關 ​Rocks north Eastern of Taishán Northern Observatory 1. South islet Eastern islet Cone islet, Nanke shani Highest part 南​岐山 ​Pihke shan do. HE HELP Wanchow foo Entrance to R. 州府 ​Half tide rocks W.S.W. of Miáushan Miaoushan Highest pt., 737 ft £ Hif 14 Tongtau shan 洞頭​山 ​Coin island 183 feet Laouka Peak Taluk shan Summit, 771 ft. do. East islet off Teavupang mun Chikhok Summit, 761 ft. AH .5.5 27° 26.3 27° 20.3 27° 27'6 27° 27.3 Lámkí sản 27° 27'2 Pokkí sản 27° 3.3 Wunchiú hú 27° 57.5 27° 48.4 Bíãáu sán 27° 51.'6 Tongtóu sán 27° 48' 27° 50' Kiúkí sản 27° 59'2 Tailok sản 23° 06' 28° 05.5 28° 15.9 Chekkok sán | 28° 224 Wanchau fú 120° 51.'2 121° 08' 120° 57'6 121° 03.3 121° 12.3 120° 52' 120° 56.3 121°02.5 121° 07:4 121° 15' 121° 10.8 121° 24.4 121° 31.8 121° 44.6 121° 44.2 Wiyáu shán Tungtau shán East point Kiúkí shán 九大​披 ​FE Táluh shán Píshán P' sán Pesan Tsihku shan 434 AUG Sailing Directions for the Coast of China PLACE. SPOT. CHINESE COURT DIALECT. FUKIEN DIALECT. LATITUDE LONGITUDE. 121° 55.3 Taichow group 121° 53.7 121° 54'4 121° 55.9 121° 36.9 Heachu shan Finger ruck 下​竹山 ​Hiachu shan Hetiok sản 28° 23' liea tachin shan Highest part FX VR L | Hiá táchin shan | Hà táitin sán 28° 2672 Shangtachin shan do. E Ek B - Sháng táchin shan Siáng táitin sán| 28° 289 Northern islet 28° 31.'8 Taichow foo Entrance to river ! Taichau fú Taichiú hú 28° 39'1 Chuhiseu Highest part 竹​嶼 ​Chuh su Tiok si 28° 40.5 Tungchu seu do. 東​機​山 ​Tungkí shán Tongkí sán 28° 42'2 High part of So. I. 28° 50.8 Northern islet Heshán Hek sản 28° 55.'2 St. George's 1. Bay on south side) 29° 06.2 Taruh tow 大佛​頭 ​Táfuh tau Táihut tou 29° 05.'8 Leaming Peak 29° 02.'1 Islets of Sanmoon Easternmost 29° 01'1 Sheipoo City To Shipú Sekpou 29° 12:8 Cape Montague Highest part, 738 TL Tántáu shán Tantóu sán 29° 10' Monte Video Summit 30° 07.8 Barren island 30° 43' North Saddle I. 30° 50. 121° 47.4 121° 55.'1 122° 14.4 122° 16.8 Hishan groilip 121° 53.9 121° 58'6 121° 55.7 122° 02.3 121° 57.'1 122° 02.5 122° 46.'2 123° 07' 122° 41 18.13 1:37 Topographical Notices of Hongkong ART. II. Notices of Hongkong: shape and circunference of the island; names of places, distances, foc. ACCORDING to the terms laid down in the Royal Charter, the island of Hongkong and its dependencies are situated between lat. 22° 9' and 22° 21' N., and in long. 114° 18' east from the meridian of Greenwich. The island formerly belonged to # Sin'in hien, the district of Sin’án, or Sanón. It lies opposite to the Kiú-lung or Kaulung, on the main, the extreme southern point of which is * ; men Tsien-sh í tsui, or Tsim-shá tsui. The name Hiáng-kiáng or Hongkong—“ Fragrant Streams,” is the proper name of one of the small streams on the south side of the island, and by foreigners has been given to the whole island. Its waters have been surveyed by sir Edward Belcher, and a chart drawn delineating the exact shape of the entire coast. Were the neck of land that lies south of Chikchü cut off and transferred to the bay of Táit m, so as to fill it up, the shape of the island would then be like a right-angled triangle, the right angle being at the northeast. The northern and eastern sides of the island, the one eight miles and the other five, would form the base and perpendicular of the triangle; and a third line, stretching from the northwest to the southeast, would make the hypotenuse. The sailing distance round the island is twenty-six and eighty-five hundredths (2685) miles; but if one should follow the line of coast, the distance would be increased one third or one half. The longest line from the northwest to the south- east is nine miles. The whole of the island consists of hills and ridges, intersected by many vallies and dells, abounding with springs and rivulets of excellent water. The following are the principal places known to the Chinese. We give their own characters, and the sounds in both the common language and in the Canton Dialect. Common (court) Dialect. Canton Divect 1. ĐI HÀ LA Ngung-tau Shán, 2. E Sháng án, 3. P1 Chung Wán, 4. FI Hiá Wán, 5. WE W * Kiun-tái Lú, Ngang-tau shún. Sháng tám. Chung cán. Ηά μάη. . loan-túi lú, 436 Topographical Notices of Hongkong. Aug. 6. à ? | Hwang-ní Chung, Wong-nai chung 7. til Sau-kán Pú, So-kón pú. 8. Tang-lung Chau, Tang-lung chau. 9. KI + Hung-hiáng Lú, Hung-héng lú. 10. LH 0 P3 Ki-cháh Mun, Kai-cháp múm. 11. 6 7 8 Shau-kí Wán, Shau-kí toán. 12. Chái Wán, Chái toán. 13. P9 Li-yü Mun, I - Vũ mún. 14. *T & Tá-lány Kióh, Tá-long kók. 15. T 8 M Ta-láng Wán, Tá-lóng toi. 16. THE Sí Wán, Sai wun. 17. Tom Shi'áu, Shik ò. 18. LÝ 6 V Sán-shi Wán, Sán-shik toán. 19. 雙 ​Shwáng Chú Shéung chü. 20. WE SẼ P3 Shoáng-chú Mun, Shéung-chü mún. 21. k g Hi Ta-tán Táu, Túi-tám tau. 22. * Tá-tan, Tái tám. (Tytam.) 23. Ng k g Lán-chái Kioh, Lán-chái A6%. 24. # E Chi Chú, Chik chü. 25. 3 8k B Chung-kán Kióh, Chung-hóm kók. 26. K Tsien-shúi Wan, Tsim-shui rán. 27. k 1 Shin-shúi Wán, Sham-shun tán. 28. ## Hiang Kiang, Héung-kóng. 29. [ # Shi-pái Wán, Shºk-pái dán. 30. * Ta-shú Wán, , Tái-shia tán. 31. that for Má-liku Hó, Má-liú ho. 32. * B t Tá-kau Wán, Tái han đán. 33. A l HH Kang-shán Tau, Kang-shán tau. 34. C # B (-liu Wán, 0-1 trán. 35. i + BỂ Sin-án Hien, San-on ün. 36. * Tsien-shá Tsúi, Tsím-sha tsui. 37. t R Kiú-lung Sin, Kau-lung sun 1843 137 Topographical Votices of Hongkong. Mái tóng. Má kóng 38. Nan Táng, 39. Lộ Clau, Ló thang, 40. FM Má Kány, 41. 114 Tsing Chau, Tsing chau. 42. F G H Há- ái L, Há áp lí. 43. E P Siáng.váh L, Sung-áp lí. 44. 19 Tsing Chau, Tsing chau. 45. * Mau Tah, Mau tát. 46. 6 tỷ H Hwang-chu Kió, Wong-chuk kók. 47. Shi-pái War, Shik-fái ván. 48. DT Yuen-kióh Tau, Yün-kók tau. 49. Sin W án, Shain uán. 50. B Yuen Kishi, Yün kók. 51. Ta Y VỀ Nan-yah Wí, Nán-á mi. 52. * EE Ta-wán Ti, Túi-dán tai. 53. Pú-lú Tsui, Pò-lú tsui. 54. Yung-shú Wán, Yung-shü : án. 55. i Pe-kióh Tail, Pak-kók tau. 56. Vk k t Se-kú W'an, Sak-kú ván. 57. WH Kiáu-í Chall, Sáu-1 chat. Table of distances around the island of Hongkong. From No. 57 to No. 8 Green island (Kiau-ichau) to Kellet's Island (Tanglung chau), is - 4.0 miles 8 to 11 Shauki wan 1.7 11 to 13 Líyü mun 1.4 13 to 17 Shi-áu 1.9 17 to 18 Sánshi wán 2.0 18 to 19 Shwáng chu 1.6 19 to 23 Lanchai kish 1.6 23 to 49 Shin wán 2.1 49 to 42 Hiayah 11 1.6 42 to 30 Tashú ván 2.1 30 to 57 Green island 2.4 >> 1 9 23.4 miles The above are geographical miles of 2035 yards each: the island therefore is 26.85 English miles in circumference 438 Arg. Charitable Institutions in Hong Kong. ART. III. Religious and charitable institutions in Hongkong. churches, chapels, schools, colleges, hospitals, fc. Now that Hongkong has become a colony of Great Britain, it ought to imitate and emulate the Queen of Isles, and exhibit a pic- ture of all that is truly good and worthy of commendation. The future character of the colony must depend-in no small degree, under God on the powers that be,' its rulers ; 'for they are God's ministers,' ordained of him to execute wrath upon those that do evil, and to encourage those that do good. As Christian rulers, charged with the government of this new settlement, they hold a very weighty trust; aud their administration will have a powerful bear- ing, not only on this colony, but on all the states and kingdoms of the East. Since things are thus, they have, if we rightly judge, a strong claim to all the support and encouragement which can possi- bly be given by those whom they govern. Moreover, it ought never to be forgotten, by Christian residents especially, that not only are respect and obedience due to these rulers, but that for them they ought daily to offer “supplications, prayers, and intercessions,' to this end, that we may lead a quiet and peaceful life in all godliness and honesty.' To this point-duty to rulers—we beg to call, for a moment, the attention of our readers. Much blame has been cast upon the au- thorities, very unjustly we think, for the evils that have existed here. For the improvements made, and for the securities and immunities enjoyed under their auspices, there is abundant cause for grateful acknowledgements. Having had almost daily opportunity, during the whole of the last twelve months, of observing the conduct and character of both the rulers and the ruled, must say that the latter have far less cause of complaint than the former. Right- eousness exalteth a nation. Let godliness and honesty be main- tained, and both the government and the people will be safe and prosperous. On the contrary, if they be not maintained-if the Divine code be not respected and wholesome laws be not executed, all civil society must deteriorate, and all prosperity and security come to an end. We are not ignorant of the malversations of ‘lying natives;' yet dark as their conduct is, its turpitude has been far exceeded by the irreligious and wicked conduct of some who are called Christians. Irreligion and lawlessness usually go hand in 18133 139 Charituble Institutions in Hongkong. hand. When men have ceased to fear God, they will soon cease to regard man. Under a Christian government, those who are careful to keep the Divine laws, will not be likely ever to dishonor any hu- man authority. God's laws are all supreme as well as good, and he who violates them does harm to society, and merits reproof as an injurious person. Religious and charitable institutions, conducted according to Christian principles, will do much to combat and remove evils and mitigate suffering of all kinds. To institutions of this kind we shall always be anxious to draw the attention of our readers. Chief and first of all ought to be maintained the sacredness of the Lord's day. The Former of our bodies, the Father of our spirits, surely knows far better than we do what is most needful for his children. He, the King of kings, the Lord of lords hath declared to us, by his son, sent from heaven, that 'the Sabbath was made for man.' He, Je- hovah, God of hosts, hath declared “Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work; but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God: in it thou shalt not do any work, thon, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy man-servant, nor thy maid-servant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day: wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it.” By this declaration one thing is made indisputably clear, namely, that no work is to be done on the Lord's day, which must be kept holy. The sacredness of the Lord's day cannot be infringed with impunity. God will not hold him guiltless that profaneth it. Eight hundred years subsequent to the promulgation of this decree--or- daining a season of rest both for man and for beast, the prophet Isaiah thus wrote, upon the same subject. “ If thou turn away thy foot from (worldly business on} the Sabbath, “From doing thy pleasure on my holy day; “ And call the Sabbath a delight, "The holy of the Lord, honorable ; “ And shall honor it, not doing thine own ways, “Nor finding thine own pleasure, nor speaking thine own words : “Then shalt thou delight thyself in the Lord; “And I will cause thee to ride upon the high places of the earth, “And feed thee with the heritage of Jacob thy father – "For the mouth of Jehovah hath spoken it." Again, seven hundred years later, when learned men would make void the law by their traditions, the Son of God declared that no part 410 Aug, Charitable Institutions in Hongkong 1 of the law or the prophets sliould fail. Instead of breaking down the moral law, he would carry its binding power to the most secret thoughts of the heart. So far as we can understand the meaning of words, and the force of law, all men are forbidden, by Jehovah him- self, from doing any work on the Sabbath—and forbidden, for the best of all reasons, because that day is needed for holy and spiritual purposes, connected most intimately with man's present and everlast- ing well-being. Churches and chapels, with able preachers appointed for the mi- nistration of the word, will help to promote and maintain the sacred- ness of the Sabbath. Besides the Roman Catholic church and the Baptist chapel, which we have before noticed, there is a temporary building, in which divine service has been performed, for several months past, by the chaplains of H. B. M.'s navy. The Rev. Mr. Stanton—who suffered imprisonment under commissioner Lin's ad- ministration has been appointed colonial chaplain in Hongkong, where he is expected to arrive in October next. A site, we believe, has been selected for a new church, for which funds, to a consider- able amount, have been provided. A chaplain is much needed for the seamen in Hongkong. This place will have more advantages, and fewer difficulties than Whampoa, for such a chaplain. Could there be also a colonial chaplain, apart from the one appointed by the government, his labors could be turn- ed to the best account. It is of great importance, in every point of view, that the foreign community, in the new colony, exhibit a reli- gious character, honorable to those who compose it, and acceptable to that God whom they worship. It is pleasing to know that for many months past, respectable congregations of natives have been assembled from Sabbath to Sabbath, to whom the gospel has been preached, and with good results. A Chinese church, called “the Tiéchiú Church of Hongkong," was constituted on the 38th of May last, under the pastoral care of the Rev. William Dean, consisting of three members, two re- cently baptized, and one received from the Baptist church in Bang- kok, Siam. The school of the Morrison Education Society is the only one of any note yet established in Hongkong. There are a few native schools—perhaps eight or ten, in various parts of the island, chiefly in Victoria. To these schools and all that may be established for native children—we would respectfully, but most earnestly, call the attention of the local governinent. A school committee will, erelong, 1813 441 Charitable Institutions in Hongkong, be desirable. We will not dwell on this subject, for we have reason to know that it will not be overlooked. Several hospitals have been established on the island. The fol- lowing short account of the Medical Missionary Society's hospital is good evidence both of what may be done, and of what is needed among the Chinese. * The house and hospital of the Medical Missionary Society being coin- pleted by contract in the month of May, it was opened by Dr. Hobson, for the reception of patients on the 1st of June last. Since that time to the pre- si'nt dale, Aug. 24th, there have been 1331 new cases entered on the books. • In June, there were admitted 455 out-patients, and 31 in-patients; in July, there were 593 out-patients, and 43 in-patients; in August, there were 283 out-patients, and 21 in-patients; making a total of 1331 oul-patients, and 95 in patients. “ These consist of men, women and children, affected with a variety of diseases both inedical and surgical, belonging to this island, and to the numerous hamlets, villages and towns in its vicinity. Until the dispensary and waiting-rooms are built in a locality readily accessible, the out cases are at present prescribed for in one of the wards of the hospital from 9 to 11 o'clock each day, in the order in which they come. Those who require admission are then taken into the hospital, but urgent cases are received at any time. It is expected that when the disease is of a dangerous character, in order to avoid unnecessary trouble and expense, the individual or those attending him, will provide some friend and relative to attend upon him, and in case of death to remove and bury him. “Several severe cases of continued intermittent and remittent forins of fever have been taken in, and discharged cured; also several cases of cata- ract, and acute and chronic ophthalmia, have been recovered from either partial or total blindness to good sight. All that reside in the institution enjoy the advantages which a healthy locality, comfortable accommodations, and regular medical inspection and treatment can impart; and consequently, with rare exceptions, the practice is extremely successful. “ In the management of the patients, excepting in inducing them to main- tain cleanly habits, there is no difficulty. They readily acquiesce in the rules of the hospital, and manifest an almost stoical indifference in submit- tiny to the course of treatment adopted; and their contidence once insured, is usually permanent. The moral improvement of the sick is not omitted; a native Christian, baptized by the late Dr. Morrison, resides on the premises, and at stated seasons conveys to them religious instruction. ** For the inforınation of those interested in its operations at a distance, we may observe thut the house and hospital are united in one building of 190 fi:et long by 50 wide ; and consists of one large com:nittee room and library 354 by 20 feet, with two rooms on either side for bed chambers and a read- ing room for pupils and teacher, with a verandah at the back, and a terrace with small rooms below to the castward. 561 VOL. XI VO. VIII. 442 Aug Journal of Occurrences “The hospital portion consists of six wards capable of accommodating from 36 to 40 patients, with verandah, cooking house, and rooms for servants and native assistants. The whole expense, including the leveling of the ground, did not exceed 4200 dollars: and the incidental expenses of the dispensary, with servants and native assistants' wages, and the support of needy patients, does not exceed fifty dollars per month. It is therefore hoped that on the consideration of a humane institution of this nature, con- ducted at 80 small an expense, and conferring the blessing of health so gra- tuitously and extensively among the Chinese in this colony and its vicinity, the Society will continue to meet with that liberal support which it has hitherto enjoyed, to enable the committee to carry out their intentions of establishing a hospital in every open port on the coast of China. Seaman's Hospital. By the following letter, taken from the Friend of China, we learn that the hospital for seamen is now ready to receive patients. This institution is situated near the preceding, in an elevated and healthy position. “To H. E. sir H. Pottinger, bart., G. C. B., &c., &c. " Dceming it advisable that your excellency should be informed of the progress and general arrangements of every public institution within the limits of your jurisdiction, bvy desire of the committee of management for the Seamen's Hospital, I have the honor r3 intimate, that the building erected upon the ground granted by your excellency for a Seamen's Hospital in Hongkong, is now ready for the reception of patients. There is accommodation for about fifty seamen and officers, with every convenience for the com. fort of the sick; and the excellence of the situation affords good prospect of its proving highly advantageous to their speedy recovery. The terms of admission will be, for officers, one dollar and fifty cents, and for seamen, seventy-five cents, per day, including board and lodging, with medicines and medical attendance. I have also to acquaint your excellency, that the committee have accepted the offer of gratuitous medical attendance from Dr. Young, who will assume the duties of surgeon to the institution; and besides regular and careful attention to the patients within the hospital, he will give daily attendance, Sundays excepted, between the hours of 8 and 9 A. M, when cut-door patients will receive gratuitous advice; the charges for medicines to out-door patients will be moderate, and the receipts be appro. priated to the support of the institution. I have also the lionor to intimate to your ex. cellency that the hospita} for foreign seamen in Macao will be closed, and no new Fatients will be admiited after this date. "I have the honor to be, &c., “ALEXANDER ANDERSON. " By order of the committee of management for the Seamen's Hospisal.” Art. IV. Journal of Occurrences; proclamation by Kiying open- ing the ports to ships of all nations ; notification regarding pilots; Hongkong government notifications, appointing members of the legislative council, and respecting tenure of lands; pro- clamation of sir Henry Pottinger regarding the opium trade ; order in council concerning the trade with China; sickness at Hongkong ; cholera at Amoy; liquidation of the hong debts : proclamation of the púching sz'; death of the hon. J. Ř. Vor- rison. csq.i translating committee. 1 1343). 441 Juurnal of Occurrences: The following proclamation of H. E. Kiying, by which it is notified that the same privileges which have been by treaty granted to Brit- ish veseels, are henceforth granted to the vessels of the other nations, forms an important document in the history of Chinese foreign relas tions. By this paper, China has in fact, fully opened her ports, and consequently her people, to intercourse with foreign countries, and introduced herself to the family of nations, ignorant though she be of the disturbing and renovating influences thereby suffered to act upon her social system. PROCLAMATION ISSUED BY H. E. THE IMPERIAL COMMISSIONER, Kíving. Kiying, high imperial commissioner, &c., &c., Kí Kung, governor-general, &c., and Ching Yuetsái, governor, &c., issue this proclamation for the purpose of giving clear information and commande. Whereas, when the English had last year ceased from hostilities, our august Sovereiyn granted them commercial intercourse at Canton and at four other ports, and was graciously pleased to sanction the treaty that had been con- cluded: the ratifications of that treaty have now therefore been exchanged, and commercial regulations have been agreed upon, and a tarift of duties, wherein all fees and presents are abolished, has been distinctly settled. These, as soon as the high commissioner, with the governor-general and gi:vernor, shall have received the replies of the Board of Revenue, shall be promulgated, and shall become the rules to be observed in the various ports. The tariff of duties will then take effect with reference to the commerce with China of all countries, as well as of England. Henceforth, then, the weapons of war shall for ever be laid aside, and joy and profit shall be the perpetual lot of all: neither slight nor few will be the advantages reaped by the mere chants, alike of China and of foreign countries. From this time forward, all must free themselves from prejudice and suspicions; pursuing each his pro. per avocation; and careful always to retain no inimical feelings, from the re- collection of the hostilities that have before taken place. For such feelings and recollections can have no other effect, than to hinder the growth of a good understanding between the two people. With regard to Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghái, the four ports which by his imperial Majesty's gracious permission are now newly opened for trade: it is requisite that the replies of the Board of Revenue should be received, before the commerce of those ports should be actually thrown open. But Canton has been a mart for English trade during more than two centuries past; and therefore, the new regulations having been decided upon, they ought at once to be brought into operation, that the für traveled merchants may not be any longer detained in the outer seas, disappointed in all their, anticipations. The high commissioner, the governor-general, and governor have, therefore, in concert with the superintendent of customs, determined, in fulfillnient of their august Sovereign's gracions desire to cherish tenderly men from afar, that a commencement shall be made with the opening of the port of Canton under the new regulations on the 1st of the 7th month. The wishes of the merchants will thus, it is hoped, be inet. The island of Hongkong having been by the gracicus pleasure of his august Majesty granted as a place of residence io the English nation, the merchants of' that nation, who will prcceed from thence to the various forts will be nu. morous; and such vessels as they may engage to convey thein to and fro will therefore be required to lie under no restrictions, but merely to accept engage. menis a: fair and just rates. If, however, such passengers convey, goods in th sime louts with the view of evading the dues of government, they shall ie subject to such fines as the law sali direct. Should merchants of China desire io proceed to the islınd of liongkong aforesaid, to trade, they will be required only to report them selves to the next custom-house, and to pay the duties on their merchandize according to the new tariff, obtaining a pass be. 444 Aug. · Juurnud of Occurrences. fore they quit port to commence their traffic. Any who may dare to go and trade without having requested such a pass, on discovery, shall be dealt with as offenders of the laws aginst clandestine traffic, and against contumacious visiting of the open seas. As to those natives of China who, in past days, may have served the Eng. lish soldiery or others with supplies, and may have been apprehended in consequence, the high commissioner has obtained from the good favor of his august Sovereign, vast and boundless as that of heaven itsrif, the remission of their punishment for all past deeds, and any such who may not yet hare been brought to trial are therefore no longer to be sought after; while all who may have been seized and brought before government are granted a free pardon. All persons of this class must then attend quietly to their avocations, with a diligent pursuit of everything that is good and right; they need enter- tain no apprehension of being hereafter dragged forward, nor yield in con- sequence to any fears or suspicions. With reference to the arrangements which the high commissioner and his colleagues have made in regard to duties, everything has been done with a single eye to a just impartiality: all merchants, then, whether of China, or of foreign countries, are called upon to consider the many pains that the high commissioner and his colleagues have taken, and hy all means to abide in the quiet pursuit of their respective callings, and in the enjoyment of so auspicious a peace. From henceforward amity and goodwill shall ever continue, and those from afar and those who are near, shall perpetually rejoice together. Such is the fervent hope of the high commissioner and his colleagues; and in this hope they command implicit obedience to what is now thus specially pronulgated. (A true translation.) (Signed) J. Robt. MORRISON, Chinese Secretary & Interpreter. The high provincial authorities have also published a notification regarding pilots, which obviates much of the delay heretojure con- nected with procuring pilots from the office of the kiunınin fú. “ Kiying. Ki Kung, Ching Yuetsai, and Wanfung, hereby conjointly issue this procla- tion that all men may know and understand. "Whereas it having hitherto been the practice for merchant ships of all countries on arrival in China, first to cast anchor in the Macao Roads, and ihere to wait until pilots should have been sent off hy the sub-prefect of Macao (otherwise called the mandarin of Casa Branca) to take the ship to Whampoa, it is now established hy the new regulations that masters of veseels shall be peraitted to choose and to hire their pil: ts so as to avoid all occasion for extortions and other irregularities. “But if we wait until the foreign vessels first anchor at Whampoa, aud then hand in their reports, not only will the superintendent of customs be without a clue to know who passes in and out, but the governor-general and governor will no less be without check or control, and consequently it beloves us to fix a general rule by which no room may be left for evasion, and by which we may hope to put a stop entirely to mal. practices : forasmuch, therefore, we now proclaim to the merchants and captains of ships of all nations, to pilots fishermen and all others whom it may concern, for their full and complete understanding of the same, that on and after the first day of the seventh intercalary month of this present year of Taukwang (25th August 1843), pilots may be hired by the captains of alſ merchant vessels as it auiis their convenience, and whether these be the regularly licenced pilots under the old system, or fishermen from any fishing boat having a legal pass, they are alike permitted to bring vessels into port, without the necessity of applying for permission at Macao. But on the island of North Wingtong at the Bocca Tigris just beneath the fort is a station where the superinten. dent of customs has always had an officer with his flag flying, whose special duty it is to ind out whit merchant vessels piss in and out, and it is now determined that on and aitor the date above snecified, all merchant vessels about to enter this port, shall when they approach tie suid island of North Wangtoog, lay to or cast anchor, and report themselves to the commanding officer of the fort, who will communicate with the above mentioned officer of customs, and inquire what'ship it is, what is the captain's name, whill cargo she has on board, &c., &c., all of which particulars will at once be forwarded to the governor-general and governor's public offices, and the acting pilot will at the same moment be ordered to take the ship up 10 Wtiampoa. The customs', 1543 44.5 Journal / Orcurrences officer will in lihe manner make a report to their superintendon from the said statsın, and at the same time send some of their number to attend upon the ship and preveni sinuggling. “ If there is any foreign ship or ressel that shall have a fishing boat without a legal pass, or that on, or after the date herein specified shail force her way up to Whampoa, without having first duly reported herself at the said fort ni North W'angtong, such ship or vessel will not be permitied to break bulk or to trade at this port. Let tiese orders be obeyed. Oppuse not. A most special proc::marion. • Taukwang, 23d year, 7th month, 15th day.” (10th Angust, 1813.) Hongkong government notifications H. E. sir H. Pottinger has issued a proclamation, dated August 21st, in which he appoints ALEXANDER ROBERT JOHNSTON, Join ROBT. MorrISOX, AND Wil- LIAM Caine, esqs. to be members of the Legislative and Executive Council of the colony of Hongkong On The same day, J. Robt. Morrison, esg, was appointed acting colonial secretary during col. Malcolm's absence; and Richard Burgass, fsq. legal adviser to the government of Hongkong and clerk of the Legislative Council. The following notice concerning the sale of tenure of lands in Hongkong has also been published. GOVERNMENT NOTIFICATION. His excellency the governor having had under his careful consideration, the instructions which have been received from Her Majesty's government on the subject of crown lands in this colony, is pleased to publish the follow- ing extracts of a dispatch from her majesty's principal secretary of state for the colonies. “Sir Henry Pottinger is to obtain from alienating any of the land on the jsland, either in perpetuity, or for any time of greater length than nay be necessary to induce and enable the tenants to erect substantial buildings, &c.” “But with the general prohibition against the alicnation of crown lands, and with the general refusal to sanction any such grant as may have already been made, lord Stanley would connect a promise, that immediately on the establishment of a regular government in the place, an inquiry siould be instituted, by some competent and impartial authority, into the equitable claims of all holders of land, to a confirmation, either permanent or teenpo- rary, of their titles, so far as they could be confirmed consistently with a just regard to the interests of society at large.". With advertance to the principle laid down in the above extracts, it will be understood, that her majesty's government do not recognize the validity of any grants or sales of land that may have been made, or may have taken place, under any authority whatsoever, previous to the exchange of the ratifi- cations of the treaty, upon which event the island of Hongkong became a bona fide possession of the British crown, and from which day the payment of rents derivable from such land will only be held to commence. In obe. dience to the intimation conveyed in one of the preceding extracts, his excellency, the governor in council is pleased to appoint, A. T. Gordon, esq., land officer, &c., Capt. De Havilland, H. M. 55th regt., assistant surveyor, and Charles Edward Stewart, esq., treasurer and financial secretary to go- vernment, to he a committee, assisted by Richard Burgass, esq., legal ad- viser to government, to inquire into the equitable claims of all holders of lands, to define the classes to which particular lots shall henceforward be- long, as well as their future annual rent, and to arrange for the disposal of further lots regarding which her majesty's instructions prescribe: " And it is our further will and pleasure, that no such lands shall be sold, or let, except at public auction; and that at every such auction, the lands to be then sold 446 Ai'ti. Journal di Orrurrilicn:. . or ler. be put u al u rrried, or minimum, price, equal to the fair reason- uble price and value or annual rent thereof." By order of his excellency the governor, and commander-in-chief of Hongkong Richard Woosn1M, officiating lep. colonial secretary. Government llouse, Victoria, llongkong, August 21st, 1843. The following proclamation of sir Henry Pottinger regarding the opium trade, connected with the Order in Council, exhibits the seni- timents of the British government and its officery, regarding the ful- fillinent of the treaty of Nanking. PROCLAMATION By 11. E. Sir HENRY POTTINGER REGARDING THE Opium TRAVE. It having been brought to my notice, that such a step has been contem- plated, as sending vessels with opiuin on board, into the ports of China to he opened by ireaty to foreign trade; and demanding, that the said opium shall be adınitted to importation, in virtue of the concluding clause of the new tariff, which provides for all articles not actually enumerated in that tariff, passing at an ad culorem duty of five per cent.: I think it expedient, by this proclamation, to point out to all whom it may concern, that opium be. ing an article, the traffic in which is well known to be declared illegal and contraband by the laws and imperial edicts of China, any person who may take such a step will do so at his own risk, and will, if a British subject, meet with no support or protection from Her Majesty's consuls, or other officers. This proclamation will be translated and published in Chinese, so that no one may plead ignorance of ii. GOD SAVE THE QUEEN. Dated at the Government House, at Victoria, this 1st day of August, 1843. HENRY POTTINGER. ORDER IN COUNCIS.. " At the court at Buckingham Palace, the 24th day of February, 1843; present, tho Queen's niost excellent Majesty in council. " Whereas by an act passed in the session of Parliament holden in the 3d and 4th years of the reign of his late majesty king William IV., entitled " An act to regulate the irade to China and India, it was, amongst other things, enacted that it should and Inight be lawful for his majesty, by any such order or orders, commission or commis. sions, as to His Majesty in council should appear expedient and salutary, to give to the fuperintendents in the said act mentioned, or any of them, powers and authorities over, and in respect of the trade and cominerce of his majesty's subjects with any part of the dominions of the emperor of China, and to make and issue directions touching the said trade and commerce, and for the government of his majesty's subjects within the said dominions, and to impose penalties, forfeitures, or imprisonments for the breach of any such directions or regulations, to be enforced in such manner as in the said order or orders should be specified. Now, therefore, Her Majesty in council is pleased, by and with the advice of her privy council, to prohibit, and doth hereby prohibit, her subjects from resorting, for the purpose of trade and commerce, to any other ports in the dominions of the emperor China than those of Canton, Amoy, Füchau fu, Ningpo, and Shanghai, or than may be in the occupation of her majesty's forces; and her inajesty is pleased to order that any of her subjects committing a breach or violation of this direction shall, upon convirtion thereof in any of Her Majesty's courts of Record or Vice-admiralty, be, for every such offense, liable to a penalty not exceeding £100 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding three months, at the discretion of the court before which the conviction shall take place; and her majesty is hereby further pleased to order that all proceed. ings which may he had under this order shall be, as far as circumstances will permit, in conformity with the law of England. And the right hon. the earl of Aberdeen, and tho right hon. lord Stanley, two of her majesty's principal secretaries of state, the lord commissioners of her majesty's treasury, and the commissioners for executing the office of lord high admiral, are to give the necessary directions lierein as to them may respec. tively appertain.” Sickness at Hongkong. The sickness of the detachment of II. M. 55th regt. stationed at the West Point barracks has been so great as 1 of 1843 Journal of Occurrences: induce the authorities to send the whole on board ship in the harbor. About the middle of this month, (Aug. 16th) a committee of Public Health and Cleanliness was appointed by H. E. the governor. Most of the cases of ſever have occurred among the residents at the ex- treme east and west ends of the town, though not confined to them. Cholera at Amoy. The number of persons who have died of this disease in this part of the world has increased during the last year or two, so that in soine places, it has assumed the characier of an epidemic. In Manila, during the latter part of April last, the number of deaths from cholera amounted to as many as 52 in one day; but its duration was brief, and the aggregate of deaths, so far as the papers inform us, did not exceed 300, and these were mostly confined to the city itself. Cholera made its appearance at Anoy on the 25th of June, sergeant Ivers being the first case; he died in twelve hours. Cases soon after occurred on board the shipping, and others were attacked among the troops. The nunber of cases up to July 21st were 17 men of the 18th R. I. regt., and eight from H. M. ships Serpent and Wolverene, besides a few more from other ships in the port. Not a case occurred among the sepoys. Our informant, under date of July 21st, adds, “In Amoy itself, iis ra- vages have been great; it seemed to abate for a few days about the 10th of July, but has renewed its virulence. I can obtain no ac- curate account of the number of deaths, for no reports are made to the authorities; but I have been told by individua's that they had counted more than 90 funerals in one day. This was before the epidemic reached its licight, so that it is probable that more than a hundred deaths have occurred daily for many days past. Death often takes place very quickly, being preceded in some cases by only one hour's sickness; in others the patient is dead in fifteen or twenty minutes after being attacked. There has been no rain here for more a month, and the authorities at Amoy have prohibited all butcher's meat for three days, in hope of obtaining thereby a fall of rain." Later accounts from Kúlang sú inform us that the cholera had abated in its virulence in Amoy, and that the cases were few. We do not remember to have heard or read of the cholera making such ravages in China, at least not in recent years; but unless there be some person near to make inquiries, as in this instance, thousands might be carried off, and nothing known of it beyond the immediate vicinity. Liquidation of the hong debts. Captain Balfour declared a final dividend on the debts of the Hingtae, Kingqua, and Mowqua hongs on the 23d ult., and the final amounts were paid to the creditors during the last month. To enable him to do this, the provincial authorities called upon the hong-merchants to contribute towards liquidating them, which they did; Howqua contributing $1,000,000; Footae, $90,000; Mowqui, $60,000; Pwankequa, $130,000; King- qua, $70,000; Samqua and Gouqua, $100,000 each; Punhoyqua, $70,000; Mingqua, 20,000; Saoqua about $20,000. The balance it is stipposed came out of the conson fund. 449 Journal of Occurrences. " We love you Proclumation of the Puchiny sa' and his vllogues. These ot- ficers have lately issued a proclamation regarding one Tsien Kiáng 錢江​, a native of Chekiúng, whom they designate a vagabond, a rustic of no reputation, and a scheming villain, and who has come to Canton to find a living. They go on to describe that this man, having ingratiated himself into the favor of the gentry and literary persons of the provincial metropolis, has obtained iheii aid and coun- ienance in his seditious acts, collecting assemblies, and publishing exciting placards, by which he has disturbed the public mind; and all these acts lie las done principally with a view to his own profit and advancement. The simple people have been seduced by his wiles to assemble in the Minglun hall, and to engage in other pro- ceedings of an illegal nature, little knowing that they were the dupes of this and two or three other demagogues. The authorities con- clude by dehorting the people from the least participation in their sehenies, and telling the:n to be quiet—which may be regarded as the end and evidence of good government in China. as we do our children,” say they : " therefore have no more cabals and disturbances; be quiet, and attend to your own business.” Howe ever, the simple people must help their rulers catch this Tsien Kiáng, which has been done, though we know not by whom. Such proclamations as this illustrate the so called paternal government of China, and are productive of some good effect, especially when the personal character of the ruler is good. Death of the hon. J. R. Morrison, esq. We have only space, and we may add the inclination at this moment, to insert the following notice of this melancholy eevnt. A inore extended nctice of his life and character must be deferred till the next number. GOVERNMENT NOTIFICATION. With feelings of the deepest and unfeigned sorrow, sir Henry Pottinger announces the death of the honorable J. Robt. Morrison, esq., which sad event occurred this morning at a few minutes past seven o'clock. Mr. Mor- rison was so well known to every one, and so beloved, respected, and es- teemed by all who had the pleasure and happiness of his acquaintance or friendship, that to attempt to pass any panegyric on his private character, would be a mere waste of words; and sir Henry Pottinger feels assured that his own private grief is but the type of that universal feeling in which the memory and worth of Mr. Morrison will be for ever embalıned. In a public point of view, sir Henry Pottinger must look on the decease of Mr. Morrison, as a positive national calamity, and he doubts not but it will be received and viewed in that light, by his sovereign and country. CHARLES E. STEWART, Dlacao, August 29th, 1843. Published wy H. E.'s command. A translating committee, designed to include all Protestant mis- sionaries to the Chinese, has been recently formed at Hongkong, for the purpose of preparing a new version, or a revised edition, of the Holy Scriptures in Chinese. The precise manner in which this work is to be performed, we are not now able to state. The work about to be undertaken is one of great importance, and will, we hope, receive cuero riceded attention and support 11 T'ILE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XII. - SEPTEMBER, 1843.- No. 9. Art. I. Remarks on the name of Jesus, as expressed in Malay; addressed to the editor of the Chinese Repository, in 1839. By the Rev. W. H. Medhurst, Batavia. DEAR SIR,—You will perhaps be surprised to hear, that in the pre- sent day, after Christian missions have been established in the Ma- layan Archipelago for centuries, a discussion should still arise as to the name by which our blessed Savior ought to be designated in the native language. The Portuguese were the first to introduce the Catholic faith into these islands, and in the books published by them in the 16th century, we find Jesus Christus invariably employed. The Dutch followed them in these efforts, and in the 17th century published several works for the use of the Malayan Christians, in which they imitated the Portuguese, in the appellation given to our Lord. In a Malayan New Testament, printed at Oxford, in 1671, at the expense of the eminent Robert Boyle, the same words are employed : the style of the work, however, is very inferior, and dif- fers considerably from that now in use among the Malays. In the be- ginning of the 18th century, the Dutch clergy of Batavia labored for the improvement of the Malayan version of the Scriptures, and more than a hundred years ago published their celebrated translation of the Old and New Testament into the so-called High Malay, which has been in use throughout Netherlands India since. This last named translation contains a number of Arabic words; and in this edition, for the first time we meet with the words Isá el-Meseh, used to denote Jesus the Messiah. This designation, having been since vol. VII. NO. IX. 450 Ser Remarks on the Name of Jesus. employed in all the catechisms and formularies of the Dutch church, has become generally known, and is now adopted by the Amboy- nese Christians, the clergy of Batavia, and all the English and Ameri- can missionaries stationed in the Archipelago. One esteemed bro- ther, however, for many years resident in Samarang, scrupled to adopt the term, on the ground that it was of Mohammedan origin, affirming that the Mohammedans had perverted notions of the Sa- vior, and when they used the words Isá el-Meseh, thought not of the Son of God, and the Savior of mankind, but of a creature of their own imagination, who was inferior to Mohammed, and superseded by him. He therefore preferred for some time, the use of the Hebrew word Joshua, or as it is expressed in Javanese, Yoshuo. He has, however, since adopted the Greek word Jesus. In Surabaya, there is a society of well meaning and zealous Chris- tians, who have very frequent meetings for religious worship, and who contribute gladly of their little store to diffuse Christian know- ledge through the medium of the Malayan and Javanese languages. These good people have resolved to use the words Jesus Christus in all their oral and written communications on the subject of Chris- tianity; declaring that there is no other name given under heaven, whereby men can be saved but the name of Jesus, and that they cannot safely trust their souls in the hands of Isá. They have print- ed an edition of the New Testament, and many tracts in the native janguages, in which Jesus is used throughout; to print these pub- lications they have paid large sums of money, while they refuse books and tracts, containing the word Isú in thom as a gift. Now as this seemed to be a matter of feeling with these simple hearted people, and as pleasing emotions are generally connected with the name of Jesus in the breast of most Christians, * I did not think it worth while to disturb their prejudices, and therefore in all commu- nications with the Surabaya society, and works printed for them, I used the name Jesus. At length, however, I thought it best to investigate the subject, ond see on which side truth really lay : that if my views were right, I might mildly but firmly press them on the attention of others; and, if wrong, relinquish them. I give you now the result of my researches. Wilness the beautiful and well known bymn: Ilow sweet the name of Jesus sounds, lu i believer's par; Il sootlors luis sorrow's, lieals his words, And drives away his fear. 18:1:3 451 Remarks on the Name of Jesus. The name of our Savior, it is well known, is of Hebrew origin, and is synonymous with Joshua. The name of the son of Nun was originally yun Hoshea, or Oshea, (Num. xiii. 8,) formed from the Hiphil conjugation of the verb yn yasha, to save. It was after- wards changed to y27774 Yehoshua, the help of Jehovah, (Num. xiii. 16), probably from the circumstance of that ancient leader hav- ing by the help of the Lord prevailed against Amalek, and being after- wards destined to introduce the children of Israel, by the same mighty aid, into the land of Canaan. This lengthened name was in process of time abbreviated; and after the Babylonish captivity, was contracted into yo Yeshua, which was the appellation given to the son of Jozedech, the high priest at that time; (see Ezra ii. 2; ji. 2; Neh. vii. 2.) who is also called Yehoshua, in full, by Haggai (i. 1; and ii. 2.), as well as by Zechariah (iii. 1). The contraction or alteration of Hebrew names, into the compositoin of which the name of Jehovah enters, is very common in the Old Testanient Scriptures: hence we find Jehoash contracted to Joash, and Jehoahaz altered to Ahaziah. Therefore we need not be surprized to find the name of Yehoshua contracted to Yeshua, subsequent to the return of the Jews from Babylon. Sometime after this event, the Old Testament was translated into Greek, by some learned Jews at Alexandria, who made strange alterations in Hebrew names; for instance. Nun they called Nave; and Hoshea, 'Avon; while Jehoshua, Joshua, and Jeshua, whe- ther the sons of Nun, Jozedech, or Sirach, they designated indis- criminately by Ingous, Jesus. For not possessing any letter in the Greek alphabet that would express the sound of the Hebrew y ain, they were obliged to leave it silent, and thus produced the word Ingou, which was afterwards varied by the nominative and accusative terminations into Ιησους, and Iησουν. In the Gospel according to Matthew, we are informed that the name Invous, Jesus, was assigned to the future Deliverer of mankind, by the angel who announced his birth. Basil, Cyril, and others would fain derive this name from saouai, to heal, of which the future μασομαι (in the Ionic dialect, ιησομαι), and the perfect ιαμαι and ιασαι (read Ionically ιημαι and ιησαι), would seem to resemble the name of the Savior, who was sent to heal the broken-hearted, and who' actually did heal all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the people. Castalio thought that the word indous was composed of the first part of the incommunicable name 777777 Jehovah, and was ish, a man, with the letter shin interven- 710 452 SEP. Remarks on the Name of Jesus. ing, because Jesus was both God and man; but to all these fancies the reason assigned by the angel must be preferred, who said that he should be so called, " because he should save his people from their sins.” Having to look therefore for the origin of the name of Jesus, in a word which signifies to save, we are constrained to go back to the Hebrew language, and to derive it from the verb yota ya- sha, to save; a root from which sprang the ancient name of Oshea, a savior, which coupled with the first syllable of the divine designa- tion made Jehoshua, or God the savior. This word having been converted into Indous, by the Septuagint translators, several cen- turies before the birth of Christ, was the name given to our Savior at his circumcision, was the appellation by which he was known through life, the title that was affixed to the cross (Mat. xxvii. 37), and the character by which he will be recognized at his second coming (Rev. xxii. 26). That the name of Jesus is synonymous with Joshua, we know from its being twice used in the New Testament to designate the son of Nun, Acts vii. 46, and Heb. iv. 8. This appellation having been affixed to the Savior, it was not long before it was everywhere spoken against : for the unbelieving Jews soon sought to corrupt this name, which is above every name, in order that they might obscure his glory, and mislead those who hum- bly sought him. In the Jerusalem and Babylonish Talmuds, com- posed according to the unanimous testimony of the Jews about the close of the 2d century, we find the name in question further con- tracted by leaving out the yy ain, even when writing in Hebrew, and the Savior is thus denominated 7200 Yesu. This was done doubtless to prevent the readers of those precious works from recognising, in a word so mutilated, the expected Messiah and Divine Deliverer ; while the abandoned Jews frequently appended these formularies to , roon, “let his name and memory perish:” and 5139157 mp 7 Yesu shakar uthuaboth, “ Jesus the liar and the abominable." But the question now recurs, how came the Malays by the word Isá? for it is in conformity with their previous usage, doubtless, that the translators of the Bible into High Malay have adopted that term. The answer immediately suggests itself,—from the Arabs. But where again did the Arabs obtain it? Not certainly from those professors of Christianity, who have sought to diffuse their religion throughout Arabia; for they have invariably used Yashuo. Where then could ther obtain it, but from the Koran ? The fact ap- -gemach shemo aotzke ימה שמו וזכרון ,his name whenever quoted 181:3 1.53 Remarks on the Name of Jesus. pears to be, that Mohammed, in his Koran, is the father of the word Isá, and to him it is to be ascribed. The slightest glance at the term as used by him, and the name employed by Christian writers in the Arabic language will convince any candid inquirer that it has undergone an alteration. For the original term in He- brew yon yasha, to save, has the yy ain at the end of the word, and all derivatives from the same root are constructed on this prin- ciple; but in the Isá of the Koran, we find the order of the letters reversed, and the ain is placed at the beginning instead of the end of the word. Now in all the alterations which names undergo from one eastern language to another, we invariably find that the consonants retain their places, while the vowels only are changed. Here then is unfair play, and it would be worth while endeavoring to ascertain the reason or origin of the alteration. On turning over with this view an old work of Maracci, on the Alcoran, 1 met with the following passage, which I transcribe for the use of your readers. The Alcoran calls our Savior erroneously Isá, for Yesu ; the letters of his name being transposed, and preposterously associated, contrary to every rule observed, by both sacred and profane writers. In this matter, the wicked Jews were the instructors of Mohammed, and the devil of the Jews. For Mohammed and his followers have written this most sacred name Isá, which is the same as Esau ; the final wau being changed into ya, as is common with the Arabs as well as with Hebrews. Thus they have changed Jesus into Esau, whose wicked spirit the villainous Jews pretended had passed into the body of Jesus: the Hebrew name wy Esau, having been com- muted for that of you. Yesu." Now without pretending to decide, as Maracci does, on the origi- nal author of this change, it is evident that by the transposition of the y ain, from the end to the beginning of the word, some color at least is given for the charge of confounding the name of our blessed Lord with him who sold his birthright. However that may be, it can by no means be proved that Isá expresses the name of the Deliverer of mankind, for even taking the Arabic language for our guide, from which the word is assumed to be derived, we can discover no word in that tongue, which beginning with ain, and followed by sin, can by any violence bear the signification of save. If we fall back on the Hebrew language, we find the word quyy aisu, tantamount to Isá, signifying hairy; but nothing beginning with yain and followed by wsin, expressive of the idea of saving. The practice of the Arabian Christians is decidedly in favor of 454 Sep. Remarks in the Vame of Jesus the use of Yesu. In a confession of faith, drawn up in the Arabic and Latin languages, for the use of the oriental Christians, in the 17th century, as also in an old translation of the gospel inte Arabic dated 1616, and in every edition of the Arabic Bible publish- ed by the British and Foreign Bible Society, the word Yesu is invari- ably used; while the Syriac and Ethiopic versions employ a similar form of expression, The question now recurs, which of the two forms ought to be employed in Christian writings in the Malayan language. Those who think that names are of little value, and that in writing for a strange people, we should adopt such forms of nomenclature as the genius of their language presents, would probably argue for the retention of Isa; particularly when it is the name by which the prophet of Nazareth, and the son of Mary is known among the Mahommedans, whom we seek to convert, and rendered familiar by long use to the large class of native Christians whom we wish to edify. Such would also add, most probably, thạt the use of any other form would not be understood, and would perplex and con- found rather than convince and confirm. To all this it may be replied that, however, other names may be held in light estimation, the name in question is one at which every knee must bow, of things in heaven and things on earth; that it was given with an express design, by the supernatural messenger who announced it; that a definite idea was attached to it, the meaning of which must be sought in the Hebrew tongue. That the Hebrew and Arabic are cognate languages, and that a word is capable of being expressed in the in a similar way to which it appears in the other. That there is every reason to believe, that the Jews wickedly altered the name of Jesus, with the view of obscuring his origin, and misleading his followers. That the Mohammedans have probably imitated them in this, as appears from the unwarranted change in the position of the yy ain. That the name of Isá, though familiar to the Mohamme- dans, by no means calls up to their recollection the proper charac- ter and real dignity of the Son of God, but suggests a phantom of their own imagination, who was not originally in the form to God, and who did not humble himself to the death of the cross. That after all, the person and work of Jesus must be made known of them by description, and that description can be as well attached to the word Yesu, as Isá, and will soon become as familiar to them as their own favorite term; while they can be told, that we have resort- ed to the nse of the word Yesu, because they had corrupted it into one, 1843. 15.) Remarks on the Name of Jesus. Isa. As it regards the native Christians, the matter can be very easily arranged, as most of them are aware that the Savior is called Jesus in European books, and having received their knowledge of Christianity from this source, they would not object to adopt the right name for the Redeemer; particularly when told that it is in conformity with the original languages. After all, whatever displeasure it may give to our opponents, or whatever difficulty it may occasion to our friends, our plain and sim- ple duty is to follow truth, let the consequences be what they may. The word el-Meseh may safely be retained, as being of Hebrew origin, and common alike to that and the Arabic language; while it suits the genius of the Malay, into which a number of Arabic words are already introduced. I would suggest, therefore, whether in our future publications in the Malayan tongue, we had not better use the words Yesu el-Meseh, as the most suitable, both in a philolo- gical and theological point of view, conducive to the edification of Christians, and most likely to tend to the conviction of the Moham- medans themselves. The characters adopted in the Chinese language to express the name of Jesus answer the end in view; as, however pronounced by the inhabitants of different provinces, Yésú, Yasó, or Yész’, they still bear a close affinity to the original sound. One improvement, however, suggests itself to my mind, viz. the employment of the cha- racter sounded i Yé, which is a common term of respect and veneration, and which already forms part of the sacred name of Je- hovah, as written by Christian missionaries in Chinese. No word could be more appropriate than the Soo, which means to resuscitate, to revive. Hoping that this communication may elicit some further thoughts on this deeply interesting subject, I remain, &c. W. H. M. Note. We received this paper soon after it was written. The subject has recently attracted a good deal of notice in India, in consequence of a minute of the Calcutta Bible Society, published in the Calcutta Christian Observer for Feb. 1843, stating their reasons for adopting the name Yashuo instead of Isa, to express the name Jesus, in all the translations into Urdú which should be published by the Society. The force of their arguments in favor of the former over the latter term, is contained in the historical fact that Yashuo was the name hy which the Savior was known among the early Christians of Arábia, and consequently was the name which Mohammed corrupted, and in t.lie etymological meaning of Yashuo, which is a Savior. The missionaries in the north of India, who are those principally interested in the discussion as it effects the Urdu translations, have issued a joint circular, stating their reasons of dissent froin the decision of the Bible Society, the most important of which 456 SEP. tunerul Scrnion on the Death of J. R. Morrison. is, " that the terin Iyá already pervades the whole structure of Mohammedan and Christian literature (in Urdú), and cannot be eradicated.” The people would be puzzled by the change, and led to suppose that two persons were meant. T'he terin isáí or Isawi used to denote Christians would also have to be changed. Art. II. The memory of the righteous. A funeral sermon preached on the 10th of Sept., 1843, on the occasion of the death of the hon. J. Robt. Morrison, member of the legislative council of Hongkong, and Chinese secretary to H. M.'s government in China. By the Rev. S. R. BROWN, Tutor in the school of the Morrison Education Society at Vic- toria, Hongkong. Psalm 112: 6. “ The righteous shall be in everlasting remembrance. I have been requested to address you this morning in reference to the recent death of the hon. J. Robert Morrison. To me person- ally, it is an occasion of melancholy interest, inasmuch as by this event, I have been bereft of a brother indeed. Perhaps the intimacy that subsisted between the deceased and myself, and being with him in his last illness, may have been regarded as fitting me for this sad office. It is certainly a pleasure to recall to mind the many excel- lencies of our departed friend, and I wish I were better able to do justice to his memory, and give utterance to the sentiments of affec- tion and esteem that you all entertalned for him. Let me remark at the outset that I do not come here to-day to eulogize the dead, but rather, if possible, to lead my hearers to recognize the Source whence he derived his good qualities, and to ascribe grace and glory to it. He had become so interlinked with the society in which we live, that his removal has produced a silent vacancy among us, which it seems almost impossible to fill again. But the remem- brance of his virtues, the truly Christian life he led, and the com- posure with which he approached his end, have disarmed this death of the sting that might otherwise have been felt by his survivors. We are now in a favorable position to attest the truth of the words of Solomon, “the memory of the just is blessed, but the name of the wicked shall rot." The inspired author does not mean to imply that evil is less lasting than good. It is no more true that he who " is unjust” at his death, shall “be unjust still,” than it is that the 1 puncral Sermon on the Dratha. R lorrison 157 effects of this character and the acts that produced it, shall be per- petuated. All our actions leave an eternal influence behind them. We can never be so situated in human society as to exert no influ- ence, and receive none from others. As in the great firmament above us, “One star differeth from another star in glory," yet all sustain a nicely balanced relation to each other, and their orbits are fixed by the adjustinent of their mutual influences; so in society here below, each man contributes to the formation of his neighbor's character, and so to the determination of his destiny. It marks the dignity of a man that he is intrusted with such a power; but, then, it makes it a solemn thing to be a man. Can any one be aware that he is always either improving or injuring himself or those about him, and not feel that a thought, a word, a look, leaves an in- delible trace somewhere,—and that though his life may be short, yet at the end of it there will be an astonishing aggregate of results, an amazing amount of work will have been done? The last day will settle the question as to its nature, and then will follow the train of consequences, never-ending-ever-increasing. Evil having once emanated from a mind will be deathless. Sin will have its life as well as holiness,--but they will be alike only in this. “The right- cous shall be in everlasting remembrance,”-cherished in the hearts of the living, and having “their names written in the Lamb's book of life." "But the name of the wicked shall rot,” for ever sending forth its noxious exhalations, and never entered in the book of re- membrance that is kept before God. There is a something in the life of a good man, that fastens its impress upon the minds of his survivors, and secures its own perpe- tuity. Egyptian art could preserve the ghastly semblance of a human body, but it could never immortalize a name. Goodness, however, needs no embalming, for it never dies. It has in itself the principle of life, indestructible as God, from whom it comes. The truth is, we remember what we love, and what we fear or hate, or are indifferent about, we forget as soon as it is removed out of our way. He, therefore, who covets a posthumous good fame, must see to it, that he secures the affections of those who know him, while he lives. The object he desires can be attained in no other way. To a certain extent, this may be done, by the habitual exhibition of those amiable natural qualities, which make a man esteemed as a father, brother, friend, or in general, as a good member of society, whatever may be his position in it. Thus there have been many kind, courtcous, and benevolent men, who, though they were never Vol. XII NO. 18 dos Funeral Sermon on the Death of 1. K Morrison SET counted among the people of God, have been justly lamented at their death as losses. But, after all, these are not the men whose names are enshrined in the hearts of generations after them. They wanted the basis of moral excellence, which is more appreciated, and more demanded, the older the world grows. The best natural character needs the renovation, temper, and finish true piety alone can give it. It needs the religion of Christ to make it most lovely. This is "the pearl of great price,” that beautifies the soul. Pure and undefiled religion before God," is not the unseemly thing, that it often appears to be to our perverted sight, nor that it sometimes seems to be as exhibited in the lives of its professors. To see what Christian reli- gion is in its true light and proportions, look at its portraiture in the Scriptures of the New Testament the memoirs of Christ and his apostles. Surely there is an order of character that for every excellence, for all admirable qualities has never been, and cannot be surpassed. Go look at the Son of Man, and behold the only mind, the only heart, that ever was on earth perfectly at one with God. This is the secret of that incomparable loveliness, that shone in all his life and actions. I refer of course to his human nature, for we are not required to become divine. It was his human body and soul completely harmonizing with the Godhead to which it was inited, that men saw, and that was set before us for imitation. Here we see the harmonious blending of greatness with humility, noble elevation of spirit with unequalled meekness,-sublimity with sim- plicity,—artlessness with sagacity,--conscious dignity with the ut- inost condescension—but more than all a good will, a love to even the most malicious enemies. The love of Christ passeth knowledge. Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends,—but the love of Christ overleaped the high barrier of hatred, to rescue enemies from destruction. This is the brightest beam of the Savior's glory, and the redeemed in heaven chant their eternal hallelujahs of love for Love. If then it be necessary to be good in order to be beloved, and thus to leave a name that shall live after we are dead, we had better seat ourselves at the feet of Jesus and learn of him. The school of Christ furnishes instructions and training in everything that gives beauty to moral character. There we may learn “whatsoever things are true,—whatsoever things are honest, —whatsoever things are pure,—whatsoever things are just, --- whatsoever things are lovely,- whatsoever things are of good report,-in short, if there be any vir- suc" it may hc Icarned there There the formation of the best cha 1841 Irvicral Sirmon in the Dravih nji Morrisuri racters has been pferied, such as mankind have laid claim io, as their kindred and benefactors, and the savor of whose names lias diffused itself ihrough the world. It may not have been obvious to all, or even many of their cotemporaries, that these men were dis- ciples of Christ, and owed their superiority to the agency of his spirit, for modesty, reserve, or diffidence may have concealed it from public observation. But they who were admitted to that intimacy with them, where heart meets heart, must have known it, and the private records of their lives have proved it. There is reason to believe this was the case with some who knew and loved the man whose early death we are now called to mourn. They saw uncom- mc: excellencies of character in him, but did not suspect perhaps that he studied under a Divine master. Had they been adınitted to the secret scenes of his spiritual history, they would have discovered whence he derived the temper and tone of character that distinguish- ed, and fitted him for the sphere he filled. It was, where I have already intimated, in the closet and from the Bible. Thus did he gird himself for the labor and bustle of life. It will be expected of me, I presume, that I should furnish an out- line of Mr. Morrison's life, though I cannot think it necessary, on the present occasion, to give more than a mere outline, embracing the principal events in his history, reserving a brief description of some points in his character, and the reflections arising upon them to the last. John Robert Morrison was the second son and third child * of the late Reverend Robert Morrison, 1). D., the compiler of the Chinese Dictionary, and translator of the greater part of the Sacred Scriptures into Chinese. He was born at Macao on the 17th April, 1814, and with his mother and sister elder than himself, embarked for England on the 21st of January in the following year. On the 23d of August, 1820, he returned with them to Macao; but in less than two years, having meantime been bereft of his mother by death, he was sent to England to roceive his education. During the four succeeding years, his time was spent in receiving elementary instruc- tion, in the first instance, at the academy of the Rev. J. Clunie, LL. D., at Manchester, and subsequently at the Mill Hill Grammar- school, Halloway. His father having been on a visit of two years to his native country, reëmbarked for China with his family, on the 1si of May, 1826, taking with him our deceased friend, who had then attained the age From that date his attention An infant son James having died in August, 1811, of eleven years. 1012 sie Francis Simon un for truth of J K Muiriswi was chiefly directed to the study of the Chinese language, to culti- vate which, after a short stay under the paternal roof at Macao, hie was sent to the Anglo-Chinese college at Malacca. In two or three years he rejoined his father at Canton, and continued his studies under his immediate direction, It was shortly after this that he was employed as interpreter, first to the British merchants in China, and then temporarily to the mission of the United States' government to Cochinchina. On his return to Canton, from this expedition, he resumed his duties to the merchants, and at the same time was en- gaged in aiding his laborious father, and was gradually introduced to the friendship and confidence of the foreign community. In the autumn of the year 1834, Mr. Morrison, after the death of his father, was appointed his successor, as Chinese secretary and in- terpreter to the superintendents of British trade in China. During the five succeeding years, he resided chiefly at Canton in comparative quiet, improving his mind by reading and study, active in every phi- lanthropic effort, and by extensive research in Chinese literature, customs, and laws, aided by much practice in official correspondence with the Chinese government, and qualifying himself for what proba- bly he did not foresee, but for a very prominent part in the scene of difficulty and conflict that has ensued. This, it is well known, open- ed in March of the year 1839. I need not recount the events of the period that elapsed between that time and the end of his life. Suf- fice it to say, that from the beginning to the close of it, he occupied the highly responsible post in the service of his country, for which he had been so admirably fitted. At that post he was indefatigable in his labors, and seldom at rest, for the space of four years and a half. Much of the time burdened with the duties of two offices, either of which was certainly enough for one man, but which he consented to bear conjointly, from no mercenary motives,-conduct- ing the diplomatic correspondence with the Chinese commissioners, where much depended on the form and dress he gave it,-on land, and at sea, in three successive expeditions along the eastern coast of China,-interpreting for his superiors in their interviews with the high officers of the Chinese court,-in frequent conferences, where his sound views and suggestions were sought,-almost always in public, and seldom able to withdraw into retirement,-in war, faithful to the interest of his own country, and yet by his habitual regard for the real welfare of the enemy's, securing the esteem and confidence of high and low among them,-he toiled with extraordi- nary energy, ililigence, and efficiency, imul, having seen the desire 1 18.13 101 Funeral Sermon in the Drath of J. R. Morrison. of his heart accomplished, and peace, which he ever loved, restored npon an honorable basis, --having finished the work, which he of all men was probably most competent do, lie departed this life at Ma- cao, after a nine days' illness, on the twenty-ninth of August last, - the first anniversary of the signing of the treaty at Nanking, between England and China. It is easy to draw such a sketch of a man's life, where only dates and leading facts are embraced; but it is a more difficult and deli- cate task to produce a faithful picture of his mind and heart. A picture I shall not attempt, and I pray that I may be kept from saying either too much or too little, while I hastily and briefly re- mind my auditors, (most of whom knew him,) of some points in the character of our deceased friend without presuming to go into many details, and perhaps with little order. The life and death of every good man affords useful lessons to his survivors, and my aim and inclination, in this instance, is, to let them make their own appeal, feeling that "he being dead, yet speaketh." Mr. Morrison possessed great maturity of mind, for one of his years. I am informed by those who knew him in boyhood, that this amounted almost to precocity; so that it was remarked that he had the body of a child, and the mind of a man. It must have been so, or he would not have acquired the requisite knowledge of the Chinese language, and other kindred matters, to qualify him for the service he performed in Cochinchina, at an early age-much less to bear alone the office made vacant by his father's death, and which he assumed at the age of twenty. To this early devolopment and growth of mind, he added a remarkable degree of activity, and a facility for turning off work rapidly from his hands in a nicely finish- ed state, and it was by this rare combination of accuracy with dis- patch, that he was enabled to do much in a little time. Bustle and confusion too, about him, did not prevent him from concentrating his thoughts upon whatever work he might have in hand: and thus, though he was almost constantly moving from place to place during the last five years of his life, he did more in that period, even with his pen, than he had done, perhaps, in twice the number of years before. He performed the laborious duties of Chinese secretary to IJ. B. M. plenipotentiary, and of treasurer to the superintendents of trade, at a time when many millions passed through his hands, with more accuracy than one could have supposed possible ; while in the mean- time he was steadily gaining the confidence and I may say, affection- 162 Funeral Sermon on the Druth aj J. R. Morrison. 1843. ate regard of those over and around him. At the same time lie main- tained a very extensive private correspondence, both in and out of China, so much so that his friends have often wondered how he could find time, in the midst of the busy and exciting scenes through which he passed, for so much epistolary writing. Ile was, besides, one of the founders, and from the first the re- cording secretary, of our three local societies, viz., the Medical Mis- sionary Society, the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge, and that which bears his father's name, the Morrison Education Society, to all which he devoted time, labor, and money without grudging. Mr. Morrison possessed a remarkably pure and truth loving mind. This was manifest in the tone of his conversation, in the choice words he employed in the delivery of his sentiments, and his habi- tual care to speak “the truth, and nothing but the truth." He abhorred deceit and falsehood. This trait of character was observa- ble even in the delirium of the last two days of his life. His well ordered mind even then showed the discipline to which it had been subjected. No improper expression escaped his lips, although he was almost incessantly speaking, and when at some more lucid in- tervals he spoke of himself and his own religious experience, he was plainly careful not to say too much—while he magnified the Lord his Savior in the choicest terms. He was naturally irritable, having a highly sensitive mind. But as long as he retained his reason, not a word of complaint was heard from him, though he was greatly excited by the raging of a malignant fever. And after he had lost inost of his self control, when now and then he began to express dissatisfaction at something, he sometimes checked himself and was silent. About the middle of the last night that he lived, he seemed to be aware of the nearness of his end, and desired to hear the voice of prayer. A friend kneeled at his bedside, in supplication for him. The suf- ferer was silent to the close of it, when he draw a deep inspiration, indicative of the effort he had been making to attend to it. When asked if he had understood the prayer, he answered, “I understood a part of it,”—with his characteristic truthfulness. Being asked, “If his heart leaned upon the Savior as its trust,”—he replied, with he- sitating deliberation, “my heart leans,—my heart leans,—my heart goes in the right direction, but it does not go far enough;" again evidently cautious lest he should speak more strongly than his con- science would justiſy. I mention these things simply as illustrations of what I have been remarking p011. ---- his love of Truth. This was 18.13 luneral Sermon on the Death of L. R Jorrison further observable to those who know him intimately as a Christian, as they were aware of his habit of rigid self-scrutiny, whereby he endeavored to bring his own feelings, principles, and conduct to the test of the great standard of truth and excellence, the Bible ; nor did he hesitate distinctly and kindly to point out to his friends the faults that he discovered in them, and with a fidelity and candor that showed his regard for their spiritual welfare to be superior to the fear of giving offense. He was a man of prayer. He loved the calm retreat where he might pour out his soul before God. And when this privilege was denied him, as it often was in the latter part of his life, he retired within himself, to hold communion with the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost. He delighted, moreover, to withdraw into the quiet of some Christian family, where prayer was wont to be offered at the household altar. He was a man of enlarged and consistent benevolence. This I consider his most striking feature. He loved the people of God, of whatever name, "out of a pure heart fervently," and sought to pro- mote their welfare and usefulness, by all means in his power. I may say more-he loved all men, and gave the most substantial proofs of his good will. He aimed not to lay up treasure upon earth, He has frequently remarked, that he did not desire to hoard up money, but preferred rather to distribute it for such purposes as he chose, while he lived. Accordingly every humane and benevolent association have found him its liberal supporter, and the amount of his private benefactions was very great. The needy and persecuted knew at least one heart that would pity, and one hand that would relieve them, while he was in life; and there were numbers among the Chinese who shed tears of unfeigned love and sorrow at his death. There are thousands too of this people that never perhaps had been his beneficiaries, whose countenances have changed at the news of his decease, and who have exclaimed 'Alas! we have lost our best friend !' Nor they alone-for he rendered many important services to those who needed not this world's goods. His pen, his influence, his coun- sel, were ever ready to be employed in aid of others. Hence it is that the foreign community in China mourns for him, as at the grave of a brother. But how came he to have this place in the af- fections of men ? I answer again, that all who hear me, may mark and remember it. He drank at the fountain of that “wisdom that is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be intreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisy." Capture of Chinkiung fú. Ser: I do not regard the words of a dying man as the best evidence respecting his spiritual state, for there are too many circumstances attending a death-bed, of an adverse nature, to admit of it. It is to the life that we must look, and by that we must judge. This is the lest to which our blessed Savior bids us bring the characters of men. “By their fruits ye shall know them.” Thus we judge our departed brother to have been a child of God, and prepared to die. And, now, we lament not for his loss, for a voice from heaven proclaims “blessed are the dead, who die in the Lord;" but we mourn for his family's, for our own, for China's, for the world's. He has gone to his rest, and his works do follow him. Let us then who remain be- hind, take up such of them as we are capable of performing, where he left them; to make up this loss as far as possible, may we all fol- Inw the Savior whom he loved, pursue same great objects, and length meet him and each other where all that we shall have done for God, will end in a large reward. 0 let us live the life of the righteous, that our last end may be like his. Amen. Art. III. Capture of Chinkiáng fú, and operations before Nan- king: dispatches of H. E. vice-admiral sir William Parker, K. C. B., fc., from Chinkiang fú; and of H. E. licut-gen. sir Hugh Gough, G. C. B., &c., from Nanking; with general or. ders of sir Hugh Gough. “ Dated Cornwallis, off the city of Chinkiang fú, at the south entrance of the Grand Canal in the Yángtsz kiáng, 26th July, 1842. “To the secretary of the admiralty, &c., &c. “Sir, --It is with great satisfaction, that I announce to the lords commissioners of the admiralty the safe arrival of the China expeditionary.force off the island of Kinshán, at the entrance of the Grand Canal in the Yángtsz káing, and that the city of Chinkiáng ſú was taken possession of by her majesty's combined forces, on the 21st instant, after vigorous assaults on three points, and a deter. mined resistance by the Tartar troops, who lined the walls for its defense on every part, comprising a circumference of four miles and a quarter. "The squadron and transports, amounting altogether to 73 sail, left Wúsung on the 6th instant, ascending this noble river in five divisions, preceded by the surveying vessels, small steamers, sloops, and my flag ship. The intricate part of The channel, delineated in captain Bethune's chart, having been previously buoyed by the surveying officers, the fleet succeeded in reaching the extent of that oficer's valuable researches yvithin two day, and a half, and cery subscquent (S.13. 10.) Capture of (thinking i willichliy has been most commendably overcome by the wremiting sertious of commanders kellett and Collinson, a:sisted by other surveying officers, and the masters of the squadron, supported by the sloops which were sent in advance. "It was not to be expected, that a distance of 170 miles, in a river which the dangers in the greater portion were altogether unknown, and with rapid tides, world be navigated without some mishaps; and I helieve that every ship in the squadron, as well as many of the transports, have been on shore, but the bottom was everywhere of gott, mud, and fortunately no damage resulted. We were favored with fine breezes, and met with comparatively few impediments from shoals, and none that deserve the term) from any of the Chinese works of defence in our progress to this anchorage. At Fushan and Kiángyin, on the right bank, two batteries of 12 and 7 guns each were erected; but the guns were removed on onr approach. At Sheshan however, about five leagues below the intersection of the Grand canal, and where the river narrows considerably for some distance, the surveying vessels were fired at from three batterics mounting 20 gume, which were also discharged incffcctually at the advanced squadron as they arrived off the spot three days afterwards; but they were abandoned on a tew guns being opened on thein hy thu Mudeste, and the whole, together with 1.he barracks and magazines, were completely destroyed by a party of scamen and marincs, which were landed for that purpose froin the Cornwallis and advanced squadron under commander C. Richards of this ship. The fleet was detained some days off Shoshún by scant wind, and at this point we lost the ad. l'aninge ot' any run of food tide, the stream constantly setting down at a rate vary. ing from 2 to 3} miles an hour, with a rise and fall of water averaging two fect. "On the 15th, commander Kellett, in prosecuting his examination of the river with the steamers Phlegethon and Medusa, was opposed at the entrance of the narrow channel between the island of Tsiáushan and a commanding promontory on its south side, by a battery of 12 guns, which were soon silenced by the steain vessels, with much credit to lieuts. McCleverty and Hewitt; and the same afternoon sir H. Gough and myself procecded with the Vixen and Medusa, to reconnoitre the approaches to Chinkiáng, when we not only found the battery and adjoining village deserted, but passed on without the slightest opposition close to the suburbs of the city and above the island of Kinshan, carrying the whole way an ample depth of water. On the 17th, captain Bourchier was dis- patched with the Blonde, Modeste, Queen and Nemesis, followed by the Dido, Calliope, Childers, Plover, and Starling, to blockade the entrances of the Grand canal, and with the aid of the steamers, he gained admirable positions for this object above Kinshan, by which it is estimated that the traffic of not less than 700 junks has been intercepted. A party was also landed from the Blonde, and destroyed the guns which had fired at the Phlegethon and Medusa. “On the 19th, thc Cornwallis, towed by the Vixen, succeeded in reaching our present anchorage, when the island of Kinshan was immediately taken posses- sion of by a small party of marines, but it is entirely covered with buildings of a religious character, and altogether too insignificant for military occupation. The wind in the course of the day veered to a more favorable point, and I had the satisfaction of being joined the same evening, and on the 20th, by the remainder of the flert. The Jupiter, and several of the transports, however, "Prin a few miles below 1$, which obliged me to defach the large steamers 101.. U). NO. IX. 465 Ser Capture of Chinkiang fu to their assistance. The Grand canal on the south side of the river runs through the suburbs of Chinkiáng, and no time was lost in making the preparatory arrangements for taking pagsession of that city. It was ascertained that a body of about fifteen hundred Chinese troops were posted in an intrenched camp about a mile and a half to the southward of the town and on the hills beyond. The general therefore made his arrangements for landing the first and third brigades of the army to the westward of the city, opposite the island of Kinshan, and the second brigade at a commanding position to the eastward, within 700 yards of the northeast angle of the walls, and so little was resistance expected against Ruch a combination of force, that it was not deerned necessary to add the seamen and marines from the squadron. The disembarkation which commenced on the 21st at break of day, was judi- ciovely conducted by commander Richards of the Cornwallis, covered by the Auckland, the small steam vesels, and armed boats, without opposition. The first brigade under major-general lord Saltoun, as soon as it was formed, moved for. ward to attack the intrenched camp, which was gallantly carried about 9 o'clock, after a short resistance, the Chinese precipitately retiring over the hills. Major-gen. Schoedde, with the second brigade, about the same time ascended the heights assigned him on the river side; and after discharging some rockets into the city, and supported by a well directed fire of shot and shells from the Auckland steam vessel, he gallantly pushed forward under a smart fire of cannon, ginjalls, and musketry from the walls, and entered that point of the city by escalade about 10 o'clock. Captain Grey of the Endymion, accompanied this brigade; captain Bourchier and other naval officers attached themselves to the forces which attacked on the land side ; and I had the pleasure of accompanying my gallant friend Sir H. Gough during a great part of the operations of the day. The city gates were all strongly barricaded, and as it was Sir H. Gough's intention to escalade the walls in the direction of the south gate, some guns were advanced on a height to dislodge the troops, with which it was now observed the ramparts were lined, but the canal was found to run close under its walls, which rendered an assault at this point impracticable. It was therefore determin. ed to blow open the west gate with powder bags, and enter the city by the bridge at that point as soon as the third brigade under major-general Bartley (which was the last landed) could assemble. During these proceedings, the boats of the Blonde, in an anxious desire to land the artillery guns as near as possible to the west gate, unfortunately advanced by the canal under the city walls, which were much obscured by buildings, before they were aware of the force to which they became exposed, and thus fell under a very severe fire, by which 16 men out of 24, which formed the crews of the Blonde's barge and flat boat, and 2 officers and 8 men of the Madras artillery were wounded; and it was only by great presence of mind, that lieut. Crouch of that ship, after receiving three wounds, succeeded in getting the men from those boats landed in the suburbs on the opposite side, and removed the other boats from a position in which it was impossible to use their guns. Not a moment was lost in communicating this casualty to the flag ship, when Captain Richards, with excellent judgment and promptitude, immediately landed with 200 marines at the entrance of the canal, were he was joined by a detach- ment of 300 of the 6th Madras native infantry, under captain Maclean, of that 1843. 467 Capture of Chinkiang fi. corps, and pushed through the suburbe to the city walls, while the whole of the boals of the Cornwallis, with their guns under the command of lieut. Stoddart, advanced by the canal on his right flank. This little flotilla having joined the boats of the Blonde, took up an excellent position, and opened their fire with good effect, in checking that of the Chinese at the west gate. "Captain Richards had determined, if possible, to scale the walls, in the hope of forming a junction with general Schoedde's brigade in the city; and having fortunately discovered a heap of rubbish from which his ladders could reach the parapet (about 30 feet high), he was in the act of rearing them, when commander Watson and Mr. Forster, master, with a boat's crew and a small escort of ma- rines, joined him from the Modeste, which was stationed some miles bigher up the river. Lieut. Baker, of the Madras artillery, commander Watson, captain Richards, and a private marine of the Modeste were the first who ascended. The two former were wounded, and the latter killed by the fire from the west gate ; in this intrepid achievement, the remainder of the gallant band, including part of the 6th Madras N. I., happily followed without further loss, thus effecting an important lodgment in the outworks of the city, between the outer and inner west gates, when they shortly afterwards communicated with the advance of major. general Schoedde's brigade. “About noon the arrangements for forcing the west outer gate being completed, it was most effectually blown in, when the third brigade under major-general Bartley, accompanied by the commander-in-chief of the forces, gallantly rushed in, sweeping all before them. The buildings above the gate in which the Tartar troops had been posted, were at the same time completely enveloped in flames. The Tartars however within the city were still unsubdued, and having collected in a large body, the 18th and 49th regiments, in advancing by the ramparts about half an hour after the explosion of the gate, were suddenly fired upon, and unfor. tunately sustained a severe loss of officers and men, although their opponents buffered in a tenfold degree. “The seamen and marines under captain Richards were at this time halted for temporary rest, on another part of the ramparts, but immediately advanced in the direction of the firing, and in passing along a narrow street in the Tarter city, received a volley from a considerable body of those troops, who had posted them. selves at a gateway, where they seemed inclined to make a determined bland; but on the advance of our men, and the discharge of a few rockets, they retired, leaving several men dead; and many others, who had the temerity to fire from the houkes as our men passed along the streets, shared the same fate. In this move. ment, I regret to say, that lieut. Fitzjames, one seaman, and one marine of the Cornwallis, were severely wounded. " The operations of this day were executed nnder a burning sun, with the ther. mometer above 90, and the loss of life in consequence has been serious; in addition to those killed and wounded in action, I have to lament the loss of brevet-major Uniacke, an old and distinguished officer of the Royal Marines, and one private of the Plover, who died from the effects of the sun, and I fear the army did not lose less than 16 from the same cause. The movements were so entirely military, that I cannot but express my admiration of the energy and ability with which they were conducted by my gallant colleague the general; and it is with renewed pleasure, that I again report the zoal and gallantry evinced by every officer and 408 Ser. lapture of Chinkiúng tu. men of the Royal and Indian navy, and Royal Marines under my command. which has been equally manifested in bringing the Aeet up this river, as in the subsequent operations on shore in which they have been engaged. “I inclose a list of the ships present in the Yángtsz kiáng, of the killed and wounded, and also of thc names of the officers of the squadron, who were from circumstances most conspicuously engaged on the 21st. It is unnecessary to speak further on the share which capt. Richards and his companions had in the assaults on the outworks of the city, they will no doubt be properly appreciated by their lordships. Lieut. Tennant, my flag lieutenant, took a prominent part in the attack of the Tartar troops in the city. Lieut. Fitzjames, (severely wound. ed) and a highly deserving officer, has already distinguished himself on different occasions. Lieut. Stoddart showed excellent judgment and good conduct in com. mand of the flotilla of armed boats. Lieut. Crouch, of the Blonde, I have already noticed; and the steadiness of Messrs. Jenkins and Lyon, midshipmen of that ship, who were in the advanced boats, is spoken of as highly creditable to thein. Captains Loch and Napier, R. N., who accompanied the expedition as volunteers, also participated in the active operations of the city. The loss of the land force I fear is not less than 19 killed, and 107 wounded in action, 3 missing, and the 16 who died from the effects of the sun. That of the Chinese must be iminense, as independently of those who fell in action, incredible numbers of Tartars (in some cases including whole families) have unhappily died by their own hands; their force within the city is supposed to have amounted to three or four thousand. Twenty guns were mounted on the walls, which with numerous ginjalls, matchlocks, and other arms, and a considerable quantity of powder, have all been destroyed. About 50,000 dollars' worth of sycee silver was also found in the treasury, which lias been embarked. The troops intended for the operations higher up the river will be reëmbarked as soon as possible; and as the report of the navigation upwards is favorable, I trust the expeditionary forces will soon renew operations at Nanking, if not arrested by overtures for peace from the Chinese government, which may be consistent with the terms intimated by her majesty's government. I have, &c. (Signed) WILLIAM PARKER, vice-admiral. “ Return of killed and wounded in the squadron under the command of vice-admiral sir William Parker, G.C. B., at the attack on the city of Chinkiang fu, on the 21st July, 1842. • Cornwallis : Brevet-major James Uniacke, R. M., killed, who died from the effect of the sun and fatigue : lieut. James Fitzjames, badly wounded; I seaman, dangerously wounded; I private marine, slightly wounded. -Blonde: lieut. Edward Crouch, severe- ly wounded, Mr. Henry 'T. Lyon, midshipman, slightly wounded; 3 seamen, dange- rously wounded ; 6 seamen, severely wounded; 5 seamen slightly wounded.-Modeste : 1 private marine, killed; commander R. B. Watson, slightly wounded ; 1 private ma- rine, slightly wounded.-Plover : 1 private marine, killed. GENERAL MEMORANDUM. “Dated Cornwallis, off Nanking, August 29th, 1842. “ The commander-in-chief has the high gratification of announcing to the squad. ron and transports under his orders, that the treaty of peace between Great Britain and China has now been happily signed, and the emperor's assent to its provisions being likewise received, the blockade and interruption of the Chinese, trade, and communications are to be immediately discontinned within the river, and on any part of the coast of China. The officers are expected to exert them 1843. 109 Operations before Vanking. selves to prevent the slightest cause of offense or disagreement to cor with the natives, with whom it is hoped the most friendly intercourse will be hereafter observed during the continuance of the British forces in this country. (Signed) W. Parker, vice-udirirul. "To the respeetive captains, commanders, and commanding officers of her ma. jesty's ships and vessels, those of the India navy, and to the agents and masters of transports. OPERATIONS BEFORE NANKING. Dispatches of H. E. lieut-gen. sir Hugh Gough. “ British Cantonment before Nanking, August 21st, 1842. “ To the right hon. Lord Stanley, principal secretary of state. "My Lord,-It has pleased Almighty God to crown hier majesty's arms with complete success, and compel the emperor of China to recognize the claims of Great Britain, and by accredited commissioners to enter into a treaty of peace dictated by the long lightly-esteemed foreigner, whose power is henceforth acknowledged. " The display of our military and naval force in the heart of the country- the interruption of all commercial intercourse by the Grand canal, the fall, within a few hours after our landing, of Chinkiáng fú, one of the strongest and from its position one of the most important cities in China, and the in- vestment by a victorious force of the ancient capital of this vast empire, have, under Divine Providence, been the happy means of effecting this great change in the Tartar councils, and are, I have no doubt, destined to produce results of no less importance to the civilized world than to our own country. “ The movement up the Yángtsz' kiáng suggested by the British govern- ment, strenuously advocated by the governor-general of India, and which was fortunately undertaken by sir William Parker and myself previous to the receipt of the instructions, has thus led to an earlier adjustinent of the differ- ences between England and China, than could probably have been effected by any other line of operation. "I will not enter into much detail of our movements since my last. dispatch of the 25th ultimo. On the 29th, embarked the force intended to act against Nanking, leaving major-general Schoedde with H. M.'s 55th, and one company of the 98th, the 2d and 6th regiments Madras N. 1., and a pro- portion of artillery and sappers to occupy Chinkiang fú, or rather the heights commanding it and the mouth of the Grand canal. The city had become uninhabitable, from the number of dead bodies in the houses that were occu- pied by the Tartar troops, near the several gates, and in the whole of the Tartar town. From the decomposed and scattered state of these bodies, it would have been impracticable to bury them without much risk to the health of the troops employed, and without breaking into numerous houses, which might have led to consequences scarcely less objectionable. I regret to say, that notwithstanding every precaution, I have lost several officers and men by cholera. "From the prevalence of contrary winds, the feet could not stem the current of the Yángtsz' kiáng, until the morning of the 4th instant, when the transports with lord Saltoun's brigade were enabled to proceed. The honorable 470 Sep. Operations before Nanking, Company's steam frigate Queen, having her majesty's plenipotentiary on board, towed up the Marion, head-quarters' ship, and on the 5th we anchored of Nanking, the Cornwallis having effected the passage on the preceding day. The whole of the ships did not reach the anchorage off this city until the 9th instant. “ Previous to our leaving Chinkiáng fú, anxious to avert the calarnities con- sequent upon an assault, and a repetition of the scenes of Tartar self-destruc- tion and universal plunder by a Chinese rabble, which we had witnessed with so much horror at that city, the admiral and myself had forwarded by the secretary of the Tartar general, who fell there, a summons to Niú Kien, vice- roy of the Two Kiáng provinces, a translation of which I beg to inclose. Your lordship will perceive that we only undertook to spare the city, giving it clearly to be understood that active operations against the government could alone be suspended upon acceptance of the terms so repeatedly announced by her majesty's plenipotentiary, or upon a negotiation by duly authorized per- sons based upon those terms. After the arrival of the Cornwallis on the 4th, the viceroy sent the letters of which I inclose translations, marked 2, 3, 4, to which sir W. Parker returned the answer marked 5. Considering it advisa- ble to place the ransom on the lowest possible scale, we fixed, after consulting her majesty's plenipotentiary, upon 3,000,000 dollars, and upon the 6th made the communication, of which a translation marked No. 6, is annexed. Had these low terms been accepted, the fleet and army would have been disposable for the immediate prosecution of active operations, the army against Súchau and Hángchau, while a portion of the fleet might have proceeded to blockade the Pei ho, and stop the trade in the gulf of Pechele. Yangchau, upon the Grand canal, ten miles north of Chinkiang fú, had already paid half a million, and we had no douht but that Shánghái would come into our terms, and pay a million, having offered half that sum. · Finding it unlikely that we should gain our object, unless some strong demonstration were made, and having carefully reconnoitred the river line of defense in one of the small steamers, the admiral and I made our arrange- ments accordingly for such demonstration and for the assault, should neither our terms be accepted, nor a negotiation commenced, which we had some reason to expect from the announcement of the approach of imperial commis- sioners. I shall here beg leave to give some particulars of this demonstra- tion, as I conceive that the alarm, to which it gave rise, hastened the event that we most desired. " It would not be easy to give your lordship a clear description of this vast city, or rather of the vast space inclosed within its walls. I shall there- fore only observe that the northern angle reaches to within about 700 paces of the river, and that the western face runs for some miles along the base of wooded heights, rising immediately behind it, and is then continued for a great distance upon low ground, having before it a deep canal, which also extends along the southern face serving as a wet ditch to both. There is a very large suburb on the low ground in front of the west and south faces, and at the southeast angle is the Tartar city, which is a separate fortress, divided from the Chinese town by high walls. The eastern face extends in an irre- gular line for many miles, running towards the south over a spur of Chung- 1813. 491 Operulions helwe Nuuking'. shán, a precipitous mountain overlooking the whole country, the base of which commands the rampart. In this face are three gates the most north- erly (the Teshing) is approachable by a paved road running between wooded hills to within 500 paces of thc walls, whence it is carried along a cultivated Aat; the next (the Taiping) is within a few hundred yards of the base of Chungshán, and that to the south (the Chanyang) enters the Tartar city. There is a long line of unbroken wall between the Teshing gate and the river, hardly approachable from swamps and low paddy land, and the space between the Teshing and Taiping gates is occupied by rather an extensive lake. The neighborhood of these last mentioned gates was very closely and judiciously reconnoitred by lieut.-col. Montgomerie and capt. Pears. “The reports as to the amount of troops in the city, which is acknow- ledged to contain a million of inhabitants, have varied exceedingly. I am informed, however, that the fugitives from Chinkiang fú have reached this place, increasing the Tartar garrison to about 6000, including the adults of that nation resident in the city, who are all trained to arins, and perhaps the most formidable opponents, as they âght for their families and their homes. The Chinese regulars amount, I have reason to believe, to about 9000, beside the militia. From the great extent of the walls, said to be twenty miles in circumference, although generally too high to escalade, and from the canals, suburbs, swamps and lake, in most places difficult to approach, it was evident that I could take the city, whenever I pleased by threatening it at such dis- tant points, as to prevent the concentration of a large opposing force, the very difficulties of approach affording the means of detaching small parties with impunity to create diversions, but I was well aware that the stand would be made in the Tartar city. My force consisted of 4590 effective fighting men- most of the Europeans had been with me since the commencement of opera- tions in China, and would, I was well assured, at once place their colors on the walls, whenever I gave the order, while all the new corps eagerly looked for a second opportunity of emulating their brother soldiers. But it was a great object to avoid a repetition of the horrors of Chápu and Chinkiang fu, and sir William Parker and myself were therefore anxious to try the effect of a demonstration. “ Had active measures been called for, the north angle was the only point against which the ships could act, and I determined to approach or threaten the east face in its whole extent and the southeast angle. The Cornwallis, Blonde, and heavy steamers, were accordingly placed in position, the first within 1000 paces of the Ifung gate with her broadside bearing upon a sort of demi-bastion, which it was proposed to breach—the Blonde so as to take the defense of that gate and bastion in flank, and the steamers so as to destroy the parapet of the wall on either side the point to be breached. I instructed major-general Bartley to enter the city at this point with his brigade, consisting of H. M. 18th, 49th and the 14th Madras N. 1. amounting to 1800 men, sup- ported by 300 Royal Marines. “On the Jlth and following days, the remainder of the force consisting of Lord Saltoun's brigade, the flanky companies of the corps al Chinkiúng fú, and the rifle company 36th M. N. I', together with one troop of horse, and three companies of foot artillery, with the whole of the light field train and 17" Ser. Operations before Nanking. . sappers, were landed at a village about five miles,down a creek, froin whence a good paved road leads to the Taiping and Teshing gates. I established the force in and about a large village equally distant from these two gates, and decided upon my line of proceeding, in case we should be driven to active operations—this was to threaten the two Hank gates, making the real attack to the right of the Taiping gate, covered by the concentrated fire of the guns froin the commanding slope of the Chungshán hills. This point forced, the Tartar city would virtually be taken, as my guns, introduced by the Taiping gate, could immediately be placed upon an eminence, perfectly cominanding the inner wall and town at a distance of a few hundred yards, whilst the bulk of my force, by a rapid advance on the Drum Tower in the centre of the Chinese city, might cut off the troops defending the north and east face from the Tartar garrison. "" I have been thus circumstantial, my lord, in regard to my disposi- tions, in order to show what I could readily have done, ably supported as I am, had not my country's interest, and I trust my country's honor, been oqaally maintained by a mere demonstration. On the 17th, I received the accompanying letter for the suspension of the hostilities from her majesty's plenipotentiary, who will no doubt, fully report upon the various circum- stances and communications that preceded the final happy result. I under. stand that full powers were sent to the commissioners upon the emperor s hearing of the fall of Chinkiáng fú, and from their anxiety to pay the first instalment, there can be little apprehension of the emperor's refusing to ratify a peace, which is called for by the general voice of the country. In the meantime, until the whole of the first instalment shall be paid, nothing shall be relaxed in our state of preparation and precaution. “To his excellency sir Henry Pottinger, I am much indebted for his friendly readiness to aid me with every information in his power, and for his uniform forbearance from all interference in the slightest degree with mili- tary operations and movements. But it is not for me to enlarge upon the able public services of this high functionary. To sir W. Parker, I must be permitted to say, that I cannot too strongly express my sense of obligation. We have worked together for the common cause, and I have ever found him, and the powerful arm over which he presides, desirous to meet my wishes, and prompt and cordial in every conjoint undertaking. "t Iis now my pleasing duty to bring to your lordship’s notice those gallant officers and troops, who, throughout the active operations in Chi-. na, in a warfare new to the British arms, exposed in various instances to temptations of no ordinary kind, assailed by sickness which in some cases left but few effective men in strong corps, and often subjected to great fatigues under a burning sun, have never in any instance met a check-not because their foes were few in number, devoid of courage, or slow to hazard life in personal contact, but because their own science, discipline, and devo- tion made them irresistible. “ From the officers coinmanding brigades and corps, as from the general and my personal staff, I have uniformly received the most ready and energetic assistance; and I shall beg hereafter to submit their names, with thosc of the several officers whom I have, on different occasions. 1 15.13. 473 prrutions before lunking. felt myself called upon to mention. It will be a subject of 110 ordinary gratification to me in after life, if I am permitted to feel that I have been the happy means of bringing to the notice of my sovereign, conduct so much redounding to the maintenance of the high character of her majesty's arms. I have, &c., H. Gougą, lt.-gen., com. expeditionary land force. P. S. Aug. 29th. :] have the satisfaction to add that I have this day witnessed the signature of the treaty by sir Henry Pottinger on the part of her majesty, and by the comissioners Kíying, l'lípu and Niú Kien on that of the enperor, and that the ratification of peace is no longer doubtful, the emperor's assent to the terins having been previously received, as will be seen by the accompanying copy of a letter fron H. M.'s plenipotentiary to the address of sir William Parker and myself with its inclosure. Under these circumstances, the admiral has determined to send off a steamer direct to Bombay, and I take the opportunity to forward this dispatch by my aid-de-camp, captain Whittingham, who has been with me during the late operations, and is well acquainted with my views in regard to China, and whom I beg leave to bring to your lordship’s notice. (Signed) Hugh Gough, licut.-general. FROM H. F.. SIR HENRY POTTINGER. * To their excellencies vice-admiral sir W. Parker, K. C. B., and lieut.-gen, sir llugh Gough, G. C. B. “Dated steam frigate Queen, off Nanking, 29th Ang., 1842. “Gentlemen,- The treaty of peace having now been happily signed, and the cmperor's assent to its provisions having likewise been intimated through an im. perial edict, addressed to the high commissioners and governor-general, of which I inclose a translation, I feel anxious to relieve the people from the great dis- tress and inconvenience which the present embargo on this river causes, and should your excellencies concur in these sentiments, I beg that his excellency the ad. miral will issue the necessary orders, and also send instructions by the steamers under dispatch, to her majesty's ships at Chinhái and Amoy, not to interfere fur- ther with the trade of those places. I have, &c., (Signed) H. POTTINGER, H. M. plenipotentiary. FROM H. E. SIR HENRY POTTINGER. “'To their excellencies vice-admiral sir W. Parker, K.C. B., and lieut.-gen. sir Hugh Gough, G. C. Bi, commander-in-chief. Gentlemen,–It affords me great satisfaction to have it in my power to inform you, that my negotiations with the Chinese high officers, who have heen appointed by the emperor to treat for peace, have advanced to that stage, that authorizes me to beg that you will consider hostilities suspended. I had hoped to have been able some days earlier to make this communication to your excellencies, but the necessity for carefully translating thë already volumi- nous correspondence which I have had with the Chinese commissioners, as well as for replying in Chinese (translations) to all their memoranda and mes- sages, together with the distance which we are from the city, and which pre- chuchas more than one daily cominunication back and forward, have conibined 670 No. IS. 474 Sep. Operations before Vanking to unavoidably prolong my proceedings. The treaty is now, however, drafted in English and Chinese, and will this day be sent to the high imperial com- missioners. After they have finally acceded to its tenor and forms (which latter are difficult to convey in a Chinese translation), it is to be signed by those high officers and myself, and then dispatched to Peking for the emperor's assent, which it is estimated will be received back here in about twelve or fourteen days from the date of its dispatch, so that we cannot at the soonest reckon on a final reply in less than three weeks from this date. The high commissioners would be very glad to persuade me to act at once on the provisions of the treaty, hy requesting your excellencies to withdraw the ships and troops : but I have distinctly informed them that that cannot be done; and it is almost needless for me to say, that in the (I trust most impro. bable) event of the emperor declining to confirm the acts of his commissioners, it will then become necessary to renew hostilities with increased vigor. I have &c. H. POTTINGER, H. M.'s plenipotentiary. Steam Frigate Queen, off Nanking, 18th August, 1842. FROM H. E. NIÚ KIEN TO' SIR HUGH GOUGH. “ Níu Kien, his imperial majesty's governor-general of the provinces of Kiángnan and Kiangsí, &c., makes this communication. " On the return of the officers whom he had sent, Kien, Yungan, and Lie. shien, the governor-general learns that the honourable envoy desires to arrange a conference with himself and the late minister, I'lípó. It is with great joy and pleasure that the governor-general has heard it. From this time forward, the feelings and wishes of the two countries will become known each to each, and peace and amity may be for ever established. But the minister I'lípú is now residing at Wrisa [sic.], at a distance from Nanking of 500 li, so that he certainly can never arrive here so quickly as in one or two days. “The governor-general finds on the bank of the river a temple named Zoinghhaitze [sic], suitable for a conference, and he would arrange to start at about 10 A. M. of the 6th of August, so as to be on the spot about noon. He will not take with him more than from ten to twenty followers, and he would request the honorable plenipotentiary, and the honourable commanders-in, chief, there to meet and confer with him. “To the high officers commanding the British naval and land forces, sir W. Parker and Sir H. Gough. Táukwáng, 22d year, 6th moon, 29th day. (August 5th, 1842). Extract~(Translation.) “Níu Kien, viceroy of the Two Kiáng provinces, hereby makes the follow- ing distinct communication in reply :- I have further received an answer from his Exc. the plenipotentiary, dated the 6th day of the moon (11th August), in which he wishes reparation for the past, and security for the future. I am perfectly acquainted with the circum- stances of your affairs, and that people residing at Canton having been exposed to insults and extortions for a series of years, and assuredly the high commis- sioners, Kiying and I'lípú, will most minutely investigate the matter, and take 1843. 475 Operations before Vanking. to measures that in future the people of your honorable nation carry on their commerce to advantage, and not receive injury thereby. Besides sending a reply to his Exc. the plenipotentiary, it is proper that I likewise transmit this convey the assurances of my sincerity. A most important communication. - To Parker and Gough, naval and military commanders-in-chief of the great English nation. · Táukwáng, 22d year, 7th month, Sth day. (14th August, 1842). GENER A I. ORDERS. The most noble the commander-in-chief has much gratification in pub- lishing to the army, a dispatch received from lieutenant-general sir Hugh Gough, bart., G. C. B., commending in the handsomest manner the services of the body of troops detached from the Madras army, and forming a part of the expeditionary force under the lieutenant-general's command on service in China. It gives the commander-in-chief of the Madras army the greatest sa- tisfaction, to have this opportunity of adding to its records, the marked appro- bation of the gallantry, good conduct and patience of its officers and soldiers in dangers and difficulties, as now pronounced by the high authority of the lieutenant-general. Devotedness to the service, and attachment to their officers, have always marked the charater of the Madras sppoys. Their perseverance and gallantry before the enemy have secured for them the confidence of the British Euro- pean soldiers who fight side by side with them in assaulting a breach, or who support them under fire when exposed to the attacks of the enemy. It is the mutual confidence that exists between the British soldier and the native sepoy that makes them so formidables in the field of battle. Under the guidance of Divine Providence, the war with China has been brought to a favorable termination for the interests of Great Britain, and the troops under the able command of lieutenant-general sir Hugh Gough have to boast of the fresh laurels they have added to an army, already covered with honor and distinction. " Singapore, 1st Janrary, 1843. “My lord Marquis,-1 have the honor to forward for your lordship’s infor- mation, a return of the Madras troops, late serving on the China expedition, and now about to return to their presidency. Captain Back's company of ar- tillery and the 2d regiment Native Infantry remain, pending the order of the government of India, at China-the 41st regiment has a wing at Kúlángsú and a wing at Hongkong, and the F. company of Sappers and Miners is divid- ed between the three stations. 2. “1 have directed It.-colonel Dyce to assume, as senior officer, the charge of Madras troops under the orders of major-general Lord Saltoun who com mands in China ; and lieut. McViccar, of the 41st regiment, will act, subject to confirmation as staff officer, according to the arrangement made at the outset of the expedition by the Madras government. Sub-assist. commissary general lieut. Elphinstone, remains in rge of the commissariat department ül Chusan and of the Madras commissariat in China. 3. "I cannot part irith the Madras troops, without expressing to your lord- 176 SEP. Errata to the Sailing Directions, f ship int council the entire satisfaction which I have derived from their conduct. on all occasions in the field and in quarters. The ?d regt. N. I. was with me at Wúsung and Sliánghái, and the 2d, 6th, 14th, and flank companies of the 41st at Chinkiúng fu, where it was the good fortune of the two former corps and the 41st companies to be conspicuously engaged. 4. “The rifle company 36th M. N. I. was with me throughout the greater part of the war, and did excellent service at Chusan, Chinhái, Tsz’kí, Chápú and Chinkiáng fú particularly. Captain Simpson was obliged to leave the force at Nanking, after the peace, in consequence of the very serious wound that he received at Chinkiáng fú, when leading his company at the assault. 5. “The 14th, flank companies of the 2d and 6th, 41st, and rifle company 36th, were before Nanking, when the treaty of peace was signed. 6. “ The Artillery and Sappers and Miners deserves more particular mention, as they joined me in the Canton river in March 1841, and have borne a gallant part on every occasion where the enemy was in the field, throughout the whole war. In mentioning to the governor-general of India the respective commanding officers, I have specially noticed lieut.-colonel Montgomerie and captain Pears, from whom in their capacities of brigadier of artillery and commanding engineer, I uniformly derived the most zealous and efficient assistance. 7. “I much regret that the 39th regiment and head, quarters 41st regiment- having been unavoidably left, the one at Hongkong and the other at Chusan, for the protection of those stations, did not share in the field service of the other corps. But I am persuaded that they would have done the same gallant service as their comrades, if opportunity had offered, and they were of essential service at their respective posts. 8. “ I beg to observe in conclusion, that heside the names of my native A. D. C. subadar-major Comarasawmy, Sirdar Bahadoor, of the Sappers and Miners, and Shaik Nuttah of the rifle company of 36th M. N. I. as before reprried, I have brought to the notice of the governor-general that of sub- arlur bahadoor Mackdoomjee of the gun Lascars B. company 2d battalion artillery I have, &c. (Sd.) “H. Gough, lt.-gen., commaniling expeditionary force. "The most noble the Marquis of Tweeddale, governor of Madras.” - Gentleman's Gazette, March 20th, 1843. Art. IV. Errata and additions to the Sailing Directions for Coast of China, by captains Kellet and Collinson, on pages 401-435. Page 402 line 3 from top, For S. 79° W., read S. 77° W. 402 Nanting is also read Lamtia. 5 from bottom, For 25° 35.7, read 25° 53.'7. 16 from top. For N. W extreme, read N.W'. island. 134:3. Topography of the Province of ('unton. Page 417 line 6 from top, For lon. 121' 44.2 E., read 121'' 42.'2 E. 421 top line, After St. George's island, add or Ching shan. 423 line 5 from top,. For four rocks, read seven rocks. 431 4 For long. 119° 25.5, read 119° 29'1 E. 432 4 For long. 119° 51'1, read 119° 51'5 E. 432 For long. 1200 25.'7, read 120° 25.8 E. 423 9 For long. 120° 14'1, read 120° 14.2 E. 432 14 After the Paps, add 1190 feet high, 432 For long. 120° 22.7, read 120° 22.6 E. 432 16 For summit 1700 feet, read 1684 feet. 434 2 After highest part, add 750 feet high. 434 6 After highest part, add 671 feet high. 434 8. After high part of south island, read 320 ft. high. 15 ART. V. Topography of the province of Canton: notices of the islands from the borders of Fukien to the frontiers of Co- chinchina. These islands are very numerous, and some of them are large. In former volumes ---vol. V., p. 337, and vol. VI, p. 9,-there have been given sketches of this coast. Some of the islands were then noticed. We now proceed to give a more ample list, with fuller details, naming the islands as they appear in the Kwangtung Tung chí. These maps present an imperfect sketch, without the lines of latitude and longitude. Neither their size nor their position, there- fore, can be accurately ascertained. The maps in the Kwangtung Tung chí, taken collectively, are 17 feet in length, and one foot in breadth. Commencing on the east, we will name the principal is- lands, in the order in which they occur on the map. 1, 2. Nán’au P , commonly called Namoh, is a large is- land, its length three or four times its breath. It is situated nearly parallel to the coast opposite to the districts of Jauping, or 饒平 ​Júuping B Hệ volume VI. the following details were given; The eastern point of the island is in lat. 23° 28' N., and long. 116° 59' 30" F. It is thir- toen miles in length, and three in average breadth, and consists of 478 SEP. Topography of the Province of Cunton. Sín- are two high mountains of unequal extent, connecied by a low isthmus. The channel between Van'ay and the mainland is about three miles b oad, at the narrowest point.” On the north side is in Nún'au ching or the city of Namoh. Near the west extreme are two forts, called upper and lower forts. Southward from sán-áu are, u á, Nán-pang, pang, and the Tsesing Tsiku: i. e. the Southern Pang, the Three Pang, and the Seven-Star Rocks. There are a few other small islands. Northward, and close to Namoh, are a Kilung shán, and in Yáng yii. These two are about midway between the east and west extremes of Namoh. Northeastward from them there Witz Láh yii; ik 4 Liú Niú; E Tung Hú; and near the min, 青​嶼​山 ​Tsingyi shin;西山 ​Sishin;信​洲 ​Sin- chau ; 114 Pe chau; # Tsing chau. These last named and several others, are situated near the inouth of a small river call. ed Yángkí that comes down from Jáuping. The fortress of Hwangkang, called n ) Hwangkáng sz’, stands on the east bank of this river, near its mouth. On some maps it is called RGB Hwangkang castle. A channel between the mainland and Si shin is called * £ PO Tákin mun; another between sí shán, and Sin shin is called P Siáukia mun. Just off Sin shin are three small islands, called af San yü. A channel between these several islands and the mainland on the west, is called To WP4 Shikau mun. On the mainland hereabouts are two rivulets, the mouth of the westernmost forms the western boundary of the district Já upiny; hetween these two rivulets is a place called in Yentsáu—probably having salt works. Between the west end of Namoh and the mainland, forming En la Chinghái hien, or the district of Chinghái, are Jl . With the Wú yü or Five islands ; 1 p 7,44 Shiling c'hau; * * Tálii wú; 1). *le Siaulãi wá, and be With Ní yü. The coast opposite to these islands, in the district of Chinghái, is intersected by the several branches of the river Hán, which comes down from Kiáying chau and Cháuchau i 1.14. The names of the branches, giving them in order, and commencing at the northeast, are li bite pe Tunglung kiáng; 14 T 17. Ze Shán tantsại kháng: Ft là Pe kiáng: 4 k Nón kiing: I = 1843. Topography of the Province of Canton. 479 tin kháng; BỂ i = Auting king; and i l Kitung. The first of these rivers, namely Tunglung, is also called to fill Chang- lin, from a tot til Chánglin ching, the town or fortress of Ching- Jin, which stands on the east side of the river, and not far from the borders of Jáuping. 3. Next to the coast of Chinghái, there is a narrow point in the district of the Kieyáng hien, which is washed by the sea. This point of land lies on the east bank of a small strearo upon which the city of Kieyang stands. 4. Proceeding westward, we come next to 潮陽​聯 ​Chiaying hien, or the district of Cháuyáng. No considerable part of the dis- trict consists of islands, of which the following are the principal ; to Chit:iáu; ii Tito Chichin shi; tite Fángki shán; L 315 in Túpi 'au; L. f. Kwei yü; it with. Sin yü ; with Tsingtsíu yü. South from these there is a large island, near the east end of which is a bay called in Lien’au; another bay on the south is called 12 Kwang'au; on this same island (or what appears the same) there is a military station called in Táh-hau ying. Near this, on the same island is another small one, called }3 ) Cháuning sz'; there are also several forts. North and east of the large island are 鍋盖​嶼 ​Kwokii yi 草 ​the Tsiu yii, and wh Sin yii; directly north of it, and be tween it and the main is a still larger portion of land. The passage between these two islands is called, on the northwestern side e 19 Lukau mun, and on the southwestern P9 Hótú The distance from this passage to the extreme southwestern bay, called in Tsien’au, is 100 li. On this largest and most northern island, we find it Pg For Háimun só, or the fortress of Haimun. On or near the bay called Tsien’au (named above), are two points, one called HÈ Lungtán pí, the other in Tsien'au pi. The chief city of the district Cháuyang, to which all the islands named in this paragraph belong, stands on the mainland over against this large island; on the east of the city is the river which comes down from Kiaying hien; on the southwest of the city is another small river which comes down from Púning hien : the mouth of the first is called Haukí kiáng; that of the second Tsienkí kiáng. Just within the entrance of the first, is the island 14 Tsinhwui shán: just within the entrance of the other is the island called it 1H4 Tráng chau. mun. 480 Sur. Topography of the Province of Canton On our large map of this province, the Lungtán pí is represented as a rock, rising above the water south of the large island. And the most southerly point of that island is called tik 17 14 Fángtsái shán; and its high peak En Lienhwa fung. This point marks the eastern bank at the river's mouth. About midway between this point and a bridge to Hóping kiáu, is the island Tsáng chau. It was directly opposite the Lienbwa fung, or Water-lily point, that the boat of the Madagascar, captain Dicey made the shore, September 21st, 1841. This is the position, we believe, call- ed by foreigners, Breaker point. About half way between this point and Namoh is the cape of Good Hope. 5. The district of Hwuilái, or the Hwuilái hien, situated on the coast westward from Chányáng, is without islands. The prin- cipal places along this coast are, visit pift Tsinghái só, a small walled town; 石澳 ​Shiau; 赤​澳 ​ChiPau; 溪​東 ​Kitung: ta # 'Aukioh; The Shintsiuen sz', or the village of the Divine Fountain. Shintsiuen is also the name of a river which takes its rise in several streamlets in the district of Hwuilái. A few miles to the westward of Shintsiuen, in a small river called Lung kiáng, or Dragon's river ; off this river are three rocks, the largest of which is called in Kweihú tun. 6. The district of Lufung, or Lufung hien, stretch- es westward from Hwuilái about forty miles. The first prominent point in this district is to A Súkung, between Lungkiáng and the river on which stands the city of Kiáhtsz F hii Kiáhtsz? ching ; off this point are several rocks, on the large map called *+ F * Lushi kiáh tsz’ lán. Next is the bay of Súkung, called in a Súkung 'au. In the outer part of this bay is an island called Tungki. Next to this, on the west is a projecting point called 7 # Tienwí piáu, and an island off beyond the point named 5 h Síki. A shallow bay, the Tsien’au, comes next; and then a river called it to Kieshi kiáng. On the west bank of this river is the walled city called the Ta Bhi Kieshi ching, also to Kieshi wei. A little to the west from the mouth of the river Kieshi, and not far from the shore, TOLókú shi,, or the “ Drum rocks.” small river called the Niáukán kiáng; on the east bank of this river near its mouth is Hútung, with a fort ; on the west bank are high rocks; and i few miles from its mouth is thic are Next is a 1843 Tüpography of the Province of Canton. 481 city of Lutung. Captain Dicey and his party passed through this city. Nearly opposite, but a little westward from the Drum rocks, is a place called MĖ Kinsiáng,—on the large maps, # 7 Kinsiáng shi sin, at which place there is a military station. 7. The city of Háifung, or titHúifung ching, marks the chief town of the next district on the coast, as we pass westward. The boundary line is on or near the mouth of the river * FW Táte kiáng; there are in this district, according to our maps, half a dozen streams which rise in the interior of the district and run southward toward the sea, and all empty into a channel stretching from east to west. This channel cuts off a portion of land which forms an island; the east end of this channel marks the Táte kiáng mentioned above; the west end is called & # Chángshá kiáng. On the large map of the province, this channel is drawn so as to represent a large gate or portal; and directly above the arch of the gate, and near the centre, stands the chief city of the district Haifung. On this large island (if it be an island) are two walled towns; one near its eastern extreme is called it a tri Tsieshing ching (also Tsieshing so FIFT); the other is near the western ex- treme, and is called 16 Háifung hien ching (also T#Tunhiá chái). On one of our maps, a narrow creek, (run- ning north and south, called 70 Shánwi kiáng,) divides this island nearly equally. The mouth of the Táte kiáng is filled with and short distance from the sea there is a long bank in the middle of the stream, the upper end of which is called it Shángying, and the lower end of it 7 * Hiáying. Near the western side of the channel's mouth is Mil Peshá hú, or White-sand lake; opposite to this lake, or basin, are three rocks laid down but not named on the map. South of the lake is a head- land, called To 36 Shisz' tau, or Stone-lion's head. Off this is with Kinyit, or Golden island. Further southward and west- ward is R Chéláng piáu, apparently a headland, and an island. Between the island and the headland is a bay called by itthon Tse-au, or Pirate's bay. Off the town of Tsieshing are several rocks and islands : Wangyü; É A with Kweiling yii : lutte Tsái yü ; Hiápó tsiáu; 1I : HIGH. Kiángmáy... Fur- ther to the west, near the embouchure of the BE 19 7 Hau. nhún kháng, and the C Siáuunh kháng, art ·揭​籠​山 ​sand; a vol, XII. NO. IX. 61 482 Topography of the Province of Canton. Ser are: Kilung shan, i Kisiu yii, I Hitel Kiángmau yu, and will Máuyu. 8. We have now come to the district of Kweishen, or ·歸​善​縣 ​Kweishen hien, which has a seacoast of about forty miles, inarked by no rivers of any magnitude, and having few islands. These few bl Hwánmáu shán ; VEZ Wáng yü; (this last lies near a headtand, called Niáushán tau:) next are 東征 ​Tungting, and PG PE Siting; * Tásing, and if Siau- sing: also P, Yahpe ; fi Tiechen; Shingkáu ; i Tsáu yü; * T Tauhiá; and 1 L TF Nieshán shi. Near the eastern frontier of Kweishen, there is a deep bay, at the head of which is a large round island, called M 14 Yen chau, i. e. the Saline isle: 9. To the district of Sin-án, or # Sin-án hien, belong- ed what now forms the British colony of Hongkong. The coast is irregular, and the islands numerous. Near the eastern frontier is the walled town * 76 Tápang ching, which is the residence of a sub-magistrate. South from this city is the Great Deer's Horn, or Great Deer's Point, called by the Chinese te Tálu kiúh. Off this point are the islands 'È Sánkwán-pi; 二​官​筆 ​'Rhkwan-pi;海​洲 ​Hi chan; 馬鞍 ​Mi-an; 魚​公 ​Tiguyu kung;釣魚​翁 ​Tiuyi ung;陀​寧 ​Toh-ming; 月眉 ​Yuemei,竹​篇 ​Chukau; 三水 ​Sanshi;福建​, Fukien tau ; # H Tsiángkiun au; Je We Yen pái; # Ping chau; to je Ki au ; ite this in Língchuen chau ; il 門 ​Siaukin mun;金門 ​Takin mun; 菜​洲 ​Kwo chau; 蒲臺 ​Pathi; 比​佛堂​山 ​Pa Futang shan;南​佛堂​山 ​Nán Futáng chán; j + Chichú (i. e. the island known to fo- reigners by the name of Hongkong); R 19 314 Kiáu-i chau; fup finn MN Yangchuen chau; K 19 Kishúi mun; thin 14 Hungchuen chau ; FE E Pipá chau; ES7Shang- mã tấu; F G 31 Hiảmó táu; R N Chángchau tsi; BẺ ĐẸ Lungpoh; đi | Siáu chau; k l m Tayi shan, and many more south of it. Further westward are 位​行 ​Ling- ting (Lintin I.), and other sinaller islands. 10. The waters or parts of them--forming the larme estuary 1843. 483 Topogruphy of the Province of Canton. above Lintin, belong to the district of Tungkwán, or 東莞​縣 ​Tungkwán hien, in which are several islands. Among these is Wongtong or the Hwangtáng shán. The Chinese consider the water above the Bogue as a part of the ocean, and in their offi- cial papers speak of them as such: those immediately above Wong- tong are called Jezi F Sz'tsz' yang, the Sea of Lions. 11. Opposite to Sin'án and Tungkwan, which lie on the east side of the estuary, is the district of Héungshán, or Hiáng shán hien. The islands in this district are very imperfectly laid down on our maps; nor do different native maps agree with each other in giving the names and positions of the islands. On the map which we chiefly follow, the distance from 14 Wánshán (Lau- mán shán, or the Ladrones) to Macao is put down at 90 li; but the position of Macao is not marked. On the map which gives us the district of Hiingshán, we find # Kiau; P9 Kinsing mun; Rate M H Langkióh shán + Kiúsing (which are the well-known Nine islands); + I P9 Shitsz’ mun (the Typa); 24 Tsing chau, (Green island); 7 Ma- lau chau, or Monkey island off the Bar fort; Sutsü ; 灣​洲 ​Lienwan chau; + A * L Siáuhwang kin shán; to 14 Táhwang kin shán. Next to these are chau; and H Petang chau. The district of Hiángshán, as it is sketched on two of our maps, is intersected by many broad channels, so that in passing through the country you may see boats sailing in almost all directions. Macao stands near the southeast point of the mainland; and #1 ) Hwángliáng tú sz? stands near the southwest point of the mainland of the district of Hiángshan. 12. Part of the district of Sinhwui, or for the Sinhwui hien, is also, like Hiángshán, to which it is contiguous, cut up by nume- rous channels, so as to form what might be considereit islands. Off what is properly the mainland ; are * T:hú; = 'Rhhú; ER Sinhú; 1] # Siáulin; * #* Tálin; * * Tali chau; 'ielu; Kaulan; Kisin, &c. 13. Next to Sinhwui is the district of Sinning, or 新​寧縣 ​Sinning hicn, which has forty-five miles of seacoast with many islands. Off the eastern extremity, and not far from 19 Yai min, Precipice gate, are 獨​雌 ​Tuyi:二​崖​iyail: 鶴​州 ​Hoh 484 Sep. Topography of the Province of Canton 洲 ​Ma chau;燕子​排 ​Yentax pai:黄茅​Hwangmin;三角 ​Sánkióh; Chukáu wí; * Tákin; # Fánkwei máu; # Chuenlung; the Pikiá; Wú. chú; and Pekiái . We are now off Kwanghái chái, called also Kwanghái wei; (see vol. V., p. 344;) here we find Ell Sháng chuen, or St. John's island, where the remains of Francis Xavier were interred. This is a large island, represented on the Chinese maps as being about the size of Hongkong. West- ward from St. John's, is Hiachuen, of nearly the same extent. Between the two are several small rocks and islands. 14. The district of Yangkiáng, or I Yángkiang hien, belonging to the department of Sháuking, presents about fifty miles of coast, lying between Sinning on the east and Tienpe on the west. Nor far from the eastern borders of this district is the town of * Tá-au. The islands along this coast. are Me To Fanshi; 珠母​斗 ​Chimi tau;岸 ​Tui-ngin;獨山 ​Trushi shán; the BE 14 Háiling shán; 1 14 Má-an shán; 10 15 Tushú tu ; and H Tsing chau. 15. The district of Tínpák, or EE Tienpe hien, in the department of Kanchau, lies next to that of Yángkiáng. Here are 14 Tungshú shán; itj 14 Nánshú shán; and a few others near the city of Tienpe, known for its salt works. .16. The district of Wúchuen, or INI Wuchuen hien, conterminous with Tienpe, has also but few islands. The chief of these is 14 Má-án shán, or Saddle island, on which is the inilitary station M Kiechau sz'. Between this and the main the Chinese notice several sand-banks. 17. The district of Suiki, or KE Suiki hien, forms part of the neck of land which stretches southward from Tienpe and Wi- chuen to Hainan. There are a few small islands on the east: viz. vi i Tungtan shán; Ne Chauki: to Tunghái, &c. 18. The district of Háikáng, or Huikáng hien, has on the east side the island i N Luchau, and * Sin- máu táu. There are other smaller islands. 19. The district of Siiwan, or Sünvan hien, has many small islands on its three sides, -east, south, and west, which are washed by the sea. 1843. 485 Asiatic Cholera in China 20. The seas near the island of Húinán, (7* W Kiungchau fú) is studded with islands. They are tvo numerous to be named hiere. 21. The coast beyond Háinán is also marked by many islands, which are almost unknown both to the Chinese and to foreigners. There are also many sand-banks. For some account of this sea, with its islands, &c., see vol. V., p. 340. Considering the large number of ships that are now every year on the coast of this province, and the many casualties that have hap- pened, especially to the westward of Hongkong; considering too the numerous bands of pirates who rendezvous among these islands it is at once apparent that the present amount of information regard- ing this whole line from Cochinchina to Fukien-is so limited and imperfect as to make a new survey in a high degree desirable. To make a perfect survey will require much time, and to accomplish it will be doing right good service both to China and to foreign com- We should like to see the attention of those who have the means of performing this important service, directed to its immediate accomplishment. It might perhaps be found expedient and even beneficial, to employ in such a healthful service some of the lighter ships of H. B. M., rather than to detain them month after month in the waters of Hongkong, merce. Art. VI. Notices of the Asiatic Cholera in China. Communi- cated by Rev. W. C. MILNE. Ningpo, June, 1843. It was in the autumn of 1842, that I was induced to examine the question, if Asiatic cholera had ever, really or to any extent, visited China, especially the northern parts of the country. The occasion that led to the investigation of the subject, was the fact that the severest type of cholera had, a little before, broken out in some of the transports that lay abreast of Nanking and Chinkiang fú, (at least so it was reported,) and had made its appearance about the same time in the European and Indian hospitals at Tinghái, and in the close alleys occupied by the Chinese, within the west gate of that city. The question above stated, was, at that time, put to me by more than one medical officer in the naval and military services, and a list of queries was handed me to assist in guiding my inquiries. 486 Srp. 4satis Choleia in China. The result of those inquiries, made both at Tinghái and Ningpo, is now laid down, and the conclusion, 10 which the reader will come, cannot but be that Asiatic cholera has already, and not un- frequently nor slightly, but often and with great severity, visited China, in common with almost every other nation under heaven. The heads of my inquiries were the following: the names given to the disease; the history of its origin and progress in this country; cause; symptoms; duration of disease; favorable signs; remedies. 1. Names. There is a disease very commonly known among the Chinese, under the appellation of or E ELBE hoh lwán tú sié. The first two characters denote suddenness and confu- sion, or we may say “sudden and violent;" the third signifies" to vomit,” and the last “to purge.” The translation of the entire phrase would be “sudden and violent vomiting and purging.” An- other name is given to this disease, which corresponds in meaning precisely to the former. It is like 2 LŽ au sie hón lwán chi tsih, "a sudden and violent attack of vomiting and purging.' From minute inquiries it would appear that the two characters, L hóh lwán are intended to express also the violent throes in retching, which generally attend the attack. Hence, they mark out a distinct kind as the ET IL kán hóh lwán, or “ dry retching," a case in which the patient retches violently, without being in the least relieved by vomiting. This type of cholera is attended also by writhing pains in the bowels, and hy alternations of chills and fevers. Perhaps this is nothing else than simple cholic, or what is often called 'English cholera.' There is, however, a species of cholera, which is spoken of, by the natives of those provinces which it has visited, in terms that betoken their horror at it, while they regard it as entirely sui gene- ris and utterly incurable. The names given to this type of cholera are not a few. Tiáu kioh shá 79. The character tiáu, from the expla- nations of the native doctors, in this application conveys the idea of bending up as a bow," a meaning it derives from the original sig- nification it bears of “grasping a bow for the purpose of bending it.” The second term stands for “the feet," and the third is one purely medical, expressive of "violent pains and writhings in the bowels." The translation of this name, given to the disease, will therefore be "bending up the feet and writhing of the bowels." Kibh kin Irán # The first two characters mean ' feet and tendons ? the 1813. 187 Asiutic Chulcru in China. Jast contraction or "tying up;" i. e., a contraction of the feet and tendons.” It is sometimes simply called in 195 kin lwán, or “a cramping of the sinews.” HUB AH T, kióh kin tiáu is a name, that signifies " a bending or curving up of the feet and tendons;" Alp An the kióh kin chau, is a fifth representation of the disease, meaning a drawing up (violently) of the feet and tendons." The only re- maining appellation is El chun kiók hóh lwán, or “ a turning up—a rolling up of the feet suddenly and convulsively." In all these names, it will appear that the leading feature in the Asiatic cholera is denoted, viz. the extremely violent cramping of the whole frame. II. History of the disease in China. The first individual that I met with, who could give any definite account of the disease and its history, was Doct. Ching, an aged resident of Ningpo, who bore a conspicuous part in the year 1842, in arranging to have our incar- cerated countrymen restored to us. He is himself an acupuncturist of long standing, and has traveled not a little in his own country. From his account, would appear that this severe type of cholera broke out first in the third month of the first year of the reigning emperor, A.D. 1820, and that it had been transmitted, by a Fukien trading junk, from Siam to Fakien, from which province it traveled into Canton, and thence into Kiángsi and Chekiáng, taking a northerly direction, until it reached the province of Chilí, where it, however, did not commit extensive ravages. The two provinces of Kiăngsi and Che- kiáng are said to have suffered most from its devastations. In its progress through the latter province, it reached the department and city of Ningpo, in the fourth month of the first year, or in May, 1820; and it is calculated that, in that department alone, _two thousand individuals fell victims to its rage, during the first out- break of the disease. It appeared again in the two following years, but with redoubled violence, and during the summers of these three years, 1820-21-22, (for it made its appearance always during the hot weather,) ten thousand persons are supposed to have been carried off in the city and department of Ningpo. After a cessation of eight years, it again broke out, in the eleventh year of Táukwáng, or A. D. 1831, when it raged severely but not so violently as in pre- ceding years. In the year 1841, it appeared afresh in the city of Chinhái. Mr. Hú, a merchant of Ningpo, confirmed the statements made by the aged doctor--adding that he was in the city of Ningpo at the 482 Ser. Asiulio Cholera in China. time of the disease raging, and that while he walked the streets on his usual routine of business-he daily saw people suddenly drop down under its overwhelming attack. My teacher, a native of Hangchau fú, the capital of the province of Chekiáng, informs me that it raged there with the greatest se- verity, on the 5th, 6th and 7th months (summer months of the 2d and 3d years of Táukwáng, or during June, July, and August of 1821-22. He says “people died like sheep" in those days, dropping down dead in the streets apparently without a struggle. He thinks that, in Hángchau fó, several myriads must have perished. Dr. I, a practitioner at the east gate of the city of Ningpo, cor- roborates all the preceding. He has the idea that the first victim to the cholera was the emperor Kiáking, the father of his imperial ma- jesty Táukwáng. This I had heard of previously; but from minuter inquiries, it would appear that H. I. M. died rather of a stroke of apoplexy or paralysis. Wáng Chíyih, a civil officer of Ningpo and head of the police esta- blishment there, informed me that, in Shantung, his native province, this species of cholera raged furiously during the year noted above, that incalculable numbers died of it, and that there is a vulgar notion abroad there of its having emanated from Laushán, a moun- tain in Shantung, fabled to be the residence of the eight genii. Every person to whom I spoke on the subject, (for I made it a special topic of inquiry,) answered in language most strongly ex- pressive of their dislike and dread, as if in recollection of past hor- rors, and in despair of meeting with any antidote. While the armed expedition lay in the Yángtsz’ kiáng, in the summer of last year, it will perhaps be remembered that, several soldiers and seamen fell victims to what was regarded Asiatic cho- lera; and, about the same date, it prevailed somewhat in Tinghái, carrying off a few Europeans, East Indians, and Chinese. As to the classes of men which have suffered most from its ravages, I could only learn that they were mostly the poorer, that they were under 70 years of age, that there was no particular class of laborers, and that death among males preponderated. But the people of Ting- hái had an impression, when it broke out in the autumn of 1842, that young unmarried women were its principal victims. Dr. Cháng specified the priests and priestesses of the Budhistic religion, as exempt from the attack of the epidemic, and attributed the exemp- tion to the favor of the gods. If indeed exempt, it might be that their abstenious habits contributed not a little to it. Or, as that 1843. 189 Asiatic Cholera China priesthood forins on the whole but a small proportion to the bulk of the people, and would suffer correspondingly, the idea would get abroad that the priests were specially favored; while the priests them- selves would take advantage of the small proportion cut off by the malady, to impre-s the ignorant with the notion that they had been peculiarly favored of the gods. In conversation with my informants, they pointed out the follow- ing peculiar feature in the progress of the malady through the coun- try, viz., its "leaping over" whole districts, and even departments. They instanced this case. As has already been remarked, it travel- ed from the province of Kiángsi into the neighboring province of Chekiáng. Huing raged for sometime in the district city of Yuhshín (E 111), which is on the border of the two provinces, but belongs to the jurisdiction of the former, it suddenly broke out in Hángchau fi, the capital of the latter, having passed over a line of ground about two hundred miles in length, upon which-without reckoning innumerable townships, villages, and hamlets,-there are six considerable cities. III. Cause. On this point my friends did not presume to pass any conjectures, especially as healthy robust people were so sud- denly cut off by it in the prime of their days. Dr. Cháng, on being asked whether he had ever held any post-mortem examination to as- certain if possible the character of the malady-confessed that, so far from looking at a corpse, he was so frightened that at last he declin- ed attending upon even the living, when his services were called for. IV. Symptoms were the following, as given in detail by the ve- nerable acupuncturist, in reply to the sinple question "what peculiar and distinctive symptoms attended the attack:"-sudden sh. king of the limbs; vomiting; violent diarrhæa; pulse rapid before purging commenced; on purging, pulse ceased; eyes dull and sunken after the diarrhæa commenced; person delirious and afterwards insensi- ble; nails black; lips corrugated and of a dark purple color; nose blue; face black; drawing together of the whole body; the bowels greatly pained; no urine, but all purging; convulsions before death. V. Duration of the disease. The patient generally carried off in four or six hours. They spoke too of sudden deaths in the streets. VI. Favorable signs. The stoppage of purging and the recovery of sensitiveness in the limbs; inotion of the eye. VII. Remedies. Medicines taken internally of no use; acupunc- ruring the lower extremities and cauterizing, at a viry early stage, sometimes succe ccessful, perhaps in two cases out of ten. 6? 101.. XII. VO. IX. 490 SEP 0 M Ship Sulphur s loyage Art. VII. Narrative of a Voyage round the World, performed in H. M.'s ship Sulphur, during the years 18:36-1842, including details of the naval operations in China, from Dec. 1840 to Nov. 1842. Published under the authority of the Lords Com- missioners of the Admiralty, by captain sir Edward Belcher, R. N., kint., ('. B., P. R A. S., foc. commander of the expedition. Ju two volumes. London : 1843. By the politeness of sir Edward Belcher, we have had the pleasure of seeing these two volumes, and but for other and previous engage- ments might have read them. They contain only a part of what is to be given to the public as the fruits of the Sulphur's voyage, for already we see that a work on zoology is announced. The nar- rative, before us, has been drawn up with much care; and judging from the pages we have read, is replete with useful information. Our readers abroad will be glad to know that sir Edward Belcher is already again on another voyage in the eastern seas. He arrived at Hongkong on the 14th instant, in H. M. S. Samarang, and will in a few days proceed eastward and northward. He has now opened before him a very rich field for maritime survey. The following extract from the Preface to the Narrative of the Voyage round tiie World, will give the reader some idea of the seas traversed by the Sulphur in her long cruise. In order that the scope and extent of the objects contemplated and at- tained in this voyage round the world may be judged of, it may be well to precede the narrative by a brief outline of its contents. “Iler Majesty's ship Sulphur was commissioned in September, 1835, by captain Beechey, and accompanied by her consort the Starling, lieut.-com- mander Kellett, quitted England in the following December. Captain Beechey invalided at Valparaiso, and was succeeded by acting commander Kellett, who was again superseded by the author of the present narrative, who took the command at Panama, in February, 1837, having crossed the isthmus of Darien for that purpose, and retained it till the conclusion of her protracted voyage. After some little delay in completing certain necessary operations, the two vessels proceeded northerly, touching at Realejo and Libertad in Central America, and reached San Blas in June, 1837, whence she sailed for the Sandwich Islands, which she reached the following month. “ Port Etches, in King William's sound, in lat. 60° 30' N. was the next destination of the expedition. Point Riou and Port Mulgrave were chosen as base stations for determining the position of Mt. St. Elias, and further -:ling the question of longitude between ('ook and Vancouver. The Sul- ! 1843. Hj. Ship Sulphurs l'ouge, 191 phur then proceeded to Sitka, or New Archangel, in Nortolk sound, where the officers received very courteous treatment from captain Koupreanoff, the Russian governor. She next visited Friendly Cove, in Nootka sound, and thence sailed to San Francisco, when the examination of the river Sacra- mento, one hundred and fifty-six miles from her anchorage, occupied the party in open boats for thirty-one days. Thence the Sulphur successively visited San Blas, Acapulco, and Libertad, on her way to Realejo, where the author, for the recovery of his health, undertook a land survey of the princi- pal mountains overlooking his future ground in the gulf of Papagayo, and fixed the principal features of the lake of Managua, to its fall into that of Nicaragua at Tepitapa. After surveying the gulf of Papagayo and port Cule- bra, the Sulphur quitted Central America, touched at, and fixed Cocos island, and reached Callao in June, 1838, for the purpose of refit, and the comple- tion of stores and provisions. Having examined the coast between Cerro Azul and Callao, (about sixty miles,) she left Callao in August, calling at Paita and Guayaquil, and returned to Panama in the following October. “Here may be said to have ended her first cruize; but between October and March a survey was made of the gulfs of Fonseca and Nicoya, Pueblo Nueva, and Baia-Honda, after which the ship moved northerly, repeating her cruize of 1837. She was detained at the Columbia river till September; Bodega, the Russian position near San Francisco, was then surveyed, and subsequently San Francisco, Monterey, Santa Barbara, San Pedro, San Juan, San Diego, San Quentin, San Bartolomeo, the gulf of Magdalena, and cape San Lucas. The Sulphur then proceeded to San Blas and Mazatlan, where orders for a westerly return awaited her. Having shipped supplies for four- teen months from a transport which had been sent to meet her, she commen- ced her homeward voyage in Jan. 1840; en route the author landed on the islands of Socorro and Clarion, and secured their positions. She reached the Marquesas the same month, and atter a short visit to port Anna Maria, Nukuhiva, moved on to Bow island, where the operation was performed of boring for the volcanic foundation on which these coral islands are suspected to stand. She then visited Tahiti, Huaheine, Raratonga, Vavao (Tonga group), Nukulau (Feejees), Tanna (New Hebrides), Port Carteret (New Ireland), Britannia Island, New Guinea, coasting that island to Arimoa and as far as Jobie, where she renained to rate and survey, then to Amsterdam, Pigeon island (Dampier’s straits), Bouro and Amboyra, moving thence to Macassar, Great Solombo, and Pulo Kumpal off the Borneo coast, and reached Singapore in October of the same year. “ Orders here awaited her to proceed instantly to China, where she was detained, and took an active part in the operations against the Chinese, till nearly the close of the year 1841, when she sailed for England. After leav- ing Singapore, and touching at Malacca, Penang, Acheen, Sumatra, Point de Galle (Ceylon), Sechelles, Madagascar, Cape of Good Hope, St. Helena, ad Ascension, she at last returned to Spithead.” This was on the 19th of Jirly. 1812. Subsequently the Sulphur was ordered to Woolwich, and paid off contbr. 2d of Angust. 492 Ser. H. M. Ship Sulphur's Voyage. A map of the While among the Indians on the Columbia river, sir Edward had an opportunity of witnessing the practice of compressing the head of infants. “The infant, very soon after birth, is placed horizontally in a small wooden cradle, wrapped up in fur, and lashings are repeatedly passed across it, so as to render the body nearly motionless. At the top of the cradle is a well, rather below the level of the rest, in which the head is sunk, and compresses are fitted in between the head and the extremity of the box, till the required pressure is produced." He saw one placed in this compressing machine; the child, as it ap- peared to him, did not suffer much by the operation; and adds, that the practice does not appear to be prejudicial to the development of the mind. Taking possession of the island of Hongkong is noticed by sir Edward in a paragraph which we will soon quote: We have seen a copy of his chart of the waters around the island, and it exhibits ac- curately the extent of both the island and the harbor. island, made from this clart, and lettered in Chinese by the late Mr. Morrison, has been presented to H. I. M.'s imperial commissioner, Kiying. Sir Edward thus describes the act of taking possession, which was done in January, 1841. “ The only important point to which we became officially parties, was the cession of the island of Hongkong, situated off the peninsula of Kau- lung, within the island of Lama, and on the northern side of the entrance through the Lemina channel. Captain Scott, of the Sainarang, having been left behind to give up the demolished forts of Chuenpe and Tycocktow to the Chinese authorities, the squadron withdrew from the river, and moved down to the S.W. bay of Lantao, the commodore, shifting his broad pendant to the Calliope, moved on 10 Macao, accompanied by the Larne, Hyacinth, and Modeste. “ The Columbine was dispatched to Chusan, to recall the force stationed there, and further to direct its evacuation on the release of capt. Anstruther, Mrs. Noble, &c. “On the return of the commodore on the 24th, we were directed to pro- ceed to Hongkong, and commence its survey. We landed on Monday, the 25th, 1811, at fifteen minutes past eight A. l., and being the bonafide first possessors, Her Majesty's health was drank with three cheers on Possession Mount. On the 28th, the squadron arrived; the marines were landed, the union hoisted on our post, and formal possession taken of the island, by commodore sir J. J. G. Bremer, accompanied by the other officers of the squadron, under a feu-de-joie from the marines, and a royal salute frorn the ships of war. "On the Kanlung peninsula were situated two batteries which might have cooromandrit this anchorage, but « loiroh apprared at present to be brut 1843). 193 H. W. Ship Sulphur's toyage thinly manned; these received due notice to withdraw their men and guns, as part of the late treaty." Vol. II., pp. 147, 148. We quote the following paragraph for the purpose especially of showing the part sir Edward and some others took to prevent the destruction of human liſe at the capture of the forts on the river at the Bogue in the spring of 1841. “ As the breeze was light, and scarcely gave steerage way, the squadron did not move as early as was expected. At daylight capt. Knowles, R. A., opened with his howitzers from South Wangtong, ard kept the enemy pretty well amused throughout their lines. About nine o'clock, I visited his bat- tery, and took a fair view of the enemy's works, and as soon as the breeze freshened, repaired on board the Calliope. Passing close to the western battery, she was anchored within musket shot, on its N.W. flank, opposing her broadside to the new works which had been thrown up on that face of the island. The Samarang took up her station very prettily under her stern, and the cross fire of the two vessels was beautiful, it acted like masons- chipping off the alternate angles of the nearest embrasure. “ In a few miuutes the enemy were flying ; when by cupt. Herbert's direc- tion I passed to the commodore, and found the Wellesley and Druid punishing the western heavy fort. Having communicated “that there was no further opposition,” I was ordered to see the troops landed immediately. It required but the sight of our dispatch boat to set all the landing boats in motion, forcing my gig high and dry. “On landing, I immediately took possession of the pass above the western battery, and prevented any advance until a commanding officer was found to lead the troops ; many of the landing boats' crews having quitted their boats, were sent back. I then directed commander Fletcher to take the battery at the beach, and moved on with the troops. • Opposition there was none. The unfortunate Chinese literally crammed the trenches, begging for mercy. I wish I could add that it was granted. The sepoys fired into them. Wishing to rescue some of them, I went into the trench and drew three out, motioning them to coine amongst our troops, and they would be safe. Two were shot down whilst holding by my shirts ; and one of my gig's crew, perceiving my danger, draggerl me away, ex- claimed; "they will shr of you next, sir.” Thus much for employing troops who cannot understand English, and will only be commanded by their own officers! “Passing to the eastern battery, seconded by the first lieutenant of the Sarnarang, (now comminder Bowers,) we found not the slightest opposition. Indeed, it had been better if the troops had not advanced at all, for the hatred of the Bengal Volunteers towards the unfortunate wretches we found on their knees imploring for mercy, might have been averted, and our colors still unsullied. Over seamen I had control, and could make myself understood, hut these Bengalees would not understand. " It is unaccessary in relate the numerous acto of ferocity and brutality 66 1 494 SEM II. JI. Ship Nulphur's Voyage thut I witnessed. I saw one of thein deliberately fire his musket at a muga- zine door, and mentioned it to an officer of the 26th ; but it was of no avail; he was in the same predicament, and could only place a sentinel to prevent à repetition. "On my return, I met the commodore and captain Maitland. They were also busy in putting a stop to these irregularities. I do not believe, from the instant we landed, (and I was the first,) that one single individual was found in arms, and yet hundreds were killed! Quitting Wangtong, I rejoined captain Herbert, who, with capt. Elliot, inoved into the Nemesis, and ran over to have a finger in the Anunghoy affair. But sir Le F. Senhouse, in the Blenheim, and captain Dundas of the Melville, had already done their work brilliantly. We saw sir Le Fle- ming leading his men on to the second battery in good style. A shell was sent into the near corner, and it was then decided that it would not be fair to interfere with his laurels. “ Before sunset, the enemy were driven from every post, even from their hill encampment; and the British were the only colors in sight." We wish to know much more, than what we find in the following short extract, regarding the river south and west of Canton. A new chart, we believe, is forthcoming, which will exhibit the results of the Sulphur's surveys above the Bogue. These were made in 1841. “On the 28th April we quitted Macao with the Starling in company, and nioved up the river to the Wangtong islands, the survey from that point upwards being intrusted to lieutenant Kellet, of the Starling, until we should meet again. We moved up in the Sulphur to Macao fort passage, when I proceeded by boat to call on capt. Herbert at Canton factory, where our officers still maintained guard, nevertheles the river extortions (dues I can no longer call them) were duly paid to preserve peace. "I found every one extremely averse to my proceedings, and I fully believe that if I had not taken the precaution to obtain special permission upon every tittle of my intentions, from capt. Elliot, (through sir Le Fleming, and officially forwarded to me for my guide,) I should have lost a golden harvest. To prevent discussion; I took short leave, commenced operations, and before sunset was out of sight in the other arm, leading to Fatee creek. * By tihis course I became prepared for further operations at Canton. A new scene was now opening to us, and we commenced exploring what was described as the main channel into Broadway. This would have satisfied ine, but I knew Fatshán was situated in that direction, and as the general report was, that their cannon foundry, gunpowder factory, as well as trea- sure, was at that city, it became important to know how far we could touch these most sensitive nerves by this route, rather than by destroying the idol, “ the Golden Goose” (or in English the tea trade). During our examination of the Fatee creek, (the channel through which our vivisjon pushed to (anton on the 18th, we met numerous vessels moving 181:3 19.; 11. Jl Ship Sulphur's fogy off in great haste tron: Canton. Ai length a huge mandarin ark rame slide denly upon us, escorted by five fast-boats. The instant the man in 20!! mand of the ark discovered he was amongst the Philistines, downı ileus lui- colors, and we had the satisfaction of seeing ihe kotow performed in the most accomplished manner. I really pitied the poor fellow, and feared, it' lie beat his brains out on the deck, that they might demand me, as the not remote cause of his suicide. I perceived several very fair-skinned, tine- featured, and gentlemanly mandarins within the ark, and several very pretty and inquisitive females, with white chaplets (probably camellias) on their heads. In fact, it was a load of ladies. They were, in all probability, being removed on account of the extraordinary influx of soldiers. The mandarins did not admire their curiosity, and pulled them away from the apertures; my friends in the fast boats passed quietly, when I howed to one of the com- manders, who civilly returned the salutation. We repassed them again in the Fatshán channel, but they took one of the southern creeks, probably leading into the Broadway. “ At the end of our second day's labors, our two advanced boats got sight of the city of Fatshán, estimated at two and a half miles distant, and sub- tending an angle of forty-six degrees. Unfortunately, this discovery was not made known until my return, which rendered further examination at that period impossible, the period for the completion of equally or more impor- tant portions of the river being now too short. The Sulphur therefore moved downward on the 1st of May, and on the 6th reached Tiger island.” Vol. JI., pp. 174, 175. On a subsequent page (182) he say, 'Passing the First Bar, by the new or ‘Victoria channe I placed the Blenheim in a free swing berth, five miles above the First Bar, in sight of the advanced squa- dron and the city of Canton, and nine miles direct from the Fac- tories;' and adds that, he could have carried her three miles higher, where several of the heavy transports, among them the Marion bear- ing sir Hugh Gough, were afterwards placed. The Sulphur sailed from China; 21st November, 1841, leaving her 'nursling' the Starl- ing, to enter on new service, under ciptain Kellet. Volume second clos with an essay by R. B. IIinds, surgeon, R. N., attached to the expedition, on the “ on, on the “Regions of Vegetation," who occupies six pages of it with the China Rrgion. 196 Sup. Chinese unet English Dictionary. Arr. VIII. Chinese and English Dictionary ; containing all the words in the Chinese imperial dictionary, arranged according to the radicals, 2 vols. By W. H. MEDHURST. Batavia, 1843. VOCABULARIES, Dictionaries and Lexicons are books of the same class, While they have something in common, yet, as it regards the objects for which they are compiled, they have much that distin- guishes them. The Vocabulary is a kind of vade mecum, designed for easy reference, and intended rather to assist the memory, than to supply information; though in this latter respect, it may serve the purpose of those who may be content with a very superficial acquaint- ance with a language. The Lexicon, on the other hand, is a repository of philological researches; where the history of every wo is traced; its various uses nicely discriminated and accurately defined; and where it is compared with roots and derivatives both in its own and in kindred dialects, with proper references to assist the student to examine for himself. To be a successful production, however, the whole must be philosophically arranged; and the tran- sition from the proper to the tropical meanings of words natural and unconstrained. The Dictionary holds a middle place between the vocabulary and the lexicon; it is intended to open the door that the student may enter in and explore the treasures which a language contains. It is not the catalogue which minutely describes every article in the museum; this office is performed by the lexicon. It is not the syllabus of the curiosities therein contained, for this is the office of the vocabulary; but it is the key that opens the several apartments, in order to personal inspection. In the use of the dictionary, and up to a certain period in his studies, the student depends upon the ipse dixit of the compiler; he takes for granted all that the writer affirms; but his assertions must eventually be subjected to the most rigid scrutiny. Having arrived at this period, he receives the affirmations of his dictionary as opinions merely, of the truth or fallacy of which he is himself now able to judge. There is another class of books analogous to these, but of a higher order still. They are called Thesauri, and consist rather of mate- rials than of deductions. If these materials are abundant, and at the same time well arranged for reference, they constitute as their name significs a treasury of the language. If any doubt exist, as to 18.13 (hines and English Dictionary the meaning of a word, the appeal is at once made to this trea sury of passages from the best classic authors, involving the use of this particular word; and the result must be submitted to, for there is no higher court of appeal. Of this description is the invaluable Chinese work entitled 17 th, and advertized for translation by M. Callery. The Chi- nese written language is a language of phrases ; each principal word has its own proper adjunct; and the native scholar has a nice per- ception of the propriety of their usage. In order therefore, to become a good Chinese scholar, the mind must be well stored with these phrases. There can hardly be a greater boon conferred upon sinologues than the publication of this work by M. Callery, and most sincerely do we wish that he may meet with sufficient encou- ragement to enable him to carry the translation through the press. We will yield to none in esteem for the late Dr. Morrison; but there is a period in a student's life when he becomes capable of pro- nouncing a judgment upon the philological merits of his own tutor. Presuming that we may have arrived at that period, we venture to affirm that the first volume of the first part of his great work, is vast- ly too diffuse for a dictionary, and sufficiently accurate for a lexi- con: it is in fact neither the one nor the other. He himself per- ceived this, and accordingly changed his plan. The next portion of the work that appeared, namely the second part arranged according to the sounds was a more successful attempt; but the second and third volumes of the first part verge toward the other extreme, and often partake more of the nature of a vocabulary than of a dictio- nary; and the student constantly refers to them in vain for the infor- mation which he requires. In short, the worthy doctor's dictionary was begun like an encyclopedia, and ended like a spelling-book. The work of Mr. Medhurst is what it professes to be a Dictio- nary of the Chinese language:” it does not pretend to be a lexicon, and therefore we have no right to look for critical exegesis; it does profess to be a dictionary, and so the vocabulary system is adopted in it only in regard to words, for the illustration of which but scanty materials exist. If Mr. Medhurst does not improve upon himself, he improves vastly upon Morrison after the radical 14. We may remark, however, that this particular radical, viz. the 46th, is, as far as we have examined, the only meagre portion of the book : but here the author seems to have ſelt, that whatever matter was pro- duced must be original and from his own resources, and the result poroups that those resources were most ample. 0: 10.. YIL 495 SEM (hiness and English Dictionary If we except the occasional illustrations of a few isolated cha- racters, nothing has yet been done in the Chinese language in the way of philological exegesis; and yet a wider and more interesting field for philosophical research has never yet presented itself. The principal difficulties secm to be, to determine where the lexicogra- pher shall begin, and how far he shall continue his labors. In a field of such ample extent, some limit must be adopted, on the score of leisure as well as of expense. A list was made some years ago, containing a selection of about 3000 of the most common cha- racters, and arranged in the order of their importance, estimated by the frequency of recurrence of each character, and compiled from several of the most popular Chinese authors. If the first two or three hundred upon this list were treated lexicographically, an invaluable aid would be conferred upon Chinese students; such a compilation would admit of endless additions, and every addition would be a proper supplement to all the preceding matter : so that without pledging the extent to which it should be carried, the compiler would go forward just so long as his labors were appreciated. The plan of such a work, however, should be well digested in the outset. The sound might be given first in the court, then in as many pro- vincial dialects as procurable; and in giving the provincial sounds, there is often both a reading and a colloquial form, which must be carefully distinguished, and all these sounds should be conformed to one system of orthography. Then as the same character has some- times different sounds, and the same sound different tones, accord- ing to the meaning to be conveyed, these must be most exactly dis- criminated. Examples should be given from books for the reading sounds and from skillful teachers for the colloquial; the whole fol- lowed up by antitheses, synonymes, and phrases involving the use of each word. It is utterly vain to think of being a thorough Chinese scholar,-it is perfectly ridiculous to expect ever to be able to com- pose in Chinese like a native,-unless the mind be stored with much of the matter here pointed out as essential to a good Chinese lexi- con; so much of it at least as pertains to the general language of the country. We admit that officials may become sufficiently acquaint- ed with formularies, so as to transact official business without all this; but we fear no contradiction from the scholar when we assert, that for the high purposes of religious, scientific, and benevolent effort, nothing short of the attainments described above should suffice. Wo regret that Mr. Medhurst has said so little on the subject of lunes; he has said sullicient, however to convince us that ho cousi- 1813. 199 Chinese and English Dictionary ders them of paramount importance. It is difficult to treat this sub- ject in a convincing manner, owing to a preconceived idea in the minds of many students that the tones are not so essential as has been affirmed. From a partial acquaintance with three provincial dialects, we should be disposed to say, that without a perfect off-hand acquaintance with the tones, a foreigner would be constantly making every imaginable kind of mistake, in his intercourse with the peo- ple; or to drive the nail home, we assert, that those of us who have not this thorough acquaintance with the tones, are at this mo- ment committing the most ridiculous blunders. But say the students of the language, it may be so in the provincial dialects, but it is not so in the court dialect. We have of late directed our attention very particularly to this point; and although we cannot boast of any very great acquaintance with the court dialect, we have satisfied ourselves that the tones are as marked in it as in any of the provincial; and if this dialect were our particular study, we should take no rest until we could easily discriminate the tones. After this has been done, and the proper tone to each character has been acquired, a sentence in Chinese may be enumerated with as much accuracy as a mathema- tician could draw his diagram; and the student open his lips with as much self-confidence as if he were about to demonstrate the 47th problem of the first book of Euclid. We wish the students of the court dialect would take up this matter ; we wish they would prove to us, not that they are understood;—for a Chinese is understood when he addresses you in the Canton-English jargon ;-but that they utter two consecutive sentences without a mistake, unless they have made the right intonation of these sentences their particular aim. Or else we wish that they would lay aside every pre- judice against the tones, and admit that they are as essential to the proper enunciation of the court dialect as the very sounds them- selves. For the typography of Mr. Medhurst's book, every allowance must be made; without the proper Chinese types, of which he required an immense variety, no other mode of printing the book presented it- self: and we think his ingenuity will be most appreciated by those who are best able to form an opinion on the different modes of print- ing. Last but not least, the portability and the price of the book (two octavo volumes containing 1500 pages for ten dollars,) are such as present a strong claim upon the patronage of all who require such a work. We may also before dismissing Mr. Medhurst's book, allude to the 500 Journal of Occurrences. SEP. second part, namely English-Chinese, which we understand is in a state of considerable forwardness, and which all acknowledge to be a great desideratum. Hoping that the Great Head of the church will long spare so useful a life as that of our friend, we have much pleasure in commending his dictionary to the patronage of sino- logues. Art. IX. Journal of Occurrences : trade at Canton; death of Howqua; memorial of H. E. I'liáng regarding the affair on Formosa; American commissioner to China; French minister to China: interview of the French consul with Kiying ; tyfoon at Chusan und vicinity. TRADE at Canton under the new system does not, at its commencement work quite so smoothly as when Chinese officials of every grade and nanie were allowed to extort from it all they wished. The late hong-merchants have been called upon to give their rulers a benevolence, as Henry VII. of England would call it, of upwards of five millions, which they declare they are now unable to pay, inasmuch as their monopoly has been taken from them. They have therefore concluded to withdraw from business as long as this demand hangs over them, and have taken down the lanterns over the hong doors. The linguists too find that they were not included in the new arrangements, and are clamorous for a return of the good old times, and wish to have a stated sum given them for every lighter to and from Whampoa, somewhat as in former days. Some of the demands and the wants of the lingnists, and what the duties and work are for which they require pay- ment, are set forth in a statement, under date of Aug. 20th; they require for their trouble as custom-house clerks, $12 for every chopboat with imports, and $10 for exports, and give a schedule of the size of a chopboat-load. A committee of foreign merchants has been appointed to examine into, and arrange this matter with the linguists, but it has not hitherto been definitely settled. A class of persons answering to the former linguists under the hong monopoly seem indispensable, and will no doubt be required in all the ports, to act for the foreign merchant in his transactions with the custom- house officers; and the only question is to know what is a fair compensa- tion for their services. It would, it seems to us, be a good mode to have these duties discharged by Chinese clerks in the employ of the foreign merchants. Howqua—in Chinese Wú Tunyuen--the great hong-merchant died on the 4th inst., at the age of 75. A petition of his presented to H. E. the go- vernor a few months since, and published in the Hongkong Register, con- tairis a few particula:s of his family and affairs, which were introduced into the paper for the purpose of showing the falsity of the representations of one Fán, who had accused him to the governor of embezzling the consoo fund. The memorial of l’liáng, governor-general of Fukien and Chekiáng, which we extract from the Hongkong Gazette, is a document of some interest; it bow's not only the disposition of the Chinese government to do something in: Journal of Orrurroneas. in accordance with the request of H. M.'s plenipotentiary to punish the lying perpetrators of a most atrocious act, and thus far is well; but it shows 100 how little authority the imperial government has over this distant part of its dominions. These two officers would not, it is probable, have dared to execute the shipwrecked sufferers anywhere on the main, and took advan- tage of their distance from the capital to get themselves advanced by report- ing a victory. We are not, however, well informed as to how far the laws of other nations generally visit the judicial murders of tyrannous officers upon themselves, except by civil punishment, degradation, dismissal, &c. H. E. I’liáng disclaimed all sympathy with the act of the officers on For- mosa, and in making his report has done, we think, quite as much as could be expected from a Chinese officer. “Iliang, governor-general of Fukien and Chekiang, lays before the throne this hum- ble report of his proceedings, when, in obedience to the imperial commands, lie passed over to Formosa, minutely to investigate, and ascertain the real facts (of'Ta- hunga's conduct). "When his majesty's slave received the command to cross over to Formosa, he then made a report of the general circumstances of his having given over the seals of office, having started on his journey, and having appointed officers to officiate as general of division and intendant of circuit of the island." After arriving in Formosa, his majesty's slave made inquiries in the course of his journey, and also received from Wu Panfung, lieut.-col., and She Meih, magistrate expectant, on their return to Kiai, the verba) report of their inquiries among the people of the northern parts. This report agreed in every particular with the substance of the answer given by all the officers who were examined, all uniting with one voice in the statement, that, of the two foreign ships destroyed, one went to pieces from bad weather encountered, and the other was driven ashore and foundered; that there was no meeting in battle, or enticing them in, as had been stated in the report made by the intendant of circuit. “ It seems that, on the day of September 1841, a three masted foreign vessel reach- ed the offing of Kilung, and there anchored. On the third day after, she passed by way of Wanjintui, to the back of the island of Tawulun. where from stress of weather she ran upon a reef and went to pieces. With the exception of some of the crew who got into a boat, set sail and escaped, all the rest landed in confused groups, asking the peo- ple for food, and were immediately seized by the villagers. When the local officers heard thereof, they proceeded to the spot, and, after giving the villagers the rewards promised by proclamation, took into their own hands the captives from the foreign ves- sel, and conveyed them to the chief town of Taiwan. These facts were ascertained, and are entirely inconsistent with the statements of the original memorial. “Again on the 10th of March 1842, there was a foreign vessel stranded from bad weath- er, in the roads, of Tootekung at Taan, where she went to pieces. With the excep- tion of such as were drowned at the time, the crew all landed and ran into concealment, but were taken and bound by the people of the neighborhood, and kept by them in their houses. On the third day after, the civil and mil. ry officers arrived, gave rewards as before, and carried the foreign prisoners away to the authorities. This account also is not in unison with that in the original report. “But the statement that from the ship lost at Taan, the guns, and other weapons, dress, and official documents, 'vere from the cities of Chinhai and Ningpo, is perfectly true; and those articles were deposited at the time by the general of division and the intendant of circuit, in the arsenal, where they now remain. Now as these circum- stances happened prior to the pacification, when each looked to do the utmost that his strength could accomplish, had the general and intendant simply acted with a burning hatred of their country's foe, their spirit fortified by the justness of their cause, although they might have acted somewhat in excess of their duty, yet it would then have been attributable to the excitement of a righteous indignation. But, when it is seen that their sole object was to make up a tale, and find some pretence for gaining and exercis- ing patronage, their offense is, indeed, one that calls for punishment; nor is any excuse to be found for it. His majesty's slave, therefore, personally interrogated Tahunga and Yau Yung regarding all the above detailed facts, how they could so falsely have repre- sented them. At first they obstinately persisted in the declaration that the circum- stances were really as they had then reported. But when he further interrogated them regarding the words of which he had heard in the course of his investigation, they said nothing more, but immediately presented their personal statement, and begged that they might be laid before the throne, and the punishment of their crime solicited. "With regard to the question of a connection with traitorous people in an internal rebellion, although there are on record the depositions taken by the general and inten- 592 Journal of Occurrences. SEP. Or dant during their conduct of affairs and trial of this question ; yet lienham and the other foreigners and traitorous people taken, (with the exception of those who had already suffered death,) having in obedience to the imperial will, been liberated, there are no means of obtaining the evidence of undoubted deposition ; nor can this quiestion (if proved) be set up as a plea to screen the fault committed in the two false reports. And moreover, if such high officers as general and an intendant cannot stand upon the simple statement of actual facts, they show themselves indeed ungrateful for the im- perial favor, and utterly unworthy of the offices they hold. His majesty's slave, therefore, respectfully transmits their personal statements for the imperial perusal, and at the same time forwards his own statement of the actual facts as ascertained lry his investigation. Whether the Board shall be commanded to punish them severely; whether they shall be handed over to the Board for new trial; his majesty's slave, ineanwhile, has brought Tahunga and Yau Yung back with him to the main, there res- pectfully to await the announcement of the imperial pleasure. “ His majesty's slave has received deep and abundant favors which have entered into the very marrow and life of his being. With humility he has read the words of the imperial rescript. "If Iliang in the slightest degree practice concealment, and will not cast aside every consideration of regard for the parties concerned, so that we shall be inade to award reward and punishment, mistakenly and unjustly, aud that injury shall be occasioned to the grand measure of pacification now pending, hereafter when we shall from some other source become aware of this, what, let Iliang ask himself, will be the punishment due to him ? Let him well and tremblingly consider this. And let a copy of Kiying's representation be forwarded to him.' Luminous and bright indeed are: these divine commands; brilliant as emanations from the heavenly lights themselves, And who and what is the emperor's slave, that he should dare to cherish the least thoughts of deceit and falsehood! Moreover, Le Tingyu and Su Tingyuh could tell Kiying of what they had heard, and should his majesty's slave not truly and completely report the facts, how will he yet be able to prevent persons from telling of them. « With respect to the rewards and distinctions granted to the volunteer militia, on the two occasions, at Taan and at Kilung, for their exertions, these should be left untouched, for the people of those parts are of an unsteady mind, and these will serve to stir them up with a grateful sense of the imperial benevolence, and to dispose them to ready effort in any emergency. But as regards the civil and military officers, there has been so much and such great deceit, that it becomes necessary to ask that the Board may be commanded to annul all the grants of honor and distinction to any officers engaged on the two occasions, when the foreigners were taken prisoners. All the cir. cumstances of his visit to Formosa and of the secret investigation carried on by him, he thus respectfully reports, praying his august sovereign's sacred perusal thereof . P. S. “The length of time that will be taken in conveying a dispatch over from Formosa is very uncertain, and the instances of loss not unfrequent; and this memorial has therefore been delayed till after the memorialist's return over to the main. Ilipu having vacated his eartăly appointments, a communication of this memorial will be made by express to the governor-general of the Two Kiang, Kiying. It is thought right to add these particulars, which are with great respect reported?” The imperial reply. “On the 24th of April the following imperial commands were received. “ In consequence of Tahunga and Yau Yung having reported that during the month of September, 1841, an English vessel had suddenly approached the coast of Formosa, when the said general of division, intendant of circuit, and others, led on the troops and militia to the attack and sunk the vessel : that, again in the month of March last year, a foreign vessel suddenly entered the harbor, when the local officers and troops enticed her on to a shoal, and that they had on these occasions, successively caught and killed many of the foreigners, and captured sundry Chinese military weapons, flags, banners, and other things : Our imperial pleasure was therefore, on each of these oc- casions, declared, graciously commending and rewarding the general, intendant, and all other person who exerted themselves in the several affairs. “But afterwards the foreigners, after their pacification, presented a document stating that Tahunga and others had treacherously massacred some shipwrecked foreigners, and that framing a story of having taken them in arms as prisoners of war, they had thus falsely represented it to us; and this statement of the foreigners having been by Iliang and Kiying successively reported to us, our commands were then given to Iliang, to pass to Formosa, and examine into and adjudicate the matter. “ It now appears from his report, upon examination and inquiry among the officers and common people, that, of the two foreign vessels destroyed, one went to ces from the bad weather encountered, and the other was driven ashore by stress of weather; that in neither case was there any meeting in batiie, or enticing into danger. On being ex- amined into, Tahunga and Yau Yung themselves have confessed, that their report was s pre-arranged and maur-up one, and that llieir crime is wholls undenible, and have 1x 1:3 1503 Jownal of Orcurrences presented 1.0 liang their owu depositions requesting him to report clearly to Us that they inay meet dne puuishment. ""This affair having originally happened previously to the pacification of the foreign- ers, at that time, when under the impulse of a just indignation,--had the general and intendant reported according to the truth, We should surely ourselves have known how to act. But thus to deceive and falsify, in order to obtain merit, is conduct ex- ceedingly hateful to us. In the one case they stated that they had met in battle, and in the other, that they had enticed in, the enemy. Not until Iliang had passed over to Formosa, and examined in the matter, did they at all present their true personal statenients, and confess their guilt. Thus flagrantly have they shown ingratitude for our gracious favors, and involved themselves in the bitter consequences of crime. "Let Tahunga and Yau Yung be deprived of their rank, and handed over to the Board of Punishments, and let the ministers of the Grand Council be sent to join with the Board, in judging themi, reporting fully to us the decision come to, and let all the officers and others who were recommended as having exerted themselves at Taiwan, Kilung, and Taan (excluding only the militia and other private individuals), and all the civil and military functionaries who have been promoted and commended for their diligence, be deprived of all the honors they have thus obtained. "In cherishing Chinese and foreigners, we look upon each with the same equal benevolence. And, the general and intendant aforesaid, having become amenable by their crime to punishment, we will not allow, that because the representation came from outside foreigners, it should be carelessly cast aside without investigation. Our own subjects and foreigners, ministers and people, should all alike understand, that it is our high desire to act with even handed and perfect justice. Respect this." A commissioner, to China, from the government of the United States of Ainerica, has been appointed. The commissioner, Mr. Caleb Cashing, was expected to emhark at Boston in June or July, and from thence proceed to London and Paris—to obtain all possible information at those courts, touch- ing the plans and purposes of the British and French governments in their intercourse with China. From Paris he will proceed to Bombay, viâ Suez, and there embark in one of the vessels of the squadron destined for the Chi- nese waters. Mr. Cushing may be expected in China at the close of this, or early next year in the frigate Brandywine, commodore Parker. A French minister M. Lagrenée, has also been appointed by the French government to come to this fcountry; it is said he will be aecompanied by an admiral at the head of a squadron. An interview between H. E. Kiying and the French consul, count de Ratti- Menton, took place at Canton, the account of which we extract from the Canton Press. The Chinese high officers have been taught many a lesson in their treatment of foreign functionaries since the time when governor Lú in 1834, told lord Napier, that the great ministers of the celestial empire, unless with regard to affairs of going to court and carrying tribute, or in consequence of imperial commands, are not permitted to have interviews with outside barbarians." See Chi. Rep. vol. III., p. 287. “This ceremony, which was preceded by several visits to the French consul and capt. Firnin Duplan from the Kwangchau fu and a delegate from the imperial commission- er, may be considered another progressive step in the events which have lately taken place. Towards 8 o'clock of the morning of the 6th inst., two boats belonging to the French corvette Alcmene left Canton for the place of meeting. They contained the French consul, captain Duplan, the chancelier du consulat, eight officers of the cor- vette, an interpreter and several private gentlemen, and reached the house of Pwan- kequa after an hour's pull. There the commandant and consul were shown into the large hall, and a delegate of the imperial commissioner, the Kwangchau fu and several other officers paid their respects to them. At near the hour fixed upon, an officer wearing a crystal button announced that the imperial commissioner was pre- pared for the interview, when the consul and captain Duplan with the others before mentioned, descended to the reception-room, and there found the high Chinese officers and a number of other functionaries wearing white and blue buttons. “Some compliments having passed, the French consul presented his credentials from the minister of foreigri affairs, to the gov.-general. who handed them to the imperial com- missioner, and the latter took note of and returned them to him. After this many ques. tions were pt. concerning his majesty thie king of the French, about. France, and her mwisters onerally and more particularly M. Cuizol became the subject of conversi- :50.1 Journal of Occurrences 12 " 9 > " troll, which continued for more than an hour, during which a collation was offered by the high Chinese officers to their guests.” Tyfoon at Chusan. Captain Smith, of the Wanderer, experienced this tyfoon soon after he left the harbor on the 30th August. His account, which we condense from the Hongkong Gazette of the 28th inst., describes it as commencing on the next day, when he was near the Quesan group, with calms, hazy atmosphere, and a heavy swell from E.S.E., which by mid- night of the 31st, had changed to a strong breeze from N.E. by E., a hazy sky with showers and lightning, and a heavier swell. The barometer had failen by noon of the 1st to 28.50, wind north. He adds, “hazy, increasing wind, with a dark threatening appearance; wind coming in heavy, short gusts, weather fearfully threatening, sea from the eastward, tremendously high and confused.” The ship's position at noon was in lat. 28° 29' N., and long. 122° 32' E. Her log-book for the last part of the day, was Sep. 1st, 3 P. M., barometer 29.45, wind North. 4 29.40 N. by W. 5 29.30 N.N.W. 6 28.90 N.N.W. 8 28.40 N.N.W. 9 28.30 W. by N. 11 28.80 12 28.90 W.S.W. In the afternoon, he found it "impossible to scud any longer with safety, and brought the ship to on the larboard tack, under close-reefed main top- sail, whe: the sail flew into ribbands, vessel lying over with her main deck in the water, nothing visible for the sea drift.” At 6, the mainmast head and topmast went by the board, and at 6 the mizzen topgallant mast went; and the rudder also strained." The heaviest of the tyfoon was between 6 and 11 o'clock. By noon of the 2d, the barometer had risen to 29.60, and the wind had gone round from W.S.W. to S.W., S., S.E., and N.E. In the harbor at Chusan, the notices of the weather on board the Masdeu were, Sep. 1st, 9 P. M., baroineter 29.40, wind N.E., heavy gusts, much rain. 111 29.30 121 29.20 Sep. 2d, 1 A. M. 29.11 12 29.02 From 21 to 31 A. M., great- 2 28.90 wind N. est fury of the gale; at 4 21 28.71 A. M. calm and light airs. 3 28.50 wind N.W., 5 A. M. commenced blow- 3 28.30 ing again from W.N.W. 28.22 increasing in strength till 4.1 28.25 9, and began to moderate 5 28.28 W.N.W. a little before noon; from 5 the barometer rose rapidly. By comparing these two statements, it will be seen that the tempest pass- ed in a northerly direction.-From the Canton Press, we learn that the Ca- cique encountered a second storm (she was at Chusan with the Masdeu) near Formosa on the 5th inst., in which a calm occurred in the midst of the tempest, when thousands of birds threw themselves on deck. This storm was accompanied by a heavy easterly swell; and the wind also veered about from N.E. round to S.W. as was the case with the Wanderer. It is probable that the bad weather which was experienced in this vicinity on the 26th ult., and following day, was connected with this tyfoon at Chusan. 'Here the barometer fell to 28.30. The gale at Wúsung was probably also a conti- nation of the same extensive storm. The damage done to shipping as thus 111'portofitio incontroles 12 » > > > THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XII. - OCTOBER, 1843,- No. 10. or a Car Arr. I. Yuetting I'ung koán Ly g | F = 8 talogue of the Officers in the province of Kuángtung or Can- ton. Noticed by a Chinese student. This catalogue forms a volume of about one hundred and sixty leaves (220 pages), and contains the names and official history of the officers in the province from the governor down to the district magistrates. It is published annually in octavo in the best style of printing ; each leaf is divided by red lines, into eighteen columns, se- parated into an upper and lower part, and as the printing is in black ink, and neatly done, the effect is unusually elegant. In the upper part are given the genealogies of the officers, from their great grand- father to their great grandsons, and the names of their wives are also included, with the names of such male relations of their wives, as have been or are persons of distinction. In the lower part of the page are given the officers' own names, the time of their birth, the year in which they became siútsái Đor A. B., and kiú jin 5 I or A. M., &c. or A. M., &c. If they have purchased their rank, the time of making the purchase is specified, and also the particular manner in which it was purchased. The Chinese method of buying office is as follows: the purchases are made by those who have contributed money for repairing the banks of the Yellow river, or any others, or for contributing money in time of war, or to any other great affair. These offices are special favors: and the seasons for such purchases are limited by the em- VOL STI O. . 506 OM Catung ue of Ojcars in K'rangtung peror tu odle or more years. But if a man gets a title without taking any office, he can buy it whenever he likes. After these particulars about the parentage, names, &c., of the officers, an account is given of the course through which they have reached that office which they now fill, enuinerating in order all the appointments which they have held in the service of their country. Concerning the genealogies, given in the upper part of the page, it is to be observed that the Chinese first write about their great- grandfather down to their parents. Next, to show that their parents are both alive, they write kü king hiá L T , ‘all happy below, i. e. those who are next, or inferior, to the parents are happy,—lap- py because their parents are alive. But if their parents are both clead, they write yung kúm lá k F8 F, eternal mourning be- low,' i. e. those who are next, or inferior, to the deceased parents are in perpetual mourning. If their grandfather is alive, they write tsúyen shi hiá Til ? 1 , lit., grand-dignified attend below, i. e. there are inferiors who attend to the grandfather. If their father only is alive, they write yen shí hiá të 18 T, dignified attend inferior, i. e. the inferiors wait upon the dignified father. And if their mother only is alive, they write tsz' shí hiá 1 T,ʻaffectionate attend below,' i. e. the inferiors attend to the affectionate mother. The Chinese consider that the father is dignified or solemn, and the mo- ther affectionate or merciful; and they express the parental relation- ship by these terms, as indicated above. To show that a man is a concubine's son, they write ti mú hin 6, consort-mother; and after that sang mú , mother who bore him. It is the custom with our Chinese, when a concubine's son becomes an officer, to take the title which the emperor has conferred on his parent, and give it to the consort, or principal wife of his father ; but the son of the concubine may ask the emperor to give Jiis own title to the mother who bore him. After writing about their parents, as here shown, saying whether they be alive or dead, the catalogue gives notices of their wives, their sons, &c. A Chinese has several names during the course of his life. l'or oxample, when it son is born, his parents obtain for him a jü ming il fa, i. c. milk name, which is generally given by his father, or by his grandfather, When he enters school, his father or teacher gives him a shit ming po it school name. And when he niar- rics, liis catjier gives bim : '*. or muringc name: But if bis 1843 3507 Catalogue of Officers in h'wingtung father is deail, or not at home, then his uncle, or some one of his superior relations gives the tsz' to him; but it is generally given by an uncle or elder brother. These names can be employed only by superiors, except when the individual is a child; and then his milk name is always used, by adding the word brother; thus, Wan kó * , brother Wan. When he goes to the literary examination, or enters office, he then takes a kwán ming or an official name, also called páng ming g‘graduated name.' Before he obtains any rank, he can change his official name as he pleases; but after he has entered office, he can never change it, except when some one of his superiors has it, in which case, he must petition the emperor to permit him to change his name. The official name can be used only by the emperor, and his high officers, or by the people when addressing the officers. For this reason, every Chinese chooses one or two distinctive names called pie tsz ) , differing from his names; these are used by his intimate friends. When a Chinese meets with one whose acquaintance has been recently made, he ge- nerally asks himn what is his number among his brothers and sisters, and calls him by that number, adding the word láu , thus, Pi lántá, tunt or Mr. Pi. The style and method of this catalogue of the names, styles, and titles, of an individual will be best understood by giving an example. Take that of the late high commissioner, who has become so famous for destroying the opium. In the lower part of the page, the account of his genealogy is written as follows: Lin Tsesü # , member of the Board of War, and govern- or of the Two Kwáng. He has two tsx", Shilun 7 hot and Shúr- muh lj FB Among the number of his brothers and sisters le is the second; he was born the 26th day of the 7th month, in the year yisz' Z2 or the 50th of the reign of Kienlung, (A. D. 1785.) He was a native of Haukwán hien ik een of Fuchau fú Thu 州府 ​in the province of Fukien. From a linsang , (* advanced siútsái,) he arose to be a successful candidate at the examination held in the year kiúhtsz' F, or 9th year of the emperor Kiáking (1804); thus he became a küjin FN i of his native province. At the examination of the year sini * * which answers to the 16th year of Kiáking (1811), he became a tsinsz' it of the sz’ming Ko, i. e. 4th order of the urh kiah P, or 2d class; and after the imperial exanination, he 508 Catalogue of Officers in Kwangtung. Ост. was advanced to the rank of shúki szt; and was or- dered by imperial command to study the Mantchou language. At the examination, when his studies closed, he was in the first class, and was advanced to be a pien siú L, or fill the office of an arranger in the hall of imperial history; to be a regulator in the hall of meritorious ministers; to be a memorialist and arranger of af- fairs in the hall of Hánlin ka t; and also to compose essays. He was an assistant examiner in the province of Kiángsí at the ex- amination held in the year ping tsz', HF or the 21st year of Kiáking (1816). In the next year he became a counseller of records. In the 24th year of this reign (1819), he obtained rank in the first class at the great examination in Peking, called king cháh He was after that, an assistant examiner in the gracious examination of the year kímáu 2 gp (1819); and also the chief examiner in the province of Yunnán in that same year. In the second month of of the next year, he was appointed to supply the place of censor in Kiángnán, and to guard the imperial city of Nanking. In the fourth month, he was appointed to supply the táutái , of the departments of Hang, #t Kia, H Hú, I in Chekiếng In the 7th month of the first year of the reign of Táukwáng (1822), he resigned his office of táutái on account of sickness, and went to his native province to recover his health. In the fourth month of the second year, having recovered his health, he was admitted to an imperial audience by the Board of Civil Office, and on receiving an imperial order, was sent back to Chekiáng, to be again employed as táutái. On his arrival, he was recommended, by the high officers of that province to the office of acting salt inspector. On the 8th month, by an imperial order, he was appointed to supply the office of táutái in the departments of Hwái 7 and Hai in Kiángsú, and in the 12th month, he was made acting treasurer in the same province. In the 7th month of the 4th year (1926), he was appointed by an imperial order, to be the chief manager of the rivers of Kiángsú and Chekiáng. In the 8th month of this year, on receiving an announce- ment from his home, he ceased from his office, on account of the death of his mother. He then went to his native province, there to finish the prescribed term of mourning. In the second month of the fifth year, he was appointed by an imperial order to the Nán ho, yo or Southern river, to manage and to urge the finishing of the important work of the bank of the 181:3. Cutalugite oj Officers in kiingiung. jog Kúukiú yen, Tor Kukiá's dam. In the seventli monti, on receiving another imperial order he was seni tv the rity of Shung. hái, Elhi to consult and advise repecting the management of marine transports; but on account of sickness, he desired the go- vernor of the Two Kiáng to memorialize his majesty, and decline the office for him. Upon this, he obtained the imperial favor, and was again permitted to return to his native province, till his health was recovered, and to finish the term of mourning for his mother. In the fourth month of the 6th year, while he was in his native province, he received an imperial order, by which he was elevated to the rank of a minister of the third class, and called to fill the office of an acting salt inspector of the two Hwái H; but the term of mourn- ing for his mother not being yet finished, and his health not having yet fully recovered, he asked the governor of Min and Che (i. e. Fukien and Chekiáng) to memorialize for him; and by this, he ob- tained the favor of delaying in his return to office. In the seventh year, when he had recovered his health, and finish- ed his term of mourning, he went up to Peking on official duty. In the fifth month, he was appointed by an imperial order, to the office of judge in Shensí, and also acting treasurer. In the same month, he became treasurer at Kiángning (or Nanking). Before going to take this new office, and while he still held that of treasurer of Shensí, he received the announcement of his father's death, there- fore he went to his native province to finish the term of mourning. In the 10th year of this reign, when he had completed the time of mourning, he went to Peking on official duty, and in the sixth month was appointed by imperial order to take the office of treasurer of Húpe. In the 11th month, by an imperial order, he was trans- ferred to the office of treasurer in Honán. In the 11th year, in the 7th month, he was transferred to the office of treasurer of Kiángning. In the 10th month, he was promoted to be governor of the Yellow river in the province of Shántung. In the second month of the 12th year, he was appointed by an imperial order, to fill the office of lieut.-governor of Kiángsí. In the 15th and 16th years, he held office of acting governor of the Two Kiáng. In the 1st month of the 17th year, on receiving an imperial order, he was appointed to the office of governor of Húkwang. In the 10th month of the 18th year, he was ordered to go to Pe- king and admitted in an audience with the emperor. And in the 510 Catulogue of Ogierrs in kwangtung. Oit. or 11th month, he was allowed by the emperor to ride on horseback in the Tsa'kin ching the one ye, i. e. Red-forbidden city. Not long after this, he was appointed to be high imperial commissioner, with a seal, to examine and manage the frontier affairs of Kwang- tung. On receiving this order, he hastened to Kwangtung, and arrived here in the first month of the 19th year. In the 3d month, he was further advanced to the office of governor of the Two Kiáng, but because he held the seals of a high commissioner, he could not take this new office. In the 12th month, he was designated to the office of the governor of the Two Kwang, at which time the volume before us was published. The last line of the lower part of the page, contains the name of his native place. In this colunin, it is written that his family resi- dence in Puchau was situated in the Wantsáu shán 4 Wantsáu hill of the provincial city. On the first page Lin's genealogy is as follows. His great grandfa- ther's ancestral name is Tingkwei BE%; he was a kiunhibh sang FBE (i. e. a pupil in the district college), which is a class of the siútsái graduates. On account of his great grandson Lin Tse- sii being high in office, he has been honored by the emperor with the title of Tsz'ching tá fútle t *, and with that of lieut.-go- vernor of Kiangsú; according to the fixed custom, he is further dignified with the title of a member of the Board of War, and go- vernor of the Two Kiáng, Flúkwáng, and the Two Kwáng. His grandfather's name is Wánsiuen he was a hien hibh sang , i. e. a scholar in the district college, which is also a class of siútsái graduates, and also has the title of tsz'ching tá fú tak t*, and lieut-governor of Kiángsú; at first, the title of Finlin yuen picn siú A BEM LES, was given to him, and then according to the fixed rule, he was also advanced to the title of a member of the Board of War, and governor of the Two Kiáng, Húkwáng, and the Two Kwang. His father's ancestral name is Pinj 7 ; he was a Suikung sz? i ł, (a rank higher than siútsái, and lower than küjin). In the second year of Kiáking, he became a jühióh , or teacher of a district college, waiting for promotion. By an imperial order he received the title of tung fung tá fú in * #, and that of treasurer of Kiángsú; the title of Hánlin ynen pien siú Find a Fe was formerly conferred on him; and he was further honor- od with the title of tsz? cking tú fi fi DK * *, and also of It.- 編修 ​ 11:3 اات Catalogue of Officer's ini kirungtung governor of Kiingsú. By the fixed law, hic was afierwards honored with the title of yung lu tú fú P * *, and made a inember of the Board of War, governor of the Two Kiáng, Húkwáng and Two Kwang. All these various diguities were conferred upon these three ancestors of commissioner Lin, long after their death, simply in honor of their distinguished son. The surname of Lin's mother was Chin Bam; she is by the impe- rial order honored with the title of fújin * A; and according 10 law takes the title of yi pin fújin - i * i * ), or noble lady of the first rank. Next to these it is written ; “Those who are under the everlasting mournful;” thus implying that Lin's parents are both dead. The name of his younger brother, by the same mother, is Pcilin ; he is a küjin of the examination of the year yiyú z of Táukwang. In the great examination, he became a kiáuyú 教​論​, Ph, or tutor in a departmental college; and has been adopted by the third elder uncle to be his heir. His wife's surname is Ching p; she is the second daughter of T'á mú to, who passed the degree of tsinsz' at the examination in year kangsu H F of the reign of Kienlung. The name of his eldest son is Jüchau ik ft; he is a kiijin, and advanced to be a shúki sz', a Hánlin. The name of his second son is Tsungi H ; he is a kiuntsiáng sang #s, a class of siútsái. The name of his third son is Kungshú fit to, who is still a young student. The naines, genealogies, offices, &c., of all the other officers in the province, amounting to 158 in all, are given in the same manner. The form of the book and the printing are handsome, and perhaps would please a foreigner. The account of each officer occupies one leaf, though that of only a few of the highest functionaries fills both pages. The genealogi- cal, or upper part, however, frequently over-runs its limits, and is carried down to the blank space below. If a surnaine or title is unknown, a blank is left in cutting the block, which when printed off becomes a black square spot on the page. We inay improve this reſerence to the celebrated man, who at the time this catalogue was published stood at the pimacle of his honors, 100 continue the notice of his career. He remained as go- vernor of the Two Riáng till October, 1810, when he was deprived 312 Oc"r. Catulogur of officers in kwangtung of the scals of his office, and ordered to return to Peking for trial. “So far from having being of any help in the affair," said the em- peror, "you have caused the waves of confusion to rise, and a thou- sand interminable disorders are sprouting." He did not, however, leave Canton immediately, but together with the late governor Tang Tingching, remained until Kishen arrived, in order it was supposed to aid the new commissioner in bringing the negotiations with capt. Elliot to an end. Lin was at the Bogue, when it was finally carried by the British forces, from which he fled rather dastardly, consider- ing all that he had before sworn to accomplish. He finally left Canton in May, 1841, just before the treacherous attack of Yishán, for Chekiáng, to assist in defending the frontier of that province; but was put on trial by the Board of Punishments, and banished to l'lí, Tang Tingching also being punished in the same manner. Lin, however, had hardly reached his place of exile, if indeed he ever set out, before he was recalled in Oct. 1841, and reäppointed to his old office of governor of the Yellow river, which by this catalogue it appears he held in 1831. This river had burst its banks during that summer, and destroyed the city of Kaifung fú in Hónán, be- sides committing other ravages. He continued to fill this office until his death, which took place sometime last summer, in the 58th year of his age. On the occasion of his death, his imperial master thus gives his obituary, in a notice which we extract from the Hongkong Gazette. “The great statesman Lin Tsesü, preserved an undeviating line of rec- titude, and the principles of probity and uprightness were rooted in his nature. In manner, he was plain and affable, and his singleness of heart was ever eininently displayed. In the reign of Kiáking, having been honor- ed by an imperial examination he was raised from the rank of Hánlin (the highest literary graduate) to a seat in the cabinet. We, upon coming to the throne, and observing his patriotic spirit, his dispatch in business, and his extensive and varied experience, ordered his presence about the imperial person, in which capacity he remained for upwards of ten years without a single instance of default. Last year we sent him to the province of Hónán to superintend the embanking operations on the Yellow river in the Siángfú district, which were conducted and completed with his usual zeal and energy. Our council then recommending us to take his age into considera- tion, and being fully aware that nature with him was on the decay, we grant- ed him a double term of holidays (20 days). As however he petitioned for a prolongation of this period, we gave him a month in addition to rest his mental as well as physical powers.—On recovering, he immediately returned to his duties, but only a few days after, he suddenly departed this life in 1843. 013 British Trade ieith China. the palace, while in the act of preparing a document for our inspection. Our grief was extreme, for he had a strong claim on our gratitude, and we there- fore now confer honors according to his rank as a statesman and scholar. As a proof of our affection we shall offer sacrifice to his departed spirit in the temple of the Virtuous. We have conferred upon him the Toloking cover for his coffin, and now appoint the princes Tsájtui and Táiling with ten officers of the imperial body guard on an early day to pour out a libation before him. Let a donation of 1500 taels of silver be given for his funeral expenses, and let his body lie in state in the imperial cemetery, for in his official capacity there is not a single instance in which he deserved repre- hension. His grandsons Lin Tsien, Lin Ching, and Lin Yung when arrived at the years of maturity (16), are to be presented to the Board of Civil Office, may confer our favor upon them, and thus show our grief for the deceased. When the usual ceremonies on this occasion have been performed, let them be duly reported. Respect this." Commissioner Lin was probably, for integrity and loyalty, one of the best officers his imperial majesty has had during his reign, although we do not of course pretend to much knowledge of the pri- rate character of the high officers of the empire. A memorial which he sent in while lieut.-governor of Kiángsú, when that province was suffering from famine, did him great credit for the suggestions it contained respecting the best mode of dealing with the people under such circumstances. When he was commissioner at Canton, his great desire seemed to be to stop the flowing poison immediately, by strong measures alone; and it was not until the consequences of some of his acts began to appear that he, or his master saw the error of his course. No officer in these parts of late years has had the like reputation among the people for integrity and energy as Lin, and they usually speak of him with respect and admiration. na. Art. II. Prospects and chararter of the British trade with Chi- From Hunt's Merchants' Magazine, for March, 1843. The close of the China war, resulting in the opening of five large ports to the enterprise of the English inerchants, has been, in Eng- land, the cause of great rejoicing, and of an increased buoyancy in the markets, arising from the anticipations of a largely increased trade between England and that country, growing out of an increased consumption of British manufactures by the Chinese. These antici- 0,5 10. II. NO. X 514 OCT. British Trade with China. pations are, however, it appears to us, not based upon any reasonable ground. On the contrary, if we recur to the causes of the war, we shall find that it grew out of the fact that China had not the means of paying for that which she had already purchased. To understand the nature of the trade, we may take the following table of the lead- ing features of the trade in British bottoms at Canton, for, the year ending June 30th, 1838:- The total value of imports in British bottoms, during the above period, was 24,785,462 Spanish dollars- Of which the article of opium amounted to.. $13,344,030 The value of raw eotthn from Bengal, Madras, and Bombay... 65,563,124 Gold and silver, only.. 751,435 The balance being made up in British manufactures, and the produce from the several presidencies in India, and the British settlements in the Straits of Malacca. 3,899,873 Total..... The exports during the same time amounted to.. 424,785,462 22,004,700 1 Being a balance of trade against the Chinese of..... $2,780,762 A considerable part of which was probably due by the hong, or se- curity merchants, against whom the British merchants have extensive claims. The value of raw silk was........ $1,986,528 tea, of all sorts. 9,561,576 gold, sycee silver, and dollars. 8,974,776 alum.. 61,615 beads.. 27,028 Sundries, viz.: Camphor, arsenic, cassia, chinaware, nankeens, paper, rhubarb, silk piece-goods, sugar, sugar-candy, vermilion, and various other articles. 943,177 Charges on vessels. 450,000 Total, $22,004,700 Now it must be observed, that of the produce forming a part of the imports into China, and collected at the settlements in the Straits of Malacca, viz.:- Betel nut, in value.. 890,923 Bird's-nests.. 22,163 Camphor. 14,004 Elephants' teeth 74,275 Fishmaws. 118,300 Pepper. 02775 Rattans 25,578 Rice... 75,211 Sharks' fins... 67,261 el rretera ; it considerable portion, perhaps, was originally obtained in barier for pium, solid rither 11 Singapore and Penang, or if the 1843. 515 British Traile with China. ports in Sumatra, the Malay peninsula, &c., where the articles are produced. The total value of British manufactures of all sorts, in wool, cottoni, metals, &c., appears to be only 2,493,630 Spanish dollars. In relation to the claims of the British merchants upon the hong or security merchants, it is generally known that the Chinese govern- ment prescribes to the foreign merchants at Canton, to confine their dealings solely to twelve or thirteen security or hong-merchants. In their collective capacity, they were commonly called the co-hong. They have all a nominal rank under their own government, and they are the actual police magistrates over the foreigners, and have been so styled in some of the orders of government, and in this capacity they are held amenable for the conduct of the foreigners. In their mercantile capacity, they trade separately; but they are made mutu- ally responsible, by their own government, for the debts which each may incur, either with their government for duties, or with foreigners in prosecution of their trade. Under the latter condition they are at this moment indebted several millions of dollars to the foreigners, chiefly British, who have repeatedly demanded payment of their claims, and have frequently petitioned the local government of Canton concerning them. Of late years, the free trade has, in some degree, deprived the claimants of the means they before possessed to recover their claims, and has altered the means of the hong-merchants to discharge them. The situation of the hong-merchants formerly, and the exactions which they suffered from their own government, gene- rally resulted in their failure. In 1779, the amount due English merchants by six hongs, under 208 bonds, was $3,802,587; and by shopkeepers, under 41 bonds, $494,063; making $4,296,650. The present debt has been recently estimated as follows: Debts of the Hony-merchants. Foreign. Duties. Totul. Hingtae debts... $2,261,4:39 $100,000 $2,361,439 Kingqua debts, estimated at. 1,000,000 240,000 1,240,263 Fatqua debts, 300,000 taeis, equivalent to.. 418,000 118,000) The Tibet war, 600,000 taels, equivalent to 830.000 Thirap years' quota for ginseng,:30,000 78... 10,000 Total, 3,201,439 $758,000 $4,889), 4:30 These debts, almost necessarily, were the result of the condition of the ordering trade. The circumstances of the free trader appear equally to have injured the Chinese merchants, and to have involvcud tiem in losses which have reflected upon the British merchants in tlase shape of the debts hiere stated. 516 . British Trade with China. Oct. Dollars. Peculs. Dollars. Dollars. Dollu . Dollars. Independently of this, however, the great turning point of the trade has been opium; of which article, $13,000,000 to $16,000,000 worth were sent into China, for two-thirds of which specie was with- drawn. In order to observe what the state of the old trade with Chi- na really was, we may recur to the following table of the imports into Canton, from England and its possessions :- Imports into Canton from England and its possessions. Year Manufac. Cot. wol. Value. Opium. Value. Total. Cot do Op. Chests. 1821. 8,024,606 193,850 3,239,931 3,337 6,486,000 17,750,537 9,725,931 1822. 5,165,897 390,456 5,004,432 2774 4,166,250 14,336,579 9,170,982 1823. 2,919,7 9 225,448 2,981,383 5,968 9,399,000 15,300,121 12,380,383 1824. 5,959,089 254,543 4,080,375 5,930 7,288,600 17,328,064 11,368,975 1825. 5,310,013 297,483 5,174,786 7,170 5,515,000 15,995,799 10,685,786 1826. 5,597,579 368,521 6,047,618 11,050 9,782,500 21,427,697 15,830,118 1827. 5,323,869 475,783 7 207,545 9,969 9,269,826 21,801,240 16,477,371 1828. 8,323,517 411,127 5,329,011 10,271 11,243,496 19,906,123 16,582,506 1829. 4,800,348 494,955 5,864,155 11,409 10,908,852 21,573, 355 16,773,007 1830. 4,331,991 376,005 5,075,512 15,643 13,468,924 22,926,427 18,544,436 1831. 4,110,441 498,197 5,617,564 17,791 12,222,525 21,950,530 17,840,089 1832. 4,348,448 443,180 4,927.775 13,946 11,304,018 20,540,241 16,231,793 1833. 4,644,711 427,050 5,472,575 18,579 12,185,100 22,302,336 17,657,675 1834. 4,820,453 442,639 6,726,740 17,613 11,618,716 23,165,909 18,345,456 This table presents the fact, that during 16 years of trade, during which the British imports into China doubled in value, the propor- tion of British manufactures embraced in that aggregate decreased fifty per cent.; giving evidence of the fact, that the Chinese people produce nothing but tea and silk, to give in exchange for that which they purchase; consequently, the drain of specie swelled with the consumption of opium to near $16,000,000 per annum. objection which the Chinese government had to the opium trade, was the drain of specie which it caused. It does not yet appear that that trade is to cease; and if it should, the introduction and sale of British goods to an extent which would supply its place, and restore the trade to the position it occupied before the rupture, must be of very slow growth. The following is a table of the exports from Great Britain to China, up to November, 1842 :- Exports of British and Irish Produce to China from Great Britain. Articles. 1836. 1838. 1840. 1841. 1842. Cotton goods, yds. 6,381,018 12,819,530 22,133,621 13,478,478 20,130,240 17,160,280 val. £ 159.395 370,175 519,098 238,271 415,230 390,240 Cotton yarn, Ib3. 952,440 3,158,870 3,851.365 1,774,350 3,829,500 4,392,296 val. £ 56.839 212,933 217,047 88,748 216,240 281,138 Iron & steel, tons 1,128 1,124 1,087 1,340 2,232 2,210 vol. € 9,839 11,714 9,937 11,771 19,730 19,980 Linen, yds. 1,388 36,970 90,349 55,715 val. £ 60 2,769 3,927 2,539 Woolens,.. pcs. 139,336 212,996 183,152 73,768 31,997 42.997 vil. £ 582.216 657.363 407.568 162.666 Otherart's, val. £ 171.435 46,679 20,203 The great 1834. 24 173 Total... 8-12.8.72 1.20,388 1.204.356 524.198 691.358 651.200 181:3 517 British Tradr with China. Imports of leading articles from China into Greul Brituin. Articles. 1834. 1836. 1838. 1840. 1841. 1842. Cassia, .. lbs. 110,697 74,883 44,142 Cottons, pi:s. 24,000 11,900 59,038 2,700 Rhubarb, lbs. 56,717 44,028 55,811 15,986 Raw silk, . lbs. 582,834 1,277,251 702,677 247,755 Silks, · pcs. 4,737 9,184 25,469 5 695 Tea, lbs. 32,029,052 48,520,508 38,988,572 22.576,405 The consumption of these aricles of export to China, must be im- mensely increased to counterbalance the weight of the opium in the trade, which, if entirely suppressed, would occasion a loss of 15 to $16,000,000 per annum, as regards the direct trade to China, besides several millions more, for which produce is obtained in the Archipelago. The demand for British manufactures in China has hitherto been really trifling, considering the extent of the popula- tion, and the comparative magnitude of the other branches of com- merce; and as they are an ingenious manufacturing nation, any very considerable extension of the sale of British goods may, perhaps, not be effected for some time to come. It should be borne in mind by those who are so sanguine as to a vast demand for British manufac- tures at the four northern ports, (now thrown open to ships,) that their own junks have been in the habit of resorting, for many years past, to the British and Dutch settlements at the entrance of the Chic na sea, conveying their produce there, and bringing back such arti- cles as were required; and they have not unfrequently purchased their British manufactures at less than the prime cost in England, such has been the glut at times. Bearing in mind the difficulties and embarrassments in the money market of England with respect to the drain of bullion for America and elsewhere, some idea may be formed of what would have been the effect, if, instead of drawing annually $10,000,000 from China, as much had been required to be sent for the purchase of tea. This has been the case with the United States, whose exports to China have been as follows :- Exports of specie, and the total exports to Canton, from the United States. Total Exp. 1821 $3,391,487 $4,290,560 1832, $452,119 $1,260,522 1822, 5,075,012 5,935,368 1833, 290,450 1,433,759 1823, 3,584,182 4,636,061 1834 378,930 1,010,483 1824, 4,463,852 5,301,171 1835 1,390,832 1,868,580 1825, 4,523,075 5,570,515 1836, 413,661 1,194,264 1826, 1,651,595 2,566,644 1837 155,100 630,591 1827, 2,513,318 3,848,135 1838, 728,661 1,516,602 1828, 454,500 1,482,802 1839, 987,473 1,533,601 1829, 691,593 1,354,862 1840, 477,003 1,009,966 72,984 742,193 426,592 1,200,816 1631, 367,021 1,290,83.) Year. Specia. Year. Specie. Total Exp. 1830, 1841, British Trude with China. Dec. 1 Orlate years, the export of lead from the United States has largely increased, and reached, in 1841, to 1,510,136lbs., with the prospect of a great increase. The export of specie direct from the United States has of late years decreased, in consequence of the use of drawn bills on London, which were equivalent to specie, inasmuch as they reduced the quantity of specie to be sent from China to the British possessions. From these statements, it appears that the Uni- ted States and Great Britain have purchased of China, independently of opium, annually, about $8,000,000 worth more of goods than the Chinese have purchased in return. This $8,000,000 has been paid to, and an additional 8 to $9,000,000 extracted from China, in specie, by the sale of opium, which has grown to be the most valu- able staple of the British East India possessions. Hence, if the Chi- nese ports are opened to traders, and the opium trade suppressed, it would appear that the sales of British goods must be increased, to the extent of $3,000,000, to prevent a drain of specie from the Brit- ish possessions. Of all nations on the face of the earth, the Chinese are the most backward in adopting the fashions and habits of fo- reigners. They are industrious, emulative, and ingenious. Their manufacturing skill and experience are unsurpassed. Hence, if the trade becomes extended, it is likely to flow mostly into a demand for raw material. Cotton piece goods and longcloths may be supplied, to some extent, from New England. It is with British India that the greatest results are likely to grow out of the new treaty. The following is the area and population of British India :- British Territory. Bengal Presidency,. 328,000 57,500,000 Madras 154,000 15,000,000 Bombay 11,000 2,500,000 Territories in the Deccan, &c., acquired since 1815, and since mostly attached to the Bombay Presidency 60,000 8,000,000 Total British territories .... 553,000 83,000,000 The amount of maritime trade connected with British India, is as follows: Total exports of merchandise and treasure from Bengal, Madras, and Bombay to Great Britain, Continental Europe, North and South America, annually,. £12,000,000 Total imports to Bengal, Madras, and Bombay, from Great Bri- tain, Continental Europe, North and South America, annual average, 8,000,000 Maritime trade of India with China, Burmah, Siam, Eastern Is- lands, Persia, Arabia, Australia, &c., annual average,. 4,000,000 Maritinie trade of Singapore and China,. 6.000.000 'Total anal trade,... 6:30,000,000 British sq. mis. Population 18:1: 019 Brilish Trade with China. The exports from England to ludia are annually about L15,000,000. The return trade consists of articles of prime necessity. The valley of the Ganges is capable of producing sugar sufficient to supply the world. One half of the consumption of sugar in Great Britain is now derived from India. The value of sugar imported into England from Calcutta, in 1838, was £600,000. In 1841, it increased to 11,610,000. The improved mode of cultivating the cane now adopt. ed in Bengal, added to machinery, will enable India to augment the production of sugar to almost any extent. About six million pounds of indigo, valued at £2,000,000 sterling, are annually import- ed into England from British India. Cotton wool is also yearly au- ymenting, and sheep's wool is now exported from India to England to the extent of about three million pounds weight. Of pepper, the exports are five million pounds; of rice, the export from Calcutta alone, to England, is about twenty thousand tons. A profitable trade is now arising in the export of wheat from India to England; and the cargoes which have arrived at Liverpool, have been valued at sixty- four shillings per quarter. The export of untanned hides from India to England now amounts to more than 50,000 cwt.; of linseed, to 20,000 bushels : of castor oil, to more than 1,000,000 pounds weight. The value of the raw silk exported from Calcutta alone, in 1841 and 1842, was £850,000. Of saltpetre, the value in the same year was £230,000. It would be unnecessary to enumerate various other articles such as coffee, rum, tea, dyes, drugs, timber, &c.; but it is worthy of remark, that British India is now commencing to supply England with three articles, for which she pays Russia annually more than five millions sterling ; the greater part in the precious met- als. These articles are: tallow, 51,938 tons, at $40 a ton, equal to £2,077,520 ; flax, 54,478 tons, at $40 a ton, equal to £2,179,120; hemp, 29,059 tons, at £35 per ton, equal to £1,017,065-total amount, £5,273,705. In order to enter more particularly into the trade of India, we will take the following official tables of the trade of the largest pre- sidency, Bengal :- TRADE OF BENGAL. IMPORT TRADE. Places. 1841-2. 1841-2. 1840-1. Rupces. P. c'lage P. cage. United Kingdom,.. 3;30,69,120 60.8 65.7 France,.. 22,42,864 4.2 3.2 Foreign Europe.... 30,0299 0.1 0.6 Coromandel coast.. 17,21,15:3 3.2 2.7 trplos, 733,0.19 1.2 1):3 EXPORT TRADE. 1841-2. 1841-2. 1840-1. Rupecs. P. c'tage P. c'tage, 4,74,69,337 56.5 60.6 65,01,180 7.8 5.4 1,00,816 0.1 0.2 8,22,155 1.0 1.0 2,199,060 11,3 02 British Trade with China. OCT. TRADE OF BENGAL, CONTINUED. IMPORT TRADE. 1841-2. 1841-2. 1840-1. Rupees. P. c'tage P. c'tige. 14,34,739 2.7 3.4 1,48,740 0.3 0.3 7,95,381 1.5 1.6 61,02,418 11.2 8.6 34,47,851 6.2 5.6 8,63,543 1.6 1.81 86,577 0.2 0.21 3,634 0.0 0.05 11,677 0.01 44,898 0.1 0.04 18,44,465 2.4 2.7 94,846 0.2 0.5 3,51,832 0.6 0.6 74,402 0.1 0.05 18,52,204 3.4 EXPORT TRADE, 1841-2. 1841-2. 1840-1. Rupees. P. c'tage. P. c'tuge. 30,57,326 3.6 2.4 58,030 0.1 1.0 18,68,396 2.2 1.7 99,21,286 11.8 7.4 57,54,189 6.8 9.6 4,91,020 0.6 0.7 1,19,824 0.1 0.3 Places. Malabar Coast, Maldives & Laccadi's Arab. & Pers. Gulf, China,.. Singapore, Penang & Malacca, Java and Sumatra, Manila,..... New Zealand.. New Holland. Pegu..... Mauritius, Bourbon, Cape of Good Hope, North America....., Demarara... 1,24,775 0.2 0.7 2.2 2.2 0.6 18,61,501 19,17,529 5,37,570 1,57,649 29,88,582 40,337 2.7 3.1 0.6 0.3 2.9 0.1 2.9 0.2 3.6 0.1 100. Rupees. Rupees. Rupeas. Rupees......... 5,42,96,722 100. 8,39,40,592 100. 100. The aggregate trade for the last six years, has been as follows:- Years. Imports. Exports. Cust. dut. Years. Imports. Exports. Cust. dut. Rupees. Rupees. Rupees. 1836-7, 3,72,65.602 6,70,77,109 1839-40, 5,06,59,181 7,04,06,119 40,68,391 1837-8, 4,06,99,504 6,50,45,959 32,52,570 1840-41, 5,86,77,671 8:36,93,298 49,55,755 1838-9, 4,14,05,700 6,48,00,805 30,10,121|1841-42, 5,42,96,722 8,39,40,592 51,23,786 The net decrease in the value of all merchandise imported and ex- ported, compared with last year, is as 41, 33, 655; the deficiency in the trade with Great Britain being 87, 86, 892; but in consequence of an increase with other places, the general deficiency is reduced to forty-one lacs. (The lac is 100,000 rupees, or £10,000.) The trade with Great Britain, of course, continues to be the first in importance, exceeding in value that with all other parts of the world. The de- crease in the last year may be accounted for by the perhaps too rapid annual ratio at which it has been increasing for some time past. Thus, in 1837–38 it was, compared with the entire trade of the port, as 46 to 100; in 1838-39, as 49 to 100; in 1839-40, as 58 to 100; in 1840-41, as 63 to 100; in the present year it has receded to the ratio of 58 to 100. The following exhibits the course of the trade in round numbers, for the last four years :- Years. Imports. Exports. Years. Imports. Exports. Rupees. Rupees Rupees. 1838–39,... 2,14,54,000 3,04,61,000 1840-41,... 385,73,000 5,07, 2,000 1839-40,... 2,92,73,000 4,09,66,000 1 1841-42,... 3,40,69,000 4,74,69,000 Of these we subjoin the value, in round numbers, of the principal component items, namely, all those above two lacs of rupees. We begin with the imports :- Rupees. 1813 021 British Trude with China Articles. 183)_40. 1840-4). 1841-42. Rupees. Rupees. Rupces. Cotton piece goods, 96,00,000 1,38,00,000 1,20,98,000 Cotton Twist, 57,00,000 78,00,000 54,82,000 Copper, 17,00,000 20,00,000 20,00,000 Woolens, 9,00,000 17,00,000 14,00,000 Iron,.. 8,00,000 17,00,000 15,00,000 Haberdashery, 5,00,000 10,00,000 10,00,000 Wines,.. 5,60,000 10,00,000 12,00,000 Ale and Beer, 4,20,000 6,17,000 6,00,000 Hardware, 2,95,000 5,00,000 4,00,000 Ironmongery and inachinery,. 3,28,000 4,90,000 8,00,000 Spirits, 1,18,000 4,80,000 4,00,000 Spelter, 1,56,000 3,88,000 2,00,000 Plate and watches,. 3,57,000 3,64,000 3,00,000 Stationary,.. 2,82,000 3,50,000 3,50,000 Provisions and oilman's stores, 3,00,000 3,28,000 3,50,000 Books, 2,33,000 2,72,000 2,50,000 Bottles, 1,50,000 2,46,000 2,90,000 Glass-ware, 1,44,000 2,48,000 4,30,000 Treasure, 33,11,000 8,15,000 None. Pursuing a similar course with the exports, we find that the articles, the value of which exceeds two lacs of rupees, are thus : Articles. 1839-40. 1040–41. 1841-42. Rupees. Rupces. Rupees. Indigo, 1,67,00,000 1,65,00,000 1,66,00,000 Sugar, 65,00,000 1,60,00,000 1,33,00,000 Raw silk, 72,00,000 69,00,000 76,00,000 Silk piece goods, 35,00,000 27,00,000 21,00,000 Saltpetre, 13,00,000 18,00,000 20,00,000 Hides and skins, 8,00,000 15,00,000 18,00,000 Bengal rum, 2,54,000 9,36,000 5,20,000 Rice,.. 8,00,000 9,00,000 11,00,000 Shellac, 7,60,000 7,15,000 3,37,000 4,00,000 3,50,000 3,04,000 Linseed, 2,50,000 1,80,000 70,000 Raw cotton, 14,000 46,000 The trade with China ranks next in importance, and is equal to 160 lacs, or £1,600,000 per annum, and is gradually recovering its ground, although it exhibits a considerable falling off from former years. The ratio it bore to the whole trade of Bengal, in the last five years, was as 24, 21, 5, 8, and 11, respectively, to 100. Including the trade to Singapore and Manila, the ratio this combined traffic bears to the general trade of Bengal, in the last five years, is as 30, 26, 13, 16, and 18, to 100 Cotton and opium are the chief articles of export, and form the pivot on which the whole trade of England, India, and the United States, turns. The ex- ports of opium from gal to China, and the insports of treasure are as follows: 66 Lac dye, 2,36,000 vol XIU 522 Dec. British Trade with China. Chests. Chests. Chests. Rupeca. Total rupees, E.:ports of Opium to China aud Singapore. 1838-39, 1839-40 1840-41. 1841-42. Chesus. To China,... 14,642 4,780 5,852 11,378 To Singapore, 2,835 13,169 10,822 7,032 'otal chests,.. 17,477 17,949 16,674 18,410 Value in rupees,.. ..),40,17,000 76,08,000 1,09,53,000 1,34,86,191 Average price per Com’y. rupees 800 420 657 730 Imports of Treusure from China and Singapore. 1838–39. 1839-40. 1840-41. 1841-42. Rupees. Rupees. Rupees. China,..... 76,53,092 21,92,395 38,72,878 53,69,686 Singapore,.. 15,37,783 20,25,033 18,81,028 19,65,113 91,61,875 41,57,428 57,533,901 73,34,799 This table shows the fact that there was imported from China into Bengal, in five years, 190 lacs of rupees of treasure, dollars, and sy- cee silver, equal to £1,900,000, or £475,000 per annum, equal to $2,375,000, in payment for cotton and opium. This was the case when the severest restrictions were laid upon that trade by the Chi- nese government. It appears, then, in reviewing the whole trade, that the business of China, if it increases under the new regulations, is likely to enhance the demand for India opium and cotton, perhaps to the whole to which the latter can be supplied; and if the consumption of British goods keeps pace with that increased demand, it is more than can reasonably be expected. The Russians have had a monopoly of the inland barter trade with China, but the total value of wares exchang- ed for teas, at the great fair of Kiachta, seldom exeeeds 7,000,000 rubles, or £350,000 sterling ; affording an instance of the backward- ness of the Chinese to depart from their old customs. The groundwork of an extended trade with China, has first to be enlarged by inoral influences. If it is attempted to drive trade with a people by increasing the drain of precious metals, which they before felt the inconvenience of, it must inevitably produce mischief. The exports of China are mostly agricultural, and their production in increased quantities is a work of time and labor. In England, by the application of money and machinery, exports may be multiplied indefinitely; not so in an agricultural country. If sales to them are forced beyond their means, the operation is to drain them of their specie, and thereby cripple their future means of production; and they become impoverished by the double process of extravagance, and want of means to prosecute industry. [.Vote. We have inscrted this article in the Repository, principally for the statistics which it contains of the trade with China ; these appear to 1448 52:3 Visit to the City of Chúngchau. have been collected with care, although no intimation is given as to the sources whence they were derived. The question here mnooted, as to the means the Chinese possess for extending their trade with foreign countries is one of great interest at the present moment, and one too, whose solution is attended with no little difficulty. It is evident that, since the only way in which a nation can buy the productions of other countries, being with articles of its own industry, the constant drain of its own productions in exchange for such an article as opiun, must sooner or later, cripple its own means of producing wherewith to trade at all.) ART. III. Narrative of a recent visit to the chief city of the department of Chúnychau, in the province of Fukien. AFTER a great deal of talking, and being almost deafened by the noisy Chinese we had to deal with, we arranged with a boatman to convey us to the city of Chángchau, distant perhaps 35 miles. One of our Chinese friends, who speaks both the court and the Fukien dialects, is to accompany us. October 4th. We started at 7 o'clock A. M., taking our bedding, changes of raiment, and provisions for three or four days. The tide was against us, but the day being fine and the wind favorable, we made rapid progress. In a short time we passed along the eastern side of Pagoda island, and entered a noble bay of an oval shape. It stretches from east to west, being probably ten or twelve miles in length, and half of that in breadth. It is surrounded on all sides by the high steep barren mountains so common in southern Chinese scenery, with plains of greater or less extent at their bases. Froin the deck of our low boat, (which was of about twenty tons) it was difficult to discern their size; some were small, but many were of large size. The shores of the bay were lined with villages, many of which must have contained over a thousand inhabitants, and few if any of them were three miles apart. 'Twenty-three were dis- tinctly seen, and our boatmen estimated the whole number to be above thirty Our course lay directly through the bay from east to west. At its western extremity, were several immense tracts of land reclaimed by einbankments from the water, and occupied as rice grounds. A river comes down from the nortliwest, and enters the western ex- 524 Oct. Visit to the City of Changchau treinity of the bay, and the land about its mouth is low and fat, covered at high tide with water, and dry at low tides. The greater part of this has been banked in, and thus hundreds of acres made highly productive which would otherwise have been a barren noi- some marsh. It was a beautiful sight to look over these extended grounds, with the little canals winding through them, and to see the smooth green fields, and the large trees scattered here and there with the Chinese houses underneath. A few buffaloes were graz- ing about or rolling like swine in the muddy shores of the river. A number of Chinese were gathering a large kind of rush which grows plentifully on the river banks. It is dried in the sun, and made into floor-mats, and similar articles. Some idea of the quantity gathered may be learned from the statement made to us that the mats manu- factured in this region alone are sold annually for several tens of thousands of dollars. The western extremity of the bay is some twelve or fifteen miles west of Amoy. Entering the river just mentioned, and sailing to the northwest, we soon passed the walled town of Háitang, the chief city of Haitang hien, on the left (or southern) bank, and about three miles from the mouth of the river. Our course was still up the river, to the northwest. Its valley is low and fat, and not very broad. Villages uncounted were seen in every direction. Immense trees, standing singly or in small clumps, and houses among them, cattle in the fields, and boats in the river, it was beautiful to behold! On the same side of the river, and about five miles further on, was the town of Shi-má to, or as it is called in the colloquial dialect of the province, Chiðhbè. It looked much more like a busi- ness place than Háitang; numerous boats were in the river, and many lumber yards along its banks. Numbers of the people, crowded down to the banks to look at us as we passed. On the opposite side of the river was a collection of villages, eighteen in number, known by the general name Ota. The river here becomes shallower, and our boatmen exchanged the boat in which we had come thus far for a smaller one, about as large as a common whale boat; it was provided with mat awnings, and we found quite it comfortable; but small as the boat was, it re- quired some knowledge of the river to avoid the shallows, and we touched the bottom in one or two places. The water of the river is delightfully soft and sweet. In this region, the boatmen reverse the usual order. The passengers occupy the middle and forward parts of the boat, while the men stand up in the stern, and push the 1813 2. I'isit to the City of Ching how oars from them. There was no occasion however to nse the oars, as the wind favored us, and we went along bravely with our square mat sail. About five miles from Chiòhbe, we went ashore in a quiet place to look abont. But there was not much to be seen. The valley here is narrow. Rice grounds, fields of tall sugar cane, and brick kilns with red brick (we saw none with blue brick) were near- ly all we saw. A couple of coffins, with the bodies enclosed, were lying in the open air underneath the trees, to remain there probably until a lucky spot, and a favorable day should be discovered for their interment. Bodies are thus often left uninterred for years. One of these had lain so long that the coffin had almost fallen to to pieces through age, but the propitious day and destined spot, were not yet discovered, and there it must remain. We stopped on shore scarcely five minutes, and yet in that time a score of persons were already running to see us. Not wishing to attract attention before reaching the end of our excursion, we push- ed off and proceeded. Our attention was attracted by the number of brick-kilns on either side of the river, whilet be greenness and beauty of the fields, and occasionally a beautiful ravine extending back among the hills, called forth expressions of admiration and delight. We passed many villages, two of which were pointed out to us as being inhabited by Roman Catholics. The account our boatmen gare of them was, “They have a goddess whom they worship. They call her the Holy Mother.” The Chinese call one of their own favorite divinities (Mátsú pó), 'the Holy Mother.' What must they think of the Christian religion, when almost the only form of it, which they see, allows the use of many of their own ceremonies, and precisely their own forms of speech. About one o'clock P. M., we arrived in sight of Chángchau WWF with but little warning from the boats, or from appearances of a crowded population that we were so near. The first distinct intimation we had of being near it was the sight of a long and high bridge across the river, with a number of houses upon it. Our boat anchored shortly before coming to the bridge, and we immediately went ashore and started for the centre of the city. A crowd was around us at once. We were the first Americans, and the only Protestant missionaries who had ever been there, and as only a few other foreigners had been there before, and their visits had been very hasty, the curiosity of the people had been excited but not gratified. jiti (cm. Tisit to the city of Chungchau. The boatmen carried our baggage. Our Chinese friend conduct- ed us through the suburbs to the city-wall, which was not far from our landing-place. We were soon in the city, and passed through several streets, in search of a lodging-place, which however we did not succeed in finding till we had walked for near half an hour. It was soon evident that we were something uncommon." Numbers of people came in with us, and as we passed through the streets, and were discovered by those ahead of us, the wonder and the crowd increased. Our complexions and dress, our stature, and the specta- cles worn by myself, at once drew the attention of every body. The shopkeeper turned away from his customer, the carpenter dropped his plane, and the shoemaker his last, the tailor his needle, and the apothecary his pill-box, and even the beggar forgot his vocation : the women peeped out from the doors, and the children ran on be- fore and stopped to have a good look at us; old and young, high and low, were filled with one common feeling of surprise, and gazed at us as if we had fallen from the clouds. Our guide professed to know the road, but soon showed his ignorance, and after making several inquiries, he led us at last to a low dirty tavern, instead of the house appropriated to the reception of foreign officers, where he had intend- ed to take us. However, there was no help for it, and to make the best of the matter, we had our dinner prepared. On going into the house we shut to the door to keep the crowd away, but they were not so easily satisfied, and the door being old and crazy, they ac- tually broke it open. . One of us was obliged therefore to stand by it for a while, and let them gaze, while dinner was in course of pre- paration. They made no effort whatever to molest us, being on the contrary quite good humored and civil. One man, all smiles and politeness, came up to me, and begged leave to examine my dress, at the various parts of which he expressed the most unbounded admira- tion. My cap was much better than his, the buttons of my coat were kaho, kaho, very much better than theirs, pockets were an admirable device, and the shoes were a perfect gem! He was even proceeding to open my shirt bosoin, and pull up iny pantaloons, but on being told that that was not polite he desisted, and with many bows and smiles departed. While we were at dinner, an oflicer with a crystal button, and peacock's feather, of rather good features but coarse manners, came in to ask our names and business, He was rather rude at first, but his manner soon changed, and after a few minutes' conversation he towe:me quite civil, and was even cnrious to inspect our knives and 1 1843 Visit to the City of Cháng chall. forks and articles of dress. While engaged with him, another officer also wearing a crystal button came in. He was a tall sleuder geatlemanly looking man, and his manners exceedingly polished, amounting in some respects almost to over refinement. We sup- posed hiin to be a Tartar. He was dressed in his official cap and black satin boots which came up to his knees, a beautiful blue silk robe reaching below the knees, and over this a short silk garment reaching to the waist. Anong his attendants was one about six feet two inches in height and stout in proportion, who seemed quite out of countenance when we remarked on his stature. Three other officers caine in, and with each we had the same series of questions and answer —who we were, our object in coming, and the advice to go away. They were evidently uneasy at our coining, and used inany arguments to induce us to depart in peace, but we were not to be got rid of so hastily. The chief local magistrate presently came in, and without even saluting us, and scarcely noticing the five officers already present, he began to declaim against the impropriety of our coming to Chángchau, of its being contrary, to the treaty, a bad pre- cedent, and various topics of a similar nature. We remarked that the treaty allowed foreigners to trade at five ports, but did not forbid their going elsewhere, that we were well meaning people who had not come to trade, but only to see the country, to cultivate friendship, and to do good. The old man hereupon quite altered his tone: “Oh I know that you are men of politeness, we are not afraid of you, for we look on you as brothers, but if you come, it will be a precedent for others, and you had better go away." It was remarked to him that this was a strange way of treating brothers, to turn them off so unceremoniously when they came on visits of pure friendship. After a good deal of talk, we came at last to a compromise. Finding we would not depart without seeing the city, they earnestly begged us not to spend the night within the walls, offering to send us down to the rivers in chairs, to provide a comfortable boat for us, and on the next day to send chairs for us, and escort us all around the city. After a little hesitation we assented, and they all accompanied us to the river's edge. One of the streets through which we were led, was covered with strips of yellow and red cloth, and ornamented with lanterns of all shapes, sizes and colors suspended across. It was as we were told a celebration to secure a continuance of peace, and a return of health. The cholera has prevailed in Chángchau to a frightful extent this Some of the inhabitants said that oc- casionally as many as two hundred persons had died of it in a dav, during the summer months. year. Visit to the City of Chungchau. OCT. The boat provided for our accommodation was large though not very clean, and the owner having received a special charge from the local magistrate that we should want for nothing, we spent a quiet night. Thursday, Oct. 5th. The morning being pleasant, we started off for a ramble in the suburb before breakfast, and the lower bridge being close to the place where our boat was anchored, we went there first. It is built on 25 piles of stone about 30 feet apart, and perhaps 20 feet each in height. Large round beams are laid from pile to pile, and smaller ones across in the simplest and rudest man- ner; earth is then placed above these, and the upper part is paved with brick and stone. One would suppose that the work had been assigned to a number of different persons, and that each one had executed his part in such manner as best suited his own fancy, there being no regularity whatever in the paving. Bricks and stone were intermingled in the most confused manner, and the railing was sometimes of wood, and sometimes of the tone. We were particularly struck with the length of some of the stones used in paving the bridge; one was eight, another eleven, and three others eighteen paces each long, being about 45 feet long by 2 feet broad. They were of granite, but from the constant crowd of passengers had been worn smooth. The bridge averages eight or ten feet in width, and about one half of its length on both sides was occupied by shops. Crossing the bridge, and proceeding up the left or southern bank of the river, we came to the second bridge, which is about a mile from the first, and is similarly built. When we came to it, our guides (of whom we always had plenty) pointed up the river some little distance further, and told us there was a temple there, well worth seeing. We found it really so, being one of the oldest build- ings we had seen in China. The various gateways and small out- houses around the temple were decayed and in ruins. Two pools on either side of the main entrance were covered with the broad leaved water lily. The main building is of wood, and is both large and high, while the ceiling is most elaborately constructed and carved. Every pillar, board, tile, and stone bore the marks of extreme age. It is said to have been erected in the Sui dynasty, about 1200 years ago. Seven gigantic figures in sitting or standing postures, painted and gilt, but faded and dusty, and tarnished with age were arranged across the temple, and on each side stood a row of fifteen Chinese worthies, as large as life. Behind the seven first images were three others. The very smallest must have been eight feet in height, 184:3. Visit to the City of Changchutt while two or three, if they had been in a standing posture, would have been fifteen or eighteen. An immense drum occupied one corner, and a bell another. The roof was most curiously composed of carved wood, and inscriptions in various styles of Chinese writing were painted and gilded, or carved on the pillars, walls, ceilings, and tables of the temple. "To the right of the main building stood a smaller one, covering an immense idol cut out of a single block of granite; by standing on the prdestal, which was three feet in height, and reaching with my umbrella, I could only touch the hand which was laid across its breast. The whole height of the image was pro- bably 20 feet. The rock had formerly stood there, and this image had been carved out, and the house erected over it in its natural position We returned to the main temple, and standing in front of the seven gigantic figures, Mr. Abeel addressed the crowd in their own language, on the folly of worshiping such idols, which could neither see, nor hear, nor speak, and telling them of the true way of salvation through Jesus Christ. There were upwards of 300 persons present, many of them listened attentively; some questions were asked, and they assented very freely to the truth of what was said to them. While thus engaged, we were surprized by a visit from the chief agent of the first officer we had seen the day before. He had come down to the boat to be our cicerone through the city, and finding us absent, had followed us. He was extremely polite, and expressed great surprise that we had gone off without waiting for the chairs. He accompanied us back to our boat, and after breakfast had the chairs brought down to the water's edge for our excursion through the city. Of the streets through which we passed. several were narrow and offensively filthy, but some of them were clean, tolerably well paved, and for a Chinese city, wide,-say eight, ten, and even twelve feet—and lined with good looking houses. The furniture shops, and several of the clothing establishments, looked remarkably well, and the silk stores, apothecary shops, and bookstores, reminded us of some of the best looking streets in Canton. We also passed through several markets well supplied with very fat pork, fish, both fresh and dried, and poultry; vegetables were in abundance though not in great variety. We saw shaddocks, persiminops, pine-apples, pears, plantains, sweet potatoes, sugar-cane, and roots of various kinds. As usual we had no reason to complain of want of attention, and the word hunn! hwan-101! (foreigners) uttered by every man VOL XIT. NO. 530 OUT, Visit to the City of Changchau. 1 who saw us was the signal for all of those through whose quarters we passed, to leave their work and gaze upon us. Our boat was on the southern side of the city. We were carried to the northwest corner of the city, and presently found ourselves in an open space with rising ground beyond, and a very large tem- ple directly before us. The doors were thrown open, and we enter- ed; the scene was quite unexpected. The temple was said to have been built during the Táng dynasty, from 900 to 1200 years ago, and bore the marks of old age, though it was in better repair than the one previously visited. Eight gigantic figures, seated and standing, were ranged across the temple, and thirty-six Chinese sages occupied either side, in rows of eighteen each. The figures were larger than those we saw before breakfast, and the roof was con- structed in the same elaborate manner. The most remarkable things we saw were a couple of large lockers or cup-boards, about eight feet square, and two feet deep. They were closed and locked, and no one knew their contents. The people around all declared most seriously that they hat not been opened for hundreds of years, and if they should be opened, death would surely come out in some terri- ble form, or some dreadful plague would visit the people. The grounds of the temple were quite extensive, and numbers of houses where the priests lived, were scattered around. Some of them were falling to pieces through very age. Behind the main build- ing we were shown a smaller one dedicated to Chú fútsz', the cele- brated commentator on the Four Books. He was a native of A'n- hwuy province, and had been for some time prefect of the city of Chángchau. His house was pointed out to us in the centre of the city. It is quite large. It is reported that when built, the main beam of the roof was 'suspended in the air. He declared that if any un- faithful officer entered the house, the beam would instantly fall and crush him. But after his time, the beam very considerately took its natural position in the wall ! The ground rose steeply behind the temple, and three of its sum- mits were crowned by small circular watchtowers. We climbed up the steep ascent in the hot sun, but on reaching the summit we held up our hands in wonder at the p ospect before us. Imagine an amphitheatre thirty miles in length and twenty in breadth, hemmed in on all sides by steep bare pointed hills, a river running through it, an immense city at our feet, with fields of rice and sugar- cane, uoble trees, and nuínerous villages stretching away in every direction. It was grand and beautiful hoyond cvery conception we 1843. 531 Visit to the Cly of Chingchau. had ever formeil of Chinese scenery. The eye wandered over that wide plain, and returned again and again to the contemplation of particular points, until almost wearied with the contemplation of 30 much magnificence. When we came to a closer investigation, the wonder was increased rather than diminished. Beneath us lay the city; its shape was nearly four-square, but the southern wall curv- ed outwards from following the course of the river. It was very closely built, and had an amazing number of very large trees within and around. On inquiring the number of inhabitants, our guide answered that in the last dynasty, it had numbered seven hundred thousand souls, and now there were more He thought there were a million of people within the walls. This is probably a large allow- ance, though it is the common one among the Chinese. But even allowing the half of that number, how large that is! The villages around also attracted our attention. I tried to enumerate them, but after counting thirty-nine of large size distinctly visible in less than half the field of vision before us, I gave over the attempt. It is cer- tainly within the mark to say that in that immense plain there are at least one hundred villages. Some of them are small, but many would number their hundreds, and even thousands of inhabitants. What a field is here for Christian missions, if the country were but open, and the churches prepared to enter in, and occupy the ground! How many souls there were beneath our eyes, all ignorant of the true God, and of the way of eternal life. The prospect before us was surpassingly beautiful, but alas, for those who dwelt amid these fair scenes, where “Every prospect pleases, But only man is vile." We returned to our boat, walking part of the way, much to the discomfort of our leader, who had to walk with us, and who did not much like walking through the narrow crowded streets when he might as well have rode. The articles in the shops were commonly plain and coarse. Even the showy ones were rough and unsubstan- tial. Beautiful as the city looked at a distance, it did not so well bear close inspection. The streets were wider, and some of them cleaner than those seen in the generality of Chinese cities hitherto visited by foreigners, but that is not saying much. Most of the houses had wooden fronts, and apparently brick or plaster walls. The most offensive objects were the nuinerous noisome sights and smells that everywhere abounded. It is not wonderful that the chulera should prevail with aggravated violence in such a place. Visit to the City of Chúngrhan Oct 1 1 chain pumps. We felt wearied by our morning excursion, and, though full liberty was given us, we did not think that the crowd and fatigue of a stroll through the city in the afternoon, would be compensated by all the new sights to be seen. Accordingly we went in a boat some little distance above the city, and walked among the paddy fields and sugar canes. Sereral persons were drawing water for their fields by Mr. Abeel addressed the people in two different places on the Christian religion. A very respectful attention was given by some of the audience, but most of them were more disposed to examine our dress, than to hear religious discourse. On returning to our boat after sunset, we concluded to go in her to Chièhbè, at the change of the tide. We had seen nearly all we wanted at Chángchau, and had succeeded in our object in visiting it quite as well as could be expected. We had taken but few religious tracts with us, otherwise we might have given away thousands. Those offered to the officers were received with a flattering show of politeness and pleasure, and we were assured by them on the follow- ing day that they had read them, and approved of their doctrines. The boat in which we lodged was owned by an old man and his wife. She was upwards of seventy years of age, and according to the almost universal custom in Fukien province wore flowers, which in their freshness and bloom contrasted strangely with her gray hair. On inquiring if infanticide was common at Chángchau, the answer given was, that on shore it was common, but not among the people who lived in the boats. The old woman had herself rescued four girls, whom she found exposed on the river's bank. Three of them had died at different ages, and one of them was now on board, whose crying disturbed us several times. She had a little grandson about ten years old, and this little girl was intended for his wife. We left Chángchau during the night, and reached Chibbe before daylight. At sunrise we went ashore, and strolled about the place. It is a walled town, but the space within the walls is by no means so extensire as that without. Here, as elsewhere, crowds fol- lowed us, more noisy and ruder too than those of Chángchau, though they offered us no manner of insult, and most readily allowed us to pass wherever we chose. It is quite a large city, stretching at least a mile along the shore, and bore every appearance of being a busy bustling place of trade. The shops were crowded with goods, com- monly of a very coarse quality, and the streets were thronged with peisple. For dirt and filth it exceeded anything we saw during our Serer il persons who had visited Amer recognized Mr. s bole trip 1813. 5:3:3 l'isit to the City of Chúngchau. We en- Abeel, and one of them kindly conducted us through the principal streets. The number of fresh fish in the markets was iminense, taken, we were told, from the river, which is here not one fourth ot a mile wide, and probably not six feet deep. After walking until wearied, and seeing no end to the crowded streets, we stopped before an idol temple, and Mr. Abeel address- ed the crowd. The questions proposed by some of them showed that they fully understood what was said. Having no desire to go ashore after breakfast, we proceeded in a small boat to Háitang, where we arrived about 11 o'clock A. M. The outer wall of the city ran close along the stream where our boat was anchored. tered one of the gates, and found a large space between the outer and inner walls almost wholly occupied by gardens and rice-grounds. le ascended the outer wall, and ced around for some distance. 'There were so few houses that but few people saw us, and we were not annoyed by a crowd. Presently the outer wall came right against the inner wall which was some four or six feet higher. To avoid going a long distance around, we climbed over the wall, and walked some distance along it. The plain outside of the wall was extensive, principally occupied by paddy fields. There were no villages within a mile or two of the side on which we walked. With- in the walls there were so many trees that we could not see the city, nor tell in what direc ion the greater part of it lay. The Chinese themselves estimate its population as being greater than that of Amoy, but this we were inclined to think was an exaggerated ac- count. We passed through several of the streets, which were much neater and cleaner than any we had seen elsewhere, but we siw few people. Perhaps it should be said, comparatively few, for we had become so accustomed to immense crowds, that a hundred peo- ple at our heels seemed very few indeed. After walking for an hour, and seeing but little to attract special notice, we became tired. We had been wearied at Chiòhbè, the sun was now hot, and the wind being ahead, it was important to secure the favorable tide which was now making for Amoy. We accordingly turned our faces home- ward, and at sunset reëntered our houses in Kúláng súi, glad and thankful for the wonderful things we had seen, the favors enjoyed, and the mercies received during our three days' excursion. W. M. L. 534 Ост. Record of Criminals in the Hongkong Jails. i Art. IV. Record of criminals, European and Chinese, lodged in the jails at Hongkong, from the 9th of August, 1841, to the 18th of Sept. 1843. This record, which has been kindly furnished us in manuscript, is in two parts. The first part contains the names of four hundred and eighty-two prisoners, of whom 430 are Chinese, 28 Lascars, 9 Portuguese, 5 sepoys, 1 American, the others are Europeans. The second part contains the names of one hundred and thirty-four per-. sons, nearly all of whom are European seamen. Among this number, there have been a few, perhaps twenty soldiers, who have been sentenced by court-martial. The others, the seamen, have been sentenced by the marine magistrate, excepting a very few, upon whom sentence has been passed by the governor. Their punishment has been solitary confinement, which has varied, in different cases, from two to eighty-four days. Generally the confinement has con- tinued for two or three weeks. The prison, in which they are confined, is 64 feet by 30, divided into two rows of cells, twelve in all. The rows are separated by a passage about eight feet broad. Each prisoner has usually, if not always, had a separate cell, which is clean, well lighted and ventilat- ed; and each person is provided daily with a pound of beef and a loaf of bread. On the 22d of May, 1843, two Europeans were sentenced, by court-martial, to be transported for life. The crimes of the seamen are, for the most part, disobedience to orders, and disorderly conduct. With the sailors and often with the soldiers too-drunkenness is the crime, or immediate cause of the crime, for which they have to endure punishment. For the lodgings of the Chinese prisoners, two buildings are ap- propriated, one 79 feet by 29; the other 49 by 16 feet. There is a square open court, between them, about 78 feet by 30, in which the prisoners can air and wash themselves, take exercise, &c. The largest of these two buildings is divided into two apartments, one large and one small, both occupied by the laboring gang; both have good floors, are without ceiling, and well ventilated. The smallest of the two buildings—designed for persons not sentenced-contains three rooms, each 17 feet by 16, with floors and beds; on one side of these rooms is a broad veranda, protecting them from the heat and rain, and rendering them not less, but rather more, cmofortable, 1843. 5335 Record of Criminals in the Hongkong Jails. than they would be in the common houses of the middling classes of the Chinese. The punishments inflicted on the Chinese are flogging, hard labor, and confinement. All, or nearly all, are flogged, the number of blows varying from 20 to 100. Few only receive a hundred; many have 40 or 50; the latter number is the most common, These are given in public. The criminal, with a label an his back, written in Chinese characters, is conducted from the prison to the whipping stand at the west end of the Upper Bazar, and there undergoes the sentence of the law, and returns again to prison. The laboring convicts, and those in confinement, are kept with irons on their legs, which renders escape difficult. Still a few, in all about twenty, have made their escape, principally during the first year after the prison was built. During the last twelve months, only two have escaped, and these while out at work, as were indeed, many of the others. Most of these prisoners have been sentenced by the chief magis- trate, at whose office full records are kept of their respective cases, specifying their crimes, &c. Some of them have already been report- ed in the Hongkong Gazette. Could the whole calender be digested, we should like to give the report a place in the Repositoy. Only a few of the more difficult cases have been brought before the governor. The period of imprisonment has varied in length from two days to four years. Two only have been sentenced to four years; two to three years; four to two years and six months; twenty-three to two years; twenty-four to eighteen months; two for one year; the remain- der all for a less period. Twenty-two of these Chinese prisoners were sent from Chusan, by the commander-in-chief of the expedition. These were not subjected to flagellation; they arrived in May or June, 1842, and were released in October, soon after the announce- ment of the news of peace. For food the Chinese prisoners have been constantly supplied with rice-in quantities as large as they can consume—and occasionally they have had salt fish, vegetables, &c. The purveyor of the pri- soners has been allowed, for each man, one dollar and a half per mensem. This sum, he says, has been more than sufficient in the hot months, while in the cold season it has been barely enough to cover the monthly expenditure. For drink they have had pure water froin the hills. Their clothing and bedding have been such as they have been able to procure for themselves, except on one occasion, when a quantity of jackets were furnished to protect them from the winter's cold. milli Rccoril of Criminals in the Ilongkong Jails. 0 Those sentenced to hard labor have been employed principally on the roads. They have been called out at 6 A. M., and returned at Ū P. M., and are allowed one hour for breakfast, and one for rest at niidday-Sundays always excepted, on which they do no work, and which to them has been, as they very appropriately call the Sab- bath, án-si yi, “days of rest.” The prisons stand just within the inclosure, which surrounds the premises of the chief magistrate, directly below his own house, where they are under the serveillance of a strong military guard, also just within the inclosure. The scavenger's duties are regularly performed, at a given hour, every night: and the apartments are thoroughly washed out once or twice every week. And the prisoners are always allowed a full supply of fresh water for washing and bath- ing. The site of the buildings is airy, and elevated perhaps three hundred feet above the sea, from which it is distant fifty or sixty rods. The health of the prisoners deserves particular notice. Of the whole number of Chinese and foreigners, who have been confined and six- teen only nine have died. The average number in prison has been about sixty--and this for the worst part of the three seasons of 1841, 1842, and 1343. Of these nine, some were debauched opiun sniokers who died for want of that which caused their death. Two or three only died of fever. The total amount of sickness has been very small. Most of the sufferings have been from cutaneous dis- orders, contracted before entering the prison. Medicines and sur- gical aid have always been administered promptly when required. It might indeed be worth while to inquire, and to ascertain if pos- sible, why there has been so much less sickness in the prisons than in the barracks at Hongkong, during the last twenty-six months. When of seventy men in the artillery lines, not more than fifty were reported fit for duty; not more than three, of nearly an equal num- her in the jails, were unfitted by sickness to perform " hard labor." In not a few cases, men hare gone in sick, and come out well. 1943. 537 French Missionuries in Cochinchind, Art. V. Sufferings of French missionaries in Cochinchina, and their release by the French corvette Heroine. In the course of the week, the French corvetie Heroine, commanded by M. L'Eveque, arrived at this port from Cochinchina, having on board five French missionaries, belonging to the same society as the Catholic missionaries already here, by whom they have been hospitably received. These reverend gentlemen are Messieurs Berneux, Galy, Charrier, Miche, and Duclos; all five of whom were detained in prison in Cochinchina, loaded with fetters, and suffering the most cruel treatment, when the Heroine, returning from her cruize to China, anchored in Turon bay, to demand their liberation. The two first named, Messieurs Berneux and Galy, had been seized on the 11th of April, 1841, at a place in Western Tungking, about 480 miles distant from Hué, the capital of the Cochinchinese empire. After being brutally knocked down, they were thrust into a close narrow cage, in which they were carried to the capital, which it took them 50 days to reach ; and where they were more than thirty times brought before the tribunals of different mandarins, and repeatedly scourged in the most inhuman manner, the blood springing forth at every stroke, and even the flesh sometimes flying in pieces under the lash. They were moreover threatened to be tortured with red-hot pincers, which were heated in their own presence, and which threat would have been carried into effect, had the judge whose province it is to award their punishment, at the time presided. The mandarins used every means to compel these unfortunate gentlemen to renounce the religion of which they proclaimed themselves the ministers, and tread under foot the sacred emblem of their faith, which the missionaries only the more devoutly kissed whenever it was presented to them, while they refused in the most energetic terms to comply. It was then proposed to them that they should marry, under the assurance that on that condition the king of Cochinchina would pardon them for having come into his kingdom without permission, a proposition which the pious missionaries rejected with horror. They were at last condemned to death, and sentenced to decapitation in the early part of October, 1841, and to have their heads exposed on the end of a pike in the public market for three days. The judges were eager to have this sen- tence carried into execution, but the king made answer to their represen- tation, “they shall die when I desire it." In Cochinchina, no sentence of death can be carried into effect without the sanction of the king himself, and on the present occasion it was supposed by his intended victims that this de- lay was attributed to certain calculations connected with the operations of the English force in China. M. Charrier was apprehended on the 6th of October, 1841, and like his brethren was put into a cage, in which they kept hiin for 19 days. He was publicly scourged at the hall of the prefect, loaded with a heavy cangue, or 68 171., XII, NO, X. 533 OCT. French Missionaries in Cochinchina. wooden collar, of forty and a chain of twenty, pounds weight, and in this condition was conveyed to the capital, where he arrived on the 14th of No- vember following. Repeatedly but vainly urged to apostatise, he was again cruelly scourged, and in consequence of his refusal and his determined ans- wers to the mandarins-—was condemned about the end of January, 1842, to suffer death by decapitation. The king interposed in his case also, knowing by that time that there were French ships of war on the coast of China. Messrs. Miche and Duclos were not seized until the 16th February 1842, in a territory of the province of Pheu, six days' journey from the frontiers of Cochinchina. They were treated as the others, knocked down, deprived of their best clothes, had their hands tied behind their backs, and a heavy cangue round their necks, and after having been four times lashed by the hands of the executioner, they were taken to the capital, still loaded with the wooden collar and heavy fetters. Being here brought before the tribunals, they were again scourged and beaten with rods, in consequence of their re- fusal to apostatise, and to sign the false account drawn up by the mandarin of their proceedings, to be laid before the king. These reverend gentlemen were also condemned to decapitation, but as before, the king again postpon- ed the execution of their sentence. The account given by these French missionaries of the interrogations they underwent, and the punishments they suffered, contains many curious and interesting details. They were confined in damp dismal cells, on a level with the ground, along with other prisoners, covered with vermin, from which it was impossible to keep themselves free.—Their allowance of food was limited to 20 porringers of rice a month, or rather paddy, as the husk was not removed, without either means to unhusk it, or wood to cook it; so that they would have perished of hunger had it not been for the succor they covertly received from some native Christians, who found means to bribe the solders on guard, and introduce provisions into their dungeon. For the space of nine months they wore the same clothes, without being once allowed even to wash them; and M. Miche having one day reproached the mandarin with having for five months refused the small quantity of rice and the doits, which it is C'ilstomary to give to the prisoners, the latter had the brutality to reply—“ If pou have neither rice nor money, eat earth;" and it is to be remarked that ley had already robbed Messieurs Miche and Duclos of the money they diul on them when apprehended. The captivity of Messrs. Berneux and Galy lasted 23 months, that of Mr. Charrier 17 months, and of Messrs. Miche and Dulos 13 months, and during the whole time they were each loaded with a heavy chain, which passed round their necks, and hung down to their middle, when it diverged into two chains, which were fastened round each foot. After they had undergone the cruel punishment of the lash, they went forth with a calm countenance, py at being found worthy to suffer in the name of Jesus Christ, anul their joy was at its height on being appriser that they were sentenced to clic, daily declaring to the mandarins that they were alike withoui luar unil 1 1843 539 Mench Missionaries in Cochinchind. without crime, and that it would be the happiest hour of their lives when they should be required to shed their blood for the sake of their blessed religion. This fortitude and resignation astonished their judges, as well as all those who witnessed it,—“why do you not cry, why do you not weep when you are beaten ?” they said to the missionaries; and they said one to another these strangers probably possess some charms to deaden pain. More than once the missionaries heard the soldiers, who led them out of the judge's house where they had been beaten and insulted, say of the manda- rins ;—“They have themselves more fear than these fathers." Although the commander of the Heroine had received no directions from his government to effect the liberation of the missionaries, he took upon himself the responsibility of demanding their surrender in the name of his government and of the French nation, as fellow-countrymen groaning in irons, and whose cries he had heard. He wrote from Turon to the chief mandarin of the province requiring that the missionaries should be given up to him, and had an immediate reply to the effect that there were no Frenchmen in Cochinchina. The commander of the corvette then dispatched a second letter in which he mentioned the name of each missionary, and specified the dates of their seizure; adding the threat that unless his requisition were com- plied with, he would at once proceed in his vessel to the capital, and there renew his demand in still more energetic language. The Cochinchinese governor no longer persisted in his system of evasion, and after some pre- tended explanation, he consented to deliver up the missionaries. On the 12th of last March, their fetters were removed; and on the 16th they were sent to the corvette, the commander which received them with all the enthu- siasm of a fellow-countryman, and lavished on them all the care and attention their sufferings called for. “Now, you are mine, you belong to me,” he told them. “Yes, Monsieur le Commandant, we are now at your order. We shall comply with all your wishes,” replied the missionaries. The corvette had not yet made ready for sailing, when a letter came from the right-reve- rend bishop, the vicar apostolic of Cochinchina, to the commandant, beseech- ing him to restore his missionaries to him and land them at Suche, a place southward where a small barque would be found ready to receive them and carry them back to their mission. M. L'Eveque was not a little astonished at this demand, but the missionaries as soon they as heard the voice of their bishop calling them, joined their warın solicitations to those of his lordship, to obtain that favor from the commandant, but this gentleman persisted in his refusal. When they reached Singapore, the missionaries reiterated their eager intreaties, earnestly backed by their brothers in Singa- ore, to M. L’Eveque that he would be pleased to leave them here at liberty to act justa dictamenta sua conscientiæ. But the commandant declared energeti- cally that he would never agree to the proposition, it being his resolution to deliver then to the French government, in the name of which he took on him- self the responsibility to claim them from the king of Cochinchina ;-never- theless, after many intreaties he consented to leave in Singapore, Messieurs 540 Ост. Infanticide in Fukien. Miche and Duclos, the former being destined by his superiors to superintend the Chinese college at Pulo Penang, and the second suffering much in his health when at sea. Messieurs Berneux, Charrier, and Galy are to sail for France in the Heroine. The missionaries on board the corvette mess at the table of the état major, and they receive from the officers the greatest at- tention, these gentlemen endeavoring to make them forget their sufferings in Cochinchina. Messieurs Berneux, Charrier and Galy hold out the hope that we may again see them here on their way to their mission to propagate the faith in other regions.-Singapore Free Press, April 13, 1843. Arr. VI. Notices of infanticide collected from the people of Fu- kien. By the Rev. David AbeEl. To ascertain the extent of female infanticide in this part of the coun- try, a course of inquiry was commenced near the close of the last year, which has been kept up at intervals to the present. It may be useful to some readers to mention that the province of Fukien in- cludes ten large and two smaller counties or departments; that each of these again are subdivided into districts, varying in number from two to ten, and that in each district there are numerous towns and villages. The island of Kúláng sú, the present residence of foreigners, lies in the department of Tsiuenchaum H, and near the boundary of Changchau 漳州 ​two departments of the larger class, and thickly peopled There are five districts in the first of these, and seven in the other, containing cities and villages of almost all sizes, and teeming with population. The names of the five districts in Tsiuenchau fú are Tung-an , Ngánki , Tsinkiang L, Hwuingán Nán-ngan E. Being a resident of the district of Tung- an, i liave had opportunities of making more minute inquiries re- specting the custom here than elsewhere. From a comparison with many other parts of the country, there is reason to believe that a greater number of children are destroyed at birth in this district than in any other of this department, probably more than in any other part of the province of equal extent and populousness. In this district, I have inquired of persons from forty different towns and > 1813. 541 Infanticide in Fukien. ear. villages. The names of these places have been obtained, also the distances of many of them from Amoy; but as no one is able from his knowledge of them to verify or correct the statements here made, there can be no use in transcribing a long list of sounds, which but few persons can pronounce, and none can render pleasant to the The results are all that it is important to give. The number destroyed varies exceedingly in different places, the extremes ex- tending from seven to eight tenths, according to Chinese mode of computing, (i. e. 70 or 80 per cent.,) to one tenth, or 10 per cent.; and the mean of the whole number, the average proportion destroyed in all these places, amounting to nearly four tenths, or exactly 39 per cent. In seventeen of these forty towns and villages, my informants de- clare that one half or more, are deprived of existence at birth. In the district of Nán-ngán, I have the testimony, or perhaps I had better say, the opinions of the inhabitants of seven places. According to them, the average number destroyed is more than one third, or just 36 per cent. In the Ngánki district, the proportion is again somewhat re- duced. Taking eight places of which I have inquired, as a stan- dard, it lies between one fourth and three tenths, or not far from 30 per cent. In the other two districts, it is a relief to find that the practice is less prevalent. From the inhabitants of six places in Tsinkiing, and of four places in Hwuingán, if I am correctly informed, the vic- tims of infanticide do not exceed 16 per cent. From the above estimates or opinions, varying as they do in regard to different dis. tricts, it is difficult to say with any confidence what proportion of the female infants in the whole county are the subjects of a cruel death. From these and other evidences which shall be mentioned, a conjec- ture would probably fall short of the reality, if it were placed below one quarter of the whole number. The seven districts in the department of Changchau, are Lungki 龍溪​, Changpi 漳浦​, Nintsing 南靖​, Haiching 海澄​, Cháng tái 8 g, Pinghó kn F, and Cháu-ngán + In Lungki, I have the names of eighteen towns and villages. Ас- cording to the opinions of those of their inhabitants, whom I have questioned, the number is rather more than one fourth, and less than three tenths. Six places in the district of Chángpú give a proportion of one fourth. In Nántsing, I have had the opportunity of inquiring only of four places. The estimate given me places the number at rather more than one third. Infanticide in Fukien. Oct. From the testimony of persons belonging to several towns and villages in Haiching, between one fifth and one fourth are not allow- ed to live. The other three districts, judging from rather limited in- quiries, vary but little from the proportions last given. Taking these inquiries as a fair specimen of the department, there is reason to fear that scarcely less than a quarter of those born, about 25 per cent., are suffocated almost at the first breath. In the course of these investigations I have frequently questioned visitors from some of the other departments of the province. Men from Fuchau fú, Tingchau fú, and Yingchun fil, have all testified to the existence of the evil in their respective departments; but they give us grounds to hope that it prevails to a less extent than in the two in this vicinity. It has probably occurred to many readers, that the data from which these results are obtained, are by no means such a nature as to secure entire accuracy. They are opinions rather than facts; I have asked many hundreds of person of all classes respecting their own places of residence. All they could do was to give their individ- ual impressions of the proportionate number saved or destroyed, according to the shape of my question. Their replies have in many instances been precisely alike. In others, they have differed widely, respecting the same place. This is sometimes the result of varying opinions, and frequently it arises from a reluctance to acknowledge what many of them know to be a barbarous custom. A little con- versation has generally dismissed their reserve, and brought them to a candid expression of their belief. Where the proportions given by different individuals or companies have varied respecting the same place, the mean has been taken. The same plan has been employed with the villages and towns of a district, to obtain the average num- ber destroyed in that district. I knew of no better way in the absence of all statistics, to arrive at any approximation to the reality. There are several facts which shed light on the subject of the pre- sent inquiry, and go to prove that these conclusions, though they may be erroneous in many instances, are probably not very wide of the truth regarding the whole subject. On one occasion, there was a lite- Yaxy examination before the higliest civil magistrate at Amoy, which brought together from this district, hundreds of graduates, and as- pirants for degrees. Many of these visited Kúláng sú. They ex- pressed themselves freely on this subject, some of them affirming that in their own villages, the majority were cruelly murdered. It has struck me that this class of men have almost uniformly given a less favorable aspect to this subject, that heir uneducated neighbors. 1843. 313 Infanticide in l'ukien. The reason probably is that many of them have not only been guilt- less in this respect; but have exerted themselves to arrest the evil, while their neighbors in too many instances have practiced it. When the newly appointed commandant of Amoy visited the Ex- glish authorities at Kúláng sú, himself and officers were much im- pressed with the equal fondness of the English ladies for children of both sexes. On our way to the ships they introduced the subject, and drew a contrast between their own women and those they had seen and heard of, greatly to the disadvantage of the former. The one next in command to the highest officer, and who appeared the inost intelligent of the party, said that instead of loving their feinale children, Chinese mothers destroyed a large number of them. As the confession was unsolicited and apparently very candid, I took occasion to ask him what proportion in the surrounding country he thought were thus treated. He replied three or four tenths. Had the other officers thought this estimate too large, they would probably have mentioned it during the conversation. This general question has been frequently put to our most enlight- ened visitors, and time after time, with a very few exceptions in all, the proportion expressed above has been given. This, whether cor- rect or not, is a very common opinion among the most intelligent and judicious persons I have yet met. One of the principal men in the office of the haifing, or sub-pre- fect of Amoy, of whom we have formed a high opinion, mentioned that before the English came to Amoy, but few children were killed at birth; but since that time the foundling hospital has been shut, poverty has increased, and infanticide has prevailed to a far greater extent. He himself had recently dissuaded two of his neighbors from putting their offspring to death, having pointed out a way in which they could be provided for. There is a river or stream at Amoy, called “Dead Infants' river ;" whatever this name may prove, we constantly hear that female infants are more valued here than in almost any other place, and consequently a greater number are pre- served. Another visitor and regular attendant upon our Sabbath services, said that three days ago he prevented the death of an infant by engaging to pay a small sum for its support. There is a kind of testimony to which I have attached value in the present inquiry. It is the confession of parents who have destroyed their own children. There are very few sunk so low in the scale of degradation as not to know that this practice reflects no credit upon thie unfeeling , arent. Neither a sense of guilt nor a sentiment 544 Oct. Infanticide in Fukien. of humanity, may prevent the act, yet of those whom I have seen, I should think a very large majority are sufficiently convinced of its impropriety, at least in the eyes of others, to induce them to conceal rather than disclose such a fact. At a village called A'unii, about ten miles from Amoy, I was in- formed that about one third of the female children were destroyed. My informant said that he had killed two of four of his own. At Lunchiú, distant one tide from Amoy, it was the belief of the one with whom I conversed that only one half were preserved. His estimate was backed by a confession that he himself had saved two, having destroyed three. A patient from Púlámkid, 60 or 70 11 distant, who had lived with us a long time, and had frequently heard me express my opinion of this abhorrent practice, was candid enough to acknowledge that he himself had killed one last year, and one the year before. His reason was that he already had three, and was unable to sustain this addi- tional expense. I asked a man from Ngdtong, 30 lí distant, about the custom of his native village. He said that the inhabitants were very poor and rice dear, that a large majority of females were early put to death, and that he himself had killed two, saving but one alive. During the summer of 1842, two Chinese nurses were engaged by the families then on the island, one of whom acknowledged that she had murdered two of her own children. Another case may be mentioned here, though it does not come under the head of self-confession. The teacher who is now in Ame- rica with Mr. Boone, declared that his sister-in-law, the wife of an elder brother destroyed two, given the third away, and kept one for herself. Either through a want of understanding on my part, or carelessness of statement on his, I understood him to say that she had killed the first three, which was published in my journal. (See Vol. XI., page 508.) In the same journal, I gave the confessions of one respecting him- self and his brethren, which was regarded by some as incredible. This man is now no more; but I have taken pains to inquire of one who knew him well, and who is very favorably known to us, whether he believed his statement. He said he had heard the same fact respec.ing the individual; but that he would again inquire of a rela- tive whom he knew, and from whom the truth could be obtained. The next day he told me that a nephew of the deceased had inform- ed him, that his uncle had killed two of three of his own infants. 1843 515 Infanticide în fukien. On a This being true, there is no reason to doubt what was then declared by him, that himself and brothers liad saved but three, having killed about five times that number. One of the most convincing evidences we have yet had of the prevalence of infanticide in any place, was obtained from ocular. demonstration in a village called Bouau, distant six or seven miles, Dr. Cumming had cut out a large tumor from the neck of one of its inhabitants, which excited universal curiosity, when we visited the place to see, so bold and skillful a surgeon.” From the number of wonen in the crowd which turned out to greet us, we were pretty well persuaded, that they were under as little restraint as the men from indulging their curiosity. This, upon inquiry, we have found to be true. We were conducted to a small temple, where I had the opportunity of conversing with many who came around us. second visit, while addressing the crowd, one man held up a child, and publicly acknowledged that he had killed five of these helpless beings, having preserved but two. I thought he was jesting, but as no surprise or dissent was expressed by his neighbors, and as there was an air both sincerity and regret in the individual, there was no reason to doubt its truth. After repeating his confession, he added with affecting siinplicity, “It was before I had heard you speak on this subject, I did not know it was wrong; I would not do so now.” Wishing to obtain the testimony of the assembled villagers, I put the question publicly what number of female infants in this village are destroyed at birth ?' The reply was, more than one half.' As there was no discussion among them, which is not the case when they differ in opinion, and as we were fully convinced from our own ob- servation of the numerical inequality of the sexes, the proportion of deaths they gave did not strike us as extravagant. There are two other cases, which though they do not properly come under this head, throw farther light on the subject, and ought not to be omitted. omitted. After inquiring of the person to whom I have referred, whether he regarded the testimony of his deceased friend as true, he asked me if I remembered a man whom he had brought over some time before, to have something done to his eyes. He said that he was a relative, of large fortune; that after the birth of his first two girls, he had destroyed five others in succession. I ask- ed him the cause of such inhuman cruelty, in one so well able to bring them up and provide for them. He ascribed it to avarice, idding that men in his situation are obliged to spend considerable simis in dress, and ornament and marriage presents, and that he was 69 VOL XII NO. X 5:16 infanticile in Mukich unwilling to submit to such a dead loss. An intelligent män is withi me at present, of whom after writing the above, I inquired whether the rich are to any extent guilty of destroying their female offspring lle says he thinks they exceed their poorer neighbors in this revolt- ing practice, and gives the same reason assigned above. A few days ago while spending a couple of nights in a large boat at the capital of Chángchau department, I inquired of the family oc- cupying a part of thebo at, whether infanticide prevailed among them. "They said it did among the people on shore, that it was not un- common for parents to send their little ones in arks down the stream, hoping that they might be rescued, that they themselves had picked up three successively, but that neither had lived to become the fu- ture wife of a son, whom they pointed out to us. Hearing a child cry, I asked if it was theirs. They said it was one they had found on shore, which they were endeavoring to bring up for the lad. These inquiries have confirmed the sad fact that infanticide is prac- ticed to a greater or less extent in this part, if not in every part, of this province. The independent testimony of men of all classes from nearly every section of the country cannot be set aside. If there be an error, it must be looked for in the proportionate number given, in which there is no certainty; and hence we are not prevented from indulging the hope, that if statistics were obtained, they might prove, what every humane heart must desire, that the opinions given are not sustained by facts. There is another view of the subject, which will relieve the minds of many. Those who believe in the salvation of all infants will perceive a merciful design in a providence which permits such an exhibition of heathenish cruelty. All who believe the word of God, and are acquainted with the condition of those nations that are ignorant of that word, will admit that if there be lmpe for any class of beings among the heathen, it must be for those who have neither lived to know or disobey the laws of God. Another result of these inquiries is of a more gratifying character. The practice is declining. To what extent this is true it is impossi- ble to say; but the character and number of the witnesses place the fact beyond question. Between the present and twenty and thirty years ago, I am informed there is a great change, at least in some places. This is ascribed in a measure to the exertions of literary men who write against it, or republish what has been written, and according to Chinese custom, paste up their admonitions in the most public places * The foundling hospitals which only grace the Sce vol. VII pilgta 54. for one of whics paper: 1843. isir Infanticide in Fukien. large cities, are too limited in number and resources to check the evil. These are supported by the authorities and men of wealth They are always spoken of with favor, and no doubt exert a good influence, but under the best administration what can be expected from one such institution for a large city and populous country, and where the benevolence of the patrons is frustrated through the cupi- dity of the nurses and others, (as am informed was the case at Amoy), so that a large proportion of the children brought to them must perish through want of nourishment and care ? It will be seen from the facts here given, that the reasons assign- ed, and the excuses offered, for this horrid practice are various. Many affirm that they cannot procure the means for the support of this class of children, and are consequently obliged to adopt this expedient. If this were the only alternative to a lingering death from starvation it might be regarded as a dictate of humanity, but from all the inquiries I can make, even the heathen themselves do not believe that this desperate resort is ever necessary. There is a variety of ways of disposing of their children, which cannot all fail. They can generally sell them to those who have no offspring, or to parents who thus provide wives for their sons. This is a common custom among the poor. Instead of paying a comparatively large sum for an adult daughter-in-law, they prefer obtaining infants for little or nothing, and bringing them up in ways which render their service valuable to the family; or at least preclude much additional expense. If they cannot sell their children, it is said, there is no difficulty in giving them away. And if these expedients should fail at one time, and in one place, they need but keep the children, a little longer, and go a little farther to gain their object. Another way of preserv- ing them, which is adopted by some, is to put them in baskets with a dollar, or what money they can spare, and place them by the road- side; or of sending them in water-tight vessels where they are most likely to be seen and rescued. But alas! 'without natural affection' still continues a feature of heathenism. It is said that rather than subject themselves to the least trouble or apprehension, multitudes prefer destroying them at once. Even many of these brutal parents think it necessary to furnish themselves with some excuse for their conduct. They are not willing to give them to others, from the fear that they may be ill treated, or brought up for improper purposes. 'They refuse to take them to the asylum, lest the children may in- volve thein in future expense or trouble. There is no disgrace con- nected with infanticide, but they are ashamed to give away a worth- 548 . Infanticide in Fukien. . Остless child, and to have it known that they were unwilling to preserve it until its years gave it value. These are the paltry reasons assign- ed by the poor. What apology can be offered for the rich ? With them it is an act of heartless calculation—a balancing of mere pecuniary profit and loss. True, some of them profess to be governed by the selfish fear that their daughters may bring disgrace upon them by their future conduct, but the common course of reasoning is that they will cost. much, both before and at marriage; that they will then be transferred to another connection, (not being allowed to inarry in the same clan,) which will be of no advantage, but may be of detriment to their parents; and that if their husbands die, they will probably be thrown upon them, as a dead weight for future support. To a heart ignorant of its relations and obligations to the true God, destitute of natural affection, and perfectly alive—and alive only, to its worldly interests, the temptations to infanticide must be very powerful. It does not come under the cognizance of the criminal laws. Society imposes no restraints It never frowns upon such acts; their friends lose none of their respect for them. They rid them- selves of expense and trouble by an act to which they trace no serious consequences; and for which the only visitation I have yet heard of, that of a repetition of birth of the same sex, must be to them very problematical. Amid the ignorance and depravity which prevail in the heathen world, and particularly where pecuniary inter- ests are involved, there is no reason to wonder at the existence of infanticide; and we may expect it to continue until it is found to conflict with an advanced state of society. But how is this change to be effected? What but “the glorious gospel of the blessed God" can elevate this unfortunate sex. How earnestly their melancholy situation appeals to their favored sisters in Christian countries. To whom ought missionaries to look for more cordial sympathy and coöperation than to them. The teaching of their sex lies within their province. They must set the example to the heathen, showing the position and influence of the domestic sphere in society, which the religion of Christ demands and confers; and those who cannot devote their personal services to this work, can lend the weight of their influence, the fruits of their exertions, and the aid of their prayers. 18433 549 Religious Intelligence ART. VII. Religious Intelligence; toleration in Hongkong; Mo- hommedan mosque; new Chinese temple; British chapel; chapels of the Baptist mission; movements of Protestant missionaries; new and revised translation of the Bible undertaken; death of the Rev. Samuel Dyer. Before pure and undefiled religion can universally prevail on earth, full and free toleration must be enjoyed. Civil power may cause the knee to bow, and change forms and usuges; but the force of Divine truth only can cause man's will to bow, by changing his heart and his affections. Where perfect freedom of opinion in reli- gious matters is given to all, vice may thrive and evil practices abound. T'ares may grow as luxuriantly as the wheat. But the mind must be free, and choose God or Mammon, the flesh or Spirit. If the religion of our ancestors be of God, it will prevail. If the gospel which has been preached to us be true, it shall one day become universal, and "all shall know the Lor:1." The Chinese government is most intolerant, its Jaws forbidding the practice of certain forms of religion on penalty of death. The British government, on the contrary, tolerates all religions; and it is in this island the domi- nant power. The time will soon come—we cannot doubt it—when religious toleration will become universal. Five years ago no mortal imagined that now free toleration would be enjoyed in any part of what was then the dominions of the emperor of China. It is not very likely that five years hence the same toleration will be given throughout the whole of H. I. M.'s dominions; yet should it be so, it would scarcely be more unexpected than what has already occurred. The church militant has only to do her duty, and the great “Captain of salvation ” will soon give his people the whole earth for their possession. The following notices will illustrate the tolerant spirit of the government in Hongkong. A Mohammedan mosque has been erected upon an elevated site in Victoria, not far from the magistracy. The building is of stone, and now nearly completed. A new Chinese temple is about to be undertaken. Handbills and placards are out, for the purpose of raising money for the erection of the building No British chapel has yet been built, though subscriptions have been made and a site selected. Divine service is held in a temporary building, where one of the naval chaplains officiates. :5.50 Our. Religions Intelligence. The chapels of the Baptist mission, as will be seen by the follow- ing card, have been erected by the foreign community in China. A CARD. “ The undersigned begs respectfully to offer, in behalf of the American Baptist Board for Foreign Missions, his sincerest thanks to the foreign com- munity in China, who have so kindly and so liberally aided in the erection of places for Christian worship on the island of Hongkong. Large congre- gations of attentive Chinese auditors assemble at the hours for public preach- ing in their own language every Lord's day at both the Queen's Road and Bazaar chapels. Both of these chapels are also adapted for schools. The whole amount of subscriptions received by the undersigned has been $1,672, and the entire disbursements as follows:- For the Queen's Road chapel, $1,180.04 For the Bazaar chapel,.... 500.25 Paid to Mr. Roberts for school-room purposes. . 9.50 Total disbursements,. $1,689.79 Total receipts, 1,672,00 Balance due Mr. Shuck,.. $17.79 “In addition to the above there are some items of receipts and disburse- ments for which Mr. Roberts is responsible; as he is at present away I have no means of ascertaining what these amounts are, but on his return he will publish his statement, which will doubtless be found correct. The pre- sent statement should have been published sooner, but it was deemed proper to wait until all the subscriptions could be got in, and also until the comple- tion of the recent enlargements and improvements of both the chapels. The above receipts and disbursements do not include the subscriptions for the purchase of lamps. The utmost care has been observed in noting every dol- lar received and paid out, and I have much pleasure in appending the following certificate from adjutant McViccar. Hongkong, October 3d, 1843. J. LEWIS SHuck. “I have examined the details concerning Mr. Shuck's statements and ac- counts relative to the receipts and disbursements for the Queen's Road and Bazaar chapels, and to the best of my belief the above is perfectly correct. (Signed) “ Jos. McVICCAR." The movements of Protestant missionaries in China, probably de- serve more frequent notices and fuller records than we have hitherto given them. We should like to publish a succinct history of each of the several missions; and in future give annual or semi-annual reports of the same; and shall feel much obliged by being furnished with such. Consequently upon resolutions passed by the directors of the London Missionary Society, its missionaries at the Straits and Java came last summer to China, for the purpose of deliberating with others of that Society resident in this country. Reports of those deliberations have been sent to the directors, 1843. Religions Intelligence. 501 New and revised cdition of the Bible in Chinese has been propo. ed, and is already in progress of execution. This work will require a large outlay of time and careful labor. The following are the MINUTES. At a meeting of missionaries of various Protestant denominations, assem- bled for the purpose of taking into consideration the present state of the Chinese version of the Sacred Scriptures.—Held at Hongkong, August 22d, 1843. Present, Messrs. Dyer, Hobson, Legge, Medhurst, Milne, and A. and J. Stronach of the London Missior ury Society; Messrs. Bridgman and Ball of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions; Messrs. Dean and Roberts of the American Baptist Board; and Mr. Brown of the Morrison Education Society. The present state of the Chinese version of the Sacred Scriptures having been discussed, the following resolution was carried unanimously: “That it is desirable to have a version of the Sacred Scriptures into the Chinese language, better adapted for general circulation than any hitherto published. In regard to the New Testament, while the meeting readily ac- knowledge the superiority of the latest over every former version, they would recommend that all that has yet been done be submitted to a committee for the purpose of being thoroughly revised ; and that the same committee be instructed to prepare a version of the Old Testament, in conformity with the above revised version of the New Testainent.” At an adjourned meeting, held 230 August, 1843. Present, Rev. Messrs. Medhurst, Dyer, A. and J. Stronach, Legge, Milne, Hobson, Bridgman, Dean Roberts, and Brown; and also, Messrs. Shuck and Macgowan of the Ame- rican Baptist Board. Resolved, “That any translation of the Sacred Scriptures into Chinese, issued with the approbation of the body of Protestant missionaries be in ex- act conformity to the Hebrew and Greek origina's in sense; and so far as the idiom of the Chinese language will allow, in style and manner also. “That the Textus Receptus shall form the basis of the proposed revised version. “That the amounts of weights, measures, and pieces of money, being ascertained, the same be translated by corresponding terms in Chinese. "That terms of Natural History be translated by corresponding terms in Chinese, as far as they can be ascertained.” At an adjourned meeting, August 24th, present, Messrs. Medhurst, Dyer, A. and J. Stronach, Legge, Hobson Bridgman, Ball, Dean, Shuck, Roberts, und Macgowan. Resolved, " That passages occurring in different places, but expressed in the same way in the original, be translated in a uniform manner: and that the spirit of this resolution be applied, as far as possible, in the case of indi- vidual terms. “ 'That no periphrasis be substituted for the possessive pronoun when used in connexion with the name of God, Religious Intelligence. (c'r. " That the interchange of the noun and pronoun be allowed when deemed necessary by the translatore. " That euphemisms in the originals be rendered by corresponding euphe- misms in Chinese." At an adjourned meeting, Aug. 25th. Present, Messrs. Medhurst, Dyer, A. and J. Stronach, Legge, Milne, Hobson, Bridgman, Ball, Dean, Shuck, Roberts, and Macgowan. Resolved,"That the subject of rendering the word Barriew and its deri- vatives into Chinese, be referred to a committee consisting of Messrs. Bridg- man and Dean. “ That the rendering of the names of the Deity into Chinese be referred to a committee consisting of Messrs. Medhurst and Legge. “ That the rendering of Scripture names generally be referred to a com- mittee consisting of Messrs. Medhurst and Milne, with the assistance of Mr. J. R. Morrison; and that, in the arrangement of sounds, uniformity and brevity be studied. “ That the whole body of Protestant Missionaries to the Chinese do form a general committee for the purpose of revising the translation of the Scrip- tures in the Chinese language; and that this committee be subdivided into local committees of stations, each to consist of all the missionaries at that station: that the work of revision be subdivided and apportioned to the se- veral stations. That when each local committee has completed its task, a transcript thereof shall be sent to each station for further revision, and then these transcripts with the corrections upon them shall be submitted to the original revisers. When the whole of the New Testament shall have been thus revised, each station shall select one or more of its most experienced men to act as delegates in a meeting of the general committee,-it being understood that each station will be entitled to one vote only,—and these shall be the final judges as to the propriety of each revision: after which the whole shall be submitted to the Bible societies in Great Britain and America for their acceptance." At an adjourned meeting, held 28th August, 1843. Present, Messrs. Med- hurst, Dyer, A. and J. Stronach, Milne, Bridgman, Dean, Shuck, Roberts and Macgowan. And also W. M. Lowrie of the American Presbyterian Board of Foreign Missions. Resolved,—“That Mr. Medhurst be requested to act as secretary to the general committee. “That the Bible societies in England and America be requested to reim- burse any reasonable expenditure which may be incurred by the brethren in making the revision. “ That no portion of this revision shall be printed until finally revised by the committee of delegates; and not then, at the expense of the British and American Bible societies, until approved of by them. “That the work of revision be divided into five portions as follows: Ist, Acts, and Hebrews to 2d Peter. 1813. 533 Journal of Occurrences, 2d, Mark, and Ist and 2 Corinthians. 3d, Matthew, and Philippians to Philemon. 4th, Luke, Romans, Galatians, and Ephesians. 5th, John, Epistles of John and Jude, and Revelation." September 1st. Present, Messrs. Medhurst, Dyer, A. and J. Stronach, Legge, Bridgman, Dean, Shuck, Brown and Hobson. The committee appointed to report upon the proper mode of rendering the word Barsięw stated that they were not prepared to recommend any one term to express it. It appears to this meeting that it will be difficult to find any single term which shall suit the views of Baptists and Pædobaptists on that subject; so it was Resolved, “ That we proceed harmoniously in the work of revision, employing the talents of missionaries of both these sections of the church to conduct it, and to bring it to as perfect a state as possible: that when this is done, should difficulties still exist on this subject, each section shall be at liberty to recommend for publication separate editions of the same version, agreeing in all other respects, and only differing as to the rendering of this term: and that the revision go forth to the world, not as the work of one party or of the other, but as the result of the combined efforts of the whole." Sept. 4th. Present, Messrs. Medhurst, Dyer, A. and J. Stronach, Legge, Bridgman, Dean, and Shuck.-Resolved, “That as it is difficult to decide upon the most appropriate word for expressing the name of God in Chinese, each station may for the present use such word as it shall prefer, leaving the ultimate decision to the general committee. “ 'That the above resolutions be printed; and that printed copies, authen- ticated by the signature of the Secretary, be sent to the various Bible and Missionary societies in England and America." (Signed) SAMUEL Dyer, Secretary. W. H. MEDHURST, Chairman. The death of the Rev. S. Dyer, which took place at Macao on the 24th inst., is a great loss to the cause in which he was engaged. His attainments in speaking the Fukien dialect were of the first order, and he had already published a small Vocabulary and a translation of Thom's Esop's Fables in the colloquial, and had commenced another larger vocabulary. Besides preaching among the people, Mr. Dyer had also devoted much of his time to the cutting of punches for a font of Chinese types, in which he had attained to a great degree of perfection. One large and one small font are now partly done, and means will we hope be taken to complete them both. Mr. Dyer was from London, and had lived in Malacca, Penang, and Singapore upwards of 17 ears; he ar- rived in China in August last, and went fron Hongkong to Canton, where he was taken sick with the prevailing fever; but so far recovered as to be able to go on board ship. Exposure brought on a relapse, and after four days' illness he died, æt. 39, leaving a widow and four children in Singapore. ART. VIII. Journal of Occurrences: new governor of Macao ; concessions to its trarle by Kiying: disturbances in the city : supplementary treaty signed at the Bogue, and abstract of the same; proclamation regarding British vessels, and Kíying's littor to H. B. M. plenipotentiary: fire at Canton ; departure of consuls to Shanghái and Amoy. On the 30th ultiino, the Portuguese lorig-of-war Tejo anchored in Vol. XIL N, X Jourind of Oururrrni o's. Der the Roul, bring a new governor for this establishment, Dou Jozé Gregorio Pegado, a captain in the navy, Chefe de Div. záo, do conselho de sua magestade, e Commendador de Ordem do Christo, attended by other officers. H. E. landed in the evening, and was received with the lionors due his rank; and on the 3d inst. he was installed in his new office at the building in the Monte fort, where he took the oaths of office. The late governor attended at a session of the senate on the day preceding, when he delivered the following farewell address, which has been kindly translated for us. Gentlemen,--With the arrival of a new governor, all my functions have ceased, neither would I come to preside at this session, had I not two im- portant duties yet to fulfill: one, to take my farewell leave of you in the capacity of your governor and president-and the other to treat upon the subject of installing the new governor. Accept then, gentlemen, my fare- well, and as representatives of this municipality have the goodness to trans- mit them to all your constituents without distinction; assuring them, that having dedicated all my thoughts and cares to their welfare since I became their governor, I now retire from office, with the strongest wishes to be useful to them; and that whatever inay be my future lot, I shall consider myself happy if I should be permitted to employ myself in their service, and to care for their real and true interests. As to my administration, and the integrity and rectitude with which I have so long filled such a thorny office (caused by the circumstances of the times), I leave to others to say; although my conscience finds nothing to accuse me of, as on a former critical occasion, when, in this same place I said I should retire (from government) , with- out fear and without remorse. It would be painful to me to have it shown that I had not used for the welfare of this place all that my feeble powers enabled me to do. I hope, therefore, I shall be excused, nor will it, I trust, be by you gentlemen (or by others), regarded as an act of vanity on my part, if I make in this place the following brief comparison of the stato of the public chest at the period I took charge of the government, and its present state; nay, I even think I should not fulfill my duty did I omit doing so. There existed at the time above alluded to, the sum of 5111taels in ready money, and also a debt of about 156,000 taels, which paid interest. At present, all the expenses of this establishment having been paid, including pensions, and the percentage on the income of the customs to the consignees already much in arrears, and also including clothes for the troops, there still remains in cash the sum of about 100,000 taels, which is at interest with good security payable at a certain time; and to this should be added presides the funds which remain in the treasurer's hands for the expenses of 111e current month. More than 90,000 taels of governinent debts were paid with the interest; and more also would lave been paid, had it not been for solne judicial difficulties which had to be overcome. The extraordinary expenses during my administration amount to nearly 70,000 taels for two ships of war which caine here in 1838 and 1841, and the sum of 45,000 taels expended in public and military works. Moreover the sum of 14,000 taels, or $20,000, was reinitted for the finishing of the frigate so long in dock at Damnaun. There ought also to be mentioned the by no means small expense incurred for puying the arrears and present dues of the crew of the Infanta Regente, and at the officers and other employés that she and the brig Fapera a hrought on from Goa for this establishment. an that of Timor in the present, monsoon, which amounts alrondy to no shall gou. I cannot omit to mention this sincere pitasive l experience at seeing the 183. . 555 Journal of Oirurrences. considerable augmentation that this city has undergone, and how much it is improved: nor will I cease to pray heaven that its prosperity may continue; and this indeed ought to be looked for from the practical talents and theo- retical knowledge of the respectable governor who is to succeed me, for he is no novice in the difficult task of governing men, if he be heartily supported, as I trust he will be. 1 retire then, though not without deep feeling and interest, having go- verned the people of Macao for nearly seven years; and although during that interval the time that I enjoyed quiet was short, owing to circumstances, I shall not for a moment forget how I and all my family have lived in Macao for that space of time. I do not know how well, or to what degree such services as I have herc rendered to my country and countrymen have been regarded, but I can honestly assure you gentlemen, that the only requital to which I aspire, is the assurance that I have in zeal, activity, and patriotisin come up to the confidence with which I have been honored, and that I will not be forgotten by the people of this city. Macao, 21 October, 1843. (Signed) A. A. DE SILVEIRA PINTO. The improvements in the city, to which H. E. here refers, have been obvious to all, and we suppose that, never since its existence, has Macao possessed so many substantial buildings, and shown so many marks of prosperity. The following summary of concessions made to the Portuguese trade by the imperial commissioner, show that the place is also to share in the late commercial changes. 1st. The letters addressed by the procurador to the authorities of Casa Branca, and the tsotang, shall in future be sent officially, and in a style as from equal to equal. 2d. The Portuguese vessels (as well those belonging to Macao as of Portugal) are to pay the same tonnage dues, 5 mace per ton, as ships pay at Whampoa, without dis- tinction of old or new vessel.* 3d. Chinese inerchants are to pay the duties on articles imported and exported, in their own custom-house, according to the new tariff, and no other charges.t 4th, The building and repairing of houses, repairs of vessels, and the furnishing of the bazar, may be done without previous permission obtained, and all the fecs hitherto levied are abolished. 5th. The five ports of China recently opened to the European trade, namely Canton, Fucian fu, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghai, are equally open io Portuguese vessels, sub- ject to the new tariff. 6th. The Chinese officers may dispatch any quantity of goods, and export thein direct to Macao, there paying the duties according to the new larillº; but such goods as must necessarily pass through the Canton custoin-house, will be cleared there, when the duties will also be paid according to the new tariff.-Canton Press. M. Pinto left this, on the 27th ultimo for Canton in the Tejo, in order to have an interview with Kíying regarding the settlement of some further matters connected with this city, having, we are told, previously obtained permission to carry the brig to the provincial city. We think a better representative for the interests of the place, or one more likely to succeed, could not be found. A serious disturbance occurred in Macao between the Chinese and the Portuguese troops on the 25th ult. at a fire outside the San Antonio gate. It is said the poor people who lived in these mat sheds got the impression that their hovels had been set on fire by the Portuguese, and when the troops appeared, as they always do at fires, some of them made a desperate onset, and mortally wounded a soldier. The guard hereupon fired, killing three and wounding others. A l'ow also arose on the 1st inst. from a Chinese attempting A new viswil is such as is measured for the first sin, where one of the 25 numbers of the port is given il; and old, Buth is, Iro I having a member, traag is measured. By gools Pirinerasjon must inderstood such as Chinese merchanis impoli, Portuguese vessels, and which are :: Wer is carriottle 1: liur na nilive craft, pronting the manifist to the hopW H Macao is Cantvu ; and of expurta- Lim, all the sai! inorem export in such vesu l.ors || w Portugu:. 1 5:56 Ост. Journal of Occurrences. ì to pick a soldier's pocket, and another native was killed. A Portuguese soldier was also found dead two nights after. The excitement was very great among the Chinese, but two very sensible proclamations from the kiunmin fú and Hiángshán hien somewhat allayed the minds of the people, and at this date (31st) the place is quiet. A supplementary treaty was signed at the Bogue on the 8th inst. by Kiying and sir H. Pottinger, commissioners respectively on the part of their majes- ties the emperor of China and the queen of England. The following abstract has been published by proclamation. PREAMBLE.-The Preamble provides, that the articles of the supplementary treaty “shall be as binding and of the same efficacy as though they had been inserted in the original treaty of perpetual peace and friendship." ARTICLE I.-Provides for the new tariff being in force at the five ports of Canton, Fuchau fú, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shánghãi. ARTICLE II.—Provides for the general regulations of trade being in force at the aforesaid five ports. ARTICLE III.-Provides that all penalties or confiscations made under the Illd clause of the said general regulations of trade, shall belong to the go- vernment of China. ARTICLE IV.-- Provides that British merchants shall be allowed only to trade at the five ports named in Article I; that the British merchant ships shall not repair to any other ports or places in China; that if they do so, in contravention of this article, the Chinese authorities shall be at liberty to seize and confiscate both vessel and cargo, and that all Chinese subjects discovered clandestinely trading with British merchants at any other ports or places in China shall be punished as the law in China may direct. ARTICLE V.-- Provides for the IVth clause of the general regulations of trade being applicable to both parties. ARTICLE VI.-Provides that English merchants and others residing at, or resorting to, the five Ports, shall not go into the surrounding country, beyond certain distances, (to be fixed by the local authorities and consuls,) and "on no pretence for purposes of traffic;" and that if any person, whatever his rank, station or calling, disobey this article, and “wander away into the country,” he “shall be seized, and handed over to the British consul for suita- ble punishment.” ARTICLE VII.—Provides for British subjects and their families residing, a greeably to the treaty of perpetual peace and friendship, at the different ports named in Article 1, and for their being allowed to buy or rent ground and houses at fair and equitable rates, such as prevail “amongst the people, without exaction on eitlier side.” The ground and houses, so to be sold or rent- ed, to be set apart by the local authorities in communication with the consuls.” ARTICLE VIII.- Provides for all foreign countries, whose subjects or citizens have hitherto traded at Canton, being admitted to the five ports named in Article I, on the same terms as England. ARTICLE IX.-Provides for all Chinese criminals and offenders against the law, who may flee to Hongkong, or to British ships of war, or to British merchantmen for refuge, being “ delivered up on proof or admission of their guilt;" and for any sailor, soldier, or other person,-whatever his caste or country,—who is a subject of the crown of England, and who may, from any cause, or on any pretence, desert, fly, or escape into the Chinese territory, being seized and confined by the Chinese authorities, and forthwith sent to the nearest consular, or other British government officer. Article X.-Provides for a British ship of war being stationed at each of the five ports, to insure good order and discipline amongst the crews of mer- chant shipping, and to support the “necessary authority of the consul over British subjects.” The crews of such ships of war to be is carefully restrained the officer commanding,” and the rules ding not straying into the country to be applicable to them, in the same manner as to the crews of merchant ships. The ships of war to be in no degree liable to port charges, o! any of the General Regulations laid down for Trade. 1843. Journal of Oirurrences. ARTICLE XI --Provides for the British forces being witlulrawn from Chusan (Tinghái), and Kúlángsú being restored to the Chinese government, agreea- ble to the Treaty of perpetual peace and friendship, the moment all the monies stipulated for in that treaty, shall be paid; and “the British ple. nipotentiary distinctly and voluntarily agrees that all dwelling-houses, store. houses, barracks, and other buildings, that the British troops or people may have occupied, or intermediately built or repaired, shall be handed over, on the evacuation of the ports exactly as they stand.” ARTICLE XII.- Provides for the British plenipotentiary instructing the different consuls, (in addition to the proclamation the plenipotentiary has already issued) " to strictly watch over and carefully scrutinize the conduct of all persons, being British subjects,-trading under their superintendence;''- and in the event of any smuggling transactions coming to their knowledge, they are to apprize the Chinese authorities “who will proceed to seize and confiscate all goods, whatever their value or nature—that may have been so smuggled;" and will, likewise, “be at liberty to prohibit the vessel, froin which the smuggled goods were landed, from trading further, and to send her away, as soon as her accounts are adjusted and paid." All Chinese subjects, whether custom-house officers or others, who may be discovered to be con- cerned in smuggling are, by this artiele, to be punished as the Chinese authorities shall think fit. Article XIII.—Provides for all persors, whether natives of China or other- wise, conveying goods to Hongkong for sale on obtaining a pass or port- clearance from one of the five ports, named in Article I; and paying the duties agreeable to the tariff on such goods. It also provides for natives of China repairing to Hongkong to purchase goods, and for their obtaining a pass from the custom-house of one of the five ports, should they require a Chinese vessel to carry away their purchases. These passes to be restored at the expiration of each trip. ARTICLE XIV.-- Provides for an officer of the British government examin- ing the registers and passes of all Chinese vessels visiting Hongkong to buy or sell goods ; and for any vessel which may not have a register or pass being “considered an unauthorized, or smuggling vessel,” and not being allowed to trade. By this arrangement, it is to be hoped that piracy and illegal “traffic will be effectually prevented.” ARTICLE XV.-Provides for debts, incurred by Chinese dealers or merchants at Hongkong, being recovered through the English court of justice. Should the debtor Ay from Hongkong to the Chinese territory, and be known, or found to have property, real or personal, the IVth clause of the General Regulations will be applicable to the case, on application being made by the consul. In like manner, should a British merchant incur debts at any of the five ports, and fly to Hongkong, the British authorities will, on receiving an application from the Chinese officers, " institute an investigation into the claims, and when established, oblige the defaulter or debtor to settle them, to the utmost of his means. ARTICLE XVI.—Provides for a monthly return of passes granted to Chinese vessels to visit Hongkong, being furnished to the British officer referred to in Article XIV, by the hoppo of Canton, and for a similar return being made by the said officer. ARTICLE XVII, also termed “Additional Article.”—Provides for all cutters, schooners, lorchas, and such small vessels, that ply between Canton and Hongkong, or between Canton and Macao, passing as they have hitherto done, free of all port-charges, “if they only carry passengers, letters, or bag- gage;" but if they carry any dutyable articles, however small the quantity, they are to pay tonnage dues at the rate of one mace per ton register. This article further provides for the smallest of such vessels being considered to be 75 tons burden, and the largest 150 tons burden; beyond which last size they are to be classed as foreign ships, and to be charged tonnage dues according lo Article Vth of the General Regulations. The following three rules were further laid down in this Article, which is only applicable to the port of Canton, for the guidance of these small vessls Journal of Orniirreries. OIL. IST Every British schooner, cutter, lorcha, &c., shall liave a sailing- letter or register, in Chinese and English, under the seal and signature of the chief superintendent of trade, describing her appearance, burden, &c., &c. 20.-Every schooner, cutter, lorcha, and such vessel shall report herself as large vessels are required to do at the Bocca Tigris; and when she carries cargo, she shall also report herself at Whampoa, and on reaching Canton deliver up her sailing letter or register to the British consul, who will obtain permission from the hoppo for her to discharge her cargo, which she is not to do without such permission, under the forfeiture of the penalties laid down in the Illd clause of the General Gegulations. 30.-“When the inward cargo is discharged, and an outward one (if intended) taken on board, and the duties on both arranged and paid, the Consul will restore the register or sailing-letter, and allow the vessel to depart." THE CONCLUSION.—Provides for the provisions of the supplementary treaty being immediately carried into effect; that on receiving the gracious assent of the emperor in the vermilion pencil, the imperial commissioner will deliver the very copy of the treaty containing it, into the hands of his excellency Hwang, judge of Canton, who is to proceed to such place as the British ple- nipotentiary may appoint, and deliver it to the plenipotentiary to have and to hold. "Afterwards the sign manual of the sovereign of England having been received at Hongkong, likewise graciously assenting to, and confirming the Treaty,” the British Plenipotentiary will dispatch that copy of the Treaty containing the royal sign manual,by a specially appointed officer to Canton, to deliver it into the hands of his said excellency Hwang, “who will forward it to the imperial commissioner as a rule and a guide to both nations for ever, and as a solemn confirmation of our peace and friendship.” A most important supplementary treaty. Signed and scaled, &c., &c., &c. L. S. of H B. M.'s Plenipotentiary. (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER. L. S. of the Imperial Commissioner. (Signed) KEYING, (in Tartar). (A TRUE ABSTRACT) RichARD WOOSNAM. Proclamation regarding British vessels on the coast. We extract this and Kiying's letter from the Hongkong Gazette of Oct. 26th. Sir Henry Pottinger, bart., G. C. B., her Britannic majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., &c., in China, deems it advisable to direct the republication of the an- nexed Order of her majesty the Queen in council of the 24th day of February, 1843, and also the publication of copies of a communication received from his excellency the imperial commissioner, Kíying, under date the 8th of this month, and of the reply afforded to it on the 1lth instant; relative to merchant ves- sels, under British colors going for purposes of trade or commerce, to any other port of China except the five that have been declared open by treaty. In enjoining due attention and obedience, on the said Order in Council, her majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., thinks it right, under the powers he holds, to explain and notify by this proclamation, that, looking to the great extent of the seacoast of China, as well as to the difficulty which attends its navigation, in one or other direction, at most seasons of the year, owing to the strength of the prevailing winds (the southwest and northeast monsoons) it will not be looked upon, or held to be, in any degree a “ breach or violation" of the said Order in Council, should British vessels approach and anchor for safety, or shelter, near the coast of China, or in any of its roadsteads, or inlets, lying to the southward of the embouchure of the Yángtsz' kiáng; bút all her Britannic majesty's subjects must henceforward clealry bear in view, and understand, not only from this proclamation and its acccompaniments, but from the TV Article of the abstract of the Supplementary Treaty, promulgated for general information on the 13th of this month, the risk they will run by attempting, in opposition to the stipulations of the treaty, to trade else where than at one of the five ports: 1843 559 Juriind o ddirittricts no llor majesty's perciboutinry', alic.., Turonier Thinks it right 19) (s policies and notify by this proclamation, that is none of the ports to be opened agreeable to the treaty, for purposes of trade and cominerce, lie to the northward of the point indicated above, (namely, the einbouchures of the Yingtsz kiáng), he has, in virtue of the authority vested in him, and pending the gracious pleasure of her majesty, fixed that point as the liinit to which British merchant vessels may proceed without being taken to be guilty of a contravention of the treaty, and accordingly all subjects of the crown of England, are hereby warned and given distinctly to understand, that any British merchant vessel that may be positively known or discovered, to have visited any part of the seacoast of China higher up than the 320 degree of north latitude, (unless she should be forced by absolute stress of weather,) will be assumed to have gone there, in violation of her majesty's said Order in Council and of this proclamation, and the necessary measures will be taken for her being detained by any of her majesty's ships that may fall in with hier, with a view to her being sent to Hongkong for inquiry and adjudication. In conclusion, her majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., most specially and solemnly warns all her majesty's subjects against any act of violence, - matter what the alleged cause or pretence may be, towards any of the officers or people of China. If merchant vessels will go to trade at any of the ports of China not opened by treaty for purposes of trade or commerce, it is self evident that they voluntarily expose themselves, after the of trepeated warn- ings, to the chances of being attacked and driven away, or seized and con- fiscated, and in either case not only will they receive no protoction or coun- tenance from her majesty's ships of war or other authorities in China, but they will if they attempt to defend themselves, and loss of life or bloodshed should ensue, be seized as pirates, and brought to Hongkong to await the slecision and commands of her majes:y's government. God save the Queen. Dated at the Govt.. House, Hongkong. October 24th, 1843. HENRY POTTINGER, [For the Order in Council, see page 446.] Kiying, high commissioner of the imperial family, guardian of the prince, governor- general of Kiangnan and Kiangsi, &c., &c., hereby makes this official communication. It appears that the high officers of Chili and Shantung have on different occasions and independently of each other, memorialized the throne to the following effect. On the 9th day of the 7th inonth of this present year (4th August), two two-masted foreign vessels were first seen at sea in the district of Tangching, in Shantung, whence they proceeded to an island call Liukung tau, in the district of Wantang, where they cast anchor. On the 10th day of the said month (August 5th), three foreigners, five Canton men and one man from Kiangsi, landed from a ship's boat, and distributed hand- bills, to the effect that they had woolens, miscellaneous articles, opium in large and small balls, &c., &c., for sale, and wished forthwith to commence trafficking with our people; but as our people dare not hold any clandestine dealings with them, they returned to their ship and sailed away.-On the 11th day (6th August), they went to an island called Chifau tau in the district of Fushan, where they cast anchor. On the 29th day (24th August) they sailed outside of the sands called Tankiang sha, near 'Taku (i. e. the mouth of the Pei ho) in Chili, whero they again anchored. There- upon the comandant and intendant of Ticntsin went on board the ship, and saw there upwards of twenty men, who spoke with a Canton accent, and filty or sixty foreigners, black and white. A linguist of the surname of Tsiang, said that the ship belonged to your honorable nation, and that she had taken on board a cargo of cotton-cloths, wool- ens, &c., &c., at Shinchau fu (Singapore ?) which they had brought on for sale; and at the same time they exhibited a bill of parcels for inspection, from the hong Tihli. The commandant and intendant immediately told thein, that Tientsin was a place where commercial intercourse was not permitted, but as the people on board that ship (or these slips) wished to buy provisions, the officers forthwith supplied their wants, and would receive no payınent ; and in fine on the 1st day of the 7th intercalary month (251) August), they got ip anchor än stood away towards the south. Now 1. the high cominissioner, for ve recojved the imperial communds to ascertain from your excellency, whill ships tliese üre, alat ilus mauthorizedly and claudestiurly go frimi place to place and to impreso upon your excellency that they must be all stil) Journal of Occurrenter's. rigidly restrituned upon one and the same principle, and they may not look out for vi hope to obtain other places, as open markets than those stipulated for in the treaty. I find, that these ships went to Chili and Shantung before that your excellency had issued a proclamation forbidding them to do so, and moreover as they went away of their own accord, there is no occasion now to say anything more upon that head; only, instancing these ships whether your excelleney may or may not know whence they came, and whither they went, yet this being the time when the different ports are now opened to your lawful trade, and the articles of the supplementary treaty being now settled and agreed upon, it would be well if your excellency would immediately issue il proclamation to the effect that, one month after the date of said proclamation, viz. after the 15th day of the 9th month (6th November) any vessel that did not obey orders and keep within bounds, should be liable to confiscate both ship and cargo, in accor- dance with the new commercial regulations, recently established by mutual consent. Forasmuch as I now make this official coinmunication, that your excellency may like the steps that appear necessary, and I beg that your excellency will also send me an answer in course. An important cominunication. To H. E. sir H. Pottinger, bart. G. C. B., &c., &c., &c. Taukwang, 23d year, 8th month, 16th day, (October 8th, 1842.), [For the reply to this, see Journal of Occurrences for Noveniber.] Fire at Canton. A disastrous fire occurred in the western sub- urbs of Canton on the 24th inst. by which about a thousand Chinese buildings, and three of the foreign hongs were consumed. This fire is said to have originated about 6 P. M., in a shop in White Rice street, where a careless native was at his devotions on the beginning of the month; it spread so rapidly among the shops in that street, and thence easterly and southerly, that by midnight the rear factory of the Danish hong, occupied by Messrs. Gibb, Livingston, & Co., was in flames, and in four hours, the Danish, and Spanish, and most of the French hongs, together with all the intermediate shops and streets down to the water's edge, were in ashes. The Chinese police did what they could to deand the property of all parties exposed to plunder, but the most efficient guard, so far as foreigners were con- cerned, was afforded by the marines from H. M. ship Dido, hon. capt. Keppel, and the seamen froin the merchantmen, aided by coolies from the hongs, so that comparatively little valuable property was stolen or burned. The number of miscreants, ready to pounce upon whatever is left unprotected, is so great at Chinese fires, that severe measures are required, to keep them off; and indeed most of the efforts of the sufferers is usually directed to saving their goods, rather than getting the flames under. One of these vagabonds was shot by a marine, and others, it is said were rightly served by the Chinese soldiery. The office of the British consulate was destroyed, and the members of the consulate and some other parties have tem- porarily engaged boats for residences, while others have been accom- inodated in the six remaining hongs. British consuls of Shanghái and Amoy. On the 23d inst. H. M. steamer Driver left Hongkong for these places, having on board the respective consuls and their suites; namely, capt. George Balfour, H.'B. M. consul for Shanghái, Walter H. Medhurst, jr. esq., inter- preter, and Frederick. II. IIale, esq., surgeon to the same consulate; also I. Gribble, esg., officiating consul at Amoy, George G. Sullivan, esq., officiating vice-consul, aul Charles A. Winchester, esq., sur- Pon to the consulate TITE CHINESE REPOSITORY. . Vol. XII.- NOVEMBER, 1843. — No. 11. Arr. 1. Ten Thousand Things relating to China and the Chinese; an epitome of the genius, government, history, literature, agri- culture, arts, trade, manners, customs, and social life of the people of the Celestial empire, together with a synopsis of the collection. By William B. Langdon, esq., curator of the Chi- nese Collection. London, 1842. Our readers will remember the 'Peep at China,' by E. C. Wines in 1839, noticed in Vol. VIII. p. 581, for March, 1840. The collection was then in Philadelphia, U. S. A. While on that side of the Atlan- tic, upwards of 65,000 copies of the catalogue of the articles, com- prising the collection, were sold. The present ca alogue is a hand- some octavo, and contains very minute descriptions and numerous plates, all in handsome style. This volume has been sent to us by our friend Mr. Dunn, accompanied by a nute, and a pamphlet containing “Opinions of the press on the Chinese Collection.” Some of these opinions we shall quote, after first having looked over the Ten Thousand Things, and that not for the purpose of praising them or our friend, but in order to notice a few errors, that they may in due time be corrected. On the very first page, Mr. Langdon has written Win Táng jin wu, “Things of ten thousand Chinese." It should have been Táng jin ma. Mr. Langdon informs us, that he "speaks from many years' personal knowledge of Mr. Dunn, in China, and in the United States." He has, tierefore, enjoyed good Vol. XU. NO X1 502 fos Dunn's Chistrse Collectiwi. opportunities for acquiring an accurate knowledge of these ten thou sand things--the “Chinese world in miniature." We are much pleased with his book, which is well worth reading by those who cannot gain access to the collection. The opinions, &c., of the Press, we will introduce occasionally to relieve the tedium of our own remarks. The Morning Post of June 21st, 1842, thus describes the royal visit to the Chinese Collection. “There has been recently erected by Messrs. Grissell and Peto, on a piece of ground contiguous to the White Horse Tavern, Knightsbridge, and form- erly occupied by the foot guards' barracks, a very lofty and capacious building, now designated the Chinese Museum. The approach to it, which is from Hyde Park-place, is through a “Chinese summer-house," being an cxact copy of the model of a summer residence made in China, and brought from thence. The unique, and at the same time gorgeous, appearance of the entrance to the Museum has, as may well be supposed, attracted many observers. The collection, some account of which has already appear- ed in the Morning Post, and which may not inaptly be called that of a nation, is not yet open to the public, Mr. Dunn, the intelligent proprietor having preferred that his collection should pass the dictum of royalty before it was submitted generally. “On Saturday, the Queen expressed her gracious intention of honoring the exhibition with her presence, and accordingly such arrangements as were necessary were made to receive so illustrious a personage. At a quarter to four o'clock, her Majesty, accompanied by his royal highness Prince Albert, count Mensdorff and sons, and a select suite, visited the collection. Her majesty was received by Mr. Dunn, the proprietor, who preceded her majesty into the grand room, in which the articles of vertu are deposited. The Queen was struck with the gorgeous appearance of the apartment, which is 225 feet in length and 50 in breadth, with lofty ceilings, supported by numerous pillars. The appearance of the room is that of China in miniature; nothing is foreign to the subject; all is Chinese. The rich screen work at either end of the room, elaborately carved and gilt, the many shaped, the variel colored, and always beautiful lanthorns suspended from the roof, the native paintings, the maxims adorning the columns and entablatures, the embroidered silks, gay with a hundred colors and tastefully displayed in the cases containing the figures, the aristocratic and the poorer domestic furniture, the models of bridges, junk-houses, river-boats, the introduction of à thousand implements of husbandry, of manufacture, and the arts and sciencesare all beautiful, interesting, and Chinese. “Her majesty inspected the whole of the curiosities presented to her notice by Mr. Dunn with the greatest minuteness; and from the quickness of her majesty's perception of the use of the different articles, and the char- acters of the figures, it was evident that her majesty had well studied the history of that interesting country. Her majesty, after remaining in the exhibition until hall past five o'clock, retired, previously expressing, in con- 18:13 563 Dunn's Chinese Collection. mon with her royal consort, Prince Albert, and her illustrious atiendants, the very great gratification which they had all received from the visit to that exhibition." The collection was opened by Mr. Dunn for the British public on the 23d of June, 1843, and is thus noticed in the Morning Herald of that date. “A magnificent collection of objects from China, the most ample and curious that has ever been seen in this or any other European country, will to- day be opened to the public. We were present yesterday at a private view, and inspected it with a degree of interest which we scarcely thought the whole Celestial Empire could have excited. To offer a detail of the countless objects that compose this collection would, after one visit only, be impossi- ble; we must, therefore, content ourselves, on this occasion, by merely adverting to its general character and more prominent features. Travelers proceeding westward from Hyde-Park corner may have observed, within the last three or four weeks, the gradual erection of a small pagoda, close beside the entrance to the spot where the barracks of the foot-guards form- erly stood. This building has latterly shone out in all the brilliancy of color which the Chinese are so fond of imparting to edifices of that nature; and all who saw it have inquired in wondering accents why it was placed there. The reason is now apparent; it forms the entrance to the superb saloon which contains this matchless collection, some idea of whose dimensions may be formed when we state that the apartment is 225 feet in length, by 50 in width, and of proportionate height. Two flights of steps and a long gallery lead from the hall of entrance, and after passing through the vestibule a splendid sight greets the eye as we enter the saloon, which is supported by numerous pillars, and decorated with the richest painted lamps, and an unimaginable profusion of Chinese ornaments. On every side are works of art; the evidences of the idol worship of China, of her commerce, her manu- factures, her paintings, her carvings, her silks, satins, embroidery, implements, coins—everything in short that can tend to illustrate her domestic or public life. On one side is a large model of the celebrated Honan Joss-house, con- taining three colossal figures, entirely gilt, representing the divinity Budha under his three great attributes, the past, the present, and the future. A little lower is a glass case, in which we see, of the size of life, mandarins of several classes with attendants, and all the paraphernalia of their rank, fur- niture and domestic appliances. Scrolls hang on the wall,--here, as through- out the saloon,-inscribed with sentences from the most esteemed Chinese sages and authors. In the next case are priests of Budha and of the Táu sect in full canonicals, with gentlemen in full apparel, servants, soldiers, archers, shields, spears and various military weapons. Further on is a party of literary men in summer costume, reading and reciting, and like the rest surrounded with attendants and others, each litteruleur holding, besides his book, the necessary fan. Anorlier case contains several ladies of rank-one with a guitar, another with a fan, a third preparing to smoke, &c.,—female 564 Nov. Dunn's Chinese Collection domestics, women and children of the middle classes, with numerous orna- ments, fruit, &c. Then come actors in full costume, a juggler, a state parasol, specimens of fine embroidered tapestry. These are followed by work people of various kinds,--a barber at his vocation, with his whole apparatus, an itinerant shoemaker, a traveling blacksmith, a Chinese boatwoman carry- ing a child on her back--with many articles of dress, and specimens of different implements. In the last case, on the right hand side of the saloon, which we have been attempting to describe, is a wealthy individual borne in a rich sedan. The extremity of the saloon is filled up by a large enclosed apartment, the exterior of which is most profusely decorated; it contains a number of persons in the act of paying and receiving visits,—and with every- thing around them that adds to the comfort or luxury of Chinese life. The cases on the opposite side of the saloon are filled with services of China, japanned Chinaware cabinets, vases, lamps, images, painting materials, mir- rors, pipes, models of boats, saddles,-everything indeed that can throw & light on the domestic habits of the small-eyed nation; collections of natural history, and pictures innumerable-portraits, views of remarkable places, and fantastic designs-fill up other spaces, and seem to leave no object unrepre- sented. Two shops are also given-one a retail China-shop, and the other that of a silk-mercer; the latter completely furnished, with the owner, pur- chasers, servants, and a blind beggar at the door,—the whole forming a lively picture of occurrences. We have not enumerated a tithe of the curiosities which this collection consists of; but want of space prevents us from saying more, and all we can add, therefore, is that it is more worthy of being seen than anything of the kind that has ever been presented to our notice.” After giving a general view of the interior of the Saloon, with a long dissertation on the religion of the Chinese_Mr. Langdon pro- ceeds to examine the contents of the cases in order, commencing with the first. On page 38 are two statements, which we think are incorrect. In the first place, the doctrines contained in the Four Books, and in the Five Classics, have not Confucius for their "an- thor.” In the second place, the followers of Confucius, as a body, have no idea of a Supreme Being." It is very true that some of the sacred books of the Chinese alluded to E & Sháng t, or High Ruler. And it is equally true that the great Chinese philoso- pher did not like to retain any idea of God in his thoughts. Con- fucius was as thoroughly without God as mortal man could possibly be. And all his followers, in this respect, are like him. It is not quite correct to say, “The dress of every grade of so- ciety in China is fixed by usage.” p. 44. There is very little, if any more fixedness in the style of dress here than in Europe. Peo- ple of all classes, of all ranks, and all ages, put on such vestments as they please, provided they are able to procure them. The only 18.13. :56: Dunn'.s Chinese Collection. exceptions are some patterns which are reserved for the sole use of imperial family. Nor is the change, from a summer to a winter costume, and vice vers i, “made simultaneously throughout an entire province,” as it is affirmed to be, on page 45. At a given period, both in spring and autumn, and we believe throughout the emperor's dominions, an order is given, by the head of the provincial autho- rities, to all the officers of government to exchange their caps—in autumn, the summer for the winter cap, and vice versâ in spring. If we mistake not, the order is confined to the cap or hat, and limit- ed to those holding office. There is one thing under this head, remarked upon by Mr. Lang- don, which deserves special notice. As a nation, the Chinese are without shirts, sheets, and table-cloths. It has been suggested by some very careful observers of national manners and usages, that the intercourse of the Chinese with foreigners will induce them erelong to adopt the use of these three articles-shirts, sheets, and table-cloths. What an augmentation of the manufactures of cotton and linen will such a reformation in domestic habits demand ! Think of it-shirts, sheets, and table-linen for a community of 360,000,000! How many of them can afford these luxuries ? Perhaps we may say truly, with Mr. Langdon, " that there are no regular theatres" in China. Buildings for theatrical purposes, how- ever, there are, and those not a few. Private houses are sometimes furnished with a stage, and arrangements are made for giving theatri- cal entertainment to small select parties of ladies and gentlemen. There are, in the large cities, many stages erected for players; the accommodations for the spectators are almost always of a temporary nature. In many instances, the larger part of the auditory stands during the whole performance. Mr. Langdon relates, when speaking of jugglers, a feat worthy of record. One day “passing a motley crowd of persons in a public square near the foreign factories, his attention was directed to a man, apparently haranguing the by-standers. Prompted by cu- riosity, he soon found the performer to be a mean looking person, who divested himself of his outer clothing as far as the waist. He spread a small mat on the pavement, and taking a boy from the crowd, who was afterwards discovered to be his confederate, he placed him in the centre of the rush mat. Then taking from his basket a large butcher's knife, which he flourished over the head of the frightened boy, and with dreadful threats sprang upon his victim. 'The boy was thrown down, and the man knelt on him in such a 366 Nor, Dunn's Chinese Cullertion. manner as to secure his hands. While in this position, he forced back the head of the child, and with the knife inflicted a severe gash upon his throat, from which the blood instantly gushed in a torrent, flowing down the breast of the murderer, and sprinkling the nearest spectators. The death-throes of the poor sufferer were dread- ful to behold, frightful and convulsive at first but diminishing with the loss of blood. The eyeballs start--the muscles are seen to work—there are twitches of the fingers—desperate efforts to free the confined arms—a change of color in the face to an ashy paleness a fixed and glassy stare in the eyes--then, a long, last spasmodic heaving and contortion, and all is over : the body apparently falls a corpse!" In these deceptions the Chinese exhibit great skill. Their sleight-of-hand is wonderful. The license which the tonsor is required to obtain before he can enter on the duties of his vocation, comes not from government, but from the headmen of that craft, who exercise authority for the pro- tection of their trade. Such fraternities form little republics, for self-government and self-interest, and correspond to the guilds known in England 200 years ago. This is done even among the beggars, who have their king! We have yet again to protest against the word mandarin, espe- cially when we find it applied to personages, as if they were of a rank different from common officers. Thus we read of viceroys, man- darins, magistrates, and other officers. We heartily wish the word were disused, and allowed to go into oblivion. The following extracts we have read with great interest, and doubt not they will be acceptable to all our readers. “Steam is superseded, and railways are out of date. One need no longer travel to see distant lands; all that is worth attention and likely to create and repay curiosity within them is certain to visit us. The extreme west and east now meet on our shores. You have but to walk to Piccadilly to smoke the pipe of peace with the “braves' of the Rocky Mountains; or to take the 'bus' to Hyde Park Corner to drink tea with beauties--fair ones they cannot in strictness be called, and "yellow ones' would convey any- thing rather than a complimentary idea--from the Celestial Empire. “ In fact, that which Mr. Catlin has done to preserve the manners, customs, habits, personal and national features, dress, and the diversified social ac- cidents of the aborigines of North America, who will probably erelong live only in memory-Mr. Dunn, a countryman of his, has effected, in order to introduce to us a knowledge of a people who, preceding the rest of mankind in developing some of the most valuable elements of civilization, have never- theless stood still at the point from which others have progressed as with Int:) 567 Dawn's Chinese Collection. the vigor of a new life, and who, outnumbering by millions the inhabitants of every other nation on the face of the earth, have yet remained, from politic considerations only, as isolated from their fellow-men as did the small knot of Hebrews under a religious injunction. “There are materials sufficient in this collection of Mr. Dunn's to occupy a daily visitor profitably for months, and to amuse the mere curiosity-seeker, without fear of the penalty of a single yawn, for the entire day. The man of empty and uninformed mind may go on wondering for hours without arriving at the end of his astonishment; and the accomplished and inquiring individual will find his satisfaction and delight increase at each step he takes, and this, too, holds as good, in all instances where the powers of ob- servation are called into exercise, in proportion to his previous experience. It is the remark of a voyager-captain Basil Hall we think—when speaking of the effect produced on the minds of the crew on the ship's threading its way for the first time through the winding channels of a cluster of beautiful isles and islets in the Eastern sea, each turn presenting a new point of view or a different aspect of scenery, that those were most delighted with this succession of dioramic effects who had sailed and traveled most, and who were thus enabled to trace the greatest number of resemblances to former scenes in those that were then rapidly unrolled before them. So with an exhibition like the present. He who has enjoyed, and made the most of, the largest number of opportunities of becoming acquainted with the pecu- liarities of different people, will derive most pleasure from examining the curious objects here brought within his reach. "On entering the saloon of the building which the proprietor has erected for the display of this collection of “Ten Thousand Chinese Things," and which, we learn from the catalogue, is 225 feet in length by 50 in width, and which is of proportionable height, the eye of him whose bump of order is his prominent phrenological development will be first attracted by the symmetrical arrangement of the whole. A perfect harmony prevails. A screen, unrivalled in size, and for a quality not often found in conjunction with size, for its exquisite delicacy of design and workmanship, forms the up- per end of the saloon, and stretches across the entire breadth. The lower end is formed by a fac-simile of an apartment in house of a wealthy Chinese, and represents a visit of ceremony. On the right-hand side, proceeding down the saloon with your back to the screen just mentioned, are a succession of large cases, representing so many different apartments, in which you are severally introduced to groups of mandarins, priests, gentlemen, litterateurs, ladies met for a snug visit of tea, smoking, guitar-playing, and with all due deference and courtesy be it spoken, not unlikely for scandal-soldiers, jug- glers, actors, and mechanics, laborers, and handicraftsmen, all embodied by waxen figures of the size of life, clothed in the habiliments peculiar and proper to each class. On the opposite side are ranged similar cases, con- niining sets of porcelain, cabinets of lacquered ware, miscellaneous articles otevory description, from penholders, fans, and mirrors, up to models of 505 Nor. Durd's Chinese Cullertion. pagudas and bridges, and images of Chinese deities. Two of the cases on this side represent a couple of houses, of' two stories each—the lower part of the one being fitted up as a retail china shop, the other as a silk-mercer's, with the tradesinen and their customers inside, the mercer casting up an account with the “swanpan,” and his clerk making the entries in most business-like forin. “All these cases project from the side of the saloon, the walls of which, in the spaces between each case, are covered with paintings—either por- traits, or landscapes, or illustrative of the processes in art and science, and of the natural history of China; and executed by Chinese artists. The walls above the cases are separated on either side into compartments, containing curiosities of every kind, from idols downwards; and, talking of idols, we must not omit to mention, that the China-shop and silk-mercer's, of which we have just spoken, and which are immediately on your left as you turn from the screen to walk down the saloon, are faced by a temple, containing three colossal idols—the triad of Buhha-copies of the idols in the famous Joss-house of Honari. “ Above you, pendent from the ceiling, are lanterns, large and gorgeous, and numerous enough to be, indeed, “the feast of lanterns.” Smaller cases stud the floor of the saloon, enclosing specimens of the birds, shells, plants, and reptiles of the country, with books, workmen's and agricultural imple- ments, shoes, caps, and samples of their manufactures, silk, woolen and others. Besides—chairs of state, magniticent enough for Czar or Cæsar- embroidered silks and carpets suspended as hanging on the walls—costly and faithful models in ivory, and other materials of merchants and war junks -attract and please the eye, whilst so judicious is their arrangement, that after the first glance round of pleasure and surprise, the multiplicity of the objects does not distract the attention, or divert you from giving your undivided consideration to each in due order. « The general impression produced by a view of the collection will vary, of course, with the individual. Many of our preconceived notions were scattered to the winds by it, and none more completely than the idea of the grotesque, puerile, and absurd which we had been accustomed to associate with our thoughts of Chinese decorative art. Now, on the contrary, our prepossession is from the fancy and grace displayed in the large screen which we have above noticed, and from the beautiful carved reticulated work, resembling the finest arabesques, by which the apartment at the op-. posite end of the saloor is framed in as it were, together with the taste dis- played in various articles of furniture—that our upholsterers may borrow many serviceable hints from a species of decoration that we had heretofore regarded as fantastic solely. We are alluding to internal ornament, not to the exterior of their houses. Evon the absence of perspective in those com- partments of the screen so often alluded to, which are adorned by landscapes or sea and river views—appears so far from a fault as to be essential to the sense of beauty designed to be ministered to by the screen, for which it was 14:3. 569 Dumns Chirose collection. necessary that the general ettere should not be broken in npon by any spe- cial appeals to the eye. The object sought would appear to be an impression of harmony from variety of device, so drawn and colored as to blend into each other by imperceptible gradations. The eye would turn to the screen as to a relief from a too glaring light, and would be refreshed by its gentle coloring without striving to distinguish the details of the subjects that enter into its composition, just as the sight is refreshed and lulled—if we may so apply the term—by a lawn enamelled with flowers. " And oh! “taming thoughts to human pride, if the lordly savage of the North American wilds be the aristocrat of nature, and can manifest as utter a nonchalance on occcasions which try the nerve and temper of meaner folk as the best bred gentleman in Europe ; just so do these coteries, the indivi- duals composing which have never enjoyed the air of St. James or the Tuilleries, wear as refined, easy, aye, and exclusive, an appearance as the most select circles in Paris or London. Among the accomplishments of the Chinese ladies,' we are told in the very well drawn up and instructive catalogue to be purchased in the room, explanatory of the collection, • inusic, printing on silk, and embroidery hold the chief places. Dancing, with a Chinese lady's pettitoes, is out of the question; but, this apart, what fashionable recommendation does a Chinese belle lack? The distinction betwixt the high-born and plebeian is as distinctly marked in that group as. sembled in the apartment (No. IV.) on the right there, as the goddess fashion could desire or the force of blood accomplish. How delicate are the fea- tures, how distinguè the tournure—what an air of languid elegance or elegant langor is there in the three ladies of the ton at Peking, who are reposing their 'golden water-lilies,' in plain English their feet, on the embroidered footstools. How true-bred are their small hands as well as their water-lilies:' what a mere span their willow waists; how ready to flash with their superb insolence of conscious beauty those "silver seas,' their eyes. Contrast these several traits with the coarse features and un- gainly forms of the domestics behind--and you will perceive that in China as here, Nature's stamp is vulgar compared with the modish impress of art. Look at the mandarin and his secretary in the first case. Can you more statesman-like looking man, among our late ministry? Look at the literary gentlenien,' in case 4. You cannot doubt their capacity. Like sir Edward Lytton, from a history to a novel, from a pamphlet to a song, they are your men at a moment's notice. That 'tragedian' there in the next case, as clearly imagines that the whole world is intent on seeing him in his next new part, as any actor of our own. “In repairing hither, too, you have the advantage of comparing the Chi- nese beau monde directly with cur own. Some of the handsomest of our female aristocracy were in the room the day we first went sight-gazing there; and for beauty in the high life-aye, and low-England against the world the world to a China orange.' We rejoiced to find so laudable a curiosity to see so unique a collection; and at the same time resolved to tell find a VOL.. XII. NO. XI, :570) Non Dumas (hiirse Collection our dearly beloved public, that for their half-crown they may gladden their eyes at the sight of * Larth-trcading stars, that make dim heavens light- as well as feast their minds with wonders from the farthest east. The col- lector deserves the amplest patronage. His price of adınission—as compar- ed with the customary price of exhibitionsis, we have heard it objected to, too high. For the value of what is to be seen, certainly not; and we think not for the purpose of profit. Half-a-crown is high, as we have said, by comparison; but it is not a prohibition price--far from it; and, by keep- ing out the plebs, is more likely to induce the other classes to coine. The idea seems to us polite; but we would suggest the propriety of the issue of season tickets. Yearly tickets for the admission of one person are now issued at 10s. 6il. each. The lounger or the inquirer may profitably spend here an hour or so daily for months.”—John Bull. Another quotation is in a different strain. “ Thanks to trade, capital, and speculative enterprise, we have no occa- sion to traverse earth and seas to see the wonders of the world. We are enabled, as Shakspeare has it, “to shake hands from the opposed ends of the earth : to have the antipodes, and all that in thein is, set down at our own doors.' The other day, the American wilderness with its savage inha- bitants were snugly located in Piccadilly. Now, whoever has a wish to visit China, has only to step down to Hyde Park corner, where, on entering a little edifice, half temple, half pagoda, we find ourselves, as if by a whisk of Merlin's wand, or Aladdin's lamp, (talk of rail-roads) transp to Can- ton, and this with such completeness of illusion that it is very difficult to believe one is anywhere else. Illusion, in fact, is no term for it, here are the realities--temples, idols, shops, artisans ; Chinese life, in short, in all its gradations, in doors and out, from the blacksmith's shop to the mandarin's hall, the figures being of the full size of life, exhibiting all the varieties of costume, and in the exercise of their ordinary vocations. * * * “ Nine compartments which occupy the right-hand side of the room (from the entrance) are assuredly the most interesting part of the exhibition, being apportioned to human figures. It is remarkable that these figures have not the sliglitest appearance of wax-work, although draped and got up in the same manner. They are made by Chinese artists of a peculiar kind of clay, which in color and texture is admirably adapted to this purpose. “Case 1 contains a mandarin of the first class, his secretary, and two inferior mandarins. The two last stand with their hats on, not presuming to take them off till requested to do so by their superior. So much for custom! On the wall is suspended a silk scroll, bearing the appropriate maxim, 'a nation depends on faithful ministers for its tranquillity. This precept might by no means be misplaced even in the cabinet of an European minister. “Case 2 contains two priests, gentleman in mourning, a Chinese soldier with a matchlock, and an archer of the imperial arıny. The two priests look portly and prosperous, an appearance especially appropriate to him of the 18:13. :71 Dunn's Chinese Collection. sect of Tái, whose doctrine it was to subdue the passions, not with any pur- pose of self-denial, but to get rid of everything likely to interfere with one's tranquillity. Tau was the Epicurus of China. The gentleman in deep mourning is dressed in bright yellow. As for the soldier and archer, one cannot but laugh, whether in reference to the men or their weapons. To think of such things being opposed to British soldiers and sailors. “ Case 3 contains three literary gentlemen in summer costume, a man- darin and servants. The literary gentlemen seem, as we say in England, to be taking it easy; they are dressed in muslin; the mandarin is a sort of dandy, he has dropped in for a gossip, and lolls in his chair with an air of elegant nonchalance. China surely is the elysium of scholars; birth, fortune and all other titles to respect are held as nought compared with the claims of educated talent. The whole country is a college, and the claims of can- didates are decided much in the manner as at our universities; that success, however, which our students coarsely call gaining the wooden spoon, is by the more poetical Chinese, denominated plucking a branch of the fragrant olive. Not altogether propitiated with the Chinese physiognomy, we turned eagerly from these male figures to No. 4, which is occupied by half-a-dozen ladies, hoping that the eternal monotony of features might be modified and enlivened in the female face. But their faces we are afraid we must give up; the insipidity is too inveterate to be tolerated by any degree of gal- lantry. Nevertheless, in the general air of the figures, and in the style of costume, which, though it nearly envelopes the person, is both graceful and becoming, the ineffable grace of the female figure becomes apparent. It occurred to us, that an English beauty, a brunette, with a nose á la Roralune, might appropriate this costume so as to produce immense sensation at a fancy ball. We would counsel, however, the omission of the pipe, which one of those Chinese ladies is preparing to smoke, notwithstanding that the elegant tobacco pouch, never absent from the girdle, must consequently be sacrific- ed. The barbarous contraction of the feet (called by the Chinese the golden water-lilies) might be transferred to the waist, to which our more enlightened habits have confined that rational mode of expression. “Case 5. A tragedian; two juvenile actors to perform the part of female characters. These are juvenile actors indeed, apparently not more than ten or eleven years old-selected, probably, at that age to save the trouble of shaving, although the beard is never very redundant on the face of a China- The tragedian is by far the inost showy-looking person in the whole collection, justifying Swift's line, 'nature must give away to art; or the king of Prussia's observation, when he heard it had been remarked that the king of France looked more regal than himself, ‘Baron the actor,' said he, 'looks more like a king than either of us.' “ Case 6. Here we come down to the populace. This group is composed of a barber, a shoemaker, a blacksınith, and two or three boatmen; the most agreeable impression belonging to them is, that they scein well clothed, well fce, and contented. The blacksmith is more intelligent and less Chi- man. 572 Nov. Dunn's Chinese Collection. nese-looking than any other of the series. It is singular, but the shoemaker fully exemplifies a remark we have often heard,--that shoemakers have the same face all over the world. “ Case 7. A gentleman borne in a sedan-chair by a couple of coolies- not differing materially from our own sedans. The native authorities, it seems, are extremely tenacious of the distinction of riding in sedan, and have strenuously resisted all attempts of foreign merchants to obtain that privilege. We hope that some of our enlightened diplomatists will take the matter up. “Case 8. The pavilion. There are six figures in this pavilion, intended to represent the mode of paying and receiving visits. Invitations are sent on crimson-colored tickets, entreating the guest to bestow the “illumination of his presence. He is greeted on his arrival with the salutation—'I have therefore thought with veneration on your fragrant name.' European visitors, it seems, are greatly afflicted at Chinese dinners, by the quantity and variety of viands, of all which they are expected to partake. The repast begins with various relishes in a cold state. Captain Laplace, of the French navy, relates that, on inquiring the material of one of those dishes, meant as a stimulant to appetite, and which he had tasted with great gusto, he was informed it was made of salted earth-worms. “ The figures in the silk-mercer's shop, at the commencement of the sa- loon on the opposite side, are surprising beyond all the rest in the look of reality and life. The incidents of purchasing, bargaining, making entries, &c., are all caught with characteristic propriety. There is a beggar at the door, who makes so respectable an appearance, as would induce one to believe that begging is no bad trade in China. He ought to be called a solicitor. “ This exhibition, considered as a whole, or in parts, is assuredly intensely interesting. That which most strikes us is the primitive, aboriginal charac- ler of the Chinese people. The processes of change, collision, and inter- inixture by which Providence has carried on the improvement of the human race, seem in them to have been omitted or inefficient. They look like a people who have no right to be alive: denizens of an earlier world, and disentombed from the grave of countless ages. When we recollect that at this moment we are waging war on those effeminate, inoffensive, helpless looking creatures, one cannot help looking on them with pity; fervently hoping that neither mismanagement on our part; or obstinacy on that of their rulers, may involve them in protracted suffering. As to the merits of the collection itself, we can only repeat that the highest praise and most ample encouragement is due to the taste, liberality, and perseverance with which it has been gotten together, and that its spirited proprietor is entitled to the thinks of the whole European community.” Britannia. Here is still another :—the same sight naturally induces the saine reflections. “The merits oot'ihis exhibition cannot be appreciated in a single visit : it 1843. 573 Dunn's Chinese Collection. is at once a guide to the history of the largest enpire, and the mind of the inost nuinerous nation known to history. From the moment that we puss the vestibule, we feel that we are in a new world. The spacious saloon, its elaborate carvings of screen-work, the enbroidered silks floating from its columns, the iminense decorative lanterns suspended from its ceilings, and the magnificent display in the cases disposed through the whole length of the room, seem to realize those imaginings of the gorgeous East, which have Jaunted us like dreams of childhood. We seem to be in the China of the Arabian Nights—a realized world of fancy, and we move about in a state of doubtful consciousness, what we see mingling with what we dream, until it it scarcely possible to distinguish observation from speculation. “We first pause before the Chinese temple, containing the idols of the past, present, and future Budha. Whence comes this notion of a Triad which is found in so many of the Oriental originals ;-among the ancient Egyptians, the various sects of the Hindoos, and apparently among the fol- lowers of Zoroaster? The character of the religion is stamped upon the images of tise deities; conceit of superior sanctíty, absence of sympathy for joy or sorrow,-a religion void of fear, hope, and love—whose fina! lesson is, from nothing all have sprung, and to nothing all must return. Com- paring the Chinese with the Burmese idol of Budha, and with that exhibited in the Cingalese collection at Exeter Hall some years ago, we find that the Chinese have not preserved the negro cast of features which the other re- presentations display in a very marked manner; we also noted that the shrine did not contain any representations of Budha's trials and temptations in the wilderness during the period of his probation. We may, however, mention, that there is a very beautiful model of a Budhist temple in the museum of the Asiatic Society, in which the principal actions of Budha's life appear delineated on the walls of the sanctuary, and we recommend it to the notice of all who wish to become acquainted with the nature of this influential creed. “We next turn to the Chinese mandarins, in their dresses of state. The distinctive mark of nobility iu China is a button on the top of the conical cap. Not worth a button,' is a phrase pregnant with meaning in the ce- lestial empire: antiquarians must determine whether we imported the pro- verb. On a silk scroll, near the principal mandarin, is inscribed a maxim, worthy of a place in all cabinets of state-'a nation depends on faithful ministers for its tranquillity.' “What have we next? Two gentlemen in mourning, literally wearing sackcloth; their shoes are white, that being the color appropriated to grief in China; their hair and beard are are permitted to grow unshaver. This neglect of the hair wis also an attribute of sorrow in ancient Egypt, save when there was mourning for the loss of a favorite cat, and then the discon- solate proprietor shaved his left eyebrow. Two priests are with the mourn- ers; one of them belong to ihe Tau, or Rational scct, an is just such a person as we should cxpect to preachi Laukiun isz's cpicurian doctrine, 'cat, 574 . Dins Chiness Collection Nor elrink, and be merry, for to-morrow we die. There are also two soldiers, one armed with a matchlock, the other with a bow. The bow is the more formidable weapon of the two; a company of raw militia would defeat a host of such awkward fellows as the holder of the matchlock, if they had no bet- ter arms than his clumsy weapon. “Literature, nominally at least, is more highly honored in China than in any other quarter of the globe. The whole empire is a university, and all its offices are bestowed upon literary mcrit. "Plucking' is with them a term for passing successfully through the ordeal of an examination. There are three literati here, who have graduated with honor; one of them carries a snuff-bottle, to which a little shovel is attached, in order that the pungent dust may not soil his fingers. The library is well furnished, and a mandarin is listening to a moral lecture, which one of the philosophers is reading from a translation of Æsop's Fables. Either the pipe which the mandarin is enjoying, or the lecture, is producing a most soporific effect; indeed, it seems as if pipe and sernon would end in smoke. “And here is a company of Chinese ladies, with their tiny feet, unfit for walking, their pipes prepared for smoking, and their servants bringing in the cups which cheer, but not inebriate. It is a clear case of scandal, tea and tobacco;' not a note will be heard from the guitar which one of them has just taken in hand, but it is to be feared that there will be some need for the fan which another is flirting. “Next come to the Green Room, with a Chinese Kean ready to step on the stage, and two boys prepared to perform the part of female characters. The Chinese are as intolerant of actresses as our own ancestors used to be. There is also a Chinese juggler, but we have seen their best tricks very recently, and so we pass on. " Itinerant barbers, blacksmiths, and shoemakers travel about China, as they did in Lancashire and Yorkshire not more than a century ago. There was a man, not long since alive in Bochdale, who remembered sir Richard Arkwriglit as an itinerant vender of wigs, and so celebrated for his skill in dressing both wigs and hair, that the persons of the district would not trust their wigs to any other hand. The huge bamboo hats hanging against the walls would save all the expenses of umbrellas, and be far more effective. There are two boatinen—an amphibious race, very numerous in China, and bearing a greater resemblance to a mermaid than a syren. “ An English mob demolished the first sedan-chair ever introduced into London; it belonged to the proud duke of Somerset, and the objection made to it was, that it turned men into beasts of burden. The Chinese sedan is more ostentatiously objectionable in this respect, and in the narrow streets of Canton it is a nuisance. In the collection of Chinese jests published in France, there is a parallel to Joe Miller's story of the officer and the quaker. Two mandarins of equal rx.nk met in their sedans; it was impossible to pass, and neither would go back: one exhibited his resolution to persevere by taking out a book and cominencing to read; the other, after waiting for a 18:13 5785 Dunn's Chinese Collection. considerable time in reverie, said to his rival,---- when you have done with that book, I should be obliged by your handing it to me; but take your own time, I am in no hurry.'-The reading mandarin of course gave way, “ A richly-furnished pavilion gives a very favorable notion of the taste displayed in Chinese interiors, and several cases exhibit great varieties of screens, fans, vases, and embroidered cloths: but we pass these by, to turn to the China and silk shops of Canton. On the door-post and counter of the China-shop we find a tablet, stating, “priests and beggars are not allowed to enter here;' a singular illustration of the low estimation in which the priest- hood is held in most Budhist countries. This may account for the hatred with which the Brahmins view the Budhist doctrines. The shop of the silk- mercer is not unlike some of the small establishments which we find in English country-towns; but the goods are more neatly arranged, and the shop has a greater appearance of business-like habits. “ This is enough for a first stroll; but, before going out, we could wish that the proprietors would, for one night at least, dispense with the gas, and illuminate the hall with their magnificent Chinese lanterns--it would have a gorgeous effect. We may also here remark, in reference to the sugges- tions we threw out last week, when refering to Mr. Wise's notion for a national museum, that it would be no difficult matter for the English govern- inent to establish a geographical museum, in which a separate apartment might be assigned to each great division of the human race. How interest- ing would it be to have a Hindoo collection similar to the Chinese; most of the materials for it exist already in the country, and require only to be brought together!”—Atheneun. Here follows (if our readers are not tired) an epistolary reverie. “ If you have seen the Chinese collection, though my remarks may fail to add to your knowledge, yet they may not be altogether worthless, for some- times the interest we take in an agreeable object is increased by contemplat- ing it from different points of view; and if you have not seen this London novelty, my comments will, at least, afford some information. “I was sitting at a window commanding a view of one of the crowded thoroughfares, and was musing, as the human stream flowed by me, on the utter impossibility of entering, with any precision or correctness into the characters of others. A sailor passed, and I endeavored, for the moment, mentally to be that sailor. I tried to think, as I thought he might be thinking, of ships, and masts, and studding-sails, and figure heads; of the compass, the wind, and the West Indies; of maccaws and cocoa nuts; of Wapping, messinates, and pig-tail tobacco; but it would not do; a landsman and a seaman are the very opposites of each other, and I felt myself to be wide of the mark I aimed at. “A lusty brewer's man then went by with his dray and broad-breasted horses, holding in his hand a whip ornamented with divers ferrules of brass. A footman behind a carriage, who had on white gloves, and tassels hanging froin his shoulder; a soldier with a high bear skin cap; a lady in a phaeton, 576 Nov. Dunn's Chinese Collection. and an old man in faded mourning. I attempted, in turn, to realize the thoughts of each of them, and to identify myself with their existence; but. I might as well have attempted to enter into the feelings of a horse, a dog, a bird, a bee, or a caterpillar. When a man laughs, we know that he is merry; when he weeps, we feel sure that his heart is sad; and we can, at times, read with tolerable correctness, the momentary emotion in another's mind; but we can no more trace the feeling, or keep with the thought of another, for a brief five minutes, than we can accompany a fish through the waters, or a bird through the yielding air. “I had just arrived at this point in my ruminations, when my eyes were attracted by a large placard, pasted against some high boards. The glaring red letters thereon were printed in a circular forrn, setting forth that a col- lection of Chinese curiosities was to be seen at the west end of the town. Here was a case that just suited my speculations. If there be such a diffi- culty in comprehending the minds of those of our own country, how much greater is the impediment in entertaining the character of the Chinese, of whom we know so little. "This collection, thought I, 'must throw some light on the manners and habits, the thoughts and actions of this singular people.' Abruptly breaking off my speculations, I stepped into an omnibus, and here I am. • Fancy to yourself, standing by the way-side at Hyde Park corner, within a bow shot of Apsley house, a showy Chinese pagoda of two stories, with green roof, edged with vermilion, and supported by vermilion pillars, hear- ing on its front a hieroglyphical inscription, signifying "Ten Thousand Chi- nese things. You enter the pagoda by a flight of steps to a vestibule, and then ascend a larger flight, after which, pursuing your course along the lobby, you soon find yourself in a goodly apartment of a novel kind, more than two hundred feet long, broad enough, and high enough to form a most agreeable promenade. "Your attention is immediately arrested by three richly-gilt colossal and imposing idol figures, repsesenting the three precious Budhas,' or past, pre- sent, and to come. Bewildered by the novelty, lightness, beauty, richness, and elegance of the numberless objects that meet your gaze, you sit down to compose yourself, anticipating, with restless pleasure, the rich treat that awaits you. “And now comes, confusedly to your memory, all that you know of China, not unmingled with shame that you know so little, and recollect even that little so imperfectly. You have heard China called the 'Celestial Empire, and understand that it has many more than three hundred millions of inha- bitants. You have marveled at the strange figures painted on the tea chests, and watched the nodding mandarins in the shop of the grocer. You have seen Chinese puzzles, and ivory toys, with drawings on rice paper; birds, and flowers, and representations of gathering the leaves from the tea plant. The names Whaingoa, Macao, Peking, and Canton are familiar to you. You are not ignorant that a Great wall was built by the people to keep 1813 577 Dunn's Chinese Collection. out the 'lart ırs; thut Kienlung was once on the throne; that Táukwáng (Reason's Glory) is the present emperor of the country; and that Confucius was a famous Chinese philosopher. You have seen a great deal in the newspapers about hong-merchants, war-junks, and the taking of Chusan, Ningpo, and Chinhái, and have even read Barrow's China, and the accounts of lord Macartney's and lord Amherst's embassies. Having summonat all this information to your aid, together with what you have read of missionary efforts, you prepare, book in hand, to make a grand tour of the Chinese collection. “ It is a favorite plan with me, when gazing on a spectacle, to notice the effect of the whole. I like to know what impression is made by a first ge- neral glance, and to ask myself, what is it that I prominently see? and what is it that I particularly feel? Let me try to give you my first general impression of this collection. “ Imagine myself to be in St. George's capel, at Windsor, or rather, per- haps in that of Henry VII., in Westminster Abbey, gazing on the fretwork roof, the painted windows, the carved stalls, and the pendant banners that give a gloomy glory to that goodly temple. And now imagine that the wand of a magician has been waved, suddenly altering the character of the place, changing the fretwork roof into a fair ceiling, hung with ornaments of diversified colors; the painted windows into costly screens; the orna- mented stalls into Chinese inscriptions; and the hanging banners into huge, highly-decorated lanterns of white and green, and vermilion and gold; thus, at once, transforming solemn, sepulchral pomp and gloomy glory, into attrac- tive beauty and lightsome gaiety. If you can fancy this, you will have before you something like the very scene upon which I am now gazing. Having made a few general inquiries of the proprietor of the collection, who, happens at the moment, to be present, and taken a glance at the whole, I must now enter a little more into detail. The three large idols are im- posing things to gaze on, being gloriously gilt with the finest leaf of gold, but when the thought that three hundred and sixty millions of people, bow- ing down to such things, comes across the mind, “How is the gold become dim! How is the most fine gold changed! The large and elegant screens at either end of the apartinent, the profusion of splendid lanterns, suspended in every direction, with the abundance of the most costly porcelain, impart a character as pleasing as it is uncommon. “The grave-looking m'ınlarin, of the first class, in his state robes, stiff with embroidery, and enormous bead necklace; the other mandarins and secretary, are altogether unlike what we see among us. They appear to be engaged in sober trifling, and leave not on the mind a very favorable impres- sion of their intellect and influence; but this, perhaps, is mainly owing to the apparent apathy, occasioned by want of motion, and the little expression in the figures. The mixin conveyed in the silk scroll on the wall, is very appropriate, “a nation depends on faithful ministers for its tranquillity.' “The mandarins are the real nöbility, or aristocrity of Chima : for the 733 9 VOL. YU. No XI, 578 Nor Dunn's Chincsc Collection. princes, relations of the emperor, have comparativelv little influence. The nurnber of inandarins, on the civil list of the empire, is not less than four- teen thousand. The nominal rank of mandarins may be bought; and one of the hong-merchants is said to have purchased his at the price of a hun- dred thousand dollars. “The priest of Budha in his yellow canonicals, the priest of Táu in full dress, with the gentleman, an odd looding one certaialy, in mourning of coarse sackcloth, are not likely to be passed by unheeded; neither will the Chinese soldier, in huge, blue nankeen trowsers, nor the Tartar archer be altogether disregarded. “ Judging by externals, the Chinese empire must have a paternal govern- ment; for the emperor is called the father of the nation, the viceroy is the father of his satrapy, or district, the mandarin is the father of the city he governs, the military officer who commands, is the father of his soldiers ; and when an emperor dies, his hundreds of millions of subjects mourn for him, just as children do for a deceased parent. The principa) religion of China is Budhism. No sabbath is observed by the Chinese. Not fewer than fifteen hundred temples are dedicated to Confucius, and more than sixty thousand pigs and rabbits are sacrificed every year to his memory. The standing army of the celestial empire is about seven hundred thousand men. “When it is considered that the dress of every grade of society in China, is settled by usage; that the poor wear coarse and dark-colored clothes, while the wealthy array themselves in gay, rich, and costly silks, satins, broadcloths, fur, and embroidery, the figures introduced in the collection have an additional interest. From the cap on the head, to the shoe on the foot, all is odd and striking; altogether of a novel character. “ The literary coterie, in their summer dresses, with a mandarin of the fourth class, in his chocolate habit, and cap with red fringe; the Chinese Tudies of rank, using the fan, preparing to smoke and playing the guitar; and the mother and boy of the middle class; afford striking contrasts in occu- pation and dress. According to our European impression of beauty, the Chiuese ladies, with all their rouge and flowers, their "tiny feet,' willow waists,' and eyes like 'silver seas,' are far from being beautiful; yet if it be true, as it is reported, that they possess much common sense, and make devoted wives and tender mothers, it is more to their credit than to be re- garded as 'golden lilies' in their generation. “ The Chinese tragedian, in his splendid costume, will rank in the estima- tion of the visitor with mandarins of the first class, until he consults his book and finds out that he is but an actor. The juggler is one of a large class in China, and no jugglers, throughout the world, in dexterity and dar- ing, surpass them. One of the recorded feats, of this singular class of people, shall here be given. "Two men from Nanking, appear in the streets of Canton, the one places his back against a stone wall, or wooden fence; the apper part of his person is divested of clothing. His associate, armed with 1843. 579 Dunn's Chinese Collection a large knife, retires to a distance, say from one hundred to two hundred feet. At a given signal, the knife is thrown with an unerring aim in the direction of the person opposite, to within a hair's breadth of his neck, im- mediately below his ear. With such certainty of success is the blow aimed, and so great is the confidence reposed by the one in the skill of the other, that not the slightest uneasiness is discernible in the features of him, whose life is a forfeit to the least deviation on the part of the practitioner. This feat is again and again performed, and with similar success, only varying the direction of the knife to the opposite side of the neck of the exposed person, or to any other point of proximity to the living target, as the specta- tors may direct. “The parasol there, beautifully enriched with embroidery and gold thread, is one of the kind carried on state occasions. Parasols, umbrellas, and lanters, are of very general use in China. It is said, that at the feast of lanterns when a general illumination takes place, not less than two hundred millions of lanterns are blazing, at the same time, in different parts of the empire. “ Here are a few common life Chinese characters. The itinerant barber, with his shaving and clipping implements; the spectacled shoemoker, with his workbench, baskets and tools; the traveling blacksmith, with his anvil, furnace, and bellows; and the boatwoman carrying her child, cannot be re- garded without interest; and we naturally enough compare them with those among us who follow the same trades. It would puzzle us to account for more than seven thousand barbers procuring a livelihood in Canton alone, did we not know that the head, as well as the face, is shaven in China, and that no Chinaman ever shaves himself. “The specimens of agricultural implements, though rude, are curious ; they are mostly of wood, shod with iron. Agriculture is much encouraged in China. The emperor hiinself, once a year, ploughs a piece of land, in imitation of the Shinnung, “the divine husbandman.' We must not suppose that his 'celestial majesty' goes forth into the fields like one of our English laborers, with his wooden bottle of drink, and doing a day's work; most likely his performance is more akin to the custom among us, of a great per- son laying the first stone of a public building, with a mahogany mallet and silver torwel. Two, and sometimes three crops of rice, their stapple grain, are grown and gathered in the year; millet is also extensively cultivated. The two inscriptions, suspended in the recess, are quite in character: the one, 'if you would be rich, rear the five domestic animals, viz.: pigs, cows, sheep, fowls, and dags.' The other, “labor induces reflection, and reflection virtue. “The sedan scene, and the pavilion, a perfect resemblance of an apart- ment in a wealthy Chinaman's habitation, show how different to ours are the customs that prevail in China. How odd it would be to us, to receive a crimson card of invitation, entrerting us to bestow “the illumination of our presence on the inviter; or to be received by our worthy Chinese host, with 580 Nov. Dunn's Chinese Collection. the salutation, joining his closed hands, and raising them three times to his head, “I have heretofore thought with profound veneration on your fragrant name! And how strange to be supplied with ivory chopsticks tipped with silver, and to have set before us, by way of repast, (salted earth worms, and smoked fish,' in porcelain saucers, 'stews in bowls,' soup made of birds’ nests,' figured pigeons' egys cooked in gravy,' "balls made of sharks' fins, sea fish, crabs, pounded shrimps,' and 'immense grubs. Such a bill of fare would make most of us sigh, in sincerity, for the roast beef of old England.' “ It would require some time, too, before we could accommodate ourselves to live in a city like Canton, where the houses are only one story high, and whose streets are not on the average more than six to eight feet broad, though they are all paved with large flag stones, and many of them have very im- posing names, such as dragon street,' 'flying-dragon street,' “martial-dra- gon street,' 'golden-flower street.' Truly may it be said, the Chinere are a strange people. “ Visitors to the Collection are now rapidly increasing. Without doubt this is an entertainment of a superior kind. An extreme cleanliness, a puri- ty of atmosphere, and a general propriety and style pervade the place and its arrangements. The splendid equipages that set down company, and the rich liveries of the footmen in waiting, sufficiently set forth that the place is visited by many of high condition. Groups of well-dressed ladies are at- tended by men of rank and fortune. The lofty bearing and gentle demeanor that oftentimes agreeably blend in high life may be seen, as well as the elegance, the ease, and the ennui of those, who, living in luxurious leisure, partake, listlessly, of gratifications which set the eyes of others sparkling, and their pulses beating with pleasure. “ The model summer houses, the retail china shop, as seen in the streets of Canton, and the silk mercer's shop, attract much attention, bringing before us, as they do, the manners and customs of the people ; while the infinity of screens, lanterns, vases, jars, lamps, porcelain vessels, reckoning boards, fruit stands, flower baskets, lacquered boxes, incense vessels, garden pots, fans, and fifty other kinds of articles, demand, by their profusion, more than one visit from the spectator. “The china ware, carved boats and figures, embroidered articles, dresses, silks, caps, shoes, cutlery, castings, necklaces, specimens of ornithology, fish, insects, implements, books and paintings, seem hardly to have an end. While the knowledge that every article, on which the eye rests, is of Chi- nese workmanship, greatly increases the interest felt by the spectator. “ The Chinese are even more celebrated than the Hindous, the Arabs, and Persinog, for their horisons, maxins, and excellent sayings; and Confucius is called the instructor of ten thousand ages;' and his precepts are spokea of as 'the glory of lucient and modern tiines. I have already said that the rooni abounds with Chinese inscriptions: the significations of a few of the most striking of these are as following 1813. 531 Dunn's Chinese Collection. « As the scream of the eagle is heard when she has passed over, so a man's name remains after his death. Though a tree be a thousand chang, (a chang is ten Chinese cubits, each fourteen and a half inches) in height, its leaves must fall down, and return to its root.' 'Following virtue is like ascending an eminence; pursuing vice is like rushing down a precipice.' •Man perishes in the pursuit of wealth, as a bird meets with destruction in search of food.' The cure of ignorance is study, as meat is that of hunger.' “ Usullied poverty is always happy; while impure wealth brings with it many sorrows.' 'Petty distinctions are injurious to rectitude; quibbling words violate right reason. Those who respect themselves, will be honora- ble; but he who thinks lightly of himself, will be held cheap by the world.' Among other objects that particularly strike my attention, are the imposing idols, reminding one of the golden image set up by Nebuchadnezzar. The superb screen of ornamented silk, paintings of magnificient flowers, and rich and tasteful gildings. The costly cabinet from Soo-chow, a beautiful production of art; several specimens of carved bamboo roots, wild, uncouth, and hideous, but wonderously imposing. The ancient yellow yase, with the raised green dragon, a mythological emblem of the great dragon attempting to swallow the moon. Two figures in papier mâchée, representing priest of Fuh (priest indeed! Most people would call them 'jovial old boys!"). A splendid cameo, given to Mr. Dunn, the proprietor of the Collection, by Howqua, the hong-merchant. A large ornamental blue vase, and an elegant porcelain bowl of enormous size. These, and the carved and gilt chair of state, the elegantly chased silver tankards; the elaborately covod ivory model of Chinese junk, and the light, airy, beautiful lantherns, superbly painted, and admirably ornamented and gilt, will inost likely give as much pleasure to others as they have imparted to me. “ The Chinese have not yet been manufacturers of clocks and watches, but they import both articles to a considerable amount from Europe. When a Chinese gentleman is asked why he carries two watches, one on each side of his girdle, which is a customary thing in China, his reply is, tható if one should be sick, the other will be able to walk.? “ Were I to remain here a whole day, fresh objects would attract me. Since making the remarks above, I have noticed the model of a Chinese coffin, Chinese books, an ancient mirror, a mariner's compass, the needle pointing to the south. “ An examination of the paintings, view of Canton, representation of the feast of lanterns, view of Whampoa reach and village, a funeral procession, painting of a marriage ceremony, view of Honan, picture of Macao, and others, will do something towards leaving a more favorable impression, with regard to Chinese artists, than that which is generally entertained. “ And now, if you wish to spend a few hours pleasantly, to correct some prejudices, and to add much to your knowledge of the Chinese people, of their ess, anners, customs, ingenuity, and works of art, from a mandarin of the first class, to the blind mendicant, in his patched habiliments ; if lei. 582 Nov. The Chinese Spoken Language. sure serves, and no duty prevents you ; if you have half-a-crown to spare for admission, and an additional shilling withal, for a printed description of the curiosities of the place, you can hardly do better than step into an omnibus, with a heart in love with humanity, and a spirit delighting in for- bearance, and pay a visit to the Chinese Collection.”—Perambulator. Knowing pretty well what Mr. Dunn's Collection comprises having seen not a few of the articles before they were carried from China—we have enjoyed a singular interest in reading the descrip- tions given of it in the opinions of the press." In most of the opinions, which we have quoted, we concur. Mr. Dunn has exhi- bited a taste and a spirit in this matter worthy of high commenda- tion. His benefaction to the world is great; and his memory will long live. In no other way could he have secured to himselí more substantial pleasure, and to the world more real good. He has brought China to Europe, and introduced the people of the central kingdom to all the nations of the west. He has shown himself a true Friend of the Chinese, and we can repeat for him, the words with which Mr. Langdon closes his book; “most devoutly do we long for the auspicious day, when the pure religion of Jesus, shall shed its sacred influences on every human being; * * when the missionary shall find an auxiliary in the stainless life of every compatriot who visits the scene of his labors for purposes of pleasure or of gain—when he can point not only to the pure maxims and sublime doctrines pro- claimed by the Founder of his faith, but to clustering graces that adorn its profossors ;-then indeed will the day dawn and the day- star of millennium arise upon the world.” ART. I). The Chinese spoken language, with observations and illustrations on the natural practical method of cultivating and of improving the hearing and speaking. Chinese acoustics constitute a very difficult subject for the student of this language. Ability to discriminate and utter each and all of its sounds and their various modifications, with facility and accu- racy, is an attainment not easily made by the foreigner. To make it, the student, especially if advanced in years, must needs be long and difligently trained. On acoustics in general, and on the train- ing of the organs of speech in particular, some excellent remarks lave 1843. 583 The Chinese Spoken Language, been published by C. E. H. Orpen. M. D. of Doublin, who has taken deep interest in the education of the deaf and dumb in Ireland. Like Pestalozzi, whose views and plans he has adopted, he directs his remarks to parents and guardians of children and youth. The book abounds with useful hints, and plain common sense. The doc- tor seems to be a truly good man, anxious to do good. " As he found in himself,” he says, “ that to an active mind and body, ex- ercise of both is, in fact, a receation, not a fatigue, and a change of occupation is in some measure rest ;--50 when one can think quickly, and cen turn his thoughts instantly from one subject to another, it is, in truth, a great relaxation occasionally to think on extra-professional subjects, or matters different from the ordinary business about which the mind necessarily occupies itself.” Once, for a few weeks, Orpen lived in intimate society and unreserved intercourse with Pestalozzi, and afterwards enjoyed his friendship, always endeavoring to carry his view and plans into execution. There is, likewise, a rich vein of pure Christian piety running through the whole work. The author seems deeply concerned for the spiritual welfare of his species. He speak, as a medical man, of the reciprocal influences of body and mind, in order to show the necessity of their both being rightly trained, and constantly kept under proper regimen. He traces up to their proper sources all 'the ills that flesh is heir to,'-—showing how many of them may and ought to be avoided. He says, “How much dullness of mind, what diseased activity, how many mental disorders, what numerous bodily sins, how multiplied moral evils, what dispondence and repining, what irritation against man and against God, and a thousand other evils, do I not, as a medical man, see every day produced, in both young and old, in both the immoral and the religious, by these excessive errors, as to the management of their bodies, and that without necessity." We have followed out the doctor in these rather desultory re- marks, because a strong argument is derivable from them in favor of studying the Chinese language. They indicate how relaxation and recreation,-in this country so essential to the resident's health, happiness, and prosperity—may be sought and obtained-relacation and recreation of mind. The foreigner's mind, on his first arrival in a strange country, is awake to everything; and there are but few objects that fail to excite pleasurable sensations and give delight. But when the air of novelty has passed away, then the thoughts too often stagnate, and sourness of temper ensues. The ebulition of bad 584 Nor. The Chinesr Spoken Language. pilssions, and the fancied or real failure of healt, almost invariably follow. The study of the Chinese language and literature, if taken up and pursued in a proper manner, would help in no small degree to remedy these evils. Alniost all who come to this country, unfor- tunately prejudye this matter, at once and prematurely determining that they will not study or try to use it. Thus they close up the avenues to the intellectual world around them. With the millions of this empire, they can hold no oral communication. They cannot speak to the high or to the low; and when spoken to, they cannot understand. They can neither read nor write. On account of this ignorance and inability, they are liable to be imposed upon in many ways. In the midst of multitudes, they live in almost perfect soli- tude. Could they speak and read the language of the country, the tedium of many a heavy hour would be removed, and there would be opened instead many sources of recreation and many ways of doing and getting good. There are very few foreigners residing here, who cannot daily secure three or more hours for the study of the language. This portion of time, and the constant opportunities afforded for putting into practice what they acquire by study, would in a few months enable any ordinary student to speak with ease and fluency. Whatever may be the object of a residence in China, if it is to be long continued, an early attention to the language will make more easy and valuable its acquisition. We shall now quote from Dr. Orpen's book some paragraphs, which, while they are not without interest to the general reader, will be servicable to the student in Chinese. He says, as there are but four different kinds of language, which mankind commonly use." These he thus describes. • I. The first is called gestural language. As it is composed partly of the inartificial gestures of the body, the expression of the feelings by the physiog- nomy, and the instinctive cries or tones of the voice,-and, inasmuch as it is untaught and common to all mankind, it is also called natural language: It is in some degree also common to men and animals, and is the first that an infant makes use of, even without learning it, when he dances if if pleased, or cries when vexed or in pain. So far, it is the effect of a natural established sympathy, between the different organs of the body,-especially those which produce motion, viz. the muscles, and those which are subser- vient to sensation and volition, viz. the nerves and brain,--and the different feelings, affections, sentiments, and passions. Every mental operation, and every feeling of the heart, has its peculiar external, natural language—as for example, the proud man or horse holds himself erect, the sly man or fox skulks along, &c., &c., by which they, who understand this chain of sympa. thy, and especially those who have originally, habitually, or contemporuncouly merry, smiles 1913. 585 The Chinese Spoken Language similar feelings, &c., &c., can recognize the internal state of the individual, however he may endeavor to conceal it. Good mimnicks are such, merely in consequence of being able, by imitation, after careful observation, to assume the external manifestation of the feeling, which thev wish to exhibit. Hypo. crites too have this power, and abuse it. Neither, however, feel what they display, for the assumed external manifestation of a feeling, however well mimicked, can never fully excite that feeling in the individual, though it may, in the degree of its perfection of imitation, in another. The natural part of this language is nearly the same, all over the world. The uneducated deat and dumb, however, from necessity, and the North American Indians, from a wish to avoid speaking, while staeling through the woods, to attack or to escape an eneiny, are the only persons, who cultivate it. Both also extend it artificially, by the introduction and addition of numerous conventional gestural signs, to express various natural or artificial objects, or their own internal ideas and feelings. The deaf and duinb possess it in perfection, and by it, those froin all countries can understand each other, at first sight. Its just combination with verbal utterance, is the chief essential in true oratory. This janguage,-as coinposed of gestures and expressions of the countenance, is addressed to the eye,-as producing exclainations and cries, which are natural interjections, it is addressed to the ear,-as producing actions and movements, as when the affectionate recognition of a friend produces a cordial shake of the hand, or an embrace, it is addressed to the touch. “II.-The second species of language, is called spoken language. It is produced by the articulate utterance of the human voice, in speech, as modified into words and sentences, and distinguished from mere cries of pleasure, or pain, &c. It is wholly made up of a few sounds, commonly called vowels and consonants, formed by the voice, or by the breath without voice, different- ly modified by the parts of the windpipe and larynx, throat, mouth, and nose, through which they pass, and used either singly, nr united in various ways, in words of one or more syllables. It is addressed by the sound, which the various mechanisms of these parts, in their effects on the breath or voice, produce, to the ear of all persons who can hear; and as every position or movement of these parts can be either seen or felt, it may be addressed also to the eye or touch of such deaf, or even hearing persons, as will look at, or feel with their fingers, the position or motion, or in a word, the mechanism of the organs, and its effects on the breath, by which these vowels or consonants, and their syllables or words are pronounced. The uninstructed deaf and dumb are the only persons in the whole world, who do not use any part of this kind of language. They can, however. be taught to speak very well, by a peculiar mode, the principle of which consists in making the organic mechanism of each letter visible, to their eyes, or felt by their fingers. That is, we may make them look at, or feel the different movements and positions, of our various organs of speech,- 1,--the iwo ups—the upper and lower teeth-the tip, sides, surface, and root of the tongue--the hard and soit palatethe nose the larynx, windpipe, and 'ungs, V., &.c., and may then get them to male each mechanism, which will in them produce the silme effect on their breatlı or vice, as it issues through their mouill, as it does in us. Thus we may make them utter the powrope of the various letters, so ihat we can hear thieir XI. NO. XI. 586 Nor, The Chinese Spoken Languuge sound, though they cannot hear themselves, and are only couscious of the inovements and positions of their own organs, and of the vibrations of their voice, or of the exit of their breath, and its interception or interruption. They can, in the same way, be taught to read our mouths, that is, to know what we say, by watching our mouths, while speaking. “III.—The third species of language is intended to render the first perma- nent, or capable of being addressed to the absent, or to future generations. It consists, therefore, either in an imitation of the first part of the first, by a series of representations of the different postures and gestures of the body, and the different movements of the countenance; and in this case it is called mi- mography, and gives a representation of gestures and bodily movements, by pictores; or it is an imitation of its second part—by outlines of the essential characters of the imitative gesture or posture, or the descriptive combined signs, or of the objects themselves,--drawn, engraved, or printed. It is ad- dressed to the eye, and constitutes the basis of paintings, drawings, and en- gravings. When this language is extended, beyond the mere representation of the expressions of the face, and the postures and movements of the body, and is enlarged by pictures of the objects in nature, it constitutes what is called picture language, such as was formerly used by the Mexican and Egyp- tians, and at present by the Chinese. When pictures of this kind are used, not merely to express the actual objects, which they represent, but by a kind of metaphorical use, either to suggest the idea of the qualities, which distin. guish these objects, as a picture of a lion for force,-or to recall by association some mental or spiritual conception, as when a circle is used to express eter- nity, it is called hieroglyphical language, which also constituted part of the Mexican and Egyptian, as it does still of the Chinese language. “IV.—The fourth species of language, which is intended to perpetuate the second, or to transmit it to distant personș, is produced by the hand, either in writing, printing, or engraving, either with the common alphabet, or with alphabetic cyphers. It consists of alphabetical characters intended to mark the clifferent vowels and consonant sounds, made by the voice in uttering words. This fourth language is usually called written or printed language, though the third is also written and printed. It is chiefly addressed to the sght. If letters were cut in wood or metal, or were printed in relief, or stamped on the back of moistened paper or pasteboard, so as to be raised on the reverse surface of them, it might be made sensible to the touch of blind persons, as is done in some Blind Institutions on the Continent, or even to that of blind deaf and pumb persons, An imitation of written language, but used generally only for immediate communiction, is called the manual alpha- bet, or finger alphabet, or dactylology, in which a particular movement or posi- tion of one or more fingers, of one or of both hands together, is used to express each letter, in a word, thus spelling it on the fingers. This imitation of alph- abetic written langnage is addressed to the eye. It might of course be made also to be an imitation of spoken language, by making each of its finger letters to stand, not for the written letters, but for the spoken letters in a word. It is the usal way of communicating with the instructed deaf and dumb.-A deaf person also may communicate with a blind person, by holding his hand, and 11:vinny his fingers into the position of each litter of the manual alphabet, 15 1243 587 The Chinese Spoken Language. as a or he might write the shape of the written or printed letters, with the tip of his finger, on the palm of the blind person's hand, or on his back. The deaf also often converse in this way in the dark. He next proceeds to offer remarks on the analogies and defects, as to the letters and words, of spoken language and its correspond- ing written language. (1) By a letter he means the form in which it is written. (2) By the name of a letter he means the name by which it is called : thus the name of the letter d is Dee; and one is the name of the letter o; eks of x; &c. (3) By the power of a lot- ter he means its sound, or the influence which it exerts, and which a listener hears, when we pronounce that particular part of a word, in which it occurs; thus, for example, the power of the letter a, in the word all, is the sound awe ; the “ power of a letter," therefore, means the same * spoken letter," or a “heard letter. (4) By the mechanism of a letter, the oganic formation of a letter,” he means the position and action of the different organs of speech, and their effect on the breath or voice, by which “the power of a letter” is produced. This mechanism may be seen or felt, and by careful attention we become conscious of it ourselves. Again we quote from the book. “1. Every word spoken or written has a meaning, or idea, with which all the persons, who use that language, either in speech or writing, have agreed to connect it. 2.-All the words in every spoken language are composed of a few simple sounds, produced by peculiar corresponding variations of the manner of allow- ing the breath or voice to escape through the larynx, (or weasand,) the throat, mouth, or nose, or to be interrupted or stopped in them, or to produce vibra- tions, &c., &c., in them. These simple sounds, which are spoken letters, are commonly divided into vowels and consonants. I think it is capable of proof, that as there are only seven pure notes in inusic, so the human voice can produce in no country more than seven pure vowel sounds in speech, with some few intermediate indistinct vocal sounds, which correspond to the semitones in music; each of these pure vowels, however, may be pronounced in different keys, natural, sharp, or flat, or in different octaves, according to the peculiar tone of the particular nation, or the age, sex, &c., of the individual; and they may also be pronounced long or short, so as to make fourteen distinct so sounds, or they may be combined ainong themselves, in twos or threes into diphthongs, so as to produce many new sounds like chords, which, however,are not simple. I think als), that it is certain, that the huinan organs of speech cannot articu- late more, al the utinost, than about thirty-three distinct consonants, several of which, however, are scarcely distinct enough for use. Those which are atsed may, however, be combineri in various ways among themselves, and with the vowel sounds, and their compounds, so as to make inany hundred, or perhaps th:14and nonosyllables. The simple sounds, either vowel or consonant which the human voice and orgina nf speech thus produce, in order to form 588 Nor. The Chinese Spoken Language. syllables or words, are called articulate sounds or the powers of letters. Each of the vowels also, and each of the consonants, that contains vocal sound, is capable of being articulated in a whisper, as well as the consonants, that con- tain no vocal suund, but mere breath, and there are, therefore, thus created as many more articulate sounds. “3.—The nun ber of these articulate sounds, or spoken letters, used in different spoken languages, is very different, nor does it even always remain the same permanently for ages in each individual language. For insiance, the sound of the Welsh L, or Ll, (whose language is the original British) as it occurs twice in the name Llangollen (in which Ll and ll, though written double, express a single sound ) does not now exist at all, in the English lan. guage. It is made by the same mechanism as our L, but without voice, which ours has. The proper and peculiar sound of the letters gh (which, though written double, express a simple sound) in the word lough, as that word is still pronounced in Ireland, or of ch, in loch, as the same word is written in Scotland, (making the letters, which mark a simple consonant power, though written double, to sound somewhat, if not exactly, like the Greek chi or x, with vocal sound superadded,) has also been lost out of the English language, in England, though still preserved by the Irish and Scotch, who are laughed at by the English, for perpetuating a letter, which they formerly pronounced in the same way, and still retain in the spelling of this word lock, not being accustomed now to pronounce readily, or to hear at all the real sound used by their ancestors. “4.-All the words in every written language, except in the Chinese writ- ten language, are composed of a very few marks or characters, which are called letters, or more properly written letters, and compose the alphabet of that language, and which are intended to represent to the eye, on paper, the spoken letters or articulate sounds used, as above explained, in speaking. “5.- These letters are different in different languages. First in their form. Thus the spoken monosyllable man, (not the word 1:21,) if printed in English letters, would appear man-if in German, man-it in Greek, Hannif in Hebrew, 28--if in Chinese fat, and so on in various languages, still it would be the saine syllable, and would be pronounced alike by all, as all men's inouth are alikr, and use the same mechanism in each simple letter; and if all the people using these different tongues had agreed, that this syl- lable man should be used as a word, for the idea of our word Man, it would always, when seen, re-excite that idea in the mind of all. But this is not the ease, for the words that stand for the idea of inan, in Greek, Hebrew, and Gerinan are formed of quite different combinations of letters. The letters, there. fure, in this point of view, that is, as far as concerns the meaning of the word, which is composed of them, (with the exception of a few words, which ar- attempts at sinitations of the ideas which they represent, -as for instance the word cuckoo is a very exact mimickry of the bird's voice, which bears that name.) are incre arbitrary marks, which people using a particular languaye's huve determined to ad: pt, and it is only when men have agreed thus to affix a certrin combination of these marks or letters, as a word, that they come to have any meaning.--If perple agreed on it, the word horse and man night be made in change their present meanings, iind ihe former to stand for the pre- 1313. :-( The Chinese Spolirne language. sent idea of the latter, and vice versa. Secondly in their number. Thus in writing English we use 26 different letters--in Hebrew, without points, 22-in Irish 18-in a few languages, less than 16 or 18-in others, more. Sone lan- guages are said to have 40 or 50 letters—and soms to have upwards of 200, in consequence of having a distinct character for each syllable that is formed, by uniting each vowel sound with a preceding consonant. Thirdly, in the way in which the particular letters, used in writing a language, are appropriated to the particular sounds used in speaking it. Thus the simple sound, which occurs in the beginning of the French word for the pronoun I (viz. je) is, in writing that language, expressed by the letter J. The same sound, occurring in English, in speaking the word, azure is marked by the letter z~as it is, in pleasurt, by s-and in rouge, vy g or ge. Wnerras, ine letter j, used in wriung English words, ineans a donnle sound, composed of the English letter d, prefixed to the above sound of the French letter J. This compound sound, occuring in the beginning and end of the English word judge, is ex- pressed first by j, and lastly by dg or dge. A hundred illustrations of this Inight be given. "0.-Ine number of simple written or printed letters, used in writing or printing any language, ought to have been made exactly the same, as the number of articulate sounds, or spoken letters, used in speaking that lan- guage, and each written letter should uniformly stand for precisely the same spoken sound, and no other. But this is not the case in any language, of which I know anything, and even in the languages, for which the missiona- ries have recently invented or applied alphabets, somewhat of the same defect is to be seen, in consequence of their not being themselves perfectly acquaint- ed with the powers of the letters, their mechanisms or sounds, either in their own or in the new languages. In English for example, there are only 26 letters in the alphabet, whereas there are at least 22 differnt simple conso- nant sounds, almost all of which also may occur accentes or unaccented, and 7 pure and 2 indistinct vowel sounds used in speaking it, not to mention that many of these vowel sounds may be pronounced either accented or unaccent- ed, long and short. In English, again, the letter c is sometimes put for the sound of the letter k, as in the word cat ; and sometimes for that of the letter s, as in cit; and sometimes for that of sh, as in ocean. The sound of y, in the word gem, is the same as that of the letter j, in the name Jem; whereas in gum the letter g expresses quite a different sound. The sound of q is now always the same as lo--the only peculiarity in the use of this written letter, being, that it must be always followed by a u, sounded as oo. The sound of u is alrnost always eithez ks, as in exe, or gz, as in exumple. The sound of ch is commonly the same as tsh, as in church, and sometimes the same as sh, as in chaise ;---and so on. “7.—These are great defects, and a source of endless confusion in learning to spell a langunge, and in a foreigner's learning to speak it, or to read it from books. With respect to such of the languages of Asia, Africa, and America, the islands of the two Pacific oceans (Polynesia,) and of New Holland, (Aus- tralia,) which were hitherto never reduced to writing, it would be a very easy thing, in inventing a new alphabet, or adopting an old one from some other languages, so to arrange the connection, between the written letters and the 590 Nor. Teh Chinese Spoken Language. spoken letters, that the number should be cxactly the same, and that one letter should always stand only for one and the same sound, and never for any other." nese. He next goes on to the—what he calls, in the Pestalozzian sys- tem,-First degree, teaching the child's ear to hear or listen, and his mind voluntarily to attend to, and distinguish the spoken sounds, which are uttered in his hearing : in other words, enabling him to hear perfectly the sounds used in speech, and to exercise voluntary attention to the sensations of his ear caused thereby. This branch of education, as Dr. Orpen remarks, is new, not being found in books, except of very modern date. Yet it is of essential impor- tance both to the child and to the adult who undertakes to learn a foreign language, especially when it is a difficult one like the Chi- We must hear perfectly the sound or power of a word before we can imitate that sound. The English alphabet is a singular specimen of imperfection. Respecting it Dr. Orpen says. “ Our alphabet is confused, -in not having the distinctions even of the shapes of the letters sufficiently defined, as for instance, C and G, c and e, I and J, h and k, F and E, &c., &c., defects, however, which are more apparent in the written alphabet, and in running hand, than in printing ;-confused too, in having totally different sounds expressed by the same vowel; as for instance, e in red, and ea in read, (past tense) express the same sound;—thus also, th in thyme, and t in time, express the same sound or consonant. “ The printed or writien alphabet is also misarranged, in having vowels and consonants, mutes and vocals, aspirates and semivowels labials, dentals, linguals, and gutturals, as they are called, all huddled together, without order or sense, or any apparent object, except it be to confuse, and perplex, and lead astray. It seems highly probable, however, though our present alphabet, as its letters are pronounced in succession, A, B, C, D, E, &c., &c., is so misarranged,-yet that formerly there was some attempt at a rational arrangement; for if the vowels be placed either at the side or at the top of the page, as it is said they generaily were, in the ancient horn covered tablets, called “ Horn-books," then it will be possible to arrange the consonants in such a way, that the letters shall preserve their present succession, and yet fall pretty well into something like classes of labials, dentals, labio-dentals, linguals, lingua-dentals, nasals, aspirates, vowels and semivowels. “The diagram at the top of the next page will shew this, if the five vowels, a, e, i, o, u, be placed at the left side in a perpendicular column. “In this it appears, that the five vowels, a, e, i, o, u, are perpendicularly in he same column ;--so are the three labials, b, m, p;—as well as the four gutturals, c, ç, k, 9, with the compound of k and s, viz. 2;—so are the two semivowels, which are linguals, l, r;—and the two labio-dentals, o, f;—and the two hissing letters, s, z. In the same manner, are the three lingua-dentals, d, n, t,—with the compound of d and zh, viz. j;-in one column also are the three aspirates, h, w, (consonant,) and y (consonant). Horizontally considered, ton, there appear the two nasals, m, n, nearly on the same line : and the two nutes, 1843. 591 The Chinese Spolien Lunguuge. a b с d е f h i j k 1 in n 0 p q r 8 t u V W х V Z P, 9 ;-see also the two half mutes, b, d. If the seven vowels, ll, e, i, o, u, w, (vowel,) and y, (vowel,) be arranged at the top of the diagram, a similar inten- tion of classifying the other letters will appear. a e O u W y } р 1 - - 1 to 9 X - - - h S Z - - - - - - 1 d n Now, although the present order of our alphabet is probably, in some measure, borrowed from the Latin, and that from the Greek, and all perhaps originally from the Hebrew-yet it is more likely, that in the original arrange- ment of the letters, some rational object was in view, than that the present absurd order should have been selected, for no reason whatever. If, therefore, the vowels and consonants were originally arranged somewhat in the above inanner, it is easy to understand how, when people thought it necessary, 10 place the letters in one line of succession, the v should come to be in the present order, viz. (1,1, , , C, |, dic. The Chinese Spoken langunge. Vor. "Our printed alphabet is likewise inperfect, in not having distinct single letters, for either of the two totally distinct simple sounds of the double letters, t'r, as heard, the one in thin and sith, the other in thine and this; or for the simple sound of the double letters sh as heard in ship and pish; or for the simple sound of the double letters ng, as heard in sung; and in having no distinct letter, express the peculiar sound of z, in azare; S, osier; and g, in rouge; all of which are the same as the French j, in j'ai, (I have). "The alphabet is on the other hand redundant, in having r, which might always be expressed by k, as in cate, or by s, as in cite, or by sh, as in Grecinn: q, which might always be expressed by li, as in opaque or opake : 1, which might always be written either ks, us in ex, (eks,) or gz, as in erumple, (egzamp!c); or ksh, as in luxury: or gih, as in luxurieus: j, which, though a simple letter, is a compound sound, as heard in the word jug, where it is nniy d, Engiish, prefixed to the unusual sound expressed by -- in azure, which is, as above stated, the same as the French sound of j, in jour (a day). And also in employing ch, to express either the compound sound, viz: t, prefixed to sh, as in ihe beginning and end of church, or in the word rich, which inight be expre:ssed by ritsh, or the simple sound of sh, as in chuise, (a carriage,) pronounced shuise. The use of ph for f, in Philip, and for o, in nephew; of gh for fi in couigk; of gh for g in ghost; and of gh for nothing in plough; of rh for r in rhume, &c., &c., are instances of the same redundancy and confusion. How much better, than to use this confused and misarranged, imperfect, and yet, at the same time, redundant written alphabet, would it be, to teach by the invariable srunds of individual written words, or even by the sin:ple and precisa spoken alphabet, which is, and ever must remain intelligible, rational, well arranged, and perfect, without either defici- ency or redundancy, as far, at least, as each letter is concerned, and also, as respects our individual language. “ Is it not in this simple natural way, that if thrown suddenly into another country, we should learn any foreign language, which happened to have sounds in it, or even combinations of known sounds, that were novel to us, as not existing in our own tongue ? For instance, as to the former, the sound of the French vowel eu, in peu, (little) which is a vowel sound, not to be found in English, and quite different from that in the English word pew, which ends by a diphthongal sound composoe + cf ce and 00, and also from the simple sound of oo in 100; and as to the latter, the combination vr, at the commencement of a syllable in French, as in drai, (true,) which never 30 occurs in English? We would first direct our ears, and exert oor mental attention, to catch and appreciate each of the sound's, either new or newly combined, which were found in the words, that we heard, which, until then, would seemn all confused and hurried. Soon our auditory faculty would become capable of distinguishing these sounds, each from each, and thus we should acquire a distinct idea of every one; next we would endeavor to move and fashion our organs of speech. so as to imitate them, and next to com.hine them; and thus the whole process, as far as is independant of the meaning of the words, would be ac- complished, with facility and certainty." Again, upon the same subject--the imperfection and confision of the English alphabet--Dr. Orpen has the following remarks. 413 593 The Chinese Spoken Language. - The purc, real, distinct, and long vowel sounds, which correspond, I am certain, in essential nature, to the seven notes in the gamut, are only seven. Any other vowel sounds that exist, are only half notes, or semitones, as it were, and though some persons hold the opinion, that there are two more in the English language,-aviz., the sound of e in bed, and of i in bid—yet, as to the latter, this opinion is quite incorrect, and even if the former exist, it must be always a short vowel. Thus, as to i in bid, it is the short sound of te in decd ; and with respect to the sound of e in bed, it is similar to a semi- lone, and therefore is so indistinct, what no use could be made of it in this stage, never being pronounced long, nor accented, nor unconnected with a consonant. There is certainly, however, a marked difference made in England between the sound of a in fur or ca'n't, or in the end of papa, and uſ a in fut or cunt, the former being pronounced almost exactly like what is called the Italian a, that is, it has a very slight tendency towards the vowel sound awc, being, as far as I can judge, intermediate between the sound of a in allow, and that of a in all. In truth, however, in pronouncing the sound of a in fur or ca'n't, the succession of r or of n after the a, has probably some effect. on the sound of the vowel a, which none of those consonani letters, that sup. press all sound, or that contain mere breath, could have. It appears to me, that in pronouncing « in fut, the tongue remains at precisely the same dis- lance from the palate, throughout the whole sound of a, there being also, in fact, but one vibration of the voice in it, before its sound is cut short at once, by the t, on which the accent is placed; but in pronouncing the sound of a in fur, cu'n't, papa, we not only begin with the tongue a little farther from the palate than in a in fat,—which brings it necessarily a little nearer in sound to the vowel sound awe,—but, as the sound of a continues, which, in this word, being long and accented, contains two or three vibrations of the larynx, we raise it a little more towards the palate, and this lessened aperture neces- sarily makes its sound approach a little to the more treble sound. “And here let it be observed, that though it is true, that in the alphabet there are marked, as vowels, the following letters—a, e, i, o, u, w in the iniddle and end of all syllables and in all diphthongs), and y (in the middle and end of all syllables and in all diphthongs), yet that, unfortunately, these seven letters do not mark exactly the seven pure, simple, real vowel sounds, in the English language. For example, the name of the letter i, as pro- nounced in the alphabet,--that is, like the word eye,—is a diphthong, com- pounded of the sound of ou in the word journey, (or that of u in urn,) and of the sound of i (that is of short ce) in the word pin; and the name of the letter u, as pronounced in the alphabet,-like you, is always actually a syllable, and not even a diphthong, being composed of the sound of y, conso- nant, as heard in the word yes, and of the sound of the vowel sound oo, as heard in the word coo. Thus, the letter a stands for one simple sound in the words paper, atc, mate ;—for a 2d, in pap, at, mat ;-for a 3d, in papa, arbor, mar ;-for a 4th, in pall, all, small ;—for a 5th, in any, many ;—for a 6th, in village ;-for a 7th sound, (diphthongal,) in card, regard. " The letter c stands for one simple sound in nie, mcte, Potcr, equal, here ; for the same sound shortened, ilnd not accouled, in below;: --for a 3d sound, Vol. VII, NO. XI 594 Nov. The Chinese Spoken Language. in met, petrify, equity ;—for a 4th, in there, where;—for a 5th, in her, hers; for a 6th, in clerk, sergeant. “ The letter i stands for one sound, (diphthongal,) in I, ivy, mite, pibold; for a 20, a simple sound, in it, in, live-long, mitten; for the saine sound, lengthened and accented, in pique ;—for a 4th, in fir, mirth, virth ;-for a 5th, in sirrah ;—for a 6th, in sir ; --for a 7th, (triphthongal,) in kind. « The letter o stands for one simple sound, in 0, no, omen, mote, pocm ;- for a 2d, in or, nor, former ;-for the same sound shortened in ominous, motlcy ;---for a 4th, in move, prove ;-for a 5th, in love, dooc ;—for a 6th, in women ;—for a 7th (viz.:--w sonsonant, the 3d sound of the letter u, as below,) in one. “The letter u stands for one sound, (diphthongal,) in mute, putrify, mu- ral ;-for a 2d, (a syllable beginning with y consonant, before oo,) in unit, ubiquity ;-for a 3d, a simple sound, in mutter, utter, purr, urn, murmur ;- for a 4th, in truly ;--for the same sound, shortened, in bully, full ;--for a 6th, in bury ;-for a 7th, in busy. “ So w and y, which are consonants at the beginning of a syllable, having a peculiar sound, as in woo and ye, are nevertheless vowels at the end, or in the middle of a syllable, or in a diphthong. Thus w has its peculiar sound as a vowel, at the beginning of a diphthong, in dwarf, and at the end of a diphthong, in now; in both of which it stands for the same sounds as oo in foot. " And y too has its peculiar sounds as a vowel, amounting to five different. Thus it stands, first for one sound, (diphthongal,) in flig, scythe ;--for a 2d, a simple sound, in physic, hymn, city, obloquy ;-for a 3d, in martyr ;—for a 4th, in myrrh ;—for a 5th, (triphthongal,) in sky. "And besides these various sounds of the different vowel letters, of which some are very common, and some less so, they have also many other irregular sounds, when they stand combined, in apparent written diphthongs and triplı thongs. And they are all also occasionally mute; as for instance, a inn cocoa ; e in mute; i in field; o in colonel ; u in pique ; w in sword; y in play. This confusion is a miserable source of difficulty to children and foreigners, in learning to read and pronounce English words, in the common mode of instruction. “ But the following table, in which the corresponding sounds of the differ- ent vowel letters are placed in perpendicular columns under each other, with- out reference to frequency of occurrence, will make this confusion more apparent : vowel powers. 00 awe u a La ec ee. eye. Long Short Long. Short Short. Long. Short. Long. Short. Long Short. eye. ew. ee. Aa. all card a papa pap paper any (village her clerk there bed me below sir sirrah mirth piquc bit folly looe women hurt bury busy 1 kind e i o move Ilruly bull into V по tubci Merlyr myrrhe physic! Aly sliyi 1843. 595 The Chinese Spoken Language. “ Each of the seven origmal vowel sounds may be pronounced, either long or short; but it is not necessary, in this stage, to attend to any but the long sounds. 'These will be found exemplified in the tables, which I shall just now give, eiher, Ist, as whole words, or 2dly, in that part of the words, (given as examples,) which is printed in Italic letters. If the former words be pronounc- ed, (as the words given as examples are,) as one simple sound, or if the Italic letters, in the latter words, be pronounced separately from the rest of the letters of which these words consist, you will have the sound required. “ These seven sounds are to be found in the English language, and in many others, but there is another vowel sound, which does not exist at all in English. I mean the sound of the letters eu in the French word feu, (fire,) which may be called the whistling oo, or whistling u, being a sound distinct both from the simple English vowel sound oo in fool, and the compound English vowel sound eu in few. If any person wishes to teach this vowel to a child, and is unacquainted with its peculiar sound, he must find some person who knows how to pronounce French correctly, and learn it from him. “ There are perhaps also two other distinct vowel sounds in English, one of which, however, does not in it ever occur, long or accented, nor of course is it ever met alone. But as it does occur in other languages long, though not in English, if any one pleases, he may teach it here also. It is the sound of c in led, the past tense of the verb to lead (to guide with the hand), or which is the same, the sound of ea in the word lcad (a inetal). This is the same sound that is expressed by the letter e in the French vowels je (I), and le (the); and in rapid speaking, it is the sound that we give to the e at the end of the English definite article the, which is the only word in the language, in which c final has this sound. The second is the sound of a in the word papa, or in the words sha'n't, bar, a peculiar vowel sound, which always occurs accented in English, and is like the Italian a. It occurs in papa, mam- ma, or before r, n, and such consonants as have a vocal sound, but is never short, nor I believe occurs before p, t, or k, or any such consonants as have no vocal sound, or consist merely of non-vocal breath." TABLE I. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 bee. air. baa. journey. Adding the three sounds—e or ca, as in bred and bread ; -a as in papa and ha’n’t; and the French cu as in feu (fire);-the order should be as follows: 1 2 (21) 3 (3) 5 6 ng (71) bee. air. (bread). baa. papa. (journey.) awe. (feu.) ave. ove. W00. 4 owe. W00. or, cc. ala. ou. (1200. 010c. 00. ai. (cl.) (a.) (cu..) These seven vowel sounds should be repeated, both in a speaking and in a singing voice, daily and hourly. An acquaintance with vocal sounds and tones is so important, that it should never be a matter of indifference what sounds are conveyed to the learner's 596 Nov. The Chinese Spoken Language. TABLE IL A series of exercises is given to be repeated in the student's hearing, to exercise his attention and cultivate his ear. 1. Exercise :-00. ai. 2. Exercise :-ee. ai. 3. Exercise :--00. owe. awe. ou. aa. ee. aa. ou. awe. owe, 00. ove. awe. ou. ou. awe. owe. 00. aa. ee. ee. aa. ou. 4. Exercise :-ou. ai. ai. 5. Exercise :-00. ai. 6. Then each sound, and the one next to it, preceding or succeeding. owe. aue. awe. owe. 00. aa. ai, ee. ee. aa. ee, ai. ai. ee. ai. aa. aa, ri. (LCL. Ou. ou. aa. ou. (trve. (live. ou twe. 010e. owe. alive, owe. 00 00. olde. 00. ee. ee, 00. " The order of these sounds, as first set down, will be found the most natural, and nearly in the order of articulation, as beginning back in the mouth, and proceeding forward to tlie lips, and in this order too, they present a regular descent, gradually from the trebel sound ce, to the base sound 00; but the revers- ed order, from oo to ce, or the ascent from the bass to the treble sound, is the common order of playing the gamut, and from their number being exactly seven, it is probable that they correspond exactly to the notes of the gamut. But if those, which are thus set down do not, or rather if they do not in the order in which they are set down, some other order, or possibly some other vowel sounds must be discoverable, which will correspond so exactly, as to make it plain that the vowels of the human voice, and notes in the gamut of music, have some natural and exact relationship. “ It is certain however, that the musical notes of the human voice are formed chiefly in the larynx or weasand, and not merely in the mouth, as all the speaking vowels are, in some degree, and that not only in singing, but also in the mode in which children and grown-up persons, and women and men, pronounce them, in speaking a language, and more especially in the way in which different languages are pronounced, each or all of these vowels may be pronounced a different key, or in a different octave while in singing, too, cach may be made 10 correspond with any note or any key, in any octave. 1813. 597 The Chinese Spoken Language “ If this principle be correct, and if some vowels are essentially more bass or more treble than others, although all may be pronounced or sung in all different octaves, and in all keys, it is clear, that in adapting music to words, or words to music, some attention should be paid to make the words, which coincide with particular notes in the tune, be such as contain the vowel, which in the scale corresponds essentially to that note of the gamut. There is also strong reason to think indeed, it is clear, that there must be as exact an analogy, between both diphthongs and triphthongs, and what are called musical chords or running chords, or such notes as, being struck rapidly in succession, produce melody ; but though with a correct ear, and able to sing a little, and also to play a little on the piano, both by ear and by note, I am not sufficiently, as yet, acquainted with the philosophy of music, and the mathematical principles of acoustics, to develop perfectly these ideas. “ It must be admitted, however, as was said just now, that strictly speaking, the musical notes and tones of the human voice are produced solely by the passing of air, in expiration from the lungs, through the larynx, (or weasand,) which corresponds to the reed in the mouth-piece of a clarinet, and has a power of contracting or dilating its aperture, and of lengthening or shortening the sides of that aperture. This makes it capable of being set vibrating by the air, after it has been forced up from the lungs, through the trachea (or windpipe), which may also suffer some degree of elongation or shortening, like that of the tube of a sackbut or trombone, or a contraction or dilatation of its sides; but as the holes in a clarinet, being opened or shut one after another, vary the notes, even with the same vibration of its mouthpiece, so do the different parts forming the mouth, as the tongue, palate, teeth, lips, by making the sound produced in the larynx, pass out through a shorter or longer conical tube. But though each note may be sounded in different octaves, and though each vowel also may be made to correspond to one octave or to another, yet still it appears to me, that there is more natural analogy between the vowels, placed in this order, or rather in the reverse, beginning at the base end, and the successive notes in the gamut, than there is in any other order, and that this should be attended to in composition, and in poetry, and especially in the adaptation of words and music together for singing. “On trial, too, undoubtedly, any one will perceive, that it is easier to pro- nounce them in this succession, or reversed, than in any other, and that the step from each vowel to its immediate neighbor, either before or after it, is less abrupt, than the step from it to any of the others, the whole series being so graduated, thst one sound slides more naturally into another, in one or other of these successions than in any other. Neither is, however, the order, in which children will most easily learn to pronounce them. Children will probably always find aa, a more easy sound to imitate than ee, or ai, which yet in one order comes before it; and he will also probably find owe more easy to pronounce than oo, which in the other precedes it; and yet, one would almost think, it must be the reverse in Chinese, in which the words for mamma and papa, viz. moo and foo, end with the sound oo, which would, therefore, seem probably to be that, which their children find most easy." 598 Nov. The Chinese Spoken Language. TABLE, EXHIBITING ALL THE CONSONANT POWERS FORMED BY THE HUMAN ORGANS OF SPEECH : Arranged, in perpendicular columns, according to their nature; and in horizontal ranges, according to the organs concerned in their pronunciation. Nasal consonant powers; affecting the sound of the Mechanisms of the movements, and postures of the Oral consonant powers; affecting the sound of the exit of-Ist. mere non-vocal breath, or- exit of-Ist. mere non-vocal breath, or-21., vocal differeni parts of the mouth and throat, by which thel 2d., vocalized breath or voice,-through the mouth. lized breath or voice,-through the nose. material of speech, viz.:-/st., mere non-vocal breath, In all these, the air is prevented, either wholly, or partially, from escaping through the nose, by the In all these, the air is allowed to escape through -ör 2d., vocalized breath or voice, -is modified, in soft palate being raised, so as either entirely, or very nearly, to close up the posterior nostrils, or the the nose, by the soft palate being lowered, so as to sis expiration, or exit, through the mouth or nose. posterior openings into the nose, from the throat. leave open the posterior openings into the nostrils, from the throat. Uratis, concerneu in the mechanism of their arti -Unisonalit powers; tirm- Consonant powers; soit dation, either by 1st. Position : which may b y and quickly intercept- ly and slowly intercept- ther,-2. Apposition, or contact ;-or-b. Juxta po-ling, or permitting, the Consonant powers; firm- ing, or permitting, the Consonant powers; soft Consonant powers; firm Consonant powers; sufi- srim, or approximatedness; or by–20. Motion :-exit of mere non-vocal ly and quickly modifying exit of oral vocalized ly and slowly modifying ly and quickly modifying ly and slowly modifying which may be either,-a. Approach ; b. Separation; ral breath. the exit of mere non-vo breath or voice. the exit of oral vocalized the exitot mere non-vocal the exit of nasel vocalized 1. Vil ration. cal oral breath. breath or vrice. nasal breath. breath, or voice. wo lips vibrating, alternately separated, by the 2. labi r. 1. labial hr. current of air, and touching. South African sound. Two lips separated as little as possible in the centre, Ant furceu suddenly wider asunder, by the jerk of 32; as in 200. 4 (56) The breath. Two lips touching firmly, as in p final and hM, or htly as in b final and m; or separated quickly, as 7 P; as in pap. ob; as in bab. 9 hM, or Mh. 10 m; as in mam, in p initial or medial, and hM, or slowly, as in b Asiatic sound. inill or mediul, and m. Lower lip pressed firmly as in f, or gently as in , against the edges of the upper front row of teeth. 11 f; as in fif'th. 12 v; as in dio,id. The tip of the tongue, pushed forward, between 13 th ; as in thin. 14 dh; as in thine. he two front rows of teeth, and pressed firmly as in sith. this. h, or gently as in ch, up against the edges of the tooth. booth. apper row. The tip of the tongue lying against the back of the lower front teeth, while its sides are pressed firmly 15 8; as in sister, 16 z; as in zest. 2s in s, or gently as in z., against the upper side-teeth, or c; as i cite, 2nd while the edges of the lower front row of teeth tice. buz,zest. are a little farther back, and behind those of the upper, and nearly touching. The tip of the tongue raised behind, but not tonch- ing, the upper front teeth, while its sides are pressed tirmly as in sh, or gently as in zh, against the side 17 sh; as in ship. 18 zh; as in azure. per gums, and while the edges of the lower front pish. plea,sure. row of teeth are pushed forward a little, so as to be or ch; as in chaise. rouge. exactly under those of the upper front row, and nearly touching, and the two lips pushed forward little. Duzz. 1813. 599) The Chinese Spoken Language. 19 t; as in tai. 20 ; 28 dan 21 n., or Nr. Asiatic sond. 22 : as it nan. 23 y, as in ye. 24 (25, 26, 27, 28). 29 h, or Lh, Welsh sound, Li. 30 l; as in lass, sal, The whole of the edges of the tip and sides of the tougue, presseui firmly as in t final, and h, or gently sind final and n, against the whole of the front nud si te inner upper gums; or separated quickly, as int iuitial or medial, and hn, or slowly, as in a initial or medial, and n, from them. The whole of the sides of the upper surface of the Dague, pressed against the whole of the sides of the haru palate, while the tip is a little bent down, and a narrow channel left along the centre of the whole tongue, between it and the hard palate, from back to front, which channel is forced suddenly wider open, by the jerk of the breath. The tip of the tongue, fixed firmly, as in hL or gently as in l, aguinst the inner upper front gum, wbije its two sides do not touch the sile upper gums, and so are made to vibrate a little, with the double exit of air round them. 'The tip of the tongue curled upward and back- ward, firmly, as in hR, or Rh, or gently as in r, to- wards the arch of the hard palate, while its sides are pressed firmly, as in hR, or Rh, or gently as in r, against the ides of the hard palate, and its tip is made to vibrate quickly as in hỉ or Rh, or slowly as ini, by the exit of air over it. 'The surface of the root of the tongue separated a very little from the soft palate, which vibrates a little, quickly in hk, or Kh, and slowly in hG or Gh, by the exit of the current of air. The whole surface of the root of the tongue, and the whole soft palate, touching firmly as in k final and ING or Ngh, or gently as in g and ng; or sepa- rued quickly as in k initial or medial, and hnG or Neil, or slowly as in g initial or medial, and ng. The surface of the root of the tongue and the soft pulate, widely separated asunder, by the jerk of the Frenth from the lungs. The mechanisms of these double consonant powers, is inerely a rapid combination of those of their con- stituent simple ones, viz.:-of 19 with 17, and 20 with 16. 32 Tas in rat, 31 R, or Rh, Greek, or aspi- rated Rho, tar, 33 hk, or Kh, Greek X х or Chi, 35 h G, or Gh, is in lough, Irish suund, 35 k; as in kick, or c; as in cactus, or q; us in guir, pique, 36 g; as in gag. 37 CNG, or NGh, Asiatic sound, 38 ng , as in gang, 39;h as in hung, 40, 19 & 17 tsh or ch, as in rich (ritsh); church, (tshur'tsh,) 20 & 18, dzh, or j English, as in jug; (iizhug); judge, ('zhud’zh,) The mechanisms of these double consonant powers is Dierely a rapid combination of those of their con- sitent simple ones, viz.:-of 35 with 15, and 36 with 16 : of 35 with 17, and 26 with 13. 35 & 15. ks. er i as in me, (aks), 35 & 17. kain, or r. as in luxury, (luke, 'shoo,ree.) 36 & 16, 97. Or , as in example (g,zam’,5l), 36 & 13. gzh, or, as in jururious, (lugzhoo', ree.us), 1 600 Dec. 'The Chinesr Spoken Language. "It is cominonly said, that it consonant cannot be pronounced without a vowel, and in fact, its name was given probably from this theory, but it is altoge- ther a mistake; for the consonants, y, l, l, have no vocal sound at all, and yet can be pronounced with an s before or after them, without any vowel, or any vocal sound, as in ps, ts, ks; sp, st, sk : whose whole compound sound is an affection of the breath alone, and not of the voice :-Again, b, d, g, have a slight vocal sound in their essence, but that sound is not a vowel, and these letters can be united to 2, without any vowel, as in bz, dz, gz; zb, zı, zg. Thus too m, n, ny, have a vocal sound, essential to them, but it is emitted through the nose, and therefore cannot possibly be a vowel sound; and besides they can be united with s or z, without any vowel, as in ms, mz; ns, nz; ngs, ngz; or in sm, zm ; sn,zn; sny, zng. Besides, f, th, s, sh, lh, rh, kh, have no vocal sound, being mere affections of the breath, yet they can be united with each other and with other consonants, in various ways, without any vowel, as in fs, ths, &c.; sf, sth, &c. The corresponding vocal consonants, too, v, dh, x, zh, l, r, gh, have a vocal sound essential to them, but that sound is not a vowel, and they also can be united with each other, and with various other consonants, without any vowel at all, as in vz, dhz; ls, lz; rs, rz; &.c., &c., and even w consonant, and y consonant, and h, which are the three aspirates, can be sounded alone, and without a vowel, though in words they always precede a vowel. 6. The truth is, that the possession of a vocal sound is not the characteristic distinction of a vowel, for we can articulate vowels, in whispering, as well as consonants, though we then use only non-vocal breath, and not vocalized breath or voice, at all. Each vowel, as it is called, has therefore a specific sound of its own, arising from the mere expiration of breath, though not vocalized, through the peculiar mechanism in the mouth, used as its articulation ; and hencer in this point of view, there is no real distinction whatever, between vowels and consonants, both being, in whispering, affections of mere breath; but in common speaking, wherein voice is always used, there is this distinction between vowels and consonants, that in the former we use a distinct musical sound in the la- rynx, along with each of them, and emit it through their peculiar mechanisms, while even in the vocal consonants there is only a non-musical murmur of the voice. “ The fact, that the mechanisms of the consonants are much more distinct than those of the vowels, and consequently more easily observed and learned by the deaf and dumb, would seem to imply, that they should be taught first; and undoubtedly it is chiefly by observing the consonant mechanisms, used by the mouth of a person who is speaking, that a practised deaf and dumb person is able to read his words off his lips, just as in writing short hand, it is almost exclusively the consonants that we write down or read.” p. 127, et seq. Finally our author lays down some rules to guide in teaching deaf and dumb to use their organs of speech. These observations also afford some good hints to aid the adult in learning a new language. For two reasons he thinks attention should first be direct- ed to the vowels : because vowels can at once be made serviceable, and because the sound of the voicc depends much more on the vowels than on llc consonants, On llic consonants, lie has the following reinarks 13. 601 The Chinese Spoken Lunguage. Speaking of the double and triple vowels-diphthongs and triph- thongs, he says, Take care always to pronounce first, distinctly each of the simple vowel sounds, which form the diphthong or triphthong itself, in which these two or more sounds are run into each other, Make the second follow the first, or the third follow the second, as quickly as it is possible to utter them, just as in striking the notes of a running chord in music, the notes follow each other as rapidly as the fingers can strike thein. TABLE 111. Initial consonants, beginning syllables. 1 { Try letters omitted. r hm or mh omitted m m т hn or nh omitted n n hng or ngh omitted ng omitted If 5{ Simple vowels. Terminal consonants, ending syllablus. 1. ce. 2. ai. 21. Two labial vibra- ? 3. ala. 1 31. Story letters omitted} 4. ou. 5. агре. . 6. owe. 2 hm or mh omitted 7. 00. 74. t di Double vowels or diphthongs. d 3 hn or nh omitted 1. beginning with ee : conciliate k convivial . g copious 4 geometry ing or go omitted champignon ing pcw 2. beginning with ai: } 5 aye th 3. beginning with an : Ith } 6 dh ay Ich 4. beginning with ou : I or Eye } 7 sh 6. beginning with awe : sh } 8 zhe boy Izh 7. beginning with 00: hl or lh onuitied } 9 queer 2 quuil twang kr or rh omitted }10 bilinguous quart -chi, hk or kh omitted quote 311 gh Triple rowels, or triphthongs. -io consont. omitted 12 Y -y consont. omitted 1. beginning with ce : - omitted sky 2. beginning with 00: quire quoit v o{ 7{ S s z no10 g{ til or lh omitted 10 { lr or rh omitted 11 chi, huk orekih omitted 7 7 20 12 VAL YIT. NO X1 76 602 Nori The Chinese Spoken Language'. We will conclude our extracts by quoting, Dr. Orpen's account of the inechanism of the vowel sounds, &c., in which he has parti- cular reference to his mode of teaching the deaf and dumb. “ Now, as ee, ai, an, form one trio, articulated between the tongue and hard palate, merely hy a lesser, great, or greater aperture, or distance between them- and as awe, owe, oo, form another trio, articulated by a retraction of the tongue, with either a wide opening of the lips, or a gradual contraction of their aper- ture, more and more—it is best'to teach these two trios first; and as the two let- ters, viz., aa and awe, which stand, the one at the end of the first trio, and the other at the commencement of the second trio, are both formed with a wide, and therefore more apparent, aperture of their respective organs of mechanism, we should teach the sound aa before the sounds ai and ee, and the sound awe before the sounds owe and 00. As, also, the mechanisms of aa, ai, ee, are simpler than those of awe, owe, oo, and more easily seen and made intelligible, we should commence with the trio, aa, ni, ee ;-and then proceed to the trio awe, owe, oo. “ In pronouncing, then, the sound aa, (as heard in the word b,aa) we should make the pupil observe, that our mouth is pretty wide open, that the tongue lies flat in the bottom of the mouth, neither retracted nor pushed forward, neither dilated nor contracted, but with its tip just behind the back of the lower front teeth, and its sides just touching the insides of the lower side teeth, on both sides. Thus we see, that by the under jaw being lowered, to open the mouth, the two rows of front teeth are separated from each other about three fourths of an inch; and the upper surface of the tongue, which itself descends of course with the under jaw, is distant from the arch of the hard palate, about an inch. While these parts of the mouth are in this position, we cause vocalized breath or voice to be formed in the larynx, by the vibration of its sides from the outward current of air, and emit it through this mechanism, which thus ar- ticulates the sound of aa. And as this sound is not either as bass as the vowel sound awe, nor as treble as that of ee, the larynx is not either much depressed towards the chest, or much elevated towards the throat; the former, viz., depres- sion of the larynx, being essential to a bass sound, and the latter, viz., its eleva- tion, being essential to a treble sound. In this way, the sound aa is to be articulated, and we should therefore endeavor, to get him to imitate its me- chanism first, and then, while producing its vocal sound in the larynx, to emit this sound distinctly through that mechanism. We should next endeavor to make him understand, that this sound is used to express astonishment or admiration, as when it forms the word ah! “ The next vowel sound is ac, -as heard in the words ai,r, b,ay, &c. The mechanism of it is produced, by raising the jaw so as to make the two rows of front teeth come within half an inch of each other, and the upper surface of the tongue, of course, come within about three-quarters of an inch of the arch of the hard palate, and by emitting vocalized breath or voice, through this mechanism, the larynx being a little more raised towards the throat, as the sound is a little more treble, than in ac. Make him first observe and imitate the mechanism, find then, while producing the vocal sound in the larynx, emit it distinctly through that nechalism. Next show him, that it expresses listening, as when 1843 10:3 The Chinese Spoken Language it is the sound of the word eh ?-by putting on an expression and attitude of listening, and cocking your ear, and turning your head, so as to bring one of your ears opposite his mouth. “ The next vowel sound is ee,-as heard in the word byee, &c. In this, the lower jaw is so much raised, that the two rows of front teeth are only about a quarter of an inch separate, and the tongue also is of course so much raised, that its upper surface only leaves a shallow channel from back to front, about a quarter of an inch deep, between it and the arch of the hard palate. The larynx is also raised, as far as it can be, towards the throat, as this is the most treble of all the vowels, and the vocalized breath, now formed in the larynx, is emitted through the mechanism in the mouth just described. Make him, as before, imitate the mechanism, raise the larynx, and while producing the treble vocal sound, emit it through that mechanism. And then explain to him, that it means an exclamation of sharp acute pain, as expressed by the word ih! or iyh!- such as a pin, just pushed against our finger, would make us utter. This is easily done, by pretending to stick a pin into our finger, and giving a start and drawing it away. It is also the name of the letter E. “In this way, we have the first trio of vowels, formed, as you perceive, by a gradual closing of the mouth, by raising the under jaw higher and more high, and pushing up the upper surface of the tongue, nearer and more near to the palate, while, at the same time, we gradually raise the larynx more and more up towards the throat, and produce a gradually less and less bass, or rather more and treble sound, in the larynx, and emit it through the peculiar mechan- ism formed in the mouth for each of the three vowels. “The other trio of vowels consists of the sounds, expressed by the words ave, owe, and by oo in woo. These are all, in some measure, essentially bags sounds, and therefore the larynx is depressed in them all towards the chest, which both shortens and widens the windpipe, and also, which is its chief object, enlarges backwards the cavity of the mouth, into which the sound formed in the larynx enters. In all these three sounds too, the tongue is drawn back in the mouth, which must be the case, whenever the larynx, to which the root of the tongue is more or less attached, is drawn down, as just described; but the chief object of it is, to increase still more the cavity of the mouth, in which the sound is reverberated and made hass. “In the vowel sound, expressed by the word awe, the mouth is as wide open as it can be, the aperture between the lips, presenting a kind of upright oval, whose longer diameter is from top to bottom, the tip of the tongue is drawn rather away from the front teeth, and the whole tongue retracted back in the mouth; the larynx is lowered down towards the chest, and while produc. ing a bass vocal sound in the larynx, we emit it through the above describod mechanism in the mouth. Make him observe and imitate the open mouth, retraction of the tongue, the descent of the larynx, the production of a baes sound in it, and its emission through the mouth. Next, make him understand that this vowel, as it occurs in the word 'awe, expresses dreads-by assuming a fixed expression of awe and drend in the countenance. “In tlie vowel sourd, expresied by the word owe, the mouth is less open, the lips present a circular aperture between them, the tongue is more reliacle back in the mou'h, the larynx is drawn down more, and while niaking a more the 604 Nov. Prisons in the City of Canton, bass vocal sound in it, we emit it through this peculiar mechanisın. Make him imitate the half-open mouth, the circularity of the opening between the lips, the greater retraction of the tongue, the still more descending larynx, the still deepening sound, and its emission through the mouth. Explain to him next, by your putting on an expression of countenance, indicative of surprise, that this vowel sound stands for Oh! the exclamation of surprise. " As to the vowel sound, expressed by oo in the word w,00, its me- chanism is as follows; the mouth is less open, the lips are nearly closed, so as to leave only a very small transverse aperture between them, or a long ellipse, whose greater diameter is across, from one corner of the lips to the other. The tongue is drawn very far back in the mouth, the larynx is drawn lower down towards the chest, and while producing a very bass sound in it, we emit it through the mechanism just described. Make him imitate the transverse aperture between the lips, the greatest retraction of the tongue into the back and bottom of the mouth, the greatest descent of the larynx, the production of a very bass sound in it, and its emission through the mouth. Make him then understand that the sound oo expresses the noise, that the wind makes, in blowing through a small hole, such as the key-hole of a door. “ The next vowel sound is that guttural vowel sound, which is expressed by ou in the word journey,—and by u in urn,-or by o in worm, &c. It stands, in the scale of the seven pure vowels, between the two trios above described. In its mechanism, the root of the tongue and the soft palate are chiefly concerned. The tongue is a very little drawn back in the mouth, and the surface of its root is a little depressed, so as to prevent its touching the soft palate, (the hanging fleshy curtain, at the back of the palate) ;—the larynx is also a little depressed, and a guttural flat sound is produced in it, and emit- ted through the above mechanism. Make the deaf child observe the slight retraction of the tongue, the space between the upper surface of its root and the soft palate, and the slight descent of the larynx, the guttural sound produced in it, and its emission through the mouth. As this vowel sound never occurs singly in English, no word or ideal ineaning can be connected with it." Pages 144-150. Art. JII. Notices of the prisons in the city of Canton, their num- ber and extent, character and condition of their inmates, foc. Taken froin a Chinese manuscript. In the city of Canton there are six jails; two belonging to the ma- gistracy of Nánhái; two to the magistracy of Pwányii; one to the prefecture of Kwángchau; and one under the control of the provin- cial commissioner of justice. Each of the five first specificd com- 1843. Prisons in the City of Cinion. prise more than five mau, and is capable of containing more than 500 prisoners. The last named one includes an area of more than seven mau, and is capable of containing more than a thousand per- sons :-610 mau, or Chinese acres, are equal to one English acre. The inner wall of each jail is twenty Chinese feet high, which is surrounded by a second wall of the same height, leaving between the two a space of seven feet. In this space a nightly patrol is stationed to guard the prison. Beyond the outer wall, a circuit of seven more feet of ground is kept clear where a guard of soldiers remain day and night. The principal jailer lodges at the front gate of the prison. With- in this, there is a second gate or door, over which, or on the top of it, a tiger's head is engraved. This leads into an open court_or tien-tsing F#-which takes up about one fourth of the whole area of the prison, including one of its four sides. The reinainder of the ground is occupied by the prisoners. Over the front gate and wall there is a roof, like that of a common house, descending on two sides. The part occupied by the prisoners is covered by a single roof, extending from the wall inwards to the tien-tsing or open court. The timbers, on which this roof rests, are laid so close to each other as to prevent the prisoners escaping between them in case of the tiles being broken away. An empalement of strong piles stretches along under the eves of this roof, and so separated from each other that they admit the light and prevent all escape of the inmates. Into this open court there is only one entrance, which is closed up at night, confining the prisoners to their own apartments. The space occupied by the prisoners is divided in several tens of cells, each empaled with strong piles, and spacious enough to con- tain three rows of men, when lying down to rest. At night each of these cells is partitioned off by boards, three or four feet high, thus giving a separate room for each of the three rows of men. This is done, in order to keep them in some measure separate, and to pre- vent fighting and quarreling. The floors of the cells are of thick plank, raised about one foot from the ground. The floor of boards, however, does not extend to the piles, along each row of which a space about two feet broad is covered with stone. Upon this stone- work the prisoners place their utensils used in cooking, prepare their food, wash, &c. The prisoners are kept in irons, having rings upon their wrists, fastened together by an iron rod. A chain is put around their necks, aud the end of it fastened to the hand-cuffs. This chain is so short 016 Nov. Prisons in the City of Canton, that their hands cannot fall much below their breasts, and keeps them raised as if they were about to make a bow. In the daytime, one of their hands is released from the iron, to enable the prisoner to prepare and eat his food; but at night it is always made fast in its place. Heavy irons are also placed on the prisoners' feet, united by a chain a foot long, thus allowing them to walk in a slow and hob- bling gait. Formerly heavy stocks were furnished for each row of men, and at night every man was made fast therein by one of his legs. In this position he could scarcely move, and many of the prisoners died. In consequence of this the matter was represented to the emperor, who was graciously pleased to order the stocks to be disused, which has been done accordingly in Canton. But in the jails of some of the neighboring districts they are said to be still used. This is the case in Tungkwan and Sanshwui. The prisoners in the jail of the commissioner of justice are treated with more severity than those in the other prisons. Instead of the chain between the handcuffs and the neck, an iron rod is used, which prevents the moving of their hands up or down. Also addi- tional irons are put on the ankles of these state prisoners. If they are strong and robust, and have been guilty of great crimes, three or four rings are placed upon each ankle. The number and weight varies according to the strength and character of the criminal. According to the regulations, established by law, each criminal should daily receive one catty and a half of rice, with 12 or 13 cash for the purchase of vegetables and fuel. But the jailer usually deals out to them not more than three-fourths of this quantity of rice, and only two or three cash. In the hot months of summer a supply of common tea is provided daily for them, and placed in the open court, to which all have equal access. In the cold months of winter, instead of tea, they are furnished every morning, each with a cup of hot congee, ,—or rice boiled to a jelly. Clothing is also provided for the prisoners. Late in autumn a jacket, made of two thicknesses of cloth, is distributed to each one, who may chance to be in want of such, and also a blanket. Trow- sers and lighter jackets are likewise occasionally given. But all these are to be received as special favors, conferred by the officers under whose care the prisoners are confined. In summer the pre- sent of a fan is always made to each of the prisoners—it being indis- pensable to poor as well as rich. Besides these, usage has made it common to confer other little 1943. Prisons in the City of Canton. 007 favors, which are distributed on joyous occasions, such as the birth of a son to the emperor, or to the governor of the province where the prisoners are lodged. On such occasions, fesh, fish, wine, &c., are distributed to the prisoners with a liberal hand. The Chinese system of subordination is carried out, and fully exhibited, even in their communities of prisoners--where, as every- where else, there are headmen (or no tau-mu) exercising au- thority with unmeasured rigor and severity. In the jails, these head- men may be one in ten or fifteen, and all the inmates of the prison are subject to their orders. This office of headman is either purchased with money, which is distributed among the jailers and the prisoners, or it comes to an individual by seniority, reckoning from the time of entering prison. When a new prisoner is brought in, these headmen give orders to the others to commence their dia- bolical operations, to which there is no limit or bound, except in the pleasure of the headman. They commence on a gentle and easy scale, and proceed to those which are intolerable, the object being always to extort as much money as possible from every culprit. They will commence by hanging the man up by his heels, or by suspending him on a pole, passed under his handcuffs and feet-irons. They will try the strength of his loins by stretching him across a high stool. All ways and means, that seem likely to secure their end, are resorted to. When they fail by inflicting pain upon the body, they will starve their victim. If he is obstinate, and will not give money, they exhaust all their resources before they desist from their cruel- ties. If upon the first application he is found to have no money at hand, he must send letters to his kindred and friends to borrow something for him. If it is forthcoming liberally, that is an indica- tion of an abundant store in reserve. Accordingly, more must be had, by fair means or foul, no matter which. To such an extent are these cruel punishments carried, that they usually far exceed those inflicted by the officers of government. The vulgar phrase for them is IT E tá sháu chi, i. e. “ burn paper." Since writing out the foregoing from a Chinese manuscript, we have conversed with a jail bird,' who, from his own experience and observation in several tens of the prisons through which he had passed, told us about what he had both seen and suffered. On asking him if he knew the meaning of the phrase tá sháu chí, he instantly took fire, and “suiting the action to the word,” gave what one might fancy no very bad representation of the sufferings endur- ed by biiself when a prisoner. According to this man's account, 008 Nor, Whale Pshory in the Chinese Seats. there is a great diversity of tricks played off upon the ill fated vic- tims, who are lodged in the Chinese jails. Tiyóh, or hell, is the name cominonly given to these places; and they doubtless bear as close resemblance to that place of torment as human device and cru- elty can make them. Arr. IV. Notices of the whale fishery in the Chinese scas, as conducted by the inhabitants of the coasts. Communicated for the Repository. DURING the months of January and February, whales and their young resort to the coast of China, to the southward of Hailing shán, in great numbers; and during those months are pursued by the Chinese belonging to Háinán and the neighboring islands with con- siderable success. The fish generally seemed to be in bad condition, and were covered with barnacles; and their object in resorting to that part of the coast during that season is probably to obtain food for themselves and young from the great quantity of squid, cuttle, and blubber fish which abound, and perhaps also to roll on the nume- rous sand-banks on the coast, in order to clear their skin of the barnacles and other animals which torment them. They are often seen leaping more than their whole length out of the water, and coming down again perpendicularly so as to strike hard against the bottom. It is an exciting scene to see these boats out, in fleets of from 50 to 70, scattered over the bays as far as the eye can reach, under full sail cruizing about in search of their prey. Some steer straight ahead with the crew facing in different directions, observing the boats in their company, and leaving no chance of a spout escaping unnoticed. Upon others, the harpooner may be seen leaning over the bow ready to strike, and occasionally waving his right or left hand to direct the helmsman after the fish in its various turnings—the strictest silence the while being observed. The boats are admirably adapted for following up the fish, as they sail well, make little noise in going through the water, and inay be turned round and round in half the time and space that a foreign boat occupies. They are of different sizes; the smallest are about three tous, and the largest about twenty-five, carrying two small 1813. 609 Whale Fishery in the Chinese Scas. boats ou her deck, and a crew of twelve men, of light draft of water and good length. On the bow is a crooked piece of timber, sup- ported by a stancheon, which serves as a rest for the harpoon when not wanted; it enables the harpooner to stretch well over the bow, and see the fish as they pass below the boat. In this position they are struck, for the weight of the harpoon prevents it being thrown any distance. Abaft the mainmast, the deck is rounded so as to form the roof of the cabin; on its top the whale line is coiled. The harpoon has only one barb, and about fifteen inches from the point of the iron it is made with a socket; above which, an eye is wrought, with a cord attached to the iron, to which the whale line is fastened, and stopped slack along the wooden shaft, so that when the fish is struck, the iron and the line tightens, the shaft draws out, and leaves less chance of the iron cutting out, or loosing its hold of the skin of the fish. The whale line is made of native hemp, and is about 60 or 70 fathoms long, and from 4 to 6 inches in circumference, according to the size of the boat. Great length of line is not required by them, for there is shoal water all along the coast for many miles to sea- ward. One end of the line is fastened round the mainmast, the remainder is coiled away on the top of the house, and carried for- ward to the harpoon in the bow, where it is made fast, leaving a few fathoms of slack line. The boats come out of the different harbors at daylight, and spread themselves soon all along the coast; as soon as a fish is seen blowing, away they go in chase. If fortunate enough to get it fast, the sails are lowered, the bight of the line got aft, the rudder un. shipped, and the boat allowed to tow stern foremost. The rest of the fleet, seeing the sail lowered, come up to assist; and as the fish now keeps pretty much on the surface in its struggle to get away, they soon manage to fasten eight or ten harpoons into it, and in a couple of hours or so it is dead from wounds and the loss of blood. They always strike the fish a little behind the blowhole, on the top of the back. When the fish is dead, it is lashed alongside one or two of the boats to float it, and to allow the others to make their lines fast to the tail, and tow it on shore. It is surprising that the boats are not stove in, or completely destroyed from their manner of attacking the fish, i. e. sailing right over it and then striking it; but from the cool way in which the Chinese manage the whole affair, I Irave no doubt that personal accidents occur more seldom than with our fishermen. Their greatest danger is when two or three whales VOL. XII. 610 Nor Sickness and Deaths in Ilongkong. S0011 are struck together in the same place, and swim round and over each other, so as to foul the lines. The boats are then drawn against each other, and over the fish, and run great risk of bein. swamped and stove in pieces. In one instance of this sort that fell under my observation, they had three of their boats swamped, but managed to clear the lines, and kill the fish in a most dexterous manner, after which some of the spare boats returned, and towed the damaged boats on shore. They had no lances in their boats, nor in fact any other weapon except the harpoons, which they refused to sell at any price. All the boats had parts of the whale's flesh salted, which they used as provisions. They refused to give any account of what use they made of the fisli, and in general were not disposed to be very civil to strangers, which might arise from jealousy, or a fear of our interfering with their fishery. The fish are, I believe, what whalers call the right whale, and were calculated by those ou board to yield on an average 50 barrels of oil each. ART. V. Sickness and deaths in Hongkong ; remarked upon by at member of the Church of England, in a letter to the Editor of the Chinese Repository. TO DOUBT that God made the universe-—or that he guides all the great events in it—evidences a degree of infidelity, which no Chris- tian would willingly be guilty of. Yet to doubt that he governs all, even the smallest events, must show us equally guilty. It is no less the dictate of reason than religion that, when the judgments of the Almighty are abroad in the earth, its inhabitants should learn right- eousness. In the late war there was remarkable success granted to the British arms; and no less remarkable has been the mortality amongst them since the war. It was right to acknowledge the suc- cess; and now, when the heavy hand of the Almighty is laid upon his creatures, why ought they not to bow before him, humbling themselves for their sins? We know there is a disposition, in some men, to make light of these things, these reproofs of their Heavenly Father. But, for ourselves, we would much prefer to join our voice, and our influence, with our correspondient, whose letter we publislı with much pleasure, lioping it will produce the desired eflects. 110:3. 601 Sickness and Deaths in Hongkong, "70 the editor of the Chinese Repository. “Sir,One who has been spared to watch the rapid filling up of our grave-yards for the last 18 months, and to witness the failure of many expe- dients to remove the causes of disease from our island, may I hope be excused for an huinble attempt to direct attention to one view of the subject, which appears to have been hitherto overlooked. We are so much “enlightened' in these days, and see so clearly the immediate causes of most of the natural phenomena presented to our notice, that our whole attention is apt to be arrested and satisfied by these causes; and we are thereby prevented from any attempt to look beyond them—from seeing the Hand that made, and therefore absolutely disposes of them; our eyes are so fascinated, as it were, by the palpable objects of nature, that we are unable to raise them to na- ture's Author; and when in any instance a difficulty arises, our investigations are still directed to this end alone. Were we no better instructed and pri- vileged than the heathen world, more might not be expected of us; but surely as a Christian people we might be expected to profit more by the revela- tion we possess. At present we seem to acknowledge the Creator of the uni- verso, lut seldom to consider or treat Him as the governor of it. We read trl without His cognizance not a sparrow falls to the ground, but regard the interests of a society of His rational creatures as if without the range of his care, and by no means subject to his particular direction and control. All things happen in the common course of nature, and nothing less than a shipwreck or an earthquake, or some other sudden and dreadful calamity, is asciibed to a visitation of Providence. Are we successful in war? It is our own arm which has gotten us the victory, British valor is our boast; it is :: proud d::y for us ;' and so forth. If we meet with a reverse, it is suffi- ciently accounted for by a concurrence of unfortunate circumstances, which no human foresight could provide against. Are our numbers thinned by disease? This climate, and that contagion, are charged as the source of it. In any ciuse we fail to look upon the event as more than à natural conse- quence of a natural cause; we fail to consider why we ourselves may have been brought under the operation of those causes, so long as it happened in the natural course of events.' “It has been remarked that the satisfaction of a perfect justice requires that the acts of nations and communities should meet their rewards or retribution in the present world, since they cannot be judged hereafter, when no longer in existence; and it is not easy to imagine any more appropriate means for their reward or punishment than some such as I have mentioned above, the issue of a war, the infliction of a general sickness, &c. War, famine, and pestilence were the three national judgments submitted to the choice of the king of Israel; and they are repeatedly mentioned in Scripture as the scourges which which the offending Israelites were chastised. Ought not we, then, who acknowledge the same inchanging God as they, who profess to read the records of his dealings with that people as expressly written for our learning ? Ought not we to consider similar visitations in a 612 Nov. Sickness and Deaths in Hongkong, similar light; whilst searching as we must of course do, for the natural, to look also for the moral causes, that may be in operation to account for them? The question might at least be worth our consideration. Wherein may we, as a Christian body, have been deficient in our allegiance to our supreme head and governor? For instance, our success in the late war has been remarkable. What have been our public acknowledgments to Him that “fighteth for us?' We have now a good number of public buildings in the island, and others are in progress: have we yet laid the foundations of a church? There is no lack of industry among us: have we remembered to give that industry its lawful repose on the first day of the week? Have we honored the Lord's day, and by consequence Him whom it commemorates, by the usual observance of it for which the mother-country of this colony is eminent above every other? Or, on the contrary, is the sound of the ax and the hammer interrupted only when the heathen observes his festival ; while our fourth commandment, so far as it relates to the servant' and 'the stranger that is within our gates,' seems to have become a dead letter? Surely we are equally culpable, if under our authority or sanction it is broken, whether by our Christian or heathen dependents. The Scriptures describe the pro- fanation of the Sabbath as peculiarly offensive to God, and represent his anger as repeatedly falling on the Jews on this account; and as the com- mandment, being one of the decalogue, is yet binding on us for the obser- vance of our day of rest, we cannot expect to break it with impunity. “ If there should be any truth in these hints, and you, sir, will oblige me with a portion of your paper for the insertion of them, I shall hope that some more able advocate may take up the subject, and endeavor to unite those who concur in this view of it in some acts becoming a Christian community. Under our present circumstances, we are so familiar in these days with the disuse of many of the ordinances of our church, that the course usually pro- vided by her in like emergencies might be met with contempt; yet at the time that the cholera visited England, a general fast, and other like public observances were enjoined; and if there were no impropriety in the use of such means at that time, there could hardly be much in it now. Our life here is emphatically in the midst of death ; bear witness the records of our hospitals, of our inilitary messes, of private families. Surely this is a time to make some unusual demonstration of our absolute submission to our Maker's will, and our uitter dependence on his mercy; instead of seeking excuses for the evasion of his laws, and giving our sole attention to scientific speculation for our relief! As Christians, let us show that we have some resources beyond what inight suggest themselves to the nation around us. have ‘sought out many inventions of our own, but they have as yet every one of them sign:lly failed. Let us put our case here in the hands of Omni- potence, and try whether ‘His arm is shortened that it cannot save.' Having so done, let us 11 se our own best exertions as hitherto, and should they prove more successfiil, let iis not sing our own praises. I am, sir, Your obedient servant, A MEMBER OF THE CHURCH OF ENGLAND). We 1843, 613 Journal of Occurrences, P.S. It is certainly to be regretted that no church has yet been erected in Hongkong for the British Protestant comnunity. A chaplain appointed by the queen sailed from England in June last; and may be hourly expected to arrive in China. It is known to many of our local readers that subscrip- tions to the amount of above $4000, were taken up more than a year ago, for the purpose of building a place of worship. To this sum, it was expected that the government would add an equal ainount, and that the house of wor- ship would be open to other preachers besides those of the church of England. However, it is now said that the government at home have declined to co- operate in the manner proposed, and will erect a building wholly at their own charge. Which, indeed, is very well. But the question arises, what shall be done with the funds collected, not from Churchinen alone, but from Presby- terians, Congregationalists, and others ? Were we called on to suggest a plan, we would say erect a Union Chapel, and let some of the Christian societies send out a clergymen, say one of the church of Scotland. The Union Chapel might be erected at some distance, a mile or so, from the site of the proposed church belonging to the government. Art. VI. Journal of Oceurrences: foreign vessels on the coast of Chili and Shantung, &c.; new warchouses at Cunton ; Kingqua's debts; sailing letters, or registers ; memorandum of vice-admiral Parker to the fleet; destruction of property at Can- ton by the fire; cruel executions. The answer of H. B. M. plenipotentiary to Kiying's communica- tion respecting foreign vessels on the coast, and Kíying's further remarks on the mode of conducting the trade there, and the necessity of taking pilots, are here continued from page 560. H. B. M. PLENIPOTENTIARY'S REPLY TO KÍying. I have duly received and fully understand your excellency's communications of the 8th instant, relative to two masted vessels having during the month of August last, appeared off the coasts of Shantung and Chilí, and there having wished to trade in a variety of goods, which were described in certain handbills. I do not think from the circumstance of the ships having Canton linguists and men on board, that they could have been from Singapore, nor am 1 quite certain that they were really English vessels, although they so described themselves; I shall adopt the necessary steps for ascertaining these points, if possible, and in the meantime, I will issue a proclamation to the effect pointed out by your excellency, and will likewise adopt such other restrictive rules, as may seem calculated to entirely suppress the practice of foreign trading vessels going beyond the bounds fixed by the Treaty. I have more than ten times previously explained to your excellency and other high Chinese officers, that the great and final remedy for this disobedience and evil, rests in the hands of the local authorities; and I am most happy to observe that remedy was applied on this occasion. I allude to the people of the country being carefully restrained from dealing or holding intercourse with the vessels. If this rule be only rigidly enforced, the object is gained, for the sole motive for their straying beyond bounds is the hope of profit, rond where nothing can be sold, not only is no profit to be had, but considerable (ixpense, or in other words, loss is to be incurred. In addition to strictly prohibiting and restraining 1.lie people from dealing, Ol Nov. Journal of Orrurrenres. or holding intercourse, with such vessels, they should on no pretense, be fur- nished witls, or roven allowed to buy provisions ; and I would further strongly recommend, that all the local authorities of the seacoasts of Shántung and Chilí should be instructed to seize and detain any Chinese linguists, or other such persons, who may land from these vessels, and not to release them, until they shall have paid a fine of at least $1000 each, to the public treasury. If your excellency approve of this suggestion, I hope you will make it public, and I will likewise include a notice of it in my forthcoming proclamation and as ihe said linguists, and all the Chinese who sail in these vessels, must be the subjects of the irnperial government, they will not be so fool-hurdy as to incur such risks for the mere profit of others. Should an attempt be made by force, by any vessel, to release linguists, and such persons seized and detained, as above suggested, that attempt will , of course, be repelled, and the authority of the local officers vindicated and uplueld. I trust nothing of the kind will ever occur, but should it unfortunately so happen the moment it reaches my ears, I shall order the oftending vessel, wherever she may be found in China, if under English colors, to be seized as a pirate, and brought to Hongkong to await the decision and commands of her Britannic majesty's governinent. I trust, that this official coinmunication in reply will be satisfactory to your excellency and the imperial government, and I close it by assuring you of my constant anxiety to enforce amongst all British subjects the most scrupu- lous obedience to the provisions of the Treaty. I may add, that I have every hope now that the five ports are about to be formally opened, that the irregula- rities which have hitherto been practised will cease ; and that all classes till see, how little profit is to be looked for, and how much risk run, by deviation from the prescribed path of commerce. A most important communication in reply. (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER. To his excellency Kíying, imperial commissioner, &c., &c. GOVERNMENT NOTIFICATION The annexed extracts from communications (public and private) addresseel by his excellency Kiying, imperial conmissioner, &c., to her majesty's plenipotentary, &c., &c., in China, under dates the 25th of Sept., and Sth of October, 1943: and the reply made to the latter on the 12th of October, are published for general inforination. By order. RICHARD Woosnam. Govt. Hlouse, Victoria, Hongkong, 24th Oct., 1843. EXTRACTS FROM Kíying's COMMUNICATIONS. 25th September, 1843. "It is to be observed that the seacoasts of Kiángsú, &c., (that is the coasts situated between the 'Tahea or Ningpo and Yingtsz kiáng rivers,) is without any shelter on the outside (towards the south and east), and has a number of soft sand flats or muul banks, which shift frequently when the southeast winds blow violently, thereby rendering losses by shipwreck very easy. This consideration induces me to inake this communication” (regarding the loss of the schooner Levant Packet) "to the honorable plenipotentiary, and to beg him to direct all inerchant vessels to take exceeding great care, and lo engle pilots. This is most important.' 12th October, 1243. “ Seventhly. Along the coast of Kiánznín and Chekiing are very many quicksands. Thy arm at times visilile, and at times invisible. Your merchant ships have not much sailed thereabouts, and it is to be feared, that many losses may occur. I hope therefore, that yņu will enjoin great prudence and precaution on your merchants, and will likewise inforın the foreign merchants of all 11a- tions of this fact, as it concerns much valuible merchandize, and many hunian lives. This is most important.”' “ Ninthly. The people living along our are prone to insult and abuse the ignorant. Now the black sailors on board your ships are generally by nature, ignorant and foord of liquor. They should on no account he permitted to go on shore to drink and get intoxicated lost they be ill used by our proplo." . 13.133. 6115 Journal of OreurTraces. REPLY OF H. B. M. PLENIPOTENTIARY. 12th October, 1843. “ Your friendly and benevolent hints regarding our lılack people not being allowed to go on shore and get intoxicated, thereby exposing themselves to possible ill usage and insuit from the people (of the scacoost) of Cluna, und your still more important and benign suggestions as to the necessity Wat exists for all foreign navigators on the coasts of Kiingnii aud Chekiáng proceeding with great care and precaution, claim my grateful acknowledgments in the naine not only of England, but of all other civilized nations. I will issue a Notification on both points, in order that your goodness and forethought may be universally known, and aciu upon." New warehouses. By a notification, (lated Govt.-house, Victoria, October 25th, 1843, it appears by proclamation made by the high imperial commissioner and high provincial authorities at Canton, " that ever after this, there shall be no difference between the old and the new warehouses.” Also that, according to the spirit of the new tariff, “merchants of every nation shall trade on the same footing," while all defrauders and smugglers are to be severely punislied. Kingqua's debts. By an official note, dated Victoria (Hong- kong), October 26th, 1843, it appears, "that the discharge of the interest on Kingqua's debts is stipulated to take place within two years from the final discharge of the capital of such debts; and, that by the original agreement the payment of the capital was only pro- vided for in ten years from the 1st of July, 1938. It therefore ap- parently follows, that the discharge of the interest may be postponed to any period between the present time and the 1st of July, 1850, and consequently depends on the pleasure and convenience of her Britannic majesty's government, for whose commands on the subject a reference has been made, the result of which reference will here- after be notified for the information of all concerned." Sailing letters, for small craft, as cutters, schooners, lorchas, &c., have been prepared, for the better regulation and security of such vessels. See Notifications, dated Victoria, November 2d and 3d, published in the newspapers of the day. Restrictions laid on British vessels, have been published by au- thority, in the Friend of China and Hongkong Gazette, of the 9th instant. The following is that of vice-admiral sir William Parker. GENERAL MEMORANDUM. “The respective captains, commanders, and commanding officers of her majesty's ships and vessels, and those of the Indian navy in the China seas, will receive herewith a copy of the proclamation of her majesty's plenipoten- tiary, dated the 24th of October, 1843, and a republication of her majesty's Orrier in Council of the 21th of fobrary, 1813.--Also the copies of the com- Jounications furen her majoisty's plenipotentiary and the Chinese high commissioner Kiyiny, which their strict attention is directed. 016 Journal of Occurrences. They will observe that these documents provide for the officers of the Chinese government preventing trade to the southward of the Yángtsz kiáng river, being carried on elsewhere than at the five ports opened by the treaty; viz:-Canton, Amoy, Fuchau fú, Ningpo and Shanghái. “All vessels under British colors are interdicted from passing to the northward of the 2d degree of north latitude, on any part of the seacoast of China; and if any British merchant vessel shall be met with that may be positively known, or discovered to have so visited any part thereof, in contravention of her majesty's Order in Council unless forced so to do from absolute stress of weather, she becomes liable thereby to be detained, and sent to Hongkong for inquiry and adjudication. British vessels which have voluntarily exposed themselves, after the warnings they have received to the chances of being attacked and driven away, or seized and confiscated by the Chinese authorities, are not to receive protection from her majesty's ships; and should they attempt to defend themselves, and thereby lead to loss of life or bloodshed, they are to be seized, and brought to Hongkong to be adjudged according to law. “ Vessels having no flag, or register, or sailing letter, should be sent into a British port for a breach of the law of nations, and the navigation laws of Great Britain. " The respective captains, commanders, and commanding officers will also observe, that any persons landing at any place in China for purposes of trade and commerce, except the five ports before mentioned, will render themselves liable to seizure and detention by the Chinese authorities, until they pay a fine of one thousand dollars each person. And it is therefore to be hoped and expected that linguists, or other subjects of China will not be sent on shore as the medium of cominunication except at the five ports aforesaid. (Signed) “W. PARKER, vice-admiral. “ To the respective captains, commanders, and commanding officers of her majesty's ships and vessels, and those of the Indian navy employed, and to be employed in the China seas." The destruction of property at the fire in Canton on the 24th ult., has been estimated at upwards of two millions of dollars. There have not been, to our knowledge, any efforts made by those who escaped the calamity to assist the sufferers; they are left to bear it as they best can. An attempt was made soon after the fire to get the limits of the foreign factories extended further westward, and also to have the whole of the thirteen hongs surrounded by a wall in order to diminish the risk from fire in their neighborhood. The endeavor was however unsuccessful, and the native shopmen who had been burned out, on hearing the rumor of this attempt, hastened the re- building of their shops, in order to anticipate any enlargement of the foreign hongs. Some of the persons seized on suspicion of having been engaged in setting fire to the city, were exhibited in different public places wear, ing the cangue, under the charge of an underling, and there starved to death. No commiseration was expressed for them by the people; on the contrary, some of them declared that such miscreants deserv- ed such a death. This severity, or rather cruelty, has had the effect of deterring the vagabonds who infest the metropolis froin showing themselves, and of driving many from the city. TIIB CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XII. - DECEMBER, 1843.- No. 12. Arr. I. Fifth annual report of the Morrison Education Sociсty, for the year ending Oct. Ist, 1843, THE scattered state of the foreign community having rendered it inexpedient to hold an anniversary meeting of the Society at the stated time, the trustees present this their fifth Annual Report to the friends of the institution, with the confident hope that, although most of them are unable personally to attend at its examinations and anni- versaries, they maintain so much interest in the Society as to be glad to hear of its welfare and success. It may be said by some, that the details of education are much the same everywhere, and sel. dom afford many incidents worthy of record,—the noiseless labors of the school-room are chiefly important, because they have such an important influence upon the character of the individual scholar, and through him upon the sphere in which he moves'. But this latter axiom gives great importance to these details and labors; and therefore in them, we cannot doubt, from what we have observed, especially during the last few months, that the friends of this Society are so in- terested that they will be much pleased to hear of the successful manner in which they have been conducted. Since its last annual meeting, we have been called to deplore the loss, by death, of the Recording Secretary of this Board, the hon. J. Robt. Morrison, in which event, in common with the community generally, we have had occasion to lament the death of one whose heart and hand were ready for every good work. Those who have VOL. XII. NO, XII. 618 Report of Morrison Education Society. Dec. watched, on the spot, the operations of this Society need not here be told how much they were indebted for their efficiency to our depart- ed friend; for his interest in the progress of the scholars, and in the welfare of the teachers and the taught, and his efforts to advance the wellbeing of the institution in every way, were known to all. His public subscriptions were not, by any means, the greatest part of what he did to promote its usefulness. Its library was in part col- lected through his instrumentality, and the catalogue which was published by him shows his exertions to render it available in the highest degree. Since his death, his own private English library has been added to it by his executors, which the liberality of the com- munity has enabled them to do, and which is, in fact only following out his own intentions respecting its disposal. He also supported three or four pupils at the Society's school, and took a personal in- terest in their studies as well as in those of the whole school, when- ever his official duties allowed him the leisure. In short, so closely had Mr. Morrison connected himself with the Society, that his name has become identified with it; and as it was originally established in honor of the father's memory, and a means of continuing his labors for the good of his people, so also will this Education Society be a like memorial of the son; and, it is our sanguine hope, long carry on under the name of the Morrison Education Society, the same good work of enlightening the Chinese in which both father and son were once so heartily engaged. 'The Society's school has been more visited during the past year than formerly, principally by gentlemen from Her Majesty's arıny and navy, and as the institution becomes better known this mani- festation of interest in its operations will doubtless increase. The trustees wish that more of its friends would improve opportunities to visit the school, and see for themselves what is there passing. They are pretty sure that it would gratify the visiters, and they know it will encourage the instructor and his pupils. It would there be seen that to teach the Chinese the knowledge of western lands was an object well worthy of the foreign community in China, who pride themselves as belonging to the most civilized and Christian nations in the world. If, as natives of those favored countries, we feel our- selves to be superior to the inhabitants of this land in knowledge, arts, and science, and from all we see of them, come to the conclu- sion that they have little to teach us, or entertain us with, we should 11 the same time remember that it is to the Bible, and to the degree which we receive and practice its precepts, that we owe the advan- 1843. 019 Report of Morrison Education Society. tages we enjoy, and the station we occupy. The philanthropy incul- cated in this Book will induce us to employ means to elevate them to the same rank as ourselves; and this effort of benevolence, if it have no other effect, will lead us to regard the people of China with a kindly eye, and as existing for some other purposes than to be ob- jects of our wonder, or curiosity—or as a people with whom we hare merely certain trading relations. The treaty concluded at Nanking has extended the intercourse with this country, and with that extension, a greater duty devolves on western nations to make it a means of doing the people greater good. Commerce, in its proper place, is the handmaid of Christian civilization, and not its opponent; and rightly conducted, it is a means of the mutual benefit of those who carry it on. Let, there- fore, those who are here engaged in it, aid in opening to the mass of Chinese mind the vast stores of whatever can delight the taste, purify the affections, expand the intellect, chasten the imagination, and strengthen right principles, which is to be found in English iite- rature; and we may be sure that the intercourse between this and western nations will be lasting and harmonious. That is a fading reputation which is founded merely upon the fame of being a successful and worthy merchant, for its foundations are not laid deep enough in the esteem or gratitude of the human heart to last many years; but let the name of benefactor be connected with it, and future ages will respect the name of such a man, as well as his own emulate his example. Thoughts of this nature were in the minds of those who planned this Society, and it cannot be that the object is now any less worthy of support, or that the commi munity is less able or willing to carry it on than in former times, or are un- prepared for that extension of the operations of the Society, which is naturally connected with an education society. During the past year some changes have occurred in the Board of Trustees. Mr. Leslie having left China for Calcutta, capt. Macvic- car, adjutant of the Madras forces, was appointed vice-president dur- ing his absence. And in consequence of the death of Mr. Morrison, Dr. Anderson has been chosen to succeed him as Recording Secre- tary. The treasurer's account for the current year is annexed, from which it will be seen that for the first time since its formation, the Society's expenditures have exceeded its receipts. In explanation of this, it may be observed regarding one item, that the total cost of the Society's house at Hongkong has somewhat exceeded the origi. 620 Dec. Report of Morrison Education Society. nal contract, and that the plan has been a little altered and extended. The establishment is regarded, by those who are conversant with such matters, to be worth all that has been laid out upon it, 2.d to have been economically built. Some further outlay will be neces- sary as soon as the Society concludes upon an increase in the num- ber of pupils, in order to provide a second sleeping apartment, which subject will come up for consideration after the arrival of another teacher, expected soon to be here: a wall or fence will also be needed to inclose the lot on which the building stands, as soon as its limits are defined by the government, not alone for security and preserva- tion of the grounds, but also to prevent the soil from washing away during the heavy rains. An additional tiling upon the roof is also required before the building will be impervious to the rain. So long as the public are assured that the funds they supply are properly em- ployed to carry on the objects for which they were given, (and every facility is and will be given to all who wish to examine into the af- fairs of the Society,) the trustees cannot entertain a doubt but that the foreign community in China will sustain them in carrying out the plans they now propose; viz., to provide for an additional teacher, and to double the number of pupils. Less than the former will fail to give any permanence to the Society's plan of operations, render- ing them liable to suspension or even abandonment, through failure of health or death; and with two teachers, more than double the number of pupils now supported can receive the same advantages. With these prefatory remarks, the trustees proceed to give the de- tailed report of the progress of the school during the past year which its instructor has drawn up. R E PORT. To the Trustees of the Morrison Education Society. Gentlemen,-The period for making the usual report of the school has again returned. Since the last anniversary of the Society, Sep- tember 29th, 1842, several important events have occurred, that will doubtless affect the wellbeing of this institution for a long time to The first was the removal of the school from Macao to this place on the 1st of November, which miy be considered as a new era in the history of the Society's operations. There can scarcely be a question that the trustees were wise in taking that step, as the change has been every way favorable to the interests of the school. By this means it has been placed where it can acquire a degree of permanence, entitling it to the name of an institution; while corne. 1844. 621 Report of Morrison Education Society. at the same time the Society has avoided any further expenditure for rent; the school has been brought more prominently into public notice than it could have been in its former position, which has awakened a deeper interest in its success, as the liberality of the community has testified; in short, it has been placed where liberty, protection, and patronage, will be extended to it while it continues to be worthy of them. The hand of a kind and merciful Providence has likewise been visible in the preservation of the health of my own family, and of the members of the school, at a time when the colony was visited by an alarming and often fatal epidemic. Of the forty-two persons resid- ing permanently on the Society's premises, no one has died, nor indeed has there been a single case of dangerous illness, while many deaths have occurred in the neighborhood. At the time of removing the school to this place, there were but two rooms ready to be occupied, and in these, with a small store- rooin, my family, and the pupils were sheltered through the winter. It was not till the 7th of April, that the English department of the school was opened. The Chinese studies of the pupils were kept up, with as little interruption as possible, from the time of our arrival at Hongkong. The small space that we had for their accominoda- tion was however a serious drawback upon these. At the request of the trustees, as well as from the necessities of the case, I devoted my time after the removal, to superintending the erection of the remaining part of the building, making all the pur- chases of the materials, &c., myself, until the whole was finished, and the school regularly opened as formerly. In consequence of this unavoidable interruption of the studies of the pupils, it will be neces- sary hereafter in making an estimate of the time spent at school by them to deduct nearly one half a year from the period since they entered it, and to allow them an additional six months to compensate for it. · In several instances this arrangement has already been con- sented to by their parents. The removal of the school caused also for a time a diminution in the number of pupils. At the date of the last annual report there were seventeen boys under instruction. Of these, six were taken away by their parents when we left Macao, merely because they were unwilling that their children should go so far from home. Only eleven pupils came to Hongkong with me, but fortunately, those who left the school were all of the second class, which had been a less time under instruction, while all the elder boys have 622 Deri Report of Morrison Education Society. remained till the present time. One of these, the oldest in the school, has suffered severe trials from the prejudices and opposition of his friends, because he clung to the school notwithstanding their determination to remove him ; and as the time approached for the change of place, feeling that he would be pursuing the course most conducive to the ultimate advantage of himself and relatives, he left Macao, and come here two weeks in advance of the rest. Soon after our arrival here, the deficiency in number was more than made by up fresh admissions. In the dormitory, there are rooms for twenty-four boys, allowing one to each pupil. These were all filled when the school opened again in April. The names and other particulars of those now under tuition, as well as of all those who have at any time been in the school, will be found in the catalogue opposite. It might seem to some persons from an examination of this table, that there has been a large loss of labor and money in consequence of the removal of so many at various times from the school; but it should be observed that some of these were dismissed at or before the end of the month of trial to which it is customary to subject all applicants for admit- tance, and that few of them were more than two or three months in the school. As to those who were longer under instruction, while we may regret that they were prevented from enjoying the advan- tages offered by the Society, on account of the whims of their rela- tives, we should at the same time be thankful that they were permit- ted to share in them so long, and hope that the little good they may have received will be to their future benefit. One good idea, or one right principle implanted in the mind of a child is invaluable, and will not be lost. Now that the school has a fixed place, and is better known among the Chinese, there will be no need to seek for students (as indeed there has never been), nor will there be the same liability to changes among the pupils that formerly existed. Some applicants have already been refused for want of accommo- dations, and because, while unassisted, I could not teach more than the present number. I have already observed that the present building will only admit of twenty-four pupils. Both the school-room and the sleeping apart- ment must be enlarged to allow of an increase in their number. On this subject, I would remark that there has been but one opinion expressed on the part of the numerous visiters of the institution dur- ing the last summer, as to the expediency of giving a room to each boy. It is obvious to every one at all conversant with schools, that 1844. 12:3 Report of Morrison Education Society. CATALOGUE OF THE PUPILS THAT HAVE BEEN, AND NOW ARE IN THE MORRISON EDUCATION SOCIETY'S SCHOOL. Names. Age at ent. Residences. When entered. When dis- missed. Remarks. from thic do. do. do. for re- do. do. do. Aling, Ashing, Akan, Ats'éuk, Awan, Awing, Ahóp, Ayün, Awai, Achik, Afún, Tinyau, Alun, Akü, Atsʻau, Ayuk, A yün, Alik, Amí, Akwái, Atsám, Apò, Atsó, Ahung, Aſunlam Alam, Afai, Aching, Alammuk. Ashing, Ahing, Afai, Ashin, Shinsz', Aiú, Alín, Akwong, Láisz' Kwongchú, Ayamyau, Afſi, Tíusau, 16 Macao, (Nov. 4th, 1839. Oct. 12th, 1840./Dism. for bad 15 Macao, Jan. 1st, 1841. conduct. 14 Ngauhung lái March ist, 1840. 14 Shánchéung, Nor. 4th, 1839. Aug. 19th 1840. Driven school by his father. 13 Macao, March 1st, 1840. Returned ugiin June 1st, 1842. 13 Námping, Nov. 1st, 1840. 12 Tsin shán, Nov. 11th, 1839. Feb. 10th 1840. Dismissed for atpdty. 11 Shánchéung, Nov. 4th, 1839. Aug. 19th 1840. Removed by father. 11 Shánchéung, do. do. do. 11 Tóngká, do. do. 11 Tungngón, Mar. 13th, 1840. 11 Námping, Mar. 28th, 1840. June 28th 1840. Dismissed for bad 10 Macao, Mar. 16th, 1840. June 30th 1840. Disinised 10 Tóngká, Nov. 1st, 1841. Jan. 1st, 1842. peatedly going home without liberty. 12 T'óngká, do. do. 11 T'óngká, do. 14 Shantau ün, do. do. 11 Kúntóng, do. do. Jan. Ist, 1842. do. 12 Námping, do. do. do. Dignissccl as 1111- do. do. do. 11 Ngái hau, pronising laud. 11 Shántau ün, do. do. do. 11 Pátsz' shek, do. do. Nov. 14th 1841. Dismissed for stupi- lity. 12 Shéungtsák, do. do. Nov. 6th, 1841. Brothers, ran 11 Sheungtsák, do. do. Nov. 7th, 1841. 11 Hauháng, do. do. Nov. 1st, 1842. Hámí, do. do. do. Removed hy do. do. do. do. 13 Kúhok, liveir parents do. do. do. 12 Kúhok, do. do. do. do. 10 Pátsz' shek, Hongkong 15 Ningpo, April 7th, 1843. 15 Samchau, do. do. Whampoa, do. do. 13 Whampoa, do. do. 10 Nanking, do. do. 12 Tóngká, do. do. 11 Santsün, do. do. 10 Whampoa, do. do. 9 Nanking, do. do. 9 Tinghái, May 15th, 1843. 9 Macao, April 7th, 1843. 8 T'óngkí, do. do. 18 Singapore, Sept. 1st, 1843. away. do. when the school was titken to do. to huddle a dozen or two boys into one apartinent is a most suita- ble provision for the furtherance of those evil communications that corrupt good manners and morals. The vices of the worst may and do thus easily become the property of the rest, and it is not unfre- quently a wonder that the virtues of any survive their school-days. No individual responsibility with regard to neatness and order is in such cases felt among them. Without something like the arrangement Report of Morrison Education Society. Der's way to it. here adopted, it is all but impossible to secure the cultivation of those habits which all must desire to possess in mature liſe. It has moreover another advantage which ought never to be over- looked by those who undertake to provide for the education of the young. I refer to the bearing it has upon their moral training. As man is a subject of the government of God, he should be encouraged to regard the Ruler of the universe as his father, and not to live as though he sustained no relation whatever to him. The earlier a child is placed in the way of communing with the Father of his spirit, the better, and every proper inducement should be held out to him to study his revealed will, and “in everything, by prayer and supplication to make known his requests unto God.” The child has at least a right to expect that no hindrance will be thrown in his But if he has no place to which he may retire for that purpose, he may well complain that they who have taken upon them- selves his training, have neglected an essential provision for the at- tainment of the highest, noblest wisdom. The effect of the distribution of the pupils into so many rooms has thus far been a practical illustration of the truth of these views. It costs far less tine and care to keep them in proper order than it did when they were all crowded together into one or two rooms at Ma- cao; each has now a piace over which he is master, and an occasion- al visit of inspection is sufficient to correct any slovenliness or negli- gence that may appear in it. There is of course more of comfort as the result of this, and the feeling of self-respect is promoted by this little investment of trust and authority. When disposed to be quiet out of school, a boy can retire to his own room to read or write, or to attend to any little affair of his own without interruption; and several among the older boys, are known to be in the habit of daily private devotion. The studies of the pupils have been continued under the same general arrangements as formerly; the same portion of time being allotted to Chinese and English exercises, viz., half of the day to each. My own time has been so fully occupied in teaching English, and in the necessary attentions to other affairs of the establishinent, that I have not been able to devote much of it to the Chinese depart- ment, which has been under the direction of a native teacher. I feel assured that the pupils are as well instructed by him as they are in most native schools; and I have at length procured a teacher who spends a portion of time every day in explaining the text-books to the two older classes, which I think is never done in China anong 1843. Report of Morrison Education Society. 6:25 boys of so great a diversity of attainments as these. In the popular schools of the country, learning the books by heart, and expounding them, are not usully conjoined; a lad first commits the text to me- mory, and afterwards is instructed in its meaning. It was my intention in arranging the studies for the boys last April, to select those best suited to their previous attainments, and to adhere closely to these, till they should be finished. Accordingly, the eldest of the three classes into which the school is divided, took up the History of England by Keightly, Colburn's Intellectual Arith- metic, and English composition, and penmanship. In the first study, viz., history, beginning with the invasion of Britain by the Ro- mans, this class has proceeded with the aid of minute explanations and illustrations upon each lesson through about two thirds of the volume, which they use as a text-book, as far as to the reign of Charles 1. Sometimes they have been required, after studying the lessons by themselves, to answer questions upon them; at others, to read their own version of the same portion of history, written upon the slate. They might have gone on more rapidly, had they been less rigidly ex- amined in everything relating to their lessons. It is not with these lads in any study, as it is with those who speak English from their birth. A lesson in any book for the first two or three years after one of them enters the school, is at once both a lesson on language, and on the particular subject of which the book treats. Hence let it be arithmetic, geography, or history, or whatever else, the language must first be made intelligible, and the subject matter must be arrived at by this laborious process. We often find it necessary to spend more time in interpreting the text-book than in merely reciting the lesson. Not only every new word needs to be defined, but every new form of expression, and every peculiar idiom or combination of words; and it is not unfrequently a half hour's task to unravel and expound a para- graph of moderate length so that the pupil shall clearly perceive, not merely what each part signifies, but how all the parts hinge upon one another, and are combined together so as to convey an unbroken train of thought. Unless this were done, the study would be of little avail to the scholar. The rate of progress through a book is not therefore the index of the pupil's general advancement, but only of that which he has made in the particular science taught in it, while his literary attainments are to be decided by other criteria. If the examiners of a school like that of the Morrison Education Society bear these facts in mind, they will be likely to come to a correct estimate of the merits of the pupils, and of the mode of in 79 VUL. YUVOXII. 626 Dec. Report of Morrison Education Sociсty. struction adopted. The boys of the first class have had as thorough a training after this mámer as I could give them, and by it have pretty well mastered the portion of Iristory mentioned above, with great interest to themselves, and have made in the meantime a steady advance in their knowledge of the English language. They have also finished the manual of Mental Arithmetic, and reviewed it, and have commenced the study of the Sequel by the same author, which is admirably adapted to lead the scholar forward by easy gra- dations, into the higher operations of arithmetic. In English com- position, the abovementioned historical exercise has been the most frequent, though the pupils have occasionally written upon themes of their own selection. Their penmanship too has been improved by the use of excellent copy books. The second class, which has now been under tuition a year and a half, was likewise put to learning Colburn's First Lessons in Aritli- metic, and have nearly gone through it; they have also been taught reading, writing, and spelling, and somewhat of composition. The youngest, or third class, who entered in April last, have been taught to speak English, and to read and spell it. They are now able to read easy sentences, embracing words of two or more sylla- bles, with some degree of readiness and accuracy of pronunciation; to write pretty well with the pencil; and to understand and speak a little English. It will be seen that I am brief in speaking of the improvement which the pupils generally have made, because some members of the Board of Trustees have made frequent visits to the school during a part of the summer, and I would most gladly leave it to them to judge and report of this matter. The examinations to which they subjected the pupils at various times, were unfortunately interrupted at a time when the boys were evidently by their influence impelled to greater exertions in study. They perceived what I have often assured them, that the friends of the school took a real interest in their advancement, and this was sufficient of itself to inspire them with new ardor in their pursuits. The thanks of this Society are due to William Bell, esq., who was formerly in China, and also a trustee of the Society, for a collection of school-books which he forwarded from England soon after his return thither. Some of them I have already found very useful, and others will be so as the scholars advance. The copy-books, which the boys have nsed for some months past, were from him. We are indebied also 10 D. E. Bartlett, esq., i professor in the New York 1843. 027 Report of Morrison Education Society. Institute for Deaf-mutes, for another very valuable assortment of school-books. These favors I feel to be the greater because of the difficulty of obtaining such books in this part of the world, and the great want of them which we experienced at the outset. By these donations the school is pretty well furnished with books for the pre- sent; more copy-books will however soon be needed. In my last report I suggested the propriety of holding annual and public examinations of the school, on or before the day of the regular annual meeting of the Society. As soon as it is practicable, I hope the trustees will adopt some measure of the kind. Though the Society has struggled through a time of great turmoil in China, and the institution is probably established on a firmer basis than at first, still much vigilance and exertion are needed to keep it from losing ground, and to secure a steady advance in its career of usefulness. We have made but a beginning; neither in the extent of its provisions for the education of the Chinese, nor the means of its support, is it at all equal to the demand. We have undertaken a work that will continue to call for all the aid that can be obtained. One obvious method of doing this, is to make the in- stitution known in its objects and operations to those from whom this aid might be expected. There can be no wish to gain for it a facti- tious reputation; but to make the truth known as widely as possible. In order to effect this ena, a mere annual report is not sufficient. Let us bring the school wherein the appropriate work of the Morri- son Education Society is done, to the view of its friends,-let them see, as well as hear, what we are doing, and there will if I mistake not, be a stronger interest awakened in its favor, which at present is the thing needel. By inviting the public to an annual examination of the school, those who attend it will be furnished with the means of judging of the correctness of the statements made to them in our reports. It would save me from much of the task of telling what I have done in the school, which is the more unpleasant, the greater my success as a teacher may have been. The monthly examinations resolved upon by the trustees at their last meeting, if carried out, will in a good measure relieve me from this necessity, but a public one might effect the same object more fully both for the trustees and myself. During the whole of the last year, the morals of the school-boys have appeared to me in general unexceptionable. No instance of theft or falsehood in the two upper classes has come to iny knowledge. I believe, indeed, that it may be said without the least exaggera- 628 Der. Report of Morrison Education Society. tion, that they are all habitually impressed with a feeling of contempt for the character of a liar. I have heard them, when some instance of falsehood or low cunning has occurred among the natives around them, say with a look of disgust, that is Chinese.' They know the value of a character for veracity, and the meanness and guilt of its opposite; so that when these boys shall have completed their course of studies, I most certainly expect that at least they will be men of truth, and their superiority in this respect over the generality of their countrymen will be unquestioned. To have a class of Chinese young men, on whom we may depend for truth, even though partially edu- cated, living among us in our public and private offices, will assuredly be worth to the foreign community all that their education costs. Nor will it be to our comfort and advantage alone, for such a class will influence others that have not enjoyed equal advantages with themselves. The good implanted in the minds of a few will not die with them, but by its self-propagating virtue, will be diffused more and more widely as time advances. In addition to this, if those who are first sent forth into the world from the school shall, any of them, go not as they came, idolaters and full of all manner of superstition, but changed by the transforming influence of our holy religion, happier still will it be for us, for them, and for their country. The boys now in the school have learned to appreciate the privileges which they enjoy, and are not backward to express their attachment to me as their teacher, or their gratitude for the benefits conferred upon them by the Society. The striking contrast between the terms of their reception into this school, and those they would have to comply with if they were to apply for admission into one of their own, is frequently remarked upon as a proof of benevolence among foreigners; and when we consider that the Chinese are characteris- tically slow to exhibit strong emotion on any subject, these unsolicit- ed expressions of gratitude become more valuable as evidences of an improved state of feeling among them. The Society's Library requires some attention in order to pre- serve it, and render it of greater public utility. I believe there are not far from 3500 volumes in it; but of these, a large number, per- hips one third are so injured as to make them unfit for circulation. Some sets have been broken by the failure of subscribers to return the books on leaving the country—so that there is a large space occupied by books that are of little value to the Society, or to the public. I would recommend that the Library be inspected, and that thuse books which are not worth binding anew should be disposed 1843. Report of Morrison Education Society. 629 of, and the proceeds be expended in rebinding those that are worth keeping. In this way, the library will be freed from a good deal of trash, and the really valuable part of it, which is by no means small, could be more easily accommodated in the apartment designed for it, and better fitted for the use of subscribers. It is now more than a year since the trustees made application for another teacher to be associated with me, but none has arrived. I am fully aware that this delay is not attributable to any want of desire on the part of those concerned to supply the demand for ano- ther instructor, but I refer to it now in order that my views on the subject, if it is deemed advisable, may be given to the public, some of whom may perhaps question the necessity for increasing the ex- penses of the Society in this way at the present time. The trustees have long been convinced that it is necessary, but others less familiar with the circumstances of the case, may not be. There are in the school at the present time three classes, one of eight, another of four, and a third of twelve scholars; either of which from the peculiarity of such a school requires almost constant attention from a teacher: Learning as they are a new language, which is to be the medium through which they will acquire their knowledge, they cannot for the first two years at least, be left to themselves to study for any great length of time, simply because not the subject only, bnt the lan- guage in which it is clothed, is new and unintelligible to them, except go far as it has been explained by the mouth of the teacher. It is necessary therefore that the instructor should sit down with them, and by a great variety of illustrations, help them over the difficulties they everywhere meet with in both matter and words. While there- fore the teacher is engaged with one class, the other two are not apt to be very profitably employed; not from any fault of their own, but because of the real obstacles in their way. I have on this ac- count for a long time lamented my own inability to do justice even to the limited number of pupils now in the school. Moreover, while I am alone, there are many calls from the school-room to attend to other matters not belonging to it, but which must be looked after, or the institution would suffer in many ways. A division of labor is therefore greatly needed for its present prosperity. But it has now reached a period when it becomes us to lay our plans for a wider scale of operations. What are twenty-four pupils to the mul- titudes that want education; and what are the labors of one man to those that are required? The Morrison Education Society has und er- taken a great work-one that is not to be limited to a few subjects, or 6:30 Der Journal of Occurreners. to one generation. We have begun to do what will need to be done so long as ignorance, like gross darkness, covers the people of China. A beginning has been made, but only a beginning. If this benevolent enterprise is rightly carried on, the end will not cease to be regarded as far off in the distant future. But if no further pro- vision be made for even the present wants of the Society's school, that end will not be long in coming. The longest life is short, and all life precarious. In the event of the death or removal of my- self from this place, who would take up the work where I leave it, and continue it? Should it take place now, the school must, for aught I see, be closed, the pupils disbanded and sent home, and the work of education by this Society cease. The only hope would be that hereafter some one else might be induced to come and begin it once more, as I have done. Even that would be at a great loss. If on the contrary there were two associate instructors, this might all be avoided, the school might be enlarged to more than twice its present number, with a small additional outlay for their accommoda- tion, and the Society would seem more likely to be the enduring monument which its founders contemplated. I love the name of the Society. It is hallowed, doubly hallowed by sacred and endearing associations. It bears the name of Dr. Mor- rison, and was formed in part as a testimonial of esteem for his memory. His son was one of those who entered most heartily into its objects, and spared no cost or pains to make it what it now is. He has early gone from the scene of his labors. A mysterious but all-wise Providence removed him from among us, when it seemed that he could least be spared. And now his name being on the escutcheon of the Society, let the memory of the father and son, their lives and their examples, incite us to imitate while we honor them, in the endeavor to bless the nation that they loved. I have the honor to be, gentlemen, &c., &c. S. R. Brown. Arr. II. Journal of Orcurrences: notices from the consuls at Shúnghái and Amoy; change in the tariff regarding ginseng; imperial orders regarding duties ; Dutch commercial agent; ileparture of Kiying. H. B. M. Consuls for Shanghai and Amoy have been officially recognized by the Chinese local anthorities, and legal trade has commenced at both places, 1813. 031 Journal of Occurrences. though we believe with no very flastering prospects. Some of the outside shopien is Canton talk of removing to the northern ports, where they think their knowledge of English will be a means of introducing them to business as brokers. We extract two notices from the Hongkong Gazette, relating to the limits of those ports. “ City of Shángliái, 14th Nov., 1843. “I hereby, notify to all her majesty's subjects that I have temporarily established the British consulate within the city of Shanghái, in a street situated close to the walls between the cast and went gates. I solicit the coöperation of all parties in aiding me to conduct the duties intrusted to my charge. In coinmunication with the intendant of circuit and superintendent of customs, the port of Shanghái is declared open for trade on the 17th inst.; from which all regulations relative thereto will be in force. For the present the limits of the port of Shanghái are declared to be within the lines formed by Púshán point hearing west, and the battery on the right bank, at the niouth of the river below Wüsung, bearing southwest . The place of anchorage for loading and unloading within the port is as close over as possible to the left bank, at the bend of the river adjacent to a creek named the Wusung ku ; which is at the distance of about three quarters of a mile below the walls of Shánghái river, and when the number of vessels may render it requisite, ships must anchor head and stern, leaving the navigation of the river clear, and the mouth of the Wúsung ku well open. The tariff, general regulations, and various proclamations promulgated by his excellency sir Henry Pottinger, hart., G. C. B., H. M. plenipotentiary, for conducting the commercial intercourse with China, must be strictly adhered to by myself, as well as by those re- sorting to this port. The intendant of circuit and superintendent of customs has established a government banking establishment or shroff shop for the receipt of tomage dues, and export and import duties, and has fixed the office in the street leading from the little east gate of the city to the bank of the river, the firm being held by the six partners, named Yaou Hangyuew, Kwo Wanfung, Chow Flooshing, Chum Yumjee, Muo Hang Ho, King Yumkeo. "Any one of them is empowered to grant receipts for monies paid on account of the above purposes. Standard weights and measures are lodged in the office of the Consulate, and as all duties will be paid and received according to these standards, British merchants are recommended to provide themselves with sets which can easily be obtained at Shanghái, and the propriety of endeavoring to bring the same into general use is submitted for consideration. As the different trades and professions at this place have different weights and measures, and as none agree with the government standard fixed for the five ports, particular caution is essential in all commercial transactions, to have the catty and covid, by which the transaction has to be settled clearly defined, and it will prevent difficulties and loss, to be cautious in reposing confidence until the character and conduct of parties are better known. Arrangements are in progress for selecting a suitable site for dwelling and store-houses for settling by assay, the per centage to be paid on silver coins to raise the silver thereof to the standard of fineness for the payment of the duties. “For establisling a place for the custom-house, examination of goods landed and shipped off, and for the appointing pilots and adopting other arrangements to facilitate the navigation in and out of the port, due intimation will be given, on the completion of the measures connected with the abovenamed points, which must for the present be considered as still unsettled. Although it is desirable to adhere to the usual time, for the transaction of business, yet it will be clearly understood, that, when necessary, the consulate will be open to all persons at all hours, and any aid or inforınation which can be afforded by the consular establishment will, as a matter of duty, be willingly given in applica- tion either by writing or personal communication. “G. Balfour, H. M. Consul at Shúnghii.” Limits of the port of Amoy. “The inner waters, including Kaláng sú island to Pagoda island on the sonthwest side, tu the Six islands on the eastern side. "]TENRY GRIBBLE, H. 11. offieinting Consul ut Amoy." Journal of Occurrences, A change in the tariff has been agreed to by II. E. Kíying in the article of ginseng, by which all imported is to be rated at one fifth first quality, and four fifths second quality, which brings the actual duty down to 10 tacls 4 mace per pecul. The Chinese authorities however seem disposed to make as much out of the tariff as possible, as an extract from the Peking Gazette shows, which we copy from the Register. “ Muchángá and others have submitted various proposals made by Kíying, which bear upon the subject of collecting duties. And the Privy Council, as as well the Board of Revenue, having taken them into consideration, and sub- mitted them with their opinions thereon to the emperor, they are approved of and confirmed. “1. The amount of fixed duties to be sent to the capital by the Canton maritime custom-house was 899,061 taels, and besides a surplus of about 10 to 40,000 taels. Since however now the trade will be carried on in the other four ports, the receipts at Canton will fall short of that sum, and therefore Fuchau and the other emporiums, must, after having realized their respective quotas, make up the deficit of Canton. “2. In order to fix the whole amount of duties of the other ports, three years must pass, before a true estimate can be made. It will then be deterinined, how much each port according to the respective receipts of money can supply to Canton. "3. All extra charges, although formerly paid into the public treasury are at once abolished. “4. On every 1,000 taels sent to the Board of Revenue, there was formerly a percentage of 15 taels, and the recent extra charge of 25 taels is for that very purpose. There were moreover 55,000 taels paid in tribute, and 100,000 taels as an equivalent for the ginseng, ahd these sums were forwarded by the hong-merchants to the court establishment, besides 4 to 30,000 taels made over to the inspector of grain for charitable purposes by the same individuals, and sundry fees to the hoppo and his people. Since the cohong however is now done away with, the tribute must be paid from the surplus of the stated duties. As for the ginseng, which at the rate of 700,000 taels, the value to be stipulated, if paid by the said merchants would within four years amount to 2,800,000 taels, it must now be sold for whatever it will fetch. The hoppo moreover must make arrangements to provide for the other items and manage matters accordingly. 65. A sum of about 120 to 130,000 taels was hitherto kept in reserve to be transmitted to the court in presents and for other purposes. As now however the sources whence the money was derived are exhausted, the hoppo must in future manage this matter. “6. The duty on raw silk now fixed at 10 taels per pecul is less than it was formerly. And the five ports being now open, merchants will go with this article to the nearest market. But they must make up the loss of the transit duties, which otherwise would have been paid, if they had proceeded to Can. ton, in whatsoever port they sell their cargo. “7. Tea, raw and wrought silks were hitherto prohibited to be exported by sea. But under existing circumstances, every junk that navigates the ocean, shall pay upon them the same duty as foreign vessels, to prevent their smuggling these articles on board the ships. “8. Every other part of the native trade, is to be carried on according to the old regulations without the least change. “9. All fees and payments to the inmates of the custom-house are entirely annulled, and the superintendents ought henceforth tr provide for their whole establishment. “ Táukwang, 23d year, 7th intercalary month, 21nt. -14th Sept. 1843." An agent from the Dutch government, Tonco Mod 50 2n esq., arrived in China, Nov. 6th, in the Dutch brig of war Zwaluw to make in- quiries concerning trade. kiying left Cunton for Peking on the first of the present month. This high officer has done himself and his country inuch credii since liis dibui at Nanking in July, 1842. ?? of 4 as te 28 of 0 er ce re TS , at -Y 15 e 2 1 3 0 et 0 e e 1 $ 3 CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. 1 και IIIX *ΟΛ MOTISODE VOL. . XIII 712 VOL. University of Michijan Libraries 1817 ARTES SCIENTIA VERITAS 1 1 THE CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. XIII FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1844. MARUZEN CO., LTD. TOKYO Asia Library DS 701 .856 Vil3 C This edition may not be sold to North, Central and South America. Reprinted in Japan THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XIII. FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1844. VICTORIA, HONGKONG: PRINTED FOR THE PROPRIETORS. 1844. ! } INDEX. 23 88 ABEEL, Journal of Rev. D.. 74,233 Christians, Early, in China... 469 Agriculture, promotion of...... 278|Chin Chungmin, memoir of.... 247 Almanac, Christian in Chinese.. 104||Chú futsz, opinions of...... 552,609 Aksii, in Eastern Turkestan. 562 City walls, rebuilding of. 277 American flag staff... 276||Cleanliness of Hongkong. 222 Amoy, hospital at..: 168||Coffins exposed at Ningpo. Amoy and its inhabitants.. 233 Colleges in Ningpo... Ancestral hall, visit to an. 90|Collinson's sailing directions. 123 Appendix, to alphabetical list.. 561||Commercial houses.. Appointments, official.... 51||Commissariat department. 11 Commission, H. B. M.'s. 267 BANGKOK, the city of..... 196 Communication with China. 281 Bashees, notices of the. 161||Compensation for opium. 54 Batanes, notices of the. 150Consuls, list of foreign.. 8 Bathes at Shắnghái.. 415 Consuls, government of. 217 Belcher's visit to Batanes. 150||Criminals, record of.. 655 Beltislan or little Tibet. 509 Cushing plenipotentiary. 112 Benevolence, hall of united..... 414 Cushing, Mr. C., sails..... 448 Birthday, celebration of a... 36) Biot's Dictionnaire... 320 Davis, John Francis, gov.. 266 Bounty, distribution of. 31 Davis, Mr. sails north. 450 Bruguiere's notices of Siam... 169|D'Aguilar, major-general. 51 Brandywine, U.S. A. frigate.... 112 Departments of China... 320 Bruce, Frederick William A.... 266|| Dictionary of the Chinese. (656 Budhistic fraternity 35||Disturbances in Canton. 392 Dominicans enter China.. 540 CALENDAR for the year 1844.. . . 2) Dr. Hobson's hospital. 603 Callery's encyclopedia. 656 Drought, effects of a. 279 Campaign in China.. 57 Dutch embassy to China. 393 Canton Press Ed. valedictory. 224Dutch East India Company. 394 Canton, disturbance in.. 333|Dutch envoys.., 394 Capital of China... 279 Dufresse, apostolic vicar. 590 Catholics, expulsion of. 549|Duties, transit.. 655 Catholics, their number in China 595 Cemetary in Ningpo... 337| ENGINEER department.. 11 Censorate, memoir from. 504 English at Ningpo... 342 Chekiáng, province. 324 English falsely represented.. 28 Chinkiáng, capture of. 62 Epidemic, remedy for an. 503 Chinese ignorant of languages.. 281 Esop's fables in Chinese. 98 Chinese philology.... 284| Extreme, the great. 609 Chinese peace officers. 331 Chili province... 324 FACTORIES, rebuilding of...... 277 Christians in Siam. 188" Finances of China.. 279 iv INDEX, Flag-staff, in Canton.... 270||Kiángsin sz'.. 337 Foundling hospital, Shanghái... 414 Kiángning or Nanking 422 Food of the Chinese. 128 Kiángsi province. 422 Franciscans enter China. 540||Kiángsú province. 422 French consul in China. 168||Ki Kung, death of. 390 French at Ningpo.. 348||Kitchen, the god of the.. 130 French embassador to China. 386 Kiying appointed plenipotentiary 275 French diplomatic mission. 447||Kiying's arrival in Canton. 335 Freshes at Canton. 391 Kiying's arrival in Macao. 335 Fúchau, consul at. 360||Kiying's full powers. 387 Fukien province.. 359||Kiying's letter to gov. Davis. 390 Full powers of Kiying. 387||Kiying, notice of. 392 Kiying his standing. 603 GAMBLING to be suppressed.... 332 Kiying's proclamation. 389 Gazettes, remarks on the Peking 107 |Körös, Alex. Csoma de.. 505 Gazetter. ... 320,357,418;478,512,561 Kúláng sú, tenure of. 198 Geographical notice of Tibet... 505 Kwángsi province.. 428 Ģeographical survey. 545||Kwanti or Mars... 86 Governinent of H. B. M.'s subjects 49 Kwángtung province. 428 Goyer, Petrus de.. 393 Kweichau province... 429 Great extreme, the. 609 Gugé, part of Nari. 509||LADACK called Maryul. 509 Lakes in Ningpo. 86 JIobson's, report of Dr. B.. 377||I.akes of Tibet. 510 Jonan province.. 303. Land, office's department. 10 Hongkong, government of. 9 Land, second sale of..... 51 Jongkong, sale of lands at.. 337 Language of communication. 281 Tongkong, notices of... 559 Lanterns, the feast of. 140 Hong-merchants, demands on... 53 Legation, U. S. A. to China. 107 Flowqua, memorial against. 504 Legatio Batavica, &c.. 3.92 IIospital, a foundliny. 81 Library of Tienyuh koh. Jospital at Canton. 301 Loch, narrative of capt.. Hospita) at Ningpo. 111 Lockhart, report of Dr.... 408 Hospital of the Med. Mis. Soc... 377 I Jospital at Shanghái. 408 Macao, new commercial reg... 276 Ilosipital, foundliny at Shánghái. 4}4 Macao, port of, opened. 656 Tlospital at llongkong. 603 Madjicosima group... 150 Ifúnan province.. 665 Magistrates of Hongkong. 10 Ilipeh province. 365 Manchu, language of.... 202 Il wang Ngantung 562 Martin, Robert Montgomery. 266 Marines in Canton.. 334 ICE-HOUSES at Ningpo.. 130 Má Tsúpu, notice of. 141 Tascription in Syriac.. 472| Matter, notice of primary 552 Interest, the rate of defined..... 273. Medical Missionary Society. 369 Medical Mis. Sirc. report. 369 Jails in líongkong. 651 Med. Mis. Soc. hos. at Shanghái. 408 Jancigny, col. A. dB. de. 112 Mezzabarba, notice of... 548 Japanese, it shipwrecked. 168||Military exercises. 20 Japanese at Ningpo. 353 Military forces, H. B. M.'s. 10 Jews described in kiáfung. 79 Milne's res. at Ningpo 14.17,127,337 Jells in Chinit.... 466 Mincs of Tibet.. 511 Jews, remarks on the. 225 Missions, the Protestant. 46 Missions, warranty for.. 44 KANS!!! province. 418 Missions, H. B. M.'s special. 8 liryser, Juccins de. 3:11|Mohammedan priests. 21 lam-ul or Pot-cllen. 50alllohuinmedan Alasques. :32 20 57 INDEX Mongols, vaccination among. 280|Pupils of the Mor. Ed. Soc...... 3833 Monastery, the Kwáng Tang.. 31 Monument at Singán fú. 472||Rasti Menton's correspendence 270 Morrison Ed. Society's report... 619 Registration ordinances. 604 Mountains, the five.... 83 Religions of China.. 131 Murderers, punishment of. 52||Residents, list of foreign.. 3 Repository removed to Hongkong 559 NAMOH, foreigners at.. 333 Rewards for services. 277 Namoh, letter about. 390||Rice, amount per day. 27 Nanking, operations at. 67|Rice vessels, duty on. 280 Nari, part of Tibet..... 508|Ricci, Italian missionary. 538 Naval forces of, H. B. M.'s. 12 Robberies in Hongkong. 336 Navy, promotion in the. 278| Roman Catholics in China. 476 Nestorians in China. 471 Nieuhoff's embassy.. 393|SAILING directions.... 123 Ngánhiwui province. 481 Samarang's visit to Batanes. 150 Ningpo, foreigners at. 339||Schall, Father Adam.... 398 Ningpo, Med. Mis. hopital. 503 School of the Mor. Ed. Soc.. 383 Ningpo, the river of.. 14Schools in Hongkong. 503 Ningpo, the city of 14 Screen Longevity. 535 Ningpo, the city walls of. 20 Seamen, ordinance regarding... 165 Nun and nunneries. 92 Seizure of opium. 448 Nunnery of Kwángyin. 39 Shángtung province. 480 Shanghái hospitals. 408 OLOPAN an early missionary.... 472 Shanghái, description of. 58 Opinions of Chủ futsz..... 552,609 Shánsi province. 489 Opium, sir Henry's remarks on.. 68 Shensi province. 491 Opiuin among the Siamese..... 215 Shipping at Hongkong. 70 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton.. 239 Shukung shan prefect. 16,2:3 Opium seizure of.... 448 Siam, the woman of. 193 Opium the growth of. 560|Siamese, notice of the... 16.) Ordinances,. . 49,109,164,165,217,219 Siamese all slaves... 169 222,273,327,331,332,332 Siamese manners, customs, &C.. 169 Sickness in Canton... 280 PAGODA at Ningpo.. 84|Sienhoh, rare birds. 88 Parker's Reports of Rev. P.. 239,301 Sinim, land of... 113,466,537,578,644 Paper respects for printed 36 Slavery in Hongkong.... 109 Pau án or securing quiet. 35 Smuggling nefarious system. 52 Placard, an anonymous. 335 Specimen of letters. 383 Police of Hongkong. 327 Spring, commencement of. 138 Ports at the North.... 277 Spirits among the Siamese ..... 215 Portuguese gov. Macao. 13|Spirits distiled forbidden.. 273 Porcelain Tower, picture of.... 261 Squadrons, French and U. S. A.. 275 Pottinger, sir IIenry sails.. 3:36||Stanton's, Rev. V.'s arrival.. 46 Ports, the newly opened. 336||Sü Amun shot dead... 334 Portuguese at Ningpo. 3:39|Superintendent's establishment., 8 Popular feeling.. 448||Survey, geographical...... 545 Presents made to visitors 91 Sz'chuen province.. 499 Printing, ordinance regarding.. 164 Property registration of. 219 Tau sect, the temples of. 25 Procession of city officers. 33||Temples of Ningpo... Prayer ineetings, monthly. 45 Temple of the god Fungyuh... 82 Prester, John. 474 Temples of the Siamese. 177 Principle, the immaterial. 55: Terror caused by the British... 27 Principle, the celestial. 552|| Tibet, geographical notice of... 505 Provmces of China.. 3:2011'l'ibet proper. 507 VI CONTENTS: Tibetans, origin of 5121 VACCINATION among the Mongols 280 Tobacco among the Siamese. 215 Vocabulary, Chinese and English 102 Tournon, C. T. M. de...... 547 Tower, porcelain, at Nanking.. 261 Wu, the late admiral.. 603 Trade and act regulating. 48|| Wusung, the hero of.. 247 Treaty of Wanghia. 335 Treaty betw. China and U.S. 336,386 YEAR, last day of the..... 134 Treaty of Nanking.... 437| Year, first day of the.. 136 Treaty, the supplementary.. 143,449|Yú Pányun beheaded.. 141 Treaty of Wanghia ratified by Yunan province... 532 the emperor 500 Type, Chinese devisable.. 656|XAVIER, Francis... 537 1 CONTENTS. No. 1. Art. I. Comparative English and Chinese Calendar for 1844 ; list of foreign resi- dents in China ; commercial houses ; foreign consuls and their establishments; colonial government of Hongkong; H. B. M.'s military and naval forces in China ; and list of the Portuguese government of Macao 1 Art. Il. Notice of a seven months' residence in the city of Ningpo, from Decem- ber 7th, 1842, to July 7th, 1843. Communicated by the Rev. W. C. Milne. 14 Art. III. Religious Intelligence: the warranty for Christian mission; subjects proposed for consideration at the monthly concerts of prayer by missionaries in Hongkong; chaplaincy; missionary stations in China, &c. 44 Art. IV. Journal of Occurrences : Act of Parliament for the government of H. M. subjects in China, and ordinance thereupon issued by Ħ. M. superintendent ; changes in officers at Hongkong; sale of lands there ; letter from sir H. Pot- tinger to H. B. M. consul at Shanghai , punishnient of the murderers of Sharpe and McKinlay; correspondence with the hong-merchants; opium compensa- tion; note to Article I. 48 No. 2. Art. I. The Closing Events of the Campaign in China; the operations in the Yangtsr' kiang; and the treaty at Nanking. By captain Granville G. Loch, R. N. London : John Murray, Albermarle street, 1843. 57 Art. II. List of arrivals in Hongkong harbor, from July 1st to December 31st, 1843. 70 Art. 111. Extract from the Journal of the Rev. D. Abeel, at Kulang su, from April to October, 1843. 74 Art. IV. Notice of a seven months' residence in the city of Ningpo, from Decem- ber 7th, 1842, to July 7th, 1843. Communicated by the Rev. W. C. Milne. 77 Art. v. Bibliographical Notices : I. Esop's Fables : as translated into Chinese by R. Thom, rendered into the colloquial of the dialects spoken in the department of Changchiu in the province of Fukien ; and in the department of Tiechiu in the province of Canton. By S. DYER and J. STRONACH. Singapore Mission press, 1843. Part I., pp. 40. Part II., pp. 37. fi. Chinese and English Vocabulary. Part first. III. Christian Almanac in Chinese, for the 24th year of the reign of Taukwang, being the 1844th of the Christian era. 98 Art. VI. °Journal of Occurrences; remarks upon the Peking Gazettes; trade at Canton ; ordinance to abolish slavery at Hongkong; missionary hospital at Ningpo; American Legation to China; U.S. frigate Brandywine; additional Note to Art. I., No. 1. 108 No. 3. Art. I. The land of Sinim: an examination of Isaiah 49:12, with reference to the country designated. 113 Art. II. Addenda to the Sailing Directions for the coast of China. See vol. XII., pages 401-434. 123 Art. III. Notice of a seven months' residence in the city of Ningpo, from De- cember 7th, 1842, to July 7th, 1843. Communicated by the Rev. W.' C. Milne. (Continued from p. 98.) 127 7 - CONTENTS, vii Art. IV. Supplementary Treaty between England and China translated from the Chinese 143 Art. V. Notes of a visit of H. M ship Samarang, under capt. sir E. Belcher, c. B., to the Batanes and the Madjicosima groups, in 1843-44 - 150 Art. VÍ. Journal of Occurrences: ordinances of the government of Hongkong relating to seamen and to printing; members of the American legation to China; Frencli consulate; affairs at Amoy; shipwrecked Japanese. 164 No. 4. Art. I. Notices of the religion, manners, and customs of the Siamese. By the late M. Bruguiere. Translated from the Annales de la Foi. 169 Art. II. Journal of Occurrences : ordinances of the government of Hongkong : to give judicial authority to H. M. consuls, to provide for the registration of deeds, wills, &c., and to preserve cleanliness and good order in Hongkong; Canton Press. 217 No. 5. Art. 1. Remarks on the Jews, considered in relation to Christian missions, by one of the Protestant missionaries in Hongkong, at the monthly concert held there on the 4th of March, 1844. 225 Art. II. Notices of Amoy and its inhabitants : extracts from a Journal of the Rev. D. Abeel at Kulang sů. 233 Art. III. Eleventh report of the Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton for the term com- mencing 1st Jan. and ending, 19th June, 1840. By the Rev. Peter Parker, M. D. 239 Art. IV. A memoir of Chin Chungmin (the hero of Wusung), who always fol- lowed a correct line of conduct. Translated for the Repository, 247 Art. V. A picture of the Precious Porcelain pagoda in the Recompensing Favor monastery of Kiangnan (commonly) known as the Porcelain Tower). 261 Art. Vl. Journal of Occurrence : John F. Davis, governor of Hongkong; other new appointments ; count de Ratti-Menton's correspondence with the Chinese authorities; ordinances Nos. 7 and 8 of the Hongkong government; French and United States' squadrons in the Chinese seas ; Kiying again appointed high imperial commissioner; commercial concessions made to the Portuguese; American flag-staff in Canton; rebuilding of the British factories opposed by the populace; northern ports ; extracts from the Peking Gazettes ; sickness among the Chinese ; vaccination among the Mongols. 266 No. 6. Art. 1. Considerations on the language of communication between the Chinese and European governments. Communicated for the Repository. 281 Art. II. Twelfth_report of the Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton, from 21st Novem. ber, 1842, to December 31st, 1843. By the Rev. P. Parker, M. D. 301 Art. III. Alphabetical list of the provinces, departments, and districts in China, with their latitudes and longitudes. 320 Art. IV. Journal of Occurrences : ordinances of the Hongkong government: No 12, regarding police-men; No. 13, regarding Chinese policemen, and No. 14, respecting gambling; proclamation regarding the removal of foreigners from Namoh; disturbances in Canton, and feeling against foreigners; Kiying's arrival in Canton : departure of sir Henry Pottinger from China; robberies at Hong- kong; trade at ports upon the coast; consul for Fuchau; count de Ratti. Menton's correspondence with Kiying. 327 Neo 7. Art. I. Notice of a seven months' residence in the city of Ningpo, from December 7th, 1842, to July 7th, 1843. Communicated by the Rev. W. C. Milne. (Con- tinued from page 143.) 337 Art II. Alphabetical list of the provinces, departments, and districts in China, with their latitudes and longitudes. (Continued from page 327.) 357 Art. III. Proceedings of the Medical Missionary Society in China, exhibited by report of its general committee of management, with reports of its medical officers, &c. 369 Art. IV. Report of the Medical Missionary Society's hospital at Hongkong under the care of B. Hobson, M. B. In a letter to the acting secretary. 377 Art. V. Specimens of letters written by pupils in the Morrison Education Society's school at Hongkong; funds of the Society. 383 Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences : treaty between China and the United States; Kiying's commission as commissioner for foreign affairs; proclamation to the people; Ki Kung's death; Kiying's letter regarding the settlers on Nainoh; sale of lands at Hongkong ; freshes at Canton ; affairs at Canton; retention of Chusan ; extracts from the Peking gazettes. 386 visi CONTENTS. ! No. 8. Art. 1. Legatio Batavica ad Magnum Tartaria Chamum Sungteium, modernum Sinæ Imperatorem, &c. Conscripta vernacule per Joannem Nieuhovium, Pri- muin Legationis Aulæ Magistrum, &c. Latinitate donatur per clarissimun viruin Georgium Hornium, Historiarum in celeberrima Lugd. Batav. Acad. Prof. Amstelodami. ciɔrɔclxvii. Reviewed by a Correspondent. 39:3 Art. ll. Report of the Medical Missionary Society s Hospital at Shanghai, under the care of W. Lockhart, M. R. C. S. 408 Art. III. Alphabetical list of the provinces, departments, and dis ricts in China, with their latitudes and longitudes. (Continued from page 369.). 418 Art. IV. Treaty between Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and the Emperor of China, signed in the English and Chinese languages, at Nanking, August 29th, 1812. 437 Art. V. Journal of Occurrences: the French Diplomatic Mission to China; return of H. E. Mr. Cushing to the United States ; gov. Davis visits the northern ports; popular foeling at the five ports ; scizure of opium. 4.17 No. 9. Art. l. Supplementary Treaty signed by their excellencies sir Henry Pottinger and Kiying respectively on the part of the sovereigns of Great Britain and China, at the Bogue, Oct. 8th, 1813. • 419 Art. Il. On the fulfillment of the prophecy of Isaiah concerning the land of Sinim; being a sequel to Art. I. in the March No. 466 Art. Ill. Alphabetical list of the provinces, departments, and districts in China, with their latitudes and longitudes. (Continued from page 137.) 478 Art. IV. Journal of Occurrences : treaty of Wanghia ratified by the emperor; sum- mary of its articles; Kiying's arrival in Macao; advancement of Hwang Ngantung; sixth anniversary of the Morrison Education Society; mission schools in Hongkong ; subscription to Medical Missionary hospital at Ningpo; Budhist prescription for an epidemic; memorial from the Censorate. 500 No. 10. Art. I. Geographical Notice of Tibet; its_divisions and principal citics, with no- tices of its lakes, glaciers, mines &c. From the Jou. of the Asiatic Society. 505 Art. II. Alphabetical list of the provinces, departments, and districts in China, with their latituiles and longitudes. (Continued from page 500.). 512 Art. lll. A description and translation of a Shau Ping or Longevity Screen. 535 Art. IV. On the fulfillment of the prophecy of Isaiah concerning the land of Sinim. (Continued from page 477.) Art. V. Philosophical opinions of Chu futsz' on the immaterial principle and primary matter. Furnished by a Correspondent. 552 Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences : removal of the office of the Chinese Repository to Hongkong; notices of the colony; return of his excellency gov. Davis froin the northern ports; Canton; growth of opium; state of the Chinesc empire. 539 No. 11. Art. I. Appendix to the alphabetical list of provinces, departments, &c., in China, containing the names of the divisions, towns, tribes, &c., in the empire beyond the eighteen provinces. 561 Art. II. On the fulfillment of the prophecy of Isaiah, concerning the land of Sinim; Roman Catholics in China. (Continued from page 552.) 578 Art. III. Journal of Occurrences; Kiying's standing ; degradation of the late admiral Wu; death of missionaries ; Medical Missionary Society's Hospital, Hongkong ; treaty between France and China; correspondence regarding the Registration Ordinance. 603 No. 12. Art. I. Philosophical opinions of Chu futsz regarding Tai kilı, or the great ex- treme, of the Chinese. (Continued from page 559.) 609 Art. II. The sixth annual report of the Morrison Education Society, with minutes of its meeting 619 Art. Il. On the fulfillment of the prophecy of Isaiah concerning the Land of Sinim; the Protestant Missions in China. 641 Art. IV. Record of criminals, European and Chinese, lodged in thc jails of Hong- kong, from the 20th September, 1813, to November 15th, 1844. 631 Art. V. Declaration respecting Transit Nuties, [Signed in the English and Chinesc Languages,) cominunicated for the Chinese Repository. 655 Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences ; specimen of Chinese type, and characters formed by devisable type; new edition of the Pci Wan Yun F'u; Mr. Callery's encyclopedia of the Chinese languigc; port of Macao opened to all nationis , second session of the supreme court of Hongkong ; Peking Gazettes; state of the Chinesc cmpire. 606 537 7112 CHINRSE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIII.- JANUARY, 1844.—No. 1. Art. I. Comparative English and Chinese Calendar for 1844; list of foreign residents in China ; commercial houses; foreign consuls and their establishments; colonial government of Hong- kong; H. B. M.'s military and naval forces in China; and list of the Portuguese government of Macao. CIRCUMSTANCES induce us to commence the XIIIth volume of the Repository with the comparative English and Chinese Calendar, which has, in the three last volumes been placed at or near the end of the first number. It is succeeded by the lists of foreign residents, coinmercial houses, consular establishments in China, &c., &c., which have been made as accurate and complete as our opportunities enabled us to do, in order to render them as useful as possible for general reference. The present Chinese year ends on the 17th of February, and is 384 days in length; the next year is 354 days long. It is the 41st year in the 75th cycle of sixty years, or the year 4481 in the Chi- nese era ; its name in the cycle is kiáh shin but the people themselves generally designate it by the number in the reign of the emperor, which, in the case of his majesty Táukwáng, began to be dated from the first new-year after he ascended the throne. The same rule also applies to the numeration of ages among the people, who always begin to reckon upon the second year of their age after the first new year has passed, although birth may have taken place months, or only a week before. i VOL. XIII. I. I. 25 JAN. Colendar for the Year 1844. Fcb. 112& Im. Mar. April 3& May. 4& Junc. July. sin, 5& om. ne 8m. Oct. Scp. 9& Nov. 10m Dec. 10& 11m 4m. Aug. im. is 22 ಸತತ ಪಸ | # 1: t Aide 16 ; 1 m. 17 3 w 16 17 18 19 20 21 3t t 17 TA G C A 0 9 - 5f 6s S 6 20 8f t 91 10 10 23 10 f COVORA 2000-***9889899 ពី 11 20 12 t 13 f 3 131f 14 | 2 s 15 | 3S 3 w 164 m 17 17 17 5 f 18 10 6.00 18 Os 19 18 7 w 19 7t 19 75 20 19 8t 20 8f 20 8 m 21 8 10 20 21 9 s 21 9t 22 21 10 s 22 110S 22 10 20 ile 22 11 S 23 11 mi 23 11t 12 f 2:3 12 m / 24 12 t (138 24 13 t 25 113 20 25 13 s 14 Ş 1 25 14 20 26 14t, 26 14 S 15 m 26 '15 t 27 115 f 27 15 m 23 15 00 16+ 27 16f 28 168 28 16 t 29 116 t 1710 28 117 s 2) 117 S 29 17 w 30 17.f 23 118 s 18 m 30 (13 t 1 30 (19 in 2 19 t 2 19 S 1 20 t 3 20 3 20 m 21 w 4 21 t 4 21t 3 22 t 5 22 f :-)) 22 m 5 22 w 4 23 f 5 23 6 23 t 5 24 s 7 124 S 6 24 20 7 24 f 6 2s 8 25 m 8 25 s 7 2 im 9 8 26 f 9 (26 5 8 127 1 10 127 w 9 27 s 10 127 m 9 23 w 11 28 t 1) S 23 t 12 29 f t 11 129 12 29 20 30 s 12 30 t 13 30 t 1:31 S 12 13: 31f 27 14 t 11t 12 f 23 13 s 29 14 S 30 115 m 1 16 t 2 17 w 3 18 t 19 f 5 21 s so 6 21 s 7 22 m 123 t 24 20 10 2.5 t 15 S 16 m 117 t 9 18 20 10 19 t 19f 85 8t 9 m 279 w 23 10 t 29 11 f 12 s 2 13 S 1 |14 s 3 14 m 4 115 t 5 16 w 4 17 t 6 17 t 18 20 ñ 118 f 19t 8 119 s ñ 29 f 9 12 s 8 21 s 10 121 m 9 22 s 11 22 t 10 12 23 20 11 24 t 13 24 t 12 25 20 14 25 f 13 26 t 16 27 S 17 28 in 16 29 S 18 29 t 17 30 m 19 30 18 249$ 25 10 s 26 111 s 27 12 23 13t 29 14 20 1 (15 2 16 f 3 17 s 4 18 S elio 5 19 m 6 120 t 21 20 3 2.2 t 9 23 f 10 24 s 11 25 S 12 26 m 13 27 t 14 23 10 15 29 t 16 30 f 17 31s 2 20 s 3 21 S 25 12 w 26 13+ 27 14.f 23 is 29 16 S 1 117 m 18 19 20 4 120 t 5 21 f 22 5 on 23 S 8 24 m 9 25 t 10 126 20 11 27 t 12 23f 13 (2) s 14 30 S 15 8 19 t. 9 2') a 10 21 t 11 20 f 12 21 112 f 12 23 s 6 123 s 13 24 S 15 24 t 14 15 16 7 125 t 11 126f 15 126 s 16 17 126 18 27 f 以​%%%%% 14 27 f 15 123 s 16 27 20 17 28 t t 12 R7s 13 RSS 14 29 m 15 30 t 31 20 18 19 20 t 20 LIST OF FOREIGN RESIDENTS IN CHINA. hr. (im. i ih (ini. > (m. 91 am. » > Abbott, A. Abeel, Rer. David Allanson, Williain, and fam. bor Anderson, Patrick Anderson, Alexander Anthon, Joseph C. Amroodin Abdool Lutiff, nioh. Ardaseer Furdoonjee, par. Badenoch, -- and family br. Balfour, George Ball, Rev. D. M. D. and family am Bancker, Jarnes A. Barnet, George br. Bateman, J. Bates, W. Edward Raylis, H.P. Benza, Rev. Jeremiah ital Bird, Alexander br. Birley, F. B. Blenkin, W. Board, Charles Boulle, Bourne, Ilenry F. Er Boustead, Edward Bovet, L. siviss Bowman, J. br. Bowring, J. C. Bowra, (. W. Braine, George T. Bridgman, Rev. E. C., D. 1. am. Brimridge, Richard br. Bromage, Robert Brookes, Brown, Rev. S. R. and family am. Bruce, M. br Bruen, John S. Bruist, br. Buffa, Rev. Francis ไ ital Bull, Isaac M. Burd, John br. Burgess, Richard Burjorjee Framjee, par Barjorjee Sorabjee par Bush, F. T. (im. Bult, John, br. Buxton, Travers By worth, G. Caine, William Caldwell, D. R. Callery, J. M. fr. Cannan, John H. br. Carpenter, F. S. Carr John Carr, H. J., and family Case, W. Cavart, Henry Chapman, Frederick Chicks, W. Chinnery, George Clark, W. Clayton, Cleverley, Charles St. George Cleverley, Osmund Colasso, Collins, James Compton, J. B. Compton, Charles S. Compton, Spencer Comstock, S. W. Conner, W. tr Coobear Hurjeewun, Cook, S. J. br Cook, Flenry Coolidge, Joseph br. Cooverjee Bomanjee. par: Couper, William Cowasjce Pallanjee, pair. Cowasjee Framjee, Cowasjee Sapoorjee Lungra, , Cowasjee Shapoorjee Tabac, par. Craig, John br. Croom, C. F. Cumming, W. II., M D. Cursetjee Dhunjeebhoy par. Cursetjec Rurstomjee, par. (m. hin. am. Cooling, am. (cm » ann. » am. 4 Jan. List of Foreign Residents in China. am. (m. 19 99 99 am. 29 99 am. am. 99 am am. am. am Dadabhoy Burjorjee, par. Fisher, Rodney Dadabhoy Byramjee, par. Fletcher, Angus br. Dadabhoy Cursetjee Forbes, Paul S. Dadabhoy Jamsetjee, Forbes, Duncan br. Dadabhoy Hormusjee Camajee, par. Ford, M. Dadabhoy Hosunjee, par. Framjee Jamsetjee, par. Dale, W. w. br. Framnjee Nowrosjee, par. Dale, T. Framjee Shapoorjee, Daley, Franklyn, W. H., and family br. Davidson, G. F., and family Freeman, Warwick Davidson, Walter Fryer, W. br. Davidson, William Garcor, Davidson, F. M. Gibb, John D. De Salis, J. H. Gibb, T. A. Dean, Rev. William, and family am. Gillespie, C. V., and family, am Dees, A. M. br. Gilman, Joseph T. Delano, Edward Gilman, Richard J. br. Delano, jr., Warren (absent) Goddard, J. Dent, John br. Goolam Hoseen moh. Dhunjeebhoy Byramjee, par. Goolam Hoseen Chadoo Dhunjeebhoy Dadabhoy, Gordon, Alexander T. br. Dhunjeebhoy Dossabhoy, Graves, Peirce W. Dickens, br. Gray, C. H. br. Disandt, Dan du. Gray, W.F. Dixwell, George Basil Greene, S. N. Dadabhoy Cursetjee, par. Gribble, Henry, and family, br. Dodd, Samuel br Griffin, Alexander Dorabjee Nasserwanjee Camajee, par|| Griswold, Jno. N. Alsop Dossabhoy Hormusjee, par. Groves, William Douglass, Richard H. Guillet, Rev. Claudio fr. Drouet, William br Gutzlaff, Rev. Drummond, Hon. F. C. Hale, Frederic Ilowe br. Dudgeon, Patrick Hacket, c. Duncan, Erskine Hallam, Samuel J. Dundas, Henry Hamilton, Lewis, and family am Dunnet, Francis Hanson, br. Dupuig, P Harding, Durran, A. Harker, Henry R. absent br. Durran, J. A., jr. Hart, C. H., and family, Duus, N., and family dan Harton, W. H., and family Edger, Joseph F. br. Hastings, William Edwards, J. Edwards, Robert Heard, Augustine Ellis, W. Heard, John Elmslie, Adam W. Heerjeebhoy Rustomjee, par. Einpson, Arthur John Henderson, William br. Endicott, James B. Henry, William Endicott, Williain Hepburn, James C., M. D. & fam am. Erskine, W. A. Heras, Pedro de las sp. Farncomb, Edward Heron, George br Farquhar, W.C. Hesketh, J. Fearon, Christopher Hetherington, John Fcaron, Charles A. Hight, John F. Feliciani, Rev. Anthony ital Hillier, Charles B. l'essenden, Henry Hindley, E., and family Findlay, George br. Hobson, B., M. B., and family am and family pruss. 9 99 99 95 fr am. 99 Hay, W. > an. an. br. (im. INI. List of Foreign Residents in China. (m. (m. br. m. ital. » 79 br. » Blodder, boi. Hodgson, J. Holgate, H. Holliday, John, and family Hormusjee Byramjee, par. Hormusjee Jamusjee, Howe, Charles F. Howell, Augustus Hudson, William bri Hughesden, C. Hulbert James A. Hume, David Humpston, G. Hunter, T. Ilunter, William ('. Ilbery, John br. Irons, James Jallbhoy Cursetjec, par. Jancigny, col. Å. dB. de fi. Jardine, Andrew hr. Jardine, David Jardine, Joseph Jamsetjec Rustomjee, par. Jauncey, F. Jeanneret, L. Auguste swiss Johnston, A. R. absent br. Jones, T. Jumoojee Nasserwanjee, par. Just, jr., Leonard br. Kay, Duncan J. Kennedy, Kerr, Crawford, and family Kimball, John E. King, Edward King, Charles W. King, James R. King, William H. Kinsley, W. T. br. Kinsman, Nathl. and family am. Kreyenhagen, Julius german Lamphano, Robert br. Lane, Thomas Lane, William Lapraik, Douglas Larkins, Thomas Lattey, Lawrence, Wm. A. am. Lay, G. Tradescant br. Le Geyt, William C. Leffler, John, swede Legge, Rev. J., D. D. and family br. Lejee, W.R. Lena, Alexander br. Leslie, W. abgent Libois, Rev. fr. Lind, and family br. Livingston, Joseph Gi. bi. Livingston, William P. Lloyd, Cornelius di. Lockhart, W., and family, br. Longshaw, Lourie, Low, E. A. Lowrie, Rer. W. M. Macculloch, Alex. br. Macfarlane, A. Macgowan, D. J., M. D. Mackean, T. W. Maclood, M. A. Macinurray, Mahomedbhoy Alloo, moh. Maneckjee Burjorjee, par. Maneckjee Pestonjee, Mangieri, Rev. Jerome Marjoribanks, Samuel br. Markwick, Charles Marooth, John A. armenian Martin, H. br. Matheson, Alexander Matheson, Donald Mathison, A. M. McDonald, James McEwen, McMinnis, H. McIntosh, c. McIntyre, McSwyney, P. C. Meadows, Thomas T. Medhurst, Rev. W. H., & family Medhurst, Walter H. jr. br. Mehagan, Melrose, William Melville, Archibald Mercer, A. Meredith, W’illiam S. Merwanjee Eduljee, par. Meufing, W. A. german Michaelis, C. ham. Miles, William Harding br. Millar, John Miller, Alexander Miller, R. Miln, James Milne, Rev. W. C. Mitchell, W. H. Modderman, Tonco Mohamedally Mohotabhoy, moh. Mölbye, A. dan. Moller, Edmund ham. Moore, William Morgan, E. br. Morrison, M. Crofton 12 ami. 59 72 > » > 9 du am. (im. > List of Furion Residents in China. Jav, t am. an. » am, 13 am. Mirrow, (191. 9 T am. am. am. br. am. Voras, 11. H. Procior, Daniel Moses, Gelauston Prosh, John br. Mosez, Jo:3ph Pybus, Joseph 21032, Alexander br. Pyke, Williain Noul, Henry Ratti-Menton, Comte de .fr. Muir, Rawle, S. B. Mullaly, D. Reynvaan, H. G. J. and fam. du. Muloo Doongur, moh. Rickett, John, and family, br. Mur, J. Manuel perurian Ritchie, A. A., and family, am. Murray, C. W br. Ritson, Jolin br Mylne, J. Rivoire, Aimé Y. J. Roberts, Rev. J. J. Nanabhoy Hormusjee, par. Roberts, Joseph I. Napier, br. Roberts, Oliver E. Nasserwanjee Dhunjeebhoy, par. Rolfe, R. br. Nasserwanjee Ardaseer, Routh, L. Neave, Thomas D. br. Rustoinjee Burjorjee chinoy par, Nesserwanjee Bhicajce, par. Rustomjee Byramjee, Nesserwanjee Dorabjee, par. Rustomjee Framjee, Nowrosjee Nesserwanjee, Rutter, Henry br. Nye, Clernent Ruttonjee Hormusjee Camajee, par. Nye, Gideon, jr. Ruttonjee Framjee, par. Nye, Thomas S. H. Ryan, James Oswald, Richard br. Ryder, Charles Palmer, J. Satchell, J. Pallanjee Dorabjee, par. Satori, T.J. Pallanjce Nasserwanjee Patel, par. Saunders, Frederic br. Parker, Rev. Peter, m. D. & family am. Scheel, Augustus germ. Parkes, Harry S. Scott, Adain Parkin, William W. Scott, William Pattullo, Stewart E. br. Seare, Benjamin Payne, J. B., and family Shawuckshaw Rustomjee, par. Pedder, William, R. X. Shepard, George br. Peerbhoy Khalikhdin, Shepard, John Peerbhoy Yacoob, mioh. Shuck, Rev. J. L., and family, am. Peirce, W. P. Silverlock, John br. Perkins, George Sinclair, John Pestonjee Dinshaw, par. Skinner, John Pestonjee Merwanjee, Smith, Thomas Pestonjee Byramjee Cohola Smith, J. C. Pestonjee Nanabhoy, Smith, J. Mackrill Pestonjee Nowrojee Powchajee par. || Snith, John, and family Pestonjee Hormusjee Camajee Smith, Henry H. Pestonjee Jamsetjee, par. Somjee Visram, moh. Pestonjee Rustomjee Hukeen, par. Sorabjee By ramjee, par. Pestonjee Rustomjee, Sorabjee Framjee, Pestonjce Ruttonjee, par. Sorabjee Rustomjee, Pitcher, M. W. Spooner, Daniel N. Ponder, Stephen Spring, Francis br. Porter, J. St. Croix, George Porter, J.P. br. St. Croix, Nicholas Potter, D. Stanton, Rev. Vincent, and fam. Pottinger, Sir Henry, bart. Staple, Edward A. Power, J. C. Stephen, David Prendergast, John Stewart, C. E. Prescott, W.s. Stewart, Patrick, and family bis 1 br. am. moh. cinn AL BE Bc В. C. C. (.. C. D. D. Dap 99 > » br. ain. Ple Pro an. 9 1 am. Hd 19:11. i List of commercial Houses in China. br. br. 17 11 1 Im Stewart, T. Stewart, w, Still, C. E. Strachan, Robert Strachan, Adam F. Strachan, George Sturgis, James P. Sturgis, Russell Sullivan, George, and fam. bir Sumsoodin Ahabhoy, moh. Sword, John D., and family um. 'Tarrant, William br, Thom, Robert Thomson, William absent Tiedeman, jr., P. and family due Tiedeinan, F. H. du Tiers, C. H. and family Townsend, P., jr. & family Trott, John B. Trotter, G A. Il Twist, Charles Vesey, Walker, Alexander Walker, J. Warden, Edmund Waterhouse, B. White, James and family Whitney, A. Wildredge, P. Wilheliny, Martin Wilkinson, Alfred Williams, S. Wells Wilson, Craven Wilson, John Winchester, Charles A Wise, John Woodberry, Charles Wolcott, Henry Woosnain, Richard Young, Peter OM br germ br (uin br 22 an a lil lim br br. LIST OF COMMERCIAL HOUSES IN CHIN I. A. A. Ritchie. A. H. Fryer, Anderson, Chalmers & Co. 1. & D. Furdoonjee. Augustine Heard & Co. Bell & Co. Boustead & Co. Bovet, Brothers, & Co, C. V. Gillespie. C. I. Hart, C. H. Tiers. C. W. Bowra. D. & M. Rustomjee & Co. D. Nasserwanjee Mody & Co. Dallas & Co. Dent & Co. Dickens and McIntyre. Dirom, Gray, & Co. Fearon & Son. Fletcher, Larkins, & Co. l'ox, Rawson, & Co. Framjee Jamsetjee. Cordon, F. Davidson. (tibb, Livingston, & Co. Tleerjcebhoy Rustɔmjee. Henry, Humphreys, & Co. Holliday, Wisc, & Co. Hughesdon, Calder, & Co. Isaac M. Bull. J. A. Durran. James Ryan. Jamieson, How, & Co. Jardine, Matheson, & Co. J. B. Pain & Co. J. C. Power. Juo. N. Alsop Griswold. John Burd & Co. John Carr. John Smith. John D. Sword & Co. Joseph Moses. L. Just & Son. Lindsay & Co. Macvicar & Co. Mylne, Vesey, & Co. N. Duus. Nye, Parkin & Co. Olyphant & Co. Pestonjee Merwanjee & Co. P. Townsend, Jr. Reynvaan & Co. R. H. Camajee & Co. Richard Oswald. Russell & Co. List of foreign consuls in China. was. S. B. Raule a Lewis, Turner & Co. W. A. Lawrence, W. Lane. ill. & T. Gemmell & Co. Westmore & Co. Williain Scott. W. P. Peirce. LIST OF FOREIGN CONSULS IN CHINA, AND THEIR ESTABLISHMENTS. 1. English Consulates, &c. H. B. J. Special Mission to China. II. E. Sir HENRY POTTINGER, H. B. M. sole Plenipotentiary, & bart., G. C. B., Minister Extraordinary to China. Lieut..col. G. A. Malcolin, C. B. Secretary of Legation. Surgeon and secretary to ler Richard Woosnam, Esq. Majesty's Plenipotentiary. Interpreter (officiating us British G. T. Lay, Esq. Consul al Canton). Establishment of H. B. M. Superintendent of Trade in China. Sir Henry Pottinger, bart, G. C. B. Chief Superintendent. Assistant and Registrar to the Honorable A. R. Johnston, chief superintendent (absent). Charles E. Stewart, Esq. Treasurer and Financial secretary. Rev. Charles Gutzlaff, Chinese secretary and Interpreter. Adam W. Elmslie, Esq. Chief Clerk, and Keeper of the Records. Assistant in Chinese secretary's Mr. Harry S. Parkes, office. Mr. W. Conner, Clerks. Mr. E. Warden, Mr. M. C. Morrison. In the Chinese secretary's office. H. B. M. Consulate at Canton. G. T. Lay, Esq. Officiating Consul. Vice Consul, Thomas T. Meadows, Esq. Acting Interpreter. Samuel Marjoribanks, Esq. Surgeon. Mr. Alexander Bird, Chief Clerk. Mr. William S. Meredith, Clerk. N. de St. Croix, Esq. Consular Agent, Whampoa. John Rickett, Esq. Consular Agent, Macao. Mr. D. J. Barradas, Clerk. Christopher Fearon, Esq. Notary public, Macao. H. B. :Jl. Consulate at Shanghai. Captain GPONGE BALIOUR, Consnl. Vice Cursul. 1844, y Colonial Government of Hongkong, W. H. Medhurst, Jr. Esq. Frederick H. Hale, Esq. Mr. A. F. Strachan, Interpreter. Surgeon. Chief Clerk. Clerk. H. B. M. Consulate at Amoy. HENRY GRIBBLE, Esq. Officiating Consul. George G. Sullivan, Esq. Officiating Vice Consul. Lieut. Wade, H. M.'s 98th Reg., Acting Interpreter. Charles Alexander Winchester, Surgeon. Mr. John Hethrington, Chief Clerk. Mr. W. H. Mitchell, Clerk. H. B. M. Consulate at Ningpo. ROBERT TAOM, Esq. Officiating Consul. Vice Consul. Charles Sinclair, Esq. Officiating Interpreter. James Irons, Esq. Surgeon. Mr. Henry Cavart, Chief Clerk. Mr. E. Morgan, Clerk. 2. FRENCH CONSULATE IN CHINA. Cmte. de Ratti-Menton, Consul. Mr. Aimé Rivoire, Chancelier. Mr. J. M. Callery, Interpreter to the Consulate. 3. AMERICAN CONSULATE IN CHINA. Paul S. Forbes, esq. Consul, Canton. W. P. Peirce, esq. Vice-consul at Macao. 4. Auguste Moxhet, Belgian Consul. 5. Col. A. dB. de Jancigny, French commercial agent. 6. Tonco Modderman, Rochus Sen, Dutch Commercial Agent. Secretary { COLONIAL GOVERNMENT OF HONGKONG. H. E. Sir HENRY POTTINGER, Governor and Commander in bart., G. C. B. chief, &c., &c. Major-general G. C. D’Aguilar, c. B. Lievtenant.gnvernor. Lieut..col. G. A. Malcolm, C. B. Officiating Colonial Secretary. (absent). Honorable A. R. Johnston, Esq. Members of Executive and L. Honorable Major W. Caine, uislative Council. Richard Woosnam, Esq. Officiating dep.colonial secretary. VOL. SIIS, NO, I. List of II. B. M.'s forces in China. Jan. Charles E. Stewart, Esq. Treasurer and Financial secretary. Officiating Chinese secretary and Rev. Charles Gutzlali, Interpreter. Rev. Vincent Slanton, Chaplain. Legal adviser to Government, and Richard Burgass, Esq. clerk of the Legislative and Exe- cutive Council. Alexander Anderson, Esq. Colonial surgeon. Military sccretary, and A. D. C. Captain G. T. Brooke, to II. Ė. the governor. Captain T. Ormsby, Extra A. D. C. to Do. Do. Chief Clerk, and keeper of the L. d'Almada e Castro, Esq. records. Mr. David Stephen, Book-keeper. Mr. J. M. d'Alinada e Castro, Mr. G. A. Trotter, Clerks. Mr. J. Hesketh, Mr. Francis Spring, Clerk in charge of Post-office. Mr. W. Lane, Clerk. Chief Magistrate's department. The honorable Major Wm. Caine, Chief Magistrate. Cnarles B. Hillier, Esq. Assistant Magistrate and Clerk of the Court. Mr. D. R. Caldwell, Officiating Interpreter. Mr. P. C. McSwyney, Clerks. Mr. A. M. Mathison, James Collins, Head Constable and Jailer. Marine Magistrate's department. Harbor-master, and officiating Lieut. WILLIAM PEDDER, R. N. Marine Magistrate. Mr. Alexander Lena, Assistant to the Harbor-master. Land Officer's Department. ALEXANDER T. GORDON, Esq. Land officer and Civil Engincer. Charles St. George Cleverly, Esq. Assistant Surveyor. Mr. William Tarrant, Assistant to the Land officer. Mr. M. Brice, Inspector of Buildings. Mr. John Prendergast, Draftsman. } LIST OF H. B. M. MILITARY FORCES IN CHINA. Major-gen. lord Saltoun, K. C. B. & 6. C. II., commanding the forces. Commandants of field forces, garrison, brigade and cantonment. Major-gen. sir J. H. Schoedde, K. C. B., H. M.'s 55th regt., com- manding at Chusan. Colonel C. Campbell, C. B., H. M.'s 98th regiment, commanding at Ilongkong. Colonel F. R. Chesney, Royal Artillery, brigadier 2d class, com- manding the artillery in China. 1944, List of 11. B. Mi's Torres in China, 11 STAIF. Lient-col. J. Cowper, r. B., H. M.'s 18th regiment, commanding at Kúláng sú. Major Aldrich, royal engineers, commanding Sappers and Miners in China. GENERAL Maj. J. Hope Grant, C. B., II. M.'s 9th Lancers, assistant adjutant- general of the force. Capt. C. A. Edwards, II. M.'s 18th regt., assistant quartermaster- general of the force. Capt. T. M. Edwards, H. M.'s 98th regt., acting deputy judge ad- vocate general. Surgeon J. Thomson, E. I. Co.'s service, superintending surgeon. Lieut. J. Macviccar, 41st M. N. 1., staff officer, Madras troops. Lieut. J. N. A. Freese, royal artillery, in charge of ordnance stores, Personul sul to 1j-gen. loril Sultoun, K. C. B. of. G.C. H., commandiny.; Capt. A. A. Y. Connyngham, II. M.'s 3d buffs, aid-de-camp. Lieut. E. Haythorne, H. M.'s 98th regt., assist. aid-de-camp. ENGINEER DEPARTMENT. Major Aldrich, Royal Engineers, commanding royal, and superintend- ing engineer and surveyor. Lieut. T. B. Collinson, Royal Engineers, executive engineer, Hong- kong. Lieut. J. Montresor, H. M.'s 98th regiment, assistant engineer. COMMISSARIAT DEPARTMENT. Edward P. Coffin, Commissary general. J. Irvine, Assistant commissary general. L. Routh, Deputy assistant commissary general. F. S. Carpenter, TROOPS AT HONGKONG. Col. C. Campbell, c. B., H. M.'s 98th regiment, commandant. Lieut. Haythorne, H. M.'s 98t'ı regiment, station staff officer. European. . Nutires. Royal Art., lieut. P. S. Parson, 1 com. half com. Royal sap. and min., lt. T. B. Collinson, Dett. F. com. Mad. sap. and min., lt. T. B. Collinson, II. M.'s 55th regt., capt. H. McCaskill, 4 comps. H. M.'s 98th regt. col. C. Campbell, c. B. 6 comps. 41st regt. M. N. I., II.-col. J. Campbell, C. B. 6 comps. Dett. D. com. Madras gun Lascars, lieut. P. S. Parson, FIELD FORCE AT CIIUSAN. Major-gen. sir J. II. Schoeddle, K. C. B., Commanding field force. Capt. A. O'Leary, II. M.'s 5.5th regiment, Brigade major. Capt. D. Bamfield, 56th B. N. I. Military magistrate. 1. List of 11. B. M's. Naval forces in India and China. JAN. . Lieut. C. J. Elphinstone, 12th M. N. 1., Sub-assist. com. general. H. Green, Dep. assist. com. general. Executive engineer, and Lieut. J. Ilitchins, Mad. sap. and min., , { barrack naster. Surgeon A. Shanks, H. M.'s 55th regt., Staff surgeon. George Skead, llarhor-miaster. Troops. European. Antivos. Madras Art. commanded by capt. Back, Hd.-qrs. D. com. H. M.'s 18th reyt., major Grattan, C. B., 4 comps. H. M.'s 55th regt., It.-col. C. Warren, C. B., 5 comps. 2d regt. M. N. 1., It.-col. J. K. Luard, C. B., 10 comps. Madras sap. and min., lt. J. Hitchins, Hd.-qrs. G. com. Gun Lascars, captain J. Back, Hd.-qrs. D. com. GARRISON OF KU'LÁNGSU. Lieut.-col. J. Cowper, c. B., Commanding the garrison. Lt. J. W. Graves, H. M.'s 18th R. I., Station staff officer. W. T. Power, Acting dep. assist. com. gen. Lieut. C. T. Collingwood, Madras Art., Assistant engineer. Troops. European. Natives. Madras art., lieut. Collingwood, Det. D. comps. H. M.'s 13th R. I. regt. It.-col. Cowper, 5 comps. 41st regt. M. N. 1., left wing, capt. Hall, 4 comps. Madras Sap, and Min., lieut. Collingwood, Det. F. Madras Gun Lascars, lieut. Collingwood, Det. D. com. com. LIST OF H. B. M. NAVAL FORCES IN INDIA AND CHINA. Cornwallis, 72, bearing the flag of vice-admiral sir William Par- ker, G. C. B. India Agincourt, 72, bearing the flag of rear-admiral sir Thos. Coch- rane, K. C. B. Hongkong Cambrian, 36, capt. H. Ducie Chads, C. B., Chusan Thalia, 42, capt. Charles Hope. India Castor, 36, capt. Charles Graham. Hongkong North Star, 26, capt, sir J. E. Home, bart. Australia Dido, 18, capt. hon. H. Keppel. Pelican, 16, commander P. Justice. Chusan Minden, hospital ship, captain Michael Quin. Hongkong Fly, 18, surveying vessel. Australia Sanjarang, surveying vessel, captain sir Edward Belcher, K. C. B. Plover, do. captain Richard Collinson, C. B. Serpeni, 16, commander W. Nevill. Amoy Siren, 16, Indira Ilazard, Australia Ainrod, 18, commander Glass India lhi, 1844. 13 Portuguese. Government in China. Harlequin, 16, commander hon. G. F. Hastings. Straits Wanderer, 16 India Childers, 16, cominander G. G. Wellesley. Whanpoa Clio, 16, commander James Fitzjames. India Wolf, 18, commander Arthur Vyner. Shánghiii Wolverene, 16, acting commander H. Gage Morris. Amoy Royalist, 10, Australia Young Hebe, surveying schooner. Hongkong Driver steam vessel, commander Courtenay O. Hayes. Vixen, do. do. commander George Giffard. Proserpine, do . commander J. J. Hou? h, 1. N Medusa, do. commander H. H. Hewitt, 1. n. Sapphire, troop ship, master-commanding J. R. Fittock. Ilongkong PORTUGUESE GOVERNMENT IN MACAO. H. E. Jozé Gregorio Pegado, Governor. Francisco d'Assis Fernandes, Acting Judge. D. Niculou R. P. Borjas, Bishop (appointeil). Major Francisco T. d’Almeida, Commandant of the Battalion. Capt. Jozé M. de Carvalho Souza, Secretary to the Governor. Lt. João R. da Costa Caminha, Aid-de-camp to H. E, the Gov. Members of the Senate. João Damasceno C. dos Santos, Claudio Ignacio da Silva, Judges. Manozl Pereira, Alexandrino Antonio de Mello, Vereadores. Carlos Vicente da Rocha, Bernardo Estevăo Carneiro, Procurador. Caetano Vicente Joze da Silva, Treasurer. Deinetrio d'Araujo Silva, Collector of Customs. Justices of the Peace. João Lourenço d'Alincida, For Parishes of Sé and St. Antonio. Guilherme Brainstone, For Parish of St. Lourenço. Commandants of the Forts. Lt. col. Joaquim V. Sanches, Commandant of the Bar Fort. Major Ludgero J. de Faria Neves, Do. of the Monte Fort. Major Antonio Pereira, Do. of the Franciscan Fort. Major Juiáo Valentim Chumal, Do. of the Guia Forl. Major Caetano A. Lormos, Do. of the Bom Parto Fort. { 14 Jan. Sreen Months Residence in Ningpe Art. II. Notes of a seven months' residence in the city of Ningpo, from December 7th, 1842, to July 7th, 1843. Com- municated by the Rev. W. C. MILNE. A TEMPORARY stay in the city of Tinghái had heightened my desire to make an adventure on the main, and the peaceful termination of the war with China made me decide to attempt a residence in tha city of Ningpo. Early in the month of April, 1842, I had visited the city, while it was occupied by the British forces. But the re- markably unsettled state of things urged me to leave the spot with quick dispatch. Having, since that time, made friends with one or two of the lead- ing men, and being better versed in the local dialect, I felt much encouraged to return. In deciding on such a measure, and in carry- ing out my plans, I was fortunate to have the counsel and aid of a teacher, on whose judgment I could rely, whose talents I had learn- ed to appreciate, and for whose uniform kindness and ob iging de- portment I consider myself laid under a heavy debt ut gratitude. The objects I proposed to myself were--that I might increase my knowledge of the colloquial, that I might become acquainted with “the Chinese as they are," and that, as China had been at length to some extent "opened," I might have fuller opportunity of carrying out the ends of the mission. With these views, these aids, these encouragements, I embark- ed in a common passage-boat, on the morning of the 7th December. The boat having taken in its complement of passengers, who were all natives with the exception of myself, we passed under Joss-house hill at 11 o'clock, and, with a favorable tide and breeze, got into the river of Ningpo at four in the afternoon of the same day.* By six o'clock we reached the Chusan wharf, situated at the fork of the river, or as the Chinese call it the Sánkiáng k'au, “the mouth of three rivers."'t * The distance between the harbor of Tinghi and the port of Ningpo, is calculated by the natives to he 180 11, or 54 miles. The rock, inserted in English charts under the name of Just-in-the-way,' (in the Chinese maps called Hwang niú tsiáu, “the tawny ox rock,') is reckoned the half way mark between Tinghái and Chinhái, while the latter lies at the mouth of the river, 60 lí, or 18 miles distant from Ningpo, the capital city of the department of the The fork of the river of Ningpo is called the mouth of three rivers,' from the fact ihat, at this point, there is the confluence of three streams. To the northwest of the city, there is a large stream running down through the saine name. 1841. 15 Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. As soon as it was practicable, I landed; and guided by the bout- nan, bent my steps towards Húsí, within the west gate of the city, on the eastern bank of which is the family-residence of Dr. Chiáng, whom I had met in Tinghái, and with whom I had formed a warm friendship. The appearance of a solitary Englishman in the streets, at a late hour of the evening, awakened not a little curiosity, and urgent inquiry was made by police-runners who I was, and what was my object in coming to the city. I avoided the interference of the mob and pressed forward. After a long and somewhat weary trudge, through numerous streets, alleys, and lanes, it was with no small satisfaction that I found myself safe under my friend's roof, and heartily welcomed by himself and his family. But I had scarcely seated myself, when messengers from every principal office arrived, repeating the inquiries about my name, my rank, the object of my visit, and the attendants I had brought with me. Perceiving the anxiety that had been thus created by my sud- den appearance, I thought it advisable to apprize the prefect of the department of my arrival, and accordingly dispatched a young friend to hand in my card, and present my most respectful con- pliments. He returned with the prefect's card and congratulations ; and, in the course of the same night, one of his confidential atten- dants came with kind messages from his worship, and an invitation for me to wait upon him the following day. December 8th. On awaking in the morning, I became aware of the pleasant site of my kind host's cottage. It is built upon the side of a bustling road and on the brink of a city-lake, occasionally the scene of much life and gaiety, while its open front is set with a row of overhanging willows, that throw a most grateful shade over the humble dwelling. While we were at breakfast, the few who had been loitering about the house to catch a glimpse of the stranger, districts of Yüyáu and Tsz’kí, which is called the Yáu river, or the Shun river, or the river of Tsz'kí. To the east, there is another stream, known under the name of the Yung river, which name it retains above the city of Ningpo only the short distance of 35 lí, when it branches off in one line to the southwest, under the name of the Ying river, and in another line to the southeast towards Fringhwa, borrowing its_name from the same district. There, where the Ying river unites with the Funghwa river, it is occasionally spoken of as the Pahtú river, or "north ford river.' At the eastern angle of the city of Ningpo, this twin tributary unites with the river of Tsz'kí and their joint waters flow northeast and north in a deep channel, until they en ter the open sea at Chinhái. From the fork down to Chinhái, the river is gene- rally called the Yung river. It is also not unfrequently named the . Tátsich' river, and some parts of it are known as the “Sia utsieh.' In English charts and descriptions it is written the Takiah, or the Tahial river; but the correct pronunciation, as has just been represcuted, is Tálsieli. Nuorn Months Residence in Ningpo, JAN, multiplied to a crowd. Every hole and orifice showed an eye. The door-screen was of no avail. It was drawn aside. The paper win- dows were pierced. The venerable host begged, besought, intreat- ed, urged them to show true politeness to an Euglish visitor,- remonstrated with them for their want of good-breeding. It was all unavailing. They made no noise, but looked on in silence. Yet the crowd increased. In England, one would have raised his cudgel, or loosed his bull-dog. But the Chinese knew better than to use vio- lence. After breakfast, we started to proceed to the ofice of Shú Kungshau, the prefect, whom I last night promised to visit. My aged host and my teacher accompanied me. As all the official residences, in the city and neighborhood, were destroyed during the late war, he has taken possession of a temple, not far from the west gate, called the Wanch'áng kók. The outer court was noisy with the hum of attendants and hirelings. We were in due form ushered into the audience room,—which looked cheer- less and cold, being barren of ornament, and lined on each side with a row of cumbersome chairs. His worship appeared much pleased to see me, and treated my teacher with marked deference. A teacher, in the province of Canton, would have been appalled at the idea of being seen in company with a foreigner. In this respect the dominie had no feeling of apprehension. There was no cause whatever for anxiety, and he could accompany me not only to the city, but into the presence of one of the chief authorities, and avow himself connected with me. Shú táláugé * is a short thickset man; his head is large; his face round; his features very marked and deep; his countenance intelli- gent, cheerful, agreeable; his eyes large, black, quick, expressive; his beard jet, long, and pointed, and over his lip hangs a pair of heavy mustaches. Upon his head he wore an official cap, topped with a transparent crystal knob,t and flourishing from behind a thick plume of peacock-feathers. His dress was not gaudy, though of rich dark-colored satin; around his neck was slung a string of elegant beads, which fell over a square breast-piece of beautiful embroidery, a duplicate of which was sowed upon his tunic, the one in front, the * Táláuyé * # Pils, great old sire, venerable sire, your worship, or his worship, used in addressing one of his rank, or in speaking of him. + Being only the prefect officiating pro tem., he could not wear the blue glass (or crystal) ball, which would place him in the 4th rank, or one grade higher than he is entitled to.“ He is properly the “resident of Shihpā," a maritime section of the department of Ningpo, subject to the jurisdiction of the prefect, and second to him. 1814. 17 Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. He was other - behind, and on which was depicted the páh hien, or the silver pheasant, the badge of his order. His voice is musical. When he speaks, it is with an air of authority. To me his utterance was indistinct, partly from not being used to hear him, partly from his talking with a strong accent peculiar to Kiángsí his native province, and partly from his being rather toothless, although only 53 years of age. In his deportment, ther: was much to please one. dignified but not supercilious; bland and affable, but far from being familiar. I left him with a very favorable impression of the character of an officer, who is held in high reputation among his own countrymen, and is often spoken of among the English, as a fine old fellow." There were two topics that engaged us in conversation-one was the geography of the world. Shú had examined a few native works on this head. He showed me a manual of geography, but it is one exceedingly imperfect and erroneous, and, being entirely ac- commodated to the narrow and exclusive views of the Chinese peo- ple, is not at all calculated to give the reader an accurate outline of the divisions and subdivisions of the world. The next subject was suggested by his being informed that I was neither a soldier nor a civilian, but a minister of Jesus Christ. He then expressed his surprise that, in western countries, there should be two distinct religions under the name of Jesus. He inquired about the real points of difference, at the same time conjecturing that it lay in the one system inculcating the worship of the cross, while the other did not require it. I endeavored to explain the grand features of dis- tinction, and closed by urging him to discountenance the thought that the two were the same in origin and character, as there could be only one genuine religion of Jesus. He had heard of the popish religion while he held office in Hiángshán, the district in which Macao lies. On leaving the prefect's office, he expressed much pleasure in meeting at last with one who was not a soldier. His friend Kú then led us into his summer-house, and entertained us with great urbanity. While we sat there, a man rushed into the room, and dropped on his knees before this petty officer. He was one of the Hánkán, that were proscribed during the late war for aiding and abeiting the English. By the treaty, pardon for them all had been secured, and passes had been forwarded. This individual now appeared to ac- knowledge the imperial favor. Mr. Kú begged him to rise and handed him to a seat, where he joined us in a cup of tea and in conversation. VOL. XIII. NO. 1, 3 18 JAN. Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. Dec. 9th. In the early part of the day, I had calls from two in- ferior officers, who for the present hold civil appointments, but are waiting for promotion. Both of them wear the brass button, but their ranks differ; the one named Kú Chingwáng, being in the ninth, the other who is called Wáng Yúling, in the eighth order,—these two grades and the seventh, which are the three lowest in the series, having the same kind of knob to distinguish them. The former I had seen yesterday at the residence of his worship Shú. His man- ner and conversation to-day pleased me greatly. It evinced so much candor and curiosity. He appears to have been searching for ac- curate information about western countries, especially about Eng. land and the English; and some of his views were remarkably correct. His queries on a variety of subjects were close. Nor would he rest satisfied until I had exhibited my books, and he had heard me read. He was shown the Scriptures in English and in Chinese. This led to remarks on the religion of Jesus, and to many inquiries upon it. The companion of Mr. Kú looked an unpromising character, ap- parently too fond of his small hooka and of the lounge. His figure is large and clumsy, and in his manners he is uncouth. Still, there was a blandness about him, which made him agreeable, and the pleasure of his company would have been greater, had he not inter- mixed with his mandarin talk a strong Fukien twang, that rendered his conversation almost unintelligible to a student of the language. During the stay of these gentlemen, Mr. secretary Yuen Hiun called to return the visit I paid him yesterday. He is connected with our friend Shú. He is considered a well educated man, and has taken the first literary degree. His pencilship is elegant, and his compositions are said to be admirable. Before the termination of the war, I had met with him in Tinghái, but he was then in- cognito. I am pleased, therefore, to find that his kind feelings have not abated. After all my visitors had taken their leave, I sallied forth to look about me. My excellent friend, the Doctor, volunteered to lead me through the streets, his two elder sons accompanying us. This was much to my advantage, as he did what he could, by suasion, to repel the crowds of people that gathered round to see a solitary foreigner wandering in the heart of their city. In the course of our vagra- tions, we called at the residence of Lin, a gentleman of large for- tune and extensive reputation. He was not at home; but we were permitted to look through his flower-garden,-second only to one in the city. The taste displayed in laying out the grounds, which are 1844. 19 Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. by no means extensive, is certainly exquisite; and the skill evinced in crowding together, in due proportions, a complete epitome of rural scenery is very remarkable. Here we have a lake and its islets, mountains, hills, and dales, orchards and jungles, barren rocks and greenswards, pebbly footpaths and chunam walks, &c., all com- prised within less than half an acre of land. Everywhere the eye rests upon elegant slate slabs, or marble squares, or petrified wood- en needles, stunted firs, forced peach trees, or Japanese dwarf cedars,-green, or black, or speckled, square or round-stalked, bam- boos, &c., &c. When we had ruminated long enough over these beautiful specimens of Chinese gardening, we traveled homeward, but on the way, called upon another rich gentleman, Mr. Táng, who is famous for his pencillings of the chrysanthemum. His manner was dignified and kind. Here the ladies of the family were curious to take a peep at the stranger. Probably they had never seen a fo- reigner. It would, of course, according to the rules of Chinese society, have been out of the question to have introduced me to their inspection ; but, ever ingenious as the amiable sex is in devices to gratify their inquisitiveness, they contrived to perforate the paper windows, and peep through the apertures. This was observed by Mr. Tang, but not objected to. In the evening, I wandered out to look at one of the 'tea-houses' in the neighborhood. My lodgings being rather removed from the centre of the city, where eating-houses' and 'tea-houses' abound, some of them very respectable, I got (as I found in a few moments to my great chagrin) into one of a low order, a misfortune not un- likely to befall one ignorant of the localities. The furniture was wretched, the tea was poor, and the company was very common; so that I was glad to get out again. Dec. 10th. Since my arrival, I have been forced to give up an idea which, in common with my countrymen at Tinghái, I had conceiv- ed, but most erroneously and unwarrantably, namely, that every one who wears a red tufted cap must be a soldier, or one connected with the officials. So firmly had this notion seated itself in the minds of some of the military leaders during the late expedition, that not a man was permitted to wear it in all Chusan; and whoever might be seen with it in his house or in his hands was at once sus- pected and examined. If the hovel of an obnoxious native was searched and ransacked, and one of these, however torn, or dirty, or old, was found in a closet or a corner, it was concluded as incon- trovertible that the inmate was a soldier, a kidnapper, or a disturber 20 Jan. Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. of the public peace. Indeed, for some time after the conclusion of the war, men were not permitted to sport these caps, not even the emissaries of the Ningpo officers, who were sent across to Tinghái with messages to the English authorities. But mingling with the natives under their own government, has shown that, not only soldiers wear them, but also the servants of gentlemen, the mes- sengers of officers, and the lowest menial in the place when he has to pay a visit of ceremony, or to celebrate any other grand occasion. They say that in Súchau fú, every shopkeeper appears in the street with a red tasseled cap. It is made of cloth for winter, of straw for summer, and as festive seasons frequently come round, such a cap is an appendage necessary to the wardrobe of the very chair-bearer who belongs to the lowest of the plebeian classes. Indeed if I were to judge according to preconceived ideas, more than one fourth of the persons I meet in the streets of Ningpo must be soldiers, or policre-unners,-a conclusion very far from the actual state of the case, About two minutes' walk from my present lodging, there is a pa- rade-ground, where military exercises are carried on. Understand ing that the archers were out, I proceeded to the spot after breakfast. The ground is by no means extensive, perhaps 200 yards long and 50 broad. The officers were of an inferior grade, being only en- signs and sergeants. They were seated under à canopy of canvas, while the archers were arranged all around. These were drawn up two deep, and called out in small companies of eight or ten men, who came forward successively and received the orders on their knees. As soon as each man had shot his three arrows, he returned, and kneeling before the officer, received his expression of approval or of disapproval. The bull's eye, which stood about 60 yards off from the canopy, was represented by three red balls painted the one above the other upon a square sedge mat nailed to a bamboo frame. The aim was to hit any of the balls, but especially the central one. Some were bad shots, others hit well, and at every instance of suc- cess the drum was beaten. From this spot I went on to the T'ienyih kóh, a great and famous repository of Chinese works, chiefly those published anterior to the opening of the present dynasty. It is a collection belonging to the Fán family, a member of which is now in keeping of it. The works are arranged in 300 classes, and the cases in which they are de- posited are closely shut and opened only on special occasions. Accompanied by my teacher and the doctor's eldest son, I then 1844. 21 Seren Months' Residence in Ningpo made for the city-walls, intending to make their circuit. Their entire circumference docs not exceed five miles; the average height is 25 feet, exclusive of the parapet which is five feet high; the width at the top is 15, at the base 22 feet. The materials of which the wall is built are solid, although some parts are now greatly dilapidat- ed; and on every side it is so overrun with grass and weeds, that one occasionally finds some difficulty in threading his way. There are six gates in the wall. Five of these are situated at the four cardinal points of the compass, there being two on the eastern face. The sixth opens at the northeast section. These are well known to those who were engaged in the late expedition, as the north and south, east and west gates. The second gate on the east face is called by the English the ‘Bridge gate;' and the northeast gate is their .Confucius gate,' or the 'Artillery gate.' In addition to these principal gates, there is, close by the south and west gates respectively, a water gate or small sally-port intended chiefly for the ingress and egress of boats that ply about in the city canals. At one time the south and west gates had each a drawbridge outside the walls. But this has become a fixture. It is a wooden bridge thrown across a narrow canal. ' Bridge gate' is so called because there is a floating bridge thrown across the river opposite to it, 200 yards long, and 5 or 6 broad. It is made of planks firmly lashed and laid upon lighters, of which there are sixteen closely linked together with iron chains. The bridge is occasionally opened for the passage of large boats plying up and down the river. There is a busy market upon it, and the passengers are so thick that no man has time for gazing about. It leads into a bustling and populous suburb on the opposite side. The six principal gates are double. Each inner gate is support- ed by an outer one, which is 20 or 30 yards distant from it. The line of wall, that runs off from the one side of the inner gate towards the outer, is the leading wall, which having described a section of a parallelogram, meets the inner gate at the other side. The arch thrown over that point, where the two walls approximate, is called the Moon wall.' Over each gateway, whether the inner or the outer, a guard-house is raised, that on the former being the larger of the two, and generally two stories high. At present these stations are unoccupied by guards, * The history of Ningpo states that the circuit of the walls measures 2216 ching; the height to be 2 cháng and 5 chih; and breadth at the base 2 cháng and 2 chih; at the top 1 cháng 5 chih. (A chóng is about 12 feet.) - 1 55 chúng long; 1 cháng 4 chih wide. Srren Months Rrsidence in Ningpo. JAN, and I are not yet been able to ascertain that there are any set to watch the entrances during the day-time. At night, they are generally clos- ed; but are opened to any person who will pass 50 or 60 cash into the keepers' hands. Houses are not built upon the wall, nor close to it, as inay be seen in some Chinese cities; so that all around there is a clear walk along the base of the wall eight or ten feet in width. To this remark an exception must be made of the space inclosed within the Moon wall' just spoken of. On the walls of the guard-houses, we saw traces of Englishmen having been there. The soldiers, who had been stationed there during the late campaign, had beguiled some tedious moments by scribbling a few lines with charcoal, or by scratching ungainly figures with their bayonets. This is, however, a trick not confined to Europeans. Side by side with their delineations, are the figurings of the Chinese, who, though not so dexterous and ready to write their names on walls, or to cut them out on wood, are yet sufficiently off-hand at both. While we walked upon the walls we met with few people, and those ran up from the streets only through curiosity. Here and there we stumbled upon a lean horse grazing in solitude upon the rampart. From the wall, the scenery is agreeable. There is a moat of some extent that almost encircles the city. It commences at the north gate, and from hat runs along the base of the ramparts on the west, south, and southeast, until it reaches the Bridge gate, where it ceases. It is about three miles long,* is deep, and in some places perhaps forty yards wide. It is well supplied with water from the neighboring fields and the adjacent river, and is daily navigated by small boats. The northern, northeast, and eastern faces of the city are supposed to be well enough guarded by the river, and no moat has been dug to protect them. The vast plain of Ningpo is a magnificent amphitheatre, stretch- ing away 12, 15, or 187 miles on the one side, to the base of the distant hills, and on the other to the verge of the ocean. travels along it, it catches many a pleasing object. 'Turn it to the northwest, west, south, and southeast, and it will see canals and water-courses, cultivated fields and snug farmhouses, smiling cot- tages, family residences, hamlets and villages, family tombs,& mo- As the eye * 2144 chamg. † 60 l. # "Family tombs," within and without the city, are denoted by small co- nical mounds, or hillocks in the shape of a sugar loaf. They are generally covered with green sods, and are encircled with a row of the juniper tree, or of common pine. 1844. 23 Seven Months Residence in lingua nasteries aud temples. Turn it in the opposite direction, and your vision is not bounded by rising mountains, except in the east. Though it is chiefly a plain country in this region also, you perceive it must unite with the ocean. The land scenery is niuch the same as in the former instance, but the river swarming as if alive with all kinds of boats and the banks studded with ice-houses, most of all attract the attention. If you turn the eye froin without, and, while you continue standing upon the ramparts, look within at the city, you will be no less gratified. Here there is nothing European; there is little to remind you of what you have seen in the west. The single storied and the double storied houses-low but irregular, the heavy prison-like family mansions, the family vaults and graveyards, the glittering spires of the temples, the dilapidated official resi- dences, the deserted literary and examination halls, and the promi- nent sombre 'tower of Ningpo,' are entirely Chinese. The attention is also arrested for a moment or two by ditches, canals, and reservoirs of water, with their wooden bridges and stone arches, &c., &c. A walk upon the walls, from the northeast, or the 'Confucius gate, round by the north to the south gate, on a cool evening, is delightful. There are kitchen gardens in that quarter of the city, with not a few trees in some of them, which give shelter to birds of several varieties. Wild fowl have been seen here. Sauntering upon the walls, we occasionally fell in with a child's coffin. In one place, a mat bundle with a straw wisp round it, thrust into a loop hole in the parapet, was pointed out as the deposit of some illegitimate offspring, that had been concealed there to hide the crime of the guilty woman. This was told me, however, as a mere conjecture, founded upon the practice in such instances which were, at the same time, said to be of rare occurrence. Along the foot of the ramparts, we observed many coffins strewed about. Some had been broken up through age, some had been burst open by the hands of ruthless foreigners, and some (especially those that appear to have been recently laid down) had been rum- maged by thieves or by hungry dogs. This exposure of coffins, both within and without the city, is the most forbidding spectacle I have witnessed since I came here. I am told that they contain the remains of poor people. * The respectable part of the population are careful to an extreme of the relics of their departed friends. * At a short distance in the country, there is a hill of sepulture, called the Charity hill,' or the bill of Public Benevolence,' the property of a philanthrop- ic society now existing in Ningpo. Among other objects, it aims at provid. ing the poorer classes with coſtins, and a suitable spot for interment free of ! Secon Months Residerice in Vingpo. Jan. me. About three o'clock in the afternoon, I returned to my quarters. I then learned, to my great regret, that the prefect had called to see This was a mark of respect quite unexpected. He waited a little time for me, but at last went away leaving his card. It is the common custom among the officials to return a call, either in per- son or by proxy, generally on the second day after the stranger's visit has been made. I was aware of this custom, but was not led to expect anything beyond the mere proxy, so that I consider myself greatly honored by his worship, and rejoice in this additional sign of the downfall of exclusion and of national vanity. The prefect came with his usual retinue of criers, lictors, chair-bearers, and personal attendants. Dec. 11th. (Sunday.) Early in the morning, my host had a call from one of the Mohammedan priests, connected with the mosque of this city. There are two priests. This was the junior in age and rank. It was quite a sacred treat to hear a Chinese converse about the one living and true God, the commandments of Jehovah, and the patriarchs of the Old Testament. He spoke very decidedly on the irrationality and wickedness of worshiping a plurality of gods, ad- ducing at the same time, the express command of Jehovah that he himself should alone be worshiped and served. But he knew little of Jesus Christ beyond his name, which he pronounced Yersú. The chífú or prefect, whose name I have so frequently mentioned, sent hastily for me to appear at his office, as several English officers had just paid him a visit, but were at a loss to make themselves understood. On reaching the spot, I found they were naval officers from H. M. S. Childers, one of the surveying brigs, who had come across on a pleasure trip. When their wishes and intentions had been communicated to the chífú, he gave them full permission to roam where they pleased, and offered them every facility in his power. As I was leaving the office, his worship begged me to stay. It being the Lord's day, I declined to do so, desirous to make it appear that British Christians have one day in seven which they dis- a ( 1 1 1 all charges. It is a society supported by public subscriptions, and annually publishes its report of transactions and funds. One day, while walking upon the walls, I was not a little surprised to find, collected at different points both within and without the ramparts, heaps of coffins that looked recent. Not many days after, when I repeated my walk, they had all disappeared; nor was I able to meet with any satisfactory explanation until one of the reports of the Society just named fell into my hands. In it I see intimated that at certain times, they send their age out to pile together the recent coffins of po people, for the purpose of removing them in boats to · Charity hill,' where they are buried at the expense of the Society. 1 ) 1844. 25 Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. tinguish above all others. Not deeming it prudent under existing circumstances at once to commence service, I believe that, in this instance, a deeper impression can be made, by entire abstinence from the weekly routine of studies, visiting, and receiving visits, and by absorption in the private duties peculiar to the sacred season. This will apply with more force, of course, to one who has not yet acquired that versatility in conversation so necessary to an accu- curate, just, and effective elucidation of religious truth. Dec. 12th. To-day I visited the temple of the Táu sect situated at the north gate, called the Yúshing kwán. The flight of buildings is very extensive, and everything appears to be kept in excellent order. There are not many priests about the building. This is, pro- bably, in consequence of its having lately been tenanted by the táu- tái, the highest civil authority in the department. When official residences are in ruins, or are too few in number, temples, monas- teries, and nunneries are turned to account. The authorities of Ningpo, having been thrown out of house and home by the ravages of war, are now obliged to bury themselves in the halls and cloisters of the priesthood. From this large building I went to a smaller temple of the same sect, called the Lütsú tien. This Lütsú is one of their genii. The priests, only two of whom I saw, are young. Their appearance differs from that of the priests of the Budhist religion only in hav- ing the crown of the head unshaven. The Budhistic priests have their heads entirely shaven. The priests of the Táu religion shave all about the crown, but they nourish the hair upon it until it be- comes of a suitable length to make a kondeh, and fix with a hair-pin. They were civil, and listened to my remarks on the existence of the one living and true God, and on his claims to our homage. On a line with this temple there is a large gateway, within which are seated four huge idols called the sz' tá Kinkang 'the four great Kinkáng,' one bearing a lyre, another a sword, a third an umbrella, a fourth a snake. These four are arranged within the gateway, two on each side. In the centre of these two rows, two other images are placed back to back; the one facing you as you enter, is the 'pútai Löhán,' an image seated upon a cloth bag, and apparently a jolly figure; hence over him is the inscription, chwh siúu, 'the ever laugh- ing one.' Just behind it, there is another idol standing erect, which is called the waito image. This gateway leads to the Yenchin sz? monastery, capable of lodging fifiy or sixty Budhistic priests. Close tu it is an enorinous belfry from which the bell of Ninguru' was 1 VUL, XIII. NO, I 26 Jan. Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. carried off by the British, when the city fell into their hands. It was sent to England. The priests speak with much regret of their loss. Contiguous to this abbey, is a second still larger and more splendid, called the Kwántáng. The images of Budha in the temple connected with this monastery are the most gigantic I have yet seen. The centre figure is called Shihkiá Fuh, that on its left is Wanshú Fuh, on its right is Púhien Fuh. Just behind it is the idol called "Ts'ien- shau Kwányin,' the Thousand-handed Kwányin, the Sheva of the Brahmins. On each side there is a row of nine figures to represent some celebrated hermit votaries called the Lóhan, all in different postures and of distinct features. They are 500 in number, but in such a building as this there are only eighteen. Everything here is kept in the most excellent order. At present, sixty priests reside in the building, who have come from all the provinces in the empire; occasionally there are above a thousand on the spot. Their mess- room is capacious, their kitchen by no means small, and their sleep- ing apartments cheerless, being devoid of every vestige of comfort. In the kitchen there is one boiler, in which 200 tán (peculs) of rice can be boiled, or from which nearly 2000 persons can be fed.* The head priest was remarkably bland. He invited me into his private sittingroom, and we conversed upon various subjects. Speaking to him of the one living and true God, and of the Saviour Jesus Christ, he said he had seen portions of the sacred Scriptures in Chinese and a few of the Christian tracts, but they were not clear and intelligible. On my return, the commander-in-chief of the naval and military forces of the province of Chekiáng, whose seat of authority lies in this city, sent a sergeant to inquire if I could supply him with a glass for his telescope, which had recently sustained damage. It was entirely out of my power to do so at the time. But I promised to send the instrument to Hongkong to be refitted. This, however, did not meet his wishes. One mau (i. e. a Chinese acre) will produce on an average four bags of paddy. One bag of paddy is equal to one common tán, or to 100 kin of paddy by weight, to nearly 9 tau hy measure, or equal in weight to 65 kin of rice ready for cooking, or in measure to 5 tau, or 50 shing, of the same. One shing of rice unboiled but prepared, is equal in weight to 1 kin and 3 liáng, or by measure to 4 rice bowls of boiled, or to two of uncooked rice. On an average, one man eats one shing per day, or four bowls of rice. Some, such as field laborers, eat one shing or four bowls at a sitting, and as they eat three times a day, consume 3 shing daily, or 12 bowls of rice, besides vegetables and fish. The rate of living is moderate. In Ningpo, a man can live tolerably well on 40 cash each meal, or 120 cash a day. Three persons can sit down toge- ther in an eating-house, and take their dinner for the small sum of 120 cash, cr one tenth of a dollar. 1844. 27 Seven Months Residence in Ningpo. As you I was to-day much astonished to observe the excessive ter- ror which the British have struck into this people. It is indeed painful to mark the undue timidity which men, women, and chil- dren evince at the sight of a foreigner. At fifty yards off, one's appearance is the signal for women to bolt into their houses with their little ones, and bar the door against your entrance. tramp the paved street, every man that passes you seems as if he wished to shrink into a nutshell. He dares not look you straight in the face. He steals a side glance at your hand, or your cane, or your umbrella—imagining that the stick you carry conceals a spring gun, or that your very fingers can be transformed into pocket pistols. Should a crowd of curious people and noisy boys follow you, the least halt you make or turn you take, scatters the multitude, and you stand alone in the street, wondering or smiling at the strange effect. It is war and battle, fire and sword, and unvarying victory, that have done all this. Wonderful rumors and tales, founded upon the unexpected valor, skill, and success of the foreign enemy, have also had much to do in inspiring the public mind with such awe. That there is this dread of us is evident to every visitor; and due management on the part of foreigners will succeed in mastering and improving the public feeling. Otherwise their fear and respect for us will degenerate into disgust, contempt, and hatred. The fear and cowardice, which the military in general have, dur- ing the late war, evinced, have lowered them greatly in the estima- tion of the common people. Although the soldiery is dreaded for its oppression, it is detested for its unmanliness. Very amusing stories are current of military leaders, disguising themselves in straw san- dals and sackcloth, or coarse hempen garments, to elude the pursuit of the English enemy. An eye-witness (a Chinese) once told me with much glee the confusion into which the Chinese officers and soldiery were thrown in the heart of the city of Nanking, on one occasion during the truce, when they heard the roar of cannons burst upon their ears. It was probably a salute. Imagining that the English batteries had opened a sudden attack upon the city, they in the open street threw off their heavy boots, plunged into the stream, swam across the canal or small river, whichever it might be, and ran for their lives. Lately, while I was in a temple looking on soine ceremonies, there were a few people who were extremely urgent to get upon the same gallery with me, and among them one or two petty military officers. Their claim to admission was refused by my friend, who well knew who they were. But on demanding that the gallery 28 Jan. Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. door should be opened to them, gentlemen of such a family and of such a rank, it was opened. My friend who was sitting by me, at the same time exclaimed, Yes, you press such claims now. But 't is no sooner p'ung than you p'úng,' This expression was very cutting, and it was accompanied by gestures and actions peculiarly express- ive. Pung, was to denote the fire of a gun, and p'áng the flight of defeat. Next day, the petty officer sent to my lodgings to inquire who that Englishınan might be whose friends refused admittance to such and such an officer. The Doctor replied, (without my sanction) that the Englishman's name was so and so ;--that he was a friend of the great civil officer Mí (Morrison), who was secretary to his excellency Puh (Pottinger), the intimate friend of I’lipú, Kíying and Niú Kien, and the plenipotentiary of the British sovereign. The messenger went away thoroughly cowed, and no more was heard from his master. It is intimated above that the excesses of war, and the victories of the British arms, have contributed greatly to inspire such dread of us in the breasts of the Chinese. But it is not all to be ascribed to these causes. The extraordinary stories that were at first set on foot by the officers to fire their soldiers with courage, and to fill the people with contempt of us, were, however, in reality more cal- culated to frighten them; and when the people found these Eng- lish monsters, whom they went out to oppose, actually before them, but very far different from what they had anticipated, so sleek, so nimble, so hardy, so dauntless, so victorious, they saw their brag- gadocio had been vain, and their fulminations vapid. A horrid dis- appointment weakened their nerves, and frantic desperation madden- ed their brains, Their nervous system sustained a shock from which it will not soon recover. Some of the stories, set afloat at the time Chusan was first taken, were, that the English had legs without joints ;—their limbs were stiff, and if they fell they could not rise again; that they were stone-blind; that their faces were quite red, and the hair of their heads fiery; that in their native country, they had no sun, no moon, no stars, no heaven; that, being destitute of rhubarb, they were afflicted with eternal costiveness; that the native troops of India were amphibious animals, living seven days in the sea, and seven days out of it; and thrt the English were so easily affected by cold weather, that the winter frosts would unquestionably cut them off. How slow must be the march of intellect in China, when not more than thousand miles from Canton, where western nations lave carried on a constant trade for upwards of 200 years, the 1844. 29 Seven Months Residence in Ningpo. people have advanced no further in the knowledge of the world they live in! Dec. 14th. My host was absent from home until the evening, when he returned, evidently with some burden upon his inind. He sighed often, and groaned deeply. At last he called my teacher aside, and explained the occasion of his anxiety; who subsequently communicated the particulars to me. The aged Doctor (æt. 70) had been, throughout the war, rather amicably disposed. From his having traveled a good deal in the course of his life, and fallen in with foreigners in Canton and Ma- cao, his mind is more free and open than that of his countrymen generally. On this account he had been early connected with the present chífú, especially in his attempts during the war to sound the English about their proposals for peace, and to expedite the release of those Englishmen who had unfortunately been kidnapped. To further both these views, Dr. Cháng had, more than once, been dispatched to Tinghái at the commencement of the current year, and before the war closed. He was, this morning, sent for by Shí, the prefect, to receive from him the sad news of his degradation from office, the loss of all his honors, and his having been passed over to the Board of Punishments. All this is said to be in consequence, not of his well-known disposi- tion in favor of a peaceful termination of the war, and of his efforts to conciliate their British enemy, but from having lost his ground at Tinghái, when the English attacked that city in the autumn of 1841. Although a civilian, he had superintended the raising of de- fensive works, and was now made responsible for their having been carried by the enemy. He had, on the defeat, twice attempted self- destruction, but through the prompt remedies of his close attendants, he was saved. That he had survived the disgrace, was another item in the charge against him. Had he fallen in battle with his compeers, (three officers of high rank having been slain on the same rampart,) it is said his manes would have been entitled to high honors, and his heirs raised to official rank. Yiking, of infamous notoriety, has also used his influence at court to malign the character of Shứ. He charges him with having induced the British (who, he said, were afraid of himself,) to go up to Nanking, instead of enticing them to remain at Ningpo, whither he was on his was to extirpate them. Unfortunate man! In a moment he is stripped of every plume, of every badge. Ilis fawning visitors shrink from him; and the heart, that yesterday beat high with expectation, 10-day sighs 30 JAN. Scren Months' Residence in Ningpo. with disappointment, and sinks in despair. Dr. Cháng having throughout been his confidant, he has thought fit to communicate the sad news to him; and being fearful that, as the Dr. aided him in most of his measures, he too may be named in the list of obnox- ious heads, when the full particulars arrive, he advised my aged friend to keep himself in readiness to flee, at the earliest notice, to some place of refuge. A little after the above explanations had been made, I received a present from Shú of cakes, oranges, and hams (one of them said to be the ham of a Shantung dog!) He sent a message to say, that he forwarded these because he could not now invite me to dine with him as he had promised. Shú has been very kind to me, and had approved my staying at the Doctor's until he should be able to select better quarters for me in the city. He has failed in more than one instance, but sees it prudent now not only to desist from further efforts, but to advise my leaving his friend's house, and removing to those quarters without the city, that have been appropriated by the local government to all foreigners visiting Ningpo. I, of course, see it my policy to leave this homely cottage as speedily as possible. The táutái, whom I have already named, has also got into trou- ble, but not so deeply as Shú. He has been deprived of his honors, but has not been consigned to punishment. Dec. 15th. Owing to the distresses in which this province, and especially this department, has been lately involved by the war with England, the emperor has resolved on soothing the people's minds with royal bounty; and it is proposed to distribute a sum of money among the poor destitute classes in the cities of Ningpo, Chinhái, and Tinghái. Those whose claims are acknowledged as deserving have the character ch'áh, examined,' marked upon their doors. The distribution is to go on for the next three months at the rate of 73 cash per diem, as the smallest allowance, and of 15 cash the largest ; the former to young, and the latter to adult folks. It has been calcu- lated that in the department of Ningpo, 200,000 are thus benefited. I had last night expressed to the Doctor such strong repugnance to leave the city, that he recommended me exerting myself to find out a lodging somewhere near his residence. My teacher was decidedly of the same opinion. He is a fearless man, and as long as he is with an Englishman, he cares nought for the frown of the officer, or the jeer of the subject. He went with me to the great monastery on the southwest face of the city, called the Kwán táng, which I visited on the 12th instant. The high priest, a man rather advanced 1844. :31 Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. in years, but peculiarly lively and ardent in his manner, took me round the building, and showed me all the chambers and attics in the flight of premises. When my teacher mentioned the object of my visit, and begged he would interest himself on my behalf, he can- didly started the only objection he had to my staying under the same roof, viz., that the women of Ningpo, who form the majority of devotees that frequent the altars, would, on catching the rumor that an Englishman tenanted a part of the temple, at once desist their attendance, and the earnings of the priesthood would run short. As I am aware that such would be the probable result, (at least during the first few months,) I cannot press the proposal, and I see no other resource left me, but to retire quietly to the suburbs. My anxiety to hold quarters within the city arises, not only from a sense of the advantages which a missionary enjoys in such a situation, but from a conviction that the sooner such a precedent is allowed—such a privilege is granted—such a liberty is acknowledged, the better it will be for all parties, both native and foreign. At present, I forego the advantage, still hoping for a turn in affairs, and determined to embrace the earliest opportunity of returning into the city. It appears from further accounts to-day, that both men of the war, and men of the peace party, are involved in the offensive decree of H. I. M., so that it cannot thence be argued that the councils of his majesty have altered, and that, since he is sacrificing men who abet- ted pacific measures, he is therefore determined to rescind his late agreement, and renew warlike movements. He is merely revising the history of the war, and selecting for chastisement, men who con- cealed the truth, or were unfaithful to the standard which they were bound to stand by until death. In my peregrinations, I called at the mosque, over the entrance to which are engraved on a stone in large characters Hwui-hwui t'áng, i. e. Mohammedan temple. The head priest is a man of a remark- ably benign and intelligent countenance. His air is very gentle- manly. He must be 45 years of age. His figure is slender but tall. His native place is in Shantung, but his ancestors came from Me- dina in Arabia. He himself can read the Arabic scriptures most readily, and talks that language fluently; but of Chinese writing and reading, he is as ignorant as an Englishman in England. This is very surprizing, considering that he can talk it so well, was born and educated in China, and is a minister of religion among the Chi- nese. He laments much that his supporters are so few;-they do not number more than twenty or thirty families. He took me into the Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. Jan. place of worship, which adjoins his apartments. On ascending a flight of steps, you get under a plain roof, beneath which, on either side, you find a mass of old furniture and agricultural implements covered with dust. The pillars to support the roof are ornamented with sentences out of the Koran.* Facing you is an ornamented pair of small doors hung upon the wall, within which the sacred seat is supposed to lie; and on one side is a convenient book-case that contains the Mohammedan scriptures in 24 parts. He showed me his usual officiating dress, which is simply a white robe with a point- ed turban. Except at religious service, he wears the Chinese habit, and never appears out of doors in his sacred habiliments. They have one day of rest in seven, and keep it on our Thursday. On being asked if I might be permitted to attend any of their services, it was replied, that if their adherents had business on that day they did not trouble themselves to attend service. From this excellent man I was able to learn that the stronghold of his religion lies in Hangchau fú, the capital of this province, where there are several large mosques. But the low state of Moham- medanism in this department seems to dampen his spirits not a little. His reigning desire is to make a pilgrimage to Mecca, and he made the fullest inquiries as to the probable distance and length of voyage by steam to that sacred city. He made the most particular inquiries also respecting the Mohammedans among the seamen and soldiers that have come to China during the late expedition, and I have pro- mised to introduce him to some of his brethren when the steamer comes to Ningpo. His adherents in this city are few; one or two of them are officers. * The following is a joke passed upon the Mohammedans in consequence of using Arabic inscriptions over their gateways, and upon the pillars of their mosques. A person observed as he passed the principal gate of the mosque in the city of Haugchau, that there were several Arabic characters inscribed over it. Terning to a Mohammedan who stood by him, he asked, “Do you understand those characters?” The Mohammedan replied that he did not. The wit said, 'Formerly there were these four Chinese characters : 09 si fáng shing jin, “the sage of the west.? It happened one day that the god Kwántí was passing, seated on his cloudy chariot. When he saw this inscription, he said in a fury, “How do these Mohammedans dare to profane such a designation?" He immediately ordered a carver to erase it with his tools. The carver did so, but allowed the lower portion of each character to remain. Kwanté, on looking at it, was mightily pleased, for it read L E A sz' fing wány páh, “the bastard of the four winds of heaven. The high priest immediately beduubed the whole, and substituted the present Arabic characters. 1814. Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. But he does not seem to put much confidence in official favor. Happening to see in the mosque, and on the threshold as you enter the sacred ground, a tablet * similar to that found in every other temple, with the inscription Hwángti, wánsui, wánsui, wúnwánsui, , (which is equivalent to saying, “The emperor, may he live for ever," or, "The emperor, the everliving!") I asked him how he could allow such a blasphemous monument to stand in a spot which he regarded as consecrated to the worship of 'Aloha,' the name he gives to the one living and true God. He protested that he did not and never would worship it; and as an evidence of the truth of his statement, pointed to the low place given it on the ground-floor, so far removed from the sacred seat; he added, that it was only for the sake of expediency it was allowed any place in the temple, for if they were ever charged by the enemies of Mohammedanism with being dis- loyal, they could appeal to the presence of this tablet. Dec. 16th. At 7 o'clock A. M., I witnessed a procession of the city officers. They were coming from the city temple. Every de- partment has its own temple in the chief city, and every district has its temple in its own town. Ningpo has, therefore, two district temples which are visited regularly by the officers at one and the same time on the first and fifteenth of each month. Their object is to worship the patron gods of the city, the land, and the grain. So much countenance do the officials in a body give to a system, which as Con- fucianists they denounce and deride as the religion of silly women. The principal deity that is officially worshiped is called Ching- hwáng, literally meaning, "city-wall and moat," in which we have the peculiar functions of the object of worship pointed out, viz., the defense and security of the community. Each province, department, and district, has its particular protecting deity, named Chinghwang, which is arrayed in the most dignified and pompous attire, and set up in the most conspicuous seat the building can afford. In the afternoon I quitted my kind host's roof, and took possession of the back apartments in one of the temples, very kindly given over by the city officers to foreign visitors from Tinghái. There are two very nearly adjoining, but this is the cleaner. It is called Láu Hvui- kwán, “the Old Club-house," the "Old Assembly-hall," or "the Old Meeting-house." It is the practice among residents or merchants, who have come from one province to another, to erect on the spot where * This tablet is called the Lung-pái, or Dragon tablet, the dragon being described upon it as the type of inperial majesty. The same language is applied by them to their great idols, but never io the lesser class ut' deities. j VOL. XIII. NO, I, 34 JAN. Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. they are engaged in business, and support, for the sake of gaining and holding the good graces of the god of their native place or pro- vince, a temple-in which service shall be conducted by priests ap- pointed for that purpose, and occasional plays shall be acted for the benefit of the public and the gratification of the idol. In such temples, they place the patron deity of their native province. Thus in this temple, supported by residents from Fukien, there is Tienfi niúng. niúng, or Má tsúpú; in a Shensí, or a Shánsí, or a Shantung.club- house,' (for that is the precise meaning of Hwuikwán, the name by which such buildings are called,) they have the god Kwinti ; Kiángsí people have their Hüchin kiun ; the Chekiáng, their Yü wáng; the A’nhwui, their Chúwan kung. The order of priests select- ed for the service in these buildings depends entirely upon the reli- gious profession of the contributors; and not unfrequently they put the keeping of the temple, and the conduct of its ceremonies, into the hands of a layman, who, to denote his functions is called a tsái- kung “master of ceremonies," but he wears no peculiar habiliments to mark him out. On this principle this temple was raised, and is supported by voluntary subscriptions. I am told it cost about $6000 to erect this structure. The patrons of the institution are Fukien men from the united departments of Chuenchau, Chángchau, Hing- hwa, and Taiwán, or Formosa. Into the back and upper rooms of this temple, I now moved my small baggage, and very soon contrived to make my teacher and myself tolerably comfortable. The large upper room is divided into three compartments by suspending sedge-mats from the rafters, so that, between my teacher’s chamber and my own, we had a sitting- Each apartment has an idol overlooking it. In mine, I have the calm, quiet faced god of Literature. Dec. 18th. (Sunday.) I had several opportunities of giving away tracts to those who could read. Promiscuous distribution, as a ha- bit, is exceedingly unwise and decidedly injurious. An occasion may occur when overfastidiousness will defeat a good object-but it will not often occur. Five Budhistic priests called upon me in the evening, chiefly those belonging to this temple. From inquiries it appears that the majority, the vast majority of priests, come from the lowest classes of society, and originally are either orphans given up by a poor mother to receive a few pieces of money, or children sold by their parents. I found, on inquiry, that these five priests had all entered the priesthood at an early age, and in orphanhood. One entered at six years of age, a second at eight, a third at ten, a room. 1844. 35 Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. fourth at twelve, a fifth at fourteen. Further investigation has satis- fied me that persons, who are destitute of the means of supporting their families, not unfrequently sell their daughters to be nuns, and their sons to be priests. Within two or three days I have heard of a boy, five or six years of age, having been sold by his mother to one of these priests for the sum of $10. There are priests who take vows upon them late in life. I met with one in Tinghái, who had married and begotten two sons before he entered the priesthood; his wife had died, but he seemed utterly heedless as to what had become of his sons. The chief priest of this temple has told me something which re- minds me much of the "school of the prophets." He says that he belongs to a Fuh kü, or ‘Budhistic fraternity,' which numbered about forty; that these individuals were schooled by one tutor who is considered their patriarch, and that the members of his school or academy are distributed among five distinct temples, the names of which he mentioned. Dec. 19th, 20th. Several opportunities of speaking with priests, custom-house clerks, and merchants, on the grand themes of evange- lical truth. But surely nothing is more heartless than to hear men, that follow a system quite opposed to it, give their verbal assent to the truth and the goodness of the Gospel, which they do not exert themselves to think upon, even for a moment. But this is a univer- sal evil in the world, which will give way only to persevering efforts and close appliances of those sober and plain truths, under which lies the power to break the hard and the stony heart. For some days past attention has been paid throughout the city to the ceremony of páu-án, or "securing quiet.” The object is to con- ciliate the gods during the approaching winter season, so that their houses may not catch fire, from the frequent use of stoves, and that all forms of disease may be warded off. A feast is prepared in the neighborhood, which has contributed to getting up the ceremonies, and supplications are made to the gods to protect the people, and keep them in the enjoyment of rest and peace. The people of the vicinity contribute a little to provide incense, incense-sticks, tapers, fruit, fish, pork, kid's flesh, and vegetables, for offerings. The pro- ceedings go on chiefly by night, and are accompanied with the noises of gongs and drums, which are, however, more calculated to alarm than to quiet the neighbors. Small processions also occur, but they range only in the vicinity to which the contributors belong. Frequent fault has been found, and justly too, by the Chinese 36 JAN. Seren Months Residence in Ningpo. with the outrageous treatment that paper, having written or printed characters upon it, receives at the hands of foreigners. It is the universal law, the uniform habit, among well bred Chinese to burn such paper, as soon as there is no use for it. Their motto is king-sih tsz' chí, i. e. “Be respectfully careful of paper with characters on it.” This will explain a sight which one occasionally meets with in the streets of Ningpo, as I met lately, a man carrying two hampers of loose papers which he had been collecting at different shops and houses. There are some people who, to do a good service and per- form a meritorious act, dispatch such collectors round the city, and on receiving their gleanings, make a sacred bonfire. There is also a society, (the same mentioned on Dec. 10th,) one of whose definite objects is at certain seasons to send their agents round to gather up scraps. The bearers have also upon their hampers king-sih tsz' chi. Dec. 21st. There is an aged gentleman, a resident within the west gate of the city, the anniversary of whose birth falls upon this day. He is a man of large property, of good family, of extensive connections, and of great influence. Having traveled much in his native country, he has about his house a considerable collection of curiosities. But his great hobby through life has been to obtain foreign novelties, and group them together in his rooms. He has neat handsome little chambers, paved according to the fashions of the west as he had learned during his stay at Canton; also lamps, chan- deliers, &c., all of foreign materials and shape. He has a small gar- den, elaborately ornamented with artificial rocks, caverns, bridges, ponds, and adorned with every kind of tree, shrub, plant, and flower that he has been able to lay his hands upon. His “flower garden” is the first in Ningpo.-But I have digressed. It is the custom, with those who can afford the means, when their birthday comes round, and especially if it is a decade in life, to provide a feast for their relatives and friends, and to get up a theatrical amusement, either in a neighboring temple, or in the temple dedicated to their ancestors. Men of property and of respectable families generally own a temple of their own, in which the tablets of their ancestors are lodged. These temples are sometimes the most handsome and expensive of any. I do not, however, recollect ever having seen an idol in this class of sacrel edifices. It was in the family temple that formed a part of his residence, where Mr. Kiáng arranged to entertain his surviving friends and the manes of his departed relatives. I had expressed to some of his friends a desire to be present. They insisted on my going without 18.14. 37 Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. an express invitation from him. As this, however, would be con- trary both to English and to Chinese propriety, I declined. At length he sent me a very pressing invitation. I was glad of the op- portunity. The old gentleman himself came for me before the ceremonies commenced, and conducted me to the hall, where his friends were collected. There was a paling thrown across the floor of the temple to separate the rabble from the select company of friends and acquaintances. All their public amusements are open to the public, and unattended by any charge, as the expenses are defrayed by those who get up the plays, e. g. merchants, govern- ment officers, &c. The area allotted to the genteel part of the crowd was elegantly fitted up. The chairs were covered with most beautiful and elegantly embroidered scarlet serge, and handsomely cushioned. Teapoys were placed here and there laden with tea and sweetmeats. The room or hall, for it was made so to suit the oc- casion, was flanked with elegant specimens of beautiful marble, and on the walls were hung scrolls of exquisite pencilship, and, accord- ing to native taste, of first rate drawing. Over your head were suspended glass lanterns—lit up with red tapers, and showing on every pane oil-paintings of a very amusing, and sometimes ludicrous character. These daubs were intended to be imitations of foreign sketches. Men, women, and children of unseeming proportions, in ungainly postures and with outrageous dresses, were all crowned with carroty hair. The artist was much more successful in describing objects in native scenery, and in hitting and expressing native ideas. However, be this as it may, the place presented quite a lively scene. In the one part, you had a choice company of gentlemen, dressed out in their most handsome suits, at- tended by their servants, and conducting themselves towards each other according to the most polite rules of Chinese etiquette; while, without and around the stage, there stood a mass of ill-dressed, noisy, quarrelsome people. In the galleries, the family and female friends of Mr. Kiáng were seated, keeping themselves from the vulgar gaze as much as they could, yet anxious to see whatever was to be seen. While the amusements were going on, I rose and strolled back into a long narrow apartment, which attracted my notice as I entered. Here I found about half a dozen empty coffins, (I think all were empty,) of the most compact and perfect structure, of somewhat large dimensions, and the planks several inches in thickness. These, I learned on inquiry, are coffins which have been prepared by the venerable head of the family, and by other members of his house, in Serien Months Residence in Ningpo. JAN. anticipation of their death. They lie here constantly reminding their owners that they must die, and are kept ready to receive them as soon as they expire. The actors mounted the stage, after the usual prostrations had been made, and incense had been offered by Mr. Kiáng. They were all quite young, and none apparently above 16 years of age. Some were under nine. Their dresses were very elegant, often splendid, and in general were imitations of the court dresses under the Ming dynasty. The acts were divided into different scenes, and the play was accompanied throughout by music, which from habit has now become tolerable, and even agreeable. Not being able to catch the rapid enunciation of the actors, I was generally in the dark as to the subject of their performance. But the drama was evidently tragi-comic. The dialect they adopt on the public stages is the court. The women, who were boys dressed up in female habits, acted to the greatest satisfaction of the company. A fo- reigner, when he sees and admires the handsome features of a woman on the stage, when he hears her peculiar whining voice, when he catches a glimpse of the elegantly decked small foot, and when he observes the mincing gait with which she treads, and the affected airs she puts on, goes away with the full impression that it is actually a woman that has been acting. What must be his asto- nishment when he is assured by the natives themselves, and when he afterwards sees these same actors in their proper dress, that they are boys ! Women are not suffered to appear on the stage, except at Súchau fú, the capital of fashion, beauty, and dissipation. In some in- stances, I am sorry to say, the acting was flagrantly gross, and gla- ringly vile; but with these the crowds seemed to be highly pleased. What a taste! It is worse than beastly to gloat over scenes acted in public, the only proper theatre for which is the den, the cavern, the darkest places of the earth! Dec. 22d. This morning I had an opportunity of conversing with Dr. Cháng's wife and daughters on the blessings of the gospel of Jesus Christ. The matron seemed much struck with the mention of these new, strange, and unheard-of things. She said that the women were the principal worshipers of idols, that they were the devouter class. All women above fourteen years frequently appear in the course of the year at the public temples; and those of younger years do so once a year on the eighth moon, and in a place especial- ly appointed for the occasion. 1814. 39 Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. Dec. 23d. Finding, after a week's residence outside the city, and over on the east bank of the river, that I was too much out of the reach of those facilities I wish to embrace for improvement in my studies, I determined to persevere in seeking other lodgings. This morning I therefore requested my teacher and a young friend to redouble their efforts. They went cheerfully to work, and ere the afternoon had arrived, they succeeded in securing a very good place for me, in a wing adjoining one of the Budhistic nunneries within the east gate, dedicated to the goddess Kwányin, quarters which were lately occupied by an officer in the civil department. Being vacant, they were offered to me for the trifling sum of $10 a month. The rooms are good. With the kitchen, there are two bed-rooms and a sitting-room. As soon as the terms of agreement were made known to me, I deserted the monastery which, for seven days, I have been occupying. But the priests were unwilling I should leave them, before partaking of a feast. As I had in the hurry of removal made no provision for dinner, I was glad enough to embrace their offer. Besides, it promised to show me other novelties. When we sat down at the table, there was in appearance nothing to distin- guish the viands, from what you usually meet with at the tables of those who have not " come out from the world.” The priests of the Budhistic sect often talk of having separated themselves from the commonalty of men, and the unclean things of this groveling world. They abstain, at least their principles say so, from blood and racy food. Hence they will not, if offered, eat flesh, garlic, or any animal oil, and will even refuse to drink plain tea out of a cup or teapot that belongs to you, lest there should be any contamination. The oils they use are vegetable oils. I am much inclined to think, however, that they are not very strict. I have reason to believe that they are rather loose in practice, how- ever austere their principles, or their professions before their devo- tees. This head-priest had no objections to receive a ham that I made him a present of, and a young priest in the establishment told me that during their minority priests are permitted to indulge; and it was with his assistance I used to have my meals cooked. Ge- neral report corroborates my suspicions, and my teacher informs me that the high monasteries in the province are notorious for the sumptuous food on which their inmates subsist. The people have among them a joke to the following effect. A friend called upon a priest, and found him eating eggs. Now, as eggs rank among flesh meats,' this friend asked him how it was that, instead of tak- Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. JAN We ing a simple diet, he was indulging himself with such rich food. The priest replied, wo chih ts'ing tsái tán fán, 'I eat green vegeta- bles and plain rice.' The gist of the joke lies in the two last words, which admit of a double meaning-either 'plain rice,' or egg-rice.' I was amused to observe this evening how the fraternity seek, even with their plain materials of bean-powder, vegetables, &c., to conform as far as possible to what 'the world' eat. The dishes were made up in a manner apparently similar to what one finds out- side; so that until you have examined thoroughly and tasted freely, you suppose you are eating very fowl, very flesh; the skin of the chicken is itself imitated, and you have before you the pimply mor- sel, which turns out to be a square of consolidated bean pulse, the outer coat of which has been impressed with a rough towel. had 'mock fowl,' 'mock bird's-nest,' &c., &c. They had wine also on the table, but it is a strong spirit distilled from rice, of whichi there are various kinds. The best is 'the Sháuhing wine.' But much that is palmed off as such is spurious. The real Sháuhing wine, when mixed with sugar and taken hot, makes a pleasant cordial. While we were in the midst of our dinner, (about 7 o'clock in the evening,) my servant, who had gone on with the baggage, hastened to inform me that the lady abbess, under whose care the rooms which I had taken had been placed, begged me to wait a day or two longer, as she wished to inquire about her new and strange neighbor, before she could feel at liberty or gather courage to grant him admittance. But it was too late. I had already moved every- thing across, and it only remained for me to move ny person. The head-priest, when he was apprized of the dilemma, immediately volunteered to accompany me, and be witness to my good character, and stand surety for my proper behavior. It was our policy to do so with dispatch; and in a quarter of an hour, we found ourselves within the city gates, and at the principal entrance of the building. When I entered the lodgings, I was met by the teacher, who at once introduced the lady abbess. She doffed her bonnet or skull-cap, and bowed most respectfully with her bald pate and closed fist. On returning her courtesy, she began making inquiries about my name, age, family, vocation, and intention, to all which I answered to her satisfaction and agreeable surprise, for she found I could talk and understand her language. This greatly re- lieved her. She was much comforted too by the recommendations of the priest. Her mind appeared at rest, and she brought in a tray 1841. 41 Seven Months' Residence in Vingpo. of sweetmeats and of tea, to entertain the stranger with. Her pupils, nine in number, were hanging about the doors, and she gathered so much courage at last as to introduce her favorite disciple, a girl of twelve, who was not yet fully initiated, although she had been in the institution five or six years. But I hope to speak more largely of the nuns, when I have a better opportunity of observing them, as I sup- pose I shall have, for they are by no means so secluded as the sisterhood is in some popish communities. In a short time the timidity of the abbess wore off, and the cu- riosity which she and her pupils during the evening evinced to see everything the foreigner had brought, became so prying and so dis- agreeable, that their departure was hailed as a timely relief. Dec. 24th. Such a host of visitors succeeded each other to-day as entirely to preclade my moving out of doors. My sınall library of tracts were opened, and I gave them to those who, on conversa- tion, I saw were able to read them, and seemed more likely to appre- ciate the gift. With one individual I held a long conversation on a coinparative view of Confucianism and Christianity. He endeavored to reconcile the two systems. But he refuted himself by denying the depravity of the human heart, and that God could be worshiped by man. Shú táláuyé sent one of his official servants to recommend me to the lady abbess, and advise her to treat me well. For the past four days, the weather has been unduly warm, the temperature being at summer heat. Many have been under the necessity, as in hot weather, of throwing off their upper clothing. This is a temperature very different from what prevailed here last winter. But that was, in the memory of the oldest inhabitant, an unusual degree of cold, and must not be regarded as the ordinary winter season of this latitude. Dec. 27th. After a severe attack of bilious headache, under which I have been laboring for the last two days, I called upon the crest-fallen Shú. It was my first visit, since the news of his degra- dation reached him. Anxiety sat upon his brow, and flushed his plump cheeks. His gay honors had been stripped off, and he looked a fallen chieftain. Dignity was in his mien, but it was sad to look upon the man charged by his sovereign with a heavy indictment, and virtually sentenced to a disgraceful death. Apprehensions in his case are more justly grounded, from the fact that his majesty has already beheaded a high general for similar offenses, and that the wrath of the emperor seems inexorable. As soon as the usual civi- lilies had passed, and our seats had been taken, lie shook his head, VOL. 111. NO. 1. 42 Jan. Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. and said, “Ah! we officers of China are badly off. Happy are your people and princes, who have such just laws and equal privi- leges!” He called Mr. Kú, whom I have mentioned already, and we remained for some hours together, conversing on a variety of topics, as history, geography, religion, politics, &c., &c. Shu is a man of great attainments in the lore of his country. He is of the degree of Hánlin, the fourth and the highest, which in some re- spects corresponds with oựr ll. D., and in others with our D. C. L. He has read about foreign countries in the imperfect accounts of one or two travelers, and in the straggling notices of a few geogra- phical works; and he seems proud when he can occasionally discover his knowledge of localities of names, of customs, &c., &c. Dec. 29th. The nuns sent me a dinner, to conciliate my goodwill, and probably to get a few dollars. But the repast was vegetable, vegetable, vegetable. It was precisely similar to what the priests had entertained me with on the 23d instant, but got up with more care and at greater expense. It was, however, very tasteless, -or rather, it was devoid of relish. The attempt to imitate animal diet may please the fancy, but cannot gratify the palate. The Chinese always conclude by eating rice with a light soup. Rice came on the table in the regular course, and some liquid in a centre bowl was intend- ed to represent a dish of soup. It was plain, limpid, unadulterated, hot water ! Could anything he more emetical? Dec. 3th. As a good opportunity offered, I this day embarked on board a passage-boat for Tinghái, in company with lieut. H. and Dr. J., who had been on a few days' visit to Ningpo. Besides having some business at Tinghái, I was induced to go across, from my great regard for Shú táláuyé, who had sent to intiinate his wish that I would absent myself for a day or two from Ningpo, as a visit from the viceroy of the province was daily expected, and he (Shú) would be more easy if I were out of the way during his stay. His wors hip, at the same time, begged that I would return in a few days, as H. E. would not remain beyond two days. * Dependent people often provide dinners and send them to their patrons or superiors, solely with the view of drawing upon their purses. This is a strange practice, acknowledged and supported by common consent. 1844. 43 Seven Months' Residence in Ningpo. 袋​三​釋 ​羅​江​迦​石​舜​決​金 ​An alphabetical list of the sounds of Chinese names that are used in this article, with the corresponding characters to represent them.-The pronun- ciation is expressed according to the table on page 15, vol. XI. The na mes of individuals are purposely omitted, and of those places, &c. that frequently occur in the Repository. 查​| Pihien 普賢 ​Chih Changchan, (in Fukien)漳州​| Pitai 16 han 布袋​羅 ​Cheh siau 只​笑​| Sankiang krau 城隍​shihkia Fuh Chinghwang Chüwan kung 朱文公 ​Shihpa Chuenchau, (in Fukien)泉州​| Shunking Fähkiuen 法​卷 ​Siáutsieh kiáng 小​沟 ​Funghwá,(a district) 奉化​|sz-th kinkang 四大 ​Funghwa river 奉化​江​Tan fan (plain rice) ) Hánkán (Chinese traitors) Tán fán (egg rice) 蛋​飯 ​Hinghwa 興化​|Tatsieh king 大​淡江 ​Huchin Kiun 許​真君​| Tau kiku, or the Tau sect kiáuÉ ik Húsí 湖西​|Tienri niáng niang 天妃​娘娘 ​Hwui-hwui tháng 回回​堂​Tienyin koh 天一阁 ​Hwuikwan 會館​「Tsai kung 齋​公 ​Ts'ienshau Kwán- Hwangniú tsiku 黄牛​礁 ​yin 千手​觀​: Hwangti winsui, wansui, wanwan- Tsz'ki (a district) 慈溪 ​sui 皇帝​萬歲​萬歲​萬​萬歲 ​Tszlk river 慈溪​江 ​Kwant ang 觀​堂​wanch-ang koh 文昌​閣 ​Kwántí 關 ​關​帝​Wanshi Fuh 文殊​佛 ​Láu hwuikwan 光​會館 ​Wei to 韋 ​Lóhán 羅漢​Yau king Lungpai 龍​牌 ​Yenking sz! 延慶 ​Lütsú tien 呂祖​殿 ​Yin river 江 ​媽祖​婆 ​Yung river Páhhien 白​鹏​| Yashing kwan 佑​聖 ​北​渡江​Yi wang 禹王 ​保安​| yiyau (a district) 餘姚 ​Má tsúpú Pehtú kháng Páu án 44 JAN. Religious Intelligence, Art. III. Religious Intelligence: the warranty for Christian mis- sions ; subjects proposed for consideration at the monthly con- certs of prayer by missionaries in Hongkong; chaplaincy; missionary stations in China, fc, WHATEVER beneficially affects, in the highest degree, the permanent interests of individuals or states, is especially deserving their consi- derate support. Accordingly, in all the arrangements of life, great prominency should be given to every truly Christian effort, designed, either to preserve from degeneracy and elevate those who profess biblical faith, or to bring to the knowledge and acknowledgement of the truth, the ignorant and the unbelieving. Riches, honors, pleasures, and all things pertaining merely to this life, are worthless compared with the salvation of the human soul. The former are all destined to utter oblivion. The latter is indestructible, and its re- demption precious beyond computation, That redemption was purchased by the blood of God's dear Son. The plan of that great work was devised in infinite wisdom; in infinite mercy it was car- ried into execution; and it will be closed in perfect justice. All were lost; and ransom for all has been provided. Well sang the holy seer : “ How beautiful upon the mountains, Are the feet of him that bringeth good tidings-that publisheth peace ! That bringeth good tidings of good—that publisheth salvation." True, "God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life." True, too, it is that, “Whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved," But, “How shall they call on him in whom they have not believed ? And how shall they believe in him of whom they have not heard ? And how shall they preach, except ihey be sent ?" Rut have they not been sent? Are not the professorl believers in Christ, individually and collectively, in com- mission to carry the gospel to every creature on earth ? Having worked out a ransom for all; having expired on the cross, and vanquished death and the powers of hell; and being about to ascend up on high, Jesus thus spake to his disciples: All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth; go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Non, ou of the holy Ghost; traching them to absprve all things / 1844. 455 Religious Intelligence. a whatsoever I have commanded you; and la! I am with you always even unto the end of the world, For failing to comply with the requisitions of this warranty, dreadful penalty is to be inflicted. While every penitent believer is to be saved, he that believeth not shall be damned. Christian readers, mark the circumstances of this warranty. It emanates from the highest authority in the universe. It is addressed to the collective body of Christ's disciples. To the obedient indi- vidual, it awards salvation; to the disobedient, damnation. And it will continue in force, under the immediate presence of its Author, even to the end of the world, For ourselves, we see not how language can be made more so- lemn, more explicit, more stringent, than are the terms of this com- mission. And if the individual, who professes and calls himself a Christian, is not thereby obliged to carry the gospel to all men, - so far as he has ability and means, then we see not how it is possi- ble to make any duty imperative If the warranty for Christian missions be not as described above, we see not how any letters patent, or any forms of law can be obligatory. The divine warranty for the promulgation of the gospel is perfect. The strange neglect thereof, palpable, and almost complete in many portions of the visible church, would never be - could never be tolerated, ezcept by “the long-suffering of God." The period of his forbear- ance will terminate; and dreadful will be the retribution which must then come upon the neglecters and the despisers of Messiah's authority. We have called the attention of our readers to this subject, partly because it seems to receive so little consideration from the great mass of Christians, and partly because of the following paper, to which we also invite attention, Subjects for consideration at the Monthly Missionary Prayer-meetings in Hongkong during 1844. 1, The Scripture warranty, and promised success of missions, The Jews considered in relation to missions, III. Primitive missions, especially their success and the grounds of it, Modern missions, as compared with primitive missions, W. Results of modern missions, 14. Results of modern missions in relations to the exigencies of the world, I, IY, 40 Religious Intelligence. JAN. VIJ. VIII. XI. Plans proposed to secure the efficiency of missions : 1) Primary means: preaching and the circulation of the Scriptures and religious books. The application of native agency to these means. ix. 2) Secondary means; teaching and healing. x. 3) Secondary means continued; colonizing and assisting con. verts, forming them into communities. The principles, spirit and qualifications indispensable to the missionary The Rev. Vincent Stanton, and Mrs. Stanton arrived in Hong- kong, December 220, 1843. Mr. S. comes out as colonial chaplain, and entered immediately upon the performance of his duties. A very responsible sphere of ministerial labors is opened before him, sufficient to task to the uttermost the strength and talents of the ablest of men,-a sphere in which there will be demand for all the sterling graces of the Spirit, and in which we hope our friends may long be spared and enabled to labor with success. Of the Roman Catholic missions in China, we are unable at present to give any ample details: they are in all the provinces, and many of them conducted by Europeans. Of the Protestant missions, we subjoin a few particulars, selected from a printed letter, dated Hongkong, January 1st, 1844. In Canton, there is but one missionary. In the Ophthalmic hospital, where one half of his labors and more than half of his strength are exhausted, are anxious crowds eager to seek relief for their physical maladies, but careless and unconcerned for the welfare of their souls. Three or four young men have been selected, are daily instrncted in the first principles of religious truth and of the healing art, and are taught to worship the true God. Dr. Parker maintains public worship on Sabbath days for the foreign residents in Canton, and occasionally preaches on board ship at Whampoa. But for the Chinese very little is done out of his own house and hospital. To the continued residence of Mrs. Parker in Canton, no objections have been made. Public worship for foreigners has been maintained in Macao, where also a few Chinese receive religious instruction every Sabbath day, and tracts and portions of the Holy Scriptures are occasionally circulated among the people. In the British colony of Hongkong, there are already twenty thousand Chinese, and their numbers are daily increasing. Among them are a few natives who are professedly Christian; and nearly the whole native popula- tion is in some degree, favored with Christian instruction, either oral or writ- ten. In the missionary families of Messrs. Brown, Hobson, Legge, Ball and Shuck, a few Chinese daily attend on Christian worship. At five or six different places, services are held every Sabbath day, and occasionally at other times, and well attended. Twenty-four pupils are in the school of the Mor- rison Education Society, and a few are elsewhere enjoying instruction, all of 1844. Religious Intelligence. 47 them having the Bible in their hands. Among the Chinese, and among the foreign troops and seamen, the Scriptures and religious tracts have been freely circulated. In the house of the Medical Missionary Society, morning and evening prayers are conducted in Chinese by a native Christian, and many of the patients are pleased to attend. A chaplain for the colony has recently arrived. The services of both Mr. and Mrs. Stanton are much needed, especially among the sick soldiers and their families. The printing of Christian tracts has been commenced, and can be carried on here to any extent, provided the necessary funds are at command. Among the tracts recently published, is a Christian Almanac in Chinese, for the current year. In and around Amoy, a good amount of missionary work has been perform- cd, by preaching the gospel, distributing tracts and Bibles, and healing the sick. Dr. and Mrs. Hepburn have recently joined that mission. The hospital, under the care of Dr. Cumming, is frequented by great numbers of patients. Mr. Abeel has made several visits to the neighboring villages, and on one occasion proceeded up to the city of Chángchau, about thirty miles from Amoy, accompanied by Mr. Lowrie. At Chusan, Dr. and Mrs. Lockhart and Miss Aldersey, have found a wide and open field for missionary labors. Dr. Lockhart and Rev. Mr. Medhurst, have visited Ningpo and Shanghái. From very recent dates at the latter city, it appears that they have resolved to commence a mission there. Mr. Medhurst will remain at Shanghái during the winter, or until Dr. Lockhart has had time to remove his family to that place, and enter on the appropriate duties of his profession. This done, Mr. Medhurst will return to Hongkong, and remove his family to the north. On the 7th December, 1842, the Rev. Mr. Milne, after having been nine months in Tinghái, passed over to the main, and obtained a residence in Ningpo till the 7th of July, 1843, enjoying excellent opportunities for making known the principles of Christianity. People and officers of all ranks and classes frequented his apartments. His supply of books being small, portions of the Bible and tracts were given only to such as could read. Probably not less than a thousand volumes were disposed of in this manner. On the 8th of July, accompanied by a Chinese teacher and two native servants, Mr. Milne started on an overland journey for Canton. The trip occupied 38 days, and carried him a distance of more that 1,300 miles, partly by land and partly by water, through Chekiang, Kiángsi and Kwángtung. He traveled in Chi- nese costume, and was in no way molested in his journey, passing through numerous cities, and some of the most populous parts of the empire. An account of his journey and residence will erelong be published. Dr. Macgowan is now at Ningpo, but we have no particulars of his proceedings there. Mr. Milne’s object, in coming to the south, was to meet other missionaries of the London Missionary Society, who had been requested by their Directors in London, to assemble at Hongkong. Dr. Legge's arrival was noticed in our last. On the 7th of August, 1843, the Rev. Messrs. Dyer, A. and J. Stronach, and Medhurst with his family, arrived in China. During the period occupied in deliberations by the members of the London Society, meetings of the missionaries of various Protestant denominations were repeatedly held at Hongkong, for the purpose of taking into consideru. 4 JAN. Journal of Occurrenccs. tion the present state of the Chinese version of the Sacred Scriptures. There were present at some, or at all these meetings, Messrs. Medhurst, Dyer, A. and J. Stronach, Milne, · Legge, Hobson, J. R. Morrison, Dean, Roberts, Shuck, Macgowan, Lowrie, Ball and Bridgman. With perfect unanimity, it was agreed to undertake a revision, and resolved that the whole body of Pro- testant missionaries to the Chinese, do form themselves into a general com- mittee for that purpose. This was accordingly done, and the general com- mittee divided into five local branches, and parts of the New Testament apportioned to each. When the revision has been completed by these branch committees, there is to be a general meeting of delegates, who are to be the final judges as to the propriety of the work ; and after it is accepted by then, the whole is to be submitted to the Bible societies in Great Britain and Ame. rica for their acceptance. Art. IV. Journal of Occurrences: Act of Parliament for the government of H. M. subjects in China, and ordinance there- upon issued by H. M. superintendent; changes in officers at Hongkong; sale of lands there; letter from sir H. Pottinger to H. B. M. consul at Shanghái ; punishment of the murderers of Sharpe and McKinlay; correspondence with the hong-mer- chants; opium compensation; note to Article I. The following copy of the Act of Parliament authorizing the super- intendent of British trade in China to govern British subject resort- ing to this country, together with the notification of H. E sir Henry Pottinger giving effect to the same, are extracted from the Hong- kong Gazette. A Bill, intituled An act for the better government of Her Majesty's subjects resorting to China. Whereas an act was passed in the fourth year of the reign of his late majesty, inti- tuled. An act to regulate the trade to China and India,' whereby certain powers were vested in officers therein described as “superintendents of the trade of his majesty's subjects to and from the dominions of the emperor of China:' And whereas, for giving full effect to the purposes of the said act, it is necessary that provision be made for the establishment from time to time of regulations for the govern- ment of her majesty's subjects resorting to China, and it is expedient that such regula- tions should originate with some local authority cognizant of the actual ciroumstances and exigencies of such of her majesty's subjects, and to the trade carried on by them in China : And whereas, her majesty hath been pleasel, by a commission under the great seal of the United Kingdom, to establish a Legislative Council to make laws for the peace, order and good government of Her Majesty's subjects, being within her majesty's island of Hongkong. and to constitute and appoint as governor of the said island the officer invested under the said recited act with the office of the chief superintendent of the trade of her majesty's subjects to and from China : ( 1. Be it enacted, by the Queen's most excellent majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Lords spiritual and temporal, and Commons, in this present Parlia- ment assembled, and by the authority of the same, that it shall be lawful for Her Ma- jesty, by any commissions under the great seal of the United Kingdom, or by any instructions under Her Majesty's signet and sign manual accompanying and referred to in any such commission or commissions, to authorize the superintendent of the trade 181, 49 Journal of Occurrences. of Her Majesty's subjects in China (so long as such superintendent shall be also the go- vernor of the said island of Hongkong) 1o enact, with the advice of the Legislative Coun- cil of the said island of Hongkong, all such laws and ordinances as may from time to time be required for the peace, order, and good government of Her Majesty's subjects being within the dominions of the emperor of China, or being within any ship or vessel at a distance of not more than one hundred miles from the coast of China, and to en- force the execution of such laws and ordinances by such penalties and forfeitures as to him, by the advice aforesaid, shall seem fit; and that it shall also be lawful for Her Ma- jesty. by any such commission or commissions or instructions as aforesaid, to impose upon the exercise of the beforeinentioned legislative authority all such conditions and limitations as Her Majesty shall see fit to prescribe ; and that it shall also be lawful for Her Majesty to disallow, in the whole or in part, any laws or ordinances so to be enacted as aforesaid, and with the advice of Her Majesty'ỹ Privy Council, to alter the same or any of them is to Her Majesty in council shall seem meet. Di 2. And be it enacted, that it shall be lawful for Her Majesty, by any commission or warriunt imder ber royal siyn manual, to make such provision as to Her Majesty may seem fit for the temporary exercise of the duties of the said chief superintendent in the event of a vacancy occurring in that office by death, resignation or otherwise, and that the provisions herein contained respecting the said chief superintendent shall be taken to apply to the persons for the time being exercising the duties of chiet' superintendeni. under such commission or warrant. $ 3. And be it enacted, that it shall also be lawful for Her Majesty, by my order or orders made with the advice of Her Majesty's Privy Council, to orduin, tor the govern- ment of Her Majesty's sulojects being within the dominions of the emperor of China, or being within any ship or vessel at a distance of not more than one houndred miles from the coast of China. any law or ordinance which to Her Majesty in comcil my secu meet, as fully and effectually as any such law or ordinance could be made by Her Majesty in Council for government of Her Majesty's suhjects being within the said island of Hongkong: 4. And be it enacted, that all such commissions and instructios and orders in council as aforesaid, and all laws and ordinances so to be made as aforesaid, shall be laid before both houses of Parliament as soon as conveniently may be after the making and enacting thereof respectively. 5. And be it enacted, that when and so soon as any such coinmission or com- missioners as aforesaid still have been received at the said island of Hongkong by the superintendent and governor aforesaid, or by the officer for the time being in the administration of the said superintendence and government, so much of the said recited Ict is relates to the powers and authorities to be exercised by the superin- tendents therein mentioned over and in respect of the trade and commerce. of Her Majesty's subjects within any part of the dominions of the Cimperor of China, or as relates to the making and issuing directions and regulations touching the said trade and commerce, and for the government of Her Majesty's subjects within the said dominions, and as relates to the imposition of penalties, forfeitures or iinprisonments for the breach of any such directions or regulations, or as relates to the creation of a court of justice for the tri of offenses committed by Her Majesty's subjects, ils tiverein mentioned, shal. be repealed: Provided neverthless, that all things theretofore donc in pursuance of the said recited Act shall be of the same validity and effect as if this Act liad not been passed. $ 6. And be it enacted, that every suit or action which shall be brought against any person for anything done in pursuance of this Act shall be comme iced within six calen- dar months after the fact committed, and not afterwards, except where the cause of action shall have arisen in any place within the jurisdiction of any of Her Majesty's courts having civil jurisdiction, and then within six calendar months after the plaintiff and defen- dant shall have been both within the jurisdiction of any such court; and every such action or suit shall be brought in the place where the cause of action shall have arisen in any place not within the jurisdiction of any of Her Majesty's courts having civil jurisdiction; and the defendant shall be entitled to the like notice, and shall have the like privilege of tendering amends to the plaintiff, or his agent or attorney, as is provided in actions brought against any justice of the peace for any act done by him in the ex- ccution of his office. g 7. And be it enacted, that this Act may be amended or repealed by any act to be passed in this session of Parliament. An Ordinance for Her Majesty's subjects, within the dominions of the Em- pero of China, cr within any ship, or vesse! at a distance of not mora thun one hundred miles from the coast of China. ANNO SEXTO ET SEPTIMO VICTORLE REGIN. By his excellency sir Henry l'ottinger, hart., Knight Grand Cross of its VOL. XIII. No. I. 7 50 JAX. Journal of Occurrences. most honorable military Order of the Bath, Major.general in the service of the East India Company, Governor and Commander-in-chief of the colony of Hongkong, and its dependencies, and Superintendent of the trade of her majesty's subjects, trading to and from the dominions of the Emperor of China, with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong. An ordinance to render Her Majesty's subjects within the dominions of the Emperor of China, or within any ship or vessel at a distance of not more than one hundred miles from the coast of China, subject in all matters to the law of England, and to extend the jurisdiction of the courts of justice at Hongkong over the same. "Whereas, under and by virtue of an act of Parliament, made and passed in the seventh year of the reign of her majesty Queen Victoria, entitled . An act for the better government of her majesty's subject resorting to China, her majesty did, by letters patent under the great seal of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, authorize the superintendent of the trade of he' majesty's subjects in China, (so long as such superintendent should be also governor of the island of Hongkong, to enact, with the advice of the Legisla- tive Council of the said island of Hongkong, all such laws and ordinances as might, from time to time, be required for the good government of her majesty's subjects, being within the dominions of the emperor of China, or within any ship or vessel, at a distance of not more than one hundred miles from the coast of China, and to enforce the execution of such laws and ordi- nances, by such penalties and forfeitures, as to him, by the advice aforesaid, should seem fit. "1. Be it therefore enacted, by his excellency the governor of Hongkong and superintendent of the trade of her majesty's subjects in China, with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong aforesaid, that from and after the passing of this ordinance, the law of England shall have the saine force, virtue, power and effect over her majesty's subjects, within the dominions of the emperor of China, or within any ship or vessel at a distance of not more than one hundred miles from the coast of China, in all matters whatsoever, whether civil or criminal, that it has over her majesty's said subjects actually within her majesty's colony of Hongkong. “2. And be it enacted, that the courts of justice at Hongkong, which are now, or shall be hereafter erected, shall have the same power, jurisdiction, and authority in all matters whatsoever, whether civil or criminal, over her majesty's subjects within the dominions of the emperor of China, or within any ship or vessel, at a distance of not more than one hundred miles from the Coast of China, that the courts aforesaid have, or shall have over her majesty's subjects actually resident within her majesty's colony of Hongkong. "3. And be it enacted in case of any murder, felony, robbery, theft, trespass, wrong, or crime whatsoever, being charged to have been done upon the person, or property of any one whatsoever, within the dominions of the emperor of China, or within any ship or vessel, at a distance of not more than one hundred miles from the coast of China, by any of her majesty's subjects, that it shall not be lawful for the person charged therewith, to object to the locality of the jurisdiction of the said courts at Hongkong, but he shall be indicted and punished, or acquitted or demeaned in all respects, as if the offense wherewith he may be charged had been committed within the colony of Hongkong, upon the body, or property of a person within the peace of our sovereign Lady the Queen. “4. And for the prevention of doubts upon the subject, be it enacted, that the peninsula of Macao, shall for the purposes of this ordinance, and of all other ordinances, made by virtue of the power herein beforementioned, be deemed, and taken to be within the dominions of the emperor of China. “ HENRY POTTINGER, superintendent of trade, &-c., &-c.” Passed the Legislative Council, on the 24th day of January, 1844. RICHARD BURG ASS, Clerk of the Legislative Council. Official appointments, fc., at Hongkong. During the month, (on 18.11. Journal of Orcurrences. ان Nos. of lots. 72 24, the 7th) mnaj.-gen. lord Saltoun, commander of H. M. land force in China, returned from his visit to Manila in H. M ship Dido, and gave over his command to major-gen. D’Aguilar, c. B., who arrived at Hongkong in H. M. ship Castor on the 27th ult. His lordship embarked on the 30th inst., with the honors due his ránk, on board the Dido for England; which vessel also takes another instalment of three millions of dollars on the treaty of Nanking. Vice-admiral sir Williain Parker, G. C. B., commander of H. M. naval forces in China, left Hongkong for Manila on the 4th ultimo in H. M. ship Cornwallis, from whence he proceeded to India during the present month. Rear-admiral sir Thomas Cochrane, c. B. Suc- ceeds to the command of the fleet. A second sale of lots took place at Hongkong on the 22d instant. The lots were put up singly, and sold per 105 feet square, or nearly that size on the average. The following is a schedule of the sale. All the lots were knocked down at an advance on the upset price. Purchasers. Total annual rent. Dent & Co. 46, 47, 48, 49, 51, £312 Lindsay & Co. 1:3, 15, 43, 89 80 58. Patrick Stewart 6, 7, 12, 14, 66 88 10s. Thomas Larkins 5, 17, 27 59 10s. William Henry 1, 36, 37 52 15s. Robert Strachan 9, 19, 20, 21, 26, 40, 41,79, 81, 98, 99, 105, 109, 113, 116 430 George Strachan 100 38 Hughesdon, Calder & Co. 30, 32, 35, 63, 64, 102, 106, 110, 114 140 Rev. James Legge, w.D. 10, 11 44 10s. William Scott 34, 59, 71, 104 63 5s. Adam Scott 18, 108, 112 67 Robert Edwards 22, 31, 56, 57, 58 77 J. P. Porter 2, 16, 82, 83, 90 171 58. C. W. Bowra 60 10s. M. Ford 84, 96, 97 102 58. Mr. Hawkins 23, 77, 80 116 5$. M. Bruce 15 15s. W. Tarrant 85, 92, 101 75 10s. Mr. Stevenson 28, 29 31 5s. Framjee Jamsetjee 38, 62, 91, 93, 94, 95, 103, 107, 111, 115 230 Mr. Lattey 80 Kinsing 86, 88 70 10s. John Burd & Co. 39 48 58. H. Jackson 25 22 William Pyke 11 Mr. Christopher 50 32 A. Anderson 73 73 Francis Spring 33 10 10s. In all 101 lots sold, at a yearly rental of £2,562.10s. These lots are to be leased for only 75 years, after which the land and all the improvements on it will revert to government; and government also reserves the right at three months' notice to dispossess any tenant of his lot at their own valuation. There were about 254 acres in all sold, which is upwards of £100 an acre annual rent to government. The following extract of a letter from H. M. plenipotentiary to the consul at Shanghái, dated the 16th instant, shows that no little 42, 87 60, 61 45, 74 52 Jun Journal of Occurrences, trouble will be necessary to make the provisions of the tariff and commercial regulations observed by all parties. EXTRACT. “I have already, in my letter of this date No. 7, given you my opinion on the subject of transit duties, but I most fully concur in your opinion as to the disadvantage, both to the foreign commerce and Chinese government re- venue, of the system of licenses which the local authorities at Shanghái had introduced, and I trust that the very judicious steps you took to point out the evils of such a system (to say nothing if its being an infraction of the spirit, if not of the letter, of the treaty) will have opened both the eyes of the man- daring and merchants to the great mistake that had been made, and will have led to its being rectified. “Should I find, however, on the receipt of your next report that such has not been the case, I shall address the high commissioner on the subject, and you may take a fitting opportunity of intiinating my sentiments and intentions to the intendant, who cannot doubt my anxiety to act impartially and justly between the govertiments. "I am extremely sorry to see that you speak in one passage of your letter of some smuggling transactions in silk having gone on subsequent to your ar- rival at Shanghai, and add that British subjects are said to have been con- cerned in them. Should you have subsequently obtained any certain in- formation on this disgraceful proceeding, I depend on your having unscrupu- lously denounced the parties engaged in it to the Chinese authorities; and it would afford ne great satisfaction to learn, that they had not only obliged the vessels receiving the smuggled goods to leave the port, but that they had further refused to admnit any vessels belonging to the same persons (or firm) to entry in future at the port of Shinghái. "It appears to me, that it is only by some decided step of this kind that this nefarious system (as it is termed in a recent dispatch from her majesty's government) will be effectually checked, and with the extraordinary powers of legislation now intrusted to her majesty's chief superintendent of trade in China it will be strange it means cannot be devised to put a stop to practices which must speedily injure, if they do not entirely ruin, the legal trade, which are a stain on the national faith and character of England, and which subvert every principle of honest and fair cornpetition amongst inercantile men, (Signed) " HENRY POTTINGER, Punishment of the murderers of Mr. Sharpe, who was connected with the lorcha Enterprize, and of Dr. McKinlay, has been notified to H. M. plenipotentiary by H. E. governor Ki Kung. We have never ascertained by whom all these criminals were taken, but it is a satisfaction to know that justice has at last overtaken them. The accompanying note is extracted from the Hongkong Gazette of 20th instant. Kí Kung, governor-general of Kwángtung and Kwangsí, &c., &c., and Ching, lieut.-governor of Kwangtung, &c., &c., make known the following: Whereas Fan Asz, a. Hiingshán boatman, originated a plot to encompass the death of Sharpe and others, in all seven persons, in conjunction with Wi Kwanyuh and others, and the boatman Chin Ating and others were con- jointly the authors of the murder of McKinlay and others, in all two in- dividuals; the provincial judge in both these cases has prosecuted the said robbers Wú Kwányuh, &c., for the same crime, and found thein guilty : And whereas, we the governor and lieut.-governor have personally revised the sentence, and they have pleaded guilty of the above charge, we have respectfully asked for a death-warrant, and directed the juilge to proceed against W“ Kwinyuh, who plotted the death of one individual, viz., Sharpe, for the sale of obtaining his property, and to proceed against Cháng Ayu 4200 bin Yutzi, on decount of their being the author's of the murder 0% 1844 53 Journal of Occurrence: the linglish doctor Mckinlay and two loringnese sailors. These three pri- minals are now sentenced to be decapitated, and forthwith to be fettered and sent to the place of execution, and there to undergo death. And we moreover, condenined the ringleader, Fán Asz', for being the an- thor of an attack upon, and subsequent murder of Sharpe, and for having beaten to death one watchman, to die a lingering and ignominious death (10 be cut to pieces), but he having died of sickness, we had his corpse mangled according to law, and his head, as well as those of the remainder and of Wú Kwányuli, sent to the place where the crime was coinmitted, there to be stuck up on poles as a warning to the inultitude, and to make an example, in order to restrain (ruffians). The two criminals Chin Shingyuh and Ching Afuh, who were inerely aware of Fán Asz' and the others having plotted the death, and subsequently did not denounce them, have been sentenced to receive a flogging according to the law, in order to strike terror. After having res. pectfully sent in a detail of our proceedings to the throne, we have requested the emperor's pleasure thereon. The case of Táng Chíufung and others however, is not yet brought to an issue, nor are the proceedings of the judge closed, but we have urged him to prosecute them, as is on record. Deeming it our duty to communicate this for the information of the honor- able Envoy, we wish you every happiness, and address this as the most im- portant object of the statement to H. E. sir Henry Pottinger, bart., &c., &c. The following correspondence, relating to the liabilities and de- mands upon the old hong-merchants, shows that they have not been released from calls by the government, notwithstanding their means of meeting those calls have been reduced. The correspondence is taken from the Register. Order from the púching sz’ to the late hong-merchants. Hwang, the treasurer, hereby issues directions to the acting prefect of Canton, List, to inquire into the payment of money, amounting to about 3,600,000 (three millions and six hundred thousand) taels owed by the hong- merchants to the public treasury. 1.--For ginseng. The hong-merchants received this article, and sold it, but have not yet paid for it. 2.- Tribute forwarded to the court. They engaged of their own accord to discharge this in yearly instalments, but when it comes to the point, they want to throw it upon the new merchants. 3.-Payments made to the army in Turkestan. It was agreed in 1832, that this sum should be forwarded in annual instalments. But though the terin for discharging this liability is extended, still they must not endeavour to escape the obligation. 4.–Payments made to the superintendent of the grain department and other small items. They ought not to think, that on account of the newly established regulations, they will avoid the discharge of these sums. 5.- The payment of 2,800,000 taels to foreigners, for which they gave a bond. This they have to pay within four years. Already has one year's respite been granted to them, in consideration of their remaining debts, but let them not cherish delusive hopes, because we have postponed the time, for no farther delay will be allowed. Now in the original petition, the hong-inerchants state, that on each pecul of tea they will pay five mace, and on cotton two mace. But they can form no estimate of the sum of money they would be able thus to furnish annually. They also say, that tea and cotton should not be the only articles that ought to pay towards the clearing of the debts. Moreover they show, that the new establ'shments, without specifying them, should likewise bear a share in liqui- dating the sums they owe. They must however first pay up their instalments, As they have become due, and we shall then take into consideration, and report Journal of Occurrences. Jan. to the throne whatever items ought to be remitted. Thus the new merchants will have no pretext to excuse themselves, of being involved on behalf of others, neither can the old merchants get rid of their liabilities. Let the hong-merchants therefore after mature deliberation report on the above. Tàukwáng, 234 year, 11th month, 20th day. (9th January, 1844.) THE HONG-MERCHANTS' REPLY. We now beg to lay before Your Excellency, in obedience to the orders re- ceived, the following statement: Hitherto all the sums, paid either on public account or to discharge debts, were taken from the consoo fund and levied upon the trade; which is on record. We are willing to pay for ginseng and other items, and although the time when the money was due has elapsed, still we shall make up for the delay. Respecting the six millions of dollars, paid in 1841 to the English, we received orders froin the officers of government to contribute in the first instance two millions of dollars, whilst four millions were advanced from the public treasury; and the remaining expenditure on account of public emergen- cy, is not below several lacs of dollars. To this we must add the three millions of hong debts which we discharged to the foreigners, and moreover above 310,000 taels on account of the conflagration of the factories. Our non- payment and discharge of liabilities, did therefore not arise from any unwilling- ness on our part, but was owing to the heavy contributions we had to make for public purposes. Our distressed circumstances have frequently been laid before government, and since the hong monopoly is now abolished, and our privileges have ceased to exist, it is only proper, that the new mercantile establishments, who share in the same advantages, should also bear the same burdens. And for this purpose they should give a bond, and a certain sum which they could annually furnish in payment of debts, should be stipu- lated. Nor should these contributions solely fall upon tea and cotton only. And though these are the staple articles of trade, and the consumption may vary from year to year, still we shall be enabled to fix an average sum, which they annually will yield payable in instalments according to the extension of the terms, to be fixed by the supreme government. We should moreover feel deeply obliged, if the result of our deliberations were communicated to the Court. (Without date.) The particulars of the compensation granted to the holders of the opium are here inserted as a supplement to the various papers regarding this property which have appeared in the Repository. It would be a satisfaction to know by whom, and on what principle, the sum of $6,000,000 was taken as the value of the opium deli- vered up Opium compensation.-(Extracted from the London Gazette, of 25th August, 1843). Whereas by a certain treaty, signed at Nanking on the 29th day of August, 1842, by the plenipotentiaries of her majesty and of the emperor of China, it was, among other things, agreed, that the emperor of China should pay the sum of six millions of dollars, as the value of the British owned opium delivered up at Canton in the month of March, 1839 : And whereas, to enable her majesty to afford compensation to the parties who sur- rendered the said British owned opium, Parliament has granted the sum of £1,281,211, being the produce in sterling of the said six millions of dollars, after deducting the sum of £33,971, on account of 500 chests of opium provided at the expense of her majesty's government: And whereas her majesty has authorized the Lords Commissioners of her Treasury to distribute the said sum of £1,281,211 amongst the said parties entitled to compensa. tion, according to the ascertained relative value of the several descriptions of opium delivered up, which appears to be for each chest of Patna, £6€ 73. 7. 2f. Malwa, £64 118. 2d. Benares, £61 11s. 3d. if. Turkey, £43 38, 5d. Notice is hereby given by the Lords Commissioners of her majesty's Treasury, that . 181-1 5.7 Journal of Orcurreners. Patna. Benares. Malwa. the holders of the accountable receipts or certificates given ly capt. Charles Elliot, k.N. late her majesty's chief superintendent of trade in China, for the said British owned opiun, entitled to compensation, may, on or after Wednesday the 30th day of August, 1843, apply at the office of the paymaster of civil services, at the 'Treasury Chambers, Whitehall, London, for payment. But they are required two whole days, at least, before making such application, to leave at, or transmit to, the said Treasury Chambers, addressed to Charles Edward Trevelyan, esq., assistant secretary, the said receipts or certificates, for which they will receive in exchange an acknowledgment. As the receipts or certificates were made in quadruplicate, the parties applying will be required to hand all the four parts over, or to give a satisfactory account of such parts as are not in their hands. H. GOULBURN, A. PRINGLE, J. Young. Memorandum from the Treasury, showing the mode by which the value per chest of Patna, Benares, Malwa, and Turkey opium has been computed. In paying over the six millions of dollars, received under the treaty with the Chinese government, to the holders of the receipts and certificates for opium surrendered at Canton in 1839, it was necessary, first, to determine the proportional value of the se. veral descriptions of opium relatively to each other; and, secondly, to apportion to the holders of each description the sterling amount which the dollars realized. The proportional value has been ascertained by taking the prices quoted in the Canton Register, and the Canton Press, during twelve successive weeks, up to the latest date at which prices are quoted otherwise than" nominal." The prices in the Canton Press are quoted as nominal on the 24th Sep., 1838, but in the Canton Register there are quotations of sales on the 27th Nov., after which the quotations appear to have been quite nominal, without sales. The averages have therefore been collected from the Prices Current, by counting back twelve weeks from the end of Nov., and the result is as follows.- Turkey. Averages by the Canton Register, 78 days, from $579.79 $537.91 $563.95 $380 September 11th to November 27th, 1838. Averages by the Canton Press, 78 days, from 588.75 515.83 572.50 380 September 8th to November 24th. The general average is,-Patna, $584.27; Benares, $541.87; Malwa, $568.22; Tur- key, $380. This result gives a higher value to Malwa, in proportion to other descrip- tions of opium, than it had usually held. The rise in Malwa commenced in April, 1838. On the 17th February, 1838, the prices are quoted, -Patna, $530; Benares, $470; Malwa, $400. On the 24th February and 3d March, it is stated that the "market was not opened," and the sales from that date to the end of March were partial. When the general sales of all sorts commenced in April, Patna and Benares had fallen, while Malwa had in- creased in price. The quotations are then,--Patna, $410; Benares, $384; Malwa, $440. From April to June, 1838, Malwa continued to increase, and it maintained its high value till September. Quotations. August 25th. Patna, $520 X580 Benares, 490 540 Malwa, 640 685 In September the price of Malwa began to fall, and on the 16th November the quota- tions are,--Patna, 8590; Benares, $540; Malwa, 8565. The averages of the twelve weeks' successive quotations to the end of Nov., are as before stated, -Patna, $584.27; Benares, $541.87; Malwa, $568.22; Turkey, $380. And these proportions have been adopted to calculate the sum to be paid per chest for each description of opium. The number of chests of each sort are, Patna, 5,614 chests. Benares, 1,128.75 Malwa, 13,487.68 Turkey, 53 20,283.43 chests. The proportionate value of these chests, at the several averages before mentioned, is,- Patna, $3,280,091.78 Malwa, $7,663,969.52 Benares, 611,635.76 Turkey, 20,140.00 The sterling sum which the 6,000,000 dollars realized was £1,315,188, and this sum gives to each of the above proportions the following sterling value:- Patna, €372,667 8s. 5d. Malwa, £870,741 85. 4d. Benares, 69,490 198. 2d. Turkey, 2,228 4s Id, June 30th. . 56 Journal of Occurrences. Which is for onc chest of each sort of opium, as follows: Patna, L66 78. 7d. 28: Malwa, £61 11s. 2d. Benarcs, 61 11s. Id. if. Turkey, 43 3s. 5d. 2f. Note on the preceding from a London paper. The upshot of the whole affair will be nearly as follows. The merchants will, nominally, receive scarcely one-half of what they originally paid directly to the E. I. Coinpany, or indirectly in the realization of its revenue, and this will amount to a loss to them of, at least, one million sterling. By the prescribed form of payment, they will lose a full one fifth part even of the promised sum, and this will amount to snine 240,0001. more. Then they will lose four years' interest on their whole capital, which, not at Indian interest, which it bore, but merely at European, will amount to at least 800.000. In the meanwhile, the loss of the mer. chants is the gain of other p:irties. They, the merchants, are made to pay for life and liberty of Her Majesty's plenipotenti:ury, as the treaty expressly tells us. The East India revenue has gained, at least a million sterling within the last four years, by the destruction of the merchants' property; and Sir Robert Peel transfers a million sterling trom their pockets to the public treasury. Note to ART. I. Since the first sheets of this number were struck off, various changes have been made in the lists of officers, consuls, &c., there given, and some errors discovered, which are here noticed. Thomas W. Waldron, esq. has arrived at Hongkong as naval storekeeper for U. S. ships of war in these waters. on Mr. Moxhet is Belgian consul at Singapore, and was sent on a special inission to China. He has left China for Singapore during the month. Consul for Hanover. Christopher Fearon, esq. Mr. Modderman is more correctly designated as a special mission to China from the Netherlands' government,” than as a commercial agent. Don Sinibaldo de Mas has recently arrived in China, sent by the government of Manila as their agent, in place of Don J. M. Halcon, who has returned. M. Grube has come out as Prussian councellor of commerce and commissioner. Major-general lord Saltoun having left China, major.-gen. G. C. D’Aguilar, c. B. has taken command of the land force. Capt. Henry T. D’Aguilar of the Grenadier Guards is assistant military secretary, and lieut. Charles D'Aguilar of the Royal Artillery is A. D. C. to the major-gen.—The Legislative Council of Hongkong has entered upon its duties, the hon. major-gen. D’Aguilar, lieut.-gov. of long- kong, and the hon. major Caine, chief magistrate, having taken the vaths and their seats as members, on the ilth instant. R. Burgass, esq., is clerk. Capt. T. Ormsby is A. D. C. to H. E. the governor and comman- der-in-chief, in room of capt. Brooke, who sailed for England on the 28th ult., with the imperial ratification of the supplementary treaty. Two new mercantile houses have been established during the month, vix. Disandt and Tiedeman, and Bush and Miller, both at llongkong THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIII.-- FEBRUARY, 1844.— No. 2. Art. I. The Closing Events of the Campaign in China; the operations in the Yángtsz kiáng ; and the treaty at Nanking. By captain GRANVILLE G. LOCH, R. N. London : John Murray, Albemarle street, 1843. Captain Loch joined the main part of the expedition on the 16th of June, but not until after action on that day had closed, and the forts of Wúsung had been dismantled. On the 31st of Aug., 1842, he left head-quarters, and embarked for his homeward voyage, by way of India. Having been with the expedition, in its ascent up the Great river, and witnessed the operations and proceedings at Chin- kiáng and Nanking, he was well circumstanced to describe those important events. The little volume, comprising less than three hundred pages, gives us a good account of the closing events of the expedition. We make a few extracts, which need no comments. “On the 19th June, at four o'clock in the morning, I landed on the banks of the rivulet before mentioned (at Wúsung), just as the 18th Royal Irish were in the act of crossing. The 49th, Madras Native Riflemen, Horse and Foot Artillery, and Sappers and Miners, composed our force. The sky was clear, and the air full of that delightful fragrance peculiar to early morning, and the men were in high spirits in anticipation of an inland march,-rather a novelty to them of late. “We were en route by six o'clock, and an imposing sight, these 2000 hardy fellows, marching in single file along the narrow pathways, must have offered to the gaping celestials. The country, flat as Kent and Essex by the banks of the Thames, is completely cultivated, and as beautiful as its VOL. XIII. NO. 11. 58 Feb. Loch's Campaign in China. sameness of features will allow fertility to make it. The flattened tops of earthen dykes between the fields are the only roads, and these are flanked, and here and there crossed by deep ditches, which we passed on granite slabs, generally too narrow for the Horse Artillery. This provoking, but not unforeseen hindrance, caused some trouble and much delay, the Sappers having frequently to fill the ditches for the passage of the guns. We trod dryer ground as we receded from the river; and besides the perpetual rice, saw fields of beans, corn, cotton, and other plants. Farms, surrounded by high shrub hedges, neatly interlaced with platted bamboo, were thickly scattered over the country; nothing could be more rural than the appearance of the houses, some in clusters, others by themselves, all half hid by umbra- geous inclosures, delightful lanes of fruit trees, abundance of wild honey- suckle and roses. Affluence and industry were everywhere apparent, and a love of neatness conspicuous from the arrangement of the house to the tilling of the ground. “We saw crowds of peasantry in every direction; they climbed the trees and little knolls to obtain a good view of us from a distance; but when a long survey convinced them that we were not ‘frantically’ disposed, they ap- proached with confidence. Our handful of men would not have been a mouthful apiece to the multitudes around us. “We passed two wounded men lying on a bank, dying without assistance in sight of thousands. Unfortunately we could not afford them aid, advanc- ing as we were through a hostile country. “We went through two villages; the shops were open, and the people remained in them; the first time such confidence had been shown towards us in China. Strict orders were issued to touch nothing; and, to the credit of the thirsty troops be it spoken, they were obeyed. Almost every house has its little garden, shaded by trees; among them I remarked the tulip, the tallow, and the mulberry. We flushed a pheasant or two, and I heard some partridges during our march. The former bird is very plentiful throughout all central China; at Chusan, the officers in winter quarters had excellent sport. “Graves were in every field;—mounds of earth, some hollowed into vaults, oö'lers solid, with the coffin resting on the top, and covered with matting. “There appeared to be a great paucity of quadrupeds, although I venture to say every man in our little army kept as sharp a lookout for beasts of the field and of the sty as for the enemy; as the wherewithal for dinner, to the hest of our belief, still enjoyed the breath of Heaven. Two ponies and a water buffalo were the only animals we saw. “ At last, after a march of eleven miles, we approached a river, and had to skirt its banks for some distance to the westward, when we came to a bridge of five piers—single slabs of granite spanning a space of at least twenty feet from the shore to the first pier. These were flapped over by others of the same length to the second, and so on to the last, the upper slabs being in the centre. When we had crossed the bridge, we were in the suburbs of Shánghái. The way to the city gates inclined to the left; the shops along 1844. 59 Loch's Campaign in China. it were partially shut, and the people in a state of great excitement, some- times coming in our line of march with basins of samshoo, which they offered to the men as an irresistible bribe, and for which they got well drubbed; but the greatest proportion were clustered together in stupid terror round the teashops, and at the entrance of the narrow streets. Merchants' stores, ware-houses, builders' yards, and what I took to be distilleries, in- dicated our approach to a large and wealthy city. “A soldier of the advanced guard fell back to inform us that we were close to the walls; forming in closed order, the advance guard fell back, and on we went double quick to the closed gates. We saw through a crevice two small guns pointed to sweep the causeway, but not a sound was heard. We scaled the wall by an old house, appropriately placed, found the ram- parts deserted, and saw the townspeople flying. The gates were opened ; the bugles struck up; and the troops marched through. “ After taking formal possession, we proceeded along the ramparts to a joss house erected on a bastion, and commanding a view of the river. We saw our steamers coming up with the North Star, Modeste, and Columbine in tow. When within two miles of us, a small battery, which we had unavoidably passed far to our left, opened fire upon then. It was silenced in five minutes. “ The appearance of the town, considering its rank as a second chop' city disappointed me. Certainly the shops were shut, and the streets deserted, but yet the houses were generally shabby and insignificant, built of wood, the upper stories projecting over the narrow streets. “The General took up his quarters in a pavilion built on the edge of a sheet of water in the public gardens of the Ching-hwang miáu, or · District- city temple. To convey an adequate notion of these shall be my endeavor, as they are so completely Chinese in taste, idea, and execution. “In the centre of a serpentine sheet of water, there is a rocky island, and on it a large temple of two stories, fitted up for the accommodation of the wealthy public. Pillars of carved wood support the roof; fretted groups of uncouth figures fill up the narrow spaces; while movable latticed blinds screen the occupants from the warmth of the noonday sun. Nothing can surpass the beauty and truth to nature of the most minutely carved flowers and insects prodigally scattered over every screen and cornice. This is the central and largest temple. A number of other light ærial- looking structures of the same form are perched upon the corners of arti- ficial rocky precipices, and upon odd little islands. Light and fanciful wooden bridges connect most of these islands, and are thrown across the arms of the serpentine waters, so that each sequestered spot can be visited in turn, At a certain passage of the sun, the main temple is shaded in front by a rocky eminence, the large masses of which are connected with great art and propriety of taste, but in shape and adjustment most studiously grotesque. Trees and flowers, and tufts of grass, are sown and planted, where art must have been taxed to the utmost to procure them lodgment. “In another part of the gardens there is a miniature wood of dwarf' trees, 60 Feb. Loch's Campaign in China. with a dell and waterfall; the leaves, fruit, and blossoms of the trees are in proportion to their size. This ingenious science (if science it can be called), to bring it to perfection, requires the most assiduous care and patient watch- ing. A small branch of a forest tree is deprived of a ring of bark, and the bare place covered round with prepared unctuous earth; this is kept moist, and when the radicals have pushed into the loam, the branch is separated from the tree, and planted in a trough or porcelain flower-pot. The pot is then filled with bog-earth, manure, and clay, and water is applied according to the necessity of the plant. The branches are repressed by cutting and burning, and bent into shapes resembling an old forest tree; and even to the roughness of the bark and hollow knots of pruned and decayed branches, they are complete in resemblance. The roughness is produtced by ants, attracted by smearing the bark with sweet substances. “Tortuous pathways lead to the top of the artificial mountain, each turn- ing formed with studied art to surprise and charm, by offering at every point fresh views and objects. Flowers and creepers sprout out from cre- vices; trees hang over the jutting crags; small pavilions crested with the white stork, their emblem of purity, are seen from almost every vista, while grottoes and rocky recesses, shady bowers and labyrinths, are placed to entrap the unwary, each with an appropriate motto, one inviting the wanderer to repose, another offering quiet and seclusion to the contemplative philosopher, “ Three regiments were quartered in these gardens, and the rooms formed for the enjoyments of the wealthiest, were occupied by the private soldier, and many of the most exquisite ornaments were torn down and burnt to cook their numerous messes. Nor could this be well avoided : they had just entered quarters after a long march; no wood was at hand, and there was no time to send parties to search for it, and it was of course necessary that the men should have fuel. Round these fires the soldiers might be seen sitting enveloped in silk and satin cloaks, lined with rich furs, exciting a blaze with embroidered fans, lawful property taken from the Chinese caught with these pilfered articles about them. Such loot was easily obtained in a large Chi- nese town, owing to the general practice of placing things in pawn. These depositories are numerous, always well stocked, and consequently the first places to be broken into by the rabble preparatory to our assaults, and after the respectable inhabitants had left the town. “The first thing that strikes one upon entering a captured city, is Chinese robbers, passing, like a string of busy ants, in a continuous line, from some large house to the city gates, heavily laden. In this pursuit, the Fukien men are the bravest of the brave. They will bear thumping, kicking, and mal- treating in every way, but will most pertinaciously hold on to their bundles. “I quartered upon my kind friend colonel Montgomerie and the Artillery. Their locale was a pawnbroker's house; the lower rooms and courts, which we occupied, were spacious and empty, but the upper suite of apartments was filled with shelves and stands laden with rich stuffs. A smaller room, Ret apart for the reception of gold and silver ornainents, had been partially 1844. 61 Loch's Campaign in China. ransacked of its contents. Broomsticks were in requisition to clear our future premises of the rabble, but not before the goods of greatest value had been abstracted. “The coolies proved themselves of keener sight than their masters, by the capitally supplied board we sat down to-principally the result of the day's forage. “When the merry laugh and hearty tone of good fellowship. were changed by my tired companions to a nasal trumpet note, I endeavored to excite a proper feeling of romantic enthusiasm worthy my novel position ;-under a Chinaman's roof, in a city of a central province of the Celestial Empire, honored for the first time by the presence of English masters ;—but it was of no avail; pagodas and mandarins, ships and soldiers, feasting and fight- ing, images of dead and dying, and, lastly, happy peaceful England, Aitted past my drowsy vision, until the comforter of the wretched, and friend of the weary-sleep, overpowered me. “ The next morning I sallied out to see the town, and call upon the general-in-chief. He was in conference with the admiral about a letter which a well known character, designated by the appellation of corporal White, had brought from I'lípú. This petty officer (corporal White) was first known to the expedition when up the gulf of Petchelee, off the Pei-ho. He was then the medium of communication between admiral Elliot and Kishen. “We examined numerous joss-houses, some covering a greater extent of ground than Westminster Abbey. None possessed beauty of architectural design; all were elaborately ornamented, and contained rows of gilded wooden deities of the Budhist faith, three times the size of life. “We visited a public hospital under the charge of some priests of Budha; the wards, surrounding an inclosed court, were full of spectres dying from disease and recent neglect. The medical staff did all that humane and clever men could do to alleviate their sufferings, but they had neither time nor remedies at hand to amend their condition. “Hence we went to the Arsenal, where we found ten pieces of flying artillery, mounted on wheel-barrows. In fact, the carriage was precisely like a large garden barrow, with a locker before for the shot, and a drawer between the handles, containing loose powder and a small shovel to load with. Besides iron guns of various calibre, we discovered some new brass 12 pound carronades, modeled from one lying by their side, having on it the crown and “G. R. 1826;" with the difference of the crown, in the place of which there was a Chinese character, they were exact copies. Close to them was a new circular slide for a Paixhan gun; probably the design was made from drawings taken by some of the Chinese occasionally detained on board our steamers. “This is not the first instance of their talent and expertness as copyists, and satisfies me that this war will do them (in some respects) more good than harm, by sharpening their wits, and will render a second, at any future period, a much more difficult undertaking, Loch's Campaign in China. FEB. “Upon the approach of our fleet to Wúsing, the Chinese governor issued a notice assuring the people that our final destruction was at hand, that they might rest in .confident security, and prepare festivities to welcome the glorious day in which the “barbarian eyes' taken in the battle would be sacrificed. Shortly before our arrival, it appears that the mandarins had nearly squeezed all the patience out of their long enduring inferiors, and that in consequence the sufferers had the audacity to complain of oppression. Our onward movement naturally alarmed their masters, and produced these pro- clamations. The consequence was, that after the forts of Wúsung fell, the people retaliated, and denounced the mandarins as traitors and cowards for running away on the first approach of danger, and vowed they would never permit them to return. My informant was Mr. Gutzlaff, who seemed to consider this unusual independence of sentiment a favorable omen. “We have reason to believe, from information collected since our arrival, that the Wúsung is the principal river of communication to the central coun- try, through which the Great Canal passes, and into by various branches, its largest reservoir, the lake of Tái-hú; that instead of the coasting produce passing directly up the Yángtsz kiáng to the Canal for distribution through the empire, the portion destined for the inland provinces to the southward is transported by this tributary. This belief was further confirmed by an examination of an old map by a French Jesuit, procured by Major Anstruther, and which he had most ingeniously and satisfactorily compared with a. Chinese book of maps found in our quarters.” pages 42-54. The following paragraphs describe the capture of Chinkiáng. “The 5th of July was a day of eager excitement. The steamers that had heen absent with captains Kellet and Collinson (our two active surveyors) had returned with the gratifying intelligence that the channel, although in some parts intricate and narrow, was very deep, and sufficiently clear for the largest ships to traverse. “The signal was made to prepare for sea on the following day, and the order of sailing was issued by the admiral. “The army was divided into four brigades, under the command of major- generals Lord Saltoun, Bartley, Schoedde, and brigadier Montgomerie of the artillery. These were distributed in five divisions, each division led and under the entire charge of a man-of-war. Captain Bourchier of the Blonde, Hon. F. Grey of Endymion, Hon. H. Keppel, Dido; Kingcome, Belleisle; and Kuper, Calliope; were the officers appointed by the admiral. It is not easy to describe the feeling of exultation which more or less animated all at the prospect of entering as invaders into the heart of an immense empire, where we are looked pon as barbarians from beyond the civilized world. * The admiral weighed on the 6th at daylight, with a fair wind, the first and fourth divisions following. The general-in-chief at the head of the first, Lord Saltoun in the Belleisle, captain Kingcome leading the fourth. A distance of two miles separated each division. We, in the Dido, were last- mosi tantalizing position. 1844. 03 Loch's Campaign in China. "Grey's division passed at noon, when the wind grew very light, and the tide began to ebb before our turn arrived to weigh, so we found we could hardly stem it. The headmost ships were by this time out of sight, when we, scarcely a league from our former berth, were obliged to anchor, the Blonde in charge of the second division, on shore, six miles ahead; one of Captain Grey's and one of our own convoy in the same condition; heavy rain commenced; the light air entirely abated, and we became most anxious." pp. 64, 65. * * “21st of July.—The morning of this eventful day, on which it was destined that the proud spirit of the Chinese government should be humbled by the total destruction of their most important Tartar stronghold, dawned with unclouded serenity, and before the sun rose, the general commander-in- chief, his staff, and the right brigade, had landed and occupied the bluff hill abovementioned, to the westward of the city, from the summit of which we had, while the remainder of the troops were forming, ample time to contem- plate the magnificent panoramic view of the city on our left, and the ground and height to the southward, on which the encamped enemy were drawn up in a line behind entrenchments. From an eminence, we saw that they were in greater force than either our previous reconnoissance, or the information gained by the interpreter, led us to anticipate. Looking at their extended line, I began to suspect that the greater portion, if not the whole, of the garrison had during the night, joined the camp, anxious to bear the brunt of our attack, and by offering a stronger resistance without, perhaps save the city, from injury. I, however, soon found this to be a mistaken supposition. “My kind friend, sir Hugh Gough, allowed me to make myself useful as an extra aid-de-camp. I landed, and was with him throughout the day in that capacity “ It would be unnecessary in me to recapitulate the tactics and events of an action, which has been recorded and read in every public paper; so I shall confine my description to the movements I saw occurring round the person of the chief. “The first brigade, under Lord Saltoun, began to move up the valley leading to the heights, followed by a portion of the artillery. The column of our men and guns, presented a fine sight as they marched up the winding valley, at times partially hid, at times emerging from behind the slight ac. clivities connected with the heights, where the Chinese were drawn up in line, cresting their strong position, their tents struck, and banners flying. The latter commenced a distant fire until the Bengal Volunteers, sent to turn their right flank, charged them up the hill, when they gave way within twenty yards of our bayonets. “I accompanied the Volunteers, and had an opportunity of remarking a peculiar feature in the character of the Chinese. We had to cross a paddy field and occupy a small village, under a close and smart fire from the enemy. The village had not been deserted; some of the houses were closed, while 04 Feb. Loch's Campaign in China. the inhabitants of others were standing in the streets, staring at us in stupid wonder, and, although they were viewing a contest between foreigners and their fellow-countrymen, and in danger themselves, from their position, of being shot, were coolly employed eating their bowls of rice. « The sun was too hot for a race, and as the Chinese ran well, I returned to the commander-in-chief on a mandarin's horse which I had caught. I found the admiral and the general sitting under the shade of some fine palms upon a hill, the top of which was crowned by several spacious build- ings. They were waiting for the centre brigade to come up to storm the town. “Our position overlooked the city wall within fair gingal range. We plainly saw the. Tartar soldiers on the ramparts, two or more to every em- brasure and loop-hole, anxiously watching our movements, and waiting for an onset to open fire, which they soon did with spirit as we moved along a high embankment level with the wall. Along this we continued a con- siderable distance, until we reached the enclosed suburbs, through which we passed securely to within a short distance of the western gate, connected with our side by a bridge over the canal in front of it. “A gun was sent forward, with an advance party, to cover captain Pears and his Sappers, while he blew the gate open. This gallant service was performed in admirable style under a cross fire from flanking bastions, the heavy, massive gates, bound and studded with iron, and propped on the inside by many sand bags, flew in like chips carried before a sudden blast of wind, and were hurried along the street to a considerable distance, but without one stone or brick of the gateway arch being displaced, the calculation was so admirable. “Our gallant fellows dashed through with a cheer in the midst of smoke, dust, and flying rafters. Their impetuous charge would have driven back five times their number, but no such opposition was met with: we found in- stead, the ramparts in the possession, at one point, of general Schoedde; at another, of our seamen and marines, under the command of captain Ri- chards, who had landed to recover some boats and guns disabled in their ascent up the canal by an unexpected and destructive fire from an angle of the wall; at this angle captain Richards escaladed and repaid the former loss with interest “ It was about mid-day when the centre brigade joined the left upon the rampart. Soldiers were dropping at every step from exhaustion and exces- sive heat, ‘so the general ordered a halt for a few hours, where we then were, round the west gate guard-house, merely sending a large detachment along the ramparts to the right to occupy the southern gate. This party had not proceeded half a mile when they encountered a sharp and sudden resistance from a large body of Tartars, drawn up on an open space before some houses, and flanked by a hedge, a ditch, and pond of water. They planted their gingals before them; formed with order and steadiness, and commenced a rapid and well directed fire, which brought down officers and 1844. 65 Loch's Campaign in China. men in quick succession. Our men, though taken somewhat by surprise, and not one to three, fired a volley and charged down the bank, driving all before them, but not without obstinate resistance. As the enemy retreated through the compounds and narrow streets, our men were called off; a guard was placed over the dead and wounded, and the rest were sent forward to their destination. “The firing brought the general up, who resolved, when the sun became less powerful, to sweep the town from house to house. “ As we marched along the walls, I saw, what as a novice in this descrip- tion of warfare shocked me much, old men, women and children, cutting each other's throats, and drowning themselves by the dozen; and no one either attempting or apparently showing any inclination to save the poor wretches, nor in fact regarding them with more notice than they would a dead horse carried through the streets of London to the kennel. “While we were resting in the south guard-house, a Chinese Canton in- terpreter, who had frequently before been the medium of communication between the authorities of both nations, was introduced under the escort of two soldiers; he was the bearer of letters to our chief from the viceroy: they were to the old purport, requesting him to send the ships down the river, and arrange a meeting with him on shore to settle differences. Such a modest request at such a time was exceedingly mal-apropos, and very nearly cost the stupid old interpreter his life; who fancying himself secure in his know- ledge of our language, passed through the gate, and was nearly shot by the sentinel for advancing towards the general's quarters, after having failed in his endeavors to make himself understood. Sir Hugh was in no humor to receive him, which he, having lost but little of his self-confidence, thought exceedingly incorrect. He said, that "I’lipú wished very much to have a talkey outside river—no inside—and that English very bad if they no obey.' “Our reply was, (I mean that given by our individual selves, who had nothing to do with the matter,) “that the Englishman may talkey a very, very lettle, if Chinamen pay $20,000,000; and afterwards pay more, talkey more, and then the respectable old gentleman was shown the way out. “ Towards evening, an advance was sounded, and the commander-in-chief marched with two regiments towar the Tartar quarter of the town, guided by some Chinese and Mr. Gutzlaff. We broke into many houses, where we imagined soldiers were concealed, but met with no resistance, nor saw any armed Tartars. Quiet and peace seemed to reign paramount in the still evening, while the fragrance of the flowers, surrounding almost every house, calmed the strong excitement that had possessed us throughout the day. It was the prettiest Chinese town I had seen; the houses were all well kept, and the interiors of many magnificent: the streets well paved and clean; and open grassy spaces and gardens gave a grace and airiness not usually met with in walled cities. “We were guided to a large building said to be the governor's palace. We saw that it belonged to government by the flying dragon painted upon 9 VOL. XIII. NO, 11. 66 FEB. Loch's Campaign in China. the wall opposite the great entrance; but the gates had apparently been closed for some considerable time: weeds were growing before them, and the only sign of life was a wounded Tartar of great size and strength, lying under the shade of the portico; he was dressed in the blue over-shirt, with yellow trimmings, said to be the uniform of the imperial guard. When we forced the house, we found it equelly deserted, but completely furnished, and of great extent We set fire to it, and marched on. “I went with two soldiers of the 18th down a street to the right, to a large house, which I conclude belonged to a Tartar of consequence: we burst the door and entered. Never shall I forget the sight of misery that there met our view. “ After we had forced our way over piles of furniture, placed to barricade the door, we entered an open court strewed with rich stuffs and covered with clotted blood; and upon the steps leading to the “hall of ancestors,' there were two bodies of youthful Tartars cold and stiff, much alike, appa- rently brothers. Having gained the threshold of their abode, they had died where they had fallen, from the loss of blood. Stepping over these bodies, we entered the hall, and met, face to face, three women seated, a mother and two daughters; and at their feet lay two bodies of elderly men, with their throats cut from ear to ear, their senseless heads resting upon the feet of their relations. To the right were two yonng girls, beautiful and delicate, crouching over, and endeavoring to conceal a living soldier. “In the heat of action, when the blood is up and the struggle is for life between man and man, the anguish of the wounded, and the sight of misery and pain, is unheeded; humanity is partially obscured by danger; but when excitement subsides with victory, and the individual circumstances are recalled to mind which led to the result, a heart would be hardly human that could feel unaffected by the retrospection. But the hardest heart of the oldest man who ever lived a life of rapine and slaughter could not have gazed on this scene of woe unmoved. “I stopped, horror-struck at what I saw. I must have betrayed my feel- ings by my countenance, as I stood spell-bound to the spot. The expres- sion of cold unutterable despair depicted on the mother's face, changed to the violent workings of scorn and hate, which at last burst forth in a parox- ysm of invective, afterwards in floods of tears, which apparently, if anything could, relieved her. She came close to me, and seized me by the arm, and with clenched teeth and deadly frown pointed to the bodies—to her daugh- ters—to her yet splendid house, and to herself; then stepped back a pace, and with firmly closed hands and in a hoarse and husky voice, I could see by her gesture, spoke of her misery—of her hate, and I doubt not, of revenge. It was a scene that one could not bear long. Consolation was useless; expos- tulation from me vain. I attempted by signs to explain, offered her my ser- vices, but was spurned. I endeavored to make her comprehend that, how- ever, great her present misery, it might be in her unprotected state a hundred-fold increased; that if she would place herself under my guidance, 1844. 67 Loch's Campaign in China. * * * * I would pass her through the city gates in safety into the open country, where doubtless, she would meet many of the fugitives, but the poor woman would not listen to me; the whole family were by this time in loud lamen- tation. So all that remained for me to do was to prevent the soldiers bayo- neting the man who, since our entrance, had attempted to escape.” pp. 102– 111. “ At a quarter past 11 A. M. on the 4th of August, 1842, the first European vessel, and that an English 74, anchored off the manned walls of the ancient capital of China." p. 132. “26th. This was the day fixed upon for the interview between sir Henry Pottinger and the commissioners, to discuss and finally arrange the condi- tions of the treaty. The plenipotentiary and his suite, consisting of major Malcolm, doctor Woosnam, Messrs. Morrison, Gutzlaff, and Thom (the three interpreters), besides Mr. Eastwick, a friend of sir Henry's, and myself, proceeded in the admiral's barge up the channel to the appointed landing- place, where we were met by a detachment of Tartar cavalry and a num- ber of officers of rank. Horses provided by the artillery were in waiting, as also the the envoy's guard of honor. “Sir Henry landed under a salute of three guns, and a band struck up which set our teeth on edge. The horse artillery, admirably mounted upon arabs, preceded the plenipotentiary, while the Tartar cavalry brought up the rear, their silk gowns and shaggy ponies offering a striking contrast to our fine fellows. We entered the first gate we came to, opening to the northwest, and passed for about a mile up a long street, leading to the south- ward, after which we turned to the left, and lastly to the right into the street where the large government building, appropriated to the interview, was plainly observed from the numerous flags and officers in front of it. “Without dismounting, sir Henry was conducted up the long inclosed entrance of the outer court, and up the steps of the second (a royal honor) to the door of the third, where the imperial commissioners were standing, sur- rounded by their high officers and functionaries. We were received with much dignified courtesy, and conducted through several rooms and passages of this immense house into the chamber of audience~a square apartment, partitioned by a ho hoe railing, round which were placed chairs fronting tables loaded with sweetmeats of every description. The tables and chairs were covered with red embroidered drapery, and the floor with crimson drugget. The bottom of this room opened into a court which was canopied by a chequered silk awning. “A more tolerable band than we had yet heard commenced, as we sat down, a tune resembling a pibroch, and continued to play throughout the repast. Young white buttoned officers handed round tea, hot wine, and sweetmeats, while a conversation upon general subjects was maintained between the commissioners and sir Henry through the medium of the interpreters. “ Numerous patties of minced meat, pork, arrowroot, vermicelli soup with 68 Fer. Loch's Campaign in China. meat in it, pig's-ear soup, and other strange dishes, were served in succes- sion, in small China and silver basins, and in proportion to our various capa- bilities in making these messes disappear, we seemed to rise in the estima- tion of the beholders. But human nature could not support this ordeal long, and, as a coup de grace, Kiying insisted upon sir Henry opening his mouth, while he with great dexterity shot into it several immense sugar-plums. I shall never forget sir Henry's face of determined resignation after he found remonstrances were of no avail, nor the figure of Kiying, as he stood planted before him, in the attitude of a short sighted old lady threading a needle, poising the bonne bouche between his finger and thumb preparatory to his successful throw. “After this the tables were cleared, and business commenced. The de- mands, written in both languages, were again read; and with the exception at first of a slight demur at our detention of Chusan as a guaranty until the full payment of the 21,000,000 of dollars, and a wish to exclude Fuchau fú from free trade, were unanimously agreed to. The commissioners were made perfectly to understand that the final settlement of the tariff, residence of English fanıilies in the various towns and their vicinities, the future management of commerce through our own consuls, and the entire abolition of the hong monopoly, were points only delayed in consequence of the time it would require to discuss their minutiæ in detail, but that they were of such vital importance that if, when they were brought forward, any procras- tination or refusal should occur, it would effectually interrupt the amity so auspiciously commenced between the two empires. “None of the critical examination into phrases or expressions, so keenly canvassed and suspiciously viewed by European diplomatists, occupied a moment of their attention. All their anxiety, which was too powerful to be concealed, was centred upon the one main object, our immediate departure; in consequence, almost in the same breath with their assent, they requested the plenipotentiary to remove the ships away from the canals, and to send them down the river. To this the envoy replied that, upon the treaty being signed, the blockade would be removed, and when the last dollar of the first instalment of six millions was paid, every town and fort within the Yángtsz' kiáng would be delivered back into their hands. “Sir Henry then remarked, that as every difference was satisfactorily arranged, he was anxious to say a few words upon a subject—the great cause that produced the disturbance which led to the war, he meant the trade in opium. When this was translated, they unanimously declined entering upon the subject, until sir Henry assured them he did not wish to speak of it, but as a topic of private conversation. They then evinced much interest, and eagerly requested to know why we would not act fairly towards them, by prohibiting the growth of the poppy in our dominions, and thus effectually stop a traffic so pernicious to the human race. This, he said, in consistency with our constitutional laws, could not be done; and he added, that even if England chose to exercise so arbitrary a power over her tillers 1844. 09 Loch's Campaign in China. of the soil, it would not check the evil so far as they, (the Chinese) were concerned, while the cancer remained uneradicated among themselves, but that it would merely throw the market into other hands. “It, in fact, he said, “rests entirely with yourselves. If your people are virtuous, they will desist from the evil practice, and if your officers are incorruptible, and obey their orders, no opium can enter your country. The discouragement of the growth of the poppy in our territories rests principally with you, for nearly the entire produce cultivated in India travels cast to China; if, however, the habit has become a confirmed vice, and you feel convinced, that your power is at present inadequate to stay its indulgence you may rest assured your people will procure the drug in spite of every enactment; would it not, therefore, be better at once to legalize its impor- tation, and by thus securing the coöperation of the rich, and from whom it would thus no longer be debarred, thereby greatly limit the facilities which now exist for smuggling.' “They owned the plausibility of the argument, but expressed themselves persuaded that their imperial master would never listen to a word upon the subject. To convince them that what he said was not introduced from any sinister wish to gain an end more advantageous, he drew a rapid sketch of England's rise and progress from a barbarous state to a degree of wealth and civilization unparalleled in the history of the world; which rapid rise was principally attributable to benign and liberal laws, aided by commerce, which conferred power and consequence. He then casually mentioned instances of governments having failed to attain their objects by endeavor- ing to exclude any particular articles of popular desire; tobacco was one of those he alluded to; and now that it was legalized, not only did it produce a large revenue to the crown, but it was more moderately indulged in. Mr. Gutzlaff, a perfect master of the Chinese language, was the interpreter, and performed his part well. The commissioners and surrounding officers seemed greatly interested. “The plenipotentiary also said, that he thought it probable, that upon the return of the treaty from England, an envoy might be deputed to Peking, and he wished to know if he would be received with satisfaction and proper respect. Kiying immediately replied, with earnestness, that he was sure the emperor would be glad to receive an embassy, and took that opportunity to express his sorrow at the treatment Lord Amherst had met with, which, he stated, was caused by the machinations of a corrupt set of ministers then in office.” 168–175. pp. 70 FER List of Shipping Entered at. Hongkong. Shire, McGregor , Bombay, capt. VI. Singapore, Ballast, From. Bound to. Tons. 99 11 27 97 Art. II. List of arrivals in Hongkong harbor, from July 1st to Dec. 31st, 1843. For the list of arrivals before the date of this, see vol. XII., pages 46, and 368. Where the nation is not mentioned, the vessel is under the British flag. July 1843. Name. Captain. Import. 1st Bahamian, Pearson, Liverpool, Whampoa, Sundries, 319 Earl of Moira, Gray, Bali, Whampoa, Rice, 700 2d Nautilus, Gibson, Liverpool, Chusan, General, 232 Lord Amherst, Zabell, Масао, , Coast, Cotton, 350 Red Rover, McMurdo, Calcutta, Opium, 250 3d Chieftain, Birnie, Liverpool, Whampoa, General, 398 5th Corsair, Fraser, Macao, Macao, Opium, 137 John Brightman, Viall, Calcutta, Cotton, 404 Gustav, (Sw.) Jessen, Whampoa, General, 383 Inglis, Isaacson, Bombay, Cotton, 1321 6th Amazon, McFarlane, Calcutta, 423 Swallow, (Am.) Williams, 120 Aden, Clark, Liverpool, General, 340 Slack, Singapore, Timber, 524 Townsend, Macao, Ballast, 146 Scanlan, London, Whampoa, General, 381 Bombay, Cotton, 1500 Posthuinous, Chusan, Timber, 390 Boinbay, Cotton, 1359 Duch. of Nmbld., Scott, Commiss. stores, 541 ulih Petrel, Pruen, Opium, 155 12th Patna, Ponsonby, Prince of Wales, Jones, Bombay, 826 13th Asia, 537 Sinith, Ampanam, Macao, Portly, Reed, Madras, Whampoa, Cotton, 312 British Merch't. Birnie, Bombay, 498 John Brewer, Brown, Whampoa, Ballast, 549 Cordelia, Fetters, Madras, 378 Whampoa, Cotton, 14th Scaleby Castle, Johnston, Bombay, 1274 16th Rustomjee Cowasjee, Hill, Calcutta, 764 17th Corsair, Fraser, Macao, Ballast, 127 18th Don Juan, (Am.) Buffington, Oahu, Silk & Tea, 124 1:9th Syed Khan, 126 Horsburgh, Amoy, Specie, 352 , Ellen, Brewer, Singapore, Whampoa, General, 20th Shah Allum, Evans, Bombay, Cotton, 880 21st Devonport, Broadfoot, Bombay, 767 Anglesea, Rowland, Liverpool, Whampoa, General, 206 220 Albert Edward, Hughes, 317 J. G. Coster, (Am.) Barlow, Bombay, Cotton, McMillan, Liverpool, General, 304 25th Tho. Fielden, 465 Blackstone, Fort William, Hogg, Bombay, Cotton, 1250 685 Bayne, 27th Mermaid, Gill, Calcutta, Opium, &c. 644 29th Fair Barbadian, Wolfe, Hobart town, Ballast, 139 30th Dumfries, Thomson, Chusan Govt stores, 468 » Charlotte, 738 Liebschwager, Whampoa, Bombay, Ballast, " 3 22 19 714 24h Ranger, -> Helen, 19 9 1844. n List of Shipping Entered ut llony kony. From. Bound to. Tons. 2.96 710 Ang., 1843, 634 22 241 430 334 1200 151 800 381 423 85 433 79 85 19 July, 1843. Nanie. Captain. lınport. 30th H. M. S. Childers, Com. Wellesley, Chusan and Amoy. John Tompkinson, Hutchinson, Whampoa, London, Tea, 31st Caledonia, Burn, Bombay, Whampoa, Cotton, 1st Cordelia, Fetters, Whampoa, Liverpool, General, Talbot, (Am) Story, Macao, Macao, Omega, White, Chusan, Ballast, Louisa Campbell, Darby, Ternate, Chusan, General, Elizabeth Moore, Mossop, Macao, Coals, 2d City of Palaces, Byworth, Calcutta, Macao, Cotton, Tyrer, Rimmer, Macao, Ballast, 3d Sultana, Wilson, Whampoa, Macao, Cotton, 4th Royal Exchange, Hubertson, Macao, Coast, Ballast, Ann, Thorne, Bombay, Whampoa, Cotton, 6th Emu, Scanlan, Macao, Sundries, Isabella, Hardie, Whampoa, Sydney, Tea, Ariel, Carter, Масао, Coast, Ballast, 7th Eliza Stewart, McLeod, Singaporc, Chusan, General, D. of Wellington, Dinning, Greenock, Whampoa, ilth Prince Regent, Chipp, Calcutta, Cotton, Kelpie, Simm, Macao, Bombay, Ballast, 13th Frankland, Christie, Surabaya, Rice, 15th Frederick Huth, Toby, Madras, Whampoa, Cotton, 17th Caroline, Phelps, Macao, Macao, Opiuin, 18th Carib, Heaton, Chusan, Macao, Ballast, Colonist, Lisk, Iris, Meritt, Liverpool, Whampoa, General, 20th Sophia Fraser, Williams, Calcutta, Cotton, 24th Cleopatra, Early, London, General, Sarah, Mossman, Manila, Timber, 25th John Brown, Thornhill, Bombay, Macao, General, 27th Candahar, Keir, Macao, Ballast, Juliet, Alexander, London, Bombay, Victoria, Porter, Calcutta, Whampoa, Cotton, Euphrates, Wilson, General, Wm. Wilson, Hawkins, 29th Mary Ann, Holton, Chusan, Macao, Ballast, 31st Anna Maria, West, London, Whampoa, General, Sep., 1843. 1st Phæbe, Dale, Macao, Ballast, 2d Ronaldson, (Am.) Fox, New York, Whampoa, General, Ann Lockerby, Wightman, Batavia, Rico, 5th Ariel, Burt, Calcutta, Calcutta, Opium, 6th John Horton, Cunningham, Liverpool, Whampoa, General, Sarah Abigail, (Am.). Chimmo B. Ballast, John Christian, Whittingham, Liverpool, Whampoa, General, 11th Urgent, Sutherland, Macao, Macao, Rallast, Britomart, Keld, Singapore, Amoy, Sundries, 12th Viscount Sandon, Lancaster, Liverpool, Whampoa, General, Charles Forbes, Wills, Madras, Cotton, Bussorah Merch. Ferrier, Calcutta, Jane, (Du.) Berg, Surabaya, Macao, Rice, William Jardine, Jones, Madras, Whampoa, Cotton, 13th Wanderer, Smith, Chusan, Macao, Ballast, Cacique, Eldred, 14th Masdeu, Dare, H. M. S. Samarang, sir E. Belcher, C. B., Borneo. 15th Prince Regent, Chipp, Amoy, Macao, Ballast, » Ainazon, McFarlane, Macao, Chusani, General, 324 261 277 297 377 201 300 542 444 443 617 417 394 481 27 19 571 320 365 371 337 2 99 3 390 275 248 540 1120 531 195 700 404 150 236 32 99 " 99 300 423 72 From. Bound to. Tons, 19 99 j Oct., 1843. , , List of Shipping Entered at Hongkong. FEB, Srp., 1843. Name. Captain. Import. 15th Myaram Dyaram, Puddicombe, Calcutta, Amoy, Cotton, 734 16th Belhaven, Watt, Madras, Whampoa, General, 299 17th Persian, Addington, Calcutta, Cotton, 408 20th Scotia, Drayner, Bombay, 778 838 Bomanjee Hormusjee, Lemon, Calcutta, 228 Valparaiso, (Am.) Lockwood, Macao, Chusan, General, 450 H. M. steamer Vixen, Com. Giffard, R. N., Manila. 238 Folkstone, Baylis Namoh, 409 24th Bintang, Wright, Singapore, Macao, General, 264 25th Splendid (Am.) Land, New York, Whampoa, Sundries 450 » Algerine, Hill, 197 Calcutta, General, 26th Quentin Leitch, Grey, Tea, 644 » Sil, (Sp.) Escobar, Тура, Manila, Ballast, 250 27ih La Belle Alliance, Pryce, Bombay, Whampoa, Cotton, 676 Emu, Scanlan, Macao, 381 Cotton, 28th Tho. Arbuthnot, Smith, Madras, 621 Castle Huntly, Reddie, Whampoa, Bombay, Ballast, 1400 29th Chusan, Laird, Bombay, Whampoa, Cotton, 486 30th Bombay, Finlay, 1280 David Clark, Mills, Whampoa, Macao, Ballast, 608 Cornwall, Maxted, Singapore, Goods, 320 2d Ardaseer, McIntyre, Bombay, E. coast, Opium, 422 3d John Brown, Thornhill, Whampoa, Manila, Ballast, 300 Helen Stewart, Whittingham, Liverpool, E. coast, General, 400 4th Prince of Wales, Jones, Whampoa, Siam, Ballast; 826 Mt. St. , Elphinstone, Eagle, London, Whampoa, Govt. stores, 611 5th Waverly, Morgan, , Cotton, 436 Bussorah Merch. put back. 6th Wm. Mitchell, McLachlane, 400 Rookery, Bourne, Madras, Iron, 311 9th Moffat, Gilbert, Bali, Whampoa, Rice, 821 12th Hope, Crawford, Clyde, Coals, 479 13th Warlock, Bell, Calcutta, Cotton, 330 14th Zenobia, (Am.) Kenny,. New York, Sundries, Helena, (Am.) Benjamin, Callao, 600 Slains Castle, Petrie, Madras, Whampoa, Cotton, 505 Hector, Flockhart, Penang, Rattans, 147 Queen Mab, Ainsley, Calcutta, Cotton, 394 17th Louvre, (Am.) Green, Manila, Sundries, 374 21st Marg. Wilkie, Suttie, 240 Madras, Velocipede, Woodward, Manila, General, 142 British Isle, Graham, Sydney, Macao, Ballast, 315 22d John Gray, Auld, Whampoa, 577 Tyrer, Rimmer, Macao, Manila, 344 24th Wm. Wilson, 407 Hawkins, Whampoa, C. of G. H. Tea, 26th John O'Gaunt, Robertson, Liverpool, Whampoa, General, 449 28th Semiramis, Cairnie, Lombock, Rice, 365 » Lady McNaughten, Young, London, Govt. stores, 558 31st Sir E. Ryan, Anderson, Macao, E. Coast, Sundries, 310 3d Steiglitz, (Am.) Blackler, Boston, Sundries, 349 » Oscar, (Am.) Eyre, Whampoa, Lead, 369 Foam, Greig, London, 310 Whampoa, General, 4th Fort William Hogg, 1250 Whampoa, Bombay, Lucas, (Am.) Miller, Boston, Manila, Lead, D. of Northumberland, Scott, Amoy, Ballast, 541 5th Bengalee, Boadle, Hobart town, 351 » Myaram Dyaram, Puddicombe, Amoy, Siam, 734 > 9 9 > 19 92 1 Nov., 1843. 92 1844. List of Shipping Entered at Hongkong. 13 From. 79 2 21st Leocadie, (Fr.) Creglade, Nov., 1843. Name. Captitiu. Bound to. Import. Tons. 6th Probus, (Am.) Sumner, Macao, Manila, Sundries, 647 7th Crishna, Fletcher, Liverpool, Bale goods, 271 8th Coromandel, Cunningham, Bombay, Whampoa, General, 765 10th Countess of Minto, McMillan, Calcutta, Cotton, 300 Justina, (Du.) Rasch, Samarang, Sundries, 232 Gitana, (Sp.) Salado, Manila, Manila, Emu, Jones, Macao, Whampoa, Ballast, 381 11th Şuliniany, Monk, Colombo, Cotton, 793 12th Cecilia, Buttrey, Bali, Rice, 209 13th Oscar, (Am.) Eyre, Масао, , Ballast, 367 15th Hebe, (Ham.) Petersen, Singapore, General, 86 Anne en Elise, (Du.) Idrent, Japan, 805 16th Euphrates, Wilson, Whampoa, London, Tea, 620 17th Ina, Lackland, Macao, Aniseed oil, 20th Canton, Crouch, London, Whampoa, General, 507 Macao, Macao, Ballast, 258 Repulse, Marquis, Whampoa, Bombay, 1424 Zemindar, King, Avdrosean, Whampoa, Coals, 706 John Dalton, Denton, Liverpool, General, 254 2:3d Posthumous, Milner, Chusan, Ballast, 390 25th Possidone, Valentine, Macao, Manila, 469 27th Victoria, Potter, Whampoa, Calcutta, 443 30th John Bull, Crawford, Liverpool, Whampoa, General, 705 Dec. 1843. 4th Ardiseer, McIntyre, Chusan, Calcutta, Ballast, 420 7th Water Witch, Reynell, Calcutta, E. coast, Opium, 265 Thomas Crisp, Cummings, Macao, Ballast, 175 Velocipede, Woodward, Chusan, 8th Belle Alliance, Pryce, Whampoa, Singapore, 676 Sultan, Hooper, Manila, Macao, Sundries, 250 10th Florist, Huggress, London, Whampoa, Coals, 530 11th Sylph, McDonald, Macao, Calcutta, Ballast, 320 13th Mary, Grant, Pt. Nicholson, Slates, 523 Potentate, Sutherland, Liverpool, General, 377 Osprey, Kirk, Peejow, Rice, 381 14th Don Juan, (Am.) Buffington, Macao, Ballast, 122 Starling, Griffin, 109 17th Euphrates, Christmas, Sydney, Timber, 557 18th Arun, Kellick, Whampoa, Sirigapore, 343 10th Fredk. Warren, (Am.) Pratt, Boston, Govt. stores, 363 » Saghalien, Brown, Liverpool, Whampoa, General, 378 Belhaven, Watt, Amoy, Ballast, 299 20th Ann Bridson, Blackstone, Liverpool, General, 450 Turnbull, Singapore Govt. coals, 333 Anna Maria, West, Macao, London, Ballast, 481 228 Mermaid, Gill, Singapore, Sundries, 650 » Lady Amherst, Bruce, London, Troops, 650 Carib, Heaton, Amoy, Ballast, 446 24th Petrel, (Am.) Royers, Macao, Manila, Sundries 99 Fortescue, Hall, Chusan, Ballast, 26th Warlock, Bell, Macao, Calcutta, 330 271h Henry Pratt, (Am.) Keene, New York, Whampoa, General, 589) Cornwall, Surflen, Portsmouth, Troops, 872 Flora Muir, Brown, Liverpool, General, 376 201h Chieftain, Birnie, Whainpoa, London, Tea, 389 17 19 92 » Elora, 305 77 VOL. XIII. NO. II, 10 74 FEB. Rev. D. Abeel's Journal at Kúláng sú. Art. III. Extract from the Journal of the Rev. D. Abecl, at Kúlúng sú, from April to October, 1843. EXTRACTS from Mr. Abeel's Journal, kindly placed in our hands, were given in our number for May last, page 258 of vol. XII. A continuation of that journal is now before us; and from it we gather some additional items of interesting intelligence. Such intercourse as that described in his journal-so free, so friendly, so intelligent, and so much sought for by the Chinese, cannot fail to result in good. The more the Chinese are brought in contact with such men as the writer of this journal, and those connected with him.-giving them the best of instruction, and healing their diseases-the more will foreign character, and our learning and religion be esteemed. It is pleasant to see men coming in crowds to visit foreigners, and to make inquiries about their countries, governments, sciences; and above all, it is pleasant to see them willing to listen to the truth as it is revealed in the Sacred Scriptures. For this truth is better fitted than all things else to do man essential and permanent good. God's revealed truth is man's only infallible guide. To communi- cate and disseminate such truth, in all proper ways and by all proper means, is the Christian's highest and most imperious duty, both as it regards his Maker and his fellows. The commencement of a refor- mation in China is now made ; its first steps may be slow and falter- ing; but its great results will surely be accomplished. Every system of lies and deceits must be exploded; and all the false assumptions of man be made void. Let no one, therefore, despise the day of small things. Let every one who professes and calls himself by that name, which is above every other name, show an unblameable life, and converts to our holy religion will soon appear, and in great numbers. The great object of the writer of the journal seems to be to make known the truth—divine truth. A higher calling, and a more worthy object there cannot be. To disseminate and give active and controlling power to religious truth is a hard task, even in Christian lands, and among those who are its ayowed friends. How inuch more difficult and arduous is the task in an ancient pagan empire! To aid in its accomplishment therefore,—to help in giving circulation to what the Bible teaches—every true philanthropist is called. And woe to the man who refuses to act, or neglects trying to do the utmost in his power. Every believer in revelation has a 1844. Tab Rev. D. Abeel's Journal at Kuláng sú. part in this matter. The ways and means of acting he is at liberty to chose; but act he must, or forfeit all claim to the Christian name. Mr. Abeel, our readers will remember, took up his residence in Kúláng sú soon after that place fell into the hands of the British, more than two years ago. The last extract from his journal was under date of April, 1843. The next, we give is April 26th.-Was one of the most busy days we have known. Crowds after crowds almost wearied us out before midday. A large number of these men, evidently men of respectability, were able to read the books we gave them. One thing which kept up the number of visitors, through the day, was a wish to see the dinner, given by colonel Cowper to the four highest civil and military officers in Amoy. These gentlemen came over nearly two hours before the time of dining, and spent the interval in the most sociable manner with us. We entertained them with books and anatomical plates; in the latter of which they took a laudable interest. Only one of them is a native of this province. With the others we are obliged, too fre- quently, to have recourse to intrepreters, to render our intercourse as free or profitable as it might be. 27th. Another day of abundant labors.' Immediately after breakfast I stood before the door of our house, and addressed the miscellaneous com- pany collected. Anything beyond attending to visitors is quite out of the question during the best part of the day. May 5th. Among our recent visitors was one whose history we tried indefatigably to ascertain; but we think without effect. His legs, arms, nose, and a portion of his ears, were gone. He persisted in declaring that he lost them by disease, at three years of age. But there was not a trace of disease about him. The ears were cropped, and the nose and the projecting parts of the upper lips were cut off, as smoothly as a sharp instrument could do it. Neither Dr. Cumming who examined him, nor the Chinese who saw him, believe his story. The latter say that he had been guilty of some atrocious crime, which the judges considered to demand a severer punish- ment than death. If they thought that depriving him of his limbs, and disti- guring his face, would render him an object of disgust to himself, or of abhorrence to others, they quite missed their calculation. He was full of life, and indulged in rather amusing airs. He moved about with his short stumps with no little grace; and with his cheeks and mouth, and two poor remnants of arms, he managed with the aid of a stick, having a hook at one hand, to accomplish a number of useful acts. He scouted the idea of deceiving the public, while he presented himself as a fit object for their generous charity. 14th. A week full of employment has been succeeded by one of the most animating Sabbaths I have known. The congregation filled the house; and as our English service has been deferred until afternoon, I had time for much informal conversation. After service, a company of literary men and wealthy merchants came in. 76 FEB. Rev. D. Abeel's Journal at Kúláng sú. The former are assembling for an examination, which takes place to-morrow, before the highest civil officer at Amoy. Other interesting visitors followed. They gave attention to the message I had for them, and received the books to carry away with them. 16th. Yesterday the examination was held. Hundreds were presented; a number of whom have visited us to-day. It is a great pleasure to converse with this class of men. One can indulge in any kind of language without the fear of embarrassing them with book phrases, often unintelligible to uneducated men. 30th. We have had rather a long season of rain. When it intermits, as it has to-day, many come over from Amoy. It is at such times, especially that our situation appears favorable for a mission. It combines the advan- tages enjoyed by Paul both at Ephesus and Rome. We need not go to the school of one Tyrannus; bat can dispute daily with multitudes who come to our own hired house. May all they, who dwell in this part of Asia, soon hear the word of the Lord, both Chinese and Tartars. June 3d. A messenger came this morning from Bóu-áu, a village we visited a few months ago, about six or seven miles distant, to beg Dr. Cur ming's attendance upon several wounded persons. The villagers had been contending among themselves, respecting the right to cut grass in a certain field, and, as is common in China, brought out their spears and guns to end the strife. We found about a dozen men, women, and children, who had received wounds. The multitude, who followed us where we went, and crowded around us while eating, presented a fine opportunity for preaching to them. Among other subjects, I referred to the cruelty and guilt of killing their female infants. One of them, holding up a little one, said that he had destroyed five of seven of his own. He added, that he did it in ignorance; that now, having heard us speak on the subject, he knew better, and would never kill one again. They asked, at times with affecting simplicity, how they could know that their idolatries are useless and wrong, if we did not come to teach them. The people of the crowd confessed that they destroy- ed more children of this sex than they preserved; this, our own observation convinced us, was probably true. The paucity of girls, compared with the boys, was very striking. August 2d. Among the visitors and applicants of the day were two from Fuchau fú, the capital of the province, bringing an interesting youth with them, who had been blind for several years. When they were informed that nothing could be done for him; one of them inquired whether the true God would not restore his sight if we prayed for it. I told him what might he expected in answer to prayer, and what not; which he evidently com- prehended. As he was le:wing the house, he drow a scrap of paper from his pocket, on which he had copied part of our Savior's reply to Martha, when she said, 'I know that even now, whatever thou wilt ask of God, God will give it thee.' Jesus saith unto her, I am the resurrection and the life, he that believeth on me, &c. It showed that he had read the books with 1844. Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. attention. Though we are grieved to find so little influence from the books, indeed such imperfect coinprehension of them, in many who say they have read them, yet there is reason to hope they are of service in some instances. They are seldom given unaccompanied by such oral instruction as prepares the way for their more profitable perusal. September 12th. We have recently and somewhat unexpectedly, been visit- ed by death, the second instance of the kind among the patients living with us. They both knew something of the true religion; whether enough to be saved I cannot tell. The last one requested me to pray to Jesus for him, and when I urged him to the same duty, he replied that he constantly re- peated the name of Jesus, and begged Him to save him. October 25th. The weather for several weeks has been delightful, and our visitors have increased. We have had many from Fuchau, the depart- ment in which the capital of the province stands; also from a neighboring department. Hundreds of these have enlisted as soldiers, and are on their way to Formosa, to relieve the garrison there. The perfect of Amoy told me that these men were to be here, and that he would keep them from ciming to Kúláng sú, lest there might be some disturbance between them and the English troops. I am not sorry that he has either forgotten to issue orders to this effect, or that the soldiers have not felt themselves bound to obey such orders; for almost all that come could read, and I trust the books they took with them will be of service to themselves and others. We are daily favored with companies of interesting strangers, from different parts of the province, who have never heard of the name of Jesus. A condensed view of the essential principles of religion is of course all that can be pre- sented to them. This with the books may, through the guidance of the Holy Spirit, lead some of them into the narrow way of life. Here we end our extracts. We have omitted his notices of sick- ness-fever and cholera—which visited Kúlang sú and Amoy, dur- ing the last summer. We have also omitted his account of a visit to Chángchau, a similar one having been given in the number for October. Art. IV. Notice of a seven months' residence in the city of Ningpo, from December 7th, 1842, to July 7th, 1843. Com- municated by the Rev. W. C. Mune. (Continued from p. 42.) January 8th. (Sunday.) Since the last date, I have been at Tinghái. But yesterday, in company with Mr. Lay, I embarked for Ningpo; and at an early hour this morning, we reached the city. 78 Feb. Scven Months' Residence at Ningpo. As soon as I arrived at the lodgings, my teacher, in whose charge they had been left, apprized me that the abbess had greatly incom- moded him, during my absence, and had broadly hinted her wish that I should look for other quarters. When I had listened to his details, I perceived that an early removal was most desirable. A little after I arrived, the superior came forward, and prostrating her- self on the ground, knocked head and implored that I would move forthwith. I told her I would certainly do so, as soon as suitable apartments could be engaged. She has evidently endangered her unlawful gains by admitting me into these premises; and prudential motives induce me to hurry away. Since I took these quarters, previous circumstances have come to my knowledge, which crimi- nate the virtue of these pseudo-ascetic neighbors, and there are strong reasons for believing that their present course of life is a burlesque upon their professed purity and continence. On this account I feel uneasy, while I remain in such close contiguity. Yet, after all, it is a difficult thing in China to fix upon any locality, that is free from mala fama, whether true or false. Nor perhaps is it policy in such a case, other things being favorable, to be fretful and oversqueamish. January 9th. Having called upon the degraded Shú, we bent our steps to the commander-in-chief's. We found him in possession of the quarters occupied last year by the Madras artillery, nor far from the Artillery gate. He is the commandant of the department of Chüchau W, on the S. W. corner of the province, and is at Ningpo doing duty for his excellency general Lí, who has lately been appointed in room of his deceased predecessor. The name of this deputy is also Lí. He is an aged gentleman, of a fine tall figure, but affected with a partial paralysis of the right eye. His speech is slovenly, his manner indo- lent, and his notions are aristocratic. He wore a handsome dress, carried a red coral button, and his official cap flourished from behind a slender plume of peacock feathers. The attendants, that stood immediately about his chair, were ensigns, sergeants, and corporals, with brass and white opaque buttons. From this aged official, we turned to pay a visit to the tautai, who was named on the 14th of December, as having lost his honors and office. He only awaits the arrival of his successor, to deliver up the seals of office. This officer, (whose name is Luh,) has a fine oval countenance, over which is diffused the flush of health. But he looks depressed and anxious. He was one, with Shú táláuyé, who urged the government to pacific measures, although he had 1844. 79 Seven Months Residence at Ningpo. been-during the first brush of war--one of the most pugnacious. He is a man of Shántung, and now looks to returning to the bosom of his family. The reputation in which he stands, as a scholar, is high. He is spoken of as having been very just, prompt, and effi- cient in the administration of his office; and his removal from its functions is much regretted by the people. Ever since his return to Ningpo, after the conclusion of the treaty at Nanking, whither he and Shú had previously been summoned by their excellencies the imperial commissioners, he has conducted himself toward the En- glish with uniform deference and courtesy; and, in losing him, they are deprived of the services of an enlightened friend. While we were sitting in the táutái's audience-room, Lí Jülin, the successor of Shú entered. He also is a native of the province of Shántung. He does not appear to be above 33 years of age, and is considered one of the most fortunate men of his day. It is his literary acquirements that have gained him favor at court, for, at the early age of 19, he took the second literary degree, and was immediately after appointed to the chief office in Funghwá, a dis- trict in the department of Ningpo, not more than 20 miles distant from this city. When the English attacked the defenses at Chápú, he held office at that port, but happily for him, he was absent on a tour of inspection, or he too might have shared the fate of Luh and Shú. He has but lately arrived in this city, and is now administering for the department. He had seen sir Henry Pottinger, Mr. Morrison, and Mr. Thom, during their last visit to Ningpo, and appeared au fait on many recent events. His intelligent conversation and unassumed kindness give great hope that he will follow up the liberal views of his predecessor, and become of essential service to those foreigners who may visit this commercial mart. January 10th. The Mohammedan priest, named on the 15th of last month, brought with him a follower of the prophet, who had recently come to town. This stranger gives very distinct information of a class of religionists in Káifung fu , the capital of Ho- nán, his native province, who from his description resemble the Jews. He says, they refrain from eating the sinew which is upon the hol- low of the thigh,' and they do not touch the blood of animals. He recognized the Hebrew letters as those used in their sacred writings, and could trace, in the sound of Hebrew characters, a connection with words which he had heard them utter. The testimony of this individual precisely coincides with the brief notices published by Dr. Morrison, and with some of the lengthened details laid down in Grosier's llistory of China, vol. IV., chap. 11, 80 FEB. Scven Months' Residence at Ningpo. Having already called upon the leading officers of the city, Mr. Lay and myself wound up our visit by waiting upon the mayor Lung, who, with the assistance of two subordinates, * manages the affairs of the district and city of Ningpo. This is the gentleman to whose office (I think then at Yüyau) the survivors of the Kite were first brought up. He himself informed us of this circumstance. His long lank figure, his supercilious look, and his affected condescension to speak with us, sufficiently account for the treatment they met with before his bench. The son and heir, a young man of seventeen, was introduced to us, and very soon gained our regard. When we had taken leave of this gentleman, we made for the Yoshing kwán, the temple of the Tau sect at the North gate, noticed before as a very large and extensive edifice. It lies close under and within the city walls, and is covered in at the back by a thick grove of trees. The avenue, that leads from the outer lodge to the 'sanctorum,' is clean and cool. It is shaded over with the branches of some lofty trees, that rise on each side of the walk, and throw a sombre quiet. over the whole place. The venerable priest, a man of short stature and slender make, but of mild and genteel manners, politely volunteered to show us round the building. We passed from one apartment to another, through this corridor into that, and in the immense building did not meet with more inmates than half a dozen of the sacerdotal order. The spacious chambers, rooms, and halls are tenanted by sculptured, carved and painted images, of all sizes, shapes, and ranks, male and female, young and aged, animal, human, devilish, and imagino-divine. The spirit of some of the inscriptions is excellent, but awfully misapplied. At the gate of the entrance, for instance, the following line runs below a horrid looking three-eyed monster,--shen 6h nán táu sánchih-yen, WEER 'the three eyes (which) the good and the evil cannot evade.' There were two prominent idols that chiefly attracted our atten- tion, and as we contemplated them, filled us with solemn sadness. They were the representatives of Shángtí, Em the High Ruler of the universe. These huge images are lodged each in its own apartment, and in form, attitude, and attributes, are perfectly distinct. As the true Christian views these man-faced likenesses of Jehovah, this wooden, clayey, and gilded embodying of the invisible One, he * A tsótáng te or left-tenant,' and a yútáng to or right- tenant;' they a'e a sort of sub-magistrate under a chibien. 10 1844. 81 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. was must mourn over the fall of the human intellect, and tremble at the mockery and defiance to which it has lent its powers. That man is not a grateful, nor is he an enlightened Christian, who can only smile at the folly of his fellow-creatures in attempting such semblances of the incorruptible God, or who can nickname them idiots and blockheads for worshiping these dumb shows. It is the light of Bible truth alone that has dispelled the darkness, in which we also walked sometime,' or our ancestors; and it is to the power of Scriptural knowledge, that we have to ascribe the emanci- pation of our minds from the corrupting, the stultifying dominion of idolatry. As the Foundling hospital, (the Yuhying táng over the way, we begged the priest to introduce us to the building and its inmates. To the left hand of the outer porch is a crib, upon which the abandoned infant may be laid. Over the door are emblazoned the characters, kiáu ching páu ch'ihil en tinurture to matu- rity and protect the babes.' On crossing the threshold, you open a finely paved square. To the right and to the left, there is a side door, with the words nái fáng 5 i.e. milk room,' or nursery, upon it. A number of coarse looking women were peeping through the lattice at us, with squallababies at their breasts, and squalid boys and girls at their heels. These women are the nurses, and these children the foundlings. Each nurse has two or three to look after. But I have rarely witnessed such a collection of filthy, unwashen, ragged brats. There are at present in the institution from 60 to 70 male and female children. One side of the house is appropriated to the girls, and the other to the boys. We got admittance into the girls' nursery, which consists of from 20 to 30 rooms, in two or three flights running the one behind the other. The boys' nursery is its exact counterpart in filth, as in everything else. But the apart- ments of the housekeeper or superintendent, looked decent,-form- ing a good contrast to what we had just seen. The object of the institution is to afford to outcast babes, or to the children of poor and destitute parents, the protection and nur. ture of a home. Boys remain under its benevolent roof, until they attain the age of 14 or 15, when they are hired out to service, or are adopted into some family, and girls until they reach their 16th year, , when they are engaged as waiting-maids, or are taken into concu- binage, or are betrothed by a parent in favor of his son or grandson. This institution is above a hundred years old. It was erected in 11 VOL. XIII, NO. 1, 82 FEB. Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. the first year of the emperor Kienlung's reign, at which time it num- bered only twenty-four distinct apartments. During his reign and since his demise, it has undergone various repairs, and has been much enlarged, so that now there are upwards of 100 rooms, includ. ing superintendent's quarters and public halls. It has lately been repaired, after a partial demolition during the occupation of Ningpo by the British forces in 1841 and 1842. It derives its support from various sources. It has an annual income-from money laid out at interest, from private donations, from the rent of houses, from lands let out for a return in kind or in money, and from yearly contributions of grain made by each of the six districts in the department of Ningpo. From the latest edition of the Annals of Ningpo, a historical work published fifty- four years ago, it appears that, from the rise of the institution to that date, the sum of its capital stock and yearly interest amounted to upwards of 10,300 taels of silver. We are also therein informed that it owned more than 209 acres of land which had been grant- ed by the generosity of its friends, and that the yearly rent, from eighteen rooms and one large mansion, brought in 58 taels and odd. The same history mentions that, in the 40th year of Kienlung, his imperial majesty published an order that the city and district of Ningpo should annually contribute 38 shih, 4 tau of rice, and the districts and cities of Tsz'kí, Funghwá, Chinhái, Siángshán and Tinghái, (all belonging to the department of Ningpo,) should res- pectively pay 36 shih of paddy into the funds of this charity, so that the nurses and the foundlings might be supplied with monthly rations, and whatever medicine they might require.' Besides the superintendent mentioned above, there is a government inspector, who takes general cognizance of the affairs of the institution, to check extravagance and prevent embezzlement. January 10th. There is a temple within the city that is worthy of a passing visit. It lies to the south of the ‘Bridge gate,' from which we discovered a path close under the city walls leading us to it. The range of the edifice is long. It bears an elegant front, decorated with a group of handsome reliefs, among which are em- bossed in gilt the characters Tungyóh kung Hi 'the palace of the Tungyóh god.' On entering we found it almost deserted. None of the regular priesthood made their appearance, and no votaries were to be seen. The only persons to be descriert. besides the doorkeeper, were mat-makers. It appeared indeed dio mure of a mat-inart than a 1844. 83 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. sacred building. The images are dusty and filthy, and show other signs of disuse and neglect. On pushing our way to the extreme end, we espied a gallery of idols and attempted to ascend the stairs. But the doors were barred, admission could not be gained, and our attention was directed to two notices, the one placed at the bot- tom of the right hand flight of steps, warning '(those that eat) strong-meats, (and drink) wine not to enter ;' the other upon the op- posite side, advising 'the unclean person hastily to retire.' Passing out again to the street, we perceived a wicket on the right hand of the principal gateway. It was opened to us, and we were invited to behold the exhibitions intended to depict the terrors of hell. The apartment is called tiyon the *, 'the earthly dungeon;" it is a dark, dreary cell. In the centre of the ground floor, there are ges of hideous aspect, standing in threatening attitudes. Behind them, groups of small figures in stucco relief are plastered upon the wall, which exhibit the pains and penalties of hell. These are ar- ranged in three or four rows, rising one above the other until they reach the ceiling. Each group has its judge, its criminal, its exe- cutioners, and its peculiar form of punishment. The judges are at- tired as officers generally are, and the executioners as police-run- ners. The penalties vary according to the heinousness of the cul- prit's crime, and the horrors of future punishment are depicted be- fore the spectator in every possible form. To be whipped, to be bastinadoed, to be seared with red-hot irons, to be strangled, to be speared, to be beheaded, to be sawn asunder, to be flayed alive, to be squeezed, flattened, and crushed between two thick planks, to be split up, to be bored through and through, to have the eyes dug out or chiseled out, to have the limbs torn off one by one, to be plunged from a cliff, or a bridge, into a dungeon below, or a rapid torrent, to be pounded in a heavy mortar, to be boiled in a hot-water caldron, to be burnt up in a furnace, to be baked at the stack, to have hot liquids poured down the throat, &c., &c., constitute their ideas of future punishments, and are the counterpart of the torments inflict- ed by the Inquisition in Europe upon the magnanimous adherents to the Protestant faith. The temple we had just passed through belongs principally to the Confucian sect, but it has borrowed much from the other two reli- gions. As will be understood from its name, it is dedicated to the Tungyóh god. In explanation it ought to be remarked that in China, there are · Five Yoh,' or ranges of lofty mountains that have given rise to much fable. They are the Tung yóh, or Eastern 84 Fer. Scven Months' Residence at Ningpo. Range, viz. the Táishán LLI, a chain of mountains in Shán- tung; the Si yok, or Western range, viz. the Hwashán 1 in Shensí province; the Nán yóh, or Southern range, viz. the Hangshán TT II in Húpih province; the Pih y6h, or Northern range, viz. the Hanshán fa il in Shánsí; and the Chung yoh, or Central chain, viz. the Sungshán 4 in Honán. Each of these extensive ranges is reputed to be the residence of a divinity, and it is to the resident deity of the Eastern Chain that this building is consecrated. Turn- ing from this spot we bent our steps to the Tien-fung táh W, which is named by foreigners the Tower of Ningpo, or the Pagoda of Ningpo, or the Ningpo Obelisk. As you ascend the river from Chinhái, and come within five or six miles of Ningpo, this is the most prominent object that arrests the eye; and, to foreigners who visit the city, it is a point of no little attraction. As soon as they enter the east gate of the city, they make for it, and wind their way in a southeast direction. After shaping their course through numberless streets, it abruptly bursts upon their view, rising 160 feet over their heads, and towering high above the surrounding houses. This pyramid is hexagonal, and counts seven stories, and above twenty-eight windows. At every window there is a lantern hung up; and, when the obelisk is illumi- nated, which I have seen only once during my stay, the scene is very gay. The building is in much need of repair, for it is daily becoming more dilapidated, and has already deviated several feet from the per- pendicular, hence it might not inappropriately be called the Leaning Tower of Ningpo. As it is in the keeping of a Budhistic priest, who lives in a monastery behind, we were under the necessity of awaiting his arrival. He, poor man, finds it advantageous to keep the keys, since it is in that way alone he can secure the largesses of his fo- reign visitors. By ascending a flight of narrow stone steps, that run in a spiral course through the interior of the column, we reached the uppermost story, from which the finest view one could desire opened upon us. The entire city and suburbs were beneath; the valley of Ningpo with its hamlets, villages, hills, mountains, rivulets, and rivers lay all around; and, away in the distance to bound our horizon, we had chains of mountains on the one hand, and the sea with its islands on the other. Within the tower itself there is nothing to interest the visitor, except the scribbling of Englishmen, some of whom seem to have up 1844. 85 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. been peculiarly solicitous to register their names on its dome for the benefit of posterity. The following is one of the many scratches : "P. Anstruther, prisoner, February 23, 1840. September 16th, 1839. "P. Anstruther, free and master, October 13th, 1841." in which a lapsus manus has entered a postdate of '1839 and 1840,' for 1840 and 1841. On descending from the lively spectacle we had been witnessing above, we found ourselves among 'heaps of the slain.' The poorer classes seem to have selected the outer base of the edifice, as a suitable spot on which to deposit the coffins of their dead. The date at which this tower was founded is exceeding antique. It is indeed more ancient than the city of Ningpo. The district of Ningpo, in the time of the original Han dynasty, or at the Christian era, was very small. During the seventh, eighth, and ninth centuries, it rose in importance. At the commencement of the tenth century, and in the reign of Táitsú * T1--the first monarch in the line of (wútái) “the Five Dynasties' which succes- sively contended for the mastery,—it was organized a larger district. During that emperor's short sway, the foundation of the city walls was laid by Hwangshing , a native of the place. But the Tower of Ningpo' had been reared one hundred, or one hundred and fifty years, previous to that event. In raising this superstructure at that anterior date, the object sought for accorded precisely with the belief which, at the present day, obtains through the whole em- pire,—that the presence of such an edifice not only secures to the site the protection and favor of heaven, if it already bears evidences of enjoying it, but represses any evil influences that may be native to the spot, and imparts to it the most salutary and felicitous omens. The tower has accordingly stood for the last 1100 years. But its history during that period, as given in the Annals' already referred to, has been much checkered. It has fallen to ruins, and been re- built. It has been burnt almost to the ground, and been reconstruct- ed. It has been struck by lightning, and been repaired. Its pin- nacle has been blown down in a hurricane, and has been restored. Some portions of it are now undergoing amendment. But its days appear to be numbered, and erelong its downfall may be an- nounced. Prolonging our walk to the westward, we passed several public buildings of no mean importance. The first in our line was Fú- ching hwang miku i ti Ph, the temple of the department 86 FEB. Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. (deity) Chinghwáng. This is one of the sacred places visited every fortnight by the officers, for the purposes of public worship-on which subject something was remarked on the 16th of December. The building is large and is kept in excellent order. It presents many objects of interest. Still pursuing our walk, we came to Hien Hióh kung 'the District Literary Hall.' Each department in the empire owns a literary hall, and so also does each district. Accordingly, this city, as it is the principal in the department, has two such halls. The Department hall is that generally known to foreigners under the name of the teniple of Confucius,' and lies within the northeast, or Artillery gate. The district hall or college was laid in ruins amid the disasters of 1841, and is now rising out of a mass of wreck- ed materials into a neat, orderly, and attractive range of buildings. In these times, there is more of name and show, than reality or utility in such an institute. It was originally designed to be the residence of the literary officer, appointed to preside over the inte- rests of learning in the district, but especially to patronize and pro- mote the studies and views of those candidates, who should be so successful as to take the first degree. Here, they were to pursue their daily studies, and to undergo their monthly examinations, under his immediate inspection. But, from the degeneracy of the age, it has almost become the seat of a sinecure. Somewhere be- tween, but behind, the District hall and the Department temple, there is the site of the commander-in-chief's palace. But there is scarcely one stone left upon another. So thorough has been the work of destruction. Our walk led us by several religious temples, which appeared to be in excellent repair. They were generally very bustling and much frequented, on account of the theatrical exhibitions which are going on daily in one or other of them. There are two of these edifices built contiguous to each other,-that seem to yie with one ano- ther in splendor and attractions. The one is dedicated to Mars, or Kwántí , the other to Plutus, or Tsáishin # Treb, the genius of wealth.' These two edifices are both founded upon (Yueh hú 1) 'Moon lake,' on the western edge of which that cottage lies, a part of which I occupied when I first reached Ningpo; hence, the name of that particular situation is Húsí, or west of the lake.' Mention has previously been made of the two city lagoons, the one is called Jih kú & the Sun lake,' because it faces the east, 6 1844. 87 Seven Months Residence at Ningpo. ence. the quarter which is supposed to be the peculiar field of the solar movements. It is to be seen close to the city walls, not far from the South gate, but between it and the Bridge gate. It is but a narrow sheet of water, being only 250 cháng, or 1000 yards in circumfer- Because it is much smaller than the Moon lake, it is some- times called Sí hú 40, 'the Minute lake." In consequence of two celebrated individuals having, many centuries ago, run boat, races on it,-it is also known as kengtú hú # , the Rival Ferry lake. The second lake is that, along the banks of which we walked for a short time to-day. Because it looks towards the west, it derives its name from that luminary whose orbit is supposed by the Chinese to be in that region of the heaven. It is 'the Moon lake.' Its cir. cumference measures 730 cháng, or 2920 yards, almost three times as much as the other. From north to south it extends 350 cháng, or 1400 yards; and, from east to west, 40 cháng, or 160 yards. These two extensive ponds are navigable; and, during some fes- tivities, present a very gay and lively spectacle. The lake scenery, though very limited, has yet occasionally inspired a few poets to write verses descriptive and laudatory of it. The waters, with which they are supplied, flow from one and the same source. mon fountain-head lies among the mountains, called Sz’ming shán L 144, that form the western and southwestern boundaries of Ningpo. "The Sun lake' is supplied through the sluice at the south gate, and 'Moon lake? by that at the west gate. Broad, clear, and well watered canals are to be seen running off from these two gates into the country, until they are lost in the distance. The nu- merous aqueducts, which permeate the whole city, draw upon these two great reservoirs. The facilities they afford, for promoting do- mestic comforts and expediting a transit from one part of the city to añother, would be greatly enhanced, if the municipal authorities would but exercise a moderate control over the inhabitants, to prep vent them making these canals the receptacles of every kind of offal. If a small body of police were established, to regulate the boats that swarm in these passages, and to keep their waters clear and run- ning, the residences in the neighborhood, especially those which rise over them, would be far more healthy and agreeable than they are at present.* While remarking on the city aqueducts, it may not be amiss to observe that, somewhere near the North gate there is a small tank to render supply in cases of drought: and that, near the Bridge gate, there are two outlets-that The com * 88 FEB. Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. many months it was But, to return to the rambles of the day. Having crossed an arched stone-bridge, which, in the vicinity of the two temples lately mentioned, is thrown over a narrow part of the lake, we took the road to the right hand, and arrived at the ancient sculptured gate of a large public institution, which, from its proximity to the opposite lake, is called Yueh hú Shú-yuen A the Moon lake College. At its foundation, nearly 200 years ago, it was called I'-tien Shú yuen the Charity Field college,' a nane in which a clue is given to the objects of its erection, viz. to aid the humble scholar, or to assist the poor and illiterate in getting an education. For the support of a teacher, fields have been granted, from the pro- duce of which he receives 4000 catties of rice as his premium. The sacrist is also entitled to 400 catties. Not ago, occupied by the officiating commander-in-chief as his official resi- dence. From this spot we proceeded to the famous and valuable reposi- tory of books,—the library spoken before under the name of the Tienyih kóh. Our object in repeating this visit was to inspect two rare birds, of whose arrival we had lately heard. They are natives of Siam, and are generally known by the name Sienhoh 14 h. They somewhat resemble the Crowned crane, the Grus caruncu- latus. They are both of them quite young. The one is a male, the other is a female. They are nearly of a size, but of the two the male looks the larger and more robust. The legs are long. The head is of a handsome black, forking off behind. On the crest, there is a red skin. The rest of the body is white, except the secondaries of the wings, which are not red, as represented in Chinese drawings, but black and overlap the tail. These have both been purchased by an Englishman, and it is said, are to be carried to Great Britain.* This is the bird, that is worked upon the embroidered breast pieces of the official dresses worn by the highest ministers, and nobles of the state. None under the first rank of dignity, are per- mitted to bear such a badge. In a native work on the ornithology of the country, there are many curious, and some prodigious, stories given regarding this fowl.-It relates that the bird is capable of being kept in life for 1000 years; that, at 60 years of age, it can have been made to carry off the superfluous water which may accumulate in such large volumes during the rainy season, as to threaten the city with the ravages of a deluge. Pwántingqua of Canton has a pair of these birds at his country-seat. * 1844. 89 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. sing exquisitely and regularly every hour of the day; that, on reach- ing its 1000th year, it can ascend trees but not before; that it has a beautiful scarlet tuft of down, or velvet skin, on the crown of the head, to which the poison of the serpent, that it is reputed to be so fond of eating, determines; and that the downy or velvet crest is often formed into a bead, and made up with those ornamental neck- laces, which the high officers wear around their necks, that, in case of imperial displeasure, they may destroy themselves, a matter (so report goes) very easily effected by merely touching the venomous bead with the tip of the tongue, when instant death follows. When we had gratified ourselves with inspecting these really handsome and curious specimens of the winged tribe, we turned to pay a visit to our friend Dr. Chang. Through his kindness, we gain- ed admittance into the gardens belonging to the Kiáng family, whose residence lies on the opposite side of the road. It was within the same premises, where I was permitted to be spectator of the ex- hibitions, got up on the 22d December last, in commemoration of the gentleman's birthday. Mr. Kiáng received me with much cour- tesy. But there is something in his physiognomy that is far from prepossessing. He conducted us through his ornamented chambers, in which he has grouped many curiosities procured from western countries. One of the rooms is paved with slabs, after the European fashion. His garden is laid out in the most tasty and elegant style of Chinese gardening. Its plan is on the whole similar to that of Mr. Lin's grounds, a notice of which I have already given. This 'flower- garden,' however, is considered superior to any other in Ningpo. There is in the same neighborbood, a Mr. Lí on whom we called. He had been at one time a civil officer in A’nhwui. During the late war, he had rendered himself conspicuous in the kidnapping line, and sometimes speaks with much glee of having planted a (Chi- nese) field-piece outside the north gate, on the memorable occasion of the midnight attack upon the British forces lying in that city, to annoy the Columbine then anchored in the Tsz'kí branch of the river. He is still for war, and says that for the present the peace may last, but that by and by there must be another tug of war. Notwith- standing his patriotic antipathy to the English, he treated us most handsomely. I have frequently visited him, and he has returned my calls. He frankly acknowledges that, during the war, in conse- quence of information received through a Chinese lad who, while in my service at Tinghái, had been kidnapped in April 1842, he had concerted plans for my abduction. 12 VOL. X111. NO. II. 90 Feb. Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. ( D 1 0 9 Before we left this gentleman's premises, he led us into his ances- tral hall, upon the walls of which were suspended the portraits of bis departed progenitors. The Chinese, in paying their religious res- pects to the manes of their deceased friends, invariably hang over the altar-piece or sacrificial table a picture intended to represent the individual worshiped. But the painting is more a daub than a por- trait. There are artists whose sole occupation it is to throw these off for sale; hence the uniformity of the style, the dress, and the fea- tures in all drawings of this description. Those, which we examined in this gentleman's ancestral hall, were superior to the ordinary specimens, in consequence of the rank both of the deceased and the surviving. Still there was a manufactural stiffness about them, that created distrust in the fidelity of the execution. The habili- ments and ornaments of the deceased, we were told, were those proper to their station, (for some of them had occupied high offices under government,) and were the exact patterns of the dresses in which the departed had been laid in their coffins and interred in their tombs. If so, their attire must have been rich, and the orna- ments of the ladies peculiarly costly. The custom among the higher classes appears to be, to bury their dead- both male and female--in their finest costumes, and with most, if not all, of their adornments of precious stones and jewelry. Many of the coffins broken open at Canton, when that city was attacked in 1841, were remarkably handsome and glittered with gaudy embellish- ments, among which the lifeless occupant had been mummified. This will explain the reason why even in China, where such pro- found respect is paid to the tenants of the cold grave, there are resurrectionists who disturb the quiet of the dead, and rifle him of all his bedeckments. On one occasion, I watched a roving mendicant, in the broad light of noonday and within the city walls, burst upon the recent coffin of a child. As I was on the point of hailing him, he closed the lid again either from disappointment at finding nothing to gratify his cruel avarice, or from disgust at the lothsome cloud of putrefaction that swathed the helpless child in its pro- tection. Being rather fatigued by the numerous adventures of the day, we returned to the lodgings. On our arrival, we found a quantity of presents awaiting us, with the mayor's cards, in acknowledgment of the visit we had paid him yesterday. Last night also we were honored with a large present from his wor- ship Lí Júlin, upon whom we had writed the previous day. These 1844. 91 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. up gifts were sent as tokens of friendship, and intended at the same time as a recognition of the courtesies we had paid. They consist chiefly of tea, fruit, and sweetmeats in separate baskets, the sum of the lots being even and not odd, and each lot being made of an even number of packets, according to the prevalent idea that, in an odd number there is bad luck, but in a complete number there is good. On a festive occasion especially, this rule is almost universal. But in making presents at a mournful season, such as the death or burial of a friend, or the anniversary of his death, the odd number obtains. Connected with the receipt of presents, there are one or two formal peculiarities that deserve to be noticed. Should the pre- sent be large, it is generally expected that only a portion of it will be accepted, the rest to be returned with your card of thanks, unless it is especially requested by the donor that you should take the whole. Then, on your accepting the present, whether a part or the whole, you are under an obligation, to make each of the bearers a gift of money, the amount of which will vary according to the class of the messengers, if mere coolies or if personal attendants,-according to the quantity and value of the presents,--according to the quality of the donor,—and according to your own station in society. The servants, on returning to their master, apprize him of your bounty, which, with his permission, they retain for their own benefit. These appear to be fixed rules, to which I have not known a sin- gle exception during my residence at Ningpo, except in the case of intimate friends. In other parts of the empire the custom may vary. But in this department at least, it seems to be, not only universally, but uniformly observed among the well-bred community. It is a usage, however, that is not unfrequently taken advantage of by bad fellows to impose upon the stranger. For instance, several atten- dants will accompany the presents when one or two are quite suf- ficient. It happened once that a knave, who was someway or other connected with the chífú's office, went to my lodgings with a pair of ornamented candles, purporting that they had been presented to me by his worship. As I was not at home, the fellow could get no re- muneration for his trouble. Being informed, however, that I was dining out, he made for the residence of my friend, and handed in a card with the candles. But, from the form and style of the card, and from the nature of the gift, which stood in awkward juxtaposi- tion with the large and handsome presents that his pretended master had only the previous evening sent to me, it was evident that it was an attempt at imposition. The fellow was dismissed with little cere- 92 FEB Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. 1 mony. He was probably hard pressed for money, and adopted this clumsy expedient to replete his purse. But, that the servants of the chífú's office might be warned against repeating the cheat, I apprized his worship of it, to the no small perplexity of his atten- dants. January 12th. By referring to the 8th instant, it will be seen that, on my return from Tinghái, I found sufficient reason to induce me to seek new lodgings. Through my teacher's exertions and the kind mediation of Mr. Yün—the private secretary of the ex-chífú Shú, suitable quarters had been found for me, at the top of the second lane on the right hand of the principal street within the east gate,-the same apartments in which so much copper cash was discovered in 1841, when Ningpo was taken. All necessary arrange- ients having been made, my chattels were moved into the lodgings yesterday afternoon; and, by the obliging kindness of the landlord, * the place was made as snug and comfortable as circumstances could allow. After dinner, Mr. Lay took leave of me and embarked for Tinghái, in one of the passage-boats that ply between that harbor and this city. Today, the tíutái sent a messenger with a copy of Wylde's Map of China,' which sir Henry Pottinger had made him a present of, He wished me to insert the Chinese characters over the names of the principal places noted in it, which I have promised to do for him. As I have lately had a good opportunity of learning much about the nuns and nunneries of China, it will be fit in this place to give a short digest of the items I have been able to collect.-In doing so, it will be better to embody all I have gleaned in an account of the convent- a wing of which I occupied. It is situated on a line with the lodgings I at present hold, and * The landlord is a man of some property and respectability. His business lies in this city, but his family residence is at Tsz'kſ. During the war, and especially during the occupation of Ningpo, he had contributed much of his estate to levy a militia, one among many other fruitless measures, adopted by the Chinese to extirpate their foreign foe. Having been won over by the per- suasions of some kind friends, who interested themselves on my behalf, he consented to let me have the use of six or seven rooms, with cookhouse, &c., for the monthly rent of $10, which he afterwards lowered to $4. When the first monthly rate came due, he positively declined to accept remuneration, and begged to have the privilege of showing me a mark of special favor. Up to the time of my occupying his rooms, he had been much afraid of English- men; but, from having seen several gentlemen of the naval and military departinents, their urbanity wore off his timidity, and he soon perceived that all Englishmen are not so barbarous as he had been taught., nor so savage as he had innagined 1844. 93 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. about 200 yards distant from them. It is dedicated to the idol, generally named in European writers, the Goddess of Mercy. Hence the building is called the Nunnery of Kwányin. The full ap- pellation of the deity is Kwánshí yin that is, 'observ- ing the sounds (the cries) of the world. It is represented as a female, who is supposed to extend her gracious patronage to all that, in trouble and difficulty, raise the cry for compassion. It is one of the numberless objects of idolatry, introduced by the Budhists from the west. In the whole of China, there is no idol that meets with more respect and honor; and, since women form the overwhelming majority of the devout, and Kwányin being the special patroness of the weaker sex, they of course, chiefly apply to her,—there is not any other that is more frequently invoked in favor of frail hu- manity. The great allurement presented by the promoters of Budhism in China, to the mind of the aspirant who would consecrate herself to the altar of this goddess, is the absorption after death into the unknown Budha,-a matter which, the more mysteriously it is repre- sented to the mind of the ingenuous but credulous candidate, the more taking it becomes. This personal advantage is held out by the institution, to facilitate the succession of an order of priestesses, who can gain access where the formalities of society cannot admit the stranger priest, and who are qualified to work, both with dexterity and with impunity, upon the feelings of the class that is the most susceptible of religious impressions. To keep up this order of the priesthood, the rooms of the deceased, or, as they will have it, the annihilated or absorbed, must be filled up either by purchase or by self-dedication. In the case of purchase, babes, or girls of very tender age and good promise, are preferred and bought up at a very low rate. To my personal knowledge, a sweet child only four years of age has been offered by its own mother to an abbess for the paltry sum of four dollars ! But there are some, who either are dedicated by their parents from their birth, or who, when they come of age, voluntarily consecrate themselves to the service of this deity. When the case is optional, it arises often—if not always—from having been thwarted in some of their prospects or wishes. I have seen a blooming nun of nineteen, who left the world' and all its concerns, and took her the vows of perpetual vir- ginity, in consequence of the untimely death of her intended hus- band. The nun to whom I allude had small feet, which had been 9.1. FEB. Siren Months' Residence at Ningpo. bandaged prior to her misfortune, and her introduction to the priest. hood. Of the nuns, whom one occasionally sees walking peaceably through the streets of Ningpo, there are a few who have small feet. Probably all of these have, after they have come to the years of maturity and discretion, taken the veil without compulsion and of their own accord. The candidate is not admitted into full orders, until she attains the age of sixteen. Prior to this, and from the commencement of her ascetic life, she assumes the garb peculiar to the sisterhood. The chief apparent distinction, between the novice and she in full orders, is that the head of the latter is wholly shaven, while the former has only the front part of her crown shaven. The younger nuns have platted cues flowing down behind. As to the habit which this devout class wears, it on the whole so much resembles the dress of the Budhistic monks, that it is in very many cases im- possible, at first sight to distinguish the two orders. The nuns have large feet, clumsy shoes, long stockings and garters, full trowsers, short jackets, and wide sleeves—with bald pates and skull-caps, precisely as the priests have. But the priestesses have smoother countenances, softer looks, sweeter voices, and are more tidy. According to report, the nuns of Súchau fú have reversed the general laws, and throwing aside the hempen cloth which is the material assigned to the self-denying sisterhood, have preferred silks and satins for dresses. When the young woman has bared, or shaved, her head-a sign of making religious vows very different from that of taking the veil'adopted in the nunneries of Europe,- she is required to live a life of devotion and mortification. She must eat and drink sparingly, and her diet must consist of vegetables only. Strong meats and drinks are to be avoided as poison. The business and cares of this world are not to engross her attention. She has retired from it, and must be fitting herself for eternal canonization. Nothing should occupy her thoughts or engage her affections, but the service of the temple in the precincts of which she lives. Daily exercises are to be conducted by her; the furniture of the small sanctuary, that forms a part of the convent, must be looked after and kept clean and orderly ; those women, or men, who come to worship at the altars, and to seek guidance or comfort must be cared for and assisted. When there is leisure, the sick and the poor are to be visited ; and all, who have placed themselves under her special direction and spiritual instruction, have a strong claim upon 1844, 95 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. her regard. That she may live the life of seclusion and self-denial, she must vow perpetual virginity. The thought of marriage should never enter her head, and the society of men must be shunnel. On her death she will be swallowed up in nihility! In the Kwanyin nunnery, there are altogether seven inmates. The head nun is about forty years of age, and is more masculine in her temper than any Chinese woman I have met with. Her passions are violent, and when her anger is roused, it rises to a fearful pitch. She is a thorough scold, and keeps her pupils in perpetual awe of her. But what must be the hardened depravity of her heart, that, under a cloak of sanctity, seeks to hide those scenes of vice and debauchery which, with her sanction and encouragement, are acted under her roof! Her avarice is voracious. Her deceit is dark and deep. She is a wolf in sheep's clothing. Her disciples are six in number, their ages running between seven and twenty-five. Four of them, notwithstanding their spare diet, look fat and hale. The two younger are in a bad state of health. The abbess always pretended to be very fastidious in avoiding animal food, and everything having a strong flavor. Yet she used to drink the ardent spirits distilled from rice, and appeared at times to be much under its influence. Their daily services are conducted morning and evening. At the usual exercises, however, I have rarely seen more than two officiate. On special occasions, that are occurring every month, there are ser- vices which occupy the whole day. At some of these, they are aided by sisters from other convents in the city or the country; and, not unfrequently, priests are called in to join the sacred concerts, in which case the priests and priestesses occupy separate apartments, but proceed with the chants in unison. Their sacred books consist of many volumes, printed in large text on fine paper. For these they have a profound respect. I bought a copy from them, but they would not part with it, until they had strongly urged me to give it an elevated place on my book- shelves. The rapidity, with which the pages and sections of the books are hurried off at their religious services, is amazing. Both the young and the old nuns seem equally expert at their recitations. But there is nothing of a devotional spirit about them. Their de- meanor is anything but devout. When a choir of juvenile nuns meet together, it is shocking to see the levity with which they pay reli- gious homage to the stock before them. They are as merry and tricky, as flirting and frolicsome, as any party of girls met to keep the birthday of one of their schoolmates. As much time is spent 96 FE13. Scven Months Residence at Ningpo. in reading and reciting prayers, cantics, &c., &c., the candidate, before she can be admitted into full orders, must undergo an educa- tional training. She is taught to read, and many of them pursue the same elementary course, that is adopted throughout the empire. They learn the Trimetrical Classic, the Four Books, &c., and are taught the ready use of the pencil. Some of the sisterhood, I have been told, are very well read in the lore of the country. It would appear, from what I have seen and heard, that the training of the novice is intrusted to that inmate who was last admitted. Those among the laity, who have put themselves under the spiri- tual direction of a nun, are expected to confide in her as a teacher, and to submit to her as a priestess. Whether the devotee be a man or a woman, the nun who is the chosen preceptress gives to the individual a new name. Each nun is on the alert to cultivate the acquaintance of the disciples she has already made, and to swell her lic of friends, because her support principally depends upon them. Behind the shrine of Kwányin, in that nunnery to which I have throughout been making a special reference, there is a slab erected with the names of subscribers, or donors, who for the maintenance of the order had promised or paid down small sums of money. To each of the female contributors there is a new name prefixed. Visi- tors from town and country are very frequent. These generally contribute a little in money or in kind, so that with the subscrip- tions of steady friends and the donations of occasional visitors, the means of subsistence are not lacking. Besides, there is property invested in houses and in land. That wing of the convent which I occupied, is entirely appropriated to lodgings, let out at a moderate rate, and capable of being made very comfortable, if one were not perpetually subject to annoyance from the boisterous money-seeking landlady. The extra services, I have above alluded to, are got up by the patrons of the order on occasions of calamity, or of prosperity, or when the abbess is successful enough to work upon the supersti- tious feelings of a husband, through the agency of a priestridden wife. The person, who sends requesting the services of the nuns, appoints the number of books to be recited at the shrine of the nun- nery, for which he must pay a certain remuneration. At each ser- vice the nuns are said to receive respectively the small premium of 100 cash a day. According to the statement of the superior to this convent, there are, in the district of Ningpo alone, thirty nunneries and above 300 1844. 97 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. inmates, the largest number in a single building not exceeding twenty. But the estimation, in which the religious order is held, is exceedingly low. They are described by all to be a class of women, almost on the same footing with those who are lost to all the finest and most delicate feelings, that are peculiarly the glory and the pro- tection of the sex. Like the male priests of the same religion, and like the popish priesthood in the Philippines,--they are not only not respected by the populace, but are detested for their profligacies, and dreaded for the influence, which they are supposed to exert on one's destiny by familiar intercourse with the spirits of the invisible world; hence, it is a common saying, that'to meet with a nun in the street will be unlucky to your errand.' Indeed such was the profligacy of the dressy, small-footed, opium-smoking nuns of Súchau-the capital of Kiángsú province,--that the notorious Yü Kien, (who in 1841 has- tened down to Chinhái, as imperial commissioner invested with full powers to destroy the barbarian English by fire and by sword,) when he held the office of lieut.-governor in that province, broke up their establishments and disbanded the sisterhood. To complete this notice of Chinese nuns and nunneries, I will re- fer to the two junior inmates of the Kwanyin convent. The younger of the two died only a week ago, at the early age of seven years. She had been bought when six years old. When I came into the neighborhood, she was suffering a good deal from ulceration of the bowels. On the abbess hearing that an English physician had reached Ningpo, she applied to me for his assistance. Dr. John- stone of the Madras Rifles, who was then on a visit of a few days, cheerfully consented, and prescribed for the sufferer from his private stock of medicines. This was in the end of last month. But the child was already beyond remedy, and death had fastened upon her vitals. On the morning of the 29th of December, while the elder nuns were rejoicing that the poor child was sleeping so soundly, they were not aware that the sleep of death had stolen upon her, until they perceived she was insensible to sound and to touch. It was breathing its last. When they ascertained this fact, the body was removed out of the room, and put into the woodhouse, there to expire unattended. Aluh, her senior in age, although devotedly attached to this dying companion, was not allowed by her superior to watch over the closing moments of the poor girl. When it was laid in its rude coffin, the servant was ordered to throw in the dol! with which she had played; and, after a sorcerer of the Tíu seci 13 VOL. XIII. NO, 11. 98 Feb. Bibliographical Notices. had performed his incantations to quiet the spirit of the departed, and to bribe away from the spot any demons that might be lurking about, the coffin was placed under the city walls. Aluh, her senior, is a girl thirteen years of age. Her father, who is dead, used to go about Ningpo hawking turnips and greens. On his death, the mother sold this poor girl to the nuns at the tender age of four. Being the sixth of eight sisters, (the seventh having in like manner been given over to a convent in the neighborhood,) she is named Aluh (the sixth); but her priestly name is Tsáhshen Collected Virtues.' As she has not yet reached the age when she can be fully inducted, her head is not quite shaven. Her counte. nance is peculiarly striking, to which her present sickness adds a mournful interest, as it cannot fail to create serious apprehensions that she will not long be a survivor in this world.* And truly how deplorable, how cruel, is the mistake by which so many of the female youth of China are at an early age made over to a system, the influ- ence of which is only to render their minds more corrupted, and to aggravate their future woes ! 6 Art. V. Bibliographical Notices : I. Esop's Fables; as translated into Chinese by R. Thom, rendered into the colloquial of the dialects spoken in the departments of Changchiú in the pro- vince of Fukien; and in the department af Tiéchiú in the pro- vince of Canton. By S. Dyer and J. STRONACH. Singapore Mission press, 1843. Part I., pp. 40. Part II., pp. 37. II. Chinese and English Vocabulary. Part first. D M 雜​語​上​卷 ​III. Christian Almanac in Chinese, for the 24th year. of the reign of Táukwáng, being the 1844th of the Christian era. The first of these works is the fullest attempt yet made to Roman- ize the Chinese language without giving the characters, and what- ever aid an apparatus of diacritical marks can afford in expressing the sounds of the language is here given. The two departments on the title-page are conterminous, and both on the seacoast; and their inhabitants, led by inclination, or driven by necessity, have scattered She died on the 13th of the following May, 1844. 99 Bibliographical Notices. themselves along the whole coast of China, and emigrated to differ- ent parts of the Indian Archipelago and Siam. They are known under the general appellation of Fukien men, and constitute so large a majority of the Chinese abroad, that their dialects are almost the only ones spoken in those parts, and the individual who wishes to instruct them, or otherwise do good among them, is in a manner compelled to attend to their dialect to the exclusion of all others. It may be well to mention here, before proceeding to speak of the work before us, that throughout the whole Chinese empire, the writ- ten and spoken languages differ more or less,-in some parts so much that they are almost two languages, in others so little that they require but slight changes to be mutually understood. The greatest dissimilarity between the two, according to the testimony of the people, prevails in the provinces of Fukien and Canton, where the language as read is in some places so unlike the language as spoken, as to require a colloquial translation to be understood by those ignorant of books. One principal reason of this difference every- where, is owing to the shortness of the words, and the great number of homophonous sounds in the language, which has caused the adop- tion of dissyllabic phrases, in which both syllables have nearly or quite the same meaning, or else one is explanatory of the other, but both having different sounds, and the two conveying but one idea. In the Fukien dialect, bin means face, and máu means aspect; but binmáu is simply the face or countenance, and in writing only bin would be used; and so of hundreds of others. At other times, a single word is reduplicated with this same object in view—that of being readily understood in speaking; and this effort to be imme- diately understood is carried to such an extent in these dialects, and in so many different ways, that the colloquial part of the language is as difficult or more so to learn than the reading part. The discre- pancy found in the two dialects illustrated in this work does not pervade in other parts of the country to so great an extent, though as just observed, it is more or less everywhere found. The two, viz. the written and spoken languages, act and react upon each other. For instance in a town, the mass of people, igno- rant of the language of books, carry on the intercourse of life in a dialect which they have spoken among themselves, and fully under- stand; this spoken language contains local phrases which are not understood in other places at the distance, perhaps of fifty miles, perhaps of a hundred, it may be even of twenty. These phrases, however they may have originated, are part of the language of the 100 Feb. Bibliographical Notices. place, and must be learned by those who wish to make themselves understood in that place. Thus, we have known citizens of Canton, on coming to Macao, to be at a loss to understand several of the phrases they heard in conversation around them. It must not be inferred from this that the written language is insufficient to ex- press all the ideas of the people, for it is as copious as the spoken; but these phrases are used in speaking, it appears to us, almost solely because the monosyllabic nature of the language makes the meaning at times doubtful. While, however, these local and unwritten phrases are in use in the town we have just instanced, there are likewise many students and men of education to be found there, familiar with learning, and conversant with all the forms of expression used in books, who constantly check the spread of these local expressions, and maintain the purity of the language by using phrases for which there are proper characters, and thus assimilate the spoken more to the written language. Their standing as persons of influence and authority, causes them to be respected and looked up to, and imitat- ed. As a consequence of this, it will happen, that when a lad, acquainted with nothing but his mother tongue, enters school, and is taught to write and read the characters according to their sound in books, as soon as the teacher begins to explain the characters thus learned he is obliged to have recourse to the colloquial to convey his meaning to his pupil; and thus by degrees, singular as it may appear, the lad comes to have two sounds for the character, one, that which he has just been taught, the other the name of the thing which the character signifies. Thus, F is read chú in the Fukien dialect, but child in Fukien is kirá ; the lad, learning that F means child, calls this character ki"á, when he wishes to tell you what it means. This process take place in so many instances, more particularly among the most common characters, that it has the effect of forming the two languages into a sort of parallelism; while the two opposing influences noticed above, viz. the ignorance of the mass of people, and the authority of the learned, combine to prevent either of them being lost, or driving the other out of use. to see, however, that the unity of the people of China would long ago have been lost, ,-or rather it would never have been formed, - had it not been for the common bond of union in the written lan- guage, the words of which each one reads with the same meaning, but sounds as he pleases. While howerer the written language is permanent and superior, It is easy 1844. 101 Bibliographical Notices. the local colloquial is subject to great changes. The principal dis- tinction among several dialects or patois is the different sounds given to the characters in each, and which in the distance of a few miles, is sometimes observable. This is owing in a great measure to the want of an inherent sound in the characters, which prevents the reader as- certaining the name of a new one unless by reference to a teacher, or to a dictionary ;-in which he is told it has the same sound as some other perhaps equally unknown to him. This difficulty has the effect of making the teacher the principal authority to the student for the sound of the character, and his teaching perpetuates his peculiarities. What is here said of a single student and a single teacher, is true of thousands of students and hundreds of teachers, all of whom combine to fix and perpetuate local sounds of charac- ters, and give regularity to their dialectical variations. The differ- ence between the reading and spoken languages is more noticeable in the province of Fukien than in any other, and in this province so far as we know, there is more difference in those towns and depart- ments near the coast than there is in the northern borders towards Kiángsí. It is to assist the foreigner in learning the colloquial of two branches of what is called the Fukien dialect, that the present brochure is designed. Mr. Dyer is already known as the author of a small English and Chinese Vocabulary of the colloquial part of the Fukien dialect, as spoken in Chángchau, and his portion of the present work is in the patois spoken in the same region. The latter half is the counterpart of the first, and both are regarded by their authors as forming a good selection of colloquial phrases in the Fu- kien and Tiéchiú dialects. In order to show the plan of the work, aud illustrate our remarks upon the difference between the reading and spoken languages, we here quote one of the Fables from the Fukien, of the Viper and the File, to which the Chinese is added from the original. Those syllables between the characters have none to represent them, while in a few cases, one word stands for two characters. Those of our readers who are acquainted with the original in any dialect will at once see the great difference here pointed out between the two. The orthography and diacritical marks are explained in vol. XI., pages 28–44. The columns are to be read perpendicularly from right to left. 102 Bibliographical Notices, Feb, Tok, schwá kú' ki-je". W | sion bdého 害 ​hidae Bio E schwá schwá g 暗裡​以​言語​望​人​而​不知​實​自​望​也 ​tí. 鐵 ​Fin、 p'bu'- W ch'ion? sí-skán kapa đm mí"h R chiú? # ) ká-ti. I am Hlái # kí -16 | chá sé e sé? E ti ter tú úz? ká? hit-se chit-bok 人​sting,傷 ​put tar dij úi”, tok 'kong i hwán 1 chitose that schwa wa, hái? E kê -lê, ki-lê', il chiú ? sso ház? ská chái tin-toa N 03 láng, koh, «Ch'in- oká? ká? 舖 ​'m? lái, sí. c1; 4:1) schái (tu-tidh Ké-Le ch'ur' sé-sláng, chiul. hai? jú ‘kong, tiò, I sk'im-siú it Li pt ká? . sé se Tú-cká ssim ssim ju chit-é ssdáng- * chin- sláu, no less lively and animated. I was invited by Dr. Cháng to spend the early part of the night in his family, that I might have the oppor. tunity of observing the ceremonies adopted in the domestic circle on the eve of the closing year, and gladly accepted the invitation. There were only my teacher and myself invited to join the family group, the members of which were all dressed out in their best attire. We arrived at 7 o'clock in the evening. The principal room was lighted up very taste cully, and the furniture looked unusu- ally clean and tidy. In the centre of the room there stood a table, which had been enlarged for the occasion, and converted into a ceremonial table. At the top of the table there stood a high chair, on the back on which were thrown three distinct scrolls, with un- couth paintings upon each to represent the sam-tiem sán-páu Sháng ==*E*, 'the High Ruler of the three heavens and three precious ones. This is an honorable designation, adopted by the Táu sect in speaking of the Yuh-hwáng, who is their principal deity. Before this daubed representation, three teacups and three wine cups were set, such offerings being usually arranged in triplets before their idols. Further on, there were twelve wine cups to denote the several months of the year. The order of the oblations spread out on the sacrificial table was as follows, running the eye down from the head of the table, where the representative of the deity was supposed to be seated : First row consisted of dry fruits, viz., ground nuts, walnuts, lon- gans, and red dates. Second. Juicy fruits, viz., oranges, sugar cane, olives, and water chestnuts. Third. Plain unseasoned vegetables, viz., cakes of toasted, cook- ed, and uncooked, bean paste with bamboo shoots. Fourth. An incense box with a candle on each side. Fifth. Bean paste, wine, salt, and garlic. Sixth. The sacrificial victims, consisting of meat offerings which are called fuh lí Tie the happiness-(gaining) ceremony. There are usually three, which in Chekiáng province are made up of fish, pork, and fowl; although Kánghi's Dictionary says, 'beef, mutton, and pork,' Sometimes there are five kinds, beef, mutton, pork, fish, and fowl ; or fowl, goose, duck, fish, and pork. Seventh Sugar in two small plates. Eighth. The new-year cakes, piled upon two dishes. Ninth. Tenth. Two large red candles elegantly ornamented. Wine mugs 136 MARCH, Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. At the foot of the table and upon the floor, the red cushion was thrown, upon which the worshipers were to kneel. It was a moving spectacle to see the aged master of the house kneeling repeatedly before the ceremonial table, bowing his venera- ble head again and again to the earth, and continuing in a kneeling posture for some minutes, with his eyes cast to the earth, and his lips moving as if engaged in silent prayer. It was the most reve- rential act of worship I have yet seen any Chinese engaged in. When his sons had succeeded him, the papers upon which their deity was painted were carried outside and burnt up with a heap of silver- ed papers, the combustion of which was denoted by firing three heavy crackers. The wine plate in the fifth series had a bit of each article in No. 6, thrown into it, and the mixture was cast upon the roof of the house. The meaning of this last act, which is indeed excessively trifling, is to thank the demigod Shinnung for. teaching mankind to cook their food, instead of eating it raw and undressed as they used to do before his time. After this a sacrifice was offered in the cookhouse to the god of the kitchen, on his ima. gined return from heaven. He looked clean, and had six plates of vegetable stuff lying before him, and was illuminated by two or three candles. Then followed the devoirs to the ancestors of the male branch only Their portraits were eight in number, including the old gentleman's parents and grandparents, and his three departed wives, For each of the deceased, a rice bowl, a wine cup, and a pair of chopsticks, were laid down.* The arrangements of the table were a little altered, but not materially. Smaller candles were substituted for the large gilded tapers. The devotional feelings of the principal worshiper did not diminish, but became rather warmer. After the various prostrations had been made, silvered papers were burnt in the room, and the solemnities were closed by the party sitting down to a hearty feast. Jan. 30th. The new-year is watched as it opens upon the world. They 'sit it in,'-men, women, and children. In Ningpo this part of ceremony is called shau sui watching the year ;' it is also called shau tié niáng wan tsun GOR , guard- ing father and mother (so that they may be) kept safe.' When the new-year dawns upon them, they sit down to a warm dish of new-year's cake, mixed up with sugar, wine, and water, &c.; and at It reminded me forcibly of the midnight suppers laid out for the twelve apostles by some of the followers of Ferry and Druinmond. 6 * 1844. 137 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. break of day they sally out to pay their respects in the following order : 1st, to the family gods; 2d, the ancestors; 3d, parents; 4th, to Chinghwang, the city patron, who, if not appeased by an early acknowledgment on the opening of the season, will not forgive nor forget the sins of the past year, but will bring them to the notice of the Supreme Ruler, and invoke his judgment upon the negligent, to inflict summary punishment upon them with a flash of light- ning or a thunderbolt; 5th, brothers and sisters; 6th, friends and connections. The rule of the day is that children kneel before their parents, servants before their masters, inferiors before their superiors; that parents present their children, masters their servants, and pa- trons their clients, with gifts of money, dollars, toys, or eatables ; that friends upon an equal footing should be most humble, conde- scending, and yielding; and that acquaintances should be more than usually complaisant and polite. The compliments of the season are are called pái nien or pái sui # During the festivities, which lasted for several days, I was pestered with unwelcome visits, made not for friendship's sake, but for lucre; yet to send a poor fellow empty away would be considered harsh and unfortuitous. On the first day it is not usual to trouble you with many calls, as it is expected you have your own family to attend to; besides you are supposed to have sat the new-year in.' However, in lieu of a personal visit, private individuals, mercantile companies, and public institutions, send around their cards by servants, who drop them at, or push them under, the door, so that, if one starts early on a cruize of observation, he will find heaps of cards lying in the lobbies. The customs in one place differ from those in another. Here, the after- noon and evening are spent quietly at home, and by most in bed, for they are fatigued by the watchings of the previous night, and the surfeitings of the day. It is on the second and third, and fol- lowing days, that the inhabitants stir about, young and old, male and female, rich and poor, all dressed up in the finest, the richest, the newest, suits they can find; none ragged, none dirty, none un- shaven, unless the poorest of the poor. During the first two or three days there are no shops open, but the stalls of fortune-tellers and fruitmongers. You are supposed to have laid in a stock of fresh and salt provisions for some days. Otherwise, hapless is the situation of the improvident. There were one or two gentlemen who had come over to Ningpo at this time on a visit, but, being ignorant of the custom, it was with difficulty they could scrape a sufficient supply for their daily subsistence. 18 VOL. XIU. NO. 111. 138 MARCH, Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. 6 From the first of the month to its close there is an incessant din of gongs, pattering of drums, scraping of fiddles, firing of crackers, feasting, gambling, and play-acting. No business of any conse- quence is done for ten or twelve days; and before it can be resumed in any shop or warehouse, a lucky day must be fixed upon. On the 20th, the public offices are opened. This is called kái yin W EP, opening the seals.' Jan. 31st. I have been entirely occupied with visitors, who came to compliment me on the arrival of another year. Officers, mer- chants, mechanics, &c., filled up the hours of the day. The offi- cer Kú spoke about the doctrines of Jesus Christ, and made various inquiries. He admitted the unreasonableness of the polytheism which characterizes his countrymen. A master bricklayer, commenting on the same subject, pleaded for a plurality, and said that the great Fuh (of the Budhists) was the object of adoration among women, pisáh (a general name for idols) were worshiped by men, and Confucius by boys at school. This remark shows how heterogeneous and unintelligible their ideas are of their own religion, and how difficult it is, from their own con- flicting statements, to define what religion they follow-if it be not really a mixture of the principles and forms of the three sects Feb. 1st. Making a round of calls among my official and other friends, in return for the visits they paid me, I met my friend Kú orain. The ex-chífú Shú and others were with him. They asked me to explain in brief the doctrines of the gospel. I did so; and their amazement was not small when they were told there were very many in England, who did not believe in the Lord Jesus, or attach themselves to his religion; and that the number of those, who in their conduct belied their professions of love and devotedness to his service, was infinitely greater. Feb. 2d. A party from H. M. ship Thalia having lately arrived, the gentlemen requested me to accompany them in their visits of ceremony upon the officers of the city. Rev. W. Moody, the chap- lain, was of the number. When his official duties were explained to the officers, they expressed much surprise. Feb. 3d. As to-morrow brings the lih-chun term, or the commencement of spring, the ceremony of introducing or meeting it (ying chun 4 ) was conducted to-day. All the municipal officers leave their respective residences at an early hour, and go forth at the east gate. The spring comes in, it is said, at the east, summer at the south, autumn from the west, and winter from the 1844. 139 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. north. The procession proceeded to the suburbs across the river, where there is a large building with an extensive area of open ground. The crowds that thronged to see the show were immense. The principal actor was the chífú. This was the first time he had appeared in public, and it was to great advantage. In one spot, there was the god of the spring, or máng shin me, who was worship- ed. Hard by there stood a figure of an ox made of paper, of many colors, which also was worshiped. These were officially welcomed into the district. After a number of childish ceremonies had been performed, the officers sat down to drink wine with each other. In some districts, (for exactly the same customs do not obtain every- where,) the presiding officer on the following day strikes the sense- less ox with a switch. This is called pien chun ia t, that is, 'whipping up the spring,' and denotes that the labors of spring are to commence, and that the ox must go to the plough. The act of whipping the poor beast is a signal for the bystanders to rush in upon it, and tear the paper frame to pieces, that man believing his ox will be a fortunate animal who can carry home a shred of the remains. Feb. 6th. A young traveler called to see me. He has been in most of the provinces in the empire, although now only 19 years of age. His manners are polite, and he seems to have an intelligent mind. His father, who is dead, was an officer, and like his peers, never settled in one place, but moving from one corner of the em- pire to the other. In this way this young gentleman has been pri- vileged to see much of the world. Feb. 8th. At Mr. Kú's I met with a district judge, who, having heard something about my refusing, except in special instances, to see company on the Sabbath, inquired about the day and its obser- vances, and asked if it was the rule to eat vegetable and unseasoned diet at such seasons. This led to an explanation of the nature of the day, and of the duties proper to it, and still further to an eluci- dation of the principles of Christianity, and the enforcement of the subject on their most serious attention. Mr. Kú, who had often talked on these matters with me, then entered more fully into them with his friend the judge. He made it clearer to him than I was able to do, with the exception of one serious mistake which called for correction. He spoke of the Christian system as being English, To apply any national designation to the religion of the Son of God is highly presumptuous and unjust. I insisted upon the great facts 140 MARCH, Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. that Christianity—its principles, organization, and authority-came froin God, and that the system is designed for the whole world. His worship Shú now dropped in upon us, who, instead of interrupt- ing our conversation, joined in, and made so many inquiries that I had to recapitulate all I had already said to his two friends. Returning home, I visited the late chíhien of Funghwa, who, in consequence of his father's decease, has lately gone into retirement, according to the custom of the country and the rule in official cir- cles, to mourn for three years. He has laid aside his magisterial habit, and wears a mourning dress of a grayish or dust color. During this visit, as in the one just noted, I was peculiarly struck with the moral effect that a rigid observance of the Lord's day pro- duces upon the people. It opens their eyes to look, it awakens their attention to hear on what principles we ground the observance of the sacred day. There are two principles that also carry great moral weight with them, which are to be truth-loving, truth-speaking, and truth-keeping, and a total abstinence from and horror of improper and indecent language, in all which the Chinese come wofully short. This officer had called at my place last Sunday, but had been reſused by my servants on account of its being 'worship day.' He referred to that circumstance, and made minute inquiries regard- ing it, the more minute because he had been reading one of the Christian books I gave his intended son-in-law, that interesting young man who visited me on the 6th inst. Feb. 11th. This is the 13th day of the first moon, when the Feast of Lanterns commences. It lasts for five or six days, when all parts of the city are brilliantly ornamented with streamers, and illuminat- ed with elegant lanterns. People parade the streets in crowds to look at the illuminations, or are busy in firing crackers and rockets, or in exhibiting sundry ingenious fireworks. It is generally called the sháng tang E elevating lantern' feast. The 15th night is the gala night, when there is much rivalry in setting out festal lamps, &c. Hence the evening is called sái tang #ke, 'rival- ing in lanterns. This feast is connected with their respect for the manes of their departed friends. Feb. 13th. If one has time to stretch his walk beyond the north gate, and get into the open country, he will return much pleased with the day's excursion. That part of the district is not very po- pulous, and the people are remarkably quiet and civil. Besides, the pleasant fields, the numerous water courses, and the scattered farm: houses, are in themselves objects sufficiently novel and interesting to 1844. 141 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. engage his attention, even though he should take a walk alone. Returning from such a trip and taking a hasty dinner, I went in the evening to the temple that lies outside the walls, between the East and the Bridge gates, and close on the water's edge. It is always called by the English ‘the Fukien temple,' and is invariably visited by them. The Chinese name for it is Tienhau kung To 'the palace of the Celestial Queen,' it being dedicated to Má tsúpú. It was founded at the close of the twelfth century. Up to 1680, it had undergone various changes. On that year, however, after hav- ing lain in ruins above a century, they began to rebuild it, and, after the port restrictions had been removed in the reign of Kánghi, name- ly those that were put on by some of his predecessors in consequence perhaps of pirates or rather of foreign intruders, the traders from the coasts of Fukien and Canton, who had seen 'great wonders in the deep,' determined on erecting a famous edifice, and subscribed largely to that end. It is without question the most elegantly fur- nished building in the city; and, through the whole of the late war, remained unscathed. It baffles an accurate or minute description, and to appreciate the beauty and finish of the internal structure, it must be visited. This evening the edifice glittered with lamps, lanterns, and tapers. Horn and glass lanterns were suspended all around, having most curious devices and extraordinary scenes deli- neated on them in the richest and most vivid colors. The walls were ornamented with innumerable drawings; and music rang through the lofty and decorated arches of its roof. The scene had life and gaiety imparted to it from the hum and eagerness of thronging crowds. Feb. 15th. A fall of snow to-day, the first during the season. This winter has been by no means so cold as it was last year, when the city was occupied by the British forces. Feb. 18th. Since the first of the month, I have had numerous visits from officers and their sons, official secretaries, and gentlemen from the interior, and had extensive opportunities of speaking out the truths of the gospel, without any check or obstruction. Chris- tian books, copies of the Scriptures, and select tracts, have been distributed and thankfully received. In some cases I know that they have been carefully read. Feb. 22d. Another party from H. M. ship Thalia waited upon the officers, and I accompanied them. These few days the autho- rities have been seized with a panic, by reason of news from Peking of the beheading of Yú Pauyun, the commandant who defended the 142 MARCH, Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. works at Chinhái in the year 1841. He was made responsible for that heavy loss, and for the subsequent misfortunes that have be- fallen the empire. Shú's case appears to be now more desperate than ever, and the greatest apprehensions are awakened for his safety. We were told by the officers that the emperor is inexorable, and appears to be bent on making a thorough purgation among those officers from whom dispatches emanated during the late war, intend- ed to impose upon his imperial majesty. It is said among the offi- cers, but I cannot vouch for the truth of the report, that a little time since, when his majesty went to visit the empress mother, she refus- ed to see him; and that he repeated his call, but she persisted in denying him admittance. Such is the authority of a royal mother, and the respect paid to her by her imperial son, at the mention of whose name myriads are made to tremble. At last, he prostrated himself at her chamber door, and wet the threshold with his tears, till she was moved to admit him. On entering, he again prostrated himself before her, and, in that lowly posture, received the most bitter and severe rebukes from a mother, whose breast was filled with indignation at the degeneracy of her son, who had received the empire entire and complete from his father's hands, but through his own indolence and the venality of his intimate courtiers, had dis- membered his dominions, and introduced vast and calamitous con- fusion. She had been throughout the war friendly to pacific mea- sures, but had been always opposed and thwarted. On being raised from his prostrate lowliness, the emperor then vowed vengeance on those ministers who had, by false reports and by foul means, goaded him on to prolong the disastrous war. It has been said that much anxiety is awakened for the safety of Shú. The people of the department of Ningpo have more than once petitioned the governor of the province to interfere on his behalf,- have sent up deputies to convey to his excellency the views and wishes of the community at large, and subscriptions to the amount of $10,000 have been offered for the ransom of his life. His excel- lency has more than once attempted to mediate, but has hitherto been thwarted. The last imperial message he received, in reply to his statements, was that, if he should repeat his prayer for the salva- tion of that individual, he should be considered criminal and worthy of the same fate. This of course has silenced him, and nought else can at present be attempted. The people of Ningpo, on hearing of Shú's misfortunes, first peti- tioned, then petitioned again, and sent a deputation in charge of 1844. 143 Supplementary Ircaty. their representation. But they had meanwhile set on foot a subscrip- tion. This was the last desperate step to be made on his behalf, but only if his excellency's suasion should have some weight. The peremptory message of his majesty has, however, stopped all further advances. The subscriptions that have been collected were set on foot by his attached friends. Subscription books were circulated through the city; and every copy had a page appropriated to each trade and class of merchants, so that the lists swelled rapidly. Art. IV. Supplementary Treaty between England and China; translated from the Chinese. To the Editor of the Chinese Repository, Dear Sir, I inclose for your valuable periodical a translation of the sup- plementary treaty, the original of which was procured from one of the Chi- nese officers. I believe it is substantially the same with the Chinese copy of the treaty placed in the hands of her majesty's consuls by the plenipoten- tiary. On comparison, however, with the English version of the treaty published by authority, it will be found to be more full, and to differ in some particulars. It would be well for the public to know which version of the treaty is to be followed, whether that published in the Hongkong Gazette, or that held by the Chinese, particularly as questions have already arisen at the five ports on the subject. Perhaps the publication of the accompanying translation may elicit a reply that would throw some light on the matter. I am, yours truly, The seventeen articles of regulations agreed upon at Canton be- tween the imperial commissioner, H. E. Kiying, and the public envoy, H. E. Pottinger, which having been officially reported to his majesty, are allowed to be distributed among the five ports, to be a perpetual and uniform law for the management of affairs, and for the preservation of future good feeling. I. The regulations for levying duties on imported and exported merchandize, which have passed the official seal, shall henceforth be held to be a law in the five ports of Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo and Shanghái. II. The newly appointed commercial regulations which have been officially promulged, shall henceforth be in force at the afore- said five ports. III. The fines levied on merchant vessels, which have entered port, and neglected to report themselves at the custom-house, to- Supplementary Treaty. MARCH, gether with the merchandize which has been confiscated to govern- ment, according to the IIId article of the recent commercial treaty, both money and goods, shall all revert to the imperial treasury of China for the public service. IV. As soon as the five ports of Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo and Shanghái shall have been opened, the only places allowed for British merchants to trade at shall be the abovenamed five ports, and they shall not be permitted to go to other ports: while the Chinese people shall not be permitted to connect themselves with them, and to trade clandestinely in other ports. Furthermore, the public envoy of the English nation has issued a proclamation clearly forbidding the resort to other places, and should the merchants of the English nation either break this contract or disobey this re- gulation, affecting not to have heard of the proclamation of the public envoy, while they proceed to other ports, and wander about buying and selling, it shall be lawful for the Chinese officers to con- fiscate both ship and cargo altogether, and the English officers are not to make any objection. Should Chinese subjects proceed to other places and secretly connect themselves with the English mer- chants for the purpose of trade, they must be dealt with according to the laws of the country already existing. V. Since the conclusion of the treaty of Nanking, the govern- ment will certainly not be responsible for the debts of merchants ; and according to the IVth article of the recent commercial treaty, the transactions between English and Chinese merchants are not to be conducted any more according to the old system of security hongs, when petitions were made for the payment of debts, as is on record; but henceforward, whether Chinese are indebted to English, or En- glish to Chinese, if the accounts be correct, the persons present, and the property in existence, then the parties must appear before the consuls, and in a public place make an agreement, when in accor- dance with the contract entered into, the different parties may pur- sue each other; but there is to be no general security of the whole body for individual merchants. VI. At Canton and other of the five ports, the English mer- chants, whether constant residents or occasional visitors, must not disorderly go into the villages, and gratify their desires in wandering about; also they must not go far into the interior to trade; but the Chinese officers ought, in connection with the English consuls, and in accordance with the feelings of the people and the nature of the country, to consult and fix à boundary, which must not be passed 1844. Supplementary Treaty. 145 over, in order to maintain a constant good feeling and peaceful relations between the two nations. Whenever sailors and people from the vessels arrive, they must wait until the consuls and the native officers have first established the regulations, when they may be allowed to go on shore. But if Englishmen disobey these regula- tions, and disorderly enter the inner territory to ramble about, no matter what class or description of persons they may be, it will then be allowable for the people of the country to seize them, and deliver them over to the consuls of the English nation for punishment as circumstances may require. But the people must not beat and wound them, lest they infringe upon the established harmony. VII. In the treaty of Nanking, it has been already stated that Englishmen may take their families and proceed to the five ports of Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghái, to dwell, without being insulted or restricted; but the Chinese officers must in unison with the English consuls, and in conformity with the feelings of the people, consult as to what places, or what houses or sites of houses they may make use of; which it shall be permitted to Englishmen to hire, the rent being according to the scale of prices current at the various ports for such purposes, in conformity with which bar- gains may be struck and contracts entered into; the Chinese on the one hand not practicing extortion, and the English on the other not violently insisting on the hiring of particular spots. The consuls of the English nation shall annually make a report of the number of houses which the English have either built or hired, to the native officers, who shall in their turn report it to the proper tribunal. But the number of houses will naturally depend on the number of mer- chants, and the number of merchants on the state of trade, so that it will be difficult to fix the amount beforehand. VIII. Formerly the merchants of every foreign nation were per- mitted to trade at the single port of Canton only, but last year it was agreed at Nanking, that if the emperor should ratify the treaty, the merchants of the various nations of Europe should be allowed to proceed to the four ports of Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shangh i, for the purposes of trade, to which the English were not to make any objection. But since every other nation has been put upon the same footing with the English, should the emperor in future mani- fest any new favor towards the various nations, then it should be allowable for the English to share in the same advantages ; neither the English nor foreign nations, however, must make this a pretext for disorderly soliciting further grace, in order to show their firm adherence to the treaty. 19 VOL. XIII, NO, III. 146 MARCH, Supplementary Treaty. IX. Should any lawless Chinese, after infringing the laws escape to Hongkong, or conceal themselves on board of any English men- of-war, or merchant vessels, as soon as the English officers have discovered them, they must delivered over to the Chinese officers for punishment. Should the Chinese officers, however, make pre- vious inquiry, or discover suspicious circumstances, which the En- glish officers have not found out, then the Chinese officers shall seek an interview with the English officers, in order to examine and seize the offenders; when the criminals have already confessed, or evidence has been elicited, from which it would appear that the individuals in question are runaway felons, then the English officers shall deliver them up, without making any difficulty. Should En- glish sailors or soldiers, or other British subjects, whether natives of England or its colonies, black or white, from whatever cause, escape to China and conceal themselves there, the Chinese officers shall also seize and confine them, and deliver them over to the nearest English officer for judgment, without the slightest attempt at concealment, to the disturbance of the existing amicable arrangements. X. At tach of the five ports open for trade, there shall be an English man-of-war at anchor, in order to restrain the sailors on board of the English merchant vessels, which power the consuls may also avail themselves of to keep in order the merchants of Great Britain and her colonies. The sailors on board of such man-of-war shall be subject to the order of the commanding officer on board of such vessel, and not be permitted to enter the inner territory; the laws regarding wandering about having equal reference to the sea- men on board of the men-of-war that they have to the sailors from merchant vessels. When the man-of-war is about to leave, another man-of-war shall take her place, and the consul, or chargé d'affaires, of the port shall first inform the Chinese officers in order to prevent suspicions. Whenever such men-of-war arrive in China to relieve the others, the Chinese war-junks shall not interrupt them; and since the English men-of-war do not carry cargo or conduct trade they may be exempted from the usual measurement fees, already mention- ed in the XIVth article of the commercial regulations, which are on record. XI. The treaty of Nanking has already stipulated that when the amount of money agreed upon shall have been paid, the troops gar- risoned at Chusan and Kúláng sú shall retire, and yield up those places to the government of China; with refe thereto it is now agreed, that on the retirement of the troops all those houses inhabit- 1844. 147 Supplementary Treaty. ed by the English officers, together with the temporary buildings and barracks, whether built or repaired by the English, shall not be broken down, but delivered over to the Chinese officers, to be given to the original owners of the land or tenements, while the English shall not require any payment, in order to avoid delays in the evacuation of the place, and disputes of every kind, by which means the amica- ble relations now subsisting may be preserved. XII. The amount of duties and port charges having now been arranged, in future all offenses of British merchants connecting themselves with Chinese traders for the purposes of smuggling or evading the duties, or getting screened by the custom-house officers in order to share the spoils, shall be done away with; the envoy of the British nation has already issued a proclamation forbidding the English merchants from smuggling in the least degree, and com- manding the consuls under his authority to exert themselves in re- straining the English merchants who resort to the various ports for the purposes of trade, whilst they make every inquiry to eradicate the aforesaid evils; should such consuls on examination discover any cases of smuggling, they shall immediately report them to the Chinese officers, in order that the smuggled goods may be confis- cated, whatever their description or value may be; while the mer- chant vessels engaged in such transactions shall either be prohibited from trading, or when their accounts are closed, be strictly required to depart, without the least favor or screening; the Chinese officers also shall take such native traders as have been engaged in smug- gling, or such custom-house officers as have been sharing the spoils, and after severe investigation punish them according to law. XIII. Hereafter, whenever Chinese traders shall wish to take goods to Hongkong for sale, they must first pay the duties according to the new regulations at the respective ports of Canton, Fnchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghai, whilst they obtain permits from the various custom-houses, after which they may depart without hin- drance. Should Chinese traders wish to proceed to Hongkong for the purpose of laying in a stock of goods, they are also permitted to go to the offices of the Chinese authorities at the ports of Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghai, and ask for a pass- port, taking care to pay the duties on the importation of their goods. But Chinese merchants purchasing goods at Hongkong must ship them on board of Chinese vessels, which vessel must request a port- clearance from Hongkong, just as they obtain a permit from the five ports aboveme htioned, to proceed to Hongkong. All ships and 148 MARCH, Supplementary Treaty. merchants provided with such permits must exhibit them to the Chi- nese officers every time of their arrival for inspection and examination, in order to avoid mistakes. At other ports in Kwangtung, Fukien, Chekiáng, Kiángsú, such as Chápú, &c., they not being places of constant intercourse, the Chinese traders are not permitted to ask for permits to go to Hongkong; and if they still go, the revenue cut- ters must combine with the English officers to inquire into their conduct and report. XIV. At Hongkong, an English officer must be appointed, who, on the arrival of Chinese vessels at that port for the purpose of pur- chasing goods, must strictly examine their passes; and should there be any Chinese vessels or traders not provided with passes, or with passes not furnished at Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shang- hái, shall consider them as smugglers and evaders of the duties, while a report of the circumstances shall be sent to the Chinese officers in order to inquire into the affair : under such an arrange- ment not only will pirates be stopped in their progress, but all kinds of smuggling will be prevented. XV. As the arrangements at Hongkong are certainly not like those at the five ports, and as there are no Chinese officers stationed there, should Chinese traders get in debt to the merchants of other nations, the English officers must settle the affair; but if Chinese debtors escape from Hongkong, and return to their native districts, where they have property and inheritances, the English consuls shall draw up an account of the matter, and report it to the Chinese offi- cers, who shall prosecute the parties. But Chinese merchants trad- ing abroad must also have some factory or persons who stand as security for them. Should English merchants without inquiring accurately be deceived by them, the officers cannot inquire farther. With respect to English merchants at the five ports getting into debt to Chinese traders, and escaping to Hongkong-on the Chinese offi- cers making a clear statement accompanied by all the proofs to the English officers, the latter shall act according to the Vth clause of the present supplementary treaty, in order to put the parties on an equal footing. XVI. In a former section, it is clearly stated, that whenever Chinese carry goods to Hongkong for sale, or convey goods from Hongkong to the five ports, they must obtain permits from the va- rious custom-houses; now it is agreed upon that the officers of cus- toms at the five ports shall monthly make a statement of the number of permits granted, and of the names of the vessels and merchants 1844. 149 Supplementary Treaty. receiving them, together with the description of goods therein speci- fied, whether conveyed from Hongkong to the various ports or from the various ports to Hongkong; which report shall be sent in to the superintendent of customs at Canton, who shall again inform the presiding officer at Hongkong, to examine and verify. The English officer shall also make a monthly report of the merchant vessels, resorting thither with their cargoes, to the superintendent of cus- toms at Canton, who shall immediately communicate it to the va- rious custom-houses for examination and verification. Thus mutu- ally examining and comparing, we may possibly be able to prevent the use of false permits, vain pretences, and smuggling transactions, while matters will be kept in the right channel. XVII. Small English vessels, such as schooners and cutters, yawls, or fastboats, of every kind, have hitherto been subject to no duties; it is now agreed upon, that all such vessels going from Hongkong to Canton, or from Canton to Macao, with the exception of the letters and packages, and passengers' baggage, which accord- ing to the old regulations were exempted from duties, if laden with merchantable goods, whether for import or export, or whether with full or half lading, even to a hundred weight of cargo, such vessels, according to their tonnage shall pay duties, as agreed upon. But these small vessels are not to be put upon the same scale with large foreign ships; moreover they clear out and in several times in the course of a month; also they differ from the large foreign ships which anchor at Whampoa only; so that if they should be called upon to pay duties like the large foreign ships, it would necessarily be in- convenient and improper. Henceforth, therefore, these vessels shall be classed in the following manner : the smallest of them shall be rated at 75 tons, and the largest of them at 150 tons, and every time they enter port they shall pay one mace for every ton; those which do not amount to 75 tons shall be reckoned at that rate; and those above 150 tons shall be considered as large foreign vessels, and ac- cording to the new regulations pay five mace for every ton. With respect to Fuchau and the other ports, as there are no small vessels of this kind coming and going, it is not necessary to make any regulations. The regulations for the small vessels above alluded to here follow: 1st. All such English schooners, cutters, yawls, or fastboats must be provided with a permit from the English officers, written in English and Chinese, stating clearly their size and description, and how much is their tonnage, ready for inspection and examination. 1.50 MARCH, Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups. 2d. Whenever these small vessels shall arrive at the Bogue, they shall stop and report, just as the large foreign ships do; if they contain merchants' goods, they must also report themselves at the custom-house at Whampoa, and when they arrive at the provincial city they must deposit their pass at the consul's office in order to request permission from the superintendent of customs at Canton to unload their cargo; but should they land their goods without such permission, then they must be dealt with according to the third section of the new commercial regulations respecting the reporting to the custom-house of goods newly imported. 3d. When the imported goods have all been landed, and the goods for exportation all shipped, the import and export duties, together with the mea- surement charges having been paid, the consul at the port shall deliver up the passport, and allow the vessel to depart. Arr. V. Notes of a visit of H. M. ship Samarang, under capt. sir E. Belcher, C. B., to the Batanes and the Madjicosima groups, in 1843–44. Her Majesty's ship Samarang quitted Macao on the 2d November, 1843, with the object of making the shortest passage to the Madji- cosima group against the northeast monsoon. It was well known that this would prove an unpleasant service, and that great caution would be necessary in carrying sail, in order to preserve the accu- racy of the chronometers so that the operations dependent on them should not be frustrated. After a tedious beat up the coast of Can- ton province, and clearing the Lema islands, we stretched off easter- ly, and on the 11th Nov. sighted the island of Sabtang, which is one of the Babuyan group, although usually regarded as one of the Bashees. On the morning following, we passed up between Ibugos and Sabtang, and anchored in 15 fathoms. While beating up, several canoes came towards the ship, suffi- ciently near to communicate, but suddenly a panic seized them, and they betook themselves to the island of Sabtang. On landing at Ibugos island, or what is termed on the charts Bashee island, suffi- cient data were obtained for securing its position. The survey of this neighborhood was immediately commenced, and the western side of the island was completed, when a letter from the alcalde and commandant of San Domingo induced us to shift the position of the ship to that bay on the island of Batan. 1844. 151 Visit to the Batuncs und Madjicosima Groups. The Spanish colors were flying in the bay of San Domingo, and the remains of two forts seen. Shortly after landing, the lieut. and corporal of the guard waited on us with many apologies for the non- appearance of the captain or alcalde, but on proceeding to the Casa Real, we were received with much warmth by the alcalde, and offered every facility in supplying ourselves with bullocks, vegetables, &c. Having remained a few days at San Domingo, the ship was moved to the bay of San Vicente on the western side of the island of Batan, and the survey of these four islands completed; several points on Ibayat and Round island to the northward were also ascertained in anticipation of completing their survey at a future period. The bay or roadstead of San Vicente, erroneously termed Ivana in the chart, is merely the landing-place for the pueblo of Ivana, which is situated on the southwestern angle of the island, about a mile from San Vicente, where there are only a few huts. This group, which consists of Batan, Sabtang, Ibayat, Ibugos, Calayan, and Babuyan, (the two last not seen by the Samarang,) is termed the Batanes, and the whole are subject to the authority of the alcal- de residing at San Miguel, who is supported by a military force of an alferez or ensign, a sergeant, corporal, and 27 privates. San Domingo, on Batan I., lies in lat. 20° 27' 26" N., and lon. 121° 57' E. Variation, 23' W. The island of Batan has a convent, and a padre resides at San Miguel, San Carlos, and Ivana, which are the three largest villages. The natives, who are a cheerful and remarkably well built race, much resembling the Dyaks of Borneo, do not generally under- stand Spanish, but speak a language peculiar to the group. Even the alcalde is compelled to call in the assistance of the padre in his communications with them. Both men and women have remarkably agreeable countenances, but mistaking us for freebooters on our arrival were not easily induced to come near us. The islands of Batan and Sabtang are mountainous, with many cultivated spots; the former is particularly fertile, and produces yams, various sorts of sweet potatoes, maize, onions, garlic, rice, grain, &c. Cattle, pigs, goats, sheep and poultry are abundant, and deer are found on Ibugos. Wood is plentiful as well as water, but the latter is difficult to procure owing to the reefs at the mouth of the streams. This obstacle can however soon be remedied if the visits of vessels render it worth while, and the necessity of some arrange- ment of the sort was mentioned to the alcalde. The population of the group, as we were informed, is 11,238. Iba- 152 MARCH, Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups. yat I. contains four villages, viz. Sta. Rosa 580, Sta. Lucia 268, Sta. Maria, 318, and Sta. Rafael, 340. Batan I. also numbers four pue- blos, viz., San Domingo 3696, San Carlos 1600, San Joze de Hana 1594, and San Antonio 1000 inhabitants. Sabtang I. or the pueblo of San Vicente has 1516 inhabitants, Calayan I. 230, and Babuyan only 96. We received much civility from the alcalde and padres of Batan while there, and quitted it on the 27th of Nov., for the Madjico- simas, with a promise to return. On our northerly course, the ship gradually fell off to N.N.E., but we found that she had been set northerly and easterly, so that we made the island of Samasana instead of Botel Tobago. We then worked along the eastern side of Formosa, and stretched off for the Madjicosima group. On the 30th November, we sighted Hummock and Sand islands, passing close under the southern reefs of the latter, and stood on in the hope of reaching Typinsan. Bad weather, however, prevented our getting to windward, and we only succeeded in reaching the southwestern angle of Patchusan, or Patchungsan 1 of the natives, where nothing but reefs presented themselves. However the custo- mary luck of surveying vessels attended the Samarang, and we suc- ceeded in discovering a gap in the reef into which she was warped, and before sunset, securely moored; with hardly more than room to swing. Vessels should not venture near these islands after dark, until their dangers have been more closely examined, and proper charts published. The space from the western limit of Hummock island to the eastern range of the Typinsan breakers is dangerous ;-for inde- pendent of the many reefs which connect the several islands, the constant strong winds, with haze and rain during the northeast monsoon, render the approach, unless in a very clear day, hazardous at that season. On landing the morning after our arrival, accompanied by the Chinese interpreter, we were met by a native officer, with a retinue of attendants, at a hut prepared on the beach. All were evidently alarmed, but after a little conference with our interpreter in writing, the object of our visit was soon understood, and confidence on their part established. In a short time an arrangement was made that captain Belcher and four officers were to be permitted to survey the islands by land, while the captain engaged to prohibit any of the crew from penetrat- ing into the interior, or entering the villages, and that they were to be solely employed upon the seashore. 1844. 153 Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups. On the 6th December, capt. Belcher, attended by lieut. Baugh, Messrs. Richards and McDougall, and Mr. Adams, the assistant-sur- geon, and the Chinese interpreter, commenced the examination of the island of Patchung san. The official interpreter on the part of the natives, and several minor officers, attended by numerous coolies, swelled the party to at least fifty persons. A little spice of indepen- dence at first induced us go afoot, but on the next and following days we mounted small sturdy ponies. By sunset of the first evening, we had advanced about five miles, when we took up quarters for the night in a temple which had been prepared for us. Our companions, or rather conductors, on this ex- cursion had by this time ascertained our wishes, and began to enter into the spirit of our operations. The interpreter (Kien Anche A) a red capped officer from Lewchew, was found to be a very intelligent, polished, and energetic character, and exerted him. self in every way to facilitate our operations. He was seconded by another, Shanghai, who, from the knowledge be exhibited of the hy- drographic features of the islands, and his constant exertions in forwarding our surveying duties, received the appellation of Beau- fort. Others obtained names adapted to their prominent abilities, not omitting Chesterfield, the secretary to the embassy. The mo- ment we were housed, dispatches were sent off to the surrounding outposts, reporting, as we conceived, that all was safe. During the examination of Patchung san, which occupied twenty- one days, the daily routine was similar. We generally mounted our horses about 8 A.M., and by sunset reached a station which had been already prepared for us. Whenever a wish was expressed to send to the ship, a swift messenger was instantly dispatched by the conductor. The inhabitants of the Madjicosimas may be divided into three distinct classes : 1st. The rulers, who understand the Chinese write ten character, and have either been educated at Lewchew, or sent from thence charged with authority. Next to these are the highest class of natives of the islands, who appear to have received some education, as they write the Japanese character, and occasionally understand Chinese. 3d. Those who possess sufficient property to raise them above the working classes or slaves, in which class the coolies of our party would probably be reckoned. In the Patchung san group, we were given to understand that they had five yellow, and one red capped officers, who were deputed by the government of Lewchew, and who remain about five years. But 20 VOL. XIII. NO. III. 154 MARCH, Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups. at Typinsan there appeared to be more officers. The dress is pre- cisely the same as that used by the Lewchewans, and the hair is confined by the same ornament, a pair of pins, the kamisashi and usidashi. In their manners, however, these islanders are much more active and determined than the Lewchewans, and do not spare the bamboo. This rendered them more interesting to us than their monotonous friends at Napakiang, and induced on our part a greater desire to form friendships, which they on their part were not slow in improving. As we lived amongst them several weeks, we had oppor- tunities of judging of their manners and habits, free from the cau- tious circumspection which would be practiced at formal meetings on the beach. Their method of dressing the hair, which is generally performed by a youthful valet, takes up much time, and requires some dexterity to produce a fashionable finish. Their long black hair, after a thorough dressing with an oleaginous substance, is worked up evenly on all sides to the crown of the head, where the operator, confining it with one hand, winds the silk between the hand and head several times, keeping every hair tight drawn, and then ties it. He then combs out the tuft, and doubling it back over the two fin- gers, curls the remainder of the hair over the ligature on the crown, and inserting the kamisashi and usidashi through the under part, completes the operation. This coiffure has an air of neatness and cleanliness. The mustaches and hair on the chin are allowed to grow to the natural length, but all the hair and whiskers to the tip of the chin is closely shaved. The inhabitants are excessively afraid of exhibiting their women, but this does not apparently proceed from jealousy, or doubt of their proper behavior, but rather from the custom of the country. Any dereliction from chastity we understood, entailed death on the guilty parties, and in Typinsan two skeletons were pointed out as the remains of culprits who had suffered for such misdeeds. The whole of these islands are subject to Lewchew; and every question submitted to the authorities, involving important matters, was always turned aside or evaded by the expression “Ta Liúkiú.' All high crimes are tried at Lewchew; and we were given to under- stand, as well as our interpreter could explain to us, that the crimi- nals were sent with the monsoon junks to be tried, or executed at Lewchew, and that capital punishment was not inflicted by their own authority at the islands; although the case of the persons ex- ecuted for adultery alluded to above, led us to doubt the accuracy of 1844. 155 Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups. our information upon this point. All bad characters are sent to the distant islands, where produce is probably scarce and labor heavier. There is reason to believe, however, they are comparatively inno- cent; everything belonging to us was entirely at their mercy for a period of six weeks; sometimes our coolies and attendants amounted to 50 or more; and being repeatedly changed as we moved from village to village, or to other islands, it may be computed that our property passed through the hands of hundreds. Not a solitary case of dishonesty, or what could be called theft, occurred. On one occasion, a coolie was observed to pick up a handkerchief and put it into his bosom, but from their custom of throwing away their nose papers, used for the same purpose, there could be little doubt that he consi- dered it to have been cast off. When it was asked for (as if lost), it was instantly produced without a blush of guilt being apparent. Had such a crime been committed, punishment would have instantly followed, for the officers who attended us would frequently punish those bystanders who even meddled unnecessarily with our property. On the other hand, the authorities were constantly on the alert to prevent crime, and never failed to urge upon us the necessity of taking away temptation, and affording no opportunities to commit theft, and this seemed to be the sole fear which possessed them dur- ing our visit. Our station marks were of calico, and as they might be purloined, huts were constructed and guards placed at every bit of rag left; and in every instance when parts of our instruments were accidentally missing, the utmost grief and uneasiness was ex- hibited until everything was recovered. These exhibitions of feel- ing lead one naturally to the conclusion that they are an eminently moral people. Quarrels were not witnessed, and the hunble and modest kotow of the Chinese and Lewchewans was in universal use among the higher classes. The lower orders were humble in the extreme, and their casual salutations, whenever their superiors passed them in the fields, was bowing the head and placing the hands on the knees. The officer and party deputed to attend on us made their obeisance every morning. Their food consists principally of vegetables, rice, sweet potatoes, onions, garlic, radishes, and turnips. The radish is even larger than that grown in China, commonly attaining three inches in dia- meter by eighteen inches in length. Of four footed animals, they have the horse, ox, pig, goat, and domestic dogs and cats. Fowls are plentiful, but they do not probably indulge much in flesh, and fish and vegetables were the only articles used in our presence. 156 MARCH, Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups. They smoke almost incessantly, and from the highest to the lowest, each has his pipe and pouch, which is worn somewhat as we wear a dirk, thrusting it through the girdle on the left side. The quantity smok- ed at one time does not exceed half a thimble full. The higher ranks drink a samshoo, which was one quarter of the strength of whiskey, and resembled it in flavor. The quantity used at any meal does not exceed one fourth of a fluid ounce. In our transactions with them, they declined receiving money openly, but from the official representation of the authorities, we learned that they received about 40 dollars from us at different times, which would be transmitted to their ruler at Lewchew. Although therefore of little use to them at present, it may possibly produce a return of comforts when their junks come back. At the fair season of the monsoon, two junks from each group repair to Napakiang; their lading generally consists of rice, onions, and ground produce. These junks return at the commencement of the northeast monsoon, bringing in return the head ornaments, pipes, and household neces- saries. Beyond this, they have no mercantile or marine communi- cation. They mentioned that they had never before been visited by people of another nation, and although men of 70 years of age were asked, they had no recollection of the wreck of the Providence, or the residence of the crew under captain Broughton amongst them. One fact, however, came to our knowledge; we found a stone on Ikima, the northern island of the Typinsan group, and nearest to the disaster alluded to, having the compass points cut out on it. This stone was on a mount used as a lookout, or lounging place for smoking. Also upon one of the islands off Kukien san, on its high- est peak 1500 or 1600 feet above the level of the sea, a similar stone was noticed. The points, compared with the theodolite needle, were correct. The inhabitants of these islands are provided with utensils made in Lewchew, but there are also many substitutes furnished by the shells found on the reefs. Of these, the Tridacna, or huge Chama gigas (one specimen measured 2 feet 11 inches) is used as a sub- stitute for a bason. The great Triton, too, forms an admirable tea- kettle, by inserting a wooden handle on the first whorl, and a false operculum being made of wood. Their own iron or bronze kettles are also always at hand, in which they make tea when traveling; --their tea is indifferent, and they were gratified with such as we could spare. Although a sight of their women was prohibited, we nevertheless 1844. 157 Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups. had casual glimpses of them, and one or two girls dressed up were brought down to view the strangers. From these glimpses, we were led to regard the women here as being like those of Lewchew, so far as costume went; the loose negligé apparel, and single spoon- shaped pin in the hair, which is dressed with a large fold on the crown falling towards the front, marking the only distinction between the sexes. Those of the lowest classes whom at any time we met unexpectedly, were filthy, and excited disgust rather than curiosity. Throughout the islands, the construction of their towns or villages appeared to be subject to certain established laws. The houses were arranged in squares, bounded by rude stone walls, and planted within with trees of thick foliage, and frequently high box hedges. Within these large parallellograms, lesser divisional walls partitioned off the inclosed space into ten or twelve lots, with room for a house and gardens in each. The houses are well thatched, with a firm timber framework, and appear to be everywhere constructed on the same model. The floor of the principal apartment is neatly over- laid with mats, and divided by sliding pannels all around. This room generally occupies the front on the left angle of the house, and contains the tablet which is worshiped. A clean space, fre- quently graveled, with a vessel of water at the further end of an inclosed wall or porch, led us to suppose that this room was ap- propriated to the fairer sex. The second apartment, situated on the right front, is occupied by the men, and sometimes used for a kitch- en; although a separate cook-room is generally attached to each house, as well as every other convenience. Behind these rooms, household property is stored. As every house allotted to us was of this description, we at first inferred they had selected their temples for our accommodation, but we afterwards discovered that they were the dwelling-houses of the higher classes. The flooring is elevated about two feet above the ground, and neatly covered with closely fit- ted small bamboos, upon which the mats rest. Neither chairs, beds, tables, nor any domestic furniture was noticed. Their temples, or groves for worship, are generally situated in some thickly planted wood near the seashore. No images were observed; a few tablets, containing the names of their deities or an- cestors, moral maxims, &c., and some jars containing flowers or green leaves, composed the furniture of these places. The spot alone was sacred, and invariably had a symbolic as figure as a gateway, which on one occasion we noticed was placed at the head of a tablet. 158 MARCH, Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups. ans. Their dead are interred in tombs, either artificially constructed, or in caverns chosen for the purpose; generally speaking, these tombs would be regarded as merely a pile of loose stones. On four occasions, quadrangular buildings were noticed, constructed of square blocks of coralline limestone, varying from 30 to 40 feet in length by 20 or 30 in breadth, and about 15 feet in height, with four apertures. These tombs are overgrown by the Ficus religiosa, which everywhere abounds. On the island of Patchung san, one very ex- tensive tomb was seen, built in the Chinese fashion, which also is followed in Lewchew. Coffinis lay in several of the tombs which were examined, but we never met with a fresh body. One corpse was observed bound up in mats, which would warrant the inference that they are buried, and not burned, as is asserted of the lewchew- With regard to examining these tombs or disturbing their contents, these islanders are not so sensitive as the Chinese; for frequently, these tumuli offered good stations, and they never hesitated an instant in making apertures to receive the signal marks which were erected for us. The customary oblations at recent tombs, as in China and Lewchew, are maintained here. We found nothing to admire in any of their handicrafts. Their tools are all of the rudest and most miserable description, and al- though better were offered them, they scarcely seemed to accept them with pleasure. On leaving, we learned that scissors for trim- ming the beard and mustaches would have been acceptable. The coarse native cloth is woven by the females, but all the superior articles of dress are imported from Lewchew. We were distinctly informed that the hair pins made of silver could not be purchased, as they were presented by their rulers for good service. We offered to silver one of brass by the application of mercury, but the man recoiled from the proposal as he would have done from poison, and observed that he would be punished if such an one was found in his possession. One would imagine that surrounded as the islands are by coral- line reefs, that fishing would occupy a considerable portion of their time. This however is not the case. Fish certainly do not abound in the winter season ; but every available reef has its walls adapted for their capture, which perhaps is most successfully pursued with a warmer temperature. The cultivation of the soil, however, is carried on with great suc- cess; every available portion of dry soil is cultivated with wheat, sugar cane, potatoes or millet. All the hollows which will contain 1844. 159 Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups. water are most carefully dammed in terraces until they reach the sea, by which means the crop of rice is amazingly increased. As the soil of the paddy fields occasionally requires turning over, we noticed a novel method of effecting it, which was by driving a herd of large sized bullocks into the plat, and by goads and by yells chas- ing them round and round until the mash was churned to the re- quired consistence. The brilliant tints of these fields of paddy added much to the beauty of the scenery, which in the islands of Patchung san and Kukien san is very beautiful. They have also a plough, which with hoes and shovels, complete the list of their farming uten- sils. The characteristic features of the scenery of the islands are well described in the following quotation, from some remarks of Mr. Adams. “The variety and beauty of the vegetation covering the sides of some of the mountains of Kukien san are very striking. The light and glaucous foliage of a species of Spondias, mingled with the dull green prickly leaves of the Pandanus, the broad fronds of the pal- myra palm, varied with masses of the dark green Cycas, here and there interspersed with the feathery sprays of elegant Acacias, large flowered Hibisci, Convolvuli, climbing plants and creepers, with here and there the banana or pine rising from the beds of tall grass and gigantic reeds, altogether form a scene of singular beauty and inte- rest to the admirer of nature as well as to the scientifi cbotanist." Indeed it was matter of regret that we were without an educated botanist or collector of plants on board;—not only at this group, but also at Borneo and the Batanes, he would have been fully occupied. With respect to diseases, the same observer remarks, that owing to personal neglect, ophthalmia, in rather a severe form, attacks the eyes, frequently producing loss of vision. Many of the inhabitants moreover are blear-eyed, from the tarsi being affected. Exanthe- matous eruptions, particularly scabies psoriasis, acne, impetigo and lepra, attack the surface owing to their uncleanliness; whilst a spe- cies of large plague-boil sometimes breaks out in the neck, groin, and axilla, leaving very foul and troublesome ulcers. Elephantiasis of the scrotum is common amongst the lower orders, and frequently also develops itself in a revolting and hideous deformity of the legs. In the winter months, they suffer from influenza and colds; and during the summer, the small-pox occasionally makes terrible ravages. Very few cases of malformation were noticed, and still fewer of any congenital deformity of the limbs. The chiefs of both groups were invited on board, and we also 160 MARCH, Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups. amused them by the exhibition of the magic lantern on shore. At Patchung san, they were anxious to see the guns fired, but were less astonished than was expected. No arms of any description were noticed amongst them. At the largest town on Typinsan, we saw something which merely required guns to deserve the name of bat- tery; it had also a screen in front, as if intended for archers. These works were perhaps constructed ages since when the Chinese or ladrones ranged these seas. The houses in the immediate vicinity of this fort were also of stone, and the road for a considerable dis- tance well paved, but it was the only spot on any of the islands that exhibited any marks of strength. They did not try to prevent our entering it, but on the contrary offered it as a position for the staff and colors to indicate our place of rest for the night. The islands first visited, viz., Patchung san and Kukien san, af- forded several good harbors, and with good charts are safe of ap- proach. One on the Kichi vip te side of Patchung san would shelter a large fleet, but it abounds with patches, which rise sudden- ly from a depth of ten or fifteen fathoms almost to the surface. In clear weather, all those having five fathoms over them are easily discernible. Except on the northern side of Kukien san, and this near Kichi, watering would be a difficult undertaking, as the reefs extend a great distance from the mouths of the streams. The Patchung san group consists of ten distinct islands,* only five On a small diagram of all the islands in the Lewchew and Madjicosima groups, labeled “A view of the 36 islands of the kingdom of Lewchew,' furnished capt. Belcher by the chiefs on Patchung san, there are nine islets included in this group, with the annexed Chinese characters attached to them; viz. Ishikaki To to, Kubama 小​濱​, Kurushima 黑​島 ​Atarashku shiro #r bill, Oh Sandyn. # E PJ. Yunakuni tt1 #13 , Kuni 西​表​, Hatoma 鳩間​, Takitaho(?)武宮​, which is the Kukien san of this narrative. This name does not occur in the diagram, and it may perhaps be the name of a hill in the island. Yunakuni is the name here given to the Psenbang yah of capt. Belcher. On the same diagram, the names of the seven islands of the Typinsan group are as follows; Tarama * *, Kuruma 來​間​, Idiabu B, Ikima 伊​計​問​, Ugami 宁加​味​,Meina (2) the Makuzan or *FIL. The name Miyako shima is attach- Typinsan ed to this last, but whether it is given because the highest officer resides on it, (for Miyako shima means Capital island, or Ancient Palace island,) or whether it is the general name given to the whole cluster, including both Typinsan and Patchungsan groups, which is capt. Belcher's opinion, cannot be * 1814. 161 Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups. of which are mountainous, the remainder are low islets, similar to the coral islands of the Pacific, and like them belted with reefs, which connect the whole ten into a distinct group. Besides these, Hummock island, a high uninhabited mass of rocks, lies near the coast, and to the W.N.W. the island of Psenbang yah, with its lofty peak and table base, offering inducement for ex- amination at some future day. To the eastward of Patchung san we passed between two low islands which are dangerous of approach. We suddenly found ourselves in 7 fathoms, with a heavy swell to the northward of them, but tacked and ran between them as our friend 'Beaufort' on Patchung san had advised. These two islets are probably the Talamah and Idrabu, named by the natives of Typin san as visible from the summit of Kurimah. The nautical remarks of sir Edward Belcher relating to the Ba- tanes and Madjicosima groups are here introduced from the Hong- kong Gazette, where they were published at the request of rear- admiral sir T. Cochrane. They will form a good supplement to the preceding account. BASHEES.-The Batanes, or southern Bashees, were visited by us during the month of November, 1843, and revisited in February, 1844. In the approach to this group, care must be taken to avoid a patch which frequently breaks, situated three quarters of a mile from the northern end of Sabtang. The islands composing this group (the Batanes) are as follows: Batan, Sabtang, Ibayat, Jbugos, Dequey Diogo (or High island), Ma- budis, Sidyan and Creota Gable. Those surveyed by us were Batan, Sabtang, Ibugos, and Iduquey. The space between the island of Sabtang and Ibugos affords but indifferent anchorage, the bottom being rocky with sandy patches between ; Dampier, however, remained here some weeks. There are no facilities for watering,* entering at the coral beach, at least half a cable from the spot where boats could float. The Samarang beat up, and took up this ancho- rage in the first instance. We then moved to the bay of St. Domingo in the island of Batan, which affords fair clear bottom, fine coral sand, the best berth being with the con- vent barely open (when moored), off the northern point of the bay in 13 fathoms. This, however, is not very secure with a norther, although I believe that the holding ground is good. It can only be resorted to in the northeast monsoon. Supplies of beef, vege- tables and stock, are plentiful as well as cheap; but water, although plentiful, and of excellent quality, is not easily procured, owing to the reef preventing the boats from getting in without danger. The authorities (alcalde and priests) recommended San Carlos, situated about two miles westward. The anchorage off it is exposed, and water- ing could only be effected in fine weather. The passage through the reef is however perfectly safe for the largest boats, which land on a sandy beach. This channel has been cut through the reefs to admit schooners of 50 tons, which are generally hauled up when they arrive from Manila with the first of the southwest monsoon. The next anchorage is that of San Vicente, improperly termed the bay of Ivana (see Admiralty Plan-book); San Vicente is the port of Ivana, or land- ing-place for the pueblo. The spot adapted for anchorage is a very confined space, with sandy bottom, close to the reefs, and must be quitted the moment a northerly wind decided from this diagram. It should be remarked that the names of the islands are all given in Chinese characters, instead of being written in Japa- nese, probably for the convenience of the Chinese interpreter on board of the Samarang The stream is near a small rocky islet on the parallel of the south ex- treme of Ibugos. 21 VOL. XII), NO. 11. 102 MARCH, Visit to the Batanes and Madjicosima Groups threatens. I am informed that several vessels have been driven off, and unable to pur- chase the anchors with the cable. This Admiralty Plan, therefore, may be consi- dered as the cause of much mischief, as tempting vessels to resort to a very bad ancho- rage. During the southwest monsoon, other shelter must be looked for, and probably will be found at the northeast part of the island Sabtang. It has not yet been sounded. On Batan, two very deep bays appear to offer shelter on the northeast side of the island, the northern (and best) Sonson; the other Mandinoy; but both contain many rocks. They have not been sounded. During the northeast' monsoon, strong winds prevail amongst these islands. The currents are occasionally strong between the islands, the flood of Batan setting to the southwest, and ebb to northeast. The following prices were agreed upon by the alcalde and priests as affording them fair remuneration, and to which they guarantied to conform in future. Bullocks, first class $10, second class $8, third class $4. Goats, first class $1, second class 75 cents, third class 37} cents. Fowls, first class $2 doz., second class $1. Pigs, first class $6, second class $3, third class 75 down to 25 cents. Eggs, $1" per hund. Yams $1.50 per 100. Ducais 75 cents per 100. Sweet potatoes 50 cents. Onions $5 per cwt. Pumpkin, $3 per 100. Cocos, 25 cents per 100. Cocoa nuts, 12 cents per doz. The following are the positions fixed at these islands. Ibugos or Bashee I., northeastern angle. Lat. 20° 19' 30" N., and long. 121° 48' E. Variation 30" W. San Domingo, Casa Real. Lat. 20° 27' 26'' N., and long. 121° 57' 6'' E. Variation, 30" W. MADJICOSIMAS.-H. M. S. Samarang entered by the west, passing to the south of Hummock and Sandy Is. of the charts. The ship passed within two miles of the southern reefs or breakers off Sandy island, standing on close hauled to the eastward, intending to make Ikima, and beat up to Typinsan. It was fortunate that she did not tack that night, as on the next morning, not seeing Ikima, and the weather being boisterous, we stood on to the westward to get under the lee of Patchungsan, and endeavor to reach some place of shelter. On nearing Patchung san, we ran down the eastern and southern side, reaching the southwestern extremity of its reef, about 4 P. M. Here, breakers barred us as far as the eye could reach from the mast head, and apparently connecting Sandy island with the group of larger islands. We were fortunate, however, in finding an opening into the reef; and after due examination, shot up into 13 fathoms, furled, and warped the ship into a snug position, where she was moored with just suffi- cient room to swing, the depths up to the coral ledges varying from 13 to 7 fathoms. Had the weather been thick, or night caught us before we sighted the reef, it is highly probable that the ship would have been endangered, as we subsequently found they were a complete labyrinth, similar to the Bermudas. The only directions which will assist the seaman in finding this snug little anchorage, (safe only however, during the northeast monsoon,) are as follows: Approaching from the westward, give the reefs off the south side of Sandy island a two mile berth, and work for the southwest angle of Patchung, san, avoiding the reefs which run from it in a direct line. A high rock (South rock of the charts) will point out the outer reefs of Patchung san; the dangers between it and Patchung san must be avoided by the eye; the shoals being visible in five or six fathoms, and break upon those of two or three. The opening of the reef lies in the heart of a deep indentation, just to the northward of the low southwest point of the island, and has apparently a centre bar. The right hand is the proper opening. From the eastward, there are no dangers which are not clearly visible. After making the land, edge along the southern and eastern breakers until the abrupt turn of the breaker line is seer, at which moment the extreme southwest point of the bay will open. The breakers have regular soundings off them, but the course in will probably lead in 7, 8, or 9 fathoms, deepening to 14 or 15 off the inlet. As the breeze generally blows out, it is advisable to place a boat on the clear ground off the opening, shoot up and anchor. The vessel may then be warped in. But if merely intending a cursory visit, the outer anchorage in 14 fathoms appears good. At this port, which is designated Port Providence, neither wood nor water can con- veniently be procured, and the only reason for noticing it, is that a port of refuge in case of disaster may be found out this side of the island ; and a disabled vessel could not beat round to the more secure harbor of port Haddington on the north side. The lat. of the landing place is 24 deg., 21 min., and 20 sec. N., and long. 124 deg. 12 min., 30 sec. E. Variation, 1 deg., 23 min. W. A distressed vessel could obtain wood and water here, and the authorities reside at this spot. No safe anchorage is to be met with between port Providence and port Haddington, although during the southwest monsoon there are several bays on the northern side where anchorage might be found, but certainly not adapted for refitting. Rounding the northeastern cxtremity of Patching san, there are two low islands situated about 15 or 20 miles off the casterii cxtreme', which onght be avoided by night, but the dangers by 18.14, Visit to the Batanes and Murljirosima Groups. day, are clearly denoted by breakers. To the northward of these islande the ground is toul, and the Samarang was compelled to tack to the westward in 7 fathoms at least 10 miles north of them. After rounding the northeast end of Patchung san breakers, and running to the westward the length of the island, haul close round the northwest angle, and edge along southerly within about one mile of the breakers. A spacious bay, or port, presents itself, into which, with the prevailing breeze of the northeast monsoon, it will be necessary to beat. Off the nearest point of the bay will be noticed a remarka able little rocky hummock, upon which we left a very large pile of stones. The bottom for more than a mile off that point (which is Observatory point, and is situated in lat. 24 degrees, 25 minutes, and 15 seconds N., and long. 124 degrees, 5 min., and 24 seconds East) is rocky and dangerous; but as all dangers of this bay are visible from aloft, there is no danger with a proper lookout; when the charts are published the dangers can be remarked on. The inner depths of this extensive port have numerous shoals, but there is still abundance of excellent anchorage without, and where the vessel will be entirely landlocked. The Samarang took up her berth about one mile or less within Observatory point, in 10 fathoms clear bottom. A very conve- nient watering place was established by sinking a cask, and suspending the suction hose of Hearles pump over it, so as to prevent the sand from being sucked in. The stream from above was regulated by dams to insure not more than a sufficient supply, by which means the water obtained was beautifully clear. Another plan, (always adopted in the ship Sulphur,) by which the water was conducted over instead of through the salt water, was by erecting sheers with light spars in one fathom (low water). The kedge being placed about 30 fathoms outside, its hawser was led over the sheers, and bowsed taut on the shore by luffs. The hose was then stopped at every three feet by a yarn, and kept taut from one connecting knot to another. The objects thus attained are, first, sweet water; second, no injury to the hose; third, no injury to copper bottomed boats; and finally, the hose being coiled on the sheer heads when the casks were full, was ready at a moment to supply the next boat. Here wood is abundant, and the position is further preferable by being so far from the villages as to prevent the authorities from feeling alarmed. During the northeast mon- soon, this is a most convenient port. It is not landlocked, it is true, but there is a long fetch for the sea with a southwest gale, and at the southwest monsoon tyfoons are said to be very violent about this region. We cut sufficient firewood at the beach to fill the ship, and obtained trees of pine and other woods adapted for plank. of the other harbors of Kukien san (Rocho-okoko of the charts), I am not prepared to give any directions until the charts are in a more forward state; but will merely ob- serve, that there are two or three adapted for shelter for small vessels, or even those drawing 18 feet, where a refit might be accomplished in still water at any monsoon, and that two other open bays, well sheltered in the northeast monsoon, are admirably adapted for watering. Of the dangers on the northern side of this group, I cannot yet venture to treat. But until charts are furnished, I do not think that any vessel should run the risk of being hampered by the shoals, and therefore, should not come further to the eastward when beating up for Chusan than to sight Hummock island. The currents as you approach these islands press more southerly and easterly that I experienced on the coast of Formosa, and stronger breezes prevail as you advance easterly. After qnitting port Haddington, the Samarang beat to the northward during the night and endeavored to weather the two low islands already noticed as lying to the eastward of Patchung san. We had passed the breakers, leaving them about five miles under our lee, when disliking the swell and color of the sea, and finding the depth decreased to 7 fathoms, the ship was immediately tacked. We stood to the southwest, and succeed- ed in effecting a passage between the islands, remembering such advice had been given to me by one of the chiefs of Patchung san. I strongly suspect that extensive banks or ledges of coral connect these islands (northerly) with Typinsan ; a strong reason for this offers in the fact of their being included by the natives in the Typinsan group, although they are much closer, by half the distance, to Patchungsan. About 4 P. M., we had neared Typinsan, and nearly at sunset got a sufficient glimpse of the reefs to enable us to select a probable spot for anchorage, the suspected dan- gers off shore being quite equal to venturing boldly up to the reefs. Having tacked twice, rather close to two off lying patches, and obtained soundings with 15 fathoms, a boat was sent ahead, and with a leading wind the ship slowly entered without more light than enough to distinguish our leading boat. This turned out to be the only anchorage at Typinsan. It is merely an indentation formed by the reefs connecting the western island (Kurima) with Typinsan, and is very unsafe, a very heavy sea tumbling in with in a southern wind. The observatory at Typinsan, at the most con- venient landing-place within the reefs, and the last rocky point towards the long sandy bay, is situated in lat. 24 deg., 43 min., and 30 sec. _N., and long. 125 deg., 15 min. Variation, I deg. 25 min. February 5th, 1844. EDWARD BELCHER. 164 MARCH, Journal of Occurrences. ART. VI. Journal of Occurrences : ordinances of the government of Hongkong relating to scamen and to printing ; members of the American legation to China; French consulate; affairs at Amoy; shipwrecked Japanese. During the last month, a number of ordinances and statutes have been published by the governor in council at Hongkong. We select two of them; one relating to seamen, and the other to printing. No. 2 of 1844.—February 28th, 1844. An ordinance by his excellency sir Henry Pottinger bart., knight grand cross of the most honorable Order of the Bath, major-general in the service of the East India Company, governor and commander-in-chief of the colony of Hongkong and its dependencies, and superintendent of the trade of Her Majesty's subjects in China, with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong An ordinance to regulate the printing of books and papers, and the keeping of printing presses within the colony of Hongkong. 1. The printer and the publisher of every such periodical work shall appear before the chief magistrate of police at Hongkong, and shall make and sub- scribe in duplicate the following declaration: “I, A. B., declare that I am the printer (or publisher, or printer and publisher,) of the periodical work entitled and printed (or published, or printed and published,) at Hongkong;" and the last blank in this form of declaration shall be filled up with a true and precise account of the premises where the printing or publication is conducted. 2. As often as the place of printing or publication is changed, a new declara- tion shall be necessary: 3. As often as the printer or the publisher, who shall have made such decla- ration as is aforesaid, shall leave the colony of Hongkong, a new declaration from a printer or publisher resident within the said colony shall be necessary. 4. And be it enacted, that whoever shall print or publish any such periodical work as is hereinbefore described, without conforming to the rules hereinbe- fore laid down, or whoever shall print or publish, or shall cause to be printed or published, any such periodical work, knowing that the said rules have not been observed with respect to that work, shall on conviction be punished with fine to an amount not exceeding three thousand dollars, and imprisonment for a terın not exceeding two years. 5. And be it enacted, that each of the two originals of every declaration so made and subscribed as is aforesaid shall be authenticated by the signature and seal of the said chief magistrate of police, and one of the said originals shall be deposited among the records of the office of the said chief magistrate, and the other original shall be deposited among the records of such supreme court of judicature as may hereafter be established in Hongkong, and the of ficer in charge of each original shall allow any person to inspect that original on payment of a fee of one dollar, and shall give to any person applying a copy of the said declaration, on payment of a fee of two dollars. 6. And be it enacted, that in any legal proceeding whatever, as well civil as criminal, the production of a copy of such a declaration as is aforesaid attest- ed by the seal of such magistrate or court as are empowered by this act to have the custody of such declarations, shall be held (unless contrary be proved) to be sufficient evidence against the person whose name shall be subscribed to such declaration, that the said person was printer or publisher (according as the words of the said declaration may of every portion of every iodical work whereof the title shall correspond with the title of the periodical work mentioned in the said declaration. 1841. 165 Journal of Occurrences. 7. Provided always, that any person who may have subscribed any such declaration as is aforesaid, and who may subsequently cease to be the printer or publisher of the periodical work mentioned in such declaration, may appear before such chief magistrate as aforesaid, and make and subscribe in duplicate the following declaration : “1, A. B., declare that I have ceased to be the printer (or publisher, or printer and publisher,) of the periodical work entitled and each original of the latter declaration shall be authenticated by the signa- ture and seal of the said chief magistrate, and one original of the said latter declaration shall be filed along with each original of the former declaration; and the officer in charge of each original of the latter declaration shall allow any person applying to inspect that original on payment of a fee of one dollar, and shall give to any person applying a copy of the said latter declaration at- tested by the seal of the magistrate or court having custody of the original, on payment of a fee of two dollars. 8. And be it enacted, that in all trials in which a copy attested as is aforesaid of the former declaration shall have been put in evidence, it shall be lawful to put in evidence a copy attested as is aforesaid of the latter declaration, and the former declaration shall not be taken to be evidence that the declarant was at any period subsequent to the date of the latter declaration, printer or publisher of the periodical work therein mentioned. 9. And be it enacted, that every book or paper printed after the passing and publishing of this ordinance within the colony of Hongkong shall have printed on it at the end thereof the name of the printer and of the publisher, and the place of printing and publication; and whoever shall print or publish any book or paper otherwise than in conformity with this rule, shall on conviction, be punished by fine to an amount not exceeding three thousand dollars, and by imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years. 10. And be it enacted, that after the first day of April now next ensuing no person shall within the colony of Hongkong keep in his possession any press for the printing of books or papers, who shall not have made and subscribed the following declaration before the chief magistrate of police at Hongkong; and whoever shall keep in his possession any such press without making such a declaration, shall on conviction be punished by fine to an amount not exceeding three thousand dollars, and by imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years. "I, A, B., declare that I have a press for printing at and this last blank shall be filled up with a true and precise description of the premises where such press may be. 11. And be it enacted, that any person who shall in making any declaration under the authority of this act knowingly affirm an untruth shall on conviction thereof be punished by fine to an amount not exceeding three thousand dollars, and imprisoned for a term not exceeding two years. HENRY POTTINGER, Governor, &c., fc. Passed the Legislative Council, the 28th February, 1844. RICHARD BURGASS, clerk of the Legislative Council. No. 3 of 1844.—Feb. 28th, 1844. By his excellency sir Henry Pottinger, bart., knight grand cross of the most honorable order of the Bath, major-general in the service of the East India Company, governor and commander-in-chief of the colony of Hong- kong, and its dependencies, and superintendent of the trade of Her Majesty's subjects in China, with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong. An ordinance to restrain masters of merchant vessels belonging to Her Majesty's subjects from leaving seamen and others in a destitute state in the dominions of the emperor of China, and_from refusing to convey distressed seamen from thence to Hongkong or to England, and also to provide for the good conduct of the seamen within the same, Whereas by reason of the distance of China from Great Britain, great delay and expense are incurred in recovering such sums of money as are expended on Her Majesty's behalf in conveying home destitute seamen unlawfully left 100 MARCH, Journal of Occurrences. behind in China by masters of British merchant vessels: and whereas it is expedient to effectually provide against masters of merchant vessels belonging to Her Majesty's subjects leaving behind seamen or other persons in a desti- tute state in the dominions of the emperor of China, and against masters of merchant vessels refusing to convey distressed seamen thence to Hongkong or to England, and also to provide means of affording satisfaction to Chinese subjects and others who inay have suffered injury from the crew of any ves- sel belonging to Her Majesty's subjects. 1.-Be it therefore enacted and ordained by his excellency the governor of Hongkong and superintendent of the trade of Her Majesty's subjects in Chi- na, with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong, that the master of every merchant vessel belonging to any of Her Majesty's subjects, as such master, and in that character, on his arrival at any port in China, at which there shall be a British consular establishment, shall together with sufficient sureties subject to the jurisdiction of the court of justice at Hongkong, enter into a bond conditioned as and in the form in the schedule to this ordinance annexed; provided always that only one such bond shall be required within the space of one year, unless the same shall become forfeited, and that any bond of a similar nature taken at Hongkong, and conditioned to extend to the dominions of the emperor of China, shall be of the same force and effect as if entered into at any of the ports aforesaid ; provided also that the superinten- dent of the trade of Her Majesty's subjects in China may demand and take such other security as he may deem necessary or sufficient from the owners, masters, consignees or other persons interested in any vessel, for the due per- formance of the conditions in such bond as aforesaid, and that thereupon no master of any vessel, in respect of which such other security shall be taken, shall be required to enter into such bond as hereinbefore mentioned. 2.-And be it enacted, that the British consul at any such port as aforesaid shall be entitled to demand, and take possession of such bond, and shall deli- ver a certificate of the taking thereof to such master, and that the sureties therein shall be to the satisfaction of and approved by the said consul. 3.-And be it enacted, if any master of such vessel as aforesaid shall ne- glect, for the space of ten days after his arrival at any such port as aforesaid, or after the forfeiture of, or after the expiration of the space of one year from the previous taking of any such similar bond, or shall at any time upon lawful demand made by the said superintendent of trade, for such other security, or by the consul aforesaid, for such bond, neglect or refuse to enter into the same, or to provide such securities, or other security as aforesaid, that it shall be lawful for the said superintendent of trade, or for the said consul to arrest and detain such master, and the vessel commanded by him, until such time as the said demand shall be complied with, and also summarily impose on the said master a fine not exceeding the sum of one hundred dollars, to be paid to Her Majesty, her heirs and successors, and, in case of non-payment thereof, to forthwith cause the same to be levied of the apparel, boats, tackle, or furniture of the vessel commanded by the said master. 4.—And be it enacted, that the said master, and the said ship, whilst so de- tained or arrested, shall be subject in every respect to the same liabilities as if such bond or other security had been duly entered into. 5.—And be it enacted, upon any complaint made of any injury, either in person or property sustained from the act of any of the crew of any vessel belonging to Her Majesty's subjects, done or committed within the dominions of the emperor of China, or within 100 miles from the coast of China, which said vessel shall not then be in Hongkong, or in any port of China, at which a British consular establishment may exist, and in respect whereof such bond, or other security as aforesaid shall have been entered into, that it shall be law- ful for any competent tribunal to summon the sureties in such bond, or other security as aforesaid, to appear and answer such complaint, and thereupon to proceed to inquire of, hear, and determine the same in the absence of the party alleged to have committed the injury complained of, and to award such da- mages, (to be paid and borne by the sureties in the bond, or other security 1841. 107 Journal of Occurrenccs. and we aforesaid) to such injured party, as may be just and reasonable. Provided always that such adjudication shall not be pleadable in bar of any criminal proceeding, instituted in respect of the subject matter thereof, and that no such complaint shall be inquired of, or heard, unless it shall clearly appear that the party preferring the same has used all possible diligence in so doing whilst such vessel was in port, and that no such adjudication of damages or compensation shall be made, if the said sureties show special cause for delay- ing the same, or shall undertake to produce the party alleged to have com- mitted the injury complained of, within a reasonable time to be then fixed by such tribunal as aforesaid. 6.-And be it enacted, that upon any such bond or other security as herein mentioned becoming forfeited, the same shall be put in suit by such person as may hereafter be duly authorized in that behalf by the said superintendent of trade, and the whole penalty thereof recovered and levied; but that it shall be lawful for the superintendent of trade aforesaid, upon petition being made to him to that effect, to order that such part thereof as shall not be actually ex- pended, in consequence of the breach of the conditions of the said bond or other security, or as may not be required to liquidate any legal penalty which ma have been incurred by the master, or other pers bound thereby, to be returned to the party or parties, from whom the same may have been levied, at such time and on such conditions as the said superintendent of trade may think fit and reasonable. Henry POTTINGER, Superintendent of trade, &-c., &c. Passed the Legislative Council, on the 28th day of February, 1844. RICHARD BURGASS, clerk of the Legislative Council. Schedule to which this ordinance refers. Know all men by these presents that master of the vessel, the of British merchants resident at are held and firmly bound unto her most gracious majesty Victoria, by the grace of God of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith, in the full sum of one thou- sand lawful current dollars of the currency of the colony of Hongkong, to be paid to Her said Majesty, her heirs and successors, for which payment to he well and truly made we bind ourselves, and each of us for himself in the whole, our and every of our heirs, executors, and administrators, firmly by these presents, sealed with our seals, this day of - 184 Whereas the within bound have agreed to execute this obligation as sureties for the within bound now the condition of this obligation is such, that if the within named master of the vessel, the aforesaid, do not within one year from the date hereof unlawfully discharge or leave behind any of the crew of the said vessel, the in the dominions of the emperor of China, or within 100 miles of the coast of China, and also within the space of one year aforesaid within the limits aforesaid do not refuse to receive on board the said vessel the such distressed seamen as may be sent on board thereof, for conveyance to Hongkong, or to Great Britain, by any of Her Majesty's consuls in China; and if no person formerly a seaman of the said vessel, or no subject of Her Majesty conveyed in the said vessel, the the dominions of the cmperor of China, shall within three calendar months from having such seaman, or from having been so conveyed, be found desti- tute or requiring public relief in the said dominions, and also if the within named obligors shall forthwith discharge all or any sums of money which may be awarded by way of satisfaction, in the manner provided by the ordinance in pursuance of which this bond is entered into,) to any person or persons by any competent tribunal, for any injury sustained, within one year from the date hereof, from the crew of the said vessel the or any one or more of them : then this obligation shall be void and of no effect, but otherwise shall remain in full force and virtue. Signed, sealed, and delivered at in the presence of L. S. The American legation to China. We noticed the arrival of the U. S. frigate Brandywine in our last nuinber, having on board H. to 108 Journal of Occurrences. E. the hon. C. Cushing. The legation now consists of the following gentlemen. C. CUSHING, commissioner and envoy extraordinary, and minister plenipotentiary: FLETCHER WEBSTER, secretary to the special mission. Rev. E. C. Bridgman. D. D., and Rev. P. Parker, M. D., joint Chinese secretaries. Rev. E. C. Bridgman, D. D., chap- lain. Messrs. John H. O'Donnell, Robert McIntosh, S. Hernisz, T. R. West, and John R. Peters, jr., attached to the legation. Dr. E. K. Kane, surgeon. A French consul arrived in the French corvette Alcmene on the 16th inst., “M. Lefèbvre de Bécourt, consul of the 1st class, tem- porarily in charge of the consulate of France in China.” The chan- celier and interpreter attached to the Consulate remain as stated on page 9 of the present volume. At Amoy, we are glad to learn, the hospital under the charge of Drs. Hepburn and Cumming is in successful operation, and finds favor with the people. It has lately been removed to Amoy, where Dr. Cumming now resides. The crowd collected at the hospital to obtain relief, also forms an audience to whom the truths of the gos- pel are explained at leisure. We subjoin a note received from that place regarding the future residence of foreigners. “ The treasurer of the province of Fukien has been here as imperial com- missioner, with a special reference to fixing a place for the future residence of foreigners. For some undivulged reason, the high authorities are resolv- ed that any other place will answer better than Kủlángsú, while practically they are puzzled to find any place that will do at all. Capt. Gribble and the authorities have been out several times in different directions to find a fitting locality; but they can neither find a suitable place, nor indeed any spot which is not too distant from the hongs, and would not expose fo- reigners to a heated and polluted atmosphere in passing to and from their residences. The commissioner, and I believe the local officers, are evident- ly persuaded that there is no place no near, so accessible, or so retired, as Kúlángsú; but they shift the responsibility of selecting it from themselves by saying that Kiying has decided that Kúlángsú must be abandoned, and their duty is to obey. Sir Henry Pottinger referred the matter to Kiying; but it is affirmed on the best authority that Kiying for some reason, never addressed the emperor on the subject. Whether it is a point of national honor, or whether it is an effort to conceal the falsity of the old report, that Kúlángsú was 15 li from Amoy, or whatever may be the secret motive which prompts this movement, it is evident that what they so pertinaciously insist upon, will be of permanent disadvantage to themselves and all other parties. It is to be hoped that her majesty's plenipotentiary will be able to convince the emperor of the expediency of allowing foreigners to remain at Kúlángsú, after the island is restored.” A Japanese, named Chiokichi, one of the crew of the junk Shioyoshi maru, or Pure Luck, the same that was picked up by the Peruvian brig Aña (see vol. XII., p. 56), lately arrived in Macao from Lima. This junk left Ohosaka for Owari in the month of Dec. 1841, with a crew of seven. Three died, and the remaining three are in Lima. It is a source of satisfaction to know that the way is now open for these tempest-driven exiles to return to their native land in safety, by delivering them to the Ningpo fú, who sends them to Chápů, where they go aboard Chinese junks bound to Japan. Those who were noticed in the last volume of the Repository, pages 56 and 109, to- gether with four others, were kindly received and forwarded last year by the chífú of Ningpo to Chápú, and are probably now at hoine. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XIII. - APRIL, 1844.— No. 4. Art. I. Notices of the religion, manners, and customs of the Sia- mese. By the late M. BRUGUIERE. Translated from the Annales de la Foi. (The following account of the Siamese people, their religious observances and mythology, the priesthood, their manners and customs, and state of science among them, furnishes a general view of that country. The transla- tion abridges the bishop's language a little in leaving out some minor parti- culars. The notes at the foot of the page have been furnished by a gentle- man who has resided at Bangkok several years.] The inhabitants of this country are not called Siamese, but T'ai, that is, the free people par excellence; and if ever a name was misap- plied it is here, for all the Siamese are born and die slaves of the prince and the high officers. After having toiled all day on the public works, they receive a little bad rice and sometimes blows, yet they are contented with their lot, and think that all is perfect among them.* The origin of this people is not difficult to discover. Ac- cording to a wide spread tradition among them, the Siamese de- scended from a colony of Burmans, who established themselves at Li- gore; from Ligore these new colonists spreading along the sea, and turning northward founded Ayuthia, the ancient capital of the king- dom of Siam. In fine, physically, in religion, manners and customs, * The Siamese may with more propriety be said to be slaves of the king. Children are sold into slavery by their parents, wives are the slaves of their hus. bands. The common people are liable to be called upon at any time by the local officers for their services, while the officers and nobility have made iheir knees and elbows callous by daily prostrations before his majesty, who may appropriately bo tcrined the master of a nation of slaves. 22 VOL. XIII. NO, IV, 170 Arril, Votines of the Sramear. The Burinaus and Sianiese are almost the same, but the language is different. Although these two people have il common origin, there are no ties of friendship between them; on the contrary, a great an- ripathy. The Burmans* have often ravaged the territory of the Siam- se; in the last century they even led the king and all his family into captivity. Our Christians suffered greatly from these wars and revolutions; in such unhappy times the missionary has his only resource and only consolation in uniting those who have fled to the woods, and leading them to a sure place. He inust redeem thein from slavery, and often redeem hinself, procure rice for all, where even he has none for himself, and when he is deprived of all help, and of all resource from man. It is in these circumstances that the saying of Jesus Christ is verified, “If God nourishes the little birds, &c. I could cite facts to prove how divine Providence takes care of those who are of God, but it is not needed for a priest, and such a priest as you are, to furnish proofs of the goodness of God to mant Before proceeding to speak of the manners and usages of the Siamese, I will endeavor to give you an idea of their religion, but I must in advance exhort you to have courage, for you need it in reading all the absurdities and extravagancies I am going to describe. The talapoins, who are the priests and teachers of reli- gion, differ on many points. The greatest number among them know not how to read the ancient religious books, and yet each one arrogates the right of adding, or of contracting certain articles; they forge fables which they proclaim in public; they require to be believed on their word, but they contradict one another, which excites disputes and even laughter, and makes those present laugh it their expensc. They do not maintain much authority over princes or people. I will here confine myself to reporting the articles of faith generally omitted among the Siamese, first giving you a summary of their doctrine, and afterwards explaining each article separately. From the best authority it is pretty evident that the Siamese are the des. cendants of the Laos, whose spoken language strongly resembles the Siamese, and that the latter could not have existed as a distinct nation for more than four or five hundred years. But there is nothing in the written or spoken language to indicate that the Siamese were deycondants of the Burmans. † From the allusion to the disciples of the Romish faith, the reader would naturally gather a more favorable opinion of their pious self-denial and consistent life, than would be drawn from a personal observation of those of the same faith, now inhabiting that country; who are even in the cstimation of the Siamese, proverbially indolent, filthy, and licentious. It is a common report among the Siamese, that among the Romish priests in that country, the inan who performs the marriage ceremony retains the bride for several days at his own house. And it is somewhat remkable that among the boys, constituting one of their schools designated a college, is it youlli, whosc complexion and features bear a striking resemblance to those of thic bi loop. 1844, 171 Notices of the Siamese. 1. The multitude of their gods is innumerable, several of them are married, and have children, others are unmarried. The idols are images of the divinities. 2. There is one among them who is eternal, and who necessarily exists, but he is not the greatest of gods; another, whom they call Pra-p'u-ti-chau has more power, although he has been created; the first is called Pira-hin. 3. The heaven and the earth are eternal, and exist necessarily, but nevertheless P'ra-p'u-t'i-chau, who is not eternal, but was created, who is born and dies on the earth, created the heaven and the earth. 4. They have angels, who are uncreated. 5. All men draw their origin from a single man and woman. 6. The soul is immortal (the Siamese have no idea of spiritualit ). 7. There is a heaven and a hell; the heaven is above our heads hell is beneath our feet; there is fire, but it is not eternal. 8. There are demons, but it is not known whence they came; they have a chief, who is at the bottom of hell, the others are his satellites, and some of them are on the earth; they torment the reprobate. 9. There is a god who writes the actions of good men; or others he is called Pra-pum. 10. The souls of the dead individually undergo judgment. 11. Men can easily avoid hell, but not so with women; they can only surmount this difficulty, by making great donations to the tala- poins; it is proper that if their salvation depends on this condition, they shall all be saved. 12. All animals are our brethren, they have been men, and will become so again; trees are animated. 13. There was formerly a deluge in Siam; the god P'ra-p'u-t'i- chau placed a rainbow in the clouds to assure men against the dread of another deluge. 14. There will be a general resurrection; this world will come to an end, Pʻra-sian, who has already come, will descend a second time upon the earth, and make men cternally happy. * (Pra means god, and P'ra-sian the god Sian or the Messiah.) * In this summary of the religious creed of the Siamese, the bishop lias given us some ideas which appear scarcely compatible with the Budhist system which they embrace. He states in the 6th article that they believe the soul immortal, whereas the consummation of their religious hopes is annihilation. He speaks of a general judgment, which appears scarrely in harmony with the pisual belief of the Siamese ihat there is a transmigration of being from brule to man, and 172 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese The morality of the Siamese is reduced to two points : to make gifts to the talapoins, and to kill no animal; the more a man eats the more merit has he before God. I will not speak of the abominations they relate of their gods, for I do not know them myself. I know only that an honest man can- not hear these licentious histories without experiencing a lively feel- ing of indignation, and without silencing the impudent narrator. Yet such is the matter of the discourses which the talapoins make in the public places to auditories composed of every sex and every age. It is as immoral as the religion of the Greeks and Romans, for the devil is always like himself. From all eternity, there has existed a god who is called P'ra-hin. This god had a hen, and desirous one day to try his power, he col- lected a pile of excrements his hen had made, which he formed into two small dolls, to which he gave animation; hence came the first man and the first woman. The deluge came soon after. The angels who have existed from all eternity are charged with the government of heaven and earth; they are not gods, but have a more perfect nature and much more power than man; they govern all, yet it does not seem that any being has confided to them this administration. Heaven is divided into twelve stories of a concave form; these twelve heavens are sustained by a high mountain which is called K'au-soumeng. The angels are distributed in these twelve heavens, some are white, some red, others green; I do not know that there are other colors. They are generally of a colossal stature. There is in the midst of heaven a great basin, where the angels bathe; when there is too great a number, the basin overflows and causes rain. Lightning is caused in two ways; first, a woman shakes a mirror in the air to mock us; second, the angels strike fire with a brick. Thunder is caused by a horrible giant who lives in the air; when he growls at his wife, he causes the earth to tremble; but not always contented with grumbling, he sometimes follows her, hatchet in hand, and if in the paroxysm of his fury he lets it fall, it produces a thunderbolt. Pra-at'it and Pra-chan are the sun and moon. These two gods from man to superior being, and also the reverse according to the merit, or the demerit of the individual. It may here be remarked that there is a want of uni- formity in the religious opinions of the Siamese priesthood, and recently a number of the more enlightened and leading members of this class rejected many of the absurdities of their books, and professed views more in harmony with reason and a pure religion ; and it is to be hoped that the time may not be distant when instead of being the blind leaders of the blind, they may enjoy not only the cnlightened influences, but the spiritual power of Christianity. 1844, 173 Notices of the Siamese. were men, and brothers; while on earth, they gave alms to the priests, the elder gave a great sum of gold every day, the second gave silver, and a third brother gave only rice. At their death they became gods, the first the sun, the other the moon; the last as a punishment for his avarice was metamorphosed into an exceeding black monster, with only arms, nails, and ears, he is called Pra-rahu. This chastisement has not made him better; jealous of the happiness of his brothers, he has sought for a long time to kill them; they have frequent com- bats, which are the cause of eclipses. The Siamese do not like to have him overcome the sun and moon, and make a great noise to make P'ra-rahu give up his prey. During the time of an eclipse, nothing is heard but great noises, as beating gongs, firing guns- the king causes the cannon of the fortress to be fired, and the uproar is complete; it will be more easy to cause the eclipse to cease than to cure them of this prejudice; they censure Christians for not regard- ing it. You second Pharans,' say they, you do not care for the heavenly luminaries, since you do not help them in such pressing dangers.' They say it is not the earth that goes, but the sun; on rising he mounts an elephant, and when he reaches the meridian, i. e., at noon, he dismounts and rides a buffaloe or a horse (for it seems to me I have heard of both), and thus descends the heaven until he conceals himself behind the mountain K'au-soumeng; it is not ne- cessary for him to pass beneath the earth, because there are no inha- bitants--they could not keep their feet if there were. Some of the stars are divinities; the fixed stars are set in the firmament. The Siamese doctors are not agreed upon the obscurity which they see in the moon; some say that it is a great tree, others that it is an old woman pounding rice; and a few of the most instructed say that it is a man occupied in making a casket. The earth, air, sea, and rivers are gods; the earth is flat, a large buffalo sustains it with his horns. The tides are occasioned by an enormous crab; when it goes out of its cavern, the waters rise ; when it enters, the tide falls. It is not the ignorant only, but the well instructed who believe these absurdities, nor is it always prudent to undeceive them. On relating geographical and astronomical facts, the European is regarded as an impostor. A king of Siam once re- plied to an English embassador, who was telling him some facts of this sort, that he lied. Of the gods, two are visible, the rest are invisible. The most celebrated and greatest is Pêra-p'u-t'i-chau or P'ra-chau. He was born, I know not when, for he had a father and mother. When a man, 174 APRIL, Votices of the Siamese he committed all sorts of crimes, and was called Songm:na-caudom, zhat is, the Ox-stealer: finally, being ashamed of his conduct, and desirous to become a god, he dressed in yellow, and became a religious monk; he soon had 500 disciples. Tired of being always in the same pagoda, he traveled to Ceylon, from thence he came at a single step to a mountain which is above Ayuthia ; overtaken by the rain, he sought refuge in a grotto which exists to this day. He left there the print of his body: he instituted the talapoins. Ilaring been begging, he ate such a great quantity of pork that his stomach burst, and he died of hæmorrhage before having changed his robe, which in the eyes of the talapoins is a certain sign of reprobation. They add that their god wished to return to Ceylon before his death; he left his yellow robe for his disciples; he who took it be- came a god, and became a man again on laying it down. At his death, Pra-p'u-t'i-chau was annihilated; and nevertheless he was god, and is yet; he is even the most powerful of the gods, and Pra- hin, who is self existent from all eternity, who created the father and mother of Pra-p'u-t'i-chau, has en obliged to cede to him the superiority. Pra-p'a-t'i-chau is not eternal, and yet he created the heaven and the earth which are eternal; when he came into the world, the earth existed, and yet he created it. Ile is in hell, since he died with his yellow robe; he is not in hell, since he is god; he even is nowhere, since he is annihilated. Never- theless the talapoins have his body, which was at first deposited in a coffin, but a person having indiscreetly approached too near the bier, the annihilated god arose and killed him with a kick of his foot. Would you believe the talapoins receive all these doctrines? The fact is certain. A Siamese king was so shocked at this article of be- lief, that he wished to efface it from their religion, but did not suc- ceed. When pressed by Christians, they change their defense; P‘ra- p'u-t'i-chau was born before the heavens or the earth existed; where then, it is asked was his father or mother, or where was he himself, since he had no place of abode? They know not how to reply, except “It is thus in our books;" or rather they laugh and change the sub- ject. Those who are a little instructed know the hollowness of their religion, and make it a point not to enter into dispute with the Christians. "Do not dispute with the Parans,' (that is Christians) say they, 'for they make so many objections, they ask so often the why and the how, that you will be obliged to keep silence.' All that pertains to Pra-chau, is an object of veneration for the Siamese; from time to time the king sends to Ceylon a vessel richly 6 18.11. 175 Notices of the Siamese. ornamented to bring some relics of this pretended god. It is not three years since the last voyage. The cavern where he retired, the fountain which flows there, the print of his foot, have become objects of pilgrimage for the Siamese.* The vestige of the foot is about five feet long, it is spread over with precious stones, and covered with cloth of great value; they set around it iron rods on which pilgrims place the gold rings which they offer to the god. The king places guards there in order that none may remove the offerings. A long time after the death of this god, an impostor cut all the prints of his foot and body of P'ra on a stone, and published the wonder; the Siamese superstitiously believed without examining. The neigh- boring talapoins profited by it to obtain alms abundantly, and published then that they had the body. They gave monkey's teeth to pilgrims for those of the god, and it is said they still distribute them. The talapoins are believed in all they say; some of them killed a child for the sake of his jewels, and placed the body before one of their idols, smearing its mouth with blood; they then went to the king to accuse the idol of having ate the infant. The king believed without examination (the god could not deny it), and the idol was condemned to have his mouth shut with a padlock, and to be called the infamous eater of men. The cheat was afterwards discovered, and the talapoins were condemned to death, but the poor god still preserved his name and padlock. The two brothers of P'ra succeeded one after the other to the dig- nity of chief of the talapoins; (I am obliged to use terms employed in the catholic church to designate the different grades of talapoins, but am very sorry that I cannot otherwise express my thoughts.) The talapoins form a species of religious order and hierarchy; they have a general, provincials, priors, private religionists, novices, and disciples; and finally savans and doctors. According to their code, a private should obey the chief of the pagoda in all things. Towards 4 A. M. they give a signal for the people to begin to pre- pare their food, and about 6, they go out to demand alms. The devotees, especially the women, wait in a respectful posture while the priest passes; they give him rice, fruits, cakes, &c., and some- times silver, which he usually receives without saying a word, or * This pretended footstep of Budha, a short distance from Ayuthia, and about one hundred miles north of Bangkok, is covered with a temple, and is made the place of an annual visit by the people from the capital and country, of all classes, high and low, priests and people; but it requires more than ordinary powers of imagination to discover any marks of deity, except the impress of His hands who hath made all things by his word. 170 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. thanking or saluting the donor. The talapoin, on returnivg to his wat, prostrates himself before his superior, and confesses. Their sins are of a particular kind, such as having looked aside, or looked too far before, or returned a salutation, or killed some insect by mistake; the confession made, the superior inflicts a convenient penance. They teach, however, that to kill an insect, even by mistake, is an unpardonable sin;—but contradictions give them no tronble. When all have returned from their circuit, the superior leads them into the refectory; if the produce has been considerable, they stuff themselves with food till noon. The rest of the day is devoted to play or sleep. From noon till the next morning, they can eat no- thing, but they are accused of violating this as well as other primi- tive rules. Towards 6 P. M., the sound of the drum calls them together, and all the exercises are announced by the sound of the gong. In the interval from 6 to 9, they recite a form of prayer, which lasts an hour, and which few of them understand. In some pa- godas they pray every morning a quarter of an hour : but this custom, they say they got from the Christians. The talapoins dress in yellow, and shave their heads and brows on the 1st and 15th of every month. They cannot according to their rules wear silk, but must lie on a plank, and speak to no one, and carry a fan to keep them from seeing more than a few feet. A layman armed with a large stick must always be at their side to strike them when they violate these rules, but the king, who is the head of the religion, dispenses with all these observances. The lay corrector accompanies the talapoins only when they enter the king's palace. The talapoins may be regarded as the ministers of the Siamese religion; they give the people a kind of holy water, to which they attribute great virtue; the newly married must prostrate themselves before them to be sprinkled with this water. There are also several rites which they have copied from the Christians; they have a lent, an Easter, ta- pers, rosaries, relics, holywater, &c., as we have. They write the names of their gods on a piece of paper which they fold in linen and tie it to bands which the religious wear, thinking it a preserva- tive against evils. They have also ordinations. The admission of laymen to the priesthood takes place at the beginning of lent (July). A little before this time, the prince bears in pomp to the pagodas some arrack and some betel for the talapoins; a piece of wood for cleaning the teeth, and flowers of the nymphæa for the candidate. They place him in a 1844 177 Notices of the Siamesc. boat with an old tałapoin. The friends accompany him and the curious also. The cortége moves toward the pagoda at the sound of instruments. They sing licentious songs in honor of the gods, but in language not understood. Arrived at the pagoda, the candi- date is introduced into the hall of ceremonies; the superior sitting on a mat, tailor-fashion, holds in one hand a fan, in the other a mal- let of gilded wood. The candidate prostrates himself before him. The superior asks, what has beur. your conduct in the world? Are you married? Are you in debt ? Do your creditors and your parents consent to your entrance into the wat?--Concluding by enjoining hint to throw from him his profane dress (the dress in white), and to clothe himself with yellow; which being done, he is then called p'ra (a god); putting a fan and a pot in his hands, they adore him. The talapoins do not salute any body, not even princes; but the people must salute, or rather adore them, for these men are called gods. The salutation consists in joining the hands, and bringing them in front. These strange divinities are not unchangeable—it is the robe which deifies them. If they leave it off, or if it be taken from them, they become men. After three months' residence in a pagoda, a priest may abandon his state and retake it at will.* To be advanced a The wats (what are here called pagodas,) consist of a temple, or temples, containing images, and are surrounded by pagodas and dwelling-houses for the priests, and constitute the only school-houses and colleges for Siamese youth, and tne priests are their only professors and teachers. It is customary for Siamese boys of all classes to enter these wats to learn to read, and as the language is simple, a few months are sufficient for them to learn to repeat the sounds found in a Siamese book, but many close their studies without learning to read intelligent. ly, though this constitutes with them the sum of an education. Thus every Siam- ese boy is taught not only to preserve the yellow cloth, but actually to wear it himself, but though they shave the head, and wear the yellow cloth while in this capacity as novitiates, they have nothing to do with the duties of the priesthood more than to carry the rice pots and row the boats of the priests, as they pass from house to house to gather their daily food. The priests eat in the morning and take nothing after 12 o'clock, but a cup; of tea a supply of betel nut furnishes an occasion for an unceasing demand upon their powers of mastication. Every morning before sunrise the priests are out, each with a large iron pot or kettle for receiving their rice which has been boiled by the women of the respective families, and by them or their children is dealt out by a small ladle full to each priest as they pass in silence, while the donor adds to the gift an expression of reverence by folding the hands and raising them to the forehead. The king and his nobles thus with their own hands deal out rice to the priests. It is stated of one of the high ministers of state, that he had an African slave, who for some misconduct had by his master been promised a flogging. But the slave went and had his head shaved, and put on the yellow cloth, and the next morning passed before his master with his rice pot, and received from him a portion of his bounty and his salam. At certain scasons of the year, and on festival occasions, they receive from the king and his subjects yellow cloth of cotton and crape. They receive also from government an allowance in moncy of from two to six ticals per month, according to their rank and station. Their number at the capital is estimated at twenty thousand. VOL. XIII. NO. IV. 178 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. are 20 1 1 grade, the talapoin must retake the secular habit, and enter a second time into the pagoda. They cannot make a profession until they years of age; before that they are candidates. The superior has the same authority as a bishop in the Roman Catholic church. His jurisdiction extends over a certain number of pagodas. It is said that at his death, a council assembles. A lay- man nominated by the king presides, who collects the suffrages, and chooses one to fill the vacancy. The general, who is chief of the talapoins, has jurisdiction over all the pagodas in the kingdom. At his death, the king chooses his successor from among his four assis- tants. The talapoins are the depositaries of religion among the Siamese and Burmans.* They speak Pali (the Latin of the Siamese) when they understand it; it is composed mainly of Malabar and Cambojan words, with some Malay and Siamese terms. Their reli- gious books are in this language, written on leaves of the palm tree, eight inches long by an inch and a half broad. These books and characters much resemble those of the Sanscrit language, if they were not once the same. Lent is not a season of mortification. It commences in July, and terminates in November. They preach in their pagodas, and elsewhere during all that time, inviting the peo- ple by the sound of the gong to come and hear them. At an appointed time a young priest appears bearing a great vase, which contains the books of religion enveloped in precious silk. The assistants prostrate, listen with avidity to absurd and revolting recitals, mixed with obscene anecdotes often invented by the talapoins themselves. At the close of the sermon, they give notice that he who will give the preacher such meats seasoned in such a manner, will acquire much merit. After finishing his discourse, he carries with him baskets filled with fruits, meats, cakes and money. The rich invite them to preach in their houses, and make them the same offerings. During lent they preach daily, and eat everywhere. Easter The bishop is very safe in stating that the Sianiese priests speak Pali when they understand it.' This is unfortunately very seldom the case, and then it is used in the recital of prayers rather than in conversation. The statement that the · Pali is composed mainly of Malabar and Cambojan, with some words of Malay' is rather hypothetical. Much is said in this connection about the analogy between the Siamese and Roman Catholic religion, hut if the disciples of the latter find any cause of exultation in this reser.blance, they must yield to the former the merit of originality, while the Catholics have here as in other countries labored to conform their customs to the pre- judices and usages of the nations where they may chance to be. They have in Siam carried the principle of conformity to such an extent, as to render it extremely difficult in soine cases to draw the line of distinction between their forms and those of pagan worship. •Lent and Easter' when applied to the Siamese religion irc merely terms used for accommodation. Notices in the Siamp: 4 170 is called Passa, and falls almost always in the month of November At this time the king and court visit the principal pagodas, and offer new robes to the talapoins. This meeting of richly decorat- ed barques with their colors is truly a magnificent spectacle: the cries of the rowers mixing with the sound of the instruments: the arms of the soldier glistening upon the surface of the water. But how painful the thought, that this pomp is to honor the devil and his ministers. The white elephant, the monkey, the horse, and the white rat are invited to the ceremony, for they say it is a feast of white animals. The people visit the pagodas, have processions every- where, with cries and noisy tumults; they sing and laugh. Arrived at the pagoda, they hardly notice the gods, not coming to pray or to offer sacrifices; the whole time is passed in eating and drinking. These orgies continue whole nights. It is thus they keep holy their Easter. Although the Siamese profess to believe that they are for- bidden to take fish, they are daily guilty of this crime. To appease the god of the river, who is irritated by the daily murders, and other offenses of which the Siamese are guilty, such as throwing excre- ments into the river, striking the water in rowing, &c., they make offerings of fruits, eggs, rice, desiring him to forget his chagrin, and to eat with a good appetite what they offer him. The talapoins ex- ternally, are rigid observers of the rule forbidding the killing of ani- mals;- fishermen are stoned, if they fish too near the pagodas. Their houses are general hospitals for monkeys, hogs, fowls, pigeons, &c.; and it is said, that more than once these guests have violated the rites of hospitality and eaten their hosts. In charity, as they say, towards their parents, which have become such, they nourish dogs, cats, and monkeys. Unhappily these beasts are not always grateful. A captured tiger was once near being killed, but spared at the re- quest of the priests; the first use he made of his liberty was to carry one of them off into the woods. They exercise no jurisdic- but if desired will bless houses, and visit the sick to teach them the way to heaven. When they enter a house, their feet are washed, and they are adored; those who perform this make a merit of it. After this the family idol is taken into the chamber, with which the priest makes a vast number of superstitious ceremonies : he forces the dying to cry out Hora-hang ! Hora-hang :-one of their gods. If the priest be invited to a funeral ceremony, he enters a boat with the deceased, reading a book on the way to where the body is to be burned; he gently removes the cloth from the coffin, which with other things of the kind is his perquisite. tion; 180 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. Every year, during the inundations, the king sends a deputation to command the waters to retire; who prudently choose the right time. They were not as happy when called to Bangkok to drive away the cholera, for several died while making their diabolical ceremonies. They teach that to be a talapoin is a meritorious work; to be one a long time is more meritorious; to be one till death is a great sin. If they die with the yellow robe on, they are infallibly damned; this robe goes to hell where it is suspended on a great bar of iron, which breaks seven times a day, so great is the number of yellow clothes hanging on it. The Siamese both despise and adore this system of religion; at the death of a talapoin they dispute for his body; it is decided by placing the body in a boat in middle of the river; the two claimants, in other boats row in opposite directions; the one whose cord breaks, is vanquished, the other bearing the corpse away to burn it. The king himself is greatly devoted to them, though he confesses that the conduct of his gods is scandalous. He nourishes 350 daily with the best of food, and gives to them the best of his presents with his own hands, while his soldiers suffer with hunger. No kind of meat is forbidden, provided they do not kill the animal; although it has passed into a proverb, that he who kills the beast commits the crime, but he who eats suffers the penalty. They teach that the merit of the donor is increased by the amount the priest is able to devour ; wherefore they gorge themselves to acquire this merit. The heads of the pagodas, after devouring a bushel of rice, fruits, pork, &c., get their disciples to squeeze their bellies that they may resume their repast. A rational man would hardly believe that such brutal gluttony could be ranked as a high virtue. 'How,' said a Siamese to me, 'could we know that our talapoins were gods, if they did not eat so much ?' There are also female talapoins; for the most part old women, few in number, who having no other resource, retire into a convent or haran ; they dress in white, and count their beads; are allowed to speak with their neighbors, or amuse themselves, provided the rosary is in their fingers. They are not goddesses, although they have the right of demanding alms; while they receive much less regard than the male talapoins. The people called them Xi; they live without the precincts of the pagoda ; when they pray, they are obliged to turn their backs. After Pêra-pu-t'i-chau. the most celebrated god is Pfra-sian, a 1844. 181 Notices of the Siamese. i. e. God Messiah. He was born near Ayuthia, in a village still bearing his name; he had no father, and his mother died ages since ; in his youth he was disobedient; e. g. his mother forbade him fishing, but he always had a line in his hand. He was exhorted to become a talapoin, but he constantly refused; till suddenly he reformed, gave up fishing and became one; although he never studied, he was able by inspiration to speak Pali, and became the most learned doctor in the religion; at his death he became a god. A golden statue was erected to him, but the head could not be joined to the trunk, until the god himself, whose corpse was not yet burned, came and did it; they profess still to have this statue. Pra-sian is one day to return to this world to make it happy; extraordinary signs in heaven and earth will attend his second advent; this present world will end ; before which there will be great wars, men will destroy each other, and diminish in stature, till they are no larger than pygmies, requir- ing hooks and ladders to pick the beans in the gardens. Before the end, there will be two suns, then three, increasing to seven, which will occasion great calamities. When the second sun appears, the rivers will dry up, and then the waves of the sea; all vegetation will gradually perish, and then all animals will die, man being the last, when the world will be reduced to ashes. Pera-sian will then descend from the heavens, and cause men to rise again, when the earth wil be transformed to a pleasant garden. There will then be no more trouble, nor sickness, nor hell; men will be immortal, enjoying eter- nal peace and felicity, occupied only in contemplating the august face of P'ra-sian. To hasten the coming of this liberator, alms must be freely given to the talapoins. Pra-t'umalai is a god who has the power of recovering souls from hell; when he descends there, the fire is extinguished. Reprobates always address their prayers to this deity. Pera T at Xulamuni resides above the twelve heavens of the an- gels; he is of colossal stature like a column, and green complexion. Men who die righteous are presented before him to worship him; and they are better received by him if they add to their works the lotus flower. After passing some time in heaven, these beatified souls are permitted to return to the earth, where they become lords, princes, and even talapoins. Here they commence a new course ; So we see that one who has been to heaven may go to hell, and the reverse. Pera Vet Somdon was at first a bird, then a serpent, an ant, and after being successively metamorphosed into all sorts of animals, be- 182 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. came a great lord. Disliking riches, he became a solitary hermit, giving all his goods to the poor; after death he was numbered with the gods. The talapoins love to discourse upon his abominable impurities, when they are sure to have hearers. Pʻra-p'um is a busy god, engaged in writing the good and bad actions of men in a book. He is often placed in shrines or niches before the houses of the people. The prince of demons, is P'ra Jom, the king of hell, and judge of souls; he holds assizes four times a month. Pra-p'um brings his book, and the culprit is pu- nished according to its contents. Jom-p'ra-ban, hideous giants, with long tusks, are the executioners of the sentence. Their duty is to guard the gates of hell, to bring down the souls of the dead, and torment the lost. The guilty are thrown into a lake of fire and sul- phur; a doom common to them all; but there are special punish- ments, according to the different crimes. He who fishes with a line is hung by the neck, upon a great fish-hook, like a fish. The head and belly of him who kills a hog are split open. The talapoins who eat at forbidden hours have to swallow melted copper. * For some crimes, the soul is empaled upon a young tree, where it remains until this tree falls to decay through age. He who steals from a temple, or deposits excrements there, will be transformed into a monster with a belly as large as the kingdom of Siam, and a mouth as small as the eye of a needle. He who sleeps when a priest preaches will be turned into a green worm, or into toad if he is caught napping in a pagoda. After undergoing these pains for several centuries, a soul enters the body of an animal; when the animal dies, it passes into other, successively from an elephant to a monkey, and finally again becomes a man. There is a woman in Bangkok, who like Pythagoras, recollects having been three times metamorphosed before entering her present human form. Owing to this false persuasion that animals are our brethren, they are forbidden to be killed. Devotees buy living fish and throw them into the river. They nourish hogs, and other animals in their pa- godas, until they die a natural death; but never establish hospitals for human beings. Such is man deprived of the light of religion. To show the criminality of killing animals, they relate that a devotee of the talapoins who made such extraordinary alms to them, that the water necessary to wash the rice he gave them would float a large vessel, was one day washing his beard, and killed a small These penalties are as seldom inflicted as the threatened consequences attend the following crimes. 1841. 183 Notices of the Siamesc. fish by mistake. He thought there was nothing to fear from this accident, but when dead, he went to hell, to his great surprize at seeing his hopes so cruelly frustrated. Who," said he, “without injustice can refuse a little rice to one who gave so much to the talapoins?” “It is true," he was answered, “ you have done many good works, but in killing the fish you lost all your merit." To console you, however, look at that mountain whose top is hidden in the clouds; every ten thousand years, two angels come and gently clean its summit with a fine linen cloth, and when by the effect of this operation, it is leveled with the plain, you will escape from out of this place." In spite of this formidable sentence, the Siamese kill and eat animals as other nations do.* I traveled with a man, who insisted that men and animals were brethren, but he made no scru- ple to kill and eat all the fowls which fell into his hand. I observed to him, “If it is true, according to your principles, that this hen may be your sister, you commit a horrible crime in killing and eat- ing one of your kinmsen.” “Very well” says he, "good faith excuses me; I am innocent of her murder till she shows me a certificate of her parentage." Though forbidden to kill animals, they have not an equal affec- tion for all; they hate the dog, and a man is disparaged who caress- es one in their presence. Strangers should be careful not to fondle a dog, lest he shock their prejudices. They like the cat, however, because it strangles rats which eat the sacred books. Ravens and vultures rank as angels. Hares are thought to be cunning and sagacious, and all the address which other nations ascribe to the fox is here given them. But nothing can equal their veneration for the white elephant; the king at least must have one as a palladium for his own life and the prosperity of the empire. If the elephant dies, the king loses all the merit acquired in nourishing him; he is him- self likely to die the same year, hence the great pains taken for his health. This elephant has the title of Chaup'aja, answering to grandees of the first class among the Spaniards; they take rank im mediately after princes of the blood. One who should call him by his proper name would be severely punished; he lives in a kind of palace with a numerous court of officers, guards, valets, &c.; he wears a kind of diadem on his head, and gold rings on his tasks, he is served in golden vessels, and fed on sugar cane and delicious fruits. The crime consists not so much is eating as in killing the animal, hence the priests excuse themselves for eating flesh by saying that others killed it. * 184 APRIL Notices of the Siamese. When he goes to bathe, a numerous cortège accompanies him; one keeps time with music, and another holds over him the red para- sol of state, used only by high dignitaries. His officers may not with- draw from his presence without a profound salutation; when sick, the king's physicians attend him, and talapoins visit him to pray for his cure, and sprinkle him with holy water. In spite of all these at- tentions, the white elephant is often in bad humor, and many a time would have killed the talapoins, if they had not kept a respectful distance from the trunk and tusks of his lordship. The one kept at present is so intractable, that they have been obliged to cut off his tusks. Every evening, he is entertained with music, until his excellency goes to sleep. When he dies, the king and court are in great affliction, and give him funeral honors according to his rank. It is said, that sometimes he has public audiences; when presents are made to him, which, if he accepts, proves that the donor has much merit; if he refuses them, it is evidence that he is not favored of heaven: but I do not guaranty the certainty of this statement. He who captures one of these animals is ever after exempt with his pos- terity from all taxation and vassal service. It is difficult to assign a cause for this extravagant adulation ; I think I have seen somewhere that the ancient kings of Siam called themselves the sons of the white elephant; some among these people think differently, saying that the soul of a defunct king enters the body of an elephant; others aver that they know nothing of the reason,-among whom for the present I range myself, while waiting further information. The white monkeys enjoy almost the same privileges as the white eiephant; he is called Paja, has household and other officers, but must yield precedency to the elephant. The Siamese say, that the monkey is a man, not very handsome to be sure, but no matter, he is not less our brother; if he does not speak, it is from prudence, dreading lest the king will compel him to labor for him without pay; nevertheless it seems he has spoken, for he was once sent in the quality of generalissimo to fight, if I mistake not, an army of giants. With one kick he split a mountain in two; and report goes that he finished the war with honor. The Siamese have more respect for white animals than for those of any other color. They say that when a talapoin meets a white cock, he salutes him, an honor he will not pay a prince—but I have not seen this. The Siamese are forbidden under pain of damnation to break an egg, since it is animated; they get Malays or Chinese to do it for them. 1844. 185 Notices of the Siamesc. Plants and trees have also a soul according to the Siamese, a doc- trine which places them in the cruel dilemma of starvation or dam- nation. They have a predilection for the poplar, which they plant before their pagodas; those brought from Ceylon are highly valued When a talapoin wishes to fell a tree, he sends for a disciple to strike it with a hatchet; this kills it, when there is no sin in the talapoin cutting it down. It is from this worship and respect of animals and plants by the Siamese, that the usage of adopting their names has been derived. Thus one is called Dog, another Cat; we have prince Elephant, prince Tiger, lord Pomegranate; princess Gold- en Horsefoot, &c., &c. My digression on Siamese metempsychosis has made me lose sight of Paja-jom and his satellites. When a man is dying, Jom Pêraban, an emissary of hell, mounts on the roof in order to seize the soul in its passage; on the other hand, three mastiffs, called Puto, Sang- ko, and Tamo, which belonged to areprobate, come to his aid. If they think themselves too weak, they call an angel to assist them; there is a terrible struggle, the fate of the soul depends on the result of the combat, the victor carrying it with him. Some say that Pra- sian takes the soul, and makes the tour of the world with it; when on crossing a bridge it is thrown into the abyss. A large dog pounces upon it to devour it; if the soul shows courage, its safety is sure, and it mounts to heaven in an instant; on the contrary if it is frightened, it loses its equilibrium and falls into hell, All the Siamese do not admit this last dogma, and it seems to have been borrowed from the Mohammedans. Besides the demons in hell, there are others in the air called Phi; who appear under hideous figures doing harm to men. All the harm that is done in the world is laid to these evil spirits; a mother loses her child, it is Phi who has caused it; a patient is in great danger, Phi is the cause. To appease him, he is invoked, and offerings are made to him, and suspended in desert places. It is not thought that they are gods, but they are very powerful, and it is well to coax them. Cakes, cocoa-nuts, rice, betel, are offered to them, upon which these ærial divinities come and respire the odor. The Siamese think that contagious diseases, as pest, and cholera, are real beings, or demons; they exorcise them and chase them from the city, some- times with dagger in hand; which is called killing the pest. Some wicked men do not hesitate to pray to these demons to harm their enemies. Every kind of superstition is known among the Siamese ; witchcraft, enchantment, sorceries, philters, conjuring of words,-in 24 VOL. XIII. NO, IV, 186 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. a word, all the frightful secrets of black magic are resorted to, when other means fail to arrive at their ends, which is done with the help of demons called Phi. These diabolical operations produce extra- ordinary effects, impossible to explain naturally; the apparition of demons is so frequent and public that he must be very incredulous who would obstinately deny it; to do so would be to accuse the apostolic vicars and the missionaries of imposture,* for they testify that they have not only seen them with their own eyes, but have examined them with all the care prudent and well informed men were capable of; a single sign of the cross, some drops of holy water, or the accidental passing of a Christian, renders the enchantments useless, and suffices to put to flight all the spectres, and to bring to nought all the science of the magicians. The Siamese regard these demons as the souls of persons whose bodies have not been burned. There are two sorts of Phi. The first, called Phi-suk, or roasted devils, are the souls of those whose bodies have been burnt; they do no harm, and are not on the earth. The other called Phi-sep, or raw devils, are the souls of persons whose bodies have not been burnt; according to law, these are those of pregnant women, and of persons who have died a violent death, or by an apoplectic stroke, or a similar accident. All corpses are placed in little open houses called Paxa, and here it is that the sor- cerers perform their diabolical machinations. The Siamese have temples and idols which, say they, are the images of their gods ;- they think that the statues, from the time they are installed in the temple, become true divinities. They do not make sacrifices, pro- perly speaking, but offerings of Aowers and candles four times a month, viz., on the Ist, 8th, 14th and 21st days. Sometimes the people assemble in the temples to play on instru- ments. In great calamities they carry in procession some of their most celebrated idols; during drought they expose their pagodas to the sun, but if the rain is too abundant they cover the roofs, supposing that the idol being incommoded by the rain, will restore the serenity of the sky. Many of the idols have no name but that of the material of which they are composed ; thus they say, the god Gold, or the god Glass, is in such a pagoda. From whatever place a statue comes, it will be well received in Siam, and soon obtain an apo- theosis. Europeans, therefore, coming here should avoid giving * These apostolic vicars must either have been among the favored few mitted to the secrets of these dernoniacal agents, or we are reduced to the neces. sity, to use the bishop's language, "of accusing them of imposture." 1844. 187 Notices of the Siamese. them any figure, if they do not wish to promote superstition. Our converts show a reserve in this particular which would serve as a good example to Frenchmen; not only do they not give any engrav- ings, but they refused even to purchase statues for the king when they went to Bengal. The prince was displeased and threatened them, but they firmly refused, which has made him say more than once, that of all his subjects, Christians are the only ones who will say no. Some years ago, they brought from Laos a glass statue, which enjoys great consideration at court. Last year, they brought an- other of gold, which has now as much credit as the glass one, but it is thought that the glass god is jealous of his rival; and the people fear that he may take some desperate resolution, and even put him- self at the head of his countrymen, the Laos, who are in revolt; to prevent this misfortune, he has been chained, and guards placed about him. The temples of the Siamese possess nothing remarkable; they are square oblong buildings, quite low; the roof forms a very acute angle, and is ornamented with leaves or gilded grotesque figures. The idols are placed on a kind of platform at the back of the tem- ple, before them is a support in the form of an altar; they are gild- ed, and covered with a high peaked bonnet. Pra-p'u-t'i-chau is set in the middle, and is generally of a colossal stature. One of these idols is more than forty feet long, and is represented as reclining on the ground. They are all of a hideous form, some have the head of a bird, or a serpent; others are half man and half beast.* Before the lesser pagodas there is a small court inclosed by ma- sonry. In the part of the wall fronting the temple are brick co- lumns surmounted with a gilded arrow, The highest of these columns is called Pra-c'aïdi, the name of a god who sacrificed his life to preserve that of his father. The less elevated are perforated with several holes, and are called P'ra-c'aïraï, the name of the 4 brothers of Pra-cfaidi. These brothers refused to rescue their father, and were transformed into furies. In their fits of anger, they pierced holes in their own bodies and swallowed burning oil. Pʻra- c'aïdi sifinifies the god with a good heart; and Pra-c'aïraï, the cruel god. When the Siamese wish to erect a pagoda they place twelve principal stones in the foundation, which they call the twelve mar- There is an image in a reclining posture in one of the wats near the king's palace, 130 fect long. A few years ago it was struck by lightning, and its head severcd from its body, 188 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. * * velous sons. At a certain distance in front of the building, is a wooden column, on which is a cloth, and sometimes two statues in European costume to guard the cloth. Here I terminate this tedious account, Such is the blindness of a people, who nevertheless have enough penetration and judgment. * * Among these follies, it is easy to recognize many dogmas of Christianity, such as the creation of the world, and of the first man and woman, existence of angels and devils, the immortality of the soul, a deluge, heaven, hell, virginity of the holy mother, incar- nation of the Word, his second advent, signs and calamities which will precede it, and the end of the world, the resurrection, judgment, and eternal happiness. They have many of the rites of the Roman church, and the hie- rarchy of the talapoins is absolutely the same. The Siamese believe that their religion came from Ceylon, but are unable to assign the epoch. It is identical with that of the Burmans and Peguans, and was originally the same as that of the Chinese Budhist priests. At this day there are many resemblances between them. It is unde- niable that all these people have drawn their religion from Ultra- Gangetic countries, but have they received it immediately from the Indians, or through the Burmans, or the Chinese? I know not. Tungking and Cochinchina were formerly provinces of China, and probably Siam also. The kings of Siam are obliged to send tribute to the emperor of China, and may they not have received their reli- gion from their ancient masters ? The Portuguese were the first to preach the gospel in Siam. Afterwards it was confided to the French, who have since carried it In Siam was founded the first general seminary for the greatest part of the oriental missions beyond the Ganges. This seminary no longer exists. On account of the Burman wars and its distance, the vicars were induced to establish seminaries in their respective provinces. Although the mission to Siam has much fewer Christians than its flourishing neighbor of China, nevertheless the ministry is not exer- cised without success. Siam is not, confessedly, a fertile country; but neither is it a land wholly given up to sterility. God has his elect here as elsewhere. Christians are found here of sincere piety, who have confessed the faith in the face of torture. Every year a on. If it had been stated that Budhism, the religion of Siam, Burmah, &c., prevails very extensively in China, it would have given the reader a more correct impression. 1844. 189 Notices of the Siamese. number of adults are baptized. It is true many of the Chinese con- verts return to their country, but what matters it? They are not less the children of the church. * The Siamese are with difficulty converted, but this should not discourage a missionary. There are many others to whom he can preach, as the Chinese, the Cochinchinese, and the Cambojans; for in this kingdom there are at least as many foreigners as natives. Many among the Chinese, especially when about to die, desire bap- tism. There is no hospital in Bangkok for the sick stranger whose only resort is the pagoda, where he finds a shelter from the weather, and a little rice. The vicar has prepared a house near the seminary, where all the sick who present themselves are received without distinction, and furnished with provisions and nursing, and instructed in the principles of religion; nearly all of them receive baptism. Though adults obstinately refuse to listen to the missionary, his ministry is not therefore entirely without avail, since he can baptise such children as are not expected to live. In this he meets with no obstacle, the parents suppose he is administering a remedy. It is remarkable, that for the two centuries during which baptism has been practiced in this country, hardly an unbeliever has been found unwilling to have his child baptised. They often present themselves, as well as their children, to receive a water which produces such wonderful effects. The princes and the people think we are prac- ticing medicine, and call it a good work. For ourselves, we permit them to indulge their belief, persuaded that though the truth must not be spoken against, yet the whole truth need not always be disclosed. I must not leave you ignorant that the enemy is sowing tares among the wheat; happily however this bad seed has hitherto produc- ed but little fruit. I refer to methodist missionaries sent by different Protestant societies at great expense to this part of the world. They assume the title of apostolic missionaries, though God and his apos- tles have not sent them. They publish a journal of their missions, and insert what they please, daring to compare their work to the labors of the apostles. But if we are to judge of the success of their * What is here related might lead us to think that many of the Siamese had professed Christianity, whereas the facts of the case go to prove that while many Cochinchinese, a few Chinese and other foreigners have been baptised, not one pure Siamese has ever professed the Catholic faith. We are confirmed in this opinion from what we have heard fronı the Siamese and from the Catholic priests residing in that country, 190 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. brethren by the success of those whom I have seen, the fruit of their labors is not very consoling. We saw one of them at Pinang dis- tributing piastres by the handful, his wife seconded his labors, but it was all in vain; no one would join them. The Christian soldiers among the Laos have baptised a great number of dying children. We may thence infer that the presence of a missionary in Siam is not entirely useless; native priests, here or elsewhere, can never supply the place of European missionaries, although there are some indeed edifying, and even zealous; but they have not the activity and the talent necessary to find resources in cases of great emergency, nor the courage requisite to carry a peri- lous enterprise through. They can maintain their present numbers, but I think, they would not add to the number of converts if left to themselves. They are mild and tranquil, and have self-possession, and get along when they have a European priest at their head; zealously laboring for the conversion of unbelievers. Perhaps they are even more useful than the missionaries, as they have a better knowledge of the language and the usages of the country, and have easier access to their infidel countrymen; but yet they must have a guide. The difficulties which oppose the gospel in these countries, at the present day, are the same which appeared in the first ages of the Christian church; superstition, indifference, and the various passions in some, in others the love of independence, and fear in all. The prince fears his subjects, and they in turn fear to incur his displea- sure by embracing Christianity. To the great, polygamy and the fear which they have of Europeans, are obstacles. The colossal power of the English in India has inspired terror in all the East. The king of Siam fears for his throne. When they see a European they think he is an English emissary, making no distinction between priest and layman. My own presence at Queda produced a deep sensation; the king was informed of it by an express, and had it not been for the king of Ligor, who took upon himself to remove all difficulties, I should kave been obliged to take another route. * * * The Christians of Bangkok have not forgotten their fathers in the faith, the Portuguese missionaries. They consider it an honor to speak their language, many take Portuguese names, and wish to be regarded as the descendants of ancient Portuguese settled in India. They imitate them in their architecture, the decoration of their churches, the order of their processions, &c., and make not a few ludicrous attempts to adopt the foreign dress. 1844. 191 Notices of the Siamesc. When a pagan desires instruction, he comes at once to the Catho- lic missionaries, although he sees many opposing sects, each of which calls itself the true church. Why do these prefer Catho- lics to the Anglican, the Armenian, or the methodist church? Is it not because the legitimate spouse of Jesus Christ, the true mother of the children of God, bears such evident marks of her legitimacy, that it is easy even for the most ignorant pagans to distinguish her from all the others? The greatest danger is not from the English preachers, but that crowd of Europeans without manners, religion, or moral principle, who abound in the East Indies. But among these the Frenchman is the most dangerous; we can say that those are heretics, which is sufficient to destroy the evil impressions of their bad conduct; but what is to arrest the scandal when a French Ca- tholic has caused it? The Siamese are most commonly of middling stature, and with- out those physical defects so common in Europe. Perhaps a single province in France contains as many blind and lame as the whole of Siam. Generally speaking, the head is rather square than round, the face flat and oval, cheeks hollow, the cheek bones, the lips and the front part of the jaw project a little, the nose is flattened, eyes black and large, and the hair black coars, and bristling. Both sexes shave their heads at pleasure, but content themselves for the most part with cropping the hair low, preserving a tuft in front which is turned up a little behind and smeared with oil; the women have not this tuft. What little beard they have is pulled out with pincers. Their complexion sometimes approaches a copper red, at at others a citron yellow.* I have seen Asiatics of all the kingdoms, and almost all the pro- vinces which are included between the lat. 5° and 41° N., and long. 91° and 118° E., embracing Siam, that is to say, from Ligor to Chinese Tartary, and from the Ganges to the Pacific. I have re- marked that all these Asiatics have many traits of resemblance, both in their form and complexion. Each of these too, has its peculiar features; thus a Cochinchinese may be readily distinguished from a Siamese, or a Chinese, or even a native of Tungking, but this differ- ence is no greater than that between a Frenchman, a Spaniard, and a German. The Malays are a people by themselves; they are darker and have more striking features than the Siamese. There are some tribes near the equator, whose skins are yet as white as the darker The Siamese both male and female shavc the head, Icaving a luſt on thc top which stands erect. Thc priests shave thc head entirely. * 192 APRIL Notices of the Siamese. complexion of Europeans; among these are the inhabitants of Pulo Nias, which lies in lat. 2° 20' N. The complexion of the different tribes embraced in my remarks is so uniform, you would say they all wore a mask of yellow paper. The eyes of the Chinese are smaller than the Siamese; their eyelids close obliquely, forming an angle towards the nose, which gives them a sleepy look. All the tribes inhabiting the Malabar and Coromandel coasts and Bengal, indeed all the inhabitants of Hindostan, are darker complexioned than those living in the same latitude on this side the Ganges. But their features are similar to those of Europeans, and well marked shades of color are exhibited in the countenance. The costume of the Siamese is very simple; they go bareheaded and barefooted; for a robe, they have only a piece of cloth, which is attached to the girdle before, and turned up behind, which gives it the form of drawers; it is the dress common to both sexes. Per- sons of middling condition rarely use a parasol, but the great always have one. Market women cover their heads with a hat, which is nothing better than a rush basket. When an inferior appears before his superior, he adds a silken belt to his dress, the color of which varies according to the grade of the bearer; officers of the first class have a white one. The first day of the moon's quarter is re- garded as a Sunday, when the court dress in white. The king is not distinguished from his subjects either by the form, or the richness of his costuine. Princes have a sort of sock resem- bling sandals. When an inferior comes before an officer, or any person of dignity, he removes his shoes, if he has any (which is rare); he does the same on entering a church. Boys go naked until ten or twelve years of age, and girls till five or six. The Christian women are decently clad. The Siamese do not use handkerchiefs, and are horrified in seeing a European put it in his pocket. Are they not right? Luxury among the Siamese does not consist in rich dresses, for they are almost naked but in precious stones and jewelry. One sometimes sees children covered with gold or stones from head to Asiatic vanity, and the little care which they take of their children, are occasionally the cause of serious evils. It has happen- ed that robbers, meeting these children in private places, have cut off their arms, and even taken their lives to possess themselves of Children generally wear rings upon the ankles and wrists, the rich of gold or silver, and the poor of the inferior metals, but there are far from being ed with gold,” or indeed with anything else, as their bracelets and anklets consti- tute in general the only clothing of children. foot.* * " cover- 1844. 19:3 Votices of the Siamese. their ornaments. The costume of the Chinese, Cochinchinese, and people of Tungking is very decent; both men and women wear a sort of large pantaloon with a shirt or a loose frock above. People of rank in China wear a long silk robe, and over it a sort of jacket of blue silk, and commonly trimmed with fur. In Siam and all other parts of Asia where Christianity has not meliorated their state, the women are almost the same as slaves to the men; in this we see the verification of the threat God made to Eve. Among the great the women are confined in a harem, seldom going out. When princes give audience, they are placed at the lower end of the gallery, behind a mat screen, which enables them to see and hear without being seen themselves. They never eat with their husbands; and in their presence, do not put themselves on a level with them. If a woman sits on a more elevated place than her hus- band, or if she inadvertently suspends a handkerchief or belt upon her head, the husband regards it as an insult to his person, or a proof that his wife wishes to govern, and may perhaps come to an open rupture in consequence. To ask a grandee concerning his wife's health, to salute, or to speak to her in the presence of her hus- band, are things forbidden in Siam, and to do so would cause as much astonishment as scandal. You cannot convince an Asiatic that a woman can ever be of sufficient importance for a man of sense ever to concern himself about her, or take any interest in her health. : In one province of this kingdom men think themselves dishonored if they pass a place that has been polluted by a woman's presence.* One of our priests being on a mission there, was told not to pass by a certain way, that it was for the women. Men do not suffer the women to enter the house by the same door with themselves; and on the same principle also refuse them a place in heaven, saying that it would be derogatory to a man to be found in heaven with a woman. Persons of this sex among the lower orders cannot leave the house merely to promenade, they can only go to traffic, or to work. While the husband plays, drinks, sleeps, or works for the king, the wife supports the family by her industry. The Christians, however, conduct towards their wives somewhat as Europeans do Polygamy is permitted to all. The king gives the title of queen to only one of the wives, all the others being inferior to her. Private persons, who have several wives have the right of choosing one, who As we know not where the province” here alluded to is situated, we can. not decide as to the accuracy of this statement. 25 VOL. XIII. NO. IV. 194 APRIL, Notices of the Siamesc. takes the title of mia-aji, i. e. great wife, and has authority over the others. When a Siamese wishes to marry, he does not take but buys a woman; her price is not fixed, but depends on the will of the parents. In virtue of this contract, the law accords to the hus- band the right of beating her, of sending her back, or of selling her as a slave; he cannot kill her but in a single case. But these rights are not reciprocal; if the woman flies to her parents on account of bad treatment, the husband has the right to reclaim her as his purchas- ed property, but women sometimes revenge themselves by poisoning their husbands. Parents have the right of selling their children, and they often do it; and nothing is more common than to see chil- dren sold as slaves. The condition of these poor children is not hard, as their masters are gentle in their treatment of them, and the parents can redeem them at the same price for which they sold them. The Siamese, it is said, are less vicious than some other pagans, but it must not therefore be supposed that they have great moral virtue. Christianity alone makes man truly virtuous. Pride, insen- sibility, cruelty, and lasciviousness carried to the highest excess, have always been and ever will be characteristics of heathen. The Siam- ese are mild, volatile, thoughtless, timid and gay, and love such people best. They do not like disputes, or anything that leads to anger or impatience:-I mean scientific debates, for in other matters they carry it from words to blows. They are lazy, inconstant, and fond of amusement; a trifle will engage the attention, and a trifle take it off. They are great exactors ; everything pleases them, and they ask for everything they see, no matter whether it be precious or worthless. A prince of the blood doos not consider it beneath him to ask for tobacco, a pencil, a watch, a hog; this has happened to myself; the king is no more reserved in this respect than his subjects. But they are not displeased to be asked in their turn; po- liteness among them requires an interchange of presents. In visits, they first offer tea and betel. It has happened sometimes on visiting people, when I have left their house, to be accompanied by domes- tics, some carrying rice, pulse, fruits, &c., and others with wine or fish, placed in a most conspicuous manner in brass dishes; so that one in these circumstances looks like a purveyor coming from market. The Laos make their presents without ostentation, adroitly placing what they have brought, before their friends during conver- sation, and then making their obeisance and retiring : they remark that one must not make a parade of his gifts. 1844. 195 Notices of the Siamese. The Siamese are generally charitable; the king ought, according to ancient usage to give several times a year. On these occasions, rice, cloth, and money are given, in his name, to all the poor who present themselves. It is said the present king gives victuals every day to the beggars of Bangkok. The king and the people are fond of games, of amusements or ex- ercise; they have other plays which are less frequent, as wrestling or boxing, combats of cocks, little fishes, or of two serpents. They have a play with a kind of magic lantern which is called nang, from the leather which is used; it is a dangerous game because of the swords, daggers, and javelins, with which the rope and dancers are armed. They have also rope-dancers, but the play which most pleases, and almost bewitches them, is a kind of drama called lameng-lak'ong, partly comic, and partly pantomime, and which is said to be a school of vice. The talapoins, who assuredly are not very scrupulous, con- demn them, although they themselves go there in secular disguise to avoid reproach. The audience do not pay the actor, but the rich man who hires them; sometimes the king furnishes the means from the public treasury, and pays them according to the pleasure he takes. Fanatics mutilating themselves, or inflicting self torture in a wicked display of courage or piety towards their false gods, are rarely seen in Siam; they think life too precious to be wasted in this way. Still there was one devotee, about two years ago, who gave out that he would publicly burn himself; he actually mounted the pyre, but had scarcely felt the flames before he plunged into the river. The Siamese have a reputation for intelligence, but as the king takes into his service all who succeed well in their profession, their natural laziness and the state of servitude in which they live, hinders the development of their talents and industry; everything is done by the Chinese, who exercise all the mechanic arts. Most of the Siam- ese have not the means of procuring the workmen of whom they have need; but are obliged to do all themselves to be mason, car- penter, tailor, &c.; so that it is easy to see they can never attain to great perfection in this way. They have the same style of architecture as the Chinese; con- sisting of gewgaws, pavilions, with several roofs placed one above another, pyramids, and columns which are covered with gold leaf. This style has some agreeable features, but we seek in vain for the nobleness and grandeur of European monuments. What architec- 196 APRIL Notices of the Siamese. ture they have is only displayed in pagodas and a few public edi- fices; for private people live in cabins of straw or reeds placed on stakes not unlike birds' nests. Here are huddled together parents, children, domestics, animals and all. The furniture corresponds with the building; a rush mat to sit on, a plank to lie on, a stone to place the pot upon, some small jars, and a network to suspend infants to when they wish to sleep, include the whole gear of the huts. Some, not quite so poor, have houses of wood; but even princes, although they may be rich, are not much better lodged; they sometimes give audience under a shed. The city of Bangkok and its suburbs are built on this style, every- where intersected by canals, on which are numerous boats of dif- ferent sizes. Those belonging to the king and princes are decorated, but private boats even those of high officers, are required to be plain. All visits are made in boats; there are few horses, and no sedans. Chinese merchants to save expense, build their houses on the river; they construct a bamboo raft, which is secured on two sides to posts, and as the cords are loose the raft rises and falls with the tide. Houses and shops are built upon these rafts, which at need can be loosened from the post, and floated off to a new spot. Bangkok has ramparts, but they are feeble and open on all sides. Some years since a brick wall was built at the entrance of the port, and furnished with cannon, which the Siamese called a fort. As I am speaking of the ramparts of Bangkok, I will relate a fact to show how cruel a false religion can make a people who are naturally mild and placable. Whenever a new gate is to be built in the city wall, or an old one repaired, three innocent human victims have to be immolated. The king secretly sends an officer to the gate about to be repaired; this man has the appearance of wishing to call some- body, and from time to time repeats the name to be given to the gate; which excites the attention of passers by, and they turn their heads to see what it is. * The first three who do so, are seized by men stationed for the purpose, and their death is irrevocably fixed; no service, no promise, no sacrifice can deliver them. Within the gate is a ditch, and at a certain height above it a great beam; this beam is hung by two ropes, and suspended horizontally almost in the same way as in a wine-press. On the appointed day for the sacrifice, a splendid banquet is pre- pared for the three victims, after which they are led in ceremony to the ditch, and the king and court come to salute them. The king We are not aware that any custoin of this kind exists in Siam. 1844. 197 Notices of the Siamese. charges them in particular to guard well the gate confided to them, and to give notice of the approach of enemies, or rebels to take the city. Instantly the ropes are cut, and these victims of superstition are crushed by the load that falls on their heads; the people think that they are transformed into the genii called phi. Private individuals sometimes commit this horrible homicide on their slaves in order to make them guardians of treasure which they have concealed. It was only five years ago, that this ceremony, wor- thy of cannibals, took place at Bangkok. Among the three persons seized, was the son of a rich Chinese merchant, whose father offer- ed a large sum to save his son, but all in vain; the decree was irre- vocable. Yet these same men who dare not kill an insect, have no scruples to commit this crime, which they think will insure peace and prosperity to the country. Divine Providence protected the Christians on this occasion in a signal manner. A prince of the blood, who was called into the council, privately informed them of what was to take place, so that they might not pass the gate for some time, or at least not look behind them at all. Fishing and navigation are the most ordinary occupations of the people of Bangkok, but they have no notions of nautical science; if they have not a fair wind, and the shore in view, they lose their way They are consequently an entire year in making a voyage of two months, and although they go in the fair monsoon, they have fre- quent shipwrecks. It is owing in a high degree to the poor con- struction of the vessels, which are mere Chinese junks, , and are not able to hold their way in a contrary wind. These vessels are cres- cerit shaped; they have three mat sails without yards, rattan cables and wooden anchors, and I think they have no extra suit of sails; sometime since they began to construct vessels on the European mo- del, but their want of nautical skill still renders their navigation ansafe. If, however, they do not consult a chart at sea, they never fail frequently to consult the Evil one; they trace on the masts and the rudder superstitious characters.* When I was voyaging with them, I expressed my disapprobation of this, but they only laughed at me. It is now pretty generally known that through the enterprise of Chau-fa, the younger son of the late king, together with a son of the minister of foreign affairs, several ships have been constructed after European models, the principles of navigation have been studied by the above named person and taught to other Siamese in their service, and reduced tu practice by taking these ships to China, and the Straits under the guidance of Siamese navigators. In this respect the Siamese are deserving all praise, and are consequently much in advance of sur. rounding nations, and of theinselves too in other respects. * 198 APRIL Notices of the Siamese. The Chinese are, if anything, still more superstitious; they have an idol on board, which they adore many times a day, and make offerings to. They tremble at everything, and always fly to their god for help. One of our associates on board a junk once threw something into the water which was in his way, and it did not fail to put the whole vessel into confusion. Some pretended that it augured badly, and they thereupon inquired of their idol what he thought of it; but our good God permitted an ambiguous response which nobody could comprehend, and the tumult gradually subsided. But he ran no little risk of being pitched overboard, if the answer had been unfavorable. Besides the image, there is a large serpent on board; and they suppose that shipwreck will surely follow its escape. Many of the Asiatics have a great veneration for the ser- pent; you would say that the devil loved to be adored in that shape in which he seduced the first woman. The sciences are no more flourishing in Siam than the arts. The doctors just know how to read and write; they have no idea of phy- sics or of astronomy, as you will infer from what I have said, when speaking of their mythology. I do not know that they even make an almanac, and have heard it said that they seek the aid of the Chinese, who are much better astronomers. They have a more com- pendious method than we have of discovering the secrets of nature, and of explaining phenomena; for when anything perplexes them, they only say pen-p'ra-pen-p'i, i. e. It is a god! It is a demon.' If they see a barometer denoting fair weather or foul, they exclaim, " There is a devil inside.' Mathematics are absolutely unknown; although they have some knowledge of arithmetic, and express quantities by the aid of figures. Their system of numeration is decimal; as it is among all the Asia- tics. They proceed in the same manner as we do in the multipli- cation of units as far as ten millions, but they have no term to ex- press any higher number. They are no more versed in geography than in the other sciences, and suppose that all the cities they hear of, are so many kingdoms. I have been asked seriously if the Caf- fres were not originally from France. None of the Siamese, not even the talapoins, ever occupy them- selves in literature or history. The only work of this kind is the annals of the kingdom, which are said to be exact, and are under the charge of an officer who will not let every body look at them, especially when he is in bad humor. According to an ancient cus. tom, the king is required to read them when he is at leisure. Al- 1 1 | 1 1844. 199 Notices of the Siamese. most all the Siamese meddle with medicine, but hardly one of them studies it; no degrees are required, no exaininations are to be undergone; it is enough in order to practice, to be furnished with a few siinples and some recipes. The first and often the only remedy which these doctors direct for their patients is the bath. Are you cold or hot, have you a chill or a fever, they direct you to bathe, and experience proves that they are right. On the other hand, it is always dangerous, and sometimes causes death to treat their disease, after the principles of European practice, as I have myself seen. The regimen the doctors direct their patients to follow is not less singular than their treatment; they make the patient eat till he ac- tually suffers, and force him to it if he refuses ; and it is this in fact that saves him. A patient with a fever who refuses to take anything more solid than broth, is cured with difficulty. In Europe they give eggs, rice, &c., to invalids, but in Siam such aliments would aggra- vate the evil; they make the patient eat fresh pork, salt meat, dried fish, &c.* Siamese doctors rarely feel the pulse, in which they are very unlike the Chinese doctors, who spend half an hour in examin- ing it. Surgery is almost unknown. The sick here frequently solace themselves with making most lamentable cries. The Siamese bathe often in health, throwing the water over their heads while standing in the water, to make as they say the heat go out of the body. They like fire no less than water; kindling fires everywhere, and throwing the coals about one side and another in their houses. This imprudence is the cause of frequent fires; there were eleven last year,-one of which consumed 1500 houses. When these calamities happen, the tumult and disorder are extreme; groans and confused cries are heard from all parts of the immense crowd; some are flying with what they have been able to save from the flames, and others are running to plunder what they can. Some are crushed or smothered under the ruins, and many perish the victims of imprudence or avarice. The aged and children run the greatest danger; for in these calamities each one thinks only of himself, every sentiment of pity or help to others is extinguished. If the conflagration threatens the entire city, the king, princes, and There is no doubt but that disease in Siam as in other tropical climates, requires a modified course of treatment in which foreigners have much to learn from the natives, hut that analogy is so far lost as to sanction the course here allud. ed to no one can for a moment admit. Though we are not aware that the Siamese are now in the habit of treating their patients as above mentioned, yet the practice universally prevalent among them of roasting the mother before a hot fire, fur two or three wecks after child birth, is not less barbarous. 200 APRIL, Notices of the Siamesc. * authorities go in person to give orders. Elephants are brought to assist, which with prodigious force overthrow the houses not yet kindled, and scatter the fragments. Thus they arrest the conflagration by removing the material. I must not omit to inform you that the houses of the Christians are the only ones which the fire spares; and this providential protection of Christians is from time immemorial. The infidels, enraged at it, and transported with a diabolical jealousy, have often attempted to set their houses on fire, but they have been hindered, or the flames have never made progress. When the Siamese salute one another, they join the hands, rais- ing them before the face, or above the head. They sit or lie on the ground according to the quality of the person they address; if oblig- ed to change their places they walk with a profound inclination, or drag themselves on their hands and knees. When before royalty, or a high prince, they prostrate themselves on their elbows and knees, which becomes a painful position when the audience is pro- longed. Whatever situation a man takes, he is always anxious to be below his superiors. In addressing an equal, they say t'an, sir, and speak of themselves as k'a, i. e. a servant. If they address a supe- rior, they give him the title of chank'a, my lord; if he be very elevated, they call him k'orap, i. e. worthy to receive my homage : in these cases, they call themselves by the humiliating term of dican, a diminutive of dierexan, meaning an animal. In an audience with the sovereign, they designate him by the word toUn-xramong, that is, placed upon my head; if the subject speaks of himself, he says pom- cheveu or touli-p'rabat, meaning the dust of your divine feet. If the people speak of the king among themselves they give him titles which would not please even a king of France; as k oun-loang, the nourisher of talapoins, chauxivith, the master of life, chau-p'eendin, the master of the earth, chau-muang, master of the kingdom, the In books he is called pra-ong, the divine person or god. To reign, in Siamese is savenirat, which is literally, to eat the people; they also say saverinaja-sombat, to enjoy, or dispense riches. It is not said of such and such an officer that he is governor of such city, but that he eats the city, which has often more truth than city, &c. poetry in it. * The Catholics live a little removed from the business and densely populat. ed portions of the city, and generally keep a herd of swine under the house, and in the compound; hence the mud and filth may render their dwellings less com. bustible than those of the other inhabitants. 1844. 201 Notices of the Siamese. The Siamese always speak in the third person, both when they address one, and when they speak of themselves. When they answer affirmatively (it is rare that they say no), they simply repeat the ho- norary title of the person who interrogates them. Thus, “ Have you done such a thing? "My lord,” is the reply. They have personal pronouns, but rarely use them. Kou, which answers to I or me, denotes pride or anger in the one who employs it; to say, meung, thou or you, is very offensive; and to employ the word man, him, is little less than shameful. The king speaking of himself, says k'a, your servant. A man is addressed by his title, but nang, which answers to madam, is the general designation for women; after the age of 30, a female is termed t'achei, or old lady. Magistrates and other persons of dignity, place themselves in an elevated position removed from their inferiors, with something to rest on, and sitting or reclining as they please. The most dignified posture consists in putting the right leg on the left knee, and hold- ing the foot in the hand. When the king gives audience, he is placed on a high gilded alcove, and his attendants prostrate them- selves before him on the rich carpet. If presents are made to the king, they are laid out before the person who offers them. The au- dience-chamber is square, and very large, painted red with designs in gold; there are no seats in it, and no furniture but rich crystal ware, and fine chandeliers. It is said that a European embassador, who was admitted to an audience, and surprised to find no seats, as he had been forbidden to stand, laid himself down full length before the king, who vexed to see another take such a noble posture, had a seat quickly brought. The great have hardly three questions to put a stranger on his first visit, which are always unimportant and sometimes ridiculous. First of all they ask your age. Those of less elevated rank have no questions more intellectual. Some, after inquiring my age, have overwhelmed me with questions such as these, Are you a god? Are you rich? How many times do you eat a day? Pray, preach to us in your own language. The Cochinchinese salutation is similar to that of the Chinese, putting the hands together by the fingers, letting them fall to the knees, inclining, and then rising and carrying the hand to the head; this ceremony is done twice. In Siam, when the king dismisses his officers, they join hands and drop the head to the ground three times; etiquette requires that each one should have a white cloth before him. In Burmah, when grandees leave an au- dience, they join their hands behind their backs till they are out of the chamber. 26 VOL. XIII. NO. IV 202 APRIL Notices of the Siamese. a They take their meals at 7 A. M. and 5 or 6 P. M. At noon some among the quality have a tiffin. Having no tables or seats, the meal is laid out on a mat or carpet. Before serving the food, they put the plates in large brass covered vessels of a conical form. The meat is cut in small pieces, and placed on small earthenware or porcelain saucers. They have neither spoons, forks, nor knives, and except a small pearl spoon which is put into the plate, the fingers must serve for the rest ; and on more than one occasion, their nails are used as knife, toothpick and earpick. They like their dishes well spiced; fresh pork, fish, fruits, confectionary, and poultry are the ordinary viands of the rich; the poor content themselves with a bowl of bad rice and dry fish. They are sometimes obliged to take up with kind of earth which they fry. Their beverages are water and tea. The lower classes frequently use arrack to excess, which they distil from rice. The king and princes, have a horror of all who drink arrack, and an officer suspected of indulging in it would be dis- graced.* At a meal to drink all round out of the vessel containing the gravy is Siamese politeness. The king is distinguished from his subjects by his rich equipage. No one can enter the kitchen of the palace when the food is being prepared ; and a confidential officer seals the plates, and accompanies them to the dining-room. The king alone can break the seal, but before eating the officer must taste the dishes ere his majesty will touch them. The hour of repast is a sacred time for the Siamese. Even if a master of a slave has pressing need of him, he will wait until he is through, or he calls some one else; the king himself respects this custom. I have at no time been able to persuade my clerk to interrupt his repast. If he is at table when I require his aid, even to give the sacrament to a person dying, I must ask some one else, for he always sends the laconic reply, “I am eating.” Though the Siamese are not difficult in respect to their diet, they are yet choice of their food in comparison with the Chinese or Co- chinchinese. joiUntil within a few years opium was unknown in Siam and the peighboring countries; it is now a staple article of commerce. It is Suspen Years years ago it was a rare thing to see a Siamese intoxicated, but so feátſub tias been the growth of intemperance, that in 1832, a Chinese paid to the Sameinis ” ardent spirits city of Bangkok for one year forty-five peculs of silver, or $96,000. 1. Thiše is bxcluisive of the expense of material, and the labor in the manufactyre na neben dieser ailed to the people for less than sixpence a pint. From It is now no uincoin. inbål thing ALV SUÈS HL Sialwce, won the nobles and the priesthoud, intoxicated. 1844. 203 Notices of the Siamese. smoked like tobacco, and is made use of by all. I doubt whether in sea-port places, an individual in moderate circumstances could be found, who does not take it.* Government has indeed proscribed it, but the force of habit prevails over the fear of punishment. Its evil effects are seen every day, yet the victims would rather die than be deprived of it. The Christians have not yet contracted this bad habit, but it is widely spread among unbelievers, and is a new ob- stacle in the way of their conversion. No missionary gives baptism to a catechumen unless he renounces the use of opium ; and though the sacrifice be painful, many have submitted to it. It is considered highly meritorious with the Siamese to have a large belly and to eat to excess; if a man of this character passes by, you will hear the Siamese exclaim, Ah, there goes a worthy man.” The king himself supposed that he could give no more convinc- ing proof of the excellence of the queen mother than by relating the quantity of fruits which she ate at her dinner. They seem to esti- mate an individual merely by his weight, or the height of his person. The people of Siam partake of this prejudice, and even apply it to other objects than men. Thus when they hear you say, such a pic- ture or statue is a master-piece, they will reply in good humor, Very great, is it not ?" If to all advantages, is added a square form, a large and flat face, hardly exhibiting a nose, the eyes small close and oblique, the teeth black, nails three inches in length, an individual of this character in the opinion of the Chinese, unites in his person the height of perfection, and is a paragon of beauty. The Burmans tattoo their bodies; they say that this gives a man a mar- tial appearance. But if these practices and prejudices are displeasing to us, we should remember that there are some things in Europeans which seem equally extravagant to Asiatics. For example, they despise Europeans for having a high nose, light hair, white teeth, cheeks of mingled white and red, and eyes for the most part blue. Nor do they hesitate to maniſest their disdain. They are surprised that Europeans cut their nails, but their blue eyes are particularly the object of their aversion. They have a dread of all animals that have eyes approaching to blue. A robber once took a horse from a Christian, but returned it early in the morning, as soon as he We could not adopt the statement. “I do not know a person in these parts who does not take it." It would be a large estimate to suppose that there was ever a time when one fourth of the population used opium, and the stringent measures adopted by his inajesty during the last few years have greatly lessened the number of that proportion. * 204 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. perceived that his eyes had something of the European in them. Though I arrived here at 11 o'clock at night, the pupils of the seminary who came to visit me, soon discovered that I had blue eyes. This afforded them no pleasure. They hastened to rejoin their comrades and announce to them the unwelcome news. Our costume, manner of sitting and eating, and the habit of promenading, create much merriment at our expense. But to see European ladies sit at table, go out to valk, ur mount a horse, particularly excites their indignation. “What,” say they, “can a civilized nation tole- rate such an abuse? Can a man so disgrace himself as to permit his wife to sit at table with him?" When a Siamese dies, the relatives place the body in a coffin; it is not taken out through the door, but through a hole which they make in the wall for this purpose. They fear that without this pre- caution, the dead will remember the road, and return during the night and do harm. On arriving at the funeral pile, the relatives uncover the coffin and put the body in the hands of the one whose office it is to burn it, adding a piece of money to be put into the mouth of the deceased. The sampareu as he is called, washes his face with the juice of the cocoa nut. If the deceased has ordered his body to be eaten by the ravens and vultures, the flesh is cut up and given to these obscene birds, which are always present, and have thus obtained the rank of angels.* After this disgusting operation, the fleshless skeleton is thrown into the flames ; sometimes the nerves being contracted by the heat, the corpse is forced off the pile. It is a frightful spectacle to behold the convulsions of the corpse; the mouth is horribly distorted, the eyes are forced from their sockets, the grease runs down in abundance, and causes an in- supportable stench. The relatives present are in mcurning, dress- ed in white, and having the head shaved. When the king dies, his face is covered with a golden mask; 'and several thousand talapoins come successively and pray over the body. Sometime previous to the funeral, the new king has public plays, and distributes money to the poor people for the repose of his soul. Instead of distributing this individually, small orders pay- able sight, or money covered up in fruits, are thrown among the crowd, at which time many are trampled under foot. The body is placed on a magnificent bed, and the bed on a gilded bier; guards * The Siamese are in the habit of burning their dead, and the place selected for this purpose is near the wats ; but the case here related where “the flesh was cut from the body and given to the vultures," must have been an uncommon onc. 1844. 205 Notices of the Siamese. stand around, bearing the figures of elephants, tigers, and giants. The chief of the talapoins is master of the ceremony; he is mounted on a gilded car preceding that of the king. These two cars are drawn by men. A prince of the royal family leads the funeral train, and carries a vessel of rice, which he scatters on each side of the road. The king, prince, and officers of state form the procession; the women of the palace, to the number of several thousand follow, striv- ing to exhibit sorrrow they do not feel by sobbing and crying, and forcing their tears by means of a drug. They recount in the most glowing colors the fine actions of the prince, his justice, sweet- ness, and the mildness of his administration. The new king lights the funeral pile, not with ordinary fire, but with that produced from ignited powder, which they regard as more precious. If the flame ascends straight the king is in heaven, but if it waves, it is a bad sign; they take care therefore to choose a calm day. The bones not entirely consumed, are collected and reduced to powder, which are made into paste and formed into small statues and placed in a temple designed for this purpose. The king visits them often, and honors them as gods. Private persons are free to make statues of their friends, but they cannot place them in the temples. At the death of a king, all his subjects male and female, must shave their heads and put on mourning; when the queen dies, only the women and officers of her household are required to do it. The Siamese have two years, one civil, and the other used only by the talapoins. They are now (1829) in the 12th century of the vul- gar era, that is, 1191. They have also a cycle of 12 years, derived from the Chinese, called rop, or revolution, each of which bears the name of one of the constellations of the Zodiac, as follows: 1st, the year of the rat; 2d, cow; 3d, tiger ; 4th, hare; 5th, great serpent; 6:h, little serpent; 7th, horse ; 8th, the goat; 9th, monkey; 10th, len; 11th, dog; and 12th, hog. They have also two different years, the religious, which commences with the new moon in December, and the civil, which begins near the full moon in the 1st of April. Our year 1828 corresponds to the year of the hog. The year of the Siamese consists of twelve months. The first two have par- ticular names, but the others are reckoned by their numbers, as third, fourth, &c. Thus, if you ask a man when he was born, he replies, 'In the fifth month of the year of the hen.' Every third year has thirteen months, when they reckon the eighth month, or our July twice. They have weeks like ourselves; Sunday is the first day of their week; they call it the day of the sun, and Monday 206 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. Each mong the day of the moon. The other days bear the names of certain stars, which I suspect to be planets; in which case the days of their week would be like those of the ancient Romans. The natural day is divided into eight equal portions of three hours each called jam; the jam of the artificial day are divided into three mong, or three of our hours; the hours of the night are called t'oum. and toum contain three malica, each malica is divided into eight bat, and a bat into thirteen naté, which is the smallest division of time; 384 nat é equal one of our hours. As the Siamese are very superstitious, and addicted to judicial astrology, they say that these names enable them to decide in what year or month, or day of the month or week, it is best to undertake a voyage. They also pre- tend to decide upon the fortune of a child, if for instance he is born in such a year, as in the year of the tiger, or what disposition he will have if he is born in the year of the hare. They also draw omens from birds and animals. A trivial accident frequently over- throws all their plans. The 1st, 8th, 15th, and 220 days of the moon are holydays, for among the Siamese, as in the case of many other idolatrous nations, the moon is the principal object of their superstition; they call them days of the Lord, and all manner of work in them is expressly forbidden. Neither flesh nor fish are to be had in the bazar on these days. Those who infringe upon these regulations are fined and beaten.* The court put on white. Still there is a place where food may be had, provided it be only for the talapoins. On the 1st and 15th of the month, there is preaching at the court and wherever else the talapoins are invited. In the evening, they shave their heads and eyebrows. The first three days of the month of April are solemn occasions for the devout Siamese. Upon that day, Lucifer opens all the gates of the abyss, and the souls go out and feast in the bosom of their families, where they are splendidly enter- tained; on one of these three days a talapoin goes to the palace to preach to the king, and at the close of the discourse cannons are fired in all parts of the city to drive away the devil, or to kill him if he resist. On the first day, a temporary king is appointed, called paja-p'olla-t'ep, who for three days enjoys all the prerogatives of royalty, (the true king remaining in his palace,)t and has a guard of This account would lead one to suppose the Siamese to be more strict ob. servers of their Sundays than the facts will warrant. It would be difficult to discover less business on that day than any other, though perhaps it is true that there may be more of drunkenness and dissipation. This must be taken with many important limitations. 1844, 207 Notices of the Siamese. honor composed of all the galley-slaves in the kingdom; when he goes out, a flag precedes him, and the sound of instruments accom- panies him; all that he meets on the way belongs to him, all goods that are found exposed in the bazar or shops are appropriated to his use, and all the vessels that enter port during these three days are sold for his benefit. On the first day he repairs to a field situated near a pagoda, where he draws some furrows with a gilded plough; and then goes and leans against the trunk of a tree, placing his right foot upon his left knee, and resting upon the other foot. From this circumstance he has derived the name of the one-legged prince. While he remains in this dignified and convenient posture, one of his officers sows some rice, beans and peas. After this, three cows are let loose in the field which has been sowed, and the kind that one of them first eats, will probably be very dear during the current year. This is a sufficient intimation to the public, and each man takes his precautions. At the commencement of the month of July, the prince sends lotus flowers in great pomp to the talapoins, and small packets of wood for their teeth and gums. On the 15th of July, lent begins, when the talapoins have perfect liberty, and are guilty of the great- est excesses in eating and in every species of crime. On the 15th of November, the passover of the talapoins occurs, which is called in their language passa, and lasts about six weeks. It is in this interval that the king and court go in great magnifi- cence to the temples to salute the talapoins and give them new robes. The people celebrate this season with all manner of excesses. The government of Siam is monarchical and feudal. In the capi- tal and environs, all is under the immediate control of the king, but in the provinces everything is done in the name of the several go- vernors, in whose families the distinction is hereditary. The crown is hereditary, but the eldest son does not succeed by right; the king chooses his successor. This mode of election is often the cause of trouble in the palace, as each wife of the prince is desirous of being queen mother; hence intrigues and parties are formed, especially when the king dies without naming his successor, although they do not apparently produce any disorders in the country. If the empire experiences revolutions, it is from the discontent of the people, the revolt of governors, or foreign invasion. I know not what the state of the country was fifty years ago, but since that epoch, and especi- ally since the death of the unfortunate Constance, so cruelly slain by those whom he had loaded with benefits, and who was not as re- 208 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. presented by some French historians an ambitious adventurer, there have been numerous revolutions. In less than forty years there have been three different dynasties. It is only the Christians who have shown an unwavering fidelity to their legitimate sovereign. In the midst of all the agitations there has not been one who has taken part in the rebellions. Though persecuted by these same princes they have been invariably their last resource. When a prince is declared king, he makes the tour of the walls of the capital in all the apparel of royalty. He is borne on a kind of litter in the form of a bed, and in passing throws large quantities of small pieces of silver among the crowd. When the king goes out, which is rare, he is attended by an officer with a rod in his hands who goes before him to disperse the populace; for it is death to ap- proach the king without permission. One must keep a great distance and prostrate himself on the ground; and also beware of choosing an elevated position, or he risks his life even though he be lying on his face. On one occasion, a sentinel stationed on the walls had not time to descend when his majesty was passing, and was on the point of being put to death; but the king who is naturally mild pardoned him. One will meet with a poor reception in Siam, if he is in haste to meet the king with acclamation; on the contrary, the people know well the etiquette of the court, and fly whenever they hear the signal of his majesty's approach. The children of the king who have attained the age of 13 or 14 years are not permitted to remain in the palace, but are kept in a separate house at a great distance; at all audiences and state ceremonies, they are also kept apart. The palace consists of several plain buildings surrounded with a triple wall. The care of the gates and external inclosure is con- fided to men, and that of the interior to a guard of women, number- ing about 4000. They have a general and subordinate officers. Those who have only the rank of an ordinary soldier mount guard at the principal door armed with a stick like a musket. These women are not reckoned among the wives of the king. They re- ceive their pay and rations in the same manner as the soldiers in Europe. In the third inclosure, which is committed to the female guard, is a remarkable garden, very large, and containing in minia- ture a representation of the world at large, woods, mountains, cul- tivated fields, a sea with islands, vessels of war, and merchantmen of every nation, barks, a city, a village, a bazar, a market held by the ladies of the palace, a fortress with cannon, religious temples, mani- 1844. 209 Notices of the Siamese. kins representing all the different nations of the earth, in their costumes, all quadrupeds and birds, and all the rare trees and plants they can produce. They call it Suam-ut' ajam, i. e. Garden of Delights, or terrestrial paradise; it is on the model of that of Peking. As there are persons inclosed here who have never seen the world, and never will see it, they hue thus an imperfect notion of it.* It is illuminated at night by an infinite number of lamps. The ladies of the harem retire to the garden, and amuse themselves there if they please, till the morning. I obtained these details from our Chris- tians, whom the king has called to work in the garden. When any passes before the pavilion which is in front of the palace, all the rowers must sit down, and everybody must lower their parasol; there are archers stationed to watch persons who fail to do this. The king eats and walks at the sound of instruments, cymbals, gongs, &c. The distinctive marks of royal dignity are three, viz., the manner of striking the gong called chong-keck, a parasol of cloth of gold, and an ivory armed chair. The princes of the blood have a silk parasol, of a white, green, or red color, as they please. Their chair is like that of the king, but has no gilding about it, and is smaller. Grandees of the first order called chau-p' aja, have a red parasol, but not silk; their chair has no arms. Those of the lowest rank have neither parasol nor chair. The king gives to the princes a box containing five gold jars, to hold severally water, arrack, betel, lime, and tobacco for smoking. The governors receive a box, but the jars are gilded. The dignitaries called p'ra have the box with jars of silver ; while inferior officers ordinarily receive no distinctive mark. An officer, or any other person of rank, never goes out with- out an escort; among his attendants, one always carries a parasol, another a box of betel, a third his segar, a fourth a lighted match, and sometimes a fifth with a spittoon. After the king, the vaugna or vizier is the first person in the kingdom, and in the absence of the former is commander-in-chief of all the army; he has a palace and a private court, and even takes the title of second king. The vauglang is next to him; these two offices are not hereditary. The chau-p'aja have also much power; several are hereditary governors, and have the right of laying im- posts in their respective provinces without being obliged to render It must be but a poor idea of the world, which any one can gather from a representation of this kind made by a people who know nothing of countries and men, beyond their immediate neighborhood. After an examination of a world like this in miniature, one can easily irnagine that it may bear a greater resem, blance to its prototype in Peking than to the world. 27 1 * VOL. XIII. NO. IV. 210 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. an account to the king ;, they are also chief justices, have a claim of vassalage, and furnish troops in case of war; they may, in short, be regarded as feudal chiefs under the crown. They are liable to be disgraced, or even condemned to death for rebellior. When the ceremony of crowning the king occurs, every road by which he is to pass is lined on both sides with an immense number of small richly ornamented altars, containing vases of flowers, pic- tures, and incense-pots in which perfumes are continually burning; the Chinese officers have the charge of them. The corps of archers opens the procession in full uniform; each one armed only with a wand, and their commander borne on a kind of litter. Four high officers in long robes succeed them on horses, carrying a bow slung across the backs, with bannerets of different colors. The army fol, lows in two ranks; each regiment distinguished by its own uniform, and carrying muskets and bayonets; the artillery bring up the rear. The chiefs are in the middle between the ranks; two Christian officers in European costume each carrying a standard of great dimensions, are mounted on horseback. The commander-in-chief or mehtap wears on this occasion only a turban, several ells in length; his head looks as large as a barrel; the turban is white, and orna- mented with gold lace. The king follows him; and all who are in sight prostrate themselves before him as he passes, the musicians stationed by the altars striking up their symphonies. The king seated on a costly throne; over it is a magnificent canopy sustained by four columns, and one goes before continually fanning him. Two other officers carry the gilt parasols; all who accompany him are dressed in long robes. The king only wears a langouti and a rich gold belt, and a broad brimmed hat of black felt, surmounted by a plume, and ornamented with gold lace and tassels; he has on one side a large cimiter, and on the other a gold vase filled with small pieces of silver, which he and a prince following him both scatter among the crowd; men are constantly at hand with sacks of money, to replenish their empty vases. This profusion, great as it is, is small compared with the number of bills thrown to the crowd, some representing the value of a horse, others of an elephant, a horse, a vessel, &c.; whoever gets one of them has only to present it to the treasurer, and he will receive its full value. Four persons follow the king on horseback, with plumes in their chapeaux. All the other princes of the royal families, to the number of eighty, bring up the rear of the cavalcade, each one accompanied by his own houschold officers, one to hold the bridle, 1844, 211 Notices of the Siamese. and a another to carry the sword, another the parasol, and another the betel, arrack, lime, tobacco, fire, &c., which the Siamese constantly re- quire. During the time the procession is absent, the vaugna remains in the palace, guarding it, sword in hand. When a prince is raised to the dignity of vaugna, he leaves the mansion which he has occupied, to take possession of the palace reserved for those who enjoy this dignity. But on going to the city, he finds the gate shut, and is obliged to ungird his sword and scale the wall before he and his cortege can enter the house designed for him. When a prince of the royal family attains to the age of 13 or 14 years, he is removed from the palace, puts on a new dress, talapoin cuts his hair. On this occasion men of the highest rank and intelligence among the four nations in Siam come to the court in the costume of their respective countries. A kind of mountain with a pathway to the top is made, where a tent is erected, and a little below it the figure of one or two elephants, which furnish water, that falls into a basin at the base of this artificial mountain. When all is ready, the civil and military officers place themselves in two files, and the procession in this order leaves the palace. The prince, who is the object of the ceremony, is seated on a chair which is borne upon the shoulders of the officers; he has on his head a high bonnet, not peaked, and slippers on his feet, and gold bracelets on his arm; a kind of rattle is shaken before him to signify that he is yet in his infancy; they also play on the flute, tamborine, and trumpet. The princess who is to be his future wife, goes before with her hands joined, holding a plume of peacock's feathers. When the cortége returns to the palace, the prince prostrates himself before his father, and the king takes him by the hand and leads him into the temple, where the ashes of their ancestors are deposited ; when he adores them. This ceremony is repeated for three conse- cutive days; on the fourth day, the talapoins cut his hair in the an- cestral temple, and he receives a white dress instead of the red one he wore during the ceremony. The same day he goes to the artifi- cial mountain, accompanied by a great retinue, where he washes his hands in the basin, and then ascends with three or four lords to the top of the mountain, into the pavilion, where he is supposed to go through with some superstitious ceremony. There is some re- semblance between this Siamese ceremony and that of the ancient Romans, when their young men took the toga virilis. According to the custom of the court, the king has a conjurer, 212 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. whom he consults on the success of war, the results of a battle, and other questions, which often cause much trouble to the poor man; for when what he predicts turns out true, he is amply rewarded ; but when his prophecies fail, he is flogged and exposed to the burning sun, to make him more circumspect in future. Sometimes he him- self fulfills his own predictions, as when on one occasion he an- nounced that a Christian village would be burnt on such a day, and sent a person to set fire to the place, who was apprehended and revealed the whole collusion, and the diviner was severely flogged. Yet he did not the less enjoy the confidence of the king. Accord- ing to an ancient custom the king has treasure which he must not touch but in emergencies; the successor adds to what his predeces- sor has amassed. It is said that the present king is very rich. In this country, the rights of man are not the same as in Europe. War is made as it was among the ancient Assyrians, destroying cities, devasting the country, and leading the inhabitants into capti- vity. In the suburbs of Bangkok, are villages of Burmans, Peguans, Laos, Malays, &c. These devastations are as fatal to the conquerors as to the vanquished. In the course of a single campaign last year, of only six months, the number who died from famine, fatigue and disease was immense. The military profession is hereditary, and a man is a soldier as long as he lives; the different regiments are distinguished by the color of their uniform.* The chiefs have a short silken robe worked with gold; the Christians wear European dresses, and are engineers, medical officers, or artillery-men. The Siamese cannot be said to be wanting in courage, but they are ignorant of the art of war. When the time for departure arrives, the army embark in small boats and place themselves in the middle of the river; the talapoins consult the omens, praying to the devil, first raising, one foot and then another, and making a thousand antics. One of them mounts an elevated seat, and performs a lustration, but the Christian soldiers hold a card before their faces to keep off the infernal water, to which the king says nothing. They now make a mannikin of the rebellious prince they are going to fight, instead of as formerly tak- ing a criminal condemned to death. The head is cut off as an augury; if it fall at the first blow, the presage is favorable, but con- trarywise if more strokes be needed. This ceremony being finished, The only uniform we have even seen worn by the Siamcse soldiers, is a red band about the head, having as their only dress a waist cloth in common with the rest of the people. 1844. 213 Notices of the Siamese. enemy. These the general fiercely brandishes his sword, and the army marches off at the sound of music. Although the Siamese often observe omens, they do so still more in time of war. The flight of a bird, or the cry of an animal causes them to quake; and the gambols of a monkey running into their ranks terrifies them more than the hosts of the super- stitions often result disastrously. If a boat cross the river before that containing the general, it forbodes some terrible evil, and they put to death all in the boat to avert the calamity. To prevent such accidents, the army is always preceded by criers who give notice to all boats to range themselves along the banks; but in spite of these precautions it is seldom that some bad luck does not happen. When the army leaves the river, they put the munitions of war upon elephants. The different battalions march under their banners with little order. These flags are red, interspersed with devices in other colors. The national flag is a white elephant, and it is by raising or depressing it in a different manner that the general makes known his orders. It is said they fight by platoons, concealing themselves behind trees and branches that they may attack the enemy to more advantage. When the elephants are well disciplined, they cause more carnage than several soldiers, fighting with their trunk and feet; it is difficult to wound them with fire-arms. The Siamese have some good laws, but others are far from being perfect; the bad ones would nevertheless be tolerable, were they well administered. When two parties appear before a judge to plead their case, he thrusts them both into prison, in order that if the accused have not the means, the accuser may pay the expense ; an affair is often protracted a long time to extort money from both par- ties. It is in vain to appeal to the king, for the magistrate is always right, and the sufferer knows it too well to incur new trials. Money is an infallible means of evading the laws. By means of it criminals can get their punishment reduced almost to nothing Cus- tom, which has the force of law, permits lenders to exact 30 per cent. interest, but they often get 60 and even 80 per cent. If at the expiration of the term the debtor cannot pay the debt, he becomes the creditor's slave, or in default his wife and children are seized. It should be said to the praise of the present king, that he lends money to his subjects without interest, but the great lords are not so gene- rous. If a master strike his slave with the instrument with which they stir rice, or with a chopstick, he is free, and the master loses his property; but if he strike him with a stick of wood the slave must 214 APRIL, Notices of the Siamese. not complain; this is a curious prejudice. The law permits parents who have sold a daughter in marriage to keep her as a domestic during the whole time which a tree planted before the cabin on the wedding-day, remains upright; the newly married pair take care to choose a tree that easily rots; custom has fixed the term at three years. In virtue of this singular contract, the wife becomes at once the slave of her husband and the servant of her parents; this abuse does not exist among the Christians.* The right of asylum exists in Siam. Our churches and their inclosures also enjoy this right; the king under no pretext can attack this privilege. A criminal who reaches a pagoda cannot be drawn away by force; the king can only desire the talapoins to remove him, but if he takes the priestly robe, it is rare that he is given up; this will suffice to give you an idea of the holiness of the priests. Since I have been here, I have often heard of the crimes of these pretended gods; it is only fifteen days since one of them assassinated a man who reproved him for his bad conduct; though convicted he has not yet been punished.; and at this moment there are sixty in- dicted for various crimes. The penal code is not severe; the king hesitates in passing sen- tence of death, lest he commits a sin; but torture is sometimes used. There are some frightful punishments unknown to Europeans, which are reserved for great criminals, but I doubt whether they are em- ployed once in a century. A private individual is decapitated; a great lord is beaten, and then sewed up in a bag and thrown into the river. Next to capital punishment, in the disgrace attached to it, is to be made to feed elephants. The wretches are obliged to go every day and gather a certain quantity of herbs, and when notwithstand- ing their search and fatigue they cannot fulfill their task, they are cruelly beaten. They cannot make up the deficiency, nor can any one aid them, nor can they buy the herbs with their own money. They are branded in the forehead, and their punishment is for life; branding is a common punishment for all suspected criminals. Slaves brought from a distance cannot be redeemed, and must have their master's names marked on their arms. Every Chinese in Siam must wear a certain cord around the arm to prove that he has paid the king a kind of poll-tax required of them all. The Catholics give a wife to such of the Chinese as will profess the Ca. tholic faith. By this inducement many are added to their number. † The Chinese instead of laboring upon the public works pay triennially a poll-tax of $3, and for a few weeks, during the time of collecting this tax, each man as le pays his nioncy takes a rcccipt and has a cord tied aroumd his wrist, and sealed by the government officers to secure him against paying the tax again 1844. 215 Notices of the Siamesc. A criminal condemned to death is obliged to go three times around the city walls, and informing the people that he (calling him- self by name), convicted of such a crime, is condemned to capital punishment.* Supplementary to the preceding notices of the Siamese, we here give a few paragraphs concerning the use of tobacco, opium, gun- cha or bang, and spirits among the people, extracted from a mission- ary circular recently received from Bangkok. “Nearly or quite every male subject of the kingdom is addicted to the use of tobacco, in some one or all its forms, beginning to smoke before they have been weaned from the breast; one may see the little ones puffing a cigar or chewing a cud of betel, siri-leaf, lime, and tobacco. If females do not often smoke, they generally chew it in the form of this compound; and they begin the practice about as early as the males do smoking. Thus this narcotic begins its baneful influence at the dawn of their rational being ; and like sin, grows with the growth and strengthens with the strength; their thoughts are in fact, narcotized more or less by it; formed wholly under its enfeebling influence, their minds are held fast to it as by a spell, and a man would almost as soon think of living without air, as without cigars. If they are deprived of them but for an hour, they become restless. “ The eating and smoking of opium, which was greatly checked a few years since, by the edict of his majesty against it, appears now to be fast reviving. Although the law still makes it contraband, and threatens all consumers of it with the confiscation of their goods and ignominious death, yet the law is not enforced as it once was. There appears to be a secret willingness on the part of officers, to allow opium to be smuggled into the country, at least, to an extent sufficient to satisfy the cravings of the many that are already addicted to its use. the same year. Sometimes this seal is broken off by accident, or on purpose by evil designing persons, who then take the unfortunate man before a magistrate by whom he is compelled to repay his tax and take a new certificate. * In the bishop's account of Siam we are pleasingly reminded of many things of which we have been an eye-witness, as well as informed of some things which were altogether new to us. On the whole these pages, though at times giving a wrong impression to the reader, are calculated to convey much infor- mation of a country and people little known, but who contain much to inter- est the commercial and religious world. The commerce is becoming a mono- poly with the officers of government. The port charges, amounting to about one thousand dollars on an ordinary vessel of four hundred tons, present a serious obstacle to the trade of European and American shipping, while the Siamese without this expense can take their produce with their own vessels to the free ports of Singapore and Hongkong. It is believed that a visit to Bangkok by an English or American man-of-war might very easily place the commerce of that country on a better footing, better for foreigners, better for the Siamese government, and surely better for the native inhabitants. It is to be hoped that among the representatives of foreign powers now in China, there may be those who will interest themselves in removing the existing evil in Siam, while by so doing the interests of their own country may be promoted. 216 APRIL Notices of the Siamese. “ Guncha, (Cannabis Indica) a plant possessing many of the properties of opium, is grown abundantly in Siam, and may be purchased very cheaply; so that those who are too poor to purchase opium, resort to this weed for their stimulant and opiate. Its effects upon the human constitution appear to be as bad as those of opium; its first effect is to produce great exhilira- tion, so as often to lead the ignorant to think the person is supernaturally aided; the inebriation is of the most cheerful kind in those who are natu- rally mild, but those who are naturally quarrelsome become furious. Its aphrodisiac powers are said to be very remarkable. The intoxication it produces lasts from three to four hours, and is followed by deep sleep. A prolonged use of it produces a wretched.nervousness, lung complaints, dropsy, melancholy, and madness. Since the check that was given to the use of opium about five years since, the people have taken to using this poison in great numbers, and are no doubt being ruined by it. “The practice of using intoxicating drink is increasing at a fearful rate. When Protestant missions were first established in Bangkok, about ten years since, it was a rare occurrence to see a man drunk, excepting among the Indo-Portuguese. The Siamese sacred books strongly condemn the use of all intoxicating drinks, and the people appeared to be then, remarkably abstemious in the use of them. But now the enemy has come in like a flood. There is not an hour of an afternoon, when one may not see many of the victims of intemperance in the highways and lanes, reeling, railing, swearing, quarreling, fighting, and insulting all they meet, with a shame- lessness and recklessness that cannot be named. Consequently crime, po- verty, and wretchedness of all kinds, have greatly increased among the people; the public appetite for spirit is strong, and the demand for some- thing that will intoxicate very great, so that the distilleries are increased, thirty or more being now in vigorous operation. The material from which their spirit is manufactured is chiefly molasses, which owing to the increase of the foreign sugar trade, has become very abundant, and for which the people have no other use than to mix with mortar, or convert into 'liquid death. But with all the facilities for manufacturing it, the distilleries do not supply the demand, and it is imported from China, Batavia, Singapore, and Europe. Besides this rum, the poorer classes make spirit from the pal- myra juice and from rice. An officer of government informed us not long since, that he could not prevent his slaves from getting drunk, that he had flogged them almost to death for it, but their appetite for the poison was so strong that they would convert their rice into spirit to intoxicate themselves. The manufacture and traffic in it is farmed out by government, the whole kingdom being divided into districts, which are leased annually to the highest bidders; the one including Bangkok and its suburbs is taken by one man, who pays annually about 160,000 ticals (96,000 dollars) , and it is this man's interest, of course, to do all he can to increase the consumption of spirit in his district. "The alarming evil of spirit drinking is attended by gambling, which is 1844. 217 Journal of Occurrences. also all farmed out by government, and is a source of much revenue to the treasury; but the system, however much it may fill the king's coffers, ope- rates to suck up the very vitals of the kingdom. The whole country is divided into districts, each of which is taken by the highest bidder, who are visually princes, noblemen and officers of government; each farm is sub- divided into numerous lots, which are leased to the best advantage, and all gambling out of the licensed places is promptly put down. Each master farmer has the privilege of settling the terms of every company and private license within his lot. But the Siamese in the course of every year have six or eight holydays, in which they can gamble free of duty, wherever they please; and during these days, it seems as if every man, woman, and child, was determined to make the utmost of the license. It therefore becomes each farmer's interest, to do all he can to increase the gambling business, and for each undertaker to excite all to visit his shops; and to this end, all. possible kinds of gambling are put into requisition from siinple playing with cowries, to immense lotteries. Consequently the people have become mad after it, and are neglecting all other business for this to such an extent, that the mercantile interests of the kingdom, which a few years since were pro- mising have run down greatly; and it is thought by our foreign resident merchants, that if there be not a speedy reformation from this and its asso- ciate vices, the country will soon be ruined." ART. II. Journal of Occurrences : ordinances of the government of Hongkong : to give judicial authority to H. M. consuls, to provide for the registration of deeds, wills, &c., and to pro- cure cleanliness and good order in Hongkong ; Canton Press. No. 2. of 1844.—February 28th, 1844. An Ordinance to give Judicial Authority to Her Majesty's Consuls within the dominions of the Emperor of China. By H. E. sir Henry Pottinger, bart., K. G. B., &c., &c. WHEREAS a certain ordinance was passed by his excellency the governor of Hongkong, and superintendent of the trade of her majesty's subjects in China with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong in the seventh year of the reign of her present majesty Queen Victoria, intituled an “ Ordinance to render her majesty's subjects within the dominions of the Emperor of China, or within any ship or vessel at a distance of not more than one hundred miles from the coast of China, subject in all matters to the law of England, and to extend the jurisdiction of the courts of justice at Hongkong over the same;" And whereas to carry the said recited ordinance into effect, it is expedient to invest her majesty's consuls in China with judicial authority : 1. Be it thcrefore enacted, by his excellency the governor of Hongkong and superintendent of the trade of her majesty's subjects in China with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong, that from and after the passing of this ordinance her majesty's consuls within the limits of the port in China where they may be officially resident, possess the same jurisdiction, power and authori. VOL. XIII. NO. IV. 218 APRIL, Journal of Occurrences. way, ty that is now or shall hereafter be possessed by any court of judicature at Hongkong, save always as is hereinafter mentioned and excepted. 2. And be it enacted, that such consuls as aforesaid shall have full power to inquire concerning and record the evidence of all witnesses in any felony, misdemeanor or other criminal offence, and also in all civil actions, suits and matters whatsoever, but not to determine the same save as hereinafter mentioned. 3. And be it enacted, that the evidence so recorded shall be transmitted, together with the remarks of the said consul thereon, and on the demeanor of the witnesses giving the same, to such Court of Judicature at Hongkong as is now or shall hereafter be erected; which shall thereupon duly proceed to hear, try and determine the said civil or criminal matters; and for that purpose shall admit and read the said evidence so recorded of such of the said witness- es as shall be absent from Hongkong aforesaid, saving all exceptions thereto which may appear to the said court to be valid and just. 4. And be it enacted, that the said consul shall have full power, (if he think fit to use the same,) to adjudicate upon, and determine alone, and in a summary all misdemeanors and other minor offences which shall appear to him not to deserve a greater punishment than he is hereinafter authorized to inflict, and also all civil suits and actions wherein the sum claimed shall not exceed 500 dollars, and which shall not be founded on any libel, trespass, or other personal wrong; 5. Provided always, in all such cases so adjudicated upon, that the evidence recorded therein shall be forthwith transmitted, together with the said consul's reasons for his sentence or decision, to such supreme Court of Judicature at Hongkong as is now or shall hereafter be erected, which shall have power to remit the case so decided for explanations or the taking of further evidence, or to proceed to examine further witnesses therein, or alter or reverse the said sentence or decision, or increase or diminish the amount of punishment or damage awarded thereby, as shall seem just and expedient. 6. And be it enacted, that the said consul shall have power and authority to sentence any person committing any misdemeanor or other minor offense to pay fine to Her Majesty, her heirs and successors, not exceeding 200 dollars, and to suffer imprisonment for any period not exceeding two months, and in lieu thereof, or until the same shall be paid. 7. And be it enacted, in all suits or actions wherein the sum claimed does not exceed 20 dollars, that such consul as aforesaid may appoint by writing under his hand, any one or more persons to hear and determine the same on his behalf, and under his supervision and control, which said person or persons so appointed shall have the same power and authority, and shall in all things demean him, or themselves, therein as the said consul himself. 8. And be it enacted, in any criminal proceeding, except for felony against the master, or any of the crew of any vessel about to leave such port as afore- said, wherein the evidence shall have been duly recorded as aforesaid, and it shall appear that an adequate punishment can be awarded by way of fine with- out imprisonment, that shall be lawful for the said consul (if he think fit) to take security for the due payment of any fine which may be awarded therein and thereupon, to permit the departure of the master, or the crew of the said ship without their trial before the said court at Hongkong, and in such case the said court shall proceed to adjudicate therein in the absence of the ac- cused party 9. And be it enacted, that such consul as aforesaid shall have full power to grant probates of the wills, and letters of administration, to the estates of Her Majesty's subjects dying or leaving property within the limits of such port as aforesaid, provided always that in all cases of doubt or difficulty, or of any caveat being entered against the grant of any probate or administration, such consul may if he thinks fit remit the same, together with all the proceedings therein, duly authenticated for decision to the Court of Judicature at Hong- kong aforesaid ; and in the interiin the said consul shall grant administration lu sucli person or person of the best credit and repute within such ports as 1844. 219 Journal of Occurrences. aforesaid, as may be willing to accept the same and give the usual security, and in default thereof the said consul shall, and he is hereby required to act as administrator himself, and to take a commission of 24 per centum on such property as may come to his hands, according to the statute in that case made and provided. 10. And be it enacted, that the said consuls in the execution of the powers given to them by this ordinance, shall in all matters and things, obey and con- form to such rules and instructions, as may from time to time with the sanction of the superintendent of trade of Her Majesty's subjects in China, be made and issued by such supreme Court of Judicature, as may hereafter be erected at Hongkong. 11. And be it enacted, that the said consuls shall take such fees in judicial proceedings, as are now authorized to be taken in the office of the honorable the chief magistrate at Hongkong, or such other fees as may hereafter from time to time with the sanction of the superintendent of the trade of Her Majesty's subjects in China, be fixed by such supreme Court of Judicature at Hongkong as aforesaid. 12. And be it enacted, in case any judge of the said supreme Court of Judi- cature at Hongkong shall come within the limits of any such port as aforesaid, that the power, authority, and jurisdiction hereby given to the said consuls, shall (as the judge by writing under his hand shall order,) either cease and determine during the presence of such judge, or continue to be possessed by the said consul alone. 13. And be it enacted, that all the records, process, minutes, and other pro- ceedings of Her Majesty's consuls, made or issued in pursuance of this ordi- nance, and transmitted to Hongkong as hereinbefore provided, shall to all intents and pnrposes, be deemed and taken to be records of the said Court of Judicature at Hongkong. 14. And be it enacted, that the word consul in this, and all other ordinances, shall extend, and be applied as well to any consul duly appointed by Her Majesty, as to any person who for the time being shall actually be the chief consular agent at any such port or ports as aforesaid. HENRY POTTINGER, Superintendent of trade, &c. Passed the Legislative Council the 28th of February, 1844. RICHARD BURGASS, Clerk of the Legislative Council. No. 3. of 1844.-February 28th, 1844. An Ordinance to provide for the Registration of deeds, wills, judgments, and conveyances, affecting real or immovable property in Hongkong. By H. E. sir Henry Pottinger, bart., K. G. B., &c., &c. WHEREAS it is expedient to prevent secret and fraudulent conveyances in the colony of Hongkong, and to provide means whereby the title to real and immovable property may be easily traced and ascertained: Be it therefore enacted by his excellency the governor of Hongkong and its dependencies, with the advice of the Legislative Council thereof, that from and after the passing of this ordinance, the Land Office in the said colony shall be a public office for the registration of deeds, conveyances, and other instruments, wills and judgments, in the manner hereinafter mentioned; and that all conveyances and other deeds, wills and devises, and other instruments in writing, now or hereafter to be made or executed, and all judgments hereafter to be obtained, by which conveyances, deeds, and other instruments in writing, wills and judgments any parcels of ground, tenements or premises in Hongkong aforesaid or its dependencies, now are, or shall, or may hereafter be affected, may be entered and registered in the said office in the manner hereinafter directed. 2. And be it further enacted, that all such judgments and conveyances or instruments in writing obtained, made, or executed respectively after the pass- ing of this ordinance, and registered in pursuance hereof, shall have priority one over the other according to the priority of their respective dates of regis. tration; and that all such judgments, deeds, conveyances or instruments in writing as last aforesaid, and all future devises which shall not be registered in pursuance of this ordinance, shalt (as against any subsequent bona fide pur- 220 APRIL Journal of Occurrences. chaser or mortgagee of the same parcels of ground, tenements, or premises for valuable consideration, be absolutely null and void to all intents and purposes. Provided that nothing herein contained shall extend to bona fide leases at rack rent for any time not exceeding three years. 3. And be it enacted, that no notice whatsoever, either actual or construc- tive, any prior unregistered deed, judgment, will, conveyance, or instrument in writing, shall affect the priority of any such instrument as aforesaid, as shall be duly registered in pursuance of this ordinance. 4. And be it further enacted, that all judgments, deeds, wills, conveyances, or instruments in writing, hereafter obtained, made, or executed, which shall be duly registered within the respective times next mentioned :“that is to say," all deeds, conveyances and other instruments in writing (except wills), which (if executed in Hongkong or its dependencies) shall be registered within one month, or which if executed in any other place shall be registered within twelve months, after the time of execution thereof respectively, and all wills which (if the deviser die in Hongkong or its dependencies) shall be registered within one month, or which (if the deviser die in any other place) shall be registered within twelve months, after the decease of every deviser respectively, and all future judgments which shall be registered within one month after the entry or record- ing thereof, shall severally be in like manner entitled to priority, and shall take effect respectively by relation to the date thereof only, in the same manner as if this ordinance had never been made. 5. And be it further enacted, that the registration intended by this or- dinance shall be made in manner following: " that is to say,” a memorial con- taining the particulars hereinafter specified shall be delivered into the said Land Office, signed in case of deeds, conveyances, or other instruments in wri- ting, except wills) by some or one of the parties to the original deed or instru. ment; or if such parties be dead or absent from the colony, then by one or more of the witnesses to such deed or instrument; and (in case of wills and devises) signed by some or one of the devisees, or his or her guardian or trustees; and (in case of judgments) signed by the plaintiff or plaintiffs : and every such me- morial shall be verified by the oath of some competent person that the same contains a just and true account of the several particulars therein set forth, which oath shall be taken before the chief magistrate of police, or before any justice of the peace of the said colony. 6. And be it further enacted, that every memorial of any judgment shall contain the following particulars: “ that is to say," the names and additions of the plaintiffs and defendants respectively, the sums thereby recovered or se- cured, the time of entry or recording the same, and the sum of money bona fide due thereon; and every memorial of any deed or conveyance, will, or other in- strument, shall contain and set forth the date of such deed, conveyance, will or other instrument, and the particular nature and object thereof, the names and additions of all the parties to such deed, conveyance, or instrument, and of the deviser, devisee, or devisees of such will, and the names and additions of all the witnesses thereto; and shall especially particularize and express the parcels of ground, tenements, and premises affected, or intended to be affected, by such deed, conveyance, will or instrument, and the proper and ordinary or accustomed names of the places where the same shall be situated, and (except in cases of wills) the pecuniary or other consideration for the same in the form, or to the effect of the form, numbered 1 in the Schedule hereunto annexed. Provided always, that when there shall be more writings than one for perfecting the same conveyance, devise, or security affecting the same parcels of ground, te- nements and premises, all such writing shall be stated in one and the same memorial in which it shall be sufficient to particularize such parcels, tenements, and premises only once. 7. And be it further enacted, that on delivery of any such memorial as aforesaid, the said land officer shall number the same according to the order of time in which it shall have been so delivered, and shall give a receipt for the same, in which receipt shall be specified the certain day and time of day when such memorial shall have been so delivered, and the proper number thereof in the register of the said Land Office; and he shall also in like manner imme- 1844. 221 Journal of Occurrences. diately indorse on the back of such memorial a certificate containing the day and time of day when the same was so delivered, and the name and place of abode of the person verifying the same, and shall sign the said certificate when so indorsed; and such certificate shall be taken and allowed as evidence of the registration and time of registration of every such judgment, deed, will, devise, conveyance, or other instrument whereof such memorial shall be so made. 8. And be it further enacted, that every such memorial, shall as soon after the receipt thereof as practicable, be carefully registered by the Land Officer in regular succession as received, according to its proper number in a particular book to be kept by him for that purpose, and shall afterwards be deposited by him in some secure place in his office, and there kept for future reference when required; and he shall also keep an index of the parcels of ground, tenements, and premises mentioned in every such memorial, and also à like index or indexes of the names of the several parties to conveyances and other deeds and instruments, and of devisers and devisees in wills, and of the plaintiffs and defendants in case of judgments, with accurate references in all such indexes respectively ta the number and page of registry of the memorial to which any entry in such index or indexes shall relate. 9. And be it further enacted, that in case of mortgages and judgments re- gistered in pursuance of this ordinance if at any time afterwards such verifi- ed certificate as is hereinafter next mentioned shall be brought to the said land officer, signed by the respective mortgagers and mortgagees, or plain- tiffs and defendants, or their agents respectively, and attested by two cre- dible witnesses, whereby it shall appear that the whole of the monies due on any such mortgage or judginent have been fully paid, or that such mortgage or judgment is otherwise satisfied, then the said land officer shall make a short entry or memorandum thereof on the memorial, and on the margin of the regis- try of such mortgage or judgment, and shall afterwards carefully register the same certificate in one of the registry books of his office; and the land officer shall make an entry thereof in his index or indexes referring accurately to the place of registry of such certificate. 10. And be it further enacted, that every such certificate shall contain the following particulars : “ that is to say,” in case of judgments, the names and additions of the plaintiffs and defendants, the time of entering up or record- ing the same, the sum or sums thereby recovered, the date or dates of pay- ment or satisfaction of the amount bona fide due thereon; and in case of mort- gages, the names and additions of the original parties, the date of the instrument, the sum thereby secured, and the time or times of payment or other satisfaction thereof; and every such certificate shall be verified by the oath of some com- petent person, that the same contains a just and true account of the several particulars therein set forth, which oath shall be made and taken before the said chief magistrate, or before any justice of the peace of the said colony, and on the back of such verified certificate the land officer shall immediately indorse the date when the same was received by him, and the name and place of abode of the person verifying the same and the said certificate shall after being so indorsed, and entered as aforesaid, be safely kept in his office for fu- ture reference when required. 11. And be it further enacted, that it shall be lawful for any person or persons whatsoever to deposit in the said Land Office for safe custody any con- veyance, deed, power of attorney, or instrument in writing whatsoever, or his or her last will and testament, of which deeds, wills, conveyances or other in- strument, the said land officer shall (first giving a receipt for the same) imme- diately make an entry or entries in a book to be kept for that purpose, to which book he shall keep an accurate alphabetical index, having reference therein as well to the name of the testator, or parties to each such deed or instrument as to person or persons depositing the same; and the said land officer shall care- fully and securely keep all such deeds, wills, or other instruments in his said office until required by the party or parties depositing the same to deliver them back again. Provided, that every such will or testament shall be inclos- ed within a cover or envelop sealed with the seal of the testator or testatrix, 222 APRIL, Journal of Occurrences. whose name shall be endorsed by the land officer on such will, shall remain in the said office until the decease of the testator or testatrix unless he or she shall previously require the same to be delivered back; and upon the death of the testator or testatrix the land officer shall (after examining such will) deliver the same to the executor first named therein, or to such other person as shall be duly authorized to receive the same. 12. And be it further enacted, that if the said land officer, or any other person employed in the said Land Office, shall willfully neglect to enter in manner hereinbefore directed any memorial or certificate delivered into the said Office, he shall for every such offense, forfeit and be liable to pay to Her Majesty, her heirs and successors, for the public purposes of the said colony, the penalty or sum of five hundred dollars, and be further liable in damage to the party injured to the extent of the loss or injury sustained. And if the said land officer, or any clerk or person whatsoever, shall willfully destroy, em- bezzle or secrete, forge, counterfeit, raze, deface, or alter, any memorial or any part thereof, or any indorsement made thereon, or any entry or registry thereof in any book in the said Office, with intent to defraud or injure any person or persons, such land officer, clerk, or person so offending, shall be guilty of fe- lony, and being thereof duly « onvicted, shall be liable to be transported beyond seas for any term not less than 7 years, and not exceeding 14 years. 13. And be it enacted, that all corrections by erasure, interlineation, or otherwise in any memorial of the registry of any document required to be re- gistered by this ordinance, shall be noted and set forth at length in red ink in the margin of the memorial wherein they may be made, together with the reasons for making the same, and shall be attested and verified by the signa- ture of the land officer for the time being. 14. And be it further enacted, that the several fees or sums of money mentioned in the list numbered 2 in the said schedule (and no higher to other fees) shall be demanded and paid by and to the said land officer for and in respect of the several matters and things to be by him performed and done under or by virtue of this ordinance; and the said land officer is hereby required to keep an accurate ac-ount of such fees and to pay over the same to the colonial treasurer for the public purposes of the colony of Hongkong. HENRY POTTINGER, Governor, &c., fc. Passed the Legislative Council, the 28th day of Feb., 1844. RICHARD BURGASS, clerk of the Legislative Council. No. 1.--Schedule referred to by this ordinance. 1. Date of will or instrument. 2. Nature and object thereof. 3. Names and addi- tions of the parties or devisers or devisees. 4. Names and additions of the witnesses thereto. 5. Description of the land or premises conveyed in or effected by the deed or will. 6. Name and description of the place where situate. 7. Consideration and to whom and how paid. 8. Any other particulars the case may require. No. 2. 1. For registering every assignment, mortgage, or other alienation, $5.00. 2. For registering every will or judgment, or receiving any verified certificate, $1.00. 3. For receiving for safe custody any deed, will, or other instrument, $5.00. 4. For every search, $1.00 5. For certificate of receipt of any document, or certifying a copy thereof, and every other certificate, $5.00. 6. For every uncertified copy of any will, deed, memorial, or other instrument, per folio of 80 words, 25 cents. No. 5 of 1844.—March 20th, 1844. An ordinance for the preservation of good order and cleanliness within the colony of Hongkong. By his excellency sir Henry Pottinger, bart., knight grand cross of the most honorable Order of the Bath, major-general in the service of the East India Company, governor and commander-in-chief of the colony of Hong- kong and its dependencies, and superintendent of the trade of Her Majesty's subjects in China, with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong. 1. WHEREAS it is expedient to provide for the preservation of good order and cleanliness within the colony of Hongkong: Be it therefore enacted by his excellency the vernor of Hongkong, with the advice of the Legisla- tive Council thereof, that if any person, after the passing and publication of this ordinance, shall throw, or lay, or cause, or knowingly permit to be 1844. 223 Journal of Occurrences. thrown or laid, any carrion, dirt, soil, straw, or dung, or any other filth, rubbish, or noisome or offensive matter whatsoever, on any of the roads, streets, ways, or public passages, or into any of the drains or sewers made or to be made within the said colony; or shall permit, or suffer any such noisome, or offensive substance as aforesaid, to remain exposed in any drain, sewer, or elsewhere, opposite to or within the immediate neighborhood of his house; or shall allow any accumulation of filth or offensive substances within the pre- mises occupied by him; or shall commit any nuisance by easing himself or otherwise, in the neighborhood of any dwelling-house or place of public pas- sage; or shall set out or leave, or cause to be set out or left, any scaffolding, carriages, bricks, lime, barrels, bales or cases of merchandize, or any other matter or thing which shall obstruct, incommode, or endanger any person or carriage in any public passage or road; or shall erect any shed or house of matting, or other easily inflammable material, so as in case of fire to endan- ger any neighboring building; or shall incroach on any public way or crown land, by erecting any building, either on or projecting over the same; or shall construct any spout which shall project the rain-water thereon; or shall neglect to repair or remove any building, erection, or bank or earth in a ruinous or unsafe state, and which shall endanger any person or any public passage or road; or shall cast or throw any ballast, rubbish, or other sub- stance, either from the shore or from any vessel into the harbor of Victoria ; or shall neglect, within a reasonable time, to remove any sunken vessel in the said harbor, belonging to him, or in his charge or keeping; or shall ride or drive on any foot-path without obvious necessity, or shall ride or drive in a furious manner in any public road, or in passing or meeting another horse or carriage shall not keep to the customary side of the road, or being a foot passenger shall not keep as much as possible on the foot-path; or shall keep any dog accustomed to annoy passengers by barking or otherwise, or shall not properly confine any dangerous or savage dog or other animal belonging to him; or shall blow any horn, beat any gong or drum, or explode any firework or fire-arm, or shall make any other improper noises likely to endanger, annoy, or terrify any persons or horses in any pub- lic road or passage ; or shall commit such or other acts anywhere whatsoever in the night-time, so as to create unnecessary alarms; or if any person shall expose or proffer for sale in any market or elsewhere, any liquor, meat, fish, vegetable, or other article of food in a tainted, noxious, adulterated, or un- wholesome state, or shall sell any spirituous liquor without being duly licensed, or to any intoxicated person; or shall commit any act of mischief, by destroy- ing, defacing, removing, or otherwise injuring any property whatsoever, or shall neglect to affix to his house and keep alight during the night, such lamp or lantern as may be required and approved of by the superintendent of police; or shall keep any house for the occupancy of public prostitutes; or shall keep or be found in any gambling shop, whereof notice shall not have been given to the chief magistrate of police; or shall have in his possession spear, bludgeon, or other offensive weapon, or any crowbar, picklock, skele- ton key, or other instrument fit for unlawful purposes, with intent to use the same for such unlawful purpose ; or if any persons shall assemble together in the night time without a lawful reason for so assembling; or if any person seeing any such assemblance, or knowing or having reason to suspect that such assemblage was about to be or had been made, shall not raise an alarm and give immediate notice thereof to the nearest guard-house, or police sta- tion; or if any person shall behave in a riotous, noisy, or disorderly manner, although no actual breach of the peace shall take place; or shall be seen drunk in any public road or passage, or shall use any profane or indecent language, or insult any female in public, or shall make any offensive jokes, gestures, or threats towards any one present which shall be likely to create a breach of the peace; or shall challenge any one to fight; or if any person shall beg or ex. pose any sore or infirmity to view with the object of exciting compassion and obtaining alms; or shall lewdly or indecently expose his person by bathing or otherwise near any public road, or shall not be able to give a satisfactory 224 Journal of Occurrences. account of himself and of his way of living; or who being abroad at night tiine shall not give a satisfactory season for so being; or if any person shall pretend to tell fortunes, or to exercise any magic arts, or shall otherwise impose on the credulity or superstition of any one whatsoever, with a view to gain; or shall attempt to defraud any person of any money by pretending that the saine is counterfeit; or if any person shall play at any game in any public pas- sage or road so as to obstruct the same, or create a noisy assembly therein; or shall resist any justice of the peace, constable, peace officer, or police-man, in the execution of his duty; or shall neglect to assist such officer therein when called upon so to do; or if any person employed as a domestic servant or other- wise shall quit his employer's service without giving such warning thereof as shall afford reasonable time to his employer to procure another person to act in his stead; or shall neglect or absent himself from his duty without leave, so as to destroy, injure, or endanger the safety of his employer's property; or shall willfully disobey such employer's lawful and reasonable orders; or if any person employed as a guard or walchman shall sleep at his post, or be negli- yent, remiss or cowardly in the execution of his duty; or if any person shall wantonly and cruelly mutilate or otherwise ill use any horse, mule, dog, or other animal without necessity : then, and in every such case, the person so offending shall forfeit and pay to Her Majesty, her heirs and successors, for the public purposes of the colony of Hongkong, such sum not exceeding, two hundred dollars as shall be adjudged in the manner hereinafter mentioned. 2. And be it enacted, that after conviction for any offense against this ordi- nance, the offender shall be ordered by the convicting justice or justices to do such act as the subject matter of the case may require, and shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform such order; but that at the expiration of such time, if he shall still be an offender against the provisions of this ordinance, he shall be liable to be convicted in double the penalty formerly inflicted, notwithstanding such double penalty shall amount to no more than the sum of two hundred dollars; and if such offender shall still persist in offending against this ordinance, he shall be liable to be repeatedly convicted in such double penalty 3. And be it enacted, that it shall be lawful for the superintendent of police of the colony of Hongkong, or other officer duly authorized by the chief ma- gistrate of police of the said colony, to require any person whose duty it shall be to remove any filth or obstruction, or do any other matter or thing required to be done by this ordinance, so to do within a certain time to be then fixed by the said superintendent of police or other officer; and that in the default of such requisition being complied with, the said superintendent of police or other officer shall, and may cause to be removed such filth or obstruction, or do or cause to be done such other inatter or thing as aforesaid, himself, and the per- son so in the default shall, in addition to the penalties hereinbefore mention- ed, be liable to pay double the expense thereof which shall be recoverable in the same manner as any penalty provided by this ordinance. 4. And be it enacted, that the penalties provided by this ordinance shall be recovered in a summary manner, by proceedings to be had before the chief, marine, or assistant magistrates of police sitting singly, or before any two jus- tices of the peace for the said colony of Hongkong. HENRY POTTINGER, Governor, fc., &c. Passed the Legislative Council, this 2:9th day of March, 1844. Richard Burgass, clerk of the Legislative Council. The Canton Press of the 30th ult., No. 13 of vol. 9, contains the editor's valedictory, after a service of nearly eight years in the editiorial chair, during nearly five years of which time the paper has been published in Ma- The foreign community in China are under many obligations to Mr. Moller for the facilities he has afforded them by means of his paper to be- come acquainted with public events, or as a medium for their own commu- nications, and for the candor and zeal which he has manifested in stating occurrences and collecting information. cao. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIII.-May, 1844.—No. 5. Art. I. Remarks on the Jews, considered in relation to Christian missions, by one of the Protestant missionaries in Hong kong, at the monthly concert held there on the 4th of March, 1844. It is now about fifty years, since the Protestant churches in Britain and America began to recognize the last injunction of the Savior as binding on them, and to feel their obligation to go into all the world, preaching the gospel to every creature. During the present century many have gone to and fro, and knowledge has been in- creased. The islands of the Pacific have seen a great light, and the dayspring from on high has visited the greater portion of the East. To many, however, it appears strange, that the ancient people of God—the Jews-should have been entirely overlooked for several years, after the missionary spirit had commenced to animate the churches, and that even now only a few of the societies, which have arisen, should be impressed with a sense of their duty to testify to them the unsearchable riches of Christ, as the true Messiah. The fact is, the Jews have not occurred to the friends and direc- tors of missions, as having claims upon them. Their minds have been occupied with the state of the heathen. They have heard voices from every pagan people under heaven, calling them to come and help them, but no whisper of appeal has stole upon them from the descendants of Abraham. This has been the inevitable result of their general views of divine truth, operating silently and insensi- bly. They have not thought of explaining the course which they 29 VOL. XIII. NO, Y. 2.26 Mar, Conversion of the Jews. the age. pursued, because no doubts of its correctness ever occurred to themselves. Various opinions, however, that have been promulgated of late years, and have become in some measure current, reader it necessary that these views should be clearly defined and sifted, and we propose in the present article to consider the position, which it may be gathered from Scripture that the Jewish people occupy in relation to Christian missions. It must be borne in mind at the outset, that the present era, so far as we know, differs in no essential respect from any other period of the Christian dispensation. It has been termed indeed the age of missions, but such a designation must be taken as expressive merely of the fact, to which we have referred, that the Protestant churches of Christ are engaged in large and systematic efforts to extend the knowledge of the gospel. It is an age of missions, not That commenced with the descent of the spirit at Pente- cost, when the apostles received those endowments, which were to qualify them to be “witnesses for Jesus, in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost ends of the earth." The age of missions and the age of steam are talked of in the same way, but with little discrimination. In the gradual and natu- ral progress of science, we have attained to “ Arts, which make fire, flood and earth, The vassals of our will;" and one cannot but exult in witnessing the achievements, which the human mind is ever making in its progress towards the realiza- tion of that dominion, which was conferred on our first parent. The spirit of enterprise and discovery, which marks the present age, is the natural fruit borne by society in the condition of knowledge and civilization to which it has advanced. They are characteristics of the age, not merely in point of fact, but also in relation to its point of maturity in the scheme of Divine Providence. But not so with missions. There was a former age of them-a brighter and a more triumphant one. They are in truth manifestations of zeal, which must ever be displayed where Christian truth is known and cherish- ed in simplicity and godly sincerity, for Christianity is a missionary system. It follows from these remarks that the Jews stand in no relation to the missions of the present time which they did not occupy to those of the first and second centuries : that they are to be regarded by the churches of Christ in no different light from that in which they ought to have been viewed since the commencement of the 1844. 227 Conversion of the Jews. Christian dispensation. This being premised, an outline of the Jewish history will be found to assist us in the prosecution of our subject. The Jews had been constituted a nation for high and holy pur. poses, to preserve the knowledge of Jehovah as the only living and true God, in the midst of a world given to idolatry, and to be formed by the 'lively oracles,' which were intrusted to them, and the other privileges which they enjoyed, into a holy nation, a people sanctified in heart to the Lord. But these purposes were far from being realized. They showed themselves prone to go astray. Again and again they forgot the God, that had sanctified and separated them, and turned aside to follow strange gods. There was no form of idolatry, however gross, to which they did not addict themselves. They changed the glory of the incorruptible God, whose outstretch- ed arm they had often witnessed, and the symbols of whose presence were among them, into images of wood and of stone, the work of their own hands. By a series of divine judgments they were weaned from their proneness to idolatry, but this disposition was succeeded by an unspirituality of mind and pride of heart, proving even more pernicious in their consequences. The law had but a shadow of good things to come. The dispen- sation under which the Jews lived was not intended to be perma- nent. It was introductory to a more glorious one, which was to embrace all nations in its bosom, and for the dawning of which they ought to have been prepared by the sacred writings. Their scrip- tures were full of testimonies about Jesus, and when he was an- .nounced as the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sin of the world, they should have welcomed him with the acclamation, “ Blessed is He that cometh in the name of the Lord.” But they did far other- wise. They despised and rejected Him who came to seek and save them. He came indeed to abolish their economy, but he would have introduced them to a better one. He would have bound up the wounds of their broken state. A prey as they had been to evēry fierce and warlike nation, he would have gathered and protected them, as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings. He would have led them on in a course of holy improvement at the head of all the other nations of the earth, but they would not; we will not," “have this man to reign over us,” and proceeded to a higher offense than they had yet been guilty of. They took, and by wicked hands, crucified and slew the Lord of glory. But when Christ died upon the cross, a new and living access to said they, 228 MA), Conversion of the Jews. the Divine throne was displayed in the face of all nations. Jews and Gentiles all were concluded under sin, and an atonement was made for the sins of all, that whosoever-were he Jew or Greek, barba- rian or Scythian, bond or free-should believe in Jesus, he might be received with equal privileges into the church of Christ on earth, and finally into the same church glorified in heaven. Here was good news for all people. By the decree of God, it was to be proclaimed through all nations, to every creature. Notwithstand- ing that the Jews had put the Savior to death, the first proclamation of the gospel was made to them; “Unto you, first," said the apostle Peter, “God, having raised up his son Jesus, sent him to bless you, in turning away every one of you from his iniquities.” (Acts 3: 26.) Had they repented even then, times of refreshing would have come to them from the presence of God. The thunder-cloud that had long been gathering, and whose blackening masses were concentrat- ed over their unhappy country, would have been spanned with the bow of promise and dispelled. But their hearts were hardened. They resisted all the offers of grace, and spurned the blessings of the new covenant. They rejected the Savior's apostles as they had rejected himself. More than once the apostle Paul declared that, since they counted themselves unworthy of everlasting life, he would turn to the Gentiles. Their hatred of the gospel increased as its diffusive nature was more fully developed, and at last when they set themselves in opposition to that characteristic, and forbade the preachers of salvation to speak to the Gentiles, Paul declares that they filled up the measure of their iniquities. The entire contrariety of their spirit and principles to the nature of Christianity was dis- played, and “the wrath came upon them to the uttermost.” (1 Thess. 2: 15, 16.) From the preceding summary it appears that the Jews, as a peo- ple, stood sullenly aloof from the gospel, when it was propounded to them. They clung to their own old system, which in the course of Providence was ready to vanish away. The consequence was that "they fell by the edge of the sword, and were led away captive into all nations." There they have continued unto this day, retaining all their characteristics as Jews, and none more distinctly marked than this, a dislike and rejection of the gospel of Christ. The first Christian church, which was formed in Jerusalem after the day of Pentecost, was indeed composed of Jews, but it did not long continue to increase' as its rapid progress at the first seemed to promise. Though the greater number of its members escaped the 1844. 229 Conversion of the Jews. calamities attending the destruction of Jerusalem, by retiring to Pella soon after the commencement of the war with the Romans, it lost from that time its position of influence and authority among other churches. Towards the end of the first century it became divided in itself, and while the scriptural doctrine had been propa- gated in all directions throughout the heathen world, we do not find any body of Jews recognized after the fourth century as belonging to the Christian church. Looking at the Jewish people as a whole, we cannot doubt but that with the destruction of Jerusalem, there dawned the first of those “many days in which the children of Israel shall abide without a king, without a prince, and without a sacrifice, and without an image, and without an ephod, and without teraphim.” (Hosea 3: 4.) There also the declaration of Christ began to be verified, "I say unto you, the kingdom of God shall be taken from you, and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof." These words are plain and emphatic. By “the kingdom of God," we are to understand the oracles and ordinances of God, and the administration of the latter. These had hitherto belonged to the Jews. The church of God had only existed among them. Pa- lestine had been 6 The little spot marked around by grace Amid the world's vast wilderness." But they had been unfaithful in their day of grace. Their oracles, the lively oracles of God, would therefore be to them henceforth but a dead letter. Their ordinances would be utterly abolished. For the administration of God's mercy they were totally unfit. Oracles, ordinances, and the administration of them, would all be given to people of another kingdom and another tongue, who should bring forth the fruits of righteousness, and make known the saving-health of Jehovah among all nations. What the Savior thus declared has, as we have seen, been exactly fulfilled. The kingdom of God has been given to another people. From thousands in every quarter of the globe, prayer and praise ascend to the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, but few and far between are the worshipers of the seed of Abraham. They are aliens from the commonwealth of the gospel, and strangers to the covenant of mercy. They seem to stand nearly in the same relation to the visible church of God now existing in the world, which the Gentiles occupied to the economy that existed in Judea prior to the time of the Savior. The invitations of the gospel are indeed tendered as freely to them as to others. Christianity is not 230 Mar, Conversion of the Jews. like Judaism, a partial system. Its blessings are freely offered to all, Jews and Gentiles are alike welcome to its bosom. The fact of their exclusion from the new covenant is owing to the fact of their un- belief, for if they abide not in unbelief, God is able and willing to number them again among his people. But their blindness con. tinues as intense as when they crucified the Messiah. The same vail is upon their heart, in consequence of which they can see no beauty in Jesus, that they should desire Him. Are they then to continue always thus positively and universally to reject the gospel ? “Have they stumbled,” as Paul inquires "that they should fall ?" We may adopt likewise his emphatic reply, “God forbid.” “Blindness in part is happened to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in, and so all Israel shall be saved.” (Rom. 11:25, 26.) There is hope then for the broken tree of Israel that it will sprout and grow again. “Comfort ye, comfort ye, my people, Saith your God. Speak ye comfortably to Jerusalem, and cry unto her, That her warfare is accomplished, That her iniquity is pardoned: For shie hath received of the Lord's hand Double for all her sins." That the apostle, in the passage which we have quoted from the eleventh chapter of the Epistle to the Romans is speaking of the Jews as a people, cannot be doubted. The all are in contradistinc- tion from the part, the remnant according to the election of grace. But the passage is not merely important as it asserts the great and consoling fact, that the Jews will yet be universally converted : it also specifies a time before which that event will not take place. Their restoration to their place as a people of God is subsequent to the bringing in of the fulness of the Gentiles. The church of Christ is conceived of by Paul, as “tha mountain of the Lord's house," a glorious temple "established in the top of the mountains, and ex- alted above the hills, so that all nations flow unto it.” He hears the voice of many people, going and saying, “Come ye, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, To the house of the God of Jacob: And he will teach us of his ways, and we will walk in his paths.” And when the Gentiles have thus been gathered and brought in, in a holy union of righteousness and love, the house of Jacob is also geen coming to "walk in the light of the Lord.” (Isaiah 2: 2-55.) 1844. 231 Conversion of the J(us. That the fulness of the Gentiles being brought in is intended to express general conversion to the gospel can hardly be doubted. is not to be supposed but that the fulness of the Jews, mentioned in the 12th verse, and that of the Gentilcs in the 26th, convey ideas equally extensive. It appears then that the Jews will remain out- cast from the privileges of the kingdom of God till the gospel shall have been preached, and shall have triumphed in every land. The heathen shall have been given to Christ for his inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for his possession, and then He will put forth his hand to recover the outcasts of Israel and the dispersed of Judah. Entirely synonymous with the language of the apostle is that of the Savior in Luke 21 : 24. “And they shall fall by the edge of the sword, and shall be led away captive into all nations: and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled.” Paul indeed refers to the spiritual blindness in which the Jews were and would continue to be involved, and Christ to the temporal calamities to which they should be subjected, but sin and suffering stand to each other in the relation of cause and effect, and we find therefore that the limit which is assigned to them is the When the times of the Gentiles have been fulfilled, their ful- ness will have been brought in, and then the vail shall be taken away from the minds of the Jews, and they will look in faith unto the God of their salvation even Jesus, whom they crucified. But when the heathen have been converted to Christ, will not the work of missions have been accomplished ? At any rate, do not the views which have been substantiated from Scripture the rejection of the Jews as the people of God, consequent on their rejection of the gos- pel, a rejection to continue until Christianity shall have overcome all pagan opposition, do not these views show that the churches are now in the line of duty in directing their attention to the heathen, in testifying to the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ ? It may be said that granting that the conversion of the Jews will not take place till the Gentile nations have all been brought to a know- ledge of the truth, it will then be accomplished through the mission- ary labors of the Gentile church. But it is not so written. Where- ever this great event is spoken of, in the Old or in the New Testa- ment, we do not find it attributed to the instrumentality of other people. When Moses was summing up and enforcing the repetition of the laws given in Deuteronomy, he laid down a principle by which their deliverance from captivity and all other consequences of their same. Conversion of the Jews. Mar, sins was to be regulated. “It shall come to pass,' said he, “when all these things are come upon thee, the blessing and the curse, which I have set before thee, and thou shalt call them to mind among all the nations whither the Lord thy God hath driven thee, and shalt return unto the Lord thy God, and shalt obey his voice, according to all that I command thee this day, thou and thy chil- dren, with all their heart, and with all thy soul; that then the Lord thy God will turn thy captivity, and have compassion upon thee, and will return and gather thee from all the nations, whither the Lord thy God hath scattered thee.” (Deut. 30:1-3). When they had forfeited their privileges, they would obtain them again only on con- dition of contrition and repentance. This law obtained through all the series of their history up to the time of Christ. It was well understood by themselves. They referred to it in the hour of dis- tress as to a promise. Thus we find Nehemiah praying, “Remem- ber, I beseeech thee, the word that thou commandedst thy servant Moses, saying, If ye transgress, I will scatter you abroad among the nations: but if ye turn unto me, and keep my commandments, and do them; though there were of you cast out into the uttermost parts of the heaven, yet will I gather them from thence, and will bring them unto the place that I have chosen to set my name there." (Neh. 1:8, 9.) There is no intention that any different law will obtain in their future restoration to covenant blessings. The disci- pline of chastisement will at last accomplish its end. They will be convinced of their sins, and “turn to God” with contrition and prayers for mercy. The probability is, that as Christianity ap- proaches its consummation among the heathen, the Jews will no longer be able to repress the conviction that it is from God. When they shall see pure religion and undefiled everywhere cultivated, nations learning the art of war no more, but bound together by closest ties of amity and love, heaven smiling over earth, and earth rejoic- ing in the smile, they will be constrained to acknowledge the heav- enly origin of the gospel. A feeling of their own desolateness will arise in their spirits. “ Zion shall say, the Lord hath forsaken me, And my Lord hath forgotten me.” And then will they learn that “they are still beloved for the fathers' sakes.” The vail will be taken from their heart. As they search the Scriptures, they will find them replete with testimonies concern- ing Christ Jesus, and so far from being offended any longer at his humiliation and crucifixion, they will delight to look to him whom 1844. 233 Journal of the Rev. D. Abeel at Amoy. they pierced, and in every book of the Old Testament, see light through his light clearly. Then shall Christ be at once " A light to lighten the Gentiles, And the glory of his people Israel." Art. II. Notices of Amoy and its inhabitants : extracts from a Journal of the Rev. D. Abeel at Kúláng sú. Previous extracts from Mr. Abeel's journal on pages 74–77, will inform the reader of the circumstances under which it was written; and we give the following paragraphs in continuation of those on former pages. Nov. 29th. The intendant of circuit of Fuchau, being here on business, called upon us, accompanied by nearly all the authorities of Amoy. As they are all anxious to secure my presence and assistance in discussions of importance between themselves and the English, seeing, as I believe they do, that my interpretations are unembarrassed by the fear or favor of either party, “they honor us with many honors.” Empty and uncertain as I know such honor to be, I would that we could employ the influence it gives us before it is blown away. Dec. 28th. The number of patients and visitors varies with the state of the weather. Wishing to know something of the feelings and expedients of the heathen in the hour of their greatest extremity, I have inade the following inquiries of several companies and individuals. " When you are very ill what do you do?” “We pray to Budha for recovery.” “ But when you find yourselves fast failing and expect to die, what do you do then ?” “We vow to Budha to burn quantities of gold paper if he will restore us.” “ But when you are certain that you cannot recover, what then?" “Why then there is nothing to be done." “Do you never pray for the future hap- piness of your souls?” “No, we know nothing about the future state of our souls ?" “Do you believe in their immortality ?” “Yes, but whither they go, and what they become, we cannot tell.” However much they talk of heaven and hell, and the transmigration of their souls, they have no correct ideas of rewards and punishments. This is opposed to the tenets of Budhism, which inculcates the doctrine of future retribution, and shows how little influence the system has upon them. The common belief and hope are, that if the soul is in misery after death, it will be made manifest to the surviving relatives by their own uneasinėss of mind, or by some adverse circumstances; that when the fact is known, their friends will employ a Budhist or Táu priest to perform certain ceremonies 30 VOL. XIU, NO. Y 234 MAY, Journal of the Rev. D. Abecl at Amoy: by virtue of which, they believe the soul is released from misery and trans- ferred to happiness. At such times they frequently change the place of interment, supposing that this will allay the troubled spirit. If relatives or friends entertain any regard for the dead, by so doing they act, as they suppose on the safe side. Fearing the worst, they call a priest to recite his prayers and charms, for which the same compensation is given, whether the deceased requires them or not. These notions of the Chinese conflict with others which they profess to hold. But having no system, and a very trifling interest in the whole subject, such incongruities and absurdities must be expected. To day a very interesting old gentleman visited (is, whose mind appeared uncommonly open to conviction. He said his countrymen believe because their fathers did, but that foreigners have better reasons for their faith. The contrast between his views on the subjects mentioned above and ours, seem- ed to produce a deep impression. I am convinced that the people express no unmeaning compliment when they affirm, as they often do, that our reli- gious belief is far more rational than theirs. The power of argument is so much in our favor, that it more than compensates our deficiencies in ex- pressing our views. I seldom find an individual, however literary and bigot- ed, who can sustain himself in discussion on religion. They may get far beyond my depth in mystic lore and learned terms, but a plain question or two brings them to the surface again, and teaches them that in regard to true knowledge they are ignorant indeed. To-day, a man arrived from a village 12 or 14 miles distant, who came to procure our aid in getting back his land from a stronger clan by which it had been seized. I asked if he could get no redress from the magistrate. He said that numbers and wealth were with the other party, and justice was bribed ; and he had an idea that we might perhaps assist him by magic arts. After becoming better acquainted with our object in coming to China, and listen- ing attentively to repeated addresses and exhortations, he said that these were the very means to move his enemies, that if I would accompany him and proclaim these truths to them, they would certainly restore all. I inquired whether infanticide was common in his part of the country. He replied, that comparatively few of the female children were spared ; that scarcely any family saved more than one. The literary graduates were the only exceptions; these gentry not only preserved all their own children, but exhorted their neighbors to follow their example, but no one listened to their advice. I asked him about his own children, and he confessed that he had destroyed four daughters, keeping but one alive. Poverty was his plea. I told him I knew that he could give them away if he pleased, for there were always those having no children, or else none but sons for whom they wish to obtain wives, and that such persons would gladly accept his gift. Yes," he replied, “but who can know that they will not treat them as slaves?” Thus they persuade themselves that they are doing a better service 10 their children in destroying them at once, than in exposing them to the cruel mercies of their heathen neighbors. 1844. 23. Journal of the Rev. D. Abecl al Amoy. He 30th. Among the visitors of the day was one whose lavish compliments were sufficiently premonitory to arouse expectation. After some time, he followed me out of the house, and begged to speak secretly with me. had come to make arrangements for an attack upon the present Tartar dynasty, he himself being a descendant of the last dynasty which was over- thrown by the present usurpers. He said if we would assist him, 10,000 men should be raised, and without destroying a single life they would march to Chángchau, and thence to Fuchau, the capital of the province, and where- ever we went the authorities would be panic-struck at the sight of a few foreigners, and fly in every direction. The populace of course would not resist, and the work would be accomplished with the greatest facility and safety. His arguments to obtain our coöperation were that his ancestors were the first to invite foreigners to come to China and trade,—that they had thus manifested the most friendly disposition toward us, while in strong contrast with this, the present dynasty had ever treated us with contempt, and to crown their former acts of injustice and cruelty they had recently murdered in cold blood more than a hundred unfortunate foreigners, who had been wrecked on the coast of Formosa. He thought as we had come hither on an errand of benevolence, no object more consonant with our feel- ings and plans could be proposed. Such was the importunity of the man that I had difficulty to persuade him that his views of benevolence and ours were totally opposite, and that no such assistance could be for a moment thought of, as we had come to this country to inculcate peace, and teach the way of salvation. Jan. 15th. As far as mere preaching is concerned, we have an unbroken succession of Sundays. Would that those ministers who find preaching to be diet, exercise and medicine, would come and relieve the less etherial bodies of their brethren here. As the Chinese express it, it would be all refreshment for them, and nothing else. To-day, there were two young men from Tungán, the capital of this district, who said that about 70 or 80 persons in that place worshiped toward the azure vault every morning and evening. I at first suspected that they were Mohammedans; but they said it was not 80; I inquired if they were Papists; they replied no. I asked them if they had obtained their belief and practice from their fathers; they said, they had seen some of their own books which taught this mode of worship. The most intelligent of them had once been present at our religious service, and from that and the books we had given him, he said his views had been corrected. He gave uncommonly satisfactory answers to such questions on the great doctrines of Christianity as generally confound even those who say they have read our books. May the Lord not be preparing this little com- pany for the reception of the truth? It is most encouraging to know that God does at times accomplish his plans of mercy to our race in hidden ways, and with the aid of our little instrumentality. I gave these interesting men the Scriptures, and a selection of books, and promised them a visit, if I could accomplish it. 236 MAY Journal of the Rer. D. Abeel at Amoy: 27th. For some time past, we have had an imperial commissioner at Amoy, who was sent principally to fix the limits which are to circumscribe the wan- derings of foreigners. Chinese-like, his first proposal was to restrict us to a few of the more public streets of Amoy. As a counterpart the British consul mentioned a day's journey in the interior as a very proper limit. The com- missioner gradually opened his eyes, and enlarged his views, but was afraid to sweep so wide a circle as the consul proposed. After exchanging a paper or two, and as many visits, he left the question about as open as it was before. We saw his excellency several times. He is next in office to the lieut-governor, and bids fair to be the governor-general of this and the neighboring province. He is the most inquisitive Chinese of a high rank I have yet met. After asking many questions about foreign countries, we proposed bringing an atlas and showing him the position and extent of the places which were most interesting to him. To this he gladly assented, and we have given him as much general information as we could compress into part of an afternoon. We promised to send him Christian books, and yesterday I made up a package for him containing the New Testament and other books. 29th. After no little hindrance, we have succeeded in obtaining two houses at Amoy. One is intended for a chapel and general reception room, and the other for in-door patients. There are comfortable lodgings above the cha- pel, of which Dr. Cumming has taken possession. Dr. Hepburn and myself spend part of the day there at our respective engagements. The work of teaching and healing go on admirably together; I generally take my place among the people in the ante-room, while the doctors examine the patients and perform the operations in a back room, so that we are not in each other's way. Yesterday the first religious services were held here on the Sabbath, and about 70 persons united with us in worshiping the true God. We are thankful for the arrangements we have been permitted to make, and humbly trust that the divine blessing may rest upon us and our efforts. Greatly do we need at least one more missionary for the present crisis, for when gone over to Amoy, my former station at Kúláng sú is vacant, which is in many respects an exceedingly important position, as the visitors there are of a better class than at Amoy, and generally from other parts of the surrounding country. Feb. 19th. Yesterday (Sunday) was the Chinese new-year. To-day we have been complying with the customs of the country, and making new- year's calls upon the magistrates. The old admiral said he had beer reading the New Testament, and approved of its doctrine. He inquired about the Romish churches at Macao, the images he had seen in them, &c., and we undeceived him of a not uncommon impression that we and they are the same. We caʼled upon the aged father of Yú Ako, and were grieved to find that our former friend was dead. Did he improve the light he received, or did he die in his sins? The imperial commissioner, had not reached the capital before he was remanded to Amoy to arrange about the place of future 1844. 237 Journal of the Rev. D. Abeel at Amoy. residence for foreigners. There appears to be a fixed detornination that we shall not remain at Kúláng sú. Perhaps I should say rather there is a determination to report to the emperor that another place has been selected, with a perfect indifference in the minds of all the officers hcre, whether we leave Kúláng sú or not. Indeed the magistrate of the place took me aside, and whispered that if foreigners would consent to occupy another place, he would consent to their remaining here when the time of removal comes. Knowing that his excellency had returned, we called upon him, and had a peculiarly gratifying visit. He said he had been reading the Christian books, and begged to make a number of inquiries, which related principally to the characters and places he had met with. He had evidently read the New Testament with attention, and gave me an opportunity of explaining many most important truths, which I pray God may be iinpressed upon his heart. 20th. I remained at home, to received holyday visitors, and have literally had a full house two or three times successively. After spending the morn- ing in conversing with those who called, we resumed our unfinished visits and called on the sub-prefect. He said that the commissioner was much engaged reading the Christian books. We sat a long time with him, and gave him a full and free discourse on the important truths of natural and revealed religion. It is a great privilege, to have such opportunities for re- ligious conversation with men of this class. Who that reads this will not put up a fervent prayer that he and the commissioner and the admiral, and all to whom books have been given, may be made to see their need of an interest in that redemption, the knowledge of which has been brought to their minds ? 26th, To-day is the birth day of Yuh-hwáng, the greatest god known to the Chinese. The great mass of the nation believe that he was actually born on this day, and in accordance with this superstition a book has been written purporting to give his parentage, history, &c. The literati, or at least many of them, say that it is merely a day sacred to his worship, and that he was never incarnated. It would aid us essentially in explaining the truth, if the Chinese had any consistent ideas of a supreme Being; but even the learned have such imperfect and derogatory notions of Yuh-hwáng, that we are obliged to class this their celestial emperor with their other false deities, and assure them that they are ignorant of the true God. I went over to Amoy, and found the streets in some places blocked up by the crowds who were amusing themselves and their gods with theatrical ex- hibitions. Whence this idea originated of having ridiculous plays in honor of their gods I have not yet learned. I went near one of the principal altars, and soon drew a crowd, to whom I talked as long as I thought my health woulu warrant. 27th. Went again to Amoy, and addressed four or five different groups : when I tell them that gods, which commenced their existence at birth, are mere men, who can neither create, preserve nor redeem thcir followers, they 238 May, Journal of the Rev. D. Abeel at Amoy. give their most hearty assent, and dwell upon the arguments as if they were perfectly convinced of their conclusiveness. God grant that what they hear may benefit as well as amuse them. March 1st. Dr. Hepburn and myself visited a Budhist temple about eight or nine miles from Amoy, called the Dragon's head pavilion. We went part of the way in sedans and partly on foot. After emerging from the suburb far extended in this direction, we took a northeasterly course, and passed through or near a dozen or more villages. We were disappointed in the appearance of the temple. The idol, whose sanctity is uncommon, is the attraction. A number of men and women were burning incense, and trying their fortunes before the image; we talked to the people a long time on the folly and wickedness of worshiping the mere wooden representation of such a stupid man as Budha was. Not an objection was offered even by the priests. They listened while we unfolded the glorious truths of Chris- tianity, and as usual received the books with eagerness. 11th. Yesterday, there was the largest audience we have yet had at the chapel; I invited several of the neighboring women to join us, and they accepted the invitation. We numbered in all about 100 souls. 19th. About the same congregation as before; in every assembly, I should think the large majority have either not attended before, or certainly are not in the habit of it; still they listen with close attention, and I trust hear enough at every service to teach them how they may be saved. 26th. A young man wearing a white button, whom we first met in com- pany with the imperial commissioner, spent many hours with us to day. I gave him books before, which he has examined with great care and in- telligence. I have seldom met a heathen who displayed such brilliance and grasp of nind. He is the first one who has mentioned that the laws of Chi- na forbid embracing a foreign religion. I told him that we and the Papists who had made themselves offensive to government, differed almost toto cælo in our doctrines, mode of worship, and policy. He spoke with great force of the brevity of this life and the folly of setting our heart upon present advantages. Speaking of different countries, he said that I must regard no country as my home, but consider myself as a citizen of heaven: such a sentiment coming from a heathen was impressive. May God in mercy save him and direct his noble powers to the conversion of his countrymen. 1844. 239 Ophthalmic llopilul al Canton Arr. III. Eleventh report of the Ophthalmic Hospital at Can- ton for the term commencing 1st January and ending 17th June, 1840. By the Rev. PETER PARKER, M. D. The preparation of this report at its proper time in 1840 was pre- vented by my unexpected departure for the United States in July of that year. But notwithstanding the period which has since elapsed, it is thought that some of the cases possess sufficient interest to continue the regular series of reports. Repeated notices have been given of Wáng Haiwan, yet another allusion to this estimable old gentlemen may not be uninteresting. Subsequently to opening the hospital in the Danish factory, at a time when commissioner Lin threatened to exterminate the Eng- lish at Macao, irrespective of its other inhabitants, H. E. Wáng evinced a degree of gratitude and condescension seldom manifested by officers of his rank towards foreigners. On arriving at the hos- pital, and seating himself in the hall, he ordered his attendants and all the other Chinese to leave the apartment, and then inquired of me, if it were true, as he had been informed, that I contem- plated going to Macao? Receiving an affirmative answer, he said, with manifest solicitude, “ do not go; And if you have friends residing there, write to them to come to Canton, for I am in the secret of Lin's determination to storm Macao, from the heights of the Lapa, and soldiers and cannon have already been sent thither for the purpose.” There is no reason to doubt his belief that the attempt would really be made, and this kind act seems referable only to his sense of obligations and his friendship. Previous to his departure for Shensí, he insisted upon having my likeness, which was exchanged for his own. When he had embarked, he sent to invite me to a final interview. He was on board a boat divided into four apartments; the two first were for the gentleman who owned it and his attendants and family, the third for the judge, and another for servants. No excuse would avail to decline partaking of the refreshment he had provided, and what rendered the interview more pleasant, the ladies and children came into the judge's apart- inent, and conducted with much propriety, although the attendant Jinguists remarked that they did not understand decorum by con- versing with a foreigner. Wáng Haiwan, returned to Shensí, where he died carly in 1813. 210 MAY, Ophthalmic Hospital ut Canton. anice, Yú, the provincial treasurer, fiſty-three ycars old, applied for medi- cal advice, February 30, 1810, for an affection of the kidneys. He desired 10 sec mc, but owing to a long-standing feud betwcen himself and Lin, he was afraid to do anything that might give the coinnis- sioner a pretext against him. lle dared not even come to the houses of the hong-merchants as other high officers had done, and week after weck passed away without being able to attain his wishes, until gov. Tang Tingching left for Fukien, in September, when it was proposed that I should accompany the escort of the governor, to the Fátí, and there prescribe for him. But owing to some delay in the governor's arrival before night came on, Yú sent his com- pliments saying he was unwilling to detain me longer. He was however prescribed for as well as the accounts he gave of his disease could cnable me and partial relief was reported, but after a short time he died. No. 71:9. Tung l’tsáu of Kiáying chau, aged 73, a clerk of the hoppu's, came to the hospital February 24th, with chronic ophthal- nia and exuberant granulations of the lid, of some years' continu- Pulse 84, with considerable congestion of the vessels of the eye. Sixteen leeches were applied to the temples, and the sul- phate of copper to the granulations, and a collyriun of the nitrate of silver was ordered to be used daily, and calomel and rhubarb at night. March 2d, pulse 86 ; syringed the eyes, scarified the lids, and applied the sulphate of copper in solution and substance, and a laxative pill to be taken daily. (H. Alo. soc. pulverized Rhei aa 19 calomel 10 grs. m. divided into ten pills one taken every night, and all stimulants to be avoided.) March 12th, same treatment cor- tinued. May 26th, the patient had obtained very great relief. Lu- nar caustic was applied to conjunctiva of the lids, and a solution of copper (4 grs. to the oz.) was dropped in the eye daily, and the laxative pills continued. His sight must have been lost inevitably, had he depended upon native practitioners indeed it was nearly so when he first came. Under the above treatment, the recovery was rapid, and persevered in, had soon been complete. After long experience, the preference is decidedly given to the sulphate of copper rather than any other application, in case of gra- nulations of the lid, on account of the beautifully smooth surface it leaves, when the granulations are cured. Nitrate of silver will remove them more rapidly, but the conjunctiva are not so delicate and natural. When very prominent and abundant, the lunar caustic with or without scarifying may be used a few times at first, but the 1844. 241 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. a worm. sulphate of copper should be employed in giving the final polish to the conjunctiva. The same observation applies to the treatment of the remarkable fleshy thickening of the cornea often produced in severe and protracted cases of granular lids. No. 7137. Neuralgia. February 26th, 1840. Chau Shauling, aged 59, of Shantung, now holds the office of prefect in Sháuchau fú in this province. This athletic and dignified officer, both in stature and deportment, came with ail nis cortege to Howqua's hong to be examined for a mysterious affection of his face. His account of it is, that “having taken cold in the hollow cavern of the left cheek, it continued a long time, and afterwards was transformed and became When the worm was first produced, it sometimes caused chills, at other times it begot fire; occasionally, when this occurred, it caused the fire to dart up to the eye, so that it became visible. Afterwards, having pierced the body of the worm which was exceed- ing firm, with a needle, and on removing it perceived upon its point, something like a piece of simple cerate ; still the worm was not killed by the needle. Subsequently, it gradually changed into a vapor exceeding cold, and the fire was expelled. At this time it could neither produce wind nor fire, and still the worm survived. Then fiery medicine was applied to attack him, but the vermin very dexterously betook himself out of the way, as the medicinal aura arose to the face, the worm either retreating and taking up its residence in the tongue, or fleeing to the back of the neck. In every way it has been impossible to expel it, and so it has been for more than twenty years, and now I respectfully request the distin- guished doctor to heal it at once.” He had a neuralgic affection of the portia dura and its branches, of the left side. An account of the nature of the disease was given him in Chinese, which dispelled the worm from his imagination, and a laxative of blue pill and extract of colocynth, and sulphate of qui- nine, extract of conium, preparations of iron, and a succession of blisters over the course of the nerve, afforded him speedy and essen- tial relief. This case is introduced as a good illustration of erroneous hypo- thesis to which the uneducated and superstitious mind will resort for an explanation of diseases whose nature and cause it does not understand. Those who have experienced ticdoloreux will admit the pain itself is quite sufficient, without the discomfort of imagining one's person traversed by worms at their pleasure. If such supersti- tion finds credence with an officer of his standing and comparative VOL. XIX. NO. 1. 31 242 MAY, Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. intelligence, what must be the amount of needless suffering experi- enced by the less enlightened ! No. 7243. March 13th, 1840. Hwang, aged 29, a merchant from Hwuichau, came to the hospital suffering from an injury receiv- ed some months previously from the bursting of a swivel. The portion of iron was distinctly felt by the probe, situated beneath the fleshy part of the biceps muscle, and near the humerus. There was much tumefaction of the arm, considerable discharge, and general irritation of the system. After allaying this by alteratives and poultices, a deep incision was made in the direction of the fibres of this muscle, and a portion of the barrel 3 ins. by & in., and about 4 in. thick, was extracted. The arm speedily and perfectly recovered. No. 7067. Periostitis of the forearm. Chin Hü, æt. 26, a stu- dent of Pwányü, came to the hospital in January, 1840. This young man, the son of a gentleman of wealth, had suffered much pain from his arm for about eight months. There was at this time much swelling of the forearm and hand, with redness and edema, and irregularity of the surface of the bones, particularly of the radius. He was a young man of florid complexion and full habits, and had a strong pulse. He was ordered to adopt a spare diet. Blue pill and colocynth pill were taken from week to week, Lugol's tincture of iodine, or the hydriodate of potassa, were administered internally, intermitting them occasionally as they began to affect the stomach. The tincture of iodine, the unguentum potassæ hydriodati, the unguentum hydrargiri and blisters, together with leeches and bandages, were alternately put on the arm, while suspended. About one hundred leeches were applied at different times. Under this treatment for three months the arm was nearly cured, except the irregularity of the surface of the bones, and some stiffness of the fingers, but it was liable to constant relapses. He states that during the year 1840, he obtained leeches and applied them himself, and continued the preparations of iodine with which he was provided. Since the hospital was reöpened in 1842, this young man has return- ed, and the arm presents no vestige of its former disease. No. 7116. February 23d. Ulcer. Táu Fukien, æt. 44, a dis- trict magistrate from Chekiáng. This officer applied for the cure of an ulcer of 20 years' growth, which had destroyed the principal part of the gastroc-nemius muscle, and was still extending its ravages; the ankle was also anchylosed. Tonics and alteratives were internally administered, and the ulcer dressed, occasionally 1844. 243 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. poulticing it, and applying sulphate of copper, or nitrate of silver, according to circumstances, and at times employing Turner's cerate, or adhesive plaster and rollers. At the expiration of nearly four months, the constitution was much invigorated, and the ulcers nearly healed. The gratitude of this man, and his confidence in foreign skill, were particularly noticeable. His wife afflicted with periodical insanity, and several children of delicate constitution, and numerous official friends, were also introduced by him for medical aid. This officer, accompanied by his family and numerous friends, visited the hospital a few days before it was closed. Hearing, after my arrival at Macao, that I was about to leave China, he sent his servant thither from Canton to renew the expressions of his grati- tude, and express his regret that time did not permit him to come in person, and to convey his best wishes for a prosperous voyage. He recently sent his servant to report his continued health, and to say that at the festival of the new-year, he will visit Canton, and pay his respects in person. No. 7247. March 14th. Compound fracture. Mih Ho, æt. 60, of Pwányü, belonging to one of the Whampoa chop boats. In discharging a bale of cotton, having raised it to the side of the boat, by some accident it fell back, and his feet passing between two of the floor planks, he was held as in a vice, while the bale fell back upon his breast, and fractured the tibia and fibia of the right leg, near the upper third. Portions of the sharp points of the tibia pro- truded through the flesh and were removed. After the inflammation was subdued, and the parts adjusted as well as practicable, the immovable splint or starched bandage was applied with the happiest effect, enabling the old man to hobble about upon his crutch in a very short time with impunity. Previous to closing the hospital the following June, he was discharged well. He has recently reported himself, and states that since 1840, there has been a little exfoliation of the bone, but he is now tolerably well. No. 7256. March 16th. Cutaneous tumor. Ho Chiwán, aged 28, of Nánhái, had been incommoded for ten years with a tumor pendulous from the nates of the right side. It extended as low as the knee, and was about two feet in circumference at its bulbous portion. It was extirpated with little loss of blood, leaving just healthy integument enough between the tumor and anus to intro- duce the sutures. The surface of the tumor was irregular, and the skin of a dingy blue color. The structure of the tumor was pecil- liar, resembling the thickened and indurated integument of keloids, 244 MAY, Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. and traversed by sinuses, like the pulmonary bronchia, and which were lined by smooth shining cerous membranes. No. 7361. Warts. Kwá, an official attendant, æt. 54, of Káuyau, had two large warts, one upon the front of his neck, and the other in his groin ; the latter was fully three fourths of an inch in diameter. Both were removed by ligatures, and a few applications of lunar caustic were made to the base of the warts after they came away. No. 7285. March 21st. Elephantiasis. Liú, æt. 20, of Sin- hwui, had been afflicted several years, with this burdensome disease. He was put upon the use of corrosive sublimate, according to the formula of Prof. Zondi, (R Cor. sub. 12 grs. make 120 pills, to be taken alternate days, beginning with one pill, and increasing the number by one each time,) at the same time giving an occasional saline purgative, allowing a spare and easily digestible diet. Tinc- ture of digitalis was also administered 15 or 20 drops thrice a day, and frequent leeching, blisters, and firm bandages, and an elevated position of the leg was enjoined. In about six weeks, the leg from being 18 inches round, was reduced nearly to its natural size, except that the integument had not contracted pari passu with the absorption of the cellular and adipose tissue, and hung flabby about the leg. The foot remained considerably enlarged. But on leaving the hos- pital and resuming his work, there was a predisposition to the return of the disease. On the reöpening of the hospital in 1842, the patient returned with his leg larger than ever. The same treatment was resumed, the patient kept in the hospital, and the bandages applied, and the leg elevated. It soon began to decrease again, but about two months after, a most violent erysipelas supervened upon repeating the leeches. One or two mornings following their reäpplication, the patient complained of having had a sleepless night, the leg was ex- cessively swollen, and of a deep red color as high as the knee. The patient was under great apprehension and cried aloud. A small strip of emplastrum cantharides was applied around the thigh, just above the knee. A full dose of calomel and rhubarb was adminis- tered at once, and then the following powder was ordered : (calo- mel, 12 grs., pulv. ipecac 20 grs.; pulv. opii. jii grs.; mix, divide into 12 parts, one to be taken every three hours ;) and a solution of corra- sive sublimate was constantly applied to the erysipelatous surface. The erysipelas did not extend above the blister, and in about ten days it was cured. The skin peeled off, and the tumefaction con- liņued to diminish till the leg became of its natural size and appear- 1844. 21.5 Ophthalmic Iospital at Canton. ance. The patient remained sometime after this, continuing essen- tially the same internal treatment, though when the symptoms mani- fested the influence of the corrosive sublimate, Lugal's tinc. of iodine, or hydriodate of potassæ were substituted. Six months subsequent to his discharge, he presented himself at the hospital in excellent health, and with scarcely a perceptible difference in the two legs, except some slight traces of the disease remaining in the foot. No. 7489. Elephantiasis of the scrotum. Chú Shunyih, aged 33, of Kwángsí, came 30th April, afflicted with this cumbersome disease, similar in its character to that of Hú Lú, who was operated upon in London by C. A. Key. (See Chi. Rep. vol. III., p. 489.) This was a pear shaped tumor, about one foot in diameter at its hulbous portion. The penis was completely buried in the mass. The same mode of treatment was adopted as in the case No. 7285, viz. leeching, ban- daging, and the internal use of corrosive sublimate. In three weeks, it had diminished one half in size. The treatment promised the most satisfactory results, when the patient becoming alarmed by the warlike preparations of the Chinese then in progress, and the daily expectations of English troops, suddenly disappeared from the hos- pital, and has not been heard of since. No. 7553. May 9th. Gun-shot wound. Chin, a lad of 17 years, a native of Sinhwuy, a fortnight previously, as he was worshiping at the tombs of his ancestors, received a ball in the back of his right forearm, from some recruits of commissioner Lin, who were practis- ing in the neighborhood. The bullet was extracted from the opposite side, and the wound soon healed. No. 7700. June 2d. Gangrene. Liángshí, an orphan girl of 19 years, of Sanshwui, was attacked with gangrene of all the fingers and thumb of the right hand. The line of separation formed regularly a little below the knuckle joints. The last operation before leaving Can- ton, was to amputate the four fingers and thumb, and to furnish medi- cines and directions for subsequent treatment. The amiable young woman wept as she saw one finger after another removed, apparently not so much from the pain it occasioned, as from the process of destruction set up, and to which in some form or other her whole body must ultimately be subjected, (as had recently been the case with both her parents,) and from reflections upon her orphan and helpless condition. One of my pupils was so much moved by witness- ing her tears, and listening to the simple narrative of her forlorn and indigent circumstances, that from his own scanty resources, he 146 MAY, Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. placed a couple of dollars in her hand, and could not conceal the emotions of humanity excited in his breast. By some means intelligence spread that the institution was to be closed, temporarily at least, as my return depended on the course events might take. Consequently, about two hundred patients with their attendants and friends, on the 17th of June, the day the hos- pital was closed, and those who had come for the first time, knocked their heads upon the ground, and laying hold of me with their hands, intreated with tears that they might be healed. O Table of diseases presented at the hospital from 1st January to 17th June, 1840. Diseases of the eye. Diseases of the ear. Acute ophthalmia 40 Deafness 22 Chronic ophthalnıia 152 Otorrhea 5 Purulent ophthalmia 6 Deaf-dumbness 1 Scrofulous ophthalmia 7 Miscellaneous diseases. Ophthalmitis 1 Insanity 3 Entropia 57 Choriza 1 Ectropia 9 Inflammatory diseases. Pterygia 29 Paranychia 1 Encanthis 1 Rheumatism 20 Nebulæ 40 Arthritis 6 Ulcer of cornea 1 Thrush 1 Cataracts 35 Abscesses Lippitudo 17 Lumbar abscess 1 Xeroma 1 Ulcers, various 11 Quivering lids 1 Constitutional. Tumor of the lids 2 Ascites 12 Semblepheron 1 Anasarca 10 Mucocele 2 Opium mania 8 Leucoma 2 Prolapsus ani 1 Staphyloma 11 Hemorrhoids 2 Chronic iritis 8 Scrofula 23 Closed pupil 1 Rickets 1 Glaucoma 1 Diseases of respiratory orguns. Muscæ volitantes 5 Laryngitis 3 Myosis 2 Aphony 1 Amaurosis 10 Chronic bronchitis 20 do. partial 7 Pneumonia 1 Mydriasis 1 Hæmoptisis 7 Onyx 2 Asthma 2 Fungus hæmatodes 1 Diseases of digestive organs. Loss of one eye 11 Enteritis 1 Loss of both cyes 9 Dyspepsia 23 1841. 2.17 Memoir of Chin Chungmin. Constipation 5 Elephantiasis Worms 2 Elephantiasis scrotal 1 Iliac passion 1 Veruccæ 1 Diseases of chilopoietic viscera. Acne 1 Enlargement of spleen 3 Ichthyosis 3 Hepatitis 2 Porrigo 1 Icterus 3 Psoriasis 6 Diseases of generative organs. Various ny Bubo 3 Diseases of bones. Stricture urethræ 1 Disease of antrum maxillary 1 Warts of glans penis 1 Osteo-sarcoma of the lower jaw 3 Chancre 1 Morbus coxalgia 3 Cancer of penis j Caries of os femoris 2 Syphilis 3 Caries of the lower jaw 3 Leucorrhea 2 Periostitis 1 Dysmenorrhea 2 Exostosis of os malæ 1 Rhenitis 1 Curvature of spine Urinary calculi 3 Hydrocele 1 Preternatural and diseased Enlarged testicles 1 growths. Diseases of nervous system. Polypus, nasal 1 Neuralgia 5 Tumors, sarcomatous 8 Paralysis 7 Tumors, encysted Epilepsy 6 Tumors, cutaneous Cutaneous. Carcinoma of the breast Lepra 2 Scirrhus breast Tinea capitis 4 Injuries. Scabies 5 Dislocation of radius 1 Lichen circinatus 9 Gun-shot- 2 Neva maternæ 2 Injury from a blow 2 Viteligo 2 Burns 1 Keloids 5 / Hernia 5 Art. IV. A memoir of Chin Chungmin (the hero of Wúsung), who always followed a correct line of conduct. Translated for the Repository by 老​麥 ​. Chin Chungmin's 陳忠​怒 ​name was Hwaching it hit, and his designation was Lienfung. . he was a native of Tung- ngán district in the province of Fukien. He rose to eminence by a series of meritorious acts, and attained the rank of a tituh or major-general; he was likewise rewarded with a peacock's ſeather, and received the title of chin wei tsiángkiun PE 248 May, Memoir of Chin Chungmin. * the awe-exciting general.' On a foriner occasion, the emperor considering that Amoy and Quemoy were the most important posts of the province of Fukien, especially dispensed in the case of Chin with the law which prohibits persons from holding office in their native province, and appointed him to be the general in charge of Quemoy, with a control over Amoy; for his fidelity and sincerity had long been appreciated by his sovereign. On the 20th year of Taukwang (1840), the English barbarians created a disturbance on account of the prohibition of opium, and when the emperor was appointing strict guards along the seacoast, he especially selected Chin to be the general officer in charge of Kiangnan. After he had received this appointment he had frequent audiences with the emperor, who placed great dependence on him. In the 5th month of the above year (June, 1840), he came to the provincial city, and met with I'lípú, a major-general and governor- general of the Two Kiáng provinces, whilst on his inspection of the seaports, on which occasion our hero accompanied him, and took the opportunity of reviewing the troops stationed at Wúsung and Shanghái. When the review was over, Chin addressing himself to one of the inspectors named Wángyueh, said, “A single stick of tim- ber is not sufficient for the support of a whole house; it is true that the soldiers of the Two Kiáng provinces have exhibited themselves thus, but I am deeply solicitous lest there should be some remissness in the military preparations.” After this he went to Sungkiáng ML, and took up his quarters in the commander-in-chief's office. Six days from this, he suddenly heard that the English barbarians had thrown the province of Fukien into confusion, and that Chusan was lost, when Chin immediately led out the troops under his command, and on the 10th day of the 6th month (8th of July), hastened to Wú- sung, where he measured and calculated the scene of action, and selected the most important points for constructing his defence; when on the right of the western battery he pitched his tents along the bank, and slept and resided in the midst of the camp. The magistrate of the district offered to lend him his office for a resi- dence, but Chin refused it. After five days, the governor-general I'lípú arrived, when he had arranged everything in proper order. The governor then assembled the soldiers of T'áihú + A, Kingk’au 京口​,Langshan 狼山​, Tsaichau 徐州​, and Arnhiwui 安徽 ​and placed the whole under his command. At that time all the of- ficers received bounties, great and small according to their several ranks, but Chin alone refused to accept of anything, saying, “I have 1844. 249 Memoir of Chin Chungmin. my regular salary, and being supported by the government it behoves me to attend to my country's claims; what have I to do with boun- ties ?" But yet he did not interfere with other persons receiving the money: for he was always liberal in rewarding his soldiers, and spar- ing in what he applied to himself. When any presented him with wine and food he nobly refused it, because he would not be charged with having received gifts; those under his command also never forced the people to sell a single article. The common practice is for the soldiers of government to suck the very fat and marrow of the people, but Chin delighted himself in drinking the mere waters of Músung. On one occasion, the brigade of soldiers which came from Tsüchau A NY were disobedient, when Chin ordered their commander to inspect them; from that time each brigade began to pay a little more attention to its duties. That summer, the provinces of Fukien and Chekiáng 'were severally cautioned to be on their guard; and the governor Tang Tingching, considering that Anioy depended for its defence on our hero, requested that he might be sent back to his post; but the emperor thinking that Kiángnan still more relied on his exertions, would not accede to the suggestion. In the middle of the month of August, the barbarian vessels came constantly cruising about, and sent a boat to intercept the boat of a trading vessel, in order to send in a letter. Chin ordered the boat to be attacked, and obtained seven trading people, who all belonged to Canton. The attendant wished to put them to the torture, but Chin would not permit it, and stopped them. It afterwards appeared from the testimony of these trading people, that the barbarians were very much afraid of Chin's name, and did not dare to advance; hence their wish to intimidate us by a show of strength. Subsequently to this, the people of Chekiáng seized a barbarian leader, called Anstruther, and others, who bore the same testimony. I'lípú, the governor-general of Chekián-gwas then made plenipoten- tiary, besides, whom the emperor also commanded Yukien * to take temporary charge of the seals. The governor-general ad- dressed a letter to Yukien, saying, that Chin had great talents as a general, and could be implicitly relied upon. Yukien observing that Chin commonly slept in a tent, and was also very pure and uncorrupted, much admired him. One evening there was a heavy storm, when he sent an officer inquire after his health, and to see how he get on. The officer found Chin sitting in a hazardous position in the tent: when Chin laugh- VOL. XIII. NO, V. 250 MAY, Memoir of Chin Chungmin. ing said, “This is only to try me; do you think I am going to change my usual habits for the dangerous attacks of these barbarians ? Yukien then believed him, and afterwards because Chin would not avail himself of the accommodations of an office, ordered people to build a straw shed for him in the camp. In this manner, Chin thrice exchanged heat for cold, without even taking off his clothes when he retired to rest. Whenever the tide made, he would mount on the bank, and observe the changes of the weather, and further admonish his soldiers, saying, "Even in peaceful times it is necessary to abstain from self-indulgence." Inferior officers were not allowed presump- tuously to come within the magistrate's court; and should any alarm be given, and persons be challenged without answering, they were to be dealt with according to military law. In September, 1841, there was a great storm, which lasted for several days and nights, when Chin was more especially on his guard, saying, "Whenever thieves intend to surprise a camp, they generally take advantage of such oc- casions." Three days after this it was known that Chusan had been taken at the time alluded to; and all who heard the remark admired and submitted to Chin's judgment. At that time, the tides rose unusually high, and the water collected in Chin's straw hut about a foot deep, when Chau Shíyung the adjutant-general of the force at Wúsung, requested Chin to come and live in the bat- tery, but he replied, 'If I avoid the inundation, what will become of the great body of the soldiery? I wish to share the same joys and sorrows with my comrades.' Saying this he persisted in his refusal to remove. It was reported about this time that Wang Sehming E), Koh Yunfi ER, Chin Kwoh-hung, were all slain in battle at Chusan; also that Chinhái had been lost, and that Sie Cháugnan # had fallen in the field ; further that the imperial commissioner Yukien had committed suicide. Moreover that the general Yü Púyun, and all under his command, both mili- tary and civil had fed. Chin on hearing these reports, was greatly exasperated. It appears that previous to this, Yukien had received a communication that Yishán and his three colleagues had al- ready made a treaty with the barbarian leader Elliot at Canton, by which the latter agreed to remove the troops. On hearing of these renewed outbreaks, therefore, Chin said, "Dogs and sheep are not 10 be trusted; inoreover when we bribe them to peace, it is to be feared that they will be the wore moved to cupidity, and liſt themselves !!p with pride. Therefore when the authorities at Wúsung wished 1844. 251 Memoir of Chin Chungmin. to withdraw the greater part of the troops, Chin alone took the sol- diers under his command and carefully guarded the place. Not many days after this, it was said that the barbarians had again re- belled, and that Pottinger led on the troops to make renewed in- roads. In the 7th moon, and 7th day, they attacked and took Amoy. Chin on receiving a family letter detailing these calamities, sighed and said, “The destruction of my house is of no conse- quence; I only regret that I cannot exterminate the fellows that did it.” In the beginning of the 11th moon, snow fell for several days and nights together, and the frost continued a whole month; the troops suffered much from cold; Chin on this occasion ventured through the snow to inspect the camp, soothing and encouraging the soldiers. The people felt in consequence as warm as if they had been clothed in silk. Chin on common occasions was dressed in ordinary clothes and a short jacket, and acted towards the soldiers and people as a father towards his children; so that the villagers used to call him the old Budha Chin. When he went abroad, he used to ride in a common bamboo chair, carried by two men without any pomp or ceremony. Sometimes he sailed in a small boat, to examine the eddies in the stream, and went backwards and forwards though wind and rain, without the least apprehension; but on common occasions he did not go to the rescue of places when they were not invaded. Whenever there was a change of governors, he was first disliked on account of his strictness, but afterwards admired for his sincerity; for all deep- ly respected him, and H. E. Niú Kien was greatly delighted with him. Seeing that the troops drafted from the neighborhood were very weak, and that those which came from the north of the Kiáng, and from the divisions of Tsüchau and Hotsáu were comparatively stronger, and also more brave, the governor suggested that the latter should be placed in the van. Chin, however, objected, because, said he, “ The most important thing in an army is to maintain its ground; these who live near have a concern for the welfare of their families, and have been long under my command; hence I conceive that they will not desert my standard; but the troops from other parts are not so much to be depended on, and in the fight would be the first to run." On the 18th of April, 1842, the magazine at Shanghái blew up with a tremendous explosion. Chin said, “This is doubtless occasioped by the powder magazine at Shanghái taking fire; certainly some Chinese traitors have been banding together for this purpose.” On hastening 252 MAY, Memoir of Chin Chungmin. to examine the powder magazine at Wúsung, he found that com- bustible materials had already been collected outside the walls. He then dispatched two horsemen to Shanghai, to inquire the reason of the explosion, and on their arrival the fire was still burning; thus divinely intelligent was our hero in prognosticating affairs. On the 10th day of the 4th moon (the 19th of May), he heard that Chápú had been lost, in consequence of which Chin increased his exertions day and night. He displayed towards his troops the principles of high integrity, and liberally rewarded them; so that whilst other cities near Wúsung were disturbed, the people rested in their defenses without alarm; mainly relying on the presence of Chin with them. On the 20th day of the month (the 29th of May), two barbarian vessels arrived, which from the Hwái headland up to the inner part of the Yángtsz kiáng, went on sounding as they entered; after which they anchored a few miles from Wúsung. Chin seeing that they were beyond the reach of his guns did not attempt anything against them. On the 30th of May these two vessels departed, but on the 1st day of “the 5th moon (9th of June), two large barbarian vessels came, with two steamers, all of which entered the Great river, and anchored in the former position. On that day, the governor Niú Kien came from Shanghái to Páushán. Early on the morning of the 12th of June, one of the steamers went southward, when on the afternoon of the 13th June, twenty-six barbarian ships came to infringe on our boundary. They were all moored in a line broad- side on, while, their masts and sails projected high over our defenses ; and the smoke of their steamers rose up to heaven, to the terror of whole country. The people began to remove and flee, but still re- flecting that their general was with them, they were not excessively alarmed. On the 14th and 15th June, several more barbarian vessels arrived, which spread themselves over the water for some miles in extent. At night they lighted up lamps to show their cannon, and kept up a constant din with gongs and drums, as if they were ex- ercising their troops, but really with the view of striking terror into our soldiers; but our people to the last felt confidence in having Chin amongst them. Early the next day, Chin arrayed himself in his robes of state, and having prayed to heaven and earth, ordered all his officers and soldiers to have their arms and ammunition ready, with the necessary provisions. The governor Niú Kien then came to the council-board, when Chin encouraging him said, "To carry on the attack by fire entirely 1844. 253 Memoir of Chin Chungmin. depends on having guns and cannon in readiness ; I have been in the hottest of the battle, with my life in my hand, these scores of times, but never as now have we presented such a close and compact front to the enemy, so that we must conquer; your excellency there- fore may remain quiet in the encampment without anxiety." This he said in order to confirm his courage. There were two batteries at Wúsung; the one on the western side of the Yángtsz' kiáng was on the northern bank of the Wúsung river, about two miles from the town of Páushán, skirted on three sides by water. This was a most important position, and Chin together with the recently pro- moted adjutant-general Chau Shiyung , having under his coinmand the divisions of Sungkiang, Wúsung, and Táihú, guarded this post all along the banks of the river. The Piáuyang brigade from Táichau defended the l'chau redoubt; the Wúpiau brigade from A'nhwui, together with the Honán brigade, guarded the parade ground, and the redoubt adjoining; the rear guard took post on the east of the city, and the Háichau brigade defended the farm in the same quarter; while the captain of the Wúsung regi- ment named Yih Chenkwei, together with the district magistrate #Chau Kungchau, took charge of the city. The battery to the east of the river, and on the south side of the Wúsung branch, was also skirted on three sides by water, and was under the charge of the adjutant-general of the Chuenshá brigade, Tsui Kihsui teil who led on his own regiment with the troops froin A'nking to defend it. The colonels of the Hopiau regiment named Hwang Yungtsing and Lí Hwuilien 李輝​連​, together with major Chang Kitung 張嘉桐​, sides the colonel of the Tsaupiau brigade, Wang Yuñysiang I 永祥 ​each one led on his troops to the defense of the same fort. The adjutant-general of the vanguard Liú Chángtsing E, and captain Tien Haujen I , led forward the water braves to attack the ships by fire, and to lie in wait in the inner canal. Chin, considering that the different officers were not much to be depended on, but that Chau Shiyung was still honest and sincere, had intrusted him with the general charge of the troops, and the evening before the battle addressed him saying, “You, sir, and I, possess no slight degree of happiness." Chau not knowing what he meant, Chin explained himself by saying, “Tomorrow should we conquer, we shall obtain a large reward; but should we by any chance fail, our names will never rot: is this a slight degree of hap- WC- Memoir of Chin Chungmin. MAY, The go- piness?" This he said with a view of strengthening his resolution. Early on the morning of the 15th of June, Chin ascended the bat- tery, and observed that the barbarian vessels had arranged them- selves for the engagement, the steamers being in the van, and the other vessels in pairs. In a short time they approached, when Chin seiz- ing a red flag gave the signal for the attack. From five in the morning until ten, more than a thousand guns continued firing; the smoke covered the heavens, and the report was heard for scores of miles. During the engagement, two steamers and five large barbarian ships were disabled, while several hundred rascally savages were slain, so that in a few moments more they would have commenced the retreat, and the multitudes on our side were shouting for victory. Chin seeing that our balls on striking the ships were shivered, and our gun carriages were broken, regretted that the make of these ar- ticles was so inferior, but did not complain. The battle now became fiercer, when H. E. Niú Kien led his troops out of the city, and removed them to the exercise ground about a mile to the south of Paushán; the thieves spying this move- ment from their mast heads, and hoisting a number of cannon up into their tops, opened a fire on us from that elevation. vernor's subordinate officers not daring to advance, came in a body, and requested to be allowed to return to the city. Whereupon the governor sent a Aying dispatch, ordering Wáng Chíyuen Ett the general of the Tsüchau brigade, then in the rear of the small sand embankment, to come to their assistance But little did he think that both officers of this corps had already at the first onset scampered away. However, the adjutant-general of the Honán bri- gade Chin Pingchuen III, escorted the governor in his re- treat to the westward, while the district magistrate Chau Kungchau brought up the rear. The enemy again observing from their mast heads that our troops were in confusion, carried on the attack still more fiercely; when the colonel Wáng Fungsiáng I 7 M, the standard-bearer and guardian of the east part of the city, with colo- nel Tung Chenyuen 5 JT, who guarded the northwest of the city, to the south of the Yángtsz', both took to flight, one after the other. The battery to the east of the Great river did indeed fire off about 20 cannon, but the Hotsáu brigate did not come to their as- sistance; whilst Tsui Kihsui and the rest of them spiked their guns and fled, before any of their soldiers had been injured. The steamers made a direct attack on the Hákiáng redoubt, when 1844. 255 Memoir of Chin Chungmin, non. the water braves were at once thrown into confusion. Liú Cháng- tsing with Tien Haujen jumped into the water and escaped, quickly accompanied by the ensign Sháu Liáng 2 , who got away into the court house. The general Lin Mingsui's ** Ha a vessel went through the Wantsáu creek to the westward, pursued by the steamer to Líchin, for about two miles as far as Kweikia’s bridge, firing all the way, so that both banks resounded with the noise. The battery of brass cannon on the south side of the Kiáng fired into a barbarian ship doing her much injury. About 11 o'clock, the enemy landed, when the soldiers in the l'chau redoubt fled, but the standard-bearer, colonel Cháng Hwui 36 withstood them. Be- ing wounded, however, he gave up his post. Several large barba- rian ships attacked the western battery with all their might, where- upon Chau Shiyung wished to retreat, and begged Chin to retire; but Chin drawing his sword threatened him saying, "My confidence in you has been misplaced." Chau then receded, whilst the general again mounting the bank urged on the fight. Wherever there was a deficiency of soldiers to serve the guns, he himself loaded the pieces and applied the match, firing off in succession scores of can- He also ordered the jingal and matchlock men immediately to attack the barbarian rascals as they landed. By this time he had received several musket balls, and the blood began to stream from him, so that he sunk down, but soon sprang up again. The troops from the neighboring provinces were now all upon the retreat, the barbarian villains, both by sea and land, prosecuted the attack; till at last Chin being severely wounded, fell to the ground, vomiting blood, when he bowed his head in the direction of the emperor's palace, and expired in the 76th year of his age. In his last moments, he was still calling upon heaven. A friend of the general's, an old professor of military tactics, named Liú Kwohpiáu ) who had been formerly celebrated for his bravery, in spite of his wounds, bore away the body of Chin, and concealed it among the rushes. The same day there fell in battle seven officers, viz., the standard bearer, captain of the Sungkiáng brigade, Wei Yinfuh # EP TE, the lieutenant Tsien Kinyuh T AE, with the ensign Hülin 許​林​, and the sergent Hui Panakwel 許攀桂​, the supernu- merary Tsü Tákih tf * , and with the corporal of the in. ternal yellow brigade Yáu Yentsz' Kwhile the brigadier Kung Lingtsang , having been taken prisoner would not submit, and died in a most painful manner. Of common soldiers 256 May, Memoir of Chin Chungmin. 81 fell, besides 43 of the Sungkiáng brigade, and ten men from Wúa sung; there also fell five Táihú men, and of the 17 companies from Káutsz' and Súchin, about 22 individuals, with upwards of ten fellows from the various brigades of which no reckoning can be made. Of those who had experienced Chin's kindness, and could not find it in their hearts to run away, many were severely wound- ed; but when they saw that Chin was dead, they cried bitterly and retreated. At this time the people became greatly alarmed, while old and young, male and female without exception, cried out as they went, “ The great wall of China is broken down! What shall we do! What shall we do!" By noon the government soldiers had all fled out of the district, and the thieves having entered the city began to reward their troops, and ascending the Chinhái gallery gave themselves up to drinking. Some of them expressing themselves in Chinese said, “This battle has been a very severe one, and had there been two such men as Chin, we should never have beaten them.” They would then burst, out into a loud laugh. Day after day they went on burning and destroying along the seacoast, the bitter consequences of which were unspeakable. On the 18th of June, a steamer went up the Hwángpú river towards the south, where the officers and militia of the eastern canal having already on the 17th of June burned their vessels and destroyed their own encampment, pretended as though they had been defeated in the engagement and fled. On the 19th of June the barbarian scoundrels entered Shanghai, which the go- vernment troops had previously evacuated, but Yáu Yuenlán tot 9, the magistrate instructor refused to decamp, and the histo- rian Yang King-ngan 12 threw himself into the water and was drowned. Ten days after the death of Chin, a native of Kiáting district named Lien Tinghwáng bene having issued a placard, ob- tained the body of the general, and brought it to the city, where on the 26th of June it was buried at the military temple. The face on this occasion appeared as fresh as when alive. Chin having on the fatal day wound himself round with cotton, the bullets did not pene- trate deeply, and four or five were taken out; but those that had entered the belly, shoulder and breast were too deep to be removed. The citizens vied with each other in manifesting their respect at his funeral, and poured out the libations with tears; while the markets 1844. 257 Memoir of Chin Chungmin. were deserted for several days. Two portraits of him were taken, one of which was placed in the city, and the other attached to his coffin. Wherever the procession passed along, the people offered up incense and wept; and the governor Niú Kien also memorialized the emperor on these proceedings. His imperial majesty in reply said, that he had perused the account with tears, and felt his mind choked up with grief and indignation ; but he commanded the pro- per Board to offer its condolence according to law, directing that his coffin should be sent to his native province, while all the civil and military officers on the road were to escort it, and show it the proper honors. His majesty also ordered that both in his native place and on the spot where he fell, shrines should be erected, eulogizing him as faithful and worthy to be lamented; while his posterity were to have the hereditary office of master of the light chariot. A subsequent edict stated that Chin Yenfáng B* * the son of Chin Hwaching 1% hili should succeed his father's office; and his other son Chin Yenfan pa 3 should to be rewarded with the title of master of arts, and be at once admitted to the higher ex- aminations. That his grandson Chin Chinshí 1 e should wait till be became of age, when he should proceed to the proper Board, in order to be introduced at court. This edict was issued out of a sincere regard to the uprightness and fidelity of the brave man, and to show the emperor's extreme desire to reward the distant posterity of the brave. Oh, how glorious ! Some say, that on the 2d of July, Chin sent down intelligence through the medium of the divining altar at Sungkiáng, to the effect that the supreme ruler of heaven had promoted him to the rank of second general in chief of the Board of Thunder, in order that though he could not while alive repay the imperial favor by exterminating the rebels, yet that after his death he might afford some aid to his country. This, however, is a mere report, and cannot be fully relied upon ; but this much is certain, that those who are honestly devoted to one uniform principle of right partake of the divine: our hero was thus entirely devoted to correct principles, and why should we be ashamed to consider him divine? With regard to the other hidden and mysterious affair, since we cannot institute any accurate inves- tigation into the matter, I do not press it, but merely record such real facts as have been seen and heard, in order to submit them to my intelligent readers. It has been said, that death is sometimes a weightier matter than the great mountain, and sometimes lighter than a swan's down. VOL. XIII, NO. V. 258 MAY, Memoir of Chin Chungmin. re- This is not merely because death in a righteous cause is important, and in an unrighteous one deserving of no regard; but because death even in a good cause differs greatly in the estimation in which it should be held. The bold and valiant commander, who employs all his courage and skill in endeavoring to obtain the victory, but unfortunately dies in the struggle, is to be placed at the head of the list. He, who, when his schemes are exhausted, rushes blindly on danger and dies, ranks in the second place; while the man, who on experiencing a defeat puts an end to his own existence, is to be classed still lower than the one who meets his death from the hand of the enemy But conduct like that of Chin, who when succor failed sacrificed his life in the contest, how can it be imitated by the herd of coarse vulgar fellows who merely get their feelings roused to a certain pitch? His was truly to be ranked in the first class of honorable deaths. In the early part of Kángií's reign, Chin Fuh the general in command in Shensí, distinguished himself by his courage and fidelity. The disobedient foreigner Wú Sánkweiht belled, while Wáng Fúchin, the commander at Pingliang imitated his example. The emperor ordered Chin Fuh to unite with the great leader Tung-ngoh , and punish the rebels. They marched their united forces to Kúyuen, where the adjt.-general Kú Tsung- chi 賈​從​哲​,with the colonel Chang Yuenking 張​元​經​, at the outset of the battle were the first to retreat; but Chin Fuh be- headed them as examples, seeing which the multitude did not dare to retrograde. After all, however, some deserters from the opposite party, who professed to join our standard, fanned the flames of rebel- lion, at midnight the troops mutinied, and Chin Fuh met his death in the camp at Hwuingau. The emperor on hearing it was greatly moved, and conferred a pos- thumous title on the deceased of the Faithful and Lamented One,' while he also erected a shrine to his memory. Now the surname, the rank, the posthumous title, and the shrine erected for this officer, all agree with those of our hero; his military talents were also not inferior to those of Chin's, while in stern courage he exceeded him, and in kindness and benevolence perhaps fell short of the subject of our narrative. But Chin Fuh has never been celebrated for his pearly purity and rigid integrity, refusing to receive a single atom of re- ward, constantly sharing the bitter and sweet with his soldiers, and maintaining this for a length of time without fail. Should it be so), how is it that the account has never bccu handed down to us? Or is 1844: 259 Memoir of Chin Chungmin. it not because the virtuous dispositions of these two celebrated men differed, that their deaths were so dissimilar? As it is, common people ascribe to Chin the merit of adhering to economy, but seldom advert to his daily virtues; this is perhaps be- cause they overlook purity of motive and incorruptible conduct while they run after influence and gain. With respect to those officers who disgrace their country and injure the people, and those com- manders who grasp at promotion while they lose the battle, (the whole empire for myriads of ages spitting upon and railing at them,) should they luckily gain the ascendancy as long as their good fortune lasts, people are only afraid lest they should not flatter them enough, representing wrong as right, and admiring faults as virtues, pressing forward to flatter them without cessation, whilst integrity and bene- volence such as that displayed by Chin, they strangely place among imperfections ! Should there arise amongst such people a scholar attached to rectitude, who composes an essay or records a business, either they gloss it over without inquiry, or hand it down with some mixture of error, and are rarely to be depended on as faithful historians. Al- though I am by no means an accomplished scholar, yet having suc- cessively observed the facts of this case, and known how the matter really stands, how can I restrain myself from discoursing at some length about it? Only let us have a few such men as Chin to pre- pare vessels and cannon, and to encourage the soldiers and people, then we may exterminate the great whales in the pearly sea, and build the lofty gallery on the vast ocean, whilst we might construct the yellow dragon palace, and feast ourselves without apprehension. Should we not get any exactly like our hero, but a little inferior to Chin, we might still carefully guard the passes and borders, and treat strangers with proper ceremony; when should millions of fleets and armies invade, we can still defeat them as formerly at the Fei waters: how much more would such jump-stick little ugly rascals as these be unable to play their owlish pranks! Bating this, should we have but one or two such men as Chin, or a little inferior to him, whilst one like our hero had the entire charge of a district, beheading fugitives in order to show the severity of military laws, although we might not be able in one engagement to accomplish everything, and annihilate these marauders, yet we should never be so bad as to run away without fighting, dreading the barbarians as tigers, and fancying every stork to be a soldier, coming at length to make a treaty under the city walls, and listen- 260 MAY, Memoir of Chin Chungwin. ing to every demand of the foe, degrading the national dignity and furthering the wishes of rebels, the while robbing the people of their wealth to fill the coffers of banditti, as we have now done. Depending on the intelligence of our sacred sovereign to reward the faithful and upright, while he severely punishes the fellows that would grasp at life and betray their country, letting them know that by unfaithful conduct they will never come to a good end, and that it would be better for them by adhering to rectitude to secure to themselves glory both in life and death; then punishments and re- wards being clearly administered, the people would all become honest and faithful, for ages and generations right rule would be extended and tranquillity secured, and we need be under no appre- hensions of insult from foreigners. Dated the 22d year of Táukwáng, in the winter, written by Hia Sangtsz', of Sungkiáng. Imperial edict regarding the above-named officer. On the 20th of June, 1842, an imperial decree was received to the following effect: “Niú Kien has reported the business of the rebel ships forci- bly entering Wúsung river, and of general Chin having fallen in battle, followed by the loss of Paushán. It seems that the rebel barbarians, taking advantage of their vessels, assaulted and attacked Páushán, when general Chin Hwaching leading the troops under his command, defended the batteries, and kept them off for the space of seven days, during which time he disabled by his cannon three barbarian ships, and wounded scores of villainous savages. The dis- trict in question is skirted by the sea, but the rebels planted their great guns in the main-tops of the vessels, from whence they fired them off, so that they demolished our defenses, and left our troops no place of shelter, at which time the general referred to died in battle, and the city was in consequence lost. On looking over the report how can I repress my grief and commiseration! Chin Hwa- ching has been long on the ocean, and has already become celebrated for his fidelity and courage; on this occasion advancing to meet the enemy he displayed his usual daring, and at length sacrificed his life; it is suitable therefore that some special mark of favor should be extended towards him, to console him for his fidelity and devoted- Let the case of Chin Hwaching therefore be handed over to the proper Board, that condolence may be afforded in accordance with the regulations as due to a general's rank; as a further mark of favor let the sum of 1000 taels be paid out of the army estimates ness. 1844. 201 Porcelain Tower at Nanking. for the province of Kiángsú. Let also the governor and lieut.- governor of his native province inquire after the deceased officer's sons and grandsons, and report the number according to truth. Further, on the spot where he fell, as well as in his native village, let there be severally erected shrines; and when the coffin of the de- ceased is conveyed back to his native place, let every local officer through which the procession passes make proper arrangements. Let also the colonels, captains, officers, and men who fell in the same engagement be by the said governor distinctly inquired into and reported. Respect this.” There is at present in the Ching-hwáng miáu, at Shánghái, an image of Chin Hwaching, as large as life, dressed in his robes of state, and sitting in a chair. It is said to be very much like him when alive, and gives a very good idea of the courage mingled with benevolence possessed by our hero. He had high cheek bones, with projecting eyes, a florid complexion, with cheeks rather fallen in, and a determined expression of countenance exhi- biting a kindness of disposition in accordance with the account given of him above. All visitors at Shánghái would do well to repair to the tea gar- dens that they may have a sight of one of the brave warriors who fell in defending his country against the attack of a powerful invader. Art. V. A picture of the Precious Porcelain pagodla in the Re- compensing Favor monastery of Kiángnán (commonly known as the Porcelain Tower). ACCORDING to ancient history, in Kinling, on a plot of ground be- longing to the Budhists outside of the Collected Gem gate, there stood an ancient temple; within its precincts was the pagoda of king Oyuh, which had existed for a long time. The great emperor Sun, whose reign was styled Chihwú of the Wú dynasty, (one of the Three States, about the close of the 2d century,) in the second year of his reign, commenced building the monastery, and repaired the pagoda. He named it the First Erected monastery. Afterwards Káu, one of his descendants, demolished it, and the temple was deserted. In the time of Táikáng, of the Tsin dynasty, a foreign priest Liú Sáhko, the abbot, obtained a relic from the place called Long-spear, 202 MAY, Porcelain Tower at Nanking. and deposited it in the monastery. The emperor Kienwan of the same dynasty, (who reigned A. D. 371 and 372,) removed this monastery to the riding of Assembled-joys, and named it “Long- spear;" repaired the pagoda of king Oyuh, raised it three stories high, and deposited therein the relic. Afterwards Káutsung of the great Táng dynasty, in the year of his reign styled the Illustrious and Happy, enlarged and repaired the temple, and changed its name, and called it the monastery of Celestial Felicity. (This was about the middle of the 7th century.) Táitsú of the Sung dynasty, (who ascended the throne A. D. 960,) in the year of his reign styled Strong Virtue, changed its name, and called it the monastery for “Mercifully and graciously honoring the Faithful.” In the time of the emperor Shun, of the Yuen dynasty, it was destroyed by fire. fire. At length Yungloh, of the great Ming dynasty, on removing his court to the north, in the 10th year of his reign, in order to recompense the great favor of her majesty, the august em- press, commenced its rebuilding, at noon, on the 15th day of the 6th month. On the 1st day of the 8th month, of the 6th year of Suente, A. D. 1430, it was completed, occupying in all nineteen years. He commanded Hwang Lihtái, a vice-president of the Board of Works, to build, according to a plate-pattern in the palace, a pre- cious porcelain pagoda, nine stories high, of five colors, and to name it the First Pagoda, to display the virtues of his deceased august empress mother. The pagoda was just 329 chih, 4% tsun high. Its top was overlaid with yellow gold and with wind-and-rain pro- tecting copper, in order that its colors might for a long time be pre- served untarnished. From its lofty (lit. nine heavens) dragon-head, were hung eight iron chains, on which were suspended 72 bells. On the eight corners from top to bottom were 80 more iron bells, making 152 in all. And on the outside of the nine stories were 128 lamps; below in the octagonal pavilion, and in the centre of the pagoda, were 12 porcelain lamps; all requiring 854lbs. of oil to light them. Upwards they illuminated the thirty-three heavens; and brought to light the good and evil among men, for ever banishing human evils. On the top were two copper pans of 1200lbs. weight; and a celestial vase weighing 600lbs. Eastward the monastery extended to the temple of the deified hero Yuh-tung-hái; southward to the great rice-market and the gardens of the Kwóh family; westward to the visitors' bridge; and north- ward to the brink of the Great river-its whole circumference being 1844. 203 Porcclain Tower at Nanking. 9 li 13 pú (about three English miles). Hence it appears that the monastery was of great extent. Since the repairs of Yungloh (A. D. 1430), it has been the glory and flower of a hundred generations, and for ten thousand years it will continue to recompense favor; hence it has been named, the Re- compensing Favor monastery. On its front is written First PAGODA. Upon the whole body of the work there were expended $3,313,978 from the imperial treasury. Nine iron rings were placed on the top, the largest 63 and the smallest 24 chih (Chinese feet) in circumference, weighing 4800lbs. In the top of the pagoda, for warding off evil influences, were deposited: One pearl for illuminating the night; One pearl for keeping off [the evils of) water; One pearl for keeping off the evils of] fire; One pearl for keeping off [the evils of] wind; One pearl for keeping off [the evils of] dust; One ingot of gold, weighing 53 lbs.; Tea, 133}lbs.; Silver, 133 lbs.; One piece of minghiung (medicine), 1333lbs.; One precious pearl stone; 1000 string (each 1000) of Yungloh's copper coin; Two pieces of yellow silk ; One sacred volume of the god Tetsáng; One sacred volume of the god Ometo; One sacred volume of the god Shikiá ; One sacred volume of the god Tsijin. Also, during the present dynasty, these two imperial inscriptions have been written, and hung up on tablets : No two Religions. Chíh wú's Spiritual Fane. Now in the 5th year of Kiáking's reign, in the 15th day of the month, the god of Thunder, while expelling a strange monster, chased him to this place, when instantly three parts of the nine stories of the pagoda were demolished. But the strength of the god was so awfully stern, and the influence of the Budhistic doctrines was so boundless, that the whole building was not destroyed. The gov.- general and governor of Kiangnán prepared a memorial and present- ed it to the throne, requesting the emperor to advance money from the national treasury to make the repairs. The work was commenc- 264 MAY, Porcclain Tower at Nanking. ed on the 6th day of the 2d month, in the 7th year of Kiáking (1. D. 1801). On the 2d day of the 6th month the whole was completed, and the pagoda was as beautiful as if it had been entirely rebuilt. Respectfully engraved by the priests residing in the Recompensing Favor monastery. Note. For the foregoing translation we are indebted to a young friend, a missionary's daughter, who, at our request, has prepared it for the Repository. The ancient Nanking-called also Kinling—is the modern Kiángning. The Porcelain tower stands on the southern side of the city, and was repeatedly visited in 1842, by gentlemen belonging to the English expedition. A draw- ing of the pagoda as it then appeared-made by lieut. James Fitzjames, is now in our possession, and from it the block for the accompanying picture was pre- pared. Its entire height is 261 feet, and the diameter at the base 96 feet 10 inches, as given by lieut. Fitzjames. It will be remembered, by some of our readers, that certain individuals among the visitors in 1842, went armed with chizzels and hammers, and brought away large masses of the porcelain. So great were their depredations, that the English plenipotentiary saw fit to direct a sum of money to be paid to make the repairs. For some general notices of pagodas, see volume VI, page 189 and sequel ; an account of this pagoda by Le Comte was given in the first volume, page 257. Some further particulars of it are also subjoined, which describe the base as resting on a massy foundation of brick-work raised ten feet from the ground, surrounded by a flight of twelve steps; the lowest story, which is much the largest, has a circumference of one hundred and twenty feet, giving to each face fifteen feet; all the other stories are of smaller dimensions, and decrease in breadth as they ascend, but are of equal height throughout; the whole building is terminated by a large pole, which, rising from the centre of the eighth story, passes through the ninth, which it exceeds thirty feet; and this is surrounded at the distance of three or four feet by the convolutions of an immense iron hoop, sufficiently remote to appear in the distance like rings, diminishing as they ascend, in the manner of a cone, and surmounted by a gilded ball; each story has projecting roofs. covered with tiles of a green color highly varnished; the walls are faced with coarse porcelain slabs ; and in the interior, one hundred and ninety steps lead through its different compart- ments, which are filled with gilded idols, placed in niches of the wa Southern face of the lower story of the tower. vul 2011 PORCELAIN TOWER AT NANKING. VOL. XIII. NO. V, 34 266 May, Journal of Occurrences, ART. VI. Journal of Occurrences : John F. Davis, governor of Hongkong; other new appointments; count de Ratti-Menton's correspondence with the Chinese authorities; ordinances Nos. 7 and 8 of the Hongkong government; French and United States' squadrons in the Chinese seas; Kiying again appointed high imperial commissioner ; commercial concessions made to the Portuguese; the American flag-staff in Canton ; rebuilding of the British factories opposed by the populace; northern ports ; extracts from the Pekeng Gazettes; drought; sickness among the Chinese; vaccination among the Mongols. On the afternoon of the 7th inst., H. M. steamer Spiteful, commander Maitland, arrived at Hongkong, having on board, as passengers, J. F. Davis, esq., and other gentlemen. Sir Henry Pottinger's strong desire to leave China had long been known. A successor was ex- pected. But that the election had fallen on a member of the late hon. E. I. Co.'s factory, no one here probably ever dreamed. Nor can we suppose that Mr. Davis himself ever anticipated such an appointment. Soon after the steamer's arrival, when it was rumored that John Francis Davis had come out as sir Henry's successor, and was to be plenipotentiary, governor, superintendent, &c., &c., people doubted what they heard. And it was not until they witness- ed the honors given on his landing at 7 A. M. the next day, that the inhabitants of Hongkong were satisfied they were immediately to have a new governor. It was soon after noon, on Wednesday, May 8th, 1844, at the Government-house, Victoria, Hongkong, before the Legislative Council, that Mr. Davis was sworn into office. In mak- ing this appointment, the British government have, we think, acted wisely, and done the best it was in their power to do. Mr. Davis first came to China at the early age of eighteen. In 1816, he ac- companied lord Amherst to Peking. In 1832, he became president of the select committee of the E. I. Company's factory in China. In 1834, October 11th, on the demise of Lord Napier, he was placed at the head of H. B. M. commission, as his lordship's succes- On the 21st of January, the following year, having delivered over to sir G. B. Robinson the seals of his office, he embarked, with his lady and family for England, where, retired from the bustle of public life, he has been a careful spectator of the distant and various scenes here enacted. Probably no man in the British empire could come better prepared for the high functions of plenipotentiary, &c., than Mr. Davis. And we wish him success. For the colony's sake too, we wish Mrs. Davis and family had come again to China. On the 10th, the following appointments were made: the hon. Frederic William Adolphus Bruce. esq., to be colonial secretary ; Robert Montgomery Martin, esq., to be treasurer; and Robert Dun- das Cay, esq., to be registrar of the supreme court. Mr. Davis' seve- ral commissions were published in the government paper, soon after his arrival. sor. 1844, 207 Journal of Occurrences. No. 1.--Commission of full powers under great seal, dated Feb. Ith, 1844. VICTORIA R. VICTORIA, by the grace of God, Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Bri- tain and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, &c., &c., to all and singular to whom these presents shall come, greeting! Whereas for the better treating of and arranging certain matters which are now in discussion, or which may coine into discussion, between us and his imperial and royal majesty the emperor of China, we have judged it expedient to invest a fit person with full powers to conduct the said discussion on our part, know ye therefore that we, reposing especial trust and confidence in the wisdom, loyalty, diligence, and circumspec- tion of our trusty and well beloved John FRANCIS Davis, esquire, chief super- intendent of the trade of our subjects in China, have named, made, constituted, and appointed, as we do by these presents name, make, constitute and appoint, him our undoubted commissioner, procurator, and plenipotentiary ; giving to him all manner of power and authority to treat, adjust, and conclude, with such minister or ministers as may be vested with similar power and authority on the part of his said imperial and royal majesty, the emperor of China, any treaty or agreement that may tend to the attainment of the abovementioned end, and to sign for us, and in our name, everything so agreed upon and concluded, and to do and transact all such other matters as may appertain to the finishing of the aforesaid work, in as ample manner and form, and with equal force and efficacy as we ourselves could do, if personally present; engag- ing and promising upon our royal word that whatsoever things shall be so transacted and concluded by our said commissioner, procurator, and plenipoten- tiary, shall be agreed to, acknowledged and accepted by us in the fullest manner, and that we will never suffer, either in the whole or in part, any person whatsoever to infringe the same, or act contrary thereto, as far as it lies in our power. In witness whereof, we have caused the great seal of our United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland to be affixed to these presents, which we have signed with our royal hand. Given at our court of Windsor Castle, the ninth day of February, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hun- dred and forty-four, and in the seventh year of our reign. (Place of the great seal.) No. 2.- Commission of chief superintendent under signet and sign manual, dated 9th February, 1844. VICTORIA R. Victoria, by the grace of God, Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, &c., &c., &c. To all and singular to whom these presents shall come, greeting! Whereas by a certain act of Parliament passed in the session of Parliament holden in the third and fourth years of the reign of his late Majesty king William the fourth, entituled “ An act to regulate the trade to China and India,” it was amongst other things enacted, that it should and might be lawful for us, by any commission or com- missions, or warrant or warrants, under our royal sign manual, to appoint not exceeding three of our subjects to be superintendents of the trade of our subjects to and from the dominions of the emperor of China, for the purpose of protecting and promoting such trade : and whereas by a certain other act of Parliament passed in the session of Parliament holden in the sixth and seventh years of our reign, entituled "An act for the better government of Her Majesty's subjects resorting to China,” it is amongst other things enacted, that it shall be lawful for us, by any commission or warrant under our royal sign manual, to make such provision as to us may seem fit for the temporary exercise of the duties of chief superintendent of the trade of our subjects to and from China, in the event of a vacancy occurring in that office by death, resignation or otherwise; and whereas in pursuance and in exercise of the power in us vested in and by the first recited act, we, on the fourteenth of May, one thousand eight hundred and forty-one, by a warrant under our sign manual of that date, did appoint sir Henry Pottinger, hart., knight grand cross of the most honorable Order of the Bath, to be chief superintendent of the 268 May, Journal of Occurrences, trade of our subjects to and from the dominions of the emperor of China; and whereas in pursuance and exercise of the powers in us vested by the said recited act of the sixth and seventh years of our reign, we on the twenty-sixth of August, one thousand eight hundred and forty-three, did by a certain other warrant of that date, under our royal sign manual, ratify and confirm the said recited appointment of the fourteenth of May, one thousand eight hundred and forty-one, and did make such provision as to us seemed fit for the tempo- rary exercise of the duties of the said superintendent in the event of a vacancy occurring in that office by the death or resignation of the said sir Henry Pot- tinger, or otherwise: Now know ye, that we have revoked, and do hereby revoke, the said recited warrant of the fourteenth day of May, one thousand eight hundred and forty-one, and the said recited warrant of the twenty-sixth of August, one thousand eight hundred and forty-three; and we, in further pursuance and execution of the powers and authorities in us vested by the said recited acts of Parliament, or otherwise, do by this our commission or warrant, under our royal sign manual, constitute and appoint our trusty and wellbeloved John FRANCIS Davis, esq., to be chief superintendent of the trade of our subjects to and from the dominions of the emperor of China, for the purpose of protecting and promoting such trade; and we do declare and grant that the said John FRANCIS Davis shall hold the said office during the pleasure of us, our heirs and successors, and no longer; and we do hereby strictly charge and require the said John FRANCIS Davis, esq., in the execu- tion of this our commission to conform to and observe all such rules and regu- lations as are, or shall be given to him for his guidance, either under our royal sign manual, or in such instructions as shall from time to time be given to him in our Privy Council, or by us through one of our principal secretaries of state. And we do, in pursuance and exercise of the powers aforesaid, further direct and appoint that in the event of a vacancy occurring in the office of the chief superintendent as aforesaid, by the death or resignation of him the said John Francis Davis, esq., or otherwise, the person who shall be administering the government of the island of Hongkong, shall in such case assume and hold the office of chief superintendent, and exercise all the powers and duties thereof, until such time as any person appointed by us to hold the said office shall arrive in Hongkong, and shall undertake the duties of the said office; and we do further direct that this our commission shall take effect from and after the arrival of him, the said John Francis Davis, esq., in the island of Hongkong, and not before. Given at our court of Windsor Castle, the ninth day of February, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and forty-four, and in the seventh year of our reign. By Her Majesty's command. (Signed) ABERDEEN. F. W. A. Bruce, colonial secretary. True copy No. 3.-Commission of Legislative Powers, under the great seal, dated 9th February, 1844. VICTORIA R. Victoria, by the grace of God, Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, &c., &c., &c., to all and singular to whom these presents shall come, greeting! Whereas by a certain act of Parliament passed in the seventh year of our reign, e tituled, “An act for the better govern. ment of Her Majesty's subjects resorting to China," it is amongst other things enacted that it shall be lawful for us, by any commission or commissions under the great seal of the United Kingdom, or by any instructions under our signet and sign manual, accompanying and referred to in any such commission or commis. sions, to authorize the superintendent of the trade of our subjects in China (so long as such superintendent shall also be the governor of the island of Hongkong) to enact with the advice of the Legislative Council of the said island of Hong- kong, all such laws and inances as may from time to time be required the peaco, order, and good government of our subjects, being within the dominions of the emperor of China, or being within any ship or vessel at a distance of not more than one hundred miles from the coast of China, and to enforce the cx- 1844. 269 Journal of Occurrences. ccution of such laws and ordinances by such penalties and forfeitures as to him, with the advice aforesaid shall seem fit: and that it shall also be lawful for us, by any such commission or commissions or instructions as aforesaid, to impose upon the exercise of the before mentioned Legislative authority all such conditions and limitations as we shall see fit to prescribe : Now know ye, that in pursuance and exercise of the power and authority so vested in us as aforesaid by the said act, we have authorized and do hereby authorize our trusty and wellbeloved JOHN Francis Davis, esq., whom by a commission bearing the same date with these presents, we have appointed superintendent of the trade of our subjects in China, or the superintendent for the time being of the trade of our subjects in China, (so long as the said John FRANCIS Davis, esq., or such superintendent for the time being, shall also be the governor of the island of Hongkong,) to enact with the advice of the Legislative Council of the said island of Hongkong, all such laws and ordinances as may from time to time be required for the peace, order, and good government of our subjects being within the dominions of the emperor of China, or being within any ship or vessel at a distance of not more than one hundred miles from the coast of China, and to enforce the execution of such laws and ordinances by such penalties and forfeitures as to such superintendent as aforesaid, by the advice aforesaid, shall seem fit: and we do hereby in further exercise of the power and authority vested in us by the said act, impose upon the exercise of the beforementioned Legislative authority the following conditions and limitations, that is to say; that such superintendent as aforesaid, in the ex- ercise of the powers and authorities hereby conferred upon him, shall (until further order be made by us therein by any commission under the great seal of our United Kingdom, or by any instructions under our signet and sign manual) observe and be guided by the instructions under our signet and sign manual, dated the sixth day of April , one thousand eight hundred and forty-three, which accompanied certain letters patent under the great seal of our United Kingdom, bearing date the fifth day of April, one thousand eight hundred and forty-three, and making provisions for the government of our colony of Hongkong; so far as such instruc. tions are, or may be applicable to the case of the powers and authorities hereby conferred upon him, and so far only as such instructions are compatible with the provisions of the act of Parliament abovementioned.-In witness whereof we have caused the great seal of our United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, to be affixed to these presents, which we have signed with our royal hand.- Given at our court at Windsor castle, the ninth day of February, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and forty-four, and in the seventh year of our reign. (Place of the great seal.) No. 4.-Governor's commission, dated 23d February, 1844. Letters patent under the great seal. VICTORIA R. Victoria, by the grace of God, Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, to our trusty and well beloved John Francis Davis, esq., chief superintendent of the trade of our subjects trading to and from the domin'ons of the emperor of China, greeting! Whereas by certain letters patent under the great seal of our United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, bear. ing date at Westminister, the fifth day of April, one thousand eight hundred and forty-three, in the sixth year of our reign, we did make provisions for the govern. ment of our colony of Hongkong and of its dependencies, as upon reference being thereunto had will more fully and at large appear; and whereas, we did by cer. tain other letters patent under the great seal of our United Kingdom of Great Bri. tain and Ireland, also bearing date at Westminister, the fifth day of April in the sixth year of our reign, constitute and appoint our trusty and wellbeloved sir Henry Pottinger, bart., knight grand cross of our most honorable Order of the Bath, inajor-general in the service of the East India Company, and chicf super. intendent of the trade of our subjects trading to and from the dominions of the emperor of China, to be our governor and commander-in-chief in and over our said colony of Hongkong and of its dependencies, for and during our royal plea. surc, now know you, that we have revoked and determined, and by these presents 270 MAY, Journal of Occurrences. 1 do revoke and determine, the said last recited letters patent, and every clause, article and thing therein contained, and further know you that we, reposing especial trust and confidence in the prudence, courage, and loyalty of you the said John Francis Davis, of our especial grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion, have thought fit to constitute and appoint you the said JOHN FRANCIS Davis, to be the governor and commander-in-chief in and over our said colony of Hongkong and of its dependencies, and of all forts and garrisons erected and established, or which shall be erected and established, within the said colony, for and during our pleasure ; and we do hereby require and command you, the said John Francis Davis, to do and execute all things that shall belong to your said command, and the trust we have reposed in you according to the several powers and directions granted to or appointed to the governor of our said colony of Hongkong, and of its dependencies, in and by the said first recited letters patent of the fifth day of April, one thousand eight hundred and forty-three, and the instructions under our signet and sign manual accompanying the same, or ac- cording to such further powers, instructions, and authorities as shall from time to time, and at any time hereafter, be granted and appointed you under our signet and sign mannal, or by our order in our Privy Council, or by us through one of our principal secretaries of state. And we do hereby require and command all officers and ministers, civil and military, and all other the inhabitants of our said colony of Hongkong and of its dependencies, to be obedient, aiding and assisting you, the said John FRANCIS Davis, in the execution of this our commission, and of the powers and authorities herein contained. In witness whereof, we have caused these our letters to be made patent. Witness ourself at Westminster, the twenty-third day of February in the seventh year of our reign. By writ of privy seal. EDMUNDS. Count de Ratti-Menton's correspondence with the Chinese high provincial authorities at Canton, and with Kiying, high commis- sioner, has been published in the Paris papers for January, 1844. We copy these three documents from Galignani, and so unique do they appear in their foreign dress, that we should like to see the original Chinese from whence they were made. “M. de Ratti-Menton, who was accompanied by M. Fornier-Duplan, the captain of the Alcméne, having arrived at Whampoa, addressed a letter on the 31st of August to the governor, requesting an interview. On the 6th of September, the consul, with the chancelier, M. Fornier-Duplan, and eight officers of the corvette, arrived at the country-house of the viceroy, where he was received by Yáng Kwangtung, the anchász' or judge of Canton; Hang Seu, the delegate of the imperial commissioner, the Kwangchau fú, or prefect of Canton, and the sub-prefect of Casa Branca. At noon the gongs announced the approach of the two grand dignitaries. After having taken their seats in the great hall, they sent an officer with a blue crystal button to inform the consul that they would receive him with pleasure. There were assembled in the hall his highness, the imperial commissioner, wearing the yellow sash, in token of his relationship to the imperial family, his excellency the Kwang- chau fú, and several officers of blue and white buttons. As the consul and the persons with him entered the hall, his imperial highness and the viceroy rose, and went to meet them. The count de Ratti-Menton delivered in an inclosure of silk a letter from M. Guizot, minister of foreign affairs, to the governor. After having removed it from its envelop, his excellency presented the letter to his highness, and read the translation which had been made of it. Numerous questions were then addressed by the two dignitaries to the consul, and to the captain of the 'Alcméne, respecting the French, the royal family, and M. Guizot, and the relations existing between France and the other powers. The French consul then presented to his highness, the imperial commissioner, a letter requesting for France the same advantages as had been granted to Eng- land. The imperial commissioner replied, verbally, that as the Chinese govern- ment had acted so generously towards England, notwithstanding their ancient 18.11. 271 Journal of Occurrenccs. and recent differences, the imperial government did not think it could be less amicable as regarded France. Matters being thus settled, the authorities uncovered their heads, and invited the French to do the same. (In China, it is required by etiquette that the head should be covered whilst business is being discussed.) There were then served at different small tables a variety of sweet- meats, some of which the imperial commissioner presented to the French from time to time. Before the ineeting broke up, M. Fornier-Duplan repeated to the imperial commissioner a request that had already been made to the governor, for the liberation of a Chinese Christian, who was arrested two or three years ago, and branded in the face with a red-hot iron, for having been in the service of a missionary, who had been taken in the interior of China. The imperial commissioner promised to write to the minister of justice at Peking, to recommend this request to him strongly. The reception, which was alike brilliant and cordial, lasted more than an hour.” The Examiner publishes as follows the correspondence connected with the above :- Klying, high imperial conmissioner, etc., Ki Kung, viceroy of the two Kwang, etc., to his excellency M. Guizot, great minister of France, charged with the department of foreign affairs. “ 'The 13th day of the 7th intercalary moon of the 23d year of the reign of Taukwang, we received in audience the count de Ratti-Menton, sent to Canton by your excellency in the quality of consul of the first class, and he transmitted to us direct the letter in which the illustrious minister manifests to us such honorable sentiments of affection. Our hearts are filled with joy on the occasion, and we thank him for it. We have long known that the empire of France is one of the first states in Europe. Three centuries ago it carried on commerce with our empire ; between these two empires peace and friendship have constantly reigned; never have there been dissensions, discord, or any subject of litigation. French merchants have always observed in their affairs a spirit of order exempt from all confusion; their conduct has always been regulated by the laws and justice. I, the imperial commissioner, have lately received from my august emperor, the authority to allow foreigners to trade in the five ports of Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghái, and consequently, and in accord with my colleagues, I have fixed and determined the regulations relative to commerce, as also the tariff. The moderation of the duties which have been established proves incontestably that we have been in this respect as open and generous as possible towards the foreigners who visit these distant countries. To the French merchants we grant the same privileges as the English and other nations have obtained from the approbation of our emperor. M. de Ratti-Menton, who has just arrived at Canton in quality of consul of the first class, furnished with official letters from the illustrious minister, and who, besides, has already filled several posts in other countries of Europe, where he distinguished himself by his prudence, his affability, and his conciliatory spirit, will easily succeed in directing the French merchants, whom he will scrupulously cause to observe all the arrangements relative to trade, and will thus enlarge our relations of commerce and friendship. Such is the reply we have the honor to address to the illustrious minister of France, intreating him, in order to prevent all confusion, to employ the same forms as those which we have used to express his titles and powers.-Canton, the 17th day of the 7th intercalary moon of the 23d year of the reign of Taukwang." Copy of a letter from M. de Ratti- Menton to his highness, the high imperial commissioner, dated Canton, September 5, 1843:- Highness,-As soon as the government of his majesty the emperor of the French was informed of the happy re-establishment of peace, his first thought was to appoint a consul. He imagined that this measure might contribute to give more extension to the relations already so ancient which exist between China and France, and everything strengthens the hope that this desire will be realized. Nevertheless, in the present state of things, and notwithstanding the harmony which has prevailed between the two empires for more than two centuries, his majesty the emperor of the French, my august master, desires only for his subjects a participation in the privileges enjoyed by other nations 272 MAY, Journal of Occurrenccs. in the Celestial empire: I have consequently the honor to request your highness lu have the goodness to give me a document sealed with the great seal, similar in all respects to that which the English and the Americans have obtained, as regards their future relations with these countries; this document will be sent by me to the government of his majesty the emperor of the French, who will see in it a just reciprocity of the sympathy which France has always felt for China." Letter of the high commissioner and of the governor of the Troo Kwáng to count de Ratti-Menton. “ Kíying, high imperial commissioner, member of the imperial family, gover- nor of the provinces of the Two Kiáng, &c., &c., Kí Kung, president of the Board of War, governor of the two provinces of Kwangtung and Kwang- sí, &c., &c., send collectively this official answer. The 13th day of the 7th intercalary moon of the 23d year of Taukwáng (Sept. 6th, 1843), we, the said commissioner and his colleague had the pleasure of an interview with the honorable consul of the first class, who presented us directly with a letter, which we have opened, read, and perfectly understand. France is an illustrious and powerful state of the western ocean, which for more than three centuries has entertained peaceable and friendly relations with China, without the slightest disagreement or effusion of blood. Having come to Canton by the ex- press orders of the emperor, my master, to there determine on a tariff and commer- cial regulations applicable to the merchants of all nations, and these regulations having been drawn up and agreed upon, and the tariff established and completed in a manner to abolish all illegal duty and exaction, I, the imperial com- missioner have respectfully submitted these two documents to the approbation of his majesty, whose answer, received through the medium of the Minister of finances, contains his gracious authorization to carry the said tariff and regulations into execution; henceforth the merchants of all natious will super. abundantly enjoy the kindness of the emperor of China, who has condescended to manifest his kindness for foreigners, and to open to them an inexhaustible source of profit. France, therefore, who has so long maintained friendly relations of amity with the Chinese, and whose merchants have hitherto conducted them. selves peaceably, conformable to strict equity, exempt from all disorder, France has a particular right to be regarded with equal kindness. No other country shall certainly be more partially favored. We, the said high imperial commissioner, and his colleague, have, in consequence, on the demand of the honorable consul of the first class, caused copies to be made of the new tariff, and the new regulations reative to commercial matters, and have formally affixed to them the seals of our office. We send them subjuined officially to the honorable consul of the first class, inviting him to have them translated into the language of the western ocean, and to publish them in his country, in order that French merchants may know them and conform to them. In consequence of the open- ing, for the interests of commercial transactions, of the five ports of Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghai, the imperial duties specified in the tariff, as well as the tonnage dues, will be alone demanded, all other duties being henceforth abolished; the other provisions of the commercial regulations are the result of the good feelings of our great emperor towards foreign traders, his majesty, desiring to relieve them from all impediments whatever, and to open to them a larger source of profit, his kindness and great consideration on this occasion may be said to have gone beyond ordinary bounds. To the arrangements relative to smuggling ; to the fraudulent injury of the revenue; to the fixing of the rate of exchange; to the confiscation of merchandise, &c., &c., concerning the laws of the country, the agents of the other countries have given their consent, and the honorable consul of the first class should likewise oblige the merchants his countrymen to obey them implicitly, thereby avoiding every subject of discussion. When merchant vessels shall arrive in one of the ports, they can only place themselves and trade in a certain limited space, which they must not go beyond, nor can they go to any other points of China, besides the ports abovenamed. The different regulations are now in course of fixation, and when the good pleasure of the emperor shall be known 1844. 273 Journal of Occurrences. it will be officially announced. The hon. consul being come on a mission to Canton, and having brought with him a letter from the great minister of his. country, we, the high imperial commissioner and his colleague, will treat him with the greatest courtesy and with the required politeness, and will place him on a footing of perfect equality with the English consuls. Important official communication made to M. de Ratti-Menton, consul of France of the first class, 23d year of Táukwáng, 7th intercalary moon, 17th day (10th Sept. 1843).” The two following ordinances of the government of Hongkong re- garding interest and the distillation of spirits, are extracted from the Hongkong Gazette of March 30th. No. 7. of 1844.—March 20th, 1844. An Ordinance for removing doubts respecting the application to Hongkong of the laws and statutes of England relating to usury, and to limit and define the rate of interest, which may be recovered in cases where it hath not been previously agreed on between the parties. By H. E. sir Henry Pottir.ger, bart., K. G. C., major-general in the service of the E. I. Company, governor and commander-in-chief of the colony of Hongkong and its dependencies, and superintendent of the trade of Her Majesty's subjects in China, with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong. 1. WHEREAS it is expedient to remove all doubts respecting the application to Hongkong of the laws and statutes of England relating to usury, and to limit and define the rate of interest for the forbearance of money, which may be recovered in any court of law or equity, in cases wherein the rate of interest has not been fixed by the parties before the court: Be it therefore enacted, and declared by his excellency the governor of Hongkong, with the advice of the Legislative Council thereof, that the laws and statutes of England relating to usury shall be deemed, taken, and adjudged, not to extend to the said colony or its depen- dencies, or to be in force within the same. 2. And be it further enacted, that in all cases where interest for the loan of money, or upon any other contract, may be lawfully recovered, or allowed in any action or suit in any court of law or equity, but where the rate of such interest hath not been previously agreed upon by or between the parties, it shall not be lawful for the party entitled to interest to recover, or be allowed in any such action or suit, above the rate of twelve dollars for the interest or forbearance of one hundred dollars for a year; and so after that rate for a greater or lesser sum, or for a longer or shorter time. Provided always that it shall be lawful for the court awarding such interest, to allow such lower rate thereof as the circumstances of the case may render just and expedient. HENRY POTTINGER, governor of Hongkong, doc., fc. Passed the Legislative Council, this 20th day of March, 1844. RICHARD BURGASS, clerk of the Legislative Council. No. 8. of 1844.—March 20th, 1844. An Ordinance for prohibiting the distillation of spirits within the colony of Hongkong. By H. E. sir Henry Pottinger, bart., K. G. C., &c., &c., with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong. WHEREAS it is expedient to prohibit the distillation of spirits within the colony of Hongkong : 1. Be it therefore enacted, by his excellency the governor of Hongkong, with the advice of the Legislative Council thereof, that from and after the passing of this Ordinance, all distillation of spirits from grain, sugar, molasses, fruit, or any other materials whatsoever, and all rectifying and compounding thereof within the colony of Hongkong and its dependencies, shall be and the same is hereby prohibited. 2. And be it therefore enacted, and ordained, that from and after the passing of this Ordinance, shall not be lawful for any person except as hereinafter is excepted, to have, keep, or make use of any still or other utensil or vessel for distilling spirits, in any place or part of the said colony of Hongkong and its VOL. XIII. NO, V. 35 274 MAY, Journal of Occurrences. dependencies, under a penalty of a sum not exceeding two thousand five hundred dollars, to be recovered as hereinafter directed. 3. And be it further enacted and ordained, that it shall and may be lawful for the chief magistrate of police for the time being, or other person to be appointed by the governor for the time being for that purpose, to issue a license free of all charge to any apothecary, chemist, or druggist applying for the same, to keep and use on his premises a still of not more than eight gallons contents, for the pur- poses of his trade; only provided that every person wishing to keep such still shall notify his intention so to do to the said chief magistrate, or other person appointed as aforesaid, who shall thereupon require such person to give a bond, with two sufficient sureties in the sum of one thousand dollars, that he will not make use of such still, or suffer it to be made use of, except for the preparation of medicines or other articles required bonâ fide for medical purposes; and every such person found to have such still without having entered into such bond and obtained such license shall forfeit, and pay a sum not exceeding two thousand five hundred dollars. 4. And be it further enacted and ordained, that it shall and may be lawful for any justice of the peace, officer of customs, or other person duly and lawfully authorized, having reasonable grounds to believe and suspect, that any private and concealed still, or other utensil or vessel for the distillation of spirits is set up, or kept in any house or place within the said colony or its dependencies, to enter into such house or place in the daytime, and accompanied by a peace officer to search for and seize any such still, utensil or vessels, and also all spirits and other materials preparing for distillation, and either to detain and keep the same in the house or place where found, or to remove the same to the customs or police office, or other place in charge of the officer of customs or chief police magistrate, or as they, or one of them, or any justice of the peace shall direct; and the said still or vessel and all spirits, and other materials being prepared for distillation shall be absolutely forfeited, and the proprietor or owner, or occupier of any house or place where any such private and concealed still, utensil, or vessel shall be so found and seized, or the person or persons in whose custody the same shall be found, shall be liable to and pay the penalty or sum of not exceeding five hun. dred dollars, exclusive of and in addition to any other penalty he may be liable to; and if any person shall obstruct, oppose, molest, or hinder, such justice of the peace, officer of customs, or other person aforesaid, in the due searching for and seizing any such private and concealed still, or other utensil, or other vessel, spirits, and other materials, for distillation, or in detaining, keeping, or removing the same, or any of them after seizure, then and in every such case every person so offending shall forfeit a sum not exceeding five hundred dollars. 5. And be it further enacted and ordained, that in case any such justice of the peace, officer of customs, or other person as aforesaid, after having demanded admittance into the house or place where such private and concealed still, utensil, or vessel for the distillation of spirits, is reasonably suspected to be kept and used, shall not be immediately, and without the least delay admitted into such house or place, it shall and may be lawful, for such justice of the peace, officenof cus- toms, or other person as aforesaid, being accompanied by a peace officer, by force to break into and enter such house or place, and make search therein, and every person found in such house or place after admittance demanded and refused, shall for every such offense forfeit and pay a penalty not exceeding five hundred dollars. 6. And be it further enacted and ordained, that all fines, penalties, and for- feitures imposed, and accruing under this ordinance shall be sued for, and re- covered in such supreme court of judicature as shall hereafter be erected in Hong- kong, or by summary proceedings to be had before the chief magistrate of police, or before any two justices of the said colony of Hongkong. 7. And be it further enacted and ordained, that all fines, penalties, and for- feitures which shall be levied and enforced under this ordinance, shall after de- ducting the charges of prosecution from the proceeds thereof, be divided, paid, and applied as follows; "that is to say,” the moiety, or one half of the net proceeds thereof shall be paid to the said chief magistrate for the use of Her Majesty, her heirs and successors, to be applied to the public uses of the said colony; and the 1844. 275 Journal of Occurrences. other moiety or half part thereof shall be paid and distributed to and among such person or persons, who shall have assisted in the seizure of or have given informa- tion or evidence leading to the conviction of the offender or offenders, in such portions as the said court, chief magistrate, or justices adjudicating upon the matter, shall in their discretion think proper, and any overplus of such last mentioned moiety, or half port shall be paid to the said chief magistrate for the purposes aforesaid. Henry POTTINGER, governor of Hongkong, f-c., fc: Passed the Legislative Council, this 20th day of March, 1844. RICHARD BURGASS, clerk of the Legislative Council. Additional appointments have been made by H. E. the governor of Hongkong to those mentioned on page 266; namely, John Pope, esq., to be civil engineer and clerk of the works; Adam W. Elmslie, esq., to be secretary to H. M. superintendent of trade; C. St. George Cleverly, esq., to act as land officer in the absence of A. T. Gordon, on sick certificate, The hon. F. W. A. Bruce, colonial secretary, has been sworn in as member of council; and Adolphus E. Shelley, esq., has been appointed to be auditor-general and clerk to the councils of the colony. By a late arrival, H. M. consul for Canton, Francis C. Macgregor, reached China, and has entered upon his office; captain Balfour and Mr. Thom are also confirmed in their consular appointments. French and United States' squadrons seem to have been directed, nearly simultaneously, to rendezvous on the coast of China, and in consequence of the appointment in Paris and Washington, of pleni- potentiaries to the court of Peking. The American ships of war al- ready arrived in the Chinese waters are the Brandywine, 44, and the corvette St. Louis, 20, commander H. H. Cocke, which arrived on the 27th. The French ships of war at present here are the Cleo- patra, 50, commodore Cecille, and the Alcméne, 32, captain Duplan. Their number will soon be considerably augmented. The presence of these squadrons--especially should they proceed at the same time to the mouth of the Pei ho, will serve to show his imperial majesty Táukwang, that others in the west, besides queen Victoria, are interested in the intercourse and relations with the Celestial empire. To improve these relations, and this intercourse, is an object worthy of the united councils of all Christendom. K’ying, -who in August, 1842, joined with I'lípú and Niú Kien in signing the treaty, concluded with the British plenipotentiary on board H. B. M. ship Cornwallis before Nanking, fhas again been invested with full power to treat with foreigners. On the 22d of April, the General Council received an intimation of the emperor's pleasure, appointing Kíying high imperial commissioner, &c., and the same day the Cabinet were directed by the emperor to transmit to Kiying the seals of his new office, investing him with full and extraordinary powers. These seals were intrusted to the commis- sioners at Nanking in 1842; to Lin at Canton in 1839; and to high commissioners on only two or three other occasions during the reign of the present dynasty. We learn on good authority that a dispatch from Kíying, dated at the city of Síchau, April 29th, has been received by the U. S. minister plenipotentiary now in Macao. ki 276 Max, Journal of Occurrences. ying has orders, it is said, to travel with double speed; and may be expected in Canton on or before the 5th of June. The ratification of the regulations agreed upon last year between H. E. Kiying and M. Pinto regarding the shipping and settlement of Macao, has been received from Peking. An abstract of these regulations was inserted in our XIIth volume, page 555, but the new and official copy is here given, translated from the Aurora of the 18th inst. 1st. The official correspondence between the Procurador of the Senate, and the local native authorities shall be conducted on terms of mutuai equality 2d. The tonnage dues on the twenty-five registered ships shall be paid accord- ing to the new tariff, the same as on European vessels at Whampoa, with a deduction of one and a half mace per ton, which makes three and a half mace of silver for every ton. All ships that visit Macao, and are not register- ed, shall continue to pay the tonnage dues of the new tariff, viz., five mace per ton. All ships numbered, or not numbered, that shall visit the five ports (now open to the foreign trade, viz., Canton, Amoy, Fuchau, Ningpo, and Shanghái), shall also pay tonnage dues according to the new tariff at five mace per ton. 3d. The duties on goods imported, or exported [in Portuguese bottoms] by Chinese merchants, shall be paid to the hoppo (Chinese custom-house) of Macao, according to the new tariff. And goods not mentioned in the said tariff shall be charged ten or twenty per cent. ad valorem according to their quality, without any additional charge. The Portuguese lorchas, furnished with passports, are permitted to go up to Canton, on paying the tonnage dues according to the new regulations established for cargo boats. N. B. The burden of these lorchas having been agreed upon at 75 tons for the smallest, and 150 for the largest, and those not exceeding the latter figure shall be charged one mace per ton every time they enter the port; and those measuring more than 150 tons shall be charged, as vessels navigating the high seas, five mace per ton; and lorchas measuring under 75 tons shall be charged the same as those of that burden. 4th. The Portuguese shall be allowed to buy the necessary materials, and employ workmen of their own choice, whenever they shall find it necessary to construct new buildings, or vessels, or repair the old ones, without requir- ing chops, or licenses from the local authorities; all fees and additional ex- penses which they were hitherto in the habit of paying being abolished. 5th. Portuguese ships shall be allowed to go and trade at Canton, Amoy, Fuchau, Ningpo and Shanghái, provided they are subject to the regulations of the new tariff, with respect to the payment of duties on goods, and the tonnage dues. With regard to Fuchau, however, that port not being yet open to European commerce, the Portuguese vessels must keep from it, for pur- poses of trade, until it shall be open to all other [European] foreign nations. 6th. The number and quality of goods which the Chinese merchants are in the habit of importing into Macao are unlimited. Such goods as must pass through the Canton custom-house, shall then pay the duties according to the new tariff, and when sent down for exportation must be accompanied with a certificate of clearance from the said custom-house. All such goods as have not passed through that custom-house shall pay duties to the hoppo of Macao. Published by order of the most illustrious and loyal senate; and extracted from the dispatches last received from the imperial commissioner and other high functionaries of Canton, dated 13th April, and received on the 5th May of the current year, to which I beg to refer. JOZE MARTINHO MARQUIS, act. interpreter. The American flag-staff, surmounted by an arrow for a vane, recently erected by the U. S. consul, Mr. Forbes, has been the 1844. 277 Journal of Occurrences. While a cause of some excitement among the superstitious people in and about the provincial city. On the 6th instant, the vane was removed by the consul, and replaced by one of a different form. small party of sailors was engaged in doing this, a riot commenced among some of the natives of the baser sort, who had pushed them- selves into the square; but the outbreak was soon quelled, and order restored. The following placard by the native gentry will sufficiently indicate the popular feeling regarding this affair. On reflection, we think that both Chinese and foreigners ought to be at peace with each other, and each party behave themselves respectfully. The matter is, that in front of the American factory a new flag-staff was lately erected, and an arrow for a vane placed on top of it, which shot towards all quarters; thereby causing serious impediment to the felicity and good for- tunes of the land. But upon the remarks of the natives coming to their knowledge, it appears that the said country's merchants took down the arrow theinselves, by which we see, that they are aware of their error. There ought therefore to be no ill-will between us and them. Moreover, these merchants have traded in Canton coeval with our dynasty, for 200 years ; and for the most part behaved themselves properly ; so in this affair, having shown themselves obliging, we ought to excuse them. Henceforth, we sin- cerely pray that all may be at peace, that thus looking up we may partici- pate in our emperor's earnest desire to regard people from afar with com- passion. This is what we most ardently hope for (from our own countrymen). A public notice from the gentry and elders of all the streets and school- districts in the four roads. Táukwáng, 24th year, 3d moon, 20th day. The rebuilding of the British factories, in Canton on the site between Hog lane and the Creek, is still delayed. It is said that the numerous carpenters and other workmen, who were engaged in re- moving the ruins and preparing the foundations for the new build- ings, are deterred from continuing their work by placards of a threatening tenor, which have been stuck up in the streets of the provincial city. The northern ports—those of Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghái,- during the past season, seem to have enjoyed less of foreign com- merce than was generally looked for. Expectations were too high. All has been enjoyed that could reasonably have been anticipated. At each place the trade will, we believe, gradually and surely in- crease, especially at Shanghai, where it is capable of vast extension. The following summary of late Peking Gazettes is taken from the Hongkong Gazette. Rewards for services.- Imperial orders have been received to the following effect. Pu Yentai and others have sent in a representation of having seized those robbers that had privately entered Kiáitsí and brought them to justice, and ear. nestly begging that some encouragement might be awarded them. In this affair it seems that the robber Hó Sákih whilst living at Lih-hochí col. lected together a band of desperadoes, and privately entering Kiáitsí, attacked and wounded the authorities, and carried off a booty of clothes and horses. On this the general directly dispatched a brigadier and a captain of a troop of horse, who in conjunction with Cháukie and others captured the plunderers. In thus seizing the real thieves, they certainly exerted themselves to the utmost, and we ought therefore to give them some encouragement. Let buttons of the second rank 273 MAY, Journal of Occurrences. and peacock's ſcathers, be awarded to Cháukic and Hái Lípú ; to A.ho- lih-kih and Tsí.cho-ní-ma-kih buttons of the fifth rank, and peacock's feathers. Brigadier Tuh.ní-kin.pú to be promoted to the rank of major-general. We direct that Kí-tang-hang-pú, the captain of the troop of horse, be delivered over to the Board, for them to decide what should be awarded to him ; and as for that other captain who is convicted of not having examined into matters, still as his going in pursuit and capturing the thieves is an equivalent for his offense, we direct that the sentence that was passed upon him be remitted, but that he lose his rank. The said Board should also favorably consider the case of Wan Chípú who being sent on in advance was killed. Respect this. Rebuilding of a city wall.-Wu Wányung has sent in a memorial regarding the expenses of repairing the stone walls of the district town of Fungching. The various mud and stone embankments and walls about Fungching, in the province of Kiangsí, constitute the defences of the district. According to the inqui. ries of the lieut.-governor, the foundations are completely destroyed, and it is ne- cessary to repair them as a means of defence. Of the stone embankments, 249 cubits have fallen in ruins, and 170 cubits of the stone walls at the Kán-kiá have tumbled down. The estimated requisite expenses of building materials, &c., amount to 1,463 taels. We allow that the various items of expenditure for these embankments should be supplied from the public treasury, and that the work should be done by contract and with all possible dispatch. The said lieut.-governor should forthwith give directions to the intendants and prefects under his control to exert themselves in well looking after this matter, and to take especial care that the work be strong and firmly done, and by no means to allow of any hurry or distraction, and when it is finished, let it be tried and examined. Respect this. Promotion of agriculture.- Pú Yentái has memorialized to the effect that the fallow ground should be cultivated, and thus give security to the people ; also annexing a list of regulations for managing this affair. We direct the Board to consult about this item of expenditure, and having looked over the estimates given, to report the requisite outlay.--Respect this. Promotion in the navy.--Your minister Liu Yunko, governor-general of Fu. kien and Chekiáng, reports to the throne, how that in obedience to orders received he has promoted some of the able captains in the navy, and begs for his majesty's approval. Your servants received orders under cover of a communication from the Board to the effect that regarding those naval officers that should be employed, and those that should retire, the respective governor-generals of the Two Kiáng, of Fukien, and Chekiáng, and of the Two Kwáng, should select from amongst the captains, who were fit to be made rear-admirals of, one or two officers, whose cases should be submitted for the consideration of the Board, after which I will have them re. corded, so as to be ready for any particular service. The various governor-generals, &c., who hold command over the various posts and encampments of a whole pro- vince, ought to be particularly careful that they select talented and active men, and must not slur over the matter by representiug to us that there are no persons whom they can recommend. All those officers who are thus brought into notice, will be immediately handed over to the Board for their consideration. Let there be no delay in your inquiries.--Respect this. In my humble opinion an adıniral's office is of the utmost importance; he should be fully versed in naval tactics, and fulfill his duty, by strenuously displaying his bravery. Of the class of officers who were worthy of being promoted throughout both provinces of Fukien and Chekiáng, there have only been four captains. Of those whom I would select, there is one captain acting commandant of the Pang- hú station in the province of Fukien, who I find has been recommended to the throne for promotion and an assent given. He is fifty-two years of age, a native of Fútsing district, and risen from the ranks. I would also recommend for promotion a captain of the centre division of the admiral of Fukien, who has succeeded in capturing many pirates on the high seas. In the fifth month of the twenty-third year of Táukwang (June, 1843), the late governor Liu Hungyán sent in a memorial requesting that the captain commanding at the Panghú station might he promoted, and received orders directing that the captain commanding at the 1844. 279 Journal of Occurrences, ' Panghu station in the province of Fukien should retire, but that as to what high rank should be conferred upon him the Board should determine according to law. Again on account of the captain of the Mingán station having neglected his office, he was delivered over to the Board for prosecution, and the said officer had to act in his stead, when he proved himself to be fully versed in naval tactics, and in laying schemes for the seizure of vagabonds; thus also fulfilling his duty and showing that he was worthy of an adiniral's rank. Thus in obedience to orders, I have drawn up a true representation recommend. ing those officers that should be promoted from the rank of captain, neither is there any need for them to attend at the Board ; trusting that orders may be given for the immediate inanagement of these cases, and a communication be made for them to be delivered over to the Board for consideration, I respectfully await a reply. In answer to the above, the Board are directed to take the matter into consideration. The capital.-Chú Pingtien, minister of state, has again memorialized the throne respecting the Peking police. Notwithstanding the severest regulations for the maintanance of peace, and the expulsion of vagabonds from other parts of country, the latter have obtained a footing in the emperor's residence, and not satisfied with disturbing the peace of the good citizens, they have bought houses and live upon the produce of their booty in a very independent manner. Finances. The Board of Revenue has transmitted a schedule of all the 'out. standing debts in the provinces. But though the claims are valid, and the supreme government have for many months been urging the payment, the local anthorities have declared their utter inability of satisfying these demands. Great difficulties bjave arisen in the payment of the various items to make good the nine mil. lions that were stolen from the treasury. The emperor has graciously ordered that the representations be taken into consideration, and that the proceedings against the defaulters should be stopped, until the case of dispute can be fully settled, lest the accused and the debtors to the public, should be overwhelmed by pecuniary difficulties. Government intends to derive large sums on the transit duties of cattle that pass the frontiers from Mantchouria and Mongolia. The sheep that are annu. ally brought from the desert amount to millions of heads, and the trade is pro- fitable. The Chinese caravans that traverse Cobi, and the northern parts of Mantchouria, are perhaps larger than any other in the world, and as their jour- neys are more perilous than similar enterprises in Arabia, the profits realized by the adventurers are adequate to the risk. A drought which had lasted for upwards of two months in this region was happily ended on the 22d and succeeding days by copi- ous showers of rain; the rice which had been transplanted in March had in many places withered, but a new stock of shoots was soon set out. On such occasions, the government and people resort to many superstitious observances to propitiate the powers on high, ignorant as they are of Him who rules the heavens and the earth. Processions of paper dragons many feet long, firing of crackers, wor- shiping of the gods of the land and grain, and of the tutelar munici- pal deities, and forbidding to kill animals for food and selling their flesh in the market, are all resorted to ; and when showers in mercy descend upon the parched earth, the brutish people praise the excel- lence of the intercessions, sacrificing, as the prophet says, " to their own net, and burning incense to their own drag.” The unlucky vane on the top of the new flag-staff at Canton was supposed by the citizens to have had no small share in causing the dry weather. The authorities also take what care they can of the public peace by issuing commands to dealers in corn not to hoard up grain, or raise the price; not knowing that the demand and supply will always take . 200 Journal of Occurrences. the best care of themselves. A prohibition of this nature not to hoard up rice was issued by the acting district magistrate of Hiáng- shan on the 20th inst., in reply to a petition from the people, that the price of rice was daily advancing. He calls the shopmen" traitorous tradesmen, who combine to hoard up and peddle out; a mode of preventing the food of the people worthy of detestation." The shopmen, however, consult their own interest in their trade, by which course they take the best possible means of providing a supply of rice for the longest time. The governor and high provincial officers at Canton in a reply to sir H. Pottinger, a few weeks since, state that on all ships importing nothing but rice into the five ports, the tonnage dues will be remit- ted; but if such ships take export cargo, they will be called on to pay half the usual charge, or 24 mace per ton. Sickness has prevailed to an unusual extent, among the Chinese in Canton and its vicinity, during the spring months of this year. In some places, south of the city, whole families have died; and it was believed that this great mortality was there caused by the arrow on the American flag-staff. Such superstitious belief is very common even among the learned. Commissioner Lin, we remember, after having been sometime in Canton, and his success becoming doubt- ful, was told that, if he would have a weather-cock placed on the top of his palace, he would thereby secure success and promotion. The weather-cock directly went up to the summit of the palace; but it had hardly been safely lodged there, when Lin's reverses and de- gradations commenced ! Vaccination among the Mongols was attempted before it was in- troduced at Canton by Dr. Pearson, but excepting the following notice, we do not know whether it has since been practiced. M. Rehmann, physician to his S. H. prince of Fürstenberg, has lately received a letter from his son, physician to the Russian embassy in China. This letter is dated from Kiakhta, on the frontiers of China, 14th Oct., 1805. M. Rehmann, jun., writes, that he has vaccinated a great number of the children of the Mongols; "they still retain," says he, “the simple manners and morals of their ancestors. They live under tents, still use the bow, and shoot their arrows with such dexterity, that in a chase with the suite of the Russian embassador, they killed six times more game than the latter did, although they carried very good fowling-pieces and rifles.” M. Rehmann writes also, that he has discovered in Tibet a small portable selection of medicines, wbich may be of great service. It consists of sixty pieces, very elegantly wrapped up in paper; it comprises some remedies used in Europe, but a greater number of which the botanists, attached to the embassy, had no knowledge. Among them are some small sorts of fruits, or walnuts, with chemical preparations. M. Rehmann has presented a list of them translated from the original Tangut. He intends to bring home with him some of these little pharmacopeias; which are very common among the Bucharese; he assures his father, that in consequence of the measures he has employed, vac- cination is now propagated from Jekutzh as far as Jakutsh and Ochotzk, and consequently from England to the remotest extremity of the northern part of the globe. He is in hopes of bringing with him some valuable Chi-. nese works for the library of his S. H. the prince of Fürstenberg. TIIL CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XIII.—JUNE, 1844.—No. 6. Art. I. Considerations on the language of communication between the Chinese and European governments.—Communicated for the Repository. The new attitude, with respect to the nations of Christendom, in which the Chinese empire is placed by the late war with Great Bri- tain, cannot fail to be productive of many important and interest- ing consequences,-political, commercial, religious, and scientific. Among the practical questions to which it gives rise, one of the most immediate is the consideration of the means of intercommunication between the governments of Europe and America and that of China. The Chinese, even the most cultivated among them, do not, it would seem, learn any of the languages of Europe, except, it may be, from the Russians at Peking. This negligence on their part appears to pertain to the long descended system of prejudiced over- estimation of their own usages, and their disregard of those of all foreign countries, for which, it must be confessed, their comparative superiority in cultivation and in arts to the rest of Asia has afforded much justification. In Canton, Macao, and the interjacent region, the prosecution of European commerce has led to some knowledge of the spoken (not the written) European languages, among persons engaged in trade, or in domestic service; but the great majority of persons generally speak a corrupt jargon, which is utterly use- Jess for the higher objects of public business; and even this conver- sational vocabulary, inperfect and corrupt as it is, to say nothing of European literature, is not possessed by persons of intellectual pursuits, or of rank in the governinent: 36 VOL. XIII. NO. VI. 282 Considerations on the Language of Communication JUNE, In the same region, there is also, a small number of persons, of the class of linguists, and especially some few Chinese who have enjoyed the advantages of being associated with the European and American missionaries, who have attained a very respectable degree of proficiency in the speaking of some European language; and some few of them (bul these are rare exceptions) are able to write and compose in such language. Thus it happens that the officers of government at Canton, for the ordinary business of translating docu- ments, in the English language for example, are obliged to have recourse to the services of Portuguese, French, English, Americans, or other Christians, or to depend on the imperfect knowledge of the Chinese linguists. And, in past times, the imperial government, it is well known, has depended, for the same thing, on the foreign missionaries at Peking. What its means of translation are now, it is hard to say. Probably there is no other case in the world, of a great and powerful government, so utterly destitute of the means of knowing accurately those points of foreign relation, in which the question of its very ex- istence is involved, as that of the Chinese empire. Indeed, when we reflect that the Chinese are a peculiarly literary people, that books and the knowledge of reading and writing are universally diffused among them, it seems wonderful how profound is their ignorance in regard to all matters of general information, all matters of science, all matters of modern art, everything, except what is comprehended in the narrow circle of their own common-place litera- ture and science in its infancy; and still more wonderful, that men of active and inquisitive minds should remain content to stand at least one thousand years behind the rest of the world, not only in literature, science, and art, but also in the mere elements of self-ex- istence and independence as a government. In fine, if the nations of Christendom desire to hold intercourse with the Chinese government, either at the capital or in the pro- vinces, they must do so in the languages of the Chinese empire. True, the Engļish, or any other powerful Christian state, might insist upon carrying on its business with China in its own language. But in that case, the public authorities of China would have to apply to other foreigners for translations; or those authorities would gather the import of the foreign document from their own linguists. In the first alternative, the Christian state, thus using its own language, would be liable to the inconvenience of having its documents pass through the hands of interpreters the subjects of some other state, 1844. between Chinese and European Covernments. perhaps of a rival or hostile state. In the latter alternative, it would be liable to the inconvenience of its meaning being imperfectly ren- dered; and especially the Chinese linguist might not dare, or might not choose, to give to the ideas of the foreign docunent their full force and effect, and he might adopt phraseology wbich degraded and dishonored the state from whose agents the document had ema- nated. In either point of view, it would be for the interest of that state to communicate its ideas, in its own mode of stating those ideas, directly to the proper officers of the Chinese government. Acting, it is probable, in part upon some such views as these, it has been the custom of Christian nations, in their dealings with China, to employ the languages of the empire. All Christian nations, with the sole exception of Russia, have approached China by sea; and in those cases in which European nations have sent embassies to the court of China, (except in the single case of Russia,) they have relied upon such means of interpretation as were derived, directly or indirectly, from the maritime side of the empire. We say directly or indirectly; because, although lord Macartney came to China with two Chinese interpreters educated in Italy, and one of whom ac- companied him to Peking, yet still the general fact remained the same in his case, namely, that of such interpretation as could be pro- cured on the maritime side of the empire. In regard to commercial relations, such has, of course, been more emphatically the fact, because, (with the single exception as before,) all Christian commerce has been with the seacoast of China, and especially with those parts of the coast in which are spoken two pro- vincial dialects, namely those of Canton and Fukien, which differ as widely from the Chinese of the capital, as Provençal does from French. Missionary intercourse with the Chinese government has been conducted, as we shall presently see, on different principles. But we speak now of the political and commercial intercourse be- tween the nations of Christendom and China. That is to say, all such intercourse, political and commercial, has been conducted in some form of Chinese, namely, either, first, in the language, which may be considered Chinese proper, commonly called by Europeans the mandarin dialect, it being that form of speech, which, as in the case of the Langue d'oil and of the Castilian, became the national one, and the language of public officers and of scholars, by reason of its being the form of speech of the seat of empire; or second, in the dialect of Canton ; or third, in that of Fukien. We say nothing here of the scores of other dialects, which are spoken in different parts of China Proper. 284 June; Considerations on the Language of Communication ese. Considered merely as spoken language, these three forms of speech are very different; so much so that interpretation is necessary even as between them. And works of great learning and merit have been composed by Christians, for the purpose of facilitating the acquisition of the provincial dialects of Canton and Fukien. We say provincial dialects advisedly, for the purpose of correcting a grave error of an author of much industry and intelligence (Adrien Balbi), who, in the introduction to his Atlas Ethnographique du Globe, seriously expresses the opinion that the several dialects of Nanking, Canton, and Fukien are different languages, just the same as the Spanish and Italian are different languages.* Balbi errs to such an extent as to imagine that the speech of Canton is to be considered a dis- tinct language, independent of that of Nanking, in the same sense (though not degree) that such a difference is predicated of the Siam- All this proves what immense progress has been made in the knowledge of these languages within a few years, and since the time when Balbi wrote; for he judged according to the best lights on the subject then possessed in Europe. For the better understanding of these two provincial dialects, we have now the following important works (among others), namely: Morrison's Vocabulary of the Canton dialect. 2 vols. 8vo. Macao, 1828. Medhurst's Dictionary of the Hokkeën (or Fukien) dialect. 4to. Macao, 1831. Bridgman's Chinese Chrestomathy in the Canton dialect. 4to. Macao, 1841. Williams' Easy Lessons in Chinese. 8vo. Macao, 1842. But these, after all, are but dialects only, and dialects of a lan- guage, which, on paper, and in fixed signs of thought, is the same at Peking, at Amoy, and at Canton. For it is the oral, and not the written language, which undergoes so much diversity in the differ- ent parts of China. And as the written Chinese is the same all over China, works on the provincial dialects are of direct use in the know- ledge of Chinese generally. Independently of which, immense pro- gress has been made during the present generation in the knowledge, and the means of knowledge, of the Chinese proper; as the follow- iny enumeration of Dictionaries merely will serve to demonstrate, namely : De Guignes' Dictionnaire Chinois, François et Latin. Folio. Paris, 1813. Morrison's Dictionary of the Chinese language. 6 vols. 4to. Macao, 1815- 1822. Gonçalves, Diccionario Portuguez-China. Post 4to. Macao, 1831, Allas Ethnographique, iom. I., p. 1-12. 1844 285 between Chinese and European Governments. 1 Gonçalves' Diccionario China-Portuguez. post 4to. Macao, 18:33. Goncalves' Lexicon Manuale Latino-Sinicum. 4to. Macao, 1839. Gonçalves' Lexicon Magnum Latino-Sinicum. Large 4to. Macao, 1840. Callery's Systema Phoneticum Scripture Sinice. 2 vols. Folio. Macao, 1841. Medhurst's Chinese and English Dictionary. 2 vols. 8vo. Batavia, 1843. Williams' English and Chinese Vocabulary. 8vo. Macao, 1844. To which are to be added the following grammars (or works of that class), namely: Morrison's Chinese Grammar. 4to. Serampore, 1815. Morrison's Dialogues in the Chinese language. 8vo. Macao, 1816. Remusat's Elémens de la Grammaire Chinois. 8vo. Paris, 1816. Marshman's Clavis Sinica. 4to. Serampore, 1818. Gonçalves' Arte China. post 4to. Macao, 1829. Premare's Notitia Linguæ Sinicæ. 4to. (first published) Malacca, 1831. [Gutzlaff's] Notices on Chinese Grammar, by Philosinensis. 8vo. Batavia, 1842. We omit all specific mention of a number of translations, critical writings, partial vocabularies, and other publications of more or less utility in the acquisition and understanding of the Chinese, and of important works announced but not yet published; such as M. Callery's contemplated translation of Kánghi's Dictionary.* Most of these works, it will be observed, have been published at Macao, and scholars of various nations, as Portuguese, English, French, and Americans, residing there, have conspired to illustrate, by their labors, the obscurities of the Chinese language, and to render its literature, its people, and its public authorities, accessible to Europe and America. Those Europeans, such as Rémusat, Stanislas Julien, Biot, and Pauthier, who have devoted themselves to the cultivation of Chinese in Europe, have seen their works enter at once into the mass of the literature of Europe and America. This does not hap- pen so promptly, perhaps, in the case of works on the Chinese lan- guage published in the East. But it is obvious that intelligent Europeans and Americans residing in China, who choose to devote themselves to the study of Chinese, enjoy advantages in the pursuit far beyond what are attainable in Paris or London. It would be invidious, in this connection, to speak of the respective merits of the living sinologues at various points on the southern coast of China, among whom a number of the gentlemen in the British service, in- * Dictionnaire Encyclopédique de le Langne Chinois, par M. Callery ; specimen number, Paris, 1842. 286 JUNE, Considerations on the Language of Communication cluding the new plenipotentiary and governor of Hongkong, have attained honorable distinction. But for the eminent services of deceased scholars, such as Dr. Marshman, Dr. Morrison, and P. Gon- çalves, we may be permitted to claim all praise and gratitude at the hands of those of the rising generation, who derive so many facilities from their labors, in the cultivation of the language and the literature of the Chinese. The progress of time has given facilities in another respect for the study of Chinese. Formerly, its government threw obstacles in the way of the sale of Chinese books to Europeans, and punished or discouraged the teaching of the Chinese language to Europeans. The triumphant arms of the English have changed all this. And if Europeans in China had but one additional advantage, that of free access to the society of the educated and the socially distinguished among the Chinese, they would now enjoy as many facilities for the study of the Chinese as of any foreign language in Europe. Under these circumstances, all the ordinary mechanical means of acquiring a foreign language being attainable in regard to Chinese, including as well books as teachers, and this language being spoken, or at least read, in most parts of the empire, all would be well if the Chinese language were easy to acquire, or if, when acquired, it were intrinsically adapted to the transaction of the higher descriptions of the public business of Europeans. Unfortu- nately, the fact is quite the reverse in both respects. It is a lan- guage very difficult to acquire; and when acquired it proves to be the most imperfect, clumsy, and awkward, of all the various instru- ments ever devised by man for the communication of thought. Take a practical example, in a fact which meets everybody at the thres- hold, to illustrate the incurable defectiveness of the language. It is found that the Chinese have no possible means to express foreign proper names in writing, but by using for that purpose (if the name be a polysyllable) a series of Chinese groups of characters, one group for every syllable of such proper name. But each of these groups is a significant word. That is, every European proper name has to be represented by a Chinese sentence, which sentence not sel- dom involves the most ridiculous combinations. But this is not the worst of the ease. The awkwardness and absurdity of the language in this respect are increased by the fact that the Chinese do not possess several of the sounds or combinations of sounds, or fit words to represent the sounds, which occur most frequently in the proper names of Europe and America. Hence, it is impossible to write in 1844. between Chinese and European Civvernments, Chinese a large part of our proper names of places and persons; or they have to be travestied in such way that the original aspect and sound of the name are scarcely recognisable when they are retrans- lated from Chinese into foreign tongues. And it may be that some- thing of the seemingly voluntary ignorance of the Chinese is the result of despair, in the fruitless attempt to apply their ill-contrived language to any class of subjects, beyond the most trite truisms and common-place precepts of morality and government, and the most ordinary affairs of daily life. Looking into Dr. Bridgman's Chrestomathy, we find that in the Canton dialect, Austria is O-td-li-á; Belgium, Pi-li-cham; England, Yimg-hat-lí; France, Fat-lam-sai; Russia, Ngô-lô-sz; Brasil, Pi-la- sl-li; and so of other names of places in Europe and America. Advocates of the Chinese language may object that Dr. Bridgman is a foreigner; and that a Chinese might have looked up characters of his language approaching nearer in sound to Austria, Belgium, England, France, Russia, and Brazil. We reply, not so; Dr. Bridg- man, aided by native scholars, has done better than any Chinese alone could have done, because he knew accurately (which the Chi- nese probably could not) what are the true sounds of the foreign word sought to be represented in Chinese. Of this, proof enough occurs in the writings of the Chinese themselves. No one doubts the general intelligence (for a Chinese), and assi- duous cultivation of the ex-commissioner Lin. Yet he calls Eng- lish, Ying; Scotland, Sie-ko-lan; Ireland, Ae-lan; Madras, Man-ta- la-sa; Bombay, Mang-mai; and Benares, Mih-na-ma.* Again; we know from the testimony of Bell,+ as from the book itself, that Tu- li-shin, the author of the work entitled in the original Yee-yeu-loo, translated by sir George Thomas Staunton under the name of a 'Narrative of the Chinese Embassy to the khan of the Tour- gouth Tartars,' &c., was a man of much accomplishment accord- ing to the scale of knowledge in China. Yet he writes Ko-ko-lin, for Gagarin ; San-pi-ti-li-pu-eur-se-ko, for St. Petersburg; Fu-lan- tsu-se, for France;. Tie-yin, for Dania; Pu-lu-se-kee, for Prussia; Fo-lo-ne-se-ke, for Voronetz; and so of most of the other proper names of places and persons, which he visited or heard of in the course of a three years' journey in Asiatic Russia. In applying the Chinese language, then, to the uses of political Portfolio Chinensis, pp. 125, 140, 141. † Bell's Travels, vol. I., p. 357. † Narrative, &c., pp. 110, 111, 140. + * Considerations on the Language of Communication JUNE, intercourse with China, we encounter, in the very outset, the most serious difficulty from this impossibility of expressing, by means of it, the ordinary proper names of Europe. But the genius and struc- ture of the language are, in other respects, such as to make its acquisition a task of great labor and time; and to render it obscure and unmanageable for foreign uses even in the hands of an educated Chinese. In the first place, it has no alphabet. Its written signs are not capable of being analyzed into letters. Each of the signs in it, even the most simple among them, is a word; and all other words are formed by grouping together some two or more, and sometimes a dozen, of the more simple characters and their primary combina- tions. But it is not always, nor for the most part, that the idea is plainly denoted by the analyzed parts of the combination. On the contrary, in the very simplest cases, the meaning of the combination is generally a derivative one, which may not be readily inferred from the meaning of the parts; generally, the original connection between the idea of the radical words, and the idea of the combination, has nearly or quite disappeared ; and in a vast multitude of cases, it is impossible to trace or imagine any original association between the meaning of the group and that of its component parts. The result of all which is, that a complete knowledge and use of the written language require that the memory acquire and hold, and that the hand be able to form at will, a vast number of separate characters. We might refer to the thirty, forty, or eighty, thousand distinct character-groups, which it is said by different authors are to be found in Chinese. Rejecting most of these, however, as being individually of rare occurrence, yet we find that the staple appa- ratus of the language consists of thirteen thousand three hundred and sixteen characters according to De Guignes, and of twelve thousand six hundred seventy-four according to Dr. Morrison. And the acquisition of so many characters, of itself alone, is of course a heavy task, requiring close application for a long period of time. Moreover, it is one consequence of the peculiar formation of the Chinese language that its words have no inflections, and that ac- cordingly it has little or no grammar. Inflection of number, time, and so forth, are designated by phrases. To denote the plural it is necessary to subjoin some word of plurality. And so, whether a word is to be understood as a noun-substantive, as a noun-adjective, as a verb, as an adverb, as a preposition, or as a conjunction, must in general be inferred or conjectured from the context or the order of the words; all which is the occasion of extreme obscurity and 1844. 289 betwcen Chinese and European Governments. uncertainty in the spoken and written speech. The Chinese augment this obscurity by their own perverse rules of rhetoric and taste. With them, it is bad taste to divide a composition into paragraphs according to the sense and the argument; it is bad taste to employ conjunctive particles; nay, it is bad taste to employ punctuation. A page of paper is covered with words, none of which are invariably distinct parts of speech, but each of which may represent any or all the parts of speech. There is no punctuation. And the divi- sions of the words are not made to distinguish the sense by para- graphs, but in order to place a particular word of dignity at the top of the column, or for some other such puerile or fanciful purpose. . And from this mass of words, thus intrinsically devoid of clearness and precision, and made thus studiously obscure, the meaning is to be extracted, by conjecturally supplying inflections, parts of speech, connective particles, points, paragraphs, and all the other ordinary means of precision and perspicuity. But the relation of the written to the spoken language creates a new class of most embarrassing difficulties. In the first place, the spoken words have no definite association with the written ones. Analysis of the component parts of a written group does not afford any certain guide to the spoken word representing the group. That is, the Chinese language is almost totally devoid of the quality common to all European languages, and to most of the Asiatic lan- guages, of deriving the sound of a written word from the sound of its elementary characters. In the second place, the Chinese is re- markable for the paucity of its spoken words. They are exclusively monosyllables, with perhaps some few exceptions more apparent-than real. These monosyllables, it is said, are but three hundred and forty-two in number, and by the help of aspirates, tones, and accents, are augmented to one thousand three hundred and thirty-one; and by these are the ten, twenty, thirty, or eighty, thousand written words to be represented to the ear. Of course, the same spoken word stands for numerous written words; and the obscurity thus occa- sioned makes continual reference to the written signs necessary in all the intercourse of life. And the spoken sounds being preserved by tradition only, without any written signs by which they are necessarily, or can in fact, be fixed in the memory, and communicated from man to man, the great- est differences exist, all over China, in the pronunciation of the sam word; so that the inhabitants of contiguous provinces, while they use the same written language, yet speak dialects which they cannot 37 VOL. XIII. NO. VI. 290 Considerations on the Language of Communication JUNE, mutually understand. Advocates of the Chinese language often suggest that facts of the same kind occur in the languages of Eu- rope; so that, in English, it sometimes occurs that the same sound represents two or more written words, and that the same written word is used in two or more grammatical forms of speech. This is true, and it is a circumstance which introduces obscurity pro tanto in the languages of Europe. But there it is the exception; in Chinese, it is the general rule. These considerations account for the well-known fact of the slow and limited progress of ducation among the Chinese, and the many years spent in the study of a few books, by reason of which an adult graduate in China has made no greater relative literary pro- gress than a common school-boy in Europe and America. Under this accumulation of difficulties, one year of assiduous study, which will enable a European of any one nation of given capacity to write the language of any other European nation, would afford a very im- perfect knowledge of the Chinese; and three years are assigned, by those best informed on the subject, as the minimum time for learning to speak and write Chinese, even with all the advantages of personal intercourse as well as study in the closet; at the end of which long period (long for an adult, and for such an object) the student has acquired, after all, an instrument of communication most inade- quate, and in many respects intrinsically and incurably unfit for the purposes of European business in China. Hence, it is a very natural and proper subject of inquiry whether there be not some language of the Chinese empire other than the Chinese, more convenient for the governmental intercourse of Euro- peans. And it would seem, at first thought, that there may be. For the head of the empire is a Tartar not a Chinese; the Ta Tsing dynasty, and not the Chinese government, is the official style in which all the public documents of China run; one half of the great ministers of state are known to be Tartars; and it is Tartars espe- cially, who are always put forward to deal with foreigners, as ap- pears in the history of all the European embassies, not excepting that of sir Henry Pottinger, whose supplementary treaty expressly purports to have been signed in Tartar by the Tartar Kíying. These facts, if there were no others known, would raise a presumption that all the objects, stated above, which recommend the employment of the language of China rather than of any European language, as the Jeans of communicating with the Chinese government, can be at tained by the use of the Manchu, provided there be any considera- tions to render Tartar preferablc to Chinese. * 1844. 291 between Chinese and European Governments. This conclusion we find to be confirmed, on looking into the various works, which give in detail the history of Russian intercourse with China. Europeans, who approach the Chinese government from the seacoast, come in contact, immediately, with Chinese, who intervene between them and the capital; but Europeans from the interior, on the contrary, come in contact with Tartars. Thus, Timkowski * encounters an amban, where Barrow or Staunton saw a tá jin t . In the same way, Bell of Antermony informs us that the Russian minister Ismailoff, addressed the prime mi- nister at the imperial court at Peking,' by the title of alegada, that is aliha da.t And De Lange dealt continually at Peking with a minister of state whom he calls allegamba, that is aliha amban. And in the Russian books, instead of the 'tá hwangtí,' to which we translate by the inapplicable Roman title of 'emperor,' we read continually of the cham' or the 'khan,' (that is hán), which the Russians prefix their word bog doi.|| And M. Timkowski especially refers to both the Mongol and Manchu, as the languages, through which the business of the Russian mission, to which he was attached, was transacted both previous to and after its arrival at Peking. He says the Manchu is easy to learn; and though the Mantchous in Peking have habi- tuated themselves to speak Chinese, yet that Manchu is used in affairs of state, and that all documents which are to be laid before the emperor, must be both in Manchu and Chinese. There ceases, of course, to be any question of the possibility of em- ploying certain means of communication, when we know that such means have actually been employed by the Russians. The adequacy of such means, and their relative convenience, become the next im- portant inquiry. We have collected some testimony on this point, which we şubmit to the reader's consideration. Sir George Thomas Staunton, speaking of the obscurity of certain of the compositions of the Chinese, observes that ‘One of the most distinguished among the missionaries for his talents and knowledge of the language (P. Amyot), declares, in his preface to a trans- lation of an imperial poem, which he entitles 'Eloge de Moukden,' IND * Timkowski's Russian mission, English translation, passim. † Bell's Travels, journey to Peking, vol. I., p. 340. I Bell's Travels, De Lange's Journal, vol. II., p. 363, &c. # See Bell's Travels, vol. II. p. 264. To the Tibetan bantchin-erdeni, who holds ranks next after the dalai lámá, the Mongols give the title of bogda lámá. The word boge in Russian corresponds to our word God: 1 Timkowski's Travels, vol. I., p. 331. 292 JUNE, Considerations on the Language of Communication that without a reference occasionally to the Manchu-Tartar trans- lation of that work, he never could have accomplished his under- taking.'* A corresponding remark is make by Père Moyria de Maillac, who, in translating the Táng Kien Káng Muh, says that he enjoyed the greater facility in doing this, because he understood the Manchu, which is not subject to equivocations like the Chinese, and because he thus was enabled constantly to compare together the original Chinese and the Manchu translation of the Táng Kien Káng Muht Père Amyot's testimony is yet more to the point. "The Man- chu language,' he says 'is in the taste of our languages in Europe ; it has its method and its rules; in a word, you can see clear in it. There is no good: Chinese book which has not been translated into Manchu; so that this language would open an easy entrance to penetrate, without any other assistance, into the labyrinth of Chinese literature of all ages, in which are found the oldest literary monu- ments of the whole world.'} Similar statements are made in brief by others among those old French missionaries, who, being resi- dent at Peking, and distinguished for their exact and intimate ac- quaintance with everything Chinese far beyond what has been possible to any Europeans in later times, did so much to diffuse in the West a knowledge of the history, the languages, the literature, and the arts of the Chinese. Such are the PP. Gerbillon, Bouvet, Domenge, Souciet, and Parennin.|| Père Du Halde, whose invaluable work constitutes so proud a monument of the industry and zeal of the Catholic missionaries in China, gives information on this subject, as he does on almost every- thing relating to the Chinese. He states that the Manchu is as much used at court as the Chinese ; that it is incomparably easier,' that it is copious; and that it is legible, of course, being possessed of an alphabet in the nature of the languages of Europe. Du Halde relates the substance of a curious conversation between Parennin and one of the imperial princes, in which the latter maintains, and the former denies, the superiority of Manchu to any of the European languages; but they both agree in maintaining its superiority to the Chinese. Parennin, it is to be supposed, finds all the fault he can with the Manchu, in order to sustain his side of the argument. But * + Staunton's Penal Code of China, preface, p. xxxii. Histoire Generale de la Chine, tom. I., pref. pp. xlvii, xlviii. | Eloge de la Ville de Moukden. preſ. # Langlès, Alphabet Mantchon, 3d ed. p. 1. 1844. 3:1; between Chinese and European Ciovernments. he admits the beauty of its characters; its aptitude for historical and other grave subjects; its capability for the expression of foreign words and ideas; and its copiousness. He objects to it, that some of its words are too long for poetry; that it has but few transitions ; that therefore it is improper for a short and concise style; and that it wants some of the sounds which are found in European languages. The English translator very justly remarks, on the last point, that Père Parennin's criticism is unjust; and that he was particularly unfortunate in undertaking to compare the Manchu and the French in this respect to the depreciation of the former ; since the French is the least capable of European languages in this respect; there being quite as many Manchu sounds which the French can- not readily express, as there are French, which may not be readily expressed in Manchu.* Abel Rémusal concedes that, in this conversation, Pere Paren- nin reasoned unfairly. "Je rémarquerai,' he says, 'que le prince Tartare reproche avec raison au P. Parennin de chicaner la langue Tartare sur des bagatelles.' He says that he himself shall propose grave defects. It seems to us, however, that he' quibbles on trifles' quite as much as Parennin.f In the first place, he admits, that in his objections to the Tartar language he differs with European scholars of the highest general intelligence, who wrote and spoke Manchu and Chinese both, while he himself probably could not speak and write either, certainly not Manchu. In the second place, he concedes that the Manchu alphabet has incontestable merits in point of simplicity and regularity, which render it supe- rior not only to the other Asiatic alphabets, but even more easy than any European alphabet.' In the third place, he admits that 'the Man- chus have signs to designate cases and distinguish numbers; that their verbs have terminations to mark the tenses, the modes, and the conjugations; that certain terminations are appropriated to adverbs and to many derivatives from verbs; besides which, that there is no want of pronouns to determine the persons, nor of particles to indi- cate the relations of time and place, or those which different propo- sitions may bear one to another; that is to say, in Manchu, there are prepositions and even conjunctions; and that therefore, at the first glance, the language of the Manchus seems to surpass those of the neighboring nations, and even some of those of Europe.' After all these admissions in favor of the Manchu, it is singular Du Halde's China, English tra is., Vol. II., pp. 265_268. † Rémusal, Récherches sur les Langues Tartares, cha'. IV. * 294 JUNE, Considerations on the Language of Communication. to perceive on what grounds Rémusat claims a preference for the Chinese. First, he says, True, the Manchu has specific termina- tions of case, genitive, dative, accusative and ablative; whereas the Chinese has no specific termination of case, but has certain words which are sometimes used to denote the relation of case, and that it has a great number of such words, which, however are often omitted altogether. In what way the absence of any fixed mode of denoting case (as in Chinese) is an advantage, and its presence (as in Man- chu) a disadvantage, Rémusat does not condescend to explain, and we are utterly at a loss to conceive. Certain it is, that a fixed mode of designating case leads to clearness and precision, as the absence of it does to uncertainty, obscurity, and equivocation; and it is better, in a language, to have one simple and fixed way of designat- ing relation than to have a multitude of uncertain ones, or none at all. Next, while admitting that many words in Manchu have a defi- nite and simple form of plural, he says that many other words do not receive the plural form, but employ instead a specific word of plu- rality; while the Chinese has no plural form whatever, but a great variety of words of plurality, which, however, are very frequently omitted; and this he thinks is an advantage in the Chinese. Here again we are quite at a loss to conceive the force of Rémusat's argument. Does he look on the absence of any plural form as an advantage? If so, he prefers obscurity to precision; for the * grave, sententious and aphoristic style,' which arises from the ab- sence of case and number, (added to the absence of any specific parts of speech,) is of course a style of obscurity and equivocation. It may be agreeable to a closet man of letters to be spelling out the riddles of such a style; but riddles are the amusements of idleness ; the practical uses of speech require something precise, clear, and intelligible, free from equivocation, easily read and easily compre- hended. Thirdly, Rémusat examines the Manchu verbs, and shows that they freely receive the declinable form of the gerund; and that in the use of certain auxiliaries and in other respects, the grammatical forms of the verb do not possess mathematical certainty; and then be triumphantly inquires if such verbs are in the taste of the lan- guages of Europe ? We are at a loss to imagine how the existence of declinable gerunds in the verbs of a language renders it alien to the taste of Europe, with Latin for its leading tongue; and as for ab- solute certainty in the modes and tenses of a verb, surely no such Tott. 2927 between Chinese and European Governments. 1 thing is to be found in any of the languages of Europe. And if it were so, it would be hard to understand in what sense the total absence of verbs as such, and of course of all inflections of verbs, and of all precision in the use of words as verbs, that is, unlimited uncertainty (as in the Chinese), is preferable to the limited uncer- tainty, which is found in the forms of Manchu verbs, in common with the verbs of Greek, Latin, French, and all the other languages of Europe. Finally, Rémusat objects to what he calls the fatiguing monotony, which arises from the fixed order of words in a sentence of Man- chu. "The place of each word,' he complains,' is invariably mark- ed in each phrase, and all the phrases are as if run in a mold.' This objection may be a valid one. It is a question of taste. One man is fond of the susceptibility of unlimited variety of order, which occurs in Latin; another thinks this inconvenient, and prefers only the limited degree of change of order, which is admitted in German, in English, or in Italian; another man prefers the French, where the place of each word is invariably marked in each phrase, and all the phrases are as if run in a mold. For that which Rémusat objects as the leading fault of the Manchu is in the same degree charac- teristic of the French; and we add, it is the great excellence of that language; it is what imparts to it so much of facility, clearness, and precision; it is that quality which gives to the French the 'fatiguing monotony' for which the Germans and English find fault with it, but which very quality has rendered French the diplomatic and social language of the whole of Europe. True, the French admits of less diversity of order than the German, but it is more intelligi- ble; true, it is less varied in tone than the Italian, but it is more plain; true, it is less poetical than the English, but it is more defi- nite and precise. And, for all the purposes of business, the very peculiarity of the Manchu, which Rémusat most complains of in it, is a high excellence, just as it is in the case of the French. To resume, then, the Manchu possesses the following undenia- ble and universally admitted advantages, as compared with Chinese, and with some of the languages of Europe. 1. It is an alphabetic language. Sir John Barrow and others have erroneously supposed that it was a syllabic language merely. * This error grew out of the imperfection of the grammatical ideas of the Chinese, by whom, (or with whose aid) the Manchu elemen- Barrow's China, p. 271, 296 JUNE, Considerations on the Language of Communication tary works have been composed, and through whose instrumentality this error has been spread through Europe. 2. The alphabet is remarkable for its beauty and simplicity; and it is more easily written, as well as read, than any of the alphabets employed in Europe. 3. Manchu has all the regular parts of speech; noun-substan- tive; noun-adjective; pronouns, personal, possessive, demonstrative; verbs, with conjugations, modes, tenses, and participles; adverbs ; prepositions; conjunctions; and interjections. 4. In acquiring the Manchu language, one finds, with pleasure, that the adjectives, as in English, are indeclinable, and that the only gender is the natural one. We are thus delivered from that which is the greatest of all difficulties in the acquisition of Greek, Latin, Ger- man, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, &c., the existence of arbitrary genders, and the useless necessity of changing the num- ber and gender of the pronouns and adjectives in conformity with the arbitrary gender of the substantive. 5. The conjugations of the verbs are for the most part regular; they having fewer irregularities of inflection than either of the above languages. Auxiliaries are used, but not in greater number than in English and French. We might enlarge this view of the circumstances of facility of acquisition, which distinguish the Manchu so strikingly from the Chinese ; but we hasten to conclude by touching upon one other topic, namely, the means of acquiring the Manchu. To any one acquainted with Chinese the means of acquiring Manchu are abun- dant; for the successive emperors of the Tsing dynasty, especially those great princes Kánghi and Kienlung, took care that every Chinese book of value should be translated into Manchu, and caused valuable dictionaries and other elementary works to be com- piled in Manchu and Chinese. Among these we may enumerate: 1. Han i araha nonggime toktobuha Manchu gisun i puleko pitehe. This is the great imperial Manchu-Chinese Dictionary, in which the words are classed according to subjects, making, with various supplements, a work of fifty books or volumes. 2. Mantchou gisun i isabuha pitehe. This is an alphabetical Manchu-Chinese Dictionary, in like man- ner prepared by imperial authority. It is in twelve books. 3. Manchu gisun be niyecheme isabuha pitehe. This is a supplement to the foregoing in eight books. Isit. between Chinese und European Governments. 297 4. Manchu Nikan hergen tsing wen ki meng ni pitehe. This is a very full and complete treatise on the principles of the Manchu language, in Chinese and Manchu, in four books. It is analyzed and highly commended by Abel Rémusat.* These books are of no use, however, to the European, who wishes to understand Manchu as a substitute for Chinese. They would be invaluable in the hands of any person, who, understanding Chi- nese already, should then have recourse to the acquisition of the Manchu. Nay, they are capable of serving efficiently the mere stu- dent of Chinese. As a general rule, when two particular languages are used indiscriminately in the public affairs and the literature of a great empire, the knowledge of the one facilitates that of the other, and the more perspicuous of the two lets in a stream of light on whatever is most obscure in the other. That this general truth is fully applicable to the case of the Manchu and the Chinese, is known from the direct testimony of Moyria de Maillac and of Amyot. We add to this, that the Han i araha Manchu gisun i puleko pitehe gives not only the Chinese character for the meaning of each Man- chu word, but also, in Manchu letters, the sound of the spoken rep- resentative of the written Chinese words, as they are pronounced at the imperial court. Now, as the rules of Manchu pronunciation are few and simple, and the sounds of the letters are easy to acquire, and the power of each letter (with very few exceptions) fixed and certain, we thus obtain, in the Imperial Manchu Language Mirror Book, the easiest and surest of all keys to the true pronunciation of the court Chinese. A Frenchman complains with good cause of the impossibility of learning the Chinese sounds from English books, an Englishman complains with equal justice of the French : it happening, as Volney has well remarked, that the two nations of mo- dern Europe, which have the most and the best cultivated the art of language, namely, the French and the English, are precisely those, which have the most absurd system of alphabetic signs. No such fault can be found with the Manchu; and, accordingly, the Imperial Manchu Language Mirror Book is a most admirable pronouncing dictionary for Chinese. And Rémusat has developed the great value of the Tsing Wen Ki Meng to the student as well of Chinese as of Manchu. Some imperfect means exist, by which a European may obtain direct access to the Manchu language. We have in print, in the first place, a grammar of the Manchu language, entitled Elementa Recherches sur les Langues Tartares. + ! * VOL, XIII. NO. VI. 38 298 JUNE, Considerations on the Language of Communication 1 11 Linguæ Tartaricæ,' by Father Gerbillon, published many years ago in the collection of Thevenot's Voyages. We have, in the second place, a French translation of Gerbillon's grammar, by Père Amyot, published in the French Mémoires con- cernant les Chinois, under the title of Grammaire Tartare-Mant- choue. This grammar is very brief and imperfect; and Amyot has omitted, in his translation, some valuable parts of Gerbillon's original work, and all the Manchu words which occur in it are printed in European letters. Notwithstanding these most serious defects, the work of Amyot (or Gerbillon) is a very useful compend of Manchu grammar, and serves to give much insight into the prin- ciples, on which the Manchu language is constructed. We have, in the third place, Amyot's translation into French, of the Manchu gisun i isabuha pitehe. This work was translated by Père Amyot in China, and transmitted to Paris for publication, where it appeared in 1789, edited by Langlès, in three volumes, quarto, under the title of Dictionnaire Tartare Mantchou-Français. This being the sole book of its class, is of course of great value and importance. By means of it, and of Gerbillon's grammar, a European may soon acquire a competent facility in the reading of Manchu books. And it gives, for the most part correctly, the pro- nunciation of the Manchu words, so far as the French language is capable of expressing the various sounds of the Manchu. But it is marked by many and serious defects. In the first place, it follows the order of the original, in which the alphabetical system is very imperfectly observed; so that, in the use of it, much time is lost in the search after words, the arrange- ment being so defective, that it is often necessary to run through all the words under a given letter before finding the particular word sought. In the second place, while on the one hand it does not subjoin to the words, the ordinary mechanical helps, of designating, under each, its place in the parts of speech, and its inflections; on the other hand, it continually gives all these inflections as separate words. This defect is the consequence, also, of closely following the original work, which was compiled by Chinese, who seem to have no idea whatever of grammatical method entering into the compilation of a dictionary. In the third place, from the same cause, the meanings are badiy explained; a circumlocutory description of the use of a word bei g given frequently, by literal translation of the original Chinese, in te place of a pecite meaning $ 1844. 299 between Chinese and European Governments. There exist, it would seem, manuscript materials for supplying a part of these deficiencies; for Langlès, in his prefaces, announces for publication a fourth volume, to be composed of (among other things): 1. an alphabetical index to the Dictionnaire Tartare-Man- tchou Français; 2. a manuscript grammar by Père Domenge, enti- tled Essai de Méthode par apprendre le Tartare; 3. another manu- script grammar by Père Raux, entitled Methode pour apprendre les Caractères et la Langue des Tartares Mantchous. This supple- mentary volume has not, so far as we know, ever yet been published. If it had been, there would still remain other and greater deficien- cies in Amyot's Dictionnaire; namely, the absence of all the words contained in the supplementary publication, or Manchu gisun be ni- yecheme isabuha pitehe, which almost equal in number those con- tained in the primary publication; and the absence of a Dictionnaire Français-Mantchou, which is a thing of almost indispensable neces- sity to any one who seeks to aoquire speedily a knowledge of the Manchu. Finally, we have in print one other useful European work on Manchu, namely, the Alphabet Mantchou, of Langlès. The last edition of this work (published in 1807) contains, in addition to an analysis of the Manchu alphabet, a great variety of valuable critical and miscellaneous matter regarding the history, the language and the literature of the Manchus. Besides, also, the unpublished Manchu grammars already mentioned, there exists, or did exist, a Manchu-Latin Dictionary by the celebrated Père Verbiest. And the compilation of such a work by Père Verbiest is another proof of the high estimation in which the Manchu language was held by that school of eminent European missionaries, who, in former times, resided at the court, and from that centre of political elevation overlooked the whole empire, and knew best which of its two prin- cipal languages was preferable for the use of European communica- tion with the Chinese government.. The more exclusive cultivation, which Europeans have bestowed in late years on the Chinese, is the consequence of their being forbidden the capital, and confined to one of the provinces of the empire. We ought not to omit to mention, as among the helps to the acquisition of Manchu, a translation of the New Testament printed at St. Petersburg, and the large number of European translations of Chinese books, which also exist in Manchu ; such as the Classics, the Sacred Edict, the Histoire Générale of Moyria de Maillac, and many others; for it is to be remarked, as before stated, that every 300 Considerations on the Language of Communication, foc. JUNE, important Chinese work has been translated into Manchu by the care of successive emperors, who employed a large body of literary men in the execution of this great task, as the curious reader will find fully detailed in the works of Langlès and Rémusat. And, in conclusion, we observe that, without undertaking to decide how far it may be practicable to substitute the clear, plain, simple, easy, and congenial Manchu, in the place of the difficult, obscure, and unmanageable Chinese, for the intercourse of Europeans with this government, we may safely say that it is a subject which admits of some consideration on the part of Christian states. We suppose, if a foreigner had occasion to visit the court of the English Edwards, he did not trouble himself to learn the Saxon or the Welsh of the mass of subjects; it was more convenient and more to the purpose, to speak the Norman French of the rulers of England. Our readers will have noticed that we write Manchu. We do this for the simple reason, that it is the true spelling of the word. The common mode of writing the word,-Mantchou,—is derived from the French missionaries, who inserted the t and the o for the purpose of indicating the pronunciation of the name to French ears. Hence the truly barbarous word Mantchouria, for it seems that some German and other European authors choose to call the Manchus by the name of Mantchoures, an error which several French writers have remarked upon; and from the doubly corrupt word Mantchonre, is formed the Latin word Mantchouria, containing a combination of letters, and these letters intrusive ones, which combination is (ety- mologically speaking) impossible in Latin. In general, it is right and proper that every nation should be known by its own name. Independently of which, if at any time it be desirable to change the true spelling of a foreign proper name with a view to repre- sent the sound of it by one's own letters, (which we - doubt), no such exigency exists in the present case. Indefinite and decep- tive though English spelling generally be, still in this case it is free from obscurity, and fairly represents the true sound as well as the true spelling in English ; while the word Mantchou is liable to mislead an Englishman. NI #1 4. + 1 + 1 Note. In speaking (at p. 285) of the great work on which M. Callery is of. cupied, we ought, perhaps, to have stated more distinctly that it is the original Kánghí's Dictionary in 130 volumes, and not the common_abridgment in 32 voluines, which he proposes as the basis of his · Dictionnaire Encyclopedique.' 18:14. 301 Ophthalmir IIospital at Canton. Art. II. Twelfth report of the Ophthalmic IIospital at Canton, from 21st November, 1842, to December 31st, 1843. By the Rev. Peter PARKER, M. D. AFTER an absense of two years and five months, occupied in a visit to America, England and France, I returned to China, Oct. 4th, 1842, and on the 21st of Nov. reopened the hospital in the building where it was at first commenced. Howqua, the landlord of the factory, at first made some objections, particularly referring to the hazard he was before exposed to at the time of the death of a friend- less beggar, upon whose body the Nánhái hien held a coroner's in- quest, but being assured that due precautions should be taken to prevent the recurrence of a similar event, he gave his consent. On inquiring what would be the rent, he replied that it would be un- necessary to speak of that; “My own heart likes this business too; if any repairs are necessary, just call on my comprador, and he will see that they are attended to.” He was assured this act of genero- sity would afford pleasure to thousands who in different countries of the West, took an interest in this object, and to many of whom his name was already well known. This remarkable man, with his children, grandchildren, and numerous others connected with his family, have during the past few years availed themselves of the benefits of the institution. The old gentleman has been a sufferer from pruritis, recurring every cold season. More than a year since, he inquired, how long his physician thought he might live, and on being told that in the ordinary wear of his constitution, he might live ten years, he replied that he did not wish to live so long; that three years more were as many as he desired. But the renewed op- pression of the government, which had previously extorted millions from his coffers, was more than he could bear, and a diarrhea, to which for some years he had been predisposed, brought on by over excitement from a fresh demand upon his treasury to pay off the $6,000,000 due for the ransom of Canton, terminated the life of this distinguished merchant. Never has the Society, and the friends and supporters of this insti- tution, in China and abroad, had more abundant occasion to rejoice in its prosperity and influence. Never since its establishment has there been greater eagerness to avail of its advantages by high and low. On a few occasions about one thousand persons have been 302 JUNE, Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. present on a receiving day. So dense has been the crowd, that fears were entertained for the very young and aged, lest some of them in their extreme debility might perish in the midst of the crowd. As in many former instances, we have to report men in the highest sta- tions of influence and rank. Among the patients has been Yü, the late Kwangchau fú, who sustained a conspicuous part in the recent war and ransom of Canton, he being the officer with whom captain Elliot treated. He is about sixty-eight years old, high forehead, aquiline nose, keen and penetrating eye, bearing the marks of an intelligent and intellectual man, characterized by true dignity and urbanity of manners. About to repair to Peking, to present himself before the emperor, he was desirous of having a blemish and incon- venience, occasioned by a small encysted tumor, situated behind the left ear, and extending deep beneath its lobe, removed. He was first seen at Howqua's hong on the 3d of August, and was much delight- ed when informed that the tumor could be easily removed. Five grains of the ext. of colocynth and as many of blue pill were ordered for alternate nights for a week, preparatory to the operation, and as it would be much more convenient to the operator, he was desired to come to the hospital at an early hour, when he would avoid the inconvenience of a crowd. Several European gentlemen were pre- sent on the occasion, and remarked the composure of the officer as he laid himself upon the operating table. During the operation, he scarcely discovered any sensibility. Subsequently he came to the residence of the physician for the after treatment, and once accepted an invitation to breakfast, and never was uneasy lest his visits should be too long. In about ten days it had completely healed. This officer expressed himself with great freedom, and entertained sentiments quite in the advance of the politicians of his country generally. He made inquiries after captain Elliot, and observed of Lin, that had he listened to him, he would have saved himself and country much trouble, and also alluding to the relative importance of China, and the nations of the west, made the just interrogation, “What is the use of designating one high and the other low, of those which are on the same level ?" He had the satisfaction of learning that two of his sons at Peking have received appointments under government, and if they partake of the sentiments of their father, his and their influence may not be lost. The high commissioner Kíying, and several connected with his suit, have availed themselves the aid of this institution. His ex- cellency has been afflicted more than twenty years with a trouble- #1 1 1844. 303 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 1 some cutaneous affection, so distressing at times as to interfere with his public duties, and compelling him several times a day to seek temporary relief by bathing. It was through the lamented hon. J. R. Morrison, that he first applied for medical aid. Subsequently, he sent one of his attendants to explain the character of his malady. On the 2d of October, when the American consul presented his credentials to himn and the governor-general, an opportunity was afforded him of being prescribed for in person. He then stated that his complaint commenced some twenty years since, arising as he supposed, from long exposure to rain on horseback, that it was es- sentially the same in all seasons and weather, and that it had hereto- fore resisted every treatment. The fluid extract of sarsaparilla, alternative doses of blue pill and ext. of colocynth were prescribed, and the use of the warm bath ordered, together with a strong oint- ment of the oxyd of zinc, to be applied twice or thrice daily; and par- ticular attention to be paid to diet. Nothing has occurred to render more striking the contrast in the state of things in China, since the opening of the hospital in 1835, than this interview. Then, it was feared to have its existence come to the knowledge of the authori- ties, and the first lease of a building for the purpose, expressly pro- vided that it should be given up if the officers raised objections. Now, on a public occasion, the governor-general and an imperial commissioner, in the presence of the provincial judge, and numerous other officers and attendants, voluntarily allude to the institution in no measured terms of commendation. Kiying subsequently made some trifling presents, accompanied with two autograph tablets. One contained the following sentence: Miáu shau hwui chun, # FPUnder your skillful hand ( from the winter of disease) the spring (of health) returns. The other was Shau shi tsi jin And with longevity, you bless mankind. On each tablet was written Ki Kungpáu shú tsang Pekiá siensang Kí Kungpáu's writing presented to Dr. Parker. Case 9044. Jan. 9th, 1843. Injury from a gun. Lái Tieh, a laborer, aged 24, shattered his hand by the bursting of a gun. The thumb was blown off at the lowest joint, and the metacarpal bone with the muscles situated upon it was rolled outward, being attached only at the joint, and by the skin. The first joints of the index and middle fingers were also blown off, and the palm of the hand rent in various directions. The ulna artery was torn across, and the arm considerably burnt. The bleeding was first arrested by passing a 304 JUNE, Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. cord around the wrist, which was drawn so tight as to cause the skin subsequently to slough; charpie was then placed upon the bleeding surface, and over the course of the artery, a silver dollar with a compress above it and a bandage round the whole hand, when the ligature about the wrist was removed; nearly two days had elaps- ed, when he came to the hospital. The first step was to remove the original dressing, and to ascertain the extent of the injury so that if possible the remainder of the hand might be saved; emollient poul- tices were applied for a few days, and the irritation of the system allayed by purgatives. When the inflammation had sufficiently sub- sided, the metacarpal bone was dissected from the adherent muscles, which with the skin above formed a flap that quite covered over the situation of the thumb. In about six weeks, the wound and the wrist of the hand had healed. The use of the remaining fingres was restored, and the patient discharged with a useful hand. No. 9125. June 6th. Fistula of the trachea. Tsien Shen, aged 29, of Pwányü, a servant of a Chinese officer, for reasons un- known, attempted suicide by cutting his throat. The incision was made between the circular cartilages into the trachea, but at a point that did not produce fatal hemorrhage. In healing, however, a fis- tulous opening, about half an inch long, and one quarter broad, was left in the trachea. At this opening he could propel the breath with much force, and without pain. He could not utter the slightest sound unless the opening was covered, when he spoke with his na- tural voice. He constantly wore a piece of adhesive plaster. He was advised to wait till after the newyear holydays, when by dis- secting the edges of the fistula and bringing them together by liga- tures and adhesive plaster, a permanent cure might be effected. But he has never found leisure when his master could spare him for the purpose. No. 9130. Feb. 2d. Gun-shot wound, birth of an infant, and death of the mother. Límun, aged 42, of Pwányü, a tanka boat- woman, as she was skulling her boat, was shot with an iron ball an inch in diameter, accidentally fired from a swivel on board a chop- boat. The gun had been loaded with grape shot, which had all been withdrawn as was supposed, but one unfortunately remained. This having passed through the side of the boat and the partition aft, entered her chest just below the right nipple. She was within a short period of her confinement. She was removed in a few hours to the hospital. Her breathing became labored, and her pulse quick and flurried. The ball was not traceable with the probe, though it was +1 1 1811, 305 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton, 1 her impression it was situated in the epigastrium. A dose of calomel and rhubarb was given, and a poultice applied over the wound. Some cough, but no expectoration or blood. On the 4th February, labor came on; the dresser of the hospital immediately informed the physician, but before he arrived she was delivered of a daughter. Flooding however ensued, which resisted all efforts to arrest it, and in six hours from the birth of the child, the mother died. This is the first birth that has occurred in the hospital. The infant was swathed up hands and foot, by the Chinese nurse, its face only re- maining exposed. Its first food consisted of a little paste prepared from cakes composed of sugar and rice flour, with which fare the little one seemed quite satisfied. It was stated that this is the common nourishment, the infant not being put to the breast for one or two days. The Chinese midwife made great objections to the applica- tion of cold water to the abdomen to produce contraction of the uterus, and to stop the hemorrhage, and on being asked what means the Chinese adopted, the reply was, we “let the patient alone.” Se- veral Chinese females averred they had seen gallons (i. e. a great quantity) of blood lost under such circumstances. The husband was satisfied for the loss of his wife by the proprietors of the chop- boat paying $200, including funeral expenses. No. 9495. March 6th, 1843. Glandular tumor. Tán Sí, æt. 22, of Náphái, had a tumor situated two inches above Poupart's ligament in the left groin, of a gourd shape, situated horizontally, with the conical part of it pointing to the crest of the ilium. It was red and vascular, and had frequently bled profusely. After remaining in the hospital a fortnight, living upon a spare diet, and frequently taking blue pill and colocynth, assisted by A. Heard, esq., who has ever lent his aid on operating days, the tumor was extirpated. The arteria ad cutem abdominis was divided and tied, and also a small artery entering the base of the tumor. The integuments not cover- ing the wound, a part was filled up by granulations, which proceeded slowly owing to the liability of the parts to be disturbed, but in about a month he was discharged perfectly well. No. 9600. March 13th. Steatomatous tumor. Wang I, aged 48, of Nanhái, with a tumor more than a foot round at the base, situated in the course of the linea alba, between the umbilicus and sternum. It commenced more than two years ago, and for nearly a year had been in an ulcerated, fungoid and fetid state. The tense- ness of the skin allowed it but slight motion, and as it was uncertain how deep it extended, the only chance of prolonging his life was 39 VOL. XIII, NO, VI, 306 JUNE, Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton a 41 to extirpate it. Assisted by Drs. Marjoribanks and O'Sullivan, it was removed. It was found to originate from the linea alba and the fascia of the rectus muscles-to which it adhered by a broad base, and which were distinctly seen after the operation. In little more than a month he was discharged cured. No. 9632. March 17th. Excessive granulations of the eyelid. Hoh Cháu, aged 20, of Pwányü, had protracted ophthalmia of one eye, and the granulations had become very exuberant, some of thein protruding below the eyelid, hanging loose upon the cornea, and attached to the conjunctiva by narrow peduncles. The lid was averted and with a pair of curved scissors, the largest granulations were clipped off, and the sulphate of copper applied to the wounds and less prominent granulations, which gave immediate relief; solution of the same mineral was also furnished him, occasional doses of calomel and rhubarb were prescribed; a collyria of nitrate of silver (8 grs. to zj) was sometimes substituted for the sulphate of copper, the latter being repeatedly applied in substance. In a few weeks, the eye was so far recovered that the man ceased his visits. No. 9633. March 17th. Hæmatocele. Kwo Chih, æt. 57, of Kiángsú, with hæmatocele of the left side, oval, nearly the size of his head, and distinct from the scrotum; the cord was felt of natural size above it. Its weight and magnitude were the principal incon- veniences; a hydrocephalus trochar was introduced more than an inch, when a few drops of thick granular black blood exuded. The parietes of the tumor appeared firm in structure and of considerable thickness, from the steadiness with which the trochar was held when inserted. He has not yet decided in favor of its extirpation. Nos. 9850, 9831. Yung Shin, æt. 22, and Wang Ming, æt. 27, boatmen, of Hiángshán. A quarrel ensuing between the men of their boat aud some custom-house officers, in front of the factories, a cry of pirates was raised. The soldiers rushed forth armed, and these men in making resistance were wounded. Yung Shin had several spear wounds in his head and back; the other had his ankle pierced by a spear, coming out at the bottom of the foot. They were removed by friends to a little distance where they lay all night. It was proposed to carry them to the hospital, and dress their wounds at once, but their friends objected, wishing the officers to first come and see them in their gore, and thus be induced to regard them as the injured party, and not call them to account for their resistance to the soldiers, some of whom were also seriously wounded. As the hemorrhage had ccascd, they were allowed all the benefit of their 1844. 307 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. blood to plead for leniency with the officers, who were to examine the next day, a purgative being given each for the night. Next day by request of the lieut.-colonel, whose soldiers had inflicted the wounds, they were received at the hospital, and the wounds dressed. In one week Yung Shin had so far recovered that he returned to his boat. Antiphlogistic internal remedies were required at first by the other, with repeated leeching and poulticing of the ankle and rest of the limb; at the expiration of three weeks he was discharged with the use of his ankle. No. 9922. Imperforate anterior nares from small-pox. Liáng Yeh, a child three years old, had the small-pox within the last year, and in consequence, one nostril is hermetically sealed, and the other has a passage that will with difficulty admit a small probe. This is not the first instance of the kind that has been seen at the hospital. The parents were advised to wait a few years, when the operation for restoring the passages can better be performed and more easily endured by the child. No. 10,104. April 28th. Erectile tumor. Fan Yú, aged 16, of Sanshwui, had an erectile bloody tumor, upon the left hip, in shape resembling a sprig of trefoil clover, attached by a small pe- duncle. According to the father's account, it commenced from a small nevus. It was painful and of a purple color. Slight pressure emptied it of blood, which returned on its being removed. Tnree times there had been profuse hemorrhage. On the 5th May, a liga- ture was applied, and on the 8th, the tumor was ready to separate. A strong solution of the nitrate of silver was dropped upon its base. Shortly after the lad returned, the ligature and tumor having come away, the nitrate of silver in substance was applied, and the patient discharged with prospect of permanent cure. No. 10,106. Hydatid of the male breast and epulis. Lí Fán- chun, aged 62, a money-changer of Canton, had a hydatid of the left breast, about the size of his fist. He had also an epulis half an inch thick, originating from the gum above the superior incisors, of long standing, which he did not wish to have removed. After a week's preparation, the gland and cyst were extirpated. In making the incisions, the cyst was unluckily opened, and operator and by- standers bespattered with its foul contents, which resembled dark venous blood. The operation was soon completed, and the breast sent to the family by their request. In fifteen days, the patient was discharged quite well. After a few weeks, this respectable old gen- tleman accompanied by his five grown up sons, all thrifty and 308 JUNE, Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. respectable tradesmen, came with dresents of fruits, &c., to express their united obligations for the benefits conferred upon all in the person of the father. The wife and a daughter of eighteen repeatedly visited him at the hospital. Previous to the operation, he desired his family to worship their divinity on the occasion, but he would not permit them to inquire of the idol if he should submit to the operation, for he had decided that point himself, but to pray that he might be supported under it, and that it might prove successful. No. 10,157. Keloids. Hwang-gan, aged 43, native of Fukien, was beaten by a Chinese officer one year since for debt, with a rat- tan on his back, and a bamboo on his legs. The number of blows of the rattan upon the back might be counted by the prominent keloid ridges that had been produced. Several were parallel with each other, and some crossed at angles, as the blows fell without pity. Where the bamboo fell on one thigh, there was a patch the size of his hand, presenting a shining elevated surface; and on the other, the wound was not healed. The man complains of insuf- ferable itching from these keloids. The pain of the original punish- ment is not to be compared with the irremediable consequences. No. 10,163. Simple fracture of the humerus. Liú Yü, aged 46, of Kiángsí, a custom-house runner, and the dread of the Chinese on account of his petty extortions, in a squabble that ensued on one of these occasions, received a blow that fractured the humerus of the left arm at its superior third. The usual treatment was pursued, and in one month he was able to use his arm again. No. 10,452. Spina bifidis. Lin Kin, an infant of fifty days, has a spina bifidis originating from the lumbar vertebræ. The tumor of a cordiform shape, is situated above the left kidney, about three inches through, and beautifully translucent. The child appears in every other respect perfectly healthy, but cries if the tumor is handled. It was proposed to puncture and evacuate the fluid, but the parents, tender of their first born, have not yet made up their minds to it. No. 10,675. Schirrus breast. Siau Kin, aged 37, of Nánhái, had schirrus enlargement of the left breast, about two feet round at its base, and weighed 43lbs. after removal. Assisted by Dr. Mac- gowan, it was extirpated in less than two minutes, and the patient dressed and in bed in twenty. In three weeks, the patient returned home in good health. No. 10,641. Gangrene. Mihyángoh, a Tartar child three years old, was seized with gangrene. The father stated that the child had not been well since having the measles sometime previously, > 1844. 309 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 1 1 1 But this affection commenced two days previous to his bringing her to the hospital. The upper lip, septum nares, and palate for the width of half an inch was entirely destroyed, and the disease still making rapid strides. The child was very pale and much emaciat- ed. It had high fever, and such was its thirst, it would make efforts to swallow every drop of fluid medicine that was brought near it, even the most acrid. Nitric acid was applied with a writing pencil to the edge of the gangrene, also a strong solution of creosote and a carrot poultice were prescribed, and gentle aperients with anodynes were administered, but nothing arrested the disease. The fourth day had exceeded the third in the death of the parts, and the eyes lost their brightness and the cornea became dry. The father being told that the child could not recover, preferred to take her home to die. No. 10,840. Gun-shot wound. Lí Kien, aged 32, manufacturer of toys, was one of a number of passengers who were attacked by pirates near Tungkwán. The ball entered the right thigh near the vastus externus muscle. Leeches and poultices were applied to the swollen limb, and laxatives administered, and the patient directed to return in a few days, that the examination for the ball might be made as the tumefaction subsided. He never returned. This and several similar cases are introduced, not from any professional inter- est that may attach to them, but as illustrating the boldness of pirates, and furnishing painful evidences of the deterioration of Chi- nese morals since the late war. No. 10,933. Cancer of the eyelid, &c. The widow of Tingqua, the late hong-merchant, whose death is recorded in the ninth report, in addition to the blindness for which she was formerly treated, became afflicted with cancer of the lower lid of the right eye and enlargement of the parotid and other glands of the side of the neck. Pwán Tingqua, her son, remarked that he should be glad if his mother could live for ever, but as she could not, he was desirous of knowing the probable result of her disease. It was pronounced in- curable, though she might survive three months, or perhaps not as many weeks. She had free hemorrhages from the cancer. Means for arresting these when they should occur, and anodynes were fur- nished. Preparations were then in progress for a theatrical exhibi- tion, to propitiate the favor of the deities in behalf of the old lady, and not less for the entertainment of officers and other friends of the family. It is said to have cost about $30,000 However, the old lady did not survive the occasion, and died at the age of 75. No. 11,000. July 3d. Spina bifidis. A child by the surname 310 JUNE, Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. of Chú, one year old, had had a congenital tumor situated over the centre of the lambdoid suture, and about the size of a hen's egg. The child is wary of its being handled. The health seem unimpaired, and the parents were advised not to interfere with it. No. 11,276. July 31st. Schirrus breast. Lúshí, aged 30, had schirrus of the left mamma. She was in full health and rather fleshy. The glands in the axilla were not affected. Leeches were repeatedly applied to the breast, and unguentum potassa hydriodati also applied with friction, and iodine administered internally. This treatment was continued about three months, the breast being con- siderable diminished in size, and much more movable and better defined than before, still the neucleus remained very hard, and any intermission of the treatment was followed by an increase in the size, and she was advised to submit to the knife which she did with great readiness. Early in November, assisted by Kwán Táu, the senior pupil, the breast was extirpated in less than two minutes, and the patient dressed and in bed in twenty. The glands weighed about four pounds. Union by the first intention took place nearly the whole extent of the incision, which was fully ten inches long. In ten days the patient was told that she might return home, but preferred to wait a few days, seemingly attached to the place where her life had been prolonged. No. 11,329. July 31st. Ranulæ. Liáng 'Rh, æt. 50, of Shun- tih, had ranulæ, which in three years had become so large that the tongue was invisible when the mouth was opened, and formed an irregular tumor on the left side of the neck and trachea. August 2d, it was punctured within the mouth, when about eight ounces of thick yellowish liquor flowed out, with granulations resembling gold dust. It was first injected with cold water and afterwards with a solution of the sulphate of zinc (20 grs to an oz. of water) a tent being introduced into the opening, and a compress and bandage applied externally for a few days. No. 11,530. August 14th. Steatomatous tumor. Táng Chí, aged 40, of Pwányü, had a pendulous tumor from the accromion pro- cess of the left shoulder. It much resembled a double arm, duncle being of equal size to the arm, for the distance of five or six inches, and terminating in a fungoid head, fifteen inches in circum- ference, which was in an ulcerated state. This was successfully removed by my senior pupil. Two small arteries were taken up, and it was dressed and treated exclusively by him, till in ten days, the patient was discharged cured. The tumor weighed about 13lb., and was sicatomatous throughout, 19 3 the pe- 18:14. 3311 Ophthalmic Ilospital at Canton, Wú Yuen, No. 11,664. August 22d. Imperfect external ear. æt. 7, had a congenital defect of the external ear. There was an auditory foramen, but with the exception of a small portion of car- tilage, the external ear was entirely wanting. Several similar in- stances have occurred. This patient came to the hospital to be treat- ed for a scrofulous affection of the cervical vertebræ causing a stiff neck. No. 11,672. Aug. 22d. Noli me tangere. Páng Kin, æt. 22, of Tungkwán, had been afflicted for many months with this forinida- ble disease of his right eye. The tarsi of the superior and inferior palpebræ had been destroyed when he presented himself, and was extending in every direction, and the eye itself constantly filled with the foul discharge, but the cornea, though somewhat opaque, still resisted its virulence. A fomentation of chamomile flowers was applied for a few nights, the eye being cleansed in the morning, and a strong solution of creosote and gum arabic applied, and Turner's cerate worn during the day; at the same time five grains of blue pill, and as many of ext. of colocynth compound were given every few nights. The disease began to be arrested so that the change was apparent in one week, and in three months was completely healed up, the puncta lachrymalis remaining permeated, and the patient only suffering from the loss of the edges of the lids so as to be un. able to cover the eye. The speedy loss of sight and the not remote death of the man was thus arrested; so that this man may well be contented with his lot. No. 11,700. Steatomatous tumor. A woman, æt. 37, with a tumor occupying the inside and front of the right thigh. It com- menced ten years ago, with a small lump,' in the lower third of the thigh, and just in the corner of the sartorious muscle. When she came to the hospital, the tumor occupied the whole extent of the thigh and even displaced the patella; it was highly vascular and soft, the lower end, making its character doubtful, especially as pres- sure upon the external iliac artery sensibly diminished its size, causing a slight cracking of the shining surface of the tumor, and the stethescope detected a remarkable purring sound, a little like the buzzing of a spindle. This however was traced to a superficial artery of considerable size originating from the external femoral, and extending towards the vastus externus muscle. At the inferior and anterior portion, ulcerations had taken place along the course of a superficial vein, from which hemorrhages had occurred, and subsequently to her coming to the hospital, it blcd thrice, losing in 312 JUNE, Ophthalmic Tlospital al Canton. #2 ** ♡ 40 all about twenty-four ounces, and it was at the great risk of bleed- ing, that she stood up. Her constitution was already weakened by the tumor and the loss of blood, and whatever might be its nature, death could not be distant, unless it was removed. It was stated to the patient and her husband, that the tumor might be of an anueris- mal character, and that after commencing the operation it might be necessary to resort to amputation ; but if merely an encysted tumor, there was a fair chance for a successful result. Under all circum- stances the amputation was objected to, as she preferred to die rather than return to her parents mutilated. Both husband and wife desired the tumor to be removed, and though it should prove of a complex character and the bleeding could not be controlled, and she should not survive the operation, still they desired to take this chance of life. Previous to the operation, a hydrocephalus trochar was introduced near each extrémity; at the lower, a little cerum and pus escaped, and near the groin, a little blood flowed. On the 30th September, assisted by Drs. Marjoribanks and Green, the operation was attempt- ed. The tumor was found to be less detached than was anticipated. It was not separated by a cyst from the surrounding parts. Some of the muscles, particularly the rectus femoris and the rectus exter- nies, were partially absorbed and others passed into, and were lost in the diseased mass. Along the portion of the femur, the periosteum was detached, and firmly adhered to the tumor, and the surface of the osfemoris presented a rough and granular aspect. The tumor was dissected out in about five minutes. The bleeding, notwithstanding the compress on the external iliac artery, was profuse, not so much from any particular vessel, as from the extensive surface opened out. A large superficial vein divided in the first incision of the integu- ments continued to bleed freely even after the tumor was extirpated, and the patient died from exhaustion before she could be removed from the table. Her husband and relatives were not sensible of the event for soine time after. A roller was passed around the thigh, and the body laid upon the bed and covered up, though the friends were still watching for returning heat and animation, when they were informed of the true state of the case. The husband wept, but uttered not a word of regret, sensible, as well as her sister who was present, that the same event must have shortly happened, had not the operation been attempted; the corpse was removed the same day. This is the first instance of the kind that has occurred since the founding of the hospital, and no untoward effects have resulted. 1844. 313 Ophthalnic Hospital at Canton. No. 12,215. October 13th. Steatomatous tumor. Luming Liu, æt. 49, a native of Shuntih, and a writer in the office of the provin- cial treasurer, had been many years encumbered with a pendulous tumor on the right side, attached by a broad peduncle over the kid- ney, and ulcerated where the escharotics had been applied. After a week's preparatory treatment, it was extirpated with little loss of blood, and weighed a few ounces short of seven pounds. This sen- sible and well informed man fully appreciated the benefit conferred. No. 12,236. Oct. 15th. Translucent encysted tumor. Yú Shí, æt. 18, had a small encysted tumor near the external angle of the right eye. Punctured and evacuated its contents, which much resembled oil in color, consistency, feel, and combustibility. Several similar cases have come to the hospital; to puncture them is merely palliative, the dissection of the cyst being the radical cure. No. 12,397. November 6th. Tumor of the orbit of the eye. Táu Shi, æt. 22, of Shuntih, had a tumor two inches in diameter, occupying the orbit of the left eye. The eye itself was much dis- placed by the pressure of the tumor which covered it and excluded the light, but the sight was perfect. Assisted by Dr. Marjoribanks and Dr. Plimsoll of H. M. brig Childers, the tuinor was extirpat- ed. It was found to originate from a point near the optic foramen. The profuse bleeding was arrested by dossils of lint dipped in tinct. ferri muriatis. For a few days the upper lid seemed likely to evert, but as the swelling subsided, it was restored to its natural position, confined by compress and adhesive plaster ; and in fourteen days this young woman with her husband, who had stood by her dur- ing the operation, and uniformly treated her kindly, returned home perfectly cured. The eye had also in a considerable degree resumed its natural position from which it had been forced by the tumor. No. 12,447. November 6th. Popliteal aneurism. Ping Ying, æt. 50, mason, from Shuntih. Five months since, as he was walk- ing, he felt his right leg give way, and fell to the ground. Soon after, he discovered a small tumor in the popliteal space, which gradually increased to a very large size. When he came to the hospi- tal, he complained of great pain along the course of the nerve, and said that ordinarily, he obtained no sleep till near day-break. The tumor at this time was tense, and the pulsations very powerful. Besides the aneurism, there seemed also to be a transfusion of blood within the cellular tissue that surrounded the knee, as it was much softer than the tumor itself. He was apprized of the nature of the disease and its remedy, and was treated accordingly. His sufferings 40 VOL. XIII. NO. VI, 314 JUNE, Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. at night and a discoloration and softening of the tumor at one point, forbidding longer delay, on the 29th Dec., assisted by Dr. Marjori- banks, a ligature was applied to the external femoral artery without difficulty, and with very little disturbance of the parts. It was re- marked by the bystanders that the patient seemed insensible, except one or two slight spasmodic twitchings as the probe touched a small superficial nerve. After the patient was laid in bed, the pulse was 84; which continued till 9 P. M., and then the old nocturnal pain returned. No material change in the temperature of the leg. An opiate was administered at 6, and repeated at 9 P. M., but a rest- less night ensued. At 7 o'clock next morning, the pulse was 120; some heat of skin, and whiteness of tongue; exhibited K. castor oil 3j. No pain in the parts, slight fulness in the groin, patient slept till noon; gave him P. calomel grs. vj., R. sulph. mag. 3j. Ant. tart. grs. ji. in half a pint of water, a wine glass every half an hour unless he vomited. The emeto-cathartic produced slight emesis. At 6 P. M. pulse 132, no dizziness or pain in the head; leg the same; 9 P. M., pulse 118; R. opi. gr. j. Patient comfortable, and easiest with the foot on the floor. Dec. 29th. Patient passed a comfortable night, pulse 118, and softer than previously, and less dry- ness and heat of skin. Sensible softness and diminution of the tu- mor, but no material difference in the two legs. Exhibited R. castor oil 3ss.; dressed the leg at noon, and removed the sutures; some lymph escaped from the incision, but the wound had closed. Dec. 30th. Much less fever; pulse 108; tumor much diminish- ed, and all the symptoms favorable, except occasional twitchings at the ligature. Patient has slight cough and expectoration. No undue heat of the parts nor fever. R. opii. gr. j. at 9 P. M. if the twitching returns. Dec. 31st. Patient very comfortable, pulse 108; Considerable expectoration and a slight inflammation and swelling in the groin. A moderate discharge of thin cerous yellowish fluid. Dressed the wound, and ordered an opiate at 9 P. M. Jan. 1st, 1844. Patient still comfortable; pulse 104 in the morn- ing, increased in the afternoon. More tumefaction in the groin, and some discharge from the wound. Applied six leeches to the groin, at a little distance from the course of the artery. R. castor oil Zys, to be taken next morning. Jan. 2d. Pulse 104, six leeches more applied to the swelling in the groin, opiate if the twitching returns. Jan. 3d. Pulse 92. Remarkable diminution of the remains of the tumor. Dressed the wound, from which there was some discharge, good appetite. Jan. 111. Pulse 81; much less expectoration. Swell- 21 1844. 313 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. ing in the groin nearly disappeared. Jan. 5th. Pulse 84; the dis- charge nearly ceased, and the incision nearly healed except at the ligtaure. Tumor still diminishing. Dressed the wound. Jan. 6th. Pulse 80; tumefaction much subsided, and patient moves with free- dom, and without pain. On the 21st day after the operation (January 17th), the ligature came away, and all the symptoms were favorable. Patient more fleshy, and the remains of the tumor circumscribed and defined. Feb. 7th, a few days after the ligature came away, a slight fluctua- tion was noticed a few inches below the point of the ligature, and the new skin was opened with a lancet. A slight bloody purulent discharge ensued, which continued more or less for a few days, but has now nearly ceased. No. 12,526. Nov. 15th. Injury from an explosion. Loh Liú, a soldier, of Hwayuen, was burnt by an ignited cartridge, whilst ramming it down. He had already been in the hands of a Chinese physician, who had besmeared his injured head, face, neck, hands, and legs, with some vegetable compound into which pulverized fir bark charcoal entered largely, and which had answered the purpose well, for one perfect scab was formed, beneath which a healthy skin was growing. Large patches were still ulcerated, however, and splinters of wood in the knees were unextracted. The man soon recovered in the hospital. No. 12,599. Nov. 20th. Scrofulous tumor of the elbow. Sien Hoh, æt. 13. Eight months since, a tumor commenced at the elbow, and is now as large as his head. The joint is anchylosed, and the whole arm emaciated, and also the leg, with enlargement of the knee. The boy is cadaverous and puny, and has no appetite. The tumor was in a sloughing state, throwing off large portions of its substance daily. Amputation was recommended, but his father said, how then can he feed himself with one hand gone? How can he write? And he preferred to part with all together than retain a mutilated son. No. 12,685. Nov. 27th. Hydatid of the breast. Tau shí, æt. 45, a Catholic Christian, from Sishan, in Sinhwui, had a hydatid of the right breast; she was rather nervous during the operation, and cried earnestly for mercy, using a mixture of Portuguese and Chi- nese, and fingering her rosary. In a fortnight she was ready to return home, although the wound was not quite healed. No. 12,834. Dec. 5th. Necrosis and reproduction of the os humeri. Fan Tsin, æt. 22, a farmer of Pwányü, had extensive 316 JUNE, Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 15 W! caries of this bone. A sequestrum, consisting of the entire shaft for a distance of more than six inches, had separated at the head of the bone, and protruded through the muscle. There were numerous fistulæ about the arm. The sequestrum was evidently detached, but the orifice was not sufficient for its extraction. A directory was introduced along the course of the dead bone, from above downwards to another opening four or five inches below, and then with a scalpel the muscles were divided, and the sequestrum extracted. Two small arteries were divided and the flow of venous blood was profuse, lint dipped in tinct. ferri muriatis, was placed in the cavity to stop the flow of blood, and compresses and bandages applied. The next day the lint was removed, and the parts brought together by adhesive plaster, and poultices applied. Though there is still disease of the extremities of the bone, the wound healed kindly, and the man relieved of a great nuisance, as the fetid dis- charge from the diseased bone was copious. This case is remark- able for the reproduction of a new bone; the arm is seemingly as strong as ever. If it were a question, from what part of the old bone the new one is deposited, whether from the periosteum or the bone itself, this case shows six inches of the entire cylinder of the old bone removed, and the new production formed externally to it, and manifestly deposited from the periosteum. No. 12,852. Dec. 5th. Scirrhus breast. King Tsái, aged 27, a woman from near Ningpo, had a scirrhus breast. The nipple and the skin round it, were so far involved as to leave scarcely any flaps, and the strong attachment to the pectoral muscle could only be separated by dividing it with the scalpel, which delayed the ope- ration. She endured the pain heroically, and when the wound was dressed, raised herself upon the table without assistance, jump- ed upon the floor, and made her bow to the gentlemen present in the Chinese style, and walked into another room as though nothing had occurred. In a very short time, she was able to return home with her master, taking a little dressing with her for a few days' use, and carrying with her books in her own language, from which she may learn the doctrines of Christianity. No. 12,987. Dec. 14th. Gunshot wound. Liáng Tsiú, æt. 31, was shot with two balls two days ago in a quarrel, which occurred in two boats passing in a narrow river. One bullet entered above the right scapula and lodged near a spinous process opposite the point of its entrance, where it was extracted with some difficulty even after it was reached, on account of the rough edges of the contused HE ! 1844. 317 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. 120; ball. This was extracted in the evening in his boat on the river opposite the city. The second ball had passed directly through the thorax and made its exit on the other side; he had difficulty of breathing, and could not bear a recumbent position. His pulse was an ounce of castor oil was ordered immediately, and a full dose of calomel and rhubarb to be taken after the oil had operated; it was noticed that much dark blood was voided. The patient died the same night. Had the course of the second ball been known, and this event anticipated, he should not have been pained by the extrac. tion of the first ball. No. 12,988. Dec. 16th. Liang Yuen, aged 22, of the village of Tásha, was also shot in the same affray; the ball entered about the fifth rib on the right side, in a line with the anterior edge of the scapula, and the spine of the ilium, and took an inward and down- ward course, lodging beneath the skin and integument near the second of the false ribs on the opposite side, whether inside or out- side of the backbone uncertain, where it was extracted with some difficulty. Table of diseases presented at the hospital from 21st November, 1842, to 31st December, 1843. Diseases of the eye. Leucoma 6 Granulations 57 Cornitis 40 Entropia 346 Conical cornea 1 Ectropia 3 Ulceration of cornea 24 Trichiasis 20 Senilis arcus 4 Ptosis 3 Staphyloma cornea 78 Lippitudo 76 Staphyloma iridis 10 Symblepharum 2 Staphyloma sclerotica 1 Xeroma 6 Iritis, chronic 23 Quivering eyelids 1 Onyx 9 Cancer of eyelids 1 Synechia anterior 5 Excrecsence of the lids 2 Synechia posterior 7 Tumor of the lids 6 Cataracts congenital 2 Hordeolum 1 Cataracts 205 Mucocele 9 Cataracts lenticular 1 Encanthis 8 Glaucoma 24 Ophthalmia, acute - 125 | Muscæ volitantes 9 Ophthalmia, chronic 483 Myosis 4 Ophthalmia, nervous 2 Amaurosis, complete 37 Ophthalmia, purulent 59 Amaurosis, partial 34 Ophthalmitis 16 Strabismus 5 Pterygia 175 Chrupsia 2 Pannus 2 Diplopia Maculæ 2 Presbyopia 1 Nebula 316 | Myopia 2 O 318 JUNE, Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. O Nyctalopia ]] Diarrhexa 1 Ephora - 2 Ulcer of rectum 1 Echymosis 1 Fistula in ano 15 Choroiditis 6 Prolapsus ani 1 Fungus hæmatodes 3 Hæmorrhoids 8 Loss of one eye 77 Dysentery 5 Loss of both eyes 49 Dyspepsia 44 Wounds of the eye 2 Ascites 71 Noli me tangere of the eye 3) Anasarca 33 Diseases of the ear. Ovarian disease 5 Otitis 2 Worms 21 Deafness I| Abscess of liver 2 Obstruction of Eutachian tube Enlargement of liver 1 Otorrhea Hepatitis 4 Polypus of the ear 4 Enlargement of spleen 15 Tinnitus aurium 4 Icterus 35 Loss of membrani tympani 2 Hernia, inguinal 34 Ulcer of membrana tympani 1 Hernia, femoral Deaf-dumbness 8 Hernia, umbilical 1 Rent ear 2 Hernia, ventral 1 Imperfect external ear 1 Diseases of genital organs. Diseases of the face and throat. Wound of testicle 1 Choriza 6 Enlargement of testicle 6 Parotitis 4 Ulcer of testicle 1 Tonsilitis 1 Scirrhus testicle 3 Cynanchia 3 Urinary calculi Aphonia 1 Bubo 6 Ulcer of fauces 2 Nodes 2 Obstruction of salivary ducts 2 Gonorrhea 12 Ranula 1 Leucorrhea 2 Salivary fistula 2 Phymosis 7 Diseases of organs of circulation. Paraphymosis 1 Clonus palpitatio 1 Chancre 2 Disease of the heart 1 Hydrocele 19 Aneurism 3 Impotence Epistaxis 1 Salacity 6 Nevus maternæ 3 Amenorrhea 1 Angina pectoris 1 Stricture of urethra 4 Varix 3 Cancer of penis 1 Diseases of organs of respiration. Diseases of nervous system. Laryngitis 4 Paralysis 12 Bronchitis chronic 39 Paraphlegia 1 Asthma 2 Hemiphlegia 1 Imperforate anterior nares Epilepsy 6 from small-pox 1 Neuralgia 5 Phthisis pulmonalis 3 Hysteria Pneumonia 10 Hydrocephalus 4 Hæmoptisis 5 Loss of power of smell 2 Diseases of abdominal organs. Sciatica - 1 Gastritis 3 Spina bifida 2 1841. 319 Ophthalmic Hospital at Canton. Cutaneous discascs. Caries of os femoris 2 Lupus 3 Necrosis Lipoma 1 Disease of antrum maxillary 3 Noli me tangere of the face 1 Osteo-sarcoma of lower jaw 2 Acne 3 Curvature of spine 12 Herpes phlyctænodes 2 Exostosis Tinea capitis 4 Fractures 2 Ichthyosis 1 Dislocations Tetter 1 Disease of mastoid process Scabies Prcternatural and diseased Porrigo - 4 growths, fc. Psoriasis 11 Malformation of female pelvis 1 Vitiligo 4 Nasal polypi benign 9 Impetigo 17 Tumors, steatomatous 3 Lichen circinatus 36 Tumor, erectile 1 Lichen agrarius 3 Tumors, sarcomatous 32 Prurigo formicans 2 Tumors, glandular 20 Elephantiasis 4 Tumor, fungoid 1 Elephantiasis scrotal 2 Tumors, abdominal 11 Lepra vulgaris 6 Tumors, encysted 12 Keloids. 6 Carcinoma of female breast 7 Various 7 Carcinoma of the lips 1 Gencral and constitutional Carcinoma of the tongue 3 disease. Carcinoma of the face 1 Rheumatism 35 Noli me tangere of the breast 1 Arthritis 5 Scirrhus breast 5 Hydrops articuli 3 Scirrhus of the uterus 1 Paranychia 6 Hydatid breast 2 Fever, 3 Fistulous breasts 4 Chorea 1) Abscess of the breast 1 Syphilis 9 Injuries 10 Influenza 1 Wounds 11 Opium mania 6 Wounds, gunshot 8 Gangrene 1 Epulis 2 Abscesses 34 Fungus 1 Furunculus 3 Hare lips 3 Erysipelas 5 Disease of the umbilicus 3 Ulcers 48 Summary Scrofula 128 Diseases of the eye 2407 2 do. of the ear 25 Goitre do. of the face and throat 22 Polydipsia and polyurisis I do. of circulatory organs 13 Diseases of osseous system. do. of repiratory organs 64 Morbus coxalgia do. of abdominal organs 302 Caries of cervical vertebræ 3 do. of genital organs 82 Caries of tibia do. of nervous system 35 Caries of os sternum do. of osseous systemi 69 Caries of inferior maxilla 10 Cutaneous diseases 125 Caries of radius and ulna. 2 Constitutional diseases 204 Caries of os costa 31 Preternatural growths, &c. 154 O Small pox 320 JUNE, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Art. III. Alphabetical list of the provinces, departments, and districts in China, with their latitudes and longitudes. TOPOGRAPHICAL sketches of all the maritime provinces of China have already appeared in former numbers of the Repository, and it is intended to continue them until the whole empire has passed under view. Frequent calls, however, for list of all the divisions of the empire induce us to postpone the topography of the separate pro- vinces, and give an alphabetical list, which is here commenced, and which will be continued through successive numbers till it is completed. The arrangement is very simple. The first column contains the name of the place in Chinese characters, omitting its denomination, whether a province, department, or district, which with the sounds are contained in the second column; the third informs in what pro vince the place is situated, and the fourth gives the name of the department when a district is mentioned. The nature of these divi- sions are described, and their number given, in vol. XI., page 46, and vol. IV., page 54. The latitudes and longitudes, with the ex- ception of a few maritime places, are taken from Biot's Dictionnaire des Villes, &c., dans l'Empire Chinois, Paris, 1842. Those marked with an asterisk were ascertained by observation of the French surveyors, while the position of the others is calculated. These all probably require some correction, but are no doubt sufficiently ac- curate to enable a person to approximate to their positions on any map of China. The pronunciation is according to the sounds of the court dialect, and the same as that followed in the provincial topo- graphies, with the exception of an h added to the abrupt termina- tions, as Cháuyih instead of Cháuyi; and an ng prefixed to words heretofore written as beginning with a or á, as Ngányih instead of Aʼnyi. All places whose names commence with the same character are put together, and arranged alphabetically by the second syllable in the name. This list has been compiled from the Tá Tsing Hwui Tien, and made as complete as that work enabled it to be done. It comprises only the places lying within the eighteen provinces ; those situated in Chinese Tartary, Manchuria, &c., will be contained in a supplemen- 5 tary list. 1844 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. 321 Province. N. lat. E. long 常常​带​常​。 Name of place. Department. P9 Amoy or Hiámun, Fukien, Chángchau fu, * 8 Chaling chau, Húnán, Changshá fú *26 53 40 113 23 03 E il Chápu, Chekiáng, Kishing fú, A seaport town of note in Pinghú district on the north side of Hangchau bay. * 1 Chángchau fú, Kiángsu, *31 50 36 119 52 47 The chief town of this department is 2535 li from Peking; it is bounded N. by Tung chan, E. by Súchau fú, S. by Húchau fú in Chekiáng, and W. by Chinkiang fú. It contains eight districts, Yányhú, Wútsin, l'hing, Kingki, Kinkwei, Wüyáng, Kiángyin, and Tsingkiáng. - Chángning hien, Húnán, Hangchau fu 26 26 112 11 Changshan hien, Cheking, Küchau fu, 28 55 118 40 Chángshuh hieu, Kiángsu, Súchau fú, 31 45 120 36 Chángteh fu, Húnán, *29 01 111 26 47 Is 3260 li from Peking; bounded on the N. and E. by Yohchau fú, on the N.W. by Lí chau, on the W. by Chinchau fú, and S. by Changsha fú. It con- tains four districts, Wuling, Lungyáng, Yuenkiáng, and Tauyuen. Mỹ Chánghi, hien, Shántung, Tsinan fu, 36 52 117 40 | Bà Cháng hien, Kansuh, Kungchang fú, 34 40 104 38 IH Chángchau fú, Fukien, *24 31 12 117 52 30 Is 5525 l from Peking; bounded N. by Tingchau fú, Lungyen fú, and Tsiuenchau fú, W. by Chauchau fű in Kwangtung, and S. and E. by the sea. It contains seven hien districts, Langka, Changpú, Haiching, Pimgho, Chau- ngán, Chảmgtái, and ántsing, and I ting district, Yu sáng. 6 | Chángpu hien, Fukien, Changchau fu, *24 07 12 117 48 30 HP Chángping hien, Fukien, Lungyen chau, 25 16 117 38 8 k Chánghwa hien, Fukien, Táiwán fú, 24 30 120 53 8 HH Chángming hien, Sz'chuen, Lungngán fú, 31 37 104 48 por Chángteh fú, Honán, *36 07 20 114 30 Is i200 li from Peking; bounded N. and E. by Chilí province, N. and W. by Lúngán fú in Shánsí, and S. by Weihwui fú. It contains seven districts, Ngányáng, Nuihwang, Lincháng, Yangyin, Lin, Wúngán, and Sheh. I Chánghwá bien, Kwangtung, Kiungchau fú, *19 12 108 44 Lk Chánghwá hien, Chekiáng, Hangchau fú, 30 10 119 13 # Chángkih hien, Kánsuh, Teh-hwa chau, BẢg Chánglí hien, Chihlí, Yungping fu, 39 45 119 14 Bé Chángloh hien, Shántung, Tsingchau fú, 36 46 119 10 F Chángping chau, Chihlí, Shuntien fu, 40 12 116 18 Is the northern of the five la or circuits into which Shuntien sí is divided ; it has five districts under it, Shuni, Hwaijau, Mihyun, and lingkuh. 41 VOL. XIII. NO. VI. 322 JUNE, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province N. lat. 36 52 111 Department E. long Ba Chángyih hien, Shántung, Laichau fu, 119 43 8 Changngan hien, Shensi, Síngán fu, Ex Chángchái ting, Kweichau, Kweiyáng fú. Is a subordinate department in the southern part of Kweiyáng fu. 8 Chángchau hien, Kiáng sủ, Súchau fú, RỄ Chángchí hien, Shansí, Lungán fú, Chánghing hien, Chekiáng, Huchau fú, *31 01 10 119 42 57 Chánghiuen hien, Chihli, Táming fú, 35 18 114 56 là Chángkoh hien, Honạn, Hüchau fú, 34 15 113 03 Changloh hien, Fukien, Fuchau fu, *25 55 119 20 # Chángloh hien, Kwangtung, Kiaying chau, 24 02 115 36 E8% Chángloh hien, Hopeh, Iching fú, Chángning hien, Kiángsĩ, Kánchau fú, *24 52 48 115 36 40 Bá Chángning hien, Szºchuen, Süchau fu, 28 15 104 50 # fủ Chángning hien, Kwangtung, Hwuichau a, #24 06 45 113 51 10 El Chángshá fú, Húnán, *28 12 112 46 57 Is 3585 li from Peking; bounded on the N. by Yohchau fú and Chángteh fú, E. by Kiángsí, S. by Hangchau fú and Pauking fü, and W. by Chinchau fu. It contains one chau (Châling), and eleven hien districts, Chángshá, Shen- hwá, Liúyáng, Siangyin, Ninghiáng, Yihyáng, Ngánhwá, Siángtán, Siang. hiing, Liling, and vú. 8 7: Changsha hien, Hunan, Chángshá fu, 8 L Changshan hien, Shantung Tsínán fú, 36 56 118 04 Changshau hien, Sz chuen, Chungking fú, 29 58 107 09 68 Cháng tái hien, Fukien, Chángchau fu, 24 37 117 00 Chángting hien, Fukien, Tingchau fu, ẽ là Chángtsing hien, Shantung, Tsínán fú, 36 40 116 50 Ký " Chángtsz hien, Shánhí, Lúngán fú 36 05 112 50 Kit Chángwu hien, Shensi, Pin chau, 35 12 107 46 E là Chángyáng hien, Hupeh, I'chang fu, *30 32 24 111 06 32 E là Chángyeh hien, Kansuh, Kanchau fũ, đa % Chíu hien, Ngánhwui, Luchau fú, 31 41 117 46 8 # Cháuh wá hien, Sz chuen, Páuning fu, 32 16 105 50 HB F Cháuping hien, Kwangsí, Pingloh tú, 23 45 110 32 1844. 323 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Namo of place. Province. N. lat. 27 20 Tálí fu, Department. E. long PR i Cháutung fu, Yunnan, 103 50 Is 5720 li from Peking; bounded on the N. by Süchau fú, and W. by Ningyuen fú, both in Sz'chuen; E. by Jinhwái ting in Kweichau, 8. by Tá. ting fú in Kweichau and Tungchuen fú in Yunnan. It contains two hien districts (Ngan-ngán and Yungshen), one chau district (Chinhiung), and two ting districts (Tákwán and Lútien). HỌ Cháuwan hien, Kiangsu, Suchau fú, 63 8 Chaungan hien, Fukien, Chángchau fú *23 43 12 117 18 20 #3 # Cháuyuen hien, Shantung, Tangchau fu, 37 22 120 49 A til Chauching hien, Shantung, Tsauchau fú, 36 08 115 45 H = Cháuyih hien, Shensí, Tungchau fú, 34 48 110 2 潮州 ​W Cháuchau fu, Kwángtung, *23 36 116 40 'Is 6679 l from Peking; bounded N. by Tingchau fú, and E. by Chángchau fú, both in Fukien, s. by the sea, and w. by Hwuichau fú; Kiáying chau lies on the N.W. It contains one ting district (Nán-ngáu or Namoh) and nine hien districts, viz., Háiáng, Cháuảng, Chinghai, Fungshum, Kiehụáng, P- ning, Hwuilái, Jáuping and Tápú. Cháuyang hien, Kwangtung, Chauchau fu, 23 22 116 41 ta | Cháu chau, Yunnan, 25 38 100 31 ta | Cháu chau, Chihlí, *37 48 112 55 30 Is 740 li from Peking; bounded N. and E. by Chingting fú, S. by Kí chau and Shunteh fú, and W. by Shánsí. It contains 5 districts, viz., Pehhiáng, Ningtsin, Lungping, Kauyih, and Linching. Cháuching hien, Shansi, 26 23 111 42 fit 4 Chaushán or Chusan, i. e. Boat I.; see Tinghái. đã Chauchih hien, Shensĩ, Síngán fú, 34 10 108 16 J|| Chehchuyen hien, Honan, Nányáng fú. SẼ Chenhwa hien, Shantung, Wuting fu, 37 40 meteo Chenyih chau, Yunnan, Kutsing fú, 25 38 103 41 # Chehkiáng sang, or the province of Chekiáng; bounded on the N. by Kiángsú; on the E. by the sea; on the S. by Fukien; S.W. by Kiánysí; and on the N.W. by Ngánhwui. It comprises 13 fú; and extends from lat. 27° 30' to 31° 15' N., and long. 118° to 120° E. Its area is estimated at 39,150 square miles, and its population at 26,256,784 inhabitants, which is about 671 persons to a square mile. NH H Chenpet hien, Kánsuh, Sining fú, He W Chíchau fu. Ngánhwui, *34 45 57 117 27 04 Is 2800 l from Peking; bounded N. by Lúchau fú, E. by Ningkwoh fú, s. by Hwuichau fu and Kiángsí, and W. by Ngánking fú. It contains 6 districts, viz., Kweichi, Shihtái, Kienteh, Tungliú, Tsingyány, and Tungling. Đi là Chihehing hien, Honan, Kweiteh fú, 34 8 20 115 37 30 Hoh chau, 324. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. JUNE, Province, E. long. N. lat. 40 58 Name or place. Department. Th 5 Chihching hien, Chihli, Siuenhwa fú, 1 15 40 # Chihshwui wei, Kweichau, 27 32 105 30 đà lạ . Chíhing hien, Kwangtung, Nánhiung fu, & I Chikiảng hien, Húpeh, Kingchou fú, 30 24 111 22 E I Chikiảng hien, Húnáu, Yuenchau fú, BERE HI Chinchau fu, Honán, *33 46 115 2 30 Is 2100 li from Peking; bounded N. by Kaifung fú, and Kweiteh fú, E. and $. by Kingchau fú, S.W. by Júning fú, and w. by Hü chau. It contains 7 districts, Huáining, Shinhiú, Táikāng, St-hwa, Hiángching, Shángshwui, and Fahkdáng. Chinliú hien, Honán, Káifung fú, 34 45 114 40 Chintsz' hien, Kiangsu, Súchau fú, Chihlí sang, or province of Chihlí. Bounded E. by Shingking, or Manchuria; N. by Inner Mongolia ; W. by Shánsí; S. W. by Honán; S. by Shántung; S. E. by the sea. It comprises 11 fú, 6 chau, and 3 ting, together with the territory Cháhár. Peking stands in Shuntien fú, while the provincial capital is in Páuting fú. Its area is estimated at 58,949 square miles, and its population at 27,990,870, which is an average of 475 to a square mile. This province is often called in foreign works Pechele, which means Northern Chihlí, but that designation is not a common one among the Chinese. The name Chihlé means Superintending, or that which directly rules. #1 * Chin chau, , Húnan 25 47 112 38 Em ở Chinfan hien, Kansuh, Liángchau fú, 28 35 103 08 Hà Chinhái hien, Chekiang, Ningpo fú, *30 1 120 40 MATE Chinhiung chau, Yunnán, Cháutung fu, 27 18 u II Chinkiáng fu, Kiangsú, *32 14 23 119 24 10 Is 2335 li from Peking; bounded N. by Yángchau fú, E, by Chángchau fú, S, by Kwángteh fú in Nganhwui, and W. by Kiángning fú. It contains four districts, Tantu, Tányáng, Kintán, and Likyang. The chief town of this department is situated at the confluence of the Grand canal and the Yángtsz’ kiáng. Big B Chinnan chau, Yunnán, Tsúhiung fu, 25 16 101 24 Bán C Chin-ngán fủ, Kwangsí, *23 20 25 106 19 10 Is 6335 lk from Peking; bounded N. by Sz'ngán fu, E. by Taiping fu, S. by Cochinchina, and W. by Kwángnán fú in Yunnan. It contains 3 districts, Tiempáu hien, Keishum and Sau Chin-ngam ting. Kim # Chin-ngán hien, Shensi, Shángchau, *33 15 30 109 13 52 Chinning chau, Kweichau, Ngánshun fú, 26 2 105 42 Chinping hien, Honán, Nányáng fu, 33 10 112 18 in Chinping hien, Kwangtung, Kiaying chau, 24 40 1841. 3.2.5 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China Province Depatiticht ively 94 0 Naimne ül police. f. 75 Chinsí fü or (Barkoul) Kánsuli, 43 40 Is 7330 14 from Peking; bounded N. and E. by the tribes of the Kotouktou khan, S.E. by Ngánsí chau, W. by Tih-hwa chau and lí. It contains l'hu and Kitái hien, Humi and Turfun ting. ĐỂ Ý Chinyang hien, Kiớngsú, Táitsáng chau, SL Chinyuen fú, K weichau, *27 01 12 108 17 50 Is 4290 14 from Peking; bounded N. by Sz'chan fi, E. by Tsingchau in Húnán, s. by Líping fú, and Túkiun fú, and W. by Pingyueh fú. It con- tains 3 hien districts (Chinyuen, Tienchú, Shiping), 2 ting districts (Tailung and Tsingkiáng), and Wángping chau district. bij Chinyuen hien, K weichau, Chinyuen fú, fi Chinyuen hien, Kansuh, King chau, 36 02 107 03 TV Chinyuen chau, Yunnan, 23 47 101 06 Is 6350 lí from Peking; bounded N. and E. by Kingtung ting, s. by Pú'rh fú, and W. by Shunning fú. It contains only one district, Ngánloh hien. W Ching chau, Honán, Káifung fu, 34 46 113 56 sli ya Ching hien, Kánsuh, Kiachau, 33 48 105 45 hili Chingngún hien, Chihlí, , Kwángping fú, 36 29 113 53 hẼ P Chingpu hien, Húnán, Páuking fú, 26 18 110 13 hl til Chingtú fú, Szºchuen, *30 40 41 103 10 30 Is 4700 li from Peking; bounded N. by Mien chau and Mau chau, E. by Tungchau fú, S. by Tsz' chau and Mei chau, and S. W. by Kung chau, and W. by Maukung ting and Tsáhkuh ting. It contains 3 chau (Kien, Hán, and Tsungking), and 13 hien districts, Chingtú, Hwayáng, Shwänglii, Wankiúng, Sintsin, Sinfón; Sintú, Kingtáng, Shihfáng, Páng, Tsungning, Hwún and Pí. 5k km Chingtú hien, Sz chuen, Chingtú fú. GET Chingning hien, Kansuh, Kingyang fú, TEChingngán chau, Kweichau, Tsun-í fú, E E Chinting fú, Chihlí, Is 610 lk from Peking; bounded N. by Tátung fú, E. by Ting chau and Kí- chau, S. by Cháu chau, and W. by Tái chau and Pingting chau in Shánsí. It contains one chau district (Tsin), and thirteen hien districts, Chingting, Lwán- ting, Hwohli, Yuenshi, Tsánhwáng, Tsinkiáng, Sinloh, Hingtáng, Lingshau, Fauping, Wúkih, and Pingshán. JE E Chingting hien, Chihlí, , Chingting fú, TË Chingyáng hien, Honán, Yüning fú, Chingfung chau, Kweichau, Hingí fú, le Hile Chingching hien, Shensí, Tungchau fú, 35 12 109 51 8 g Chinglái hien, Kwangtung, Cháuchau fú, 23 26 11651 326 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. JUNE, Province. N. lat. E. lung Namrs of place. Department. * B Chingmái hien, Kwangtung, Kingchau fú, ile Fp Chingho hien, Fukien, Kienning fú, 27 27 119 t T Chingkiáng fú, Yunnan, , *24 42 12 103 4 38 Is 6015 li from Peking; bounded N. and W. by Yunnán fú, E. by Kwangsi chau, S. and W. by Linngan fú. It contains 2 hien districts (Iloyáng and Koángchuen), and 2 chau districts, Singing and Lú-ngam. k El Chingku hien, Shensí, Hánchung fú, 33 0 107 37 til it Chingwú hien, Shántung, Tsánchau fú, 35 05 110 13 Chingkung hien, Yunnan, , Yunnán fú, 24 56 102 56 # a Chingteh hien, Shingking, Fungtien fú, 41 06 117 46 Choh chau, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 39 32 116 3 6 I Chú chau, Ngánhwui, 32 15 118 20 Is 2205 14 from Peking; bounded N. hy Sz' chau, E. by Kiángning fú, S. by Ho chau, and W. by Fungyáng fú. It contains 2 districts, Tsiuentsiú and Lái-ngán. W Chúchau fú, Chekiang, Is 3900 lk from Peking; bounded N. by Küchau fú, and Kinhwa fú, E. by Táichau fú, S.E. by Wanchau fú, and S. by Fuhning fú, and W. by Kienning fú, both in Fukien. It contains 10 districts, Lishwui, Tsingtien, Tsingyun, Sungying, Suichang, Lungtsiuen, Kingyuen, Yunho, Siuenping and Kingning. E là Chúching hien, Shántung, Tsingchau fu, 36 0 119 58 JIJ W Chuenshá ting, Kiáng sủ, Tungkiáng fu, 31 08 121 20 ĐỂ et Chúkí hien, Chekiáng, Shauhing fú, 29 45 120 8 ( G Chuhkí hien, Húpeh, Yunyáng fit 32 10 109 50 TT - Chuhshan hien, Húpeh, Yunyáng fu, *32 08 25 110 20 20 Chungkiảng hien, Sz'chuen, Lungchuen fú, 31 04 104 49 # Chungmau hien, Honản, Káifung fu, 34 43 114 11 tỷ 3 Chungpủ hien, Shensí, Fu chau 35 38 109 12 | | Chungtien ting, Yunnan, Líkiáng fú, Chungwei hien, Kánsuh, Ninghái fú, Sz'chuen, 30 28 108 Is 4660 li from Peking ; bounded N. by Suiting fú, E. by Kweichau fú, S. by Shihchú ting, and W. by Shunhing fu. It contains 3 districts, viz., Fung- tú, Lángshan, and Tieniáng. | Chung chau, Kwangsí, Nanning chau, 22 26 107 27 Chungking fú, Szºchuen, *29 42 10 106 42 Is 4640 1{ from Peking; bounded N. by Chungchan and Shunking fú, F. by Shihchú ting, and Síyáng chau, S.W by Kweichan, s. hy. Tsuní fú in t | Chung chau, 1844. 3327 Journal of Occurreners. Kweichau, W. by Lú chau, Süchau fii, and N. W. by Tungchuen fu. It con- tains 1 ting district (Kiingpch), 2 chau districts (Pei and Hoh), and 11 hien districts, Pá, Nánchuen, Kíkinnğ, Kiúngtsin, Yungchuen, Yungchíny, Pih- shán, Tungliáng, Tatsuh, and Tingyucn. BI # Chungtsiảng hien, Hupeh, Ngánluh fu, Chwángláng ting, Kansuh, Liángchau fú, 36 47 103 18 ART. IV. Journal of Occurrences : ordinances of the Hongkong government : No. 12, regarding police-men; No. 13, regarding Chinese police-men, and No. 14, respecting gambling ; pro- clamation regarding the removal of foreigners from Namoh; disturbances in Canton, and feeling against foreigners; Ki- ying's arrival in Canton ; departure of sir Henry Pottinger from China; robberies at Hongkong ; trade at ports upon the coast ; consul for Fuchau ; count de Raiti-Menton's corres- pondence with Kiying. No. 12. of 1844.—May 1st, 1844. An ordinance for the establishment and regulation of a police force in the colony of Hongkong, By H. E. sir Henry Pottinger, bart. K. G. C., &c., &c., with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong. Whereas it is expedient that provision should be made, for establishing an effective system of police, within the colony of Hongkong: Be it enacted, that it shall, and may be lawful for his excellency the governor of Hongkong, to nominate, and appoint a proper person to be chief magistrate of police, throughout the colony of Hongkong, who shall reside in the town of Victoria, and shall be charged and invested with the general direction and super- intendence of the force, to be established under this ordinance, and to appoint from time to time, fit and proper persons to be respectively marine, and assist- ant magistrates, and superintendents of police, under the said chief magis- trate, and proper persons to be clerks in the office of such chief magistrate ; and every such marine, and assistant magistrates, and superintendent of police, shall on his appointment to such office, forthwith take before any two justices of the peace in Hongkong the oaths required to be taken, by justices of the peace in Hongkong aforesaid, and also the oath hereinafter contained, and shall thereupon become and be, without further qualification or appoint- ment, and continue so long as they shall hold the said offices but no longer, justices of the peace for the colony of Hongkong. Oath. “I -- do swear that I — will well and truly serve our sovereign lady the Queen in the office of chief, or assistant or marine magistrate, or superinten. dent of police (as the case may be) without favor, affection, malice, or ill-will, that I will see and cause her majesty's peace to be kept, and preserved; and that I will prevent, to the best of my power, all offences against the same, and that while I shall continue to hold the said office, I will to the best of my skill and knowledge discharge all the duties thereof faithfully according to law. So help me God." And no person appointed under this ordinance, to be chief, or assistant, or marine magistrate, or superintendent of police, shall be capable of holding the said office, or of acting in any way therein, until he shall take and sub- Journal of Occurrences. JUNE, scribe the above vath; and the said vath shall be administered by any two justices of the peace at Hongkong, and such justices shall forth with give to the person taking the same a certificate thereof under their hands, such cer- tificate to be forwarded to the governor of the said colony, or to such person as he shall appoint. 2. And be it enacted, that a sufficient number of fit and able men, shall from time to time be appointed by the governor, as a police force for the whole of the colony of Hongkong, who shall be sworn in by the chief or assistant magistrates, to act as constables for preserving the peace, and pre- venting robberies and other felonies, and apprehending offenders against the peace; and the men so sworn in shall have all such powers, authorities, pri- vileges, and advantages, and be liable to all such duties and responsibilities, as any constable duly appointed now has, or hereafter may have, either by the common law, or by virtue of any English statute, or colonial ordinance, now, or hereafter to be in force in the said colony of Hongkong, and shall obey all such lawful commands, as he may from time to time receive from the said chief, marine, or assistant magistrate, and superintendent of police, or any other inferior officers, who may at any time be appointed over them. 3. And in order to provide for one uniform system of rules and regulations, throughout the whole establishment of police in Hongkong, Be it enacted, that the said chief magistrate may from time to time, subject to the approba- tion of the governor for the time being, frame such orders and regulations, as he shall deem expedient for the general government of the men to be ap- pointed members of the police-force under this ordinance, the places of their residence, the classification, rank, and particular service of the several mem- bers, their distribution and inspection, the description of arms, accoutrements, and other necessaries to be furnished to them, and which of them shall be provided with horses for the performance of their duties; and all such orders and regulations relative to the said police force, as the said chief magistrate shall, from time to time, deem expedient for preventing neglect or abuse, and for rendering such force efficient in the discharge of all its duties; and the said chief magistrate may at any time suspend or dismiss from his employ- ment, any man belonging to the said police force, whom he shall think remiss or negligent, in the discharge of his duty, or otherwise unfit for the same; and when any man shall be so dismissed, or cease to belong to the said police force, all powers vested in him as a constable by virtue of this ordinance, shall immediately cease and determine. 4. And be it enacted, that no constable to be appointed under this ordin- ance, shall be at liberty to resign his office, or withdraw himself from the duties thereof, unless expressly authorized so to do in writing, by the chief magistrate of police, or unless he shall give to the said chief magistrate of police, two months' notice of his intention so to resign or withdraw; and if any such constable shall so resign, or withdraw himself without such previous permission or notice, he shall for such offence forfeit and pay a penalty not exceeding two hundred dollars, on conviction thereof, in a summary manner before one justice of the peace, in manner provided by ordinance N° 10 of 1814, intituled “ An ordinance to regulate summary proceedings before jus- tices of the peace, and for the protection of justices in the execution of their office. 5. And be it enacted, that when any constable to be appointed under this ordinancé, shall be dismissed from, or shall cease to hold, and exercise his office, all powers and authorities vested in him as a constable, shall immedia- tely cease and determine, to all intents and purposes whatever: and if any such constable shall not within one week after he shall be dismissed from, or cease to hold and exercise his office, deliver over all and every the and arms, ammunition, and accoutrements, horse, saddle, bridle, clothing, and other appointments whatsoever, which may have been supplied to him, for the exe- cution of such office, to such person, and at such time and place as shall be directed by the said chicſ magistrate, such person making default therein shall, upon conviction for every such offence in a sunmary manner before a justice 20 18:14. 329 Journal of Occurrences. of the peace, be subject and liable to imprisonment in the common gaol or house of correction, for any period not exceeding three months, and kept to hard labor, as such justice of the peace may direct: and it shall be lawful for such justice of the peace, and he is hereby authorized and required to coinnit every such offender accordingly, and to issue his warrant to search for, and seize to the use of Her Majesty, all and every the arms, ammunition, accoutrements, horses, bridles, saddles, clothing, and other appointnients what- soever, which shall not be so delivered over, wherever the same shall be found. 6. And be it enacted, that if any constable to be appointed under this ordi- nance, shall be guilty of any neglect or violation of duty in his office, or shall neglect or refuse to obey and execute any warrant, lawfully directed to be by him executed, or shall be guilty of any disobedience to the orders and regulations framed, as hereinbefore mentioned by the 'said chief magistrate, or other misconduct as a constable, he shall for every such offence, on conviction thereof before a justice of the peace in a summary manner, forfeit and pay a penalty not exceeding two hundred dollars, and the amount of such penalty shall, and may be deducted from, and out of any salary accruing due to such offender under this ordinance, upon a certificate thereof, to be, by the justice before whoin he may be convicted, transmitted to the treasurer of the said colony. 7. And be it enacted, that if any person not appointed and acting under tlus ordinance, shall have in his possession any arms, ammunition, or any article of clothing, accoutrements, or appointments supplied to any person under this ordinance, and shall not be able satisfactorily to account for his, or lier possession thereof, or shall puton, or assume the dress, name, designation, or description of any person or persons, or any class of persons, appointed under this ordinance, for ihe purpose of thereby obtaining admission into any house or other place, or of doing, or procuring to be done, any other act, which such person or persons, so putting on or assuming such dress, name, designation, or description, would not by law be entitled to do, or procure to lie cone of his or their own authority, every such person so offending shall, in addition to any other punishment to which he, or she may be liable for such offence, forfeit and pay for every such offence any sum not exceeding two hundred dollars, to be recovered in a summary manner, on conviction before a justice of the peace. 8. And be it enacted, that it shall and may be lawful to and for the said chief, marine, or assistant magistrate, or the superintendent of police, or cither or any of them, or any other person or persons, to be nominated for the purpose from time to time by the governor, to examine on vath into the truth of any charges or complaints, preferred against any person to be appoint- ed under this ordinance, any neglect or violation of duty in his office, and to report thereon to the governor, and any person who on such inquiry, or on any other occasion on which an oath may be adıninistered under this ordi- hance, shall give false evidence, or take a false oath, and be thereof duly convicted shall be deemed guilty of willful and corrupt perjury, and shall be liable to such pains and penalties, as persons convicted of willful and corrupt perjury are or may be subject and liable to. 9. And be it enacted, that if any question arise as to the right of any chief, marine, or assistant magistrate, or superintendent of police, or any serjeant, or other inferior officer, or of any common constable, to hold or execute any such oftice respectively, common reputation shall to all intents and purposes be deered, and held to be sufficient evidence of such right, ind it shall not be liecessary to produce any appointment, or any oath, afiidavit, or other docu- nient, or matter whatsoever, in proof of such right. 10. And be it enacted, that all fines imposed on any serjeant, or other in- ferior officer, or on any constable under this ordinance, shall be paid to the treasurer of the colony of Hongkong, and be carried by him to a separate account, so that the same ray form i fund, be called the “ Po Reward Fund,'' to be appropriated for the payinent of such reward, graluities, bounties, pensions, or other allowances, as the governor may from tine to thne award, VOL. XIII. NO. 11. 330 JUNE, Journal of Occurrences, 21 or direct to be paid to any person or persons appointed under this ordinance, or to the widows and families of any such person at his death. And that it shall and may be lawful for the governor to direct, if he shall think fit, that any proportions not exceeding ten shillings in the year for every one hundred pounds of the salary of every person appointed under this ordinance, and so in proportion for any salary less than one hundred pounds, shall be deducted yearly froin such salaries, and added to the Reward Fund and form part of it. 11. And be it enacted, that where any person, charged with any misdemean- or or petty felony, shall be brought without a warrant of a justice of the peace, into the custody of any serjeant of police, or any other inferior officer of police, in actual chief command at any police station, it shall be lawful for such serjeant, or other inferior officer of police, if he shall deem it prudent, (provided the justice of the peace, before whom the party charged with such misdemeanor or petty felony is to be taken for examination on such charge, be not then in attendance at his office,) to take bail by recognizance without any fee or reward from such person, conditioned that such person shall appear for examination before a justice of the peace, at some place to be specified in the recognizance, and at such earliest time then next after, when such justice of the peace shall be in attendance at his office; and every recognizance so taken shall be of equal obligation on the parties entering into the same, and liable to the same proceedings for estreating thereof, as if the same had been taken before a justice of the peace; and the name, residence, and occupation of the party, and his surety or sureties, if any, entering into such recognizance together with the condition thereof, and the sums respectively acknowledged, shall be entered in a book to be kept for that purpose, which shall be laid before such justice, as shall be present at the time and place, when and where the party is required to appear; and if the party do not appear at the time and place required, or within one hour after, the justice shall cause a record of the recognizance to be drawn up, and shall return the same to the next sit- tings of the court, in which the offence charged should be brought for trial, with a certificate at the back thereof, signed by such justice, that the perty or parties have not complied with the obligation therein contained, and the pro- per officer of the said court shall make the like estreats and schedules of every such recognizance, as of recognizances forfeited in the said court, and if the party not appearing shall apply by any person on his behalf, to postpone the hearing of the charge against him, and the justice shall think fit to consent thereto, the justice shall be at liberty to enlarge the recognizance to such further time as he shall appoint; and when the matter shall be heard and determined, either by the dismissal of the complaint, or by binding the party over to answer the matter thereof before any superior court, the recognizance for the appearance of the party before a justice shall be discharged without fee or reward. 12. And be it enacted, that the chief magistrate of police, subject to the approbation of the governor for the time being, shall from time to to time direct a sufficient number of men belonging to the police force to be appointed under this ordinance, and of such ranks as shall be necessary and proper to attend on the justices of the peace acting in and for any port, district, or other division of the said colony respectively, who shall obey and execute all the lawful warrants, orders, and coinmands of such justices, in all matters civil and criininal. 13. And when any warrant, order, or command of any magistrate, shall be delivered or given to any constable, serjeant, or other inferior officer of police, shall, if the time will permit, show or deliver the same to the superintendeni of police, or other officer, (under whose immediate command such constable, serjeant, or other inferior officer of police, shall then be,) and such superin- tendent, or other oflicer, shall nominate and appoint by indorsement thereon, such one or more of the constables, or of other ranks, under his orders, and such itssistant or assistants to hitn or ther, its such superintendent, or other officer, shall thinli proper, lo execute such warrand, order, or command, and every such constable, or other person, whose nalue shall be so indorsed, and 1844. 331 Journal of Occurrences. every such assistant as aforesaid, shall have all and every the same rights powers and authorities for, and in the execution of every such warrant, order, or command, as if the same had been originally directed to him, or them ex. pressly by name. 14. And be it enacted, that when any action shall be brought against any constables, or inferior officer of police, for any act done in obedience of the warrant of any magistrate, such constable or inferior officer of police shall not be responsible for any irregularity in the issuing of such warrant, or for any want of jurisdiction in the magistrate issuing the same, and such constable or inferior officer of police may plead the general issue, and give such warrant in evidence, and upon producing such warrant and proving that the signature thereto is the handwriting of the person whose name shall appear subscribed thereto, and that such person is reputed to be, and acts as a magistrate for the colony of Hongkong, and that the act or acts complained of were done in obedience to such warrant, the jury or court who shall try the said issue, shall find a verdict for the defendant, who shall also recover double his costs of suit. 15. And be it enacted, that the chief, inarine, and assistant magistrates, the superintendent and constables of police, and the clerks, inferior officers, and other officers, to be appointed under this ordinance, so long as they shall continue to hold the said offices or appointments respectively, shall be and are, and each of them is hereby, exempted from serving on all juries or inquests whatsoever. 16. And be it enacted, that if any victualer, or keeper of any house, shop, room, or other place, for the sale of any liquors, whether spirituous or other- wise, shall knowingly harbor or entertain any man belonging to the said police force, or permit such man to abide, or remain in his house, shop, room, or other place, during any part of the time appointed for his being on duty, every such victualer or keeper as aforesaid, being convicted thereof before any one justice of the peace, shall for every such offence forfeit, and pay such sum not exceeding one hundred dollars, to be recovered in a summary manner, as the said justice shall think meet. 17. And be it enacted, that if any person shall assault or resist any person belonging to the said police force, in execution of his duty, or shall aid, or incite any person, so to assault or resist, or shall refuse to assist him therein, when called upon so to do, every such offender, being thereof convicted be- fore any one justice of the peace, shall, for every such offence, forfeit and pay such sum not exceeding two hundred dollars, to be recovered in a sum- mary manner, as the said justice at his discretion may adjudge. HENRY POTTINGER, governor, &.c., fc. Passed the Legislative Council, the 1st day of May, 1844. RICHARD BURGASS, clerk of the Legislative Council. No. 13 of 1844.—May 31st, 1844. An ordinance for the appointment and regulation of native Chinese peace officers (páuchang and paukia) within the colony of Hongkong. By his excellency John Francis Davis, esquire, governor and commander- in-chief of the colony of Hongkony, and its dependencies, Her Majesty's plenipoterti try, and superintendent of the trade of British subjects in China, with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong. WHEREAs it is expedient to adopt and preserve such Chinese institutions as tend to the preservation of peace and good order : Be it therefore enacted, by his excellency the governor of Hongkong, with the advice of the Legislative Council thereof, that it shall be lawful for the said governor to appoint such and so many native Chinese peace officers (superior and inferior páucháng and páukiá) throughout the various towns, villages, and hamlets of the colony of Hongkong, and its dependencies, as he may deem expedient. 2. And be it enacted, that the said peace officers shall be elected, and re- commended for the office in such mode as his excellency the governor may 332 JINE, Journal of Orcuminces. determine by the inhabitants of the several towns, hamlets, districts, or Jivi. sions in the said colony. Provided always, that notising lierein contained shall render it compulsory on his said excellency the governor to appoint tine persons so elected, or recommended for such office, or to prevent lim irom appointing such other fit persons as he may deem expedient. 3. And be it enacted, that the said peace officers as appointed (páucháng and páukia) shall have the same anthorities, privileges, and immunities, ils any constable of the police force of the colony of Hongkong, and shall also have and exercise such power and authority, and shall lie subject to be pu- nished for neglect of duły in like manner as hath been customary within the dominions of the Emperor of China. Provided always that no such peace officer shall have power to inflict any punishment whatsoever on any ofiender. 4. And be it enacted, that the chief magistrate of police, with the approba- tion of the governor in council, shall make rules and regulations to be ob- served liy tlic said officers, and that the said officers shall in all respects be under the control and confirm to the orders of the said chief magistrate of police and the police magistrate for their respective districts. 5. And be it enacted, that any such officer as foresaid, when shall be guilty of any disobedience of such rules or orders as aforesaid, or of any neglect or misconduct in the execution or pretended execution of liis city, siiallo viction thereof before any magistrate of police fortvit il sum neceding two hundred dollars, to be levied in a summary way according to the jurovisions of Ordinance No. 10 of 1844. 6. And be it enacted, that the said officers so appointes sliail receive such occasional rewards for good conduct, and shall wear such honorable badge of their office, as may hereafter be appointed by his excellency the governor of Hongkong 7. And be it enacted, that if any such officer as aforesaid shall be guilty of gross inisconduct in his office, he shall in addition to paying such fine as afore- said be liable to be dismissed from his office with such marks of ignominy as are customary in China, and his excellency the governor of Hongkong is hereby cinpowered to dismiss such offender, and to cause such marks of igno- miny to be inflicted in a sunmary manner. John Francis Davis, governor, f.c., fc. Passed the Legislative Council, this 31st day of May, 1844. A. E. SHELLEY, clerk of the Legislatire Council. CO)- 1 = யட்பட்ட No. 14 of 1844.—May 31st, 1844. An ordinance for the suppression of public gaming in the colony of Hong- hong. By his excellency John Francis Davis, esquire, governor and commander- in-chief of the colony of Hongkong, and its dependencies, Her Majesty's plenipotentiary, and superintendent of the trade of British subjects in China, with the advice of the Legislative Council of Hongkong. WHEREAS it is expedient to suppress the pernicious practice of public gam- bling in the colony of Hongkong: Be it therefore enacted by his excellency the governor of Hongkong, with the advice of the Legislative Council thereof, that any person who shall for gain or lucre keep any house, room, or place, boat, vessel, or any place on land or water, for public playiny or gambling, or shall permit any person to play with such house, room, boat, vessel, or any place, on land or water as aforesaid, shall forfeit a sum not exceeding two hundred dollars on conviction thereof in a suminary manner. 2. And be it enacted, that any person who shall use, haunt, or be found within such house, room, boat, vessel, or any place on land or water as afore- said, shall forfeit a sum not exceeding fifty dollars on conviction thereof in a Summary manner. 3. And be it enacted, that the person appearing, or acting as master, or as having the care and management of any such house, room, or place as afore- said, shall be taken to be the keeper thereof, and shall be liable as such to the penalty aforasaid 1844. 33;} Journal of Occurrences. 4. And be it further enacted, that it shall be lawful for any justice of the peace or constable of the police duly authorized by warrant of any justice of the peace to enter, and if necessary to break into any house, room, boat, ves- sel, or any place either on land or water, within which such justice of the peace shall be credibly informed on oath, or shall have reasonable grounds of his own knowledge, to suspect and believe that public gambling or playing is, or has been commonly carried on, and to arrest all persons within such house, room, or place as aforesaid, and to seize all tables, dice, or other imple- mients of gambling, or which shall be used as such, and also all money: or securities for money, which shall be in actual use for the purpose of gambling, and which said implements of gambling, and money, or securities for money, on conviction of the offender shall le, and they are hereby declared to be, for- feited to Her Majesty the Queen, her heirs ümi successors. 5. And be it eaacied, what all penalties herein mentioned, shall be recover- ed, levied and dizisihu ieil on conviction of the offender before any magistrate of police, or any two juistices of the peace, in the manner provided by Orili- nance No. 10 of 1844. Join Francis Davis, governor, 4.c., fc. Passed the Legislative Council, this 39 day of May, 1844. A. E. SHELLEY, cierk of the Loois'ulire Council. Foreigners oil Nimok. This island lies parily in each of the two provinces of Kwangtung apil I'ukien, an'l has for many years been a principal opiun station. By a proclamativa of oth April, !&14, sir H. l'ollinger enjoins all those who may have established themselves there to remove within six months afier the date of his proclamation, at the requisition of the proper Chinese authorities. Fron: a correspondence between the acting governor at Canton and sir Henry Pottinger, it appears that several buildings have been erected, a bridge built, and a road opened thereabouts, and that several Englishmen have established themselves upon Chángshán near Namoh and in that vicinity. These persons are all warned by a still later proclama- tions of H. E. gov. Davis, to leave the island within the time appointed. By his excellency, John Francis Davis, esquire, Her Britannic Majesty's Pleni. potentiary and Superintendent of British trade, &c., in China. Whereas, with reference to a previous proclamation by H. M.'s latc plenipoten. tiary. of 6th April, 1844, I have received the annexed communication from H. E. the high imperial commissioner, &c., &c., extending the period for certain English merchants and others quitting Namoli to the month of April next (first day of the third moon) after which they will be liable to all the consequent penalties. I hereby give public notice that the merchants and others aforesaid, by continu. ing to reside on the island of Namoh, subsequent to the date now fixed for their quitting it, will forfeit all claims to protection from the British government, and will besides render themselves each individually amenable to the penalties cnacied by H. M.'s Order in Council of the 2411 February, 1843, and to all others which they may incur, by prosecution in the supreme court of Hongkong, in pursuance of existing laws and ordinances. God save the Queen. JOHN Francis Davis. Given at the Government House, Victoria, this 28th day of June, 1844. Disturbances in Canton. Last month, we noticed the occurrence of a riotous assemblage which took place among the populace of Canton on the taking down of the vane from the flag-staff before the American consulate. The bad spirit towards foreigners then exhibited was not participated in by the better sort of people among the citizens, but was stirred up and fanned by base fellows, who hoped to profit by commotion and plunder. These blacklegs have no doubt, too, taken advantage of the inefficiency exhibited by the acting governor Ching Liuhtsái, supposing they had little to fear from him in whatever they might do. On the evening of the 15th instant, while a party of foreigners were in 334 JUNE, Journal of Occurrences. what is called the Company's garden, a mob assembled outside, and began to insult those within, and proceeded to throw brickbats, and finally burst open the gate, driving all the foreigners out at the water gate, who made their escape in a boat. On the next evening, the mob again collected with the purpose appa- rently of getting possession of the large garden in the square. They were however met and repulsed by a party of foreigners, and driven into the area in front of Mingqua's hong, without anything serious happening. One gentle- man, however, wishing to return to his residence in the French hong, was escorted thither by three others, each of them armed; this was done with- out difficulty, but upon the return of the party, as soon as they came out of the French hong, the rabble began to throw inissiles at them, when one of them turned and fired, intending to wound and intimidate merely, but unhappi- ly killing one native, named Sü Amun of Tsingyuen hien. The crowd how- ever dispersed. Next day, capt. Tilton of the U. S. S. St. Louis, with a party of marines arrived from Whainpoa, and a guard of Chinese soldiers was also sent by the governor. H. E. Ching, in a reply sent to Mr. Forbes' communication that he had temporarily ordered the St. Louis up to Whampoa, demands the murderer of the man to be given up to punishment, and exhibits his own incapacity in intimating, that unless he be given up, the populace might burn and pillage the factories. The fúyuen issued a proclamation to the people on the 230 in reply to a communication from the Nánhái hien stating the death of Sü Amun, in which he thus recapitulates the circumstances of that event. Ching, &c., &c., hereby issues his clear proclamation. On the 17th inst. I received a communication from the Nánhái hien, stating, that three or four foreigners, the night before, while walking in the vacant space before the factories, had driven the people away, but this Si Amun refused to go, and there was an altercation in consequence, when this man run off , and was shot in the belly, falling to the ground and dying.' This is indeed a most lawless procedure, and will be narrowly investigated. I have trans- mitted the particulars to H. E. the governor, and also sent orders to the Nánhái hien that he send linguists to the factories to make more thorough inquiries. I have also required the various consuls to fully examine, and ascertain who is the guilty man, and it will be right to wait until their reports are received, when the whole case will be judged according to law." His excellency concludes by ordering the people to avoid all opposition to their own officers; “Natives and foreigners," says he, "must have one law." Since that time, the factories have presented more the appearance of barracks than counting-houses, and although no disturbances have since ariseа, the minds of either party are far from being quiet. Anonymous pla- cards were pasted up the next day, threatening th unless life was given for life, the factories would be attacked. One of them is as follows: It is usually thought that of all principles in the world that of peace and harmony is among the most distinguished; e. g. if heaven and earth accord, then the genial ruins descend; if the dual powers harmonize, all things flou- rish. It is said, and very truly, that when men are peaceful they do not debate, when water is level it does not flow. The principles of peace between natives and foreigners have for these inany years been followed, and may not incontinently be changed. Now, the flowery ñag people (i. e. the Americans) have come hither to trade these many tens of years, and we have both been apparently friendly without any differences. How then, should such an unexpected event happen, as that, on the 17th inst., a gun should be used and a man Sü Amun lose his life. So far as we know, this Amun was a peaceable, kind, and friendly man, ano for 30 years and more had no altercation with any body. Regarding this 1 1844. 333 Journal of Occurrences, dispute with weapons, we need not now inquire; but we think that his conduct being such, it will be difficult hereafter to ascertain the atrocity of the affair. Now to desire the high officers to arrange this affair is important; but it is not so much to be considered whether it is a light or an important affair, or whether the feelings of men can be allayed, for life is a matter of the highest moment, and it cannot be lightly placed one side. We, the gentry and scho- lars of Tsingyuen, regard this as a warlike act, destroying the harmony of heaven and earth, and that Amun in his grave cries for vengeance. How to avenge his death requires a man to manage the case; if the American consul knows the feelings of men, he will know the requirements of reason, and that life must for life: then will both parties be at peace, and no more words need be said. But if he is doltish, not acquainted with inen's feelings, we will never consent to be restrained like a worm in its hole, but will seek our re- venge. Out mutual regard will be also changed, and gems and stones will be alike consumed. Wherefore let all you Americans fully know, (that if such is your conduct,] you will all be exterminated ere a morning meal be can eaten. Say not you was not warned. By the gentry of Tsingyuen. The excited state of feeling among the citizens of Canton, and their present unusual dislike to foreigners, are difficult to be accounted for. We are told by intelligent natives that most of those who cause these disorders, are the leading men who stirred up the villages in the vicinity of Canton, when Sir Hugh Gougla was there, and the volunteer soldiers whom Lin and Yishán collected in 1810 and 1841 to protect the city against the English. The soldiers were disbanded at the signing of the peace in 1842, but they had too long tasted the pleasures of idleness and good pay quietly to return to their occupations,—if indeed they had any. Signal punishment was made of some of them last winter by Ki Kung, which repressed their incendiarisnı, but when he retired from office, his successor held a feeble rein, and these idlers got head again. There is every evidence that can be desired to show that the provincial authorities have the sincerest desire to protect all foreigners at Canton, and it is right to give them credit for this wish. But they are weak; the late war has paralized their forces, and taught the lower orders to hate foreigners for the evils it brought upon them,-evils which we who have felt few or none of them, easily forget. The populace of Canton too have been taught from infancy to despise foreigners, and now they have added hate to contempt. But instead of taking the provincial government to task for the unsettled aspect of affairs, and the excesses which have been committed, the local officers should rather have our pity and consideration, for they are placed in a difficult position. The people of Canton cannot be controled by a few edicts pasted upon the walls when they think they have been aggrieved, and the authorities know well enough that the soldiers they send to protect foreigners partake in a great measure the same feelings as their countrymen. Kiying's arrival in Canton. In our last number, we noticed the appoint- ment of this distinguished statesman, as H. I. M.'s commissioner to meet the U. S. A. plenipotentiary. The imperial order for delivering over to Kiying the seals of commissioner, &c., was received by the Inner Council of state, at Peking, April 22d, the day his appointment was made by the Emperor. April 29th, on the even of his departure from Súchau, he wrote to the U. S. A. plenipotentiary to announce his speedy coming; and on the 30th of Miy, made his public entrance at Canton. Having been there detained a short time, he proceeded on his journey, en route meeting Sir Henry Pottinger and governor Davis at the Bogue, and took up his residence in the village of Wanghiá, Monday, June 17th. Next day his excellency was received by Mr. Cushing, at the House of Legation in Macao. Wednesday, the visit was returned. These ceremonies of state finished, negotiations commenced, and on Wednesday, July 3d, a treaty was signed and scaled by the pleni- :3:36 Journal of Occurrences, *** potentiaries of the two high contracting powers—the Tá Tsing empire, and the United States of America. This was done at Wánghiá, and on thc 5th, Kiying returned to Canton. Knowing as we do, that the provisions of the treaty are most satisfactory to both parties negotiating, and believing as we do, that each has sought only what is mutually honorable and beneficial, we congratulate the people and governments of the two nations on this speedy establishment of friendly relations. God grant they may be perpetual, continually augmenting in strength and benefits as long as they endure. Delay in the publication of this number beyond the end of the month, af- fords us opportunity for noting the above particulars. We understand that one copy of the treaty will be immediately dispatched to the court of Pcking ; and another to the city of Washington. The United States have now taken a new and honorable position in China, such as befits the magnitude of their coinmercial interests, their rank and dignity as a pcoplc, and the spirit of their public policy, at once peaceful and in:lopendent. The following circu- lar note las just appeared, which we have pcrinission to publish. United States. Logation, Macao, 4th July, 1844. The Minister of the United States has the plcasure to anounce that yesterdlily, at Wanghia, he concluded and signed with the Imperial Commissioner, Kiying, a treaty of peace, wity and commerce, between the United States and China. I'lc terms of the Treaty, whic! will in due time be mn:ude publie hy the proper authorities, arc such, he is happy to siły, as he believes will confirm the good understanding, which alreadly exists between the tivo Governments, and if ratified, prove bencticial to the commerce and interests of the citiners and subjects of both countries. Tlic Minister of the United States congratulates his countrymen on this event, and offers them, on this happy anniversary of the independence of their country, his heariy wishes for thcir health and prosperity, and joins them in their aspirations for the con- timucil peace, welfare and glory of the United States. To the Americans residing in China. Sir Henry Pollinger embarkeil on board the steamer Driver on the 21st inst. for Bornbay; Messrs. Woosnam, Burgass, and Gordon, accompanied him. Sir Ileary arrived in China, August 10th, 1811. Robberies al Hongkong have been in a great measure suppressed during the last few months by the vigilance and activity of the chief magistrate of police. A daring attack was mude, however, on the go:lowns of Messrs. Jamieson, Ilow, & Co. on the night of the 17th inst., by a large band of robbers, wlu commenced breaking up the roof, having brought ladders with thein. The alarm having been given by the policemen, an attack was made upon the fellows, who did not retreut till onc of their number was killed, and his body was dragged away by his counrades sone distance before leaving it. None of the band were captured owing to the darkness of the night. Trude at the newly cpened porls is gradually extending. The importation of rice is likely to form a large itern in this trade, especially at the port of Amoy. At present, of the three articles of opium, rice, and ginseng--the first is prohibited entirely, the second las a bounty on its importatiuri , au:l the third has a high duty to favor the domestic article, and thut merely be. cause it is an imperial monopoly. The exaluple of the Chinese government in their regulations respecting the two first articles might well be followed by other nations, who call this country uncivilized. The consul for Fuchau, (. T. Lay, 151}., left on the 21th inst., in the steamer Spiteful, taking with him his assistants; the newly arrived vice- consud for Shanghái, Mr. Robertsvi), iind various other ussistants attached to the consulates, left at the same time. Count de Ruili-ffenlon's correspondence inserted in the last number, of which we expressed a wish at that time to see the original Chinese, did not, we understand, pass through the hands of the interpreter attached to the French consulate, who saw the correspondence for the first time in the public papers. TIU CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIII.—July, 1844.—No. 7. Art. I. Notice of a seven months' residence in the city of Ning- po, from December 7th, 1842, to July 7th, 1843. Communi- cated by the Rev. W. C. Milne. (Continued from page 143.) FEBRUARY 23d. Between the northeast or Artillery Gate, and the fork of the river, there is an extensive levee that lines the bank of the river, abreast of which, it would appear from general report, the war-junks of this department used to lie. At present there is no vestige whatever of any naval force on the station. Indeed the com- mander-in-chief has more than once, in speaking of the pirates that now infest the Chusan Archipelago, expressed his deep regret at the want of cruisers and war-junks, which had all been destroyed during the last two years. Orders have, however, been sent to Fukien to construct and fit out a fleet for the department. On the levee to which I have just referred, there is a cemetery inclosed within a brick wall. The spot of ground is called I Ŭ Kiángsin sz’, a name specially appropriated to the small tem- ple erected within the same premises. The entire range of structure having shared in the disasters of the past two years, the site has been for sometime one mass of wreck and disorder. It is now under- going improvement, and has been put into some kind of repair. One of the curiosities of the place is a stone tablet which has lately been erected, with a few lines inscribed upon it to hand down to posterity the infamy of the English who desecrated the sacred spot, and to iinmortalize the name of those Fukien residents who have 1:3 VOL. XIII. NoVII, 338 JULY; Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. It was recently contributed to restore and beautify the waste.* originally a burial ground for Fukien people. Notices have within these few days been circulated, urging those people, the manes of whose ancestors have been disturbed, to hasten and pacify the de- parted spirits by assigning them a proper home within the sacred inclosure. Connected with the premises, there are several charnel chambers, into which the scattered relics of the dead, that have long lain for- gotten and uncared for, are cast. These chambers all stand under one roof, but form distinct compartments, and are accessible only by an opening at the top. The space of level ground, that lies between the northeast gate and the fork of the river of Ningpo, has been pointed out, by several good judges both among the English and the Chinese, as the spot most suitable for the residence of foreigners on the opening of the trade. There can be no question that it is so. To the visitor as he enters Ningpo, there are two inquiries which will naturally suggest themselves, and are sufficiently interesting to admit of a few observations in this place. The one inquiry refers to the site of the first European factory in the city of Ningpo. To this it may be replied briefly that it lay within Bridge gate, and has given its name to two lanes in that quarter of the city. A temple originally stood there; but in the 6th year of the emperor Kiátsing h, or a. D. 1528, about six years after the Portuguese reached the port, it was converted into the Good Strangers' Ex- change (club house) for the accommodation of Japanese and foreign tribute-bearers.'* From the general tenor of the short notices scat- tered through the 'Annals of Ningpo,' that building seems to have been open to all foreign traders—European, Japanese, and Malay. The other inquiry bears on the history of that short lived inter- course, that was set on foot about 300 years ago at this port, be- tween the western nations and the Chinese. nations and the Chinese. As the Portuguese, English, and French have severally conducted commercial dealings, or attempted to open a friendly intercourse, at or near the mart of Ningpo, we may consider the proceedings of these respective nations. But it is said that, when the British forces entered Ningpo, they discovered this cemetery to be a spirit store. 嘉賓​館​在​東南​隅​江​心里​故​爲​境​清​寺 ​Kia Pin Kláu cái tung cán yi Kiangsil lí, kú wei Ringtsing sa 嘉靖​六年​以爲​館​以​虚​倭​英​資​使 ​litalsing luthi miell, liai ir kvän kung sy's .۱۲ نان 1 1844, 339 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. I. The Portuguese. It has been asserted by some that Euro- peans traded at Canton and Ningpo, prior to the commencement of the sixteenth century. This, however, appears improbable, since the Portuguese did not reach Malacca till 1511. After d'Albu- querque had been in possession of that settlement five years, Peres- tello had permission to visit China in a trading junk. On his reiviai the following year, he gave such accounts of his trip that several ships, both Malay and Portuguese, were immediately fitted out and dispatched under the command of Peres d'Andrade, who, by pru- dent management and good conduct, gained so much influence over the Chinese that they permitted him to go to Canton with some of his fleet. One Mascarenhas under Andrade, proceeded up the coast, in company with Lewchewan junks which he found lying at St. John. He probably visited some of the Fukien and Chekiáng ports. This adventure of his doubtless led to the Portuguese ultimately making Ningpo their emporium, after they had been, for their atrocities, expelled the island of St. John in the Canton waters. It must, therefore, have been about the year 1522, or at the com- mencement of the reign of Kiátsing, an emperor of the Ming dy- nasty, that trade with Europe was first opened at Ningpo. But, as at St. John, so at Ningpo, their own violence and rapacity drove the Portuguese merchants off the ground, in less than a quar- ter of a century, and confirmed that hatred of foreign nations, that contempt for the people in the West, and that national exclusion, all which have increased for three centuries, and raised a barrier in China that has demanded a vast expenditure of money, time, and life to break it. Sir Andrew Ljungstedt, in his ‘Historical Sketch of the Portuguese Settlements in China,' writing on this point observes : “This noble and wealthy settlement owes its destruction to the provoking conduct of Lancerote Pereira, an auditor. This man having sold, it is said, for a thousand cruzades, goods to certain Chinese, of whom he never heard anything afterwards, and desiring to make his loss good, and recover it from people who were not the cause of it, assembled eighteen or twenty idle fellows with whom, under the favor of the night, he fell upon a village about two leagues from Liampo (Ningpo), where he robbed eleven or twelve laboring families, seized on their wives and children, and killed without any reason at all to do so half a score of persons. This act of violence, in defiance of the protecting laws of the country, and in despite of the sacred rights of property, Wils duly resented. This 1 1 ! 340 JULE, Seven Months Residence at Ningpo. cruel punishment (on the Portuguese) was inflicted, it is commonly thought, in A. D. 1545." Captain Hamilton, an English journalist speaking of the Portu- guese factory at Ningpo, remarks: “Here the Portuguese were once well settled, and had a numerous colony, when the Chinese were masters of their own country, and the Portuguese of the sea. It is reported that they had above one thousand Portuguese families settled at Limpoa (Ningpo), and were governed by their own laws. Their trade through China and Japan, which they carried in ship- ping to India and China, made them prodigiously rich, which brought them into luxury and debauchery, and at last was the cause of their expulsion from Limpoa. They began to be notorious ravishers of women. They would go into the country villages, and carry off young virgins by violence from their parents, and when they had abused them as long as they pleased send them back to their friends. Many complaints had been made, but no redress could be obtained. At length when a parcel of virgin hunters had gone into the country, upon an expedition of that nature, the peasants fell on them and killed every nan. This slaughter made the Portuguese very loud in complaints, and demanded justice to be done on the peasants. The peasants made solid replications to the complaints of the Portuguese, and desired their case might be laid before the emperor; which was accordingly done, and the Portuguese were ordered to clear themselves of the crimes laid to their charge, and they not being able to do it were banished Limpoa, but had liberty to carry off their effects; and thus ended the most opulent colony at that time in the world.” The name of the port as given in Ljungstedt is Liampo, in other writers Limpo or Limpoa, according to the Portuguese system of denoting the sound ng by the letter m. In most of the old writers the initial sound L is substituted for N, a peculiarity which arose no doubt from the circumstance that, in the fleet of Lewchewan junks which Mascarenhas joined, or subsequently when the factory removed from St. John to Ningpo, Fukien pilots being probably selected as guides, their pronunciation would be followed in this as in many other instances; e. g. Amoy for Hiamun, tea for chá, Bohi for Wúhr, fc. The first foreign settlers, therefore, adopting the Fu- kien vocabulary would not say Ningpo, but Liangpo or Lengpo. It may also be remarked that there are natires at Canton who slide from the sound of N (initial) into that of L, and will pronounce mom you for lámyau, Nimking for Lámking: and that at Ningpo alsoo there are not it, who fall into the same irre, inlarity 1.1.1. Serra Munths. Residence it Vir po 1 1 + 1 1 It is this marked difference in the name of the port as given in earlier writers among his own countrymen, who adopted the Fukien sound, and as denoted in succeeding historians, who, following the sound as they heard it from the educated natives of the city, or from those accustomed to use the court dialect, have written it Ningpo- it is this marked difference that has probably suggested to sir An- drew that 'Ningpo and Liampo were never identical.' But sir A. adduces another reason for objecting to the identity of the two places, which deserves a short notice. I rather think that they stood in a similar ratio, in which Macao actually stands in respect to Kwángchau fú; foreigners had got leave to take up their abode at some distance from the fú, a city of the first class; for else by what miracle could Ningpo fú remain unhurt, when Liampo was reduced by the Chinese to a heap of ashes ?” In further explanation of this opinion, it will be necessary to quote the following notes of the same writer. “It (Liampo) had two churches, a townhouse, two hospitals, and above one thousand private dwellings; though locally subject to China, it was ruled by a municipality consisting of sheriffs, auditors, judges, aldermen, and six or seven kinds of offi- cers." On adverting to the savage proceedings of Pereira, which occasioned the ruin of the colony, and the resentment that followed, he adds : “The inhabitants of the circuit joined the sufferers (namely those who had had been robbed by Pereira), and, in a common petition to the mandarin, complained of the vexations those strangers had been and were now again guilty of. The criminal case having been le- gally tried and the facts proved, the governor of Chekiang ordered that the place should be destroyed. The command was obeyed; for, in less than five hours, (an eyewitness F. M. Pinto says) not anything was left in Liampo, to which one could give a name.' Twelve thousand Christians, among them 800 Portuguese, were put to death, 25 ships and 42 junks (others state 35 ships and 2 junks, but according to Manoel de Faria e Souza, 30 ships) were burnt.” According to sir Andrew's notice, the prosperity of the colony at Ningpo had, in the short term of 20 years, almost exceeded that of Macao after an existence (scarcely anything else can be predicated of it) of 250 years. But the accounts sir A. has quoted appear to be exaggerated, and he himself seems to be not a little puzzled, by the discrepancies between the several authorities he consulted. Hamilton and Ljungstedt concur in these two particulars that the Portuguese settlement at Ningpo was remarkably prosperous, and 1 1 1 1 ! 342 Jins, Serre llonths' Residentir a Ningpo. measures. that its destruction was occasioned by the atrocities of the Portll. guese themselves: but, as to the mode of punishing the foreigners, the two writers disagree in toto. IIamilton speaks of a firm yet mild procedure. Ljungstedt details sudden, abrupt, and violent In consulting the Annals of Ningpo, I have nowhere been able to find any hint of any such a calamity as sir A. sketches. Such a catastrophe as the destruction of a town with its churches, hospitals, and of a large fleet, and the massacre of so many thou- sands, the just retribution brought down on the heads of obstinate and lawless foreigners who had enjoyed the favor and smiles of the Flowery Land, could not have escaped the attention of the court annalist! But there is the most perfect silence on the subject. The reason that sir A. gives out for questioning the identity of Ningpo and Liampoa, appears on the whole to be unfounded. The names Ningpo and Liampo belong, as has been shown, to one and the same place. There is not sufficient authority for believing that there was such a terrible calamity as he describes. It is not im- probable that the factory at Ningpo was, as the factories at Canton have been more than once, destroyed by fire; yet, that the native city of Ningpo should escape unhurt, from the conflagration of ten, twenty, a hundred, or a thousand foreign buildings, should not be set down as ' by miracle,' any more than the escape of the city of Canton from the burning of the European hongs. Il. The English. Under queen Elizabeth, the British first at- tempted to open an intercourse with China, but the ships, dispatch- ed by her in 1596, were lost in a storm. The project was renewed in 1637, but no satisfactory results followed until 1670, when a trade was established on Formosa. It was, however, found to be so unprofitable, that the factory was broken up and removed to Can- ton, where about 1685, regular commerce was opened; but even at Canton, the system adopted by the Chinese in regulating the trade, was so oppressive and vexatious, that the enterprizing traders from the west began to look to other harbors on the coast, for a heartier welcome. "According to capt. Alexander Hamilton, the English factory at Chusan was commenced by the new East India Company in 1700, and abandoned by the chief, Mr. Allan Catchpole, in 1703, by reason of the oppression of the native officers, and the Company's neglect to send money sufficient to carry on their trade.” Dr. Cun- ningham, writing from the factory at Chụsan, to which he was attach- ed as surgeon, observes, “ Upon this island the Chinese have granted ụs a settlement and liberty of trade, but not to Ningpo, which is six 18:1:1 :343 Neven Months Residence al Vingpo. or eight hours' sail to the westward all the way among the islands. For merchandize there is none, except what comes from Ningpo."* A singular paper is to be found in the fourth book of the 'Annals of Tinghái,' a native work published with the imperial sanction some 50 years ago. It gives a brief sketch of the foreign inter- course, both at Tinghái and at Ningpo. If the entire statement is to be fully credited, the impression would be left on the mind of the reader, that the foreign trade at Ningpo was, at one time, by no means despicable. The swelling words, that occasionally appear in the paper, must be laid to the effort of the recorder to puff up the vanity of his im- perial master. After premising that the custom-house had been established, for the purpose of watching the irregularities of smug- ylers and of collecting the duties, but not of defrauding the public, the historian proceeds: “The grace and dignity of his imperial majesty having diffused itself far and wide, the ships of merchants and foreigners arrived in a line of unbroken succession. On this, a respectful petition being made for the removal of the custom-house establishment (from Ningpo to Tinghái), the shops in the suburbs immediately increased (until their number was] more than the scales upon a fish. Truly their (the foreign) goods being lightly taxed is just the way to accommodate the people, and to treat with mildness [those who are] from a distance is the way to soothe those that are near. If we do not treat them (the foreigners) with sincerity and confidence, and if we do not show them indulgence and liberality, how can they bear it? Besides, the daily supplies which the people bring from the capital of the department cannot be compared to trading." Then follows a note to the effect that the government decreed that 'the annual taxes from the English imports should amount to 10,000 taels of silver.' The writer next proceeds to give a fuller account of the English trade at Ningpo and Tinghái, a rough translation of which may now be given. “On investigation it has been ascertain- ed that the Hungmáu đI E is the Yingkweili (Eng- lish) nation, lying to the west of the Shintuh (Hindú) coun- try. Its people are of two species, the white and the black. The white constitute the honorable class, the black the inferior. All have high noses, blue eyes, and their hair is of a yellowish-red (i. e. brown or auburn) color Our countrymen call them llungmáu, and also nickname themi Kweitsz' That nation makes See Chinese Repository, vol. IX., p. 133, 6 :31.1 Nora Months Prsideure at ling po Trade its chief business, from which the army and the government supplies are drawu. From England to China the course by sea measures several myriad li. A ship can make a voyage in a little more than half a year. Their ships are built of double planks; the bows are sharp; the stern is bluff; the sails and yards can, according to the state of the wind, be raised or lowered. They are quite differ- ent from Chinese boats. Although there is a head wind, they can sail on a tack. The hold of the ships is exceedingly deep. They go up and down by ladders. Altogether there are three decks. The bottom of a ship, its double keel, and its double planking are calked and payed over with pitch and tung oil, that becomes as hard as iron; so that the vessel can beat against wind and waves. From the first they had been running to Macao in the Canton province, and to Amoy in Fukien. [But if it chanced that] at any time they took advantage of a fair breeze and came up to Tinghái, the civil and military officers could not dare to detain them. In the 33d year of the emperor Kánghí (A. D. 1695), Chángtsái, the superintendent of customs, made a clear report to his majesty to the effect that, ' when the custom-house was first set on foot, Tinghái had not been made a district city. On that account, the custom-house was situated at the city of Ningpo. Every merchant vessel, whether going out to sea or coming into port, has to pass through the harbor of Chinhái. In doing this there is going round about a distance of 140 li. There is paying the duties; there is receiving permits; there is waiting for the tides; there is watching for the winds; and besides there are the rapid currents aud numerous rocks of the Crocodile Gates, and the Tiger Crouch. On account of that circuitous course and these imminent dangers, &c., the foreign ships of outside countries, when they go to this place (i. e. off Chinhái), frequently put about and go away. [It is therefore my] humble recommendation that your ma- jesty would remove the custom-house to Tinghái. Then, every year the revenue from the duties can be increased to exceed 10,000 taels.' The Board of Revenue deliberated that, “if we remove the port to Tinghái, the market of the department-city will without ques- tion fall away to nothing. Besides, it would be necessary at Tinghái to construct and erect new offices. Be it enacted, therefore, that as heretofore the (head-quarters of the establishment continue at Ningpo), and that they dispatch deputies to Tinghái to collect the duties.' 'On the 35th year of the same emperor, A. D. 1697, Lí Sú, the superintendent, renewed the representation, only 'petitioning for the 1844. 345 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. removal of the custom establishment to Chinhái, just as the Fukien province has its custom-house at Amoy, and the Canton province another at Macao, and for the erection of an English lodge. Mer- chants of foreign countries will surely hear the news and come. The Board decided that, 'since to remove the custom-house would be nothing short of undoing a work already done, and that, if we erect- ed an English lodge, it is to be feared it will diminish the imperial treasure, it seems therefore right and fit that both these proposals should not be acceded to.' “On the 37th of the same emperor's reign, A. D. 1699, the hoppo Cháng Shingchau reported that, the bay of Tinghái being broad and expansive, and its waters being level and quiet, it seemed to him only wise to allow foreign nations to trade there; that the present sea- port (Ningpo), however important its site, could not be superior to that of Tinghái; that he himself was willing to draw up a plan and contribute to the erection of an office (that the revenue officers might have the facilities) for going and coming in their cruizers, so as to meet the convenience of the merchantmen; over and above all, that he would (from his own funds) set on foot an English lodge, to shelter the crews of the English ships; that in this manner the proceeds of the import duties could be raised far above 10,000 taels; and that the mart of the department-city (Ningpo), meeting as be- fore the demands of the traders, would by no means be broken up. The Board of Revenue on this returned a reply sanctioning the pro- posals, and an imperial edict was received commanding obedience to the decision of the Board. Then, in the 39th year of Kánghi, A. D. 1701, in the 6th month, there were two English ships that arrived. The commanders were, the one Mr. Lofu, the other Mr. Mili. Again in the 8th month a Lúkiáli ship arrived, and on the 9th month a Filisz' ship arrived.* For the time business was said to be prosperous.” Here we must leave the native writer. He has much more to say, but not of peculiar interest to the general reader. He speaks of this statement being forwarded to the emperor, and of that report follow- ing it;-of the Ningpo people squabbling with the Tinghái merchants, and the Tinghái citizens with their Ningpo competitors. But the factory at Tinghai was, as has already been remarked, deserted after a short and unsatisfactory trial. It was dissolved in 1703. Subse- quent to the removal of the English factory from Chusan, several It was probably this Filisz' ship in which Dr. Cunninghain arrived. The namics I cannot transform into English Il 66 * VOL. XIII XO: II. 346 JULY, Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. attempts have been made to gain a footing at the city of Ningpo, the most important of which are noticed in Davis' Chinese,' in his chapter on 'English Intercourse.' His relation is as follows: “In 1736, the ship Normanton proceeded to Ningpo, and strenuous efforts were made to open trade there, unfettered by the oppressions they had suffered formerly in the neighboring island of Chusan; but they found the officers very imperious and obstinate, insisting, as a necessary preliminary, on the surrender of their arms and ammuni- tion. There moreover appeared few inducements to trade; for the record observes, it seems rather to have been, than to be, a place of great commerce. It is probable that this, with other parts of China, had suffered by the Tartar invasion. After wasting nearly two months in fruitless attempts to procure a fair trade, the Normanton sailed for Canton." “In 1755. Messrs. Hamilton and Flint were dispatched to Ningpo, with the view of reëstablishing a trade there if possible. On this arrival they were well received, and the charges and customs appeared considerably lower at Canton. The deputy governor was so desirous of giving them encouragement, that he conceded almost all the articles in their memorial; in so doing, how- ever, he appeared to have exceeded his power, for, when the ship Holdernesse subsequently proceeded to Ningpo, to take advantage of this apparent opening, the viceroy, who was then in the province, sent an order for all the great guns, small arms, and ammunition to be taken out of the ships, and the same duties to be paid as at Can- ton. Though the fúyuen could not act directly against this order, he did not comply with it but sent it up to Peking, with an account of what he had done, thereby putting it out of thé viceroy's power, as well as his own, to make an absolute decision in the interim. As it would be the end of September before an answer could possibly arrive from Peking, the officers agreed to begin business, provided that half the guns and ammunition were delivered. Twelve great guns were accordingly given up, and the ships unloaded : the Hol- dernesse, however, paid to the officers 2000 taels, and the other charges and duties proved double those at Canton, while no resi- dence was allowed on shore. The objection made by the govern- ment to a trade at Ningpo was 'the loss of revenue to the emperor, accruing from overland carriage of tea and other goods to Canton,' the very circumstance, of course, which enhanced the prices of those goods to the European purchaser. On their departure from Ningpo, the supercargoes were formally acquainted by the officers of all fu- tre trade being forbidden them at that port; and, on reaching 1844, 347 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. Macao, the officers of the local government in like manner informed them of a public edict, confining the commerce to Canton. length, in 1759, the factory once occupied by the English at Ning- po was destroyed, the merchants with whom they had dealt were ordered to quit the place, and the war-junks were directed to pre- vent any English ship from being supplied with provisions at Chusan. Mr. Flint, notwithstanding this, proceeded to Ningpo, upon which the Canton government forbade his return, desiring that he should be sent home to England whenever he reappeared. On arriv- ing at Ningpo he was refused all communication.” Mr. Flint, on his return to Canton, was decoyed into the viceroy's presence. The viceroy pointed to an order, which he called the emperor's edict, for his banishment to Macao and subsequent departure for England. This he declared was on account of his endeavoring to open a trade at Ningpo, contrary to orders from Peking; he added, that the man who had written the Chinese petition was to be beheaded that day for traitorously encouraging foreigners. Mr. Flint was detained in the city, and conveyed to a place called Tsienshán or Casa Branca, near Macao, where he was imprisoned, but pretty well treated, though all correspondence was cut off.” The foreigners at Canton “met in a body at the English factory, and jointly entered a protest against the act of the viceroy; but Mr. Flint remained in prison, from March 1760 to November 1762, when he was carried by the Chinese to Whampoa, and put on board the ship Horsendon, to be conveyed to England.” “One of the principal objects of earl Macartney's mis- sion to Peking, in 1793, was to obtain if possible, the permission of the emperor to trade at Ningpo, Chusan, and other places besides Canton. . . . . In his letter to the king of England, the emperor did not omit to state distinctly that the British commerce must be strict- ly limited to the port of Canton." Notwithstanding these numerous failures of attempts at conduct- ing trade at Ningpo and other prohibited ports, it was the impres- sion of many in England that the facilities for trade at those places were very inviting. This led, in the year 1832, to an experiment on the part of the select committee of the E. I. Company in China, which also ended in a failure, involving a loss on the expedition to the amount of £5,647, and “was upon the whole condemned by the Court of Directors.” That expedition was conducted principally by Mr. Lindsay, aided by Mr. Gutzlaff. In their journal a few interest- ing notices occur of the circumstances attending their stay in the harbor of Ningpo. The Lord Amherst anchored off Chinhái, and 318 ᎫtLY, Seven Jonths' Residence at Vingpo. lay there upwards of a fortnight, during which time ample oppor- tunity was afforded of testing the disposition of the people for trade with foreigners. The natives evinced a strong desire for traffic, but all dealing was repressed by the decided prohibition and strict sur- veillance of the authorities. The commercial adventurers left Ning- po with a favorable impression of the mercantile capabilities of the port. * In their united journal, they observe, “In extent, it (Ningpo) may vie with Fuchau, and in population is not inferior to many of the large trading towns of Europe. It surpasses anything Chinese which we have yet seen, in the regularity and magnificence of the build- ings, and is behind none in mercantile fame. The Portuguese traded to this place as early as the sixteenth century. They found here a ready market for European products, and they exported hence to Japan a great amount of silk. After being once expelled, they renewed it again, and other European nations participated with them in the trade, till the extortions became so great as to limit the foreign merchants to Canton. The English East India Company maintained a factory here till the last century. Whilst we were at Ningpo, we received a list of the ships which had formerly been at thsi port. They seemed to be very numerous; but, at the present time, no traces of the foreign trade are to be seen, though the old people retain still a faint remembrance of the foreigners." Still more recently than the experiment of the Lord Amherst, and prior to the breaking out of the war with China, there have been one or two attempts of private adventurers to do some business at Ningpo, but they were equally abortive of any permanent results. They are briefly noticed in the evidence given before the committee of the House of Lords on China affairs. III. The French. On the accession of the emperor Kánghí, the persecution ceased, which his predecessor had commenced against the propagators of popery in his dominions. Under these favorable circumstances, a number of French Jesuits entered China, among *** * During my residence at Ningpo, I have on more than one occasion heard the natives refer to the visit of Mr. Lindsay. Lí, one of the officers who so frequently visited Mr. Lindsay, has lately been degraded and condemned to suffer condign punishment. He is one of the unfortunate men who, since the close of the war, have been brought up before the high tribunal for having tarnished the imperial escutcheon. Poor old gentleman ! When I called on him he referred with much feeling to his disgrace, and deeply lamented that his old age should be no protection to him. He is now about 75 years old. His inquiries about Messrs. ísindsay and Gutzlaff were peculiarly urgent and friendly 1844. 349 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. ours. whom were Gerbillon, Bouvet, and Le Compte. It was at Ningpo they landed, and, after a series of petty annoyances from some of the local authorities, they obtained permission from H. I. M. Kánghi to settle at Peking There is a curious account of their short stay at Ningpo, given in “Le Compte's China,” in the author's first letter, which contains the particulars of the voyage from Siam to Peking.' He and his companions set sail from Siam to Ningpo in a small Chi- nese vessel, on the 17th of June, 1687, and in 36 days reached their haven. His narrative of their stay at Ningpo follows: “It was with no little joy that we reached that land in which we had, during so many years, longed to preach the gospel. Its sight inspired us with an unusual zeal, and the joy of viewing that happy soil which so many good men had consecrated by their labors, we thought a large amends for But though we were so near the city, it was not so easy for us to enter it. China is a very ceremonious country, wherein all strangers, but especially the French, have need of a good stock of patience. The captain of our vessel thought fit to hide us, and on our arrival we were let down into the hold, where the heat, which increased as we came nearer the land, and several other inconveniencies we lay under, made our condition almost in- supportable. But spite of all caution we were found out; an officer of the customs spied us, and having taken an account of the ship's cargo, set a man in her, and withdrew to let his master know it. That mandarin who holds his commission immediately from court, and is therefore much respected, ordered us to be brought before him, whom we found in a large hall, assist- ed by his assessors and other inferior officers. We were waited on thither by a multitude of people, who there are more curious of seeing an European, than we should be here of viewing a Chinese. “ No sooner were we entered, but we were admonished to kneel, and bow our heads nine times to the ground, that being the custom in those parts of doing obedience to the prime mandarin, who in that quality represents the emperor's person. His countenance was very severe, and bore a gravity that challenged veneration, and a dread, which increased at the sight of his executioners, who like Roman lictors, attended with chains and great sticks, ready to bind and cudgel whom his mandarinship should think fit. Having paid him our duty, he asked us who we were, and what was our errand. • My lord, (answered we by the means of our interpreter,) we have heard in Europe, that several of our brethren, and particularly father Verbiest, labored with success to spread the knowledge of our holy religion in these remote parts; the same zeal has moved us, and the noble idea we have framed to ourselves of this empire, and of the wit and politeness of its inhabitants, has prevailed with us to procure them the only thing that is wanting to complete the grandeur of so flourishing and renowned a nation, to wit the knowledge of the only true God, without which it cannot be truly great. We have besides understood how kind his imperial majesty has been to 350 JULY, Seven Months Residence at Ningpo. them, and hope his mandarins, who know his intentions, will be so favora- ble as not to molest us.' “This declaration seemed something bold in a province where our religion was scarce tolerated, and in a city, where there was not one Christian. But our ignorance hereof made us think, that since the freedom of trade had been granted, strangers might come and settle there, which is directly op- posite to the laws of the land. The mandarin, who to be sure was surprized at the liberty we took, dissembled his thoughts, and as if he approved of our zeal, told us it was true, the emperor had a particular esteem for father Verbiest, whose merit was well known throughout the whole empire, and that he himself was very desirous to serve us; but continued he, I must first advise with the governor, and we shall consider of it together. In the mean while return to your ship, where you shall hear further from us. Some days after, the general of the militia in and about the city, which consisted of about fifteen or twenty thousand men, was willing to see us, and entertained us very kindly, insomuch that when we left him to wait upon the governor, he sent an officer to desire him that he would use us kindly, assuring him we were very honest people. The governor expressed some consideration for us, but said he could determine nothing in our case, till he had first conferred with the chief officers of the city; so that we were forced again on board our hated ship, which seemed to us a very severe prison.”—Le Comte's memoirs, pages 12–14. In another extract, he details their final success in entering the country. “We were well informed at Ningpo of the good we could do there, and were ready to take a spiritual possession of the promised land, when we had intelligence that the viceroy of that province was much offended that we were suffered to land, and was resolved to send us back to the Indies. He wrote indeed a sharp reprimand to the governor of Ningpo, and at the same time an account of what had passed to the grand Tribunal of Peking which is entrusted with the care of foreign affairs, and ever was averse to the Christian religion. He was very partial, for though he was well acquainted with our design, he represented us as five Europeans, who for some private ends designed to settle there, in opposition to the fundamental laws of the realm; so that the court decreed we should be banished, and according to custom, presented an order to that effect, desiring the emperor to sign it. “Had this order been confirmed, we had been undone, and in all probabi- lity, the mandarins at Ningpo had been so too, for treating us so favorably. The viceroy, who bore as great a love to our money as he did hatred to our belief, would have seized our bales, and as a punishment on the captain of our ship, confiscated his merchandizes, and ordered him forthwith to be- gone, and take us along with him; and if the captain had been ruined on our account, we right reasonably look to be thrown overboard by him. “Our peri] was certain, had we not prevented it by our care in writing, as we were in duty bound, to father Intorcetta, an Italian missionary, and father 1841. 351 Seven Months Residence at Ningpo. general of our order in those parts. Father Fontaney lead also given father Verbiest notice of our arrival, desiring him that he would instruct us what we hat do do. The father had all the reason in the world to leave us to our- selves, for by taking us under his protection, he exposed himself to the anger of the viceroy of Goa, and the governor of Macao, from whom he had received letters, which were neither conformable to the king of Portugal's intentions, nor to Christian charity. But who could have expected that a man, ever ready to sacrifice his life for the infidels' salvation, should have looked unconce ncernedly on, while his brethren, who were come from the remotest parts of the earth to assist him in his task, miserably perished ? When he received our letters the emperor was in Tartary, so that he was forced to write to a friend at court, that he would inform his majesty of our arrival, and caused his letter, by a willful mistake, to be put into a packet which he knew would be delivered into the emperor's own hands. It hap- pened as he desired; the emperor opened it and read it, so that being well informed of all the truth, when the Tribunal's order was delivered to him, he answered, that he would consider it when he returned to Peking; which he did after he had hunted a fortnight. That court was surprized at the delay, it being customary for the prince, in three days' time, either to sign or cancel these kind of writs. Father Verbiest was no less impatient to know the fate of his letter and the emperor's resolutions; and as for us, we endeavored by our prayers to obtain His favor, who rules the hearts of kings. “Father Intorcetta, our superior, who best knew our ill circumstances, did by public prayers in his church at Hángchau, beg God to deliver us out of them; and firmly believing that the cry of innocent babés is very pre- valent with the Divine Majesty, gathered all the Christian children from six to ten, together into the church, where lying prostrate on the ground, they unanimously lifted up their innocent hands to heaven, saying, “Pour out thine indignation, O Lord, upon the heathen that have not known thee, and upon the kingdoms that have not called upon thy name; but defend those who worship thee, and deliver not unto their enemies thy servants, who come hither from the extremities of the world to confess thy holy name, and to show forth thy praise.' These prayers were accompanied with the tears of the whole congregation, especially with those of father Intorcetta, who having been so happy as to suffer chains, prisons and banishment for his Savior's sake, was most fit to obtain the blessing we begged for. The emperor was no sooner returned to Peking, but father Verbiest informed him that we were his brethren, who by our skill in the mathematics, might be useful to his majesty. To which he answered, if it was so, he saw no cause why he should expel us out of his dominions. He summoned his Privy Council, to which the princes of the blood are admitted, and with their advice and consent, decreed we should all be honorably sent to court. An order to that effect was sent to the Li Pú, (the same tribunal which had presented the writ against us,) and by them transmitted to the viceroy of Hángchau : So that hy an cspecial providence, he who had cndeavored to turn us shamefully :: JULY, Seven Months' Residencc ut Vingpo. out of China, was himself obliged to introduce us, and that with more advan- tage, than had he been our friend, he could have procured us. His vexation was the greater, because without doing us any harm, he had run the risk of incurring the emperor's displeasure by his false informations. It was indeed no little mortification to him; and it was a fortnight before he would acquaint us with our good fortune. “In the meanwhile, the stay we made at Ningpo gave us an opportunity of improving our acquaintance with the mandarins. Some sent us presents, others invited us to their houses, and all in general were very kind to us. We endeavored to make use of this opportunity for their conversion from idolatry, but it is hard for souls wholly buried in flesh and blood, to savor the things which are of God. However, the governor of the city made one step towards it, which gave us great hopes. It was this: “ They had for five months' time been afflicted with a continual drought, so that their rivers, and the channels they cut into their land to water it, were now quite dry, and a famine much apprehended. The priests had of- fered numberless sacrifices, and the mandarins left nothing undone which they thought might appease the anger of the gods. They had often asked us what methods we used in Europe in such cases; and being answered that by humiliation, penitence, and the fervency of our prayers, we moved heaven to compassion; they hoped by the like means to procure their idol's pity; but alas, they called upon gods that have ears and cannot hear. At last the governor was tired with his frequent disappointments, and resolved to worship the only God, whom all nature obeys. Having understood that in our house we had a pretty handsome chapel, in which we every day cele- brated the sacred mysteries of our religion, he sent to us to know if we would permit him to come in state, and join his prayers with ours. We answered, we desired nothing more than that he should worship as we did, and that all the city would follow his example; and assured him moreover, that if he begged with faith and sincerity, he should undoubtedly obtain. We presently went to work to put our chapel in order, and make all things ready to solemnize his coming, when to our great surprise his secretary came to tell us, that his lord would be with us the next day very early, be- ing necessitated to meet at eight the same morning at a neighboring hill, where with some mandarins, he was to offer a sacrifice to a dragon. In answer to the unexpected message, we ordered our interpreter to wait on him, and make him sensible, that the Christian's God was a jealous God, who would not allow of his paying to any others the honors due to liiinself alone; that his gods were statuės or creatures, that had no power to help themselves nor him; and that we humbly craved him to despise those idle fancies, fit only to amuse the credulous senseless vulgar, but far beneath a man of his sense and merit; and to trust in the only God of heaven, whom his reason alone must convince him to be the true one. I really believe he was almost per- suaded; but he had engaged liimself to the mandarins, and for some worldly respect, duist not brcuk liis promise ; so lie worshiped liis idols, wliom, 1844, 353 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. doubtless he had no faith in, and withdrew from the only true God, of whose being he was inwardly convinced. “ Then, my lord, moved with indignation at their blindness, and the devil's tyranny, some of us thought of imitating what St. Francis Xavier had done on some like occasion, by erecting a cross in the city under these conditions: First, that we would prevail with heaven to grant the rain they stood in such want of: And secondly, that if we did, they should pull down their idols, and own that God who should have been so favorable, as to grant' them their request. Our minds were different, as was our zeal; some, full of lively faith, which the miraculous and continual support of Providence, through the several perils we had encountered, had inspired them with, could not question the success of so bold, but holy an undertaking : others not so zealous, but persuaded that prudence ought to be our guide, where the inspiration is not evident, were of opinion nothing should be hazarded which failing might expose our religion. So we were content to mourn within our- selves, and beg of God not only that he would give them rain, but that celestial fire also, which our Savior hath brought into the world, and desires all nations may be inflamed with.”—Le Comte, pages 21–26. After having said a little on the intercourse attempted by the three European nations, the English, Portuguese, and French, it may not be amiss to draw, from the scanty materials on hand, a few notes regarding the trade conducted at the same emporium with the Japanese and a few other petty foreign states. I. The Japanese. According to the Historical Annals of Ning- po, frequently quoted in the course of these notices, we learn that, “At the commencement of the reign of Hungwú, (of the Ming dynasty, A. D. 1468,) all the countries beyond the seas, having brought tribute, were permitted to carry goods for the purpose of trade with China. . There was a regular intercourse establish- ed between Ningpo and Japan." "Forty years after, when the tribute-bearers reached Ningpo, the officer deputed to receive their tribute-represented to the em- peror Yungloh, that as, 'according to an old arrangement, foreign messengers on entering China must not smuggle weapons to sell them to the people, so his majesty should instruct the proper officers to examine their cargoes, that all contraband articles might be duly registered and forwarded to the capital.' His majesty replied, since the expenses of the outside foreigners, who come from a distance with tribute, must be very great, that they should carry with them the means of supplying their daily necessities, is only the common dictate of mankind. How then ought there to be a general seizure for the purpose of effecting a prohibition ? With respect to the military weapons, let them dispose of them according to the price- 15 VOL, X111. NO. vll. 354 JULY, Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. current, and by no means obstruct their advances to perfection (gained by entering into trade with our empire). In the third year of that emperor's reign, A. D. 1406, as the number of tribute-bearers (i. e. merchants) had greatly increased, a public lodge was erected to accommodate them.” It will appear from the preceding extracts that the Japanese, on their first appearance and for several years after, met with mild and conciliatory treatment. Their cupidity, however, drove them to desperate acts, which curtailed the intercourse that had gone on so well. A writer in the Repository (vol. XI., p. 598,) observes, “in 1539, an embassador was sent to Ningpo with a number of vessels to conclude a treaty for the opening (reöpening) of commerce. But the custom-house officers treated the envoy shamefully, and the ir- ritated Japanese took signal revenge upon the Chinese. They were soon driven back to their ships, and a stipulation entered into that henceforth only three vessels should come annually, and their crews not be permitted to come shore. It was at this time the merchants of Portugal began their dealings with the Japanese which, on their expulsion from the port in 1542, grew to an importance which was envied by every other power in Europe. * In the middle of the reign of the emperor Kiátsing, the Japanese adventurers had not self-command sufficient to check the excesses of their cupidity, but on land and on sea pursued a system of piracy which led to their being driven from the mart of Ningpo. “The Chronological Ac- count of the emperors of China,” in the table of events that occurred during the 28th year of Kiátsing's reign, A. D. 1550, has a passage of peculiar interest, as the facts therein related bave met with their parallel in our times. It is to the following effect: “Of old it was enjoined that the Chekiáng province should appoint (a hoppo officer) so that, when the cargoes by sea arrived, he might regulate and fix the prices. At the commencement of the reign of Kiátsing, they did away with that office. Lawless fellows then smuggled out Chi- nese goods and traded with foreigners. At first, it would appear that merchants were at the head of these irregularities. But when the commercial intercourse with foreigners came to be rigorously interdicted, it (the contraband system) immediately fell into the hands of high officers and wealthy families, who beat down and reduced the prices of their goods. The Japanese, indignant [at such oppressive measures], collected a band, and entered the country « Pride and covetousness, the results of their great prosperity proved the ruin of the Portuguese in Japan. In 1611, they finally abandoned the coun- try," one hundred years after they made their first is ppearance off the coast. See Chi. Rep., vol. III, p. 208. 1844. 355 Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. for the purposes of plunder (and revenge)."** From that time the maritime coasts of China were infested by Japanese pirates; but, after a prolonged conflict, China gained the ascendancy, and Japan acknowledges it by periodically sending tribute. At present the Japanese have no regular emporium on the coast of China. The trade is carried on principally in Chinese junks, limited to 'twelve yearly,' running between Chápú and Nagasaki, at which latter port the Chinese traders have their factory, a brief account of which is given the IXth volume of the Repository, at page 378. In the evidence given by J. Crawfurd, in 1830, before the select committee of the House of Lords on the China trade, he remarks “ the trade of Japan is confined to the port of Ningpo in Chekiáng, and expressly limited to 10 vessels; but, as the distance from Naga- saki is a voyage of no more than four days, it is performed twice a year." Mr. Crawfurd must have been misinformed, although, Ning- po and Chápú are situated so near to each other, that one who de- rived his information from the Chinese, would not unlikely be led to substitute one place for the other. Many years ago it was the case; but I have not been able to find the least trace of such a trade being still carried on between Ningpo and Japan. On one occasion I had the privilege of interceding with the officers of Ningpo in behalf of four shipwrecked Japanese, who had been sent to my care from Macao. The officers most readily acceded to the request I made, but at the same time informed me that it was utterly out of their * The Japanese are called in the Annals of Ningpo, the Weitsze F, a name given to maritime nations lying to the east of the empire. But in the accounts briefly given of the intercourse with the Japanese, it is not at all improbable that the history of the trade with western strangers (especially the Portuguese) is also included, and for the following reasons : 1st. As has been said, Weitsz' is applied to nations lying on the east of the empire. It would, of course, be only natural to a people, like the Chinese, who are confessedly ignorant on geographical points, to give the same naine to the foreigners that first made their appearance on the east or northeast coasts. 2d. The intimacy which the Japanese and Portuguese formed at Ningpo in their commercial relations, and the severe retribution which fell on the merchants of each nation about the same time, would lead the Chinese to class them as one people; the more so, when subsequently the Portuguese opened a trade with the ports of Japan, and probably aided the pirates and smugglers of that nation in their depredations on the coasts of their neighbors. 3d. At the present day there are some places, such as Hangchau fu, where foreigners, and of late the English in particular, are called Weitsz'. I have heard myself named a Weitsz'. 4th. In the Annals, the disturbances occasioned by the Weitsz' at Ningpo, are said to have broken out on the 26th year of Kiátsing, A. D. 1548, close upon the date affixed by Ljungstedt, who makes it 1542 or 1545. 5th. The Japanese, who are usually called the Weitsz', ar in the same document also called the Wái í , Outside Foreigners, the name given to Europeans, which will show that í 夷 ​is applicable to foreign nations both in the east and in the west. 356 JELT, Seven Months' Residence at Ningpo. power to send them direct to Japan, because the only port, which had communication with Japan, was Chápu. II. As to the Ningpo trade with other foreign petty states, it is chiefly conducted by the Chinese themselves in their own junks. At present I can hear but little of this trade. The panic occasioned by the late expedition has probably had the effect of checking it. There is a brief notice of it in a paper, handed in by Mr. Crawfurd, to the committee of the House of Lords, from which I make the following extracts. “The principal part of the junk trade is carried on by the four contiguous provinces of Canton, Fukien, Chekiáng, and Kiángnán. The ports of China at which this trade is conducted.*. Ningpo in the province of Chekiáng. . The foreign inter- course of the two provinces of Chekiáng and Kiangnán, which are famous for the production of raw silk, teas, and nankeens, is confine to the Philippine islands, Tungking, Cochinchina, Cambodia, Siam, and none of this class of vessels that I am aware of have ever found their way to the western parts of the Indian Archipelago. The Chi- nese traders of Siam informed me that they carried on the fairest and easiest trade, subject to the fewest restrictions, in the ports of Ningpo, Shanghai, and Súchau.” As far as I have been able to learn from the natives themselves, the principal imports from Siam are redwood, ebony, and rattans. Once more, before I conclude these remarks on the trade at Ningpo, I may observe on the native trade with the other ports and provinces of China, that it is chiefly with Canton, with Fukien, with Shántung, and a few of the ports north of that province. From Canton there are but one or two ships per annum, and their cargoes consist of foreign imports. The Fukien junks carry on a large business at Ningpo. They say that three or four hundred visit the port during the year, but this must include the repeated arrivals of the same ship, as the voyage can be made several times a year. The imports from Fukien are rice, sugar, paper, rough crockery, wood spars, tobacco, salt, biche-de-mar, wood, tinfoil, sugar-cane, and other fruits, such as the orange, liche, lungan, &c. The exports are both those peculiar to the province of Chekiáng and cargoes reshipped from the northern junks. The Shántung I have selected ouly the brief notes respecting the trade at Ningpo. There are other ports in other provinces which partake in the advantages of trade with ese small states; but it would be out of place to say anything of them here. "Generally known as the peh tau tu tl mi i. e northern ships. * 1844. 3:57 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. junks include all the northern craft that visit the port and are built at Ningpo. They are huge looking vessels. The imports are beans, bean-oil, Shantung cabbages, walnuts, dates and other dried fuiets, rough parkax paper. They return with goods brought on by Fukien junks. The river at Ningpo is occasionally well filled with this class of shipping Province. N. lat. E. long- ART. II. Alphabetical list of the provinces, departments, and districts in China, with their latitudes and longitudes. (Con- tinued from page 327). Name of place. Department. Errata on page 326; for Chingteh hien read TP Chingteh fú, Chihli, 41° 06' 117° 46' 1s 420 li fom Peking, in the northeastern part of the province; bounded N. by the river Hwang, which separates it from Manchuria; E. and S.E. by Liáutung, from which the Great wall separates it; and W. by Cháhár. It contains 1 chau district (Pingtsiuen), and 5 hien districts, Lwanping, Chih- fung, Kienchang, Chánying, and Fungning. This department comprises nearly one fourth of the province. Fan-í hien, Kingsí, Yuenchau fú, 27 46 114 43 3 k Fanshwui hien, Chekiáng, Yenchau fú, 29 59 119 20 IN Fanchau fu, Shánsí, *37 19 12 111 41 Is 1380 { from Peking; bounded N. by Táiyuen fú; E. by Sin chau; S. by Hoh chau and Hien chau; W. by the Yellow river, which divides it from Shensí. It contains 1 chau (Yungning), and 7 hien districts, Fanyáng, Hiúu- é, Kihihiú, Pingyáu, Shihlau, Lin, and Ninghiáng. và B Fansi hien, Shánsí, Pingyang fu, 36 40 111 32 A B Fanyang hien, Shánsí, Fanchau fu, *37 19 12 111 41 Fan hien, , Shántung, Tsauchau fu, 36 0 115 45 BB Fanchang hien, Ngánhwui, Táiping fũ, 31 16 118 05 * B} Fanchí hien, Shánsín, Tái chau, 39 12 113 16 6 6 Fáng hien, Húpeh, Yunyáng fú, 42 01 110 42 5 L Fangshan hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 39 33 116 03 Hif Fauching hien, Chihlí, Hokien fú, 37 55 116 13 8 8 Faukang hien, Kánsuh, Tihhwá chát. 8 9 Fuuning hien, Kiángs, Hwaingan fu, 33 4:3 119 51 358 Jury, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long. Chihlí, Name of place. Department, 8 Fouping hien, Chihli, Chingting, 38° 52 114° 17' 8 79 Fauvang hien, Nganhwui, Yingchau fá. # Fauliảng hien, giáng si, Já uchau fú, 29 20 117 19 Faushan hien, Shánsí, Pinggang fú, 35 59 111 53 Hy Fau chan, Szºchuen, Chungking fu, 29 45 107 36 費​縣 ​Fishien, Shintung, I'chau fũ, 35 18 118 05 je bil Fíching hien, Shántung, Táingan fu, 36 20 116 53 je se Fíhiáng hien, Kwángping fú, *36 39 55 115 02 | || Fuchuen hien, Kwangsí, Pingloh fu, 24 33 111 03 Fumin hien, , Yunnan, Yunnán fú, 25 20 102 43 # Fúping hien, Shensí, Síngán fú, 34 42 108 47 Ể Fushun hien, Szºchuen, Süchau fu, 29 19 105 03 # B Fuyáng hien, Chekiáng, Hángchau fú, *30 04 57 119 55 37 FER Fủ chau, Shensí, 36 05 109 18 Is 2500 la from Peking; bounded N. by Yenngán fú; E. by Tungchau fú; S. by Singán fú; and W. by Kingyang fu in Kansuh. It contains 3 districts, Lohchuen, Chungpu, and I kiun. 撫州 ​WN Fúchau fú, Kiánghĩ, *27 56 24 116 18 Is 3455 li from Peking; bounded N. by Jáuchau fu and Náncháng fa; E. by Kwangsin fú; S. by Kiencháng fu and Ningtú chau; and W. by Linkiáng fá and Kih-ngán tú. t contains 6 districts, Linchouen, Kinkí, Thoũng, Loh-ngan, Tsungjin, and Tunghiáng. 撫​靈 ​Fusi ting, Kánsuh, Kanchau fũ. Fining hien, , Chihlí, Yungping fu, 39 56 119 20 ER( Fufung hien, Shensí, Fungyáng fú, 34 20 107 56 扶溝 ​Fukau hien, Honán, Chinchau fu, 34 12 114 34 M A Fukuh hien, Shensí, Yülin fú, 39 08 110 43 là Hb Fashí hien, Shensí, Yen-ngán tủ. W 1 Fuhkáng ting, Kwángtung. An inferior department. Is 5124 li from Peking; bounded N. by Shauchau fú; E. by Hwuichau fú; S. by Kwángchau fú; W. by Shauking fu and Lien chau. It has no sub- divisions. IL Fuhshán, Kwangtung, Nanhái hien. A large manufacturing town, situated southwest of Canton; called Fatshán in the local dialect. tin Fukiang hien, Kánsuh, Kungchang fii, 34 38 105 24 1844. 359 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. Departucni. N. lat, E, long Naine of place. To A Fuhchau fu, Fuhkien, *26° 02' 24" 119° 25' Is 4845 li from Peking; bounded N. by Kienning fú, and Fuhning fu ; E. by the sea; W. by Yenping fú and Yungchun chau; and S. by Hinghwa fu. li contains 10 districts, Min, Haukwán, Fuhtsing, Changloh, Yungfuh, Lion- kiáng, Loyuen, Mintsing, Kútien, and Pingnan. It is the provincial capital, and the residence of the gov.-general of Fuhkien and Chekiáng. T Fuhkien sang, or the province of Fukien. or the province of Fukien. Bounded N. by Che- kiáng; S. E. by the sea; S. W. by K wángtung; and N. W. by Kiángsí. It comprises 10 fú and 2 chau, and extends from lat. 23' 30' to 28° 25' N., and from long. 4" W. to 4° E. of Peking. Formosa, which belongs to this pro- vince, extends from lat. 22° 40' to 25° 40' N., and from long 3° 20' to 6° E. of Peking, and forms one department. The area of the province is 53,480 square miles, with a population of 14,777,410 inhabitants; the river Min runs through the province, and gives its name to it in official papers, in the title of the governor-general of Min and Cheh. Te Fuhning fu, Fuhkien, *26 54 120 05 Is 5400 li from Peking; bounded N. and N. W. by Chekiáng; E. and S. by the sea; and W. and S. W. by Kienning fü. It contains 5 districts, Hiápú, Ningteh, Fuhngán, Shauning, and Fuhting. il Fuhngán hien, Fuhkien, Fuhning fu, *27 04 48 117 47 10 ĐỀ L Fuhshan hien, Shántung, Tangchau fu, 37 33 121 35 TẾ If Fuhting hien, Fuhkien, Fuhning fú. TË Fuhtsing hien, Fuhkien, Fuhchau fú, *25 40 48 119 36 30 E k Fung hien, Shensí, Hánchung fú, 33 55 106 42 Funghwáng ting, Honán, Is 3930 li from Peking; an inferior department, lying N. of Yuenchau fú, and W. of Kweichau, upon the Wútsáu river. It has no subdivisions. E l Fungshan hien, Fuhkien, Taiwán fú, *22 40 48 120 05 50 Em Fungtái hien, Shánsí, Tsehchau fu. Đề Fungtái hien, Ngánhwui, Fungyang fú. 29 Fungtsiảng fu, Shensi, *34 25 12 111 29 35 Is 2075 li from Peking; bounded N. by Fan chau and Kansuh; E. hy Kán chau and Singán fú; $. by Hanchung fú; and W. by Tái chau in Kansuh. It contains 1 chau (Lung), and 7 hien districts, Fungtsiáng, Kishán, Fúfung, Mei, Páuki, Linyú, and Kienyáng. II Fungtgiáng hien, Shensi Fungtsiáng fú. Fungyang fu, Ngánhwui, *32 55 30 117 29 56 Is 1985 li from Peking; bounded N. by Kiángsú and Honán; E. by. Sz' chau; S. by Lúchau fú and Lúngán fú; and W. by Yingchau ſú. It contains 2 chau districts, (Shau and Suh), and 5 hien districts, Fungyáng, Tingyuen, Fungtái, Lingpih, and Hwáiyuen. E, Và Fungyang hien, Ngảnh vui, Fungyáng fú. là 8% Fung hien, Kingsú, Suchau tú, 33 46 116 50 :360) TILY, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. ilmne ul place. .. lat. E long Prusince, Departmen! ut. W T Fungehin ting, Shansi, Tátung tú. I & Fungaling hien, Kiangsi, Náncháng fu, 28° 10' 115° 44' ELEls Fungning hien, Chihli, Chingteh fú. # # Fungjun lieu, Chiblí, Tsunhwá chau 39 54 118 13 lej Fungshun hien, Kwangtung, Cláuchau fü. Hay ln Fungtu hien, Sz'chuen, Chung chau, 30 10 107 18 Funghien lieu, , Kiáng sủ, Sungkiúng fú. k Funghoá hieu, Chekiếng, Ningpo fu, 29 45 121 19 * Fungi chau, Kiángsĩ, Chinngán fú, 23 42 106 39 đk Fungsin lien, Kiángs , Náncháng fú, 28 41 115 19 * Fungtsieh bien, Fungtsie hien, Sz chuen, K weichau fú. $ l) Fungchuen hien, Kwángtung, Sháuking fú, 23 25 111 03 E} FB Fungkiu hien, Honán, Weihwui fú, 35 05 114 37 g H Hái chau, Kiangsú, *34 32 24 119 24 17 Is 170c la from Peking; bounded N. and N. W. by Shantung; E. by the sea; S. by Hwaingán fú; and W. by Suchau. It contains two districts, Muh. yáng, and Kányü. og Háiching hien, Fukien, Chángchau fü, 24 25 118 03 HỊ E Háifung hien, Kwangtung, Hwuichau fú, *22 54 115 18 54 Haifung hien, Shántung, Wúting fu, 37 50 117 46 h t Haikáng hien, Kwángtung, Luichau fú. Po Haimun ting, Kingsm, 32 12 121 06 Is 2725 lí from Peking; the whole department is an island, which lies at the mouth of the Yángtsz' kiáng, N. W. from Tsungming. The district town is also called Háimun. Yeni Háining chau, Chekiáng, Hangchau fú, 30 28 120 26 8 9. Háiáng hien, Kwángtung, Chauchau fú. 4 | Haiyang hien, Shántung, Tangchau fú, 36 50 121 58 gi Haiyen hien, Cheking, Kiáhing fu, 30 35 120 40 PA Hámi ting Kánsuh, Chinsí fú or Barkoul. 漢​州 ​Han chau, Szºchuen, Chingtú fú, 31 0 104 22 TK || Hánchuyen hien, Hupel, Hányáng fu, 40 43 113 42 i lánchung fu, Shensí, *32 56 10 107 12 25 Is 3600 1{ from Peking; bounded N. by Fumglsiäng fú; N. W. and W. by Kansuh; E. by Singan lů and I'lingngin; und S. by launing l'ü in Sz'chuen. 1844. 361 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. N. lat. E. long Department, The river Hán runs through its centre ; it contains 2 ting districts (Liúpå and Tingyuen), 1 chau district (Ningkiang), and 8 hien districts, Nanching, St- giáng, Chingku, Váng, Pauching, Mie, Liohoáng, and Fung. Hányáng fu, Húpeh. *32 34 38 114 10 07 Is 3150 lá from Peking; bounded N. by Honan and Tehngán fú; E. by Hwángchau fu; S. E. by Wucháng fu or the Yángtsz' kiang; and S and W by Kingchau fú and Ngánluh fú. It contains i chau district (Mienyáng), and 4 hien districts, Hányáng, Hanchuen, Háuhan, and Hwungpi. Th 5 Hanyang hien, Húpeh, Hányang fú. Hányin ting, Shensí, Hingngán fú, 32 40 108 28 ở Hanshan hien, Ngánhwui, Hochau, 31 47 118 03 HỊ BỊ Hán tán hien, Chihli, Kwangping fú, 36 40 114 40 Eà Hà Hánfung hien, Hupeh, Shínán fú, 29 54 112 08 hele Hanning hien, Húpeh, Wucháng fu, *34 29 55 114 06 E Hanning hien, Shensí, Síngán fú, *34 16 45 108 57 45 sẽ là Hanyang hien, Shensi, Síngán fú, 34 20 108 38 BE ĐỂ Hánching hien, Shensí, Tungchau fú, 35 32 110 24 tosi y Hángchau fu, Chekiảng, *30 20 20 120 07 34 Is 3200 l{ from Peking, and is the provincial capital, and one of the most ce- lebrated cities in the empire ; bounded N. by Kiáhing fu and Húchau fú; E. by the sea and Sháuhing fú; S. by Yenchau fú; and w. by Ngánhwui; the estuary of the Tsientang communicates with the capital. It contains 9 districts, Tsientáng, Jinho, Háining, Fúyáng, Yühány, Lin-ngan, Yutsien, Sinching, and Chánghroa. Hangchau fu, Húnán, *26 55 12 112 23 0 Is 3965 lí from Peking; bounded N. by Chángshá fú; E. by Kiángsí; S. by Chin chau and Kw.eiyáng chau; and W. by Pauhing fu and Yungchau fú. It contains seven hien districts, Hangyáng, Tsingtsiuen, Chángning, Ngánjin, Hangshán, Luiyang, and Ling. WTHY HT Hangchau wei, Húnán, Hangchau fú. A military post. TT 1L Hangshán hien, Húnán, Hangchau fú, *27 14 24 112 37 50 T k Hangshwui hien, Chihli, Kí chau, 37 45 115 43 Hangyáng hien, Húnán, Hangchau fú. *26 55 12 111 23 VỀ | Haukwan hien, Fukien, Fuhchau fú. *26 02 24 119 28 50 tila #Hehyen tsing, Yunnan, Tsúhiung fú. 夏縣 ​His hien, Shánsí, Kiải clau, 35 10 111 12 VỀ Hiá tsin hien, Shantung, Lintsing chau, 37 0:3 116 10 g B Hiàyih hien, Honán, Kweitch 34 20 116 19 P9 Hámun of Amny, Fukien, Chánguhan fii, “24 31 07 17 13 39 -16 VOL XuI. NO. VII. 382 JULY, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. N. lat. E. long. Department. Hiálui chau, Kwangsí, 22 55 106 34 One of the twenty-four independent chau in this province, governed by hereditary rulers. FT Hakiing ting, Kweichau, Líping fú, 27 32 115 14 Bà | Hiápủ hien, Fukien, Fuhning fu. *26 54 120 08 30 HỊ it Hiángwu chau, Kwangsí, Chinngán fú, 23 12 106 45 TH ĐỂ Hiángching hien, Honan, Chinchau fu, 33 20 114 53 Hà H Hiángning hien, Sháns , Pingyang, 36 0 110 46 * TT Hiángho hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 39 46 117 02 il Hiángshán hien, Kwángtung, Kwangchau fú, *22 32 24 113 15 * | Hiếufung hien, Chekiang, Húchau fú, 30 30 119 36 #Hidu-í ting, Shensí, Singán fú. #Hiáu-í hien, Shensí, Fanchau fú, 37 10 111 45 k& Hiáukan hieu, Húpeh, Hányang fu, 30 56 113 50 I Bà Hien hien, Chihlí, Hokien fú, 38 17 116 13 ek Hih hien, Ngánhwui, Hwuichau fu, 30 04 118 02 WHY Hin chau, Shánsí, 38 26 112 43 Is 1300 li from Peking ; bounded N. by Ningwú fu; E. by Tái chau; S. by Pingting fú; W. and S. W. by Táiyuen fú. It contains two districts, Tsing loh and Tingsiáng. IF Hifi Hinching hien, Kwangsi, Kingyuen fú, 24 0 108 25 HIS ở Hingtái hien, Chihlí, Shunteh fů. *37 07 15 114 39 Shansí, Taiyuen fu, 38 38 111 02 1 1. Hinghwá fu, Fuhkien, *25 25 22 119 17 20 Is 5105 li from Peking; bounded N. and N. E. by Fuhchau fú; E. and S. E. by the sea; S. by Tsiuenchau fú; and W. by Yungchun chau. It contains two districts, Sienyú and Pútien. thu l Hinghwá hien, Kiángsu, Yangchau fu, 32 56 119 46 ml. Hing-ífú, Kweichau, Is 5367 li from Peking; bounded N. by Ngánshun fú; E. by Kweiyang fu; S by Kwangsí; S. W. and W. by Yunnan; and N. W. by Pungan ting. It contains one chau district (Chinfung), and 3 hien districts, Hingi, Púngán, and Nyinnin. Hing-í hien, Kweichau, Hingí fú, 5. Ep Hingkwol hien, Kiảngsố, Káuchau fú, 26 22 115 12 in E) Hling kwoh chau, Húpeh, Wúching fú, *2951 36 115 115 42 SOL E Hingegin til, Sliensi, *32 31 20 109 21 41 Bà B Hing hien, 1844. 3633 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. Department. N. lat. E. long Name of place. Is 3205 li from Peking; bounded N. by Síngán fú and Sháng chau; E. by Húpeh ; S. and S. W. by Sz'chuen; and w. by Hánchung fú. It containe one ting district (Hányin), and 6 hien districts, Shihtsiuen, Peh-hu, Ngánkáng, Tsz'yáng, Pingli, and Siunyáng. TH P Hingngan hien, Kiangsi, Kwangsin fú, 28 25 117 43 HH Hingngan hien, Kwangsi, Kweilin fú, 25 32 110 36 M # , Hinglung wei, Kweichau, Hwngpáing chau. A military post. in g Hingnieh hien, Kwangsí, Yulin chau, 22 45 109 30 tỆ T Hinguing hien, Húnán, Chin chau, *25 54 40 111 59 14 1 g Hingning hien, Kwangtung, Kiáying chau, *24 12 115 48 SHỆ Hingping hien, Shensí, Síngán fú, 34 18 108 25 I l Hingshan hien, Hupeh, cháng tu, 31 11 110 46 HẢ Hingwan hien, Szºchuen, Suchau fu, 28 10 105 02 17 | Hingtáng hien, Chihlí, Chingting fú, 38 27 114 42 * THỂ Hiớning hien, Ngánhwui, Hwuichau fú, 29 53 118 17 to Hiung hien, Chihlí, Páuting fü, *39 01 05 116 10 03 You N1 Ho chau Kansuh, Lánchau fu, 35 44 103 0 A W J Hochau wei, Kansuh, Military post attached to Ho chau. YAS . Hochí chau, Kwangsí, Kingyuen fú, *24 42 107 43 10 F Hokien fu, Chihlí, *38 30 116 10 30 Is 410 li from Peking; bounded N. by Shuntien fú; E. by Tientsin fú; S. E. and S. by Shantung; W. by Kwángping fú, Kí chau, and Shin chau. It contains one chau district (King), and ten hien districts, Hokien, Hien, Kú- ching, Kiauho, Fuuching, Tungkwáng, King, Wúkiáu, Jinkiú, Suhning and Ningtsin. The department is intersected by three rivers, and by the Grand canal, whence its name Hokien, i. e. Between-rivers. T] H Hokien hien, Chihlí, Hokien fú. HI HÌ Hokiuh hien, Shánsí, Páuteh chau, 39 15 111 02 T Th Honan sang, or the province of Honán. Bounded N. by Shansi ; N. E. by Chihlí and Shántung; E. by Kiángsú; S. E. by Ngánhwui; S. by Húpeh; and w. by Shensí. It lies between lat. 31° 30' and 37° N.; and stretches 6 degrees W. from the meridian of Peking, between long. 110° and 1163° E. It comprises 9 fú, and 4 chau. The population is estimated to be 23,037,171 inhabitants, and the area 65,104 square miles, or about 420 indivi. duals to a square mile. The Yellow river runs through the province from W. to E., and many other large streams take their rise in, or pass through its borders. The name of the province or country anciently called Hopeh, (N. of the river) is now merged in Shensí. 河南 ​Honán fú, Honán, *34 43 15 112 27 40 Is 1800 li from Peking; bounded N. by Hwaiking fú; E. by Káifui:g fu; S. by Jů chay and Niny ng fú, and W. hy Shen chau ; it joins Shansi on the 364 JULY, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. N. lat. E. long Department. N. W., and the Yellow river forms the northern border. It contains ten dis- tricts, Lohyáng, Tangfung, l'yáng, Sung, Yungning, Vensz', Kung, Mangtsin, Sim-ngán, and Shingchí. VAJ DI Honui hien, Honán, Hwaiking fú. *35 06 34 113 0 YAJ G Hosi hien, Yunnan, Lin-ngán fủ, 24 15 102 43 Yo Hotsin hien, Shánsí, Kiáng chau, 35 38 110 46 GHI A Hoyáng hien, Yunnan, Chingkiáng fú, *24 42 12 103 04 38 H] I Hoyuen hien, Kwángtung, Hwuichau fú, *23 42 114 33 50 Hotseh hien, Shántung, Tsáuchau fu, 35 20 115 36 BỊ II Ho chau, Ngánhwui, 31 44 118 20 Is 2280 li from Peking; bounded N. by Chú chau; E. by Kiángsú and the Yángtsz’ kiáng; S. by Taiping fú; and W. by Lúchau fú. It contains the sin- gle district of Hánshán. FpHokiuh chau, Yunnan, Wúting chau. Ap **** Ho-lin-kih-'rh ting, Shansí, Kweisui tau. Hoping hien, Kwangtung, Hwuichau fú, *24 30 114 54 55 p Hoshun hien, Shánsí, Liáu chau, 37 30 113 36 賀​縣 ​Ho hien, Kwangsi, Pingloh fú, *24 08.24 111 16 30 2 | Hoh chau, Saºchuen, Chungking fú, *30 08 24 106 24 AC Hohfei hien, Ngánhwui, Lúchau fú, *31 56 57 117 15 20 aI Hohkiảng hien, Sz'chuen, Lá chau, 28 48 105 56 THỂ Hohpủ hien, Kwángtung, Lienchau fú, *21 38 54 108 58 50 Az Hohshwui hien, Kánsuh, Kingyáng fu, 36 03 107 58 68 | Hohyang hien, Shensí, Tungchau fú, 35 18 110 05 VỀ N Hoh chau, Shánsí, 36 34 111 43 Is 1550 li from Peking; bounded N. and W. by Fanchau fú; S. by Ping- yang fú; and E. by Sin chau. The river Fan intersects it north and south. It contains two districts, Lingshih and Cháuching. VỀ FB Hohkim hien, Ngánhwui, Yingchau fú, 32 23 116 13 BỂ Hohshản hien, Ngánhwui, Lúngán chau, 31 30 116 20 Hohfung chau, Hupeh, I'chang fu. Hohking chau, Yunnán, Líkiáng fủ, 26 32 100 22 TẾ - Hohshan hien, Kwangtung, Cháuking fu, 23 08 112 28 Hongkong or Hiàngkiáng 1., Sin-ngan hien, *22 16 30 114 08 30 This position, ascertained by sir E. Belcher, is a hommoc, projecting out on the beach below the house of the Morrison Education Society. 湖州 ​! Húchau fu, Clieuiáng, *30 52 48 119 52 54 1844. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. 360 Name of place. Province. N. 18. E. long Department. Is 3020 14 from Peking; bounded N. by Kiángsú; E. by Kiáhing fú; S. by Hángchau fu; and W. by Ngánhwui; the Tái hú or Great lake lies in this department. It contains one chau district (Nginkih), and six hien districts, Wuching, Kweingán, Chánghing, Tehtsing, Wúñáng, and Hiúufung. T) | Hakau hien, Kiảngsố, Kiúkiáng fú, 29 54 116 18 AM Húnán sang, or the province of Húnán, with the next province Húpeh, were once united, and called Húkwang, by which designation they are now often known. Bounded N. by Húpeh; E. by Kiangsí; S. E. hy Kw- ángtung; S. W. by Kwangsí; W. by Kweichau; and N. W. by Sz'chuen. It comprises 9 fú, 4 chau, and 3 ting departments; and extends from lat. 24° 10' to 30° N., and from long. 2° 40' to 7 30' W. of Peking. Its area is about 70,000 square miles, and its population is estimated at 18,652,507. Many rivers flow through it from south to north, ernptying into the Tungting lake, of which the Siáng river, the Tsz' river, and the Yuen river, are the principal. Hupeh sang, or the province of Húpeh. Bounded N. by Honún; E. by Ngánhwui; S. W. by Sz'chuen; S. E. by Kwangsí ; S. by Húnán; and N. by Shensí. It comprises ten fú, and one chau; and extends from lat. 29° to 33° 30' N., and from long. 2° to 8° 5' W. from Peking. Its area is about 75,000 square miles, and its population is estimated to be 27,370,0918. The Yángtsz kiáng flows through the southern borders, which part of the pro- vince is full of lakes. Hukwan hien, Shánsí, Lúngan fú, 36 02 113 05 鄂​縣 ​Hh hien, Shensí, Síngán fu, 34 08 108 38 許​州 ​Han chau, Honan, 34 06 114 0 Is 1790 l{ from Peking; bounded N. by Káifung fü; E. by Chinchau fu ; $. by Janing and Nányáng fú; and W. by Jü chau. It contains 4 districts, Linying, Changkok, Yenching, and Siúngching. BT BB Huí hien, Ngánhwui, Sz chau, 33 02 118 20 VỀ ĐK Hwui hien, , Honán, Weihwui fú, 35 30 114 0 br Hà Hung hien, Ngánhwui, Fungyang fú, 33 28 117 48 it | Hungtung hien, Shánsĩ, Pingyang fú, 36 17 111 42 dk HỆ Hungya hien, Sz'chuen, Kiáting fú. 1 W Hwá chau, Kwángtung, Káuchau fú, *21 37 12 110 48 花​縣 ​Hwa hien, Kwangtung, Kwángchau fú, 23 24 113 10 # 1 Hwa chau, Shensí, Tungchau fú, 34 30 109 51 Heating hien, ķiangsú, Sungkiáng fủ. 華亭 ​Hwating hien, Kansuh, Pingliáng fu, 35 18 106 35 E H Hwaying hien, Sz'chuen, Chingtú fú. 華陰 ​Hwayin bien, Shensí, Tungchau fú, 34 35 109 57 Hwayung hien, Honán, Yohchau fú, 29 30 112 22 Hwah hien, Honan, Weihwui fú, 35 38 114 48 + C Hwaining hien, Honán, Chinchau fú. 366 JULY, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province, Department N. lat. E. long Chihlí, ern border. Name of place. Hwaingan fiú, Kiáng sủ, *33 32 24 119 14 12 Is 1975 li from Peking; bounded N. by Hái chau; W. by Suchau fú; S. by Ngánhwui and Yangchau fú; and E. by the sea ; this department is situated at the mouth of the Yellow river ou both its shores. It contains 6 districts, Shányáng, Yenching, Fauning, Ngántung, Tsingho, and Táuyuen. The chief city is lower than the Grand canal, which runs near it. N 4 Hwaingan hien, Chihli, Sinenhwa fú, 40 27 114 32 Á Hwaijau hien, Shuntien fú, 40 19 116 38 8 - Hwaijin hien, Shansí, Tátung fu, 39 54 113 07 懷慶 ​Hwaiking a fu, Honán, *35 06 34 113 0 Is 1800 li from Peking; bounded N. and N. W. by Shánsí; N. E. by Wei. hwui fú; S. by Káifung fú and Honán fú; the Yellow river makes its south- It contains 8 districts, Honui, Wan, Iúpú, Tsiyuen, Siúwú, Yangwu, and Mang. E k Hwailái hien, Chihlí, Siuenhwá fú, 40 23 115 48 8 g Hwaining hien, Ngánhwui, Ngánking fú, *30 37 10 117 04 13 NH, Hwaitsih hien, Kwangsí, Wúchau fú, 23 55 111 47 Hwáiyuen hien, Kwangsi, , Wúchau fú, *25 15 56 109 17 50 8 k Hwáiyuen hien, Shensi, Yülin fú, 37 54 108 50 già Hwáiyuen hien, NgánhwuiFungyang fú, 33 0 117 08 環​縣​Hwan hien, Kansuh, Kingying fu, 36 39 107 07 Awanyuen chau, Shánsí, Tátung fu, 39 41 113 45 | Bó Hwang hien, Shántung, Tangchau fú, 37 40 120 50 Jl Hwangchau fú, Húpeh, *30 26 24 114 48 55 Is 3260 li froin Peking; bounded N. by Honán; N. E. and E. by Ngánhwui; S. E. by Kiangsú; S. by Wúcháng fú; and W. by Hányáng; the Yángtsz' kiá ng borders it on the S. W., where the chief town stands. It contains 1 chau district (Kl), and 7 hien districts, Hwangkang, Kíshwui, Kwángtsí, Hwangmci, Lotien, Máching, and Hwangngán. h | Hwangkáng hien, Hupeh, Hwangchau fú, 6 g Hwangmei hien, Hupeh, Hwangchau fu, 30 12 116 03 và f Hwangngán hien, Hupeh, Hwangchau fú, 31 24 114 25 g Hwangp hien, Húpeh, Hányáng fu, 30 56 113 15 Hwángping chau, Kweichau, Chinyuen, 26 30 106 48 đ Hwangyen hien, Chekláng, Taichau fú, 28 42 121 18 + HI Hwang chau, Kwangsí, Nánning fu, 22 37 108 57 đi ĐỂ Hwohkiá hien, Honán, Weihwui fú, 35 20 113 47 HE Hwohluh hien, Chihlí, Chingting fú, 38 08 114 26 18.11.. ::07 Provinces, Drpartments, and Districts in China. Province .. lat. Nainc of place. Department. E. long Hà Hwuichang hien, Kiángs, Kanchau tú, *35 32 24 115 42 29 #1 Hwuichuen wei, Sz’chuen, Garrison attached to Hwuilí chau. lẾ Hwuiki hien, Chekiang, Sháuhing fú, *3006 120 29 11 Hwuili clau, Sz chuen, Ningyuen fú, *26 33 36 102 56 05 # # Hwuining lien, Kansu, Kungchang fú, 35 45 105 07 Hwuitseh hien, Yunnan, Tungchuen fú. F Hwaitung hien, Kwangtung, Kingchau fũ, 19 10 111 09 Hwuitung hien, Honán, Tsing chau, 26 50 109 27 MM Hwuichau fu, Kwangtung, 23 02 24 114 12 30 Is 5884 li from Peking; bounded N. by Kánchau fú in Kiángsi; E. by Kiáying chau and Cháuchau fü; W. by Kwángchau fú and Falking ting; and s. by the sea ; it is one of the largest departments in the empire, extend- ing across the province, nearly 24° froin north to south. It contains one chau district (Lienping), and 9 hien districts, Kweishen, Háifuny, Luhfung, Yuny. ngán, Hoyuen, Lungchuen, Hoping, Pohlo, and Chángning. Th 4 Hwuilái hien, Kwángtung, Cháuchau fu, 23 10 116 20 B R Hwuimin hien, Shántung, Wúting fú, 37 33 117 41 IF Hwuingán hien, Fukien, Tsiuenchau fú, 25 02 119 02 Hwui hien, Kansuh, Tsin chau, 33 46 106 07 i Hwuichau fu, Ngánhwui, *29 58 30 118 28 20 Is 2850 li from Peking; bounded N. by Ningkwoh fú; N. W. and W. by Chíchau fú; E. and S. E. by Chekiáng; S. and S. W. by Jáuchau fú in Kiángsí. It contains six hien districts, Hih, I, Wüyuen, Tsihki, Hiüning, and Kinnun. EB Yeháng fủ, Húpeh, *30 49 111 10 20 Is 3540 1{ from Peking, in the southwestern part of the province; bounded N. by Yunyang fú; E. by Kingmun chau and Kingchau fú; S. by Húnán; and W. by Shínán fú and Sz'chuen. It contains 2 chau districts (Hohfung and Kwei), and 5 hien districts, Tunghú, Chángyáng, Chángloh, Hingshán, and Pátung. “HỂ Ychang hien, Húnán, Chin chau, 25 47 112 38 Do il l'ching hien, Húpeh, Siángyáng fú, 31 40 112 08 E JI] Ichuen hien, Shensí, Yenngán fú, 36 08 110 0 TẾ Ichun hien, Kiảngsố, Yuenchau fú, *27 51 32 114 22 06 ở g Thing hien, Kiáng sủ, Chángchau fú, 31 28 119 49 HỆ Kho hien, Kansuh, Chinsí fú. 43 40 94 0 tử đh Thwang hien, Kiangsí, Fúchau fú, 27 32 116 12 A l'kiun hien, Shengi, Fa chau, 35 28 109 02 l'liáng hien, Yunnan, Yunnan lus 2.158 113 11 :368 JULY, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. V. lat. E. long Shntung, Name of place. Department. l'pin hien, Szºchuen, Süchau fú, *28 38 24 104 45 38 Ể vshan hien, Kwangsí, Kingyuen fú, *24 26 24 108 24 30 *1 r'tu hien, Húpeh, Kingchau fú, 30 28 111 19 E RE, I'yang hien, Honán, Honán fú, *34 31 20 112 10 I'ning chau, Kiảngsố, Náncháng fú. I’ning hien, , Kwangsí, Kweilin fú, 25 22 110 0 I'wú hien, , Chekiang, Kinhwá fú, *29 20 15 120 11 45 He l'ching hien, Kiáng sú, Yangchau fu, 32 18 119 09 #fl'fung ting, Honán, Káiſung fu, *34 35 115 07 30 De l’lung hien, Sz'chuen, Shunking fú, 31 28 106 25 VWH I'chau fu, Shántung, 35 08 118 33 Is 1600 li from Peking, in the southeastern part of the province; bounded N. by Táing n fú; N. E. by Tsingchau fu; S. E. by the sea; 5. by Kiángsú; and W. by Kwanchau fú. It contains 1 chau district (Ku), and 6 hien dis- tricts, Lánshán, Yenching, Fi, Mungyin, Jihcháu, and I'shwui. F 7 l’shwui hien, I'chau fú, 35 46 119 0 (P = "yáng hien, Honán, Vũ chau, 34 12 112 30 易​州 ​Techau, Chihlí, 39 24 115 35 Is 220 li from Peking, in the western part of the province; bounded N. by Siuenhwå fú; E. by Shuntien fú; S. by Pauting fú; and W. by Shánsí. It contains two districts, Láishwui, and Kwangcháng. py I'mun hien, Yunnán, Yunnán fú, 24 45 102 19 黟​縣 ​Thien, Ngánhwui, Hwuichau fú, 30 05 117 58 để kishí hien, Shánsí, Púchau fú, 35 11 110 43 饒州 ​Ny Jáuchau fu, Kiángsí, *28 57 20 116 44 08 Is 3305 lí from Peking, in the northern part of the province; bounded N. E. by Hwuichau fú in Ngánhwui; S. E. by Kwangsin fú; S. by Fuchau fú; W. by Nánchang u and Nánkáng fú; and N. W. by Kiúkiáng. It contains 7 districts. Poyáng, Ngunjin, Wannien, Lohping, Tehhing, Yükán, and Fauliáng. In this last named district, are the celebrated porcelain manufactories. W P Jauping hien, Kwangtung, Cháuchau fú, 23 56 116 51 ĐI THI Jáuyang hien, Chíhlí, Shin chau, 38 15 115 51 W Jeh-ho or Jehol, Chihlí, Chingteh fú. This place lies outside of the walls of the department city on the west; it is celebrated as an imperial summer retreat. - Ha Jihchau hien, Shántung, I'chau fu, 35 27 119 53 Ep Jinho lien, Chekiang, Hángchau fú, *30 20 20 120 04 0.1 Ek Jinh va hien, Kwänglung, Shauchau ſú, 25 15 113 13 1844 369 Report of the Medicul Missionary Society. Province. N. lat. E. long Name of place. Department. En Jinhwái ting, Kweichau, Is 5700 li from Peking, in the northwestern corner of the province; bound- ed N. and W. by Sz'chuen; E. and S. by Tsun-í fú. It contains no subdivi- sions; the Chihshwui river runs through the department. 仁懷 ​Jinhwái hien, Kweichau, Tsuní fú, 28 20 105 40 Jinshau hien, Szºchuen, Tsz' chau, 30 0 104 20 任​縣 ​Jin hien, Chihlí, Shunteh fú, 37 12 114 48 + FB Jinkiu hien, Chihlí, Hokien fú, 38 43 116 15 ## Jinping hien, Shantung, 'Tungchang fá, 36 42 116 25 pi Jakáu hien, Kiáng sú, Tungchau fú, *32 26 33 120 26 05 - HI Júchau, Honán, 34 14 112 54 Is 1900 li from Peking, in the central part of the province; bounded N. by Kaifung fú; E. by Hüchau; S. by Nányáng fú; and w. by Honán fú. it contains 4 districts, Paufung, Kián, Lúshán, and I'yáng. it Jüning fu, Honán, *33 01 114 21 Is 2300 lí from Peking, in the southeastern part of the province; bounded N. by Chinchau fú and Hü chau; N. E. by Nágnhwui; E. by Kwáng chau; S. by Hupeh ; and W. by Nányáng fú. It contains 1 chau district, (Sinyáng), and 8 hien districts, Juáng, Chinggang, Loshẩm, 6ping, Sinclai, Hoh-shảm, Shángchái and Suiping. ik Jüyáng hien, Honán, Jüning fú. L Jüyuen hien, Kwángtung, Shauchau fú, 24 52 112 50 hih Juiching hien, Shánsí, Kiai chau, 34 50 110 22 Art. III. Proceedings of the Medical Missionary Society in C!i- na, as exhibited by a report of its general committee of ma- nagement, with reports of its medical officers, fc. [The friends of medical missions in China will, we doubt not, receive with equal satisfaction and approbation this report of the general committee, drawn up by the acting secretary. With it, we received the reports of Drs. Hobson and Lockhart, the first of which immediately succeeds this article.] Owing to the scattered state of the members of the Medical Mis- sionary Society, no opportunity has occurred of convening a general meeting since the 28th September, 1842. The committee, however, have much satisfaction in communicating to them, and to others interested in medical missions, the uninterrupted success that has VOL., XII. XO. VII. 370 JULY, Report of the Medical Missionary Society. attended the labors of the medical officers, and the increase in the number of those devoting themselves to this sphere of missionary exertion, and who are now occupying the different places open to intercourse with foreigners. The hopes then entertained, and expressed in the report published at the commencement of last year, that the peace with China would afford enlarged facilities for the prosecution of the labors of the medical missionary, and of others interested in the temporal and spiritual welfare of this large portion of our fellow-men, have been fully realized. In Hongkong and in all the five ports, excepting Fuchau fú, institutions have been for some time open affording oppor- tunities for an extended and scientific medical practice, with advan. tages, by the intimate and friendly relation that springs up between the patient and his physician, to communicate to them the truths of the gospel. And while the eagerness, everywhere evinced by the Chinese, to avail themselves of the skill of foreigners, affords ample scope for doing them much direct and immediate good, the unrestrained inter- course now enjoyed, gives the most pleasing facilities for imparting religious instruction and teaching the things that concern their eternal welfare. Shortly before the last report was drawn up, Dr. Parker had re- turned from America, and reopened the hospital at Canton. The very strong desire of the Chinese to enjoy the benefits of the insti- tution after it was reöpened, and the confidence displayed by them in Dr. Parker, are highly gratifying. From 21st Nov., 1842, to 31st Dec., 1843, the number of patients who had resorted to it for medi- cal treatment, was 3501; and while Dr. Parker has been devoting much time to their relief, he has bestowed great attention to the instruction of the Chinese youths who have placed themselves under him. One of them Kwán Tau, his senior pupil, has been found com- petent to keep open the institution, (during his temporary absence from Canton), attending principally to diseases of the eye, to which he has paid most attention. During last summer, Dr. Lockhart, who had been preparing him- self, by studying the northern dialects of the language, to reside in whichever place might be deemed the most eligible,-proceeded to Chusan, distributing medicines, and attending to the diseases of such as he met with, in his visits to that place and Ningpo. In ac- cordance with the resolution previously formed, of making Shanghái the scene of his labors and permanent residence, he proceeded there in the course of the winter, and was enabled to open a hospital in 196 1844. 371 Report of the Medical Missionary Society. the end of January. He has not yet had an opportunity of sending a detailed report of his proceedings, but from his private letters to Dr. Hobson and the acting secretary, we learn that the applicants for relief have been more numerous than he can attend to, averag- ing a hundred daily from the city and populous districts around, from Súchau, and from the imperial grain junks. He has successfully couched many cases of cataracts, and one was extracted from a native practitioner from Súchau,-a gratifying mark of the confidence that is placed in him, and of the readiness with which the Chinese acknowledge the superior skill of foreigners at least, in this branch of science. “I have already administered medicines," he says, “to 3000 people at Shanghái, all coming to my house; I do not intend, however, always attending to so large a number of patients; but I wish to commence the practice fairly; and while strength and energy are given me, I will use them." He writes in good spirits, and feels grateful that he is at last settled, in so advantageous a sphere for the development of his mission. The residence of the Rev. Dr. Medhurst at Shanghai, and his intention of imparting to those seeking medical relief, the healing truths of the gospel, is a subject of much gratification; and we heartily join with Dr. Lockhart in hoping that their united labors may abundantly secure the objects they have in view. In alluding to the hospital at Hongkong, we have much pleasure in referring to the accompanying interesting report from Dr. Hob- son, of his labors in that institution. The hospital has now been open since the first of June last, and has been eagerly sought by the Chinese around; the number of those who have resorted to it, (3924) being much greater than had been anticipated. The large proportion of in-patients that Dr. Hobson has been enabled to treat in its wards, is worthy of notice, as giving more full and lengthened opportunities of conversing with them on religious subjects; and it is with much satisfaction, that we direct attention to the residence, at the institution, of Agong, a native Christian of age and experi- ence, and to Dr. Hobson's account of the religious services that are held with the patients. Agong devotes himself to the propagation of Christianity among his countrymen and with the assistance of the Rev. Dr. Legge of the London Missionary Society, who spends a portion of each week in instructing the patients in the word of God, Dr. Hobson is enabled largely to use those means, which, he hopes through the Divine blessing, will lead to the spiritual improvement of this people. This is carrying out fully the objects of medical 372 JULI, Report of the Medical Missionary Society. w missions, and it affords us much pleasure to record the attention that is now paid, here and at other places, where hospitals have been opened, to combine the labors of the spiritual teacher, with the medical practice of the physician. We would also allude to the proficiency that was exhibited by his pupil Apún, when examined upon the anatomy and diseases of the eye;-and to the care and attention that has been bestowed in com- municating to him a general knowledge of medicine. With regard to forming a class for instruction in physical science, from among the boys educated at the Morrison Education Society's establishment, we cordially join with Dr. Hobson in his views, and we are happy to state that attention has already been directed to the subject; a proposal of that kind from Dr. Hobson, having been favorably received by the trustees of that institution, and the Rev. Mr. Brown, the principal, having been instructed to make arrangements with him to carry the plan into effect. Before quitting the subject of the hospital at Hongkong, the com- mittee wish to express their thanks to Dr. Hobson, for his valuable report, and their satisfaction with the perseverance and ability he has shown in the management of the institution that has been committed to his charge,—and their accordance with the enlightened views he adopts in carrying out the objects of the Society. In November last, Dr. Hepburn, whose application to be received as a medical officer of the Society, had been previously circulated among the members of the committee, and approved of, and whose services are now formally accepted, proceeded to Amoy. Dr. Hepburn is a missionary in connection with the Presbyterian Church of Ame- rica, and having resided a considerable time at Singapore, and there studied the Chinese language, (the dialect spoken among the Chinese at Singapore being the same as that around Amoy,) he was enabled at once to enter upon his appropriate labors. At Am :y, he found Dr. Cumming actively engaged in the practice of his profession among the Chinese, and enjoying the same opportunities of doing good, that the medical missionary has found, wherever he has com- menced his labors in this country. Dr. Cumming, not being con. nected with any of the missionary societies in England or America, has not been received as a medical officer of this Society, but his zealous labors among the Chinese have been observed with much interest; and the committee recommend that the money advanced by private individuals, last year, to enable him to carry on his medical practice, should be paid from the funds of this Society. ! 1341. 373 Report of the Medical Missionary Society. Drs. Hepburn and Cumming have their institution located in the city of Amoy, where they enjoy extensive intercourse with the inhabitants of the city, and of the adjacent country. No report has yet been received of their operations, but we understand the number of patients resorting to them is very large and increasing, and they feel pleased with the open field of usefulness that is before them. It is with the greatest satisfaction that we learn, that Mr. Abeel, who has been sometime residing at Kúláng sú and Amoy, and who is so well known, as a zealous and faithful missionary to the Chinese, devotes a portion of every day, among those who come to the institution, in conversing with them on religious subjects, and directing their minds to Him who healeth both soul and body. We would hope, the lovingkindness that animates his earnest appeals to turn from the worship of idols to the living God, combined with the disinterested exertions for the cure of their physical maladies, may prove the means of leading many to the way of life. May He who giveth the increase prosper their work! In addition to the hospital in these four places, where the medical officers of the Society, in conjunction with other missionaries, are occupied in healing the sick, and preaching the gospel of Christ, a similar institution was open for some time at Ningpo, during last summer and autumn, under the care of Dr. Macgowan. Dr. Mac- gowan, a missionary of the Baptist Church in America, arrived in China last year, and offered his services to the Medical Missionary Society. His application was favorably received by the members of the committee, in the same manner as that of Dr. Hepburn, but owing to the difficulty in holding a public meeting, he is only now formally accepted as an officer of the Society. He proceeded to Ning- po, and that city being considered well adapted as a place in which to carry out the objects of medical missions, he for some time en- gaged in the practice of his profession among the Chinese, while the study of the language however occupied the principal share of his attention. Private business has obliged him to leave China for a short time, but he is still studying to obtain a knowledge of the lan- guage, and to otherwise prepare himself for the work he has under- taken. We are glad also to have this opportunity of welcoming to China, Dr. McCartee, a missionary of the Presbyterian Church of America. During the few months that he has been here, he has attended to the Chinese language, and improved opportunities to observe the routine of practice pursued by Drs. Parker and Hobson in the institu- 374 JULY, Report of the Medical Missionary Society. tions under their care. Dr. McCartee proceeds to Ningpo which he will make the field of his labors; at first occupying only a portion of his time in attending to the diseases of those around him; and when his knowledge of the language enables him to converse freely with the Chinese on religious subjects, he will open a hospital under the patronage of the Society. We have now briefly noticed the position of the Society, and the labors of the different medical officers; and we rejoice to record the increasing amount of good that has been effected. Since the publi- cation of the last report there have been attended to-exclusive of those who have come under the care of Drs. Hepburn and Cumming, and Dr. Macgowan, from whom no reports have been received upwards of 12,000 patients, who have not only had relief adminis- tered to their bodily sufferings, but many of whom have had opportu- nities of hearing of the Bible, and of the way of salvation offered to man. Since the commencement of medical missions in China, and the formation of this Society in 1838, for the purpose of assisting those .missionaries who have availed of the practice of medicine as a means towards the introduction of Christianity, and of spreading among the Chinese the benefits of rational medicine and surgery, upwards of 30,000 have sought aid from the skill of the foreign physician, sub- mitting freely to whatever was recommended, by those whom before they had looked upon as uncivilized, ignorant, and barbarous. Many are thus brought into immediate contact with the scientific attain- ments of men from other countries, and made to feel the benefits of a skill to which they have not attained. Some may be induced to inquire, and finding that in many branches of knowledge their countrymen are far behind, be led to seek instruction in the various departments of science and philosophy, to the improvement of their intellectual and physical condition. The readiness with which pa- rents have placed their children under foreign teachers, shows that some are alive to the advantages of a European education ; and the attainments in the science of medicine, which have been already ex- hibited by young men, who have studied in the hospitals of the So- ciety, gives good ground to hope that the advantages of these institu- tions will be rapidly extended throughout the empire. The progress of a knowledge so much beyond anything they possess, and so different from the erroneous systems, with which, for ages, they have been alone acquainted, must indeed be slow, very slnw, among a people so exclusiye and wedded to their prejudices as # Report of the Helical Missionary Society. 37.) the Chinese; step by step it must be—but every step in doing good, however small, and however far short of what we would fain see, is an encouragement to proceed; and here we have every reason to be grateful for the success that has attended our efforts, for the oppor- tunities afforded of relieving the sufferings of our fellow-men, and of imparting the light of knowledge and truth. Six able and zealous men are now engaged in this cause, the majority of whom have overcome the first difficulties, and, after years of arduous study, have attained a knowledge of the language that enables them to labor with confidence and hope. And, from the different institutions under their care, we may anticipate hearing of educated young Chinese, who have been instructed in the sciences connected with the healing art, and impressed, we would anxiously hope, with the truths of the gospel, dispersed over the empire, and dispensing among their countrymen the benefits of the knowledge they have acquired. The prospect is encouraging : “and when we survey the vastness of the field—the good to be effected,” says the appeal in behalf of the Society in 1838;: “and when reflecting upon the immense resources of the western hemisphere, we compare these with the small portion of wealth required to secure the desired object, we are confident that benevolence disinterested like its Author, and as expansive as the woes of men are extensive, will not withhold the means. opportunity is here afforded to the philanthropist of doing good--of enjoying the felicity of imparting to others, without diminution to himself, some of his richest blessings. He is invited to unite in accomplishing a great, immediate, and positive good—is encouraged by the hope of immediate success, to aid in uniting to the great family of nations, this long severed and secluded branch, and in in- troducing to this people, not only the healing arts, but in its train the sciences and all the blessings of Christianity. To the various mis- sionary Boards whose coöperation is sought, we would respectfully say, imitate him whose gospel you desire to publish in every land. Like him regard not as beneath your notice the opening the eyes of the blind and the ears of the deaf, and the healing all manner of diseases. Until permitted to publish openly and without restraint the truths of the gospel, neglect not the opportunity afforded of freely practicing its spirit. Scatter to the utmost its fruits, until welcomed to plant the tree that produces them--the tree of life.” And when it is brought to mind that of the 30,000 people who have sought relief at the institutions of the Society, upwards of two A rare 370 Report of the Medical Missionary Sucicty. JULY, thirds have been attended to during the last four years, and that in that time, no call for subscriptions has been made on the community here,—we doubt not, but that the appeal, which is now made, to contribute to the support of these institutions, will be responded to with the liberality which the foreigners in China have always shown when a good object was brought before them. Since the publication of the last report, we have had to deplore the death of two of the earliest supporters of the Society, W. Jardine esq., and the Honorable John R. Morrison; and we would take this opportunity, of recording our appreciation of the important services they rendered to the Society, and our high estimation of their bene- volent character. Their's was not the charity that gave of their abundance merely to the subscriptions in aid of its funds; they en- tered heart and hand into every good work, and their time and attention was ever ready, to give council and assistance to benevolent undertakings. By the death of Mr. Morrison, as recording secreta- ry, the Society has been deprived of a most efficient officer. We have to acknowledge the receipt of £50, forwarded to Dr. Lockhart from the Juvenile Missionary Association, Crescent Chapel, Liverpool ; of a donation of $500 from Andrew Jardine, esq., and to return our thanks to them, and to others, who have contributed, since the last report, to the support of the Society. We have also to acknowledge a communication to the secretary from the Ladies' Association at Hackney, acquainting us that a case of instruments has been forwarded by them, to supply the place of those lost by Dr. Hobson in the attack upon the house of the Morrison Education Society in 1843;-of a case of medicines having been shipped to Dr. Lockhart;--and of a sum of £75 being received, and placed at the disposal of the Society; and we would now express our thanks to that Association, for the interest they have shown in the operations of the Society, and the valuable assistance they have rendered to medical missions. In canclusion, we would pray that the blessing of God may rest upon the labors of those who are devoting their lives to spread a knowledge of Him and of his Son.-May they see the work of the Lord prosper in their hands; and may they feel that they are instru- mental in shedding abroad the glorious light of the gospel, and in removing the moral darkness that surrounds them. ALEXANDER ANDERSON, V. P. Acting Secretary. 1844. 377 Report of the Hospital at Hongkong. P. S.-Since this report was drawn up we have to acknowledge the receipt of Dr. Parker's reports now in the course of publication, and of Dr. Lockhart's report of his proceedings at Chusan and Shanghái, and to express the thanks of the Society for the same. Art. IV. Report of the Medical Missionary Society's hospital at Hongkong under the care of B. Hobson, M. B. In a letter to the acting secretary. Med. Mis. Soc. Hospital, Sir, Hongkong, June, 1844. Understanding that a meeting of the Committee will be convened as early as circumstances will permit, I beg to send you (as the act- ing secretary of the Society) some account of the hospital urder my charge. My report commences from the 28th September, 1842, when the last general meeting of the Society was held. From that date to the end of January following, when the hospital premises in Macao were disposed of, there were upwards of 1,000 cases of disease treated, of which number 46 were admitted into the house. It is not needful for me on the present occasion enter into any detail respecting these, nor need I refer to my removal to this colony, except to express my acknowledgments to the trustees and principal of the Morrison Education Society for accommodating me and my family for two months in that institution, by which I was enabled better to superintend the building of this hospital, which was first opened for the reception of the sick on the 1st of June last. From that time to the present, I am thankful in being able to state there has not been a single day's interruption to the discharge of my medical duties. It affords me also much pleasure to present to the Committee a favorable account of the prosperity of the institution; for, considering the short period it has been commenced, with the task of gaining the confidence of the natives of these parts de novo, and other cir- cumstances, the application for medical and surgical aid has been much greater than I had reason to anticipate. From 1st June to 31st August, there were 1311 out, and 106 in-patients. 1st September to 30th November, 963 132 1st December to 28th February, 592 150 Ist March to 31st May, 482 168 13 YOL XIII NO. VII. 378 JULY, Report of the Hospital at Hongkong The sum total being 3924, of which 566 were admitted as in-patients, making, with their attendants, upwards of 600 who have resided in the hospital during the last twelve months, showing a decided in- crease in the proportion of the latter to the former, when compared to those admitted into the capacious wards in the former hospital at Macao. This is a point of considerable importance, as it is chiefly on these persons that the medical and missionary operations are exerted in the most favorable and satisfactory manner. The wards accommodate 42 beds; and, judging from past experi- ence, I did not expect that more would be required, but in this I have been mistaken; for, owing to the number of applications for admission, if double that number had been provided, I believe they would have been as constantly full as those already occupied. The average number of in-patients has been 50; but while during the Chinese newyear holydays, there have been so few as 15, at other times they have increased to as many as 85. Thus on several occasions, there have been more people than beds to accommodate them; a circumstance owing to the fact that many, hearing of the existence of such an institution have come long distances from the towns and hamlets in this and the neghboring districts for the special object of being healed; and, having no friends or home on the island, there was no alternative but to afford them some accom- modation, or send them back unrelieved. One ward has been reserved exclusively for females, most of whom have had small feet, and consequently were of the better class, from the villages on the main beyond Kaulung. It will be seen on referring to the accompanying account, that the monthly expense for the support of those patients who required aid is very small. Generally speaking, only about one fourth of the whole number admitted ask for or receive any pecuniary allowance, and by far the greater pro- portion entirely sustain themselves. I am glad to inform the Com- mitte that the general conduct of the patients has been satisfactory. I have had no occasion to dismiss any for irregularity or disobedience, with the exception of two who were sitting up late at night smoking opium. With these exceptions, an uniform respect has been paid to all my wishes, and a pleasing degree of confidence and gratitude shown for what has been done for their good; and as far as my expe- rience goes I have found that in exact proportion as their manners and habits are simple and unsophisticated, are the patients humble, thankful and confiding It is on this account that I derive more pleasure from attending to 1844. 379 Report of ihe Hospital ui Hongkong the wants and ailment of the more poor and needy classes of the Chinese than to those who are more wealthy and independent; and as in the time of our Savior it was to this class he principally direct. ed his gracious influence to heal and to save, so in attempting to follow his blessed example, we find the poor ready to hear the gospel, but the rich go empty away. And while speaking upon this subject, I rejoice to state that by the assistance of a native Christian of age and experience, called Agong, (who is supported by the London Missionary Society, and brought on from Malacca by the Rev. Dr. Legge, and baptized many years ago by Dr. Morrison,) that the most important and ultimate object of the Medical Missionary Society's operations are faithfully and regularly attended to. Agong's chief duties consist in reading and expounding the Sacred Scriptures, with prayer, to the patients assembled for this purpose each morning be- fore opening the dispensary, and the general attention paid to his counsels and instructions is very pleasing. An evening service is held with the servants and native assistants; and, with the distribution of the Scriptures and religious tracts in Chinese, I trust the means judiciously persevered in may, by the Divine blessing, secure the objects we have in view. The patients are constantly reminded that the healing of their physical maladies is intended to exhibit to their own experience some of the practical benefits of Christianity, and from these to direct their minds to the contemplation of Him who made both soul and body, and redeems them by the shedding of his own precious blood. May this people look to him and be healed ! The kind of diseases met with have been as usual of a mixed cha- racter, but principally diseases of the eye and its appendages, espe- cially ophthalmia, entropium, and cataract. Cutaneous diseases and rheumatic affections have been numerous; and several cases of severe accidents, wounds, and other injuries, from falls, fire-arms, stone-cut- ting, &c., have presented. Three amputations have been performed; two on the thigh by myself, with the kind assistance of yourself, Drs. Parrott, Kennedy, Dill and Crommelin; and by Dr. Young, one on the leg, who was admitted as soon as the hospital was opened. Two recovered perfectly; the third (for compound and comminuted fracture of the leg with a lacerated wound of the knee) died two days after the operation from traumatic trismus. Many minor cases of surgery have been met with, which, with other medical details, will be made when required. Without entering upon any description at present, it may not be out of place here to observe that the number of cases 380 JULY, Report of the Hospital at Hongkong were of continued and intermittent fever prescribed for from June to the end of September (the four hottest months of the year) were 183; whereas from October to the end of February (the five cool and most healthy months) there were but 68, and those chiefly of a mild or intermittent form. It is proper for me to mention that there have been six deaths in the house. One from chronic dysentery; a second from compound fracture of the skull; a third from traumatic trismus; a fourth from continued fever; a fifth from concussion of spinal marrow, and complete paralysis of the lower half of the body; and the sixth from symptomatic fever succeeding a severe contusion of the elbow joint. Each of these were buried without trouble or diffi- culty of any kind. Three of them having no friends near, buried at the hospital expense. Several children have been vaccina- ted, and I mean to use every effort during the next cold season to extend this blessing as widely as possible ; but, until the parents are more deeply impressed with its importance, it will always be difficult to keep up a regular supply of lymph. To obviate this difficulty, and to counteract the practice of inocu- lation, which I am sorry to say, has been extensively performed in the immediate vicinity of our houses by native practitioners, it is advisable to diffuse information on this subject, as was formerly done by Dr. Pearson. We may then confidently hope that the great mortality from small-pox from year to year will be diminished, and the cause of much blindness and impaired vision prevented. With regard to the two assistants under my care, I have to say they have conducted themselves much to my satisfaction. Apún, the eldest, has now been with me three years, and is reaping the advan- tages derived from a knowledge of the English language, added to a respectable acquaintance with Chinese literature. He has desired me to express his best thanks to the medical gentlemen for the honorary certificate they presented to him, for the proficiency he exhibited in an examination submitted to in their presence on the anatomy, diseases, and operations on the eye. Understanding as he now does, the structure of the delicate and beautiful organ of vision, I hope his own mind has been lifted up in adoration of that Divine intelligence and skill which has planned and formed an instrument of such ex- quisite adaptation and parts. Every one at all acquainted with the state of medical science in China must be aware to what a low system of empirical practice it is reduced, especially in surgery, which as a science, based on human anatomy, is entirely unknown. Dissection of the body, or even 1844. Report of the Hospital at Hongkong 381 as sectio cadaveris, is utterly discountenanced, as a breach of filial piety; and so great is the antipathy to disturb or maim the dead, it will be a work of years to remove this prejudice; therefore so long as it exists, the art of surgery will continue in the hands of quacks and empirics, unless imparted through some other channel. Judging from books on Chinese medicine, and from observation, there is reason to believe, (contrary to the experience of all other nations,) that this singular people were better provided with medical and surgical aid many centuries ago than they are now, corroborating the fact admitted by the Chinese, that in science and letters they have rather retrograded than advanced; the admission of which affords a good opportunity for European nations to encourage the study of every useful department of knowledge amongst them. The Jesuits did much for them in this way in the 16th century; and, shall we, Christians and foreigners, be backward or dilatory in this good cause? The Medical Missionary Society, not only from its enlarged plans of operation, but from its unique and interesting character of uniting, and mutually supporting the representatives of different religious bodies in England and America for the one great object of conferring the highest benefits which man can give his fellow-man, commends itself to all who are interested in its operations ; and one great object, to secure which the Society has in a measure pledged itself, is to give to China a rational system of medicine; an object which is confessedly a great one, as it involves an entire change in the superstitious and ignorant theories now in vogue; and substituting in their place the more correct, and modern views and practice of the West. There are difficulties to surmount, and labor and money to be expended; but it is both practicable and expedient. Surely it behoves us to make a trial, and in my humble judgment there is no mode more likely to pave the way for the accomplishing of our wishes, than the sound education of young men of talent, respectability, and correct habits in the medical profession. Such native youth can be obtained from the educational societies now in operation in Hongkong; and from the good training they will there enjoy, they will be prepared to improve the advantages which our hospitals afford; and, with private instruction, acquire an amount of knowledge requisite for this purpose. This leads me to express the interest I feel in the establishment of a medical class of from 6 to 10 boys; and I embrace this opportunity of soliciting the countenance and support of the gentlemen of the Committee to the proposed measure. As preliminary to the study 382 JULY, Report of the Hospital at Hongkong, of subjects more strictly medical, I would endeavor to convey some instruction in the elementary branches of Physics, Chemistry, and Animal and Vegetable Physiology, considered with special reference to Natural Theology; and with the opportunities of attending occa- sionally to practical anatomy and demonstrations on the dead subject, with the daily treatment of disease as seen in the hospital practice on their own countrymen, they would, by diligence and attention to their duties, be fitted both to practice and teach their profession to others. I need not say more on this subject, as I feel convinced that it commends itself to the judgment; and I therefore cherish the hope that as early as circumstances will sanction, that both the Committee and friends of the Society will provide the means for carrying the project into effect. In referring to the building itself, I would congratulate the Society and the Committee on the eligible site that has been obtain- ed from His Excellency, the Governor, for its erection. Its proximity to the water, and its central, commanding position, are advantages in its favor which are unnecessary to dilate upon; and it has not been found that its elevation offers any serious impediment to the success of the institution. There has been only one death from fever among the patients; and from the immunity from fever both amongst then, and the servants of the establishment, as compared with other places, I cannot concur in the opinion which has been entertained by some, that its being so near the Happy Valley, renders it an unhealthy site. Before concluding this paper, I beg respectfully to recommend for the consideration of the Committee, that in consequence of the applications for medical aid being as numerous as I can possibly do justice to (with my other duties), and also from the two vacant rooms, now used for a dispensary and waiting-room, being found suitable and convenient, that these (as formerly recommended to be built at the base of the hill) be now dispensed with: I would therefore suggest that it is desirable to use the money still in hand for building purposes, in rendering the present establishment as complete and effecient in all respects as the means will allow. Thanking you most sincerely for the counsel and assistance you have often rendered me, I am, my dear sir, your's very truly. BENJAMIN IJOBSON, 1841 383 Morrison Education Society, Art. V. Specimens of letters written by pupils in the Morrison Education Socicty's school at Hongkong: funds of the Society, Since the publication of the last report of the Morrison Education Society in December, the school has continued its operations very successfully. The health of the instructor and the pupils has been good, and the progress of the latter in their studies such as to afford pleasure to whoever takes an interest in the advancement of the Chinese in Christian learning and morals. Instruction is also con- stantly given in Chinese studies, in which their progress has been highly satisfactory. The number of pupils at the school is at present 32, all of whom reside in the Society's house. Several compositions of the lads, in the form of letters, have been sent us, from which we select a few. “ I had the pleasure to receive a letter from you on the 11th, in which there are some questions, that I am going to answer in this letter. Among all English studies, I like the natural sciences best, such as mechanics and astronomy, of which I know some thing. But as the English language is the only channel of my learning, I must therefore spend a great deal of time in studying grammar, and reading books. I wish to continue in the school as many years as Mr. Brown keeps the first class in this institution. I love to sing sacred music very much, but I have not practiced it much, and the only tune that I know by name is Old Hundred, though I can sing some others. Having never studied music, I cannot write any Chinese music in English notes, but I can do it in Chinese notes, and will write one air for you on the inclosed paper, which contains a list of the classes in this school as you requested. I think you heard of Mrs. Ball's death sometime ago, therefore I need not write much about it. She died on the 6th of June in a very happy and calm state. On that day, in the forenoon, Mr. and Mrs. Brown went to Mr. Ball's, and he told us to write a composition upon the subject of death. The following is that which I wrote. Death is the door between this and the other world. When the idea of death comes to our minds, how solemnly it affects 118. Though every man hates death, yet we can never escape from it, for God pronounced the sen- tence in the time of Adam, 'In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread till thou return unto the ground, for out it wast thou taken, for dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return. How dreadful when death occurs to a man who loves not God, for he knows that there is no forgiveness in the grave, and his conscience tells him that he has been sinning all the time, and he feels that he must suffer the punishment of that great God. At that time he shall sce how vain is the beauty of this world, which most people scck after. How weak is human power! Shall we sin against that almighty 6 :38-1 JULY, Jorrison Education Society. one. on God without ceasing? O, stop, stop, let us think before we go any farther. Can we have a seat in heaven by this sinful life?' “ I did not write on the list of classes, what they study in English, for I knew that Awing told you in his letter.” Ashing “ I have heard that you are anxious to have us boys send letters to you; and now I am going to write a short one to you; Sir because there is not much news since you left here, therefore I cannot write you a long All of us are in good health now. The first class and some of the other larger boys are getting on to study Chinese composition once a week, and every morning the Chinese teacher explains the TT to us, but now we finished it this week, and we commenced to study the t ! Tuesday morning. Since you were here it has been raining till now, some- times so hard that it has washed the earth away, and spoiled some places of of this hill; and now Mr. Brown hires some workmen to make a drain there on the east side of the house, opposite to the Wongnai tsung village. This rain has well watered the vegetation, and the grass of the hills looks green and pretty. Another American man-of-war came here on Tuesday, and when she was sailing in the interior of the harbor, guns were fired several times. I expect she will go to Macao next week. I have heard of Mr. Cushing who came to this country from America to make a treaty with the emperor for your country, and I hope the emperor will be very glad to have foreigners come here to trade with his own subjects. If so, I think this country will have an extensive commerce, and that, it will be a great ad- vantage to China, America, England, and other countries. As this country has been shut up a great many years; if now, the emperor is willing to open his country and allow the English and Americans to travel over it, I expect they will be able to write a good history or geography of China: and if there be such books I should like to study them.” Akan. too. “I am going to write to you; I hope you are quite well; and I wish to see you again. We are all very well, and Mr. Brown's family are very well When you go to Peking the capital, by and by when you come back I hope you will tell us a little story about the place. We are now in this school studying better then befor, their are about thirty boys in Mr. Brown's school, and devided into four classes, some of them study geography, some are reading, some are spelling, and some are study grammar. Their are two horses which belong to Mr. Brown, one for Mr. Brown and the other for Mrs. Brown. The cooly takes care of the horses. One day the cooly cut away the horse tail without asking Mr. Brown. Their was a monkey which belong to Mr. Brown One day the monkey ran down from the hill. Their were some Chinese men who were passing and they saw the monkey and they caught it. About twenty men came up to Mr. Brown's house, and they asked Mr. Brown to way one dollar for each. On the 27th of May a beautiful French ship came to Hongkong and fired many grins," Akü. 1814. 385 Morrison Education Sociсty. “ Now I have no important news to communicate, but I will tell you a mis- sionary story, in the following words. Twenty-five years since, in the southern part of Africa, there lived a great many poor savages, who seemed to be very cruel, and ignorant; they did not worship any god, nor teach each other at all; when they murdered any one, they never felt that they did wrong in their con- sciences; they clothed themselves with skin of animals, and sometimes they rubbed themselves over with filthy ointment, made of grease, and ochre, to keep their skins from being cracked by the hot sun. The poor savages, cared not much for their children, and frequently offered to sell them to strangers for slaves. At length, some missionaries went there, and preached among them. They talked, and preached to them, and showed them all possible kindness for many years, and they became gradually changed, and began to build com- fortable houses, to learn to read, write, and work. There was a clever girl, who was fourteen years of age. She went to school, and had learn so well, and quickly, that her schoolmaster was very ancious for to get on, and she was placed at the head of the school to teach others. Her father was a warrior, who from her, when she was very young. She did not know whether her father was alive, or dead. One day this girl was very much surprised to hear that her father was come back. She was very much pleased, and went out to meet him; but she was afraid that her father had come to take her away. But he wanted her to be a missionary to him, and all his people. Afterwards she went with her father to teach there with the permission of the missionary Mr. Moffat, who was teaching her. The girl saw that it was her duty to go, and she bade her missionary farewell; and went with her father to teach the Christian religion. We shall be very glad to see you again, and hear some news from you." Atséuk. went away Since the last report of the Society was issued, a subscription paper has been circulated among the foreign residents, which was generously received. Thirty-nine annual subscribers to the support of the school were obtained, amounting to $970, and donations for the same purpose amounting to $1,875. TOL. XIII. NO. VII. 19 386 JULY, Journal of Occurrences. ART. VI. Journal of Occurrences : treaty between China and the United States; Kiying's commission as commissioner for fo- reign affairs; proclamation on taking his office; death of Ki Kung; Kiying's letter regarding the settlers on Namoh; sale of lands at Hongkong; freshes at Canton; affairs at Canton; retention of Chusan ; extracts from the Peking Gazettes. THE treaty of peace, amity, and commerce between China and the United States of America, concluded and signed on the 3d instant, at Wanghia, * was noticed in our last. Whatever may be the terms and tenor thereof, the fact of a treaty having been thus negotiated, by the plenipotentiaries of these two nations, so remote from each other, one the greatest on the Eastern, and the other the greatest on the Western continent--one among the youngest, and the other quite the oldest, of all the independant states on the earth-forms a new and remarkable feature in the signs of the times. What a wonder: ful change has been here effected, during these last ten years! When lord Napier arrived on the coast, landed in Macao, proceeded ta Canton, and attempted to correspond with the high provincial authorities, what did we see? Those who saw, will remember the scenes that ensued; and those who were not eye-witnesses, can easily satisfy their curiosity by referring to our former volumes or other journals of the day. How altered is the attitude, and the whole bearing of the Chinese government! How altered, too, are the rela- tions of China to the rest of the world! And how altered are the circumstances and condition of foreigners in this country! Clear it is that a great revolution has commenced. The old policy of the Celestial empire is changed. We rejoice at these things, not so much indeed on account of what has been effected already, as because of what is coming. Evidently an Almighty hand is directing these movements, and will carry on the Divine purposes undisturbed. Yet it is equally evident that, in such times as these, human responsibility must be very great. With reference to the late negotiations, of which we have been in a position, as spectators, to observe somewhat-it is with us matter of unfeigned joy, that they have been so speedily and amicably con- cluded-concluded in apparent, and we believe, real, good-faith. The French embassador to China, recently reported at Singapore, is daily expected in China. But nothing has transpired, so far as we know, regarding the line of policy he intends to pursue on his arrival here. The ridicule that some of the neighbors of the French have attempted to direct against that embassy, is anything but honorable, and betrays weakness and wickedness deserving the strongest reprobation. Kiying (who writes his own name in Manchú, Tsi-yeng) and others from the north pronounce the name of this village Wangshiá: the á is like ah in shah and the i is scarcely heard. The local pronunciation is Monghá. * 1844. 387 Journal of Occurrences, Once or twice we have alluded to the appointment of Kiying, as his imperial majesty's commissioner, to superintend foreign affairs. His commission has appeared in the Peking Gazeite; in the Hongkong Gazette it is translated thus: “ Having appointed you governor-general of Kwangtung and Kwangsí, we also charge you to carry into effect the trading regulations and supplementary treaty, and for this purpose grant you the seal of High Imperial Commissioner. In all the official correspondence therefore for the management of commercial affairs in the different emporiums of the provinces, you will use this seal on every occasion in order to show great caution. Respect this !" In the Peking Gazette, the Chinese stands thus: E 慎​鈴​均​文​海​辦​關​欽​著​該​事​通​總​調​内 ​重用​著​移​口​理​防​差​仍​督​貨​商​督​任​脊 ​欽​以​推事​通​各​遇​大​頒​辦​均​善​各​兩​現​奉 ​此​昭​其​件​商​省​有​給​理​交​後​省​廣​己 ​Which is correctly translated in the following terms, and con- stitutes Kíying's commission, or ‘full powers,' as the phrase runs on the other side of the globe. “ The Inner Council has received the emperor's commands : Kí has al- ready been transferred to the office of governor-general of Kwángtung, and Kwangsí: to the said governor's superintendence, We cntirely commit the adjustment of the future free commercial relations in the provinces ; command, as formerly, that the MISSIONER be given to him; and in order to give due weight, we command and permit him to affix this seal to all official correspondence, c., which may be re- quired while superintending the commerce at the ports of the provinces.' Respect this." The above commands were received by the Inner Council, or Cabinet, at Peking, April 22d, 1844, being the 5th day of the 3d moon, of the 24th year, in the reign of Taukwang: The manner in which such commands are given, if we rightly understand it, is this : Early in the morning, the ministers of the Cabinet, with those of the other principal departments of state, repair to the hall of au- dience, where the emperor comes forth and meets them, for the dis- patch of business. Everything having been previously arranged, his majesty's pleasure, commands, &c., are briefly and quickly ex- pressed. In this case, the draft of the document may have been prepared beforehand, and then, at the audience, have received the emperor's sanction: or, at the audience, the emperor may have given verbal commands, which were afterwards drafted into the proper form, and submitted for his approbation. Both these modes obtain ; and in either it may be said, as above, “The Inner Council has received," &c. Shángyü En high commands, or supreme commands, i. e. the commands of the high one, the sovereign WE SEAL OF MINISTER AND IMPERIAL COM- 388 JULY, Journal of Occurrences. They write Kit, and without ambiguity, because, on a for- mer occasion, when transferred to the governorship, the whole name Kiying had been given. The phrase tiću jin E is used, because he had already been in the office of governor-general of Liáng Kiáng, and there- fore his coming to Canton, is a transfer from one post to another of equal and similar rank. Literally, it is Liáng Kyáng tsung tuh, Two Kwang general governor, i. e. the governor-general of Kwángtung and Kwángsí, these two provinces being the Two Kwang. The arrangement of words in a sentence, is often varied by the Chinese, as with us, for the sake of harmony. In the clause koh- sang tung sháng shen hau sz" é, they could place shen first, and then read, "managing-well all-provinces future free commerce busi- ness," or, as we have translated above, “the adjustment of the future free commercial relations in the provinces." Ying 73 refers to his former appointment as commissioner, when the same seal was intrusted to his care. The kin chái tá chin kwán fúng, deserves a passing notice, it being the most important one ever intrusted to his highest ministers by the emperor. The seal itself is of an oblong shape, being in length 4, and in breadth 24 inches, apparently of solid brass, about 6lbs. weight. The title of the commissioner is carved upon it in two columns, one Manchú and one Chinese, the Chinese reading thus, KKE B 1 kin chái tá chin kwán fáng ; the word kwán means a bar, or to bar against ; fáng is to guard against, protect : thus the inscription denotes, that the bearer of the seal is imperial commissioner and minister to protect and defend the domain and the rights of the empire. The words kin tsz k vŁ at the end of the document are evi- dently not the emperor's, but are appended to it by the ministers of the Inner Council; they have been usually translated respect this. The tsz' refers to the paper to which it is added; kin, gramma- tically considered, might be taken as an adjective noun; and you might then read thus kin tsz', 'imperial this;' i. e. this is from the emperor. Be this or the other the true rendering, the phrase is used only when the document is from the emperor; and as such, all whether high or low must respect it. The edict, having received the emperor's sanction, or being issued by him, pro forma, is with all deference fung received by the Inner Council, and put on record. Then, if it is to go to the pro- vinces, it is cháu chuh , copied out, and sent to the Board of War, to be transmitted by its couriers, at a specified rate of four, five, six, or more, hundred li per diem. On reaching its destination in the provinces, it is there too put on record. And should there 1844. :389 Journal of Occurrences. be occasion to promulgate it, the governor or commissioner, would write thus: 案​准​兵部​咨​開​內閣​抄出​奉​上諭 ​ngán chun Ping Pú tsz kái Nui Koh cháu chưa fung sáng gũ. “In due course (lit. as is on record) I have received from the Cabi- net, through the Board of War, a copy of an imperial edict." In proclamations, &c., issued by Kíying, and bearing the seals of commissioner, he takes the following style: 部​兵​保​少子​太​巨大​差​欽​清大 ​者​室​宗​堂​部​督​總​廣​兩​書​尚 ​Tá Tsing, kin chái tá chin, tái tsz sháu pú, Ping Pú sháng shú, Láng Koáng tsung tu pủ táng, tsang shi Kế, i. e. Kí of the imperial house, governor-general of Kwangtung and Kwangsí, a principal member of the Board of War, vice-guardian of the heir apparent, minister of state, and commissioner extraordinary of the Tả Tsing empire, &c. His excellency, on taking charge of his new office last month, issued a proclamation in which he announced his appointment. He has since issued a second one of the same tenor, which we insert. Kiying, governor-general of the Two Kwang, &c., &c., hereby issues an important proclamation. It is evident to all that both rulers and people should clearly know their respective places, and that their mutual feelings should be well understood; for if their proper positions are not clearly defin- ed, then the grades of the people and the dignity of the officers will become confused, and all the respect due from inferiors to superiors lost; and if their feelings toward one another are not understood, their mutual regard will cool, and the union subsisting between various classes cannot be preserved. I, the governor, have received orders to superintend the affairs of the Two Kwáng, and amicably to regulate the commerce with foreign countries ; and when I took the seals of this office, I clearly stated in a proclamation, as is on record, that I intended to observe the good and restrain the wicked, admonish all to be diligent and teach all to be frugal. But in soothing you, the people, and in attending to the affairs of other countries, there is that which is near and remote, cordial and distant; there are grades and differences which are always fixed, there are proprieties and duties which cannot be changed. If I, the governor, should act to the near as if they were remote, or to the cordial as if they were distant, it would disconcert the mode of doing business and outrage benevolence; such acts could by no means be tolerated. I not only could not bear to meet my sovereign or my father, but with what a face could I look at you scholars and people ? Are you gentry and people of the whole province looking to see what sort of a man I the governor am? Since I came here, I have endeavored to conduct affairs with singleness of heart, which I fear you people are nct fully aware of; and therefore it is proper that I should clearly inform you in this proclamation. [I mean to act] for instance, as fathers do to children, and as brothers to their younger brothers; who if hungry, look out for food, or if cold provide clothes; who in whatever relates to nourishing or caring for them, certainly take every precaution. They will constantly exhort them to be careful, and re- prove them for all their wickedness; and in everything pertaining to their oversight or correction they will be sedulous that their charges may become accomplished. They will both rear and educate them generously, while their kindness and dignity towards them will also correspond. 390 JULY, Journal of Occurrences. er Lin. 1, the governót, have received explicit orders to soothe you all, and you scholars and people should look up to me as children to a parent or as juniors to their elder brothers, nor can I behave to you otherwise than as a father to his sons, or a brother to his juniors. Truly we regard you all, and all your af- fairs and things, in no other light than the tender nursling of a prosperous government. At no time is my sovereign out of my mind, nor can I ever forget my duties to you. With regard to tranquilizing affairs with foreign countries, punishing and keeping the populace in peace, on the one hand collecting the duties and on the other providing for all your wants, these are still more the objects of my special anixėty. It is proper that I should make these plain statements to you, and let the whole provinces together fully understand this proclamation. July 18th, 1844. The late governor-general Ki Kung died at Canton on the 14th inst. He had been confined to his house since he gave up the seals of his office in March, too ill to return to his native province. He was from the district of Káuping in Tsehchau fú in the province of Shánsí, and has held office in the southern parts of the empire for many years. His remains will be carried to his native place to be buried in the sepulchres of his fathers. He was lieut.-governor at Canton in 1839, and in many things opposed the acts of commission- He succeeded Kishen as governor of the Two Kwang in 1840, and till his retirement conducted the affairs of his office with prudence and vigor. He took great interest in building ships of war, and gave the name of Chingkih The Fortunate, to the largest ship which has been launched. This vessel is a full rigged ship of about 600 tons, pierced for forty guns, and cost $60,000. Kiying's letter to E. H. gov. Davis, regarding the removal of foreigners from Namoh, which was referred to in the latter's pro- clamation given on page 333 is here inserted, as there was no room for it in last number. Káying, high imperial commissioner, member of the imperial clan and go- vernor.general of Kwangtung and Kwangei, &c., &c., sends the following communication : Some English merchants had erected buildings and constructed sheds, at Tsúshá and Chángshanwí on Namoh, of which the acting governor, Ching, informed the envoy Pottinger. It was then distinctly agreed upon, that these should at oncé be pulled down within the space of six months, or removed from that place. He also requested the envoy Pottinger to address a previous notice to the said merchants, that they might act in obedience thereto, and at the same time dispatched Nishau, a candidate for a prefecture, to go thither in conjunction with English merchants to remove from thence within the specified time. The deputed officer however now states, that the said merchants, after receiving the orders from the envoy Pottinger, specifying six months for the time (of their removal] observed, that the period for the departure of the various traders had not yet been fixed, and that after consulting conjointly about the term requisite, they asked to extend it to ten months, when they would call a meeting of all the mer. chants, and deliberate about the removal—and words to that effect; whilst they requested to have a proclamation issued to act in obedience thereto. When I, the great minister, again examined the above, I found, that according 10 our convention, no commerce was to be permitted at Namoh, and that this is not one of the ports, where British merchants ought to live. And if sometimes 18:11. 391 Journal of Occurrcrccs. merchant vessels anchor there, one may know without inquiry, that they will have clandestine transactions with traitorous natives, and defraud the revenue by smuggling. This however is at variance with the original treaty, and the pro- visions of the supplementary one. But Ching, the acting governor, on a former occasion, distinctly agreed with the envoy Pottinger, that the buildings were to be pulled down within the space of six months, and removed; which was an extraordinary show of indulgence. But the said merchants, notwithstanding their having received orders from the deputed officers, and likewise the commands of the envoy Pottinger, still ask to extend the term to ten months, which can scarcely be conceded. Considering however, that the said merchants erected habitations and built sheds before the conclusion of the treaty, in the 21st year (1841); and also assert, that the return of all the traders having not yet been determined upon, they require time, I, the great minister, have therefore granted their request. They ought therefore within the space of ten months, commencing with the first day of the 5th month (16th June), of the present year, and ending with the first day of the third month next year (April, 1845), to pull down and remove the houses and sheds they have raised, and not again make any delay, to avoid trang. gressing the prohibitory regulations, and bringing punishment upon themselves. I therefore trouble you the honorable envoy, to issue explicit orders to those merchants, that they may remove at the appointed time, and that they may not at that period, again ask for an extension of the term, which would be against the existing treaty: Besides addressing the envoy Pottinger to submit this matter for your conside- ration, I avail myself of this opportunity to wish you every happiness. This is the principal object of the communication, addressed to his excellency, H. B. M.'s plenipotentiary, governor of Hongkong, commander-in-chief of the forces and super. intendent of trade, Davis. Táukwáng, 24th year, 4th month, 22d day. (7th June, 1844.) True translation. (Signed) CHARLES GUTZLAFF, Chinese Secretary. A second sale of public lands was made on the 9th inst. at Hong- kong, which, by the Friend of China, realized high prices; “twelve marine lots sold at prices varying from $40 to £370 per annum each, at an average for eligible sites of £2 per foot. Twelve subur- ban lots were sold at from £13 to $103 according to situation. The total amount of sales add £2,300 per annum to the revenue of the colony." The freshes at Canton and the country lying along the banks of the Pearl river beyond the city, have risen very high within the present month, quite as high if not more so than in 1833 and 1834. The wa- ter rose in the factories and all the adjacent streets and suburbs of Canton, three or four feet, and the destruction of the buildings contiguous to the river banks, either by being carried away by the force of the current, or from the water soaking and undermining the mud walls of the houses, has been unprecedented. We have no means of ascertaining the amount of damage and the loss of life occasioned by the inundation, but all accounts combine to represent it as very great . We are told that in the district of Sanshwui, upwards of 200 houses were engulfed by the bursting in of a bank, and many of their inmates drowned by the rush of waters. At Fatshán, whole streets were submerged, but the floods subsided, leaving most of the build- ings standing. The rice crop along the river, has been, we believe, less injured that it was feared it would be, but the destruction has been very serious, and the price of rice is now nearly double by retail to what it was in March last. A joint proclamation was issued by the 392 Journal of Occurrences. district magistrates of Nánhái and Pwányü on the 14th inst., saying that the governmental granaries were opened on the 13th for the relief of the poor, who would be furnished with corn at the usual prices ; the dealers were told in this edict to sell at the same prices, and not hoard up and raise the price of corn. The public sentiment in China regarding those who wish to profit by the distresses of their fellowmen is well expressed by the wise man (Prov. 11: 26): “He that with- holdeth corn the people shall curse him, but blessings shall be upon the head of him that selleth it." Affairs at Canton have remained quiet during the month, and under the strong hand and watchful care of Kiying will, we confi- dently expect, continue so. The high officers seem anxious to pre- serve tranquillity; and in this, they will be supported by the better and more enlightened people and by all foreigners. Could foreign- ers generally speak the language of the Chinese, and in their inter- course with the people make themselves understood, we should have little apprehension of riotous outbreaks. If the emperor would issue an edict, making it unlawful for any barbarian to remain in his do- minions beyond a given time, say six months, without acquiring some knowledge of the language, so as to make themselves understood, he would adopt an efficient means of preventing misunderstandings, and consequent disturbances. For we hold it certain, that nearly all the troubles, between foreigners and the Chinese, have originated in ignorance of each other's feelings and intentions. Retention of Chusan, by the British, is loudly talked of, in cer- tain quarters. And reports of such talk have reached the ears of multitudes of the Chinese. It is even said, by some who desire it, that the good people of that island are so in love with their new mas- ters, that they are ready to rise en masse and support them in the re- tention! “Extracts from the Peking Gazettes," as they appear in the Hongkong Register. Our attention more than once has been call- ed to these extracts, by sundry persons who are puzzled to find out the secret of their manufacture. Why such notes, reminiscences, &c., &c., are called extracts, we cannot tell. The worthy editor will, we hope, look to this matter, and give the desired information. To us the 'extracts, as they are called, are a very amusing part of his paper. But they would startle his imperial majesty should they chance to reach his ears, and he be told that he issued such mandates. We have room for only one specimen of the extracts. “Kiying before leaving his government at Nanking, took very efficient measures for facilitating the transport of grain on the Great canal . All the doings of this statesman bespeak a practical mind, a due understanding of existing circumstances, and a great desire to accommodate himself to every event in life. His father held under Kiáking for a considerable time the rank of minister of the Cabinet; he himself entered at 20 age into office, rose rapidly in the capital, and was in 1832, at the head of the arnıy, president of several Boards, and though not in the Cabinet, a leading mem- ber of the council. The emperor honors and trusts him, and he is one of his most powerful guides and advisers." years of THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIII.-AUGUST, 1844.—No. 8. Arr. I. Legatio Batavica ad Magnum Tartarie Chaum Sung. teium, modernum Since Imperatorem, fc. Conscripta vernacule per Joannem Nieuhovium, Primum Legationis Aula Magistrum, fc. Latinitate donatum per clarissimum virum Georgium Horn- inn, Historiarum in celeberrima Lugd. Batav. Acad. Prof. Amstelodami, ciorcLXVIII. Reviewed by a Correspondent. This work, though drawn up by the maitre d'hotel of the embassy, may well compare, both in regard to the interest and value of its matter, and the style of its narration, with any of the works produce ed, in later times, by the several embassies of the Russians and the English, and the second embassy of the Dutch themselves, not ex- cepting eveu the works of the elder Staunton, of Barrow, or of De Guignes. It is distinguished, withal, by a painstaking and business- like fidelity of relation, which leaves nothing unexplained, either of a political or of a miscellaneous nature, which came under the obser- vation of the embassy. The Dutch arrived in the seas of China and Japan, near the beginning of the seventeenth century. The whole of China was at that time agitated with the dissolving throes of the Ming dynasty; and the time was favorable for any foreign nation which desired to make a lodgment on the seacoast. The Dutch were repulsed by the Portuguese from Macao, which they attacked in 1622; and they proceeded to establish themselves on the Pescador islands and on Formosa. But they encountered obstacles in trading at Canton, partly from general causes, partly from the strangeness of their ap- 50 VOL. XI. NO. VIII, 394 AUG, Nieuhoff's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. pearance in the eyes of the Chinese, to whom a fair complexion, blue eyes, and light hair, seemed to be something portentous, and partly (it is alleged) from the representations of the Portuguese, whose hostility they had done so much to provoke. But the Dutch were not men to spare any proper efforts in the prosecution of their objects; and at length, in 1654, they very naturally resolved, in view of the difficulties which they had previously encountered at Canton, to dispatch an embassy to the court of the Manchu dynasty, which had but just completed the conquest of the Chinese empire. Accordingly, an embassy was organized, under the auspices of the Dutch East India Co., and the commission of the governor and coun- cil of the Dutch East Indies; Nobilissimi et strenuissimi gubernato- ris Johannis Maatzuykeri et amplissimi Indiarum Senatus, as they are styled in the Latinity of that day by the clarissimus et excellen- tissimus professor Horn. This fact is This fact is to be remembered : that it was an embassy of the Dutch E. I. Company, proceeding directly from the governor of Batavia, and not from the government of the United Provinces. The envoys, Petrus de Goyer and Jacobus de Keyser, (who were merchants,) set sail from Batavia on the 14th of June, 1654, suitably attended, and carrying with them, not only a large quantity of pre- sents, for the Great Cham, (as ſhe is generally called by Nieuhoff,) and for subordinate persons in the government, but also goods for sale in China. After a voyage of precisely two months (Aug. 14th, 1654), they came in sight of Macao, on whose beautiful site and crowded port they cast longing eyes; and a few days afterwards anchored in the harbor of Heytamon.' At this place, they were boarded immediately by a boat full of armed men, and interrogated as to who they were, and what were their objects. They were asked, 'What business the Dutch had in China, and if they had forgotten that two years before they were interdicted the navigation of Canton ? Subsequently the envoys were required to go on shore at the village of 'Lamme,' and exhibit their letters of credence (publicæ fidei literæ) to the local magistrate. On the 24th, two officers visited them, whose business was to conduct them to a suburban temple at Canton for the purpose of further examination. One of those inferior mandarins, Heytou, interrogated the envoys somewhat imperiously, concerning their merchandise, ships, suite, presents, and letters, and especially demanding by whom, and for what purpose, and when, they were sent, and what presents they had for the Great Cham: He expressed much surprise, that the letters 1844. Nieuhof's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. 395 to the emperor were not prepared, and put up in a gold box as befit- ed his dignity. By these persons, the envoys were taken to Canton, and there interrogated by the mandarin Poetsiensin, 'Ærario Magni Chami Præfectus,' (the hai-kwán *), who took with him their letters and presents for the inspection of the ‘Proreges,' by which expression Nieuhoff seems to intend the governor-general and governor. At length, their ship, the Koukerk, was allowed to come up near to Canton ; but without being permitted an interview with the governor- general or governor, they were compelled to return on board, there to wait, until instructions concerning them should be received from Peking. For, they were told, in the first place, that it was not in the power of the viceroy to give them an audience, until after hear- ing from the court; and in the second place that by the Chinese laws no envoys could remain at Canton, unless by express command of the emperor, through fear of the dangers that might arise from mobs, in which event the public authorities (prafecti) would be held responsible by the Great Cham, because of not having better provid- ed for the safety of the envoys; and finally, that it was unlawful for the viceroys to accept or retain foreign letters without previously ascertaining the pleasure of the emperor. At the expiration of three weeks, the envoys were taken on shore, but were left confined, under a guard of soldiers, in the place appro- priated for their temporary reception. Here they were, in the out- set, plied with admonitions as to the amount of presents to be dis- tributed among the mandarins at Canton and Peking, not excepting even the viceroy himself, until, losing patience at the magnitude of the extortion attempted to be practiced upon them, they made demonstrations of a determination at once to reëmbark in the Kou. kerk, and quit China. Finally, the matter was arranged, and they were invited to an entertainment, given them by the Proreges' and the “Tutangus' (To-tung) in a plain without the city. After which, the “Tutangus' intimated to them that letters had been sent to Peking to the Great Cham, to inform him of the arrival of the envoys at Canton with presents, seeking alliance and friendship. But six months elapsed, before the answer to these letters reached Canton. At length, two edicts of the Great Cham arrived, by one of which * This is the officer usually called "hoppo' by the foreigners at Canton, which is just as absurd as if a Chinese in Europe should give to the superior officer of customs in any of the ports the name of Mr Treasury Board, or Mr. Finance Department. 396 Alio. Nieuhoff's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1554. it was permitted to the Hollanders, to send a legation to Peking composed of twenty persons, and four interpreters in addition, which is the fixed number for tribute-bearing legations by the law of China; the rest of the company to remain at Canton in their ships, without any license to trade; and by the other of which a free commerce in China was conceded to the Hollanders, but on condition that the envoys were to go to Peking, and return thanks to the emperor. And accordingly the envoys immediately proceeded to make arran- gements for their journey to Peking. Before their departure, they were entertained by the viceroy, in a manner so frequently described since; and on the 17th of March, 1656, seven months after their arrival at Canton, they embarked in the boats prepared for their conveyance by the inner rivers, fifty in number, provided at the expense of the Chinese government. They were accompanied, of course, by officers appointed to see to their accommodation on the way. They proceeded thus from Canton to Nanking, and from Nanking to Peking, enjoying, it would seem, somewhat more of freedom of observation on the way than has been accorded to some of the later embassies. Independently of the prominent objects of notice and other ordinary facts observed on the way, and of which Nieuhoff gives a very faithful account, there was one peculiar circumstance, which attracted attention continually, namely, the many ruined cities and other traces of the ravages of the late conquest of the country by the Tartars. But we pass over the incidents of this journey, for the purpose of coming to the more important point, the proceedings at Peking, not- ing only that, in several places, particularly at Nanking, and at Joeswoe,' they were entertained by the public authorities, who at the same time refused the presents offered to them, on the ground that it was not lawful to receive any until the emperor had seen the envoys. The envoys finally arrived at Peking on the 17th of July, 1656, exactly four months after the commencement of their journey from Canton. They entered the city on horseback, escorted by a guard of about fifty soldiers who had accompanied them all the way, and were conducted to an edifice not far from the palace, where they established themselves in quarters, convenient enough it would seem, but walled in, and with a Tartar guard at their gate. Early the next morning, sundry officers came to their lodgings, namely, (repeating the language of Nieuhoff, the mandarin Pinten- tous, two other pretects' of Canton, some senators of the empire, 1844 Nieuhoff's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. 397 their chief secretary Thonglouja, a Chinese, accompanied by the Tartar mandarins Quanlouja and Hoolouja, who said they were sent by the Great Cham and the 'senate' of the empire, to congratulate the envoys on their arrival, and to inquire as to their health, and other things appertaining to the legation, their number, by whom, from whence, and for what object they were sent, and what presents they brought. After this, they proceeded to read the roll of the legation and its suite, calling out each by name. Then they inspected the presents brought by the legation, and made curious inquiries on the use and construction of each article. The residue of the examination to which the envoys were subjected is so curious, and is narrated with so much naïveté, that we give it literally in the words of Nieuhoff. Reverting then to interrogations, they asked, whether the Hol- landers were born on the sea, and had no other home but the ocean, and no fixed habitation. And if they had any proper country, what was its name, and where situated ? By whom, and for what purpose they were sent? Who was their king, and what his age? The en- voys easily disposed of other matters, but they were astonished, they said, that they should be asked, whether they inhabited the sea; for how could such a thing be, that any people should perpetually wan- der and roam aboạt the ocean without a certain and fixed country? That they who had spread abroad these calumnies concerning them and their nation would in due time be convicted of artful falsehood. That their country was called Holland; which place of abode had been possessed for many ages back by their forefathers and them- selves down to the present time, always by native right and not by spoil or rapine. Again the mandarins inquired, what part of the world their country was in; how far it was by land journey from Peking; and if it could be reached by land, through what countries it was necessary to go? And when it appeared the mandarins were strongly persuaded that the Hollanders were destitute of any terra firma, and either roamed continually over the sea, or at most inhabit- ed some ignoble islets, the envoys offered to exhibit an accurate delineation and picture of their country. Accordingly, they produc- ed a map of the world, and pointed out the position of Holland and the contiguous provinces of Belgium, &c. After which the manda- rins made inquiries concerning the government of Holland and the authority of those by whom they were sent. And here the great difficulty was to explain to them the name of 'republic' and the nature of aristocracy, and the import with them of the name of prince.' For 398 Nieuhoff's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. Aug. the Tartars and Chinese, being habituated to the government of one man, do not understand the meaning of a republic governed by the associated labors of many persons. But while they seemed to com- prehend the authority of the prince of Orange," &c. Nieuhoff, p. 142. All these and numerous other particulars, such as the relation of Batavia and Holland, whether Holland was at war with Portugal, &c., &c., were minutely investigated by the mandarins, who, by means of scribes, took notes of everything, for the satisfaction, as they alleged, of the emperor. On a subsequent day, the envoys received a sudden notice, com- municated to them by Quanlouja and Kaolouja, to appear forthwith before what Nieuhoff calls the Senate, with the presents. As it rain- ed violently, the envoys objected the injury which the presents would sustain; but they were compelled to acquiesce. They repaired to the Senaculum,' where they found the Cancellarius,' sitting cross-legged more Tartarico,' with two other Tartar “Magnates ;' and also Father Adam Schall, then a venerable old man, who had already resided at the court of Peking nearly half a century. The Tartars did not condescend to receive any salutation from the envoys, but told them at once to be seated, while the presents were under- going examination; after which they were closely interrogated for the further information of the emperor. Though Father Schall had greeted them briefly on their entering, he afterwards conversed with them in German; but when he came to draw up a report of their examination, for the emperor's eye, they complained of many things which he stated, especially that Holland was still under the juris- diction of Spain. While the clerks were engaged, the Tartar gran- dees ordered a lunch to be brought in, which they ate more Scy- thico,' and in a way which greatly shocked the worthy envoys. Father Schall informed the envoys that a Russian embassy with a suite of one hundred pe ons was then at Peking, but had not yet, after a delay of four months, been able to obtain access to the em- peror. We learn subsequently that this embassy, after great trouble to obtain a safe conduct for its return, left Peking without having accomplished anything, the embassador being required to perform the ceremony of prostration before the seal of the emperor, and re- fusing to do this as derogatory to the dignity of the Czar. There were in Peking, at the same time, envoys from the Great Mogul of Delhi, from certain Western Tartars called by Nieuhoff Sutatads, and from the lamas of Tibet. The envoys of the Sutatads are described and depicted by Nieuhoff as being clad in sheepskins, 1844. Nieuhoff's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. 399 and armed with bows and arrows; those from Tibet, in hats and garments scarcely distinguishable from the clerical dress in Europe; while those from Delhi wore the rich turban, the costly flowing robes and sash, which are seen at the present day among the Mo- hammedan princes of India. And the long train of horses and ca- mels with which the latter was accompanied, and the quantity of diamonds and other precious stones which he brought, corresponded to the greatness and splendor of the Akbars and the Aurengzebes of India. Meanwhile, the Great Cham having sufficiently investigated the geography of Holland, and it being at length admitted, greatly to the satisfaction of the patriotic envoys, that there probably was such a place as Holland, and 'that the Dutch' were not a mere band of des- perate rovers, but a nation of ancient race and fixed country, always among the most noble in Germany, notice was given to the envoys that the emperor acknowledged their mission, and, if they desired it, would admit them to his presence. And the 'Imperial Will' was accordingly signified to the Li Pú or Board of Rites, which Nieuhoff calls the senate of the empire, in the following words: “The Dutch envoys have come to salute the emperor and to testi- fy observance by their presents; of the happening of which before there is no memorial for thousands of years. And because this is the first time, I have received the embassy, and grant to them power, that, after I shall be seated on the throne in my new palace, they may be brought before me, to exhibit their reverence; to the end that, after good treatment, and a sufficient examination of their requests, they may be dispatched for their departure as soon as pos- sible. And the more, since, moved by the celebrity of my name, after having traveled over a vast distance of sea and land, they have desired at length to rest their feet at Peking, emerging as it were from the shadow of some lofty mountain to behold now with open eyes the light of the sun in the clear heaven. How can we think to contradict or to deny the requests of such men, who have come hither from so long a distance?" p. 147. Discussion now commenced as to the particular objects of the embassy. It had come to China under the auspices of a commercial body (the Dutch East India Company); it had come in trading ships, with goods for sale ; and its business at Peking was to make permanent provision for a free commerce between Holland and China. All this is plain to us. But it was not so to the court of Peking. The vassal states of Asia, especially Corea and Siam, being in the practice 400 Vieuhof"s Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. Aug, of sending envoys to Peking with tribute at certain fixed intervals, and those envoys coming in trading ships, with cargo, which is entered free of duty, and the profits on which serve to defray the expenses of the embassy, according to the fixed laws of the empire - thereupon the Chinese, possibly by a natural error, possibly of set purpose, assimilated, in their own minds, the Dutch embassy to that of the Asiatics. Bearing in mind all these circumstances, we shall be prepared to understand the peculiar view of the subject, which the Chinese took, and the effect of this on the negotiations of the Dutch envoys. The Cancellarius, says Nieuhoff, finding the Great Cham to be fa- vorably disposed to the Hollanders, ordered them to be asked whether they could come to Peking every year, or only once in three years, to salute the emperor (that is, to do homage). The envoys replied, “once in every five years would suit them, but, with the understanding that meanwhile they might send four ships to Canton every year for trade.” “Thereupon the chancellor, convoking the senate of Tartary and of China likewise, of which he is the head, explained, that he thought the petition of the Hollanders a reasonable one, to salute the emperor every five years : and all the Tartar senators declared themselves of the same opinion. But the Chinese, pretending greater benevolence towards the Hollanders, proposed that the period should be nine years, on account of the dangers and inconveniences of the journey. But they made this proposition with a sinister intent; for they understood what had not occurred to the Tartars, that in the interval of the nine years the Dutch could not lawfully trade at Can- ton.” p. 148. That is to say, the political intercourse of the Dutch with China, and at the same time their commercial intercourse, were to come under the laws of the empire for the regulation of the foreign vassal states. This was the understanding, undoubtedly, of the Chinese ministers of state. The envoys had no wish, of course, to see matters come to this point. But they now discovered that they had enemies at court, whose influence aggravated the difficulties of their position. The envoys had congratulated themselves on having, after much toil and trouble, put down the defamatory representation that the Hollanders had no land, and lived always at sea. But at this stage the old calumny was revived in a new shape. Ti Chinese continued to insist, as in the beginning, that the Hollanders were 'a conflux of 1844, 401 Vieuhof's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. various nations, without soil, without country, except what they could make to themselves in roaming over the sea, and that they lived by plunder. To which the Chinese now added, that, - The senate had reason to doubt whether under the name of Hollanders were not concealed the English, who thirty years pre- viously, with four ships, had cantured some salt junks from the port of Heytamon, carried off a mandarin, demolished a town, and done many other hostile acts; from which time, they were held as public enemies, and excluded from China; and that clearer proof of the credibility of the Hollanders was needed, before they could be ad- mitted into the empire. For, besides that the free commerce which they sought was repugnant to the laws and ancient custom of the empire, no such thing was mentioned in the letters of credence which they produced; on which account there was cause to suspect the envoys of asking this in their own name, and not by public authority.” p. 148. The envoys were driven to despair by this new difficulty. They began to think the mandarins, especially those of Canton, had been deceiving them; that all the money they had expended in gifts (that is, bribes) had been thrown away; and they saw, or thought they saw, that they were the victims of the ill-will of the European Jesuits about the court. The Chinese had begun by denying to them any country; now their personal identity was disputed, and they were put to the proof that they were bona fide Hollanders, and not En- glishmen. “Whereupon, the envoys * * * in a council which the second chancellor of the empire had convoked for that purpose, re-urged their application for annual commerce at Canton, and insisted with the chancellor, through the medium of the mandarin of the senior vice- roy of Canton, that they would not leave Peking until his Chamic' majesty should be perfectly satisfied that they were Hollanders and not Englishmen. They proposed that a metallic seal should be cut, with which the sea-letters of their ships coming to China should be sealed so as to distinguish them from those of all other nations, and that a peculiar flag should be hoisted at their mainmast alongside of that of Holland. Finally, causing a petition to be drawn up by a scribe in courtly language, they prayed that to the Hollanders, by the same right with natives or subjects of China, after the example of the people of the Lewchew islands, of Amian (Annan ?), and of Siam, to whom this was permitted by the ancient laws of the Chi- nese, the right and privilege should be conceded, of passing to and VOL. XI. NO. VIII, ان 402 Nieuhof's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. Aug. fro, and dwelling in China, paying tribute and taxes (tributa et ves- tigalia presolvere); and after the manner of those three nations, of venerating the emperor with presents every three years; (eorun- dem trium populorum more, singulo triennio imperatorem cum mune- ribus venerandi.) With this condition, however, that the ship or ships of the envoys should not be required to await their return, because they would decay in fresh water, being accustomed to the salt water of the ocean. But in vain they resorted to all these expedients, to move men whose minds were prepossessed against them by the calumnies and bribes of others. Ten or fourteen thousand taels of silver seemed to be the true and the only mode to secure the grant of a free trade. But the envoys thought it injudicious to expend so much money, in addition to the donatives already lavished by them, especially to quite uncertain effect.” p. 149. In fine, as the period when the emperor was to be enthroned in the new palace, and to receive the salutation of the various embas- sadors at Peking, approached, the Dutch envoys become more and more satisfied that they should accomplish nothing, and should be obliged to leave the court and return to Canton. Preparatory to their presentation to the emperor, they were required to perform the cere- mony of prostration before the imperial seal in the old palace. “On the 22d (of August), the agents of the viceroys of Canton, with the mandarins Pinxentous and others, and three Chinese doc- tors, as well as some of the magnates, all in state-robes distinguish- ed by figures in squares embroidered on the breast and back, and in solemn pomp, having conducted the envoys and their suite into an ancient aula, similar in structure to a library or academy (it being filled in all parts with gownsmen (togati) and libraries, ordered them to sit down in an alcove apart from the crowd; after which we were commanded to proceed into an area, under the sky, and three times to bend the body, and to incline the head towards the ground, at the proclamation of a crier. Presently the crier called out kas- chan, that is ‘God sent the emperor;' again, quee, 'kneel on the ground;' then kanto, bend the head,' and kee, rise;' and this he repeated three times. Then at the word koo, 'step aside,' we departed." p. 150. At length, after many delays, (Oct. 1st, 1656,) arrived what it had been supposed was to be a presentation at court, but which prov- ed to be nothing, but the prosternation of the several embassadors remaining at Peking, in the nominal presence of the emperor. At one hour after midnight the Dutch envoys were conducted by the 1844. Nieuhof's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. 403 mandarin Pinxentous and the other agents (procuratores ) of the viceroys of Canton, with a great display of lanterns, to the vicinity of the palace. Here they were placed in a large square open to the sky, seated on the naked stones (nudis saxis) to remain until day- light, when the Great Cham on his throne was to exhibit himself to their view. Presently the Mogul envoy, and those of the lamas and the Western Tartars or Sutatads came and sat down in the same place. The envoy of the Sutatads, it is stated, was treated with particular favor and distinction, because of the proximity of his na- tion to China, and the number of their cavalry, which made their friendship desirable to the emperor. In front of the gate of this square were three caparisoned elephants, and on each side a large body of Tartar troops, besides a vast multitude of ordinary specta- tors. After which they were introduced through a second, a third, and a fourth gate, into an interior court, where was the throne of the emperor, in the form, as represented in Nieuhoff's engraving, of a small pavilion, guarded by a numerous array of soldiery, and amid all the magnificence of Asiatic pomp. Conspicuous before the foot of the throne stood twelve superbly caparisoned white horses, six on each hand. The envoys had scarcely time to glance at the brilliant spectacle before them, when, at the ringing of a small bell, a Tartar soldier sprang into the middle of the area, with a whip in his hand made appa- rently of three twisted strands of leather, each round and hollow like a snake skin, which he snapped with so much art and celerity, that the sound was like the report of a bombard, and having done this three times he disappeared in the crowd. Then, all rising up, the senior “Tutangus, followed by more than thirty other grandees, ap- proached the throne, and all, at the voice of a herald, adored (vene- rabantur) the Great Cham by bowing the head nine times to the ground, to the sound of soft music. These having stepped aside, the chancellor and two of the senators led up another band of gran- dees, who worshiped the throne with the same adoration. Then the chancellor returning to the envoys, asked of what rank they were to be considered ; and they replied, that of Thiomping ; for thus they had been designated by the viceroys of Canton. The Mogul embassador made the same reply to the same question, de- claring himself equal to the Hollanders. In the midst of the court, opposite the middle door of the emperor's throne, were twenty stones placed in a line, with inscriptions on them, which indicated where each person according to his rank was to stop in approaching the 404 Nieuhoff's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. Aug. emperor. The envoys were commanded to stop at the tenth. Then a herald cried with aloud voice, ' Advance towards the throne;' and they advanced. Take your places;' and they took them. 'Kneel,' and they knelt. Incline the head three times ;' and they did it. Rise;' and they arose. Finally, at the close of the ceremony, Return to your places;' and they returned. After which, the em- bassadors were conducted to a raised platform at one side, and ordered to bow the head as before, and treated to a cup of milk-tea, in common with other courtiers, who were all diligently sipping their tea. Meanwhile, at another ring of the bell and crack of the whip, the whole multitude present fell on their knees. And here the presentation ended and the emperor disappeared, the whole cere- mony having occupied only an eighth of an hour (vir octava hora). The envoys neither spoke to the emperor, nor were spoken to by him; and did not even obtain a distinct view of his face, which was partly hid by the peristyle of his throne, and partly by the concourse of princes and grandees, and the guards with their bows and arrows, who surrounded the approach to the throne. And upon the depart- ure of the emperor, all the crowd of courtiers and soldiers dispersed unceremoniously, each his own course, the envoys themselves, guarded as they were by soldiers appointed for that purpose, being compelled to force their way through the multitude. The only direct notice which the emperor is represented to have taken of the envoys was to glance back at them as he went away (eos oculis suis retro persequi), and to require the costume which they had worn at court to be sent to him for his inspection as a matter of curiosity. On the afternoon of the same day, the envoys of the several na- tions were entertained together at the house of the Cancellarius' in the name of the emperor; and before they sat down were required to turn towards the north where the emperor was supposed to be, and perform the same prostrations as before the imperial throne. One other trait at the entertainment is curions. “The envoys were expected, according to the law of nations, to carry away whatever remained of the feast, (more gentium secum in sacciperiis auferre), and it was an edifying spectacle to see the Suta- tads stuff the fragments of meat, dripping with fat and juices, into their leather scrips, and the bosom of their sheep-skin jackets, the blood oozing out of their bags, and their garments shining with grease, while they struggled together to see who should carry away the greatest quantity of half-eaten fragments." 1844. Nieuhof"s Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. 405 Drinking followed, and it was late before the feast broke up. It was necessary, at the close, to return thanks to the emperor for his vicarious hospitality, by again kneeling and prostrating themselves towards the north; after which, says Nieuhoff, the envoys returned to their lodgings, 'not a little fatigued that day by having to bend the body so many times in prostration.' The envoys were invited to a second and a third entertainment. At the second of these, they observed that the Moguls were in great- er favor than themselves; which they discovered arose from the Moguls having been more liberal of bribes. Indeed the Hollanders, though they had also bribed liberally, found that it had availed them nothing. Nay, even at this time, the Tutangus sive Imperii Custos' gravely asked them 'whether it was true, as was commonly believed of the Hollanders, that they were able to live under water three entire days;' for it seems that the enemies of the Dutch had now persuad- ed the simple and credulous Tartars that not only the Dutch were landless wanderere on the sea, and public plunderers, but also were amphibious animals, and could live like seals indifferently in or upon the sea as well as on land. Deceived, as the envoys considered them- selves, by the mandarins whose friendship they had purchased at so high a price, they had no remedy; for they could not denounce the mandarins as the receivers of bribes, without denouncing themselves as the givers; which they well knew was contrary alike to the law of nations and the law of the empire. At the last of these entertainments, given at the house of the second 'Cancellarius.' whose favor they had conciliated by new bribes, they received the parting presents of money, silks, &c., given by the emperor to the governor of Batavia, themselves, and the per- sons of their suite. They received each article on their knees; and then performed the stated prostration as to the throne of the em- peror. Nieuhoff enumerates these articles, which were all of the ordinary manufactures of the country. Nieuhoff gives an account also of the provisions daily supplied by the emperor to the legation, so much to the envoys, and so much to each of the persons in their suite; " but the envoys, (not contenting themselves with what was supplied then from the court,) feasted mag- nificently every day at their own expense, in order to show to the Tartars and Chinese the mode of living of the Hollanders." They were suffered to remain at Peking only a fortnight after their presentation at court. On the 16th of October, they were conducted into the hall of the Lí Pú, to receive the letter of the em- 406 AUG. Nicuhof's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. peror to the governor of Batavia. The letter was written in the two languages Chinese and Manchu, with a gilt margin and figured on the back, and after being read, was rolled up in yellow linen (silk ?) and inclosed in a bambuo, and thus delivered to the envoys, who received it on their knees with the deepest reverence (quas genuflexo eximià reverentiâ acciperunt). Not a word was said by the man- darins, at this or at any time since their presentation at court, con- cerning the business of the embassy. The decision of the imperial court on their business was contained in the following letter. Letter of the Great Cham of the Tartars and Chinn, to the go- vernor-general of Batavia. “ The king sends these letters to Dutch Batavia, to the governor- general Joannes Maatzuyker. Our countries are as far apart as the east is from the west, and thus it is difficult for us to come together. And from the memory of all time to the present day, the Hollanders have never been seen at our court. But you, a very wise and well disposed man, have sent to us Petrus de Goyer and Jacobus de Key- ser, who in your name have appeared before me and brought pre- sents. Your country is ten thousand miles distant from hence; but you show a sincere disposition in being mindful of us. And so my heart also is strongly inclined towards you. Wherefore I send two rolls of silk with dragons, also two other rolls of silk, four rolls of figured silk, four rolls of plain blue silk, four rolls of waved silk, ten rolls of figured silk, four rolls of gauze, ten rolls of dressed silk, ten rolls of fine silk, and three hundred taels of silver. You have applied for free commerce in my empire, to import and export goods, which will be very profitable to the people. But, seeing that your country is very far remote, and violent winds blow here, which are very dangerous to ships, and severe cold, with snow and ice prevails, it excites my pity to think of your people coming here. But if nevertheless they be resolved to come, cause them to come only once in eight years, with not more than one hundred men, of whom twenty may visit the place where my court is held; and then you may expose your goods on land and carry on your dealings without remaining in the waters of Canton. Which act of benevo- lence towards you I have thus well settled, and I trust to your satis- faction. This is what I have desired you to know. “The 13th year, 8th month, and 29th day of Sungtei. Hongte Thoepe." And with this on the same day, they were compelled (coacte) to leave Peking, after being there about three months; 'having been, 1844. Nieuhoff's Embassy to the Court of Peking, in 1654. 407 the whole time shut up as it were in a domestic prison, without being allowed so much even as once to walk out for recreation,' (p. 167), and of course enjoying no opportunities of observation ex- cept in going to and from the court. On their return, they had some trouble to obtain boats, and be well served; but they finally reached Canton on the 2d of January, 1657. Here disputes arose as to the additional amount of money to be given to the mandarins, whose rapacity was quite beyond the pa- tience of the Hollanders. Whereupon the mandarins began to treat them with personal contumely; and the principal interpreter of the legation, Paul Durette, being murdered soon after, the envoys began to think it best for them to quit China as soon as possible, and make their way back to Batavia. They departed accordingly, on the 1st of March, amid some demonstrations of civility from the inferior mandarins, but without being permitted to take personal leave of the viceroy. Nieuhoff publishes a summary of the account rendered of the expenses of the embassy as follows: 1. Gifts. To the viceroys and mandarins of Canton, Fl. 4,019 10 1 On the journey to Peking, 678 0 12 Honoraria distributed at Peking to the Cham, his wife and mother, the chancellors and mandarins,... 42,326 17 8 On the return journey,... 2,592 10 10 To the viceroys, tatung, &c., at Cantonj.r. 5,935 10 19 Fl. 55,552 16 2. Expenses of subsistence, boat hire, &c., at Canton, Pe- king and on the way from one to the other, 43,278 8 18 Fl. 98,831 To which sum should of course be added the salary and other appointments of the envoys and their suite. In return for all which great sum of money, as well as for the trouble of the envoys, who spared no cost or labor, they obtained nothing at the court of Peking, says Nieuhoff, except the privilege of once in eight years sending an embassy to the emperor as his friends, or, as might with more pro- priety be said, his tributary vassals, for thus it is manifest the matter was understood by the Chinese. But the envoys consoled them- selves with the hope of better success at another time, and the sense of disappointment springing from the present failure was relieved by the intelligence which they received on their return of the conquest of Ceylon, which important island the Dutch had at length, after heroic efforts on both sides, succeeded in wresting from the Portu- guese. 9 5 8 408 Aug. Report of the Hospital ut Shánghui. Art. II. Report of the Medical Missionary Society's Hospital at Shúnghái, under the care of W. Lockhart, M. R. C. S. The Medical Missionary Society's station at Chusan, which had been relinquished on the departure of all foreigners from that island in February, 1841, was reöccupied, and an hospital opened in July, 1843; and with partial interruption, its operations were carried on till January, 1844. At this time, in consequence of the port of Shánghái having been opened to foreign trade, it was thought more desirable to remove the hospital to that city, it appearing to be a much more extensive sphere for carrying out the intentions of the Society, and a more important position on account of its large population, as well as its intercourse with many large cities in the vicinity. During the time of residence at Chusan, the natives were found as eager to avail themselves of medical relief, as they were during the former occupation of the station in 1840. Many again applied for themselves, or for their friends, who had been patients during that period. In July, a short visit was paid to Ningpo. On making known that those afflicted with disease would be attended to, numbers of people resorted daily to the house, and several were materially benefited. Within the few days of residence there, about 200 persons applied for relief. A boy was brought in who had extensive caries of the thigh-bone; he had been employed as a workman in a varnish ware- house. This substance is of a most irritating nature, especially when applied to any part of the body, where the surface of the skin has been broken or abraded, causing the formation of inveterate abscesses and ulcers in those who handle it daily, if they be not careful to wash their hands in a sort of wood-oil called tung-yú. The workmen are particularly liable to be thus poisoned on their first entrance into the manufactory, and the disease in this boy, was ap- parently one of the results of this poison affecting an unhealthy sys- tem. Intermittent fever was met with in a large number of persons. Gastrodynia prevails, also, to a great extent. Diseases of the eye were as numerous as in other parts of China. One case of cataract presented itself, and both eyes were successfully operated on. One case of confirmed mania was noticed in a respectable woman, 5 years old, the mother of a large family. It was mentioned in the former report, that intermittent fever 1844. 409 Report of the Hospital at Shúnghái. prevailed to a great extent at Chusan. This opinion was confirmed by the large proportion of cases, which again presented themselves, and the beneficial effects of quinine were well remembered. The cause of this frequency of ague, is no doubt attributable to the mar- shy state of most of the large valleys throughout the island. Elephantiasis. Several cases of this malady in its worst form were seen, and the persons thus afflicted were chiefly resident in a valley named Yentsáng, which is very wet and marshy at all seasons of the year. The patients were for the most part agricultural labor- ers. Three cases of attempted suicide by the eating of prepared opium are mentioned in the list. In one of these the quantity swallowed was half a tael (a little more than half an ounce). The case was seen soon after the poison had been taken; free vomiting was induced, and the patient recovered. The cause of this attempted destruction of life originated in a quarrel with a fellow-servant, about some articles of food which had been stolen from their master; some weeks afterwards the same man again took opium, because in a dispute with some of the females of his family, one of them bit him severely on the hand, which excited the laughter of the others against him. This time the dose taken was but small, and its effects speedily passed away. The second case was in a man who suspect- ed his wife of unfaithfulness to him. The third was that of a woman whose husband had beaten her, because she wasted his money. The quantity of opium swallowed in both these cases was small, and the effects passed off after the evacuation of the stomach by copious vomiting. Four cases of attempted suicide are mentioned by swallowing a solution of salt and water. It is supposed by the natives of Chusan that if water be allowed to percolate through a quantity of common salt, half a pint of the strong solution thus produced, if swallowed will cause death. Sometimes an infusion of tobacco is added to the solution; this of course would be more or less injurious, according to the strength of the infusion. In one of these cases, a weak infu. sion of the tobacco had been added, but without producing any other effect than nausea and vomiting. Although it is said by the people that death often ensues after taking the solution of salt, still in the cases of attempted suicide by this means to which aid has been solicited, no such effect, or the apparent likelihood of it, has ever been produced. Two of these instances were women, who having been beaten by their husbands, wished to revenge themselves, by casting the guilt of their death on them, or perhaps merely to VOL. XIII. NO, IL 410 Ava Report of the Hospilul al Shunghui frighten their offending partners. Another was a young woman who look the solution because her grandinother would not allow her to wash her clothes when she wished to do so, whereat she was so much offended as to think it better to die than to live. The last case was that of a man, who having had a dispute with his sister's husband about some money affair of trifling amount, which was not settled to his satisfaction, on that account attempted suicide. The case of severe gunshot wound of the thigh was the result of accident. A gentleman was out shooting in a boat. During his absence, one of the boatmen, carelessly taking up the gun to look at it, raised one of the hammers, which slipping out of his fingers, the gun went off, and the contents were lodged in the back of the thigh of his fellow-boatman. When the man was brought to the house, a very extensive lacerated wound was found at the posterior part of the thigh, and the flexor muscles of the leg were much torn; there had been considerable hemorrhage, but no large vessel appeared to be involved in the mischief. The man was placed in as comfortable a position as possible, simple dressing applied; extensive sloughing of the surface of the wound took place at first, followed by profuse suppuration, and the wadding and charge of shot was removed a fortnight afterwards, through an aperture that formed on the lateral part of the thigh. The man's strength did not fail, healthy granula- tions filled up the cavity in his thigh, cicatrization progressed rapidly, and when the patient was sent home to Chinhái, (in conse- quence of the closing of the hospital at Chusan,) but a very small portion of the wound remained open. A Fukien man was frequently seen at Tinghái, of a strong, robust frame of body, who had seven toes on each foot, and six fingers on each hand. There were two great toes on each foot, the supple- mentary ones projecting inward, both were strong and well nourish- ed; the five smaller toes were of full size. He had also two thumbs on each hand, the outer being a little smaller than the true thumb; the other four fingers were of usual size. 36:܂ In the middle of January, 1844, an opportunity presenting of re- moval to Shanghai, the hospital at Chusan was closed, and the ope- rations of the Society commenced there about the middle of Feb- ruary. Shanghái is a district town of the department of Sungkiáng fú, in the province of Kiángsú, which with that of Nyimbwui is included "nder the name of Kingnan laviug Sunding its the provincial cilv 1844. 411 Report of the Hospital at Shanghái. Kiángnán, with the province of Kiangsí, commonly called the Two Kiáng, are under the government of one tsungtuh or governor-general. Shanghái is situated in lat. 31° 24' 29" N. and long. 12° 22' 02" E., on the right bank of the Wúsung river, at the point where it is joined by the Hwangpú river, and distant from the Yángtsz kiáng twelve miles. The country all around the city is a perfect flat, no hills being seen on the horizon, and in fact the nearest hills are at a distance of thirty miles, and begin near Sungkiáng fú, in a westerly direction. The ground is dry and composed of a rich alluvial soil which is very fertile, and yields wheat, cotton, and vegetables in great abun- dance. The face of tne country is intersected in all directions by rivulets and streams, which run in deep channels, into which the tide regularly flows: for the most part, the fields are raised so much above the level of the water in these water-courses, that the ground is well drained, and no marshes or swamps are to be seen. The people appear to be healthy and strong, and as robust and well-fed a race as are usually seen in Chinese cities. That part of the suburbs called Likia chang, which is allotted for the future residence of fo- reigners, is a quarter of a mile outside the northern gate, has a river frontage of half a mile, and extends inland as far as may be required for the building of houses. The plot of ground thus selected appears to be dry, and free from any local circumstances that are supposed to generate malaria. As soon as the hospital was opened, and it was known that medical relief would be afforded, crowds of people came daily to the house, urgently, often boisterously, requesting to be attended to. be seen by the list of cases, a large number of people have passed under treatment from the middle of February to the end of April inclusive. The persons who applied were not only the residents of Shánghai, but many cases from Súchau, Sungkiáng, and other cities in the vicinity, and also from the island of Tsungming. The confi- dence displayed by the people towards the foreign surgeon, has been very pleasing. It will be seen from the list of cases, that in- stances of intermittent fever have not been nearly so numerous as at Chusan, while the cases of cough, hæmoptysis, dyspepsia, with gas- trodynia and rheumatism, have been very numerous, and during the winter season, catarrh with cough and rheumatic pains prevail to a great extent among the people. The three persons who were deaf and dumb, were girls who had been thus afflicted from birth. They had been taught some of the As may 412 Aig, Report of the Hospital at Shanghai. common arts of life, were clean and well clad, and their parents ap- peared to be very attentive to their wants. The case of gunshot wound through the pelvis, was in a little girl eleven years old ; she was standing near the military exercise ground, while the soldiers were firing at a mark, and was accidentally wounded. She was seen four days after the accident, February 10th, when it was found that a ball had passed through the pelvis, enter- ing very near the right trochanter and passing out anterior to the left trochanter. The child had suffered very severe pain, was wholly unable to stand, the right thigh was slightly bent on the body and could not be extended rithout inducing much suffering; feces were passing per vaginam, but little constitutional disturbance arose, and fever only existed in a slight degree. On the 18th, fæces began to pass through the wound on the right side; this continued for three or four days and then ceased; free suppuration was now flowing from both wounds, and from the vagina. It would appear that the ball had passed through the lower part of the pelvis, opening a com- munication between the rectum and vagina; the bones of the pelvis on both sides and the os femoris of the right side, were most proba- bly injured, but to what extent could not be ascertained. The limbs were kept in as comfortable a position as possible, water dressing ap- plied to the wound, and though the suppuration was very great ac first, it has gradually diminished, and the wounds are now (April 31st) very small, the evacuations are almost wholly confined to their proper channel. The little patient sits up for a short time every day, her appetite is good, and there is every prospect that she will soon be well, though she will doubtless go lame all her life. The large tumor in the neck was in a man of 50 years of age. The tumor, an encysted one, as large as the man's head, was pendant from the horizontal ramus of the lower jaw, and the lateral part of the neck, and not attached to any of the deep seated fascia. The tumor had existed for 25 years, and caused the patient so much annoyance that he was very anxious for its removal. He was ac- cordingly admitted into the house, and the following day the tumor was removed. Considerable hemorrhage occurred during the opera- tion, but this soon ceased, and three arteries only required the liga- ture; a great portion of the wound united by the first intention, the ligature came away by the 9th day, and in three weeks the man was discharged, perfectly well and very grateful for the attention that had been paid to him. The people who heard of this case, were muel astonished, as they had not previously imagined that such an 1814. 41: Report of the Hospital at Shanghái. operation was practicable. Several cases of the malignant form of Asiatic leprosy have presented themselves, some of whom came regularly, and are of course very anxious for relief, but it is feared that little can be done for their benefit. Elephantiasis does not exist here to so great an extent as at Chu- san, but in one of the cases, the left thigh and leg were of an enor- mous size; the circumference of the lower part of the thigh being 27 inches, and round the calf of the leg, also 27 inches. Confirm- ed cases of elephantiasis may perhaps be considered incurable, but if regular treatment be commenced in an early stage of the disease, there may possibly be some prospect of success. The case of suicide by opium eating occurred in a man from Ningpo. He had been out of work for some time, and on this ac- count wished to put an end to his life. As near as could be ascer- tained he had taken two drachms of prepared opium, about 4 hours before he was visited; he was conscious, but laboring under great oppression, pupils much contracted, the presence or absence of a strong light producing no change on them; free vomiting was with much difficulty induced, and other means employed, so that it was hoped the man would recover; he however sank and died during the night. Almost all the cases of cataract operated on were admitted into the house; two women could not be received as in-patients for there was no accommodation for females; but both these cases were doing well when last seen. Of those taken into the house, one was a respectable old man, a Chinese physician from the town of Páu- shán. The cataract in the left eye was extracted, but a portion of the vitreous humor escaped during the operation, and the sight of that eye was not restored so perfectly as had been anticipated. The cataract in the right eye was depressed, and when he returned home, the power of vision was increasing. For the most part the other cases were successful. In a few the power of vision was only partially restored, owing to changes that had taken place in other parts of the eyes besides the lens, interfering with the healthy action of the organ. Within the last few days a lady from Súchau, and two respectable merchants from the same place, afflicted with cataract, have applied for relief, and will shortly be operated on. Of the three cases in which the operation for artificial pupil was performed, one was tolerably successful; in another, after the pupil was formed it was discovered that the retina had lost its power; and the third was found to be complicated with cataract, which latter has yet to be removed. The number of cases in which one or both Report of the Dospital at Shinghui. Aur eyes were lost, is very large: the destruction of the organ being for the inost part caused by severe catarrhal ophthalmia, in numerous instances from long continued entropium, and also from the effect of small-pox pustules on the cornea. It may not be considered out of place in this report to mention two benevolent institutions, which have been met with in this city, supported by public subscriptions from the people. One of them is called “the Hall of United Benevolence.” Its office is in the city, where the officers and committee meet for the management of all the details of business. Outside the South gate, it has a large cemetery, where the poor are buried; and coffins are also given, with certain restrictions, to those who are unable to purchase them for their deceased relatives. Money is also distributed to the poor monthly by the officers; and outside the north gate it has a large and com- modious building appropriated as an hospital for the aged and in- firm, who have no relatives to maintain them, and who are admitted on the recommendation of the subscribers and supporters of the institution. The other establishment worthy of notice is the Foundling Hos- pital. This also is supported by public subscription, and receive all such children as are sent to it. They are placed by their relatives in a box near the front gate, and a bell is struck to give notice to the gate-keeper, who transfers the little ones to the care of matrons. Some of the children are sent out to nurse; others are kept in the hospital under the charge of wet nurses hired for the purpose. Each of these women has two children to feed, and if at any time she can- not afford them sufficient nourishment, she gives them flour and water, which is kept in readiness. The establishment appears to be tolerably well managed; the rooms are as clean as Chinese rooms commonly are; the children seem to be well fed; and the nurses are healthy looking, strong women. An annual report is published, which has been obtained, and from which it appears, that in the year 1841, or 21st of the present emperor's reign, the number of infants under the care of the institution was as follows; viz., remain- ing from the former year, 22 infants ; received during the current year at the gate 114; received from Sungkiang fú 34 ; sent out 58; died 78; remaining on the books of the hospital 35. In 1842, 220 of the emperor's reign, remaining from former year 35; ad- mitted 51; discharged 26; died 58; remaining on the books 42. Many children are brought in, afflicted with disease, and die in three or four days; and according to the report, more than half of the 10:11. 11: Report of the Ilospital at Shanghai owner. deaths take place thus early after admissiou. As the children grow up they are taken from the institution by various families : some of them are brought up as domestics, or artiñcers of different kinds ; others are adopted as children, the boys as heirs where there is no son, and the girls as the future wives of the sons or grandsons of the family At Shanghái, numerous bathing-houses are met with, which are established by private individuals as a source of profit. They are for the most part, large commodious houses, kept very clean, and great numbers of Chinese constantly resort to them at all hours, more especially in the latter part of the day. The price for a bath is six copper cash, exactly one farthing; for the bath and a cup of tea, nine cash. In the front of the house there is a large hall, fitted up with great numbers of boxes and compartments, in which the visitors place their clothes ; all these boxes are under the charge of a doorkeeper, who gives the bather a clean towel, and is responsi- ble that no transfer of property occurs during the absence of the A passage leads from this hall to the bathing apartment, which is a small room the greatest part of which is taken up by a large water trough made of tiles this is filled with water and kept hot by a fire placed underneath; planks are placed across the trough on which the bathers sit in the steam and wash themselves, or get into the water at pleasure. The water is changed once every day, and although this would not suit the ideas of a European in respect to cleanliness, the Chinese do not regard it, and appear to enjoy the bath as much in the evening as when the water is first put in earlier in the day. This establishment, (the attendance at which is of course entirely confined to the men,) must be a great source of cleanliness and comfort to the people, who have the advantage of a hot bath at very low rate of charge. The average daily attendance is about a thousand. Similar bathing-houses are also kept at Ningpo. At the conclusion of this report, the hope may be expressed that the endeavor to benefit this people, may be productive of a mutual good feeling between the natives and the strangers who have now commenced a residence in their city; and that the former may not only be relieved for their bodily maladies, but led to Him, who went about healing all manners of sickness and disease among the people; and to whom every knee shall bow, whether of Jew or Gentile, professing Christian or heathen. May the Lord hasten it in his time! 416 Aili. Report of the Hospitul al Shúnghui. List of cases at Chusan and Ningpo from July, 1843, to Janu- ary, 1844. cornea . Intermittent fever 142 Curvature of spine 6 Rheumatism 27 Old irreducible dislocation Chlorosis 3 of humerus - 1 Anasarca 3 | Very severe gunshot wound Ascites 1 of thigh Dyspepsia and gastrodynia 82 Severe laceration of hand Tussis 25 with loss of three fingers 1 Asthma 2 Severe wounds 2 Phthisis 2 Contusions 6 Hæmoptysis 2 Diseases of the eye. Hæmatemesis 1 Catarrhal ophthalmia 70 Purpura hæmorrhagica 1 Chronic conjunctivitis 82 Enlarged spleen 6 Granular lids 187 Jaundice 1 Granular lids with opacity of Hemiplegia 1 100 Mania 1 Granular lids with pannus 60 Attempted suicide by opium 3 Leucoma 50 by sal: and water 4 Trichiasis 88 Convulsions in children 2 Entropium (cured 10) 58 Miscellaneous diseases 10 Ectropium 10 Abscesses of various parts 40 Pterygium 60 Ulcers of various parts 150 Contraction of tarsi 30 Erysipelas of leg 6 Lippitudo 50 Psora and psoriasis 85 Staphyloma 11 Elephantiasis - 14 Ulceration of cornea 62 Tumors of various parts 2 Conical cornea 8 Enlarged glands 6 Synechia 10 Small painful tumors removed 2 Hernia iridis 6 Induration of cellular mem Amaurosis 4 brane 1 Cataract (cured 3) Polypus nasi 1 Loss of both eyes Caries of various bones 6 Loss of one eye 10 Disease of hip joint 1 Neuralgia of orbit 2 Enlargement of knee joint 2 Total number 1642 27 List of cases at Shanghái from Feb. 18th to April 30th, 1844. Intermittent fever 10 Tussis 155 Dyspepsia 287 Hæmoptysis 50 Anasarca 9 Phthisis 7 Ascites 8 Asthma 17 Dysentery 24 Laryngitis 23 Chronic hepatitis 2 Cynarrche 2 Enlargement of liver 1 Ulceration of fauces Jaundice 4 Disease of heart foramen Dysuria - orale aperture 1 1844. Repurt of the Hospital at Shúnghái. 417 15 Enlargement of heart 1/Old irreducible dislocation Cephalalgia 20 of shoulder 1 Chlorosis 2 Gunshot wound through the Epilepsy 5 pelvis Loss of memory 1 Gunshot wound of hand, Loss of speech 2 Rupture of ligamentum pa- Deaf and dumb 3 tellæ 1 Surditas 29 Curvature of spine 1 Rheumatism 169 Caries of spine Rheumatic enlargement of Enlargement of inferior joints - maxilla Partial paralysis of limbs 21 Caries of superior maxilla 1 Hemiplegia 6 Node on ulna and caries of Syphilis, secondary - 7 sternum 1 Soft nodes 1 Caries of os frontis 3 Opium smoking 20 Caries of os femoris 1 Opium smoking in woman 1 Necrosis of tibia 1 Suicide by opium 1 Fracture of ulna and radius 1 Erysipelas 2 Disease of hip, knee, and other Abscesses of various parts 45 joints - 8 Ulcers of various parts 112 Catarrhal ophthalmia 192 Contusions of various parts 8 Granular lids 326 Hemorrhoids - 6 Granular lids with opacity 326 Glandular swellings 17 Granular lids with pannus 79 Goitre 2 Entropium (operated 46) - 153 Malignant polypus 1 Ectropium (operated 2) 97 Large tumor of neck removed 1 Trichiasis 40 Tumors of neck 6 Contraction of tarsi Tumors of other parts 3 Pterygium (cured 14) 138 Double scrotal hernia 1 Epiphora 9 Scrotal hernia 19 Abscess of eyelid 4 Inguinal hernia 4 Tumor of eyelid 4 Ganglion of wrist 1 Abscess of lachrymal sac 4 Nævi materni 3 Fistula lachrymalis - 1 Psora and psoriasis 147 Ptosis (cured 1) 2 Lepra 16 Lippitudo 88 Leprosy, Asiatic 32 Leucoma 89 Elephantiasis 9 Ulceration of cornea 236 Elephantiasis in woman 1 Conical cornea 19 Schirrus mammæ 2 Iritis 6 Fistula in ano 5 Synechia 18 Contraction of tendons 4 Closure of pupil 57 Contraction of muscles of jaw Artificial pupil, 3 operations Contraction of neck from con Hernia iridis 15 tinued abscesses 1 Staphyloma 44 Contraction of extensors of Amaurosis 26 arms and legs 1 Near sighted - 4 Hydrocele (cured 3) 4. Malignant ulceration of eyelid | Sarcoma of testis 1 Loss of botlı eves 108 61 - - VOL XIII. NO. VIII 418 Λι, , Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Loss of one eye Cataract of both eyes Cataract of one eye Cataract, incipient - Operations for cataract, viz., extraction 1 73 58 32 56 depression - 11 reclination - 6 division 8 Total No. of cases 3,764 Name of place. Province. N. lat. E. long ART. III. Alphabetical list of the provinces, departments, and districts in China, with their latitudes and longitudes. (Con- tinued from page 369.) Department. 開​州 ​Kai chan, Chihlí, Táming fú, 35 46 115 16 開​州 ​Kai chan, Kweichau, Kweiyáng fu, BH Me Kái hien, Sz'chuen, Kweichau fu, 31 18 108 30 H. Kaifung fu, Honán, *34 52 05 114 33 Is 1540 lk from Peking, in the northeastern part of the province, and is the capital; bounded N. by the Yellow river; E. by Kweiteh fú; S. E. by Chin- chau fú; S. by Hü chau and Jü chau; and W. by Honán fú. It contains 1 ting district (l'fung), two chau districts (Ching and Yu), and ten hien districts, Tsiángfi, Lányáng, Tunghii, Chinliú, Kí, Chungmau, Yungtseh, Yungyáng, Sz'shwui, Weishi, Yenling, rúchuen, Sinching, and Mih. 開化 ​Kaihwa , Yunnan, Is 6360 lí from Peking, in the southeastern part of the province; bounded N. and E. by Kwangnán fú; S. by Cochinchina; and W. by Linngán fú. It contains one district, Wanshán. ĐH & Kaihwa hien, Chekiang, Küchau fú, *29 09 15 118 35 48 Kaikien hien, Kwangtung, Shauking fú, 23 45 111 27 WF Kaiping hien, Kwángtung, Sháuking fú, 22 30 111 54 Kaitai hien, K weichau, Liping fú, 26 10 109 0 #14 Kánchau fú, Kansuh, *39 040 100 56 Is 5044 li from Peking, in the northern part of the province; bounded N. and E. by the Great Wall, which separates it from the desert of Cobi; S. E. by fú Liángchau fú; S. and E. by the Kí mountains and Inner Mongolia and Koko nor. 'It contains 1 ting district (Fú-í), and 2 hien districts, Chángyih and Shintán. til Kansuh sang, or the province of Kansuh; the name is formed by the combination of those of the two departments Kanchau fú and Suh chau. It is bounded N. E. by the Ortous Mongolian tribes and the desert of Cobi; E. loy Shensi; S. by Srčmen: S. W. hy Kobonor and the desert of Cobi; and N W by Koble, and I'li. Il comprises !! leitud 6 ind. preendent chau It (8• 1814, 419 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province, N. lat. E long Departinent. tends from lat. 32° 30' to 44° 30' N., and from lon. 8° to 29" W. of, Peking. Its boundaries are undetermined on the N. and N. W.; that part of the province lying south of the Yellow river is about 70,000 square miles, but this part does not include half the limits, which extend on the north, far into Mongolia and the desert of Cobi. The population is estimated at 15,193,125. The Yellow river runs through it from S. W. to N. E. HR Kantsiuen hien, Kiángsú, Yangchau fú. *32 26 32 119 24 13 ER Kantsien hien, Shensi, Yenngán fú, 36 24 109 13 激​浦 ​Kanph, Chelợiáng, Háiyen lien. The city is supposed to be the Canſu spoken of in Renaudot's account of two Arabian travelers, and which in the ninth century was a large port. It is now of little importance, having been surpassed by Chápu. See Chi. Rep. vol. I., page 8, and vol. III., pp. 115–118. i 8 Kanngan hien, Kwangtung, Kiungchau fú, 18 59 108 20 顏​縣 ​Kan hien, Kiáng sĩ, Kánchau fú, *25 52 48 114 47 06 赣​州 ​Kanchau fú, , Kiáng số, *25 52 48 114 47 06 Is 4135 li from Peking, forming the southern end of the province; bounded N. and N. E. by Ningtu chau; E. by Fukien ; S. E., S., and S. W. by Kwang- tung; W. by Nanngán fú and Kihngán fú. It contains 1 ting district (Ting. nin), and 8 hien districts, Kán, Sinfung, Lungnán, Hwuichúng, Ngányuen, Chángning, Hingkwoh, and Yutú. Künchau fú is the mart for the trade across the mountains from Kwángtung. Ba hấu Kanya hien, Kiáng sú, Hái chau, 34 52 119 28 Ut a Kaupeh táu, Chihli. Is 460 li from Peking, in the northwestern part of the province beyond the Great Wall; bounded N. and W. by Chahar; E. by Chingteh fú; and S. by Siuenhwá fú, where its magistrate lives. It has 3 ting districts, Chángkiá kau ting and Tuhshih kau ting, (so named from two principal gates in the Great Wall,) and Tolunnar ting. * ĐỀ Keuching hien, Honán, Weihwui fú, *34 47 105 27 Ny Káuchau fu, Kwángtung, *21 48 110 26 15 Is 6554 l from Peking, in the southwestern part of the province; bounded N. E. by Loting chau; Ē. by Shauking fú; S. E. by the sea ; S. W. by Lien. chau fu and Luichau fú; and N. W. by Kwangsí. It contains 1 chau dis- trict (Hwá), and 5 hien districts, Mauming, Tienpeh, Shihching, Wüchuen, and Sin-é. en el Káu hien, Szºchuen, Süchau fu, 28 18 104 33 高陵 ​Kauling Shensí, Singán fú, 34 30 109 04 8 đ KGumih hien, Shantung, Laichau fú, 36 23 120 11 E | Kauming hien, Kwangtung, Shauking fủ, 22 51 112 18 # # Kíungán hien, Kiớngsĩ, Suichau fú, *28 24 40 115 17 36 HP Kauping hien, Shánsí, Tsehchau fú, 355 45 112 53 # Kíuehun hien, Kiingsi, Kiúngning fu, 120 Airi. Provinces, Departments, ami Districts in China. Provin X lat. F.. ling Name of your Dr.parunont. 高​臺 ​Kátúi lien, Kunsul, Suh chan, 39 255 100 17 E Kétáng chau, Shántung, Tongchang fú, 36 58 116 24 TỀ THI Káuyáng hien, Chihli, Páuting fú, 38 44 115 56 TB g Káuyáu hien, Kwangtung, Shauking fu, *23 04 48 112 04 E Káuyih lien, Chihlí, Cháu chau, 37 40 114 47 7 Káuyú clau, Kiangsú, Yángchau fu, 32 47 119 20 = pi Kauyuen hien, Shantung, Tsingchau fú, 37 10 118 12 til Káuching hien, Chihli, Chingting fu, 38 05 114 59 E BI Káulan hien, Kansuh, Lánchau fú, *36 08 24 113 5.) HỂ KÍtái hien, Kánsuh, Chinsí fú. là L Kíchán hien, Shensí, Fungtsiáng fú, 34 20 107 40 縣 ​Ki hien, Honán, Káifung fu, 34 42 114 55 I W Kí hien, Honán, Weihwui fú, 35 38 114 21 ĐT Kikiáng hien, Saºchuen, Chungking fú, 28 56 106 49 冀州 ​Kí chau, Chihlí, *37 38 15 115 42 Is 633 la from Peking, on the southeastern side of the province; bounded N. by Páuting fú; E. by Hokien fú; S. by Shunteh fú; and W. by Cháu chan. It contains 5 districts, Tsáukiang, Sinho, Nánkung, Hangshwui, and Wúyih. 葡​州 ​Kichan, Shuntien fi, 40 05 117 22 Tī ) Kí chau, Chihlí, Páuting fu, 38 27 115 26 祁縣 ​Ki hien, Shánsí, Túiyuen fu, 37 23 112 18 祁門 ​Kimun hien, Ngánhwui, Hwuichau fú, 29 55 118 18 祁陽 ​Kiyang hien, Húnán, Yungchau fu, 26 30 111 44 霸州 ​Kichan, Húpeh, Hwangchau fú, *30 04 48 115 0 10 W K Kishwui hien, Húpeh, Hwángchau fú, 30 29 115 10 GE # Kitseh hien, Chihlí, Kwángping fú, 37 () 115 0 Ex W Kiá chau, Shensí, Yülin fú, 38 08 110 20 I. Kiáhing fu, Chekiáng, *30 52 48 120 30 11 Is 3200 li from Peking, in the northeastern part of the province; bounded N. and E. by Kiángsú; S. E. by the sea; S. by Hangchau fú ; and W. by Hú- chau fú. It contains 7 districts, kiühing, Siúshwui, Kiáshen, Háiyen, Shih- mun, Pinghú, and Tunghiiing. 嘉興 ​Kishing hion, Chekiang, Kiáhing fú, *30 52 48 120 30 11 * Kinho hieu, Ilúnán, Kweiyung chau. Chillí, 1844. 421 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. N. lat. Elone. Name of place. Province. Department. 嘉義 ​Kids hien, Fukien, Taiwán fú. 8,5 Kisshen hien, Chekiang, Kishing fú, 30 53 120 40 É Kiáting fu, Sz'chuen, *29 27 36 103 55 Is 5105 li from Peking, in the centre of the province; bounded N. by Mei chau, Kung chau and Tsz' chau; E. and S. E. by Suchau fú; S. W. by Ning- yuen fú; and W. by Yáchau fú. It contains 1 ting district (Ngopien), and 7 hien districts, Lohshim, Kiemei, Weinruen, Kiáhkláng, Humgya, Young and Ngomei. BẺ Kiating hien, Kiáng sú, Taising chau, 31 22 121 03 H TẾ Kituiáng hien, Shántung, Tsíning chau, 35 32 116 30 RE Kiáying chau, Kwangtung, 24 10 116 03 Is 6776 li from Peking, in the northeastern part of the province; bounded N. by Kiángsí ; N. E. and E. by Fukien; S. E. and S. by Chauchau fú; and W. by Hwuichau fú. It contains 4 districts, Hingning, "Chinping, Chángloh, and Pingyuen. ĐỀ Á Kiayu hien, Húpeh, Wúcháng fu, 30 0 113 47 7 Hỗ Kiá hien, Honán, Jü chau, 34 04 113 10 At I Kishkiảng hien, Sz'chuen, Kiáting fú, 29 38 103 41 k | Kiai chau, Kansuh, 33 19 12 105 04 27 Is 3940 li from Peking, in the southern part of the province ; bounded N. E. by Tsin chau; E. by Shensí; S. and W. by Sz'chuen ; and N. W. by Kung- cháng fú. It contains 2 districts, Wan and Ching. 144 14) Kiki chau, Shánsí, 34 59 110 50 Is 1450 lí from Peking, in the south western corner of the province; bound- ed S. by the Yellow river; N. E. and E. by Kiáng chau; and N. W. and W. by Púchau fú. It contains 4 districts, Pingluh, Juiching, Ngánseh, and Hiá. - ( Kiaihim hien, Shánsí, Fanchau fú, 37 05 121 51 絳州 ​King chau, *35 37 111 29 15 Is 1800 li from Peking, in the southwest of the province; bounded N. by Pingyang fú; E. by 'Tsehchau fú; S. by Honán, from which the Yellow river divides it; S. W. by Púchau fú; and W. by Shensí. It contains 5 districts, Wanhi, Kiúng, Yuenkiuh, Tsihshán, and Hotsin. kế h Kiáng hien, Shánsí, Kiáng chau, 35 29 111 40 I | Kiáng chau, Kwangsí, Independent, 22 21 107 05 I JI| Kiángchuyen hien, Yunnan, Chingkiang fú, 24.32 102 58 I | Kiánghiá hien, Húpeh, Wucháng fú, *30 34 50 114 13 30 In Kiánghwa hien, Húnán, Yungchau fu, 25 19 111 32 L | Kiángling hien, Hupell, Kingchau fu, *30 26 40 112 04 50 If Kiángngán hien, Schuen, Lú chau, 28 42 105 08 Shánsi, 1:32 Arai Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. Department N. lat. E. long il Kiángning fu, Kiángsú, *32 04 40 18 47 Is 2445 lí from Peking, in the southwestern part of the province; bounded N. by Yangchau fú; E. by Chinkiáng, fú; S. and W. by Ngánhwui. It con- tains 7 districts, shingyuer, Kiángning, Kaushun, Kriyung, Kiángpú, Lih- shwui, and Luhhok. The department city is the ancient Nanking, or capital of the emperors of the Ming dynasty, and the present capital of the province. It Kiángning hien, Kiớngsu, Kiángning fú, *32 04 40 118 47 YI / Kiángpeh ting, Sz'chuen, Chungking fú. - i Kiangpủ hien, Kiáng sủ, Kiángning fú, 32 05 118 39 TL Kiangshan hien, Chekiếng, Küchau fú, *28 47 20 118 50 33 ÀI 5 Kiángsí sang, or the province of Kiangsí. It is bounded N. E. by Ngánhwui and Chekiáng; S. E. by Fukien; S. W. by Kwángtung; W. by Húnán; and N. W. by Húpeh. It comprises 13 fú, and 1 independent chau. It extends from lat. 24° 25' to 30° 10' N., and from long. 3° 5' W. to 2° 15' E. of Peking. Its area is estimated at 72,176 square miles, containing a population of 23,046,999, or about 320 persons to a square mile. This pro- vince is formed principally of the fertile valley of the Kán R., which flows through it from S. W. to N. E. into the Poyáng lake and Yángtsz' kiáng. I Kiángsú sang, or the province of Kiángsú. It is bounded N. by Shantung; E. by the sea; S. E. by Chekiang; S. W. by Ngánhwui; and W. by Honán. It comprises 8 fú, 3 independent chau, and lind. ting; the limits extend from lat. 30° 40' to 35° 10' N., and in long. from the meridian of Peking to 5° E. Its area is computed at about 40,000 square miles, and its population at 37,843,501 inhabitants, which if correct, gives it an average of 946 persons to a square mile, by far the most thickly settled country of its extent on the globe. The Yangisz' kiáng and the Yellow river both disem. bogue within its borders, and there are several lakes; the province is well watered and very level. TẾ Kiáng sin hien, Sz'chuen, Chungking fú, 29 15 106 20 TKB Kiángtú hien, Kiáng sú, Yángchau fú, *32 26 32 119 24 19 IỀ Kiangyin hien, Kiángsú, Chángchau fú. T. b Kiángyủ hien, Szºchuen, Lungngan fi, 31 46 104 52 AES Kiáu chau, Shántung, Láichau fu, *36 14 20 110 24 & Kiduching hien, Shánhí, Táiyuen fú, 37 36 112 06 án Kinho hien, Chihli, Hokien fú, 38 06 116 20 **Kiehngán chau, Kwangsí, Independent. là B, Kiehyáng hien, Kwangtung, Cháuchau fủ, 23 32 116 20 Kiencháng fú, Kiảngsố, *27 33 36 118 27 55 Is 3605 li from Peking, in the eastern part of the province; bounded N. and N. W. by Fúchau fú; E. and S. E. by Fukien ; and W. by Ningtú fú. It contains 5 districts, Nánching, Sinching, Núnfung, Kmángchang, and Lúlí. ta Kienchẳng hien, Kiáng si, Nankang fi, 29 05 115 43 1 1811 12:3 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place, Province, N. lat. Department. E. lung E ĐỂ Kiench hien, Húpeh, Shínán ſú, 30 42 109 45 # # Kienngan hien, Fukien, Kienning fú, *27 03 36 118 24 52 Kienning fu, Fukien, *27 03 36 118 24 25 Is 4355 14 from Peking, in the northeastern part of the province; bounded N. by Kiángsí; E. by Chekiáng; S. E. by Fuhning fú; S. by Fuhchau fú and Yenping fu; and W. by Sháuwú fú. It contains 7 districts, Kiennyán, Ngau- ning, Chingho, Sungkí, Púching, Kicnyány, and Tsungngán. The famous Wu-í shán or Bohea hills lie this department. hệ Kienning hien, Fukien, Sháuwú fú, *26 48 30 116 58 50 EF Kienping hien, Ngánhwui, Kwangten chau, #31 12 119 05 Kienshwui hien, Yunnan, Linngán fú. EỂM Kienteh hien, Ngánhwui, Chíchau fú, 30 16 117 03 t Kienteh hien, Chekiang, Yenclay fú, *30 45 41 117 23 34 9 Kienyang hien, Fukien, Kienning fú, *27 22 44 118 12 30 Kienwei hien, Szºchuen, Kiáting fu, 29 09 104 08 #t N Kien chau, Shensí, 34 37 108 20 Is 2695 lk from Peking, in the central and western part of the province; bounded N. by Pin chau; E. and S. by Singán fú; and W. by Fungtsiáng fú. It contains 2 districts, Wúkung, and Yungshau. #t N| Kienchau ting, Húnán, Is 3900 lk from Peking, in the western borders of the province; bounded N. by Yungsui ting; E. by Shinchau fú; S. by Funghwáng ting; and W. by Kweichau. It contains no subdivisions, and was formerly a wei or military post on the frontiers. IN Kien chau, Sz chuen, Chingtú fú, *30 25 104 37 30 劍​州 ​ĐH Kien chau, Szchuen, Páuning fu, 32 0 105 38 in | Kienchuen chau, Yunnan, , Líkiang fú, 26 35 100 06 Ĩ Kienkimng hien, Sz'chuen, Yúyáng chau, 29 21 106 23 Kiensí chau, Kweichau, Táting fú. Kienyang hieu, Hunán, Yuenchau fu, 27 09 109 30 5 Kienyang hien, Shens, Fungtsiang fú, 34 35 107 11 Kienlí hien, Húpeh, Kingchau fú, 29 49 112 43 Kih hien, Honán, Weihwui fú, *35 27 40 114 16 & Kih chau, Shiánsí, Pingyáng fú, *36 06 110 34 30 * Tiến Kihlun chau, Kwangsi, Independent. 吉 ​Kihngán fú, Kháugsĩ, *27 07 54 114 54 23 1s 3685 lí from Peking in the western part of tlie province : bounded N hy 1:21 Miris Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China Pruviner. AND of place. Department V. lat. F. long Linkiang fu and Yuenchau tu; E. by Fuchau fu and Ningtú tú; S. E. by kanchau fú; S. by Nánngán fú; and w. by Húnán. It contains 1 ting dis- trict (Licnhwa), and 9 hien districts, Lúling, Túiho, Wanngán, Lunglsiuen, Vungsin, Yungniny, kihshwui, Yungfung, and Nyánfuh. 2 K A Kilish wui hien, Kiángsí, Kihngán fú, 27 16 115 02 li kiin hien, Kansul, Lánchau fú, 35 55 104 08 4 | Killiảng hieu, Shántung, Tsíning chau, 35 11 116 35 Kinhwá fu, Cheking, *29 10 48 119 50 37 Is 3650 li from Peking, in the centre of the province; bounded N. by Sháu- hing fú; E. by Táichau fú; S. by Chúchau fú; and w. by Küchau fú. It contains eight districts, K’inhwa, Linki, Tungyáng, I'ví, Yungkány, Wii, Puikiang, and Tánykí. # # Kinhwa hien, Chekiảng, kinhwá fii, *26 10 48 119 50 37 áp Ý Kinkwei hien, Kiangsú, Chángchau lú. À MA Kinkí hien, Khángsĩ, Fúchau fú, 27 52 116 53 $ 1 Kinslán hien, Kiangsú, Sungkiáng fủ. # # Kintán hieu, Giángs, Chinkiáng fú, 31 50 119 33 8 Kintang hien, Sz'chuen, Chingtú fú, 30 52 104 22 SK 14 Kin chau, Kwángtung, Lienchau fu, *21 58 109 07 E Kinping hien, Kweichau, Líping fú. #11:44) Kingchau fii, Húpeh, *30 26 40 112 04 50 Is 3380 li from Peking, in the southern part of the province, on both sides the Yángtsz' kiáng ; bounded N. by Kingmun chau and Ngánluh fú; E. by Hanyang fu; S. and W. by Hunán; and N. W. by Icháng fủ. It contains seven districts, Kiángling, Sungsz', Chikiáng, I'tú, Kungngán, Shikshau, and Linli. | A Kingkí hien, Kiáng sủ, Chángchau fú. # P9 Kingmun chau, Húpeh, 31 05 112 05 Is 3290 li from Peking, near the centre of the province; bounded N. hy Siángying fu; E. by Nganlah fủ; S. by Kingchau fủ; and w. by Icláng fú. It contains 2 districts, Yuenngán, and Tángyáng. BIL Kingshán hien, Húpeh, Ngánluh fú, 31 05 113 03 BH King chau, Kánsuh, 35 22 107 20 Is 3045 lí froin Peking, in the southeastern part of the province; bounded N. and N. E. by Kingyáng fú; S. E. and S. by Shensí; and W. by Pingliáng fú. It contains 3 districts, Lingtái, Chinyuen and Tsungsin. Be King hien, Ngánhwui, Ningkwoh fú, 30 46 108 22 4 5; Kingyang hien, Shensí, Síngán fú, 34 30 108 45 H King chau, Hokien fú, *37 46 15 116 22 Kinguing hien, Chekiung: Chúchau lú. 27 56 119.10 Chihli, 1841. .125 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. N. lat. E. long. Department, Kingteh chin, Kiángsí, Jauchau fu, 29 16 117 14 This place is famous for the manufactories of porcelain in its neighborhood; it is in the district of Fauliáng. Kingtung ting, Yunnán, *24 30 40 101 04 18 7075 lk from Peking, near the centre of the province; bounded N. by Munghwa ting; E. by Yuenkiang chau; S. by Chinyuen chau; and W. by Shunning fú. It contains no subdivisions. THỂ Kingfa hien, Sz'chuen, Süchau fú, 28 21 104 33 Kingyáng fu, Kánsuh, *36 03 107 42 30 Is 2500 li from Peking, in the eastern part of the province; hounded N. and E. by Shensí; S. W. by King chau; and W. by Pingliáng fú. It con- tains 1 chau district (Ning), and 4 hien districts, Ngánhwá, Chingning, Hwan, and Hohshwui. Kingyuen fú, Kwangsí, *24 26 24 108 24 30 Is 5229 from Peking, in the northern part of the province; bounded N. and N. W. by Kweichau; E. by Liúchau fú; S. by Sz’ngan fú; and S. W. by Sz'ching fú. It contains 2 chau districts (Hochi and Tunglán), and 3 hien districts, I'shan, Tienho, and Sz'ngan. The Miáutsz' inhabit a large part of this department, and there are some districts governed by their own rulers. TÊ Kingyuen hien, Chekiang, Chúchau fú, 27 42 119 04 HỀ Kingyun hien, Chihlí, Tientsin fu. VỀ Kiohshan hien, Honán, Yüning fú 32 51 114 01 PLI Kiukiáng fú, Kiáng sĩ, *29 54 116 04 30 Is 2945 li from Peking, in the northern corner of the province; bounded N. and N. W. by Húpeh ; N. E. by Ngánhwui; S. E. by Jáuchau fú; S. by Nánkáng fú; and S. W. by. Nánchăng fú. It contains 5 districts, Tehhrá, Tehngán, Pángtseh, Húkau, and Suichang. fr8 Kim hien, Shántung, Lintsing chau, 36 47 115 20 HỊ E Kiuhchau hien, Chihli, Kwángping fú, 36 52 115 06 HỆ Kiuhfau hien, Shántung, Kwanchau fú, 35 52 117 13 Hạ L Kiuhkiáng hien, Kwẩngtung, Sháuchau fủ, 24 55 113 08.30 Kiuhtsing fu, Yunnán, *25 32 24 113 50 Is 5610 lí from Peking, in the eastern part of the province'; bounded N. and E. by Kweichau; S. by Kwangsí chau; W. by Yunnán fu and Wýting chau; and N. W. by Tungchúen fü. "It contains 6 Chaứ districts, Luhliáng, Loping, Málung, Chenyih, Siuenwei and Tsinticn, and 2 hien districts, Nanning and Pingi. HỆ Kinhwuh hien, Shánsí, Pingyang fú, 35 42 jil 41 dị [ Kiulyang hien, Chihlí, Ting chau, 38 39 114 48 Kiun chau, Hupeh, Siángyáng fú. 32 42 111 08 Hi Kiungchau fú, Kwangtung, *19 56 TO 15 FOL, NO. PU 426 AUG, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long Ft Name of place. Department. Is 7304 li from Peking, an island in the southwestern part of the province; known as Háinán I. It is separated by a narrow strait from Luichau fú, and contains 3 chau districts (Wan, Tán, and Yái), and 10 hien districts, Kiung. chán, Tingngam, Watching, Huitung, Chingmái, Lohhous, Linkem, Cháng- hwa, Kúnngan, and Lingshwui. g Kiungshan hien, Kwangtung, Kiungchau fủ, *19 56 110 15 HR Kolán chau, Shánsí, Táiyuen fú, 38 52 111 23 EM Kuchau ting, Kweichau, Líping fú. 68 KGláng hien, Kánsuh, Liángchau fú. Ẽ BỊ Katien hien, Fukien, Fuhchau fu, 26 41 118 54 8 & Kuching hien, Chihlí, Hokien fú, 37 29 116 16 [ là Kíchí hien, Honán, Kwang chau, 32 18 115 37 Kuyuen chau, , Kansuh, Pingliáng fú, *36 03 30 106 21 E F Kengan hien, Chiblí, Shuntien fú, 39 25 116 22 衢州 ​Küchau fú, , Chekiếng, *29 02 33 118 03 42 Is 3740 li from Peking, in the south western part of the province; bounded N. by Yenchau fú; E. by Kinhwá fu ; S. hy Fukien; S. W. by Kiangsí; and N. W. by Ngánhwui. It contains five districts, Singán, Lungyl, Kiáng shán, Chángshán, and Káihwá. | Ki chau, Shantung, chau fủ, 35 35 119 20 LE VÀ Ku hien, Sz'chuen, Shunking fu, 30 53 106 53 強​鹿 ​Kaluh hien, Chihlí, Shunteh fú, 37 17 115 11 E : Kaye hien, Shantung, Tsáuchau fú, 35 27 116 16 GÀ Kayung hien, Kiáng sú, Kiángning fú, 31 58 119 09 th Kuhching hien, Hupeh, Siángyáng fu, 32 18 11) 40 IB W Kung chau; Szchuen, 30 28 103 34 Is 4895 lk from Peking, in the western part of the province; bounded N. by Maukung ting; E. by Chingtú fú; $. E. by Mei chau; S. by Kiáting fú; and W. by Yachau fú. It contains two districts, Táyih and Púkiáng. TEHKung hien, Sz'chuen, Sa chau, 28 15 104 42 Kungchang fu, Kánsuh, *34 56 24 104 43 30 Is 3921 lí from Peking, in the southwestern side of the province; bounded N. by Lanchau fú; N. Ę. by Pingliáng fú; S. E. by Tsin chau; s. by Kiái chau and Sz'chuen; and W. by Koko nor. It contains 1 ting district ( Tau- chau), 1 chau district (Min), and 8 hien districts, Lungsi, Chang, Ningyuen, Fuhkiáng, Skho, Ngánting, Tungwei, and Hwuining. The area of this depart- ment cannot be less than a thousand square miles. Kung hien, Honán, Honán fú, 34 53 113 06 Kungching lien, Kwangsí, Pingloh fú, 24 33 110 46 184, 427 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat, Name of piace. Department E. long A F Kungngan hien, Hupeh, Kingchau fu, *30 01 111 57 20 FE PA Kwanming hien, Yunnan, Yunnan fú, -25 06 102 51 40 B4, Kwanyáng chau, Yunnan, Yunnán fú, 24 45 102 45 8 L Kwanshan hien, Kiángsủ, Sachau fú, 31 28 120 48 Kwanchau fú, Shantung, *35 41 51 116 58 Is 1230 li from Peking, in the south of the province; bounded N. by Tung- chang fú and Táingán fú; E. by I'chau fú; S. by Kiangsú; and W. by Tsi- ning chau and Tsauchau fú. It contains 10 districts, T'sz’yáng, Kiuhfaú, Sz'- shwui, Tsar, Tang, Vih, Wansháng, Shaucháng, Yángkuh, and Ningyáng. T & Kwan hien, Shántung, Tungchang fú, 36 33 115 39 TE Kwányáng hien, Kwangsí, Kweilin fu, *25 21 36 110 59 10 H ĐỂ Kwanching hien, Shantung, Tsáuchau fú, 36 0 115 37 Kwantau hien, Shantung, Tungchang fü, 36 42 115 39 it Kwáng chau, Honán, *32 12 36 115 0 Is 2400 lí from Peking, in the southeastern corner of the province; bound- ed N. and E. by Ngánhwui; S. by Húpeh; and W. by Juning fú. It con- toins 4 districts, Kuchi, Shángching, Kwangshán, and Sih. * Pls Kwanghwa hien, Hupeh, Siángyáng fü, 32 27 111 45 * I Kwangshan hien, Honan, Kwang chau, 32 08 114 51 it' Kwangtseh hien, Fukien, Shauwú fú, 27 32 117 28 Fi 8 Kwangchang hien, Chihl, ľ chau, 39 24 114 20 ha Kwangchang hien, Kiớngs, Kiencháng fú. Hİ Kwangchau fú, Kwangtung, *23 08 09 111 16 30 18 5494 li from Peking, in the southern part of the province, and the seat of the provincial government; bounded N. by Shauchau fú; E. by Hwuichau fú; Š. by the sea ; W. by Sháuking fu; and N. W. by Fahkáng ting. It contains 1 military cantonment (Tsienshan cháiting, or Casa Branca), and 14 hien districts, ánhái, Poánga, Tungkoán, Hoangshin, Siamgán, Shuntel, Sinhwui, Sinning, Tsangching, Lungmun, Tsunghwá, Hwá, Šánshwui and Tsingyuen. đi B Kwangdung hien, Kiớngsĩ, Kwangsin fu, 28 27 36 118 05 I he Kwangling hien, Shánsĩ, Tátung fu, 38 46 114 21 Kwangnán fú, Yunnan, *24 09 36 105 C5 55 Is 6600 li from Peking, in the southeastern corner of the province; bound. ed N. and E. by Kwangsí; S. hy Kaihwá fú; and W. by Kwangsí fú. It contains the single district Púuning hien, but there are numerous independent districts within its borders, governed by hereditary chiefs. # # Kwangngán chau, Sz'chuen, Shunking fú, *30 31 26 166 38 50 # # Kwangning hien, Kwangtung, Sháuking fú, *23 39 26 111 68 55 428 Aug. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. Department. N. lat. E. long Kwángping fu, Chihlí, *36 45 30 114 54 30 Is 950 li from Peking, in the southern extremity of the province; bounded N. W. by Shunteh fú; N. by Hokien fú; E. by Shantung; S. by 'Táming fú; and S. W. by Honán. It contains 1 chau district (Tsz'), and 9 hien districts, Yungnien, Chingngán, Féhiáng, Kwángping, Hántán, Kiuhchau, Kitseh, Wei, and Tsingho. 0 # Kwangping hien, Chihli, Kwángping fú, 36 34 115 06 Me Kwángshun chau, Kweichau, Kweiyáng fú, 26 08 106 14 Kwángsí sang, or the province of Kwangsí. It is bounded N. by Kweichau; N. E. by Húnán; S. E. by Kwangtung; S. W. by Cochinchina; and W. by Yunnán. It comprises 11 fú and 1 chau. It extends from lat. 22° 10' to 26° 11' N., and long. 4° 15' to 12° W. of Peking, containing with- in its borders, 78,250 square miles. The population is estimated to be 7,313,895, or 93 to a square mile. This province contains 24 independent chau districts, which are governed by hereditary chiefs, who are however subject to the imperial government, and whose names ace given in the Red Book ; these names are inserted in the maps in the Tá Tsing Hwui Tien, but nothing is said relating to them in the text. Kwangsí is well watered by the same river which flows past Canton, and which takes several names in its meandering progress from its source in Cochinchina to its embouchure at the Bogue. Kwangsí chau, Yunnan, *24 39 36 103 49 50 Is 5870 li from Peking, in the western part of the province; bounded N. by Kiuhtsing, fú; E. by Kwangnán fú; S. by Linngán fú; W. hy Chingkiáng fú; and N. W. by Yunnán fú. It contains 2 districts, Sz’tsung and Milih. De Kwangsin fu, Kiángsí, *28 27 36 118 06 Is 3805 li from Peking, in the northeastern part of the province; bounded N. by Jauchau fú; E. by Chekiáng ; S. by Fukien ; and w. by Fucbau fú. It contains 7 districts, Shangjáu, Kwongfung, Yuhshán, Yuenshán, Hingngán, Yihyang, and Kweiki. là đến Kwangteh chau, Ngánhwui, 31 0 119 23 Is 2780 li from Peking, on the southeastern side of the province; bounded N. E. by Kiángsú and $. E. by Chekiáng; S. by Ningkwoh fa; and W. by Táiping fú. It contains the single district of Kienping hien. In bà Kwangtsí hien, Hupeh, Hwangchaụ fu, 30 10 115 38 * Kwang sung hien, Chihli, Shunteh fú, 37 10 115 18 Kwangtung sang, or the province of Kwangtung. It is bounded on the N. by Kiángsí, Húnán, and Kwangsí; N. E. by Fukien; S. by the seu ; and W. by Kwángs". It comprises 9 fú, i chau, and 2 ting. It extends from lat. 18° 10' to 25° 30' N., and from long. 4° E. to 9° 15' W. of Peking, in a very irregular shape. Its area is computed to be 79,456 square miles, and its population 19,174,030, which is an average of 241 inhabitants to a square mile. It is well watered by branches of the river which disembogues at the Bogue; on the north are several ranges of mountains separating it from Húnán and Kiángsí. Th im Kwangtung hien, Yunnan, Tsúhiung fú, 25 15 101 55 TT Kwangyuen hien, Sz'chuen, Páuning fú, 32 20 105 57 貫​果 ​Kwei hien, , Kwangsí, Tsinchau fủ, 23 07 101 89 1844. 1:29 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in Chinci. Name of place. Province. Deparımeni. N. lar. E. 100g Kweichau sang, or the province of Kweichau. It is bounded N. and N. W. by Sz'chuen; E. by Húnán; S. by Kwangsí; and W. by Yunnán. It comprises 12 fú, 1 chau, and 3 ting. It extends from lat. 24° 40' to 29° 10' N., and from long. 7° 10' to 12° 40' W. of Peking. Its area is estimated to be 64,554 square miles, and its population 5,288,219, which is about 82 per. sons to a square mile. This province is mountainous, and large tracts in the southern part are still inhabited by independent mountainous tribes of the Miáutsz'. # #t Kweichí hien, Ngánhwui, Chíchau fú, *30 45 51 117 27 04 VIA Kweichuh hien, Kweichau, Kweiyáng fú, *26 30 106 36 10 HỀ Kweikí hien, Kiángsĩ, Kwangsin fú, *28 16 48 117 17 20 Kweiteh ting, Kansuh, Sining fu. HỂ Kweiting hien, Kweichau, Kweiyáng fu, 26 30 107 06 | 5 Kweiyang ra, Kweichau, *26 30 106 36 10 Is 4740 li from Peking, in the central and soạthern part of the province, and the seat of the provincial government; bounded Ņ. by Tsin-í fú; E. by Pingyuel chau and Túyun fú; S. E. and S. by Kwúngsí; and W. by Hingi fú, Ngánshun fú, and Táting fu. It contains 1 ting district (Chúnýchki), 3 chau districts (Kái, Tinyfán, and Kwángshun), and 4 hien districts, Kureichuh, Siúwan, Kweiting and Junglí. A large number of locally governed districts are comprised within its limits. 歸​州 ​Kwei chan, Húpeh, chúng fú, *30 57 36 110 38 03 KẾ & ĐỀ Kweihwa-ching ting, Shánsi, Kweisui Sáu, ĐỂ Kweihwá hien, Fukien, Tingchau fú, 26 20 5 IŁ Kweihwá ting, Kweichau, Ngáns hun fu. Em | Kweingán hien, Chekiang, Húchau fiú, *30 52 48 119 56 34 Kweishen hien, Kwangtung, Hwuichau fit. *23 02 24 114 12 30 Kweishun chau, Kwangsí, Chinngán fú, 23 10 106 04 Em đi Ế Kweisui táu, Shánsi, Is 1180 l from Peking, in the northern part of the province, beyond the Great wall; bounded N. by Chahar and Mantchou tribes; E. by Ningyuen ting and Sohping fú; S. by Ningwú fú; and W. by the Ortous tribes. "It is called táu a circuit, and is subdivided into 5 ting districts, Kweihwu-ching ting, or the district of the post of Kweihwá, Holinkeh’rh (Horinkar), Toh- kehtoh-ching ting (Touktou city), Tsingshwui ho ting, and Sáhláhtsi ting (Sarartsi). Kweiteh fu, Honán, *34 28 40 115 51 Is 1800 li from Peking, at the eastern end of the province; bounded N. by the Yellow river, which divides it from Shantung; E. and S. by Ngánhwui'; and S. W. by Káifung fú. It contains 1 chau district (Sui), and seven hien districts, Shắngkiú, Hiáyih, Yungching, Ningling, Chenching, Luhyih, and Yüching M K weitch chau, kwangsí, An independent district 117 19 4:30 Aug. Provinces, Départments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long Name of place. Department. Het Kweilin fú, Kwangsí, *25 13 12 110 13 50 Is 4649 V from Peking, in the northeast of the province and the seat of the provincial government; bounded N. and E. by Hónán; S. E. and S. by Pinge loh fú; and W. by Liúchau fú. It contains 1 ting district (Lungshing), 2 chau districts (Yungning and Tsiuen), and 7 hien districts, Linkwei, Yárgsok, Yungfuh, Lingchuen, Hingngán, Kwányáng, and I'ning. A very mountainous country. + Kweiping hien, Kwangsi, Sinchau fú, 23 26 109 51 + Hà Kweitung hien, Húnán, Chin chau, *26 03 36 113 34 4E 5 Kweiyang chau, Hunan, *25 48 112 23 03 Is 4214 li from Peking, in the southeastern part of the province; bounded N. by Hangchau fú; E. by Chin chau; S. by Kwangtung; and W. by Yungchau fů. It contains 3 districts, Linwu, Kiaho, and Lanshán. + 5 Kweiyang hien, Húnán, Chin chau, 25 35 113 16 TH Kweichau fa, Sz'chuen, *31 09 36 109 35 Is 3790 le from Peking, at the easternmost end of the province, on both sides of the Yángtsz' kiang; bounded N. by Shensí; E. and S. by Húpeh ; W. by Chung chau and Suiting chau; and N. W. by Táping ting. It con- tains 6 districts, Fungtsieh, Wushám, Youngáng, Nám, Taming, and Kải. 1 Kwohwá chau, Kwangsí, An independent district. HỆ % Kwoh hien, Shansi, Tái chau, 38 55 112 48 3k E Láifung hien, Húpeh, Shínán fú. *** Laingan hien, Ngánhwui, Chủ nhau, *32 25 10 118 25 39 3k Láipin hien, Kwangsí, Liúchau fú. *23 38 24 109 05 50 N 8 Láiehwui hien, Chihlí, l' chau, *39 25 10 115 47 22 | Laichau fu, Shantung, *37 09 36 120 10 10 Is 1400 lk from Peking, in the eastern part of the province, extending across the promontory; bounded N. and 8. by the sea; E. by Tangchau fú; and S. W. by Tsingchau fú. It contains 2 chan districts, (Pingtú and Kiáu), and 5 hien districts, Yih, Tsihmih, Káumih, Chángyih, and Wei. 4 đE Láiwu hien, Shantung, Taingan fu, 36 16 117 51 Láiyang hien, Shántung, Tangchau fú, 36 59 121 13 E k Lan hien, Shánsí, Táiyuen fú, 38 25 111 35 蘭州 ​Lanchan , Kansuh, *36 08 24 103 55 Is 4004 14 from Peking, in the western part of the province, and the pro- vincial capital; bounded N. by the Great Wall and Liángchau fú; E. by Ninghiá fu and Kungcháng fü; S. by Tauchau ting; and w. by Koko nor and Sining fú. It contains i ting district (Siunhwá), 2 chau districts (Ho and Vintáu), and 4 hien districts, Káulán, Kin, Weiyuen, and Tsingyuen. Phi Đã Lánkí hien, Chekiang, Kinhwa fú 29 16 119 31 BÀI 1 Lánshan hien, Shanting, Ichau fú. 8 5 l'rowincra, Departments, and Districts in China. 1:31 Name of glace: Province N. lat. F. i0n15 Departinent. B, Lányáng hien, Ilonán, Káifung fu, 34 54 114 59 LIánshan hien, Húnán, Kuveiyang chau, 25 30 1.11 50 a H lántien hien, Shensí, Síngán fú, 31 05 103 20 | Lángchung hien, Sz'chuen, Páuning fú, *31 32 24 105 58 30 Ra Láng khung hien, Yunnan, Talí fú, 26 08 100 08 Lángtái ting, Kweichau, Ngánshun fú. Lángyen tsing, Yunnan, Tsúhiung fú. 妻​縣 ​Lau hien, Kiangsú, Sungking fủ, 31 0 120 57 04 1 | Lí chau, Húnán, 29 37 111 43 Is 3070 li from Peking, in the northern part of the province; bounded N. by Húpeh; E. by Yohchau fú; S. by Chángteh fú and Shinchau fú; and W. Yungshun fú. It contains five districts, Nyúnhiány, Shihmun, Tsz'lí, Ngán- fuh and Yungting. 禮縣​Li hien, Kánsuh, Tsin chau, 34 10 105 10 蕭縣 ​縣​Li hien, Chihlí, Páuting fu, 38 32 115 40 All ) | Líchuen hien, Húpeh, Shínán fú, | | Litsin hien, Shantung, Wuting fú, 37 33 118 20 AN HỆ Lịching hien, Shánsí, Lúngán fu, 36 25 113 27 Líping fu, Kweichau, 26 10 1090 Is 4701 ll from Peking, in the southeastern corner of the province; bounded N. by Chinyuen fú; E. by Húnán; S. by Kwangsí; and W. by Túyun fú. It contains two ting districts (Kuchau and Hiákiáng), and 3 hien districts, Káitái, Yungtsung, and Kinping: The western part of this department is inhabited by independent Miáutsz'. 荔波 ​Lipo hien, Kweichau, Tuyun fú, 25 32 107 40 đi I Lípủ hien, Kwangsí, Pingloh fú. A. 8 Lishwui hien, Chekiang, Chúchau fú, *28 25 36 119 56 34 I Líkáng fu, Yunnan, "26 51 36 100 27 20 Is 7135 li from Peking, in the northwestern part of the province; bounded N. and E. by Sz'chuen; S. and W. by Tibet; and S. W. by Tálí fú. It con- tains ? ting districts (Weist and Chungtien), 2 chau districts (Hohking and Kienchuen), and 1 hien district, Líkiáng. The Kinshá R., a branch of the Yangtsz' R., and many other large rivers, intersect this department. THE I Likháng hien, Yunnan, Likiang fú, *26 51 36 100 27 20 E là Liling hien, Húnán, Chángshá fú, 27 41 113 16 Hà Litsiuen hien, Shensí, Síngán fú, 34 30 108 20 Líyáu ting, Kwangtung, Is 4.161 l{ from Peking, in the northwestern part of the province; bounded 432 Aug. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province N. lat. E. long Naine uſ place. Department. N. by Húnán; E. by Lien chau; and S. and W. by Kwangsí. This inferior de- partment contains no subdivisions. PR | Liángchau fú, Kansuh, *37 59 102 48 Is 4564 li from Peking, in the northeastern part of the province; bounded N. and E. by the Ortous country, from which the Great Wall separates it; S. E. by Ninghiá fú; S. by Lánchau fú; and w. by Sining fú. It contains 1 ting district (Choángláng), and 5 hien districts, Wisei, Pingfún, Kláng, Chinfán, and Yungcháng. de su Lianghiáng hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 39 44 116 14 1 | Liangshan hien, Sz'chuen, Chung chau, 30 46 107 51 ĐỂ Liángtang hien, Kansuh, Tsin chau, 33 58 106 22 Bøp til Likuching hien, Shantung, Tungchang fú. 德州 ​Liáu chau, Shánsí, *37 02 50 113 27 30 Is 1200 lí from Peking, on the east of the province; bounded N. by Ping- ting chau; E. by Chihlí; S. E. by Honán; S. W. by Tsin chau; and W. by Táiyuen fú. It contains 2 districts, Hoshun and Yushié. # 141 Lienchau fú, Kwangtung, *21 38 54 108 58 50 Is 7294 l{ from Peking, in the sorth western part of the province; bounded N., E., and W. by Kwangsí; S. E. by Káuchau fú; and S. by the sea. It contains 1 chau district (Kin), and 2 hien districts, Hohpú and Lingshán. EN Lien chau, Kwangtung, 24 50 112 14 Is 4525 11 from Peking, in the northwestern part of the province; bounded N. by Húnán; E. by Sháuchau fu; S. E. by Fahkáng, ting; S. by Kwangsi ; and W. by Líyáu ting. It contains two districts, Lienshan and Yangshán. Within this department, there are some tribes of partially subdued mountain- eers, who not unfrequently give trouble to the provincial government. GE & Lienching hien, Fukien, Tingchau fú, *25 37 12 116 49 50 Et Lienhwá ting, Kiánghi, Kihngán fu. STT Lienkieng hien, Fukien, 26 08 119 20 Lienping chau, Kwángtung, Hwuichan fd, *24 19 12 114 17 30 et | Lienshán hien, Kwangtung, Lien chau, 24 45 112 0 Je to Lihching hien, Shántung, Tsínán fú, *36 44 24 117 07 30 Hà k Lihshwui hien, giánged, Kiángning fú, *31 42 50 119 06 30 Ra Libyang hien, Kiáng sú, Chinkiang fu, 31 32 119 32 Het Lin hien, Honán, Chángteh fú, 36 08 113 55 Lin hien, Shansí, Fanchau fú, *38 04 50 110 57 50 | Linchang hien, Honan, Changteh fú, 36 30 114 46 Linching hien, Chihli, Cháu chau, 37 27 114 46 Il Linchuen hien, Kiangsí, Fúchau fú, *27 56 34 116 18 Fuhchau fu, 1814. 433 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China N. lat. E. lung Name of place. Provincc. Department. Linfan hien, Shánsí, Pingyang fu, *36 06 111 33 Hi B Linhái hien, Chekiang, Taichau fú, *28 54 121 09 54 Hà B Linkáu hien, Kwángtung, Kiungchau fú, *19 46 48 109 54 I Linkiang fá, Kiángsĩ, *27 57 36 115 27 Is 3415 li from Peking, in the centre of the province, on both sides of the Kán R.; bounded N. by Suichau fú ; S. E. by Fúchau fú; S. by Kihngán fú; and W. by Yuenchau fú. It contains 4 districts, Tsingkiáng, Sinkán, Sinyil, and Hiáhkiáng. G RE] Linku hien, Shántung, Tsingchau fú, 36 35 118 50 Linngán fú, Yunnan, *23 37 12 103 04 30 Is 6245 li from Peking, in the southeastern part of the province; bounded N. by Chingkiáng fú; E. by Kwangsí fu and Kaihwá fú; S. by Cochinchina ; S. W. by Pú'rh fú; and W. by Yuenkiang fú. It contains 3 chau districts, (Omí, Ning, and Shilping), and 5 hien districts, Kienshwui, Mungtsz', Tung- hái, Hosĩ, and Silvgo. Eh E Linngan hien, Chekiáng, Hangchau fu, 30 16 119 42 3 kg Linsiáng hien, Húnán, Yohchau fú, 29 34 113 03 Lintsin hien, Shánsí, Púchau fú, 35 10 110 36 Lintsing chau, Shántung, , *36 57 15 115 55 Is 760 14 froin Peking, in the western end of the province; bounded N. and W. by Chihlí; E. by Tsínán fú; and S. by Tungchúng fú. It contains 3 hien districts, Hiátsin, Wuching and Kiú. Lintung hien, Shensí, Singán fú, 34 20 109 () E = Lintsz hien, Shántung, Tsingchau fú, 36 55 118 32 Linyih hien, Shantung, Tsínán fú, 37 19 117 04 Bà TP Linwu hien, Húnán, Kweiyang chau, 25 22 112 14 Bi KH Linying hien, Honán, Hüchau fú, 33 51 114 03 Đà Nộc Linyũ hien, Chihlí, Yungping fu, 40 08 129 10 BK Linshwui liien, Szcluen, Shunking fu, 30 23 106 54 It if Linyủ hien, Shensí, Fungtsiáng fú, 31 40 107 45 Ling hien, Húnán, Hangchau fú, 26 32 113 35 BỊ BỂ Ling hien, Shiántung, Tsínan fú, 37 27 116 40 Bejl| Lingchuen hien, Shánsí, Tsehchau fú, 35 42 113 17 zle Lingshwui hien, Kwangtung, Kiungchau (ú, 18 30 109 33 Lingyun hien, Kwangsí, Sz'ching fú, 22 46 106 52 Lingling hien, Húnán, Yung hau li, "26 08 24 111 3150 Ni Ling chau, Kinsuli, Ninghint 17:39:30 101 10307 YOL VIII VII! 434 AUG, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long 110 20 Name of place. Departmenl. JI| Lingchuen hien, Kwangsí, Kweilin fu, 25 25 FB Lingkiu hien, Shansi, Tátung fu, 39 28 114 15 Đà Lingpáu hien, Honán, Shen chau, 34 42 110 50 Lingpih hien, Ngánhwui, Fungyáng fu, *33 33 26 117 32 47 Lingsbán hien, Kwangtang, Lienchau fú, *22 24 1090 Lingshau hien, Chihlí, Chingting fu, 38 18 114 31 To Lingshih hien, Shánsí, Hoh chau, 36 53 110 46 Lingtái hien, Kánsuh, King chau. 34 59 107 23 19 Liohyang hier, Shensí, Hánchung fu, 33 22 106 08 19P 914 Liúchau fú, Kwangsí, *24 14 24 109 08 30 Is 5009 li from Peking on the north side of the province; bounded N. by Kweichau; E. by Kweilin fú and Pingloh fú; S. by Tsinchau fú; and W. by Sz'ngan fu and Kingyuen fu. It contains one chau district (Siáng), and ? hien districts, Máping, Láipin, Lohyung, Hwáiyuen, Liúching, Yung, and Lo- ching. The department city is situated nearly in the centre of the province. Hup bit Litching hien, Kwangsí, Liúchau fú, 24 25 108 58 Liúpá ting, Shensí, Hanchung fú. = Liúyáng hien, Hunan, Chángshá fú, 28 10 113 27 til Loching hien, Kwangsí, Liúchau fú, *24 44 24 108 37 50 KE I Lokiáng hien, Sz'chuen, Mien chau, 31 18 104 36 Loping chau, Yunnan, Kiuhtsing fú, 24 58 104 18 KỀ Lohan hien, Hönán, Jüning fú, 32 15 114 24 | | Lotien hien, Húpeh, Hwangchau fú, 30 53 115 22 Het Loting chau, Kwangtung, *22 55 12 111 20 Is 6183 li from Peking, in the western part of the province; bounded N. and E. by Shauking fu; Š. by Kauchau fú; and W. by Kwangsí. It con- tains two districts, Sining and Túngngán. k Lotaz' hien, Yunnan, Yunnán fú, 25 23 102 23 4 Loyang hien, Kwangsí, Independent fú, 22 53 107 31 KIE I Loyuen hien, Fukien; Fuhchau fú, *26 26 24" 119 45 & JI| Lohchuen hien, Shensi, 35 58 109 31 * Và Lohyang hien, Honan, Honán fú, *34 43 15 112 27 40 “The ancient Lohyáng, once the capital of China under the eastern Hán dynasty, was situated west of this place."— Biot. # B Lohchang hieu, Kwangtung, Sliu lau tu, 25 15 112 48 Hủ chau, 1844. 43: Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province, Department, N lat. F. long BỀ Lohchí hien, Szcuen, Tungchuen fú, 31 09 105 11 8 P Lohhwui hien, Kwángtung, Kiungchau fú, 1940 110 33 P Lohling hien, Shantung, Wáting fu, 37 48 117 18 4k + Lohngan hien, Kiángsĩ, Fúchau fú, 27 20 115 51 K Lohngan hien, Shántung Tsingchau fú, 37 05 118 38 B Lohping hien, Kiángs, Jáuchau !ú, 28 57 117 16 ## # Lohping hien, Shánsí, Pingting chau. *37 37 30 113 45 đk Lohshan hien, Sz'ehuen, Kiáting fú, *29 27 36 103 55 kề Lohting hien, Chihlí, Yungping fu, 39 29 118 55 40 Lohtsing hien, Chekiang, Wanchau fu, 28 10 121 11 BỀ TH Lohnán hien, Shensí, Sháng chau, 34 06 110 06 AVE Lohyung hien, Kwangsí, , Liúchau fú, 24 24 109 21 廬州 ​Lochan th, Ngánhwui, *31 56 57 117 15 20 Is 2460 li from Peking, in the centre of the province on the west of the Yángtsz' giáng; bounded N. by Fungyang fủN. E. by Ho chau; E. by Tai- ping fú; S. E. by Chíchau fú; S. by Ngánking fú; and W. by Luhngán chau. It contains I chau district (Würoei), and 4 hien districts, Hohfi, Lúkiáng, Cháu, and Shúching. The lake Cháu lies in the centre of the department. là I Lukiáng hien, Ngánhwui, Lúchau fú, *31 16 49 117 17 10 5 % Laling hien, Kiangsí, Kihngán fú, *27 07 54 115 54 35 JỀ HỀ Lulung hien, Chihlí, Yungping fu, *39 56 10 118 53 58 VỀ C Lushí hien, Honán, Shen chau, 34 01 110 56 濾​州 ​Lo chau, Szºchuen, 28 56 105 33 Is 5070 li from Peking, in the south of the province, on the banks of the Yangtsz' kiáng; bounded N. by Chungking fü; E. by Kweichau; S. by Su- yung ting and w. by Suchau fú. It contains 3 districts, Náhki, Hohkiáng, and Kiángngan. Ễ3 Lukí hien, Hunán, Shinchau fú, 28 15 107 33 濾​溪 ​Lukí hien, Kiảngsố, Kienchang fú, 27 33 117 07 5 L Lúshan hien, Sz'chuen, Yáchau fú, 30 28 102 48 7945 til Lúching hien, , Shánsí, Lúngán fú, 36 15 113 13 Lungán fu, Shánsí, *36 07 12 113 0 Is 1300 l from Peking, in the southeastern part of the province; bounded N. by Tsin chau; E. by the Táching mountains separating it from Honan; S. by Tsehchau fú; and W. by Pingyáng fú. It contains 7 districts, Chángchi, Hl kwán, Changts=', Luching, Liching, Tunliú, and Siángyuen. 路​南 ​Ha Lunán chau, Yunnán, Chingkiáng fú, 24 48 103 21 436 Aug. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. N. lut. E. Jong Province. Honan, Name of place. Department. 4 L Lúshan hien, Jü chau, 33 50 112 57 m) Lútien ting, Yunnan, Cháutung fú. xã Luhhoh hien, Kiáng sú, Kiángning fú, 32 20 118 50 + Luhngán chau, Ngánhwui, 31 49 116 31 Is 2950 li from Peking, in the west of the province; bounded N. by Ying- chau fú; E. by Fungyáng fú and Lúchau fú; S. by Ngánking fú; and W. by Húpeh and Honán. It contains 2 districts, Hohshán and Yingshán. ME ||| Luhchuen hien, Kwangsí, Wuhlin chau, 22 25 109 49 VỀ Hà Luhfung hien, Kwángtung, Hwuichau fú. BE Luhliáng chau, Yunnan, Kiyhtsing fú, 25 08 103 44 TER 3 Luhfung hien, Yunnán, Yunnan fú, 25 12 102 14 TEE Lukkiuen hien, Yunnan, Wúting fú, 25 35 102 34 JE È Luhyih hien, Honán, Kweiteh fú, *33 56 50 115 34 30 " Luichau fú, Kwangtung, *20 51 36 109 40 10 Is 7004 ll'from Peking, a long peninsula in the southwestern part of the province opposite Háinán; bounded N. by Káuchau fú, and by the sea on the other sides. It contains 3 districts, Hảikáng, Suiki, and Süwan. Luipo ting, Szchuen, Süchau fú. k là Luiyang hien, Húnán, Hangchau fú, *26 29 48 112 40 48 BỀ M Lungchau ting, Kwangsi, Táiping fú, *22 22 24 102 39 HEJ Lungchuen hien, Kwangtung, Hwuichau fu, 24 0 115 08 BỀ LÀ Lungkí hien, Fukien, Chángchau fú, *24 31 12 117 52 30 HỂ T Lung li hien, Kweichau, Kweiyáng fú, 26 28 102 48 WEB Lungling ting, Yunnan, Yungchang fú. BỂ P3 Lungmun hien, Kwangtung, Kwangchau fủ, 23 43 42 14 03 50 KỀ P| Lungmun hien, Chihli, Siuenhwa fu. bij Lungnán hien, Kiangsí, Kánchau fú. *24 51 36 114 36 50 DE Lungngán fú, Sz'chuen, *32 22 104 38 50 Is 4870 li from Peking, in the north western part of the province; bounded N. by Kánsuh; E. by Pauning fú; S. by Mien chau; W. by Mau chau; and N. W. by the S:fun or Sungfán tribes. It contains 4 districts, Pingwú, Kiing yú, Chángming, and Shihtsiuen. HỂ L Lungshin hien, Hunan, Yungshun fú, HEA Lungshing ting, Kwángsí, Kweilin fú, Lungtsiuen hien, Kweichan, Shihtsien fú, Treaty of Manking 1:37 Province N. lat. E lung Name of piace. Department 龍 ​R Lungsiuen hien, Chekiảng, Chúchau fií, *28 08 119 09 07 Lungtsiuen hien, Kiangsí, Kihngán tú, 26 18 114 25 MË 19 Lungyáng hien, Húnán, Chángteh fú, 28 52 111 38 Lunyen chau, Fukien, 25 08 117 08 Is 5740 li from Peking, in the southwestern part of the province; bounded N. by Yenping fú; E. hy Yungchun chau; S. by Chángchau fú; and W. by Tingchau fú. It contains 2 districts, Chángping and Ningyúng. i Lungying chau, Kwangsí, Independent. 22 56 106 48 HỀ HỀ Lungyú hien, Chekiếng, Küchau fú, 29 09 119 18 VỀ B Lungchang hien, Schuen, Süchau fu, 29 28 105 19 | Lungngan hien, Kwangsi, Nánning fú, 23 15 107 20 IẾT Lungping hien, Chihli, Cháu chau, 37 25 114 54 BE PE Lungteh hien, Kánsul, Pingliáng fú, 35 40 106 10 Bt Hil Lung chau, Shensí, Fungtsiáng fu, *34 48 106 57 54 W Lungsi hien, Kánsuh, Kungchúng fú, *34 56 24 104 43 30 Ca | Lwán chau, Chihlí, Yungping fu, 39 48 118 50 Hifi Lwánching hien, Chihli, Chingting fu, 37 56 114 46 Art. IV. Treaty between Her Majesty the Queen of Great Bri- tain and the Emperor of China, signed in the English and Chinese languages, at Nanking, August 29th, 1842. The originals of the treaty signed at Nanking on board H. M. S. Cornwallis, and that of the Supplementary Treaty signed at the Bogue, having been kindly furnished us at our request for publica- tion in the Repository, we here introduce the first of these docu- ments in both English and Chinese. That in the latter language on each page at the top on the right hand, and corres- ponds to the English at the foot; which is taken from that presented to and printed by order of Parliament. The Supplementary Treaty will be given next month in the same commences forin. 438 Aug. Treaty of Nanking. 君 ​大君​大 ​上​主​大 ​欽​皇​大​主​皇 ​各​命​爵​國​特​英​閣​時差​帝​清​鲜​欲​帝​茲 ​條​互​便​男​所​派​伊黛​廣​便​特 ​, 爲​以​因 ​陳​相宜​璞​屬​耳​堂​東​宣​派 ​此​近​大 ​列​較​行​印​蘭​廣​行 ​議​來​英​大 ​於​閱​事​查​度​等 ​州​事 ​定​不清 ​左​俱​及​公​等​奉​國都​將​大 ​設​和 ​同​處​全 ​軍​臣 ​立​之 ​善​各​三​權 ​帶​宗​頭​太 ​當​救​將​等​公 ​子 ​入​解 ​即​賜​所​將使 ​和​釋 ​便​全​奉軍​大​布​英​花​保 ​約​息 ​議​權​之​世臣 ​擬​之 ​随 ​襲​英 ​以​肇 ​永​端 ​子​室​显​子 ​是​止 ​Her Majesty, the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Majesty the Emperor of China, being desirous of putting an end to the misunderstandings and consequent hostilities which have arisen between the two countries, have resolved to conclude a treaty for that pur- pose, and have therefore named as their plenipotentiaries, that is to say: Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, sir Henry Pottinger, bart, a major-general in the service of the East India Company, &c., &c. And his Imperial Majesty the Emperor of China, the high commissioners Kiying, a member of the Imperial House, a guardian of the Crown Prince, and general of the garrison of Canton; and I'lípú, of the Imperial Kindred, graciously permitted to wear the insignia of the first rank, and the distinction of a pea- cock’s feather, lately minister and governor-general, &c., and now lieutenant- general commanding at Chápú:-Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, and found them to be in good and due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following Articles : Trculy of Vanking . 49 者​所 ​清 ​君 ​大 ​君​大 ​皇​一 ​主​皇​一 ​因之​公​邑​易​州​家​帝​自​全​各​帝​嗣 ​例文​專設​通​厦​卷​恩​今​安​生存 ​後 ​大​清理​領​商​門​寄​准​以​他​平​大 ​英​楚​來​商​事​無​寧​居 ​後 ​後​,國和英​大 ​商​交合​質​管​嚴​波​,大 ​船​納​英​事事​且​上​大​英 ​必​屬 ​遠​貨​人​宜​等 ​海​通​國 ​受​英華 ​路​税​按​與​官​大​等​沿​人 ​該​人 ​涉​纱​照​各​住​英​五​海​民 ​國民 ​洋​下​該​該處​之​帶 ​保​彼 ​往​等​條​地​五 ​港​廣​同 ​麻​此 ​往​曾​開方​质 ​口​州​所 ​身​友 ​有 ​叙​官​城 ​貿​幅​屬 ​家​睦 ​ART. I. There shall henceforward be peace and friendship between Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Majesty the Emperor of China, and between their respective subjects, who shall enjoy full security and protection for their persons and property within the dominions of the other. Art. II. His Majesty the Emperor of China agrees, that British subjects, with their families and establishments, shall be allowed to reside, for the purpose of carrying on their mercantile pursuits, without molestation or restraint, at the cities and towns of Canton, Amoy, Fuchau fú, Ningpo, and Shanghái; and Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain, &c., will appoint superintendents, or consular officers, to reside at each of the abovenamed cities or towns, to be the medium of communication between the Chinese authorities and the said merchants, and to see that the just duties and other dues of the Chinese government, as hereafter provided for, are duly discharg- ed by Her Britannic Majesty's subjects. Art: Ilk It being obviously necessary and desirable that British sub- 440 AuG. Treaty of Nanking. 大​皇 ​一 ​大 ​君​大 ​一​萬 ​主​皇 ​與​有​帝​歸​凡​帝​死​傾​光​因​掌​暨​帝​處​損 ​英​進​額​,准​罪​事​十 ​任​嗣​准​以​壞 ​商​商​以​設​大​以​索​官​九大​便​後將​便​須 ​交​等​行​英​洋​出​及​年​清​立​世​香​修修 ​易​赴​後​商​商​銀​鴉​民​二 ​法​襲​港​船​補 ​均​各​不​亦​民​六​片​人​月​治​主​一​及​者 ​聽​該​必​稱​在​百​以​等​問​欽​理​位​島​存​自 ​其​口​仍​公​粤​萬​為​强​經​差​者​給​守​應 ​便​貿​照​行​貿​買​贖​習​將​大 ​且​易​向​者​易​償命​粤​憲 ​遠 ​用​予 ​向​者​例​承​向​補​今​省​大​等 ​據​大​物​治 ​例​乃​辦​例​原 ​嚇​英​於 ​守​英​料​海 ​額​論​凡​今​全​價​,以​國​道 ​主​今​一 ​常​予​所​給 ​jects should have some port whereat they may careen and refit their ships when required, and keep stores for that purpose, His Majesty the Emperor of China cedes to Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain, &c., the island of Hongkong, to be possessed in perpetuity by Her Britannic Majesty, her heirs and successors, and to governed by such laws and regulations as Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain, &c., shall see fit to direct. Art. IV. The Emperor of China agrees to pay the sum of six millions of dollars, as the value of the opium which was delivered up at Canton in the month of March 1839, as a ransom for the lives of Her Britannic Ma- jesty's superintendent and subjects, who had been imprisoned and threatened with death by the Chinese high officers. ART. V. The govemment of China having compelled the British mer- chants trading at Canton to deal exclusively with certain Chinese merchants, called hong-merchants (or co-hong), who had been licensed by the Chinese government for that purpose, the Emperor of China agrees to abolish that practice in future at all ports where British merchants may reside, and to perinit them to carry on their mercantile transactions with whatever per- 1844. 441 Treaty of Nanking. 1 軍​須向 ​大 ​· 主 ​皇 ​員​以​准​大​收​六​帝​壹​士官​因​償​作​措​設 ​應​上​可​臣​過​月​准​千​討​民 ​還​為​清​行 ​如​三​按​為​銀​十​為​武​求​人大​商​還​商 ​何 ​何​條​數 ​五​慣​百​伸​等​清欠​者​等 ​分​扣 ​之​日​補​萬​理​不歇​之​今​内 ​期​銀​除 ​數​以​惟​員​今​公​命 ​以​數​有 ​交​數 ​後​自 ​強大 ​准定​累 ​共 ​大​英​道 ​定​辦臣 ​明洋​大 ​英國​光​陸​水​致​等 ​由​銀​英 ​列​干 ​全​因​二 ​中​三​商 ​於​賣 ​權​贖​十 ​費​撥 ​國​百 ​公​各​· 洋​發​大 ​官​萬多 ​此​萬 ​使​城​年​銀​軍​英​為​圓​無 ​sons they please; and His Imperial Majesty further agrees to pay to the British government the sum of three millions of dollars, on account of debts due to British subjects by some of the said hong-merchants, or co-hong, who have become insolvent, and who owe very large sums of money to sub- jects of Her Britannic Majesty. Art. VI. The government of Her Britannic Majesty having been obliged to send out an expedition to demand and obtain redress for the violent and unjust proceedings of the Chinese high authorities towards Her Britannic Majesty's officer and subjects, the Emperor of China agrees to pay the sum of twelve millions of dollars, on account of the expenses incurred; and Her Britannic Majesty's plenipotentiary voluntarily agrees, on behalf of Her Majesty, to deduct from the said amount of twelve millions of dollars, any sums which may have been received by Her Majesty's com- bined forces, as ransom for cities and towns in China, subsequent to the 1st day of August, 1841. Art. VII. It is agreed, that the total amount of twenty-one millions of dollars, described in the three preceding Articles, shall be paid as follows: 56 左​百 ​11 || VOL. XIII. NO. YI11 442 Aus. Treaty of Nanking. 大 ​皇 ​帝​被​軍​萬​乙​員​二五​二年​三​間​時 ​准​禁​民​保定​員​己​共​百​百​月​六百​交​交 ​即​者​等​,每年​銀​萬萬​間​月​萬​銀​銀 ​釋 ​今​大年​有​止​四​員​員​交​間​員​三​六 ​放大​在​英​每​按​四百​十四​銀​交​共​百​百 ​清​中國​百​期​年​萬​二乙​二​銀​銀​萬萬 ​國​人員​未​共​員​月​已​百二​六​員​圓 ​所​無​加​能​交​自​間​年​五百​百十​0 管​論​息​交​銀​王​交​六十​五萬​二​癸 ​轄​本​五​足​二​寅​銀​月​萬​于​員​月 ​各國​員​之​千年​二​間​買​萬 ​0間​年 ​地​屬​數​一起​百​交​共​員​甲​交​六 ​方​國 ​則​百​至​萬​銀​銀​十​辰​銀​月 ​Six millions immediately. Six millions in 1843; that is, three millions on or before the 30th of the month of June, and three millions on or before the 31st of December. Five millions in 1844; that is, two millions and half on or before the 30th of June, and two millions and a half on before the 31st of December. Four millions in 1845; that is, two millions on or before the 30th of June, and two millions on or before the 31st of December. And it is further stipulated, that interest, at the rate of 5 per cent. per an- num, shall be paid by the government of China on any portion of the above sums that are not punctually discharged at the periods fixed. ART. VIII. The Emperor of China agrees to release, unconditionally, all subjects of Her Britannic Majesty (whether natives of Europe or India), who may be in confinement at this moment in any part of the Chinese em- pirc. 1844. 443 Treaty of Nanking. 大​皇 ​例​關​國​自​商定​進​民​前​事​全​帝​跟​居​凡 ​若不​商​在​按​則​口​居​第​被​然​俯​隨​民​係 ​干得​入​某​侧​例​住​二​拿​免​降​及​者​中 ​每​逼​港​交由​口​通​條​监​罪​快​或​國 ​两重​運​按​納​部​貨​商​內​禁​且​御​候​與​人 ​加​税​天​例​今​稅​之​言​受​凡​旨​英​英​前 ​税​例​下​納​又​頒​廣​明​難​係​膽​國人​在 ​不只​而​税​議​發​費​州​開​者​中​錄​官​有​英 ​過​可​路​後​定​曉​均等​關​亦​國​天人​來​入 ​分​按​所​英​示​宜​五​俾人​下​者​往​所 ​估​經​准​國​以​秉​處​英​恩​為​,均​者 ​價​過​由​貨​便​應​國​釋​英​思​由​或​之 ​則​稅​中​物​英​議​納​商​放​國​准 ​有​邑 ​Art. IX. The Emperor of China agrees to publish and promulgate, under His Imperial Sign Manual and Seal, a full and entire amnesty and act of indemnity to all subjects of China, on account of their having resided under, or having had dealings and intercourse with, or having entered the service of, Her Britannic Majesty, or of Her Majesty's officers; and His Imperial Majesty further engages to release all Chinese subjects who may be at this moment in confineinent for similar reasons. ART. X. His Majesty the Emperor of China agrees to establish at all the ports which are, by the second article of this Treaty, to be thrown open for the resort of British merchants, a fair and regular tariff of export and import customs and other dues, which tariff shall be publicly notified and promulgated for general information; and the Emperor further engages, that when British merchandize shall have one paid at any of the said ports the regulated customs and dues, agreeable to the Tariff to be hereafter fixed, such merchandize may be conveyed by Chinese merchants to any province or city, in the interior of the empire of China, on paying a further amount as transit duties, which shall not exceed per cent. on the tariff value of such goods. 444 Ave, Treaty of Nanking. 中​。 大 ​大一 ​有​易​並​士​准​帝​侯​票​國​國​陳​來​清​議 ​定​至​不當​交​允​奉​明​商​屬​字​往​大定 ​海​鎮​再​即​之​准​字​賈​員​樣​用​英 ​縣​海​行​退​六和​大​樣​上​往​大​照​無​國 ​之​之​獨​出​約​清​為​達​來​臣​會​論​佳 ​舟​招​阻​江​萬 ​各​著​官​必​批​字​京 ​小寶​中​寧​員​條 ​憲​當​覆​樣​內​國 ​海山​國​京​交​施 ​不平​用​英​京​之 ​島​亦​各​口​清​行 ​在行​國外​網 ​厦​將​省​等​大​並 ​議​照​行​屬​者​管 ​門​退​商​處​英​以 ​內​會​字​員​有​大 ​廳​讓​賈​江​陸​水​此 ​仍​若​樣​用​文​員 ​之​惟​貿​面​軍​時 ​用​兩​兩​伸​書​與 ​ART. XI. It is agreed that Her Britannic Majesty's chief high officer in China shall correspond with the Chinese high officers, both at the capital and in the provinces, under the term AS “communication;" the subor- dinate British officers and Chinese high officers in the provinces, under the terms 1 Bi“ statement,” on the part of the former, and on the part of the latter, FT « declaration;" and the subordinates of both countries on a footing of perfect equality; merchants and others not holding official si- tuations, and therefore not included in the above, on both sides, to use the É !! “ representation" in all papers addressed to, or intended for the notice of the respective governments. Art. XII. On the assent of the Emperor of China to this Treaty being received, and the discharge of the first instalment money, Her Britannic Ma- jesty's forces will retire from Nanking and the Grand Canal, and will no 1 NS term 1844. 445 Treaty of Nanking. 1 君 ​君​大 ​上 ​主​皇 ​定​大事​鑄​相​兩​各​帝国​以​據​即​各市 ​事​臣​大二​離​國​用 ​等​上將​海​及​浪 ​盖​各​臣​册​送​分​親​碟​大分​各​駐​口​所​嶼 ​用​為​等​先​遠​執筆​英​别​條 ​守​均​議​小 ​關 ​由​不​一批 ​奏​均 ​二​已​洋​島 ​防 ​火 ​得​册​准 ​明​關​處​開​銀​仍 ​印 ​英​大一​以後 ​議 ​軍​關​全​歸 ​欽​清​日照​即 ​大和​土​倒數​英 ​華​歌​而​信​速 ​清​要​退​英​交 ​熱 ​全​差​到​守 ​約​出​人​清​暫 ​權​便是​惟 ​相 ​應​不通​而​為 ​册 ​公​宜​以​兩​交 ​候 ​復​商​前 ​使​行​另​國 ​佔​後​議​守 ​| | longer molest or stop the trade of China. The military post at Chinhái will also be withdrawn; but the islands of Kúláng sú and that of Chusan will continue to be held by Her Majesty's forces until the money payments, and the arrangements for opening the ports to British merchants, be completed. Art. XIII. The ratification of this treaty by Her Majesty the Queen of Britain, &c., and His Majesty the Emperor of China, shall be exchanged as soon as the great distance which separates England from China will admit; but, in the meantime, counterpart copies of it, signed and sealed by the 446 Aug. Treaty of Nanking. 行​揽 ​安​俾 ​君 ​殊​主​大 ​批​道​汗​英​八​英​道 ​俱​光華 ​月​國​光 ​著​二​麗 ​二​記​二 ​照​十​船​十年​十 ​所​二​上 ​九​之​二 ​議​年龄 ​日​一年 ​辦​九​盖​,由​千七 ​理​月​關 ​江​八月 ​二​防​寧​百二 ​省​四十 ​會​十四 ​行​二​日 ​在​年​即 ​無​日 ​礙​按 ​矣​照 ​要​和 ​至​約 ​和​開 ​約​載 ​者​之 ​施 ​plenipotentiaries on behalf of their respective sovereigns, shall be mutually delivered, and all its provisions and arrangements shall take effect. Done at Nanking, and signed and sealed by the plenipotentiaries on board Her Britannic Majesty's ship Cornwallis, this twenty-ninth day of August, 1842; corresponding with the Chinese date, twenty-fourth day of the seventh month, in the twenty-second year of Thukwang. Approved and ratified by the emperor on the 24th day of the 9th month, in the 22d year of his reigp, (Oct. 27th, 1842.) Note.—This treaty was ratified by Her Majesty, and the great seal affixed, on the 31st of December, 1842. The ratifications were exchanged at Hong- kong, June 26th, 1843. 1844. Journal of Occurrences. ART. V. Journal of Occurrences: the French Diplomatic Mis- sion to China: return of H. E. Mr. Cushing to the United States; gov. Davis visits the northern ports i popular feeling at the five ports ; seizure of opium. The French Diplomatic Mission to China arrived on the 14th inst., and the next day, the plenipotentiary and his suite landed in Macao under the salute due to his rank, and took possession of the lodgings prepared for them. The legation is composed of the fol- lowing gentlemen. M. TA. DE LAGRENE, minister plenipotentiary and envoy extraor- dinary, charged with a special mission from the king of the French to China. M. LE MARQUIS DE FERRIERE BE VAYER, and M. LE COMTE D' HARCOURT, secretaries of legation. MM. Marey Monge, de la Harte, X. Raymond, and de Montigny, salaried attachés. MM. Macdonald Duc de Tarente, le Vicomte de la Guiche, and le Baron de Charlus, unsalaried attachés. Dr. Yvan, physician to the em- bassy. M. Ytier, inspector of custom-houses of the first class, delega- ted for the mission. M. Lavollée, secretary to M. Ytier. MM. Isidore Hedde, Haussmann, Rondot, and Renard, delegates on commerce and manufactures. Mr. Callery, interpreter to the French consulate acts at present as Chinese secretary to H. E. M. Lagrené. The arrival of the legation has been announced to Kíying, and two officers of high rank have been sent to Macao by the commissioner to present his compliments to the French minister, and congratulate him on his arrival in China. The French squadron at present in the Chinese waters consists of the Cléopatre, 50, rear-admiral Cecille, flag-captain De Candé. Syrène, 50, captain Charner. Sabine, 34, corvette, captain Guérin. Alcmene, 32, corvette, captain Duplan. At Chusan. Victorieuse, 24, corvette, captain Rigault de Genouilly. Archimede, steamer, captain Paris. In the Journal of Occurrences for last month, there was a notice of this mission, which has called forth a communication showing that we have been misunderstood. That our readers may see the whole case, we quote the notice, as it stood in the last number. “The French embassador to China, recently reported at Singapore, is daily expeeted in China. But nothing has transpired, so far as we know, regarding the line of policy he intends to pursue on his arrival here. The ridicule that some of the neighbors of the French have attempted to direct against that embassy, is anything but honorable, and betrays weakness and wickedness deserving the strongest reprobation.' We are much surprised that this paragraph gave offense. Nothing was farther from our intention; the rebuke was intended solely for journalists out of China, whose remarks appeared originally in the 4.18 Journal of Occurrences. London Journals. We saw them, however, in some of the Indian newspapers. Who were their authors we know not; but this we know, we intended insult to no one. The remarks in the London Journals scarcely deserved notice; and we are sorry we did not pass them over in silence, and also that our own remarks were so framed as to afford any cause of offense. H. E. the American minister to China embarked on his return to the United States on the 27th inst., (just 6 months since he landed,) in the U.S. brig Perry, com. Payne, direct for San Blas, from whence he will proceed through Mexico on his way to Washington. So far as we can learn, and our opportunities for doing so have been many, the mission of Mr. Cushing to China has been a successful one- a good commencement to the diplomatic intercourse between the two nations. If the treaty of Wanghia is ratified, and we doubt not it will be by both the high contracting powers, and its stipula- tions are adhered to by the citizens and subjects of both countries, we see no reason why there should not be perpetual peace,' as the phrase is, between them. If the citizens of the United States, (and indeed of all western nations) avail of their opportunities to acquaint the Chinese with whatever will inform them and make them better, the inhabitants of this country will find no reason to regret the ex- tension of their foreign intercourse, but rather desire a more exten- sive, because they find it more advantageous, intercourse with other nations. H. E. governor Davis embarked on board H. B. M. ship Agin- court, early in the morning of the 28th, and immediately proceeded northward to visit the newly opened ports of Amoy, Fuchau, Ning- po, and Shanghai. He acts wisely by going in person to observe the state of affairs at those several stations. It has been said, that the British military forces will evacuate Kúláng sú before the seve- ral instalments of money have been paid, and that the Chinese go- vernment hesitates to receive the same probably fearing lest there be not an exact fulfillment of the terms of the treaty. Popular feeling, at all the five ports, seems to be gradually be coming better satisfied with the proximity and increasing numbers of foreign residents. Too much care cannot be taken, on the part of foreigners, to prevent giving any occasion to disturb the pacific feel- ing which now happily prevails. A seizure of some twelve or more chests of opium was made near Canton about the 15th inst., and the parties concerned in the tran- saction were brought to the city in cages. Both the smugglers and the drug, were delivered over to the proper authorities. But, strange to say, on examination it was found that the contents of the chests had been so metamorphosed that not a catty of the drug was found in them. The smugglers of course were liberated! Note to Art. I. in April No. In one of the notes to this article, an unguarded expression was inserted on page 170, which we regret should have been published. In requesting these notes, it was not our intention to insert anything reflecting upon any class of men. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XIII.—SEPTEMBER, 1844.—No. 9. ART. I. Supplementary Treaty signed by their excellencies sir Henry Pottinger and kiying respectively on the part of the sovereigns of Great Britain and China, at the Bogue, Oct. 8th, 1843. This treaty was published by gov. Davis at Hongkong, in a Procla- mation, dated July 10th, 1844, in the English and Chinese languages. The following preamble is in the English copy, but is not inserted in the Chinese version, which commences with Art. I. Whereas a Treaty of perpetual peace and friendship between Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Majesty the Emperor of China was concluded at Nanking, and signed on board her said majesty's ship Cornwallis on the 29th day of August A. D. 1842, corresponding with the Chinese date of the 24th day of the 7th month of the 22d year of Táukwang, of which said treaty of perpetual peace and friend- ship the ratifications, under the respective seals and signs manual of the Queen of Great Britain &c., and the Emperor of China, were duly exchanged at Hongkong on the 26th day of June a. D. 1843, corresponding with the Chinese date the 29th day of the 5th month, in the 23d year of Táukwáng; and whereas in the said treaty it was provided (amongst other things) that the five ports of Canton, Fuchau fú, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shánghái should be thrown open for the resort and residence of British merchants, and that a fair and regular tariff of export and import duties and other dues should be esta- blished at such ports ; and whereas various other matters of detail connected with, and bearing relation to, the said Treaty of perpetual peace and friend- ship have been since under the mutual discussion and consideration of the plenipotentiary and accredited commissioners of the high contracting par- ties, and the said tariff and details having been now finally examined into, adjusted and agreed upon, it has been determined to arrange and record them in the forın of a Supplementary Treaty of articles, which articles VOL. XIII. NO. Yrit. 450 SEP. Supplementary Treaty. 公​欽​一 ​公​欽- ​開​廣​應​貨​報​新​附​使​差​所​厦​使​差​所 ​關​州​歸​物​關​定 ​大有 ​則​大有 ​之​福​中​查 ​例 ​後​州​華​抄​易 ​其​厦​,入​內 ​章 ​英​門​國​官​所​程 ​之​鈴 ​商​寧​粉等​言 ​貿​波​以​語​罰 ​易​上​充​此​銀 ​均​後​出 ​處​海​公​銀​若​貨 ​貿 ​拳​廣 ​所​五 ​連​干​船​以​易 ​項 ​以​州 ​貨 ​只​港貨​員​進​為​章 ​為​福 ​物 ​准​口 ​皆​及​口​式 ​程 ​式​州​稅 ​附​粘​之​件​。嗣後​五​港口​均 ​大臣​畫押​鈴 ​門​寧波​上海​五​港口​均​奉​以為​式 ​臣​畫押​鈴​印​進出口​貨物 ​奉 ​shall be held to be as binding and of the same efficacy as though they had been inserted in the original treaty of perpetual peace and friendship. Art. I. The Tariff of Export and Import Duties which is hereunto attach- ed under the seals and signatures of the respective plenipotentiary and commissioners, shall henceforward be in force at the five ports of Canton, Fuchau fú, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shánghái. Art. II. The General Regulations of Trade which are hereunto attached under the seals and signatures of the respective plenipotentiary and com- missioners, shall henceforward be in force at the five aforenamed ports. Art. III. All penalties enforced or confiscations made under the third clause of the said General Regulations of Trade, shall belong, and be appro- priated to the public service of the governinent of China. ART. IV. After the five Ports of Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghái, shall be thrown open, English inerchants shall be allowed 1844. 451 Supplementary Treaty. 復​第​不​前​辦​私​爭​船​港​將​往​將​華​五 ​將​四​可​在理​串​論​連​口​公​而來​民​港 ​不​條​官​江​貿​貨​避​使​英​英​在​口 ​能​英​為​南​,易​華一奕​告​商​國​他​不 ​林​商​保​業 ​則​民​併​販​示​如​公​處​准 ​洋​與​交​經 ​在​抄​賣​置​或​使​港​赴 ​行​華​又​職 ​國​他​取​任​若​背​有​口​他 ​代​商​新宠 ​法​處​入​約​論​串 ​交​定​以 ​具​港​官​中間​不 ​示 ​之​易​貿 ​易​貿​後 ​在​口​英國​擅​服​明​私 ​舊 ​易​商 ​應​與​官員​往​禁​不​相​亦 ​例​章​欠 ​照​英​不死​他​命​許​覺​不 ​呈​內​程​斷 ​例​商​得​連​處​及​他​易​許 ​他​處​港 ​验​交 ​| | to trade only at those five ports. Neither shall they repair to any other ports or places, nor will the Chinese people at any other ports or places be permitted to trade with them. If English merchant vessels shall, in con- travention of this agreement and of a proclamation to the same purport to be issued by the British plenipotentiary, repair to any other ports or places, the Chinese government officers shall be at liberty to seize and confiscate both vessels and cargoes; and should Chinese people be discovered clandes- tinely dealing with English merchants at any other ports or places, they shall be punished by the Chinese government in such manner as the law may direct. Art. V. The fourth clause* of the General Regulations of Trade on the * Thsi IVth clause is thus embodied in the Chinese. Formerly in Kiangnan (at Nan- king), it was agreed, that liereafter the government cannot be responsible for the delis 48 Sep. Supplementary Treaty. 官​手​蹦​就​中意​或​廣​昭​華如華​請 ​先​及​越​地​華​遊​不​州​不平​英​果​商​着 ​行船​以​方​地​行時​等​代​允​該​賬​欠​脂 ​立​上​期​民​方​又來​五​為​仍​管​據 ​管​據​英​切 ​定​人​永​情​官​更​往​港​保​照​事​確​商​實 ​禁​等​地​應​不​均價​原​官​警​及​聲 ​約​侯​彼​勢​與​可不​英 ​約​一​人​英明 ​之​管​此​議​英​遠​可​商 ​彼​體​在​商​在 ​後事​相​定​國​入​安​或 ​此​從​產​欠 ​方官安​界​管​內​到​常​,代​公​存​華​, 准​與​凡​址​事​地​鄉 ​為​處​均​商​後 ​上地​係​不​官 ​官​貿​間​居 ​者​結​應​之 ​岸​方​水​許​各​易​任​佳 ​追​以​由​債​。 subject of commercial dealings and debts between English and Chinese merchants, is to be clearly understood to be applicable to both parties. ART. VI. It is agreed that English merchants and others residing at or resorting to the five ports to be opened, shall not go into the surrounding country beyond certain short distances to be named by the local authorities in concert with the British consul, and on no pretence for purposes of traffic. Seamen and persons belonging to the ships shall only be allowed to land of merchants. And, according to the IVth clause of the newly established Commer- cial Regulations-touching “ Commercial Dealings between English and Chinese mer. chants, it is no longer allowable to ask for the repayment of debts, by appealing to the old laws which required the hong-merchants to pay for each other. This is truly and clearly declared on the records. Henceforth the cases of debtors--whether of the Chinese merchants to the English, or of the English merchants to the Chinese, if the accounts and vouchers be well authenticated the persons present, and the property in existence,-shall all be settled by the proper Chinese and English authorities, according to the principles of justice, so as to manifest perfect equality. And according to the original stipulations, both these authorities shall prosecutc ¡n behalf of creditors; but in no ease shall they be made responsible for them.-Ed. Chi. Rep. 1844. 453 Supplementary Treaty. 1 英​低​租​何​各​中​港​餐​在​打​情​地​地​做 ​商​為​價​房​就​華​口​赴​萬​傷​處方​遠​有 ​不準​屋​地​地​居​廣​年​害​罪​民​遊​英 ​許​務​照​或​方​方​州​和​致​但​人​者​人 ​强求​五​基​民​官​不​福​約​傷​該​捉​不​達 ​租​平​港​地​情​必​相​州​内​和​民​拿​論​背 ​英​允​口​係​議​須​斯​厦​言​好人​交 ​出 ​國​華​之​推定​與​悔​門​明 ​等​英​何​條 ​管​民​現​英​於​英​不寧​允 ​不​國 ​事​不在​人​何​國​加​坡​准 ​得​管​級 ​官​許​所​租​地​管​构​上​英 ​擅​事 ​每​勒​值​貨​方​事​制​海​人 ​自​官​聽到 ​年​索​高​其​用​官​但​五​携 ​歐​依​該​內 ​約​。擅 ​under authority and rules, which will be fixed by the consul in communication with the local officers; and should any persons whatever infringe the stipu- lations of this article, and wander away into the country they shall be seized and handed over to the British consul for suitable punishment. Art. VII. The Treaty of perpetual peace and friendship provides for British subjects and their families residing at the cities and towns of Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shánghái, without molestation or restraint. It is accordingly determined that ground and houses, the rent or price of which is to be fairly and equitably arranged for, according to the rates prevailing amongst the people, without exaction on either side, shall be set apart by the local officers in communication with the consul, and the number of houses built or rented will be reported annually to the said local officers by the 454 SEP. Supplementary Treaty. 1 大 ​大 ​皇 ​皇 ​帝​無​英​福​帝​如​港​向​預​人​屋​干​以 ​體​有​異國​州​恩蒙​口​來​定​之​之​所​英 ​均​新​設​毫​厦​雅​貿​各​額​多​增​通人 ​站​恩​將​無門​西​,易​外​數​赛​裁​報​或 ​用​施​來​斬​寧​洋 ​上​國 ​視​視​地​建 ​示​及 ​平平​方​屋 ​平​各 ​在​人​貿​商​官​若 ​各 ​元朗 ​江​止 ​易人​轉​干 ​但​亦 ​南非 ​之​之​報​間 ​英​應 ​既​港人 ​會​在​衰​多 ​衰​多​立​或 ​人​准 ​與​口 ​經​廣 ​旺​暴​案​租 ​及​英 ​英​貿​體 ​議​州 ​難​而​惟​屋 ​各人​人​易​赴 ​明​一 ​以​商​房​若 ​惜波​各​年商 ​consul for the information of their respective viceroys and governors, but the number cannot be limited seeing that it will be greater or less according to the resort of merchants. Art. VIII. The Emperor of China having been graciously pleased to grant to all foreign countries whose subjects or citizens have hitherto traded. at Canton, the privilege of resorting for purposes of trade to the other four ports of Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shánghái, on the same terms as the English; it is further agreed that should the Emperor hereafter from any cause whatever be pleased to grant additional privileges or immunities to any of the subjects or citizens of such foreign countries the same privileges and immunities will be extended to and enjoyed by British subjects; but it is to 1844. 455 Supplementary Treaty. 1 方​之​或​交​其​若​官​形​處​經​或​倘​求​國 ​藏​類别​人​已​當​跡​治​英​潜​有​以​均 ​匿​無須​斷​實​經​為​可​简​官​住​不​昭​不 ​者​論​英​無​係​罪​照​疑​華​查​英​法​信​得 ​華​何​人​異​犯人​會​而​官​出國​華​守著 ​官​故​不​言​罪​供​英​英​或​會​官​民 ​有 ​亦​倘​論​其​逃​認​官​官​探​應​船​因 ​此 ​必有​本​英​匿​或​以​尚​開​交貨​犯 ​嚴​逃​國​國​者​查​便​未​在​與​船​法 ​任 ​行​至​屬​兵​英​有​訪​察​先辈​避​逃 ​报​中國​丁​官​証​查出​或​官​匿​在 ​拿​國​黑水​必​據​嚴​則​查​按​者​香 ​監​地​白手​即​知​拿​華​出​法​一​港 ​意​安​有​請 ​be understood that demands or requests are not on this plea to be unneces- sarily brought forward. ART. IX. If lawless natives of China, having committed crimes or offences against their own government shall flée to Hongkong, or to the English ships of war, or English merchant ships for refuge, they shall if discovered by the English officers be handed over at once to the Chinese officers for trial and punishment; or if before such discovery be made by the English officers it should be ascertained or suspected by the officers of the government of China whither such criminals and offenders have fled, a communication shall be made to the proper English officer in order that the said criminals and offenders may be rigidly searched for, seized, and on proof or admission of their guilt delivered up. In like manner, if any soldier, or sailor or any other person—whatever his caste or country—who is a subject of the crown of England, shall, from any cause, or on any pretence, desert, fly or escape into the Chinese territory, such soldier or sailor or other person shall be apprehended and confined by the Chinese authorities and sent to the 456 SEP. Supplementury Treaty. 國​凡​必​接​行程​所​之​以​手​雙​凡​護​禁 ​兵​有​先​代​其​官​有​水​約​等​在​通​成交 ​船​此​具​該​官船​議​手​束​嚴​彼​商​隱​給 ​不等​報​港​船​水​定​人​英​行​簿​五​匿​近 ​得​接​中​口​將​手​不等​商​約​泊​港​有​地 ​爛 ​代​國​之​去​及​許​悉​及​束​以​口​乖​英 ​阻​官地​管​之​貨​進​聽​屬​該​便​必​和​官 ​至​船方​事​時​船​內​駐​國​管​將​有​好​收 ​於​到​官​官​必​水​地​船​商​事​各​英 ​辦 ​英​中​以​或​另​手​遠​英人​官​貨​國 ​均 ​國​免​領有​一​遊​官​其​亦能​官​不 ​官​時​生事​一體​之​約​官​即​上船 ​可 ​船​中​疑​官​隻奉​章束​船​藉水- ​章​束​- 有 ​nearest British consular or other government officer. In neither case shall concealment or refuge be afforded. Art. X. Ai each of the five ports to be opened to British merchants, one English' cruizer will be stationed to enforce good order and discipline amongst the crews of merchant shipping, and to support the necessary authority of the consul over British subjects. The crews of such ship of war will be carefully restrained by the officer commanding the vessel, and they will be subject to all the rules regarding going on shore and straying into the country that are already laid down for the crews of merchant vessels. Whenever it may be necessary to relieve such ship of war by another, intimation of that intention will be communicated by the consul, or by the British superintendent of trade where circumstances will permit-to the local Chinese authorities, lest the appearance of an additional ship should 4. 457 Supplementary Treaty. 1 則​敦​遲​管​得​論​- 行​必​數萬​議​鈔 ​例​和​延​理​折​係​房​議會​交​年​明前​不 ​船​好不​亦​毁​英​屋​明​退​清和​在 ​退​不會​人​及​于​出​其​約​案​於 ​貨 ​各 ​以​請​交​造​所​退​以​定​內貿 ​費 ​及​追還​建​用地​地​海​言 ​易​不 ​口​修​華​或​之​之​退​古​明 ​章​貿 ​議 ​角​造​官 ​會​接​後​回​浪​侯​程​。 易 ​爭​價​轉​經​房​凡​中將 ​第​自 ​值​交​修​兵​有​華​駐​議 ​十​可 ​允​之​庶​备​整​房​英​為​守​定 ​四​免 ​數 ​事​免​業​均等​官​此​英​之 ​條 ​目 ​以致​戶​不​無​居​預​兵​銀 ​內​船 ​既​議定​平 ​| excite misgivings amongst the people, and the Chinese cruizers, are to offer no hindrance to such relieving ship, nor is she to be considered liable to any port charges or other rules laid down in the General Regulations of Trade. seeing that British ships of war never trade in any shape. ART. XI. The posts of Chusan and Kúláng sú will be withdrawn, as provided for in the treaty of perpetual peace and friendship, the moment all the moneys stipulated for in that treaty shall be paid; and the British plenipotentiary distinctly and voluntarily agrees that all dwelling-houses, store-houses, barracks, and other buildings that the British troops or people may have occupied or intermediately built or repaired, shall be handed over on the evacuation of the posts exactly as they stand, to the Chinese autho- rities so as to prevent any pretence for delay, or the slightest occasion for discussion or dispute on those points. Art. XII. À fair and regular Tariff of duties and other dues having now been established, it is to be hoped that the systein of smuggling which VII. 58 VOL. XIII. NO, 458 Sep. Supplementary Treaty. 官​嚴​或​全​捉​通​有約​在​嚴​發獎​所 ​亦​行​不​數​攀​報​偷​束​各​飾​出​俱​與​有 ​應​驅​許​查​其中​漏​四​港​所​嚴​可​海 ​將​出​貿​抄​偷​華​私​面​口​屬​禁​剔​關 ​串​均​易​入​漏​地​走​查​來​管​英​除​街 ​同​不​或​官​之​方​之​察​往事​商​英 ​偷​稍​侯​並​貨​官​案​以​貿​官​不 ​漏​為其​將​無​以​該​杜​易​等​許​公 ​之​賬​偷​論​便​管​斃​之​將​稍 ​華​護​目 ​漏​價​本​事端​商​凡​有​會 ​商​本​清​之​值​地 ​倘 ​係​偷​有分 ​及​地​後​商品 ​訪​加​英​漏​告​肥 ​成方​即​贈​類​官​時間​意​國​並​示​諸 ​商​。偷漏税 ​has heretofore been carried on between English and Chinese merchants—in many cases with the open connivance and collusion of the Chinese custom- house officers—will entirely cease; and the most peremptory proclamation to all English merchants has been already issued on this subject by the Pritish plenipotentiary, who will also instruct the different consuls to strictly watch over and carefully scrutinize the conduct of all persons being British subjects trading under his superintendence. In any positive instance of smuggling transactions coming to the consul's knowledge, he will instantly apprize the Chinese authorities of the fact, and they will proceed to seize and confiscate all goods--whatever their value or nature--that may have been so smuggled ; and will also be at liberty if they see fit, to prohibit the ship from which the smuggled goods were landed from trading further, and to send her away as soon as her cccounts are adjusted and paid. The Chinese government officers will at the same time adopt whatever measures 1844. 459 Supplementary Treaty. 者​門​港​用​之​華​准​阻​各​海​售​辦 ​無​寧​請​華​日​官​其​若​海​长者​後 ​異​波​牌​船​完​術​赴​華​關​關​先​凡 ​凡​上​照​運​税​門​廣​民​將​在​華 ​商​海​出​載​但​請​州​欲​牌​遵​廣​民 ​船​各​口​帶​華​牌​福​赴​照照​州​等 ​商港​與​回民​來​州​香​發​新​福​欲 ​人口​在​其​既往​厦​港​給​例 ​領​給​廣​華​經​於​門​置​俾​完​厦​貨 ​有​牌​州​船​置​運​單​貨​得​納​門​往 ​此​赴​福​亦​貨​貨​波​者​前 ​貨​貨​波​者​前​税​寧​香 ​等​香​州​在​必​進​上​亦​往​銀​波​港 ​牌​港​厦​香​須​口​海​應​無​由​上​銷 ​護​分​肥​之​衙役​。一并​查明​职​例​處 ​they may think fit with regard to the Chinese merchants and custom-house officers who may be discovered to be concerned in smuggling. ART. XIII. All persons, whether natives of China or otherwise, who may wish to convey goods from any one of the five ports of Canton, Fuchau fú, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shánghái, to Hongkong for sale or con. sumption, shall be at full and perfect liberty to do so on paying the duties on such goods, and obtaining a pass or port-clearance from the Chinese custom- house at one of the said ports. Should natives of China wish to repair to Hongkong to purchase goods, they shall have free and full permission to do 80, and should they require a Chinese vessel to carry away their purchases, they must obtain a pass or port-clearance for her at the custom-house of the port whence the vessel may sail for Hongkong. It is further settled that in all cases these passes are to be returned to the officers of the 400 Ser. Supplementary Treaty. } 易​亂​門​照​稽​船​香​報​九華​如​獎​星​照 ​並行​寧​或​查​赴港 ​龍​商行​其​繳​者 ​將​之​波​雖​彼​必 ​巡​擅​浦​除非​每 ​情​船上​有​有​售​須 ​换​請​等​各​官​往 ​由​不​海​牌​商​貨​特 ​會​牌​處​省​以來 ​具​許​所​照​飛​置​派 ​同​照​均​及​便- ​報​共​給​而​商​貨​英 ​英​往​非要​查​次 ​華​在​者​非人​者​官 ​官​來​互​閩​銷 ​官​否​會​廣​並將 ​隨​香​市​江​免​將 ​以​港​視​州​未​員 ​時​港​之​浙​滋​原 ​便通​爲福​帶照​凡 ​稽​仍 ​四​影​領 ​備​商​偷​州​有​嚴​選 ​不 ​業​貿​漏​厦​牌​行​華 ​通​成​准​內​之 ​1 作用​。 Chinese government as soon as the trip for which they may be granted shall be completed.* Art. XIV. An English officer will be appointed at Hongkong, one part of whose duty will be to examine the registers and passes of all Chinese vessels that may repair to that port to buy or sell goods, and should such officer at any time find that any Chinese merchant vessel has not a pass or register from one of the five ports, she is to be considered as an unautho- rized or snuggling vessel, and is not to be allowed to trade, whilst a report of the circumstance is to be made to the Chinese authorities. By this arrange- In the Chinese this sentence follows: At other ports in the four provinces of Kwangtung, Fukien, Kiángsú and Chekiáng, such as Chápu and other places, which are not open marts, Chinese merchants are not to presume to ask permits to go to and from Hongkong. And if they do thus, the magistrate of Kaulung and the English officers are jointly at the time to make investigation and report. * 1844. 461 Supplementary Treaty. 理​官​華​口​華​若​但​將​藉債​商​有​香​走​如 ​以​英​官​欠​官​英​中情​確​之​人​華​港​私​此 ​歸​宜​若​各​為​商​華​由​有​非​俄​官​本​偷​辨 ​畫​必​以​華​從不​客​備​家商​項​如​非​理 ​一​須​清​商​過​查​商​文​資​逃​由​有​五名​子 ​查​单​賬​問​明​出​報​產出​英華​處​獎​惟 ​照​及​目​至​白​海​知​業​香​官商​馬​亦​洋 ​上​各​而​英​被​貿​華​者​港​就​在​頭​可 ​文憑​逃​商​其​易​官​英​實​近​彼​可​杜​無 ​第​擬​赴​有​假​必​勒​國​在​清​拖​比​絕​可 ​五​通​香​在​託​有限​管​潛​理​欠​並​矣​混 ​條​報​港​五行​嚴​事​回​倘​各​未 ​跡 ​辦​英​者​港​騙保​追​官​原​欠​國​設 ​即 ​ment, it is to be hoped that piracy and illegal traffic will be effectually prevented. Art. XV. Should natives of China who may repair to Hongkong to trade incur debts there, the recovery of such debts must be arranged for by the English courts of justice on the spot; but if the Chinese debtor shall abscond and be known to have property real or personal within the Chinese territory, the rule laid down in the IVth clause of the General Regulations for Trade shall be applied to the case; and it will be the duty of the Chinese authorities on application, by and in concert with the British consuls, to do their utmost to see justice done between the parties. On the same principle, should a British merchant incur debts at any of the five ports and fly to Hongkong, the British authorities will, on receiving an application from the Chinese government officers, accompanied by statements, and full proofs of the debts, institute an investigation into the claiins, and when established, oblige the defaulter or debtor to settle them to the utmost of his means. 48 Ser. Supplementary Treaty. 1 此​關​目​將​英​關口​或​何​照​各​业​銷​前 ​互​即​每​來​官​粤​運​由​姓​芳​港​出售 ​相​便往​以​梅​至​香​名​干​口​各​或 ​查​通​照​各​便​關 ​香港​貨​張​海關 ​關​由 ​察​行​式​商​核​轉​港​運​物​船​關​發​香​凡 ​庶​各​具​之​明​為​每​至​係​隻​按​給​港​係 ​可​海報​船​撥通​月​各​何​係​月​牌​帶​華 ​粤​號​查​知​逐​港​何以​照​貨​民 ​「查​該​- 海商​該​香​一口​類​字​所​等​至​帶 ​關​名​英​港​具​或​若​號​發​語​各​貨 ​用​稽​而​貨​官​管​報​由于​商​給​今​港​往 ​牌​核​學 ​粤​物​亦​理學​各​數​人​之​議​口​香 ​单​如​海​數​應​之​海港​目​係​牌​。定​者​港 ​Art. XVI. It is agreed that the 'custom-house officers at the five ports shall make a monthly return to Canton of the passes granted to vessels proceeding to Hongkong, together with the nature of their cargoes, and a copy of these returns will be embodied in one return, and communicated once a month to the proper English officer at Hongkong. The said English officer will on his part make a similar return or communication to the Chinese authorities at Canton, showing the names of Chinese vessels arrived at Hongkong or departed from that port, with the nature of their cargoes; and the Canton authorities will apprize the custom-houses at the five ports, in 1844. 463 Supplementary Treuty. 最​例​停​次​船​鈔​一​無照​澳​今​枪​英​影 ​小​納​泊​不可以​担​論​舊​除​議​大​國​射 ​者​鈔​黄​等​比照​之​比例​僅​定​三​之​偷 ​以​未​埔​亦​且​毅​貨​入​免​止​各​板​各​漏 ​七​免​者​與​不​贊​其​口​其​搭船​划 ​等 ​十​偏不​大​時​性​船​及​納​客​由​艇​船 ​五​柏​同​洋​來​此即​已​纱​附​香​等 ​噸​嗣​若​船​往​等​應​未​外帶​港​名 ​為​後​與之​進​小​按​備​尚​書目​枝 ​率​此​大 ​進口 ​噸​裝載​信​省​向​絕不 ​最​等​洋​口​每​井​輸​但​有​行​由​不​或​致 ​大小​船​後​月​大​納​使​貨​李​省​輪 ​兩 ​者​船​一​即​數​洋船​有​物​仍​赴​剑​技​歧​。 | order that by these arrangements and precautions all clandestine and illegal trade under the cover of passes may be averted. XVII, or Alditional Article relating to British small craft. Various small vessels belonging to the English nation, called schooners, cutlers, lorchas &c., have not hitherto been chargeable with tonnage dues. It is now agreed in relation to this class of vessels which ply between Hongkong and the city, and the city and Macao, that if they only carry passengers, letters and baggage, they shall as heretofore pay no tonnage dnes. But if these small craft carry any dutyable articles, no matter how small the quantity may be, they ought in principle to pay their full tonnage dues. But this class of small craft are not like the large ships which are engaged in foreign trade, they are constantly coming and going. they make several trips a month, and are not like the large foreign ships which on entering the port cast anchor at Whampoa. If we were to place them on the same footing as the large foreign ships, the charge would fall unequally; therefore, after this, the smallest of these craft shall be rated at 75 tons, and the largest not to exceed 464 SEP. Vipplementary Percetyl. 1 便​時報​此​若​宇​艇​凡​並​新​百​者​按​以 ​代​即​均​與​等于​樣​等​係​無​例​五​仍​噸 ​請將​應​大小​噸​管 ​小​此​此​每​十​照​納​百 ​粤​牌​在​洋船​以​明​船​等等​頓頓​七剑​五 ​海​照​黄​船​每​便​大​必​英​小​輸者​十一​十 ​關​繳​埔​無​到​稽​小​須​國​船​鈔​即​五​錢​噸 ​准​存​關​異​虎​查​何​領​二​往​五​作​噸​其​為 ​合​管​口​倘​門​等​英​枝​來​錢 ​英​枝​來​錢​大計​不​率 ​起事​通​內​即 ​官​枪​應​至​洋​算​及​每 ​貨​官​報載​业 ​船​牌 ​無​福​船​倘​七​進 ​未​收到​有​停​隻​照​枝​庸​州​論​已​十​口 ​經​執​省​税​止 ​能 ​用枪​議​等​仍​逾​五一 ​學​以​城​貨​通 ​戴漢英​划 ​口​。按​一頓​次 ​150 tons; whenever they enter the port (or leave the port with cargo), they shall pay tonnage dues at the rate of one mace per ton register. If not so l'arge as 75 tons, they shall still be considered and charged as of 75 tons, and if they exceed 150 tons they shall be considered as large foreign ships, and like them charged tonnage dues at the rate of five mace per register ton. Fuchau and the other ports having none of this kind of intercourse, and none of this kind of small craft, it would be unnecessary to make any arrange- ment as regards them. The following are the rules by which they are to be regulated. 1st.Every British schooner, cutter, lorcha, &c., shall have a sailing letter or register in Chinese and English under the seal and signature of the chief superintendent of trade describing her appearance, burden, &c., &c. 2d. Every schooner, lorcha, and such vessel, shall report herself, as arge vessels are required to do, at the Bocca Tigris; and when she carries cargo, she shall also report herself at Whampoa, and shall on reaching Canton, deliver up her sailing letter or register to the British consul, who 1844. 465 Supplementary Treaty. 宜​論​一​經​凡​牌​納​出口​容​疑​三​按​海 ​漂​仰​例​查​係​照​駐​口​貨​候​辦​段​照​關 ​遵​各​究​出​不准​省​稅​又​進​理貨​新​尤 ​升等​辦​即​依其​管​與​全​口 ​飛​定准 ​違​民​等​與​此​開​事​船​下​貨 ​進​貿​擅 ​特​人​因​走​規​行​官​釣​船 ​口​易​自 ​示​知​合​私​條 ​即​亦​其​起 ​報章​印 ​悉​就會​者 ​給​已​進​清 ​關​程​貨 ​各​出​漏 ​還​完​口​出 ​第 ​will obtain permission from the hoppo for her to discharge her cargo, which she is not to do without such permission under the forfeiture of the penalties laid down in the IIId clause of the General Regulations of Trade. 3d.-When the inward cargo is discharged, and an outward if intended) taken on board, and the duties on both arranged and paid, the consul will restore the register or sailing-letter, ana allow the vessel to depart. one This Supplementary Treaty—to be attached to the original Treaty of peace, consisting of 16' articles, and one'additional article relating to small vessels, is now written out, forming with its accompaniments four pamphlets, and is formally signed and sealed by their excellencies, the Bricish plenipo- tentiary and the Chinese imperiat commissioner, who in the first instance take two copies each and exchange them, that their provisions may be imme- diately carried into effeet At the same time each of these high function- aries having taken his two copies shall duly mémorialize the sovereign of his nation, but the two countries are differently situated as respects distance, so that the will of the one sovereign can be known sooner than the will of the other. It is now therefore agreed that on receiving the gracious assent of the emperor in the vermilion pencil, the imperial coinmissioner will deliver the very document containing it into the hands of his excellency llwáng judge of Canton, who will proceed (to such place as the plenipoten- 5) VOL.XIII, NO, VIII. 466 Sep, The Land of Sinim. tiary may appoint) and deliver it to the English plenipotentiary to have and to hold. Afterwards the sign manual of the sovereign of England having been received at Hongkong likewise graciously assenting to and confirming the Treaty, the English plenipotentiary will dispatch a specially appointed officer to Canton, who will deliver the copy containing the royal sign manual to his excellency Hwang, who will forward it to the imperial commis- sioner as a rule and a guide to both nations for ever, and as a solemn confir- mation of our peace and friendship. A most important Supplementary Treaty. Signed and sealed at Húmun chái on the 8th day of October 1842, corres- ponding with the Chinese date of 15th day of the 8th moon of the 23d year of Táukwáng. (Signed) HENRY POTTINGER. Plenipotentiary. L. S. H. B. M.'s. L. S. H. E. the linperial Commissioner. (Signed) KEYING,--in Tartar. True Copy Adam W. ELMSLIE, Off'g. sec. to H. M.'s plenipotentiary, &c. &c. Art. II. On the fulfillment of the prophecy of Isaiah concerning the land of Sinim; being a sequel to Art. I. in the March No. An attempt has been made to show that the land of Sinim, Isaiah 49:12, is China, and that that prophecy contains a distinct predic- tion of the conversion of this nation to God. It is a question of no small interest whether this "great and precious promise" has been either in whole or in part accomplished, or whether we must still look forward to the time when it shall be said “Behold these! from the land of Sinim." The prophecies of the Sacred Scriptures are of various kinds. Soine are fulfilled in a single event, while others require years, and even ages for their accomplishment. The birth of one individual may exhaust the meaning of one, while the revolution of centuries shall fail to show all that another contains.* Prophecies of the This is well exemplified in the twofold prophecy of Jacob, Gen. 49:10, " The sceptre shall not depart from Judah, till Shiloh come : And to himn shall the gathering of the nations be.” The first clause was completely fulfilled at the birth of Christ, the second is still in its course of accomplishment. * 1844. 407 The Jews in China. latter class are gradually fulfilled, and he who would understand such fulfillment must study the whole history of the nation or object to which they refer, and selecting the appropriate events, must so combine them, as to form a picture of what the prophet saw. Of this kind is the prophecy in question. Its complete fulfillment has not yet been seen, but an account of what has already occurred ay assist to an understanding of what is yet to come. The scope of the context allows us to think of nothing less than the conversion of the whole land of Sinim. Yet it is evident that it includes the conversion of each one of her inhabitants, from the time when the first rays of truth entered a Chinese heart, till that glo- rious period, when none but true worshipers shall stand on all her mountain tops and fertile plains. Does a company of her sons, how- ever few in number, renounce idolatry and worship Jehovah? Then it is justly said, “Behold these, from the land of Sinim;" and surely when the whole empire shall have received the gospel, the heavens shall sing, the earth shall be joyful, and the mountains shall break forth into singing." An inquiry therefore into the fulfillment of this prophecy, nust include an examination of every effort to extend the knowledge of the true God, and of the success of those efforts, however small; and it will also include a just appreciation of what has been done, by all who possess a knowledge of the truth, however much of error may be mingled in their creed. First in the order of time, we must consider the history of The Jews in China. It is not certainly known when the first seeds of divine truth were planted in China. We shall not go back with those who maintain that this country was peopled by the im- mediate descendants of Noah, who possessed the knowledge of Jeho- vah in its purity, and thus founded the comparatively pure system of morality taught by the Chinese sages. Nor need we linger long in considering the opinion that some wandering companies of the ten tribes of Israel, after their dispersion by the Assyrians (B. 742, see 2 Kings 17.), found their way to the Celestial empire. To believe this would well agree with the ancient threatening, “the Lord shall scatter thee among all nations, from one end of the earth even unto the other.” Deut. 28:64. Adinitting its probability, we might readily explain the excellence of many of the Chinese rules of morality. Some of these wandering Israelites, doubtless brought with them the law of God, and “called it to mind among the nations whither the Lord their God had driven thein." Deut. 30:1. As they came to China (on this supposition) but a few years or perhaps 408 Sep. The Land of Sinim. generations before Confucius lived, he may have been more indebt- ed to their examples and instructions than is commonly supposed. It is well ascertained that certain Jews did enter China as early as B. c. 258.* Their descendants still remain a ' peculiar' race in the midst of those around them, and even yet distinguished by the trait which took its origin in Jacob's time. "The children of Is- rael ate not of the sinew which shrank.” Gen. 32:32. They call themselves the Tiáu-kin kiáu k ih #, “the sect which Plucks out the Sinew." Their residence is at Káifung fú the capital of Honán. Some of them have attained an hu.jorable rank in literature, and several have been governors of provinces and ministers of state, but at present they are few in number, degraded in condition, and their wisest men are very ignorant of their own religion. Yet that they have existed a separate people so long with nothing but their religion to hold them together, is a sufficient proof that they were once thoroughly imbued with its principles. When they entered the country, B. c. 258, theirs was the true religion. It has lost none of its truth since that time, though it may not now claim to be the only true religion, or to be alone sufficient for salvation. It is unreason- able to suppose that a community possessing and valuing the truth, should live for hundreds of years in the heart of China, and yet exert no beneficial influence on those around them. Their influ- ence is now small; it may have been always small; but it could never have been totally unfelt. Philosophers say that the breath of an idle word mingles with the moving air and leaves its small but certain impress, not merely on the flying sand and changing waves, but on the solid rock; and surely, the truth of God even though held in ignorance or unrighteousness, cannot be wholly bound. It is not for us to say, what is the limit or extent of its influence in the pre- sent case, but the eye of God sees it, and in his book it is recorded, to appear when the secrets of all hearts are made known. In the influence of that truth as diffused by the Jews in China, even though it extended to the saving illumination of but a single soul, we may yet recognize the first fulfillment of the prophecy of Isaiah.t The fact of the existence of a colony of Jews in China, is one of much importance, and gives rise to interesting conjecture. If Edinb. Encyc. vol. VI., p. 98. Grosier however, tom. IV., p. 484, says it was under the Han dynasty which acouired power about the year B. c. 206. For a fuller account of the Jews in China, the reader is referred to Gro- sier, La Chine, tom. IV., p. 484. Dr Morrison and Mr. Milne have also given slot notices, agreeing substantiall wh the acceunts of the Roman Catholio missionaries. See Indo-Chinese G aner, vol. I. p. 16.--Chin. Rep., yol. X II., P: 79. 1844. 469 Early Christians in China. his the opinion be well founded, which is of late gaining ground in the church, that the Jews are to be restored to their own land, then undoubtedly the Chinese Jews as well as all others are to be brought back. It may be this to which the prophet specially refers. In vision he stood upon the walls of Jerusalem. Lifting up eyes round about, he saw her long lost children gathering themselves together, and coming unto her. From each point of the compass they came flocking as clouds, and as doves to their windows. In amazement the desolate Jewish church exclaims, “ Behold I was left alone, these where had they been ?" And the answer is, “Be- hold these! come from afar; ard lo these! from the north and from the west : and these! from the land of Sinim." Whether this restoration is to be before or after, whether it is to be the cause or the consequence of the conversion of the gentiles, does not seem to be certainly known; but in either case it shall be the cause of great additions to the happiness of the church, and the glory of God. It may be that the arousing of the Chinese Jews from their long lethargy, and their emigration in a body to their own land, is one of the means by which God designs to awaken the Chinese nation, and to bring them also to a knowledge of Messiah the prince. “ If the fall of them be the riches of the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles, how much more their fullness!” Rom. 11:12. Early Christians in China. Little is known with certainty as to the period when Christianity was first preached in China. Tra- dition goes farther back than historical records, but the accounts of each are so indefinite that we scarce know how to estimate them. It is the constant tradition of the Syrian church, that the apostle Thomas not only preached the gospel in India, but that he also carried it to China, and after establishing it there, sent other laborers to perfect what he had commenced. “The Christians of Malabar celebrate this in their ordinary worship, and when the Por- tuguese first knew them, their primate styled himself • Metropolitan of India and China.'* It is the opinion of Mosheim that neither Thomas nor any other apostle entered China. There is no proof on this point, yet we are strongly inclined to think that the gospel was preached in China, by some of the witnesses of our Lord's resurrec- tion. The books of the New Testament record the labors of Paul and * Mosheim, Ecc. History (by Murdock), vol. II., p. 422, note 2. See also the testimonies from the churches of India, quoted in Kircher's China Illus- trata, pp. 56, 57. 470 Sep. The Land of Sinim. Peter, and James and John alone, and they speak of none others as laboring in the sume districts. It was the constant effort of Paul to preach the gospel, not where Christ was naned, lest he should build upon another man's foundation. Rom. 15:20. Where then were Philip and Bartholomew, Thomas and Matthew, James the son of Alpheus, and Lebbeus whose surname was Thaddeus, Simon the Canaanite and Andrew the brother of Peter, and Matthias chosen to fill the vacant seat of Judas Iscariot? These all were apostles. They all were commissioned "to go into all the world;" they too could speak with tongues. Is it not fair to conclude, that they la- bored as diligently as the others, and that, since we hear little of their labors, they went to many places from which no account of them has reached us? Mosheim, who does not believe that Thomas went to China, and even doubts whether he went to India, says “nol- withstanding, we may believe that at an early period the Christian religion extended to the Chinese, Seres, and Tartars. There are various arguments collected from learned men to show that the Christian faith was carried to China, if not by the apostle Thomas, by the first teachers of Christianity. Arnobius, writing about A. D. 300, speaks of the Christian deeds done in India, and among the Seres, Persians, and Medes.'* There can be little doubt that the country of the Seres included the province of Shensi in China, and the mention of them by Arnobius, (who died A. D. 326,) shows that befoie bis time, the gospel had been carried there. We may well believe, that in China as elsewhere, the efforts of the first preachers were attended with success. It is well known that there were Christian monks in China, in the time of Justiņian. It was to the enterprize of two of them, who brought the eggs of the silkworm in a hollow cane to Constantino- ple, that western nations are indebted for their knowledge of the cultivation of silk. They reached Constantinople in the year of our Lord 552. They had then resided long in China, and it is natural to suppose that they were neither the first, nor the only ones who went to that land, while it is almost certain that their chief object was to spread the gospel there. The success which attended their efforts must be left to conjecture. Such are the faint rays which show us the state of Christianity in China in the first six centuries of our era. The light is dim, but if such beams have traveled down to us, through the darkness of so Mosheim's Ecc. Tart. Historia, pp. 6-7. + Gibbon's Hist. Dec. and Fall, ch. 40, note 76. 1844, 471 Nestorians in China. i many ages, it is reasonable to believe that they emanated from a brighter source. Nestorians in China. The monks who in A. D. 552, carried the silkworm from China, were Persians. There is every probability that they were missionaries of the Nestorian church. It had its theological school at Edessa, from which its trained bands of de- voted men were sent into all the East; and when the school at Edessa was destroyed, A. D. 489, another was erected at Nisibis, far- ther to the east, and not less distinguished for activity and zeal.* There are several testimonies which show that at a very early period the Nestorians had extended their efforts as far as China. Ebedjesus Sobiensis in his Epitome Canonum, says, “Salibazacha the Catholic (i. e. the Nestorian patriarch) created the metropolitan sees of Sina and Samarkand, though some say they were constituted by Achæus and Silas.”+ This is an important testimony to the early progress of the gospel in China, for its date is prior even to the time when the monks went to Constantinople. Achæus was archbishop of the Orthodox Chaldeans at Seleucia, A. D. 411-415, and Silas was a patriarch of the Nestorians, A. D. 505-520. It is very certain that the Nestorians had a firm footing in China, long before the time of Salibazacha, (A. D. 714–727,) as will presently appear. Another interesting evidence on this point is found in the list of metropolitan sees subject to the Nestorian patriarch, which is pub- lished by Amro. În this, the metropolitan of Sina is mentioned along with that of India. But according to Ebedjesus, "the cause of the precedence of the metropolitan sees among themselves, is owing to the priority of their foundation.”¥ As the great antiquity of Christianity in India is not to be denied, we have thus a strong proof of its having at an equally early period taken root in China. Our fullest account of the early efforts of the Nestorians in China, is derived from the celebrated monument discovered at Singán fú in Shensí, in 1625. Doubts have been expressed as to its authentici- ty, about which a violent controversy prevailed for several years after its discovery. The enemies of the Jesuits charged them with having fabricated it to serve their own purposes; but this is unlikely. The internal evidence of its authenticity is good, and the fact that for several ages the Nestorians had their missionaries in China, is suffi- Gieseler's Ecc. Hist., vol. I. p. 239. Mosh. Ecc. Hist., vol. I. p. 363. † Mosh. Ecc. Tart. Hist. p. 8. † Sce the list'in Mosheim s Ecc. Tarlarorum Historia, p. 8, note. * 172 Sep. The Land of Sinin. cient to vindicate for them, the honor it gives them. But though the Jesuitdid not fabricate this monument, they deserve reproach for claiming it as a monument of the success of the Roman Catho- lic church, as Le Comte, Du Halde, and Kircher have done. Le Comte, who would never have given the term Catholic to the head of a sect condemned by the council of Ephesus as heretical, says that the monument"records the history of a Catholic patriarch in China." The statement of Kircher is yet more objectionable. “The Nesto- rian heresy having infested Asia with the poison of its pestiferous doctrines, and the Mohammedan sect having arisen about the same time, the faithful followers of Christ were driven away from their own lands, and spread the doctrine of Christ even to China."* Later Roman Catholic writers do the Nestorians the justice to admit that the monument in question commemorates their exertions.* The Síngán fú monument is a marble tablet ten feet long and six feet broad, having on the upper portion a large cross handsomely engraved, and beneath, a long discourse in Chinese, with numerous names in Syriac on the side, and a Syriac inscription at the foot. A fac simile is given by Kircher in his China Illustrata, with a trans- lation. A literal and also a free translation is given by P. Visdelou in D'Herbelot's Bibliotheque Orientale. After some remarks on the principles of religion, the fall of man, the birth of Messiah in Judea, together with some of the ceremonies and laws of Christianity, the author gives a sketch of its introduction and progress in China. In the year 635, during the reign of Táitsung, the second emperor of the Táng dynasty, and one of the greatest monarchs that ever sat on the Chinese throne, Olopun, after a long journey arrived at the capital and was received with honor by the emperor. $ To quote the monument, “the emperor Táitsung illustrated and adorned the empire by his administration; clear, discriminating, and sacred, he ruled the people with condescension and kindness. From Tá Tsin; there was a man of exalted virtue named Olopun. Observing the clear heavens, he brought the true Scriptures; watching narrowly the courses of the winds, and the laws of the seasons, he proceeded or his difficult and dangerous journey. In the ninth year of Chin- * See Le Comte's memoirs, p. 342, and Kircher's China Illustrata, p. 92. † Annales de la Propagation, vol. IX., p. 308. - The Chinese annals report that in ihe eighth year of the emperor Tái- tsung, there came to China embassadors from foreign nations, whose air, shape and Habits were altogether strange to the Chinese, who had never seen the like before ; and the emperor himself rejoiced that in his reign, men with fair hair and blue eyes arrived in his empire." Du Halde, vol. I., p. 196. 1844. 473 Nestorians in China. kwan, (Täitsung), he reached the imperial city Changngán (now called Singán fú). The emperor sent the honorable Fáng Hiuenling, a minister of state, with the insignia of his office, to the western suburbs of the city to receive the guest, and conduct him to the palace. He examined the Scriptures in the royal library, and sought the nature of the new religion in the sacred hall. He found that Olopun was thoroughly acquainted with truth and uprightness, and gave him a special command to make it widely known. In the twelfth year of Chinkwán, and seventh month, in the autumn of the year, the royal decree proclaimed, Truth hath not an unchanging name, nor are holy men confined to one unchanging form. In every place true doctrine has been given, and with reiterated in- structions, the crowd of the living have been blessed. From the distant region of Tá 'Tsin, the greatly virtuous Olopun has brought the Scriptures and the pictures to offer them to our high court. If the intent of this doctrine be examined, it is profound, excellent, and pure. If its noble origin be considered, it produces that which is perfect, and establishes that which is important. Its phraseology is without superfluous words. It holds the truth, but rejects that which is needless. It is beneficial in all affairs, and profitable to the peo- ple, and should therefore pervade the empire. Let the officers there- fore erect a temple for the religion of Tá Tsin, in the street of the capital called ľning, and appoint twenty-one ministers for its oversight.'" By the favor of Táitsung and his successors, Olopun and his fel- low-laborers proceeded prosperously in their work. Under Káu. tsung, A. D. 678, “the illustrious religion spread itself in every di. rection, and temples rose in an hundred cities.” In the year 698, the Budhist priests commenced a persecution against the new reli- gion; and in 712, the literati and the lower classes combined against it. Bat far from being destroyed, it rose again and flourished with renewed vigor under succeeding emperors, and the monument which was erected in 781, in the second year of Titsung, seems to have been composed and engraved in a time of great outward pros- perity. The Syriac names around the Chinese inscription, are those of the Christian ministers who lived in China during the period to which it refers. After making large allowances for its inflated ori. ental style, enough remains to show that it speaks of no ordinary conquests of Christianity. Tinothy the Nestorian patriarch sent Subchal-Jesus, a zealous missionary, in 780, who labored with success for several years, both 60 VOL. XIII. NO. VU 474 Sep The Land of Sinim. in Tartary and China. He returned to his own country for addi- tional laborers, but was assaulted on the way, and slain by a band of robbers. Others were not wanting to supply his place, one of whom, Davidis, was not long afterwards, consecrated metropolitan of China.* 'The success of these various laborers was such as to excite persecu- tions against them more than once. In the year 845, an edict of the emperor Wútsung, commanded the priests that belonged to the sect that came from Tá Tsin, amounting to no less than three thou- sand persons, to retire to a private life.f The Arabian voyagers who visited China in the ninth century, speak of the Christians whom they saw, and it apnears that in a persecution in 877, many of them lost their lives. Yet notwithstanding all opposition they maintained their ground. According to the explicit testimony of Gibbon, “the Christianity of China between the seventh and thir- teenth centuries is invincibly proved by the consent of Chinese, Arabian, Syrian, and Latin evidence.”ll Those who have read the travels of Marco Polo, must have observed how often he speaks of the Nestorian Christians whom he saw,and his mode of referring 10 them leads us to suppose that they were both numerous and respected, as well as long established. It would be interesting to know exactly the history of the famous Prester John, and the amount of his influence in favor of Christiani- ty. His existence as a Christian prince in Central Asia, may be considered as tolerably certain, and also his high standing with the Tartar rulers of China. Gibbon sneers at him as the prince horde of Koraites," but the testimonies of Marco Polo and of John de Monte Corvino, are worthy of more respect. During the dominion of the Tartars, the Nestorians as well as all other foreigners, had full liberty to propagate their opinions when and how they chose, and down to the end of the thirteenth century, numerous bodies of them were scattered over China. To- wards the end of the Yuen dynasty difficulties arose. Controversies with the emissaries of the court of Rome, who now penetrated those remote regions, and the progress of Mohammedanism, sapped the foundations of their ancient churches. When the Tartars were ex- pelled, and the Ming dynasty came into power, A. D. 1369, all fo- reigners were excluded from the empire, and we gradually lose sight Mosh. Hist. Tart. Ecc. pp. 14-15. t Du Halde, vol. 1., p. 518. Mosh. Hist. l'art. Ecc. p. 1?. Gibhou Hist. Dec. and Fall, chap. 47, nole 118. See inter alia. pp. 404; 424, 501. Marsden's Edition, n of a 1844. 475 Nestorians in China, of them. Yet so late as the fifteenth century, the Nestorian patri- arch sent bishops to China, and some obscure traces of their churches are found even in the sixteenth, but after that period, they totally disappear.* Such is a brief and imperfect account of Nestorianism in China. Fuller accounts might be given by those who have access to Asse- man, and other sources of information, but enough has been present- ed to show that in ancient times Christianity made great progress in these ends of the earth. It is a question of deep interest, what benefit resulted to China from all this ?" Those who look on the Nestorians as heretics, will of course find little pleasure in accounts of their successes, though it must be thought strange that many of the Roman Catholics who anathematized them as the spreaders of a pestiferous doctrine, did not scruple to claim for their own church the credit of their successes in China. For our own part.we consider Nestorius to have been as free from error as the haughty Cyril who condemned him, and the Nes- torian church to have been as pure as any other that flourished when it was in its prime. We are willing to believe that many of its devoted missionaries were men of as pure a faith, and as holy a zeal as their generation saw. That the blessing of God accompanied their efforts can scarcely be doubted, and in their success, if not sooner, the prophecy of Isaiah began to receive its fulfillment, “Be- hold these from the land of Sinim.” It may excite surprise that no traces of these churches have been found, but this fact should not weaken our belief in their existence. Chinese architecture is not of the kind which covers the ground with massive buildings, whose very ruins remain for ages as monu- ments of their former uses. The church which in one century may have been crowded with worshipers, shall totally disappear in the next, and the light bamboo wave where the equally slender column had stood. Where did Christianity ever flourish in more vigor than along the shores of Northern Africa ? The annals of the church are adorned by no naine brighter than that of Augustine, bishop of Hippo. Yet where now are those churches ? What traces yet remain ? If they have so totally disappeared, it cannot be deemed strange, that a like fate attends those once founded in China. Pro- bably like too many others, the Nestorian churches left the fervor of their first love, and the purity of their first faith, and they sunk beneath the weight of infirmities within, and oppressions from with- Mosh. Erc. Hist. vol. II., pp. 270, 361, 419 1 476 Ser. The Land of Sinim. out. They have passed away, and on earth their memorial does not remain. But it is recorded in heaven, where the proofs of their zeal, and the good they have accomplished shall endure. And the consideration of their history gives us encouragement for the future. If Christianity once made its way in China, we may hope that under more favorable auspices, it shall again revive, and be established on a more solid foundation. The Roman Catholics in China. The history of Roman Catho- lic missions will form an important chapter in the history of nations and of religion. Perhaps the time has not yet come for the prepa- ration of such a work, but all may derive instruction from the care- ful study of what has already occurred. A few sketches are all that can be introduced here. The Roman Catholic missions in China have had three distinct epochs. 1. In the thirteenth century. 2. In the seventeenth. 3. In the eighteenth. Respecting the first of these we have but little information, and that little not very satisfactory When M. Polo resided in China about A. D. 1280, he met no Christians there, except those of the Nestorian profession. Soon afterwards the Romish missionaries began to arrive. Some of these had been preaching among the Western Tartars, and also those of Central Asia for many years, and several embassies had passed between the princes of those tribes and the pope. It was particularly during the reigns of Hulagu khan, and Argonus that they met with most success. In the words of Mosheim, " we can scarcely declare how prosperously the Chris- tian religion flourished in these days among the Tartars, and what great additions it constantly received. The Nestorians built churchés in innumerable places, and many Franciscan monks, et mendicabant et prædicabant, both begged and preached."'* Among the the latter was John de Monte Corvino. He was born in 1247, in Apulia, and was sent in 1288, by the pope into Tartary. Two letters of his are still extant, in which he gives a simple and pleasing account of his efforts to preach the gospel. He first enter- ed India in 1291, and after preaching there for more than a year, and baptizing about one hundred persons, proceeded to China, where he was kindly received by the emperor Kublai kłan. But the Nestorians threw many obstacles in his way, so that for five years he was greatly impeded in his work. in his pilgrimage alone,” and then he was joined by only one asso- Mosheim's Hist. Tart. Ecc., p. ?ti, et passim Eleven years he was 1844. 477 The Jeros in China. 1 ciate. Yet so indefatigable and successful were his labors, that by the year 1305, he had baptized nearly six thousand persons. He had also purchased one hundred and fifty children, whom he baptized, instructed in Latin and Greek, and taught to sing the services of the church, with which the emperor was greatly pleased.* His exertions were confined principally to the Tartars, whose lan- guage he had learned, and into which he translated the New Testa- ment, and the psalms of David.t He had also some intercourse with a Tartar prince, a descendant of Prester John, who by his means was induced to join the Romish church, and who not only brought many of his people with him, but also called his infant son by the name of the zealous missionary. But the death of the prince, while his son was in the cradle, blasted the fruit Corvino had hoped to gather, and his people returned to the Nestorian communion, In 1307, pope Clement V. constituted John archbishop of Peking, and sent seven suffragan bishops to labor with him. These were all Franciscans, and seem to have spread themselves through several northern provinces, where they labored with diligence and success. Corvino died about A. D. 133). The little we know respecting him, (though some might deutt the imp:rtiality of a man's account of himselt, and of his cwn labors.) çives us pleasing inpressions of his character. It is affecting to hear him say, “It is now twelve years since I have heard any news from the west." I am become old and gray::e:ded, but it is rither through labors and tribulations than thraigh age, for I am only Síty-eight years old. I have learned the Tartar linguage and literature, into which I have translated the who e New Testament, and the psalms of David, and have caused them to be tr inscribed with the utiwost care. I write, and read, and pre:ch cpenly and freely the testimony of the law of Christ."I Nicholas de Bentra was constituted archbishop in 1836, to whose assistance the pope sent twenty-six additional laborers,, but of their success we have no accounts. The Ming dynasty came into power in 1339, and being hostile to foreigners, prohibited the missionaries from continuing their operations. Consequently, they as well as the Nestorians lost ground, and we hear nothing further concerning them. “ Dominus Imperator delectat multum in cantu eorum." + In this his course differed widely from that of Roman Catholic mission- aries in modern days. So far from thinking the translation of the Scriptures, a work to facilitate their exertions, they ridicule the Protestants for the pains they take in it, and declare it a work "evidently contrary to the principles of Christianity.' Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, 1828, p. 48. | Mosh. Hist. Tart. Ecc. note XLIV. The letter is also printed in the notes to Marsden's edition of Marco Polo. * 478 Sep. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. Department. N. lat. E. long. 17 Lund Art. III. Alphabetical list of the provinces, departments, and districts in China, with their latitudes and longitudes. (Con- tinued from page 437.) - PG Macao, called Ngaumun, lies in Iliangshan hien, #22 11 30 113 09 30 5 M Making ting, Fukien, Tsiuenchau fu. Málung chau, Yunnan, Kiuhtsing fú, 25 29 103 37 Mápien tien, Sz'chuen, Süchau fú, k Maping hien, Kwangsí, Liúchau fu, *24 14 24 109 08 30 IẾN BỀ Máching hien, Húpeh, Hwangchau fú, *31 14 24 114 51 41 Not DA Máhá chaụ, Kweichau, Túyun fú, 26 26 107 24 LE F Máyáng hien, Hinan, Yuenchau fú, 27 38 109 22 & Sẽ Mang hien, Honán, Hwaiking fú, 34 55 112 50 nữ P Mangtain hien, Honến, Honán fú, 34 52 112 38 Most Sh Máukung ting, Sz'chuen, 31 38 103 54 Is 5700 li from Peking, in the north western part of the province; bounded N. by Tsahkuh ting; E. by Máu chau and Chingtú fú; S. by Kung chau and Yáchau fú; and W. by Tátsien lå ting, which district is attached to Yáchau fủ. It contains no subdivisions, but there are many governed by independent aboriginal rulers within its limits. 76 | Máu chau, Sz'chuen, Is 5125 li from Peking, in the northwest of the province; bounded N. by Sungpwan ting; E. by Lungngán fú; S. E. by Mien chau; S. by Chingtú fú and Máukung ting; and w. by Tsáhkuh ting and Tsing hai or Koko nor. It contains only one subdivision, Wanchuen hien, though it is a large district. The Mauming hien, Kwangtung, Kauchau fú, *21 48 110 26 15 H4 Mei chau, Sz'chuen, 30 06 103 52 18 4895 li from Peking, in the restral part of the province; bounded N. by Chingtá fú; E. by Tsz'chau; S. by Kiáting fu; and w. by Kung chau. It contains 3 districts, Tsingshin, Pungshán, and Chauling. 縣 ​Mei hien, Shensí, Fungtsiáng fu, 34 13 107 50 V Meitán hien, Kweichau, Pingyueh chau, 27 40 k Hà Mịchí hien, Shensí, Suiteh chau, 37 52 110 0 6 th Milih hien, Yunnán, Kwangsí chau, 24 40 103 32 锦州 ​Alien chan, Saºchuen, *31 27 36 104 52 30 Is 4985 lk from Peking, in the north of the province; bounded N. by Lung. ngán fu; E. by Pauning fủ ; B. by Tungchien fu; and W. Clingtú fũ and Máu chau. It contains 5 districts, Lokiúng, Tehyung, Mienchuh, lusztuny and Ngán. 1844 179 Provinccs, Drpartments, and Districts in China Name of place Province N. lat. E. lung Department. KB TT Mienchuh hien, Szchuen, Mien chau, 31 17 103 16 5 % Mien hien, Shensí, Hánchung fu, 33 05 106 45 You By Mienyáng chau, Húpeh, Hányáng fu, *30 12 22 113 11 40 Mienning hien, Sz'chuen, Ningyuen fú, Mienning ting, Yunnan, Shunning fú, * Bề Mih hien, Honán, Káifung fu, 34 34 113 27 HỂ Mihyun hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, *40 23 30 116 52 46 WE W Min chau, Kansuh, Kungchang fú, 34 24 103 58 THE PE Mịn chí hien, Honán, Ilonán fú, 34 46 111 41 ai M8 Min hien, Fukien, Fuhcháu fu, *26 02 24 119 25 Mintsing hien, Fukien, Fuhchau fú, *26 13 12 119 01 50 9A I Mingkiáng ting, Kwangsí, , Taiping fú, BH Mingshan lien, Szºchuen, Yachau fú, 30 10 103 11 Mingying chau, Kwangsí, Independent, 23 03 106 55 * , Muhyang hien, Kiángủ, Hái chau, 34 12 119 02 Hi Mungching hien, Ngánhwui, Yingchau fú, *33 22 50 116 37 30 Il Munghwa ting, Yunnán, *25 18 100 30 15 Is 6715 li from Peking, in the west of the ptovince; bounded N. by Talí fú; E. by Tsúhiungfu ; S. by Shunning fu; and W. by Yungchang fú. It contains no divisions, and is small in size. # Mungsz' hien, Yunnan, Linngán fu, *23 34 103 36 10 Kệ Mungyin hien, Shántung, chau fủ, 35 50 118 10 lớn là Mwanching hien, Chihli, Pauting fu, 39 0 115 20 13 Hà Nátí chau, Kwangsí, Independent, 24 44 107 12 ẤN ĐỘ Náhkí hien, Bz'chuen, Lũ chau, 28 48 105 23 Náncháng fu, Kiangsí, *28 37 12 115 48 17 Is 3245 li from Peking, in the northwestern part of the province, and is the seat of the provincial government; bounded N. by Kiúkiáng fú and Nankang fu; E. by Jáuchau fu; S. E. by Fúchau fú; S. by Linkiáng fu and Suichau fu; S. W. by Húnán; and N. w. hy Húpeh. It contains 1 chau district, (I'ning), and seven hien districts, Náncháng, Sinkien, Tsinhien, Fungching, Fungsin, Tsingngán, and Wúning. The Púyáng lake lies in the northeast of the department: 8 B Nanchang hien, Kingsĩ, Náncháng fu, *28 37 12 115 48 17 a g Nanchang hien, Hupeh, Siángyang fú, 31 17 111 42 ifj Nánchäu hien; Honán, Nanyang fu, 33 33 112 38 480 Str. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. N. lat. E. long Department. til Náncbing hien, Kiengei, Kienchang fu, *29 33 36 118 27 55 a Nanching hien, Shenaj, Hanchung fu, *32 56 10 107 12 25. 1) Nanchuen hien, Sz'chuen, Chungking fú, 29 08 107 13 # Nanchung hien, Sz'chuen, Shunking fa, *30 49 12 106 07 90 Nánfung bien, Kióngsí, Kienchang fú, *27 03 36 116 27 50 Bà R Ninhái hien, Kwangtung, Kwangchau fa. *23 07 10 113 14 30 htNanhiung chau, Kwangtung, *25 11 53 113 55 10 18 4324 l{ from Peking, in the northern part of the province; bounded N. and E. by Kiangsí; S. by Hwuichau få; and W. by Shiuchau fú. It con- laing no subdivisions; the chief town is called also Púuching hien, and com. prises the whole under its rule; it is the entrepôt for all the goods and tra. velers crossing the Mei ļing, and is a large city. fp Nanho hien, Chihlí, Shunteh fú, 37 05 114 51 Ta BÊ Ninhwui hien, Kiingsų, Sungkiang fú, Nankang fs, Kiangsí, *29 3ļ 42 115 58 23 Is 3305 li from Peking, in the northern part of the province; bounded N. by Kiúkiáng fu; E. and S. by Jánchau fá; 3. and W. 'hy Nanchang fá. It contains i districts, Singtsz', Kienchang, Ngin:l, and Ticháng. độ k Nạnhang hien, Kiangsí, Nánngin fs, 25 42 114 35 Bị Lề Nankí hien, Sz'chuen, Suchaụ fú, 23 48 106 03 T Nankiảng hien, Szºchuen, Pauning fa, 32 20 106 55 Nánhung hien, Chihlí, Kí chậu, 37 27 115 30 bi 8 Nanling hien, Ngánhwui, Ningļwoh fa, 31 03 118 18 Ha SẼ Nónloh hien, Chihlí, Táming fú, 36 09 115 26 I l Nóngán chau, Yunnan, Tsuhiung fá, 24 58 101 45 Nanngán fú, Kiangsí, *25 30 113 66 22 18 4335 li from Peking, in the southwestern corner of the province; bound- ed N. by Kihngán fu; E. by Kanchau fú; S. by Kwangtung; and W by Húnán. It contains 4 districts, Táiyir, Nánking, Shingyvé, and Tsungi. The department city is the depôt for goods and travelers crossing the Mei ling to or from Nanhiung chąu; it is at the head of boat navigation on the Kán R. Násngaw kien, Fgkien, Tsiuenchau fú, 25 07 118 20 Nánngåv ting or Namoh, Kwangtung, Chauchau fű, 23 82 117 05 Nánning fú, Kwangsí, *22 43 12 108 03 Is 5659 l{ from Peking, in the south of the province ; bounded N. by 8z'. ngan fá and Tsinchau fú; £ by Yuhlin chau; s. by Kwángtung; and W. by Taiping fú. It contains 3 chau districts, Sinning; shángsz', and Hwang, and 3 hien districts, Siuenhwá, Lungngán, and Yungshun. A branch of the Canton R. or Pearl Å. called the Yuh R. runs through this department; on its western borders are many aboriginal rulers. 18.11. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. 481 Name of place. Province. N. lat. Elulig: Chihlí, Department T8 48 Nanning hien, Yunnan, Kiuhtsing fu, *25 32 24 103 50 k Náp hien, Tientsin fu, 38 08 116 43 Nanping hien, Fukien, Yenping fú, *26 38 24 116 17 50 a Nángủ hien, Sz'chuen, Páuning fu, 31 19 106 06 i F Nantán chau, Kwangsí, Kingyuen fu, 25 0 107 23 Ta là Nantsing hien, Fukien, Changchau fú, 24 38 117 25 Nanyang fu, Honan, *33 06 15 *112 34 25 Is 2145 lí from Peking, in the southwestern side of the province; bounded N. by Honán fú and Ju chau; E. by Juning fú; S. and S. W. by Húpeh; and W. by Shensí. It contains 2 chau districts (Yu and Tang), and 11 hien districts, Nányáng, Sinyé, Tang, Piyáng, Tungpeh, Náncháu, Yeh, Wüyáng, Chinping, Nuihiáng and Chehchuen. a là Nanyang hien, Honán, Nanyang fu, *33 06 15 312 34 25 8 8 Ngan hien, Shántung, Tungcháng fú, *37 15 10 116 26 50 Nganloh hien, Yunnán, Chinyuen fú, Nganngán hien, Yunnan, , Cháuting fú, FNganping hien, Kwangtung, Cháuking fú, 22 06 112 14 ne tike Nganshí hien, , Húpeh, Shínán fú, + NH Ngán chau, Chihlí, Páuting fú, 38 53 115 53 t T Ngán hien, Sz'chuen, Mien chau, 31 35 104 31 5 mm Ngànfuh hien, Húnán, # [E Ngánfuh hien, Kiangsí, Kihngán fu, 27 70 114 34 Bán Nganhiáng hien, Húnán, Lí chau, 29 22 112 02 Ek Ngánhá hien, Kánsuh, Kingyang fú, k k Ngánhwá hien, Húnán, Chángshá fú, 28 24 111 25 * Ngánhwá hien, Kweichau, Sz'nán fú, the Ngánhwui sang, or the province of Ngánhwui. It is bounded N. E. by Kiángsú; S. E. by Chekiáng; S. W. by Kiángsí; W. by Húpeh; and N. W. by Honán. It comprises & fú and 5 chau departments. It extends from lat. 29° 10' to 34° 10' N., and from 3º E. to 1° 25' W. of Peking. Its area is between forty and forty-five thousand square miles; and by the last census, it contained 34,168,059 inhabitants, which is upwards of 800 to a square mile. The surface of the country is level, and nearly the whole province is well watered and under high cultivation. The name Ngánhwui given to this portion of the old province of Kiangnán is composed of the first words in the names of two of its principal departments, Ngánking fu and II wuichau fú. Kiánysú is formed in the same manner from Kiangning tủ and Suchau fú. + Ngán hien, Giánghi, Nánking fu, 23 16 115 30 Lí chau, VOL. XIII. O. VIII. 61 482 Ser. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long 安安安 ​Name of place. Department. # E Nganjin hien, Hunan, Hangchau fú, 26 43 113 04 Ngánjin hien, Kiáng si, Já uchau fu, 28 25 116 53 Ngankang hien, Shensí, Hlingngán fu, Ngánkí bien, , Fukien, Tsiuenchau fú, 25 12 118 10 * Ngánkih hien, Chekiang, Hüchau fu, 30 40 119 36 Ngánking fu, Ngánhwui, *30 37 10 117 04 13 Is 2700 lí from Peking, in the southwestern part of the province, and is the provincial capital; bounded N. by Luhngán fu; N. E. by Lachau fü; E. by Chíchau fa; S. by Ziúkiáng fu in Kiangsí; and W. by Hapeh. It contains 6 districts, Hwaining, Wangkiáng, Suhsung, Tsienshắn, Táihú, and Tung. ching & 3 Ngánhiu hien, Shántung, Tsingchau fú, 36 23 119 42 Te Ngánluh fu, Húpeh, *31 12 112 31 58 Is 3200 le from Peking, in the central part of the province; bounded N. W. by Siángyáng fú; N. E. by Tehngán fú; E. by Hányáng fú; S. by Kingchau fú; and w. by Kingmun chau. It contains 4 districts, Chungtsiáng, King. shán, Tienmun, and Tsienkiáng. This department has had many names, and under the Ming dynasty it was called Chingtien fu 71 F F # #t Nganlah hien, Húpeh, Tehngán fú, 31 20 113 37 Ngánnan hien, K weichau, Hingi fú, 25 48 105 13 Nganning chau, Yunnan, Yunnán fú, 25 0 102 38 Nganping chau, Kwangsí, Independent, *22 43 12 106 48 30 3 Ngánping hien, Kweichau, Ngánshun fú, 26 23 106 12 ** Ngánping hien, Chihli, Shin chau, 38 16 115 38 Ngánseh hien, Shensí, Yenngán fú, 36 48 109 13 la Ngánshun fú, Kweichau, 26 13 105 53 Is 4940 l{ from Peking, in the south west part of the province; bounded N. by Táting fu; E. by Kweiyáng fú; $. by Hing-1 fú; and W. by Yunnan. It contains 2 ting districts (Kieihoá and Lángtai), 2 chau districts ( Yungning and Chinning), and 3 hien districts, Puting, Tsingchin, and Nyánping. Its limits include many districts governed by local rulers. & B Ngánsi chau, Kánsuhi Is 6124 lk from Peking, in the west part of the province, towards the confines of Tibet; bounded N. by Chinsí fu or Barkoul, and the Tourgouth country ; E. by Suh chau; and S. by Sining and Koko nor. It contains two district towns, Tunhwang and Yuhmun. đi Ngansuh hien, Chihlí, Påuting fú, *39 02 10 115 46 30 Shens, Yeringán fú, 37 15 * T Nginting hien, 109 29 Kansuh, 2 104 38 E Hungching ti, 35 38 Ngáo tung lien, 1844. 483 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long Name of place. Department, Ngantung hien, Kiánget, Hwaingan fu, 33 47 119 22 5 Ngânyáng hien, Honan, Chángteh fu, # B Nganyih hien, Shánsí, Kiai chau, 35 05 110 58 46 Nganyoh hien, Sz'chuen, Lungchuen fú, 30 07 105 23 | 1 Ngányuen hien, Kiangsí, Kanchau fủ, 25 17 115 13 So Ngauning hien, Fukien, Kienning fú, *27 03 36 118 27 55 - H Ngomei hien, Sz'chuen, Kiáting fu, 29 32 113 38 it is Ngopien ting Sz'chuen, Kiáting fu, 寧​州 ​Ning chan, Yunnan, Linngán fú, 24 18 103 (5 Ning chau, , Kánsuh, Kingyang fu, 35 35 107 51 寧海 ​Ninghai chan, Shántung, Tangchau fu, 37 25 121 50 G K Ninghái hien, Chekiáng, Taichau fu, 29 35 120 46 Ninghiá fu, Kánsuh, *38 32 40 106 07 30 Is 4035 li from from Peking, in the northeast end of the province; bounded N. and N. W. by the Great wall, 'separating it from the Ortous; E. by Shensi ; $. by Pingliang fu and Kánsuh fú; and W. by Liángchau fú. It contains 1 chau district (Ling), and 4 hien districts, Ninghiá, Ningsoh, Chung. wei, and Pinglo. vị g Ninghiá hien, Kansuh, Ninghia fú, *38 32 40 106 07 30 Post Ninghiáh ting, Shensí, Síngán fu, mi Bán Ninghieng hien, Shansĩ, Fanchau fú, 37 22 111 10 thị BÉ Ninghiáng hien, Hunán, Chángshá fú, 28 18 112 08 Ningho hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 39 22 117 43 = At Ninghwá hien, Fukien, Tingchau fú, 26 13 116 49 bi đẾ Ningkiảng chau, Shensi, Hánchung fu, 32 42 106 27 寧​國 ​Ningkwoh fb, Ngánhwui, *31 02 56 118 40 33 Is 4745 lí from Peking, in the southeasterly part of the province; bounded N. by Taiping fú; E. by Kwangteh fú; 8. E. by Chekiáng ; s. by Hwuichau fú; and W. by Chíchau fú. li contains 6 districts, Siuenching, Ningkwoh, T'singtih, King, Táiping, and Nánling. là El Ningkwoh hien, Nganhwii, Ningkwoh fú, 30 43 11858 Ningling hien, Ilonán, Kweiteh fú, 34 30 115 31 on Ningming chau, Kwangs-, Taiping fu, 寧波 ​Ningpo fi, Cheki.ing, *29 55 12 121 22 Is 3640 l: from Peking, in the eastern part of the province; bounded N. E. and S. E. by the sea; Š. W. by Tijchau fü; and W. by Shivhing fú. !! contains 6 districts, Yin, Ts='lí, Fungho, Chánh , Tsángshan, and Tinghai, or the Chusan archipelago. 484 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Ser. Province. N. lat. E. long. Pú'rh fu, M Name of place. Department. Ning'rh hien, Yunnan, 23 02 101 10 4 R Ningsoh hien, Kansuh, Ninghia fú, *38 32 40 106 07 30 4 Ningteh hien, Fukien, Fuhning fú, 26 37 119 18 Ningtsin hien, Chihlí, Hokien fú, 37 43 116 53 het Ningtsin hien, Chihli, Chau chau, 37 44 115 0 Ningtú chau, Kiáng sĩ, *26 27 36 115 50 45 18 3965 li from Peking, in the southeastern part of the province; bounded N. by Fuchau fu; N. E. by Kiencháng fú; E. by Fukien; S. by Kanchau fú; and W. by Kihngán fú. It contains 2 districts, Suikin and Shihching. het Tť Ningwú fú, Shánsí, 39 08 112 08 Is 950 li from Peking, in the north of the province, south of the Great Wall; bounded N. by the Great wall, separating it from Sohping fu; E. by Tái chau; S. by Hin chau and Táiyuen fü; S. E. by Pauteh fu; and W. hy the Yellow R. separating it from the Ortous. It comprises 4 districts, Ning. wu, Shinchi, Pienkwán, and Wúchái. tế TC Kingwa hien, Shánsí, Ningwú fú, 39 08 112 08 đi Bà Ningyang hien, Shantung, Kwanchau fú,35 55 317 0 # Ningyang hien, Fukien, Lungyen chau, 25 35 117 30 Ningyuen fú, Schuen, *27 50 102 12 Is 5945 li from Peking, a large department in the southwestern part of the province; bounded N. by Yáchau fú; E. by Süchau fú and Yunnan; S. by Yunnan, from which the Yángtsz kiáng (here called Kinsþá R.) divides it; and W. by Yunnán. It contains one ting district ( Yuehsui), one chau district (Hwuill), and three hien districts, Séchang, Yenyuen, and Mienning. Ningyuen ting, Shánsí, Sohping fú. VỀ Ningyuen hien, Kansuh, Kungchang fú, 34 38 104 58 Ningyuen hien, Húnán, Yungchau fú, *25 32 54 111 47 31 Huy Nghiang hien, Honán, Nányáng fú, 33 10 111 55 W L Nuikiảng hien, Szchuen, Tsz' chau, 29 40 105 08 I a Nuihang hien, Honạn, Chángteh fú, 36 02 115 09 * FB Nuikiu hien, Chihlí, Shunteh fú, 37 15 115 35 Bus ik Oʻmí chau, , Yunnan, Linngán fú, 23 43 103 27 IH Pá chau, Chihli, Shuntien fú, 39 08 116 28 L | Pá chau, Sz'chien, Páuning fu, *31 50 32 106 45 02 巴​縣 ​Pa hien, , Sz'chuen, Chungking fú, *29 42 10 106 42 Please Páling hien, Húnán, Yohchau fú, *29 24 112 54 25 0 # Pátung hien, Hapeh, , I'chang fu, 31 02 110 17 1844. 485 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. F. long Name of place. Department. e Pa-yen-jung-keh, Kansuh, Sining fu. Páhchái ting, Kweichau, Tuyun fú. đó là Páng hien, Sz'chuen, Chingtú fu, 30 56 104 02 # l Pangshan hien, Szchuen, Mí chau, 30 15 103 44 8pc Pángshwui hien, Sz'chuen, Yúyáng chau, *29 14 24 108 13 52 # # Pingtseh hien, Kiánghĩ, Kiúkiáng fú, *30 01 40 116 35 10 Panghú ting, (Pescadore Is.) Fukien, Taiwán fit, 23 33 119 37 hil Páuching hien, Shensí, Hánchung fu, 33 04 107 07 R 7 Páu hien, Sz'chuen, Máu chau, Ra Pauchang hien, Kwangtung, Nánhiung chau, #25 11 58 113 55 10 R | Paukang hien, Húpeh, Yunyáng fu *31 54 111 15 12 Páuning fú, Szºchuen, *31 32 24 105 58 30 Is 4325 li from Peking, in the northern part of the province; bounded N. by Shensí and Kánsuh; E. by Taiping ting and Suiting fu; S. by Shunking fú and Tungchuen fu; and W. by Mien chau and Lungngán fú. It contains 2 chau districts (Pá and Kiem), and 7 hien districts, Lángchung, Nanpú, Yam- kiáng, Tungkiáng, Tsángki, Kwángyuen, and Cháuhwá. 1. Paungán chau, Chihli, Siuenhwa fú, 40 22 115 14 RG Paungán hien, Shensi, Yenngán fu, 37 02 108 37 Paushan hien, Yunnan, Yungchang fú, *25 04 40 99 25 55 For the Pauteh chau, Shansi, *39 04 44 110 48 30 Is 1715 lí from Peking, in the north western part of the province, south of the Great wall; bounded N. and E. hy Ņingwú fú; S. by Táyuen fú; and W. by the Yellow R. separating it from Shensí. It contains one district town Hokiuh. Ht Páuting fú, Chihlí, *38 53 115 35 59 Is 330 l{ from Peking, in the west of the province, and is the provincial capital; bounded N. by 'ľ chau; N. E. by Shuntien fú; S. E. by Hokien fú; S. by Shin chau and Kí chau; S. W. by Ting chay; and N. W. by Tátung fu in Shánsí, from which a branch of the Pei ho and the Great wall separate it. It contains 2 chau districts (Ngán and Ké), and 15 hien districts, Tsing- yuen, Pohyé, Kíuyang, Li, Tang, Wangtú, Shuhluh, Ngánsuh, Yungching, Tinghing, Sinching, Hiung, Muánching, Sinngan, and Siyuen. PRE È Páuting hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 39 02 116 25 E để Pautsing hien, Hútán, Yungshun fu, 28 45 109 31 | | Páufung hien, Honán, Yii chau, 33 55 113 06 TẾ Paukí hien, Shens', Fungtsiúng fú, 34 20 107 13 Páuking fú, Húnán, *27 03 36 111 21 20 18 4085 1{ from Peking, in the central part of the province; bounded N. by Chángshá fú; E hy Hangchau fi and Yungchau fi; S by Kwangsi; W by TRHY 486 Ser, Prorinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province, N. lat, E long Naine of place. Department. 'Tsing chau; and N. W. by Shinchau fú. It contains / chau district, Wakung, and X hien districts, Shúuyáng, Sinhiná, Sinning, and Chingpi. tế P Panning hien, Yunnan, K'wangnán fi, *24 09 36 105 05 55 ở Páushan hien, Kiangsú, Taitháng chau, Từ 1 Páuí hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 39 45 117 20 HEJ Pauying hien, Kiangsú, Yángchau fu, 33 15 119 20 HP Pehho hien, Shensí, Hingngán fú, 32 35 110 03 Pehsih ting, Kwangsí, Sz’ngan fú, Hk Pehshwui hien, Shensí, Tungchau fú, 35 10 109 30 #Pehyen tsing, Yunnán, Yunnán fú, đE THẾ Pehliu hien, Kwangsí, Wuhlin chall, BBM Pei chau, Kiớngsú, Suchau fú, 34 30 118 26 沛縣 ​Pei hien, Kiáng sú, Süchau fu, 34 49 117 10 鄭​縣 ​Pi hien, Sz chuen, Chingtu tu, 30 47 103 56 B Piyang hien, Honan, Nányáng fú, *32 48 40 113 22 30 Im là Pienkwan hien, Shánsí, Ningwú fú, 39 24 111 13 đủ 18 Phiang hien, Chihlí, Cháu chau, 31 27 114 50 ll Pihshán hjen, Sz'chuen, Chungking fü, 29 45 106 18 9 in Pihtsieh hien, Kweichau, Táting fu, 27 12 105 13 51 WH Pin chau, Shensí, 35 04 108 06 Is 2855 li from Peking, in the central and western part of the province; bounded N. and W. by Kansuh; N. E. by Fú chau; s. E. by Síngán fu; and S. by Kien chau and Fungtriáng fũ. It contains 3 districts, Sunhoá, Sán- shwui, and Changwú. 濱州 ​Pin chau, Shántung, Wúting fú, 37 34 118 05 * W Pin chau, Kwangsí, Sz'ngan fú, *23 13 12 108 36 10 Pinchuen chau, Yunnan, Talí fú, 25 46 100 46 FER Pinghiung hien, Kiángsí, Yuenchau fú, 27 39 113 50 # Tà Pingnen hien, Fukien, Fuhchau fú, 26 18 118 32 JF Pingshán hien, Sz'chuen, Suchau fú, 28 20 104 05 + 2 Pingfan hien, Kansuh, Liangchau fii, 2 Bull Pinghiang hien, Chihli, Shunteh fú, 37 02 F hp Pingho hien, Fukien, Chángchau fli, 24 18 117 13 + BH Finghu hien, Chekiang, Kishing fú, *30 43 120 45 54 1 115 05 1844. 487 Provinces, Departments, und Districts in China. Narne of place. Province, Nial. 10116 Departicul. Ping-í lien, Yunnan, Kiuhtsing fu, 25 40 104 10 * T Pingkiá ng lien, IIùnán, Yohchau fú, *28 42 20 113 24 25 FW Pingkuh hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 40 12 116 43 * Pinglí hien, Shensi, Hingngán tú, 32 18 109 23 Pingliáng fú, Kansuh, *35 34 48 206 40 30 '18 3185 li from Peking, in the east part of the province; bounded N. by Ninghia fu; E. by Kingyáng fu and King chau; S. E. by Shensi; S. by Tsin chau; and W. by Kungchang fú. It contains 1 ting district ( Yenchá), 2 chau districts (K yuen and Tsingning), and 3 bien districts, Pingliáng, Hvating and Lungteh. + B Pingliáng hien, Kansuh, Pingliáng fú, *35 34 48 106 40 30 F# Pinglo hien, Kansuh; Ninghia fu, 38 52 106 03 Fu Pingloh fú, Kwangsí, *21 41 54 110 29 15 Is 4865 14 from Peking, in the east part of the province; bounded N. by Húnán; E. by Kwangtung; S. by Wúchau- fú ; and w. by Tsinchau fú, Lia- chau fú, and Kweilin fú. It contains 1 chau district ( Yungngán) and 7 hien districts, Pingloh, Cháuping, Ho, Lípú, Siijin, Kungching, and Fúchuen. Pingloh hien, Kwangsí, Pingloh fu, *21 41 54 110 29 15 FB Pinglú hien, Shansí, Sohping fu, 39 45 112 06 FREE Pingluh hien, Shánsí; Kiai chau, 34 47 111 03 # # Pingnán hien, Kwangsí, Sincháu fú, 23 32 110 03 ## Pingpá wei, Kweichau, Military post, 26 09 106 57 Chihlí, TL Pingshan hien, 38 17 Chingting fu, 113 10 Ft Pingting chau, Shansí, 37 52 113 35 18 870 li from Peking, in the east part of the province; bounded N. by Tai chau; E. by Chihlí; S. by Liáu chau; and W. by Táiyuen fú and Hin chau. It contains 2 districts, Yangshau and Yu. FPingtoh chau, Shántung, Laichau fú, 36 46 120 20 F Pingtsiuen chau, Chihlí, Chingteh fú, # Pingwú hien, Sz'chuen, 104 38 50 Lungngán fú, *32 22 Shánsí, *36 06 + Pingyang fũ, 111 33 Is 1800 li from Peking, in the south of the province; bounded N. by Sih chau, Hoh chau and Tsin chau; E. by Lúngán fú; S. E. by Tsehchau fá; S. by Kiáng chau; and W. by Shensí. It comprises 1 chau district (Kih), and 10 hien districts, Linfan, Kiuhyuh, Faushán, Yinching, Siangling, Taiping, Hungtung, Yohyáng, Fansi, and Hiángning. Chekháng, Wanchau fú, 27 42 120 20 [S Pingyang hien, Shánsí, Fanchau fú, 37 12 112 08 FỀ Pingyau hien, Shuntung #plan Pingyin hien. Táingán fü, *36 23 02 116 34 30 483 Sep: Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of plaee. Province. N. lat. E. long. Department. Ft Pingyueh chau, Kweichau, , 26 40 107 20 'Is 4510 l{ from Peking, in the central part of the province; bounded N. by Sz'nán fu; E. by Shihtsien fu and Chinyuen fú; S. by Túyun fu; and W. by K weiyáng fu and Tsun-í fú. It contains 3 districts, Ungngán, Yuking, and Meitán. Pingyuen chau, Kweichau, Táting fu, 26 32 105 30 Pingyuen hien, Kwangtung, Kiaying chau, 24 47 Pingyuen hien, 115 54 * If Pingyuen hien, Shantung, Tsínán fú, 37 15 116 36 Pingtsiáng chau, Kwangsí, Táiping fu, 22 09 106 28 ăn ga Poyang hien, Kiánghí, Jáuchau fú, *28 57 20 116 44 08 Hy Poh chau, Shántung, Tsáuchau fu, 35 48 115 33 Ny Poh chau, Ngánhwui, Yingchau fú, *33 57 50 115 53 47 Bị ha Pohhing hien, Shántung, Tsingchau fú, 37 15 118 20 Pohlo hien, Kwangtung, Hwuichau fú, 23 10 114 22 Pohpeh hien, , Kwangsí, Wuhlin chau, 22 23 109:36 + Pohping hien, Shántung, Tungchang fú, 36 43 116 18 D l Pohahan hien, Shantung, Tsingchau fu, F Pohyé hien, Chihlí, Páuting fu, 38.30 115 34 Pingán chau, Kweichau, Nánlung fú, Pángán ting .K weichau, 18 5743 lk from Peking, in the southwestern part of the province; bounded N. by Ngánshun fú; E. and S. by Hing-í fú; and W. by Yunnan. It has no subdivisions. E Púngán hien, Kweichau, Hing-í fú, *25 44.24 104 39 10 - HỆ Pining hien Kwángtung, Cháuchau fú, 23 32 1.16 12 Pu'rh fu, , Yunnan, 23 02 101 10 l's 6805 la from Peking, in the south of the province; bounded N. by Ching- yuen chau; N. E. by Yuenkiáng chau; E. by Linngán fú; S. by part of Cochinchina; and W. hy Shunning fú. It contains 3 ting districts, (Sz'máu, Taláng, and Weiyuen), and one hien district; Ning’rh. TẾ Puting hien, Kweichau, Ngánshun fú, 26 13 105 53 #ees Pú hien, Shánsí, Sih chau, 36 18 111 06 蒲州 ​Puchau fú, Shansí, *34 54 110 15 is 2200 lk from Peking, in the southwest corner of the province; bounded N. and S. by the Yellow river, which separates it from Shensi and Honán; and E. by Kiái chau and Kiang chau. It contains 6 districts, Yungtsí, Lintsin, I'shi, Wántsiuen, Yungho, and Yühiáng. ilj til Púching hien, Fukien, Kienning fú, *28 0.30 118 36 40 1844. 489 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. E. long Name of place. Department. N. lat. të Paching hien, Shensí, Tungchau fu, 34 58 109 28 tin FT Pakí hien, Håpeh, Wúcháng fu, 29 42 113 43 Pukiáng hien, Szºchuen, Kung chau, 30 12 103 35 | I Pakiáng hien, Chekiảng, Kinhwa fú, 29 28 119 49 Putái hien, Shántung, Wating fú, 37 26 118 10 đi H Putien hien, Fukien, Hinghwá fú, *25 25 22 119 17 20 hly Pung chau, Sºchuen, Shunking fu, 31 05 106 20 # & Pungkí hien, Szºchuen, Tungchuen fá, 30 46 105 45 & Punglái hien, Shantung, Tangchau fú, *37 48 26 121 04 30 & B Pwinya hien, Kwangtung, Kwángchau fú, *23 08 09 113 16 30 F FIL Sáh-l4-tsí ting, Shansí, Kweisu tàu. yo Sanho hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 40 0 117 01 23 Sánghwui hien, Kwangtung, Kwángchau fú, 23 15 112 45 Sánshwui hien, Shensí, Pin chau, 35 12 108 18 Santai hien, Sz'chuen, Tungchuen fú, *26 20 56 103 25 19 Sínyuen hien, Shensí, Singán fa, 34 37 108 53 " ĐỂ Sángchih hien, Húnán, Yungshun fa, 29 25 110 03 Shá hien, Fukien, Yenping fu, 26 23 117 56 J: NH T Sháchau wei, Kansuh, Military post. 40 15 95 39 S T shího hien, Chihlí, Shunteh fu, 37 0 114 39 E Shánsí sang, or the province of Shánsí. It is bounded N. by Cháhár; E. by Chihli; S. by Honán; and W. by Shensí. It comprises nine fú, and ten chău, and one tau department. It extends from lat. 34• 40° to 41° 20' N., and long. 1° 40' to 6° 30' W. of Peking; the area is computed to be 55,268 square miles, but its limits on the north are not defined, and it proba- bly contains much more at present; the population is put down at 14,004,210 inhabitants, which is about 250 souls to a square mile. The Yellow R. washes the western and southern frontiers, separating Shánsí from Shensí and Honán. Shánsí is the original seat of the Chinese people. + Shán án hien, Kánguh, Kánchau fú, 38 50 101 29 ' Shantung sang, or the province of Shántung. It is bounded N. and W. by Chihlí; N E., E., and S. E. by the sea; S. by Kiángsú ; S. W. by Honán; and W. and N. W. hy Chihlí. It comprises ten tú, and two chau departments. It extends from lat. 34° 40' to 38° 20' N., and long. 1° W. to 7? E. of Peking, comprising an area of 65,184 square miles, with a population of 28,958,764 inhabitants, which is 444 souls to a square mile. The Grand canal runs through the 6. W. of the province. 110 01 Shensí, 33 23 9 Shánăng hien, Sháng chau, 62 VOL. XIII. NO. VIII, 490 SEP. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. E. long. Name of place. Department. N. lat. - Và Shanyang hien, Kiangsú, Hwaingán fú, *33 32 24 119 14 12 I Shányin hien, Chekiang, Sháuhing fú, *90 06 120 32 41 Là Shányin hien, Shansí, Tátung fu, 39 33 112 58 Em Shanghái hien, Kiáng81, Sungkiảng f, *31:24 29 121 32 02 Shángháng hien, Fukien, Tingchau fu, 25 0 116 32 ET Shanghiátung chau, Kwangsí, Independent, 22 25 106 28 E ĐỂ Shángjáu hien, Kiớngs, Kwángsin fú, *28 27 36 118 06 tỀ Shángháu hien, Kiảngsố, Suichau fú, 28 11 114 47 El Shánglin hien, Kwangsí, Sz'ngan fú, 23 25 108 20 Shánglung chau, Kwangsi, Independent. E shángsz' chau, Kwangsí, Nánning fú, 22 20 107 38 E Shángtrái hien, Honán, Juning fu, *33 19 20 214 22 30 E Shangyu hien, Kiáng si, Nánngán fa, 25 50 113 18 EM Shangyt hien, Chekiáng, Sháuhing fú, *29 59 14 120 53 37 ET Shangyuen hien, Kiangsú, Kiángning fá, *32 04 40 118 47 Tài | Sháng chau, Shensí, *33 51 25 109 53 30 Is 2600 li from Peking, in the southeastern end of the province; bounded N. by Tungchau fu; E. by Honán; S. E. by Hupeh ; S. W. by Hingngán fu; and W. by Singán fú. It contains 4 districts, Shányáng, Shángnán, Chinngán, and Lohnán. bis shángching hien, Honán, Kwang chau, #31 55 30 115 18 Tài in Shangho hien, Shántung, Wuting fu, 37 23 117 18 đi 3 thángkid hien, Honán, Kweiteh fa, *34 28 40 115 5) Th Shángàán hien, Shensí, Sháng chau, 33 26 110 41 k Shángshwui hien, Honạn, Chinchau fú, 33 37 114 43 韶州 ​# Sháuchau ſú, Kwángtung, *24 55 113 08 30 Is 4624 lk from Peking, in the northern part of the province; bounded N. and N. W. by Hanán; E. by Nánhiung chau and Hwuichau fa; S. by Kwangchau fü; and W. by Lien chau. It contains 6 districts, Kiuhkieng, Ungyuen, Juyuen, Yingteh, Jinhwa, and Lohcháng. The North R. and its streamlets (a branch of the Pearl R. which runs by Canton) waters this department. Sháuhing fu, Chekiếng, *30 06 120 29 Is 3320 l{ from Peking, in the northeastern part of the province; bounded N. W. by Hangchau fu; E. by the sea; S. E. by Ningpo fu; 8. by Taichau fu and Kinhwá fú; and W. by Yenchau fa. It contains 8 districts, Shanyin, Hwuiki, Siúshán, Chtikt, Yuyau, Shangyu, Shing, and Sincháng. Shauking fu, Kwángtung: *23 04 4& 112 04 1844. 491 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long Name of place. Department, Is 5444 li from Peking, in the western part of the province, and was for- merly the capital; bounded N. and N. W. by Kwangsí; E. by Fahkang ting and Kwingchau fu; S. by the sea; and W. by Káuchau fu and Loting chau. It contains 1 chau district (Tehking), and 12 hien districts, Káuyáu, Kár- ming, Hohshán, Sinhing, Kaiping, Nganping, Yangchun, Yangkiáng, Sz'hwui, Kwangning, Káikien, and Fungchuen. 邵武 ​Sháuwú fu, Fukien, *27 21 36 117 33 Is 4957 li from Peking, in the northern part of the province; bounded N. and W. by Kiangsí; E. by Kienning fu; and s. by Yenping fu and Tingchau fú. It contains 4 districts, Shauwú, Kienning, Tóining, and Kwángtseh. The ce- lebrated Wu-í shán, or Bohea hills lie in the northern part of this department. BB EL Shauwų hien, Fukien, Sháuwa fu, *27 21 36 117 33 4K | Shángâng hien, Húnán, Páuking fu, *27 03 36 111 21 20 壽州 ​Shau chan, Ngánhwui, Fungyáng fú, 32 34 116 43 B Shauchang hien, Chekiảng, Yenchau fú, 29 25 120 22 Ễ Shauchóng hien, Shantung, Kwanchau fü, 36 07 116 05 Ck Shaukwang hien, Shantung, Tsingchau fú, 36 55 1190 Shauning bien, , Fukien, Fuhning fa, 27 32 119 30 5 shouráng hien, Shánsí, Pingting chau, 37 55 113 10 BRA Sheh hien, Honán, Chángteh fú, 36 42 113 48 單​縣 ​shen hien, Shantung, Tsáuchau fu, 34 57 116 18 * * Shenhwa hien, Hunán, Changshá fa, *28 12 112 46 57 B IH Shen chau, Honan, 34 45 111 03 Is 2100 l from Peking, in the western end of the province; bounded N. by the Yellow R. separating it from Shánsí; E. by Honán fú; S. by Nányáng fa; and W. by Shensi. It comprises 3 hien districts, Lingpáu, Wanhiáng, and Lúshl. Butt Shensí sang, or the province of Shensí. It is bounded N. by Ortous and Mongolian tribes; E. by Shansi and Honán; 8. E. by Håpeh; 8. by Sz'chuen; and W. by Kánsuh. It comprises 7 fú, and 5 chau depart- ments. It extends at present from lat. 31° 50' to 39° 20' N., and long. 58 40' to 10° 30' W. of Peking; but formerly it comprised a great part of the present province of Kansuh, when the area of the united provinces was 154,008 square miles. The province now comprises about two-fifths of the old limits, and probably contains not far from 70,000 square miles, with a population of 10,207,256 inhabitants, or on an average 144 persons to a square mile; the northern departments within the Great wall are thinly inhabited. This pro- vince is celebrated in Chinese early history, and its present capital was once the metropolis of the empire. the Shínán fu, Húpeh, *30 15 56 109 25 55 18 3786 Li from Peking, in the southwestern corner of the province; bounded N., W. and S. by Sz'chuen; E. by I'chang fu; and S. E. by Húnán. It con- tains 5 districts, Nganshi, Siuenngan, Lichuen, Lhifung, and Hánfuny: Another district town, Kienchi, lies in the northeastern part of this department, but it is not mentioned in the list of its districts. #sk shíping hien, Kweichau, Chinyuen fú, *27 0 20 108 01 50 492 Sep. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. Department. N. lat. E. long. Name of place. 射 ​4 nt Shikhung hien, Sz'chuen, Tungchuen fu, 31 O 105 20 đF VÀ Shihfāng hien, Sz'chuen, Chingtú fu, 31 06 103 13 E k shinching hien, Kiếng, Ningtú fú, 26 18 116 17 6 hk Shinching hien, Kwangtung, Kauchau fu, *21 32 24 109 49 50 TE shihchú ting, Sz'chuen, Is 4800 li from Peking, in the eastern part of the province; bounded N. by Chung chau ; E. by Hupeh ; 8. by Yúyáng chau; and W. by Chungking fů. It contains no subdivisions, but has one or two independent districts. 6 kg shihlau hien, Sháns, Fanchau fu, 37 05 110 49 - HH Shihmun hien, Húnán, Lí chau, *29 30 30 111 23 03 Fshihmun hien, Chekiáng, Kiáhing fú, 30 35 120 18 To Shihping chau, Yunnan, Linngán fa, 23 47 102 46 8 5 Shihshau hien, Húpeh, Kingchau fú, 29 45 112 16 5 t shiftái hien, Ngánhwui, Chíchau fu, 30-27 118 03 TS MT Shihtsien fu, K weichau, *27 30 108 09 50 Is 4450 lí from Peking, in the east part of the province; bounded N. by Sz’nán fú; E. by Tungjin fú; S. by Sz'chau fá; and W. by Pingyueh chau. Lungtsiuen hien is the only subdivision. [ R Shihtsiuen hien, Shensí. Hingngán fú, 32 51 108 30 Ta Shihtsiuen hien, Sz'chuen, Lungngán fú, 3] 47 104 23 F Shinchau fú, Húnán, *28 22 25 110 08 30 Is 3650 11 from Peking, in the west of the province; bounded N. by Lí chau; E. by Chángteh fu and Púuking fú; S. by Tsing chau; and W. by Yuenchau få and Kienchau ting. It comprises 4 districts, Yuenling, Supri, L'kt, and Shinkl. The Yuen R. intersects this department. TẾ BÀ Shinkí hien, Húnán, Shinchau fa, 27 56 109 53 it friß Shinkiu hien, Honán, Chinchau fú, 33 16 115 10 F Hif shin chan, Chihlí, 38 06 115 37 Is 610 li from Peking, in the south and central part of the province; bound- ed N. and W. by Pauting fú; E. by Hokien fu; and S. by Kí chau. It com- prises three districts, Wikiáng, Ngánping, and Jáuyáng. S = Shintseh hien, Chihlí, Ting chau, 38 14 113 18 0 # Shinchí hien, Shansí, Ningwú fú, [t 8 Shinmun hien, Shensi, Yölin fú, *38 55 20 110 06 Shing hien, Chekiang, Sháuhing fu 29 36 120 42 47 #f & Sháching hien, Ngánhwui, Lúchau fú, 31 30 117 18 Shunching hirn, Fukien, Yenping fi, 26 48 117 5% 1844. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. 493 Province. N. lat. long Nams of place. Department. I Shun-i hien, Chihli, Shuntien ſú, 40 09 116 42 Shunking ft, Sz chuen, *30 49 12 106 07 30 Is 5355 lk from Peking, in the eastern and central part of the province; bounded N. by Páuning fú; E. by Suiting fu; S. E. by Chung chau; S. by Chungking fu; and W. by Tungchuen få. It com prises 2 chau districts (Puny and Krängngán) and 8 hien districts, Nánchung, Yohchi, Linshwui, Yingshán, llung, Kü, Tüchuh, and Sichung. Shunning fu, Yunnan, 24 38 100 08 Is 7095 li from Peking, in the southwestern part of the province; bounded N. by Munghwa ting; E. by Kingtung ting, Chinyuen chau, and Pú'rh fu; S. and S. W. by Burmah; and w. by Yungchány fú. It contains 3 divisions, Mienning ting, Yun chau and Shunning hien. The southern part of the de- partment is ruled by its own inhabitants. Shunning hien, Yunnan, Sḥunning fu, 24 38 100 08 順德 ​Shunteh 伍​, Chihlí, *37 07 15 114 39 Is 1000 lá from Peking, in the southwestern corner of the province; bound- ed N. by Cháu chau; E. by Kí chau; S. by Kwángping ú; and W. by Honan and Shansí. It contains 9 districts, Hingtái, Shuho, Nuikiú, Kuluh, Nanho, Pinghiáng, Kuángtsung, Jin, and Tangshan. Il pe shunteh hien, Kwangtung, Kwángchau fú, *24 49 25 112 48 55 i Shuntien fu, Chihlí, *39 54 13 116 28 30 This department city was made the metropolis of the empire by Yungloh of the Ming dynasty about A. D. 1400, and called Peking. The department is bounded N. by Siuenhwá fú; E. by Chingteh fú and Tsunhwa chau; S. by Tientsin fů and Hokien fú; and W. by Pauting fú and Yih chau. It contains 24 districts arranged into four ting or circuits, each circuit being governed by a sub-prefect: Sila ting, comprises 1 chau district (Choh), and 4 hien districts, Táhing, Yuenping, Liánghiáng, and Fángshán. Tunglú ting, comprises 2 chau districts (Tung and K), and 5 hien districts, Sánho, Wútsing, Páuti, Ningho, and Hiángho. Nánlú ting, comprises 1 chau district (Pá), and 6 hien districts, Päuting, Weungán, Táching, Kanga, Yamatsing, and Tungngan. Pehlú ting, comprises 1 chau district (Chángping), and 4 hien districts, Shun-í, Hwáijau, Mihyun, and Pingkuh. # ( Shunhwa hien, Shensí, Pin chau, 34 55 108 30 # # Shunngan hien, Chekiang, Yenchau fú, 29 34 119 03 dự tỀ Shºánglia hien, Szehuen, Chingtú fú, 30 37 104 0 B Sícháng hien, Szºchuen, Ningyuen fu, *27 50 102 12 Síchung hien, Szºchuen, Shunking fú, 31 02 105 52 Síhiáng hien, Shensí, | 32 42 Hánchung fu, 107 53 fu Siho hien, Kánsuh, 105 16 Kungchang fi, 34 0 PL l Sihwá hien, Ilonán, Chinchau fu, 33 53 114 38 E k Silin hien, Kwangsí, Sz'ching fa, 24 15 494 Sep. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long 1 11 110 Name of place. Department. E & sílung chau, Kwangsí, Sz'ching fú, 24 32 Singán fu, Shensí, *34 16 45 108 57 45 1s 2535 lí from Peking, the capital of the province, and the metropolis of China during three dynasties, situated on the Wei R. in the south of the pro- vince; bounded N. by Fú chau; E. by Tungchau fü; S. E. by Sháng chau; S. by Hingngán fú and Hánchung fu; and W. by Fungtsiáng fú, Kien chau, and Pin chau. It comprises 2 ting districts (Hiáu-i and Ningshen), 1 chau district (Yáu), and 15 hien districts, Hanning, Changngán, Lántien, Hú, Chauchih, Lintung, Káuling, Weinan, Fúping, Hányáng, Kingyang, Litsiuen, Sányuen, Tungkwán, and Hingping. PG đ Singan hien, Chekiang, Kuchau fú, *29 02 33 119 03 42 DESíning fit, Kansuh, *36 39 20 100 48 Is 4624 lí from Peking, on the western frontiers of the province; bounded N. and N. E. by Liángchau fú; S. E. by Lánchau fá; and w. by the Mon. gol tribes. It contains 2 ting districts (Pá-yen-jung-kih and Kweiteh), and 3 hien districts, Sining, Tatung, and Chenpeh. The department is very large, and many parts of it are ruled by local officers chosen by the tribes; the prefect of Koko nor lives at Sining hien. P = Sốning hien, Kánsuh, Sining fu, *36 39 20 100 48 Sining hien, Kwangtung, Loting chau, 23 10 110 36 PE C Sốning hien, Chihlí, Siuenhwá fú, 40 06 114 13 VỀ Síping hien, Honán, Jüning fu, 33 27 114 08 đó JI Siáng chau, Kwangsí, Liúchau fú, *23 59 109 25 50 8 L Siángshan hien, Chekháng, Ningpo fú, *29 34 48 121 42 27 $ Siángching hien, Hoàán, Hüchau fu, 33 52 113 36 Th 6 Siángling hien, Shánsí, Pingyáng fu, 36 02 111 26 Siángyáng fu, Húpeh, *32 06 113 05 16 Is 3620 lí from Peking, in the northern part of the province; bounded N. by Honán; E. by Tehngan fú; S. E. by Ngánluh fa; S. by Kingmun chau; S. W. by I'cháng fú; and N. W. by Yunyáng fú. It contains 1 chau district (Kiaum), and 6 hien districts, Siánggang, Iching, fmchamg, Tsáuáng, Koáng- ħwá, and Kuhching. là 3 Siángyang hien, Hupeh, Siángyáng fú, *32 06 113 05 16 Hàm Siángyuen hien, Shánhí, Lungán fu, 36 27 113 06 B 3B Siánghiáng hien, Hunan, Chángshá fú, 27 47 112 16 4 | Siángtin hien, Húnán, Chángshá fú, *27 52 30 112 41 52 I Siángyin hien, Hunán, Chángshá fú, 28 42 112 38 Âu E Sienku hien, Chekiáng, Táichau fú, 23 52 120 46 ( 8 Sienyủ hien, Fukien, Hinghwa fú, 25 18 118 58 1994 Sih chau, Shánsí, 36 40 110 56 1 1844. 195 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long Name of place. Department. Is 1700 li from Peking, in the west of the province, towards the south ; bounded N. and E. hy Fanchau fu; S. by Pingyang fu; and W. by the Yellow river separating it from Shensí. It has 3 districts, Pú, Táning and Yungho. sih hien, Honán, Kwang chau, 32 25 114 45 it lll Sihchuen hien, Honán, Nányang fu, *33 05 111 27 10 lyf sihngo hien, Yunnan, Linngán fú, 36 40 110 56 H4 Sinchau fú, Kwangsi, 23 26 109 51 Is 3456 14 from Peking, in the south of the province, easterly; bounded N. by Liú chau fu; N. E. by Pingloh fú; E. by Wúchau fu ; S. by Wuhlin chau ; W. by Nánning fú; and N. W. by Sz’ngan fú. It contains 4 districts, Kweiping, Kwei, Wúsiuen and Pingnán. # Sin hien, Shantung, Tungchang fú, 36 16 115 53 T = Sinchàng hien, Cheking, Sháuhing fa, 29 32 120 50 *TB Sinchang hien, Kiángsĩ, Suichau fú, *28 18 114 38 03 hili Sinching hien, Shantung, Tsínán fú, 37 02 118 08 Wh. Sinching hien, Kiánghĩ, Kienchang fú, 37 13 116 54 T ĐỂ Sinching hien, Chihli, Páuting fú, 39 16 116 06 đi R Sinching hien, Chekiếng, Hángchau fú, 30 05 119 43 I am sinching hien, Honan, Kaifung fu, 34 26 113 56 BI A Sinfản hien, Szºchuen, Chingtú fú, 30 52 104 06 VI ỆN Sinhiang hien, Honan, Weihwui fú, 114 04 T BỊ Sinhing chau, Yunnan, Chingkiáng fú, 24 30 102 40 I j Sinhing hien, Kwangtung, Shauking fűz 22 52 112 0 ti Hy Sinho hien, Chihlí, Kí chau, 115 16 *T & Sinhwa hien, Húnán, Páuking fu, *27 32 24 111 09 52 I Ế Sinhwui hien, Kwangtung, Kwangchau fú, 22 30 1130 VI đ Sinkan hien, Kiảngsố, Linkiang fu, 27 42 115 24 Sinkien hien, Khánghi, Náncháng fú, *28 37 12 115 48 17 T KẾ Sinloh hien, Chihlí, Chingting fú, 38 25 114 56 T = Sinngan hien, Chihlí, Páuting fu, 38 56 116 02 HTT Sinngan hien, Honán, Honán fú, 34 45 112 06 #ff Sinngan hien, Kwángtung, Kwángchau fú, 22 36 114 04 Sinning chau, Kwangsí, Nánning fu, 22 35 107 35 bị đ Sinning hien, Saºchuen, Suiting fu, 31 12 107 55 TT tại Singing lien, Kwángtung, Kwangchau (ú, *22 141 21 112 34 10 35 22 137 36 496 Sep. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long Honán, Name of place. Department. T = Sinning hien, Húnán, Páuking fú, 26 25 111 44 T Sinping hien, Yunnan, Yuenkiáng chau, 24 12 102 08 BỊ Sintái hien, Shantung, Táingán fú, 36 0 117 56 WE Sintien hien , Húnán, Yungchau fú, 25 45 112 01 TT 38 Sintsại hien, Honán, Juning fú, 32 46 114 58 Sintsin hien, Sz'chuen, Chingtú fú, 30 25 103 50 SỈ | Sintủ hien, Sz'chuen, Chingtú fú, 30 50 104 15 V là Sinyáng hien, Kiáng sủ, Súchau fú, Sinyé bien, Nányáng fú, *32 40 25 112 05 *T Đất Singa hien, Kiảngsố, Linkiang fu, 27 50 114 52 Sinfung hien, , Kiángsĩ, Kánchau fú, 25 25 114 44 Sin-í hiei, í Kwangtung, Káuchau fa, 22 06 111 54 10 Sinyang'chau, Honán, Jüning fú, *32 12 25 114 0 Singtsz' hien, Kiáng sí, Nánkáng fu, *29 31 42 115 58 23 蕭縣​siti hien, Kiángủ, Suchau fü, *34 12 117 13 21 TẾ L Sidshan hien, Chekiáng, Sháuhing fú, 30 13 120 11 Hºc Siujin hien, Kwangsí, Pingloh fú, 24 11 110 05 Siuwan hien, Kweichau, Kweiyáng fú, 26 45 106 30 TC Sis wú hien, Honán, Hwáiking fú, 35 16 113 38 * L Siúshan hien, Sz'chuen, Yủyáng chau, 28 28 109 08 Siushwui hien, Chekiang, Kiáhing fo *30 52 48 120 32 41 til siuenching hien Ngánhwui, Ningkwoh få, *31 02 56 118 40 33 e Il Siuenhwá fú, Chihlí, *40 37 10 115 08 Is 340 li from Peking, in the northwestern part of the province within the Great Wall; bounded N. by the Great Wall, beyond which is Kaupeh táu; N. E. by Chingteh fu; S. by Shuntien fi and † chau; and W. by Shảnsí. It comprises 3 chan districts (Púunyán, Yenking and Wei), and 7 hien districts, Siuenhwá, Hwailii, Hwaingán, Sininy, Lunymun, Chihching, and Wantsiuen. F Siuenhwá hien, Chihlí, Siuenhwá fu, *40 37 10 115 08 Nánning fú, *22 13 12 108 03 gà Siuenhwa hien, Kwangsĩ, 8 / Siuenngan hien, Hupeh, Shínán fu, Chúchau fú, 28 45 119 20 E F Siuenping hien, Chekiảng, Yunnin, 26 25 Kiuhtsing fu, É ! Siuenwei chau, 114 0 滴膠 ​hing 11450 Honan, Siun hien, 35 15 Weihwui fu, 1844. 497 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long. Name of place. Department. 11 1 Siunhwa ting, Kánsuh, Lanchau fu. bị Siunyang hien, Shensí, Hingngán fú, 32 40 109 36 A soh chau, Shánsí, Sohping fu, *39 25 12 112 27 Sohping fá, Shansí, 40 10 1 12 13 Is 960 li from Peking, in the northwestern corner of the province, between two lines of the Great wall; bounded N. by Cháhár: E. and S. E. by Tátung fu; S. by Ningwú fú; and W. by Kweihwa-ching ting, beyond the Great wall. It contains one ting district (Ningyuen), and chau district (Soh), and 3 hien districts, Yuyuh, Pinglíi and Tsoyun. kW) Sachau fú, Kiángs, *31 23 25 120 25 25 Is 2720 l{ from Peking, in the southern part of the province, and the most famous city in China for luxury and arts; bounded N. by Tung chau; E. by the sea; S. E. by Sungkiáng fú and Táitsáng chau; S. by Chekiang; and W. by Chángchau fú. It contains 1 ting district (Táihú), and 9 hien districts, Wu, Chángchau, Yuenho, Wúkiáng, Chintseh, Chángskuh, Cháuwan, Kwanshán, and Sinyang. * W suchau fú, Sz'chuen, *28 38 24 104 45 381 Is 5365 lí from Peking in the south part of the province; bounded N. by Kiáting fű and Tsz' chau; E. by Tungking fú and Lú chau; S. E. by Sü- yung ting; S. by Yunnan; and w. by Ningyuen fú. It contains 2 ting districts (Luipo and Mápien), and il hien districts, I'pin, Kung, Chángning, Hingwan, Pingshán, Kingfú, Kau, Yunlien, Nänki, Fushun, and Lungchang. fik i Säyung ting, Szºchuen, 28 08 105 18 1s 5705 li from Peking, a small department in the south of the province; bounded N. by Luchau fu; E. by Tsz' chau; s. by Yunnán; and W. by Suchau fú. Yungning hien is the only district in it. HI Suchau fú, Kjángsú, *34 15 08 117 25 30 Is 1165 l{ from Peking, in the northwestern corner of the province; bound- ed N. by Shántung; E. by Hái chau and Hwaingán fú; S. by Ngánhwui; and W. by Honán. It contains one chau district (Pei), and 7 hien districts, Tungshún, Suining, Suhtsien, Siú, Tangshán, Fung, and Pei. The Yellow R. intersects the department, which is a large one. 徐清 ​Sukau hien, Shánsí, Taiyuen fú, 37 35 112 40 TE V Süwan hien, Kwangtung, Luichau fu, 20 19 110 18 Hà Hil supủ hien, Húnán, Shinchau fú, 27 50 110 20 蘭州 ​)) Suh chau, Kánsuh, *39 45 40 99 07 Is 5565 le from Peking, in the northwest end of the province, extending towards the desert of Cobi; Kanchau fu is on the E.; and Sining fu on the S.; the Great wall runs on the northwest. It contains one district, Kautái. Ta bị sunning hien, Chihlí, Hokien fu, 38 30 115 54 TW Suh chau, Ngánhwui, Fungyáng fú, 33 43 117 07 là A suhaung hien, Ngánhwui, Ngánking fu, 30 16 116 10 đề là Suhtsien hien, Kiangsú, Süchau fú, *34 0 50 118 31 21 隨州 ​sui chan, , Húpeh, Tehngán fú, *31 46 48 113 16 12 VOL. X111. NO. VIII. 63 498 Sep, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. N. lal. E. long. Name of place. Province. Department. ME SH Sui chau, Honán, Kweiteh fú, 34 28 115 13 PE Suining hien, Kiángsú, Süchau fu, 33 52 118 10 A Suichau fu, Khánghi, *28 24 40 115 14 06 Is 3325 li from Peking, in the western part of the province; bounded N. and E. by Nanchang fu; s. by Linkiáng tú, and Yuenchau fú; and, W. by Húpeh. It contains 3 districts, Káungan, Shangkáu, and Sincháng. Tin C Suichang hien, Kiánglí, Kiúkiáng fú, *29 49 12 115 43 50 in B Suikin hien, Kiảngsố, Ningtú fú, *25 49 12 116 01 14 TH # suingán hien, Chekiáng, Wanchau fú, 27 47 120 45 Sucháng hien, Chekiáng, Chúchau fú, 28 35 119 18 là Suiki hien, Kwángtung, Luichau fu, *21 19 12 109 46 0 # Suingán hient, Chekiang, Yenchau fú, 29 26 118 50 Tại Suining hien, Szºchuen, Tungchuen fú, 30 32 105 36 * F Suiping hien, Honán, Juning fu, 33 08 114 02 KẺ X Suilái hien, Kansuh, Teh-hwa chau or Oroumtsi. 綫​德 ​Suiteh chan, Shensí, 37 38 110 03 Is 1865 li from Peking, in the northeast part of the province; bounded N. and W. by Yülin fú; E. by the Yellow R. separating it from Shansí; and S. by Yenngán fú. It contains three hien districts, Tsingkien, Wupáu, and Miche. KIẾP Suining hien, Húnán, Tsing chau, 26 25 109 49 JË HÊ Suiyuen ching, Shansí, Kweisui tau, near Kweihwá ching ting. Suiting fú, Szºchuen, 31 18 107 37 Is 4670 li from Peking, in the northeast part of the province; bounded N. E. by Taiping ting; E. by Kweichau; S. by Chung chau; and w. by Shunking fú and Páuning fú. It contains 3 districts, Táh, Sinning, and Tunghiang. A f Suiyang hien, Kweichau, Tsun-í fú, 37 55 107 12 8 % Sung hien, Honán, Honan 34 10 112 08 8 HH sungming chau, Sungming chau, Yunnan, Yunnan fú, 25 23 103 08 HA Y Sungkí hien, Fukien, Kienning fú, 27 36 118 46 AI Sungkieng fủ, Kiáng sú, *30 0 120 53 34 18 2950 l{ from Peking, in the south western part of the province; bounded N. by Táitsáng chau; E. and S. by the sea; S. w. by Chekiáng; and N. W. by Súchau fú. It contains 1 ting district (Chuenshá), and 7 hien districts, Hwáting, Lau, Nánhwui, Funghien, Kinshán, Shanghái, and Tsingpú. Ry Sungpwán ting, Sz'chuen, 32 38 103 36 Is 5435 li from Peking, in the northwest corner of the province; bounded N. and E. by Kúnsuh; S E by Lungngán fú; S. by Máu chau and Yachau 1844. 499 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long Name of place. Department, ſú; and W. by Koko nor. The department is a very large one, and thinly inhabited by independent and tributary tribes, who are ruled by their own officers. #a Sungtíu ting, Kweichau, 27 52 109 10 1s 5120.72 from Peking, in the extreme east part of the province; bounded N. by Sz'chuen; E. by Húnán; S. by Tungjin fu; and W. by Sz’nán fú. It has no subdivisions, except two small ones governed by tú sz'. VÀ ĐỂ Sungtaz hien, Húpeh, Kingchau få, 30 26 111 34 + Sungyang hien, Chekiếng, Chúchau fu, 28 27 119 27 9 || sz chau, Kwangsí, An independent district. 2.4 Sz'chau fu, K weichau, *27 10 48 108 34 30 Is 4210 li from Peking, in the eastern part of the province; bounded N. by Shihtsien fú and Tungjin fu; E. by Húnán; S. by Chinyuen fu; and W. by Pingyueh chau. It contains two districts, Yuhping and Tsingki. 2. Sz'ngan fu, Kwangsi, *23 25 12 107 53 50 Is 5589 lk from Peking, in the south part of the province; bounded N. by Sz'ching fu and Kingyuen fú; E. by Liúchau fu and Sinchau fú; S. by Nánning fu and Taiping fu; and S. W. by Chinngán fu and YunnánIt comprises one ting district (Pehseh), one chau district (Pin), and three hien districts, Wuyuen, Shanglin, and Tsienkiáng. This department includes a large number of districts governed by local hereditary officers. E & Sz'ngan hien, Kwangsí, Kingyuen fú, 24 48 107 58 Sz'ling chau, Kwangsí, Independent, 21 56 106 50 * Sz'máu ting, Yunnan, Sz'nán fú, Kweichau, *27 56 24 108 25 40 Is 4117 lk from Peking, in the northeastern part of the province; bounded N. and N. E. by Sz'chuen; S. E. by Tungjin fú; S. by Shihtsien fá; and W. by Tsun-í fú. 'It contains 3 districts, Ngànhwa, Yinkiing, and Wüchuen ; and also comprises several districts governed by local rulers. JA 44 Sz" chau, Ngánhwui, 33 08 118 20 Is 2200 12 from Peking, in the northeastern part of the province; bounded N. and E. by Kiángsıı; s. by Chú chau; and W. by Fungyang fú. It con- tains 3 districtş, Tiencháng, who, and Htt-l. y Sz'ching fu, Kwangsí, 24 20 106 16 Is 6429 li from Peking, in the northwest part of the province ; bounded N. by Kweichau; E. by Kingyuen få; S. by Sz'ngan fú; and. W. by Yunnán. It contains one chau district (Silung), and two hien districts, Lingyun and Silin. Ang K Sz'shwui bien, Shantung, Kwanchau fú, 35 48 117 30 DE III Sz'chnen sang, or the province of Sz'chuen. It ie bounded N. by Kánsuh and Shensí ; E. by Húpeh and Húnán; S. by Kweichau and Yunnan; w. by Tibet and tribes on the frontier; and N. W. by Koko It is divided into 15 fú, and 8 chau, and 6 ting departments. It extends from lat. 269 to 34° N., and long. 6° 10' to 19° W. of Peking, compris- Pú'rh fu, nor. 500 SEP. Journal of Occurrences. Province. N. lat. E. long. Name of place. Department. ing within its limits 166,800 square miles, with a population of 22,435,678, which is 128 persons to a square mile. $z'chuen is the largest province in the empire, being double the size of any other province except Yunnán; it is well watered with large streams, all of them branches of the Yángtsz' kiáng, and is one of the richest of the eighteen provinces in mineral wealth. JU Szhwui hien, Kwangtung, Cháuking fú, 23 22 112 30 Shantung, Tungchang fa. Honán, Káifung fu, 34 55 113 20 Yunnan, Kwangsí chau, 24 55 104 0 Sz'ping hien, EK Sz'shwui hien, 61 Sz'tsung hien, na. Art. IV. Journal of Occurrences : treaty of IVánghia ratified by the emperor ; summary of its articles ; Kiying's arrival in Macao; advancement of Hwang Ngantung ; sixth anniversary of the Morrison Education Society; mission schools in Hong- kong ; subscription to the Medical Missionary hospital at Ning- po; Budhist prescription for an epidemic; memorial from the Censorate. A notice, signed "Foxhall A. Parker, commanding U. S. naval forces, E. I. station,” dated “U. 8. flag-ship Brandywine, Bocca Tigris, Sept. 14th, 1844,” announcing that the Treaty of Wánghia had been sanctioned in every particular and approved by the em- peror, was lately circulated among the American residents in Chi- We have before us Kíying's memorial to the throne, con- taining the treaty and his comments on it; it has recently been promulgated at Canton, and is now in general circulation among the Chinese. From it we give the following general summary of its contents; it is comprised in thirty-four articles. ART. 1st. This provides for a perfect, permanent, and universal peace between the two nations. 2d. This provides that all duties on imports and exports, shall be fixed and settled in a 'Tariff, which is made a part of the treaty; and that these duties shall never exceed those required of any other nation whatever. All fees are abolished. It secures also, to the United States, any and all privi- leges and advantages that may at any time hereafter be conceded by the Chinese to any other government or nation. Bi. Secures free access to the five ports of Canton, Amoy, Fuchau, N :)!!!), and Shanghái, for all citizens of the U. S. with their families and ? S. 4th. Provides for the appointment and recognition of consuls and other officers, at all these ports, for their official intercourse and personal corres- pondence, on terms of equality, and for redress in case of insult or injury, 5th. By this the citizens of the United States are permitted to import from 1844. 501 Journal of Occurrences. Due reports their own or any other country, and to purchase and export to their own or any other country, all manner of merchandise not prohibited by this treaty, paying only the duties specified in the Tariff. 6th. By this article, the tonnage duties are fixed at 5 mace per ton on ves- sels over 150 tons, and 1 mace only per ton on vessels under 150 tons. Mea- surement duties, &c., are abolished." It provides also that a vessel having occasion to go to a second port to clear off her cargo, shall not in that case pay tonnage duty a second time. 7th. This exempts from tonnage duty all small craft, carrying only passen- gers, letters, provisions, &c., not dutyable. 8th. By this it is made lawful to hire passage and cargo-boats, and to take into service pilots, compradors, linguists, writers, and all manner of la- borers, seamen, &c. 9th. Provides that the Chinese may appoint custom-house officers to guarà vessels in port, which officers may live on board, or in boats alongside, but are to receive no fees or provision from the ships. 10th. This makes it incumbent on the parties concerned to report within 48 hours after coming to anchor in either of the five ports, the name of the ship, &c., and imposes penalties for a neglect of the same. being made, cargo may be discharged in whole or in part. Or if it be desired, the vessel may, within 48 hours but not later, leave the port without paying tonnage duty, proyided she has not broken bulk. After 48 hours, tonnage duties shall be held due. 11th. Provides for the examination, discharge and lading of goods, and for the settlement of any disputes regarding the same. 12th. By this, sets of standard balances, and also weights and measures, according to the standard of the custom-house at Canton, are to be provided at all the ports. 13th. Provides that tonnage dues be paid on admission to entry; import duties on the disch and export duties, on the lading of goods, and either in sycee or foreign money. Transit duties on foreign merchandise shall not exceed those at present established, wherever such merchandise may pass into the interior. 14th. This article regulates for the transhipment of goods from one vessel to another, while in port 15th. This provides for free commerce with all subjects of China at the five ports, and disallows all monopolies and injurious restrictions. 16th. By this article all responsibility for the debts of merchants is denied by both governments, while each engages to use all proper means to obtain payment of debts, and redress for frauds, &c, 17th. By this article, houses and places of residence and of business, also churches, hospitals, and cemeteries, and sites for building the same, are secured to citizens of the United States. At the several ports, and in their immediate vicinity, all citizens are allowed to pass and repass; but they are not permitted to go among the villages in the country. 18th. By this article it is made lawful for citizens of the United States to employ scholars and people of any part of China, to teach any of the lan- guages of the empire, and to purchase all manner of books. 19th. This provides that the citizens of the United States shall receive and enjoy, for themselves and all appertaining to them, the special protection of the government, whose officers are to defend them from all insult and injury on the part of the Chinese, 20th. This provides for the reëxportation of merchandise, which can be done only to the other open ports, and this without any additional duties. 21st. Criminals, of whatever nature or degree, shall be prosecuted and punished by their own governments respectively. 502 Sep. Journal of Occurrences. 22d. This provides for the neutrality of the United States' flag in case of war between China and any other country. 23d. This requires the consuls, at each of the five ports, to make out an- nual reports of the trade, for transmission to the Board of Revenue at Peking. 24th. Communications to the Chinese, from citizens of the United States, shall be made through the consuls. And so those from the Chinese, for the consuls, shall pass through the hands, and have the approbation of the local authorities. 25th. All questions between citizens of the United States, or between them and subjects of other states, shall be settled without reference to the Chinese, or any interference on their part. 26th. Merchant vessels and their crews, in the five ports, shall be under the jurisdiction of the officers of the United States; and the Chinese go- vernment will not hold itself bound to make reparation for any injury done to the same or to any citizens of the U. S. by any foreign power. But the Chinese government will do all it can, to protect from robbers and pirates, to seize and punish all offenders of this sort, and to recover and restore plundered property 27th. This provides for cases of shipwreck, and requires that all persons and property shall have every possible protection, ships refitted, property restored, &c. 28th. No embargo shall be laid on the citizens or vessels of the United States, under any pretense whatever. 29th. Deserters from on board American ships shall be arrested by the Chinese and delivered over to the consuls or other officers. And any Chi- nese criminals who may take refuge on board ship, or in the houses of citizens of the United State:s, shall be delivered up on due requisition being made by Chinese officers. 30th. This prescribes and defines the terms of correspondence, which are in all respects those of equality and reciprocity. No presents shall ever be demanded of one government by the other. 31st. Communications from the government of the United States are to pass to the court of China, by the imperial commissioner charged with the superintendence of foreign affairs, or through the governors-general of Liáng Kiáng, Liáng Kwáng, &c. 32d. Ships of war are to be hospitably received at any of the ports of China, and all facilities afforded for the purchase of provisions, making of repairs, &c. 33d. Those who attempt to trade clandestinely at the ports not opened, or to introduce opium, or any other contraband article into China, shall be left unprotected to the action of the Chinese government. 34th. This provides for modifications of the treaty after a period of twelve. years, and that no individual state of the Union shall send ministers plenipo- tentiary to China. H. E. Kiying, attended by his suite, arrived in Macao on the 29th inst. His excellency was preceded by Hwang Ngantung, and Pwán and Cháu, who are associated with him, as joint commis- sioners in conducting the negotiations with H. E. M. de Lagrené, the French minister. Hwang Ngantung, the provincial treasurer, has lately been ho- nored with a peacock's feather, and promoted two steps by his im- perial master in reward for his services and conduct. Such men as Kiying and Hwang elevate the character of their nation in the eyes of all who have opportunity to make their acquaintance, and give the foreigner a higher idea of the degree of talent among those who 1844. 503 Journal of Occurrences. course rule this country than could ever be inferred from the distant inter- had in former years with the provincial authorities at Canton. The sixth anniversary of the Morrison Education Society was held at the Society's house in Hongkong, on Wednesday, the 25th instant. The reports read at the meeting will appear shortly. The conduct of the pupils and their progress in their studies during the last year are very satisfactory to the friends of the institution, and highly creditable to the pupils and their in- structors. The treasury, which was about $300 short last year, now shows a balance of nearly $3000 in favor of the Society. A new Mission school-house, 55 feet long, 25 feet wide, and two stories high, has just been completed, through the liberality of the foreign coinmu- nity in China. It was opened on the 23d instant, with appropriate religious services. This school.consists of 20 boys, and 6 girls, educated in both the English and Chinese languages, under the care of the Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Shuck, who are in connection with the American Baptist Board of Foreign Missions. Tho. Rev. W. Dean, of the same Society, also has charge of a small school.—Upwards of 80 Chinese scholars, all of them taught and sup- ported by the benevolence of foreigners, were assembled a few days since in Hongkong, much to their own amusement and gratification. The agents of the London Missionary Society have a school of 18 boys, who are also taught in both the Chinese and English languages. They con- template carrying on extensive educational operations in the colony, and will increase the nnmber of pupils as soon as the Society's buildings are com- pleted. A girls' school has also been commenced in connection with the same society. The missionaries of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions have also commenced a school at Hongkong which yet numbers but six pupils, who are being educated solely through the medium of their own language. The Roman Catholic missionaries have, at least, one school in Hongkong, and we believe also a few theological students. For the Medical Missionary hospital at Ningpo, from the European comniu- nity in Bengal, upwards of 2000 rupees have been collected by Dr. Macgowan, one of the medical officers of the Society. This sum is, we understand, expressly designed for the purchase of engravings, anatomical modals, books, instruments, &c. A handbill, evidently of Budhistic origin, has recently been circulated in Shánghái, of which a translation has been sent us. An account of at rance and vision, in which some of the Budhistic genii usually appear, and give their blessing and sanction to a medical prescription, is a common device among the votaries of the Budhist faith; or else, like the recommendations of patent or quack medicines in western countries, these personages from another world recount the wonderful cures the panacea has done there as an earnest of those it will do in this world. It is out of respect for the popular opinion regarding the taking of animal life, which is here given as a reason for the fatality of the epidemic in Shánghái, that the authorities sometimes forbid the slaughtering of animals in times of drought. "A divine prescription jur avoiding the epidemic and preserving life. Lately in this city, there has been an epidemic raging, instant death follows its attacks, and its victims are daily increasing. In the 5th month, on the 23d day, as I was returning home from my uncle's house, on the road I was suddenly seized with a violent pain in my bowels. I walked on hastily, but when half a li dis- tant from my house, I became giddy and fell to the ground, unconscious of man or thing. Fortunately a neighbor Yang Kwcitang saw me, and called to some 504 Journal of Occurrences. people who were assembled in the field weeding the cotton, to carry me honie ; he then took some of the “Sleeping Dragon powder," and blew it up iny nose, and after using acupunctura and friction to my whole body for the space of time in which you can drink a cup of tea, I gradually revived, but felt the pain in my bowels to be very great, and the tendons of my four limbs were contracted. Voiniting and purging both took place, and becoming giddy, I again fainted away. Suddenly I saw two messengers enter from without; they said with a loud voice, "Your years are completed, we have received the orders of the ruler of the shades especially to come and apprehend you." They had hardly finished speaking, when I suddenly saw an old man come from the interior of the house; he was dressed in priest's garments, and seemed about sixty years old; he said to them, “ You must not act so hurriedly, although Sun Kinfang is amongst those attacked by the plague, still remembering that he has commonly abstained from slaughter. ing animals, and spared life very carefully for five years, I think that this virtue will free him from danger; you can take these words as a reply." When the two messengers heard this, they were pleased, and went away. The old man then addressed me saying, “Your years are by right come to a close; but remem. bering that you have set your mind towards doing good, though there are several things undone, I now indulgently let you return to life ; if you again with fixed purpose of mind act virtuously, and do not commit crimes, your life will certainly be lengthened. Besides at present the plague has not widely spread, but in the middle of the eighth month there will be epilepsies and cramp in the bowels, two fatal kinds of disease; this is all in consequence of Sungkiáng and Táitsáng deparments, having for several years committed the great crime of killing live animals, and Shanghai and Tsingpu have done so in a still greater degree; there. fore the terrible anger of heaven has been provoked to send down this extraordi. nary calamity; now if they can turn their mind towards the reforming of their offenses, abstain from slaughtering animals, spare life, and fast for a month-like- wise paste on their doors a charm for expelling evil spirits, and guarding the house, these calamities can be avoided.” When he had ceased speaking, he gave me a blow, and I instantly revived. Suddenly I heard great lamentations amongst the neighbors, and having ordered my brother Kinchau to go out and make in. quiries respecting it, he informed me that Yang Kweitang had been afflicted with the disease, and was already dead. When I heard this my fright was insuppor- table, and I communicated to my brother all that had taken place regarding the old man. My brother said, “This must be the god who presides over the kitchen and disposes of life." I then wrote down this affair, that it might be every- where spread abroad. Whoever sees this, ought either to transcribe it, and give it a wide circulation, or minutely relate it to others, and thus not only avoid personal danger, but also escape the charge of ingratitude for the exceeding bene. volence of the disposer of life, who with a compassionate heart rescues the world. If all persons who see this do not believe and receive it and fast, when cala. mities come upon them;-and if they do not desire to spare life and eat simple food, it is to be feared that like stopping up a leak when the vessel is already in the heart of the river, it will be by and by too late. (Signed) “Sun KINFANG." Here follow the names of about thirty persons who have subscribed to print off 10,000 of the above. Memorial from the Censorate. The Censorate has recently brought to the notice of the emperor, the memorial of Fán Shauching, a native of Kiángsi, who was formerly, we are told, in some way connected with Mingqua’s hong, and through Howqua's influence was prevented becoming a hong-merchant. Irritated at this, he endeavored to stir up the provincial authorities against Howqua and the other hong-merchants, having, as is stated in this memorial, “petitioned the commissioner of justice five times, the governor-general twice, the commander-in-chief at Canton once, and various imperial com- missioners five times," and the whole of them unsuccessfully. Howqua sent in a counter statement to the governor before his death, in which he showed this inan's intrigues, and the reasons for his accusations. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XIII.-OCTOBER, 1844.—No. 10. Art. I. Geographical Notice of Tibet; its divisions and principal cities, with notices of its lakes, glaciers, mines, fc. From the Journal of the Asiatic Society. [Note. This notice of Tibet was furnished to the Journal of the Asiatic Society in April, 1832, by the late Alex. Csoma de Körös, who lived several years in the country, and is introduced into the Repository as a part of the series of geographical papers given in this work. In order to enable the reader to find some of the places mentioned in it on Chinese maps, the cha- racters of those we have been able to recognise are given'in notes. The radical difference, however, between the Tibetan and Chinese languages, and the absence of any positions given to the places, render it difficult to identify many of them.] The vast mountainous tract of country between about 73° and 98° east longitude from Greenwich, and 27º and 38° north latitude, may be called by the general name of Tibet, since the Tibetan language is understood everywhere from Beltistan (or Little Tibet) down to the frontier of China, although there be several corrupt dialects of it, and the inhabitants of these countries, in general, have the same manners and customs, are addicted to the same faith (to Budhism), and have the same religious books written or printed in characters common to all the different provinces. The native name of Tibet is Pot, as it is commonly pronounced; but it is more properly Bod; it denotes both the nation and the coun- try: for distinction's sake the country is expressed by Bod-yul (Bod- land), a male native is Bod-pa, and a female one Bod-no. The Indian name for Tibet is Bhot. The natives of Tibet apply the name Pot or Bod, more particular- ly to Middle Tibet, or to the two provinces U and Tsang (Dvus- 61 VOL. XIII, NO, X 506 Geographical Notice of Tibet. Ост. . 1 1 Qtsang, pronounced U-tsáng), the capitals of which are H'lassa and Zhikátsé. Hence a native of those two provinces is called by them especially Pot-pa. The eastern part of Tibet is called K'ham or K'ham-yul; also Great Tibet. The northwestern part towards Ladak is called Nári. Bhutan is called by several names by the Tibetans; as Lhopato, Lho-mon-k’ha-zhi, Lho-bruk-pé-yul, or simply Lho (the south). According to these divisions, the inhabitants of Tibet are distinguished thus : Pot-pa (or U-tsáng-pa) means a native of Middle Tibet; K'ham-pa (or K'ham-ba), one of Eastern Tibet ; Nári-pa, one of Western Tibet; and Lho-pa, a native of Bhutan.* The whole of Tibet occupies high ground, and lies among snowy mountains. Hence it is called in Tibetan books, by several poetical names, expressive of snow, ice, or frozen snow, cold, and high eleva- tion. The highest ground in Tibet is in Nári, especially the peak called Tísé or Tésé, in Tibetan, and Kailasa in Sanscrit, about long. 80° E., and lat, 34° N. The sources of the Indus, Sutledge, Gogra, and the Brahmaputra rivers are in Nāri (Mñahris). There are several large lakes also. Tibetan writers, in describing the situation of Tibet, have likened Nári to a lake or watering pond; U-tsang to four channels; and K'ham-yul to a field. Tibet is bounded on the north by the countries of the Turks and Mongols, whom the Tibetans call Hor, and Sok-po (Hor-sok). On the east by China (Gyanak in Tib.) On the south by India (Gya- gar in Tib.) On the west by India, Cashmír, Affghanistan, Tazik- yul, and 'Turkistan. The hill people of India, who dwell next to the Tibetans, are called by them by the general name Mon, their country Mon-yul, a man Mon-pa or simply Mon, a female Mon-mo. From the first range of the Himalaya mountains on the Indian side to the plains of Tartary, the Tibetans count six chains of mountains running in a northwestern and southeastern direction, when viewed from Kangri in Nári (a lofty mountain running from southwest to northwest), whence the ground commences to take on one side a The Chinese government divides Tibet into two provinces Anterior, and Ulterior Tibet, but their maps still retain the three divisions here mentioned. u (or Wei) and K'ham (Káng), are now known as Tsien Tsáng; while Tsáng and Nári (or Ari BP] ) is called Hau Tsáng, i. e. Ul. terior Tibet. What the sentence “Dvus-Qtsang, pronounced U-tsáng we have not the least idea; but Zhikatsć may perhaps be meant by Jih-hoh-tseh 日​喝​則 ​a name placed in a large map near the town of Chashi-lombou, the capital of Ulterior Tibet means, 1844. 507 Geographiral Notice of Tibet. northwestern, and on the other side a southeastern inclination. In the spacious valley, which is between the third and fourth range of the beforementioned mountains, is the great road of conmunication between Ladak and U-tsáng. The principal countries or districts in this direction, from northwest, are as follows: Beltistan or Little Tibet, Ladak, Teshigang, Gár or Gáro (the lower and upper), Troshot, Tsáng, U, Bhrigang. It is here likewise, that the two principal rivers, the Senge k'há-bab, and the Tsánpo take their course; that by Ladak to the northwest, and may be taken for the principal branch of the Indus; this to the southeast, and forms after- wards the Brahmaputra.* The countries on the Indian side that lie next to Tibet, commencing from Cashmír, are as follows: K'ha-ch'hé-yul (or K'ha-ch'hul) (Cashmír); Varan, Mandé, Palder or Chatirgerh, Pángé, Gár-zha or Lahul, Nyungti or Kullu ; K'hunu or Knaor, and Bésahr; Kyona and Shak’hok, or Garhwal and Kamaon ; Dsumlang; Gorkha-yul; Pal-yul (Bal-yul) or Nípal; Lhopato or Bhutan; Ashong or Assam. The names of the countries or districts in Tibet that lie next to India, commencing from Cashmir, are as follows: Himbab (near to Cashmír), Purík, Zanskar, Spiti, Gugé, Purang, Kyirong, Lhoprák, Myánam, Lach'hi, Mon-ts'ho-sna. Beyond the fourth range of the Himalaya mountains, or in the next valley to the north of Ladak, there are the following districts, count- ing them eastward : Nubra, Rúdok, Tsotso, Bombá, Chang-ts'ha- k'há, Chang-ra greng. The three great divisions of Tibet are: 1. Tibet Proper, or U-tsáng. 2. K'ham-yul, or the eastern part of Tibet; and 3. Nári, or the northwestern part of Tibet. 1. Tibet Proper or U-tsáng. It is that part which lies next to the north of Assam, Bhutan, Nípal, that is called by this name. This is the most considerable part of Tibet. The inhabitants of this division are the most industrious, skillful, and polite of all the Tibetan races. The number of the inbabitants in these two provinces is said to be about one hundred and thirty thousand fami- lies. H'lassa is the capital of the province U, as also of the whole of Tibet. From the seventh till the tenth century it has been the resi- Ti The Tsánpo or Yari Tsangbo H. ti is now ascertained to be the Irrawady, the great river of Burmah. The Sengé hi há-bab is probably the Ganga or Käng-hok RT PE of Chinese maps. See Chi. Rep. vol. 1, pp. 176, 177. * 508 . Geographical Notice of Tibet. . OCTdence of the kings of Tibet. Now it is the first place for commerce in Tibet, the seat of government, and the residence of the Chinese ambans (or deputies). There are several religious establishments. Near H’lassa is Potala, the residence of the great Lámá, (styled Gyel-vá-rin-po-ch’hé,) the head of the sect called Géluk-pa or Gel- danpa. Other remarkable places in the province U are: Yam-bu Lha-gáng, a fort or castle built in the fourth century, by Thothori, a king. It has been the residence of the ancient kings. It contains some antiquities, and plastic images of the ancient kings. It is a few days' journey to the south from H'lassa. Sam-yé (Bsam-yas) a royal residence and a large monastery, one day's journey from H'lassa, built in the eighth century by K'hri-srong-déhu-tsan, a celebrated king, where are deposited several ancient books taken from India. In the province of U, among other forts or castles, Dé-ch'hén-song and Haspori are the most considerable. In the province of Tsáng, the following ones are of some repute : Chang-nam-ring, Chang- Lha-tsé Phun-ts hok-ling and Gy-ang-tsé.* 2. K'ham-yul (K’hanis-yul), called also Pot-ch'hen, or Great Tibet, consists of the eastern part of Tibet, and is bounded by China on the east. There are several small principalities : as, K’ham-bo; Gábá, Li-thang, Dé-gé (or Der-ghé), Brag-yak, Dép-ma, Go-jo, Gya- mo-rong, Jang-sa-tam, Amdo, K'hyamdo, &c. The people of these parts differ very much from the rest of the Tibetans in their stature, dress, customs, and in the manner of speaking the Tibetan language. They are very robust, passionate, void of artifice or cunning, not fond of ornaments on their dress. In K'ham-yul, those called Pon or Bon, holding still the ancient religion of Tibet, are very numerous. They have also their literature, religious orders, sereral monasteries, and kill several animals, great and small cattle, for sacrifice : they have many superstitious rites. 3. The northwestern part of Tibet, from Tsáng to Ladak, is called Nári Bv. It is of very great extent, but the number of inha- bitants is inconsiderable, not exceeding fifty thousand families together with Ladak and Beltistan. There have been several small principa- lities formerly in Nári, as, Gugé, Puráng, Kangri; but all these belong now to the great lama at Hilassa, and are governed by k'harpons Hlassa is written IL but the city, in the maps of the Statistics of the Empire, is called Putala, the name of the dalai-lana's palace. Yambu- lba-gång cannot he found, but Sam-yé is perhaps the Sáng-li of Chinese map 1844. Geographical Notice of Tibet. 509 (commanders of forts) sent from H'lassa. There are also in Nári very extensive deserts. The inhabitants dwell in tents, made of hair cloth; exercise a pastoral life, without any agriculture. Their num- ber is said to amount to ten thousand families, and they all are under the sgar-pon or chief officer residing at sgár or sGáro, who is sent from U-tsáng or H’lassa, and generally remains there for three years. Gugé, a to part of Nári, lying to the north of Garhwal and Kamá- on, consists of two valleys, inhabited by somewhat more than two thou- sand families. The principal places are Tsaprang and Tholing, not far from each other. The first is the residence of the commanding officer called the K'harpon of Tsaprang, and the second is a large monastery and the seat of a lámá styled the K'hanpo of Tholing. He resides during the summer at Teshigang, another large monastery, a few days' journey to the north from Tholing. These two places, Tsaprang and Tholing, have been the residence of the princes that have reigned there from the 10th till the end of the 17th century.* Ladak, formerly called Mar-yul, still has its own prince, but he must accommodate himself to the political views of the Chi- nese. Zan-skar, Purik, Nubra, form part of this principality. In the whole of Ladak the number of the inhabitants does not exceed twenty thousand families. Nearly the half of them are Mohammedans, most- ly of the Shia persuasion. Lé (slé) is the capital of Ladak, the residence of the prince, and the emporium of a considerable trade with Turkistan, H’lassa, and the Panjáb countries. It is about 15 to 20 days' journey from Cashmír to the east, and nearly under the same latitude (i. e. 34° north). Little Tibet or Beltistan (Belti-yul in Tibetan), is the most north- western part of Tibet. There are several chiefs. The chief residing at Kardo is the most powerful among them; those of Kyeré and Kuru, with some others, depend on the former. T'he chief of Shigár holds sometimes with the prince of Ladak and sometimes with the chief of Kardo. The chiefs of Minaro, Hasora, &c., are the heads of some predatory tribes. In the several defiles to the south, in the neighborhood of Beltistan, there live some predatory tribes, among whom the most notorious are the Dárdu people. These barbarous Chinese maps afford very little information respecting Nari, Ari, or Ngari (for it is written in all these ways), and it is impossible to identify the greater part of the names given in these paragraphs. Tsaprang is perhaps Tseh-på-lung HTML Teshigang is Cháh-sih-káng 9 lying northwest of it, and then Tholing is probably Chung-lung isa pa fex miles east of 'Tsaprang. * 510 Ост. Geographical Notice of Tibet. tribes are either of Afghán or Hindú origin. The inhabitants of Beltistan are Mohammedans of the Shia persuasion. They speak a dialect of the Tibetan language, but have nothing of the Tibetan literature. They keep some books or fragments in Persian. The correspondence from Ladak with the chiefs of those parts, is carried on in Persian, as also with Cashmir. The people of Beltistan are very unhappy on account of their chiefs having continual quarrels with each other, or with the prince of Ladak. The climate is warm. In the lower part of Beltistan, snow never falls. The soil is good. There are several kinds of grain; they have two crops. There are likewise several sorts of excellent fruits; as, of apples, pears, peaches, plums, figs, grapes, mulberries, &c., &c. There is great want of salt and wool in those parts. Formerly there existed a commercial route of 30 days' journey from Cashmír to Yarkand through Beltistan, but that country being in an unsettled state, the Cashmirian merchants afterwards preferred that through Lé in Ladak, although it is very circuitous. The people of Lhopáto or Bhutan, on account of their language, religion, and political connexion, belong to Tibet. But in their customs and manners they have adopted much from the Indians. They are more clean in their dresses and houses than the other Tibetan races. The men are of a martial spirit, like those of K'ham-yul, with whom they are said to have much resemblance in their character. The peo- ple of Bhutan speak a corrupt dialect of the Tibetan language; but there are several religious establishments, a great many books, and some religious persons are well acquainted with the Tibetan language and literature. They are Budhists of the sect called in Tibet Brukpa (vulgarly Dukpa.) They adopted this kind of Budhism in the 17th century of our æra, when Nák-Váng Nam-gyel, a lámá of great respectability, leaving Tsáng in Middle Tibet, established himself in Bhutan. There are counted now about forty thousand families. The whole province of Bhutan consists of four districts or valleys, which if counted from east to west, are as follows: Thet-yul, Thim-yul, Patro or Pato, and the iniddle district. The principal place is Teshi- ch'hos-dsong. Lakes.--There are four principal lakes in Tibet. The Ma-pham yu-ts'ho (Mansarovara), in Nári, is the most considerable, of a circum- ference of about one and a half day's journey. In U-tsáng, the Yarbrokyu ts'ho, Mu-le-sgrum tsho, and Nam-ts'ho ch‘hukmo are likewise of great extent. There are many others of inferior rank or less compass ; as, that of Lá-nág to the west of Ma-pham. From 1 1844, Cicographical Notice of Tibet. 511 Rúdok (near Ladák) to the east or southeast, there are many salt lakes.* MEDICINAL OR MINERAL WATERS.-Between U and Tsáng there are some hot springs, used in curing cutaneous diseases and the gout. But such hot springs are numerous in the mountains lying east from the Ma-p'ham lake; especially at one place there is a hole out of which continually issues vapor, and at certain intervals, hot water is ejected with great noise to the height of 12 feet. GLACIERS.—The summits of many of the 'Tibetan mountains remain through the whole year covered with snow. But there are especially four glaciers or mountains covered with ice or frozen snow; as, Tísé, Havo, Shampo, and Pulé. MINES.-Mines are rarely excavated in Tibet. In the northern part of Nári, and in Gugé, some gold dust is gathered; as also in Zanskar and Beltistan it is washed from the river. If they knew how to work mines, they might find in many places gold, copper, iron, and lead. Petrifactions are found at many places in Tibet, especially in Nári. On the 2d and 3d range of the Himalaya mountains, there are several sorts of them. Sálgrams and shells are found most frequently, in many places. All such petrifactions are denominated in Tibetan, according to the resemblance they have to things; as, sheep-eye, sheep-horn, sheep-brain, swine-head, bird-leg, cow-tongue, stone- trumpet, &c. They are not objects of reverence in Tibet, neither of curiosity. Some of them, after being burnt and reduced to powder, are used as medicaments in certain diseases. In the whole of Tibet, there is, in general, a deficiency of wood, both for fuel and for building, or timber, especially in Nári and U- tsang. In Bhutan and Beltistan, there are many sorts of fruit trees. In K'ham-yul there are some woods and forests. In the western part of Ladak, and in Beltistan some vines are cultivated. In middle Tibet and Ladak the mountains are in general naked, destitute of herb, The Ma-pham yu-tsºho is called Ma-peh-muh táh-lái T5 T6 I 賴 ​or Mapam-dalai on Chinese maps; the Yarbrokyu-tsiho is the Yá-muh- 1a-kih W * E or Yamorouk ; the Mu-le-sgrum ts'ho and Nam- ts'ho ch’hukmo may perhaps be the Yik or ſkin and Paha CPA in the northeastern part of Ulterior Tibet; both these are however, inferior to the Tengkiri nor or Tang-hoh-lí M which is situated north of H'lassa. The La-nág is also called Langga nor, or Láng-hoh 815 it is joined to the Ma-pham hy a stream. The Rudok mentioned here is probably y lying northeasterly from Ladak. * 512 Oct. Geographical Votice of Tibet. grass, and every vegetable. In the valleys, where the fields can be watered or irrigated, several kinds of corn are produced, espcially wheat, barley, buckwheat, millet, pease, and some others. In Nári and in the northern deserts of Tibet, there grow several kinds of medi- cal herbs and plants, and there are likewise good pastures; but there are in the deserts no fields for producing corn, and what they want they purchase from those who inhabit the southern parts of Nári, and give them in exchange yaks, sheep, wool, woolen cloth, salt, borax, &c. Rice is nowhere cultivated in Tibet. There are some kinds of pulse; as pease, beans, and lentils. There is no great variety of esculent plants. They have some turnips, cabbages, carrots, onions, garlics, and a few others, but for potherbs they use in general such greens as grow wild. In the western part of Ladak, in Purik, there is a certain plant with bushy stalks, called prangos, which is a good remedy against the rot in sheep, if given for food for a certain time in autumn. The daily food of the Tibetans consists, in general, of gruel, or thick pottage prepared from the meal of parched barley (satu), several kinds of flesh, bread, sour-milk, curds, potherbs, and of tea prepared in a particular manner in a churn, with butter, salt, and with or without milk. The origin of the Tibetans is referred in their fabulous history to the union of an ape with a she demon. Some derive them from India; some from China; others from the Mongols, and others from the Turks. Nothing can be certainly said in this respect. They have an original language, which has little affinity to that of any of the nations mentioned. It is probable, that the royal family who reigned in Middle Tibet from about 250 years before Jesus Christ till the 10th century, was derived from India, from the Lichabyi race, and it is certain that their religion and literature is of Indian origin. The Tibetans are ignorant of their origin. They distinguish now five sorts of people or races (or nations) among themselves; as 1. K'ham- ba, one dwelling in K'ham-yul; 2. Pot-pa, one inhabiting U-tsang; 3. Brok-pa or Hor-pa, one living in the deserts to the northwest of H'lassa; 4. Nári-pa, one of Nári, Ladak and Beltistan; and 5. Lho-pa, one of Bhutan. All of whom have yet other subdivisions. They differ much from each other in their stature, character, dress, and in the accent with which they pronounce the Tibetan language. But they can all understand each other. They all agree, with the exception of the Mohammedans in Ladak and Beltistan, in having the same religion, whose records are in the same language and character. 1 1844 513 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China, Province. N. lat. E. long. Art. II. Alphabetical list of the provinces, departments, and districts in China, with their latitudes and longitudes. (Con- tinued from page 500.) Name of place. Department. An Táching hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 38 48 116 40 kíp Táchuh hien, Sz'chuen, Shunking fú, 30 48 107 08 * Táhing hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, *39 54 13 116 28 30 * * Tákwán ting, Yunnan, Cháutung fú. * Tálí fú, Yunnan, *25 44 24 100 21 50 Is 6735 li from Peking, in the west part of the province northerly; bounded N. by Líkiáng fú; N. E. by Yungpeh ting; E. by Tsúhiung fú; S. by Mung. hwa ting; S. by Yungchang fú; and w. by Tibetan tribes. It contains 4 chau districts, Cháu, Tangchuen, Pinchuen, and Yunlung, and 3 hien districts, Táiho, Yunnán and Langkiung. Xã Talí hien, Shensí, Tungchau fú, *34 50 24 109 50 55 * Táming fu, Chihlí, *36 21 04 115 22 Is 1120 li from Peking, at the extreme southern end of the province; bound- ed N. by Kwángping fu; E. by Shántung; and S. and W. by Honán. It comprises l_chau district (Kái) and 6 hien districts, Yuenching, Táminy, Tsingfung, Tungming, Nánlok, and Chángyuen. kề Taming hien, Chihlí, Táming fu, 36 18 115 20 * Táning hien, Shánsí, Sih chau, 36 30 110 43 * Táning hien, Szºchuen, Kweichau fú, 31 37 109 38 kế Tácú hien, Kwangtung, Cháuchau fu, 24 40 116 43 kỆ Tátien hien, Fukien, Yung chau, 25 40 118 08 At Táting fu, Kweichau, 37 05 105 33 Is 5005 lk from Peking, in the western part of the province; bounded N. by Jinhwái ting; E. by Tsun-í fú and Kweiyáng fú; S. by Ngánshun fú; and S. W. and W. by Yunnán. It contains i ting district (Shwuiching), 3 chau districts, Pingyuen, Kiensi, and Weininy, and the hien district of Pihtsich. kỆ Tatsuh hien, Sz'chuen, Chungking fú, 29 50 105 51 til Tatung hien, Kánsuh; Síning fú, 36 50 102 50 * Tátung tú, Shánsí, *40 05 42 113 13 1s 720 li from Peking, in the north of the province, beyond the Great wall; bounded N. and N. W. by Cháhár; E. and S. E. by Chihlí; S. by Tái chau; and W. by Sohping fú. It contains 1 ting district ( Fungchin), 2 chau districts (Ying and Hwanyuen) and 7 hien districts, Tátung, Hwaijin, Kwángliny, Lingkiú, Shányin, Yangliáu, and Ticnclin. 65 vol., XIV. NO. X. 514 Ост. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. E. long Department. N. lat. * F Tatung hien, Shansí, Tátung fu, *40 05 42 113 13 ( k Tâyáu hien, Yunnan, Tshiung fu, 25 46 101 30 * Táyé hien, Húpeh, Wucháng fú, 30 06 114 57 kỀ Tâyih hien, Sz'chuen, Kung chau, 30 37 103 33 kJi Tayu hien, Kiangsí, Nánngán fú, *25 30 113 59 32 fle A Táláng ting, Yunnán, Pu'rh fu, 24 12 101 56 HTTátsienld ting, Sz'chuen, Yáchau fú, # Bà Táh hien, Şz'chuen, Suiting fu, *31 18 107 37 30 ft | Tái chau, Shání, *39 05 30 112 58 Is 770 from Peking, in the northern part of the province, south of the Great wall; bounded N. by Tátung fü; E.' by Chihli; S. by Pingting.chau; and W. by Ningwú fu and Hin chau. It contains three districts, Wútăi, Koh, and Fánche. Táichau fú, Chekiáng, *28 54 121 05 54 Is 3807 lí from Peking, in the southeastern part of the province; bounded N. by Ningpo fú; E. by the sea; S. by Wanchau fu; W. by Kinhwa fú; and N. W. by Shauhing fú. It contains 6 districts, Linhái, Hwangyen, Tientai, Sienku, Vinghai and Táiping. A Táikung ting, Kweichau, Chinyuen fu, * Fp Taiho hien, Yunnan, Talí fú, *25 44 24 100 21 50 k I Táiho hien, Ngánhwui, Yingchau fu, 33 10 115 43 * Taihú ting, Kiangsú, Suchau fú, This town is situated in an island in Tai lake, aad its limits do not extend beyond the lake. # Taihu hien, Ngánhwui, Ngánking fú, 30 30 116 20 k Taikáng hien, Honán, Chinchau fú, 34 07 114 54 ti Ê Taikuh hien, Shánsí, Táiyuen fú, 37 25 112 33 # F Taiping fu, Ngánhwui, *31 56 57 117 21 50 Is 2465 l{ from Peking, in the eastern part of the province; bounded N. by Ho chau; E. by Kiángsú ; S. by Ningkwoh fú and Kwángteh fú; and W. by Luchau fú. It contains three districts, Tangtú, Wúhú and Fánchány. * Taiping fu, Kwangsí, *22 25 12 107 07 10 Is 5929 li from Peking, in the southwestern part of the province; bounded N. by Sz'ngan fú; E. by Nanning fu and Kwangtung; S. and S. W. by Cochinchina; and W. by Chinngán fú. It contains 2 ting districts, Lungchau and Mingkiáng, 4 chau districts, Ningming, Yángli, Tso, and Yungkang, and 1 hien district, Tsungshen. There are a large number of independent chíchau magistrates and others comprised within this department. * F Taiping chau, Kwangsí, Independent, 22 41 106 55 1844. 515. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name. of place. Province, N. lat. Department. E. long. * Taiping ting, Sz'chuển, 32 08 108 14 Is 4670_1* froin Peking, in the northeast of the province ; bounded N. by Shensí; E. by Kweichau fú; 8. by Suiting fú; and. W. by Pauning fú. It contains no subdivisions. kỞ Táiping-kien, Chekiáng Taichau fú, 28 26 120 42 kỞ Táiping hien, Shánsi, Pingyang chau, 35 46 111 18 * F Taiping hien, Ngánhwui, Ningk woh fú, 30 25 118 08 * Táitsáng fú, Kiangsú, 31 30 120 52 ls 2840 l{ from Peking, at the mouth of the Yángtsz' kiáng; bounded on the S. by Sungkiáng fú; W. by Súchau fú; the sea and river wash the other sides: It contains 4 districts, Chinyang, Kiáting, Paushán, and Tsungming, the last an island at the river's mouth. * Táyuen fú, Shánsí, *37 53 30 112 30 30 Is 1300 li from Peking, the capital of the province, and lies near the centre; bounded N. by Ningwa fú and Hin chau; N. E. by Pingting fu; S. E. by Liau chau; S. by Fan chau; and W. by Shensí, from which the Yellow R. divides it. It contains 1 chau district (Kolán), and ten hien districts, Yangkiuh, Sukau, Taikuả, Yutsz', Táiyuen, Kiáuching, Wanshwui, Kt, Lán and Hing. Táiyuen hien, Shánsí, Táiyuen fu, 37 45 112 20 Ai | Tái chau, Kiangsú, Yángchau fú, *32 30 22 119 47 55 ĐH Tàihing hien, Kiangsú, Tung chau, 32 12 120 0 A su Táiho hien, Kiánghĩ, Kihngán fú, 26 46 114 54 Taingan hien, Shántung, Taingan fứ, *36 14 30 117 14 Taingán fu, Shántung, *36 14 30 117 14 Is 1000 li from Peking, in the central part of the province; bounded N. by Tsínán fú; E. by Tsingchau fú; S. by I'chau fú and Kwanchau fú; and W. by Tungchang fů. It contains 1 chau district (Tungping), and 6 hien districts, Táingán, Láimú, Sintái, Fiching, Tung-o and Pingyin. ke Taining hien, Fukien, Sháuwú fú, 26 55 117 18 Số Taishun hien, Chekiang, Wanchau fú, *27 34 48 119 50 20 Taiwán fu, Fukien, *23 07 120 14 50 Is 6226 li from Peking, and comprises all the western part of Formosa I. It eomprises 2 ting districts, Tánskrui and Pescadore Is. or Panghi, and 4 hien districts, Taiwán, Fungshán, Kiá-t and Changhwá. The eastern part of the island is undescribed in Chinese topographies, and said to be inhabited by sang fan, 'the unsubdued barbarians. An Táiwan hien, Fukien, Taiwán fú, 23 07 120 14 50 = | Tán chau, Kwangtung, Kiungchau fu, 19 32 109 20 8 hỀ Tánching hien, Shántung, I'chau fu, 34 45 118 45 * Tánshwui ting, Fukien, Taiwán fú, 516 Ост. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. N. lat. Elong. Depa..ment. # Tánkiáng ting Kweichau, Túyun fú, tt Tánling hien, Sz chuen, Mei chau, 30 05 103 35 WE Tántú hien, Kiangsu, Chinkiang fú, *32 14 23 119 24 + Là Tanyang hien, Kiáng sú, Chinkiáng fú, 32 04 119 32 en 144 Tangchau fu, Shántung, *37 48 26 121 04 30 Is 1860 lí from Peking, in the extreme eastern end of the peninsular part of the province; bounded by the sea on all sides, except the W. where Láichau fú borders on it. It comprises 1 chau district (Ninghái) and 9 hien districts, Punglái, Fuhshán, Tshiá, Húiyáng, Wantang, Yingching, Láiyáng, Cháuyuen, and Hwang. f Tangfung hien, Honán, Honán fú, *34 30 10 113 01 20 83 M Tang chanh, Honán, Nanyang fú, 32 46 112 08 13 JI] Tangchuen chau, Yunnán, Tálí fú, 26 02 100 15 # # Tang hien, Shántung, Kwanchau fú, 35 15 117 24 Tề Bà Tang hien, Kwangsí, Wuchau fú, 23 26 110 31 Tangyueh chau, Yunnan, Yungchang fú, 24 58 98 45 | B& Táng hien, Chihlí, Páuting fú, 38 44 115 0 E & Tang hien, Honán, Nanyang fu 32 47 11253 E II Tangshan hien, Chihlí, Shunteh fú, 37 22 114 48 L Tangshan hien, Kiángsú, Süchau fü, *34 28 30 116 40 55 湯 ​Tangkí hien, kí Chekiang, Kinhwá fú, 29 05 119 32 lệ Tángyin hien, Honán, Chángteh fú, 35 56 114 33 IỄ Tăngtú hien, Ngánhwui, Taiping fu, *3] 38 38 118 32 45 Tángyang hien, Hupeh, Kingmun chau, 30 45 111 36 Ý & Tángyil hien, Shántung, Tungcháng fú, 36 35 115 58 Ga | Táu chau, Húnán, Yungcháu fú, *25 32 29 111 28 10 L) Tauchau ting, Kansuh, Kungcháng fú, 34 35 103 31 Đk IF Táuyuen hien, Húnán, Chángteh fú, *28 52 10 111 11 09 9k 5 Táuyuen hien, Kiangsu, Hwáingán fú, 33 43 118 48 Tally Teh chau, Shántung, Tsínán fú, *37 32 20 116 24 54 Tehhing hien, Kiángsi, Jáuchau fú, *28 54 50 117 42 08 k Tehhwá hien, Kiánghí, Kiukiáng ſú, 29 54 116 04 30 The Il Tehhwa hien, Fukien, Yungchun chau, 25 26 118 16 Pahang parehking chan, Kwangtung, Shauking fú, *23 13 42 113 13 50 1844. 517 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China Province. Department. N. lat. F. long Name of place. Pin Tehngán fú, Húpeh, *31 18 113 37 40 Is 2480 li from Peking, in the northeast of the province; bounded N. by Honán ; E. by Hányáng fú; S. W. by Ngánluh fú; and W. by Siángyáng fü. It contains 1 chau district (Sui), and Ă hien districts, Ngánluh, Yunmung, Yingching, and Yingshán. G + Tehngán hien, Kiáng sí, Kiúkiáng fú, 29 19 115 43 hỀ Tehping hien, Shantung, Tsínán fú, 37 34 117 04 Cái k Tehtsing hien, Chekiáng, Húchau fu, 30 37 119 56 (a , Tehyang hien, Sz'chuen, Mien chau, 31 10 104 22 2011 Tehhwá chau, or Oroumtsi, Kansul, 43 45 89 0 Is 8494 lfrom Peking, a large tract of country extending west to Kour- khara ousu in I'lí, and north to Cobdo; it is called Oroumtsi, and lies W. of Chinsí fu or Barkoul, and S. of the Tourgouth and Tourbeth tribes in I'lí and Cobdo; the desert of Cobi is on the S. E.; and Harashạr on the S. W. It contains 3 district towns, Faukáng, Chángkih, and Suilíi. The Tien shán or Celestial Mts. are on the south of the department. The inhabitants cf this region are of different nations and languages, and are governed partly by their own native begs, and partly by Chinese · military officers stationed in different garrisons. Many convicts are sent hither into banishment from the pro- vinces. I W Tien chau, Kwangsí, Independent, 23 42 106 38 FĘ Tiencháng hien, Ngánhwui, Sz chau, 32 41 118 55 7 T Tienchin hien, Shánsí, Tátung fú. # # Tienchú hien, Kweichau, Chinynen fü, 26 45 108 58 * | Tienho hien, Kwangsí, Kingyuen fú, 24 48 108 20 FPT Tienmun hien, Húpeh, Ngánluh fu, 30 40 113 05 Tienpáu hien, Kwangsí, Chinngán fú, *23 20 25 106 19 10 ft Tientái hien, Chekháng, Tájchau fu, 29 10 121 03 F# Tientsin fú, Chihlí, *39 10 10 117 13 55 Is 250 li from Peking, in the eastern part of the province; bounded N. by Shuntien fú; E. by the gulf of Chihli; S. by Shantung; and W. by Hokien fú. It contains 1 chau district ( Tsing), and 6 hien districts, Tientsin, Yen- shán, Kingyun, Tsinghái, Tsing, and Ninpé. F# Tientsin hien, Chihlí, Tientsin fú, *39 10 10 117 13 55 Tientsiuen chau, Sz'chuen, Yáchau fú, 30 0 102 20 th T Tienkiáng hien, Sz chuen, Chung chau, 30 30 107 24 Tienpeh hien, Kwángtung, Káuchau fu, 21 30 111 22 YT W Tingchau fu, Fukien, *25 44 54 116 29 54 Is 5126 lí from Peking, in the south western part of the province; bounded N. hy Shauwú fú; E. hy Yenping fú, lungngán fú, and Chángchau fú; S. 518 Ост. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. N. lat. E. long. Department. by Kwangtung; and W. by Kiángsí. It comprises 8 districts, Chángting, Shángkang, Lienching, Yungting, Wüping, Tsingliú, Ninghrá, and Kweihwa. HH Ting chau, Chihli, *38 32 30 115 09 Is 500 l{ from Peking in the southwestern side of the province; bounded N. and E by Páuting fú; and S. and W. by Chingting fu. It contains 2 hien districts, Skirtseh and Kiuhyáng. #Tingfún chau, Kweichau, Kweiyáng fu, 26 06 106 32 HỂ TH Tighái hien, or Chusan I, Chekiang, Ningpo fi, 30 0 10 12 14 # . Tingling hien, Chihli, Pauting fi, 39 17 115 56 Tingnan ting Kiáng sí, Kanchau fủ, 24 45 114 45 EF Tingngán hien, Kwaagtung, Kiungchau fú, 1942 110 18 Einh Tingpien hien, Shensí, Yenngán fú, Tingsiảng bien, Shánsi, Hin chau, 38 32 112 59 Tingtau hien, Shántung, Tsáuchau fú, *35 11 18 115 44 30 Tingyuen hien, Yunnan, Tsúhiung fu, 25 22 101 44 Tingyuen hien, Sz'chuen, , Chungking fú, 30 25 106 20 El Tingyuen hien, Ngánhwui, Fungyang fú, *32 32 46 117 32 47 Tingyuen ting, Shensí, Hánchung fu, tit Ink Toh-kih-toh-ching ting, Shánei, Kweisa táu. Ê Tsákuh ting, Sz'chuen, Is 5245 lk from Peking, in the northwest part of the province; bounded N. by Mongol or independent tribes; E. by Máu chau and Chingtá fú; S. by Máukung ting; and w. by Yachau fü. The districts governed by native authorities are all north of the Great Snow Mts., of whom there are four principal ones. ta Thánhwang hien, Chihli, Chingting fu, 37 43 114 32 ha Tsangching hien, Kwangtung, Kwángehau fu, 23 05 113 58 Ế Tsáng chau, Chihlí, Tientsin fú, "38 22 20 117 0 30 Tsángkí hien, Sz'chuen, Páuning fú, 31 40 105 56 | 8 Tsángwủ hien, Kiángói, Wuchau fu, *23 28 48 110 51 15 鄉​縣 ​Tau hien, Shantung, Kwanchau fú, 35 30 117 10 BRT Tsauping hien, Shántung, Tsínán fú, 36 56 117 50 Hl Tsáuchan fu, Shántung, 35 20 115 36 Is 1200 l{ from Peking, in the southwest corner of the province; bounded N. hy Tungeháng fú; E. by Kwanchau fu and Tsining chau ; S. W. by Honán; and w. by Chibli. It contains one chau district (Poh), and 10 hien districts, Hotseh, Kutyé, Tingtáu, Chingwú, Shen, Tsáu, Fán, Kwánching, Cháuching, and Punching. 1844. 519 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long 115 38 Name of place. Department. Th 5 Tsáu hien, Shántung, Tsáuchau fu, 34 56 TẾ Tsá ukiang hien, Chihlí, Ký chau. N 5, Tsáuyáng hien, Hopeh, Siángyáng fú, 32 10 112 41 W Tsehchau fü, Shánsí, *35 30 112 49 30 1s 1800 li from Peking, in the southwest part of the province; bounded N. by Lúngán fú and Pingyáng fu; E. and S. by Honán; and W. by Kiang chau. It contains 5 hien districts, Fungići, Lingchuen, Tsinshwui, Yángching, and Káuping # Bà Tsihiá hien, Shantung, Tangchau fú, 37 17 121 18 TA THỊ Tsho hien, Shántung, Tsínán fú, 36 46 116 52 Tsínán fú, Shántung, *36 44 24 117 07 30 Is 800 l{ from Peking, the provincial capital, and lies in the northern part of the province towards the west; hounded N. by Chihlí and Wúting fú; E. by Tsingchau fú; S. by Taingán fú; and W. by Tungchang fu and Lintsing chau. It contains 1 chau district (Teh), and 15 hien districts, Lihching, Tsz?- chuen, Chánytsing, Tsiho, Ytching, Pingyuen, Ling, Tsiyang, Changkiú, Tsốtung, Tsaaping, Chángshan, Sinching, Linin, and Telping. Toining chau, Shantung, *35 33 116 44 30 Is 1210 li from Peking, in the southwestern part of the province; bounded N. and E. by Kwanchau fú; S. by Kiángsú; and W. by Tsáuchau fú. It contains 3 districts, Kinhiáng, Kiátsiáng, and Yütái. # # Tsítung hien, Shantung, Tsínán fú, 37 17 117 37 VỀ Tsiyáng hien, Shántung, Tsínán fú, 37 03 117 20 TH B Tsiyuen hien, Honán, Hwaiking fu, 35 07 112 39 群 ​# # Tsiảngfu hien, Honán, Kaifung fu, *34 52 05 114 33 Hệ đệ Taingloh hien, Fukien, Yenping fu, 26 43 117 38 8 T Tạienkieng hien, Kwangsi, Sz'ngan fu, 23 40 108 40 TT Tsienkiảng hien, Hupeh, Ngánluh fu, 30 28 112 48 2 B Tsienngan hien, Chihli, Yungping fú, 40 05 118 44 1 , Tsienshan hien, Ngánhwui, Ngánking fú, 30 43 116 36 Tsienshan-chái ting, Kwangtung, Kwangchau fu. This is a military cantonment, the head-quarters of a kiunmin fú; its com- mon designation is Casa Branca. Tsientáng hien, Chekiáng, Hángchau fú, *30 20 20 120 07 34 đ , Taihkí hien, Ngánhwui, Hwuichau fu, 30 09 118 38 ẾU 3 Tsihmeh hien, Shántung, Laichau fú, 34 15 120 44 8 | Tsihehán hien, Shánsí, Kiáng chau, 35 35 111 01 Tsin chau, Kansuh, 34 36 105 46 Is 3710 li from Peking, in the southeast part of the province; bounded N. 520 Oct, Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. X. lat. E. long Department. by Pingliúng fú; E. by Shensí; $. by Kiai chau; and W. by Kungcháng fú. It comprises five hien districts, Liúngtúng, Hwui, Lí, Tsinngån, and Tsingshwui. ki Tsinngan hien, Kansuh, Tsin chau, 34 52 105 50 N] Tsin chau, Chihlí, Chingting fu, 38 06 115 12 I , 'Tsinkiáng hien, Fukien, Tsiuenchau fú, *24 56 12 118 51 10 Tsinning chau, Yunnan, Yunnán fú, 24 47 102 51 BÉ 8 Tsinhien hien, Kiángsí, Náncháng fu, 28 29 116 17 * A Thinkí hien, Kwangsí, Wúchau fú, 23 0 110 27 1) Tsintien chau, Yunnan, Kiuhtsing fú, 25 38 103 19 Tsinyun hien, Cheking, Chúchau fu, 28 42 119 53 1941 Tsin chau, Shánsí, 36 40. 112 46 Is 1700 lí from Peking, in the east of the province towards the south; bounded N. by Fanchau fú; E. by Liáu chau; S. E. by Lúngán fú; S. by Pingyang fú; and W. Hol chau. It contains 2 districts, Tsinyuen and Wi- hoáng. în z Tsinshwui hien, Shánsí, Tsehchau fú, 35 40 112 15 Yo Tsinyuen hien, Shánsí, Tsin chau, 36 35 112 23 NY Tsingchau fú, Shantung, *36 44 22 118 43 30 Is 1000 li from Peking, near the centre of the province; bounded N. by the sea and Wúting fú; E. by Laichau fú; S. E. by the sea; S. by I'chau fú. It contains 11 districts, Yihtú, Linkü, Ngánkií, Ch'iching, Pohshán, Lohngán, Lintsz', Káuyuen, Pohhing, Shaukwáng, and Chángloh. i la Tsing hien, Chihlí, Tientsin fú, 38 37 116 54 til Tsingching hien, Shántung, Wúting fu, 37 13 117 51 à là Tsingpủ hien, Kiảngsú, Sungkiáng fủ, 31 10 120 53 h mỆ Tsingshin hien, Sz'chuen, Mei chau, 29 48 103 51 Tsingtien hien, Chekiang, Chúchau fú, 28 00 120 21 | Tsingyang hien, Ngánh vui, Chíchau fú, 30 45 116 46 Au Tsingchin hien, Kweichau, Ngánshun fú. Tsingfung hien, Chihí, Táming fú, 35 58 115 21 HỊ Tsingho hien, Kiángsú, Hwáingán fú, 33 35 119 01 PT Tsingho hien, Chihlí, Kwángping fú, 37 09 115 46 2 Tsingkí hien, Sz'chuen, Yáchau fú, Th 4 Tsingkí hien, Kweichuu, Sz'chau fu, | | Tsingkien hien, Shensi, Suiteh chau, 37 12 110 03 L ITsingking lien, Kingsĩ, Linkiúng fu, *27 57 36 115 27 1844. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. 521 Province N. lat. E. long. Name. of place. Department. ITsingkiáng ting, Kweichau; Chinyuen fú, ette Tsingliú hien, Fukien, Tingchau fú, 26 07 116 59 F Tsingping hien, Shantung, Tungchang fú, 36 52 116 16 là PTsingping hien, Kweichau, Túyun fú, 26 38 107 38 * Tsingping wei, Kweichau, a military post near the preceding. k Tsingshwui hien, Kansuh, Tsin chau, 34 42 106 12 = k | Tsing-shwui-ho ting, Shángí, Kweisu táu. Bá Tsingtsiuen hien, Hónán, Hangchau fú, *39 20 20 120 07 34 i Tsingyuen hien, Chihlí, Pauting fu, *38 53 115 35 59 Tsingyuen hien, Kwangtung, Kwángchau fú, *23 44 24 112 41 50 H Tsing chau, Húnán, 26 35 109 28 18 4645 lí from Peking, in the southwestern end of the province ; bounded N. by Yuenchau fu; N. E. by Shinchau få ; E. by Pauking fu; S. by Kwangsí; and W. by Kweichau. It contains 3 districts, Hwuitung, Tungtáu and Suining. ITsingkiáng hien, Kiangsú, Chángchu fú, 32 05 120 14 là Tsingngán hien, Kiớngsĩ, Náncháng fu, 28 48 115 21 3 Tsingpien hien, Shensi, Yenngán fú, 37 20 108 02 Về Tsingyuen hien, Kansuh, Lánchau fú, 36 38 104 08 BT 0 Tsinghái hien, Chihlí, Tientsin fu, ** T'singloh hien, Shánsí, Hin chau, *38 31 12 111 57 Tsingning chau, Kánsuh, Pingliáng fu 35 35 105 45 # 7 Tsingking hien, Chihli, Chingting fú, 38 02 113 10 #TA Tsingyen hien, Sz'chuen, Tsz' chau, 29 32 104 08 THE Tsingteh hien, Ngánhwui, Ningkwoh fú, *30 24 37 118 34 13 IH Tsiuenchau ft, Fukien, *24 56 12 118 51 10 Is 5255 1{ from Peking, in the south part of the province; bounded N. by Hinghwa fu and Yungchun chau; E. and S. by the sea; and w. by Chráng- chau fú. It contains one ting district (Mákiáng), and 5 hien districts, Tsin- kiảng, Tungngán, Nángán Houingán, and Ngankí. 2 Tsiuen chau, Kwangsí, Kweilin fú, *25 42 12 111 05 50 & Hair Tsiuentsiku lien, Ngánhwui, Chú chau. #H! Tso chau, Kwangsí, Táping fu, 22 42 107 11 taẾ Tsoyun hien, Shansi, Sohping iú, 39 55 112 23 a Mt Tsthiung fu, Yunnan, *23 06 101 43 10 Is 6315 lí from Peking, in the north iniddle part of thje proyince; bound- 66 VOL. XIII. NO х 522 . Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. . OcrProvince. N. lat. E. long Name of place. Department. ed N. by Yungpeh ting; N. E. by Sz'chuen; E. by Wuting chau and Yun- nán fú; S. by Yuenkiang chau; and W. by Munghwa ting and Táli ft. It comprises 3 chau districts (Nánngán, Chinnán, and Yáu), and 4 hien districts, Tsthiung, Tingyuen, Kwangtung, and Täyáu. htkk Tsuhung hien, Yunnan, Tsuhiung fu, 25 06 101 43 10 1 Tsunhwa chau, Chihlí, 40 11 117 59 Is ?20 l from Peking, in the southwest part of the old province, within the Great wall; bounded N. by Chingteh fú, from which the Great wall divides it; E. by Yungping fú; s. by the sea; and W. by Shuntien fú. It contains two districts, Yuhtien and Fungjun. The Kiáfung gate in the Great wall is in this department. Tsun-í fú, Kweichau, 27 38 106 58 Is 5460 l{ from Peking, in the north of the province; bounded N. by Sz'. chuen; E. by Sz’nán fú; S. E. by Pingyueh chau; S. by Kweiyang fu; S. W. by Táting fu; and W. by Jinhwái ting. It contains one chau district (Ching. ngâm), and 4 hien districts, Tsun-4, Suiáng, Thungtsz', and Jimhoái. Tsun-í hien, Kweichau, Tsun-í fú. TẾ & Taunhwa hien, Kwangtung, Kwangchau fu, 23 33 113 27 Tsung-í hien, Kiángsĩ, Nánngán fú, 25 46 113 02 -Taungjin hien, Kiớngsĩ, Fúchau fú, 27 44 116 0 崇慶 ​Tsungking chau, Sz chuen, Chingtú fu, 30 36 103 43 AJ Tsungming hien and I., Kiángsú, Táisáng chau, *31 36 121 18 30 Tsungngan hien, Fukien, Kienning fú, *27 45 36 118 07 50 Tsungning hien, Sz'chuen, Chingtú fú, 30 55 103 53 Tungsin hien, Kansuh, King chau, 35 19 107 02 Tungshen hien, Kwangsĩ, Taiping fú, *22 25 12 107 07 10 8 9 Tsungyang hien, Hupeh, Wúcháng fú, *29 33 38 113 59 42 Print H Tsz' chau, Kwángping fú, *36 25 15 114 33 Taz'chuen hien, Shantung, Tsínán fú, 36 43 118 12 A Tsz’kí hien, Chekiang, Ningpo fu, *30 01 24 121 17 20 ĐỂ AI] Tsz'lí hien, Húnán, Lí chau, 29 22 111 05 THE Tsz'luh hien, Chihlí, Páuting fú, Hiyo Tsz'tung hien, Sz'chuen, Mien chau, 31 37 105 16 資​州 ​H Tsz' chau, , Sz'chuen, 29 52 104 52 Is 5055 lk from Peking, in the south middle part of the province; bounded N. by Chingtú fú and 'Tungchuen fú; E. by Tungking fu; S. by Süchau fi and Kiáting fú; and W. by Mei chau. It contains i districts, Nuikiáng, Tsingyen, Jinshau, and Tsz'yáng. Flà Tsz yáng hien, Sz chuell, Tsz' chau, 30 15 104 41 Chihlí, 1844. 523 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long. Name of place. Department. & 3 THz yang hien, Shantung, Kwanchau fú, *35 41 51 117 03 30 Tsz'yang bien, Shensí, Hingngán fú, 32 27 108 46 Ha Táchúng hien, Kiảngsố, Nánkáng fú, *29 20 24 116 13 12 HS T Taking chau, Kwangsí, Independent, 23 04 106 45 * I Tủkiing ting, Kweichau, Túyun fú, * Takieh chau, Kwangsí, Independent, 23 10 107 08 都​Thiyun fi, Kweichau, 26 12 107 22 Is 4980 li from Peking, in the south of the province; bounded N. by Chin- yuen fú; E. by Líping fú; S. by Kwangsí; and w. by K weiyáng fú and Pingyueh chaŭ. It contains 3 ting districts, Tílkiáng, Tankiáng, and Páhchái ; 2 chau districts, Tuhshin and Má-o or Mar; and 3 hien districts, Túyun, Tsingping and Lipo. Like most of the departments in this province, this also includes many districts within its limits ruled by local authorities, called túchau and túsz'. Bs BỊ Túyun hien, Kweichau, Tuyun fú, pt #Tu-lu-fán ting or Turfán, Kánsuh, Includes the Túrfan tribes. Tuhshán chau, Kweichau, Tuyun fú, 25 45 107 20 88 g Tunhwang hien, Kansuh, Ngánsí chau, PE y Tunliú hien, Shansí, · Lúngán fú, 36 15 112 46 Tungchúng fú, Shantung, *36 32 24 116 17 30 Is 940 li from Peking, in the western part of the province; bounded N. by Lintsing fu; E. by Ts’nán fú and Táingán fú; s. by Tsáuchau fú; and W. by Chihli. It contains 1 chau district (Káutáng), and 9 hien districts, Liáu. ching, Sz'ping, Pohping, Tsingping, Ngan, Töngyih, Kwántáu, Kwán and Sin. III Tungchuen fu, Yunnan, *26 20 56 103 25 39 Is 5920 1{ from Peking in the northeast of the province; bounded N. by Cháutung fú; E. by Kweichau; S. by Kiuhtsing fú; and W. by Sz'chuen. Hwuitseh hien is its only division. N 4 Tunghiáng hien, Schuen, Suiting fu, 31 27 107 51 # $ Tunghiang hien, Kiớngsi, Fúchau fu, 28 15 116 35 8 | Tunghu hien, Húpeh, I'chang fu, hệ Tungkwan hien, Kwangtung, Kwangchau fũ, 99 50 113 50 ** Tungkwang hien, Chihli, Hokien fu, 37 58 116 36 W Tunglán chau, Kwangsí, Kingyuen fú, 24 28 106 45 R Tungliú hien, Ngánhwui, Chíchau fú, 30 22 116 54 I BỊ Tungming hien, Chihlí, Táming fú, 35 29 115 18 Tungngán hien, Kwangtung, Loting chau, 23 03 111 44 Tungngan hien, Hùnán, Yungchau fú, “26 13 12 111 13 30 524 Ост. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. N. lat. E. long. Department. Tungngan hien, Chihli, Shuntien fú, 39 22 116 46 t a Tung-o hien, Shantung, Táingán fú, 36 15 116 20 F Tungping chau, Shantung, Taingan :fú, 36 07 116 31 A ở Tungtái hien, Kiángsu, Yangchau fu, 1 g Tungyang hien, Chekiếng, Kinhwa fu, 29 17 120 0 III Tungchyen fá, Sz'chuen, 31 09 105 11 Is 4570 14 from Peking, in the central and northern part of the province i bounded N. by Mien chau and Pauning fü; E. by Shunking fú; W. by Ching tú fú and Tsz' chau. It contains 8 districts, Sántai, Tsiéhung, Suining, Pung ki, Ngányoh, Lohchi, Yenting and Chungkiáng. Tungkwán ting, Shensí, Tungchau fú, 31 09 105 11 LỄ | Tung chau, Kiángsu, *32 03 40 120 41 10 Is 2695 li from Peking, in the eastern part of the province; bounded N. and W. by Yangchau fú; E. and S. E. by the Great river; S. by Sachau fu ; and S. W. by Chángchau fú. It contains 2 districts, Jikáu and Táihing. À 1 Tung chau, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, "39 55 30 116 42 Bi hà Tungching hien, Hupe, Wuchang fú, *29 15 36 1-13 46 55 GIL | Tunghái hien, Yunnan, Linngán fú, 24 12 102 56 GE # Tunghu hien, Honang Káifung fu, 34 35 114 35 Hà L Tungkiảng hien, Sz'chuen, Páuning fú, 31 55 107 16 Ghi L Tungshan hien, Hapeh, Wuchang fu, 29 40 114 22 Ga Tungtau hien, Húnán, Tsing chau, *26 16 48 109 28 30 HỂ H Tungwei hien, Kansuh, Kungchau fú, 35 06 105 13 PM) Tungchau fú, Shensí, *34 50 24 109 50 55 Is 2345 li from Peking, in the eastern part of the province towards the south; bounded N. by Yenngán fú; E. by Shansi ; s. E. by Honan; S. by Sháng chau; and W. by Singán fú and Fu chau. It contains 1 ting district (Tungkwan), 1 chau district (Hvá), and 8 hien districts, Tálk, Hwáyin, Chingching, Hohyáng, Hánching, Pehshwui, Húyih, and Púching. HỂ Tungkwan hien, Shensi, Síngán fu, 35 06 109 03 # # Tungngan hien, Fukien, Tsiuenchau fú, *24 44 24 118 19 20 BỊ VỆ Tungching hien, Ngánhwui, Ngánking fủ, 31 07 11.6 56 KHI BÉ Tunghiáng hien, Chekiảng, Kishing fu, 30 45 HT'unglú hien, Chekiếng, Yenchau fú, 29 53 119 40 H5 + Tungpeh hien, Honan, Nányáng fu, 32 20 113 18 KHI VẼ Tungtsz hien, Kweichau, Tsun-í fu, 28 0 106 45 F E Tungjin fu, Kweichau, 27 38 109 0 Is 4545 lí from Peking, in the eastern part of the province; bounded N. by 120 23 1844. 52;7 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province, Department. N lat. F. long Name of place. Sungtau ting; E. and S. E. by Húnán; S. by Sz'chau fis; and W by Shih- tsien fú and Sz’nán fú. Tungjin hien is its only division, with the exception of two districts governed by local oflicers. a F Tungjin hien, Kweichau, Tungjin fu, 27 38 109 0 All Tungliáng hien, Sz'chuen, Chungking fú, 29 59 106 11 TAP Tungling hien, Ngánhwui, Chíchau fú, 31 04 117 50 pha l Tungshan hien, Kiángsú, Süchau fú, *34 15 08 117 25 30 獲​安 ​Ungngan hien, Kweichau, Pingyueh chau, 27 0 107 18 Đi Ungyuen hien, Kwángtung, Sháuchau fu, 24 25 113 20 * Bộ Wan hien, Kánsuh, Kiải chau, 35 55 105 18 Wancháng hien, Kwángtung, Kiungchau ſú, *19 36 110 43 * III Wanchuen hien, Sz'chuen, Máu chau, 31 22 103 36 * #wanngan hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 38 53 116 34 Wanshang hien, Shantung, Kwanchau fú, 35 50 116 40 3 - Wanshan hien, Yunnan, Kaihwá fú, *29 09 15 118 35 48 4k Wanshwui hien, Shánhí, Táiyuen fu, 37 29 111 58 Wantang hien, Shantung, Tangchau fú, 37 12 122 30 ) Wanchau fú, Chekiang, *28 02 15 120 49 37 Is. 4090 14 from king, in the southeastern corner of the proyince; bound- ed N. by Táichau fú;, N. W. by Chúchau fú; E. and S. E. by the sea; and S. by Fukien. It contains one ting district ( Yuhhwán), and 5 bien districts, Yungkiá, Suingán, Lohtsing, Pingying and Trishun. the Wan hien, Honán, Hwaiking fu, 35 06 113 13 là T Wankiảng hien, Szchuen, Chingtú fu, 30 40 103 55 聞喜 ​Wanhi hien, Shansí, Kiáng chau, 35 25 111 03 EB Wanhiáng hen, Honán, Shen chau, 34 38 110 30 to Wan lien, Chihlí, Páuting fú, 38 50 115 13 萬州 ​Wan chau Kwángtung, Kiungchau fú, *18 49 110 20 5 % Wan hien, Schuen, Kweichau fú, 30 57 108 32 Wanching chau, Kwangsí, Independent, 23 02 107 08 = 8 Winngan hien, Kiảngsố, Kihngán fii, *26 26 24 114 50 10 Wannien hien, Kiúngsí, Jáuchau fu, 28 40 116 51 Wantsại hien, Kiáng sợ, Yuenchau fú, 28 05 114 20 nhà Wantsiuen hien, Chihli, Siuenhwá fú, 40 45 114 38 Đà B Wantsiuen hien, Shansi, Puchau fu, 35 25 110 46 526 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Ост. Province. N. lat. E. long Name of place. Department I Wangkiáng hien, Ngánhwui, Ngánking fú, 30 15 116 40 # B Wángtú hien, Chihli, Páuting fu, 38 45 115 14 Hu Wei chau, Chihlí, Siuenhwa fú, *39 50 54 114 36 von Wei hien, Shantung, Laichau fú, 36 46 119 20 Wi * weichuen hien, Honán, Kaifung fú, 34 18 114 05 TẾ VỀ weihwui hien, Honan, *35 27 40 114 16 Is 1400 li from Peking, in the north corner of the province; bounded N. by Chángteh fu ; E. by Chihli and Shantung; S. by Káifung fu and Hwaiking fú; and W. by Shansí. It contains 10 districts, Kih, Yentsin, Fungkiú, Káuching, Siun, Hwah, Ki, Hwokkia, Sinhiáng and Hvui. SH I Weinán hien, Shens, Síngán fú, 34 29 109 27 Wei hien, Chihlí, Kwángping fú, 37 05 115 05 Weining chau, Kweichau, Táting fu, 26 43 104 15 HR Weighí hien, Honán, Káifung tú, 34 30 114 23 Weisí ting, Yunnan, Likiáng fú, Weiyuen hien, Kansuh, Lánchau fú, 35 08 104 16 Weiyuen ting, Yunnan, Pu'rh fu, 23 29 100 55 hal Weiyuen hien, Szºchuen, Kiáting fú, 29 39 104 40 it Wucháng fu, Húpeh, *30 34 50 114 13 30 Is 3155 li from Pcking, the capital of the province, situated in its south- eastern part; bounded N. by the Yángtsz' kiáng; E. and S. by Kiángsí; and W. by Húnán; two large lakes, Liángtsz' hú and Hútáu hu (i. é. Ax L.) lie in the northern part. It contains one chau district (Hingkwoh), and 9 hien districts, Kiánghiá, Hánning, Kiáyü, Púki, Tsungyáng, Tungching, Wúcháng, Táyé, and Tungshán. The Wachang hien, Húpeh, Wúcháng fú, 30 22 114 48 T 14 Wacheh hien, Honán, Hwaiking fú, 35 07 113 31 f hot waching hien, Shántung, Lintsing chau, 37 15 116 03 ap Wuhiáng hien, Shánsí, Tsin chau, 36 50 112 50 Wu-í hien, Chekiếng, Kinhwá fú, 28 53 119 50 TE 8 Wủkáng hien, Chekiang, Húchau fú, 30 33 119 53 I m Wakáng chau, Húnán, Páuking fu, *26 34 24 110 29 51 THE Wukiảng hien, Chiblí, Shin chau, 38 03 115 56 THI Wukung hien, Shensí, Kien chau, 34 20 108 08 Wuling hien, Húnán, Chángteh fú, *29 01 111 26 47 Wuning hien, Kiángs, Náncháng fú, *29 15 56 115 01 53 1 1844. 527 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. Name of place. Department. E. long. Wungan hien, Honán, Chángteh fú, 36 46 114 24 waping hien, Fukien, Tingchau fu, *25 04 48 116 12 30 af È Wūsiuen hien, Kwangsí, Sinchau fu, 23 42 109 21 TE Wáting fu, Shantung, 37 32 117 41 Is 700 li from Peking, iu the northern part of the province; bounded N. by Chihli; N. E. by the sea; S. by Tsingchau fú; and W. by Tsinan fü. It contains one chau district (Pin), and nine hien districts, Hrouimin, Litsin, Pútái, Tsingching, Shángho, Lohling, Yángsin, Háifung, and Chenhwa. TEE Wúting chau, Yunnán, *25 32 24 102 32 30 Is 6115 li from Peking, in the northern part of the province; bounded N. by Sz'chuen, from which the Kinsha kiáng or Yangtsz' kiáng separates it; E. by Tungchuen fu; S. E. by Kiuhtsing fu; S. by Yunnán fú; and W. by Tsúhiung fú. It contains 2 hien districts, Yuenmau and Luhkiuen. T HE Watsin hien, Kiáng sú, Chángchau fú, *31 50.36 119 52 47 Tin Wutting hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fü, 39 33 116 55 I là Wuwei hien, Kansuh, Liángchau fu, *37 59 102 48 C. Wayih hien, Chihlí, Kí chau, 37 50 116 0 Tt kế wuyuen hien, Kwangsí, Sz'ngan fú, 23 07 107.43 HI Wúchau fu, Kwangsí, *23 28 48 110 51 15 Is 5584 li from Peking, in the southwest part of the province; bounded N. by Pingloh fu; N. E. and E. by Kwangtung; S. by Wuhlin chau; and W. by Sinchau fu. It contains 5 hien districts, Tsángrot, Tang, Tsinki, Yung, and Hwaitsih. Wuching hien, Chekiáng, Huchau fu, *30 52 48 119 52 54 Hit wachái hien, Shánsí, Ningwú fu, Ta maT waho hien, Ngánhwui, Sz chau, 33 12 117 43 hỀ Watái hien, Shánsí, Tái chau, *38 45 36 113 24 RW L Wushan hien, Sz'chuen, Kweichau fú, 31 09 109 52 吳縣 ​Wh hien, Kiángsu, Súchau fú, *31 23 25 120 28 55 5. J|| Wáchuen hien, Kwangtung, Knuchau lũ, 21 19 110 18 H I Wukiang hien, Kiớngsu, Súchau fu, 31 12 120 20 8 k Wủkiáu hien, Hokien fú, 37 42 116 34 Wupáu hien, Shensí, Suiteh chau, 37 35 110 30 Wíchuen hien, Kweichau, Sz'nán fú, *28 24 108 11 19 * If wúyuen hien, Ngánhwui, Hwuichau fú, 29 18 117 59 đE 8] Whủ hien, Ngánhwui, Taiping fu, 31 27 118 21 heri Wúkih hien, Chihli, Chingting fu, 37 50 116 0) Chihlí, 528 Oor. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. E. long. Name of place. Department. N. lat. JE Wúsih hien, Kiáng sủ, Chángchau fú, 31 38 120 08 Wuwei chau, Ngánhwui, Süchau fu, 31 23 117 53 + Wuyáng hien, Honán, Nányáng fu, 33 32 113 38 # Wahlin chau, Kwangsi, *38 18 08 109 22 30 Is 6174 lfrom Peking, in the southeastern end of the province; bounded N. by Sinchau fú; E. by Wuchau fú; S. and W. by Kwangtung; and N. W. by Nanning fú. It contains 4 districts, Luhchuen, Pehliu, Pohpeh, and Hingnieh. THE Yáchau fú, Sz'chuen, *30 03 30 103 03 38 Is 5045 l{ from Peking, and extends on the west of the province far into Tibet, comprising within its limits numerous tribes and districts ruled by their own authorities; bounded S. E. by Ningyuen fu; E. by Kiáting fu and Kung chau; N. E. by Máukung ting; and extending up to Sungpwán ting; and W. by Tibet. It comprises 1 ting district (Tátsien-li).1 chau district (Tientsiuen), and 5 hien districts, Yángán, Liishán, Mingshán, Yungking, and Tsingkh. The department is chiefly inhabited by aborigines partially subjugated. t = Yángán hien, Sz'chuen, Yáchau fu, *30 03 30 103 03 38 | | Yái chau, Kwángtung, Kiungchau fú, 18 22 108 48 *** Yang hien, Shensí, Hanchung fú, 33 05 107 33 H1 Yángchau fú, Kiangsu, *32 26 32 119 24 43 Is 2275 lk from Peking, in the central part of the province; bounded N. by Hwaingán fú; E. by the sea; W. by Ngánhwui ; and S. by the Yangtsz kiáng which separates it from Tung chau and Chinkiáng fu. It contains 2 chau districts (Tái and Kaugú), and 6 hien districts, Kangtú, Kantsiuên, ching, Páuying, Hinghwa, and Tungtái. Fill Yánglí chau, Kwangsí, Taiping fú, 22 54 106 56 Yangching hien, Shansí, Tsehchau fú, 35 26 112 36 Yangchun hien, Kwangtung, Shauking fú, 22 08 111 33 Bà | Yanghu hien, Kiangsú, Chángchau fú, *31 50 36 119 52 47 E Yángàáu hien, Shánsí, Tátung fu, [ Sánghiáng hien, Kwangtung, Sháuking fủ, 21 50 112 04 | Yángkuh hien, Shansi, Táiyuen fú, *37 53 30 112 33 Yangkuh hien, Shantung, Kwanchau fü, 36 09 1'15 59 Yangsin hien, Shantung, Wuting fu, 37 45 117 38 Yangshan hien, Kwangtung, Lien chau, *34 30 112 24 30 A vángsoh hien, Kwangsí, Kweilin fu, 24 28 110 0 BE A Yángwánſan chau, Kwangsí, Em là Yangwu hien, Honán, Hwaiking fú, 35 05 2H1 Váu chau, Shensí, Síngán füg 34 56 114 08 108 53 1944. 529 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. E. long. N. lat. 25 33 Kia sú, Name of place. Department. WE W Yáu chau, Yunnan, Tsuhiung fu, 101 23 葉縣 ​Yeh hien, Honán, Nányang fü, 38 43 1.13 22 嚴 ​Yenchau fu, Chekiang, *29 37 12 119 32 47 Is 3500 li from_Peking, in the western part of the province; bounded N by Hángchau fu; E. by Kinhwa Su; S. by Kuchau fú; and W. by Nganhwui. It contains 6 districts, Kienteh, Shunngån, Tunglú, Suingún; Shauchang, and Fanshwui. Yenchá ting, Kansuh, Pingliáng fu. hỀ Yenching hien, Hwaingán fú, *33 21 55 120 0 22 Yenshin hieri, Chihlí, Tientsin fu, 38 07 117 16 Yenting hien, Sz'chuen, Tungchuen fú, 31 14 105 26 Hệ 8 Yenyuen hien, Sz'chuen, Ningyuen fu, 27 20 101 32 ER HÊ Yenching hien, Honán, Hücháu fu, *33 38:20 114 04 40 BÉ 8 Yeneháng hien, Shensi, Yenngán fa, 36 37 109 58 BE III Yenchuen hien, Shensí, Yenngán fú, 36 57 1:10 08 SE Yenking chau, Chihlí, Siuenhwa fú, * 10 29 05 116 02 39 L Yenngán fu, Shensí, *36 42 20 109 28 Is 2200 li from Peking, extending across the north of the province; bounded N. by the Great Wall, separating it from the Ortous and Yulin fá; N. E. by Suiteh chau; E. by the Yellow R. separating it from Shansı; S. by Tung. chąu fú; S. W. by Fú chau; and W. by Kánsuh. It contains ten districts, Fúshi, I'chucn, Kántsiuen, Yenchuen, Ngánting, Ngánseh, Páungan, í'sing- pien, Tingpien, and Yencháng. 31EF Yenping fu, Fukien, *26 38 24 118 17.50 Is 4475 li from Peking, in the central part of the province; bounded N..by. Kienning fú; E. by Fuhchau fú; S. by Yungchuen fú and Lungyen chau, W. by Tingchau fú; and N. W. by Sháuwu fú. It contains 6 districts, Nán- ping, Yuki, Shá, Yungngún, Shunchang, and Tsiangloh. The Min R. inter; sects this department. St Yentsin hien, Honán, Weihwui fú, 35 10 1:14.20 6 Yenling hien, Honán, Káifung fu, 34 1.0 114 21 16 biti Vensz' hien, Honán, Honan fú, 34 4: 112 13 de Yih hien, Shantung, Kwanchau fü, 34 53 117 51 披​縣 ​Yih hien, Shantung Láichau fu, 37 09 36 119 17 # # Yihching hien, Shansi, Pingyang fu, 35 37 11 47 à k Yihtú hien, Shantung, Tsingchau fu, 36 44 22 118 43 30 # # Yihyang hien, Húnán, Changsha fu, 28 35 12 08 til, Yihyáng hien, Kiangsı, Kwángsin fú, 24 25 117 23 67 VOL. XIU, NO. X. 530 Ост. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long Name of place. Department. 鄞縣 ​Yin hien, Chekiếng, Ningpo fú, 30 12 120 21 E I Yinxiang hien, Kweichau, Sz'nán fú. gik i Yintáu chau, Kansuh, Lanchau fú, *35 21 56 103 58 39 WE W Ying chau, Shansí, Tátung fu, *39 39 113 13 30 額​州 ​14 Yingchau fa, Ngánhwui, 32 58 115 57 Is 1820 lí from Peking, in the northwest part of the province; bounded N. and W. by Honán; E. by Fungyáng fu; and S. E. by Luhngán fú. It con- tains one chau district (Pol), and 5 ħien districts, Fauyáng, Yingsháng, Hoh- kiú, Mungching, and Taiho. Ra E Yingshang hien, Ngánh vui, Yingchau fú, 32 40 116 13 me the Yingching bien, Húpeh, Tehngan fu, 31 05 113 27 Mi Yingshán hien, Húpeh, Tehngán fú, 31 40 113 43 t - Yingshan hien, Sz'chuen, Shunking fu, 31 08 106 35 cu Yingshan hien, Ngánhwui, Luhngán chau, 30 45 115 45 Yingteh hien, Kwangtung, Shauchau fü, *24 11 32 112.55 11 Yohchau fu, Húnán, *29 24 112 54 25 Is 2285 ll from Peking in the northeastern corner of the province; bounded N and E. by Hupeh ; S. E. by Kiángsí; S. by Chángshá fu; S. W. by Changteh fú; and W. by Lí chau. It contains 4 districts, Páling, Hwayung, Linsiảng, and Pingkiáng. The great lake Tungting hú occupies a large pro- portion of this department. HE Yohchí hien, Sz'chuen, Shunking fu, 30 35 106 26 E là Yohyang hien, Shánsí, Pingyang fu, 36 15 112 06 收​寨 ​Ya hien, Húnán, Changsha fu, 2708 113 03 尤溪 ​Yahi hien, Fukien, Yenping fu, 26 15 118.10 A !, Yuyang chau, Sz chuen, 28 45 108 40 Is 4820 l{ from Peking, in the southeastern corner of the province; bounded N. by Shihchu ting; E. by Húpeh ; S. E. by Hunán; 3. by Kweichau; and W. by Chungking fü. It contains 3 districts, Siúshán, Kienkiang and Pángshwui. BÉ Yuyuh hien, Shánsí, Sohping fu, 40 12 112 13 * | Ya chau, Honán, Nányáng fu, 33 23 103 01 禹州 ​Yu chau, Honán, Kaifung fú, 34 15 113 35 # # Yaching hien, Shántung, Tsinan fu, *37 02 30 116 51 Hili Yaching chin, Honán, Kweiteh fú, *34 38 25 116 09 5 U Yuhiáng hien, Shánsí, Puchan fu, 孟​縣 ​Yu hien, Shansí, Pingting chau, 38 07 113 22 a Yuhang hien, Chekháng, Hangchau fu, 30 17 119 52 1 1844. 531 Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Name of place. Province. N. lat. E. long Department. KẾT Yukan hien, Kiánghí, Jáuchau fú, 28 41 116 40 VÀ HỆ Yuking hien, Kweichau, Pingyueh chau, 27 06 107 34 Yayáu hien, Chekiang, Sháuhing fu, 30 07 121 03 榆林 ​Yulin th, Shensi, *38 18 08 109 22 30 Is 1753 li from Peking, occupying the northern end of the province; bound. ed N. and W. by the Ortous tribes; E. by Shánsí; and S. by Suiteh fú and Yenngán fủ. It contains ] chau district (Kiá), and 4 hien districts, Yalia, Hwáiyuen, Shinmuh, and Fukuh. đất N Yulin hien, Shensí, Yölin fu, *38 18 08 109 22 30 kế trashí hien, Shánsí, Liáu chau, 37 04 113 01 kết - Yutaz hien, Shánsí, Táiyuen fu, 37 42 112 45 Hà | Yttái hien, Shántung, Tsíning chau, *35 07 21 116 46 30 + Yatsien hien, Chekiang, Hangchau fú, *30 14 27 119 22 57 13 Yuta hien, Kiangsí, Kanchau fu, 26 0 115:21 ĐỀ 2 Yuestsiuen tien, Sz'chuen, Ningyuen fú, W Yuenchau fu, Kiangsí, *27 51 32 114 22 06 is 3685 li from Peking, on the west part of the province; bounded N. by Suichau fú; E. by Linkiáng fu; S. by Kihngán fú; and W. by Húpeh. it contains 4 districts, l'chun, Wántsái, Fan-l, and Pinghiáng. VT H4 Yuenchau fú, Húnán, *27. 40 30 109 25 10 Is 3980 lk from Peking, on the west part of the province; bounded N. hy Funghwáng ting; E. by Shinchau fú; S. by Tsing chau; and W. by Kwei. chau. It contains three districts, Chikiáng, Kienyang, and Máyáng. DTT Yuenkiảng hien, Hunan, Chúngteh fủ, *28 45 30 112 13 30 Bat Yuenling hien, Hunan, Shinchau fú, *28 22:25 110 08 30 # # Yuenngan lien, Hupeh, Kingmun chau, 31 10 111 30 tỀ Yuenching hien, Chihli, Táming fu, *36 21 04 115 22 ty Yuenho hien, Kiángs, Súchau fu, I Yuenkiáng chau, Yunnan, *23 36 102 10 50 Is 6375 lt from Peking, in the south part of the province; bounded N. by Tsuhiung fu and Yunnin fu ; E. by Linngan fú; S. by Pu'rh fu; and W. hy Kingtung ting. Sinping hien is its only subdivision. 元謀 ​Yuenmau hien, Yunnan, Wúting chau, 25 38 102 03 Lk Yuenshí hien, Chihlí, Chingting fu, 37 48 114 40 } h Yuenkiuh hien, Shánsi, Kiáng chau, 35 (5 111 47 * Yuenping hien, Chihli, Shuntien fu, *39 54 13 116 28 30 - Yueishan hien, Kiangsí, Kwangsin fú, 28 15 117 50 KHÁ Yuentsiren hien, Kansuh, Ngansi chau. 532 Ост. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. E. long. Name of place. Department. Ji Yuenwu hien, Honár., Hwaiking fu, 35 06 113 56 Yuhhwán ting, Chekiáng, Wanchau fú. + P3 Yuhmun hien, Kansuh, Ngánhí.chau, Em Yumping hien, Kweichau, Sz'chau fu. + Yuhuhán hien, Kiáng sí, Kwangsin fú, 28 45 118 28 E Yuhtien hien, Chihlí, Tsunhwa chau, *39 56 10 117 46 40 Yun chau, Yunnan, Shunning fu, 24 25 100 20 ĐỀU Yunho hien, Chekiảng, Chúchau fú, 28 07 119 20 Yunlung chau, Yunnáp, Talí fú, 25 54 99 36 Yunmung hien, Hupeh, Tehngán fú, 31 05 113 41 Yunnan sang, or the province of Yunnan. It is bounded N. by Sz'chuen; E. by Kweichau and Kwaggsí ; 8. by Laos and Cochinchina; S. W. by Burmah; W. by Tourgeth and other tribes; and N. W. by Tibet. It comprises 14 fú, 4 chau, and 3 ting departments. It stretches from lat. 21° 25' to 29° 30' N., and long. 11° to 19° W. of Peking, measuring 107,969 square miles, the second province in size among the eighteen; the population in 1812 was estimated at 5,561,520, which averages nearly 50 to a square mile. It is well watered by several large rivers which run south to the gulf of Siam and Co- chinchina, and its mineral treasurers are greater than those of any other province. 雲南 ​Yunnán fú, Yunnan, *25 06 102 51 40 1s 5895 lt from Peking, in the northeast of the province, and is its capital; bounded N. by Wuting fu and Kiuhtsing fu ; E. by_Kwangsí chau; S. E by Chingkiang fú; S. by Yuenkiang fu; aná W. by Tsúhiung ft. It contains 4 chau districts (Tsamning, Ngamning, Kaoangang, Sungming), and 7 hien dis- tricts, Kwarming, Chingkung, l’liáng, I'mun, Fúmin, Lutsz', and Luhlí. mi Yunnan hien, Yunnan, Tálí fú, 25 32 100 41 #Yunsiáu ting, Fukien, Chángchau fú, Yunyang hien, Schuen, Kweichau fu, 31 05 109 06 HỊ ĐỂ Yunching hien, Yunching hien, Shantung, Tsáuchau fú, 35 45 116 14 ĐỂ Yunlien hien, Sz'chuen, Süchau fú, 28 06 104 40 Yun hien, Húpeh, Yunyáng fu, *32 49 20 110 41 51 HS Yunsí hien, Hupeh, Yunyang fú, 32 56 110 23 AB 19 Yunyang fu, Hupeh, *32 49 20 110 51 41 Is 2000 li from Peking, occupying the northwestern part of the province; bounded N. and W. by Shensí; Ņ. E. by Honán; E. by Siángyáng fú; and S. by l'cháng fu and Sz'chuen. It contains 6 districts, Yun, Fäng, Pauk ng, Chuhshán, Chuhki and Yunsi. entre los Yung hien, Kwangsí, Liúchau fú, 24 59 108 58 Yung hien, Kwangsí, Wuchau fú, 22 53 110 03 1844. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China. Province. N. lat. F. long Name of place. Department. #bhi Yungching hien, Chihlí, Páuting fú, 39 04 116 58 Yungchang fu, Yunnan, *25 04 40 99 25 55 Is 7240 lí from Peking, in the west of the province ; bounded N. by Tálí fú; E. by Munghwa ting and Shunning fú; S. by Burmah; and w. by tribes al- tached to Burmah. It contains one ting district (Lungling), one chau district (Tangyueh), and 2 hien districts, Páushan and Yunyping. zic Yungcháng hien, Kánsuh, Liángchau fú, 38 20 102 10 W Yungchau fu, Húván, *26 08 24 111 34 50 Is 4255 le from Peking, in the south part of the province; bounded N. W. by Páuking fu ; N. E. by Hangchau fú; E. by K weiyang fú; S. E. by Kwang- tung; and S. W. by Kwangsi. It comprises 1 chau district (Táu), and seven hien districts, Langling, Thungngán, Kéáng, Sitiem, Nẵngyen, Kiánghoá, and Yungming. le Hil Yungching hien, Honán, Kweiteh fá, 34 05 116 27 J|| Yungchuen hien, Szchuen, Chungking ſú, 29 30 106 0 Yungchun chau, Fukien, 25 18 118 28 Is 5255 l from Peking, in the south part of the province; bounded N. by Fuhchau fú; E. by Hinghwá fú; S. by Tsiuenchau fú; W. by Lungyen chau; and N. W. by Yenping fú. It contains 2 districts, Teh-hwa and Tutien. Cà Yungfuh hien, Kwangsi, Kweilin fú, 24 58 109 51 Z E Yungfuh hien, Fukien, Fuhchau fú, *25 46 48 119 11 50 Yungfung chau, Kweichau, Nánlung fú. 2 ng Yungfung hien, Kiangsi, Kihngán fú, 27 25 115 20 thì Yunghing hien, Hunán, Chin chau, *26 04 48 112 44 51 BỊ Yungho hien, Shánsí, Shih chau, 36 48 110 36 z , Yungkáng chau, Kwangsí, Taiping fu, 22 56 107 36 I Ế Yungkang hien, Chekiang, Kinhwá fú, *28 58 120 11 45 BỀ Yungkiá hien, Chekiang, Wanchau fú, *28 02 15 120 49 37 HH Yungming hien, Húnán, Yungchau fu, 25 20 11 45 Yungngán chau, Kwangsí, Pingloh fú, *24 01 12 110 18 10 3 = Yungngan hien, Kwangtung, Hwuichau fủ, 23 42 115 08 x = Yungngan hien, Fukien, Yenping fú, 25 54 117 33 – Yungnien hien, Chihlí, Kwángping fú,436 45 30 114 54 30 5 m Yungning chau, Shánhí, Fanchau fú, *37 33 36 111 04 Yungning chau, Kweichau, Ngánshun fú, *27 52 48 105 23 20 Yungning chau, Kwangsí, Kweilin fú, *25 07 12 109 36 12 K = Yungning hien, Sz'chuen, Suyung ting, x 6 Yungning hien, Flonan, Honán fii, 34 22 111 43 534 Oir. Provinces, Departments, and Districts in China, Name of place. Province. N. lat. E. long Department, Yungning hien, Kiangsí, Kihngán fú, 26 45 114 02 Yungpeh ting Yunnan, Is 6955 l from Peking, a large independent ting department in the north- western part of the province, inhabited principally by the aboriginal tribes; it is bounded N. and E. by Sz'chuen; S. by Tsúhiung fú; S. W. by Tálí fú; and W. by Líkiang fu. Yungping fit, Chihlí, *39 56 30 118 53 28 Is 500 li from Peking, in the northeastern part of the province within the Great Wall; bound N. by Chingteh fu and Liautung, from which the Great Wall divides it; E. and S. by the gulf of Chihli; and W. by Tsunhwa chau. It coniprises 1 chau district (Lroán), and 6 hien districts, Lúlung, Lohting, Chángli, Tsienngán, Fúning, and Linyu. Foungping hien, Yunnan, Yungchang fu, 25 30 99 48 x Yungshau hien, Shensi, Kien chau, 34 48 108 03 Yungshen hien, Yunnan, Cháutung fú, kế Yangshun hien, Kwings, Nánning fu, 22 41 108 23 STK Yungshun fu, Húnán, 28 58 109 51 Is 4080 14 from Peking, in the northwest part of the province; bounded N: and N. W. by Húpeh; E. by Lí chau and Shinchau fú; s. by Yungsui ting; and W. by Sz'chuen. It contains 4 districts, Yungshun, Sangchih, Lungshán, and Páutsiny. | | Yungshun hien, Hunan, Yungshun fú, * T Yungsin hien, Kiảngsố, Kihngán fú, 26 55 114 07 The Yungsui ting Húnán, Is 3950 li from Peking, in the western part of the province; an interior department lying S. of Yungshun fú; and E. of Sz'chuen; Shunchau fú bounds it upon the east ; it has no subdivisions. KË Yungting hien, Hunán, Lí chau, È Yungting hien, Fukien, Tingchau fu, *24 44 54 116 52 30 5 VÀ Yungtrí hien, Shánsí, Púchau fú, K Yungtsing hien, Chihlí, Shuntien fú, 39 20 116 35 Die Yungtsung hien, Kweichau, Líping fu, en het no Yung hien, Sz'chuen, Kiating fa, 29 30 104 30 kề Yungcháng hien, Sz'chuen, Chungking fu, 29 34 105 38 ni Yungching hien, Shantung, Tangchau fú, De Yo Yungho hien, Shánsí, Pachau fu, 35 23 110 25 kW Yungking hien, Sz'chuen, Yáchau fú, 29 52 102 55 榮 ​Yungtseh hien, Honán, Káifung fú, *34 56 40 113 44 A B Yungyang hien, Ilonan, Kúifung fu, *34 52 40 113 34 30 1841. 35 Description of a Lungecity Screen. ART. III. A description and translution of a Shau Ping or Longevity Screen. Suau Ping is the name given to large scrolls or curtains made by the Chinese in honor of aged persons. The name literally means Longevity Screen, but the thing itself is merely a large sheet of silk or woolen, fitted with holes or rings to suspend upon a wall or from the ceiling, and is not intended to screen anything from sight. The one of which a translation is here given is made of fine red satin, 147 feet long by 94 ft. broad, and covered with writing and embroidery, the latter in gold thread and floss silk. The writing occupies the middle of the sheet, and is symmetrical and elegant in the extreme. A large dragon's head adorns the top, beneath which are three sitting figures, emblematic of Longevity, Happiness and Official Emolument; and on each side are four standing figures representing the eight genii; various devices, as tripods, vases, &c., are inter- spersed among the figures, giving to the whole a pleasing and tasty appearance. The cost of this one, we are told, was probably not less than a hundred dollars. The inscription upon it is in the form of a letter to her whom it is intended to honor. Note upon the Longevity Honor respectfully presented with congratulations to her ladyship Sun née Sié, by imperial favor elevated to be of the seventh rank of dignity, on her 70th birthday. “In the year 1802, I was in command of the land and sea forces of Fukien province; this province is conterminous with Kwangtung. The village Ching belongs to Kwangtung, to the present department of Kiáying, a place which was by the rectitude of the scholar Ching of Nántsí quite renovated (and named after him). Although I was in retirement (lit. a gourd hung up to dry), still the parents of the people (i. e. the authorities) in all that region knew me. A subordinate then under the magistrate of Kiáying chau was the Táping fansz', now the assistant chifú Sun Siifáng, who governed that district; all men were refreshed by his upright rule, nor was there a dissentient voice. His mother, the lady Sie, was the first and only wife of Sun Siunchi the assistant chifú of Lwán chau, and he (her son) brought her from Chekiáng into his office, and assiduously and constantly nourished and took care of her with respectful attention. " It was on the lady Sun attaining the anniversary day of her 7th decennium that all the gentry wished to imitate the custom usual on such occasions of presenting a Longevity Token, and requested an explanatory notice from me, and also that I would direct the libations ; at the same time sending for my inspection two longevity discourses made when lord Sz', the graduate, and lord Hán, the district magistrate, were 60 years old. 536 Oct, Description of a Longevity Screen. “ It appears that the etiquette in ancient times in making offerings on birth- days, was not to do it always on the day itself, but to choose a convenient time; in Pin, it was the custom to observe them after the harvest was got in and the threshing-floors were cleaned; and in the Hán dynasty it was on newyear's day; at present some do it on the birthday, which resembles the ancient practice. Now my own attainments are not at all comparable to those of lord Sz', and prince Hán, and moreover your ladyship’s domestic regulations are worthy to become a model for instructors : may your happiness and age daily increase. Why therefore should any one wait for my echoing praise of such a reputation? But taking a point which all those in the district of Kiáying who have the least acquaintance with the matter know, viz. that Sun Süfáng and his brothers reverentially received the instructions of their mother, I will remark upon it. The assistant magistrate (i. e. Sun Siifáng) has thorough and most discriminating talents ; for although his jurisdiction is over only a small corner of the department, he does not confine his efforts to his own limited district, but has become generally distinguished; he has apprehended villains and cleared the country of robbers ; he exhibits his kind regard for the villagers, and consults their wishes ; in all these duties exerting himself to the utmost. Moreover, when he at any time received the chief magistrate's order to attend to any special business, such as levying fines, arranging schools, &c., he critically discriminated the advantages and the disadvantages, in everything displaying the utmost equity and purity, in order on the one hand to requite the confidence reposed in him by the superior magistrate, and on the other to show his rectitude to all the inhabi- tants. The quiet order of the country was altogether owing to the resolute vigor of the assistant magistrate extending itself over and benefiting all that region, while during this interval of several years his integrity was unimpeach- able, and he was still poor. All this excellence was owing to your ladyship’s instructions, through which he maintained the magisterial uprightness of his ancestors, and perpetuated the honor of the distinguished officer (his father); therefore, when' men praised the bravery of the assistant magistrate, there was not one who did not in so doing laud the virtue of his mother. The young gentleman his brother is also now about to receive an appointment to an office; and when your grandchildren all rise up [to emulate and succeed their parents), it will be like the flight of the phenix or the stateliness of the stork : your joy will be complete. “Your ladyship's nephew, the prefect of Táting fu in Kweichau, a place beyond the får reaching clouds, you have also through the post instructed in the principles of justice: if you thus remember those who are 'distant, how will you not care for those near you! In ancient times, when the mother of Cháng Tsihien went to the palace, his majesty, on account of her age and her happiness, that she had so distinguished a son, honored her with a com- pliinentary letter from his own hand. And too, the emperor Jintsung remark- ed, when seeing the prudent government of Tsai Kiunmı, “If such is the son, what must the inother's virtue be !" and he sent her a coronet and a 1844, 537 The Land of Sinim. ribbon as a mark of special honor. Your ladyship has now reached the age of threescore and ten, and will no doubt soon receive some mark of imperial regard; so that then the glory of those two matrons will not be alone, for yours will equal theirs; and if the assistant magistrate heartily regards you, and diligently upholds the integrity of his office, we shall soon see him rise to the first grade of rank, and then your subsequent glory will be more conspi- cuous. The benignant favor of our emperor diffuses itself among and blesses the people; the peace and grandeur of the country and the excellence and purity of the usages are preëminent; and as your ladyship’s health is vigorous, and your sons and grandsons are fortunate, truly your joys are not yet full. I know that the wishes of the people and gentry of the district, in imitating the custom of the Pin country in offering the libation cup of blessing, and in performing the same ceremony of elevating the longevity gifts as they did in the Hán dynasty, are by no means fully satisfied, although these are the highest of rites among ceremonial observances; and therefore this which I have written may be regarded as an additional cup offered up on their behalf. Your humble brother Yen Minghán, by imperial favor a military graduate of the first rank, appointed to the imperial bodyguard in his majesty's presence, appointed to be awe inspiring general,' major-general in command of the forces of Fukien province, and acting admiral of the navy there ; formerly general of the troops in the two departments of Chángchau and Kienning; in 1789 appointed official examiner at the military examination in Fukien, and formerly acting general of the troops in Ninghia fú in Kánsuh during the war, raised four steps and recorded ten times, respectfully bows and presents his compliments. Kiáking, 7th year, 8th moon, 20th day, (Oct. 1802). The names and titles of 258 persons are appended, beginning with those highest in office and descending to the lowest, who all subscribed to purchase and present this to Madame Suse. ART. IV. On the fulfillment of the prophecy of Isaiah, concerning the land of Sinim. (Continued from page 477.) The second period in the history of Roman Catholic missions in China, includes a space of nearly two hundred years. After Francis Xavier had visited Japan, he returned to Goa, and on his voyage passed near the coast of China. His ardent zeal was fired with the idea of preaching the gospel there. Already he had gone to many VOL. XIII. NO. X. 68 538 Ост, The Roman Catholics in China, nations, and crowded into a few short years the work which many or. dinary men perform, but the millions of China arose before his excited imagination, and though life was nearly exhausted, he resolved to enter China and close it there. Difficulties opposed his design, and it was only by the most indomitable perseverance that he at last reached San-shan, an island about 30 miles southwest of the present site of Macao. Arrived there, he was doomed to renewed disappoint- ments. The avarice and impiety of the Portuguese merchants who feared that his success would injure them, prevented the accom- plishment of his desires, and after many delays, he closed his eyes in death, A. D. 1552, at the age of forty-seven. His remains were at first interred on the island where he died, but were shortly after- wards removed to Goa.* Several attempts were made in the years 1556, 1575, and 1579, by the Dominicans, Augustines, and Franciscans, to enter China, but they proved unsuccessful.f It was reserved to the Jesuits to esta- blish the mission, which their predecessor Xavier had so earnestly desired to commence. Valignani, the superior of their missions in the Indies, resided in Macao, and often as he walked over her rocky hills, he fixed his eyes on the distant iron-bound coast, and exclaimed, “Oh Rock, Rock, when wilt thou open !'| In furtherance of his desires, he selected three Jesuits of eminence, Paccio, Roger and Ricci, and trained them for their work; to the last named belongs the honor of accomplishing the design, and preparing the way for the crowds that speedily followed. Matteo Ricci was an Italian of noble birth and great attainments, particularly in the mathematical sciences. He reached Macao in the year 1581, being then fifty years old. By persevering efforts he obtained permission to reside first at Shauking fú, afterwards at Shaucha" fu, in the province of Canton; then at Nanchang fú, and at Nanking, and though several times driven away by persecutions,ll as often returned, until he finally succeeded in gaining access to the emperor at Peking. Wanlih, the thirteenth sovereign of the Ming dynasty, was then reigning, and in 1601, he graciously received the presents offered by Ricci, and allowed him and his associate Pantoja * Chinese Repository vol. XII., p. 258. See a spirited sketch of his life and character in the Edinburgh Review, July 1842. + See Ljungstedt's Macao, p. 165. Anecdotes de la Chine, tom. I., p. v. Du Halde, vol. IV., p. 4. Semedo, p. 172. Semedo reckons up no less than fifty-four persecutions endured from the time Ricci lent Macao, until lie reached Nanking; a period of less than Liventy years. See his account, P 171. 1844. 539 The Land of Sinim. to reside at Peking. The pleasing manners and extensive acquirements of Ricci, joined to a liberal distribution of presents,* gained him the favor of the men in authority, and he speedily numbered many of them among his converts. Of these the chief was Siú, a native of the city of Shanghai, and at the time an officer of the highest rank, and greatest influence. At his baptism he took the name of Paul, with his daughter Candida proved for many years the most efficient sup- port of the missionaries. They delight to speak of the zeal and energy of this lady. Married at the age of sixteen, and a widow at thirty, she spent the remaining torty-three years of her life in efforts to promote the religion she had professed. At her own expense she erect- ed thirty-nine churches in different provinces, with houses for the resi- dence of the priests, and printed one hundred and thirty books prepar- ed by the missionaries.* With such zealous supporters, the new religion made great pro- gress, and many churches were founded. The success of Ricci induced others to join him, some of whom were speedily appointed to places of trust and honor, while others scattered themselves over the provinces. Pantoja was employed in finding the latitude of the chief cities, and Terentius undertook to reform the calendar; many of them prepared books on various scientific subjects, and with so much diligence did they labor, that by the year 1636, they had published no fewer than three hundred and forty treatises, partly religious, but chiefly on natural philosophy and the mathematics. I For the better regulation of the missionaries, Ricci published a set of rules of a very time-serving nature. They related chiefly to the rites in honor of ancestors, which he allowed the converts to practice, because he considered them purely civil in their nature. one of the great bones of contention among the missionaries, and a quarrel speedily arose between the Jesuits and Franciscans. The latter accused the former of designs to usurp the supreme power, and alarmed the Chinese authorities in Canton to such a degree, that they seized the Jesuit Martinez, and punished him so severely, that he expired under the bastinado. Ricci died in 1610, æt. 80, and was buried with much pomp and solemnity. By the Jesuits he was extolled as a man possessed of every virtue; by the missionaries of other orders, he was spoken of in Even Du Halde speaks of " the large rewards promised to any one who should procure the reëstablishment of the mission in China,” vol. II., p. 4, and the opposers of the Jesuits do not scruple to charge them with using the most underhanded means to gain their purposes. Du Halde, vol. II., p. 8. Kircher China Illustrata, pp. 109, 121 This was 540 Ост. . The Roman Catholics in China, terms of the bitterest censure and condemnation.* No man of sufficient talent and established character was left among the missionaries to take his place, but they found protection in Paul Siú, who exerted his great influence in their favor. A persecution raged against them from 1617 to 1621, when by an imperial edict they were charged with “ bringing confusion among the people," and were commanded to leave the empire. But the care of Siú obtained a reversal of the edict, and in 1622 an additional body of missionaries joined them. John Adam Schaal, a German Jesuit, arrived in 1628, and being strongly recommended by Siú to the emperor, was speedily received into favor. His great talents and learning placed him at the head of all his brethren, and caused him to be ranked among the most con- siderable men in the empire. In 1631, the Dominicans and Franciscans entered China. Accor- ding to some accouns they were heartily welcomed by their predeces- sors the Jesuits, though other writers assert the contrary.t A great loss was experienced the following year in the death of Siú, yet reli- gion continued to progress. But the country was now harassed by the attacks of the Tartars, who finally conquered it, and possessed the throne in 1644. During these trouhlous times, when one dynasty was passing away, and another was coming in its stead, the missionaries were dispersed, and their churches suffered in consequence. The following character of Ricci is given by a Roman Catholic writer. “ This Jesuit was active, skillful, full of schemes and endowed with all the talents necessary to render him agreeable to the great, or to gain the favor of princes; but at the same time so little versed in matters of faith, that as the bishop of Conon said, it was sufficient to read his work on the True Religion, to be satisfied that he was ignorant of the first principles of theology. Being more a politician than a theologian, he found the secret of remaining peace- fully in China. The kings found in him a man full of complaisance; the pa- gans a minister who accommodated himself to their superstitions; the man- darins a politic courtier skilled in all the trickery of courts; and the devil a faithful servant, who, far from destroying, established his reign among the heathen, and even extended it to the Christians. He preached in China the religion of Christ according to his own fancy; that is to say, he disfigured it by a faithful mixture of pagan superstitions, adopting the sacrifices offered to Confucius and ancestors, and teaching the Christians to assist and to coope- rate at the worship of idols, provided they only addressed their devotions to a cross covered with flowers, or secretly attached to one of the candles which were lighted in the temples of the false gods." Anecdotes de la Chine, tom. I., pref. pp. vi, vii. † We learn from the “ Anecdotes," that repeated efforts were made by the Dominicans to enter China, all of which were frustrated by the Jesuits, who wished to occupy the field by themselves; and the person who succeeded in entering in 1631, did so in a manner almost miraculous,' for the Jesuits had s11 carefully guarded the usual entrance by Canton, that he was obliged to go to Formosa, and enter by the province of Fukien. Anecdotes de la China, p. vii. It is evident enough from the account of the Jesuits that they did not wish any others to cultivate the same field with themselves. See Seinedo * p. 246. 1844. 541 The Land of Sinim. In Shunchí, the first emperor of the present dynasty, the mission- aries found a friend. He appointed Schaal to reform the calendar, into which many errors had crept, and this work, was so ably per- formed that he made him president of the Astronomical Tribunal, with the title and authority of an officer of the first rank; the orna. ment he bore on his breast was a crane. By his influence he obtained permission for the entrance of fourteen other missionaries, among whom was Ferdinand Verbiest, afterwards so famous. These dispersed themselves over the provinces, but it would seem that the greatest success attended their effurts in Shensí. It was here that P. Faber was stationed for many years, and the most glowing accounts of his success and miracles are given by P. Le Comte, who afterwards occu- pied the same province. According to the latter, the town of Hang ching, "was overrun with a prodigious multitude of locusts, which ate up all the leaves of the trees, and gnawed the grass to the very roots.” The inhabitants after exhausting all the resources of their own superstitions and charms, applied to the father, who promised to deliver them from the plague, provided they would become Christians. When they consented, “he marched in ceremony into the highways in his stole and surplice, and sprinkled up and down the holy water, accompanying this action with the prayers of the church but especially with a lively faith. God heard the voice of his servant, and the next day all the insects disappeared." But the people refused to perform their promise, and the plague grew worse than before.” With much contrition they came to the father, confessing their fault, and intreat- ing his renewed interposition; again he sprinkled the holy water, and the insects a second time disappeared. Then the whole borough was converted, and many years afterward "it was reckoned one of the devoutest missions in China."* Faber " was carried over rivers through the air.” He "foretold his own death, and did several other such wonders; but the greatest miracle of all was his life which he spent in the continual exercise of all the apostolical virtues, and a tender devotion to the mother of God.”+ It is much to be regretted, that in all this eulogy on Faber, by his devout admirer and successor the name of Jesus Christ, the Alpha and Omega of the Christian, religion, is not once mentioned. While the Papal religion was thus spreading in the provinces, its seemed to be laying its foundations yet more solidly in the capital. The emperor laid aside his usual state when conversing with Schaal, Le Comte's Memoirs, p. 357. Le Comte's Memoirs, p. 357. 542 Ост. The Roman Catholics in China. and in the course of two years paid him no less than twenty visits at his own residence. One of his birthdays, when he should have receiv- ed the homage of his officers on his throne, was spent under the roof of the missionary. He usually called him Maffa, a term of affection and respect, and to show the world how much he esteemed him he placed a marble tablet at the door of his church in 1650, in which he bestowed on him the highest commendations.* While Schaal favored the Tartar invaders in the north, some of his colleagues were equally attentive to the opposing claimants of the throne in the south. The Tartars speedily overran the northern provin- ces, but their progress was arrested for some time in the south by two Christian Chinese officers, who proclaimed as emperor, a relative of the late imperial family, and raised an army in his defense. The mother of this prince, with his wife and eldest son, having professed the Christian faith were baptized by Coffler, under the respective names of Helena, Maria, and Constantine. It was hoped that he would prove a second Constantine in truth, and establish the Christian church in China. Helena wrote a letter to the pope, which was graciously answered by Alexander VII.; but the hopes that depended on her grandson were frustrated by three armies of Tartars, which obliged his adherents to disperse, and took posses- sion of the whole empire. We hear nothing farther of the young Constantine.f The state of favor in the northern capital could not last for ever. The emperor died, and Kánghí, a minor only eight years old, came to the throne in 1662. Schaal was at first appointed tutor to the young monarch, but the four regents who possessed the authority speedily threw him and others into prison, loaded them with chains, and treated them with scorn and cruelty. They even condemned Schaal “to be cut into ten thousand pieces,” but for some unknown cause, deferred putting their decree into execution, until age and infirmity and suffering removed him. He died a. D. 1669, in the seventy- eighth year of his age. Another missionary also died in prison, and three Dominicans, one Franciscan, and twenty-one Jesuits were banished to Canton. Their prospects were now dark indeed. After experiencing the abounding favor of the deceased emperor, they were treated with the scorn due to slaves, and the punishment of criminals, and might well expect the mind of the youthful emperor to be filled with the Kircher China Illustrata, p. 105. Du Halde, yol. I. Kircher. t 1844. 3:13 The Land of Sinin. constant slanders of his advisers, Four Jesuits still remained at Pe- king, but what could they accomplish when their enemies were powerful at court, and their partisans weakened in the provinces ? It was the darkest period in their history, but it preceded that of their greatest glory, and a few years saw them triumphant over all their enemies, and going freely throughout the empire. Such re- verses mark the course of human affairs. In 1669, Kánghi dismissed the regents and took the supreme con- trol. The calendars for the year had already been prepared, and according to custom distributed with much ceremony to the princes of the imperial family, and sent into the provinces. There they had been printed and circulated among the people. Kánghi having sent for Verbiest and his colleagues, proposed sundry questions on astro- nomy which were answered correctly, while the Chinese astronomers were obliged to plead ignorance. Satisfied of the abilities of Ver- biest, the emperor commanded him to examine the calendar for the year already in circulation. He soon pointed out so many errors, particularly in the improper insertion of an intercalary month, that the authors who had been the bitterest enemies of the missionaries, were filled with confusion. They were forthwith loaded with chains, while the Jesuits were set at liberty, and Verbiest was appointed president of the Astronomical Tribunal. As soon as he saw himself in that situation, he commenced a series of actions, whose only effect could be to draw on himself the bitter hatred of the Chinese officers. His first step was to throw out the intercalary month, thus rendering the calendar already in circulation utterly useless, and covering with disgrace, those who composed and sent it forth. The members of the Council felt this deeply, and sent their president to beg him in some way to spare their reputation. The laconic answer was, “ It is not in my power to make the heavens agree with your calendar. The useless month must be taken out." And taken out it was, to the great astonishment of the simple hearted celestials, who could not conceive what was become of it, and innocently asked in what place it was kept in reserve ?* Du Halde relates this event with great exultation, as a proof of the superior learning and influ- ence of Verbiest, but it may well be doubted whether he acted with the usual prudence of his order, in exasperating the feeling of those in high places. All purposes could have been served by retaining the calendar already in use, and publishing a correct one for the next year, but the opportunity of humbling his persecutors, seems to Du Halde, vol. II., p. 133. 544 OCT. The Roman Culholics in China. have overcome his habitual caution. After this beginning, all things prospered for a season. In 1678, Verbiest prepared an astronomical work entitled. “The Perpetual Astronomy of the emperor Kánghi," which he presented to his royal master. The emperor received it with such favor, that in a full assembly of his counselors, he made the father an officer of the first rank, and gave him the title of AA tá jin, at the same time ennobling all his kindred. He had no rela- tives in China, but as the Jesuits called each other brothers" they did not hesitate to use the same title. The greatest part of the reli- gious caused it to be inscribed on the doors of their houses."* The emperor having thus received them into favor, spared no efforts to please them. They were advanced to the highest offices, he even requested them to send to Europe for additional associates, and when in 1689, he visited the provinces of Shantung and Kiángnán, he showed more favor to the Jesuit missionaries in Tsínán, Hángchau, and Nanking, than to his own officers. " He called them into the cabin of his boat, and conversed familiarly with them, when his own officers were not allowed even to approach the imperial bark.”+ They on their part, rendered him many signal services. In 1636, Schaal had cast a number of cannons for Yungching, and Verbiest perform- ed the same service more than once for Kánghí. At one time he cast 130 pieces of cannon with wonderful success," and in 1681, he cast 320 pieces more, " which he blessed in a solemn manner and gave the name of a saint to every piece of cannon.”I Nor should we omit to mention the treaty made with Russia, in 1689, the principal merit of which seems due to Gerbillon. ft is difficult to conceive how any body of missionaries could be more favorably situated than the Jesuits were, in the latter part of the seventeenth century. Louis XIV sat upon the throne of France, and both himself and his able ministers Colbert and Louvois were zealous to extend the dominion of the pope to China. They selected and sent men of the first talents and most varied acquirements, and spared no expense in providing all they needed, and they on their arrival were received with distinguished favor by the best monarch that ever sat upon the Chinese throne.When Verbiest died in 1688, the emperor commanded the highest honors to be paid to his remains, and appointed Grimaldi, with equal power, as his successor. Du Halde, vol. l., p. 271. Du Halde, vol. I., p. 352. # Du Halde, vol. II. p. 82, in the 8vo. edition. The other references to this author, are to the folio edition. Le Comte's memoirs, pp. 2, 3. * 1844. 545 The Land of Sinim. Under such auspices, it is not wonderful that they prospered. many of the provinces they had their missions, and Le Comte des- cribes in glowing terms the piety of the Christians in Shensí and Kiángnán, and the “wonderful works” that were occasionally seen. Several missionaries baptized one thousand or fifteen hundred per- sons annually, and the favor of the emperor knew no bounds!' The governor of Hángchau threw obstacles in the way of the missionaries, and commenced a persecution against P. Intorcetta. As a last resort they appealed to the emperor, and after some delay, he issued his celebrated edict of 1692, declaring that the Christian religion con- tained nothing hurtful, but was good and useful, and on no account should be opposed or hindered. Every obstacle was thus removed, and in 1700, having been cured by the missionaries of a disease that threatened his life, he went so far as to erect a church for them within the precincts of the palace, appointing one of his own officers to superintend its erection, and defraying the expenses from the royal treasury. These were the palmy days of Roman Catholi- cism in China, and it need not surprise us to learn that in 1703, they numbered 100 churches, and 100,000 converts in the province of Nanking alone.* It was about this time that the geographical curvey of the empire was made, with which the emperor was greatly delighted. The account of it forms a very substantial benefit conferred by the Jesuits, not only on China, but on the rest of the world. This work was commenced in 1708, and finished in 1718, by the following persons. The Great wall, by Bouvet, Regis and Jartoux. Eastern Tartary, Liautung and Chihlí, by Regis, Jartoux, and Fridelli. Shántung, by Regis and Cordoso. Shansi and Shensí, by De Tartre and Cordoso. Honán, Kiángnán, Chehkiáng, and Fukien, by De Mailla, Henderer, and Regis. Kiángsí, Kwangtung, and Kwangsi, by De Tartare and Cordoso. Sz'chuen and Yunnán, by Fridelli, Bonjour, and Regis.t But it must not be supposed that all these successes were peace- fully obtained or quietly enjoyed. They had enemies, numerous, powerful and bitter among the heathen, but their deadliest foes were they of their own household. It has long been the boast of Roman Catholic writers, that their church is one and undivided, and they freely taunt the Protestants with their varied sects, and bitter contro- versies. A more unfounded boast, or senseless taunt, it would be The Modern Kiángsí, Kiángsú, and Ngánhwui, conimonly called “llie Two Kuang. See Annales de la Propagation de la Foi., yol. X., p. 89. See Du Halde. * " YOL XIII. NO I. 69 546 Ост, The Roman Catholics in China, difficult to conceive. The annals of all the Protestant churches, furnish no controversies so fierce, and no denunciations so bitter aş those of the Jesuits and Jansenists in Europe ; and of the Jesuits and Dominicans and Franciscans in China, in the time of their pros- perity.* It was these controversies, more than anything else, that led to their overthrow in China, and the same cause, has since that time stirred up other persecutions against them. The first successful missionaries, in the period of which we are treating, were the Jesuits. The prudence of Ricci, led him, in 1603, to draw up rules to conduct their missions without offending the Chinese. He and his successors, chose to esteem the honors paid to Confucius, and to deceased ancestors, as civil ceremonies; and finding no word in the language to express the name of God, they adopted Tien , a word which to the Chinese conveyed scarce any idea save that of the visible heavens, or else such as were con- nected with their own superstitious worship. For a while they had the field to themselves, and their contests were with the heathen around. These, pleased with their concessions on points of national superstition, and attracted by the splendor of their ceremonial wor- ship, (which they did not fail to render as gorgeous and imposing as possible,) lent a willing ear to their doctrines. But in 1631, they were joined by missionaries of the order of St. Dominic,t and ere many months the flames of discord were kindled. A missionary who arrived in 1633, soon published his objections to the rules of Ricci. The jealousy of the rival orders of Loyola, St. Francis and Dominic, wanted but a slight pretext; and the strife then kindled, ended only with the prosperity of the Roman Catholic missions in China. The Jesuits were charged by the other orders with the most culpable conduct, and time-serving policy; with teaching the Chinese that there was but little difference between Christianity and their own belief; with allowing their converts to retain their old superstitions; with luxury and ambition; and with neglecting the duties of the ministry, that they might meddle in the affairs of state. These charges were made, not by Protestants, but by Roman Catho- lic writers, and though they were replied to with much asperity, their truth was admitted by some even of the Jesuits themselves.lt For proof of this see the note on page 540 which is only one specimen out of many See note on p. 540. Macao and China, p. 189. | Mosheim Ecc: Hist. vol. III., p. 25. * 1844. 547 The Land of Sinim. The contest after being bitterly waged in China was carried to Rome, and decided by different popes in different and contradictory modes. The Jesuits maintained that Tien was a proper word to express the Christian idea of God, and that the rites in honor of the ancient sages, and deceased ancestors, being purely civil, might be lawfully performed by Christian converts. Innocent XI, in 1645, decided in favor of the Dominicans and condemned the Jesuits. In 1656, Alexander VII, nullified their decision in effect, though not in express terms. Each party claimed his decision, and the ques- tion was often agitated afterwards. In 1703, pope Clement XI. de- cided it in a manner adverse to the Jesuits, but this same pontiff, in 1715, mitigated the severity of his decree by allowing the word Tien to be used, with the character chú after it, (t'ien chú which has ever since been used by the Roman Catholics in China, as the name of God), and permitting the converts to practice their ancient rites, provided they did so as marks of civil honor merely.* The edict of 1703 was carried to China by Charles Thomas Mail- lard de Tournon. He was appointed by the pope as legate a laterè to China, and to give him a title of sufficient dignity was consecrat- ed Patriarch of Antioch. As he was known to be a great admirer of the Jesuits, his appointment was very acceptable to them, while it filled their opponents with equal dismay. He sailed from Europe, in April, 1703. Voyages were not made in those days with the speed that is now so common, and he was six months in sailing from the Canaries to Pondicherry. On the voyage a dreadful storm arose, and they all prepared for the fate that seemed inevitable. But “after a short and fervent prayer, the patriarch made the sign of the cross upon the sea, which immediately obeyed the servant of God. The wind straightway fell, the waves became calm, and a sudden tranquillity following the violent agitation, showed how dear he was to God.” At Pondicherry, he lodged with the Jesuits, and it was here, where he spent several months, that the estrangement between them commenced, which led to the failure of his mission. The veneration of the Hindus for the cow, and the multiplied uses which they make even of her dung in their superstition is well known. It appears that the Jesuits in India allowed their converts to continue in all their old superstitions, only taking the precaution to bless the dung beforehand! The legate greatly scandalized at this practice, issued a solemn edict utterly fordidding it, which so Mosheim ubi supra, and see a sketch of this contest in the preface to the "Anecdotes sur l'etat de la Chine." * 548 Ост. The Roman Catholics in China. offended the Jesuits that they never forgave him.* Leaving Pon- dicherry in June, 1704, he reached Manila in September. Here he deposed the procureur of the Society of the Jesuits, who, notwith- standing his vow of poverty had enriched himself by traffic, and confiscated his treasures. There two acts of the legate showed them the spirit of the man, and as they struck a deadly blow at their temporizing course, and avaricious policy, they determined to thwart, at every step, one who promised to become so dangerous a foe. Tournon arrived at Macao April 1705, and was received with great show of honor by the senate, and the bishop. He took up his lodgings in the mansion of the Jesuits or Green Island. He reached Peking in December of the same year, but found innumerable dif- ficulties in gaining access to the emperor. The Jesuits are charged with prejudicing the mind of the emperor against him, and with removing all those who favored him, so as to leave him almost alone, among enemies and spies. Finally he demanded a private audience with the emperor, which was granted, but when he reached the antechamber he was seized with a sudden and most violent illness. The emperor who was just on the point of receiving him, hearing of it, exclaimed "he is poisoned !” And sent his own physician to attend on him. By great care he slowly recovered, but Perrira and other Jesuits succeeded in gaining the emperor's attention, and he never after was admitted to an audience. He left Peking in August 1706, and was soon after banished by order of the emperor, and im- prisoned in Macao till the return of the Jesuit envoys from Rome. He remained in prison in Macao, till his death, and the spectacles that were during that time exhibited, the intrigues, the deception, the anathemas, and excommunications that followed in close suc- cession, were truly disgraceful. The bishop of Macao, who was completely under the control of the Jesuits, even went so far as to issue sentence of excommunication against the patriarch, which was retorted by the latter in a counter sentence that remained until it was removed by Mezzabarba. The legate died in prison in 1710, having shortly before received notice of his promotion to the car- din alate. I The decree of 1703 was carried to China by Tournon, and that of 1715, by Mezzabarba, but neither of them satisfied the Jesuits, * These statements and those which follow, are taken from the appendix to Tournon's own account of his mission. See the Anecdotes sur l'etat de la Chine, app. p. 5–7. † Ibid, p. 10. # See appendix to the “Anecdotes” passim. 1844. 549 The Land of Sinim. were and both of them offended the emperor. Great as was the favor he had shown to the missionaries, he was too independent a prince to suffer them to rule in his dominions, and his action showed that his eyes were at length opened to see their true character. He impri- soned Tournon who brought the first edict, and though he received Mezzabarba courteously, he granted none of his requests. It was about this time that the survey of his empire was laboriously per- formed by several Jesuits in his employ, with which he was greatly delighted. Yet in the very year in which that survey was finished, he issued an edict forbidding any missionary to remain without a patent from himself, which patent was given only after a strict ex- amination, and a promise to adhere to the rules of Ricci. He also suffered a severe persecution to rage in the provinces of Sz'chuen, Kweichau, and Yunnán in 1707, in which several missionaries (among others Visdelou who had spent several years at Peking) driven out of China by order of the emperor, and others were kept in irons until their death."* These were unexpected and fatal blows to the power and prosperity of the Jesuits, and of all other religious orders. They remonstrated, but in yain, for the emperor's course was taken. They had reached the summit of their glory, and there but too much evidence that they were intoxicated with By slow and painful steps they had ascended. Swiftly and fatally they fell. Kánghi died Dec. 20th, 1723, and when Yungching ascended the throne, it soon became evident that the chief friend of the Jesuits was gone. In the first year of his reign remonstrances were pre- sented by the literati, complaining that the late emperor had shown too much favor to the foreign teachers, and that they were a dange- rous class, because their converts acknowledged no other authority, and in times of trouble were governed by them alone. The governor of Fukien also presented a petition praying for their banishment, and the conversion of their churches to other uses. These petitions and remonstrances were referred to the Board of Rites, and by their advice, a decree was issued in 1724, retaining those already in Pe- king for the service of the emperor, but sending all the rest to Ma- cao, and strictly forbidding every effort to propagate their religion. success. Yet as an evidence of the violence of the controversies then prevailing, it may be stated, that the Jesuits were charged by their opponents with hav. ing procured both this order of the emperor's, and the persecution of their brethren, in order that they might have the field entirely to themselves. Anec- dotes de la Chine, p. 78. Nouvelles Lettres Edifiantes, tom. I., Int. p. iii. 550 Ост, The Roman Catholics in China. Petitions and remonstrances were all in vain. More than three hundred churches were destroyed, and more than three hundred thousand converts left without pastors.* Persecutions followed, and the members of a noble and distinguished family who had embraced Christianity, were loaded with chains, and treated with so much severity that three of them died in prison. The remainder were dispersed through the provinces under sentence of perpetual banish- ment. The missionaries driven from the provinces were conducted to Canton, and allowed to remain there, on condition that they gave no cause of complaint. As might have been expected, they spared no efforts to revisit and encourage their scattered flocks, and being suspected they were in 1732, banished from Canton to Macao. Kienlung came to the throne in 1736, but his long reign brought no relief to the banished missionaries. From the accession of Yung- ching in 1724 until the present time there have been Roman Catho- lic missionaries in China, but their efforts have been by stealth. А sketch of them will be attempted in a subsequent article. It is difficult to form a correct and impartial estimate of the suc- cess of the Jesuits in China. If their own accounts be received, it would seem that triumphs of the gospel have seldom been witnessed equal to those seen in China. The people were made willing in the day of their power, and their converts in number and sincerity were like the drops of the morning dew. We are told of honor among the people, of overflowing churches, of thousands of converts, and of baptisms innumerable. We are told of selfdenial and zeal which the apostles might have been proud to record, and of miracles than which no greater are related in the Scriptures of truth. Moses with his rod brought locusts over the land of Egypt, but Faber drore them away from Shensí with holy water. Elijah divided the Jordan that he might pass over, but Faber was carried over rivers through the air. When Peter was confined in prison expecting death on the morrow, an angel quietly led him out. Schaal was condemned to be cut in ten thousand pieces, “but as often as the princes of the blood at- tempted to read his sentence, a dreadful earthquake dispersed the assembly." + Knowing as we do the character of the Jesuits, which has made their name synonymous with deception, ambition and selfishness, and which led, not only to their expulsion from Japan and China, but to Lljungstedt's Macao and China, p. 177. | Du Halde, vol. II., p. 16. # 1044. 551 The Land of Sinii. their suppression by every monarch in Europe, and by the pope him- self although they were the firmest support of his throne, we receive all their statements with large allowances, and reject their miracles. That good was done by their means in China, we rejoice to believe. That souls were converted to the true God by their instructions, and that in consequence it might be said of some "behold these from the land of Sinim!” we should be sorry to deny, little as we ad- mire their practice or their principles; yet if they preached Christ at all, “whether in pretence or in truth, therein we do rejoice, yea and will rejoice.” 'The praise of perseverance, the praise of untiring zeal, and of steady devotion to their object, prejudice herself would not deny them. The truth may be held in unrighteousness, but it is the truth still, and it is pleasant to suppose that the truth dis- persed by them in the time of their outward prosperity in China, fell occasionally into hearts where it took root, and produced fruits unto eternal life. But with these limitations, and with the exception of their valua- ble contributions to science, we find little in the history of their missions to approve. They speak of thousands of converts, and describe in glowing terms their zeal and devotion. But where is the evidence to prove that this zeal and devotion were such as God approves? Zeal and devotion are not peculiar to the true faith. It was no credit to the Jews that they had “a zeal for God, but not according to knowledge." We ask for proofs of knowledge of the Chinese converts, but we can find none that are satisfac- tory. Instructions they certainly did receive, but of what kind ? "Catechisms and prayers, solid controversies and Ignatius' exer- cises,” but not the Bible. They could translate the great Summa of Thomas Aquinas, but found "weighty reasons for not translating the word of God."* They published an abstract of the moral law, in which the second command was left out, the fourth changed into "keep holy the festivals," and the tenth was split in two.”+. They preferred to say mass in the Latin tongue, though their Chinese priests could not frame to pronounce the words aright, and as the Chi- nese "are fond of sumptuous shows, and magnificent ornaments, pompous processions and the noise of bells, they took extraordinary pains to provide them with all that the church allows.”¥ We read these things with pain, but different feelings are roused, when we Le Compte, p. 384 | Kircher China Illustrata, p. 127. 1 Le Cointe, p. 335. 552 Oct. Philosophical Opinions of Chú Futsz'. find Le Comte and Du Halde and others telling us, first that the Chinese had “a particular veneration” for the Virgin Mary, and afterwards coldly adding, that “they loved the Lord Jesus Christ."* Add to all this, the constant bickerings and open enmities and quarrels (tantænæ animis cælestibus ire?) of the Jesuits, Domini- cans, and Franciscans; and the fact that many of them did conceal or gloss over the distinctive features of Christianity,t and it will appear that though good was done, it was mixed up and covered over with a mass of evil. The last day shall separate the precious from the vile, the chaff shall be dispersed and the wheat gathered in. Blessed shall he be whose work shall abide when the fire hath tried it, for he shall receive a reward. Art. V. Pkilosophical opinions of Chú futsz', on the immaterial principle and primary matter. Furnished by a Correspondent. UNDER the whole heaven there is no primary matter li, , with- out the immaterial principle k'i, sh, and no immaterial principle apart from primary matter. Subsequently to the existence of the immaterial principle is produced primary matter, which is deduci- ble from the axiom that the one male and the one female principle of nature may be denominated táu, , reason, (the active princi- ple from which all things emanate); thus nature is spontaneously possessed of benevolence and righteousness (which are included in the idea of tau.) First of all existed t'ien li, F, the celestial principle, (or soul of the universe,) and then came primary matter : primary matter ac- cumulaled constituted chih, it, body, (substance, or the accidents and qualities of matter) and nature was arranged. Should any ask whether the immaterial principle or primary mat- ter existed first, I should say, that the immaterial principle can never be separated from the primary matter. But the immaterial principle on assuming form, (or figure;) ascended, and primary mat- ter on assuming forın descended; when we come to speak of assum- ing form and ascending or descending, how can we divest ourselves There was perhaps more meaning in the words of Kánghí than the mis- sionaries were disposed to .give them. When they besought him to become il Christian and be baptized " he always excised himself, by saying he worship- ed the saine God with the Christians.” John Bell of Antermony. † Le Comte, p. 386. 1844. 553 Philosophical Opinions of Chú Futsz'. of the idea of priority and subsequence ? When the immaterial principle does not assume a form, primary matter then becomes coarse, and forms a sediment, Originally, however, no priority or subsequence can be predicated of the immaterial principle and primary matter, and yet if you insist on carrying out the reasoning to the question of their origin, then you must say that the immaterial principie has the priority; but the immaterial principle is not a separate and distinct thing; it is just contained in the centre of the primary matter, so that were there no primary matter, then this immaterial principle would have no place of attachment. Primary matter is in fact the four elements of metal, wood, water, and fire, while the immaterial principle is no other than the four cardinal virtues of benevolence, righteousness, pro- priety, and wisdom. Should any one ask, how the immaterial principle exists with the primary n atter, I would refer them to the saying of I'chuen III, that the immaterial principle is one and yet divided ; if you speak of it in conjunction with heaven and earth, then there is only one immaterial principle; but if with regard to its residence in man, then each one has his own share of this principle. Admit the existence of the immaterial principle, then you admit also that of primary matter, only the immaterial principle is the root, and we will confine our discourse now to it. It is said, “the tai kih, there, the great extreme, (or the first cause) moved and produced the yáng, , male principle of nature; when it had moved to the utmost it rested ; and having rested, it produced the yin, e or female principle of nature;" but it does not follow from this that before motion there was no rest. Chingtsz' says, motion and rest have no originating cause. This is true; and now speaking of motion wennay say that previous to motion there was rest, and pre- vious to rest existed motion. It is said, “The one male and the one female principle constitute the táu , or the principle of heaven and earthi, but the ki , maintaining of the succession is the main thing." This maintaining of the succession then is the originating cause of motion. Were there but one opening and one shutting, without any maintenance of the succession, then as soon as things were shut it would be all over with them. Should any ask whether this inaintenance of the succession occupies the interval be- {ween inotion and rest, I reply, it is the termination of rest and the commencement of motion. Just like the four seasons, when the winter months arrive then all things revert to their shelters, if they were not to be reproduced, then next year every thing would cease. For the chin, the diagram for correctness again produces the yuen, 71, the diagram for origin, and so on in an interminable series. Should any say, if subsequently to the existence of the innaterial 70 VOL. 11. VO. X. 554 Philosophical Opinions of Chú Futsz'. Ост. principle, primary matter came into being, how was it then before the existence of man, where was this immaterial principle? I reply, just where it was before: like the water of the sea, you may take a spoonful of it, or a load of it, or a bowl of it, still it is sea water. But that is the host, and I am the guest ; that has been there of a long time, and I have but recently obtained it. To the inquiry, if the immaterial principle be contained within the primary matter, how then does it display itself? I reply, just as the male and female principles of nature with the five elements are all ravelled together, without losing the clue, that then is the imma- terial principle (or principle of order). When the primary matter is not collected and coagulated, there is no lodging place for the immaterial principle. Should any one ask for the explanation of the assertion that the immaterial principle has first existence, and after that comes primary matter, I say, it is not necessary to speak thus; but when we know that they are combined, is it that the immaterial principle holds the precedency and the primary matter the sub- sequence, or is it that the immaterial principle is subsequent to the priinary matter? We cannot thus carry our reasoning; but should we endeavor to form some idea of it, then we may suppose that the primary matter relies on the immaterial principle to come into action, and wherever the primary matter is coagulated there the im- material principle is present. For the primary matter can concrete and coagulate, act and do, but the immaterial principle has neither will nor wish, nor plan, nor operation; but only where the primary matter is collected and coagulated, there the immaterial principle is in the midst of it. Just as in nature men, and things, grass and trees, birds and beasts, in their propagation invariably require seed, and certainly cannot without seed from nothingness produce any thing; all this then is the primary matter; but the immaterial prin- ciple is merely a pure, empty, wide stretched world, without form or footstep, and incapable of action or creation; but the primary matter can ferment and coagulate, and collect and produce things. Some one may say then, as soon as the immaterial principle existed then existed primary matter, thus it appears to be impossible to dis- tinguish the priority or subsequence. I answer, if you insist on it, the immaterial principle is first, but you cannot say, to-day the imma- terial principle is called into existence and to morrow primary matter ; still there is a priority and a subsequence. Should any ask, how is it that the immaterial principle existed before heaven and earth? I reply, before the existence of heaven and earth, there certainly existed the immaterial principle; but then as soon as the immaterial principle existed, heaven and earth were in being; had there been no immaterial principle there would have been no heaven and earth, nor men, nor things, because there would have been nothing to contain them. As soon as the iminaterial principle existed, then existed the primary matter, pervading and nourishing all things. Should any ask, was this producing and nourishing, caused by the immaterial principle or not? I say, no sooner did the immaterial principle exist than primary matter also existed, pervading, producing and 1844. 555 Philosophical Opinions of Chú Futsz'. nourishing ; but the immaterial principle has neither form nor sub- stance. Should any ask, is what you say about substance a forced appellation or not? I reply, it is. Should they again ask, as the immaterial principle is boundless, is the primary matter also bound- less ? I say, with respect to its boundlessness, where will you get its boundlessness from ? Should any persist in saying, that the immaterial principle is first, and the primary matter subsequent, I can only say, the immaterial principle and primary matter have no precedence nor subsequence about them, but if you reason up to the top, then it appears as though the iminaterial principle was first, and the primary matter subsequent. Ko-ki ne hotele asks, when Ta-kiun th the great fra- mer sowed the seeds of things, did he go out to work and then cease, or did he go and come repeatedly? I reply, he went out once and then ceased. How could there be such a thing as primary matter dispersing and again collecting. Should any one ask how it is that the primary matter stretches itself out and contracts alternate- ly? I answer, it is like water put into a furnace to boil, and when the water is nearly dry, a fountain plays into it and it becomes as before, without waiting till the water is altogether dry, and then going to make more. Should any ask, with regard to those expressions, "the Supreme Ruler confers the due medium on the people, and when heaven is about to send down a great trust upon men, out of regard to the people it sets up princes over them; and heaven in producing things treat them according to their attainments; on those who do good it sends down a hundred blessings, and on those who do evil å hun- dred calamities. And when heaven is about to send down some uncommon calamity upon a generation, it first produces some un- common genius to determine it. All these and such like expres- sions, do they imply that above the azure sky there is a Lord and Ruler who acts thus, or is it still true that heaven has no mind, and men only carry out their reasonings in this style? I reply, these three things are but one idea; it is that the immaterial principle of order is thus. The primary matter, in its evolutions hitherto, after one season of fulness has experienced one of decay, and after a pe- riod of decline, it again fourishes; just as if things were going on in a circle. There never was a decay without a revival. When men blow out their breath, their bellies puff out, and when they inhale their bellies sink in; when we should have thought that really at each expiration the stomach would fall in, and at each inspiration swell up; but the reason of it is that when men expire, although this mouthful of breath goes out, the second mouthfui is again produced, therefore the belly is puffed up; and when men inspire, the breath which is introduced from within, drives the other out, so that the belly sinks in. Láutsz? # F said, nature is just like an open pipe or bag, it moves and yet is not compelled to stoop, it is empty and still more comes qui: just like a fan case open at both ends. 556 Oct. Philosophical Opinions of Chú Futsz'. The immaterial principle is attached to primary matter when it comes into action. If we speak of it with reference to the primary matter, then it is apparent in the four seasons of spring, summer, autumn, and winter; if with reference to virtue, then it exhibits itself in greatness, penetration, convenience, and correciness; with respect to men, then it is manifest in benevolence, righteousness, propriety and wisdom. Now these four things, greatness, penetra- tion, convenience, and correctness, the incorporeal principle poss- esses them, and so does the primary matter ; thus the incorporeal principle exists in primary matter; these two cannot be separated. Should any ask, what connection the immaterial principle has with fate? I should say, that as soon as the immaterial principle existed, then existed primary matter; and as soon as primary matter existed then existed fate; for fate or number is only the border where things are limited. This body is only a shell, without and withm there is nothing but the primary matter of heaven and earth, with the male and female principle of nature; just as fish exist in water, when the water around them is the same as that within them; the water in the body of a porpoise is the same as that in the body of a carp. When the primary matter collects it forms body, when the immate- rial principle and the primary matter unite, then it is observable; just as fire when it comes in contact with fat gives forth an aband- ance of fame. For that which perceives it is the immaterial principle of the mind, and that which enables it to perceive, is the intelligence of the primary matter. In the constitution of man his immaterial piinciple is the iminaterial principle of heaven and earth, and his primary maiter is the primary matter of heaven and .earth: but the immaterial priciple has no trace whereby it may be discovered, there- fore it is seen in the primary matter. In the world there are both the immaterial principle and the primary matter, the immaterial principle is the táu, reason, which being embodied descends, and is the origin of the production of things. The primary matter is the ki, omaterial, which being embodied descends, and is the instrus ment of the production of things. Hence when men and things are produced, they must partake of this immaterial principle, and then they possess nature, also of this primary matter, and then they as- sume form. With regard to what is called the iminaterial principle and primary matter, these two things certainly do exist; viewing them in connection with objects, they appear confused and blended, while it is impossible to separate them, each in a different place, yet this does not present these two being separated and individual things; viewing them with reference to principles, then, although there should be nothing yet existing, yet the principle of existence is already there. But still it is only the principle and nothing else, the thing itself is not really there. Generally speaking, when contemplating such subjects, it is necessary to distinguish clearly, and also to connect the end with the beginning, and then there will be no mistake. The 1844. 557 Philosophieal Opinions of Chú Futsz'. immaterial principle being in existence, then afterwards appears the primary matter; when the primary matter is brought into being, then afterwards the immaterial principie has some place whereon to rest. In regard to great things it is seen in heaven and earth, and with respect to small, in arts and pismires. In the production of things it is universally' thus, why need we then be concerned lest in the generation of heaven and earth there should be nothing to give and receive? If you press the question, it resolves itself into one word, the immaterial principle. You cannot distinguish in this matter between existence and non-existence: before heaven and earth had a being, it was just the same. Should a question be asked regarding the immaterial principle and primary matter, how that the former is constant in its influence and the latter variable, quoting the words of the “ due medium," that a man of great virtue, must obtain a suitable fame, a proper rank, and the requisite age, such at least is what according to the immate- rial principle of reason ought to be; but Confucius had no official rank, Yen-tsz' died at an early age, and the scholar of Fung-puh died after many years without his name being known: now the ques- tion occurs, was it the influence of primary matter that occasioned these discrepancies? Hence the good man speaks only of what is common according to the eternal principles of reason, and not of what is uncommon; but we humbly conceive that the immaterial principle of reason has the precedence, and the influence of the primary matter is generally secondary; now since the immaterial principle is inadequate to overcome the influence of primary matter, then all those assertions which allot happiness to the good, and misery to the obscene very frequently fail of their accomplishment; what then is the usual law of nature in this respect? I shoulu say, that influence of the primary matter not only differs in various individuals, but also varies according to the age : thus when the sages Yáu, Shun, and Yú filled the throne, the empire was pacifically governed, harmony corresponded to harmony, and the influence of the primary matter was excellent and exact, being at the same time conformable to the reason of the imniaterial principles : but in the times described in the Spring and Autumn liistory, and the period of the contending states, when punishments and slaughter, misery, and wretchedness abounded, then the influence of the primary matter corresponded thereto, and underwent a change, while the reason of the immate- cial principle could not control the same. Under such circum- stances one may ask, would this bear upon the business of mankind or not? To wrich I should say, that a sufficient answer has been given to this inquiry in a former section treating on nature and fate, to the effect that although that which affects various individuals differs, yet it is because the influence of the primary matter is weak. From the existence of the immaterial principle may be dated that of prirnary matter; but primary matter is twofold, hence the book of diagrams says, that the Great Extreme proluced the two forms of 558 Ост. Philosophical Opinions of Chú Futsz.' things (heaven and earth); but Láu tsz? # F says, that táu, , the Eternal Reason produced one, after which one produced two, from which we may argue that he had not narrowly investigated the reason of the immaterial principle. When speaking of the one origin of all things, the immaterial principle appears the same, and primary matter varied; observing the different substance of the my- riad of things, then the primary matter appears to be nearly re- sembling, but the immaterial principle totally dissimilar. When the primary matter varies, it consists in the difference between what is unmixed and what is confused; when the immaterial principle varies, the difference perhaps consists in what is partial and what is complete. Should there happily arrive another opportunity of clearing it up, there would certainly be no more room for doubt. Wherever the primary matter is collected, the immaterial princi- ple is present; but after all, the latter must be considered as the chief; this is what is called the mysterious junction. With regard to the doubts expressed about the partial distribution of the imma- terial principle and primary matter, we may say, that if the refer- ence be to the first origin of things, then the immaterial principle existed before the primary matter, and it is improper in such case to speak of the partial or complete distribution of the immaterial prin- ciple; but if the reference be to what is received from nature by each individual, then the primary matter is followed by the immate- rial principle to complete it, hence wherever the primary matter exists there is found the immaterial principle, and where there is no pri- tary matter there is also no immaterial principle; where the primary matter is abundant the immaterial principle is abundant, and vice versâ; in this case how can we avoid speaking of the partial or com- plete distribution of the immaterial principle? It is certainly improper to speak of the deflected or correct, the pervious or impeded nature of the immaterial principle, yet seeing that the primary matter is deflected, the immaterial principle can be no otherwise than deflected, and when the primary matter is imped- ed, it is also cut off from the immaterial principle; so that the im- material principle as existing in man, cannot avoid being both deflected and impeded. That which IIwáng k'ü says about the light which is received being large or small, clear or dark, while that wbich is reflected by it being far from dissimilar, is a very correct observation. That which is said about the primary matter received by different individuals being partial, and the immaterial principle in its general substance never being variously obtained; together with the obser- vation of the work on clear reason, that we must not consider the muddiness of a stream to be the water, both these expressions coin- cide with the above idea. For the immaterial principle is pure, un mixed, and extremely good, while the primary matter is mingled, blended and irregular; that which is within forms the good man, and that which is without the worthless individual, whatsoever re- 1844. 559 Journal of Occurrences. presses the yin, M., inferior, and aids the yáng, 1), superior prin- ciple of nature, is comformable to the reason of the immaterial prin- ciple; the object of which is to form, and complete, matter and the decrees of fate; which being attained, what further difficulty is there? Human nature is nothing else than the immaterial principle, but in that case you must not speak of its being collected or scattered. What is said about the animal spirits, and the human soul having knowledge and perception, is, all produced by the influence of the primary matter; hence when this latter is collected then the former exists, and when scattered they become annihilated. With regard to the immaterial principle, its existence does not in the first instance depend on its being collected and scattered; but wherever the inn- material principle is found, there also is the primary matter; if the primary matter be collected here, then the immaterial principle will also be settled here. The immaterial principle possesses motion and rest, hence primary matter also possesses motion and rest; if the immaterial principle had neither motion nor rest, whence could the primary matter obtain them? Speaking of these things also ac- cording to the former arrangement, then benevolence is motion, and righteousness is rest; but what have these to do with the primary matter? Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences: removal of the office of the Chinese Repository to Hongkong ; notices of the colony; return of his excellency, governor Davis, from the northern ports; Canton; growth of opium; state of the Chinese empire. The office of the Chinese Repository was first opened in Canton, May, 1832. On the expulsion of foreigners, by commissioner Lin in the spring of 1839, it was removed to Macao, and from thence on the 19th instant to Hongkong. The readers of the Repository will now naturally expect some more ample accounts of this new colony than we have yet given. Such accounts we shall be glad to publish; and we hope they will erelong be furnished for our pages, by those who have the best means of doing this. Though small in territory, like the Queen of Isles, Hongkong can scarcely fail to exert a commanding influence far and near. In spite of many obstacles and difficulties, the progress of the settlement has been remarkable; and never probably, since the “Union” was luisted, Jan. 26th, 1841, has the increase been so rapid, and the prospects so encouraging as at the present time. The number of houses now being erected in Victoria cannot, we think, be less than one hundred. A few of these are for the military, but nearly 560 Journal of Occurrences. the whole are being built on private account. The salubrity-or rather the insalubrity of the place is a subject which still excites no small anxiety. The mortality during the current year, consider- ing the number of inhabitants, has been considerably less, than it was in the two preceding years. And we hope and believe that, with proper precautionary means, it will be still less in years to come. The moral atmosphere, also, has improved ; and we trust that it, ton, will undergo still greater improvements. This point must not be neglected. If it be disregarded, all other improvements and ad- vances will be naught. It is righteousnees that exalteth a nation. And sin, however secret and covered, is a disgrace to any people. Government can do much to check vice and immorality; but the chief labor in reforms and improveinents of this sort must be per- formed by individuals. Before a pagan people, the bearing of up- right Christian conduct will be exceedingly powerful for good; and equally powerful for evil, will be an opposite course A heavy weight of responsibility rests on the Christian inhabitants of this colony. His cxcellency governor Davis returned, from his visit to the northern ports, on the 18th inst, well pleased with the excursion and what he saw of the coast. The trade at the northern ports is gra- dually increasing, but probably not so fast as most people anticipa- ted. It is satisfactory, and gratifying, to know that at all the ports the most amicable relations continue. These, and the extension of commerce, are both likely to be secured by the efficient consular establishments at the respective ports. At Canton considerable discontent still continues among certain classes of the lower and baser sort of inhabitants. But we see no strong reasons for anticipating a return of riots. We believe Kiying can and will repress such outbreaks. It is anticipated by some that the factories will be burnt during the winter. We do not an- ticipate such an issue; and doubtless every precaution will be taken to prevent it. The growth of opium advances steadily; and so long as the de inand from consumers remains unchecked, this production will doubtless continue annually to augment. In the papers of the day, we see the crop for the current year estimated at 22,000 of Bengal, and 26,000 of Malwa, making a total of 48,000 chests, which at $700 each will make a return of $33,600,000. And we see too, that his excellency sir Henry Pottinger, at Bombay, has come out in favor of the trade in opiun. The state of the Chinese empire, so far as we are able to judge, from the Peking Gazettes, and from rumors and reports among the people, is quiet and generally prosperous, How such a mass oi human beings, under existing circumstances, can be kept in a state of peace, it is not easy to explain. There are strong causes operat, ing which, for aught we can see, must erelong work out great and dreadfu changes. There is corruption in the body politic, and we fear its consequences. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIII.—NOVEMBER, 1844.—No. 11. Arr. I. Appendix to the alphabetical list of provinces, departa ments, foc., in China, containing the names of the divisions, towns, tribes, foc., in the empire beyond the eighteen provinces. The list of names in this Appendix has been compiled in a great measure from the Statistics of the Empire, (the same work from which the Alphabetical list was made,) and from native maps. Other authorities have also been consulted, as Timkowski's Mission, Ar- rowsmith's map, Biot's Gazetteer, &c., and it is believed that there are few places of note in the regions beyond China Proper, whose names are not contained in it. The names of foreign countries and towns have also been introduced to some extent, more particularly such as are near China, and which have been visited and described by Chinese travelers. Such names, as well as those of places lying within the Chinese borders, are all inserted in this list in alphabetical order according to their names as they are expressed in Chinese characters. This arrangement is followed because of the great pru- portion of places known only by their Chinese names to persons living in this country, and who have access to native books; while the insertion of the pronunciation of foreign writers and topographers immediately after the name in Chinese will easily enable aliy one to refer to the places, and ascertain their position and other parti- culars relating to them. In most cases this latter pronunciation is much more nearly correct than the rude imitation of the sounds by the Chinese characters, (which are varied somewhat by different writers according as their own pronunciation approaches nearer to the sound of the place,) and has therefore been employed when VOL. XIII. NO. XI, 562 Nori Appendix lo thc List of Provinces, fc. mere. speaking of the places. For further notices of the colonics, see Chi. Rep. vol. I., pp. 113 and 170, and vol. IX. p. 117, et seq. ISO E DE A'-keb-sú ching, Aksu, Oksou, or Acsou, in Eastern Tur- kestan, a town of considerable importance, situated northeast of Oushi, and subordinate to it, in lat. 41° 09' N., and long. 79° 13' E. The district is bound- ed E. by Bai and Sairim, S. by the desert, and S. W. by Oushi. Bobi & THE A-la-shen ngeh-lu-teh kí, or Alashan Eleutlis form one banner; their country lies west of Ninghia fu in Kánsuh, and north of the Great wall, as far as Cobi. Alashan is the name of a chain of inour- tains on the north of the Yellow river, whence this tribe derives its appel- lation. SP e til A'-lí ching, or Ari or Ngari, a city and district of Ulterior Tibet. of great extent, including all the western part of that kingdom, and soinetimes considered as a third division of Tibet. It borders on Badakshan and Casis- See page 508. 阿勒​楚​喀​城 ​A-lik-tsu-keh ching or Altchoucu, a garrisoned post in Kirin, lying on the Songari R., E. N. E. of Petúné. But I YO AP-lå ko-'th-chin, or Aro Kortchin, the north Kortchin, a tribe of Mongols. BOT V A A'-pá-háh-váh-'rh or Abagunar, a tribe of Mongols; lying north of Chúhar, 610 li northeast of Kalgan. Boj , A .pá-kai or Abaga, i tribe of Mongols living between Chúhar and the desert, 590 lí northeast of Kalyan. SØT TE A'-wá, Ava, or Burmah. This name is better known to the Chinese than Mie11-tiet. CE ZA A'-tsí, Acheen in Sumatra. Cháh-há-rh, Cháhár, Chakar, or Tsakhar, a district lying nortlı of Shensi and northwest of Chihlí, inhabited by the Chahar tribes of Mon- gols. It is bounded N. W. and N. E. by Inner Mongolia ; S. by Kaupeh sán ting in Chihli, and by Shansí. The superintending officer resides at Chángkiá kau (or gate) in the Great wall; there are 8 banners of the Cháhar Mongols. In the Hwui Tien, Cháhár is placed as the last department in the province of Chihlí, and is not included in Inner Mongolia. * Hile Cháh-muh-to ching or Chamdo, a town of Anterior Tita in the northwest, towards Sz'chuen. #L *** Cháh-lái-teh or Tchalits, a tribe of Mongols on the west of Nouni R., west of Kirin oula. #Lu Chálı-lu-teh or Djarots, a tribe of Mongols dwelling 1100 l northeast of Ilífung gate in the Great wall, and west of Shingking. #LH til, Cháh-shih ching, Djassi or Chashi, a town and district of Anterior Tibet, N. W. of H’lassa, the seat of a smail Chinese garrisult. tl it on tri bit chál-skih lun-pú ching or Clashi loubo city, the the 1844. 563 Appendix to the List of Provinces, fc. capital of Ulterior Tibet, the residence of the bantchin-erdeni, situated in the eastern part, not far west of H'lassa, on the same river, the Irrawady, here called Yaru-tsangbo tchú. ET Changchun ting, in Kirin (Yegue hotun ?), is one of the three ting departments into which Kirin is divided. It has comparatively but a small tract under its ruler, and lies on the western borders of the province, die west of Kirin oula, and on the west of the Songari R. p] Chángkiáh kau, or Kalgan, a large town at one of the gates in the Great wall, in the department of Kaupeh tau in Chihlí. Lat. 40° 52' N., and long. 114° 53' E. This place is called Kalgan from the Mongol word kalga, a mart or town. E Chángtú ting, i- Shinking, a district belonging to Fungtien fú. #m Cháusien or Corea. M DE Cháu-wá, or Java ; the island is usually known abroad by the name of Ká-lia-Pá or bfjo pa nga Batavia ; also written Koh-láh-pá Pot se Cháu-wa-táh ming, one of the 6 ming or corps of the In- ner Mongols, living towards the north west of that country. Si Chen ching, that part of Cochinchina called Tsiampa. The Hot Chenteh ching, in Ilí, a garrisoned town attached to Hwuiyuen ching, situated northwest of that place. f Chí-li-muh ming, one of the 6 corps of the Inner Mongols, living in the east of that country on the borders of Kirin and Shingking. Chin-láh, Cambodja, between Cochinchina and Siam. TK Teresa Chingteh hien, in Shingking, belonging to Fungtien fu ; lat. 41° 06' N., and long. 117° 46' E. * L I tip Choh-lo-sz" på or Choros tribes, living in the south of Koko nor, arranged under two standards. E 2. Choh-soh-tú ming, one of the 6 corps of the Inner Mon- gols, living in the west towards the south of that country. E PE Chun-kieh-'rh, or Soungar. This is an old name, and known only in books. The Soungars have disappeared as a separate tribe. TM Fuh chau in Shingking, department of Fungtien ; same place as the following 11 HI HÊ Funchau ching in Shingking, subordinate to Shingking pun ching, in lat. 39' 40' N., and long. 121° 43' E. 21 # Funghwáng ching in Shingking, subordinate to Shingking pun ching. Funghwáng ting in Shingking, department of Fungtien. The capital is a frontier town next to Corea, just at the head of the gulf of Liáu- tung at the mouth of the Tahyuen R., and consequently of some importance; all business with that kingdom passes through it. It is the same place as the preceding . 564 Appendix to the List of Provinces, fc. Nov. nf Fungtien få in Shingking; lat. *41° 50'30" N., and long. 123" 37' 30" E. Is 1460 li east of Peking, the seat of government for Shingking, and usually called Moukden by foreigners, from the Manchů name of the capital. The department is very large, bounded N. by the Corchin tribe of Mongols in Inner Mongolia ; N. E. by Kirin; S. E. by Corea; S. by the Yellow sea and gulf of Liautung; and W. by that gulf and by Kinchau fú. It contains 3 ting districts, Hingking li sz' (or the ruling city of Hingking), Funghwang, and Chángtú ; 2 chau districts, Liáuyáng and Fuh; and 6 hien districts, Chingteh (or Moukden itself), Siuyen, Káiping, Káiyuen, Tiehling, Haiching and Niagải. 喇​沙拉 ​Há-lá-shá-la or H'harashar. See Keh-la-shá-'rh. PAHá-mih, Hami, or Khamil, a town of note west of the Great wall, belonging to Chinsí fú or Barkoul, across the desert of Cobi, and formerly comprised in Soungaria. The whole region now belongs to Kansuh. DA Há-sáh-keh, or Hassacks, Kirghis (i. e. Robber) Kassacks or Cossacks, living in Bokhará and Khokand, north west of Tarbagatai in f'li. Héiching hien in Shingking, department of Fungtien fú. F E Han-tu-sz'-tán or Hindostan. HiiHingking ching in Shingking, subordinate to Shingking pun ching. I Heh-lung kiáng or Tsitsihar, the third province or division o? Manchúria; the Chinese know it by the former, and the Manchús by the latter name. It is bounded N. by Russia, from which it is separated by the Daourian Mts., or Outer Hingngán ling; E. by Sansang ching in Kirin, from which it is separated by mountains; S. E. and S. by Kirin oula, from which the Songari R. partly separates it; W. by the tribes of Mongols under the Tsetsen khan; aud S. W. by the tribes in Inner Mongolia. This extensive region is divided into six military governments, whose heads reside at as many posts, viz., Tsitsihar, Hú-lan (Hotun), Pú-teh-hí, Meh-'rh-kan (Merguen), Heh. iung kiang (Sagalien oula), and Hú-lun-pei-'rh (Harunpir). The inbabitants are wandering tribes of hunters and shepherds, mostly speaking the Mongo. lian or Minchú languages, and rendering a tribute of peltry to the Chinese. hf Hehlung-kiáng ching or Sagalien oula, the chief town of the northeast division of Tsitsihar, lies on the Amour in lat. 50° N., and long. 127° E. This town has jurisdiction over a large tract lying between the Amour and Russia, or the Daourian Mts., much of which is destitute of towns or any traces of settled civilization. This town and others in this re. gion are used as penal settlements for Chinese criminals. # Híchun ching in Ili, subordinate to Hwuiyuen ching; a gar. risoned town lying due north of Hwuiyuen. 蝦夷 ​Hid=1, Crab Barbarians,' the name given in Chinese books to the natives of Yesso. fit 1 Hien-yun ; see Hiung-nú. EUR Hingking lí sz’ ting in Shingking, department of Fung- tien Fr, a place of some note in Shingking, but probably the notoriety is ow. ing somewhat to the importance given to this country by the reigning family. j. e. 1844. 565 Appendir to the List of Provinces, fc. of the desert of Cobi. H Hiungyoh ching in Shingking, subordinate to Shingking pun ching. fed tex Hiung-nú, the name by which the Mongols were known in the Han dynasty; also called Hien-yun. KH Ho chau, “ Fire district,' a name once given to the district of Túrfán ting in Barkoul, from the dazzling aspect of the vitreous sand in that region OR #Ho-lin, thought to be the ancient Karakorum; lat. 46° 40' N., and long. 102° 50' E. Fp Ho-shih-teh pó, or tribes of Hoshoits, living on the north and west of Koko nor, arranged under 21 standards. ma Ho-táu, i. e. ' River's Bend, a name given to the bend of the Yellow R. in the country of the Ortous Mongols north of Shansí. Fp hi Hotien ching, Hoten, Khoten, or Khotan, a garrisoned town in Eastern Turkestan, west of the Great desert, and bordering on the confines of Ulterior Tibet. It is a frontier town towards the south of Turkestan, in lat. 37° N. and long. 80° 35' E. Hoh-hán, or Khokand, (the ancient Ferganah,) a district in Bokhara adjoining Kashgar and Yengi-hissar; lat. of town 41° 40' N., and long. 69° 50' E. DR til Hu-lán ching (Tchoulgue hotun ?) a garrison of Hehlung kiang, lying southeast of Tsitsihar on the Soungari R. opposite Altchoucu in Kirin. It has not been built many years. DE O bil Há-lun-pei-rh ching, or Húrun-pir, is the most western district in Tsit: i lar, lying south of the Amour, and west of the Inner Hing- ngán ling; the name is made by combining those of two of its lakes, Hurun and Pir. The district is bounded west by Mongolian tribes under the Tsetsen khan, and is smaller than the other districts of Tsitsihar. Hung-1, i. e. “Red barbarians,' savage tribes between Annam and Yunnan. 1 # Bill Hwanchun ching in Kirin. This garrison post is subordinate to that of Ningkútáh (Ningouta), and lies near the coast in the southeastern part of Kirin, not far from the frontiers of Corea; an unimportant place. Hwui-hwui, or Hwui tsz P. F, the Mohammedans. Hwui-kwuh or Hwui-heh the Ouigours, a tribe of Túrks. the Hwui-fáh or Hoeifan hotun, in Kirin, a post lying on a branch of the Songari, S.S.E. of Kirin oula, and under its jurisdiction. thie Hwui-teh pů or Khoits, a tribe of Mongols, living around Tsinghái or Koko nor, placed under one standard. bil Hwuining ching. One of the garrisons attached to Hwuiyuen, northeast of that place. 566 Nov. Appendix to the List of Provinces, fic. til Hwuiyuen ching in l'lí; lat. 43° 46' N., and long. 82° 30' E. This place is the chief town of l’lí, the residence of the central government of the province. See l’lk. HH chau in Shingking, department of Kinchau fá ; lat. 41° 30' N., and long 121° 20' E, * In Hif I'chau ching in Shingking subordinate to Shingking pun ching. A garrison within the limits of Kinchau fú, near one of the gates in the pali- sade, under the jurisdiction of the general at Moukden. # HB 14. r-keh-cháu ming, one of the 6 ming or corps of the Inner Mongols, living on the Yellow R. beyond the Great wall, north of Kansuh. {} 111, (a name derived from the river l'lí, which runs into lake Balk- hach; the town is also called Gouldja) the name given by the Chinese to an immense tract of country in Central Asia, inhabited by various tribes, and divided into two lu or circuits by the Tien shán; the Peh lú or Northern cir- cuit comprises ancient Soungaria, except Oroumtsi and Barkoul now attached to Kansuh; the Nán lú or Southern circuit is called Eastern Turkestan, or Little Bokhara. I'lí is bounded N. hy the Altai chain separating it from the Hassacks in Independent Tartary ; N. E. by the Chamar Mts. and Irtish R. separating it from Mongolia; E. and S. E. by Oroumtsi and Barkoul; S. by the desert of Cobi and the Kwanlun Mts., separating it from Tibet; and W. by the Belúr Mts. dividing it from Bokhara. The capital of l’lí is called Hwuiyuen ching, and is 10,009 lí from Peking ; under the special jurisdiction of its commander are 9 ching or garrisons, Hwuiyuen, Hwuining, H{chun, Sui- ting, Kwangjin, Chenteh, Kungshin, Táh-'sh-kt (Túrk), and Ningyuen. These nine, and the two secondary cities Kour-kara úsú, and Tarbagatai, constitute the Peh lú, north of the Celestial Mts. The Nón lú contains the ten Mohamme- dan cities of Harashar, Kúché, Suïram, Bai, Oksú or Acsou, Hoten or Khoten, Yurkand, Cashgar, and Yengi Hissar or Yingkishar. For further details sec Chi. Rep. vol. I., p. 170, and vol. IX., p. 117, &c. Ej Jih-nán, an ancient name of Cochinchina. El Jih-pun, or Japan. The Japanese employ Chinese characters to express the names of places, giving to these characters the native name of the place. Thus the metropelis Yedo is written IF, and Jih-pun is pro- nounced Nippon by them. * * Hili Jung-hiáh ching or Jounghia, a town and district in Ulterior Tibet, between Ghieding and Nielam, in the south. e ut Kaichau ching in Shingking, subordinate to Shingking pun ching, lat. 40° 30' N., and long. 122' 30' E. WF Kaiping or Shángtú E AB, the capital of the Mongols in the 14th century. Lat. 42° 25' N., and long. 116° E. * Kaiping hien in Shingking, a district town in Fungtien fú. HH * Kaiyuen hien in Shingking, a district town in Fungtien fú. I thi Kaiyuen ching in Shingking, subordinate to Shingking pun ching, in lat. 42° 40' N., and long. 123° 15' E. w King, Kham or Kamba, a name given to the eastern part of Anterior Tibet, 1844. 567 Appendir lo the List of Provinces, fer. lying on the confines of Koko nor and Szchuen; this name is not found in the Statistics of the Empire, but is known in the country itself. See page 308. SE Kángkü, the ancient name of Sogdiana. cf Káu-isí-teh, Khaotchit, or Iluochit , æ tribe of Mongols, living near the southwest spur of the Inner Hing-ngán Mts. , Káu-lí, from whence is divided the name Coreu; Cháusien is the conimon name at present among the Chinese. E It * j Keh-shih-mí-'rh, or Cashmere. ŽE TE ME Keh-sí-keh-tang or Kechikten, a tribe of Mongols, living 570 lá northeast of Kaupeh kịu. A Kiáyü kwán, the most westerly gate in the Great wall at the end of it, between Ngánsí fú and Suh chau in Kansuh. Kiáng, or G Sí Kiáng, a general name formerly given to the Tibe- tan frontier and people, and thence northward. il to Kiángmin ching, a town and district in Anterior "Tibet, south- west of H’lassa, and near Chashi-lounbo. I U Kiángtah ching, or Kiangta, a town and district in the central part of Anterior Tibet, between H'lassa and H‘lari. X H Kikuchau fú, or Hué, capital of Annam or Cochinchina. one BIL Kiáuchí, ancient name for the Cochinchinese. The name Cochin- china is derived from this word prefixed to China. Hoite Kiehting ching, Ghieding or Dingghie, a town and district of Ulterior Tibet, south of Chashi-lounbo. * Kih-lin, Kirin, or Ghirin, is a large country to the northeast of Shingking, bordering on the sea of Japan and gulf of Tartary; the capital Kirin oula is 2305 l from Peking. It is bounded N. by the Hing-ngán ling or Daourian Mts.; E. and N. E. by the channel of Tartary; S. E. by the sea of Japan; S. by Corea ; S. W. by Shingking; and W. by Mongolia and Tsit- sihar. It is divided into three ruling ting departments, Kirin oula, Peh-tú-nák oula (Petúné), and Chángchun ting: Subordinate to Kirin city are seven posts or garrisons, ruled by a Manchú tsiángkiun residing there, which are in fact the real divisions of the province; they are mentioned under the following head. This country extends nearly 12 degrees in latitude and 20 degrees in longitude. # Kih-lin ching (Kirin ouła) in Kirin. Lat. 43° 45' N., and long. 226° 25' E. This city is the principal place in Kirin, situated on the Songari R., and is the residence of a general officer, who commands 8 ching or garri- soned towns, Kirin, Tá-sang oula, Petúné, Lá-lin (Larin), A-lih-lsú-keh (Alt- choucu), Sunsang, Ning-kú-tau (Ningouta), and Hwunchun. 吉林​理事​廳 ​Kih-lin li tz' ling or Kirin oula hotun given to the ting department of which Kirin is the chief town; it indicates that this place has the supervision over the province. 喀喇​沙爾​城 ​H Kih-lá-shu-'rh chung, Kharashar, or H'larashar. This The name ippendix to the List of Provinces, fc. Not. is the principal garrison and town in the southeru circuit of' l'lí, and is the rrsidence of the general in command. It lies in lat. 42° 15' N., and long. 87° 05' E., near lake Poh-sz'-lang; the district under the control of the com- inandant is very extensive; it is bounded E. by Barkoul and Oroumtsi; S. by the desert; and W. by Kuché. Por JP Kih-'th-kih or Kalkas, a tribe of Mongols, inhabiting Outer Mongolia, divided into the four following khanates or provinces. POP F Kih-"sh-kih 'Tu-sié-tu-hán pú, or the Kalkas of Túchétù khan. This khanate is central with respect to the other three khanates of Outer Mongolia, and is bounded N. by Siberia; E. by Tset- sen khan; S. by Cobi. The road from Kiakhta to Kalgan lies within its borders. PETÉB Kih-'rh-kih Sán-yin noh-yen pú, or the Kalkas of San-noin, lies southwest of the preceding; bounded N. E. by Oulia- soutai; E. by Túchétú khan; S. by Cobi; and S. W. to N. W. hy the Dsas- saktú khanate. EFF B Kih-th-kih Ché-chin hán pá, or the Kalkus of Tsetsen khan, lies between Túchétú khán and Húrun-pir in Tsitsihar, ex- tending north to Russia, and S. to Inner Mongolia and Cobi. * KH & }L ĐỂ & E F G Kih-nh-kih Cháh-sát-keh tú hán pú, or the Kalkas of Dzássaktú khan; this khanate is the smallest of the four, and lies south of Ouliasoutai and Cobdo, W. and N. of San-noin, and adjoins Barkoul and Cobdo on the S. W. and W. There are many lakes within its limits. po 15 Kih-'sh-kih pú, or the Kalkas who inhabit parts of Ko- ko nor. They are but few compared with those in Outer Mongolia. per Kih-luh-chin or Kartsin or Kharachin, a tribe of Mongols living west of Tsakhar, just beyond the Great wall. 18 Tt Kih-shih-kieh-'rh ching, Kashkar or Cashgar in East- ern Turkestan, about 1000 14 westward from Aksou, and a large town on the extreme western frontier of the Chinese possessions, situated on the river of the same name in lat. 39° 25' N., and long. 74° E. Since 1831, the chief rule in Turkestan has been removed from Kashgar to Yarkand, and it is now subordinate to the officer residing there, but as a place of trade it is much frequented by caravans and traders from Bokhara, Lahore, and Cabul. Kin hien in Shingking, a district in Kinchau fá, lat. 41° 06' N., and long. 121° 18' E. W till Kinchau ching in Shingking, subordinate to Shingking pun ching. This is a port of considerable trade, situated at the south of the gulf of Liáutung, on the promontory called the Prince Regent's Sword. W Rt Kinchau fú, a department in Shingking, situated in lat. 41° 06' N., and long. 21° 18' E. Is 1000 li from Peking, at the head of the gulf of Likutung; bounded N. and N. W. by the palisade separating it from Mon- golia ; E. by Fungtien fú; S. by the sea; and S. W. by Chihlí. It contains 2 chau districts, Ningyuen and I', and 2 hien districts, Kin and Kwingning. It is a thinly peopled region, and its government is mostly administered by the commandants of the garrisons, who are under the authority of the general at Shingking 1844. 569 Appendix to the List of Provinces, fc. 08' E. # # # King-ki-táu, capital of Corea. Lat. 37° 36° N., and long. 127 # # Koh-'sh-lo-sz' or Khorlos, a tribe of Mongols on the north- west of Shingking. # Koh-'sh-kih, the Ghorkas of Nipál. 戈壁 ​Ko-pih or * Ta ko-pih, the Great desert of Cobi or Gobi; called also Shá-moh or Shamol and Hán hái , Sea of Sand. This desert extends from the eastern frontier of Mongolia south- westward to the further frontier of Turkestan, as far as Khoten, comprising twenty-thrée degrees of longitude in length, and from three to ten degrees of latitude in breadth, being about 2100 miles in its greatest length; in some places it is arable. hit # * # Ko-pu-to ching, Cobdo, Khobdo, or Gobdo city, is the name of a garrisoned town, which exercises jurisdiction over the large pro- vince called Cobdo, lying in the northwest of Mongolia ; bounded N. and W. by the Hassacks and Russia; N. E. by Oulianghai; E. and S. E. by Dzas. saktú khan; S. by Oroumtsi; and W. and S. W. by Tarbagatai. This remote province is governed by an amban living at Cobdo, who is subordinate to a higher officer at Ouliasoutai. {ts inhabitants are principally Tourgouths and Kalkas. Ko-'rh chin or Khortchin, a large tribe of Kalkas Mongols, in- habiting the western confines of Kirin. b Ku-ché ching, Kouchay, or Koutché, one of the garrisoned towns in Eastern Turkestañ, or the Nan la of l'ľí, lying in lat. 41° 37' N., and long. 82° 55' E., on the west of Harashar, at the south of the Tien shán; it is an .extensive district, and the town is regarded as the key of Turkestan. Ku-ko-noh-'rt or Koko nor. See Tsing hái. Kulun or Ourga, à large town in the Tuchétú khanate of the Kalkas in Outer Mongolia, in lat. 48° 20' N., and long: 107° 30' E., situated on the Tola R., a branch of the Selingha. It is the residence of the ruling princes. op het hof Ka-'th-kih-lé-wúsú ching, or Kour-kara úsú. This is a garrisoned town in Ilí, secondary to the capital, and situated nearly east of it at the foot of the Tien shán on the northern side, on the Kour river. We thil Kungshin ching in fli , subordinate to Hwuiyuen ching, a gar- risoned town, situated west of Hwuiyuen, near the I'lí river. 岷​喻 ​Kwan-lun HIER Kwan-tun, Chinese name of Pulo Condore. Kwan-lun, or the Koulkoun, a range of mountaitis, separating Tur- kestan from Tibet, about lat. 35° Ñ. Kwangning ching in Shingking, a garrison subordinate to Shing- king pun ching Kwangning hien in Shingking, a district in Kinchau tú, in lat. 41° 40' N., and long. 122° E. . This town and l' chau are the first towns in Shingking, on the west, when entering the province from Mongolia. 72 or VOL. XIII. NO. XI. 570 Nov. Appendix to the List of Provinces, fc. Etoli Kwangyin ching in l'll. A garrisoned town attached to Hwui- yuen ching, lying northwest of it, near the Kirghis frontier. # Kweisui ching, a town in Kweisui táu in Shansí, the residence of the tsiángkiun, who rules the tribe of Toumets of Koukou koto. Har La-li ching, or H'lari, a town and district in the northern part of Anterior Tibet, bordering on Koko nor. HL * La-lin ching or Larin oula in Kirin ; it lies on the Songari R. east of Petunt, and is included under its jurisdiction. fit or Lá-sáh, or H'lassa in Tibet. See Purdh-lá. de Lu-tah-keh , Ladak, or Leh, a place of some note in the north- western part of Ulterior Tibet or Ari, bordering on Bokhara. # Filho Láuchwá ore Yueh-cháng, the Laos tribes who live be- tween Yunnán, Annám, and Siam. er F. Láu tez' or Liáu , another Chinese name for the Laos'or their contiguous tribes, who occupy the region lying between Siam, Burmah, Yunnan, and Cochinchina. Liáutung, now called Shingking. Liku is the name of a large river which has been transferred to the country on its borders. The Liautung of the Ming, dynasty comprised only a portion of the present Shingking, that part which lies near the gulf and upon the river Liáu. HiLiáuyang ching in Shingking, a garrisoned place subordinate to Shingking pun ching. A Liáuyáng chau in Shingking, a chau district in Fungtien fu, lat. 41° 10 N., and long. 123° 27 E. I Esf Liúkia, Litchit or Lewchew Islands. The native pronunciation is * Lli-sụng, Luçon, or Luçonia. It is now called Siku Lusung, and Spain itself is Tá Lüsung. hot + PHP Má-luh-kiáh or Malacca. * Mái-mai-chin or Maimatchin, (lit. • Trading-mart,') the name usually given to Kiakhta on foreign maps, but sometimes (and just as pro- perly) applied to Ourga, Kalgan, and other towns in Tartary. = p = Máng-kia-sáh, Maccassar. € ) Máu-ming-ngán or Mao Mingan, a small tribe of Mongols liv. ing south of the great desert, 800 lí northwest of Kalgan. # Hili Meh-rh-kan ching or Merguen, a town of note in Tsitsihar, lying on the Nonni R. about 40 leagues above Tsitsihar, and the residence of a garrison, whose commandant has jurisdiction over all the tract lying between the east bank of the Nonni R., and the Inner Hing-ngán ling. It is situated in lat. 46° 10' N., and long. 124° 40' E. Duchu. 1844. 571 Appendix to the List of Provinces, &c. an kan Mien kwoh or fri fr) Mien-tien, the kingdom of Burmah. * Mí-loh-ku, Moluccas ; also called Mí-luh-hoh * A Mungká or Mongols. The country inhabited by the Kalkas and other Mongolian tribes is divided in Nui Mungkú and Wái Mungkú, or Inner and Outer Mongolia. This region of country is bounded N. by the Altai Mts. separating it from Russia; N. E. and E. by Manchúria; Š. by China Proper;'S. W. by Kánsuh and the desert; and W. by Cobdo and I'lí. Its limits are not well defined, but these boundaries are as near as they can be stated; it extends froin lat. 359 to 50° N., and long. 70° to 120° E. Inner Mongolia or Nui Mungkú, is much the smallest district, and is bound- ed N. by Tsitsihar, the Tsetsen khanate and Cobi; E. by Kirin oula; S. E. by Shingking from which the palisade divides it; S. by Chihlí, Chábár, and Shansí; and W. by Kánsuh. It is divided into 6 ming or chalkans, which include 24 aimaks or tribes arranged under 49 standards. These 6 ming are called in Chinese, Chá-li-muh, Choh-soh-tú, Cháu-wu-táh, Sih-lin-koh-lih, Wú- lun-chah-pú, and l-kih-cháu. Outer Mongolia, or Wái Mungku 91 His extensive tract, divided into four lu or khanates, Tuchetú khan, Sain-noin, Tsetsen khan and Dzassaktu klian, ruled by four Kalkas princes. It is bounded N. by Russia and Ouliasoutái; E. by Mánchúria; S. E. and S. by Inner Mongolia; S. W. by Barkoul; W. by Tárbagatai; and N. W. by Cobdo and Ouliasoutai. The desert of Cobi separates it from Kansuh on the south and southwest. Hl Mwán-chau, the Manchủs. The word Mánch úria is of foreign ma- nufacture, derived from Mwanchau. Ngái-hwan ching, Aykom or Aaihom, a town on the Amour opposite Sagalien oula, built in the Ming dynasty to repress the incursions of the Mongols. It is now in ruins. Ngán-nán kwoh, the kingdom of Annam or Cochinchina. Nái-mán or Naiman, a tribe of Mongols 600 lí northwest of the Hífung gate. 4 Ngánsí or Ngánsih, name of the ancient Parthians.—Biot. to Ngau-hán or Aokhan, a tribe of Mongols, 600 lí northwest of the Hifung gate in the Great wall. # Ngeh-lu-teh, the Eleuth tribe of Mongols, formerly occupying Eastern Turkestan; now much scattered. van een hele Ngeh-tsi-náh kiú Tú-'rh-ká-teh kí or Old Tourgouths of Edsinei, a tribe of Eleuths living on the banks of the Edsinei R., north of Kán chau and Suh chau in Kansuh, west of the Arashan Eleuths, and south of Cobi. They are placed under one banner # # # Ngo-lo-sz', or Russia. Ngon-tang, or Oden, a city of Tartary.—Biot. Ngoh-'rh-to-sz', the Ordos or Ortous tribe of Mongols under 7 banners, living north of Shans', west of Kweihwa ching, and east of the Kalkas; their territory is nearly surrounded by the Yellow R. 572 Nov. Appendir to the List of Provinces, &c. E hti Ní-pá-tså or Nipchu, a town in the Tuchetá khanate of the Kalkas, on the Russian frontier; in lat. 51° 49', the place where the Chinese and Russians signed a treaty. See Chi. Rep., vol. VIII., p. 417. PE Ni-shí, name given to Pulo Nias, west of Sumatra. #leo #tie Nieh-la-pun ching, or Nielam or Ngialam, a town and dis- trict on the southern frontiers of Ulterior Tibet. og Ninghái hien in Shingking, a district in Fungtien fu. PH Ning-kú-táh ching, Ningouta or Ningunta in Kirin, the residence of an officer commanding the whole southeastern part of Kirin, lying on the sea of Japan and the gulf of Tartary. It lies on the Hourla, a branch of the Songari, in lat. 44° 55' N., and long. 125° 10' E. The garrison of Hwanchun is subordinate to the officer residing here. IH Ningyuen chau in Shingking, a chau district belonging to Kin- chau fu; lat. 40° 30' N., and long. 120° 40' E. u Ningyuen ching in l'lí, one of the 9 garrisoned towns subordi- nate to Hwuiyuen, situated a short distance east of it. ## H Niu-chwáng ching in Shingking, a garrison subordinate to Shingking pun ching, in lat. 41° 20' 25' N., and long. 122° 41' 50" E., situat- ed at the mouth of the Liau R., at the head of the gulf of Liautung. et Pa-lin or Barin, a tribe of Mongols, living 720 lí northeast of Kau- peh kau, and west of Kirin. eta 4 Pá-tah-keh-shán or Badakshan, a part of Bokhara, border- ing on Yarkand; the town is in lat. 36° 23' N., and long. 76° 40' E. EPá-'rh-ku-'th of Barkoul, called by the Chinese Chinsi fu, is now attached to Kansuh. It is situated beyond the desert, northwest from the gate and fort Kiáyü kwán, and is governed by a Mánchú garrison. It lies at the east spur of the Tien shan or Celestial Mts., near the lake Barkoul; the town itself is also called I'ho hien. See Chinst fré. A Páh-yuen, the Eight Pasturages, a place in Inner Mongolia, near the ancient Kaiping.–Biot. thle Pái ching or Bai, in l’lí, or Eastern Turkestan, is a small town with a garrison, lying between Sairam and Aksú, under the jurisdiction of the of- ficer at Oushi. It is about 25 miles west of Sairam. tim Peh hái, a name given to lake Baikal. # Peh ting, Bichbalish, country about lake Balkach, in Tarhagatai.- 16 A E T Peh-tá-náh li-sz' ting, or Petané (or Pedné) onla, in Kirin, is the name of one of the three ting departments into which the country is divided; it lies at the bend of the Songari R. in lat. 45° 10' N., and long. 1:24° 40' E. 16 Huse they Peh-tu-náh ching, or garrison of Petané oula, in the north- western part of Kirin, the saine place as the preceding. It is a place of con- Biot. 1:844. 573 Appendix to the List of Provinces, fc. tant one. siderable trade, being a spot easily accessible from all quarters by means of the Songari and Amour rivers, and their branches. IR Pí-chen, Pitshan, or Pidjan, a city of the Mohammedans, situated 760 l west of Hámi, in lat. 42° 45' N;, and long. 87° 40' E. It was the chief town of the Ouigours, but is now a small town, though regarded as an impor- It is under the jurisdiction of the beg at Turfanting in Barkoul, who has ule over 6 towns. inte W Po-sz', Persia. Po-lo, a name given to part of Borneo ; perhaps intended for Ban- jermassing. Ho Poh-tsung ching or Podzung, a town and district in the south- eastern part of Anterior Tibet, bordering on/ the Na-1 tribes, which lie east of Nípál. VE Poh-nf of Borneo.-—Biot. This name is somewhat doubtful. See Wan-lan and Po-lo. Hifi bili Pu-táh-lá ching or H’lassa, the capital of Anterior Tibet, the residence of the dalai-lama. The name Budala is derived from the temple near the city; it lies in the southwest of the province. Hra til Pu-teh-há ching, in Hehlúng kiáng in Manchuria, lies on the Nonni R. nearly opposite Merguen, and is the residence of an officer and garrison who has jurisdiction over the country between the west bank of that river and the Inner Hingngan ling. This district and Merguen occupy all the north of the valley of the Nonni R., and the two are inclosed on three sides by the Inner Hingngán Mts., which separates them from Húrun-pir and Hehlung kiáng ching. WESúh-ma-'sh-kan, Samarkand in Bohkara. Lat 39° 30°N., and long. 67° 20' E. ** i Sai-lí-muh ching, Sairam or Sairim ; also Hanlemuh in Chi. Rep. vol. IX., p. 126. This garrisoned town is subordinate to Oushi on the south of the Tien shán; it is in lat. 41° 41' N., and long. 81° 58' E., the district lies northwest of Kuché, and northeast of Oushi, at the foot of the Celestial mountains. Et sansing ching, a garrisoned place in Kirin, situated at the junc- tion of the Hourha R. with the Songari R. The officer residing here has jurisdiction over the country lying on both sides of the Sagalien, or Kwang- tung kiáng, as far north as the Daourian Mts., or Outer Hingngán, and along the sea coast far south to Ningouta. This extensive tract is inhabited by wandering hunting tribes, who give a nominal allegiance to China in the shape of a tribute of furs. Sagalien 1. at the mouth of the Amour is included in the map under Sansang ching, but no general name is given to it on Chi- nese maps. My My Sha chau, a district and town 80 leagues west of Suh chau in Kán- suh, lať. 39° 40' N., and long. 94° 50' E.- Biot. Timkowski places this town 600 li south of Ngánsí fú; it is not in the Ta Tsing Hwui Tien. i Shá-moh, the "Sandy Waste,' or the desert of Cobi. See Ko-pih. in the Hill Shih-pwán-to ching, or Shobando, a town and district in the northeastern part of Anterior Tibet, west of Chamdo. and 574 Nov Appendix to the List of Provinces, fc. Shin-tuh, an ancient name of India.—Biot. Shingking, or Liautung. It is bounded N. by Inner Mongolia, N. E. and E. by Kirin ; S. E. and S. by Corea, from which the Yáhyuen kiáng separates it;. S. by the sea and gulf of Liautung; and S. W. by the Great wall, separating it from Chihlí, where the Shánhái pass is the only gate of communication. It contains only two departments, Fungtien and Kinckau, besides the jurisdiction of Shingking pun ching, which has 13 posts or garrisons under it, ruled by a tsiángkiun. This country extends from lat. 40° to 42° N., and from long: 116° to 125° E.; Grosier estimates the popula- fion at 668,852 inhabitants, but the Chinese official accounts reckon the peo- ple by families. present the shingking pun ching, (i. e. the head garrison of Shing- king), or Shingking, the same place as Fungtien fú, in lat. *41° 50' 30" N., and long. 123° 37' 20' E. Shingking or Moukden is the residence of a tsiáng. kiun, who rules over 13 posts or towns called ching; these are independent of the districts under the jurisdictirin of the chífu of Fungtien fú, although attached to them, and many of them bearing the same name. The 13 ching are Hingking, Libuyáng, Funghwang, Siúyen, Kinchau, Fuhchau, Káichau, Yenjoh, Niúchwáng, I chau, Kwángning, Káiyuen, and Tungking ching. Shingking is situated N. E. of the gulf of Liáutung, near the river Liáu. The gates of the palisade which separates it from Kirin are 12, and their oversight is under the tsiángkiun of this city. Sí-yih, the Western borders,' a name formerly given to the fron- tier of Yunnan and Sz'chuen, but varying in its application at different periods. Sí-li-wá, the island of Celebes. PT Siyáng or * G * Tá Síyáng, a name once applied to all Eu- ropeans, but now usually confined to the Portuguese and Portugal. Si Tsang or Tibet. This extensive country is bounded N. E. by Koko nor; E. by Sz'chuen and Yunnán; S. by Nú-1 tribes, Nípál and Assám; W. by Badakshan, Bokhara, and Cashmere ; and N. W. by the desert of Cobi, and Khoten in Eastern Turkestan. It extends from lat. 27° to 33° N.- and long. 18° to 40° W. of Peking. It is divided into Tsien Tsáng or Ante- rior Tibet, and Hau Tsúng or Ulterior Tibet; the former of these (also called Wei) contains eight cantons or ching, viz. Pú-tá-lá (H’lassa), Chá-mu-to (Chamdo), Shih-pwán-to (Shobando), Poh-tsung (Podzoung), Lá-li (H'lari), and Kiáng-táh (Kiangta), on the east, and Cháh-shih (Chashi) and Kiángmin on the west of H'lassa. Ulterior Tibet contains besides its capital Chashi- lounbo, 6 cantons or ching, viz. Kieh-ting (Ghieding or Dingghie), Jung-hiáh (Jounghia) Nieh-la-muh (Nielam), Tsi-lung (Dzielung), Tsung-kih (Dzung- gar) and A'li (Ari or Ngari). See pp. 501-508. Sien-lo, or Siam. # # #Sih-lin-koh-lih ming, one of the 6 ming or corps of the Inner Mongols, living in the northern part of the country, beyond the Cháu-wu-táh corps, extending across the northern borders. SE Sih-lán or Ceylon. Some say Junk-seylon near Penang is meant by a ở Sih-lah or ky Ê 9 Sin-kia-po, Singapore. 新华 ​Sin fau, the New Mart, name by which the Chinese know Penang. this name. 1844, Appendix to the List of Provinces, fc. 575 新疆 ​Sin kiáng, 'the New Frontiers', a name given by Kienlung to East. ern Turkeston and Ilí. i Singsuh hái, or Sea of Constellations,' name of the lake at the source of the Yellow R. mothee Siúyen bien in Shingking, a district belonging Fungtien fú. while e il Sidyen ching in Shingking, a garrisoned post at the preceding placé subordinate to Shingking pun ching. Sa-luh or Sulu Islands. pa po ba Sá-mun-tah-láh or Sumatra. Su-ní-teh, or Sounites, a large tribe of Mongols, dwelling from Chahar northwest to Cobi, 550 li north of Kalgan. van # # Suiting ching in l’l. One of the 9 garrisoned towns subordi- nate to Hwuiyuen, situated west of that city. The ho Suiyuen ching, in Kweisui tau in Shansí, the residence of the tsiangkiun of the Toumet tribe of Mongols; it lies a few miles east of Kwei- hwa ching or Kúkú koto. Tip Dj Sz' Kwoh, Kingdom of Lions, a name applied to Ceylon. DU F B 5 Sz'-tszºpa-loh or Dourban Kedukat, a tribe of Mongols adjoining Cháhar on the south, 550 l{ northwest of Kalgan. kg Tá-his, ancient name of Bactria.– Biot. *Ta shih, name given to the Arabs.-—Biot. * #Tá tsin, supposed to be Judea ; others think it means tbe Roman empire. IT E til Tá-sang-wá-lá ching or Poutai oula on Arrowsmith's map; lat. 44°05' N., and long. 126° 10' E., a little northeast of Kirin oula, in Kirin. It is a garrisoned place. e na e # Táh-'sh-pá-Há-tái ching, Tarbagatai or Tashtava. An important garrison and town on the frontiers of I'lí, in- lat. 47° N. The district is bounded N. by the Hassacks or Kirghis in Independent Tarlary, and east by the province of Cobdo in Mongolia. A large garrison is placed in the chief town, to rule the tribes from whom tribute is collected. # # Tahu'sh-ki ching (or Túrk city), in ſ'k, one of the garri- soned towns under the jurisdiction of Hwuiyuen, lying east of it on the I'lí R.; so named from a mountain near it. # F Táh-shih-han, Tashikan or Pasigan, a town of Western "l'artary, lat. 43° 03' N., and long. 68° 45' E.--Biot. 韃靼 ​Tan-lan, 達達爾 ​Tab-shirt or 塔塔爾 ​Tah-tab-ith the Tartars or Tatars. The name is now disallowed by the rulers of China, but the common people use it for all the Mongolian and Mánehú tribes. 576 Nov Appendix to the List of Provinces, fc. # ## # # Tang-nd Wu-liáng-hái, one of the districts dependent upon Ouliasoutai, inhabited by the Wúliánghái tribes, and the Kalkas of the Tangnoo Mts. This tract of country borders on Russia on the north and east, the Altai Mts. dividing the two; Cobđo lies on the S. W.; Sánnoin on the S. E.; and Dzassaktú khanate on the south of Tángnú Wúliánghái. S Tiebling hien in Shingking, a district in Fungtien fú, lat. 42• 25' N., and long 123° 45' E. Filte en Tien shán Peh lú, the Circuit north of the Celestial Mts., lies from east to west between long. 72° to 102° E., and lat. 41° to 43° N. See I'll. FIT Tien shán Nán lú, the Circuit south of the Celestial Mts., or Eastern Turkestan and Hami. See l’lf. FA Tien chub, name of India in Budhist books. # Tien fáng and Free Tien táng, names of Arebia, or rather Mecca, given by the Mohammedans. A Trí-taí-há-'rh ching; Tsitsihar, or Tçitçicar hoten, the largest town in the third division of Mánchúria, or Hehlung kiáng, lies on the Nonni river, a branch of the Songari R. in lat. 47° 20' N., and long. 123° 30' E. It is the residence of the governor of this division, and the city is inhabit- ed by people of various tribes attracted thither by the trade, or attached to government. Tsí-lung ching, or Dsiloung, a town and district on the southern frontier of Ulterior Tibet, west of Nielam. Tsing hai, the Azure sea," usually known as Koko nor, is the name of a district lying on the west of Kansuh, and governed by a tsiángkiun residing at Sining fu in Kansuh; he is called Sining pån sz' táchin, and is the resident of Koko nor. This district lies about the sources of the Yellow river, between Kansuh and the desert and Anterior Tibet, extending from lat. 31° 40' to 38° N., and long 14° 14' to ' 20'22' W. of Peking. It is bound- ed N. by Kánsuh; S. E. by Sz'chuen; S. by Anterior Tibet; and S. W. and W. by the desert. It is divided among and inhabited by tribes of the He- shih-teh (Hoshoits), Choh-lo-sz' (Choros), Huoui-teh (Khoits), Tú-'rh-ku-teh (Tourgouths), and Kik-'rh-kih (Ralkas), who are all arranged under 29 stand- ards. West of Koko nor, extending across Gobi to Turkestan, tribes of Eleuths, Tourgouths, Tourbeths, &c., find pasturage. The Tsung-keh ching or Dsounggar, a town and district of Ulterior Tibet, west of Dsiloung near the southern frontier. *TG-'th-peh-teh, Tourbeths or Durbets, a tribe of Mongols in the eastern part of Mongolia, living east of Nonni R. + Tá-la-fán ting, or district of Tourfan, is now erected into a district of Chinsí fu or Barkoul. The chief town is situated on the con- fines of the Great desert south of Tien shán, in the southwestern part of the department in lat. 42° 40' N., and long. 90° 48' E., and was once called Ho the chau or land of Fire. Tu-heh-teh, the name of a tribe of Mongols, northeast of Shing- king 1844 577 Appendir to the List of Provinces, fc. # # Tu-meh-teh, or Toumets of Kóku koto, a tribe of Mongols living north of Shansí, and east of the Ortous. They are not included in Inner Mongolia, but are governed by a tsiángkiun residing at Suiyuen ching. PE # BETú-fán, the tú foreigners, the Tibetans. 10 4 Tú-peh-tih or Thou-pou, Tibet. i Tu-'rh-hu-teh pů, or Tourgouths. This tribe of Mon- gols reside principally in Koko nor, to the south west of Tsing hái, but are also scattered through the country west of the Tien shán in I'lí. e Tuh-kiueh or Turks.-- Biot. Tungking, or Tonquin, the · Eastern Capital,' to distinguish it from Sí king & the Western Capital, or Cochinchina. Hif Tungking ching in Shingking, a garrisoned place subordinate to Shingking pun ching. This place once gave name to all that part of Shing. king east of China, including Corea; it is called Tungking, the Eastern capi- tal, from its having been the residence of the petty rulers of the country It is situated south of Moukden, and is one of the 13 garrisons or posts under the jurisdiction of the tsiángkiun residing there. N 5 LK Tung-pu-thái, Cambodj8; see Chin-lát. Ung-niá-teh or Oniout, a tribe of Mongols living east of Je-ho, 500 12 northeast of Kaupeh kau. **Wan-lái, a name applied to part of Borneo. Wei, or the Wei-nú, the Japanese. The name Wa koku 倭國 ​in Japanese is a native name for that country. Wei, or Yuiba, a name given to part of Anterior Tibet. # F Wu-chư-muh-chin or Oudjumuchin, a tribe of Mongols, living south of the desert, near the Hingngán Mts., south of Húrun-pir. na po at wa-láh-tih or Orat, a tribe of Mongols living in the valley of Kadamal, north of the Yellow river and east of the Ortous. Wu-li-ya-su-tái or Ouliasútái cily, a town in the khan- ate of Sán-noin, lying northwest of the Selenga river, the residence of a high officer, who has jurisdiction over the tribes living on the confines of Russia in Cobdo, and the Qulianghai tribes. The name means "Grove of Poplars.' Ni -lán-cháh-på ming, one of the 6 ming or corps of the Inner Mongols, living in the southwest, towards Kánsuh and Shens, outside of the Great wall, ten Wula-muh.tsi or Oroumtsi, a town in Soungeria, on the north of the Tien shán, which has been since the conquest of the country, joined to Kansuh, and made the capital of a department, and walled Tihhwa chau, haymg three hien districts. 73 VOL. XIII. NO. XI. 578 Nov The Land of Sinim. at #ik Wa-shih ching, Oushi or Ouchi, a large garrisoned town and mart in Eastern Turkestan, called also Yungning ching, situated on the Ta rim river, in lat. 41° 35' N., and long. 77° 50' E., near its head, and at the base of the Tien shán. The officer residing here has authority over Aksu, Bai, and Sairim, while he is under orders from Ili. This district is separated by the Siueh shán from Ili and the Kirghís; on the south it is bounded by Yarkand and Khoten; and east by Aksů. PER Yá-kih-sáh or Yacsa, a town on the Amour in Heblung kiang, built by the Russians, and demolished according to the treaty of 1689. ## # Yehu'rh-kiáng ching, Yerkiáng or Yarkand, a large city in Eastern Turkestan on the river Yarkand, in lat. 38 19 N., and long. 76° 10 E., west of Oushi and Khoten, the residence of a general officer. The district is bounded E. by Oushi, N. by Cashgar, W. by Badakshan, and 8. by Khoten and the tribes beyond the frontiers. The officer here has superintendenco over all the western part of Turkestan, including Cashgar and Yengi-bissar. It is now one of the greatest marts in Central Asia. D Yin-tú, Hindu or India. PhiYing-kih-shá-'rh ching, Yingeshar, or Yengi-hissas, a small garrisoned town, between the districts of Yarkand and Cashgar, placed in Chinese maps west of Yarkand. F Ya tien, See Ho-tien ching. Yueh-nán or Annám, an ancient name still continued ; Kwangtang province is still called Yueh-tung, Kwangsí is Yueh-sí, and Yueh-nán (Viet- nam as the Cochinchinese call it) is the third. ti Yungning ching. See Wa-shih ching. ART. II. On the fulfillment of the prophecy of Isaiah, concerning the land of Sinim; Roman Catholics in China. (Continued from page 552.) The decree of Yungching, in 1724, expelled all the Jesuits and other missionaries from the provinces. Those in Peking were al- lowed to remain, as their services were needed by the emperor. They were permitted to retain their churches, and to perform their accustomed services; but were strictly forbidden to seek after pro- selytes. After the first fury of tbe storm was over, their converts came around them again, and for many years they enjoyed a degree of quietness and peace. But the congregations in the provinces were in a deplorable condition. The experience of the Roman Catholic missionaries in China has ever shown that, however nių. 1844 579 The Roman Catholics in China merous and zealous their converts, the presence of European pastors and overseers is indispensable to their spiritual prosperity. But though driven away, and threatened with the severest penalties if they returned, they did not abandon their flocks. From the num- ber of their converts, in all parts of China, at the time of their ex- pulsion, they found it easy, with due care and caution, to reënter the country, and spend more or less time in different places, con- firming the faith of former friends, and admitting new converts to the ordinances of their church. They have now for more than one hundred years supplied the churches in the interior in this way; and though some, who were entering, have been detected, imprisoned, and even suffered death, yet they have commonly found others willing to run the same risks in furtherance of their enterprize. The chief difficulty is in the first part of their journey, for they commonly enter the country by way of Canton, and there the custom-house officers are more vigi- lant, and they have been more in danger of detection.* A trusty Chinese convert is in all cases sent to Canton, or wherever else the missionary first lands, to accompany him to the interior. He adopts the Chinese garb and mode of dressing the hair, and after a little study of the language commits himself to the care of the courier, who seldom proves unfaithful to his trust. Sometimes on foot, sometimes in boats, sometimes like a rich man in his sedan chair, and sometimes under the guise of an officer in his chariot, the mis- sionary pursues his course to his appointed field. If suspected, which is often the case, from the color of his eyes, the length of his nose, or the fairness of his skin, he “turns his face to the wall :" if addressed with impertinent questions, he either feigns deafness, or professes not to understand the dialect of the questioner. If the case becomes an extreme one, and his conductor cannot browbeat or evade the challenger, he declares him an idiot, whom he is con- ducting to his friends in another part of the empire; or the party seek safety in sudden flight, and come together again under cover of darkness.f Arrived at his field of labor, he first consults with those already there, and is guided entirely by their advice. His first duty is to learn the language; and for this purpose, he separates himself and * Since the opening of the ports farther north, the facilities for entering the country are greater, and the danger of detection very much diminished. 1 Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, rol. Y., p. 52, vol. IX., pp. 254- 264, &c. 530 Nov The Land of Sinim. lives in the family of a Chinese convert, where he hears nothing but Chinese. * Occasionally, if the converts are numerous and zealous, he hears confessions with the aid of a manual prepared for that pur- pose.t In this way they find, as all who adopt similar methods will find, that the acquisition of this much dreaded language is not a lask of insurinountable difficulty, nor does it require an extraordi- nary length of time, nor great facility in learning languages to mas- ter it. The language being learned, and the customs of the people become familiar, they commence their work. Their fields of labor are often very extensive, and they seldom continue long in one place, This constant change of residence, while it diminishes the danger of detection, doubtless tends to the preservation of their health; and cases are not incommon, where they live twenty, thirty, and even forty years, in a climate which many consider injurious to European constitutions. Perhaps the preservation of their health may also be attributed in part to their adoption of all the customs in regard to dress, diet, and modes of life, which the experience of the natives has shown to be suited to the country. It is interesting to trace the course of these men, and contrast their condition and exertions with those of their predecessors, in the seventeenth century. Then the Jesuits were the lords of the ascendant. The country was opened to them; the nobles of the land howed before them; the monarch smiled upon them; and the rich and the great flocked to their churches. Now they are few; they go through the land in secrecy; they avoid the highways and the crowd ; and find their converts among the poor, and "in the country, for in Chinese cities as elsewhere, the spirit of the world is bad for religion.”I Rarely too does a year pass in which some of their converts are not carried before the magistrates, and punished by fine, imprisonment, or torture, for embracing a religion forbidden by the laws. Yet it is “during times of persecution that the faith of the converts is most fervent."'S Nor are the foreign missionaries exempted from the same dangers, as several of them have fatally experienced. “The Jesuits could not succeed in executing the great design conceived by Xavier, of converting the emperor and his grandees : their successors now labor in humility, in obscurity, "I was separated from men who spoke Latin or French, as from people whose company was injurious, until i had acquired some knowledge of Chinese.” M. Gleyo. Nouvelles Lettres Edifiantes, vol. 1., p. 38. † AI les, vol. X., p. 98. # Nouvelles Lettres Édifiantes, vol. 1. 195. S Nouvelles Lettres Edifiantes, vol. 1., p. 22). p. 1844. 581 The Roman Catholics in China. in the midst of pains and tribulations, and exposed to the dangers of persecution, of prison, of torments, and of death."* The Roman Catholic missionaries have labored during the last hundred years in most of the provinces of the empire, but their most successful missions have been in Fukien, Shánsí, and Sz'chuen. The mission in Shansí, comprising the provinces of Shánsí, Shensí, and Kansuh, with the oversight of that of Húkwáng, has been chief- ly conducted by Italians of the order of the Lazarists. That in Fukien, comprising also the provinces of Chekiáng and Kiangsí, has been under the Spanish Dominicans of Manila. While that of Sz'chuen has been administered solely by Frenchmen.t In al- tempting a sketch of their missions during the period under consi- deration, we shall confine ourselves chiefly to that of Sz'chuen, with occasional notices of events that were felt through the rest of the empire. The mission to Sz'chuen includes the three provinces of Sz’- chuen, Yunnan, and Kweichau, and is under the superintendence of the seminary for foreign missions in Paris. Many letters from its missionaries are found in the collection Nouvelles Lettres Edifi- antes, published in Paris in 1818, and in the Annales de la Propa- gation de la Foi, which we shall often have occasion to quote. This mission is under the charge of a bisbop in partibus called "the Apostolic Vicar of Sz'chuen;" another bishop in partibus, called his “Coadjutor;" and several European priests, or "apostolic mis- sionaries," besides Chinese priests, catechists, and teachers. It was commenced by some Italian Lazarists, in 1702, when the Jesuits were in the height of their glory in China, but for some reason, which does not clearly appear, a persecution arose in 1707, and the missionaries in this province were all banished by order of the emperor, except Appiani, who was kept in irons till his death in 1728. The enemies of the Jesuits do not scruple to charge them with having fomented this persecution, in order that they might have the field entirely to themselves. M. Mullener one of the banished missionaries secretly returned in 1712, and being con- secrated bishop of Myriopolis, continued his labors until his death in 1743. A violent persecution raged in 1747, in which all the fo- reign priests in the provinces were detected and sent away, and * 1 Annales, vol. X., p. 114. Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. I., Introduction. # Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. I., Int. p. iii. § Anecdotes de la Chine, tom. I., Appendix. 582 Nov. The Land of Sinim. only three Chinese priests were left. The same persecution ex- lended to the other provinces, and Sanz and five others Dominicans lost their lives in Fukien.* M. Pottier succeeded in entering Sz'. chuen in 1755, and being consecrated bishop of Agathopolis in 1769, and strengthened by the arrival of additional laborers, the mis- sion became from that time one of the most flourishing in China. The number of converts in 1755 scarcely amounted to four thou- sand; in 1769, there were seven thousand, and in a few years after the number was more than doubled. The missions in Yunnan and Kweichau were also commenced in 1702, but the missionaries being driven away in the same persecil- tion in 1707, they never flourished. In 1755, both these provinces were committed by the pope to the care of the apostolic vicar of Sz'chuen, and have ever since been connected with that mission.t In 1767, a persecution commenced which continued with some severity for several months. M. Gleyo, who had been about two years in the province being apprehended, was loaded with irons and cast into prison, where he was kept among the common malefactors for the space of eight years. During this time he was several times subjected to severe tortures to induce him to deny the faith he came to preach. The Chinese officers were loth to report to their supe. riors that a European had been seized within their jurisdiction, and they sought to force from him a confession that he was a Chinese ; failing in this they detained him in prison, apparently with the inten- tion of causing his death by neglect and ill-treatment. The con- stancy with which he endured this long and painful imprisonment, and the fortitude with which he bore repeated beatings with bam- boos, compression of the ancles, and kneeling for hours together upon chains, are worthy of all praise. His boldness in professing Christ, and his devotion and sincerity are pleasingly shown in some letters he wrote while imprisoned, and in his subsequent account of his sufferings. He was not released until 1777, when a Jesuit from the capital passing to Tibet on business for the emperor, em- ployed his influence to have him released, and delivered him to some Chinese converts who speedily conveyed him to his fellow laborers. He was concealed by them, and remained several years longer in the country, though his health never recovered from the effects of his imprisonment and tortures. The courage and perseve- Nouv. Lett. Edif. vol. I., Int. p. iv., & p. 454. † Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. I., Int. p. iv., seq. Nouy. Lett. Edif., vol. 1., p. 45, seq. * 1844. 593 The Roman Catholics in China. rance of his colleagues was equally remarkable, for at the time of his apprehension they were obliged to flee from their houses, and lodge in holes and in dens whose possession they disputed with the foxes. Two of them retired for a few months to Shánsí, where Pottier received the episcopal consecration, and when the violence of the persecution subsided they returned and resumed their labors. About the time of the liberation of M. Gleyo, they were joined by several other missionaries, and for four or five years enjoyed great quietness and much success in their efforts to convert the pagans. A letter written by M. Pottier in 1782, gives the fullest account we have seen of their modes of prosecuting their labors. The number of foreign missionaries at that time was seven, together with six native priests ; but these were so few compared with the number of their converts, and their great dispersion throughout the province that it was "absolutely impossible to preach often enough to instruct them well.” In order to remedy this defect as far as possible, they established schools for children of both sexes, which were taught by experienced converts. They also printed books for their edification, Their great means of instruction, and that on which they principally relied, was to prepare catechists and native priests. The foreigners never showed themselves to the pagans, nor attempted to instruct then in religion This was always left to the catechists and native priests, and when these judged their catechumens sufficiently ad- vanced they brought them to the bishop or other foreign priest to receive farther instruction and confirmation.t The education of a native clergy has always been an object of first importance with this mission, and for this purpose a college was established on the bor- ders of Yunnan in 1780, to which one of the missionaries gave the whole of his time. The number of pupils seldom exceeded eighteen Another object, whose importance was so great in the eyes of the good bishop as to merit special notice, was to furnish their converts with crucifixes, medals, and other religious images, to keep up the spirit of their devotions, and “God wrought several miracles among them to authorize this practice." Another object of chief impor- tance (if we may judge by their declarations, and the frequency with Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. I., p. 101. In consequence of the peculiar circumstances of the missions in China, dispensations have been granted by the pope in virtue of which a single bi- shop may consecrate another, and ordinary priests administer the rite of con- firmation 584 Nov. The Land of Sinim. which it is noticed,) was to baptize the moribunds, or dying children of heathen parents. In 1779, there was a famine in Sz'chuen, in reference to which they remark, “If this plague has taken away many citizens from the earth, it has also carried inany to heaven. We have baptized many children of unbelievers. We send every- where neophytes of both sexes to adıninister this sacrament to in- fants in danger of death. In the east of this province where the famine was most severe, twenty thousand were baptized : in the other parts ten thousand more.” Once they tell us that in three years time they baptized one hundred thousand infants; and soon after, to arouse the compassion and excite the liberality of their countrymen in France, the bishop writes, “It is certain that in these three pro- vinces there die every year one hundred thousand infants who shall never see God."* The number of converts now began to increase with some rapi. dity, and as they increased they were subjected to various petty persecutions. Indeed the majority of the letters in the first of the collections above referred to, are mainly filled with minute details of the grievances to which those who embraced "the religion of the Lord of Heaven," were subjected by their heathen neighbors. The causes of these "persecutions" were various. Sometimes because the converts would not contribute to the erection of idol temples, or to the expenses of idolatrous feasts and processions; sometimes be- cause they would not bury their dead according to pagan customs, or join in the public worship of ancestors; and sometimes because of their breaking off marriage engagements made in infancy when one of the parties or her parents became Christians before it was consummated. This latter was perhaps the most frequent cause of the vexations (or "persecutions," for they are always dignified with that title,) to which they were exposed. When the persecu- tions became severe, they had various methods of escaping from its fury. Sometimes they “fled to another city;" sometimes they pre- pared a feast for their accusers; sometimes, though they would not cortribute to the erection of a temple, or the expense of an idola- trous feast, they would defray the charges of the theatrical ex- hibition which followed. * If the persecution became yet more violent, they ometimes found relief by applying to the mathe- matical missionaries in Peking, who had not yet lost all influence, For the statements of these two paragraphs, see the bishop's letter, Nour. Lett. Edif., vol. I, pp. 347-366; also p. 300. Annales, vol. V., p. 682. 1844. 585 The Roman Catholics in Chua. and were able by presents and proinises, to calm the rage of the local officers and obtain peace for the people.* But even they were not always thus successful. In the years 1784 and 1785, à fierce and terrible persecution raged throughout the empire. It originated in the delection of four European priests going in company to Shensí. They were escorted by three Chinese Christians named Tsai, Bartholomeu Sié, uud Peter Sié, and had already reached the borders of Húkwáng, when they were betrayed by an apostate, and being immediately appre- hended they were cast into prison, and finally sent to Peking. Tsai with great difficulty escaped to Canton where he was concealed for a time, but the Chinese authorities in Canton, hearing of it, sent to demand him of the Portuguese. The senate after deliberation re- fused to give him up, upon which the Chinese gave orders that no provisions should be brought into the city, and even threatened to assail it with military force. The senate however continued firm, and began to arm the forts, whereupon the Chinese withdrew the prohibition on provisions, but continued their efforts to apprehend Tsai. Notwithstanding their searches, he found means to elude them, and finally succeeded in escaping, along with Bartholomeu Sié, to Goat In December 1784, a royal edict against the Roman Catholics was issued and sent to all the provinces, and in every place the greatest efforts were made to apprehend the foreigners and their abettors. In addition to the four whose apprehension gave the first impulse to the persecution a number of others were discovered, and sent to Peking. M. De la Tour, the procureur of some of the mis- sions, was taken in the factories in Canton and carried to Peking, and the hong-merchant who had been his security was glad to pur- chase his own immunity by the sacrifice of one hundred and twenty thousand taels of silver. MM. Magi and Saconi were apprehended in Shensi, and Otho and Crescentianus in Shantung. In the latter province the father Mariano delivered himself up to his pursuers rather than suffer his converts to be tortured on his account. F. de St. Michael was taken in Fukien, and M. De la Roche, aged eighty years died on his way from Húkwáng to Peking. I But it was in Sz'chuen that the greatest efforts were made to discover the foreigners, and where the churches suffered most severe- 1 Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. II., p. 25 Nouv. Lett. Edit., vol. 11., p. 44, seq. Nouv. Lett. Edit., vol. II, p. 64-81. + VOL. XIII. NO, XI. 586 Nov The Land of Sinim. ly. There were then in the province, the two bishops Pottier and Didier, and six other European priests. Pottier was at one time obliged to conceal himself " for a month in a small house, and in so confined a place, that he hardly dared either to cough or to spit for fear of being discovered." His coadjutor, the bishop of Caradre was leys fortunate. He was seized, and such search was made for MM. Dufresse, Devaut, and Delpon, that he advised them to sur- render lest their flocks should be persecuted on their account. They immediately complied, and appeared before the officers who treated them with much civility, but sent them like all the rest to Peking.* In several of the provinces, the native Christians were cruelly harassed; many of them being arrested, and either imprisoned, tor- tured, or banished to Tartary. In Sz'chuen they suffered less, as but few of them were called before the magistrates. Their greatest loss was in their foreign priests, for four of them being taken away, there were but four left, and of these, only one possessed the health and vigor to endure much labor and fatigue. Uncertain how long the storm might last, or where its fury should spend itself, they began to fear, that in China, as in Japan none should be left to pro- pagate the religion of the cross.t When the missionaries arrived in Peking, they were thrown into the prisons, and loaded with irons; and those already in the capital in the emperor's service were strictly forbidden to render them as- sistance. It was some time before they were allowed to relieve their most pressing bodily wants, and when permission was received, it came too late, Magi, Saconi, De la Tour, Devant, and Delpon, were already dead from ill treatment in prison, besides De la Roche who died on his way to the capital. There still remained in the prisons twelve foreigners, besides native priests and assistants. The final decree of the emperor, in October 1785, condemned the Europeans to perpetual imprisonment, as the penalty of their secretly entering the empire, and preaching a forbidden religion. Their Chinese priests, assistants, and couriers were branded on the face, and ba- nished to Tartary as slaves for life. For some unexplained reason, the emperor suddenly altered their sentence, and a royal order dated Nov. 10th, 1785, set all the fo- reigners free, and gave them their choice, either to remain at Pe- king in the service of the emperor, or to be conveyed at his expense Nouv. Lett. Edit., vol. II., p. 76, 159. Nouv. Lett. Edif rol., 11., pp. 177, 181. į Nouy. Lett. E, vol. II, pp. 78. 226. 4 + 1844. 587 The Roman Catholics in China. to Canton, whence they were to leave China by the first opportunity Such was the state of surveillance under which the inissionaries were forced to live in the capital, that but three of them chose the former alternative, while nine, some of whom at least had determin- ed to embrace the earliest opportunity of returning to their fields of labor, chose the latter. Among these were Didier and Dufresse of the Sz'chuen mission, who left China for Manila with heavy hearts. The lamentations of the latter, which came from a sincere heart, were touching in the extreme. “Alas! China is now deprived of its missionaries. How many infants must die without baptism, and adults without the sacraments ! How many righteous must fall, while there shall be none to lead them back! How many heathen must fail of conversion! What superstitions must now prevail ! No more sacraments ! No more preaching! No more prayers and instructions! No more exhortation to good works, but idolatry re- sumes its ancient seat !"'* This persecution was heard of with deep interest throughout the Roman Catholic church, and the confessors were treated with all the honors due to those who had almost suffered martyrdom. At Manila, the bishop of Caradre, and M. Dufresse were received with applause. They landed amidst the shouts of the spectators, and the firing of cannon. They were visited by the archbishop, the governor, the senators, and the principal officers, and the authorities of the place provided a coach and four in which they insisted that the bishop should ride. In Europe the sensation was also felt, and the pope (Pius VI.) published a brief in which he warmly commended the bishops of Agathopolis and Caradre for their constancy and cou- rage, and consoled them for their sufferings. Many calamities visited China soon after this persecution, in which the missionaries did not fail to see the hand of God avenging their wrongs. Some of their bitterest persecutors come to untimely ends. A tyfoon de- vastated the coasts. The revolt in Formosa was with difficulty quello ed. An earthquake in Sz'chuen destroyed an hundred thousand pagans, while not a Christian lost his life; and a famine destroyed many thousands more. I It was several years, and then only after repeated disappointments, before Didier and Dufresse were able to reënter China. They pro- posed at first to go by way of Fukien, and then by way of Tongking, * Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. II., p. 322, 339. † Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. I!., pp. 3:44, 439 # Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. II., The Land of Sinim. Nov. but failed in each attempt, and at last succeeded in entering by the usual route, through Canton and Kweichau. They reached Sz'- chuen, in 1788, after an absence of four years, and were speedily at their accustomed work.* Pottier died in 1792, at the age of sixty-eight. He had been thirty-five years in China, and had been indefatigable in toils and labors. He had frequently been pursued, and had once delivered hinself up to the authorities, but found means to escape as they were conducting him to Canton, and returned to his post. His self-denial, simplicity, and humanity were admirable. He never wore silk ; commonly possessed but three shirts, and lived as the poorer Chinese do. During his administration, the affairs of the mission prospered, and the number of converts increased from four thousand, to more than six times that number. His remains were interred near Chingtú fú, the capital of the province.t Pottier was succeeded in his apostolic vicariate by Didier, titular bishop of Caradre. It was about this time that the French revolu- tion disturbed all the institutions of France, and the directors of the seminary of Foreign Missions could do little or nothing either in sending additional missionaries, or even funds for the support of those already in the field. They were in consequence reduced to great straits, for they were obliged to depend upon their seminary alone for a supply of priests, and the number thence obtained was very small. This is rather surprizing. During a course of twenty years they numbered their converts by thousands annually, and yet out of all these, they found but nine whom they were willing to bring into the ministry. The whole time of one of the foreign priests was given to the seminary. Yet, notwithstanding these difficulties, the last ten years of the eighteenth century were years of great success, and it was remarked by some that while religion lost ground in France, it gained in China. They had many schools for the young : their European and native priests were indefatigable in labors, and the number of their converts was very great. During the nine years ending in 1801, they increased from twenty-five thou- sand to forty thousand, and this too, though occasionally in persecu- lions. In general they were not troubled by the heathen around them, but sometimes a newly appointed officer either to gratify his vanity or his love of power, by persecuting the Christians, threw 1 Nouve. Lett. Edif., vol. II. p. 503. Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. III. pp. 79-84. Nouy. Lett. Edif., vol. III., pp. 373, 445. 1844. 589 The Roman Catholics in China. obstacles in their way, This was particularly the case in Sin-fú, when the magistrate, besides other tortures, forced the Christians to swallow human excrements. This gave the pagans occasion to say, "your religion is very good, but the means with which they nourishi you in the offices of the magistrates are not tempting, and we can- not embrace it."'* Occasions to vex them were often taken from their refusing to contribute their quotas of the expense of idolatrous rites, and espe- cially from their refusal to perform the pagan ceremonies at the fu- nerals of the dead. The converts wished their friends to be buried according to the forms of the Roman Catholic church, to which the pagans made great objections, even resorting to violence and drag- ging them before the magistrates. On one occasion the Christians having no other resource, threatened to carry the body of the de- ceased into the house of the pagan relatives, and then suffer them to do with it as they pleased. As the Chinese esteem it very unlucky to have a dead body brought into the house, this proposal alarmed them, and the Christians were allowed to take their own course. They were also often confounded with the Pehlien kiáu, a secret society, whose object was to overthrow the government and restore the power to the native Chinese, which was very active in Sz'chuen at the end of the eighteenth century. In consequence they were frequently brought before the magistrates, and exposed to personal inconvenience and pecuniary loss on this account. But the most common and the most annoying cause of troubles was concerning marriages. It is the custom in China to betroth parties at a very early age, and this custom has all the force of law, even in the public offices. It often happened that the parents of one of the par- ties became converts after the betrothal, and of course, sought to train up their children in their new belief. When the parents of the betrothed son became converts, there was no difficulty, for the woman he married was so under his control, and the control of his parents, that she was almost sure to become a convert also. But when the parents of the daughter became converts, and the parents of the son remained pagans, the difficulty became great. The mar- riage of the girl to a heathen almost ensured her becoming a hea- then likewise, and hence her parents made many efforts to break the engagement. This was sometimes done in a sufficiently unscrupulous manner, Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. II., p. 501. Nony lett. Edit., vol 111, pp 47-48 1 590 Nov. The Land of Sinim. and few things drew more odium on the Christians than this. On one occasion when the parents were seeking to break an engagea ment, a sister of the betrothed suddenly died, and the parents de glared that the deceased was the one who had been betrothed. As neither the young man nor his friends had ever seen the betrothed, (according to Chinese custom) the story was believed, and thus the match was effectually ended. It is with pain that we read this re- mark by the bishop of Caradre at the close of his account of the affair. “I think the faith of the parents and the purity of their motives will readily excuse them before God, for the sin of lying." This is quite too much like doing evil that good may come. As little do we approve their exhorting some of their converts to a life of celibacy. M. Moyé an early missionary says, “A member of my flock had a daughter already promised in marriage, but I thought God called her to a life of virginity, to be an example to believers." Accordingly the missionary sought to break the engagement, which the Chinese considered as valid as marriage itself. The father was unwilling to consent to this proposal, and it was not till he was con- vinced by a miracle of healing, which came very opportunely, that he gave his consent.t Didier died in 1801, at the age of sixty-one, and M. Dufresse who had been chosen the year before as his coadjutor, with the title of bishop of Tabraca, succeeded as apostolic vicar of Sz'chuen. Of this gentleman's piety and zeal we are disposed to form a high opinion. His letters abound with remarks written in a Christian spirit. There are comparatively few references to the Virgin Mary, or to other saints: no mention of relics, no parading of miracles, but frequent and delightful allusions to Christ, and appropriate quo- tations from the Sacred Scriptures. We have been particularly pleased with a letter written by him to some pupils from his diocese, during the time they spent at the mission seminary at Penang. The letter fills ten octavo pages, and with the exception of seven lines, there is scarcely a sentence that would not be readily excused by, or. meet the approbation of a Protestant. The pupils to whom he wrote were in a strange land, and surrounded by many dangers and temp- tations. Their faithful pastor would guard them against dangers and point them to the rock where their strength lay. " Be not dis. couraged; Jesus Christ, who has conquered the world and hell, and broke the sceptre of their power, will give you the victory, if you Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. IIl., p. 225. | Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. I, p. 412. 1844. 591 The Ronan Catholics in China. continue faithful to his grace, which shall never fail you, if you per- severe in the love and fear of God so as to give no entrance into your hearts to any mortal sin, and if you wander not from the paths he has traced for you. He will be your consolation in tribulations and labors, your shelter in adversity, your fortress in dangers, the giver of strength in labor, and of resignation in infirmity, the author of light and progress in your studies, your assured defense against all the secret assaults of all your enemies visible and invisible, and a healing balm to soothe the sorrows of your flesh and spirit. He will not suffer you to be tempted above your strength, but in the day of your temptation, he will give you the strength necessary to over- come. Let sin be the only object of your fear."** Could the Roman Catholic churches always boast of priests and missionaries of such a spirit, they would present a widely different appearance, both in Christian and in heathen lands. During the administration of M. Dufresse, the number of converts increased with great rapidity. Up to 1809, there were frequently fifteen hundred, and even more baptisms of adults in a single year, but since that time the number diminished and has never again been so great. In the early part of his administration, they enjoyed great peace and quietness, so that they even held a council of the foreign and native priests, for the purpose of settling principles, and extend- ing their influence. The acts of this council were afterwards pub- lished at Rome. An event which occurred in 1804, occasioned a violent persecu- tion, and gave the Roman Catholic religion in China, a blow from which it has not yet recovered. The Portuguese and Italian mis- sionaries who still resided at Peking had some dispute about the limits of their respective missions, and being unable to decide it themselves, they referred it to Rome. In order to accomplish their object more readily, P. Adeodat drew a chart of the province of Shántung and sent it with his letters. Unfortunately the messenger was seized in Kiángsí, and the circumstance of such a chart being sent to a foreign power, roused the jealousy and suspicions of the Chinese court, and a searching investigation was commenced. The missionaries at Peking were rigorously examined, and their answers, "which were embarrassed, their reasons weak, and their explanations obscure," I had no tendency to improve their prospects. The anger Annales, vol. I., No. 9p. 68. Nouv. Lett. Edif. vol. IV., p. 68. & Vouv. Lett. Edif, vol. IV, p. 137. * 592 Nov The Land of Sinini. of the higher officers knew no bounds. "These wretches, they exclaimed, dispute about the possession of the country already, though it belongs to our great emperor."* In consequence of this affair several Chinese converts were treated with great severity. Thirteen were banished to Tartary, two of whom were meinbers of the imperial family. Three were condemued to wear the cangue for life, two of whom soon died, but Pierre Tsay bore it for thirty years in prison, and was still alive in 1835, when M. Monly passed near Pe- king. Adeodat was closely imprisoned, and great restrictions were laid on the other missionaries in the capital. They were strictly forbidden to make proselytes, and were required to confine them- selves solely to their mathematical duties. They were not even to send letters out of the country, or to receive communications from abroad until they had been translated into Chinese by the members of the Russian embassy, which was an effectua) stop to their cor- respondence. They had also been observed going to the markets to purchase medicinal herbs, and the Chinese feigning to believe that they wished to use them for magical purposes, commanded them to do so no more! The storm appeared to die away in the following year, and the missionaries in the provinces, who at first feared a renewal of the scenes of 1784, breathed more freely. But the tempest was still brewing, and the calm was deceitful. In 1811, a Chinese priest with letters to his superior was arrested in Shensí, and the court, unable to distinguish between the spiritual jurisdiction claimed by the bishops, and the civil jurisdiction of a monarch, became still more suspicious. The missionaries at Peking found themselves so uncomfortably situated, that all but four decided to leave the city and abandon China. Their departure was viewed with satisfaction by the Chinese, and no new ones have been allowed to go there. In 1833, the bishop of Nanking, who had never been allowed to repair to his diocese, was the only foreign priest in the capital, and he was allowed to remain only on acconnt of age and ill health. Being, in fact, a prisoner, he did no missionary work, and since his decease no foreign priests have resided there. In the midst of these changes, the mission in Sz'chuen was still prospering For several years there were but four Europeans in the * f + Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. IV., p. 158. Nouv. Lett. Edit., vol. IV., p. 152. Annales, vol. X., p. 113. Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. IV., p. 218. Annales, vol. IX, p. 270. 1844. 593 The Roman Catholics in China. three provinces, but the number of native priests gradually increased. and their affairs were perhaps never more prosperous than from 1801 to 1810. The mission suffered a severe loss in 1812, in the death of Hamel. He had spent thirty-six years in Sz'chuen, most of the time as superior of the little college at Loyang kiu on the borders of that province. He had educated twenty-seven priests for the mission, and so great was the veneration in which he was held by the converts, that they insisted on giving him a public funeral, and erecting a monument to his memory. This was done without the knowledge or consent of the prudent Dufresse, who feared that such a display would only endanger the peace of the churches.* Yet at that time there was not the sign of danger. M. Dufresse writing in 1813 says, "we enjoy a peace and tranquillity more pro- found than ever. Post tempestatem, tranquillum fucis.' The go- vernment is fatigued with efforts to destroy Christianity, and it almost seems as though religion were expressly tolerated."* How shortsighted are the best of men. In 1814, the tempest broke out with greater fury than ever. The new governor of Sz'chuen was a declared enemy of Chris- tianity, and as soon as he commenced his government, he began a series of persecutions whose effects are felt to the present time. Almost the first notice of the coming storm was given by a crowd of officers and attendants destroying the college at Loyang kiu. Flo- rens, the bishop of Zela, at that time in charge of it, had barely time to make his escape. He retired to Tongking, but age, infir- mity, and fatigue overcame him, and he died in December of the same year. The college was burned, the pupils dispersed, the body of M. Hamel disinterred and buried elsewhere, and most persevering efforts were made to discover the other Europeans in the province. A Christian who was seized, was put to torture, and finding his courage and fortitude to fail, he declared the retreat of the bishop and conducted the officers there. On arriving he made his excuses to the prelate, declaring it much against his will that he had betray- ed him. The latter contented himself with saying, “If you chose to deliver me up, you should at least have sought opportunity to do 50 without endangering those who entertain me.” He was at once led away, and treated with much civility, though kept in close con- finement for several months. On the fourteenth of September he was brought before the viceroy at the capital, and by him condemn- ed to be beheaded the same day. The enerable bishop was taken Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. V., p. 32. 76 * VOL. XIII. NO. XI. 594 Nov. The Land of Sinim. rous. to the execution ground, and several Christians in chains brought thither, and threatened with the same fate, if they did not apostatize. But when they saw their bishop, they fell on their knees, professing their readiness to die with him, and beseeching his blessing. He gave it with a cheerful air, and stretching his neck towards the executioner, was beheaded at a single stroke. His head was exposed in a cage for several days, first at the capital, and then at Kiung chau and Tsungkin chau, where the Christians were most nume- This execution of a condemned person, on the day his sen- tence was pronounced, was illegal, but the emperor highly approved of the course of the viceroy, and declared in a public edict that as M. Dufresse had audaciously returned to the country, after the em- peror's clemency had granted him life on condition of leaving it for ever, he suffered only the just penalty of his crime. As might be supposed the martyrdom of so distinguished and worthy a prelate, excited no little sensation in the Roman Catholic church in other lands. The pope pronounced a solemn address which he declared himself “reminded of the days of primitive Chris- tianity ;' and to honor his memory five new cardinals were conse- crated. t The persecution did not cease on the death of Dufresse. Its vio- lence was rather increased. Multitudes of Christians were tortured and imprisoned, and though many apostatized, yet many continued firm. It was against the native priests that the chief rage of the persecutors was directed, and in four years, ten of them were either put to death or died in consequence of tortures. The storm extend- ed to other provinces. In 1816, M. Triora was strangled in Hú- kwáng, and in 1819, M. Clet, after thirty years of labor in China, suffered the same fate in the capital of the same province. I In these troublous times religion could make but little progress. The churches of Sz'chuen were deprived of both their bishops, and for six years Escodeca and Fontana, were the only Europeans in the three provinces. Their flocks were scattered: the native priests alarmed and dispersed, and themselves obliged to lie concealed, or to move with the utmost caution. But the persecution gradually died away, and cheered and strengthened by the arrival of new laborers, recommenced their work. In 1822, M. Perocheau, titular bishop of Maxula, arrived, and immediately consecrated Fontana who had + Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. V., p, 160. Annales, vol. I., No. 4, p. 59. Nouv. Lett. Edit., vol. V., p. 20.5%. 1.844. 595 The Roman Catholics in China, previouly been nominated bishop of Sinite, and apostolic vicar of Sz'chuen. The seminary was recommenced in 1824,* and from that time they have gone on with much quietness. The persecutions have been few and unimportant, and they are well supplied with foreign and native priests. In 1839, there were in Sz'chuen two bishops, nine other European and thirty native priests, but the num- ber of converts has not increased in the same proportion. During the administrations of Dedier and Dufresse (1792 to 1715), the number of adults baptized was from 800 to 2000 annually, but for the last twenty years, it has seldom exceeded three hundred. The whole number of Christians in 1839 was computed at 52,000.+ There were two colleges to educate native priests, but as it was considered unsafe to collect many pupils in one place, the whole number was but eighteen. $ There were also fiſty schools for boys, and eighty for girls, and about 500 persons who had devoted themselves to a life of celibacy and prayer. Our information of the present state of Roman Catholic missions in China, is not very definite. The following table compiled from the Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, for June, 1839, gives their numbers at that time. Native priests. Kwangtung, Kwangsí, 30 52,000 Honán, Kiángnán, ? 40,00) Chihlí, Shantung, ? 50, 0 Chekiáng, Kiangsí, ? 9,000 Shánsí, Húkwang, 4 15 60.000 Fukien, Formosa, 2 9 40 MOO Szchuen, 2 30 52,000 Totals, 57 114 303,000 (* In these provinces there are 24 Europoan, aad 30 native priests, of the order of the Lazarists, but their precise location is not given.) Since the conclusion of the war between England and China, and the opening of the new ports, additional facilities have been enjoyed for entering the country, and a considerable number of missionaries has been added to those in the above enumeration. Before closing this sketch of Roman Catholic missions in China, we add some remarks that have suggested themselves, while pre- paring it. From this we would willingly be excused, for it is always unpleasant to blanie where there is much to praise. In reading these accounts of Roman Catholic missions in Sz'. Annales, vol. I., p. 68, vol. II. p. 255. Annales, June 1839. † Annales, vol. IX., 453. Provinces. Bishops. Convert. Prieste. 9 ? ? ? 10 5 9 * + 596 Nov, The Land of Sinim. chuen and elsewhere, we have constantly felt the want of testimony from other sources. They tell their own story, and we have no other witnesses to confirm or qualify what they relate. Even where there is no intention to mislead, poor human nature always tells its own tale in the best manner, and easily passes unfavorable truths in siience. But we fear that a graver charge than this must be made. The Roman Catholic missionaries in China in former times were not famed for an overstrict adherence to the truth in the accounts either of their own success, or of the words and actions of their op- posers, and uncharitable though it may seem, we ask, are all these wonderful accounts we now hear strictly true? Until additional testiinony be brought we must withhold belief, at least in part. Be- fore this remark is charged to prejudice, let the following paragraph from a Roman Catholic missionary now in Sz'chuen, be attentively considered. It is extracted from a letter written Dec. 30th, 1834, and signed “Papin, apostolic missionary.” After mentioning his arrival at Malacca the writer adds, “We visited the famous Anglochinese college there, which the Protestants have erected at enormous expense; this establishment so much vaunted in Europe, is remarkable only for its luxury. Pompous inscriptions sacred and profane cover the walls within and without; but that is all. The school is composed of hardly a dozen of chil- dren picked up in the streets of Malacca, and instructed in English, and even these they pay in order to secure their attendance. They have also established a Chinese and Malay printing-press. The Protestant minister who governs this pretended college received us with politeness. Having learned that the Chinese grammar of Pre- maré had been printed there, we wished to procure a copy, but when we asked for it under that name, the minister appeared asto- nished. He had never known of the existence of Premaré, nor that he was the author of the grammar, for although their work is no- thing but a literal translation of the work of the celebrated Jesuit, the translator has modestly attributed all the merit of it to him- self. It was thus also that the late minister Morrison of Canton, after having procured the Chinese dictionary of Basil, and caused it to be printed, announced himself to the learned world as its author.' See Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, tom. VIII, p. 585. To avoid every suspicion of mistranslation, we give the original verbatim, et literatim et pructuatim. "En passant par Malaca noús visilames le fameux college Anglo. chinuvis, que les Proiestants y ont fait eriger a frais immenses. Cet etablisse. ment, qu'on vante tant en Europe, n'est vraiment remarkable que par son luxe : ""* * 1844. 597 The Roman Catholics in China. We shall be readily excused from speaking of this paragraph, and its author in the terms they deserve. To say nothing of the paltry effort to rob Dr. Morrison of the just renown acquired by his dic- tionary, we remark, I. No translation of Premaré has yet been published, either at Malacca or elsewhere; nor has any Protestant assumed to himself the authorship either of the grammar, or of a translation of it. 2. The grammar of Premaré was published at Malacca in 1831, three years previous to the visit of M. Papin, with the name of the author on the title page. It was published in Latin from a copy of the original by the care and at the expense of English Protestants, and all due honor was given by them to the author, while his own countrymen and co-religionists suffered it to remain in manuscript in the Royal Library at Paris. 3. That Mr. Evans, at that time in charge of the Anglochinese college, could have been ignorant of the existence of Premaré, or of his being the author of the gramınar, passes belief. “Credat Judæus Apella, non ego." With these remarks we dismiss M. Papin. Should the editor of the Annales ever see this paper, we would ask him how he could suffer such a letter as that just quoted to appear in its pages, with his ex- press sanction,* and send it forth to the readers of the eighty thou- sand copies of the Annales then circulated, without correcting what he must have known to be false ? It might have been called an oversight had but one fact been erroneously stated, but when a series of charges implicating the moral character of different persons are strung together, it is too much to ask us to attribute all to care- lessness or want of design. With such an example of veracity, we shall be pardoned if we ask for additional testimony before we be- lieve all that is recorded by men who sign themselves “apostolic missionaries, and sanctioned by the editors of the journals in which avec approbation des superieurs, their letters are published. dos fasteuses inscriptions sacrees et profanes couvrent les murs interieurs et ex. terieurs du batiment; mais c'est tout. L'ecole ne se compose que d'une douzaine d'enfants chinois ramasses dans les rues de Malaca, auxquels on enseigne l'An. glais, et qu'on est obligé de payer, pour les engager a la frequenter. On y a aussi etabli une presse Chinoise at Malaise. Le ministre protestant qui dirige ce pretendu college, nous recut avec politesse. Ayant appris qu'on y avait fait imprimer la grammaire Chinoise du P. Premare, nous desirames nous en procurer un exemplaire : mais lorsque nous la demandames au ministre sous ce nom, il parut etonné, n'ayant jamais su qu'il eut existe un P. Premare, ni qu'il fut l'auteur de cette grammaire : car quoique celle ci ne soit qu'une traduction literale de celle du ce celebre Jesuit, le Traducteur s'en est modestement attribue tout le merite. C'est ainsi, que feu le ministre Morrison, de Canton, apres s'etre procuré le dictionnaire de P. Basile, et l'avoir fait irnprimer, s'annonca au monde savant cornie en etant lui-meme l'auteur. See " Annales,': loc. cit. 4 598 Nov. The Land of Sinim. In reading these accounts the attention is painfully arrested by many things that recall the pious frauds, and the doing evil that good may come, which have been witnessed in the Roman Catholic churches of other lands. In all their letters nothing is referred to and boasted of so often as the baptism of the dying children of heathen parents. Believing as we do, that all infants dying before they come to years of discretion are saved by the merits of Jesus Christ, we do not attribute much importance to the baptizing of thousands and tens of thousands. But where it as profitable and meritorious as they profess to consider it, the question might well be asked whether baptism by layınen and women could be consider- ed valid? And even granting this, (which we do not grant,) it would still be a question whether baptism performed by stealth and under feigned pretences could be counted valid ? Such is the bap- tism of ninety-nine out of every hundred of which they boast. Even the excellent Dufresse tells us, that “the women who baptize the infants of heathen parents announce themselves as consecrated to the healing of infants, and to give remedies gratis that they may satisfy the vow of their father who has commanded this as an act of cha- rity."* M. Verolles in 1835, describing the manner in which so many baptisms are performed, writes, “It is done by women of a certain age, who have experience in the treatment of infantile di- Furnished with innocent pills, and a bottle of holy water, whose virtues they extol, they introduce themselves into the houses where there are sick infants, and discover whether they are in dan- ger of death, in this case they inform the parents, and tell them that before administering other remedies, they must wash their fore- heads with the purifying waters of their bottle. The parents, not suspecting this "pieuse rule," readily consent, and by these in- nocent frauds we procure in our mission the baptism of seven or eight thousand infants every year. Oh what a conquest! What glory is this to our divine Master !”+ We have already referred to their frequent breaking of espousals, which in China are al- most as binding as marriage itself, and to the bishop of Caradre's justifying a lie, when the parents could find no other means to accomplish their object. These letters speak much of relics and rites and miracles. Many pages might be filled with the signs and wonders they narrate, but our readers will be satisfied with a few specimens. M. Gleyo writing Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. V., † Annales, vol. IX., p: 456. seases. P. 52. 1844, 599 The Roman Catholics in China. from Sz'chuen in 1767, says, “This country is filled with supersti- tions, and has many sorcerers, diviners, &c. Many narrations equally curious and certain are related showing the tyranny exercised by the devil in these unfortunate regions. It frequently happens that pagans become Christians solely to escape the cruel vexations of the devil to which they see that the Christians are not subject. It is but four months since a man was converted in this neighborhood, He declared in presence of an assembly of Christians weeping with joy and gratitude on his behalf, that when he was on the point of giving himself to God, seven devils appeared in his chamber one evening to intimidate him, and made many reproaches and menaces for his hardihood in wishing to abandon their service. Remember- ing the sign of the cross, he made it. Immediately the devils fled away, and with so much precipitation, that they broke down the door of his house in their haste to escape. There are many other accounts even more striking and interesting, but it is prudent not to mention them on account of the fastidiousness of some persons who do not enjoy such anecdotes."'* During the adıninistration of Dufresse, we hear almost nothing of such tales, but speedily after his death we are regaled with the following account of “a miracle performed by the bishop Maxula," in 1821. Mgr. de Maxula was giving the confirmation in a little church, at the moment of the imposition of hands, the church ap- peared filled with fire. The people were so much alarmed that they Aled out of the church, and could be induced to return only when reassured by the bishop. I could scarce believe it, but everything is possible to a man who passes for a saint in every place, even among heretics and heathen.”+ But enough of these: although we believe the age of miracles has passed away, yet we have no objection to believe that they may occur again. But let them be better anthenticated than any we have seen in the Edifying Letters, or the Annals of the propagation of the faith. The point on which we have been most desirous of information, and we regard as the most important, is that on which we have ob- tained the least satisfaction. The great complaint against the Jesuits in China was that they confounded the distinctions between Chris- tianity and the worship of the Chinese, and allowed their converts to Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. J., p. 39. Those who “ do enjoy such anecdotes" will find them in abundance, in the Lettres, vol. I., pp. 136–151, 292, vol. III. pp. 56, 73-75, &c. Annales, vol. I, No. 1, p. 21. * 600 Nov. The Land of Sinim. retain many of their ancient superstitious customs: that in fact they merely baptized the Chinese religion, and suffered its most objection- able features to remain. We have been anxious to find whether the modern Chinese converts are more sensible of the difference between Christianity and paganism, whether they understand the character of Christ, and whether they have added to their faith vir- tue, and to virtue knowledge. But on these points we are left to the most unsatisfactory inferences. The letters abound in declamations about the zeal of the new converts, and their devotion, especially to the holy mother, about their fervor in the performance of the ceremonies of the church, and various similar eulogies, but what does all this amount to? What do they know of the God they profess to worship? Even the educated Chinese are profoundly ignorant of the character of their creator, they constantly confound E. with , the Supreme Ruler with the visible heavens, and need much and long continued instruction before they can rightly know him. How much more ignorant are the peasantry and common laborers from whom the mass of the R. C. converts are made. It is no reproach that their converts are from that class, for 'to the poor the gospel is preached, and “of such is the kingdom of heaven." Nor are we so uureasona- ble as to require of any converted pagan the same degree of illumina- tion that would be necessary in a Christian land. But still there are limits below which ignorance is incompatible with salvation, there are boundaries which separate christianity from idolatry. We have a right to expect where there is zeal that it be “according to know- ledge," otherwise we cannot praise it. With the few laborers emploped in the R. C. missions in China, their numerous converts can be but very imperfectly instructed. One of their most zealous missionaries, after enumerating the native and foreign laborers, writes, “It is absolutely impossible, consider- ing the dispersion of the people, and scarcity of missionaries, to visit each place frequently and instruct the people well. It is much when a missionary can visit each of his congregations twice in a year, many cannot be visited but once, and some only once in two years. This was written sixty years ago, but it is as true now as it was then; it has always been a correct description of the state of things in Sz'chuen and elsewhere. How can converts so seldom visited be well instructed ? What would become of our churches in Christian lands with only such opportunities? Well may we exclaim, “a † Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. I, p. 348. 1844. 601 The Roman Catholics in China. iniracle !" when told that such persons are zealous, sincere, and upright Christians. We are still more astonished, when we read such a sentence as this, “ The missionaries tell us, that being forced, in three or four months after their arrival, to preach when they do not know the language sufficiently either to be understood, or to understand themselves, they have seen their auditors im- mediately embrace Christianity.”* What kind of Christianity is this? The similarity between the Chinese forms of worship, and those of the R. C. church has been often remarked, and it may be supposed, without any violation of charity, that many of these uninstructed converts have merely substituted one form of idolatrous worship for another. They take away the idolatrous tablet on which they have written the words i shin, god or spirit, and before which they have burned incense, and substitute another of similar shape and size on which they have writern 神​真主​造​天地​人物 ​shin, chin chu, tsáu tien jin wuh, i. e. “God, true Lord, Creator of heaven, earth, man, and all things.”+ They cease to venerate Chinese heroes, and bow down before Christian saints, of whom they know still less, and whose names they cannot pronounce. They cease to venerate FE | HR, WH Tien hau, sling mú Mút sú po, 'the Queen of heaven, holy mother Mátsú po,' and pay their adora- 5 HP EL 5 4 6 Tien hat, shing mú Ma-la-lá, “the Queen of Heaven, Holy mother Mary :" but what do they know of the difference between these two forms of religion? Their heathen neighbors see them perform their worship, and while they admire their ceremonies and their songs, they say, “the Christians have a goddess whom they worship, they call her the holy mother." There is nothing in the letters of the missionaries in Sz'chuen to enable us to judge of the knowledge of the truths of Christianity possessed by their converts, but perhaps we may form some idea of it by comparing it with that of their converts in India, where perfect liberty is enjoyed, and their missionaries meet no hinderance in instructing them as fully as they desire. The Abbe' Dubois, apostolic mis- sionary' in Mysore, in some letters to his superiors in France, gives the following anecdotes. “I was preaching twenty-eight years ago in Tamul, to a congregation composed entirely of native Christians, and repeated several times that the founder of the Christain religion was a poor peasant in Galillee, the son of a carpenter, and his apos- tles were twelve fishermen. These words, son of a carpenter, and twelve fishermen offended my hearers, and no sooner was the sermon finished than three or four of the principal of them came to me in a very bad humor, to inform me that the congregation was scandalized by my giving to Christ the appellation of a carpenter, and to liis apostles that of fishermen, because the carpenters and fishers belong Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. I., pref p. V!. Nouv. Lett. Edif., vol. II, p. 136. Chinese Repository, vol. XII, p. 525. VOL. XIII. NO: XI. 76 602 Nov. The Land of Sinim. to the most despised caste in the country. Finally they counseled me, that whenever I should have occasion to speak of Christ and his apostles, I should not fail to say that they were born in the tribe of the Kshatryas or Kings, and never to mention their humble occu- pations. Verily, these Christians seem to have known but little of Him, who though he was in the form of God, humbled himself and made himself of no reputation for us, who though he was rich for our sakes became poor. Nor does it appear from the account of M. Dubois that he took any pains to correct the notions of his hearers. The same gentleman about the same time writes, “I have at present under my charge seven or eight thousand Christians, and I should be really embarrassed, if out of them all, I had to choose four men capable of comprehending the Bible, or to whom the naked text of the Scriptures could be of the least utility. I have composed for the instruction of my numerous flock a little catechism, containing ten or twelve pages, in which the principal truths of Christianity are explained. This little work is written in the most simple and pers- picious manner, and to render it more intelligible, I have explained it several times to my congregations, and yet after all this labor, I find that the great majority of my Christians do not understand it."'* Well inight the abbe call them my Christians, for had these men been taugh of God, and possessed the unction of the Holy Ghost, they would have understood better.f If amidst the quiet and uninter- rupted labors of the Roman Catholic missionaries in India, such ignorance prevails, what must be the case in China where all in- struction is given by stealth, and in constant fear of detection? It is hard to say what is the least amount of knowledge required in one who possesses true faith in Christ, and still harder to say how much of superstition and error may exist in the heart without des- troying all claim to the character of a true Christian. We are will ing to believe that good has been done, and is now done by the Roman Catholic missionaries in China. We cannot think that such a man as Dufresse, so pure, so fervent, so spiritual, could labor for a series of years in any place without accomplishing, we would fain hope much that may abide the trial of the last great day. With this helief we look upon their labors, during late years, as having done something to accomplish the prophecy of Isaiah. Of some of their converts, it inay doubtless be truly said, “Behold these from the land of Sinim.” Yet in making this declaration, which we do with pleasure, let it not be supposed that we approve of the general policy or doctrines of the Roman Catholic church. We glory in the name of Protes- tant; and while rejoicing in the good the Roman Catholics may have accomplished in China, we do not the less emphatically protest against the errors that mark their course, even here. We protest against the profusion of uncommanded ceremonies; the reliance upon sacraments and not on grace; the withholding of the scriptures Anuales, vol. Ill., pp. 13-18 1. Cor. 2:15 | John, 2:21 1844. 603 Journal of Occurrences. and the mutilation of the commandments; the worship of the saints and of the Virgin Mary; the abominations of the confessional ; and the tyranny over the conscience; which here, as everywhere else, are among their distinguishing characteristics. ART. III Journal of Occurrences : Kiying's standing ; degrada- tion of the late admiral Wú; death of missionaries, Medical Missionary Society's Hospital, Hongkong ; treaty between France and China; correspondence regarding the Registration Ordinance. Kıying's present standing seems to be a matter of some uncestainty. In an edict, published at Peking in the Gazette for August 15th, he was reinvested with honors which, many months previously were taken from him, in conse- quence of certain revenue money, in his old government in Liang Kiáng, being unpaid. But the money having been paid, his honors have been res- tored. There are new rumors unfavorable to his good standing, but they need confirmation. The late admiral Wú has recently been deprived of all official rank, and handed over to Kíying for examination. On his first degradation he was sent to sea, on the coast of this province, to retrive his character, by the eradica- tion of a piracy. After cruizing five months, and spending several thousands from the imperial treasury, he reported the capture of three pirates! In nddition to the death of Mrs. Dean, March 29th, 1843,--and of Mrs. Ball on the 6th of June this year,- we have now to record that of Mrs. Shuck, who died on the morning of the 27th instant. A brief notice of Mrs. Dean's life was furnished us for publication. We desire to have similar ones of the others. The following notice of the Medical Missionary Society's hospital, in Hong- kong, has been translated from the Chinese, by Dr. Hobson. “ The following statement is published for the information of you the people of Hongkong, Sinngán, Hiángshán, Pwányü, Shunteh, and those from other districts in the provinces of Řwángtung, Kwangsí, and Fukien, who come to this port, in order that you and your relations and friends, suffering from diseases, may know where and how to obtain relief. “The hospital at Macao, in which the foreign surgeon cured many thousands of sick Chinese, was closed in the early part of last year, and now a large hospital has been recently built in Hongkong, (on the hill leading to the Wong-nei-chung) usually known by the name of the “ benevolent healing hospital,” which was opened for the reception of patients on the 4th month of the past year. It cost $5000, which sum was benevolently subscribed by the merchants of the English and American nations. “ This hospital is conducted by a foreign surgeon, and has accommodations for more than 80 in-patients, who aided by two native assistants are daily treated with kindness and care. From the time it was opened to the present, there have been more than 5000 men, women, and children, who applied for relief, of which upwards of 800 have resided in the hospital. “ Those that are very needy have money allowed for rice, and there is no tam- pering with the high to the neglecting of the poor, but all are treated alike as belonging to one family. Diseases of the eye, ear, skin, with the internal and external disorders of the body, are understood and cured gratuitously, without money or price. The rules of the hospital are these. " Ist. The dispensary is open every day except Sunday, from 9 o'clock to 11. “2d. Patients are not admitted after 12 o'clock, unless the disease is dangerous. “ 3d. Those who desire to become in-patients must bring their bedding, rice, 604 Nov. Journal of Occurrences. and cooking utensils with them, and if the disease is very important must call an attendant. “ 4th. Cleanly habits must be observed. «5th. No quarrelling, gambling, opium smoking, drunkenness, or idolatrous sacrifices will be allowed. “6th. The surgeon and master of the house wishes all the patients to assemble each morning with one mind to worship the true God, and carefully hear the pure principles of the heavenly doctrine explained and enforced; and the reasons for this are two fold: (1st.) There is but one God, and from Him proceed life and death, health and disease; and exalted above the hea. vens he ever hears the prayers of men; it is the duty therefore of mankind to worship him: (2d.) The object of establishing this hospital is to exhibit the benevolent character of the doctrines of Jesus, and to show forth their reality and truth, for after this manner did Jesus establish the proof of his religion. “ Táukwáng, 24th year, 9th month, 1st day.” Treaty of Whampoa. The arrival of his excellency M. de Lagrene, the French minister to China, and his suite, was noticed on page 447. His excellency had his first interview with Kiying in the first part of October in Macao, who arrived in that place, accompanied by Hwang Ngantung, Pwan Sz’shing, and Chau Changling as his asso- ciates. These high officers immediately entered upon negotiations, which were con. tinued during nearly the whole month. On the 23d ult., the plenipotentiaries embarked from the Praya Grande on board the steamer Archimede, and went up the river to Whampoa, where the treaty between France and China was signed. Kiying, with his suite, proceeded to Canton next day, and M. de Lagrene retured to Macao. M. le Marquis de Ferriere le Vayer, secretary of legation, left Macao in the Buckinghamshire for Paris overland, via Bombay, on the 15th instant, taking with him a copy of the treaty for ratification. His excellency, having visited Canton and Hongkong, will proceed, we understood, to Manila. Local correspondence, regarding the Registration Ordinance. Extracted from the Hongkong Register. No. 1. To H. E. the governor of the colony of Hongkong and its dependencies, and the honorable members of the Legislative Council of Hongkong. Honorable Sirs,- We respectfully beg to address you with reference to Ordinance No. 17 of 1844 – Entitled, " An Ordinance for establishing a registry of the inhabitants of the island of Hongkong and its dependencies," passed the Legislative Council the 21st August last, and published for the first tine in the Friend of China of the 19th October-to come into force the 1st November.. Though it may not be strictly within our province to question the policy of the publication of any Ordinance, whether urgent or unimportant in its princi- ples and details, not taking place until within the short space of twelve days of the period of its coming into operation, we cannot but express our regret, that an Ordinance so materially affecting public and private interests, which appears to have been passed so far back as the 21st August last, should not have been made known to us until within so short a period of our being called upon to acknowledge it as law, thus depriving us of the opportunity of making that due representation of our opinions against such enactments, as may ap- pear to us to bear hard upon our interests-a privilege, which as being un. represented in the Legislative Council we think is our due, considering the important interests we have at stake in the colony.-To this circumstance we pray you to attribute the lateness of our present address, and not to any indifference to the subject at issue. With these preliminary observations, we desire, therefore, to represent to your excellency, and the respective honorable members of your Council the unfeigned and extreme repugnance with which we have read the Ordinance in question, and to enter our formal and declared protest against the princi- ples that it involves. Principles, we do not hesitate to say, as unjust, as they are arbitrary and unconstitutional-taxing British subjects unrepresented in the most iniquitous of forins-authorizing the most unheard of inquisitorial proceedings without appeal or remedy-and placing the very power of residence to British subjects, 1844. 605 Journal of Occurrences. whose name may have hitherto been unsullied and unsuspected, in the hands of any one individual. Further, we consider that the law in question is opposed in its details, to one of the great objects struggled for during the late war with the Chinese empire, and against which special provision was made in the treaty of Nan. king-namely the Unchristian principle of holding one man responsible for the acts of another. Again, we would represent that the effect of this enactment, if carried out, will interfere with the labor and consequent prosperity of the colony-inas- much as many of us have entered into contracts, upon the faith of purchases made from your government, at enormous rentals, which must now either be broken or delayed, from the demur that the contractor will make to introduce laborers for their fulfilment-whilst the despotism that is apparent in this act will induce mary respectable Chinese, who have now sufficient difficulty in paying the heavy house rent in this colony, entirely to abandon the place, and debter others from taking up their residence amongst us. Moreover, we give it as our unqualified opinion, that the carrying out of the details of the Ordinance, will be found impracticable, as well as inefficacious for the subject sought to be attained, that the principle that it involves is even more stringent than has ever yet been applied to a penal settlement, and we confidently assert is repugnant to the feeling of every honorable British subject. With the above representation of our views of, and protest against this Ordinance, we would pray your excellency in Council, either to modify its details so as to remove the intolerance of the principles that it gives law to, or to cause the operation of it to be suspended, until reference can be made to the home government, as we cannot suppose that such a measure can receive the sanction of her most gracious majesty. We have, &c., Hongkong Your most obedient humble servants. Oct. 29th, 1844. T. A. GIBB, Alex. MATHESON (and many others). No. 2. Hongkong, 29th October, 1844. Sir,-In pursuance of a proposition made at a meeting held yesterday, hy R. Strachan, esq., seconded by Donald Matheson, esq., that a committee be formed for the purpose of framing a memorial for the signatures of the inha- bitants of Hongkong, to his excellency the governor and the honorable mem- bers of the Legislative Council respecting Ordinance No. 17 of 1844, we, the committee appointed at the said meeting, request that you will ascertain from his excellency and the honorable members, what hour they will be pleased to receive the deputation to deliver the said memorial, or that you will make arrangements otherwise for its presentation. As the said Ordinance comes into operation the 1st proximo, we hope that it will be found convenient to his excellency and the honorable members to name some hour to-morrow. We are, Sir. Your obedient servants. (Signed) T. A. GIBB, D. MATHESON, S. Rawson, P. DUDGEON, A. CARTER. To A. E. Shelley, esq., Clerk of the Councils. No. 3. Audit Office. Victoria, 30th Oct., 1844. Sir,-I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of a letter from several gentlemen, who formed themselves into a committee, ani..ngst whoin I observe your signature, and as it reached me too late yesterday evening to submit it to his excellency the governor, I have this morning done so, and have received his commands to intimate to you on behalf of the committee that he will be happy to receive the deputation, whose object it is to present a memorial to his excellency respecting the “ Registration Ordinance (a Copy of which I inclose), at four o'clock this day. I have the honor to be, sir, Your most obedient servant, To Augustus Carter, esq., &c., &c. A. E. SHELLEY, Clerk of Councils. No. 4. To his excellency the governor of the colony of Hongkong and its depen- dencies and the honorable members of the Legislative Council of Hongkong. 606 Nov. Journal of Occurrences. Honorable sirs,- It is with extreme regret that we, the committee appointed at a meeting held the 28th instant, for the purpose of taking into consideration Ordinance No. 17 of 1844, have to call the attention of your excellency and honorable members, to the present alarming state of affairs in this colony, and to request that immediate steps may be taken, to suppress the agitation that exists amongst all classes, in consequence of the publication of said Ordinance. We beg to point out to your excellency and your honorable members, that for the present all business is completely suspended-no boats can be procured for discharging or loading the numerous vessels at present lying in the harbor. Coinmunication between this and Canton is stopped the workmen engaged on the various buildings now in the course of erection have struck work--the markets are already closed; and there is no doubt but that means will be taken to prevent supplies from being brought to the island-instances having already come to our knowledge of parties in charge of provisions having been stopped on the way If, as we were led to sup, sose from your excellency, in our conference with you yesterday, the Ordinance in question is not intended to come into force for a period of two or more months, and then only to be carried out partially, we pray that some official notification may be promulgated at once, in order to allay the excitement that prevails amongst all classes, but especially that ainongst the native population-as we have every reason to believe that a great part of them are prepared to quit the island, a step that if taken will involve the whole British community in enormous pecuniary losses and in- convenience, and we much fear that great difficulty will be experienced in inducing their return. In confirmation of the views expressed in the memorial we had the honor to present to you yesterday, as to the extremne repugnance with which this Ordinance is viewed, we beg to state, that numbers of the most repectable Chinese have represented to us, that they were induced to leave their friends and their homes and settle amongst us, to evade the arbitrary measures imposed upon them by their own goverment, out of many of which, none was more repugnant to their feelings and their interests than the principles contained in the Ordinance in question, and they declare that had it not been for the expectation, of enjoying that freedom and protection that they under- stood all living under British rule have hitherto possessed, they would not have made the sacrifices they have. Again therefore praying your reconside- ration of this enactment, We have, &c. Hongkong, 31st Oct., 1844. (Signed as above.) No. 5. Hongkong, 31st October, 1844, Sir,---I have the honor to hand you the accompanying memorial to his excel. leney the governor and hon. members of the Legislative Council of Hong- kong and to request that you will cause the same to be presented with as little delay as possible. I am, sir, Your most obedient servant, A. E. Shelley, esq., Clerk of ikc Councils. AUGUSTUS CARTER. No. 6. Audit office. Victoria, Hongkong, Oct. 30th, 1844. Gentlemen,-l have received the instructions of H. E. the governor and members of Council to acquaint you that on perusing your memorial, here with returned, the language of it has been found so objectionable and so little in accordance with the respect due to the constituted authorities of the colony that it is impossible to receive it. The governor and members of Council are anxious at the same time to ob- serve a moderation in their proceedings on the present occasion which they do not discover in the document before them, and being ready to entertain the excuse already suggested by yourselves of the very hurrid manner in which this meinoriai has been prepared desire me to say that they were willing to afford you an opportunity of inaking any alteration and amendments, which they feel persuaded, your own sense of propriety will on reconsideration dic- tate and supply. I have only to add, that independent of the above considera- zjons, which weigh so imperatively on the governor and Council in declining 1841. 607 Journal of Occurrences. the reception of your address in its present form, the standing instructions of her majesty's government expressly require that all representations made to the governors of colonies should be properly and respectfully worded.' I have the honor to be gentlemen, Your most obedient servant, (Signed) A. E. SHELLEY, Clerk of Councils. To Messrs. T. A. Gibb, Donald Matheson, &c. No. 7, Hongkong, October 31st, 1844. Sir,- We beg to acknowledge receipt of your letter dated 30th instant, and regret to learn that his excellency the governor, and honorable inembers of the Legislative Council, have deemed it necessary to disapprove of, and return the memorial which we yesterday presented to them, from the European inhabitants of the island of Hongkong respecting the Ordinance No. 17. of 1844. Though it is true that the language of the memorial is strong, it bul represents the sentiments with which we were then actuated and what we still feel was iinperatively called for by the urgency of the occasion, and which we may add subsequent circumstances have fully borne out;-at the same time we beg distinctly to disavow the remotest intention of addressing his excellency and the honorable mernbers in any other than the most respect- ful terms. We have, &c., sir, Your most obedient servants, (Signed) T. A. GIBB, D. MATHESON, S. RAWSON, P. DUDGEON, A. CARTER. No. 8. Council Chamber, October 31st, 1844. Gentlemen,-I have received the commands of H. E. the governor and Council to acknowledge the receipt of your second letter of this day's date. The governor and Council will be always ready to receive, and to take into favorable consideration, all communications properly and respectfully worded, and I have it in command to inform you, that as all seditious rioting on the part of the Chinese population has been easily suppressed, the governor and Council are now prepared to reconsider the provisions of the Registration Ordinance, and with this view to receive all suggestions properly addressed to them, either as regards the qualification of this measure, or its ultimate abro- gation if found necessary. I have the honor &c., (Signed and addressed as above.) No. 9. Hongkong, October 31st, 1844. Sir,-We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of this date, conveying to us the reply of his excellency and the honorable members of the Legislative Council, to our communication of this morning, and we have to request that you will tender to his excellency in Council our best thanks, for the courtesy and attention with which the same has been received, and the gratifying promises which are held out. We would earnestly pray that his excellency may take the earliest step, not only to calm the present excited feelings of the Chinese populace, but also to remove the causes of the personal deprivations, and general stagnation of business, from which we are now suffering. We would also hope that the propriety of the ultimate abro- gation of the Ordinance in question, the possibility of which is contemplated, will meet with his excellency's most favorable consideration, feeling confident that it will be productive of universal satisfaction to all classes in the colony. Your most obedient servants, (Signed and addressed as above) No. 10. Council Chamber, Victoria, 2d November, 1844. Gentlemen,- Your letter of the 31st ultimo, having failed to be delivered till the 1st instant, and consequently not till after your second memorial (in which no reference whatever was made to it) had been replied to, the governor and Council have only this day had an opportunity of considering it. I ain directed on this occasion to acquaint you that the governor and Council see with surprize and regret a reässertion on your part of sentiments contained in your former letter, and which has already met with the strongest mark they could possibly allix to it of their reprobation, 608 Journal of Occurrences. Could the governor and Council have foreseen such an unbecoming persist. ance in the expression of your opinions, however veiled by your disavowal of intentional disrespect, the governor and Council would most assuredly have abstained from paying the smallest attention to your second memorial. Under these circumstances the governor and Council deem it right you should know that all further communication must cease, between the govern. ment and yourselves, while such sentiments continue to be maintained by you, and that you are indebted wholly to the ignorance of the governor and Council occasioned by the delay of your letter of the 31st ultimo, for any answer whatever to what now appears to be in fact your third communication. I have, &c., Your most obedient servant, ADOLPHUS E. SHELLEY, Clerk of Councils. Messrs. T. A. Gibb, D. Matheson, S. Rawson, P. Dudgeon, A. Carter. No. 11. Hongkong, 2d November, 1844. Sir,- I have the honor to acknowledge receipt at 8 P. M., of your letter of this date addressed to myself and the members of the deputation who presented a memorial on behalf of the inhabitants of Hongkong to his excellency and the honorable members of the Legislative Council the 30th ultimo. I am deputed by them to express their regret that his excellency and the honorable members should so personally apply the terms used in that me- morial to the committee as a body, feeling, however, fully borne out by the expression of a resolution passed at a public meeting held this day, froin which their duties as a committee ceased, they have now merely requested me to acknowledge receipt of your letter. I have, &c., &c., Augs. CARTER, Late secretary. To A. E. Shelley, esq., Clerk of Councils. No. 12. (From the government Gazette Extraordinary.) His excellency the governor regrets to have received, in an official report from the assistant magistrate of police, the following communication with reference to the suppressed riot. “My information leads me to believe that other than Chinese influence has been exerted to mature the late movement. The leading part taken by the compradore of an English firm; the meeting of Chinese held at the house of that firm; the intimate knowledge displayed by the Chinese of the proceed- ings of certain English regarding the registration; and their adoption of pre- cisely similar language ; would seem to mark most clearly the assistance and coöperation of one or more Englishmen.” His excellency the governor would fain hope, for the sake of the British character, that none could have been found capable of thus tampering with the Chinese population; but, as the subject has come officially before him, he deems it necessary to take this public notice of it, and to draw the attention of any who could descend to such unworthy practices to the consequences entailed on the ignorant and unfortunate Chinese, who have been necessarily subjected by the magistrates to serve punishment. (By order) ADOLPHUS E. SHELLEY, Council Room, Nov. 3d 1844. Clerk of Councils. No. 13. No. 1, Albany, November 3d, 1844. Sir, I beg to acknowledge the receipt of the copy of resolutions which you yesterday sent me for the consideration of his excellency the governor and members of Council. His excellency the governor and the members of Coun- cil having already declared their intention to refuse all memorials not pro- perly and respectfully worded, and it being my duty to carry out such inten- tion, 1 return you these resolutions and regret that I cannot comply with your request that I should lay them before the Council. I have, &c. Your most obedient servant, A. E. SHELLEY, Clerk of Councils. To Duncan Jas. Kay, esq. Of Messrs. Turner & Co. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIII. DECEMBER, 1844.—No. 12. ART. I. Philosophical opinions of Chú futsz regarding Tái kia, or the great extreme, of the Chinese. (Continued from page 559.) Communicated for the Repository. The great extreme, tái kiht toe, is merely the immaterial prin- ciple. Should any ask, regarding the great extreme, seeing it is not a confusedly formed thing that existed before heaven and earth, whether it is not a general name for the immaterial principle of hea- ven, earth, and all things? I should say, that the great extreme is merely the immaterial principle of heaven, earth, and all things; speaking of it with reference to heaven and earth, then the great extreme may be said to exist in the centre of heaven and earth. Speaking of it with respect to the myriad of things, then amongst the myriad of things each one pessesses a great extreme. Before heaven and earth existed, this principle was first in being; coming into motion and producing the yáng , the male principle of nature, it was nothing more than this principle; at rest and produc- ing the yin , the female principle of nature, it was merely this self same principle. The myriad of things, the four seasons, and the five elements came solely from the great extreme. This great extreme is merely a portion of primary matter ; moving gently along it divides itself into two, that which retains the motion in itself is the male principle of nature, and that which continues at rest is the female; it then di- vides into the five elements, and subsequently diffuses itself among the myriad of things. VOL XIU NO XIL 610 DEC. Philosophical Opinions of Chủ Futsz. In asking about the developement of the great extreme, how it is that it first moves and is then still, that it first is known by its use and then by its substance, that it first affects and then becomes inac- tive! The reply is, that speaking of it with regard to the male and female principle of nature, then the use of it appears in the male principle, and the substance of it is manifest in the female. Still motion and rest have no originating cause, and the male and female principles of nature have no commencement, so that we cannot dis- tinguish between priority and subsequence. But we will merely now speak of their beginning; in which view rest must precede motion, the substance of a thing go before its use, and non-actively be prior to influence. Again the female principle of nature must precede the male, influence non-actively, and motion rest; which then will be first and which last? It is impossible in fact to say that to-day motion had place, and thus began; and still more improper to say that yesterday stillness prevailed. It is just like in breathing; it would be agreeable to the usage of language, to speak of expiration and inspiration, but not inspiration and expiration; while in reality inspiration sometimes precedes expiration, and at other times expira- tion inspiration. The great extreme is not an independent separate existence; it is found in the male and female principles of nature, in the five ele- ments, and in the myriad of things; it is merely an immaterial prin- ciple, and because of its extending to the extreme limit, is therefore called the great extremne. If it were not for the great extreme, hea- ven and earth would not have been set afloat. The great extreme is the immaterial principle, while motion and rest belong to primary matter; when the primary matter moves, then the immiterial principle also moves; these two are constantly de- pendant on each other, and never separated. At the very first there was nothing, but merely this immaterial principle; this immaterial principle being in existence was able to move and produced the male principle of nature, it rested and produced the female princi- ple; when its rest came to the uttermost then it moved again, and when its motion arrived at the extreme limit then it rested; thus things went on in a circle perpetually revolving; this really was be- cause the immaterial principle was inexhaustible, and primary mat- ter partook of its inexhaustible character; thus heaven and earth came into being, and matters and things from this point kept on revolving ; each day had its revolutions; each month and each year slic sümc : and thus afl'airs have been rolling on ever since. 1844. 611 Philosophical (Opinions of Chú Vịtsz'. Before the great extreme got into motion, the female principle of nature was in existence; the female principle of nature in the midst of its stillness, had the root of the male principle within itself; the male principle of nature in the midst of its motion had the root of the female principle within itself; and the reason why after motion it must stop, was because it dated its origin from the female princi- ple; so also the reason why after stillness motion must succe cceed, was thai its root was in the male principle. The reason why the great extreme possesses motion and rest is because of the flowing and moving established by fate. Should any doubt how it is that in the region of stillness there could be flowing and moving, I should say, that it is merely the interchange of motion and rest that causes the flowing and moving. Thus in the time of autumn and winter could you say that there was no flow- ing and moving? Should you say that there could not be flowing and moving, what then will you do with the assertion that stillness produces the fernale principle of nature ? You may see it in the word produce. From the time when the great extreme came into operation the myriad of things were produced by transformation ; this one doc- trine includes the whole; it is not because this was first in existence and then that, but altogether there is only one great origin, which from the substance extends to the use, and from the subtile reaches to that which is manifest. Should one ask, that according to the doctrine that there is really one immaterial principle, and all things partake thereof in order to form their substance, thus making out that the myriad of things have each got a great extreme, according to this, then, is the great extreme split up and divided ? I should reply, that originally there is only one great extreme (anima mundi), of which all things partake, so that each one is provided with a great extreme, just as the moon in the heavens is only one, and yet it is dispersed over the hills and lakes, being seen from every place in succession; still you cannot say that the moon is divided. If the great extreme be divided, it is only into the two great prin- ciples of nature, the yin and the yáng , which include every matter and thing throughout the whole world. That from which the great extreme first came was taken from the idea of the extreme centre on which a pivot turns; and what the sages mean by the great extreme is the root of heaven, earth, and all things. Hence Chautsz' called it the extremeless, or the illimitable, by which he meant the great noiseless scentless (i. e. incorporeal) mystery. 612 Dec. Philosophical Opinions of Chú Futsz. are The great extreme has neither residence nor form, nor place, which you can assign to it. If you speak of it before its develope- ment, then previous to that emanation it was perfect stillness; mo- tion and rest, with the male and female principles of nature, only the embodyment and descent of this principle; motion is the motion of the great extreme, rest is the rest of the great extreme, while the same motion and rest are not to be considered the great extreme itself. Hence Chautsz' merely spoke of the extremeless, or illimitable. Before its developement you could not call it the great extreme. Just as the feelings of joy and anger, sorrow and delight, which are engendered in the mind; of these joy and delight belong to the male principle of nature, sorrow and anger to the female; but before either one of them is displayed the immaterial principle of each is in existence; and if you may speak of them as though already they were developed, so also perhaps it may be right to call the yet undeveloped principle the great extreme; but after all it is difficult to speak definitely on the subject; all we can do is to indicate some approximation to the reality; and every man must endeavor to embody the idea in his own mind. Should any one ask, what is the great extreme? I would say, the great extreme is simply the principle of extreme goodness and ex- treme perfection. Every man has got a great extreme; every thing has got a great extreme; that which Chautsz' called the great ex- treme, is the exemplified virtue of everything that is extremely good and extremely perfect in the heaven and earth, men and things. Above, when speaking of the great extreme, it was represented as including the male and female principle of nature; and in a former paragraph, when speaking of nature, it was said to include primary matter; for without including the male and female principles of nature together with primary matter, the great extreme and nature would have nothing to be attached to; but you must be clear in your ideas on this subject, and must not speak of them without separating them the one from the other. Should any one object and say, you, sir! in speaking of the great extreme, said, that as soon as nature existed, then also existed the male and female principles and the four elements, what did you ineau by nature? In reply, I think this must have been some old saying of ime, which on farther refleetion I find is different from what I thought. For this nature refers to what each one has received from heaven, but with regard to the great extreme we ought merely to speak of it as the immaterial principle, from which expression we 1844, 613 Philosophical Opinioms of Chú Futsa, cannot deviate. The book of diagrams says, that the one male and the one female principle, of nature is called Táu , or reason; the doctrine of their operations being consecutively continued is the good idea ; when these are completed then it may be denominated nature; this is what is called heaven's communicating powers to men and things, and men and things receiving these powers from heaven. I have been in the habit of saying, that the great extreme is some- thing that hides its head, when it moves it belongs to the male, and previous to moving, to the female principle. The great extreme is that which nourishes in itself the principle of motion and rest, still you must not attempt to divide it into substance and use by the ideas of motion and rest; for rest is the substance of the great extreme, and motion the use of the great extreme; just like a fan, which in itself is merely a fan, when moved it is brought into use, and when laid down still there is its substance; should you again lay it down, it would be the same, or should you wave it, it would still be the same thing. Liáng Wan-shuh said, the great extreme may be spoken of as connecting motion and rest, but the great extreme possesses motion and rest; when pleasure and anger, joy and sorrow are not yet displayed, (that is before any movement of the passions,) it is still the great extreme, and when these passions are manifested it is still the great extreme. In fact there is only one great extreme that pervades the region where it is displayed, and gathers itself up in the period of its non-developement. Should any one ask, what is the great extreme? I should say, before its developement it is the immaterial principle, and after its manifestation it is feeling; thus for instance, when it moves and produces the male principle of nature, then it is feeling or passion. The great extreme is like the extreme top of a house, or the highest point in the heaven, arrived at which, there is no possibility of going farther; it is in fact the extreme point of the immaterial principle. The male principle of nature moves, and the female is at rest, it is not the great extreme, however, that moves or is still, but the immaterial principle that has these properties. The im- material painciple cannot be perceived; but from the operations of the male and female principle of nature we become acquainted with it; thus the immaterial principle depends on the male and female principles of nature (for its display), just like a man on horseback. No sooner has it produced the five clements than they are seized upon 614 Dec, Philosophical Opinions of Chú Futsz. and fixed by the more subtile and grosser elements of matter, when each one is constituted an individual thing, possessing a nature peculiar to itself, and the great extreme is everywhere present. One asks, is that which Líutsz' remarked of the due medium of heaven and earth, the same with what Chautsz' said of the great extreme? To which I reply, just the saine: only the names are different : the due medium is that which is exactly suitable. What the historical classic says about “the great supreme sending down the due medium upon the people of this lower world,” is merely the exactness of suitability. The extreme (of a circumference) is not the medium, but the extreme point in which all the lines meet is the due medium. Just like this candlestick, the centre of it where the pin for fixing the candle is situated is the extreme point in which all the lines meet; from this place to any part of the circumference is just a suitable distance, without any addition; and from any part of the circumference to this place is precisely the same distance, without any diminution. The great extreme is a very large thing; above and below and all round is called the universe of space; and from of old to the present time is the universe of time. There is nothing so great as the universe of space; on whichever side you go there is no limit, while above and below there are no limits; how large then is this ! There is nothing so distant as the uneverse of time, throughout all former ages, down to the present, both before and after an inex- haustible succession; it is necessary in your own mind constantly to grasp this idea. Should any one ask, whose observation is this? I reply, this is the observation of an ancient individual. Liang-shau used constantly to be giving utterance to this sentiment; but what he said was merely this idea, without making use of many expres- sions, whilst that which he maintained was a vast expanse. More- over, have you seen the western record of Hwangkiú? On first inspection it appears to contain a number of expressions, but it is narrow in its limits, and when its measure is filled up, what great- ness has it? Speaking of the great extreme, according to the doctrine of the immaterial principle, you cannot say that it is according to the ap- pearance of things, and you cannot say that it is not. Should any ask regarding the sentiment of Kang-tsie, that Táu in or reason is the great extreme; and that the human heart is the great extreme; by which reason he meant spontaneous principle of heaven, earth, all things; and by which heart he meant the obtaining of this . and 18.11 615 Philosophical Opinions of Chú Fülsz! principle by mankind in order to be the lord of their whole persons ; I would reply, that it is certainly true; only the great extreme is one without compeer. The great extreme possesses alike the principle of the five ele- ments and the male and female powers of nature; it is not an empty thing; were it empty, it would resemble what the Budhists talk about nature. The extreme is the extreme point of all doctrines; that which contains the immaterial principle of heaven, earth, and all things is the great extreme. The great extreme is simply the extreme point, beyond which one cannot go; that which is most elevated, most mysterious, most subtile, and most divine, and be- yond which there is no passing. Lienk'í was afraid lest people should think that the great extreme possessed form, and therefore called it the boundless extreme, a principle centred in nothing, and having an infinite extent.* Should one ask, that seeing the great extreme is the immaterial principle, how can the immaterial principle have motion and rest? That which has form is capable of motion and rest; but the great extreme has no form, it is apprehended therefore that motion and rest cannot be applied to it. To this I would reply, that the imma. terial principle has motion and rest, therefore the primary matter has motion and rest; if the immaterial principle had neither motion nor rest, where would the primary matter get its form? It is itself apparent in matter and things, which if you look at you will find, that the male and female powers of nature nourish the great extreme, and if you carry things up to their origin then it will ap- pear that the great extreme produces the male and female principle of nature. Should any ask, whether the great extreme be the extreme princi- ple of the human heart? I should say, that every affair and every thing has its extreme, which is the highest point of right reason. Should any suggest, that perhaps the benevolence of a prince, or the reverence of a subject is the extreme referred to; I should reply, this is indeed the extreme of one business and of one thing, but the combination of the right principles of heaven, earth, and all things, is the great extreme. The great extreme had not this name origi- nally, but this is its manifestation. The great extreme is like a root springing up which divides into stem and branches, and again sepa- rately produces flowers and leaves. These go on springing up one This resembles the old idea of the deity, that it is like a cirice whose centre is no where, and whose circumference is everywhere, * 616 Dec. Philosophtcal Opinions of Chú Futsa. after the other in one endless rotation, until the fruit is perfected; in which there is again the principle of reproduction without end; thus while the tree goes on hearing, it constitutes in itself an un- limited great extreme, without stopping, only when the fruit is com- pleted there is a slight cessation. Still it is not that it comes to this point, and then necessarily ceases for a while. Hence it is said, in the beginning and end of all things, there is nothing like the stop- page, and in that very stoppage is contained the idea of reproduc- tion. It is nothing more than this one principle; hence in the season of autumn and winter, all things are spontaneously gathered and shut up, until suddenly the spring comes down, and then everything ex- pands and flourishes. This is only one and the same primary mat- ter, which decays at one time, and spring up at another; just like human beings, when they are silent, then they are still, and when they speak, then they move. The blue, yellow, azure, and green color of the hills, is no other than the great extreme. That which is called the great extreme cannot be spoken of as separated from the male and female principles of nature, and yet cannot be spoken of as mixed up with those principles. To the question, whether, when speaking of all things having a great extreme, this relates to the immaterial principle or to primary matter? The reply is, to the immaterial principle. The unlimited and the great extreme both refer to the incorporeal and immaterial principle. Chú fútsz' was afraid lest people should seek for another great extreme over and above the one specified, and therefore spoke of it as the boundless; and seeing that he has called it the boundless, people must not insist on looking out for it, as though it were a principle which they possessed. Should any ask whether the great extreme commenced in the movement of the male principle of na- ture; I should say, that the female principle and rest constitute the root of the great extreme, but then the female principle and rest are produced from the male principle and motion. From one period of quiescence and one of motion, there resulted the opening out of all things; reasoning upwards from this great opening out, there is further no limit or bound, and you cannot say anything about origin or commencement. Should any ask, how is it that Nanhien has called the substance of the great extreme the essence of stillness? I reply, he is mis- taken. Should any ask, what is your opinion of his saying, that the essence of stillness is spoken of with reference to it both before and after its display? I should say, this would be making out the great 1844. 617 Philosophical Opinions of Chú rútsz. extreme to be a partial and deflected thing. In heaven and earth there are oniy two principles, viz., motion and rest, which travel in a circle without intermission; beyond these, which are what is called the changes, there is no agent; and yet when they move and stop there must be a principle inducing that motion and rest, this is what is called the great extreme. That which is called the great extreme is contained within the male and female principle of nature : and that which is called the male and female principle of nature is contained within the great extreme. People in the present day talk about a great extreme superior to the male and female principle of nature, and something incorporeal and shadowless distinct from it; but this is wrong. Human nature is like the great extreme'; the heart resembles the male and female principle of nature; the great extreme is contained in the centre of the male and female principle of nature, and cannot be separated from it; but when we come to speak of the great extreme it is merely the great extreme, and of the male and female principle of nature, it is just that principle. The same is the case with regard to human nature and the human heart; for these may be called one and yet two, two and yet one. The word Táu , reason, is the great extreme of the Yíh King “ Book of Diagrams;" one is the odd of the male number, and two is the even of the female number, three is just the odd and seven put together. Thus when it is said, that two produced three, it means that two and one make three. If we merely considered“ the great extreme, there would be no more need to speak of reason producing the one. Motion and rest had no commencement, the male and female principle of nature had no beginning, and originally it is not possible to speak of them as having priority and sequence; yet if we wisi to cut short the discourse, it would not matter to attribute to them seniority and subsequence. From what Chú fótsz' has said, about the great extreme moving and producing the male principle of nature, it would appear that before it moved it was at rest; also when he says, that stillness, when carried to excess, was followed by motion, it would seem to imply that after the rest there came motion. Just like spring, summer, automn, and winter ; greatness, penetration, con- venience, and correctness, which cannot be divested of priority and subsequence; and yet, were it not for the winter, what place would there be for spring; and without correctness, where would be the one" as VOL. XIII. NO. XII 618 Dec. Philosophical Opinions of Chú Futsa. greatness ? Looking upon the question in this point of view, there would seem to be a priority and sequence. What the former books have said about the great extreme pot being separable from the male and female principle of nature, is just in accordance with the modern doctrine that it does not depend on the male and female principle of nature, and yet produces that prin- ciple; a certain one considering its corporeal character and its superior and inferior position, while it is really not mixed up, has said, that it was in the midst of the male and female principle; while I, taking the same things into consideration, and seeing it at the same time nominally not mixed up, have said, that it was not separated from the male and female principle; although our expres- sions are different, the statement is substantially the same. The meaning of the great extreme, is just the utmost point of the immaterial principle; when this principle existed, then existed also the thing now treated of, and neither order nor precedence can be predicated of them; hence it is said that, when the Yih King treats of the great extreme, it means that the great extreme is in the midst of the male and female principle of nature, and not separated from it. Now if we should speak of it as the great centre, or treat of it as prior to the dividing of heaven and earth, and as existing before the separation of the vast expanse, perhaps we should not go on a sure basis. That which is incorporeal and ascends is called Táu , the active principle of things; that which is corporeal and descends is called ki hone, the substratum, or basis of form. Now to speak of the great extreme, and to say that it is a divine thing, or to treat of it as existing before the separation of heaven and earth, when the primary matter combined and united, are both propositions which it is to be feared cannot be established. To say that the great extreme includes motion and rest, will do, for this is to speak of its substance; to say that the great extreme possesses motion and rest will also do, for this is to speak of its movement. But if we say that the great extreme is identical with motion and rest, this would be to make it corporeal, while its upper and lower parts could not be distinguished; and what the Yih King says of the great extreme would then be tautology. The great extreme is the immaterial principle of the two powers, the four forms, and the eight changes of nature; we cannot say that it does not exist, and yet there is no form or corporeity that can be ascribed to it. From this point is produced the one male and the one female principles of nature, which are called the two powers; or 144. 616 Report of the Morrison Education Society. also the four forms and the eight changes proceed from this, all according to a certain natural order, irrespective of human strength in its arrangement. But from the time of Confucius no one has been able to get hold of this idea. Until the time of Sháu Kangtsie, when this doctrine was explained, and it appeared very reasonable and pleasing. It may not therefore be treated with lightness, and should be more particularly inquired into. That which is not displayed is the rest of the great extreme, and that which is already displayed is the motion of the great extreme. To one asking the meaning of extreme, it is replied, that it means, , to carry any thing to the uttermost so that nothing can be added to it: in order to exhibit the name and meaning of this principle, it may be called that which nothing in the whole world can add to. Hence it is always in the middle of things, and forms the center of everything. Matter without it would have neither root nor lord, and can have nothing wherewith to establish it: hence the doctrine of its being the centre of everything is possible; and yet to say that it is in the extreme centre would not do. Speaking of it accord- ing to what is corporeal, then it is like the ridge pole of a house, or the central pillar of a granary, it is always in the middle of the build- ing, and the whole structure on every side depends on it for support; a thousand lines and ten thousand distinctions derive their origin therefrom. This is what the Book of Ceremonies speaks of the people's extreme point, and what the Book of Odes says of the ex- tremity of the four quarters : the ineaning of each is the same. Should any one ask whether is would be right to carry it out thus or not? I reply, it would be right. ART. II. The sixth Annual Report of the Morrison Education Society, with minutes of its meeting. The sixth anniversary of the Morrison Education Society was celebrated at the Society's house, in Victoria, Hongkong, on Wed- nesday the 25th of September, 1844. Present Messrs. Donald Matheson, R. Montgomery Martin, William Bell, C. F. Still, Martin Ford, S. W. Williams, R. Rees, and S. Rochfort; the Rev. Messrs. Stanton, Shuck, Brown and Gillespie : the Rev. Drs. Legge and 620 Dec. Report of the Morrison Education Society. Bridgman; Drs. Dill, Hobson, and Macgowen; Dr. Parrott of the royal attillery, major Low, and captain Dodds. At 6 o'clock P. M. the president, the Rev. Dr. Bridgman took the chair; and after a few remarks,-regading the particularly favorable circumstances under which the members and friends were convened, called for the Report, which was read, in part by the corresponding secretary, S. Wells Williams, esq., and in part by the Rev. S. R. Brown. After the conclusion of the Report, it was moved by W. Bell, esq., and seconded by R. M. MARTIN, esq., and carried unanimously: “That the Report, which has now been read, be accepted and printed under the care of the Trustees." In bringing forward this motion, and supporting it, both the gen- tlemen expressed their high gratification at the sentimests and details contained in the report. Moved by DONALD Matheson esq., and seconded by Dr. Dill, and carried unanimously : “ That the thanks of the Society be given to the Trustees for their management of its affairs during the past two years.” Moved by R. M. Martin, esq., and seconded by the Rev. V. STANTON, and carried unanimously: “That the thanks of the Society be given to the Rev. Mr. Brown for his report read this evening, and to both him and Mrs. Brown for their care of the school and their efforts in carrying out the plans of the Society. In moving this resolution, Mr. Martin expressed his concurrence in the sentiments of the Report, regarding the importance of moral training and culture in the pupils, and mentioned having lately seen the two boys now in Capt. Balfour's office at Shanghái, and that their character stood high for being faithful and trustworthy assis- tants in the office. Mr. Bell also supported Rev. Mr. Stanton in seconding the resolution, and in a few words expressed the high estimation he had of the care and assiduity shown by Mr. and Mrs. Brown in their conduct of the school and in the instruction of the pupils. Mr. Brown returned his thanks for the vote of the Society and said, that his life and strength should be given to the school so long as they were spared him, and that it was his ardent wish to see the pupils become fitted to be an honor to the Society, and to fill stations of usefulness with credit to themselves, as well as become thoroughly convinced of the truths of the Bible and their own duty to obey its precepts. 1844, Roport of the Morricon Education Society. The President having spoken of the departure of the Patron of the Society, it was on motion of C. F. Still, esq., seconded by W. Bell esq., resolved : “ That the Trustees be empowered to request his excellency, Mr. Davis to accept the office of Patron of the Society." The members of the Society then proceeded to ballot for officers for the ensuing year, after which, On motion of Rev. Mr. Stanton, seconded by Dr. Hobson, and Rev. Dr. Legge, the thanks of the Society ware given to Rev. Dr. Bridgman for his conduct in the chair, and the interest he has taken in the affairs of the institution. Dr. Bridgman, in returning his thanks, reiterated assurances of unabated interest in the welfare of the Society, and that all he could do should be cheerfully done to advance its prosperity. The meeting of the Society then being adjourned, the gentlemen present were invited to attend an examination of the school. The scholars were assembled, and Mr. Brown called up the fourth class, of 10 lads, who had been under instruction a year. Reading books were put into their hands, and their progress in reading, and spelling, and understanding the meaning of what they read, was shown by a lesson in each being given to the class. This examination was all conducted in English, so that their ability in understanding what was said to them, and also in giving the sense of what they read in Engish, should be considered as great part of the progress they had made. The thir:) class, of 10 lads, was examined in mental arithmetic, reading short stories and showing their ability in understanding them, and whatever was said to them in English. The second class, of 4 lads, was next called up, and questions put to them in the simple rules of arithmetic, taken out of Colburn's Sequel, in which they showed some acquaintance with the elements of arithmetic; a reading lesson was given them, and also some ques- tions put to them in geography. The students of the first class were examined in reading, in the prin- ciples of mechanics, geography, &c., to some extent in all the studies they have pursued. Their exercises in English composition were handed round, and the gentlemen present were invited to ask them questions, on any subjects they chose. Sometimes a little hesitation was exhibited, but the answers to such questions as they could reply to were give in good and idiomatic English. The examination closed with a question in morals, “What is our duty to each other ?” to which the reply was, “ to do good to each other.” 622 Dec. Report of the Mrroison Education Society. REPORT. In presenting their Sixth Annual Report, of this Institution, to its members, and friends, the Trustees are happy in being able to do so in the Society's own house, for the first time. This spot has now been occupied for two years, during which period we have had ample experience of its adaptation for the purposes of a school; and the Society will join with the Trustees in expressing their acknowledge- ments to his excellency, her majesty's late plenipotentiary, sir Henry Pottinger, who granted it to the institution. Before entering into a detailed Report of the school, we desire to render devout thanks to Him in whose hands is our life, for the health of the scholars and prosperity of the Institution enjoyed during the last two years. We would not ascribe this freedom from sickness, during a time of great mortality, to the supposed salubrity of the site, or to any other second causes, but refer at once to the goodness and mercy of God. Only one boy has been removed by death, viz. V. P. Harris, an English lad taken into the school under peculiar circums- tances. He died of fever about a year since. The position of the foreign community in China, living as they do at some distance from each other, renders the labor of keeping them acquainted with the progress of the Institution, and thus maintain- ing their interest in its welfare, greater than if they were collected in one spot, as was the case when the Society was formed in Canton. We do not suppose, however, that the interest of the community in its welfare has abated because it has been inconvenient or impossible for its friends to visit the school personally; and this must be our apology for entering more into detail than perhaps would otherwise be necessary. Former Reports have given all requisite information relative to its formation and object, with the views, and plans adopted by the found- ens of the Mor. Education Society to accomplish these. In looking over those reports, we are reminded of former friends, and the chan- ges since the last meeting was held in Canton in 1838. The majority, nay nearly the whole of the original members have returned to their native lands; some have died; and only two or three still remain, to continụe their unabated interest in the Society's welfare. We hope, however, that their successors will regard the wellbeing of the Chinese as an object worthy of their attention, and aid in diffusing among them the benefits, to which they and all of us here owe our comparative superiority as subjects of Christian countries. 1311. Report of the Morrison Education Society. In order to show the claim this Society has upon them in carrying into execution its laudable purposes, it may be stated, that it owes its origin and formation to the foreign community in China ; and it was devised to augment the benefits of Christian education, and to honor the work and perpetuate the memory of the Rev. Dr. Morrison. Among those individuals, who took a personal interest in it, we may mention the names of Williain Jardine, James Matheson, Robert In- glis, D. W. C. Olyphant, John C. Green, and our late respected pre- sident, Lancelot Dent; their views were expansive, and their efforts corresponding. None of these gentlen.en, however, remained here long enough to see much of the results of their plans. And there is hardly one present who does not notice a more recent vacancy in this meeting ; but still we hope to see that the Society's prosperity has so strong a hold upon this community that even the loss of our late Recording Secretary, the honorable Mr. J. R. Morrison will be supplied. The Trustees wish to make this point plain, that the Mor. Education Society is the property of the foreign community in China. With one or two exceptions, it has never received a single dollar from abroad, nor do the Trustees intend to make any efforts out of this country. Its object being one which is felt wherever ignorance and wickedness are to be removed, appeals abroad in aid of its funds, would of course be satisfactorily replied to, and waived by the demand for instruction in their own region. The prosperity of the Society, the extent of its usefulness, and the amount of good it may do, depend almost entirely upon the favor and aid shown to it by foreigners in China; and the Trustees hope that, that aid and that countenance are as permanent as the objects it contemplates are enduring, and commensurate too, we might add, with the benefits which they feel that they themselves derived from early Christian instruction and Christian care. The regard already exhibited is encouraging, and if the patrons and friends of the Society see that their bounty is pro- perly bestowed, and results show that the efforts made are not lost, we will not believe till we see it,” that the community will with- hold the means of carrying out what they themselves have begun. One of the resolutions adopted by a vote of the Society at its annual meeting in 1841, was to engage another teacher; and in pursuance of this resolution a letter was addressed to the same committee of gentlemen in New Haven, U.S.A., who so kindly and willingly acted for the Society on a former occasion. Their search has not however yet been successful, and if we are much longer delayed, the Trustees will consider it their duty to take some further measures to carry it 6:24 Dec. Report of the Morrison Education Society. into effect. This step has been so frequently referred to in the various documents of the Society, that it seems hardly necessary again to advert to it. That such a measure had been taken wag mentioned in the circular issued last December, and the hope was then entertained that ere this a teacher would have arrived. In view of that event, and the consequent plans of enlarging the school which would grow out of it, it was then stated that it might be advisable to add to the sleeping apartment. This subject is now again brought forward, in order that the Society may early know in what manner the Trustees design to employ the additional means of instruction, and what changes and outlays will be requisite to give full effect to them. An additional room can be added to the east wing of this house, or the present one enlarged, at a small expense, by which 20 or 30 more pupils can be provided with sleeping apartments. In December last, the Trustees found it necessary to make known the wants of the Society to the community by means of a circular ; and they wish to acknowledge the response made to that circular with thanks. It was suggested at that time that the plan of annual subscriptions was the most eligible for placing the Institution upon a permanent basis, and measures were taken to secure subscribers as well as donors. In the course of a few weeks, forty-four annual subscribers were obtained, besides many donations: The number of both could, we doubt not, be increased; and although at this present moment, there are many calls upon the benevolence of the communi- ty, we have confidence that the claims of their oldest Society will not be overlooked or disregarded by the foreign residents. It is by annual subscriptions that plans of this nature are elsewhere carried forward; and it is plain to all, who will give the matter a little atten- tion, that it is the only mode to secure anything like permanence, or afford the Trustees any data for their operations, or show them clearly how far they may safely go. During the past year, the Society has lost its Patron in the depar- ture of sir Hensy Pottinger, to whom it is indebted for a site for the school. Soon after his arrival in China, the institution was brought to his notice, and its objects received his excellency's appro- bation; and as its Patron he furthered its operations in every way he could. Under the sanction of her majesty's government, he made arrangements for giving it some further aid, as part of the system by which educational objects in India and elsewhere receive the coun- tenance and assistance of the government. His successor, we trust, will be able to carry into effect these arrangements. 1844. 625 Report of the Morrison Education Society. In this place, the Trustees wish to refer to a subject connected with the patronage of sir Henry, viz., the employment of the more advanced pupils of the school, in the various British consulates, as interpreters and Chinese assistants. The engagement of two lads in captain Balfour's office at Shanghái, was noticed in the last report, They went up with him last winter, and were to have returned within six months' time, and two others, appointed to take their places, were to have gone up the coast, but owing to the lack of any arran- gement to this end, no exchange has been effected. Those now at Shánghái, Achik and Tiensau, are still regarded as members of the school, and when they return, will resume their places here, in the first class, It is the desire of the Society, and must naturally be of all friends of the pupils, to see them fill stations of usefulness with honor to themselves and their patrons; but as the Trustees in taking these lads entirely away from parental influence, have taken upon them- selves those duties, they consider that they and the instructors are bound to make the best arrangement possible for the real welfare of the lads. In choosing or refusing situations for them, they feel that regard should be paid to the moral and social position of the boys, selecting, as much as can be, these possessing freedom from great temptation, and not exposed to those vicious influences under which even persons trained under Christian parentage and influence make shipwreck of reputation, health, prospects, and life itself here and hereafter. We wish to make these young men a benefit to them- selves; but chiefly, while they are so, a still higher benefit to their countryinen, able and willing to do them lasting good, and open to them in their own language the rich stores of whatever ennobles, purifies and enlightens the heart and mind of man. We wish to give them a Christian education in the highest a best sense of that term; and so far as we understand what it means, founded as it shoald be upon the fear of God, which is the beginning of wisdom, and com- prehending a knowledge of the relations a man bears to his Maker and his fellowmen, it shall be our endeavor to give it to them. We wish too to make them, each of them, a light that cannot be hid, because it will everywhere diffuse light upon others, not to show their defor- mity, but to lead them to the fountain of ali light and truth. To do all this is far beyond our powers, and we look to that blessing upon our further efforts from on Iligh, which has been vouchsafer to those already made. The Trustees, in order to show how far this is the case, invite the attention of the Society to Mr. Brown's report for the past year, which he wiil now read. 79 VOL XII NO X11 626 Dec, Report of the Morrison Education Society. At the request of the president, Mr. Brown came forward and read the following report, which he had previously submitted to the Trustees. To the Trustees of the Morrison Education Society. GENTLEMEN,—The return of this anniversary makes it incumbent on me to furnish you with some account of the school entrusted to my charge. The review of the past year shows cause for gratitude that none of the pupils have been removed by death. It would be remarkable, if any great length of time should elapse without a case of illness among so many. The average number of persons residing on these premises is about fifty, there has been but one case of fever among the pupils, and for some time past there has been an entire freedom from disease amongithem. The year has not, however, passed away without leaving traces of death among us. On the 16th of November last, we were called to mourn the death of Vere Paulett Harris, a lad of fourteen years of age, the son of Charles Paulett Harris, esq., a literary gentleman of Manchester, England. With the consent of the Trustees, he had been received into my family and the school, for the double purpose of studying the language of China, and of assisting me in instructing the younger pupils. He had been here only two weeks, but long enough to endear himself to us all, when he was seized with a ma- lignant fever, and died after a fortnights illness. In January of this year, also, our infant son, Robert Morrison, aged 11th months, was laid in the grave. With these two exceptions, there has been very little sickness here, throughout the year, and none at all worthy of mention besides the instance already spoken of among our pupils. When the last annual report was written there were 22 pupils in the school. I expressed the conviction then, that hereafter the school would be less subject to fluctuation in its numbers, than it had been, and the experience of the past year has confirmed it. Only one lad has been permanently removed from the school. This was a lad from Macao about eight years of age, who went home at the Chi- nese newyear, with inany more, but did not return. His detention, as far as I can learn, was not in consequence of any unwillingness on his part to come back, but of the wishes of his father. He had been less than a year connected with the school. Another small boy of the same standing is now absent, but I hope to see him re- turu. He was taken away, in my absence, on account of a lame toot that had troubled him for some time. The diminution of these 1844. 627 Report of the Morrison Education Society, instances of removal, affords pleasing evidence of two things, viz.· that the Chinese are growing less and less suspicious of the effects of the education we give their children, and that the pupils value more the privileges which they enjoy. No boy who has ever been here more than a year has voluntary left the school, and but two of the description for any reason. Indeed it would be the severest punishment that could be inflicted, to dismiss such an one for any misdemeanor. Since September of last year, the number of pupils has been in- creased to thirtytwo. This is a larger number than we have rooms to accommodate. Two of the most advanced class being at Shanghai in the service of the government as interpreters, there are thirty to be provided for, and four of them have occupied such places as could he most conveniently found for thern. An additional outlay of about $150 would be sufficient to furnish 12 more rooms in the present building, of the dimensions already allowed to each boy, in the sleeping apartment; and thus 39 to 40 pupils might be easily and comfortably accommodated. Of the two boys at Shanghái, I have heard good accounts from time to time during their absence. They were to have returned at the expiration of six months, to be replaced by two others, or else one at a time. A recent letter from captain Balfour, H. M. consul, at that place, informs me that he found his Canton linguists so useless and troublesome, that he has been for some months entirely dependant upon the services of the boys in that line, and hence, could not part with them at the appointed time. His letter intimates that he has been pleased with the conduct and ability of the lads, for he desired to dispense entirely with the ordi- nary linguists and take more of our pupils into the service. He would be glad of more than we can furnish him with. One of the boys with him, has kept a diary of doings, and the other written letters to me, both of which show that they are grateful for the be- nefits they have received and are attached to their benefactors. Messrs. Medhurst and Lockhart have likewise frequently spoken of the boys in their letters, to their credit. The scholars on the spot are divided into four classes, according to their attainments, as fol- lows: The first class comprises six, the second four, the third ten, and the fourth the same number, 'Those of the first class have been under instruction about four years, with one or two exceptions. One member of the class has been at school but three years, another a little longer. During the last year, their studies have been history, geography, arithmetic, 628 Dec. Report of the Mrroison Education Society. mechanics, reading, writing and composition, with some attention to systematic grammar. In history, they finished the text-book they had in hand before, commencing with the reign of Charles I., and bringing it down to the accession of the present queen of Great Bri- tain. They have devoted considerable attention to the mathematical principles of geography, in connection with such parts of astronomy and natural philosophy, as are most palpably related to the subject, and have gone over the outlines of the physical geography of Europe, Africa, America, and some portions of Asia. In arithmetic they have studied Colburn's Sequel, a book of ques' uns without answers, and are familiar with all the fundamentis operations of written arithmetic, together with vulgar fractions, and such questions and solutions as are usually ranged under the heads of 'simple interest,' the rule of three,' 'reduction. The subject of mechanics was taken up about four months ago, and they have studied the first four subjects treated of in their text-book, viz.: the three laws of motion and gravity. The study is one in which they take great interest, as the discoveries they make often excite a pleasing wonder, and I am persuaded that we shall find no branch of secular knowledge, pro- ducing a happier effect upon their moral character than natural science. It is in fact the study of the wonder-working power of God, in every department of creation, revaling to the student more and more of his wisdom in the midst of, to a casual observer, apparent accidents of simplicity amid endless complication. Pro- perly accompanied with moral teaching it must shake the very foun- dations of idolatry. For a good while past they have had frequent exercises in reading, spelling and defining, and throughout the year have spent a small portion of each day in writing upon copy-books. The studies of the lower classes, have of course been fewer, and more limited in extent. The second class of four boys, who have been here two years and five months have read and recited a small book on geography for beginners, and some portion of the larger book used by the class above them. In consequence of the number of classes, I have found it necessary to throw them together when- ever it was practicable, else some of them would be without instruc- tion. This has been done with the first and second classes most frequently, when engaged in a recitation of geography, or a reading lesson. The four boys, above mentioned, at first finished and review- ed Colburn's 'First Lessons' in arithmetic, and then took up the 'Sequel' by the same author. Before they came to the use of this book, they had never used the slate and pencil in solving arithmeti- 1844. 629 Roport of the Morricon Education Society. cal questions, but had had been required to solve them mentally. In the Sequel they have proceeded to division, which according to the arrangement of the book has taken them through the so called compound as well as the simple rules of arithmetic. They likewise have devoted some attention to what might perhaps be called gram- mar, though I prefer to call it the structure of the English language, as grammar in the coinmon acceptation of the term implies rules, and the study of it committing them to memory, which none of these boys have yet done. They have also shared, with the first class, in frequent exercises in reading, spelling, defining, and writing after copies. The specimens of composition, which are before you, will serve to show you how they are able to use the English language in writing, and their proficiency in penmanship. The third class who have now been somewhat more than a year in the school, have necessarily been confined to learning to read, write, spell, and speak English. Most of their writing has been done upon the slates. They read a lesson first, and then are required to answer simple questions on it, either vivâ voce or by writing or both. There are great differences among them both as to natural ability, and disposition to study. Some are as intelligent as need be, and find little difficulty in mastering English sounds. Some are slower to learn, and more impeded by their vernacular pronunciation. Sometimes a boy cannot for a long time articulate the letter k in any position, initial, final or medial. Sometimes g is to much for their vocal organs to utter ; sometimes with r or th, they require months of practice, in order to acquire facility in arti- culating. It is often very hard for them to distinguish between m and b, t and d. Indeed I have never known but one Chinese boy who could at first imitate his English teacher with ease and accu- racy. One of the orphan boys from Nanking was able to do it. The boys of this class are now able to read with considerable readiness passages embracing words of three or four syllables, and to answer simple questions on what they read. Two or three of ihem only have tried to use the pen, and some of the older ones can write a good plain hand upon the slate. The fourth class, who have been connected with the school, from two to six months, are so far advanced as to be able to read slowly in monosyllables, with various degrees of accuracy, in pronunciation, proportioned generally to the time they have been under tuition, to write a good many wor:is from dictation, and spell them. They have suffered with all the rest from thic cause already mentioned, the too great number of classes, 630 Dec. Report of the Morrison Education Society. The Chinese department of the school has been conducted, as heretofore, by a native instructor. We have been fortunate in secur- ing the services of a respectable young man, who is interested in his work, and is willing to exert himself for the benefit of his pupils. During half of each day, he has the boys under his tuition. He has introducted an improvement in his department of instruction, which has worked well. Every morning before breakfast he devotes to explaining some one of the text-books used in the school. All those pupils who are sufficiently read in Chinese books to understand him, sit around him, and listen while he expounds the meaning of what they have previously committed to memory, without any knowledge of its import. Those boys who are competent to do it, he also ins- tructs in Chinese composition, either giving them sentences from the classics, to which they are to annex corresponding sentences of different meaning, or else taking some brief sentiment from the same authors which they are to enlarge upon more or less, and in similar style. The effect has been, that the boys, who had this ex- ercise, have both learned to write and to understand better what they read. In his morning explanation, the teacher has gone through the Tá Hioh * , one of the Four Books, and has commenced upon another. The only drawback upon the benefit of this course is, that he sees so many beauties, and so much is suggested to his mind as he goes on, that he spends too much time on every sentence, and his amplification becomes somewhat tedious to his hearers. He might proceed more rapidly and be as well, probably better under- stood. But on many accounts he is the most useful Chinese teacher we have had. As the number of boys is too great for him alone to hear all their lessons, I have lately admitted a boy to the school who has read all the Chinese school-books, and has been in the habit of assisting his father in schools, so that he might render some aid to the teacher in this way. To compensate him for his services he receives his clothes from the Society, and is to have the advantage of English instruction. This is perhaps as full an outline of the studies, and processes pursued in the school, as it is worth while to give, but it must be obvious that it is a mere outline, giving but a faint view of the duties that devolve upon its instructor, and touching far more lightly upon the great subject of education. This is a subject not easily com- prehended, nor soon disposed of. What I have said of the tuition of these Chinese boys, during the last year, is scarcely more than a recital of mere school-exercises. No mention has been made of the 1841 631 Report of the Jorrison Education Society moral training to which the pupils have been subjected, or the efforts made and means adopted to forw what should always be the object in education, a perfect character in him who is taught. To pass these by, would he to onit the most important part of any good system of instruction. A school where the moral part of wan's nature should be neglect- ed, it would be no charity to establish or maintain. Such a school a consciutious man could not conduct. But I shall leave this subject for the present, while I lay before you some of the results of my experience and observation, during the five years of iny con- nection with this Society. The questions often asked by persons interested in educational efforts among the Chinese, indicate that there is a want of information on the subject, in general, and as to the particular claims of this school to public interest. Some of these questions I should hope may find a satisfactory answer, by this means. Allow me, then, to give a sketch of the condition if those whom this Society proposes to educate, the means by which we undercake to carry the project into effect, and the reasons for adopting them, to- gether with the results that may rationally be expected, illustrated by facts connected with this institution. Though China can boast of the existence of a law providing for common schools throughout the land, even prior to the Christian era, yet the result of this so called ancient system of in struction, has been merely to make in- dustrious and quiet servants to the state. Its aim has not been to favor a full and free developement of man's nature. The studies of the schools are conformed to one uniform routine. Science is excluded and the spirit of spontaneous inquiry repressed. I believe it is to this, more than to any thing else, that is to be ascribed the anomalous fixedness of everything in Chinese. Manners, customs, even opinions, have been about equally unvarying from age to age. The system has produced wonderful effects in its own way, but these effects are neither such as answer the great end of education, nor such as the philanthropist can be satisfied with. “For what,” says a late writer, “what, in the language of Milton, is a virtuous and noble education ? The answer is ready. It is whatever tends to train up to a healthy and graceful activity, our mental and bodily powers, our affections, manners and habits." This the Chinese system does not accomplish, nor does it attempt it. The Morrison Education Society would set the wheel in motion by which the old superan- nuated process, of making men mere peacable machines, shall be ex- changed for another, in which human nature shall be aided to put 0:1 Dec. Report of the Morrison Education Sociсty. forth a vigorous growth of the fruits of knowledge and virtue. As things now are these are nipped in the bud. It is no thanks to the Chinese system of training, if here and there a blossom survives and comes to wholesome maturity. We come then to rescue the youth of China from this destructive blight, and what do we find upon our hands at the outset ? When a pupil is received into our school, he is young, ignorant of almost everything but the little affairs of his home, prejudiced against all that is not of Chinese origin, the dupe of superstition, trembling at the shaking of a leaf as if earth and air were peopled with malignant spirits, trained to worship all man- ner of senseless things, and in short having little but his mental coustitution to assimilate him to the child of Christendom, or to form the nucleus of the developement we would give him. It is quite impossible for me to describe my emotions when looking for the first time on a class of new pupils. They differ in features as much as others, but there is usually almost a universal expression of passive inanity pervading them. The black but staring, glassy eye, and open mouth, bespeak little more than stupid wonder gazing out of emptiness. It matters little whether the child has been at school before or not. What he has learned there, is literally vox et preterea nihil, the names of written characters, that in all probability never conveyed to him one new idea from first to last. He knows no more of the world at large, nor any more of any science than if he had never seen a book or a teacher. He may have been three or four years at school, (though such instances are comparatively rare among our pupils,) but yet his knowledge of facts would have been quite as extensive, had he never been there a day. Whatever, therefore, his previous advan- tages may have been, he comes here with so much useful knowledge as has been described, and at the same with a mind to be emptied of a vast accumulation of false and superstitious notions that can never tenant an enlightenec mind, for they cannot coëxist with truth. Young as he is too, he is nevertheless the victim of habits that must he replaced by those that are good, or else to increase his knowledge would only empower him to do mischief withont enlarg- ing his capacity for happiness. The habits referred to are, primarily, an utter disregard of truth, obscenity, and cowardliness. I might enumerate others, but these are certainly enough to undermine every superstructure of virtue that we may attempt to build, and I have never known a Chinese boy who was not at first possessed of them all. Looking then at 1844. 633 Report of the Morrison Education Society. such a collection of boys, I have said. It is possible to quicken their minds into a healthy activity—to awaken in them a relish for inquiry and discovery-to change their present vacancy into busy thought ? Is it possible to transform these beings, who have grown up hitherto in the impressible and formative period of their lives, under a false and defective training, into enlightened Christian men? For this purpose they are sent here, and the trial must be made. Here are the subjects; now for the mode of treatment. Archime- des only needed a fulcrum and he could more the world. A place to rest the lever is also the first thing to be sought, when one would elevate a degraded mind. That place is undoubtedly in the affec- tions. But the regard of the Chinese for foreigners needs to be cultivated and improved, before it can be relied on. The child partakes of the feelings of his father, and the latter is sometimes so unconscious of his own habitual contempt for those born out of China, that when he comes to seek admission for his son to the school, he accosts the foreign teacher as a “foreign devil.” Kind- ness however soon meets with a response. It is not long, if the right course be pursued, before the pupil's love is sufficiently secured to afford a prop to lean upon, and now the lever must be applied. Here the question occurs, by what means shall we communicate instruction to these minds? We know that language and books are requisite, whatever mode of teaching we may adopt. But if we look to the Chinese language and literature, we shall, I think, find them inadequate to our purpose, for in their present state they are unfit instruments of education. The col loquial tongue, is not adapted to convey to the mind, some of the simplest facts in science, much less the multitude of abstract and technical terms belonging to it. Shall we resort to books? They are equally ill-suited to our object. Suppose the child to be able to read them, still he is noť thereby brought much nearer to the fountain of knowledge. The school books of China are the same throughout the land. They are what are commonly called the “ Four Books" and "Five Classics,” that is, the writings and teachings of Confucius, Mencius, and others, who lived before the Christian era. Their commentators, though men of more modern times, have con- fined themselves to the elucidation of the text of these books, and of course could not render them much more adapted to the use of children. Bot the style and subjects of these writings are such as to id it. The subjects are the politico-moral principles, which the sages of antiquity, made the theme of their discourse to princes, and their disciples, and the poetry of times immemorial. voi. 80 XIII. NO. XII, 634 Dec. Report of the Morrison Education Society. The first book put into the hands of a child in this country, is a poe- tical work, in which each verse consists of three words or monosyl- lables. The very construction of it, albeit it was made for a horn- book, is quite enough to condemn it. It could not but be exceed- ingly concise and eliptical, though it were prose, if every sentence, or nearly so, were composed of three words. But observe the tenor of the first few lines of this book, and we shall see still more reason to refuse it a place among our means of instruction. It runs thus- “Man's nature at his birth is virtuous. All are alike in this respect, but subsequent action makes the differences that we see, for if a man be not instructed his original virtue becomes corrupted.” The author then proceeds to state that, respect for superiors is the primary thing to be inculcated in education. To illustrate this, examples are taken from the annals of olden times; such as that of master Yung, who when only four years old had the politeness to wait till his seniors, of the family, had helped themselves to their choice out of a basket of pairs, and then quietly ate his own. So also another stripling, only eight years of ago, understood his filial duty so well, that he was in the habit of warming his father's bed, by lying in it himself. All this too is in the concise and eliptical style of a poem, where every line must consist of three words and no more. This is the primer of China, the most elementary book in the land. Of course the pupil, while learning it, never understands any consi- derable part of it, but this is not expected and is of no consequence. When he can repeat it through and through, the learner passes on to the “Four Books," wherein are set forth the profound doctrines of the sages, in language at once antiquated and often obsolete, and if anything more hard to be understond than that of the first men- tioned book. These, too, the lad cannot comprehend for years after he takes them in hand. He passes over the volumes, gathering up in his passage the mere concatenations of sounds, which his teacher has taught him to apply to the characters he reads, and thus he learns the “ Four Books.” In the last of these books, viz: Mencius' say- ings, there is more connected discourse in the fom of conversa- tions, than in the others, which contain the records of Confucius' teachings, and if the boy were able to master the style and grapple with the subjects, he would find soine really fine specimens of reasoning. For either Meucius had more mental vigor and acilmen than Confucius, or else the latter is worse represented by those who compiled his remains, than the difference in the times of the two men would lead us lu expect. But even Mencius' argumentations 1814. 635 Report of the Morrison Education Society. are not fit for a child's study, even though they were clothed in plainer language. Take for example his favorite postulatum; that the prosperity of a people depends entirely on the character of their prince. Follow him out to all the conclusions which he derives from it, and must be an exceedingly acute minded lad that can make his way through the labyrinth in which this secondary sage would lead him. Even this book will therefore be but little understood, if at all, until long after the pupil has learned it all by rote. Shall he take up the “Five Classics ?” Give him then the Book of Odes, as expurgated and abridged by Confucius. A more unintelligible set of poems could not well be found, for they are not only ancient, but obscure beyond everything of the kind. Having committed that to memory, let him proceed to the Shú King, a book of his- torical annals, older than any other perhaps, except the Books of Moses. Here he would need the aid of all the critical knowledge of Chinese that the foregoing books could give him, and some science besides, in order to arrive at the meaning ; but he must skim over all the historical lore that it contains, chiefly interesting for its antiquity, drinking only the froth of words, without once tasting of the water beneath. Shall he have the Yih King, or the Book of Changes next? No man, it is presumed, ever yet comprehended the meaning of it, ex- cept the author, which makes it indeed doubtful whether this is not conceding too much to him. The Chinese, themselves, while they reverentially retain it among their standard school-books, gene- rally give it up and pass on to the next. It is a book purporting, so far as I can discover, to unravel the mysteries of nature and the decrees of fate, by the simplest means in the world, viz: the arithme- tical changes that can be produced upon eight straight lines. After deriving all the benefit he can, he may next take the Lí Kí, or the Record of Rites observed and rules of etiquette to be practiced in all the relations of life, from the monarch to the peasant, and from the day of one's birth to the day of his burial. He will be obliged to treat this book as he has done all the rest. Thus furnished, our young student shall be treated to the Chun Tsáu, or the Spring and Au- tumn Annals, by Confucius, a historical work so called because he executed it between those two seasons. A drier morsel could not well be set before one, hungering for knowledge. But he may con- sole himself with the reflection that this is the last of the series. If he has read all these books he is a well-schooled man. Such is the course of instruction, to which every Chinese youth, who is taught, 636 Dec. Report of the Mrroison Education Society. is subjected. These are the means by which the sons of China are educated. The only advance upon what has been described is that, after several years spent in this way, the young man is again taken over some portion of the ground he has traversed, to gather up the meaning of what was before unheeded, and to try his own at imitating the style of the authors to whom he is so much indebted. The ut- most acquisition that is aimed at in Chinese education, is to get a knowledge of the language. I have dwelt at this length upon the description of the school- books and process of instruction in this country, because it seems to have been doubted by some persons, who saw no other way to ac- count for the apparent superiority of the Chinese over other Asia- tics, whether indeed this is the only school apparatus among them, and whether the attempt to leach Chinese boys English, is not on that account a work uncalled for. The Chinese tell us it is, and that the course of study before described is the regia viâ, the good old way that has received the sanction of emperors and nobles for ages. It is plain that this system of instruction does not accomplish the great ends of education ; it is also equally clear that Chinese books will not answer our purpose. But shall we attempt to make books in the same language, though on different principles, so as to suit them to the ends we have in view? This is an important question, and should be carefully settled. The Jesuits have done something in the way of preparing works in this language on mathematics and astronomy, though not school-books, but books for the Han-lin, or Imperial University. Their success, leads me to think that more might be done in this way, particularly in the department of ma- thematics. The nomenclature of this science is already found in the language, to a greater extent than that of any other. Still it must be confessed that there are many serious difficulties in the way of this undertaking. In the first place, it requires almost a life- time to learn the language so as to compete with a native in the use of it, and when acquired, the very genius of the language offers no ordinary obstacle to the project. The thoughts of these people have run in a very different channel to those of any other civilized nation. Their modes of expressing them subserve their own uses, will they We wish to teach these thoughts to diverge a little from the beaten track, to take in a wider range of objects, to become familiar with new truths. But as words are the vehicle of thought, new words must be formed to convey it over these unexplored regions. 1844. 637 Roport of the Morrison Education Society. Who then shall coin them? or whence shall they be borrowed ? None but a native can invent new characters with any prospect that they will become incorporated into the literature of the country. If any one could do it, it would be some one who has been educated through the medium of a foreign tongue, and thereby gained a knowledge of the new facts that call for new words to represent them, and at the same time has received a good Chinese education. This is precisely the kind of men that we are trying to produce in this school. If young men, educated as many of these are desirous to be, do not succeed in improving the stock of words in the lan- guage, it would seem that no one can hope to do it. Increased in- tercourse of the Chinese with foreign nations may gradually, and to a limited extent, bring in words from foreign languages, but never so rapidly, or so fast, as the same thing takes place between nations that have alphabetical writing. The truth is the Chinese language has the least possible affinity for any other. A thorn bush will re- ceive a scion of the pear, but this language is a tree that almost wholly refuses to be grafted. It has grown old in its own soil, spreading itself into the proportions of a venerable trunk, but there is apparently a limit to its growth, and I see not how it can much enlarge itself either from within or without. It is indeed strange that, a great nation like this, should have adopted a system of writ- ing so hostile to every other, that one third of the human race should have hit upon a literary expedient whereby to shut themselves up from the other two. But so it is. The Chinese orthography is fit only for an exclusive people. Hence the people do not seem any inore apt to coin words or to borrow them from foreign sources than they are inclined to other inventions or innovations. There are new characters in use to represent colloquial words, and now and then some official dignitary or literary savant devises a new combina- tion of the strokes of the pencil for a word in use, but as yet unre- presented, as did a former lieut.-governor of Canton, when issuing a proclamation respecting a species of locust, for which in a particu- lar state there was no written name. But authorized words come very rarely into use. It would be difficult, I think, to mention many words now in vogue, which were not found in Chinese dictiona- ries one or two centuries ago. Mind is not yet active and inquisi- tive enough in China, to overleap the boundaries by which it is thus circumscribed. The conclusion, then, at which we arrive is this, that in order to awaken the Chinese mind from its long hibernation, and to give 638 Report of the Morrison Education Society. Dec. it an impluse that shall cause it to go forth in search of truth in the manner comporting with the high destiny of man, some other means must be sought to influence a portion of the mass, at first, besides those furnished by the Chinese language and literature as they now are, The Morrison Education Society has taken the alternative that benevolence dictates, and begun to instruct some of the youth of this country both in English and Chinese. And now, it may be asked, what benefit may be expected to flow from this mode of pro- cedure ? Much every way--both to the individual and Society. What these boys are, when they first come under our charge, has been already described. If left to themselves, they will be just what their ancestors have been for many generations, bound by the fetters of the most awkward and unsocial language ever spoken, to tread in their footsteps, thinking and knowing only what they thought and knew. So long as they know only their mother tongue, their thoughts inust be bounded by its limits. They cannot go a step beyond this. But let them be taught to read and write and speak the English language and their minds are at once liberated. They are no longer shut up to the narrow range of their former ideas, but may run to and fro, in quest of knowledge It cannot be otherwise. Would we teach them still, we may then do it with all the advan- tage of using a language at once familiar to ourselves and at home in every department of learning. In proportion to our progress in making these lads acquainted with our language, will be the enlar- gement of their horizon. In the same proportion shall we put them in possession of the means of self-improvement, and in the way to that superiority over their countrymen, which education usually confers. If to this be superadded thorough intellectual culture, together with moral and religious culture, as I trust they always will be, it will be strange if after that they are sensual, selfish, cruel and co- wardly, the victims of groundless hopes and fears, credulous, super- stitious and unhappy. It will be anomalous indeed, if they are still prejudiced against new truths, and unable to appreciate them. They will no longer be deprived of the personal and domestic resources enjoyed by those who love books. Their emotion of surprise and wonder will be sources of enjoyinent, because they will be able to uire and reason. They will be fitted for the more profitable and honorable employments of life, and we may expect that some, at least, will live as becomes the responsible creatures of God. 1844. 639 Report of the Morrison Education Sociсty. As respect their influence upon others we may briefly say, that their education by making them more industrious, more trustworthy, more active and systematic, more cheerful, forsighted and economi- cal, will cause them to be valuable members of Society. We shall find it advantageous to ourselves to have such young men among us, and the more so the more their number is increased. Society is a political and moral association, and will be benefitted by their edu- cation, because it will give reason the sovereignty over passion, and make them orderly and disposed to respect lawful authority, it will qualify them for the exercise of power, should it ever be entrusted to them, and to extend the boundaries of refinement and civilization. We may expect, in short, the same results here, that are found to result from every good system of instruction in our native lands. But it may be asked again, do any of these fruits yet appear? If those who make this inquiry will be reasonable in their demands, and not look for too great results from little causes, and causes too but recently in operation, we may answer-yes. In this school we can point to effects already produced, though in various stages of developement, which correspond to what we have said might be an- ticipated. Let it be remembered that the Society's first and only school, was opened in November, 1839, in the midst of the scenes of an incipient war; that it was in Macao that the first small class was admitted to the school, and taught for three years, under many disadvantages; that there were many difficulties even in retaining our pupils, a sufficient time to do them any good, and consequently there is at the present time but one boy in the school, who has been in it from the first. Let it be remembered also, that there has been but one iustructor in the service of the Society, that there are four classes to be taught, and that the most advanced have but half completed their course: bearing all these things in mind, if the question be asked, What good has all this expense and labor produced ? the answer I am sure will be satisfactory. We may say, of the members of the school who have longest enjoyed its advantages, that they are very little like what they were when they came here. The enlargement of their mental views, may be seen in a single particular which is illustrative of the whole. As to the earth, they thought it an un- bounded plane, with China in the centre, the brightest and best spot below the skies; and all other countries they thought to be situated remote from this centre, and as much less blessed as removed in distance from the “flowery land." The sun was but a servant of the earth, coming up diurnally through the eastern ocean, and setting 640 Dec. Report of the Morrison Education Society. as often in the waters of the west. This is a specimen of the rudi- ments of their knowledge. I need not say that along train of false notions like these, respecting the physical universe, have vanished away. They are replaced by much that is true, in so far as they have investigated the subjects of geography, history, philosophy, methematics and the arts. Their very countenances have exchang- ed their original leaden aspect, for one of comparative actively and life. The slumbering mind has been awakened to a consciousness of its own power, exercise has increased their fundness for reiection and observation, and their spontaneous inquiries are freque l', and often puzzling. Many of them are not satisfied until they know the truth of a matter. Fancies are not the intellectual food they relish. They feel that they have but begun to know things as they are, and have no disposition to give up the pursuit of knowledge. There are of course differences among them, but these characteristics are more or less observable among nearly all of them. Even six months' instruction, upon right principles, does not fail to produce some effect. Besides this improvement in their intellectual state, there is in many of them a far more pleasing change in their moral character, and habits. They were once without God, in the world. They now know that there is but one living and true God, and that idols are his abomination. They have learned much of the character and the will of Him who created them. Conscience has become enlightened, and thereby made to fill its appropriate office. Its existence was at first scarcely perceptible, of course it could serve but little to regulate their actions. It seldom caused them either shame or remorse. The two highest principles, the sentiment of duty, and reverence for God and his laws, are I believe deeply seated in some of their minds. Among them all there is seldom occasion to administer severe reproof or punishment. I think it would be difficult to find more orderly, decent, and well-behaved scholars anywhere. Their attachment to the school is becoming more and more strong, and their appreciation of its privileges more apparent. If I might detain the Trustees longer, I could confirm these general statements by anecdotes and incidents occuring frequently in the school. One fact I cannot for- bear to mention. The eldest boy in the school, last year, earned in his leisure hours a sum of money, which enabled him to assist his father very much, and besides doing this he gave $100, to the M. E. Society, expending it in mason-work about this house. The chunam walks about the place, are the works alluded to. The best of the affair that I did not ascertain the fact until a few days ago, when 1844. 611 The Land of Sinim. it came to light in such a manner as to remind me of our Saviour's rule of alms-giving: “Let not thy left hand know what thy right hand doeth." This young man is, I believe, what it is hoped many more inay become by this Society's aid, an honest, trustworthy Christian man. I hope this Institution may be a lasting memorial of the philanthropy of foreigners in China. ART. III. On the fulfillment of the prophecy of Isaiah concerning the Land of Sinim ; the Protestant Missions in China. A Sketch of the progressive fulfillment of the prophecy of Isaiah respecting the land of Sinim, would be incomplete without some notice of the efforts, of Protestant churches to spread the gospel in China. These effort, however, are all too recent to allow of much developement, and as many of the first actors are still living, it is difficult to give full accounts or accurate estimates of their labors. We shall leave it to them respectively to give fuller details than can now be done. A short statement of facts and a view of some of the principles on which Protestant missions are conducted, will form the conclusion to an article already extended beyond the limits, at first designed Comparatively little was done by the Protestant churches in send- ing missionaries to the heathen, until within the last sixty years, and a combination of circumstances prevented any direct efforts being made in China, until after the commencement of the present century. Several of the Baptist missionaries in India, directed their attention to the acquisition of the Chinese language, in the hope of thus communicating the gospel to this people. Among these the Rev. J. Marshman was honorably distinguished. With the assistance of Mr. Lassar, an Armenian Christian born in Macao, and speaking and writing the Chinese language with fluency, he translated the whole of the Sacred Scriptures into Chinese. This translation was completed in 1822, and printed with metallic type in Serampore.* Of the extent of the circulation of this version we are not informed. It is well spoken of for clearners and general accuracy, though like all first efforts, it does not profess to be perfect. Reports of the Brit. and For. Bib. Soc Chinese Rep. Vol. IV p. 232. 81 * VOL. XIII. NO. XII, 642 Dec. The Protestant Missions in China. In 1807, the Rev. Robert Morrison, a missionary of the London Missionary Society, arrived in Canton. For some time it was uncer- tain whether he would be allowed to remain, for the Directors of the East India Company were but little disposed to encourage the labors of Protestant Missionaries within the sphere of their jurisdiction. Exercising great prudence and caution, he was suffered to remain, and his progress in the acquisition of the language was such, that in 1809 he was appointed translator to the Company. This office, which secured him an abundant support, and an undisturbed resi- dence in Canton, he held until the Company's factory in China was dissolved. Much of his time was necessarily given to the business of the Coinpany, but perhaps, even considering the great object for which he came, it could not have been more profitably employed. It is difficult for us to appreciate fully the disadvantages under which he labored. Every step of his way he prepared for himself. There were then neither grammars nor dictionaries, and he was without facilities for the study of the language, save those afforded by a few imperfect and expensive manuscripts prepared by former Roman Catholic Missionaries. For several years Morrison labored alone, giving his time cheifly to the study of the language, and the preparation of a grammer and dictionary. To this point his attention had been specially turned by the Directors of the missionary Society. “Perhaps," said they in their instructions, “ you may have the honor of forming a Chinese Dictionary, more comprehensive and correct than any preceding one." This expectation has been fully realized, and the Dictionary prepared by Dr. Morrison is still the most valuable of all the books used by the student of the language. It does not seem to have been the expectation of the Society, or of their missionary, that he should give much time to the oral instruc- tion of the Chinese. The acquistion of the language, the prepara- tion of works to assist others in acquirng it, and especially “ the translation of the Scirptures into a language spoken by one third of the human race, were the chief objects proposed by the Directors of the Society;* and to these his attention was for many years, indeed for the whole of his life, mainly directed. Yet so soon as he became suf- ficiently acquainted with the language, he commenced holding re- ligious services with his domestics, and with such others of the Chi- nese as chose to attend. These instructions were confined to but few persons, for the E. I. Company discouraged all such efforts, and Milne’s Retrospect of the first ten years of the Chinese mission, pp. 52.58. 1844. 643 The Land of Sinim. the persecutions against the Roman Catholics, then raging through- out the empire, rendered the Chinese averse to any intercourse with foreigners which might subject them to difficulties or danger. Yet his efforts were not without success, and the first convert, Tsai Ako, who was baptized in 1814, proved faithful untill his death.* In 1813, Mr. Morrison was joined by the Rev. W. Milne, but per- mission for the latter to remain in Macao was refused by the Por- tuguese government there; and as Mrs. Milne could not reside in Canton it became necessary for them to seek another field of labor. Many Chinese had emigrated to Batavia, Borneo, Malacca, Penang, and Bangkok, and it was thought that among these might be found opportunities for extensive and undisturbed operations of all kinds. This impression being confirmed by an exploring voyage made by Mr. Milne, it was arranged that he should establish himself in Malacca, while Mr. Morrison remained in Canton. This was done in 1815,+ and Mr. Morrison was thus left alone again, and so con- tinued until the year 1830, when missionaries from America arrived in China. All the English missionaries to the Chinese, who came between the years 1813 and 1838, were located in the Straits, either at Pe- nang, Malacca, Batavia, or Singapore. The number of Chinese in these places was great; and as many of them returned to their own country, every year, favorable opportunities were thus presented for sending the Scriptures and religious books where no Protestant mis- sionaries could have gone. Schools were also established at the various stations, and the preaching of the gospel regularly sustained. Through the efforts of the missionaries many have been convinced of the folly of idolatry, and a few who gave good evidence of a change of heart were received into the church by baptism. The principal efforts of Morrison and Milne, up to the time of the death of the latter, in 1822, were directed to the translation and circulation of the Holy Scirptures, and the preparation of works to facilitate the acquisition of the language. The printing of Dr. Morrison's great Dictionary was completed in 1823, and by the joint labors of himself and Mr. Milne the whole Bible was translated in 1819, and printed not long afterwards. I The labors of the missionaries in the Straits were unremitting, and to some extent successful. The number of converts we are not * Morrison's Memoirs, Vol. I. p..408. # Retrospect, p. 135. # Morrison's Memoirs, Vol. II. p. 2. 644 Dec. The Protestant Missions in China. able to state definitely. But the class of Chinese, with which they were brought into contact, was one by no means likely to be in- fluenced by the truths of the gospel. They were emigrants who had left their native land, some to avoid the justice or the oppres- sions of their rulers, and most of them for gain. Few of them had their families with them; and in their roving unsettled life, and in many cases, cherishing expectations of returning to their own land, but little encouragement was found for persevering efforts to instruct them. In consequence of these disadvantages, and attracted also by the wider field opened in China since the signing of the treaty of Nanking, most of the missionaries have removed from the Straits to China Proper, where their previous study of the language, and acquaintance with the manners of the people, give them great advan- tages in prosecuting their labors. The first missionaries of the American churches, were the Rev. Messrs. E. C. Bridgman, and D. Abeel who arrived in 1830. Both are still laboring in China, and have been followed by additional laborers from their own country. More missionaries have been sent to the Chinese since the dissolation of the E. I. Company's factory in 1834, than in all the years that preceded. It would seem that the Providence of God, foreseeing the events about to occur, selected the men, and sent them to be on the ground when the long closed doors should be opened. Consequently, when the treaty of Nanking was signed, by which five ports in China were opened to foreigners, there were Protestant missionaries ready to enter into each; and with the exception of Fuhcháu, which it is hoped will not long remain unsupplied, there are now representatives of the Protestant churches of Christendom in all the ports of China to which foreigners have access. The number of Protestant missionaries in China is thirty one. This number does not include some who are on visits to their native land, and others, who, though laboring directly for the Chinese, are not on Chinese soil. They are sent by the London and Church mis- sionary societies in England, and by the societies in connection with the Congregational, Presbyterian, Baptist, and Episcopal churches in Ainerica. Some of those now in China have spent a large pro- portion of their missionary life in the Straits, while the greater part hive arrived so recently, that they have not yet had time to acquire the lingunge. But with the facilities now enjoyed in books, and opportunities for access to the people, the Chinese language is by no meus so difficult to acquire as when Morrison set down alone to 1844. 645 The Land of Sinim. sure. its study, and we cherish the hope that erelong they will all be able to make known to this people, in their own tongue, the wonder- ful works of God, and the unsearchable grace of Christ. With this brief sketch of events, we propose to combine a short statement of the principles and present results of Protestant missions in China. The Protestant missionary considers mankind as a race of beings who have fallen from their original relation and allegiance to their Creator. By their fall they have incurred the anger of a just and Holy God, and rendered themselves obnoxious to his eternal displea- But God in mercy has provided a way of salvation, and has given commandment that it be preached to every creature, and disci- ples be made in all nations (wa 9n7eudale wavia la sevn, Mat. 28:19). The missionary hears this command, and feels himself bound to obey. He is further induced to this course, because he takes, in their plain and obvious meaning, the words of the apostle Peter : “There is salvation in no other, for there is no other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved,” Acts 4:12. He also acknowledges the relationship between himself and the men of every nation, seeing that “God hath made of one blood all nations of men,” Acts 17:26. Considering therefore that the heathen are connected with himself as members of the same great family; that they are in danger of eternal destruction from the presence of God, and cannot be saved without the knowledge of Jesus Christ, * he cheerfully obeys the command to make known, among them, the way of life through Him. The main object therefore of the Protestant missionary is to impart to the heathen the knowledge of the true God, and of Jesus * This is a point on which there is much misapprehension, and some will con- sider the sentiment above expressed as bigoted and uncharitable. Without entering into any defense of them, the writer would state the views he has forme The heathen, who die after they come to years of discretion without having heard of Christ, cannot be saved. But they are not condemned be. cause they do not believe in Christ. It is no crime not to beleive in him of whom they have not heard. They are condemned because they do not act according to the light of nature which they possess, because, knowing the judgement of God, that they which do such things are worthy of death, they not only do the same, but have pleasure in those that do them. Rom. 1:32. Their own consciences accuse them. Rom. 2:14,15. The writer has never con- versed with a Chinese who did not acknowledge that he did many things he knew to be wrong. They are justly comdemned. But their punishment is by no means so severe as that of those who have heard of Christ, and yet have refused to believe, who know their duty better, and do it not. Luke 12:47,48. The children of heathen parents, who die before they have committed actual sin, it is believed are saved by the merits of Jesus Christ. 646 Dec. The Protestant Missions in China. Christ, for it is not ignorance, but knowledge which is the mother of devotion : and by this knowledge of God, he seeks to convert him from his idolatry to the true and spiritual worship of his Crea- tor. He has other objects in view of acknowledged importance, but all inferior to this, and most of them intented only as means to as- sist in gaining this. Here it may be said, that we do not reckon converts on the same principles with the Roman Catholics. We are not satisfied when a Chinese, or any other heathen, professes himself convinced of the truth of our religion, or ready to perform the ceremonies which it enjoins. A mere theoretical belief, and outward observance of forms, is not all that we require. Such converts are easily made. We should not call those, converts, whom the Abbé Dubois styles my Christians,” nor should we give them that name, even had they understood the whole of the short system of truth which he taught them so laboriously, and which so few of them understood. When we speak of converts, we mean men whose hearts are re- generated by divine grace and of whom we have sufficient reason to hope that they are the children of God. In every convert there is not merely an acquaintance with the simpler doctrines of religion, and a theoretical persuasion of their truth; their is also a love for the truth, repentance for sin, a trust in the merits of Christ alone for justification before God, and a consecration of the whole man te bis service. There is a radical change, a new creation, 2 Cor. 5:17. This is a hard thing. The great mass of men do not love the truth, and it is no matter of surprize that of such converts there are as yet but few. If we reckoned converts as is done by the Roman Ca- tholics missionaries generally, we should number our thousands; There was much truth in the remark which was made not long since by a Roman Catholic convert to a Protestant missionary in Singapore: he said, YoŲ will never make many converts. Your religion has too little to attract us, and requires too much. It is very easy to become a Roman Catholic, but too hard to be a Protestant.” Such being our belief, and such the objects kept in view, the means to gain them are the following. 1. The preaching of the gospel. As already remarked, it was not Morrison's first object to preach publicly to the Chinese ; whe- ther his course in this respect was wise or not, might perhaps admit of a doubt, though probably few who consider his situation, will not justify the course he took. But it has been the chief object of nearly all who have labored among the Chinese since his time, to 1844. 647 The Land of Sinim. are preach the gospel, and to tell them "in their own tongues, in which they were born," the wonderful works of God? As soon as sufficient acquaintance with the language has been obtained, it has been the aim of each missionary to preach the Lord Jesus, "both publicly and from house to house." Religious services on the Sabbath, and on week days, have been held in Borneo, Batavia, Singapore, Malacca, Penang and Bangkok, and are still continued at all those places where there are missionaries. Similar services are now held in Hongkong, Amoy, and Shanghái, and in the villages in their vicinity. The number of persons thus instructed in the truths of our religion is very great, and several hundreds of persons are regular attendants on public worship in the places above mentioned. This is justly considered the most important branch of missionary labor. There diversities of gifts,” and therefore “diverstities of operations ;'' but the majority of missionaries to the Chinese have it in purpose, to devote their chief strength to this object. Nor have these efforts been unsuccessful. In most of the stations some who are regarded as converts, (in the Protestant since of that term,) have been baptized : and there are already three churches of native Christians in Hong- kong, two of which are under the care of the baptist missionaries, and one in connection with the London Missionary Society. 2. Another object, second in importance only to the preaching of the gospel, is to furnish the Chinese with a perfect translation of the word of God, in their own language. On this point we are directly at issue with the Roman Catholics. “The Bible is the religion of Protertants," and we deem that time and labor well spent which make the heathen better acquainted with its contents, and puts it in their powers to examine it for themselves. We hold in its fillest sense the truth of the apostolic doctrine, "all Scriptore is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, and for instruction in righteousness.” Hence Morrison and Marshman devoted their best energies to this object. That the translations they made should be imperfect, was a matter of course. First translations from or into any language, are always imperfect, and this must be especially the case in a language where there are so many difficulties as in the Chinese. But though imperfect they are by no means useless, and those who seek to make better transla- tions are greatly assisted by these labors of their predecessors. The successors of Dr. Morrison have not failed to endeavor to render his version more perfect. More than one revised edition of the New Testament has already been published, and the one now in 648 Dec. The Protestant Missions in China, use, though far from being perfect, is much superior to those pre- viously made. The readers of the Repository will have observed (see vol. XII. p. 551,) that the Protestant missionaries in China have formed themselves into a general committee to revise the existing translations of the Scriptures. This is a work which must neces- sarily be slow in its progress. It was nearly one hundred years from the publication of Tyndale's New Testament, until the com- pletion of our present version of the Sacred Scriptures, and it should not be a matter of surprize if an equal period should be needed, where the difficulties are so much greater. We deem it needless to enter on any defense of the propriety of spending so much time and labor for this object, and equally so, to show the advantages resulting from it. 3. Together with the translation of the Scriptures, the efforts of the Protestant missionaries have also been given to the preparation of religious tracts. There are many readers in China, and tracts can go where the living teacher has no access, and where large books even could not be safely or easily taken. The tracts prepared, are on various subjects, but chiefly on those of a directly religious nature. The value of such productions is admitted by all—by none more explicitly than the Roman Catholics, who in forty years after their first entrance had published no fewer than three hundred and forty, a number far larger than that yet issued by Protestants. That these tracts are imperfect is admitted, and also that some of them have been circulated with too unsparing a hand. But some have been revised, and those found to be unsuitable to the taste of the Chinese have been withdrawn, and it may be truly said, that our tracts were never more intelligible and acceptable to the people than at present. A judicious caution in giving them only to such as could make a proper use of them would increase their efficacy. 4. Among objects to which much time has been given, that of the education of Chinese youth of both sexes, has held a prominent place. In all the stations, and in connection with all the missions, there are schools in which several hundreds of youth have been educated. These have not only been instructed in the various branches of elementary education, but constant efforts have been made to instil religious truths into their minds, dilin several cases with the happiest effects. Besides the common mission schools, we may also rrótice the Anglo- Chinese College, and the school of the Morrison Titucation Society. The former was founded in 1818, by Morrison and Milne at 1844. 649 The Land of Sinim, Malacca,-and though at present suspended, will probably be re- opened erelong at Hongkong. The latter was established at Macao, in 1833, and was removed to Hongkong in 1842, where it is now so well known, and so generally approved that it is needless to add more respecting it here. 5. A subject which has of late received much attention among Protestant missionaries in China, is the practice of the healing art, gratuitously. The object of this, is to open the hearts of the people by doing good to their bodies,-to show them that foreigners can come with disinterested motives, as well as for the sake of gain,-to win their gratitude, gain their confidence, induce them to receive us as friends, and thus prepare them to receive the more readily the truths that tend to the healing of their soul. The importance of the object, and the suitableness of the means to attain it are easily seen, and generally acknowledged. In this way the predjudices of the Chinese against foreigners are gradually subdued, access is more easily gained, and multitudes are brought under the instruc- tions of the living teacher, who would otherwise have had no inter- course with him. When this agency shall be carried into full opera- tions it is intended that each medical missionary be joined by a clerical associate, that thus we may fully imitate the example of him who "went about teaching and preaching the gr pel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness and every disease among the people.” To a good extent this is already the case. There are now eight medical missionaries in China, most of whoin are actively employed. In the words of the report of the Medical Missionary Society, "Since the publication of the last report there have been attended to upwards of twelve thousand patients, who have not only had relief adıninistered to their bodies, hut many of whom have had opportunities of hearing the Bible, and of the way of salvation offered to man. Such are some of the results of the labors of Protestant mission- aries in China, and we regard them, not with pride, but with much thankfulness,—especially when we consider the difficulties amidst which they have been obtained. Of these the greatest has doubtless been that till of late, China has been closed against all efforts from without, and these labors have been prosecuted at a distance froin the proper field, and amidst many disadvantages in the want of facilities for acquiring the language, and ningling with the people. * For fuller particulars see the excellent report of the Medical Miss. Soc. on p. 369, of the present voluine. VOL. XIII. NO, XLI, 650 Dec. The Protestant Missions in China. A triple barrier opposed our intercourse with the Chinese. 1. The disposition of the people, or rather, the settled policy of the govern- ment hindered all foreigners, and especialiy all religious teachers from entering the country. 2. The influence of the Roman Catholics was a great obstacle. It was their course which in former times closed the doors of China against foreigners, and the persecutions against them in modern times have still farther prevented the access of Protestants. 3. Even the influence of the English East India Company was unfavorable to missionary exertions. It was with dif- ficulty they allowed Morrison to remain, and while deriving the greatest benefit from his talents and acquirements, they looked with a jealous eye on all his proceedings. When a word from them would have secured for Mr. Milne a residence in Macao, they refused to speak that word ;* and in consequence partly of their objection to all such efforts, all the men sent by the English churches previous to the dissolution of their factory in China, found it more advantageous to settle at a great distance from the field in which they sought to labor. Consequently the great mass of efforts have until of late, been expended in fields of a most unpromising character, and more suc- cess has attended the efforts made in China within the last few years, than all those previously made beyond its borders. The question is often asked, why Protestant missionaries do not enter the country and prosecute their labors as the Roman Catholics do; but the answer is easily given. When the Jesuits were expelled by Yung ching in 1724, they had hundreds and thousands of converts, and these were in all parts of the empire. The greater part of them remained unmolested, and were suffered to retain thier new belief notwithstanding the persecutions against their teachers and some few of the converts from the higher ranks. It was therefore easy for the Roman Catholic missionaries to enter the country in dis- guise, and to remain concealed in the houses of their converts. Thus they have always done. Although in the country, they never make open attempts to proselyte the people. The Protestant missionary has no such advantages, and no object, in attempting to penetrate into the country. Were he in the in- terior he has no place of concealment, and if detected, as he cer- tainly would be, he has no prospect of obtaining the martyr's crown. All that would be done, would be to take him quietly to Canton, or the nearest of the five ports, and command hiin to leave the country. If he made a second attempt a similar course would be pursued by Morrison 3 Memoirs, vol. 1. pp 366, 368, 414. 1844. 65.1 The Land of Sinim. the Chinese, joined probably with a complaint to the authorities of his nation for not restraining him from “wondering away into the country," and in as much as Protestant governments (unlike those of Roman Catholic countries,) are more disposed to discourage than to favor missionary efforts, the only result of his efforts to enter the country would be the waste of his time and becoming involved in needless embarrassinents. Nor are we disposed to favor such secret and stealthy means as are used by the Roman Catholic missionaries. When God in his Providence opens the door, it will be found that the Protestant missionary is not backward to enter, and when called to endure the martyr's death, we have every confidence that the spirit of their fathers, and the spirit of their God, which has enabled many in times past to yield up their lives at the stake, will be found to dwell in their hearts still. In addition to the direct influences and results of Protestant mis- sions in China, there are others of importance which, though they have less relation to religion, should not be overlooked. 1. There is an influence on the social and literary habits of the Chinese people. Hitherto, few have associated on terms of familiar intercourse with them, except the missionaries. Few have spoken with them in their own language, and there have been few others to whom they could go for information respecting other countries. Hence, much of what they have learned of the customs, modes of life, history, and the sciences of foreigners, has been communicated by mnissionaries. The children in the mission schools are often better acquainted with the principles of geography, natural history, and the sciences in general, than the literati of the nation, or the emperor's prime ministers. The person from whom Kiying now derives much of his information respecting other countries, was educated entirely by an American Protestant missionary. The in- fluence of the scholars in the mission schools bids fair to become great. In its nature it must progress slowly at first, but as one after another becomes enlightened and returns to the bosom of his family and friends, it will become more and more extensive. Is it anticipating too much to hope that thus the literature and arts of western nations shall be transfused into the Chinese mind? Numerous efforts have been made to introduce among the Chi- nese the art of printing with metallic type, most of these have been made by Protestant missionaries, and they have been attended with so much success, that we anticipate seeing, at no distant day, the cumbrous and imperfect mode of block-printing giving way to the 652 Dec. The Protestant Missions in China. We neater, cheaper, and more expeditious methods of more civilized lands. 2. The influence exerted by Protestant missionaries in bringing the Chinese into more friendly relations with foreign lands is also worthy of notice. This influence is exerted, partly as stated above, by bringing the habits, feelings, and literature of foreigners into closer contact with the Chinese mind: partly by diffusing information respecting China, among foreigners: and partly by more direct efforts. Much of what is known of China comes to us through former Roman Catholic missionaries, but a large part of what has been learned more recently, is from the Protestants. It is scarcely need- ful to refer to the communications of Dr. Morrison, and the pages of the Chinese Repository. It is well known that the greater part of the facilities for acquir- ing the Chinese language have been prepared by Protestant mission- aries. With the exception of the excellent work of Premare, (a work however of little use to a beginner, and one too which but for the care of Protestant missionaries, would scarcely have been publish- ed,) the greater part of the dictionaries, grammars, and other ele- mentary books and translations are the work of Protestants. do not forget the numerous and valuable contributions of P. Gon- çalves, but unfortunately they are in a language little used by those who study Chinese, and they are much less known than they deserve. The friendly intercourse between the Chinese government and people and foreign nations, during the last thirty five years, has been greatly facilitated by the presence and exertions of those of whom we speak. The station held by Dr. Morrison was considered so important, that when he was dismissed from it by order of the English East India Company for pursuing his missionary labors, their agents in China assumed the responsibility of retaining him in their service. * His exertions during the embassy to Peking in 1815, commanded the unqualified approbation of the persons com- posing that embassy. When he died, his place was taken by his son, J. R. Morrison, esq., a man, who with all his father's abilities and acquirements, was not less devoted to the missionary cause. The writer will not soon forget the deep feeling with which Mr. Morrison once said to him; “I wish you would call on me, whenever you think I can be of service to you. I cannot be a missionary myself, but it is one of my first objects to assist those who are, and to fur- ther the cause of Christ in China." The importance of his services Morrison's Menoirs, vol.1. p 415. 1844. 663 The Land of Sinim. in promoting friendly feelings between China and Great Britain were not overrated by the late governor of Hongkong, when he called his death a national loss." The late treaty between China and the United States of America was negotiated by the assistance of Protestant missionaries. In all the ports yet opened to foreigners frequent recourse has been had to them, by both natives and foreigners, and that too, in cases where the lives of many persons depended on their exertions. It is not for us to repeat the praises often bestowed upon them, but we may be permitted to hope that the blessing pronounced upon the “ peace makers," may long continue to be deserved by them. With this review of all that has been done to spread the know- ledge of the true God in China, it is not difficult to answer the question, whether the prophecy in Isaiah respecting the land of Sinim has been fulfilled. Much has been done to give this people the knowledge of the truth. God has not left himself without witness even here; and as far as China is concerned, there is no force in the common remark, that Christianity was not intended for the world, because so many nations have been left in ignorance. Something was done by the Jews, and more by the early Chris- tians. In the time of the Nestorians the knowledge of God in China received its greatest extension. Something has since been done by the Roman Catholics and by the Protestants, and the signs of the times encourage us to hope for more. The future is full of hope. If the prophecy contemplates the conversion of the whole land to God, as we firmly believe it does,—then it has yet received but a partial fulfillment. And herein we find one of the greatest encou- ragements to persevering efforts to evangelize this empire. No word of God can possibly fail. What he has predicted must come to pass; and the but partially fulfilled prophecy, respecting the land of Sinim, offers to every lover of the best good of this land, one of the most cheering inducements to labor. The time of its accomplish- ment is daily drawing nearer, and no devices or opposition of man can hinder it. P.S. We omitted to intimate, in the proper place, that this series of arti- cles, regarding the Land of Sinim, has been furnish by a correspondent. We now do this, and take the opportunity to offer him our best thanks. We adopt his suggestion ; and shall endeavor to obtain full accounts of all the Christian missions now in China, both Catholic and Protestants. 654 Dec., Prisoners in the Jails of Hongkong. ART. IV. Record of criminals, European and Chinese, lodged in the jails of Hongkong, from the 20th September, 1843, to November 15th, 1844. These statistics have been furnished for the Repository by the head constable and jailor, sergeant Collins, with the chief magis- trate's permission. They form a continuation-a second chapter of the prison records, the first of which was given in our last vo- lume, page 534. The first extended over a period of twenty-five months, and showed an aggregate of 616 prisoners. This second includes a period of 14 months, with an aggregate of 302. It is unnecessary to repeat what was said in our last volume regarding the situation and dimensions of the prison, discipline of prisoners, &c., as no changes have been made in these particulars. Of the whole number of prisoners, forty-seven were European sol- diers, sentenced to solitary confinement by court-martial. About fifty were sailors sentenced by the marine magistrate. Twenty-four are waiting their trial at the next quarter sessions.* The others, two hundred and eighty-one, have been sentenced by the chief or assistant magistrates. Nearly all these were Chinese, a few only being Lascars and Europeans. One, a camp-follower, native of India, was executed upon the gallows on Monday the 4th November, for the murder of sergeant Crosbey of H. B. M.'s 98th regiment at Chekchú. Ten have been transported beyond sea; six Chinese, one for a period of ten years, and five for life, all for the crime of robbery; a Lascar, for ten years, also for robbery; a Malay, for manslaughter, transported for life; a Portuguese seven years, for robbery; and an Englishman, for life, for the crime of bestiality. These criminals were taken from jail on the morning of the 12th November, and put on board a vessel, lying in the harbor, which soon after got under way, and proceeded to sea, destined to New South Wales. They were all supplied with Christian books—Bibles and tracts. Their accommodations on board ship were very good ;-and the room in which they were confind was light, airy, and sufficiently spacious. There has been very little sickness, and only six have died in prison. Why there is so much less mortality in prison, than in the barracks of Hongkong, we leave for others to show, and hope they will not fail to do it. * This article was prepared for the November No. 1844. 655 Declaration Respecting Transit Duties. ART. V. Declaration respecting Transit Duties, [signed in the English and Chinese languages,] communicated for the Chinese Repository WHEREAS by the tenth article of the treaty between Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Majesty the Emperor of China, concluded and signed on board Her Britannic Majesty's ship “Cornwallis," at Nanking, on the/29th day of August, 1842, corresponding with the Chinese dale 24th day of the 7th month in the 22d year of Taukwang, it is stipulated and agreed, that His Majesty the Emperor of China shall establish at all the ports which, by the second article of the said treaty, are to be thrown open for the resort of British mer- chants, a fair and regular tariff of export and import customs and other dues; which tariff shall be publicly notified and promulgated for general imformation; and farther, that when British merchan- dize shall have once paid, at any of the said ports, the regulated customs and dues, agreeably to the tariff to be hereafter fixed, such merchandize may be conveyed by Chinese merchants to any province or city in the interior of the empire of China, on paying a further amount of duty as transit duty; And whereas the rate of transit duty, to be so levied, was not fixed by the said treaty; Now therefore, the undersigned plenipotentiaries of Her Britan- nic Majesty, and of His Majesty the Emperor of China, do hereby, on proceeding to the exchange of the ratifications of the said treaty, agree and declare, that the further amount of duty to be so levied on British merchandize, as transit duty, shall not exceed the present rates, which are upon a moderate scale; and the ratifications of the said treaty are exchanged subject to the express declaration and stipulation herein contained. In witness whereof, the respective pleinpotentiaries have signed the present declaration, and have affixed thereto their respective seals. Done at Hongkong, the 26th day of June, one thousand eight hundred and forty-three; corresponding with the Chinese date, Taukwáng twenty third year, fifth month, and twenty ninth day. (L. S.) HENRY POTTINGER, Seal and stgnature of the Chinese plenipotentiary. 656 Journal of Occurrences. Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences : specimen of Chinese type, and characters formed by devisable type ; new edition of the Pei Wan Yun Fú; Mr. Callery's Encyclopedia of the Chinese lan- guage; port of Macao opened to all nations; second session of the supreme court of Hongkong ; Peking Gazettes ; state of the Chinese empire. We are unwilling to close this volume without referring to specimens of Chinese type and printing, which have been lying on our table for some months. The first is a little pamphlet of 40 pages, styled “Specinien of Chi- nese type belonging to the Chinese mission of the Board of Foreign Missions of the Presbyterian Church in the U. S. A. Macao : Presbyterian Mission press, 1844." Its object is to show, at a glance, every Chinese type in the office. They are divided into two classes-whole, and divided. We have also, from the same press, specimens of the characters forined by these decisible type. On a future occasion we hope to give our readers detailed accounts of this type, which seems likely to be of great advantage, superior to any thing yet devised for printing Chinese. A new edition of the Pei Wan Yun Fú, 17 * , is about to be published in Canton, by a native gentleman, who has furnished us with speci. mens of this great work. For an account of the original work, see our XIC volume, page 300 and sequel. The price to foreigners will be $1000 for ten copies, i. e. one hundred dollars each copy, provided ten are taken together. The first numbers of Mr. Callery's Encyclopedia of the Chinese language, noticed in our last volume, page 300, based on this Pei Wan Yun Fú, will, we understand, be published very soon. Both these works will, we hope, receive generous patronage. The of Macao, on the 27th of November, was opened, in all its ancho- rages, to the vessels of all nations, paying anchorage fee of five mace per ton, besides duties on goods, pilotage, &c. The second criminal session of the supreme court of Hongkong was opened, on Monday the 15th instant. We do not learn that any cases of special inter, est were brought forward. No one, we believe, was sentenced to death; and only four or five to transportation for life. The Peking Gazettes, that have reached us during the month, contain no times of intelligence worthy of notice. The rumors of Kíying's degradation are still wanting confirmation. That he may fall, and the pacific party be displaced, are not improbable events. Such Auctuations are common in the political world, and nowhere more so than in China. But though the fall and displacement may be announced to-morrow, we now see no signs, we know of no facts, from which to predicate such an issue. Let it always be remem- bered, however, that he who ruleth supreme amri the nations, seeth not and judgeth not, as men do. Peace, so far as we know, prevails now, at the close of the year 1844, not only throughout all China, but throughout all Asia. We hope and we pray that it may continue, and that the causes of strife and war may all cease, and be followed by the principles, the spirit, the realization of peace. These prin- ciples, and this spirit, and this realization, can come only from the Great Prince of peace, and the prevalence of his laws and of his government. Peace on earth was proclaimed at his advent; and when his kingdom becomes univer. sal, and all men are ruled by the mild doctrines of the son of God, and do to all as they wish other to do to them, then peace on earth will become universal. VICTORIA, HONGKONG : PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE PROPRIETORS, BY J. DOS ANJOS XAVIER. UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN 3 9015 05137 9652 UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN 3 9015 05137 9652 782 CH REPO V X CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. XIV ΤΟ: AIX VOL. University of Michigan Libraries 1817 ARTES SCIENTIA VERITAS 1 THE CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. XIV FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1845. MARUZEN CO., LTD. TOKYO Asia Library DS 701 .(56 V.14 This edition may not be sold to North, Central and South America. Reprinted in Japan TUE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XIV. FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1845. CANTON, CHINA: PRINTED FOR THE PROPRIETORS, 1 8 45. INDE X. ABORIGINAL tribes,.... 103,115||Chihli, officers in the province... 87 Agents, list of commercial.. 9 Christianity, toleration of... 195 Aksii, victory gained in.... 161,164 Christianity in China.. 51 Allegiance, renunciation of..... 69 Christianity, universal toleration of 587 Allom, series of views by Thomas 118 Chusan, British forces in. .... 16 Almanac, Christian in Chinese.. 136, Cochinchina, enibassies from... - 155 America, U. S. treaty with..... 555Coins, assay of sundry. 2.15 Angel, Chinese term for. 145. Collinson, captain Richard C. B. 278 Appendages, felicitous. 229 Colonial office in Peking........ 42 Assault and battery in Canton... 150 College, Kwohtsz kien, national. 84 Association of heaven and earth. 74 Commercial houses, list of...... 9 Astronomer, a European at court 161 Consulate, 11. B. M. at Canton, &c. 17 Astronomical Board, 84. Consuls, foreign.. 18 Constitution, the U. S. A. frigate 35:- Ball, death of F. Joseph. 400 Corea, embassies from.. 11 Bamboo, its great height. 301. Corner, recf off Fort.. Banditti about Carton.. 157 Cushing, Webster's instructions to 4!: Banners, officers of the eight.. 85 Cushing, his correspondence.... Bangkok, climate of.. 339 Criminal court, or Táli sz'... Bi. Baylis' Bay, notices of. 257 Books in the M. E. S. Library... 288 DANSBORGS Island, notice of.... 269 Bridgman, on Mr. Cushing's coin. 413 Death warrant, the annual. 16: Bridgman, marr. of the Rev. Dr... 352 Deified men and heroes,. Budhisin, memoir on.... 42:3| Denham, journal kept by... Burinah, embassies from... 155 Dialogues, by Rev. Dr. Medhurst Discourse by chancellor Hwang. 436 CALENDAR, English and Chinese 2 Disturbances in Chauchau fú... Callery's Dictionaire Encyclope Divisible type, specimens of.... 12 dique.. 137||Duke Ilo, lord Amherst's friend Canels, transporting provisions 170 162,165 Carriages, office of the imperial.. 8-1| Dver, specimen of his type..... 18 Catalogue of books, in the M.E.S. 288 Catholicism, toleration of....... 510 Easy Lessons in Chinese.... Ceremonial court, or Kwangluh sz 8: Eight Banners, officers of the... 8 Chángling, skillful general... 166 Eighteen provinces, officers in... 87 Changling, commander-in-chief. 169 Einbassies to Peking. 1:53 Charms, some account of ....... 229 Etiquette, breach of court.. 102 Chekiang, officers in the province 90 Everett, Alexander, II. comniis.. 352 Chekchu, notices of.... 2020 Chimmo Bay, notice of. 271 Factories in Canton, notice of.. 317 China, a series of views in. 118 Folkstone Rock, notices of..... 200 Chin, thic coast of.. 258 Family-locks, the hundred. 230 Chinchies, roast line towards... 272 | Festivals, notices of...... 448 . Foreigners, list of residents..... 3Kweichau, the government of.. 100 Finances, deliberations on the.. 15%. Kwcilin fií, or depart, of k'weilin 172 Finn, Mr. J.'s account of.... 307,58%! Foreign coins, assuy of.... 24.5 LADIES, honorary titles of...... 1:34 Foreign residents in Canton... 347 Lamock Islands, notice of.... 202 Foreigners, increascd liberty of.. 495 Lamyct, anchorage westward of. 270 Formosa, notices of its scenery.. 2:9 Laos, embassics from...... 155 Formosa, the government of.... 92 Lessons, easy, in Chinesc. 3:39) Foundling hospital at Shanghái 177 Liang IIii, the government of... 92 Fulichau f'i, trade of. 247 Liang Kiáng, officers in the. 88 Fulkien, officers in the province. !!! Lin l'schisi, notice of...... 2.13 Funeral sermon, by Dr. Parker.. 377 Lin's cyclopedia of geography... 54:3 List of officers in government... GIRDLES, two kinds of specified.. 132 Liuchiu, embassies from... 155 God, Chinese word for the true.. 101 Lock, the hundred fanıily. 230 God, Chinese term for. 145 Luhning, a veteran hero. 108 Good Ilope, the Cape of. 258 Great Britain, senils tribute. 1.56 MACAO, regulations of custonis in 151 Guest's court, or Chú-keh. 153 Magicians, prohibition of..... ... 09 Gully, journal kept by.. 298 Mail, the China, newspaper. 135 Manchu's Ghioro or Golden race 131 HEDDE, commercial agent. 584 Mangoes, their abundance... 302 Holland, embassies from.. 155 Martin, the honorable Mont..... 352 Honán, the government of. 93 Medhurst's Chinese dialogue.... 3916 Houses, list of coinmercial. 9' Medical Board, or Táiyuen. 84 Hongkong, disease in. 445 Medical Society in Hongkong.. 245 Hongkong, description of. 120 Memorial to governor Davis.... 397 Hongkong, colonial government of 13 Message to the U. S. A. senate Hongkong, geographical notice of 2017! 353,410,487 Hongkong, public works in..... 248 Mathcson's harbor, notice of.... 274 HIospital, foundling at Shanghai. 177 Medico-Chirurgical Society.. 244 Húnán, the government of... 32 Meteorological notices in Siam.. 337 Ilupeli, the government of. 92 Metropolitan officers, Peking.. 85 Hwang's warnings & alimonitions 436 Mi-lih Fuh, the sect of... Ilym, specimen of Chinese.... 485 Miáu Tsz', aboriginal tribes.. 105 1. Midas, an American steamer. 248 l'lipu, governor of Yunnan. 170 Min, notice of the River.... 279 Illegal associations, evils of. 69 Milne's account of the Triad Soc. 5:) Imperial family, government of.. 130 Min-chi, the government of...... 90 Mirrors, the old brass... 2:31 JAILOR, the cruel coniluct of a. 301. Missions, protestant, notice of.. 248 Jews in China, notices of..... 305 Mission, notice of Protestant.... 352 Journal of Gully and Denham... 298 Missions, notice of protestant... 494 Missions, Protestant in China.. 50 KANSUH, the government of.... 05. Missionary intelligence. 544 Khoten and its dependencies.. 97 Missionaries, two catholic. 167 Kiángsi, officers in the province. 4) Mor. Ed. Soc. pupils' composition 4:17 Kiángsi, officers in the province. 88 Morrison Education Society. 405 Ki-lin, a fabulous bimai. 237 'Money-swords, notice of. 2:29) Kiachta, Russian trade at. 280 Monoinent, the Syrian.. 201 Kiying and I wang Ngantung.. 214 Morrison, notes by tlic late Dr... 157 Kulang sú, British forces in... 16 Moikden, officers at.... 86 Kúlang si evacuate. 1550 Mound l'eak, sand bank. 275 Kwangsi, tłıc topography of. Kwangsi, the goverment of. 99 Namoil, description of. 103 Kwiingtung, the government of.. 18 Nimoli, south coast of'. 2l 71 INDEX Naiuralized, a Chinese... 247|Shantung, the government of... .933 Neck-ring lock, a charm. 2:30Shinsi, the government of. 9-1 Negotiations with kiying, &c..., 33.535 Shensi, the government of... 9.5 New Frontier, Siukiány, sort... 95 Sian, meleorological notices of.. 3:39 New year, business of gt. resumed 16 Siam, einbassies from.. 1:55 New Testament, versions of..., 51 Silks, the cxport of... 401 Nginhwni, otticers in the prov.. 89 Silver wines near Peking. 109) Nipal, a revolution in..... 101 Singiin fii, the monument at.. 201 Nobility, orders of the names. 1:32 Slavc, nuilsiii, the crm disliked. 15.3 Notices of China, by P. Serra... 519 Spells, forms of characters... 2:32 Spirit of God, best term for the.. 101 OBITUARY notices of Mrs. Shuck 19||Spirit, Chinese term for... 1-1.5 Ock-seu or Wiikiu, notice of.... 27:5 Stud, office of the Imperial. Otficers, list of in China........ 2:31 Sword of Chángpoo and Gai. 231 Ophthalmic Hospital, Canton 419||Sword, notice of the death of.... 377 Opium, annual growth of....... 541 Swords made of coin... 229) Súchau, an excursion to. 581 Panghu, or the Pescadore archipel 249 Sue Aman, death of noticed.... 487 Parker, on Mr. Cushing's commis. 41:3 Superintendent of British trade.. 17 Parker, report of hospital. 419 Synagogue of Jews.... 313 Passage Island, passage off. 272 Szchucn and its government.... 98 Perit, Mr. James Dunlap. 242 Scriptures, translation of the Holy 101. Peach charm, notice of.. 2:31 Peh-yun Tsung, the sect of 71 Tablers, the precious, registers 131 Pei-king, or sacred books. 232 Talismans, a kind of. 229 Pescadore archi. notice of the.. 249 Tang Tingching, notice of.... 24:3 Petitions not to go to the city gates 157 Tánkwang's personal appearance 167 Petition, the right of encroached. 1:58| Teachers of false doctrines.... 0 Ping-hai, the anchorage of...... 275 Tea from the Bohea hills. 304 Plenipotentiary, H. B. N., .. 17 Tca sect, remarks upon the.. 75 Portuguese government in Macao 18 Tens, the transportation of. 200 President Tyler's letter to the emp. 542 Teas, the export of.... 401 Prisoners, liberation of. 247 Theatre, destruction of a, by fire. 3:3:5 Protestant inissionaries. 200 Tien Chi Kau, notice of the.... 50 Protestant missions, notice of. 148|Tientsin, traile with Canton.... 162 Provincial governinent.. 86 Toleration of Christianity. 195 Toleration of Romanism. 5:32 REBELLION of Mohammedans... 160 Tongsan harbor, notice of. 204 Reł Bay, notice of..... 268 Topography of Kwangsi. 171 Red Book, names from. 234 Treaty of Nanking, translation of 20 Recs' Rock, notice of. 266 Treaty with the U.S. America.. 30 Registers of the imperial family. 1:30 Treaty with the French...... 41 Regulations of customs in Macao 1511 Treaty with the U. S. A. ratified 247 Religious processions, notice of.. 513 Treaties, remarks on the... 55 Reminiscences of China, &c.,... 157 Triad Society, notice of the.... 244 Representation, court of.. 8:3|Triad Society, ordinance against 50 Residents, list of foreign. 3||Tribute brought from Great Residents, foreign, in Canton... 348 Britain.. 150 Robbery, by feigned officers.... 159 Tsungjin fi, or clansien court.. 1:30 Russians, notices of their trade.. 280|Tucker, introductory address by. 445 Tungting hứ, notices of the.... 167 SACRIFICIAL court, or Táichang sz' 83 Tutenag in Yunnan. 160 Sacrificial court, or Hunglo sz'... 81|| Type, characters by divisible... 124 Sailing Directions for the Panghú 249 Type, specimen of Mr. Dyer's... 128 Sailing directions for the coast.. 258|| Sitlisbury, memoir writicn by.... 42:34 Victoria, H. B. M.'s birth day.. 248 vi I'ONTENTS. WANGHIA, the treaty of....... 555, Yang Yuchun, skillful general.. 166 War with China, a second. 545 Yarkand and its dependencies... 96 Webster, the hon. Daniel's letter. 42:3 Yellow river burst its banks... 167 Wheel-cart, notices of one.... 300 Yuh-tieh, Registers or Genealo- Williams' Easy Lessons. 3391 gies.... 131 Women, their kind conduct.. 301 Yunnan, officers in the province. 100 Wright, descriptive notices by Rev. G. N.. 118 CONTENTS. 1 ! No. I. Art. I. Comparative English and Chinese Calendar for 1815 ; list of foreign resi- dents in China ; commercial houses; colonial government of Hongkong ; H. B. M.'s military forces and consular establishments in China; other foreign con- suls; Portugliese government in Macao. Art. II. Obituary Notices of Mrs. Henrietta Shuck, of the American Baptist Mis- sion in China. Cominunicated for the Repository. 19 Art. III. Treaty of peace, signed at Nanking between England and China, translated from the Chinese. 26 Art. IV. A list of the thirty-four articles, deliberated and determined upon, for the trade of the merchants of the United States of America, at the five ports in China. Translated from the Chinese. 30 Art. V. French trading regulations; or a commercial treaty, in thirty-five articles, between France and China. 41 Art. VI. Christianity in China; its claims to be received by the inhabitants of the empire, with reasons for its propagation on the part of Christendom. 51 Art. VII. Comparative View of Sis different Versions in Chinese of John's gospel, Chapter 1. verse 1st. Art. Vol. Journal of Occurrences: treaties with Great Britain, France, and the United States; affairs at Peking, Shanghai. Ningpo, Kulang su, Canton, Macao, and Hongkong ; Protestant missions in China, 55 No. 2. Art. I. An Ordinance for the suppression of the Triad and other societies in the island of Hoogkong and its dependencies. 58 Art. II. Some account of a secret association in China, entitled the Triad Society. By the late Dr. Milne, principal of the Anglo-Chinese College. Communicated [to the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland). 59 Art. l. Evils of forming illegal associations ; prohibition of magicians, leaders of sects, and teachers of false doctrines; renunciation of allegiance; the tea sect. 69 Art. IV. List of officers belonging to the Chinese government, extracted from the Red Book for the Chinese Repository, by a correspondent. Art. V. Remarks on the translation of the words God and Spirit, and on the trans- ferring of Scripture proper names into Chinese, in a letter to the editor of the Chinese Repository. 101 Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences: secret associations; revolution in Nipal; council at Peking; government embarrassments; the five ports ; Macao; Hongkong ; new publications ; Protestant missionaries. 105 No. 3. Art. I. Notices of the Miau Tsz’, or Aboriginal Tribes, inhabiting various high- lands in the southern and western provinces of China Proper. 101 Art. 1l. Essay on the justice of the dealings with the Miau Tsz' or Aborigines who dwell on the borders of the provinces. 115 Art. III. China, in a series of views displaying the scenery, architecture, social habits, &c. of this ancient and exclusive empire. 118 Art. IV. Characters formed by the divisible type belonging to the Chinese mission of the Board of foreign missions of the Presbyterian Church in the U. S. A. 124 Art. V. Tsung jin Ful, or Board charged with the control and government of the Imperial Family: 1:30 CONTENTS, vii 177 Art. VI. Literary notices : The (hina Mail. Nos. 1-5; Christian Ilmanac in Chin nese, for 18-13; and Callery's Dictionnaire Encyclopedique, Tome Prernier. 135 Art. VII. Queries and remarks on the translation into Chinese, of the words God, Spirit, and Angel. 145 Art. VIII. Journal of Occurrences : Christianity in China ; protestant Missionaries; new teacher for the Mor. Ed. Soc.; ilssault and battery in Canton; Evicuation of Kulang su; new port regulations at Macao. 1113 No, t. Art. I. Embassies to the court of Peking, indicating the way they come, the period of time, and the number of persons composing ihem. 153 Art. !l. Chinese Reminiscences, compiled from gotes made by the late Dr. Mor- rison, in the years 1826–27. 156 Art. III. Topography of Kwangsi; situation and extent of the provinco; ils arca and population; its subdivisions. rivers, mountains, productions, &c. 171 Art. IV. Report of the Founding Hospital at Shanghai, Translate.l from the original for the Chinese Repository. Art. V. Toleration of Christianity, intimated by the emperor 'Taukwang, Dec. 28th, 18444, in a reply given to a inemorial trom the imperial commissioner Kiyin. 195 Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences : Peking Cazettes; the emperor engaged in religi- ous worship; the northern ports ; Ningpo; conveyance of teas; Elongkong; proceedings of the Medical Missionary Society; Protestaut missions. 199 No. 5. Art. I. The Syrian Monument, commemorating the progress of Christianity in China, erected in the year of the Christian era at Singan fu. 201 Art. II. Some Account of Charms, and Felicitous Appendages worn about the person, or hung up in houses, &c., used by the Chinese. 229 Art. "III. List of officers belonging to the Chinese government, corrected from the Spring Edition of the Red Book. 231 Art. IV. Lines on seeing a painting of the cemetery on French Islands, where Mr. James Dunlap Perit was buried, written by L. H. Sigourney. 2-13 Art. V. Journal of Occurrences: Chinese officers; Lin Tsehsu; 'Tang Tingching ; Kiying ; Hwang Ngantung; Triad Society in Chiuchau fu; opium fleet: the China Medico-Chirurgical Society; an assay of sundry foreign coins; cominerce of Fuchnu; treaty with the U. S. A. ratified; a Chinese naturalized'in Boston ; liberation of prisoners in Hongkong; Queen's birth day; progress of public works; the American steamer Midas ; Protestant missions. 243 No. 6. Art. 1. Sailing Directions for the Panghu, or Pescadore Archipelago, with notices of the islands. By captain Richard Collinson, C. B. 249 Art. II, Sailing Directions for the coast of China; from the Cape of Good Hope to 258 Art. III. Notices of the trade carried on by the Russians at Klachta, upon the Frontiers of China. 280 Art. IV. Catalogue of Books in the Library of the Morrison Education Society. 288 Art. V. Notices of Hongko!g; situation, shape and extent of the island ; its surface, productions, geological features ; principal divisions, Victoria, Chekchu, Shek- pai Wan. &c., its original landlords; cession to the British crown; erected into a colony; its government, population, and prospects. 291 Art. VI. Journal kept by Mr. Gully and capt. Denham, during a captivity in China in the year 18:12. Edited by a barrister. London, 1814. 298 Art. VII. Journal of Occurrences; dreadful loss of life by the burning of a theatre in Canton; commerce of Fuchau fu; return of major-gcneral D'Aguilar from the north ; surveys on the coasts of China and Formosa ; Chinese pirates; relations of the Chinese with ſcreigners. 301 No. 7. Art. I. The Jews in China: their synagogue, their Scriptures, their history, &c., 305 Art II. An account of the ureri destruction of life by fire. at a theatrical exhibition held near the Hall of Literary Examinations in the city of Canton, 25th May, 10:13. Written liy Liang Siti Pwan. 335 Art. !!1. Meteorolo;;ical nonces of the thermometer, &c., made in Bingkok, Siam, during five successive years, ending 1814. By J. Caswell. 337 Art. IV. Easy Lessons in Chineve: or Progressive exercises to facilitate the study of that langurce, especially od pted to the Canton Dialect. 339 Art V. List of foreign residents in Canton, July 317 Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences: office of thie Chinese Repository removed to Canton; payment of two millions of dollars to the British government by the Chinese; public executions in Canton and Hongkong; U. S. A. frignte Constitu- tion; new legation from U. S. A. to China; changes in the government at Hongkong; no American consul; importation of ice; French missions in Cochinchina; i'colestant missions in China 331 viii CONTENTS same. ܐܐ ܐܐ No. 8. Art. 1. Message from the president of the lnited States to the senate, triusiuitting the treaty concluded between Mr. Cushing and Kiying in wübalt'of' their respec- tive governmenis. 353 Art. II. A Funeral Sermoni. preached at Macao, on the d Vrs. Mary Sword. Art. 1l. Tlie Jews in China': their synagogue, their Scrip their history. &c., 398 Art. IV. Chinese Dialogues, questions, and tamiliar sente. %, literally rendered. into English with a view to promote commercial intercell'se, and to assist be- gimers in the language. By W. H. Medhurst, sen, Shanghai, printed at the Mission press, 1844, 395 Art. V. Journal of Occurrences: memo from the inhabitants of Hongkong to lord Stanley, with a letter to govern: Javis ; steamer Lady Mary Wood, &c. 397 No. 9, Art. I. Particulars of the export of' teas, raw silk, &c., &c., to (14at Britain and the United States of America, in each vessel from 30th June 1844 to the 1st July 1815. with summaries of the preceding year 1843-1841, 401 Art. II. Message froin the president of the United States to the senate, &c. 410 Art. lii. Memoir on the History of Budhism, read before the American Oriental Society, at their Annual Mecting, in Boston, May 28th, 1844. 423 Art. IV. A discourse warning and advising the simple people to appreciate life. 436 Art. V: An introductory address delivered by Alfred Tucker, esq., surgeon of the Minden's hospital, at the first meeting of the China Medical and Chirurgical Society, on the advantages to be gained by a niedical association, &c. 415 Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences: Chinese festivals ; new hoppo; French embas- sador; governor Davis made baronct; local news; and the Peking (azettes. 448 No, 10. Art. 1. Thirteenth report of the Ophthalmic hospit:) at Canton, including the period from the 1st January, 1817, to the 1st July, 1845. 49 Art. II. The seventh Annual Report of the Morrison Education Society, &c. 463 Art. 111. A Specimen of Christian Hymns in Chinese, with a translation of the Air “Coronation." “ Ortonville." By the Rev. J. L. Shuck. 433 Art. IV. Message from the president of the United States to the senate, transmit- ting the treaty concluded between Mr. Cushing and Kiying. Death of Sue Aman, a Chinese shot by an American in Canton. 487 Art. V. Journal of Occurrences: Fires in Canton ; drunken sailors in the streets ; missionary intelligence; shipping at Shanghai ; tyfoons and storms in the Chi- ncse sea; troubles at Fuchau; encouraging prospects; naturalization proposed in Hongkong and its dependencies; liberty of forcigners in Canton-copy of a draft of a proclamation. 49+ No. 11. Art. l. Remarks on Specimens of literary composition written by pupils in the school of the Morrison Education Society, &c. 497 Art. 11. Notices of China, by p:idre Serra, communicated by J. F. Davis, esq., 519 Art. III. Message from the presiilent of the United States to the senate, &c 525 Art. IV. Toleration of Roman Catholicism, by a special letter from their excel- lencies, Kiying governor genearl of Kwangtung and Kwangsi, and Wang Ngan- tun's governor of Kwangtung. 539 Art. v. Letter to the Einperor of China from the president of the United States of Aincrica, written at Washington 12th July 18 13. 542 Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences : religious processions ; stipulations of the trcaties with China proclaimed; Lin's cyclopedia of geography; military fetes at Peking; commissioner Everett returned to the U. S. 1.; Kiying's visit to Hong- kong; missionary intelligence; increase of Indian opium 513 No. 12. Art. I. Second war with China : causes that may lead to such an event; with remarks on the ways and means requisite to avoid hostile collision. 513 Art. 11. Treaty between the United States of America and the Chinese Tal Tsing Empire, concluded and signed at Wanghia, July third in the year of our Lord one thousand ciht ciglit hundred and forty-four, by their excellencies (aleb Cushing and kiying, in Chinese and English. 555 t. II1, Inexcursion to the city of Suchau, made in the autumn of 18-13 by Isidore Hedde commercial delegate, attached to the French Legation. 581 Art. IV. A conumunication from the imperial commissioner kiying, addressed to Mr. Forbes, the U.S. .1. consul, giving till toleration to the religion of the Lord of heaven. or Christianity as known to the Chinese government. 587 1. V. Journal of occurrences: U.S. 1. Squadron, commoclore Biddle; exchange of tralies; stipulations of the Niinking treaty not complete; reference to Pre- sing ; French mission Commissioner Lin Castle Huntley; ajunk run down ; $Torstilighi-louse : lealth of llongkong close of the your 5000 THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIV.- JANUARY, 1845.-No. 1. ART. I. Comparative English and Chinese Calendar for 1845; list of foreign residents in China; commercial houses; colonial government of Hongkong ; H. B. M.'s military forces and con- sular establishments in China; other foreign consuls; Portu- guese government in Macao. TEMPUS FUGIT: and what havoc of men and things do we behold! Even in China—where decrees and forms altered not—what changes have we seen! The relations of this government with foreign na- tions have been changed. Their forms of address and communica- tion are changed. Great movements there have been here in the political world. And all these are but the precursors of others still greater. So we hope, expect, believe. For China cannot, assuredly she cannot, go back to her former isolated and secluded state. A little while ago, only one small spot of ground was here allowed to foreigners, and even that was granted as a special favor. Now fo- reigners are numerous, and reside in many places, and widely re- mote. By these changes augmented obligations are imposed on the whole Christian world, and especially on those governments that have formed treaties with China, and on those individuals who reside among the Chinese. On this theme we cannot now enlarge. On the next page we give a comparative English and Chinese Calendar, and then follow lists of foreign residents, &c. In that long list of names we see those of only fifteen persons who were in China when the first number of the Repository was issued in 1832 1 VOL. XIV NO 1 2 JAN. Calendar for the Year 1845 8 10 20 11& Jun. 12mn 112&1 Feb. Mar, 1& 2& im. 2m. April. 3m. May. June 4& 5& June. 5m. July. 6m. Aug. 6& Yin. | 7& Sep. 8m. Oct. 9& 10m 110& Nov. 111n 111&l Dec. 112in N m 30 2 w I 2 + t 3f 25 26 5 S 27 6 m 23 29 4 t 5 20 . 30 30 or two- %%988 MOTO Y 9 t S 9 f 9 20 4 110 s 6 10 t 6 lios 11 w 9¢ 10 f 11s 12 s 13 m 14 t 115 w 16 t I 9 10 11 10 12 11 12 f 6 110 711 m s10 5 11 S 6 112 g 11t 11 12 8 13 13t 14 S 10 15 S 16 m 9w 310 3 10 t 4 11t 4 11f 5 12 5 112 6 13t 7 14 $ 8 15's 9 16 s 9 116 20 10 17 m 10 17 t 11 18 t 11 (18 f 12 19 w 19 w 12 (19 s 13 29 t 14 20 t 13 14 21 f 15 21 f 14 21 m 15 22 s 16 29 8 15 22 t 16 23 $ 17 23 s 16 23 17 24 m 18 24 m 17 24 18 25 t 34 5 w 6 + 5 7 f 6 888 19t 9t 998 10 f 10 m. 10 110 m 10 1s 11 11t 10 1?f 12 12 w il 13's 12 lim 12 13 m 12 14 S 13 14 t 14 19 3 13 (15 m 14 15 20 15 15 3 14 16 t 15 16 t 16 16 S 15 17 20 17 17 m 16 18 t 18 18 1 17 19 f 18 19 s 18 (20) s 18 2.8 19 20 m 20 20 1 19 21 23 S 24 m $ 25 25 t 15 t 16 20 17 t. 18 f 19 s 20 S 16 15 m 17 16 t 18 17 u 19 18 t 345 118 s 19 S 120 m 21 t 16 17 f 11 15 f 12 16 13 17 s 14 18 m 15 19 t 16 120 17 18 22$ 17 118 % 19 19 w 21 21 f 22 w 17 22 s 18 23 în 22 22's 20 27 t 21 28. 22 22 26 t 23 27 m 24 128 25 29 20 26 30 s 31 t 28 28 $ 30 30 S LIST OF FOREIGN RESIDENIS IM CANTON, MACAO HONGKONG AMOY FUCHAU, NINGPO, AND SHANGHAI. N. B. In this list, the initial of the names of these several places stands instead of the whole name: ab for absent. In several ins- tances the place of residence cannot be determined. Much care has been taken to make the list correct, and it is hoped that such errors as have escaped notice, will be viewed indulgently. an h h h h 9 h h b par am h h 11 99 320 8 Abbott, A. br Aheel, Rev. David. Abraham, Bowman, Alcock, R. and family br Almack, W. Allanson, William & fam. Anderson, John Anderson, Patrick Anderson, Alexander, & fam. Anjer, J. C. Anthon, joseph C. Ardaseer, Furdoonjee, pai Ashworth, Edward br A spinall, Thomas Azevedo, Luiz M. por Badenoch, P. br Backhouse, John Ball, Rev. D. M.D. and fam. Balfour, capt. George br Bancker, James A Baptista, Joað S. por Barrett, R. br Barradas, Francisco C. por Barretto, C. A. and family Barretto, João A. por Barretto, Luiz Barsi, Rev: Romuald ital Bates W. Edward Bateman, J. br Beale, T. C. Bell, w. Bevan, W. F. Bevridge, A. Benza, Rev. Jeremiah Best, 93 am Boulle, N. a ||Bird, Alexander br Bird, G. Alexander, a Birdseye, T. Birley, F. B. m Blenkin, w. ab h Blulse, Board, Charles m||Bolt, C. get Bomanjee Muncherjee C Bonham, Henry B. br Borton, James h ||Bourne, Henry F. 8 Boustead, Edward h ||Bovet, L. h Bowman, J. br c ||Bowman, C. h Bowman, Abraham, 8 Bowring, H. c|Bowring, J. C. 8 ||Bowra, C. W. h Bowra, W. A., and family h ||Braham, H. B. m Braine, George T. h Braga, J. J. Ř. por h Bremridge, R. br h Bridgman, Rev. E. C. D. Du am Bridgman, James G. Brimelow, Jno. br c Brookes, h Brooksbank, h ||Brown, Rev. S. R. and fam. am h Brown, John Bruce, M. br Bruce, George, C. am 8 h h h h h h h h h h h am h h ital h с 4 JAN. List of Foreign Residents in China. am 93 am . 22 am am 3 с C Bruce, Frederiek W. A. br h Cooling, h Bruen, John S. Cooper, Mathew h Buist, Cooverjee Fiomanjee par h Buckler, W. Cortella, A. M. por Buchannan, Joseph br h Çowasjee Pallanjee par Buffa, Rev. Francis ital h Cowasjee Framjee Bulsing D. du m Cowasjee Sapoorjee Lungra Bull, Isaac M.. cCowarjee Shapoorjee Tabae Burd, John da h Craig, John, ab Burgass, Richard ab br Craigie, A. h Burgess, E. N. h Craụn, Samuel Burn, D. L. ab h | Croom, A. F. ab Burjorjee Framjee, par. Culbertson, Rev. M. S. and fam. am n Burjorjee Sorabjee, Cumming, W. H. M.D. Bush, F. T. h Cursetjee Dhunjeebhoy par Butt, John br h Cursetjee Rustomjee Buxton, Travers Dadabhoy, Burjorjee By worth, G. Dadabhoy Byranjee Cacho, Anton h Dadabhoy Cursetjee Caine, William h Dadabhoy Jamsetjee Cairns, John h ||Dadabhoy Hosunjee par Calder, A. h Dale, W. w. ab br Caldwell, D. R. h Dale. T. Callery, J. M. fr m Dallas, W. Campbell, s. br Dare, h Cannan, John H. h Davidson, Walter br h Carpenter, F. S. Davidson, William Carter, Augustus h Davidson, F. M. Carr, H. J., and family h Davis, John Francis, h. e.gov. » h Carr, John h Dean, Rev. W., and fam. ab am h Carvalho, jr., A. H. and fam. por h || Dees, A. M. br Carvalho, J. H. h Delano, Edward Case, W. ab Delano, jr. Warren, and fam. Castro, L. d'Almada por h De Mas, don Sinibaldo sp Castro, J. M. d'Almada h Denham, Mark Cay, Robert D. br h Denham, Frank, and family h Chapman, Frederick Dent, John Chinnery, George m|Dent, Lancelot Clark, Å. h Dent, Wilkinson, h Clark, w. h ||Derkheim, F. Clayton, E. W. Devan, Rev. T. T.m. D. and fam. am h Cleverly, Charles St. George h Dewar, George h Cleverley, Osmund Dhunjeebhoy Byramjee, par Clarke, George h Dhunjeebhoy Dadabhoy, Cobham, n Dhunjeebhoy Dossabhoy, Cohen, Saul h Dickens ab br Cohen, E. h Dill, F. M. D. h Colasso, Disandt, Dan, and family br Cole, R. and family m | Dixwell, George Basil Colonbier, Rev. Peter ital hDadabhoy Cursetjee par Collins, Joseph br h | Dodd, Samuel br Collins, James h Dodds, J., and family h Compton, J. B. h ||Dorabjee Nesserwanjee Camajee par Compton C. S. cDossabhoy Hormusjee, par Compton, Spencer Douglass, Richard H. Comstock, S. W. | Dronet, William br Connor, W. br hDrummond, hon. F. C. ab Coobear Hurjeewun, hin Dudell, George Cooke, Henry br h Dudgeon. Patrick Cooke, S. J. h ll Duncan, Erskine ab im с m 99 br 11 с . . 19 > 79 19 9 am am с S am um 17 . 1845. List of Foreign Residents in China, h 11 am C с 1 1 am ++ 11 11 am am 91 m h h h h h h 11 11 9) n am 19 8 11 am m h am Dundas, Henry ab Dupuig, P. fo Durran, A. Durran, jr,, J. A. Duus, N., and family dan Edger, Joseph F. br Edwards, J. Edwards, Robert Edwards, P. C. Edwards, C. Shaw Ellis, W. Emery, Capt. Elmslie, Adam W. br Empson, Arthur J. Encarnaçað, A. and fam. por Endicott, Jemes B. Endicott, William Erskine, W. A. br Fagan, William Farncomb, Edward Farquhar, W. C. Fearon, Samuel Fearon, Charles A. Fearon, Christopher Feliciani, Rev. Anthony itul Fessenden, Henry Findlay, George br Fischer, M. and family Fisher, M. Fisher, Rodney Fisk, E. G. Fittock, br Fletcher, Angus Fletcher, Duncan Forbes, Duncan Forbes, Paul S. Ford, M. br Forguhaz. W. C. Framjee Jamsetjee par Framjee Nawrosjee, Framjee Shapoorjee, Franklyn, W. H., and fam.br Fraser, A. E. Frazer, George Fryer, A. H. br Fryer, w. Funck, F. and family dan Gabriel, M. br Galway, Gascor, Gibb, John D. Gibb, T. A. Gibb, George Gibbons, Charles W. Gillespie, Rev. W. Gillespie, C. V., and family Gill, Edward F. ab. Gilbert, James br Gilman, J. T. Gilman, Richard J. br Glew, T. T. br m Goldsmith, m Gonçalves, Eugenio por Goolam Hoseen moh Goolam Hoseen Chadoo h Goddard, J. br Gordon, Alexander T. ab. mGrant, J. h Graves, Pierce W. h Gray, B. br c|Gray, W. F. h Greene, S. N. Gribble, Henry, and family 8 Griffin, Alexander h Griswold, J. N. Alsop Groves, William Guillet, Rey. Claudis Gutierris, Candido por h Gutierris, Lourenço Gutierris, Apolonario Gutierris, Cepriano h Gutzlaff, Rev. C., and fam. pr m Gutierres, A. br m ||Hacket, C. h Hague, and family Hale, Frederic Howe h Hallam, Samuel J. h Hamilton, Lewis, and fam. h || Hance, H. F. Hanson, F. D. h Happer, Rev. A. P. M. D. h Hardam, Henry br h Harding, Charles h Harker, Henry R. br a Hart, C. H., and family Hart, Alexander W. h |Hart, Benjamin, Harton, W. H. and family Hastings, William Hauve, P. Harry, F. br h Harvey, B. Frederick h Hawkins, Thomas Dalton h Hawkins J. Dalton Hay, W.W. c Heard, John h Heerjeebhoy Rustomjee Par h Henry, William h Henry, W. Hepburn, J. C., and family am 8 ||Heras, P. de las sp h Hertslett, F. L. and family br c Hesketh, J. h Hickson, William h Hillier, C. B. cHindley, E., Hobson, B. and family h ||Hodder, Hodgson, J. || Holgate, H. h 9 am am m h h • n 1 19 S h h h h am am C h h a m n 1) h h am 12 am с h 1 List of Foreign Residents in China Jan ver Framjee Buxey, par h SW 11 с am 8 91 m 11 an & 19 . 99 am am am n C am n 11 Holliday, J. and family ab h Le Geyt, William C. br Holdforth, C. G. n Leffler, John h Holdforth, J. h Legge, Rev. J. d. D. and fam. br h Holmes, John, and family h Leggett, H. br h Hormusjee Byramjee, par Lexlie, W. Hormusjee Jamusjee, Levin, E. H. Howe, Charles F. cLewis, James h Howell, Augustus h Lind, H. Hughesdon, c. br h Livingston, Joseph G. h Hulme, John, and family h Lloyd, Cornelius dut Hame, David hLloyd, Rev. John Hume, G. h Lockhart, W. and family br Humphrey, A. P. h Longshaw, T. h Humpston, G. Lena, Alexander ital h Hunter, R. H. h Lopes, Januario pur h Hunter, T. h Lopes, Bernordo h Hutchinson, W. s|Lopes, Joze J. h Ilbery, William c||Lopes, Pedro h Ilbery, John, ab Low, E. A. Inglis, A. L. h | Lowrie, R. br drons, James, M. D. Lowrie, Rev. W. M. Jackson, Richard B. c||Loomis, Rev. A. W. and fam. Jackson, J. a Lunjee Jamajee par Jardine, David c||Lunn, G. C. br h h ||Lun, W. H. m Lunjeebhoy Jamsetjee par sroiss McCartee, D. B. M. D. br por h||McDonald, James Johnston, Alex. R. ab br h |McEwen, h Jollbhoy Cursetjee, par McGregor, Alexander br h Jones, T. br h McMinnis, H. Jones, G. R. G. h McIntosh, C. Jumoojee Nasserwanjee par McIntyre, w. Jast, jr., Leonard br h MacKenzie, J. Just, Leonard la McSwyney, P. C. h Kay, Duncan J. h Macculloch, Alexander Kay, William c Macfarlane, A. Kennedy, K. Mck. h|Maclehose, James h Kennedy, H. H. c||McDonald, J. C. ch Kerr, Crawford, and fam. h McKnight, T. and fam. h Kilber, James h Mackay, Hugh h Kimball, John E. ab Macgowan, D.J., M. D. aud fam. im n King, Charles W. and family m MacIvor, William W. br h King, James R. Mackean, T. W. L. h King, William H. Macgregor, Francis C. King, F. A. br h Macleod, M. D. Kinsley, W.T. ab br MacMurray, J. h Kinsman, N. and family m|MacPherson, A. W. h Kirby, Thomas br h Mahomedbhoy Alloo moh Kreyenhagen, Julius ger Maneckjee Burjorjee par Laing, R. c Maneckjee Pestonjee Lamphona, Robert br Manackjee Nanabhoy, par Lamont, John h ||Mangieri, Rev. Jerome ital Lane, Thomas A. h Marcussen, P. and family h Lane, w. h Marjoribanks, Samuel Lapraik, Douglas h Markwick, Charles h Lattey, Joseph h Martin, Robert M. h Lay, G. Tradescant f|Martin, H. h Layton, T. H. and family n Matheson, Alex. 1) :::::::: S 1 99 19 19 11 am 19 11 am 19 с 1845. ng List of Foreign Residents in China. am C с am 11 ger par 11 11 11 am m am am Matheson, Donald h Pareira, E. por h Matheson, William h Parker, Rev. P., M. D. and fam. am c Mathison, A. M. h ||Parkes, Harry S. br h Matthyssen, and family h Parkin, William W. Meadows, Thomas T. c||Pattullo, Stewart E. Medhurst, Rev. W. H., D.D. & fam. s Pedder, Willian, R. v. h Medhurst, jr., Walter H. br 8 Peerbhoy Khalckhdin moh Melrose, William Peerbhoy Yacoob, Melville, Archibald h Perkins, George Mercer, W.T. h Pereira, Ignacio d'A. рот h Meredith, William s. f Pereira, Ignacio P. h Merwanjee Eduljee, par Pereira, Manuel L. R. h Meufing, W. A. Pestonjee Dinshaw Michell, E. br h Pestonjee Merwanjee Nies, William Harding h Pestonjee Byramjee Cohola Millar, John c Pestonjee Nanabhoy, Miller, U. Pestonjee Nowrajee Powchajee par Milne, Rev. W..C. ab Pestonjee Hormusjee Camajee Miln, James Pestonjee Jamsetjee Mitchell, W. H. Pestonjee Rustomjee Hukeen Modderman Tonco dut Pestonjee Rustomjee Mohamedally Mohotabhoy moh Peirce, w. P. Moller, Edmund ham m Piecope, W. N. br h Moore, William Piecope, T. C. Moore, Philips br h Pestonjee Ruttonjee Morrison, M. Crofton br n Pett, George br h Moses, Gelauston Phillips J. h Moses, Joseph Pilcher h Moss, Alexander br Pitcher, M. W. h Moul, Henry c||Poidevin, G. F. h Muir, T. D. Ponder, Stephen Mullady, D. Pope, John h Murray, 'J. A. h Porter, J. Muloo Doongur moh Porter, F. P. br Mur, J. Manuel peruo Porter, D. Murray, C. W. br h Power, J. C. Murrow, Y. J. c Prendergast, John ab Mylne, j. Prescott, w. s. Nanabhoy Hormusjee, par Proctor, Daniel Napier, George br h Proctre, E. S. h Nasserwanjee Dhunjeebhoy, par Prosh, j. L. br b Nasserwanjee Ardasser, Pyke, William Neave, Thomas D. br m Pyke, T. W. h Nesserwanjee Bhicajee, Rangel, Floriano A. por h Nesserwanjee Dorabjee, Rangel, Segesmundo Newman, Edward h Rawle, S. B. Nicol, h ||Rawson, S. br h Niven, Read, S. W. Norris, G. N. h ||Ready, John h Noronha, J. M. por h: Reinedios, F. por h Nowrosjee Nesserwanjee, par Remedios, J. B. h Nye, jr., Gideon m Reynvaan, H. G. J. and fam. du m Nye, Clement m Ribeiro, J. C. V. por h Nye, Thomas S. H. Ribeiro, Lauriano V. h Oakley, Herace h Rickett, John, and family br Oswald, Richard br h Ripley, and family Outeiro, J. M. de рот h Ritchie, A. A. and family Palmer, J. br h Ritson, John br Pallanjee Dorabjee, pur Rivoire Aime fr Pallanjee Nasserwanjee Patel, par Roberts, Rev. I. J. 19 с 11 am 11 17 am 19 8 с am 19 am am in S с ат List of Foreign Residents in China. Jan. Ć h am с h am ::::: W h h h h h 91 19 m h h h h h a h am 1 am 1 & Roberts, Joseph L. c Sorabjee Rustomjee par Roberts, Oliver E. c Souza, Atanazio por Robertson, Daniel B s Souza, Florencio Robertson, J. br hSpencer, Charles Robertson, A. h Spooner, Daniel N. Roskelly, Thomas hSpring, Francis br Rolfe, R. H. br St. Croix, George Ross, G. h St. Croix, Edward A. Routh, L. St. Croix, N. de Rowland, T. H. h St. George. J. P. Roza, Juzino ad por h Stanton, Rev. V. and family bř Rozario, F. por h Stevenson, James Rustomjee Burjorjee Chinoy par Stephenson, R. Rustomjee Byramjee par Steven, D. Rutter, Henry br Stewart, P. and family Ruttonjee Hromusjee par Stewart, T. Ruttomjee Framjee Stewart, w. Rustomjee Framjee Still, C. F. Rusden, A. W. G. or c|Strachan, Robert Ruttonjee Camajee Strachan, Adam F. Ryan, James c | Strachan, George Rych, w.J. Stronach, Rev. A. and fam. Ryder, Charles br Sterling, Paul I. Sauer, Charles ger m Strocker, C. K. Saunders, Frederick br h Sturgis, James P. Scheel, Augustus ger Sullivan, George, and fam. br Scott, Adam br A Sumsordin Ahabhoy, moh Scott, William h Sword, John D. and family am Sennvan Bagel, M. Z. and fam. du Syme, T. D. br Shaw, Charles 8 Tarrant William Shawuckshaw Rustomjee par Tayor, Edwards Shelley, A. E. br hThom, Robert Shepard, George Tiedeman, jr., P. and fam. du Shepard, John Tiedeman, J. H. Shuck, Rev. J. L. and fam. am h Tiers, C. H. and family Sillivan, G. G. a Townsend, jr., P. and fam. Silva, A. por h ||Trott, John B. Silva, Candido h Trotter, G. A. br Silva, M. c Tulloch, J. Silva, Q. c Twist, Charles Silverlock, John br h || Taylor, Jno Silveira, Albino da por Ullett, R. B. Sinclair, John, Vacher W. H Sinclairs, C. A. n Van Basel, J. M. S. and fam. du Sirr, C. H. and fam. h Van Loffelt, Joaquim P. du Skinner, John ab Van Rych, W.J. H. du Small, Alexander A. h Vesey, S. and family Smith, Alexander c|Vincent, T. C. B. Smith, F. h Wade, John, and family Smith, Thomas S. Walker, Alexander Smith, J. C. Walker, J. Smith, J. Mackrill cWalker, Jas. Thomas Smith, John, and family m Warden, Edmund Smith, Henry H. Wardley, W. H. Smith, James h Waterhouse, B, Smith, Rev. George Watkin, C. Smith, Gilbert, and family m Way, Rev. R. Q. and fam. Somjee Visram moh Weiss, Sorabjee Byramjee ger pær Welch, James Sorabjee Framjee White, James, and fam. h h с h am с h 1 . br hhcmmmh 9) 3 f h 1 97 ch h am n h 11 1845. 9 List of Commercial Houses, Agents, fc. (lin br. h h ger br ilm br ап br S dut Whitney, A. Wilhelmy, Martin Wilkinson, Alfred Williams, S. Wells ab. Wilson, Craven Winchester, Charles A. Winslow, G. R. Wise, John Woodberry, Charles Woods, F. Wood, John Woolner, J. Wolcott, Henry Wynch, J. H. s Wysman, L. a Xavier, J. dos Anjos h Young, Peter ab h Young A.J. Young, Rev. W. and fam. h Yvanvich, E. and fam. m h por 11 am br ain br с n h ital LIST OF COMMERCIAL HOUSES, AGENTS, &c. WITH NAMES OF PARTNERS, ASSISTANTS, &c. A A. RITCHIE. Bush Co. A. & D. FurpoONJEE. E. T. Bush. Ardaseer Furdoonjee. Edward Ilinley. Jalbhoy Cursetjee. T. F. Giles. ANDERSON, CHALMERS & Co. C. S. COMPTON. Jarnes S. Anderson. Spencer Compton Patrick Chalmers (England). C. H. HART. James D. Park. C. MARKWICK (auctioneer. AUGUSTINE HEARD & Co. C. W. BOWRA. Augustine Heard (U. States). C. V. GILLESPIE. Geo. B. Dixwell. CHARLES SHAW. John Heard. J. H. Winch Joseph L. Roberts. CAWASJEE PALUNJEE. Oliver E. Roberts. Cooverjee Boma njee. Bell & Co. CAWASJEE SHAPOORJEE TABACK &Co. Willim Bell. Cawasjee Shapoorjee. Sir G.G.de H. Larpent, br.(Eng.) Dadabhoy Pestonjee. Alfred Wilkinson. Manuckjee Pestonjee. J. Mackrill Smith. Pestonjee Nanabhoy. Archibald Melville, CAWASJEE SHAPOORJEF LUNGRANA. T. Dale. Cawasjee Shapoorjee L. Richard Gibbs. Pestonjee Jarnsetjee. BENJAMIN SEARS. Horm usjee Jamasjee. BOUSTEAD & Co. Franjee Shapoorjee Lungrana. Edward Boustead. Pestonjee Byramjee. Benjamin Butler (Manila). DADABHOY BURJORJEE. Gustav C. Schwabe (Liverpool) Manuckjee Burjorjee. Adain Sykes (Singapore). Pestonjee Ruttonjee Shrott. R. Aspinall, jr. Burjorjee Sorabjee. Martin Wilhelmy. Dhunjeebhoy Dadabhoy. W. Hutchinson. Sorabjee Byramjee. W. C. Farquhar. DADABHOY NESSERWANJEEMODY&Co. Francis B. Birley. Dadabhay Hormusjee. Buvet, BROTHERS, & Co. Burjorjee Framjee. C. Bovet (absent). Dhunjeebhoy Horinusjee. Louis Bovet Rustomjee Burjorjee, L. A. Jeanneret (absent). D. & C. NANA BHOY. Burd, Lange & Co. Pestonjee Dhunjeebhoy. John Burd. Dhunjeebhoy Dosabhoy. Mads Lange (Bally). Sorabjee Rustonjee. D. L. Procter D. & M. RUSTOMJEE & Co. S. W. Roes. Dadabhoy Rustomjee (absent). VOL. XIV. N, 10 Jan. List of Commercial Houses, Agents, fic. Manackjce Rustomjee (absent). W. A. Meuting. Merwanjee Jeejeebhoy (absent). J. F. Glew. Dhunjeebhoy Byrainjce. FLETCHER, LARKINS & Co. Dadabloy Byramjee. Angus Fletcher. Palunjee Nusserwanjee Putel. D. Fletcher. Nesserwanjee Bhicajee. George Findlay. Jainoojee Naserwanjee. A. M. Cortella. Dadabhoy Hoosanjee. Fox, RAWSON & Co. Nesserwanjee Ardaseer. T. S. Rawson (absent). Cursetjee Dhunjeebhoy. William Blenkin. (ubsent) Nesserwanjee Dhunjeebhoy. Arthur J. Empson. Nowrojee Nesserwanjee. Samuel Rawson. Pestonjee Ardaseer. A. Staple. Muncherjee Eduljee. W. H. Luce. DENT & Co. Thomas Longshaw. Lancelot Dent. G. R Jones. George T. Braine. I. d'Almeida Pereira. William Leslie. William Kay. Hon. F. C. Drummond. FRAMJEE JAMSETJEE. John Dent. F. FUNCK. W. H. Harton. Fryer & Lane. M. W. Pitcher. GIBB, LIVINGSTON, & Co. Edward Pereira. W. P. Livingston. J. Bowman. T. A. Gibb. J. Caldecot Smith. Joseph G. Livingston. A. de Rocha. John Skinner. DALLAS & Co. T. Jones. Stephen Ponder. John Silverlock. F. Chapman. John D. Gibb. J. Butt. George Gibb. DICKENS & Co. Joað B. dos Remedios. Francis Dickens. HEERJEERHOY RUSTOMJEE. -St. George. Franjee Heerajee. Dirom, GRAY & Co. Shavuckshaw Rastomjee. W. F. Gray. Pestonjee Rustomjee. R. Dironn, (absent): Rustomjee Franjee. F. M. Davidson (absent). Framjee Nowrojee. W. T. Hunter, (ubsent). HENRY Thomson & Co. W. W. Dale. HENRY MOUL. C. Ryder. Henry, HUMPHREYS, & Co. D. Potter. A. de Encarnaçao W. Ellis. HEGAN & Co. J. Hodgson. Joseph Hegan. (England) DosabhoY HORMUSJEE DOLAW KHOW. Williain Gillman. (England) Ruttonjee Framjee. Augustus Carter. Dadabhoy Jainset.jee. William Brown. EDMUND MOLLER. Robert Ker. Edward) FARNCOMB. Notary Public, Mr. Gareta. Solicitor, Attorney and Proctor of Samuel Hill. the Supreme Court; also Coroner John T. Cuvillier. of Hongkong Holliday, WISE, & Co. Edward NEWMAN, (auctioneer). John Holliday. (absent) EMERY & FRAZAR. Johu Wise. (Hongkong) FEARON & Son. R. J. Farbridge. (England) Christopher Fearon. W. Pyke. Charles Fearon. John Shepard. Fischer Wulis & Co. H. B. Brahain. Joseph Bates, Jr. (England). F. Hindley Danies Willis. (England). R. Bremricire M. Pischer. John Ritsoli 1845. 11 'List of Commercial Houses, Agents, fºc. HORMUSJEE FRAMJEE. I!John N. ALSOP GRISWOLD. Rustomjee Byramjee. John Smith. Pestonjee Dinshawjee, JOHN D. Sword & Co. Cursetjee Rustomjee. John D. Sword. HORMUSJEE BYRAMÍEE. John B. Trott. Burjorjee Hormusjee. William Groves. Nanabhoy Hormusjee. KENNEDY MACGREGOR & Co. HORMUSJE E CAWASJEE. L. Jusr. HUGHESDON, CALDER, & Co. L. Just, Jr. Charles Hughesdon. Douglas Lapraik. Alexander Calder. LATTEY & Co. Henry Rutter. LINDSAY & Co. L A. Reguinot. H. H. Lindsay (Eng). William Butler. Crawford Kerr. ISAAC M. Bull. Adolphus S. Drysdale (absent). John S. Bruen. H. Dundas. (absent). JARDINE, MATHESON & Co. Walter Davidson. Alexander Matheson. W. Fryer. Andrew Jardine (ubsent). T. Buxton. Donald Matheson. E. Gonçalves. David Jardine. T. Vincent. William Stewart. M. J. SENN VAN Basel. Baretto, B. A. M. FORD & Co. Baretto, J. A. MACLEAN, DEARIE, & Co. Bowring, J. C. Maclean (Bombay). Compton, J. B. Dearie (London). Dallas, A. G. (Shanghai). R. H. Hunter. Forbes, Duncan (Amoy). R. R. Calveri. Goddard, J. W. C. Clarke. Grant, J. (Shanghai) Jehengeer. Howell, Augustus J. de Noronha. Humpston, Gervas MACVICAR & Co. Jackson, John Amoy. J. Macvicar (Eng.) Jardine, Joseph D. L. Burn. (absent) Maciver, William Gilbert Smith. Macpherson, Alex. Rodney Fisher. Matheson, W. Thos. D. Neave, Outeiro, Jose d' W. C Le Gette. Rangel, F. A. Henry Fessenden. Rolfe, R. H. C. Milne. Silveira, A. P. A. Grandpre. Still, C. F. J. Campos. JAMIESON, How & Co. McEwen & Co. J. F. Edger. M. McEwen. G. Jamieson (Glasgow). A. M. Mathieson. John Gifford (Calcatta). MERWANJEE EDULJEE. William Henry. MURROW & Co. William Melrose. D. C. Mackey, (Calcutta). A. Walker. Y. J. Murrow. JAMEL RYAN. Charles W. Murray, J. P. STURGIS. J. Leffler. J. JARVIE. W. N. Piccope. J. A. DURRAN, JR. N. Duus. Adhemar Durran. J. Piris Pereira. John Cairns. (Ed. of the Hongkong Nye, PARKIN, & Co. Register). Gideon Nye, Jr. John Carr. (Ed. of the Friend of William W. Parkin. China. Clement D. Nye. 12 Jan. List of Commercial Houses, Agents, fic. T. S. H. Nye. Q. Silva. H. M. Olmsted. M. Silva. J. Kreyenhagen. R. J. GILMAN. J. P. Van Loffelt. A. Bowman. J. de Encarnaçao. E. Green. N. BOULLE. Robert LOWRIE. OLYPHANT. & Co. RUTTONJEE HORMU SJEE CAMAJEE & Co. C. W. King, Ruttonjee Hormusjee C. (absent) W. H. Morss (absent). Dosabhoy Hormusjee. J. R. King: Pestonjee Hormusjee. James A. Bancker. Sorabjee Framjee Crakaw. R. H.Douglass. S. W. COMSTOCK. F. A. King, Tiers, BOURNE & Co. Oswali), DISANDT, & Čo. C. H. Tiers. Richard Oswald, H. F. Bourne. Dan Disandt. R. P. de Silver. PATRICK STEWART. Turner & Co. PEDRO DE LAS HERAS. W. Thomson (absent). PESTONJEE FRAMJEE Cama & Co. T. W. L. Mackean. Pestonjee Merwanjee. (Bombay) P. Dudgeon. Palunjee Dorabjee Ranjee. Ă. McCulloch. (Shang.) Jamsetjee Rustomjee. (Bombay) John H. Cannan. Rustomjee Nuserwanjee. (Bom.) D. J. Kay. Lunjeebhoy Jamsetjee. Craven Wilson, (Shang.) Bomanjee Mancherjee. R. Laing. P. & D. NUSERWANJEE CAMA & Co. E. H. Levin. Pestonjee Nowrojee. A. Small. Dorabjee Nuserwanjee. W. & T. GEMMELL & Co. Dadabhoy Nesserwanjee. Willam Gemmell (absent). PESTONJEE CurseTJEE Mody. Henry R. Harker. Hormusjee Pestonjee. R. Strachan. Framnjee Hormusjee. Adam Scott. P. TOWNSEND, Jr. (auctioneer). W. F. Bevan. Angelo da Silva. Frederick Woods. Phillips, Moore, & Co. George Napier. RATHBONES, WORTHINGTON & Co. WeTMORE &. Co. William Rathbone, Jr. (Li'pool). William S. Wetmore (.N. Y.) S G. Rathbone. Samuel Wetmore, Jr. J. Worthington. N. Kinsman. REYNVAAN & Co. S. B. Rawle. H. G. J. Reynvan. William Moore. P. T.'S. Silveira, Charles F. Howe. F. H. Phillips. Joseph C. Anthon, R. EDWARDS. Stephen T. Baldwin. RIPLEY, Smith & Co. J. T. Gilman. RUSSELL & Co. F. Gutierris. Warren Delano, Jr. W. LANE. Paul S. Forbes, C. Lloyd. J. T. Gilinan, WILLIAM Scurt. D. N. Spooner, C. Gutierris. Edward Delano. W. H. FRANK Yn. (auctioneer) W. H. King: 1. Viera Ribeiro. S. J. Hallam, W. P. Pierce. George Perkins, Pierce W. Graves. Robert S. Sturgis. Wolcott BATES & Co. F. A. Hillard Veysey & Co. E. A. Low, James Veysey: S. Rangel Julius C. Peiver. 1845. 1:3 Colonial Government of Hongkong, COLONIAL GOVERNMENT OF HONGKONG. Ghives His Excellency Governor and Commander in John FRANCIS DAVIS, Major-gen. D'Aguilar, c. B. Lieutenant Governor, W. T. Mercer, Esq. Private Sec. to H. E. the gov. Supreme Court of Judicature. The Hon. John W. HulME, Esq. Chief Justice, Hon. Paul Ivy Sterling, Esq. Attorney General, Robert Dundas Cay, Esq. Registrar, P. McSwyney, Deputy Registrar, H. Leggett, Clerk to the Judge and Court, D. R. Caldwell, Interpreter. Colonial Secretary's Office. The hon. FREDERICK W. A. Bruce, Colonial Secretary, L. d'Almada e Castro, Chief Clerk, George A. Trotter, J. M. d'Almada e Castro, Clerks. Charles W. Gibbons, Secretary in the Chinese De. Rev. Charles Gutzlaff, partment. Colonial Treasurer's Department. Hon. Robert M. Martin, Esq. Colonial Treasurer, W. T. Mercer, Esq. Assistant Treasurer, James Collins, Clerk. Auditor-General and Clerk of Councils. Auditor General and Clerk of A. E. SHELLEY, Esq. F. Smith, Clerk to the Clerk of Councils, John Ready, Clerk to the Auditor, Rev. V. Stanton, Colonial Chaplain. Chief Magistrate of Police and Sheriff. Hon. Major WILLIAM CAINE, Chief Magistrate of Police, &c. Assistant Magistrate of Police at Victoria, W. H. Miles, Clerk. Assistant Magistrate of Police at Chekchú. C. B. HILLER, Esq. Assistant Magistrate of Police, A. L. Inglis, Clerk. Surveyor General's Department. Alex. T. GORDON Esq. (absent), Surveyor General, Charles St. (ieo. Cleverly, Esq. Acting Surveyor General and As. sistant Surveyor, { Councils , List of Officers of the General Staff', for. Jan, Job Pope, Civil Engineer and Clerk of Works, William Tarrant, Clerk of Registry of Deeds, S. J. Cooke, Clerk, M. Bruce, Inspector of Roads. Harbor Master and Marine Magistrate. Harbor Master and Marine Ma. Lieut. William PEDDER, R. N. gistrate, A. Lena, Assistant Harbor Master, E. Michell, Clerk, S. Fearon, Esq. Charles Bolt, James Stevenson, Registrar-general and Collector of Revenue. Clerks. F. Dill, m. D., Colonial Hospital Surgeon. Post Ofice Department. Acting Post-master, Clerk. F. SPRING, J. Palmer, LIST OF OFFICERS OF THE GENERAL STAFF, CORPS, DETACHMENTS AND DEPART- MENTS SERVING IN CHINA. ISLAND OF HONGKONG. General staff The hon. major-general D’Aguilar, c. B., commanding in China. Lieut. C. L. D’Aguilar, Royal artillery, assistant military secretary and aid-de-camp. Capt. J. Bruce, 18th (R. I.) regiment, assistant adjutant general. Capt. H. T. D’Aguilar, Grenadier guards, assistant quar. mast. gen. Capt. R. N. Faunce, 2d regt. M. N. I., staff officer Madras troops. and officiating deputy judge advocate. GARRISON STAFF AT VICTORIA. Brigadier Chesney, commandant, commanding artillery in China. Lieut. J. D. Smyth, 98th regiment, station staff officer. MEDICAL STAFF. Surgeon J. Thomson, superintending surgeon. Assist. surgeon, W. C. B. Eatwell, and medical store keeper. Second class staff surgeon, Edinonston, surgeon to the staff. COMMISSARIAT DEPARTMENT. W. Miller, e-9.. deputy commissary general 1845. 15 List of Oficers of the General Stuf, &c. 0. Goldsmith, esq., assistant commissary general. L. Routh, esq., deputy assistant commissary general. F. S. Carpenter, esq., deputy assistant commissary general. ENGENEER DEPARTMENT. Br.-major E. Aldrich, superintendent public works and surveyor. Lieut. J. B. Collinson, executive engineer. Lieut. J. Montresor, 98th regiment, assistant executive engineer. ORDNANCE DEPARTMENT. Mr. George Pett, store keeper 1st class. Mr. Arthur Boate, deputy store keeper 1st class. Mr. Theodore S. Ford, 2d clerk. BARRACK DEPARTMENT. Lieut.-col. H. H. Farquharson, barrack master 1st class. ROYAL ARTILLERY. Lieutenant P. S. Parsons. Lieutenant E. J. Patterson. Assistant surgeon Duggan. H. M. 98TII REGIMENT. Lieut.-colonel A. C. Gregory, commanding. Major William Roberts. Ensign R. Reid. Capt. J. C. A. Dunbar. Fresson. Daniel Rainier. Browni. J. M Jeffery. Paymaster capt. E. Hunter. Lieut. J. A. Street, Adjutant lieut. E. Grantham. P. Shelton. Quar. master J. I'agan. F. Peyton. Surgeon C. Cowen. J. A. Macdonald. Assist. surg. E. D. Batt. A. F. Steele. Cromelin. Bengol armny. T. C. Dunbar. Bingham. Madras army. H. T. Richmond. Fletcher. Madras army. Ensign R. Young M. Batt. Staff ass. surg. Douse. M. Dillon. Batley. H. W. Stroud. Smith. O Latouche. Macnamarah. > 4TH REGIMENT M. N. 1. Capt. F. J. Fischer, Lieut. J. J. Brine. J. E. Glynn. W. J. Jones. Lient. and br.-capt. J. Dods. Ensign J. F. A. Plant. Lieut. G. W. N. Dunlop. G. J. S. Fireman. P. R. J. Wood. Asst. surgeon W. Traill, M. D. J. Denton 16 Jan. List of Officers of the Gencral Staff, fc. CHUSAN FIELD FORCE. Staff Brigadier Campbell, c. B., commanding. Lieutenant E. Haythorne, 98th regiment, brigade major. Captain D. Bamfield; 56th B. N. I., military magistrate. Lieutenant L. Shadwell, 98th regiment, Chinese interpreter. COMMISSARIAT DEPARTMENT. H. Green, esq., deputy assistant commissary general. ENGENEER DEPARTMENT. Lieutenant J. Hitchins, executive engineer. ORDNANCE DEPARTMENT. Mr. J. E. C. Tetley, 1st clerk. H. M. 18TH R. 1. REGIMENT. Lieut.-colonel J. Cowper, commanding. Major J. Gratton. Lieut. W. H. Graves. Capt. F. Wigston. R. Farrer. Lord Cochrane. Ensign W. B. Graham. J. W. Graves. H. Jamres. Lieut. and br.-capt. C. Dunbar. R. J. Ivin. Lieut. J. J. Wood. C. T. Kelly T. Martin. E. Jones. F. Arinstrong Macdonald. H. D. Burrell. Adjutant lieut. W. T. Bruce. E. W. Sargent. Quarter master G. Peel. J. M. Elliott. Assistant surgeon J. Stewart. H. A. Ward. A. Ferguson. H. J. Mason. Fraser. MADRAS ARTILLERY Captain J. Back, commanding. Lieut. H. E. Hicks. | Assist. surgeon W. Johnstuu. 2D REGIMENT M. N. I. Lieut.-colonel J. R. Luard, c. B., cominanding. Capt. and br.-major R. Shirreff. Lieut. S. Mainwaring. T. Back. Ensign W. Touch. H. Stewart. H. Acton. Lieut. and br.-capt. E. Green. E. A. B. Travers. G. Carr. J. Brown. J. F. Erskine. Surgeon W. G. Maxwell, m. D. KULUNGSU GARRISON. Garrison staff Major E. Haldane, 4th Regiment M. N. I., commanding. Lieut. and Br.-captain J. M. Jolmstone, 4th Regt. M. N. I., station staff officer 1845. 17 List of H. B. M. Superintendent in China. Lieut. C. J. Collingwood, Madras Artillery, barrack master. Asst. Surg. W. R. Gingell, 2d Regi. M. N. I., Chinese interpreter. COMMISSARIAT DEPARTMENT. Thomas Power, esq., acting deputy asst. commissary general. 2D REGIMENT M. N. I. Major E. Apthorp, K. S. F., commanding. Captain J. H. B. Congdon. Lieut. S. J. M. Cunningham. Lieut. R. Shawe. Ensign W. M. Burroughs. A. A. Shaw. Ass. Surgeon W. W. Rawes. 4TH REGIMENT M. N. 1. Captain H. Colbeck | Asst. Surgeon J. Robson, M. D. { ESTABLISHMENT OF H. B. M. PLENIPOTENTIARY AND SUPERINTENDENT OF TRADE IN CHINA. At Hongkong H. E. JOAN FRANCIS DAVIS, H. M. Plenipotentiary and Su. &o., &c., perintendent of British trade, Alexander R. Johnston, Esq. Secretary, (absent,) Adam Wallace Elmslie, Esq. Officiating Secretary, Rev. Charles Gutzlaff, Chinese Secretary, Martin C. Morrison, Assistant Chinese Secretary, Alexander Bird, Esq. Chief Assistant, Mr. William Connor, Mr. Horace Oakley, Assistants. Mr. Edmund Warden H. B. Majesty's Consulate at Canlon. FRANCIS C. MACGREGOR, Esq. Consul, Richard Belgrave Jackson, Esq. Vice-consul, Thomas Taylor Meadows, Esq. Interpreter, Mr. John Backhouse, Senior Assistant, Mr. Edward Fry Giles, Junior Assistant. (Absent.) N. de S. Croix, Esq. Consular Agent, Whampoa. John Rickett, Esq. Consular Agent, Macao. H. B: Majesty's Consulate at Amoy. RUTHERFORD ALCOCK, Esq. Consul, George G. Sullivan, Esq. Vice-consul, Harry S. Parkes, Esq. Interpreter, Mr. F. L. Hertslett, (Acting) Senior Assistant, Mr. C. A. Winchester, Junior Assistant, H. B. Majesty's Consulate at Fúcháu. GEORGE TRADESCANT LAY, Esq. Consul, 3 VOL. XIV. NO. 1. 18 Jan. List of Foreign Consuls in China. Vice-consul, Interpreter, Mr. Joseph Thomas Walker, Senior Assistant, Mr. W. Saunders Meredith, Junior Assistant, H. B. Majesty's Consulate at Ningpo. ROBERT Thom, Esq. Consul, Temple Hilliard Layton, Esq. Vice-consul, C. A. Sinclair, Esq. Acting Interpreter, Dr. Irons, Surgeon, Mr. Patrick Hague, Senior Assistant, Junior Assistant. H. B. Majesty's Consulate al Shanghái. Capt. George BALFOUR, Mad. Art. Consul, Daniel Brooke Robertson, Esq. Vice-consul, Walter Henry Medhurst, jr. Esq. Interpreter, Mr. Frederick Howe Hale, Senior Assistant, Mr. Frederick Harvey. Junior Assistant. FRENCH CONSUL IN CHINA. Consul of the 1st class, acting as Ch. Lefebrre de Bécour French Consul in China. S. A. Rivoire, Chancelier, (absent.) G. M. Callery, Chinese Secretary. AMERICAN CONSULS IN CHINA. Paul S. Forbes, esq. Consul, Canton. W. P. Pierce, esq. Vice-consul and Naval Agent. Henry Wolcott, esq. Vice-consul, Ningpu. DUTCH CONSUL IN CHINA. M. J. Senn Van Basel, Netherland Consul. PORTUGUESE GOVERNMENT IN MACAO. H. E. Jozé Gregorio Pegado, Governor. Joaquim A. de Moraes Carneiro, Judge. D. Niculau R. P. Borjas, Bishop. Francisco de Assis Fernandes, Substitute to the Judge. D. Geronimo Pereira de Matta, Coadjuctor Bishop. Members of the Senate. Felippe Jozé de Freitas, Judges. Felippe Vieira, 1845. 19 Obituary Notices of Mrs. Shuck. Jozé Francisco de Oliveira, Francisco Joað Marquis, Vereadores. Monoel Duarte Bernardino, Jozé Vicente George, Procurador. Jozé Simao dos Remedios, Treasurer. Miguel Pereira Simoens, Clerk to Senate. Demetrio d'Araujo Silva, Collector of Customs. Justices of the Peace. For Parishes of Sé and Cepriano Antonio Pacheco, St. Antonio. Vicente Vieira Ribeiro. For Parish of St. Lourenço. Commandants of the Forts. Lt.-col. Joaquim V. Sanches, Major Ludgero J. de Faria Neves, Do. . Major Antonio Pereira, Do. of the Franciscan Fort. Major João Valentim Chumal, Do. of the Guia Fort. Major Caetano A. Lemos, Do. of the Bom Parto Fort, { Commandant of the Monte Fort ART. II. Obituary Notices of Mrs. Henrietta Shuck, of the American Baptist Mission in China. Communicated for the Repository In obedience to the command of that ascended Savior who has all power in heaven and on earth, this departed missionary left her fa- ther's roof, numerous and endeared connections, and native land, and braved the dangers of the deep and the perils of a foreign clime, to do what she could in teaching the gentiles the way of life and salvation. She relied upon his power, and enjoyed the fulfillment of his blessed promise, “Lo! I am with you alway even to the end." Through all the varied vicissitudes of her times, she was animated and sustained by this promised blessing, and up to the last day of her life was allowed the happiness of being actively employed in her dorpestic duties and missionary work, She lived up to the very close of life in cheerful activity, and then, the veil being drawn aside, she stepped from time into eternity, entered from the church militant into the church triumphant.--In expectation of full details of her life and labors being given to the public in another form, a few brief notices must suffioe for the present. 20 Jan. Obituary Notices of Mrs. Shuck. Mrs. HENRIETTA SHUCK, the daughter of the Rev. Addison Hall, was born at Kilmarnock, state of Virginia, United States, on the 28th October, 1817. Under the influence of eminently pious parents and extensive Christian privileges, she, in the thirteenth year of her age, afforded the happiest evidences of genuine piety, and in the same year was baptized by the Rev. J. B. Jeter, upon profession of her faith, and became a member of the church of Christ. At twelve years of age she entered a seminary for young ladies in Fredericks- burg, Virginia, under the superintendence of Mrs. Little, a lady of piety and intelligence. But her father, wishing to have his children educated under his own inspection, soon after this procured a com- petent instructor and established a boarding school on his own pre- mises. Here the subject of these notices won, by her deligence and amiableness, the high esteem of her instructor and the warm love of her fellow students. About this time her beloved and pious mother died leaving six children, one a very young infant, under circumstances somewhat similar to those in the midst of which she has vanished from amongst us. In the beginning of 1835, she re- moved with her father to Richmond city, the capital of Virginia, where he became the general agent of the State Colinization Socie- ty, and Miss Hall entered the seminary in that city under the care of the Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Keeling. Upon leaving this seminary she received, unsolicited, written testimonials of the highest character. On the 8th of September, 1835, having long cherished the true spirit of missions, she was united in marriage to the Rev. J. Lewis Shuck, of Richmond College, and on the 22d of the same moith, sailed from Boston in the ship Louvre, capt. Brown, for the far East. Besides Mr. and Mrs. Shuck, the following missionaries were fellow passengers in the same ship, viz. Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Reed destined to the Chinese, Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Davenport for the Siamese, Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Day for the Talingoos of Madras, Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Ingalls for the Burmese, Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Haswell for the Pe- guans of Burmah, Rev. Mr. Abbott and Miss Macomber for the Karens of Burinah, Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Sutton, Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Phillips and Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Noyes all for Orissa, south of Cal- cutta. The Rev. Mr. Malcom, as visiting agent of the American Baptist Board to their eastern missions, also made one of the pas- sengers. The Louvre touched at Bengal, Burmah, Penang, and Singapore. At this latter place Mr. and Mrs. Shuck remained four months, where their eldest son, now eight years old, was born. In September, 1836, they arrived in China, and remained at Macao till 1845. 21 Obituary Notices of Mrs. Shuck, March, 1842, when they became permanently located at Hongkong. Mrs. Shuck was the first American female missionary to China. While she made respectable advances in the literature of the Chinese language, her knowledge of it was chiefly confined to the colloquial, and she spoke it with usefulness and success. She ever felt it her duty to teach the children of the heathen, and from her first coming into the field has had more or less of them under her immediate tuition, and at the time of her demise she had twenty Chinese boys, six Chinese girls and her own four children, making in all thirty children, under her care and taxing her anxieties. She was emphatically a working missionary, and she was permitted to see the fruits of her disinterested toils, and was allowed to re- joice over the blessings of the spirit of God upon her instructions to the young. Yes! she was a successful missionary, as well as a laborious missionary. To her disconsolate husband she was a de- voted and affectionate wife and a help meet indeed; to her children, a fond and faithful mother; and to the mission, a beloved and highly valued member. For several months previous to the brief illness which terminated her earthly career, she enjoyed unusually gond health, and yet she often expressed most singular presentiments that she should not sur- vive her approaching season of trial. In view of these premoni- tions she became more fervent in prayer and more faithful in her work, and for several mont] she manifested a marked spirituality of mind, and a lovely ripeness of piety. She made her arrangements in view of what she believed would end her pilgrimage on earth. She spoke of it to her husband and to her friends, but never with gloomy forebodings, such was the activity of her Christian hopes. Even every drawer and all her little boxes, with their various articles, have since been found arranged with singular neatness and order. A day or two after her demise the following, among other papers, were discovered in her writing table, and bearing evidence of having been written about two months previous, “I am so strongly impressed with the idea that some great and calamitous event is about to befall me, that I cannot but write it down. What it is, God only knows. I feel a presentiment that something is going to take place, something dreadful. Oh! Lord prepare me for all that thou art preparing for me! Help me to take every dispensation of thy providence as for my own good.” At about midnight, on the 26th November before calling her physician, she requested her husband to join with her in prayer, and as he took her hand and knelt by her couch and min- Obituary Notices of Mrs. Shuck. Jan. gled their supplications before the throne, she seemed to enjoy fel- lowship with the Father and with his son Jesus Christ. Her whole frame of mind was eminently prayerful and heavenly. At half past one o'clock she became the happy mother of a healthy son, and gave thanks to God for his delivering mercies, and called upon her friends to join her in prayer and praise. After making some materna) inquiries about the child, she added, “ May he be a missionary.” At this time there was full prospect of her soon being restored to her domestic circle where she had so long been the presiding sun. But God's ways are not as our ways, nor his thoughts as our thoughts; and soon a peculiar fainting and nervous prostration ensued, similar to what on a former occasion had indicated her near approach to the grave, and which now, in defience of every remedy which medi- cal skill could suggest, told the last beating pulse; and at 3 o'clock, on the morning of November 27th, her pure spirit winged its flight to the heavenly world, to the bosom of Him whom she loved and served in earth's vale of tears. Her final exit was singularly easy, being attended with scarcely an apparent pain or struggle. She literally “entered heaven with prayer," and in the fullest sense fell asleep in Jesus. She had the high privilege of passing from a day of willing activity and toil, in the master's service, to an eternity of bliss and rest without the usual lingerings and sufferings of dis- ease. She completed the work assigned her, died in the midst of her labors, and finished her course with joy. That the golden bowl of life has been broken is gain to her, for she indeed was ready, but she has left a widowed husband and five motherless children to mourn their irreparable loss. A copy of the “Gem's of Sacred Poetry," presented her by her husband, she had long been in the habit of using as a companion to her Bible. Since her departure it is discovered that in this little relick, words, lines and whole poems, on the subject of death, the grave and the heavenly world, are marked and underscored in pen- cil with her own hand, and some of them are singularly prophetic of what has been fulfilled in her passing awav. In one she says, it Lord it belongs not to my care, Whether I die or live, To love and serve thee is my care, And this thy grace must give. If life be long I will be glad, That I may long obey ; 'f life be short I am not sad, I long to be away 1845, Obituury Notices of Jrs. Shuck. Again she says, “Oh what is life? T'is like a flower, That blossoms and is gone, It flourishes its little hour, With all its beauties on Death comes, and like a wintry day, It cuts the lovely flower away. “Oh! what is life? T'is like the bow, That glistens in the sky, We love to see its colors glow; But while we look, they die ; Life fails as soon; 'to-day 'tis here, Tomorrow it may disappear. “Lord what is life? If spent with thee, In humble praise and prayer, How long or short, our life may be We feel no anxious care, Though life depart, our joys shall last, When life and all its toils are past.” Again she adopted the following as her own. “My times are in they hands, My God, I wish them there, My life, my friends, my soul I leave, Entirely to thy care. “My times are in they hand, I always trust in thee, And after death at thy right hand, I shall fo ver be.” Religious services having been conducted at the house by the Rev. Dr. Devan, her remains were borne to their final resting place by the European Police corps (who made special application for the privi- lege of doing so) followed by an unusually large number of persons both foreign and native. The Rev. Mr. Brown made an appro- priate address at the grave and offered prayer. All who knew her loved her. On the Sabbatli following, at 11 A. M.; the Rev. Mr. Gillespie of the Lon. Mis. Soc. preached at Hongkong with special reference to the event, from the text, “ Blessed are the dead that die in the Lord,” &c., &c.; the Rev. Mr. Dean at night at the Queen's Road Chapel, from the promise, "Lo, I am with you alway even unto the end;" and at Macao, the Rev. M:. Lowrie of the American Pres. Mission from the text, “Ye shall know hereafter,” &c. All the Chi- nese services of the same Sabbath, in connection with the Baptist Mission, were made to bear directly on the subject, and the myste- rious Jehovah has already caused good spiritual results to ensue. Mrs. Shuck's religious character was marked by strongest faith, and there have been some remarkable and direct answers to lier Obituary Notices of Mrs. Shuck. JAN. fervent prayers. She was punctual in her private devotions, and warmly believed in a minute as well as in an all comprehensive Pro- vidence. It was her constant delight to commit all her interests for time and eternity to the care of her Heavenly Father. In her domestic relations she was happy, kind, and true to her trust, and shed light and happiness upon the circle over which she presided. As a wife and a mother she was most affectionate, faithful and devoted. Her solicitude for the welfare of her family though intense was coupled with a sweet resignation to the divine will, and a hearty committal of all her loved ones to the care of the Christan's God. That fond maternal care for these defenseless babes was mingled with peaceful thoughts of confiding trust in that kind Father in Heaven, who had provided for herself when a motherless child, and who had been her guide in riper years. For the proper training and spiritual good of her children she cherished the keenest anxie- ties, but notwithstanding her numerous and responsible duties to her own offsping she ceased not to labor, though with a delicate constitu- tion, for the children of the heathen and the destitute around her ; and how many, both among the native and foreign community here, will ever have occasion to think of her either as a spiritual guide, or as a friend indeed! She blended in admired proportions the lovely Christian, the intelligent lady, and the gospel laborer. In her Missionary capacity she was indeed a bright ornament, and dis- covered an active mind and a judicious judgment, and was a safe counsellor. The success of her husband's labors, and the prosperity of the Mission with which she was connected, may in no small degree be attributed, under God, to the wisdom of her counsels, the zeal of her endeavors, and the fervency of her prayers. She wrote considerable, and her compositions were characterized by simplicity, ease and elegance. Her prayerfulness, her faith, and her habitual confidence in God, mingled in an interesting manner with all her anxieties, cares, toils, and joys of life. In all her ways she emphatical- ly acknowledged God, and she believed that He directed her paths. The day previous to her departure she wroie two long letters, one to her former Pastor, and the other to her Richmond preceptress, each breathing a spirit of thankfulness, resignation, and Christian hope, affording an additionally consoling balm to the wounded hearts of surviving friends. Her health was so good even a few hours before her departure, and her demise so sudden and to us so unexpected, that we find it hard to realize that she is really gone. She has indeed vanished from our sight like a metcor, but her light 1845, 25 Obituary Notices of Mrs. Shuck. still shineth : yes ! she has vanished from our sight, yet we have so long been accustomed to witness her smile of joy and contentment, and to listen to her words of friendship, to behold her benevolent efforts and mingle with her hallowed devotions, that her removal strikes ns as a dream of the night. Like Enoch she walked with God, anci is not, for God took her. She realized the fulfillment of the promise, "Lo I am with you alway even unto the end." In her childhood, in her youth, in her journeyings, in her lobors, in all her life, and in her peacefully tri- umphant death, this promise was verified. Those who witnessed the peculiar smile of joy that rested on her sainted countenance, when the pure spirit had been disembodied, and life had departed, will see a prophetic interest in the following verse, taken from one of the favorite poems of her little book, every word of the fourth line having been underscored by her own hand. “O! for that summit of my wish Whilst here I draw my breath, That promise of eternal life, A glorious smile in death." Again she specially marked the following, as if in prediction of what was soon in her own case to be fulfilled. “I do remember, and will ne'er forget, The dying eye! That eye alone was bright, And brighter grew, as nearer death approach'd. As I have seen the gentle little flower Look fairest in the silver beam which fell Reflected from the thunder cloud that soon Came down, and o'er the desert scatter'd far And wide its loveliness. She made a sign To bring her babe'twas brought, and by her placed : She looked upon its face, that neither smiled Nor wept, nor knew who gazed upon't; and laid Her hand upon its little breast, and sought For it, with look that seem'd to penetrate The heavens, unutterable blessings, such As God to dying parents only granted, For infants left behind them in the world. “God keep my child !” we heard her say, and heard No more. The Angel of the Covenant Was come, and faithful to his promise stood Prepared to walk with her through death's dark vale And now her eyes grew bright, and brighter still, Too bright for ours to look upon, suffused With many tears; and closed without a cloud They set as sets the morning star, which goes Not down behind the darkend west, nor hides Obscured anony the tempests of the sky, But melts away into the light of heaven." 4 VOL. XIV. NO. I. milli lillinen ting environnee Cho Jani Ali 1 III Treaty of peace, signed at Nanking between England and Chinie, truli slated from the Chinese. To the Editor of the Chinese Repository, Dear Sir,— My foriner translation of the Supplementary Treaty having excited some attention, I beg Icave through the medium of your valuable Journal to lay before the public a translation of the treaty of peace signed at Nanking, which was found in a native bookseller's shop in the Chinese rity where I now reside. It will be seen that this, like my former transla- tion, differs from the abridgment published by authority, and in some respects from the supplementary treaty itself (see the 2d article). I cannot lielp also hazarding the opinion that it is more favorable to the British interests than the subsequent document, and that it would have been better if our diploma- ust had let well alone; buit while I venture these remarks, I must beg leave not to be made responsible for all the lucuberations of newspaper editors that have appeared on this subject. I ans, sir, your's truly. August 3d, 18:14 OLD WHEAT. ART. 1. The great emperor of China will perpetually maintain peace and amity with the sovereign of the English nation ; the subjects of China and England shall preserve mutual amity, and severally dwelling in their respective countries shall receive the protection one of the other, 30 that both persons and families be preserved in tranquility. Art. 2. From henceforth thc favor of the great emperor permits the people and inhabitants of England to bring with them their families, and dwell in the five sea ports of Canton, Fuchail, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghái, for the purpose of trade and commercial intercourse, without impediment. The sovereign of the English nation shall appoint consuls and charge d'affaires to dwell in (or at) the cities of the above named five ports, and be entirely devoted to the arrange- ments of commercial intercourse, while they carry on official com- munications with the local magistraies and see to the full and proper payment of the duties and port charges by the English, according to the regulations which shall be hereafter specifiedi. Ari. i3. Inasmuch as the merciant ships of the Puglish nation come trom afar across the distant ocean, and being frequently injured by Die voyage stand in need of repairs, it is suitable to confer upon Thein a place on the sea coasi, convenient for the repair of shipping, and for the storing up of the necessary materials, the great emperor has graciously bestowed the island of Hongkong on the sovereign of the English nation and her descendants, in perpetual sovereignty, to rule and regulate at will. 1 Pozitiile dhe penal COMME:UIC and the re:1 il Oi!. On the 19! ved of Tank (3) and the months toch 1845. Treaty of Peace between England and China the charge d'affaires of the English nation, together with some British subjects, and forcibly detained them at Canton, threatening them with death, and demanding a quantity of opium as the ransoin of their lives; now the great emperor allows the sun of six millions of dollars as payment of the original value. Art. 5. Whenever the merchants of the English nation traded at Canton, according to the old regulations, all their business was con- ducted by a certain number of hong-merchants, who were also deno- minated government merchants for assisting in the management of business; now the great emperor has permitted that henceforth, fo- reigners be not compelled to follow the old regulations; but all English merchants who proceed to the various ports for trade may carry on business with what dealers they please, according to their own convenience; moreover some of the established number of hong merchants under the old system having become indebted to the Eng. lish merchants in large amounts, without the means of paying, it is settled and agreed that three millions of dollars, being the amount of the hong merchants debts, shall be made good by the officers of the Chinese government. Art. 6. Inasmuch as the imperial commissioner and the rest of then, did not act towards the officers and people of the English na- tion with justice, but made use of violence, so as to necessitate the raising of troops to seek for redress, it is now settled and agreed that twelve millions of dollars be paid for the expenses of the army and navy, which the great emperor has allowed to be made good; only the sums which the English nation has received from the various cities of China, since the 15th day of the 6th moon, of the 21st year of Taukwang, (August 1st, 1841,) are to be deducted from the above amount. Art. 7. The above specified sums amount to 21,000,000 of dollars : of which six millions shall be paid immediately; in the 6th month of the Kweimáu year, (1843) three millions, and in the 12th month of the saine year, three more shall be paid, making six millions for that year; in the Kiashin year, (1314,) in the 6th month two inillions and a half, and in the 12th month two and a half more, making five millions for that year; in the year Yihsz', (1845,) in the oth month two millions, and in 12th month two millions more, making four inillions for that year. Thus from the year 1842 to the year 1815 inclusive the sum of 21 inillions will have been paid. If however the money should not be paid upon the dates specified, then it is ayrped, that live per ci'ni muually lead! buvo paid for interest Treaty of Peace between England and China JAN. Art 8. Whatsoever British subjects, whether belonging to England or its colonies, are now in confinement within the dominions of Chi- na, the great emperor allows that they be iminediately liberated, Art. 9. Whatsoever Chinese subjects may have formerly dwelt in the cities kept possession of by the English, or may have been in communication with British subjects, or in their service, or may have acted as spies to the officers of the British government, they are, by an especial decree sent down from the great emperor, which has been copied and circulated through the empire, graciously forgiven their offenses; also whatsoever Chinese may have been apprehended and confined on account of mixing themselves up with the affairs of the English they are to be graciously liberated. Art. 10. When, according to the 2d article of the present treaty, the barriers are opened, and the merchants and people of England are allowed to dwell in the five ports of Canton, &c., for the purpose of commercial intercourse, they must pay the import and export duties and charges, according to the tariff to be equitably arranged, and issued by the proper Board, for general information, and for the convenience of the English merchants paying the same. It is now further agreed, that when duties on English goods have been paid at the several ports, according to the tariff, then it shall be permitted to the native merchants to carry them all over the empire, and when they pass any of the usual custom-houses on the road, they are not to be charged with any heavy imposts, but merely an ad valorem duty of a few candareens on each tael. Art. 11. It has been agreed upon and settled that English gover- nors and generals residing in China, entering into official correspon- dence with the great ofticers of China, whether in or out of the capital, shull adopt the form of the cháu hwúy, official communications : and that subordinate officers shall adopt the form of li, shin chin, explanatory statements; when the great officers of China reply, they shall adopt the style of #L TT, chá hing, official dispatches; and that when the secondary officers of both nations hold intercourse, they shall employ the usual styte of , cháu hwúy, official communications. Should the merchants of either nation address the officers, they do not come under the same category, but make use of the forın of petition. Art 12. When the great emperor has given his assent to the enſor- cement of the several articles of the treaty of peace, and has allowed of the payment of the six millions, and when this sum has been fully paid ihen the naval and military force of the English nation shall 1845 Treaty of Peace between England and China. immediately retire from the neighborhood of Nanking, and shall not any more hinder the merchants of the various provinces of China from trading; they shall also deliver up Chinhái and Páushán; only the islands of Chusan, in the departinent of Tinghai, and the small islet of Kúláng sú near Amoy, shall still be garrisoned by Eng- lish troops, until the sums of money agreed upon, have been fully paid, and the ports previously alluded to have been opened to the commercial intercourse of the English; after which the troops gar- risoning those places shall retire, and no longer keep possession of them, Art. 13. The several articles of the treaty of amity, specified a- bove, shall be held in abeyance until the great officers have separately reported to the august emperor, and obtained his reply assenting to the same, and until the sovereign of the English nation has ratified them, when the credentials shall be immediately exchanged, each nation holding one copy in order to secure good faith; but as the nations are widely remote from each other, two additional copies shall be prepared, which shall first be signed and sealed by the imperial commissioner and the envoy of the English nation, each one retaining a copy as proof, and from that very day begining to act with security according to the terms contained in the teaty of peace. Notes of a correspondence connected with the treaty of peace made at Nanking. 1. With regard to the debts of the hong-merchants at Canton, (with the exception of the three millions for the payment of which the gevernment is security,) from henceforth it is agreed that the English in their conimercial intercourse may carry on trade with whomsoever they please, entirely at their own covenience; but as the firms with which the English do business will not be of the class of hongs established by the Chinese government, should debts be incurred, the officers can do nothing more than prosecute, and can- not be security for the payment. It appears from this article in connection with the reply of the barbarians, that from henceforth the gains and losses on their trade will entirely devolve on themselves; should debts be incurred, the consuls may inform the local magistrates, who will institute prosecutions; but on no account are the of: ficers of government any more to be held responsible. 2. As deliberations have now been settled, and as war is perpetually to cease, merchant vessels alone can go and come between the five ports of Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghái, and it will not be convenient for ships of war to be criuzing about; at all other ports, besides the above named five, such as Peking, Moukden, Shantung, Tientsin, Formosa, &c., not only will it be inconvenient for ships of war to go and come, but merchant vessels also may not trade thither; for the boundaries must be tly observed, in order to keep up the good feeling now established. 30 JAN U.S. A. Treaty with China, It appears from this article, in connection with the reply of the barbarians, that as soon as the five ports are opened, and the tariff published, the so- vereign of the English nation will issue a proclamation to her subjects, per- mitting merchant vessels to trade only at the five ports, and not allowing them to be hurrying towards other places. The said nation has hitherto had a number of small vessels of war, sailing in and out of the various ports to exainine into the state of trade; these will coöperate with the local officers of the Chinese government to prohibit merchant vessels from going else. where; and also invite the native authorities severely to restrain the Chinese people from holding cominercial intercourse with the English at any other than the five ports above named. 3. It having been deliberated and agreed upon that it should be left to the Chinese government to decide as to whether the troops from the various pro. vinces should be kept under arms or disbanded; so also the forts, barricades, and citadels, which are now in ruins, may be repaired in due order so as to be restored to their original condition, really with the view of guarding against pirates. Art. IV. A list of thirty-four articles, deliberated and determined upon, for the trade of the merchants of the United States of America, at the five ports in China. Translated from the Chinese. Art. 1. Hereafter the Great Pure Dynasty with the United States, and the people of both nations at any place whatever, shall mutually be on terms of amity, good faith and harmony, preserving together peace and quietness for myriads of years, without anything to disturb it. Art. 2. The people of the United States coming to China to trade, shall pay duties on imported and exported goods according to the tariff already settled, without being charged more than other nations; all former expenses and fees being completely done away with. Should the underlings of the custom-houses make extortions, the Chinese nation will punish them according to law. Should Chiwa hereafter wish to make any change in the tariff of duties, it must be deliberated upon, and consented to by, the consuls and other officers of the United States. Should any extra advantage be extended to other nations, the people of the United States musit, equally and universally benefit by it; in order to display justice and equity. 1015 U.S. f. Treaty willi Chindi Art. 3. Henceforth the people of the United States wall without exception be permitted to take and carry their families to all the five ports of Canton, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghai, to dwell and trade there. The vessels of the five ports carrying cargoes backwards and forwards may follow their own convenience; but into any port other than the five ports not a single vessel shall enter nor presume to wander about. They also may not privately trade with the lawless inhabitants along the coast. Should there be any who oppose and offend against this prohibition, the vessel and goods must, according to the regulations already agreed upon, all revert to China and be confiscated w governmeni. Art. 4. The people of the United States being permitted to result to the five ports for purposes of trade, it will be right and necessary w establish consuls and other officers at each place, to superintend the affairs of the people of their own nation. The local officers of China shall receive and meet thein withi ircreased liberality. In all mutual intercourse, whether by the interchange of public docu- ments or by interviews for personal consultation, both parties shall maintain their proper rank. Should the local officers insult or slight ihe consuls and other officers, the consuls and others will be permit- ted to take the grievance, and complain of it for redress to the high officers of China, who will in equity and justice examine into and arrange it. But the consuls also may not follow their own will and inclination, thus giving rise to many altercations with the Chinese officers and people. Art. 5. The people of the United States trading at the five ports, with the exception of merchandise forbidden by the Chinese laws to be imported or exported, will be permitted to take every other article of merchandise, and either bring it from their own or other countries, and import it for sale; and they will also be permitted to carry out Chinese merchandise and export it to their own or other comtries for sale, in both cases paying duties according to the present established regulations, beyond which, no other expenses or lees will be permitted. Art. 6. All vessels belonging to the United States proceeding to The five ports to trade, shall have their ships' papers examined by the consuls and other officers, who will report to the superintendent of customs; when, according to the number of tons which a vessel can carry, she will pay the tonnage dues. Thus, those which can carry more than 150 ronis shall for each tou pay tonnage dues five mace ; Hinc illo:ü below 150 long shall for each con pay 10mage ducs Olli 32 Jan. U. S. A. Treaty with China. mace. The former fees, for measurement and other items, shall be entirely done away with. Should any vessel enter a port, having already paid her tonnage dues at the custom-house of that port, and because of not completing the sale of her goods, take them to some other port for sale, the consuls and other officers shall report it clearly to the superintendent of customs, who will, on that vessel leaving the port, take the fact of her having paid her tonnage dues and clearly state it in the grandchop, and he will also forward a letter to the superintendent of customs of the other port to examine into it, and on the said vessel entering the other port, she shall only pay duties on her goods, but no tonnage dues, to avoid a second charge. Art. 7. When people of the United States at the five ports use their own boats and other craft, to carry passengers or baggage or letters and eatables and other things, for which duties are not pay- able in the tariff, it will not be necessary for such craft to pay ton- nage dues. But if, besides these things, they should carry merchan- dise, then they should, according to the rule for vessels under 150 tons, pay one mace per ton. Should Chinese boats be engaged, they will not come under the rule of paying tonnage dues according to the number of tons. Art. 8. All trading vessels belonging to the people of the United States entering the port, will be permitted to hire pilots in going through narrow passages and dangerous places. When a vessel is reported as brought in, as soon as she shall have completely paid up her tonnage dues and duties, a pilot shall be ordered as before to take her out immediately. In hiring servants or compradores, or in requesting the services of linguists and writers, or in engaing Chi- nese boats to remove goods or convey passengers, òr in hiring ad- ditional workmen, servants or sailors, and in all circumstances where necessity requires, if not contrary to the laws, every one shall follow his own convenience. The price of work, the merchants and people may themselves determine upon, or it may be arranged by the consuls; the Chinese local officers are not to interfere in the matter. Art. 9. When a trading vessel of the United States comes to a port, as soon as a pilot has brought her in, there shall immediately by deputed from the custom-house trust worthy runners to attend the vessel and guard her. These runners may either lodge on board the merchant vessel, or hire their own boat and attend the ship ac- cording as they find it most convenient For food and necessaries, the custom-house shall daily give money; they may not extort from 1845. 33 U. S. A. Treaty with China. the merchant ship any fees however small. Should they disobey, they will be considered as guilty of receiving bribes. Art. 10. On a merchant vessel of the United States entering the port, either the captain, supercargo, or the merchant agent shall, with- in a period of two days, take the ships' piper, bills of lading, &c., and deliver them to the consuls and other officers of their country to keep and hold. The consul shall irnmediately take the name of the vessel with the names of the people, the number of tons she carries and the kind of goods, and making a minute list of them, commu- nicate with the superintendent of customs, who will then allow them to receive a permit to break bulk and unload the goods; should it happen that, before the receipt of a permit, any should presume to unload goods, they shall then be fined 500 dollars, and the goods which they presumed to land and remove, shall altogether revert to China, and be confiscated to government. Should a merchant vessel enter the port, and only unload a portion of her cargo, she shall pay duties according to that portion of the goods discharged. The goods yet undischarged may without exception be carried to any other port for sale. If a vessel should enter the port, and not yet having broken bulk, should wish to go elsewhere, she will within the limit of two days go out of the port, but she must not remain longer ; in which case also no duties nor tonnage dues will be levied or received. But on her arrival at any other port and making sales, she will then be required to pay duties according to the tariff. Should a merchant vessel, aſter entering the port, have exceeded the term of two days, it will then be necessary to pay the tonnage dues, and the superintendent of customs may as before fill up and issue a grandchop, and make it known to the other ports in order to avoid paying them a second time. Art. 11. Merchant vessels of the United States dealing in goods either for import or export, stráll report the day tixed for unloading and shipping goods to the consuls and other officers, which report shall, by the consuls and other officers, be transmitted to the superin- tendent of customs, who will on the arrival of the day depute an official attendant that he may in conjunction with the captain, super- cargo, or merchant agent and others, equitably and fairly examine the merchandise, in order that the duties may be levied according to the tariff. If among them there be any goods, the price of which must be estimated to determine the duties, or respectivg which there may be differences of opinion as to the price, or as to the deduction of the amount of tare, so as to give rise to disputes which cannot be 5 VOL. XIV. NO. I. 34 Jan. U. S. A. Treaty with China. readily settled; the said merchant shall, on that same day, petition and report to the consul, so that he may acquaint the superintendent of custonis, and with him consult upor and determine it. If the petition and report be delayed, then no permission will be given fur- ther to arrange it. Art. 12. At the places of the consuls of the United States at each port, there shall be furnished by the Chinese superintendent of customs, a chang measure, a cheh measure, a steel-yard and weights, of each a set, ready for measuring lengths and breaths, and ascertain- ing weight and lightness. They shall be after the patern of those distributed by the hoppo of Canton, and will be marked with engraven characters-one rule applying to the five ports, in order to avoid irregularity and villainy. Art. 13. After a merchant vessel of the United States has entered a port, on receiving a permit to unload goods she must immediately pay up the tonnage dues; on goods imported, the duties must be paid at the time of unloading; and on goods exported the duties must be paid on being shipped; and when the duties and tonnage dues shall have been completely paid up, the superintendent of cus- toms shall issue a grandchop, having examined which the consul shall return the ships' paper, and permit the merchant vessel to go out of the port and return to her own country. The duties paid, shall be received for the Chinese officers by bankers appointed by them either in sycee silver, or in foreign dollars, made up to the standard, all in accordance with the already existing regulations. Imported merchandise that may be taken by Chinese merchants into the interior for sale, shall on passing every custom-house pay duties according to the old tariff: there may be no further addition or increase. Art. 14. Merchants ships of the United States anchoring within a port, will not be permitted to tranship goods from one to the other. Should it be necessary to tranship into another vessel, the merchant must present a request to the consul, who will report it to the su- perintendent of customs, that he may send an officer to make clear and true examination, when permission will be given to tranship. Should any, without petitioning and waiting for examination, con- fusedly go about transhipping, the goods thus transhipped shall altogether revert to China, and be confiscated to government. Art. 15. Accordiny to the former regulations, the commerical intercourse of every nation reverted to foreign hongs, established by the Canton oſlicers to arrange and control. Now it is determined 1915. 13: 1.6.1. Irraty with China upon to take the list of the foreign hongs, break it up, and do away with it. Thus people of the United States importing or exporting goods are permitted to trade with any Chinese merchants they please; there shall be no limit or restrictions, so as to put a stop to all the villainy of grasping and monopolizing. Art. 16. Should Chinese merchants happen to owe money to the people of the United States, or should they defraud them of their property, the people of the United States may themselves go and sue for it; the officers cannot be security for its recovery. If an accu- sation be lodged with the officers, the Chinese local officers, on receiving a communication from the consul, must iminediately make equitable investigation and push the recovery of the debt; if the debtor be already dead, and his property gone, or if the fraudulent villain have really escaped into concealment, and there be no traces left of him, the people of the United States shall not adhere to the old regulations, and require the hong merchants to make it good. If any people of the United States contract debts with, and defraud, Chinese merchants, then it shall be arranged according to this rule, and the consul also will not be security for its recovery. Art. 17. People of the United States, trading at the five ports, whether dwelling there for a long period, or temporarily residing there, are in both cases permitted to hire and rent the people's houses, or to hire ground in order to build themselves houses, and for sites on which to establish hospitals, halls for worship, and ceme- teries. It will be necessary for the Chinese local officers, in com- pany with the consuls and other officers, to consider and inquire into the feelings of the people, in selecting and fixing upon a spot of ground. The people of the United States, with those of the inner land, are equitably to determine and fix the rent of the ground; the people of the inner land are not to raise the prices and extort, nor are the people from afar permitted to compel the hire, nor to be hard and rapacious; and it is necessary that each party express its own wishes in accordance with equity and honesty. Should per- adventure any graves be destroyed or dug up by the Chinese people, the Chinese local officers will make strict seizure and punish thein according to law. In the places where the people of the United States, anchor their vessels, and take up their temporary. abode, the merchants, sailors, and others, will only be permitted to walk about on the neighboring ground, and will not be allowed to go far into the villages and hamlets of the inner land and wander where they please; still less may they go to the markets and military stations, 36 U, S. A. Treaty with China. JAN and privately carry on trade. The boundaries will be consulted upon and fixed with the consuls by the local officers of the five ports, each according to the people's feelings, and the situation of the place; and they may not be passed over ; in order to fix the period for eter- nity and for the mutual quiet of both. Art. 18. It is permitted to the officers and people of the United States to engage scholars from all parts of China, to instruct them in the dialects of every place, and to assist them in literary affairs; of whatsoever rank or class the persons so engaged may be, the Chi- nese local officers and people may not in the slightest degree molest or injure them. The people of the United States are also permitted to collect and buy all kinds of Chinese books. Art. 19. llereafter people of the United States quietly trading in China, will be on terms of mutual friendship and amity with the Chinese. The local officers must constantly afford them protection and care, causing them and their families to be in perfect peace. They will also make inquiries and prohibit all vagabonds from in- sulting and vexing them.-Should any lawless villains of the inner land with malicious intent set fire to and burn the foreign houses or plunder and rob the property, the consuls will immediately report it to the local officers, who will send soldiers and police to suppress the tumult, make examination and seize the offenders, anıl also take the vagabonds who burnt and plunder, and punish them severely according to law. Art. 20. People of the United States having brought merchan- dise into port, and paid duties upon it, should they wish to take the disembarked goods and transport them to another port for sale, may state the matter clearly to the consuls, who will convey a report to the superintendent of customs to see if the duties, said to be paid, agree with the custom-house books, and to send an officer to make inquiry whether they really be the original bales and the identical goods, and that there has been no breaking open and moving, or taking out and changing, and such like impropriety; when he will immediately take the number of peculs of merchandise, and the sum of the duties already paid, and enter them into a pass, which will be given to the said merchant to receive and hold; at the same time, he will dispatch a letter to the superintendent of customs of the other port to examine accordingly; and when the said vessel shall enter that port, and it be found on examination that there is no discre- pinay, she will immediately be permitted to open her hold and make siles, in order to avoid the payment of cuties a second time; should 1845 37 U.S. A Treaty with China there be any false accusations or secret conveyance of things, on the discovery of it by the superintendent of customs, the goods shall be confiscated to government. Art. 21. Hereafter should any Chinese have any quarrels, dis- putes, or get mutually involved with the people of the United States, the Chinese will be seized and examined by the Chinese local of- ficers, and will be punished according to the laws of China. The people of the United States shall be seized and examined by the consuls and other officers, and will be punished according to the law of their country; but it is requisite that both should in justice and integrity divide the question, and neither side cherish partiality, which would lead to quarrels. Art. 22. The United States having now with China adjusted and sworn to peace and amity, their ships may go and come at the five ports to trade.--If at any future time, another country should be at eninity with China, China may only prevent the inimical nation, and not permit it to resort to the five ports for trade.--- When people of the United States go to the other country to trade, or transport the merchandise of that country to the five ports, China must recognize the United States' Aag, and permit them to enter the river. But the United States merchant ships will not be permitted privately to in- troduce one soldier of the other nation into port, nor receive the bri- bes of merchants of the other nation, who call upon them to ex- change flags, and bring merchandise for them into port for trade.- Should there be any infraction of this prohibition, it shall be allow- able for China to search it out, seize the parties and settle it. Art. 23. At the close of every Chinese year, each of the consuls residing at the five ports must take an account of the ships and goods of the United States yearly entering and leaving the port, and of the prices at which they are valued, and minutely report it to the governor-general of each province, that he may transmit it to the Board of Revenue, as a proof for examination. Art. 24. Should people of the United States in any important matters make complaints to the Chinese officers, they must first petition the consuls and other officers, who will examine whether the words and phrases in the petition be clear anú intelligible and the subject reasonable, after which they will at once transmit it to the local officers to exanine into and arrange.---Should Chinese in any important matters make complaints to the consuls and other officers, they must first petition the local officers, who will examine whether the words and phrases in the petition be clear and intelligible, and U.S. A. Treaty with China. JAN. the subject reasonable, after which they will at once transmit it to the consuls and other officers to examine into and arrange.-Should it happen that people of China and of the United States wrangle about any matter, and are not able to arrange it amicably, it will be necessary for the officers of both nations to make inquiry and equi- tably examine and decide the matter. Art. 25. Should people of the United States at the five ports of China be involved in disputes among themselves about property, it will be examined into and arranged by the consuls and other officers of their country. If people of the United States in China, dispute and wrangle about matters with traders of other nations it must be arranged in accordance with the rules established by their respective nations; Chinese officers will make no inquiry whatever about it. Art. 26. When merchant ships of the United States enter the five ports of China, and anchor there, they come under the control of the consuls and other officers in company with the captains of the vessels, China will have no control whatever over them.-Should it happen that on the high seas, other nations insult and injure traders of the United States, China cannot revenge it on their account. But if merchant vessel of the United States, when on seas within the jurisdiction of China, be plundered by pirates, the Chinese civil and military officers, must, as soon as they hear it reported, make a strict seizure of the robbers, and punish them according to law. The recovered stolen goods, of whatever quantity, must all be delivered to the nearest consul and other officers to be all returned to the ori- ginal owners. But the territory of China being vast and the people numerous, it is ten thousand to one but that the principal thief can- not be caught or there be thieves and no stolen goods, or the stolen goods may not be completely recovered, and the Chinese local of- ficers must act as is separately provided for by law, and cannot make up or return the stolen articles. Art. 27. If merchant vessels of the United States when off the Chinese shore, meet with tempests, strike on rocks, get on shore, or meet with pirates so that the vessel be destroyed, the local officers along the coasts, on examination and knowledge thereof, must im- mediately set on foot measures for rescue, and devise means for showing increased compassion, so that they may reach their port and get repaired. In all buying of rice and provisions and obtaining fresh water, the least opposition or hindrance must not be given. Should the said merchant vessel.be wrecked on the outer seas and be drift- ed to the Chinese shore, as soon as the officers shall have made clear 1845. 39 U. $. 4. Treaty with China, inquiries into it, they must also treat them all with soothing com- passion, and arrange their matters securely. Art. 28. Merchant vessels and property belonging to people of the United States, which may be found at the five ports of China, may not be taken by froce or intimidation by the local officers, such as laying embargos on vessels for public use or otherwise. But they must be suffered quietly to carry on their trade in order to avoid trouble and annoyance. Art. 29. If among the people of the United States, there be any on ship board, who do not attend to their duty, and leaving their ship, escape into the inner land, to conceal themselves, the Chinese local officers will immediately depute police runners to seize and bring them to the consuls and other officers, for punishment. If any Chinese having offended the law sgo to the houses and dwellings, and on board of the inerchant ships, of the people of the United States, to conceal themselves, the Chinese local officers on discover- ing it, will immediately address a letter to the consul and other officers, to seize and send them back. In either case the least shelter or concealment must not be given. With respect to the merchants, sailors, and others of the United States they will all come under the consuls and other officers, who will when necessary make examina- tion and keep them under restraint.--If the people of the two nations use force and make disturbances, or carelessly use fire arms and wound men, so as to lead to fighting, killing, and other serious cases, the officers of the two nations inust maintain the laws and severely punish them :-there must not be the least partiality which would cause the hearts of all to be unsubmissive. Art. 30. Hereafter in the official correspondence to and fro of the great ministers of China with the great ministers of the United States, there must be used in accordance with the principles of equality, the form of “official communication.” In the official correspondence to and fro of the consuls with the Chinese local officers, the form of " official communication” will also be used. In reporting to the high officers the form "explanatory statement" will be used. If common people address officers, they will as be- fore use the form of “petition.” There may be no appearance of insult, or disrespect to the wounding of public friendship on either side; while the two nations must not seek for, or extort from each other ceremonies observances. Art. 31. If on a future day the United States send a national letter to the government of China the original document must be 40 Jan. U.S. A. Treaty with China. presented on their account by the imperially appointed high com- missioner, or by the governor-general of the Two Kwáng, or of Fukien, and Chekiáng, or of the Two Kiáng, or by other great ministers who may be arranging on the part of the middle nation, the affairs of outside nations. Art. 32. Hereafter if the United States have ships of war sent to inspect the trade, coming to the different ports, the naval com- inodore or high naval officers of the vessel of war, will be treated by the high civil and military officers of China at that place upon terms of equality, in order to show a feeling of amity and good will. If the aforesaid ships of war want to purchase provisions or get fresh water and other things, China cannot in any way forbid or hinder them. Should perhaps a ship of war be injured, she also will be permitted to be repaired. Art. 33. All people of the United States who presume to take upon themselves to go to other ports, where no custom-house has been opened, and privately carry on trade, sinuggle and evade the duties, or introduce opium and other prohibited articles in China, the Chinese local officers may themselves adjudicate it and punish them. The government or people of the United States must not afford the least protection. If vessels of another country assume the flag of the United States, and carry on illegal trade, the United States must take measures for prohibiting and preventing it. Art. 34. As soon as the treaty of peace shall have been deter- mined upon, the two nations must each obey and keep it, and not tri- vially make changes. With respect to the dissimilarity of the cir- cumstances of each port and the regulations regarding barter, and the high seas, it is to be feared that there cannot but be some slight changes; therefore after a period of twelve years the two nations will appoint officers to consult upon and settle them equitably. Further after the treaty of peace shall have received the imperial reply and assent, the government and people of the two countries must both reverentially obey it. With respect to the several states of the United States, they will not be allowed to depute an officer hither, or otherwise have further deliberations. 18:15 french Treals with China sure. ART. V. French trading regulations; or a commercial treaty, in thirty-five articles, between France and China. Art. 1. The emperor of China as well as the emperor of the great French nation, and their subjects of both countries will henceforth for ever and ever live in amity and peace, and no matter who the men are, or in what country, will all obtain full protection for their persons and families. Art. 2. Henceforth the family of every Frenchman may be taken to the five harbors, marts, and territory of Canton, Amoy, Fuchau, Ningpo, and Shanghái in China, to trade and live there peacefully without any hindrance, always without ceasing. French vessels may go and come, anchor and trade at the five ports, at their plea- But it is expressly prohibited to enter other Chinese ports and trade there, or on every shore along the coast clandestinely to buy and sell. With the exception of what is stated distinctly in the third clause, he who offends against this regulation, will have the cargo of his vessel confiscated to government. But wlien the Chinese local officers have seized such kinds of goods, they ought, before confiscating the same, immediately to give previous notice to the French consul nearest to that port. Art. 3. The property and goods, which any Frenchman may have in the territory of those five ports, must not contemptuously be involved by Chinese subjects. The Chinese officers ought not on any account by oppression or force to take a French vessel for public, private, or other uses. Art. 4. The emperor of the great French nation will at his option appoint consular officers at the territory of the five commercial ports in China, to manage the trading affairs of the merchants, and to exainine whether the regulations are observed. The Chinese local officers, ought to treat those consuls politely and correspond with them on terms of equality. And if there is any difference, the siad consular officers will proceed to the great ininister who has the general superin- tendence of those five ports, and state their complaint. If there is no great minister for the superintendence of the five ports, he will ad- dress his grievance to the great provincial officers, that they may carefully investigate the same for him, and manage it justly. If it ever happen that there is no consular officer at the said port, the l'rench captain or merchant may entrust the same to a national 6 VOL XIV. NO. I. French Treaty with China. Jan. consul to transact this business for him. If not, he may repair to the hoppo, make there a clear statament, that he may adopt means to manage it properly, in order that the said captain and merchant may reap the advantages of the regulations. Art. 5. The emperor of the great French nation will at his option appoint men of war to anchor within the territory of the five ports, in order to keep down the merchants and sailors, so that the consul may have authority and power. The people of the men of var will in future, however, be under control, and not be allowed to create any disturbance. And the master of those men of war will be held responsible to issue orders for the due observance of the 23d clause, and the provisions for the control of the sailors in the management of matters concerning every vessel, and their business with the shore, But it is now distinctly agreed and settled, that men of war will pay no tonnage dues. Art. 6. The plenipotentiaries of both nations have by their signature and seal settled a tariff and regulations, according to which for all the vessels that enter and leave those five ports, the French ought to pay duties and tonnage dues. The duty money must not in future be increased, and there ought to be no other fees. And it has now been recorded in the regulations, that whenever any Frenchman has paid the tonnage dues, and the duties on his goods, there will be no prohibition or restriction (on the sale). It matters not if (the cargo) is imported from their native or other countries, nor to what country it is taken, but this is entirely at one's conveni- ence. China cannot enter into its code, any additional prohibitory coersive regulations. If any alterations are in future to take place, the law requires that the French shall conjointly discuss the matter, and when agreed upon, it may then be changed. But the tariff and regulations now proposed, or in future to be established, will be fully observed at every place, and always by the French merchants and people who differ nowise from the most favored (greatly beloved) nation. If there are subsequently any reductions in the duties, the French will at the same rate pay less. Art. 7. French goods which have been imported at the five ports, and according to law paid duties, may be taken immediately by Chi- nese merchants into the interior, and shall pay transit duties ac- cording to the present regulations, without again extorting fees. The standard shall be the present tariff, and no additions need sub- sequently to be made. And if any clerks or runners of the maritime custoin-house, do not observe the law, and falsely take fees in addi- Hiruch Tority with Chirini 4 tion to the duties, they shall be pushed according to Chinese laws.. Art. 6. Ilaving now determined the rate, this cannot afford any pretence for smuggling, but it is for the sake of being just, and the l'rench merchant vessels will not in future sinuggle at the five ports. If there is any merchantman which in the five ports sinuggle, 110) matter what goods, their price or what description of articles, or contraband cargo, for defrauding the revenue, the local officers will seize the whole and confiscate it. China can moreover put a stop to smuggling vessels at its pleasure, and prevent their entering the central land, or direct them to clear their accounts, and then im. mediately leave the harbor. But if any other nation makes falsely use of the French flag (for smuggling purposes), France will take measures to put a stop to it, and suppress this evil spirit. Art. 9. The hong-merchant's hongs which were formerly esta- blished at Canton for the sake of trade, are now according to law abolished. Frenchmen will henceforth at their own convenience dispose of their articles at the five ports, whether insports or exports, and trade with any Chinaman they may wish, without any interfer- ence or obstruction. In future none else ought to combine in form- ing a monopoly for trade. But if any trangress this law, the con- sul will inform the Chinese officers to expel (the monopolist?). The officers of the central empire ought to issue previous prohibitions, to avoid injuring the principles of free trade. Art. 10. If in future any Chinese are in debt to French captains and merchants, no matter whether on account of owing (inoney) or of fraud, the Frenchmen will not according to the old law, demand the same of the security merchant, but ought to report it to the consul, that he may address himself to the local officers, to investigate the matter, and they exert themselves to hold (the debtor) responsible for the legal payment. But if the debtor can either not be apprehended, or is no longer in existence, or has made a total bankruptcy, being without the means of paying, the French merchant will not ask the officers to inake up (the debt). If a Frenchman cheats a China. man out of his goods or owes him (any thing), the consul will exert himself equally to recover the same. Bat the Chinese must not demand of the consul, nor of the French governinent to pay him. Art. 11. Any French vessel which sails within the territory of the five ports, may hire a pilot, to take her immediately into port. After having paid the port dues and duties, and wishing to set sail, the pilot ought quickly to take her out of port, without any impedi- French Treaty with China. JAN. ment, delay, and difficulty. Whosoever wishes to be pilot of a French ship; must have two captains' certificates, and the consul may then make him a pilot, to manage as other nations on the same footing. The consular officers at the five ports will justly determine the pilotage according to the distance or the dangers and facilities. Art. 12 As soon as the pilot has brought any French vessel into port, the marine custom-house will appoint one or two trustworthy servants to follow and to look after the smuggling. Those waiters will either go on board the merchant man, or will themselves hire a boat, according to their own convenience. Their maintenance will be furnished by the custom-house, and they ought not to extort money from the captains or their agents. But if they transgress this law, they will be sentenced according to the amount of the extor- tions, and the whole be again reimbursed. Art. 13. If there is no impediment, any French vessel twenty-four hours after having entered the port, will present through the captain, supercargo or agent the ship's register and bill of lading to the consul. The said consul will within a day after the receipt of the ship's pa- pers and bill of lading, distinctly state to the hoppo, the ship's and people's names, the amount of the tonnage, and nature of the cargo. But if the captain is dilatory, and two days after the entrance of the vessel does not present to the consul the ship's papers and bill of lading, he shall for every day be fined 50 dollars, for the use of the Chinese government. Yet the fine ought not to exceed 200 dollars. The consul will then communicate with the superintendent of cus- toms, and the hoppo will issue a permit to open the hatches. But if the captain has not received this permit, and of his own accord breaks bulk and discharges cargo, he will be fined 500 dollars, and the goods thus unloaded will at the same time be confiscated to go- vernment. Art. 14. Any vessel which has entered the port and not yet re- ceived a permit to discharge cargo, may according to the provisions of the 16th paragraph, within two days leave the harbor and go to another place, without there paying duties and tonnage dues, which will be discharged and paid up at the emporium where the goods are sold. Art. 15. Any ship which leaves the port after more than two days, will pay up the whole of the tonnage dues. According to law, every vessel of above 150 tons burden, will pay at the rate of five mace per ton, those below 150 tons, will pay at the rate of mace per ton. All previons entrance and clearance fees are one 1845. 4:5 French Treaty with China. abolished, and no others will afterwards be (demanded). Whenever the superintendent of customs gives a clearance, he will distinctly state, that the vessel has paid the port dues. If that ship goes to another harbor, she will take this certificate and present it for exa amination, to avoid (paying) a second time. All French vessels which from abroad enter China, shall only once pay tonnage dues. Small French vessels such as boats, no matter with sails or without sails, carrying passengers, luggage, letters, and provisions, and no articles paying duties, will all be exempted from tonnage dues. If such small craft, however transport goods, they will pay, according to the rate of (vessels) below 150 tons, one mace per ton. If French merchants hire a Chinese boat, she will not pay tonnage dues. Art. 16. Whenever any French vessel wishes to load or unload cargo, she will first draw up an account of the goods, and present the same to the consul, who will direct a linguist to report the same to the custom-house, and then she will be permitted to discharge or take in a cargo. A deliberate examination of the goods ought to take place, so that neither party may suffer loss. French merchants who do not wish to calculate themselves the amount of duties, will employ a well experienced individual to compute them in their be- half. The payment will also be at their convenience. If after this business some difference arise, no notice ought to be taken of it. As for articles that pay duty per valuation, if the merchant cannot agree with the Chinese, they ought on both sides to call two or three traders to examine the goods, and determine their value at the high- est offer. Whenever duties are to be paid, the articles themselves form the standard, and the tare ought to be subtracted. But if the Frenchman cannot agree with the custom-house about the weight of various goods, the disputed articles and tare must be weighed; and then let them first settle the quantity and average number, and again weigh the mere goods without the tare to asc ain the amount, and make the result the basis of everything of this kind. If in the ex- amination of goods some disagreement exists, the Frenchman will request the consul to come; and the said consul will instantly com- municate this to the hoppo, to endeavor to make them agree. But the information must be given within a day, and if not, no notice will be taken of it. Before the dispute, however, is settled, the hop- po must not enter the account on books, for fear of the difficulties to arrange it subsequently. Imports that have been injured ought to pay less duty, and this ought to be managed justly, according to the law of valuation. 46 Jan. French Treaty with China. other port. Art. 17. Whatever quantity of goods a French vessel may im- port and unload, the duties will be paid as they are discharged. If the remainder of the cargo is to be taken to another port to be deli- vered and sold there, the duties thereon will also be paid in that If it ever happen, that a Frenchman has already paid the duties on the goods in one port, and wishes to ship them for another for sale, he will inform the consul thereof, that he may ac- quaint the hoppo therewith to ascertain, whether they are indeed the very marked articles, which have not been touched. On giving him the portclearance, it ought to be distinctly stated, that the said goods have already paid duties in a certain harbor. And when the said merchant enters that emporium, he will present the certificate to the consul, to transmit the same to the hoppo for examination, to be free from duty. He will then receive a permit to unload the goods, without paying any fees. But if there be any smuggling or deceit, the goods will indiscriminately be seized and confiscated to government. Art. 18. The regulation is now made, that any French captain or merchant, should every time that he lands goods, also pay their amount of duties, and it should be the same on loading exports. As soon as any French vessel has paid the whole of the port dues and duties, the hoppo will issue a receipt to be presented to the consul for examination, that the ship's register may be restored and permis- sion for her departure be given. The custom-house will appoint the number of bankers who may receive for the Chinese government the duties which the French ought to pay. The receipt given by the banker will be equivalent to any issued by the Chinese officers. The duties may be paid in sycee or foreign money. In regulating the amount of premium to be made, the hoppo and consul will ex- amine the relative market price of sycee and foreign money. Art. 19. At all the five ports the custom-house will have scales and measures from the Board (of Revenue). These will be accurate- ly compared from the true standard, and be sent to the consulate to be kept there, and must not in lightness, or heaviness, length or shortness differ from those of the Canton custom-house, whilst each will be stamped with the characters of the custom-house. All the money of tonnage dues and duties, which must be paid to the Chi- nese government, shall be weighed on these scales. If there arises any dispute about the weight or measure of goods, it must be settled by this standard. Art. 20. If no express permission is given by the officers from 1845. French Treaty with China. transhipping goods this ought not to be done unadvisedly, and if a necessity exists for transhipping the same, the merchant ought first to communicate this distinctly to the consul, that he may issue a certificate to be examined by the superintendent of customs to allow him to tranship goods. The said hoppo may always direct his underlings to superintend these proceedings. But if goods are tran- shipped without permission, unless there be unexpected danger brooking no delay, all the transhipped articles will be confiscated to governinent. Art. 21. Every French captain or merchant may at his pleasure engage any kind of lighters and small boats to carry goods and pas- sengers; the fare will be agreed upon by the merchant to the satis- faction of both parties, without the influence of the local officers; but if the boatmen cheat, run away or lose anything, the local offi- cers will not make it good. The number of hoats will not be res- tricted, and no body ought to have the sole management. There ought also to be no monopoly of coolies in loading or unloading cargoes. Art. 22. According to the second paragraph, every Frenchman, no matter what their number, may live at the territory of the five ports, rent dwellings and store-houses, or ground to erect the build- ing himself. All Frenchmen alike may build chapels, dispensaries, poor-houses, and cemetaries. The local officers in conjunction with the consul will determine upon the ground, where the Frenchmen ought to live or build. The amount of ground rent, and house rent, must on both sides be settled by business like persons, according to the local rates of prices. The native ought not to raise the rents high, and the French consul ought carefully to guard, that his coun- trymen do not violently force (people) to let at a certain price. The parcels of ground allotted in the territory of the five ports for the houses of all the Frenchmen, ought to be spacious, and no restric- tion ought to be entered upon as to the number, so that Frenchmen inay mutually be advantaged. But if any Chinese profane or des- troy the French chapels and graves, the local officers will seize thein with strictness, and severely punish them. Art. 23. Every Frenchman who sojourns in the territory of any of the five ports or comes and goes, may at the nearest place walk about, and take exercise. To his daily movemements and doings, lie does not differ from any native, but must not exceed the boun- duries fixed upon by the consul and local officers, for the sake of scheming (after gain). Al the anchorage of merchantmen, the 49 JAN French Trcuty with China. sailors ought likewise in their walks not to exceed the boundaries. Whenever they go on shure, there ought to be regulations for co- ercing them. These rules will be drawn up by the consul and sub- mitted to the consideration of the local officers, to prevent the said sailors from creating disturbance, or strife amongst the natives. No matter who the Frenchman is, whoever goes beyond the space allot- ted, or to a distance into the interior, may be seized by the Chinese officers. But he ought to be delivered up to the keeping of the French consul at the nearest port. The Chinese officers and people must not beat, wound, injure, or cruelly treat the French prisoner, to harm the friendship and peace between the two countries. Art. 24. Frenchmen are allowed at the territory of those five ports, at their option to rent, buy, and hire linguist, clerks, artisans, sailors, and workmen. They may also engage gentlemen to teach them the Chinese language, instruct them to write the Chinese characters, and acquire the dialects of every part. They may also employ people to assist them in their literary labors to draw up essays, study literature and arts. The hire and pay they will either fix themselves, or the consul will settle it for them. Frenchmen may also teach those of the Chinese who wish to learn their own, or any other language, also sell French books and buy all kinds of Chinese works. Art. 25. Every Frenchinen who harbors resentmant or ill will towards a Chinese, ought first to inform the consul thereof, who will again distinctly investigate the matter and endeavor to settle it. If a Chinese has a grudge against a Frenchman, the consul must impartially examine and fully arrange it for him. But if there are any disputes, which the consul is unable to assuage, he will request the Chinese officer, to coöperate in managing the matter, and having investigated the facts, justly bring the case to a conclusion. Art. 26. If any Chinese of the five ports in future harm the French, insult or annoy them, the local officers will immediately put them down, and adopt measures for their protection. But if there are villains or disreputable people who wish to rob, destroy, or burn the French houses, factories, hospitals, and buildings they have erected, the Chinese officers will either make inquiries, or the con- suls will give information thereof, and then send their police to drive away the rabble, seize the offenders, and punish them severely ac- cording to law, making them in future responsible for the recovery of the stolen articles or a compensation. Art. 27. If there is any strife between Frenchmen and Chinese, or any fight occurs in which one, two or more men are wounded 1315. 19 French Treaty with China. and killed with fire arms or other weapons; the Chinese will in such case be apprehended by their own officers with all strictness, and punished according to the laws of the central empire; and the consul will use means to apprehend the Frenchmen, speedily investigate the matter and punish thein according to French laws. France will in future establish laws for the mode of punishment. All other mat- ters which have not been distinctly stated in this paragraph will be managed according to this, and great or lesser crimes committed by Frenchmen at the five ports, will be judged according to Frerich law. Art. 28. All differences of Frenchmen, in the territory of the five ports will also be settled by the French consul. If a French- man has a quarrel with a foreigner, the Chinese ollicers will not interfere. Vessels within the territory of the five ports, must not be meddled with by the Chinese officers, but the management will either ful to the consul or the captain himself. Art. 29. As soon as the civil and military authorities hear in the neighborhood, that a French merchantman has been robbed by Chinese pirates on the seas of the central land, they will with all scverity seize them and punish thein according to law. The plun- der no matter at whatsoever place it is seized, and under any cir- cumstances, must be given back to the consul, to be restored to the agent. But if the pursueľs cannot apprehended the robbers, or not obtain all the stolen goods, they will proceed according to the Chi- nese laws in this matter, but no compensation will be inade. Art. 31). All the French men-of-war which come or go, or silil about for the protection of merchantmen, onght to be treated with friendship at every port.they touch. Men-of-war are allowed to buy their daily provisions, and on having suffered damage to refit, with out let or hindrance. When French merclient vessels live been injured, or if there is any other cause or necessity for seeking sheltor in a port, no matter what the emporium may be', se onght to be treated with friendship. If any French ship), suudler's hour the ter- ritory of the Chinese shore, the local oflicers ou bearing of it will render assistance, and supply her daily wants and incept oicans to drag out goods to prevent their being damaged. They will give im- mediate notice to the nearest consul, who in conjunction with the local officers will adept ineasures for sending the merchants and W!lors back to their homes, and also sale for them iny articles et the wreck. Art. 31. When sailuri dire milli tay from Irene encolindi 7 VOL YI!. NO. I. 30 JAN. French Treaty with China. or merchant vessels, the consul or captain will give notice to the local authorities, that they may exert themselves in seizing and deli vering them over to the consul or captain. But if any Chinese cri- ininals take refuge in a French dwelling, or hide themselves on board a merchant ship, the local officers will then send information to the consul, that after having clearly investigated the crime, he may use means to seize and send him to the Chinese officers. No protection (to outlaws) ought to be given on either side. Art. 32. If in future China is at war with any other country, the central empire will not prevent the French from carrying on their commerce, or from trading with the hostile nation, unless a blockade be declared to disable (vessels) from entering. All legal articles may be exported from China to the country with which it is at war without any hindrance, or any difference in the ordinary trade. Art. 33. Perfect equality and etiquette shall in future exist in the intercourse between officers and public men of both countrics, according to their designation and rank. Great French officers, no matter whether they correspond with the great officers in or out of the capital, will use the word communication (HF). French officers of the second rank will in their official letters with the great provincial Chinese officers, use the word statement (The Bet). The great Chinese officers will write to them under the term of making known () {ī); and the officers of both nations possessing equal rank will correspond on equal terms. Merchants and plebians of either (country) on stating any complaint will all use the word peti- tion (). When a Frenchman has to refer any case to the Chinese local officers, his petition and letter must be transmitted through the consul, who will examine, whether the expressions are reasonable and proper, and if not, change them or give back (the paper). If any Chinese have a petition to transmit to the consul, they will do this through the local officers to be managed in the same manner. Art. 34. If in future the emperor of the great French nation has to send a letter to the court (of Peking) the resident consul of the emporium will take this dispatch and present it to the great minister who manages the foreign affairs of the five ports. And if there is not a great minister over the five ports, it will be transmitted to the governor to forward the same. If any national letter is sent in return it will be done in the same manner. Art. :3.). If there are any classes in the regulations, which on a future day the emperor of the great French nation wants to have 1845. 51 Christianity in China. changed, twelve years after the exchange (ratification) of these re. gulations must first elapse before this can be done, and then new negotiations may be entered into with China. But if there are any other provisions settled with other nations and not contained in those clauses arranged by the French, the French consular officers and people cannot be constrained to observe them. Yet if the cen- tral empire confers especial favors, extensive benefits, considerable exemptions and protections, which other countries obtain, France will also participate in them. Art. VI. Christianity in China; its claims to be received by the inhabitants of the empire, with reasons for its propagation on the part of Christendom. CHRISTIANITY, in its purity, is from God. Its precepts and pro- mises--the invitations is gives, the penalties it imposes--all just and equitable, are designed expressly and solely for man, and form for him a perfect rule of life. As a code of ethics, the Bible is in no point defective, and in none redundant. Without it, man has but a dim and feeble light, by which to find his way through the dark mazes of this world. With it, his path is made so plain, that he need never err. Ir whatever sphere he moves, public or private, whatever his calling or duties, if he follow the plain instructions of Holy Writ, his thoughts will be pure and elevated, and his conduet, just, benevolent, and unblamable, before both God and man. The decalogue, and the royal law, with all the precepts of the New Tes- tament, he will hold sacred and endeavor religiously to obey. He will abhor not only idolatry and the high and dreadful crimes of murder, slander, and such like; but he will dread, and strive to avoid all the secret sins of the heart,-pride, covetousness, &c. Men who take the revealed will of God for their guide, will see and feel that they are not the mere creatures of time, and that their rela- tions are not those merely of man to man. They will see and know, that they are the offspring of the Most High, and that he who died on the cross for the redemption of the world is their only Savior. They will see, and understand too, that every word and work, with every secret thing, will be brought to light at the tribunal of Jesus, Christianity in China. JAN. when at the last great day lie shall come to judge the world and to close the drama of human life. Standing with you, Christian reader, at that point in the world's history-standing there in imagination, we cannot but be serious. 'The scenes of this mortal life have all closed. Time is no more. The earth and heavens have passed away. The judge is on his throne. Raised from the dead, and assembled with the living from the four quarters of the earth, all the sons and daughters of Adam stand in one vast multitude, awaiting their last sentence. In a little time, the final separation will take place—the righteous will be glo- rified and made happy forever, the wicked covered with shame and made eternally miserable. Then the value of the Bible and the gain of godliness will be seen and known. Then-looking back to 1845, we shall see that China was an idolatrous nation. Both its rules and people, and the learned and the ignorant, were the worshipers of filse gods Their temples were not for the Most High, but for deified heroes, and the creatures of imagination; and nearly the whole of its three hundred and sixty millions of souls have come up to the judgment seat in the character of gross idolaters, covered withi sins that must forever exclude thein from the paradise of God; for the unjust and the filthy must so remain, and receive their portion with hypocites, unbelievers, and “whosoever loveth and maketh a lie." But stop. Happily, this final sentence has not been passed. The year 1845 has but just commenced. To these three hundred and sixty millions of idolaters, the God of heaven still grants time for repentance. The Bible,-the gracious proclamation of his will, --comes to you, in- habitants of China, with every possible claim to be received. It is ir legacy of mercy, a bill of rights, a code of laws, from the court of heaven. It is not a human devise; but a sacred writing, made by inspired men, guided by the Almighty, the God of the whole earth. In this book he reveals his character, with a system of govern- ment holy, just, and good. In it, too, we have "the mystery of god- liness," and see our everlasting Father giving up his own dear son to die as a ransom for the soul, For you, inhabitants of China, as well as fizr others, the son of God has died. He has procured balm for ill your wounds, and remedies for all your diseases. The dread- fiul stains of sin he can wash away, and destroy the sting of death. Tlie religion of the Bible, Christianity in its purity, is a sovereign remeily for every ill. Not so the religions of your country. These are all 1:ilse ind hurtful. Confucianism has in power to reinove or 1945. 6:3 Christianity in China, abate the maleries of sin. Budhism and the ethics of Lántsz. are eqnally powerless, for all purposes of good. They are merely human devices, not of God, but against hiin, and lead their votaries to serve the wicked one, to the dishonor of their maker, and to their own everlasting shame and ruin. The Bible has claims to your attention because it ministers to your welfare, and because it eminates from the universal sovereign, our Almighty Father, and demands for him universal homage and universal love. In the strictest sense, you are Jehovah's offspring, and he has a perfect right to your obedience and love; but these by your idolatry you have withheld from him, and given 10 those who are no gods; and by doing so you have forfeited your heirship and incured the penalty of eternal punishment. But now a day of merciful visitation bas come; the Bible is in your language: and copies of it, if you please, can easily and speedily be so multipli- ed, that none shall be left uninstructed. Will you now receive it? Will you follow its precepts? Will you accept its invitations ? These are pertinent and serious questions, and will soon be put to the test. So we expect. ' The signs of the times, and both the promises and providence of God warrant this expectation, and the belief that upon you, inhabitants of China, the awful responsibility will soon be laid of accepting or rejecting Jehovah's gracious proclamation,--the Bi- ble,-given in mercy for the instruction and consolation of all the children of men. And now, Christian reader, what kind and what degree of respon- sibility in this matter rests with you, with us, and with all the inha- bitants of Christendom? The people of God-professing Chris- tians-have it in charge to publish the gospel to all nations. The reasons for the accomplishment of this, on the part of Christendom, deserve the most serious consideration. And to this consideration we shall endeavor from time to time to draw the attention of those who as Christian philanthropists feel an interest in the welfare of this great portion of the human family. It was our wish to have add- ed here a few paragraphs, but space and time are wanting; and for the present, therefore, we leave the subject, hoping the reader will give it the attention it demands. 54 JAN, Versions of the N. T in Chinese. 4 3 1 ART. VII. Comparative view of six different versions in Chinese of John's gospel, Chapter I. verse 1st. THERE are extant at least six different versions of the whole or parts of the New Testament in Chinese; and the entire book is now un- dergoing a further revision. Of the six versions, subjoined, the 1st is that found in the British Museum, a copy of which was brought to China by Morrison; the 2d is that made by Morrison; the 3d is that by Marshman; the other three were made by persons now engaged on the new revision. 6 5 2 帝​共​共​神​神​懷 ​元​元​元​原​當當 ​永​在​在​又​又​且​始​始​始​始​始​始 ​在​道道​其​其​言​已有​有​己​已​已 ​道​即​即​言​言​為​有​道道​有​有​有 ​者乃​乃​為​為​神道​其​其​言​言​言 ​即​上​上​神​神 ​共​道道​面​而 ​上帝​帝 ​道​與​與其​其​言 ​帝​也​也 ​與​上​上言​言​在 ​也 ​上帝​帝​借借​种 ​This plan, of bring together for comparison the different versions extant, has been suggested to us by a friend, and it is worthy of the attention of those now engaged in the work of revision. In these versions two important words occur, regarding which the translators have differred in opinion : the first is noyos translated yen , by some, and tau by others; and the word bɛog translated shin by the older and sháng tí I i by the more recent translators. At present we prefer táu and shin ; and shall be glad to hear the opinions of others on the subject. We also prefer yuen chi 元始 ​to either of the other phrases for the word “beginning: ." 19.15. 05 Journal of Occurrences. ART. VIII. Journal of Occurrences: treaties with Great Britain, France, and the United States; affairs at Peking, Shanghai, Ningpo, Kúláng sú, Canton, Macao, and Hongkong; Pro- testant missions in China. For the translations of the three treaties, given in this number, we are indebted to correspondents and friends: and we trust it will also be in our power, before this volume closes, to add the originals, to the second and third,—that of the first having been already published. The translatior of the second treaty, in a note, has the following remarks: “in the 34 articles, the United States are designated as the Hoh Chung Kwoh, the literal meaning of which characters is either, " the united all nation," or “the union of all nations ;'' they do not, however, in any sense express the “United States.' Throughout the treaty, when wishing to point out other nations, the character kwoh is used, ineaning a nation; which character is also used in the English treaty, when designating England as a nation, being the same as the last character of the national designation of the United States of America. In the 34th article the character kwoh is used to express each state.” We wish the translator would, at his convenience, give us the proper characters for the “United States of America,” which will oblige us very much. Ere this time we presume the emperor of China has signified his approval of the French treaty; and we have no doubt that both it and that with the U. S. A., will be ratified by the two respective go- verninents in the west. At Peking, so far as we can learn, pacific counsels still prevail, with the sincerest purpose to fulfill all the provisions of the new treaties. And if ministers understand the true interests of this coun- try they will persevere in this policy; and cultivate the friendship of foreigners. They have perhaps less to fear from without than from within. There is, however, no small danger on both sides. To steer clear of Charybdis and Scylla must needs require much skill and energy. The Chinese are now fully within the current of fo- reign influence, and with it they must keep on. Ministers—some of then at least-see this. But should the old popular and hostile feeling towards foreigners again get the ascendancy, his majesty will soon find himself in a sea of trouble.” Whether peace is to be preserved or not, we hold one thing certain that in a very few years foreign ministers will be resident at Peking. The Gazettes continue the usual detail of minor occurrances— such as appointments, deficits in the provincial revenues, malversa- tions of petty officers, robberies, &c., &c. Al Shanghai, from all accounts that have reached us, it would seem that the foreign commerce is likely, at no very distant day, to become very great. 51 Journal of Occurrences, At Ningpo the prospect is far less encouraging. Still we think Ningpo will have an extensive trade, in the course of a few years ifter the evacuation of Chusan. Kulang sú, it is said, will be evacuated in course of February, aud the troops all removed to either Chusan or Hongkong. At the close of this year, Chusan is also to be evacuated. At Canton there has been, with a good degree of political quiet, considerable commercial activity, Kiying doing his best to preserve the peace and ineet the wishes of all parties. We see that a long memorial has been laid before the emperor, proposing the immediate removal of the obstructions in the river below Canton. It is ex- ceedingly desirable that these should be immediately removed, as they are continually cuasing great inconvenience and much damage to life and property. Macan, if we must believe current reports, is likely, at no very distant period, to enjoy more than its pristine quietude. For it is said that its houses and harbors will soon be frequented by few except the Portuguese. Still Macao is not to be despised. It has a fiue climate, and many coinmodivus residences. Hongkong, for the time being, is becoming more healthy and pros- perous: at least, houses, in great numbers, are rising in every part of Victoria, and the roads and streets are being extend:d and improved. The troops are said now to enjoy better health than at any prevjous period since the island was occupied. Politically and commercially considered, the various parts of the Chinese empire, to which our knowledge extends, are in a coudition that is tolerably satisfactory. Not so when morally and religiously viewed. In all parts its norals are corrupt and its religions false. But we seem-or think we see, the dawning of a better day. The time is near at hand, when the Land of Sinim is to be visited by the dayspring from on high. We indulge the most confident hope that, in a few years, the good providence of God will prepare a high way, through all the length and breadth of this empire, for the gospel of peace, and China he blessed with the benign and happy influences of pure morals and true religion. The following we believe is a correct list of the persous now. con- nected with the Protestant missions in China. .41 Macao, are, Rev. A. W. Loomis, Rev. M. S. Culbertson, Richard Cole, printer. At Can'on., Rev. Peter Parker, m. D., Rev. I. J. Roberts. At Hong- kony, Rev. J. L. Shuck, Rev. 'T. I. Devan, 1. DI., D. J. Macynwan, M. D, Rev. Dyer Ball, N.D., Rev. E. C. Bridgman, d. D., James G. Bridgman, Rev. James Legge, D. D., Rev. W. Gillespie, Benjamin Hobson, M. D., Rev. S. R. Brown, Rev. A. P. Happer, v.1., Rev. George Smith, Rev. T. M'Clatchie, Rev. W.M. Lowrie, (Rev. W. Dean, and S. W. Williams, absent). At amoy, Rev. William J. Polhman, Rev. E. Doty, Rev. John Stronachi, William Young, William H. Cumming, m.D., J. C. Hepburn, 1.D., Rev. John Lloyd, (and Řev. D. Aheel, absent.). At Ningpo, D. B. M'Carlee, M. D, Rev. R. Q Way. t Shinghi, Rev. W. H. Medhurst, D.D., William Lockhart, 1.2.c.a. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIV.-FEBRUARY, 1845.-No. 2, Art 1. An Ordinance for the suppression of the Triad and other secret societies in the island of Hongkong and its depen- dencics. What evidence the governor and council may posses, to prove to others or to satisfy themselves, that any branches or members of the Triad Society exist in Hongkong we know not. That some of this brotherhood have resided on the island, and carried on secret corres- pondence, and held secret meetings, we presume it to be true. Indeed if we reniember rightly, we have somewhere seen documentary evi- dence of the existence here of this or similar associations. China is full of secret societies, and probably has been so from time immemo- rial. But of the character, objects, and doings of all these, we know very little. The Chinese government disapproves of all associations, secret and public, if forined among the people; and it has enacted severe laws for their suppression. What has been the effect of these laws we are not able to say. In looking over the Penal Code, soine years back, we remember having seen the names of several societies, The Triad and that called Tien chú kiáu (Christianity as taught by the Roinan Catholics) were among the number. And during the reign of the Tá Tsing dynasty. perhaps no association has been more strongly reprobated or more severely persecuted than the one last named. With what propriety government has done this, we leave it for others to determine for themselves. Chinese inoralists also have joined with the government, in action against these associations Unpopular thought they may have been, yet great multitudes of the people have united with them; and it is impossible to compute their VOL. XIV. NO. IL 58 FEB. Ordinance against the Triad Society. numbers, or form any satisfactory opinion regarding their strength, all their operations being secret. In Canton, it is said, the numbers of the Triad Society are very numerous. From the nature of the case, however, no one will ac- knowledge any connection with it or speak of it in favorable terms. On the contrary, when alluded to by the Chinese, they invariably reprobate the association, as one composed only of bad men, leagued together only for evil purposes. We have heard it said, that its grand object is the overthrow of the Manchu dynasty. No doubt the Society is strong, and has often resisted the authority of go- vernors and magistrates. But bad as its principles and doings may be, we do not think the government of China has much cause to fear its machinations or dread its power. At Malacca, Singapore, Penang, &c., its power has been much greater than in China. While writing this paragraph we hear that, in the city of Hiángshán, between Canton and Macao, its members are giving the magistrato no little annoyance. As some of our readers may not have at hand the works which contain notices of these secret societies, and the enactments of the Chinese government regarding them, we propose to throw together, in separate articles, such items of information as may seem to bear on the late ordinance, which we here first introduce without further prologue. "Ilongkong, anno octavo Victoriæ Regiæ, No. 1, 1845. “By his excellency John Francis Davis, esq., governor and com- mander-in-chief of the colony of Hongkong and its dependencies, her majesty's plenipotentiary and chief superintendent of the trade of British subjects in China, with the advice of the Legislative Coun- cil of Hongkong. “An ordinance for the suppression of the Triad and other secret Societies within the island of Hongkong and its dependencies. “Whereas the Triad Society and other secret societies prevalent in China exist among the inhabitants of the island of Hongkong, and whereas these associations have objects in view which are incompa- tible with the maintenance of good order and constituted authority and with the security of life and property and afford by means of a secret agency increased facilities for the commission of crime and for the escape of offenders: Be it therefore enacted and urdained by the governor of “ 1845. 59 Milne's Account of the Triad Society. Hongkong with the advice of the Legislative Council thereof that from and after the passing of this ordinance if any person or persons being of Chinese origin in the said island or its dependencies shall be a member or members of the Triad Society or other secret societies as aforesaid, he, she or they shall in consequence thereof be guilty of felony and being duly convicted thereof shall be liable to be impri- soned for any term not exceeding three years, with or without hard labor, and at the expiration of such terin of imprisonment that such person shall be marked on the right cheek in the manner usual in the case of military deserters and be expelled from the said island. “Passed the Legislative Council of Hongkong, this 8th day of January, 1845 “ John Francis Davis, Governor, foc., fc. " ADOLPHUS E. SHELLEY, “Clerk of Councils." Art. II. Some account of a secret association in China, entitled the Triad Society. By the late Dr. Milne, principal of the Anglo-Chinese College. Communicated to the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Birtain and Ireland] by the Rev. Robert Morrison, D. D., F. R. S., M. R. A. S. Read February 5th, 1835. The writer of this paper is fully sensible how difficult it is to discover that which is studiously concealed, under the sanction of oaths, curses and the (supposed) impending vengeance of the gods; and how liable one is, even after the utmost care, to be mistaken in tracing the progress of any set of principles and schemes, which the fortunes or lives of the parties who have adopted them are concerned to hide, to varnish, to distort, and to misrepresent. He therefore offers the following remarks, not as the result of firm and unhesita- ting conviction, but as having a good deal of probability to support them, and as containing the substance of the best information pro- curable in his situation. He begs then to say a few words on the name, objects, government, initiatory ceremonies, secret signs, and seal of the said association, and to conclude with a few miscellane- ous remarks. First, the name. The name is not expressed on the seal, and hence it is difficult to ascertain it with certainty. It seems, however, 60 Fre Milne's Account of the Triad Society. to be the Sán hoh hwui, EA, i. e. "The Society of the three united," or "The Triad Society." The three referred to in this name are tien, tí, jin, FHh heaven, earth, and man,' which are the three great powers in nature, according to the Chinese doc- trine of the universe. In the earlier part of the reign of late Chi- nese majesty Kiaking, the same society existed, but under a different denomination. It was then called the tien ti hwui, KW " The Cælesto-terrestrial Society," or "the society that unites hea- ven and earth.” It spread itself rapidly through the provinces, had nearly upset the government, and its machinations were not entirely defeated till about the eighth years of the said emperor's reign, when the chiefs were seized and put to death; and it was (in the usual bombast of Chinese reports) officially stated to his majesty,“ that there was not so much as one member of that rebellious fraternity left under the wide extent of the heavens." The fact, however, was just the con- trary, for they still existed, and operated, though more secretly; and it is said, that a few years after they assumed the name of the “ Triad Society," in order to cover their purposes. But the name, by which they chiefly distinguish themselves, is Hung kiá it , the “ Flood Family." There are other associations formed both in China and in the Chinese colonies that are settled abroad, as the Tien hau hwui, Fa the "Queen of Heaven's Company, or Society;" called also, the Niang má hwui, kell, or “Her Ladyship’s So- ciety:" meaning the “queen of heaven, the mother and nurse of all Thiny.s." These associations are rather for commercial and idolatrous purposes, than for the overthrow of social order; though it is said, that the members of the “Queen of Heaven's Society," settled in Bengal and other parts, unite in house-breaking, &c. Secondly, the object. The object of this society at first does not appear to have been peculiarly hurtful; but, as numbers increased, the object degenerated from mere mutual assistance, to theft, rob- bery, the overthrow of regular government, and an aim at political power. In foreign colonies, the objects of this association are plunder, and mutual defense. The idle, gambling, opium-smoking Chinese (particularly of the lower class), frequently belong to this fraternity. What they obtain by theft or plunder is divided in shares, according to the rank which the members hold in the society. They engage to defend each other against attacks from police officers : to hide each others crines; to assist detected members to make their 184.5 61 Milne's Account of the Triad Society. escape from the hands of justice. A Chinese tailor in Malacca, named Tsáufu, who committed murder, in the close of 1818, shortly after the transfer of the colony, and made his escape from the hands of justice, was a chief man in this society; and, it is believed, had a considerable number of persons under his direction, both on the land and at sea. There cannot be a doubt but his escape was partly owing to the assistance of his fellow-members, as a rigorous search was made for him by the police. In places where most of the members are young, if one takes a dislike to any man who is not a member, the others are sure to mark that man as the butt of their scorn and ridicule. If any one feels injured, the others take part in his quarrels, and assist him in seeking revenge. Where their party is very strong, persons are glad to give them sums of noney annually, that they may spare their property, or protect it from other banditti, which they uniformly do when confided in, and will speedily recover stolen goods. In such places as Java, Singapore, Malacca, and Penang, when a Chinese stranger arrives to reside for any length of time, he is generally glad to give a trifle of money to this brotherhood to be freed from their annoyance. The professed design, however, of the Sán hoh hwui is benevolence, as the following motto will shew : Yd fun tung hiang, 有福同享 ​Yi ho tung ang; 有福​同​當 ​The blessing, reciprocally share; The woe, reciprocally bear. They assist each other, in whatever country, whenever they can make themselves known to each other by the signs. Thirdly, its government. The government (if it he proper to dignify the management of so worthless a combination by such an epithet) of the Sán hoh hwui, is vested in three persons, who are all denominated Kó, “elder brothers,” a name given by way of courtesy to friends ; in the same manner as freemasons style each olher brothers and brethren, and as certain religious societies call their members brethren, and so and so. They dis- tinguish between the ruling brethren thus: Yih ko, ; 'rh ko, - HT: Sán kó, = R; “brother first; brother second; brother third.” There may be others who take part in the management, where the society's members are numerous. The members generally are called Hiung tí, 2" brethren.” Of the laws, discipline, and interior management of the Sán holi say “brother 62 Feb. Milne's Account of the Triad Sociсty, hrui, the writer of this has not been able to obtain any information. There is said to be a MS. book, containing the society's regulations, written on cloth, for the sake of preserving the writing long in a legible state. Should a detection be inade, the cloth MS. may, for the time, be thrown into a well or pond, from which it can afterwards at convenience be taken out; and in case of the person, in whose care it is, being pursued by the police, and obliged to swim across a river, &c., he carries the MS. with him; and as the ink appears to possess a peculiar quality, the impression in either case is quite legible. As they cannot print their regulations, this seems well calculated to preserve them from oblivion. The heads of this fraternity, as in all other similar association, have a larger share of all the booty that is procured, than the other members. Fourthly, initiatory ceremonies. Of these but a very imperfect idea can be obtained. The initiation takes place commonly at night, in a very retired or secret chamber. There is an idol there, to which offerings are presented, and before which the oath of secresy is taken. The Chinese say there are Sán shih luk shí, Ethan “thirty-six oaths” taken on the occasion ; but it is probable that, instead of being distinct oaths, these are different particulars of one oath, very likely the imprecations contained in it, against persons who shall disclose the nature and objects of the society. A small sum of money is given by the initiated to support the general expense. There is likewise a ceremony which they call Kwó kiáu, in , “ crossing the bridge.” This bridge is formed of swords, either laid between two tables (an end resting on each), or else set up on the hilts, and meeting at the point; or held up in the hands of two ranks of members, with the points meeting, in form of an arch. The persons who receive the oath, take it under this bridge, which is called—“passing, or crossing the bridge.” The yih kó, or chief ruling brother, sits at the head of this steel bridge (or each with a drawn sword), reads the articles of the oath, to every one of which an affirnative response is given by the new member, after which he cuts off the head of a cock, which is the usual form of a Chinese oath, intimating-"thus let perish all who divulge the secret." But it is said the grand ceremony can only be perforined where there is a considerable number of members present. They worship heaven and earth on those occasions, and sometimes, when the place is sufficiently secluded, perform the initiatory rites in the open air. 1845. Alilne's Account of the Triad Sociсty, 63 Fifthly, secret signs. Some of the marks by which the members of the Sán hoh hwui make themselves known to each other, are those that follow :-mystic numbers; the chief of which is the number three. They derive their preference for this probably from the name of their society, “ the Triad Society.” In conformity with this preference they adopt odd rather then even numbers, when it can be done. They say three, three times ten, three hundred, three thousand, three myriads, rather than two, four times, ten, &c. The word Hung, tt, above-mentioned, contains the number three hunderd and twenty-one, and is often used by them for particular purposes. They separate its component parts thus: sán pah 'rh- shih yih, Yr H The character sán is properly a forin of shwui, ZK, (water), as used in composition, and should have this sound; but in the analysis of any Chinese character, of which this form of shwui constitutes the dexter component, the teacher says to his pupil, sán tien shwni, K; i. e. put “three points water at the side,” or " the three point form of shwui.” But when used by the Sán hoh hwui, the word sán (or three) alone is employed; the other parts being out of place for them. Pah, 17, or eight, much resembles in sound peh, (an hundred) and in a rapid conversation is scarely distinguishable from it. 'Rh-shin, tt, is the united or mercantile form of 'rh shih, = t; “two tens," run together for the sake of expedition in business. Yih, is the common form of Now hearing the component parts of hung gone over in this manner, it seems to the uninitiated to mean sán peh 'rh shih yih, Eht “three hundred and twenty-one." What the member's themselves mean by it, it is impossible to discover. In writing, it is as above analyzed; or in uttering the sound of the components, they equally understand each other's meaning. Certain motions of the fingers constitute a second class of signs ; e. g. using threc of the fingers in taking up any thing. If a member happens to be in company, and wishes to discover. whether there be a brother present, he takes up his tea-cup or cover (Chinese tea-cups have always a cover), with the thumb, the fore, and middle fingers, or with the fore, middle, and third fingers, and which, if perceived by an initiated person, is answered by a corresponding sign. It does not, however, follow from this that every Chinese who uses three fingers, taking in up, or holding, his tea-cup, is a member of the San hoh hwui, for many of them do from mere abit. But there is a certain way of doing it by the initiated, which they ihemselves only know. In one. Milne's Account of the Triud Sociсty. . FEB. lifting any thing that requires both hands, they use three fingers of each hand. They also have recourse to odes and pieces of poetry, as secret marks.--(See below, under "explanation of words within the first octangular lines.) Sixth, the scal. The seal is a quinquangular figure: this, as above noticed, is one of the Society's mystical numbers. Froin the manner in which some characters on the seal were written, it is not impro- bable that some of them have been erroneously explained. The following is submitted as the best explanation of them which the writer's present circumstances enable him to furnish. 土​洪 ​兄弟 ​頭号 ​溪​高 ​李 ​合​會​雄​英 ​采 ​尽​。 豪 ​动 ​4 障 ​吉​清 ​下 ​出​間​扶 ​統​得 ​《天​万 ​多​開​一​首詩 ​長 ​振​英​致 ​游 ​Explanation of the characters at the five corners, in the outer, or quinquangular lines. 1. Tú, Ł, the earth planet, i. c. Saturn; which, according to Chinese, especially regards and influences the centre of the earth , also one of the five elements. 2. Muh, the wood planet or Jupiter, or the planet wluch reigns in the eastern part of the hearens. 1845. 65 Nilne's Account of the Triad Society. 3. Shwui, |, the water planet, i. e. Mercury, to which the domi- nion of the northern hemisphere is confided. 4. Kin, the metal planet, i. e. Venus, to which the care of the west is confided. 5. Hó, X, the fire planet, i. e. Mars, to which the southern he- misphere is assigned. N. B. The reasons (or some of the reasons) why these planets are placed at the corners of this seal, may be, because they are the basis of Chinese astrological science, and because they are considered the extreme points of all created things. Explanation of the five characters which are directly under the planets. 6. Hung, 7, a flood or deluge of waters. a flood or deluge of waters. One of the secret designations of their fraternity is hunghiá, literally, “the flood family;" intended, perhaps, to intimate the extent and effectiveness of their operations, that, as a flood, they spread and carry every thing before them. 7. Háu, a leader; a chief or brave man. 8. Hán, 7, the name of an ancient dynasty ; but, in certain connections, signifying a bold and daring man, which is most pro- bably the sense here. 9. Ying, i, a hero. . 10. Kiá, hne, a stand; but metaphorically used to denote a per- son of importance to the state, or to society, as we use tropes, and say, “such man is a pillar,” “the stay of his country.” N. B. Though this be the ordinary meaning of these words, it is possible that they may be used by the fraternity in a mystical and occult sense. Explanation of the other characters within the same limits. Ying, hiung, hwoui, hoh, tván, yuen, shí, HI LLAW Hiung, tí, fan, kiíi, yih, sháu, shí, HI- “ The hero band in full assembly meet'; “ Each man a verse, to make the ode complete." This is a very probable sense of the words as they are placed, es- pecially as it is known to be a frequent practice of this fraternity to converse together in poetry; and in order to elude suspicion, while in company with others, one man takes but a line, or half a live, ulrich by itself is utterly unintelligible to persons not initiated, but 3 VOL. XIV. NO. II. 66 FEB. Milne's Account of the Triad Society. Ti (if which, being understood by a brother member, is responded to by him in another line or half a line, and, by thus passing on through several persons, an ode may be completed, though not perceived by any but the parties themselves. Kie tí tui, * *#4. The three words are inexplicable in the order in which they stand. Kie signifies to tie, to bind, and is often used to signify the formation of a secret association. we be right in the character) signifies a brother, or younger brother, and the sense thus far would be "to form a brotherhood.” Tui is a pair of anything, or two things equal to each other. But it is pro- bable that these words have a reference to other words on the seal, the connection of which it seems difficult to discover. Explanation of words within the first octangular lines. Hiung tí tung chin, 24 i K6h 24ú hát tán; } # # Kun k'i fan pái, 高​溪​分派 ​Wan bú vú chuen. B = 6 Which may be thus read :- The Brethren all in battle join, Each ready with a chosen sign; An ancient brook with parting streams, Still flowing down from long-past times. In support of this version it might be urged, that the fraternity have certain secret signs or marks, by which they make their ideas known to each other, and in the tumults which they excite, these signs are made use of to encourage each other in the work of des- truction : and that they consider their society as of very ancient origin, and as spreading through the world from age to age. But the words may be read in lines of eight or seven syllables, and might begin with kók, thus : Koh yu háu táu káu kºi fun, Káu k’i fun pái wan kú yú. N. B. This last line shifts back to háu for its first syllable. In fact there appears scarcely to be a limit to the mutations of these numbers; for, like the changes of the pá kwa (Chinese table of diagrams), they may contain an infinitude of senses and modifi- cations, with which, however, the initiated alone are familiar. Explanation of characters within the second octangular lines. Chú kih tsing e sáu hiuen hiú # II T. These cha- 1845. 67 Milne's Account of the Triad Society. racters, as they stand, seems to make no intelligible sense, and from the circumstance of their being written with two kinds of ink, black and red, renders it highly probable that they are constructed for the purpose of local concealment; they are perhaps the name, real or assumed, of the officers of the brotherhood; that half of the charac- ters in red ink, which seems printed, may be perinanent, and have some general reference to the designs of the society, and to the other characters on the seal; while the yellow part (on the original blue silk seal), which is evidently written with a pencil, inay, joined to the printed half, constitute the names or epithets of the officers in some particular place. In another place, where persons of dif- férent designations are chosen to be officers, the yellow part would be different. This conjecture is confirmed by the opinion of several learned Chinese, who have seen and examined the seal. Wán tien oán té x 23 B. These characters have, no doubt, a reference to the ultimate view of the brotherhood, viz. univer- sal extension and dominion; the 1st is an inverted form of 3d; which is an abbreviated form of wón, a myriad ; tien (in the quinquangular lines) signifies heaven, and ti, earth. And the position of the two, both looking towards the straight line on which the words heaven and earth are written, may mystically signify the bringing of myriads of nations under the society's influence. Explanation of characters within the square lines. Chung { fú, wó chuħ tung, # Te i me, let the faith- ful and righteous unite so as to form a whole (i. e. an universal em- pire). This seems the plain sense of the words, according to this arrangement of them; but it is impossible to ascertain whether something else may not be intended, as they are susceptible of as many meanings as arrangements. This version, however, agrees with the general views of this dangerous fraternity. Characters within the oblong square. Yun shing, ; supposed to be the name of the chief of the fraternity, some think the founder; but, the character being written, and in yellow ink, it is more likely to be the chief for the time being, at whose death the blank space in seals subsequently issued could be filled up with the name of his successors; whereas the name of the founder, never changing, would be more likely to be printed, in some permanent form. If any weight be due to the scattered hints that have been given 68 FEB. Milne's Account of the Triad Society. Tszyú above, there will appear to be a striking resemblance in some points between the Sún hoh hwui, and the society of freemasons. The writer would not be understood, by so saying, to trace this resem- blance in any of the dangerous principles of the Sán hoh hwui, for he believes that the society of British freemasons (and of others he knows nothing) constitutes a highly respectable body of men, whose principles and conduct are friendly to social order, regular govern- ment, and the peace of society. The points of resemblance, then, between the two societies, appear to the writer to be the following. 1. In their pretensions to great antiquity, the Sán hoh kwui profess to carry their origin back to the remotest antiquity. Chung Kapoh, i. e. from the first settlement of China;" and their former name, viz. “ Cælesto-terrestrial Society," may indicate that the body took its rise from the creation of heaven and earth,; and it is known that some freemasons affirm that their society "had a being ever since syinmetry and harmony began," though others are more inoderate in their pretensions to antiquity. 2. In making benevolence and mutual assistance their professed object, and in affording mutual assistance to each other, in whatever country, when the signs are once given. Notwithstanding the dan- gerous nature of the Son hoh hwui, the members swear, at their ini- tiation, to be filial and fraternal and benevolent, which corresponds to the engagement of the freemasons, to philanthropy and the social virtues. 3. In the ceremonies of initiation, e. g. the oath, and the solemnity of its administration, in the arch of steel and bridge of swords. These are so singularly striking, that they merit the attention of those es- pecially who think freemasonry a beneficial institution, or who deem its history worthy of investigation. 4. May not the three ruling brethren of the Sún hoh huui be considered as having a resemblance to the three masonic orders of apprentice, fellowcraft, and master ? 5. The signs, particularly "the motions with the fingers," in as far as they are known or conjectured, seem to have some resemblance. 6. Some have affirmed that the grand secret of freemasonry consists in the words “Liberty and Equality;" and if so, certainly the terin hinng ti, (i. e. " brethren'') of the Sun hoh hwui may, without the least force, be explained as implying exactly the same ideas. Whether there exist any thing in the shape of " Lodges" in the Sin hoh huui, or not, the writer has no ineans of ascertaining; but 1845. 69 Megal Associations. he believes the Chinese law is so rigorous against this body, as to admit of none. Nor does there appear to be a partiality among the members for the masonic employment. Building does not appear to be an object with them, at least not in as far as can be dis- covered. Art. III. Evils of forming illegal associations; prohibition of magic?2?s, leaders of sects, and teachers of false doctrines ; re- nunciation of allegiance; the tea sect, foc. "In the reign of his present majesty, the celestial powers oversha- dow and nourish all things, the sun and moon cast forth their radi- ance, the universe is regulated in peace, and the tribes of men are also universally tranquil. Of the people who live in this age, the scholar discourses of propriety, and enforces the importance of the ancient odes; while the illiterate cultivate their fields, and dig their wells, without attending to extraneous affairs all their lives long, en- joying soft andluxurious ease, in peace and tranquility. Truly we know not why it is that the people, wrought upon by foreign means, have been induced to fall into the net of delusion; but constantly searching into the matter we find, that the generality of disobedient and law- less persons, are at first nothing more than worthless characters without any dependence; being poor, and having no fixed object of pursuit, they seducingly establish some corrupt dogmas, in order to obtain a livelihood : the stupid, they move by hopes of happiness and fears of misery—the vicious, they blind by charms or spells—the strong and vigorous, they teach gymnastic feats—the weak, they subdue by blustering strength—and the poor, they tempt by bribes of money,—until their disciples and followers become numerous- then in their excursions, they plunder; and in their assemblies, they gamble; they flock into the markets to drink, and roar and bawl in the open fields; the lesser among them entice dogs and chuck fowls (in order to steal them), and the more practiced in villainy drive away oxen, and rob the graves; so that honest and virtuous families in the villages connot but fear them, and cannot avoid relying on them. These pernicious evils are what the names of sects engender, and are produced by the influence of illegal associations. 70 FEB. . legal Associations, “To the south of the mountain Sin, a common belief in ghosts and demons prevails, and conjurors and necromancers are encou- raged; the spirit of the people is hardened and insubordinate, and they are pleased with frothy and self-complacent things. Also on the coast, the foreign merchants of the ocean carry on their trade: and as to the Portuguese Roman Catholic religion, who can insure that it will not roll on, and spread by degrees, till it enter China? We also hear that on the northwest of the province, which is a very moun- tainous district, there are continually poor people who having no pos- sessions come from a distant part, and bringing their instruments of husbandry with them, cultivate the waste crown lands : some of them erect cottages by the banks of rivers, and form habitations in the sides of the mountains, where they harbor banditti; these banditti go forth by day to plunder and return in the evening; and although the civil magistrates and military officers have united in order to ap- prehend them, yet the woods being deep, and the jungle thick, when they pursue thein on the west they fly to the east; there are some haunts probably which have not come to the knowledge of the magis- trates, but the observation of the people is more certain and real. It therefore rests with you, people, strictly to distinguish between cor- rupt and correct doctrines, and seriously to consider the misery or happiness attending them. Do not covet a bully's fame; be not moved by strange and new sayings; thirst not for present gain, and do not remove future calamities from your sight. Awaken the stupid, reject the disorderly, suppress the boisterous, assist the weak, pity the poor; and then your persons and families will obtain uninter- rupted tranquillity, and villainy and corruption will have no means of access among you. If you do not act thus, then corrupt teachers will deceive the people, notwithstanding the enlightened instructions of the sages; and the multitude will be turned aside into devious paths, notwithstanding the express injunctions of the laws. “ Examine now in succession former generations, and you will find that those persons who have subsisted by a stick of incense and a measure of rice, have without exception come to an ill end, and their adherents and descendants have been exterminated; for instance, formerly, in the provinces of Sz'chuen, and Húkwáng, the plun- dering sect of the water-lily over-spread three provinces, and were confessedly numerous; but when the great army arrived, they were all put to the sword. And lately, another instance occurred in the case of the rebel Lintsing, who had formed a band and excited in- surrection : long before the appointed time for commencing their ope- 1845. 71 Illegal Associations. rations arrived, the principal ringleader was cut into saınll pieces, and the rest of the conspirators were slain. Als Chú Muli, of Yukán, in the province of Kiángsí, and Fáng Yungshing, of Hocháu, in the province of Nyánhwui, having rebelled, before the affair was brought to any head, their villainy was instantly defeated. You inhabitants of Canton province, have also been frequently injured by these disorders: for not long ago, the plunderers of the brotherhood society, having collected toge her a multitude of persons, excited an insurrection at Yangshi Shán, in Pohlo; but those who associated with and followed them, were all of them instantly put to death; many of you peaceable people were on account of thein, obliged to leave your families, and indeed the whole neighborhood was disturb- ed. I would only ask, with respect to Chinlánkíhsz' (the foreign lea- der of this band) where is he now? Last year also, the vagabonds who collected bands and forined confederacies, with a design to plunder and rob, have all been apprehended and punished. Hence we inay see, that this kind of plundering banditti, certainly cannot by any lucky chance escape, and whoever it is that excites insurrection and rebellion, the powers above will not suffer him to escape. Even those who in common convene meetings and collect money, with a design to obtain a paltry livelihood, when once information of it is obtained, will be punished either with sword or saw, or be bound with ropes and cords: their accomplices also will be banished to some distant part, where they will not be able to cherish their aged parents, to take care of their wives and families, or to overlook their houses and fields. Their regrets may be poignant, but their is no deliver- Alas! alas! is not this dreadful!" Extracted from a prize essay, written at Canton in 1819. ance. The following is from sir George Thomas Staunton's translation of the Penal Code, book I., section CLXII., entitled : “ Magicians, leaders of sects, and teachers of the false doctrines." “Magicians who raise evil spirits by means of magical books and dire imprecations, leaders of corrupt and impious sects, and mem- bers of all superstitious associations in general, whether denominat- ing themselves Mi-lih fuh, in the ti Peh-lien she, it it; Ming-tsun kiáu, A); Peh-yun tsung, or in any other manner distinguished, all of them offend against the laws, by their wicked and diabolical doctrines and practices. “When such persons, having in their possession concealad images Ilgal Associations FER. of their worship, burn incense in honor of them, and when they assemble their followers by night in order to instruct them in their doctrines, and by pretended powers and notices, endeavor to invei- gle and mislead the multitude, the principal in the commission of such offenses shall be strangled, after remaining in prison the usual period, and the accessaries shall severally receive 100 blows and be perpetually banished to the distance of 3000 li. “If at any time the people, whether soldiers or citizens, dress and ornament their idols, and after accompanying them tumultuously with drums and gongs, perform oblations and other sacred rites to their honor, the leader or instigator of such meetings shall be pun- ished with 100 blows. “ If the head inhabitant of the district, when privy to such unlaw- ful meetings does not give information to government, he shall be punished with 40 blows. The penalties of this law shall not however be so constructed as to interrupt the regular and customary meetings of the people, to invoke the terrestrial spirits in spring, and to return thanks to them in autumn." 66 Again from the same work we quote the following, being a trans- lation of clauses annexed to section 255 of the Penal Code. “All persons who, without being related or connected by inter- marriages, establish a brotherhood or association among them- selves, by the ceremonial of tasting blood, and burning incense, shall be held guilty of an intent to commit the crime of rebellion; and the principal or chief leader of such association shall, accordingly, suffer death by strangulation, after remaining for the usual period in confinement. The punishment of the accessaries shall be less by one degree.-If the brotherhood exceeds twenty persons in number, the principal offender shall suffer death by strangulation immediately after conviction; and the accessaries shall suffer the aggravated banishment into the remotest provinces.-If the brotherhood be for- med without the aforesaid initiatory ceremonies of tasting blood and hurning incense, and according to the rules of its constitution, be subject to the authority and direction of the elders üni;, but exceed forty persons in number, then the principal shall still suffer death by strangulation, as in the first case, and the accessaries a punishment less by one degree. “ If the authority and direction of the association is found to be vested in the strong youthful members, that circumstances alone shall 1845. 7:3 Illegal Associations. be deemed a sufficient evidence of its criminality, and the principal shall accordingly suffer death by strangulation immediately after conviction : the accessaries, as in the preceding cases, shall undergo aggravated banishment. “If the association is subject to the authority and direction of the elder brethren, and consists of more than twenty, but less than forty members, the principals shall be punished with 100 blows, and sent into perpetual banishment to the distance of 3000 lí. If the associa- tion under the last mentioned circumstances, consists of any number less than twenty persons, the principal shall suffer 100 blows, and wear the cangue for three months.—In both cases, the punishment of the accessaries shall be one degree less severe than that of the principals. "Whenever vagrant and disorderly persons form themselves into a brotherhood by the initiation of blood, as aforesaid, and endeavor to excite factious or leading men to join them, or tamper with the soldiers and servants of public tribunals, with the same intent, hav- ing for their ultimate object, to injure the people, and disturb the peace of the country; and further, when such criminal practices have been duly reported by the country-people and head of villages, to the magistrates and governors of the division or district; if the said magistrates and governors refuse or neglect to take measure for suppressing such proceedings, or in any other manner countenance or connive at them, so that in the end an open sedition breaks out, and rapine and devastation ensue, such culpable ofticers of govern- ment shall be forthwith deprived of their dignities and employments, and prosecuted for their misconduct, by accusation laid before the supreme court of judicature.—Nevertheless, if, after such associa- tions had been suffered to take place through the neglect or conni- vance of the magistrates, those magistrates exert themselves success- fully in stoping the progress of the evil, and in preventing the com- mission of any act of open violence, sedition, and rapine, and are, moreover, active in seizing the criminals, and bringing them to justice, their foriner neglect and omission shall, in such case, be pardoned. All those inhabitants of the neighborhood, and heads of villages, who, when privy to these unlawful practices, omit to give informa- tion thereof to government, shall be punished according to the degree of their responsibility, and the other circumstances of the case; but, on the other hand, those who give timely notice and infor- mation, shall be proportionably rewarded :-if, however, the charges VOL. XIV. NO. Il 10 Ilegal Associations. FEB are found to have been made under frivolous pretexts, the informers will be subject to punishment as calumniators. “The punishment of the brotherhood associated by the initiation with blood, which exists in the province of Fukien, shall be confor- inable to the afore-mentioned regulations; and further, when the persons thus guilty, take up arms in order to resist the magistrates, and a tumult ensues, all who are concerned in such resistance, shall, if considered as principals, suffer death by being beheaded; and by strangulation, if considered as accessaries to the offense. “All associations connected together by secret signals, whatever be their extent, are obviously instituted with the design of oppress- ing the weak, and injuring the solitary and unprotected.--Where- fore the leaders or principals of all such societies, shall be held to be vagabonds and outlaws, and accordingly be banished perpetually to the most remote provinces: the other members of such associations shall be considered as accessaries, and punished less severely by one degree. “Those persons who, though not regularly belonging to, had suf- fered themselves to be seduced to accompany such associated per- sons, shall not be banished, but shall suffer the punishment of 100 blows, and wear the cangue for three months.-All persons who, after having been employed as soldiers or civil servants of govern- ment, enter into any of the said unlawful associations; shall be pun- ished as principals. Any inhabitants of the neighborhood, or heads of villages, who may be convicted of being privy to, and not reporting these practices to government, shall be punished more or less severely, according to the nature of the case.—Magistrates neglecting to investigate and take cognizance of the like offenses; or from corrupt and sinister motives, liberating and pardoning offenders after examination, shall be punished as the law applicable to similar cases directs. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, persons assembling for the sole purpose of doing honor, or returning thanks to a particular temple or divinity, and innmediately afterwards peaceably dispersing, shall not be punished by any construction of these prohibitions. “All those vagabond and disorderly persons who have been known to assemble together, and to commit robberies, and other acts of violence, under the particular designation of “Tien tí Hwui," “the Association of heaven and earth,” shall immediately after seizure and conviction, suffer death by being beheaded; and all those who have been induced to accompany them, and to aid and abet their said practices, shall suffer death by being strangled. or 1845. Nlegal Associations. 75 “ This law shall be put in force whenever this sect or association may be revived." Notices of the tea sect, extracted from the Peking Gazettes for the 27th day, 5th moon of the 21st year of Kiáking, June, 1816. Tsingchang, of the imperial blood, and general, in command of the city Shing, together with Yung Tsú, holding the office of shiláng, kneel down and report. Profoundly honoring the imperial mandate to assemble and rigorously investigate, and determine on punishments proper to be inflicted, we respectfully present this do- cument, praying that it may please his majesty to examine it. “We have examined the case of the criminal Wang Yungtái, that is Wang Sankú, the leader of the sect, and also the case of Wang Chu-'rh, Wang King-tsiáng, and Wang Tsopih, to be banished on his account. We immediately took the sum of their testimony, and in a former statement reported it. At the same time, we command- ed Wang Kingyu the tungchi of Sinmintun, to proceed quickly to the district of ľ, and, with Tohsangá, the military commandant of the town, to investigate with rigor and secrecy, whether Wang Yungtái had delivered his doctrines and made proselytes there or not. We also ordered them to call Cháuhing and Kwoh Cháulung, the masters of the inn in which Wang Yungtái resided, together with Hiáng and Pán, superiors of the people, to appear and give evidence. Shortly after this the officers whom we thus ordered, reported, saying, we have secretly searched and found out that Wang Yungtái fled from the border, and came to the country of I', where, after remaining for six days, he was taken up. We still more minutely examined and found that the said criminal had not, after his return to ľ, either delivered doctrines or made disciples." " In the present year, the fourth month, and the twenty third day, while engaged in judging of this affair, an official document was sent to us from one of the imperial counsellors, noticing that he had received the sovereign's decree, stating his majesty's pleasure which was to this effect : “We have seen the statement of Tsingchong and his constituents, reporting their examination of a criminal call- ed Wing Yungtái, the principal leader of a corrupt sect in San- cháu, and reporting also the sum of evidence obtained in the exami- nation of three other criminals, his accessories. Moreover, in course of examination they had discovered that there were yet remaining in the province of Húpeh, two criminals, disciples of Wang Yungtái. Now we have already sent down an intimation of our will to li 176 FER. Illegal Associations. Hwuiyu, requiring him and his constitutes to take and examine with rigor these persons. As it appears from the examination of the cri- minal Wang Yungtái, by Tsingcháng and others, that he has re- ally made proselytes in Húpeh, the testimony of the three others agreeing thereto. · It appears also that the said criminal on returning from Húpeh to Shihfuh káu, heard that the unauthorized sectaries were being brought to trial, was afraid, and fled to ľ, and other places where he concealed himself only for a few days; and more- over that he did not deliver his doctrines in L. Also that Wang Chú'rh and the other two criminals have not themselves been guilty of practising the rules of the sector of making disciples (but they are involved in consequence of being related to him). Wang Yungtái is ordered to be executed, and his body to be cut into small pieces. TVang Chú'rh and the other two are ordered to be dealt with as the law directs, in cases where persons are involved by the crimes of others. Take this edict and make it known. Respect this." “In obedience to the imperial mandate, it was immediately for- warded to us. Teh-kih-tsin-tái, the governor of I, sent forward to us Cháuhing and the other, masters of the inn. We again assembled in court, called, and strictly examined them. From the examination it appeared, that this Wang Yungtái otherwise called Wang Súnkú belongs to the village Shihfuh káu, in the district Lan, in the pro- vince of Chili; and is the descendant of Wang Tausang. But that he removed to the village Ngankiálú in the district of Lúláng. That his ancestors had delivered down the dogmas of the sect, called Tsingchú: Man. That on the first, and fifteenth of every month, the votaries of this sect burn incense; make offerings of fine tea; bow down and worship the heavens, the earth, the sun, the moon, the fire, the water, and their (deceased) parents. They also worship Budhas, and the founder of their own sect. In receiving proselytes, they use Choh-kwái (i. e. bamboo chop-sticks) and with them touch the eyes, ears, mouth, and nose, of those that join their sect, com- manding them to observe the three revertings and the five precepts. They lyingly and presumptuously affirm that the first progenitor of the clan of Wang resides in heaven. The world is governed by three Budhas in rotation. The reign of Yentang Fuh, (otherwise called Omito Fuh is past; Shihkiá Fuh now reigns and the reign of Milih Fuh is yet to come. These sectaries affirm that Milih Fuh will descend and be born in their family; and carry all that enter the sect, after death, into the regions of the west, to the palace of the 1845. List of Chinese Officers, Immortul Sien, where they will be safe from the dangers of war, of water, and of fire. Because of these sayings they deceive the simple people, tempt them to enter the sect, and cheat them out of their money. Those who join them are all called “Yay.” That the cri- minal had two brothers, now dead, who formerly promoted the sect in Húpeh and in Shensí. That in the 6th month of the 15th year of Kiáking, the criminal being poor and finding it difficult to live, went to Hánkau in the province of Húpeh, where he resided for a time, telling the people the advantages of entering the sect; hoping to gain proselytes and cheat them out of their money. Accordingly Sicháukwei, Fang Wanping and others, of that place, honored him as their leader, expecting to receive the doctrines of his ancestors. Every person that joined him gave money, of the current coin, from several times ten to upwards of ten thousand wan." ART. IV. List of officers belonging to the Chinese government, extracted from the Red Book for the Chinese Repository, by a correspondent. REFERRING our readers to former volumes of the Repository, especi- ally to the IV. and XII., for detailed accounts of the constitution of the Chinese government, the duties of its officers, &c., &c., we pro- ceed at once to give the list of office-bearers as they now stand in the Red Book. The T'sungjin fú. TSUNGLING. 1. HEA Tsaitsiven, the tolo ting kíunwang. TSUNGCHING. 2. EJinshau, the hóshih juy tsúngwáng. 3. BP] Urhungá, the hóshih, chingtsúng. TSUNGJIN. 4. Mienski, a tolo beile. 5. w Miensiú, a Kúshán beitse. FUCHING. 6. Liú í of Chungtsiáng hien, Húpeh, an inspector of the school of the left wing gioro. 87 Feb. List of Chinese Officers. TREASURERS. 2. EJinshau. 7. te Ngankwei, a Manchu of the bordered blue; of the impe- rial kindred, a shángshú of the Board of Civil Office. The Inner Council, or Nuikoh. TAHE OHTS Z', 8. 19 So Muchângá, a Manchu of the bordered blue; a jih- kiáng of the kingyen (classical feasts), an officer of the Kikiuchú office, a principal guardian of the heir apparent, minister of the Wanhwa tien (Hall of literary adornment), a principal tsungtsái of the Kwohshí kwan, (national historical office), an instructor of the Shukiehsz', a reviewer of troops, superintendent of the Board of Works, tútung (general) Manchu bordered yellow banner, an ins- pector of the imperial edicts, a president of the wanyuen koh (Cabi- net of literary treasures), a president of the Hanlin yuen (imperial academy), a hingtsau of the Nan Shúfáng, (South Library), and a Tsungsz' chuen of the Sháng Shúfång (Upper Library). 9. K t 8 Pwin shốngán, of Wu hien, Kiángsú; a jihkiáng of the classical feasts, an officer of the Kikinchú office, a principal guardian of the heir apparent, minister of the wúying tien (Hall of Martial Heroism), an inspector of the imperial edicts, a president of the Hanlin yuen, a president of the wányuen koh, a tsungsz' chuen of the sháng shúfang, a ching tsungtsái of the Kwohshi kwan, superin- tendent of the Board of Revenue. 10. Páuhing, a Manchu of the bordered yellow; a gioro, minister of the Wányuen koh, and governor-general of Sz'chuen. HEOHT SZ'. 11. The file Kingching, a Manchu of the bordered white; of the imperial kindred, a shangshú of the Board of Revenue, and tútung Manchu bordered red banner. 12. Q R = Choh Pingtien, of Hwáyáng hien, Sz'chuen; a shang- shú of the Board of Civil Office, and superintendent of the prefecture- ship of Shuntien. HEO HSZ'. 13. Kingting, a Manchu of the bordered yellow. 14. Kingking, a Manchu of the plain yellow. 15. Tsaitsang, a Manchu of the plain blue; of the imperial kindred, fú tútung Manchu plain white banner, HI E PAN TA 1845. 119 List of Chinese Officers. kindred. 16. Suichang, a Mongol of the bordered red; principal chúkán (examiner) of Fukien. 17. De we Yihyuh, a Manchu of the plain blue; of the imperial 18. Kingsih, a Manchu of the plain blue; of the imperial kindred, an inspector of the Chungshú koh (office of patents). 19. # * Cháu Kwang, of Hwanming hien, Yunnan; and inspec- tor of the Chungshú koh. 20. Lo Wantsiun, of Nánhái, Kwangtung. 21. E đi Chang Fi, of Kingyang hien, Shensĩ; Hiohching or Literary chancellor of Kiangsú. 22. EI Wang Kwangyin, of Tungcháu, Kiángsú ; literary chancellor of Shuntien. The Imperial Academy, or Hánlin yuen. PRESIDENTS. 8. Muchanga. 9. Pwan Shingan. THE SIX BOARDS. Board of Civil Office, or Lípú. SHANGSHU. 7. Ngankwei, a Manchu of the bordered blue ; of the imperial kindred; a speaker of the classical feasts, a controller of the Nuiwí fú (imperial household), superintendent of the Tsing-í gardens, the Yuenming gardens, the Páni of the three imperial banners, the school of the Hienan kung, the Ningshau kung, the Wúying tien, the treasury of the Tsungjin fú, the national college, the board of music, tútung Chinese plain yellow banner, and commander-in- chief of the fúkiun (foot brigade). 12. Et Choh Pingtien. SHILANG. 23. te Pehtsiun, a Mongol of the plain blue; fú tútung (lieut.- general) Manchu plain white banner. 24. 42 B Lí Chícháng, of Kiángyin hien, Kiángsú, literary chancellor of Ngánhwui. 25. Hwuifung, a Manchu of the bordered yellow; fú tútung Chinese bordered white banner. 26. TE H Hautung, of Wúyáng hien, Kiángsú. 80 FEB. List of Chinese Officers. Board of Revenue, or Húpú. SUPERINTENDENT. SHANGSHU. 9. * 1. Pwán Shingán. 11. He Kingching. 27. TIN E Kí Ktsấu, of Shaubang hien, Shánsí 28. hi Twánhwá, a Manchu of the bordered blue; of the im- perial kindred, a guardsman of the imperial presence, a speaker of the classical feasts, a superintendent of three treasuries, a president of the lwáníwei, a húkwoh tsiángkiun, a fú tútung, Manchu plain blue banner, aud a tsungping of the left wing. 29. T F SẼ Chuh Kingfin, of Kuchí hien, Hónán; a superia- tendent of the three treasuries. 30. ste Chingkáng, a Manchu of the bordered blue; of the im- perial kindred, a fú tútung, Manchu plain yellow banner, and a su- perintendent of tsienfá tang (Hall of coinage laws). 31. IPTL Hó Júlin, of Kiángning hien, Kiángsú ; a super- intendent of the Tsienfá tang. Board of Rites, or Lípú. SHANGSHU. 32. 4 PPT Tehtangá, a Manchu of the bordered red a speaker of the classical feasts, a tsungtsái of the Wúying tien, tútung, Chi- nese bordered blue banner, superintendent of the táicháng sz', and hungloh sz'. 33. } } } Lí Tsungfáng, of Shángyang hien, giángsu; a speaker of the classical feasts. 34. U Lienkwei, a Manchu of the bordered red; a fú tútung Chinese plain blue banner, and superintendent of the taichang sz'. 35. HT Chau Tsúpei, of Shangching hien, Hónán. 36. # ini masih Hwásháná, a Mongol of the plain yellow ; a fú tútung, Chinese plain yellow banner, a superintendent of the taichang sz'. 37. Wu Chungtsiun, of Wú hien, Kiángsú; literary chancellor of Chehkiáng. Board af Music, or Yohpú. SUPERINTENDENT. 38. There 1 Mienyu, the hohshih hwui tsinwang. 7. Hi Ngánkwei. 1815. 81 List of Chinese Officers. The Board of War, or Pingpú. SHANGSHU. 39. * l Yühshing, a Manchu of the bordered yellow; a speaker of the classical feasts, a chancellor of the imperial household, Tútung, Chinese plain white banner, a superintendent of the three treasuries, and the grand medical college, and a first class noble of the first order. 40. 74 TL Hu Naipú, of Tsientáng hien, Chehkiáng; a speaker of the classical feasts. SHILANG. 43. 41. Táuking, a Manchu of the bordered blue ; of the impé- rial kindred, a fú tútung, Manchu plain yellow banner. 42. k g Chú Tsun, of Tunghái hien, Yunnan. Hz Weishihnáh, a Mongol of the plain yellow; a fú tútung, Chinese plain yellow banner, a first class hereditary noble of the second order. 44. HÀ LỀ VÀ Sun Suichin, of Tsốning cháu, Shántung; literary chancellor of Kiángsi. The Board of Punishments, or Hingpú. 45. Su BoT A’lihtsingá, a Manchu of the plain blue ; tú. tung Chinese plain red banner. 46. WE WE Lí Chiukí, of Taihú hien, Ngánhwui. SHANGSHU. SH I LANG. Chinese bordered white banner. 47. X Kangfuh, a Manchu of the bordered blue; a fú tútung, 48. HAL TE Wei Yuenláng, of Chángli hien, Chihli. 49. Xūt Pinliáng, a Manchu of the plain red; a fú tútung Chi- nese plain red banner. 50. 38 : 8 Cháng Lịchung, of Cháng kíi ting, Slensi. The Board of Works, or Kungpú. SUPERINTENDENT. SHANGSHU. 8. IMT Muchángá. 51. Boy Sáishángá, a Mongol of the plain blue; a speaker of the classical feasts, an assistant tsungtsai of the kwohshi kwán, a 11 VOL. XIV. NO. II. 82 FEB. List of Chinese Officers. superintendent of the three treasuries, tútung, Manchu plain yellow banner, superintendent of Lífán yuen. 52. Chin Kwantsiun, of Wei hien, Shantung: a speaker of the classical feasts, an inspector of the school of the right wing gioro, and a superintendent of the three treasuries. SHILANG. 53. F M AJ Shúhingá, Manchu of the plain blue; a fú tútung, Manchu plain red banner. 54. * * Sü Sz'fan, of Pinghú hien, Chehkiáng ; a speaker of the classical feasts, a hingtsau of the sháng shúfang. 55. BOT AT A'lingá, a Manchu of the plain red; a superinten- dent of the Tsienfáh táng, a fú tútung, Chinese bordered blue banner. 56. t kh Kiá Ching, of Hwang hien, Shantung. The Colonial Office, or Lífán yuen. SUPERINTENDENT. SHANGSHU. 51. X MT Sáishángá. 57. Kíhluntái, a Manchu of the bodrered yellow; tú- tung Chinese bordered white banner. SHILANG. 58. Nganhwa, a Manchu of the bordered blue; of the im- perial kindred, a guardsman of the Kántsing gate, a fú tútung, Man- chu plain red banner. 59. E AJ Yuhming, a Manchu of the plain yellow; of the imperial kindred; a guardsman of the imperial presence, a president of the Lwániwei, a fú títung, Manchu plain white banner. SUPER NUMERARY SHILANG. 60. FIL * t ti IL Ħi Lahmuhkwanpúchápú, a Mongol of the Ch'a laiteh banner; a dzassak tolo beilí. The Censorate, or Túchá yuen. CHIEF CENSORS. 61. * Wanking, a Manchu of the bordered red; and instruc- tor of the Shúkihsz', tútung, Chinese bordered blue banner, a con- troller of the imperial household. 62. tŁ Tai Shautien, of Pinchau, Shantung, a speaker of the classical feasts, a hingtsau of the sháng shúfang, a superintendent of the three treasuries. 1845. 83 List of Chinese Officers ASSISTING CENSORS. One vacant. PRINCIPALS. rial kindred. DEPUTIES. PRESIDENTS. 63. Liú Chunglin, of Cháuyih hien, Shensí. 64. i tot Kwánglin, a Mongol of the plain yellow. 65. I f g Chin Fungan, of Sinching hien, Kiángsĩ. The Court of Representation, or Tungching sz’. 66. Fp Hochun. a Manchu of the bordered blue; of the impe- 67. A l LÝ Hán, of Pauchí hien, Shuntien, Chihli. 68. I J Chungsiáng, a Manchu of the bordered yellow. 69. 3 đá ở Páng Wanching, of Chángchau hien, Kiángsu. The Criminal court, or Tali sz'. 70. F E Weijin, a Mongol of the plain red. 71. HS K L Hing Fuhshan, of Sinchang hien, Kiảngsố ; an in- spector of the school for the imperial kindred of the left wing. The Sacrificial court, or Táicháng sz'. 32. 1 og Tehtangá. 34. Lienkwei. 72. Kwangcháng, a Manchu of the plain red 73. Tangkien, of Fiching hien, Shantung. The office of the Imperial stud, or Taipuh sz'. 74. Tut Kingkí, a Manchu of the plain blue; of the imperial 75. Hwang Tsung, of Hwanming hien, Yunnán. The Ceremonial court, or Kwángluh sz'. 23. To E Pehtsiun. 76. Lingkwei, a Manchu of the plain blue ; of tle imperial SUPERINTENDENTS. PRESIDENTS. PRESIDENTS. kindred. SUPERINTENDENT. PRESIDENTS. kindred. 84 Fer. List of Chinese Oficers. 77. JE TE Ching Tingkwei, of Wú hien, Kiángsú; inspector of the school of the right wing of the gioro. The National college, or Kuohtsz' kien. SUPERINTENDENT. 32. #BT Tehtanga. PRINCIPALS. PROFESSORS. 78. AA Kihming, a Manchu of the bordered blue. 79. Yeh Kiní, of Luhhoh hien, Kiangsú ; chief examiner of Kiangsí. 80. Yingsui, a Manchu of the plain yellow. 81. Ta Tehchingngeh, a Mongol of the bordered white. 82. E khi Cháng Hung, of Nánpí hien, Chihlí. The Sacrificial court, or Hungló sz’. 32. BoT Tehtangá. SUPERINTENDENT. PRESIDENTS. 83. Kweiteh, a Manchu of the bordered blue. 84. 23 kg Cháu Tsán, of Yiyáu hien, Chehkiáng. The Astronomical Board, or Kintien kien. SUPERINTENDENT. PRESIDENTS. u. tik tieke Kingching. 85. Ti Tsiángtái, a Manchu of the plain white. 86. JB A C Cháu Yuking, of Thing hien, Shuntien fú. The Grand Medical Board, or Táií yuen. SUPERINTENDENT. PRESIDENT. 39. Td Yiishing 87. Sú Yuh, of Táhing hien, Shuntien fú. Office of the Imperial Carriages, or Lwániwei. SUPERINTENDENT. 88. El lõ Tsiiyuen, a Manchu of the plain blue; of the imperial kindred, a great minister of the imperial presence, a hingtsau of the 1845. 85 List of Chinese Officers. sháng shúfáng, an inner great minister commanding the bodyguards, tútung, Chinese plain blue banner, the Hoshih 1 tsinwáng. PRESIDENTS. 28. Twánhwa. 59. E o Yuhming. 89. The Mwán Chingsü, a Chinese of the bordered red. CHINESE PRESIDENT. LOCAL METROPOLITAN OFFICERS. SUPERINTENDENT OF S HUNTIEN FU. 12. THE Choh Pingtien. M A YOR. 90. } # Lí Hwui, of Hwajin hien, Shensi. Assistant mayor, vacant. COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF OF THE GUARDS. 7. B & Ngankwei. 28. Twánhwa. GENERAL OF THE LEFT. GENERAL OF THE RIGHT WING. MANCHUS. 91. I Kwanshingpáu, a Manchu of the bordered blue; a fú tútung, Manchu plain red banner. Tútung of the eight banners. 29. T Yiishing Bordered yellow. Bordered white. 8. BoT Múchángá. 57. Kihluntai. Plain yellow Plain red. 51. #th Boj Sáishángá. 45. PP) Wh PPJ A lihtsingá. Bordered red. Plain blue. 11. Rijk alle Kingching. 88. to Tsáiyuen. Bordered blue. Plain yellow. 7. Ngankwei. 32. Tehtangá. Plain white. 61. Wanking Fú tútung of the eight banners. Plain white. Plain yellow. 23. th the Pehtsiun. 30. hile y Chingkang 59. E HA Yuhming. 14. Táuking. CHINESE. MANCHUS. 86 Feb. List of Chinese Officers. CHINESE. Plain red. Bordered white. 58. Nganhwa. 25. Hwuifung. 91. Kwanshingpáu. 47. Ma Kángfuh. 53. ML PJ Shúhinga. Plain red. Plain blue. 49. 斌​良 ​Pingliang 28. Twánhwa. Plain blue. 34. Lienkwei. Plain yello.. Pordered blue. 36. * Ni fint Hwashána. 55. Po Po Alingá. PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENT. T Shingking, or Moukden. General commander-in-chief. 92. Hingan, a Manchu of the plain blue; of the imperial kindred, general in chief of the Manchus. Fú tútung, at Moukden. 93. Kingchú, a Manchu of the bordered blue. Fú tútuny at Kinchau fú. 94. TY Tsiánghau, a Manchu of the bordered red; of the im- perial kinered, superintendent of the naval affairs of Moukden. Fú tútung at Kinchan fú. 95. Ti Kitsiun a Chinese of the bordered yellow; superinten- dent of the Chwangtá, and pisang of the government posts, and overseer of the herds of the Taling river. Shiling of the Board of Revenue. 96. Af 5) Minghiun, a Mongol of the plain yellow; superinten- dent of Fungtien fú. Shiling of the Board of Rites. 97. Ho Chunyú, a Manchu of the plain red. Shilang of the Board of War. 98. The 7 Fuhtsí, a Manchu of the bordered white. Shíláng of the Board of Punishment. 99. 10 Tehhau, a Manchu of the plain blue; a gioro. Shiláng of the Board of Works. 100. Biti Peiching, a Manchu of the bordered yellow. per a tots Ningkútáh Kirin. Tsiáng kiun of Kirin oula and its dependencies. 101. 10 Kinngehpú, a Manchu of the plain yellow. 1845. 87 List of Chinese Officers. Fú tútung of Kirin and its dependencies. 102. TEPP) Sápingá, a Mongol of the plain blue. Fú tútung of Ning kútáh and its dependencies. 103. Berita Ž Urtehshen, a Manchu of the plain blue. Fú tútung of Petúne and its dependencies. 104. Es Weikihtsingá, a Chinese of the plain yellow. Fú tútung of Sánsing, and its dependencies. 135.7 hPpj l’lihtungá, a Manchu of the bordered blue. Fú tútung of Artchauki and its dependencies. 106. H Pos Kwoshingá, a Manchu of the plain blue. I Hihlung kiáng, and its dependencies. Tsiáng kiun. 107. HE Hwantsúktsihláng, a Manchu of the bor- dered yellow. Fú tútung of Tsitsihár and its dependencies. 108. Yinglung, a Manchu of the bordered blue; of the im- perial kindred. Fú tútung of meighen and its dependencies. 109. POJ Ulingá, a Manchu of the bordered yellow. Fungtien fú. SUPERINTENDENT. MA YOR. ASSISTANT M A YOR. 96. 9] 1 Minghiun. 110. Kíhnien, a Manchu of the bordered blue. 111, khi đi và Hwang Tsántáng, of Lúling hien, Kiángsĩ, literary chancellor. The eighteen Provinces of China Proper. Goy ERNMENT OF CHIHL 直隸​。 Governor-general, resident at Páuting fú. 112. HP Nárhkingá, a Manchu of the plain white; a principal guardian of the heir apparent, superintendent of the river communication, commander-in-chief of the forces, head of the com- missariat department in charge of the passes of Chaihing, and Nih- yun, and entrusted with the duties of the governorship. Literary chancellor, resident at Páuting fú. 22. IT Wáng Kwángjin. 83 FEB. List of Chinese Officers. Treasurer, resident at Páuting fú. 113. K # bi Luh Kienying, of Mieunyang hieu, Hupeh. Judge, resident at Puuting fi. 114. BE Luh Yinkwei, of Hwánming hien, Yunnán; su- perintendent of the provincial posts. Director of the gabelle department, resident at Tientsin. 115. ll Tehshun, of the imperial household of the yellow banner. Salt commissioner, resident at Tientsin. 116. MJETáu Sz’lin, of Nánling hien, Ngánhwui. Government of LIANGKIANG Mita L. Governor-general, resident at Nanking. 117. Píhchang, a Mongol of the bordered yellow; comman- der-in-chief of the forces, director general of the coinmissariat de- partment, charged with the maintenance of the rivers in Kiángnan, and superintendent of the salt transport of the Liáng Hwái. Province of Kiangsu T. Governor, resident at Súchau fú. 118. 66 Kế Sun Shenpáu, of Tsốning hien, Shántung; cont- mander of the forces, and director of the commissariat department. Literary chancellor, resident at Kiángjin hien. 21. Chángfi. Chihtsáu, at Nanking. 119.45 * 5 Kingwántú, of the imperial household, of the plain yellow banner; superintendent of the Lungkiáng and Sisin custon- houses. Chihtsau at Suchau fú. 120. Suiking, of the imperial household, of the plain white banner; superintendent of the Húsz' custom-house. Treasurer at Nanking. 121. B Chin Kícháng, of Linkwei hien, Kwangsí. Treasurer at Súchau fú. 12. ^ + Wankwei, of Suichang hien, Kiớngsi. Judge, at Súchau fú. 123. B E F Kwoh Hiunfei, of Wei hien, Shántung ; provincial post-master general. Grain commissioner, at Nanking. 124. Shin Túuyin, of Tientsin hien, Chihli. 1845. 89 List of Chinese Officers Grain commissioner, at Súchau fú. 125. Yángpei, of Kweichuh hien, Kweichau. Salt commissioner at Nanking. 126. 99 BT Tsihláhmingá, a Manchu of the plain white. Governor of the canal transports, resident at Kwáingán. 127. Hwuikih, a Manchu of the bordered yellow, comman- der of the forces employed in the transport of the grain, and director of the commissariat. Governor of the rivers, resident at Tsingkiáng pú. 128. 6 6 Pwán Sihngan, of King hien, Ngánhwui; com- mander of the river forces. Salt commissioner of the Liúnghwái, resident at Yangchau fú. 129. ^ a i Li Yohtung, of Káuyáng hien, Chihlí. Superintendent of customs at the port of Súchau fú. 130. 4 Kung Múkiú, of 'Tungping chau, Shántung; mi- litary intendant of circuit of Súchau: fú, Sungkiáng fú, and Tái- tráng chau. Overseer of commercial affairs at Shanghái. 131. 3 k + Shin Pingyuen, of Tunghiang, Chehkiáng ; a sub- prefect and superintendent of the grain department at Súchau fú. Magistrate of Shanghái hicn. 132 Lán Weiwan, of Tinghái ting, Chehkiáng. Assistant Magistrate. 133. * Wú Pihkwang, of Nanhai hien, Kwangtung. 安徽 ​Governor resident at Ngánking fú. 134 E HE Wáng Chih; of Tsingyuen hien, Chihlí; commander of the forces, director of the provincial commissariat. Literary chancellor. 24. 4 = B Lí Chícháng. Treasurer. 135. KỆ G C Su Páusan, of Jinh, hien, Cheheiáng. Judge. 136. # # # Cháng Táshun, of Hangying hieu, Húnán. E PE. Governor at Náncháng fú. 137. Wu Wanyung, of l’ching hien, Kiángsú; c.- mander of the forces, and director of the provincial commissariat. 12 PROVINCE OF NGANHWUI PROVINCE OF KIANGSI VOL. XIV. NO. II. 90 FEB. List of Chinese Oficers GOVERNMENT OF MIN CHEH Literary chancellor. 44. 11: Sun Suichin. Treasurer. 138. Về || kg Fei Kºáishnu, of Wutsin hien, Kiángsu. Judge. 139. F . Wan Yüsun, of Hányin ting, Shensí. Grain commissioner. 140. TE Fáhliáng, a Manchu of the plain red. Salt commissioner. 141. k & W] Chú Chinglieh, of Suhning hien, Chihli. The prefect of Kwáng sin fú. 142. Linkwei, a Manchu of the bordered white. Magistrate of Yuushau hien. 143. Eử Wáng Táusan, of Jinho, Chehkiáng Magistrate of Yuenshan hien. 144. * † Wú Linkwáng, of Nánhái, Kwangtung. 閩浙 ​Governor general resident at Fühchau fu. 145. HEIDT Liú Yunkó, of Wansháng hien, Shantung; com- mander in chief of the forces and director general of the commis- sariat department of the provinces of Fuhkien and Chehkiang. YL 146. Liáng Paucháng, of Tientsin hien, Chihlí; com- mander of the several naval and military brigades and in charge of the provincial commissariat department. 37. * Wu Chungtsiun, of Wú hien, Kiángsú ; a hiohsz? of the inner council and vice president of the board of rites. Chaltsáu at Hangchau fú. 147. Ngankih, of the imperial household of the plain yellow; charged with the superintendence of the northern and southem in- land custom-houses. Trcasurer. 148. # Tsunking, a Manchu of the bordered blue, a gioro, charged with the sea defenses. Judge. 119. Tsiáng Wanking, a Chinese of the plain white ; provincial post-master general. PROVINCE OF CHEHKIANG 1845. 91 List of Chinese Officers. Grain commissioner. 150. Po Kúchun, of Linkwei hien, Kwangsí. Salt commissioner. 151. Tsíkiung, of Tsin-ning chau, Yunnán. Intendant of circuit at the port of Ningpo fíl. 152. 2 g Chin Chíkí, of Shángyuen hien, Kiángsú; inten- dant of circuit of Ningpo fú, Shauhing fú, Taichau fú, Haifang, and superintendent of customs. Prefect of Ningpo fú. 153. ^ an TX Li Julin, of Liáuching, Shantung. Magistrate of Yin hien. 154. Vacant. Magistrate of Chinhái kiem. 15. KH & Lái Tsin, of Wankiáng, Sz'chuen. Magistrate of Tinghái, Chusan. 156. # Lin Cháuping, of Kútien, Fuhkien. Police inspector at Sinkáng. 157. T F Siku Kungláng, of Hwah hien, Honán. Police inspector at Sinkiá mun. 158. DIỄ Cháng Yentsú; of Kingchau, Chihlí. 福建 ​Governor. 159. PM Liú Hungngáu, of Wei hien, Shántung; comman- der of the forces and director of the provincial commissariat de- partment. Literary chancellor. 160. * H Lí Kiatwan, of Tahing hien, Shuntien; deputy shensz' of the school of the Shensz' fú in the Hanlin yuen. Treasurer. 161. C 3 n Su Kiyā, of Wútái hien, Shánhí. Judge. 162. KÊ Yükáng, a Manchu of the plain red ; and provincial post-master general. Grain commissioner. 163. has Shángápan, a Manchu of the plain blue ; superin- tendent of the water carriage department. Salt commissioner. 164. if i wú Cháng, of Yangkau hien, Shánsí ; superintendent PROVINCE OF FUHKIEN 92 List of Chinese Officers. Feb. GOVERNMENT OF LIANG HU of the salt stores at Fúhchau, and the works connected with its shipping Prefect of Fúhchán fú. 165. & Shin Yuhán, of Fungsin hien, Kiángsi Magistrate of Yin hien. 166. ET Wáng Kiáng, of Shányin, Kiangsi. Intendant of circuit at Amoy. 167. Hangchang, a Manchu of the bordered white; inten- dant of circuit of Hinghwa fú, Siuenchau fú and Yungchun chau, charged with the post office department. FORMOSA 臺灣 ​Intendant of circuit, at Túiwán fú. 168. - Å Hiung Yihpan, of Luhhán chau, Ngánhwui; su- rintendent of the judgeship and literary chancellorship. 兩​油​, Governor-general, resident at Wícháng fú. 109. PO TYütái, a Manchu of the bordered red, principal guar- dian of the crown prince; commander-in-chief of the provinces, and director general of the commissariat department. tl A. Governor. 170. Ta N = Cháu Pingyuen, of Kweingán hien, Chehkiáng; literary chancellor, commander of the forces and director of the pro- vincial commissariat department. Litcrary chancellor. 171. E Wáng Líkien, of Taking hien, Shuntien ; a pien- siú of the lanlin yuen. Treasurer. 172. *** Chú Sz'táh, of Páuying hien, Kiangsú. Judge. 173. Prith It Chin Kung, of Háukwán hien, Fuhkien ; provincial post-inaster. Grain commissioner (Vacant). Salt commissioner. 174. TEK F Ching Hwántsái, of Sinkien bien, Kiángsí; charg- ed with the immediate control of Wúcháng fú. province of hunan i Hj. Governor. 175. Luh Fitsiuen, of Tunghiing hien, Chehkiang; PROVINCE OF HUPEH 1845. 93 List of Chinese Oficers. GOVERNMENT OF HONAN commander of the forces, and director of the provicial commis- sariat department. Literary chancellor. 176. Vk là Chin Tán, of Sáng kiú hien, Hónân. Trcasurer. 177. I Bà Rán Kungchin, of Thing hien, Kiángsú. Judge. 178. The BPJ Sú Chángá, a Manchu of the bordered red ban- ner, provincial post-master general. Grain commissioner. 179. 6 VIE 2 Táng Yingtái, of Kinkí hien, Kiángsí. Salt commissioner. 180. The Háu Mei, of Sikushan hien, Chehkiáng; in charge of the two prefactures of Changsha fú and Pauking fú, and superin- tendent of the water carriage communication. M. Guvernor. 181. A Gohshun-ngán, a Manchu of the plain white ban- ner; commander of the forces, superintendent of the river navigation, and controller of the military lands appointed for the rearing of horses. Literary chancellor. 182.21 A Liú Tingyii, of Hiáukán hien, Húpeh: a piensáu, of the Hánlin yuen. Treasurer. 183. BỀ Cháng Jihching, of Kweichuh hien, Kweichau. Judge. 184. I Wang Kien, of Ngánkiú hien, Shántung; provincial post-master general, Grain and salt commissioner. 185. W Kangcháng, a Manchu of the bordered yellow banner. 山東 ​Governor, resident at Tsinan fir. 186. Tsungngan, a Manchu of the plain red banner, a gioro, in charge of the military lands for the rearing of horses, and com- mander of the forces. Literary chancellor. 187. Be in Yin Shamping, of Wikiảng hien, Kiảngsố; a shíkiáng hichtsz' of the Hánlin yuen. PROVINCE OF SHANGTUNG 94 FEB. List of Chinese Officers. GOVERNMENT OF SHANSI Treasurer. 188. E 5 Wáng Tuh, of Hánching hien, Shinsí. Judge. 189. PER Chin Kingkiái, of Hwuiki hien, Chehkiáng; pro- vincial post-master general. Grain commissioner. 190. Kinglin, a Manchu of the plain white. Salt commissioner. 191. Bir + the Chin Sz'mei, of Pingting chau, Kiángsí; salt com- missioner, of both the provinces of Chihli and Shántung. Governor of rivers. 192. Chuntsiáng, a Chinese of the bordered yellow banner; governor of the water communication of Hónán and Shantung, com- mander of the forces employed on the rivers. Intendant of the water transport. 193. Tsingping, a Manchu of the plain white. . Governor of Shánsí, resident at Túiyuen. fú. 194. A hệ 5 Liáng Goh-hán, of Yungching hien, Shántung; commander of the forces employed at the military post of Yenmau, and director of the commissariat department. Literary chancellor. 195. I ma k Shin Tsumau, of Jinh, hien, Chehkiáng; a pien- sáu of the Hanlin yuen. Treasurer. 196. F E Kiáu Yungtsien, of Hiáukán hien, Húpeh. Judge. 197. 17 #Hangchun, a Manchu of the plain white banner ; pro- vincial post-master general. Salt commissioner, resident at Púchau fú. 198. A Lí Pehling, of T'sángwú hien, Kwangsí; superin- tendent of the salt department of. Shánsí, Shensí, and Hónán. GOVERNMENT of shen kan Bata # Governor-general, resident at Kanchau fá. 199. DE 5 BPJ Fúniyángá, a Manchu of the bordered red banner; in charge of the governorship, commander-in-chief of the forces, director general of the commissariat and superintendent of the frontier trade in tea and horses. 1815. List of Chinese Officers. 05 PROVINCE OF SHENSI PROVINCE OF KANSUH Literary chancellor. 200. 2 EE Kin Kwohkiun, of Hwangpí hien, Hupel, a tso chungyun of the Chinsz' fú. B* 76. Governor. 201. ^ E Lí Singyuen, of Siangyin hien, Húnán, comman- der of the forcer, and director of the provincial commissariat de- partment. Treasurer. 202. Và 1 S Tàu Tinglieh, of Túyun hien, Kweichau. Judge. 203. 2 ZE Wang Yunjin, of Hútái hien, Ngánhwui; pro- vincial post-master general. Grain commissioner. 204. T W T Fáng Yungí, of Náncháng hien, Kiángsí. Salt commissioner. 205. Tsunglun, a Manchu of the plain white banner. 甘肅 ​Treasurer. 206. I & II Tang Tingching, of Hangning hien, Kiángsú. Judge. 207. #WHYáng l'tsang, of Liáuching hien, Shántung; pro- vincial post-master general. Salt commissioner. 208. THL Wei Siáng, of Táhing hien Shuntien; resident at Kúyen chau. SINKIANG, OR NEW FRONTIER # pel'li and its Dependincies. Tsiáng kiun. 209. Púyentái, a Manchu of the plain yellow banner. Tsántsán táchin. 210. # Táhhung, a Manchu of the bordered yellow banner. Lingsui táchin. 211. 01 Tsáuhing, a Mongol of the bordered red. 212. Túkwáng, a Manchu of the plain red. 213. \L $134 Cháláhfantái, a Manchu of the plain white ; of the imperi u kindred. 96 FEB. List of Chinese Officers. TARBAGATAI AND ITS DEPENDENCIES Tsántsán táchin. CASIIGAR AND ITS DEPENDENCIES 214. Fungshin, a Manchu of the plain yellow. 215. 7 ; Hi IIwáshápú, a Mongol of the bordered red. 塔爾巴哈​台 ​216. Yiti ti Twántópú, a Mongol of the bordered blue. Lingsui táchin. 217.713 The Náhfuhteh, a Manchu of the plain white. 218. Ti PL Hi Híláhpú, a Mongol of the plain red. 喀什​噶爾 ​Lingsui táchin. 219. DA POT Kaimingá, a Manchu of the plain white. Hoánfáng sangping. 220. , Kupa Hungshin, a Manchu of the plain white. H'HARASHAR AND ITS DEPENDENCIES 拉沙​喝​爾 ​Púnsz' táchin. 221. Tsiuenking, a Manchu of the plain white. 庫車 ​Pánsz' táchin. 222. Chéngtsing, a Mongol of the bordered blue. 阿克蘇 ​Pánsz' táchin. 223. Tsíhsui, a Manchu of the plain blue. 為​什 ​it Lingsui táchin. 224. M H Hingkwei, a Mancha of the plain red. Pángoán táchin. 225. NET Weiluh, a Manchu of the plain yellow. 葉爾羌 ​226. Z * Yihking, a Manchu of the bordered red; of the im- perial kindred, governor of the Mohammedan frontier. Hiehpán táchin. 2:27 # 54 Sáishilyáláhtái, a Manchu of the plain yellow, superintendent of Khoten. KOUCHE AND ITS DEPENDENCIES AKSU AND ITS DEPENDENCIES OUSHI AND ITS DEPENDENCIES YARKAND AND ITS DEPENDENCIES Tsántsán táchin. 1845. 97 List of Chinese Officers. KHOTEN AND ITS DEPENDENCIES Pánsz' táchin. kindred. YINGESHAK AND ITS DEPENDENCIES OROUMTSI AND ITS DEPENDENCIES HAMI AND ITS DEPENDENCIES Pünsz' táchin. 和​聞 ​228. El Yilshán, a Manchu of bordered blue ; of the imperial 英​吉沙爾​, Lingsui táchin. 229. nh BUT Tsitsingá, a Mongol of the plain blue. 烏魯木齊 ​. Tútung. 230. H h Weikin, a Manchu of the bordered blue, of the im- perial kindred. Lingsui táchin. 231. nl Chingshán, a Manchu of the plain blue. PA 232. * Chingfúng, a Manchu of the plain yellow. Hiepám táchim. 233. të BE Hangyuh, a Manchu of the brodered white. PE Lingsui táchin. 234. a ht Haimei, a Manchu of the bordered blue. 2 ##; Lingsui táchin. 235. Ex Pehwanchí, a Manchu of the plain white. in tit. Lingsui táchin. 236. Yushú, a Manchu of the bordered yellow. 庫爾喀拉烏森​· Ling sui táchin. 237. 46 Tehkitsichun, a Manchu of the bordered yellow. OuliasouTAL and its dependences 51 台 ​Lt.-general of the T'ingpien left. 238. TA Kweilung, a Mongol of the plain white. Tingpien téchin. 239. Chélunordji, an outside borderer. TURFAN AND ITS DEPENDENCIES PALISHIN AND ITS DEPENDENCIES KUCHING AND ITS DEPENDENCIES KUURKARASOU AND ITS DEPENDENCIES TINGPIEN AND ITS DEPENDENCIES T'sántsán túchin. 240. * kiť Lohpin, a Manchu of the bordered yellow VOL. XIV. NO. II. 13 9 T'ER. List of Chinese Officers. KULUN OR OURGA AND ITS DEPENDENCIES Pánsz' táchin. COBDO AND ITS DEPENDENCIES Tsántsán táchin. 庫倫 ​211.k Yuugchau, a Manchu of the plain white. Tán giáu táchi. 2:12. Kuh T Tahlihkihtortsi, a Mongol of the bor- dered yellow. Fit tit. 243. I AJJ J Kwohlihminga, a Manchu of the bordered blue; of the imperial kindred. Pangpán táchin. 244. t 31 AB * Torisinamukái, a Mongol of the bor- dered yellow. GOVERNMENT OF Sz'chUEN PLT IN . Governor-general. 10. # ML Páuking. Literary chancellor. 245. Tsí Chinwú, of Jinhú hien, Chehkiáng; censor of the Kiángnán province. Treasurer. 246. EMẸ Đá Wáng Táuyin, of Fuhsháu hien, Shántung. Judge. 247. Ý tư Pwán Toh, of Kiángàán hien, Kiángsú; provincial post-master general. Salt and Tea commissioner. 248. HT Wú Hang, of Jinho hien, Chehkiáng. 兩廣 ​Governor-general. 249. Kiying, a Manchu of the plain blue; of the imperial kindred, commander-in-chief of the forces and director general of the commissariat department. GOVERNMENT OF LIANG KWANG PROVINCE OF KWANGTUNG Governor. 250. là n & Ching Yutsai, of Sinkien hien, Kiángsú ; com- mander of the forces and director of the provincial commissariat department. Literary chancellor. 251. + T 6 Lí Tangkiới, of Honui hien, Ilonan; a sláuking of the Táiclány sz'. 1845. 99 List of Chinese Officers 7 Superintendent of maritime customs. 252. * Wanfung, a Manchu of the plain blue. Treasurer. 253. TE Hwang Ngantung, of Ningyáng hien, Shantung. Judge. 254. BL 6 F Hung Hípin, of Tunghái hien, of Yunnan, provin- cial post-master general. Grain commissioner. 255. Wánpáu, a Manchu of the plain yellow. Salt commissioner. 256. The siti Weitehching, a Chinese of the bordered yellow. Assistant salt commissioner. 257. AYü Yuen, of Yüyáu bien, Chehkiang. Prefect of Canton. 258. 5. Yih Chánghwá, of Shángyuen, Kiángsú. Sub-prefect at Tsien shán. 259. Kihtii, a Manchu of the plain blue. Magistrate of Námái hien. 260. Shi Poh, of Tsunhwa chau, Chihlí. Magistrate of Poángủ hien. 261. * I Wanshing, of Pinghiang, Kiangsi Master of the anchorage. 262. 2 k đE Lí Kwanghwá, of Shihtai, Ngànhwui. Magistrate of Hiangshan hien. 263. BA Lúh Sunting, of Tsingyuen, Chihlí Magistrate of Sinngan hien. Vacant. Síunkien of Kúlung. 264. Hiú Wanshin, of Heih hien, Ngánhwui. Intendant of circuit of Hainan. 265. Tek ile bit Sú Kinghang, of Chinhwa hien, Shántung. 廣西 ​266. M 2 I Chau Chéhí, of Tsiángfú hien, Hónán; commander of the forces and director of the provincial commissariat department. Literary chancellor. 267. ZEE TATLí Chinglin, of Táutú hien, Kiángsú, member of PROVINCE OF KWANGSI Governor, the Hinlin yuen. Treasurer. 268. K L = Cháng Tsinglo, of J.au hien, Kiings . 100 FER. List of Chinese Officers. GOVERNMENT OF YUN KWEI Judge. 269. Pántsing, a Mnachu of the brodered blue; provincial post-master general. Salt commissioner. 270. BE IN Yuen Yuhlin, of Sinchang hien, Kiảngsố. 雲貴 ​Governor-general, resident at Yunán fí. 271. Kweiliáng, a Manchu of the plain red ; commander-in- chief of the forces, and director general of the commissariat de- partment. Governor. 272. Wú Hísiun, of Kúchí hien, Hónán; commander of the forces, and director of the provincial commissariat. Literary chancellor. 273. Wú Tsuní, of Hiúning, Ngánhwui; belonging to Täihing, Kiángsú, a piensiu of the Hánlin yuen. Treasurer. 274. Ut Chuen Shinghiun, of Likuching hien, Shántung. Judge. 275. ĐỂ Ý TH Cháu Kwangtrí, of Lúlung hien, Chihlí ; provin- cial post-master general. Grain commissioner. 276. C B + Shin Lansang, of Pinghu hien, Chehkiáng. Salt commissioner. 277. H Chau Goh, of Kweichuh hien, Hweichau. 貴州​· Governor. 278. TE Kiáchangling, of Shinwa hien, Hónán; comman- der of the forces and director of the provincial commissariat. Literary chancellor. 279. BH 3 + Hú Kinyuh, of Suikien hien, Kiángs ; a piensis of this Hánlin yuen. Treasurer. 280. h. Lo Jáutien, of Nganhwá bien, Húnan. Judge. 231. 2 Better Wú Chinyih, of 'Tsientáng hien, Chehkiáng; pro- vincial post-master general. Grain commissioner. 232. Pilih Ping Teh-hing, of Tsining chau, Shántung. PROVINCE OF KWEICHAU 1845. 101 Chinese words for God and Spirit. Art. V. Remarks on the translation of the words God and Spirit, and on the transferring of Scripture proper names into Chinese, in a letter to the editor of the Chinese Repository. MY DEAR SIR,—As the revision of the Chinese translation of the New Testament is now going on, a few thoughts bearing on the work have occurred to me which, with your approbation, I will lay before your readers. The first relates to the mode of translating the word God. What- ever words or phrases may be used in conversation and preaching, it is evident that in a translation the word should represent the ori- ginal. Now it is well known that the original term for God is not the name of any one deity, but a term signifying deity itself; and is applied both to the true God and to false gods, to gods celestial and terestrial, and is used both in the singular and plural number. The term sháng tí, Eti, which has been somewhat extensively adopted, if used as in the ancient classics is one of the names and titles of an imaginary deity, holding in Chinese mythology a rank somewhat similar to that of Jupiter in the Roman : this term cannot therefore be applied indiscriminately to celestial or terestrial, to true and false gods, nor can it be used in the plural number; and hence in those versions where this term is adopted, wherever the or- iginal word is thus used, some other term is employed. See John 10:35. Acts 14:11; 17:23; 19:26; and Cor. 8:5, in several of the latest versions. These passages clearly show how inadequated is the term in question to represent the original word for God in all its various uses. If instead of considering the term as a proper name it is used in its natural signification, ‘High Rules,' it certainly does not come up to the idea of the original. Even if it.be contended that the ancient Chinese had an idea of the true God, and that they spoke of him under this name, yet since this is only the name or title which they applied to him, and not a term involving the idea of deity itself, it does not represent the original word. Thus in English, speaking of God, we often say, 'The Lord;' this is well enough in conversation and in preaching, but no one would think that because the term was applied to God it would answer to the original word in a translation. What has been said respecting the limited application of the above term, may also be said respecting Shin-tien, Tip , and Chin- shin, taip: they cannot be used with the same latitude as the original term, and therefore very imperfectly represent it. It seems strange then that these words have been adopted instead of the one 102 FEB. Chinese words for God and Spirit. originally used by Morrison and Marshman, which is free from all the above objections, and which answers so exactly to the original words. It is true that shin, Tio, in connection with qualifying ad- jectives may be applied to the human mind and soul in a manner of which the original word is incapable; but I believe that by itself alone, without qualifying words, it necessarily refers to what the person who uses it regards as God. Its use as an adjective corres- ponds very exactly to the adjectives formed in Greek by a slight change in the original word. But I apprehend the chief reason why this word has not of late been used for God, is that it is needed as a term for the Spirit. This leads to The second point of remark, viz.: the term to be used for translat- ing spirit, considered as the third person of the Trinity. Shin, Jih, in connection with qualifying particles may answer very well for this purpose; but without a qualifying particle it would naturally mean God. Hence those translations which use this terın always say holy spirit, whereas in the original the word spirit is as often used alone as in connection with holy. This fact is a decided objection to the use of this word; and besides, this is, as above stated, the true cha- racter by which to translate the word God. Cannot then some other character be adopted? There seems to be a general and a reasonable dissatisfaction with the term used by Morrison; though it answers to one signification of the original word, it does not to that which is ge- nerally supposed to belong to it in cases now under consideration. It does not mean immortal spirit or soul. Permit me respectfully to suggest, for the consideration of those concerned in the work, the word ling, to be used alone when alone in the original, and to re- ceive the appellation of holy when it has it in the original. This word when used as a name means the soul or spirit of man; and when used ad- jectively gives an idea of power prevading and operating, much in the same way as we believe God works by his spirit. Thus it is applied to some of the ancient emperors, implying that they were able to exert an influence throughout their dominions, renovating the wicked, con- ferring favor on the good, and even causing the brute creation to listen to their commands. That this word is applied simply to the spirit of man, and not to the spirit of God, may very naturally have resulted from the fact that the Chinese have no knowledge of the spirit of God. They do however in various ways apply the word to God. Thus a native work entitled King sin luh, le speaking of the blessings which a good man enjoys says, Shin ling wei chi, tid WIŹ: such expressions show that the word in question may be used for the spirit of God in as strict accordance with the native idiom as 181.3. 103 Chinese words for God and Spirit. could be expected in a heather language, and I think that this word correponds to the original terin more exactly than any other which has yet been proposed. It is true that when the Chinese apply this word to God their idea is in many respects different from the Scrip- tural account of the Holy Spirit. And so also when they use the word God, their idea is very different from the God of the Bible; but this is no reason why we shou:d not employ the word which their language furnishes as the appropriate term to convey either of these ideas, and then correct their false apprehensions respecting them. Having thus suggested this subject, I will leave it for the considera- tion of those engaged in the work of revision. One other topic of remark refers to the transferring of Scripture proper names into Chinese. This is a difficult work, and when done in the best possible manner the names will appear awkward in their new dress. It is therefore desirable that careful attention should be directed to this point, and that so far as practicable the names be so transferred as not again to need alteration. I have but one suggestion to make on this subject, viz., that instead of attempt- ing to represent in Chinese the letters of the original name, the syllables only should be represented. The Chinese have no letters, all their characters are syllables; hence it is impossible to represent the letters of a name, and by attempting to do so we only increase its awkwardness without making any nearer approxiination to its sound. When we have found the Chinese syllables which must represent the syllables of the original name we have, in most cases, done all we can do. Thus for example Petrus (Peter), a word of two syllables, stands in most versions a trisyllable, and I will ven- ture to say that a stranger hearing it would not recognize the name. If the first syllable Pet were represented by peh, 161, and rus by lo le (unless some better character can be found) there would be a name of two syllables; and would not the sound of the original name be represented better than by the characters now in use ? Similar remarks might be made respecting the names of Jacob, Joseph, &c. There are doubtless syllable to which no one Chinese syllable would make even an approximation, but which may be colerably well repre- sented by two. Such cases form exceptions to the above plan, and require the exercise of discretion on the part of the translator. It is also worthy to be borne in mind, that while the Chinese characters must be selected according to their sound in the court dialect, yet among the various characters of the saine sound in that dialect let those be adopted which have the most approprite sound in the other dialects. 104 Journal of Occurrences. Arr. VI. Journal of Occurrences; secret associutions ; revolution in Nipiil; council at Peking; governmental embarrassments; the five ports; Macao; Hongkong ; new publications; Protes- tant missionaries. REGARDING secret associations in China, the reader is referred to vol. IV., p. 421, and to vol. V., p. 94, for information in addition to that given in the first pages of this number. In Nipál there has been a revolution. “A son of the late reigning prince has deposed his father, and seated himself on the throne." The Friend of India, in addition to this information, reports revolu- tionary movements in “the Punjab.” A Nero council, it is said, has been appointed at Peking, "which will transact all important matters :" but of its organization, func- tions, and so forth, we know nothing. The government of H. I. M. is evidently not a little embarrassed, by want of revenue, by overflowing of rivers, by breaking down of embankments and dykes, by famines, and last, but not least by want of good-faith in its officers. Every year and month gives ad- ditional proof of the correctness of his majesty's remark, that “his servants, do not know what truth is.” At the five ports, affairs continue gradually lo improve. At Can- ton a more paciffic spirit prevails among the Chinese ; the re-build- ing of the foreign factories progresses; and a recent fire, which broke out in one of the factories, was extingushed with promptness, the Chinese officers and people rendering every possible assistance. At Amoy and Fuchau “fitting official residences" are at length ob- tained for H. B. M.'s consular establishments. From Kúláng sú, the British troops are about to withdraw. Of Macao we ought to have, or at least might have said a word more in commendation, when referring to it in our last number. As a place of residence none is more or even so healthy in all the east; and in no other perhaps can individuals or families reside more economically or comfortably; and its inhabitants too are not wanting in kind offices. Hongkong is improving and rising rapidly; but the fear is that it will “out-grow itself.” Time will show the truth. Several new publications are claiming attention—we have space now only to give their names: a new edition of the Pei Wan yun fó, in 140 volumes; the first volume of Callery's Dictionnaire Ency- clopédique de la Langue Chinoise; a Christian Almanac in Chinese, for the year 1845; the China Mail, Nos. 1 and 2; and, (quoting the words of a correspondent at Shanghái,) "Lin's Geography, a hand- some book in 20 volumes, with plates. Price $8.00.” The following Protestant missionaries have proceeded north from Hongkong: the Rev. W. M. Lowrie, in the Rob Roy, on the 17th instant; and the Rev. M. S. Culbertson, the Rev. A. W. Loomis, and D. J. Macgowan, M. D., and their wives, in the Isabella Anna, on the 20th instant. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIV.- March, 1845.— No. 3. wars. Art. I. Notices of the Miáu T'sz', or Aboriginal Tribes, inhabit- ing various highlands in the southern and western provinces of China Proper. ONCE, and only once, do we remember to have seen any of these rude people. The readers of our first volume will remember the wars in which the Chinese authorities of Canton were engeged dur- ing the year 1832, and in which some tribes of the Miáu tsz' took part. Lienchau on the frontiers of this province, and adjacent dis- tricts on the borders of Húwáng, were the principal scenes of those After their subjugation parties of them came down to the provincial city, and individuals visited the foreign factories. Those we saw were exceedingly rude, in manner somewhat resembling the American aborigines, but in their persons less stout and athletic. They could speak Chinese, but had a language of their own, differ- ing not a little from that of the Aowery people. They came to Canton in small rude boats, and brought with them only a few of their own native products -mats, baskets, &c. Budhisin and the other religions of China, seem' not to have obtained footing among them; but what their religion is we know not. Probably they are without any very well defined religious system, and on that account perhaps would be more ready to receive the plain and simple pre- cepts of Christianity than their more polished neighbors, the sons of Hán. Du Halde alludes to this fact; but whether the Roman Ca- tholic missionaries have found these “children of nature" more teachable than the Chinese we are not informed. We do not re- member ever to have seen notices of any efforts made to propagate Christianity among them. In the late war with Great Britain, the VOL. XIV. NO. III. 106 MARCII, Notices of the Miáu Tsz'. han, Tung, Chinese had among their troops some of these people, but in no case, that has come to our knowledge, did they distinguish them- selves by valorous acts. The word Miáu, , is a compound term, formed by the two words tsáu, #, plants, and tien, I, fields; and Morrison in his Dictionary defines it thus, "grain growing in a field; the first bud- ding forth of any plants; numerous descendents," &c. One of Du Halde's editors complains of him because he did not give the names of the many tribes of Miáu tsz’, whose manners, habits, &c., he described. We will here introduce the names of some of the tribes found in the province of Kweicháu, and then sub- join brief descriptions of the same. 1. 谷​聞 ​Kuhlun, 21. , Háupó, 2. 45 H A Yungtung ló- 22. FH Yáfáh, 23. be * Tsingchung 3. TÉ P H * Kihmang kú- kiá, yáng, 24.EE Limin tsz', 4. 25. 白​兒子 ​F Peh'ur tsz', 5. 水​家 ​Shuikia, 26. AT Pehlung kia, 6. DA * Kingkiá, 27. Pehchung 7. Tsing, kia, 8. 六​额​子 ​Luhngeh tsz', 28. t. XT ME Túkih láu, 9. 白​額​子 ​Pehngeh tsz’, 29. Chéchái, 10.再​家​變 ​Yenkiá mán, 30. GMA Siki, 11. Tungkiá, 31. The Húlú, 12. EL HE Kiúming kiu- 32. EIN Hungchau, sing, 33. 黑​樓 ​Hehlú, 13. ili u Mautau, 34. 14:23 Hehkioh, 14. 10 Tungtrái, 35. E Sang, 15. W Tsingkiáng 36. 43. Twánkwan, heh, Líki heh, 16. WE 37. 尖頭 ​Tsientau, 17. i Pahchái heh, 38. Lángtsz’, 18. Hihshan, Lóhán, 39. WE 19. Hehsang, . Luhtung í, 40. FI 3 Y átsioh. 20. i * Hehchung 11. 10 TE kiá, 黑黑 ​ 184. 107 Notices of the Miáu Tsz'. Many of the foregoing names are significant, and some of them will be translated in the following notices, written by a native tra- veler, who thus prefaces his sketches. Whenever I have extendend my rambles to other provinces, and noticed remarkable views or objects, I have always taken notes and sketches of them, not that I supposed these could be called fine or beautiful, but becuase they gratified my own feelings. Still, I think that among all these views and natural objects,—the flowers, birds, animals, &c., there were some singular and rare forms, which may be called curious. Moreover, having seen the people in Kweichau province, scattered in various districts and places,—both those whose customs are unlike, and also the different customs in the same tri- bes, having utensils of strange shapes and uses, not discriminating in their food between that which was ripe and the raw, having dis- positions sometimes gentle and at other times violent, -having seen their agriculture and manufactures,-having noticed that the men played and the women sung, or the men sung and the women danced; also having viewed their hunting deer and trapping rabbits, which are the products of the hills, and their spearing fish and netting crabs, the treasures of the waters, their manner of cutting out caves in the hills for residences, and of framing lofts from bamboos in trees for lodgments, all of which usages were unique and diverse :--these I thaught were still more remarkable. Then I perceived that there are both common and rare things in the world, and races unlike com- mon people; I therefore sketched their forms on one page, and gave the description on the opposite, in order to gratify my own feelings and those of others who wished to see these things. The following are some of these descriptions. 1. The Yuhlun. Many of these live in Tingfán. Their dispo- sition is rude and overbearing, and they are skillful in throwing ja- velins; they constantly carry spears, bows and arrows, so that all the other Miáu fear them. The men follow agriculture, and the cloth they weave is in great request for shirts and trowsers. 2. The Yingtung lóhún. These are found in Lípingfú. The men are farmers and traders, the women rear silk-worms and weave flowered-silk. They tie their hair in a slovenly manner, wearing a wooden comb on their foreheads. The rich females suspend silver rings in their ears; their garments are short, and bound with a double girdle; an embroidered square is placed on the breast, and is trimed with silver or copper. Sometimes they wear long trow- sers and short petticoats, and sometimes no trowsers; every few 108 MARCH, Notices of the Miáu Tsz'. days they wash their hair with scented water to keep it clean. Among all the tribes, few are comparable to these for goodness. 3. The Kihmang kí yáng. These live in a town, belonging to Kwangshun chau. 'They select overhanging cliffs, where they dig out holes for habitations; the higher ones are more than a hundred feet high, and are reached by bamboo ladders. Instead of the plough they employ iron hoes. The sexes marry without midsmen. After the birth of a child the mother goes home to her husband. When their parents die, they do not weep for, but eulogize the dead in songs and smiles. They put away the corpse, and where the goatchaffer's cry next year is heard, the whole family raise a lamentation. “The birds come back with the year, but our parents will never return.” 4. The Tung Miáu reside in Tienchú near Kinping. They select level lands near the water courses for residences, and are occupied in the cultivation of cotton. Many of the men hire themselves out as laborous to the Chinese; the women wear blue clothes round their heads, and dress in flower-edged petticoats. The figured silk they weave is called, "Tung silk." Many of this tribe understand Chi- nese,and submit to be bound to service them; there are some of them residing in the capital of the province. 5. Shwuikiá Miúu, i. e. the Water Family Miau—are also found in Lípó district in Túyun fú; they all moved hither from Kwangsí in the 10th year of Yungching. The men take pleasure in fishing and hunting, and the women are skillful in spinning and weaving. 6. The Kingkiá reside in Lipó hien. On the last day of the tenth month they have a great festival, and sacrifice to demons. Both men and women bind blue flowered handkerchiefs on their heads. Before marriage, they wear this kerchief rather long. In the eleventh month, the unmerried youth dance and sing in the fields, when the girls chose whom they please and wed them; after a child is born, they return to see their parents. This custom is called "marrying at sight.” If no child is born, they do not return home at all. 7. Tsing Miúr. These live in Pingyuen chau. They do not excel in agriculture; and both sexes dress in cloth of their own weaving. 8. Luhnych ts2'. These live in Weining district in Táting fú; there are black and white. The men have a slender headdress; the women wear long petticoats and no trowsers. They bury the dead in cotiins, and after a year's interval, they choose a lucky day, and invite their relatives and friends to come to the grave, where they make a sacritice of spirits and flesh; they then open the grave, and 1845. 109 Notices of the Miáu Tsz'. "The- taking out the bones brush and wash them clean; and then wrap them in cloth and reinter them. They do thus once every one or two years, taking them out and cleaning them, for seven times, when they cease. Whenever any one in the house is sick, they say bones of your ancestors are not clean," and therefore take them out and wash them. Wherefore they are sometimes called washbone Miau. Owing to the strict prohibition of the authorities, this bad custom is gradually going into disuse. 9. Pehngeh tsz', or the White-foreheads, are situated between Yungfung and Lókuh. They wear their headdress done up spirally like a lymnea shell; they dress in white, the men in short and the women in long petticoats. Their customs resemble the preceding, but when sick they invoke demons and do not wash bones. 10. Yenkiá Mán live in Sz’nán ſú, and take great delight in tak- ing fish and crabs. Their custoins and manners are similar to those of the other tribes. 11. Tungkiá Miáu also inhabit Lípó hien. Their dress is usually blue, and only reaches down to the knees. On new-year's day, they put fish, flesh, spirits and rice in wooden trenches and gourds and worship. They dwell near the water, and are skillful in cultivating cotton; and the women are industrious weavers. Both sexes under- stand Chinese, but cannot read it; they use notched sticks as letters when they have any business to transact. 12. Kiúming kiúsing, or the Nine named and nine surnamed Miáu, live in Tuhshán chau. Their disposition is treacherous and violent; many falsely assume other people's names and surnames. At weddings and funerales they kill oxen, and come together to drink; when drunk they get to fighting, and resort to spears; those who are wounded settle their disputes by giving or receiving so many oxen. Men and women get their living by cultivating the hills. Their customs resemble the Tsz’kiang Miáu. 13. The Mantau Miáu live in the region of Hiáyu and Kú chau, and are of the same sort as the Tungchái Miáu. They employ hu- man labor instead of oxen in agriculture. The 1st day of the 11th month is a great festival. The women braid their hair into a head- dress, and put on a garlands made of silver thread in shape of a fan, fastening it with a long skewer. They wear two earings from each ear, and a necklace on the neck. Their clothes are short, and the cuffs and selvedges are worked with figured silk. In marriages pa- ternal aunt's daughters must marry their cousins, but if they have no marriageable child, or no child at all, they must give the bridg- Notiers of ihr Miuu T'sz'. MARCIT, room's father a sum of inoney, which is called the niece's dowry; after which they can marry her to any body. If they give no money, the uncle will not permit her ever to marry. 14. The Tungchui live in Kúchau, and are divided into two tribes. Those who live in large cantonments exercise authority over those who live in small ones, the latter not venturing to have inter- course with the former. If they are guilty, their property is all taken away, or their lives destroyed. Of all Miáu tribes, these are the most skillful in boating and sailing. 15. Tsingkiúng hch, or the Black tribe of Tsingkiang. The men bind their hair with red cloth, put silver chains round their necks, and hang large rings from their ears. Their trowsers are large and they go barefooted. They have dealings with the Chinese, and the two salute each other thus, “Same age brethren." Unmarried boys are called Budhas, girls are called "old sorts." On pleasant days in spring, they carry wine to the hills, where men and women sing in harmony; those who are mutually pleased drink with each other out of a horn, and at even the woman follows her lover and is mar- ried. After the birthday of a child, they learn agriculture. 16. The Lúkii heh, or Black Miáu who live in houses. These live in Páhchái and Tsingkiáng. The men are deligent in agriculture and of violent dispositions. The women dress their hair like rams horns in shape; they like to dwell in high lofts. When any one dies, the corpse is coffined and kept; after a lapse of twenty years, the can- tonnent select a fortunate day, and at once bury from ten to a hun- dred coffins. An ancestral shrine is erected by the public, called ** Demons' Hall.” This tribe delight in rearing cattle. The men live in the loft above, the cattle are stabled below. 17. Puhchái heh, or the Black tribes of the eight cantonments, reside in Táyun fú. Their disposition is violent. The men fringe Eheir sleves with flowered cloth, and put a piece of embroidered silk on their bosom called, a stomacher. Every cantonment erects a bamboo house in the fields, called a máláng, in which at evening, unmarried men and women assemble; those who mutually please each other present a wedding gift of a horn of wine; on the 3d day the bride returns home, when the bride's parents demand "head money » of the son-in-law; if he have none, they wed their daughter to some one else ; if the son-in-law and the daughter die, they de- mand the money of their son. This money is called “demon-head money." 18. The Hchshún, or Tribes of the Black hills, live in Táikung, in 1845. 111 Notices of the Midu Tsz'. the departinent of Tsingkiáng. They bind their hair with blue cloth, and live in the recesses of the mountains. They despise agriculture and get their livelihood by plundering. They are expert in divining by reeds, and in ascertaining lucky and unlucky times. Latterly they have been more peaceable than formerly. 19. Hehsang Miáu, or the Black Subdued tribes, live within the borders of Tsingkiáng. Their disposition is fierce and murderous. Ascertaining where the rich live, they collect in bands and come by night with torches, long spears and sharp knives, and rob them. They were subdued in the 13th year of Yungching, and now are obedient. 20. Hehchung kiá, or the Black Reptile Families, appertain to the Tsingkiáng clean, and sell wood for a living; these families are rich; Chinese have much intercourse with them, knowing them all, so that they call them companions, and even borrow money of them; and if at the proper time, the borrower cannot repay, he does not fear to state the reasons therefore truly; and if he has been unsucce cessful, he can even borrow again. If persons have been swindled, they do not pursue them to recover the debts, but after their death finding out where their graves are, they open and take out the skull and bones. This is called seizing the white (innocent) and letting go the black (the guilty). This causes the people, whose graves have been rifled to search out and seek the swindler and compel him to refund the borrowed money, in order to ransom the bones. The contiguous graves always receive these injuries, so that now it is customary for the people to become surety for each other. 21. The Káupo Miáu, also called Crown-board tribes, live in Pingyuen. They are usually black, and prefer to cultivate high pla- teaus. The women tie up their hair a foot or inore in length, and with it wed their husbands. 22. The Yafah Miáu live in the Sientien garrison in the district of Kweiting. The men cover themselves with grass clothes, wearing short petticoats; the women have short garments, with long-body petticoats; and tie their hair to a long bodkin. At marriages and at religious rites, they sacrifice dogs. 23. The Tsingchung Miáu live in Tiikung ting. The women deli- gently plough and weave; the men wind red cloth round their heads, and suspend bow-knives from their girdles, and go out in bands, to rob lonely travelers. They make cangues of wood, and bring their victims bound into the lodge, where they extort money, sum body." If the prisoner has no money lie is never set free; "called ran- 112 MARCH, Votices of the Jiau Tsz. Since they have been punished and soothed, their dispositions have becouse more mild. 24. Limin tsz', i, e. the Lí people, live in 'Táting fu, Kiensi chau, Kweiying fú, Ngánshun fú, &c. The men trade for a living, many rearing cattle and sheep. They wear finely woven sandals. After the labors in the field are over, they spin and weave cloth out of wool. These are ainong the best of the Miáu tribes. 25. Pch'rh tsz', or the Whites, live in Weining chau; they drive cattle and horses to market for sale. Their customs resemble the Chinese, and many of them intermarry with Chinese. 20. Pehlung kiá, or White Dragon families, live in the district of Pingyuen in Táting fú. Their dress is while; many of them col- lect lacker among the hills for a livelihood. They retail their ar- sicles, carrying them on their backs. They understand the rules of propriety. 27. Pehchung kiá live in Lipó ting. The men wear a foxtail on their head, and get their living by agriculture. The women are small but clever, have a white complexion, and many of them are handsome. Their dress is blue; they wear petticoats of watered silk, with small folds; red ambroidered shoes; trowsers of various colors bound on the calf. In the first month of every year, selecting a level spot, and taking a hallow stick (called pátsáu) they erect it in the midst, and men and woment, each having a bamboo slat, strike it; the sound is like that of the drum, and the exercise is called “united play.” The Chinese, włro understand their language, also play with them. 28. The Tukih láu live in Kanning chau. The men weave grass into garments. They hire themselves out to the Kóló people as laborers. The children sear their feet with hot oil, and run among the hills like monkeys. 29. Chéchái Miúu live in Ki-chau ting. The men have many occupations; the women embroider. The unmarried collect in the fields, which they call the “ moon arena," where the men play and the girls dance. Their music is clear and sweet. They mutually choose and marry. This is called " dancing to the moon.' Their parents stand by and do not forbid it. This tribe formed part of Má Sán páu's army (in the time of Táitsung of the Táng dynasty); and 600 of the men fled to this place, where they settled with Miáu wives and dwelt there; they are therefore sometimes called the six hundred wild Miáu families. 30. The Siki Miáu live in Tienchú district. The petticoats of the 1845. 113 Notices of the Miáu Tsz'. women do not reach below the knees. They have green cloth bound round their thighs. Unmarried boys carrying reed organs, and the girls taking some provisions, they go into the fields, where they give pledges to each other, and are betrothed, and the girls taken home to their husband's house. After the birth of a child, a marriage pre- sent of a cow is given. 31. The Hulú live in Lókuk in Tingpwán chau district. Their disposition is fierce and violent. Collecting in bands their only busi- ness is to plunder and kill, caring nothing for agricultural pursuits. Lately many of them have submitted to lawful rule. 32. The Hungchau Miáu live in Líping fú. The men are like Chi- nese, and follow farming for a living; the women are skilled in spin- ning and weaving cotton garments and grasscloth; the latter of which is pretty fine, whence it is called Hungchau grasscloth. 33. The Hehlau Miriu live in the eight encampments of Tsingkiang ting; they are neighbors to all the encampments on the elevated plateau. They unitedly build a house, and call it the Assembly Hall, which is several stories high. A long hallow stick, called long drum,' is suspended in the topmost story; when persons have any altercations or strife they go up and strike it, and the men of every cantonment, seizing their spears and sharp kreeses, assemble below the hall and wait for them to come down and prepare an ox and wine, when the elders of the cantonment decide the business. Those who have, without good reason, assembled the people, are mulcted an ox, which is appropriated to public use. 34. The Hehkióh, or Black leg Miáu, live in. Tsingkiáng ting and Taihung. The men have short garments and broad trowsers; they put a white plume on their heads, and ever carry long spears in their hands, with sharp knives in their girdles; they go in bands of three or five, and rob and plunder. When they have any altercation they put two crabs (volutes) into a bowl and look at their fighting, froin which they divine good or bad luck; they are very skillful in doing this. The crab is from this called “ the general.” Widows cannot inarry. If a man declines being a robber and a marauder, no one will give his daughters to him to wife. Latterly they have become somewhat tractable and subject to rule. 35. The Wild Miáu live in 'Tájhung, Kili, Hwangniú, Shiping. &c. Their habits are wild, and they eat all manner of raw things. 36. The Trunkwan Miiu dwell in the eight cantonments in 'Táy'in fú. The men have short dresses and broad trowsers ; the women have no sleeves nor lappets to their dress, so that their bosoms 2nd VOL. XIV. VO. 114 MARCH, Notices of the Miáu I'sz'. their waists are not covered ; they wear no trowsers, and their pet- ticoats have many folds. They collect a sort of red grass which they sell for a living. They love to drink immoderately, and when drunk go to sleep in the caves of the mountains; when very cold they wash themselves in the riverlets, to get warm. 37. The Narrow headed Miáu live in Kweiyáng. Men and women dress their hair in a peak; they observe the first day of the 11th month as a great festival. Husband and wife plough together in the fields. 38. The Lángtsz' Miáu live in Weining. The customs of this tribe are very singular. After the brith of a child, the wife herself goes abroad and works, preparing rice, which she offers to her hus- band, and then gives suck to her child. When a month has elapsed, the husband first goes abroad. When a parent dies, as soon as life is extinct, they twist the head round backwards, so that, as they say, he can see who is behind him. 39. The Lóhán Miáu live in Tau Kiáng and Páhchái ting. The men wear a foxtail on their heads, letting their hair float loose behind. They worship Budha, and commencing on the 3d day of 3d month, men and women, old and young, all carry food to offer to him, sing- ing and playing for three days, during which they eat nothing dressed with fire. This resembles the festival of eating cold food just before Tsingming. 40. The Luhtung í, or the six valley barbarians, live in Líping fú. The women are fond of wearing clothes with folds of many colors, and painted shoes. Their legs are bound round with cloth, instead of buskins; unmarried persons cut girdles out of their dresses, and exchange them; after which they select a fortunate day and marry; inviting all the neighboring damsels, each carrying a blue umbrella, they accompany the bride home; this is called escorting the bride. Taking hold of each other's sleeves, they dance and sing, and when arrived at the bridegroom's house, they joyfully sing and give pledges with three cups. When night comes, they conduct the bride home to her father's house. The bridegroom privily repairs to his father- in-law's every night to keep company with his wife, who after the birth of a child, returns to her husband's own dwelling. The bride's family make it marriage present of several pieces of cloth, to the extent of several tens of pieces. The women spin and weave deligently; the men study books and are able to write. Their fu- neral rites are like those of the Chinese. 41. The Crou: Hiru live in Kweiyáng. Their speech resembles the cooing of crows. They fringe their neckerchiets and lappells 1845. 115 Notices of the Miáu Tsz'. with white cloth, and both sleeves likewise. For this they are call- ed "Crows." They prefer to live on high hills, and cultivate some sorts of millet for food. They choose the summits of the hills to bury their dead. All disputes are referred to the magistrates, but they investigate and decide contraversies according to the declara- tion of the village elders. ART. II. Essay on the justice of the dealings with the Miáu Tsz' or Aborigines who dwell on the borders of the provinces. Trans- lated from the Chinese for the Chinese Repository. Within the borders of the provinces lying in the western part of the empire-Húkwáng, Sz'chuen, Yunnan, Kweichau, and Kwangsí- a mixed people are found, who are known under the various epithets of Miáu Yau, Tung and Kehláu, but who all belong to the races of the Miáu barbarians. Some of them, who are designated, sang, 4, or unsubdued, reside in the deep récesses of the mountains. Over these the magistrates of the country exercise no jurisdiction. Those who live in the open country near the towns and villages, and who pay the usual tribute of grain, &c., are called shuh Miáu, , or subdued Miu; and are in no respect different from the common Chinese, except that they are of a perverse disposition, and much addicted to revenge. And perhaps it was on account of their sinis- ter feelings towards them, that they collected a large force of men and chariots, and taking advantage of the darkness of the night surround- ed their abodes, burned the houses, and slaughtered the inmates. The unsubdued Miáu taking advantage of a favorable opportunity, whenever the Chinese left their villages, descended from their retreats and went four or five miles into the villages of the people, when, trem- bling and apprehensive, they were set upon with spears and not allow- ed to return; which is the reason of their dread of the Chinese, and their great veneration for the magistrales. Now if these men had been instructed, treated with kindness and properly ruled, they would have become docile and obedient. But instead, the folly of the Miau in- creased by seeing the example of the gentry, their superiors; for the majority of the latter were doltish, not exercising a proper supervision over them, but driving them to plunder. These malpractices after a while became known abroad, and high officers were sent to ex- 116 MARCH, Notices of the Miuu 7'sz'. amine the delinquents, but they did not molest them, or deprive them of their dignities. The gentry, therefore, did not fear the officers, but ventured to continue their bad practices. The multiplied and bitter grievances which the Miau tsz' have received from the geniry excite my utmost commiseration, that they have no regular government over them; they have for many genera- tions been used as slaves and menials, and not even their wives, their children, or their property could they call their own. I have heard that the gentry of Kweichau province made every year three exac- tions, when they took cash; and once in three years, a grand exac- tion, when they levied taels; and the annual tribute of the Yáu tribe, was ten times as much as that of the Chinese. Whenever one of the gentry wished his son to take a wife of the Miáu, he did so; but for the space of three years, none of the people durst bring home a bride. If one of them broke the laws, the gentry would seize and execute the criminal; and in a case of murder, it was customary for each one of the relations to contribute a sum of money to be presented to the gentry, sometimes amounting to sixty taels or to forty, but never less than twenty-four; this sum was called the money to scrape the knife.” Thus were these poor people peeled and fleeced in many ways, without having any means of redress or complaint. I have heard, that on a former year, the inhabitants of a whole village left their dwellings and petitioned the higher officers of the department to reform their modes of paying taxes, and to send regular magis- trates to rule over them. But, although there was a temporary con- gratulation among these people, yet only a short time elapsed before the gentry were again bribing the officers to keep silence, and re- turning to their oppressions; and if the wretched Miáu tsz' resisted, they would destroy their houses, kill the inmates, and seize their wives and children for slaves. How could they refrain from swal- lowing their complaints, and drinking their tears? While with forti- tude they bore their multiplied grievances, they almost forgot to behold the light of day! The thousands of people living in the four or five provinces were like other loyal subjects, unanimous in their desire to implore the mercy of the emperor. I would recommend that the various tribes of the Miáu tsz be incorporated with the other subjects of his majesty, having with them the same rule; and then, if the various officers over them che- rish and instruct them kindly, I think they will become peaceable and tranquil. They can be taught the filial and fraternal duties; the requirements of propriety and urbanity; how to respect their 1845. 117 Votices of the Miúu T'sz'. superiors, and obey the laws; and then of themselves they will not venture to act perversely, killing and plundering. But if the gentry are exceedingly tyrranical, and their people are permitted to harrass and plunder the Miau tsz', then the gentry must be dealt with as other delinquent officers are; their dignities taken away, they mulct in fines, and their cases reported to the emperor. Chinese officers, when they do wrong can be thus punished, but how shall the gentry be chastised, who have no salaries to be deprived of, no button to take away, or perqnisites to be molested ? For if they be degraded, and their children or relations put in their place, then the old ones will become greater personages, and still more oppress the poor Miáu. I would propose a new law to be made for reducing the possessions of the gentry, and they will then, in knowledge of it, become careful and cautious. Just look at it, and see if it would not be efficacious to punish them in proportion as their crimes were light or grievous. If several miles were cut off and taken away from their villages, it would be equivalent to fining and degradation together; let those who were great offenders, be deprived of everything. If the lands thus confiscated are near, the chief officer can govern them himself; but if distant, and the people obstinate and vicious, let a proper ma- gistrate be sent to rule them, and the people will return to their homes, and there will be no changing of governors. If those who were so disgusted with the oppressions of the gentry had united to petition the magistrates to reform the mode of paying taxes, a nd make it like the Chinese; and rulers, who understood their disposi- tions, had made the reformation, then they would have returned to their several districts. Those secluded retreats in the mountains, where the influence of the laws, or the presence of the officers did not reach, and which have been confiscated, could be put under the supervision of a native of wealth and respectability, and he appoin- ted the headman. These districts would be small in extent and resources, and the power of the new gentry unequal, and they could not oppress; and in course of time they would all be reformed, and at no distant day become like other Chinese. Even the predatory abori- ginal Miau tsz’, who live in the fastnesses of the mountains, being acquainted with the gentry, would gradually be induced to leave their lawless habits, and unite under one kind soothing sway. In this way, in a few years, the aboriginal Miáu tsz' would become sub- dued Miáu, and the subdued would be improved into quiet and good people. 118 MARCH, l'icro's in China, ART. III. China, in a series of views displaying the scenery, architecture, social habits, fc., of this ancient and exclusive empire. By Thomas Allom, esq.; with historical and descrip- tive notices, by the Reo. G. N. Wright, M. A. London. Our notice of this work shall be short. Whether it was undertaken from a desire of pecuniary gain, or from a sincere wish to extend useful knowledge, we need not stop to inquire. It was to appear in monthly parts, quarto size; "each part, price two shillings, con- taining four highly-finished engravings and eight pages of letter- press. The engravings, so far as we have seen them, are well ex- ecuted, and worth all they cost the purchaser. The form and style of the work is “Uniform with Mr. Allom's splendid and popular work, The Turkish empire illustrated."" The publishers, Fisher, Son, & Co., herald their work with the following paragraphs. - The histories of all other nations disclose successive revolutions in government, in morals, and in civilization,-the prostration of thrones, and the dissipation of tribes; while that of the vast Empire of China, extending over ten millions of square miles, and sustaining three hundred millions of inhabitants, has enjoyed an uninterrupted perpetuity of political existence for upwards of four thousand years. This nation has been stationary, while all others upon our earth have received an impulse, advancing to civilization, or sinking in the on-rolling tide of time. * Warpt in the dark mantle of idolatry, a population, one third of the whole amount tha animates the surface of our globe, have re- mained, from the first unit of recorded duration, “the abject, beaten slaves,” of arbitrary rule. Each subject is a subordinate automatic piece of imperial mechanism, to which the director assigns its specific duty, by the performance of which such excellence is at- tianed, that Chinese industrial productions have reached the climax of human perfection; notwithstanding the neglect of mental cultiva- tion, and prohibition of the diffusion of knowledge. Amongst the celebrated monuments of China, with which travellers are acquaint- ed, those that have excited the highest astonishment, are their great roads, numerous canals, immense single-arched bridges, and pyra- mida) towers; but, above all, " the Wall of the ten thousand Li," which traverses high mountains, crosses deep valleys, spans broad rivers, and extends to a length of 1,500 miles. 1845. 119 Views in China. “Obstinate adherence to national customs, love of antiquity, pre- valent in all oriental countries, and repudiation of intellectual inter- course with foreigners, have given such peculiar moral and physical characters to this "teeming population," as render their history the most unique, original, and extraordinary of all the nations of the earth. Their agricultural system is unequalled ; their manufactures, the models of other nations; their architecture, elaborate and fan- tastic; and their plans for economizing labour and redeeming time, admirable. The first light of those three portentous discoveries- printing, gunpowder, and the mariner's compass discoveries to which modern times owe all their boasted superiority over the earlier ages of the world, are known to have emanated from China. “The struggle in which England is now engaged with this gigan- tic empire, the anxiety naturally felt for the issue of a contest appa- rently so unequal, and the consequences of that issue to our commer- cial prosperity, are powerful stimulants to national curiosity; but, independent of these contingent causes, there is a laudable inquisi- tiveness inseparable from the growth of knowledge, that creates in educated society an appetite for every species of imformation cal- culated to develope the workings of the human mind, under new and different circumstances from those to which they have been accustomed. "To illustrate the scenery, customs, arts, manufactures, religious ceremonies and political institutions of a people so unlike the rest of mankind, so attached to established usages, that they exemplify the mode of living of thousands of years back-so jealous of intrusion, that a foreigner has always been held by them in execration--" hic labor, hoc opus est." In promoting an abject of such surpassing interest, no expense has been declined, no exertion evaded; nor is it the least amongst the Publishers' causes of self-gratulation, that they have secured Mr. Allom's valuable coöperation. This gentle- man's connection with their House enabled him, while travelling through the scenery of many lands, to cultivate his professional taste by studying the great architectural monuments of Europe and of Asia. Remembering this inestimable benefit, and influenced by early associations, although now eminently and extensively en- gaged as an architect, he consents to devote his varied talents once more, and exclusively, in their service, to the production of a work illustrative of China and the Chinese." These enterprising gentlemen, in the commencement of their work, have labored under some very erroneous impressions, and 120 MARCH, Views in China. He says their work will serve to perpetuate the same. The chief of these impressions is embodied in the following clause: the vast empire of China has enjoyed a perpetuity of political existence has been statio- nary, comprising one third of the animal creation, from the first unit of recorded duration_each subject being a mere automatic piece of mechanism, so that Chinese industrial productions have reached the climar of human perfection, notwithstanding the neglect of mental cultivation and prohibition of the diffusion of knowledge. From time immemorial there has been, on the eastern side of Asia, a Chung-kwoh; but it has waxed and wained, and, like all the other kingdoms on earth, been subject to constant changes. There are now extant, in China, thousands of volumes of historical records to prove this. Changes here have been frequent and great, and they will continue to be so, we doubt not, in time to come. While many of the views and descriptions are very good, being both accurate and elegant, such are not those given of Hongkong. We subjoin Mr. Wright's notices of the island. “There is an archipelago of rocky islets in the estuary of Canton river, long known, but only lately visited by Europeans. Of these, Hong-kong, one of the most easterly, and only forty miles distant from Macao, possesses a harbour so sheltered, commodious, and se- cure, that during the repudiation of our trade from Canton by com- missioner Lin, it became the favourite rendezvous of Britis chantmen. Hither mariners have been attracted by the facility of procuring a supply of the purest water, which is seen falling from the cliffs of the Leong-teong, or two summit, in a series of cascades, the last of which glides in one grand and graceful lapse into a rocky basin on the beach, whence the waters rebounding are widely scat- tered in their unrestricted progress towards the open sea. It is from this fountain, Heang-keang, the fragrant stream, or Hoong- keang, the red or bright torrent, that the island is supposed to derive its name; and it is little less probable, that this very name is the grateful memento of some thirsty mariners who, ages ago, obtained here a seasonable supply in time of need. The maximum length of the isle is about eight miles, its breadth sellom exceeding five; its mountains of trap-rock, are conical, precipitous, and sterile in as- pect, but the valleys that intervene are sheltered and fertile, and the genial climate that prevails gives luxuriance and productiveness to every spot, which, by its natural position, is susceptible of agricultu- ral improvement. The aboriginal inhabitants, about four thousand in number, are poor, but contented and industrious, and, whoever has mer- 1845. 121 Views in China. wa- experienced the insolence of office, in the treatment of the mandarins at Canton to British subjects, is alone competent to appreciate the innate gentleness, and disinterested hospitality, of the farmers and the fishermen of Hong-Kong. Od the south, the sheltered shore of the island, are several hamlets, and the town of Chek-choo, the lit- tle capital, where a mandarin and his myrmidons usually resided. Within the last half century th-se industrious islanders have seen their picturesque harbour twice occupied by large fleets of European vessels riding securely at anchor; in 1816, the expedition under the conduct of Lord Amherst visited their shores for the purpose of tering, and of receiving interpreters; and, at the commence.nent of the recent Chinese qılarrel, this was for many months the chief opium mart. The opium brought from Hindistan was here transferred to the Hercules and Lintin storeships, respectively representing the inter- ests of Great Britain and of America, and reshipped on board vessels destined for Chinese ports. By an arrangement entered into between the British superintendent and cominissioner Keshen, during a cessa- tion of hostilities in the Chinese war, the Island of Hong-Kong was ceded to the Queen of Eng and, and, in a few months after, the poo pulation of the new settiement of "Queen's Trwn" was estimated at eight thousand souls, and the grand total of the island at fifteen. This cession received a final confirmation by the treaty of the 20th August, 1842, when the British army, at the gates of Nanking, dice tated terms of peace to the Celestial Empire. “As a commercial entrepšt, as a safe asylum for our shipping in the oriental seas, as commanding the estuary of the Canton river, and as a military station, Hong-Kong possesses the utmost value; it never can become a port for the direct and immediate shipment of Chinese exports, the mountainous and in hospitable character of the coast between it and the productive provinces of the empire, completei, intercepting coininunication. The harbour, however, the subject of the accompanying view, is one of the noblest roadsteads in the east; situated between the north-west extremity of the island and the main. Jand, it may be entered southward through the Lamma Channel, westward by the Cap-sing-nun passage, and from the east by vessels sailing close under the peninsula of Kow-lung. When Capt. Elliot's proclamation declared Hong-Kong to be a part and parcel of the British dominions, he marked out the site of Queen's-Town on the southern shore, and here, around the standard of freedom, whole streets started into existence as if raised by the wand of the enchan- ter. A broad hard road now extends to the harbour of Ty-tam, 16 VOL. XIV. NO, JII. 122 MARCH, Views in China. around which marine villas are in progress of erection, commanding the grand spectacle of Hong-kong harbour, and enjoying the refresh- ing breezes that blow from the unbounded sea. At the base of the lofty mountain-chain, that margins the Chinese coast for many a Jeague, is the Cow-loon (kow-lung, the winding dragon) peninsula, which, like the isthmus at Gibraltar, was to have been considered neutral ground, but the enemy having violated the treaty, it was seized by the British, who garrisoned the fort and named it Victoria, in honor of her Britannic majesty. “Besides the usual products of Chinese soil, climate, and industry, which are very prominently and meritoriously raised in this pleasant islet, there is a valuable export of granite, and a large proportion of the natives have long sustained themselves by the profits of hewing this primitive stone. In the structure of the district, the trap-rocks hold the higher position, while the granite is found in huge debris scattered over the level and the lower regions. As there is no ne- cessity for blasting or quarrying, the masses being detached and ac- cessible on every side, it only remains for the labourer to hew or split each bolder into blocks easy of transport to the shore. This process is performed by the maul, chisel, and wedges, in a manner long practised by the granite hewers on the shores of Dublin bay, and in the mountains that rise at a little distance from them. With the maul and chisel, shallow holes, at equal intervals, are sunk in a right line along the surface of the rock, into which irou wedges are subsequently driven, which rend the mass with an extraordinary regularity. The rent blocks of course present a rugged surface, but the ineqaulity is soon reduced to sufficient smoothness by the appli- cation of keener-edged tools. "In every sheltered nook along the coast a lonely cottage makes its appearance, close to the margin of the water, and before the door stands a piece of machinery consisting of a bench, raised a few feet from the ground, with foot and back board, to give the occupant complete control over his movements, besides two upright posts con- nected by a windlass with a wheel at each extremity. This con- struction is a regular accompaniment of every fisherman's hut, and completely characteristic of Hong-kong scenery. The elevated stage forms part of an apparatus for fishing which none but Chinamen could ever have contrived, and none else have continued to use, after they had witnessed the more simple means employed by fo. reigners, to obtain the same conclusion. The radii of the wheels, ultached to the extremities of the reel or windlass, are so many 1845. Views in China. levers, which, by the operator pressing with his hand and feet, coil up or release a set of ropes tied to takes stuck into the muddy bot- tom of the shallɔw sea. Between these stakes a net is suspended, so nicely adjusted that its weight depresses their heads below the surface whenever the ropes are relaxed. The net being immersed, the partners in the stratagem, who are provided with a boat, row to the seaward of it, and, by striking the gong, by vociferating, and by beating the surface of the water with their oars, affright the fish, and drive them into the space immediately over the secret snare. The person stationed at the windlass paying the most vigilant attention to these proceedings, and feeling the vibration produced in the meshes by the effect of the fish to descend, slowly turns his levers until his net is brought near the surface, where the boatmen are wait- ing to secure the draught. Two principles in philosophy seem to have been fully understood by these children of nature, one is the extraordinary power of conveying sound which is possessed by water; the other, that fish, prompted by instinct, always endeavour to escape from danger by diving down into deeper water, but never rise to the surface for that object. The supply so procured is not sent to the market of Queen's Town for sale, the quantity sought and obtained being seldom inore than sufficient for the wants of the fisherman's family: and, it is by means of this wholesome fare, together with the whitest and firmest rice in the Chinese empire, that the inhabitants of this sea-grit isle succeed in presenting an appearance of rude and never-failing health, that visitors universally remark.” Regarding “the view" of Hongkong harbor we will say nothing, and but few words regarding the foregoing description. Good water and granite and in large supplies are procurable; and the modes of working the rock and of taking the scaley tribes are very well described. But the series of cascades, the productive- ness of every spot, the little capital with its mandarin and his myrmidons, the broad hard road to Tytam, &c., &c., are mere fancies ; and the description, taking it all in all, is more false than true, The winding dragon is Kau lung, th , Nine dragons; and as for the mandarin and his myrmidons none of any descrip- tion ever resided on the island. 124 MARCH, Chinese Divisible Type. ART. IV. Characters formed by the divisible type belonging to the Chinese mission of the Board of foreign missions of the Presbyterian Church in the United States of America. Ma- cao, Presbyterian press, 1844. On the last page of our last volume allusion was made to this type. We now proceed to give the promised details. Two pamphlets on this subject have been issued from the same press. The second bears the title which forms the heading of this article, and is com- prised in 110 quarto pages, presenting to us impressions of 22,841 characters, as the sum total of those which can be formed by the divj. sible type now ready for use in that office. The order in which these characters are presented is the same as that in Kanghi's dictionary: it commences with the first of the 214 radicals, and by the synthetic method, gives in regular succession the twenty-two thousand and odd characters, specified above. The sum total under each radical is given at the end of the list: thus under the first radical, yih, -, one, are 23 characters; under the ninth, jin, 1, man, are 658; under the sixty-first, sin, it, the heart, are 769; under the seventy-fifth, muh, #, wood, are 840; under the one hundred and ninety-fifth, , yii, fish, are 417; and so of all the others. It is supposed, by those who have got up this work, that, from unavoidable omissions and mistakes, several characters may have been left out of their list, 80 that the sum total may in fact be somewhat greater than that stated above, viz.: 22,841. It is not easy to give a perfectly fair and full account of this font. In saying, as we did in our last volume, that this type likely to be of great advantage, superior to anything yet devised for Chinese printing," it has been thought that too high commendation was given. It my be so, thrugh the experiment has not yet been carried far enough, we think, to enable any one to determine very definitely what will be the exact capabilities of the font. That our readers may judge of it for themselves, we have been at some pains to procure a speciinen, composed of characters taken up at random, which is given on the opposite page. So far as it regards the number of characters, and fucility of com- position, the experiment with metalic type may be considered com- pletely successful. seems 1846. Chinese Divisible Type: 1 三 ​蓋​間​古​者​有​言​勿​殺人​命​而​凡​殺人者​必遭​審判​惟​我​語​爾​凡​無 ​故​怒​兄​必遭​審判​而​凡​黑​兄​曰​小賊​必​解​到​議會​但凡​黑​兄​曰​狗 ​十​者​自​于​戾​地獄​之​火​矣​備​將​禮物​獻​于​壇​上​在​彼​忽​記​兄弟​怨 ​爾雷​禮物​祭壇​之前​先​往​求​兄​復​和​嗣後​獻禮​可​也​惟有​對頭 ​尚在​路​間​急求​相​和​恐​對頭​解​到​按察司​又​按察司​提到​可​獄​致 ​禁​爾​監牢​吾​固然​告​爾​待​填​末​盤​清楚​總​不出​彼​也 ​。0盡​間​古​者 ​有​言​勿​姦人​妻​惟​我​語​爾​凡​看​婦​嗜慾​之​則​心底​既​經​行​疏​也​倫 ​右眼​田​米爾​陷​罪​則​挖出​擲​去​之​寧​失​一​目​不可​渾身​墜​地獄​会 ​右手​累​爾​陷​罪​則​割斷​擲​去​之​寧​亡​一股​不可​全體​落​地獄​矣​。 間​有​言​人​出​其妻​可​交​休​帖​惟​我​語​爾​妻​無​弘​交​而出​之​則​致​之 ​二七 ​二六 ​11 二 ​ 126 MARCH Chinese Divisible Type: If our readers, who have it in their power, will please compare this specimen with Chinese books, carefully observing the formation of each character, they will be enabled to estimate the true merits of the new type. This specimen gives a few verses of our Saviour's sermon on the mount, commencing at the 22d verse of the 5th chap- ter of Matthew; and the comparison will be more fair and easy, per- haps, if the same portion of reading, furnished from Chinese blocks, be brought into view. Of these blocks there have been at least three sets prepared, all of different sizes, from each of which good impres- sions are still extant, and may be found in the hands of most of the Protestant missionaries, now in China. Those gentlemen who have been at the trouble of getting up this font, give us their views of the same in some “Introductory Re- marks," from which we quote the following. " The attention of oriental scholars has often been turned to the subject of printing Chinese with metallic type The greatest difficulty lies in the number of the characters, for those in comparatively frequent use are upwards of five thousand, and a work on botany, zoology, or medicine would require hundreds which a font of even that number could not supply. But the space occupied by ten or fifteen thousand characters, and the difficulty of using them would be so great, that many have thought it impracticable to print Chi- nese, except in the accustomed mode of cutting each page on wooden blocks. Ten years ago some Chinese scholars in Paris, conceived a plan of dividing the characters, by which any work in the lan- guage may be printed without requiring a very great or inconve- nient number of different type. The Board of Foreign Missions of the Presbyterian Church, at that time contemplating a'mission to China, determined to procure a set of the matrices, and by a fair experiment to test the practicability of the plan. After several years of labor, (a large part of which was performed by the Corres- ponding Secretary of the Board,) the plan has been matured to a considerable extent, and the press and matrices having this year arrived in China, the type have been cast, and the office is in readi- ness to execute work in Chinese or English. A very little ex- perience, however, has shown that the workmen in the printing office must have a correct printed list of all the characters, otherwise much time will be lots by beginners in looking for them. For this purpose, and also to gratify the numerous friends who feel interested in the experiment, this specimen book is prepared. Its object is to show, at a glance, every Chinese type in the office, and the case in which it is contained. 1845. 127 Chinese Divisible Type. * “The Chinese type are of two classes : Ist whole, which form the character by a single type. 2d divided, which forin it by the union of two. The second class is again sub-divided into two: 1st horizontally divided; 2d perpendicularly divided ; and each of these must be arranged in cases by themselves. “That part of this arrangeinent which we deem particularly worthy of notice, is the concentration of the characters that occur most frequently, in cases by themselves. Every Chinese scholar knows, that while such characters as 之​其​為 ​are found on every page, there are many others, such as me which are scarcely met with in the perusal of a volume. A list of characters arranged according to the frequency of their occurrence, which was prepared by the lamented Mr. Dyer, has been of essential ser- vice in this part of the work. By the aid of this list about two hun- dred and fifty characters have been selected and arranged (accord- ing to their radicals) in four cases. These comprise about one half of those used in printing common Chinese books. The horizontal characters being few, it was not thought ex- pedient to have more than one arrangement of thein. They are accordingly placed together in four cases to the left of the whole characters, and are arranged according to the number of strokes in each, beginning with the fewest. "The perpendicular characters are more numerous and in more frequent use. Those that occur most frequently, (marked thusº) have been selected and arranged in four cases, just opposite the cases containing the concentrated whole characters, while the remain- der are arranged in six cases on the left, as shown in the plan. All of these, as well as the horizontal characters, are arranged according to the number of strokes beginning with the fewest. By this ar- rangement, the compositor reaches four fifths of the characters he has occasion to use without moving more than steps, while for those that are farthest off, he is not required to walk more that twelve feet. “That this plan of printing is now brought to perfection is not pretended: none are more sensible of its defects than those per- sons who have spent so much labor to bring it to its present state. But improvements can and will be made, and considering the dif- ficulties already overcome, and the progress already made, we are disposed to thank God and take courage. Macao, August, 1844.” Allusion has often been made in the Repository to Mr. Dyer's type, a specimen of which we give on the next page. Chinese Divisible Type. MARCH, 配​利利利​耳​孝行​要​能行​日​耳​孝​汝​要道 ​為​親​利​行​親​要​汝​利利利勒​自​耳​利​道 ​利​要​利​孝​親​能​自利​行​能​道​孝道​利 ​行​利 ​行​纪​父​耳​要​自利​要​父​行​利波利​行 ​利​要​安利​行道​自​要​行​汝自​要​自利​父​利 ​利​行​親​行​能​父​汝​耳​利利​為​自​能​利​能​能 ​要​父​利利​道​行行​父​利​行​親​行​父​者​自行 ​利​道​父​道​利​要​利利​父​自利​道​利利​道​利 ​ 1845. 129 Chinese Divisible Type. By the kindness of the Rev. Alexander Stronach, of Singapore, in charge of the foundry, &c., formerly in the care of the lamented Mr. Dyer, we are able to inform our readers that accessions are con- tinually being made to this font. At the time of Mr. Dyer's death, the variety of characters, according to a list before us, amounted to 1845. Mr. Stronach informs us, in a letter of January 7th, that he has 370 new matrices ; and 1226 punches, from which matrices have not been made. These will give a total of three thousand and forty-one characters in variety. He has made some progress with the smaller font; but is, at present, occupied exclusively with the larger, being desirous of having it as complete as possible. Compared with the variety of types, 22741, formed by those in the divisible font, the number 3041 is not large, yet with occasional additions it will be quite sufficient for all ordinary purposes. Regard- ing the number of characters and the facility of composition, as before remarked, the experiment may be deemed perfectly successful. The two principal points now remaining to be attained, are elegance in the form of the character, and facility or economy in printing. In the divisible font, very many characters are far from being elegant, and they fail to please the Chinese eye. In this particular Mr. Dyer's type is nearly perfect, being at least fully equal to the great mass of what the Chinese regard as good printing. In manufacturing books, after the pages have been composed, there is of course no difference in the two fonts; but whether the metalic type and the European press will be able to compete with the old Chinese method, of printing from blocks, remains yet to be determined. It used to be supposed, by foreigners, that not more than 15000 or 20000 impressions could be taken from a set of blocks. But from recent experiments it appears that more than 40000 copies may be struck, giving very fair impressions. At this moment different portions of the New Testament are being printed by each of these two methods, and it will in this way be made to appear which of the two-that of Europeans with metalic type and press, or that of the Chinese from blocks-is the most economical. VOL. XIV. NO. 111. 17 The iniprint Homly. MLARINI, Arr. V. Tsung jin Fú, or Board charged with the control and government of the Imperial Family. Detailed notices of this Board have been given in previous volumes; and the names of its leading members, as they appeared in the Red Book at the close of the last year, will be found in our last number, at the head of the list of Chinese officers. In future, every year will bring foreigners into more and more near and intimate acquaintance with the Chinese government, and render all information concerning its principal functionaries more and more interesting. Every thing giving us knowledge of the various offices and their incumbents will be deemed valuable. We have now before us the volumes of the Tá tsing Hwui Tien, t , “ Collected Statutes of the Tá tsing" dynasty, from which we will select a variety of particu- lars relating to what is called- Tsung jin fú, A , Clansmen’s court. The whole body of the emperor's family or clan, are so called by way of distinction, and the phrase tsung jin, clansman or clansnen, is commonly and correctly translated “Imperial kindred"; fú is an office, court, or board of control. The members of this court are five, and are thus designated. 1. Tsung ling, clan director; 2. Tso tsung ching, tea E, left clan controller ; 3. Yú tsung ching, IE, right clan controller ; 4. Tso tsung jin, tel, left clansman; 5. Yú tsung jin, tal, right clansman. Such is the literal designation of the principal functionaries, who compose the court, charged with the government of his majesty's kindred. The word ling corresponds to chairman of a committee, president of a board, &c.; tso and yú are equivalents for first and second; ching is to put right, to correct, to control ; and the two may be considered as first and secondary controllers. The tso and yú tsung jin may be considered as first and second deputies, or assis- tant controllers, or counselors. These officers are all selected by the emperor, from among those who have the high titles of kings, dukes, &c. The duties of the members of this Board are summarily given in the following clause: 1845) 131 The Imperial Family. ling, chúng hoáng tsuk chi ching e Tik Ź EL To manage imperial kindred's government (and) orders : or, in other words, to oversee and regulate whatever appertains to the government of the emperor's kindred. These are divided into two grand branches, the near and the remote. The near are called, tsung shih, The remote are called, kioh lo, .. In the tsung shih, or imperial house, are comprised all the bran- ches of the direct descendents of Shunchí, the first monarch of the reiging family. In the kioh lo are comprised the descendents of that emperor's brothers and uncles. Kiohlo, or Ghioro, is a Manchu word and means the 'Golden race,' being the Manchu surname of reigning family. The names of all children, male and female, of the imperial house and golden race, must be reported to this court, and be shú yii tseh, # , written in the Registers, of which there are two; the one yellow, for members of the imperial house, the other red, for the offspring of the golden race. Once every ten years all these names must be copied from the Registers, and tang yü yuh tiek, E entered in the Precious Tablets. They are written in both the Manchu and the Chinese character. The names of the living are in vermilion, those of the dead are in black ink. In like inan- ner the names of children who have been adopted as heirs in due form, also all marriages, titles of nobility, &c., must be reported and recorded. In recording these names, &c., which must be done within a limited period, the year, month and day of the child's birth must be specified. So in like manner the dates of marriages, &c., must all be specified. When the period arrives for transferring the names from the ordinary registers to the precious tablets, or yuh tich, the principal officers of this court must make a formal report thereof to the em- peror; and when his permission has been obtained, these high officers must lead out their respective subordinates, direct them in the discharge of their respective duties, and see that they all ac- complish the work assigned to them. These subordinates are all literary men, some Manchus and some Chinese, and are selected from the Board of Rites, the Imperial Academy, &c. The “Precious Tablets, forming as they do, the permanent Genealogical Tables of 132 The Imperial Family. MARCH, the reigning family, receive every possible attention in their revision, and after it is coinpleted, and the finishing stroke has been given to them, they are then with great formality laid before his imperial majesty, who kung yueh oh ts°áng chi, 閱​,而 ​respectfully inspects and deposits them. Henceforth they become a permanent part of the national archives; and are probably as correct as those of any other nation or people. These are deposited in Peking, and copy of them is prepared, with like care, and laid up among the state papers in Shingking, the capital of Moukden: Regarding the manner in which the names are given, and written, we may refer the reader to the Chinese Repository, Volume XII, pp. 22,23, where the subject is fully and clearly explained. The two branches of the emperor's family are distinguished by their girdles. The tsung shih by a kin wáng tái, or yellow : The kioh lo by a hung tái, I , or red girdle. When members of either of these branches are degraded, that degradation is made to appear by a change of the girdle : The yellow is exchanged for the red; and The red is exchanged for a tsz tái, a pale-red. The fung tsioh, 1, or “titles of nobility, which are con- ferred by the emperor,' on the members of his family, are divided into twelve orders, viz: 1. Но shih tsin wang, 和​碩​親王 ​2. Το lo kiun wing, 多​羅 ​13 E 3. То lo pei leh, 多羅貝勒 ​Kí shún pei tsz', 固 ​ili 貝​子 ​5. Fung ngan chin kwoh 奉 ​恩 ​領​國 ​A 6. Fung ngan fú kwoh is kung, kung, 1845. 133 The Imperial Family. páh kung, 分​: fú 鎮​輔 ​公 ​nay Puh juh fan chin kwoh 7 鎮 ​A 8. Puh juh pák fan kwoh kung, To A A A 9. Chin kwoh tsiáng kiun, 鎮​國​將軍 ​10. Fú kwoh tsiáng kiun, 輔​國​將 ​軍 ​11. Fung kwoh tsiáng kiun, 泰國 ​將軍 ​12. Fung ngan tsiúng kiun, 將軍 ​Here, in names of these orders of nobility, we have a singular blending of Manchu and Chinese-with this embarrassing fact, that of the Manchu words the sounds only are given and that too in the Chinese character. Hence the meaning of these names, thus given, must remain sealed up from all those who are ignorant of the native language of the reigning family. Previously to their conquest of China, the Manchus had established eight orders of nobility, and from those we have the twelve given above, a part of which only we are able to explain. 1. The ho shih are sounds of Manchu words; tsin means kindred, and wúng means king: thus the whole is ho-shih, kindred king. 2. The to-lo are likewise Manchu sounds; kiun means a state or principality, and wáng as above. 3. This is wholly Manchu. 4. Also Manchu. 5. This is literally, receive favor guaril empire duke, i. e. a duke appointed by favor for the protection of the state. 6. This means, a duke appointed by favor for the protection of the empire. 7. Literally,—not enter eight divisions guard empire duke; i. e. a duke for the protection of the empire, who has not been admitted into the eighth orders. 8. Like the preceding. 9. General for protecting the empire. 10. General for protecting the empire 11. General serving the empire. 134 MARCH, The Imperiul Family. 12. General serving favor. The ladies and daughters of the various grades of the nobility are distinguished by honorary titles; and rules are laid down for the regulation of these titles, many of which are Manchu, and the sounds given only in Chinese characters. Those titles of nobility, which have now been enumerated, are conferred for various considerations, which are thus specified. ). Yú kung fung, j , conferred for merit; 2. Yu ngan fung, T , conferred by favor ; 3. Yú sih fung, tj #, conferred as hereditary;. 4. Yú k'úu fung, , conferred on examination. Services done to the state, in protecting or advancing its interests, form the ground of consideration for the first named titles. Nearness of affinity to the emperor gives occasion for the second. The third, though styled hereditary, are not conferred irrespective of personal character; there must be ability and skill in horsemanship, archery, &c., with knowledge of the Manchu language, before one can inherit the titles of his ancestors. Candidates for titles of the fourth are the younger brothers of those who receive the hereditary; but these have to depend entirely on their ability and skill, both for the conferment and for the retention of their titles. To all those, on whom titles of nobility are conferred, are given either a ts'eh, HH, or a káu, Bit pp as evidence of their titles. The first is usually a golden or silver tablet, the latter a scroll. Largesses are also conferred. These consist of money, grain, clothing, &c. T'he living are sometimes also honored with new names, and the dead with posthumous titles. These titular dignitaries, tái ting i pán, HE WHE,“ are all arranged into distinct orders,” according to which they must always proceed, when admitted to the presence or banquets of the emperor, or are appointed on service, such as keeping guard in the imperial city, inspecting and protecting the tombs of the emperors, sacrificing to the gods, &c. Provision is made for the education of all the junior members of the emperor's kindred, in horsemanship, archery, and their vernacu- lar tongue. During this period of training they are frequently in- spected by high officers appointed by the emperor. The punishments, inflicted on the imperial kindred, are lighter than those to which the Chinese are subjected. They may be fined, flogged, imprisoned, banished, &c. > 1845, 135 The China Mail. It is a Art. VI. Literary notices : The China Mail, Nos. 1–5; Chris- tian Almanac in Chinese, for 1845; and Callery's Dictionnaire Encyclopédique, Tome Premier. The periodical press, like the tract system, is a powerful engine, whether it be designed for good purposes or for evil. It may origi. nate and give extention to the worst of sentiments, distort and per- vert the truth, or heap calumny on the innocent and defenseless, Supported, as it usually is, by the public, its character will generally conform to the sentiments of that public. We say generally, be- cause instances may occur in which an individual, or a number of individuals, may sustain a periodical, and it may be so conducted as to receive support from large numbers of the community, be aided by them in its circulation, and yet be no fair index of the sentiments of the whole. Generally, too, but not always, the name of a paper is indicative of its character. Five numbers of “the China Mail” are now before us. weekly newspaper, “printed and published by Andrew Shortrede, Hongkong." The first number is dated “Thursday, February 20th, 1845;" and in it, notice is given by order, that “until further orders, THE CHINA MAIL is to be considered the official organ of all government notifications." We wish Mr. Shortrede all success in his new enterprise. He will, we hope, excuse us for drawing his attention to one particular, touching the character of his paper. Had it been called the Hongkong Colonial Government Mail, or something of this sort, then its readers would not have had reason to expect—as the name now warrants them in expecting—that its pages were to be occupied with what relates to China. But a name, like Falstaff's honor, ‘is a word, is air, a mere scutcheon,' and we will raise no quarrel on this ground. All we wish is that, in future, he will give us, along with what is colonial and what is connected with commercial affairs at the five ports, more regarding the celes- tial empire, supplying the public with (in matter, if not in man- ner,) a true China Mail. Under the words, “ From the Peking Ga- zette,” we have had, indeed, a variety of short notices,--some of them truly valuable, but others so loose and vague as to inake us doubt their authenticity. We will give an example. In the No. 4. for the 13th instant, we have under "thic Peking Gazette," the fol- lowing notice of Christianity. : 136 Marcu, Christian Almanac in Chinese, "Christianity. It is authentically stated that Kiying has inemo- rialized the emperor on the subject of the Christian religion and accompanied this paper with copies of Christian tracts and other books in the Chinese language. It appears that these have been minutely examined, and an answer has been received to the effect that the publication of these works proceeded from good motives, for they exhort the people to the practice of virtue; and the religion they contain, which has hitherto been interdicted, should be tole- rated and allowed.” Now it would be exceedingly gratifying, if the editor would tell us the No. and date of the Gazette, in which the above facts ap- pear "authentically stated.” On the face of the notice, we have a public announcement to all people (at least to all who read the Gazettes and the Mail) that the Christian religion is to be henceforth tolerated by the emperor of China. We shall recur to this topic in our Journal of Occurrences. In making his paper the organ of government, the editor of the China Mail has assumed a difficult task-difficult, if he intends to please, and support the interests of both the government and the peo- ple of the colony,--for we fear the interests of the two are not, as they ought to be, identical. Doubtless he has counted the cost; and we hope that, by serving the two, he may succeed in blending their interests, and have the satisfaction of seeing the rulers of Hongkong and its dependencies become, what the Chinese say all good magis- trates and governors ought to be," the fathers and mothers of the people.” 2. Christian Almanac in Chinese for A.D. 1845. Almanacs of this description were published for 1843 and 1844. This therefore is the third in the series; and of it 10,000 copies have been printed, and most of them have already been put into circulation among the Chinese, who have sought for it with great eagerness. It is a hand- some octavo, of about sixty five leaves, or 130 pages, with four maps, the first is a map of the Chinese empire; the second, a map of the globe, the third is a chart of the principal animals and productions of the world in their respective regions; and the fourth is a map of North America. On opening this volume of the Almanac, we have first a tabular view of the weeks in the current year, and the sabbaths, or the first days of each week are indicated according to the European and Chi- nese Calendars, specifying the days of the month on which they oc- cur. This is followed by a scriptural account of the institution of the 1845. 137 Cullery's Dictionnaire Enryclopédiquc. Sabbaih, and a discourse regarding its observance. This is succeed- ed by scriptural instructions for worshiping the true God. Next is a treatise on the soul, and two of the parables of our Savior. A brief scriptural account of the drunkard is next given, with a quotation fron a Chinese author on the same subject. Next we have some explanations of the map of the world, with the names of the principal kingdoms and states; also an enumeration of the animals and pro- ductions represented on the chart. To these succeed a short trea- tise on astronomy; a tabular account of the opium imported into China, and some adınonitions against indulging in its use. Next are brief statistics of the U. S. A., regarding their population, produc- tions, manufactures, commerce, revenue, military forces, &c. After these are two short papers, one regarding the nutmeg, and the other giving the eclipses fır 1845. The Calendar for the 25th year of the reign of his majesty, Táukwáng, corresponding to A. D. 1845 makes up the last half of the volume. 3. Callery's Dictionnaire Encyclopédique de la langue Chinoise, Tome Premier; Macao; Chez L'Auteur ; Paris, Chez Firmin Didot Fréres, Rue Jacob, No. 56, 1841, was noticed in our last number. The prospectus of this work our readers will find, in vol. XII. p. 300 and the sequel. We now lay before them Mr. Callery's “ Avertisse- ment," prefixed to this his first volume. “It is with a high degree of satisfaction, that I present, at length, to the public, the first volume of a work, which was long since announced, but being delayed in its publication, has been attended with a degree of impatience on the part of those who have felt an interest in Chinese Literature. “The nature and occasion of this delay having been already suf- ficiently explained in the Prospectus which I published at Paris in 1812, and having been required besides to furnish matter for the two volumes of Introduction which are to follow, I shall do no more, in this advertisement, than notice a few of the difficulties which have occurred to retard the publication of the work, and circum- stances which may possibly defer its completion for an indefinite period. "These explanations are due to the public, both as a shelter to responsibility, and a pledge, on my part, that it shall not be owing to a deficiency of effort, however humble, if the literary world should receive in the end, only a portion of the fair treasure, which I had promised to bestow in case of success. "In undertaking alone to prosecute it work, sufficiently extensive 13 VOL. XIV. NO. II, 13: MARCII, Callery's Dictionnaire Encyclopédique. to engage the attention of many sinologues for the same period, and in submitting patiently to the great variety of sacrifices which it has imposed, I had reason to expect encouragement from those whom their studies, their character, or their social relations would naturally have made my protectors. It was with this expectation that I left China immediately after the publication of my Systema Phoneticum Scripturae Sinicae, that I might go to Europe and make known ny project, the means in hand, and those which were want- ing for its accomplishment. “But what were my grief and chagrin, in beholding a frightful cloud of obstacles arise in the very quarter from which I had expected a powerful support. I will not pause here to mention the names of those individuals, who moved by jealousy or some baser motive, became all of a sudden the enemies of my enterprise; this would tend only to give them a celebrity, which perhaps they covet, but do not deserve. I will barely remark, that this array of adver- saries, though evidently one in their views and feelings, may very properly be arranged under two distinct classes. To discourage me has been the object with some, and to effect it, they have represent- ed the work as infinitely too great for the limited abilities of an individual, as about to present only a shapeless mass of useless words, as only a copia verborum, and as greatly inferior to other works of a similar character, which, they asserted, would in a short tine make their appearance. Others more skillful in their manoeu- vres, have repaired to the source itself whence it was perceived the means of accomplishing the task proposed must emanate, and have thus thought to dissuade me from my purpose, by insinuations of my own incompetence to effect it. "Having been left for a long time to encounter single-handed these combined efforts of my adversaries, I should certainly have been worsted in the conflict, had it not been for the timely succor which I received from a few powerful and distinguished friends. Their interposition has not indeed been attended with all the success I could have desired, for it is in all cases easier to prostrate than to erect, to wound than to heal; but they succeeded at length in effect- ing my return to China with an official title, and the credit neces- sary for the indispensable outlays attending the commencement of my publication. Among those to whom I am under especial obligations, I may mention with a degree of pride and gratitude, MM. Guizot, Ville- main, D’Argout, Al. de Humboldt, Od. and Ad. Barrot, Lamartine, B. Delessert, Max. de Lambert, and A. Firmin Didot. 1845. 139 Callery's Dictionnaire Encyclopédique. . It was under the auspices of these illustrious names, and with the hope of a most efficient patronage, that I ventured to purchase and bring to China a complete foundry of movable Chinese type prepar- ed in Paris by M. Marcellin Legrand, all the apparatus of a printing establishment, a library suitable for the vast researches upon which I was about to enter, in a word, all that was required for the prepa- ration and printing of the first volume of this work. “Such is the present condition of the work; from the sample pre- sented, the public may form their own opinions of its intrinsic merits, and of my own competence to warrant the possibility of its execu- tion; but at the same time, as the resources upon which I have been wont to rely are now spent, and the means requisite for the prosecu- tion of the work exhausted, unless I am freed from the embarass- ment in which my sacrifices have placed me, by timely and effectual relief, I shall shortly find it necessary to relinquish so expensive an undertaking " In nearly all the branches of human knowledge, which in the pre- sent age furnish food for the press in such abundance, the authors may hope from the proceeds of their works, to be able, at least, to defray the expense of their publication, even if they cannot expect to realize anything by way of profit. But in the present instance nothing of this kind can be anticipated, because, in the first place, the Chinese language having but few attractions, as an object of study, the number of those who engage in it is small, and in the second place, because people in general are not forward in subscrib- ing to works whose publication must occupy a space of twelve or fifteen years, to say nothing of the vicissitudes to which even the most sanguine would be liable during the lapse of so long a period. It inay be proper here to explain the reason why the printing of the first volume was extended to 150 copies, while that of the second has been limited at 50, though, in all probability, the last mentioned will exceed the actual demand. Whoever will call to mind the plan of the Dictionnaire Encyclo- pedique of the Chinese language, such as I proposed in 1812, and the long specimen accompanying it, will perceive that in the final arrangement of the work there are several important modifications. Upon these I may add a few remarks. "]. In accordance with the judicious advice of M. Villemain, I have in some cases abridged, and in others, suppressed entirely, the details relating to the inanners, arts, and history of China, which belong more properly to works especially deroted to these subjects, than to those which are professedly philological. 110 MARCH, Callery's Dictionnaire Encyclopédique. “2. I have not deemed it expedient to exhibit the pronunciation of each character in the Canton and Fukien dialects, seeing it varies considerably, according to the locality, and no standard work has yet appeared, which might serve as a basis for such an auxiliary. “3. Having reason, as I think, to believe that it would be useless to encumber this work with the ancient and abbreviated characters, which are indeed rarely studied by Chinese scholars, and may be- sides be found in the dictionaries' published for this purpose, I have therefore confined inyself to the modern classic character. • 4. In all cases, wherein a phrase has appeared to present some difficulty, I have selected from the most approved authors a variety of examples calculated to illustrate the meaning, and show the cor- rectness of my own renderings. In the choice of these references, I have endeavored to exhibit as great a variety of style as possible, both for the purpose of showing the differences in phraseology, which appear to have occurred in the written language of China during the long period of its existence, and also to disabuse those of their error, who, from the trivial phrases with which some sinologues have crowded their voluminous productions, have been led to regard a knowledge of the Chinese written language as a thing very easily to be acquired. For is it not as really injurious to the interests of a science, to conceal, as to exaggerate the difficulties it presents ? “5. It was announced in the beginning, that this work would be comprised in a compass of 20 volumes, of large size, 600 pages each; and such indeed would have been the arrangement, had I made use, as in the Prospectus, of Chinese stereotype plate, which being introduced with the French, would considerably drive the print, and would require also a great number of figures of reference. But by the acquisition of a set of movable Chinese type, each page is made to comprise nearly double the amount of matter, and the number of volumes is reduced to one half as many as were origi- nally contemplated. By this process, moreover, the typographic execution is sufficiently expeditious to ensure the completion of the work in eight or ten years, and furnished to the public at a price varying but little from that at which it was originally fixed. “6. Unforeseen circumstances of time and place have prevented ine from availing myself of the hints of foreign sinologues, with whose concurrence I had hoped to be favored, at the time of publish- ing my prospectus, though further experience has shown that the singleness of responsibility to which I have been reduced has con- tributed rather to my advantage than detriment ; since the work is 1845. Callery's Dictionnairc Encyclopédique. 141 thus made to present a much more decided aspect of uniformity, and is exempt from the uncertainty which necessarily attends a con- trariety of opinions in the persons consulted, without obtaining, for the most part, a corresponding advantage to the science itself. For similar reasons also, I have had with me only a few Chinese teachers of unquestioned abilities; for when more are employed, it becomes impossible to reconcile their differences of opinion, either, because some are more advanced in science than others, or because they prefer their peculiar notions to a real love of truth. I have made it a point, meanwhile, to consult several of the Hanlin, or members of the Imperial Academy of Peking, with whom I hold certain friendly relations, and among others may mention the celebrated Huañ-gan-tuñ, already by his great literary and diplomatic talents, raised to distinguished eminence, and promising, when age shall have been added to his yet youthful experience, to rise to the high- est dignities of the empire. “7. In conclusion, I would desire the public to observe an impor- tant addition made to my work, imparting to it a degree of authen- ticity with which no other of the kind has yet been imvested. It consists, in having cited under each of the phrases quoted in this dictionary, by means of a couple of letters used as a mark of refer- ence, the title of the work from which it is derived, in such a man- ner, that the Chinese student, by repairing to the original, may judge for himself of the correctness of my assertions, and determine with accuracy the epoch, when any forın of expression first began to be used. It has cost me much labor, to make out in due form the Jong list of authors to which the marks of reference in the aforesaid citations refer. God forbid that I should speak of the peculiar ad- vantage it affords, or gratuitously furnish weapons to those jealous individuals, whose sole profession appears to be, to criticise severely all that lies beyond the compass of their own abilities. For the rest, I say plainly, without reserve or pride, that I have no desire to avoid criticism, and while I shall always be ready, ingenuously to acknowl- edge the errors which may be pointed out in a spirit of candor and courtesy, I shall aim at the same time strenuously to defend all appears founded in truth. "Macao, 25th June, 1844. J. M. C." that The mechanical execution of the volume is very fair; and to show as fully as we can its method and matter we quote two or three pages, commencing, on page 113 with- 142 Callery's Dictionnaire Encyclopédique. MARCH, Order 10.7 Though this is a radical character, yet I have entirely discarded it from my Systema Phoneticum, because its compounds are all obsolete. But, as it may clearly be reckoned to hold a very natural place among the Phonetic Orders, characterized by Léao its proper sound, and seeing it is itself in frequent use, though its compounds are not, I deem it proper to restore it to the place which it is wont to hold in the general system of Chinese writing. Notwithstanding the simplicity of its form, it does not appear that this character has any affinity with the other phonetics: but the engravers frequently confound it with y, another radical character of three strokes, which will find its proper place elsewhere. Order ✓ RJ *T IT 3 O 87. Characters most in use y. °Léao Resolved, determined, not doubting. A man of talents. The knowledge of something; to understand. Well-being, tranquility, satisfaction. It is finished : a form of expression often used in French, denoting that there is a termination, that all is spent or ended. This last sense, though rarely found in the higher order of composition, is yet of very common use in the language. Vain and perishable: epithets which the Budhists apply to human existence. ti Absolutely exhausted. Lb A 7 To comprehend. J. C. # Ï To distinguish clearly. JV. J A mind at rest s f. ſ Just finished; but just completed. Hv. 7 Finished reading. Mt. It is done; it is finished. 變 ​Changed, 何​日​桑田​變​了 ​At what epoch were they (the inundated lands) changed into plantations of mulberries and into fertile fields. Z j. IT In peace; having attained repose. j b. e ✓ Partly finished. k k. To have forgotten. g U. B To have surpassed others; to hold a prominent place. g2 V Z. 18.15. 143 Callery's Dictionnaire Encyclopédique. V t. J A complete sentence; a finished phrase.ut. i Finished discourse; to have made an end of speaking. This answers to the Latin diri or dixit. T To have cut with scissors. 5 U. Mu Partly finished. M X. 7 An intelligent mind; to have applied the mind. 'u N. ✓ To understand at once; in a twinkling. j A. TC Great talents, genius. 'h s. Debts paid. 17. ✓ Not having effected. What is not yet understood. 1j. IT Without end; inexhaustible. The incomprehensible. Y L. 2 T Very intelligent; possessing spirit. n t. i ſ . Business finished. L b. T To be able to leave off; to be able to refrain fron. Q D. I Difficult to be accomplished. n t. ✓ To be able to comprehend. g Y. e ĭ To have already comprehended. L b. T T Intelligent; having a high degree of penetration. 時​了​了​者​大​亦​未必​奇​也 ​It is not said because he was very intelligent in infancy, that on arriving at ma- ture age he will be a remarkable personage. L.b. PE T To have finished a repast. y S. TE y See Ti T. Jg. # Ý First completed. g x. W 7 To effect easily: to bring to pass without difficulty. FT 大器​非​可​消​了​而​相​觀​每​事​欲​了​Touching the important matters of the empire, they are not easily brought to pass, although many being occupied with each, they desire to see them speedily accomplished. L b. lü 7 In peril and drawing near to its end. i M. T To comprehend. TY. ✓ To comprehend the whole. I v. a ✓ Actually finished. J g. toŤ a To perceive at a glance; to know at once. M Y. Callery's Dictionnairc Encyclopédiquc. MARCII, 19 'The work is done, behold the result, here is an end of the matter, there is enough of it. Br. 1 Hardly finished : what is barely accomplished. og. A T To bring an affair to its close. Actually to finish. To perceive of himself. L b. T Niao-liao : thus those are called in the language of the Lieu- kieu islands who constitute the police of the villages. u N. IN T All finished, all spent. L b. * T To effect all alone; to be alone in understanding. j A. 1 T To distinguish clearly, to know how to discriminate with accuracy. u N. O u. n n. z B. y Just finished ; recently concluded. * ✓ Finished throughout ; all completed. u N. HA 7 To see clearly. TY. Easy to accomplish. Easy to understand. . *** ✓ Household matters finished. TV Public affairs concluded. L b. ✓ Who can bring it to an end ? e A. # T To have attained the great object of human life. ✓ Terminated at the third watch of the night. TY. 奈吉​1 1 Name of a bird resembling the paroquet, which possess- es the faculty of imitating the human voice.of. # 1 The labors of the spring finished. Reference is had here to the labors of the husbandman. ha. The spring also ended. b z. * fie | Not yet able to understand. Tx. FH 1 Soon finished. sf. HEW 1 Separated from the affairs of the world ; a mundanis g | To have nothing to do ; to be entirely unoccupied. c I. # T 1 To dispute perpetually; interminable quarrels. gs. ti ti 1. What cannot be seen ; that which cannot be fully per- h P. JE T Without means of accomplishing. Litt. in Latin, carens unde finiat. yo. curis liber. U. ceived. 1845. 145 Remarks on the I Vords God, Spirit, and Angel. X C. CM. V t. K 1 To finish in its time; to finish when the time for it has arrived. i p. BE BTT Beyond the compass of things feasible ; what exceeds your abilities. j A. JT E T Will he ever finish? JPJ ne T When will it appear? 9j. NA The foxes and rabbits have entirely disappeared. g v. T This thought has passed; I think no more of it. 4 * Not to have finished drinking ; to drink without end. FT To fear to pause here. p L. VU T To perceive at a glance of the eye. L b. 19 W Ý To perceive at once on entering the house. 1X. Because in his view all was a mere vanity. M. T. We will not complain of Mr. Callery for publishing his book in his own, the French tongue, though we for ourselves should have liked it better in the English or Latin language. In making the foregoing translation from the French we hope we have not failed faithfully to represent his meaning. The type used in the body of his book is like that given on page 125 of this number, both fonts we believe having been cast from matrices made by the same set of punches. The work is worthy of patronage, and when completed will be a very valuable accession to the means now available to the student of the Chinese language. The number of subscribers in December was fifty-two. Art. VII. Queries and remarks on the translation into Chinese. of the words God, Spirit, and Angel. REFERRING to the proposed translation into Chinese of the words God and Spirit, given in our last number from a Correspondent, an Inquirer desires us to put to him the following questions. "1. Has he ever consulted the passages in the Shú King, 2, and in Mang tsz’, F, where Shángti, Et occurs; and can he quote a single passage in which it conveys the name of an imaginary being ? "2. Has he ever read in the Tutsing Heüi Tien, * , VOL. XIV. NO. FT. 19 146 MARCH, Remarks on the Words God, Spirit and Angel. 16 will where the same phrase is expressly used to denote the Supreme Being; and can he adduce from that work a single passage to establish his opinion? "3. Has he ever read in Chinese history that, during the Hán dy- nasty, some priests of Táu were prosecuted for profaning this name by applying it to their idols? “4. Can he quote a single passage in which Shin, Tin, has the meaning, and is suited to the purpose, for which he contends? “A mere reference,” continues our second Correspondent, settle the question regarding ling, etc. Ask whether Sháng ti, LE ; Hoàng thángti, a b = ; Thien ti chí tái chú, HD 2kt; Tien chú tái chú, 2k+; Win 10 chi chat tsai,萬物​之​主宰​;Win auth chai yuen chi, 萬物​之 ​TLE; Sáng chú, Et; Túi chú kt; &c., convey not soinething to the Chinese mind ?'' Here end the brief, but pertinent interrogations of our Inquirer. He must know, however, that it is much more easy to make such, than to answer them. The answers are what the translator now re- quires; or rather, he needs the results of the most careful investiga- tions. The Chinese language is exceedingly copious; and in a work of such transcendent inportance, as that of translating or revi- sing the oracles of God, no labor, no expenditure of time and means should be wanting for its most perfect execution. There are many words, such as God, spirit, soul, conscience, faith, repentance, &c., &c., which require particular attention. We will here instance a single word and give something of that sort of investigation which we consider desirable, in order to secure a proper translation. We will take the word ayyémos, commonly translated angel. In the New Testament this word occurs, in its various forms and connections, 186 times; and in our authorized English version, it is translated one hundred and seventy-nine times by the word angel or angels, and seven times by the word messenger or messengers. The latter passages are Matt. 11:10; Mark 1:2; and Luke 7:27, Luke 7:24; 9:52; 2 Cor. 12:7; and James 2:25. In all these cases it is applied to human beings; and is translated sometimes by the word chúi, Ž: sometimes by sz', tit; and sometimes by the two coupled. We turn now to the other and larger division, where the word is rendered angel or angels. It will be seen by inspection of the ex- amples, given on the opposite page, that different Greek phrases are rendered by the same Chinese words, and the same Greek by differ- ent Chinese. We have run over the whole list of texts, 179, and if we have not mistaken their meaning, they will all come under one or other of the sixteen examples. 1845. 147 Remarks on the Words God, Spirit and Angel. Varieties in the translation of the word angel in the Chinese version of the New Testament. IN CHINESE. IN ENGLISU. TEXTS. IN GREEK, 1 Μatt. 4:11. 2 Μatt. 24 : 36. 3 Mark 12:25. 4 Μatt. 25:31. άγγελοι, οι άγγελοι Γων ουρανών, αγγελοι οι εν τοις ουρανους, αγιοι άγγελοι, αγγελον Γού θεου, αγγελον θεου, αγγελοι του Θεού εν ουρανώ ειςι, αγγελος Κυρίου, 5 Acts 10:3. 6 Gal. . 4:14. 7 Μatt. 22:30. 8 Acts 天天​天天​天上​神​上天​聖​聖​能​天​鬼差​使 ​ε 使​天使 ​便​使​使​使​使​帝​使​主使​使​天神​神​神​使役 ​使 ​7:30. Angels, , The angels of heaven, The angels which are in heaven, The holy angels, , An angel of God, An angel of God, Angels of God in heaven, An angel of the Lord, The angel of the Lord, The holy angels, The holy angels, Mighty angels, An angel, Angel nor spirit, , The angels, , His (the devil's) angels. 9 Matt. 1:20. 10 Mark 3:38. 11 Luke 9:26. 12 Thess. 1:7. 13 2 Cor. 11:14. Γών άγγεαών των αγίων, Γων αγιων αγγελων, αγγελων δυναμεως, αγγελον, αγγελον μήτε πνεύμα, αγγελος, Γοις άγγελοις, 14 Acts 23:8. 15 Acts 27:23. 16 Μatt. 25:41. 148 MARCH, Journal of Occurrences. The reader will see that Nos. 1-5, each differing from the other in the original, are all translated by t'ien sz', * fe, heavenly mes- sengers; a phrase used by Morrison, Milne, and most if not all of those who have come after them. In Nos. 6, 8, and 10, sz", 18, is used alone. In No. 7, shin sz’, E, divine or spiritual mes- sengers occur; in No. 13, t'ien shin, T9, heavenly messengers, -a phrase used by the Roman Catholics; and in No. 14, we have kwei, g, a demon, or evil spirit. In No. 15, chái and sz, ti, are synonymous, and are the same that occur in Mark 1, 2. In No. 16 the two words sz" yuh, the free are synonymous, or nearly so. Lest we weary the general reader, we will not extend our remarks any further on this head, and will only add a few of the many Chi- nese phrases in which sz', 18, is found. 1. 7"ien sz’, FW, heavenly messengers ; kiáng sz, jI 19, river messengers ; sing sz', star messengers; wảng "sz, E, royal messen- gers; kwoh sz', , national messengers; hwáng sz', e 1, august messengers; shin sz’, tība i literary, divine messengers, and is applied by the Chinese to the tortoise! For full explanations of these, and a hundred others, we must refer the Chinese scholar to the Pei wán Yun fú of Kánghí. From the investigations, of which the preceding notices are but a brief, we are led to this conclusion, that sz’, , is the best translation of Gyyédos. ART. VIII. Journal of Occurrences: Christianity in China; Protestant missionaries; new teacher for the Mor. Ed. Soc.; assault and battery in Canton ; evacuation of Kúláng sú, riot there; Hongkong ; Macao, new port regulations. The Christian missionary enterprise is not one of doubtful issue. The uttermost parts of the earth have been given to God's dear son, with all power in heaven and earth, and He will have the people of all lands come to the knowledge of his truth, that so they may be saved. The promises of God assure his people that in the latter days the kingdom of Christ shall be universal. The wider the leaven of Christian piety extends, the more rapid will be iis progress. Its incipient advances may be scarcely perceptible in a great mass; yet the whole will be leavened. No principle is more active; than godliness. Not one rightly directed effort, for Christ and his church, will ever fail. The command is universal: go and preach the gospel to every 1845. 149 Journal of Occurrences. creature,-make disciples of all nations. The promises of success. are as full and sure as possible. Let there but be prompt and impli- cit obedience, and success will be certain and complete. God's providence too, like his work, affords us strong grounds of encou- ragement. As soon as the churches turned their attention to this country, a way was found for the gospel. Protestant missionaries, it was supposed, could not secure a residence here. The experi- ment showed that such supposition was false. Morrison had it in his heart to come; and he came, labored long and successfully, and died in the field, opposition notwithstanding. Others joined him; and sụcceeded to his labors. And in proportion as the number of missionaries has increased, the field has opened. And so, we be- lieve, it will be in future. “Ask and ye shall receive, seek and ye shall find," are divine promises, and God's government makes their fulfilment sure. As the good seed is sown and watered, so will be the harvest. Thus it has ever been. In the church militant-the kingdom of Christ on earth—every aggressive movement against the powers of darkness will increase the trophies and augment the glo- ries of our Great Redeemer. He will provide for his own; and as the captain of their salvation, will lead them triumphantly through every scene of trial, giving them abundant success. Why should it not be so? Whose are the cattle on a thousand hills? Whose is the sea ? Whose the earth? Whose are the kingdoms of the world and all their vast and varied revenues, armies, navies, and treasures! And were these not enough, legions of angels could be put in requisition. All things shall work together for good to those who love God; and angels are his ministers, attending continually. on those who are to be the heirs of salvatiou. Only a little while ago there was but one protestant missionary in China, and he had access to but one small spot. To that he was confined, and there narrowly watched lest he should disturb the peace of the empire, by publishing abroad the peaceful religion of Jesus. In the course of a few years, what do we witness ? When the numbers of missiona- ries had considerably increased, and they had prepared themselves for active service, the exclusive power of the monarch must be bro- ken, and new fields opened for their labors. The gread Head of church, in his inscrutable providence allowed the powers that be to come into angry collision. An armed expedition, comprising large military and naval forces, was collected on the coast of this empire: city after city was opened before them; and the storm of war was not hushed, until wide doors were opened for the the gospel. Three treaties have been formed, all of which will act more or less favorably on the inissionary enterprise, by securing some degree of religious toleration. Previously to these treaties missionaries were liable to suffer death for endeavoring to propagate Christianity. But by the provisions of the French treaty, whatever Frenchman may be seized in the interior, must be delivered over to the nearest consul and is to be tried, in case of offence, by French laws. So with others. The policy of the Chinese government towards foreigners 150 March, Journal of Occurrences. has become, not only more tolerant, but more conciliating. That lofty bearing, once so characteristic of this government, allowing itself to claim universal supremacy, has been changed; and there is now a willingness (forced indeed) to yield equality, and treat others as it would be treated. The tide has fairly set in favor of reform, and it will be found irresistible. The foreign relations of China are now so changed, that this government, in order to preserve peace at home or abroad, must consult with other nations and conform, in a greater or less degree, to their usages. 'To retract, and go back to its former isolated state, is now impossible; and not many years can elapse, ere western governments will have their ministers plenipotentiary in Pe- king, and, at their own capitals, representatives from the court of China. In a few years, the whole length and breadth of the country will be traversed by foreigners as freely and securely as the continent of Europe. So we expect. Books and teachers, for the acquisition of this language, once contraband and forbidden, are now secured to us by solemn treaties. No one now need shrink from the task of acquiring this language,-a task which he may accomplish without encountering any very great difficulty. We hope we shall not much longer hear this called “the most difficult of all languages,” or its acquisition pronounced an impracticable thing. If men have a mind for it, they may acquire it, and preach in it clearly, fluently, and forcibly the plain and solemn truths of the Bible. Encouragement we also find in the growing desire among both the governors and governed to become acquainted with whatever belongs to Christendom. This is bringing them nearer and binding them more closely to those nations from which the blessings of Christianity are to be derived. New arts, new sciences, a new literature, and a new religion will soon spread over the Chinese empire. The opening of the new ports has served, and will continue to serve favorably for the increase of knowledge and the extension of true religion. Our greatest encouragement, however, is derived from the direct efforts now making to give the gospel to the Chinese. Let these be continued and increased, and erelong the inhabitants of this empire will become a Christian people, and the Church of Christ in China number its millions and tens of millions. Regarding the toleration of Christianity, noticed on page 136, we are still without authentic information farther than this, that nothing has appeared in the Gazettes on the subject. On the 10th instant, the Rev. Hugh B. Brown, missionary of the Am. Presb. Board, and Mr. Samuel W. Bonney teacher in the school of the Mor. Education Society, arrived at Hongkong, in the American ship Huntress from New York. Rev. T. M'Clatchie's name should have been included with the missionaries who sailed on the 20th ult. for the north. On the 18th, at Canton, on the northern side of the city, a rude attack was made upon the hon. Mr. Montgomery Martin, Mr. Jackson, H. B. M. vice-consul, and the Rev. Mr. Stanton. Proper redress will be sought, and no doubt readily given. Kúlány sú was evacuated by the British forces on the 23d inst; and there are rumors of some recent disturbances there among the people. The following Regulations are copied from the “China Mail.” 1845. 151 Journal of Occurrences. Regulamento de alfundega de Mucao. Regulations of custon house, at Macuo. ART. 1.-Os capitaens de navios, e Art. 1.-All ships and inerchant mais einbarcaçoens mercantes, nacio. vessels, whether Portuguese or of other nnes, ou estrangeiros que demandarem nations, that enter Macao Roads or the a Rada de Macao ou Taipa, să o obriga- Typa, are required to receive the cus- dos a receber o registo de Alfandega, e tom house register as well as the sur- bem assim a vizita do guarda-mor, ou veyor, or whoever may be sent in his de quem suas vezes fizer. place. §. Os navios que ancorarem dentro Ships with cargo that anchor inside da Barra coin carga, receberað tambem the Bar are required to receive the alem da vizita, os guardas que o mes- custom house officers despatched by mo guarda-mor collocar para vigia do the surveyor to see that the vessel is navio registered ART. 2.—Quando os navios tenhảo Art. 2.- When ships are to dis- a descarregar mercadorias para alfan- charge merchandise at the custom dega, os capitaes são obrigados a decla- house, captains are required to declare rar no registo, se effectuara a descarga in the register if they are to discharge dentro do porto, ou na Taipa. inside the Bar or in the Typa. Art. 3.- Os navios que entrarem no Art. 3.-All ships entering the Ty- ancoradouro da Taipa poderão descar- pa anchorage can discharge for Macao, regar para Macao, ou para outros navi- or tranship the cargo, or they may os alli estacionados, ou ficarem com as keep it on board : but auctions of any mercadorias abordo, não sendo permit- kind will not be permitted on board. tido a nenhum fazer leiloens de mer- cadoria alguma alli. Art. 4.-He exceptuado da regra a Art. 4.–Opium is excepted froin the cima o artigo Opio. operation of the above rule. Art. 5.- Os navios que fundearem ART. 5.-All ships that anchor in na Taipa, findos 14 dias, são obrigados the Typa, are obliged, after fourteen a pagar a ancoragem de 5 mazes por days, to pay anchorage at the rate of toneladas, e esta ancoragem vallera pa- five mace per ton. This payment will ra o navio por hum anno, quer entrem, clear ships for one year, and they will ou saišo dentro do anno, huma, ou mais be allowed to go and return during vezes, săo sujeitos a ancoragem, so as that period. Vessels under one hun- embarcaçoens de 100 toneladas para dred tons are exempted from ancho- cima. Art. 6.—Quando tenhăo de descar Art. 6.-When a ship is to dis- regar em Macao, os capitaens dos na- charge cargo in Macao, captains are vios dentro de 48 horas depois de anco- required within forty-eight hours after rados, são obrigados appresentar o arrival, to deliver their manifests in manifesto n' alfandega, em Portuguez, Portuguese to the custom house; along com a divida descripção dos artigos, with a description of goods, and a speci- volumes, marcas, numeros, e noines fication of the bales, marks, numbers, dos consignatarios. and names of consignees. ART. 7.-Os capitaens dos navios Art. 7.—Captains of ships lying at fundeados na Taipa, ou no rio, são anchor in the Typa or in the river are essencialmente responsavies abordo pe- held responsible for the proper execu- la inteira execuçăo das ordens que lhes tion of orders from the custom house. forem communicadas da parte d'alfan- dega. ART. 8.—He absolutamente prohi Art. 8.-Packages of whatever size bido o dezembarque fora do caes de al- containing goods or merchandise sub- fandega, de qualquer volume por pi-ject to duties, are to be landed only at queno que seja, com fazendas, gene- the custom house, and if landed at any ros, ou effeitos sujeitos aos direitos, os, other place, will be liable to be seized quaes sendo dezembarcados em qual and confiscated. quer outro ponto, serăo por esse facto tomados por perdidos. Baggage and articles strictly in per- ş. Os artigos de bagagem puramente sonal use will be free of duties, but de uzo serað livres de direitos, nas su-l are nevertheless to be subject to exa- rage dues. 152 Journal of Occurrences. çăo. jectos ao exame das vigias, e encon- mination by the custom house officer, trando-se artigos que devem pagar os who, if he shall discover any thing not direitos serað condusidos a alfandega duty free, will convey the same to the para alli serem despchados. custom house to be there cleared. Art. 9.–O capitão do navio que se Art. 9.- The captain of any ship achar a descarga dentro da Barra fará discharging inside the Bar, must send, sempre acompanhar por huma pessoa in each boat landing cargo, one of the da sua equipagem cada huma das em- ship's crew direct to the custom house barcaçoens que de bordo despachar wharf with a boat-note, which boat- com carga para terra, devendo a mes-note is to verify the manifest. ma embarcação vir directamente ao caes d'alfandega, com a relaçao da carga que traz. Esta relaçað servirá para a competente verificaçao a descar- ga do manifesto. Outside the Bar the goods must be ş Fora da Barra as fazendas serão accompanied with a boat-note signed accompanhadas da relação assignada by the surveyor. de bordo, ou pelo patrăo de embarca Art. 10.--All captains of merchant ships are to give notice to the custom- Art. 10—Todo o capitão de navio house as soon as the cargo is discharg- mercante dará parte a alfandega, logo ed, in order that the surveyor may que tiver concluido a descarga, a fim visit and inspect the ship, and grant a de ser vezistado pelo guarda-mor, e certificate of clearance; and if he nessa occasião sera franqueado ao ditto should then discover anything not de- empregado a accesso a todas as partes clared in the manifest, the same shall do navio sem excepção alguma, e no be liable to seizure. occazião da visite, sendo encontrados Art. 11.—No captain of a merchant effeitos, que não forem declarado no ship shall obtain a certificate of clea- manifesto, ou no acto da vizita ao rance from the custom house without guarda-mor, serão tomados. producing a general manifest of his Art. 11.–Nenhum capitão de navio ship's cargo. mercante obterá a certidão do dezern Art. 12.-Ships importing rice are baraço d'alfandega sem apprezentar o exempt, as heretofore, from anchorage maniſesto geral da carga que leva. and custom house duties, but will be Art. 12.–Os navios que importa- subjected to all other regulations of rem somente carga de arroz são exem- the port. ptos come athe agora de ancoragem, Art. 13.---Ships anchoring in Macao e direito d'alfandega, sưjeitos com tudo Roads will be allowed to remain six ao regulamento quanto a tudo o mais. days, and upon the reasons for so doing Art. 13.-Os navios que requere- being specified, the custom house au- rem Franquia, ser lhe ha concedido por thorities may grant additional days, du- 6 dias, e havendo fundados motivos, a ring which the ship will not be suffered alfandega podera ainda conceder mais to discharge any merchandise except dias, durante os quaes nao podera what is permitted by the custom house. descarregar mercadoria alguma, salvo Art. 14 --A contravention of any aquella ja concedidas pela alfandega. of the articles of these regulations on Art. 14.-Acontravenção de quals which a penalty is not here imposed, quer dos artigos deste regulamentos em will incur a fine to the Portuguese go- os quaes não seja imposta apenalidade verment of from ten to two hundred 10 à 200 taeis a favor da fazendanaci- silver taels which shall be paid by the onal, que será satisfeita pelo capitão captain, the ship and freights being contraventor, respondendo por este, held liable for the amount. o navio, e fretes. Art. 15.--A printed copy of these ART. 15.-Huma copia impressa des- regulations will be delivered to every te regulamento será entergue aos capi-' captain, at the time of registering, that taens, na occazião do registo, para não he may not plead ignorance of their allegarem ignorancia. import. 0 Director. The Director, DEMETRIO DE ARAUJO E Silva. DEMETRIO DE ARAUJO E SILVA. Macao, 1 de Março, de 1845. Macao, lst March, 1845. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIV.-April, 1815.— No. . ART. 1. Embassies to the court of Peking, indicating the way they come, the period of time, and the number of persons com- posing them. Translated by a Chinese from the Ta Tsing Hwui tien. Guests' Court; litterally, office of clear officers who regulate the affairs of guests at the imperial court. Cháu kº eh tsing là sz', # P. In this office, there are to be three lángchung, BP €, one of them is to be a Manchu, one a Mongolian, and one a Chinese ; two Itemandi ling, 員外郎​, one an imperial relation, and one a Manchu; and also two chú sz, , one a Manchu and the other a Chinese. Its duty is to manage the tributary affairs of all countries, and the conferring of titles and gifts on them; also to regulate the annual tribute of imperial teas from Hoshán hien of Lungán chau in Ngánhwui province. And whenever the imperial memoirs or the precious register of imperial relations are finished, the officers of this court have to manage the business of conferring gifts on those officers who have labored on these memoirs and registers. The countries in the four quarters of the world, which send embas- sies to the emperor of China and pay tribute are Corea, Liúcliú, Laos, Cochinchina, Siam, Súlú, Holland, Burmah, and those of the western ocean; all the other countries have only intercourse and The periods for all tributary countries to send their tri- bule, the way for tribute-bearers to travel, and the number compos- ing each enibassy is fixed. 20 commerce. VOL. XIV. NO. 11, 154 APRIL, Embassies lo China. Whenever any tribute-bearers arrive, the local officers on the fron- tier inust immediately report the same to the emperor; if the emperor does not permit'the embassy to proceed, the said officers (on the frontier) must forward to his majesty the memorial which they have brought from their own government, and report the articles of their tribute; if the emperor permits the embassy to proceed, the said otficers must fix its numbers, the ceremonies of their audience, grant them gifts according to the fixed rules, provide for them what is necessary, (if any of them are sick or die,) show them compassio- nate charity; and an escort of officers and soldiers must be provided to protect the tribute-bearers while on their way coming to and going from Peking. In conferring titles on the kings of foreign countries, an imperial edict or order must be bestowed on them; and if they come for the first time to annex themselves to the imperial government, there is bestowed on them a seal. These investments are made by sending gifts together with an edict, order, or seal. Officers who are sent as messengers to go and deliver these edicts, seals, &c., are all to be selected and appointed by a special order of the imperial will; their ceremonial robes and all necessaries must be granted accord- ing to their rank. If it is necessary for the messenger to pass over sea, then orders for sacrifices to the gods of the sea must be issued. If any gifts are presented to the messengers by the kings or officers of the country to which they go, they may either refuse or receive the same according to etiquette. When no commissioner is sent from the emperor, the edict or seal must be delivered over to the tri- bute-bearer of the said country, that he may take it back to his own government. The Chinese and foreign merchants are permitted to trade with each other in such things as they have, regard being had to the esta- blished prohibitions. Compassion and charity must be shown to foreigners who are lost by shipwreck, &c., and they must be sent away in safety Foreigners of the western countries who are skilled in arts, or astronomy, and are willing to go and serve in Peking, must first be reported by the local officers at the place where they arrive, and on receiving a reply, they may be sent with a safeconduct, to the capi- lal. The following are the countries from which embassadors have come with tribute to the court of Peking. Corea. This embassy comes to Peking by the city of Fung- w.ing, through Shingking, entering the Shánhái kwán. Its tribute 1845. 155 Embassies to China. must be sent once in four years. The numbers of the embassy are to be one embassador, one deputy, a secretary, three interpreters, and twenty-four men to protect the tribute. The number of servants and others is not fixed, but the imperial bounties are given to only thirty of them. Liúchiú. This embassy comes by the way of Ngánchin of Fu- kien. Its period of coming is twice in three years. There are one embassador, and one deputy; the number of interpreters and ser- vants, &c., is not fixed. Cochinchina. This comes from Pángsiáng chau of Kwangsí, entering by the pass of Chinngán. It comes once in two years. There are two or three embassadors; the assistants may be from four to nine; and the seryants, &c., may be ten or more. Laos. This comes by the way of Pú’urh fú of Yunnan. The period is to be once in ten years. The number composing the embassy cannot exceed one hundred, and those who go to Peking cannot be more than twenty. Sian. This comes by the Bogue of Kwangtung. The time is once in three years. The embassadors may be two, three or four ; but the men who go up to Peking cannot exceed twenty-six. Silú. This comes by Amoy of Fukien, once in five or more years, one embassador, one deputy, one interpreter; but the number of followers is not fixed. Holland. The Dutch embassy comes by the way of the Bogue, in Kwángtung; it has no fixed time. It may be composed of one or two embassadors, one head follower, one secretary; the other followers cannot be more than one hundred, and those going to Peking cannot exceed twenty. Burmah. This embassy comes by the way of Tángyuen chau of Yunnan, once in ten years. In the embassy there are the embassador, head men, interpreters, and servants; they must not exceed one hundred in all; those that go to Peking, cannot be more than twenty. The countries of the western ocean, (Europe) are Portugal, Italy, and England. These come by the Bogue of Kwangtung, and at no fixed periods. One embassy cannot have more than three ships, each ship cannot exceed one hundred men; the persons going to Peking must not exceed twenty-two, the rest must wait on the frontier for their return. The foregoing extracts have been made from the 31st chapter, cr kiuen, of the Collected Statutes of the Tá Tsing dynasty. The 156 APRIL, Chinese Reminiscences. original text is very brieſ, and is illustrated and explained by very co- pious notes. The Chú k'eh sing lí sz’, or Guests' Court, is one of the subordinate departments of the Board of Rites. Blending the affairs of the teas from one of the central provinces, with tribute and embas- sadors from “the four quartes of the globe," seems odd and incon. gruous to barbarians. But so it is in the Statute-book; and so it has been in practice. Among "the other nations," mentioned in the second paragraph, who have only commercial intercourse, we find the names of Japan, Acheen, France, Sweden, and some others which we are unable to identify with any in our English Gazateers. The reasons why these countries have not brought tribute are not mentioned. Great Bri- tain first brought tribute in the 58th year of Kienlung, A. D. 1793, but no reasons for it are given; the phrase runs thus, Ying-kih-li. kooh, Kienlung voi shi páh nien, bien pei chia jah kung, đi 吉利國​乾隆​五十​八年​遣​部​臣​入夏​,This edition of the Collected Statutes, it is to be remembered, was pub- lished prior to the late war, and for aught we know, it is the latest extant. The publication of another edition, revised and made conformable to the new and altered relations of the Chinese empire, will be a matter of some interest to those who watch the political movements in the east. We remember to have seen it stated, among the reasons given by the governor of Canton why Mr. Cushing, the einbassador, should not proceed to Peking, that the United States of America had never sent tribute to the celestial court. Art. II. Chinese Reminiscences, compileil from notes made by the lute Dr. Morrison, in the years 1826–27. No. 1. "Canton, October 27th, 1926. His excellency the governor has issued, throughout the two provinces under his authority, proclama- tions to the following purport. “That, since it is universally known in every province of the empire, where he has served, and especially in Canton, where he was deputy governor that his practice is, to attend to all affairs, whether great or small, in his own proper person, and not to depute them 18.15. Chinese Reminiscences, to the management of others, and since his heart and hands are pure from bribes--the friends he selects are honest men, and all soothsayers, diviners, and lounging artists are banished from his presence—he therefore informs the public, that all persons who may pretend to have access to him, and influence with him, are imposters. Instead of the people fearing such persons and suffering themselves to be intimidated and defrauded by them, he desires that they will seize the pretenders and bring them to justice. “In another proclamation he says, that in the districts by the side of the river-at Canton, Whampoa, and downwards to the sea,—both the land and water are infested by banditti, formed into brother- hoods, who rob and plunder, and carry off by violence, the persons of those who will not give them money, and accept of a pass from them. These paper passes are stamped with a seal. To facilitate the putting down of these illegal associations, his excellency offers a reward to all persons who may seize such criminals, or give infor- mation against them in case of their being too numerous for private individuals to attack, that the military may be sent to apprehend them. A reward for one criminal capitally convicted, and to be decapitated or strangled, immediately on conviction, is one hundred and sixty dollars. The reward for those convicted of smaller crimes is proportionably less. "It is reported outside that the governor requires, for the imme- diate supply for the grand army now in the field, and in motion against the rebel Chingkihurh, from the hong merchants 600,000 taels, from the salt merchants 400,000 taels, and from the country gentlemen 200,000 taels. Whether his majesty will accept of this benevolence' or not is as yet unknown. The daily expense of the army is said to be 70,000 taels.” No. 2. “Canton, November 6th, 1826. There is pasted up at the end of Hog Lane, a sort of proclamation from the hoppo, prohibiting foreigners from presenting petitions at the city gates, as a number of turbulent foreigners lately have done. The proper way to present petitions he says, is to give them to the hong merchants, to be by them transmitted to government, after having translated them into Chinese. Traitorous Chinese who assist foreigners to write petitions are threatened with punishment. This is a fresh encroachment by the local government on the freedom of petition: the city gates har- ing been long considered the proper place to present petitions. "The governor has issued a long proclamation containing regula- 159 APRIL, Chinese Reminiscences. tions concerning boats on the river ; and the fishing and coasting craft; requiring that they shall all of them have painted, on their sails, sides of the boat, and on the masts, in very large characters, the name of the boat, according to a previous entry made at certain stations appointed for the purpose. "The newly appointed hoppo, Wan tajin is said to be the younger brother of Yingho, the fifth minister of state. At his late appointment there has been a considerable defalcation in the revenue, for which he is responsible; on which account his brother Yingho has solicited his majesty to appoint him to the hoppoship of Canton. “ The Peking Gazettes contain a few documents from the em- peror urging the utmost attention and care in providing supplies, and sending them uninterruptedly after the army that has gone to Hami. "About a year ago, the emperor says, he directed all governors, deputy governors, treasurers and judges of provinces, when writing letters of thanks, to employ the Tartar term nútsái, hx 7slave' for the pronoun I; but on official business of a general nature to use the Chinese term, chin, E, servant.' This rule was, he says, distinctly stated to be for civilians; but the governor of Kansuh, who is a Mongolian military officer, has presumed to drop the term slave,' and call himself a 'servant' in a late dispatch, sent to his majesty. This affectation of Chinese phraseology, the emperor considers very improper, and commands that it be not again adopted by Tartar military officers. “The mountaineers called Miáu tsz' in Kweichau province, by predatory attacks, are giving annoyance to the local government." No. 3. * Canton, November 8th, 1826. From the Peking Gazettes, it appears that the Board of Revenue, have had protracted delibera- tions on the state of the finances. By them it is declared that the income of government is not adequate to the expenditure. The deficit arises from the heavy expenses incurred by repairing the banks of the Yellow river; by insurrections of the Miáu tsz', moun- taineers; but the greatest source of expense arises from the move- ments of the grand army opposing the Mohammedan rebels. To meet the expenditure, the Board recommend his majesty to abandon his resolution, not to make any new revenue laws. They suggest an increase of the charges paid by those who purchase nominal rank; Chinese Reminisco!.ac: 152 and also to revive the usage, laid aside hy the present emperor on his accession to the throne, which allowed those who had been implicated and deprived of office, to repurchase eligibility to the same office. Now in the time of financial embarrassment, say the Board, it should be remembered that China has been preserved in a state of social order and tranquility, by the reigning family, up- wards of one hundred and eighty years, and there is not a subject living who eats the herbs, and treads the soil of China, who has not been born and bred under the auspices of the dynasty. It is there- fore expected that both the literary class and the common people will not regret a trifling addition to the taxes, but will rejoice, and leap for very gladness, to come forward and assist on the present occasion. Appended to the suggestions of the Board there is a list of the items of increased taxes, and the regulations to be observed by those who repurchase official situations." No. 4. "Canton, November 10th, 1826. His excellency Lí, the governor of Canton, has issued a proclamation to the following effect. It has come to his knowledge, that the trading boats on the numerous creeks and rivers of Canton, are greatly molested by piratical boats, pretending to the authority of government, and giving out that they are in search of opium and other smuggled goods. Under the pre- text of searching, they rob and plunder every boat they attack, and otherwise misuse the people who at all resist them, and the governor acknowledges that the trading people, rather than lose time in vain prosecutions, often put up with the injuries received. He threatens to punish with the utmost rigor of law—even death, in any case that the law will permit any persons who may be brought before him charged with the crimes alluded to. “His excellency is evidently between the two horns of a dilemma. He but a few days ago issued orders of the most minute kind for numbering, and lettering, and naming, and registering of all sorts and kinds of boats; and thus was raised the expectation of a constant and rigid search by government cruizers. The river pirates have seized hold on this circumstance, and originated a necessity for the proclamation of this day. “A rather serious disturbance occurred lately on the Grand Canal, the waterman resisted and mocked and insulted the armed police usually attached to those fleets of boats, which made it ne- cessary to call in a military force. There is moreover an endeavor to restore the coasting conveyance for rice, instead of the Grand 161) AIRILE Chiricse Reminiscences. Canal, and the contlicting parties as interest inclines are sending in conflicting statements. They are all accused however of employing various expedients to increase the bulk and weight of the grain. Some increase it by “physic," as the Canton people say, about ten per cent. But according to the Peking Gazette the “physic," in the space of one hundred days, destroys the grain. “There is a sullen silence preserved in the Gazettes concerning the rebellion of the Mohammedan tribes. The local government how- ever is said to consider it in every way a serious national calamity. If suppressed the expense will be ruinous, and some individuals, who read the stars, think the dynasty is drawing to a close. The replies of his majesty to menorials on national affairs contained in the Gazette are very laconic, such as, 'Record the document;' "Be it so ;' 'I know it.”. No. 5. “Canton, Nov. 13th, 1826. The space for placards on the walls of the city having become scarce, the magistrate of this district has caused a square board to be attached to the upper part of a pole, so as that a man or boy can carry it conveniently, as is done in London On this Board the magistrate has written- “ Mind your doors, “ Watch your fires." “The people laugh at his vigilance as quite unnecessary, for they are deeply enough interested in doing what he exhorts them to, to render his admonition quite superfluous. They turn round and bid him mind his proper business for by his neglect and cruelty it is said upwards of two hundred persons died in prison last year. And many of these were perfectly innocent, being either arrested on suspicion or implicated by others. “The Peking Gazette contains a long letter from the governor of that province on the distress which prevails in the southern part of it; first from excessive rains, and subsequently from a want of rain. The expense to government in supplying the starving poor with rice, water, &c., he estimates at several hundred thousand taels. In Húnán province the rivers to the southward of the great Tungting lake have, in consequence of heavy rains overflowed their banks and inundated the surrounding country, carrying away cottages, houses, public offices, and the prison of Chángshá, the chief city of the province. The loss of lives is represented as considerable. His imperial majesty speaks of all this distress with 1845. 161 Chinese Reminiscences. commisseration, and directs the usual relief, afforded by government in such cases, to be granted to the distressed.” No. 6. “Canton, December 20, 1826. Extracts from the Peking Ga- zettes, dated at court, October 23d, have been received. His m jesty expresses great satisfaction on account of a victory over a rebel party at Aksú or Oksou, lat. 41° 09' W., long. 79° 13' E. They were but a small party; and, although they opposed the imperial troops with musketry, when crossing a river, they were all killed by a shower of darts and arrows. A few stragglers were taken, and, after having undergone an examination, were hanged and left sus- pended in terrorem. Several thousand muskets, swords, and spears were taken, and a thousand head of cattle and sheep. The emperor expects that the grand army will erelong concentrate at Aksú, and exterminate the rebels. “The last article in the extracts, of the above date, contains per- mission for a European astronomer Kuushau kien, (whose name stands fifth in the imperial almanac for next year) to return home to wait upon his aged mother till her death. The governors and de- puty governors of provinces are commanded to furnish him with a guide through the provinces, and not to permit his lingering on the road, which might lead to some disturbance. Should his aged mother die soon after his arrival in Europe, he need not return to Peking. On his arrival at Canton the governor is directed to take proper care of him and urge his speedy departure.” No. 7. “Canton, December 11th, 1826. The regular Peking Gazettes, up to Sep. the 25th, and extracts from later ones up to November Ist, have been received. They are filled with papers concerning the military operations in Tartary. A censor has ventured to write against the new law pro- posed by the Board of Revenue. He sent in his paper on the same day as the Board did theirs, of which circumstance the emperor avails himself to repremand him, and deliver him over to a court of inquiry,--for he had no business to know anything concerning the project, till the emperor had published his opinion. His majesty defends this, or some similar measure, on the grounds of ancient usage in time of war; and the reasonableness of raising fresh sup- plies for extraordinary exigencies instead of appropriating the regu- jar internal income of the government in the present external mill- VOL. XIV. NO.' iv. 21 162 APRIL, Chinese Reminiscences. tary operations. Grain is abundant in Tartary, he says; but the transport occasions a very heavy expense. “Several of the officers on Formosa, who permitted the burning of villages, and other acts of violence by the insurgents, are punished by dismissal from the service, and others are delivered over for trial to the appropriate Board. Yinghó, the minister who was praised by his majesty, for re- suming the practice of sending grain to the capital by sea from the southward, has written a letter of thanks. In his letter, he says the practice had been discontinued 200 years. The dynasty abandoned it on account of the Japanese pirates. “There are from sixteen to twenty junks going from Canton to Tientsin carrying dried fruits, sugar, glass-ware, camlets, woolens, opium, &c., in small quantities. They sail about the beginning of the 6th month; and return in the 11th with ripe fruits, sheep and deer's hams, skins, &c... Each junk invests between 20,000 and 30,000 dollars." No. 8. Canton, January 6th, 1827. His imperial majesty has observed and censured certain irregularities in the etiquette of the court, which indicate a spirit of assumption on the part of those members of the imperial family who have the title of wang, a king. To these, ministers of state only bend the knee; but to the princes of the blood, sons of the emperor, they are required to remain on their knees, when they present their respects. He has observed this rule violat- ed, and blames it. A Tartar writer also has, when addressing by petition one of the kings, called himself nútsái, a slave; which is condemned, as giving too much honor to the king, and as being even worse than remaining on the knees when addressing him. The court of inquiry recommended that the Tartar writer should be chas- tised as well as degraded and dismissed : but the emperor is satis- fied by ordering his dismissal. Part of his crime was getting up a document which related to the emperor, on an inferior material, under the pretext of economy. It was found however that he did not put the money saved into his own pocket, and therefore he was excused. “Duke Ho, of lord Amherst's embassy, has written to the emperor, saying, that his present appointment as horse-keeper in Tartary, is one of no importance; and therefore he begs leave to be permitted to join the grand army, now proceeding against the Mohammedan rebels. The emperor is displeased by the proposal, and denies the 1845. 163 Chinese Reminiscences. ones. request : adding, that Ho's conduct is very improper. But, as he thinks his present office of little importance, his majesty relieves him from it; and orders him to come to Peking and wait for farther order. "A military officer at Aksú in Tartary, in consequence of his father's death, has requested permission to return home, and observe the usual period of mourning. The emperor refuses his request, and desires that he will not, for domestic affairs, neglect national When he has subjugated the rebels, and returns victorious; he will be permitted to go home and mourn for his father.” No. 9. Canton, January 10th, 1827. The latest regular Gazettes bring down the Peking details to October, 23d. The second in command Táng Yuchun, has announced repeated victories over the rebels at Aksú, on account of which his majesty expresses great satisfaction. A few thousands were killed or taken prisoners. Standards, muskets and horses innumerable were captured on the occasion. “The Board of Revenue is commanded to issue two millions of taels, in addition to four millions already advanced to the commissa- riat in Kansuh province. “The general, above referred to, has written to inform his majesty that the soldiers in Tartary are suffering a good deal from the cold- ness of the season. The emperor has therefore ordered ten taels a man to be advanced to the army, in order to provide themselves with necessaries. There have been more offers of service to join the army in Tartary, but they are like the former ones declined. “ The autumnal death warrant, signed by the emperor at eight successive periods this year, amount to 581. In Canton fifty one are to be executed within 40 days after the signing of the warrant. In Kwangsí twenty-five. In Sz'chuen province, ninety-four are to be executed within the same period. There are nine to be ex- ecuted who were tried before the emperor ; their crimes are not specified. " In addition to the European astronomer, who has been dismissed at his own request, another is sent away on account of his age and infirmities. They are ordered to travel together to Canton, and are to be sent from Macao to Europe by the governor of the province. No. 10. Canton, January 24th, 1827. An official dispatch from the com- mander of the forces, Yang Yuchun at Hami, to his irnperial ma- jesty. 164 APRIL, Chinese Reminiscences. “Yang Yuchun hereby respectfully states to his majesty successive yictories over the rebels for the consolation of his sacred mind. “On the 1st of the 9th month (October 20th, 1826,) I arrived at Hami, where I received letters from Chángtsing and Talingah, say- ing that on the south of the river Hwanpáshih, to the southward of Aksú, the rebels had posted themselves with a design of opposing our troops. On the 21st (November 9th), they had gone westward along the river and burnt Chahalakih, and had plundered the village Ahla'urh “Talingah with Pahapú took under their command the imperial troups from Oroumtsi ; also Tourgouth and Mungkú forces, and went along the course of the river in pursuit. Having arrived at the spot, they divided themselves into two branches to oppose the enemy. "On the 22d at a shallow part of the river, the imperial forces crossed, under a discharge of musketry and cannon from the rebel banditti. The imperial traops, with impetuous courage straight for- wards rushed and also simultaneously sent forth musketry and ar- rows, which killed upwards of three hundred of the rebels. Alive were taken upwards of forty. The rebel banditti retired, crossed the river, and fled to the southward. The government troops pur- sued as far as the great Mohammedan village, where they burnt to death upwards of a hundred persons, and seized innumerable cattle belonging to the rebels. “Unexpectedly another division of the rebels crossed the river. They were opposed by Kih'urhfakih, but the troops being weak and few were unable to withstand the shock, and were by the rebels dis- persed. Onother party of the rebels either attempted to surround our troops or to cut off communication. “When I received these accounts. I was much alarmed and extre- mely anxious for the defense of Aksú; to, which city I sent such orders, and assembled such forces, as not only saved the place, but completely routed the rebel party, three hundred of whom were put to the sword. The horsemen escaped for the moment. The pur- suers decapitated the slaughtered bodies of the fallen enemy, and eventually overtook those who fled, a hundred of whom were dis- mounted and killed; on examining the dead bodies it was believed one of the slain was a leader of the rebel party. Some of ine prisoners were examined and executed. The whole proceeding, the general says, is sufficient to eyince the aid of heaven against the rebels; and to chear the hearts of men. To which his 66 1945. 165 Chinese Reminicences. majesty responds: "Very chearing to men's hearts," and with his vermilion pencil marks several sentences, and concludes by saying he was infinitely gratified by the perusal of the dispatch, promising at the same time to reward the victors." “The accounts of the fall of Cashgar, when his majesty shed tears as he read the document, are subsequent to the preceding affair. Lung-páu, one of the imperial house, who for his dissolute and riotous conduct was sent to. Kirin, in eastern Tartary, has made his escape, and strict orders are issued to apprehend him. He must be taken---says his imperial majesty. "A military officer of some rank has committed suicide, because, it is alleged, he could not obtain permission to return home and repair the tombs of his ancestors, which had been injured by an inundation. The emperor suspects there was some other cause, and has ordered a strict inquiry to be made on the subject. During heavy rains and sleet in the province of Honín, great fears were entertained that the Yellow river would burst its banks, but happily, through the exertions of the officer appointed to watch against such an occurrence, no material injury was sustained. His majesty expresses great gratitude to the river god, and has sent ten large Tibetan sticks of incense to be burnt before the image, and has directed that worship be paid and sacrifices offered in the em- peror's name, His majesty has issued a severe censure on duke Ho, of lord Amherst's embassy, and degraded him from the office of Nui táchin (inner great statesman) and has moreover ordered bim to be sub- jected to a court of inquiry. The reason assigned is, that not being satisfied with the refusal to let him join the grand army, he solicited leave io come to court for an audience of the, emperor. He was allowed to come and ordered to state to the officers of the great military council what his wishes were, He replied that he merely wanted to see the emperor; and had no business to state to him. This conduct was considered so stupid and foolish as to subject him to the punishment mentioned above. His majesty remarks that were other officers to act thus, the respectability of government would be gone." No. 11. “Canton, January 27th, 1827. Extracts from the Peking Ga. zettes up to December 14th, 1826, have come to hand; and contain several papers concerning the late disturbance on Formosa, and the present contest in Little Bucharia. 166 APRIL, Chinese Reminiscences. “His majesty blames the late resident at Wúshih, which is situat- ed between Cashgar and Aksú, for his ignorance of the dispositions of the people he had to govern, and for improper severity towards them. “Some horses had been stolen or lost, for which the resident seized and kept in custody some of the chiefs, and took from them the honorary peacock's feather which his majesty had conferred, till the horses should be restored. ne next ordered a person entitl- ed a muhsah, to come to him at Aksú, but the muhsah suspected treachery, and would not go -- on which the resident proceeded to violence and wounded the mouk.. zh. For these several cases of mis- management he is recolied, and commanded to put himself under the orders of Chánzling, the minister of state, who is acting as commander-in-chief at I'lí. “Chángling has reported to his majesty a complete victory over a division of the rebel banditti,” (as they are called) near Aksú. The extermination was complete; and the “rebel-thieves washed clean” from the face of the earth. The division consisted of about 3000 men. The perusal of the document gave his majesty great joy. “The rebles opposed for a time the imperial troops: but they were out-maneuvred, and thrown into confusion. HÚcháu, an adjutant, went out from the ranks, and in personal combat killed several of the rebels, when his majesty's forces, rushed on to the conflict, and killed the larger half of the rebel party: the rest Aed, were pursued, and cut down, till not a man escaped. Afterwards seventy men were taken prisoners, and fifty-two women were found. Among the slain five leaders were discovered, whose heads were, forthwith, cut off, and taken away. A great number of muskets, spears, swords, iron-balls, powder, horses, cows, and sheep were taken. Thus, as the emperor expected, on the actual arrival of the two great and skillful generals, Chángling and Yáng Yuchun, vic- tory has declared on the side of the imperial army. ** His majesty has conferred on the generals and officers, jeweled rings, swords, purses, &c., &c. In one dispatch, some officers are blamed, who, when wounded, had retired, or retreated before the army; but his majesty distinguishes between that, and actually flinching in the day of battle, and therefore excuses them. “In a letter from Yunnán to the emperor, it is stated that they have, in the government ware-houses, upwards of nine millions of catties of tutenag and lead; and a request is made by the governor ibat its accumulation may be stopped for one year, as what they 1845. 167 Chinese Reminiscences. already have is enough for the consumption of all the provinces, for one or two years to come. "To the imperial Astronomical Board, two Tartars have been appointed instead of the two Catholic missionaries lately sent away. From this it would appear that his majesty purposes to relinquish the European part of this establishment." No. 12. “Canton, February 1st, 1827. There is a report of the Yellow river having burst its banks; but no written details have yet been received. It is commonly said that his majesty is most unfortunate; nothing but droughts or innundations, insurrections or rebellion are heard of, in any part of the empire. The Chinese call the Yellow river, the emperor's Family-ruining, or Prodigal son. “ The emperor is now in his 46th year. In early life he was passionately fond of martial exercises, archery, horsemanship, &c. To increase his muscular stength he took medicinal preparations, called "strengthening pills;" which occasioned the loss of his teeth. He is tall, lank, hollowcheeked, black-visaged, toothless and con- sequently prominent chinned.” No. 13. “Canton, February 20th, 1827. In the Peking Gazette there is a long paper concerning the lake called Tungting hú, in the centre of Húkwáng, on which divides the modern Húpeh, or province north of the lake, from Húnán, the province south of the lake. “This lake is 800 Chinese lí in circumference, which is more than 200 English miles. The emperor Yungching spent 200,000 taels in rearing a stone break-water, in the centre of it. He made it in the form of a bow, by which he formed an artificial bay towards the southward to defend vessels from gales of wind blowing from the northward “This lake is much infested by pirates; and to adopt such mea- sures as will protect the traders from these, is the object of the paper from Sungfú, the governor of province. His recommendation is that around the shores of the lake in each district the civil and military officers shall be responsible for the portion of the lake op- posite their own coast; at the same time when any alarm is given, they shall all be required to act in concert. “ In Shensí province about the latitude 37° N., it appears that annually the Yellow river is frozen over; and the barbarous inhabi- tants about the lake called Ko-ko-nor, (by the Chinese Tsinghái) 168 April, Chincse Reminiscences. cross the river and commit depredations on the borderers. There is a long letter from the governor of Shensí on the subject, complain- ing of the local military officers for neglect of duty. Inroads have been made five times this season, and the principal officer has re- ported them only twice, to an inferior authority, and never to the governor at all. The Mungkú inhabitants had lost their cattle and brought the affairs before the governor. The governor recommends two methods to obtain the parties who have been guilty of the de- predations alluded to: the one is to employ spies; and the other, to interdict the exportation of tea to those tribes who have been guilty. "By this days Gazette it appears that 10,000 camels are employ- ed by the commissariat in transporting provisions and necessaries to the army in Tartary. Luhning, a general now in his sixty second year, being quite unable to move in consequence of disease brought on by exposure to cold and damp during his military services, has requested leave to retire. Against rebels in Húpih and other places he has been engaged in four wars; he has fought in a hundred and eighty-five battles; has killed twenty-five rebels, taken three pri- soners, and been once wounded. “The question is now whether to let him retire on full pay or half pay. The military Board says the four requisites for full pay are found in Luhning; he has killed enemies, taken prisoners, been wounded, and is 60 years of age. It is therefore recommended that he be allowed to retire on full pay.” No. 14. “Canton, February 17th, 1827. On the 4th instant the governor of Canton Lí, and the deputy governor Ching, at their respective offices, at 5 o'clock in the morning, opened the gates under a salute, and according to custom, in the great hall, directing their adorations to the imperial palace in Peking, performed the cere- mony of homage, and opened the government seals, which had been shut up during the new-year's holidays. “ All the secretaries, clerks, &c., arranged in a line, performed the kotow and congratulated their excellencies. “The next day a sum of money from the revenue of the province was forwarded to Kansuh, towards defraying the expense of the army there. “Extracts from the Peking Gazette dated at court, January 9th have been received. In consequence of the death and retirement of several of the heads of provincial governments, a number of promotions and changes have taken place. 1845. 169 Chinese Reminiscences. “Chángling, the commander-in-chief in Tartary, has written to in- form this majesty, that a prisoner taken from the rebels, had com. firmed the previous statement, purporting that in the battle of Aksú, a considerable number of the rebel leaders had fallen. They had been sent from Cashgar, Yarkand and other places, and were at that battle completely swept away, not one of them having escaped. In consequence of this, the advance of the grand army will be, his ma- jesty anticipates, a matter of no difficulty. He regrets the fate of those officers and men, who in the preceding engagements, either committed suicide or fell in battle; especially the general King- tsiáng, who sacrificed himself for the sake of his country. Further honors are conferred on the persons and kindred of the heroes of Cashgar and Aksú. "The fifth minister of state, Yingho, who is of the same family as the present hoppo Wán, is turned out of the ministry; and ejected from his chambers in the imperial palace, where he resided to advise with the emperor. He and other members of the Board of Revenue are delivered over to a court of inquiry. “The occasion of this proceeding was a request presented to go- vernment, by some private individuals, in the neighborhood of Peking, to be permitted to open silver mines. It is considered by govern- ment a settled point, that silver mines, in the provinces, should remain shut. But on the mention of the present case, the emperor at first thought the proximity to the capital might make some difference, and he ordered the governor of Peking to ascertain whether there was any objection from the fungshwui. However, on rethinking, he consi- ders it quite improper to admit the question for a moment, and he therefore orders the governor of Peking to desist from the inquiry ; and censures the Board of Revenue for not giving an instant refusal to the application : his majesty says, “ Yingho was a minister of state, and not unacquainted with the dignity of government; yet he took the lead in presuming to lay such a subject before me: what sort of sovereign does he look upon me to be, that he should carry his presumption to such an unlimited degree! It is impossible not to punish him. Yingho is hereby cominanded to descend to the rank of colonial secretary; and to retire from the rooms of my southern library, and the management of the imperial household,” &c. “ Several of the princes and the first ininister are ordered to revise the imperial genealogy. “The late governor of Canton, who was sent to Yunnan at the close of the Burmese war, is missing in the Peking Gazettes. VOL. XIV. NO. IV, 170 APRII., Chinese Reminiscences. A Tartar called lipú is now the acting governor of Yunnan province. “ His majesty has ordered 6000 camels for the commissariat de- partment. These caniels cost, it is said, 42 taels each,” In laying before our readers the foregoing brief and miscellaneous Reminiscences, we have had in view a threefold object : first to give them a variety of important facts; in the second place, to afford occasion by those facts to notice remarkable changes or coin- cidences in the affairs of state; and in the third place, to observe how carefully Dr. Morrison watched and recorded the political plie- nomena of the Chinese empire. Of these very numerous facts, we will notice only a few, and those in order that we may indicate changes from, or coincidences with, what is now current. 1. Pureness froin bribes has been claimed and proclainned by Chi- nese officers from time immemorial. It is customary for them, on entering a new office, first to proclaim their uncorruptedness; and having done this, at once to set about doing the very thing they have disclaimed. Hence officers, ', are said to have two mouths. We have good reason to kuow that even the high spirited commissioner, Lin, could and did receive what was nothing more nor less than giſts, or bribes. It is said that there is no office in the einpire that is not venal, and but ſew that are not bought. And having bought office, the incumbent deems it his rightful privilege to get "indemnity." 2. The banditti, at Canton and down to the sea, the paper passes, &c., are quite as numerous and current now as they were in 1826. 3. On the score of petitions, translated by hong-merchants, trai- torous Chinese assisting foreigners, &c., all is changed. The old order of things has disappeared. 4. The disposition, noticed in certain Manchu and Mongolian officers, to use Chinese terms, instead of their own, has been long animadverted on by the emperor, and, it would seem, to very little effect, this affectation of Chinese phraseology still continuing as rife as ever. 5. The protracted deliberations of the Board of Revenue, on the state of the imperial finances, of which so much has recently been heard, it is abundantly evident from the foregoing notices, are no new thing in China. 6. The Grand Canal is likewise now, as of old, continually 'over- stepping the bounds of propriety,' and causing anxiety to buth sove. reign and people 1845. Topography of Kungsh. 17 7. Accounts of calamities,-occasioned by innundations, by the want of rain, by scarcity of grain, &c., fill the whole history of China. They are found in every dynasty, and in every age. 8. European astronomers we believe have entirely ceased to have place in the Astronomical Board at Peking. We fancy, however, that their services may erelong be again sought; and if sought, they will doubtless be obtained. On page 154, in this number, it will be seen that the imperial government has opened the way for scientific men and artists to enter the service of his majesty. In concluding our own remarks on these notices, made by Dr. Morrison, we ought to state that we have given only about one half of the numbers contained in the original file, kindly placed at our disposal. For many years, indeed from the time he came to China in 1807, till the time of his death in 1834, he was a careful observer of men and things. There was no other European whose knowledge of China and the Chinese could be compared with that which he possessed. From the time he entered the service of the honorable East India Company till he left it, he kept very full journals, not only of the correspondence with the local government, but also of his own doings. He likewise prepared copious notices from the Peking Gazettes, and transmitted them almost daily to the chiefs of the factory. The foregoing Reminiscences are specimens of what he did in this department. Such a series of notices, from the Gazettes, is very valuable, affording the best means of making us thoroughly acquained with the present state and prospects of China. But these were his minor duties. The amount of instruction which he communicated, orally and by means of the press, was very great. He was remarkably pure in doctrine. He loved the Bible, and the duties it enjoins. He preached both in English and in Chinese, till a few days before his death, and with good effect. Art. III. Topography of Kungsi; situation and catent of the province; its area and population; its subdivisions, rivers, mountains, productions, fc. Our readers will find the following papers in volumes eleven, twelve, and thirteen : in volume eleven page 45, the names of the 172 Topography of Kwángsi. APRIL, eighteen provinces, with the names of their principal and subordinate divisions; and also topographical notices, of Chehkiáng, on pp. 101 and 162; of Kiangsú, on p. 210; of Ngánhwui, on p. 307; of Kiángsí, on p. 374; of Chihlí, on p. 438; of Shantung, on p. 557; of Shansí, on p. 617; of Fukien, on p. 651 ; in volume twelve, on pp. 88, 309, 477, notices of Kwángtung; and in volume thirteenth, on pp. 320, 357, 418, 478, 513, and 561, an alphabetical list of all the provinces, departments, districts, &c., of the whole wide empire of the reigning dynasty. The detailed survey of the several provinces we now resume, com- mencing with the 'Hide West,' as the Chinese call the province Kwangsí, 6, situated directly westward from the Wide East, or Kvångtung, , as they call the province of Canton. The province of Kwangsí, or the Wide West, is of an irregular shape, approaching to a parallelogram. According to our large map, generally followed in all the preceding descriptions, it extends from about long. 4° 15' to 11° 30 W. of Peking; and from lat. 21° 45' to 26° 15 N. It comprises an extensive territory of 78,250 square miles, with a population of 7,313,895 souls, giving an average of 93 to each square mile. It is bounded on the north and northeast by Kweichau an Húnán, on the east and southeast by Kwangtung, on the southwest by Cochinchina, and on the west by Yunnan. Pro- ceeding from the city of Canton, nearly due west, a distance of one hundred and forty miles, or a little more than two degrees, following the St Kiáng, or West River, you arrive at the frontiers of the pro- vince, not far from the city of Wúchau. At that point you stand on the lowest ground in the province; and at no great distance from you, numerous rivers converge and unite their waters—some of these taking their rise along the northern frontiers, others on the south- ern, while the sources of the principal ones are found father west in the provinces of Kweichau and Yunnan. The following is a complete list of the departments and districts of the province, in the order they are enumerated in the Ta Tsing Hwui Tien. I. # * Kweilin, fú ; or the Department of Kweilin, comprises ten districts, viz: 1 ting, 2 chau, and 7 hien. 1臨桂 ​Linkwei, 3 44 Yungning chau, 2陽明 ​Yangsgh, 4K | Yungfuh, 1845. 173 Topography of Kwangsi 5 IN Lingchuen, 8 Tsiuen chau, 6與​安 ​Hingngán, 9 義​寧 ​I'ning, 7灌陽 ​Kwányáng, 10 Lungshing ting. II. HO HO H Liúchau fú; or the Department of Liúchau, comprises eight districts, viz: 1 chau, and 7 hien. 1 + + Máping, 5 0 & Wáiyuen, 2 * Láipin, 6 tys til Liúching, 3 & 4 Siáng chau, Yung hien, 4 Lohyung, 8 bil Loching, III. M Kingyuen fú; or the Department of Kingyuen, comprises five districts, viz:1 ting, 2 chau, and 3 hien. 1 | 1 YShán, 4 TT NI Hochi chau, 2 # Tienho, 5 M HÀI | Tunglán chau. 3 Szingan, , IV. En Sz'ngan fú; or the Department of Sz'ngan, comprises three districts, viz: 1 ting, 1 chau, and 3 hien. 1 武​綠 ​Wúyuen, 4 I. Tsien kiáng, 2T Pehshih ting, 5 DW Pin chau. 3 ER Shánglin, V. F Sz'ching fú; or the Department of Sz'ching, comprises three districts, viz: 1 chau, and 2 hien. 1 Lingyun, 3 5 V W Sílung chau. 2 # Silin, VI. FI Pingloh fú; or the Department of Pingloh, comprises eight districts, viz: 1 chau, and 7 hien. Topography of Kwangsi APRIL, 4 1 F Pingloh, 5 E Siújin, 217F Cháuping, 6à E Yungngán chau, 3 g Ho hien, 7 hit Kungching, Lipú, 8 II Fúchuen. VII. IN Wúchau fú; or the Department of Wúchan, comprises five districts, vjz: 5 hien. 17 le Tsángwú, 4 * * Yung hien, 2 Th Tang hiem, 5 Hwaitsih. 4 * Tsinki, VIII. IN A Sinchau fú; or the Department of Sinchau, comprises four districts, viz: 4 hien. 1 Kweiping, 3 Wúsiuen, 2 Kwei hien, 4F Pingnán. IX. i W Nánning fú ; or the Department of Nánning, comprises six districts, viz:3 chau, and 3 hien. 11 Siuenhwa, 4 ME Lungngán, 2 Sinning chau, 5 Yungshun, 3 t 8 | Shángsz chau, 6 là NI Hwang chant. X. *FA Taiping fú; or the Department of Taiping, comprises seven districts, viz2 ting, 4 chau, 1 hien. 崇善 ​Tsungshen, 5 Yángli chau, 2龍​别​廳 ​Lungchau ting,6左​州 ​Tso chau, 3 H TMingkiáng ting, 7 | M IH Yungkáng chau. 4 O DJ Ny Ningming chau, XI. AU EA Chinngán fú ; or the Department of Chinngán, comprises three districts, viz:1 ting, 1 chau, 1 lien. 1845. Topography of Kwungsi. 175 1 x R Tienpáu, 3小​颂​安​聽 ​Siauchinngan 2歸順​州 ​Kweishun clau ting. XII. 繁​林 ​州 ​Yuhlin chau; or the Department of Yuhlin, comprises four districts, viz: 4 hien. 1 II Luhchuen, 3 H E Pohpel, 2 tl jfc Pehliú, 4 * Hingnieh. The following brief descriptions of the several departments of the province are taken mainly from the imperial statistics, as we find them in the Hwui Tien. I. The department of Kweilin forms the northeastern portion of the province, having the departments of Liúchau and Pingloh on the west and south, and on the north and west the departments of Tsingchau, Páuking, and Yungchau, in Húnán. It is of a circular shape, having the chief city,-K weilin, the metropolis of the pro- vince—situated near its centre. It is the seat of the provincial government, being the residence of the siunfú or governor, and of the financial commissioner or pſiching sz'. Its name, Kweilin, 'Forest of Cinnamon trees,' is evidently derived from the fact, that the country is covered, in many places, with this tree. It stands on the west bank of the Kwei kiáng, or “Cinnamon river," just above its junction with the Yáng river, II. The department of Liúchau is conterminous with the pro- vince of Kweichau on the north and northwest ; on the east with the departments of Kweilin and Pingloh; on the south with that of Sinchau; and on the west with those of Sz’ngan and Kingyuen. From east to west it is narrow, but stretches nearly two degrees from north to south. The chief city of the department stands on the northern bank of the Lung, Dragon river, one of the principal branches of the West river. III. The department of Kingyuen, like the preceding, is con- terminous with the province of Kweichau on the north and northwest; on the east it is bounded by Liúchau; south by Sz’ngan; and west by Sz'ching. The chief city is situated, on the southern bank of the Dragon river, near the eastern border of the department, and is, Du Halde says, "encompassed with frightful mountains." IV. The Department of Sz'ngan lies south of Sz'ching and Kingyuen, having Liúchau and Sinchau on the east, and Nanning, 176 Topography of Kwángsí. APRIL, Táiping, and Chinngán on the south and southwest. Its form is somewhat like that of a boy's kite, a norrow strip of territory ex- tending, from what appears as the body of the department, along the Siyáng kiáng, quite on to the borders of the province of Yunnan. V. The department of Sz'ching forms the northwest portion of the province, and is bounded on the north by Kweichau, on the west by Yunnan, on the south by Sz'ngan, and on the east by King- yuen. Its shape is nearly that of a parallelogram. VI. The department of Pingloh is bounded by Húnán on the. northeast, by Kwángtung on the east, by Wúchau on the south, by Sinchau on the southwest, by Liúchau on the west, and Kweilin on the northwest. Its chief city stands on the east bank of Cinnamon river. The country is traversed by several rivers runing from north to south. VII. The department of Wúchau is bounded on the east and northeast by Kwángtung, on the northwest and west by Pingloh and Sinchau, and on the south by Yuhlin. It is a narrow tract of land, and extends from southwest to northeast a distance of more than a hundred miles. VIII. The department of Sinchau is bounded by Liúchau on the north, by Pingloh and Wúchau on the east, by Yuhchau on the south, and by Nanning and Sz'ngan on the west. IX. The departinent of Nánning is bounded on the north by Sz’ngan and Sinchau, on the east by Yuhlin, on the south by the province of Kwangtung, and on the west by the department of Tái- ping. According to Du Halde, "great parrots are found here, also a kind of fowl which discharges threads of cotton out of its mouth, also very large porcupines, which dart sharp quils at those who ap- proach them.” X. The department of Taiping is bound north by Sz'ngan, east and north by Nanning, on the southeast by Kwangtung, on the south and southwest by Cochinchina, and on the west by Chinngan, and forms the southwestern portion of the province. The soil is fertile, and the country populous. XI. The department of Chinngán is bounded on the north by Sz'ngan, on the east by Taiping, on the south by Cochinchina, and on the west by Yunnán. Honey and wax are plentiful in this department. XII. The department of Yuhlin is bounded on the northwest by Nánning, on the north by Sinchau, on the northeast by Wúchau, 1815. 177 Foundling Hospital at Shanghái. and on the remaining sides by the province of Canton. Its situation is due north from the island of Hainán. The principal river of the province is the great Western river, which has its sources in the provinces of Kweichau and Yunnan. Like most other rivers, it takes different names in different parts of its course. Its tributaries are very numerous, indicating that the province is well watered in every part. Hills and mountains rise in all the several departments, and many of them are inhabited by tribes of the Miáu tsz'. Large quantities of excellent timber come from this province to Canton. Rice, silk, and various fruits, common in Canton, are plentiful. Mines of the common and of the precious metals exist, and have at times been worked and found productive. For the most part, the people are rude and unlearned. Art. IV. Report of the Foundling Hospital at Shanghái, trans- lated from the original for the Chinese Repository. In the second year of Yungching, in the intercalary 4th month, the 28th day, the following imperial edict was issued to the prefect and subordinate officers of Shuntien fú. “Outside the Kwangning gate of the capital, there has here- tofore been the Pá Tsí Táng, or Hall of Universal Benevolence, where all aged, diseased, and destitute persons might find an asy- lum. Those who had the control of the business, invariably delight- ing in virtue, well-merited commendation, and his sacred majesty Kánghi gave them an inscribed tablet in order to lead onwards to the love of virtue. You, who have the official charge of this place, ought also constantly to give them commendation and advice in order to stimulate and excite them. But those who are young and strong, with vagrants and idlers must not promiscuously enter, by borrowing any false pretext, which would tend to increase wander- ing and idleness, and give rise to disturbances. And we have heard that within the Kwangkiú gate there is a Foundling Hospital, where all those infants and children, who cannot be nourished and brought up, are received during a course of ten years; it has reared and settled very many. The nourishing of the young and the maintain- ing of orphans (which is recorded in the monthly register) being an VOL. XIV. NO. IV. 178 APRIL, l'oundling Hospital at Shanghái. exaltation of virtue of a similar nature with the supporting of the infirm, and compassionating of all the aged, and a thing which in the common practice of the world is difficult, we, both praising and delighting in it, have especially granted a door-tablet, and also make a gift of money, in order to manifest our own inclinations, and by commending and leading the way in pecuniary aid to stimulate and rouse to action. We have again sent communications to the gover- nor and vice-governor of each province, that they may transmit their orders to their officers to advise and call forward all those who love to do good, throughout all the cities, large towns and populous places. If they can, in accordance with the regulations of the capital, effec- tually carry on this matter, on the principle of nourishing the young and pitying the destitute, they will similarly reap advantages, and the compassionate and kindly feelings of men will be excited and roused into action. Special edict.” Preface to the Report. There is no employment better than that of nourishing infants, but there is also nothing more difficult than this nourishing of in. fants. Are there widows? Compassionate them. Are there aged? Support them. They can speak of their troubles. But with infants it is not thus. Are there sick ? Dispense medicine to them. Are there the starved and cold ? Give clothing to them. Beyond this there is naught to be done. But in the bringing up of babes, the babe must depend upon its wetnurse. It is also unlike the charity- schools, where they only require a teacher; and unlike the burying of the dead, when you can hire coolies and may also lead them your- self. The infants, having entered the establishinent, must there re- main, until they have been brought up to girl or boyhood, when they may leave It is unlike the precautions for saving the ship- wrecked, which are only extraordinary cases. It is unlike the re- ceiving of the wanderer, who after a while returns. The squalling babe is committed to the care of the wetnurse, who gave not birth to it, and this care must be prolonged even to the extent of months and years, before it can be brought to maturity. If with one or two there be a fear of not properly sustaining the charge, how much more in case of some tens and hundreds ? But I say that it is not difficult if so be there are people to superintendent this business. Shanghai Foundling Hospital has existed ever since the 49th year of Kánghí; and during this interval there have been many times of prosperity and many of decline. When prosperous, it has protected and brought up very many When in decline, it has sent 1845. 179 Foundling Hospital at Shanghái. them away to other cities. Does not this arise from the different circumstances of former and succeeding times, and also from the difference occasioned by efficient or inefficient superintendents? In the 16th year of Táukwang, when I had the magistracy of the city, the establishment had declined, and I pondered over the methods for reviving it. Understanding that the former superintendent Tsáu- kiun was dead, I therefore quickly gave over the business of the establishment to Chúkiun of the Tungjin Táng, in connection with that. Chúkiun at first refused, but afterwards took the office; and after he had done so, with a singleness of purpose, devising most ex- cellent and admirable plans; and if we consider the time of its first establishment, the present was comparatively better, and my heart was exceedingly delighted. Some one perhaps will say, since Chúkiun is thus able to plan for the establishment, and at first expressed a wish to hold office but for a short period, why should he wish, having acquired merit, to retire ! Perhaps lest he might be involved in some responsibility, perhaps fearing lest he should not eventually succeed, and he would act beforehand. All these then are those who do not know Chú- kiun.—He who sees an opportunity for doing good and does it, is benevolent. He who acts and does not anticipate the difficulties, is unwise. He who is aware of the difficulties, and does not meet them, wants resolution. Chúkiun knew of the difficulties of the affair regarding the Foundling Hospital; and yet could not bear to see the decline of the institution. This refusal showed his wisdom; and his accepting of the office, his benevolence and resolution. I at first, on account of his refusal, believed him capable of discharging this office; and on his assuming it, I still more considered him capable of success. The Shú King says, “If you would nourish infants, you must sincerely seek out their wants.” It also says, “Anticipate the dif- ficulty, in order to accomplish with ease.” Mark Chókiun's com- mencement to his call for subscriptions, and you will then see his mind. Let those who succeed him, acting in accordance with the old regulations, be fearless of difficulties, and not willing to slur them over. Thus, he who protects the life of infants, and displays the benevolent favor of the government towards the young, how shall his merits be accounted small ? Now Chúkiun has printed the following report, which he laid be- fore me, requesting me to add a preface, because I was well ac- quainted with the difficulties of the matter, and the subsequent suc- 180 Foundling Hospital at Shúnghúi. APRIL, cess in meeting them. Regarding the numbers of subscribers, and the particulars of the regulations, as they are all stated in this book, I need not again refer to them. This preface is written by Wang Mien, the promoted prefect of Súchau, assistant superintendent of the public granaries, acting pre- fect of the independent prefecture of Táicháng, forinerly the acting sub-preſect of Shánglái. Report of the Shanghái Foundling Hospital. Shanghái has had a Foundling Hospital from the 49th year of the emperor Kanghí. It originated in an inperial order, which was issued through the whole of the provinces, to the officers of each district and department, directing them to superintend the public contributions, and to await the voluntary subscriptions of the gentle- men and scholars (towards Foundling Hospitals). But alas! in all this our city was deficient. For two years previously, in conse- quence of dearth, deserted children filled the roads. At this time the learned scholar Mr. Wútung Tsáu had returned home on sick leave, and compassionately wished to form some plan for their re- lief. In conjunction with Mr. Si Chinchang, he drew out regula- tions for an institution, and consulted with him. The latter gentle- man generously granted a garden near the sub-prefect's office, and to the eastward of the Táhshwui bridge, and drew plans for the building, to consist of three halls; the centre one for the idols and their worship; behind there was to be a bedroom, a sitting room, and kitchen, for the accomodation of the stipendiary officers of the in- stitution. In the front there was to be à door-tablet bearing the in- scription, “Foundling Hospital.” On the left side there was to be the place for receiving the infants; the persons who brought them were to strike the door-post, so that the people inside may not have any clandestine communication; on the east and west were to be empty chambers for the accominodation of two wetnurses, so that the foundlings when brought in may be suckled for a while, until they are apportioned by lot to the wetnurses outside. The directors each contributed in his own department. The yearly officers gave largely towards the yearly expenses. There were Mr. Wókáng, with his brother Tsáunán, his nephew Táchun, and Mr. Síchun's son-in-law Lí Hohchau, who shared equally the duties of office. The monthly officers contributed monthly the supply of fuel and water, and at- tended to the foundlings. There were also overseers, who accord- ing to the seasons solicited for clothing, examined into and kept the books, superintended the physicians and apothecaries, as well as 1845. Foundling Hospital at Shinghái. 181 the stipendiary officers and servants of the institution. Every year a report was published, in order to make manifest their justice and deligence. At this time they were leaders in goodness, and the hearts of all men were stimulated to action. Those who contributed, sent sub- scriptions from all quarters; those who strove to excite an interest in the affair, endeavored to be first and feared to be behindhand; and thus the circumstances attending the origin of the Foundling Hospital were exceedingly favorable. But afterwards the officers became remiss, and the subscribers daily diminished in numbers. But the four yearly officers behaved as heretofore. As regarded the institution, the great and small matters, income and expenditure, with the balancing of accounts, all depended upon the care of Hoh- chau. His assistant was Kingnan the son of Mr. Sítsun, who filled the offices of a yearly director, overseer, and monthly inspector: It is difficult to find a man who will in this way exert himself as a monthly officer, and also by exciting interest and providing funds. In all reverses, he was ever the most excellent. Hohchau holding the office of an overseer, unceasingly applied himself to the care of the expenditure, and yearly in the autumn, in conjunction with a few like-minded friends, he called on the public for assistance, throughout the city and suburbs, and was the leader and foremost in all these efforts. People willingly responded to their call, and fully defrayed the half of the necessary expenses. About the 60th year of Kánghi, Mr. Wúkang died, and thus was lost one of the yearly directors. Deficiencies in wages and food, were paid by Hohcháu himself, in order to meet the monthly exigencies. Besides thus pro- viding for wages and food, he constantly visited and attended to the affairs of the institution, and although his domestic business was pressing, he did not relax in his exertions. The sincerity and ex- cellency of his delight in virtue increased with the lapse of time, and to his efforts may be attributed the continuance of the institu- tion. When Kingnán died, it was difficult for Hohcháu to manage matters alone, and he called on his friends for assistance. In the 4th year of Yungching, Táchun responded to his call, and at the same time the three brothers Chihsung, Kingsán, and Yumán, plan- ned together with him, to restore the affairs of the institution. These three gentlemen were all nephews of Wúkáng, and they said that, with regard to the Foundling Hospital, sincere effort was needed, and that they strove not for fame. If yearly eleven children are received and nineteen die, is this the want of compassion in the 182 APRIL, Foundling Hospital at Shanghái. directors? Upon this, they carefully examined the early regulations. First they renewed the rules of examination, nivestigated the de- ficiencies of the children's clothing and food. Next they paid attention to the regulations regarding the physician and apothecary, to see that the infants hrad aid in time of sickness. As it was impor- tant that the state of the wetnurses should be ascertained, they again brought up the plan of strict investigation, and the giving of a cer- ticificate of hire, thus lessening the privations of the children. Also with regard to the necessary cautions in the allotment of the children, they revived the practice of casting lots for the nurse, and thus collusion and partiality were avoided. In the 11th month of this year, Hohchau resigned the office of overseer, and the two brothers Tsiáukwoh in conjunction with some like minded friends divided the works into four periods of three months each. They again kept the register, with the most minute correctness, and the accounts were audited with the greatest accuracy, and the report published monthly. The interior regulations of the establishment were strictly enforced, they were very particular in the discharge or retaining of the wetnurses; scrupulously careful that those who adopted children should attend to their preservation; and appointed officers to attend to the proper treatment of the dead. Lest the children should be bitten by mosquitoes Chúnán distributed cur- tains to them all; and lest they should cry from cold, Táchun gave all additional padded clothes. The regulations having been long neglected, Kingsán and Tahchun consulted together, and had them published for general information. The hall being out of repair, Yumán, Táhchun, with the virtuous lady Wúkáng's widowed daughter-in-law, applied themselves to the restoring and beautifying of it. The regulations were gradually renewed and order reës- tablished. The superintendents and other officers applied them- selves faithfully and with single-mindedness to their respective duties, and the lives of the infants were thus preserved. These were the means by which the institution was enabled to attain to its former condition, and even to surpass its previous pros- perity. I, Tsinchin, look upon the Foundling Hospital as a plan similar to the practice in the Cháu dynasty, of relieving orphans in the spring and summer seasons; as in the Hán dynasty, the empe- ror issued an edict to supply, from the public granaries, orphans and those who had children whom they were unable to support; or as in the Sung dynasty, 500 mán of the public grounds were given for the erection of buildings for the reception and nourishment of cast- 1815. Foundling Hospital at Sháng hái. 183 away children. During the Yuen and Ming dynasties, until the present time, there were no fixed regulations. But when the present emperor ascended the throne, throughout his whole conduct he showed his reverence for the institutions of the ancient emperors, and in his pity for orphans, he was even more sedulously compas- sionate. Shunchi rigorously prohibited the drowning of female infants. The empress dowager gave large contributions of rice to the Foundling Hospitals. Kanghí widely diffused his gracious benevolence, and in his southern progress specially gave an auto- graph inscription for the central hall of the Súchau Institution. On his accession to the throne, he gave to the Institution in the capital, a golden inscription, intimating that it was a mark of com- mendation. He also issued an edict, commanding that letters should be transmitted throughout the provinces requiring the officers to exhort and call on the people for subscriptions. His favor to the young surpassed the thousand ages of antiquity. By such examples we may see the deep and renovating influences of imperial virtue, and the unlimited extent to which it feeds the charity of the benevolent and the excellent. The Shú King says, “The end and the beginning are as one, and virtue must be daily renewed.” The Book of Ode says, “Children's children, and grandsons' grandsons follow without failure.” From these quotations we infer that to commence such establishments is not easy, but that to main- tain them is still more difficult. In the business of a Foundling Hospital, energy, funds and order are required : if one of these then are wanting, it cannot be sup- ported. At present, all these worthy gentlemen have attained this end by great energy, have maintained it by sufficient funds, and have carried it out by order. The difficulties which still remain lie in the means of its continuance. Does not the sage say, "The virtuous is never single, he must have associates ?” Thus all these worthy gentlemen, having each exerted his energy, and used his nieans and measures to befriend these squalling babes, have been followed in the higher classes by civil and military officers, and in the lower by the principal individuals in the towns and villages. Who did not obey the imperial injunctions for the diffusion of general benevolence, or mutually assist in supplying that which the funds and measures were not sufficient to attain to? A universal answer, to a general demand! And an ever-flowing and continuous stream! The children of our town have, in fine, ever received 184 APRIL Foundling Ilospital at Shanghái. protection by this institution. Whence should so much anxiety arise lest funds should be meagre and means small? I, Tsinchin, having retired from office on account of my parents' death, with Han Kánlái and Cháng Kienfau performed the duties of secretaries to the institution. We subsequently published the regulations, with a general statement of the progress of the institution, and appended the names of all its superintendents and officers in readiness for the examination of the local magistrate. Wákáng, Sítsun, Tsaunán, Hohchau, Kingnán, Chihsung, King- sán, Yumán, Tahchun, Hienfú, all fellow citizens with Kánlái and his son-in-law Tsiaukwoh, natives of l'hing, resident in Shing- hái; these with the remainder of the superintendents, &c. have all seen the report. Their names are not here mentioned. Written by your fellow citizen Wáng Tsinchin, on a lucky day, in the 3d year of Yungching the 7th month. Regulations for the Yuhying Túng, or Foundling Hospital. 1. All the friends of the institution shall by appointment assemi- ble in the hall on the 1st and 15th days of the month; when they shall reverently approach before the idol, burn incense, and pros- trate themselves; which finished, they shall examine the infants' register, inspect the children's tickets, and give out the wetnurses', wages and food. It is requisite that this be done with justice and circumspection; on no account let their be trifling or remissness. 2. As the directors each have their private business, and cir- cuinstances which would make it difficult for them to remain at the institution, they should therefore publicly request two of the friends of the institution constantly to reside there, in order to take the management and control. One of them, to take charge of the records and registers, the receiving of the infants, the allotment of the nurses, the giving out the childrens' tickets, and the receiving and dispensing of the money.—It is requesite that all this be recorded minutely and carefully. The other, to make investigations, daily to give out the things which may in turn be requisite, and taking in his hand the infants' record, to go round to the place appointed for each, first to examine the child's ticket, then to take cognizance of the nurse's diligence or neglect, and whether the child be fat or thin, which is upon the spot to be entered into the record, in readi- ness for the 1st and 15th days of the month, when the directors shall examine and verify, and dispense praise or blame. Thiese offices are must important ones, and if filled with singleness of heart 1845. 185 Foundling Hospital at Shanghái. and strenuous effort, neither shirnking from exertion or ill-will, the merit is not small; and it is desirable that they should exert them- selves in unison.— These two officers shall each receive a monthly salary of 2000 cash. 3. In the institution, there was formerly an attendant, which now as of old is necessary. It is required that he should run on errands, and await the directions and orders of the friends of the institution, he must not presume to be absent; every month he shall receive for food and wages, 1400 cash. 4. In the institution, there was formerly one wet nurse; it is now ditermined to add another, in order to prepare for the recep- tion of infants.—Each shall receive monthly wages, 2000 cash. 5. Whenever a cast-away infant is brought to the institution, the officers of the hall must make an examination as to the year, month, and day of its birth, and the lines and fashion of its fingers; whether the five senses and the four limbs be perfect or not;--and whether there be sores or scars ;-these with the color of the cloth- ing are to be minutely recorded in the infants' register. It is then to be given over to one of the wet nurse of the institution to suckle, and on the morrow the child's ticket is to be written out and given to the nurse, who now receives and takes charge of the infant; and from this day commences the reckoning for its milk. Each nurse shall receive per month, for food and wages, to the amount of 760 cash, to be paid half monthly. 6. The most important thing in the nourishing of the infants is the hiring of wetnurses. It should constantly be a subject of fore- thought. If there be any one who wishes to take this situation, either her own husband can come to the hall, and announce her name, or a relative or neighbor must come and give security for her. The officers of the hall must then examine whether she really has milk or not, and her name and surname must then be entered upon the record; when infants come they are to be distributed suc- cessively to the nurses. If the women be neglectful in nourishing the children; or if they transfer them with payment to other hands, or exchange their charge among themselves, hoping in this way to spare themselves trouble; or, worse than all, should they take their own children, send them to the institution, and as formerly presume to offer themselves as wet nurses, hoping thereby to receive pay- ment: all these several kinds of abuses, it is difficult to enumerate, but it depends upon the officers constantly to make investigations, and having once certainly ascertained that they do exist; then if the VOL. XIV. NO. IV, 186 APRIL, Foundling Hospital at Shanghái. offenses be light, let the women be dismissed and others called ; and if they be serious, let the offenders be sent to the magistrate for punishment. 7. In the hall there must be five registers. The subscriptions of the good and faithful, irrespective of their being in money or other things, must be entered in the subscription register. When found- lings are brought to the institution, the age of the said infants, their personal appearance, the date of their arrival and of their being put out to nurse, being arranged in order according to their number and tickets, shall be minutely recorded in the foundlings' reception book. When a wet nurse applies to the institution, and on examina- tion is found to have milk, her name and surname, and place of her abode, shall be entered into the hired wet nurse register. When any children are adopted from the institution, they are to be entered into the adoption register. When any children are sick, having small-pox or other diseases, they are to be entered in the sick re- gister. These five registers must all be verified by the 1st and 2d clerks. 8. The institution shall have four forms of tickets. For each sub- scriber there shall be drawn out a ticket in triplicate, one to be given for his own keeping, one to be keep in the institution, and the other to be kept in the superintendent's office. There is also to be a ticket requesting the physician's attendance, upon seeing which he will instantly come. There is also to be a ticket for the apothecary, upon seeing which he will dispense the medicines required. The tickets for the adopted children shall be drawn out in duplicate; the one shall be the bond for the receiving of the child, which shall be laid by in the institution; and the other the agreement of transſer, which shall be given to the family adopting the child.—'These shall be stamped with the official seal of the sub-prefect. 9. Each child when sent to nurse shall have a ticket. On it shall be written the age and appearance of the said child, with the date of its being sent out; and the name, surname, and residence of the nurse. On the back of the ticket shall be written out the twelve months, divided into semi-inonthly periods, so that when the woman brings the ticket to demand her wages, underneath each period shall be written the word paid. 10. When a child has reached the age of three years, it is then able to eat and drink, to run and walk by itself. And if, as hitherto, it is uuadopted by any one, the said child shall receive a ticket, and be again taken into the institution, where there shall be hired nurses to take charge thercof. 1845. 187 Foundling Hospital at Shanghái. 1%. 11. When the children are put out to nurses, they ought of course to be clothed, according to the season, in suitable articles of apparel. And it is determined that in the 3d month shall be given out a calico jacket and single trousers ;-in the 4th month a breast apron, and also grasscloth musquitoe curtains ;-and in the 6th month a padded jacket and petticoat, cap, stockings and a cotton blanket. The above clothes when given out shall all be stamped, and the time of their distribution entered in the register. The we tnurses must not secretly pawn the clothes. Every year, at the said months, they shall be changed; and when any of the children are adopted or die, the clothes shall immediately be returned. When a child has been cast away as a foundling, being thus cut off from the sympathies of a father or mother, and our institution having received and brought it up and eventually trans- ferred it by adoption to other hands, if any one should falsely claim to be the said child's father or mother, presuming thus upon being able to take it away, this wicked and sharper-like conduct, and the bond which the adopting family received at the time of transfer shall immediately be laid before the sub-prefect, and the offender condemned and punished. 13. Our institution only receives foundlings, therefore if any one should bring an own child, alledging that the mother is sick or dead, and begging that the child may be suckled, or should any be brought upwards of three years of age, who can walk and feed themselves, they shall not be received, but as in the foregoing case the magistrate's prohibition shall be requested 14. In the transfer of the children, it is only requisite with regard to the boys that they be legitimatized into some fanily; beyond this there is no farther need for anxiety.-But as regards the girls, there is great fear of their being bought as concubines, or bought and sold again with other similar abuses. The superintendent, therefore, if he be not well acquainted with the persons, ought pre- viously to make inquiries as to their conduct and employment, and he sure that they are not profligates or of low and mean habits, taking also security from relatives and neighbors, then the transfer may be made. This is of very great importance; be cautious, be cautious. The names of the officers. Yearly officers, 8 Monthly officers, 18 Officers for the examination of children and hiring of wet nurses, 3 188 APRIL, Foundling Hospital at Shanghai. Officers taking charge of the children's effects, 2 Officers in charge of the writing materials, 3 Apothecaries, 3 Auditors, 2 Treasurers, 4 Physicians, giving gratuitous advice, 5 The number of the children. The children who dic before they are put on record should be enumerated in a separate column. Such children as are sick, when received into the institution, it is not advisable to put out to nurse; Istly, because the out-nurses are not willing to take charge of them; and 2ndly, because although they may have been sent out when sick, they are always brought back to the institution for relief. Therefore all sick children received shall first be perfectly cured and afterwards sent out. Those which die, before they have been sent out to nurse, shall be arranged in a separate column, under the head of unregistered children who have died. List of numbers for the 19th year of Táukwáng. Old inmates 35 | Deceased 32 New inmates 79 Returned to Sungkiang fú 5 New inmates received from Uuregistered deceased 33 Sungkiáng fú 54 At present in the institution 23 Transferred by adoption 75 For the 20th year of Táukwáng. Old inmates 23 | Deceased 21 New inmates 70 Returned to Sungkiáng fú 9 New inmates received from Unregistered deceased 37 Sungkiáng fú 50 Present inmates 23 Transferred by adoption 53 For the 21st year of Táukwang. Old inmates 23 Deceased 30 New inmates 114 Returned to Sungkiáng fú 8 New inmates received from Unregistered deceased 48 Sungkiang fú 34 Present inmates 35 Transferred by adoption 50 For the 22d year of Túukwáng (1842]. Old inmates 35 Unregistered deceased 33 New ininates 91 Returned to Sungkiáng fú 1 Deceased 25 Present inmates 42 Transferred by adoption - 25 List of utensils, clothes, foc., contributed by the following worthy individuals. Six padded dresses for wet nurses, with caps for all the children in the institution, and 3000 cash for children, by Sim Sháyú. 1845. 189 Foundling Hospital at Shúnghái. A long yellow silk coat, three pairs of yellow curtains, one yellow cap, and three pairs of curtain-hooks for idols, by Yau Yinyih, Four common lamps, with 8000 cash for children's clothing, by L.1- Kiensin. 3000 cash for children's clothing, and 84,000 cash for reward money for the wet nurses, by Kiú Tsz' yen. $10 for children's clothing, by 8000 cash for children's clothing, by $40 for children clothing, by 6 cotton dresses for wetnurses, and 8400 cash for clothes by for children's clothing, by $4 for children's clothing, by $6 for children's clothing, by 6 cotton dresses for we tnurses, and $4 for children's clothing, by 8400 cash for children's clothing, by 8000 cash for children's clothing, by 8000 cash for children's clothing, by The above contributions of cash and dollars, having all been ex- pended in the procuring of children's clothing, have not been enter- ed into the general accounts of the institution. Contributions by the officers of the institution for rewards to the wet nurses, for food, and extra expenses during the following years. For the 19th year of Taukwang, whole amount 92,400 cash For the 20th year 84,000 For the 21st year 92,400 For the 22d year 84,000 Inducements to acquire merit by subscriptions. We respectfully address The Shanghai Foundling Hos- pital was first opened in the 49th year of Kángbí, 135 years ago. On examining the Foundlings' register, for the number of the present inmates, we find that there are still remaining more than thirty-nine: can any say that this does not fully equal their expectations? But of late the expenditure has much exceeded the income. The individual who took the superintendence of the hospital was Tsáu Chunyung, but this year he died; and his son and heir, petitioned the sub-prefect that the office of superintendent might be transferred to another, and has received the sub-prefect's command to hand over the management of it to the Tungjin Táng (or Hall of United Benevolence). But there > 190 APRIL Foundling Hospital at Shanghái. gement of it. are many explicit statements, on the sub-prefect's records, from the Tungjin 'Táng of its inability to combine, with that institution, the care of the Foundling Hospital. During Tsáu's life all the responsibility devolved upon him, but now that he is dead, there are more than thirty children calling for nourishment, who cannot wait till the morrow. Now if we do not immediately take some measures, not only these thirty children will die between a morning and an evening, but the excellent institution, which has been carried on for more than a hundred years uninter- ruptedly, will eventually be put to an end, by that one expression of the T'ungjin Táng's managers, that they cannot take the mana- The Tungjin Táng is an excellent institution ; but cannot its managers take charge of this also ? Now we have been compelled thus temporarily to take the mana- gement of the Foundling Hospital until some one shall be found who will come forward for our relief. The expenditure of the Tungjin Táng is settled; no change of circumstances can ever drive thein hither and thither. All the benevolent and good people contribute regularly to the Tungjin Tang; if therefore we now come again to press them for subscriptions to the Foundling Hospital, thus call- ing them to contribute to two institutions, it would seem to be rather unreasonable; and for one person to make two subscriptions is moreover not an easy matter of late years. We have repeatedly inade calls for contributions, and must thus have moved many tens of thousands of cash. But now when circumstances again call to the business of soliciting, the difficulty in so doing is greater, and the supply more scanty ihan before. It is now settled that the officers of the Tungjin Táng, whose means are but small, put down their names at the head of the subscription list, in order to the meeting of the present exigency. Necessity is constant, but we can hardly expect that its supply (by subscription) will be equally so; it would therefore be well, by gaining the interest which time would give, to attain to an accumulation of property. Every man alike has the feeling of compassion, but when difficulty arises he withdraws, and when the matter is easily settled he runs forward. If therefore the amount of a subscription could be decreased, every one would be able to contribute a small sum, and we might solicit everywhere. It is now decided that one benevolence ticket shall be valued equal to 360 cash, and that these shall be collected according to the four seasons. The institution shall first distribute the benevolence tickets; then those who have the will to contribute shall be requested to write 184). 191 l'oundling Hospital at Shanghái. their names on the tickets which have been distributed. One per- son may write on several tickets, or several individuals may join to gether for one ticket, or all the members of a household, both the family and domestics may subscribe to a corresponding number of tickets, or may call and invite friends and relations to join in any number of tickets. Thus one ticket may extend to several tens, hundreds and thousands. Let these be distributed according to the ability and inclination of those called on to subscribe. After the lapse of a month the tickets shall be received again by the institution, and changed for receipt tickets. According to the seasons, the tickets shall be taken and the money calted for, the period of three years completing the term. Those who have subscribed for several years, or only for one or two years, may suit their own convenience. This contribution is raised for the following reasons; Istly, in order to perpetuate our excellent establishment; 2dly, in order to the saving of the children who are already in thein stitution; and 3dly, that we may relieve the Tungjin Táng from a responsibility which they were not able to decline. If for the extension of kindness to our fellow creatures, and to those poor and destitute who have no father and mother, all the good and benevolent would dispense one cash, it would be suffi- cient for the maintenance of the Foundlings for one day. It will be well if no one considers a small good unmeritorious, nor a small subscription to be of no avail. Either you may induce others to subscribe, by the vernal breeze froin your mouth, or you may nou- rish the blade of benevolence in the field of happiness, or cherish the already sprouting bud. Thus by taking advantage of opportu- nities as they present themselves, and using your endeavors to ac- complish your object, you may immeasurably benefit and extend the institution, at which we shall exceedingly rejoice. Respectfully addressed by the committee of the institution. Táukwang, 16th year, 11th month. The form of the bencvolence ticket of the Foundling Hospital. Having received the sub-prefect's order to take charge of the Foundling Hospital, we have agreed to raise a subscription, and now beg to request you (naming the person) dwelling at (place of residence) for a voluntary subscription of (number of tickets), the aggregate amount of which will be amount in cash). Táukwang (year and day of month). Each benevolence ticket is of the value of 360 cash, being one 19:4 APRIL foundling Hospital at Shanghai. cash per day, this one ticket is for one year. From one ticket it may extend to some tens, hundreds, and thousands; from one year to two, and from two to three, each according to inclination and ability. The institution having distributed the tickets, shall wait until a month be elapsed, and then receive the tickets again, pasting or hanging them against the walls, and entering them into the sub- scription register. Beginning from the 1st month of the 17th year, they shall be re- collected according to the season. Let every one act froin benevo- lent feelings, let there be no compulsion. List of subscriptions. No of tickets. No uſ tickets. Li, commandant of the right 1 individual of 16 cainps 24 i individual of 14 Liu, commandant of the mili- I individual of 12 Lary station in the city 1060 individuals of 10 each 600 Chú, of the Tunpun Hall 1000 2 individuals of 3 16 6 individuals each subscribing 5 individuals of 6 30 100 tickets 6110) 41 individuals of 5 205 i individual 70 18 individuals of 4 72 2 individuals of 50 each 100 | 41) individuals of 3 120 8 individuals of 30 240 | 206 individuals of 2 412 5 individuals of 40 200 495 individuals of 1 495 2 individuals of 25 51) Tickets 4586 15 individuals of 20 300 Each ticket being worth 360 cash, 1,650,960 cash. 1. Cash. Táukwung, 19th year. List of the good and faithful who joyfully subscribed. Cash, The owners of merchant ves- Subscriptions from Tsau Ho. sels 388,500 king 12,960 The guild of cloth manufac- Subscriptions from Minfáng 5,500 turers 252,096 fron Sán linh Subscriptions from Sin I'sa 36,000 23,400 froin Kiang Wan 21,600 Total 739,953 Túukwáng, 20th year. Owners of nierchant vessels 37,3401 Chí of the Shủyun gallery 18,000 Cloth manufacturers 170,319 Mr. Kau Sihyung 1,080 Chú of the run run Hall 360,000 Total 586,039 táng - 1 14,000 Táukwang, 21st year. The guild of cloth manufac- Mr. Sen Tsinyung turers 210,634 The Yueching bean war... Chú of the Tunpun Hall 360,000 liou je Mr. Chú of the Shúyun Mr. Chuh Meifuh gallery 18,000 Total Mr. Chang of the Tan Yuen gallery 3,600 2,160 1,180 609,574 ! 1845. 193 Foundling Hospital at Shanghai. Taukwang, 22d year. Mr. Chú of the Shủyun The Yueching bean ware- gallery 18,000 house 1,160 The Wantung shop 7,000 Mr. Chu Kweifuh 780 Total 27,940 The amount of the cloth manufacturers' subscription was received too late for this list, and will be included in next year's report. Rent on lands. In the 18th year the entire rental was 83,319 cash. Paid for land tax, in money 14,264 Paid do. in rice 39,888 Expenses of water carriage of the produce 6,147 In the 19th year, rental received 136,710 cash. Paid land tax in money 18,311 Paid do. in rice 68,176 Water carriage 4,750 In the 20th year, rental received 138,225 cash. Paid land tax in money 19,465 Paid do. in rice 69,926 Water carriage 3,692 In the 21st year, rental received 109,365 cash. Paid land tax in money 19,600 Paid do. in rice 64,640 Water carriage 3,205 In the 22d year, first instalment of land tax 9,734 cash. Balance of the above 4 years 125,821 cash. Interest received on various sums of money for the 19th year of Taukwang, 467,400 Interest received on various sums of money for the 20th year of Taukwang, 467,400 Interest received on various sums of money for the 21st year of Taukwang 462,600 Interest received on various sums of money for the 22d year of Taukwang 467,400 For the 19th year, Nurses' wages and children s expenses. Monthly hire of outside wet nurses 186,200 Occasional hire of an extra nurse 8,061 Rewards on the examination of the infants 6,028 Gratuity to a little blind girl 7,200 For wages for wet nurses in the establishment 194,340 Rewards for do. do. 8,090 Hire of an old female domestic 24,330 Paid for securities for the wet nurses 29,587 Passage money for the wel nurses to and from Sung. kiảng tú 23,692 Apothecaries bills-draughts, pills, powders and other medical ingredients 61,950 Physicians' fees 16,605 Children's rice cakes, shaving, small-pox, lamp oil, and medicines 8,905 Fire balls, and medicine firing 13,362 Ten mosquito curtains 23,880 Straw cradles, shoes, stockings, and straw mats 8,753 VOL. XIY. NO. IV. 194 APRIL, Foundling Hospital at Shanghai. Expenses for preparing the children's clothes, cotton blankets, cotton wool, cloth, and other materials 49,224 Expenses for burying the children's coffins, hire, sand, straw coffins, and paper inoney 16,218 Total 685,426 Receipts for the 19th year. From officers of the institution for supply of children's food and extra expenses 92,400 From the good and faithful for benevolence tickets 1,650,960 From the good and faithful in money, 739,958 Interest on loans to pawn brokers and private persons 467,400 From rentage of houses 95,847 3,046,565 Receipts on subscriptions for the 20th year, sum total 1,239,839 cash. For the 21st year 1,386,395 For tke 22d year 673,607 Total amount of receipts for the above four years 6,346,406 cash. Sundries for the establishment for the 19th year. Printing and sewing the registers, receipt tickets, pencils and ink 7,630 For printing the Report for 18th year 99,583 Tax for the foundation of the establishment in money and rice 20,213 Tiffin on the 1st and 15th, for the friends who paid wages 3,100 Recitation of prayers, and dressing out the shrine on occasion of the idol's birthday 38,785 The feast and other arrangements are not mentioned here as they were defrayed by the superintendent. Incense candles, and paper money used in sacrificing on the three annual festivals 12,308 For the daily expenditure of tea, tobacco, oil, candles, coal, and charcoal 39,394 Salaries of auditors 121,800 Domestics and cooks 29,184 Fifty-eight peculs of rice 205,429 Daily supply of food 136,612 Firewood 64,491 Extras 17,748 Repairing walls of Institutions and outhouses 78,518 Forty bundles of paper 14,230 Varnishing and materials 14,374 Removing broken tiles and rubbish from the institution 18,400 Whole year's pencil expenses 4,080 Years expenses for the constable and other official expenses 2,500 Food and wages of the collectors of the tickets and subscriptions 10,254 Loss of all kinds on tickets and money 15,020 Total 953,586 Exper:!iture for the 19th year. For nurses' wages and children's food 685,426 Miscellaneous expenses (as above) 953,586 Total 1,639,012 1845. 195 Toleration of Christianity. . In the same year sent as contribution to Sungkiáng fú 300,000 cash. Expenditure for the 20th year Total 1,533,869 Expenditure for the 21st year Total 1,606,378 Expenditure for the 22d year Total 1,631,548 cash. Expenditure for above 4 years Total 6,410,807 cash. 18th year in hand 1,005,058 New receipts 6,346,406 Grand total of expenses 6,410,807 Contributions to Sungkiáng 300,000 Balance from above 640,657 Interest on subscriptions loaned out 2,850,000 Interest on wares from pawn-broker's shops 1,520,000 Balance now in hand 5,010,657 We are indebted to friends at Shanghai for the foregoing Report, of which we leave our readers to form their own opinions, having no space left for comments. Similar institutions exist in all the prin- cipal towns of the empire. Art. V. Toleration of Christianity, intimated by the emperor Túrkwáng, December 28th, 1844, in a reply given to a me- morial from the imperial commissioner Kiying. AFTER so long delay we are able to place before our readers the em- peror's edict, for the toleration of Christianity, kindly forwarded to us by a correspondent at Shinghái. The history of this document we have been able to trace so far as to leave no doubt, in our own minds, of its being authentic. Certain officers, both at Shanghái and Canton, have denied the authenticity of what purports to be the emperor's reply; but others, who have the means of knowing the truth, declare to the contrary. In the summer of last year we had the pleasure of presenting to Kíying a copy of the New Testament in Manchu,--the same in Chinese with many other books on Chris- tianity, he had previously received and perused, and had evidently inade up his mind regarding the truth and excellence of this “ religion.” Aware of what was doing to extend Christianity, he is said to have brought forward a proposition more than a year ago for its toleration. But the honor of securing this, by a direct request, was reserved for the French embassador. We here introduce the original with a translation. new 196 APRIL, Toleration of Christianity. 歇 ​唔​崇​為​别​懲​污​習​明​各​奏​差 ​呢​奉​惡​治​辦​婦​教​傳​國​為​大 ​請​之 ​之​之​罪​在​女​之​入​所​具 ​將​教​人​專案 ​專案​人中​崇​奏 ​兩 ​中​也​並​條 ​於​取​每​國泰​事​廣 ​國​今​非​原 ​幕 ​病​有​向​意 ​竊 ​習​據​禁​所​慶​人​猜​不​主​查​督 ​教 ​弗​及​以​年​目​教​禁​勸​天​者 ​為​朗西​禁 ​間 ​睛​為 ​止 ​善 ​善​濟 ​洋​中 ​始 ​惡​嗣 ​之​使​外國 ​定​官​甚​因 ​人臣 ​國​智 ​為​查​至​中​自​西 ​免​喇​所 ​教​分​出國​前​洋 ​KiyING, imperial cominissioner, minister of state, and governior-ge- neral of Kwangtung and Kwangsí, respectfully addresses the throne bay memorial. On examination it appears, that the religion of the Lord of hea- ven is that professed by all the nations of the west; that its main object is to encourage the good and suppress the wicked; that, since its introduction to China during the Ming dynasty, it has never been interdicted; that subsequently, when Chinese, practicing this reli- gion, often made it a covert for wickedness, even to the seducing of wives and daughters, and to the deceiftul extraction of the pupils from the eyes of the sick,* government made investigation and inflict- ed punishment, as is on record; and that, in the reign of Kiáking, special clauses were first laid down for the punishment of the guilty. The prohibition therefore was directed against evil-doing under the covert of religion, and not against the religion professed by western foreign nations. Now the request of the French embassador, Lagrené, that those 1845. 197 Toleration of Christianity. 天 ​領​行​內​商​及​罪​病 ​恩滋 ​中 ​罪 ​事 ​地 ​地 ​五 ​各​名 ​五 ​各​名人​雅​事​外​之 ​方​傳 ​口 ​外​者​目​予行​民​處 ​管​官 ​官​教 ​地 ​國​仍​晴 ​免​非人​似 ​一個​方​智​照 ​方​智​照​仍​罪​者​凡屬 ​懲​經​有​建​教 ​舊​蹈 ​如何​有​可 ​辦​拿​違 ​堂​之​例​前 ​有 ​無 ​學​行 ​不​獲​背 ​雅​背​被​人​辦​繳​誘 ​智 ​得​即​條 ​條 ​拜​只​理​及​污 ​天​請 ​遼​解約 ​不准​至​另​婦 ​主​嗣 ​加送​越​得其​弗​把​女 ​教​後 ​刑​各界​擅​在 ​擅​在​朗 ​别​誕 ​並無 ​鐵​國​安 ​安​入​通​濟​項​取 ​不論 ​Chinese who, doing well, practice this religion, be exempt from criminality, seems feasible. It is right therefore to make request, and earnestly to crave celestial favor, to grant that, henceforth, all natives and foreigners without distinction, who learn and practice the religion of the Lord of heaven, and do not excite trouble by improper conduct, be exempted from criminality. If there be any who seduce wives and daughters, or deceitfully take the pupils from the eyes of the sick, walking in their former paths, or are otherwise guilty of criminal acts, let them be dealt with according to the old laws. As to those of the French and other foreign nations, who practice the religion, let them only be permitted to build churches at the five ports opened for commercial intercourse. They must not presume to enter the country to propagate religion. Should any act in opposition, turn their backs upon the treaties, and rashly overstep the boundaries, the local officers will at once seize and deliver them to their respective consuls for restraint and correction. Capital punishment is not to be rashly inflicted, in order that the 198 APRIL, Toleration of Christianity. 株 ​皇 ​批​到​道上​罪​允 ​罪​允​法​以 ​依 ​光​之​所 ​之​所​亦​示 ​二​准​處​請​昭 ​二​缺 ​十​施 ​理​將​平 ​四行​合​智 ​年​謹​恭敬 ​十​奏摺​爲 ​券 ​十二月​二十​五日​頒​咨​到​蘇 ​以​示​懷柔​庶​良莠​不​至​混淆​。而​情 ​月 ​委​之 ​十 ​伊人 ​九 ​而​免 ​口 ​其 ​泰 ​治 ​exercise of gentleness may be displayed. Thus peradventure the good and the profligate will not be blended, while the equity of mild laws will be exhibited. This request, that well-doers practicing the religion may be ex- empt from criminality, he (the commissioner), in accordance with reason and his bounden duty, respectfully lays before the throne, earnestly praying the august emperor graciously to grant that it may be carried into effect. A respectful memorial. Táukwáng, 24th year, 11th month, 19th day, (Dec. 28th 1844) was received the vermilion reply, 'Let it be according to the counsel (of Kiying).' This is from the emperor. * This is thus explained by a Chinese, “ It is a custom with the priests who teach the religion, when a man is about to die, to take a handful of cotton, having concealed within it a sharp needle, and then, while rubbing the indi- vidual's eyes with the cotton, to introduce the needle into the eye and puncture the pupil with it; the humors of the pripil saturate the cotton and are after- wards used as a medicine.” This foolish idea has its origin in the eätreme unction adıninistered by Catholic priests to the dying 1815. Journal of Occurrences. 199 A copy of the foregoing, in Chinese, reached the city of Súchau, on the 1st of February last, and soon after appeard a proclamation among the Roman Catholics at Shanghái, of which the following is a translation. "A special order from Lohing sz' (count de Bessi) bishop of Shántung and Kiángnán, commanding all his spiritual children, and communicating for their information, that whilst he, the bishop, was at Súchau, preparing for his journey northwards, he suddenly fell in with the memorial of the go- vernor-general of Canton, for which he returns thanks to Divine goodness, and feels penetrated with delight. l'he holy religion is most correct and true, and its professors certainly ought respectfully to maintain and deli- gently to learn it. Having seen the memorial, he, the bishop, immediately prosecuted his journey to Shantung; and about the third or fourth month intends to return southward, so that he could not personally issue his injunc- tions to his followers; but he sends this written order to all his spiritual children, that they will offer up especial prayers on his behalf, in order that his journey may be prosperous. He also hopes that his adhérents will set a good example and exert themselves in the practice of virtue and the sup- pression of vice, so that, as the memorial states, they may exhort each other to goodness and discourage all immoralities,-thus preserving themselves good and virtuous, without insulting the adherents of other religions, whilst they follow out the instructions and exhortations they have received. Let them also pray that the holy religion may be greatly promoted, reinembering that the kind consideration of the emperor towards our holy religion springs entirely from the favor of the Lord of heaven. After the reception of this order, let thanks be offered up to God for his mercies in the churches, for three Lord's days in succession. While the faithful rejoice in this extraor- dinary favor, let Ave Marias also be recited to display grateful feelings.” Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences : Peking Gazettes, the emperor engaged in religious worship; the northern ports ; Ningpo; conveyance of teas; Hongkong; proceedings of the Midical Missionary Society; Protestant missions. Peking Gazettes to the 17th of February have come to hand. Thus we are ten weeks without dates from the capital. In extraordinary cases, dispatches come to Canton in fourteen days. Perhaps no country in the world is better fitted for railroads than China, and we hope it may soon have them, with other facilities for intercommuni- cation. Financial matters, repairs of cities, temples, canals, ships of war, &c., are the leading topics in the gazettes before us. The whole empire is, apparently, enjoying its usual share of tranquility. On the 1st of January, his majesty, on account of the unusually small quantity of snow that had fallen in Peking, went in person to the temples, where he had previously ordered altars to be erected and prayers to be made, and where he himself took part in the religious worship. The priests, assisting on the occasion, were those of the Tiu sect, the rationalists of China. From the northern ports favorable accounts continue to be received, and all the success realized that the most sanguine anticipated, 200 Journal of Occurrences. Ningpo, according to the expressed opinions of residents there, has a delightful climate, and its winter weather is not surpassed by that even of Italy. We are glad to hear these favorable reports ; they give a better character to the climate than we had hitherto en- tertained. The city is of easy access by the river, and "the people are civil and obliging." Its capabilities, in a commercial point of view, “have not yet been sufficiently tested ; nor can they be, until after the evacuation of Chusan by the British.” From the China Mail, March 20th, we copy the following notice regarding the transportation of teas. The Peking Gazette of the 5th December contains an edict respecting the conveyance of teas from the Bohea Hills to Chápú, Ningpo and Shanghái, from which the following extracts are taken: The tea-storehouse keepers at Shanghái presented a petition, stating, that the magistrates of Yushan in Kiángsi instructed the coolies that merchants about to convey teas to Shánghái, Ningpo, and Chápú should be ordered back, because teas were to be sold at Canton as heretofore, and should not be pernitted to cross the mountains on the way to the above places; and further, since there was a demand amongst the English for new teas, they were con- stantly 'frequenting these shores. This paper having been transmitted through the inspector of Sungkiảng, Súchau, and Táisiúng, he dispatched an officer to investigate the affair in person. The lieutenant-governor of Kiángsí was greatly surprised when he heard of this circumstance, because the governor-general of Fukien and Chehkiáng had expressly ayreed to transport the teas of Fukien province to Shúnghai and Ningpo, as two of the five ports which had been opened to the English trade; and notwithstanding this, the magistrate had issued a proclamation against it. On mature inquiry it was ascertained, that Ho Chunchang, a Canton mer- chant, after having procured one thousand catties of tea for that maket, had been prevailed upon by some of the coolies to alter his intention and proceed to Shanghái. As this would have created confusion in the accounts, respecting the exportation, the magistrate enjoined that these teas should proceed to Can- ton, and the order had reference solely to this supply, and not to other tran- sactions. It also came out, that about eight thousand peculs of tea had been dispatched to Shanghái, without any hindrance in Yuhshan district. Since however, the local officers had not been explicit in their public statement, they were to be handed over for trial to the Board of Punishment, and this had been sanctioned by an imperial rescript. Improvements in Hongkong-especially in the construction of roads and buildings—are going on with greater spirit than ever, the population keeping pace with the increase of work. A plan has been adopted for securing a supply of ice. Health is generally good. The proceedings of the Medical Missionary Society are attracting some attention ; and while we purposely omit comments on these, we have great pleasure in being able to state that, the labors of all the medical officers continue with unabated success. Early in the month, the Rev. Messrs. Shuck and Devan, with their families, removed from Hongkong to Canton. About the mid- dle of the month the Rev. A. P. Happer opened a mission school in Macao, with thirty pupils. On the 24th, the right Rev. bishop W. J. Boone and lady, the Rev. H. W. Wonds and lady, the Rev. R. Graham and lady, with the Misses E. J. Gillett, E. G. Jones, and M. J. Morse, missionaries from the Episcopal Church, U. S. A., arrived at Hongkong, on their way to Amoy. TAL CHINESE REPOSITORY. . Vol. XIV.-May, 1845.— No. 5. 1 Art. I. The Syrian Monument, commemorating the progress of Chritianity in China, erected in the year of the Christian era seven hundred and eighteen, at Singán fú. Frequent mention has been made in our pages of this celebrated monument, discovered by some Chinese workman, A. D. 1625, in or near the city of Singán, the metropolis of the province of Shensí, and once the capital of the empire. The city is situated on the river Wei, lat. 34° 16' N. The monument was found covered with rubbish, and was immediately reported to the magistrate, who visited it, and caused it to be removed to a pagoda or temple, where it was examined by both natives and foreigners, Christians and pagans. Semmedo and other Roman Catholic priests visited it, and carefully examined the in- scription upon it. They have described it as a slab of marble, about ten feet long, and five fect broad. On one side of it is the Chinese inscription, in twenty-eight lines, twenty-six characters in each line, besides a heading over the top in nine characters, and another on the right side comprised in seventeen characters. Of this Chinese inscription we give three translations,--Kircher's in Latin, Dalquié's in French, and one in English, for which we are responsible. We add also the Chinese as given by Kircher, in his China Illustrata, published at Amsterdam. These translations and the Chinese will each occupy a separate column. The Chinese is not divided into paragraphs, and the Latin and French translators have simply made a paragraph of each line of the Chinese, as it was found on the mo- nument. In the English we have attempted a division into paragraphs according to the sense; the figures refer to corresponding ones at the end, where a few explanatory notes will be found. The 17 cha- racters, on the side of the inscription, we have placed at the top. 26 VOL. XIV. NO, V. 208 MAY, The Syrian Monument. A TABLET (COMMEMORATING) THE DIFFUSION OF THE ILLUSTRIOUS RELIGION OF TA-TSIN IN CHINA." 碑​中流​景​大 ​國​行​教案 ​粤​若​常​然​真​寂​。先​先 ​A stone tablet commemorating 景泰​序​碑​行​景 ​the diffusion of the illustrious religion in China, with a preface, 淨​寺 ​領​中​教 ​written by King Tsing, a priest from the Church in Judea. 述​僧​大​并​國​流 ​Now verily, the unchangeably Ź PE T - # true and recondite, the eternal cause of causes, the far-seeing & W Ehet ending and incomprehensible 飾​虛​成​而​身​玄 ​Being, who grasping the poles created the universe, and being 而​萬​生​無 ​more excellent than the holy ones," is the supremely honorable time to This is our mysterious Trinity, the true eternal Lord Jehovah Hati 造 ​He, determining, in the form of the cross, to establish the four Ft 三​化 ​quarters of the earth, moved the primeval Spirity and produced 大​漓​初​空 ​可​纱​先 ​all things visible and invisible. 8 The dark expanse was changed,於​之​人​易​羅​眾​而 ​folded. The sun and moon revolv- et In Thun 阿​聖​无 ​As an architect, having finished A tak 數​以 ​the universe, he created the first man; endowed him with goodness z 4H 良 ​地​判​元​管 ​; him to rule the world. His orig . fi t + 十​尊​然 ​nal nature was entirely pure and unsullied; and his simple and un 隙​噴 ​字​者​靈 ​corrupted heart, was wholly free from inordinate desires. But at 冥​; 鎮​月​以其 ​其​處 ​length Satan, by exercising dissi- imulation, and by throwing a gild- 同 ​化​號 ​定​惟​後 ​ed covering over that pure and uncorrupted nature, took away the 而 ​我​後 ​equity and greatness from the center of good, and insinuated 彼​彈彈​畫 ​面 ​evil and darkness in their stead." 非​施​元​夜​鼓​三​妙 ​ 1845. 203 The Syrian Monument. DE MAGNA CYN (JUDEA VIDELICET) CLARISSIMÆ LEGIS PROMULGATÆ IN CIUMKUE (ID EST, SINARUM IM- PERIO) MONUMENTUM. LE MONUMENT DE LA TRES ILLUSTRE LOY PROMULGUEE DANS CIUMKUE (C'EST A DIRE DANS L'EMPIRE DES CHINOIS, DESCOUVERT DANS LA GRAN- DE CHINE SCAVOIR LA JUDEE. Clarissimæ legis promulgatæ in La pierre digne d'une eternelle Sina Lapis Æternæ laudis & louange, & le prologe de la trés illustre prologus. Tacyn (id est, Judæa) Loy promulguée dans la Chine, fait Ecclesiæ Sacerdos, Kimcym, re- par Kim cym Prestre de l'Eglise de tulit. Tacyn (c'est à dire de Judée.) Il a nar- 1 personarum trium 1 1 1 PRINCIPIUM fuit semper idem, LE PRINCIPE a esté tousjours le mes- rerum, quietum, primorum pri- tous autres, & sans origine. me, veritable, paisible, le premier de mum, & sine origine, necessario esté encore necessairement ce qu'il idem, intelligens & spirituale, est, intelligent, spirituel, le plus postremorum postremum & excel- noble, & le plus parfait de tous ; il a jentissimum existens, ordinavit reglé les Cieux, et a fait de trés bel- cælorum polos, & fecit ex nihilo les choses du Neant; les plus excellentissimè; perfecti omnium faits de tous les Saincts adorent celuy qui n'a point de principe, & lequel Sanctorum, pro origine adorant, estant unique en sa trés parfaite quem ille solus substance, à trois personnes divines unica perfectissima substantia non qui participent sa divine essence. Le habens principium, veritas Domi- Seigneur Holooy qui est la verite, a nus holooy statuit crucem per pa- resolu de pacifier les quatre parties cificare quatuor partes mundi, du monde par sa croix ; il a excité commovit originis spiritum & pro- l'esprit d'origine, & a produit à duxit. Duas mutationum causas mesme temps. Il a produit deux causes des changements (les Chinois (Sinicè dicuntur ym & yam, les appellent Ym & Yam, c'est à dire hoc est, materia & forma) obscu la matiere & la forme) il a changé rum vacuum mutavit, & cælum, le vuide obscur, & a manifesté & terram aperuit, solem, lunam cir descouvert le Ciel & la Terre. Il cumvolvit, & diem noctem fecit, a fait le Soleil, & la lune qui par leur artifex operatus universas res. mouvement font la nuit & le jour. Le mesme ouvrier qui a fait toutes idem erigere voluit hominem, or- choses a voulu eslever l'homme ; nato donavit amabilissimam paci aussi l'a-t'il orné de la trés aymable ficæ unionis subordinationem (id subordination d'une union pacifique est, justitiam originalem) præci- (c'est à dire, de justice originelle). piebat quietem fluctibus maris, in- Il commendoit le repos aux flots de tegra originis natura vacua húmi. la mer dans le temps de son origine. lisque & non plena superbaque, Sa nature estoit vuide & humble, sans estre pleine ny superbe de soy ; sequi appetituum fluctuationem son cœur n'estoit point porté à suivre corde, de se, neque levissimè de- les mouvemens des appetits & ny siderabat, promanavit à Sotan (id songeoit méme pas ; c'est de Sotan est, Diabolo) extensus dolus, clam (c'est à dire du Demon) par une ex- ornavit naturam puram & simpli- tension de sa malice) que ce malheur cem otiosa pace magnificam in luy est arrivé; Dieu orna secrete. illius permanentiæ medio odium ment la nature pute & simple d'une occultavit simul per laudein mali- paix profunde & magnifique en il cache interieurement sa haine par la louange de sa malice, à la faveur de son obstination & de son opina- 204 MAY, The Syrian Monument, Hence arose a multiplicity of 三​告​范​空​之 ​sects, following each other in close succession, striving to weave 祥 ​彌​然​有​內 ​their legal nets : some substituted the creature for the Creator : some 之​净 ​施​無 ​considered being as nothing, sink- ing all things in oblivion: and some, 門​風 ​in order to gain felicity, made prayers and offered sacrifices . 歌 ​Others deceived mankind with a show of goodness. With wisdom 生 ​耀​隱 ​and solicitude they labored hard; and their anxieties and cares were 滅​以 ​unceasing. They were bewildered 訂​得 ​斯​睹​耀 ​之​以​真​轉​壽 ​and obtained nothing. Heated and 5% # * ! 燒 ​scorched, they writhed in anguish. They accumulated darkness, and lost their way; and, being mis- guided, they were irrecoverably 同​積​以​五 ​lost. Thereupon our Trinity 13 set apart the illustrious and adorable Messiah ; " who, laying aside his true dignity, came into the world as man. Angels 15 proclaimed the joyful tidings. A virgin gave birth to the holy child in Judea. A bright star proclaimed the happy event. Persians, 16 seeing its brightness, came with presents. He fulfilled the ancient laws, given by the twenty-four holy 17 He ruled families and na- tions with great virtue. He in- stituted the new doctrine of the Trinity, pure, spiritual, and inex- plicable. 18 Like a potter he formed good usages by the true faith. He established the measure of the eight boundaries.He purged away the dross, and perfected the truth. He opened the gate of the three constant virtues, vealing life and destroying death. He suspened the bright sun, to 用​四 ​(伐 ​正​有​天​迷​善 ​信 ​宣​休 ​制 ​慶​復 ​八​舊 ​境​法​女​是 ​之​理​認​我​慮 ​度​家 ​空有​以​淪​二​或​禱​祀​以​邀​福​。或​伐善​以​驕人​。智​慮​營​營​思​情​役​役​。 之​内​。是以​三百​六十​五種​肩​隨​結​轍​。競​織​法​羅​。或​指物​以​托​宗​。或 ​ones. 20 re- 座​於​) 成大 ​真​鬱​景​身 ​啟​設​宿​景 ​ 1845. 205 The Syrian Monument. vacuum una tiæ ad intra, istud causavit ter treté ; c'est pourquoy il a esté la centum sexies decem quinque cause de trois cent soixante quinze sectas, humeri hominum seque- sectes. Les hommes suivoient l'ordre bantur ordinem vestigioruin con- des Vestiges, s'efforçant de tiltre des filets de raison. Quelques uns mon- tendentes texere regularum retia, troient que les choses creées devoient aliqui monstrabant res creatas passer pour estre leur propre princi- pro credendo principio, aliqui pe; quelques autres dişoient que les habebant pro origine denx causes prenoient leur Origine duarum causarum, aliqui præ- du Neant. Les uns offroient des sacri- stabant sacrificium ad accersen- fices à la fortune pour se la rendre dam fortunam, aliqui conquire- les biens trompeurs, afin de tromper favorable; les autres recherchoient bant falsa bona ut deciperent les hommes ; les uns se tourmentoi- homines, prudentiæ cogitationum ent par les frauduleuses inventions inventiones dolosæ, amoris passi- de la prudence de leurs pensées ; & one, gaudentes laborabant sic les autres estoient consommés par absque eo, quod possent consequi, les ardeurs de l'amour, et ainsy ils torrebantur arctissimè revoluti se voyoient esgallement travaillés. que cremabantur; aggregantes te- Outre ce qu'ils pouvoient obtenir; c'est qu'ils estoient trés estroitement nebras sine via; à multo tempore liés aux flammes, roulés sur un feu qui deperdentes excellentem beatitu- les consommoit, accumulant tenebres dinem; in hoc tempore persona sur tenebres; perdant despuis un rum trium communicavit long temps l'excellente beatitude. seipsam clarissimo venerabilis Dans ce temps une des trois person- simoque Mi Xio; operiendo abs- nes s'est communiquée au trés illus- tre & au trés venerable Mi Xio; cou- condendoque veram majestatem ; vrant & cachant sa veritable Majesté; simul homo prodiit in sæculum ; il s'est fait homme dans le monde ; Spiritus de cælis, significavit læti- l'Esprit cæleste a marqué la joye; une tiam, virgo fæmina peperit San- femme Vierge a enfanté le Sainct en ctum in Tacyn (hoc est, Judæa) Taryn (c'est à dire en Judée. Une clarissima constellatio annuntia- tres claire estoille a annoncé la feli- vit felicitatem; Po su (Reges ex cité. Po su (ce sont les Roix de cet- illa terra Orientali) viderunt cla- te terre Orientale) ont veu la clarté, & sont Venus offrir leurs presents, ritatem, & venerunt offerre mu- plains de respect & de soubsmission. nera subjectionis completa bis Vingct quatre Sainctes (je croy que decem quatuor sanctarum. Est ce sont les Sainctes Provinces de ces prophetiarum antiqua Lex; gu- monarques) l'ancienne Loy comprent bernavit familias, regna (id est, les Prophetes ; il a gouverné les famil- omnes) cum magna doctrina, lo- les, & les Royaumes (c'est á dire tous cutus trinæ unitatis puram, spiri- il a annoncé sans emphase ny bruit de le monde) avec une grande doctrine; tualem sine verborum strepitu, parolles une pure, Spirituelle, & nou- novam Legem ; perfecit bonos velle loy de l'unité trine. Il a perfec- mores cum directa fide; ordina- tionné les bonnes mœurs avec une vit octo finium & beatitudinum Foy droite, & parfaite. Il a ordonné loca & gradus ; Locum igneum les huict fins, & les Cieux, & les deg- purgandi pulveris, perficiendæ in- rés des Beatitudes. Comme aussi il a determiné un lieu de feu pour pur- tegritati, aperuit trium virtutum scholam; reseravit vitam, extin- perfection; il a ouvert l'eschole des ger la poudre & redonner la derniere trois vertus, il a fait revivre la vie, en destruisant la mort. Il a esté eslevé 206 The Syrian Honument. MAY, % break open the abodes of dark 難​慎​藏​之​水​乎​懸 ​ness, and thereby the wiles of the devil were frustrated. 21 He 名為​獲​音​風 ​put in motion the ship of mercy, 風景 ​to ascend to the mansions of 切​國​均​東 ​「均​東​涤​濟​| light, and thereby succor was brought to confined spirits. 用​七​貴​禮​浮​能​以 ​His mighty work thus finished, at mid-day he ascended to his 召​時​賤​趣​華​事 ​破 ​true estate. Twenty-seven books remained. He set forth original 彰​禮 ​彰​禮​於​生​而​斯 ​conversion, for the soul's deli- verance; and he instituted the 榮​潔 ​baptism of water and of the spirit, to wash away the vanity of life and 1 * 7 Ź 之​處​: to cleanse and purify (the heart). Taking the cross as a sign, 景​庇​聚 ​午 ​(his deciples 4) unite together the people of all regions without 教​存貨​存 ​存​印 ​distinction. They beat the wood, 25 sounding out the voice of benevol- 鬚持​直 ​ence and mercy. In evangelizing the east, they take the way of life 十 ​and glory. They preserve their beard for outward effect. They 以​字 ​shave the crown of the head, to indicate the absence of passion. 還有 ​They keep no slaves, but place upon an equality the high and low. They do not hoard goods and riches, but bestow them on 洗 ​the destitute. They practice ab- stinence in order to increase 心​齋​们 ​削​以​張​航 ​their knowledge. They watch, in order to maintain quiet and cir 反​以​頂​合​元​以 ​cumspection. Seven times a day they offer praises to the great 素​伏​所​無​化​登 ​advantage of both the living and the dead. Once in seven days 真​識​以​以​明 ​they have divine service, in order to cleanse their hearts, and to 常​而 ​regain their purity. The true and constant doctrine 之​成 ​is mysterious, and difficult to be characterized.28 Anxious to make it clear and manifest, we can only name it the ILLUSTRIOUS IN. 妙​以​不仁​法​於 ​STRUCTION.29 Now without holy ones, religion cannot be 而​靜​畜​惠​浴​是 ​暗​府​。魔​安​於是乎​悉​摧​掉​慈航​以​登明​宮​。含​靈​於是 ​道​戒​情 ​30 1845. 207 The Syrian Monument. aux 1 1 ! 1 1 xit mortem ; appensus claro die, en Croix en plein jour ; a fin de destr- ut destrueret inferni tenebrosi uire les Villes de l'enfer tenebreux civitates, & regionem; diaboli & toutte sa region; c'est par ce dolos cum hoc totaliter destruxit, moyen qu'il a entierement destruit directo. Pietatis navigio, ut su- les tromperies du Demon. Aprés qu'il eust consommé tous ces ouvrages birent illustrissimas mansiones, par sa puissance, qu'il eust donné animabus spiritualibus in illo teni le secours ames Spirituelles, pore cum jain succurrisset; po- & qu'il leur eust procuré par un tentiæ negotia hîc consummasset; effet de compassion & de pieté de seipso elevatus medio die ascendit tres illustres demeures; il s'esleva de in cælum; Scripturarum reman- soy mesme au temps du Midy & serunt bis decem septem tomi; Livres des escritures ; la conversion monta au Ciel; il a laissé trente quatre aperta est originalis conversio, ut originelle a esté ouverte; afin que possent homines rationales ingre les hommes raisonables peussent y di; Lex lavacri aquæ spiritûs ab entrer ; La Loy du baptesme, de leau, luendo superficiem exornat, & & de l'esprit lavant la superficie orne puriticando, spiritum interius de l'interieur, & purifiant, lave l'esprit albat; signaculo Crucis dis- & l'ame interieurement. Par le mo- yen du signe da la Croix qui s'estant persi in quatuor partes Mundi, ad dans les quatre parties du monde, les congregandos & pacificandos sine peuples sons assemblés, & pacifiés labore pulsant ligna, timoris, pie- par son bois sans avcune peine, fai- tatis, gratitudinisque voces per sant entendre des voix de crainte, de sonando. Orientem sacrificando, pieté, & de reconnoissance à toutes respiciunt vitæ gloriosæ iter, nu- les Nations. Lors qu'ils sacrifient; ils tournent la face vers l'Orient; qui triunt barbas, quia habent extra est le chemin de la vie bienheureuse, conversari cum aliis; circumra- ils laissent croistre leur barbe; dunt summitatem verticis capitis, qu'ils doivent couverses avec les au- quia carent ad intra affectibus tres ; Ils rasent le somment de la passionum; non fovent satellitia teste; parce qu'ils ne sont point sub- servorum, æquales nobilibus ig- jects aux mouvements de leurs pas- nobilibus cum hominibus; non sions; Ils ne se soucient point d'avoir coacervant divitias, etiain paupe- de serviteurs. Ils sont semblabes aux nobles & aux Roturiers; Hs ribus erogant, cum nobis; jeju- mesprisent les richesses & les don- nant, ut subjiciant intellectui sci- nent aux pauvres avec nous; ils entiam, & perficiant, vel ut quie jeunent; afin de soubsmettre la sci- tent timoris passiones propterence à l'esprit & de se rendre par- fortitudinem ; septem vicibus of faicts, ou pour n'avoir plus aucune ferunt laudis orationes inagno ad- passion de crainte à raison de la jutorio vivorum & mortuorum, force; Ils presentent les oraisons de louange sept Fois le jour pour septem dierum primo. Sacrifi- secourin les vivants & les morts, cant, purificant corda, aversiones & c'estoit le premier jour de la peccatorum absolvendo; vera vir- Sepmaine. Ils sacrifient, & puri- tutum Lex excellit & difficillimè fient leurs cours remetant les esgaré- nominari potest; operibus actio mens des pecheurs. La veritable nibusque illuminat tenebras um Loy des vertus est excellente & ne brasque, cogimur vocare illam peût pas estre nommée que tres dif. ficillement: Elle illumine les ombres claram Legem; sola Lex sine Im- & les tenebres par les actions, & les euvres ; nous sommes obligés de l'appeller claire Loy; la seule Loy ne 1 ! ! 1 1 20B The Syrian Monument MAY, , propagated; nor without religion i # # u* lE can holy ones become great. But when the two are united the 宗​國​二​郊​風華​道 ​whole world will be civilized and enlightened. 生​大年​賓​律​啟​非 ​In the reign of the civil empe- ror Táitsung," the illustrious and the entire il 1 ty]; there was in Judea a man of 立​阿​七 ​阿​七​入​馳 ​superior virtue, called Olopun, who guided by the azure clouds, 月 ​bearing the True Scriptures, 32 and observing the laws of the 本 ​winds, made his way through dangers and difficulties. In the 經​貞​人​非 ​year 736 A. D., he arrived at Chángngán. The emperor in 特 ​道​書​觀​大道 ​structed his minister, duke Tang Hiuenling, to take the imperial 經​無​殿​九 ​ceptre and go out to the western suburbs, receive the guest, and 像​带​問 ​祝 ​conduct him into the palace. The scriptures were translated in 來 ​道​至​有道 ​the library of the palace. The emperor, in his private apart 聖​禁 ​禁​於​上​聖 ​ments, made inquiry regarding the religion; and fully satisfied 上 ​開​長​德​符 ​that it was correct and true, he gave special commands for its 京 ​日​契 ​promulgation. The document, bearing date, 帝​阿 ​Chingkwán, 13th year, 7th month (August, 639 A. D.) runs thus : Religion is without an inva- riable name. Saints are without 宰​本文 ​any permanent body. In what- ever region they are, they give instruction, and privately succor the living multitudes. Olopun, a man of great virtue, belonging to the kingdom of Judea, bringing the scriptures and images from afar, has come and presented them at our capital. On examining the 幫​自​齡 ​meaning of his instruction, it is found to be pure, mysterious, and On separate from the world. 觀​生​觀​真 ​observing its origin, it is seen to 其​太​十​經​帝 ​have been instituted as that which 特点​占​明 ​个​房​青 ​太宗​文​皇帝 ​想 ​ 1845. 209 The Syrian Monument, peratoribus non magnificatur, Im- peut pas estre magnifiée sans les peratores sine Lege non ingran- Empereurs, ny les Empereurs devenir descunt ; Legem Imperatores grands sans la Loy : Ils rendent le edictis dilatando Mundum exor- monde illustre en la faisant recevoir nant claritate; Tay çun uen Im- Edits, ils remplissent l'univers de d'un chascun, & la dilatant par leures peratoris clarissimi Sinarum clarté ; Au temps de Tay cun-uen tres Regni, temporibus ad illustris- illustre Empereur du Royaume de la simum sapientissimum Imperato- Chine, un homme de Tacyn (c'est à rem venit homo de Tacyn (id est, dire de Judée) vint à ce trés illustre Judææ) regno, habens supremam & trés sage Empereur, ayant une virtutem, nuncupatus Lo-puen, horité ; son nom estoit Lo-puen grande vertu & une supreme au- directus à cæruleis nubibus & conduit par les nuës du ciel, & por- deferens veræ doctrinæ scripturas, tant avec soy les escritures de la contemplando ventorum regulam veritable doctrine, observant les vents ad decurrenda laborum pericula; pour esviter les dangers & fanchir Chenquon Kien sú (est nomen Si- les obstacles qui s'opposoient à son nici anni cadentis in Christi an voyage est venu en l'an de Chen quon num 636.) pervenit in aulam Im- Kien fú, (qui est le nom de cette perator, præcepit Colao Vasallo, de Jesus Christ) à la cour de l'Em- année Chinoyse, qui respond à la 636 Fam cum yuen lim (est nomen pereur. Il a commandé à Calao Colai) mittere regios scipiones Vassallo Fam cum yuen lim (c'est le (isti sunt rubri, & cum Imperator nom de Colai) d'envoyer des Sci- aliquid inandat, semper deferun- pions Royaux (ceux-cy sont rouges, tur) ad Occidentis suburbana & font les orders de l'Einpereur quand hospiti obviam recipiendo, ingre- aller dans le Fauxbourg de la Ville il commande quelque chose) de s'en dientem intra palatium fecit trans- du costé de l'Occident au devant du ferri doctrinæ Legis libros, in nouvсau venu, & là de le recevoir : palatio inquisivit de Lege deligen. Entrant dans le Palais, il faict porter tissimè, in penetralibus profun- les livres de la doctrine & de la Loy: dissimæ doctrinæ, rectæque veri- il s'occupe serieusement à sçavoir, tatis, de proposito mandavit illam ce qu'il y avoit dans cette Loy & à promulgari dilatarique; Chen penetrer le plus profond de la doc. trine de la droite verité; aprés il quon (anni sic dicti) decimus erat ordonne qu'elle fût pronulgée & secundus annus (hoc est, Christi dilatée l'an Chen quon (c'estoit la 639) Autumni Septima Luna douziesme année, autrement la 639 edictum Regis positum inquit Lex de Jesus Christ). Le Roy donna un non habet ordinarium nomen, Arret la septiesme Lune de L'autom- sancti non habent semper eundem ne, par lequel il dit que la Loy na point locum, decurrunt Mundum propo- tousjours le méine lieu, courant par le de nom ordinaire, les SS. n'ont pas nendo Legem, creberrimè-succur- monde en proposant la Loy secourant rentes multitudini populorum Ta- suffisament à la multitude des peu- cyn (Judææ) Regni magnæ vir- ples de Tacyn (de la Judée) Royaume tutis, Lo puen de longè portans de grand vertu, Lo puen portant de Legis scripturas imaginesque, loin les escritures de la Loy & les venit illas offerre in supremam images, est venu les offrir à la cour Regiam, inquirendo sigillation souveraine, recherchant de point en illius Legis intentum reconditum, point le principal dessein de la Loy, qui estoit caché ; Il a trouve quil est excellens sine superficie ; vidimus excellant sans superficie (c'est à dire suæ originis radicalis principium, sans apparence) no!18 avons veu le à mortalium creatione statutam principe de sa premiere Origine, & necessitatem, verborum sine su la necessite establié despuis la crea- 27 VOL. XIV. NO, V. 210 The Syrian Monument. MAY, is essential to mankind. Its lan 牛​明​鼠​永​扇​大​辭 ​guage is simple, its reasonings are attractive, and to the human # 廣​月​寶輝​旋​秦​無 ​race it is beneficial. As is right, let it be promulgated throughoué la 法令​寺 ​令​寺​繁 ​Board build a Judean church in 界​有 ​說 ​the Righteous and Holy Street of the capital, and appoint thereto 按​司​所​理 ​twenty-one priests.” The power of the illustrious 度 ​Chau dynasty having fallen, the green car having ascended west- 仙​域​帝 ​ward, the religion of the great Tang family became resplendant, 意圖 ​and the illustrious spirit *s found its way eastward. The appro 侵​花​說​真 ​priate officer were instructed to take a faithful likeness of 盜​林​及​轉​人物 ​the emperor, and place it on the wall of the temple. The 入​東漢​摸​宗​利 ​celestial figure shone in its bright colors, and its lustre irradiated 有​接 ​魏 ​寺​周人 ​the illustrious portals. The sacred lineaments spread felicity all 壁​德 ​德​宜 ​around, and perpetually illumina- ted the indoctrinated regions. 康​國 ​According to the maps and records of the western nations, 法​弱​大麥​青天 ​and the histories of the Hán and Wei dynasties, Judea is bounded 非​水​秦​讯​駕​下 ​on the south by the Coral Sea; on the north by the Shúpíu hills; 景 ​on the west it stretches towards the flowery forests, and the re 不​土​南​英 ​gions of the immortals; and on the east it is conterminous with 行​出​統​朗​巨​即 ​the Dead Sea of perpetual winds. The country produces cloth that 主​火​珊​景​唐​於 ​於 ​is proof against fire, a balm that restores life, bright lunar pearls, 非 ​綜​湖​門道​京 ​and night-shining gems. Theft and robbery do not exist. The 德布​之​聖光​義 ​people have joy and peace. None but illustrious laws prevail. 36 不 ​返​海​蹟​景​軍 ​None but the virtuous are placed in the magistracy. The country 立​魂​北​騰​風​坊 ​士香​極祥​東造 ​明月​珠​夜光​壁​。俗​無​侵​盜​入​有 ​實​之​山​。西望​仙境​花​林​。東 ​ 1845. 211 The Syrian Monument. perfluitate doctrinam, rationem tion des mortéls, une doctrine sans habentem oblivionis sustentacu- superfluité des parolles, laquelle est lum proficuam Rebus, utilissi- appuyée par la raison, profitable a mam hominibus, extendente opera Toutes choses, tres utille aux hom- mes, in Mundo, ideó præcipio Magis- par toute la Terre; c'est pourquoy, je & tres digne d'estre publiée tratibus, ut in Regia, ynym fam commande aux Magistrats qu'ils batis- ædificent Tacyn (Judææ) Regni sent un lieu & une Eglise de Tacyn Ecclesiæ unum locum, ponant Ša- (de Judée) du Royaume de l'Eglise, cerdotes bis decem & unum homi & que les Y nym fam ediffient un nes. Cun cheu (est cujusdam anti- Temple dans lequel il y aura vinget qui viri nomen) virtute extincta, d'un certain homme vieux) sa vertu & un Prestre. Cun cheu (c'est le nom in nigro curru ad Occidentem re- estant esteinte, se retira vers l'Occi- cessit, verum Regiæ familiæ Tam dent monté sur un charriot noir. A doctrinæ claritas clarissimo spiritu la verité la famille Royalle de Tam Orientem perflavit, vulgata edicta devenuë illustre par la clarté de la sunt à Magistratibus, reposuerunt doctrine, a rafruischi l'Orient d'un Imperatorum pictas vera effigies, trés noble esprit, pour lors les Magis- in templi parietibus Imperatorum les Tableaux des Empereurs (repre- trats publierent des Edits, & mirent figuræ exuperantes, quinque colo- sentés au naturel) aux murailles du ribus cumulata luce illustrabant Temple, surpassant de beaucoup les portas. Sanctis exemplis advenit figures des mémes Empereurs; Ils felicitas, æternùm splendentis faisoient brilles les portes du Tem- Legis terminus, examinando Oc- ple par une augmentation d'esclat de cidentis terrarum descriptionum cing differentes couleurs. La fæli- monumenta, & Han cité est venuë par de SS. exemples fami- guey liarum Regiarum Historiogra- eternellement, est venu à son point. & le terme de la Loy qui a brillé phos, Tacyn Regnum ab Austro Examinant les Monuments, & les unitur coralli rubri maribus (id descriptions des Terres de l'Occident, est Rubro Mari) à Septentrionali & les Historiographes des familles polo omnium pretiosorum lapidum Royalles de Han guey; on a trouvé montibus; ab Occidente imorta- que le Royaume de Tacin est Borné lium hominum loco floridissima- par les Mers de Corail, (c'est à dire la Mer rouge) du costé du Midy; par rum arborum, ab Oriente unitur les Montagnes des Pierres precieuses loco Cham fum mortuæque aquæ; de celuy du Septentrion; on a veu ex illius terra prodit igne lavanda que les Limites, du costé de l'Occi- tela, balsamum odoriferum, luci dent des hommes immortels, sont dæ Lunæ gemmæ, noctu lucentes des Lieux remplis d'arbres Fleuris- lapides pretiosi, consuetudinem sant en toute saison; son Orient est non habent. Ratiocinandi populi, uni à Cham fum, & à l'eau morte. Il sort un feu de cette Terre dont on habent lætitiam pacificam, legem lave les toyles. Elle produit du baume præterquam charitatis nullam tres odorifferent, de tres brillantes aliam sequuntur; Reges Sine vir- Lunes qui sont des perles, & des constituunt; terræ Pierres precieuses qui reluisent la nuit. Ils n'ont point de coustume les peuples ont le plaisir innocent de pouvoir raisonner, & ils ne reçoivent pas d'autre Loy que celle de la Charité (c'est à dire de l'Evangile). Les Roix ne sont rien sans la vertu, ils fleurissent par leurs meurs illustres tutibus non 212 The Syrian Monument. MAT, | is extensive, and its literature and image 155 * productions are flourishing. The emperor Kautsung honor- 為​暫​絕 ​寫​暫​絕​有福​崇​物 ​ed and perpetuated (the memory of) his ancestors. He supported 捷​紐​著​聖​阿昌 ​the truth they inculcated, and built churches in all the depart 而 ​僧​感 ​羅 ​羅明 ​ments of the empire. He raised Olopun to the rank of high priest 更​立​首​年​本 ​and national protector. The law 37 spread in every direction. 崇​宗​羅​群 ​The wealth of the state was boundless. Churches filled all the cities; and the families were rich, illustrious, and happy. in the year 599 A. D. the fol . lowers of Budha raised a perse 時 ​皇​德​壯大​帝 ​cution, and argued aganist the eastern Chau family. 傾 ​At the close of the year 713 A. D., some base scholars raised 而 ​ridicule, and in Síkáu spread abroad slanderous reports. But 復​寧​並 ​續 ​there were chief pirest, Lohán, Taiteh, Lieh, and others, honor 正​國​金​東 ​金​東流​祖 ​able descendants of those from the west, distinguished and ele 天​等​方​周​十 ​vated in character, who united- ly maintained the original doc 寶​五​貴 ​貴​先 ​trines, and prevented their sub- version. 初​王緒​天 ​Hiuentsung, the most righteous emperor, commanded five kings, 親​物 ​Ningkwoh and others, to go in person to the church of Felicity, 臨​外 ​build up the altars, restore the fallen timbers, and replace the 將​福​高士 ​delapidated stones. 軍​宇 ​Tienpáu, in the commence- 大 ​ment of his reign, A. D. 742, com- manded his general Kaulibsz' to 高​建​共 ​力​立​振 ​士​壇 ​壇​玄 ​家 ​五​法​西殷寺 ​高宗​大帝​。克恭​續​祖​潤色​真宗​。而​於​諸州​各​置​景​寺 ​末​。下士 ​國​富​元​休​寺​滿 ​ 1845. 213 The Syrian Monument. 1 sy Pro mundus largus amplus, moribus dans toute l'estanduë de la terre & florent illustrissimis; Cao çun dans la grandeur de l'univers. Le magnus Imperator scivit reveren- grand Empereur Cao çun sçeut imiter ter imitari majores suos; expres- avec beaucoup de reverence & de respect ses predecesseurs; il a par- sit factis suum parentem, & in om faitement exprimé son Pere par les nibus Regnis ubilibet ordinavit actions, & il a voulu que dans tous fieri claræ Doctrinæ Ecclesias; & ses Royaumes l'on bastit des Eglises sicut anteà venerabatur Olo puen, de la tres illustre doctrine, & que sic fecit illum custodem Regni tout ainsy qu’on avoit auparavant magnæ Legis dominum; Lex dila veneré Olo pucn : aussi le voulut-il establir le Custode & le Seigneur du tata perdecem tao, (id est, per Royaume de la grande Loy; La omnia Regna) felicitatis radice méme Loy estant publiée par les dix cumulatissima; Ecclesiæ imple- Tao (c'est à dire par tous les Roy- bant centum civitates (id est, om aumes) elle prit racine, en sorte nes) familiæ Regiæ fulgebant fe- qu'elle devint comblée de bonheur. licitate; Xim lie anno Bonzii usi Les Eglises replissoient cent Villes viribus erexerunt ora (id est, Le- (c'est à dire toutes). Les familles gem vituperaverunt) in trm Cheu Royalles brilloient de gloire & de beatitude; en l'an de Xim lie les Test Civitas in Honan Provincia) Bonziens employerent toutes leurs Sien tien (anno Christi 713) fini- forces pour ouvrir leurs bouches (c'est ente. Vulgares viri valdè etiam à dire ont presché, & rendu odieuse illam irriserunt, calumniatique la Loy de Dieu) dans tum Cheu (c'est sunt in Sy Kao (antiqua est Re- une Ville de la Province de Honam) gis Ven uam aula in Xen sur la fin de l'an Sien tien (qui est la vincia) erat Gio (Joannis est Si- 713 de Jesus Christ. Les personnes du vulguaire la mespriserent encore nico more vocabulum). Sacerdos. beaucoup & la calomnierent dans Caput Lo han magnæ virtutis Kiè Sy Kao (c'ets l'ancienne Cour du Roy liệ, & Kim terrarum nobiles dis- Ven uam dans la Province de Xen cipuli, rebus exterioribus supe- sy) Il y avoit un certain Jean (c'est rior ille Sacerdos unà cum aliis, le mot dont on se sert dans la Chine pietatis cælestis retia & fila dirup- pour dire Jean) lequel estoit Prestre. Lo han homme de grande Vertu ta resarcivit Iuen çun chi Tao Iin- estoit le Chef, & Kiě liš & Kim (les perator mandavit Nym Regni a- Nobles du Pais) estoient les Dis- liorumque quinque Reges perso- ciples. Ce superieur & ce Prestre naliter descendere ad felicitatis avec quelques outres, par le moyen mansionem (id est in Ecclesiam) des choses exterieures, racommoda erigere altaria, aulasque Legis, les rets & les filets rompus de la trabes columnasque concisas soli- pieté Celeste Juen cun-chi l'Empereur davit, & majis radicavit; Legis tres Roix du Royaume, de descendre Tao commenda à Nym, & à cinq au- petra tunc inclinata etiam iterum personnellement à la maison de la rectificata fuit. Tien pao (anno felicité (c'est à dire l'Eglise) de dres- Christi 747.) anno inchoato man ser des autels, & des cœurs de la davit magnum Generalem Kao lie Loy. Il a affermi les poutres, & les su (Eunuchus fuit) deferre quin- Colomnes rompuës & les a mieux establies. La Pierre de la Loy, qui pourlors estoit courbée fat relevée par luy encore de nouveau. Tien pao ordonna (au commencement de l'an 747 de Jesus Christ) au grand Gen- eral Kao lie su (c'estoit un Eunuque.) MAY, , 214 The Syrian Monument. 9 臨​肅​陵​額​僧​天真 ​極 ​載​普​顏​寺 ​皇 ​命​內 ​內 ​業 ​書​等​尺 ​安 ​present. 1 . . 武​深​灼​大​國​匹 ​take the portraits of the five sacred ones, and place them in the church, and also to present one hundred pieces of silk, to give eclat to the same. Though their august persons are remote, their bows and their swords can he handled. 40 The horns of the sun send forth their light ; and, # 建​皇 ​the celestial visages seen to be 帝 ​In the third year of Tienpau's reign, there was a priest, Kih- 海​理​人 ​大 ​hoh from Judea, who observing the star, sought renovation: 靈​翠​與​泰​百 ​and, seeking the sun, came to the honored one. His majesty commanded the priests Lohán, Púlun, and others, seven in all, 等​道​燥​德​有 ​with the eminently virtuous Kih- hoh, to perform divine service 五​無​丹​估 ​in the Church of Rising Felicity. Then the celestial writing appear 那​不​霞​和 ​ed on the walls of the church, and the imperial inscriptions 重​可​資​於​和 ​upon the tablets. The precious ornaments shone brightly. The 立​所​扎​與​膽 ​refulgent clouds were dazzling. The intelligent edicts filled the 景可​宏慶星 ​wide expanse, and their glory rose above the light of the sun. The 寺​可 ​bounteous gifts are comparable to the lofty mountains of the south; the rich benevolences deeper than the eastern 善​聖 ​The righteous do only what is right, and that which is fit to be named. The holy ones can do all things, and that which they do 而不​已於​朝 ​is fit to be commemorated ! 43 The emperor Suhtsung, learn- ed and illustrious, in five depart- ments of the empire, Lingwú, 所​寶​天日 ​&c., rebuilt the churches of the illustrious religion. The original 開​作​比​题​個​角 ​benefits were increased, and joy- ous fortune began. Great felicity 大​可​南​寺​羅舒 ​descended, and the imperial patri- mony was established. . 慶山​榜含​光 ​估​和​。於​興慶宮​修​功德​。 匹​。奉​慶​睿​圖​。龍​靜​雖​遠​弓​劍 ​seas. 激 ​福​作罷​是​會​攀 ​ 1844. 215 Tho Syrian Monument. que Imperatorum effigies veras, de porter cinq veritables effigies des Ecclesias intra reponendas, dedit Empereurs, qu'on devoit metre dans serici centum telas offerendas l'Eglise, il donna cent Toiles de festi lætitiæ augendæ gratia, Dra. soyë pour estre offertes aŭ jour de la conis barbæ licet longæ sint Ar- feste pour en augmenter la resjoiiis- cus armaque ex illo pendentes pos- soient asses longues nous pouvons gance, quoyque les barbes du Dragon sumus attigere tamen manu (hoc toutefois atteindre avec les mains est, absens quamvis sit Imperator, l'arc & les armes qui en pendent tamen sui memoriam in dictis re- (c'est à dire que quoyque l'Empereur bus reliquit) Solis cornua dilata- foit absent il a laissé neantmoins des bantur Clarissimè, cælorum color marques de son souvenir en ces vicinus exæquabat omnia; Tertio tendoient avec beaucoup d'esclat, la choses). Les cornes du Soleil s'es- anno Tacyn Regni erat Sacerdos couleur approchante de celle du Ciel Kie ho, qui iter dirigens per stellas esgaloit toutes choses. Il y avoit un pervenit in Sinas respiciens So- Prestre nomme Kie ho en la troisjes- lem, Imperatorem reveritus est ex me année du regne de Tacin, lequel illius mandato Sacerdos Lo han, prenant son chemin à la faveur des Sacerdos Pu hum atque alii Sep- Jant le Soleil. Il fit la reverence a estoiles arriva dans la Chine regar- tem viri cum magnæ virtutis Kie l'Empereur, lequel fit commendement ho in Nimkim Palatio exercuerunt à Lo han à Pulum, Prestres, à sept opera virtutum; in illo tempore autres, & à Kio ho homme de grande Regia edicta in templorum tabu- Saincteté d'exercer les @uvres de lis (seu portis) in ipso frontispicio Vertu dans le Nim Kim, qui estoit le deferebant draconum Imperialium Palais ; Pour-lors les Edits Royaux picturas. Pretioso ornatu splen- estoient gravés sur les Tables du dore petraruin fulgentes illustris- Temple c'est à dire les portes) & on simæ minii Rubicantis, nubes, des Dragons Imperiaux. Resplen- voyoit sur le frontispice les Tableaux scripturam conspicuam redde- dissans d'un percieux ornement, & bant, in vacuo ascendebat clari- d'un esclat qui sortoit des Pierres, tas irrigando diem, Amor benefi- lesquelles donnoient une certaine ciaque Boreæ Austrique monti- couleur rouge, les Nuës faisoient bus exæquabantur altissimis, ex- paroistre l'escriture avec plus d'es- clat: desorte que leur clarté brilloit undantiaque cum Orientis ma- de toute parts comme un beau jour ; ris comparari poterat profundo; L'amour & les Liberalités ressemblo- Lex non nisi consentanea rationi ient à la hauteur des Montagnes du est, quod est autem tale convenit Septentrion, & du Midy, & l'abon- nomen optimum & famam habe dance pourroit estre comparée à la re, Imperatores absque illa non profondeur de la Mer Orientalle. operantur, quod autem illi ope- raison: La Loy s'accorde tousjours avec la Ce qui est tel merite un rantur, confentaneum est promul- grand nom, & une belle reputation, gari; So çum uen min Imperator in les Empereurs ne peuvents rien faire Lim uú & aliis quinque civitati sans elle; ou ce qu'ils font merite bus inultas erexit claræ Doctrin- d'estre promulgué. L'Empereur So Ecclesias, Antiquam boni- sum uen min a basti dans Lim uú tatem adiuvit & felicitatem cæpit de la Doctrine illustre Eglises. Il a & dans autres cinq Villes plusieurs aperire maximum festum lætitiæ descendit & Imperatorum operà mencé à descouvrir la felicité, le aydé l'anciene bonté, & a com- grand jour de la resjouissance est venu, & les euvres des Empereurs næ 216 The Syrian Monument, MAY, good. 4 The civil and martial emperor # # # hit it domains, and ruled without effort . Ź de toute RE TË 我​与 ​gave celestial incense to celebrate the 功​理​晕​通 ​建​頒 ​vernment; and he distributed pro 用​物​生​中 ​玄​御 ​visions from the imperial table, in order to give honor to those in 也​能 ​理​聖​釀​皇 ​the churches. As heaven con- fers its gifts, and sheds bounties # # comprehending right principles , the # 2 rules the world in equity. Our emperor Kienchung, holy,主​能 ​愧​武 ​divine, civil and martial, arranged his form of government so as to 金 ​金昌 ​心​皇 ​皇​眾​聖 ​abase the wicked and exalt the He unrolled the dual 紫​大​至​帝​且​運 ​system so as to give great lustre to the imperial decrees. In the st 光能 ​飲​於​披​乾​從 ​work of renovation he made known the mysteries of reason. 方​八​以​事 ​In his adorations he felt no shame of heart. In all his 引大​政美​無 ​duties he was great and good. He was pure, and unbiased and 夫​生​之 ​夫​生​之​而​以​利​爲 ​forgiving. He extended abroad his kindness, and rescued all from 虚 ​故​每 ​calamities. Living multitudes enjoyed his favors. We strive 朔 ​to cultivate the great virtues, and to advance step by step.' 48 方​情 ​專​幽​廣​降 ​If the winds and the rains come in their season, the world 節​發​若​而​明​生​誕 ​will be at rest; men will act rightly; things will keep in their 度​自​使 ​使​怨​蘭​聖​之 ​order; the living will have afflu- ence and the dead joy. Con- 副​誠 ​誠​風​廣​九​以辰 ​sidering life's responses, and promted by sincere feelings of 使者 ​慈​疇​體 ​regard, I King have endeavored to effect these worthy ends,—the # # the site 1 時​救​; great benefactors, their excel- lencies of the Kwangluh Kintsz', 殿​景 ​眾​維​故 ​the tsieh-tú fú-shi of the north, and the Shi-tien chungkien That: 中​力​下​苦​新​能​以 ​ing conferred on me rich robes. 監​能​靜​善​景​亭​告 ​45 1845. 217 The Syrian Jonument suiscilala suut, Tay çun uen uu ont esté suscitees; Tuy sim uen iru linperator lætitiæ reseravit sanc- qui estoit Empereur firma le Sainct tum circuituin, prosecutus negos faires avec beaucoup de succes, toutes circuit de la joye; il a poussé les af- tia non frustranea, quolibet in les années il envoyoit au jour de la Dei incarnati Natalis diei tein- naissance du Dieu incarné des odeurs pore mandabat incendendum Im- imperiaux pour les faire bruller; ad- perialem odorem per hoc ad vertissant les autres en celà de faire monens alios operari meritoria des @uvres mcritoires. Il envoyoit opera, mittebatque convivia ad dequoy entretenir les peuples de la illustrandum clarissimæ Legis po- tres illustres Loy; Il a eu des grandes faveurs du Ciei; c'est pourquoy il a pulos; nempè cælorum habuit pulcherrima lucra, ideoque potuit lieu & la dignité de l'Empire nostre peu agrandir les mortels ; Il a eu le dilatare mortales, Imperatorium Empereur Kien chun xim rin uen uu habuit locum & dignitatem ori. Syavoit parfaitement bien venir à bout ginariam, ided noverat superare des venins originaires ; c'est pourquoy venena noster Hien chum xim xin il establit huict façons de gouverner; afin de renouveller & de substituer uen uu Inperator, instituit octo modos regiminis ad renovandam la lumiere aux tenebres, il descouvril neuf moyens seulement; afin de re- substituendamque tenebris lu- nouvellér le commendement de l'il- cem, aperuit novein ordines ut lustre doctrine pour deriger & porter solum renovaret clare Doctrina par tout son excellente raison. Il inandatum dirigendæ penetran prie tout son cæur sans aucune honte. dæque illius excellentissimæ rati- Il a esté eslevé sur le plus haut lieu oni, orat sine verecundia cordis, du monde, & l'hunilité a esté son pervenit ad Mundi supremum, & partage. Il porte la Paix par tout, & huinilis est, promulgat pacem & donne grace & le pardon à un chas- cun, il a une ame ornée d'une illustre veniam dat aliis, illustrissimæ Cleinence & tout à faict sensible à est clementiae & auxilio est omnui- la compassion; de sorte qu'il ne ref- bus afflictis, bona elargitur mul- fuse jamais son secours aux affligés, titudini populorum, & nostrorum il donne ses biens à toute la popu. componendorum operum maxi- lace; & de composer nos actions fort attaché. Il a manifesté le chemin & iné studiosus, profudit directionis gradus decurrendos, obsequi fecit la direction. Il a rendu les temps de les degrés qu'il falloit prendre dans l'entorum pluviaruinque tempora, la pluye, & des vents obeissants & Munduin pacificavit; homines soubsmis; Il a Pacitié le monde, les sciunt se regere, res possunt dis- hommes sçavent se gouverner, ils noverunt forere, peuvent disposer leurs affaires, les niortui possunt lætari, operibus vivaus ont appris à Neurir, les mortis mortalium bona fama respondet, peuvent se resjouir. La bonne re- putation respond aux cuvres des Natura profudit ex se perfectio- mortels, la nature donne de soy la . nem, quia nostræ clarissinæ Doc- perfection ; parceque la Loy de nostre trinæ Lex potest negotiorum ope illustre doctrine peut perfectionner ra perficere, magnos largitus (titu toutes les actions que l'on faict; Il a los) Dominus; Kin su k'nam donné comme Seigneur des grands lo ta fu (est titulus Officii intra titres, Kin su kuam lo ta fu® (c'est le titre d'un office du dedans de la aulanı) & simul So fam cyc lu fo su (Officii extra aulan est titu- c'est un titre qui est hors de la Cour.) cour) comme aussi So fam cye tu fo su. Vi tien chun kien (c'est un autre fiter d'office dans la Cour) a donné VOL. XI!. NO. ponere, vivi 21 The Syrian Jonument, Miri Isaac 49 赐​紫​袈裟​。僧 ​From 來​更 ​was 憩 ​of the arıny. lle The kind and courteous priest dj E BB iki 15 died this religion, came to China 礙 ​之​不 ​王 ​高​紫 ​from the city of the king's pa- lace.50 His science surpased that 頁​自​郭 ​製 ​of the three dynasties;51 and he was perfect in the arts. 公​代 ​the first he labored at court, and his naine enrolled in the 子​藝 ​royal pavilion. The secretary, duke Kwon 飯景​麟行​儀 ​Tsz'í, raised to royalty from the magistracy of Fanyáng, first held 之 ​間​初 ​斯 ​military command in the north. Subtsung made him, his atten- 寒​依​之​為 ​和 ​dant; and though a chamberlain, always kept him in the military 者​仁​金​公​浅​始​前 ​service. He was the tooth and nail of the palace, and the ears 來​施​閱​爪 ​於 ​效​好 ​and eyes He distri. buted his emoluments , not laying in #1! E F 牙​朔​節 ​節​惠 ​then p at home. Western gems he offered to his majesty. 62 衣 ​每​仍​作​方​於​聞 ​dispersed, and dispensed with, gol- len nets. 53 Now he repaired the 之​歲​其​單​也​丹​道 ​churches, and now he enlarged the schools of the law. He adorned 病​集​舊​耳 ​勤 ​all the sacred edifices, making them like the flying Hwui. Imi. 者​四​目 ​乃​行 ​tating the scholars of the illustri- on aligion he distributed alms,療​寺​或​能​完​策​遠 ​bly of the young clergy from all ili 1 f k 17 exercised thein in pure and clerata il DH Z HA E ing services To the hungry, who came to him, he gave food; to 之 ​虔​法 ​法​從​王​舍 ​those suffering from cold, he clothes ; le cured the sick and te 之 ​raised them np; and the dead, he buried and laid down to rest. 者​精​崇 ​The refined and circumspect # Tálisha never heard of such 於​見​書 ​noble deeds. The white robed and illustrious students, having it in k 安諾​宇​獻​中 ​之​五​,臨​卧​陽​夏 ​賜​。不​積 ​ The Syrian Moment 21:9 sua Ins), ti tin chun Kirn (alins une robe de pourpre au Prestre y su titulus Ollicii in aula) donavit Pacificateur, & desirant de bien faire purpuream vestem Sacerdoti Y su aux autres, lequel a promulgué un pacificatori, aliisque desideranti bon nom & donné la reputation à la benefacere, bonum nomen & fa- Loy, il est venu de fort loin en Vam xe chi chim au milieu du printemps. main Legis promulganti, de longe Il surpassoit en vertu trois generations, in V'am ze chi chim venienti me- il ensegnoit dix sortes de sciences dio vere, virtutibus superabat tres dans la perfection, ou commencement generationes, scientias dilatabat il avoit servy dans le Palais du Roy; decem perfectissimè, à principio aprés quoy on escrivit son nom dans sevierat in palatio Regis, postea- General avec çu y ou commencement le Livre Royal, Xu lim de fuen yan que scriptum fuit nomen illius in avoit aydé l'homme d'armes dans Regio libro ex Xu lim de fuen So fum, So çun (l'Empereur), l'avoit yan Regulum cum çu y in prin- envoyé; afin qu'il snivit celuy qui cipio. Adjuverat armigerantem aloit devant, quoy qu'on vit sa per- in So fam, So çun (Imperator) Sonne ou dedans avec les dornants, miserat illum, ut sequeretur prie- il n'a jamais changé dans les envres exterieures, il a esté le Roy de la enntem, etiainsi videretur Republique & ses ongles & ses deuts, persona cum dormientibus intra, comme aussi tout oreilles & tout nunquam se mutavit in operibus yeux pour l'armée ; il svavoit dis- exterioribus, fuit Rex Reipublicæ tribuer les revenus & les biensfaits, pro unguibus dentibusque, fuit il n'amassoit jamais rien pour la mai- Exercitui pro auribus oculisque, son, il fit presant d'un Lin ngen sciebat repartiri redditus benefi- fait de Poli (vere pretieux) il fit un ciaque, nunquam aggregabat pro d’or, cependant il multiplioit les dom à Cu ki, de beaucoup de Tapis sua domo, obtulit Lim Ngen ex grandes Loyx les Cours, honorant & Poli (vitrum pretiosum) dedit Cu embelissant le monde doinicilles, il a Ki, ex, aureos tapetes, interdum mis en pratique ces æuvres comme restaurabat antiquas Ecclesias, in- s'il avoit eu des aisles de quelque terdum multiplicabat amplissiinas oiseau, comune disciple de la trés Legis aulas, honorando illustre Loy & plein de charité il nandoque domiciliis Mundum, distribuoit les gains. Il a sembloit tous les ans les Prestres des quatre sicut volatilium quibusdam alis, Eglises, auxquels il servoit avec af- diligenter exercuit opera; claris fection & avec respect en particulier simæ Legis discipulus obsequens pour le mains pandant, quarante jours caritati, distribuebat lucra; quo- il nourissoit encore les fameliques libet anno convocabat quatuor qui venoient à luy, il vestissoit les Ecclesiarum Sacerdotes,' inser- puds lesquels s'adressoient à luy, & viebat affectuosè & reverenter lesquels souffroient un grand froid, ad ininimum omnibus quadraginta & de leur redonner la santé, pour ce il prenoit soin de servir les malades diebus, famelici qui veniebant, qui est des morts il les ensevelissoit etiam pascebat illos, frigore alge- & leur procuroit le repos; on n'en- hant qui venientes vestiebat illos, tendoit pas du temps de Ta-so cette egrotabant qui, curabat & erige- beanté (sa coustuine estoit de rece- bat illos, moriebantur qui, sepelie- voir les estrangers & de traiter splen- bat & quiescere l'aciebat illos, didement le Pelerins) les hommes de la llés noble Loy estoient revestus exor- 220) MAT, The Syrian Monument. 55 || AII 庶 ​6 The ship # 1 seen those men, desired to erect a 璀​樂​宗明​邊​日​清 ​inonument to commemorate their good and illustrious acts. The theme de 14 鑽​明 ​“The true Lord is without be 率​物 ​景​昇​真​達 ​ginning, silent, serene, and un- changeable. Possessed of crea 土​無​更​教​暗​主​婆 ​tive power, he raised the earth and set up the heavens. The 高​災​築​言 ​未 ​divided person came into the world. The barque of salvation 敬​苦 ​was boundless. The sun arose and darkness was annihilated. 我​證​港​斯 ​bore witness to the truth. The glorious civil emperor, in reason 續​支 ​唐​真 ​joining all that was possessed by former kings, seized on the hole In 成​宗​宮​翻​玄​常 ​occasion to restore order. Hea- ven and earth were enlarged. 熙​啟​做​經​赫 ​The bright and illustrious reli- gion visited our Táng dynasty, 聖​國​建​赫​權​景 ​which translated the scriptures, and built churches. 賴克 ​(of mercy) was prepared for the living and the dead. All blessings # 1 to 其​修滿​存​皇​匠 ​sprung into existence; and all nations were at peace. 慶​真​中​没​道 ​没​道​化​見 ​Káutsung continued the work of his ancestors, and repaired the 貫 ​起​其 ​temples. The palace of Concord was greatly enlarged. Churches 前​地​人 ​filled the laud; and the true doc- trine was clearly preached Mas-宗​膀​道​百​王立​顯 ​ters of the law were then appoint- ed; the people had joy and tran- 來​揚​宣​福 ​天​刻 ​quility, and all things were free from calamities and troubles. 復​輝​明​皆​時​分洪 ​“Hiuentsung displayed divine intelligence and cultivated truth # 式​作​撥 ​身​碑 ​and rectitude. The imperial tablets spread abroad their lustre. 書​封​萬​亂​出 ​以 ​rious. The august domains were 引​蔚​法​那​乾​代​揚 ​clearly defined. The inhabitants paid high respect to their sove 楊​映​主​之​廓​救 ​reign. All things were glorious and tranquil, and under his aus 聖皇​人​康​度 ​康​烈 ​pices the people were prosperous. “Suhtsung restored celestial rea 月​圖​有​高​張​無​詞 ​休 ​ 1914. 221 'Tho Syrian Monument. temporibus Ta-so non andieba- d'habits blancs, on voit encore de nur ista pulchritudo (solebat hic semblabes hommes, que jay gravés suscipere hospites & peregrinos sur cette Pierre pour laisser une me- inoire eternelle de leurs belles ac. Jautissimè) albis vestiebantur cla- rãe Doctrinæ viri, & modo viden- soient publiées. L'escritures dit , le tions à la posterité; afin qu'elles tur isti homines volui sculpere veritable Seigneur qui n'a point de universis perennis memoriæ La- principe, qui est le repose tres pur, pidern, ut divulgentur felicia ope- & lequel est tousjours le mesme, le ra, Sermo inquit, verus Dominus Tout puissant celuy qui a fait le sine principio, purissima quies monde, le Createur de toutes choses semperque eadem, onnipotens a fondé la Terre, esleve le Ciel se communiquant luy mesme, il est venu totius Mundi artifex Creator sur la terre, & y a establi un salut statuit terram, erexit cælum, com infini, il est monté comme un soleil municando seipsum, prodit in rayonant, il a dissipé les tenebres, il mundum salutem instituit infini a faict voir au jour toute l'excellente tam, ut Sol resplendens ascendit, profondeur de la verité, Ven le Se. tenebras extinxit, totam verificavit renissime Empereur de la Loy a veritatis excellentein profundita- Koix. porté le diademe avant les autres tem, Serenissimus Ven Imperator temps , il a dissipé les troupes, dilaté S'estant sagement servi du Legis diadema tulit ante alios Re- les cieux, estendu les terres, & a re- ges usus benè tempore, abolevit duit par les parolles de la tres noble turbas, cælos dilatavit, terras ex & tres illustre doctrine de la Loy tendit, clarissimæ illustrissimæ nostre Tam Empire de la Chine, il a doctrinæ Legis verbis reduxit, nos. traduit les escritures, il a erigé des trum Sinarum Imperium Tam, tra- Eglises, il a servi de navigation aux vivants, & aux morts, a augmenté duxit Scripturas, erexit Ecclesias, la felicité de cent degres, il a fait la vivis mortuis fuit instar navis cen Paix de dix mille Royaumes. Cao tum felicitatum gradus fecit de çun a imité ses Ancestres, & a cem millium Regnorum pacem, encore perfectionné le monde par ces Cao çun imitatus majores, etiam ediffices. Les Palais de la paix ont ædificiis perfecit Mundum, Pacis remply les Terres de la Chine d'une palatia humili luce impleverunt ble Loy avec beaucoup de gloire, il humble lumiere, il a estendu la verita- Sinarum terras, veram Legem ex a donné des titres au Maistre de la tendit clarissimè contulit titulos Loy, les mortels avoient la joye, la Legis domino, mortales habebant paix, rien ne souffroit d'infortunes lætitiam, pacem, res carebant in & de calamites. L'Empereur Yuen fortuniis calamitatibusque, Yuen çun ki a bien sçeu se faire instruire çun Ki Imperator scivit se com- de la verité & prendre le bon chemin, il a ordonné déslever des tables pone re ad veritatem rectitudi- toutes brillantes & remplies d'un nemque, mandavit tabulas eri- esclat merveilleux à raison des escri- gere lucidissimas Regiis scriptıl- tures Royales qui y estoient, & les ris florentissimè fulgentes, Impe- Tableaux des Empereurs les plus ratorum imaginibus clarissimo- illustres qu'on y voyoit. Tous les rum resplendentes, illas omnia R’oyaumes les avoient en grande Regna valdè venerabantur, populi veneration, tous les peuples les re- veroient avec respet, & tous les renovabantur, homines hommes estoient comble's de joy.e gestiebant illa felicitate So Cum, de les avoir, So Cum, reprit dere- rediit iterum Imperatoriæ Majes- chef le train de deriger la Course tatis dirigere cursum Imperialis de ça Majesté Royalle. Le Soleil omnes 22 The Syrian Blonument. MAT, 58 tues. son" Great was his dignity as he 3 ti · 鏡​月​義​街 ​rode in state. Ilis splendor shone above the brightness of the inoon. 議​族​主觀​窟​德 ​Happy winds swept the night. Felicity visited the august man 郎​月​能 ​万能​物​畢​合​祥 ​sions. The autumnal vapors ceas- ed forever. Tranquility reigned,前​七​作 ​翠​天​風 ​and the empire increased. “ Túitsung was dutiful and just, ÍT H 行​日​今​六 ​地​掃 ​in virtue according with heaven and earth. By his bestowments A E 合​建​開 ​life was sustained, and great ad- vantage accrued to all. With IW 中​資 ​萨 ​incense he made thank-offerings, and dispensed charity in his bene- 統​生 ​生​歸 ​volence. Brightness came from the valley of the sun, and the vailed 士 ​建 ​極​成​皇 ​moon appeared in azure hues. “ Kienchung was eminent in all 日​豐 ​豐​響​車 ​things, and cultivated bright vir- His 軍​建​碑​双修​資​秋 ​(Over all seas, and his mild se- . 明 ​camne to human darkness; and in his mirror the color of things # # NIF: was reflected. Throughout the universe light of life was diffused. 「惟​武​香 ​All nations took exainple (from (書 ​the emperor). 廣​肅 ​肅​以​止 ​“The true doctrine is great, and all-prevalent and prevading. Hard 四​報 ​報​谢 ​il is to name the Word, to unfold the Three-One. The sovereign 寧唐​應 ​can act, his ministers commen- orate. Erect the splended monu- 建 ​ment! Praise the great and the happy!” 知​中​蜜​清​以​造 ​Erected (A.. 781) the second year of Kienchung(the ninth 東​二​強​葛​作​我 ​einperor) of the great Táng dy- nasty, in the first month, and the 方​年​名 ​seventh day. The priest Ningshú being spe- 之 ​cial law lord, and preacher to those of the illustrious religion through 景​在​今​臨​谷​代 ​out the regions of the east. Written by Li Sinyen, court 界​作​演​人​來​宗 ​councellor, formerly holding hgih military command in Taichau 也​靈 ​隱​廣​孝 ​浪​。交​清​茵​域​。 J 1845. 76 Nyrinin 1/ment Sol pepulit tenchris, felicit'tis Imperi: a bumi les tenebres, & it aura eliminavit noctem, fecit illam classé la nuict par le moyen du redire Imperiali donui, felicita. bon-licur & de la felicité qu'il it tisque odore æternun' extinxit rapellée dans la maison Iinperial & par l'odeur de la felicité il a mis stititque impetus furentium. Pan l'Estat en Paix ; de sorte quiapres cificavitque pulverem rebellan- cela il a dissipé tous les troubles & tium, fecit nostrum magnum Hia calmé les dissentious il a Pacitie lit (ita etiam Sina vocatur) Imperi- poudre les Rebelles, & a fonde nostre un, Tay cuin hino y virtutibus grand Hia (c'est encore un nom de univit cælos & terrain, aperuit la Chine) & nostre Empire. Tay beneficiis vitæ opera rebus auxilia- cum hico y a uny les Cicux & la Terre par ses vertus, il mit au jour tus pulcherriino incremento, odo- par les biens faicts des auvres de res dedit in gratiarum actionem vie & donné un grand accroissement. piissinius ad faciendas eleemosy- à toutes choses, il offrit des odeurs mas beneficentiâ faciebat descen en actions de graces, il estoit tres dere Majestatem, Luna, Sol per- porté à faire l'aumosne & hunilivit fectissimè conjunctæ in illo (id est sa majesté par des actions de libera - lité. Le Soleil, & la Lune estoient omnia subjecta habuit) Kien chun gubernavit polos (id est Mundum) dire que tout luy estoit sousmis) tres parfaitement unis en luy (c'est à perfecit composuitque intellectus Kien chun a gouverné les Poles (c'est , virtutem, robore pacificavit qua à dire le monde) il a perfectionné & liior maria, exornavit adunavitque reglé la vertu de l'esprit , il a pacifié decem millium terminos, cande- les quatre Mers par sa force, il a uny Tie instar descendit in hominum & orné dix mille confins, il penetroit, l'interieur comme si c'eût esté un secreta, ut speculuin repra:sen- flambeau & se representoit la couleur rerum colorem. Munduin des choses comme un miroir il a illuminavic resuscitavitque, cen resuscité & illuminé le inonde, ilir tuun barbaris dedit leges, Lex donné les loix à cent Barbares, la sola amplissimè respondet unicè soule Loy respond parfaitement à perfectioni, coacti nomen illius une unique perfection, estant obligés dicemus, Lex est Trinitatis unius, de declarer son nom, nous le mani.. Imperatorcs sciebant operari, Va- festerons. La Loy est d'une Trinite, sallus debuit referre. Erigo floren- Les Empereurs sçavoient agir. Le vassal a d’eu raporter. J'erige cette tissimum Lapidem monumentum ficurissante Pierre comme un Monit- æternæ laudis originalem felicita ment d'une eternelle louange de la tem magui Imperii Sinarum fami felicité originelle du grand Empire Tia Regiæ Tam Imperatoris Kien de la Chinc, & de la Famille Royalle chun secundo anno, cum esset de l'Empereur Tum, la seconde an- née de Kien chun, ou coinmencement principiuni Autumui mensis sep- de mois de l'automne le septiesme timo die magni luminis forentis- jour de la grande lumiere jour trés sini ornatus die, (hoc est, Domi- agreable & tres beau (c'est à dire nico) erectus Lapis. Illo tempo Dimanche) cette Pierre a esté cslevé. re Legis Doininus (Episcopus) Le Segneur de la Loy c'est à dire Sacerdos Nym Xu regebat Orien- l'Evesque) Nym Xu Prestre gouver- talium terrarum clarissimæ Legis noit en ce temps les peuples de la populos. Chao y lam, qui anteà tres illustre Loy de Terres Orientales. Chao y lam, qui auparavant avoit esté Berit Tay chen su su çan kim. Tay Chen su su çau Kim appellé Of Vocalns Ollicialis Liu sicu pro ficial Liu sicu il scrit de sa propic pria manu scripsit. main tans The Syrian Monument Max Dur readers have now before them what claims to be a faithful copy of the Chinese inseription, found on the stone tablet, erected by the deciples of the Syrian Christians, A. D. 781, and with it, they have the best translations we have been able to furnish. Re- ferring the critical student to the learned and copious notes, found in Kircher and others, who have written about this incription, we will only add here a few of our own, explanitory of the translation we have ventured to give. The reader will see that our version differs from the Latin and French, and very widely in some instances. The dates we believe are correct, as they appear in the English version. For the most pari we have given the sense of the words and phrases as explained by those Chinese scholars, who have studied the document with us; in several instances, however, we have pre- ferred a different rendering; and on numerous points we are not yet satisfied either with their interpretation or our own. Probably were a hundred students of Chinese employed on the document, they would each give a different view of the ineaning in some parts of the inscription. Our notes shall be as brief as possible. 1. King kiáu 'illustrious doctrine' seems to be the term employ- ed to denote the religion of Jesus—that system of instruction given by him: kiáu means to teach, to instruct, to train as a pupil, and is very similar to thc Greek Maonssuw. Of the name Tatsin, we can only say that if it does not refer to Judea, we know not what coun- try it does designate. 2. The word sz' denotes a place from whence laws are issued, courts for public officers, &c. The Budhistic temples in China are called by this name, and the priests dwelling and officiating in them are called sang. We have taken the first to denote the church in Tatsin, and the other a priest from that church. 3. The words chung shing are emphatic, and denote the holy ones, i. e. the angels of God in heaven. 4. Sin-yih gives an idea like our own English word triune, de- noting the three persons of the one true God. Some one has sug- gested that the two words Sányih are intended only to indicate sound: if so, we are unable to conjecture to what they reſer. 5. Here evidently sound is intended by the three syllables A' loh áh, which well indicate the name of the supreme one, Jehovah. 6. Three different renderings have here been suggested: thus, by dividing the cross to form the four cardinal points or parts of the earth: he determined by the Cross to create the world, i. e. by him. who died on the cross; a third rendering is the one we prefer, and 1845. 225 The Syrian Monument, the one we have given, viz., he determined in the shape of a cross to spread out the earth. 7. Yuen fung seem to denote the same idea as we find in the first of Genesis, where the Hebrew words are rendered Spirit of God. 8. The word kí it is very difficult to understand. The Chinese tell us of many ki,--the twenty-four ki, the six ki, the three ki, and the two ki, as in our text. The two ki often denote the yin and yány, i. e. matter and spirit, matter and form, light and darkness, &c. From the context we have concluded that the two are here intended to comprehend "all things visible and invisible," i. e. the universe. 9. The production of the two ki was merely preparatory, here we have the all things formed, perfected, finished. 10. Literally, 'transformed sea,' hrá hoi ; the chaotic mass now reduced to order, the world as. fitted up for the residence of him who was made in the image and likeness of God. II. Sotán is unquestionably the name of a person, and refers to the great father of lies; so means to dance, or make postures, in the Chinese style; tan means the end, to annihilate : the two seem to have been joined to indicate the character of Satan, as the great destroyer. 12. ‘Multiplicity of sects' we have translated the words sán peh luh shih wú chung, literally three hundred and sixty-five sorts. The word chung means plants, sorts, kinds, tribes, &c., and here will bear the sense we have given it, viz., sects. 13. Here the Sán-yih is represented as an agent, in sending forth a person-fan shin: this person is named and characterized in the sequel: fan is a part; and as a verb, it signifies to part, to divide, to distribute, to share, &c.; shin is the body of any person or thing. Thus the Three-one divided or set apart a body. 14. Mí shí áh is the name of this person, who is characterized as king illustrious, and tsun honorable, emphatically so the most il- lustrious, the inost honorable, the Messiah, the Anointed, the Savior of the world. 15. Shin tien, Tjø, spirits from heaven, i. e. the angels. The phrase shin tien occurs in the Pei Wan Yun fu,—the Thesaurus of Kinghí,--but in a different sense from that in our text. 16. Po sz' give us the sound of the name of that country, from whence came the wise meni, lai kung bringing tribule, or offerings, on the occasion of the Messiah's advent. 17. 'Twenty-four holy ones, or sages, are the prophets of the Old Testament, or literally kiu Fah, the Old Law VOL. XIV. NO V 226 MAY, The Syrian Monument, 18. Sin kiau is the new doctrine, the religion of Jesus, as taught in the New Testament, and where the Three-one is so conspicuous : it is the new religion. 19. Pah king are not understood, and we have therefore given a verbal rendering. A native Christian friend has suggested a refer- ence to our Savior's beatitudes, in the fifth chapter of Matthew. 20. Here again we are left in doubt: what the gate of the three constant virtues' can refer to, we are unable to conjecture,—unless the term three, like the word ten, is used to denote perfection, or something of that sort. 21. Mo means the evil spirits of darkness, or demons; perhaps here the allusion is to Satan, mentioned above, and hence we have translated it the devil. 22. The twenty-seven books are those which form the New Law, i. e. the New Testament, as we now have it. 23. As a sign or seal taking the cross, is the literal translation of the text: yin is the seal used for sealing and stamping letters and official papers. 24. Here there is evidently a change in the subject of the dis- course,—which is no longer the Messiah, but his deciples, and ac- cordingly we have supplied the term deciples. 25. There is here an allusion to some usage, with which we are not acquained; perhaps a reference to the formulas and rites of the Syrian church would afford the desired information, and clear away the obscurity. 26. There is here in the word kiái, and above in the word tsi, reference to seasons of fasting, &c., observed by the Syrian Chris- tians. 27. In the phrase, tsih yih yih,, seven days once, we find the Christian Sabbath; the words might be rendered, on the first of the seven days," &c. 28. The true and constant doctrine, is our rendering of the words chin cháng chi tuu, literally " the way of truth and constancy. 29. This way is the king kiáu, the illustrious religion, Chris- tianity, as described in the first note above. 30. We are not sure that we understand rightly this passage, and we have accordingly rendered shing literally: we suppose the shing here are the emperors, who are frequently called holy ones. 31. Here we have to correct three errors which we are sorry to 208. The Táng dynasty was cominenced A. d. 620 by Kautsu, who was succeeded by Taitsung in the year 627, under the find on page 1844. 227 Tho Syrian Monument. national designation, ching-kwan. It was this second emperor, who in the 12th (not the thirteen) year of his reign, A. D. 639, issued the edict in favor of Christianity as preached by Olopun. Instead of the illustrious and holy founder of the Táng dynasty, we ought to have written “the enlarger," or some equivalent for the phrase ki yun. The year 736 should be six hundred and thirty-siz, 636. 32. The words Chin King designate the Holy Scriptures, or the True Classic, the Bible, comprising the Old and New Testainents. 33. Ching-ngán is one of the districts in the department of Si- ngan fú, the capital of Shensí where the monument was found. 34. The words fän king, as translated in Kircher's work, are suited to the context and to the gist of the narrative. Fán is to turn backwards and forwards, turning from this to that; and from this primary sense, that of translating may be derived. 35. King fung is literally illustrious wind, and seems to denote the renovating influence, the spirit of the new religion. 36. The king fáh are the illustrious laws, i. e. Christian laws, or such as are in harmony with the Christian religion. 37. We have here, at the suggestion of an intelligent native sty- dent, ventured to make a correction in the text, by inserting fáh, 'the law,' i. e. the Christian religion, before the word liú, as the subject of that verb. 38. We find no account of these persecutions in the Chinese his- tories: the one raised by the Budhists occured in 699 A. D. six hun- dred and ninety-nine, and not in 599. 39. The wú shing, or five holy ones, are the first five emperors of the Táng family, Hiuentsiung's predecessors. 40. Literally, 'Dragon's beared though remote, bows and swords can be climbed up to,' or reached; so well were the portraits execu- ted that their majesties, the five departed emperors, seemed to be present. 41. The same figurative language is continued : the horns of the sun are the foreheads of those five emperors: chí chih mean near, not remote, present. 42. The star and sun are put here for majesty, the so styled of heaven;' it was to this sun and to this star that he came for renovation, hiáng hwn. 43. Here again the emperors are called 'holy:' the preceding, clause, viz: táu wu puh ho, &c., might be rendered, ' with reason nothing is impracticable, and that which is practicable can he named;' but we prefer the other rendering, making tuu refer to those who possess reason, or who follow the docirines of Christianity ( gun 228 MAY, The Syrian Monument. 44. Páh ching the eight governments, or rules of government, denote the whole frame or system of the imperial government. 45. In this and the preceding clauses we have given the sense, as it is understood by native scholars; but to explain the 'dual system,' would require more time and more ability than we at present can command. 46. Here we have supposed the writer intended to represent the sovereign himself as speaking, and the we, therefore, is the imperial or royal we, the sovereign, the one man who fills the throne. 47. Ts'un and mnk are correlatives, and include all, both the dead and the living. 48. This is a most difficult clause: hiúng ying is an echo, a re- sponse; considering how all living creatures are influenced by in- struction, or how they responded to the admonitions given, &c., I King have done so and so; but the phrase Ngo king lih, &c., may be rendered thus," the strength of our illustrious religion," &c., inaking king refer to the doctrine, and not to the person King Tsing. 49. Among the names of the priests given in the Syriac, on the monument, we find Kircher has that of Isaac, which we suppose to be intended by the Chinese Psz', #. 50. City of the king's house we suppose refers to the land of Ta- tsin, whatever that may be, whether Judea or some other country. 51. The three tái, or dynasties, are the Hiá, the Sháng, and the Chau-eminent and distinguished above all the other ancient imperial families. 52. Western gems, or presents brought from the west, seem to be indicated by the two characters po li, now and formerly used to designate glass, and other similar articles. 53. There is here, probably, an allusion to something with which we are not acquainted, for we have no idea what the golden nets in question can be. 54. From this it appears that the pi home or stone tablet, was erected by some of the Syrian Christians, to commemorate the pro- gress of religion in China, of which they were eye-witnesses. 55. Fan shin as above, but here used as the subject of the clause, indicating the person of the Messiah. 56. This is pure Chinese, both in language and in spirit. Kien is strength, the ruling power, heaven ; kwan is weakness, obedience, he ruled, the earth. 57. This is obscure, and we have trusted to our native assistants, who have given the sense as expressed in the English version 1845. 229 Some Account of Charms. 59. The valley of the sun, is the great eastern empire, China, where the sun, the vicegerant of heaven holds his court, and sends forth light, like the rising sun, to enlighten the world. As yáng, the sun, here denotes the emperor, yueh, the moon, denotes his majesty's residence. 59. By the color of things, we are here to understand their moral qualities, as good or bad. 60. Hard to name the Word, to expand the Three-one, is a literal rendering of this line. Whether the reference is to the Word, the Aogos of the New Testament, or not, we are at present unable to determine: if there be such a reference, there is then additional reason for using yen, Ģ, instead of táu, , which we have pre- ferred, in the gospel of John, for the Royos.. ôl. The literary labor, the composition of the inscription, was performed by King Tsing; the mechanical labor, the copying for the engraver, was done by Lü Sinyen. We now leave our readers to judge of the inscription, each one for himself. Much of the language is Budhistic; there are however strong internal evidences of its being the work of a professor of Christianity, and such we believe it to be. 1 1 ART. II. Some Account of Charms, and Felicious Appendages worn about the person, or hung up in houses, &c., used by the Chinese. By John Robert MORRISON, esq., Cor. M. R. A. S. Read before the R. A. Soc., 2d July 1831.* Charms may be divided into three kinds : 1. A kind of talisman, worn generally about the person, but sometimes also hung up on the walls of houses. 2. Little sacred books which are suspended from the girdle in small silk bags, and hence called Pei-king, "Girdle- scriptures." 3. Spells, called Foochow. Talismans.-Under this head are arranged some charms which are not properly speaking talismans, but for which no other generic name could be found. 1. Tsëen-keen, “Money-swords." These consist of a number of * We have extracted this article from Vol. III. of the Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society, and have preserved the original orthography 230 Some Account of Charms. Max, old copper coins called cash, strung together in the form of a sword, and kept straight by a piece of iron running up the middle. They are hung at the heads of beds, that the supposed presence of the monarchs, under whose reigns the cash were coined, may have the effect of keeping away ghosts and evil spirits. They are used chiefly in houses or rooms where persons have committed suicide or suffered a violent death. Sick persons use them, also, in order to hasten their recovery. 2. Pih kca so, "The hundred family-lock.” To obtain this a man goes round among his friends, and having obtained from one hundred different persons three or four of the copper coins called cash, each, he himself adds whatever money is requisite, and has a lock made, which he hangs on his child's neck, for the purpose of locking him, as it were, to life, and making the one hundred persons sureties for his attaining old age. 3. King keuen so, “Neck-ring lock.” This is worn by grown females as well as by children, for the same purpose as the preceding. A charm on which are these inscriptions; San to kew jou, " the three manys and the nine likes ;” and E keae mei show, to obtain long-eyebrowed longevity." The three manys are: To fuh, to show, to nan tsze, many years of) happiness, many years of) long life, and many sons. The nine likes are expressed in the two following stanzas of a song, in the She king, in which a minister who has in the six preceding songs been receiving the praises of his sovereign, answers by numerous wishes on his behalf. 1 2 Teën paou ting url, Joo yuè che hăng- E mě puh hing, Joo jih che shing, Jooshan,joo fow,- Joo nan shan che show,- Joo kang, -joo ling, Puh keen puh păng- Joo chuen che fang che; Joo sung pih che mow; E mo puh tsăng. Woo puh urh hwo ching. 1. Heaven preserve and establish thee, That in all things thou mayest prosper, Mayest be like the hills,-like the high hills,- Like the mountain tops,-like the lofty mountains, Like the straight-forward path of the sea, That there may be nothing wanting to thee. 2. Like the moon, constantly revolving,- Like the sun, ascending upwards,- In longevity, like the southern hills, 15.15. 31 Some Account of Churna. Which never fail por fall, -- Like the luxuriant foliage of the fir : Each of these things mayest thou successively receive. 5. Koo-tung king, "The old brass mirror," is a charm which is supposed to possess the virtue of immediately healing any who have become mad by the sight of a spirit or demon, by their merely tak- ing a glance at themselves in it. By the rich it is kept in their chief apartments, for the purpose of keeping away spirits. 6. Pei tsang han yuh, “The jointly interred yuh stone of Han." It is said that, under the Han dynasty, when a rich person died, each of his friends dropped a yuh stone into his coffin. Should any one obtain one of these stones it will preserve him from evil spirits and from fire. 7. Chang poo, Gre, keën, “Sword of Chang poo (Acorus Cala- mus), and Gae plants." On the fifth day of the moon, sprigs of each of these plants are stuck up at the doors of houses, in order to deter all manner of evils from entering. Hence the following couplet is sometimes written on the door-posts of houses : Gae ke chaou pih fuh, Poo keën chan tsëen tsae. The Gac banner calls forth a hundred blessings; The Poo sword destroys a thousand evils. 8. Taou foo, the “ Peach charm," consists of a sprig of peach blossoms, which, on the first day of the first moon, is placed in some districts at the head of the door of every house, to drive away demons and malignant spirits. This gives rise to the following couplet Le yew jin ho seu můh to; Sze woo seay yen yung taou foo: If the village possess virtue, what need is there for the wooden-tongued bell? If the thoughts be free from impurity, of what use is the peach-charm ? 9. Ke lin. The fabulous animal which is said to have appeared at the birth of Confucius;. hence worn by children for good fortune: 10. På kwa. The eight diagrams, cut on stone or metal, are often worn as charnis. 11. Show taou, “ Longevity Peach." A charm for long life. 12. Hoo-loo, “ The Gourd.” Gourd-bottles being formerly car- ried by old men on their backs, figures of them; made either of cop- per or of the wood of old men's coffins, are worn as charms for lon- gevity; the former round the neck, the latter round the wrist. 13. Hoo-chaou, "Tiger's-claw." This is a charm against sud- 1 1 1 ! ! 1 ! den fright 232 Some Account of Charms May, 14. Yuh yin, “ Yüh-seal." This is a stone worn by children on their foreheads or wrists, on which are cut short sentences, such as Füh joo tung hae, happiness like the eastern sea (in extent and continuance). It is supposed to suppress fright, and to show whe- ther a child is well or ill, by a clear appearance in the one case and a dark appearance in the other. 15. A seal of the Taou sect, worn as a charm, as well as for stamping spells. 16. A charm bearing the eight diagrams, the Chinese signs of the zodiac, spells, and words expressive of its use, viz.: to suppress and destroy evil spirits. 17. A charm of the Taou sect, consisting of a small knife, sword, and triangle. It is worn chiefly by females about the person, in order to avert the ill will of evil spirits and rustic demons. There are seals for similar purposes. 18. There are a variety of charms, of various kinds, for which there are no names and no peculiar uses; but they are considered felicitous, and are therefore worn by the poorer classes, who cannot buy the more valuable charms. Little sacred books, called Pei king. From the specimen sent, these seem to contain only the pronunciation of Indian words, and they appear to belong only to the Budha sect. People of pro- perty buy them for their children, and pay priests to repeat the pray- ers, &c., contained in them, in order to preserve their children from premature death. The specimen sent to the Society) is called Ta pei chow," a prayer to the greatly compassionate one." Spells. These are forined by a fanciful union of several characters, to which astrology is sometimes added; and in those of the Budha sect Sanscrit or (which they appear more to resemble) Thibetian words. The book which accompanies the specimens is on the subject of spells, and in the first volume it contains a few of these foreign words. These spells are sometimes kept about the person, and sometimes pasted on walls or over doors. Some, also, are used as cures for sick persons, by being either written 'on leaves and then transferred into some liquid, or by being written on paper, burnt, and thrown into the liquid, after which the patient has to drink off the liquid and the spell together. There are spells for almost every deity. Among the most common are to be found : 1. Yin-foo, “Sealed-spells." These are of the Taou sect, writ- ten on yellow paper with red ink, and then stamped with a seal kept in the temples before the idols. } 1845. 233 Some Account of Charms. 2. San këő foo, “ Triangular spell." This is a paper with a spell written on it, and folded up in a triangular shape. It is fastened to the dress of children, to preserve them from evil spirits and from sickness. Besides these there are many othars of various kinds, such as differ- ent forms of the characters fuh, pro perity or happiness; and show, longevity. Among these is one called Pih show too, "the map of a hundred shows," being a hundred different forms of that character : of course many of the forms are very fanciful. There are also numerous figures of deified men, &c., which, though not properly speaking charms, are considered felicitous, and therefore hung up in houses and honored, some constantly, others on particular occasions. Of the specimens sent, the following is an explanation: 1. Kwei-sing. The spirit of the North Polar star, the patron of learning. It is drawn standing alone on the head of the Gaou, a large fish, and kicking Tow, the Ursa Major, to represent the power of knowledge. The pencil in its right hand is held up on high, to signify the dignity of literature. There is a print from an engraving on stone, in which the eight characters Ching sin, sew shin, kih ke, fuh le, are written in a fanciful manner, so as to resemble the figure of the Kwei-sing. The seal characters at the top are the same as those of which the figure is formed. 2. Chang-seën. This is a deified man, who having shot the heavenly dog, which often devoured children, is worshiped by parents for the purpose of keeping their children from harm. In the drawning he is represented shooting the dog, with his children around him. 3. A representation of Pwan koo, the first human being; at least 80 marked by the seller; but it is more probably intended for Fük he, the inventor of the eight diagrams. 4. Cang-teën-sze, the imperial astronomer. The first who filled this office was Chang-leang, and his descendants are said to have succeeded him uninterruptedly. They are divided into two fanuilies, named Kung and Chang, who always imtermarry; thus forming, from the union of Kung and Chang, the surname Chang. These deified astronomers are supposed to inform their worshipers when any great calamities, such as plague, famine, pestilence, &c., are about to take place. The introduction of European astronomers is said to have put the Chang family out of office, though the empe- rors still grants them sustenance, VOL. YTV. 10 234 MAY, List of Chinese Officers. 5. Ho, ho, urh seën. T'he two genii, harmony and union. These are two partners in trade, who were always successful, and are therefore deified and worshiped by tradespeople. The two red animals represented flying above them are intended for bats, which are con- sidered the precusors of happiness and prosperity. 6. Fuh, lūh, and show. Happiness, emolument or office, and longevity, with longevity's children. 7. Hcuen tan. A man of great strength, who lived among the hills until invited by the tyrant Chow to his assistance. On his way towards Chow he met a tiger, which he bestrode and made it answer him as a horse. The object in worshiping him is to free houses of evil spirit. 8. Chung-kwei, the destroyer of demons. This was a strong and violent tempered man, who was deified on account of his antipathy to demons. He is sometimes represented trampling a demon under his feet; at others, introducing happiness under the symbol of a bat. 9. Ke-lin sung tsze, the Ke-lin presenting a child. This animal is said to have appeared just before the birth of Confucius, and is therefore worshiped by those who wish to have talented children. 10. Yin yuen sae. This is by one person said to be a god of lightning ; by another he is said to be the son of the tyrant Chow, who having received his education from a supernatural being, was able to exercise, with murderous effect, the magical skill thereby acquired, when he was called on to defend his father. Hence he is represented moving on the wheels of the wind and the fire, wear- ing a string of skulls round his neck, and holding a spear and a death-bell in his hands. 11. Tsze-wei. A spirit who, by restraining the voracious animal Pe-hew prevents it from doing mischief, particularly from devouring the sun and moon. 12. Tsae-pih-sing-keun, the god of wealth. Before him are vessels of gold and silver ore. Art. 11I. List of officers belonging to the Chinese government, corrected from the Spring Edition of the Red Book. The following alterations in the Red Book have taken place since the issue of the list of officers in the February number of the Re- 1845 235 List of Chinese Officers. pository; they are extracted from the Spring Edition,-the Red Book being revised and published quarterly. There are many officers, whose names appeared in the winter edition, but whose names are now struck out altogether; and from the inadequate means at our command, we have not succeeded in tracing them: some difficulty has also been experienced in discovering whence the new officers have come; we have not therefore, unless when certain of our informa- tion, ventured to give any account, either of whither those officers struck out have gone, or whence those newly appearing have come. Inner Council. The fourth ta hiohsz’-ship, which has for some time been vacant, is filled up by No. 12., Choh Pingtien, and is thus entered; 12. TE Choh Pingtien, of Hwayáng hien, Sz'chuen ; speaker at the classical feasts, and superintendent of the prefecture-ship of Shuntien fú. The second hiepán táhioh sz’-ship, vacated by No. 12., Choh Pinglien, who becomes fourth, is filled up by No. 52., Chin Kwán- tsiun, and is thus entered ; 52. Bog htio Chin Kwantsiun, of Wei hien, Shántung; a speaker at the classical feast, a shángshú of the Board of Civil Office, and a superintendent of the three treasuries of the Board of Revenue. a THE SIX BOARDS. Board of Civil Office. The second shángshi-ship vacated by No. 12., Choh Pingtien, is filled up by No. 52., Rue de la Chin Kwantsiun. Board of Revenue. The second shíláng-ship, vacated by No. 29., 露​蕃 ​Chuh Kingfán, who becomes a chief censor of the Censorate, is filled up by No. 31., Ho Júlin, and is entered thus; 31. ẤP 4 TẢ Ho Julin, of Kangning hien, Kiảngsố ; a superin- tendent of the three treasuries, an inspector of the school of the left wing gioro. The fourth shiláng-ship, vacated by No. 31., Ho Júlin, is filled up by No. 56., Kia Ching, and is entered thus; 56 H Kiá Ching, of Hwang hien, Shantung ; a superintendent of the Tsienfál táng, and a hingtsal of the Shingshú lang 236 Max, List of Chinese Officers. Board of Rites. The second shíláng-ship, vacated by No. 35., H T Chau Tsúpei, who becomes fourth shíláng of the Board of Works, is filled up by Ping Chí, who appears for the first time, and is entered thus; 283. Em Ping Chí, of Tái chau, Shángí. The third shíláng-ship, vacated by No. 36., h Hwa- shánáh who becomes third shíláng of the Board of Works, in filled up by No. 43., Weishihnáh, and is entered thus; 43. It fe Weishihnáh, a Mongol of the plain yellow; a fú tútung, Chinese plain yellow banner; a first class hereditary noble of the second order, a tsungping of the right wing. Board of War. The third shíláng-ship, vacated by No. 43., Weishihnáh, who becomes third shíláng of the Board of Rites, is filled up by No. 98., Fuhtei, and is entered thus; 98. N Fuhtsí, a Manchu of the bordered white. Board of Works. The second shángshu-ship, vacated by No. 52., Chin Kwantsiun, who becomes second hiepán tahiohsz', is filled up by No. 62., Tú Shautien, and is entered thus; 62. HETú Shautien, of Pin chau, Shantung; a speaker of the classical feasts, a hingtsau of the Shángshú fáng, a superintendent of the treasury of the Board of Revenue. The first shiláng-ship, vacated by No. 53., o Shúhin- gáh, who becomes tsáutsáu táchin of Ilí, is filled up by No. 55., A’lingáh, and is entered thus ; 55. BE BTT Aʼlingáh, a Manchu of the plain red; a fú tútung, Chinese bordered blue banner. The third shilàng-ship, vacated by No. 55., A'lingáh, who becomes first shiláng, is filled up by No. 36., Hwashánáh, and is entered thus; 36. 7 id; faith Hw íshánáh, a Mongol of the plain yellow; a super- intendent of the Tsienfa táng, a fú tútung Chinese plain yellow banner, a great minister controlling the sungwú fú. The fourth shıláng-ship , vacated by No. 56., ti Kiá Ching, who becomes fourth shilang of the Board of Revenue, is filled up 35., Cháu 'Tsúpei, and is entered thus; 35. B B + Cháu Tsupei, of Shángching hien, Honan; a super- intendent of the Tsienfá táng. by No. 1845. 237 List of Chinese Officers. > The Censorale. The second chief censor-ship, vacated by No. 62., #t Tú Shautien, who becomes second shángshú of the Board of Works, is filled up by No. 29., Chúh Kingfán, and is entered thus; 29. ül Chúh Kingfán, of Kúchí hien, Honán; a speaker of the classical feasts, superintendent of the three treasuries. The first assisting censor-ship, lately vacant, is filled up by No. 66., Hochun, and is thus entered ; 66. tp Hochun, a Manchu of the bordered blue, of the imperial kindred. The second assisting censor-ship, vacated by No. 64., ** Kwinglin, who becomes shíláng of the Board of War, at Moukden, is filled up by No. 72., Kwángchang, and is entered thus; 72. Kwangcháng, a Manchu of the plain red; superinten- dent of the sacrificial court. The Court of Representation. The first principal-ship, vacated by No. 66., Hochun, who be- comes first assisting censor of the Censorate, is filled up by No. 76., Lingkwei, and is entered thus ; 76. Lingkwei, a Manchu of the plain blue. The Sacrificial Court. The first president-ship, vacated by No. 72., Kwangcháng, who becomes second assisting censor of the Censorate, is filled up No. 74., Kingki, and is entered thus; 74. Kingkí, a Manchu of the plain blue; of the imperial kindred. The Office of the Imperial Stud. The first president-ship, vacated by No. 74., Kingkí, who becomes first president of the Sacrificial Court, remains vacant. The Ceremonial Court. The first president-ship, vacated by No. 76., Lingkwei, who becomes first principal of the Court of Representation, is filled up by A'yentáh, who was lately a shíkiáng hiosz' (learned attendant speaker) in the Hánlin academy, and is entered thus ; 284. El A'yentán, a Mongol of the bordered yellow. 238 MAY, List of Chinese Officers. The National College. The first principal-ship, vacated by No. 78., AA Kilming who becomes principal of the Chinsz' fú, (a school of the Hanlin yuen) is filled by Wansui, lately a shíkiáng (attendant speaker) in the Hanlin academy, and is entered thus; 285. * Wansui, a Manchu of the bordered red. Local Metropolitan Officers. The assistant mayor-ship of Shuntien fú, lately vacant, is filled up by Kung Wanling, who appears for the first time, and is entered thus ; 286. Kung Wanling, of Haukwán hien, Fuhkien. The general-ship of the right wing, vacated by No. 91., ER Kwanshingpáu, of whom we have no trace, is filled up by No. 43., Weishihnih, and is entered thus; 43. FE 1+ kph Weishihnáh, a Mongol of the plain yellow; a fú tútung, Chinese plain yellow banner. Tutung of the eight banners. The tútung-ship of the Mongol plain blue banner, not inserted in the last list, is filled by No. 32., 4 E BPJ Tehtangáh. Fi Tutung of the eight banners. The fú tútung-ships of the Manchu plain red banner, held accord- ing to the last list, by No. 91., 1 Kwanshingpáu, and No. 53., 7 M T Shúhingáh, appear now to be vacant. The second fú tútung-ship of the Chinese plain yellow banner is filled up by 43., st * Weishihnáh. Provincial Governments. MO U K DEN. The shíláng-ship of the Board of War, vacated by No. 98., Tin Fútsí, who becomes third shiliáng of the Board of War, is filled up by No. 64., Kwánglin, and is entered thus; 64. # Kwánglin, a Mongol of the plain yellow. CHIHLI. The director-ship of the gabelle, wrongly stated in the last list to be held by No. 115., Tehshun, is filled by Púlin, and is entered thus; 287. T W Púlin, of the imperial household, of the bordered yel- 1845. 239 List of Chinese Officers. low banner, master-general of the post, and superintendent of the water communication. The salt commissioner-ship, vacated by No. 116., Bed Itt Tau Sz'lin, who becomes grain commissioner in Kweichau, is filled up by No. 198., Li Pihling, and is entered thus; 198, đồ 6 kg Lí Pehling, of Tsángwu hien, Kwangsi. KIANGSU, The governor-ship, vacated by No. 118., 1 Sun Shenpáu, who retires on account of indisposition, is filled up by No. 201., Lí Singyuen, and is entered thus ; 201. # # TỪ Lí Singyuen, of Siángyin hien, Húnán, comman- der of the forces, and director of the commissariat department. The governor-ship of the canal transports, vacated by No. 127., Hwuikih, who becomes governor of Shensí, is filled up by No. 250., Ching Yátsái, and is entered thus; 250. # # # Ching Yuhtsai, of Sinkien hien, Kiảngsố ; com- mander-in-chief of the sea-guard and transport forces, and director of the cominissariat. CH EH KIANG. The magistrate-ship of Yin hien, Ningpo fú, lately vacant, is filled up by Yehkwan, and is entered thus; 288. Yehkwan, of Yuenping, Shuntien. FUHKIEN. The prefect-ship of Fuhchau fú, vacated by No. 165., y Shin Jühán, of whom we have no trace, remains vacant. H UP EH. The grain commissioner-ship, lately vacant, is filled up by Li Cháumei who appears for the first time, and is entered thus; 289. + H34 Lí Cháumei, of Tehhwá hieu, Kiangsi. NUNAN. The judge-ship, vacated by No. 178., sot Súchángáh, who becomes treasurer of Yunnan, is filled up by Sütsihshun, who ap- pears for the first time, and is entered thus; 290. Sutsihshun, a Chinese of the plain blue banner : provincial post-rnaster general, SHANSI. The salt commissioner-ship, vacated by No. 198, # Li Pehling, who becomes salt commissioner in Chihlí, is filled up by No. 232., Ping Tehhing, and is entered thus; 240 MAY, List of Chinese Officers. 282. Ping Tehhing, of Tsining chau, Shántung; su- perintendent of the salt department of Shánsí, Shensi, and Honán. SHENSI. The goveror-ship vacated by No. 201., ET Lí Singyuen, who becomes governor of Kiángsú, is filled up by No. 127., Hwuikih, and is entered thus; 127. Hwuikih, a Manchu of the bordered yellow; com- mander of the forces, and director of the provincial commis- sariat. The New Frontier. II. The tsántsán táchin-ship, vacated by No. 210., # of Tah- hungah, who retires on account of indisposition, is filled up by No. 53., Shúhingáh, and is entered thus; 53. Boj NF Shúhingáh, a Manchu of the plain blue. The third lingsui táching-ship, vacated by No. 243. # i * Cháláfantái, who becomes tsántsán táchin of Kúchí, is filled up by No. 226., Yihking, and is entered thus; 226. * 4 Yıhking, a Manchu of the bordered red; of the im- perial kindred. TARBA GATAI. The first lingsui táchin-ship, vacated by No. 217., #13 TV Nafúhteh, of whom we have no trace, is filled up by Mingking, who appears for the first time, and is entered thus; 291. AA Mingking, a Manchu of the plain white banner. n'HARASH AR. The pánsz' táchin-ship, vacated by No. 221., Tsiuenking, of whom we have no trace, is filled up by Suiyuen, who appears for the first time, and is entered thus; 282. Titan Suiyuen. a Manchu of the plain white. KOUCHE. The pansz'-ship vacated by No 222., Chángtsing, of whom we have no trace, is filled up by No. 213., Cháhlá fantai, and is entered thus; 213. #2 #17 Cháhláfantái, a Manchu of the plain white ; of the imperial kindred. 1845, 241 List of Chinese Officers, YARKAND, The tsántsán tá chin-ship, vacated by No. 226., Yihking, who becomes tsántsán tá chin of Iſlí, is filled up by Linkwei who appears for the first time, and is entered thus; 293. Linkwei, a Manchu of the bordered white; governor of the Mohammedan frontier. HA MI. The hiepán tá chin-ship, vacated by No. 233., 1ā he Hangyuh, of whom we have no trace, is filled up by Ngánching, who appears for the first time, and is entered thus; 294. Ent Ngánching, a Manchu of the bordered white. KOUR KARAO USOU, The lingsui tá chin-ship, vacated by No. 237. FREE Tehkihtsichun, of whom we have no trace, is filled up by Fuhnípú, who appears for the first time, and is entered thus; 295. Hi Fuhnípá, a Manchu of the bordered yellow. KWANGTUNG, The governor-ship, vacated by No. 250., * Ching Yuetsái, who becomes governor general of the canal transports in Kiángsú, is filled up by No. 253., Hwang Ngantung, and is entered thus; 253. Hwang Ngantung, of Ningyáng hien, Shantung; commander of the forces, and director of the provincal com- missariat. 'The treasurer-ship vacated by No. 253., Hwang Ngántung, who becomes governor of the province, is filled up by No. 274., Chuen Shingheun, and is entered thus; 274. TAL O Chuen Shingheun, of Liáching hien, Shantung. Y UNNAN The treasurer-ship, vacated by No. 274., 1 Rua Chuen Shingheun, who becomes treasurer of Kwangtung, is filled up by No. 178. Súchángáh and is entered thus; 178. BP] Súchángáh, a Manchu of the bordered red. The grain commissioner-ship, vacated by No. 276., # # Shin Lánsang, of whom we have no trace, is filled up Wáng l’kwei, appears for the first time, and is entered thus; 296. E HE Wáng I kwei, of Yuenping hien, Shuntien ; super- intendent of the land used for military purposes. w! VOL. XIV, VO 31 242 MAY, Grave of Mr. James D. Perit. K WEICHAU. The grain commissioner-ship, vacated by No. 282., ERR Ping Tehhing, who becomes salt commissioner in Shansí, is filled up by No. 116., Tau Sz'lin, and is entered thus; 116 G + Tàu Szºlin, of Nganling hien, Ngánhwui. ART. IV. Lines on seeing a painting of the cemetery on French Island, where Mr. James Dunlap Perit was buried, written by L. H. SIGOURNEY. (On the south side of the river at Whampoamor rather between the waters of the anchorage there, and another branch of the river called Blen- heim's reach, are two beautiful little islands, one named after the Danes and the other after the French. These for many years have been the burial grounds for those foreigners who have died at Whampoa and Canton. Young Perit died at Canton March 19th, 1834, and his remains were carried in a boat to the place of interment. We republish the following lines, and note, at the request of Mr. Perit's friends.] On with your burden, on!—The spot is fair, The cool, green trees, their peaceful branches spread, Soft is the quiet wave that ripples there, And smooth the pillow for the sleeper's head: There waits the boat that bare the youthful dead, While with sad step the father goes to lay 'Neath the turf-covering of a foreign bed, The lov'd companion of his lonely way. On with your burden, on!-- 'Tis holy rest; There's grief of strangers at yon lowly bier, The tear of China falls upon his breast That yielded back its noble spirit here: But far away, amid his native earth, His mother dreams not of her darling's urn, And his fond sisters, round the cheerful hearth Revole the promise of his quick return. On with your burden, on!-Words may not tell How dear the dust that here in hope doth lie; But when from farthest clime and darkest cell Earth's summon'd myriads seek the judging sky. Blest he thy meeting! youth of many a charm, With those who mourn thee on thy native shore : Blest be the meeting! where no pain can harm, And parting sorrows pierce the soul no more! 1845, 243 Journal of Occurrences. The following inscription is intended to be engraved on the tomb of J. D. Perit in the Chinese, language, with a view to the instruc- tion of the Chinese who may read it, in the three great doctrine of Christianity to which it has reference. “ He lived beloved-died greatly lamented. His soul returned to God who gave it and his body was interred in the grave beneath, to rest till the last day: Then will the Lord Jesus descend from heaven with the voice of the Archangel and the trump of God: he will call the dead from their graves to die no more; and, together with the living, all shall stand before the judgment-seat, to receive the reward of their deeds in this life: Then shall the wicked be banished from the presence of God, and the good shall be received up into heaven, to enjoy eternal blessedness. The earth and all things therein shall pass away, but the righteous shall rejoice in the presence of God for ever and ever!" Were Art. V. Journal of Occurrences : Chinese officers; Lin Tsehsü ; Tang Tingching ; Kiying; Hwang Ngantung ; Triad Socie- ty in Chauchau fú; opium fleet: the China Medico-chirurgical Society; an assay of sundry foreign coins ; commerce of Fuh- chau; treaty with the U. S. A. ratified; a Chinese naturalized in Boston; liberation of prisoners in Hongkong ; Queen's birth day; progress of public works; the American steamer Midas; Protestant missions. CHINESE OFFICERS in their movements, as directed by “the one man," have been very aptly compared to the men on a chess-board. They move, or are moved rather, in a singularly hazardous game, and one which it is not easy for the foreigner to understand. there a good reporter at court, who could daily tell us of all that tran- spires in the councils of his imperial majesty, we should then be able to see how it is that this great machine moves on with so little jaring and so few interruptions. It goes heavily but steadily on, every now and then new men coming upon the board, and old ones disappearing; as indicated in the list, forming our third article in the present number. For that list we are indebted to a friend, who will, we hope, continue to give us quarterly lists, with biographical notices of living statesmen. Lin Tsehsü for many years was very conspicuous, and had seem- ingly a good and sure standing. Early in January 1839 he was appointed imperial commissioner, with extraordinary power, and or- dered to Canton, to stop the traffic in opium. His action on that sub- 244 Journal of Occurrences, MAT, an ject is pretty well known; but what has become of him? He has been displaced, degraded, banished, and again and again reported dead. However, it is not many months since a history of foreign countries, compiled under his care, made its appearance in one of the northern cities. And during this month reports have reached Canton of his having been pardoned, on account of his meritorious exertions in claring new lands in the cold country. If this be true, he will doubt- less soon return to his friends is Fuhkien, and may by degrees regain his favor and standing with his master, Táukwang, Tang Tingching has, we hear, obtained the governor-ship in one of the northwestern provinces, and his name will probably appear in the next edition of the Red Book. Lin and Tang are both opposed to the present line of policy-they being Tories, defenders of the old exclusive policy. The Whigs, or advocates of popular rights and a more liberal course towards foreigners, are acting wisely in thus showing favor to the their most deadly political enemies. Kiying and Hváng Ngantung are active agents of the New Political School; and their steady promotion is pleasing evidence of their being in good favor at court. Our belief is, that necessity is laid on the superme government of China to take this mild course, both in its domestic and foreign relations. And surely this gentle policy is commendable and wise; but the danger is that it will sink into weakness, imbecility, and lead to anarchy. Report says that Kiying has been made a hiepán tá hiohsz’, assistant great councellor," and is to have a seat in the cabinet. Hwang Ngantung, one of his majesty's most faithful, most worthy, and most able servants,--much blamed and much maligned by his political enemies—has been made governor of the Wide East, or province of Kwangtung, and his name appears as such in the Red Book. It is rumored that Kíying, as imperial commissioner, is soon to visit all the newly opened ports. In Chauchau fú, or the department of Chauchau (Tiúchiú, as the name is pronounced by its inhabitant) there have been during the spring protracted disturbances, and suppressed only recently by a strong military force from Canton, The principal actors were members of the Triad Society, and under arms in open opposition to the local authorities. About 800 lost their lives, 500 having fell in the field, and 300 were decapitated. Such is the report given us, by the officer who headed the imperial forces. And from another source we learn that large bodies of men are in arms and in a state of insubordination in the eastern part of this province. The opium feet, a long time at Whampoa, or rather in Blenheim insubreach, has removed to its old station in Kamsing Moon, a very secure and commodious anchorage, as most of our readers know, situated twelve or fifteen miles north from Macao. The China Medico-Chirurgical Society, recently formed, has a wide field opened before its members, and we heartily wish them all the success they can desire. We wish they would all learn Chi- nese so as more readily to extend their labors among the natives of 1845, 245 Journal of Occurrences. the celestial empire. They ought to correspond with the Medical Board in Peking. We have been furmished with the following: A meeting of the medical gentlemen in Hongkong, was held on Tuesday evening, May 13th, at the residence of Dr. Dill, for the purpose of forming a medical society, the meeting having been called by circulars. Present--Drs. Tu er, Kennedy, Dill, O'Sullivan, arton, Traill, Gilbert, Holgate, Young, Little and Webber. Dr. Tucker was unanimously called to the chair, and Dr. Dill requested to act as secretary to the meeting. The following resolutions were unanimously adopted : 1. That it is the opinion of this ineeting, that the formation of such a Society is most desirable, not only to ourselves as medical men, but more par- ticularly to the community at large ; its objects being : 1st. The bringing into more intimate intercourse inedical brethren in Chi- na, for the sake of giving and receiving informtion on medical and surgical subjects; 2d. The formation of a library, where all the best periodicals and the most valuable standard medical works of the day can be had; 3d. The discussion of topics relating more particularly to the diseases pre- valent in China, and to the native materia-medica. II. That this Society be denominated the “CHINA MEDICO-CHIRURGICAL SOCIETY." Ill. That medical men in Hongkong, or any other part of China, be re. quested to become members; that each member have to pay either $12 an- nually or $ 1.50 monthly, as he may think proper. IV. That the business of the Society shall be managed by a president, secretary and a librarian, to be elected every half year, and that three members be elected also half-yearly to act with them as a committee ; three constitut- ing & quorum. V. That a general meeting of the Society shall be held on the first Tuesday of each month, for reading essays and conversing on topics connected with the objects of the Society. VI.' That the coinmittee make half yearly reports of the proceedings of the Society, and the business of each meeting be reported generally to absent members. VII. That members in other parts of China be requested to submit to the consideration of the Society any particular case or intelligence which they thinks will be interesting to it. VIII. That this Society do communicate with similar societies in India and at home, requesting thein to send us reports of their proceedings, this Society promising to act in the same menner towards them. IX. That those wishing to become members be requested to give in their names without delay to the secretary, and the committee be instructed to take immediate measures for the procuring of books. X. That any person wishing to join this Society be introduced by one of the members. XI. That a copy of these resolutions be sent to the local newspapers, for insertion and to all medical men in China. The following gentlemen were then elected, by the meeting, office-bearers for the next six months : Dr. Tucker - President. Dr. Hobson,-Secretary. Dr. Young,-Librarian and Treasurer; and, to act with these as a committee, Drs. Dill, Barton and Holgate. It was agreed that the next general meeting should take place at the resi- dence of Dr. Holgate. Thanks having been returned to Dr. Tucker for the able menner in which he filled the chair, the meeting was disolved. F. Dill, Secretary. An assay of sundry foreign coins. The particulars of this assay, made by a shroff of Kwánghang, a native banking house 246 MAY, Journal of Occurrences. T. M. 2 C. 3 D in Canton, we borrow from the China Mail, of May 22d. The assay was made at the Spanish factory, in presence of persons whose names are subjoined. The Chinese are good assayers, and we pre- sume the results shown below are correct. C. 1. Twenty new rupees weighed before being melted 6 0 Weighed after being melted, remelted, and cast into a shoe of pure sycee silver 5 6 5 () Loss of weight 0 5 5 3 Thus 100 taels of rupees, are equal to pure sycee 91 0 8 5 Making a difference per centum of 8 9 1 5 And in order to pay 100 taels of pure sycee in rupees, it would be necessary to pay • 109 7 9 0 2. Five new Peruvian dollars weighed before being melted 3 6 0 0 After being melted, remelted, &c., as above 3 2 3 0 Loss of weight 0 3 7 Thus 100 taels of Peruvian dollars are equal to pure sycee 89 7 2 2 Making a difference per centum of 10 2 7 And in order to pay 100 taels of pure sycee in Peruvian dollars, it would be necessary to pay 111 4 5 3. Five new Mexican dollars, weighed before being melted 3 5 5 After being melted, remelted, &c., as above 3 1 9 5 Loss of weight 0 3 8 0 Thus 100 taels of Mexican dollars are equal to pure sycee 89 3 7 1 Making a difference per. centum of 10 6 2 9 And in order to pay 100 taels of pure sycee in Mexican dollars, it would be necessary to pay 111 9 0 4. Five new Bolivian dollars weighed before being melted 3 6 0 0 After being melted, remelted, &c., as above 3 2 1 Loss of weight 0 3 9 Thus 100 taels of Bolivian dollars are equal to pure sycee 89 1 6 7 Making a difference per centum of 10 3 3 And in order to pay 100 taels of pure sycee in Bolivian dollars, it would be necessary to pay 112 1 5 0 5. Five new Chilian dollars weighed before being melted 3 5 9 5 After being melted, remelted, &c., as above 3 1 9 5 Loss of weight 0 4 0 0 Thus 100 taels of Chilian dollars are equal to pure sycee 88 8 7 0 Making a difference per centum of 11 1 3 And in order to pay 100 taels of pure sycee in Chilian dollars, it would be necessary to pay 112 5 2 0 6. Five dollars in bruken money (such as is paid away at W VOOo 2 Canton by weight and called by the Chinese sui yin 5* IR) weighed before being melted · 3 6 0 After being melted, remelted, &c., as above 3 1 8 Loss of weight 0 4 2 Thus 100 taels of broken silver are equal to pure silver 88 3 3 4 Making a difference per centum of 11 6 6 And in order to pay 100 taels of pure sycee in broken dollars, it would be necessary to pay 113 2 0 Most necessary to be borne in mind. N. B. 1. These monies were weighed by the shroffs' weights; and the hoppo's weights are 4 mace 5 cans. per 100 taels, or } per cent. heavier very nearly. 2. In addition to the above, which merely shews the difference between the 7 1845. 247 Journal of Occurrences. per cent. monies and pure silver, will be the expense of melting, remelting, &c., &c., It. 2m. por 100 taels or Taukwang, 23d year, 6th moon, and 16th day, (13th of July, 1843.) In the presence of la Tsien Yení, an officer of the 5th rank, attached to the imperial commissioner Kíying * Hiá Wansui * WE, treasurer to the grand hoppo of Canton, and Wan Fung F. Capt. G. BALFOUR. R. Thom, Assist. trans. and interpreter to H. M.'s Comm. in China. Commerce of Fuhchau fú. In vol. IV. of the Chinese Repository are two long articles regarding the Bohea hills, the River Min, the city of Funchau, &c., written by J. G. Gordon, esq., and the Rev. Edwin Stevens, who visited that part of the Chinese empire. Those articles will give our readers better ideas of the commercial cap- abilities of Fuhchau than anything we can now write. We subjoin the new REGULATIONS OF TRADE FOR THE PORT OF FUHCHAU FU. 1. The limits of the port of Fuhchau fú extend from the bridge to the Wúfú Mun (or Pass}. 2. The Chinese officer at the station within the pass has orders to provide any vessel, desiring to enter the port, with a pilot. 3. British ships may remain in the port with a view of ascertaining the state of the market without restriction as to time, and should they desire to depart without breaking bulk, no port dues will be denianded. The captain will, however, in all cases deliver his ship's paper, bills of lading, &c., into the hands of the consul within twenty-four hours after arrival. 4. Payment of duties may be made either in sycee or coined money at the rates already established at Canton. 5. All cargo is to be taken in, or discharged, between sunrise and sunset. 6. Sailors on liberty are to be accompanied by an officer or responsible person, and strictly enjoined to abstain from all acts calculated to give offense to the inhabitants; injunctions to the same effect having been issued by the Chinese authorities to the people of Fuhchau fü. (Signed) RUTHERFORD ALCOCK. Fuhchau fú, April 26th, 1845. Her Britannic Majesty's Consul. By a unanimous vote of the Senate of United Stated of America the late treaty with China was ratified at Washington, on the 10th of January. So it is reported in the papers of the day. A Chinese naturalized. We learn from the Boston Daily Advertiser, that in the district court of the United States, on Friday, 24th Jan. 1845, there was much inquiry at the bar as to the name of the emperor of China. A native of China was present to be naturalized; and as it was necessary for him to re- nounce allegiance to all foreign potentates and powers, and especially to the emperor of China, whose subject he had been, the name of the emperor was important. The name, as finally settled, is Taukwáng. The person natura- lized is Atit, formerly of Canton, where he was born in 1807. He has resided in that city eight years, and made his primary declaration to become a citizen in 1834. He was admitted to citizenship on motion of Mr. Robb. (New York Obserder, Feb. 1st.) Nineteen prisoners, lately confined in the prison of Hongkong, for minor offenses, or who, during a long period of imprisonment and hard labor, had been reported, by the chief magistrate, as well- conducted, were liberated, on Saturday the 24th instant, by pro- **U*** 218 Journal of Occurrences. ! clamation from his excellency, gorernor Davis. Acts of pardon, in cases of this kind, are most commendable; and ought, we think, to be multiplied. On the obdurate and pertinaciously wicked, let all the rigor of the law be laid ; but to the reformed and well-behaved, the judicious extension of grace and pardon is not only compatable with the strictest justice, but it will promote good conduct, and inspire confidence in Christian governments. H. B. M. Queen Victoria's birth day was celebrated on the 24th, with the usual public honors. The review of the troops took place in the cool of the day, a little before sunset, on Queen's Road, in front of Government House. His excellency governor Davis and suit were present on the occasion. The troops appeared remarkably well, and in fine health and spirits. The public works, in Hongkong, are steadily progressing, large numbers of Chinese mechanics and coolies being constantly employ- ed on the new roads and on the buildings that are being erected. These buildings are chiefly intended for the army. A severe thunder storm passed over the island on the morning of the 7th inst., and the torrents of rain occasioned no inconsiderable damage to the roads in Victoria. On the evening of the 24th instant, a fire broke out near one of the new hospitals, and spread with great rapidity, destroying one of the market-places, and a few other buildings, chiefly public property. The American steamer Midas, captain Poor, arrived in Hongkong on the 21st instant. She is moved by propellers, and seems admira- bly adapted for the Canton river. Fitted up with proper acconimo- dations, and running daily between Canton and Hongkong, she will greatly facilitate the intercommunication, and would, we should think, liberally remunerate her owners. Protestant Missions in China, few at present, are now in position to accomplish much good. With free access to the people at Canton, Amoy, Fuhchau, Chusan, Ningpo and Shanghai, they can make known the gospel to many millions. As we understand the princi- ple of Christianity, every Christian-every one who professes and calls himself a Christian-is by such profession pledged to be a faithful witness of the truth of our holy religion. By strict con- formity to all the rules of the gospel, he is required to be, both in spirit and in action, au exampler of what the Scriptures teach. While the ordained minister is required both to teach and to live according to the gospel, every lay professor is equally required to live in the same manner, soberly, righteously, and godly. Then the gospel will have a cloud of witnesses; and though the missionaries be few, the witnesses to the religion of Jesus, being many, will sup- ply their lack in number, and the force of truth will become great. On the 24th instant, the right Rev. bishop Boone embarked, on the Alligator, for Shanghái, accompanied by his lady, and by the Misses E. G. Jones and M. J. Morse. The Rev. George Smith, of the English Church Missionary Society, embarked at the same time, also for Shanghái. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIV.- June, 1845.— No. 6. 1 ART. I. Sailing Directions for the Panghir, or Pescadore Ar. chipelago, with notices of the islands. By captain RICHARD COLLINSON, C. B. [These directions were first published in the Hongkong Register, by perinission of H. E. rear admiral sir Thomas Cochrane, knt., C. B. &c., &c. In laying thens before the readers of the Repository, we are happy in being able to avail ourselves of the assistance of captain Collinson, who has kindly corrected our proof-sheets, having first revised the original for our pages. We may remark here, that the Pescadore Group of islands forms one of the six districts which constitute Táirán fú, T, the department of Táiwán, or Formosa. The Group is called by the Chinese, in their statistical works, Panghú ting, or the district of Panghú, and is under the immediate government of a magistrate, a subordinate of the prefect, or chífú, of Formosa. He resides at Mákung (Macon, as the place is called by foreigners), and has under his command a few hundred soldiers. We have tried, but in vain, to identify the Chinese names, as we find them on the maps of the Tá Tsing Hwui Tien, with those on captain Collinson's new Chart. The Chinese have, in that work, given more than thirty islands, which they call Yu, luft, but in this list they make no distinction between the larger and the smaller islands, for between the islands, and mere tocks or shouls. The largest is called Panghi, ; and from it the group seems to have derived its name. Captain Collinson has given us the following inemoranda, additional to what appeared VOL. XIV. NO. VI 250 JUNE, Sailing Directions for the Panghú. in the Register. “Panghú is 48 miles in circumference, and Fisher's or West island is 17. The want of trees, which the Chi. nese officers accounted for by the violence of the wind, and the absence of sheltered valleys, give the islands a barren appearance. The Barbadoes millet, however, is extensively cultivated and yields a very good crop; and between the rows of the millet the ground- nut is planted. In some spots, sheltered by walls, the sweet potatoe is raised and a few vegetables; but for the latter and for fruits the inhabitants depend principally upon Formosa, the intercourse with which, during the summer season, is very frequent. Pine-apples were bought at the rate of four and five for a mace, and vegetables were equally cheap. During the winter season, however, two months sometimes elapse without the arrival of a junk. Bullocks and poultry were abundant; the former are used both in the cultivation of the soil and the collection of the crop; for which latter purpose a rude cart is used. The population of the two larger islands was stated to be 5000, and that of the whole group 8000; the magistrate stated, that he had 2000 troops, including militia, and 16 war junks under his command.” We here subjoin a complete list of the Chinese names, as they are found in their statistical works, adding the sounds in the court dialect, also the literal meaning of the names. A few of these we can identify with those on the surveyer's chart. 險​礁 ​Hien Tsau, Great Splendid Tá Lieh, Small Splendid Siau Lieh, Kih Pei, Pearl Pei, Vacant Shell Kung Koh, Crooked Pearl Wán Pei, Kú Poh, Great Aunt North White Sand Peh Peh Shá, South White Sand Nan Peh Sha, Peh Shá White Sand Centre Dome Chung Tun, Small Granary Sjáu Tsang, Great Granary k Tá Tsáng, Dangerous Rocks Happy Pearl 險​大小​吉貝​空​灣​姑​北​南​白​中小​大 ​礁​烈烈​貝殼​貝​婆​白​白沙​墩​倉​倉 ​沙沙 ​ 1845. 251 Sailing Directions for the Panghu. Small Passage Head 小​門​頭 ​Siku Mun Tau, Blue Post 藍​案 ​Lán Pan, Saw Teeth 鉤​齒 ​Trang Ki Chí, Dashing Lake Pang Hú, West Si, Turban into Tau Kin, Four Horns Sz' Kiok, Water Basin Tung Pwan, Sun Yang, Flowers Hwa, Great Tá, Fragrant Furnace Hiảng Lú, Ship’s Sails Chuen Pung, Hencoop Kí Lung, Tiger's Well Hú Tsing, Horse Saddle Má Ngán, Iron Anvil : Tieh Chin, Half Flats Pwan Ping, Eight Shades Pah Chau, Warrior Tsing tsí, Eastern Felicity 東​吉 ​Tung kih, Western Felicity 西吉 ​Sí kih. In writing these names, we commenced at the north and proceed- ed southward : this fact may in some degree indicate their position.] 小​藍​捉​澎​西頭​四​桶​陽​花​大​香​船​雞​虎​馬​鐵牛​八層​東西 ​爐​淫​籠​井​鞍​耐​坪​罩​仔​吉吉 ​The Panghú, or Pescadore Archipelago consist of twenty-one inhabit- ed islands, besides several rocks. They extend from latitude 23° 13' to 23° 48' N., and from 119° 16' to 119° 37' E. longitude. Their general appearance is flat, the summits of many of the islands being nearly level, and no part of the group 330 feet above the sea. The two largest islands are situated near the centre of the Archipelago, forming an extensive and excellent harbor between them. The west- ern island of the two (Fisher's island *) is fire miles from north to * In a collection of voyages in Dutch published in 1726 is called D'Visser's island Fisher's island 252 JUNE, Sailing Directions for the Panghú. south, and 34 miles from east to west. On its SW. extreme is a Light-house 225 feet above the sea. To enter the harbor pass half a mile to the southward of the Light- house point, and then steer E. I N. for Macon, which is situated on the north side of an inlet on Panghú, and will be readily recognised by a citadel and line of embrasures. The large junks, waiting for a favorable wind to take them to Formosa, lay to the SW. of the town in 7 and 8 fms. water, with a black rock, which is midway between Fisher's island and Macon, bearing about NE. by N. In the Plover we ran into the inner harbor to the eastward of Macon, passing be- tween it and Chimney point, and anchored with the latter bearing N. 54° W. distant six cables, which is also the width of the channel here. The junks belonging to the place lay close to the town, in a creek which runs back to the northward of the citadel. There is water sufficient for a square rigged vessel, but the harbor there is much confined by coral reefs. Dangers to be avoided on entering the harbor. The only dangers, on entering the harbor by this passage, are a shoal with only nine feet upon it at low water, which lays NW. 1 W. from the entre of Small Table island. Its SW. extreme, having 4 fms. water, bears N. 50° W. 1.1 mile from the south end of Small Table, and its NE: limit bears N. 55° W. from the north point of the same island. The western limit bears S. 65º W. from Dome island. Dome Island lays N. by E. E. & mile from Small Table island, and has a reef which is just awash at high water five cables to the westward of it. It is 24 cables from the SW. end of Panghú. Flat Island. To the northward of Dome island is Flat jeland, which is two cables to the westward of the Chimney point, and is surrounded by reefs which extend a cable's length from high water mark. Shoal water extends northerly of a cable froin Chimney point, on which is the old Dutch fort. The inner harbor runs back three miles to the eastward of the Chim- ney point: there are four coral patches in it, which are awash at low water spring tides and inay always be detected from the mast-head in time to avoid them. The westernmost bears from the Chimney point S. 59° E. and from the Dome Hill (a remarkable elevation in the southern part of the harbor) N. 14° W. On the same bearing from the Chimney fort, and 2 cables further to the eastward, is another patch, on which the Dome Hill bears S. And with the Doine Hill S. 5° W. and the Dutch fort N. 48° W. is another reef:-also with the fort bearing N. 49° W. and the Dome Hill S. 32° W. is a fourth shoal, They are all small in extent and steep to. 1845. 253 Sailing Directions for the Panghú. The Chimney or Dutch fort, above alluded to, is on the southwest point of Panghú, which in some places is barely a cables length broad, and so low that a vessel in this part of the harbor might be fired into from one outside. Panghú extends 9.6 miles from north to south, and seven miles from E. to W., it is however separated into three portions by narrow channels, which have only two feet at low water, and are further block- ed by stone wiers. The whole of the western face of the island is fronted by coral reefs. Water was obtained from wells; the three which we used yielded three tons daily. Bullocks and fish were reasonable and plentiful. Shelter in the NE. monsoon in the Light-house Bays. Vessels in a northeast gale, seeking shelter will find smooth water between the Light-house and the SE. point of Fisher's island, where there are two sandy bays, in the northern of which is a fort or line of embrasures, and in the southern is a run of water except during the dry season. Black rock.-The SE. point of Fisher's Island is a bold cliff 170 feet above the sea, N. 54° E. 11 mile from which is the Black rock, part of which is always uncovered. Vessels passing to the north eastward of it must keep within four cables, as the coral patches extend in this direction from Panghi. Fisher's Island. The coast line of Fisher's Island trends north from the SE. point, forming several small bays, which are steep to within a cable of the beach, until you are 24 miles north of the SE. point, when the reefs extend nearly three cables. To avoid which the fall of the SE. point must not be brought to the southward of S. 14° W after Macon citadel opens to the northward of the Black rock. The Plover lay beyond this point in 3 fms., with the Black rock bearing S. 19° E. and the highest part of Centre island E. } N. In the bay abreast of her was a good stream of fresh water. The harbor beyond this point is much choked with coral patches. There is a passage out to the northward between Fisher's island and Panghú for vessels of sixteen feet draught, to render it available however local knowledge is necessary. Coral reefs extending from Panghi —To avoid the coral reefs which extend from the shore of Panghí, do not stand futher over on that side than to bring the Black rocks SSW. Shelter in the southerly monsoon to the northward of Fisher's Island. --Shelter from southerly winds will be found in the bay form- ed by the noi rn ends of Fisher's island and Panghú. The NE. 251 JUNE, Sailing Directions for the Panghú. point of the former is a table bluff, with reefs which cover at high water extending two cables north, easterly from it. Tortoise rock.--This rock, which is 2.1 miles from the NW. point of Fisher's, is nine feet above high water and is steep to. There is a shoal patch of two fins. bearing S. 10° W. 0.7 mile from it, when on it the NE. point of Fisher's island bears N. 36° W. On the western face of Fisher's island is a reef which breaks at low water seven cables from the shore, which bears N. 14° E. from the Light-house. Northern part of the Archipelago.—The Archipelago, to the northward of Fisher's island and Panghú, does not afford any induce- inent for a vessel to enter it. The external dangers therefore will only he noticed. Sand Island. N. 58° E. from the 'Tortoise rock is Sand island, which will be known by a hummock which rises on the low land in the centre of the island; off its SW. end is a rock and the reefs extend north westerly three cables froin it. To the east of it half a mile is a flat black island, and to the north of it a cluster of stones, some of which are always above water. Low Island. Low island bears E,NNE. from Sand island. A long sandy point forms its southern extreme. From the north point the shoal water extends three miles. North Island. North island, which is nearly connected by reefs with Low Island, is one and a half mile from the north point of it, and has a house for the shelter of fishermen on it. North Reef. The northern extremity of the reef uncovers at low water, and bears from N. 29° W. to N. 9° W from North island dis- tant 1.4 mile, from its west extreme which is steep to (for the lead gives no warning) Sand island bears S. 20° W. also from the west pointof Low island rock extend towards the north reef. Sand island must not be brought to bear to the westward of S. by W. until the west point of Low bears to the eastward of E. by S. There is a shoal patch N. 19° W. from Sand island and west from north island, on which however we did not find less than five fms. Shelter from southerly winds will be found to the northward of these reefs and Low island. Northeast Sand Island. From the northeast end of low island, NE. Sand island bears SE. by S. five miles. It is a small islet with a sand patch on its south cliff and is surrounded with rocks, being nearly connected with the two islands to the south of it. The southern of which has a large village on it. Organ Island. S. 16° E. three miles from NE. Sand island is 1845, 2010 Sailing Directions for the Panghu. Organ island; there is a reef bearing N. 37° E. one mile froin it: when upon it NE. Sand Island bears N. 34° W. Ragged Island. Ragged island bears SE. by E. 1.2 mile from Organ island. The whole of the east coast of Panghú opposite to these five islands is shoal. Round Island and Triple Island. The eastern extremity of Pang- hú is a low shelving point; 14 mile from which is Round island bear- ing from Ragged island s. 20° E. 3.6 miles, and S. 6° E. 1.3 mile from Ragged is Triple island. N. 59° W. from Tripple, and S. 45° W. from Round, is a reef which covers at half tide. And between Round and Organ islands are several over falls. The SE. point of Panghú bears S. 52° W. from Triple island. Between the two are two bays with fishing villages, either of which would afford tolerable shelter in the northerly monsoon. Great Table Island. It is aptly named, the summit being a dead flat 200 feet above the sea; not far from the SW. end is a sudden fall nearly to the level of the sea, giving it at a short distance the appearance of two islands; it is not quite two miles in an E. by N. and W. by S. direction, and is seldom three cables in width. Towards the NE. end was a good run of water in the month of June. The two fathoms line extends two cables from its eastern extreme. Small Table Island. Small Table lays a mile to the NE. of'it, between the two there is from 12 to 19 fms. water, and the distance from Small Table to the south point of Panghú is 2.6 miles with from 2 to 32 fms. water. Directions for avoiding the shoal off Small Table island have already been given. West Island. From Great Table island West island bears S. 66 W. 10.5 miles, and from the light-house on the south end of Fisher's island S. 40° W. 12. It is two miles in circumference and uneverr in appearance. High Island. South of West island 44 miles 18: High island, which is dome shaped, 300 feet high and $ of a mile in circum- ference. To the eastward of it one inile is a low flat island; be- tween the two are several rocks, one of which rises to the height of 60 feet with a remarkable gap in it, and S. 51° E 1.7 mile from the suinmit of High island. is a rock nearly level with the water's edge. South Island. South island is two miles from E: to W. and the from N. to S.; the depth of water in its vicinity is 15 and 16 fathoms. On its SW side is a reef of rocks extending six cables from the shore, within which is a small harbor for boats. On its eastern face 256 Sailing Directions for the l'anghu. JUNE : are hold cliffs. The western extreme is a long shelving point. The lrighest part of the island is 260 feet above the sea. From it High island bears NW. I N. nine miles. Reef isiand NE. by E. & E. six iniles. East island E. by N. (welve miles. Reef Island. Reef islands are three in nuniber, one of which is a remarkable pyramid. The other two are rather more than a mile each in circumference, and are connected at low water by a stony ledge. To the southward of them the reeis extend half a mile. South from the east end of the East island of the two is a pyramidal rock 80 feet above the sea. There is also a low Aat rock nearly level with the water's edge. S. 33° W. 1.0 mile from the same place, and S. 45° E. from the east eud, is a small peaked rock with a reef to the southward of it. East Island. Erst island lays east of Reef island 8.2 miles. Be- tween the two and distant from the latter 5.2 miles is a sinaller island 1.6 mile in circumference, with a reef extending easterly, not quite a mile from its north point. East island is 2.4 miles in circumference and has a sınall islet five cables from its western shore. Nine foot reef. The Nine foot reef bears N. 19° E. from the E. end of East island; when on it the Dome hill on Panghú bears N. 73° W. 10.7 miles. Triple island N. 29° W. 4.1 miles. The lead gives no warning, but if there is any tide the ripple will be sufficient to indicate its position. Rover Group. The Rover Group is composed of two larger islands and several rocks. The western of the two is two miles from N. to $. and one from E. to W. The summit is near the eastern shore, and rises like a dome with a large pile upon it. SW. from it 2.6 miles is the end of a reef, which extends westerly from the south point of the island. Its extreme shows at all times of tide. There is also a rock under the highest part of the island, bearing S. 70° W, from its two cables froin the shore. The NW. point of the island is not steep lo, and off the NE. point is a rock which will always show. There is a channel between it and the point. The distance between the E. and W. islands is barely a cable wide, the former is a mile from N. to S. and 1.4 mile from E. to W. On its NW. face are two islets; in the bay to the southward of the southern sin all vessel might take shelter in a northerly wind, taking the precaution not to stand too far in, as there is only six feet, two cables from the beach. On the west end of the island, which is a cliff, are three embrasures. Having passed between the two islands, in doing which the westeru island should be kept on board, a small 1845. 257 Sailing Directions for the Panghú. rock in the centre of the channel to the southward will be seen. Pass to the eastward of it; but the channel is narrow, and the only excuse for a stranger using it would be his being caught at anchor to the northward of the two islands in a breeze from the northward, and unable to fetch clear either to the eastward or westward. The west point of the east island is remarkable from an isolated cliff 100 feet high, which forms the most striking feature in the group; seven cables to the westward of which is a ledge of rocks, part of which is always above water. The islands are sufficiently large to afford shelter in either monsoon. The general depth of water on the southern shore is 7 and 8 fathoms, and on the northern 13 and 14. From the highest part of the Rover Group, the Light-house bears N. by W. 104 miles. The Reef islands bear S. 8° E. 3.3 miles from the same place. The general depth of water on the western side of the Archipelago is 30 and 35 fathoms; there are however some places in which there is as much as 60. To the eastward of the Group the depth is 40 fathons, and the current is strong. The tides are much affected by the prevailing winds ; so much so that during the month of August we sometimes experienced a tide of four knots per hour on the flood, running to the northward, whilst with the ebb the current slackened for two and there hours, but seldom ran with any velocity from the northward. On the whole a person na- vigating in this neighborhood may safely allow, that the effect of the current and tide together will set him, according to the prevailing monsoon, seventeen miles in one tide. Astronomical Positions. NAME, SPOT LATITUDE. LONGITUDE. 32:9 N. 119°30:2 E. 23 23 Observatory { Second point on north| 23° side inner harbor Dome Hill Summit 23 Light-house South Island Centre High Island Highest Part 23 East Island South Point 23 West Island Highest Part 23 Nine foot reef Triple Island Highest Part 23 N. E. Sand Island Do. 23 Tortoise Rock 23 North Reef 23 North Island Highest Part 23 31:7 33:6. 13:5 20: 16:3 24:7 28:6 32:1 40:2 40:9 47:7 46:3 119 119 119 119 119 119 199 119 119 119 119 119 30:5 24:7 22:4 16:2 36:6 16:5 41:5 39:5 36:2 27: 32:1 32:3 COL IV. NO VI 33 258 JUNE, Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. C. B. Art. II. Sailing directions for the coast of China; from the Cape of Good Hope to Amoy. By capt. Richard Collinson, From the Hongkong Register, and revised by capt. Collinson. Cape of Good Hope. The Cape of Good is in latitude 23° 14 N. and longitude 116° 47' E., forming the western extremity of the bay of Namoh: it is 480 feet above the level of the sea-the highest part having the appearance of a dome. The eastern face of it is steep to, and in the bay to the north of it is a green islet, with a patch of rocks between it and the Cape. From it the West Point of Namoh bears NE. by N. 143 miles, and the SW. part of the La- mock islands S. 85° E. 241 miles. Cone Islet. North from the Cape 24 miles is Cone islet, which is distant from the mainland five cables; and S. by E. four cables from Cone islet is a square rock, having a reef, which shows at low water two cables to the westward of it. Rocks extend from the points on the main opposite to these two islets, and in the channel there is three fathoms at low water. Sugar Loaf. Froin Cone islet the coast trends NW. by N. three miles to Sugar Loaf island_from the NE. point of which there is a reef extending one cable. River Han. From the Sugar Loaf the coast trends westward, being the entrance to the River Han which has 27 fms. over the Bar at low water. Intending to enter it, steer so as to pass two cables to the east of Double island (which bears NW. by N. of a mile from Sugar Loaf); having passed it, the course is west for the town of Shantau, which is upon the north bank of the river and four miles from Double island: half a mile to the SE. of the town, there is a depth of 6 fms. and at low water, the water is fresh in the rainy season. The channel between Double islet and the main to the northward is five cables wide, the mud extending six cables from that shore which is low. St. Joachim's Bank. St. Joachim's bank is an extension of this flat southeasterly. The southern edge in two fms. bears east from Double island two miles, and it turns to the northward when the Pagoda bears N. 27° E. A good guide, to steer clear of it in a Shantau the sea port of Chinhai hien, from which it is distant ab 2 miles. The country in this vicinity is very highly cultivated. Tobacco and the sugar cane were growing very luxuriently. * 1845. 259 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. vessel of 14 feet draught, is to keep Brig island open of the east end of Fort island. Pagoda. The Pagoda bears N. 3° E. 104 miles from the Cape of Good Hope. The land in its neighborhood is so low that when first made, it appears like an island. Fort Island lies NE. by E. two miles from the Pagoda. The fort is on the table land at its west extreme. Knolls at the western entrance to Namoh. S. 68° E. from the Pagoda 49 miles, and with the west point of Namoh in line with Breaker island bearing N. 36° E., there was formerly a shoal with only eleven feet at low water; at present, August 1844, there are se- veral knolls, none of which however have less than 13 feet. The following are their bearings. The west point of Namoh in line with Breaker island is the mark for three. The western upon that line bears from the Pagoda S. 56° E., and has a depth of 13 feet at low water. Another bears S. 66° E. from the Pagoda, with 17 feet. A third bears east from the Pagoda, with 18 feet. And with the Pagoda bearing N. 79° W. and the west point of Namoh N. 21° E., there is a patch with 18 feet. Also with the Pagoda bearing west and the west point of Namoh N. 23° W., is a knoll which has only 14 feet : all these are sand, and will probably be found to shift in consequence of the freshes from the mouths of the River Han. Brig island. Brig island (so called from a rock at its southern extremity which appears like a brig when seen in an east or west direction) lays NE. by E. 1 E. 4 miles from Fort island, the depth of water varying from 5 to 21 fms. between the two, the most water being towards the former, Baylis' Bay. Baylis' Bay is the first bay on the north side of Namoh to the eastward of the west point, and has a Chinese fort on the ridge to the westward of it and an outwork on the beach. There are three knolls off the bay, bearing from the upper fort as follows:- 1st. N. 78° W. rather less than a cable from the fort point, having only five feet over it. 2d. N. 43° W. one cable from the point and nine feet upon it at low water. 3d. N. 36° W. 21 ca- bles from the same point; when upon this, Brig island summit bears N. 40° W. and Fort island summit S. 75º W. It has eleven feet at low water. During the northern monsoon the opium vessels anchor off this bay, remaining here from October to May. In the other monsoon they lay lif mile further to the east, as the swell setting round the point renders this anchorage inconvenient. 260 JONE, Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. From Baylis' Bay a bank commences which extends 24 miles along the NW. coast of Namoh; the greatest distance from the shore is four cables, which is opposite to Stewart's house, off which is the summer anchorage: the lead gives no warning, and there is only nine feet on the edge of the bank. The tide at springs runs at the rate of four knots, the ebb coming from the eastward. It is high water on full and change days, at II o'clock, rise seven feet. These two anchorages must be considered more as safe Road- steads than harbors, as from the velocity of the tide and the fetch from the sea, boats laden would frequently have much difficulty in passing to and fro. Water may be procured with great facility, and there was no difficulty in obtaining fresh provisions. Folkstone Rock.-The Folkstone Rock has only five feet upon it at low water. The bearings from it are; the Brig rock in line with the NW. head of Fort island S. 62° W.; Coffin's island, the largest of a cluster of islets three miles north of Brig island, N. 44° W.; and the flag staff of Steward's house is in line with a white washed rock at the back of it bearing S. 11° E. The leading mark, Brig Rock, in line with Fort island, will keep a vessel clear of the shoal, which extends nearly all the way from Brig island to Breaker. The latter bears from the former N. 63º E. 4.8 miles and is a peaked rock, with several others about it, which must not be approached nearer than two cables upon their western side. Opposite to Breaker, the coast line of Namoh trends the SE. forming a deep indentation, which is shoal with two islets and seve- ral rocks in it. The land at the bottom of the bay is low, and it is only one mile across to the southern side of the island. Shoal east of Breaker. To the eastward of Breaker the south- ern edge of the shoal, from the north shore in three fathoms, bears east three miles from it. Pagoda Bay. The Pagoda bay is seven miles to eastward of Breaker; there is a walled town at the bottom of the bay, which is the residence of the magistrate of the district. Vessels drawing less than three fms. may bring the Pagoda to bear E. by N., but during the northerly monsoon, Challum bay will be found a more eligible anchorage, as with a northeasterly breeze there is a considerable swell into the former, and from Challum bay you are able to avail yourself of the land wind, which usually draws to the northward in the morning. Challum bay. To enter it, pass within a mile to the westward 1845. 261 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. of Middle islet which is a barren rock, bearing N. 60° E. 5.3 miles from Breaker, or do not shut Back Bay island in with Entrance island, which will prevent your standing into less than 21 fms. upon the western shore. Entrance Island bears NW. 2.4 miles from Middle islet. The anchorage is between the two, in from 3 to 6 fms. The bay north of Entrance island is shoal and there is a reef extending three cables from the SW. point of Challum island, the latter lays north 14 mile from Middle islet. Should you pass to the castward of Middle islet it must be within five cables, as there is an eleven feet patch between it and the Fort Head, bearing from the former N. 48° E. Under Fort Head is a rock nearly level with the water's edge at high water, and also one in the bay between it and Point Difficult, otherwise the coast line here is steep to. Point Difficult. Point Difficult has a square fort upon the highest part of the hills over it, and an islet to the eastward of it. Ternate Rock. The Ternate Rock with one foot upon it lays N. 78° E. 1.3 mile from the summit of this islet; on which bearing it is in line with the third and last sandy hill on the northern part of the range extending from Fort Head. The Pagoda island in line with Namoh High Peak will place you to the eastward of it. The North point of Namoh has a double peak over it, and forms the eastern boundary of the Pagoda bay: rocks extend from its NE. face three cables. The land then trends immediately to the southward. South coast of Namoh. The southern coast of Namoh runs from the west point nearly due east five miles, where there is a small bay with a Pagoda upon its eastern point. This portion of the island corresponds with the bay opposite to Breaker on the northern shore. South Bay. South bay lays four miles to the eastward of the Pago- da bay, and will afford good shelter in the NE. monsoon. Rocks extend if cable southerly from the point. Vessels of 18 feet draught may run into this bay until the end of the point bears SE. Crab Islet. Five and a half cables to the SE. of the point, is a low flat islet, called Crab islet by the Chinese. The channel between it and Namoh has foul ground. One and three tenths of a mile to the eastward of South bay point is a bold bluff, with three tall chim- it, which is the southern extremity of the island. neys on 262 JUNE, Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. Lamock Islands. The Lamock islands are four in number, and two patches of rocks extending in a NE. and SW, direction 71 miles. The southwestern part of the group is two square rocks, about the size of boats with several detached reefs between them. The White rock lays NE.1.4 mile from them, and is sufficiently large to afford shelter to the fishing boats. Between the White rock and the High Lamock the distance is three miles, affording a safe channel, the depth of water varying from eight to fourteen fms. High Lamock island is 250 feet above the sea, and thickly covered with brushwood. The channel between it and the next island is 1.3 mile; between the two is a rock, with a reef, which shows at low water, extending southerly from it. The three northern islets lay close together; the northern one is without vegetation, and has a pyramid upon it. The course from the southern end of the Lamock to the west point of Namoh is NW. } W., 227 miles, and from the NE. end of them the east point of Namoh bears NW.131 miles. From the same point the southeastern Brother bears N. 56° E. 254 miles, and Jokakko point N. 21° E. 194 miles. Between the Lamock islands and Namoh are four islets, the north- ern of which is the highest, and from its appearance is called Dome islet. The two southern islets lay nearly E. and W. of each other. The southeastern, or Reef islet, has a reef of rocks extending southerly one mile from it, from the south end of which the Southwest islet bears N. 51° 30 W. The western islet is lower than the others and flat.; its SW. ex- treme, open of the west end of Southwest islet, is a good mark for avoiding the above reef. Sinia is a rock with two feet water on it, bearing S. 38° E. 4.4 miles from Dome islet. When on it the SW. extreme of Reef islet is in line with the centre of west or low islet, bearing N. 67° 30' W. SW. islet summit bears N. 72° W.; east point of Namoh N. 10° 30 W.; southern rock of the Lamocks S. 28° E.; north end of the Lamocks East; and the highest point of the Lamocks is S. 71° E. Ying konta is another rock, awash at low water, 4} miles to the north of Sinta. When upon it, the northern end of Crab islet, on the south face of Namoh, is in line with the SW. point of Namoh, bearing N. 77° W.; Dome island bears S. 74° 30' W.; Reef island S. 51° 30' W.; High Lamock S. 37° E.; and east end of Namoh N. 29° W. The north point of Namoh, seen clear of the eastern point, leads you north of it. 1845. 263 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. Reef between Dome Island and Namoh. There is also a patch of rocks which show at half tide, between Dome island and Namoh, bearing from the former from N. 12° to N. 27° E. one mile. The chimney Bluff on Namoh bears N. 33° W. from thein. They are rather more than a mile from the Namoh shore. Mr. Anderson, masa ter of the sir Edward Ryan, also informed me of a reef which he saw when in command of the Times schooner, to the NE. of the La- mocks, which he described as being just awash, the bearing placed it with all the Lamocks in one and three miles from the northern rock. We however could not find it. Chelsien. Chelsieu is a cluster of four rocks, which are always above water, bearing east from the north point of Namoh seven miles. Dioyu. From them N. 35º W. 3} mites, is Dioyu, a reef which is just awash at high water. The Pagoda, in Pagoda bay, in line with the Saddle Peak which overlooks the western side of Pagoda bay in Namoh, bearing S. 63° W. will lead you to the northward of it, should high tides and smooth water prevent its being seen. Tides at the eastern extremity of Namoh. The flood tide enters at the eastern as well as at the western end of Namoh, but the tides in the neighborhood of Pagoda bay are not so strong as they are at the wertern extremity of the island. General description of Namoh. Namoh is 12 miles from E. to W. and 57 miles from north to south at its eastern extremity, which is its broadest part. Notwithstanding its barrenness it is exceedingly populous, the occupation of fishing affording a livelihood to the great- er portion of the inhabitants. The peaks, of which there are three, rise to the height of 1700 and 1900 feet above the sea, forming the most prominent landmarks in the neighborhood. Sis and a half miles ENE. of Point Difficult is a shallow bay, with a Pagoda on an island within it: the boundary of the Canton and Fuhkien provinces passes through this bay. Chauan Bay. The West Point of Chauan Bay (which is the eastern point of the bay mentioned above) has a small islet off its south extreme. This bay may be useful during the SE. monsoon, but in the NE. vessels should endeavor to reach Owick bay, which is seven miles further to the eastward, as the other runs far enough back to the NE. to allow an awkward sea to arise. At the entrance is a middle ground with 24 and 3 fms., the south end of which bears N. 80° W. from east Chauan point; the west end s. 11° E. from Pagoda Bay, and the east end S. 21° E. from the same. Three cables from the SW. point of square islet (the southern- 264 JUNE, Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. most islet in the bay) is a reef awash at low water. When upon it the east point of Chauan bay bears S. 60° E. and the west end of Square island N. 33° E. The shoal water also extends 1.3 mile from the NW. side of the bay, which will be detected by the discolored water. Anchorage in six fms. will be found with the centre of Square island bearing SE. and further up the bay in three fmg. with the South end of High island in line with the east point of the bay. Between High and Square islands and the east point of Chauan bay the channels are too narrow for square rigged vessels. Owick Bay. Owick or Psyche bay lays three miles to the east of East Chauan point. It is protected by a narrow isthmus with two rocks off its south extreme, the end of which may be brought to bear SE. where a vessel will have smooth water in 37 fms. Imme- diately to the east of Owick bay is a remarkable sand hill, which will point out its position. Jokakko Peak. Jokakko Peak is the highest part of the land at the back of Owick bay, and is conical shaped. Bell island lays three miles to the east of Owick bay point, and is perforated at its south end, which will be seen on a SE. or NW. bearing. There is a smaller islet between it and Jokakko Point, making the channel five cables wide, in the centre of which there is only 21 fms.; from Bell island, the southeast Brother bears S. 82° 30E. 154 miles. On Jokakko point is an isolated hill N. by E. 14 mile from Bell island, off it are two islands, Cliff island bearing SE. by E. one mile and Square Head N. 76° E. 1.7 mile. The channel between them and the Point is safe. Cone Peak. N. 30° E. from Jokakko point is Cone Peak, with a peaked rock off its eastern point. The land between the two is a sandy plain, very little above high water level, the distance across which to the bottom of Challum bay is only 14 mile. Brothers. The southeastern Brother is the larger of the two, and has a reef extending northwesterly from it. The islets are 24 miles apart, bearing SE. * E. and NW. 1 W. from each other; the north- western has a remarkable square top. Tongsan Harbor. Tongsan Harbor is one of the best upon the coast of China, and will be easily recognised by a remarkable peak “Fall Peak,” making something like a saddle, but with a deeper indentation; and upon the island at the entrance is a pagoda, which bears from the SE. Brother N. 55° W. 144 miles. There is a mud bank outside, having for its least water 38 fathoms, bearing from the pagoda S. 40° E. and from Fall Peak S. 35° W. By 1945. 265 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. keeping the Sisters, two islets in the northern portion of the bay, open of the east end of Middle islets (the group immediately north of Pagoda island or Tung-shán Ying, EJ HLyou will be to the eastward of the bank. Pagoda island and the eastern shore of the harbor are steep to, until you open the low isthmus which connects old Thunder Head with Fall Peak, when the eastern shore becomes shoal; and the lar- ger Sister must not be brought to the westward of N. by W. W. There are also some rocks extending a cable and a half from the south point of Middle islet, and a mud bank extending northerly If cable from its east point. The Plover's first anchorage was in 44 fathoms, with Fall Peak bearing N. 73° E., and the larger Sister N. 19° W. under a long sandy point and opposite to a creek. Afterwards for the convenience of watering, which was readily obtained and that during the dry season, she was moved under old Thunder Head; the Fall Peak bearing N. 44° E. and the east head of Middle island N. 52° W. “Old Thunder Head,” by the Chinese, is called Kúu-li-táu shán, 1 H4, High-fair-head hill. Junks anchoring for the tide bring up between the pagoda and Mid. dle islands. In passing to this anchorage care must be taken to avoid some rocks extending southeasterly, two cables from the E. point of the northern part of Pagoda island; and the best berth will be found in 12 fathoms, when the Sisters are seen througth the western opening of the Middle islands. You must not close the Middle islands nearer than two cables, as there is a mud bank extending from them southerly, This anchorage is confined, but will be found convenient for a disa- bled or an unhandy vessel in case the ebb tide should prerent her reaching the other anchorage; and in the former case she would be nearer to the town of Tunggung, where spars are to be obtained. The latter is situated upon a peninsular opposite to the Pagoda island, this channel is not a good one to enter by, as rocks extend from both shores narrowing the channel to three cables. It is high water at 11.30; rise and fall 12 feet. The bay rung back N.NW. Il miles from Middle island, where I think there is a river's mouth, the boat having three fms. water at the farthest point reached in the channel, but that was very narrow. Also due west from Fall Peak there is a boat channel leading into Challum bay. The northwestern portion of the bay is bounded by a range of rugged mountains called Greene's Range, or Niú shan, 14 In proceeding to the easi ward, the coast on the eastern side of old 31 VOL. XIV, VI 266 JUNE Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. Thunder Head must not be approached within a cable, as there are three rocks which show at low water along it. Rces' Rock. Rees' rock bears S. 65º E. from Fall Peak, distant 1.7 mile; at spring tides it is covered at high water; when upon it, the Chimneys (or, as the Chinese call them, Má-tsú kung, ti TL g, Mitsu's palace,) on the island which forms Rees' Pass bear N. 32° E. the summit of the eastern islet of that group (SE. islet) N. 81° E. There is a rock east of it one cable which only breaks at low water spring tides. The channel between Rees' rock and the main is used by the junks, but it is narrow and the ground is foul. Rees' Pass. In Rees' pass there is a shoal with 24 fms. on it at low water, three cables from the shore of Chimney island, bearing from the Chimneys S. 789 W. The Plover rode out a very heavy gale of wind ranging from NE. to E. by N. being anchored in six fins, two cables from the Black rock at the southern end of the sandy bay under the Chimneys; but I do not think that a vessel will gain anything by going through the pass, as immediately on clearing the North end of Chimney island, you are exposed to the same sea that you would experience to the eastward of the group. Anchorage also will be found under SE. island in five and six fms. with the south point bearing east. Wreck Island Wreck island lays six cables to the NE. of SE. island; off its eastern end are several rugged rocks, on the outer of which the Simplicia went to pieces on the 8th October, 1844, having struck upon a reef which shows at low water, and lays one cable NE. of the same rock. In this neighborhood the sea rises very rapidly after the commencement of a breeze, and overtops, leading a seaman to suppose that there must be some change in the soundings. Dansborgs Island. Dansborgs island lays two miles to the NE. of Wreck island. It has three peaks which are nearly the same height and is of an oblong shape, being six cables in a NE. and SW. direction, and 21 in width. To the W.NW. of it at the distance of a mile and one mile and four tenths are two smaller islets. Ching reef.—The Ching reef bears from the western of the two N. 19° W. 1.4 mile. It shows at half ebb, and when upon it the following are the bearings :-NE. Head of Dansborgs island s. 51° E. The chimneys upon Chimney isld. S. 49° W. The Awota rock S. 72º W. Black Head, Hútau shan N. 101 E. It is of some extent, the northeastern rocks which break only at low water being two cables from the highest part of the reef. The Awota Rock is called by the Chinese Shih-yu-mú sz, T + 1845. 267 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. 8oine The Goo reef which shows at the last quarter ebb, bears S. 69° W. from it. The bearings upon it are-the chimneys upon Chim- ney isld. S. 41° W.; Awota rock S. 81° W.; Summit of Wreck island S. 35º E. Western islet off Dansborgs island S. 82º E. T'he Awota rock mentioned above Jays close to the main, to the NW. of Rees' Pass bearing N. 53° W. from Chimney island. Hútau shán Head, lays six miles north of Dansborgs island. It is composed of five separate hills. The southern of which “Black Head" is the most remarkable. Vessels might ride out a strong breeze under it in four fms. at the distance of two cables from the shore, particularly if the wind holds to the northward; should how- ever a gale come on, or the wind draw to the eastward, the sooner this anchorage is quitted the better. Under which circumstances, refuge may be had by running through Rees' Pass, and anchoring close under Chimney island, or in Tungshan harbor. On the northern of the Five hills is a walled town: Hótau shán river has deep water when inside, but it is not available for naviga- tion without buoys, as the channels are narrow and intricate; a spit extends three miles southerly from Hi-tau shán, o 14, parts of which are dry at low water, the eastern extreme of it bears S. 69° W. from Black head. Hitaushán to Red Bay. The coast line from Hitan shan to Red Bay lays NE. 1 E., the distance being 104 miles, and with the exception of one hill and two hillocks is a sandy plain. To the astward six cables from Hi-tau shán, point are some rocks, a por. tion of which are always uncovered. Spire. To the NE. of the point is a rock with a remarkable square column on it “Spire" and a low flat rock to the westward. N. by E. one mile from Spire is cleft rock, which must not be ap- proached within three cables, as reefs lay off it to the east and northeast. Nob Rock. Nob rock bears from Black Head east, and from the cast head of Red Bay S. 15° W. being 54 miles from the nearest shore; it is steep to. Red Bay. In working up to Red Bay from the southward, care must be taken to avoid a reef, laying six cables N. by E. from the low hill on the shore, three miles to the southward of the anchorage. When upon the reef, the eastern Black rock bears N. 53° E. By lacking when the Black rocks are in one with the point beyond them, you will be one third of a mile to the eastward. Red bay is called by the Chinese Tsiúng-kiun Tsau, je 1 1 268 JUNE Sailing Directions for the ('oast of China. Red bay will be readily known by the two Black rocks off the point, as well as by the low Red sand hills at the back of it. A reef extends northwesterly from the southern of the two rocks, leaving a passage only for small boats between it and the main at low water S. 55º E. seven cables from the southern Black rock is a reet which is covered at high water. The anchorage lays between the two and the reef has three fnis. close to it. The water shoals gradually on going in, after having passed the rocks. It will be found a very good roadstead in the northern monsoon. There is a village and a creek in the bottom of the bay. Red Bay to Chinhái ti ja Bay. From Red bay to Chinhái bay the distance is 17 miles, the coast trending NE. by N. It is steep to, with the exception of the NE. point of Red bay, and of some reefs and a sand spit which lay west from Lamtia, and to the southward of a low hill with a house on its summit, where there is a bay in which the water runs a long way back, but it is shallow. From Red bay, Chapel island bears E.NE. 214 miles, and Lamtia NE. 1 E. 104 miles. The west point of Amoy bay is three miles NE. by E. froni Chin- hai point, between the two, and five cables from the shore, is a rock awash at high water; and four cables north of the point is a reef, which shews at low water. The island of Wúsióshan bears N. 17° E. four miles from the point, nearly mid way between the two is a rock which is covered at high water. From it the High pagoda bears N. 62° W., the tides in its vicinity are strong, therefore give it a wide birth. The distance between Wúsiú and Woan (the islet west of it) is five cables, forming a secure but somewhat confined anchorage, which is now much resorted to. The best passage is to the north of the former, and between it and Chinseao. The water is shoal off the northwest point of Wúsiú,-the lead will however give you warning. There are usually a number of fishing stakes which obs- truct the southern passage, and it should not be used except with comma manding breeze and at slack tide. The centre and eastern channels should be preferred to the western. In navigating this portion of the coast during the northeasterly mon- soon, the breeze will be found to hang to the northward from 2 to 10 A. M., and in the eastern quarter the remaining period. And deeply laden vessels will find it more advantageous to seek shelter in one of the harbors or roadsteads above mentioned during a strong north- casterly wind, than to keep the sea, as ground can seldom be gained, in cons onsequence of the perpendicularity of the seas. a 1845. 269 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. Hú-i Tan, Bay. Owing to the uncertain set of the currents in the Formosa channel, several vessels have mistaken this bay for the harbor of Amoy. The following remarks will point out the difference in the approach. The entrance to Hu-i Tau and Amoy compared. -Dodd's island called by the Chinese Pakting, is in lat. 24° 26'.6 N., and long. 118° 29'.4 E., and may be known from Chapel island by a reef on which the sea always breaks, three cables to the N.NE. of it; the former also is uneven gradually sloping to the eastward. Chapel island rises suddenly, and there is a difficulty in saying which is the highest part of it; it is eight miles from the nearest land, Dodd's is- land being only three, The entrance to Amoy, viz: from Chapel island to the south point of Quernoy, is II miles, but from Dodd's island to Hú-í Tau point is only five miles. The rocks off the south point of Quemoy are peaked, the reef off Hú-i Tau point is flat. There are two Pagodas on Quemoy point which extends NW. by N. and SE. by S. On Hú-i Tau point is a small obelisk, and the land turns suddenly to the north. Hú-i Tau bay will afford very good shelter in the NE. monsoon, as the point may be brought to bear SE. by E. in 34 fathoms and vessels drawing less than three ſms., may bring it to bear S.SE. Reef off Dodd's Island. There is a rocky ledge from E. by N. to E.NE. 1.2 mile from Dodd's island; on it are two patches, one of which breaks, and the other has only one fathom at low water. The eastern extreme of the land, seen to the northward, bears N. 43° E. from its eastern edge. North of Dodd's island one mile and on the same bearing 0.7 of a mile, are two rucks with only three feet at low water; and N. 60° W. five cables is a reef which will show at half tide. * Hú-l Tau point. Hí-i Tau point is low, about 80 feet above the sea, on the hills north of it, is a small fort, and a remarkable nob at the north head of the bay as you enter. The reefs extend S. 40° E. three cables from the point, also from the first point inside, they extend westerly two cables. There is a Sunken rock with 20 feet water upon it, bearing S. 56° E. from the Obelisk 1.3 mile, and N. 48° E. from Dodd's island. Oyster Island and Rock. Oyster island is a low flat rock N. 47° W. two miles from the point; vessels running in for shelter will Sailing Directions by captain Kellett, for Amoy &c., were published in the Repository for May 1843. See p. 401, &c. * 270 JUNE, Suiting Diructions for the Coast of China. find smooth water between them, taking care to avoid the Oyster Tock, which shows at low water spring tides, and bears from the island S. 2° E. 9 cables; when on it the Obelisk on the point bears E. 27° S.; the fort N. 67° E.; and the summit of a flat island is in line with the left slope of a conical hill in the bottom of the bay, bearing N. 70° W. Thalia Bank. The east end of the Thalia bank bears W. I S. 2.1 miles from the point, and N. 16° E. from Dodd's island; it extends nearly to the White rocks in the centre of the bay, the east end having one and of a fm. on it; its western end dries. The NE. part of it is steep to, the lead giving no warning. Anchorage west of Oyster Island. There is anchorage also to the westward of Oyster island in five fms., but it must not be brought to bear to the southward of east, as there is a rocky ledge with only one fathon on it seven cables from the island. Anchorage of Flat Island. Vessels requiring shelter in a souther- ly breeze may run up and anchor to the NE. of Flat island at the distance of half a mile, it bears W. by N. 53 miles from Oyster island. The northern edge of the Thalia bank bears S. 69° E. from Flat island. Do not bring it therefore to the westward of N. 69° W., and keep Oyster island open to the northward of the fort, to avoid the shoals on the northern shore of the bay. Channel between the Thalia Bank and Quemoy. There is a channel between the Thalia bank and Quemoy, but the ground is foul with several reefs, and should not be attempted without the chart or some previous knowledge. A leading course to clear the south end of the bank, is the Chimneys on the north point of Quemoy bearing W. by N. until the White rocks bears N.NE., when a course must be steered to pass half a mile from the points of the bays on the Quemoy shore. In the west end of Hí-i Tau bay are two remark. able sharp peaks, which from good leading marks from the sea The eastern is 1390 feet high, and is in latitude 24' 40'.5 N. and longitude 118° 22'.5 E. Fresh Water. Fresh water can be obtained under the fort at the point. The ten miles of coast line between Húví Tau and Chimmo bay is low, the sand hills being about 300 feet high. There are two walled towns between the two, the southern of which has a small pagoda near it. None of the small sandy bays afford shelter, the boats bring all hauled up on the beach; six miles from Hi-í Tau point, and three from Pagoda island, is a peak with three chimneys on it 1845 271 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. Chimmo Bay. Chimmo Bay will be easily recognized by the Ki-sau ták, ti or Chimmo pagoda, which is 760 feet above the sea, and is in latitude 24° 43' N., and longitude 118° 33' 6. E. It is 1.8 mile from the beach at the north head of the bay. South and Pagoda Island. On the southern side of the bay are two islets, South island and Pagoda island. The channels between which, and between Pagoda island, and the south point of the bay are full of rocks. Reef. N. 4° W. from South island, 6 and 7 cables, are two rocks, which show at low water spring tides. When on them the east end of Pagoda island is in line with a flat reef outside the south end of the bay. To pass to the northward of them, keep a large tree half a mile from the beach in the northwest part of the bay, open to the left of the north fall of a remarkable Shoulder peak, which it will be bearing N. 45° W. and also when Point island is in line with the east end of the first point beyond it, you will then be to the westward of them. From the reef to Point island is 1.2 mile; the latter is steep to, but there is a reef which covers at half tide W. 9° S. three cables from it. The water shoals gradually, and vessels drawing 15 feet or more must not bring the Point island to the southward of E. 9° S. This bay at the best is but a roadstead, and a dangerous one in the southerly monsoon. The walled town Englang, Yung-ning, 51 s, is at the northern side of the bay, and Chimmo on the southern, with large villages along its shores, the inhabitants of which do not bear a good character. There is a large fleet of fishing boats belonging to this bay, whose nets will be fallen in with six miles from the shore, all the way from Hú-i 'Tau to Chinchew. Coast line towards Chinchew, or Tsiuenchau fur wat the department of Tsiuenchau, or Chinchew.-The coast toward Chinchew bay trends northeasterly the distance from Point island to Chinchew point being eight miles. Several sandy bays occur which afford shelter to junks, but being shoal will only be of service to vessels of their draught. From Chenchí or Tsiángchi , Ti , 1} mile is a small islet in a bay, with a building like a bell on it. Chenchí point is about 400 feet above the sea, and forms the south end of Chinchew bay, Sunken rocks extend from it two cables to the eastward; it is in latitude 24° 45' N. and longitude 118' 44'.7 E, The course hence into Chinchew bay is north until Cho-ho (Jih-hu, El pagoda is shut in with Siúu-toi, when it may be steered for. Sailing Directions for the trust of China. JUNE, Directions. The following directions will take you over the bar into the anchorage south of the Boot sand, and the position and description of the dangers will follow : being half a mile to the south- ward of Passage island, steer for the south end of Ta-toi (or Ta-tsúi, * Great Army) which will be known by its being the highest island in the neighborhood. When you are within three cables of it, edge away to the southward, passing to the eastward of Siau-toi (or Siau-tsúi, Il Bole Small Army) (a low barren islet) at a cable length. Haul to the westward round it keeping at the same distance from high water mark. When Siau-toi west summit is in line with Ta-toi summit, you are in the narrowest part of the channel, which here is barely a cable wide at low water. Having passed Siau-toi a W.NW. course will take you up to the anchorage above Pisai in mid channel. By keeping this islet to the westward of N. 73° W., the rock off Cho-ho pagoda will be avoided; and by not bringing Siiu-toi to the southward of S. 62° E. the knee and toe of the Boot will be avoided. The outline of this bank is however generally visible. The anchorage is north of Pisai 11 or 2 miles where the channel is three cables wide. Rocks of Passage Island. There are three rocks to the eastward of Passage island, which cover at high water. The southeast of the three bears E. 8° S. 4 mile from the island. There is also a ledge extending from its southwest point 14 cable; N. 40° E. from Passage island are two White rocks, always partly uncovered; the channel between the two is unsafe. To the northward of the White rocks is Táh-kuh, 12 an island at high water, with a large town upon it; there is a sunken rock between them, bearing from the highest part of the northern White rock N. 17° E., and is distant five cables from it; the summit of Ta-toi bears from it S. 71° W. Anchorage north of the Boot Sand. Vessels intending to anchor to the northward of the Boot sand, must steer 10 pass north of Ta-toi, which is distant three miles from Passage island, and if drawing less than three fathoms may run up until Cho-ho pagoda bears south, when you will be about 14 mile from the usual anchorage to the southward of the Boot. The north edge of the Boot will be avoided by keeping the White rocks mentioned above, to the southward of east. With Ta-toi summit bearing S. 17° E. there is a half tide rock on the north side 1. cable from the shore. There is good anchorage in 34 and four fathoms, with Ta-toi bearing southeast by south. The Bont may be crossed by a vessel of light draught at high water, but 1845, Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. 273 it should be sounded first, as the sands shift. A vessel drawing 11 feet is reported to have struck on a bank if mile easterly from Siau-toi, but not less than 24 fathoms was found on it in March 1844. The southerly monsoon may however cause the sands to accumulate. Cho-ho pagoda open to the north of Siau-toi will place you in three fathoms on its north edge, and the south end bears S. 80° E. from Siau-toi. Lynx Rock. The Lynx rock with only six feet upon it at low water lays S. 77º E. not quite five cables from the highest part of Siáu-toi ; when on it Ta-toi summit bears N. 14° W., and Passage island N. 62° E. Saheen Rock. S. 11° E. two cables east from it is the Saheen rock, which shows at low water spring tides; when upon it Cho-ho pagoda bears N. 87° W., and Ta-toi summit N. 14° W. The bot- tom between it and the rocks which lay S.SW. from Siáu-toi is rocky and uneven, and in some places there is only six feet, but a channel through it is used by the vessels coming out of Chinchew, when the wind is too far to the eastward to sermit them to fetch through be- tween Siau-toi and the Lynx rock, by keeping the highest part of the rocks S.SW. from Siau-toi in line with Cho-ho pagoda. Mid Channel Reef. The Mid Channel reef south of Siau-toi is a cable's length from the SW. point of that island; it is two cables in circumference, and three rocks show at low water spring tides. The channel between it and the rocks south of it is rather more than 1 cable wide; when on the reef the west summit of Siau-toi is in line with the highest part of Ta-toi. Rocks extend cable from Siau-toi on its south, southwest and eastern sides. Cho-ho Reef. A sand spit extends easterly from Cho-ho pagoda 1.2 mile, and the reef off it bears N. 52º E. 0.6 of a mile from the pagoda, and from the summit of Pisai S. 73° E. Ota Rock. The Ota rock, which is also covered at high water, lays east from Pisai five cables, Cho-ho pagoda bearing from it S. 40° E. Tsiuen-chau fú. The entrance of the Chinchew river bears N. 65° W. five miles from Pisai. The channels are shoal and intricate, the large junks being obliged to wait for high water; near the mouth, on the left bank is a circular fort, called Fák-shik, To The city is on the north bank of the river four or five miles above the fort. Pyramid Point or Tátsih, * , the northeastern horn of the bay, is in lat. 24° 52'.2.N., and long. 118° 58' E. Passage island 35 VOL. XIV. NO VI 274 JUNE, Suiling Directions for the Coast of China, bearing from it S. 73° W. 8.7 miles. Vessels requiring shelter during the NE. monsoon, will find it in the first bay west of the Pyramid, taking care to avoid a sunken rock one cable's length south of the first point to the eastward of the walled city of Tsung- wu, The Pyramid rock is connected with the point at low water; to the SE. is a rock which is never covered; and east of it are several rocks, the outer of which bears N. 65º E. six cables from the Pyramid, and the highest part of the land forming the north side of Matheson's harbor N. 11° E. A cliff head at the end of a promon- tory extending southwesterly from the hills mentioned above, in one with a remarkable cone in the bay bearing N. 16° W., will put you on it. Matheson's Harbor called by the Chinese Gulai or Siautsih no , lies immediately to the north of Chinchew bay, the isthmus near the town of Tsungwú being only one mile across. The bay is four miles wide at the mouth, and will afford tolerable shelter to ves- sels drawing 12 feet, if the wind be to the northward of east; but it is only a roadstead, and that a bad one in the SE. monsoon. There are no dangers in it except a rock which lies north four cables from the largest islet on the south shore. The highest part of the north headland is in latitude 24° 56'.6 N., and longitude 118° 59'.6 E. Mei Chau Sound, is six miles across, at the entrance, and will be known by the Nine-pin rock, which lays in the centre near the entrance. South of it one mile is a cluster of rocks, one of which, Square rock, does not cover at high water : the outer part of the reef extends southwesterly, 17 cable from it. West nine cables from the Nine-pin is a flat patch which is level with the water's edge at high water; between this patch and Rugged point, which forms the north head of the Sound, is good anchorage in the northerly monsoon. Rugged point may be approached without fear except on its east side, from whence there is a reef rather less than a cable's length from the shore; 3; and four fathoms will be found at the distance of three cables from the Sandy beach. N. 19° E. one mile from the Nine-pin is a rock which will be seen at low water, and it bears N. 60° W. from the highest part of Rugged point. There is a passage between it and the Nine-pin, but rocks extend one cable in this direction from the latter. Inner Harbor. In the southerly monsoon vessels will find a good harbor to the NW. of Saddle island, which bears NW. by N. 38 miles from the Nine-pin. Pass to the southward of the South islet off it, and haul to the northward round the western islet, giving it a 1845, 275 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. - berth of a cable at high water to avoid a ledge. The ground is uneven hereabouts, and there is only 27 fathoms one mile to the W.NW. of west Saddle island. N. by E. from Saddle island one mile is a low cliff islet, from the west point of which is a sand bank extending 1.7 mile to the northwestward. The south peak of Sad- dle being kept to the eastward of S.SE. will avoid it. Saddle island is called Chuhkán, Sand Bank, Mound Peak. When Mound peak, (which is on the main, and is three miles north of the Saddle with a walled town and a pagoda near it) bears east, you are past the Sand bank, and may haul in towards the town. N. 73° W. 2.4 miles from Mound peak is a bank with only one fathom on it. The junks use the channel between Mound peak and the Cliff island, but it is awkward without a personal knowledge. They also pass to the northward of Nui-chau island, but this channel has but nine feet and is strewn with rocks. The sound runs back ten miles to the northward of Mound peak, forming narrow isthmuses between Ping-hai and Hing-hwa fú bays. Mound peak is called Siting hiáng, k. South Rock. South rock bears W. AN. 3.8 miles from Rugged point: it is in latitude 25° 23' N., and longitude 119° 10'.6 E. being about 60 feet high, with a rock south of it & of a cable. North Rock. North rock bears N. 34° E. 9.4 miles from the South rock, and lies on the north side of Ping-hái bay: it is 90 feet high and conical shaped, and is four cables from the shore. There is a sunken rock S. 57° W. 24 cables from it. The Fort on the low hills west of the town bears N. 37° W. from it. Ping-hái. Anchorage in three fathoms off the town will be found with North rock bearing SE. by. E. Five miles west of the ancho- rage is a high renge of hills, one of the peaks of which (Marlin spike) will form a good guide for this part of the coast. The bay runs back past the foot of the Marlin spike range, but is shoal, there being sel- dom more than two fathoms to the west of the range. Ping-hái, it Ock-seu or Wúkiú. From the North rock the highest part of Ock-seu bears S. 44º E. not quite 15 miles. From the south rock Ock-seu bears S. 76° E. 15.9 miles, and from the Pyramid point N. 76° E. 28 miles. It is in latitude 24° 59' N., and longitude 119° 29' 1" E. Wükiú, ein LIL Lútsz' Reefs. From the North rock the centre of Lútsz' bears E.SE. 5,8 miles; there are two sunken rocks between them which 276 JUNE, Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. bear S. 59° E. from the North rock, Marlin spike being in line with it. When on them northeast islet of Lútsz' is in line with the islet off the south face of Lamyet; they are 1.8 mile from Látsz'. Reefs extend nearly one mile from the main to the northward of the North rock. Lútsz', There is a rock which shows at half tide N.NW. two cables from the NE. Lútsz', and another S. 9° W. 8 cables from it; the latter lays east from the summit of Lútsz'. The sand bank extends 24 miles southerly from the SW. point of the Lamyet. By keeping the west end of the island (which has three chimneys on it) to the eastward of north, its western edge will be avoided. There is also a rocky patch having only 14 fm. in some places: the east end of it bears S. by W. two miles from the east islet in the channel between Lamyet and the main. On its south edge the Chimney point mentioned above bears N. 77° E. Anchorage to the westward of Lamyet. . The junks anchor under the first point south of the Chimneys, off which there is a rock which will always show. This will be found a snug anchorage for small vessels, as there is a considerable swell in the channel between Lamyet and the main with a northerly gale; care must be taken to round the rock at the point close, as there is a sunken rock in the bay six cables to the southward of it, and the reef must not be brou- ght to the westward of N.NW. as the water shoals suddenly. Ancho- rage for large vessels will be found to the northward of the Chimney point in four and five fms., the depth of water opposite the point is from 12 to 15 fms. Vessels intending to pass to the northward and westward of the Lamyets ought to use the channel to the northward of Passage islands (which are three in number and bear N.NE. five miles from the Chimney point). Between the north point of Lamyet and the Passage islands is Cliff island, in the neighborhood of which are several reefs, rendering the channel between it and Lam- yet, also between it and the Passage islands, precarious. A ledge extends westerly two cables from the SW. point of west Passage island. The channel to the northward of it is four cables wide, being bounded on the north by a rock, with a reef which shows at low water a cable and a half west of it. North of the rock, one and a half cable is a small islet, and northward of the islet four cables is Rugged island. The northeastern of the Passage islands is a bold bluff, which is steep to on its northern face, from whence you may steer to pass either north or south of White island (which bears west from the 1845. 277 Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. Passage islands 41 miles); if to the south, beware of three rocks which lay S. by W, 1.1 mile from it. E. 12° N. 2.2 miles from White island is the south rock of a reef extending from an island on the coast. Having passed which vessels inay haul to the northward, and work up inside Chimney island, 10 the westward of which there are no dangers, except a rock at the entrance of the inlet (on the south point of which is a walled town and a pagoda) on the western shore, which will be avoided by keep- ing a cable and a half from the shore. Hing-hwa fi Sound. Vessels bound into Hing-hwa fú Sound must steer to the northward from the Chimney point (on the west side of Lam-yet) seven miles, when they will be a mile to the north- ward of Nob island, and may steer for Fort point which bears NW. 74 miles from Nob; there is a patch of rocks to the NW. of the latter, the easternmost of which bears N. 11° W. from it eight cables, and the northwesternmost N. 50° W. 2.8 miles ; part of them always show. Hinghrá fú, 1 W Reef of Fort Corner. Another patch will be found E.SE. from the Fort point, the southeasternmost of which bears S. 68° E. two. iniles from the Fort Corner. Good anchorage in six fathoms will be found with the Fort corner bearing E.NE., but the point extend- ing from it has rocks which will show at low water 14 cable from high water mark; the sand line at low water trends NW. by W. from the point. Fort Corner or Wán-ngán, E. The entrance to Hing-hwá fú river bears W. by S. from the Fort Corner, the depth of water shoals to six feet, five miles from the Fort. On the main SW. from the Fort, is a piratical establishment. To the northward of the large Lamyet is a group of small islands (called by the Chinese the 18 yit) between this group and the large island are numerous rocks and shoals rendering, the bay useless for shipping N. 81° E. six miles from the highest part of the Lamyet is an islet called the Cap, which is the southeastern of the 18 yit. Vessels entering the Hái-tan strait, should pass to the eastward of this and the Double island, three miles N. of it, keeping to the westward of a group called Reef islands which bear from the Cap N. 49° E. five miles. N.NE. four miles from Double island is a remarkable White island with sandy beaches and detached hills; the channel between this and Reef island group is foul, having many rocks in it, but it has not been sufficiently examined. After passing to the westward of Sand island, which has several rocky islets upon its NW face, a 278 JUNE, Sailing Directions for the Coast of China. pagoda situated upon the south point of a shoal bay, with the ruined walls of a town near it, will be seen to the westward. Here vessels will have smooth water being protected from the easterly swell by three Chimney island, which is the large island immediately to the northward of Sand island. In the centre of the channel between this island and the pagoda the water is deep. The best anchorage is close under the shore of Hai-tan, near to Observatory island, avoid- ing a reef to the westward of it, which is nearly covered at high water, Observatory island is in latitude 25° 25' N., and longitude 119° 45' E. Vessels intending to pass through the Hai-tan straits (which I re- commend them not to do) must steer SW. by W. from Observatory islet (on the Hái-tan shore) two miles, to avoid a sand spit which extends from the point NW. of it, and then haul to the northward for Junk sail rock, from whence a reef extends half a cable to the southwestward. From Passage island, which lies NW. by W. 1.1 mile from Junk sail, a sand bank extends southerly, the end of which bears west from the Junk sail. The channel between the two being rather less than a mile. A reef of rocks lay N. 45° E. from the summit of Pas- sage island distant three cables, which will show at half tide. Pass to the northeastward of it, and between it and a small islet four cables to the northward, from whence a mud spit with rocks on it extends S.SE. three cables, and it must not be approached within a cable's length of high water mark on its western side. Having passed the reef off Passage island, steer N. by W. I W. to pass to the eastward of Flat island, which is two miles from Passage island, and has a spit extending southerly a cable from it, and a led- ge of rocks off its NE. point, on which the Plover lost her false keel ; then bring the east end of Flat island in line with the west end of Passage island, which it will be bearing S. 4° E., and will carry you up in mid channel five miles beyond Flat island. Care however must be taken not to open them as there is a reef 1.2 mile above Flat island which shows at low water; a hill on Hái-tan with three chimneys on it bears E. by N. from it. By keeping the chim- neys on the summit of Chimney island to the southward of the west point of the islet to the NE. of Passage island, it will be avoided. When Pillar rock (which is on the Hai-tan shore, and bears N. by E. 64 miles from Flat island) bears NE. by E. steer NW. by W. until Hope island bears north, when it may be steered for, passing to the west of Castle rock which bears N. 7° W. from Flat island Ry 18.15. 279 Sailing Directions for the Coust of China. miles, and has a reef one cable and a half to the westward of it. The summit of Hope island bears N. 15° W. from Castle rock four miles; between the two are several reefs. The west extreme of the nearest to the Castle bears N. 9° W. from it, distant eight cables; part of it is always above water. N. by E. 2.8 miles from the Castle rock is a patch which shows at low water only; when on it the Cow's horn, a remarkable peak on the main outside the straits, bears N. 10° W. being in line with the east end of Hope island. The Pillar bears S. 33° E. and the Castle rock is in line with the SW. point of Hái-tan. Pillar rock is called Shih-pái-áng, E F f, and Cow's horn, Niu-kioh shún, 4. The channel lies between it and a Black peaked rock, which bears N. 76° W. eight cables length from the reefs. Rocks extend from it at low water southeasterly 24 cables. There is also a reef south of it five cables, both of which will be avoided by keeping the summit of Hope island to the northward of N. 5° E. The passage out is to the eastward of Hope island; a reef of rocks extend from both islands in the channel, narrowing it to three cables. In working out, the summit of Hope island must not be brought to the southward of S. 40° W. as there is a rocky patch with only nine feet upon it seven cables from Hope island, or Táng yü, There is a rock on which the sea breaks at low water N. 24° E. from Hope island; on it the Cow's horn bears N. 38° W. N.NE. six miles from Hope island are four islands; S. 71° W. from the western of which five cables, is a reef bearing also N. 24° E. from Hope island, and a ledge extends southerly four cables from the eastern island. There are three other channels between Hope island and Hai-tan, none of which are so good as the one described; and as there is generally a heavy swell setting into the bay to the northward of Hai. tan, vessels will find some difficulty unless they are fast sailers in clearing the dangers in one tide. The junks invariably use the straits, but we found one that had been detained 27 days, waiting for an opportunity to get out at the northern end. The flood tide comes in from both ends of the straits; the two tides meeting in the neighborhood of the Castle rock. P.S. The sailing directions to the northward of Hái-tan with the addenda have already appeared in the Repository, with the exception of the following regarding the- River Min. The middle ground at the entrance to the River Min, mention. ed by capt. Kellett, as having 24 fms. on it (last line page 11, Repository for August 1843,) now has only 9 feet upon it; and a reef is reported to have been seen five iniles NE. from the Heishan island. 180 JUNE, The Russian Trade at Kinrhtu. ART. III. Notices of the trade carried or by the Russians ut Kiachta,* upon the frontiers of China The Russian trade with China, by a treaty made between the two countries in 1728, is confined to the town of Kiachta, on the north- ern frontier of China, which is thus the sole entrepôt for the ex- change of the commodities of both countries. The Russians are prohibited from trading at Canton, in consequence of the privilege they have of trading overland. In the year 1806, two Russian ships visited Canton, after making a voyage of discovery, for the purpose of taking in a cargo of Chinese produce for Russia. The Canton authorities at first refused, but afterwards permitted them to load, at the same time making reference to Peking. Before the answer arrived, the ships had sailed, but an edict was dispatched to Russia prohibiting farther intercourse except by the northern fron- tier. Of late years this trade has become of great importance; and the attention of commercial men, connected with China, has been called to the Russian woollen manufactures, which have begun to compete successfully with those of English manufacture, which formerly supplied the Chinese market. A few statements (although necessarily meagre from the want of direct information,) may therefore not be unacceptable. The great advance which Russia has made in the arts during the last half century, will be partially shown by the fact that, in the years 1793–95, she annually imported cloths to the average amount of 3,978,000 silver roubles; the only woolen manufacture then carried on being coarse cloth for the use of the army; while in 1837–39, the import had nearly ceased, and her own manufactures supplied the internal consumption of the empire, besides a large oriental export, (chiefly to China) which in 1842, amounted to nearly 2,000,000 silver roubles. Again, in 1800 the import of tea into Russia was 2,799,900 Russian pounds; and in 1837–39 the average annual import was 8,071,880 Russian pounds. Forty (40) Russ. pounds are equal to 36 lbs. avoirdupoise. The following statement shows the quantity of Woollen cloth exported to China by Russia from 1833 to 1841. Kiachta, or Kiakhta is known to the Chinese by the name of Mái-mai- chin, i tij, literally the “ Buying and selling station." It is also called "Buying and selling city, ching, the 1845. 281 The Russian Trade at Kiachta. EXPORTS OF WOOLEN CLOTH FROM RUSSIA TO KIACHTA. Year. Russian cloth. Polish cloth. 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 Arshines. 447,176 555,876 719,221 923,936 789,853 965,193 1,218,574 1,241,133 1,550,477 Equal to pieces of 194 yds. 18,305 22,755 29,442 37,822 32,333 39,510 49,880 50,806 63,470 Arshines. 325,040 247,256 206,301 181,519 26,625 738 Equal to pieces of 19 yds. 13,305 10,122 8,445 7,439 1,089 303 In former years Russia exported to China the woolen manufac- tures of Poland, (as will be seen by the above table,) and still earlier, those of Prussia, in addition to her own. Previous to the year 1812, a considerable quantity of English woolens were sent to Russia, intended for the Chinese market. The cost of this cloth was at that time, from 17s. a 20s. per yard, though the same quantity in 1830 could be had at 10s. a 12s. or even less. This trade was stopped by an increase of the duty laid by the Russian government on English cloths and a reduction of that on Prussian cloth. At present, however, only cloths manufactured in Russia are exported. They are made principally at Moscow and its neigh- borhood, of different qualities, similar to the English cloths called Spanish Stripes and Habit cloths. They are classed into three varieties : 1. The Mezeritsky cloths; 2. those of Masloff or Maslovia; 3. Karnovoy cloth; in each of which varieties these are four or five grades of quality, as No. 1, No. 2, &c. The assorinent of colors in 100 pieces of Mezeritsky cloth is nearly as follows. Blue, 40 pieces. Pomegranate red, 8 piecce. Light blue, 10 Violet browa Black. 20 Scarlet, 10 Violet, Green, Yellow, Fashions of the day, 2 These are packed in ten bales, each having an assortment of the different colors. The first quality of Mezeritsky cloth costs at Moscow 150 a 165 roubles assign: per piece of 25 arshines (6s. 9d. a 7s. 4d. per yard); and the charges from Moscow to Kiachta amount to about 250 roubles assign : per each bale. They measure froin 60 a 67 inches in width. 10 3 1 VOL. XI! YO. YI 282 JUNE, The Russian Trade at krachta. The first quality of Masloff cloth costs at Moscow 7 a 71 R. assign: per arshine, (es. a 8s. 6d. per yard;) the length of the pieces 40 a 45 arshins, or 31 a 35 yards; breadth between the lists, 67 a 70 inches. They are made up in bales of 8 pieces each. In an export of 1900 pieces of these two cloths the proportions are, about 750 a 800 pieces of Mezeritsky, and 250 a 200 pieces Maslovia. Of velveteens (Pleess,) a considerable quantity is annually bar- tered at Kiachta. They are manufactured in pieces of about 50 arshines in length (39 yards), and of two breadths, viz: 10 vershocks and 16 vers: (174 inches and 28 inches); the price of the former at Moscow, is about R. 1.40 co: to R. 1.80 per arshine, and of the latter R. 2.80. 'The camlets exported to China are principally of Dutch manufac- ture, a very trifling proportion being Russian. The quantity bar- tered at Kiachta, in 1843, will be found in a table given below. The other principal articles of Russian export to China are linen goods of a coarse description ; leather; skins, and furs. They also send firearms, cutlery, corals, mirrors, watches, and divers articles of ornament. The cost of carriage from Moscow to Kiachta is about R. 25 per pood (36lbs. English). REPORT CONCERING THE BARTER TRADE AT KIACATA IN 1843. Remaining Description of goods. Bartered. on hand CLOTH : Mezeritsky pieces 14,565 40,883 Masloffs 2,013 5,143 ! Karnovoy 4,761 6,740 CAMLETS : Russian arshins 578 177 Dutch 25,600 45,784 LINEN GOODS: Tcheshuyka 480,733 498,736 Ticking - 85,655 45,550 Konovat - 624 16,437 VELVETEENS : 10 vershocks broad 1,074,639 1,818,129 do. do. 92,499 126,630 LEATHER, Goat skins skins 52,665 176,095 Fuks Squirrel 673,364 1,140,696 Otter 13,461 17.406 Lanıb, Bucharian Grey 5,549 44,921 do. do. Black 8,463 48,955 do. Ukraine White 155,172 646,738 do. do. Piebald 8,580 18,344 do. do. Black 2,581 22,311 Cats skin, Black 245,006 105,847 Lynx skins, Russian 2,181 17,220. do. American 4,750 8,100 Musquash 72,415 19,920 16 1845. 283 The Russian Trade at Kiachta. A note, appended to the foregoing report, states that the amount of trade therein specified, as compared with that of previous years, does not exceed one third of the average. No cause is assigned for such a great falling off. The foreign fur trade at Canton--twenty years ago amounting to a million of dollars annually is now nearly or quite extinct; on the northern frontier, however, as shown in the foregoing table, there is still an extensive traffic; and were all the facts of the case at our command, we might find that this traffic is annually increasing. The mode of transacting business at Kiachta deserves particular notice from its peculiarity. Commissioners are appointed on each side, who fix by regulation the price of every article of import, and of the tea to be given in exchange for it; and not only the price of the tea, but the proportion of each sort to be bartered for the different articles. The “ Chinese Olio" says that, a commission of six members chosen among the Russian merchants, and presided over by the custom-house director, treats for Russian merchandise. Another commission of an equal number of members taken among the Chi. nese, and presided over by their governor, treats for Chinese mer- chandise. These two commissions discuss the prices, which, once determined, become law for the merchants of the two nations." The tea is classed into Family, and Flower tea; both which are said to consist chiefly of Pekoe, with a slight admixture of other leaves. In 1843 the Chinese brought for sale 120,000 chests ; of which 80,000 were Flower tea, and 40,000 Family tea.* The prices, which have been unaltered for years, are R. 60 for one chest "quadrat" Flamily tea: R. 120 for one chest 3d sort of Flower tea: R. 80 for one chest "polootornoy" Family tea (i. e. 14 as large). The prices of Russian produce were raised in 1843 from those of Farther it was arranged (as alluded to above), that one chest of Family tea is to go along with every three chests of Flower tea. We give the regulation for the prices of one or two articles in the year 1843. In the papers, from which this article has been compiled, no mention is made of the districts from which the teas for Kiachta are carried. member, however, to have seen it somewhere stated that considerable anjount of teas for the wertern and northern frontiers are annually carried from Fukien Editor 1 former years. * We re- The Russian Trade at Kiachta JUNE, REGULATION FIXING THE PRICES OF RUSSIAN GOODS AT KIACHTA. Description of goods. Against Family tea. Flower tea 3d sort. 1 3 Chests Flower tea 1 st sort. Rs. Co: Rs. Co: Rs. Co: CLOTHS : Mezeritsky, 1st sort per piece 105 2d 3rd 97 4th 93 5th 65 100 131 25 125 121 25 116 25 81 25 Arshines Arshines per chest. per chest. Arshines for 4 chests. 66 12 18 Masloff, 1st sort Explanation- 3 ch: Flower tea= 54 arsh. 1 ch: Family tea= 12 do. 4 ch: Tea 66 do. Masloff cloth, 2d sort 3d 4th 13 14 15 16 20 22 23 24 73 80 84 88 Rs. Co: Rs. Co: Rs. Co: KARNOVOY CLOTHS : 1st sort per piece 2d 3d 4th 5th 65 63 60 54 58 81 25 78 75 175 67 50 60 CAMLETS : Ist sort per arsh. 2d 2 65 2 20 3 31 2 75 PleESS (velveteens) narrow 1st sort (Riga) per arsh. 2d ( ) 3d (Moscow) 4th ( ) 1 05 0 98 ( 94 0 80 1 31 1 22 1 21 1 )) cach OTTER SKINS lgt sort 2d AMERICAN, Ist sort 2d 20 18 10 12 25 22 50 12 50 13 y! 1845 285 The Russian Trade at Kiachta. O The nature of the above regulation will be better shown by an example of the transactions by barter. Against the 2d sort of Mezeritsky cloth the Russians re- ceive 9 chests Flower tea, at Rs. 120 per chest: Rs. 1080 And 3 chests Family tea, at Rs. 60 per chest B. Rs. 180 (being the fixed proportions & prices named above) Rs. 1260 For which the Russians pay, R. 1080 is equal, at the regulation price of Rs. 125 p. piece, to 8pieces. And 130 at, Rs. 100 p. piece, to 13 R. 1260 nearly 104 pieces of cloth. Pursuing the illustration, we will show the result of such a tran- saction in 1843 The 104 pieces of cloth cost at Moscow in 1842, Rs. 145 caslı per piece, making R. 1,522.50 Interest for 15 months-15 per cent. 228.37 Charges from Moscow to Kiachta 250.00 Cost at Kiachta of 104 pieces of cloth 2,000.87 But the value of tea in Russia in 1843 was 9 chests Flower tea at R. 555 per chest 4,995 at 12 inonths credit. 3 chests Family tea at R. 455 per chest 1,365 R. 6,360 Deduct 12 months interest R. 763.20 Duty and charges 2,265.90 3,029.10 3,330.90 Leaving a profit of R. 1,330,03 In this peculiar traffic we thus see that woolen cloths costing Rs. 2000 are exchanged for teas estimated at R. 1260, or at a loss of 37 per cent. But the tea taken in exchange, the nominal cost of which is R. 1260, realises a profit of R. 2070, being 1037 per cent. on the actual cost, (R. 2000,) thus leaving a balance of profit on the transaction of 664 per cent.* The prices of tea at Nijni Novgorod in 1843 were (on 12 months credit): Weight of chest to Russ. pounds. Flower tea, 1st sort, per chest Rs. 705 2d 655 55, 58 & 60 3d 555 Quadrat Family tea 455 60 a 70 Polootornoy 605 86 a 88 2d 535 a 555 81 a 85 4 1 1 1 3 * The above calculation is copied from a paper written at Nijni Novgorod and communicated from Moscow. 286 JUNE The Russian Trade at Kiachta. The 3d sort of Flower tea is divided into about fifteen “families," sold by retail under different names applied to them by the Ruse sians. THE CHARGES ON A CHEST OF TEA FROM KIACHTA. Specification of charges: Flower tea Family tea Family tea weighing weighing weighing 160 pounds. 65 pounds. 80 a 85lbs. Import duty and custom charges R. 130 R. 138.50/R. 160 Commission at Kiachta 10 4.80 6.40 Packing in Hides 3 3 3 Receiving, weighing and cartage in Kiachta 10 10 10 Carriage to Nijni or Moscow 35 35 50 R. 188 R. 191.30/R. 229.40 Besides these different sorts, the Russians receive what is called "prick tea," being tea dust formed by pressure into the shape of tiles or bricks. The greater part of this is consumed in Russian Tartary and Siberia, only a small proportion being carried to the fair at Nijni. It is not used as an infusion, but is stewed with milk, butter, salt and herbs, and eaten as food, as our matrons are said to have used the leaf when it was first introduced into England. Besides tea, which is the staple article of produce bartered by the Chinese, they bring to Kiachta silks, nankeen cloth, preserves, lac- quered ware, &c. From the secrecy which the Chinese maintain on their side of the commercial intercourse, we are unable to estimate the actual cost of the tea at Kiachta, or the expense of transport thither from the place of growth; and consequently have, at present, no means of ascertaining what the articles taken in exchange actually cost them at Peking, as compared with the prices at which they could be sup. plied by other nations. In 1830, a statement was laid before the Parliament committee on East India affairs, showing the retail prices of tea at St. Petersburgh, and the valuations by London brokers, of samples brought over from thence. They were as follows: Description of tea. Black Flower tea Ils. lld. 5s. 3d. Ditto ng 31 4 9 Black Family tea 5 10 3 8 Ditto 3 01 2 11 Green 11 11 Cost at St. Peter sburgh. Broker's valuation iu London. no value named, it not being a sort known in London. 1845, 287 The Russian Trade at kiachta. From the statements which we have given, it is plain that the profits of the export trade, and the ability of Russia to compete in the China market with England and other nations in the article of woolens, depends entirely upon the sale of the tea; and if we sup- pose the above valuations to be correct, or allow somewhat for de- terioration of the samples in the voyage from Rassia to England, and looking at the price at which woolens can now be produced in Eng- land and Germany, it is equally plain that unless their tea trade was protected by the present prohibitory duties, it would, even allowing for a considerable reduction in the large profits of the Russian im- porters, be driven out of the field by the merchants of other nations; and that in consequence they could not afford to sell their goods at Kiachta at the present low nominal prices, nor offer competition in the supply of woolens required for the consumption of China Proper. In supplying furs and other articles, suited to the north of China, they doubtless possess advantages over other nations, which would probably secure to them that branch of the trade ; but even in that, the Americans might offer some competition, as in former years they gent considerable quantities to China, although that trade after- wards dwindled down to a very trifling amount. It is said that a part of the tea imported at Hamburgh is smuggled into Russia, where doubtless it yields the contrabandist a hand- some profit. Regarding the other articles of Russian manufacture, sent to Kiachta, we are not possessed of sufficient information as to what description of goods they are, and the prices at which similar articles could be manufactured in England and other nations, to give any data for a calculation of what the result of a shipment would be, in comparison with those of Russia. The rigid prohibition of opium which has so many times been thundered forth against the “barbarians” in the edicts of the em- peror of the Chinese donimions, of course extends to the northern frontier, and probably with much the same effect as that resulting from the vigilance of the authorities on the seacoast. 'The Russian autocrat issued an ukase to his subjects, forbidding any attemps at its introduction into China; and in their diplomatic intercourse with the Chinese court, the Russian officials take credit to them. selves for excluding the drug from their caravans, thus showing. themselves in a more favorable light as compared with those nations who persist in bringing it to the celestial shores. It is nevertheless asserted that the Russian emperor is not averse" 28 JUNE, Mor. E. Society Library. to his subjects adding that to the other branches of their trade, and that opium is actually smuggled across the fronties by the Tartars who inhabit the neighborhood. We learn by a translation from a continental paper, which appeared in the columns of an English publication, that the idea of this trade was first suggested to the Russian minister of finance in 1839, by a Greek merchant, who was well acquainted with Asiatic commerce. He obtained several au- diences of the minister, and by his plausible arguments gained his consent, securing to himself the privilege of transporting his opium as far as Kiachta, for 20 years, at the expense of the state. From which we may safely infer that the emperor's revenues are in some mea- sure assisted thereby. The traffic is of course carried on with too much secrecy to allow of any information being obtained by foreigners regarding its extent, and the means by which they secure the connivance of the Chinese officials, if (as is most probable,) it is carried on with their knowledge. The Bombay Times, 1942, says, “We learn by letter from Smyr- na, received by the present mail, that one hundred chests of Turkey opium have been purchased there by a Russian house, and shipped to Odessa, to be thence conveyed overland to Kiachta, and even. tually smuggled across the Chinese border.” If the existence of such a traffic be true, it is quite possible that in the event of its becoming known to the emperor, there may one day happen a col- lision between the countries, the result of which may prove as mo- mentous as that which has sprung from the late hostilities between China and England. Note. To the writer of some excellent articles in the Bombay Times, to Mr. MacGregor's work on Tariffs, and to gentlemen in Shanghai and Hongo kong, our readers are indebted for the foregoing article. Editor. ÅRT. IV. Catalogue of Books in the Library of the Morrison Education Society. Published at the ofice of the Chinese Repository, Victoria, Hongkong, 1845. This Catalogue has been recently published under the direction of the Rev. Mr. Brown, principal of the Morrison Education Society's school, who has bestowed no small pains upon it. The former 18.13 189 Mor. E Society Library Catalogue was prepared by the late Hon. J. R. Morrison, esq. in 1838, and came forth from his hands bearing the marks of the judy- ment and neatness of execution peculiar to its compiler. At that time the number of volumes in the library was much smaller than it now is. Some private donations of books have been made to it, but the chief increase is owing to the addition of the late Mr. Morrison's entire private library, which was bought in by subscriptions from the foreign residents and presented to the Morrison Education Society. It was well known that Mr. Morrison had intended to leave his library to this institution, and it was presumed that such a disposal of it would be more agreeable to his family and friends than a sale at public auction. This large accession to the number of books in the library, together with the condition of many of the old volumes rendered an entire reärrangement of the library and a new catalogue necessary. The Trustees therefore requested Mr. Brown to make a thorough revision of it, casting aside such works as it might be thought advisable to dispense with, and after reär- ranging them, to publish a catalogue of the remainder. The result was that some 1500 old volumes were sold at public auction, and the rest amounting to 4140 vols. were arranged after the manner exhibited in this catalogue. The present mode of arrangement in the cases strikes us as being decidedly superior to the former, as now the books are placed where they can be best accommodated, and not as formerly thrown together without reference to the size of the volumes, but only according to subjects. The mode adopted in the present instance has certainly the advantage of giving a neater and more regular appearance to the library, while it is as easy to find any book now as it was before. The Morrison Education Society's library is the property of the community, who have contributed so liberally to sustain that excel- lent and useful institution. It is designed for the use of the mem- bers of the Society, i. e. of those who contribute $ 10 annually to the Society's funds, or $25 at one time. By inspection of the catalogue before us, it will be seen that it comprises a great variety of valuable works. Many of the books of the E. I. Company's factory are to be found there; inany from private libraries of gentlemen long resident in China, with all those belonging to that of the late Rev. Dr. Morri- son and subsequently to his son. We find here something upon alitost all the principal languages of the world, both ancient and modern. There are not less than 40 different works upon the grammar and lexicography of as many different tongues, besides books written in a great number of others. 37 VOL. XI! NO VI 290 Tinti, Jor. E. Society Library, In the department of Bibles, Biblical Literature, &c., we notice 70 and more versions of the Sacred Scriptures, or parts of them, em- bracing, it is presumed, the greater number of those published by the British and Foreign Bible Society. The section of religious works is large and replete with most valuable works. Another section fur- nishes a number of standard works on jurisprudence, government, political economy and commerce, particularly works of reference in relation to the government and commerce of countries in the east. The lover of natural history will find here, among others, the writ- ings of Blume, Buffon, Blumenbach, Goldsmith, Horsfield, Linnaeus, Cuvier, Kirby, Roget, Michaux, Shaw, Swainson, Wilson and Bonaparte. The section of geography, voyages and travels, embraces 205 works, and 373 vols. That of chronology, general history and statistics, 250 works, in 553 vols. The section of biography is likewise full of memoirs of distin- guished men in all the walks of life. Those who are fond of the lighter kinds of literature, such as novels, tales, romances and poetry, will meet with a sufficient supply in their appropriate sections. A most useful section is appended, near the end, of all the works found in other parts of the catalogue, relating to this country of our sojourn, and those adjacent to it. This comprises, it is believed, a larger collection of works than is to be found anywhere else in these parts, on the same subjects,-almost all the old works of the Jesuits, and others who have written upon China Proper, Tartary, Tibet, Corea, Siam, and Çochinchina, the accounts of the various diploma- tic embassies to the country, together with nearly all that has been given to the public at various periods respecting the languages of this and the neighboring nations. We notice here the works of the French savans on the Chinese language, particularly those of M. Stanislas Julien, who has done perhaps more than any one of his contemporaries to elucidate the principles of construction peculiar to the Chinese language. Besides his learned and excellent productions, we have here the works of Morrison, Gonçalves, Remusat, Marshman, Klaproth, and Four- mont, and those of Medhurst, Pauthier, M. Bazin Aine, and his excellency the learned governor of Hongkong, altogether forming a rare collection of those works which a student of the Chinese lan- Juage must find of immense advantage to him in his pursuits. 1845. 291 Notices of Hongkong Our object in this cursory notice of the library is to make its value better known to the community, and to secure for it, as far as we can, the attention which it deserves. If we can thus induce any to become subscribers to it, we shall have the satisfaction of know- ing that we have lent aid to a noble monument of the philanthropy of foreigners in China, the Morrison Education Society. 1 1 1 1 ART. V. Notices of Hongkong : situation, shape and extent of the island; its surface, productions, geological features : principal divisions, Victoria, Chekchú, Shekpái Wiin, &c.; its original landlords ; cession to the British crown ; erected into a colony; its government, population, and prospects. On the northern shore of Hongkong, about midway between the extreme eastern and western points of the island, close to the beach upon the western side of Wángnai Chung, and within a stone's cast of the house of the Morrison 'Education Society, there is a hillock, the position of which, as carefully ascertained by sir Edward Bel- cher, is in 22° 16' 30" N. lat., and 114° 08' 30" E. long. This point, therefore, for all general purposes, may be considered as giving us the true position of Hongkong. The little map on the following page, printed from a rude block cut by a Chinese, shows the exact shape of the island, which some- what resembles a right angled triangle, the northeastern point of the island being the right angle. Starting from the headland near the islet off the northwest point of Hongkong, and proceeding in a right line, pass over the summit of Mount Kellett; thence going on through the village of little Hongkong, touching the headland of Deep-water Bay, and leaving Shallow-water Bay and Chekchú close on your right, you will pass near the centre of Tytam harbor and reach the extreme southeast point of the island. This is the longest right line that can be drawn in Hongkong, and is about nine miles in length. The longest line, that can be drawn due east and west will not exceed eight miles; and from north to south it would be about five miles. The shortest sailing distance round the island is twenty-six miles and eighty-five hundredths. The islet before alluded to, off the northwest of Hongkong, is Green island. North of 292 June, Notices of Hongkong harbor VICTORIA. HONG-KONG. Shek-Paiwan Chek Chu 200 wn MAP OF HONGKONG. 1845. 292 Notices of Hongkong. Green island is the entrance from the river of Canton, through Kap- shiú Mun, on Swift-water Passage. The point of land, north of the harbor of Victoria, is the extreme of Kaulung, called by the Chi- nese Tsien shá tsui. Still to the eastward there is seen, on the little inap, another point of land. The passage between it and long- kong is the Lí-yü (Lyee) Mun. Thence you pass round the south- eastern point of the island into Tytam Bay, at the head of which is the village of the same name. Sailing round the next point, called Tytam promontory, and steering a course due northwest, between the Lama and Hongkong, you will enter the harbor of Victoria near Green island. The surface of Hongkong is exceedingly uneven, rising into nume- rous ridges and peaks, and having only a few narrow patches of level and arable land. The highest peak, called “Victoria," does not exceed two thousand feet. In the deep ravines, there are streams of excellent and never failing water. Names have been given, on Bel- cher's chart, to several peaks, and their heights indicated. Thus, “Victoria," or "Possession peak,” is 1825 feet; "High West,” is 1774 feet; Mount Gough," 1575; "Mount Kellett," 1131 ; Mount Parkar," 1711; “ Pottinger peak," 1016 feet. In the vallies and on the hill sides, in many places, you may find deep rich soil, and a luxurient covering of tall coarse grass. Forest and fruit trees appear only here and there. If planted they would no doubt grow plentifully. Previouly to 1841, nearly every patch of arable ground was cultivated, yielding rich crops of rice, peas, beans, sweet potatoes, &c. Trap, granite, and hornblend, are the principle rocks. The first named seems to be the most plentiful. Much of the granite is found in large round masses, and is procured in great abundance for buil- ding. Much of the soil along the ridges is mere disintegrated rock, and in some places the strata of new earth are as distinctly seen as they could have been when solid rock. Victoria, the capital of the colony and the seat of the government, has as yet merely the outlines of a city. Its length from east to west is nearly three miles; and it has been proposed to divide it into three districts--Central, Eastern, and Western. The first is to include all the grounds occupied by government, extending from a hospital near the old burial ground on the east, to the residence of the harbor- master on the west. One of the oldest and most wealthy mercantile establishments, among the foreign merchants in China, occupies the extreme east. а 294 JUNE; Notices of Hongkong a very eligible site called “East Point.'' Around that establish- ment, and in the rear of it, there are of all sorts, Chinese and Euro- pean, perhaps thirty houses. Next to it, proceeding westward, is the valey of Wangnai, having three or four new European houses and a little village of poor Chinese houses, forty or fifty in all. The house of the Morrison Education Society, the hospital of the Medi- cal Missionary Society, the Seaman's Hospital, and the residence of the chief justice of the colony, with a new guard-house, appear pro- minent on high ground this side of the valley. Next, and almost on a level with the sea, there is a cluster of substantial commercial houses, with some buildings occupied as commissariat stores, barracks, &c. The ground between the sea and the hills is narrow along this part of the town, called by the Chinese Hiá Wán. The Roman Catholic and the old Protestant burial grounds, with a few small buildings on the beach fill up the remaining part of the (contem- plated) eastern district of Victoria. The ruins of a market with an old military hospital and a maga- zine come first in the central division of the town. Next, on high ground, are the badly contrived, half-built and half-demolished, death-generating buildings, once known as the artillery barracks. In front of them three buildings are being erected, which will be an ornament to the settlement. One is a military hospital; the others are for the engineer and ordinance departments. Between these and three large commercial houses, and behind the latter, are some twenty or thirty Chinese shops. A line of commissariat buildings, partly occupied by the ordinance and engineer departments, fill up the space to the streamlet, descending from the east side of Govern- ment House. Behind these commissariat buildings is the Canton Bazar; and above it, westward, some new buildings, designated the general's quarters,” are in progress, the old ones, occupited by Bord Saltoun, having been justly condemned and demolished. Passing the streamlet, the ground eligible for buildings, instead of being only a few rods in breadth, stretches off up a gentle ac- clivity a full half mile. Close by the mouth of the streamlet are some barracks, with naval stores on the beach. South of them three buildings are being erected for officers and soldiers. Beyond them, southward, are lines of mat-houses, etc., in which are the Indian troops and camp-followers. And miserable quarters they are. The parade-ground comes next, as you go westward. Between it and the Queen's Road is the Colonial Church, a building without 2 prototype, but worthy to be sketched and preserved among the 1843: 295 Notices of Hongkong. annals of the colony. The post office is on the south, and the gov- vernor's private residence on the west, of the parade-ground. Farther westward and higher up the hill is Government House, &c. West- ward still, and on the beach, are three commerical houses, among the best in the colony; above them, on the south of Queen's Road, is the harbor-master's house. Here terminates the central district of Victoria. The western district is an embrio city, having streets, terraces, Here you may read, Windham St.; D'Aguilar St.; Stanly St.; Wellington St.; Pottinger St.; Cochrane St.; Graham St.: Peel St.; Aberdeen St.; Gough St.; Staunton St.; Elgin St.; Old Baily; Lynd- hurst Terrace; Aburthnot Road; Holywood Road; Caine's Road; &c.; &c. Nothing but a map can give the distant reader a correct and full idea of this part of the settlement. It is a mile in length, and about one third that distance in breadth. Within it are the buil. dings of the magistracy; the jails; four chapels; a mosque; and of other houses, of all descriptions, perhaps three hundred. It in- cludes the central and upper Bazars;-call by the Chinese Chung Wún, and Sháng Wán, in each of which is a market, Also two new guard houses, both occupying commanding sites. In the material, and form, and qualities of the buildings there 18 great variety; you may see granite, brick, and mud house. All the buildings early erected for government were every way very poor. The house of the chief magistrate is the only exception, and we are not sure that it was built by or for government. All the barracks were particularly bad, most of them, even the hospitals, were unfit to keep cattle in. Private houses were generally better, and some of them were good. At present the style of building is superior to any thing we have seen in China. Among the best specimens, now in progress, we may name the Officers' Quarters, the Military Hos pital, the Club House, the Exchange, and the Union chapel. Good verandas and good roofs are now the principal desiderata. In a climate like this, so hot and where typhoons are frequent, no resi- dence should be considered safe, that has not a veranda on all sides, and a strong double-tyled roof, faithfully built of the best materials. These are necessary to give security from the heat of the sun, and from the rain and winds. The Queen's Road extends eastward from Victoria to a military post, just without the Liyü Mun; and westward around Possession Peak to Shekpái Wán, which is to be called “Standly.” Close to Standly, eastward, is Little Hongkong. These places are yet of but little note. 296 JUNE, Notices of Hongkong Chekchú is important chiefly as a military station ; good barracks have already been erected, for the accommodation of the troops stationed there. It has a few teng of poor Chinese houses, whose inhabitants gain their livelihood chiefly by fishing. The island of Hongkong so far back as the Ming dynasty was owned by a respectable family by the name of Tang. When Káng- hí ordered the coast to be cleared of its inhabitants, the possession of Hongkong was abandoned. But when the emperor revoked his decree, the occupation of it was again resumed, and title-deeds grant- ed, authenticated records of which, remain to this day in the offices of the chief magistrates of the districts of Sin-ngán and Tungkwan. The land tax for two centuries, and upwards, has been regularly paid by this family, its members being considered, by the emperor's go- vernment, as its true and rightful landlords. By the treaty of Nanking the island was ceded to the British crown; and on the 5th day of April, in the sixth year of her ma- jesty's reign, it was erected into a separate colony, to be known and designated as “ The Colony of Hongkong." But in all this no provi- sion seems to have been made by the Chinese government for the original proprietors of the soil, who are now making suit to the British government, humbly praying for remuneration. If correctly informed, some eight or ten thousand dollars have been paid for cer- tain fields in Wangnai Chung and Súkon Pú—not to the members of the Tang family however, but to the persons occupying the soil, and claiming to be its true and rightful owners. Whether these are the true landlords or only tenants it is not our prerogative to deter- mine. Those in authority no doubt will see well to it, that no injus- tice be allowed in this case. Regarding the colonial government we have little to say. As residents, we have enjoyed all the protection and every immunity that could be expected. As eye witnesses, for three years, we have marked the progress of events, yet seldom commenting on them. We found here an efficient and economical magistracy; and on it, for a long time, nearly the whole of the executive labors de. The organization of councils, courts, &c., has brought in some improvements; yet not a few desiderata, are still wanting. Chusan no doubt would make the nucleus of a noble colony, and afford advantages far superior to Hongkong, in some respects; but we are not prepared to say that her inajesty would have acted wisely or justly had she claimed that island instead of this. However, a better policy surely could have been devised for this than that which 1845. 297 Notices of Hongkong has been developed. It has been indeed an experimental policy, and we can therefore easily overlook past errors. Were every legislative enactment, now extant, cast into oblivion, and a few plain and prac- ticable ordinances introduced in their stead, no one we think would grieve thereat. As the legislative council is now constituted, we see not how it possibly can work well, and give satisfactory results. There may be good intention enough, and ability enough; but these cannot compensate for the absence of practical knowledge, experience, and local sympathy. In India, for years, it has been the practice of go- vernment to make public its proposed legislative acts; and in this way it has, by means of a free press and an enlightened community, brought to its aid much practical knowledge. Regarding the supreme court we hardly dare hazard any opinion. Its leading members are able men, and have shown themselves worthy of the trust reposed in them. As friends of the Chinese, we should like to see this court provided with its learned Chinese advocates. We have occasionally attend its cessions, when Chinese have been at the bar; and we have there supposed the case reversed, and the Chinese made the language of the court, and the ablest sons of Han administering justice, and the foreigner seeking redress or laboring to make defense. Would the foreigner, in that case, be satisfied ? Great care should be taken, in giving testimony, especially were life is concerned, that every word be faithfully translated; otherwise how can judge and jury decide rightly? With the magistracy we have had good opportunity of being ac- quainted; and can bear testimony to the able manner in which case after case. has been considered and decided. Sometimes we have heard complaints, but not against the magistrates. In them the Chi- nese have great confidence. It is false witnesses that they dread; as well they may. The present municipal police is excellent, and gives good security for life and property. Our limits forbid us to remark in detail on several topics deserv- ing attention in this infant colony. It has now, we suppose, a po- pulation of 25,000 souls, including all classes, foreign and native : and of these more than 20,000 are Chinese. Among the latter there mare a few respectable families, and it is high tinie that some more extensive plans of education were established for the benefit of those permanently residing on the island. The Morrision Educationi Society has a strong claim to public patronage. Hitherto the in- stitution has been sustained almost entirely by private liberality. It deserves munificent support both private and public, and anght to be greatly enlarged YIV T 298 JUNE, Mr. Gully's Journal. We cannot close these notices without alluding to the dreadful mortality that has prevailed on the island. In the summers of 1842 and 1843, we visited some of the hospitals, or private rooms of the sick, almost daily; and have had considerable opportunity to witness the progress and effects of disease, and to ascertain its causes. The climate is evidently unhealthy; but is becoming less and less so, and may, for aught we see, be made as salubrious as that of any other place on the coast of China. The principal causes of sick- ness, we think, have been, first, exposure to the heat of the sun; secondly, excess in eating and drinking,-especially the latter; and thirdly, bad houses. Were exposure to the sun properly avoided, strict temperance maintained, and elevated and dry and well ventu- lated residences enjoyed, we should expect the sickness to decrease full nine-tenth. Art. VI. Journal kept by Mr. Gully and capt. Denham, during a captivity in China in the year 1842. Edited by a barrister. London, 1844. On or about the 13th of August, 1842, one hundred and ninety- seven men, late of the British vessels the Ann and Nerbudda, were placed on their knees near to each other, their feet in irons and their hands manacled behind their backs. This was on a wide plain just outside the gates of the capital of Formosa, and in the presence many thousands of Chinese. Those unfortunate men knew not for what purpose it was that they were brought from their prisons and thus made a public spectacle. In this state of suspense the execu- tioners appeared, and with their heavy swords coolly proceeded in their mortal work. Their heads were all severed from their bodies; the former, placed in small baskets, were carried away to be exposed upon the sea-shore, while their bodies—one hundred and ninety- seven, were all thrown together into one common grave! Capt. Denhain's and Mr. Roop's journals have already been notic- ed in our pages. See vol. XII. pp. 113, 235. Also some public documents, issued by sir Henry Pottinger, will be found in vol. XI. pp. 682, 683 Among that inultitude murdered by the officers of the Chinese 1845 299 Mr. Gnlly's Journal. government, on the plains of Formosa, there was a gallant young man who had been on board the Nemesis, and honorably distinguished himself at the taking of Ningpo. This was Mr. Robert Gully. He had been engaged in commercial pursuits, previously to joining the Nemesis, and was now, March Sth, 1842, embarking at Chusan, on board the Ann, to revisit his friends in Macao, "intending to return again in time to see Peking taken.” We have carefully read his journal and letters, from that date till a fews days before his death- of which he probably had no intimation previously to being brought with the others to the field of blood. It is not our intention to dwell on the melancholy particulars of their imprisonment and death; we shall content ourselves with gleaning from the journal of Mr. Gully a few interesting particulars regarding the country and the people which he saw. And these we shall lay before our readers either in his or our own words, being careful always to exhibit the facts as they are stated in the journal. All the particulars of the wreck, &c., are already in the hands of our readers. “March 14th. Shortly after breakfast we heard a noise outside, and saw spears and flags. Our guards told us we were going away. One of them called Mr. Roope aside, and took him up a ladder where he sung out to me for assistance. Captain Denham and myself went up to him and found the soldier trying to persuade Mr. Roope to go up stairs, and made motions for us not to go out to the mandarins. We went up to a small clean room, where the man wanted us to remain, but thinking it was only for the purpose of plunder that he wished to keep us, we determined to go with the rest. Per- haps the fellow had heard of our offer to the junkman and really meant well, but it was difficult to judge. We were then all taken before three mandarins, tickets put round our necks, and we marched under a strong escort of soldiers to a small walled town inland about three miles. The walls were of round stone and chunam. We passed from one end of the town to the other, where we were seated under the walls close to a mandarin's office for about half an hour, I nse for the people to have a good look at us. We were then taken into the mandarin's premises and divided into two parties, the soldiers having previously told us we were going to be behead- ed, which I should have believed if they had not overdone the thing by beginning to sharpen their swords on the stones. We were put into two cells about eight feet by seven each, in each of which were stowed twenty. five of us and three jailers or guards, the weather extremely cold, nothing to lay our heads on, and nothing but a sprinkling of straw to keep us from the damp bricks. The land on each side of the road was cultivated and rice growing, the fields were very small, and only divided by a low round em- bankment about one foot high. The villages appeared to be pretty, from their being surrounded by bamboo. Here, for the first time, I saw a wheeled 300 JUNE Mr. Gully's Journal cart, but we had before noticed the marks of wheels on our first march. It was a very clumsy affair, drawn by a bullock. It was passing across the ploughed ground for no reason that I could see except that there was no other road. The wheels were composed of two solid pieces of wood joined together in the centre, with a hole which merely slipped on to the axle-tree and was confined by a linch-pin. The cart was of bamboo. The vheels made very curious gyrations in their passage through the mud. In the villages we were stared at by every body, women and all. The women were unaccountably plain even for Chinese women, both here and through all parts of the island I have seen, but they have a very pretty fashion of wearing natural flowers in their hair. On our road we passed several parties employed carrying the brig's guns in the same direction that we were traveling. Altogether, I think under other circumstances I should have enjoyed this trip much, but my feet were so painful with the sores of our former march that I could not. As it was, it was a great relief after the crowded granary, and I think did me good. 15th. Nothing of any moment occurred except that we were joined by the gunner and sea-cunnies, missing up to this time. They had been much better treated than ourselves, and had clothes given to them, though rather of a fantastic nature. The treatment may, perhaps, be partly attri- buted to their thinking the gunner to be some great man, from his having a mermaid marked on his arm, in the way common among sea-faring people. They partly labored under this mistake up to this present meeting. Both this day and the 16th we were crowded by visiters, who were a great nui. The government people who came, all told the same lies--that we were going to be sent away in a junk. One fellow took the trouble to draw me out one side to explain it more clearly. If we ever placed reliance in their words we were undeceived on the evening of the 17th, for we were then all taken before mandarins, ticketed, a fresh name given to each, and ornamented with handcuffs, we were placed in chairs and conveyed out of the town. We passed outside, and for some miles over a country tolerably cultivated. We were told in the villages we passed through that we were going to have our heads taken off. During the passage my bearers capsized my chair three times, which was occasioned by the slippery state of the footpath. I enjoyed this much more than the bearers, who got a good blow- ing up from the soldiers by whom we were attended every time it happened. At last they persuaded the nian who had charge of the key of my handcuffs to allow me to walk, which I agreed to do as long as the road continued soft. (The man with the key attended me all the way to Táiwan fú.) I was glad enough to take advantage of the permission to walk. I particularly observed that the soldiers in many instances carried a very superior kind of matchlock to any I had seen in China before, and they were kept in much better order. The barrels were cut outside, six square, and as well as the bore were quite sinooth and bright Sonne again were wretched-looking beings with rusty spears, shields and old caps, without any stiffening in the borders. These I conjectured were the militia, the others regulars. A short time after I observed wheat growing, but the crops were only small sance. 184. 301 fr Gully's Journal and poor in comparison to those common in England. This was the case throughout the whole journey to this town, and I dare say the Chinese understand as little about growing wheat or barley us our farmers know about rice. We soon came to a very barren description of country, inter- esting to geologists only, Immense plains stretching inland as far as we could see, composed of round stones, the same as we call “ boulders” in Yorkshire, with hills or mountains formed of the same, no vegetation being visible except now and then a green spot on the very tops of the hills, the first of which was some miles from the sea. Up to the time of our wreck I had always imagined the shore of Formosa to be very bold, from having seen these hills often while at sea. The land, between them and the rea, is so very low and without trees that it must be very deceiving to any one at sea, and I doubt very much if the channel, as laid down in the chart, is not too wide. During this, our first trip in gedans, we were shown many little roadside public houses, where we were taught how to spend our mace by the man who had charge of each. These houses, together with every building we passed, were formed of the before-mentioned boulders and mud, with, in many instances, a large wide-spreading tree or trees with seats close to them. The country had a most wild and heavy aspect, more so than any I ever saw, and I began to think Formosa a sad misnomer. The scattered houses were few and far between, and the people appeared a more wretched ill-clothed race than I ever saw in China before. This day's march, altogether in a southerly direction, was about twenty-five miles; we crossed several streams running to the westward, all of which were evidently smaller than at some other seasons of the year. We also passed several small towns not walled, or if so, the walls were only of mud, but all had gates, one a brick one, the other bamboo. We suffered all sorts of abuse and indignities in passing through these, as well as all the others throughout the whole journey; but the women did not join in this, although they showed the usual curiosity of the sex. We arrived at our halting-place, a large town with high walls made of hrick, about dusk; for some miles previous to getting there, the country was a continued paddy gwamp interpersed with small hamlets, surrounded with bamboo, which grows here larger than I ever saw in other places. I have noticed it full sixty feet high. I found, on minute inspection, that the axle-trees of the wheeled carts turned with the wheels. The bazar of this town appeared well furnished with fish. We observed the mast heads of several junks a short distance to the westward, and these were the only signs of the sea that met our eye until we got close to Taiwan fú. Mr. Gully throughout his journey or Formosa saw a great many graves "precisely like our own," and but very few with the usual Chinese-shaped tombstones. He complains much, and evidently with good cause, of cruel treatment. He says : “Our jailer I believe to be the most wicked brute that ever was created. We were in a den 40 small that not one of us could stretch our legs at 302 JINE, Mr. Gully : Journal. night, being coiled up like dogs. During the time I had the piles, I did not sleep for nights together. Ten of us, viz., the five sea-cunnies, two Manilla men, the gunner, Mr. Partridge, and myself, with a bucket in a wretched hovel only eleven feet six inches by seven feet six, and for two months and more we were confined in it, and never allowed out but once a day to wash, and at first this was not allowed, and when it was, for upwards of a month, only one or two could wash every morning, unless they washed in the water used by the others, the villain of a jailer being too lazy to furnish more than a few pints every morning." All sorts of provisions, especially vegetables and fruits, seem to have been plentiful, but the supply for the prisoners was often small enough. The mangoes were good, and were sold among the people at the rate of 1500 and 2000 for a dollar. He found this fruit wholesome, and ate it, rind and all, to cure the dysentery. He also took opium for the same purpose, and thus notices its effects : "in a quarter of an hour it began to make me feel quite happy, in an hour quite sick, and laid me on my back the whole day." He often also complains of the nightmare, bad sleep, &c. He thus describes his residence : “ July 25th. Up as usual. Fine morning, but slept badly. Nightmare all night. I have just thought that in case this should survive us it may be interesting to know the furniture of our abode. The cell is all but as large as the opposite one from which we were removed, but we have three advan- tages over our opposite neighbors, viz., 1. There are only three of us. 2. The window has only single bars. 3. We have air-holes in the roof. To sleep on we have five hard-wood planks about eight feet long by fourteen inches wide and two thick. The floor is of broken bricks. A bamboo is slung nearly the length of the place, on which in the daytime we hang our mats, two in number, for sleeping on. Besides these I now see two towels hang- ing from it, one made from part of an old pair of cotton drawers, and the other of grass cloth given me by Zu Quang Leon. Ditto belonging to Mr. Partridge, and a bundle of papers, sketches, &c., tied up by a string. On the east wall are the remains of a picture of Chin Hoe damaged by the rain. The window faces the west. On one side of it is hanging my pipe, given me by the captain's party. On the other is a small looking-glass given me by one of the jailers, a number of pencils and four monghoons. Our pillows of pieces of bamboo, with a quanny-mat for keeping the afternoon's sun out of the place, and a checquer-board are on the planks. On the north wall are hanging our washing-tub, which cost us 50 cash, a broom for sweeping the planks, a basket containing some hooks, &c., belonging to the former occupants ; a basket containing our chop-sticks and spoons of bamboo, the ginner's towel and a stick for carrying a lantern. In this wall is a small recess containing & clay lamp and stand, a few bamboo sticks, and two iron wires for cleaning pipes, three papers of tobacco and some waste-paper. In 18.15. 303 Mr. Gully's journal. the corner two sticks have been driven into the wall on which rest the loge books and some papers. Below that is a small shelf, on which are placed several cups, and broken saucers, and paints, two chow-chow cups (I broken the third a week ago), given us by Jack, a small earthenware kettle for boiling tea-water and brewing samshu when we can get it, given us by Aticoa. Below the shelf is suspended a hollow piece of bamboo holding our firepan, and below that a small fireplace, likewise a present from Aticoa, a cooking pot bought by ourselves, another containing charcoal (the pot given by Jack), several old straw shoes and pieces of bamboo for smoking out the musquitoes. On the south side are pendant, Ist, the Bank, a string of cash about 80 or 90, a fan, a small basket containing a few opium pills and our stock of tea, my hat which cost 30 cash; I have covered it with oiled paper. I am sitting on a bamboo stool which belongs to the former occu- piers of the place, my foot resting on another given Mr. Partridge by the towka (I suppose the head jailer). Opposite is the door, behind it the bucket; on my left is the window, on the sill of which are two combs, one of which bought for thirteen cash a few days after my arrivel at this town, being money I had saved from the mace per day allowed us during the jour- ney. My fan is sticking in the window, and I am writing with this book resting on a board painted red with black characters on it, and two green eyes above looking at them. I think this is all. No, I have forgotten to mention that on the south wall hang my long ell trousers given me by Kit- chil, lascar, my grass cloth ones, given me by the lotier, and a pair of woolen socks given me by Francis; and from the same string hangs Mr. Roope's If you can call any thing in this list a luxury, you must recollect that we have only had it lately; for two months we had nothing, and were an- noyed by myriads of fleas, bugs, lice, ants, musquitoes, and centipedes, with out a possibility of getting rid of them, except by death or a miracle. I have on my back now the only shirt (and a woolen one too) I have had for nearly five months, and half a pair of cotton drawers are on my legs. I omitted to mention, that on the north wall is my calendar. Every morning I scratch with the head of a rusty nail, the day of the month We have also a third wooden stool lent to us by Aticao. Employed we are, but the days are awfully tedious, and I am sadly at a loss for something to pass away the time, and feel the want of books." We have space for no more extracts; these however are enough, and they show fairly and fully the manner in which the prisoners passed their days and nights, and show us also somewhat of their sufferings. But the authors of their sufferings, and their cruel murderers—where are they? Have they been brought to justice? 304 Surnul aj Occurrences. ART. VII. Journal of Occurrences : dreadful loss of life by the burning of a theatre in Canton ; commerce of Fuchau fú; return of the major general D'Agnilar from the north; surveys on the coasts of China and Formosa; Chinese pirates ; rclations of the Chinese with foreigners. On Sunday the 25th ult., early in the afternoon, a large theatre, which had been erected near the hall for public examinations in Canton, was consumed by fire; and 2300 persons, men, women and children perished in the flames. About 30 buildings, adjacent the theatre, were also consumed. By a government notification in the China Mail, dated the 18th instant, we see H. B. M's. consul, at Funchau gives assurances of the feasibility of procuring teas directly from the Wil í (Bohea) Hills, instead of bring them overland to Canton. On this point we have had no doubt since Mr. Gordon's visit some years back. The consul says: s I have assurance from inore than one source, that tea can be sent here from the districts where it is growni, with such reasonable facility and mode- rate degree of risk as to remove the apprehension of either difficulty or danger offering any serious iinpediment, and a at cost altogether trifling, compared with the expense of carriage of its transport to Canton. 'This difference in the expense of carriage is of itself sufficient to make a large diminution in the price of tea to the English merchant. As to the feelings of the first producers and dhe teâ merchant in the interior, iny inforınant expresses not only the anxious desire of his own firin, but that of the tea-growers generally, to find a market for their produce here in preference to Canton. In conjunction with houses in the city, I have every reason to believe undertakings will readily be entered into to hear all the expense and risk at transit, and deliver teas at a fixed price, safe and sound, either at Fuchau, or the anchorage of larger vessels at Pagoda islands." The hon. major general D’Aguilar, commander of H. B. M.'s forces in China, arrived in Hongkong on the 17th instant, from a visit to the northern ports. Our readers will be glad to know that the surveys of the Chinese coast are now completed, from Wúsung to Hongkong. Capt. Col. linson has kindiy favored us with an opportunity of inspecting his new charts, of the coast between Namoh and Hongkong; in a few days these will be completed, and he will proceed to the east coast of Formosa, to prosecute surveys in those unfrequented waters. One of the lesser benefits resulting from all these surveys will be the detection and dislodgement of numerous bands of pirates. We have before us a petition presented to one of the officers of the sur- vering squadron, from the peaceful inhabitants of Yáng Shan, one of the islands north of Chusay. The protection sought was granted. We have not space to give the petition, but it shows how defenseless the islanders are, and how much they are harrassed by these "tigers and wolves." The relations of the Chinese with foreigners continue most saetic and satisfactory An installmeni,--the last but one, of the 1.000... Is iabout to be paid in Canton THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIV.-July, 1815.-- No. 7, Arr. I. The Jews in China : their synagogue, their Scriptures, their history, foc., fc., doc. By James Finn, author of the history of the Jews in Spain and Portugal. London 1843. Pp. 85, duodecimo By way of introduction, Mr. Finn says: “This little work may serve to call attention to a very peculiar branch of the children of Israel, to whom but an occasional allusion, almost without remark, has hitherto been made in this country. Rather inore has been done on the continent, and some learned foreigners have written disquisi- tions upon various points of the subject; yet all have been too much contented to give the bare statements of the missionaries, with their mistakes and inconsequences; not always citing even these with precision, and therefore differing somewhat from each other. The present digest is by no means a mere translation. For the sake of a uniform orthography in European letters, the Chinese names and terms here cited are regulated by Dr. Morrison's Dictionary, and his“ View of China for Philological Purposes," the vowels having their English sound. The difference of spelling the same wrirds in the various books referred to, is often sufficiently amusing. We are indebted for our present knowledge of the Chinese Jews to the Jesuit missionaries in that country. Let us hope to receive new information concerning them from future missionaries, who shall preach only according to the written word of God, who shall be free from the least taint of idolatry; men animated with zeal for the salvation of mankind, and at the same time rendering obedience in nuclesiastical discipline. The new position of Luglawi, arising 32 VOL III. No TIL 306 JULE, The Jeros in China. from the treaty of Nanking, 29th August, 1842, ought to encourage many such men to proclaim Christianity in that empire. Facilities of various kinds for such a work are now before us. The Jews there will be unimpeachable witnesses to the truth of the Old Testament, the New Testament and our scriptural Liturgy are already rendered into Chinese by English predecessors in the field, -and we may rest assured that the divine blessing will not be wanting to sanction every effort made in promoting the spiritual good of China." To his preface Mr. Finn subjoins the following list of books re- ferring to the Jews in China. 1. Trigaltius, de Christianâ Expeditione apud Sinas. Aug. Vind. 1615, p. 118. 2. Imperio de la China, i cultura evangelica en él. Por el P. Alvaro Semmedo. Madrid, 1642, p. 196. 3. Letters édifiantes et curieuses, Recueil vii. Paris, 1707, Lettre lre. 4. Duhalde, Description de la China. Fol., Paris, 1735, tom. iii. p. 64. 5. Deguignes, Histoire générale des Huns, &c. Paris, 1756, p. 26. 6. Brotier, Tacitus, Paris 1771, torn. iii. p. 567. The dissertation on this subject is onitted in the later editions. 7. Kinnicott, Dissertatio generalis in Biblia Hebraica. Fol., Oxon., 1776, p. 65. 8. Michaelis, Orientalische Bibliothek. Th. v. p. 70; Th. ix. p. 40; Th. XV. p. 15. 9. Letters édifiantes et curieuses, Recueil xxxi. 10 Eichhorn, Einleitung in das alte Testament. Leipzig, 1781. Th. ii. p. 131. 11. Murr (Chr. Theoph. de) Diarii litterarii. Halæ, 1797. Th. ix. p. 81. 12. Murr (Chr. Gottlieb von) Neues Journal zur litteratur und kunstges- chichte. Leipzig, 1798. Th. i. p. 147. 13. Cibot (Pierre) Digression sur le temps ou les Juifs ont passé in China, dans les “Memoires concernant l'histoire, les meurs, &c., des Chinois.” Par les Missionnaires de Pekin. Paris, 1791, tom. xv. p. 52. 14. Kæglerii (P. Ignatii) Notitie. S.S. Bibliorum Judæorum in Imperio Sinensi. Halæ, 1805. This is a reprint from the “ Neues Journal,” &c., of Murr., Th. vii., and accompanied by the treatises, 1. De Sacy ærå Judæ- orum Sinensium. 2. Chr. Theoph. de Murr., “Series chronologica reruin Judaicaruin in imperio Sinensi.” 3 Cibot, reprinted above-mentioned “Me- moires concernant, &c. 15. Traité de la Chronologie Chinoise par le P. Gaubil, et publié par De Sacy. Paris, 1814, p. 264. 16. Jewish Expositor. London, 1816, pp. 101, 135, 414. 17. Grosier, Description de la Chine. Paris, 1819, tom. iv. p. 184. 18. Calmet's Dictionary of the Bible. London, 1823. Vol. iv., p. 251. 19. Sionnet (L'Abbé) Essai sur les Jeifs de la Chine. Paris, 1837. 1845. 307 The Jews in China. We shall make no apology for quoting entire chapters from this little book, which comprises in narrow limits the most important particular known respecting the Jews in China, and in a better style than we have met with elsewhere. Discovery and intercourse. The Jesuit missionaries were but a short time settled in Peking, when one summer's day, at the beginning of the seventeenth century, a visitor called upon Father Matthew Ricci, induced to do so by an account then recently published in the metropolis, of the foreigners who worshiped a single Lord of heaven and earth, and yet were not Mohammedans. Entering the house with a smile, he announced himself as one of the same religion with its.inmates. The missionary remarking how much his features and figure differed from those among the Chinese, led him to the chapel. It was St. John Bap- tist's-day, and over the altar was a painting of the Virgin Mary with the infant Jesus, and the future Baptist on his knees before them. The stranger bowed to the picture as Ricci did, but explained, at the same time, that he was not accustomed to do so before any such representations; only he could not refrain from paying the usual homage of the country to his great ancestors. Beside the altar were pictures of the four evangelists. He inquired if these were not of the twelve ? Ricci answered in the affirmative, supposing him to mean the twelve apostles. Then returning to the first apartment, he proposed questions in turn, and an unexpected explanation en- sued. The stranger was a descendant of Israel, and during his survey of the chapel, had imagined the large picture to represent Rebekah with Jacob and Esau, and the other persons to denote four of the sons of Jacob. It was some time before this simple explanation could be elicited, on account of the misunderstanding on both sides, which impeded the use of direct interrogation. The visitor, however, knew nothing of the appellation, Jew: he styled himself an Israelite, by name Ngai, a native of Kae-fung-foo, the capital of the province, Honan, where, having prepared himself by study for a mandarin degree, he had now repaired to Peking for his examination; and led by curio- sity or a fellow-feeling for the supposed fraternity of his nation, he had thus ventured to call at the mission-house. He stated, that in his native city there were ten or twelve families of Israelites, with a fair synagogue, which they had recently restored and decorated at an expense of ten thousand crowns," and in which Decein aureorum millibus instaurarant - Trigaut 308 JULY, The Jews in China. they preserved a roll of the law, four or five hundred years old; add- ing, that in Hangchow-foo, the capital of Chekeang, there were con- siderably more families with their synagogue. He made several allusions to events and persons of Scripture history, but pronounced the names differently from the mode usual in Europe. When shown a Hebrew Bible he was unable to read it, though he at once recognised the characters. He said, that Hebrew learning was still maintained among his people, that his brother was proficient in it; and he seemed to confess that his own neglect of it, with preference for Gentile literature, had exposed him to censure from the congregation and the rabbi ;* but this gave him little concern, as his ambition aimed at the honors to be gained from Chinese learning-a disciple ra:her of Confucius than of Moses. hree years afterwards, having had no earlier opportunity, Ricci dispatched a Chinese Christian to investigate, at Kae-fung-foo, the truth of this singular discovery. All was found to be as described, and the messenger brought back with him a copy of the titles and endings of the five books of Moses. These were compared with the printed Plantinian Bible, and found to correspond exactly: the writ- ing, however, had no vowel-points. Ricci, ignorant of Hebrew, commissioned the same native convert to return with an epistle, in Chinese, addressed to the rabbi, announcing that at Peking he was possessor of all the other books of the Old Testament, as well as those of the New Testament, which contains a record of the acts of Messiah, who is already come. In reply, the rabbi asserted that Messiah is not only not come, but that he would not appear for ten thousand years. He added, that having heard of the fame of his correspondent, he would willingly transfer to him the government of the synagogue, iſ Ricci would abstain from swine's flesh, and reside with the community. Afterwards arrived three Israelites together from the same city, apparently willing to receive Christianity; one of these was son of the brother, already mentioned, of the first visitor. “They were received with kindness, and instructed in many things of which their rabbis were ignorant:" and when taught the history of Christ, they all paid to his image the same adoration as their entertainers did. Some books being given them in the Chinese language, such * None of the missionaries use this word; but in Latin they say, « Archi- synagogus, and in Frenchi, Chef de la synagogue ;' but we shall find [29son to justify the use of the more familiar terin. 1845). 309 The Jews in China. as, " A Compendium of Christian Faith," and others of the same nature, they read them, and carried them home at their return. They described their congregation as on the brink of extinction, partly from the decay of their national language, and partly because their chief had lately died at a very advanced age, leaving for his hereditary successor a son, very young, and very little versed in the peculiarities of their religion. These personages readily fell in with several opinions of the mis- sionaries. Trigaut tells us that they expressed a desire for pictures as helps to devotion, to be in their synagogue and private oratories, particularly for pictures of Jesus. They complained of the interdic- tion from slaughtering animals for themselves, which, if they had not transgressed recently upon the road, they must have perished with hunger. They were likewise ready to renounce the rite of circumcision on the eighth day, which their wives and the surround- ing heathen denounced as a barbarous and cruel practice. And they held out the expectation, that inasmuch as Christianity offers relief in such matters, it would be easily adopted among their peo- ple. Yet the author gives no account of any consequent conversions. He passes on abruptly from this subject of Jewish filth to relate the progress of Christian truth in China. It appeared, on further inquiry, that the Chinese comprise under the one designation, Hwuy-hwuy, the three religion of Israelites, Mohammedans, and the Cross-worshipers, descendants of early Sy- rian Christians, subsisting in certain provinces, but occasionally dis- tinguishing them thus:- 1. The Mohammedans, as the Hwuy abstaining from pork. 2. The Israelites, as the Hwuy who cut out the nerves and sinews from their meat; and, 3. The Cross-worshipers, who refuse to eat of animals which have an undivided hoof; which latter restriction, it was said, the Israelites there did not observe. Julius Aleni, after the death of Ricci, being a Hebrew scholar, visited Kae-fung-foo about the year 1613, but found circumstances so much changed from some cause or other, that although he entered the synagogue and admired its cleanliness, * they would not withdraw the curtains which concealed the sacred books, In Nanking Semmedo was informed by a Mohammedan, that in that city he knew of four families of Jews who had embraced the religion of the Koran, they being the last of their race there, and their instructors having failed as their numbers diminished. "If any synagoglie can be free from uncleanneas."-Semmedo. 310 JULY, The Juros in China. Indeed, the visitors from Kae-fung-foo had before assured Ricci, in Peking, that the same cause would soon reduce them to the alterna- tive of becoming heathens or Mohammedans. However, Semmedo, writing in 1642, consoled himself with the hope that whereas a Christian church had been recently erected in that city, the congregation of the synagogue would rather receive Christianity, which besides the consideration of being the truth, is most nearly allied to their own religion. The Mohammedans of Nanking he described as a motley collec- tion from various nations and æras of settlement; one of whom had surprised him by conversing about David, Abraham, Isaac, and Ja- cob, pronouncing these names very distinctly. He compared their condition to that of the Jews while in Spain, they being mostly mer- chants or physicians, only held in higher consideration than the Spanish Jews had been : inasmuch as in China the public honors are open to all aspirants. Such was the amount of intelligence received in Europe concern- ing that remote off-shoot of Israel up to the middle of the seventeeth century. Christendom was not unconcerned at the discovery; Chi- na itself was but a newly-opened mine for European research; the indistinct glimpses afforded by Marco Polo in the thirteenth century were indeed extending into broader fields of vision, by means of the obedient zeal of Romanist missionaries. But when Xavier, expir- ing within sight of China, before admission was conceded to Chris- tianity, prayed for its conversion with his latest accents, and when Valignano so frequently turned his looks from Macao towards the prohibited land, exclaiming, "O rock, rock, when wilt thou open they were not aware that within that strong solidity was to be found a relic of the peculiar nation who are everywhere witnesses of the "goodness and the severity of God." The devout rejoiced at this fresh demonstration of Scripture truth respecting the scattered yet guarded race; the philosophical mar- velled at the fact of a Mosaic people so ancient as to be ignorant of the denomination Jew, emigrants out of empires now long since extinct, into a very different phasis of civilization, but preserved with their old language and religion even to these days; and, more- over, that with su slight efforts made, these should be known to exist at four various points, containing a line of seven hundred miles, viz., from Peking to Hangchow-foo. But, perhaps, no class of men felt greater concern in the event than the laborious Biblical critics of that time. To them the finding 18-15. 311 The Jews in China. of some of that nation" to whom were committed the oracles of God,” yet supposed to be of too ancient a separation to be cognizant of either the Samaritan, Septuagint, or Masoretic texts of the Old Testament, yet still guarding their copies of the law of Moses, was a circumstance most pregnant with hopeful interest, and the more a matter of anxiety as these Israelites were represented as almost ceasing to subsist, and there was great possibility that with the fai- lure of Hebrew reading, consequent on the adoption of a novel creed, the manuscripts themselves might be suffered to perish. The subject was referred to in the Prolegomena (iii. $ 41) of Walton's Polyglott Bible, and in the Preface to Jablonski's Hebrew Bible (§ 38), and further information as to the text of the Chinese copies of the Pentateuch was ardently desired, A fuller account was afterwards received from Father Gozani, dated Kae-fung-foo, November, 1704, and published in 1707.* Dur- ing this interval of more than sixty years' residence in the same city, with the only known synagogue in China, no intercourse had takers place between the missionaries and them, beyond one visit from Ro- driguez de Figueredo, and another from Christian Enriquez, but who had shown no curiosity to inspect the Hebrew books, and made no respect on the subject to their superiors; the fact that they had made any nly learned by Gozani from the people of the synagogue. It is true that the Jesuits had found abundant occupa. tion in their direct duties, in political intrigues, and in disputes with their rivals of the monkish orders, but for these latter employ- ments the wise and the learned in Europe had but little cause to thank them. From the communication of Gozani, it appears that in 1702 he had intended to visit the Taou-kin-keaou,t i. e., “the sect who cut out the sinew," as the Israelites were expressively designated, but was deterred by some imaginary obstacles, and by the real difficulty in his ignorance of the Hebrew language, but had resumed the task two years afterwards in obedience to instructions sent from Rome. He commenced by advancing certain civilities; in return they visited him; and then he proceeded to their synagogue (Le-pae-sze). the distance being only that of a few streets, where he found them assembled. They showed him their religious books and even led him to the most sacred part of the edifice, to which only the rabbi (Chang-keaou) has right of access. With great politeness they visit was * In“ Lettres édifiantes et curieuses.''- Recueil vii. † The Chinese characters for these words are 刀​筋​教 ​ 312 JULY The Jerus in China. gave him all the explanations he requested as to their Scriptures, their history, and their religious ceremonies. On the walls he per- ceived inscriptions both in Chinese and Hebrew: these they permit- ted him to copy, and he' dispatched the copies with his letter to Rome. The whole reception testified that the unfriendliness of the last half century between the neighbors was not attributable to the Israelite community. The curiosity of Europeans being only the more excited from this narrative, as there still remained much to learn, at the instance of Souciet, who was compiling a large work upon the Bible, the mis- sionaries Gozani, Domenge, and Gaubil, were successively directed to procure additional particulars on the subject, which they did. Domenge sketched a plan of the synagogue, and Gaubil copied afresh the inscriptions upon its walls. Shortly after the last of these visits, in 1723, the missionaries were expelled from that province by the emperor Yongching. An effort was afterwards made by the celebrated Kennicott, of Oxford, to obtain collation of their Scriptures with our copies, when sir F. Pigou, being on his way to Canton, carried out for hiin a printed Hebrew Bible of Amsterdam edition ; but the only result has been a letter received in 1769, from a friend there, promising to exert himself for the purpose, and stating that the titular bishop of the province was willing to render his assistance. The learned Tychsen, upon two later occasions, in 1777 and 1779, forwarded letters to friends in Batavia, addressed to the syna-, gogue of Kae-fung-foo, but no information has been returned as to their having even reached China. In 1815, the year previous to the last embassy from England to the celestial empire, some Jews of London had dispatched a letter in Hebrew to Canton for this synagogue. It was conveyed thence by a traveling bookseller of the Honan province. He delivered it at Kae-fung-foo, to a person whom he found to understand the letter perfectly, and who promised to answer it in a few days, but the bearer taking alarm at a rumor of civil war, left the place without waiting for the reply.* The recent missionaries from England have learned nothing con- cerning this colony, only in 1816, Dr. Morrison heard of them from a Mohammedan near Peking,+ as subsisting in Kae-fung-foo under their old name of “the religion of cutting out the sinew," an ap- pellation so appropriately Jewish, that no other people than descen- * Journal of the Embassy to China By Henry Ellis. 1817. † Davis's Chinese. Volil, p. 15, 18.15. 313 The Jews in China. dants of Jacob could even assign a reason for its origin, if they were to assume the name for any purpose. Proceeding, then, from the information given by the Jesuits al- ready mentioned, the account in the following chapters of the syna- gogue, Scriptures, inscriptions, &c., must be understood only of Kae-fung-foo, and upon the statements there detailed inust be based the after-inquiry, as to whether the people are Jews or Israelites, that is, whether emigrants from the Assyrian captivity or the Roman dispersion. The Synagogue. The first report made concerning the house for divine worship of the Hebrew in Kae-fung-foo was meagre in the extreme. Aleni visited there, and the attendants for some temporary and unexpected reason, refused to draw the curtains which concealed the sacred volume. He described the building as very handsome, and carefully kept. The early missionaries, Ricci, Figueredo, and Enriquez, appear to have been absorbed in the stupendous task placed before them- that of converting unknown millions of heathen to the discipline of the Roman Church. They were, probably, men of robust mental character and untiring industry, fitted for rougher duties than the pursuits of a learned leisure; such, indeed, is the prevailing tone of their correspondence. They were unacquainted with the Hebrew language and Jewish customs, both of which their early education had trained them to despise. Gozani, being one of the same stamp, while obeying singly the urgent instructions from his general, in respect to the Jewish colony of Kae-fung-foo, he had the good sense and honesty to write down exactly what his eyes and ears witnessed ; yet with a proper degree of prudence, he himself prescribed the difference to be observed between, the narration of what he heard and what he saw. But the intelligence resulting from the visits made between 1712 and 1723, is far more circumstancial in details, which Donienge and Gaubil, being Hebrew scholars, were able to elicit by propounding suitable questions. In giving a summary of their letters, and of the prior one from Gozani, out of Brotier, it may be well until further knowledge is gained, to continue in the description his use of the present tense. The whole place of worstrip occupies a space of between three and four hundred feet in length, by about one hundred and fifty in hreadth, comprising four successive courts, advancing from the cash son the synagogue itself if the extreme jest. 10 VOL YTY VO 314 JULY The Jcros in Chimet. Half way The first court has in its centre a large noble, and beautiful arch” (Paefang), bearing a golden inscription in Chinese, dedicating the locality to the Creator and Perserver of all things. There are also some trees interspersed. * The second court is entered from the first, by a large gate with two side doors, and two wickets beside them. Its walls are flanked to the north and south by dwellings for the keepers of the edifice. The third court has the same kinds of entrance from the second as that has from the first. In its centre stands an arch like that in the first court. Upon the walls, between trees, are marble tablets (Pae-wăn), with inscriptions in Chinese. Part of this court is flank- ed by commemorative chapels : that on the south,t in memory of an Israelite mandarin named Chao, the judge of a city of the second degree, who formerly rebuilt the synagogue after its destruction by fire, that on the north, in momery of him who erected all the present edifice. There are also some reception rooins for guests. The fourth court is parted in two by a rows of trees. along this line stands a great brazen vase för incense, at the side of which are placed two figures of lions, upon marble pedestals; and at the westward sides of these lions are two large brazen vases, con taining flowers. Adjoining the northern wall is a recess, in which the nerves and sinews are extracted from animals slain for food. The second division of this court is an empty space, with a < hall of ancestors" (Tsoo-tang) at each of its sides to the north and scuth, In these they venerate, at the vernal and autumnal equinoxes, the worthies of the Old Testament history, after the Chinese manner, but having merely the name of the person upon each tablet, without his picture. The only furniture these contain are a great number of censers; the largest one in honor of Abraham, and the rest, of Issaac, Jacob, the twelve sons of Jacob, Moses, Aaron, Joshua, Ezra, and others, both male and female. In the open space between these chapels, they erect their annual booths of boughs and flowers, at the Feast of Tebernacles, Then occurs the synagogue itself, a building of about sixty feet by forty, covered by a fourfold and handsome roof, having a portico irith a double row of four coluinns, and a balustrade before it. Within this editice, the roofs (as usual in Chinese doinestic archi- 6 Probably stinted to a dwarf size, by an art in which the Chinese lake great delight. + At the door of this chapel, or cell, is a figure of some aniina), npon : pedestal, hut what animal it was intended to represent, cxceeded the ability of Day!! to ?l!. 124.1. 315 The Jews in China: lecture) are sustained by rows of pillars besides the walls. In the centre of all is "the throne of Moses, a magnificent and elevated chair, with an embroidered cushion, upon which they place the book of the law while it is read. Over this a dome is suspended; and near it is the Wăn-suy-pae, or tablet, with the emperor's name in go den characters, enclosed within a double line of scrollwork. This, however, is surmounted by the inscription, in Hebrew letters of yold :- HEAR, O ISRAEL : THE LORD OUR GOD IS ONE LORD. BLESSED BE THE NAME OF THE GLORY OF JIS KINGDOM FOR EVER AND EVER. After this, a triple arch bears the following inscription, likewise in Hebrew : BLESSED BE THE LORD FOR EVER. THE LORD IS GOD OF GODS, AND THE LORD : A GREAT GOD, STRONG AND TERRIBLE. I Then a large table, upon which are placed six candelabra in one line, with a great vase for incense, having handles, and a tripod- standing, half-way along the line. These candelabra are in three different forms, aná bear three different kinds of lights. Those nearest the vase bear torches, the next on each side have candels, and those at the extremities, ornamental lanterns. Near this table is a laver for washing hands. Lastly, the Beth-el, or Teën-tang (house of heaven), square in outward shape, but rounded within. Into this none but the rabbi may enter during the time of prayer. Here, upon separate tables, stand twelve rolls of the law, corresponding to the tribes of Israel, besides one in the centre in honor of Moses, each enclosed in a tent of silken curtains. On the extreme western wall are the tables of the Ten Commandments, in golden letters of Hebrew. Beside each of these tables is a closet containing manuscript books, and in front of each closet, a table, bearing a vase and two candelabra. The congregation when assembled for devotion are separated from the Beth-el by a balustrade, some standing in recesses along the walls. Against a column is suspended a calendar for the read ing of the law. Was the Moses' saat in. Mail xxiii % merely a figuraliva leim - Ser Appendix A Ser Appirndis B. 316 JULE The Jews in China. Such is the edifice in which the children of Israel at Kac-fung-loo worshiped God within the last century. Gozani affirms it to be the only synagogue remaining in the empire. If this be true, that wf Ilangchow foo, mentioned by the first visitor to Ricci, must have shared the fate of that in Nanking, as related to Semmedo. Some writers have regarded this as rather a temple than a syna- gogue, but without sufficient reason, for the special characteristics of a temple are dicidedly wanting. In China, as elsewhere, it may be truly asserted in the Hebrew Liturgy, that the worshipers have neither altar nor offering.* The homage paid to ancestors may partake somewhat of a sacrificial nature, but it is carefully dissever. ed from even local association with the adoration paid to Almighty God. The candelabra, the laver, the solitude of the rabbi in the Beth-el, and bis use of incense there, as well as in the courts, toge- ther with the courts themselves, these suggest clear reminiscences of the Jerusalem Temple, but they do not prove that in China there has ever existed a rival temple to that of "the city which the Lord did choose, to put his name there," as was erected by Onias and his colony in Egypt,t or by the Samaritans at Gerizim. It does not resemble the great synagogues of Amsterdam, Leg- horn, or those of the Gallician province in Poland, on which con- siderable wealth has been lavished; still less does it copy the modes- ty of the primitive synagogues, in which the people assembled to hear the law and haphtorah, to recite the "eighteen blessings," or to join in some very simple form of supplication ; but the very dis- similarity attests the high antiquity of this community's seclusion. Among their religious forms and customs, may be enumerated the putting off of shoes on entering the house of prayer, and wearing a blue head-dress while there (a circumstance by which the heathen distinguish them from the Mohammedans, who wear white). In reading the law, the minister covers his face with a transparent veil of gauze, in imitation of Moses, who brought the law to the people with his face covered, and wears a red silk scarf depending from the right shoulder and tied under the left arm. By his side stands a monitor to correct his reading, if necessary, who is likewise attended * " Lord of the universe, while the temple remained, if a man sinned he brought an offering and made avoneinent for himself; but now, because of our iniquites, we have neither sanctuary nor offering, nor priest to atone for us, there is nothing left us but the commemoration of them. O may that be our expiation, and we will render the prayers of our lips instead of our offer. inge."--Morning Service. Josephus Ant., xii. :3, and Wars, ... 10. 10.15 317 The Jrius in Chinit by a monitor. The prayers are chanted, but willout musical instru- ments. The congregation wear no talith or garment of fringes dur- ing the service. They observe circumcision, passover, tabernacles, the rejoicing of the law, and, perhaps, the Day of Atonement, for it is said that on one day of the year they fast and weep together in the synagogue. They keep the Sabbath quite as strictly as do the Jews in Europe. They make no proselytes, and never marry with Gentiles. They use their sacred books in casting lots, and their literary men pay the same homage to the memory of Kung-foo-sze (Confucius) as their neighbors do. They never pronounce the ineffable name of God, but say Etunoi (Adonai), and in writing Chinese they render that name by Teën (heaven), just as the Chinese do, instead of Shang-te (Lord above), or any other ancient appellation of the deity.* They have no fornulary of belief, but hold to the unity of God, and to the doctrines of heaven, hell, a sort of purgatory, the resur- rection of the dead, the day of judgment, and the hierarchies of angels. Of the Lord Jesus Christ they had never heard, only of one Jesus a son of Sirach. They expect Messiah, and frequently repeat the words of dying Jacob, “I have waited for thy salvation, O Lord.”+ To the question, what they understood by salvation, they made no reply. When shown a crucifix in the mission-church they regarded it with no symptoms of displeasure, from which Brotier concludes that they knew nothing of the Talmudic prejudice against “the Cru- cified,” but it would seem that if they have no canonical Talmud with its Agadoth, they have some idiculous legends of old tradition. “They related to me," says Gozani, "such foolish tales" (mingled with even the law of Moses), “that I could scarcely refrain from laughing.” And in another place, “ They spoke to me about heaven and hell in very senseless manner." Their alienation from idolatry is particularly striking, after so long an exposure to the superstitions of the country, guided as these Gozani and others referred to this substitution, in the controversy as to whether the Chinese adore the material heaven or the person who is its Crea- tor. The Jesuits contended that if Jews could conscientiously employ the word heaven to denote God, that sufficiently indicates the sense in which the Gentiles understand the term. They also appealed to Luke xv. 18, and 2 Macc. vii. 1), on the same side, as well as to the common use of the word heaven in the Talmud. It is curious to have Israelites called in to decide a point between the contrary decisions of Popes Innocent X., and Alexander VII. At length it become usual for the missionaries to adopt the designation Teën Choo (heaven's Lord). 1 Gen. xlix. 18. 318 JULY, Thi jries in (hinirl. ile boy imperial influence. They refuse to take an oath in an idol temple; and the conspicuous inscriptions upon the walls and arches proclain their steadfastness in this matter, even upon that delicate. point of the emperor's name, which in the synagogue they have surmounted by the most significant of possible warnings against confounding any reverence whatever with that due to the " blessed and only Potentate.': Nor must we omit to remark their interesting practice of praying westwards, towards Jerusalem. Many large bodies of Christians pray eastwards, from a feeling in favor of mere Orientation; but when we find European Jews praying eastwards, and their brethren in China turning to the west, both towards one intermediate locality, that one must be the station which an ancient psalmist considered “above his chief joy." "If I forget thee, O Jerusalem, let my right hand be forgetful." And it must have been westward chat Daniel turned when " his windows being open in his chamber toward Jeru- salem, he kneeled upon his knees three time a-day, and prayed and gave thanks before his God, as he did aforetime,”¥ for he remem- bered the prophetic prayer of Solomon, “ If they shall bethink them- selves in the land whither they were carried captives, and repent, and make supplication unto thee unto thee toward their land which thou gavest unto their fathers, the city which thou hast chosen, and the house, which I have built for thy name : then hear thou their prayer and their supplication in heaven thy dwelling-place, and maintain their cause."Í Scripture and literature. The writings of a people are in most cases interesting, as being the expression of that people's intelligence and sentiment--the pro- duct of their previous mental formation : but the Hebrew standard writings are the original mould in which the feelings and thoughts of its subjects are cast. And the sense of divine authority to which the mind is by them subdued, tends in like manner to guard their own integrity. The sacred law is preserved in order to be obeyed, and the obedience thus rendered ensures its perpetual correctness. The Lord of the new covenant has declared, that “till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one title shall in nowise pass from the law till all be fulfilled;"|| and the Hebrew scribes have been every- where and always careful that not one jod, or any one small indica- tion of the sense of a word should be lost or changed. PS. CXSxvij. Kings vsil 18, 49 # Mait y. 18. and pray . | Dan 10 I'Vir eins vil flusiri 319 Aware of tins iudexibility, both ile friends in impregners ui divine revelation were desirolis in ascertain to what extent the sepa- rated Israelites in China possessed a text of the Bible conformable to ours; and the discoveries made Lliere have served to establish the previous hopes of all who founded their cxpectations for eternity upon the word of God. As we have already seen, the synagoguc of Käe-lung-foo possesses thirteen copies of the law, kept within coverings of silk. These are denominated the Taking, or temple scripture. The rolls ineasure about two feet in length, and are rather more than one foot ind diameter, Besides these, there is in the Beth-el a large nunber of nearly square books (not rolls), of about seven inches by fuür'or five, some new, other very old; but all much neglected, and lying in corfu- sion. The people classified them noininally, as follows: 1. Tá-king, in fifty-three books; cach containing one section of the law, for the Sabbath-days. 2. Tsin-soo, or supplementary books; called, also, Ila-fvo-ta-la, or IIaphtorah. These are portions of Joshua, Judges, Samuel Kings, and the Prophets, liistorical books, viz. :-Esther, Ezra, Nehemiah, Chronicles (four or five of the first chapters), and the two first books of Mac. cabees, called Mattathi, the latter whole, but not in good condition 4. Keany-chang, or the Expositors. These are much defaced, and have lost their litles. The brief leisure of the missionaries did not allow oí a close examination into these books, their attention having been especially directed to the law of Moses. 5. Le-pae, the ritual or cerernonial books, about fifiy in number, and slightly differing in shape from the rest. One of these bears of its cover the title, “The Perpetual Afternoon-Service." Such is the best account that can be made out of the varied lists given us, of the books in that synagogue; all of which, however, can be shaped into the above form, by allowing the easy supposition that the missionaries were unfamiliar with the Jewish Haphtorah and Ritual; had they not been so, they would not have founded upon these portion-books so melancholy a narrative of the de- ficiency of Scripture in Kac-fung-foo, nor would the Europeans * have followed oue after another in the same track, retailing exactly bow much each book of the prophets was mutilated; when, in fact, Brotier, Cirosier. (alment, and Kryler. the lastcra halter mathematiciar van Afrhraist The Jetes in ('hina. JULY, these spall books were never intended to atford the whole ví each prophecy, nor even the selections from each, in a regular sequence. The portions are chosen as harmonizing in sentiment or doctrine with the section of the law for the particular week : and while the people exhibited these as their books of the synagogue, it is not im- possible that they had elsewhere the complete rolls of the prophets. Upon this view it becoines clear why Gaubil could not find Isaiah vii. 14, when they, having asked him to read them some Hebrew, lic wished to fix their attention on that passage: he would have been equally unsuccessful in seeking for the chapter liii. It is said that the books of Job, Proverbs and song of Solomon, Ecclesiastes, Ruth, and Lamentations, are missing. The four last would have been found, if sought for at the end of Esther; which, together with the two first, and the list given us as the historical books, exactly make up the class usually called the Kethubin, or writings. In this class ought to be found the psalms; but the name of David is placed along with Samuel and Kings : however, as these book: were not at all inspected, it is reasonable to conclude that only the history of David was meant, and that the Tehillim, or psalıns are in their proper place. It is also said, that the book of Ezekiel is entirely lost. If so, we cannot identify the Tsin-soo, or, Ha-foo-ta-la, with Haphtorah, in which there are several portions from Ezekiel; but on Gozani's first visit, the people in the synagogue related to him the vision of the resurrection of dry bones in the valley, which very subject is in the Sephardim Haphtorah.* It may therefore be doubted that the recor- ded visions and denunciations of the son of Buzi, are lost in China. This portion is either in their Haphtorah or in a volume of Ezekiel; and although from the calamities to which the synagogue has at va- rious times been exposed, some of their books may be lost, and others neglected, the Jews in Kae-fung-foo certainly possess in full their law, their Haphtorah, and ritual. Some idea may be formed of the jealousy with which their Scrip- tures are kept, from the resistance made to all the entreaties and tempting offers made for obtaining a transcript from any of them, or for permitting the visitors to copy for themselves. In Gozani's first letter, it was stated, that "all these books are preserved with great- ar care than gold or silver." And it was afterwards learned that they It is not in that of the German and l'olish Jews 18.1.) 3:21 The Icres in China. have a rule among them, “never to show their Scriptures to the black people"'* During eight months' residence there, all the ef- forts of Domenge were fruitless to procure leave to copy the books of Maccabees, as an appendix to his Hebrew Bible. One Ngai- ven, promised for a certain um to get for him a volume of the. Tsin-soo, but his attempt to extract it from the Beth-el being detect- ed, he was made to replace it, and was rebuked with the proverl), “He who sells his Scripture sells his God.” Another, named Kao- ting, having made a similar promise, demanded openly of the rabbi the beautifully-written manuscript of the law, which he had inherit- ed fronı his late uncle, and had deposited in the synagogue: he too was rebuked, and retired with shame. In explanation of these anecdotes it is to be observed, that books of Hebrew writing are scarcely ever kept in private dwellings; and it is said, that when a rich man presents a copy of the law to the synagogue, the merit of the gift is rated so high, as to supersede all necessity for public devotion during the remainder of his life: he seldom again attends divine worship. Information was received that a manuscript of the law of Moses existed in a cretain temple at Peking, where the government had secured copies of the sacred books used by all religions in the empire. The Jesuits, therefore, procured a license to search for this treasure, but nothing of the kind was found, only some ancient writing, in Syriac. They suspected that the keeper of the temple had been induced to conceal the real object of their investigation, while exhibiting that which in some degree resembled it. Attempts were afterwards made to institute a fresh scrutiny of that library, but in vain. A Christian Tartar, to whom the missionaries showeil their Hebrew Bible, declared that in that temple at Peking, he had seen books in the same character of writing, of whose contents or antiquity he knew nothing, only that one of them was called Torah. This term was understood to denote all who eat swine's flesh; but in later times we know that “ black-heads" is a familiar appellation throughout the country for the native Chinese. + Tlie Second Book of Macabees has not been known to exist in Hebrew among any other people. It has been commonly regarded as a Greek com: pendium of a Greek history, written by one Jason, of Cyrene. The first book was seen in its original Chaldaic Hebrew, by St. Jerome', under the title of “ The Sceptre of the Prirce of the sons of God;" but no such a text has been mentioned from that time until, as above, in the cigli: lernth century. That these are found in China, is in some degree confirmed by the nuution likewise made to Gozani, of Judith, and of Jesus the son of Sirach, wluel Boks were formerly extant in (aldre VOL XIV. NO. he dini : (hinnat Jins: At length Gaubil concluded a bargain for a transcript of the law. but before it could be completed, the missionaries were expelled from the province. From the direct statements, and from unintentional glimpses con- tained in the missionary correspondence, several of the first oriental scholars in Europe have framed dissertations upon the antiquity and consequent value of the manuscripts in Kae-fung-foo. It is known from ancient inscriptions upon the walls of the syna- gogue, that in 1462 their loss of books by an inundation of the Hwangho, was supplied from Ningpo and Ningkea : that being again deprived of books by a fire at the close of the sixteenth century, a roll of the law was purchased from a Mohammedan at Ning-keang- chow, in Shen-se, who had received it by legacy from a dying Israe- lite at Carton, recommended as a relic of great antiquity. Possess- ing tiis, they made from it several copies. It is also known, that in 1642, the synagogue again suffered from an inundation, which destroyed or carried off twenty-six volumes of different kinds, notwithstanding great efforts for their recovery. Now there is one manuscript kept apart from the rest, in this synagogue, held is peculiar veneration, and named in honor of Moses. It was so honored in 1704, while it bore serious narks of injury caused by the water, the writing in several places being almost effaced. It has been supposed, with much apparent reason, that this is identical with the Cantou manuscript procured from the Mohammedan after the couflagration, and with that which the visitor to Ricci, about 1604, described as being four or five hundred years old. This, therefore, constitutes a very prominent object of regard in connexion with the Chinese Jews. The earlier Ning-po manu- script must have perished in the flames. But in the closets there may also be books of considerable anti- quity, as it does not appear that all were lost in 1642. One small page has particularly arrested the attention of the curions. At the end of the section-book Bereshith, there is a list of rabbis, with a date, which De Sacy las shown, by a careful computation,* to cor- respond with 4. 15. 10:20, i. e., twenty-two years before the last mandation; although he considers it very probable that this leaf may not now be in its original place, but be a fragment of some lost manuscript, since it is known that after this calamity, a great pum- ber of loose leaves and detached parts of books were bound into one thick volume. Sre' lppendix C. 134.5. 323 The Jenis in China This record is in Hebrew, mixed with several Persian words in Hebrew character. The learned Olave Gerhard Tychsen interprets it as follows, in a letter to C. T. Murr,* A. D. 1799:- “In the city anciently (called) Pin-lignan,t the divine city, by divine help. The law of fifty-three sections, ordained for Israel, the word of God, the faithful King. I “This beginning of the law was written in the year 1933, in the month Ab, on the first day of the week, and twelfth day of the month. “ The law was completed in the year 1937, in the month Tyar, on the fourth day of the weak, on the twelfth day of the month. “Our master, our rabbi, R. Jacob, son of Abishai, the son of R. Eldad the scribe, and melammed (teacher), finished this. “R. Shadai, son of R. Jacob, revised it. “R. Mordecai, son of Simeon Besprisht, and R. Akiba, son of Aaron the son of Ezra, subscribed it. "The youth (student) Simhhah, son of Joshua the son of Joseph the exalted, gave it || as a free-will offering. ‘R. Jacob, son of Reuben the son of Buzi. “ Mordecai, son of Benjamin the son of Buzi. “ Blessed shalt thou be when thou coinest in, and blessed shalt thou be when thou goest out. And he was very rich in cattle (and) in silver. “I have waited for thy salvations, O Lord." The commencement of this document does seem to assert that it belonged to a roll of the whole law, rather than to one section only. Thus much for the external description and history of these manu- scripts. The internal examination is, at least, a subject of equal importance. It was from the first ascertained that the books of the law of Mo;- ses were named, as with us, from the opening words in each book, as Bereshith, Shemoth, &c. Ricci's convert and Gozani had learn- * Diarii litterarii 11., 304. See Appendix D) * Or, according to De Sacy, “ In the city anciently cailed) Pien-leang, the divine city, by divine help, the law of fifty-three sections, contains, O Israel, true words,” &c. + Tychsen believes this word 72 to represent a Talmudic phrase (Sanhed III., i. 1), “ faithful king;' and thence concludes (inde palàın fit) that in China the jews are not Karaites but Taimudists. || By the rendering of 'Tychsen the gift was from R. Akiba, but the words as we have them do not sanction this meaning. § Deut. xxviii. 6. ! Genesis xiii. 2. The name Abraham is omitted, as also the words, "and in gold.” The allusion is to some living person, and certainly the metal, gold, is very scarce in China Gene: 1 xlix (... 324 Jussi The Jews in (hinnt. ed thus much, although unacquainted with IIebrew. Also, the law was read in fifty-three instead of fifty-four sections. The latter fact was remarked afterwards by Domenge, who found in the week of tabernacles that they read the section Wa-yelek, having thus united the Masoretic fifty-second and fifty-third into one. The people showed no desire to collate their Scriptures with the European text, only in one instance. Gazani with his Latin Bible, and the rabbi with his Bereshith, (“ for so they call the book of Genesis"), compared the names and ages of persons in the gen- calogy from Adam to Noah. In these they found a perfect accord- ance, particularly he observed that they agreed in Gen. xi. 12, where the name Cainan is introduced by the Septuagint, and in Luke jii. 36; but is omitted in our Hebrew, and consequently in the Vulgate. They also compared, with the same result, several other names and ages in other books of the law. Domenge having been instructed from Rome to collate the IIc- brew of the following passages in the law, Gen. ii. 17; iii. 17; vii. 11; viii. 4, 7; the whole of chap. xi; xiii. 3 ; xviji. 22; xxiii. 2 ; xxiv. 2; xsxiii. 4; and the whole of chapters xlvii., xlviii., and xlix.; in all of these he found the most entire correspondence. However, in Deut. xxxii. 25, instead of "destroy," their text has “ devour,' the letter being changed for . It might be wished that Deut. xi. 29, and xxvii. 12, 13, had been examined with reference to the Samaritan text. These Israelites were pleased with the interpretation given by Gaubil to the Lord's ineffable name, as implying a past, present, and future existence, and said that they had always preceived in it that signification.* When asked for the meaning they attached to the word? Shiloh, they remained silent for a time, but as soon as the visitor began to explain the sense attributed to it in the Christian Church, a youth who was present very deferentially requested leave to speak. Ile stated, that he recollected one of his great-uncles having formerly taught him that the word Shiloh contained a sacred mystery; writ- ten in this manner, the letters corresponding to the words. on = Great. 7= One. 3= Descending = Man Sippendix E 7hi Jeros in China 325 'This he remembered, but lie knew no more on the subject. Gaubil was delighted with this information, as it seemed to corro- borate a curious discovery he had made shortly previous. Being at Ilankeow, he learned that the missionary there, Father Couteux, had under instruction a Chinese learned in antique modes of writ- ing, and feeling persuaded that the word Shiloh was a word of mys- terious or sacramental import among ancient nations, he showed to the catechumen (who was totally ignorant of Hebrew), that word in the perpendicular manner of Chinese writing, adopting the phonetic system required for foreign names, i. e., a sound or word for a letter, and the explication given was this :- W= Most Iligh. 7= Lord. 3= One. = Man. The partial coincidence is certainly striking, and iſ not the coin- age of oriental reverie in later times (for Cabalistic Jews are accus- tomed to revel in such modes of deduction), are somewhat confirma- tory of the speculations which have deduced the Chinese population from an Egyptian original, and in so far tending to retrace the two traditions to a common origin in Egypt, where Abraham resided with a reputation of divine inspiration after the promise of the world's redemption had been given him. With regard to writing and reading among the Jews in Kne-funga foo, it is stated that they are generally ignorant of the IIebrew lan- guage, although from the effect of constant repetition they read off the law with much fluency. For this ignorance they accounted by alleg- ing a total loss of books on grammar (Too-king-pwan), and the cos- sation for two centuries of all arrivals of brethren from the west (Sc- yih). I'rom probably the same causes they have learned to read llebrew with Chinese pronunciation; thus though their written alphabei is precisely the same as with us, the consonants B, D, G, and R, are pronounced P, T, or Z, K, and L, and for the termination, 157, to a word they give a nasal sound, as (in Gen. i. 2), 1721 1797, they read Theohung-vo-prohung. One of them writing his name, 17an, pronounced it Manthi-iohung * The names of the five books of Moses they pronounced Pe-lesh-itze, Slic. meot-ze, Va-yi-ke-lo, Pe-me-ze-paul, and Te-ve-liim. The Prophets' names they read froin the Bible of the inissionaries, 1-se-ha-ha, le-le-me-n-loung, Ju on-2 ha, Micah Na-hoo-am, Ilie pa.rooke Se pla ne o la Ilo koe, anel 326 Vir 7 the India in (hinnat Thry se cu anxious to hear their visitors read with Europeana pronunciation Although they admired the neatness of the printing, paper, and binding of the llebrew Bible, they expressed no coretousness in that matter. Their rolls of the law have no vowel points. When asked the reason of this, they replied, that the Lord uttered the words in too rapid a manner for Moses to insert them, but that they were after- wards supplied by the learned men in the west. The Tå-king sections of the law are written in larger character than the rolls, and have vowel-points, stops, and accents, all of which are comprised under the general name Siman or marks. The accents "äre about the same name as with us, only they write Athnahh, >; Merca,'; and Zakeph-gadol, t. The subject of Keri and Kethib was quite new to them, and they knew of no alteration by the Scribes” in Gen. xviii. 22. The small or large letters occasionally met among words of Scrip- ture they retain with scrupulous exactness, as in all other Hebrew texts, long after the reason of the variations hits ceased to be under- stood. Thus in Gen. ii. 4, the 7 of 821 is diminished, and in xxiii. 2, where the > in 5237 did not appear small, the rabbi declared that it was and ought to be so. Also in xxxiii. 4, as in our printing, the word 771pwa has the six dots above it, with the first larger than the others. The short line called Rapheh is employed in the rolls of the law above the 192733 letters, when these have no Dagesh. With respect to the Pethuhhah and Sethumah, for either 93 ani and O, they leave no spaces, but insert in the margin either *s, or *d, or *da, yet very frequently the minor division is not, regarded at all, as in the benediction of Jacob (Gen. xlix.), and these signs seldom occur in the same places as with us. Thus is the first section of the law they have only four divisions marked, viz., at the end of chap. i. 9; at the end of verse 20; at the end of chap. ii. 20; and of ii. 13. The song of Moses in Deut. xxxii. is written in double columns. In the rolls of the law the sections are not always separated. Thus after “Noah," all the remainder of Genesis is marked 373, but the smallest subdivisions (Pesukim) are carefully observed, and Se-ca-le-o. The Chronicles, Ti-ve-lé h:2-ya-mim; Esther, Is-se-tha; and Mordecai, Mol-tho-gai. Thus the vowels are, for Kholem, ue or eo; for Kids yhets, ; tor Pathalih, broad ae : and i, as in French. Over these three and around the left side there is drawne lipit si line. ilerle the type m illi office cannot represent Tidl. Chi Pop DO0; or The lives in (hinnat 327 are almitorm with ours. Eacis book of the section has the sun oli these Pesukim given at its close : thus at the end of Bereshith is written 9ap (146), and at the end of Noah is written a nap (143). These books have their titles on the first page within a square of blue, green, or white * lines, as thus, G72872), but the name is not repeated over each page, and the pages are not nunbered with the letters of the alphabet, but with the full words, one, two, three, &c. The page contains about ten lines. It is observed, that these manuscripts, both rolls and books, are not of parchment but of several folds of the thin Chinese paper pasted into oue consistence,t and the Hebrews never employ Chi.. nese pencils or ink for sacred purposes, but they split bamboo inti pens, and like the European Jews make annually at the feast of 'T- bernacles sufficient ink for the ensuing year. It is stated, that they have written no books about themselves buu one, which they keep and exhibit to the Gentiles whenever their religion is called in question. This chapter may conclude with an explanation of the calendar of the ritual mentioned in chapter ii. As it stands, being but ill- arranged, we find that there are five terms called Mineah, one cor- responding to each of the books of Moses. This is shown by trac- ing a line from the word Genesis to the Mineah, &, from the word Exodus to the Mineah, ., and so of the rest. The first, therefore, is read during the twelve sections of the law in Genesis; the second during the eleven in Exodus; the third during the ten in Leviticus, &c. But the word Alincah can be nothing else than Minhhah, i. e., the afternoon service; changing one guttural letter for another, which we are warranted to do by the inscription upon the title-pago of one of the Le-pac books, which, though it has been copied incor- rectly in another of its letters, is correct in this guttural, the title being 794 799. Thus the afternoon-service, which in Euro- pean liturgies is uniform throughout the year, is varied in China ac- cording to the book of the law which is read.|| Chinese paper is not white. | Those who delight to trace the Chinese to the Egyptians, may find that 1.liis niethod was used by the latter people in preparing papyrus. See Wilkin- son's " Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians.'' iii. 148. # See Appendix F. li Is it possible that in this synagogue there is no service for the morning Dveyond reading the section of the law on the Sabbath? and 110 evening service wlite vrs? Thic Le-puc books are not said to bear any title buildinħhah, and his calendar hus 110 uch lerus di Shahhaith or drabith. No other calcıda. is known 828 .کیا اني The res ni lhvia. Bli sestries the Wishlarla there are the terms lored Vrumah and Ninphtar Minhhak. When Domenge inquired the signification of liese lie was wable to seize the meaning of the reply, owing to their Chinese pronunciation of llebrew words, only he understood i hill the Ncumah was a book in twelve parts, one of which was 10 be read on the first days of each short month (i. e., a month of twenty-nine days), or second days of each long month (thirty days), and that Muphtar is thc title of a book appointed to be read on the filieenth days of each short month, or sixteenth days of each long month. llence, De Sacy believes that as Mocd is the llebrew for “ſesti- val," and Nrumah is the Persian fur « new noon," that they have thus a variable form for celebrating the new moons, whereas in Ell- ropic that celebration is always the same. Oluphtar Minhhah is read at seasons of full moon; the latter of the two words determines the time to be afternoon, and the former signifies, " dismissal."* This, too, is varied according to the alternate months; but for the full moon the Jews of Europe have no appointed prayer or thanks- giving, only they have a custoin “ to bless the brightness," as they This they do from a notion that the continual provi- rience of God is more discernible in the rotation of the moon's changes than in the sameness of tlic sun's appearance. Whether the long and short months of the Chinese-Ilebrew calen: dar correspoud with those in these western parts we are not informi mrl, but in the latter we have the new moons not only observed on ile first days but also on the day which closes the preceding month; thus in one sense resembling the calendar in Kae-ſung-foo, which allows a diversity of day according to the character of the mouth. One more observation. Domenge describes the third of October, 17:2:2, as being the twenty-third of the seventh month, according tro the synagogue, and the octave of the “ ſeast of tabernacle," the next day being the feast of "rejoicing for the law," when tliey carried the thirteen rolls of the law in a procession round the Belli-cl, but liere must be an error here. The law commands that thic “ feast of Hibernacles” shall be kept upon the liſteenth day of the seventh month, its octave would thus occur on the twenty-second, and the *xpress it. In literal signification the term applies very wroll to tie Itaplotorale per +0.21.6, but with this idea the above chacription by s.) meantii periods 1:11 11 vit ho inmembered llont Domingo hondarat dillioulty in couperlindur lepinboloa !119:10Doch, therefore he mit hare nitahell 1845. 329 The Joies in China, “rejoicing for the law" upon the twenty-third. Either, therefore, he reckoned erroneously in the Christian calendar or in that of the synagogue, through a confusion in the long and short months. Inscriptions, history, &c. It is remarkable how entirely all Chinese books have contrived to oinit the existence of the people under our consideration. The terms used by the latter for their exclusive designation, as Kero-Keaou, the ancient religion; Y-se-lo-gel keaou, Israel's religion ; Trou-kin- keaou, the religion of cutting out the nerves or sinews. These are not found in their dictionaries; and the gengraphical work in forty books upon Kae-fung-foo and its district, published in 1694, des- cribes every edifice in the city, with characterestic minuteness, except the synagogue, and avery public inscription except those on the walls of that synagogue.* Yet these are the best records of its history known to survive the frequent devastations to which the community has been exposed. The fortunes of the city have been greatly diversified. Before the Christian æra it was the capital of a petty kingdom named Wei. Under the Tsin and Han dynasties it was annexed to other districts. Its present appellation was bestowed in the middle of our third cen- tury; afterwards replaced by that of Peën-chow, but again resumed. Under the Woo-tae it was named Leang-chow; under the Kın, called Nang-kin; by the Mongol Tartars, named Peën-lang; and finally under the Ming, it recovered the ancient denomination of Kae-fung- foot Its greatest prosperity was in the twelfth century, when, accord- ing to the 16th book of the Kac-fung-foo-ché, the city was six lea- gues in circuit, approached by five roads bordered by Willows and aspen-trees; one of these roads being reserved for persons of distinc- tion, two for foot passengers, and two for carts of burden, &c. Its palaces, gardens, and government-houses are pourtrayed with great imation. This city has nevertheless suffered from inundation fifteen times; from general fires, six times; and has sustained eleven sieges. It was in 1. D. 1163 that the Israelites obtained leave from the emperor Heaou-tsung, to erect there a synagogue. In 1446 an inundation of the Hwang-ho (yellow river) destroyed * Memoires concernant les Chinois, par les Missionnaires de Pekin. Paris, 1791, tom. xv. p. 52. Also Deguignes' “ Histoire Generale," i. 26, and Gu:zlaff's “ Three Voyages," p. 287. + Th. Murr., from the “ Allas Sinensis" of Martini, pp. 50, 60. VOL. XIV. NO. VII. 330 JULY, The Icus in Chinat. the synagogue which had stood for nearly tliree hundred years, and many of their books perished. In the beginning of the seventeenth century, under Wanleih, the synagogue was consumed by fire, and all its books were burned. And in 1642, in order to terminate the horrors produced by the siege of a rebel army, when human flesh was openly sold in the markets, and the garrison were served with rations of the same; the inperialist commander opened the dykes of the river for the purpose of overwhelming at once both the enemy and the city. From this act the invaders suffered least, but in the city 100,000 persons perished. It need harılly be added, that the synagogue shared the coinmün faie. These facts, and the traditions concerning the more remote his. tory of the Hebrews, are chiefly gathered from the following four inscriptions in Chinese upon the marble tablets of the synagogue. 1. (Erected by King-chong, a learned Israelite, A. D. 1444.) "The author of the law of Israel was Abraham, the nineteenth from Adam.t. This holy man lived 146 years after the beginning of the Chow I (dynasty). His law was transmitted to Moses, who received his book on Mount Sina, when he had fasted forty days and forty nights. He was always nigh unto heaven (God). In that book are fifty-three sections; its doctrine is nearly the same with that of the Chinese sages [here he pro- duces traditions from each, which have great similarity), prescribing nearly the same rites for the worship of heaven (God), for ceremonials, fasting, prayer, and honoring the dead. Moreover, in the (Chinese) book Yi-king, are found vestiges of observing the Sabbath. Moses lived 613 years after the beginning of the Chow (dynasty). [Then in a reference to Ezra] he by exceeding diligence reëstablished and reformed the people.” Apended to the above is a statement, that the synagogue was destroyed in the eleventh year of Ying-tsung (A. D. 1446,) and most of the books spoiled by water, but that fresh books were supplied by Israelites from Ning-po and Ning-hea, one of whom named Yu, from Ningpo, brought in 1462 a complete copy of the law, by which they corrected what they had remaining. And that in the second year of Hung-che (A. D. 1490), the synagogue was rebuilt at the expense of Yeu-too-la. * Some say 200,000, but others 300,000. + This was their constant assertion. It is to be accounted for by the omis- sion of Cainan from the genealogy. (See the preceding chapter.) † Not the Chow empire of all China, but their earlier domination in the kingdoms now provinces. ſ Qu. Ventura? 1845. 331 The Jews in China. II. (Erected by Tsu-tang, Treasurer of the province of Sze-chuen, in the fifteenth year of Hung-che.) “The law of Israel. Adam the first man was from Teën-chu* in the west. The Israelites have a law and tradition. The law is contained in five books, or fifty-three sections. [Then follows a commendation of the law.] The Israelites worship heaven as we do: the author of their law was Abraham their father: Moses their legislator gave them his law. In the time of Han they settled in this country. In the year 20 of the lxvth cycle (A. D. 1163), they brought a tribute of Indian cloth to the emperor Heaou- tsung. Being well received they remained in Kae-fung-foo, which was then called Peën-lang. Then they were seventy Tsungt (i. e., surnames or clans). They built a synagogue, and in it laid up sacred books, which con- cern not only themselves but all men, kings and subjects, parents and chil- dren, the old and the young. Whosoever studies therein will perceive that their law differs but little from ours. Their summary is, to worship heaven, to honor parents, and to give due veneration to the dead. This people excelling in agriculture, in merchandise, in magistracies, and in warfare, are highly esteemed for integrity, fidelity, and strict observance of their religion. Their law was transmitted from Adain to Noah, from Noah to Abraham, from Abraham to Isaac, to Jacob, to the twelve tribes, to Moses, to Aaron, to Joshua, and to Ezra, who was a second lawgiver.” III. (Erected A. D. 1663, the second year of Kang-he, by a Mandarin, afterwards Minister of State.) (After mention of Adam, Noah, Abraham, and Moses, he extols] "the virtue of Abraham, who adored the effective and preservative cause of all things, without any image or figure. Of the law which Moses received on Mount Sina there are thirteen copies, besides other books. The Israelites came to China in the time of the Chow (dynasty.)” (After praising their constancy in religion, he adds.] “They scarcely differ from us in the wor- ship of heaven, in the duties of civil life, or in honoring the dead. The Sabbath was anciently observed by the Chinese. The Hebrew letters resemble the old Chinese.” [Then is related at length the inundation of 1642, in which the synagogue lost twenty-six of its volumes. Also is described the care taken in 1654 to revise, restore, and transcribe their books, with the names of persons who assisted in rebuilding the synagogue. Gaubil says, that Chinese books mention five places under this name. The first near Medina, in Arabia, the others are in Tartary. † Cotton cloth was first woven in China, near the end of our thirteenth century. “ Morrison's View," &c. # That Tsung denotes a clan, is seen from what Domenge was told, that in the seven Tsung then remaining there were a hundred families. A century earlier Ricci, was informed of ten or twelve Tsung of Israelites subsisting in Kae-fung-foo. The Jews in China. JCLY, TV. ermite : [This inscription is of the same subject-matter as the last; but has added the names of the seven Hebrew Tsung, then residing in Kae-fung-foo, viz.., Tao, Kin, Che, Kao, Teman, Le, and Ngai.] By these durable and respectable documents we are directed to two æras of this colony's arrival in China. The second of the tab- lets states, that " in the time of Han they settled in the land," i. e., between A. c. 205 and A. D 220. The third affirms that they arrived in the time of the Chow, i. e. between a. c. 1122 and 249. And it deserves remark, that these two inscriptions, for whatever purpose, or from whatever motive, were set up by non-Israelites. A third date has been deduced from the answer to Gaubil, in 1723, when he inquired of these how long they had been in the country, and they said, about 1650 years. Now this would coincide with the Roman overthrow of Jerusalem, and be included in the dynasty of Han: but may it not denote the period of their coming to Kae-fung-foo? and as we know that their compatriots have resided and prospered in other parts of the empire, the latter may have been settlers from the prior dynasty of Chow. It has been said that they are a remnant of the ten lost tribes; but there are no reasons for the supposition beyond the asserted igno- rance of the denomination Jew, expressed by the first visitor to Ricci, and the fact that fragments of those broken tribes are really to be found in several parts of Central and Southern Asia. But that the Hebrews in Honan are Jews of the restoration from Chaldæa, is evident from the following considerations : 1. The tablets speak of a tradition of the law from its origin to the time of Ezra, "the second lawgiver and reformer of the people;" a description which implies a knowledge of the reëstablishment in Jerusalem 2. They possess, besides some portions of the prophetical books written after the captivity of the ten tribes by Shalmaneser, a few verses of Daniel, and the book of Esther (whom they venerate under the title of “the great mother”), in which the word Jcw occurs many times, although the word Israel and Israelite are not founi there at all. 3. Their Haphtorah (a selection dating only from the persecution by Antiochus Epiphanes, about A. C., 170) com;. :S portions out of prophets who lived in Jerusalem during the second temple, as Zechariah and Malachi. 4. They have adopted the Seleucidan æra of chronology. 5. In the list of rabbis annexed to the section-book, Bercshith, are found the titles, our inaster, our rabbi,” &c., which give it 1845. 33:3 The Jews in China. quite a Talmudic complexion : and they have Rabbinical rules for slaughtering. 6. The synagogue inscription over the emperor's tablet, is a verse from Scripture, frequently repeated in Jewish liturgies to the pre- sent day. The force of all the above reason might indeed be abated, by taking into account, that for several centuries their sacred books and some of their teachers, have reached them from another country in the west, and concluding that thus only may have been imported the later Scriptures and Jewish peculiarities. But this conclusion is entirely gratuitous, without evidence of even the lowest degree. That this, however, is a very ancient off-shoot from the Jerusalem Jews, anterior, probably, to the incarnation of Christ, seems plain from their ignorance of his name Jesus, that “which is above every name," until it was mentioned to them by the missionaries; perhaps, also), from their indifference towards the crucifix; from their free- dom from Rabbinical despotism; and above all, from those religious usages in which they differ from all Jews known elsewhere, such as reading the law through a veil, erecting a throne for Moses, together with their diversity in the sections of the law, and in their ritual of worship. But these will not lead us to declare their descent from the ten tribes.* We have sufficient testimony of their similarity for enabling us in connect them with the families of Judah and Benjamin, every day before our eyes; and, at the same time, a sufficient discrepancy to prove that the two branches of the same people have been long with- out mutual intercourse. Their own account of arrival thither is merely that their fore-fa- thers came from the west, probably by way of Khorassan and Samer- kand, the main route of ancient commerce in that direction : and their use of Persian words has been connected with this circumstance. * The Abbé Sionnet, in 1837, published a niemoir on the subject, which has been commended by eminent scholars; in which he contends for the ear- liest supposed nigration of this people, and that from the following reasons:- 1. A comparison of Jewish with that of China, under the dynasty of Chow. 2. The traditions to be found in Chinese works, written some centuries before the Christian æra, in which allusions are made to Paradise, the tree of knowledge of good and evil, the rainbow after the deluge, Noah's sacrifice, the woman changed to a statue, the seven years' famine, the manna with a pleasant tasie, the rock which gave out water when struck by a rod, the sun arrested by command of a chief, &c. 3. The Divine name in the Hebrew religion, being found in the Tao-te-king of Laou-sze, written six centuries before our æra.- See Appendix E. But can the first of these be clearly established ? and would not the second and third be answered by the great probability of Laou-sze having procured the Hebrew law in Assyria during the seventy years' captivity, at the same period with Pythagoras, the western philosopher? 3:32 Juur, The Jha's in China. A solitary glimpse into their middle-age history is found in an account of India and China, by two Mohammedan travelers of our ninth century,* who describe a rebel, named Bae-choo, taking Canton by storm, in A. D. 877, and slaughtering 120,000 of Moham- medans, Jews, Christians, and Parsees. Their residence in the central empire seems to have partaken of the monotony and comfort of the native Chinese; and the tablets erected by Gentile neighbors in their very synagogue, open to the world, and challenging contradiction, bear witness to the esteein which this community in general has maintained, and the honors to which members of it have arrived in various pursuits of life. There is much of pleasure in perceiving how freshly they retain the sentiment of their nationality, as we find them rehearsing to their visitors the leading events of scriptural record, particularly how they had formerly inhabited a country in the west which Joshua con- quered after leaving Egypt, and traversing the Red Sea and Desert with their people, to the number of sixty wan (myriads); comme- morating their ancestors, even though it be with Chinese modes of reverence-paying respect, even though by mistake, to the picture of Rebekah and her children; and, perhaps, not less exhibited by their attachment to the Hebrew language under circumstances of so much discouragement, and by the pleasure they showed in inviting the missionaries to read to them some Hebrew Scripture. Had there been a visitor from Europe of the family of Abraham, we cannot doubt that he might have gathered information more ample and more definite, respecting this colony, than that now in our possession. Not every Christian preacher is competent to succeed in such a task, even when no difficulties arise from adverse preju- dice, or a waat of facility in the standard language. And when we consider how greatly the dialects of the several Chinese provinces vary from each other in pronunciation, we can scarcely wonder that the Jesuits frequently complained of the replies to their ques- tions being nearly unintelligible; just as those questions also may have been to the persons to whom they were addressed. Fortunately, the Hebrew books and the Chinese inscriptions were not so liable to misinterpretation. Here we close our long extracts from Mr. Finn's little book, and they are sufficient evidence of the high value we put upon his work. His“ reflections”, with some remarks of our own, must be reserved for another occasion. * Translated by the Abbé Renaudot. Paris, 1717. 18.1: Great Destruction of Life by Pirr. Art. II. An account of the great destruction of life by firi, at a theatrical cxhibition held near the Hall of Literary Examina- tions in the city of Canton, 25th May, 1845. Written by LIANG Suih Pwan. It is an ancient custom in the south of China to give thanks to the gods (lares rustici) who (are supposed) to preside over the grain, and to go forth to visit the idols. Generally these are attended with great excesses and prodigality,--customs which have been transmitted from former times. Therefore on this occasion there was a collect- ing together to stroll about at leisure and without restraint. The 19th day of the 4th month (24th May, 1845), was the birth day of Wháh-to, an ancient physician and surgeon. In front of the Hioh Kien (Hall of Literary Examinations) a theatrical performance is kept up for several successive days; the spectators, men and women, like clouds are accustomed to assemble on the occasion. This year the Kingfuh company of theatricals (literally the happy and blessed company) superintended the performance. This company in sing- ing and tumbling surpasses all others, consequently groups in united masses like swarms of bees repaired thither. Men are naturally ad- dicted to roaming, which is to delight in approaching the firey pit (Facilis decensus averni). Do they not known that heaven is dis- pleased with such extravagances, and that by a great conflagration it has shown to men that they should guard against such doings in future? One day having elapsed, on the 20th day (25th May) at 10 o'clock A. M. at length these actors caused Hwui-luh (a god of fire) in the twinkling of an eye to reduce their stage to ashes, like a vast fire on a mountain that cannot be extinguished. Alas! the gems and com- mon stones (the good and indifferent) were all burnt with scarcely a remnant. Immediately the officers of government made investiga- tion and reported, of spectators, men and women, young and old, were burnt to death one thousand three hundred seventy and odd ! Others, who with burnt heads, lascerated foreheads, severed arms and maimed limbs, fleeing in trepidation returned to their homes where they perished, are not included in this number. This severe judgment lias not a parallel. Rumor states the cause of this to be that, in a temporary building on the west side, there was an infamous old woman, named the Black Moutan (Hih Máu-tán), smoking her tobacco through water, who carelessly dropped some fire, and pre- tirea Destruction of Life by rire JELI, sently the temporary building ignited, and quickly the flames ex- tended to the roof before it could be extinguished. The niultiludes were alarıned, and in their haste to escape, the eastern gate being for some reason locked, and the western door being the only remain- ing avenue of escape, they all rushed to this, like a mountain torrent, and the heavy arch over it fell down, when the minds of the whole multitude became the more confused, and the fire being truly fierce, they trampled each other to death. At a little distance, on the north side, there were more than 600 men standing up, who, runing into the Hall of Literary Examinations, fortunately escaped the fire; and after a tiine, when the conflagration subsided, soine men came out of the Hall, and stated with tears the particulars of this calamity; this fierce judgment, reaching to the sky, orignated from the hand of one infainous old woman. Why such venom! Since writing this, a friend has addressed me saying, alas! try and consider this affair ; is it of man? or is it the purpose of heaven? There were eight shops involved in the conflagration, and those who perished by the fire are not less than 2,000! Furtherinore, I find, on examination, that in the 18th year of Kiáking (1813), at a theatrical exhibition, at the saine place, by the falling of the wall on the south side, fifty or sixty persons were crushed to death; therefore this singing and tumbling may be called a judgment, as is manifest from these coincidences, which should serve as a future warning. The following diagram illustrates the scene of the calamity. North B Wcst CD D East A E South 1815. 337 Ncicorological Observations in Bingkuk. A The theater. B The llall of Literary Fixaminations, C D and D Temporary buildings for the speclalors. D D The apartments for men. C The apartinent for women, where the fire commenced. F The southeast gate, lucked. E The southwest gate t.lic only one opeu. Our friend Liáng, the writer of the foregoing notices, will please accept our best thanks for his communication. Ilis estimate of the numbers lost in the conflagration is probably too low. Usually, at such theatrical exhibitions in Canton, there are present many who come to the city as strangers and visitors; and it was no doubt so on this occasion. The exact number of the lost, therefore, can- not be ascertained. The scene must have been liorribly teriffic. The whole area of the enclosure was covered with the dead: in some places the bodies were piled upon each other; in others they were burnt almost to ashes; while here and there large masses of human bodies were found standing erect, crowded densely together shoulder to shoulder! These were from various and distant parts of the city, and from among all grades of the people. Eleven persons are known to have been lost from one family. The eflect was greitt. "The tears of thic people llowed in torrents !" Arr. III. Metcorological notices of the thermometer, fr., male in Bangkok, Siam, during five successive ycars, ending 18.11. By J. Caswell. From an inspection of the following tables, it will be seen that there is great uniformity of temperature in this country. During the five years to which these notices belong, I have not known the miercury to rise higher than 97 degrees, nor siuk lower than 61. In January of the present year, however, it stood at one time as low as 51. The observations for 1844 may be regarded as a little more accurate than those of the preceding years. Formerly it was my practice to notice the thermometer as it hung in my house; but dur- ing 1844 it was placed outside early every morning, wirere the mer- cury sometimes stood three or four degrees lower than it would inside. I regret that the daily range of the mercury wils not marked during the years included in these notices. During the first four months of the present year the report is as follows. Greatest daily range 24, 16, 15, 15. Smallest do. 10, 8, 3, 4. Average daily range 16. 03, 12. 64, 10. 90, 10. 60. During the hot season, reckou- my from the middle of February to the middle May, che niercury, in Vol. SIV. NO VII, 3:30 itus , Welcorological Obsercations in Bangkok the morning, seldom stands below 77, or above 83. In the hottest part of the day it is seldom seen below 87, or above 93. The rainy season usually commences about the middle of May, and lasts till about the first of November, when we commonly have two or three weeks of quite warm weather before the setting in of the N. E. mon- soon. During this season the temperature of the mornings varies but little from that of the mornings in the hot season; but that of the afternoon is about five degrees lower than the corresponding time during the hot season. 1840. 1841. 1842. 1843. 1844. June, January, 77. 16 February, 80. 30 March, 83. 58 April, 83. 60 May, 84. 08 82. 27 July, 82. 66 August, 82. 38 September, 82, 83 (ctober, 81. 77 November, 81. 15 December, 76. 34 Synopsis of means, 78. 77 79. 32 77. 53 80. 84 83. 13 79. 50 85. 73 83. 73 83. 71 87. 25 84. 50 85. 03 84. 67 83. 41 84. 75 84. 40 83. 12 84. 44 84. 39 81. 92 82. 51 84. 34 82. 16 82. 75 83. 48 82. 02 82. 01 84. 55 80. 57 81. 27 82. 58 78. 92 80. 83 80. 40 77. 11 75. 45 74. 59 79. 32 85. 79 85. 32 84. 58 82. 50 81. 28 80. 07 80. 15 79. 70 77. 52 76. 98 Synopsis of extremes. January, 61-89 February, 71-91 Marsh, 73-94 April, 75-95 May, 75-73 76-91 76-91 August, 76-91 September, 75-93 October, 74-91 November, 68-89 December, 65-87 June, July, 65-90 70-90 76-94 95-97 78-94 78-93 80-91 79-93 78-89 177-93 75-90 70-90 66-88 74-90 77-91 77-93 78-93 77-91 77-90 76-90 75-92 72-91 68-88 62-88 64-89 70-90 73-93 77-94 76-96 77-95 77-90 77-91 75-92 71-90 70-90 61-88 62-90 62-92 73-97 73-97 73-97 75-90 75-90 71-22 74-88 74-89 64-86 63-88 Mean temperature of cach year. 81. 55 83. 75 81. 66 81. 65 80. 6.) | Extremes of temperature each year. 61-96 0.5-07 02-9:3 61-96 62-917 1 18.1.5. 3:32 Easy Lessons in Chinese. 1840. 1841. 1842. 1843. 1841. Synopsis of rainy days. 0 9 3 2 2 4 January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, Sepember, October, November, December, 1 3 2 9 18 21 16 19 14 9 8 6 126 1 I 1 5 19 15 14 17 12 17 11 5 118 1 2 11 10 20 23 12 11 18 14 4 1 127 10 12 18 15 21 9 2 6 110 18 21 20 25 21 16 12 3 152 Art. IV. Easy Lessons in Chinese: or Progressive crercises to facilitate the study of that language, especially adapted to the Canton Dialect. By S. Wells Williams. Macao, printed at the office of the Chinese Repository, 1842. Necessity, advantage, convenience, and pleasure are all alike every year and month putting forth and urging new claims for studying the language and dialects of the celestial empire. These claims are be- ginning to be recognized, and somewhat of due consideration is now given to them. As an instance of this, we are happy in being able to state that, a circular from H. B. M.'s foreign office has re- cently been addressed to all the British consular establishment in China, recommending, especially to the junior members, the assi- duous study of the Chinese language, and intimating that proficiency in this study shall, other things being equal, regulate the scale of preferment. The acquisition of this language is not so difficult as many sup- pose, and no one will fail to acquire ability to speak it, if recourse be had to the proper means. 'The words are easily spoken and easily remembered; and constant practice will very soon give facili- ty in their use. We have known an instance, where in one hundred days an individual acquired such ability to speak the court dialect, 341) JULY, Easy Lessons in Chinese. that on all ordinary subjects he could maintain easy and intelligible conversation. We have also known unlettered persons who have acquired the oral language of the Chinese in a few months, and that too without any effort, beyond what the child naturally makes in learning its vernacular. The great difficulty has been—and is-- that people do not try, or try by wrong means. Constant practice is the main thing; and no one who resolves, and keeps the resolution, to use the Chinese, and nothing but the Chinese, constantly, will long continue ignorant of this language. Let any one, who is in daily contact with the people or officers of China, lay aside the old rediculous jaryon, and try to speak as the Chinese themselves speak, and the requisite ability to do so will very soon be acquired. This acquisition, by means of constant practice, will be greatly facilitated by having recourse to such books, as have been prepared for this specific object, and of which the Easy Lessons afford us a good specimen. This little volume, of 238 neatly printed octavo pages, was pub- Jished three years ago, and was briefly noticed in the Repository for July 1842. We then promised to give an analysis of the work, which we will now do, showing as well as we can its character and object. "The volume is most respectfully inscribed to D. W. C. OLYPHANT, ESQ. of New York, U. S. A., the steady and manificent friend of all efforts for the good of China." The author says- “The design of this volume is to provide a book suitable to be put into the hands of persons commencing the study of the Chinese lan. gnage, not only in China itself but abroad; to be a work which can be advantageously used by the foreigner in his own country, or on his voyage hitherwards, as well as after his arrival among the people. It is introductory to larger works, yct has soinewhat of coinpleteness within itself; for while some of the lessons will require no aid from other books in order to understand them fully, for those in the two last chapters the student will probably need the help of a teacher or a dictionary to learn all their meaning. But if he has learned the previous lessons as thoroughly as he ought, he will no doubt be gra- tified with the degree of facility with which he can read them, and feel that he has made some progress in acquiring the language. “ The first four chapters, with the Vith, Villth, and IXth, are as applicable to the study of any other dialect as to that of the Canton, as they coutain little or not!ring local or provincial. The remarks in the first three chapters should be carefully read, and it will probably be found lov experience that the best way to commence learning cha- 184.5, 1 341 Easy Lessons in Chinese. racters will be to begin with the radicals, and make them as familiar as an alphabet is made in other languages. Their universal use in the conposition of characters, their influence upon the general mean- ing of words, and the use made of them in arranging the imperial dictionary of Kánghi, together with the aid they afford in remem- bring the component parts of characters, are all strong reasons for taking them up at first. The various points briefly touched upou in the second and third chapters, regarding the construction of charac- ters, and the rules for reading and writing Chinese, are it is hoped explained with sufficient clearness to serve the purposes of the begin- ner, and enable him profitably to read what other authors have said more at large upon the same subjects. Mr. Callery's Systema Phoneticum Scripture Sinice, referred to on page 47, contains nearly fourteen thousand characters arranged under 1040 primitives. These primitives are arranged according to the number of their strokes, and those consisting of the same number are placed in suc- cession according to a kind of alphabetical plan, in which the first stroke on the left hand corner is taken as the initial letter. It seems, from a careful examination of this system, that to render it useful in learning the characters, the meaning, the forin, the name, and the collocation of this list of primitives ought all to be made very familiar; since all the characters in Part Second of the book (only about one third, however, of all in the Chinese language) are ar- ranged under them. It is alınost unnecessary to observe that the inethod adopted by the Chinese scholars who compiled Kánghi' dictionary has not, by this arrangement, been simplified or improved, so far as classifying the characters in the language, or facilitating the labor of finding them, in concerned. The Systema Phoneticum will, however, furnish the scholar with all that has been said upon the primitives, and aid the advanced student very much in compar- ing the meaning of characters in which the same primitive is joined to different radicals, "If the student is learning any other than the Canton dialect, he can by the help of his teacher interline the sounds of the characters underneath the original in those chapters which contain reading les- If he has not the help of a teacher, he need not pay much attention to the sounds, but have more regard to the meaning of the words; for their sounds and tones are to be learned from the living voice, and no system of orthography can do much if any more than aid that. As he advances in his studies, he will probably find that the meaning and the structure of a character are much more closely sons. 34:2 JULY, Easy Lessons in Chinese connected in his mind than the sound and the structure; for if he has forgotten the meaning of a character, its component parts will be imperfectly remembered, while the sound of those characters he has read, but whose meaning he does not remember, will soon pass out of mind. “ The conversations in chapter V., and the exercises in chapter VII., probably cannot be used in other dialects to much advantage without some slight alterations, which the student will find to be a good exercise to make. It seemed desirable to furnish a few sen- tences to be used with a teacher when the student first sits down with him, and with servants when occasion requires, both of whom may know nothing of English; the former ought not to be suffered to talk English even if he knows it. “Almost all grammatical remarks upon the lessons have been omit- ted, for that part of the study of the language belongs to other treatises solely devoted to it. The books required for the thorough study of the Chinese language are numerous; some of them have not yet been commenced, and others have been but imperfectly executed. The simple object of this volume is to furnish a few easy lessons for the beginner, so prepared as to lead him on from one step to another ; it is designed to form one in the series of work, which, it is to be hoped, will erelong be prepared. It is intended to be, as its Chinese title indicates, PA * * i Ship K'ap Tái-shing, Short Steps to Excellence, and the degree in which it will aid the scholar to at- tain that excellence in the language he looks forward to, will depend as well on the faithful use made of it as on its adaptation to that end. “These lessons are also tolerably well fitted for teaching the Eng: lish language to Chinese lads who are somewhat advanced in that study; they will at once see the difference between the idioms of the two languages, and learn both to translate from their own ton- grie into idiomatic English, or to turn short English sentences into Chinese. The Hainiltonian plan of verbal rendering seems to be well fitted to assist each party to learn the other's language. Some explanation and assistance will however be necessary to enable a native youth to use these exercises advantageously. “ It is unnecessary to repeat any of the observations made here and there in the course of the work. If any of them deserve to be repeated, it is perhaps that upon storing the mind with Chinese sen- tences, and even paragraphs, by committing them to memory. Such an exercise, in some measure, reconducts the scholar over the same ground he trod when he learned his mother tongue. Je need not 18.15. 3.1:3 Ensy Lessons in Chinese be solicitous about the rules of grammar or the elegancies of style, until he has acquired a stock of words and phrases in which, as in examples, he can instantly see the application of the former, and relish the niceties of the latter. It is enough at first to know that such is the way the Chinese talk and write, and that they understand what is thus said and written, In preparing these lessons, some aid has been derived from fel- low-students, and some extracts have been taken from Chinese Chres- tomathy; the system of orthography is the same as in that work, and the exercises in writing are also the same. The hope is cherish- ed that this volume will facilitate the acquisition of the Chinese lan- guage, and by inducing some to commence the study who have been deterred by its forbidding aspect, and disheartened at its reported difficulty, thus assist in improving the intercourse between two great portions of the human family—those who speak English, and those who can understand Chinese. The time has come when their inter- course must be in some other commodities than those of the shop, and every friend of man will rejoice to see so mighty and so ancient a race as the sons of Hán about to be made acquainted with the arts, the improvements in social life and the knowlege of the West, together with that greatest gift, the fountain head of all other excellencies, the religion and the hopes of the Bible. To the advancement of all these objects, and the extension of every measure to promote an honorable and Christian intercourse, is this volume contributed." Here ends Mr. W.'s preface. Chapter first gives us a full and very satisfactory account of the raulicals, keys or indices. It would appear from a general survey of the language, that when the compilers of the imperial dictionary began to arrange the characters, “the problem they endeavored to solve was, to select such characters, for keys or radicals should be easily recognized," while reference to ar arrangement into natu- ral groups was not neglected. The majority of characters was easily assorted, but there would still be many left to be arranged by some one of their constituent parts, of which the most important and prominent was taken as the radical and the arrangement made accordingly. The number of keys has not always been the same, some lexicographers have taken more and some less. The Shwoh Wan, for example, has all the words of the language arranged under 540 radicals or heads. In the imperial dictionary of Kánghí they are arranged under 214, which gives an average of little more than 00 characters under cach. Mr. Williamıs recomniends “the stills 344 JULY, Easy Lessons in chilies. seni tn Icarn these :914 radicals in their wler, so as io be able to write them meioriter, and repeat their names and meaniny." Chapter second is occupied with remarks on the primitives. Mr. W. thus introduces this subject. By the term primitive is meant that part of characters, which is joined to the radical, to forin a new one. For instance, in the words tung la, lan, free lín, et, &c., the part of the charac- ter on the right, viz, m, n, and is the primitive. The meaning of the terms is also extended so as to include these charac- ters, even when standing alouc, or when they are spoken of as filling this office;—and the word is used in this sense in the preceding chapters. This part might also be called the phonetic or vocal part, inasmuch as it gives its own sound to a very great proportion of the characters; but as this rule has a multitude of exceptions, primitive appears to be on the whole the best term. It is not applied thus, however, on account of its original use, or for priority of any sort, but merely as a convenient term to express that part of a character which is not the radical; it is primitive solely because it was formel prior to the compound characters in which it is found. The terne derivative has been used by Marshman to express the compound cha- tacters formed by the union of a radical and a primitive, and when speaking of them in this connection, may be used to avoid a peri- phrasis. “ The number of primitives in the language,--that is the number of different characters, exclusive of the 214 radicals, which combine with a radical to form derivatives,-3367, according to D. Marshman from whose Clavis the following estimates are derives. They are not, however, all equally prolific in their philological progeny. More than seventeen hundred of them combine only once with a radical to form a third character; and as they are themselves for the most part compounds of radicals joined to simpler primitives (i. e. such as belong to class V.), they hardly deserve that name. For instance, one of the derivatives of lung He is chung , formed by joining that primitive to the radical min, t; this compound character joins once with yan , to form chung , which according to Kang- hi's Dictionary means deflected, and which probably would not be met with once in a hundred volumes. For all practical purposes, therefore, these may be excluded from the list of primitives. There are also 452 others, formed, generally speaking, in the same manner, each of which produces only two pliilological shoots, and these may also be discarded, and for the silme reason. These two sums, making 1845. 345 Easy Lessons in Chinese. 2178 characters, which, as they are the parents of only 2630 deriva- tives, and are themselves mostly included and defined under simpler forms, can have little or no influence on the great mass of characters, and may be considered, to borrow a term from natural history, as aberrant forms of their own primitive. There are then left 1689 primitives, out of which, by the addition of radicals, are formed about five sixths of all the characters in the language. The number of deri- vatives from any one of these primitives varies from three up to seven- ty-four, which is the highest, but the average is scarcely fifteen to each. To this number, the 214 radicals must be added, (for the ma- jority of them also act as primitives in a greater or less degree,) making a total of 1903 primitives, from which, by the addition of 214 of their own number, at least seven eighths of all the characters in the Chinese language are formed:--a proportion, that for all practical purposes, is fully equivalent to the whole. "The primitives may, for convenience, be arranged into five classes, according to the relation they bear to the radicals. These are : “I. The 214 radicals themselves, when used as primitives “II. Primitives formed from a radical by an addition that of itself is unmeaning. “III. Primitives formed from two radicals, or those which can be separated into two complete radicals. “IV. Primitives formed of three or four radicals. “ V. Primitives formed from a derivative by the addition of another radical, or by the combination of two primitives." The whole of this chapter deserves a careful reading, and affords the student a very correct idea of the structure and nature of the language It closes with the following paragraph. "Attempts have been made by scholars to trace a leading idea run- ning through all words containing the same primitive. Dr. Marshman, in a chapter on the primitives, in his Clavis (repablished in the Chi- nese Repository, vol. IX., page 303), has several groups of characters, through which he endeavors to trace one leading idea; his remarks are worthy of attention, and have not beer overlooked in writing these paragraphs. Mr. Lay, in an article in the Chinese Repository (vol. VII, page 255), has also several remarks on this subject; and M. Callery, a Frer.ch gentlemar, has published a dictionary on this plan. These writers have probably said nearly all that is worth saying on the subject. There can be no doubt that many characters can be selected from the body of the language, whose component parts do give the idea of the derivative; several have already been brought for- VOL. XIY, NO. VII. 3:16 JULY, Easy Lessons in Chinese. ward. They are worthy of notice because they frequently illustrate Chinese notions; but as they have been often quoted and illustrated by writers on the language, they have, perhaps more than any one thing else, tended to strengthen an idea current in the west, that the Chinese language is a wonderful collection of ideographic symbols, which are intelligible to different nations merely by presenting them to the eye, while they cannot be understood when spoken; and that in some magical way, a Chinese, a Cochinchinese, and a Japanese, who had never before seen each other, and could not understand a word of each other's conversation, as suon as a phrase in Chinese was handed to them, were able to communicate intelligibly. An anecdote is told of Scaliger, who, being visited one day by a scholar from Edinburgh, and addressed in Latin, begged his pardon, and requested an explanation, as he did not understand Gaelic. He would have un- derstood, if his visiter had written his salutation, and this is just the case with the three Asiatics. The preceding paragraphs will tend to explain the manner in which this idea has originated, and show that, as there is no integrant sound in the character itself (as there is in an alphabetical word) which can be learned by inspection, or by observing any rules of pronunciation, its sound must be learned traditionally, while its meaning is acertained from dictionaries, or from the context. This peculiarity has, probably, been the chief cause of the dialects now existing in the empire." Chapter third, on the orthography, tones, &c., has been in part borrowed from the Chinese Chrestomathy, and we pass it over with- out remark. Chapters IV., V., VI., give a good variety of lessons in reading and conversation, the Chinese character for the most part being accompanied with two translations, one literal and the other verbal. The“classifiers," so called, form chapter VII, perhaps the best in the book. This subject has never yet received the attention it deserves. The remaining chapters, VIII., IX., X., comprise a large va- riety of exercises in translating, and cannot be too carefully read by those who purpose learning to write the Chinese language. In closing this brief notice of the Easy Lessons, we have only to remark, in its favor, that, taking it all in all, it is one of the best books that can be put into the hands of any one, who is sitting down to cominence the study of Chinese in the Canton dialect. 1 18.15 347 List of Foreign Residents in Canton. Art. V. List of foreign residents in Canton, July Anno Dimini eighteen hundred and forty-five, with notices of their factories, houses, foc. Within a few years there has been almost an entire change of fore- ign residents in Canton; and the alterations in their residences are neither few nor unessential. By turning to a list published by the late hon. Mr. Morrison in 1832, it will be seen that, excepting the Parsees, the names of only three, then resident in Canton, are found on the accompanying catalogue. The thirteen factories, counting from the east stood thus- THE CREEK ON THE EAST. NORTH THE THIRTEEN FACTORY STREET. 1. Creek factory, or l'ho (E20) hong. 2. Dutch factory, or Tsih-t hong. 3. English foctory, ar Pauho hong. Hog Lane, or Sun-tau lán. 4. Chow-chow hong, or Fungtái hong. 5. Old English factory, or Lung-shun. 6. Swedish factory, or Sui hony. 7. Imperial factory, or Má-ying hong. 8. Pau shun hong. 9. American factory, or Kwang-yuen. China St, or Tsingyuen kái. 10. Mingkapa's hong,or Clung-ho hong. ll. French factory. 12. Spanish hong. Old China St.or Tung-wan kái. 13. Danish hong, or Tehing kái. RIVER. Each of the factories, or hong, as the Chinese call them, extended from the street on the north to near the bank of the river on the south. The Creek, on the east, runs paral- lel with the factories; the river nearly due east and west. WEST. Thus they stood prior to December 7th, 1842, occupying a plot of ground extending, say, sixty rods from east to west, and forty or fifty from north to south. The factories were divided into three, four, or more houses, built chiefly of brick, and most of them only two stories high. Before the Creek hong there was a small custom- house station, and another one in front of the Swedish and Impe- rial hongs. There were also small inclosures before the Dutch, the Euglish, and the Danish. 318 July, List of Foreign Residents in Cunton. December 7th, the day above named, the three eastern hongs, be- tween the creek and Hog Lane, were burnt by a Chinese mob; and on the 26th October 1843, the three on the other extreme were nearly all destroyed by a fire, which orignated in a Chinese house a few rods in the rear of the factories. The latter three have all been rebuilt, and in a miserable style. The other three are now being rebuilt--or rather, on the site of the old ones, houses of a new and much improved order are being erected. The old custom- house stations in front of the factories have been reduced; the en- closures before the Dutch and English still remain; and on the ground in front of the old Danish, Spanish, French, and Mingqua's, lines of houses, of an inferior order, have been erected, extending quite down to the river; while between these and the garden, in front of the English factory, the whole space has been enclosed by a high fence, and the ground tastefully laid out, partly covered with turf and shrụbs, and partly occupied with chunamed walks. The factories, as they now stand, are but poorly fitted to accom- modate the foreigners resident in the provincial city. They are neither sufficiently spacious nor airy. They afford a few, and but a few, good houses, and many of the residents are compelled to take up with quarters that are both inconvenient and unhealthy. Coun- try seats and larger houses are almost indispensable, and these we suppose will erelong be enjoyed by men from afar, as well as by the Chinese, since both are henceforth to dwell together in peace, each enjoying the same advantages! The following list of residents has been prepared with some care, but we fear it is yet incomplete; and hope the errors that are found in it, will be viewed indulgently, > DANISH Hong, OR 'TE-HING Kal. No. 1. Noormhamed Dattoobhoy. Mulloobhəy Doongersey. Thamerbhoy Allam. Alladine Peremjee. Nanjee Tassom Curim Nuwjee. Cbromjee Eesub. Mhamud Thanes. Goolam Husson Camalbhoy. No. 1. J. B. Rodrignes. M. D. Bernadino. No. 2 S. E. Patullo No. 5. A. Viegas. J. J. Viegas. No. 6. William Lane. No. 7. Henry Rutter. William Rutter. No. 8. Edward Vaucher. No. 9. Arthur Agassiz. Edmund Moller. No. 10. Rev. J. Lewis Shuck and fam. Rev. T. T. Devan n. p. and fam. 1846. 349 List of Foreign Residents in Canton No. 12. No. 5. M. J. Senn van Basel. Shamsoodeen Abdoollatit. W. T. H. van Ryck. Louis Wysman. Jaſurbhoy Budroodeen. Shurrufully Chadabhoy. No. 13. Carsum Jesup. No. 6. No. 14. Pestonjee Nowrojee Pochajee. Byramjee Muncherjee Bhundara. Dorabjee Nesserwanjee Carna. Pallanjee Dorabjee Lallcaca. No. 15. Ardaseer Dhunjeebhy Wadia. H. G. H. Reynvaan and fam. (ab.) Hormusjec Nesserwanjee Pochajee. L. Carvalho. No. 16. No. 7. Rev. E. C. Bridgman, D. D. and fam. Fruncis B. Birley. Joaquim dos Anjos Xavier. No. 8 and 9. New Hong, or South TE-hing Kar. George B. Dixwell. No. 1. John Heard. George C. Bruce. Joseph L. Roberts. Oliver E. Roberts. Henry Robert Hardie. No. 2. John S. Bruen. C. Campbell. NEW FRENCH Hong. No. 2. No. 1. Daya Jamal. G. Lunn, M. D. Dosabhoy Mawjee. Byramjee Pestonjee. No. 2. No. 3. John Paton Watson. Henry Balkwill. Samuel Mackenzie. No. 4. No. 3. E. Jean Garreta. Maximilian Fischer and family. Robert Ker. William A. Meufing. John Thomas Cuvillier. Edward Reimers. No. 5. No. 4. Y. J. Murrow. C! Clarke. Philip W. Ripley and family. No. 6. Henry Hammond Smith. B. Seare. No. 5. SPANISH Hong, P. Tiedemanjr. L. C. Delınarle. Henry Moul. George Moul. F. H. Tiedeman. FRENCH Hong, No. 6 No. 1. J. C. Vincent. Burjorjee Framjee Cohedaroo. Richaed Brown. Pestonjee Hormusjee Cama. Mirqua's Hong. Dhunjeebhoy Hormusjee Huckimna. No. 1. Sorabjee Framjee Curraca. James Church. Nanabhoy Hormusjee. Rustomjee Merwanjee Nalearwala. William Stirling. Rustomjee Burjorjee. William Gilbert. Nusserwanjee Bomanjee Mody. No. 1. Munchersaw Nusserwanjee. Mody. Robert H. Hunter. Rustomjee Dadabhoy Camajee. Henry Charles Read. Bomanjee Eduljee. Robert Forrester Thorburn. Dadabhoy Eduljee. Jehangeer Framjee Buxey. No. 2. L. Bovet. No. 2. James S. Anderson. A. Bugnon. No. 3. Patrick Chalmers. James D. Park. Maneckjee Nanabhoy. Rustomjee Framjee. No. 3. Bomanjee Muncherjee. W. Fryer. Limjeebhoy Jemsetjee. Travers Buxton. 350 July, List of Roreign Residents in Canton. AMERICAN Hovci, No. 1. Archibald A. Ritchie. James A. Bancker. Richard H. Douglas. Frederick A. King. No. 2. Rev. P. Parker, m. 1. and family. No. 2. John. Millar. No. 3. Alfred Wilkinson. Joseph Mackrill Smith Thurston Dale. Richard Gibby. No. 4. C.S. Compton. C, Sanders. A. E. M. Cainpbell. PAUSHUN Hong. No. 1. Isaac M. Bull. W. Buckler. No. 2 William Hastings. Abraham Sedgwick. No. 3. John Shepard. Thomas Pyke. No. 4. Heerjeebhoy Hormusjee. Nesserwanjee Byramjee. Ardaseer Rustomjee. Aspunderjee Tamooljee. Cursetjee Hosenjee. Nesserwanjee Framjee. Manackjee Pestonjee. Pestonjee Rustomjee. Dadabhoy Pestonjee. No. 5. Cowasjee Sapoorjee Lungrana. Pestonjee Jemsetjee. Hormusjee Jamasjee Naudershow. Rustomjee Pestonjee. Pestonjee Byramjee Colah. Framjee Sapoorjee Lungrana. Nesserwanjee Dorabjee Mehta. Dossabhoy Hormusjee. Merwanjee Eduljee. Ruttonjee Dossabhoy Mody. Framjee Hormusjee. Dadabhoy Jemsetjee. No. 6. William Leslie. John Caldecott Smith. Joaquim V. Caldas. IMPERIAL ILUNG. No, I. Samuel Wetmore, jr. Nathaniel Kinsman. William Moore. S. T. Baldwin. Joseph C. Anthon. C. F. Howe. William H. Gilman. Jacob C. Rogers. Florencio Gutierres. William Buckler, jr. No. 1. S. B. Rawle. No. 3. Samuel Marjoribanks, M. I). Athanazio de Souza. No. 4. Joseph G. Livingston. John Silverlock. George Gibb. No. 5. John N. Alsop Griswold. No. 5. George Barnet. William Barnet. No. 6. W. F. Gray. W. Ellis. Joseph Hodgson. Charles Ryder. David Sillar. SWEDISH HONG. No. 1, 2, and 3. Paul S. Forbes. J. T. Gilman. D. N. Spooner. W. H. King. S. J. Hallan. George Perkins. R. S Sturgis. William P. Pierce. E. A. Low. Sigesmundo J. Rangel. Quenteliano F. da Silva. P.J. de Silva Loureiro, jr. No. 4. John D. Sword. John B. Trott. No. 5. R. P.de Silver. H. F. Bourne. E. Cany. Old English COMPANY. No. 1. Gideon Nye, jr. William W. Parkin. Clement D. Nye. Thomas S. H. Nye. Henry M. Olmsted. Inilä 1 Journal of (accurrences: 3 'limothy J. Durrell. Julius Kreyenhagen. Joaquim P. van Coffett. Juzino de Encarnaçao. No. 2 Samuel G. Ratlıbone. James Worthington. Marciano da Silva. No. 3, Alexander Walker. William Melrose. No. 4. William C. Le Geyt. Thomas C. Piccope. No. 5. Stephen Ponder. Frederick Chapman, John Butt. No: 6. R. J. Gilman. Alexander Johnston. L. Josephs. W. H. Vacher. John Williams. A. John Young CHAUCHAU HONG, No. 1. Dhunjcebhoy Byramjee Ronna. Rustomjee Heerjeebhoy Shwroft. Byramjee Rustomjee Cuda wana, Jomnioojee Nasservanjee Mehrjee. Muncherjee Eduljee Buocey. Jehangeer Framjee. No. 2. Eduljee Cursetjee. Eliaoo D. Sassoon. S. A. Seth. Rustomjee Byramjee. Cursetjee Rustomjee Dayer. Pestonjce Dinshuwjee. No. 3. Cowasjee Pallanjee. Cooverjee Bomanjee. Cawasjee Framjee. Sapoorjee Bomanjee. No. Cowasjee Sorabjee Patell. Pestonjee Dhunjeebhoy. Dhunjeebhoy Dogsabhoy. Cursetjee Pestonjee Caina. Burjorjee Hormusjee Harda. Dadabhoy Sorabjee. No. 5. Pestonjee Ruttonjce Shruff". Dadabhoy Burjorjee. Burjorjee Sorabjee. Dhunjeebhoy Dadabhoy. Sorabjee Byramjee. BRITISI CONSULATE, Francis C. Macgregor. Richard B. Jackson and fain. John Backhouse. Thomas Taylor Meadows. J. A. T. Meadows. Edward F. Giles. John L.du P. P. Taylor. George de St. Croix. MING-KEE, T. W. L: Mackean. E. Levine. W. Walkinshaw. R. Laing KWANG-LEE HONG, David Jardine. Gervas Humpston. R. H. Rolfe. A. P. Silveira. Portal HONG, C. V. Gillespie and fam. SAN SHA Rev. W. Gillespie. TUNG-SHIH KK. Rev. 1. J. Roberts. TUNG-WAN KAF. ! John Wright, Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences : office of the Chinese Reposi. tory removed to Canton ; payment of two millions of dollars to the British government by the Chinese ; public executions in Canton and Hongkong: U S. A. frigate Constitution ; new Legation from U. S. A. to China; changes in the government at Hongkong ; new American consul; importation of ice; French missions in Cochinchina; Protestant missions in China. CIRCUMSTANCES. beyond our control, and in which we see cause for slevout gratitude to God, have caused a removal of our oflice back Journal of Decurrences. to its original site, the city of Canton. With the assistance of numerous and able correspondents we trust that our pages will be worthy the attention of all those who are now so much interested in this great empire, a third part of the whole human family. To awaken interst, and direct effort, for its improvement, has been, is, and shall be the leading object of the Chinese Repository. Early in the month an enstalment of two inillions of dollars was paid over to the officers of the British government in Canton-as part of the 21,000,000 sitpulated for in the Treaty of Nanking. Public executions—by decapitation in Canton and by hanging in Ilongkong,-have attracted attention during this month; the first on account of their great numbers and frequency, and the latter from the short period, 604 hours, between the passing and the execution of the sentence, on two malefactors, one a Chinese and the other an Englishman. In Canton more than twenty persons, some of them women, were decapitated in one day. Here, on all ordinary occa- sions, the criminals are adjudged in the morning and then are led away to the potters field, where they are decapitated the same day. The U. S. A. frigate Coustitution arrived off Macao June 5th and on the 19th came up to Whampoamor rather Blenheim's Reach,—where she now is. The following is her list of officers. Captain, John Percival; lieutenants, Amasa Paine, W. C. Chaplin, James Alden, J. W. Cooke, John B. Dale; acting lieut. G. W. Grant; acting mas- ter, Isaac G. Strain; purser, T. M. Taylor; surgeon, D. C. McLeod ; lieut. of marines, J. W. Curtis ; asststant surgeons, M. Duvall and R. McSherry, jr.; naturalist, J. C. Reinhardt; captain's clark, Benj. F. Stevens; midshipmen, C. Terret , W. F.Davidson, J. E. Hart, J. E. Hopson, C. Comagys, G. B. Dou- glas, J. J. Cook, M. P. Jones, W. P. Buckner; boatswain, R. Simpson ; gan- ner, G. Sirian ; carpenter, H. G. Thomas ; sailmaker, Isaac Whitney ; yeoman, Abraham Noyes; master's mate, Charles Woodland. Alexander H. Everett has been appointed plenipotentiary, on the part of the United States, to the court of Peking; he comes out in the Columbus, and will be the bearer of the ratified Treaty. The hon. R Mont gomery Martin, colonial Treasurer of Hongkong, has resigned; and the office is filled by Mr. W. T. Mercer, pending the receipt of H. B. M.s pleasure. F. T. Bush esquire has been appointed U. S. A. consul for Hongkong, and the appointment approved by the British, government. We are glad to see there has been an importation at Hongkong of ice from Boston, by ship Lenox. The French bishop of Cochinchina, long_held a prisoner there, has just . arrived in Macao, having been released by the French commissiener, Langrené. On the 26th inst. the Rev. W. Gillespie, of the Lon. M. Soc. arrived in Canton; and the Rev. Dr. Bridgman and lady on the 3d instant. On the 5th inst. the Rev. Mr. Woods and lady, the Rev. Mr. Graham and lady, and the Rev. Wm. Fairbrother and lady, embarked on the John Horton for Shanghái. Mr. and Mrs. Cole embarked in the same vessel for Chusan and Ningpo: Biarried--in the colonial chapel, on the 28th June, 1845, by the Rev. Vincent John Stanton, chaplain of llongkong, the Rev. ELIJAH COLEMAN BHDGMIN D.D. 1o Diss ELIZA JANE GILLEIT, THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIV.-AUGUST, 1845.-No. 8. Art I. Message from the president of the United States to the senate, transmitting the treaty concluded between Mr. Cushing and Klying in behalf of their respective governments. This treaty, signed at Wánghia on the 3d of July 1844, was sub- mitted to the senate of the United States, for its ratification and approval, on the 10th of December last, during the second session of the twenty-eighth Congress. Of that ratified treaty, no copy has yet reached China, but we have before us a series of documents, which were communicated with the treaty, and which will enable us to give our readers a tolerably full account of the negotiations be- tween the two high commissioners. The treaty was unanimously approved and ratified by the senate, and will be brought out, by Mr. Alexander H. Everett, who is to be, on the part of the U. S. A., commissioner resident in China. Mr. Everett, sometime minister resident at the Spanish court, is a highly accomplished literary gentleman, who will do much to make known both China and the Chinese and to illustrate whatever belongs to them. As he comes out to reside permanently in this country, we suppose he will proceed-according to common usage—directly to court, and take up his residence as near as possible to his august majesty, Tau- kwáng. The residence of such a minister is indispensible to the carrying out of the stipulations of the new treaty and that policy which led to its formation. To the latter,-the policy of the United States in regard to China,-our attention is called by the documents now before us, containing the essential parts of Mr. Cushing's cor- VOL. XIV. NO, VIII, 354 AUG. Treaty with the Unitated States. respondence with the Chinese government. Having attentively perused these, we will make some selections, and give such an ac- count of the whole as may enable our readers to form their own opinions of the policy adopted. The documents were published by order of the Senate. The following is the president's message: " To the Senate of the Unitrd States : "I have great pleasure in submitting to the senate, for its ratifica- stion and approval, a treaty which has been concluded between Mr. “Cushing, the United States commissioner, and the Chinese empire." WASHINGTON, Dec. 10, 1844.. JOHN TYLER. Mr. Cushing having arrived off Macao, addressed the following communication to his excellency the governor-general of Kwangtung and Kwangsí. “On board the United States Flag-ship Brandywine, “Macao Roads, February 27th, 1844. “Sir: The undersigned, bearing commissions on the part of the United States of America, as commissioner and as envoy extraordinary and minis- ter plenipotentiary to the imperial court, and also invested with full and all manner of power, for and in the name of the United States, to meet and confer with any person or persons having the like authority from the Chi- nese empire, and to negotiate, conclude, and sign a treaty or treaties for the purpose of regulating the intercourse of the people of the two countries, and for establishing and confirming permanent relations of justice and friendship between China and the United States, has the honor to inform your excel- lency, that, being on the way to the city of Peking, there to deliver a letter, containing sundry special matters, addressed to his imperial majesty by the president of the United States, he finds himself under the necessity of land- ing at Macao and renaining there a few weeks, until the Brandywine shall have taken in provisions, and made other preparations to enable her to con- tinue her voyage to the mouth of the Pih-ho. “In these circumstance, the undersigned feels it to be his duty to enter at once upon the fulfilment of one part of the instructions which he has receiv- ed from his government; which is, that, immediately on his arrival in Chi- na, he shall make particular inquiries for the health of its august sovereign. “The undersigned, in the performance of this most grateful duty, has now the satisfaction to address himself to your excellency, as the nearest high functionary of the Chinese government, and to express, as well in the name of his government as of himself personally, the most ardent wishes for the health, the happiness, the prosperity, and the long life of his imperial majesty. “The undersigned would esteem it a favor to receive froin your excellency immediate intelligence of the well being of his imperial majesty, that he may have it in his power to communicate the same to the president of the United States at the earliest opportunity. * 1845. 355 Treaty with the United States. “ With which the undersigned prays your excellency to accept the assu- rance of his most distinguished consideration. C. CUSHING. " To his excellency the governor-general, &c., &c." No reply was made to this until the 17th of March ; which delay however is not to be charged to the acting governor, but to the fact that Mr. Cushing had at hand no translator, and consequently his communication did not reach the acting governor, till at least a fortnight after it was written. As the case was, delay was unavoida- ble. The Chinese, from the emperor to his lowest officers, seldom allow more than one day to elapse, after the receipt of any docu- ment, before giving a reply. The following is a copy of the acting governor-general's communication, given in answer. Reply of his excellency Ching, acting governor-general of Kwang-tung and Kwangsí, to a public dispatch of C. Cushing, envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary to the court of Taukwáng. March 19th, 1845. “ Ching, of the celestial dynasty, acting governor-general of Kwang-tung and Kwangsi, director of the Board of War, acting member of the Board of general inspections, [at Peking,] assisting imperial adviser, lieutenant governor of Canton, commander-in-chief of its military forces, and acting commissioner of the Grain Department, addresses C. Cushing, envoy extra- ordinary and minister plenipotentiary of the United States of America, in reply. “Whereas it appears major O'Donnell has brought and delivered a public dispatch, from which I have fully ascertained the honorable plenipoten- tiary, having arrived in China, desires, in behalf of the United States, and in the plenipotentiary's own name, truly, sincerely, and respectfully to in. quire after the health and happiness of the august emperor, which evinces respectful obedience, and politeness exceedingly to be praised. " At the present time, the great emperor is in the enjoyment of happy old age and quiet health, and is at peace with all, both far and near; of which it is proper, in reply, to inform the honorable plenipotentiary, in order to an- swer his sincere desire of what is just and proper. “ As to the public dispatch, in which it is stated, “ the frigate Brandywine has gone to Manila to take in a full supply of provisions, that, after about a month's delay, she may repair to Tientsin, &c.," hitherto it has been neces- sary to deliberate whether it be feasible-a subject which it is not a light matter to agitate. I have examined, and find that every nation's envoy which has come to the Central Flowery Kingdom with a view of proceeding to Peking, there to be presented to the august emperor, has ever been requir- ed to wait outside of the nearest port on the frontier till the chief magis- tra of the province clearly memorialize the emperor, and request the impe- rial will, pointing out whether the interview may be permitted. “ Again: if (the plenipotentiary] presume to go to the capital, still he 66 356 AUG. Treaty with the United States. This may must stop ; for if he do not wait to memorialize the emperor, and request premission, but proceed hastily, by a narrow passage, with a man-of-war to Tientsin, this will be to put an end to civility, and to rule without har- mony. Furthermore, hitherto no merchant-ship, even of any nation trading at the ports of China, has been to Tientsin; but this business (of proceed- ing thither with a man-of-war) is vastly different. When the honorable plenipotentiary shall arrive, then there will be no officers fully informed who can manage the business, neither linguists who can fully understand his verbal and written communications. If he desires to be presented to the august emperor, it is exceedingly to be feared there will be no means of presenting the subject intelligibly; and there being no high commissioner residing at Tientsin, who will negotiate with the plenipotentiary the regu- lations for intercourse of the people of the two nations. “ Then, at the commencement of business, the emperor must appoint some person properly to regulate the intercourse of each foreign nation, which cannot be fully provided for, and there will be no means of negotiation. Tru- ly, in every respect, it will be very inconvenient. In the adjustment of every thing relating to trade with England, it was necessary the plenipotentiary (Sir Henry Pottinger) should return to Canton, in order to deliberate with the Chinese high officer upon all the details, and settle them. be clearly substantiated. “ In the autumn of last year, your honorable nation's consul, Forbes, re- ported to the high commissioner Tsiyeng, and the governor-general Ki Kung, respecting the honorable plenipotentiary's desiring to proceed to Pe- king; and at that time he received their reply; which the consul was to transmit to the honorable plenipotentiary, that it was useless to go to Pe- king. Considering it has happened that the envoy had embarked so early that he did not receive it, he should endeavor, with the consul, Forbes, to examine the original reply, and, as proper, clearly to understand it. “ And still further, the high commissioner Tsiyeng and the governor general Ki Kung have already memorialized the august emperor upon the subject, and the august emperor, in his compassion to people from afar, cannot bear that the plenipotentiary, having passed the ocean, should again have the toil and trouble of traveling by land and water. “ Already has the imperial edict been received, directing me, the acting governor general, to wait the arrival of the envoy at Canton, and then to soothe and stop him, as it is not at this time convenient to hurry to the north. “As to what is stated, of publicly deliberating upon the particulars of perpetual peace, inasmuch as it relates to discoursing of good faith, peace, and harmony, the idea is excellent; and it may seem right, because he has heard that England has settled all the particulars of a treaty with China, he may desire to do and manage in the same manner. But the circumstances of the two nations are not the same, for England had taken up arms against China for several years, and, in beginning to deliberate upon a treaty, these two nations could not avoid suspicion ; therefore, they seltled the details of a 1845. 357 Treaty with the United States. treaty, in order to confirm their good faith ; but since your honorable nation, from the commencement of commercial intercourse with China, during a period of two hundred years, all the merchants who have come to Canton, on the one hand, have observed the laws of China without any disagreement, and on the other there has been no failure of treating them with courtesy, 80 that there has not been the slightest room for discord; and, since the two nations are at peace, what is the necessity of: gotiating a treaty ? In the commencement, England was not at peace with China ; and when afterwards these two nations began to revert to a state of peace, it was indispensable to establish and settle details of a treaty, in order to oppose a barrier to fu- ture difficulties. "] have now discussed this subject, and desire the honorable plenipoten- tiary maturely to consider it. Your honorable nation, with France and England, are the three great foreign nations that come to the south of China to trade. But the trade of America and England with China is very great. Now, the law regulating the tariff has changed the old established duties, many of which have been essentially diminished, and the customary expen- ditures (exactions ?) have been abolished. Your honorable nation is treated in the same manner as England; and, from the time of this change in the tariff, all kinds of merchandise have flowed through the channels of free trade, among the people, and already has your nation been bedewed with its advantages. “The honorable plenipotentiary ought certainly to look at and consider that the great emperor, in his leniency to men from afar, has issued his edicts commanding the merchants and people peaceably to trade, which cannot but be beneficial to the nations. It is useless, with lofty, polished, and empty words, to alter these unlimited advantages. u But should the honorable plenipotentiary still presume to go to Peking, I, the governor-general, must memorialize the emperor, and wait his august majesty's pleasure, that he may do accordingly. Certainly, it will not an- swer hastily to proceed to Tientsin, lest on the way reports may be circula- ted, perhaps to the producing of suspicion and anxiety. Therefore it is proper that I should, beforehand, make this reply, together with the expres- sion of my desires for the daily increase of your health and happiness. “The above communication is to C. Cushing, envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary of the United States of America. “ A true translation: PETER PARKER, “ Joint Chinese Secretary to Legation." These two communications,--the first from Mr. Cushing and the second from Ching,—give us a clue to the policy of the two respec- live governments. “The necessity of landing at Macao and remain- ing there a few weeks,” was quite sufficient for the Chinese, and gave them ground enough to circumvent the stranger, so as to pre- vent him from going to Peking. If Mr. Cushing really intended to 1 358 AUG. Treaty with the United States. go to the capital, as we believe he did, he ought not to have landed at all in Macao, 'nor to have allowed the Brandywine to remaine in this vicinity more than eight-and-forty hours. Having made the necessary arrangements, he should have proceeded as near as pos- sible to the emperor at once, and then he would have negotiated his treaty at or near Peking, visited the imperial court, and paved the way for a permanent residence there,--a point of no small impor- tance yet to be gained. If he did not intend to go, or was in doubt on the subject, silence regarding it should have been maintained. In dealing with such a people, or with such a government, nothing should be proposed except what is most palpably right and proper ; and a measure once proposed should not be abandoned except for most cogent and weighty reasons. Ching managed like a true Chinese, puting forth palpable false- hood first and then poceeding to reason thereon as if it were plain matter of fact, admitted truth. This unblushing falsehood, about the frigate's going to Manila, merited stern rebuke, and was cause sufficient for terininating with him all correspondence. If Mr. Cushing wanted additional reason for hastening to Peking, he had it in this falsehood, which he should have laid before the emperor, with an avowal of the imposibility of treating with such an unworthy servant of his august majesty. But instead of ending at once the correspondence, Mr. Cushing adopted a different course, and gave the following answer. Macao, March 23, 1844. “Sir: The undersigned, commissioner and envoy extraordinary and min- ister plenipotentiary of the United States of America to the court of Peking, and bearer of letters from the president of the United States to the august sovereign, and also invested with full and all manner of power, for and in the name of the United States, to meet and confer with any person or per- sons bearing the like authority from the Chinese empire, and to negotiate and conclude and sign a treaty or treaties for the purpose of regulating the intercourse of the people of the two countries, and for establishing and confirming permanent relations of justice and friendship between China and the United States, has the honor to acknowledge the receipt this day of your excellency's communication of the 17th instant. “ The undersigned tenders his hearty thanks to your excellency for the information given of the happy old age and good health of his majesty, the august sovereign, and of the peace which the empire enjoys. The undersigned will lose no time in communicating intelligence of these gratifying facts to the president of the United States. “ The undersigned has read the residue of your excellency's communica- tion with that respectful attention which is due to your excellency's char- 1815. 359 Treaty with the United States. acter, and to the distinguished station which you occupy in the Chinese empire. “ Your excellency presents vanous considerations which induce you to think, in the first place, that it is not convenient for the undersigned to pro- ceed to the North ; and, in the second place, that there is no occasion for a treaty between China the United States of America. “ The undersigned regrets that he cannot, consistently with the views and instructions of his government, discuss either of these questions with any person, however eminent in cha.acter and station, except that person be an imperial commissioner. “ If the undersigned were permitted to discuss these questions with your excellency, he feels abundantly confident that he should be able to exhibit satisfactory reasons in reply to the arguments presented by your excellen- cy. And he feels constrained to express his disappointinent that he does not find in the frontier province an imperial commissioner having powers coextensive with his own, and authorized to adjust with him the terms and conditions of the future intercourse of the two nations, especially if the imperial government be desirous not to have the legation proceed to the north. Under any view of the latter point, questions of commerce might well have been settled here, reserving other and higher questions to be dis- cussed and settled at the court of the august sovereign. “ The undersigned cannot forbear respectfully to advert to an error of fact in the communication of your excellency. In that communication the fol lowing expressions occur, namely : “ as to the public despatch, in which it is stated the frigate Brandywine has gone to Manila, to take in a full supply of provisions," &c. “ Your excellency will see, on reverting to the cornmunication which the undersigned had the honor to make, that the above expressions do not occur in it, and that it is impossible they should have done so, inasmuch as, at the time that communication was written, the undersigned was on board the Brandy wine, then lying at anchor in Macao roads. Her voyage to Manila was a subsequent event. And, while abstaining from all present discussions, suggested by your excellency, the undersigued desires to advert to two of the statements incidentally made in your communication. “ Your excellency observes that it has been customary, in the case of pre- vious foreign embassies, for the chief magistrate of the frontier province to memorialize the emperor on the subject, and to ascertain his will as to an interview with the envoy. “The undersigned suggests, as to this, that it was to afford opportunity of conveying to the emperor such preliminary intimation of the contemplated mission of the undersigned, that the consul of the Unites States at Canton was commanded by the president of the United States to make known that fact to the public authorities of the two Kwang provinces. The undersigned is highly flattered to learn, from your excellency's communication, that the emperor, on receiving the ahove intimation, was graciously pleased to take interest in the welfare of the envoy of thc United 360 AUG Treaty with the United States. States, and to desire to relieve him from the additional toil and trouble of continuing on from the frontier province to the imperial court. “ This act of kindness, which is in full accordance with the beneficent character of his imperial majesty, with the civilization and courtesy of the central empire, and with the spirit of distinguished hospitality which it has manifested in times past towards the envoys of other governments, augments the solicitude of the undersigned to present to the emperor in person the letters of business and of amity which he bears from the pre- sident of the United States. * Furthermore, your excellency deprecates any such course of procedure, on the part of the undersigned, as might produce suspicion and anxiety. “ The undersigned assures your excellency, on this point, that his mission to the court of the august sovereign is one of peace and friendship; that the government of the United States is animated only with sentiments of respect and good will for that of China ; and that he himself, while firmly adhering to the discharge of the substantial parts of his duty, and the punc- tual fulfilment of the instructions of the president of the United States on that head, yet is both willing and ready, in the mode of doing this, and of approaching Peking, to consult the opinion of the high functionaries of the emperor, so far as he consistently can, in order to avoid all possible cause of suspicion and anxiety. He deems himself bound by his instructions to continue his journey to the north ; but if the imperial government prefer to have him proceed to the court by some other route, rather than to be conducted by the squadron of the United States to the mouth of the Pih-ho, whatever additional personal inconvenience he may sustain by adopting such other route, he will cheerfully encounter this, in order that he may thus evince the friendly disposition of the United States of America towards China. “ In conclusion, the undersigned tenders to your excellency the expression of his high respect, and of his wishes for your health and happiness. C. CUSHING. “To his Excellency the ACTING GOVERNOR GENERAL or KWANG TUNG AND KWANG SE." An error of fact, with a witness! Why such falsehood should be so lightly passed over, we cannot understand. We shall see by and by that, on a subsequent occasion, for a breach of etiquet, in the style of address, Kiying was promptly and wisely called to account. So ought Ching to have been in this case. And we repeat the opinion, that for putting forth such a falsehood, all communication with him should have been terminated at once, and the matter re- ported to his master On the 1st of April, Ching gave the following reply to Mr. Cu- shing's communication of March 23d. It is, the reader will see, puerile and jejune enough: 1945. 361 Treaty with the United States. “I, Ching, of the great pure dynasty, acting governor general of the two Kwang provinces, &c., received the honorable plenipotentiary's despatch on the 28th inst. and have fully ascertained from it that the honorable plenipo- tentiary's proceeding to Peking, there to be presented to the emperor, has arisen out of sincere sentiments of respect and good will to China. “Still more necessary, therefore, it is to await at Canton the imperial will, pointing out the proper course of procedure. As to a willingness to pro- ceed to Peking by the inland rivers, it is an excellent idea of the plenipo- tentiary, with a view to avoid producing among the people suspicions and anxiety [incidental to] the sailing by sea ; but the inner rivers are narrow and shallow near the banks, and it will be still more unsuitable to travel upon and along these through the country. I, the acting governor-gen- eral, will, as in duty bound, take the honorable plenipotentiary's senti- ments which have come to hand, and, respectfully reporting them to the emperor, will memorialize the august sovereign, to ascertain whether he will grant orders to proceed to the capital by way of Tientsin, or by the inland rivers, or whether the emperor will appoint an imperial commis- sioner to come to Canton, to deliberate with the honorable plenipotentiary, (in which event it will be needless to repair to Peking,) or whether there may be some other mode of managing the business. “ It is inexpedient for me, the acting governor general, to take upon my- self to deal with the honorable plenipotentiary. Besides, it cannot be a light matter to commence movements which may eventuate iu the loss of the invaluable blessing of peace. As is requisite, I make this communication. “ The foregoing communication is to his excellency C. Cushing, envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary of the United States of America. "TAUKWANG, 24th year, 2d moon, 14th day—(April 1, 1844). A faithful translation: PETER PARKER, Joint Chinese Secretary to Legation. Under this date, April 1st, Mr. Cushing addressed the acting governor-general, and requested of him complete and perfect copies of the several treaties recently concluded between China and Great Britain and Portugal. In his communication to Ching, March 23d, Mr. Cushing express- ed his regrets that he could not, consistently with the views and instructions of his government,” discuss, except with an imperial commissioner, the questions of his not going to the north and of there being no occasion for a treaty between China and the United States of America—questions raised by the acting governor-general. And plainly he could not; and he ought therefore to have adhered rigidly to those “ views and instructions," Ching having requested 46 VOL. XIV. NO. VIII. 302 AUG. Treuty with the United States. the plenipotentiary to remain in the province of Yuh," Mr. Cu- shing, on the 16th of April thus replied. "Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your excellency's communication of the 12th instant. “By this I learn that no commissioner has yet been appointed to meet ine on behalf of the august sovereign. Also, that a reply froin Peking to the dispatch of your excellency, an- nouncing the arrival of the American legation, and its intention to repair to Peking, may be expected in three months' time, “ Under these circunstances, inasmuch as your excellency does not pro- pose to open to me the inland road to Peking, in the event of my waiting here until the favorable monsoon for proceeding to the north by sea shall have passed away, and as I cannot, without disregard of the commands of iny government, permit the season to elapse withour pursuing the objects of my mission, I shall immediately leave Macao in the Brandywine. “I feel the less hesitation in pursuing this course, in consideration of the tenor of the several communications which I have received from your excellency. " It is obvious, that if the court had entertained any very particular desire that I should remain here, it would have caused an imperial com- missioner to be on the spot, ready to receive me on my arrival, or, at any rate, instructions would have been forwarded to your excellency for the reception of the legation; since, in order that no proper act of courtesy to- wards the Chinese government should be left unobserved, notice was duly given last autumn, by the consul of the United States, that my govern- inent had appointed a minister to China. The omission of the court to take either of these steps seems to indicate expectation, on its part, that I should probably land at some port in the north. “ Besides which, your excellency is well aware, that it is neither the cus- tom in China, nor consistent with the high character of its sovereign, to decline to receive the einbassies of friendly states. To do so, indeed, would among Western States be considered an act of national insult, and a just cause of war. “Permit me to observe, that your excellency misapprehends the nature of iny communications, if you look upon them as conveying an importunate request on any subject whatever; not having understood that your excel- lency has any po ver to negotiate with foreign ministers ; and having con- tented myself with courteously replying to what seemed to me the impor- tunate request of your excellency to have me abstain from going to Peking. “ Indeed, my sole object, originally, in addressing your excellency was to signify my high personal respect, and that of iny government, for the august sovereign, by seizing the earliest inoment, after arrival in China, to make inquiry for his health. “ Deference to the government of the province demanded that this inquiry should be addrczscd lo your excclleury, 1845. 303 Treaty with the United States. “ In doing this, I had the opportunity, also, of tendering my compliments to your excellency, who thus became incidentally informed of the arrival of the legation. “These were acts of courtesy, which seemed to be proper to be performed by the representative of the government of the United States to the nearest great functionary of that of China. “ And here the correspondence on my part would have stopped, but for the fact that your excellency conceived it to be your duty, in reply, to enter into arguments on the question of whether it was convenient for the lega- tion to proceed to Peking, and whether there was any occasion for a treaty between China and the United States, and more especially suggesting that the presence of the squadron of the United States in the gulf of Chihli might occasion suspicion and anxiety. “To these suggestions I could not either in civility to your excellency or in justice to my government avoid responding, so far as to make known the friendly purposes of my government, and my own readiness to proceed to the north by the inland routes, if that course would be more acceptable to the imperial government. “I had no occasion to request of your excellency the means of proceeding to the north, as my government had itself provided such means, in the squil- dron dispatched by it to this coast for that among other purposes. “In regard to the mode and place of deliberating upon all things relative to the perpetual peace and friendship of China and the United States, your excellency refers to the precedent of the late negotiations with the plenipo- tentiary of great Britain. “The rules of politeness and ceremony observed by sir Henry Pottinger were doubtless just and proper in the particular circumstances of the case. But, to render them fully applicable to the United States, it would be ne- cessary for my government, in the first instance, to subject the people of China to all the calamities of war, and especially to take possession of some island on the coast of China, as a place of residence for its minister. I can- not suppose that the imperial government wishes the United States to do this. Certainly no such wish is entertained at present by the United States, which, animated with the most amicable sentiments towards China, feels assured of being met with corresponding deportinent on the part of China. “ I have the honor now to take my leave of your excellency, and, in doing so, to express my regret that it has not been compatible with my duty to make my compliments in person, as it would have given me pleasure to do, to the governor of the province. Wishing your excellency all health and prosperity, I remain,” &c. Having thus taken leave of Ching, and declared his purpose to quit Macao immediately, it might have been well to have suited the action to the word. However, “circumstances alter cases.” It may be noticed here, in passing, that on the 13th of April, three 1 364 AUG. Treaty with the United States. days prior to the date of the preceding communication, Mr. Cushing addressed a note to Ching informing him that the United States frigate Brandywine, bearing the broad pendant of commodore Parker, was that day proceeding to Whampoa, "on a visit, for a few days, af courtesy and civility to the capital, of the province." On the 19th of the same month, the acting governor-general ac- knowledged the receipt of two public documents from Mr. Cushing, and gave the following in reply. He says: “ At present, the trade of every country with China is harmonious, and every point relating thereto is properly adjusted, which was accomplished when the imperial commissioner Tsiyeng, in conjunction with the present acting governor, deliberated upon and settled all the various points with the English plenipotentiary, Pottinger, repeatedly discussing them until we had arranged and fully agreed upon them all. The consuls of every nation were, moreover, to act in every particular according to this same arrangement. Henceforth, China and foreign nations would be at peace, gladness and prosperity would be without limit, and joyful contentment be every where diffused. “Let your excellency, in order to prove this, take the several regulations which I, the acting governor, on that occasion, promulgated, and again, with your country's consul, Forbes, examine the former general regulations with those which were subsequently agreed upon, and carefully look over them all, and he will then know that our august emperor tenderly cherishes men from afar, and that whatever would be of advantage to the merchants of every nation has certainly been done to the utmost. Your excellency is of course fully aware that between China and Eng- land, France and Portugal, there is henceforth to be lasting peace and good will; how much more, then, between your country's merchants, who have come here for two hundred years, quietly pursuing their business, and China, should there be still greater concord and intimacy-henceforth forever ex- isting the pleasing interchanges of peace and good will. Still more need we not wait until matters occur which will require a treaty; and between our two countries this is no cause of apprehension whatever. “ Moreover, the high officer Tsiyeng has already received orders to be governor general of the two Kwang, and in course will come to Canton, so that the public business of the two countries can then be still more easily deliberated upon. “But it is highly necessary that I should also remark, concerning the man- of-war Brandy wine coming up to Whampoa. The Bogue makes an outer portal of Kwangtung, where an admiral is stationed to control and guard. Heretofore, the men-of-war of foreign nations have only been allowed to cast anchor in the seas without the mouth of the river, and have not been permitted to enter within. This is a settled law of the land, made a long time past. Whampoa is the place where merchant ships collect together not one where men-of-war can anchor. Now, since the sole design of 66 1845, 365 Treaty with the United States. merchantmen is to trade, and men-of-war are prepared to fight; if they en- ter the river fright and suspicion will easily arise among the populace, thus causing an obstacle in the way of trade. Furthermore, the two coun- tries are just about deliberating upon peace and goood will, and suddenly to have a man-of-war enter the river, while we are speaking of good faith and cultivating good feeling, has not a little the aspect of distrust. “ Among the articles of the commercial regulations it is provided, that an English government vessel shall be allowed to remain at anchor at Wham- poa, and that a deputy shall be appointed to control the seamen. The design of this, it was evident, was to put an end to strife and quell disputes. But this vessel is a small one, containing but few troops, and moreover bring a petty officer, so that it is a matter of but little consequence, one way or another. “If your country's man-of-war Brandywine contains five hundred and more troops, she has also a proportionately large number of guns in her, and brings a commodore in her; she is in truth far different from the government vessel of the British, and it is inexpedient for her to enter the river; and there are, in the aspect of the affair, many things not agreeable. When the English admiral Parker and Saltoun went up to Canton last year they took a small vessel, and left their large men-of-war at anchor in Hongkong, not entering the river in them. This is plain and sufficient proof of what is proper; and I accordingly, in reply to your excellency, [beg] that you will clearly examine with regard to this ship; if she has not yet entered port, to require her to return immediately to her anchorage at Macao; and, if she has entered the river, also to straightway send a message to commodore Parker, that he sail out, and return with his ship to Macao. She certainly cannot remain long. This, too, will be full evi- dence of courteous friendliness. “ The regulations of all governments are dissimilar, but the principles of reason are the same; whence it is that peace and good will among nations consist in each keeping within their own limits. It cannot be permitted to the men-of-war of other countries lightly to enter the mouth of the river, and remain there at anchor. “ I beg your excellency to well consider this, which is one important ob- ject of this communication. “To his excellency the honorable the American Plenipotentiary, &c. " TAOUKWANG, 24th year, 3d moon, 21 day — (April 19th, 1844.) True translation : S. WELLS WILLIAMS. Despite every thing, a war of words now became inevitablema war in which the Chinese never fear discomfiture. In addition to the long communication of April 19th given above, the acting go- vernor-general wrote to Mr. Cushing again under the same date, complaining of the U. S. A. consuls conduct in opening a dispatch, intrusted to him for transmission. On the next and the day fol- lowing, other communications from Ching were sent both to the 1 306 Aug. Treaiy with the United States. commodore and to the plenipotentiary, complaining of the Brandy- wine's entering the Bogue, declining to exchange salutes and to receive a visit from commodore Parker within the walls of Canton, Again in his turn, on the 22d, Mr. Cushing addressed the acting governor-general, in the following language : “Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt, this day, of your excellency's three letters, under date of the 19th and 20th instant, to certain points of which some brief reply seems requisite. “When I addressed your excellency on the 13th, thanking you for copies of the treaty of Nanking and of that of Portugal, I was not aware of the fact which I have since discovered with much regret, that your excellency did not deem it convenient to communicate to me the whole of the treaty of Nanking “In regard to the letter which Mr. Forbes opened, it is but justice to him to state that he did it in the company of lieu nant Pegram, the aide-de- camp of commodore Parker, under the supposition that, as stated to him by · the bearer of it, the letter was designed for commodore Parker. I regret the occurrence of the mistake, and am sure it was the farthest possible froin the intention of Mr. Forbes to be guilty of any disrespect towards your excellency. No such accident could have happened, if the letter had been sent to my residence instead of that of Mr. Forbes. “In regard to the Brandywine, it is hardly necessary for me to repeat, that the object in visiting Whampoa was one of respect and friendship only, so far as it concerned the Chinese government. “ It is customary, among all the nations of the west, for the ships of war of one country to visit the ports of another in time of peace, and, in doing so, for the commodore to exchange salutes with the local authorities, and to pay his conipliments in person to the principal public functionary. To omit these testimonies of good will is considered as evidence of a hostile or least of an unfriendly feeling. “But your excellency says the provincial government has no authority to exchange salutes with commodore Parker, or to receive a visit of cere- mony from him. And I deeply regret, for the sake of China, that such is the fact. China will find it very difficult to remain in peace of the great States of the west, so long as her provincial governors are pro- hibited either to give or to receive manifestations of that peace, in the ex- change of the ordinary courtesies of national intercourse. “ And I cannot forbear to express my surprise, that in the great and powerful province of Kwang tung, the presence of a single ship of war should be cause of apprehension to the local government. “ Least of all should such apprehension be entertained in reference to any ships of war belonging to the United States, which now feels, and (unless ill treatment of our public agents should produce a change of sentiments) will continue to feel, the most hearty and sincere good will toward China. * And your excellency will find, on inquiry, that commodore Parker, in- with any 18.15. 307 Treaty with the United Slulcs, 66 stead of doing any unusual thing in anchoring in the Bugue, has but fol- lowed the exumple, in this respect, of his predecessor, commodore Kearney, who spent soine time at anchor there, two years ago, with the United States ships of war Constellation and Boston. Your excellency quotes the late treaty with England, as bearing on this question, “ I have examined the article referred to; and find that by it England is required to keep a government vessel at anchor in each of the five ports of Kwanychau, Fuchau, Amoy, Ningpo, and Shanghai; but I find nothing in the article to limit the size and the armament of that vessel, and nothing which prohibits England from keeping two or ten government vessels in each of the five ports, if it suits her pleasure. I presume she consults her own convenience in keeping at present only one government vessel, and that of small size, anchored at Kwángchau, which she may well do, having a fleet of large vessels so near at hand, at Hongkong. “But does that article apply to the other great nations of the west ? If so, and each of them is required to keep a government vessel in each of the five ports, the effect will be to fill the very interior ports of China with large squadrons of foreign men-of-war, to a degree which might well give disquietude to the Chinese government. “This question, if there were no others, might serve to satisfy your go- vernment, that the late treaties between China and Great Britain, instead of dispensing with all occasion for treaties with America and France, have but rendered such treaties the more indispensably necessary to the main- tenance of peace and good understanding. “I am confident your excellency will, on reflection, perceive that none of the cases cited, of the practice of the British government or its officers, car have any bearing on the United States, for the reasons which were hinted at in my last communication. The two cases will not begin to be parallel until America shall have deemed her honor aggrieved by the conduct of China towards her public officers, and shall thereupon have taken up arins, and shall have seized upon a portion of the territory of the empire. God forbid that any such deplorable events should occur, to disturb the harmony which now exists between China and the United States. “ I have only to add, that, when the Brandywine went to Whampoa, li was the intention of commodore Parker to return so soon as the state of the tide should admit of her crossing the bar in safety ; and to this original in- tention he will still adhere. I have no disposition to increase the embar- rassments to which your excellency is already subjected, by the grave omission of the imperial government in neglecting to make proper pro- vision for the American legation; immediately on receiving notice of its intended arrival. Coming here, in behalf of my government, to tender to China the friend- ship of the greatest of the powers of America, it is iny duty, in the outset, not to omit any of the tokens of respect customary among western 118.- 1 4 368 AUG. Treuly with the United States. tions. If these demonstrations are not met in a correspondent nammer, it will be the misterlune of China, but it will not be the fault of the United States. “I notice the faci, stated by your excellency, that Tsiyeng has been ap- pointed governor-general of the two Kwáng provinces, but not that he, or any other person, has been appointed imperial commissioner, nor any in- formation as to the time of the arrival of Tsiyeng at Canton. “ I have the honor to renew to your excellency my wishes for your health and happiness, and to remain, with due respect, your obedient servant, C. CUSHING." A very timely lecture, and for delivering it we are half inclined to excuse the plenipotentiary for swerving from his right purpose of saying no more to his excellency-especially regarding the topics of forming a treaty, &c. . The following “Jucid communication” written April 21st, was (evidently) received by Mr. Cushing subsequently to his writing and forwarding that of the 22d, given above. “ Ching, acting governor-general of Kwangtung and Kwúngsi, member of the Board of War, &c., makes this lucid communication in reply: “On the 3d of the 3d month (April 20, 1844) your excellency’s dispatch was received, and, having been perused, was fully understood. “ Your excellency's earnest request to proceed to Peking, I, the acting governor-general, by express, immediately reported to the throne; and when the pleasure of the great emperor shall have been received in an edict, it shall be made known [to you]. This will be acting strictly ac- cording to the laws, I am not ignorant that your excellency, having arrived in the province of Canton, is unwilling to be long detained. But from the province of Canton to the capital, and from the capital to the province of Canton, the going and returning, together, require more than fifty days, when the imperial pleasure may be received in an edict. And for an in- perial commissioner to come to Canton, there also unavoidably must be required much time. Thus, then, in traveling on the road there must be no inconsiderable delays. “Now, although your excellency had a letter brought to China last year, still, on account of the variable sea winds, it could not be known when you would arrive; and, accordingly, a high imperial commissioner could not be here long in waiting. When your excellency did arrive in the province of Canton, I, the acting governor-general, immediately made report thereof, by memorial, to the throne; and so, while no person has been selected and appointed (as imperial commissioner,] this too, in my replies, I must faithfully declare, without one word of deception. “ Also, regarding the reception of yourself the high commissioner, it is necessary to wait till the imperial pleasure shall have been received in an edict, and then to act accordingly, 1845. 309 Treuly with the United States, “ Your excellency cannot hold indiscriminate intercourse with ſour] offi- cers, and will not deviate from your appropriate sphere of action. Also, it is inconvenient for me, the acting governor-general, to hold any unofficial intercourse. From this fixed rule of China, I, the acting governor-general, cannot take upon myself to deviate. But when once the imperial pleasure has been received in an edict, and an imperial commissioner chosen and appointed, then it will be incumbent (on me) to communicate the same in due form, and not to keep your excellency long in anxious suspense. “Regarding what is said of the settled usages of Western nations that not to receive a high commissioner from another State is an insult to that State—this certainly, with men, has a warlike hearing. * * * * * But during the two hundred years of commercial intercourse between China and your country, there has not been the least animosity nor the slightest insult. It is for harmony and good will your excellency has come; and your request to proceed to the capital, and to have an audience with the emperor, is wholly of the same good mind. If, then, in the outset, such pressing language is used, it will destroy the admirable relations. “ As it is said [in your dispatch] the people of China assuredly cannot wish to have the United States act in this manner, so assuredly it is that my country does not harbor such evil intention. Hence it is apparent that your excellency's coming is for the good purpose of securing tranquillity. " At no distant day, the imperial pleasure will be received in an edict, and an imperial high commissioner may come to the province of Canton; then it will be proper to hold intercourse with your excellency, according to the rules of etiquet, and to conform to those which were observed with Pottinger, without the slightest abatement. I beg that your excel- jency will not, through urgency, create suspicions. “ For this I make this communication in reply, desiring your prosperity. May it reach the person to whom it is addressed. “ The above is the lucid communication. “To CUSHING, Envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary, &-c., of the United States of America. TAUKWANG, 24th year, 3d moon, 4th day (April 21, A. D. 1844.) True translation : E. C. BRIDGMAN, Joint Chinese secretary to the U. S. Legation. The following is Mr. Cushing's answer. “ United States Legation, Macao, April 24, 1844. “Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the letter addressed to me by your excellency on the 21st instant, and have considered its contents. “In that letter you state that the transmission and return of dispatches between Canton and the capital occupy about fifty days, while in your letter of the 12th instant the time is fixed at about three months. VOL. XIV. NO. VISI, 370 Alge Treaty with the United States. 4 “ This difference of expression produces uncertainty in a very important particular; and that uncertainty is increased by the circumstance that it no where distinctly appears, in your excellency's several letters, on what day you reported to the emperor the arrival of the legation. “I am thus left in doubt, not only as to the number of days, but as to the time when those days began to run. As to the other points touched upon in your excellency's communication, it seems to be quite unnecessary to continue to discuss them, as it now appears that, notwithstanding the notice given last autumn of the arrival of the American legation, you were forbidden by your government to receive the legation, or even so much as to exchange the most ordinary courtesies with any of the public officers of the United States. “I can only assure your excellency, that this is not the way for China to cultivate good will and maintain peace. The late war with England was caused by the conduct of the authorities at Canton, in disregarding the rights of public officers who represented the English government. “ If, in the face of the experience of the last five years, the Chinese go- vernment now reverts to antiquated custoins, which have already brought such disasters upon her, it can be regarded in no other light than as evi- dence that she invites and desires (war with] the other great western powers. “ The United States would sincerely regret such a result. We have no desire whatever to dismember the territory of the empire. Our citizens have at all times deported themselves here in a just and respectful manner. The position and policy of the United States enable us to be the most dis- interested and the most valuable of the friends of China. I have flattered myself, therefore, and cannot yet abandon the hope, that the imperial government will see the wisdom of proinptly welcoming and of cordially responding to the amicable assurances of the government of the United States. “ In this expectation, I have the honor once inore to subscribe myself, with due consideration, your excellency's obedient servant. C. CuSiIING. “To his excellency Cung, &c. “A copy of a brief memoir on the United States transmitted herewith. To this, we have the following rejoinder. "], Ching, of lhe great pure dynasty, acling g‘overnor-general, &c., make this reply. “Upon the 16th instant, (3d Muy,) I received the honorable plenipoten- tiary's dispatch, with a brief memoir of the United States, and have read and fully understood it. As to your statement that I, the acting governor, have before twice ad:dressed a communication, making statements that were discordant relative to the receiving of the imperial will, now, either 1845. 371 Treaty with the United States, the honorable plenipotentiary has not carefully examined them, or the translation has not been perspicuous. As to the misunderstanding, I, the acting governor, upon the 2d month, and 25th day, (12th April,) made a reply, in which it was expressed, that within three months the imperial will may be received. This referred to the third month of the present year, which is this month, and not the period of three months. Also, on the 4th day of the 3d moon, (24th April,) I made a reply, in which it was expressed that, to go to Peking and return requires fifty or more days; which, connecting it with the time of the honorable plenipotentiary's arrival in Yuh, requesting to enter Peking, to be presented to the emperor, which I, the acting governor, did, upon the 2d moon and 4th day, (22d March,} report to the emperor, reckoning for going and coming fifty days or more, then truly, as previously stated, it will be in the last decade of the 3d month; and there is no place for any discrepancy with the period of my former communication. In a little tiine the imperial pleasure will be received, when I, the acting governor-general, as behooveth me, will transcribe a complete copy, and appoint and dispatch an officer to Macao, to proclaim it aloud, that the honorable plenipotentiary may understand it fully. “We must wait till his excellency Tsiyeng arrives, when it will be con- venient and proper, with the honorable plenipotentiary, unitedly to de. liberate upon the affairs of the two nations; and I request you to lay aside suspicions. “ As to your honorable nation's scholars and merchants who have hitherto come to the south of China, they have been respectful and complaisant, and there has not been the slightest agitation of injurious and troublesome conduct, which I, the acting governor, have very well known, and in which I have rejoiced; but I wish that henceforth free commerce and good will through myriads of years may secure universal peace and prosperity; and, upon this point, my sentiments coincide with the honorable pleni- potentiary's. “ As to the American nation's being one of vast extent among the nations of the West, I, the acting governor-general, had previously read the book on the history of the United States, [literally, provinces,] and partially understood its purport; and now I have perused your excellency's memoir of the United States, which, generally speaking, agrees with what is con- tained in the brief history of the United States) provinces. Although our two countries are very remote from each other, yet I have long since heard that your honorable country was the great nation among the Western (powers,] and it is the last we would dare to regard is a weak and petty state. “ A second time I request no suspicion. Making this reply to your com- munication and the accompanying memoir, I avail myself of the opportu. nity of presenting my compliments and wishes for your happiness and promotion. As requisite, I make this reply. 372 Aug, Treaty with the United States. " The foregoing is to his excellency Cushing, envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary of the United States of America. TAUKWANG, 24th year, 3d moon, 17th day—May 4, 1844.) A faithful translation: PETER PARKER, Joint Chinese Secretary to Legation. Under the same date, May 4th, Ching forwarded another dispatch, in which he explained and apologized for not sending the entire treaty of Nanking, expressed his satisfaction with the explanation regarding the consul's opening his dispatch and promised in future to send them by special messengers, repeats that the frigate's enter- ing the Bogue was in opposition to the established laws of the central kingdom and exults in the facts that she had now retired without the Bogue and no salute had been fired, and concludes by stating that he dare not, in opposition to old usage, meet the high officers of foreign states, and that Kíying, having been appointed governor-general of the two Kwáng, had commenced his journey southward from Kiángnán on the 19th of April and might be ex- pected in Canton by the 5th of June. It is to be noted here that, at the time Kíying was appointed, the arrival here of the American ambassador was not known at court. But knowing, as his majesty did, that such a minister must soon be in China, he no doubt made the selection of the noble and generous Tartar with reference to that event. We shall quote only one more of Mr. Cushing's lectures, given with such hearty good will to his friend Ching. • United States Legation, Macao, May 9, 1844. “Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the two letters ad- dressed to me by your excellency, under date of the fourth of the present month. "In view of the facts set forth in those letters, and of your excellency's earnest protestations of the friendly intention of the imperial government, I have concluded to wait here a short time longer, in the hope of the arrival of satisfactory advices from the court. “ At the same time, it seems proper to state to your excellency, in all frankness, the circumstances under which I have adopted this conclusion. Foreign ambassadors represent the sovereignty of their nation. Any dis- respect shown to them, is disrespect to their nation, government, or sove- reign. They possess the right, in the discharge of their public duty, to come and go, without let or hindrance. Causelessly to molest them, is a national injury of the gravest character. Accordingly, in the West, foreign ministers, on arriving at the borders of the government to which they are sent, are accustomed to enter the country immediately, and to proceed, without delay or obstacle, to the 1845. 373 Treaty with the United States. court, where, after paying their respects to the sovereign, they address themselves at once to the appropriate minister of state, for the transaction of the business of the mission. “Such are the usages followed by the West, in the general interests of humanity. For, when great nations deal together as such, they must deal through the medium either of ambassadors, the instruments of friendship, or of fleets and armies, the instruments of hostility. There is no other al- ternative. And thus it is, that the agency of ambassadors is found to be of the greatest utility, not only as the means of terminating the calamities of war, but also as the means of securing the continuance of the blessings of peace. “ These principles are universally received in the West, and I have reason to think they are in China also; for I find that in the fourth and sixth arti- cles of the treaty of Keangnán, his imperial majesty makes special men- tion of the injuries done to captain Elliot and other British officers by Chi- nese ministers of state, and recognises the justice and propriety of granting reparation therefor to the government of Great Britain ; and I find, also, that, on occasion of the embassy of lord Macartney, in the reign of the emperor Kienlung, orders were dispatched to all the seaports of China, previous to his arrival, commanding public officers to give to him a hospi- table reception wherever he should appear on the coast, and to afford to him all facilities for immediately proceeding to the imperial court. “ That the Chinese government might not be unprepared for the contin- gency of my arrival, it received official notice, last autumn, that the presi- dent of the United States had appointed an envoy to the court of Peking. “Whereupon, it was competent for the Chinese government, if it desired that the envoy, on his arrival in China, should confer with an imperial commissioner before proceeding to Peking, to have had such commissioner in readiness in the frontier province; or, if that was inconvenient, then to have given authority and instruction to the provincial government for the reception of the envoy. “Respect towards a friendly nation, justice, the principles of international comity, the love of peace, all required that one of these two things should have been done. “ But, instead of either of these thinga, instructions were given to the pro- vincial government to importune the envoy, on his arrival, to wait at the frontier an uncertain time, while the provincial government was left, in the interim, without any authority to receive the envoy-nay, without au- thority even to exchange the most ordinary courtesies either with the envoy or with the commander of the squadron of the United States. " I must not conceal from your excellency the extreme dissatisfaction and disappointment which the people of America will experience when they learn that their envoy, instead of being promptly and cordially welcomed by the Chinese government, is thus molested and delayed, on the very threshold of the province of Yuh. 374 Ara. Treaty with the United Statrs. « The people of America have been accustomed to consider China the most refined and the most enlightened of the nations of the east; and they will demand, how it is possible, if China he thus refined, she should allow herself to be wanting in courtesy to their envoy; and, if China be thus en- lightened, how it is possible that, having just emerged from a war with England, and being in the daily expectation of the arrival of the envoy of the French, she should suffer herself to slight and repel the good will of the United States. And the people of America will be disposed indignantly to draw back the proffered hand of friendship, when they learn how imper- fectly the favor is appreciated by the Chinese government. " In consenting, therefore, to postpone, for a short time longer, my depar- ture for the north, and in omitting, for however brief a period, to consider the action of the Chinese government as one of open disrespect to the United States, and to take due measures of redress, I incur the hazard of the disapprobation and censure of my governinent; for the American govern- ment is peculiarly sensitive to any act of foreign governments injurious to the honor of the United States. " It is the custom of American citizens to demand themselves respectfully towards the people and authorities of any foreign nation in which they may, for the time being, happen to reside. Your excellency has frankly and truly borne witness to the just and respectful deportment which hoth scholars and merchants of the United States have at all times manifested in China. * This cannot be more acceptable to the government of China than it is to that of the United ates, which, accustomed itself and requiring its citi- zens to treat other nations and governments with perfect justice and cour- tesy, expects the same in return, and is therefore prompt to resent, by all the means in its power, any wrong which may be perpetrated on its citi- xens, and more especially any indigvity which may be offered to its public agents, and through thein to its sovereignty and honor. “But I left America as a messenger of peace. I came into China full of sentiments of respect and friendship towards its sovereign and its people. And notwithstanding what has occurred, since my arrival here, to chill the warinth of my previous good will towards China, and to bring down the high conceptions I had previously been led to form in regard to the courtesy of its government, I am loth to give these up entirely, and in so doing put an end perhaps to the existing harmonious relations between the United States and China. * I have therefore to say to your excellency, that I accept, for the present, your assurances of the sincerity and friendship of the Chinese governinent. I suspend all the resentment which I have just cause to feel on account of the obstructions thrown in the way of the progress of the legation, anıl other particulars of the action of the imperial and provincial governments, in the hope that suitable reparation will be made for these acts in due time. ".commit myself, in all this, to the integrity and honor of the Chinese 1810). Treuly with the United Stutes. government; and if, in the sequel, I shall prove to have done this in vaini, I shall then consider myself the inore amply justified, in the sight of all men, for any determination which, out of regard for the honor of the United States, it may be my duty to adopt under such circumstances. "I assure your excellency, that it is my earnest desire for the continuance of aniity between the respective governments which alone has brought me to this decision. No other consideration would induce me to consent to remain for another day here at the frontier, where, while the business of my mission is retarded or delayed, and the disapprobation of ny go- vernnent is hazarded, I have no opportunity neanwhile to relieve the tedi- uin of expectation, by associating with the scholars and statesmen of the Flowery Land. But I cling to the hope, that, in submitting to these incon- veniences, I am consulting the peace and welfare of the two great natious of China and Anerica. God grant that I be not disappointed in this hope, by any new delays on the part of our government. “ I have the honor to repeat my wishes for your excellency's prosperity, and the health and repose of his imperial majesty. 6 C. CUSHING. “To his excellency Ching, &c." May 8th the acting governor-general announced to Mr. Cushing the following particulars: that, March 22d, he communicated, by memorial, the plenipotentiary's "request" to go to Peking; that or 4th of May received the emperor's will that it was needless to go to Peking, Kiying having been appointed governor-general at Canton, with orders to repair thither in post haste and transact all proper business with the honorable plenipotentiary; that, April 1st, he had again memorialized the emperor, conveying a “second request ;” and on the 6th of May received the einperor's will, appointing Kíying imperial commissioner with full powers to negotiate, &c. May 9th he sent a deputation of officers to Macao to convey in Mr. Cushing the three following rescripts of the imperial will. 1 “ Three communications of the imperial will, respectfully transcribed. “We, great ministers of state, members of the privy council, Keun kí tá Chin, communicate, that upon Taukwang, 24th year, 2d moon, and 228 day, (9th April, 1844,) we received the imperial mandate, that Ching had meinorialized the throne relative to the American envoy's entering Peking; but America never, as yet, having gone through with presenting tribule, then hastily proceeding to Tientsin, it will be necessary to require its immediate As to the request to negotiate and settle commereial regulations, it will also be necessary to deliver over to the original deliberator, (Kíyeng,) the great minister of state, to negotiate and settle them. Certainly there exists no cause at the north for hastily proceeding to 'Tientsin, requiring the appointment of another high commissioner to negotiate with him. The great return. 376 Auri. Trcuiy with the United Siales. minister of states Tsiyeng, the original deliberator, has been appointed go- vernor-general of the two Kwang provinces, and is going post haste to Can- ton. Enjoin upon the said envoy quietly to wait at Canton, and by no means to esteem it a light matter to agitate disorder, which is an important concern. Take this mandate, and, at [the speed of four hundred li per day, (133 miles,) make it known. By the emperor. 2 “We, great ministers of state, members of the Privy Council communicate that, on Táukwing, 24th year, 3d moon, and 5th day, (22d April,) we received the imperial inandate, that whereas Ching has memorialized the throne, that the American envoy still again importunately requests to enter Peking, and is willing, by the inner rivers, to make the journey, &c., cause the said lieutenant governor again to issue a clear edict respecting the treaty to be deliberated upon, and which it is desired to negotiate with an imperial high commissioner; that now Tsiyeng has been appointed to the office of governor-general of the two Kwang, and also, as before, the seals of imperial commissioner have been delivered over to him, the said nation's envoy, quietly waiting at Yuh, (Canton,) may properly negotiate with him. If, absolutely, he desires to come to the north of Pie-ho to Tientsin, there is no imperial high commissioner there, and he will not be able to negotiate a treaty, and positively he must return again to Canton, to negotiate with Tsiyeng; and why unnecessarily take the voyage ? “ Let the said lieutenant-governor receive this imperial pleasure, then clearly explain that neither by sea nor land can it be permitted him to enter Peking, but let there be orders for him to wait for the imperial comunissioner at Canton. It is not permitted to do otherwise. Take this mandate, and [at the speed of] five hundred lí (166 miles) per day, order it to be known. By the emperor. 3 • Upon the same day the Nui Ko [Imperial Cabinet] received the imperial edict, [stating] that 'Tsiyeng, now having been appointed to the office of go- vernor-general of the two Kwang provinces, the supplementary appropriate business relating to the commerce of every province, let all be delivered over to the said chief agent, and cause the seals of irnperial high cominissioner to be dilivered to him; and if it occur that he have to manage the business of free commerce, and the correspondence of the ports of each province, he is in like manner permitted to affix the seal, using great precaution. By the enperor. A faithful translation; PETER PARKER, &c. The deputation reached Macao, on the 13th, and the following day, was received by Mr. Cushing who made a further communica- tion to Ching, expressing his pleasure in the appointment of so able and experienced a negotiator as Kíying, but declaring that he did not “relinquish his purpose of presenting to the emperor, in person, the letter” which he bore from the president of the United States. In the same communication, Mr. Cushing repeated his intimation 1845. A Funeral Sermon. of a willingness to wait in Macao, a reasonable time for the expected arrival of the imperial coinnissioner. With one more short extract we must close this article, to be con- tinued in our next number,-this forming the first scene in the drama, extending from the date of Mr. Cushing's first letter to Ching, " on board the United States flag-ship Brandywine, Macao Roads, February 27th, 1844," to the 24th of May, a period of nearly three months. Ching thus makes his exit. " Ching, acting governor-general of Kwangtung and Kuangsi, vice-presi- dent of the Board of War, &c., makes this communication : “On the 19th instant (3d day of the 4th month). I received your excel. lency's communication, (of the following tenor:) I have received the pub. lic dispatch brought by the prefect Tsin and others, covering copies of three documents conveying the imperial pleasure, which ought to be re- spected, &c. Perceiving hereby that your excellency will conform respect- fully to the great emperor's pleasure, my delight and joy are very great. And, as is right, I make this communication in reply, for your excellency's satisfaction. Wishing for your present happiness and daily advancement, may this communication reach him to whom it is addressed. " The above communication is addressed to his excellency Cushing, mi- nister plenipotentiary of the United States of America. "TAUKWANG, 24th year, 4th month, 8th day—May 24, 1844.) 6 True translation: E. C. BRIPGMAN, “Joint Chinese Secretary." 66 ART. II. A Funeral Sermon, preached at Macao, on the death of Mrs. Mary Sword. July 27th, 1845. By the Rev. PETER PARKER, M. D. [In former volumes of the Repository, we have noticed the death of several good and excellent men, over whose early removal from this world the fo. reign community in China has been called to mourn. Such men were the Morrisons and the right honorable lord Napier. We have had also to notice the loss of women-such as Mrs. Boone, Mrs. Dean, Mrs. Ball, Mrs. Shuck, and others-pious and godly in their lives, happy and triumphant in their death. To this list, we have now to add another name. The memory of all such is precious. Ils value is far above that of merchandise. We love to record and repeat the names—and celebrate the Christian deeds, of those who in their conduct have striven successfully to imitate the life of that Great Exemplar, who spake as never man spoke, and whose conduct was a perfect. illustration of the holy doctrines which he taught.) VOL. XIV. 1O. VIII. :378 AUG: A funeral Sermon. Oh death! where is thy sting? Oh grave! where is thy victory? 1st Cor. xv, 55. We are assenzbled, dear friends, on a most golemn and affecting occasion. The place of our assembling is full of tender associations. The occasion is invested with solemn interest. We have met here before, but never as now. There is a void. A dear one is absent. Her countenance we behold not, and her sweet voice is unheard. Death has entered this dwelling, and the countenance so often seen beaming with intelligence and the smiles of friendship and maternal joy he has changed, and the deceased has been conveyed away. Already the funeral obsequies have been performed. We meet again still further to improve the affecting providence of God, to magnify the triumphs of his victorinus grace, and to stimulate each other to secure its blessings. On occasions like the present there is usually something peculiar in the circumstances of the death, or prominent in the life and cha- racter of the deceased, which directs the train of our reflections. Has the death been sudden and unexpected ? the frailty and uncer- tility of human life impress themselves upon us. Has one been removed confessedly and beyond doubt unprepared to appear before his Maker? the declaration of the apostle comes with emphasis, 'It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God." Has a Christian died, distinctly contemplating an immediate exchange of existence, and conversed respecting it as calınly as one speaks of removing from one side of this world to the other,-naturally ner- vous and timid-has the grace of Christ raised the affectionate wife and devoted and tender mother above the fear of dying, anxious only lest some the most dear to her of all on earth should fail of the grace of God? Then the Christian's triumph attracts and invites our solemn consideration, as set forth in the interrogations, “Oh death! where is thy stiny? Oh grave! where is thy victory ?” The !eme of the apostle in this chapter is the gospel, which he had preached to the Corinthians and which they had believed. He recapitulates its doctrines. First of all he declares the great truth that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures; he adduces the evidence of his burial and the witnesses to his resurrection; magnifies the grace of God which had made him an apostle and eye-witness to the risen redeemer; enters into an extended argu- ment in prooi of the resurrection; notices the universal apostacy of man, the coextensive atonement there is in Christ, whom he lruces through all the work of redemption to the throne of mediator 18.15, 379 A Funeral Sermon. and the full counsummation of his mediatorial reign. Ile then adverts to cavils, and refutes objections to the resurrection, and shews it to be analagous to facts subject to the senses. He concludes the argument with the disclosure of a sublime mystery, averring, “We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump, for the trumpet shall sound and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed ; for this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal inust put on immortality. So when this corruptible shall put on incor- ruption, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, “Death is swallowed up in victory." With the trump of God as it were sounding in his ear and rever- berating through creation, with the resurrection of the universal dead, and all that was corruptible and mortal appearing in the field of faith's vision in living incorruptible and immortal form, death himself swallowed up in victory, the apostle shouts the Christian's triumph, “Oh death! where is thy sting? Oh grave! where is thy victory ? Ordinary language is too feeble to express his deep emotions : he breaks forth in a bold figure by which he personifies death and the grave. He addresses them as actual existences. The one rises up as a venomous monster endowed with a deadly sting; the other as a universal conquerer bent on victory. The effects of that venom first transfused into the original human pair, and transmitted by them down through all their descendants of every age and nation, and the specific antidote obtained from Christ, pass through his mind. The universal triumphs of that conqueror he perceives to be but ap- parent and momentary and not real, for the resurrection had revers- ed the victory, and blasted him with actual and eternal defeat. He beheld the scene thus reversed, and exultingly asks, “ Oh Death! where is thy sting? Oh Grave! where is thy victory? Death! your sting is gone, and you are helpless and harmless, “swallowed up in victory.” Grave! you are vanquished and your unnumbered cap- tives are henceforth forever free! He now drops the figure, and in the context defines, in literal language, his meaning. The sting of death is sin, and the strength of sin is the law. " But thanks be to God who giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.” In pursuing our reflections, it is proposed to consider ; Isr, TIE STING OF DEATII, TIE UNIVERSAL FOE; 2DLY, THE CURISTIAN'S TRIUMPH OVER IT AND TIIE SOURCE OF HIS VICTORY. 380 Aug. A Funeral Sermon. Death is the destruction of living and organized agents, yet it is predicated of inanimate, inorganic, and ideal objects. And the des- truction of anything and every thing, evil and things indifferent excepted, is always contemplated with pain—it has a sting. How painful the contemplation of the destruction of anything useful or beautiful in the productions of nature, art, or intellect! In behold- ing the rich harvest destroyed by frost, or drought,--the forest of a cen- lury's growth destroyed by the tornado of an hour,-the domestic dwel- ling where all comforts were acciunulated, the city with its sacred temples, lofty domes and palaces, levelled with the earth by fire; or the vast library containing the literature and science of an empire for ages destroyed by a ruthless hand! None of these are ever beheld, or contemplated, but with sorrow. Death, whenever or wherever met, still thrusts its sting. The death of the being God has created in his own image, however, has the keenest sting. Such are the immediate consequences to the living being, the tender ties it severs, the hopes it destroys, the aid and council it ends, that here it has a peculiar poignancy. None of these entered into the apostle's meaning, (or if so, they held a subordinate place,) but rather the consciousness of guilt, its keen remorse, and the future everlasting punishment to which it introduces the sinner. In view of this soine have said, "they fear not to die, but to be dead." The judgment after death, the result of sin, that will sting We are living my friends, under the administration and govern- ment of the moral governor of the universe. Originally created in his own image, endowed with intelligence, judgment, and a rational and immortal soul, we are possessed of a conscience, the vicegerent of God within us, Upon every word, thought, action and motive, this conscience, if unbiased, pronounces a just and impartial decision. It instinctively approves the things that are morally right and virtuous, and as promptly condemns their opposites. It feels and acknowledges the force of moral obligations. of the inportance of law to the well-being of any government parental or civil, all are sensible. The necessity that law, in order to attain its end, be supported by rewards to the obedient, and penalties to the transgressor, is self-evident: and that the strength of any law will be in proportion to the magnitude and certainty of the rewards to obedience, and the severity of the penalty to dis- disobedience, is universally admitted. Now the law of God to which we are all amenable is sustained 1845, 381 A Funeral Sermon, by infinite rewards and penalties life to the obedient, death to the transgerssor, both eternal, both as sure as the veracity of Hiin who cannot lie. Hence the sting of death is sin, and the strength of sin is the law, thus sustained by the omnipotent God. Take away the existence and consciousness of sin, and no sting of remorse shall dart its venom into the soul; no fears of the frown of Jehovah shall mar present enjoyments; no apprehension of judgment hereafter subject to bondage all our lives through fear of death and the judgment that is to succeed. But alas! fellow sinners, we have all sinned, and the poison of the sting of death we have all experienced in different degrees, flowing through every vein, felt in every nerve, our heads have ached, and our hearts have swollen under its in- fluence. For there is no man that liveth and sinneth not. But thanks, infinite and everlasting thanks be to him, who " died for our sins:" our case need not now be hopeless. Christ can extract the sting of the monster, death, who has encircled the earth from east to west, in his coils, and darted his venom from pole to pole, through every child of Adam of every generation and nation: for Christ died for our sins according to the Scriptures, and has arisen again that he might destroy these works of the devil. Let us turn then to the contemplation, secondly, of the triumph of the Christian and the source of his victory. 'The Christian's triumph is two fold, present and future. In the present life he has an internal contest most graphically set forth by the apostle in the 7th of Romans, where he describes a law in the members, warring against the law of his mind, and bringing him into captivity to the law of sin which was in his members, and in view of which he exclaimed, “O wretched man that I am! Who shall deliver me from the body of this death? I thank God through Jesus Christ our Lord,” that I shall be rescued. The first sad effect of the original apostacy was the commence- ment of sin in the soul. Subsequently to the apostacy, God survey- ed the “wickedness of man," and has declared it to be “great in the earth: and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually." His moral nature has become pervert- ed, and is not only averse to good, but inclined to evil. This is the state in which every one living finds himself on arriving at the age of reason, and of capacity to distinguish between right and wrong, between duty and inclination; and this is the condition in which the gospel of the grace of God comes to man, with its proffers of renewing and saving grace, through the medium of the word of God, the atonement of Christ, and the sanctification of the Holy Spirit. A Funeral Sermoi. Aug. That man finds himsel! such a being, in such a world, is the allotment of Him who is infinitely wise, just and benevolent. He becomes guilty with his first responsible action, in which he does contrary to the dictates of conscience and the known will of his maker. This guilt and sin accumulate and magnify as he continues to neglect the means of his renovation, sanctification and salvation, and yields to the dictates of sinful nature. But we will suppose the case of one who has triumphed over the sting of death: he bas experienced full conviction of the natural unholiness and perversity of the heart and of his voluntary sins against God. In the exercise of deep and sincere penitence for them, has in humility and faith cast himself upon the merits of Christ, as his only hope, and in doing so has experienced the renewing influ- ences of the Holy Spirit. Lo, all things have become new. In Christian duty, he has new pleasure, the Bible appears in a new and most attractive light, Christ becomes unspeakably lovely, and in prayer and communion with God he has joys before unknown, holds sympathy with his maker in the great and benevolent designs of the gospel, and cherishes the transporting hope that an inheri- tance undefiled and unfading is reserved for him in heaven. What a transition! What a present triumph! But in the expe- rience of most every Christian, the law in the members (a constitu- tion of his fallen nature) for a time in abeyance, renews the contest with the law of the mind, and may cause doubts and fears. He says, “I had hoped I was a Christian, but perceiving so much evil still remaining, I sometimes yield to despondency, conclude I am not a subject of grace, despair of heaven, and apprehend the future consequences of sin." There is a class of Christians spoken of, in the epistle to the Hebrews, represented as subject to bondage, all their life, through fear of death, but whom Christ will ultimately deliver from the sting of death and the victory of the grave. Health and physical temperament may modify the brightness and confidence of the Christian hope. The nervous Christian may be more subject to despondency, than the same person with the same degree of piety under a different physical constitution. Bnt when, in Christians of such texture, we see grace triumphing over doubts and fears of death, possessing assurance and calmness in the last illness, and a triumphant welcome of dissolution, how beautiful, how inestimable that grace appears! But then there is a future victory. Thus far the spirit has triumph- od over the death of the body and the fears of spiritual death, yet 1845. A funeral Sermon. the grave has gained a victory over the body; but when the last trump shall sound, the grave will give up its sacred deposit, and even that mouldered body shall rise in new and immortal bloom. Whence this victory? The apostle answers, " Thanks, be to God, who giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ." When groaning under the weight of sin, in allusion to the Roman custom of attaching a dead body to the soldier as a punishment, le exclaimed, “O wretched man that I am, who shall deliver me from the body of this death? I thank God through Jesus Christ our Lord” that I shall be rescued. The Bible is uniform upon this subject; It is all of grace. No intellectual endowments, no natural amiableness, or accomplish- nient, no works of mortals, win heaven, or extract the sting of death. Those who gain the conquest, are under infinite and eternaj obligations to God who giveth them the victory over the sting of death, and the power of the grave, through Jesus Christ our Lord, who by his prophet, declared centuries before his advent “Oh Death! I will be thy plagues, Oh Grave! I will be thy destruction." The subject of our contemplation affords the highest conceivable consolation on this occasion. One who was recently in health, blest with the choice of her heart, surrounded by a young and lovely family, with the comforts of life, and the prospect, at no distant day, of returning with these living pledges of conjugal affection to her native l'and, has suddenly and before the meridian of life, been called away from kindred and friends and the Church of Christ on earth. To friends in her native land, who hoped to greet her once more on the shores of time, there remains the melancholy pleasure of welcoming her remains to repose with the dust of her fathers, till the morning of the resurrection when they shall arise clad in the shining robes of immortality, when all her pious friends shall see her again“ with joyful recognition, and she rejoin them in a higher and happier fellowship, before the throne and in the eternal kingdom. of the Saviour." “Now that she is gone, and can no more mingle with us, in the intercourse of this life, nor hear whar our lips may publicly utter of her worth, we may indulge for a moment in the melancholy pleasure of recounting some of the scenes through which she has passed, and while we trace the excellencies of her mind and heart” and witness the exemplification of the influence of divine grace displayed in her, gather fresh admonitions from her example, the providence and word of God, so to live, that we dear friends inay il tuncral Sermon. Arc, ineet death as calmly as she did, and leave our survivors as good evidence as she has done of triumph over the sting of death and the power of the grave. Mary Sword, the deceased, was born in Philadelphia (Penn. U. S. A.) 1st Oct. 1812. She was the third daughter of John J. Parry, esq. ller education seems to have been that "best calculated to qualify her to be the intellectual and spiritual companion, the discreet in- structor and guide of her household, and the ornament and joy of society." Her correspondence exhibits a simplicity, chasteness of style, and cordial sincerity, such as ever characterised her intercourse with her friends and society. It manifests a well balanced mind, sound judgment and discretion. * The heart of her husband doth safely trust in her.” Her letters as well as her life are a manifestation of a high order of piety. Though fond of retirement, she was punc- tilious in the etiquet and civilities of good society. In 1834, she received the ordinance of Christain baptism, and soon after made a public profession of religion, and united with the Protestant Epis- copal Church, under the pastoral care of the Rev. Dr. Delancy (now bishop Delancy) then pastor of St. Peter's Church Philadelphia. No sooner had she surrendered her heart to Christ. and exper- ienced the consolations of his pardoning love and sanctifying grace, than she resolved to use her endeavors to communicate the same happiness to others, and to pour the light of divine truth upon youth- ful minds, and becanie a Sabbath School teacher in the Sabbath School connected with St. Peter's Church. Such was her interesi and fidelity in this labor of love, observes a friend, that no ordinary circumstance could detain her from her class. She seeins to bave been sensible, that “if we become the in- strument of saving but one soul from death we start an immor- tal mind, a glorified spirit, in a career where we shall see it going on from strength to strength, adding knowledge to knowledge, holiness to holiness, happiness to happiness, making approaches to goodness and bliss which are all but infinite, forever adorning the heavens with new beauty, and brightening with the splendor of moral glory through all the ages of eternity.” In this school she continued till 1837, when she entered a new relation, in which she has shone with beautiful and admirable lustre. Though in delicate health, she ac- companied him to whom her love was plighted from land to land in prosecution of his calling. * Europe, South America and China. * 1815. 385 A Funeral Sermon. As a Christian mother she was most discreet and devoted. Here the experience she had acquired as a Sabbath School teacher avail- ed her in training her own immortal offspring in the nurture and ad- monition of the Lord. The cheerfulness and maternal tenderness with which her Christian instructions were imparted, invested them with attractiveness even to their young and tender minds. And not only did she pray with them, but taught them to offer prayers and praises evening and morning. Having often enjoyed here the hospi- tality, so cheerfully extended to friends, I seem still to hear the sweet voice of the mother mingling with her children's at their devo- tions. It has already been intimated that the deceased was naturally of a nervous temperament, imbued with a truly humble spirit, and has been more or less subject to depressing fears of her personal acceptance with God, though well established in her faith in all the fundamental doctrines of the Bible. But latterly, it has been re- marked by her Christian friends divine grace has become more influential, and her confidence has been more unshaken, till even she who was naturally timid as the dove, could meet terror's King with calmness and triumphant serenity. During her illness she was fully aware it might be her last. To a Christian friend she expressed her sense of great unworthiness, and alluded to the sentence upon the fruitless fig tree as applicable to herself. She disclaimed dependence on her own merits, and said with a distinct and emphatic voice, "my only hope is in the blood of Christ.” At another time, she observed, my constant desire and prayer are to have no will of my own, but that mine may be swal- lowed up in that of God.” On another occasion she broke the silence of the sick chamber with the exclamation, “ The Lord reigneth," showing evidently upon what her thoughts were revolving and the state of her miud. She conversed composedly of the disposal of her children after her decease, and said “I can leave them in the hands of God.” Notwithstanding her extreme illness she manifested sin- cere interest in the spiritual welfare of her friends. Before it was quite apparent to others that she would not survive, when speaking of dying, she was desired not to discompose her mind, with an event that might be still future. With a sweet smile and with inexpressi- ble animation she replied, “it does not distress me, I am not afraid to die !" Oh Death! where then was thy sting? In this happy frame she continued till, ceasing to be absent in the body, she went to be present with the Lord. My friends, the occasion, and the subject of our contemplation, VOL. XIY. NO. VIII. 386 Aug. A Funeral Sermon. are invested with unspeakable interest. We have contemplated one of the most consoling and sublime themes ever addressed to the human mind. We have first viewed it in the light of that gospel which brings life and immortality to light, we have also beheld it embodied and exemplified in the life and death of our deceased friend. Oh! the glories untold, that await the souls who follow Christ on earth. They die in hope and triumph! Their unembodied spirits return to God in peace, and their powers and faculties continue and expand forever. They cease from suffering. Sin cannot pur- sue them whither they have gone. Death cannot sting them; nor the grave cover them. AFFLICTED HUSBAND, let me address to you, as from the clay cold lips of the deceased, her own expressions, while living, in reference to this very hour. “Do pot, I beseech you, grieve too much for me: do not repine or be so sinful as to murmur at God's will. Though you may be desolate, think not of this life, but look beyond to an- other and a better world." Dear friend, that which your pious partner so devoutly sought and above all things else desired for you and others, is obtainable. God is as ready to give to you the victory through the Lord Jesus Christ, as to her. Delay not then to seek it in the way she obtain- ed it, by repenting of your sins, and while casting yourself entirely upon the atonement of Christ, receive the sanctifying and renova- ting grace of the Holy Spirit. Then shall your present affliction be- come comparatively light and but for a moment, and shall work out for you a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. And when you at length shall die, in expectation of a glorious resurrec- tion your survivors shall commit your body to the tomb, and when in the morning of the resurrection you shall awake with your beloved consort, clothed with shining and incorruptible bodies, you will both unite in the triumphant song, “Oh Death! where is thy sting? Oh Grave! where is thy victory ?'' DEAR CHILDREN, what a rich legacy has your pious mother left you! I refer not to earthly treasure, but that which is inestimably inore valuable,-her prayers, and her pious example. You cannot fully appreciate them now, but should God spare you to grow up, you will then comprehend my meaning. Your friend, who now ad- dresses you, may have gone to the grave, but if your eyes then fall upon this brief sketch of the life and last moments of your glorified mother, and the subject, which they seem to him to exemplify, they will remind you what a mother you once had, and that there is a ++ 1943, 392 A Funeral Sermon. rich legacy of prayers filed away in the archives of heaven in your behalf. "It shan't be said that praying “ Breath was ever spent in vain, « This shall be known when we are dead And left on long record,” May you remember your Creator in the days of youth; early know, from happy experience, that wisdom's ways are ways of plea- santness and her paths are paths of peace. May divine grace keep you from the snares of this sinful world, and enable you (having performed as well your duties on earth as has your beloved mother) to depart this life, whenever that event may come, triumphing over the sting of death and the victory of the grave. Friends of the deceased! We are living in a world where for the present death reigns controlable only by omnipotent power. Sin has taken deep root in each of our natures. It has grown with our growth, and strengthened with our strength, unless happily resisted and progressively overcome by victorious grace. One after another in fearfully rapid succession have fallen around us, and others are candidates for early decease. They feel perhaps that their last illness is upon them. The emaciated frame, the quickened and disturbed púlse, and the hectic flush tell them and their friends it cannot be otherwise. But recent events, however, remind us that they may not go first, but the robust and the healthy. Perchance the tide may unexpectedly bear one out of the world, * and some acute disease another, Are you already. “sincere Christians ?'' Have you evidence that satisfies your own mind that God has already given you the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ? Then, “beloved brethren, be ye steadfast, unmovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, for as much as ye know that your labor is not in vain in the Lord.”' Yours be the glories untold, that await the followers of Christ on earth. Like her, whose loss we deplore, and whose gain we covet, may you die in peace, hope and triumph. Our tears which we now shed may soon dry up, and other scenes and cares occupy the mind; allow me, however, to endeavor to inn- prove this tender and solema occasion to the eternal benefit of such as are not Christians in the highest sense of the terın; and then all this grief and mourning shall not have been in vain. My friends! Death has a stint, and the grave a conquest save to The bishop of Sz'chuen, drowned while bathing, was interred at Macao on the day of Mrs, S.'s decease. 388 Aug. The Jews in China. those to whom God shall give the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ. You have seen, in a bright and lovely example, this sting removed. You have heard the last words of a dear friend, and learn- ed with what composure she could bear the sundering of the heart's strongest, tenderest ties, and how calmly the Christian dies. As you value victory over sin, the sting of death; as you desire to poss- ess serenity, peace, and hope full of immortality, in that hour which awaits you, delay not your preparation for eternity. The void, in this recently happy family, which can never be filled, resounds with the echo, "delay not." The beloved disciple, from her marble lips, and from the hollow silence of death, seems to utter, in unearthly tones, delay not to secure the triumph of the Christian over death and the grave. Then beyond the shades of death, in the morning of the resurrection, you shall arise with a body incorruptible. No pain, disease or decay shall ever approach it. Its shining tissues will be woven by the hand of Omnipotence, and made strong as the ever- lasting mountains Immortal, death shall never destroy its fine, etherial mould. While the cycles of eternity revolve it shall flou- rish in vigor and beauty. The flesh and sin emancipated soul, shall rejoice forever in the liberty and bliss of heaven. 1 ART. III. The Jews in China: their synagogue, their Scriptures, their history, foc., foc., &c. By James Finn, author of the history of the Jews in Spain and Portugal. London 1843. Pp. 85, duodecimo. (Continued from page 334.) We now give Mr. Finn's “reflections," which form the fifth and last part of his little book regarding the Jews in China, but omit the notes which he has added by way of appendix. The fact of our quoting his entire work is sufficient evidence of the high value we place upon it. He has studied his subject thoroughly; and we deem his essay as every way suited to our pages. Of the Jews and of the Jewish Scriptures in China, we have our- selves hitherto seen nothing, but of their existence here we have no good reason to doubt. From the Chinese, and from among them, in their country, it is hard to say what may not come to light. To foreigners, China is yet, to a great extent, a sealed book. We have simply to add that our expecta- tions, regarding the Jews in China, do not keep with those of our author, whether his be well founded or not. We have hy this time gained some clear ideas, to a certain extent, respecting the Honan Jews, their worship, their Scriptures, and the 1845, 389 The Jews in China, antiquity of their settlement. But as we have found hints and traces of their brethren in other situations of China, as Nanking, Ning- po, Hang-chow-foo, &c., it is to be hoped that future research will give us intimations of them in these localities, as well as new par- ticulars of those in Kae-fung-foo. Meanwhile it is not likely that this subject will lose its interest among us. There is a keen ex- pectation in the minds of many, that at least some curious illustrations of the Bible history and principles will yet be met in that country. Some students of the unfulfilled prophecies look towards China for the discovery of the ten tribes, and certainly, if it can be shown that they have ever existed there in a large community, the institu- tions of no other country would be so capable of preserving their integrity during the long elapsed term of their disappearance. Others regard with reverence the glimpses occasionally revealed of antique Chinese traditions agreeing inost strangely with the books of Moses, of which the following affords one instance :- A cloth-manufacturer in Stockport lately brought some samples of a mixed cotton and woolen cloth to a house of the same trade in Leeds. The proprietor of the latter having no occasion for the goods, and remarking that the colours were mostly suited to Asiatic taste, suggested that they might be sent to China. It was answered, “ They have been there already, and sold at a fair profit, but were returned in a few days, by the Hong merchants, who pronounced it contrary to their religion that animal and vegetable substances should be woven together and worn.” [?] The resemblance of this to the precept in Levit. xix. 19, is per- neither shall a garment mingled of linen and woollen come upon thee;" but no trace of such a prohibition has been discovered among any other than these nations : yet what must have been the period when it obtained not only admission but religious sanction in China ?* Others, again, have traced considerable similitude in certain say- ings of Chinese philosophers which have become familiar proverbs, with the Biblical proverbs of Solomon. On the other hand, the tablets of the synagogue, as described in the last chapter, allude to the correspondence of feeling in the Chi- nese and the Israelites, on the subject of veneration due to parents * “ Christian Lady's Magazine.” 1842. Of course it is possible that warm imaginations may give weight to coincidences of exceeding tenuity : such as the proportions of Noah's ark being te same as those of a Chinese junk : the wise men having come from the East to inquire for the infant King of the Jews: and the name, Shinar, being very like China. fect, 390 AUG. The Jews in China. living and deceased. Such a principle, indeed, has ever prevailed among the Jewish people. Not only is it enjoined under the most awful authority, but their teachers have constantly labored to instil the sacred obligation. Josephus says,* “The law ordains that par- ents should be honored immediately after God himself;" and the daily liturgy, in enumerating "the commandments, which, when a man performs them, he enjoys the interest (of his reward) in this life, and the principal in the world to ccme," places first of all "the honoring of father and mother." Connected with the above is the reverence paid to old age by each of these nations. The Hebrew law enjoins, “ Thou shalt rise up before the hoary head, and honour the face of the old man, and fear thy God; I am the Lord.” Urging this lesson from the same motive, but with greatly inferior pathos, Josephus continues, “The law also says, that young men should pay due respect to every elder, since God is the eldest of all beings.” And Chinese instructions of the kind are very well known. In the matter of venerating the dead, it is still uncertain whether or not the Chinese carry it to the extent of adoration; but, like them, the Israelites in that country burn lamps before the names of their ancestors; and the sacrifices of incense, accompanied by a species of supplication, offered by the former at the parental graves at certain recurring periods, are nearly paralleled even among Jews in Europe and Palestine, when they visit the burial-places upon the day of atonement, reciting the names of departed friends or relatives, and praying to them according to a ritual called “The answer of the tongue." (Prov. xvi. 1.) A recent missionary to the Beni-Israel, of Bombay, exclaimed, on seeing them practise several idolatrous usages, “ How like they are to the heathen !" but instantly added, “yet how unlike!"|| Şo there is and must be every-where, an indelible line discerned be- tween the people of Abraham and every other race; and however * Cont. Ap. ii. | Levit. xix. 32. | Dr. Jost's " Israelitische Lnnalen;" for Oct., 1840. That Rabbinical Jews actually pray to the dead for intercession with God, appears from the follow- ing passage of the Talmud (Mued-Taanith, ii. 16, col. 1):-" Why do we go and pray on the graves ? There is a difference between R. Levi bar Khanna and R Hhanina; one says (because it is written), 'Behold, we are counted like the dead before thee! The other says, “In order that the dead may seek mercy for us.' What is the reason of this difference? The graves of the Gentiles." Upon this Rashi explains, “Where there are no Jewish graves; for the Gentiles cannot ask mercy for themselves, how much less then for us?' ! « Jewish Intelligence," July, 1842. 1845. 301 The all's in China. * * modified by Chinese associations and circumstances, the synagogue of Kae-fung-foo is quite Hebraic still, Being such, in the investigatious that may be hereafter made rem garding them, it will be of importance to ascertain whether or not those religious customs and regulations in which they differ from the occidental Jews, are referable to the ordinances of Ezra : and the following points, also, it would be useful to determine.- Among their books, have they the “ Eighteen Blessings," with directions for the attitude during their recital ? Have they the chapters of the Fathers? or the Targums, or Zohar? Have they the ancient hymn, which welcomes the Sabbath-day as a bride? And what is the general outline of their liturgical services? In their expectations do they look for a restoration to Jerusalem ? and do they pray, “Bring us to Zion, thy city, with a song; lead us up with joy to our land; lead us securely to our land ?" Do they pray, "Make us rejoice in Elijah the prophet thy servant, and in the dominion of the house of David the Messiah! Let not-another sit upon his throne, and let not strangers inherit hig glory any more?" and if they have not the whole prophecy of Daniel, do they make computations as to the time of Christ's coming, from traditions of the school of Elijah? As to their relation with gentiles, do they assign to the latter the seven precepts of Noah? Have they in their liturgy this thanksgivo ing? “We laud thee, that thou hast not made us like the nations of the world, nor like the families of the earth; that thou has noe given to us the lot of their assembly; for they bow down to vanity and emptiness, they pray to a god who cannot save."'* believe that “ All Israel has a portion in the world to come ??? In theological doctrine, what is their interpretation of the Old Testament term, “ Holy Spirit ?' Have they any notion of a media- tor between God and man, the Metatron, the Prince of thy coun- tenance ?" or of the personal “ Word of the Lord,” as the Targums have preserved the traditional expressions? Do they retain the idea of Trinity in God's unity, as it is in Zohar ? Do they feel the necessity of vicarious sacrifice, as it is written in the Talmud (Moed-Joma, c. 1.), “ For these things there is no atonement but by blood ?" And do they on the eve of the Day of Atonement sacrifice a cock because its Hebrew name is the same with that of man? Finally, do they pretend to any traditional decision upon the law as transmitted from Mount Sinai? Is there in China a Beth-din of * In “ Alenu le-shabeahh” of the Sephardim Liturgy Do they לאל לא ירשיע 30% AUG. The Jero's in China. persons speaking Hebrew? Have they still any of the Levite or Priestly families ? and what are the names most conimon among them ? Such are questions which should be proposed by future missionaries to that country whenever they meet with professors of the Hebrew religion, since we have already a good reason to believe that they are in possession of the written law and other Scriptures. The apocryphal books of Maccabees, Judith, and son of Sirach, deserve an inquiry as to their existence in Hebrew, and if they really exist, as to whether these books have the doctrinal and critical ble- mishes which disfigure our Greek or Latin copies. Also, it is to be remembered, that the class of books in the Beth-el called Keang- chang, has not yet been examined, they may be Targums, or rudi. ments of Mishna. But it is a matter of far deeper anxiety to learn whether they have in China the book of Psalms, and any more of the prophetical books than the portions in the Haphtorah. The Lord Jesus and his apostles made frequent appeals to the Psalms and the Prophets as containing a gradually developed light for showing his approach, his character, and his intentions. And all who now desire the spiritual good of Israel must feel a hope that this long-severed colony has every given means of " searching what, or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ did signify, when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ, and the glory that should follow." * The Roman Catholic missionaries, true to their mistaken pinciple, made little or no use of the written Word of God in conversation with these Israelites. They seem to have regarded the people visited as more properly the subjects of critical learning than of conversion to Christianity, like the Gnostics discovered by the Jesuit Ignatius near Bassora, or the Samaritans, whose text of Scripture served to employ the laudable acumen of Scaliger and Ludolf. This supposi- tion may explain the fact, that during the hundred and ten years of their close vicinity to the synagogue in Kae-fung-foo, viz., from 1613 to 1723, there is no mention made of any convert from among that congregation. Certain it is, that Christianity, originally and essentially a Jewish religion, was scarcely presented even under any modification to the descendants of “ faithful Abraham" in China. How unlike to the times of the apostles, when in every city the Gospel was first preach- ed the Jews, and the wonder arose, not as now among Gentiles * 1 Pet. j. 11. 1 1846 393 The Jews in China when Jews are believers, but among Jews that the Gentiles should be allowed to partake in the blessings of Christianity! It is also remarkable, how very little the missionaries did in the way of literature towards promoting Christianity among the Chinese, either Jews or Gentiles. * It is to be feared that besides the supine ness just hinted at, their reliance on oral instruction, with crucifixes and pictures, must have left the adherents of the synagogue at liberty to couple or confound their Madonna with the pagan idols Teen-how, the Queen of Heaven; the Huüy-füh-foo-jin, a goddess having a child in her arms; the Kwan-yin, the merciful goddess; or even the Chin-te, a goddess represented with numerous arms, denoting her varied power to save; while the crucifix would only corroborate such misapprehension, and the sign of the cross become identified with the popular superstition that the numeral which it represents is "the number of perfection." Trigaut, when narrating the interview of Ricci with one of this people, in the haughty spirit of Romanism, only relates the event as a proof that “ Jewish filth” was found even there ;t and Semmedo, afterwards describing the neatness of the synagogue, digresses with the ill-natured remark, “If any synagogue is free from unclean- noss"--the very taunt of the ancient Pharisees against the Gentiles, as the "common or unclean." True, indeed, that sinfulness with the means of pardon is spiritual leprosy without the hope, but a right- minded Christian will remember who has made him to differ" who it was that said to him individually, “I will, be thou clean !" and thus be very humble: but when the Roman Church cherishes an unkindly feeling towards the fallen Jews, the Apostle Paul has provid- ed a rebuke in his caution given expressly to that particular Church: "Be not highminded, but fear: for if God spared not the natural branches, take heed lest also he spare not thee. Behold therefore the goodness and severity of God: on them which'fell, severity; but toward thee, goodness, if thou continue in his goodness; otherwise thou also shalt be cut off.”| Thus declaring with authority that Rome is no more infallible than Jerusalem. * The ground of this complaint is probably not much diminished at the present day, notwithstanding their mission-establishment at Macao. Morrison has stated (“Chinese Miscellany," 1825), “I knew personally ten Catholic missionaries in China, Italians, French, and Portuguese, who had resided at Court or on the frontier from fourteen to thirty years, and only three of them could read Chinese. Four of these had been many years in Pe-king, and did not know a single Chinese character: they, however, could speak the lan- guage, whereas some of the others alluded to conld neither read nor speak it." + " Judæam etiain fæcem in hæc regna confluxisse deprendimus." (De Christianà expeditione, &c.) "Si limpia ay sinagoga.“ (Imperio, dic) Rom. xi 21, 22 50 MOL. XIV. NO VI!! 394 , The virs in China , Arc. In reviewing the past ages of Israelitish sojourn in China, as well as our limited knowledge will permit, we immediately feel how happily taine is that retrospect compared with the dark and xan- guinary annals of Jews in Mohammedan and Popish realms, for the toleration of the Chinese spirit has nerer yet discovered that the Hebrew passover is celebrated with an appetite for human blood ; and happy is the nation which, while it has had an opportunity to do so, has not persecuted them for religion's sake, because it is written, "I will bless then that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee."* The Jews must have been contented settlers' at the extreme east, living principally in accordance with the genius of Mosaic institutions and Chinese predilections, as agriculturists in the delicious climate of that "flowery land." Still, if one prediction of the Bible be as true as another, there must have been vicissitudes in their history; and though it is not clear as to what extent they may have been exempt from "the trembling heart and sorrow of mind," denounced in Deuteronomy, and known to be the general inheritance of their kindred in other lands, yet they certainly do seem to be a timorous and a suspicious people. Israel in China has resembled some plant endued with a wondere ful force of regetation, a force not to be imp’ied from its vast in- crease of production, not shown by a power of overcoming obstacles, but rather by an inherent faculty of protracting a lingering ex- istence. Our information about them has dwindled to a mere point: still it may be trusted in a Christain spirit that this probable decay is not in truth a process of extinction; that iſ synagogues yet remain in the western provinces Sze-chuen and She!-se, they may be speedi- ly discovereil, and that the Church of God may even yet have the pleasure to behold them dissensinating a saving knowledge among the heathen. 'The Talmud ayet that the Lord could not find a vessel to contain a larger blessing for his people Israel than peace.” Some pious persons have attributed the general quietude of Chinese his- tory, with prolonged enjoyment of their peculiar institutions (and certainly in this condition their Hebrew guests are to be included, and for the same reason), to the blessing resting on the paternal spirit which pervades the latter. The basis of civil obedience being liid in filial reverence, “ Honour thy father and thy mother, that thy days may be long in the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee," is a conditional benediction which remains valid till parental relations shall be no more, and applicable to national as well as Gen. xii. 3 * Mishnah (Taharoth, Oketoin ) 18.15 395 The news in China. individual prosperity. The Chinese teachers are unanimous in the inculcation of this principle in their political philosophy. “Duty to parents is that by which we should serve a prince. :. When families are virtuous the nation will grow up virtuous. In order to that which is called governing a nation, there must be the regulation of families. Not to be capable of teaching a family, and yet to be able to teach a nation of men, there is no such thing. What precicus elements are combined in this patriarchal wisdom! Surely this is the conservative influence which has crystallized the virtues and the peace of that vast empire of untold generations. It is true that errors have been perpetuated by the same principle; but to this we also look forward in expectation of Christianity being nereafter embraced there by whole families and cities at a time. The Hebrew Scriptures have too long remained unfruitful in Chi- na, where the traditions and maxims of the people do not lead to everlasting happiness. It is now time that our whole revelation of God be sent freely forth in that widely-spread language; and that the Israelites, no longer reading the law through a veil,t but being taught the truth of Messiah, should begin to fulfil in reality their own destiny to be "a kingdom of priests." Then when the aspiration of St. Paul within the Mamertine prison in Rome is accomplished, as he exclaimed, " But the Word of God is not bound !"--when his generous call is loudly answered, “Re- joice, ye Gentiles, with his people ?”--then, in China, as in every other empire, man, universal man, shall delight to heap up the choicest treasures of external wealth, of genius, of intellect, and self-sacrifice, in honour of that loveliest character, that holiest Being, who came into this world to be, in combination with his other bene- volent offices, " a light to lighten the Gentiles, and the glory of his people Israel!" ART. IV. Chinesc Dialogues, questions, and familiar sentences, literally rendered into Eirglish, with a view to promote comº mercial intercourse, and to assist beginners in the language. By W. H. MEDHURST, sen. Shanghái, printed at the Mission press, 1841. DR. MEDHURST his the honor of setting up the first English press north of Ningpo in China; and here we have its first fruits. The Ta-hio, in " Morrison's View," &c. 2 Cor. iii 12---17. 396 Aug. Medhurst's Chinese Dialogues. preface gives us a faithful account of the work, comprised in 287 octavo pages, and we quote it entire. « Morrison's Dialogues having been long out of print, and commercial intercourse being now much more extended than when that work was publish. ed, a volume like the one now presented to the public was found to be a desideratum. One or two of the Dialogues from Morrison's book are here inserted, and a few sentences on wrought silks, cloths, &c., from Bridgman's Chrestomathy moulded into a form to suit the object of the Compiler. Sume assistance has been derived from the contributions of gentlemen in the politi- cal and commercial line, with these exceptions the author must be responsible for the remainder. The Dialogues commence with the simplest forms of speech, and are designed for the use of persons just commencing the study of the language. The questions are many of them left without answers, in order that the learner may extract the reply from his teacher, and thereby exercise himself in the language, while he is gaining at the same time some knowledge of the country and its inhabitants. The commercial regulations and the tariff have been introduced, as affording both terms and ideas useful to merchants trading to China; while the dialogues on silk, cotton, and piece goods bave been inserted with the saine view. The directions to servants, about household affairs, will be found useful to all, and the views of religion and morals which follow, being drawn from native sources, are attached with a view of shewing what are the sentiments of the Chinese on these subjects, and of exhibiting the style of the colloquial idiom. The shop signs ought to be acquired by every one coming to a Chinese city, as by that means he will be enabled to study as he goes along the streets, and also be assisted in seeking the supply of his necessities. Copious indexes are added, in order that the student may refer at pleasure to any Chinese or English word which the book contains, and obviate the necessity of seeking far for what is near at hand. The whole is in the mandarin dialect, and the common form of speech has been adopted, between the too vulgar colloquial and the excessively concise literary style. Every line of the Chinese is generally a sentence of itsel?, not necessarily connected with what precedes or follows, so that the whole may be read from either end of the book, as may suit English or Chinese taste. The sound of each character has been attached in Roman, together with the ineaning in Italic; the additional English words printed in Roman letters are merely necessary to make the sentence read intelligibly; but the student must bear in mind that the Chinese characters convey no more meaning in the position in which they stand than is expressed by the words printed in Italics. The translation, it will be seen, is literal, in order to give the reader an idea of Chinese idiom; though the verbal rendering must not always be considered as giving the invarible sense of each word. The free translation has not been added, because it would have taken up too much room, and because it is presumed the sense will be found in general sufficiently clear without it. Some apology must here be offered for the typographical execution. It being the first European work ever printed in Shanghai, and the native workmen hav- ing all to be taught de novo, syrometry and perfection will not be looked for. Towards the middle of the volume a few sheets appear rather indistinct, from the circumstance of our printing ink having run short, but an effort to manu. facture ink on the spot at length succeeded, and a clearer page was the result.” At the end of the volume there is an index of the English words occurring in the book, a list of the radicals of the Chinese language, with an index of the Chinese characters arranged according to those radicals While we highly commend the veteran author for his assiduous labors and his numerous productions both in Chinese and English, we have earnestly to request him to change his orthography, for the sounds of Chinese words and make it conform to the Italian, go called, as it is now used almost throughout all India. H 1845 397 Journal of Occurrences. ART. V. Journal of Occurrences : memorial from the inhabitants of Hongkong to lord Stanley, with a letter to gov. Davis ; steamer “ Lady Mary Wood," and the first overland monthly mail to England; Union Chapel, Hongkong : French diplomatic mission in China ; exchange of treaties ; death of the bishop of Sz'chuen ; Protestant missions in China. On the following memorial it is unnecessary for us to comment. We hope it will receive the consideration, which the subject demands. His excellency J. F. Davis, esq., governor of Hongkong, &c., &e. Sir,-We have the honor to forward to Y. E. herewith a inemorial ad. dressed to the right hon. Lord Stanley, H. M. secretary of state for the colo. nies; and we beg to request Y. E. will be pleased to have the same forwarded by the mail of the 1st September. And we trust, that under circuinstances stated in the memorial, H. E. will see fit to direct the suspension of ordinance No. 2, pending the receipt of a reply from H. M. government. We have the honor to be sir, Your most obedient humble servants, Jardine, Matheson & Co.; Dent & Co.; Macyicar & Co.; Fox, Rawson & Co.; Turner & Co.; Lindsay & Co.; Gibb, Livingston & Co.; Jamiesun, How & Co.; W. & T. Gemmell & Co.; Fletcher & Co.; Murrow & Co.; Chas. W. Murray; Thos. Ripley & Co.; Diroin, Gray & Co.; Holliday, Wise & Co.; R. Oswald & Co.; Roht. Strachan; Hughesden & Co.; George R. Barton, M. D.; N. Duus ; Burd, Lange & Co.; John Cairns; Henry Holgate ; M. Ford & Co.; L. Just, sen.; L. Just, jr.; D. Lapraik ; J. D. Porter; Geo. Dudell; J. Palmar; Chas. W. Bowra; Sam. J. Cooke. Victoria, 13th August, 1845. The right honorable Lord Stanley, H. M. principal secretary of state for the colonies, &c., &c. My Lord, -The period has at length arrived, when, as owners of land and property at Hongkong, we can no longer refrain from addressing our. selves direct to H. M.'s government, in tbe confident hope, that a plain state- ment of facts will induce H. M. advisers, to sanction a material modification of the system, which has hitherto been in operation, occasioning results alike injurious to the interests of the mercantile community, and the real and es- sential interest of the settlement. It will scarcely be necessary for us, in the first place, to submit, that shortly after the island was first ceded, or taken possession of by H. M. pleni. potentiary in China, in the early part of 1841, a public sale of land was held, at which it was stipulated, that the "terms and tenure of all property would hereafter be defined by H. M. government." But in a letter of H. M. plenipotentiary, dated 17th June, 1841, a copy of which is hereunto annexed, an expectation was held out, that the lands would be granted in fee simple, for one or two years purchase at the rates paid at the public sales; or that they should be charged only with a nominal quit rent, if that form of tenure continued to obtain. This suggestion on the part of H. M. plenipotentiary, originated in the well known fact, that the very limited quantity of ground, available for building purposes on the proposed site of the present town of Victoria, was the occasion of great competition, and the eventual payment of a scale of rent, which the officer naturally and truly apprehended, would, if enforced, be detrimental to the progress and prosperity of the settlement. During the time which intervened between the occupation of the island by H. M. governinent, in March 1841, and the treaty of Nanking, in June 1843, a period of upwards of two years, the local government of Hongkong 398 AVG. Journal of Occurrences, # used 'every endeavor, both by facilities temporarily offered to early occupants of land, and the threat of penalty of forfeiture of their purchases to all who did not commence buildirg, to induce the British merchants to remove from Macao to the new settlement, and nothing was, up to that date, said or done, to induce holders of land to apprehend, either that the promises of H. M. ple- nipotentiary would not be strictly fulfilled, or that they would be placed in a more unfavorable situation, than parties similarly circumstanced in our Brit- ish colonies. Large sums were consequently expended in the erection of dwellings and warehouses in the new town of Victoria, to an extent, which would have ren. dered it injurious to all, and ruinous to many, to be compelled to abandon their property; and it was not until the early part of 1843, that it was notifi. ed: “That H. M. government did not see fit to recognise sales or grants of land, that had been made by or under any authority a hitsoever, up to the period of the exchange of the ratification of the treaty of Nanking." But as H. M. government must have been well aware, that the colonists had acted with perfect reliance on the good faith and, justice of their govern- ment, their order was so far qualified, that on 23d August, 1843, it was notifi. ed: “That an inquiry should be instituted into the equitable claims of all holders of land to a confirmation either permanent or temporary of their titles, so far as they could be confirmed consistently with a just regard to the inter- ests of Society at large.” In the early part of 1844, we were for the first time, made acquainted with the terms on which the crown lands were to be held, and sir Henry Pot. tinger, then governor of the island, published the forms of the leases required to he executed. The conditions of ihese leases were universally considered 80 unusual, and so certain in their operation to be ultimately injurious, not only to the holders of land, but to the future welfare of the colony, that we were compelled to protest most solemnly against them in a correspondence with the governor, dated in March 1844, from which correspondence we beg to subjoin the following extract : “ We may be allowed to point out to H. E., that an adherence on the part of government to the proposed terms of lease would be eventually the means of placing those, who first commenced improving their property in Hongkong, and who from the sum already expended cannot withdraw from the occupatii n of their buildings without ruinous loss, on most unfavorable terms, compared with others, who have the option of resorting to places where land can be bought, or rented, on much more moderate conditions; and we subunit, that it can never be the wish or intention of H. M. government to place the early occupants of land in such a position." No redress has however been granted ; and disregarding the future prospe. rity of the settlement, in the desire to raise a comparatively large temporary revenue, the local government has persisted in forcing unusually hard candi. tions on the land holders, who had been led into a large expenditure of money, owing to their faith in the promises, under which the land was origi. nally sold; (promises, which were at any rate tacitly acknowledged by the government, and not repudiated until after the lapse of three years); while at the same time it is no exaggeration to state, that had the existing regulations been promulgated before, instead of after the outlay of their funds, not one British merchant would have been found willing to become a resident in the colony. We have deemed it necessary and due to ourselves, to enter thus at length into some account of the formation of the colony and its progress hitherto, with the view of shewing: first, the nature of the inducements under which we were led to abandon our residences at Macao and Canton, where both house rent and taxation are very light; which we may illustrate by the frct, that the ground rent alone of most of the eligible sites in Hongkong is (with. out including rent or interest of money) a heavier charge, than all payments, rent inclusive, required of the tenants of houses in Macao; and secondly, to prove that the very onerous terms, on which we have been compelled to oc- 1845, 399 Journal of Occurrences. cupy our"property in Hongkong, have been forced on us, not only against our urgent remonstrances, as a question of justice and equity, but in opposition to what we have always considered and represented to be the true interest of the cc ony. Since the enforcement of these leases, the measures of the existing govern. man of the island have still further aggravated the evils under which we have been suffering, by making in a place, nominally declared to be a free port, every description of commerce and trade a subject of taxation, or source of revenue, or of munopoly sold to the highest bidders, thus driving away, instead of encouraging trade in an infant settlement: and lastly we have now to complain of the promulgation of an ordinance, which we submit to be un- constitutional and illegal, empowering government assessors arbitrarily to value all household property, with the view of raising a new tax, ostensibly for payment of police force, there being no municipal body of any kind in the colony to determine whether such tax be necessary; or equitably levied and appropriated. The result of the system actually in operation for the last two years; com- mencing with the proceedings in land sales and leases under the administra- tion of the first governor, and continued by the financial arrangements of his successor, is sufficiently exemplified in the present state of the colony; for owing to the heavy rents and unsatisfactory tenure of property, the con- tinued arbitrary taxation and impediments to trade of all kinds, and the entire Wint of confidence as well on the part of the foreign community in China, as of the Chiņese themselves, as to the establishment of a better course of policy, there is, at this inoment, after four years occupation of the island, scarcely one foreign resident, except government officers, and those British merchants and traders who commenced building before the enforcement of the leases; there are no Chinese merchants, or even shop keepers, with any pretension to property; there is neither an import or export trade of any kind; and as will be seen by the public papers, even now, when many private dwellings are teinporarily occupied by the civil and military officers of government, pend- ing the completion of the public buildings, several houses have been untenant- ed for months past; and the value of the property is daily on the decrease. It is necessary to bear in mind, that the trade of this port of China has long been accustomed to flow through other channels, that the island of Hongkong has no natural productions, or consumers of imports, heyond the inere wante of the colonists themselves, and is even dependent for its daily supply of food on the main land; and that a place so circumstanced, especially in a country like China, proverbially averse to sudden change, can only be expected very gradually to acquire a trade by facilities and encouragement instead of being subject to ceaseless and heavy taxation, charges, from which places in its vicinity are moreover exempt. We trust therefore, we shall not be deemed presumptuous in submitting to H. M. government our urgent entreaty, that they will be pleased to direct the abolition of the opiuin farm, auction duties, and other harrassing taxation: recently imposed, which have already had the effect of deterring inany Chi- nese from settling in the place, and driven away several; who were already established, and been in fact utterly destructive of our incipient trade. If this be not conceded, many of the European residents will also be compelled to quit a place totally without commerce, but more heavily taxed, in ground rents alone, than any other port of China, and remove to those ports where the trade is actually carried on, abandoning properties on which many have expended their whole fortunes. We further venture to suggest that the system adopted in other colonies may reasonably be extended to this distant settlement; and that it is hoped government will be pleased to authorise the formation of a municipal body, vested with the usual power of deciding on the appropriation of the monies raised for local purposes. We cannot in conclusion refrain from urging, that such a settlement as Hongkong was never actually required by the British merchants; and that it has become even less so since the opening of the fire Chinese ports, where 100 Journal of Occurrences. the foreign residents are free from all taxation, and where the rent of land and houses is generally very moderate. We submit therefore, that it will be found as inexpedient in principle, as under existing circuinstances we consider it would be unjust in practice, to call on the civil part of the community for any large proportion of the ex. penses of a colony which is held rather as a military and naval station, giving Great Britain the command of these seas, and as the residence of a few mer. chants, occupied at extending British commerce along the coast of China, and keeping up an active correspondence with the rest of the world, than a place which under any circumstances can be expected to possess an extensive trade, or afford any considerable revenue towards the payment of its own expences. (COPY.) SALE OF LANDS ON HONGKONG ISLAND Macao, 7th June, 1841. Gentlemen,-Having had under my consideration the particulars of the first sales of lots in Hongkong on the 14th instant, I am of opinion that I shall be consulting the best interests of the establishment in making immediate public declaration of my purpose to move her majesty's government either to pass the lands in fee simple for one or two years purchase at the late rates, or to charge them in future with no more than a nominal quit rent, if that tenure continues to obtain. My own object respecting the disposal of lands pending the pleasure of her majesty's governintent, was to secure to firms and all other persons (British or foreigners) having permanent interests in the Country, sufficient space for their necessities, at moderate rates, with as little competition as might enable parties to accommodate themselves according to their respective wants; I feel assured upon attentive reflection that steady adherence to this rule will be found most conducive to the well understood interests of the establishment, and to the fair claims of persons upon the spot; parties falling within the description I have specified, not yet supplied with lots, will soon be in a situa- tion to accommodate themselves. May 1 request you, gentlemen, to circulate this letter. I have the honor to be, your most obedient humble servant, (Signed) CHARLES Elliot, Chief superintendent, charged with the government of Hongkong. To Messrs. JARDINE, MATHE$on & Co., and Dent & Co. The steamer Lady Mary Wood, which brought on the last over. land mail (50 days from London to Hongkong), will be dispatched Septeniber ist, with the first monthly homeward overland mail direct. The Union Chapel, Victoria, Hongkong, was opened for the first lime, on the 241h instant. “The colonial chaplain is still obliged to officiate in a mat shed." The French diplomatic mission is still in China, and the exchange of copies of the ratified treaty has recently taken place near the Bogue, where their excellencies Lagrené and Kiying had a personal interview. Our limits will not allow as now to give further particu. lars of the mission, which it is said will in a few weeks proceed northward. Alexis Rameaux, "bishop of Myra," was drowned while bathing, near Shálántsai, Macao, on the 14th July last. His remains were interred at St. Paul's on the 16th, with the usual honors. Died, at Victoria, Hongkong, the 24th instant, Frederic Joseph, the only surviving son of the Rev. Dyer Ball, M. D., aged 5 years 11 months, and 12 days. Dr. Ball and family arrived in Canton on the 29th instant, where they expect permanently to reside. THЕ. CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIV.SEPTEMBER 1845.-No. 9. Art. I. Particulars of the export of teas, raw silk, fc., fc., to Great Britain and the United States of America, in each vessel from 30th June 1844 to the 1st July 1845, with summaries of the preceding year 1843–1844. For the particulars, comprised in the following pages of this article, we and our readers are indebted to one of the principal commercial houses in Canton, which has allowed us to publish them in the pages of the Repository. For this favor we return our best thanks. We shall be glad to publish the annual statements of trade at all the five ports, and shall feel particularly obliged to any gentlemen who will enable as to do this.—In the details of the English trade we have found it necessary to condense the form, to suit it to our pages, and therefore have omitted the dates of the departures of ves- sels and the ports from whence they sailed, all of which however were from Canton, except the Helen Stewart, Mary Ann Webb, Wan- derer, Charles Jones, Th. Worthington, Monarch, Velore, Lither- land, loaded with teas, and a few others having silks, from Shanghai. We have had also, in two instances, to throw into one column, dif- ferent kinds of teas, and to omit the specification of silks carried in each vessel. The total of Raw Silks to Great Britain, in 1844-45 was, according to the statement before us, 12,935 lbs: The amount of teas for Great Britain 53,442,613 lbs., and for the United States 20,751,583 lbs., gives us a total of 74,194,196 for the year end- ing 1st July 1845. The preceding year to the former were sent 50,218,094, and to the latter country 14,257,364 lbs., or a total of 64,475,458, showing an increase of 9,718,738 lbs., for this year. 51 . VOL. XIV. NO. IX. 402 11111 Hyson Imperial. 8,627 7,081 1,059 14,571! 10,5801 7,274 10,3051 Skin. 2,781 16,007 15,841 9,235 5,141 15,506 6,7471 39,293 16,675 17,640 15,628 32,0381 18,515 12,844 SS: No:24: 1844 PARTICULARS OF THE EXPORT OF TEAS TO GREAT BRITAIN, IN EACH VESSEL FROM 30th JUNE, 1844, TO 1st JULY, 1845. VESSELS Souchong, Congou. Pekoe and Pekoe Orange Hungmuey Caper, Pow- chong. Sorts. Twankay Hyson. Young Gun- Hyson. powder. 35,772 187 26,451 4,722 27,862 220,976 129,633 27,139 56,765 35,675 15,332 6,206 1,500 4,4861 6,316 5,695 455 23,012 2,984 19,369 Mary Bannatyne, Hebrides, Lady Amherst, Cumberland, Helen Stewart, Saghalien, Tapley, Inglewood, City of Derry, William Prowse, Sandersen, Mss. of Douro, Medusa, Bahamian, South Stockton, England's Queen Earl o Liverpool Mellish, Maia, Patna, Walmer Castle, 8,823 7,791 116,141 17,381 8,017 17,955 33,616 22,437 410,090 452,969 315,306 394,838 270,9381 395,7981 242,944 440,407 173,487 153,7881 193,992 93,892 344,264 305,6491 215,8641 280,635 209,089 395,0381 185,0691 338, 116 323,073 2,565 4,268 4,7021 12,811 25,273 94,129 2,049 12,570 35,9231 4,3151 82,554 60,159 37,549 169,025 83,671 20,9481 9,645 9,8681 97,989 36,500 42,920 58,624 43,462 31,756 108,467 13,283 8,370 56,6761 25,441 39,267 19,540 23,995 17,2421 43,825 37,423 33,888 58,289 33,985 32,786 7,029 11,1781 3,132 33,3931 100 17,926 963) 35,439 35,653 1,664 12,484 8491 30,025 2,696 9,316 3,875 3,517 29,0251 18,136 77,580 8,000 86,241 3,241 2,962 34,165 23,989 15,251 14,594 12,100 27,084 32,1761 14,142 403 5,015 9,936 3,302 23,700 43,600 1,162 2,378 2,293 9,230 230 559 2,265 1,999 42,005 2,224 3,360 6,931 4,289 5,336 3,812 8,816 5,351 5,759 ill 16,494 5,152 1,180 765 493 1844. Particulars of the Export of Teas,-Continued. 12,430 79,448 68,4301 18,526 75,653 78,152 83,442 1,395 44,3101 10,998 50,758 16,665 2,0581 1,9971 272 1,975 12,7131 18,4831 30,1001 34,891 2,914 901 12,924) 84,741 5,154 39,084 10,499 46,5101 1,740 31,063 9,219 18,105 35,923) 30,219 6,677 9,9131 650 5,930 60,693 64,607| 14,945 25,124 16,439 35,761 6,669| 32,256) 64,601 89,208 327,633 396,923 569,184 370,099 320,183 467,3531 275,481 615,259 168,245 219,7191 552,871 222,884 339,975 398,629 211,671 361,5981 198,092 511,089 575,4101 588,869 257,795 202,100 457,560 173,800 108,500 119,800 3,822 8,2431 75,956 16,251 18,645 Orixa, John Bibby, Alex. Baring, Cleopatra, John Dugdale, Dss.of Buccleugh Ellen, Persia, Mercury, Circassien, Mar. of Bute, Albert Edward, Gilb. Henderson, Christina, Uruguay, Sappho, Visct. Sandon, John O'Gaunt, Dumfries, Duke of Bedford, Pampero, Hersey, Royal Albert, Farfashire, John Laird, Lady, 4,801 12,187 11,679| 19,5701 56,799 4,147 1,165 42,649 2,7191 14,5001 18,547 12,1381 10,898 20,636 52,331 21,1471 44,0481 5,560 153,163 1,692 905 26,112 15,456 6,381 6,1071 32,861 10,323 31,331 207 5,959 23,240 2,440) 79,089 7,622 15,776 23,872 28,184 8,1721 53,5601 12,113 5,949 37,5591 13,178 64,987 5,870 22,9801 8,504 15,297 8,031 1,101 6,044 3,614 7,515 38,744) 19,716 22,011 14,6071 39,700 10,100 101,500 35,600 39,4001 13,100 2,5701 5,3021 5,500 15,6001 6,9031 12,996 433,300 65,000 7,000 21,700 25,400 404 19,859 8,000 9,600 4,3401 5,340 7,122 21,417 30,1851 1,370 31,185 3,192 11,549 4,472 2,956 5,463 3,675 27,6181 1,333 57,577 1,690 9,455 15,500 8,389 877 4,672 26,308 6,768 2,316 43,026 32,692 31,792 4,521 3,676 1,025 Particulars of the Erport of Teas --Continued. 1844. 527,332 517,082 157,354 695,804 305,743 23,1721 49,718 73,4521 8,598 31,576 47,650 75,329 25,260 8,476 83,142 2,373 14,880 33,124 22,809 188,1501 35,281) 11,215 27,704 37,014 10,039 14,707 16,868 76,0601 49,505 26,037 6,3901 54,732 1,764 19,894 50,328 ,30017 10,047 6,335 58,884 41,9031 13,429 39,300 13,354 25,139 42,1601 7,965 25,866 Eagle, Lysander, Royal Albert, Castle Eden, Penang, 1845. Charlotte, Hindostan, Elephanta, Foam, Monarch, Malacca, Aden, John Wickliffe, Euphrates, Jerh. Garnett, Surge, Eagle, Shepherdess, Coromandel, John Christian, Elvira, Marmion, Cordelia, Mary Ann Webb Robert Pulsford, 7,799 52,158 5,7911 2,4701 42,469 9,592 36,810 393,912) 631,087 17,300 221, 1951 610.226 91,8011 368,703 392,837 518,283 223,399 84,847 419,965 453,572 410,494 370,600 313,089 422,434) 296,397 92,560 449,566 85,871 32,790 20,334 3,50) 21,311 38,410 15,200 40,900 5,700 23,700 3,508 4,833 49,478 38,745 4,763 22,118 88,1521 3,595 4,200 28,901 150,405 101,190 47,3551 1,400 11,568 127,904 14,976 15,078 30,239! 130,911 6,669 9,522 24,319 16,647 47,418 89,105 85,392 188,207 52,7081 18,692 47,620 20,513 18,370 2,574 2,2121 6,129) 7,640 7,640 151,550 82,225 111,596 17,440 9,1641 9,331 25,600 5,460 11,137 26,990 13,026 6,108 14,021 2,3231 15,766 2,096 70,5431 25,850 3,017 77,200 22,000 15,700 21'6281 7301 155,4901 13,9711 66,7421 13,398 20,1221 14,255 34,511 12,887 11,071 18,5331 70,442 39,097 63,611 49,057 11,2181 1,333 93,689 12,2701 11,3811 2,583 24,842 8,200 8,195 44,727 1,8901 405 4351 6,312 11,761| 19,258 28,615 24,810 840 3,243 1,727| 19,030 27,700 77,195 11,332 22,120 9,875 11,387 1,900 5,670 5,100 6,672 69,064 558 3,555 6,141 10,000 9,200 3,197 3,395 9,074 2,195 9,854 34,437 5,451 10,8001 31,843 5,877 13,200 Particulars of the Export of Teas, -Continued. 1845. 10,5431 600) 15,8531 52,782 38,692 10,8701 9,992 5,166 7,291 18,5921 9,000 28,673 5,163! 13,855 62,223 5,540 2,300 14,1601 3,152) 4201 17,100 11,486 15,000 5,600 9,800 365,974 371,698 111,573 386,176 231,056 299,5071 148,004 399,718 496,800 327,724 490,5001 375,5191 185,759 229,300 429,614 363,299 363,980 137,1761 696,200 537,267 109,094 Mohawk, Humayoon, Chusan, Wanderer, Royal Alice, Earl Powis, Dowthoop, Beulah, St. Vincent, Swithamley, Oriental, Geo. Buckham, Olympus, Isabella, New Margaret, Oriental, Charles Jones, Emu, Eliza, Earl Gray, Vanguard, New Margaret, Potentate, Gwalier, Tory, Th. Worthington 51,100 6,900 34,000 13,5301 57,393 53,600 9,259 9,600 8,700 14,6291 21,593 44,6181 18,180 15,991 31,335 74,6541 35,781 55,882 91,732 140,144 86,220 49,000 12,157 30,621 10,569 78,392 32,599 38,987| 105,479 4,426 7,255 128,034 1,976 32,558 4,248 91,074 2,893 71,685 65,998 57,700 1,100 36,500 24,6001 37,5281 25,474 356,810 93,115 18,6001 36,3001 95,6001 22,800 17,902 26,495 8,123 74,264 89,508 9,132 15,200 19,200 24,000 4,562 30,730 17,225 13,327 17,170 12,108 3,692 12,642 14,173 11,5491 2,5831 2,700 21,200 17,300 62,7001 12,821 61,362 39,638 140,740 46,2421 21,538 41,733 30,274 10,218 5,589 21,609 6,939 16,600 1,7001 35,300 2,2001 3,7441 1,512 2,164 9,465 6,000 91,800 12,900 11,3091 2,6171 9,5571 515 9,867 46,6271 35,500 1,150 20,614 5,200 51,587 16,526 52,117 62,000 3,325 4,127 291,2001 428,409 797,100 163,706 20,300 22,295 30,600 17,925 6,000 1,800 SS 53,442,613lbs. 1845. Particulars of the Export of Teas,-Continued. of the Mellish lost, } 517,688 406 Monarch, 258,1121 From 37,7451 4,718 2,5591 12,1741 7331 598 6,735 Wigeon, 234,800 30,000 , 25,800 1,000 8,000 7,800 2,600 Anne Jane, 396,012 26,000 Oolong1,465 Velore, 368.265 30,888 22,985 34,5481 4,921 >> 8,0271 , , 251,092 Caper10,681 20,5861 2,941 10,0181 5,9301 1,643 17,940 India, 50,218,194 272,0001 18,048 42,598 19,302 34,607 21,185 81,094 50,788 74,053 40,552 8,078 Bangalore, 284,630 8,5181 Sorts 38,134 Total 53,960,301 Total 15,613 3,462 11,193 13,962 Black 41,330,188 Sorts 295,550 Bohea, 30,276 17,000 19,420 7,360 Queen Mab, 449,144 8,159 6,690 3,000 Palmyra, 371,000 7,8001 9001 14,654 Total Green 8,849,872 Total Black 41,351,138 Black 41,351,138 14,4001 17,6001 5,000 Sundry Ships, Total pounds / 6,012,358 2,076,555 1,815,014 1,447,211 295,550 3,271,588 2,105,898|2,990,414 2,375,335 1,234,882|335,496 SUMMARY, 1844-45. Powchong, SUMMARY, 1843–44. Congou12,313,613 36,012,358lbs, Total Green Hyson Skin, 533,448 Powchong 77,459 . Twankay, 3,271,588lbs. Congou, 37,453,7591bs. T'wankay, 3,776,796lbs. Souchong, 1,393,210 519,880 Hyson, 2,105,898 Souchong, 1,531,363 335,496 Hyson, 131,294 1,270,120 Pekoe 552,051 Young Hyson, 2,990,414 , Pekoe441,669 Young , 15,870 227! 5,098 LitherlandHyson, 1,429,259 HungmueyGunpowder, 2,375,335 Hungmuey, 277,026 Gunpowder, 1,257,114 Orange Pekoe 1,815,014 Imperial, 1,234,882 Orange Pekoe, 1,072,485 » Imperial, 583,135 Caper, 1,369,752 Hyson Skin, Black 41,330,188 Total the above, the care 407 12,263 OOLOXG. 3,420 18,774 5,574 1,046 11,203 1,307 23,550 400) 31,331 1,752 6,670 30,485 26 382 1844. EXPORT OF TEAS TO THE UNITED STATES FROM 30TH JUNE 1844 TO 1st JULY, 1845. VESSELS. DATE. Y. HYSON. HYSON. H. SKIN & TWANKAY. G. POWDER. IMPERIAL. SOUCHONG & CONGOU. POWCHONG. PEDCO 6,563 29,719 4,750 29,289 22,030 4,750 15,837 16,068 46,445 > Nov. 663 9,962 2,466 76,970 42,439 37,126 41,097 35,313 80,693 17,144 54,262 18,060 352 9,430 14,773 38,198 11,284 222 5,508 4,517 4,958 4,624 8,813 Convoy, Sappho, Eliza Ann, Paul Jones, Henry; Oneida, George Hallet, Ann McKim, Valparaiso, Grand Turk, Howqua, Montauk, Mary Ellen, Carolina, Zenobia, Cincinnati; Aldebaran, Cohota, Grafton, 109,671 96,634 287,219 119,090 127,980 196,416 219,837 88,928 151,563 10,924 143,989 207,842 128,718 175,389 130,372 217,641 65,965 326,370 81,155 1844. July 18 August 2 7 Sept. 20 Oct. 3 12 15 18 20 20 Dec. 6 10 12 13 13 13 15 18 23 1845. Jany. 8 8 10 11 11 13 15 17 81,129 56,925 183,990 315,077 140,844 11,751 116,146 207,249 152,119 85,055 140,076 25,548 50,543 63,521 141),137 126,0:17 188,100 19,039 104,522 3,139 5,238 22,255 89,190 20,364 105,970 75,636 8,830 41,718 40,526 27,545 53,469 27,041 3,231 2,513 8,518 5,8332 3,222 65,054 3,612 37,810 12,619 25,153 27,356 62,906 44,792 26,164 177,249 83,975 29,078 76,669 17,592 100,182 88,412 31,114 24,516 10,376 15,991 21,447 27,889 7.857 24,846 14,036 13,525 3,321 6,664 6,000 3,544 > 93 21,232 14,448 12,197 7,506 Sarah Abigail Heber, Ronaldson, Tiger, Natchez, Rouble, America, Pioneer, 127,585 101,789 302,137 212,512 200,311 171,633 275,530 14,448 9,790 531 13,185 1.405 8,204 4,853 26,247 55,736 30,177 12,539 132,909 12,695 93,035 3,456 16,290 12,447 29,336 8,723 11,427 7,937 14,121 15,310 63,112 200,017 27,856 10,195 139,312 127,343 33,071 43,715 29,631 11,090 2),691 4,415 17,052 15,363 9,697 21,283 23,665 > 6,830 409 1845. > > 6,839 , Merchant, $ 2,654,859 22! 191,926 } 3,133,133lbs. 23 VeniceBazaar, , 25 125,181 June 66,386 24,244 14,735 19,270 25 Total 14,257,364 Total 20,751,583 308,632 11,130 76,050 27,616 27,636 87,155 Green 5,659 » Total Black 456,245 120 221,468 8,744 3,807 132,594 67,445 3,680 Gunpowder. 941,065 Oolong 298,353 Gunpowder.. 597,088 Oolong 60,178 . Hamlet33,678 , Pecco, 3,352 4,841 1,738,291 » 12,603 fanthe, . Powchong , 799,622 12,416 Hyson Skin and Powchong 1,301,965 Hyson Skin and Congou. 231,588 539,79485,036 5,353 2,838 , Feb. Mariposa, 5,280,865lbs. Hyson. 318,468 Young Hyson18,010 .... 6,800,419lbs. Souchong and Hyson... 358,915 Congou... 24,402 1843–44. SUMMARY 1844-45. 47,753 pounds 366,965 19,810 91,605 2,936 2,107 215,175 8,366 3,520 Sappho, 23 130,638 2,97). 9,469 19,090 15,099 111,836 65,835 6,900 140,267 8,358 26,766 16 109,370 50,635 23,519 10,766 6116 20,888 April 2 363,463 114,280 15,295 8,140 76,116 139,247 4 140,393 18,406 4,191 33,365 31,156 1,020 , Rainbow, 90,388 7,500 277,760 1 3,200 6,530 10,255 9,450 16,260 28 261,723 1,319 8,429 19,074 18,503 65,771 , Helena, Erport of Teas to the United States, - Continued. Avalanche13,000 4,723 37,411 31,552 69,900 112,16 6,750 John Q. Adams, 214,468 28,152 135,225 41,063 36,759 355,703 7,777 7,601 26 161,389 53,154 Loochoo28 77,175 45,698 Lady Adams, 29 164,564 29,364 16,419 Navigator, 31 193,179 8,074 2,195 15,919 5 131,448 24,285 11,319 Stephen Lurman, March 10 171,281 20,764 151,160 23,936 16,209 214,393 Henry Pratt, 12 274,673 13,074 38,290 87,407 17 John G Coster, 18 316,828 21,760 324,925 7,905 LucasAreatus12 206,844 22,215 79,258 76,817 29,271 184,297 39,656 1,683 4,336 Belvidera, 3 460,769 13,604 18,294 27,358 19,794 132,549 Aquetnet, Total 9,171,298 358,915 2,654,859 941,065 674,978 5,280,865 1,301,965 69,285 298,353 Young Hyson.. 9,171,298lbs. Souchong and TwankayPecco. 69,285 Twankay Imperial.... 674,978 Total Black 6,950,468 Imperial.. 4,125,527 Total Green 13,801,115 Green 13,801,115 Total Green 10,131,837 10,131,837 109 1845 Export of Teas to the United States, - Continued. VOL. XIV NO Note. Beside the above named 48 vessels, the Paulina sailed October 11th, and the Pactolus sailed February 1st with cargoes ex- clusively of drugs, Silks and Sundries, making the number of vessels dispatched from China for the United States 50, during the sea- son ; of these the Mary Ellen, Loochoo and Cohota were partially laden with Manila produce, of which the later transhipped some to the Avalanche. Of these 50 vessels the Sappho, dispatched Aug. 2d, the Aldebaran, Heber, Rouble, and Areatus were bound to Bos- ton, the other 45 to New York. Export of Silks and Sundries to the United States on the above named 50 vessels in 1844-45, and on 30 vessels in 1843–44. IX. SEASON 1844-45. 1843–44. SEASON 1844-45 1843–44 35,125 19,276 5,218 4,165 99 99 Pongees. Handkerchiefs. Warsnets. Sanshaws Cemiets. levantines. Satins. Damasks. Satin Levantines. Crapes. Crape Shawls. Crape Scarfs. Sewing Silk. Raw Silk. Grasscloth Nankeen. 11 pieces 33,993 48,891; 11,165 3,575 10 900 2,311 495 2,165 4,968 95,581 9,920 peculs 79 boxes 84 320 Cassia. Matting Rhubarb. Sweetmeats. Vermillion. Split Rattans. Pearl Buttons Chinaware.. Lacquered ware. Firecrackers. Gamboge Cassia Buds. Oil of Cassia Oil of Anise. Camphor.... Fans and Screens. 6,387 14,760 1,108 5,770 100 505 204 635 86 33,177 peculs 7,554 rolls 28,740 boxes 1,490 6,588 220 bündles 1,660 boxes 449 1,493 266 65,708 69 50 49 192 peculs 2,740 boxes 969 2,295 185 415 980 35,842 3,350 4 285 28 10 9 383 14 114 791 410 SEP. Treaty with the United States. Art. II. Message from the president of the United States to the senate, transmitting the treaty concluded between Mr. Cushing and Klying in behalf of their respective governments. CONTINUING the drama of diplomatic intercourse between China and the United States of America, we commence with the opening of scene second, where the General Council of state, on the 22d of April 1814,—the several memorials of Ching, the acting governor- general of Canton, having been laid before the court and duly con- sidered, "received an intimation of the emperor's pleasure, ap- pointing Kiying high imperial commissioner," &c. On the same day, the Cabinet received orders to transmit to him the seals of this office, which he held, in 1842, at Nanking, in connection with Pipú and Niúkien, and now investing him with full and extraordinary powers, as sole commissioner, “to adjust the future free commer- cial relations in the provinces," having reference to foreign nations. For a copy of the original of this edict see page 387, in our last volume. By that document Kíying was virtually made minister for foreign affairs. Scene third opens, “on board boat," at Súchau, April 29th, where we see Kiying “traveling full speed," writing a dispatch to the honorable plenipotentiary, the American envoy, Cushing, “that very fortunately he may not proceed to the north.” On the 30th of May, he made his public entrance at Canton, and at once address- ed to Mr. Cushing the following communication, "Tsiyeng, of the imperial house, governor-general of Kwángtung and Kwángsi, a member of the Board of War of the first class, i vice guardian of the heir apparent, minister of state, and commissioner extraordinary of the Ta Tsing empire, makes this communication: "My former communication, dispatched from Súchau, I suppose your excellency has already received and perused. Having now on the 31st May, 1844, arrived at the city Canton, I learn that your excellency has awaited a personal interview at Macao, and clearly perceive your commendable sincerity and good faith. Being now arrived in Canton, the management of public business will here cause a little delay, and then I will proceed directly to Macao, in order speedily to have a personal interview. Our two countries for these hundreds of years having been at peace, and free from all animosity, there is surely no reason why our mutual friendship and mutual respect should not continue. Moreover, I have hitherto treated men with sincerity and justice, as, I suppose, your excellency may have heard and seen. « Besides giving information of the day for proceeding to Macao, when it 1845. 411 Treaty with the United States, shall have been fixed, I now beg to trouble ir excellency to examine this communication; and I improve the opportunity to inquire for your happiness. “To the American envoy, Cushing, &c. May the communication reach him to whom it is addressed. "May 31, 1844. True translation: E. C. BRIDGMAN, “Joint Chinese Secretary to the Legation." This and the dispatch from Schau were both returned, for this simple, and quite sufficient reason, that “the name of the Chinese government stood higher, in column by one character, than that of the United States." The correspondence thus proceeds: “ United States Legation, Macao, June 3, 1844. « The undersigned, commissioner, and also envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary of the United States of America to the court of China, has the honor to inform his excellency the imperial commissioner Tsiyeng, that he has been made acquainted with the contenis of the two communications of the imperial commissioner, the tenor of which affords him much satisfaction. “He cordially reciprocates the wishes therein expressed for the perpetual friendship and harmony of the United States. Having already awaited the arrival of the imperial commissioner for a long time, greatly to his own inconvenience and to the prejudice of his country's interests, he is gratified to learn that he may expect the honor of an interview with the imperial commissioner at an early day, then to consider and adjust the relations of the two governments. “The undersigned offers to his excellency the assurance of his high con- sideration and respect. C. CUSHING." “ United States Legation, Macao, June 3, 1844. “Sir: I regret exceedingly, at the commencement of a correspondence which I trust will be advantageous to our respective countries as well as mutually agreeable, to have to return the communications transmitted to me by your excellency ; more especially, as the tenor of those letters is in all respects satisfactory and conformable to the high estimation which I had been led to form of your excellency's character. But I feel compelled , to this step by a paramount sense of duty to my government. “My objections to retaining those communications have been fully ex- plained to the deputed officer, by whom the latter was delivered ; and on his assurance that the peculiarities in the address employed were probably the result of clerical inadvertence, and that your excellency had no purpose of disrespect to the United States, and that he would receive back the letters for correction in these particulars, I concluded to read the communication and reply to your excellency. “I have the honor, then, to return these letters, in the belief that your ex- 412 See. Treaty with the Unital States. belloney will see the eviden! propriety of adlıering to the forms of national equality, the observance of which is indispensable to the maintenance of peace and harmony between the two governments, whose common interests recommend that each should treat the other with the deference: due to great and powerful independent Statcs. "I am, with great respect, your obedient servant, “C. Cushing." "To his cxcellency Tsiyeng, &c. “ Tsiyeng, of the imperial housc, governor-general of the two provinces of Kwangtung and Kwangsi, member of the Board War of the first class, vicc-guardinn of the heir apparent, minister of state, and cominissioner ex- traordinary of the Ta Tsing empire, makes this communication in reply: 6 Whereas the district niagistrate, Wú, a deputed officer, has now return- ed to the provincial city, bringing the honorable envoy's two communica- tions, which I have read and fully understood : I, the minister, well know the honorable envoy has waited a long time, under the urgent necessity of a mutual meeting. I have now determined on the 25th instant (10th June) to commence my journey from Canton, “via” the Bogue. In consequence of the English envoy's (sir H. Pottinger) withdrawing from the control of affairs [in China,) and returning to his country, he desires a personal interview, after which, he instantly embarks for his nation; and I (the minister) cannot con- veniently long defer an interview preventing him (Sir H.) from commencing his voyage. “Moreover, the Bogue is on a convenient route to Macao, and will not cause any detention of the niinister; and immediately taking my departure from the Bogue, I shall proceed to Macao, with the honorable envoy to meet face to face, and accordingly, as shall be proper, to remain and reside there several days, that it rnay be convenient with your excellency to deliberate upon the friendly relations of peace, which may be delightful. In a few days we shall take each other by the hand, and converse and rejoice together with indescribable delight. “ As to the former communications, issued en route, there were mistakes in writing your excellency's titles and your name. Truly, this was because, in consequence of no communications having been received from the honorable envoy, we were without data according to which to write them. “Whereas the deputed officer, the district magistrate, Wú, has taken the original dispatches and returned them, and whereas the honorable pleni- potentiary has addressed me on the previous communications, I (the mi- nister) immediately directed my clerk to correct and rewrite them, and now return them prepared for the archives, fortunately, without any accompa- nying dissatisfaction. “As is becoming, I first make this communication, and embrace the op- portunity to present my conipliments and wishes for your complete and perfect lappiness. 1845. 413 Treaty with the Unitril Stales, “ The foregoing communication is to his excellency ('. ('usliing, envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary of the United States of America. "Táukwáng, 4th month, 24th day-June 9, 1844.) “ Faithful translation: PETER PARKER, " Joint Chinese Secretary lo the Legation." On the 17th Kíying reached his temporary residence near Macao : on the 18th with his suite he waited on Mr. Cushing; who on the 19th returned the visit; and on the 21st proceeded to business, as indicated in the following dispatch. United States Legation, June 21, 1844. “Sir: At the interview which I had the honor to hold with your excel- lency on the 19th instant, it was agreed that Messrs. Hwang, Chow, and Pwan, in behalf of your excellency, and Messrs. Webster, Bridgman, and Parker, in my behalf, should meet together at a subsequent hour the same day, and arrange the time and mode of proceeding to the business with which we are charged by our respective governments. “ These gentlemen met accordingly; when Messrs. Hwang, Chow, and Pwan, stated that your excellency was ready to enter at once upon the con- sideration of a treaty between our respective countries, and desired me to. present a projet of such a treaty as would be satisfactory to the United States “I cannot refuse to meet your excellency's proffer in the spirit of prompti- tude and frankness in which it was made, though, in assuming this respon- sibility, without any previous discussion of preliminaries, I place myself at some disadvantage. “I have the honor, therefore, to submit to your excellency the minutes of a proposed treaty, which covers all questions, except two or three, of a spe- cial nature, and of great importance, which I desire to present to your cx- cellency separately at an early day. “ It is proper for me to state, briefly, the principles on which this projet of treaty has been prepared: “1. The United States is to treat with China on the basis of cordial friend- ship and firm peace. “2: We do not desire any portion of the territory of China, nor any terms or conditions whatever which shall be otherwise than just and honorable to China as well as the United States. “3. My government would be happy to treat with China on the further basis of perfect reciprocity in all commercial relations. All the ports of the United States are open to forcign commerce, and we do not impose any duties on exports. Bui I am well aware of the emperor's wish to limit the commerce of forcign nations to five ports of thic empire, and to retain the general system of duties, in the establishment of which your excellency was a principal agent. In the spirit of amity towards China, the United States acquiesces in the view of this subject which it has pleased the em- peror to allopt. And, accordingly, I have drawn up the minutes of a treaty Treaty with the United States. SEP. adapted to this exceptional state of facts, only proposing such articles as may procure to the citizens of the United States a free and secure com- merce in the ports open to the nations of the west. « 4. It will occur to your excellency to remark, that some of the articles are different from those contained in the commercial treaties recently concluded with England. A single fact constitutes the cause of this difference. Those two treaties are based on the fact of the possession of Hongkong by Great Britain, and the commercial provisions have relation to this primary idea. The United States does not seek any such possession in China, and is there- fore constrained to propose new articles of commercial regulation for the security of citizens of the United States residing or prosecuting trade in China. “5. I have to make the further remark, that, in drawing up these minutes, I have not looked to the side of the United States alone. I felt that it would not be honorable, in dealing with your excellency, to take a partial view of the subject. I have inserted a multitude of provisions in the interest and for the benefit of China. In a word, have sought to present the draught of a treaty which, as already intimated, shall be, in all parts, alike just and honorable to China and to the United States. “ I am sure your excellency’s candor will do justice to the motives which have actuated me in this matter; and I can give the assurance that I will consider in the same candor any modifications which your excellency may propose. “I will communicate the tariff for annexation to-morrow; and I remain, meanwhile, with the highest respect and consideration, your excellency's obedient servant, C. CUSHING." On the following day, Kiying thus replied. “ Tsiyeng, of the imperial house, governor of Kwángtung and Kwangsi director of the Board of War of the first class, vice guardian of the heir apparent, minister, and commissioner extraordinary of the Ta Tsing empire, makes this communication: “ Yesterday I received your excellency’s communications, together with a draught of the articles (of treaty). I have read and examined each article, and again depute their excellencies Hwang, Pwan, and Chow, to proceed, with your honorable three deputed officers, Webster, Bridgman, and Parker, to deliberate upon, consider and settle them. “ But the honorable envoy, on arriving at Yuh, immediately requested to enter Peking, to be presented to the emperor; and already, on a former occa- sion, Ching, the acting governor-general of the two Kwáng provinces, reported it to the emperor, and respectfully received the imperial will, requiring the honorable envoy to await at Canton the arrival of me, the minister, previously, unitedly to deliberate upon and dispose of the business. Your excellency has accordingly waited at Yuh. And whereas your excellency made a com- munication to Ching, in which it was stated that you would consult with me, the minister, respecting entering Peking by the outer sea or the inland rivers : * * 1813. Treaty with the Unic States. now, we two men having met face to face, we are both of the same lieart. Moreover, the articles of a treaty have already been projected, and in a little time we can settle them, and deliberate upon the exchange of treaties. These are the facts relating to the honorable envoy's going to Peking. It is correct, then, according to the received will of the august emperor, to say, that it is needless to proceed (to court.] But I, the minister, must take this buiness, and first write out a dispatch, and again memorialize the emperor; and I request a speedy reply in order to dispose of the business. Considering the honorable plenipotentiary is disposed to respect the august emperor, and has known that the minister, in his treatment of men, always in good faith has transacted business, there is no cause for possible distrust. “ As is right, I have made this conmunication, and take the opportunity to present my compliments. “The foregoing communication is to his excellency C. Cushing, envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary of the United States of America. “Táukwáng, 24th year, 5th moon, 7th day-June 22, 1844.) « Faithful translation: PETER PARKER, “ Joint Chinese Secretary.” On the same day, Mr. Cushing wrote again, thus: United States Legation, June 22, 1844. “Sir: In accordance with the intimation which I made to your excellenty yesterday, I now address you on the subject of the tariff to be annexed to the proposed treaty between the United States and China, “I feel bound in candor to say to your excellency, that I think the tariff as recently regulated in negotiation with England, is, in most of its provisions, moderate and reasonable; and to the tariff in general, therefore, I make no objection. “But there are some few articles of imports which come to China chiefly from the United States, and on which the duty is disproportionately high. Among these are ginseng and lead. Concerning these, I should be glad, ať a future conference, to exchange views with your excellency. “I am informed, also, that it is the wish of your government to have spelter considered as saleable only to the officers of the treasury. If so, I cannot object, provided the fact be distinctly expressed. For want of such previous understanding on the subject, one of my countrymen has already sustained loss and injury, as at a proper time. I will have the honor of explaining to your excellency. “I therefore submit the printed tariff (leaving ginseng and lead in blank) as a part of the projet of treaty. “I have the honor to be, with the highest consideration, your excellency's obedient servant, C. CUSHING. “ 'To his excellency Tsiyeng &c.” To this note, Kiying returned the following answer. "Tsiying, &c., make this communication in repiy. “I have received your excellency's communication, calling attention to Treaty with che mitovi Statira Ser. on hic desproportionate duty on ginseng and leal, requiring further consideration, and also the tarifl' accompanying it. It has been proposed by our deputations, u their daily consultations, to cqualize the duty on ginseng by considering 1 wo-tenths of each picul superior quality, and ciglil-iënths as inferior; and learl, to reduce one mace two candareens on each picul, inaking it 2: &, which is fair and cquitablc. While waiting to revise the tariff, by changing the two above-nained articles, and by clearly specifying that spelter is to be sold only to merchants named by the government, and by defining the prohibited articles of export and import--all of which, after examination, will duly be communicated in another dispatch-it is right to forward this in reply. "May it, &c. To Cushing, &c. July 3, 1844. “Truc translation: E.C. BRIDGMAN, &c. The same day, July 3d, the particulars of the treaty having been all agreed upon, and several copies prepared both in Chinese and English, the two plenipotentiaries met at Wanghiá, and there affix- ed their names and seals to the same. Mr. Cushing, writing to his government, thus describes the progress and conclusion of the nego- liations, consummated by the signing of that treaty. Macao, July 8, 1844. "Sir: By way of preface to copies of the correspondence connected with the treaty of Wánghiá, I proceed to lay before you a brief account of the mode in which the negotiations between the imperial commissioner and myself werc conducted. “On the 16th instant, Tsiyeng arrived at the Chinese village outside the barricr of Macao, called by the Portuguese Casa Branca; and on the 17th he passed the barrier, and took lodgings for himself and suite at a Chinesc temple dedicated to the Lady of Mercy, situated in a village within the barrier, but without the walls, of Macao. This village is designated by two Chinese words, which are pronounced Mong Ha in the provincial dialect of Canton, Wanghiá or Ya in the dialect of Nanking, and Wang Heah or Iiya at the Court. “ The temple had been fitted up with some degree of taste for the recep- tion of the imperial commissioner, and the numerous soldiers, followers, and scrvants, with which, according to the usage of men of his rank in China, ho was attended. Accompanying the commissioner, as his advisers and assistants, were three Chinese officers of distinction,-namely, Hwang, the treasurer of the province; Chow, a member of the Han-lin college ; and Pwan, circuit judge of the province. Two of these persons, Hwang and Pwan, by means of their long residence at Canton, and their general intelligence, and one of them, Pwan, by reason of his parentagc, hic being the son of an opulent hong mcr- chant, are understood to possess very liberal views in regard to the foreign relations of China. "On the 18th, in conforinity with previous notice, the iniporial conimis- sioncr, together with llwang, Chow, and I'will, and their respective suites, 1945. 417 Treaty with the United States. came to the residence of the legation, to inake a visit of cereniony, and to be introduced to the legation and to the officers of the American squadron. “The commissioner was received and entertained by me with suitable regard to the dignity of my government; but the interview was, at his request, a purely friendly one—no business being transacted, the time being passed in conversation, in expressions of mutual esteem, and in exchange of assurances of the reciprocal good will of the United States and China. On the ensuing day, the 19th, I proceeded, accompanied by the gentlemen of the legation, and by commodore Parker and several officers of the squadron, to Wanghia, to return his visit. We were received and entertained in the most friendly and hospitable manner; but no business was transacted, further than to agree that Messrs. Webster, Bridgman, and Parker, on my part, and Messrs. Hwang, Chow, and Pwan, on the part of the imperial commissioner, should meet again during the evening of the same day, and arrange the course of negotiation. “At each of these interviews, every thing was conducted on a fooling of perfect equality, and of course no questions of etiquet arose. “ At the interview of the evening, Messrs. Hwang, Chow, and Pwan, made known the readiness of the imperial commissioner to proceed at once to the discussion of the articles of a treaty between China and the United States. “Accordingly, on the 21st, I communicated to Tsiyeng the projet of a treaty; and, by agreement between us, Messrs. Webster, Bridgman, and Parker, on the one side, and Messrs. Hwang, Chow, and Pwan, on the other, met together for a number of days in succession, partly at my house in Macao, and partly at Wanghia, and discussed and modified this projet, in behalf of myself and Tsigeng, respectively, until it assumed the form of the treaty as concluded and signed on the 3d instant at Wanghia. “Meanwhile, on the 24th, Tsiyeng and myself had an interview of busi- ness at the residence of the legation; in which interview the principle of the treaty and sundry incidental questions were briefly discussed. “ All the points discussed on this occasion will appear in the written cor- respondence which ensued—it being understood that, for the purpose of putting on record our respective views, the interview should be deemed an informal one, and that we should proceed to rediscuss the several matters in question in written communications. “Of the different subjects touched upon at this time, there is occasion for me to refer, in this place, to two only, in anticipation of what appears in the copies of correspondence. “ One is the question of my proceeding to Peking. In this interview, Tsiyeng avowed distinctly that he was not authorized either to obstruct or facilitate my proceeding to court; but that, if I persisted in the purpose of going there at this time, he had no power to continue the negotiation of the treaty. “In a dispatch appropriated to this matter, I shall have occasion to show the bearing and effect of this declaration of the imperial commissioner, 3:3 VOL. XIV. NO. ix, 1 SEP 418 Treaty with the United States, " At the same interview, it was agreed by us that Hwang, in behalf of the Chinese, and Dr. Parker, in behalf of the Americans, should constitute a commission, to arrange and agree upon suitable provisions for the security of the foreign factories at Canton. “On this subject, also, I shall have occasion to address a separate com- munication to the department. “After the conclusion of the business interview of the day, Tsiyeng dined at the house of the legation, in company with the American ladies residing in Macao. “ You will observe that the correspondence between Tsiyeng and myself, pending the negotiations, is of two descriptions, many of the questions being discussed in semi-official communications, which were distinguished from the others, not only by the size and form of the letters, but by the absence of the style of official correspondence, and also by being uniformly addressed in Manchu. " At length, on the 3d of July, the articles of the treaty being all fixed, and the several copies, four in English and four in Chinese, completed and ready for signature, I repaired, by agreement, to Wanghia, where four originals of the treaty were signed and sealed in the presence of commodore Parker and several gentlemen of the legation, and of the Chinese accompanying or in attendance upon Tsiyeng. “ After the execution of the treaty, we partook of an entertainment, and exchanged congratulations on the speedy and happy issue of the negotiation ; and the next day the commissioner left Wanghia for Canton. “It now remains to complete the details of the tariff to be annexed to this treaty; after which, it will be ready for transmission to the department. “ I am, very respectfully, your obedient servant, C. CUSHING. “ Hon. John Nelson, &c." We have a few remarks to make on the preceding, and shall then close this article with a letter of instructions to Mr. Cushing, as we find it printed in the newspaper of the day. We see no good reason for deviating, as Mr. Cushing has done, from the usual orthography of Kíying's name. Tsiyeng may possibly represent the Manchu orthography better than the usual form, but it does not conform so nearly to the Chinese. We may here remark that we do not like the term, Hoh chung kwoh, which his excellency adopted for the United States, nor that he has used for the president. To both there are, in our opinion, strong objections; but we need not, at least for the present, enter on their discussion. In speaking of Kiying's suite, he describes one of them as circuit judge of the province; not of "the province” of Canton, as the language intimates, nor indeed of any province: the title held by the person in question was merely nominal; and we presume he 1845. 419 Treaty with the United States. never held or performed the office of magistrate. The selection of this man, Pwán Sz'shing, was judicious, and no other one probably could have filled the place with equal honor and advantage. The letter of the president to the emperor, the question of Mr. Cushing's going to Peking, security of the foreign factories, &c., may perchance forin the topics of remark on a future occasion. The letter of instructions, delivered to Mr. Cushing, on the eve of his departure for China, will close this article. It is dated, Washington, May 8th, 1843. "Sir,-You have been appointed by the President, commissioner to China, and envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary of the United States to the court of that empire. The ordinary general or circular letter of instructions will be placed in your hands, and another letter, stating the composition or organization of the mission, your own allowances, the allowance of the secretary, and other mat- ters connected with the expenditure about to be incurred under the authority of Congress. “It now remains for this department to say something of the political objects of the mission, and the manner in which it is hoped those objects may be accomplished. It is less necessary than it might other. wise be to enter into a detailed statement of the considerations which have led to the institution of the mission, not only as you will be fur• nished with a copy of the president's communication to Congress, re. commending provision to be made for the measure, but also as your connexion with Congress has necessarily brought those considera- tions to your notice and contemplation. “Occurrences happening in China within the last two years have resulted in events which are like to be of much importance; as well to the United States as to the rest of the civilized world. Of their still more important consequences to China itself, it is not necessary here to speak. The hostilities which have been carried on between that empire and England have resulted, among other consequences, in opening four important ports to English commerce, viz: Anoy, Ningpo, Shanghai, and Fuchow. " These ports belong to some of the richest, most productive, and most populous provinces of the empire, and are likely to become very important marts of commerce. A leading object of the mission in which you are now to be engaged is, to secure the entry of American ships and cargoes into these ports on terms as favorable as those which are enjoyed by English merchants. It is not necessary to dwell here on the great well known ainount of imports of China into 420 Sep. Treaty with the United States. the United States. These imports, especially in the great article of tea, are not likely to be diminished. Heretofore they have been paid for in the precious metals, or, more recently, by bills drawn on London. At one time, indeed, American paper of certain descrip- tions, was found to be an available remittance. Latterly, a consider- able trade has sprung up in the export of certain American manufac- tures to China. To augment these exports, by obtaining the most favorable commercial facilities and cultivating to the greatest extent practicable, friendly commercial intercourse with China, in all its accessible ports, is matter of moment to the commercial and manufac- turing as well as the agricultural and mining interests of the United States. It cannot be foreseen how rapidly or how slowly a people of such peculiar habits as the Chinese, and apparently so tenaciously attached to their habits, may adopt the sentiments, ideas, and customs, of other nations. But if prejudiced, and strongly wedded to their own usages, the Chinese are still understood to be ingenious, acute and inquisitive. Experience, thus far, if it does not strongly animate and encourage efforts to introduce some of the arts and the products of other countries into China, is not nevertheless, of a character such as should entirely repress those efforts. You will be furnished with accounts, as accurate as can be obtained, of the history and present state of the export trade of the United States to China. “As your mission has in view only friendly and commercial objects -objects, it is supposed, equally useful to both countries-he natural jealousy of the Chinese, and their repulsive feeling towards foreigners, it is hoped, may be in some degree removed or mitigated by prudence and address on your part. Your constant aim must be to produce a full conviction on the minds of the government and the people, that your mission is entirely pacific; that you come with no purposes of hostility or annoyance; that you are a messenger of peace, sent from the greatest power in America to the greatest empire in Asia, to offer respect and good will, and to establish the means of friendly intercourse. It will be expedient, on all occasions, to cultivate the friendly dispositions of the government and people, by manifesting a respect for their institutions and manners, and avoiding, as far as possible, the giving of offense either to their pride or their prejudices. You will use the earliest and all succeeding occasions to signify that the government which sends you has no disposition to encourage, any violation of the commercial regulations of China, by citizens of the United States. You will state in the fullest manner the acknowledg- ment of this government, that the commercial regulations of the 1845. 421 Treaty with the United States. 1 empire, having become fairly and fully known, ought to be respected by all ships and by all persons visiting its ports; and if citizens of the United States, under these circumstances, are found violating well known laws of trade, their government will not interfere to protect them from the consequences of their own illegal conduct. Yo will at the same time assert and maintain, on all occasions, the equality and independence of your own country. The Chinese are apt to speak of persons coming into the empire from other nations as tribute bearers to the emperor. This idea has been fostered, perhaps, by the costly parade of embassies of England. All ideas of this kind respecting your mission must, should they arise, be immediately met by a declaration, not made ostentatiously, or in a manner reproachful towards others, that you are no tribute bearer; that your government pays tribute to none; and that, even as to presents, your governments neither makes nor accepts presents. You will signify to all Chinese authorities and others, that it is deemed to be quite below the dignity of the emperor of China and the president of the United States of America to be concerning themselves with such unimportant matters as presents from one to the other; that the intercourse between the heads of two such governments should be made to embrace only great, political questions, the tender of mutual regard and the establishment of useful relations. “It is of course desirable that you should be able to reach Peking, and the court and person of the emperor, if practicable. You will accordingly at all times signify this as being your purpose and the. object of your mission; and perhaps it may be well to advance as near to the capital as shall be found practicable, without waiting to an- nounce your arrival in the country. The purpose of seeing the em- peror in person must be persisted in as long as may be becoming and proper. You will inform the officers of the government that you have a letter of friendship from the president of the United States to the emperor, signed by the president's own hand, which you cannot deliver except to the emperor himself, or some high officer of the court in his presence. You will say, also, that you have a mission conferring on you the highest rank among representatives of your government; and that this, also, can only be exhibited to the emperor or his chief officer. You may expect to encounter, of course, if you get to Peking, the old question of the kotou. In regard to the mode of managing this matter, much must be left to your discre- tion, as circumstances may occur. All pains should be taken to avoid the giring of offense, or the wounding of the national pride, com- 423 SEP. Treaty with the United States. but, at the same time, you will be careful to do nothing which may seem, even to the Chinese themselves, to imply any inferiority on the part of your government, or any thing less than perfect independence of all nations. You will say that the government of the United States is always controlled by a sense of religion and honor; that nations differ in their religious opinions and observances; that you cannot do anything which the religion of your own country or its sentiments of honor forbid; that you have the most profound respect for his majesty the emperor: that you are ready to make to him all manifes- tations of homage which are consistent with your own sense; and that you are sure his majesty is too just to desire you to violate your own duty; that you should deem yourself quite unworthy to appear before his majesty, as peace bearer from a great and powerful nation, if you should do any thing against religion or against honor, as under- stood by the government and people of the country you come from. Taking care thus in no way to allow the government or people of China to consider you as tribute bearer from your government, or as acknowledging its inferiority, in any respect, to that of China, cr any other nation, you will bear in mind, at the same time, what is due to your own personal dignity and the character which you bear. You will represent to the Chinese authorities, nevertheless, that you are directed to pay to his majesty the emperor the same marks of respect and homage as are paid by your governinent to his majesty the em- peror of Russia, or any other of the great powers of the world. "A letter, signed by the president as above intimated, and addressed to the emperor, will be placed in your hands. As has been already stated, you will say that this letter can only be delivered to the em- peror, or to some one of the great officers of state, in his presence. Nevertheless, if this cannot be done, and the emperor should still manifest a desire to receive the letter, you may consider the proprie- ty of sending it to him, upon an assurance that a friendly answer to it shall be sent, signed by the hand of the emperor himself. “It will be no part of your duty to enter into controversies which may exist between China and any European state; nor will you, in your communications, fail to abstain altogether from any sentiment or any expression which might give to other governments just cause of offense. It will be quite proper, however, that you should, in a proper manner, always keep before the eyes of the Chinese the high character, importance, and power of the United States. speak of the extent of their territory, their great commerce spread over all seas, their powerful navy everywhere giving protection to You may 1945. 423 History of Budhism. that coinierce, and the numerous schools and institutions establish- ed in them, to teach men knowledge and wisdom. It cannot be wrong for you to make known, where not known, that the United States, once a country subject to England, threw off that subjection years ago, asserted its independence, after a seven years' war, and now meets upon equal terms upon the ocean and upon the land. The remoteness of the United States from China, and still more the fact that they have no colonial possessions in her neighborhood, will na- turaily lead to the indulgence çf a less suspicious and more friendly feeling than may been have entertained towards England, even before the late war between England and China. It cannot be doubted the immense power of England in India must be regarded by the Chinese government with dissatisfaction, if not with some degree of alarni, You will take care to show strongly how free the Chinese govern- ment may well be from all jealousy arising from such causes towards the United States. Finally, you will signify, in decided terms and a positive manner, that the government of the United States would find it impossible to reinain on terms of friendship and regard with the emperor, if greater privileges or commercial facilities should be al- lowed to the subjects of any other governinent than should be grant ed to citizens of the United States. “It is hoped and trusted that you will succeed in making a treaty such as has been concluded between England and China ; and if one containing fuller and more regular stipulations could be entered into, it would be conducting Chinese intercourse one step further towards the principles which regulate the public relations of the European and Ainerican States. "I am, sir, very respectfully, " Your obedient servant, “ DANIEL WEBSTER, “Hon. CALEB Cushing." Art. III. Memoir on the History of Budhism, read before the American Oriental Society, at their Annual Meeting, in Boston, May 28th, 1844. By EDWARD E. SALISBURY, professor of Ara- bic and Sanscrit in Yale College. In this history of Budhism our attention is first called to the im- portant fact, -established by the sagacity of a few German scholars, Flistory of Budhism. Ser. and which, says the author, has become the very basis of the science of philology in the modern acceptation,--that the influence of India may be traced over the whole western world, through its ancient language, the Sanskrit. He proceeds to remark, ---and the abridg- ment of the Memoir here presented, will be as nearly as possible in his own words,--that the wide east, as well as the west, is under obligations, to a greater or less extent, for civilizing impulses, to the peculiar manner of thought and expression in language, which belonged originally to the Sanskrit people of India. The subject of Budhism affords a striking illustration of the extent of the influence of India. An off-shoot of the Indian mind, Budhism, like the Banyan tree, germinated and grew with widening shade, till it has become firmly rooted in the minds of four hundred millions of the human race. It may be taken for granted that Budhism is of Indian origin, though the time has been when men of great learning could differ on the question, whether its originator was a native of Hindustan, or of Scythia, or an African. But its history, as it may now be gathered from the books of the Budhists themselves, not only of India, but also of China, Tibet and Mongolia, refers to central India as the first seat of this religious system. Its doctrines have evidently grown out of Brahmanism. Its mythology also is the Hindu, in its principal features. Among the most important authorities, relative to the rise and progress of Budhism, is the book called the Mahávanso, a continua- tion of this called the Suluvanso, the Rádjataranginí, annals of Cash- mere, the Histoire de la ville de Khotan, translated by Abel-Rému- sat, and, lastly, the Geschichte der Ost-Mongolen. For a theory of Budhism we will venture to propose the following. At its foundation may be said to lie a quickening of the moral feel- ing against the pantheism of the Brahmans. Such was the force of long established opinion, identifying the Deity with objects iza- ble by the senses, or making Him a mere aggregate of ideal forms, that there was a sort of necessity in opposing pantheism, to deny all attributes to God to conceive of simple abstract existence as the highest being according to the signification of Svabháva, applied in Buddhist language to the supreme being, which is self-immanent substance,-and, on the other hand, to suppose all inferior existence an illusion, unreal, as the Budhists do, just so far as there was an abstraction of the idea of Deity from those objects of sense, and creations of the mind, which had been imagined to be what they 1845. 425 History of Budhism. are, only by the divine presence pervading them. It was most natural that the Brahmans, when aroused to find occasion against them, should charge them with being atheists and nihilists. The ideal of highest perfection would naturally be conformed to the con- ceived idea of the divine being, a sublimation of existence above all qualities. This is the nirvana; and as with them the negation of all predicates is the only criterion of virtue, to be in any particular habit of mind has in it no intrinsic merit or demerit. To arrive at such a state, we must learn the illusive nature of all created things by studious application of mind and moral discipline. The authority of the Vedas is rejected, because no will is recognised as pertaining to the deity. Budhistic scriptures are held to be, not a revelation of divine law, but simply illustrations of a higher intelligence, inferior to the supreme being,-fitted to lead man, through knowledge, to absorption, in the incommunicable substance of all things. The origin of the world is ascribed to a disastrous fatality. Such having occasioned the development of self-immanent substance, the first emanation was Intelligence, or Budha, together with matter, which elements combined, have given origin to all existing species of things. A budha-state is the last stage at which man arrives in the progress of perfection, before reaching the goal of nirvana. But the idea of Budha, as a teacher of mankind, is founded upon a sup- posed perpetual and invariable rotation of great kalpas, or series of ages, in each of which, from the beginning at an indefinite point of past time, after an age of corruption, degradation and decay, one of restoration has succeeded, more or less frequently, when that first emanation of intelligence has become embodied among men, in order to promote the disentanglement of human spirits, from the vortex of illusion, by the effulgence of its original light. This round of ages, making a great kalpa, had been already completed, accord- ing to the Budhists, eleven times, at the commencement of the present kalpa; and Budha had often been incarnate. Since the present series of ages began its revolution, Budha has appeared, it is said, four times, and last in the person of Sákya-Muni or the Sákya-saint, who has given the law to the existing age. Various considerations lead us to believe that Budha was real personage; but when did the person live, who brought about such an extensive revolution of religious opinion ? With regard to this question there are various conflicting opinions, but after a dili- gent examination of the best authorities we are disposed, and we cannoi, we think, be greatly in error, lo fix the cominencenient of ül a VOL. XIV. NO. IX. 426 Ser. History of Budhism. his regal power at B. c. 320. Budha is said to have belonged to the Kshattriya, or warrior-caste, being the son of a prince who ruled over a small independent kingdom at Kapilavastu, or the Yellow dwelling. Yellow was, perhaps, the distinctive color of the princi- pality, and hence it may have been adopted as the badge uſ the Budhists, who are sometimes spoken of as of the yellow religion. Súkya was the family name, a fact which deserves notice, because it undermines the ground of an entire theory—that Budha was one of the Sakas, Sacae, or Indo-Scythians, which rests chiefly on the mere sound of his name, Sákya-Muni. His first years were passed in princely pleasures. He next became a hermit, practising austeri- ties after the manner of his age, but at length gave up that excessive bodily mortification, and is said soon after to have attained to the supreme wisdom, or to have become Budha. He is said, at first to have been reserved, in the communication of his doctrine to others, a representation probably founded in truth, and in looking for proselytes did not recognize the principle which afterwards became a cardinal point with this sect, that the privilege of religious instruction, should have no restrictions, for he sought out such persons as he judged fit to understand him. His personal labors appear to have extended over the whole of Central India. His cause was espoused by the kings of Magadha, who were probably sovereigns of all India at the time. Invited with his disciples, by a rich householder, to Shrasvati in Kosala, which is Oude, he spent there twenty-three years, in which time he composed the Suttani or aphorisms, one of the three portions into which the Budhist scripture is divided. After Budha's death an individual, named Kassapo, took the ge- neral supervision of the interests of the Buddhist community, pre- siding particularly over the clerical fraternity, which had already become numerous in Budha's life-time. But the narrative of the Mahavanso clearly implies that the recognition of superior rank did not depend upon official station, but upon reputed ability and sancti- ty. There was then no established hierarchy. That was to be the result of a longer growth of the system. But an event of the highest importance to the future progress of Budhism, occurred the very ye:ır of his death. A schismatic tendency was exhibited, which made it necessary that the traditions, to be orally transmitted, should be fixed. A council was called, and the two supplementary parts, Vinayo and Abhidhammo, prescription concerning moral conduct, and appendcu law, were added to the Budhist rule of faith and 1815. 427 History of Buddhism sex. practice, making up the 'Tripitakan, or Threefold treasure. The council is supposed to have been inspired. The Tripitakan was not yet committed to writing, but each of its three portions as- signed to an individual who was teach it to others after him. A second council was held a century later for the suppression of certain practices contrary to the rules of the clerical order. The innovators were degraded. After this, a select number of the clergy met at Visali, to revise the whole of the Abhidarma and Vinayo. This must be what is intended by the Tibetan authorities. The next important period in the history of Budhism is the reign of Aroko. Up to the close of the third century, the ecclesiastical establishment consisted chiefly of viharos, or cloisters, built by the royal bounty or by the wealthy, and occupied by persons of the male These were the clergy, or more properly friars. Asoko began to reign B. c. 258, and was a zealous promoter of the faith of Bud- ha. This period is remarkably illustrated by existing monuments, found in all parts of Central India. In the seventeenth year of this reign, a third council was held to purify the fraternity of the Bik- khus from certain heretical doctrines, introduced by persons jealous of the progress of Budhism, who had of themselves assumed the yellow robe, and intruded themselves into the viharas, for the pur- pose of creating a schism. The great age of Budhist missions began at this time. As places to which missionaries were sent, may be mentioned, Kasmira, Mahis- amandala, the Maharatta country, the Yona country, the Himavanta or Snowy country, and Ceylon. Of the rise and progress of Budhism in the latter place, also in Cashmere, a more extended account is given. The foundation of the system in Tibet was laid A. D. 307. Here, as in China, the Mongols were its principal patrons. A resem- blance follows between the Roman Catholic and the Budhist systems, in the latter as it is discovered in the worship of the grand Lama, and the history closes with a view of the rise and progress of the Budhist system in China This part will be presented entire. * # “In the thirteenth century, Koblai Khan brought a large part of China under the Mongol sceptre, and his reign was the period of the glory of the religion of Buddha in that country. It had its votaries there, however, previously, during many centuries. The date or- dinarily assigned to its introduction, which was first stated by Degul- ignes on Chinese authority, is A. D. 65. But since it has been shown, that the influence of Buddhism had probably extended to 428 Sep History of Budhism. Khotan, as early at least as the end of the first century before Christ, and that political relations began to arise between Khotan and China not far from that time; we can scarcely hesitate to believe, that the propagandism of the Buddhists had carried their religion into the celestial empire, even before our era; more especially as we find it to have been cominon, in later times, for Buddhist mendicants of the cloisters of Khotan, to be employed in political negotiation with the Chinese empire. During the first three or four centuries, Budd- hist pilgrims were constantly on the way from China to India, and the eastern part of the Sassanidan empire, to obtain instruction in the faith of Buddha, and to collect the books of the religion; and a missionary zeal carried many from afar to China. The first great era of the propagation of Buddhism among the Chinese, early in the fourth century, was owing to the influence of an Indian Buddhist, named Fo-thou-tchhing, or purity of Buddha, who by adroitly availing himself of a knowledge of the powers of nature, to effect the semblance of miracles of healing and of raising the dead to life, and by fortunate predictions and shrewd auguries, and the so-called gift of second sight, gained entire command of the popular mind. Bụt the system of Confucius was deeply rooted in the educated minds of the nation, and the opposition to Buddhism on the part of the Confucians made it odious to the Tartar prince, at whose court Fo-thou-tchhing had been received. The conception of virtue as a sort of social propriety, the putting away of the idea of deity as unessential, and the giving up of a future state of existence, all which belong to the doctrine of the great Chinese philosopher, are indeed directly opposed to the spirit of Indian religion, and more especially to the principles of Buddhism. Another philosophy however, which was cherished by a certain class of the thinking Chi- nese, though not distinguishing the man of letters, as adherence to the Confucian system did, the Tao-doctrine, may have prepared the way for the reception of Buddhism by the more instructed; for it so nearly resembles the Buddhist philosophy in its fundamental idea, Tao, which it defines to be something nameless, deprived of action, thought, judgment, intelligence, the occasion but not the cause of created existence; and in the view it gives of the highest perfection, as an absolute quiescence, without action, thought, or desire, that the inquiry suggests itself, whether Lao-tseu, the author of the Tao- doctrine, whose age was the same with that of Buddha, can have had communication with the Indian sectary, or whether the coinci- dence of their principles is to be ascribed to revulsion from a system 1845. 429 History of Budhism. of pantheism known to both, or whether Buddhism was imported into China far more anciently than has been supposed. It is true, that the Tao-sse, perceiving the rapid progress of Fo-thou-tchhing's proselytism, regarded him as a dangerous rival, but jealousy without pride prefers concession, where the points of agreement outnumber those of difference. A school was founded by Fo-thou-tchhing, which handed down the Buddhist doctrines among the Chinese. But within a century, the disciples of Buddha were afflicted with severe disasters from political convulsions, so that their faith almost expired, while they neglected to observe the precepts of their religion, and their sacred texts were dispersed or mutilated. It was in consequence of this state of things, that Chy-fa-hian, at the close of the fourth century, went on his pilgrimage into foreign Buddhist countries, of which the results are so invaluable at the present day, as a monument of that particular age of Buddhism. The informa- tion he obtained respecting the local traditions of Buddha's life and death, and the scriptures and established institutions of the Budd- hists, had also the effect, at the time, to give a new impulse to the religion of Buddha in China. Fifteen years was this devout pilgrim abroad, in Tartary, India, the country beyond the Indus, Ceylon, and the Indian Archipelago; and after his return a critical digest of Buddhist doctrines and precepts was made by him, with the aid of an Indian Pundit, from the books, traditions, and observations col- lected on his way. The first general translation into Chinese of the Buddhist scriptures, was made in A. D. 418, under the Tsin dy- nasty, and was probably a result of Chy-fa-hian's exploring tour. Another translation, which is the one now in use in China, was made A. D. 695, under one of the Thang emperors, by a friar of Khotan,-an age of persecution and laxity having intervened since Chy-fa-hian's return, which made it necessary to establish the scrip- tural code of the Buddhists anew, from sources existing out of China." In concluding, the author of the memoir says, * “I have thus endeavored to mark some of the most prominent events in the history of Buddhism, and have glanced at nearly every country where it has been propagated. Before concluding this sketch, however, I must notice more distinctly the last great era of Buddhist history,--that of its extirpation in the country of its origin, and in the Indus-land, where it once took such deep root. It has been seen from the Mahávanso, that in the latter part of the fifth 430 Sep. Ilistory of Budhism. century, the Brahmans of Central India were actively engaged in combating the Buddhists. Another authority, entirely independent of that, acquaints us, that in the year A. D. 495, the patriarch of the Indian Buddhists transferred his seat to China, and that the succes- sion was continued no longer in India. From the whole narrative of the Chinese pilgrim, Chy-fa-hian, we further learn, that, up to the commencement of the fifth century, there was no open hostility be- tween the Brahmans and Buddhists, even in the city of Benares, which was afterwards to be the head-quarters of Brahmanism. But we have accounts of two other Chinese pilgrims, named Soung-yun and Hiuanthsang, who, the one in a. D. 502, and the other between A. D. 630 and 650, traversed the same countries which were visited by Chy-fa-hian; and these show, that in the course of two centuries since Chy-fa-hian's tour was ended, and beginning as early as with the sixth century, the Brahmans had been gaining the upper hand in India, and that Buddhism had declined also in the countries to the west of the Indus. To all this may be added, that the decisive overthrow of Buddhism in India is to be attributed to the influence of a philosopher, named Rumârila Khatta, who lived, as is sufficient- ly well ascertained, in the seventh century. The final rallying of Brahmanism against its formidable antagonist, seems to have been acconiplished by this philosopher, through a simplification of the grounds of religious belief. The Mimânsa, a system of philosophy of which he is the principal expositor, assumes the Vedas for its foundation, and lays itself out to ascertain the meaning of Scripture. Properly speaking, it is no philosophy, but rather a system of exposi- tion; and it allows of no proofs, except by inference from associa- tion, comparison of resemblances, presumption from implication, and oral communication. These stricter principles, while they draw the line of demarkation more definitely between the old ortho- dox creed, and all schemes of religion which had diverged from it, would, of course, place the subtle vagaries of Buddhism in the most unfavorable light. A royal decree is said to have gone forth: “Let those who slay not, be slain, the old man amongst the Bauddhas, and the babe; from the bridge of Kâma, (the strait between the continent and Ceylon,) to the snowy mountains (the Himalaya.") It cannot, then, be far from the truth to say, that, from the middle of the fifth century, Buddhism began to be overpowered in India, and in the Indus country, and that the profession, of this re was not tolerated in IIindustan after the seventh century. The sect of the Juins, who are still found in some parts of India, and whose :) 18.15. 431 llistory of Budhism. existence there may be traced back to the eighth century, are proba- bly a remnant of the Budhists, who, by compromise and conctul- ment, escaped the vengeance of the Brahmans. “The occasion of the extirpation of Buddhism from the Indus- country is hinted at in the language of Hiuan-thsang, who says of the Panjab, and the eastern borders of Afghanistan: “All these countries are uncivilized, the inhabitants gross, their language bar- barous.” For of a part of this very same region thus characterized, Chy-fa-hian observes: “the language of Central India is there spok- en without any variation. The dress of the people, and their man- ner of taking food, are also similar to those of Central India. The law of Buddha is extremely honored there :" and this discrepancy of statement between two travelers, who each spent many years in mak- ing their observations, and whose credibility is unquestioned, can only be explained by supposing an inroad of barbarians, which had altered the character of the country, since the earlier traveler's visit to it. We know, too, from the history of the Arabs, that the Turks, whose invasions of the eastern borders of the ancient Persian empire had been repeated from the age of Cyrus, were opposed to the arms of the followers of Mohammed in Afghanistan, in the latter half of the seventh century. “Within the period of the decline of Buddhism in the country about the Indus, as fixed by comparison of the narratives of Chy-fa- hian and the other Chinese Buddhist pilgrims, is the date, which a Chinese historian, who lived about the commencement of the seventh century, has assigned to the introduction of Buddhism into Jopah; and the same authority gives us the highly interesting information, that it was brought there from a country near to the Indus on the western side. “Formerly," says the historian, “the religion of Buddha did not exist in this country (Fou-sang, or Japan). It was in the fourth of the years Ta-ming, of the reign of Hiao-wou-ti of the dynasty of the Soung (A. D. 418,) that five pi-khieou (Bhik- khus,) of the country of Ki-pin, went to Fou-sang, and spread there the law of Buddha : they brought with them the books, the sacred images, the ritual, and established the monastic usages, which caused the manners of the inhabitants to be changed:” Ki-pin, which is mentioned also in the itinerary of Chy-fa-hian, is supposed to be the same with Kwonus of the classical geographers, or the country watered by the most western branch of the Indus, called Kwons, and has been identified with the neighborhood of the cities of Ghizneh and Kandahar. The history of Japan by Kaempfer, froin Thistory of Buddhism. Ser. native authorities, speaks of the “spreading of the foreign Pagan Budsdo worship," in the sixth century, in consequence of the arrival there of“ idols, idolcarvers and priests from several countries be- yond sea :"--which points again to the same period hinted at in the account of the first propagation of the religion of Buddha on this island, and is probably to be connected with the circumstances m which the Buddhists found themselves, at that time, in India and on its western Lorders. “ It is to be expected that the sources of knowledge on this whole subject, here presented in a meagre outline, will be greatly multipli- ed within a few years, wlien it will be safe to go more into the detail, and the principal facts may be better established. Certain writers have entertained notions, in regard to the influence of Buddhism upon the Scandinavian mythology, and upon the civilization of the Indian races in the central part of our own country, which, though as yet loo visionary to receive any more than this passing notice, may be found to embody some important historical truth. Our own countrymen in the east, of various professions, enjoy opportunities of collecting materials respecting the doctrines, local traditions, religious usages, and ecclesiastical organization of the Buddhists, which we hope they will not neglect to improve. But enough has been ascertained to excite our astonishment at the power of Budd- hism, to propagate itself amid every variety of national culture, spirit, and temperament. I will therefore suggest, very briefly, a few reasons, which have occurred to me, for the rapid spreading of this religion in India, and its wide diffusion abroad. "1. Buddhism elevated the regal dignity. One of the most ancient traditions of Central India, preserved in the fiction of the avatâra of Vishnu, as Parasurama, or Rama of the club, refer to a primitive strife between the Brahmans, and the Kshattriyâs, or warrior caste, which ended in victory to the Brahmans. The position of royalty, under Brahman institutions, has always been one of entire subser- rience to the acknowledged superiority of the spiritual caste. 'The- ocracy; in a certain sense, has been the form of the state. But with the Buddhists, the king was the proper ruler of the land, inasniuch as they looked to him for countenance against the jealousy of the Brahmans: and the result was a mutual dependence, which tended to strengthen both the royal authority and the course of the new sect;-quite like that confederacy of king and people against an overpowering aristocracy, in early times of European history, when those two powers of the state, with seeming contrariety of interest, for a while more cominon cause with each other against their com- 1 1945. 433 History of Budhism. mon enemy. This parallel might be carried further; for the spiri- tual power of the Budh lists, fostered by royal favor, subsequently rose to such a height, that it controlled the sovereign: just as royalty in Europe availed itself against popular rights of that preëminence which it had obtained only by the temporary union of the will of the people with it. Hence we do not find that the principle of defer- ence to civil authority, which contributed to gain for the followers of Buddha that position which they acquired in India, actuated them to the same extent in the measures they adopted to establish themselves in other countries : for, not to speak of the absence of an ancient priestly domination in most of the foreign countries where Buddhism was introduced, against which the civil power might have been invoked for protection,--the Buddhist clerical order itself had become tinged with priestcraft, at the very time when their system was first propagated out of India; and this managing spirit seems constantly to have gathered strength, of itself, and by the concur- rence of circumstances, as Buddhist proselytism enlarged its bounds. "2. Buddhism was most extensively propagated among those, who, so far as there existed any intercourse between themselves and the inhabitants of India, were held in contempt by the Brahmans, as Mletchtchhas, or Barbarians,-outcasts from all participation in their religious knowledge, and unworthy to enjoy their institutions. The Buddhists appearing as befrienders of these despised foreigners, whom they so zealously sought out in their homes, in order to instruct them, had the great advantage of a striking contrast be- tween their seemingly benevolent labors for others, and the haughty, unsympathizing, despiteful spirit of the Brahmans. A leading maxim of conduct with the Buddhists, equally pertinent here, to whatever motive it may be referred, is this : “Whatever happiness is in the world, it has arisen from a wish for the welfare of others : Whatever misery is in the world, it has all arisen from a wish for our own welfare." “3. Another reason which may be assigned for the extensive pro- pagation of Buddhism is, that, as its distinctive peculiarities are philosophical and not derived from any particular mythological, con- ceptions, it could take to itself any mythology, which it found es. tablished with this, or the other nation, and under that cover in- sinuate its principles the more effectually. "4. Buddhism asserted for humanity an essential quality and worth, in opposition to the arbitrary distinctions of caste. There, was, indeed, from the first, a clerical order among the Budhists; yet such VOL. XIV. NOIX. History of Budhism. Ser, was its constitution, that it operated rather as an inducement, than as a bar to general effort, to reach the higher attainments of which the soul was supposed to be capable: for emulation was quickened by the admission to its privileges, on equal footing, of all ranks of social life; and the prospect held out to all alike, who should conse- crate themselves to its moral and intellectual training, was one well adapted to inspire ambition, whether the state of sanctity pretended to be connected with such consecration was considered, or the powerful influence over others, and the opening of wide fields for its exertion in missionary enterprise, which was actually associated with becoming a Bhikkhu. “ That separation, too, of human nature from pantheistic absorp- tion in the Deity, which is a fundamental principle of Buddhism, could not fail to be attended with a quickening of the sense of power in the human soul itself, and of a higher destiny belonging to it, than to be the merely mechanical organ of an all-engrossing Deity. It would be in vain to object, that Buddhist doctrine makes all things to be unreal except the great Svabhava: for no human being could long hesitate, between consistency with an abstruse metaphysical speculation on the one hand, acquiescence in the prompting of instinctive feeling on the other, that there is a self-activity in human nature. Nor should the inanity of the highest perfection to which the soul can attain, according to the Buddhist notion, be supposed to be an objection to this view of the influence of Buddhist philosophy in calling forth the instinctive sense of power : for besides, that real acquisitions of knowledge and moral discipline are made requisite for the attainment of Nirvana, it really matters not how trifling or inane the object may be, human nature is prone to assert its pri- vilege of spontaneous action, even for a prize which has in itself nothing stimulating. Nor, again, does the emanation-system of the Buddhists take away the faculty of originating action : for it is evi- dent from the calls, which the moral precepts of Buhddism address to mankind to exert and discipline themselves, that human actions are not included, at least, practically, in that system of fatality. "But the principle of the inherent capability of man, as such, was not only fitted to lead those, who had been disciplined to a mystical passive surrender of individuality under Brahmanism, to throw off that bondage, but may also be supposed to have exerted no slight influence in quickening the human soul to cast off old habits of bar- barism, by giving scope and direction to the consciousness of a capacity of improvement; and the impression which Buddhism has 1845. 435 History of Budhism. made upon rude nations is to be explained, partly, by this consi- deration. “A result of the general elevation of society effected by Buddhism, is seen in its creation of history. In India, while Brahmanism held undisputed sway, there were indeed traditions of the past handed down by the epic bards; but so blended with mythology were these traditions, that their historical meaning was obscured, or obliterated. The only memorialists were of that caste, which could not justly pre- serve the remembrance of most of the great events determining the destiny of tne nation, without giving undue prominence to mat- ters which concerned classes of society, depreciated by themselves as inferior and not worthy of account, and especially their chief rivals, the warrior and regal caste, whose glory they would be most reluctant to celebrate. But to the Buddhists the affairs of kings were of the highest moment, and as they deeply sympathized in the growth of their power, even they presumed to sway it to their own advantage, they would be disposed to treasure with the greatest care the remembrance of the events by which it was obtained : and the concern they professed for the general welfare of the people, would lead them to take note also of events of mere general interest. Hence we find, that the proper history of India opens with the pro- mulgation of Buddhism, and that every Buddhist nation has annals, which have a claim to the name of history, far superior to that of the epic or puranic traditions of Brahmanism." On the foregoing abstract, and on the memoir, we have at present no comments to make. It has been our endeavor to present the subject to our readers just as professor Salisbury has given it to us. Though living in close contact with those who profess to follow and revere the doctrines of Budha, we have to confess that as yet we are unable to gain from them any distinct system of faith and prac. tice. So far as we can ascertain, they, as a body, know not what they do believe, and care but little whether or not their conduct con. forms to their creed. For aught they know, they believe what is written in their sacred books, and as far as they find it convenient and agreeable they make their practice conform to that of their neighbors and their ancestors. Such, in few words, is the practical religion of the Budhists of Canton. 436 SEP , A Discourse by Governor Hwang. ART. IV. A discourse warning and advising the simple people to appreciate life. By Hwáng the governor and acting litera- ry chancellor of the province of Kwangtung (or Canton). Tot creatures of the universe are all diversified. Of those possessing know- ledge and perception, there are none that do not appreciate life. Appreciat. ing life they do not willingly destroy it. The bird, on seeing the net, is affrighted. The wild beast, on hearing the sound of the gun, runs away. The fish, rushing against the net, dives downward. The insect, coming in contact with heat, recoils. Man--the only spiritual being among all crea- tures,-if he does not appreciate life, how then is he comparable to the insect, the fish, the bird, the brute ! Good and evil, misery and happiness are terms in universal use among man. kind. There never was one who did not pursue after the good and retire from the evil. There is no greater good than life, and no evil more dreadful than death. Therefore, when one is born, congratulations are offered, and condolences at death. Now an unwillingness to pursue after the good and to retire from the evil, is to pursue the evil. There never was one who did not seek to get happiness and to avoid misery. Of happiness nothing is before life, and of misery nothing more lamentable than death. Hence we pray that 者​避​遇​避​有​自​伏​島​自​天 ​而​因​生​因​恒​重​蟲​見​重 ​重​重​下 ​福​是​則​者​言​其​遇​羅​其​之 ​莫​趨​慶​吉日​生​熱​則​生 ​先​凶​遇​莫吉​何​則​驚​自​萬 ​於​也​死 ​也​死​大​凶​蟲 ​縮​獸​重 ​生​未​則​於​鍋​魚​人​聞​其​不 ​稿 ​有​书生 ​福島​為生 ​莫尔​今​未​默​萬​則 ​默​萬​則​則 ​求​不​莫​有 ​之​物 ​物​奔​不​有 ​福​知​甚​不 ​不​之​魚​肯​知 ​魚​肯​知 ​重​勸 ​死而​趨於​趨​若​靈​觸覺 ​觸覺​生​戒 ​故​免​吉​死​吉耶​而​網​其​靡 ​論​愚 ​愛​禍​而​故而​人​不​則​生​不 ​民 ​巡撫​部院​兼署​學​政​黄 ​ 1845. 437 A Discourse by Governor Hwung. long life may be enjoyed by those we love, and imprecate early death on those we hate. Now an unwillingness to seek life and to avoid death, is to seek migery. The people of the province of Canton are, in their manners, rude and violent. They easily become bandits, and it is difficult to compute the number of those who are annually involved in the heavy penalties of the law. And this calamity consists in their unwillingness duely to appreciate life. For this reason, in utter disregard of the laws, they commit violent robberies and kidnap in order to obtain ransom-money, thus appreciating gain and lightly esteeming life. With deadly weapons they fight and commit cruel murders, willingly forfeiting their life, thus lightly esteeming it and yielding to their violent temper. But the proceeds of the robberies and kidnapping are no sooner in hand than they are exhaused. In the twinkling of an eye the offenders are brought to justice. Capital punishment soon follows. By a single pass of the steel blade, the body and head are laid asunder in disorder. At that time you will seek and not only be unable to obtain the situation of those people who carry burdens on their shoulders and on their backs, but you will not even be able to carry a dish and a stalf and walk and heg in the streets. Still there was a feasible scheme for gain. The cruelties of murder and quarreling will seek out a recompense. Per- haps the inimical family may seek to make and carry off reprisals, and there 相得​可​此​破​輕輕​重 ​嚴​東 ​其 ​尋​矣​得​時​案​生生​故​難民​个人 ​或​即​不​動​卒​械​強 ​數​俗​不​者 ​仇​有​一​惟​干​之​關 ​惟​干​之​關​計​惑​知 ​家​利​無​求​大​却​擴​而​悍​求​以 ​捉​之 ​為​辟​摘​殺​贖​其​動​生長 ​回​可​杖​肩​鋼​之​甘​潤​患​、軟​而​生 ​横​圖​行​挑​刀​雖​心​恤 ​在​為​免​惡 ​遭​關​气​頁​一​到​抵扣​於​垂死 ​屠殺​街​販​過手​命​法​不​罹​是 ​不​是​人 ​割​之​頭​之​身​立​則​則​知​重​求 ​重​者 ​或​烧​亦​民​首​盡​尚​重生​刑 ​官​報​不​而​橫​瞬​氣​利​之​典​也​以 ​役​復​可​不分​經​而​而​足​者​粤​速 ​ 48 SEP. A Discourse by Governor Hwang: will be disasterous butchery and slaughter. Or the police may seize and carry away the offender to suffer condign punishment. At that time you will seek and not only be unable to obtain the situation of those people who go out and come in quietly pursuing their labors and enjoying their rest; but, should you even desire it, you will not be able to carry meekly your heart and your head or allow the spittle to dry itself on your face. Where is the use of yielding to such a temper! Such are the consequences of being unable to endure and suppress covetous and angry feelings. Again and again reason is oversteped, the laws violated, families broken, and persons destroyed. After such spoliation, demolition, and rending asunder, repentance is unavailing. Alas, how deplorable! Oh, that you would long and deeply consider alike, the difficulties that surround the life of man and the circumstances which give it such high importance ! Try to observe the heavens, the earth, and all things. Man is preëminently excellent. Among myriads of moving creatures, he alone has a human form. Now it is heaven and earth that have conferred on you augmented favor. The members of your body are so fully endowed with vigor and strength, and within your seven senses are comprised so much knowledge and discernment, that there is no upright and laudable business or vocation which you may not pursue at pleasure. Who or what will oppose and impede you? If then you, abandoning whatever is upright and following after whatever is depraved, perversely persist in doing these things that are transgressions of the law, you 切​多​身​惟​故​胡​潰​做​唾​入​蜂 ​正 ​少​便​人​而​不敗​因此​面​息​去 ​經​精​是​為 ​即​决​種​其​自​之​立 ​事​力​天​貴​深入​裂​種​故​乾​民​正 ​業​七​地​沈​長生​後​越​不​亦​而​典 ​任​驗​加​於思​之​悔​理​過​不​不​刑 ​汝​中​厚​蠢​之​難​無​犯 ​可可 ​可​此 ​做​包​汝​蠢​哉​與​及​法​念​得 ​哉​得​自 ​去​藏​汝​萬​試​其​良​破​食​矣​即​不 ​誰​多​四​物​看​所 ​物​看​所​可​家​嗔​又欲​惟 ​為​少​體​中天​以​悼亡​不​何​下​求 ​阳​智​中​得​地​足​歉​身​能​氣​心​為 ​镶​慧​具​一​萬​重​汝​之​忍​之​低​出 ​乃​一​有​人物​之​等​事​附​足​首​作 ​ 1845, 439 A Discourse by Gonernor Hwang. yourself take your own precious head, and surrender it over to destruction, This is not the Creator's want of love to you; on the contrary, it is your own want of self-respect. And how then can you answer for it before the divini. ties of heaven and earth? Now it is your father and mother, who, through the poriod of your nativity and early childhood, tenderly nourished and fed you, unconscious of great expenditures of thought and strength, hoping that, when grown up to man- hood, you would be able to do some little business-giving support to those above you and affording protection to those who were your dependents, and thus receive and transmit (or perpetuate) your patrimony. They never thought that you yourself, ere you were grown up and advanced to maturity, would take the body, bequeathed to you by your father and mother, and at your own pleasure pollute and destroy it,-committing violent robberies, acting the part of a miserable vagabond, and perpetrating acts of petty thefts. And finally, you experience the penalties of the law in your own person : you take you own body, so excellently and eminently framed, and in a single morning you change it and make it a headless ghost! The body destroyed, the family annihilated, and all hope of posterity entirely cut off,-how then can you an- swer for it before your father and mother, grand-parents and ancestors ? Try to close your eyes and look inwardly at your heart: and will not the perspiration drop from your whole body? Moreover, if unwilling duly to appreciate yourselves, then you must not only be devoid of conscience, but must also be without natural understanding. 閉​滅​鳥​母畜​力​哺​佛​愛好​竟 ​目​後​之​鏡​遺​接​望​所​便​汝 ​觀​嗣​龜​手​體 ​續​以是​汝​夥 ​心動 ​· 卒​任​香 ​成​撫​汝​轉頭 ​了​向 ​絕​日​致意​火​人​養​之​不顧 ​不​何​化 ​以​污​不便​汝父​知​輕 ​通​以​作​身​蠟​料​可​者​母​自製​做 ​身​對​無​試​做做 ​不​十​愛​斷​此 ​汗​父​法​强 ​些​知​月​何​送​犯 ​下​母​之​竟​盗​不​生​費​懷​以是​法 ​且​祖​鬼​把​做​長 ​理​蓝​胎​對​造​之 ​汝宗​身​爛進​价許​三​天​物事 ​等​1亡​然​恩​將​事​多年​地​非​將 ​不​武​家​七​做​父​俯​心​乳​神​不好 ​ 40 Ser, Discourse by Gonernor Iluang. Try now to wake up consideration. The present age is one of plenty. Peace reigns throughout the whole empire. The taxes in the province of Canton are reduced to their minimum standard. All demands for military service in romote parts of the empire are at an end. Your have nothing to do except to attend to your own appropriate avocations. The demands of the government are so easily and early satisfied, that during your whole life time you need never hear one pressing demand. Even to grey hairs, you need never for once see a messenger from the government. Villages and neigh- bors enjoy peace and harmony; wives and children have joy and gladness ; and will you not, then, dwell in delightful security ? But now, by coveting unlawful gains, and by giving loose reins, for a single morning, to your angry passions, you do not act the part of conscientious people, but willingly become the associates of destroyers. At one time, you consult with them for the execution of deeds of robbery: your cruelty is like that of wolves and tigers, your craft is like that of elves and demons. Thus you are made to dread seizure by those you have despoiled, and to fear that the police and soldiers will pursue and apprehend you. How does this differ from converting a broad and smooth high way into a thick and thorny mazé ? At another time, you direct those who fight with deadly implements. You become associated with those who kill and murder. The scene of blood and carnage is near to your own rillage and door. Whether you will con- quer or be overcome it is not easy to determine. The recompense which is from men quickly comes. In a little time, dead bodies are spread in disorder over 世 ​成​亂射​民​乃​都可​爾​天 ​天​今​知 ​人​羅​棘​狼​甘​會​和​終​等 ​等​下 ​之​利​義​校​為非​睦​身​但​太 ​報 ​戰​榛​同​取​分​婦​不能​平 ​復​場​方​鬼​類​之​子​聞​自 ​立​近​其​蛾​方​财​嬉 ​追​謀 ​至​在​斜​何其​逞​嬉​呼​生 ​漸​比​眾​異​共 ​何​自理 ​額 ​致​閱​械​康​謀​朝​等​首​早 ​我​剛​莊​爲之​清​不完​, 横​之​則​大盜​您​開​見 ​野​勝​同道​則不​自信​國​搖 ​草​敗類​化 ​狼​為​在​吏​課​俱 ​血 ​難盡​為​比​良​今​鄉​便​免 ​知​自重​非惟​無良​亦復​不​智​試​思​方 ​似​本​輕​差​徭 ​ 1845. 441 A Discourse by Governor Hwáng. the grassy turf, and blood stains the fields. How does this differ from chang- ing the bright heavens of a clear day into one of cold winds and bitter rain ? At length, when the case has been laid open before the magistracy, the deepest recess in the earth cannot hide you. When the soldiers surround and seize you, your fowls and dogs will be affrighted and fly away. When as perpetrators of crime you are caught, your wives and children will flee and be scattered abroad. Bound with iron hand-cuffs, you will shrug and contract like the crow. Imprisoned in wooden cages, you will lie bent and curled up like dogs. Your bodies will be so loaded with clinking chains, that it would be dif- ficult to fly even if you had wings. The beating of your bodies will be so pain- ful, that even with iron mouths self-vindication would be impossible. While examined and reëxamined before the bar of justice, the blood accumulates and coagulates. Cries and howlings are loud and incessant. And the wounded spirits of the incarcerated victims are in suspense between life and death. When the faithful evidences have been adduced and the decisions made, it will be impossible, even had you two heads, to escape with impunity. Amid these hundreds of fears and pains, and tens thousands of griefs and sorrows, the fiercest cutting of the sword can never pay back the delights of such wickedness! Try now to take up a case and contemplate it from the time when it com- menced till its consummation, by capital punishment. Think, “Had I, but 前​刀​間​續​積 ​楚​籠​散​捕 ​雨 ​追​所​百​及​血 ​加​禁​則 ​郊 ​想​能​般​至​模​身​伏​之​難​夫​原 ​無 ​償 ​恐​證​糊​鐵​做​以 ​以​大事 ​何 ​事 ​此​怖​確​百 ​確​百​喙 ​狗​鐵 ​隊 ​狗​鐵​驚​發 ​異 ​之​惡​菌 ​萬​獄​哭​莫 ​銀 ​飛​破 ​化 ​時 ​趣​種​成 ​成千 ​千​辨​端​瑟​正​案​日 ​若汝​苦難 ​號 ​三​被​縮​把​九​光 ​等 ​愁 ​免 ​免 ​如​就地​天 ​忍​試 ​實​歸​底​六​插​鴉 ​摘​難 ​耐​從​非​首 ​首​之 ​問 ​因 ​則 ​職 ​演​犯​猛​受 ​殘​堂​:難​之​妻​兵 ​與​案 ​到職 ​魂​前瞻​以​经​隸​風 ​何以 ​光 ​斷​之​鐘​木​開著 ​XML XIV. NO } 12 Ser, A Discourse by Governor Hwung, for a moment, exercised patience and forbearance, how could the deeds have been done that yield this recompense? What is obtained, and what lost? What has been followed and what avoided ?" If you had done thus, even though as stupid as a wooden block or a stone statue, you would have as- sented to the punishment and wept over your folly. There is a class of persons who lightly appreciate life, and vainly boast great things. "From of old,” say they, “heroes and men of lofty minds have not all died in a good old age and under their own windows. Hence they suppose their own bodies and lives may be sacrificed. But surely they do not consider that those just and faithful statesmen laid down their lives in the faithful discharge of duty, and that one such death is heavier than the lofty mountain, and will be celebrated for thousands of years. If there be such a spirit as this, then though dead they yet live. With such, how can a class of dogs and rats compare themselves ! There is another class of depraved talkers, who say, “ After death men enter on a series of changes. To-day they are capitally executed. To-mor- row they enter the womb. Such temporary death is not worthy to be feared.” Truly these talkers do not consider the various departments of the revolving changes, and the difficulty of coming back again in the shape of a human body. Even in this life it is hard for you to escape the laws. In hades the punish- ments are much more dreadful. It is to be feared that capital offenders whose 知​忠臣​義 ​身​不​即​輩 ​雖​重​捐​傑​壟​使​至 ​况足​入所​死 ​於殊​不​生​木造 ​汝為​輪 ​如​泰 ​泰​不​識 ​不​識​之​石​此 ​藉​生 ​山 ​老輩​頭​華 ​陽 ​殊 ​今日​正​漂 ​安夫 ​律 ​不日​又​是​漂 ​漏​作​應 ​知​正​有​自​千 ​義​下​大​亦 ​得 ​逃​轉 ​法 ​重載 ​士​网 ​冥​輪​明​般 ​其​猶 ​殺​而 ​頭​先 ​六日 ​郭​生​有身​以 ​垂 ​尤​道​投​說​覺​生 ​成​身​古 ​古​派去 ​重​難​胎​謂​狗​氣​仁 ​命​英 ​英​有何 ​恐​得​暫​死鼠​此 ​爲​雄 ​人​死後​之​即​死 ​可​蒙​種 ​印 ​| 15. 448 A Discourse by Governor Hwang. heads are (here) exposed, will not (there) be able to escape the miseries of the bladed mountains and the swordy trees. At the worst they inust sink for- over in the dark abyss, and a return (in human form) will be inevitable. After passing straight on through every species of trouble and danger, then from a human being you will become some kind of brute, passing perhaps into the bowels of a dog, or perhaps into the belly of a swine. And, then again, you will be unable to avoid being flayed by the butcher. Now, according to the doc- trines of Budha, there are retributions even more dreadful and more sure than these. . It seems impossible that you should not now awake and turn around your head, and seek and acquire your former character and reputation. And you will not, I trust, lightly regard my words. If you know how to appreciate life, then you ought to maintain its relative duties-paternal affection, filial obedience, brotherly love and respect. Main- taining these, you act the man; neglecting them, you become a brute. Such are the relative duties of life. Moreover, it is your bounden duty to devise-some means of support, as a husbandman, a mechanic, a merchant or peddler, and be able to live by your own labor. The livelihood of the people consists in their diligence. If dili- gent, they will never be in want. Thus this (dilligence) may be considered the means of livelihood. The relative duties being maintained, the means of livelihood will by de- grees be regained, and the felicities of life be enjoyed. The aged will have 謂​賈​則​父​哉​回報 ​仍​後​墮​首 ​生​自​獸​慈​汝 ​慈​汝​頭​更​不 ​不​或​泥​以 ​計​食 ​此​子​等​自有​免 ​免​投​型​首 ​生​其​謂​孝​若​認 ​斷再​犬​無難 ​理​力​生​兄​知本 ​然​遭​腹​從​免 ​克​民​理​友​生來 ​不屑​或 ​或​超 ​存​生​又​弟​之​面 ​爽 ​爽 ​别 ​托​度​山 ​生​在​當​恭​為 ​目​者​以​猪 ​直​劍 ​計​勤​謀 ​得​重​尚​尤​佛​胞​至​樹 ​漸​勤​生​之​則​其​不 ​其​不法​變​歷​之 ​復​則​計​則​當 ​則​當​可​推 ​可​推​人​遍 ​則不​農​人​存​忽​不​之​為​諸​甚 ​有​工​大​生​吾​猛​其​音​或 ​生 ​此​商​之​理​言​省​果​類​尼​永 ​ 444 Ser, A Discourse by Governor Hwang the requisite maintenance; and the young possess what is needful for their education. Harmony and mutual support will exist among neighbors; and the domestic relations will be maintained in perfection. These are the things which constitute the felicities of life. Only thus appreciate life, and you will live unmolested in delightful repose ; and by your orderly conduct, prove yourselves the good people of a plentiful age. Compared with those worthless bands of robbers and kidnappers who have lost both property and life, and with those quarrelsome and murderous vagabonds who have destroyed both body and reputation, oh how unmeasur- ably remote is your condition. If now you wish to seek after the good and to retire from the evil, and wish to secure happiness and avoid misery, then appreciate life, as your first and most important duty. Prepared and published at the residence of the acting chancellor, on the day of the sixth month of the twenty-fifth year in the reign of Taukwáng. 道光​二十​五年​六月 ​盛 ​世 ​禍​道​關​良​生​烟​趣 ​當​里民​優​孔老 ​以​計較​游​云​有 ​重​汝​之​諸​無此 ​此​所 ​生​等身​匪​事​謂​養 ​為​將​名​徒​晏​生知 ​第​欲​俱​却​然​趣​有 ​趨​喪​塘​為​汝所 ​要​吉​者​之 ​等 ​義​遊​相助 ​以​治 ​因​去​命 ​此​比 ​求​何​兩 ​自​其 ​福​可​失 ​重​鄰 ​免​以​械 ​其​婚 ​日​節​署​刊​識 ​ 1845 415 China Medical and Chirurgical Society Art. V. An introductory address delivered by Alfred Tucker, esq., surgeon of the Minden's hospital, at the first meeting of the China Medical and Chirurgical Society, on the advantages to be gained by a medical association, and a cursory revicw of diseases incidental to Europeans in China. When I see assembled here such a large proportion of the medical men of Victoria, I feel considerable diffidence in rising to offer an introductory address; but as you have been pleased to elect me to the honorable position of President of the China Medical and Chirurgical Society, I feel I should ill repay your confidence by shrinking from the duty expected from me. The formation of this Society was only agitated three weeks since; the first meeting enlisted in the philanthropic cause for which this Society is formed, all the civil practi- tioners of Victoria, many at the out-ports, the Medical Missionaries, and several of our Naval and Military Brethren, and subsequently by your decision of this evening some who hold a relationship to medicine by early education. These from their positior in this colony and other parts of China united to their pro- fessional and literary attainments cannot fail to inspire confidence in the rec- titude of those principles which have brought this Society into existence; our only object being by frequent communication to impart the experience, and the success or failure of particular modes of treatment, one to the other, with that frankness which has been the characteristic of medical men in whatever part of the world they have been thrown together. The responsible position which medical men hold in relation to their own kind renders it imperative on their part to embrace every opportunity of gaining that information which best enables them conscientiously to perform the serious trust which necessarily belongs to their position. I think the least zealous among the medical com- munity of China must acknowledge the propriety of forming this Society for the advancement of Medical and Surgical Knowledge, in a country where diseases previously little known, and even now very imperfectly understood, have committed such fatal and extensive ravages ;--a country also hithertó forbidden to the research of science, but which has been suddenly opened to the zeal of the medical philosopher, for discoveries in the materia medica, natural history, and the study of diseases on that mode of life affecting health among this curious race of people. By overland there will be a quick conveyance of the best medical periodicals of Europe and America, thereby preserving our acquaintance with the medical literature of the day. In a short time I hope to see a museum established for the reception of specimens of morbid anatomy and natural history, and that a rare and interesting collection will be formed, particularly in botany, mineralogy, and ichthyology. I think much important and original information may be expected to be collected in the archives of this Society, from the various callings and pursuits of its members, for it is not a simple association of medical men of one localitv, or men who have quietly reposed after the success of a long and successful practice, and merely enrolled their names as a matter of form, but it is composed of those who still love their profession, and are anxious to promote its prosperity hy every way in their power. From the short period which Hongkong has been a British colony, the civil practitioners are little known to each other, or to those who entrust their lives to their care; therefore they all start with a laudable ambi- tion to acquire medical information, which a discerning community will soon appreciate. For however powerful the influence of friends may be, we may rest assured when loss of health, either to ourselves or to those connected by the dearest ties of friendship or relationship takes place, no private considera- tion weighs in the selection of the medical adviser, knowledge alone is the consideration; therefore a zealous pursuit of our calling is sure to bring ulti- We have also medical brethren belonging to this Society: mate success. 116 SEP China Medical Chirurgical Society. from whose zeal and character I expect much valuable information to be derived. I allude to the medical missionaries, who have left their country and their friends for a mere subsistence, in order that they may make their medical information available to the sacred cause of the propagation of the gospel among this jealous and deluded people. From their increasing in- fuence, knowledge of the language, and facilities of communication, I expect that we shall have many interesting papers for presentation at our various meetings; and I feel assured that our medical brethren of the army, navy, and mercantile marine will kindly forward much useful information from the various parts of the world where their duty may require their services; there- fore in a Society formed of such elements, as much importance as possible should be attached to frequent communications of all matters relating to medi- cine or the collateral sciences. The resident medical men in China have great scope for their industry, the useful application of their knowledge, and the acquirement of information on diseases which European hospitals, and schools afford very little opportunity of studying practically, or acquiring the tact of dexterous manipulation; I here allude to the faculty which the urbanity and kindness of the medical gentlemen in charge of the Chinese missionary hospitals place at our com- mand, in making ourselves ophthalmic surgeons. There the medical man is sure to meet a welcome, and the diseases which afflict that delicate but import- ant organ of vision fully and scientifically explained, and the opportunity of performing the various operations on the living eye placed at our disposal ; there also we see very curious cutaneous diseases, rare to the European medical practitioner, and accustom ourselves to discriminate the various diseases incid- ental to the dermoid texture. The library of the institution at Hongkong is made available to members of this Society; and as the gentleman at the head of that hospital is a member of this Association, I make no doubt, but that we shall be enlightened by much original and interesting information from time to time. We have another member whose kindness has been remarked, I allude to the gentleman in charge of the Seaman's Hospital, where the itinerant medical man is always sure to meet with a kind reception, and view many diseases of which seafaring people are more particularly susceptible, such as scurvy, phagedænic ulcer, and fracture of the osseous fabric; there also, we see fever and dysentery, as it affects the European in China. I think, gentlemen, that we must all feel that our resources are great, and from the character, talent, and philanthropy of the civil practitioners of China, forming the majority of this Society, I am sure it will be the germ from which many important circum- stances will spring. I trust before long, when we possess a room belonging ex- clusively to tkis Society, to hear a popular course of lectures. delivered on many of the interesting subjects related to medicine; and I trust gentlemen, one day to see a Medical School established at Victoria, and the talent which I see around me made the means of removing the veil of ignorance and superstition from so large a pertion of God's creatures. It is only by education that we can expect to remove the old deep rooted prejudices of ages, and in what better manner could the pupils educated at the Schools instituted for the Chinese be made useful instruments for introducing the Scriptures among their deluded countrymen? In this way how much death should we be the cause of averting, how much human suffering should we be the indirect means of relieving, and how much we should raise our national name, and professional character, by making Victoria the nucleus of medical knowledge in this large and populous em- pire; therefore, in what better.manner could the intentions of the various sects forming the religiovs societies of China be carried into effect, than as prepara- tory schools for young Chinese medical men. I feel certain that every encou- ragement will be given by the government to extending the usefuless of this Society, and when it has become firmly estalished, the grant of a piece of gromd might be asked for the formation of a botanical garden, which would soon become a rich store of enrious and rare plants, and an agreeable retreat to the student of nature. Perhaps, gentlemen, you may think that my pros- pective anticipations are not guided with reason, but I feel certain they'all are 15:13. China Mcdical and Chirurgiend Socicky. * at our command; by union among ourselves we shall gain the object of this Society, and thus secure the attainment and propagation of medical know- ledge. The medical practitioners of this colony will have to perform municipal duties independent of their professional calling, and I ain much surprised that the local authorities have not availed themselves of their experience in forming a Board of health. I am sure it would have been the cause of saving many valuable lives, and preventing much endemic disease ; it is true, that no human power can avert fatal visitations of disease, but when you see certain evident and acknowledged sources, which either produce disease, or even deteriorate health remain year after year, I am sure the necessity for the formation of such a board must be palpable to every one, and I hope it will not be long neglected. For preserving health or prevention of disease much belongs to the Medical observer. At present there is no public bath either cold or hot, although water is so available both salt and fresh ; there is swampy soil covered by vegetable production in the immediate vicinity of our Military Barracks, Government Offices, and Naval Stores, where from the circumstance of many people occu- pying a small space, they are rendered more susceptible to receive disease, in- dependent of their occupations of night exposure, watching, and frequent dietetic irregularities. Strict injunction should be given against the accumula- tion of human excrement usually adopted on the part of the Chinese, or rapidly decaying matter of all sorts by the inhabitants. Gentlemen, I have endeavoured to show in the preceding remarks the many advantages to be gained by a medical association, which must be more evident when we reflect on the little power and success which our present knowledge and experience possesses in treating the virulent diseases incidental to Euro. peans in China. I shall divide them, into those which affect Europeans benignly, and those which affect them with great severity and fatality; among the former we have the exanthemata, more particularly variola and varioloid disease, febrile catarrhs, and diseases of the cellular tissue ; among the latter, we have fevers, and diseases of the digestive organs and their connexions ; these will require our most grave and attentive consideration. During the early period of the year, we meet with sympathetic fevers, generally depend- ing on gastric irritation and diarrhæa of the species "crapulosa," both easily removed by free unloading of the intestinal tube. I mention these more par- ticularly, as many young medical practitioners visit China, and perhaps some- what affected with a cacocthcs scribendi paint in glowing terms the success of one treatment, or another; this circumstance is of very frequent occurrence both here and in the West Indies; it is the cause of much mischief and en barrassment to the young practitioner on his initiation to practice in a tropical climate. I think we must all acknowledge how little we have learnt from books of the true proximate cause of diseases, which have proved so fatal in China. To demonstrate with accuracy from official dates the comparative fatality of various diseases contracted in this climate, I will read the synop- tical table of the result of the first 1,000 patients sent on board the Minden's hospital for treatment; it will be only right to premise, that these were the sick afflicted with disease in the most aggravated forn, and comprise with few exceptions the mortality of the fleet. We have no more space for extracts, and must refer the reader to the pamphlet. Dr. Tucker says-in remarking on the table, -"the necrological total exhibits the large proportion of 315 deaths of 1000 treated, or 315 per cent. of tliese 264 were from periodic fever and dysentery, and only 51 from all other discases." ineralul Occurrences ART. VI. Journal of Occurrences : Chinese festivals ; neid hoppo; French embassador; governor Davis made baronct; local nlcios ; and the Pcking Gazettes. The last pages of our present number go to press to-day, September 18th,—somewhat earlier than usual--the last day of each month being the time fixed for each monthly issue. For many successive days and nights, in various parts of the city of Canton, there have been exhibited all the absurdities, accompanied with all the indis- cribable noises, usually witnessed, throughout China, in connection with the fT se tá tsiáu. This is an annual festival, and is cele- brated with great zeal and at very large expense, by the common people. In each city it is itinerant, going from one part to another, until the same displays have been made in all parts. In some of the largest cities, as in Canton, exhibitions of the same are kind some- times to be seen in several places at the same time. And even then, weeks are required to go the round of an entire city. A single ex- hibition extends over two, three, or perhaps half a dozen streets. Each street is covered with calico, canvas, or some other kind of cloth, and brilliantly illuminated during four successive nights. And at every few rods are hung up images of heroes, &c., &c. While at the corners of the streets there are hands of musicians, so called. This festival is still in progress, and during the last two nights, over the whole city and suburbs, lanterns have been suspended in count- less numbers. The object and the use of all these shows, it is hard to explain, and we shall not attempt the task at present. A new hoppo-a commissioner of customs,-for Canton has just arrived and entered on his office. This functionary is usually, if not always, a member of the imperial family, and generally one who is poor, and he is favored with this office that he may replenish his coffers. The French embassador was to sail from Macao, about the mid- dle of this month, for Chusan and Shánghái, expecting to return during the winter. The papers of the day inform us H. E. governor Davis of Hong- kong has been created baronet. of local news at Canton we have little. It is rumored that Kíying will soon be called to Peking, and that some schemes of reform are contemplated by his majesty, the emperor. What these schemes may be we have no means for ascertaining: The Peking Gazettes give about their ordinary amount of ordi- nary details about audiences, malversations, delinquences, defalca- tions, robberies, murders, &c., &c. . :) THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIV.-OCTOBER 1845.--No. 10. Arr. I. Thirteenth Report of the Ophthalmic hospital at Can- ton, including the period from the 1st January, 1844, to the 1st July, 1845. By the Rev. Peter PARKER, M. D. In submitting the reports of the Ophthalmic hospital in Canton from year to year, it has been the felicity of the author to record the un- interrupted and constantly augmenting blessing of God upon medi- cal missionary labors. But never has it been more preëminently so than in the present instance. During the period now under consi- deration 6,209 patients have been received, and an aggregate of 18,257 since the commencement of the institution, in October 1835. As in former periods, so of late, persons of all conditions and ranks, from the beggar to the highest functionary under the imperial go- veroment, have alike availed themselves of its aid. Though ophthalmic affections continue to receive proininent atten- tion, the institution, as the reports have shown, has become to a great extent a general hospital. As in the preceding reports, ophthalmic cases have been especially noticed, they will now be superseded by the detail of several cases strictly surgical. A number of successful instances of lithotomy are given in full. The more interesting, as they are probably the first instance, so far as is known, of lithotomy being performed upon a Chinese, since the founding of the empire. When the missionary aim of these labors is borne in mind, neither the profession nor others will deem misplaced the mention of the moral treatment, in connection with the physical and surgical. And we would have it remembered, that while none can appreciate more highly than we do the inestimable blessings that are conferred VOL. XI!. NO X 450) OCT. Ophthalmic lIospital Canton. ! | upou our fellow beings, when the light of day is again transmitted through the eye long dark, the aneurism that threatens with speedy death is successfully treated, and the stone that has caused pain for years, not less distressing than the rack, has been in as many mi- nutes extracted and in an equal number of days followed with per- fect recovery,--yet all these are but subordinate to the aim, instrumen- tally to improve spiritual blessings, that run parallel and commen- surate with man's immortal existence. And as the gospel remains replete with authority for this mode of missionary labors, furnished both by the precepts and example of the adorable Savior, we trust while life is protracted and our faculties are continued, it will be our humble endeavor to persevere in attempts, however imperfect, to initate Him, who when on earth went about doing good, dispensing, with the same hand and at the same time, healing to the body, and spiritual and eternal blessings to the soul. While rejoicing that these labors are appreciated and approved by the most enlightened, devoted and Christian communities, and by the highest personages civil and ecclesiastical of the age, the deepest consolation is in the humble hope of the approbation and blessing now, and the future reward of that Savior whose kingdom we devoutly desire to see esta- blished in China. No. 15,000. October 16th, 1844. Glandular tumor. Yáng Kang aged 35, of Sinhwui, latterly a beggar in Macao, had a tumor on the right side of his face, which commenced in the situation of the parotid gland, measuring two feet and six inches in circunference, weighing when extirpated 6} catties, equal to 8} lbs. It commenced ten years since, and when its magnitude disabled him from acquiring a maintenance by labor he had no resource but begging. His bur- den, wearisome to bear for an hour, he could not put off for a mo- ment, day or night, from year to year. He had been a lothsome and pitiable object to the foreign citizens for a long tiine, and sometimes on passing him in the street he presented, from unknown authors, written appeals to sympathy and a request that the poor man might be relieved of his burden. He was greatly delighted wlien informed of the feasibility of an operation, and resigned if the result should be fatal, as he deemed death preferable to life of mendicity and suf- fering Oct. 26th, assisted by Drs. S. Marjoribanks and J. K. Kane, the tumor was extirpatei. A gentleinan present inade the following note of the operations. s first incision made at 18 minutes of 1 o'clock r 1845. 451 Ophthalmic Hospital Canton. "Tumor fell on the floor 14 minutes of 1 o'clock P. M “ Wound sewed up 6 minutes past 1 o'clock. “Wound bandaged and patient in bed 20 minutes past 1 o'cock.” Three arteries of moderate size required a ligature. The patient discovered great fortitude, coolly remarking on commencement of the first incision, it hurts, doctor.' The tumor was of a glandular structure, and being laid open was found to be discolored in parts, and containing small cavities filled with dark mucilaginous fluid, and others with yellowish or lympid. Portions of the tissue cut harder than the rest, and approached a cartilaginous or semi- osseous structure. The patient rallied very well from the operation, loss of blood, and shock to the nervous system, and all appeared right till 7 o'clock P. M., when secondary hemorrhage occurred. The wound was laid partially open, and coagulated blood removed, but no artery was discovered. Cold water and tincture of the muriate of iron was applied to the bleeding surface, and when the hemor- rhage seemed arrested a few sutures were again inserted, and the wound dressed lightly, and cold effusions applied. A sleepless night was passed with the patient, meeting new symptoms as they occur- red. Though there was no more external hemorrhage, there was considerable tumefaction on that side of head and face, which gra- dually subsided under the use of chamomile flower fomentation appli- ed next morning. The edge of the wound united by the first inten- tion, for the most part, requiring to be partially opened subsequently for the escape of the pus from supuration of parts beneath. With this exception and more or less paralysis from the division of the portio dura, nothing untoward occurred. It was remarked by a pro- fessional gentleman, immediately previous to the operation, that he “advised the man to make his will beforehand,” yet the tumor was extirpated with complete success, and the man recovered in three weeks. The magnitude of the operation, the elliptical incisions being about eighteen inches each, and the adhesion, at the base, over the parotid, being deep and strong, rendered it impossible, it should be performed with ordinary solicitude. The mingling hope of success and fears of the worst possible consequences, excited devout and sincere intercessions at the throne of grace in his behalf, and an earnest use of means to prepare him for whatever night be the di- vine allotment. Ile was told that others fervently entreated the most high God to save him, but that it was desired that he himself should pray to Him who alone could succeed the means to be used 452 Ост. Ophthalmic Hospital Canton. When laid upon the operation table, he was reminded, that after the most careful attention to his case, the conviction was strong that the operation was feasible and judicious, still it could not be denied that it was formidable, and again he was urged to lift his heart to the God of heaven and to the only Savior. Our prayers have been answered in respect to the means used for prolonging his life. Part- ly from a desire to have him where he can be instructed in the knowledge of the truth, and from the impression that his influence in the hospital might be salutary, he has been made its porter, in which capacity he acquits himself with great propriety, a living monument of gratitude, witnessed by thousands who come thither. Though mild and gentle, he possesses much natural energy of cha- racter, and commands attention when the dense crowd requires him to raise his voice. He quite spurned the idea of specifying any sum for remuneration of his services in the new situation. He had been rescued from mendicity, suffering, and the prospect of death at no distant day, and had little disposition to place a value upon the services he might render while his subsistance was provided him. The relatives, by whom he was scarcely recognized in his adversity, look up to him, and many have sought through him professional aid. The transition from the condition of a beggar in the streets of Mit- cao, to that of a door-keeper in the Ophthalmic hospital, no doubt seems to him great, but the infinitely more desirable one, of conver- sion from an idolater to a trophy of redeeming love, can alone form the climax of our desires concerning him. The cases that next follow form a new era in this institution. No. 11,205. July 17th, 1844. Lithotomy. Sihyau, aged 35, of the district of Pingyuen, resident in Canton, afflicted with stone, had long been under notice. A year previous he was an inmate of the hospital, when the stone was grasped and broken into two pieces by means of lithotrity, but was of too hard a character to be broken down, especially in the existing irritable state of the cyst. As a last resort, lithotomy was proposed and acceded to. For weeks previously he was as much under moral, as physical preparation, for the operation, being supplied with the gospels and Christian books in Chinese, with a desire he would acquaint himself with their con- tents and become a worshiper of the God they reveal. When the hour for operation arrived, he was again reininded of his situation and the possible results; that the case had been one of long and diligent study and frequent prayer to God. lle interrupted the con- versation by saying, “{ have been too long acquainted with you 1845. 453 Ophthalmic Hospital Canton, doctor, have seen too much in the hospital with my own eyes, to require anything now to inspire my confidence." The operation was then performed. The stone in two pieces,-in their original posi- tion measuring 34 inches in the shortest, and 54 in the longest cir. cumference,-weighed one ounce and one drachm, and was extracted by the lateral operation. All was favorable. In a little time he was free from pain and enjoying a relief that could be purchased only at the cost of what he had suffered for ten years. Allusion was made to the constant gratitude ascending to God for his blessing on the part of the operator, and a desire expressed, that that of the patient might ascend with it. With a sincerity and feeling more easily conceived than described, he took the surgeon by one hand, and put the other partially around his neck, as though he would embrace him, but timidly shrinking back and looking up to see if he might not be considered presuming, in reply to remarks that the books in his possession would inform him more of Jesus Christ, who died for the world, and that most sincerely he would find in them the true doc- trine, he rejoined with emphasis; they are the true doctrines, I will pour out my heart to know them, and will circulate them among my relations. This led to some account of his relations, viz., that his aged grandfather had just completed 80 years; that his father is a teacher of the court dialect, and several brothers are engaged in mercantile pursuits on a small scale. He related the sentiments of surprise from his grandfather, when he first told him of the fou reigner, and what he witnessed at the hospital, that his long life had afforded no parallel to it, and that it was explicable only as being a providential event. Not an unfavorable symptom followed. In nine days the water ceased entirely to flow through the wound, and in eighteen days he was perfectly well. When about to return home, he attempted to “knock head” at the surgeon's feet, but was prevented, and the reasons for it explained. Putting his hand upon his breast he said “my heart is full of grati- iude and I wish to express it : instruct and pardon me if I have erred." He was furnished with additional Christian books for dis- tribution among his friends. This case has been extremely inter- esting, not merely from the amiable character of the man, but as being in all probability, the first instance of lithotomy, either in ancient or modern times, which has been performed upon a Chinese, and this in the highest degree successful. After visiting his family for a few weeks, he returned with a written expression of his own Ophthalmic Hospital Canton. OT: and his friends sentiments, which is subjoined. The New Testament he had previously received, he brought with hin, much used appa- rently, and said it had been perused by his friends, and he desired one more copy for a friend. Several copies of the Testament, and a fresh supply of other books were supplied. " Acknowledgment of Si Ngányung the father of Sihyau. “ From the beginning hitherto, perfect ability in the physician has been deemed of the highest importance. “Failing thrice to break the arm at the shoulder (an allusion to an ancient who is re- presented as applying himself with such determined assiduity as to break off or wear up his arm to the shoulder) it is not easy for hiin to be accustomed to a clear perception of the healing art. Now my son whose name in infancy was Sihyau, in the 7th month of the 220 year of Táukwáng (1842) was sensible of fever and atmospheric dampness which accumulating in the system eventuated in the di- sease of the stone. Again and again he requested physicians to treat him, and took their medicines without avail, till fortunately he met Dr. Parker, more distinguished than Dr. Tso, (a celebrated physi- cian of the Chau dynasty B. c. 582,) and who in his profession imi- tates (the ancient) Kí Hwang, and at his office in the provincial city (literally the city of goats) diffuses universally his kindness and bene- volence. To him all the people and scholars are one vast brother- hood, and men both far and near unite in reverencing his ability to benefit mankind, and say to each other, now we all have perfect re- pose. Consequently, upon the 23d year of Taukwang, (1843,) my son repaired in person to the hospital, and there took up his tempo- rary abode. The doctor having sounded and detected the stone, (by lithotrity) broke it and extracted several fragments; at that time he was a little better, but the stone was not yet removed and still remained a calamity. Upon the middle decade of the 10th month of the 24th year of Táukwáng, (December 1844,) he made an inci- sion and extracted the stone in two pieces about the size of olives, and weighing over 7 mace, and ere ten full days the wound closed up, and he was able to walk about, and to return to his family. 'This certainly is a remarkable, difficult and dangerous disease, at which other men fold their arms in despair, but the doctor de- lighted, and rejoiced at his ability for the task, “ seized the knife and cut, not causing many wounds,” (as the ancient classic has it,) so that we may say, he is able to do what is of difficult performance 10 others, yea, can execute whi impossible for other men. "Not merely is my son bedewed with his unspeakably great fa- 18:15 Ophthalmic llospital Canton. vors, but my united family, young and old, are also all gratefully sensible of his unbounded virtue. I therefore take this inelegantly written expression as a slight manifestation of the sentiments of my heart, and though without even a trifle, to acknowledge his favor, yet his kindness is permanently engraven upon my heart (literally, upon the five internal viscera, i. e. the heart, lungs, liver, spleen and kidneys). Therefore I say, my constaut hope is, that with a mind vast as the sea, he will generously excuse me (for making no other return). When I comienced this paper my heart skipped, like the sparrow from delight, indescribably. “Táukwang, 24th year, 12th month. (January 1845.) The respectful address of Si Ngányung of the district of Wingyuen, the department of Kwangchau, in the province of Canton. The following week a second operation, of a similar nature, was performed No. 15,16). December 1845. Stones in the bladder. Chau Wei, aged 21, of the district of Pwányii, had been afflicted by this distressing disease for fourteen years! During this period, accord- ing to his statement, he had not been able to sleep in a recumbens posture, and often in severe paroxysms, he appeared, as his mother remarked, more like a delirious than a sane person, T'wo stones were also extracted from him, the smaller one preced- ing the larger, by the first grasp of the forceps, the one measuring 2 by 24 inches, and the other 3 by 44 inches, and weighed re- spectively, one drachm, and one ounce. All seemed to be doing well, till the second day after the operation it was discovered that the rectum had been wounded, an accident which, Liston remarks, may happen in the hands of the best operator, and agreeably to his advice in such cases, the sphincter muscles were immediately divided as in the case of complete fistula. In consequence of the inroads of the disease upon the constitution, the consequent irrita- bility of the patient, the presence of large worms in the stomachi and alimentary canal in great numbers, and this accident, the case has been less favorable than the preceding. The patient became for a time very much emaciated, but now enjoys robust health again, only incommoded by a very small fistula in the membranous por- tion of the urethra, but the neck of the bladder has resumed its natural function of retaining the urine, and being a farmer, his mis- fortune is comparatively unimportant, and one, could it have becu foreseen, and 10) which he would cheerfully have subinitted, that he might enjoy his present freedom from acute and constant suffering ti Ocr, Ophthalmic Ilospital Canton. The same nioral treatment was adopted in the present as in the preceding case. The order of time will here be deviated from, to bring together a number of similar diseases. No. 16,564. May 13ht, 1845. Urinary calculus of peculiar cha- racter. Liú Kwan, aged 34, of the district of Pwanyii had suffered from urinary calculus for twenty-three years! Having been under preparatory treatment for some time, assisted by S. Marjoribanks, esq., G. C. Lunn, M. D. H. Smith, esq., and my pupils, the stone was this day extracted by the lateral operation. It measured 41 by 54 inches in circumference, and weighed 1 tael 7 mace=24 ounces : perfectly spherical save being a little flattened, of a general chocolate color, ingrained with a yellowish substance. Its surface smooth and shining, not unlike the skin of certain water snakes, to the scales of which, its smooth and slightly elevated granules bear some resemblance. It was seized by its smallest diameter at the first grasp of the forceps, and on account of its polished surface was extracted with great facility. But a few ounces of blood were lost. The patient bure the operation with heroic fortitude, not seeming to notice the incisions, and remarked shortly after, that he had not suffered much. Kiensung, “I feel liberated.” He appeared truly grateful. Reminding him of the divine goodness, he was urged to render his thanks to the God of heaven. He replied “ many thanks to the doctor” whom he paid the high Chinese compliment, that he " the same as fatlier and mother.” But this was not the ob- ject, he was again desired to render thanks to God, of whom he seemed to have very imperfect conceptions. It was remarked to him that to extract the calculus was comparatively easy, to extir- prate the stony heart and give the heart of flesh, is the work of the spirit of Almighty God. Would that this infinitely desirable bless- ing may yet be granted lim. June 6th, the wound was perfectly healed, and the patient in excellent spirits, and had lost but very little flesh. Thus in twenty- three days he was completely relieved of his distressing calamity of twenty-three years. He was naturally of a mild disposition, and listened with cordial al- tention to the religious instructions imparted to him during his resi- dence in the hospital, and before leaving expressed his intellectual conviction of the truth of Christianity, and the falsity of idolatry Since his convalescence he has been in the employ of the Rev. Dr. Bridgman, from whom he still receives instruction in the know- was * 1845. Ophthalmic Hospital Canton. 457 a ledge of the gospel. No operations in this hospital have ever excit- ed so much attention and surprise on the part of intelligent Chinese and officers of government, as the preceding cases of lithotomy, and that of the beggar from Macao. A translation of Liú's acknowledge ment made subsequently to the operation, is here given. “I, Liú Kwan, a citizen of the district of Pwányü, in the pro- vince of Kwangtung, in the department of Kwángchau fú, had disease which is called shálin 7 itt, gravel or pebbles with dropping of water, (a term used by the Chinese to express the disease, and symptoms of urinary calculus,) which commenced some three and twenty years since, the medical treatment of which was without avail, save as I obtained the hope of begging before the bench of the venerable Dr. Parker of America, an excellent physician of skillful hand. On the 9th day of the 4th month, by extracting a calculus, weighing one tael and 7 mace (24 oz.) this disease is entirely cured, therefore my family, small and great, are much obliged to H. E. the venerable Dr. Parker, and gratefully feel that his favor is not shallow. Liú worshiping, knocks head and gives thanks". “Táukwang, 25th year, 5th moon, No. 15,634. Nov. 25th, 1844. Glandular tumor. Chau Tisz'- tsai, aged 55, of the district of Sz’hwui, had a tumor about twelve inches circumference, situated below the angle of the jaw on the right side, and insinuating its external portion beneath the edge of the sterno-cleido-mastoideus muscle. It was successfully extir- pated, and the following is the old gentleman's humorsome acknow- ledgment. Acknowledgment of Chau Tsz’sai, from whose neck a tunior had been extirpated, composed by himself before leaving the hospital. The original is in verse. “When I took up my abode at the lofty hall of the hospital, I looked upon it as destitute of pleasantness, and as I sat listening to the strokes of the watchman's bamboo, tedious was the nocturnal clepsydra. I glanced at my shadow and commiserated myself that the form was not my own. However, it concerned my mind still more to reflect that I was separated from my native village, where iny fond mother dreamed of her son (far off") amid the hoarfrosts and snows of nine continents, where, distant over streams and rivers myriads of li, a stranger I looked anxiously towards my home, only desiring the nation's teacher early to exert his skill and speedily in the sea- son of' rain bedew me with his favorr, for whuch I shall be infinitely indebted. VOL. XII. 1O. I 455 OCT. Ophthalmic Hospital Canton. “My disgusting appearance of twenty years has been remored in a single morning, enabling me to raise my head with gracefulness and pleasure; in dressing my hair, it is unnecessary to grieve to face the mirror, and considering my years, I will still humbly yield up application to literary pursuits (which this calamity prevented at the proper age); and though I fail to be beautiful and accomplished, and iny figure do not overtop the gem, still it exceedingly surpasses the ugliness of one carrying a basin about his neck, and surprizes my old associates who inquire with astonishment why the counte- nance of the third son of my father is so entirely different from what it was formerly. “Dr. Parker, distinguished for his skill does not regard toil and pain that with long life he may bless mankind; his skillful knife after all can dash aside the inveterate disease of years, and his ex- cellent medicines can attack the (otherwise) inaccessible diseases. In his garden are planted many almond trees, which in spring emit their fragrance, and are richly elegant. His orange fountain restoring the sick, exhilarates and delights them; fortunately Hwáto now roams the southern Yue, and affords universal aid to the myriads of the Central kingdom. This illiterate poetical composition is pre- sented to Dr. Parker to lop off and correct. Bedewed with his favors his younger brother, Chau Tsz'tsai of Suchau, kuocks head and presents compliments.” The following legends, will explain the allusion to the almond forest and the orange fountain, &c. "The alinond forest's trees are numerous. The Shin Sien Chun states that, Tungfung of the Wú nation, (now Kiangnán,) lived in retirement at Mount Lui, and healed the sick gratuitously, but when convalescent from a severe disease, the patient brought five alınond trees and planted them in his garden, from a trifling illness then one In the course of several tens of years the number exceeded 100,000. Afterwards in the time of ripe almonds, Dr. Fung took up his quarters in this forest, and if men desired to buy, they were required to bring a measure of rice, and an equal quantity of al- monds was given in exchange, and the rice given to the poor. If any one was dishonest and cheated him, there was a tiger always ready to expel him, and in his day he was called Fung the genii of almond forest. *** The fountain of the orange well is always full.' * The Sieu kien states that Sú Yáu of Kweiyáng, about 10 be- come i senil, informed his mother that the following year there " tree. 1843. Ophthalmic flospital Canton. 459 would be a great pestilence, but that the well, in the domestic resi- dence and the orange tree near by, can serve as a substitute for medi- cine to those infected with the disease. Let a man eat one orange leaf and drink a cup of water from the fountain and he will be well. Having said this he ascended and mounted the clouds. Afterwards the pestilence was very great, and the people of his village took of the orange leaves and water of the fountain and hundreds and thousands lived, and were made perfectly well; hence men designate it the orange well. No. 17,987. June 10th, 1845. Compound fracture of the humerus and amputation of the arm. Kwo Síhái, aged 25, of the dis- trict of Pwanyü, belonging to a fast-boat, last evening being the occasion of the dragon boat festival, while competing with the men of a salt merchant's boat in firing salutes, his gun burst and produced compound fracture of his right humerus. When called to him in his boat at 9 o'clock A. M. found the triceps muscle was nearly all carried away, and the humerus for three or four inches from the condile minutely fractured. Several inches of the humeral artery were carried away, and the hemorrhage completely arrested. The pulsating artery was exposed, a coagula having formd for half an inch from the end. He was immediately removed to the hospital. From the extent of the breach of continuity of the bone, and the extreme warınth of the weather, the only alternative was amputation, rendered difficult by the extent of the fracture upwards. Indeed it was not certain before the operation, but it might be necessary to remove the humerus at the shoulder joint. The flap operation was performed and the upper third of the humerus, found to be whole. The amputation was speedily performed, and the patient sustained the shock remarkably well, considering his loss of blood, and the time that had elapsed. He spoke in a natural voice the moment after. From the wounded state of the parts there was more than ordinary hemorrhage. Three arteries required ligature, and there was hemorrhage from the centre of the bone which was arrested by the tincture of muriate of iron. A good flap was formed and the patient appeared quite comfortable after the dressing was applied. Pulse 120, and small. At 9 o'clock p. M. the patient had slept well, pulse 108, not much heat of skin, ordered calomel and rliubarlı, and a diet of congee. The knee was also wounded by the accident, one wound penetrat- ing to the patella, and the other being upou 1h: tibia. The breast was also founder Vor unfisorabile symptions fullutter und in 400 Oct, Ophthalmic Hospital Canton. about thirty days the patient was discharged well. A second and a third case of amputation of arın followed in a week after, which will be noticed in next report. A remarkable case of worms. A mother applied at the hospital for the relief of her child about seven years old, whose abdomen was very much distended, and whose general health was impaired. Four grains of calomel were prescribed to be taken at night and one ounce of castor oil in the morning, and the mother directed to no- tice whether any worms were voided. The next day she returned saying her child had passed a catty of worms, i. e. 13lb. Seeing some incredulity, she presented a quantity of the wroms which she had brought with her, and which she avered not to be more than one fourth. These were counted and found to be fifty-two, averaging six inches in length, and if the mother's estimate was correct, there must have been over two hundred worms. Closed anterior rares sequalæ of small-pox. Both nostrils were closed except a small aperture that would just admit a very small probe. A crucial incision was made with the point of a lancet, and a silver tube of proper size was introduced and worn, changing it daily or every few days, till the wound had healed up, and the natu- ral passage was restored, both to the improvement of the lad's ap- pearance and to his great comfort. A case of remarkable exostosis of the lower portion of the femur, (No. 17,106,) was presented during the term. But as the woman aged 37, has only suffered from its magnitude and weight, she is not yet prepared to sacrifice the limb, adınitting that under the circum- stances it were admisable. lu concluding this report, we inquire under what circumstances more favorable could the truths of the Gospel be presented to the individuists whose cases have been detailed? What higher proof of friendship and desire to promote present and future happiness could be given? The very long delay in sending this report to the press enables us to state, that dirine service has been conducted at the Hospital for the last eight Sabbaths. The average attendance of Chinese has been over one hundred; and none have been more respectful and cordial in their attention than those whose aneurism has been cured, sight restored, the tumor extirpated, and the stone extracted. In these services the writer has been united with the Rev. Dr. Bridg- man and Rev. Dr. Ball, and the Chinese evangelist Liáng A fáh of the London Missionary Society. 1845. 461 Ophthalmic ITospital Canton. These services must be witnessed fully to conceive of their inter- est. Deepest, tenderest emotions have been awakened, when con- trasting the restrictions of the first years of protestant missions in China with the present freedom. Then not permitted to avow our missionary character and object lest it might eject us from the coun. try; and the Chinese received the christian book at the peril of his personal safety, and embraced the Christian religion at the hazard of his life. Now by imperial sanction he may receive and practice the doctrines of Christ, and transgress no law of the empire Our interest may be more easily conceived than expressed, as we have openly declared our object and the truths of the Gospel; or when we have looked upon the evangelist Liáng Afíh, and thought of hin fleeing before the executioner of the imperial mandate to decapitate him, and of his long banishment from his native land, now returned from exile, earnestly and boldly declaring the truths of the gospel in the city from which he had fled. Well did he call upon his audi- ence to worship and give thanks to the God of heaven and earth for what he had done for them. With happy effect he dwelt upon the Savior's life and example, and pointing to the paintings and illustra- tions of cures, suspended around the hall of the hospital, informed his auditors that these were performed by his blessing and in confor- mity to his precepts and example; at the same time declaring the great truths which concerned them still more, that their souls had maladies which none but Christ himself could cure. To all the hearers upon the Sabbath an assortment of books, a portion of the sacred scriptures and some religious tracts, is given, and likewise to all the patients during the week, irrespective of rank or condition, so that thousands of volumes and myriads of pages of the Bible and religious publications, have been sent forth from the hospital to scores of villages and hundreds of families, and to differ- ent and distant provinces. In view of the changes that have transpired in our time, we can but exclaim “what hath God wrought !" and rest with new and firmier faith in Hirn that he will, in due time, fulfill all his promises of mercy and grace to his empire. 402 Ост. Ophthalmic flospital Canton. LIST OF DISEASES. 91 1st. Diseases of the eyes. Loss of one eye Granulations 36 Loss of both eyes 56 Entropia 419 | Staphyloma cornea 51 Ectropia 4 Staphyloma iridis 6 Trichiasis 8 Staphylona sclerotica 1 Ptosis 1 Iritis chronic 11 Lippitudo 207 Onyx 4 Syınblepharon il Discases of the ear. Xeroma 2 Deafness 33 Quivering eye-lids 3 Otorrhiva 12 Cancer of eye-lids 1 Deaf dumbness 8 Excrescence of eye-lie's 2 Rent car 1 Tumor of the lids 3 Ulcer of the ear 1 Tumor of the orbit 1 Discases of the face and throat. Mucocele 13 Choriza 1 Fistulæ lacrymnalis 3 Glotitis 1 Disease of caruncula lacry Tonsilitis 1 malis 2 Ulcer of the fauces 1 Encanthis 3 Ranule 2 Ophthalmia acute 211 Salivary fistulæ Ophthalmia chronic 1083 Partial closure of anterior Ophthalmia strunous 3 nares from small-pox 2 Ophthalmia purulent 20 Fistula of the trache 1 Ophthalinia variola 16 Diseases of organs of circulation. Ophthalmitis 2 Aneurism axillary 2 Exophthalmia 1 Aneurisın of superior cervical Pterygia 257 artery 1 Alacul 2 Nevæ inaternæ 4 Nebula 408 Bronchitis chronic 17 Leucoma 6 Asthma 5 Cornitis 11 Phthisis pulmonalis 1 Ulcer of cornea 21 Hæmoptisis 2 Synechia anterior 5 Discases of the abdominal organs. Synechia posterior 5 Gastritis I Cataracts 198 Diarrhea chronic 3 Glaucoma 12 Constipation 1 Muscæ volitantes 7 Fistulæ in ano 12 Amaurosis partial - 14 Prolapsus ani 3 Amaurosis complete 43 Hemorrhoids 77 Strabismus 4 Dysentery 4 Crupsia 1 Dyspepsia 30 Epiphora 1 Ascites 76 Choroiditis 4 Anasarca Fungus haematodes 3'Ovarian disease 2:3 1815. 10:3 Ophthalmic Ilospital (unton. 22 Worms 13 Discases, constitutional. Abscess of liver 2 Rheumatism 26 Hepatitis 3 Arthritis 7 Enlargement of liver 1 Fever intermittent 5 Enlargement vi spleen 9 Opium mania 10 Icterus 11 Gangrene 2 Hernia inguinal 12 Abscesses 16 Hernia ventral iCarbuncle 1 Renitis 1 Erysipelas 1 Cystitis 1 Ulcers Scrofula 79 Goitre 5 Discases of the osscous system. Morbus coxalgia 9 Caries of os frontis 1 Caries of os humeri Caries of tibia Caries of radius 1 Curies of lower jow 4 Caries of acetabulum 1 Necrosis Spina ventosis Disease of antrum maxillary 1 Curvature of the spine 5 Diseases of the nervous system. Exostosis of the femur Paralysis 2 Dislocation of the patella 1 Paraphlegia 2 Dislocaiion of the lower jaw Hemiphlegia 5 Dislocation of radius and Neuralgia 4 ulna 3 Hydrocephalus Disease of mastoid process 3 Palsy shaking Periostitis Cutaneous discases. Burns 3 Veruccæ 1 Paranychia 3 Bulæ 1 Anchylosis of jaw 1 Acne 2 Auchylosis of knee I Tinea capitis 5 Anchylosis of elbow Ichthyosis 1 Preternatural and discased Tetter 1 growths. Scabies 6 Nasal polypus Porrigo il Tumor: steatomatous 6 Psoriasis 4 Tumors serectile 1 Impetigo 10 | Tumors sarcomatous 9 Lichen circinatus 13 Tumors glandular - 7 Lichen palmaris 2) 'Tumors fungoid 6 Lichen giratus 3 Tumors abdominal 7 Elephantiasis 3 Tumors encysted 14 Elephantiasis of the scrotum i Carcinoma of the tongue 1 Keloids 3/ Scirrus breast 2 Various al Scirrus uteri 464 Our. Ophthalmic thospital. Cantun. Abscess of the breast Injuries Wound, incised Wound, gun shot Wound, punctured 1 Epulis 6 Fungus hæmatodes Hare lip 1 Disease of umbilicus 1 2 5 3 TABLE and Showing the number of patients of different cities, districts, provinces during the term. Province of Canton. City of Canton 157 Sz'hui 86 District of Nanhái 1,386 Käuchau 9 Pwányü 1,449 Wichiun 1 Tungkwani 164 Lienchau 22 Shuntih 648 Kuhkiang 4 Hingshan 43 Yangchun Sinh vui 89 | Chauchau 2 Sánshwui 234 Chauyang 1 Tsangshing 59 | Tinhing chau Sinming 31 Total number from the pro- Tsingyuen 63 vince of Canton 5,397 Sinning 30 Other provinces. Tsanghwa 8 Chih!1 17 II wáyuen 5 Ilonán Sinhing 15 Húnán 10 Kauyau 103 Chehkiang 55 Kuning 29 Fuhkien 25 Hioshin Tartars 6 Weichau Adopted Tartars Weichiu 77 Shansi 3 Kinying 291 Sz_chien 15 Cháuchiú 23 | Shensi 5 Cháuking fú 48 Honán 1 Nanheung 5 Kweichau Kaiping 24 Yunnan 5 Nganping 18 Kwangsí 24 Yingtil 3 From other provinces 267 118 Shantung 1:23 Húpih 100 KiángBán 6 Kingsí 1845. 465 Report of the Morrison Education Society. ART. II. The seventh Annual Report of the Morrison Education Society, with minutes of its meeting. The Seventh General meeting of the Morrison Education Society was held this day-Wednesday September 24th, 1845, at 5 o'clock P. M.-in the Society's House, Victoria, Hồngkong: present: Messrs. P. Dudgeon, Robert Strachan, Geo. Pett, R. Reese, C. B. Hillier, M. C. Morrison, W. M. Nicol, John Cairns, Andrew Shortrede, T. Hyland, A. L. Inglis, I. Brooksbank and S. W. Bonney; Colonel Green; Commissary General Miller; Captains Burton and Tod; Drs. Kinnis and Dill; Rev. Messrs. Stanton, Brown, Steidman, Hudson, and Jarrom, and the Rev. Drs. Legge and Bridgman. The president, Rev. Dr. Bridgman, on taking the chair, remarked that it would be unnecessary for him to occupy any time in specifying the object and detailing the operations of the Society, as these would be sufficiently exhibited by the report of the trustees which had been prepared, and was then to be submitted to the meeting. After a few brief explanations, in behalf of some who were unable to be present on the occasion, he called for the report, which was read, and is subjoined to these minutes. The treasurer's account was next presented, showing a small ba- lance in favor of the Society. This account is appended to the report. The following resolutions were then brought forward and adopted by the Society. 1. On motion of the Rev. Vincent J. Stanton, seconded by John Cairns esquire, RESOLVED, That the Report of the trustees just read, including that of the Rev. Mr. Browni, be approved and accepted, and that the same be published under the direction of the trustees. 2. On motion of Patrick Dudgeon esquire, seconded by Robert Strachan esquire, Resolved, That the course of discipline and instruction, pursued in this school by the Rev. Mr. Brown, is highly satisfactory to the members of the Society and gentlemen present, and that the thanks of the same be presented to him. 3. On motion of the Rev. Mr. Stanton, seconded by Charles B. Hillier esquire, RESOLVED, That in the estimation of the Society, the term of eight years is not too inuch time to be allowed for a full course of studies VOL. XIV. YO. X 466 Ост. . Report of the Morrison Education Society. in this school, and that the method of Mr. Brown, hitherto followed in securing the consent of the pupils' parents to that effect, be and is hereby approved of and confirined. 4. On motion of George Pett esquire, seconded by Thomas Hyland esquire, RESOLVED, That an Examining Committee be appointed, by the trustees, consisting of not less than three individuals, whose duty it shall be to examine the school once every month, and keep a full record of the same for the use of the trustees. 5. On motion of Robert Strachan esquire, seconded by John Cairns esquire, RESOLVED, That, as it is highly desirable to enlarge the Society's buildings so as to accommadate at least twice the present number of pupils, a separate subscription be opened for that specific purpose, and that the trustees be authorized to proceed with the erection of buildings as soon as the requisite means shall have been obtained. Brief remarks were offered on the several resolutions, setting forth the reasons for adopting them. With reference to an extension of the buildings, it was remarked, that with accommodations for double the present number of pupils, the whole might be educated without any very great increase in the annual expenditures of the Society; that no more classes would be required for seventy than for thirty-five boys; and that the care and labor of teaching the larger number could easily be sustained by the two teachers, for whose permanent en- gagement arrangements had been already made. The meeting then procceeded to elect a Board of Trustees for the ensuing year with auditors. The meeting having been adjourned with the usual formalities, an intimation was given that the pupils would be brought forward for examination, immediately after tea had been served. At half past 7 o'clock, the pupils accordingly took their seats before a large number of ladies and gentlemen assembled to witness their performances. The exercises were opened with an "Anniversary Hymn," sung by all the boys of the school, Mr. Brown accompanying them on the seraphine, as he did in the subsequent pieces. The fourth class was first called forward, comprising the youngest members of the school, or rather those who had been the shortest time under instruction. They read in the New Testament with much propriety, being rery. careful to articulate correctly. They exhibited most commendable fluency in translating colloquial words and phrases froin English into 1845. Report of the Morrison Education Society. 407 Chinese, and vice versa, and in writing the same on the blackboard. This class, after singing as before by the whole school, was succeeded by the boys of the third class, who went through a course similar to the forıner, but with more readiness, especially in their exercises on the blackboard, and in mental arithmetic. With great animation the boys then joined in their favorite exercise of singing, to the tune: “Tell me the days," &c. Both the second and first classes, for want of time, were but hastily examined in arithmetic, geography and extemporaneous composition on the blackboard. A round " Let us chant the evening song, “ And the joyous notes prolong," &c., occupied the interval between the exhibition of these two classes. This was sung with great spirit, and in a style that would have been highly creditable to any school in the world. At half past 9 o'clock, the exercises of the evening closed with the song- “Let us close the tuneful hour &c. REPORT. DURING each successive year since the formation of the Society its progress has been marked by an increased amount of successful re- sults. The enterprise was an experimental one, commenced by a few individuals, and with no very large means. These successful results, therefore, are the more gratifying, and afford strong encouragement for more extensively educating the Chinese. Indeed, in whatever light we view this subject, all the circumstances and all the consider- ations connected with it clearly indicate that this good and import- ant work should be prosecuted with augmented zeal and upon a much broader scale. In bringing forward their seventh report, the trustees of the Mor- rison Education Society wish to recognize, as at each former an- niversary, the good providence of God, and the liberal support of the foreign comunity, enjoyed by this institution, and here they wish to record their acknowledgements and their thanks. As there are some persons present, and many now resident in China, unacquainted with the history of this Society, it is necessary that we briefly sketch its progress, and specify its object and the means and methods proposed for its attainment. To train up Chinese youth in the way they should go, or, in the 488 . Report of the Morrison Education Society. . Ocrwords of our constitution, "to improve and promote education in China by schools and other ineans," is the object of the Morrison Education Society. Such an object needs no commendation. Based on the best principles of Christian charity, it must needs receive the approbation and support of all good men, who will rejoice to see it carried to the greatest possible extent. The providence of God is sometimes mysterious. The immediate circumstance which led to the formation of this Society, was the death of the Rev. Robert Morrison n. D., many years translator in the service of the Hon. East India Company's service in China. The friends of that great and good man, having been deeply interested in his welfare and in the success of his labors, and wishing to cherish his memory in grateful reinembrance and perpetuate the work he had been carrying on for many years, projected this institution. Hence its name, the Morrison Education Society. Dr. Morrison died on the 2d of August 1834. The prospectus of the Society was drawn up on the 26th of Feb. 1835. On the 9th November 1836, the society was organized at Canton. Lancelot Dent esquire was chosen president: Thomas Fox esquire vice-president; William Jardine esquire, treasurer; Rev. E. C. Bridgman, corresponding secretary; J. R. Morrison esquire, recording secretary, and W. S. Wetmore and H. H. Lindsay esquirs, auditors. The total of the subscriptions was then a little less than $6000, and the list of subscribers included the names of nearly all the principal foreigners then resident in China, and a library of about 1500 volumes had been collected. The trustees on entering upon their duties immediately took mea- sures with a view to obtain two teachers, one from The United States of America and one from England. They likewise took care 10 ascertain the state of education in China, but it was their main pur- pose to establish a school in which Chinese youths should be taught to read and write the English language, in connection with their own, and by these means “to bring within their reach all the instruction requisite for their becoming wise, industrious, sober and virtuous members of Society, fitted in their respective stations in life to dis- charge well the duties which they owe to themselves, their kindred and their God.” The reflecting mind can hardiy fail to contrast the position of fo- reigners then with what it is now, and to observe the superior advan- tages enjoyed at the present time for educating the Chinese. These advantages wiļ} become greater, as intercourse with the Chinese is extended and improved. The time is not very distant when our com- 1945. Report of the Morrison Education Society, 469 mon intercourse will be with the higher and better educated classes, and when the applications for admission to our schools will be made by those who will be both able and willing to pay for their education. Great siress was laid from the first on the kind and degree of edu- cation that was to be given; hence it was early determined to have good and able teachers, and measures were adopted accordingly. In their first report, after alluding to what they had done to secure the services of a teacher, the trustees thus remark: “On his arrival, his attention will be immediately directed to the study of the Chinese language, which must, we suppose, form a principal object of his attention for four or five years, and will occupy a considerable portion of his time for almost another equal period. A few boys may perhaps at once be taken under his care. The acquisition of teachers, properly qualified to give oral instruction in the native language, and to prepare elementary books in the same, since no such books have yet been written, is exceedingly desirable. In order to accomplish its design, the Society will need to train up a corps of native teachers. This task is as difficult as it is important, and we need the best foreign masters of the art to accomplish it. Without such auxiliaries, very little progress can be made, either in extending or improving education among the Chinese." In their second report similar but stronger language was used in regard to this inatter. “The importance of having good teachers must be adverted to and dwelt upon, and the subject repeated again and again until it be bet- ter understood, and this first of all desiderata be supplied. Ultimately there must be native teachers, fully informed in what regards their own language and institutions, acquainted with the great principles of science, and familiar with modern improvements. It were worth all the labor this Society can ever bestow, to educate a few solitary indivi- duals for the ordinary pursuits of life; but the value of instruction given will be vastly enhanced, when the children trained under its auspices shall becɔine teachers, and in that capacity shall be enabled to train others, who in their turn may engage in the same excellent em- ployment. By steadily pursuing this method, the circles of educational influences will constantly widen ; while at the same time the means of support, and their perpetuation, will grow out of these self-same operations. Such is not the tendency of the schools which foreigners have hitherto estabished among the Chinese." The standard of education among this people is low, and the course universally pursued very defective. Not so the plan projected 470 OCT. Report of the Eorrison Kducation Society. by the trustees of the Morrison Education Society. It was deemed far better to educate well a small number than to give an iinperfect education to many. A perusal of the first and second reports will show that the trustees did not care to expend the means placed at their disposal, until it could be done with the prospect of doing permanent good. In October 1833, they had in hand above $7000, and had expended only small suins for the education of pupils in schools over which they had no control, and in which the course pursued was neither so thorough nor so extended as they wished. The application for a teacher from America was successful. Mr. Brown arrived in China on the 23d of February, 1839, accompanied by Mrs. Brown, and they both received a most cordial welcome. Very soon after this the whole foreign community in Canton was shut up there, and all communication even with Macao cut off. In the mean time Mr. Brown was quietly prosecuting his preparatory course of study in perfect accordance with the wishes of the trustees. In November of that year (1839) he received under his care a class of six boys; in March following five more; in November one, and another in January 1841. Such was the list of the scholars, thirteen in number, at the third general meeting of the Society, which was held at the residence of Mr. Brown, in Macao, September 1841, Mr. Lancelot Dent, presided at this meeting, and as it was the first time that the meinbers of the Society had been convened since the arrival of Mr. and Mrs. Brown in China, he took occasion to speak of the testimonials he brought and the character he sustained. One of Mr. Dent's remarks we may here repeat. “Mr. Brown came out accompanied by his lady (said Mr. Dent,) and although I approach this subject as one almost too delicate to be discussed at a public meeting, yet I feel it a duty to express my opinion of the very great advantage of Mrs. Brown's presence. She is equally with her husband devoted to the good cause, and coöperates with him in every way to ensure its success. But this I almost consider secondary in importance to the example the pupils have daily before their eyes, of domestic virtues and happiness which cannot but exert a most salutary influence on their own social habits." The exclusiveness of the Chinese government precluded the idea of making Canton the site for the Society's school. The same spirit, and other causes operating, rendered Macao scarcely more desirable than Canton. These circumstances induced the trustees, early in 1812, to seek for a site on this island. Their application to Her 1815. 471 Report of the Morrison Education Society, British majesty's plenipotentiary, sir Henry Pottinger, was cordially received, and this Hill was appropriated to the purpose. For the erection of buildings 83000 were at first agreed upon On the wth of August the place and contract for them being fixed, the work com- menced. On the 1st of November, Mr. Brown removed from Macao to this place, with a part of the pupils, and the others with Mrs. Brown scon followed. After this removal six months elapsed before the house was so far completed that the work of instruction could be resumed. The fifth annual report, dated September 1843, exhibited a list of twenty-four pupils all resident in this house, with a debt of $250 against the Society. In the preparatory work a good deal of advance had now been made; a teacher had been secured, a good and commodious building erected, a library collected, and a school organized. From that time the progressive increase of the school, and the advance of the several classes have been steady, and every way cor- respondent to the expectations of the warmest friends of the Society. It ought to be stated here that, having failed to obtain a teacher from England, the trustees, in April 1842, made an application for a second one from America, in answer to which a gentleman has been appointed who is expected to arrive here early next year, and in the mean time Mr. Bonney has been engaged to supply his place. We will not detain the meeting any longer from hearing Mr. Brown's report of the school during the last twelve months, since the anniversary of the Society in 1844, not doubting that it will receive the same cordial approbation of the other members of the Society, that it has of the trustees. To the Trustees of the Horrison Education Society, GENTLEMEN, -I feel a good deal of embarrassment in presenting to you my report of the school for the last year; not because it seems to require any false coloring in order to produce a favorable impression in regard to its progress and present state, but because I have al. ways felt arr aversion to being the reporter of matters so intimately connected with my own management. Among all the institutions of the kind that I ain quainted with, I know of no other in which it is customary for the mere teacher and superiutendent of the school to write the annual report. I have al:ways consoled myself Repori vf the Morrison Education Society, Ост. with the reflection that the practice has been more justifiable here than it would be in most other parts of the world, on account of the peculiar circumstances in which we are placed. Hitherto, it would have been difficult to secure the services of an examining and report- ing committee, from the small, busy and rapidly changing commu- nities in our vicinity. Having therefore been under the necessity, for the sake of the school, of preparing an account of its affairs year by year, I have felt the greater satisfaction in doing it, from the con- fidence you have evinced in me, by your unhesitating reception of iny stateinents. Still it would be far more agreeable to listen to an account of the school from the pen of some one less closely connect- ed with it, and I can hardly divest myself of the impression that it would be much more satisfactory to the public. Few persons, I apprehend, can take much interest in the details of school-exercises and processes, and it is therefore hard to say much on the subject that is readable to those whose line of life is widely different from that of a teacher. It were easy to select many other themes, much more highly flavored with the seasoning of inci- dent and novelty. The best way to make a fair representation of what we are doing in the school, would be to spend a sufficient time in the examination of the pupils, to exhibit the method of instruction and training pur- sued, and the results in their attainments. A committee might be charged with this duty, before whom and as many others as should chose to attend, the progress and improvement of the pupils should be tested, after which a report of the examination should be publish- ed by the committee. The public would thus be sure that they understood the merits of the institution, and would be enabled to meet the Society's application for pecuniary support without embar- fassinent. Most happy should I be to see some such measure adopted. This is a plain unpretending elementary school, as every one must be in the present state of education in China. Like others of this description, it begins with the young inind often at the lowest stage of cultiva- tion, and proceeds through as many gradations upwards as possible. It professes to make no prodigies, but acknowledges itself compelled to make use of the same slow-inoving machinery that gave us all our start in the pursuit of knowledge. It does not offer to make wise inen of boys, at once, but owns subjection to that law of our nature, hy which all human attainments are gradual and progressive. We have nothing to fear then, in submitting to public scrutiny what we 1945. Report of the Morrison Education Society. 473 have done in all good faith and diligence to push mind forward step by step in the path of education. We may safely invite all who care for such things to come in and survey the ground we are cultiva- ting. · If we can show them either the blade, or the ear, or the full corn in the ear, in their proper place and season, it is all that dis- cerning men will require. During the past year the school has been better supplied with teachers than heretofore, though the advantage of this would have been greater if there had been no changes of instructors. It requires a considerable length of time, for one unacquainted with the Chi- nese language, and unaccustomed to teach Chinese boys, to attain his maximum of usefulness in the school room, both on his own ac- count and that of his pupils. The more experience one has, the more satisfactory his labors become to himself and more profitable to them. From November to April, the second and fourth classes were under the tuition of the Rev. A. P. Happer m. D. From the 1st of April till now they have been under the instruction of Mr. S. W. Bonney. They have been divided, so that each of us has had the care of about half the whole number, Mr. Bonney taking the 2d. and 4th, and I the 1st and 3d classes, in separate rooms. There is one fact which I am sure will be gratifying to the friends of the school, as it shows a growing confidence on the part of the Chinese, who send their children hither, in their foreign teachers. In every report hitherto made to you, I have been under the mor- tifying necessity, of stating that one or more pupils had been removed from the school against our wishes, and generally through the inter- ference of their parents. It is encouraging to trace the progress of improvement in this particular, since the autumn of 1839, when the school was first opened. Up to the 1st of October 1843, of 42 boys that had been connected with the school, nine or nearly one fifth of the whole number, had been taken away in that manner; and in the year 1843–4, two out of 34 or one seventeenth part of the whole. But this year has passed away without even an attempt to do so. The Chinese begin to believe that it is for the best interests of their children to send them here. Once it was not 80. When the school was commenced, few offered their sons as pupils, and even they as some of them have since told me, did it with a good deal of appre- hension as to the consequences. • We could not understand, says one who first brought a boy to the school, why a foreigner should wish to feed and instruct our children for nothing. We thought there must be some sinister motive at the bottom of it. Perhaps it was to VOL. XIV. NO. X. 474 Report of the Morrison Education Society. Ост. 6 now. entice them away from their parents and country, and transport them by and by to some foreign land. At all events, it was a mystery. ‘But,' said the same father to me a few weeks ago, 'I understand it I have had my three sons in your school steadily since they entered it, and no harm has happened to them. The eldest has been qualified for the public service as an interpreter. The other two have learned nothing bad. The religion you have taught them, and of which I was so much afraid, has made them better. I myself believe its truth, though the customs of my country forbid my em- bracing it. I have no longer any fears; you labor for others' good, not your own. I understand it now.' This it believed is but a specimen of the feeling which most of those entertain towards us, whose sons have longest enjoyed the ad- vantages of the school. Hence it has come to pass, that there has been no interference of friends during the past year, to remove any pupil. Of the thirty who were here at our last annual meeting, all that survive are still members of the school. For the first time, since taking charge of the school, I am under the necessity of reporting deaths among our pupils. Two have died within the last three months. The first had been here about six months, assisting the Chinese teacher in hearing the recitations of the younger boys; for which he received his clothes and tuition in English. He was taken away by a disease of the heart Another was seized with violent bilious remittent fever, and died six days after the attack. A little incident connected with the latter occurs to me as being confirmatory of what I have said of the confidence reposed in us by the parents of the pupils. The father of the deceased last mentioned heard of his son's illness too late to arrive here before he died. When he came, it was but to bury the remains of his son, his only child. He was naturally overwhelmed with grief at the affliction that had come upon him, and his apprehensions of the effect of the tidings upon the boy's mother were gloomy enough. After the funeral was over, I saw him and conversed with him about the event. To my surprise, he made not the least complaint as to what had been done for the sick lad, either in the way of medical treatment or otherwise; but ex- pressed many thanks for the kind and assiduous attentions that had been bestowed upon him. He said he had entertained great liopes of his son's future usefulness, and in order to promote it had placed him here at school. But now his family would end in himself. I showed him some specimens of his son's drawing, an amusement of which he was particularly fond. The tears pushed faster from their 1845. 475 Report of the Morrison Education Society. - Do fountains as his eye rested on these evidences of his son's skill. not show them to me," said he, “it is too much. I cannot speak now. I know you have done well to my son. I pity you, for all your labor is lost.” I assured him that I did not think so. He had been a very diligent and obedient learner, and had won the esteem of his teachers and companions. He had been taught of the true God and the way of salvation; and it might have done him everlasting good. Who could tell? As the old man was about leaving me, he turned and asked if, in case he should adopt another boy, I would receive him as a pupil. To this expression of confidence I of course replied in the affirmative, and assured him that, however full the school might be, his adopted son, whom I hoped he would call after the deceased, should be ad- mitted and taken care of in the best manner possible. One of the members of the school, who was here in September of last year, has been sent to Shanghái, to take the place of another who had been there a year and a half in the service of the British consul, and who is now here, having returned to his studies. On his return, he brought a note from the consul, Capt. Balfour, giving a favorable account of his conduct while he had been in the public service, and expressing Capt. Balfour's sense of obligation to the Morrison Educa- tion Society, for the assistance he had derived from the pupils assigned to that consulate in October 1843. The other young Chinese who went at the same time to Shanghái, and on the same terms, I learn from a private source, has left the consulate, and is employed in the Chinese custom-house at that place. In regard to him, 1 deem it my duty to say, that he ought not to be considered as one educated at this school. He received his education at Singapore. Having been recommended to my notice by his former instructor, I took him into the school, where he had been but about five months, when he left it for Sháng- hái with H. M. consul. As he had been at school much longer than any of the other boys, it was thought advisable to send him with the first who left the school for the public service. I could not of course place the same degree of confidence in him that I could in one whom I had known longer, and should he at any time conduct himself dis- honorably, (which I hope he may never do,) I trust that the discredit will not fall upon the institution that merely took him in for five months, after he had been under instruction seven years elsewhere. I do not believe that the lad who was sent to the Shanghái con- sulate, in February last, will disappoint us. He was formerly the protege of the Honble. J. R. Morrison, and the influence of that excellent man upon him extends to the present time. He reveres 476 Ост. Report of the Morrison Kducation Society. the name and loves the memory of his former benefactor, and from the developement of character which has already been seen in him, and the solemn assurances that he gave me before hie departure, I expect that he will do well. A gentleman at Shanghái, who was also his fellow-passenger up the coast, says of him, " that boy will make friends whereever he goes.” He won the esteem of all on board the vessel, during a long and stormy passage, and it is said that he is conducting himself well, and efficiently at the consulate. The pupils on the spot, have been divided into four classes, devot- ing one half of the time to Chinese and the other to English studies. The first or most advanced class consists of 6 lads from the age of 16 to 19. Their average period of instruction has been about 5 years. In the English department this class have in the course of this year attended to the study of maps, arithmetic, mechanics, reading, writ- ing, composition and vocal music. These studies have been dis- tributed so as to have the same subject under consideration twice in a week. Reading and writing are a daily exercise, and for about four months past, half an hour or more each forenoon has been devoted to musie. The school opens in th morning with the reading of the Scriptures in course, in which all engage. The first and third classes have in this way read the books of Moses, and some portions of the New Testament. Brief explanations, and occasional remarks are made at the time, or questions asked on some points in history morals or religion, that may have been brought to notice. It is to be hoped that while a better knowledge of the Bible has been ac- quired, some lasting good impressions have been made by its perusal at these times. To notice briefly the several studies enumerated above, as pursued by the first class, I would observe, that in the study of maps, the pupils are required to draw upon the slate or black-board the out- lines, rivers, mountains, cities and other principal features of coun- tries. In some cases, the facility with which it has been done has shown a pretty familiar acquaintance with the physical features of the globe. This class has gone through Colburn's Sequel in arithmetic. Their proficiency in this branch of study will however best appear from their examination, and I will only observe that I think they will be able to show you a pretty thorough acquaintance with the principles of the science. It occurs to me in this connection that it is a common impression among foreigners here, that the Chinese have a peculiar aptness for the study of arithmetic. Close calcula- 18.15. 477 Report of the Morrison Education Society. tors they certainly are, and they are ready at the use of the abacus, in such reckonings as are most common among them. But I have never discovered among Chinese boys any thing that might be called a general or national state and relish for the study in question. In regard to every branch of knowledge as yet pursued in the school, I have found the same differences of aptitude and capacity that pre- vail among other people. The eleinentary work on Mechanics, which the first class had com- menced last year, has been finished and reviewed. They have all been deeply interested in the subject, and striven to master it. But, for want of a better acquaintance with geometry, some have been slower to understand this science than others. The book has how- ever been so far useful to all the members of the class, that, when they shall have hereafter studied some of the higher branches of ma- thernatics, for which they are now in a measure prepared, they will be able to investigate the more abstruse problems and theorems of mechanics with pleasure and profit. In reading, the exercises are so conducted as to lead to an analysis of sentences and propositions, without the use of many technicalities or formal rules, but so as to give the pupils as far as possible an in- sight into the writer's meaning, together with an understanding of the principles of construction peculiar to the English language. Good- rich's Third Reader has been their text book generally. In writing they have used Foster's copy-books, of which I have had occasion to speak in a former report. It may be well to speak of the method pursued in teaching the boys to compose in English. We all know that it requires a good degree of mental discipline, as well as extensive and varied information, to enable a person to write well; and a simple theme is confessedly the most difficult. The ability to discuss such a subject with even logical precision, to say nothing of rhetorical accuracy and elegance, is hence one of the last attainments made by our young men at home. How much more difficult to do it, then, in a foreign language! Themes, therefore, have been seldom assigned to the pupils here. Instead of this, the first class have been required to write original sentences and paragraphs on given words and phrases. There is no surer test of one's understanding the usus loquendi of a language than this. As a further step in training them to write, they have been called upon to supply words purposely omitted in sentences—to arrange a sentence or more, in a variety of ways, yet expressing the same idea. Variety of expression has been taught by showing how the participle may be sub- 478 Report of the Morrison Education Society. Ост. stituted for a conjunction, by changing a verb from the active to the passive voice, and the reverse, and by the substitution of synonymous terins. Objects have been assigned to them to be described, for the double purpose of teaching them habits of close observation and accu- rate description, and so on. Now and then, but very rarely, they have been allowed to choose a theme for an essay, In all these exercises they write upon the slaie or black-board. When the latter is used the production of each individual becomes the subject of criticism to every other member of the class, at the same time, which is a decid- ed advantage over the use of the slate. Vocal music has been attended to as one of the studies of the year. For about four months, the whole school has been called together once a day to spend a half-hour or more in singing. Though I have from the first desired to introduce music into the school, yet it was impos- sible for nie, so long as I was alone in the department of instruction, to attempt it. The instruction of four classes in other matters, toge- ther with other engagements connected with the school, left me nei- ther time nor strength for it. But after Mr. Bonney's arrival in April last, as soon as possible, I commenced teaching the boys to sing. A few of them had previously learned some of the commonest airs by rote. The majority, however, had never learned a foreign tune. From the first day of giving them a lesson in music, I have had occa- sion to notice an increased activity and relish for their other studies. They are delighted with their musical exercises, and return with mind and body refreshed to the ordinary pursuits of the school-room. “An art by which so much can be done to soften the asperity of tem- per, to cheer the heart, and bring the faculties into a condition favor- able to their best action, an art which adds so much to the warmth of devotion, and affords an amusement so innocent and elevating, surely deserves to be cultivated." There are few persons who have not some capacity for it, if trained early enough; and those members of the school who have a decided taste for it will soon become teach- ers of the rest. If music is found to be so desirable in the schools of Christian countries, why should it not be even more so here? The German schools have long since universally adopted it as a branch of education, and in England and America, though the discovery of its utility has been made at a later date, yet it is now receiving very general sanction. Being confident that Chinese boys might be taught to read music and to sing, I tried the experiment, and have not been disappointed. Thongh there are a few as untractable voices among our pupils as could well be found, yet it is believed that even these 1845, 479 Report of the Morrison Education Society. may be taught to sing correctly. The whole school has been inclu- ded in the musical class, and it is pleasing to see the quick steps and smiling faces with which they assemble at the hour for singing. They began by learning one or two simple rounds and school-songs as ex- ercises for the voice, accompanied with lessons in the first rudiments of music. Some at the outset found it very difficult to distinguish the semitones of the diatonic scale, but nearly all have succeeded in it. From this they proceeded step by step in the process of learning to read music, until probably one half of them are now able to read nutes in one key, and son:e in more than one. The method of trans- posing the scale has not been taught yet. Harmony, as we under- stand it, is unknown in China : the nearest approach to it is unison. Our pupils have, however, advanced so far as to sing several pieces in three parts with tolerable accuracy Another year I trust will transforın their rude voices into a harmonious choir. To say nothing of the other effects of musical training, it will soften and civilize them more than any other single thing that we can do for them. The second class is small, being composed of only four boys, and one of there has been retained rather for his amiable disposition, and eager desire to learn, than for any great promise that he gives of becoming a scholar. When Mr. Bonney took charge of this class, they were attending to arithmetic, geography, writing and reading. The principal aim of their instructor has been to give them as ex- tensive a knowledge as possible of the English language, and the ability to use it. Each boy has been required to write and to speak. it. As far as practicable their vernacular tongue has been inter- dicted in the school-room so as to make them use the English lan- guage in conversation. Their native language is only resorted to when it is necessary for the purpose of explanation. Mr. Bonney has bestowed much labor upon the class in teaching them to conipose in English. The course pursued has been similar to that spoken of in relation to the first class. The result is a marked advance in this respect upon the proficiency of the last year. In reading likewise the sanie is observable. The class have finished a book on geography, of 264 1200. pages. They have also drawn a number of maps which do credit to their skill, and have materially improved their acquaint- ance with the outlines of the globe. In arithmetic they have solved 860 questions in the addition, subtraction, nultiplication and division of fractions. As to grammar, every reading exercise, and every effort ar composition, though involving the use of but few of the technicali- ties of the science, is strictly speaking a lesson in granımar; but be- 480 Ocr. Report of the Morrison Education Society. sides these, they have practiced the conjugation of regular verbs to a considerable extenti This class has been under instruction three years and a half. The third class, consisting of ten boys from nine to sixteen years of age, have been in the school about two years or a little more. As they entered at different periods, the average time would be about two years. They had been much neglected before I received assist- ance in the department of instruction. Indeed all the pupils suffered more or less in this way, because it was impossible for a single person to devote the requisite time to each of four classes, and yet it was equally impossible to combine them into any smaller number. The studies of the third class during this year have been reading, writing on the black-board, the translation of Chinese idiomatic phrases into English, and something of mental arithmetic. They are all able to read the Scriptures in a pretty intelligible manner. They also read other books from time to time. Of idiomatic phrases they have com- mitted to memory more than a thousand in both languages. The object of this was to teach them to converse in English, as well as to enable them to understand the peculiar phraseology which is most frequently used in conversation, and even by standard English authors, but which often defies all the rules of grammar, and can be acquired only by treasuring it up in the memory, just as we do single words. No analysis of idioms can make thein much more intelligible; and they are best learned as a whole without attempting it. They have made on the whole very creditable advances, by this means, in Eng- lish, and at the same time they have associated the idioms learned with the corresponding expressions in Chinese. Mental arithmetic they have not pursued far. Addition, subtraction and mul plication are all the processes they have attended to. It should always be borne in mind, when we are judging of the improvement made by these lads, that on entering the school every thing is new to them, and even the language which is made the chief means of instruction they have to learn ab initio. Hence in every study, whether it be geography, arithmetic, reading or anything else, their progress must for a time be slow, and for the first four years at least, every study must be made subservient to the purpose of teaching them English. The commonest expressions, such as an English child would understand and use before it had left the nursery, is often an insurmountable obstacle to a Chinese lad, until his teacher comes to his aid with an explanation. This being remembered, I trust that all due allowances will be made when the pupils are exhibited before you. 1845. 481 Report of the Morrison Education Society. The fourth and only remaining class of ten boys, from 9 to 15 years of age, have been at school a year. Their studies have of course been the most limited in number and extent, and the most elementary. The primary object with such a class must be to in- troduce them into the first rudiments of English. They have not only the alphabet to learn but the first word of the language. Their organs of speech being wholly unaccustomed to the utterance of such combinations of sound as those by which we express ideas, have to be tutored and exercised a great deal before many of them can become familiar with the pronunciation of even monosyllables. After some weeks spent chiefly in drilling their voices to the use of words so strange, they are set to reading monosyllables. When a sufficient number of these to embrace all the varieties of literal combinations have been acquired, they learn the alphabet, by analyzing them, or separating them into their elements. The next step is to put two or more words together, then to form sentences, and so on. The construction of no two languages is more dissimilar than that of the Chinese and English. In order to facilitate the acquisition of the various forms of English verbs, I prepared a portion of a little work, some time ago, which, though only a part of it has been printed, has been stitched together for the use of the pupils. This book if it may be called so, has been used by the fourth class for some time past. They have committed to memory, reviewed several times and written with the pencil the first 20 pages of it, embracing a list of names of familiar objects, the simplest form of the verb, the imperative mode, and the substantive verb in its connection with singular and plural subjects, together with the distinction between transitive and in- transitive verbs. From this they have practised the translation of words and simple sentences from their own language into English. They have had some but not much instruction in mental arithme- tic. They have twice read through the gospel of John, besides some juvenile primers. The differences of age and mental capacity are perhaps more striking in this than any other class, and there has consequently been as great a difference in their attainments. Something has already been shown of the efforts made to give the boys a knowledge of the sacred Scriptures. But their religious and moral education is not confined to the school-room. They are taught to observe the Lord's day: on that day, the boys are called together in the morning, and a portion of the Scriptures is explained to them, both in Chinese and English, and those who are able to read Englisht sufficiently well are required to commit it to me. 61 VOL. XIV. NO. Y 482 Report of the Morrison Education Society. ост. In mory. Those less advanced learn the same in Chinese and in the evening their recitation is heard in both languages. These instruc- tions are always accomparried, with prayer and sacred music. The lessons assigned to them are generally so short, that they can learn them without a sense of drudgery, to interfere with the impression which we desire to produce upon their minds, that the “Sabbath" is "a delight.” Thus likewise they have leisure to read such other books as they may choose to select from our youths' library. the evening they sometimes come to us to converse or to hear us read, and often to sing. In every way, by formal instruction, or incidental remark, ju the school-rouin or out of it, we endeavor to call the attention of those committed to our care, to the duties they owe to themselves, their fellowmen and their God. This we con- ceive to be the most serious duty imposed upon their teachers, and we do not expect ever to be able to make good men and wise of pagans, without the constant inculcation of those high and pure principles which form the basis of Christianity. Hence we try to rear upon them a superstructure of education, intermingled through- out with the materiel of Christian ficts and doctrines. Should it be asked what system of instruction is pursued here, I can only answer by describing it. It is neither the monitorial, nor the Pestalozzian nor any other of the various systems that have received particular names as they have come into vogue of late years, with the increasing attention to the interests of general education. It is however a system, embracing some of the features of several others and yet different from all. It is based upon the following principles, viz: to teach one thing at a time, and to proceed no faster with it than the mind of the pupil can follow; to aim at developing and dis- ciplining the mind, and not at nierely giving it a certain amount of information,--to keep ever before the pupil's view the higher mo- tives that should actuate him, and not appeal to the inere mercenary desire to “get on" in the world, -and above all to teach him at all times to regard the noble origin and destiny of the soul, that as it had its beginning, so it may have its end and enjoyment in God. By whatever expedients, we can secure the efficient application of these fundainentat maxims, whether they belong to one system or another, we hesitate not to adupt them. There are but one or two other topics of which it will be necessary to speak in this report. The first is the library. At your direction, I have rearranged the library, culled out the volumes that were unfit to be retained, or were duplicates, and published a catalogue of 1345. 483 Report of the Morrison Elucation Society the remainder. We now have 4142 vols. embracing a great variety of works on language, biblical, literature, and theology, law, the arts and sciences, geography, history, voyages and travels, together with a large collection of those relating to China and the east. The library will always be a valuable appendage to the institution, af- fording much aid to the instructors employed here, and by and hy to some of its pupils, in the more extended pursuits of knowledge to which age and education will bring them. I should hope also that efforts might be made to secure a sufficient number of subscribers to the library to prevent it from being a source of expense to the Society for its preservation. I will call the attention of the trustees to but one other subject, that is, the term of years that should be allowed to the pupils for their course of study. At the opening of this school in 1839, I re- quired of those who presented their children for admission, a written agreement that they should be suffered to remain at school eight years. One object was to forestall the disposition so much coin- plained of by others who had tried to teach Chinese boys, viz : 10 take them away as soon as they acquired a smattering of English. But there were other objects also. At first it was difficult to per- suade parents to sign such a contract. Now, however, it is seldom objected to, and far more easily enforced, than it could be as we were then situated at Macao. I conceive that the Trustees have, at least tacitly, approved of the measure, for it has been repeatedly brought to their notice, and elicited no mark of disapprobation. Furthermore at a meeting of the present Trustees last autumn I was directed to keep a list of applicants for pupils of the school to go into service among the foreign community, so that at the expiration of their terin of tuition all parties might be fairly dealt with. Several persons have since applied to me for boys, as some had done before. In accor- dance with my instructions, I have replied to them that the trustees deeming it important that the boys should be well educated, and considering the difficulties to be overcome by the pupils in attain- ing this object, had determined that they should not leave the school if possible, till the expiration of the aforesaid term of years, but that in the mean time they had directed me to keep a list of appli- cants, to serve as their guide hereafter in making a disposition of the graduating classes. It seeins to me that the time has come when the Society should itself adopt some standing rule in reference to the term of tuition to be allowed to the pupils, and make their decision public. My own 484 Ort. Report of the Morrison Education Society. 1 opinion on this subject is sufficiently known to you, gentlemen, by the course that I have adopted for so long a time in receiving pupils. I entertain the same views now that I did in 1839. The reasons are briefly these.—Those whoin we propose to educate are at first, when taken up by the Society, devoid of almost all useful knowledge. They are generally very young; not more on an average than 10 or 12 years old, but they have learned much that is positively bad, and that must be unlearned. We cannot disci- pline, enlarge and inform their minds at present except through the medium of the English language, which they must therefore have time to learn. They have also at the same time to study their own language and literature, or else they will be comparatively use- less when they are educated. Allowance must therefore be made for the acquisition of two languages, besides all the instruction and training requisite to fit them for the active duties of life, and to teach them the way to heaven. If then we say they shall remain eight years, they will generally have finished their studies at the age of from 18 to 20, and will have devoted their attention meanwhile to studies in two different languages, making only four years to either. To assign a shorter period to their education, and still expect that they will go from the school good English and Chinese scholars, would be to look for fruit where we have but planted the seed, to expect to gather a harvest in the time of spring. Nor let us be discouraged because the work we have undertaken is slow of performance. It must be so, and this should have been taken into the account beforehand. It is so everywhere else, even where the obstacles to be overcome in the way of learning are far less formidable. To deserve the name, education must be of good material, and not of hasty construction. No intelligent man expects to see it conpleted in a year or two, or even twice the number. Time must be allowed for the growth of the mind, for the develope- ment of the faculties, for the mere mechanical part of an education, and the successive steps by which every man makes all his advances in knowledge and true virtue. I am, Gentlemen, Your obedient huinble servant, Morrison Hill, Hongkong, Sep. 24th 1845. S. R. Brown. Note. The following is the list of officers, elected at the meet- ing–E. H. sir John Francis Davis, bart, gov. of Hongkong, &c., &c., being PATRON :-president, Rev. E. Č. Bridgman, d. D.; vice- president, W. Leslie, esq.; treasurer, Donald Matheson, esq.; cor- responding secretary, C. B. Hillier esq.; recording secretary, F. Dill esq.; auditors, John Dent and T. W. L. MacKean, esquires. 1845, 485 A Christian Hymn in Chinese Art. III. A Specimen of Christian Hymns in Chinese, with a translation of the same. Air “ Coronation.” Ortonville." By the Rev. J. L. SHUCK. . 人 ​今天​夜 ​人​天​白 ​生 ​天星​間 ​間 ​星露色 ​暫​催​飛​入 ​之​在 ​在​之 ​足​過 ​草​光 ​明​之​得 ​空​之 ​之​在 ​是​日​速​見 ​是​中​面 ​面​山 ​之 ​閃 ​天 ​映 ​間​入夢​得​見​所有​天堂​之​日​無​夜​無​終 ​日色​之​光​在​山嶺​上​福音​裏​內​滿載​真​福 ​間​憂​問 ​能 ​世​生 ​天 ​願​耶​光 ​福 ​享​人 ​人命 ​天​男 ​男 ​河 ​為人 ​女流 ​行​中 ​平​間 ​永​歸​,不 ​安 ​生​信息 ​息 ​夜 ​耶 ​無 ​穌 ​主 ​By Mr. Shuck's request we publish the above “ specimen,”“with a translation of the same which follows, and having complied with the request will leave our readers to form of both their own opi- nions. Chinese poetry has been but little studied by foreigners, and Christian hymns and psalmody, in Chinese, still less. Davis' Chi- nese Poetry has long been upon our shelyes, and we can recommend it to those who wish to know something of this subject. We have 願​指​人​行​福​路 ​ 486 A Christian Hymn in Chinese. Ост. algo two or three little volumes of Hymns in Chinese, by Morrison, Medhurst and others. These likewise deserve attention, and espe- cially the attention of those who wish to promote Christian know- ledge among the Chinese. English Translation. Like sunlight playing on the hills, Or dew drops on the grass, Or stars that twinkle in the sky, So short_man'o pleasures last. We see, Like dacams which in the night Like metiois rapid flight, To day pursue's tomorrow's dawn, Se quickly passes by The Gospel has full real joy, Lights up man's dark distress, While Jesus, glorious Prince of Peace! Points out the way of bliss. No night, no end to Heaven's day, Ceaseless, life's river flows; And all who turn_believe in Christ, Slave endless life's upose. 1845. 487 Death of Suc Aman. * ART. IV. Message from the president of the United States to the senate, transmitting the treaty concluded between Mr. C'ushing and kiying. Death of Sue Aman, a Chinese shot by an Ame- rican in Canton, The following note of Mr. Cushing's to his government is a suffi- cient introduction to the series of papers that follow. It is dated, Macao, July 24th, 1844. Addressing the sec. of state, he says: “In the correspondence annexed to my dispatch of the 9th inst., (num- bered 73) will be found four letters on the subject of the death of Sue Ainan, a Chinese shot by an American at Canton. I have now the honor to transmit to you sundry other docunents on the subject; and it is proper I should state, in justification of the consul, that the mode of investigation he adopted was recommended by me. Immediately on receiving notice of the riot, captain Tilton, of the St. Louis, repaired to Canton with an adequate force of marines and sailors; and maintained order until such time as Tsiyeng could himself adopť proper measures to keep the peace, which he did with commendable promptitude. You will remark that, at the time these occurrences took place, Tsiyeng was not at Canton, he being then on his way to Macao. These incidentsi illustrate the necessity of some provision, by act of Congress, as suggested by me in previous communications, for the government of Americans in China. I am, respectfully, &c.” No. 1. CANTON, June 17, 1844 “DEAR SIR: We are in the midst of excitement again, growing out of the maliciousness of the Chinese and the want of coolness and patience on the part of foreigners. “Be the cause what it may, it is certain we shall not be free from these outbreaks till the mandarins send a sufficient number of soldiers to keep the vagabonds froin a ready access to the factories. Had the lieutenant-governor acceded to my request, and shut up the two gates at each end of the Americair factories, the present row would have been avoided. The facts are these : On the evening of the 15th, as the Englishmen were walking in their garden, some Chinamen wished to enter, or to keep the gate' open so they could look in; which being refused, they broke it down, drove the English out, who took to boats in the river, and thus the matter ended. On the next day, say the 16th, the same vagabonds came into the American garden, and, on being turned out, cominenced throwing stones at the Americans, of whom there were only three-the others, with myself, being on the river sailing. I return- ed as they were in the midst of the trouble; and several Americans, arming themselves, proceeded to clear the passage way (which, as I before mention- ed, it was the duty of the mandarins to keep clcar). The mob threw brickbate, 488 Ост. Death of Sue Aman. and one of their number was killed on the spot. This seemed to have a momentary effect on them, and, some 40 soldiers arriving, quiet was restored during the night. To-day, the 17th, mandarins sent no soldiers, and the mob had it nearly all their own way, foreigners keeping within doors; and it is now understood we fire on them only when they attack the factories, so that the flagstaff is at their mercy any time they choose to demolish it. Strong representations have been made to the acting governor, but as yet no adequate force has been sent to protect us. I believe there are some dozen soldiers only, who are out of sight.” “The apathy shown by the acting governor and the mandarins is a fair subject of remonstrance with Tsiyeng ; for, at the present moment, we are threatened by the mob, and have no protection but our own arms. I have written to the Bogue for assistance, and expect it this afternoon or during the night.” “If you could make Tsiyeng understand the necessity of keeping closed the two gates near the factory, I think some greater degree of quiet would prevail. “What will be the result of the present state of things is quite un- certain; but I do not think the factories can be taken." "I am; very sincerely and respectfully, yours. “Paul S. FORBES." No. 2. Macao, June, 21, 1844. « DEAR SIR: I have received your favor of the 17th. I regret exceedingly the occurrences which you describe, and sincerely trust that ere this time tranquillity will have been restored. The loss of a life in the affair of the Both is an accident of serious gravity, which cannot fail to become a sub- ject of discussion in the pending negotiations with the imperial commis- sioner. I beg you; therefore, to do me the favor to give me, at your earliest convenience, a detailed account of the circumstances connected with that incident, that I may judge what steps to take in the premises. * Meanwhile, I shall spare no effort to impress on the mind of the imperial tonimissioner the importance of adequate measures on his part in the preser- Vation of order at Canton. "] am, very respectfully, your obedient servant, *P. S. FORBES, esq. C. CUSHING.” No. 3. * Ching, lieutenant-governor of Kwángtung, &c., hereby sends a com- munication: On the 18th inst. I received the said consul's statement, which I have examined. From this it appears, that he is thankful to the high officers for placing soldiers to guard and protect the foreign merchants, and that all is now quiet; but, fearing lest the mob again unexpectedly rise, he requests that the troops may be stationed here longer, for which favor he will be under many obligations, &c. “ From this it is evident that the said consul thinks that the danger will be guarded against, and that he earnestly seeks to maintain inutual good wil between the natives and foreigners. But these troops, having other 1845. 489 Death of Sue Aman. responsible places to guard, cannot be detained long in their present posi- tion; and I, the lieutenant-governor, have {already issued commands to the colonel in command in this department, and to the district magistrate of Nanhai, to station soldiers about, and send police men from time to time to patrol and examine, and strictly and forcibly to repress the movements. The populace will of theinselves respect and fear thein, and there is no danger o be apprehended of another outbreak.” “With regard to what is observed, “that a ship of war has come up to Whampoa, in order to guard and protect the merchants of my country, and that she will return to Macao as soon as there is no reason for detaining her," it is also quite plain that the said consul manages affairs in a perspicuous manner, and is aware himself they should be thus conducted, and that it is needless for her to remain long at Whampoa. “ But it has been ascertained that the native Aman was shot in the space before the factories by an American; and the said consul should himself know that he ought immediately to make a full inquiry into the matter, and deliver up the real murderer, that the case n y be equitably judged, and no untoward event arise out of it. It has been ascertained that the man who was killed was from the district of Tsingyuen, having no relatives in Canton. But if he has been a citizen, it would at the moment have become an occasica of attack, for it would have been told to the populace, and they would have revenged it by again setting fire to the factories and plundering their contents, or something of that sort. The people are highly irritated against the offender, and it is impossible but that they have constant debates among themselves until they are revenged. The said consul, knowing the feelings of the people for times past, should inquire closely into this affair, and himself decide it quickly, that it do not become in the mouths of the people an occasion for col- lision. hope you will by no means delay, as it is fot this that I send this important statement. Táukwany, 24th year, 5th moon, 3d day--(June 18, 1844.) No. 4. « Kiying, of the Imperial House, governor-general of Kwang tung and Kwangsí, &c.; makes this communication upon a subject requiring examination ånd action's By repeated communications from the civil and military officers at Can- ton, it appears that on the 16th instant, at twilight, three or four foreigners were walking on the open ground in front of the factories, when one Sue Aman, of the district Tsingyuen, was outside of the fence, looking at them. Between those and these, altercations and angry strifes arose; and Sue Aman received a mortal wound from a gunshot by a foreigner. * On inquiring first of Mr. Lay, the English consul, he said the business did not concern his nation. Afterwards, on inquiring of your honorable nation's consul, Mr. Forbes, he said several of your countrymen went out with muskets; but he did not know who it was that caused the mortal wound, and would make further inquiries. From this it would seem that the murderer 62 C6 VOL. XIV, NO, X, 490 Death of Sue Aman. Ост. must be among that number who went out with their muskets, and that it would not be difficult to ascertain the plain truth. “The people of Canton are in their manners violent and daring, and are ready to seize on small movements to create troubles. Of this your excel- lency is fully aware. * Already I, the governor-general, have instructed the local authorities, with real strength to depress the disturbers, and to put forth clear procla- mations, showing that, regarding this loss of life, they ought quietly to wait for the officers to make investigations, and to conduct the business in a proper manner, and that they are not allowed to seek private redress. But it evidently stands to reason, that the murderer ought to forfeit his life. It is hard also to resist an angry multitude. There must needs be something wherewith to subdue their hearts, and then their anger may be pacified. The business of intercourse between our two countries has hitherto been conducted in a just manner. Accordingly, whenever the affairs of foreign merchants and people have sustained any injury from the Chinese, I have prosecuted them with rigor; and I well know your excellency will act with perfect equity and strict justice, so as to sustain this character. I earnestly beg that orders may be given for speedy and clear examination of this case of injury by a gunshot on the people, so that, at an early day, the law may be executed on the proper person by a forfeiture of his life. Then the people of this land will admire your excellency's just conduct. Thenceforward com- merce will be continued tranquil, and peace be enjoyed forever. How excel- lent! “For this I communicate to your excellency, that a clear investigation may be made, and all done that is right and fitting. Wishing prosperity and happiness. “ To his excellency C. Cushing, &c. “ June 22. Translated by E. C. BRIDGMAN." No. 5. Macao, June 24, 1844. “Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the note addressed to mne by your excellency, under date of the 2:24 instant, on the subject of the late events at Canton. “Previous to the receipt of that note, I had addressed your excellency a communication on the same subject, which would have been delivered the sime day but the inevitable delay occasioned by the necessity of translating my communication into Chinese ; and I have now the honor, herewith, to your excellency. “I assure your excellency that I deeply regret what has occurred. I have caused to be instituted a careful inquiry into all the facts of the case, and shall take every step in my power to see that full justice be done in the premises, feeling most solicitous that harmony and good understanding may continue to exist, as well between the people of our respective countries as between their governments. “I am, with great respect, your obedient servant, • To his Excellency Tsiyeng, &c. C. Cushing." .. 1815. 491 Death of Sue Aman. No 6. United States Legation, Macao, June 22, 1844. « Sır: In the communication which I had the honor to address to your excellency yesterday, acconipanying the projet of a treaty between the United States and China, I intimated that there were two or three subjects of a special nature, of great importance, which I reserved each for separate communica- tions. Upon the most immediate and pressing of these reserved subjects I now address your excellency. “ Your excellency is aware of the fact that the space within which the citizens of the United States reside and do their business at Canton is of very limited extent. This, although it is a serious grievance, might be acquiesced in by them, if, in the narrow space occupied by them, they could feel that they were secure from intrusion, insult and injury. During the time that your excellency resided at Canton, they did enjoy comparative tranquillity by reason of the vigilant police which your excellency maintained in the vicinity of the foreign factories. But since then it is otherwise. Numerous individual cases have been brought to my knowledge, of Americans who have been insulted by bad men of the Chinese, who thrust themselves into the garden of the factories, injure the flowers and trees, apply opprobrious language to their peaceful occupants, throw brickbats and other missiles at them, and sometimes proceed to the length of riot, incendiarism, and robbery. Two such cases of serious riot have occurred during the few months of my resi- dence at Macao. “In the first instance, when, on the 6th of May last, in order to tranquillize the disquietude of ignorant men among the Chinese, the consul of the United States, of his own accord, took down the vane of his flagstaff, a mob broke into the grounds, and proceeded to do injury to the property and to threaten and insult the persons of the Americans. “The second instance occurred a few days since. On the 15th instant, as I am informed, while the Englishmen were walking in their garden, some lawless Chinese broke in upon them, and drove them into the water by vio- lence. On the 16th a set of similar vagabonds broke into the American garden, and, besides doing other mischief, attacked the Americans with brickbats, and compelled the latter to have recourse to firearms, in defense of their lives against the violence of a mob of ladrones or desperadoes, and also to call up an armed guard for their eventual security. “I beg leave to submit to your excellency the vital importance of some adequate provision to prevent the recurrence of scenes like this, so threatening to the peace of our two nations; and I rely on your excellency’s firmness and love of justice, to give security and tranquillity to the Americans residing in China. “I feel that I am the more fully justified in making this appeal to your excellency, inasınıch as the Americans in China have been distinguished for their peaceful and honorable deportment, and for their reliance on the good faith of the Chinese government. 492 Ост. Death of Sue Aman. “I have the honor to bo, with the highest consideration, your excellency's obedient servant. C. CUSHING. “To his Excellency Tsiyeng, &e. No. 7. Tsiyeng, Imperial Commissioner, &c., hereby communicates, in reply: “I have received your excellency's communications of the 19d and 24th instant, in which you remark that the rabble of Canton city had been making commotion and injured the merchants of the United States, and beg that special measures may be taken for their protection, &c. It seems from this, that, regarding our nations and their subjects, the people of our land may be peaceful, and the citizens of the United States may be peaceful, and yet, after their governments have become amicable, that then their people may become inimical ; and albeit the authorities of the two governments may day after day deliberate upon friendship, it is all nothing but empty words. Thus, while we are deliberating and settling a treaty of peace, all at once the people of our two countries are at odds, and taking lives. This has been a source of deep anxiety to me, and I was well aware would be so also to your excellency. “I beg to say a few words upon the disposition of the people of Canton to your excellency. Their temper is overbearing and violent; fiery banditti are very numerous--a vagrant idleness-loving set, who set in inotion many thou- send schemes, in order to interrupt peace between this and other countries. Being destitute of employment, these wretches do little else than gamble and skulk about to steal, in order to get a livelihood. Since the period when the English brought in soldiers, have all these ladrones been banding together and forming societies; and while some, taking advantage of their strength, have plundered and robbed, others have called upon the able bodied and valiant to get their living. Therefore, employing troops, which is the endamaging of the authorities and (peaceable] people, is the profit of these miscreants i. peace and good order, which traders both native and foreign desire, is what these bad men do not at all wish. “ After the English had made a treaty of peace, and withdrawn their sol- diers, in the 22d year of His Imperial Majesty's reign, then the company's Hong was burnt and plundered ; and in the next year the Spanish Hong was burnt, which these desperadoes did, und the name of revenging themselves on the English. “They have. moreover, been seeking a quarrel with the merchants of your country ; for, in May of the present year, these wretches, on account of a vane, went about stirring up a cominotion, and urging on the populace to do something; but your country's consul Forbes, managed the affair happily. While the local officers are repressing them by force of arms, and the gentry are also endeavoring to quiet them, these vagabonds will stand, and then they will disperse. “I have heard that usually the citizens of Canton have respected and liked the officers and people of the United States, as they were peaceable and reasonable; that they (the latter) would, even when there was a cause of dif- 6 1945. 493 Death of Sue Aman. ference, endeavor to accommodate the matter, which is very unlike the English. But, unexpectedly, on the 16th instant, a cause for animosity was given, in the shooting of Sue Aman at a time of altercation. I have heard different ac- counts of this affair; I judge reasonably in thinking that the merchants of your country causelessly and rashly took life away. But the populace are determined to seek a quarrel, and I very much fear lest they will avail of this to raise commotion, perhaps under the pretence of avenging his death, but doubtless with other ideas too. “I have, within a few days, received reports, from both civil and military officers, stating that they had brought out troops to put down the mob by force, and had issued proclamations admonishing the people, by which quiet was partially restored. But if these plunderers take advantage of the interval to commence their depredations, it will not be easy to tell what will come to pass. I have already transınitted orders to all the civil and military officers, that they combine to guard and protect, not allowing the least remissness or negligence. Thus distributing them about to repress all disturbances, and quiet the animosity of the people, they can wait till my return to Canton, to tranquillize and equitably judge the case. It is of prime importance to keep up a lasting peace between us. Then, when all is harmoniously arranged, it will not be alone good for one day, but it will be seen that no danger will be felt hereafter. “Since your excellency has already transmitted orders to the resident con- sul, Forbes, that he make thorough inquiry into the matter, and report to you, it is to be seen that it will be conducted according to equity and right. But it is important that both sides be equally satisfied, in order to cause the minds of the people to submit; for, although the rabble are banded together, yet their [union) cannot be depended on. If there is one particle of heavenly goodness, let this business by all means be judged on equitable grounds, so that there be no room for cavilling remark (in future.] Then will it be easy, too, to protect and guard; and by the power of right thus operating, our mutual feelings for each other will become as they were formerly. I think that your excellency, too, is of the same opinion as this. “ If there are some circumstances of this case which are not yet fully known, ask your assistant, Parker, and then they can be fully known; for the said assistant has lived long in Canton, and is perfectly acquainted with the feelings of the times and the disposition of the people of the provincial city. “ Wishing you every increase of happiness, I send this, an important com- munication. “To his excellency Hon. C. Cushing, &c. (June 28, 1844.) We had intended to have closed the correspondence regarding Sue Aman in the present number, but the length of other articles has deprived us of the requisite space; accordingly the subject must be reserved for our next. Being the first case of the kind occurring, since the treaties have been formed, and being one also of much importance, involving life and forming a precedent, it seems desira- ble that all the facts should be given in detail. 494 Ост. Journal of Occurrences. 1 Art. V. Journal of Occurrences: fires in Canton ; drunken sai. lors in the streets; missionary intelligence; shipping at Sháng. hái ; tyfoons und stornis in the Chinese sea; troubles at Fu- chau ; encouraging prospects; naturalization proposed in Hong- kong; liberty of foreigners in Canton-copy of a draft of a proclamation. Fires in Canton during the month have repeatedly occurred. One, which broke out soon after noon, on the 19th, in mat sheds at the new British consulate, for a time wore an alarming aspect, causing anxiety for the safety of the foreign factories and other buildings in the vicinity. Providentially there was little wind at the time; and by promptness in bringing engines to work, the flames were kept in check, so that the losses were not great, probably not exceeding $5000. The Chinese authorities acted with energy and promptness. H. E. Kiying came out of the city and took up his position at no great distance from the fire. Drunken sailors have done great damage, in many ways, at Can- ton. During the month we have seen them raving mad, like demons, beating themselves, beating one another, and like a Malay "run- ning a muck," sauntering through the narrow steets, pelting the Chinese, and overturning and smashing whatever they could that came in their way. Missionary intelligence. September 21st, the Rev. Samuel Wat- son Steedman, military chaplain to H. B. M.'s military forces in China, arrived at Hongkong in the Duke of Portland. In the same vessel arrived also the Rev. Thomas H. Hudson and son, and the Rev. William Jarrom and lady, missionaries to the Chinese from Baptist churches in England. On the 4th instant in the Heber, ar- rived also at Hongkong, the Rev. Edward W. Syle and lady, from the Episcopal Board of missions in the United States, to join the mission under the care of the Right Rev. bishop Boone at Sháng- hái, for which port they sailed in the Eagle on the 23d. The Rev. J. L. Shuck, with three children, embarked in the Tonquin, at Whampoa, on the 21st, for New York. He expects to return to China after an absence of one year. Deaths of missionaries in China—we are sorry to have to re- cord no less than three reported here since our last—one at Sháng- hai, and two at Amoy. At Shánghái on the 18th Sepember, Mrs. Fairbrother, of the London Mis- sionary Society after a short illness. At Amoy on the 30th September, in the 35th year of her age, Theodosia R. Pohlman, wife of the Rev. William J. Pohlman, American missionary, leaving three children, the youngest nine days old. In 1838, she left the U. States one of a band of four missionary families. Of her female companions, she was the last survivor; Mrs. Wood, Mrs. Thomson, and Mrs. Ball, all preceded her. The average missionary life of these four ladies since sailing from America is nearly four years. Also on the morning of Oct. 5th, Mrs. Clarissa D. Doty, wife of the Rev. E. Doty, Ame, missionary 1845, 495 Journal of Occurrences, The shipping at Shanghái, native and foreign, is reported as being very large, and the prospects of the foreign trade fair. We wish our friends there would furnish us with all manner of informa- tion regarding that great emporium of commerce. Several storms-tyfoons have been experienced on the Chinese coast, at various points, during the autumn; about the 10th one of considerable violence was encountered off Hongkong. But at the anchorages near the inouth of Canton river, as well as at Hong- kong there has been no storm of great violence during the last three years. Troubles at Fuchau have been exciting some interest of late. From a dispatch, which has appeared in the papers, from Mr. con- sul Alcock, it would seem that these disturbers of the peace have been brought to condign punishment, and even Tartar soldiers sub- jected to the bamboo and the cangue. We notice also that the prospects for commerce, in the capital of Fukien, are gradually improving. The public are much in want of imformation regarding Fuchau fi, and we shall be glad to give publicity to any statements that will supply this want. Naturalization of aliens in Hongkong and its dependencies (?) is proposed in an ordinance, dated Oct. Ist, 1845,—"suspended until the pleasure of her majesty be known with respect thereto." We have been asked more than once, what and where are the dependen- cies so frequently spoken of, and we have been unable to give any satisfactory answer. According to the treaty of Nanking we see that only one island was given. Liberty of foreigners in Canton! This is a new theme. Much has been heard of imprisonment and restrictions here. And the complaints made have not been without cause. Improvements are now gradually coming in; but things are very far from being whas they ought to be. For the Chinese copy of the following draft, we are indebted to P. S. Forbes, esq, U. S. A. consul resident at Canton; we have also, before us a note, from their honors Wớ and Wan, the local magistrates, addressed to Mr. Forbes and transmitted to him with the draft. It appears from this note that "the gentry," who have been so lofty in days of yore, have pronounced the new proposition, allowing foreigners to walk where they please, “altogether good, altogether excellent." COPY OF A DRAFT OF A PROCLAMATION. “ Instructions are hereby given. Whereas it behoves the nations of the world-dwelling between heaven and earth, overshadowed by the one and sustained by the other—to live together in harmony, concord, friendship, and love, there must not be among them hurt- ful and insulting practices. “Our Canton is a mart for free traders of all nations. More than two centuries foreign ships have come hither in an unbroken suc- cession. These and those, both from within and from without, have equally participated in joyous gains. 490 Journal of Occurrences. “Recently our august sovereign, making no distinction between Chinese and foreigners, has granted a thorough revision of the old ordinances, and has established new regulations, so that the flowery people and the merchants from afar are permitted to traffic at plea- sure. Corning and going are not forbidden. Moreover all hatred and ill-will ought to be laid aside, and there should be an eternal relurn to concord and harmany. “That all foreign merchants, coming to our port, should be allow- ed to walk abroad according to their own convenience, for recrea- tion so as to repair their energies and expand their hearts, is self- evidently reasonable. “You, both soldiers and people, must all treat the people from afar with politeness, and must all assiduously cultivate peace and good-will. [These are the instructions.] "{f any ignorant vagabonds dare to act in opposition to these, and treat the people from afar with insult, and cause disturbance, we, the magistrates, will deal with you rigidly according to the laws, and no leniency or favor shall be shown. It behoves you trembling- ly to obey, and not oppose this special proclamation." 嚴​違​禮​心​本​止​凡​皇​徐州​睦​之​為​抄 ​辦​動​相​懷​口​往​華​上年​為​親​中​曉白 ​决​相待​是​之​來​民​無​內​各​愛​凡​論​告 ​不欺​共​自​遠​更​之間​外國​為​為​事​示 ​凌敦​然​商​宜​與​中​彼​通​貫​天​照​底 ​寬​致​和​之​隨​疆​遠​外​此​商​不​之​得​稿 ​切滋​好​理​便​釋​商​推​均​輻​得​所​宇 ​宜​事​简​汝​散​猜​既​予​禁​有​覆​內 ​源​端​有​等​步​嫌​許​變​樂​之​殘​地​萬 ​遵​本​無​軍​以​任 ​利害​之​國 ​母​縣​知​民調​歸​便​舊​近​番​欺​所​皆 ​違​等​之​人​与​輯​交​制​蒙​船​凌​載​在 ​特定​徙​等​氣​睦​易​更​我​給​之​者​天 ​示即​胆務血​所定 ​繹​習​成​地 ​執​敢​各​開​有​不​新 ​二​我​以​覆 ​法​故​以​豁​赴​禁​章​百​质​和​截 ​ THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIV.-NOVEMBER 1845.-No. 11. ART. I. Remarks on Specimens of literary composition written by pupils in the school of the Morrison Education Society, and exhibited at its annual examination September 24th, 1845. So DEPENDENT on his Creator is man, and everywhere under such strong obligation is he to obey the Divine Will, that nothing can be more becoming than a due recognition of this dependence and this obligation. Such recognition is a high religious duty, and one of the very first that ought to be performed-first in point of time, first in point of importance-a duty which we love to acknowledge and to see acknowledged—which we love to inculcate and to have incul- cated. Such recognition is a truly glorious feature in the institu- tions of learning throughout the most enlightened states of Christen- dom, in England, Scotland, and in the United States of America, where we see the training of youth, the direction of education, com- mitted in a great measure, and very wisely, to the ministers of reli- gion. And abroad, too, Englishmen, and Scotchmen, and Americans, are characterized by this same noble and ennobling feature. Of the practical results of this recognition we have a happy illustration in the Morrison Education Society,-an institution in whose prosperity its founders and its supporters may well rejoice, and may well glory too. On the propriety of employing Christian instrumentality in the edu- cation of youth we propose to offer a few observations, and will then draw the attention of our readers to some specimens of the learning acquired in the school of the institution, bearing the name of More rison, a name very dear to us, and one that will live in the memoires of untold millions in the future generations of this great empire. 63 VOL. XIV. NO. XI. 498 Nov. Morrison Education Society The elder, the Rev. Dr. Morrison, was, as all our readers know, a minister of the gospel, and came to China as a missionary for its propagation. The younger, the honorable Mr. Morrison, was the steady friend of ministers and missionaries, and of education, and was one of the founders and warmest supporters of the Society, established to perpetuate the good work commenced by his honored father. That we may avoid all occasion for charge of professional bias in this matter, we will quote the language of another, one whose mind surely was not biased : we allude to the speech of the honorable Daniel Webster, in defense of the Christian ministry, and in favor of the religious instruction of the young, delivered in the supreme court of the United States, Feb. 10th, 1944, in the case of Stephen Girard's will. That rich man, in his will, made large provision for a college, a charitable institution, and in laying down the restrictions, to which it was to be subject, wrote the following memorable words: “ I enjoin and require that no ecclesiastic, missionary, or minister, of any sect whatever, shall ever hold or exercise any station or duty whatever, in the said college; nor shall any such person ever be admitted for any pur- pose, or as a visiter, within the premises appropriated to the purpose of the said college." To those who know the history of the Girard school better than we do, we leave the melancholy task of describing its present con- dition, “half-finished yet empoverished :" it stands a beacon to warn men off from the schemes of those who thought as Thomas Paine and Volney did, men who stigmatized Christianity as superstition and branded its ministers as unworthy of confidence. We pass by what Mr. Webster said in commendation of the clergy in his own country and of education there. We pass by also most of what he said on charity, with reference to schools of learning. The proposed college Mr. W. considered as “founded on plain and clear princi- ples, and for clear and plain objects, of infidelity.” The question he argued was “ whether, in the eye of equitable jurisprudence, Mr. Girard's bequest was at all a charity.” He denied that it was. Ad- dressing the chief justice he said: "I maintain, that in any institution for the instruction of youth, where the authority of God is disowned, and the duties of Christianity derided and despised, and its ministers shut out from all participation in its proceedings, there can no more be charity, true charity, found to exist, than evil can spring out of the Bible, error out of truth, or 1845. 499 Morrison Education Society. hatred and animosity come forth from the bosom of perfect love. No, sir ! No, sir ! If charity denies its birth and parentage-if it turns in. fidel to the great doctrines of the Christian religion--if it turns u.1- believer—it is no longer charity! There is no longer charity, either in a Christian sense, or in the sense of jurisprudence; it separates itself from the fountain of its own creation. There is nothing in the history of the Christian religion; there is nothing in the history of human laws, either before or after the conquest; there can be found no such thing as a school of instruction in a Christian land, from which the Christian religion has been, of intent and purpose, rigorously and opprobriously excluded, and yet such school regarded as a charitable trust, or foundation. This is the first instance on record. I do not say that there may not be charity schools, in which religious instruc- tion is not provided. I need not go that length, although I take that to be the rule of the English law. But what I do say, and repeat, is, that a school for the instruction of the young, which sedulously and reproachfully excludes Christian knowledge, is no charity, either on principle or authority, and is not, therefore, entitled to the character of a charity in a court of equity. I have considered this proposition, and am ready to stand by it. “I will not say there may not be a charity for instruction in which there is no positive provision for the Christian religion. But I do say, and do insist, that there is no such thing in the history of religion, no such thing in the history of human law, as a charity-a school of instruction for children from which the Christian religion and Christian teachers are excluded, as unsafe and unworthy intruders. Such a scheme is deprived of that which enters into the very essence of human benevolence, when that benevolence contemplates the instruction, that is to say, religious knowledge, connected with human knowledge; it is this which causes it to be regarded as a charity; and by reason of which it is entitled to the special favor of the courts of law. * * * “ Let us look at the condition and prospects of these tender children, who are to be submitted to this experiment of instruction without Christianity. In the first place, they are orphans—have no parents to guide or instruct them in the way in which they should go--10 father, no religious mother, to lead them to the pure fount of Christ- ianity-they are orpkans ! “ If they were only poor, there might be somebody bound by the ties of human affection to look after their spiritual welfare; to see that they imbibed no erroneous opinions on the subject of religion ; th: t they run into no excessive improprieties of belief as well as conduct; 500 Nov. Morrison Education Society. the child would have its father or mother to teach it to lisp the name of its Creator in prayer, or hymn His praise. “But in this experimental school of instruction, if the orphans have any friends or connexions able to look after their welfare, it shuts them out. It is made the duty of the governors of the institution, on taking the child, so to make out the indentures of apprenticeship as to keep it from any after interference in its welfare on the part of guardians or relatives; to keep these from withdrawing it from the school, or interfering with its instruction whilst it is in the school, in any manner whatever. « The school or college is to be surrounded by high walls; there are to be two gates in these walls, and no more; they are to be of iron within and iron bound or covered without; thus answering more to the description of a castle than a school-house. The children are then to be thus guarded for twelve years in this, I do not mean to say a prison, nor do I mean to say that this is exactly close confine- ment; but it is much more, much closer confinement, than ordinarily is met with under the rules of any institution at present, and has a resemblance to he monastic institutions of past ages, rather than to any school for instruction at this period. * * * Now, what is likely to be the effect of this system on the minds of these children, thus left solely to its pernicious influence, with no one to care for their spiritual welfare in this world or the next? They are to be left entirely to the tender mercies of those who will try upon them this experiment of moral philosophy or philosophical morality. Morality, without sen- timent. Benevolence towards man, without a sense of responsibility towards God. The duties of this life performed, without any reference to the life which is to come. This is Mr. Girard's theory of useful education. “I do not intend to leave this part of the cause, however, without a stiil more distinct statement of the objections to this scheme of in- struction. This is due, I think, to the subject and to the occasion; and I trust I shall not be considered presumptuous, or as trenching upon the duties which properly belong to another profession. I deem it due to the cause of Christianity to take up the notions of this scheme of Mr. Girard, and to show how mistaken is the idea of calling it a charity. In the first place, then, I say, this scheme is derogatory to Christianity, because it rejects Christianity from the education of youth, by rejecting its teachers-by rejecting the ordinary agencies of instilling the Christian religion into the ininds of the young. I do not say that, in order to make this a charity, there should be a 1845. 501 Morrison Education Sociсty. positive provision for the teaching of Christianity, although I take that to be the rule in an English court of equity. I need not, in this case, claim the whole benefit of that rule. But I say it is derogatory, because there is a positive rejection of Christianity—because it rejects the ordinary means and agencies of Christianity. He who rejects the ordinary means of accomplishing an end, means to defeat that end itself, or else he has no meaning. And it will not be supposed, I trust, that I am intruding on ground belonging to another profession, if I enlarge a little on that proposition. He who rejects the ordinary means of accomplishing an end, intends to defeat the end itself. And I say that this is true, although the means originally be means of human appointment, and not attaching to or resting on any higher authority. For example, if the New Testament had contained a set of principles of morality and religion, without reference to the means by which those principles were to be established, and yet, if in the course of time a system of means had sprung up, become identified with the history of the world, become general, sanctioned by continued use and custom, then he who rejects those means would design to reject, and would reject, that morality and religion themselves. This is strictly true, where the end rested on divine authority, and human agency devised and used the means. But if the means themselves be of divine authority also, then the rejection of them is direct rejection of that authority. 'Now, I suppose there is nothing in the New Testament more clearly established by the Author of Christianity than the appointment of a Christian ministry. The world was to be evangelized, was to be brought out of darkness into light, by the influences of the Christian religion, spread and propagated by the instrumentality of man. A Christian ministry was therefore appointed by the Author of the Christian religion himself, and it stands on the same authority as any other part of his religion. When the lost sheep of the house of Israel were to be brought to the knowledge of Christianity, the disciples were commanded to go forth into all the cities, and to preach “that the kingdom of Heaven is at hand.” It was added, that whosoever should not receive them, nor hear their words, it should be more tolera- ble for Sodom and Gomorrha, than for them. And after his resurrection, in the appointment of the great mission to the whole human race, the author of Christianity commanded his disciples that they should “ go into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature.” This was one of his last commands; and one of his last promises was the assurance, "Lo, I am with with you alway, even to the end of 502 Nov. Morrison Education Society, forth, the world.!" I say, therefore, there is nothing set forth more authen- tically in the New Testament than the appointment of a Christian ministry; and he who does not believe this, does not and cannot believe the rest. It is true that Christian ministers, in this age of the world, are selected, in different ways and different modes, by différent sects and denominations. But there are, still, ministers of all sects and denominations. Why should we shut our eyes to the whole history of Christianity? Is it not the preaching of ministers of the gospel that has evangelized the more civilized part of the world! Why do we, at this day, enjoy the lights and benefits of Christianity ourselves ? Do we not owe it to the instrumentality of the Christian ministry? The ministers of Christianity, departing from Asia Minor, traversing Asia, Africa, through Europe, to Iceland, Greenland, and the poles of the earth, suffering all things, enduring all things, hoping all things, raising men everywhere from the ignorance of idol worship to the knowledge of the true God, and everywhere bringing life and immortality to light, through the gospel, have only been acting in obedience to the Divine instruction; they were commanded to go and they have gone forth, and they still go forth. They have sought, and they still seek, to be able to preach the gospel to every creature under the whole heaven. And where was Christianity ever received, where were its truths ever poured into the human heart, where did its waters, springing up into everlasting life, ever burst forth, except in the track of a Christian ministry? Did we ever hear of an instance, does history record an instance, of any part of the globe Christianized by lay preachers or "lay teachers ?" And, descending from kingdoms and empires to cities and countries, to parishes and villages, do we not all know that wherever Christianity has been carried, and wher- ever it has been taught, by human agency, that agency of ministers of the gospel? It is all idle, and a mockery, to pretend that any man has respect for the Christian religion who yet derides, reproaches, and stigmatizes all its ministers and teachers. It is all idle, it is a mockery, and an insult to common sense, to maintain that a school for the instruction of youth, from which Christian instruction, by Christian teachers, is sedulously and rigorously shut out, is 'not deistical and infidel, both in its purpose and its tendency. I insist, therefore, that this plan of education is, in this respect, derogatory to Christianity, in opposition to it, and calculated either to subvert or to supersede it. “In the next place, this scheme of education is derogatory to Christianity, because it proceeds upon the presumption that the agency was the 1845. 50:3 Morrison Eclucation Sociсty. Christian religion is not the only true foundation, or any necessary foundation, of morals. The ground taken is, that religion is not necessary to morality; that benevolence may be ensured by habit, and that all the virtues may flourish, and be safely left to the chance of flourishing, without touching the waters of the living spring of religious responsibility. With him who drinks thus, what can be the value of the Christian revelation ? So the Christian world has not thought; for with that Christian world, throughout its broadest extent, it has been, and is, held as a fundamental truth, that religion is the only solid basis of morals, and that moral instruction, not rest- ing on this basis, is only a building upon sand. And at what age of the Christian era have those who proſessed to teach the Christian religion, or to believe in its authority and importance, not insisted on the absolute necessity of inculcating its principles and its pre- cepts into the minds of the young? In what age, by what sect, where, when, by whom, has religious truth been excluded from the education of youth? Nowhere; never. Everywhere, and all times, it has been, and it is, regarded as essential. It is of the essence, the vitality, of useful instruction. From all this, Mr. Girard dissents. His plan denies the necessity and the propriety of religious instruc- tion as a part of the education of youth. He dissents, not only from all the sentiments of Christian mankind, from all common convic- tion, and from the results of all experience, but he dissents, also, from still higher authority—the word of God itself. My learned friend has referred, with propriety, to one of the commands of the Decalogue; but there is another, a first commandment, and that is a precept of religion, and it is in subordination to this, that the moral precepts of the Decalogue are proclaimed. The first great commandment teaches man that there is one, and only one, great first cause-one, and only one, proper object of human worship. This is the great, the ever fresh, the overflowing fountain of all re- vealed truth. Without it, human life is a desert, of no known ter- mination on any side, but shut in on all sides by a dark and impe- netrable horizon. Without the light of this truth, man knows nothing of his origin, and nothing of his end And when the Deca- logue was delivered to the Jews, with this great announcement and command at its head, what said the inspired lawgiver? that it should be kept from children ? that it should be reserved as a communica- tion fit only for mature age? Far, far otherwise. " And these words, which I command thee this day, shall be in thy heart. And thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shall talk of them 504 Nov. Morrison Education Society. when thou sittest in thy house, and when thou walkest by the way, when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. “ There is an authority still more imposing and awful. When little children were brought into the presence of the Son of God, his disciples proposed to send them away; but he said, “Suffer little children to come unto me unto me; he did not send thein first for lessons in morals to the schools of the Pharisees or to the unbelieving Sadducees, nor to read the precepts and lessons phylac- teried on the garments of the Jewish priesthood; he said nothing of different creeds or clashing doctrines; but he opened at once to the youthful mind the everlasting fountain of living waters, the only source of immortal truths; "Suffer little children to come unto me.” And that injunction is of perpetual obligation. It addresses itself to-day with the same earnestness and the same authority which at- tended its first utterance to the Christian world. It is of force every where, and at all times. It extends to the ends of the earth, it will reach to the end of time, always and every where sounding in the ears of men, with an emphasis which no repetition can weaken, and with an authority which nothing can supersede-Suffer little chil- dren to come unto me.'' In our last number was given the seventh Annual Report of the Morrison Education Soc., and along with it the Rev. Mr. Brown's report of the school under his care. From these documents it will be seen, that the pupils of the senior class have been about five years under instruction, have had to acquire their own as well as the English language, that English composition has received only its due share of attention in the school, and that consequently the essays we subjoin are fair specimens of the acquisitions made by the pupils. We subjoin an entire set of the essays of the senior class, and not a selection, and we give them without any corrections in the style. No. 1. The life of man a building, and youth the foundation. The morning of life is the time to lay the foundation of that house, which every one of us has to build; as the happiness of this world and the next, depends on the proper use of our time, we must try to do as much as we can while we enjoy this life. We know from experience, there is no house which may be said to be strong that stands upon a badly laid foundation. It is just as true that no man has a well cultivated mind, and habits which qualify him to discharge the serious duties of life, unless he has laid a good four 1845, 505 Morrison Education Society. men. dation for all these things when he was a youth. On this foundation whether good or bad, we must build the superstructure in middle life and age, and when this subject comes to our minds in that light, it makes us feel very seriously, for in moral and material architec- ture no good edifice can be raised upon a faulty foundation. parent who regards the welfare of his children will not spend his whole time in heaping up unnecessary wealth, but his aim will be to give them a good education. As a right education is the way in which we should lay our foundation for happiness and usefulness, being the most important concern of life, and rendering us interest- ing or agreeable members of society, we should exert our strength to the utmost to obtain it. Children are nothing but miniature It is said that Napoleon, when he was a little boy, used to get his schoolmates to march with him as soldiers, and he himself as general or leader. This incident shows a remarkable corres- pondence to his practice when he became a man. It is true that if parents are poor, they cannot give a good education to their chil- dren, and the foundation of life is badly laid, but it is equally true that if children have the opportunity, and do not try to avail them- selves of it, it will slip through their fingers, and they will suffer for it through life. For if we suffer our time to flee away without noticing that it is the gift of God, and that we are responsible for it, it will weigh heavily upon us hereafter. Some persons put away their selfrespect and say this or that branch of study is not for them to learn, and they have no idea of becoming proficients in them. Such a person seems to me to be afraid of learning too much. But let me ask him, does not knowledge seldom pay less than it costs ? I have heard many men say they were glad that they knew a thing, but never a man say he was glad that he knew nothing. Though a person acquires many things in his youth, which are never carried into practice, and he obtains no advantage from them in that way, yet they have been cultivating and disciplining his mind. He has taken a general view of the secrets of nature, and has penetrated the mysteries of the earth, and air, and the things above it, and that which he takes for his profession, he chooses with propriety. Every science and art has some relation to every other, and for that reason the man who has learned one, can learn any new one faster than the man that does not understand any. Besides this material advantage that knowledge commands, the glory of the Creator may be seen and admired better by the man of learning than any other, for every existence glorifys him, and the object of his works is his glory. 6.1 YOL. XIV, NO. XI 506 Nov. Morrison Education Society H No. 2. Chinese Government. The injustice of the Chinese government. China cannot be said to have a good goverement, it is far different from that of Britain, or the United States of North America, or any other Christian lands. The Chinese authorities consist of thousands of men, among whom even from the highest to the lowest, it is believed that there are few who act honestly and faithfully in the discharge of the duties of their offices, and who take thought for the benefit of their people, and treat them justly. The emperor who has absolute power takes little notice of the conduct of his officers in this respect, but he depends entirely on the controlling officers of every province and district, as the Grand Council, Six Supreme Boards of different names, and many other officers below them. These reside in Pekin, besides there are a great many more in every province, of which there are governor-ge- nerais, lieutenant-governors, governors and directors of all descrip- tions, intendants of circuit, superintendents of customs, sub-prefects, magistrates, and many others under them. There are also all sorts of military officers, some of which are commander-in-chiefs, generals, captains and so on. The preceding names are not one hundredth part of them: but as it is unnecessary to mention the complete num- ber, allow me to go on and say a few things about their actions. Although there is such an enormous number, yet it seems strange and disgusting to foreigners that they are of so little use. If China had been governed by the English, half the number would have ruled the country better. It seems to me that this government is a medium one: for it is neither so tyranical and cruel as some other countries are, nor it is powerful and virtuous; one of the greatest objections to it is its injustice in oppressing the people for the sake of gaining money. It is a common opinion that from the highest officer to the meanest all are extortioners, who squeeze every one whom they can take hold of, and scarce any one can contrive to slip out of their fingers without paying for it. I have been told by some Chinese that the local officers of the southern provinces, and the provinces along the eastern coast make a profit of more than ten times their salaries, and others of the west- ern provinces little less. Thus on an average their income is ten times as much as their salaries. I am not speaking of the military officers, but the civil, because the former have no power to gain one third as much as the latter. Civil officers often get their offices by 1945 507 Morrison Education Society. che their literary attainments, while military officers can hardly obtain an office without a capital, and must dress themselves elegantly. There is a proverb among the Chinese, viz: * TC who seeks a civil office may be poor, but he who desires to obtain a military one must be rich." It does not mean that all are so, but sometimes offices are bought, thirty thousand taels paid for the office of an intendent of circuit and thirty thousand dollars for that of the chief magistrate of a district for the term of three years. But the principle is that a military officer must be rich before he takes an office; while the civil officer depends entirely on his subtler poss- essions of mind, when examined. To be a civil officer is always far more profitable than to be a military one, for all things are in favour of the former. Of any two officers among the nine ranks, one being civil and the other military, of the same degree and the colour of buttons being precisely the same, the one is always more respected and powerful than the other: For instance, a colonel or protector of a district, who wears a button of the third rank, is always under the influence of its chief-magistrate who is of the fifth rank. If one should ask me concerning the above facts saying, what is the reason that civil officers prosper so much ? and in what way do they secure such riches and honour, while ihe military ones are disregarded and despised, I would tell him that there are a great many ways; some of which I shall speak of hereafter, and that all these things occur merely for the want of true virtue and the light of Christianity. Indeed the hearts of the Chinese are comparatively dark and foolish; and most Chinese officers are vicious, cruel and selfish; the only object they pursue is wealth. It is a very fine thing to have wealth, but we ought to get it by fair dealings; but on the contrary they are out of the true way and use unjust means to get it. Istly They forcibly take money from the people. 2dly. When a man sinuggles a great quantity of merchandize particularly opium, from the borders to the interior of the country and is seized by a mandarin on the way, he will set the man at liber- ty, if he is willing to pay a ransom for it, otherwise his act will be re- presented to his excellency the Fi), commissioner for judi- cial trials, and punished according to law. 3rdly. They often request giſts from rich men, under the pre- tence of borrowing. 4thly. They stir up the deputed officers at custom-houses to ex- ceed the duties of the Chinese tariff and contrive to inake as much 508 Nor. Morrison Education Society. ! no money as they can. The tax on fields of the first quality is 1 mace 8 candareens per mau, second quality 1 mace 6 candareens, and third quality 1 mace 4 candareens. At the time of payment the people are allowed to take their choice either to pay in money or rice. Their custom is to collect the tax thrice a year, in the 5th, the 7th, and the 11th months. These being collected together and the annual account of duties recken up, so as to enable them to compute the total amount for one year, and the public expenses, part of these last being overcharged, are deducted, and it is certain that they will convey only a part of the remainder to Peking with a false account. 5thly. They employ deputed officers aud police without paying them a whit, leaving them to get their pay out of the people, but in their account of public expenses, they charge the pay of these infe- riors and pocket it. 6thly. When a criminal is seized, at the moment of trial, matter whether be is falsely accused or not they always force him to confess for the time being by beating him severely on his thighs and cheeks, immediately they send him to jail for a couple of days; during which time they send to inquire into the real truth of the If he is innocent they set hiin at liberty for a ransom paid secretly, but if he is guilty, they judge him the second time, and cast him into a cell till they have instructions from the judge. While the prisoner is in the cell, some relative of his must come and purchase the liberty of the jail for him, with a sum of money according to the greatness of his crime, and the amount of property. This is an act done privately with the overseer of the prison; and when the prison is examined by the sub-magistrate, whose business it is to manage the affairs of prisons, and who every morning goes to see whether every prisoner is in his own cell, and under guard or not; the jailor then places hin under guard and locks him up for a few minutes till the sub-magistrate has returned to his office. The above gains are made by civil officers only, but not by mili- tary ones, because they have hardly any opportunity for getting money. The only way they get money is by their own salaries and that of the soldiers, because that a fixed amount is given out by the ti Ike Ti, the provincial treasurer, to procure a certain number of soldiers, they diminish the number, and pay them less than they ought; and when they receive information from some commis- sioners or great officers to be ready for duty, they have men to fill up their places and make a show sofmumbers. case. 1 1845, 509 Morrison Education Soricty. Naval officers are not spoken of above; a few remarks will be made concerning their characters. There are also many opportu- nities for naval ollcers to get money. They receive bribes from smuggling junks, sometimes they force them to forfeit a certain sum of money. If they fail to do so and subject themselves to a disagreeable collision with them, they will confiscate the whole cargo on board of them. All arrangements must be made between the captains of junks and the officers; or else they will get them- selves into a mess. All these things show that the Chinese govern- ment is a very weak and bad one, and every member of the govern- ment is cheating every other; and those of the highest rank are deceiving his majesty the emperor. It is lamented that such things occur throughout the whole coun- try. I regret very much that the Chinese officers are so ignorant of virtue and all other excellent attributes of government. I hope that they will soon become better, and that justice, liberty, and happiness may be promoted and diffused over the country; and every individual in the empire will exhibit his civilization so that our nation may deserve coininendation of all others. No. 3. Labour. With reference to the business of men, and the various employ- ments to which they devote themselves, labour should be considered as one of the most important concerns of life. It is a matter particularly worthy of notice, and, it is of consequence not merely in a general point of view, but to each individual : in fact there is not a human being, to whom labour bodily or mental never has been, or may not be necessary. Further, it was designed by the Creator, that man should go forth to his work and labour until the evening, and that by the sweat of his brow he should eat bread. We possess hardly any thing, except so far as we obtain it by labour, consequently every thing we eat, drink, and wear, though properly it should be said that the Creator provides it for us, yet it is equally proper to say that it requires labour. Now since it is impossible that things spring up by chance, and multiply themselves, we know at once, when our attention is caught by beautiful cities or elegant buildings, that undoubtedly labour has been bestowed, else, they could not exist. It is demanded that each individual labour through the journey of life. Accordingly we find carpenters, inasons, waggoners, merchants, farmers, and others, busily engaged in their labours: and in colleges, universities, and 510 Nov. Morrison Education Society. other seminaries of learning, men aiming at the tree of knowledge, and others having gratified theinselves with its fruit, going away philosophers, teachers, lawyers, and students of the laws of nature. The former class of labourers are indeed important, but the latter is not less so. In fact, it was designed by Providence, human beings must be supplied with food, clothing, and shelter, which they cannot be deprived of, nor have in insufficient quantities, else, they will inevita- bly diminish in strength and by degrees until they die. Consequent- ly the carpenter and the mason are busy in building houses, the manu- facturer makes cloth, and farmers cultivate their fields, all which form the national wealth, and specially supply each individual's daily sub- sistence. We see therefore it is impossible for us to neglect laborers of this kind. Now let us take a view of intellectual cultivation, and see how necessary it is, and how much additional enjoyment may be procured from it in the concerns of life. Knowledge is power in whatever sphere of life it be exerted. It is a source of happiness and enjoyment, it is the light which removes the cloud of ignorance of a nation: it commands honour, it promotes national wealth, and is after all the strongest defense of a nation, upon which the permanent found- ation of national prosperity is reared. Were it removed from a nation, the citadel of that nation would be removed, and it would be in a miserable condition. Further, to illustrate it in a stronger light, by showing the disadvantages and miseries arising from the want of it, let us take an observation of the condition of savages. Their country is covered with forests and marshes : their cities are mere inclosures of wood, and they have not better houses than their wigwams. They have no farms, (for they have hardly any agriculture), they live chiefly by hunting, and cover themselves with the skins of animals. Every thing else seems beneath their attention. Can we find there fine buildings, or even simple houses built by men of ordinary talent? Can we find there ships, transporting articles from place to place? No, they have no commerce, and the knowledge of the art of navigation is hidden from them. Can we see among them a harvest, such as to gratify the speactator's eye and gladden the farmer's heart? Such a scene is no doubt very pleasing and delightful, but this is not to be seen except in civilized nations, where labour has been much bestowed, and where people are enlightened by knowledge. Every thing among them seems to lie in desolation; in fact, they have no idea of improving their condition. While we gather home wheat, barley, and corn, they in contrast bring home a deer. View the comforts and conveniences of çivilized nations, where educated labour has been exerted, and com- 1645 Morrison Education Society, pare them with that of the former, and see how miserable and widely different they appear. All this arises form the want of intellectual cultivation. Now we see what power knowledge carries in its hand. It should therefore be held in high estimation. But while we are impressed with the fruits of intellectual culivation, we must not suppose that it alone produces happiness and comfort. Were all men students, their labour could never be carried into practice, because others could make no use of their discoveries. On the contrary, if all men were bodily labourers, they would be in a condition similar to that of the savages. Hence those two forms of labour are mutually necessary to each other, and harmoniously coöperate for the happiness of men. The effect of labour upon any thing is, to change its state or form, and consequently to increase its value. Thus ignorant men may by edu- cation become learned, and render themselves useful: a table though now worth but $10, may by labour bring a price of $50. From these considerations, labourers are often encouraged. Every man at his labour expects to benefit himself by it, and he is seldom disappointed. But this is not all. While we are labouring, we do not only maintain our present happiness and comfort, but every step we advance if well guided, raises us to a higher and happier life. We must remiember that we sow before we can reap, and the fruits we gather will be pro- portioned to the labour we bestow, provided it be performed in the right way. We must not be dismayed by much labour, for things which cost much are worth much, the greater trouble it requires to get it, the greater will be the enjoyment when it is accomplished, When a man has to labour for an education, great will be his enjoy- ment when he accomplishes his object. Men then should not complain because they have to labour, but be gratified by the offices which the Author of their nature has assigned to them. God might have made men entirely free from labour, but what he has done, we must humbly submit to, for he is good and his wisdom is infinite. According to my own opinion, and with reference to what God has designed, I think it is necessary that we should work with our own hands, and secure happiness by our own labour : for we love and enjoy those things produced by our hands, great deal more than what is granted for no- thing. We find some rich people having every thing that is necessary to life, and yet are counted as wretched beings. The reason is, every thing is provided for them. They have no necessity to labour. Conse- quently they suffer their body and inind to be unemployed, and thus lead an indolent life. In vain are their riches. They possess them but they do not enjoy them, and their happiness is therefore chased Morrison Edurution Society. Nor. away. Now had God provided for us, so that we should have no labour lo perform, what would be the consequence? It is submitted to the judgement of the reader. Froin these considerations, we perceive that in order to secure our happiness, it is necessary that men should labour. It is the inevitable lot of men, but it is a blessing, which lays the foundation of future happiness as well as present. Now let us labour: labour not for riches : labour for good : labour for our fel- low-men: labour for the glory of our Creator : and remember that our labour will not be in vain. The Lord will reward us in this world, and that which is to come. No. 4. An imaginary voyage. On the 28th of September, 1824, I was called to leave the scenes b)f home and to go abroad to sea. On the same day accompanied by a gentleman for India, I went on board the ship Bounty. Ac- cordingly taking advantage of the fair wind, we set sail from Macao at 8 o'clock that evening. After five days sailing we saw the island of Hainan, which is between Cochinchina and China in the gulf of Tonquin. There we lay because the wind was against us until the 20 of October, on which day we set sail with a monsoon. On the 15th we had passed through the Straits of Malacca, twenty-four days after we were in full expectation to see land, but the following day, a tempcst blew, and obliged us to retreat from the land at some distance. The next day, the storm redoubled its fury and raised the seas mountain high. In this unfortunate time I was greatly in fear; for one wave of the sea might cover us in the depths of the ocean and sink us to rise no more. When morning appeared, I looked through the cabin window to state the weather with my eyes in full confidence of it, the wind gradually subsided. So we steered towards the largest of the Adaman islands, for repairing the vessel. Accordingly evening drew on when we just had time to step on shore. Not far from the beach, we fortunately found a mat house, situated on a commanding place. Here we remained till she was fit for sea again. During our leisure time we had the opportunity of writing our journal. On the 15th of Nov., we were summoned to embark again. At the time we were called the wind was blowing favorably; so we set sail in the forenoon and bid adieu to the island. Having sailed through the whole course of the said time, we were quite out of sight, for the wind had been blowing for three days. But not long after we were driven back a few miles from land, til? 1845. 513 Morrison Education Society. the 18th of November, we had the city in view. So we took a pilot in ascending the river and before we drew anchor we were examin- ed. At 7 o'clock in the evening we all assembled to return our thanks to God for his good providence through the perils of the late passage. The next morning, after feasting our eyes for soine time on the town, we went down to dress to go ashore, and to take our residence in Calcutta. Thus, this passage for India ended. Having spent inany days in writing to our friends I was very desirous to see the city and to know the customs and affairs of the natives. This city, the residence of the British governor-general of India, is situat- ed on the Hoogly, a branch of the Ganges, which begins its source near the foot of the Hinmalayas. In relating of its commerc for which the city was built, great facilities have been derived from its situation. Such advancement in this circumstance was by no means by the natives, for in general they are indolent, superstitious and cruel. These three qualities conibine to form their character. These people are under the influence of the priests and under the yoke of their castes. The latter are however to be divided into four principal parts. The first Bramins or priests, the second, soldiers ; third, merchants; fourth, laborers; and the Pereas are those who have lost their castes. These were forbidden to intermarry, or even to eat or drink froin the same vessel with each other. In relation to their characters as I have mentioned, cruelty and superstition lead the people to exercise the most horrible acts. One of these is to have the women burnt on funeral piles after the death of their husbands. This is done in order to expiate their sins, but recently the English have abolished this practice. However in some parts of the country they keep up this inhuman custom. Worst of all, even the children are offered to the crocodiles by their mothers for the sake of pleasing their gods. With reference to their castes they have a peculiar mode of punishing those who join to some other re- ligion than their own. If any one for instance, is converted to the Christian religion, he is obliged to leave his parents, relations, castes and forfeit his property. Such is the manner in which they guard the people from other religions. Although this country has been occupied by the English many years, yet as far as we know, there has little or no alteration been made in many circum- stances of their mode of life. However in regard to their military affairs they have advanced in some degree. India is an extensive country, the most populous if we except China. It extends from the river Indus, from which the naine India is derived, on the west, 6.7 VOL STY. VO. VI. 514 Nov. Morrison Education Sociсty, to the Burman empire on the east ; from the Himmalayas on the north to the Indian ocean on the south. So vast a country as that must of course have a varied surface. In the northern portion the greater part is a plain, watered by the spreading branches of the Ganges with the Indus. Between the sources of the two great rivers, lies an inmense sandy desert the principles of which resemble those of Arabia and Africa. The climate of this country is within the Torrid Zone, but by nature, it has at the same time perpetual snow, lying in beds on the summits of the noble range which supplies the river with water. With regard to soil in many cases it is as various as the climate and temperature. The natives in planting the rice, gather two crops annually; still, many parts are left destitute of cul- ture, but if we make an exception of this, India in all her looks is very delightful. So far as the scenery of this country has passed under my eyes. But considering myself too long in this country I designed to go to the U. States. On the evening of August 8th, 1826, we set sail. The weather was clear and the moon, was rising from the eastern horizon. The favorable monsoon was sweeping o'er the rolling waves, which reflected the light of the moon and the whole hemisphere was studded with bright sparks, while in the waters beneath fishes of various size were sporting. Such were the scenes around us and yet they were not seldom observed during this passage. When we approached near the Cape of Good Hope, the wind blew sidewise on the vessel, and two months had elapsed before we saw the United States. So our object was accomplish- ed, and in the morning I stepped on a new land, at the city of N. York. This city has a coinnjercial situation, and is built on the N. York island, formerly called Manhattan at the head of New York bay. The island on which it is situated is 15 miles long from north to south, and has an average breadth of a inile and a half. On the west side of this flourishing city, borders the river Hudson, which takes its source in the mountains west of lake Champlain and flows into the N. York bay. Near the junction of the river Mohawk commences the Erie canal, which extends from east to west, con- necting the towns, Utica, Rochester, Buffalo, and others, so as to have constant intercourse with one another in trade. Consequently having both the river and canal, the state has greatly fiourished in commerce. Its boundary in the north is a part of the southeastern corner of Canada. On the south, Pensylvania, N. Jersey, and N. York bay. Lake Champlain, Vermont, Massachusetts, Connecticut on the east, and the N. western part, border the lakes Ontario 1845. 515 Morrison Education Society. and Erie. So there is water on both the N. west and S. east sides. Such a state as this, must be rich in wealth, as well as extensive in commerce. Besides this, there are niany more that are worth notic- ing. The whole of the U. States extends from the Atlantic ocean to the Rocky Mountains on the west. Its northern boundary is British America, on the south are Mexico and the gulf of Mexico, the Atlantic washes its coast on the east ; and the Rocky Mountains are its western wall. But this country is not absolutely settled. In the western portion from the margin of the Mississippi and Missouri, wide forests are to be seen and those that live in them are savages and wild beasts, but in the opposite region, on the east of the rivers, the country is comfortably settled by a civilized nation. The Americans divide their country into states and govern themselves. 'The form of government which they hold is called the republican. No. 5. Scriptures. The Scriptures is a term applied to the inspired writings, which are also called the Bible or the Book in distinction from all other books. The Scriptures are divided into two Testaments, one called the Old and the other the New Testament; because they were written in different periods, the former before Christ and the latter after Christ. The Old Testament was written mostly in the Hebrew language, and it was the sacred book of the Jewish church. It is divided into three parts, the Historical, the Poetical, and the Prophetical books. The Historical part contains seventeen books from Genesis to Esther. The Poetical part has five, from Job to Song of Solomon. The Prophetical books are seventeen from Isaiah to Malachi. The Old Testament began to be written about 1500 years before the New Testament. The Scriptures were written by forty-five writers, who had the inspiration of God. The numbers of books in the Old Testament is thirty-nine, and the New Testament has twenty-seven. They are united in one, book called the Scriptures, because they forined connected account of the Creation. The present Scriptures, which we have, were translated by command of James I, who appointed fifty learned men to do the service. This engageinent was continued for three years. It was finished, and the Scriptures were printed in 1611. The Scriptures are most im- portant, and interesting to those who read them attentively. They reveal to is the true account of the Creation, the trne God, and all the duties of men. They are used in the Christian churches and 516 Novi Morrison Education Society families, being the standard and are not altered. They are now printed by thousands and millions, and are scattered in almost every quarter of the globe. There are a great many missionaries sent out from Christian lands to the heathen to teach them the Holy Scrip- tures, and about Jesus Christ who came to the world to save sinners. If a person is ignorant of the Scriptures, he cannot find the true light which will guide him to the way of salvation. He will always be in the state of gloom, and not know what will become of his soul. We find that in the old times, after the Bible was published, very few persons were reformed according to the instruction of the Bible. In the present day Christians hold the Scriptutes as the book of life. The Scriptures, which were translated by Dr. Morrison, and Dr. Milne, are scattered through many provinces of China. Though the books of China are so numerous, yet no one of them gives the true account of the creation, nor the way of salvation. There are many inissionaries who have their residences in many parts of this country, for the purpose of doing good, and circulating the Iloly Scriptures. No religion can be true without the instruction of the Scriptures. For the Scriptures, teach the way of salvation, and true religion will support us under the trials of this world, and prepare us for that which is to coine. Many thousands of people mistake the profession of a belief in the Holy Scriptures, for the practice of them, and are not so much acquainted with real pratice as they appearance to be. But the Scriptures say it is required of all men that they live “godly, righteously, soberly in this world." I hope that the Scrip- tures will be openly circulated among the Chinese, for hundreds of millions are going mad after their dumb idols. From these con- siderations we must rank the effect of the Iloly Scriptures among the vital interests of mankind: No. 6. Notions of the Chinese in regard to a future state. The Chinese imagine that there are two future worlds, is above the earth and the other beneath. The former is called tien, which signifies heaven, and the latter yin kicn, which means the place of shades. Each one has a king: The king of heaven is call- ed Yuh-wang or the Jenking, who governs all the gods, and Yen-lo the king of the shades govern the dead. There are several kings in the place of the dead, but they do not reign at the same time, but first one and then another. The people also believe that these were fornierly men of this world. The following is a romantic tale about one 1845. 517 Morrison Education Society. one of them, whose name is Pau-wán-ching. He was born after the death of his mother. It is said, that when she had been buried several days in the grave, and was putrified, the child was born. So he was in the coffin, and fortunately some rats came in and gnawed into the coffin and nursed the child, and at length he was found by some one in consequence of his crying. Thus he was delivered out of the gloomy recess of the grave. When he was grown up he was sent to school, and he became a learned man, and finally became a great minister of state. It is said, that he was a monster, because his face was black, and he had the power to go up to heaven to hold intercourse with the gods, and down to the place of the dead to com- inunicate with the devils, though he could not go bodily, but only spiritually. Having such power the people believe that he is a king of the lower world. One of the principle notions of these people is that of the transmi- gration of souls. Those who die in infancy are soon born again, and sometimes as soon as a child dies its soul flies to another body and so is born immediately. But grown persons, or the aged who die, cannot transmigrate so soon as infants. They also think that the soul must be punished after death if men live in wickedness, but they do not think that they suffer the punishinent of everlasting destruction. Moreover, they think that when they are cast into hell they can be delivered out of it by buying their souls. Therefore in rich families when the parents die, large sums of money are spent in making offerings to the king of the dead, for the purpose of saving them from punishment. Sometimes this foolislı thing, which they do, lasts several days or a week. I do not mean that only the rich families do such things when their relatives die, but sometimes the poor also spend as much as they have, or as much as they can get. They sup- pose that the dead of this future state also need food and clothing just as the living do. Every year in the fourteenth and fifteenth nights of the seventh month, they burn gilt paper as money, and paper as cloth and dyed in various colors about five inches square, and offer other things in the streets to the spirits of the departed, of whom they suppose that they who were poor in life, and now that they are dead are still poor, they therefore make these things for them. They also hope that these spirits will bless them with health and fortune. In that month, they not only do this for the dead, but much more. In the first month, they make things for the joys of the new-year, and also for their gods. The second day of the second month is the birth day of the gods, 518 Nov. Morrison Education Society. which are made of stones and placed in the streets. They, worship them with roast pigs and eatables. They make a feast for them. The third month is the time of worshiping the tombs. In the fourth nionth, there is the birth-day of shay-tseih, i. e. the gods of the land and of the grain; these are also worshiped by all the officers of govern- ment; and at the same time they worship the dead too. On the fifth day of the following month they worship the gods, and carry those of the temples to take a walk in the streets, or sometimes carry them from one village to another, and then put them back in their temples. At this time some of the people play at pulling boats about forty or fifty feet long and five feet wide, that are called " dragon boats.” In the sixth month there is no worship, neither is there any in the tenth, except in the 15th night of the eighth month they worship the moon with fruits and cakes, which are called " moon-cakes.” They worship it of course in the open air, where they can see it, or in their balconies, or on the tops of their houses, and after that they eat and drink there and some people perhaps play music also. All these they do yearly. Moreover, the Chinese say that the devils or evil spirits are often seen by them, but they cannot see their whole bodies, and that they are often crying along the streets or vallies. Sometimes even they hold intercourse with men. They say there is a way in which people really can hold intercourse with devils or with the dead. This they do by the sorceresses, of whom there are many here. If a family wants to restore the soul of any one to intercourse with themselves, they call a sorceress; and when they are going to do it, things are prepared on a table, such as incense, candles, or lamps, &c., and the witch sits on a chair with her head leaning forward on the table for a few minutes untill she is asleep, so that the spirit of the dead comes and leads the woman to tell the family all that he does in that world where he is gone. But when the evil spirit is gone out of her, she cannot tell any more, and then she wakes up. In this manner a great many women are deceived by it, but very few men believe it. According to their notions, they expect that when they die, the lower world is the only place for them to live in; and there they also think there is happiness and misery; and if they were good people in this life, goodness will return to them in the next. For heaven, they imagine, is the world only for gods, genii or spiritual beings to live in. However in ancient times, many people lived in solitude, with the hope of becoming genii, when they died, so that they might live in heaven. At the present time there are a great many people who hope to beconie genii, so they profess themelves to live in pure life, such as 1845. 519 Notices of China. the Budhistic priests, and the nuns. These are unmarried in their whole life, and only serve their gods. The nuns do not eat any animal which has blood, but sometimes others do. Though they spend their life in doing so, alas! they are hopeless, and woe to them surely. Because the benignant Creator has given us the precious Bible, which is likened to a guide-board, which shows to the traveler the way which is safe and that which is dangerous. AR'r. II. Notices of China, by padre Serra, communicated by J. F. Davis, esq., M. R. A. S. foc. Read before the Royal Asiatic Society, July 17th, 1830. [Some of the facts contained in these notices have already appeared in our pages; they are worthy however of being preserved entire. P. Serra was a missionary of the college of San José de Macao, an assistant in the Im- perial Observatory, and resided in Peking from 1804 till 1827, during which period some matters of great secrecy were imparted to him by one of the kings, his intimate friend.] No. 1 Nominalion of the present emperor, Taukwáng, in 1821. In China the imperial dignity is not the certain inheritance of the prince next in succession, but of him whom the deceased monarch may have left named in a note, which is deposited in a casket: the reigning prince having the power of preferring not only the younger sons to the eldest (though this should be the son of the empress and those the children of concubines), but also his grandsons. Women have but little influence on this nomination in the present dynasty, but in some of the former they have exercised it so far as to promote a concubine to the dignity of empress mother, obliging the latter to abdication, or imprisonment. The present empress mother is not the parent of the reigniny prince, though she has two sons who, at the death of their father, were more than twenty years of age. These are superior in personal appearance to the emperor, who is thin and toothless, and the youngest of them is tolerably well educated; but the eldest is a drunkard. The second is also extremely immoral and fond of plays, for which purpose he entertains a number of young companions. Though the emperor, their father, united in his own person all the vices of these his sons, 320 Nori l'orier's of China he preferred bis present inajesty for a successor, as licing the inost virtuous. Some, however, attribute this preference to the good con- duct evinced by Tankwang in the rebellion of 1813, when with an irquebuse lle slew two or three of the rebels and intimidated the remainder, who had already penetrated within the precincis of the palace, for which he obtained due eulogies from his father in the public decrees. The former empress mother, whose son now fills the throne, having expired in a paroxysm of rage caused by the present empress mother, who was then a concubine; the latter, on her clevation, ill-treated $17: prince, so far as to make bien remain two hours frostrate, on ne occasion, wdien, acc: rding to custom, he went in the morning to do fiomage. These causes have, howerer, proved insufficient to prevent Tiukwáng, since he has ascended the throne, from continuing the customary cereincny, at first daily, and now every five days. No 2. Successive gradation of the princes of the blood, and their corresponding incomes. The princes who are not exempt are required to frequent the schools, and when they are exempt they lose all title to the crown, and are inad privileged reguli, or nobles of the first class, excepting the goungest, who is of the second. This gradation descends with all one degree each generation, till having descended five generations they are made simple princes of the house; calling themselves those of the ycllow-girdle, which they are entitled to wear, as a distinction from the rest of the people, being privileged in all contentions there- with. Froin this degradation are excepted the eight families, and some others by especial favor, as it happened to a grandson of Kien- lung, to whom he granted the first grade for ten lives. A regulus of the first rank receives annually from the exchequer (besides his private establishment) 10,090 pieces, 10,000 sacks of rice, and 360 servants. These are taken from the töree tribes or divisions of families who live within the district of the court, which is furnished with three parallel walls. They are paid by the exchequer, and sixty of them are graduated of the third order (there are nine ranks among the Chinese gentry) and one of these is steward of the household, appointed by the eniperor, to whom he may prefer a con- plaint against the regulus. In all, the expense to the state of a regulus of the first rank is 60,000 or 70,000 pieces; of one of the second rank, half that suin; of one of the ihird rak, a third part of the same; and 1845. Notices of China. 521 so on, down to the simple princes of the blood, who from their fifteenth year are allowed three pieces a-month and two sacks of rice. They are also allowed 100 pieces when they marry, and 120 for a funeral; from which they take occasion to maltreat their wives, because when one dies they receive the allowance for her interment, and the dowry of the second wife, whom they take immediately. The soldiery receive similar but less expensive aids, which are de- ducted from their pay. The reguli occasionally hold certain offices, as that of presidents of the Military Boards, but receive no other salary therefrom than what they extort by the sale of places, or inferior posts; by usurping the salaries of vacancies, especially in the militia, or dispensing with the soldiers' exercise. This remark is equally applicable to all the great officers (principally Tartars), who only receive salaries from the principal office which they fill; and when they are punished by stopping their salary, this is not understood to withhold all the pay of their principal office, if their deficiency have not occurred therein, but only such part of it as corresponds to the office in which they have been deficient. Besides the salaries, all officers receive certain aids, which about the court are moderate, but in the provinces far exceed the principal salary, and are never subject to fine. [“ The pieces" above named are silver, each equal to $1.33, nearly.] No. 3. Mugistracy, and administration of the court and its district. Chief inagistracy of the court and the palace. This, like all the other tribunals of the court, is a board composed of a president and six assessors. It has jurisdiction over the whole district and super- intendants of the court, and also governs the three tribes, of which we have already spoken; the eunuchs, who amount to about 5,000; the servants of the court, who are estimated at the same number; and ten departments in the palace, which are the following :- First. The master of the horse and his assistants, who have charge of the imperial stables. Second. The superintendant of the ornaments, who takes care of the boots, harness, and housings. Third. The superintendant of woods and forests, who looks after the lakes, rivers, and woods of the imperial district. Fourth. The keeper of the wardrobe, who has the care of the head- dresses and tassels. Fifth. The criminal judge, who tries the causes within the imperial district. VOL. XIV. NO. XI. 66 Notices of China. Novi Sixth. 'The chief butler. Seventh. The high steward, who has charge of the imperial inheritances, with 360 bailiffs under him. Eighth. The superintendant of the letting of crown lands. Ninth. The high steward of the household, who distributes pay and provisions to the officers of the court. Tenth. The intendant of the active presents of the emperor. Eleventh. The guardian of the forty-eight deposits of passive presents, which office is filled by the principal eunuch, who is never above the fourth rank. This is an office confined within the precincts of the palace, because the last dynasty was displaced by the surrender of one, who was also intendant of police. No. 4. Concubines and servants of the palace. Every third year the emperor takes a review of such of the daught. ers of Tartar officers and men of rank, as may have reached the age of twelve, (twenty years ago the daughters of all the Tartars living about the court were reviewed'), and from among these, of all whose families he is reputed the common father, he chooses wives or concu- bines. Those who are not chosen at the third review, become exempt. The servants, who amount to about 5,000, are chosen from three tribes; the girls of fourteen present themselves at a review taken by the emperor annually, and those who, after the third review remain unchosen, are exempt. Those who have been selected are restored to liberty when they have reached the twenty-fifth year of their age, unless the emperor shall have had children by any of them, in which case he disposes of them as he pleases, making them illegal concubines; the legal, tlrose acknowledged by the observatory, being only seven. llence the late emperor, when congratulated by his father-in-law on the birth of a son (born of a servant), banished him with a nominal appointment. The present monarch refused to recall one of these servants who had been expelled with public disgrace when pregnant, through the jealousy of a favorite concubine, but at length, being apprized a second time by the magistrate that she had given birth to a son, he ordered her to be admitted into the palace with her child. No. 5. The customs and revenue. The most lucrative offices, as those of the customs, are filled by persons selected from the three tribes within the court district, among which there are some families of extraordinary wealth The Canton il 1845. 523 Notices of China. custom-house, in particular, which is at the head of most of those in the country, is always governed by one of these. His duty is to pay into exchequer 1,470,000 tales, or ounces of silver, and to make three presents : one in the fifth moon, another on the birth-day of the em- peror, and a third at the end of the year, which amount to 800,000 pieces in value; consisting, principally of European articles. This mode of fixing the tribute is somewhat singular, it being according to an estimate made by the judges. These and other tributes taken into the account, the revenue, according to the almanack, may be estimat- ed at 150,000,000 of cruzados in specie and grain, of which latter 10,000 boat loads of 1,100 sacks in each are taken to Peking, and the rest is laid up in numerous granaries in the provinces, for the main- tenance of the troops and succor of the people in the years of famine, which are very frequent in some parts of China. On such occasions the grain is distributed gratis, or sold at a small price; the emperor also does not exact the land-tax when the scarcity is great. As there are years in which some officers represent that they must lose by the year being bad or the revenue poor, the government takes the pre- caution of appointing, for such years, the persons who have served in the most productive. The officers of Chinese cristoms are far less rigorous than those of Europe, being content to receive an oral or written testimony as to the goods transported, without opening chests or bales, unless when there is cause for suspecting a contraband traffic, which, in the interior of China, is very rare. As to the taxes, they conform themselves strictly to the instructions of the exchequer at Peking, which are published with this view. No. 6. The emperor Kiaking, father of the reigning prince. Daily, and without fail, he transacted the duties of this station ; gave audience early in the morning—from which no emperor excuses himself, unless by reason of serious illness-and, having dispatched the business submitted to him, he retired to play on instruments and sing with his comedians; after which he drank to intoxication. In this state the remainder of the day was passed; and at night he proceeded with some of his players, masked, to the seraglio. And the fact is not unworthy of remark, that his two younger sons bear no resemblance to each other in face or person: the one being tall and thin, the other short and fat. Such was the emperor's at- tachment to players that, when he went to offer sacrifice in the temples of hearen, earth, and the sun, which he did in the evening, he took 524 Nov. Notices of China. them with him. This, and other circumstances, being noticed by the celebrated syndic and minister, Sungkiun, in a memorial, his majesty was highly incensed, and ordered the offender to be summoned before him. On being asked if he was the author of this admonition, he firinly acknowledged that he was. He was then asked what punish- ment he deserved ? and he answered, “Quartering.” They told him to choose some other; whereupon he said, “Let me be beheaded;" and on a third command, he chose to be strangled. After these three answers, he was told to retire; and on the following day they appointed him governor of Ili (the country of the banished): thus acknowledg- ing his rectitude, though unable to bear his censure. Having been recalled to court, and given fresh offense by his reproofs, he was degraded to the ranks of the watch; but was afterwards restored to his dignity by the present emperor. No. 7. Of the emperor Yungching, and of the Lama priests. Though the succession to the throne depends on the arbitrary nomi- nation of the reigning prince, that does not always prevent usurpations. An instance of this was seen in the succession of Yungching to his father, the great Kanghí. The prince nominated by him was the fourth; but this latter being in Tartary at the period of the emperor's somewhat sudden demise, Yungching, who was a privileged regulus, entered the palace and seized the billet of nomination. Before the figure which he there found, he set a sign of ten, and thus made it appear that he, the fourteenth prince, was the one nominated. He possessed himself of the sceptre, and ordered his brother to be arrested and imprisoned, in a place which is standing to this day, four leagues to the north of Peking, and in which it is said that he died. There are offices and posts held by this emperor, when regulus, which are said to descend to the three tribes and divisions within the district of the court. His palace has been converted into a pagoda, which is now inhabited by three hundred priests of Budha, who, within the capital, besides others, have three principal pagodas, into whose chiefs the Tartars believe that the soul of the great Lama of Tibet has passed. There are many pagodas of Budha to the north of Peking and through- out all 'Tartary, all built and maintained by the public exchequer. One of the above-named chiefs, who is generally son of a regulus, has further honors, and the revenue of a regulus of the first class ; all the others are paid, according to their rank, from the exchequer. All this is done for them because they retain in subjection the 'Tartars 1. 1845. 52.5 Death of Sur Aman. he ty re of the west, who consist of forty-cight principalities. Their respect for the priests is unaccountable, and thus it is that the latter, who go in June on a visitation to Tartary, on their return in October bring with them whatever the Tartars have of most value, especially cattle. It is said that the dynasty will pass to them; but the Chinese despise them exceedingly on account of their imninorality, and of their being all, or nearly all, Tartars. je ho ld le d n 3 0 Art. III. Message from the president of the United States to the senate, transmitting the treaty concluded between Mr. Cushing and Kiying. Death of Sue Aman, (W Sü Amán) a Chinese shot by an American in Cunton. We now resume the papers relative to the death of Sue Aman. In negotiating with the imperial commissioner, Mr. Cushing proceeded on the principle that, all Americans in China are to be deemed subject only to the jurisdiction of their own government, both in criminal matters and in questions of civil right." The English and French treaties have been negotiated on the same principal. And it is a principle that must be, so long as China remains as it now is, watchfully guarded. It was upon this principle that the case now before us was argued by Mr. Cushing. We subjoin all the papers that we can find bearing on the subject, and leave them without remark. No. 1. “ United States Legation, Macao, Junc 22, 1844 “Sir: I think it desirable, in view of the late events at Canton, that our countrymen there should understand distinctly the view I entertain of their legal relations to the government of China and that of the United States. “The nations of Europe and America form a family of States, associated together by community of civilization and religion, by treaties, and by the law of nations. “By the law of nations, as practised in Europe and America, every foreigner, who may happen to reside or sojourn in any country of Christendom, is subject to the municipal law of that country, and is amenable to the jurisdiction of its magistrates on any accusation of crime alleged to be connitted by hirn within the limits of such country. Here the minister or cousul cannot protect his countrymen. The laws of the place take their course. "In the intercourse between Christian States on the one hand, and Ma- Death of Sue Aman. Nov. 66 hommedan on the other, a different principle is assumed, namely, the ex- emption of the Christian foreigner from the jurisdiction of the local authorities, and his subjection (as the necessary consequence) to the jurisdiction of the minister, or other authorities of his own governinent. “One or the other of these two principles is to be applied to the citizens of the United States in China. There is no third alternative. Either they are to be surrendered up to the Chinese authorities, when accused of any breach of law, for trial, and punishment by the magistrates of China, or (if they are to have protection from their country) they come under the jurisdiction of the appointed American officer in China. “ In my opinion, the rule which obtains in favor of Europeans and Ameri- cans in the Mahommedan countries of Asia, is to be applied to China. Americans are entitled to the protection and subject to the jurisdiction of the officers of their government. The right to be protected by the officers of their country froin the local law, and the jurisdiction of the officers of their country over them, are inseparable facts. Accordingly I shall refuse at once all applications for the surrender of the party who killed Sue Aman; which refusal involves the duty of instituting an examination of the facts by the agency of officers of the United States. “ Here with I inclose (copies] of the letters of his excellency the imperial commissioner on the subject, and my reply. “ You are at liberty to show this letter and its inclosures to such of our countrymen at Canton as you see fit. “Meanwhile, I beg you to enjoin upon all the Americans within your ju- risdiction the observance of the greatest prudence and forbearance in regard to the Chinese. I am, very truly, your obedient servant, “P. S. Forbes, esq. C. CUSHING." Consul United States, Canton." No. 2. “ Consulate of the U.S. of America, Canton, July 11, 1844. “ The gentlemen selected by the American consul on behalf of the Ameri- cans resident in Canton, and with their consent, to render an opinion as to the justifiableness and necessity of the act by which, on the evening of the 16th of June, a Chinese was killed, on having heard the evidence plead before them, as to the circumstance under which it took place, are unani. mously of the opinion that the killing was a justifiable act of self-defense. S. B. RAWLE; S. WETMORE, JR.; ISAAC M. BULL; JAMES RYAN; JNO. D. Sword; Geo. Basil DixwELL." No. 3. Depositions taken before the American consul on 11th July, 1844. “N. F. Bourne sworn: on the evening previous to the row in the Ame- rican garden, I went into the British garden, somewhere about 4 o'clock in the afternoon. We were playing at skittles, when the door of the garden was violently pushed in by a crowd of Chinese. The gate-keeper attempted to put them out, but they drove him back; at last, their numbers increas- 1345. D'ath of Suc Amun. ing, one gentleman went forward, and pushed them back. I went towards him, to prevent his being improperly handled. The inob retreated to the open space back of the garden, and, having collected stones, threw thein even into the gardens, so that one could not walk treading on them. We were without ammunition, and therefore retreated in boats to the British consulate. “The next evening a crowd collected again; but one of the gentlemen spoke to them, and they went away quietly. I was informed by Mr. Lay that the people who made the first attack were strolling players. “Several gentlemen, in inaking their escape, fell into the water. They followed us into the gardens, tied brickbats to the skittles, and threw them into the water. “ After we had embarked, they ran round to the point they supposed we should land at, and threw more brickbats. The party that attacked us were stranger, and not inclined to noise; they merely wanted to look on; but, when opposed, they became very violent. On the next day at dark, in coming out of the gardens, I found a disturbance in the street, and the gate keepers cautioned me about going out. I then went to Mr. Grey's Hong to caution him from coming without arms, but found him coming back. I am an Eng- lishman, and a voluntary witness. N. F. BOURNE.” "J. C. Anthon sworn: I was in the square in front, when some Chinese came in, and were put out by the foreigners present, and immediately after commenced throwing stones. They were about 25 in number. They were requested to go out quietly. They were near the flagstaff, and were put out quietly; after which, they cominenced throwing bricks from the side, near Old China street. Afterwards, their numbers very much increascd. I then went in, and did not come out again till dark. There was much moise and tumult. The brickbats continued to be thrown, while I was there, ten or fifteen minutes. The foreigners were not armed when they put them out After they were put out, they commenced throwing missiles at all standing near, hitting the doors of the factories. Their object seen- ed to be, to drive the foreigners into their factories. I was alone, and went in immediately, J, C. ANTHON." “W. Groves sworn: the night of the 16th, had been to paint, and was afterwards walking in the garden, when a crowd of Chinese came in. They were requested to go out, but did not move quietly. They insulted us, and we then followed; some few of them were struck with sticks, and they then commenced throwing stones. I noticed one with mud and stones. He commenced throwing the mud and stones at me and the party with me. I was covered with mud, and retreated into the factory, the stones flying around me. When I came out again, the foreigners had armed themselves. The mob kept increasing--coming in from Hoglane and Old China street. “On the evening of the 15th I was at the Chophouse, and saw the mob come down. They all had stones, and there was from 50 to a 100 of them Jn the American garden at the beginning, I should think there was from 10 of the square. Death of Sue Aman. Nor, 20 20. There was a good deal of noise; and I saw some Parsees hit with stones. Every foreigner was stoned that made his appearance. “ WILLIAM GROVES." “ R. Fisher affirmed: I had written a letter detailing the circumstances of the row in the English garden, and in going out saw several Chinese in the square, and was satisfied that mischicf was at hand. I was walking in the Garden, when some Chinese caine in; I did not like it. I thought better to drive them out at the beginning, in order to prevent riot; some were not disposed to go, but soon after went. There was a continuous line from the gilte to the flagstaff; they were just beginning to enter. We took our canes and drove them away, keeping clear of the brickbats. I saw policemen, who, instead of acting, reasoned with them, and then they would pass him, he suffering thein to go in. Brickbats were thrown at Mr. Wetmore's factory; I was very near being struck by one. The general idea was, that it was ne- cessary to arm. I was decidedly of opinion that it was necessary to arm; my own actions proved it. I thought we had better get them out soon, and then get out ourselves. I never saw so many gather together on any previous oc- currence of the kind, and they evidently came for evil purposes. I was appre- hensive of a riot if they were allowed to proceed. I did not perceive any proper effort on the part of the Chinese police to prevent this riot; I think they were grossly careless. There were no arrests, as there should have been. Men with their arms full of bricks were allowed to conie in, the police officers only tulking reason, as they call it. There were continuous shouts, showers of bricks, and then yells. It was the general impression a serious riot was about to ensue, and the universal cry was arm, arın. It was unsafe for a foreiger twy pass through the crowd; I saw two hit with stones. I was standing in front of the American consulate, and was very near being hit. I armed, as did all the others. The mob consisted of men of the very lowest order. I have lived in China between five and six years, at three different periods. “ RODNEY FISHER." * W. A. Lawrence sworn: my knowledge commences some time after Mr. Fisher left the garden. The noise brought me to the window, from the back of the factory, where I was reading. At that time there were few Chinese in front, but a disposition to guther at the sides. I saw them coming up and gathering together; the gate had been shut. At this time, one of these persons was directly in front of the factory I occupy, ahead of the rest, evidently leading. This man was apparently very much exasperated, and cursing and stoning all who passed. At that time, no one could have passed along without perilling his life-having his brains knocked out. Behind this man, there seemed others who were supplied with bricks from the rear; it was just before dark. As I stood at the window, I saw the gentlemen returning from the river, and made signs to them, to warn them from those people. One gentleman, I particularly recollect, did not observe what was taking place until he opened the gate of the garden, and came, out near this man. He then rushed for the gate of our Hong, in which he lives, but which had been 1845. 529 Death of Sue Aman. rtin, and locked by the coolie without my knowledge. He then made another got into Russell & Co.'s Hong. Stones were continually thrown at him, and I considered him in imminent danger. I thought it necessary to arm, and went down stairs to see in what condition we were for resistance. It was about this time, I should say, that I saw two foreigners struck with stones, and one of them apparently very much injured. A short time afterward, the mob retired from in front of the factories. I do not know what was the cause of their retiring. I saw a few foreigners issue out armed; supposed them to be some who had been stoned. A short time afterward, I heard a shot. I should have thought it imprudent to have ventured out, armed or unarmed. I have no doubt, that, had the mob not been checked, an attack on the factories would have ensued. I believe that the death of the Chinese, and the conse- quent curiosity among them on the subject, calling them away from immedi- ately before the factories, to where the act occurred, prevented an immediate attack. I cannot say in what manner, whether by fire or otherwise. I was shortly after this relieved from apprehension, their attention appearing di- verted; and it has hitherto always been the case that at night the mob has separated-or, rather, that, where a riot has not actually commenced, they have been in the habit of leaving the front of the factories after dark. "W. A. LAWRENCE." “S. J. Hallam sworn: I was on the river on the evening of the 16th, and with the rest of the party was hastening in; the others were before me. When I got in front, the place was covered with brickbats, and I saw one man take up some of them, and throw them at the windows of the factory. I considered it necessary to arm, having been present during the rows of December 18, 1842, and having seen the same things going on, commencing in the same manner. I believe that prompt action alone saved the factories from burning. I considered it unsafe to pass without arms; arms were our only protection. I have experienced the effects of a brickhat in a previous row, and can testify to its dangerous qualities. S. J. HALLAM." " John Heard sworn: I was on the river the 16th of June. When I came in, I was told there was a quarrel in front, and on coming up saw 15 or 20 foreigners standing there, part of thein with arnis. It was necessary for me to go froin the factories to French Hong, where I live; several accompanied me, for my protection, as I considered it unsafe to go alone. There was a crowd of some 70 or 80 at the entrance of French Hong, and I apprehended danger to the party who accompanied me, especially on their return, as the mob had the opportunity of seeing them go in, and thereby of becoming ex- asperated. It was about a quarter past seven when I went to my Hong. " John HEARD." “E. A. Low sworn: I was on the river the evening of the 16th, and returned about six or seven; it was quite dark. I went with Mr. Heard to French Hong, as an escort. I apprehended danger to any one proceeding alone; on Chat account and others accompanied liin. The mob were silent as we went; returning, they showered brick bits at us; several struck my hat and clothes. VL. it. 30. S. 530 Nov. Death of Sue Aman. There were from 80 to 100 Chinese. I believe the use of fire arins prevented them following us, and enda ngering our lives. Had these stones struck, they could easily have killed. Scones were flying all about us in showers, all the inob apparently joining. I saw no respectable man amongst them. We were retreating home as fast as possible. We were opposite Mingqua's, and they were at French Hong, following. I did not see the man Sue Aman fall; he must have been in the front ranks to have been killed. They were actually pursuing us. The shot was fired after the stones were thrown. « E. A. Low." “ Consulate United States of America, Canton, July 11, 1844. “I, Paul S. Forbes, consul of the United States of America, residing at Canton, do hereby certify that the foregoing depositions were made and sworn to before me, at this consulate, on the day above written. “ In testimony whereof, I have hereunto sét my hand and affixed the seal of office. PAUL S. FORBES, U. S. Consul.” No. 4. Macao, July 22, 1844. “Sir: In conformity with the assurance which I gave to your excellency, in my communication of the 24th ultimo, I have caused a careful inquiry to be made into the circumstances attending the death of Sue Aman, the result of which I have now the honor to lay before your excellency. “ It appears by sundry depositions taken before the American consul, as well as by other information I have received, that the commencement of the affair was a wanton and unprovoked attack on the English, made by sundry Chinese, while the former were peaceably and quietly engaged within their own grounds, on the afternoon of the 15th of June. “At this time the foreigners were not armed; and they were compelled, by the great number of brickbats and stones thrown at them, to flee from the garden, and take refuge in boats on the water, for the preservation of their lives. Einboldened, it would seem by their success on this occasion, the same or other Chinese, on the succeeding afternoon, entered the American gar- den, and proceeded to commit acts of wanton violence and in unprovoked in- sults on the Americans. “If the affair had stopped here, I should have considered it my duty to call upon your excellency, not only to inflict exemplary chastisement on the Chinese who coinmitted these outrages, but, above all, to punish with the utmost rigor of the law the local magistrate and police officers who suffered these outrages to take place, without effectually interfering to repress them, and who have, to this day, neglected to apprehend the offenders. It is the rule of' reason and justice, in all cases of this kind, to begin at the beginning, and first to punish those who are the authors and originators of any riot, affray, or other breach of the public peace. For it is to be observed that the foreigners, on this occasion, were not going out of their way to give offense to the in- habitants, but were on their premises, wh they were intruded upon and attacked by lawless and mischief-making Chinese. Unfortunately, however, 1845. 531 Death of Sue Aman. the affair did not stop here; for the Chinese continued to collect in great numbers, and to persist in acts of violence, while the police grossly neglected its duty and allowed the riot to go on, until the foreigners were placed in peril of their lives, individually, had every reason to suppose, from appear- ances, that a general attack of the factories, and a scene of plunder and conflagration, was meditated by the mob; and under these circumstances, while showers of brickbats and stones were pouring on the heads of the fo- reigners, one of them fired a shot which killed Sue Aman. “In regard to Sue Aman, I do not know whether he was or was not one of the persons engaged in throwing brickbats and stones at the foreigners at this time; but I do know that no well disposed person will remain with a mob in such circumstances; and if any person, for the gratification of idle curiosity, or for whatever cause, remains with a mob, aiding them by his countenance, or at the least swelling their number, and adding to the disorder by his presence, he becomes justly subject to all the consequences which may ensue. His death was the result of his own folly, if not of his own guilt; and I con- sider it, therefore, a secondary matter, of very little consequence, as to what may have been the objects and intentions of Sue Aman on that occasion; for the true question is a much broader one than the individual merits of Sue Aman, and it is this. A subject of China was shot by a foreigner. Was that foreigner, on this occasion, guilty of a criminal act, either in a moral or legal sense? If he was guilty of a criminal act, he should be punished, but not otherwise. This is the point which I desired to have investigated, and concerning which I have anxiously sought for information. “ Allow me to premise, that, by the laws of the United States, homicide is divided into two classes, justifiable and unjustifiable. The public execu- tioner, who takes away the life of a criminal in the course of law, the soldier who kills an enemy in battle-each of these commits a homicide, but it is a justifiable homicide. So, also, it is justifiable homicide to kill a robber who is breaking into my house; and it is, by the laws of the U. States, justifiable homicide to kill a man who attacks me with weapons or with missiles en- dangering life, and under circumstances in which the homicide is on my part a necessary act of self-defense. The assessors called in by the American consul, to aid him in ascertaining the facts, have found that the killing of Sue Aman was (according to the principles above detailed) a justifiable act of self-defense. “I have carefully considered the evidence in the case, as reported to me by the consul, and I find myself compelled, by the force of the evidence submitted, io say to your excellency, that I adopt and approve the judging of the gentlemen who officiated on the occasion; for I am constrained to repeat to your excellency, that the mob who wantonly attacked the foreigners, and the police who culpably neglected their duty in the matter, are the parties really to blame, and who ought to be punished, not only for the assault con- mitted on the foreigners, but for the death of Sue Ainan. For that death, the mob and the police deserve to be held responsible, in the eyes of God and of man, 5:32 Nov. Death of Sue Aman. “ It seems to be supposed, by the lower classes of the Chinese people, that they may insult the foreigners with offensive language; that they may throw brickbats and stones at the foreigners to the peril of life, and that the foreign- ers are bound to peacefully submit to these injuries. This supposition is a very erroneous one. As to the Americans, they prefer to throw themselves for protection on the Chinese government; they have perfect confidence in the magnanimity of the emperor; but if the local police neglects its duty, and crowds of bad men of the populace attack them, they feel it to be their right and their duty to themselves and the honor of their country to defend themselves by force, and to repel assaults by such means as they possess, even to the taking of life. “ In the frankness and sincerity which has pervaded our correspondence thus far, I have considered myself bound to present these considerations to your excellency, in the utmost plainness, and stripped of all disguise. Happily, there is no cause to apprehend a repetition of incidents of this description. My countrymen rely in the firmness, good faith, and justice of your excellency. They remember how wisely and how well the power of imperial commis- sioner was exercised by you at a former period. They are now enjoying the benefit of the efficient police established by you for the temporary security of the foreign factories, and they will rejoice when they learn that such excellent regulations have been adopted for the permanent security of the factories, and for preventing all collisions between the Chinese people and the foreigners residing at Canton. " I pray that your excellency may long continue in the tranquil and honor- able discharge of your high functions; and I am, with the greatest consi- deration, yeur obedient servant. C. CUSHING. “To his excellency Tsiyeng, &c. No. 5. “ Tsiyeng, member of the imperial house, connected with the commissariat of the army, governor-general, &c., &c. “On a fornier occasion I received the honorable envoy's communication relative to the case of Sue Aman, a citizen of China, who was shot by a merchant of the United States; all of which I have read, and fully under- stand. In this case the merchant of the United States was not acquainted with Sue Aman; I have also ascertained that there was no enmity between them, nor was there any design, originally, of causing his death ; but, having taken up arins with the intent to kill a man, he is rightly considered guilty. And if, after all, we pass this subject by without deliberation, it will be dif- ficult to avoid insubordination on the part of the citizens of China, and their secretly seeking revenge, when further difficulties will arise. Now, whereas Hwang, the provincial treasurer, has transmitted a communication from your honorable nation's cuisul, (Forbes,) in which he states, respecting Sue Aman, that it was one "Daniel," who, in taking up arms to attack the bandits, by accident caused a wolind of his body, of which hc (Aman) died; and that he has taken the offender “Daniel," and delivered him over to the honorable 1845. 533 Death of Sue Aman. envoy, to be returned to his country, to be dealt with according to its laws; and that he (Hwang) has examined and ascertained that this is in accordance with the treaty; and, besides, by the provincial judge (HIwang) replying to the said consul that he examine accordingly, as behooveth me, I also reply to the honorable envoy, and request to trouble him to examine accordingly, and pray that he will favor me with an answer, in order to dispose of the case. With compliments, &c. “The foregoing communication is to Cushing, envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary of the United States of America. “Taukwang, 24th year, 6th month, 25th day—8th August, 1844.) “PETER PARKER, Joint Chinese secretary &c." No. 6. “ United States Legation, Macao, June 25, 1844. “Sir; I have the honor to address your excellency on one other of the subjects of question between the two countries, which, as you are already informed, I omitted to embrace in the projet of treaty. In the month of May, 1841, the ship Morrison, belonging to Olyphant & Co., was lying at Whampoa. The owners were citizens of the United States, peaceably pursuing their commerce, without violation of the laws of China. On the morning of the 22d, as a boat's crew were proceeding from Canton to her, they were fired upon, without cause or provocation; one of the persons on board, a citizen of the United States, of the name of Sherry, was killed ; others were wounded, and thrown into prison, and treated with extreme indignity and cruelty by the authorities of the province of Canton. “I am not aware that the persons who committed the wanton .murder of Sherry, and the others who wounded, imprisoned, and insulted his country- men on the same occasion, have ever been punished, or that, in any other wrong thus done to the citizens of the United States, and through them to their government has ever been redressed. “I submit these facts to the consideration of your excellency, in the hope and belief that you will order the whole matter to be carefully investigated, and, if the murderers of Sherry can be discovered, cause them to be punished according to the provisions for such cases made by the laws of the empire. “ I have the honor to be, with the highest respect, “To his excellency Tsiyeng, &c. C. Cushing." No. 7. Tsiyeng high imperial commissioner, &c., hereby conmunicates in reply: “I have received your excellency's communication of the 25th instant, which I have opened, and find as follows: “In the 21st year of the reign of Taukwáng, in the 4th month, a boat, belonging to my nation, running from Canton to Whampoa, was unexpectedly fired upon, and one of my countrymen, named Sherry, was killed, and the others wounded and seized and imprisoned ; and request is made to have the murderer sought after and tried, and the criminals punished according to the laws of China,” &c. • Now, in the 21st year, I had not yet arrived in Kwangtung, and, at way, the C6 534 Nov. Death of Sue Aman. C6 66 present being in Macao on official business, I have not brought the records of my office, and have no means of examining into the matter and replying: It appears, however, that, in the 4th month of that year, China and England were at war, and that in all the region near Whampoa soldiers and officers were placed to guard and reconnoitre, and that by these your countrymen were mistaken for Englishmen, and killed and imprisoned. But to ascertain definitively by whom at that time the death was committed, and when the imprisoned men were liberated, will be difficult. “ It will be proper to wait till I return to Canton, when I will thoroughly examine the original records, and again adjudicate the whole in an equitable manner, which, as at first, is the reply now made. Wishing every happiness ayd daily exaltation, this important communi- cation is sent to his excellency C. Cushing, &c. Taukwáng 24th year, 5th month, 14th day—(June 29, 1844.) “ Translated by S. W. WILLIAMS.” No. 8. “Tsiyeng, of the imperial house, governor-general of the two Kwang provinces, honorary member of the Board of Imperial Advisers, ex officio member of the Board of General Inspection, a director of the Board of War, a vice guardian of the heir apparent, and minister and commissioner extra- ordinary of the Ta Tsing empire, makes this clear investigation and reply to the affair of a boat belonging to a United States merchant vessel being fired upon by cannon accidentally at Whampoa, causing the death of one Shayle, (Sherry,) and also the seizing and imprisoning of others, all of which is on record. “), the Minister, when at Macao, received a communication from the honorable envoy, and in my first reply agreed to wait my return to the pro- vincial city, when I would clearly examine the original records and again attend to the subject in all its details. I have now made an investigation of all the records relating thereto, and find, first, that, on the 4th month of the 21st year of 'I'aukwáng, (May, 1841,) at the commencement of war between China and England, some American merchants (Morss and his associates) took a boat, and were pulling to Whampoa, when the officers and soldiers on the lookout, erroneously supposing them to be Englishmen, attacked them, and opened upon them their thundering artillery, and seized the white men, Taylor, Miller, and Coolidge, and others, ten in all, and also a trunk and a bundle of bedding. Among these persons, three received severe wounds, and were conveyed to the rebel-quelling (Tartar) general, (Yih Shán,) who sent them to the court of the criminal judge, to be tried, clearly to ascertain whe- ther they were truly Americans, and if, upon trial, it appeared they were not Englishmen, to set them at liberty, and to return the original trunk and other articles seized, and deliver them over to the Kwangchau fu, who should order the hong merchants to receive and return them to their owners. “ Afterwards, upon the 7th or 8th month of the same year, it appears that Mr. Morss petitioned several times respecting his account books, which he 1845. 535 Deuth of Sue Aman. liad not been so fortunate as to recover. Upon which, Ki, the governor- general, issued his edict commanding the hong merchants, Howqua and others, in his behalf, to make search and find them, and also directed the district inagistrate to urge a diligent search. “Upon the 5th month of the 22d year of Taukwáng, it appears that commodore Kearney, of the United States, made a communication, in which he stated that “Mr. Morss had lost his account books, treasure, and other articles; also, that the ten men in the boat, by the consul Delano, had been made known to the cohong, who sufficiently indemnified them for the loss of money, which indemnity had been divided and distributed among them, &c." Again: on the 6th month of the same year, it appears that Mr. Morss petitioned, stating “ that the Chinese officers and soldiers, at the time of seizing the boat, killed a young man, a countryman of his, named Sherry; and, also, that they speared and wounded Taylor, Miller, and several others who, as then, had not received the bestowinent of favor, &c.” Again: gover- nor Ki issued his edict to the hong merchants to treat them with increased liberality. Furthermore, (he observed,) the 4th month of that year was a time when the soldiers in arms were involved in great confusion, and Chinese soldiers and people were wounded and slain, the former without number, and how could they have leisure to secure and protect the people and merchants of all nations ? It is only fit that each acquiesce in heaven's decree. Trans- mit this proclamation to Mr. Morss, for his full information." “Shortly after, upon the 10th of the 7th month, it appears that the consul Delano sent up a communication translated into Chinese, in which he set forth that “he had received commodore Kearney's instructions to acquaint the hong merchants with this affuir, and to deliberate upon and settle the indemnity for the money and account books ; and that they had managed the business properly, reckoning that the hong merchants should indemnify hlin to the amount of $7,800, which they had delivered over to Mr. Morss, and had received his receipt.” For Tayler and Miller, who were wounded, and Sherry, who was killed, they have not received reparation ; but, as his ex- cellency the governor remarked, in his reply, “it was a time of war and confusion, when Chinese solliers and people were wounded and slain, the former innumerable, and it is only fit that each acquiesce in the decree of heaven;" and commodore Kearney, seeing this reply was most reasonable, could not force men to make indemnity money. Now, $7,800 have paid in full indemnity for every thing, and all having been properly and clearly dis- posed of, there can be no furtlier discussion thereof. This deliberation and win,ling up of the subject are on record. “I, the minister, have again examined the original petitions of Mr. Morss, which are on record, and in which he states that “ Sherry received his mor- tal wound at Whampoa.” In the statement of the honorable minister, the man who was killed was named Shayle, but that he is the same person whose case is on record, there can be no doubt; the sound of the characters being nearly the same, this discrepancy must arise from a slight mistake in the 536 Nov. Death of Sue Aman. translation. But in the time of the commenceincnt of war, compared with a time of general peace, when there is no trouble, the affair is widely different. The Whampoa officers and soldiers who were on the lookout, and who took these Americans, apprehended them to be Englishmen, and by mistake seized, wounded, and injured them, and not on account of a clandestine quarrel. When the Chinese high officers had clearly tried them according to evidence, it was right they should set them at liberty, and they did so immediately: it was also incumbent they should make indemnity, and, accordingly to justice, they made restitution. As to Sherry, he being dead, there was, consequently, no means of making restitution. “ That which governor Ki, on a former occasion, clearly and distinctly com- municated to your honorable nation's commodore Kearney, respecting this subject, is exceedingly reasonable, that there can be no further discussion of this business, which has been deliberated upon and settled. Now, after the lapse of several years, all the Whampoa officers and soldiers having early dispersed and returned to their ranks, still more are we without the means of ascertaining truly who are the real persons who erroneously wounded Shayle, (Sherry,) causing his death; and it is right still, according to the original records, to consider the matter settled. “ [f in tiine of general peace, when there is no trouble, the citizens of the two countries mutually beat and kill each other, still it will be right to make investigations, and according to the treaty now cettled, each agreeably to the laws of his own country, to be judged clearly, and forfeit his life; and we cannot make a rule of the case now on record. "As is reasonable, I have made a clear investigation and reply. Taking opportunity to present iny compliments, and wishing you all tranquillity, as requisite, I make this coinmunication. * The above coinmunication is to Cushing, envoy extraordinary and minis- ter plenipotentiary of the United States of America. “PETER PARKER, Joint Chinese secretary." “ Taukwang, 24th year, 6th month, 13th day (July 27th, 1844.)" No. 9. “ United States Legation, Macao, August 20, 1844. “The undersigned, plenipotentiary of the United States, has the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the communication addressed to himn by your excellency on the 20th ult., making inquiry as to the result of the investigation in regard to the circumstances attending the death of the Chinese Sue Aman; as to which, it needs only refer your excellency to the letter of the under- signed of the 23d ultimo, which was then on its way to Canton. “ The undersigned has the honor to acknowledge further the receipt of your excellency's communication of the 8th instant, in reply to the last named letter; and also that of the 27th ultiino, on the subject of the death of the American, Sherry. He takes the liberty to observe, in the first place, that the analogy, in certain points, between these two cases, did not escape the attention of your excellency. 1845. 537 Death of Sue Aman. Sherry, it is true, was killed by Chinese soldiers in time of war; but it was not time of war with the United States. Neither my government nor its citizens had done any thing to provoke hostilities between them and the Chinese; and it was, in fact, as far as regards the rights and interests of the Amercans, a condition of complete peace. Nay, they were at that time, as the records of the provincial government will show, peacefully pursuing their affairs, under specific assurances of protection and of particular good will, on the part of the Chinese. “But, as your excellency suggests, while China was engaged in war with England, it was a period of confusion, which is to have its weight in estimating the degree of culpability to be attributed to those soldiers who killed Sherry. This may well be admitted; but it is equally true that, when the factories at Canton are attacked by rioters, and the lives of the foreign residents endan- gered thereby, a condition of quasi hostilities exists, and consequent confusion, which requires to be taken into account, in forming a true judgment of the act of killing Sue Aman. “ Inasmuch as Sherry was unquestionably a person wholly innocent, and the consideration that the parties who killed this innocent man did so through misapprehension, is to be held a sufficient excuse for them, then, upon your excellency's own view of the law of homicide, the rule of life for life does not apply to the case of firing at and killing the wrong person by mistake; which, upon the facts alleged by your excellency, is as truly the case of Sue Aman as that of Sherry. “ Your excellency adduces certain acts of Mr. Morgs and of commodore Kearney, having relation to the general transaction of which the death of Sherry was a part; but the undersigned is instructed that neither Mr. Morss nor commodore Kearney did or could adjust this particular matter of the killing of Sherry. “ Your excellency further suggests, that two or three years have now elapsed since this affair, while that of Sue Aman is of recent occurrence. As to which it need only be observed, that no lapse of time suffices, either in China or in the West, to withdraw a case of unpunished crime from the ani- madversion of the officers of government. Both cases occurred prior to the signature of the treaty of Wanghiá. If that treaty is to have a retroactive effect, and its provisions be applied to the case of Sherry, so ought they to be applied to the case of Sue Aman. But the undersigned had flattered himself that, with the conclusion of that treaty, all past grievances on either side would be swept away into oblivion'; without which, it would be the duty of the American government to cull up anew the fact of the injury done to its honor and sovereignty, by the imprisonment of the consul and other citizens of the United States, under the orders of the imperial commissioner Lin. “Your excellency's colnıunication of the 8th instant brings into view another class of considerations, which demands the notice of the undersigned. That communication assumes, notwithstanding the documents, and the conclusions thereon, which the undersigned had the honor to submit on the 68 66 VOL. XIV. NO. XI. 538 Nov. Death of Sue Aman. 23d ultimo, that the person who killed Sue Aman had committed a crime, for which he is to be punished by his government. “The undersigned feels called upon to repeat, therefore, that; upon a full investigation of this case, it has been represented to him as one of justifiable homicide, and not murder. “ And the further prosecution of this question on the part of the Chinese government will, of necessity, force that of the United States to recur to the causes of camplaint set forth in the letter of the undersigned to your excel- lency of the 22d of June last: and it will become requisite for the American government to make a formal demand on that of China, for the punishment of the rioters who attacked the flagstaff of the United States at Canton, in May last, as well as of the rioters who forced themselves into the factory grounds and attacked the foreign residents in this very affair of June. It would also be requisite to enter into discussion of the fact of the neglect of the local authorities, at and before those occurrences, to establish a proper police in the neighborhood, to restrain, detect, and punish evil-disposed persons of the populace. Nothing could be more disagreeable to the undersigned, or to his government, than to be constrained to call for satisfaction on these points. And it could not fail to be unwelcome and inconvenient to your excel- lency. You have had occasion, in more than one communication, to allude to the uneasy spirit and to the exigeance of the people of Canton. And yet, 80 high and so firm are the principles of justice, by which your excellency is guided, that if the question were pressed, you could not refuse to inflict er- emplary punishment on the rioters and the local authorities, before expecting or demanding any punishment of foreigners who had become involved in difficulty in the act of defending their lives against this permitted violence of the subjects of China. All which must inevitably tend to aggravate, rather than to allay or dissipate, the dissatisfaction at present existing among the people, and of course to add to the embarrassments which this untoward affair already occasions to your excellency. “ As to the communication of the consul, (Mr. Forbes,) quoted by your excellency, there must be some misapprehension; for the undersigned is in- formed that Mr. Forbes merely intended to state, (and this he did at the in- stance and request of deputed officers of your excellency,) that the affair, not the person, had been committed to the undersigned, it being under discussion between the commissioners of the two governments. For, upon the informa- tion at present possessed by the undersigned, no crime has been committed, and of course no criminal has been delivered up to him; whether of the name of Daniel, or what other, of which the undersigned has no exact knowledge. “ Considering the cordial understanding of your excellency and himself on all other points, and the readiness with which so many other questions of much greater moment have been adjusted, the undersigned regrets that there is ground for future discussion between us of the case, either of Sherry or of Sne Aman. In each case, satisfaction is asked for a human life taken. In regard to this, your excellency has the advantage of being able at any time, after a 1845. 539 Toleration of Catholicism in China. short interval, to learn the pleasure of the emperor, while it requires much greater time to consult the president of the United States ; and, by the laws of the United States, no question involving the life of a citizen under those laws can be determined ultimately, without reference to the president. The undersigned hopes soon to have it in his power to report to his government the result of his mission. And, in order that these two similar and associated questions, of Sue Aman and of Sherry, may be disposed of (as between your excellency and himself) in the same spirit of harmony and regard which has happily attended all other questions between us, the undersigned reserves the final decision of this matter until he can learn the pleasure of the president of the United States in relation thereto; confident that, in this way, the fullest justice will, sooner or later, be done to the rights and reasonable expectations of both governments. “The undersigned renews to your excellency the assurance of his most distinguished consideration. C. CUSHING. "To his excellency Tsiyeng, ART. IV. Toleration of Roman Catholicism, by a special letter from their excellencies, Kiying governor-general of Kwangtung and Kwangsi, and Wáng Ngantung governor of Kwangtung. DURING this month we have received two communications from Shánghái, one from the Rt. Rev. bishop Boone, and the other from the Rev. Dr. Medhurst, both having reference to public documents touching the subject of toleration. The former is dated on the first instant: the bishop says, “A few days since a paper came into my hands which defines the religion of the Lord of heaven, to be the religion of those who worship God, and who venerate and make offerings to the cross, pictures and images; and these are the per- sons, and these only, Kíying now says, are the ones tolerated by the former decree. Consequently Protestants are excluded.” On good authority we have heard it declared, as coming directly from his excellency the French commissioner, M. de Lagrené, that the de- cree for toleration was designed to be universal, at least so far as to include Protestants as well as Roman Catholics. The authen- ticity of the decree having been denied, the editor of the Chinese Re- pository addressed a note to H. E. M. de Lagrené, on the eve of his departure for the north, requesting that it might be made public by the proper authorities. To that note no answer has as yet been received. The request was made on the supposition that the tolera 540 Nor. Toleration of Catholicism in China. tion was universal, including both Catholics and Protestants. At whose instance “the public letter from Kiying” was obtained, we knov: not, nor have we seen the original, the Chinese text, of the intendant's proclamation. Had we it, we would gladly publish the words we have inarked by italics. We did believe, and we will still suppose,-until we know to the contrary,—that the French commissioner intended the act of toleration should be universal, so as to include Christians of every name. Dr. Medhurst's letter, under date of Nov. 12th, 1845, and address- ed to the editor of the Chinese Repository, here follows. Dear Sir, -The subjoined proclamation has been posted up on the walls of Shanghái; I have thought proper, therefore, to translate it for your pages. The former proclamation of the imperial com- missioner Kiying has not, it appears, been thought sufficiently ex- plicit by the Roman Catholics, and they have obtained this further public letter, explanatory of their religion, and defining the same. I need hardly observe that the description, here given, of the religion of the Lord of heaven necessarily excludes Protestants, as they do not venerate the visible cross with pictures and images, and there- fore are not included in the benefits of the proclamation issued by the imperial commissioner. As the English nation which first ob- tained a treaty with the Chinese, and the American people who con- cluded the second contract with this government, are both of them numerically and essentially Protestant, it would appear that their rulers and representatives should see to it, that the subjects of their respective states be not excluded from advantages which the repre- sentatives of a Roman Catholic nation have obtained for their fellow countrymen. All we want is fair play, and no favor, with equal privi- leges and universal toleration; and the interests of truth may then be safely left to its own force and efficacy. Humbly hoping that the publication of the subjoined paper may lead to the equal toleration of all professing Christian in their efforts to spread divine truth among the Chinese. I remain, Shanghái, Yours respectfully, W. H. MEDIURST, SEN. Nov. 12th, 1845. Kung Múyun, intendant of circuit for Súchau, Sungkiáng, and Taichau, makes this further proclamation Whereas he has received from Pinchang, governor-general of Kiángnán, and from Wán, lieut-governor of Kiangsú, an official communication, dated the 29th day of the 8th month, acknowledg- ing the receipt of a public letter from Kiying, imperial commis- { 1845. 541 Toleration of Catholicism in China. sioner, and governor-general of the Two Kwang, in conjunction with Hwang, lieut.-governor of Canton, respecting the exemption from punishment of those subjects of the empire who profess the religion of the Lord of heaven, and practice virtuem Therefore, he extracts the following paragraph. “Already have I, the imperial commissioner memorialized the throne and received the vermilion reply, acceding to my request; on the receipt of which I, the imperial commissioner, respectfully recorded it, and commu- nicated the information to the various officers under my control, that they might all reverently comply, as is on record. Now it ap- pears to me that the religion of the Lord of heaven mainly consists in exhorting to virtue and departing from vice, and thus those who profess this religion should make this their main concern; but on the former occasion we have not been sufficiently explicit, and it is to be feared that obstructions would arise in the management of the affair throughout the various provinces, and therefore we now ex- plain, that the religion of the Lord of heaven consists in periodically assembling for unitedly worshiping the Lord of heaven, in respecting and venerating the cross, with pictures and images, as well as in reading aloud the works of the said religion; these are customs of the said religion in question, and practices not in accordance with these cannot be considered as the religion of the Lord of heaven. Since now it has been granted to exempt the adherents of this reli- gion from punishment, all those who assemble for unitedly worship- ing the Lord of heaven, for respecting and venerating the cross, with pictures and images, for reciting the books of the said religion, and for explaining their doctrines and exhorting to virtue, these are professing the said religion and practicing virtue, and must not be prohibited or hindered ; and wherever people set up places for vene- rating and honoring the Lord of heaven, for uniting in worship, and for exhorting to goodness, they may in this respect follow their own convenience. But it is not allowable for them to collect together people from distant villages, thus forming themselves into bands, and inciting each other to evil, all which practices are in contravention of the established laws of China. Should, therefore, any lawless fellows, borrow pretexts from the profession of religion and from cabals for the purpose of practicing evil; or should the adherents of other religions, taking advantage of the religion of heaven's Lord being recently exempted from punishment, by a gracious decree of the emperor, think of treading in their former muddy footsteps, and speculate upon escaping with impunity, they will all be brought 542 Nov. J. Tyler's Letter to the Emperor of China. under the category of borrowing pretexts from religious scruples with the view of practicing wickedness, and be punished for their offenses according to the originally existing laws. Besides there- fore that we, the imperial commissioner, and lieut.-governor, prepare a memorial and report to this effect, we make known to all the civil and military officers under our control, that they universally exa- mine, in order that they may arrange matters accordingly, and bring things to one common standard.' This public letter coming before us the governor and lieut.-governor, we have decided upon issuing this announcement, and hereby enjoin upon all our subordinates, that they thoroughly examine and act accordingly; do not disobey." I the intendant, receiving the above communication, now issue this proclamation, to which obedience is enjoined. Taukwáng, the 25th year, the 10th month, and 3d day. (Nov. 2.) Art. V. Letter to the Emperor of Chinn from the president of the United States of America, written at Washington, 12th July, 1843 I, JOHN TYLER, president of the United States of America-which states are : Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, Vermont, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania. Delaware, Maryland, Verginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Kentucky, Tennessee, Ohio, Louisiana, Indiana, Mississppi, Illinois, Alabama, Missouri, Arkansas, and Michigan-send you this letter of peace and friendship, signed by my own hand. I hope your health is good. China is a great empire, extending over a great part of the world. The Chinese are numerous. You have millions and millions of subjects. The twenty-six United States are as large as China, though our people are not so numerous The rising sun looks upon the great mountains and great rivers of China. When he sets, he looks upon rivers and mountains equally large in the United States. Our territories extend from one great ocean to the other; and on the west we are divided from your dominions only by the sea. Leaving the mouth of one of our great rivers, and going constantly to- wards the setting sun, we sail to Japan and to the Yellow sea. Now, my words are, that the governments of two such gre countries should be at peace. It is proper, and according to the will of heaven, that they should respect each other, and act wisely. I therefore send to your court Caleb Cush- ing, one of the wise and learned men of this country. On his first arrival in China, he will inquire for your health. He has strict orders to go to your great city of Peking, and there to deliver this letter. He will have with him secre- taries and interpreters. The Chinese love to trade with our people, and to sell them tea and silk, for which our people pay silver, and sometimes other articles. But if the Chinese and the Americans will trade, there shall be rules, so that they shall not break your laws or our laws.-Our minister, Caleb Cushing, is authorized to make a treaty to regulate trade. Let it be just. Let there be no unfair advantage on either side. Let the people trade not only at Canton, but also at Amoy, Ningpo, Shánghái, Fuchau, and all such other places as may offer profitable exchanges both to China and the United States, provided they do not break your laws nor our laws. We shall not take the part of evil-doers. We shall not uphold 1845. 543 Journal of Occurrences. them that break your laws. Therefore, we doubt not that you will be pleased that our messenger of peace, with this letter in his hand, shall come to Peking, and there deliver it; and that your great officers will, by your order, make a treaty with him to regulate affairs of trade—so that nothing may happen to disturb the peace between China and America. Let the treaty be signed by your own imperial hand. It shall be signed by mine, by the authority of our great council, the Senate. And so may your health be good, and may peace reign. Written at Washington, this twelfth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and forty-three. Your good friend. On some ART. VI. Journal of Occurrences : religious processions ; stipu- lations of the treaties with China proclaimed; Lin's cyclope- dia of geography; military fites at Peking; commissioner Everett returned to the U.S. A.; Klying's visit to Hongkong; missionary intelligence; increase of Indian opium. On the 14th inst. public honors were paid to Tien hau niáng niáng, her ladyship the queen of heaven. At an early hour the procession formed in front of her temple, near the imperial landing place. Handbills had been circulated some days previously, naming the streets-one hundred in number-through which it was to pass. Along these the idle vulgar of the whole city congregated, covering all the houses overlooking the way. The pageant consisted chiefly of young men. Several horses were in the train. were blooming lads; and on the others were infamous fensales. Bands of musicians and all the paraphernalia of the goddess formed parts of this religious parade. Festivities closed the day, not un- mixed with debaucheries and drunkenness. Proclamations, embodying the principal stipulations of the treaties with England, the United States of America, and France, dated Oct. 30th, and stamped with the seals of the prefect of Canton, have appeared during the month; and thus far have been with scarcely an exception, either torn down or defaced by the populace. This does not look well. However, the tone of popular feeling towards foreigners is gradually improving. A copy of Lin's cyclopedia of geography has just come into our hands, and we will give some account of it next month. It is a novel work, comprised in twenty volumes. The gracious military examinations in Peking have closed, and sixty-six competitors have been raised to the rank of kujin, "pro- moted men.” Three of these only are from the province of Canton. -A rumor was current here some days ago of a serious affray between the military cadets of Shángtung and Kwángtung, in which, as the story went, more than twenty of the Shangtung men were killed. The hon. Mr. Everett, it is said, has returned to his country without having doubled the Cape of Good Hope. The time, 18 months, specified for the exchange of treaties, terminates January 3d, 1846. Commodore Biddle, it is said, will bring on the treaty. His excellency Kíying left Canton early on the morning of the 20th to visit the new colony of Hongkong 544 Journal of Occurrences. : course. 'The Rev. Dr. Legge and family embarked on the 20th in the Duke of Portland for England from Hongkong. The Rev. Messrs. Smith and Hines, with their families, from the the Sandwich Is- lauds; the Rev. Mr. J. T. Jones and family, from Siam; and the Rev. Mr. Doty and Dr. Hepburn from Amoy; with several children; are now in our neighborhood seeking opportunity to return to their native land. Increase of Indian opium. The following brief notice supplies, in part, a deficieney in our pages of information regarding the product of increase of Indian opium. We learn that the moral bearings of this subject are likely to be agitated again soon in England. Opium. A friend, a correspondent in Malwa, has requested us to assist his statistical researches by a memorandum of the quantity and value of opium exported from Calcutta during the last twelve years. We annex the state- ment, and would ask him to evince his gratitude for our exertions by putting us in possession of the facts which he may elicit during the inquiry, and thus enable us to comprehend more fully than we do, at present the bearings of the opiuin question. He must be aware that the opium trade is in some measure in a state of transition. An additional duty of 100 Rs. a chest has been already imposed on the Malwa opium exported through Bombay, and there is no reason to conclude that the addition is final. If the western article will bear a greater pressure, there are no considerations to prevent its imposition. The appeal to the Court of Directors against the tax will fail, as a matter of Such representations have never been remarkably welcome in Leadenhall Street; and arriving as this will do so soon after the recent act by which additional duties to the extent of thirteen lacks of rupees have laid on the import of British goods into India, it is not difficult to anticipate its fate. Our Malwa correspondent must, therefore, bear in view the two facts, that on the one hand the Malwa opium is likely to be saddled with fresh duties at no distant period; and, on the other, that the manufacture of opium at this presidency is to be increased it is said in the present season to about 1500 chests; and that the out-turn of the year will probably not fall short of 23,000 chests. If opium should fetch the same price next year which it has done in '45, the addition to the public revenue from increased production here, and increased duty in Malwa, will be about thirty-four lacks of rupees. But, if the process of a double increase should be carried forward, and if the result should be, the exportation of 30,000 chests of Behar and Benares opium from hence, and a corresponding reduction in the quantity exported from Bombay, the consequences will be seriously felt in Malwa; and it is chiefly in reference to the interests which may be affected by this mutation that we ask the explanation of the friend to whom we give the following schedule: Chests. Value. 1833–34, 12,006, 1,24,03,829. 1834-35, 10,995, 1,07,95,492. 1835-36, 14,851, 1,33,34,822. 1836–37, 12,606, 1,80.15,422. 1837–38, 19,600, 2,12,92,386. 1338-39, 18,212, 1,44,90,478. 1839-40, 18,965, 79,73,180. 1840-41, 17,356, 1,13,90,313. 1841-42, 19,172, 1,40,01,281. 1842–43, 16,670, 1,72,77,532. 1843–44, 17,774, 2,33,83,054. 1844-45, 18,792, 2,43,94,392. This account is drawn up from the Commercial Annual; and does not come down lower than the close of the official year. The entire exports from Ben- gal of the season of 1844-45 has been 21,526 chests. Friend of India, Septem- ber 20th, 1845. THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XIV. DECEMBER 1845.—No. 12. Art. I. Second war with China: causcs that may lead to such an event ; with remarks on the ways and means requisite to avoid hostile collision. WAR with China was long predicted. To those most intimately acquainted with the structure and disposition of the imperial govern- ment, hostile collision long seemed inevitable. Few, however, were willing to hold the opinion, that it was necessary, or that it could be justified. It was an event which all, both Chinese and foreigners, equally dreaded and deprecated. War however came it came in- deed without the usual formality of declaration, but not unattended with its accustomed horrors. Solemu lessons were given, were written in blood, and they will be by some long remembered. Yet still it remains to be seen,-or at least, it requires more penetration than we possess - to determine, whether or not the evils which led to it have been so far removed or modified as to preclude the expecta- tion of its recurrence at no very distant period. On the 31st of this month the last money payment is to be made, and Chusan forth with evacuated. Will both these stipulations be kept? We think they will. The Chinese are known to be anxious to complete the pay- ment of the twenty-one millions; and the only reason, we know of, for retaining Chusan is the exclusion of foreigners from the city of Canton. In closing the gates of this city as they do the Chinese are acting contrary to the spirit of all their late treaties. This conduct is unreasonable, foolish, childish, reprehensible, a sufficient cause for remonstrance, but not, we think, for retaining Chusan. 69 VOL. XIV. NO. XII. 546 Dec. Second War with China. Regarding the continued occupation of that island much has been said, and a good deal written of late. We quote from the papers of the day enough to show the bearing of public, popular opinion. And our first quotation shall be from the Friend of India, for September 18th, 1845. The editor says: Perhaps some of our readers may remember that several weeks ago we pointed out the conveniences which Chusan presented, from the salubrity of its climate, its safe and capacious harbor and above all its geographical position, in the immediate neighborhood of the most wealthy and populous provinces of the Chinese empire, for the establishment of a British colony. We ventured to predict that under our auspices, it would soon become one of the largest com- mercial marts in the world, while at the same time it would enable us to hold the empire of China in check, and materially subserve the interests of peace. Soon after, we found it mentioned in the Hongkong Gazette that Mr. Montgomery Martin, the treasurer of the colony, was about to proceed to England by way of Bombay, and we suggested that his voyage might have reference to the Chusan question. We now find that the same opinion has been entertained by the Courier, since the arrival of Mr. Martin at Bombay. Our contemporary states that “the object of his journey is to induce H. M. government to give up Hongkong again to the Chinese, and to take in lieu the island of Chusan, which it is now found is much better adapted for the purposes of trade, more healthy, and unquestionably more productive. While Hongkong is a barren rock, Chusan is quite the reverse, and would produce rice enough to support a very large population.” He also confirms our assertions regarding the views of the French. " We have heard it hinted that on our eva- cuating Chusan, the French are ready and determined to take possession of the island, vi et armis, if there should be occasion for the display of force. Any such measure, however, we think would be sure to create a dispute between the British and French govern- ments, and we are inclined to think the latter would not risk that measure: they might nevertheless possess themselves of this fine is- Hand by purchase or negotiation, and thus quietly take that prominent position in China for which we have fought, and which we must be prepared to maintain if any good is to come of the War in China." “Thus, it appears, that the question of acquiring Chusan, by negotia- tion or purchase, and, if necessary, to exchange for it the island of Hongkong is to be brought immediately under the consideration of the ministry. It is possible, that after the sums which have been ex- 1845. 547 Second War with China. pended at Hongkong, they may be unwilling to relinquish it; but, even as a matter of economy, it would in the long run be found ju- dicious to sacrifice the money which has been sunk upon it, if there be no other means of obtaining possession of the other island which is in every respect so much more eligible. It would even be cheap to indemnify the merchants for the sums which they have laid out in warehouses, in order to secure the remo moval of our commercial esta- blishments to a spot where they will enjoy such pre-eminent advanta- ges. But if we could obtain the island of Chusan without the cession of Hongkong, it would be more advisable to keep both, and to make the former our head-quarters. We hope the arguments which Mr. Montgomery Martin may urge in favor of the measure will find favor with Lord Stanley, and that Sir John Davis will be instructed to use every effort in his power to obtain it." Our second quotation, from "the Friend of China and Hongkong Gazette for October 18th, 1815, is as follows: “There are many rumors as to the object of Kíying's intended visit to Hongkong. We cannot flatter ourselves that it is a mere visit of ceremony to Sir John Davis, or that it is from a desire to witness the iinprovement of Hongkong since he last saw it as the guest of his friend Sir Henry Pottinger. The most probable conjecture is that Kíying comes to negotiate, there being many important matters yet to settle between Great Britain and China. “It is evident that on the part of the Chinese the treaties formed with Sir Henry Pottinger have not been kept, nor do we believe there is any intention to abide by them except on compulsion. The British government (and in fact all foreign powers trading to China) have three specific grievances to complain of, each of which will justify strong measures, and we have reason to believe that, acting under posi- tive instructions from home, Sir John Davis has addressed himself to the government of China in terins which demand immediate atten- tion, and hence most probably the visit of Kíying, who comes to treat with the “barbarians in their own colony. “The first ground of complaint is restrictions put upon foreigners at Canton, which are quite as great as they were before the war. The Chinese, under the plea that they cannot restrain their people from insulting foreigners, keep them confined in sinall badly aired factories, jujurious to health, and entailing upon them a great degree of per- sonal discomfort. This is a mere continuance of the policy of the government, which from the first intercourse with western nations, hus eudeavored to degrade the strangers in the eyes of their own 548 Dec. Second War with China. people. It is a breach of the treaty which merits every attention. We do not place the slightest belief in the assertion that the govern- ment of China cannot protect strangers from the aggressions of its subjects. A government strong enough to hold together a dominion 80 extensive as China, with a population of three hundred millions, cannot with truth assert their inability to protect inoffensive foreign- ers resident at five of their ports.The extract from Mr. Alcock's dispatch shows that, when the Chinese authorities have a will, they have their people under complete control and foreigners need dread no public outrage being committed upon them. The remonstrance to the authorities of Fuchau fú drew forth three proclamations which were extensively circulated in the city and suburbs, and foreigners ceased to be insulted- similar documents would have a similar effect in Canton. "The second ground of complaiut is the obstacles thrown in the way of trade at Fuchau fú. Froin this port much was expected, and the extension of its commerce is so intimately connected with the prosperity of Hongkong that it becomes a matter of much local importance. Situated in one of the first tea growing districts in Chi- na, with a large population either within the walls of the provincial city, or resident in that rich district which is intersected by the numerous tributaries of the Min, Fuchau fú offers natural advant- ages for foreign commerce only exceeded by those of Canton and Shánghái. It has been the policy of the Chinese to throw obstacles in the way of trade, and until very recently the port may have been closed for any advantages commerce derived from it. A late remonstrance has had some influence upon the authorities and suddenly vessels that for weeks could not sell a piece of goods were enabled to dispose of a quantity, which shews that if unrestrained the populace of Fu- chau fú will bargain with foreigners. In addition to the desire to restrict foreign intercourse to as few ports as possible, and at these ports to circumscribe the locomotive propensities of strangers, there are two causes which lead to the desire of checking a direct trade with Fuchau fú. First, were tea brought forward and sold at the new port the government would lose the duties on inland transit; and second, the tea merchants in Canton will use all their influence to turn commerce from the new chaunel. These are not slight difficul- ties, but they may be overcome. As refers to Hongkong it is evident that trade with Fuchau fú will be direct with this colony. The river Min has not sufficient water for ships sufficiently large for a foreign voyage--at least near the city-and trade will probably be in 1845. 549 Second War with China. 66 coasting vessels which receive their cargoes from the stores here and return with produce for transhipment. The third ground of complaint is the unfair interpretation which has been put on those clauses of the supplementary treaty which refer to the suppression of piracy. Sir Henry Pottinger, believing that the Chinese would act in perfect good faith, and anxious to suppress the numerous piracies committed by native vessels, agreed to two clauses of the supplementary treaty, by which no native vessel was to be ad- mitted to this harbor without a special clearance from one of the five ports with permission to come to Hongkong; he further agreed that all vessels should be boarded by a British official, and vessels not having the pass, should be handed over to the Kaulung authorities, where their fate would be certain. This part of the treaty was widely promulgated, and in consequence few native vessels enter without the chop, as the custom-house officers of the five ports take care that they do not get one. We bclicve that in no one instance has a pass been granted to trading vessels wishing to visit Hongkong-they pass through our harbor on their passage to and from Canton or Macao, keeping well on the other shore, but they dare not anchor. The colonial government, aware of the bad faith of the Chinese on this point, have lately permitted vessels to come without the pass, and some weeks ago about a dozen junks from Canton to Formosa and other places made this an intermediate port to receive cargoes purchas- ed in Canton. This circumstance gave cause to some incorrect state- ments as to our local trade which we regret to see transferred to a paper of such a standing as the Friend of India. The truth is suf- ficiently well known here—the vessels had not port clearances for Hongkong, nor as we before stated, do we believe that a single in- stance is on record of a Chinese trading vessel's having arrived with such a document. “These are the grievances to be redressed, and against them the Chinese can solely charge us with a breach of faith in not keeping a man of war at each of the ports as agreed to; but by this we are the sufferers. In every other particular our consuls have invariably shown a desire to protect Chinese interests, even at times to the injury of their countrymen. In demanding redress, we presume that Sir John Davis has been instructed to declare that failing a compliance, Chusan will be declared forfeit, and permanently retained as a British possession. Considering the value put on the Island. we apprehend that such a threat will not be unavailing, We would insist upon fo- reigners having access to the city of Canton, and also to the country 550 Dec. Second War with China. in the vicinity, holding the government responsible for the actions of their servants, and Chusan the forfeiture if they insulted or mal-treat- ed any foreigners. The same with reference to Fuchau fú, also the removal of all restriction upon commerce, and a perfect freedom to be given the merchants to trade with strangers. As regards Hong- kong the restrictive clauses of the supplementary treaty require to be cancelled, and an edict issued in good faith, declaring that native boats from all parts of China have permission to visit the Colony. “In these demands there is nothing unreasonable, and fortunately we can force a compliance with them. It may be necessary to retain Chusan for six or twelve months, or until it is made evident that China is keeping the treaty in perfect faith. We are by no means blind to the importance of Chusan, and its value to a great naval and com- mercial country; but we trust such considerations will never induce Great Britain to retain it in violation of the treaty. It is true that the Chinese have violated that treaty, but this is not an excuse for å permanent possession, though it affords good ground for holding it as a temporary pledge. We do not think that China would cede the island for a pecuniary consideration; but she may possibly be induced to open it to foreign trade, and this the more especially that it draws foreigners from Ningpo. This may also be a matter for arrangement between the two envoys.”' Our next and final quotation we make from the “China Mail” for the 27th of November, and we leave our readers to form their own opinions respecting the views and sentiments set forth in each of the three respective extracts. The editor of the China Mail thus proceeds: “An article lately appeared in the Friend of India, which, though occupying five columns of that paper, affords no very satisfactory answer to the question with which it starts “What is to be done about Chusan ?" We can hardly believe that it is from the pen of the editor himself, and are inclined to suspect, from its loose assump- tions and the inconclusive reasoning by which they are attempted to be supported, with the high coloring which pervades the whole ar- ticle, that it has been suggested, if not written by a gentleman better known as an author than an authority. At all events it is remarkable that this and other articles echoing his sentiments on the subject of Chugan, should have found their way into the newspapers of India just about the time he was himself there on his way home from China. We are told by a Bombay paper, quoted in a subsequent number of the Friend of India, that the object of Mr. Mont. Martin's journey 1845. 551 Second IVar with China. is to induce Her Majesty's government to give up Hongkong again to the Chinese, and to take in lieu the Island of Chusan, which it is nou found is much better adapted for the purposes of trade, more healthy, and unquestionably more productive. While this is a barren rock, Chusan is quite the reverse, and would produce rice enough to support a large population. This is about the coolest mode of ex- pressing a cool proposal that we remember to have met with, and one is puzzled whether most to admire the effrontery of the person who first suggested it, or the ignorance of those who coincide with him. But though the ex-treasurer's opinions as to the superiority of the one island to the other are pretty notorious, we cannot believe that as a practised writer and man of the world, he would put them in this shape. Besides he must know the Chinese too well to suppose they would be deluded into the arrangement, and he is too honorable- minded a man to encourage the idea that we ought to compel them to make such a bargain, even were it for the mutual benefit of both parties, which we utterly deny. The large sums which have been expended on Hongkong, have not greatly increased its value for Chi- nese successors; and in a commercial point of view it is at best doubt- ful, as we shall immediately shew, that Chusan presents any special advantages for us; while as a military station it could only be main- tained at an expense which parliarsent would not be inclined to pay. “But were the place El Dorado in resources, as well as Montpelier in salubrity, there are higher considerations, which ought to actuate us in our amicable relations with a great but jealous people in the beginning of their intercourse with the civilised world; and we sin- cerely trust that whatever might be the advantages of possessing Chu- san, or however plausible may be the arguments upon which a claim to its retention could be asserted, they will not be deemed sufficient to compensate the certain and deserved imputation of bad faith. It may be no easy matter to restore a good understanding should it once be broken up; while it will be time enough to consider in what way we can fairly amend our position with the Chinese, when they again afford us just cause of quarrel. And in the meanwhile we have no earthly fear of the bugbear held out in the Indian papers, that the tri-colored Aag or the star-spangled banner will float upon the walls of Tinghái as soon as the ensign of England is removed. “ But the fact is, the Chinese have exhibited no desire to infringe the stipulations of the treaties they have made with England, and so far as they are concerned, it would be difficult to point to any compact between European nations that has been observed in the 552 Dec. Second War with China, same integrity. The slight impediments we have occasionally met with at the northern ports are not so great as might reasonably have been anticipated upon foreigners coming into personal contact with an exclusive people, who have been taught to regard other nations with greater contempt than the Romans did those whom they also styled barbarians. The blame, too, such as it is, must lie with the rabble, because the Chinese authorities on all occasions when well grounded complaints have been brought under their notice, have adopted prompt measures to remedy them. For proof of this we would refer especially to the documents which have from time to time ap- peared in our columns relative to Amoy and Fúchau fú; and if at the more important mart of Shanghai our commerce has been un- necessarily shackled, this, if we are rightly informed, is attributable to the pragmatical restrictions of our own authorities, and not to any measures originating with the Chinese, who seem really desirous of cultivating a good understanding with foreigners. As for Canton, we have recently endeavored to shew that if the facilities we enjoy there are not so great as our position at the close of the war entitled us to claim, they are all that were stipulated for by treaty; and if greater are necessary for our trade, the blame for not securing them rests with ourselves. “From all the information we have been able to obtain, we are convinced that the commercial facilities of Chusan have of late been as greatly overrated as its character for salubrity was at one time de- cried. Immediately after the war, and previous to the opening of the northern ports, a considerable business was done at Chusan; but subsequently the trade dwindled away by degrees, until now Opium is almost the only article that finds a market. But indeed there can- not be said to be any market for consumption at Chusan,--the local wants are of the most trifling kind, and the bulk of the goods hitherto sold there have been conveyed clandestinely in native craft to other places on the coast and upon the rivers. Certain it is that at Ningpo, where the only attempt to establish a commercial house has been unsuccessful, goods bought at Chusan have been again offered by the native dealers. The opportunities for smuggling have hitherto given Chusan, as a station for foreign trade, any importance, however small, it can boast of; but were our continued access to it guarantied, and the same mode of levying duties as at the other open ports established, there would be no inducement to purchasers to go there for goods, which they could buy on the same terms at Ningpo or Shánghái. Chusan with all its admitted fertility, salubrious climate, and external 1845. 553 Second IVar with China, beauty, produces nothing suited to European markets. Alum and camphor are its chief exports, and these are not indigenous, for the latter is brought from Japan and Formosa, and may more readily be procured—that of Japan at Shanghái, and that of Formosa at Chinchew and other places on the coast. The alurn is brought prin- cipally from the provinces of Fukien and Chekiáng, and is obtain- able at Chusan on better terms than at the open ports, only because, being a smuggled article there, it is subjected to neither export nor import duty. It is as a smuggling station, in short, that Chusan would be likely ever to become of importance, whether it were formally ced- ed to us, or we were allowed to trade at it by sufferance; and it is not improbable that its advantages in this point of view being known, the opium clippers, aided by the Chinese dealers, and winked at by the Chinese authorities, will still contrive to carry on considerable traffic. “In one respect the trade of Chusan has decreased since we took possession of it. Previous to the war it was the granary of the north, and our troops on entering the city found a large quantity of grain stored at Tinghái; but this branch of cominerce has since been comparatively insignificant. Should the former order of things be restored, however, it may be presumed that it will revive; and were we suffered openly to visit the port, it is probable the grain junks would take off a quantity of our manufactures, in preference to going elsewhere to procure them. Already there are symptoms of improve- ment, for we learn that during the last six months, possibly as much from the immediate prospect of our evacuation, as from a growing confidence in our rule, the number of grain juuks at Tinghai exceeds that of any similar period since the island came into our temporary possession. “But is the trade of a fleet of grain junks~or the dreams of enthu- siasts--or unworthy schemes of territorial aggrandizement, to weigh with us in a matter affecting the national honor, which is our best guaranty for the continued erjoyment of the privileges we now enjoy? It is the reputation as encroachers we have earned in India which has been one main cause of these being so long denied, and so reluct- antly conceded. If Britain see them gradually and peaceably extend- ed, she will scrupulously keep faith with Chinese; and therefore we believe the only answer that cau fairly be given to the question "What is to be done with Chusar: ?'' is “Give it up!" for though now repre- sented as a paradise by those who would seek excuses for its inglo- rious retention, the fruits w'e stvoulu there gother would probably turn uut nothing but apples of Sudom, fair outsidc, but rotten within." VOL. XIV XII. ül Der. Seronoi far with China. We now proceed to specify some of the causes that may lead to a second war with China. The stipulations — for an indemnity of Ewenty-one millions of dollars to be paid to the British government, and for the evacuation of Chusan, both provided for in the treaty of Nanking, will doubtless be kept. Possibly it may be otherwise. And should the last instalment be withheld, or the island of Chusan re- tained, long beyond the specified time, the 31st of this month, either of these may lead to hostilities. We wait with some anxiety, there- fore, to see how these inatters -the closing scenes of the first war with China--will be wound up. We sce no reason for entertaining the opinion that Great Britain will seek opportunity to retain Chu- san; nor do we believe the Chinese government will, on their own part, purposely allow any ground on which to raise a claim for its retention. Possibly, also, the opium question may be again agitated. In England it most surely will be, in its moral, if not in its political bearings. In China, after Lin's signal discomfiture, few will be found to raise their voices, where they are sure public opinion will be so strong against them. The “s oozing out of fine silver," a most grievous matter to the iniperial government, may yet revive Hiu Náitsz' scheme for legalization, and the drug, as of old, become a legitimate source of revenue. Rising of the populace, much dreaded by the Chinese garernment, is not to be unheeded by foreigners. Their demolition of a part of the foreign factories, and their armed hosts on the heights in the rear of the city, in 1842, are specimens of what may again occur. This government is strong, and yet weak, -strong when backed by popular sentiment, but almost powerless wlien it has to act against the vox populi. Large masses of the people thrown into commotion, and once turned unrestrained upon foreigners, the destruction of life and property would be dreadful. And indemnity being refused, on the part of the Chinese people, the treaties of perpetual peace would scarcely be suflicient to preclude the presence of armed expe- ditions to secure redress from the constituted authorities. Ignorance on the part of Chinese statesmen — their want of cor- rect information regarding the policy of all foreign countries - is more to be dreaded than popular tumults. In the cabinet and coun- cils at Peking, it has been said, his imperial majesty, “Reason Glory," has not a single man that is willing to cast in his lot with Kiying. A strong, an irresistible tide of circunstances has demand- ed innovations; Kiying has dared to propose them; and the good old 1845. Treaty of Winghiá. 555 emperor has added his sanction. Thus a great experiment is being made; and all the empire, nay all the world, is watching its progress and awaiting its issue. Touching the ways and means requisite to avoid hostile collision between this government and those of other countries, we have space now only to specify two things — the peaceful subordination of the people, and the enlightenment of his majesty's ministers. On these points a volume would scarcely be sufficient to exhibit the sub- ject in all the bearings and force which its high importance demands. Art. II. Treaty between the United States of America and the Chinese Tá Tsing Empire, concluded and signed at Wánghiá, July third in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- dred and forty-four, by their cxcellencies Caleb Cushing and Klying, in Chinese and English. We have much pleasure in now laying before our readers the treaty of Wánghia, in both the Chinese and English languages, as approv- ed by the emperor on the one part, and by the president and the senate of the United States on the other. As a preface to it, we subjoin Mr. Cushing's own remarks, made when transmitting it to Washington. His note is addressed to the hon. John Nelson, &c., secretary of State, and is dated Macao, July 5th, 1844. "Sir: I have the honor to enclose you a copy of the treaty of Wánghia, as signed on the 3d instant. “On examining this document, you will find, in the first place, that, in the description of the contracting parties, the language of the stipulations, and the inode of execution, the style of perfect equality between the United States and China has been sedulously observed; and I may add, that this has been carefully attended to in the Chinese as well as in the English duplicate of the treaty. You will perceive, in the second place, that this treaty contains many provisions which are not embraced either in the English treaty of Nanking, or in the treaty supplementary thereto, which comprehends the tariff and the commercial regulations. « First. The tariff is amended, by the reduction of the duties on some ar. ticles of American production, and by fixing, with greater precision, what goods are contraband, or subjects of monopoly. There is nothing in the English treaties to limit the power of the emperor in the exclusion of articles of import or export. Thus he might render all commercial privileges nugatory, by pro. hibiting the exportation of tea and silk, and the importation of cotton or cotton fabrics; or he might obstruct the commerce in these or any other articles, by making them the subjects of close monopoly, as is now the case with salt. "This is yuarded against in the treaty of Warghia, by making the objects of contraband and monopoly a matter of stipulation hetween the governments. And no modifications of the tariff are to be made without the consent of the United States. 5503 Der: Twenty of Wanghiá. 6 “ Second. By the English treaties, the consnl is security for the payment of duties, and is bound to prosecute for all infractions of the revenue laws of China. This is to transfer to the British government the office and responsibility of paying duties, which involves much of regulation and of form in the prosecu- tion of trade, which experience has already shown to be inconvenient to the subjects as well as the government of Great Britain. All this is avoided in the treaty of Wánghia, by making the duties payable in cash, which is perfectly ac- ceptable to the merchant, and in accordance with the course of business in China. " Third. New provision is made in the amplest manner for the trade, from port to port, in China. A ship which, having touched at Canton, has there paid tonnage duties, and discharged a part of her cargo, may proceed with the residue to any other port in China, without being subject to the payment of tonnage duty a second time ; and goods which have been landed, and paid duty at one of the ports of China, may, at any time, be re-exported to any other port of China, without being subject to any further duty. This latter provision is equivalent to a warehousing system for all the coast of China. “ Fourth. Due provision is inade for the recognition and personal dignity and security of consuls or any other officers whom the governinent of the United States may see fit to appoint for the superintendence of our trade in China. · Fifth. In regard to the payment of duties, various provisions are inserted, for the convenience of our commerce, with respect to the mode of payment, and, among others, that merchandise may be landed from time to time, as day be convenient, duty being paid on the articles only when they are landed, and that vessels may, within a limited time, depart, if they please, without break- ing bulk. * Sixth. Citizens of the United States are to have all accommodation at each of the five ports, not only as heretofore in the construction of dwelling bouses and magaşines, but also of churches, cemeteries, and hospitals. “ Seventh. Provision is made for the employment, by Americans, of persons to teach the languages of the einpire; and the purchase of books is legalized; it having been the custom heretofore for the Chinese government to persecute and oppress such of its subjects as either gave ivstruction or sold books to fo- reigners in China : which circumstance has heen a great obstacle to the study of the languages of China, and the acquisition of the means of satisfactory intercourse with its government. “ Eighth. AH Americans in China are to be deemed subject only to the jurisdiction of their own government, both in criminal matters and in questions of civil right. I shall have occasion hereafter to enter into these subjects some. what in detail, and to suggest to the President the expediency of recommend- ing to congress the enactinent of laws in this relation, applicable not only to Americans in China, but in Turkey and elsewhere in Asia, where Arnericans (in common with Europeans) are in like manner exempt froin the jurisdiction of the local government s Ninth. Citizens of the United States in China, and every thing apper- taining to them, are placed under the special protection of the Chinese govern- ment, which engages to defend them from all insult or injury. If the Chinese authorities neglect their duty in this respect, they of course become responsible for all consequences, on complaint being made to the governinent of the United States. In part execution of this, and other corresponding provisions of the treaty, particular arrangements are in train, for the further security of citizens of the United States residing in Canton, of which a report will be made to you in due tine. Tenth. The vessels of the United States are to come and go freely be- tween the ports of China, and those of any other country with which China may happen to be at war, full security, not only for the ship, but for all description of merchandise --the neutrality of our flag, and every thing it covers, being especially guarantiea. ** Eleventh. Provision is made for the protection and relief of vessels stranded on the coast of China Gr driven by any sort of vis major into what- 1845. 5:59 Treaty of Winghia. ever port of China; and also for the restitution of property taken by pirates in the seas of China. • Tecelfth. Equality in correspondence between civil or military and naval officers of the United States and those of China is stipulated, as also the observance of all courtesy and respect in the correspondence between indivi- dual citizens of the United States and officers of the Chinese government. “ Thirteenth. No presents are to be demanded of either government by the other. The usage among Asiatic States of giving and receiving presents has been the source of great inconvenience to the United States in those cases even where it has been a mere matter of courtesy. But as the receipt of pre- sents by the Chinese government has always hitherto been assumed by the latter as an act of tribute on the part of the government making such presents, it seemed to be still more desirable to abolish the practice at once by a pro- vision of the treaty: “ Fourteenth. Ships of war of the United States and their commanders are at all times to be courteously received in the ports of China. It seemed to me that such a provision would secure to our ships of war all such access to the ports of China as inay be needful, either for their own relief or for the protec- tion of the merchant ships and citizens of the United States; while it would be inconvenient to go so far as the English have done, and engage to keep a ship of war at all times in each of the five ports of China. “ Fifteenth. Heretofore, no government (except Russia) has held direct cominunication with the court of China. At the present time, even the British government does not held correspondence with the court of Peking. I insisted upon and obtained a provision for communication between the two governments. The article of the treaty does not specify to whom communi- cations from the United States shall be addressed, it being left to the direction of the American government to elect whom it will address, not excepting the emperor. Upon this point I shall inake to you a separate communication, with reference as well to its importance as for the purpose of indicating the parties at court whom it will be most convenient for the secretary of state to address, when occasion shall arise. “ Sixteenth. In regard to opium, which is not directly inentioned in the English trcaties, it is provided by the treaty of Wiinghia, that citizens of the United States engaged in this or any other contraband trade shall receive no protection froin the American government, nor shall the flay of the United States be abusively employed by other nations, as a cover for the violation of the laws of China. Upon this point, also, I shall have occasion to address to you a separate dispatch. “I have thus, in a brief manner, "says the hon. Mr. Cushing,"indicated some of the peculiar provisions of this treaty. Many of them are new and important. Some of the English newspapers have commented rather boastfully upon the fact that the English arms had opened the ports of China to other nations, and at the same tiine have, with flippant ignorance, ridiculed the idea of a inission from the United States, to do that which (it was said) had been already wholly done by England. I ascribe all possible honor to the ability displayed by Sir IIcnry Pottinger in China, and to the success which attended his negotiations; and I recognise the debt of gratitude which the United States and all other nations owe to England, for what she has accomplished in China. From all this much benefit has accrued to the United States. But, in return, the treaty of Wánghia, in the new provisions it makes, confers a great benefit on the commerce of the British empire ; for the supplementary English treaty stipulat- es that any new privileges conceded by China to other nations shall be enjoy- ed also by England, and there is a similar provision in the treaty of Winghin, and thus, whatever progress either government makes in opening this vast rinpire to the influence of foreign commerce, is for the common gond of each other and of all Christendom. The details of the tariff are not yet completed, and some incidental questions remain to be arranged. I shall dispose of these matters as soon as possible, in order to transmit the treaty, and all the corros. pondence, and various other particulars of the negotiation, in season, if possible, iu be laid betire llama Senate at the opening of the next session of congress." Treaty of Wunghia. Dec. 欽​大 ​欧​大 ​差​伯​大 ​差​皇​大 ​大大 ​奉​全​理​合​事理​大帝​清​程​睦​台​清​弦 ​便​權​塑​眾​務​五​臣​特 ​以​之​眾​國​中 ​宜​大​天國​宗​口​太​孤 ​為​條​國​亞​華 ​行​臣​德 ​室​通​子 ​兩​約​欲​美 ​事​時 ​普​商​少 ​國​及​堅​理 ​之中​派 ​善​保 ​日​太​定​駕 ​後​兩 ​後​平​兩​洲 ​事​廣 ​遵​和​國 ​宜​總 ​守​好​誠 ​辦​督 ​成​貿​實 ​各 ​理​部 ​規​易​永 ​將 ​外​堂 ​是​之​遠 ​所 ​國​總 ​以​章​友 ​華​顧​聖 ​The United States of America and the Tá Tsing empire, desiring to establish firm, lasting and sincere friendship between the two nations, have resolved to fix, in a manner clear and positive, by means of a Treaty or general convention of peace, amity and commerce, the rules which shall in future be mutually ohserved in the intercourse of their respective coun- tries: for which most desirable object, the president of the United States has conferred full powers on their commissioner Caleb Cushing, envoy ex. traordinary and minister plenipotentiary of the United States to China, and the august sovereign of the Tá 'Tsing Empire, on his minister and commis- sioner extraordinary Kiying, of the Imperial House, a vice-guardian of the heir apparent, governor-general of the Two Kwáng, and superintendent general of the trade and foreign intercourse at the five ports. And the said commissioners, after having exchanged their said full powers, and duly considered the premises, have agreed to the following articles. 1845. 759 Trraty of Wonghia. 1 救​上 ​大大 ​論​論 ​合​清 ​明​公​及 ​後​需​规​現​納​合作方​眾​與​各​同 ​欲​索​費​定​出眾​萬​均​國 ​後​條​較​奉 ​將​中​全​例​口​國​萬​應​及 ​閱​全 ​税​國​行​册​入​來年​互​兩 ​應​照​權 ​例​照​革​不​口中​太​相​國 ​列​驗 ​之 ​(6) 更​例​除​得​貨​國​平​友​民 ​於​俱 ​變冷​如​多​物​貿​無​愛人 ​左 ​演​罪​有​於​之​易​事​真​無 ​與​倘​海​各​稅​之 ​誠​論 ​合​中​關​國民 ​和​在 ​眾​國​胥​一​俱​人 ​好​何 ​國​日​役​却​照​所 ​共​地 ​議 ​Art. I. There shall be a perfect, permanent and universal peace, and a sincere and cordial amity between the United States of America on the one part, and the Tá Tsing Empire, on the other part, and between their people respectively without exception of persons or places. Art. II. Citizens of the United States resorting to China, for the purposes of commerce will pay the duties of import and export prescribed in the Tariff which is fixed by and made a part of this Treaty. They shall in no case be subject to other or higher duties than are or shall be required of the people of any other nation whatever. Fees and charges of every sort are wholly abolished, anıl officers of the revenue who may be guilty of exaction shall be punished according to the laws of China. If the Chinese government desire to modify in any respect the said Tariff, such modifications shall be made only in consultation with consuls or other functionaries thereto duly authorized in behalf of the United States, and ith consent thereof. And if additional 俱​屬​普​當​因​將 ​ 560 Dec. Treaty of Winghia. 易​合​例​違​得​一口​海​家​嗣​於​領 ​應​眾將​把​與​船​聽​之​共​餐後​用​各​事 ​須​國​船​此​沿​駛​其​船​五​赴​合照​國​等 ​各​民​隻​條​海​入​便​隻​港​廣​眾​平​合​管 ​人​貨​禁​奸​别​但​裝​口​州​國​允​眾議 ​領​既​物​个​民​港​五​載​居​福​民 ​允 ​事 ​准​俱​者​私​擅​港貨​住​州​人 ​民​如 ​等​赴​應​相​自​口​物​貿​厦​俱 ​入​另 ​五中​按​交遊​外​互​易​門​准 ​應有 ​國​現​易​突​不​相​其​寧​其 ​利 ​口​入定​如​又​得​往​五​波​挚 ​體​益 ​本​貿​官​條​有​不​有​來​港​上​帶 ​均​及 ​advantages or priviléges of whatever description be conceded hereafter by China to any other nation, the United States and the citizens thereof shall be entitled thereupon to a complete, equal and impartial participation in the same. Art. III. The citizens of the United States are permitted to frequent the five ports of Kwángchau, Amoy, Fuchau, Ningpo and Shánghái, and to reside with their families, and trade there, and to proceed at pleasure, with their vessels and merchandise to or from any foreign port, and from either of the said five ports to any other of thern. But said vessels shall not unlawfully enter the other ports of China, nor carry on a clandestine and fraudulent trade along the coasts thereof. And any vessel, belonging to a citizen of the United States, which violates this provision shall with her cargo be subject to confiscation to the Chinese government. Art. IV. For the superintendence and regulation of the concerns of citi- zens of the Untied States doing business at the said five ports, the govern- spent of the United States inay appoint consuls, or other officers at the sume, 1845. 61 Treaty of Wunghiú. 口​賣​其​之中​合​國​等​中等​如​來​欺​國 ​並由​貨​國​眾官​官​國情​地​或​接 ​本​准​本​物​例​國民​亦​大​准​方​會​遇​人 ​國共​國外​禁​民​動​不靈​該​官​晤​有事 ​或​將​或其​不​人​多​得​兼領​有​面交​宜 ​别​中​别​徐​准​在​率​公事​欺​商​涉​中 ​國​國​國​各​播​五​意​查​等​競​務​事​國 ​售貨​販​項​帶​港 ​任​辦​將該​須​件​地 ​賣​物理​貨​進口 ​性​但​委​領​兩​或​方 ​均​販進​物​口​貿 ​致​該​曲​事​得​公馆 ​照​進口​均​出场 ​與​領​申​各​其​文​應 ​現​出售​非​口​除 ​中​事​訴​官​平​往​加 ​who shall be duly recognized as such by the officers of the Chinese govern- ment, and shall hold official intercourse and correspondence with the latter, either personal or in writing, as occasion may require on terms of equality and reciprocal respect. If disrespectfully treated or aggrieved in any way by the local authorities, the said officers on the one hand shall have the right to make representation of the same to the superior officers of the Chi- nese government, who will see that full inquiry and strict justice be had in the premises, and on the other hand, the said consuls will carefully avoid all acts of unnecessary offense to or collision with the officers and people of China. ART. V. At each of the said five ports, citizens of the United States, law- fully engaged in co:nmerce sh:ll be permitteil to import froin their own or any other ports into China, and sell there, and purchase therein and export to their own or any other ports all manner of merchandise, of which the importa. tion or exportation is not prohibited hy this Treaty, paying the duties there- 1 VOL. XIV. NO, XII. 568 Dec. Treaty of Wánghiá. 1 已​報復​港​行​所​百​上​計​明​者​凡​費​定 ​納明​战 ​海​裁​有​五​者​所​海​均​合 ​体 ​完​海​往​關​革​以​十​每​載 ​關​由​眾 ​例 ​之​關​别​納​或​前​噸​噸​貨​按​領​國 ​處於​口​完​有​丈​者​納​物​所​事​船 ​在​該​轉​勢​船​量​每​鈔​在​載​等​隻 ​紅​船​售​銀​隻​及​噸​銀​一​噸​官​赴 ​牌​出​者​因​進​各​納​五百​數​查​五 ​內​口​傾​貨​口​項​鈔​錢​五​輸​驗​港 ​註​時事​未​己​規​銀​不​十​納​船​口 ​明​將​等​全​在​費​一​及​噸​船​牌​貿 ​頂 ​並​剑​官​銷​本​全​錢​-以​鈔​報​易 ​規 ​納​餉​不得​另有​别 ​on, which are prescribed by the Tariff hereinbefore established, and no other charges whatsoever. Art. VI. Whenever any merchant vessel belonging to the United States shall enter either of the said five ports for trade, her papers shall be lodged with the consul, or person charged with affairs, who will report the same to the commissioner of customs, and tonnage duty shall be paid on said vessel at the rate of five mace per ton, if she be over one hundred and fifty tons burden, and one mace per ton, if she be of the burden of one hundred and fifty tons, or under, according to the amount of her tonnage as specified in the register ; said payment to be in full of the former charges of measurement and other fees, which are wholly abolished. And if any vessel, which having anchored at one of the said ports, and there paid tonnage duty, shall bave occasion to go to any other of the said ports to complete the disposal of her cargo, the consul or person charged with affairs, will report the same to the commissioner of customs, who, on the departure of the said vesseh shall note 1845. 563 Treaty of Wánghia. 1 明​准​凡​鈔​若​百​外​物​李​國​凡​免​别​行 ​帶​其​合​之​雇​五​若​者​書​三合​重​口​文 ​進​自​泉​例​用​十​載​其​信​板​象徵​時​别 ​侯​雇​國 ​内​噸​有​船​及​等​國 ​止​口 ​稅​引​民​地​之​貨​隻​例​船民 ​納海 ​鈔​水​入​紙​數​物​均不​附​人 ​貨​開 ​赴​貿 ​隻​每​即​不​納塔​在 ​稅​查 ​完​開​易 ​不​噸​應​須​税​客​各 ​不 ​照 ​仍​险​船 ​在​納​按​輪​之​商港 ​輸​侯 ​令​處​隻 ​按線​不納​零​運​口 ​船​該 ​引​所​進 ​噸​一​及​船​星​帶​以 ​釣​船 ​水​親口 ​納​錢​一剑​食​行​本 ​以​進 ​in the port clearance that the tonnage duties have been paid, and report the same to the other custom-houses : in which case, on entering another port, the said vessel shall only pay duty there on her cargo, but shall not be sub- ject to the payment of tonnage duty a second time. ART. VII. No tonnage duty shall be required on boats belonging to citizens of the United States, employed in the conveyance of passengers, baggage, letters, and articles of provision or others not subject to duty, to or from any of the five ports. All cargo boats, however, conveying mer- chandise subject to duty, shall pay the regular tonnage duty of one mace per ton, provided they belong to citizens of the United States, but not if hired by them from subjects of China. ART. VIII. Citizens of the United States for their vessels bound in, shall be allowed to engage pilots who will report said vessels at the passes, and take thein into port; and when the lawful duties have all been paid, they 564 Dec. Treaty of Wunghia. 一 ​得​所​雇船​水合​方​議​工​需​匠​搬​延​隨 ​需​艇​管​帶​眾​言​或​價​例​断​運​請​時 ​索​食​隻​押​進​國​勿​請​若​所​役​貨​通​帶 ​商用​隨​該​即​貿​庸​各​干​不​水​物事​出 ​船​由​同​役​由​易經​領​由​禁​手​附​書​其 ​絲海​行​或​海船​理事​該​應​載​手​屋 ​毫​關​走​搭​開 ​官商​各​等​客​雇​竟 ​規​按​均​坐到 ​民​聽​商用​跟 ​費​日​聽​商​派 ​辦​等​其​屬​或​內​陵 ​違​給​其​船​安​一 ​中​自​梗​事​漆​地​買 ​者​银​便​或​役​經 ​國​行​所​所​雇​艇​辦 ​計​不​其​自​陵​引 ​地​定​有​必​工​隻​及 ​may engage pilots to leave port. It shall be lawful for them to hire at pleasure servants, compradores, linguists and writers, and passage or cargo boats, and to employ laborers, seamen and persons for whatever necessary service, for a reasonable compensation to be agreed on by the parties, or settled by application to the consular officer of their own government with- out interference on the part of the local officers of the Chinese government. Art. IX. Whenever merchant vessels belonging to the United States shall have entered port, the superintendent of custoins will, if he see fit, ap- point customn-house officers to guard said vessels, who may live on board the ship or their own boats at their convenience; but provisions for the subsist- ence of said officers shall be made by the superiņtendent of customs, and they shall not be entitled to ary allowance from the vessel or owner thereof and they shall be subject to suitable punishunent for any exaction practised by them in violation of this regulation .1845. Treaty of Wanghia. 565 别​納​貨​入​將​起​起​照​名​等​船主​合​脏 ​税​物​官​擅​貨​貨​會​及​官​牌​或​眾​科 ​答​者​或​行者​倘​海​所​存貨​代​國​罪 ​賈​未按​有​卸​有關​戰敗​单​辦​商 ​倘​起​其​商​罰​未​方​噸​該等​商船 ​有​之​所​辦​之​洋​領​准​數​領​件​入​進 ​進貨​起​進貨​銀牌​假貨​事​呈​限 ​口​一口​一​五​照​取​色即​遞​二​或 ​並​准​分​止​概​百​之​牌​詳​將​本​日​船 ​未​其​之​起​歸​人​先​照​細​船​國​之​主 ​開​載貨​一​中國​指 ​一​中國​擅​開​開​名​領​內政 ​輪​往​輸​分​國​並行​驚​明​人事​將​貨 ​Art. X. Whenever a merchant vessel belonging to the United States shall cast anchor in either of the said ports, the supercargo, master or con- signee will, within forty-eight hours, deposit the ship papers in the hands of the consul, or person charged with affairs of the United States, who will cause to be communicated to the superintendent of customs a true report of the name and tonnage of such vessel, the names of her men, and of the cargo on board, which being done, the superintendent will give a permit for the discharge of her cargo. And the master, supercargo, or consignee, if he proceed to discharge the cargo without such permit, shall incur a fine of five hundred dollars, anl the goods so discharged without permit shall be subject to forfeiture to the Chinese government. But if the master of any vessel in port desire to discharge a part only of the cargo, it shall be lawful for him to do so, paying duty on such part only, and to proceed with the re- mainder to any other ports. Or if the master so desire, he may within 566 Dec, Treaty of Wánghia. 皮​税​以​代​官​將​合​填​之​例​船​出​即 ​多​之​便​辦​委​由​起​眾​發​限​輸​鈔​口​欲 ​寡​貨​按​商​官​領​貨​國​紅​即​納​均不​他 ​不​或​例​人​從事​下​商​牌​須​尚​侯​得​往 ​濟​因​徵​等​眼​等​貨船​輸​進​到​停​者 ​致議​税​秉同​官​日販​照納​口​别留​限 ​有​價​若​公​該​轉​期貨​别​船貨​口​亦 ​雅​高​內​將​船​報​呈​進口​鈔​船​發​不日 ​論​下​有​債主​海報​口​仍​已售​征​之 ​不​不​佐​物​貨​關​領​出​免​由​逾​再​收​內 ​能​等價​駛​主​屆​事​口重​海​二​行​税​即 ​了​除​定​明​或​期​等均​徵​關​日照​行 ​forty-eight hours after the arrival of the vessel, but not later, decide to depart without breaking bulk; in which case he will not be subject to pay tonnage or other duties or charges, until, on his arrival at another port, he shall proceed to discharge cargo, when he will pay the duties on vessel and cargo according to law. And the tonnage duties shall be held due after the expiration of said forty-eight hours. ART. XI. The superintendent of customs in order to the collection of the proper duties, will, on application made to him through the consul appoint suitable officers, who shall proceed, in the presence of the captain, super- cargo or consignee, to make a just and fair examination of all goods in the act of being discharged for importation, or laden for exportation, on board any merchant vessel of the United States. And if dispute occur in regard to the value of goods subject to ad valorem duty, or in regard to the amount 1845. 567 Treaty of Wunghiá. 1 部 ​能 ​海​於​貨​貨​合​免​頒​即​以​國​合​若​事​結 ​關​下​物​時​眾​參​之​照​備​海​眾​票​官​者 ​發貨​於​應​國​差​式​粤​丈​關​國​報 ​俾​限 ​給​時​起​創​商​激​盖​海量​發​各​稽​得​該 ​紅​完​貨​將​船​槃​截​關​長​給​口​遲​通商 ​单​稅​時​船​進 ​短​丈​領​即​知 ​由​統​完​鈔​口 ​字 ​權​尺​事​不​海​! 領​俊​稅​交​後 ​五 ​衡​种​官​為​關​日 ​事​稅​出清​於 ​輕​碼​處​進​會​內 ​官​鈔​口​其​領 ​重​各​應​理​商​票 ​影​全​貨​進​牌​律 ​之一​由 ​的​報 ​明​完​物​口​起 ​以 ​用​副​中 ​奪​領 ​1 of tare, and the same cannot be satisfactorily arranged by the parties; the question may within twenty-four hours, and not afterwards, be referred to the said consul to adjust with the superintendent of customs. Art. XII. Sets of standard balances and also weights and measures duly prepared, stamped and sealed according to the standard of the custom-house of Canton, shall be delivered by the superintendent of customs to the consils of each of the five ports, to secure uniformity and prevent confusion in the measure and weight of merchandise. ART. XIII. The tonnage duty on vessels belonging to citizens of the United States shall be paid on their being admitted to entry. Duties of import shall be paid on the discharge of the goods, and duties of export on the lading of the same. When all such duties shall have been paid, and not before, the superintendent of customs shall give a port clearance, and the consuł shall 563 Dec. Treaty of Würighiá. 各​剝​票​委​由​相合​不​地​進​銀​號​國​再 ​國​明​員​該​割​眾​得​者​口​折​代​其​得 ​通​之​核查​商​貨​國​另​經費​交納​完​發 ​商​貨​驗​驗​呈​尚​商​有​過​均​或​納​還 ​普​一​較​明​報​有​加​由​照​以​税​船 ​网​併行​確​領​业​、停​增​關​中​現​紋​銀牌 ​歸​别​方​事​須​泊​均​國​定​銀​由​准 ​廣​中​運​准​官制​口 ​照​商​章​納​中​該 ​州​國​者​制​報​過 ​舊​人​程​國​商 ​官​入​即​運​明​別​不 ​例​轉​辦​或​官​出 ​設​官​將​尚​海船​准 ​納​取​理​以​設​口 ​洋 ​其​不​關​者​瓦 ​校內​其​洋​銀​问 ​return the ship's papers, so that she may depart on her voyage. The duties shall be paid to the shroffs authorized by the Chinese government to receive the saine in its behalf. Duties payable by merchants of the United States shall be received either in sycee silver or in foreign money, at the rate of exchange as ascertained by the regulations now in force. And imported goods, on their resale or transit in any part of the empire shall be subject to the imposition of no higher duty than they are accustomed to pay at the date of this Treaty. Art. XIV. No goods on board any merchant vessel of the United States in port, are to be transhipped to another vessel, unless there be particular occasion therefor, in which case the occasion shall be certified by the consul to the superintendent of customs, who may appoint officers to examine into facts, and permit the transhipment. And if any goods be transhipped without such application, inquiry and pernit, they shall be subject to be for- feited to the Chinese government. ART. XV. The former limitation of the trade of foreign natione to 1845. 669 Treaty of Wánghia. 呈​國​誰​欠​宣告​自​債​中​把​任​裁​行 ​請​人​碼​简​照到​向​項​國​特​便​出​撤​經 ​着​不​之​欠​會​官​討​或​商​之​交口​所​理 ​賠​得​犯​債​即​中​取​誰人​弊​易​均有​現 ​若​轨​實​之​應​國​不​騙過 ​不准​合​經 ​合​洋​已​人​秉​地​能​財​有​加​其​眾議 ​眾​行​逃​寶​公​方​官​物​拖 ​限​自​國​定 ​國​代​匿​已​查​官​高​龜​欠 ​制​與​民​將 ​人​賠​無​身​明​接​保​合​合 ​以​中人​洋 ​有​之​踪​亡​催​到​償 ​舰​泉 ​杜​國​販​行 ​拖​舊​合​產​追​領著​國​國 ​包商​貨​名 ​例​眾​絕​還​事​控​人人 ​覺​民進​目 ​certain persons appointed at Canton by the government, and commonly called hong merchants, having been abolished, citizens of the United States, engaged in the purchase or sale of goods of import or export, are permitted to trade with any and all subjects of China without distinction, they shall not be subject to any new limitations nor impeded in their business by monopolies or other injurious rertrictions. Art. XVI. The Chinese government will not hold itself responsible for any debts which may happen to be due from subjects of China to citizens of the United States, or for frauds committed by them; but citizens of the United States may seek redress in law; and on suitable representation being made to the Chinese local authorities through the consul, they will cause due examination in the premises, and take all proper steps to compel satisfac- tion. But in case the debtor be dead or without property, or have absconded the creditor cannot be indemnified according to the old system of the cohong so called. And if citizens of the United States be indebted to subjects of VOL. XIV. NO. XII. 570 Dec. Treaty of Wánghia. 人​方​墓​務​撞​內​民國​體​或​久​合​領 ​泊​官​或​須​價​民情​地​拜​租​居​象​事​騙 ​船​嚴​被​各​措​公​擇​方​堂​地​或​國​官​華 ​寄​拿​中​出​勒​平定​官​及​自​暫​民​亦​商 ​居​照​國情​遠​議​地​會​強行​住​人​不​之 ​處​例​民​願​人定​基​同​葬​建​均​在​保​事 ​所​治​人​以​租​聽​領​之​樓​准​五​償​街 ​商​罪​毁​昭​許​息​合​事​處​並​其​港 ​照 ​民​其​掘​公​强​內​眾​等​必​設​租​口 ​此 ​永​合​中​允​租​民國​官​須​立​貨​貿 ​手​眾​國​,倘​硬​不​人體​由​醫​民​易 ​入​國​地​墳​占​得​與​察​中​館​房​或 ​元​侧​辦理 ​China, the latter may seek redress in the same way through the consul, but without any responsibility for the debt on the part of the United States. ART. XVII. Citizens of the United States residing or sojourning at any of the ports open to foreign commerce shall enjoy all proper accommodation in obtaining houses and places of business or in hiring sites from the inhabi- tants on which to construct houses and places of business and also hospitals, churches and cemeteries. The local authorities of the two governments shall select in concert the sites for the foregoing objects, having due regard to the feelings of the people in the location thereof; and parties interested will fix the rent by mutual agreeinent, the proprietors on the one hand, not demand- ing any exorbitant price, nor the merchants on the other unreasonably insisting on particular spots, but each conducting with justice and moderation. And any desecration of said cemeteries by subjects of China shall be severely punished according to law. At the places of anchorage of the United States, the citizens of the United States, merchants, seamen or others sojourning there, may pass and repass in the immediate neighborhood, but they shail 1845. 571 Treaty of Wanghia. 一 ​貿​嗣​其​不​何​辦​士​准​彼​議​方​市內​等 ​易​後​探​得​等​文​合​此​定​官​鎮​地​止 ​與​合​買​稍​樣​墨​人​象​相​界​各​私​鄉​准 ​中​眾​中​有​人事​等​國​安​址​就​行​村​在 ​國​國​國​阻​中​件​教官​,不​民​貿​任 ​近 ​民​民​各​撓​國​不​習​民 ​許情易​意地 ​人人​項​陷​地​論​各​延 ​逾​地​應​閒​行 ​王​在​書​害​方​所​方​請 ​越​勢​由​遊走 ​相中​籍​等​官​延​語​中 ​以​與​五​尤​不 ​友​國 ​情​民​請​音​國 ​期​領港​不准 ​愛​安 ​并​等​者​並​各 ​永​事​得​遠 ​地​分 ​准​均​係​帮​方​,入​官地​赴​赴 ​not at their pleasure make excursions into the country among the villages at large, nor shall they repair to public marts for the purpose of disposing of goods unlawfully, and in fraud of the revenue. And in order to the preserva- tion of the public peace, the local officers of government, at each of the five ports shall in concert with the consuls, define the limits beyond which it shall not be lawful for citizens of the United States to go. ART. XVIII. It shall be lawful for the officers or citizens of the United States to employ scholars and people of any port of China without distinction of persons to teach any of the languages of the empire, and to assist in liter- ary labors; and the persons so employed shall not for that cause be subject to any injury on the part either of the government or of individuals, and it shall in like manner be lawful for citizens of the United States to parchase all manner of books in China. Art. XIX. All citizens of the United States in China peaceably attending to' their affairs being placed on a common footing of amity and good will with sub- 579 Dec. Treaty of Wanghia. 一 ​已​動員​報​往​清​合辦​壓​速​火​援​全​方 ​完​抽驗​海​别​税​眾 ​查​即​焚​尚安官 ​税​換​明​關口​國 ​舉報​燒​有​並​自 ​若​情​實​檢​售​简​民 ​並​明洋​内​查必 ​千​槃​係​查​賣​有人 ​將​地​樓​地​禁​時 ​之​即​原​貨​者​欲​運 ​焚掠​不​匪​加 ​處​將​包​税票​將​貨 ​搶​官​奪​法​徒​保 ​填​某​原​底​明​已​進 ​匪​派​財​匪​不​護 ​入​貨​貨​簿​領口 ​徒​撥​物​徒​得​令 ​牌​若​並​相​事​之​战​,按​兵​領​淫​欺​其 ​照​干​無​符​官​貨​經 ​例​役​事​党​凌​身 ​發​擔​拆​委​轉運​納 ​嚴​彈​官​放​屬​家 ​jects of China, shall receive and enjoy for themselves, and every thing apper- taining to them, the special protection of the local authorities of government, who shall defend them from all insult or injury of any sort on the part of the Chinese. If their dwellings or property be threatened or attacked by mobs, in- cendiaries or other violent and lawless persons, the local officers on requisition of the consul will immediately dispatch a military force to disperse the riot- ers, and will apprehend the guilty individuals and punish them to the utmost rigor of the law. Art. XX. Citizens of the United States who may have imported mer- chandise into any of the free ports of China, and paid the duty thereon, if they desire to re-export the same in part or in whole to any other of the said ports, shall be entitled to make application through their consul, to the superinten- dent of customs, who, in order to prevent fraud, on the revenue, shall cause examination to be made by suitable officers to see that the duties paid on such goods as are entered on the custom-house hooks, correspond with the repre- sentation made, and that the goods reinain with their original marks unchang, ed, and shall then make a memorandum in the port clearance of the goods and the amount of duties paid on the same and deliver the same to the merchant, 1845. 578 Treaty of Wanghiá. 處​合​得罪​事​中人​有​願​罰​有​准​查​該 ​港​象​各​等​國​由​爭​後​貨​影​開​照​商 ​口​國​存​須​官​网​中​關​中​入射​艙​侯​收 ​聽​現​偏​兩​捉​治國​詞​國​官​來​出​該​執 ​其​與​護​得​拿​罪​地​訟​民​帶​售​船 ​船​中​致​其​審​合​方​交​人 ​情​免​進​面 ​隻​國​啟​平​說​象​官​涉​與 ​事​其​口​行 ​往​訂​爭​秉​照​國​捉​事​合 ​經​重​查​文 ​來​明​端​公民​拿​件​架 ​海納​監​別 ​貿​和 ​斷​國人​審​中國 ​關稅​符​口 ​易​好 ​結​例​由​訊​國民 ​查​合​海 ​倘​五 ​不治​領​照​民​出​若​即​關 ​and shall also certify the facts to the officers of customs of the other ports ; all which being done, on the arrival in port of the vessel in which the goods are laden, and every thing being found on examination there to correspond, she shall be permitted to break bulk and land the said goods, without being subject to the payment of any additional duty thereon. But if on such ex- amination, the superintendent of customs shall detect any fraud on the revenue in the case, then the goods shall be subject to forfeiture and confiscation to the Chinese government. Art. XXI. Subjects of China who may be guilty of any criminal act towards citizens of the United States shall be arrested and prinished by the Chinese authorities according to the laws of China. And citizens of the United States who may cornmit any crime in China, shall be subject to be tried and punished only by the consul or other public functionary of the United States thereto authorized according to the laws of the United States. And in order to the prevention of all controversy and disaffection, justice shall be equitably and impartially administered on both sides. ART. XXII. Relations of peace and amity between the Unied States and China being established by this treaty, and the vessels of the United States being admitted to trade, freely to and from the five ports of China open to fo- Treaty of Wanghia. Dec. 詳​口​領​每​聽 ​運​别​符號​來​國​五​國​日 ​「船​届​貿 ​事​届​中​貨​国​私​便​五​貿​口​止​後 ​開​隻​官​中國​入​商​帶​進口​易​交​應​另 ​報​貨​應​國​查​人​別​入​中​或​易​禁​有 ​各​物​將​年​出​貿​賄​國​港​國​販​其​阻​别 ​本​合​終​易​矚 ​惟​應​運​合​不​國 ​省​自來​分​辦​尚​換​兵​合​認​其​眾​和​與 ​總​及​國​駐 ​有​給​造​象​明​國​國​之中 ​督​估 ​五 ​犯​旗​口​國​合​之​入​國​國 ​轉​定​年​港 ​此​號​及​商家​貨​自​不​不 ​容​價​出口 ​禁​聽​聯​國​物​往​准​和 ​值​入​各 ​令​為​受​不​筛​前​別​來​中 ​reign comine:ce, it is further agreed, that in case at any time hereafter China should be at war with any foreign nation whatever, and should for that cause exclude such nation from entering her ports, still the vessels of the United States shall not the less continue to pursue their commerce in freedom and security, and to transport goods to and from the ports of the belligerent ports, full respect being paid to the neutrality of the flag of the United States: provided that the said flag shall not protect vessels engaged in the trans- portation of officers or soldiers in the enemy's service, nor shall said flag be fraudulently used to enable the enemy's ships with their cargoes to enter the ports of China : but all such vessels so offending shall be subject to forfeiture and confiscation to the Chinese government. Art. XXIII. The consuls of the United States at each of the five ports open to foreign trade, shall niake annually to the respective governors-general thereof, a detailed report of the number of vessels belonging to the United States which have entered and left said ports during the year, and of the amount and value of goods imported or exported in said vessels, for transmis- sion to and inspection of the Board of Revenue. 1845. 575 Treaty of Wunghia. 因​合​明​和​與​領​句​訴​商​者​查​地​合​部 ​財​眾​公平​合​事​明​先民​會​明​方​眾​以 ​產​國​議​調​眾​等​順​票​因為​裏​官​國 ​涉​民​察​處​國​官事​明​有​轉​內​辦​民​查 ​人​奪​者 ​入​查​在​地​要​行​字​訴​人​驗 ​在 ​即​因​辦​情​方​事​地​先​因 ​在​中 ​領事​個​理​向​方​明​票 ​國​國 ​兩​兩​相遇​者​查​領​官​頗​明​要 ​領​各 ​國​爭​即​明​事​查​事​領事 ​事​淡 ​官家​中​為​桌​等​辦​在​事​向 ​員​能​國​轉​內​官​中情​等​中 ​官​自 ​查​人​行​字​辨​國​理​官​國 ​be proper ART. XXIV. If citizens of the United States have special occasion to address any communication to the Chinese local officers of government, they shall submit the same to their consul or other officer to deterinine if the lan- guage and respectful, and the matter just and right, in which event, he shall transınit the same to the appropriate authorities for their considerations and action in the prentises In like manner, if subjects of China have special occasion to address the consul of the United States, they shall submit the communication to local authorities of their own government, to determine if the language be respectful and proper, and the matter just and right: in which case the said authorities will transmit the same to the consul or other officer for his consideration and action in the premises. And if controversies arise between citizens of the United States and subjects of China, which cannot be amicably settled otherwise, the same shall be examined and decided con- formably to justice and equity by the public officers of the two nations acting in conjunction. Art. XXV. All questions in regard to rights whether of property or per- son, arising between citizens of the United States in China shall be subject 576 Dec. Treaty of Wánghia. 例​官​洋​若​貿​倘​船​口​合​問​條​者​國​訊 ​治​一​被​合​易​遇​主​灣​眾 ​約​應​與​明 ​罪​經​溢​泉​民​有人​泊​國 ​辦​聽​別​辦 ​起​聞​抢​國人​外​等​仍覺 ​理​兩國​理 ​獲​報​却​商​中​洋​經​歸​易 ​中​造​貿​若 ​原創​者​船 ​國別​管​各​船 ​國​查​易​合 ​職​須​中​在​不​國​中​領​雙 ​官​照​之​象 ​無​嚴​國​中​能​凌​國事​進 ​員​各人​國 ​論​拿​地​國​代​害​無​等​中 ​均​本​因​民 ​多​强​方​所​為​合​從​官​國 ​少​盗​文​轄​報​聚​統​督​五 ​得​所​爭​在 ​均​照​武​內​復​國​轄​港 ​過​立論​中 ​to the jurisdiction and regulated by the authorities of their own government. And all controversies occurring in China between citizens of the United States and the subjects of any other government shall be regulated by the treaties existing between the United States and such governments respective- ly without interference on the part of China. ART. XXVI. Merchant vessels of the United States being in the waters of the five ports of China open to foreign commerce, will be under the jurisdic- tion of the officers of their own government, who with the masters and owners thereof will manage the same without control on the part of China. For injuries done to the citizens or the commerce of the United States by any foreign power, the Chinese government will not hold itself bound to make reparation. But if the merchant vessels of the United States while within the waters over which the Chinese government exercises jurisdiction, be plundered by robbers or pirates, then the Chinese local authorities civil and military, on receiving information thereof will arrest the said robbers or pirates, and punish them according to law, and will cause all the property which can be recovered, to be placed in the hands of the nearest consul, or 不​國事​人 ​ 1845. T. Treaty of Wánghia. 1 安​方​在​水口​抓​壞​面​合​能​不​不​回交 ​為​者​外​均​修​救​恐​遭​眾​聯​全能​但​近 ​辦​經​洋​不​整​着​海風​國​還​中​緝​中​地 ​理​官​捐​得​一​加​地​觸​貿​職​國​獲​國​領 ​查​壞​稍​切​撫​方​礁​易地​或​地​事 ​明​漂​為​探​官​擱 ​方​有​震​等 ​亦​至​禁​買​俾​查​淺​隻​,官​益​人​官 ​應​中​阻​米​得知​遇​若​例​無​稠 ​全 ​國​如​糧​駛​即​盔​在​有​睡​萬​付 ​體​沿​該​汲​至​應​致​中​處​及 ​- 本 ​海商​取​本​設有​國​分​起​正人 ​地​船​淡​港​法​損​洋​不​睡​壶​收 ​other officer of the United States to be by him restored to the true owner. But if by reason of the extent of territory and numerous population of China, it shall in any case happen that the rabbers cannot be apprehended, and the property only in part recovered, then the law will take its course in regard to the local authorities, but the Chinese government will not make indemnity for the goods lost. Art. XXVII. If any vessel of the United States shall be wrecked or stranded on the coast of China, and be subjected to plunder or other damage the proper officers of government, on receiving information of the fact, will immediately adopt measures for their relief and security. and the persons on board shall receive friendly treatment, and be enabled to repair at once to the most convenient of the five ports and enjoy all facilities for obtaining supplies of provisions and water. And if a vessel shall be forced in whatever way to take refuge in any port other than one of the five ports, then'in like manner the persons on board shall receive friendly treatment, and the means- of safety and security. VOL, Aly. NO.X1, 73 378 Dec. Treaty of Wunghia. 一 ​束​等​有​領​匿​逃​等​中​本​合​聽​強​中​合 ​倘​均​成​重​者​至​官​國​分​取其​取​國​眾 ​兩​歸​匿​等​中​合​治​地​離​國​安威​五​國 ​國​領​至​官​國​原罪​方​船​民生​肠​港​民 ​人事​合​捉​地​國​若​官​逃​人​貿​如​日人 ​有​等​來拿​方人​有​即​走​間​易​封​者​貿 ​僑​信​國​法官​寓​中派​至​有​免​船​地​易 ​強 ​隨​商​回​查​館​國​役​內在​致​公​方 ​滋​時​民​均​出​及​犯​拿​地​船用​官​隻 ​事​稽​水​不會​商法​送​避​上​累​等均​財 ​輕​查​手​得​行​船民​領​匿​不 ​事​不​物 ​用​約​人​稍​文​潜入​事​者​安 ​應​得​在 ​Art. XXVIII. Citizens of the United States, their vessels and property shall not be subject to any embargo“; nor shall they be seized or forcibly de- tained for any pretence of the public service, but they shall be suffered to prosecute their commerce in quiet, and without molestation or embarrassment. Art. XXIX. The local authorities of the Chinese government will cause to be apprehended all mutineers or deserters from on board the vessels of the United States in China, and will deliver them up to the consuls or other of- ficers for punishment. And if criminals, subjects of China, take refuge in the houses or on board the vessels of citizens of the United States, they shall not be harbored or concealed, but shall be delivered up to justice, on due requisition by the Chinese local officers, addressed to those of the United States. The merchants, seamen and other citizens of the United States shall be under the superintendence of the appropriate officers of their government. If individuals of either nation coinnit acts of violence and disorder, use arms 1845. 579 Treaty of Winghiá. 朝 ​廷​國​合​不欺​報​報​官​會​嗣​偏​官​火 ​者​,眾​得​貌​官​大公​字​文​後​狗​器 ​國​互​不​憲​憲​文​樣​往​中​致​均​傷 ​由 ​日​相​茶​仍​用​往​領​來​國​令​應​人 ​後​徵​有用​申​來​事​應​大眾​執​致 ​若​索​票​陳亦​等​照​臣​心法​釀 ​有禮​公​呈​字​用​官​平​與​不嚴​關 ​國​物​韻​字樣​照​與​行​合​服​辦​殺 ​書 ​至​樣​若​會​中​之​象​不​重 ​兩​均​平​字​國​禮​國 ​得​案 ​國​不​民​樣​地​用​大 ​稍​兩 ​務 ​中 ​均​得票​申​方​照​臣​有​國 ​中國​辦理​外國 ​to the injury of others, or create disturbances, endangering life, the officerş of the two governments will exert themselves to enforce order, and to main- tain the public peace by doing impartial justice in the premises. Art. XXX. The superior authorities of the United States and of China, in corresponding together shall do so on terms of equality, and in the form of mutual communication (chau hwui). The consuls and the local officers, civil and military in corresponding together, shall likewise employ the style and form of mutual communication (chau hwui); when inferior officers of the one government address superior officers of the other, they shall do so in the style and form of memorial (shin chin), Private individuals in addressing superior officers shall employ the style of petition (pin ching). In no case shall any terms or style be suffered which shall be offensive or disrespectful to either party. And it is agreed that no presents under any pretext or form whatever shall ever be demanded of the United States by China, or of China by the United States, Art. XXXI. Communications from the government of the United States to the court of China shall be transmitted through the medium of the imperial 580 Dec. Treaty of Wunghiá. 1 欽 ​一​奏 ​不合​損​項​飛行​該​水​易​赢 ​臣​大​之 ​開​眾​壤​中​如​之​處​師​至​後 ​將​臣 ​國​亦​國有​禮​港​提​中​合 ​原​或 ​之​民​准​均​採​相​督​國​眾 ​書​两 ​港人​修​不​買​待​之​及​各國 ​代​廣 ​口​凡​得​食​以​文​水​港​如 ​私有 ​禁​物​示​武師​日​有 ​阻​和​大大​者​兵 ​如​取​好​憲​員​其​船 ​易​向 ​或​淡​之​均​與​兵​巡 ​及​别​,兵​水​誼​以​中​船​查 ​走​處 ​船​等​該​平​國​之​貿 ​欽差​大臣​或​两廣​閩浙​兩​江​總督​大 ​行​擅 ​貿​自 ​commissioner charged with the superintendence of the concerns of foreign nations with China, or through the governor-general of the Liang Kwang, that of Min and Cheh, or that of the Liang Kiang. ART. XXXII. Whenever ships of war of the United States, in cruising for the protection of the commerce of their country, shall arrive at any of the ports of China, the commanders of said ships, and the superior local authorities of government shall hold intercourse together in terms of equality and cour- tesy in token of the friendly relations of their respective nations. And the said ships of war shall enjoy all suitable facilities on the part of the Chinese government in the purchase of provisions, procuring water and making repairs if occasion requires. Akt. XXXIJI. Citizens of the United States whn shall attempt to trade clandestinely with such of the ports of China as are not open to foreign com- merce, or who shall trade in opium or any other contraband article of mer- 1845. 681 Treaty of Wánghiá. 批准​後 ​國人 ​眾​兩​後​無一不​和合​目​均​官​禁​私 ​國​國​經​兩​稍​所得​約​眾​合​不​自​貨​漏 ​中​官 ​國有​有​輕​一​國歌​得​行​物​稅 ​各​民 ​派​變​貿​有​經​自​國​稍​辦​至​或 ​員​通​易​更​議​應​旗​有理​中​攜 ​均等 ​公​之​及​改​定​設 ​號​治國​帶 ​不均 ​平​處​海​至​兩​法​做孽​罪​者​鴉 ​得​應 ​應​面​各國​禁​不​若​合​聽​片 ​普格 ​辦​促​各​各​法​别​眾​中​及 ​員​遵 ​又​十​欺​情​宜 ​貿​國​國​國 ​到​至 ​和​二​恐​形​導 ​易​船​官地​真 ​來​合 ​約​年​不​不​守 ​者​雙​民​方​達 ​chandise, shall be subject to be dealt with by the Chinese government, without being entitled to any countenance or protectior. from that of the United Stales ; and the United States will take ineasures to prevent their flag from being abused by the subjects of other nations as a cover for the violation of the laws of the empire. Art. XXXIV. When the present convention shall have been definitively concluded it shall be obligatory on both powers, and its provisions shall not be altered without grave cause ; but, inasmuch as the circumstances of the several ports of China open to foreign commerce are different, experience may shew that inconsiderable modifications are requisite in those parts which relate to commerce and navigation; in which case the two government will at the expiration of twelve years from the date of the said convention treat 582 Dec. Treaty of Wánghia. 欽 ​君 ​大大 ​差​大 ​上 ​伯大皇​大 ​總​太清​尤以​長​理​合​帝​清​各​以​另 ​理​臣​國​為準​十​公​囊​眾​批 ​欺​上​有 ​五​太 ​善​之​入會​天國​准 ​條 ​關​異 ​口子 ​美​條​個​大德 ​約​涉​議 ​通​少 ​弦​約​月​臣​既 ​應​太 ​商​保 ​將​互​即​議​得 ​侯​平 ​善​兩 ​現​換​將​定​各 ​各​和 ​後​廣 ​定​若​兩​允​國 ​大好 ​事​總 ​條​能​國​肯​選 ​臣​貿 ​宜​督 ​約​早 ​批​舉 ​奏​易 ​辦​部 ​先​互 ​淮​國 ​理​堂 ​由​換 ​限​會 ​面 ​明海 ​amicably concerning the same, by the means of suitable persons appointed to conduct such negotiation. And when ratified, this treaty shall be faithfully observed in all its parts by the United States and China, and by every citizen and subject of ench. And no individual state of the United States can appoint or send a minister to China to call in question the provisions of the same. The present treaty of peace, amity and commerce shall be ratified and approved by the president of the United States by and with the advice and consent of the senate thercof, and by the august sovereign of the Tá Tsing Empire, and the ratifications shall be exchanged within eighteen months from the date of the signature thereof, or sooner if possible. 1845. 583 Treaty of Wanghiá. 欽 ​差​大 ​初年​我​道 ​須​關​全​合​外 ​之​主​光 ​至​防​權​眾​回 ​日 ​一​耶 ​耶​二 ​和​印​大​國事 ​在​千​穌​十 ​約​信​臣 ​望​八​基​四 ​者​書 ​駐 ​夏​百年 ​名​中 ​鈴​四 ​五 ​書​華 ​盖​十月 ​押​顧 ​關​四​降​十 ​以​聖 ​防​年​生​八 ​昭 ​七​後​日 ​月​紀 ​據​盖 ​In faith whereof we the respective plenipotentiaries of the United States of America, and of the Tá Tsing Empire as aforesaid have signed and sealed these presents. Done at Wanghiá this third day of July in the year of our Lord Jesus Christ one thousand eight hundred and forty-four, and of Távia kwáng the twenty fourth year, fifth month and eighteenth day. 外國​事務​宗室 ​普 ​信 ​鈴 ​ 534 Dec. Excursion to the City of Suchan. ART. III. . An cxcursion to the city of Súchau, made in the autumn of 1845 by Isidore Hedde commerical delagate, attached to the French Legation. Communicated for the Repository. (Besides the subjoined, kindly communicated for our pages, we have been able to learn some other particulars regarding Mr. Hedde's visit. Wc understand that he visited the dyeing houses, where he inspected the pro- cesses of forming some of their choicest colors, and the substances from which they are obtained.-- among others the fai 7, hung hwi, Hibicus rosa sinensis, which comes, we are told, from the province of Sz'chuen. It is noticed in Medhurst's dictionary as a wild saffron;' perhaps the plant referred to may be the I. in E, Küúngnin kuh hwi, the Chrysan- themum, or China, aster. Our best thanks are offered to the friend who has so obligingly furnished us with these notices, and we hope Mr. Hedde will not fail to give the world a full account of all he saw while in the "ter- restrial paradise."] Sứchau is situated in lat. 31° 23' 25'' N.; long, 4 0° 25'' E. of Peking. It has been compared by the French missionaries to Venice, with this difference, that Súchau is two days distant from the sea, being accessible only by small inland water, communications. It is the second city of the province of Kiangsú, and residence of a governor who acts by himself, subordinate only to the governor resident at Nánking. Its situation in the midst of large channels of water is beautiful; the country all around is very pleasant; its climate is delightful, and it is said by many to be the most populous city of the empire. From Shanghái the way to it is through a continual range of villages and cities. Not an inch of ground is left uncul- tivated, and crops succeed each other the year round. The adjacent country is flat, and except some few hills of a blue lime-stone, the soil is of a rich alluvial character. Cotton, silk, rice, wheat, rye barley and vegetables, are common productions. The intercommunication is carried on by means of rivers, canals and ponds surrounded by the most flourishing vegetation. There may be seen the large mulberry with notched leaf, the red leaved tallow tree, the long black bamboo and green willow intermingled with the large lobated leaf, of the paper tree, the dark green tall cypress, the pine, and the wide spreading banian tree. At short intervals may be seen, for purposes of irrigation, machines moved by men or buffaloes ; granite sluices are alsu sometimes observed constructed for the same purposc. All the channels are full of small boats, lighters, junks, &c., coming up and down, some of them !ill of fruits and flowers and various other products. 1845. 585 Excursion to the City of Súchau. Súchau is like Hangchau not only a town of large commerce and great silk manufactures, but a place of diversion and pleasure. “ Above," say the Chinese, “is paradise, below are Sú and Háng." They add, “To be happy on earth, one must be born in Súchau, live in Canton, and die in Liauchau."* In fact, Súchau has a high reputation throughout China, for the magnificence of its ancient and new marble buildings, the elegance of its tombs, the multitude of its granite bridges and artificial canals, the picturesque scenery of its waters, streets, gardens and quays, the politeness of its inhabitants, and especially for the beauty of the female sex. It is said that the city contains a “million of inhabitants," and that there are other millions in its vicinity. Indeed there are several towns included in one, coinprising what is called Súchau. First the city proper, inclosed with high walls which are about ten miles in circunference. Second, the suburbs, which are four distinct towns, especially one in the west part, which is about ten miles in length and nearly the sime in breadth, and is separated from the city proper by the great imperial canal, Third, the population resi- ding on the water which is very numerous. This interesting city has never yet been fully described. Several missionaries have visited it, but have said little about it. Lord Macartney passed through it, but only gave a few notices of its elegant bridges, the culture and manufacture of silk, the manners and cos- tume of the people. Many, and among them the courageous Mr. For- tune, have attempted to enter the city, but without success. Mr. Isidore Hedde, an attaché of the French míssion, who has been sent out to make researches regarding mulberries, silkworms and the manufacture of silks, has been more fortunate. He went to Súchau in a Chinese dress and traversed the city and suburbs in various directions without being recognised or troubled. He visited several monuments, the mint where Sycee is stamped, the great hall for examination of the literati, a cloister where young girls are educated in reading, singing and dress- ing, for the pleasure of the higher classes, and two large establish- ments for the weaving of imperial cloths. Having entered by the eastern gate, he passed out through the famous western gate, and visited there the most interesting part of Sáchau, the focus of Chinese industry. Here are innumerable fabrics of iron, ivory, gold, silver, wood, bone, * Those born in Súchou are remarkable for personal beauty; those who dive in Canton enjoy the richest luxuries of life; and those who die in Liau. chnu (Kiángsí) easily obtain superior collins, from the excellont forest-trees which are there abundant. VOL. XIV. NO. XII. 74 5861 Excursion to the City of Síchau. Dec. horn, glass, earth, paper, ma cotton and silk. He saw here silk looms of all descriptions, in cloth, ribbons, tapestry, and embroi- dery, some even in boats. He saw a singularly woven figured silk, peculiar to Súchau, which is called kich sz' called k'ek sz' ) fino, in forming which, are the several processes of weaving, painting, embroidery and sewing, exhibiting figures of men, flowers, gardens, &c. Some Englishınen have surnamed Súchau the London of eastern China, but on account of its industry in the silk manufacture, it would better be named by Frenchmen, the Lyons of China. Mr. Hedde proceeded till he came to the Tiger Nose hill and ascended the pagoda, whence he had a general view of the town, the fortifications, the great imperial canal, the rivers, streams and pools which intersect the city, the numerous temples and govern- ment offices, the innumerable streets, the intermingled terraces and parterres, and the confused blending of fields and gardens. At the foot of the hill are the most beautiful shops of every description. From Súchau Mr. Hedde passed along the imperial canal, saw elegant boats conducted by young girls richly dressed and having their heads decked with gold and flowers. He often met large junks loaded with the imperial revenues. He passed through the Wúkiáng district, one of the richest in silk, bordering on the famous silk department of Riashing and the greatly celebrated Flúchau. He saw the fields of mulberry trees, observed the mode of cultivation and made inquiries respecting the seeding, planting and grafting of those interesting trees. He stopped at different es- tablishments, remarked the ingenious apparatus for avoiding double cocoons, the simple process for reeling the fine white silk named ts'ík lí, t , and the seven cocoon thread, well known all over the world. He noticed the difference between it and the coarse kind tá tsán, the large worm silk, and especially the imper- fectly known kind yuen hwá, it or the garden flower silk. Mr. Hedde has brought silk worm seeds, mulberry tree, ma plants, * drawings and pictures, apparatus and looms, from his laborious though short excursion, and will make them known in his own country. He intends, if permitted, to publish a full accourt of his different excursions in Shuntí, a Canton silk district, in Chángchau a department of Fukien, noted for its silk manufactures, and in other * Má i improperly named grasscloth, is a web of fibres of Urtica nivea, different from the Canton má, which is usually made of the Cannabis sativa, and from the Tientsin ma, which is, according to Dr. Abel, the Sida tibia folia. 1845. 587 Toleration of the Christian Religion. regions, and to give translations of different Chinese works on mulberry trees, the rearing of silkworms and the weaving of silk. He will make known the generous concurrence he met with, especially from the Italian and American missionaries, in his various enterprises, where religion and industry seem to have joined for inutual aid, here amongst the assemblies of native Christians, there in the official resi- dence; every where amongst the crowded, noisy and talkative people of China. Mr. Hedde's relation will be of course very interesting to every foreigner and a sure guide to future travelers. L. B. O. Art. IV. A communication from the imperial commissioner Klying, addressed to Mr. Forbes, the U. S. A. consul, giving full tolera- tion to the religion of the Lord of heaven, or Christianity as made known by the missionaries of the Roman catholic church. The accompanying Chinese document, it will be seen, has been elicited by the French minister, H. E. Lagrené,--to whom belongs the honor of securing for Christianity the late act of toleration. In China Christianity has never been prohibited under any other form than that in which it has been taught by the missionaries of the Roman Catholic church, who have designated it Tien Chú Kiáu, "the Religion of heaven's Lord.” The French minister has acted a noble and generous part. We wish, however, We wish, however, and many others will wish, that he had been more explicit, and in addition to the phrase “Religion of heaven's Lord,” designated Christianity, as all protestant Christians in China will do, HB # Yésú Kiúu, the “Religion of Jesus.” Kíying in soliciting an expression of the imperial will, and the emperor in granting this act of toleration, have both, we doubt not, wished to place all nations and all religions on a perfect equality; and this too we are sure the French minister both wished and intended. It will be seen, however, by a careful perusal of the paper given on page 196, and the two subsequent documents, (one in our last on page 532 and the one which follows,) that the act of toleration is, after all, restricted to what is designated the Then Chú Kiáu. With this many will be dissatisfied.. We shall be glad to learn the opinions of any of our readers on this subject. 588 Dec. Toleration .of the Christian Religión. KIYING of the imperial house, governor-general of Kwangtung and Kwángsí, a director of the Board of War, a vice high chancellor vice guardian of the heir apparent, minister and commissioner ex- traordinary of the Ta Tsing Empire, makes this communication. A dispatch has been received from the French commissioner La- grené, in which the following appears: "Formerly, in requesting that a memorial might be laid before the throne for removing the prohibitions against the religion of the Lord of heaven, it was my original design that all persons, professing this religion and acting well should alike share the imperial favor, and that the great western nations should all as one be held blameless in the practice thereof. The religious customs referred to, on a previous occasion, were those of my own nation; yet if persons of other nations did not entirely conform to these, still there was to be no distinction, no obstruction,—thus showing great magnanimity." Now I find that, in the first place, when the regulations for free trade were agreed upon, there was an article allowing the erection of churches at the five ports. This same privilege was to extend to all nations; there were to be no distinctions. Subsequently the commissioner Lagrené requested that the Chi- nese, who acting well practiced this religion, should equally be held blameless. Accordingly I made a representation of the case to the throne, by meinorial, and received the imperial consent thereto. After this, however, local magistrates having made improper seizures, taking and destroying crosses, pictures, and images, further deliberations were held, and it was agreed that these (crosses, &c.,] inight be reverenced. Originally I did not know that there were, among the nations, these differences in their religious practices. Now with regard to the religion of the Lord of heaven -no matter whether the crosses, pictures, and images be reverenced or be noi re- verenced, all, who acting well, practice it, ought to be held blameless. All the great western nations being placed on an equal footing, only let them acting well practice their religion, and China will in no way prohibit or impede their so doing. Whether their customs be alike or uulike, certainly it is right that there should be no distinction and no obstruction. As it behooves me, I make this communication, On its reaching t he said consul, he will easily comprehend it. The foregoing communication is addressed to Mr. Forbes, consul of the United States of America. [Canton, ] December 220, 1815. 1845云 ​. Toleration of the Christian religion. 589 大​清​欽差​大臣​太子少保​協辦​大學​士​兵部尚書​两廣​總督​部​堂​宗室​者​為 ​札​行事​現​接​啸​蘭西拉​公使​來文​內​開​背​請​奏​弛禁​天主教​原​想​凡​有 ​奉​教​為​善​之​人皆​沾 ​帝​澤泰西​各國​皆如​一體​得​習​教​免罪​之​恩​惟​前所​開​之​規矩​乃​本國​習​教 ​之​規矩​其​有​別​國人​不全​如此​者亦​勿​分​拒​以​示​廣大​等​因​查​前​此​酌定 ​通商​章程​即​有​准​在​五​港口​設立​禮拜堂​之​條​業經​通行​各國​一例​照 ​本​無​區別​治​經​拉​公使​請將​中國​習​教​為​善​之​人​概​行​免罪​復​經​本​大 ​臣​據​情人 ​奏​奉 ​殊​批​依​議​嗣​因​地方官​誤​行​查​擎​有​將​十字架​圖像​銷燬​之​事​遂​復議​定准​其 ​供奉​本​大比​於​各國​習​教​規矩​有無​分别​本​不​知曉​今天​主教​無論​供奉 ​十字架​圖像​與​不​供奉​十字架​圖像​凡​習​教​為​善​者皆​應​免罪​泰西​各國 ​事​同​一體​但​係​習​教​為​善​中國​概​不禁​阻​至​規​短​之​或​異​或​同​斷​無​分​拒 ​之​理​合​就​札​行​札​至​該​領事​即便​知照​須​至​札​者 ​右​札​合眾國​福​領事​准​此 ​道光​二十​五年​十一月​二​十二​日 ​ 1845. 590 Journal of Occurrences. Art. V. Journal of Occurrences: U. S. A. Squadron, conmodore Biddle ; exchange of treaties; stipulations of the Nanking treuty not completed; reference to Peking; French mission; Commis- sioner Lin; Mr. Fortune ; Castle Huntley; a junk run down ; Horsburgh light-house; health of Hongkong ; close of the year. COMMODORE James Biddle arrived with his suite in Canton on Sa- 'turday the 28th instant, having left the Columbus at achor below Chuenpí. He was the bearer of the ratified copy of the Treaty of Wanghiá, having been charged with it by the hon. Mr. Everett, who by ill health was compelled to return after having reached South America. The commodore, will act as commissioner in place of Mr. Everett, till he can learn the pleasure of his government. The Vincennes is daily expected. List of the officers in the U.S. S. Columbus. James Biddle, commodore ; Thomas W. Wyman, captain ; Thomas 0. Selfridge, commander ; Stephen Johnston, Percival Drayton, Henry French, and James H. Strong, lieu- tenants ; Madison Rush, acting master ; Benajah Ticknor, fleet surgeon ; C. F. B. Guillou, pussed assistant surgeon ; D. L. Bryan, and J. D. Wall, assis- tant surgeons ; Rev. J. W. Newton, chaplain ; Edward T. Dunn, purser; H. B. Tyler, captain of marines ; N. S. Waldron, first lieutenant of marines ; John C. Cash, second lieutenant of marines; E. St. Clair Clarke, commodore's sec.; Mordecai Yarnell, professor of mathematics ; J. M. Wainwright, D. M. Fair- fax, and A.J. Drake, passed midshipmen; William D. Whiting, Geo. M. Dib- ble, N. H. Van Zandt, Stephen B. Luce, Gustavus Harrison, H. A. Colborne, E. W. Henry, E. A. Selden, J. B. Stewart, D. A. McDermot, Byrd W. Ste- venson, Jonathan Young, Charles K. Graham, and W. W. Low, midshipmen; Robert Harris, captain's clerk : J. L. Keffer, commander's clerk ; William H. Needles, purser's clerk ; V. R. Hall, boatswain ; Rodinan, sail-maker ; Jonas Dibble, carpenter. Today, Wednesday, December 31st, ratified copies of the Treaty concluded at Wanghia, July 30, 1944, by their excellencies Calch Cushing and Kiying, were exchanged at Pwantáng, Puntong, a country seat of Pwán Sz’shing. The exchange took place at 3 o'clock P. M. There were present on the part of the Chinese, their excellencies Kíying, Hwang Ngantung, Chau Chángling and Pwan Sz’shing—the same persons who took part in negotiating the treaty- with Liú Tsin, the chifi, prefect or mayor of the city of Canton, and a large a retinue of inferior officers; on the part of the U. S. A. were present, commodore Biddle, officers from the Columbus, the U. S. A. consul P. S. Forbes esq., the Rev. Drs. Parker and Bridgman-the former being secretary and Cirnese interpreter to the Legation—with several other gentlenien residents at Canton. After the parties had passed the compliments usual when meeting on such occasions, the two copies of the treaty which had been ratified--one by the emperor at Peking and the other at Washington by the president and the senate—were brought forward, and the Chinese carefully compared one with the other, and being found to agree, they were exchanged in due form, commodore Biddle, acting commissioner, presenting 1845. 501 Journal of Occurrences. that from Washington to Kiying, who in his turn delivered that from Peking, the whole party standing. Four copies of a certificate of the exchange, previously prepared in Chinese and English, were then signed and sealed by the commissioners, and two retained by the one, and two by the other. This closed the business of the day. Kíying, who for some days past had been suffering from ill health, now requested Dr. Parker, who had prescribed for his excellency se- veral days previously, to examine his pulse and his lungs, the latter was done by the stethescope. His excellency was evidently far from being well; but as on all i rmer occasions, when we have seen him, his bearing was remarkably dignified and easy. Of the two, it is not easy to say which is the ablest and most accomplished, Kíying or Hwang. Neither would suffer by comparison with the highest statesmen that can be found in any of the western courts or cabinets. At about 5 o'clock the party sat down to dinner-one of those rich entertainments that have been so often described by visitors. It was in good style, every way well suited to the occasion. The stipulations of the treaty of Nanking, it is now evident, will not be fulfilled--in two particulars at least: the last installment, $2,000,000, will not be paid on the 31st of December 1845, and consequently Chusan will not (for the present) be given back to the Chinese. How long matters will remain in this state, time will show. Refcrence to Pcking, we hear, has recently been made by Ki- ying, and, we suppose, with special reference to these matters, and the non-opening of the gates of Canton. It is said that large num- bers of gentry were recently assembled in Canton, and the question of opening the gates discussed by them, then in communication with the imperial commissioner; and that all arguments and all remon- strances notwithstanding, they would not consent to having the gates opened, but on the contrary declared they would allow the populace to maltreat any a:d all foreigners who might presume to enter the provincial city. We pray that there may be no rash acts coin- mitted by either party, and that every cause of war niay be early and carefully avoided." If need be, let embassies go to Peking, and ininisters plenipotentiary reside there, for the preservation of perpe- The French mission, having secured the objects for which iť came to China, is about to return to France. It is said that his excellency M. T. Lagrené and lady will proceed by the way of India and Egypt. Rear-admiral Cecille remains in China. Commissioiser Lin, it will be seen, by the following extract, is still alive, and ere this probably on his way to Peking, from his place of banishment in Ilí. 十一月​初一​日​史​部​公文​到​省​奉​上諭​前任 ​兩廣​總督​大人​林​則​除​開墾​地方​有效​着 ​tual peace. teji 592 Journal of Occurrences. From a recent number of the Hongkong Register we make the following extract. We should like to see many persons like Mr Fortune in China. They have here a rich field for research. “ Botanists and Lovers of natural history, both here and at home will be happy to hear that our enterprising countryman Robert Fortune, esq., has conipleted his researches in China, and that he has been eminently successful. We believe that during the last two years and a half he has sent to the Hor- ticultural Society of London about seventy glazed cases full of living plants, besides a large collection of dried specimens both of plants and animals. The north of China has been the most productive field as regards new and valuable plants; and Mr. Fortune hopes that many of them will be hardy enough to bear the rigour of our English winters out of doors. He has had the gratifica- tion, before leaving China, to learn that a good many of the cases have arrived safely and that comparatively few plants have perished on the long voyage. The Horticultural Society with their usual liberality are already distributing Mr. Fortune's first importations all over the country. He now takes home with him, in the John Cooper, 18 cases of live plants, and judging from some drawings taken from them when in flower they will form a most valuable acquisition to our Florists at home, more particularly in the species of Mou- tans, New Roses, and Azaleas. " Mr. Fortune expresses much gratitude to his countrymen in China from whom he has experienced uniforın kindness and encouragement in his pursuits. We are happy to inform his friends at a distance that, though his health was slightly shaken during this last summer he leaves this in renewed vigour. We have no fear but that his reception at home will be most cordial, and that the Society in whose employment he has undergone so inúch labour and exposure will mark their approbation of his exertions. An account of his personal adventures and observations among the natives in districts which few if any Europeans have penetrated will be most inte secting and we lope will soon be supplied to the world." The Castle Huntley was lost on the Paracels Oct. 27th; captain McIntyre with his officers and a part of the crew reached Hainaa on the 2nh; and, on the 12th instant, they arrived in Canton, having been well treated by the Chinese. The “Pluto" was dispatched from Hongkong on the 22d to look for the remainder of the crew. A Chinese junk was run down by a foreign vessel, off Chyenpí, on the night of the 25th ult. So reports the China Mail, but does mot give us the particulars nor even the name of the vesse!! Our attention has been called to the florsburgh Monumerit, by a letter from Singapore of the 8th instant, just received. We shall return to this subject in future number, Hongkong, we are happy to hear, is now coming to be regarded as possessing a healthy climate. We rejoice at tliis, and wish a! prosperity to the colony, As the year 1845 closes, the prospects of China are on the whole fair. September 4th the emperor was pleased to issue a decree, remitting all debts due to government from the people, contracted on or before the 20th year of his reign. This was done in conser quence of his mother's having reached her seventieth year, and such å gracious act it was well judged would "gladden the hearts of all people. Peace, so far as we know, reigns ihroughout all the doni- niwis of his imperial :najcsty. make the ; like Mr sch. ome will be , esq., has successful. the Hor: ing plants, mals. The and valuable enough to e gratifica- zve arrived ng voyage. istributing makes home from some st valuable Bes of Mou- China from Lis pursuits . health wag igour . We nd that the d exposure Es personal few if any ill soon ; серіліп lainía en 1, having Rispatched e crew. "Chuenpí , but does ! moritby a We shall reguded wish all the whole a decree, coutracted in cops und such wirts of all the dolp- 11 1 | | 1) M CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. XV 712 . VOL. XV 1. XV. ТОЛ University of Michigan Librăries, . 9817 ARTES SCIENTIA VERITAS University of Michigan Libraries A R TES SCIENTIA VERITAS ( 1 THE CHINESE REPOSITORY VOL. XV FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1846. MARUZEN CO., LTD. TOKYO Asia Lidly DS 201 ,C46 v.15 This edition may not be sold to North, Central and South America. Reprinted in Japan THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XV. FROM JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1846. CANTON, CHINA: PRINTED FOR THE PROPRIETORS, 1 846, 1 1 INDEX. AQED, the 8:1pport of.... 406:Chinese priests, arrival of..... 320 Aman, annual provision for. 306 Cholera morbus, the cure of..... 39 Amoy, Christian missions at. 160 Christianity, toleration of....... 154 Ainoy, notices of the city. 362 Chusan, restored by the English. 376 Amoy, population of. 353 Chusan to be surrendered. 277 Amoy, Protest int mis: ions at... 355) Chusan, the island restored..... 432 Amoy, the dispensary at. 181City, foreigners allowed to enter 46,61 Amoy, port duties at....... 479 Coast, navigation of the Chinese 99 Anderson, Rev. R.'s sermon. 191 Cochinchina, notices of. 113 Apples froni Boston, u 4. A...... 2241 Cofins, preparation of. 402 Architecture of the Chinesc.. 229, C fined dead, notices of.. 313 Basakok, ophthalinic hospital.. . 80 Cliege of Rizzola:... 40 Benevolence, Jall of United. ... 4021 Commercial houses, list of. 3 Bettlehein, Rev. Dr. B. J.... 160,576 |Commission, the Swedish. 10 Besi, letter of bishop. 25C Compton, case of Mr. C. S. 554 Bible, Chinese version nf the.... 16) Confucian tract, nctice of..... 377 Bible, revision of Chi. versions.. 108 Consulate at Fuhchau.. 191 Bills, or promisary notes.... 216|Consular establishments, 9,10 Bishop of Cochinch ni. 117||Consuls, foreign, in China. 110 Borneo, Brit. au: horities in... 498 Converts, Chinese at Amoy. 357 Borneo. Durch Jossessions in. 504 Cooper, capt. visits Japan. 172 Bradley, Death of Mrs. 83 Corea, Catholic mission in. 504 Bridge, at Fuhchan.... 187||Corea, missions in.. 453 Bridgman, Rev. James G. ordina. 328| Corea, the king of. 277 British authorities, corr. with 512,534 Cormorants, notices of. 207 British tonnage due 3.......... 150 Correspondence, with Brit. res.512,534 British trade at the five ports... 386 Custons of the people.... 44 Bulha, an image of... 474|DANISI Man-of-war, notice of... 461 Budhi print, notice of. 351|| Dean, deach of Mrs.. 527 Buuial.grounds, notice of. 407! Dead, a pile of remains. 320 Canton, a missionary field..... 67|| Decapitations at the Potter-field. 224 Canton, character of the people.. 57 Democracy of the Chinese...... 57 Canton, description of... 57 Dialects spoken in the courtry.. 66 Canton, its foreign com:nerce. 59 Diseases in liongkong.. 124 Canton, its nativa trade. 5.9 Dyer's, epitaph of Rev. S.... 168 Canton, en:rance to the city. 110 EARTHQUAKE at Ningpo.... 477 Canton ought to be opened. 6:31. Emperor's antograph assent.... 277 Canton, prohibitions at... 561 Epitaphs on Morrison's graves., 105 Cinton walk around the city.. 39,317| Everett, arrival of commissioner. 527 Canton, foreign residents ac.. 426 | Everett, U.S.A. minister to China 158 Canton, entrance to.... 278|| Everett's interview with Kiying. 624 Canton, foreign trade at. 292 | Examination of officers ... 276 Calendar for the year... 2 Examination, the triennial. 571 Calen-lar of the Chinese. 44||FACTORIES, the Thirteen.. 372 Callery's notices of Gonzalves.. 69 Feuds among the villages at Amoy 623 Catholic missions in China... 39.250 Fire, means of extinguishing... 409 298,400 Fire-places, notices of.. 195 Catáɔlic missions in Manchuria. 453 Foreigners, relief of sick... 432 Catholics at Fuhchau. 203 Foreigners, pop. feeling towards. 157 Catholic missions in Corea. 596 Foreigners, their freedom..... 46 Chapela of the Chinese Chistians 252 French commercial regulationi., 10 . iv INDEX French legation... 158| Manners of the people. ...., 44 Fuhchau, foreign trade at. 297 McClatchie, Rev. T. Marriage of 328 Fuhchalı, indemnity obtained at. 475 Wedai for British soldiers...... 159 Fuhchau, notices of... 225) Med. M. Soc. hospital Shanghái. 281 Funchau fü, notices of... 183,20€ | Meteor, notices of.... 280 Fuhshan, a visit to.... 64 Mien-bái honored with an hei:.. 222 CAZETTES, the Peking. 221; Bilitar; uniforin, its style... 45 Genii, hill of the nine.. 197 || Min, scenery of the... 225 Gölthea, Danish man-of-war... 461|Min, navigation of the.. 230 Con alves, Biography of'. 69 Missionaries at the five ports. 110 Gonzalves, his writings. 71| Missionaries, two French. 528 God, words for, in Chinese.. 163,311 Mission, the theory of. 481 464,563,577|Missions at Shanghái.. 476 Grain, scarcity of... 223 Missionary station, Fuhchau. 217 Halj. of United Benevolence... 402 Moh:mine:lan buildings. 3:20 Hedde's notices of Cochinchina. 113 Mohammed'ins, notice of.. 323 Hillier, C. B. marriage of...... 328. Mohammedans at Fuhchau. 204 Hines, rernarks on Oregon.. 84 |Mohanimedani::m practiced. 43 Hobson, death of Alrs. B. 224 Monetary systern at Fuhchan... 210 Hongkong, colonial govt. of.... 8! Morrison Education Society.... 601 Hongkong, disenses. &c. in.. 124 Morrison Ed. Soc. Fund.... 56 Hongkong, houses. &c. in.. 135 Morrison's epitaphs... 105 Horsburgh, monument of capt. J. 101 Morrison, painting of Dr. R..... 56 Hospital at Shinznaj.... 281.1 Orrison, but of the hon... R... 56 Hital. Med. Mis. at Vimpo.. 312 Mulberry tree in Cochinchina... 115 Hot spring at Fulchau.... 200 Mulbery t:ee, in Manila.... 529 Huinanity, rernaris on. 329 Murderous attack on foreigners. 431 Hunts' Merchant's Magazine... 345 Museurn, Chinese in Boston. 347 I'LING temple, notices of.. 319 Mythology of the Chinese. 41 Intoxicating liqnors, notice of. 433, NEMESIS, the burk.... 445 JAPAN, Cooper's visit to.. 172 New year, its pospects. 1 Jews, few in China. 43 Ningpo, foreign trade at. 297 Jin, signification of. 329 Ningpo, Missions at.. 477 KIDNAPPING in China. 327 Ningpo, missionary.. 342 King, Charles W. notice of. 346 OFFICEils, the meritorious... 276 Kiying, a Chinese vessel.... 64. Ordination of a Chinese, evang.. 528 LAJA, a singular species of. 43 Oregon Territory, notice of.... 84 Legation, the French. 9 PARENTS, worship of the deceased 42 Legation, the U. S. A.... 10. Peking Gazettes, 221,27:3:321,374,473 Lghi-louse on Ronania I.. 102, Peninsular & Orie. Steam Con.. 619 Lightening, death by... 223 Piracy, a case of noticed.. 326 Lin Tschü promoted. 274 Placards, exciting riot.. 48 Liquors, notice of intoxicating.. 4:13 Plover, the surveying ship. 159 Lisiảng, king of Corea. 277 Pluto, the steam-ship..... 445 Literati at Fuhchan.... 213 Polytheism of the Chinese. 42 Lockhart, Dr. W. Report. 281 Portuguese govt. Macao. 10 Lucky-cloud, emperor's horse 376 Preſect of Canton's office.. 219 MACAO, disturbances in... 525 Prefect of Canton, Liú. 157 Macao, Port regulations. 325 Preinare's Notiria Lin. Sinicæ... 140 Macao, made a free port. . 111 Prohibitions at Canton.... 561 Macgowan's Med. report. .. 343 Proverbs, a list of Chinese.. 140 Magazine, Hunt's Merchants. 315 QUEES-NOWAGER, the august... 160 Maladministration, notices of... 475 Residents, list of foreign. 3 Manchuria, missions in.... 45. Rates of Freight. . 622 Manchu pop. at Fuhchau. 191 || {ates of Passage. 621 Manifesto, exciting riot. 4:\Rates of Postage 630 CONTENTS Residences of foreigners... 280,324 Superintendency of British trade 8 Riot notice of in Canton.... 346 Synoptical tables of trade. 291 Riot of January in Canton. 46 TARIFF, the Chinese. 262 Rizzolati , letter of the Rt. Rev.. 39 Teas, export of, to the U.Kingdom 386 SALUTE on Sabbath days. 159 Teas, export of, to the U. S. A.. 396 Seamen's Hospital, Hongkong.. 159 l'he twenty-one inillions paid... 55 Secret societies at Singapore 300,400 Tonnage dues on Brit. vessels.. 150 Serinon hy Rev. R. Anderson... 481||Tonnage, foreign, staternent of . 165 Sermon by Rev. G. Smith. 2:34 |Trailitions, the worship of.... 45 Shanghái, notices of the city. 466 Treaty, with England, indemnity 55 Shanghái, thermometer at. 282||Treaty with the French.. 10 Shanghái, foreign trade at. 296 Tsing Lien Kán, noticed. 274 Shanghái, port regulations at. 566 Turon, notices of. 114 Shipping at Canton.... 166! Tyfoon, notice of a 445 Siam, niissionary labors in. 8019. S. A. Trade in China.. 400 Siewa, the brig. 445 VACCINATION, rernarka on. 285 Silk, export of, to the U. Kingdo:n 388 Vessels, British tonnage dues... 150 Silk, export of, to the U. S. A.. 400 Ves el, foreign, in China...... 165 Sinith, sermon by Rev. G..... 234|| Vocabulary, Erg'ish and Chinese 145 Sinith, Journal of Rev. G.. 185 War, civil, in Fuhkien. 476 Spirit, remarks on the word. 163 War, the effects of the late. 65 Steam3 s, co:pinercial. 277| Witch-towers, notice of. 194 Storins of rain and thunder, 233 Wheat for rations. 471 Stone-tables and restles... 473 Widows, support of.. 402 Sü Aman, statements regårding. 307|| Williams' Vocabulary.. 145 Subscriptions, mode of obtaining 415 Wolcott, H. G. U. S. A. consul... 224 Superstitions among the people. 478|| Yangtsz’ kiáng, navigation of.. 99 CONTENTS. No. 1. ART. I. 'The new year: prospects and desiderata ; comparative Chinese and Erglish Calendar for the current year; list of commercial houses alid foreign officers in China...... 1 Art. 11. Treaty between his Majesty King of the French and the Emperor of China, signed in the French and Chinese languages. 10 ART. III. Notices of the Catholic religion in China, in a letter from the Rt. Rev. Joseph Rizzolati, vicar apostolic of Hukwang,... 33 ART. IV. Riot in Canton ; proclamation allowing foreigners to enter the city; counter proclamations by the gentry and people; placard before the prefect's gate; demolition and burning of his offices by the popu. lace; further proclamations from the high authorities to quiet the people. 47 ART. V.“Journal of Occurrences: popular disturbances hushed; payment of the twenty-one millions completed; new prefect; ships of war at Whampoa; difficult questions; Lin Tsihsü made governor-general; nothern ports, Shanghii, Ninypo, Fuchau, Amoy; Hongkong; Chinese new year; protestant inission ; Morrison Fund,..... 55 No. 2. ART. I. Description of the city of Canton; number and character of the inhabitants; its commerce; walks around the walls and into the adja- cent country; ingress to the city ; note to the governor from Sir John Francis Davis; trip to Fuhshan; effects of the late war; different dia. lects; a inissionary station. 58 Art. II. Notice Biographique sur le pere J. A. Gonçalves, comprising an account of his life with notices of his various sinological productions. 69 ART III. Missionary labors in Siam : ophthalmic hospital in Bangkok ; death of Mrs. Bradley ; schools and present prospect of the mission... 80 VI CONTENTS. Art. IV. Oregon Territory; its topography, climate, productions, popula. tion, political relations, &c. By Rev. Gustavos Hines..... ART. V. Navigation of the Chinese seas : mouth of the Yángtsz' kiang; Wusung river and port of Shinghii; light-house to the me:nory of Horsburg! proposed the erected on Romania Quier Island.. 98 ART. VI. Epitaphs on the graves of the Roy P. Morigen, is. N., the hon. J. R. Morrison, and the Rov. S Dyer, in the English ceinetery, Macao 104 ART. VII. Chinese verzi ins of the lioly Soript:rres : need revisinn; list of words claiming particular attention ; prip:32d meeting of delegates 108 ART. VIII. Journal of Occurrenzas: foreign anasısı ; protestant mission2. ries in China; discussion regarding foreigners catering th: city suspended; renewed; Mucao ti be in ide partially a free port............ 110 No. 3. Art. I. Notices of Cochirichina, mide daring a visit in 1933, by I lledae 113 Art. II. Review of 3:52:29?s incidental t:) B: ropaans in China, particularly in Hongkong and for the rear 134.1, exh.b ied..? pablic papers 124 Art III. List of hou3:3 20pablic buildings in the island of Hongkong, witi sintement of the raven 9 auil cxpenditure of the colony during the year ending 31st December, 1345. 135 ART. IV. Chinese prov.rbs, selected from a colliction in the English version of P. Prénare's Notitia Lingua Sinicæ 140 ART. V. Ying Hwa Y... fi Lih-kiai, or an English and Chinese Voca. bulary, in ihe couri dzieci. 145 Ant. Vi Staicinen! of tonnage dups, iinport and export duties, paid by British vesseis in the port of Cantog f:01 !si an. t. 3.st Dec, 1846. 150 ART. VII An imperial decree providing for the further tolerat:on of Christianity, granting the restoration of real estate to Christians through the empire.. 154 ART. VIII. Journal of Occurrences: memorial regarding the late prefect of Canton; proclamation by the present prefect: popular feeling to wards foreigners; the French Legation; Mr. Everett; the China Medo!; Seainen's hospital in Hongkong; Morrison Education Society; Sabbath day salules; the Plover; Amoy; Liúchú; &c., &c.......... 157 No. 4 Art. l. Revision of the Chinese version of the Bible ; remarks on the words for Gud, Father, Son, Spirit, Soul, Prophet, Baptism and Sabbaih.... 161 Art. II. Statements of the number, lonnage, &c, ofthe merchant vessels of differeni nilions in the port of Canion, for ine year 1845. 165 ART. III. Sume account of Captain Mercator Cooper's visit 10 Japan in the whale Ship Manhattan ot' Say Harbor. By C.F.WIXSLOW.M.D. 127 ART. IV. Report of the Dispensary at Amoy, íroin the 1st of February 1814, to 1st of July 1845. By. J. C. HEPBU:N, M: D... 181 ART. V. Notices of Fuhchau fri, being an extract from the Journal of the Rev. George Smith, Ni. A Oxon : during an exploratory visit and rasidence at the five consular ports of China... 185 ART. VI. Destruction of the prefect's office, reporled to the emperor in a memorial from the governnr-general and yovernor of Canton 219 Art. VII. Extracis fro:n the Peking Gazettes, Nos. I to 4 for the twenty. sixth year of the reign of his imperial inajesty Taukwang a D. 1846. 221 ART. VIII. Journal of Occurrences : scarcity of grain; rain and thunder storins; hail; deaths by lightning; Kiying's inierview with governor Davis ; imperial presents ; review of troops; public executions; com. raodore Biddle and the U.S. A. Legation ; new cɔnsul at Shanghái; the five ports; Jacao; death of Mrs. Hobson 223 No. 5. ART. I. Notices of the city of Fuhshau, from the News of the World, with remarks on the navigation of the river Min, by capt. R Collinson, R.N 225 Art. II. An address on the subject of Christian Missions : being two sermons preached in the Colonial Church, at Hongkong, on Sunday. 234 ART. II. Letter o! bishop Besi, apostolic vicar of Shanting to the Di. rectors of the Works (in Italy). Dated Nanking, May 15th, 1843, 250 CONTENTS vii Ant. IV. The tariff of duties to be levied on merchandise imported and exported (by citizens of the United States) &c., &C...... 262 Aat. V. Extracts from the Peking Gazettes, Nos. 5 to 8 for the twenty. sixth year of the reign of his imperial majesty Tauk wáng, A. D. 1845. 273 ART. VI. Journal of Occurrences : the island of Chusan to be inmediately made over to the Chinese ; commercial steamers allowed to carry iner. chandise ; correspondence regarding Hongkong; a ineteor; the for. eiga residences at Canton, their limited extent, &c ...... 277 No. 6. ART. I. Report of the Medical Missionary Society's hospital at Shanghai. 281 Art. !I Synoptical tables of the foreign trade at Canton for the year ending 31st December, 184.5, with returns, &.., of the trade at Shang. hii, Ningpo, Fuhchau, and Amoy .... 291 ART. III. Roman Catholic missions in China, with particulars respecting the number of inissionaries and converts 293 ART. V. Su Amán: annual provision for the support of his widow and mother, voluntarily made by the person who caused his death......... 306 ART. VI. Terms for Deity to be used in the Chinese version of the Eible : the words Sháng?i, Tien, and Shin examined and illustrated... 311 ART. VII. A walk around the city of Canton : houses of the crilined dead; the I'ling temple : Mohammedan buildings ; scenery on the north; forts ; an old citadel; a remarkable burial place; de 317 ART. VIII. King Páu or Peking Gazettes : with extracts and notices from No. 9th March 3d to No. 16th March 17th 1846.. 3:1 ART. IX. Journal of Occurrences: residences for foreigners; renting or houses and ground; review of troops; the U. S A. squadron; Macao port regulations; piracies; kidnapping; admiralty court at Ilongkong; English troops at Chusan ; two Chinese catholic priests; &c. &c.... 324 No. 7. ART. I. On the signification of the character jin: jin chí nán yen....... 329 Art. II. Report of the Ningpo missionary hospital, to the Medical Mis. sionary Society of China 34% Art. III. Hunt's Merchant's Magazine: comm”rce a liberal pursuit: commerce of China ; China and the China peace ; Chinese Museum. 345 ART. IV. Translation of a Budhistic print, (descriptive of the) ona thou. sard handed, and thousad eyed goddess of mercy To-lo-n.. 351 ART. V. Amoy: memoranda of the Protestant missions from their com- mencement, with notices of the city and island... 355 Art. VI. Notices of the riot in Canton, which occurred on the evening of July 8th, 1846.. 364 ART. VII. King Páu or Peking Gazettes : with extracts and notices from No. 17th March 19th to No. 32d April 19th 1846.. 374 ART. VIII. Journal of Occurrences: triennial examinations in the eighteen provinces : restoration of Chusan: coion:: church, al Hongkong, relief for destitute foreigners ; opium tarm; typhoon in the Chinese seas ; &c 376 No. 8. Art. I. A Confucian tract, exhorting inankind ai rys to preserve their celestial principles and their good hearts... 377 Art. II. Particulars of the export of Teas and Raw Silk to the United Kingdom in each ves.jel from 30th June, '845, 10 1st July, 1816 986 Ant. III. Export of Teas to the United States froia 3.)th June, 1845, to 1st July 1846; with export of silk and sundries.. 396 ART. IV. Notices of the Roman Catholic inissions in the province of Sz'chuen, in letters translated by a Correspondent, 400 ART. V. Regulations, &c, of the Hall of United Benevolence for the relief of widows, the support of aged, providing of coffins, &c...... 493 Art. VI. List of foreign residents in Canton. August, 1046..... 426 Art. VII. Journal of Occurrences: the late.jot; a murderous attack; the Nemesis ; Chinese soldiers; vagabonds and fou! condition of the streets; chaplain for Whampoa; annual meeting of the Morrison Education Society; relief of destitnte sick foreigners in China; consulates; eva. cuation of Chusan; Ningpo; Roman Catholic missionaries ; &C....., 431 viii CONTEXT No. 9. ART 1. Chinese views of intoxicating liquor, as described in an address by one of the ancient kings, extracted from the Shú King. 433 ART.. 'Il. Particulars of the lyfoon, in the Chinese seas, encountered by the steam ship Pluto. the bark Nemesis, and the brig Siewa...... 445 Art. III. Missions in Manchuria and Corea. Letter of my lord Verroles, apo. vic. of Man. to the members of the central councils of the work 435 ART. IV. Notices of the Danish man-of-war, the Galathea, now on a cruise round the world..... 461 Art. V. Remarks regarding the translation of the terms for the Deity in the Chinese version of the Holy Scrpitures..... 464 ART. VI. Notices of Shanghái : its position and extent; its houses, pubic buildings, gardens, population, commerce, &c. 466 ART. VII. Peking Gazettes : notes and extracts from the No. 33d for April 20th to No. 45th for May 15th 1846..... 473 ART. VII. Journal of Occurrences: facilities for intercourse and business at Shanghai: fearful omens and earthquake at Ningpo; indemnity for losses at Fulchau; affairs at Anoy, Hongkong and Canton ; &c....... 476 No. 10. Art. I. The theory of Missions to the heathen: a sermon preached at the ordination of Mr. Edward Webb, as a Missionary to the heathen...... 482 Art. II. British authorities in Borneo: forcing the Bruní river, the capture of forts and of the town of Borneo (Bruní)...... 498 ART. III. Government of Borneo and its Dependencies, a proclamation by the governor-general of Netherlands India, published at Buitenzorg. 504 ART. IV. Roman Catholic Missions in Corea : Letter of M. Ferreol, bishop &c., and apostolic vicar of Corea, to the Directors of the Seminary of Missions Etrangeres... 507 Art. V. Local Correspondence, between H. B. M. con. Mr. Macgregor and Brit. residents in Canton, regarding public Nuisances, etc......... 512 Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences: disturbances in Macao; arrival of the U. S. A. Commissioner: return of Rey. Mr. Dean; new Missionaries; death of Mrs. Devan; local correspondence; Peking Gazettes ; trien- nial examination ; drought; Christian ordination of a Chinese preacher : two Roman Catholic missionaries from Tibet; missionaries from Siam. 526 No. 11. ART. I. On the Multicaulis or Mulberry tree at Manila. By M. I. Hedde. 529 Art. Il. Local Correspondence between her Britannic Majesty's consul Mr. Macgregor and British residents in Canton..... 534 Art. III. The Queen v. Compton, before the Supreme Court, Hong. kong, Tuesday the twenty-fourth November, 1846.... 55 ART. IV. Prohibitions, forbidding all foreigners, except those actually engaged in trade and their assistants, to reside at Canton.... 561 ART. V Port Regulations of Shanghái, drawn up by H. B. Majesty's Consul, Rutherford Alcock, Esq. and dated November 6th, 1846... 566 Art. VI. Remarks on the words and phrases best suited to express the names of God in Chinese..... 568 ART. VII. Journal of Occurrences: Kiying; military reviews and exa- minations; examiners and new literary chancellor; literary banquet; Mr. Everett; the Nemesis; military guards; their inefficiency; ill treatinent of English seainen; letter from captain Pickin; &c., &c... 574 No. 12. Art. I. Remarks on the words and phrases best suited to express the names of God in Chinese...... 577 ARU. II. The Eighth Annual Report of the Morrison Education Society for the year ending September 30th, 1846 : 601 ATR. III. Šteam cominunication between China and the west as main. tained by the Peninsular and Oriental Steam Company and the Brit. ish Lords of the Admiralty ; rates of postaye, passage, &C..... 618 Art. IV. Journal of Occurrences : Peking Gazettes; feuds among the vil. lages at Amoy ; Shanghái, Amoy and Fuhchau; public affairs at Hong- kong and Canton; the Chinese vessel Kiying: arrival of missionaries. 24 CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XV.--JANUARY, 1846.-Vo. 1. Arr. I. The new year: prosperts and desiderata; comparative Chinese and English Calendar for the current year; list of commercial houses and foreign officers in China. CANTON, January 1st, 1846. To all our readers, near and remote, friends and strangers, we wish a happy new year. To the great Author of the innumerable blessings that have crowned the past, we would join with the people of all lands in ascriptions of praise and thanksgiving and in humbly supplicating their continuance. During the last year peace and prosperity, with very limited exceptions, havo prevailed throughout the whole world. The opening prospects of the new year, in China, are fairer than we have ever before known theni. But they are not cloudless. There are here so many things which are politically and morally wrong, tirat troublous commotions seein inevitable. Our confidence is in Him who ruleth over the nations, and who can say to the people, as to the waves, thus far shalt thou Old foundations will doubtless be broken up, and revolutions come, and with more or less violence. In such circumstances, it is, on every account, in the highest degree desirable that foreigners, especially those who reside in this country, should know the language of the Chinese, understand their laws, manners, customs, wants, prejudices,-in a word, every thing that pertains to the people and We shall rejoice if we can, in any way, aid others in supplying these desiderata. Four hundred millions of people are to receive the religion which is from above, with the accoinpani- ments of Christian civilization. Tlie arts and sciences are here to receive a new cast, and friendly relations and commerce to be great- lj extended and improved 1 come. their country VOL. XY, NO, I Calendar for the Irur 18.16. VVE Fab. 4 Jan Mar. 2 & 3m. April. 3 & 4m. 15 & 5m. June. 2m. July. 5 & 6m. 6 & 7m. Aug Sep. 8&j Nov. Om. 11hr.. in & Dec. Ilm. Oct. May.! 57. 8m. 13 O on It 2 20 3 13 14 15 10 10 11 12 13 14 14 | 3t 4 S 15 4 25 125 5 16 54 10 11.22 3 m 12 134 f 20 5 2 1 14 15 6 s 16 17 107m 17 18 189 16 ť 17 18 t * * * * * * * OOO 00 ONA 14 15 10 9f Ils ºm Oba 2 120 11 20 23 23 11 f 13. w Inc 6 1 m 1 2 ī 21 3 S8 3 20 4 2 4 in 9 10 } 9 9f 11 11 X10 n of 13 12 10 és 12 14 7 t Ul8s 13 13 : ! 13 15 8 20 129 m 14 12 1492 1496 16 9¢ 13 !!! | 15 10 + 13 10 f 15 10 $ 15 10,20 17 110 14 u 2016 2016 14 11 16 um 16 11 4 18 Is 15 12 s 17 11% 17 !2 f 16 13 10 113 16 13 m 18 13 je 13 s 17 14 19 14's 17 114 ¢ 19 19 14 5 14 t 18 15 s 20 15 s 18 115 30 20 f15 f20 15 m 22 15 y J9 6 mn 21 16 m 19 116 21 116 23 16 t 20 26:7 t 22 17 t 17 ſ 24 17 f 21 18 w 23 18 w 118 22 19 22 19. S 26 19 25 23 20 m 25. 20 20 20 24 21 s 26 21 t 26 91 26 21 25 2 S 27 122 26 23 mei 28 t 27 24 t 30 29 1261 1 27 f les 28 51 SU 32 24 12 25 11:3 is 26 114 m 27 ir 20 25 11.5 16 f 2; 14 s 20 115 s 27 116 m. 2+ 371 29 18 w 3019 1 120 20 f 18 DOS 300 13 S 19:1 . 20 t 21 26 J. 18 19 t 24 115 t 25 16 w 26 16 J 26 17 t 27 117 27 18. f 28 119 's 20) 119 29 20 s 120 t 30 21 m 2 21 u 1 22 t 22 t 23 w 4?f 24 t 25 f 23 20 220 S t 4 122 t 3 21 2:3 20 t 3 22 S 4 23 m 5 24 1 t OCTO 6 25 10 ī (26 i 5 & 127 f 129 8 27 t 9 128 w 10 2:9 t 11 30 f 31 s 2s 327 S 10 28 129 12 30 20 31 t 30 31 mi 30 t 31 f 10 12 14 LIST OF COMMERCIAL HOUSES, &c. AGENTS, WITH NAMES OF PARTNERS, ASSIST AXTS, &c. AGA MCERZA BOZROY SHEERAJEE. A. Bugnon. Aga Meerza Mahomed Sheerajee BowRA, C. W. Hongkong. AMMEROD EEN & Susik Dayoop. W. A. Bowra. Shumsoodeen Abdoollatiff.. W. Stevenitt, Jafurbhoy Budroodeen. J. C. Buchanan. Shaik Hussun Shaikammed. F. Thompson. Nuzinoodeen Sojatully. H. Rutherford. Shurrufully Chandabhoy. Boulle, N. Hongkong. Shaik Munsoor Nejamully. BULL, ISAAC M. ANDERSON, CHALMERS & Co. P. Dyer Vinton. James S. Anderson. BURD, LANGE & Co., Hongkong. Patrick Chalmers. John Burd. James D. Park. D. L. Procter, Jr. AGA8817, ARTHUR. W. T. Ross. Arthur Agassiz. Bush & Co., Hongkong Edmund Moller. F. T. Bush. ARDASEER FUR DOONJEE. C. H. Brinley. BADENOCH, P. Hongkong. R. Rangel William Burgess, H, H. Abercrombie. BARNET, GEORGE. George R. West. William Barnet. BURJORJEE PESTONJEE. H. Wiltshire. BURJORJEE SORABJEE. Bell & Co., Canton and Hongkong. BYRAMJEE RUSTOMJEE. William Bell, England. BYRAMJEE MUNCHERJEE BHUNDARA. Sir G. G. de H. Larpert, br. Eng. Maneckjee Bomanjee. Alfred Wilkinson. Cursetjee Eduljee. J. Mackrill Smith. China Mail, Hongkong. Archibald Melville. Andrew Shortrede, Editor. T. Dale. · Dickson. Richard Gibbs. Francisco C. Barradas. Francis Wilkinson. Joze da Silva. Birley, Francis B. Hong, and Canton. Manoel Braga. George J. Benneth, Joao Grason. H. F. Edwards. Vicente Barradas. BOUSTEAD & Co., Hongkong. Cuishole, D. Hongkong. Edward Boustead. Collins, J. Hongkong. Benjamin Butler Marila. COMELATE, T. G. Hongkong. Gustav C. Schwabe Liverpool. COMPTON, C. S. & Co. Adam Sykes Singapore, C. S. Compton, R. Aspinell, jr. Edward M. Daniell, (England), Martin Wilhelmy. William Dickinson, W. Hutchinson. Charles Sanders. W. C. Farquhar. A. E. H. Campbell. Bovet, BROTHERS, & Co. COMSTOCK, S. W. Hongkony. L. Bovet COWASJEF SOR 4 BJFE PATELL, F. Boret. ComasJEE PALLANJEE. List of Commercial Houses, Agents, fc. JAN, Cooverjee Bomunijee, C. Ryder. Cawasjee Framjee. G. Umson. Sapoorjee Bomanjee.. J. Hodgson, Shinghái. CowasJEE SHAPOORJEE LUNGRANA. D. Sillar, Skánghái. Cawasjee Shapoorjee L. DOSABHOY HORMUSJEE DOLAWKHOW. Frar:jce Shapoorjee Lungrana. Ruttonjee Framjee. Pestonjee Jameetjee Motiwalla. Dadabhoy Jainsetjee. Horinusjee Jamsetjee Naudersha DURRAN, 1. A. JR., Macao, Nesserwanjee Dorabjee Mehta. Adhemar Durran. Pestonjee Byramjee Colah. Duus, Rawlk & Co., Shúnghái Rustomjee Pestonjee Motiwalla EDULJEE FRAMJEE SON & Co. Ruttunjee Dosaabhoy Modie. Bomonjee Eduljee, Marewanjee Eduljee. Dadabhoy Eduljee, Framjee Hormusjee. EDWARDS, R. CROOKE, JAS. & MASSEY. FARNCOMB, EDWARD. Notary Public, Jas. Crooke, absent, Solicitor, Attorney and Proctor of George Massey, the Supreme Court, Hongkong. W. K. Snodgrass, FEARON, C. Macao. CURSETJEE PESTONJEE CAMAH. Miguel de Souza, jr. Burjorjee Hormusjee Harda. FISCHER, Willis & Co. DADABHOY BURJORJE E. Maximilian Fischer. Muncherjee Shapoorjee. Joseph Bales, jr. Liverpool. Dhunjeebhoy Dadabhoy. Daniel Willis. Sorabjee Byramjee Colah. W. A. Meufing DAD.ABHOY NUSSERWANJEEMODY&Co Edward Reiners. Nusserwanjee Bonianjee Mody. Stephen K. Brabner. Burjorjee Fraijee. FITZPATRICK, Joiin. Muncherjee Nusserwanjee Mody. F1.CTCHER & Co., Hongkong. Rustomjee Dadabhoy Camajee. Angus Fletcher. Dhunjeebhoy Hormusjee H. Duncan Fletcher. DAEEBHOY MUNCHERJEE. George Findlay. DALLAS & Co. A. M. Cortella. William Dallas, England. FO M. & Co., Hongkong, Gregory Coles, England, Martin Ford. Stephen Punder, ab. Alfred Ford. F. Chapman. Fox, Rawson & Co., Houylong, Canton John Butt. T. S. Rawson, Eryland. DENT & Co., Hongkong. William Blenkin, Laneelot Dent Ergland. Samuel Rawson, George T. Braine. Arthur J. Empson. (ab.) William Leslie, Canton. Alexander F. Croom. Wilkinson Dent. C. Empson, Shanghái. F. C. Drumihond, absent. Fraser Sinclair. John Dent, ahsent. Patrick McCart. Edward Pereira. w, H. Luce Shánghái. Henry Dickinson. H. S. Norris, Shúnghái. M. W. Pitcher. William Kay, Skánghái J. Caldecott Sinith, Can. Henry Balkwell. G, H. Schumacher. F. D. Syme, Amoy. J. Bowman. Joze de Britto. Jaines Trabshaw. FRAMSEF. SAMSETJEE. Joaquim Caldas, Canton. Franslys, W. H. Hongkong, DIROM, GRAY & Co., Canton, Shanghai Dennis G. Jones. R. Dirom, England. Henry Thompson. W. F. Gray J. B. Remedios. W. W. Dale. FRIEND OF CHINA, Hongkong. W.F. Hunter, Bombay. Jolin Carr, Editor. T. F. Gray, Bombay. Luiz M. de Azevedo. D. Potter, Shinghii. Antonio de Azevedo W. Ellis. Antonio de ! 1846. List of Commercial Ilouses, Agents, fc. Roqui de Augustus Carter. Funck, F. Hongkong. William Ward Brown D. Steevens. Fr.rdinand Blass. A. Guichard. John T. Curellier. FURDOONJER, A. & D. Robert Ker. Ardaseer Furdoonjee. Samuel Hill. Jalbhoy Cursetjee. llend'ERSOS, Watsos & Cn. GEMMELI., W. & T., & Co., Hongkong (.?. Henderson, Manchester. William Gemmell, Glasgow J. P. Watson. Henry Robert Harker. S. Mackenzie. W. F. Bevan. HERAS, PEDRO DE LAS, Macao, E. Warden. Heri., W11.1.2.UM S. Hongkong, George Napier. HOLLIDAY, Wise, & Co. Hong and Ć. GIBB, Livingston & Co., Hongkong. John Holliday, England. Thomas A. Gibb [Canton Jom Wise. W. Potter Livingston, England, R. J. Farbridge, England. Joseph G. Livingston. J. Shepard. J. Skinner. Thomas Kirby. Thomas Jones. R. Bremridge George Gibb. Wm. Pyke, Shanghái. W. H. Wardley Charles Waters, J. D. Gibb, Shanghai. Thomas Pyke GILMAN & Co. T. D. Kershaw. R. J. Gilinan. HOLGATE, HENRY, Hongkong. A. Johnson. Hongkong DISPENSARY, Hong and C. L. Josephs, Peter Young W. H. Vacher. Samuel Marjoribanks, (Canton). J. Williams. B. M. Kennedy A. J. Young James H. Young. J. Jarvie, Hongkong. Jozino da Roza. A. Hudson, Florencio de Souza. A. Bowman, Shanghái. Athanazio de Souza. s. Compton, Shinghái, HoxGKONG REGISTER. J. Wildinan, John Cairns, Editor. GILLESPIE, C. V. Antonio H. Carvalho. GriswOLD, John N. Alsop, Joze H. Carvalho. HART, C. H. Macao, Cepriano E. do Rozario. Hastings, & Co. FIORMUSJEE FRANJEE. Joseph Sleains, Liverpool. Rustomjee Byramjee. Thomas Rowley, London. Cursetjee Rustonijee Daver. William Hastings. Pestonjee Dinshawjee. J. Whittall. Rustomjee Ruttunjee. HEERJEEBHOY RusTOMJEE PATELL, M. HORMUSJEE CAWASJEE, Macao. Framjee Heerajee. HUMPHEYS & Co., Hongkong, Shavuckshaw Rustomjee. Alfred Humphreys. Framjee Nowrojee. A. H. Fryer. HEERJEEBHOY ARDASEER & Co. AL. de Encarnaçað. Heerjeebhoy Hormusjee. HUGHESDON & Co., Hong and Canton, Ardaseer Rustomjee. Charles Hughesdon. Cursetjee Hosungjee. Henry Rutter. HEARD, AUGUSTINE & Co. William Rutter. Augustine Heard, U. States. JARDINE, MATHESON & Co., Hongkong Geo. B. Dixwell. Alexander Matheson. John Heard. Donald Matheson. Joseph L. Roberts. David Jardine, Canton. Oliver E. Roberts. William Stewart. John S. Bruen. Joseph Jardine. HEGAN & Co., Hongkony and Canton. A. Grant Dallas, Shanghái. Joseph Hegan, Liverpool. B. A. Baretto, Macro. William Gillman, Liverpool. J. A. Baretto. 6 JAN. List of Commercial Houses, Agents, for. J. C. Bowring. II C. Read J. B. Compton R. Thorbui? John Currie. Jehengerr F:a.Njek 15 Duncan Forbes, Amoy. Marciais de Silva John Goddard. Macvicar & Co., Horykong and Can. James Grant. J. Macvicar Eng. Augustus Howell. D. L. Burn. (absent) C-ryas Humpston. Gilbert Smith. John Jackson. Thos. D. Neave, William W. Maciver. Henry Fessenden. Alex. W. Macpherson. W. C. LeGeyt. W.F. S. Matheson. C. Milne. John T. Mounsey. Thomas S. Smith. Joze M. d'Outeiro. T. C. Piccope, Floriano A. Rangel. J. Campos. R. H. Rolfe. F. Grandpre. A. Silveira. MANOKJEE BOMONJ EE. C. F. Still. Cursetjee Eduljee. Charles Wills. MARKWICK, C. Hony. (auctioneer.) JAMIESON, How & Co., Hong and C. George Norris. J. F. Edger. MARÇAL, J. C. G. Jamieson, Glasgow. McKnight, THOMAS, Hongkong, Naval John Gifford, Calcutta. Storekeeper and agent Victualler.. William Melrose. McMURRAY & Co., Hongkong, Alexander Walker. McEwen & Co., Hongkong, Richard Rothwell. Alexander Wilson. W. Henry, Robert Wallace. R. B. Sherard, W. D. Lewis. JARVIE, J. MILLER, John, Just, L. Hongkong. Mune, C. Hongkong. Just, Jr. L. (absent,) Hongkong. Moul, HENRY & Co. Douglas Lapraik. Henry Moul, England. F. Saunders. John Silverlock. KENNEDY MACGREGOR & Co. George Moul. KIRK & Irons, Medical practitioners, MURROW & Co., Hongkong & Canton, Shanghái and Wúsung, D. C. Mackey, Calcutta. Thomas Kirk, Y. J. Murrow. James (rons, Johannes Leffler. Lane, William, Charles W. Murray. LANE, ROWLAND & Co., Hongkong, W. N. Piccope. Thomas Ash Lane. C. G. Clarke. Thomas H. Rowland. James Marshall. Lattey & Co., Hongkong, NANABHOY, D. & C. LINDSAY & Co., Hongkong and Canton Pestonjee Dhunjeebhoy. H. A. Lindsay Eng. Dhunjeebhoy Dossabhoy. Crawford Kefr. Dadabhoy Sorabjee. Walter Davidson. NESSERVANJEE BYRAMJEE FACKEERAJE W. Fryer. Nesserwanjee Framjee. H. Dundas. Aspendearjee Tamoojee. T. Buxton. Newman, EDWARD (auctioneer.) Hong. W. Hogg: Nicol, William M. Hongkong, Angelo V. Barradas. NoIP FORTH, C. G. Hongkong. Lowrie, Robert, Hongkong, Noor MAHOMET DHATOOBHOY. MACLEAN, DEARIE, & Co. NUSSERWANJEE CAMA, P. & D. R. H. Hunter. Pestonjee Nowrojee Poochajee. Robert Eglinton, England. Dorabjee Nesserwanjee Cam. Charles Dearie England. Hormusjee Messerwanjee Pouc C. Maclean Calcutta. Nye, PARKIN & Co. H. McEwen, Calcutta. Gideon Nye, Jr. (absent). Frank Duncan, Bombay. William W. Parkin 1846. List of Commercial Ilouses, Agents, fo. ng Clement D. Nye. F. Duval. Thomas S. H. Nye. C Malthy Henry M. Olmsted. D. P. Simoens. Timothy J. Durrell. REYNVAAN & Co., Mucao, J. Kreyhenagen. H. G. Reynyaan. J. P. Van Loffelt. RIPLEY, SMITH & Co. J. de Encarnaçao. Philips W. Ripley. OLYPHANT & Co. H. H. Smith. C. W. King, (deceased), Captain T. Smith. W. H. Morss, (absent,) RIEMAECHER, ROBERT, A. A. Ritchie. Russell & Co. James A. Bancker. Warren Delano, jr. F. A. King Paul S. Forbes. R. H. Douglass. D. N. Spooner. D. 0. King. J. T. Gilman. ORIENTAL BANK, Hongkong. Edward Delano. S. J. D. Campbell, (Manager.) W. H. King James Sinclair, (Accountant.) George Perkins. James MacEwen, (Dep. Acct.) S. J. Hallam. Archd. Dunlop, do. W. P. Pierce. F. J. Augier. E. A. Low. Jose M. de Noronha. Robert S. Sturgis. Oswald, R. & Co., Hongkong, F. Reiche. Richard Oswald. F. A. Hillard. Henry Lind. S. Rangel P. Marcussen. Q. da Silva. PATULLO, S. E. P. J. Loureiro, jr. PESTONJEE, D. & M. RUSTOMJEE & Co., D. & M. Dadabhoy Pestonjee. Dadabhoy Rustomjee, (ab.) Manockjee Pestonjee. Manec kjee Rustomjee, (ab.) Manockjee Cowasjee. Merwanjee Jejeebhoy, (ab.) PESTONJEE FRAMJEE Cama & Co Dhunjeebhoy Byramjee. Manackjee Nanabhoy. Dadabhoy Byramjee. Rustomjee Framjee. Jamoojee Nusserwanjee. Bomanjee Mancherjee. Cursetjee Dhunjeebhoy. Limjeebhoy Jamsetjee. Nusserwanjee Dhunjeebhoy. Cowasjee Pestonjee. Jamsetjee Eduljee. PESTONJEE RUSTOMJEE HUCKIMJEE. Muncherjee Eduljee. PESTONJEE CURSETJEE JAM. Mody. Dadabhoy Hosunjee. Hormusjee Pestonjee. Nusserwanjee Pallunjee Patell. Jamsetjee Cursetjee. Fortunato F. Marques. Pullips Moore & Co., Hongkong, RUTTONJEE HORMUSJEE CAMAJEE & Co. J. Phillips, Pestonjee Hormusjee Camajex: E. Cohen. Ruttonjee Hofmusjee Camajee. J. Samson Sorabjee Framjee Cracau. A. Lewis, Shanghái, Monockjee Cooverjee. T. J. Birdseye, Shanghái,||RYAN, JAMEL, Rawle, Duus & Co., Hongkong, SASSOON, ELjA00 D. S. B. Rawle. Moses Dahood. N. Duus. A. d'Miranda. William Hay. Scott, William, & Co., Hongkong, John Willauine. William Scott, F. T. Derkheim Adam Scott. I. P. Pereira. Candido Gutierres. J. A. de Jesus. SEARE, BENJAMIN, RATHBONES WORTHINGTON & Co. SHAVUCHSEAW RUSTOMJEE. William Rathbone, Jr. Eny. Smith & BRIMELOW, Hongkong. S. G. Rathbone, absent. James Smith. James Worthington James Brimelow. Thomas Moncreift'. Joseph Thomas Glew. Colonial Government of llong kong, Jan. 1 Suity, Joun, Macao. E. N. Snow. M. de Souza. ! J. de Jesus. Braz de Alineida. Watson, T. BOSWALL, M. D. Macao. Onorio Marçal. VÝ ETMORE & Co. Spring, F. Hongkong. Samuel Wetmore, Jr. Sahburton Tenua. Nathaniel Kinsman. STEWART, PATRICK, Macao, William Moore. STRACHAN, G. Hongkong. G. H. Lampson. STRACHAN, R. Hongkong. Stephen T. Baldwin. STURGIS, J. P. Mucao. Joseph C. Anthon. SWORD & Co., John D. William H. Gilman. John D. Sword. J. C. Rogers.. John B. Trott. Florencio Gutierres. Edward Cunningham. Arnaldo Botelho. THOMAS, RIPLEY & Co., Hongkong, Welch & Srocker, Hongkong, Thomas Ripley Liverpool. D. Barnard. Charles Shaw. H. Tyndale. R. P. Saul. Wolcott, Bares & Co., Shanghái, J. H. Winch. Henry Griswold Wolcott, J. Bland. Edwards Whipple Bates, J. Loinax. John Hetherington, Q. A. Gutierres. VAN BASEL, M. J. SENN, THOMSON & Co., HENRY L. Wysman, TIERS, Bourne & Co. W.T. H. Van Ryck, C. H. Tiers. A. T. Tromp, H F. Bourne. D. T. Bulsing, R. P. de Silver. T. B. Rodrigues, Townsend, Jr. P. (auctioneer), Hong. (VANDER BURG ROMSWINCKEL & Co. Turner & Co. Hongkong and Canton, P. Tiedeman, Jr. William Thompson, England. L. C. Delmarle, (absent). Thom. W. L. Mackean, F. H. Tiedeman. Patrick Dudgeon, VAUCHER, EDWARD, John Stewart. VEYSEY & Co. A. McCulloch, Shúnghái. James Veysey, John H. Cannan. Julius C. Peiver. Duncan J. Kay. Victoria Dispensary, hongkong & Mac Craven Wilson, Shanghai Thomas Hunter. R. Laing. George K. Barton. E. H. Levin, John Onaya. A. Small M. Rozasiu. W. Walkinshaw. Joze Leao. " Esta BLISHMENT OF H. B. M.'s MINISTER PLENIPOTENIARY AND Cuier SUPERINTENDENT of British TRADE IN China. At Hongkong His Excellency, Sir John FRANCIS / H. M. Plenipotentiary and Chief DAVIT, Barr., &c., &c., &c. Superintendent of British Trade. Alexander R. Johnston, Esq. Secretary. (Absent.) Adam W. Elislie, Esq. Officiating Secretary. Rev. Charles Gutzlaff, Chinese Secretary. Martin C. Morrison, Esq. Assistant Chinese Secretary. Alexander Bird, Esq. Acting Chief Assistant. 1846. Colonial Gorcinment of Hongkong Mr. Williain Connor, Mr. Horace Oakley, Mr. William Nicol, Assistants. Acting Assistant, H. B. Mfajesiy's Consulate at Canton: Francis C. MACGREGOR, Esq. Consut. Richard Belgrave Jackson, Esq. Vice-consul, Thomas Mayor Meadows, Esq. Interpreter, Mr. John Backhouse, Senior Assistant. Mr. Edward Fry Giles, Junior Assistant. N. de St. Croix, Esq. Consular Agent Whampoa. H. B. Majesty's Consulate at Amoy. Temple HilliarD LAYTON, Esq. Ofliciating Consul. George G. Sullivan, Esq. Vice-consul. R. Gingell, Esq. Acting Interpreter. Mr. F. L. Hertstett, Acting Senior Assistant. Mr. C. A. Winchester, ſ Ju. ir Assistant and Medical At- tendant. II. B. Majesty's Consulate at Fuchau fú. Rutherford ALCOCK, Esq. Consul. Vice-consul. Harry S. Parkes, Interpreter. Mr. James 'T. Walker, Senior Assistant. Mr. Ch. Tyrrell Watkins, Junior Assistant, H. B. Majesty's Consulate at Ningpo. ROBERT THOM, Esq Consul. C. A. Sinclair, Esq. Acting Interpreter. Mr. Patrick Hague, Senior Assistant. II. B. Majesty's Consulate at Shanghai Carr. GEORE Balfour Mad. Art. Consul. Daniel Brooke Robertson, Esq. Vice-consu. Walter Henry Medhurst, jr. Esq. Interpreter. Mr. Frederick Howe Hale, Senior Assist. and Med. Attend. Mr. Frederick Harvey, Second Assistant. Mr. F. Robertson, Acting Junior Assistant. . FRENCH LEGATION. M. DE LAGRENE, Minister Plenipotentiury, ofic. M. Le Marquis de F. le Vayer, Secretaries of Lcgatim. M. Le Compt de Harcourt, N. B. H. E. and suite are about to return to France, having accoinplished die objects of the mission. VOL. XV, XO, ! 10 JAN. French and Chinese Commercial Trealy. U. S. A. LEGATION. Hox. ALEXANDER II. EVEREIT, Commodore Biddle, Rev. Peter Parker, m. D. Commissioner, (ab.) Acting Commissioner, Sccretary of Chinesc Interpreter. SWEDISH COMMISSION. C. F. LULJEVALCI, Commissioner. FOREIGN CONSULS. Paul S. Forbes, esq. Henry Wolcott, esq. U. S. A. Consul, Canton. U. S. A. Vicc-con., Shanghái and Ningpo. M. J. Senn Van Basel, Wrtherlands Consul. PORTUGUESE GOVERNMENT IN MACAO. H. E. Jozé Gregorio Pegado, Governor. Joaquim A. de Moraes Carneiro, Judge. Francisco de Assis Fernandes, Substitute to the Judge. D. Geronimo Pereira de Matta, Bishop. ART. 11. Treaty between his Majesty King of French and the Emperor of China, signed in the French and Chinese lan- guagers. Imingpi, Ort. 24th, 184.1. Le grand cmpire de Chine et le grand rmpire de France ayant eu depuis longtemps des commerce et de navigation, le grand Empereur du grand empire de Chine ; et le grand Empereur du grand einpire de France ont prose. à rendre cos' relations régulières, et à en favoriser le develeppoment jusqu'à perpétuité. A ces causes, les grands Empereurs des deux royaumes ont déterminé de conclure de commun accord un traité d'amitió de commerce et de navigation, profondément et solidement fondé sur les intéróts nintuels. C'est pourquoi les deux empires ont specialément délégué des plénipoten- tiaires respectifs pour traiter les affaires. Top grand Empereur du grand empire de Chine a délégné ki, shus-précept- eur du prince impérial, un des présidens du conseil de la guerre, gouverneur- général des duex Hvän, et membre de la famille impériale; Et le grand Empereur du grand empire de France a délégué Langrené comme ministre plénipotentiaire et envoyé extraordinaire ; Lesquels s'étant montré mutuellement leurs pouvoirs, el, vérification faitr, ins avant tronvós en honne et due forine, sont convenus des articles suivans et les ont arritos. .Vote. The three characters in Chinese answering to the term French, for convcnirnae in printing, are represented by threc perpendicular strokes. 1846. French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 大大​一 ​别​均​!易​波​帶​自​皆​永​晚清​嗣​三​酌 ​口​聽​1平​上​往​今​全​遠​蘭​國​後​十​定 ​貿​其​安海​中​以​獲​和​皇 ​五​晚 ​易​便​在​無​五​國​後​保​好​國​上 ​款​嘴 ​亦​惟​五​礙口​之​凡​無​皇​與 ​清 ​不明​口​常​市​廣​」身​論​上 ​單​國 ​得​禁停​川​华​州​!家​何​及 ​五 ​在​不​泊​不​业​厦​1 沿​得​貿​般​方​門​人​在 ​在​國 ​IT 海​進​易​所​居​福​來 ​各​中​往​有​住​州​卷 ​地​入 ​岸​國​來​!貿​寧可 ​方​均 ​程 ​人​兩 ​何​民 ​易 ​FRENCH COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS FOR THE FIVE PORTS : IN THIRTY-FIVE ARTICLES. Art. ler. Dorénavant l'Empereur du grand Empire de France et l'Emper- eur du grand empire de Chine, ainsi que les sujets des deux empires, seront unis par une amitié perpétuelle, sans distinction de personnes ou de localites. Tous jouiront d'une protection pleine et entière pour leurs propriétés aussi bien que pour leurs personnes. Art. II. Dorénavant tout Français pourra sc transporter avec sa fainille dans les cinq ports de Canton, Emouï, FuCheu, Nim Po Hlán-Hái, pour y rasi- der et commercer en toute sécurité, sans outraves ni restrictions. Tout navire français pourra, suivant que bon lui seinblera, mouiller dans les cinq ports, aller et venir pour y faire le commerce. Mais il est clairement interdit des pénétrer et de commercer dans d'autres ports de Chine, comme aussi de faire sur les côtes des yentes ou des achats clandestins, 2 JAN. French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 方​事​大​! 有​欺​各​凡​領​宜​拿​物​第​私 ​辦​等​1船​何​凌家​人事​速​此​聽​三​買 ​理​官​1隻​事​侵​產 ​知​等​選​十​私 ​商​在​1以​均​犯​財​! 會​貨​入​款​賣 ​人​中國​為​不​至​貨​人 ​附​物​官​內​如 ​貿​國​皇​公​得​中​中​中​在 ​近​於​但​載​有 ​易通​上​用​威​國​五 ​駛​未​中​明​犯 ​事​商​任​私​壓​官​民​口 ​口​定​國外​此 ​務​之​需用​强​員​人​地 ​之​地​其​款 ​併​五​設等​取無​方 ​(官方​船​者 ​稽​日​立項​論​不​所 ​{之​宫内​除 ​查​地​領 ​《遇​得​有 ​1 先​查​貨​於 ​S'il y avait des infractions à cet article, la cargaison de ces navires pourra être confisquée au profit du gouvernement chinois, sauf les exceptions claire- ment insérées dans l'article 30. Mais les autorités locales qui auront saisi ces inarchandises devront, avant d'en prononcer la confiscation, en avertir promptement le consul français du port le plus voisin. Art. III. Les propriétés de toute nature que les Françáis auront dans les cinq ports ne pourront ètre ni maltraitées ni violées par les Chinois. Les autorités chinoises ne pourront pas non plus, quoi qu'il arrive, frapper de réquisition ou prendre par force les navires français, pour quelque service public ou privé que ce puisse etre. ART. IV. L'Empereur du grand empire de France pourra, suivant son hon plaisir, nommér des consuls ou agens consulaires dans les cinq ports de la Chine ouverts au commerce, pour y traiter les affaires relatives aux négo- sians, et veiller à ce que les réglemens solent strictement pbservés. Les 164)、 8 French and Chinese Commercial Trraty. 1 水​船​大​商​海​與​該​乘車​處​領​移​爭​遵 ​手​在​1人​關​國​口​公訴​控​事​俱​等​守 ​五​l 得​呈​領​辦​省​訴​等​用​官​章 ​領口​明​事​」理​垣​如​官​平均​程 ​事地​國利​設代​1遇​大​無​逕行​應中 ​得​方​皇​益​法​為​船​有​憲​總​赴​倘​以​國 ​有​停​上 ​安​料​主​領​為​理​總​有禮​地 ​威​泊​任 ​辦理​商​事​之​五​理​不​相​方 ​權​彈​亮 ​使​否​人​等​詳​口​五​平​待​官 ​將​壓​派 ​該​則可​管 ​大​口​之​在於 ​來​商機 ​船​以​不​查​臣​大事​來​該 ​兵​民兵 ​主​赴​託​在​明​即​臣​該​文​領 ​autorités chinoises de l'endroit traiteront ce consul ou agent consulaire avec tous les égards qui lui sont dus, et dans leurs communications officielles ils suivront une parfaite égalité. Si les consuls ou agens consulaires avaient quelque sujet de plainte, ils en feront part au surintendant des cinq ports, ou, á son défaut, å l'autorité su- périeure de la province, afin qu'il examine mûrement et decide lachose avec justice et équité. En cas que le consul ou agent consulaire fût absent, les capitaines et negocians français pourront charger le consul d'un royaume de gérer leurs affaires, ou, si cela n'était pas praticable, ils s'adresseront directement et clairement au chef de la douanc, lequel avisera aux moyens de bien traiter ces affaires, et ſera en sorte que ces capitaines et négocians jouis- sent des avantages du présent traité. Arr. V. L'Empereur des Franrais sera libre d'envoyer des navires de gurre dans les cinq ports pour y stationner, maintenir l'ordre parmi les mar- chands et matelots, et faire en sorte que le consul puisse exercer son autorité; 14 JAN. French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 1 往​從​在​節​有​稅​兩​出​1船​及第​端​船 ​何​本​則​輸​别​銀​國​D1 議​鈴​二人 ​國​國​例​納​頭​將​欲​均​!明​制​十​責​等 ​均​及​並​其​規​來​差​照​人​約​水​三​成​皆 ​聽​別無​貨​費​並​印​税​在​定​手​款​該​有 ​其​國​禁​物​(不​押​則​五​不​之​各​兵​約 ​便​帶​止​經​得​者​及​口​納​條船​船​束 ​中​進​無此​加​輸​章​貿​各​例​與​主​不 ​國​及​限​次​人​增​納​程​易​項​辦​陸​許 ​不​無​制​畫​凡​亦​鈔​所​凡​鈔​理​地​令 ​得​論​不​押​有​不定​入​至交​遵​生 ​于​帶​拘​載​鈔​得其​係​口 ​兵​涉​守​事 ​Les équipages des navires de guerre seront soumis à des règlemens qui obvier- ont aux inconveniens de toute nature qui pourraient survenir, et les command- ans de ces navires recevront l’order de faire exécuter les dispositions de l'art. 23, relatif aux communications des navires avec la terre et á la police des équipages. Quant aux navires de guerre, il est clairement convenu et arrête qu'ils ne paieront aucune espéce de droits. ART. VI. Les Français qui commerceront dans les cinq ports paieront les droits d'importation et d'exportation conformément au tarif annexé au présent traité, sous le sceau et la signature des plénipotentiaires des deux Empires. Ces droits ne pourront être augmentes á l'avenir, et il ne pourra non plus y avoir des surtaxes quelconques. Les Français seront libres d'importer, soit de France, soit de royaumes étrangers, et d'exporter, n'importe pour quel pays, toute marchandise qui, dans le tarif signé maintenant, ne se trouve pas être l'objet de prohibition ou 145. 13 French and Chinese ('onumercial Treaty. 1 等​後​索​過​1之​倘​一​所​則​!條例 ​不​無規​税​中​1處​日​如​定​與會​如​載 ​守​帝​費​關​國​!! 後​厚​章​同​將​各 ​例​加​按​只​商​貨​!别​愛​!程​議​來​貨 ​款​增​今​照​人物​!國​之​經​允​改​物 ​許​倘​稅​現在​入​有​國​1止​後​變​別 ​取​有​期​例​便​五​亦得​無​商​次方​則​增 ​规​海​是​輸​帶​口 ​邀​異​人​現​可​例​禁 ​費​關​有​税​進​已​體​滅​悉​每​是​應​止 ​增​書​準​不​按​邀​省​照​處​與​改​與​限 ​收​役​絕​得​地​例​賦稅​每​將至​1制 ​稅​入​以後​經​輸 ​領​行時​來​税​1之 ​de monopole. Le gouverement chinois ne pourra pas adouter ali tarif de nouveaux articles de prohibition ou de monopole. Si á l'avenir ou voulait apporter des modifications au tarif, on devra se consulter d'alvord avec le gouvernement français, et les changcinens ne pourront être faits qu'apré: citro toinbé d'accord. Quant au tarif et aux traites arrétés maintenant, ou qui seront arrêtés dans la suite, les négocians, at en général tous les Français, partout et toujours, seront traités comme la nation la plus favorisée, sang qu'il y ait alicune dif. ference; et si á l'avenir on faisait des reductions dans le tarif, les Français en jouiraient également. Art. VII. Les Marchandises françaises qui aviront arquitté les droits dans un des cinq ports, suivant le tarif pourront ètre iransporties dans l'intérieur par les marchands chinois, et paieront les droits de transit l'apris les régle niens en vigueur maintenant, saus qu'il soit perinis de les frapper de surtaxes, car le taux actuel de ces droits est modere ; il ne faut pas qu'il soit augmentos a l'avenir , 15 AN. french and Chinese Commercial Trcutis . 1 1 莱​凡​习​旗​即​進​中​漏​價​船​口​藉​緣 ​己​前​風​號​出口​國​者​何​隻​不​口​者 ​照 ​者​亦可​地​項​在​作​諒​定​照 ​例​廣 ​( 尚​可以​方​貨​五​走​!之中 ​裁​東​「有​以​隨​官​物​口​私​税​國 ​撤​額 ​! 別​押​意​一並​走​之​1則​例 ​[ 設 ​設​國​令​禁​體例​私事​商​公​究 ​1貿 ​法​冒​算​止​拿​禁​無​若 ​當​治 ​《易 ​禁用​清​走​究​之​論​或​將​不 ​人​之 ​止​人​賬​私​入​貨​何​有​來​為 ​以​1項​船​官​與​等​商​在​走 ​後行 ​遏​1 刻​隻​再​偷​貨​人​五 ​以​洋 ​Si dos agens de la douane n'observaient pas ces articles divers, et exigea- tent des rétributions illégales, ou prélevaient des droits plus éleves, ou les rois chinoises. . ÁRT. VIII. Le tarif établi étant juste et convenable, il n'y a plus de pré- texte à la contrebande, et il est à présumner que les navires marchands fran- çais qui iront dans les cinq ports ne se livreront á auccun de es actes clandes. tins. Si cependant des négociais ou des navires faisaient la contrebande dans un des cinq ports, ou débarquaient frauduleusement des marchandises prohibées, toutes ces marchandises, n'impore leur nature ou leur valeur, seraieht saisies par les antorités locales et confisquées au profit du gouverne- ment chinois. Et de plus l'autorité chinoise pourrait, si bon lui semblait, interdire au navire contrebandier l'entrée de la Chine, et le faire sortir du port aussitôt aprés la liquidation des ses comptes. Art. IX. La corporation privilegiée des marchands lanistes, qui autrefois existait à Canlon, ayant été légalement supprimée, les Français scront libres, | i 1846. French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 獲​例​照​向​騙​船​將​免​設​简​另​交口​在 ​或​聯會​保​等​主​來​取法​有​有​易​聽​五 ​死​償​地​商情​商​者​在​驅​違​别​不​其​口 ​亡​但​方​追​人人​有​便​除​人​得​與​任 ​不管​取​1债​中​往​中​領​聯​居中​便 ​存​欠​實​惟​項​國​來​國​事情​中國​置 ​或​之​力​應​人​者​人​交​官​官​結​把 ​家人​查​告​不​無​貿易​宜​知​行​持​論 ​產​或​辦​知​得​論​欠​之​先​會​包​將​何​物 ​盡責​領​照​虧​!行​中​攪​來人​入 ​絕​捕​令​事​舊​頁​1 禁​國貿​不​隨口 ​無不​照​官​侧​誕​! 止​官​易​可意​出 ​dans les cinq ports, de traiter de l'achat et de la vente des marchandises d'importation ou d'exportation, avec tel Chinois que bon leur semblera, sans qu'on soit obligé de recourir á l'intervention de qui que ce soit. A l'avenir, il ne pourra pas y avoir d'autre société d individus qui en se coali- sant exercent un monopole sur le commerce. En cas de contravention à cette régle, le consul en préviendrait les autor ités chinoises, qui aviseraient aux moyens d'extirpation. Mais les fonction- naires de l'empire chinois devront a l'avance empecher ces coalitions, afin d'éloigner tout ce qui pourrait détruire la libre concurrence dans le commerce. Art. X. Si à l'avenir des Chinois deviennent débiteurs de capitaines ou de négocians francais, et leur font éprouver des pertes, n'importe que ce soit par fraude ou autrement, les Français ne pourront point voir recours à la soli- darité des hanistes suivant les anciens réglemens. Mais ils dront en faire part- au consul, qui en communication à l'autorite locale ; et celle-ci, aprés avoir, examiné l'affaire, fera ses efforts pour contraindre les prévenus à satisfaire à 3 FOL, XY NO.I. 1S JAN. French and Chinese Comnterciul Treaty. 1 引​爲​張​欲速​可​凡​價​不​為​中​取​力 ​水​引​船​當​帶​完​自​1 得​中國​賠​賠 ​工​水​主​1出納​雇 ​1 問​國人​遇​偿 ​銀​與​執​」口​後​引 ​領​人​財​有​! 領​别​照​1不欲​水​船 ​事​出​物​! 事​國​領​船​得​行​帶​駛 ​官​力​者​11 等​一事​引​阻​揚​領​進 ​追​領​工商 ​官​律​省​水​止​帆​進​五 ​(還​事​人人 ​在​辦​便​者​留​應​口​口 ​1 但​官​不 ​五​事​可​若​難​由​所​地 ​1中​亦​騙得 ​口​所著​有​凡​引​有方 ​國​國 ​發問 ​地​給​伊​三人​水​鈔​即 ​取​人體​欠​官 ​且 ​leurs engagenrens suivant les lois. Mais si le débitur ne peut étre retrouvé, s'il t'st en faillite, s'il est mort, ou que, son patrimoine étant épuisé, il n'ait plus les moyens de payer, les négocians français ne pourront point appeter les autorités en garantie. Si des I'rançais trompaient des Chinois, ou ne leur payaient pas les marchan- dises, le consul fraırçais s'efforcera de la même maniére de réintégrer les Chinois. Mais ceux-ci ne pourront point rendre le consul ou le gouvernement français responsables. Art. XI. Tout navire français arrivant dans le voisinage d'un des cinq ports aura la faculté d'engager soi-même un pilote pour se faire aussiột con- duire dans le port: 4t lorsqu'après avoir acquitté tous les droits il voudra mettre á la volie, le pilote devra inmédiatement le conduire hors du port, sans que { l'on puisse y apporter des obstacles ou du retard. Tout individu qui voudra être pilote des navires français pourra, sur la pres- entaiion de trois certificats de capitaines de navire, être désigné coinme pilote nir le cousul, suivan que cela se pratiquait pour d'autres nations. La retribution 1846. 19 French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 1 送​辦​並​凡​並​建​船​所​坐​隨​內​几​其​方 ​領​商​無人​照例​主​需​商​聯會​! 工​秉 ​事​人​阻​1 數​均​及​工​船​管​由​! 價​公 ​官​即​礙​「追​按​代​食​或​押​海 ​該​將​共​船​償​所​辦​由​自​稽​船 ​量 ​領​船舶​進 ​索​商​海​雇​查 ​事​牌​主​口 ​多人​關​艇​透​派​經 ​官​貨​或​在 ​寡​等​給​隻​漏​安​引 ​于​單​貨 ​照​需​發​該​役​水 ​接​等​主​日 ​例​索​不​聽​役​一帶 ​到​件​或​之 ​科​倘​得其​或​二​進 ​形 ​船​繳​代​內 ​罪​有​向​便​搭​名​口 ​定 ​一​遠近​險​易​情 ​des pilotes sera équitablement fixée par les consuls ou agens consulaires dans les cinq ports, en raison de la distance parcourue et des circonstances danger- euses qui se sont présentées. Art. XII. Lorsque le pilote aura conduit dans l'intérieur du port un båt- iment de cominerce français, le chef de la douane déléguera un ou deux de ses employés probes pour suivre le navire et veiller á ce qu'il ne se commette aucune fraude. Ces employés monteront á bord du navire marchand ou resteront dans leur propre bateau, suivant qu'ils le jugeront convenable. Leurs frais de solde et de nourriture seront couveris par la douane chinoise, sans que l'on puisse rien exiger du capitaine ni du consignataire du navire; en cas de contravention à ce régleinent, on punira la faute d'aprés les lois, proportionnellement au montant de l'exaction que l'on fera restituer en son entier. Art. XIII. Lorsqu’un navire français sera entré daus un port, le capitaine, ou le subrécargue, ou le consignataire, devra, s'il n'y a pas d'empèchement, présenter au consul les papiers du bord, le manifeste du navire, etc., dans l'es- 28 JAN. French chad Chinese Commercial Treaty. 內​即​入​貨​倘​關​得​十​呈​後​會​及​牌 ​可​與​船​官​罰​船​後​過​圓​繳​經​海​所​貨 ​出​第​進 ​銀​主​海​二​入​領​二​關​戰​單 ​口​十​日 ​五​未​關​百​中​事​日​倘​噸​後 ​往​六​尚​百​領​即​圓​國​官​之​船​數 ​别​从未 ​同​牌​發信​每​內​主​貨​日 ​口​所​領 ​所​照​牌​領​但​不​怡​色​內 ​去​識​有 ​卸​擅​照​事​所​一​將​慢​詳​將 ​在​在​牌 ​之​自​准​官​罰​日​船​于​細​船 ​此​二 ​貨​開​其​照​之​罰​牌​船​開​名 ​不日 ​一臉​開會​數​銀​貨​進​明人 ​必​之​貨 ​併​卸​輪​海​不​五​單​口​照​名 ​pace de vingt-quatre heures. Dans les vingt-quatre heures après qu'il aura, reçu les papiers de bord et le manifeste, le consul communiquera au chef de la douane une note détaillée expliqùant clairement le nom du navire, l'équipage, le tonnage et la natnre des marchandises; aprés quoi le chef de la douane délivrera immédiatement le permis d'ouvrir la cale. Si, par la négligence du capitaine, les papiers du bord et le manifeste n'étai- .ent pas présentés au consul dans les quarante-huit heures qui suivront l'entrée du navire, chaque jour de retard entraiñera une amende de 50 piastres au profit du gouvernement chinois ; mais le montant de l'amende ne pourra pas dépasser 200 piastres. Si, avant d'avoir reçu le permis, le capitaine ouvrait la cale de son propre mouvement, et débarquait des marchandises, on infligerait une a nende de 500 piastres, et les marchandises débarquées seraint saisies au profit du gouver- nement chinois. Art. XIV. Tout navire français entré dans un port, qui n'aura pas encore reçu le permis de dí barquement dont il est parlé à l'article 16, pourra, dans l'espace de deux jourę, sortir de ce pour aller dans un autre sans qu'il ait au- 1846. 21 French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 1 鈔​! 監​往​轨​再​各​鈔​錢​五​鈔​凡​鈔​輸 ​· 船​别​照​生​樣 ​銀​不​十全​船舶​納 ​次​從​庸​口​開​别​規​一​及​噸​完​進 ​勁 ​所​外​輸​即​明​端​費​錢​一​以​按​口 ​有​國​鈔​于​船​凡​一​所​百​上​照出​仍 ​【進​以​進​鈔​納​概​有​五​者​例​二 ​(中​免​口​完​鈔​革​從​十年​式​日 ​賣 ​1 國​重​時​额​時​除​前​噸​噸​凡​之 ​前​之​貨 ​三​止​複​將​做​以​進​者​納​船​外 ​板​須​凡​執​該​關​後​口​每​鈔​在即 ​等​辆​!照​船 ​給​不出​噸​銀 ​跟​一般​,輸 ​小船​途 ​發​得​口​納​五百​船​納 ​cun droit de tonnage ou de douane à payer dans le premier port, puisqu'il devra ensuite acquitter ces droits dans le port ou s'effectuera la vente de ses march- andises. Art. XV. Deux jours aprés qu’un navire quelconque sera entré daus un port, il aura à payer les droits de tonnage en leur entier, d'après les règles suivantes : Tout navire jaugeant 150 tonneaux et au-dessus, paiera ciuq dixiè. mes de taël par tonneau ; toute espèce de surcharges que l'on percevait autrefois à l'entrée et à la sortie des navires sont complétement supprimées, et on ne pourra pas en établir d'autres à l'avenir. Toutes les fois que le paiement de ces droits aura lieu, le chef de la douane délivrera un reçu expliquant clairement que les droits de tonnage ont été ac- quittés. Si ce navire va dans un autre port, lors de son entrée dans ce port, it souinettra le reçu à la vérification, et il ne sera plus nécessaire qu'il paie les droits une deuxième fois; car tout navire français venant en Chine d'un royaume étranger ne devra payer les droits de tonnage qu'une seule fois. Les embarcations et les petits navires français de différentes espèces, pontés et non pontés, employés au transport des passagers, des bagages, des lettres, 22 Jan; French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 一 ​為​行​均​貫通​先​九​剑​人​每​貨​貨運​船 ​計​計​無​當事​開​! 雇噸​物​者​行無 ​議​議​受​即​通明​! 貨輪​照​一​李​論 ​完稅​虧​查​報​貨​! 中​鈔​一體​書​有 ​納​驗​海​單​商 ​國​银​百​免​信​篷 ​亦​另​各​關​呈​人 ​船​一​五​鈔​食​無 ​聽​備​!貨​便​途​每 ​艇​錢​十​君​物​篷 ​其​熟​商​物​推​領 ​該​倘​噸​該​並附 ​便​悉​安​其事​貨 ​船​!以​小​無​搭 ​如​之​不​當官​下​不​!下船​應​過 ​有人​欲​彼​貨​即​貨​,輸​」之​載​客 ​事​代​自此​下​著​應 ​船​商​例​魂​之​載 ​des comestibles ou de toute marchandise non sujette à payer des droits, seront généralement exempts de payer les droits de tonnage. Si ces petits navires transportaient des marchandises, ils paieraient un dixième de tačl par tonueau, suivant le classement des, navires qui jaugent moins de 150 tonneaux. Si des négocians françaient des navires ou des embarcations chinoises, its n'auraient aucun droit à payer. Art. XVI. Toutes les fois que des négocians français auront des marchan- dises à débarquer ou a embarquer, ils devront auparavant remettre une note détaillée de ces marchandises au consul, qui enverra immédiatement un lin- guiste en prévenir le chef de la douane ; et celui-ci accordera de suite le per- mis de débarquer ou d'embarquer. Alors on vérifiera les marchandis-s de la maniére la plus convenable, afin que des deux côtés on n'éprouve aucune perte. Le négociant français qui ne voudra pas assister luimême à la vérification des droits, appellera une personne expérimentée pour aller à sa place vérifier les droits à payer, suivant son bon plaisr. Si après il y avait quelque réclama- tion, on n'en tiendrait plus aucun compte. Quant aux marchandises dont les droits sont fixés ad valorem, si les négocians 1816. french and Chinese commercial Trentij 均​亦​人​之​以​數​不​除​秘​物​應​之後 ​限​即​立時​所​再​各​能​去​以​彼​貨​異 ​一​知 ​請​如​復​件​定​皮​以​出​此​若​言 ​日​會​領有​通​除​連​各​毛​滑​價​喚​商​俱 ​之​海事​意​計​凈​皮貨​倫​貨​高​集​人​不 ​內​關​官​見​類​皮​過​皮​1為​者​二​與​准 ​從前​不​推​毛毛​」宰​定​三​華​聽 ​報​由來​合​當​种​先​輕​人​所​為​商人​至 ​儘​該​!查​其​定​重人​有​佐​人​意​估 ​則​力​領​驗​多​就​與​貨價​堅​見​價 ​不​作事​!貨​賣家​將​海​物​明​不定 ​為​合​官商​物​即​約​爭​關​應​輸​貨​合​税 ​ne peuvent pas tomber d'accord avec les Chinois, on appellera de part et d'au- tre deux ou trois négocians, et après un examen attentif des marchandises, on déterminera comme valeur le prix le plus élevé qu'on en offrira. Tous les droits de douane seront prélevés sur les marchandises nettes : on devra, par conséquent, dédựire les emballages et les contenans des marchandises Si le négociant français ne peut pas tomber d'accord avec le chef de la douane sur le poids de l'emballage de chaque article, on prendra quelques uns des colis en litige, on les pèsera d'abord bruts, et on retiendra le chiffre obtenu; on les privera ensuite de leur enveloppe, on les pèsera de nouveau et on prendra pour règle la moyenne de ces pèseinens divers. Si lors de la vérification on ne pouvait pas tomber d'accord, les négocians français prieraient aussitôt le consul d'intervenir; le consul en donnerait avis immédiatement aa chef de la douane, et se plaçant au milieu des parties, ils s'efforceraient tous deux d'arranger la chose à l'amiable. Mais il faut que la réclamation ait lieu dans l'espace d'un jour, autrement on n'accordera plus alcune intervention. Avant que la contestation ne soit terininée par un arret, le chef de la douans 4 JAN, French and Chincse Commercial Treaty. } 貨​你​領​納​者​此​凡​辨​應​難得​推 ​會​原​事​轉​「其​其​卸​理​核​于​將​理 ​在​封​官​欲​! 餘​去​! 減​核​互​于 ​某​不​照​載入​銀​貨​多​! 稅​定​爭議 ​口​動​會​往​在​亦​物​窝​船 ​銀​進​數 ​輸給​海​别​此​在​欲​即​進 ​照​口 ​目​未 ​與​關口 ​口​口​别​帶​照​五 ​估​貨​姑​定 ​侯​牌​將​售​已​口​往​所​口 ​價​物​寫​之 ​該​照​貨​賣​將​輪​别​卸​如 ​之​遇​册 ​先 ​商​註​驗​者​貨​納​口​之​將​,例​有​上海 ​進​明明​報​遇​卸​數​貨​,兼​損​恐​得 ​别​該​果​明​輸​有​賣​輸​在​公​壞​後​不 ​ne pourra porter sur les registres aucun des des chiffres en litige, de peur qu'après ce ne soit difficile de résoudre la chose avec mûr examen. S'il arrivait que des marchandises importées eussent éprouvé des avaries, on devra diminuer les droits proportionnellement à la valeur des marchandises, et régler cela avec justice et équité comme ci-dessus. ARP. XVII. Tout navire français entré dans un des cinq ports, qui n'y débarquera qu une partie de ses marchandises, ne paiera les droits que sur la quantité de marchandises débarquées. Le restant de sa cargaison, qu'il voud- rait porter dans un autre port pour l'y vendre, ne paierait les droits que dans ce dernier port. Dans le cas où des Francais, après avoir acquitté les droits des marchandises dans un port, désireraient les transporter dans un autre et les y vendre, ils en avertiraient clairement le consul, qui en informerait le chef de la douane, et apres qu'un examen attentif des marchandises aurait constaé qu'elles sont encore dans leur enveloppe originale, sans avoir été remuées, il serait délivré une déclaration attestant clairement que ces marchandises ont déjá payé des Aroits dang tel port. . A l'époquc où ile entreront dans un autre port, les négocians présenteront 1846. 阳 ​French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 關 ​銀​-1號牌​實​有​出​完​識​一 ​或​如若​交​收​鈔​口​税​定​騙​切​查​務 ​敘​中​輸​干​還​呈​下​則​1等​規​牌 ​銀​國家​准​送​一​貨​例​1弊​費​免​照 ​或​官​項​可​合​領​經​亦​俱​1俱​税​呈 ​洋​所​該​以​開​事​全然​逐​艦​將​無​配送 ​銀​給​銀​代行​官​完​九次​主​該​給​領 ​海​無​號​中​海​坠海​人​按​或​貨​查​與​事 ​關​異​所​國​開明​關​人數​商​入​出​牌​官 ​與​所​給​收​酌​即​即​輸入​官​有​照​轉 ​領​翰​實​!定​將給​船​納​夾​卻​炎 ​事​之​收​! 銀​與​所至​貨 ​私貨​海 ​cette déclaration au consul, qui la soumettra au chef de la douane, et celui-ci paiera l'exemption de droits délivrera aussitôt un permis de débarquer les mar- chandises sans aucuns autres frais. Mais si, en vérifiant les colis, ou découvrnit de la fraude ou de la contrebande, ces marchandises seraient saisies et cuntis- quées au profit du gouvernement chinois. ART..XVIII. Il est établi de commun accord que les capitaines ou négocians français paieront les droits d'importation au fur et à mesure qu'on débarquera les marchandises, et ceux d'exportation qu'on les embarquera. Lorsque les droits de tonnage et de douane que doit payer un navire français auront été entièrement acquittés, le chef de la douane délivrera un reçu général, sur la présentation et la vérification duquel le consul rendra les papiers de bord et permettra de mettre à la voile. Le chef de la douane déteruninera une ou plusieurs maisons de change, qui pourront recevoir au nom du gouvernement chinois l'argent que les Français auront à payer pour les droits ; et les récépissiés que ces maisons de change délivreront, seront censés délivrés par le gouvernement chinois. On pourra payer les droits, soit en lingots, soit en monnaies étrangères. Le chef de la VOL.XY NO.1. 4 26 Jan. French and Chinese Commercial Treaty: 1 1 明​遇刺​几种​中​海​一​途​尺​凡​級​官 ​照​領​有理​制​丈​國​關​與​與​等​五​跟​核 ​准​事​必​之​貨​貨​者​字​粤​領​項​口​應​其 ​其​官​得​處​若​物​俱​樣​海事​應​海​浦​市 ​給​制​不​非​爭​依​所​關照​關​水價 ​貨​與​貨​得​審​轨​此​有無​署​造​均​若​情 ​之​將官​即​鈔​異​存​一​有​于 ​形 ​海​照​處​貨​特​以​碼​每​分部​照​將 ​關​海​該​軟​准​此​充​各​件​輕​比​頒​數​洋 ​可​關​商行​及​式​交​銀​端​重​較​种​補​銀 ​以​查​應​勢必​為​如​輸​载​長​準​碼​足​比 ​驗​報​運​須​準​有​納​粤​短褲​女 ​較 ​douane, de concert avec le consul, examinera le change de la place et toutes les autres circonstances, et déterminera quelle est la valeur relative de la mon- naie au lingot. Art. X.IX. Dans chacun des cinq ports, le chef de la douane aura de- balances, des poids, la toise et le pied légaux. dont il devra remettre de semblas bles au consulat pour y être conservés en dépôt. Ces poids et ces mesures seront on tout conformes à ceux de la douane de Canton, et chacun sera muni d’uni estampille de cette même douane constatant l'identité. Tous les paieinens de droits et autres envers le gouvernement chinois seront faits d'après ces poids. S'il survenait des contestations sur le poids ou la me. sure des marchandises; on prendrait ces étalons pour base et pour servir à la décision. Art. XX. Aucun transbordement de marchandises ne pourra être effectué, à moins qu'il n'ait été spécialement permis par l'autorité, ou s'il n'est absolu- ment indispensable. Dans le cas où il serait imposssible de retarder un transbor- element, les négocians devont en référer clairement au consul, et celui-ci don- nera un certificat sur le vu duquel le chef de la douane permettra le transbor- dement. Le chef de la douane pourra toujours désigner un de ses employés pour y assister. 1846. 27 French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 一 ​1 其​口​凡​等​不​不​有意​搭​雇​凡​候​貨​著 ​租​地​」包​得​賠​該​商​客​各​外​者​骨 ​貨​方​!攬​令​償​船​允​人​項​所​除役 ​房​居​1起​人​其​艇​不​其​制​!有​遇​監 ​屋​佳人​把船​船​船​船​私有​視 ​及​無​按下​持​艇​騙​地​艇​小​主​制​外​尚 ​行​論​期貨​並不​走​方​脚 ​魅​商​之​意​有 ​接​人​第 ​不限​央​官​價​載入​貨​危​不 ​野​數​二 ​准​以​地​為由​運​應​全​險​奉 ​貨​多款 ​挑​雙方​經​彼​貨​聽​行​不准 ​或​寡​至 ​夫​數​管理​此​物​任​入​及​而 ​租​聽​五 ​人​亦​亦​若​合​附​便​官​等​制 ​S'il s'effectuait des transbordemens sans autorisation, sauf le cas où des dan- gers imprevus ne permettraient pas de temporiser, les marchandises ainsi trans- bordées seraient toutes confisquées au profit du gouvernement chinois. Art. XXI. Tous capitaines ou négocians français pourront, suivant leur bon plaisir, louer touter espèce d'alléges et d'embarcations, pour transporter des marchandises ou des passagers. Le prix à payer pour ces embarcations sera réglé de concert par les parties, sans que l'autorité chinoise ait à intervenlr, En cas de fraude ou de disparition de ces alléges, l'autorité locale n'en sera pas responsable. Le nombre de ces embarcations ue sera pas limité, et on ne pourra pas non plus en accorder le monopole à qui que ce soit. On ne pourra pas non plus accorder à certains portefaix le privilége du transport des marchandises à em- barquer ou à débarquer. Art. XXII. Tous les Français qui, suivant l'article 2, arriveront dans un des cinq ports pour y habiter, n'importe quel que soit le nombre des personner on la durée de leur séjour, pourront louer des maisons et des magasins pour y déposer des inarchandises, ou bien ils pourront afferiner des terrains et bætir % French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. Jan 倘​立人​受領​止​按​租​宜​會​周一​地 ​地​有限​房租​事​內​照​多​居​同​體​自 ​觸​中​制​富​值​官地​地​裹住​領​院​可行 ​犯​國​俾​間​在​亦​民力​之​宜​事​會​以​建 ​毁​人數​五​誰人​價​處​建​省​房​建​屋 ​壞​將​地​口​防​高​值​彼​造​墳​造​建 ​地​11段​地​本​抬​定​此​之​識​地​體​行 ​方​1人​宽​方​國​租​蘭​在​地​定​各​拜​! 官​!租​廣​凡人​值​中 ​事項​堂 ​照顧​宜​不​强​!國人​地​「地​醫 ​例​拜​獲​业​壓​1官​務​租​方​人人 ​嚴​堂​益​歲​11阻​須​房​人​官​院​亦 ​eux-mêmes des maisons et des magasing. Les Français pourront également construire des églises, des hôpitaux, des hospices, des écoles et des cimetières. Les autorités locales, de concert avec le consul, détermineront les quartiers les plus convenables pour la résidence des Français, et les ondroits dans lesquels pourront avoir lieu les constructions. Le fermage des terrains et le loyer des maisons seront réglés de part et d'autre entre les parties intéressces, et devront être réglés conformément aux prix locaux. Les autorités chinoises empêcheront les gens du pays d'exiger des prix trop élevés, et le consul français veillera aussi à ce que ses nationaux n'usent point de violence pour forcer les loyers ou les prix. Le nombre et l'étendue des maisons ou des terrains affectés aux Français dans les cinq ports ne seront point restreints el de certaines limites, mais bien suivant les convenances et les besoins des Français. 146. 20 French and Chinese Commercial Treaty, 一 ​國​禁​「該​官​約​得​至​方人​散​或​凡​拘 ​官​或​「水​蘭​束​越​商​官​無​步​往​重 ​查​越​!手​定規​界​船​讀​異​其​來​懲 ​拿​界​無​與​照​條 ​遊​停​定​但​日​經​1 但​或​論​內​會所​行​泊​界​不​中​遊人 ​照​遠​何​地​地​有如​該​址​得​動聽​在 ​解​入​人民​方​應時​水​以​越​作​灣​五 ​论​内​如​人​官​行當​手​為​領​一​在​口 ​近​地​有​滋​查​規​登入​營​事​如​附​地 ​口​聽​犯事​照​條​岸​等​謀​宫内​近​方 ​!恩​此​爭​以​領​須​亦​之​與​地處​居 ​【中​例​端​防​事​選​不​事​地​民​所​住 ​Si des Chinois violaient ou détruisaient des églises ou des cimetières français, les autorités locales les puniraient sévèrement suivant les lois. ART. XXIII. Tous les Français résidens ou de passage dans un des cinq ports pourront librement circuler dans leur voisinage immédiat, et y vaquer à leurs occupations journalières comme les gens du pays. Mais ils ne pourront point, sous prétexte de se livrer s des opérations commerciales, dépasser les limites que le consul et les autorités chinoises auront fixées de commun accord. Les équipages ou autres personnes appartenant aux navires mouillés dans chacun des ports ne pourront pas non plus dépasser ces limites. Lorsque les matelots descendront à terre, ils seront tenus de suivre les règlemens établis. Ces règlemens seront arrêtés par l'autorité consulaire, qui les communiquera aux autorités locales, afin d'obvier à ce que les marins aient des querelles avec les gens du pays. Si un Français, quel qu'il fat, controvenait à cet article en dépassant les limites ou en pénétrant au loin dans l'intérieur du pays, il serait loisible à l'autorise de l'arrêter, mais elle devrait le livrer au consul français 30 Jan. French and Chinese Cemnzercial Treaty. 一 ​探​者​智​代價​墨​各​習​工​便​!入​得 ​買​亦​中​為​東​作​方中​入屋​」以​歐​傾 ​中​可​國​酌​修​文​土 ​國​亦​買​」傷​打​事 ​國​以​人​量​或​學​語​語​可​辦​人​两​傷​官 ​各​發​願​「自​文​又​音​以​通​在​國​害​收 ​樣​寶​學​行​藝​可​篷 ​延​事​五​和​虐​管 ​書​1本​1商​等​以​寫​請​書​口​好​待​中 ​籍​!國人​議​功​請​中士​記​地 ​所​國 ​1及​亦或​課​人​國​民工​方 ​獲​官 ​書​外​可​領​各​帮​文人​聽 ​1 民 ​藉​國​以​事​等​辦​字​等​水​其 ​1 均 ​及​話​教官​工筆​與​教​手​任 ​1不 ​du port le port le plus voisin qui le recevrait. Ni les autorités ni le peuple chinois ne pourront frapper, blesser ou faire subir un mauvais traitement quel- conque aux Français ainsi arrêtés, de peur de troubler la bonne harmonie qui doit exister entre les deux Empires. Art. XXIV. Les Français pourront, suivant leur bon plaisir, engager dans les cinq ports des majordomes, des linguistes, des écrivains, des ouvriers, des bateliers et des domestiques. Ils pourront également engager des lettrés pour s'en faire enseigner la langue ou tout autre dialecte chinois, ainsi que les car- actères usités dans l'empire. Ils pourront également se faire aider pour des travaux scientifiques et littéraires de toute nature. Les gages de ces différentes personnes seront ou fixés de commun accord par les parties, ou déterminés officieusement à leur place par le consul. Les Français pourront de même enseigner aux Chinois qui le désireraient la langue de leur pays ou des pays étrangers. Ils pourront aussi vendre toute espèce de livres français et acheter toutes sortes de livres chinois. 1846. 31 French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 1 中​狂​隨​中將​完​國​爭​詳​怨​詳​國​凡 ​國​房​民​在​國​來​結​官​官​核​(核​人​! 官​屋​欲​彈​人​! 協​不​為​1竭​者​! 或​貨​行​壓​陷​! 力​能​之​人力​應​! 訪​行​偷​設​害​! 辦​為​調​人​調​先人 ​聞​及​益​法​凌​理​之​停​者​停​呈​有 ​或​所​毁​防​辱​在 ​查​調​倘​領​如​明​懷 ​准​基​壞​發騷​五 ​核​停​遇事​有​領​忽 ​領​各​放​更​擾​口 ​明​即​有​官​中​事​及 ​事​等​水​有​地​地 ​白​移​爭​亦​國​官​狹 ​官​院​!方​方 ​秉​請​虚​人​覆​嫌 ​照​它​! 徒​官​為 ​公​中​領​心懷​中 ​XXV .Tout Français qui aura des plaintes ou des réclamatiens à faire contre un Chinois, devra d'abord les exposer clairement au consul, qui examinera at- tentivement l'affaire, et fera ses efforts pour l'arranger à l'amiable. Si un Chi- nois avait des plaintes à faire contre un Français, le consul examinerait aussi la chose avec intérêt, et tàcherait de l'arranger à l'amiable. Mais dans le cas où il surviendrait des contestations que le consul ne pourrait pas arranger amiable- ment, celui-ci en donnerait communication d l'autorité chinoise, et ile réunirai- ent leurs efforts pour arranger la chose suivant la justice et l'équité, après en avoir fait un mar examen: Art. XXVI. Si à l'avenir des Français, dans les cinq ports, éprouvaient des dommages, des insultes ou des vexations de la part des Chinois, l'autorité locale prendra de suite des mesures répressives, et avisera aux moyens de protéger les Français. A plus forte raison, si des malfaiteurs ou une partie égarée de la population tentaient de piller, de détruire ou d'incendier les inaisons, les magasins, ou tout autre établissement forme par des Français, l'autorité chinoise, soit au premier bruit qui lui en parviendrait, soit après en French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. JAN. 1 定 ​未定​如​速​!嚴​殿​及​事​凡​應​犯​會 ​之​經​何​說​拿​傷​多​件​有​行照​立 ​例​分​款​治​明人​密​致​人​或​追​例​即 ​1 断​如​罪​照​由​明艷​不​遇​! 雖​從​節 ​【者​有​之​! 領​照像​等​有​著重​差 ​1俱​别處​人事​中​中​被​爭​人​黯​沪​驅 ​人​照樣​將官​國​國​火​關​與​者​罪​逐 ​在​此​情​來​例​設​例​人​器​中​中​責​將​黨 ​五​辦​形​治​法治​由​及​或​國​償​來 ​日​理​在​人​罪​拘​罪​中​别​一​人 ​聽​嚴 ​地​因​本人​其​拿​係​國​器​二​爭 ​還​拿 ​方​所​款​議​應​! 官​械​入​開 ​向​匪 ​avoir été avertie par le cousul, enverrait aussitôt la force armée pour dissiper leméute, se saisir des coupables et punir sévérement leur crime suivant les lois ; libre ensuite à qui de droit de poursuivre le dédommagement des pertes éprouvées. ART. XXVII. . Toutes les fois qu'entre des Français et des Chinois il s'élèvera des rixes et des querelles, et dans le cas où au milieu de ces rixes, un ou plusieurs individus seraient blessés ou tués, soit par des armes à feu, soit par d'autres armes, les Chinois seront arrêtes par l'autorité chinoise qui les examinera clairement et punira le crime suivant les lois de l'empire. Quant aux Français, le consul avisera aux moyens de les faire arrêter, s'empressera d'examiner clairement la chose, et fera en sorte que le criminel soit puni suivant les lois françaises. Quant au mode dont les crimes devront être punis, ce sera au gouvern. ement français à le déterminer dans un temps à venir. Sil y avait quelqu'autre circonstance non comprise dans le présent article on se guiderait d'après ces mêmes principes, car il est établi en loi que les 1846. 38 French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 1 何​有​聞​被​遇​船​不​爭​理​協​1例如 ​情​雖​知​洋​有​主​為​「轨​遇​爭​!辦​有 ​形​物​即​盜​l自​經​船​情​有​轨​理​犯 ​均無​上​打​1行​理​在​事​!事​人 ​大 ​繳​論​紫​刻​!料​均​五中​1件​在 ​小 ​※在​籍​附​商​理​歸口​國​人均​五 ​領​何​拿​近​船 ​【地​不入​歸口 ​罪 ​事​處​照​文​在 ​1 方​必​與​地 ​官​例​武​中 ​1 中​過​外方 ​轉​獲​治​官​國 ​官​國​問​國​!如 ​1 給​及​罪​一​洋 ​及​官至​人​官​有 ​{ 事​如​所​經​面 ​該​亦有​辦​不 ​外​均​照 ​Français qui commettront un crime on un délit dans les cinq ports, seront con- stamment régis d'après les lois françaises: Art. XXVIII. Les Français demeurant dans les cinq ports qui auraient des difficultés ou des contestations entre eux, ressortiront de l'autorité française qui en jugera. Dans cas où des Français auraient des contestations avec des gens de pays étrangers, l'autorité chinoise n'aura à s'en mêler en aucune façon. Quant aux navires qui se trouveront dans les cinq ports, l'autorité chinoise n'aura non plus aucune autorité à exercer sur eux ; ce sera entièrement à l'autorité française et aux capitaines de ces navires qu'il appartiendra de régler les affaires qui les concernent. Art. XXIX. Dans le cas où des navires de commerce français seraient attaqués ou pillés par des pirates dans des parages dépendant de la Chive, l'autorité civile et militaire du lieu le plus voisin, dés le inoment qu'elle en aura connaissance, entreprendra des poursuiles diligentes pour opérer l'arrestation des coupables, et les punir suivant les lois. Les marchandises volées, n'importe dins quel lien elles aient été dépusces ou dans quelque état qu'elles se trouvent, seront entièrement reinises au consul, qui les restituera à leurs maitres. Si. VOL. XV NO.1 34 JAN. French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 1 照 ​需 ​不​給​方​有無​爛​無​物​接​商​處​盗​主 ​使​與​損​! 論及​阻​,若​待​船​(分​或​收 ​損​日​寒​(何​别​礙​有​其所​,但​不​領 ​壞​用地​1口​緣​壞​兵​過​(不能​做 ​隨​总​方​船​均​故​!爛​船​中​兵​能​全​承 ​官​隻​當​急​!亦​聽​國​船​為​起​辑 ​聞​在​以​須​「可​熏​各​往​之​職​之 ​附​法​知​中​友​進​商​購​探​口​來​賠​物​人 ​近​打印​國​誼​口​船​料​買​均​造價​照​或 ​領​為​近​接​躲​遇​修​日​以來 ​中​不 ​重​操​岸​待​避​有​用友​保 ​國​能 ​等​物​救​地​如​者​破​俱各​誼​護 ​例​獲 ​dans la poursuite des individus on ne peut pas découvrir les coupables, ou que l'on ne puisse retrouver tous les objets volés, les autorités chinoises subiront la peine que la loi leur inflige, mais on ne pourra pas les rendre pécuniairement responsables. ART. XXX. Tout navire français faisant croisière pour la protection des navires marchands, sera reçu et traité en ami dans tous les ports de la Chine ou il se présentera. Ces navires de guerre'auront la faculté d'aplieter tous les objets de consom- mation journalićre. S'ils avaient fait des avaries; ils pourraient acheter les inatériaux nécessaires pour faire leurs réparations, sans qu'on pût y apporter aucun obstacle. Si par suite d'avaries, ou pour toute autre cause, des navires français de comerce étaient obligés de chercher refuye dans quelque port que ce soit, ils seraient, également récus et traites en amis. Si nu navire français venait à se perdre sur les côtes de Chine', l'autorité locale, dès qu'elle en aurait connaissance, apporterait de suite des secours, fournirait aux besoins journaliers des personnes, prendrait les mesures néces- saires pour sauver les debris du navire et préserver les marchandises, et avert- 1845. 场 ​French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 1口​有 ​國​敵​將​稍​設​方​入主​官​逃​凡​木​梢​官 ​不​國​來​有​法官​!收​實​亡​1片​人​會 ​為​布​中​成​拘​照​1 傾力​領​1貨​等同 ​禁​告​國​匿​途​會​尚​查​事物​回​地 ​阻​堵​遇 ​中​領​寓​有​拿​官兵​等​國​方 ​事​所​中​解​或​船​項​及​官 ​| 不​與 ​官​官​或​國​送​帶​商 ​為​設 ​1 能​别 ​彼​查​商人​領主 ​船 ​之​法 ​貿​前因 ​此​明​船​役​事​如水 ​易​進​用 ​均​罪​隱​員​官​會​手 ​救命 ​及​外​兵 ​不由​匿​罪​領地​人 ​破​該 ​與​中​除 ​得​即​地​逃​船方​等 ​船​商 ​拯​老 ​irait ensuite officiellement le consul ou agent consulaire du port le plus voisin, lequel, de concert avec les autorités locales, avisera aux moyens de rapatrier l'équipage et de sauver les débris du navire et de la cargaison. Art. XXXI. Lorsque des matelots ou autres individus déserteront des navires de guerre ou de commerce français, le consul ou le capitaine du navire en fera part à l'autorité locale, laquelle fera ses efforts pour arrêter les déserteurs, et les livrera entre les mains du consul ou du capitaine. Si des Chinois déserteurs ou accusés de crimes se réfugiaient dans des mais- ons françaises ou a bord de navires marchands pour s'y cacher, l'autorité locale en fera part au consul, lequel, après que la culpabilité aura été clairement démontrée, prendra immédiatement les mesures nécessaires pour que ces indi- vidus soient remis entre les mains de l'autorité chinoise. De part et d'autre il ne pourra y avoir le moindre recet ou connivence. Art. XXXII. Si à l'avenir la Chine venait à entrer en guerre avec un royaume étranger, ce ne sera pas un obstacte pour la France d'y commercer librement ainsi qu'avec le royaume enneini, sauf le cas ou le royaume ennemi aurait publiquement déclaré la clôture des ports, de manière à ce qu'on ne pút 30 Jan, French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 一 ​每​彼​照​國​省​照​京​之​往​將​易​出​中用 ​「有​此​相​大中​會​內​禮​來​來​無 ​赴​赴​並​憲​大​京​」各​兩​異​各​口​之 ​訴​訴​之​用​憲​外​」隨​國 ​貨​駛​國 ​地​俱​體​1 大​1名​官​物​往​交 ​方​用​其​行文​二​臣​大​值​員 ​並​敵​易 ​官​票​商​兩​往​等​公​臣​高​辦 ​無​國​九 ​其​星​人​國​來​官​文​與​下​公 ​妨​口​1 票​」及​平​用​員​往​中​差人 ​礙​所 ​無​等​申​與​來​國​用​等 ​如有​! 皆​!脅​官​陳​中​俱​無​平​因 ​常​進​船 ​名人​者​員​中國​用​論​行​公 ​貿​口​從 ​ni y entrer ni en sortir. Tout navire français pourra aller et venir des ports de Chine aux ports du royaume ennemi, y importer et en exporter touter sortes de marchandises non prohibées, sans rencontrer aucun obstacle ni différence aucune du commerce ordinaire, ART. XXXII. Désormais les autorités et les fonctionnaires des deux em- pires traiteront, dans leurs correspondances officielles, sur le pied d'une parfaite égalité, eu égard à l'élévation de leur rang respectif. Les hauts fonctionnaires français, dans leûr correspondance officielle avec les hauts fonctionnaires chinois de la capitale ou de dehors la capitale, se servir. ont de la formule : Dépêche. Les antorités françaises de second rang, dans leurs dépèches officielles aux hautes autorités chinoises des provinces, se serviront de la formule : Exposé; et les hautes autorités chinoiscs, de la formule : Déclara- tion. Les officiers en sous-ordre des deux empires communiqueront sur le pied de la plus parfaite égalite. Les négocians et toutes les personnes non revêtues d'rin caractère officiel se serviront de part et d'autre de la formule Représentation, dans toutes les pièces qui seront réciproquement adressées. 1846. 37 French and Chinese. Commercial Treaty. 朝廷 ​1 皇上​若有​國書 ​當​若 ​更​日​行進​無​辦​該​達​將​體​票​否​情​傾 ​易​後 ​呈​五​理​駐 ​來​辦​赴​則​詞​事 ​章​大 ​其​口​五​口 ​| 理​領​更​察​官 ​程​! 有​大​口​領 ​事​正​核​轉 ​條 ​國​臣​及​事 ​1 官​或​適​遞 ​款​! 書​即​外​官​皇 ​亦即​理​領 ​之​皇 ​復​國​應 ​先​發​安​事 ​處​上 ​轉​與​事​將 ​投​還​當官 ​亦​總務 ​國 ​地​中​隨即 ​就有 ​一​督​大​書 ​方​國​即將 ​反應 ​體​代​臣​途 ​官人​轉​票 ​換​行 ​照​為​如​與 ​途 ​一​有​遞​內 ​Toutes les fois qu'un Français aura à recourir à l'autorité locale, sa représe- ntation devra d'abord être soumise au consul. Si le consul trouve qu'elle soit fondée en raison et convenablement formulée, il la fera parvenir à sa destina- tion; dans le cas contraire, il la fera changer en mieux ou il la rendre. Les Chinois qui auraient des représentatio .s à adresser au consul s'adres- seraient de méme préalablement aux autorités locales, lesquelles agiraient de la même manière. . Art. XXXIV. Si à l'avenir le grand Empereur des Français avait des lettres du gouvernement à envoyer à la cour de Pékin, l'autorité consulaire qui résid. era dans les ports devra transmettre cette dépêche de gouvernement au sur- intendant des cinq ports chargé de la direction des relations extérieures, ou à son défaut au vice-Roi de la province qui sera chargé de le faire parvenir. Les dépèches qu'il y aura en réponse seront transmises de la mime manière. Art. XXXV. Si par la suite le grand Empereur des Français jugeait con- venable d'apporter des modifications aux articles du présent traité, il pourra entamer de nouvelles négociations avec la Chine après que douze ans se seront écoulés, à partir du jour de l'échange des ratifications de ce traité. Les traité: ou règlemens arrêtés avez des nations étrangères, lesquels ne se trouvent point 8 JAN. . French and Chinese Commercial Treaty. 特 ​揭​國​恩​守​與​者​」所​國​二​章 ​得​贖​惟​民​!此​定​再​年​程 ​之​曲​中人​1次 ​章​行​之​年 ​! 優​國​1所​程​籌​數​月 ​1 免​將​能​領​定​不​議​方​核 ​1 保​來​限​事 ​條​在​至​可​計 ​亦​作​如​以​等​款​! 別​與​滿 ​與​別​有​遵​官 ​內 ​1 國​中​十 ​inclus dans le présent traité, ne pourront point être rendus obligatoires pour les consuls ou agens consulaires français, non plus que pour leurs nationaux, tandis que tous les droits, priviléges, immunités et garanties dont les autres royaumes jouissent ou pourront jouir, seront également applicables aux Français. Note. The Chinese for the following not beiny in our possession is omitted. Le présent traité d'amitié de commerce et de navigation, tel qu'il aura été arrêté, sera revêtu du sceau et de la signature des plénipotentiaires, lesquels le présenteront à leur Empereur respectif, pour être aussi revêtu du sceau et de la signature, et à dater de ce jour (le grand Empereur du grand empire de France et le grand Empereur de grand empire de Chine, ayant vu et approuvé) se fera, dans l'intervalle d'un an, ou plus tôt, si c'est possible, l'échange des ratifications à conserver. En foi de quoi les hauts commissaires impériaux des deux empires ont apposé leurs sceur et leurs signatures au présent traité. Signé à Huan-Pu, à bord du navire à vapeur français de l'Etat l'Archimède, le 13e jour de la Ie lune de la 24e année de Tao-Kuan, c'est-à-dire le 24e jour du mois d'octobre de l'année 1844 aprés la naissance de Jésus-Christ. 1815. 39 Catholio Religion in China. Art. III. Notices of the Catholic religion in China, in a letter from the Rt. Rev. Joseph Rizzolati, vicar apostolic of Hi- kráng. [The following letter is dated Nov. 25th, 1842, and is addressed “to the very reverend father Josephı D'Alexandrie, general of the Franciscan.” And having been read at a meeting of the Society for the Propagation of the Faith, held in St. Patrick's church, Sydney, was afterward published.] “VERY REVEREND FATHER. It was with inexplicable pleasure I received your kind letter of the 22d November, 1841. How much we are encouraged in our labors in seeing all the interest you bear our missions in China, in learning that new religions, animated with your spirit, will soon come to share with us the weight and the con- solations of the apostolic ministry ! “The field open to their zeal is vast indeed. Although my vica- riate is not so large as many others, it reckons more than eighteen thousand neophytes, scattered in a hundred different congregations, over a surface more extensive than Italy. Thus your Reverence could scarcely imagine what a load of embarrassments is attached to' the exercise of my functions. If I dared to keep a priest with me, to divide with him a part of the affairs, I could breathe a little under the burden that overwhelms me; but it would be taking him from the wants of the mission, and my conscience would reproach me for any alleviation in my toil which would be purchased to the detriment of souls. My priests, besides, are so few, and separated by such great distances, that I see them but once or twice a year, when t'assemble them to unite altogether in the exercises of a common retreat. " In the midst of such multiplied occupations how could I correg. pond with the desire expressed by your Reverence, of writing a worl on the state of our missions and the religious systems of China Sereral months' study and leisure would scarcely be sufficient for it. I shall, however, obey you, as a son his father; I shall do according to the measure of my time and strength, reserving myself to return ilt a future time, with more ample development, to the imperfect out- Tine I am going to sketch. “And first, I must say, that this year has been for me only a series of sicknesses, expenses, and persecutions. Amongst other attacks on my health, have had the cholera-morbus, and I should bave died with in twenty-four hours if it had not been taken in time by a good physician. The most usual and easy treatment employed here tvar 40 Jan. Catholic Religion in China. rest its progress is the following :-it is that which has been practised on me~the tongue is covered with punctures from a table-knife or blade of glass, in order to provoke abundant bleeding. Then, whilst some stretch with force the principal nerves, others beat the bre.:st, back, thighs, and loins, until there gush from them streams of blood. When the crisis is passed the patient remains some days with his scars, contusions, and his skin as black as any negro's. I was scarce- ly recovered from mine when I had to Ay before the satellites of government. I was straying like a wanderer from city to city, not daring even to knock at the door of the Christians, lest I shoud be surprised; if I stopped an instant, it was less to take a moment's rest than to spy in what direction was running the pack in pursuit of me. It had nearly overtaken me more than once; and now again the offi cers are directing an active search after me, because I have been personally pointed out to thein as a great chief of religion in this country. “ The cause of these vexations is the foundation of a college which I had resolved to build at Pei-kien shan, formerly a safe village, where we could freely preach without having anything to fear from the pagans. It is not they-it is a false brother who has betrayed But, by a just chastisement, he has been the first and most unfortunate victim of his own denunciation. Iraprisoned with five other Christians and a catechumen, he alone has been cruelly beaten on account of his incoherent answers to the officers. When I was accused by this Judas, I had already collected all the materials necessary for the projected building. Since the works are suspend- ed, without hope of ever being resumed: the first expenses, about five hundred Roman crowns, are likewise lost. The furniture, clothes, and books of the students have become the sattellites, and my poor young lads have been rudely dispersed. Oh! how much difficulty lrave I had to find a shelter! How I still suffer to see them associated to my tribulations! for wherever I drag my proscribed existence, I carry with me my little traveling college. “The above is enough, I think, to enable you to appreciate our situation. It may be summed up in a few words. The wounds of the last persecution are not yet healed; terror is the order of the day amongst our Christians; in place of liberty of conscience, which we hoped to see stipulated by England, as a condition of the treaty of peace, we coutinue under the weight of ancient edicts, and have, as during the past, no other prospect than exile, tortures, and death. "I pass to your second question, which concerns the Chinese me. 1846. 41 Catholic Religion in China. mythology. The religion of the empire is, as every one knows, idolatry, quite as gross as that of the ancient world. Its gods are almost innumerable. Some are entirely fabulous; others, and in a number, have really existed in the first ages of the monarchy; these were the inventors of arts, the masters of ancient wisdom, the legis- Jating or conquering kings; they were also celebrated men and women, who raised themselves, by their virtues or vices, their cruel- ty or extravagance, to the apotheosis. "If I were to give you the complete nomenclature of all these gods, with an abridgment of their most curious adventures, I should soon fill Jarge columns; for this wonderful chronicle has no other foundation and rules than the delirious iinagination of a crowd of priests, charlatans, and sorcerers, who pay with the ignorance of the people, by making experiments on their credulity. I will cite amongst the most known of these divinities Pwánkú, who introduced order into chaos, by separating heaven from earth; Yen-nang, who judges the dead and who presides over the transmigration of souls; Yen-wan, sovereign of hell; Tien-kuen, master of heaven; Lui- shin, god of thunder and thunder bolts; Lau-kiun principal arbiter of battles ; Confucius, or Kung fútsz', king of wisdom; Lií-shai- shin, the regulator of commerce and the disposer of fortunes; Min- kiun, the guardian of the fire-side; Chang-hwan, the tutelary genius of cities; Ma-wan, in fine, the friend of sheperds, and the protector of Ancks. " Besides the general gods, each family, each trade, each condi- tion has its particular idols, which, in a more restricted sphere, exercise a definite influence, and correspond to special interests and the necessities of circumstances. For example, in times of drought, the god of waters is addressed, that he may open the clouds; and if the rain does not come after several days' invocation and prayers, after the burning of a great de:l of incense and superstitious paper, recourse is had to insult; "thou art a robber,' they will say; 'give us whit we ask thee, or return what we offered thee. Thy vinity takes pleasure in our hom ige; it is for that thou wilt have us pray thee so much. But, dost thou see, the suppliants have now a stick in their hands; make it rain or else - And thereupon the divinity is remorselessly cudgelled. As for the domestic gods, the thing is still more curious. When the affairs go wrong, or a inisfortune happens to the family, the ugly fellow bears the pe:rally; his ca'lse is soon decided; he is deposed fruin his pedestal -he is declared to have lost his honors-he is 6 VOL. IV. SO, I. 42 Jan. Catholic Religion in China. banished to some temple as to a depository of idle, worthless gods; and it is signified to him nearly in these terms, that the divorce is completed :-'We have been adoring thee for so many years; we have burned before thy alter so many pounds of incense; we have inade to thee daily such a number of prostrations; the expense we have iinposed upon ourselves to please thee is enormous, and, never- theless, thy worship has not rendered to us a cash. Know, then, that we no longer expect anything from thee, and that we hence- forth renounce thy favors. Find, iſ though canst, such devoted adorers; as for us we are going to seek for more generous divinities. However, to quit as good friends, we offer thee a final homage.' At these words all the family prostrate their heads to the ground, and thus terminate the farewell. “I should here make the important remark, that in spite of their polytheism, the Chinese have the custom of exchanging in great perils, “Lau Tien Lí! which signifies, O great Lord, help us! or else, o ancient heaven help us! an expression which we have for- hidden our Christians to make use of, because it is ambiguous, but which does not the less prove that the idea of a Supreme Being is engraved on the heart of the pagans, and that the voice of their conscience, that cry of a naturally Christian soul, protests, in spite of them, against the plurality of their useless idols. “In all provinces through which I have hitherto traversed, the gentiles admit metempsychosis, or the transmigration of souls. From this belief several other sects are derived, which rival each other in absurdities. Some convinced that the sow of their ancestors has pussed into the boily of some animals, interdict to themselves meat, fish, and everythiay that has life, for fear of impressing on their pro- genitors a parricidal tooth; others, in II 1-kwáng in particular, imagine that each individual has three souls, of which one reposes in the depth of the tomb, another receives the sacrifices offered for the living, and the third pursues the course of its migrations. This strange opinion is so spread, that I have had to combat it in my catechisin for the use of the Christians of this vicariate. “The pagans of the eighteen provinces, of which this immense empire is composer, all, without exception, adore their deceased parents conformably to the prescriptions of the Inw, and the wi- mous teaching of the sages. It is there that lies the prejudice which bus the deepest roots in the minds of the Chinese, because it is in- culcated on them from infancy--because in their classic books they in this ductrine Silnctioned by the authority of the gruvest au- 1846. 4:3 Catholic Religion in China. thors; and, unless they are willing to pass for unnatural children, they are bound to believe that their deceased parents are metamor- phosed into so many gods. Hence this multitude of daily sacrifices, those prostrations, the incense, the superstitious paper, which they offer at the domestic hearth; hence those wonderful legends and absurd fables which they emulously invent, for the greater glory of those whom they have lost. In several districts of Shan-si and Shen- si, towards the confines of the great wall, as also in some villages of the province of Peking, there are certain personages known under the strange title of I-hwuh-fú, or incarnate gods, which are adored even during their life. These species of Lama—which species should rather be called devils incarnate, so much have they the genius and power of evil—free themselves with impunity from the most sacred duties, under the pretext that their apotheosis legalises their monstrous excesses; and they do not the less exercise over the multitude, fascinated by their delusions, a sway quite as absolute as it is blind. “There are also other sects which decree worship to the firma- ment, the sun, the moon, planets, polar star, and even to certain demons. Dispense with my following them through the thousand ways of error into which the human mind plunges froin darkness to darkness, when it is not guided by the supernatural light of faith. Such is, moreover, the confusion that result from all these supersti- tions endlessly multiplied, diversified according to the nature of the climates, the usages of the provinces, the interests of the professions, and the caprice of individuals, that, in speaking of the Chinese ido- latry, I dare affirm nothing universal; I return from pointing out any general characters. What is absolutely beyond doubt is that here the religious systems, taken together, are only a heap of con- tradictions, extravagances, and fables, more deserving of the pity than the study of a Christian. “Besides the native religions, the Jewish and Mussulman worship has been planted here. The followers of Mahom med are known under the name II wui-hwui kiau, or else Kiau-mun. They are numerous, and reside principally in the provinces of Shán-sí, Shen-sí, Flo-nán, and Hú-pih. As for the Jews, they form a less considerable popu- lation. They are called Hwui-hwui K 11-kiíu. Their rabbis are named “Aronniste or Aanouon." Here, as everywhere else, those strangers are the object of an instinctive and universal hatred. It is, no doubt, to escape public animadversion by diminishing then:- selves, that they live as much as possible dispersed; for, in the pro- Catholic Religion in China. Jan. vinces I have above stated, you would not find a single village entirely composed of Hebrews. “The Chinese calendar ought always to be cited when we speak of the religion of the empire, since it is in some measure the com- pletion of it. It is regulated by the phases of the moon. Each day of the year is inscribed with its prognostic, which determines before- hand the lucky and unlucky days. On those that are marked with an unlucky sign, no pagan would dare to bury his dead, conclude a marriage, give a marriage feast, or undertake an affair of any impor- tance. Do not think that each one is free to interpret the future according to his pleasure, and to assign a good augury to the day of his choice. No, this kind of prophecy constitutes a monopoly here. All the calendars circulated in the provinces must agree, particular- ly on this capital point, with the imperial calendar of the court, the patent and sole regulator of the good and bad time. Woe to him who would infringe this law! he would be punished in an exem- plary manner. It is only the priests of the sect of Lamas, called by the emperor to fullfil the functions of soothsayers, who have this singular privilege, in virtue of the prescience and gift of wisdom that they boast of having received from the gods. These priests are at present the favorites of the emperor, who consults them in all the affairs of state. " I shall terminate this long letter with a rapid glance at the man- ners and customs of China. They have for the most part their origin in the teaching of ancient philosophers, at the head of which opinion has justly placed Confucius. The writings of this sage, as well as those of his principal disciples, are the most accredited in the empire, and are looked upon by all his countrymen as so many oracles, come down from heaven to teach the road to happiness. But this way to felicity, what is it? All the Chinese doctors speak of it, and not one of them has known how to define it. To know and interpret the works or the philosophers, is an indispensable condi- tion to possess credit and enjoy estimation amongst the high classes ; but it is also to what is reduced the wisdom of a learned man, I have at this moment in my possession these books, so famous. I have read them again some few days back, and I have found then only a formless mass of assertions, without proofs; moral precepts, without connexion and without unity, of which the enptiness is concealed under rounded periods and a pompous style. It is incontestable for whoever gives them an attentive reading that their authors have had a glimpse of the unity of God; but have spoken of it in so confused 1840. 45 Catholic Religion in China. a manner, and so many commentators have labored to obscure the sense of it, under the pretext of making it clear; so many silly and strange reveries have disfigured the primitive text that now their thought is not to be recognised even by the eye of a wise Chinese. "As the worship of traditions constitutes all the wisdom of letters— as immobility is the great policy of the state, gravity is the dominant character of the individuals. All their intercourse, even mercantile, is regulated by a minute ceremonial, which has determined even the form and color of the clothes. Three sorts of clothes are distinguish- ed: the ordinary dress, which is common to the rich and poor, and which differs only in the quality of the material, which is finer with the superior ranks; the dress of ceremony, reserved for solemn occa- sions, such as the renewing of the year, a marriage banquet, the birth of a son, &c., unless one be a mandarin, or a public officer of the tribunal, for then etiquette requires that he should be always in full dress. In fine, the mourning dress, used at funerals, and the anni. versaries of deaths. It is of a white color.-It is worn for a longer or shorter period, according as the wearer is more or less near to the deceased. If it be full mourning, all the clothes ought to be made of, or covered with, white cloth, not even excepting the hat and shoes. "The military uniform is distinguished from the civil costume by a different shade, and a plate, with two letters impressed on it is worn on the breast and back, which designate to what branch the soldier belongs. Every mandarin, as well military as civil, wears equally before and behind, a dragon painted on his tunic, with a border of flowers, greater or smaller, more or less beautified, according to the dignity or personage. "I will pass by all the salutations, bows genuflexions, and prostra- tions, which are a vital affair for a Chinese, and conclude with a very afflicting thought for a Christian, above all for the heart of a bishop. In a country where all the demons have their altars, all the dead a worship, all superstitions blind partizans, where each day new divini- ties are inaugurated by an imperial diploma, where the government praises everything, approves everything, the truth alone is captive, the innocent neophyte alone suffers persecution, the sovereign Lord and Father of this great family is alone a stranger, and proscribed amongst his numerous children !" 46 JAN, Riot in Canton. AR'r. IV. Riot in Canton; proclamation allowing foreigners, to enter the city; counter proclamations by the gentry and pro- ple; placard before the prefect's gate; demolition and burning of his office by the populace; further proclamations from the high authorities to quiet the people. While we write these lines the gentry and common people of this great metropolis are setting at naught all authority and threatening vengeance against their rulers in case they allow foreigners to enter the walls of the city. As yet there has been no bloodshed, but the prefect's offices and all things appertaining to them are in ashes. The principal occurrences of the two days, Thursday and Friday, the 15th and 16th inst., we will here give with the proclamations that have appeared. The following (No. 1,) which was issued on the 13th, will serve as a preface to the sequel. No. 1. “KIYING of the imperial house, governor-general of Kwángtung and Kwángsí, a director of the Board of War, vice high chancellor and guardian of the heir apparent, minister.and commissioner extraordin- ary, &c., and Hwang NGANTUNG, a vice director of the Board of War, a member of the Censorate, governor of the province of Kwangtung, &c., &c.. give these instructive commands to the gen- try and people, in order that they, personating the imperial benevo- lence, may show forth tender affection (towards those who have come from afar). “Canton is a general mart for the free traders of all foreign nations. During a period of more than two centuries, under the reign of our dynasty, foreigners have never entered the city. Hence of late years, when the English commissioners have repeatedly wished to deliberate on this subject, we have always directed the local oflicers to counsel and command the gentry and the people. But public sentiment, not according with this plan, it was stopped mid way. “Afterwards when the English commissioner referred to the former deliberations, we again consulted together on the subject, and issued our commands to the gentry and scholars, that the same might be by them communicated to the resident people. Directly afterwards the gentry and scholars presented a memorial, numerously signed, stating that “the resident people, both within and without the city, 1946. 47 Rint in Canton. were all alike unwilling that foreiguers should enter the walls," &.c., there were moreover, in every place, persons who posted up their placards, couched in angry and exciting terms. "All these particulars, we the governor-general and the governor tvok up and minutely and carefully laid before the English commis- sioner, whose communication in reply is before us, stating that at the free ports of Fuchau, &c., the foreigners are allowed to enter the walls of the cities, and that the same reasonable conduct ought to be allowed at Canton. "Gentry and people! You ought to consider that the two nations are now ou friendly terms, and that the august emperor, with equal benevolence, views as oue the people of both the foreign and the innerálands, making no difference between them. · Mor ver at all the five free ports,-except at Amoy, where there are no walls, namely, at Fuchau, Ningpo, and Shanghái,—the English are permitted to enter the cities, and no troubles have ensucd. It is hard that Canton alone should offer obstructions and opposition. " Fearing that the geutry and people, not understanding the his- tory of this case, may not be unanimous in their opinions, or that perhaps some of tlie good may make this affair a pretext for excit- ing angry strife, it behooves us to issue our instructive commands. Accordingly they are transmitted to all the gentry and people withirs and without the city, for their full information. Let distinctions be put away by every one; let all lay aside their suspicions, and never again, as before, raise opposition. Thus they will maintain peace and friendly relations. We the governor-generał and governor ought to manage and pursue that course of policy discretely which now for a long time has been intimated in our intercourse with the English commissioners. Let each one perform his duty, and yield implicit obedience. Let no one oppose. A special edict." Copies of the foregoing proclamation were posted in various parts of the city, one at the head of Hoglane, and another on Mingqua's factory, under the windows of rooms occupied by British merchants. This later appeared early in the evening Parties were soon out with lanterns taking copies of it; but by 10 o'clock it had been go burnt and torn that it was illegible, and at day light scarcely a shred of it remained on the morning of the 15th in nearly the samno pluce; but somewhat 'morc elevated, was the following placard. 48 JAN. Riot in Canton. No. 2 “We the literati and righteous people throughout the whole pro- vince of Canton, upon the land and upon the water both within and without the city, publish abroad these instructive commands, that the barbarian merchants of all nations, may distinctly understand (our purposes). "The injuries, the deceits, the cruel deeds, the evil and wicked acts of the English resident barbarians are like the hairs of the head in- numerable. Again they meditate schemes of usurpation, and strive to coerce our high authorities. Often they have wished to enter the city; and our superior authorities, in the depths of their virtue and in the greatness of their benevolence, from leniency have become weak. They have now issued a proclamation granting permission to enter the city, not considering that the English barbarians, born and bred in noxious regions beyond the bounds of civilization, hav- ing the hearts of wolves, brutal faces, the visage of tigers, and the cunning of foxes, meditate the possession of our province, and only desire to enter the walls, that they may spy out the land. Now having received a proclamation allowing their entrance, they will not only exercise violence and usurpation, but will insult and injure the people to a degree that words cannot express. “ Therefore we the literati and the people of Canton, however small our strength, having prepared ourselves for the contest, de- clare that sooner than obey the proclamation, and receive the injury and poison of these wild barbarians, we will act in opposition and adhere to the old regulations of our government. It has now been determined in public asseinbly, to await the day for their entering the city, then first to decapitate and exterminate the odious race and then burn and destroy their habitations. With united hearts and strength, we will cut up root and branch, in order to display celes- tial vengeance and manifest public indignation. “But considering that at the thirteen factories barbarian merchants of all nations are assenıbled together for commerce, the good and the bad not being distinguished; if when the standard of righteous- ness is raised, the precious and the vile should be consumed toge- ther, it might be said that they were cut off without being first warned: therefore we give these special and early commands for your fuli instruction. “ All the good barbarians who will remain in their places quietly, and do not meditate and prepare to enter the city, but early 1846. 49 Riot ut Canton. hasten their escape, shall receive no damage in their persons. As it regards all the people who live in the vicinity of the factories, if they wish to guard themselves and their establishments, let them not go out of doors to protect or save the barbarians. Otherwise calamity will overtake thern, ánd they will repent only when it is too late. Say not there have been no timely warrings. Tremble. Be on your guard. These are special commands. "These commands are placarded on the front of the thirteen fac- tories, this the 18th day of the 12th moon of the 25th year of Tau- kwáng of our Great Pure dynasty. The following manifesto appeared within the city, placarded on the walls about the same time, emanating from the gentry and people. No. 3 “When the English barbarians commenced a quarrel, on account of opium, our august sovereign comforting and protecting the people of the seas, and not willing they should suffer the horrors of war, gave his special permission to the free trade (at the five ports), and thereby manifested the highest degree of tender regard. Each of our high provincial authorities have also in every way possible ma- nifested their soothing mercies. But the barbarian passions are un- fathomable, and their repeated wanton deeds are already sufficient to make men's hair stand erect. Often of late they have, under the pretext of entering the city to take exercise and relaxation, hoped to get secret opportunities for spying out and usurping the land. Nothing can exceed their violent insults. Consider now the wide difference in the circumstances of the In our metropolis, at Canton, the commercial transactions are all conducted without the walls of the city, while the opposite is the fact at Fuchau and Ningpo. Therefore in desiring without any proper reason to enter the city to take exercise and relaxation, the opposition of the foreigners to the old regulations is made conspi- cuous and is already sufficiently apparent. Moreover the city is an important site. Here are not only the offices of government, the granaries and prisons, but also the family residences of all the peo- ple. If a perverse line of action is allowed to begin, violent opposi- tion to authority and insult will erelong follow, which will lead on to shameless usurpation and eventually to mutual slaughter. War will again commence. 'For the protection of our families and the preservation of their 7 case. 66 VOL. XV. NO, I 50 JAN: ilot at Co. lives we will tumly maintain the oatlis we have taken, and never swerve from or alter our determination. If they truly keep their purpose, to enter the city, every house and every family will prepare heaps of stones, brickbats, &c., at their doors, and when the faithful signal the sounding of the gong is given, every street and lane shall be closed to prevent the escape [of the intruder]. If the barbarian multitude presume on force, and attack the gates, the people of every street will shower down their bricks and stones, and, shouting to each other from every quarter, will advance, slaughter the whole multitude, and then demolish their factories and burn up their ships, not allowing one to escape. "Already notice has been given to the people and colleges in every direction, to assemble and train their righteous and valiant hosts, and to place guards at the important and dangerous passes, ready for all emergencies. “We the inhabitants of the whole city ought and must, with one heart and united strength, defend this the domain of our fathers and mothers. Him who dares to give out another purposc, may both the gods and inen dash in pieces ! “ This manifesto is from the united gentry and people of the whole province of Canton." On the same morning, that of Thursday the 15th, near the gate of the preſect's office the following paper was placarded. No 4. “Doth water equilibrium seck, 6 Vor from its bounds presume to break; "So nations undisturbell reinain "When justice rules, and ne'ei complain. During two centuries our Great Pure. dynasty has enjoyed the happiness of universal peace; and the barbarians, residing quietly at Canton, have never thought of entering the city. Shall rebels then do this? Yet our shameless and avaricious: officers have pre- sumed to issue their vile proclamations allowing them to enter! But these officials are the literary offscouring of other provinces, sordid and miserly. Let the rebel barbarians enter the city, and create disturbances, and the officials will keep on good terms with thein, provided only they themselves are not involved in troubles. Even iſ wars are kindled on our frontiers, little will they care for the con- sequences. But here are the families and the graves of our fathers. If the rebel barbarians enter the city, we, with united heart and 1846. 51 Riot at Onntone strength, setting at naught official dignity, will grasp and decapitate them; we will rise and act the part of a righteous people.'' Here we must interrupt the series of public documents, and give some details. The prefect, or Kwangchau fú as he is more com- inonly called, is a native of Híkwáng. His surname and name are Liú Tsin. He possesses good abilities, is well educated, and for inany years has been employed as an officer in the imperial govern. ment. He accompanied Kíying on his late visit to Hongkong, and was with him at the recent interview with commodore Biddle, when the ratified copies of the treaty of Wanghia were exchanged. He has been generally respected by his fellow officers, but universally disliked by the gentry and the common people. He is a very pas- sionate man, and excessively fond of strong drink. On the 15th, in the afternoon, he had been indulging his appetite and had gone out in state to take an airing. While en route, one of his retinue, a flag-bearer, coming in contact with a poor man who was carrying a a jar of oil, filched from him a towel that was hanging over his shoulder. The poor man, in endeavoring to recover what he had lost, excited the ire of the flag-bearer and his compeers, and they straightway hauled him up before his honor the prefect, and accused him of disrespect in refusing to clear the way as his honor and train were passing. This, and the truth of it could not be there questioned, was a grievous crime, to be instantly atoned by 120 strokes of the rattan and 40 of the bamboo. The cries of the sufferer caused 110 small stir, the people believing and declaring him to be innocent. near sunset, when the prefect ordered his attendants to take the offender away to his office, there to await his honor's return. The excitement and tumult now spread rapidly. Affairs soon wore a serious aspect. Loud shoutings were heard in every quarter. Brickbats and stones filled the air. The heavy doors and the strong guards there, offered but a feeble resistance to the multi- tude that rushed on after the prefect as he returned to his office. Law and order ceased. Doors, windows, floors, ceilings, tablets, wardrobes, chairs, beds, in short all things on which hands could be laid, were torn and dashed in pieces. To complete the ruin, fires were kindled, and on them were piled planks and tables, gems and pearls and all manner of precious things. The flames burst through The roofs, and the alarm spread through the whole city and suburbs. Engines came to the spot; but the fire not extending beyond the It was Riot in Canton, JAN, prefect's establishment, no efforts were made to extinguish it. In- dividuals, who attempted to plunder, were compelled to bring back their booty and consign it to the flames. Such, so far as we can learn, was the state of affairs at midnight. Liú Tsin and his attendants made their escape through a private door, but not without much difficulty and some slight injuries, receiv- ed, from the mob. The Kwangchan hie and the Nanhai hien, who came to the spot, were both attacked and compelled to flee, the populace being in the ascendant. The scene of these troubles lay near the centre of the old city, not far from the office of the púching sz’, or commissioner of fi- nance. There the high provincial authorities assembled, with such military forces as were at command, feeling doubtless solicitous on account of the large ainount of money that was then in the pro- vincial treasury, it being generally known that the $2,000,000 of indemnity, due to the English government, were there deposited. At about one o'clock on the morning of Friday the 16th, the fol- lowing proclamation was made public, being dated on the 15th. No. 5 “Fú commissioner of finance, and Wei commissioner of justice, &c., &c., issue these their commands. " You the inhabitants of Canton all know that since we came to the province, our love to you the people has never for a moment been wanting. The prefect of the city having chastised an indivi- dual, for obstructing his way, you the people, being displeased there- at, have made it a cause for exciting trouble. “ Though the said prefect has departed from his proper duty, still you ought to know the distinctive duties of officers and people. Ilaving inade one sally (to give vent to your indignation), will you not now return to your duty ? Listen respectfully to our words, quickly disperse, and your trouble will be turned into good fortune! “If you persist in banding together and do not disperse, will you not render of none effect all our affection ? You all have con- sciences, and we expect you to act as we require. Oppose not.” During the night the following appeared from the gaine authori- ties Fú and Wei. No. 6. Again we issue these our commands to the people of Canton. We the aforesaid commissioners, now fully understand that it is not your wish that foreigners should enter the city. When formerly 1840. 53 Riot in Canton. their excellencies [Kiying and Hwang] commanded the prefect and magistrates to issue the proclamation (of the 13th] it was with a desire to ascertain the feelings of the people. It was not intended] at once to allow the foreigners an entrance into the city. “Now the prefect having chastised an individual for obstructing his way, and it has so much excited public indignation, that the heart of the people is thereby made sufficiently apparent. The entrance of the barbarians into the city, can never be allowed so long as we the said commissioners remain in office. So long as we do remain in office, we can never alienate the people of this city. You ought attentively to consider the griefs of our heart. Each ought carefully to ponder." The first of the two following documents appeared on the morning of the same day as the last preceding one, referring to the same affairs. No. 7. “Kuying and HWANG, governor-general and governor of Canton, &C., &c., proclaim these their instructive cominands. “It is the first duty of magistrates to possess the hearts of the people, and they must lose their offices if they fail in this. We have just heard that the prefect has alienated the hearts of the people, in consequence of having chastised an individual. “At first a tumultuous throng assembled in his office, crowded every avenue, and afterwards demolished and burned up every thing that belong to the establishment. This was in the highest degree indecorous. “That a magistrate, in the infliction of punishment, should ex- ceed his proper bounds, and escape merited censure, is hardly pos- sible. But when multitudes assemble and create disturbances, they too certainly trifle with the laws. “As it behooves us, we the governor-general and governor issue this proclamation for the instruction of the people of all classes. Disperse at once and wait until we, the governor-general and gover- hor, shall have made such investigation as public justice requires. * You the people are our children, and we can never cease to protect and guard you. How then can we allow you to band toge- ther ? Let each one remain in his own place, and attend to his appropriate business. You must not fear (that foreigners will harın you). For these purposes we make this proclamation.” No. 8. “Kuying and Hwang, governor-general and governor of Canton, &c., &c., publish these very important instructive commands, in order to remove the suspicions of the multitude. 6 54 Jan. Riot in Canlon. “Several years have elapsed since we, the governor-general and governor, came to govern the province of Canton; and we are ashamed our virtues are so small and our abilities so slender that we cannot benefit the country; but heaven and our ancestors know that we liave been sincere in our love to the people and in the discharge of our public duties. “Of late years we have exerted our whole mind and strength in forming treaties with foreign nations, with no other design than to give repose to the people. Does it stand to reason, then, that we have treated foreigners with generosity and our own people with severity? We have repeatedly stopped and prevented the entrance of the English into the city because it was not in accordance with the popular mind. “Now the English having set forth that they are allowed to enter the cities of Fuchau, &c., and firmly persisting in their request [that they may do so here], we, the governor-general and governor, therefore issued our instructive commands, intending, after having done this, and ascertained the feelings of the people, again to deli- berate and take further action, and not at once to allow the entrance of the English into the city. No sooner was the proclamation issued, however, than there appeared placards, written in angry and contumacious terms. “We, the governor-general and governor, are ashamed and covered with perspiration while we think of our inhability, on the one hand, to make the foreigners yield, and on the other, to secure the confi- dence of our Chinese. It is utterly impossible for us to exhibit to you, the people, all the toils and troubles connected with pending affairs. That we have a mind to treat foreigners generously and our own people harshly is to us utterly incredible. Would we could cut out our hearts and show them to you! “Now again we isue our instructive commands to you, the gentry and people, for your full information. You ought to know that, when we before issued the proclamation regarding the entrance of the English into the city, it was our wish to cause all to understand what was proposed, that we might be the better prepared to deliberate. It was not intended they should enter the city as soon as the procla- mation was issued, and there is proof of this in the fact that two days ago three Englishmen were stopped when wishing to enter the great western gate. “As the people are unwilling the English should enter the city, how can we, the governor-general and governor, consent to entirely 1846. 55 Journal of Occurrences. thwart their feelings, and improperly comply with the wishes of fo- reigners? Do not cherish suspicion and disaffection that shall cause us, the governor-general and governor, distress of mind such as we cannot disclose to our gentry and people. A special proclamation.” ' Arr. V. Journal of Occurrences : popular disturbances hushed; payment of the twenty-one millions completed; neu prefect; ships of war at Whampoa; difficult questions; Lin Tschsü mude governor-general ; Northern ports, Shanghái, Ningpo, Fuchan, Anoy, Hongkong; Chinese new-year; protestant missions ; Morrison fund. The popular disturbances, detailed in the foregoing article have been hushed, but the elements remain, and the slightest provocation may raise another storm. Under existing circumstances the safety of foreigners must depend, under God, on their extreme circumspection. The last of the last instalment, ($2,000,000) completing the $21,000,00C- was paid on Thursday the 22d instant. “ The money payments and the arran- gements for opening the ports to British merchants being now) completed.,' the evacuation of Chusan, we suppose, will immedialy follow,- for so the letter of the treaty, if we rightly understand it in Chinese and English, re- quires. (See Repository vol. XIII. p. 445.) The non-opening of this city, we think, should not affect the grand stipulations of the treaty. The riglit of entrance having been acknowledged by the imperial commissioner, he will doubtless see that it is enjoyed. The promptness of the Chinese in making the money payments and in opening the five ports is a rare specimen of good faith, and has, we are told, excited the adipiration of the British governnet. N. B. In saying, in our last, that “the two millions will not be paid on the 31st of December 1845, and consequently that Chusan will not (for the pre- sent) be given back," we did not mean to intimate that there was any unwill- ingness on the part of the Chinese to pay the money, for we knew and had elsewhere stated that they were anxious to pay it; we wished only to state the fact of the nonfulfillment of the two particulars at the time refered to. By turning to the Chinese version, we see that the payment has been made within the time specified therein, namely the 12th month of the 25th year of Táuk wang (Jan. 26th 1846). 3. Liu Tsin, the late prefect, was succeeded in office by Liu Kaiyih, on the 16th, a man who has been several years in Canton and is tolerably well liked. 4. H. B. M. ships Vestal, Dædalus and Hazard, and the U. S. A. Vincennes, were at Whampoa on the 22d; and H. C. steamer Pluto off the factories. The latter and the Vestal with the treasure on board ($2,000,000, have moved down the river. 5. Why are the gentry and people of Canton so strongly opposed to the en- trance of foreigners into the provincial city? And in what way, and by what incans, ought this opposition to be removed? These questions are often asked, and we shall feel much obliged to any of our readers who will give us satis- factory answers. 6. From the Peking Gazette it appears that Lin Tsehsti has been restored to rank, and temporarily made governor-general of Shensi and Kansuh. 5. Our dates from Shanghái are to the 13th instant. All was quet, and the wenther very cold. Mr. Temple Hillyarp Layton, of Ningpo, is, we hear, to take the consulship at Ainoy, vacated by the decease of Mr. Lay. 8. Some modifications in the government of Hongkong are expected soo 50 Journal of Occurrences. to be made. We shall take an early opportunity to lay before our readers the list of houses, &c. in the colony, recently published in " the Mail." 9. The Chinese of Canton are making their usual preparations for the ap- proaching new-year, and the expected festivities are drawing their attention from the topics connected with the late riot.. 10. A variety of notices, regarding protestant missions, intended for this number, we are obliged to postpone for want of space. 11. Canton Jan. 26th. This sheet goes to press to-day, and we have only roorn and time to add the following froni the Hongkong papers, bearing on the interests of the Morrison Education Society. “At a meeting this day of the subscribers to the fund raised to mark, by some public testimonial to his memory, the respect and esteem in which the late hon. J. R. Morrison was held-it was unanimously resolved, “That a bust of the late hon. J. R. Morrison be immediately commissioned from England, to be placed in the public rooms of the institution of the Morrison Education Society; that a copy of Chinnery's painting of his father (the late Rev. Dr. Morrison) engaged in the translation of the Bible into Chinese, be obtained for the same purpose; that the sum of $1,000 be ap- propriated to meet the cost, and the expense of placing these memorials in China; and that George T. Braine, esq., in conjunction with obert Mor- rison jr., esq., be requested to carry into effect the above resolution. "And it was farther unanimously resolved, that the whole of the remainder of the sum in the hands of the treasurer, amounting to about $12,000, be invested as a permanent fund for the benefit nf the institution of the Mor- rison Education Society, the interest to be paid over annually to the trustees, to be by them appropriated to its general support; and that Messrs. Dent & Co., be requested to continue to act as treasurer, and to allow interest at the rate of 7 per cent. per annum on the amount of money in their hands, for at least three years. “In thus disposing of the funds, the subscribers have considered the plac- ing upon a permanent basis an Institution bearing the name of Morrison, and which has been so eminently useful and successful in giving to Chinese youths an enlightened and Christian education, the most appropriate memo- rial to him who was one of its founders, and so deeply interested in its wel- fare; and having in mind that it is an institution belonging wholly to the foreign community in China, supported and managed by themselves ; as well as that its sphere of usefulness will be more extended, while the call upon the community to meet its current expenses will be diminished, they trust that the liberality hitherto displayed will be continued to support one so well calculated to do honor to any community, and to commemorate the devoted men whose name it bears. “ Mr. Matheson and Mr. Braine, as the remaining members of the commit- tee of the Canton Chamber of Commerce, having ascertained from Messrs. Lindsay & Co. that a balance of $890 remained in their hands as treasurer to the latter institution, have with the concurrence of the members of the mercantile community present at the meeting, authorised it to be paid over to the treasurers of the Morrison fund, to be added to that permanently ap- propriated to the support of the institution of the Morrison Education Society. “Mr. Matheson in behalf of himself and the Rev. Dr. Bridgman, remaining members of the committee appointed to appropriate the balance-amounting to about $1,300-left in the hands of Messrs. Jardine, Matheson & Co. treasurer to the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge, intimated that it had been decided to pay that money also to the treasurer of the Mor- rison fund, to be appropriated permanently to the support of the Morrison institution. Victoria, Hongkong, GEORGB T. BRAINE, Chairman, January 10th, 1846. ALEX, ANDERSON, Secretary, 66 THE CHINESE REPOSITORY, Vol. XV.-FEBRUARY, 1816.--No. 2. Art. i. Description of the city of Canton : number and character of its inhabitants ; its commerce ; walks around the walls and into the adjacent country ; ingress to the city; note to the governor from Sir John Francis Davis; trip to Fuhshán; effects of the late war ; different dialects ; a missionary station. WHETHER we consider its extent, the number of its inhabitants, or its wealth, the metropolis of Kwangtung is no mean city. Its whole area, including the suburbs, extends perhaps six English miles from east to west, and three from north to south, having a population of at least one million. Besides these-— living permanently here, there are many strangers, merchants and visitors from all the provinces of the empire and from the principal states of Christendom. Canton is one of the largest cities in the world, and the greatest cominercial mart in China. It is a little empire-or rather a democracy, in itself. The character of this mass—we know not how to characterize it-is exceedingly diversified. All qualities of society, in the extremes of good and bad, with an interminable variety of intermediate shades, are to be found here : here you may see the learned and unlearned, the polished and unpolished, the civilized and savage, the wealthy and the beggarly, craftsmen of all kinds and merchants trafficking in commodities of every description. Perhaps this latter, the mercan- tile, is the most prominent feature in the character of the people of this city. There are seen and bartered here, the products of all nations and of every clime. The city is proverbial for its luxuries. Amidst these, however, there is great poverty, and many annually VOL. XV. NO. II. Description of the City of Canion. tes. says a die of want and starvationi. Vice and wickedness abound, and hundreds every year suffer capital punishment, by the sword of the public executioner, "on the potter's field." " Recent occurrences and the present attitude of the government and people seem likely to draw public atiention to this city. For a somewhat detailed description of Canton, we refer our readers to the second volume of the Repository; the same account was revised and republished in pamphlet forin in 199). We need not repeat what is contained in those pages, but content ourselves with giving now, ani fron time to time, such additional information as we are able to collect regarding men and things liere. A complete description of Canton would be a good minature picture of the whole empire. What has been said of the people of the province, is true when restricted to the inhabitants of the city: “they are rude and violent in their manners." Late placards, such as were given in our last number, are faithful and true witnesses, and exhibit some of the worst qualities of human character. “The people of Canton," native writer, are fond of fighting, even about small affairs; and if officers come to stop them, both parties will turn and beat those officers. Fathers will fight with their children, and elder with younger brothers; and when any are killed in these quarrels no one dares to weep and mourn for them." Chinese historians describe the ancient inhabitants as “fond of what belongs to demons.” Mo- dern writers say the same of the present age; and every day's observa- tion afforis evidence that their testimony is true. We remember having heard, some years ago, a northern gentleman reprove and blame the people of Canton for being so much afraid of their rulers; he remarked that at the north, men would not submit and bow to the officers as they do here. Put recent action, in the case of the late prefect, exhibits a different state of fceling. Such feeling and such conduct are repugnant to all laws both huinan and divine, and befit- ting only the sons of the wicked one. Regarding the character of the Chinese generally, and of the in- habitants of Canton in particular, we wish to speak with reserve and hold ourselves subject to correction. Though we have lived among them for sixteen years, yet new phenomena, new shades and quali- ties of character, are every day coming up to view. Much we have seen that would do honor to any natio'r or kindred of men. On the other liv, there is nothinç so base and so wicked as to be beyond what we are prepared to witness in the Chinese. This, the character of the nation, is in interesting topic, and we shall pursue it as wa bare opportunity 1846. 69 Description of the City of Canton Foreign commerce seems likely to continue undiminished here, and will probably increase, provided good security for life and pro- perty can be enjoyed. The opening of the northern ports, it is be- lived by competent judges, will not diminish the foreign conmerce of Canton. There are in the soutin of China many millions of in- habitants depending upon this mart for their support; and as the intercourse here increases, new products and demands will no doubt be found, and the trade increase in years to come as in years that are passed. In the year 1751, almost a century ago, the number of ships at Whampoa was only eighteen : 1 Danish; 2 Swedish ; 2 French; 4 Dutch; and 9 English. The number of vessels last year was more than 300. The details of the trade for the year 1845 will be given in another number. With the domestic trade of Canton foreigners have very limited and imperfect acquaintance. A full account of this trade-describ- ing the articles and the manner in which they are produced and bartered, would form a curious, and, we think too, a very instructive chapter in the commerce of the world. The differences in the scale of weights and in the rates of payment are remarkable. For exam- ple, sixteen ounces (or liúng) are the standard for a catty; but in the domestic trade the actual number varies, in different places and by different parties, from 8 to 16, according to “old custom," ” which by the by is not always very old. We invite attention to this "home trade," and request any of our readers, who may have it in their power, to furnish our pages with information regarding it. Walks around the city walls and into the adjacent country, as of old, are sure to expose one to more or less of insult; and a large share of patience or of daring—to endure or to repel all this—is necessary to secure the adventurer from harm. Foreigners have been and are still much restricted in their excursions except on the river. We have probably taken as much liberty as any others, in pedestrian exercise—have repeatedly walked around the city walls; on the east, we have passed beyond the parade ground into the fields a mile from the walls; we have been about the same distance to the north; to the northwest, three miles; to the west, as far as Fáhtí: and on the south, in Honán, we have walked six or seven miles. Others have traveled over the same ground; but we know of no one instance where a fo- reigner has ventured a whole, or even a half day's jonrney into the country. In their limited walks, they are seldom or never comp? nied by native gentlemen. Iew if any respectable Chinese are will- ing to be seen abroad in company with Europeans; nor is this strange, 60 Description of the City of Canton. Fer when we bear in mind the fact that, wherever the foreigner goes he is sure to be assailed with offensive language-not to say sticks, stones, brickbats, and so forth. It is not so at the north; but here, no matter who the foreigner may be, or where he may go, if he but appears in European costume and goes among the common people, he is sure to have v.ollies of vile epithets heaped on him. By some, by most, these are overlooked or unheeded. This is the cheapest and the wisest policy. By others, they are frowned at; and by now and then one they are recompensed, vi et armis. The use of these terms does not give unequivocal evi- dence of malice prepense or of a malicious heart; but they always grate harshly on the ear, and ought not to be allowed. Fán kwei, fán kwei po, fan kwei tsai, and others too vile to be repeated, are the offspring of none other than base feelings, and as such they cannot be too strongly reprobated. These base, these malignant feelings have of late been very fully developed by the gentry and people of Canton in their opposition to government and to the entrance of foreigners into the city. Those who are so unfortunate as to be born out of China, or as they have it, “beyond the regions of civilization,” are stigmatised and held before the rabble as savage beasts and cruel demons, worthy of being stoned, trampled on, spit upon, cut to pieces, exterminated. Here, in the gentry, is the root of the evil. Formerly it was with the darins." They, as the fathers and mothers of the people, taught their children to look on those from afar as “barbarians.” And now these gentry, their elder sons, have in their turn become schoolmasters, and are reiterating and inculcating their old lessons. A war was necessary to correct the "mandarins;" we hope the gentry may be more easily corrected. We have too high an opinion of the com- mon sense of the gentry of Canton to believe that, if properly instructed by their fathers and mothers, (the “mandarins,") they will long persist in opposing the ingress of foreigners into the city. Regarding the opening of the city gates, and the treatment of fo- reigners in Canton, we will here introduce some papers publish- ed in the China Mail. “ The position taken by his excellency" (sir John Francis Davis,) says the editor of the Mail, the official Organ of all government notifications, “ is one which may yet lead to impor- tant consequences, but at present,” he prudently adds, " tent ourselves with simply referring our readers to the official docu- ments on the subject.” These we subjoin. up man- we must con- 1846. 61 Description of the City of Canton. GOVERNMENT NOTIFICATION. “ His Excellency Her Majesty's Plentipotentiary, &c., &c., decms it ne- cessary to make publicly known, that during the progress of the negotiations in which he is engaged with the Chinese minister, for placing the privileges of British subjects at Canton on the same footing as at the four other ports of trade, it will be highly requisite to abstain from any attempts at forcing a way into the city. Such attempts on the part of individuals will not only be attended with the worst effects in postponing the settlement of the question, but expose those individuals to all the consequences of their rashness without a remedy. His Excellency only expresses the spirit of his instructions, in declaring that Her Majesty's Government will not be responsible for either the protection or indemnification of parties, who by their own inisconduct, or by their culpable negligence in omitting to restrain those whoin it is their duty to control, shall wilfully expose themselves to injury or loss. “Victoria, Hongkong, 2d Jan. 1846. By Order, ADAM W. ELMSLIE.” “His Excellency Her Britannic Majesty's Plenipotentiary, &c., &c., is pleased to publish the annexed translation of a proclamation issued by the Chinese minister at Canton, for the first time thus publicly recognizing the equal rights of British subjects at that city and the other four ports, according to the Treaty, and to the pledge which he gave in July, 1843. It is hardly necessary to observe that the greatest prudence and moderation will for the present be necessary on the part of British subjects at Canton. “ Victoria, Hongkong, 19th Jan. 1846. By Order, ADAM W. ELMLIE." “Kíying, High Imperial Commissioner and Governor-general of the two Kwang, &c., &c., &c., and Hwang, Lieutenant-governor of Kwantung, &c., &c., &c., hereby proclaim to the entire body of gentry and conimon people, the manifestation of the imperial goodness. "Whereas, Canton is the general resort of merchants from every country beyond the seas yet since the accession of the present dynasty, for upwards of two centuries, foreigners have never entered the city; on which account the British cnvoys having year after year repeatedly intiinated the desire for admission to the city, we the Governcr-general and Lieutenant-governor, have each time directed the local authorities to urge it upon the gentry and common people; but the popular feeling has proved averse to the ineasure, as to cause its exceution to be deferred. “Now the English envoy having reverted to this subject of the former negotiations, we, the Governor-general and Lieutenant-governor, addressed our joint adınonitions to the gentry, through them to be transmitted to the inhabitants. From the statement under the signature of the said gentry, it appeared that the inhabitants of the city and suburbs displayed equal un- willingness to foreigners entering the city. And there were moreover inflammatory placards stuck up in all places. “Whereupon we, the Governor-general and Lieutenant-governor, in our reply to the envoy, minutely detailed the state of affairs. The British envoy, SO 62 Feb, Description of the City of Canton. in his dispatch to us, insists that as at the commercial emporium of luchau and at all the others, free entrance is permitted into the cities, the same should be allowed at Canton, &c. " Ye gentry and people must consider that since amicable relations are established between the two countries, the emperor extends his kind regards equally towards foreigners and natives. Moreover at the other ports where trade is carried on, such as Fuchau, Ningpo, and Shanghái, (with the single exception of Amoy, which has neither walled city nor suburbs,) the English are admitted within the walls without having given rise to any disturbance. Only at Canton do there exist difficulties, and (the proposal) is objected to. “ We can but suppose that you the gentry and people are not conversant with the facts and difficulties of the case, and hence a great variety of public opinions has arisen. But it is likely that there be men fond of disturbance who make this a pretext for exciting commotions. Wherefore, we now issue this proclamation to the gentry and people, within and without the city for their information. You must each and all break down the barriers of separation, and set aside jealousies and aniniosities, no longer as hitherto offering vexatious opposition. For the due preservation of harmony, we the Governor-general and Lieutenant-governor, in connection with the English envoy will place affairs on a sure, good, and permanent footing. Let all reverently obey, and not oppose this special proclamation. January 13th, 1846. “ True translation, (Signed) C. GUTZLAFF, Chinese Secretary.” N. B. A translation of the preceding proclamation was given in our last number. GOVERNMENT NOTIFICATION. “ His Excellency, Her Britannic Majesty's Plenipotentiary, &c., &c., deems it right to publish the annexed Official Note to the Chinese Minister, recapitulating the points which have been repeatedly urged, in conformity not only with the Treaty of Nanking, but a solemn engagement made as long ago as July 1843. The question is by no means confined to mere exclusion from the city of Canton; as foreigners, and Her Majesty's Vice-consul himself among the rest, have been wantonly maltreated, even on the opposite side of the river, without any redress being afforded to the representations of Mr. Consul Macgregor. Every proof has been given to the Chinese Government that nothing but the necessity for a satisfactory determination of this important point, under the direct sanction of the Imperial Government, postpones the immediate evacuation of Chusan ; but his Excellency feels that under his instructions, and without some final adjustinent of the question of our treatinent at Canton, he must not at once abandon the sole remaining means of pressing the subject both peaceably and effectually on the attention of the Supreme Governmeni of China, and obtaining, in the least objection- able mode, such an arrangernent as shall secure to Iler Majesty's Officers and other subjects at Canton that iinmunity from outrage and insult which they enjoy at all the other ports under the Treaty. “ By Order, A. R. JOHNSTON. 66 Victoria, Hongkong, 26th January, 1846." 1846. 03 Description of the City of Canton. « Victoria, Hongkong, 224 January, 1816. “I have had the honor to receive your Excellency's note respecting the difficulties attendant on opening the city of Canton to British Merchants. " lu the Treaty of Nanking, live second Article states that “British subjects with their families and establishuients shall be allowed 10 reside, for the purpose of carrying on their mercantile pursuits without molestation or restraint, at the cities and towns of Canton, Amoy, l'uchau fü, Ningpo, and Shanghái." “Now the Treaty has already been equitably fulfilled at four of these ports, and Cauton remains the only exception. Even at Fuchan fu, whicre difficulties were last year urged exactly similar io tlore alleged regarding Canton, your Excellency's government his enforced the provisions of the Treaty. “In the first Article of the Treaty of Nanking, it is stated that the subjects of our two Governments respectively “shall enjoy full security and protection for their persons and property within the dominions of the other." " It is inatter of high satisfaction to reflect that at four of the ports the greatest security and tranquillity prevail. Even ai Fuchau fú, where I had last year so much reason to complain, the people have been brought, in consequence of my representations, and by means of proper examples, to behave with perfect correctness towards foreigners. But, unfortunately, at Canton the evil is far from being confined to inere exclusion from the city. Your Excellency knows that the Vice-consul himself, a public officer, was wantonly and outrageously assaulted on the opposite side of the river, and no redress whatever has yet been afforded for that and other siinilar instances reported to me by the Consul. “Your Excellency's long experience of public life must convince you thet such a state of things cannot continue. At Canton was the origin of those troubles which were happily terminated by the peace: and it is my wish for the continuance of our present friendly relations that makes me desirous to urge in the least unpleasant manner, and before it is too late, the completion of Treaty engagements at Canton. "In the twelfth article of the Treaty of Nanking it is expressly provided that“ the islands of Kvílangsú and Chusan will continue to be held by Her Majesty's forces, until the money payments, and the arrangements for opening the ports to British Merchants, be completed.” • In July, 1913, your excellency addressed the annexed paper to my predecesser distinctly admitting the justice of opening the city of Canton in common with the others and solemnly enynging that it should be done. I have niyself repeated- ly pressed this engagement on Your Excellency, and now urge it with the authority of my government. Klangsú has already been delivered up; and Her Majesty's forces will evacuate Chusan the moment some arrangement has been effected according to the Treaty. Your Excellency is aware that scarcely any buildings whatever have been constructed at Chusan, in anticipation of its speedy evacuation. “Adverting now to Your Excellency's last note, the tumult in which the rabble attacked the prefect of Canton's house is publicly and universally known to have originated in the undue severity exercised by that officer on an individual who impeded his way, and not in any rumored attempts of foreigners to enter the city. I have gone to an extreme length in prohibiting British: 64 Fen Description of ile City of Cunion. Merchants and others froin the exorcise of tlieir inst and admitted rights. But even supposing that such ii tumult arose from a mere rumored attempt of foreigners to exercise iî right secuired by Treaty, this only proves the extent of the evil to be remedird. “ The control of Chinese subjects belongs exclusively in Your Excellency's government. I have only to require for British subjects those privileges and that protection which have been so ofien urged, and so long postponed-and having now received positive instructions from my governinent, I cannot do otherwise than be guided by them. "I take this occasion to renew to Your Excellency the assurances of iny highest consideration. I F. Davis. (True Copy,) ADAM W. ELYSLIE. Extract of a communication from H. E. Kiving to Her Majesty's Plenipotentiary, dated July 1843. 6. As to the free entry into Canton, the two nations are now at peace, without the slightest ground for jar or altercation; what difference therefore can there be between the inside and the outside of the city ? When, too, Ningpo, Fuchau, Shinghái, &c., may be entered, why should Canton be solitary in this respect? The evil is that the temper of the Canton population is so unlike that of the Chekiáng and Kiangnán people. The former, since they have felt the misery and disasters of war, have been filled with consternation ; and, unsettled in mind they are easily accessible to doubts and suspicions. The High Commissioner, on his first arrival at Canton, issued a proclamation earnestly and clearly exhorting them, and at that time hoped that the popular mind was becoming by degrees quieter. But, when returning from Hongkong with a mind fully decided on inviting the Plenipotentiary 10 conference there, that he might in some measure exhibit his feelings towards him, he was to his astonishment saluted with representations from one to Yushu, who, with more than 80 other of the gentry, joined'in presenting ad- dresses against his doing so, at the offices of himself, the High Commissioner, and of all the principal officers. Though the Iligh Commissioner adınonished thein face to face, and refused to receive their addresses, yet, observing day by day the actual disposition of the people, he finds their suspicions and surinises still unremoved. The High Commissioner has now in conjunction with the Governor-general and Governor commanded all local magistrates and other officers to adopt measures for inculcating a better 'spirit; and he only waits till the port is opened, and commerce in progress, when all parties settling into a state of quiet, they shall meet together to consult within the city, whenever business may call them thither. If there be the slightest falsehood in this, may the highest regard it. "A true Translation, (Signed) G. TRADESCANT LAY. 66 True Extract, ADAM W. ELMSLIE." A single trip has recently been made to Fuhshán—"the Hills of Budha," by some one who has reported the same in the Hongkong Register. Fuhshin, or Fatshán as it is commonly pronounced here, is perhaps one quarter or one third the size of Canton, and lies aboui, 1846. 65 Description of the City of Canton. twenty or twenty-five miles southwest from this city, and is chiefly remarkable for its manufactures and extensive warehouses. It belongs to the district of Nánhái, and is under the jurisdiction of a magistrate subordinate to the Nánhái. The communication between Canton and Fuhshán, carried on by boats, is easy and constant. The gentleman, above alluded to, is so far as we know the only foreigner who has visited the place in modern times, and he, we believe, went in a native costume and remained there but a single night, or a day and a night. The effects of the late war have been favorable in most respects, not in all: we speak now of the immediate effects, those touching the character of the people and the facilities of intercourse at Canton, The abolition of the cohong-much desired by inany – has brought into direct contact with foreigners a larger class of persons than formerly; but while new facilities are now opened to the many in the West, yet to the few, who in olden times enjoyed the “China trade," its once sure and ample returns are becoming less abundant and in some cases less sure. On the whole, the benefits of the foreign trade are greatly augmented and extended. But the palmy days, with their princely establishments and princely fortunes, are gone, and men here must now work hard for their fortunes, nay even for their living. Moreover more economy and a new style of living must be introduced. In its operations, the late war implanted the most bitter hatred in the breasts of a few, who, as is usually the case in such times, suffered innocently. The war was carried just far enough, to excite deadly hatred, but was checked ere it had given those salutary lessons, for the want of which there is now, in the high places of the city, so much riotous insubordination. Whether that was good policy or not which stayed sir Hugh Gough, when he was about to enter the city, we leave for others to decide. But since he was not allowed to carry out his plans and open the gates, it is to be regretted that sir Henry Pottinger, on his return from the north, did not immediately take stringent measures to secure the same liberty, the same immunities, and the same respect here, that were enjoyed at the north. In the cities of Shánghái and Ningpo, sir Henry Pottinger and other British officers appeared as conquerors. After the Chinese had sued for peace, his excellency and the two commanders-in-chief rode in state through that ancient metropolis of the empire. But in this city the plenipo- tentiary never deemed it his duty, or at least never thought it expe- dient, to appear. To have gained a public entrance into the “city of rams,” might and probably would have been an unpleasant task; but once properly 9 VOL. XV. NO, TI, 60 l'eli. Description of the t'ity of Canton. effected it would have paved a more easy way for improvements in friendly relations and intercourse than that now opened. So clear-headed a man as sir Henry Pottinger would not have neglected or delayed this matter except for strong reasons,—reasons which operating then may operate now. Had he intended that Chusan should not be evacuated until after the gates of Canton were opened, we think he would have had it so expressed in writing both Chinese and English. We believe he did expect the city would be opened; but we do not think his excellency ever intended the grand stipulations of the treaty of Nanking should hinge on the gates of Canton. That the spirit of all the treaties requires the city to be opened, and that Kíying and the other officers fully admit this, seems now plain. But if it was not so written in the bond, right and reason may allow of some delay here now, as well as when sir Henry Pottinger was at the helm. He did not insist on it that Canton should at once be opened. We do not see that any definite time was fixed for this. The evacua- tion of Chusan, however, was most clearly provided for, and made to depend on two things—viz. the completion of “the money payments," and “the arrangements for opening the ports to British merchants." The money payments were completed on the 22d of January-which was the 25th of the 12th moon of the 25th year of Táukwang, four days prerious to the end of the period stipulated for, as defined in the Chinese version of the treaty. Have the other arrangements been completed? We leave this point for diplomatists and statesmen, and would much prefer that the gates should be locked up for years rather than that angry collision should come again, destroying commerce and breaking up the present friendly relations. Rather than have another war civil or foreign, let this point be made, if worthy of being made, a subject of direct negotiation with the court. Sooner or later, and we think that not long hence, the gates will come open. From those who have been at Shanghái, we have been told that many of the foreign residents there are acquiring the local dialect. It would be greatly for their advantage, if all foreign residents in China would do this; and it can be done as easily here as at the other ports; local dialects can be acquired in China as well as in other countries, and with something like the same facility and ease, if they are taken up in the right way. The court language or dialect, often and very improperly called the “mandarin dialect," is the purest form of the Chinese tongue; and, so far as our observation goes, it is more easily acquired than any of the provincial dialects -- which latter seem to be more or less difficult of acquisition just in the pro- 1846. 67 Description of the City of Canton. portion that they are found to differ from the general language of the empire, the court dialect. No Chinese can make any pretentions to learning unless he is master of the court dialect, that forin of the language which is in common and universal use among all the officers and all the literati in all parts of the empire. The dialect of Canton is understood by all the native inhabitants of the city, and generally by the people in the adjacent villages and towns. And so much does this dialect resemble the court, that one who is master of the former will be able to understand those who speak the latter, though he him- self may be unable to speak it. Very many of the words he will find to be the same in both dialects, and many more differing but slightly. We speak now of the Canton dialect properly so called, which is generally understood here. But there are to be found in Canton almost innumerable deviations from this. These, in many instances, amount to distinct dialects. Thus you may find persons in different parts of the city and in different streets quite unable to understand each other, when each employs his own mothor tongue. This is explained in the following manner. A family arrives in Canton from Sz'chuen, or from some other remote part of the empire. It is a numerous family, a little clan; its members take up their residence here, and speak their Sz'chuen dialect except in their conversation with the people of the city. The family increases; intercourse is kept up with their native province, and their original colloquial dialect is continued for scores of years, or even for a century. We chance to know a case exactly like what we have here decribed. And similar cases must be very numerous, including families or clans not only from other provinces but from many of the remote departments and districts of this province. We should like very much to see a full collection of all these, and to make such an one would be a profitable exercise for any one who is acquiring a knowledge of the Canton colloquial. Canton, like every other city where Christianity is to be propagat- ed, has its own peculiar advantages and disadvantages, as a missiona- ry station. Previously to the late war, it was the only field open to pro- testants. Morrison arrived here in 1807; and here he died in 1834. At his solicitation, and others with him, he was joined by missiona- ries from the churches in the U. S. A. in Feb. 1839. But at present there are no missionaries in Canton from the English churches, and only six from those on the opposite side of the Atlantic. Most of the missionaries who liave arrived in China during the last three years have preferred the northern ports, and with good reason, this being 63 FEB Description of the City of Canton. already occupied. But as the case now stands, taking into account all the advantages and disadvantages of the five open ports, no one has, in our opinion, any very decided advantages over the others. In no way, in no degree do we concur in that opinion which would make Canton the most undesirable of missionary stations, and China the most unpromising of missionary fields. There are no good reasons for such an opinion. On the contrary — where is there a people or a nation having such strong claims on the Christian charity, the Chris- tian love, the Christian sympathy of the churches as the Chinese ? The Roman Catholics have attempted much, and have made great achievements. Year after year for centuries they have sent into China in great numbers their ablest men. Imperial prohibitions did not hin- der their attempts, nor very much retard their progress. They have numerous converts in all the provinces. Once protestant churches could plead, for their neglect, that they could not gain access to the people in a lawful manner. Not so now. China has been opened; and the prohibitions removed. And for their labors, there is no field so vast, so inviting, promising such large rewards as this. True there are difficulties, in the nature of the language, in the char- acter of the people, and in the structure and action of the government. These, however, will not be diminished by delay, nor ought they nor can they sanction longer delay. It is time, high time, the last com- mission of the great Redeemer of mankind was carried into full effect and his gospel published to the three hundred and sixty millions inhabitants of this empire. As it regards Canton we will not, for the present, say much in ad- dition to what we have already stated above. To say less, would be a dereliction of duty,-or at least, it would be to withhold our most candid opinion. To give all the reasons and arguments that can be adduced for that opinion, would be of little interest to most of our readers. Besides, we hope erelong to have opportunity to become better acquainted with the northern ports; then we may be induced to change our views of Canton, and concur in the opinion that would make it secondary to either of the northern cities, as a missionary station. We know there is much wickedness in this great city, and that there are here strong prejudices. Was it not so in Jerusalem? And yet when our divine Lord was about to leave this world and as- cend up on high, and his disciples were to go forth and preach his gospel to all nations, where were they to begin? 1846. 69 Notices of J. A. Gonçalves. ART. II. Notice Biographique sur le pere J. A. Gonçalves, com- prising an account of his life with notices of his various sinological productions. By J. M. CALLERY. There are some men whom fortune places before the world in such advantageous circumstances, that with qualifications and talents frequently the most ordinary they attract the attention and excite the admiration of all. There are others whom nature enriches with her giſts, but who are placed in a sphere more limited, born, educated and passing their existence in ignorance of the rest of the world, like those thrifty vegetable productions, which springing up in the shades of tropical forests, and covering themselves with luxuriant foliage, fall back upon the earth laden with green buds which the rays of the sun would have expanded and matured. It is in this list of persons little privileged by fortune, that I would class Joachim Alphonse Gonçalves, a man endowed with eminent qualities, of whom Portugal will have a just title to be proud, if ever she shall be disposed to claim it. He was born in the year 1780 in a small borough of the province of Traz-dos-montes, called Tojal. His parents were poor and obtained their subsistence by the toilsome labors of the field; but they were pious people, who in want of riches, bequeathed to their children the precious inheritance of faith and Christian self-denial. Under the influence of a religious education, though but little in- structed in the world, Gonçalves felt at an early period an irresistible inclination to become connected with the Church, and as his pro- vince was one of those where the Lazarists obtain the greater num- ber of their disciples, he entered by chance into their assembly, and there made his vows with the generosity of a man who is ignorant of the price he is paying. ime Portugal was troubled by parties contending for empire, and as the silence of the cloister is but little compatible with the presence of warrior camps, Gonçalves resolved to go into some country, more tranquil, to taste the sweets of the religious life which he had embraced. For this end he requested to have a share in the missions to China, which then were to a great extent confided to the Portuguese Lazarists; and combining in himself most of the qualities which form a good missionary, he obtained without dif- ficulty the consent of the superiors and embarked for China in the Course of the year 1812 in a ship of state, the Magnanimo. 70 Feb. Notices of J. A. Conçalves. Following the custom of the Portuguese, and in general of all the small maritime states whose navigation is limited, the corvet Magna- nimo, in quitting Lisbon, received orders to touch upon her route at a great number of ports, in such a manner that Gonçalves had to pass several months in Brazil, as also in India, and likewise at the Philippine Isles, and did not arrive at Macao till the 28th of June 1814. The Portuguese missionaries, established in this city partly Por- tuguese and partly Chinese, had even then the hope that the storm raised against them at the court of Peking would at length pass away and that they should be permitted to return to the capital of the Celestial empire in the capacity of mathematicians charged with the regulation of the calendar. In this hope Gonçalves was chosen to be one of the representatives of the European science at Peking, which made it necessary that he should apply hinself more than ever to the study of the mathematics and astronomy for which his mind was naturally adapted. But the severe edicts promulgated by the emperor Kiaking against the Christian religion, no longer per- mitting to doubt that the times of Verbiest and Schaal had passed, never to return, Gonçalves gave himself entirely to the study of the Chinese for which he may be said to have had a natural passion. During the first years he studied the language of the north, which is commonly called the mandarin dialect, and he spoke it with a good intonation and great freedom. But in order that he might render his ministry more useful to the Chinese, among whom he was re- quired henceforth to have his residence, he applied himself accord- ingly for three years to the study of the Canton dialect, which he was able to speak also with sufficient facility, although with reluc- tance, because it contains a great number of sounds which are by no means agreeable to musical ear. Thenceforward the Chinese became his peculiar province, I inight almost say his private domain, for at the age of sixty he mentioned to me as a remarkable fact, inexplicable to himself, that for 48 hours he had spent no time upon the Chinese. And it should be said that during this short interval he had been required to attend a council, assembled by the governor of Macao, to deliberate upon some public affairs of great importance. Those who have less perseverance and of determination than Gonçalves brought to his study, are astonished, with reason, that his career as a sinologue has been able to furnish so many works, of which there are some that might alone suffice to render a man immortal. For anyself, who have had the advantage of his intimate 18-16. 1 Notices of J. A. Gonçalves. acquaintance for seven years, the singular and very rare phenomen- on at which I have been most surprised in regard to him, is that the energy of his character was able to endure even to the end the enervating influence of the tropical heat, and that his natural vigor did not sooner yield to liis excess of labor which knew no relaxation. T'he first work which father Gonçalves gave to the public, was a small voluine in 16mo. intitled, Grammatica Latina ad usumn Sinen- sium juvenum, a J. A. Gouçalves congregationis missionis presby- tero, post longam experientian redacta, et Macao in regali collegio Sancti Joseph facultate regia typis mandata. Anno 1828. That is, as is indicated by this long title, which has a taste of the middle ages, a Latin-Chinese (it would be more correct to say a Chinese-Latin) grammar, composed expressly for the young Chinese preparing for the church, whoin he was instructing in Latin. It commences with the elements, of the language, the letters and the syllables; it contains afterwards the declensions, and the Latin con- jugations, several exercises in syntax, some dialogues, and at last some examples of the epistolary style. The principal merit of this Jittle work consists, in the desire which the author had in composing it, to make it serviceable to his pupils; for as to the Chinese por- tion, it has the vulgar idiom in the extreine, and the Latin is too much inflated and is frequently obscure. In the following year 1826, appeared under the title of Arte China, one of the best works which have come from the pen of Father Gon- çalves. It is a Portuguese-Chinese grammar inade upon the plan of the preceding, wherein are found at once, a sort of alphabet, examples of declensions, conjugations and of syntax, some dialogues, and proverbs, and in the end some models of the epistolary style. To understand its merits and its defects we must refer to the several parts of which it is composed. That which Father Gonçalves calls the Alphabeto China, in the beginning of this work, is nothing else than a list of classifiers (generos) and of phonetics (differencas), arranged according to the order and the number of the strokes of which they are composed. Did this list comprise nearly all the characters employed as classifiers or as phonetics, and but little else, it would differ only slightly from my own Catalogus littcrarum fundamentalium scripturae sinicae, published in the first volume of the Systema phoneticum. But in the first place it gives as generi or diferencas a great number of cha- racters which indeed are not such. Afterwards there is found in- tercalated in small text, an infinite number of phrases of severa! 72 FER Notices of J. A. Gonçalves. syllables, and distinct sentences, which render the study of this alphabet so difficult and so disagreeable, that by the confession of Gonçalves himself, no one of his pupils has ever been able to pursue it to the end. The author justified hiinself against the charge I frequently brought against him on this account, by saying that to compose the detached phrases which follow this alphabet, and are intended but to initiate the students in the style of the Chinese, be- fore placing in their hands a dictionary, he had been compelled by the sense to introduce some characters and phrases which apart from this he would have onnitted. Meanwhile the collection of an- alogous phrases, which I have published in the end of the volume already cited in making use of nothing but the phonetics, is enough to prove that the excuse is not altogether admissible. Following these phrases, which may be regarded as an appendage to the alphabet, there are numerous examples given of grammar and of Chinese syntax, which have the merit of being presented in a style at once common and yet elevated (sublime). A chapter fol- lows consisting of 16 dialogues in the mandarin dialect, of very great utility to those who are commencing the study; next a collection of proverbs and diverse extracts in fable and history, adapted to facili- tate the reading of Chinese authors; and finally the work ends with some models of the styles peculiar to oratory, poetry, government and epistolary writings which of themselves would require an entire volume. The principal merit of the Arte China, as we judge from a cursory perusal, consists in its being so rich in materials, more rich indeed than any work of the kind which has ever yet been published. Its main defect is that no explanation is given, and it is left to the student to divine the principles which are embraced in the numerous examples presented to his view. Would it be believed that even as it regards the beautiful idea of arranging the characters in an alphabetic order according to the number of strokes, it is nowhere found announced, although it is constantly applied in the first hundred pages of the book. Two years after, that is, towards the end of 1831, appeared the Diccionario Portuguez-China no estilo vulgar Mandarim e classico geral, in a thick volume octavo, a work very well adapted to our times, the best of its kind which has appeared even to this day, and which the author himself regarded with much complacency. The Diccionario China-Portuguez which was published in 1833, is equally a work of prime merit, and has nothing yet to match it; but it is exposed to the attacks of invidious critics in this, that it is 1846. Notices of J. A. Gonçalves, arranged according to a system of classifiers which is incomplete aud often contrary to the laws of forming the Chinese characters. From the time of Horace until our day, authors of the first order have rarely been ignorant of the merit of their own productions, and with all his modesty, Gonçalves could not feign to believe that the works of which we have made mention were not of a character to form an era in the history of Chinese literature. But he saw with good reason, a great obstacle in the way of their general apprecia- tion, in the language being so little known, in which they were writ- ten; for who knows the Portuguese out of Portugal. He also sought to repair a fault which owing to a feeling of patriotism he had know- ingly committed, by publishing in Latin the four dictionaries of which it remains for us to speak, and which for the reputation of their author I would willingly pass by in silence, except for the evidence they afford of the laborious spirit by which he was animat- ed even to his last moments. The first is a pocket vocabulary, Latin-Chinese, dated 1836, which is designed only to assist in recollecting the words most important in conversation. The second intitled, Lcricon manual Latino Sinicum, is only a republication of the preceding increased by a great number of odd and unusual words, a work of little merit, of which no one yet to my knowledge has recognised the advantage which the author had in view in its publication. It formed an octavo volume and was printed at Macao in 1839. The third entitled Lexicon magnum Latino Sinicum, was designed to supply the defects which are justly charged upon the Lcricon manuale, and to contain in it besides a great nunber of phrases and sentences which should afford an easy exercise to the Chinese pupils in rendering them into Latin. But whether from the bad taste of the author or the fault of the Latin-Portuguese dictionary which served as a basis, the fact is that this work suffers very much in respect to the Latin, from the bombast and obscurity which are censured in the Latin grammar, while for the Chinese, it could hardly be of a more trivial character. In concluding this account of his works, 'I may speak of the Chi- rese Latin Lexicon which Fatlier Gonçalves finished a few days be- fore his death, and the manuscript of which was left in the hauds of his colleagues at Maco). This work diſfers essentially in its plan from all those which the uthor has published For the ten thou- sand leading characters which it contains, are arranged progressive 10 VOL, XV. NO. 11. Notices of J. A. Gonçalves. Fer ly, according to the number of strokes of which they are composed, without reference to the classifiers to which they properly belong, in such a manner that instead of having a class of plants, of trees, of stoncs, of horses, &c., there are some classes of two strokes, six strokes, twelve strokes, &c. under each of which are found arranged classifiers and phonetics of all sorts. This sort of classification has a slight advantage in the circum- stance that when the number of strokes of which a character is formed is once known, it is sufficient to observe with what alphabetic stroke it commences, to find immediately its place in the dictionary; but it has the great inconvenience of causing completely to disap- pear the wonderful mechanism by which the Chinese characters are formed, and of affording no clue to the memory. Besides, in view of the infinite varieties of orthography which prevail, what sinologue could tell at first sight, under how inany strokes it would be necessary to seek any character, even one of the more common? In a philolo- gical aspect this work is far from being the true Diccionario China Portugucz, for it presents under each word only the more common acceptations, and in no instance does it cite phrases or examples suitable for determining clearly their sense. I will not speak of a Chinese translation of the New Testament which has been attributed to Father Gonçalves, but which was not really his, as he himself told me repeatedly, when it was proposed to him to coinmit it to the press. In a word, the works of this inde- fatigable writer, like those of almost all authors who have written much, exhibit some portions imperfect and even faulty, while at the same tiine the Arte China, the Diccionario Portugucz-China and the China-Portugucz are sufficient to place Gonçalves in the rank of the most eminent sinologues and to secure liim the gratitude of coming ages. Some of his friends have frequently made the remark, that he was in too great haste to commit his works to the press; and indeed lc had no sooner written a page then he delivered it to the compositus without reading it again himself. Others have sought to concentrate their labors upon the completion of a single work which should leave nothing to be desired in future, rather than to publish so great a number of imperfect works of which the assemblage itself could hrdly form a whole; but unhappily Father Gonçalves always showed himself regardless of the observations which had reference to his works, and if they were not of a nature absolutely to indispose hiin towards those who liide them, lie received them at least with a 1848. 75 Notices of J. A. Gonçalves. blunt silence, or assumed an air of indifference which engaged them to hold their peace. It would be wrong, however to suppose that in this Father Gonçalves was actuated entirely by the impulse of a peculiar passion so common and so pardonable in authors; it was rather the natural repugnance he felt to defending his opinions and developing his theories. We have already observed that his works, so rich in materials, are entirely destitute of theoretic explanations which would serve to explain their use. His oral instruction too was chargeable with the same fault. He contented himself with making his pupils study mechanically his Arte China, page by page, without ever entering into the least detail upon the great ideas contained in the alphabet, just as if he had never entertained them himself. If any serious questions were proposed to him in regard to this subject, he replied that in pursuing the study of his works, that with reference to which he was interrogated was more difficult of comprehension; and when M. Stanislas Julien addressed him from Paris a letter of criticism wherein he said he had not comprehended the depth of thought concealed in his works, Father Gonçalves charged me with the office of replying to him, requesting that I should give a clear and succinct account of the system which had been observed in the composition of his two principal works, the Arte China and the Chinese-Portuguese Dictionary. I accepted with pleasure so honorable a task, and endeavored to fulfill it as well as I was then able. But if my production omitted ought that was desirable, I ought to say in acquittal of Father Gon- çalves, that he did not suggest to me a word of it, though he ex- claimed with great joy, when I presented it to him, that it was the same which he would have said. I ought to say, equally to his praise, that my writing, dated 1836, was a rough sketch of the Phonetic system, of which I confess with gratitude to have found the germ in the works of Father Gonçalves, although the silence which he has ever maintained in regard to so excellent an idea, seems to indicate that he never had a very clear notion of it. For as Boileau remarks, ce que l'on conçoit bien s,enonce olairement, et les mots pons le dire arrivement aiscment. In respect of their typography the works of the Father Gonçalves are assuredly not to be highly praised. But this should be attributed to the circumstances of the place in which he lived rather than 10 any neglect of the author ; for be was at great pains to oversee the printing, and he frequently give his personal assistance in setting up Notices of J. A. Conçalves. FEB. the Chinese portion. It was only at the close of the day, when the men had quitted their work, that he indulged himself in a leisure walk; but as the regulations of the college required him to return before night arrived, he made up for the want of time by the increas- ed vigor of his bodily exercise, sometimes in running with all his might in a certain solitary road in the vicinity of Macao, sometimes in rolling huge stones along the sea shore, as I have myself seen him do in more than one instance. This peculiarity has naturally led me to observe that Father Gon- çalves always fulfilled to the letter the precept of the evangelist : "unless ye become as little children ye shall not enter into the king- dom of heaven;" for at the age of sixty he often exhibited a childlike disposition, which would have been taken for want of judgment, had it not been known with what qualities it was accompanied. It was especially in a small company of friends or pupils, that the Father Gonçalves gave himself up to all the gaiety of his natural disposi- tion, in chanting, trilling a few preludes, laughing with great glee or relating some pleasant anecdote of his college; for in the presence of strangers, or of persons who were not favored with his intimacy, he maintained a serious I might say almost an original demeanor, and took very little part in the conversation. He made but one exception to this, and that in favor of the Eng- lish, for whom he had that excessive partiality which we denominate the Anglomania, but which to a certain extent may be deemed par- donable in him, considering the generous hospitality which he had experienced from them in one of the most difficult circumstances of his life. For after having fulfilled in 1822 and 1823, the office of interpreter to the senate of Macao, and in this station being obliged to flee before the arbitrary persecutions of a governor who caused his ignorant despotism to fall upon all those who had taken part in the proclamation of the Portuguese Constitution in this city, he was received on board an English ship stationed at Lintin, engaged in the opium trade, and treated gratuitously with all the regard due to his character and to his personal merit. T'wenty years afterwards he delighted to refer to this episode in his life, and frequently spoke of it to me in terms of lively gratitude to his hosts, with whom however he found this fault, that he was com- pelled ot shave himself and change his linen every day during the two years he lived with them. It is indeed to be confessed that a neglience the most classical, was so inherent in his dress, that it was to do violence to his nature to wish to correct hiin of it, Ilis chame 1846. Notices of J. A. Gonçalves. 1 ber, his furniture, his garments, his person, all clearly indicated in regard to him, that he did not consider neatness a virtue, even if he did not reckon it among the vices. During the many years which Father Gonçalves spent in Macao, he was almost continually charged with the education of some young Chinese, whom he was preparing for the church. His affection and condescension towards his pupils and the Chinese in general was very great. I might even say that he carried it too far, as has hap- pened to the greater part of the missionaries who have resided a long time in China, who in the end have been led to admire nothing more than the Chinese. During the last years of his life he opened for the young people in Macao a gratuitous course of instruction in English, which lan- guage he spoke very well, and wrote with sufficient correctness, as also the Spanish, and to a less extent the Italian and the French. He gave at the same time lessons in music, an art for which he had a natural taste, and which he had sufficiently cultivated to be able to compose some correct pieces containing various ideas which are new and some designs very appropriate to the sacred department, to which the author exclusively devoted his muse. On the days of the great festivals, the church of St. Joseph rang with the music of Gonçalves, performed by his pupils and sustained by the strong counter-tenor, for which he was so admirably qualified by nature, as also by the organ, which he touched with delight. It is a remarkable feature in the musical compositions of Father Gonçalves, as also in the numerous Chinese productions which came from his pen, that there is nowhere found a note or a word copied from any author whatever. So far did his scruples go in this par- ticular, that to preclude the possibility of committing an involuntary plagiarism, he would not consult any of the works previously pu- blished upon the same subject; and I well remember how one day having taken up a volume of Morrison which lay covered with dust in the corner of his chamber, he fell into an absolute fit of laughter on hearing me read these singular phrases: the appearance of a barking dog; the appearance of water running : the appearance of clouds and cold, &c., and he assured me that he would never avail himself of this work, any more than of the dictionary called de Gui- gnes, for fear that he should be accused of having pilfered from them, when this trouble would be of so little avail. The college of St. Joseph possesses in the inner harbor of Macao a small island called Green Island. It was here that the master and Notices of J. Á Gonçalvis. FEB. the pupils were wont to repair for recreation during the week-days. was here also that Father Gonçalves went to spend his vacations, if we may use this expression in regard to a man who labored con- stantly sixteen or eighteen hours every day. It was in September 1844, a season of the year, when, in the climate of Macao, the heat is very intense, Father Gonçalves had finished the printing of his Lexicon Magnum as well as the manu- script of his Chinese-Latin dictionary, and it was his intention to go over to Green Island to pass the remainder of the hot season. At this time he went to the sea to bathe, but whether from imprudence in exposing himself to the sun or to currents of air, or whether it was that he had been for a long time predisposed to sickness, it is cer- tain that after having taken a bath, he was seized with severe chills and general indisposition which led him to take his course back to Macao. The next morning he came to see me and said to me that he did not feel very well. However as he had never been sick and was possessed of a very robust constitution, he neglected to take the necessary precautions until the fever having increased he was oblig- ed at length to betake himself to his bed. His malady was nothing else in my opinion than a species of typhoid or slow fever, which the physicians of the country usually cure with sufficient ease. But unhappily, full as he was of admiration of the English, he desir- ed to be attended by a physician of that nation. And this man, who had no experience of the country, made so free of his calomel and his chicken broth, that on the third of October at five o'clock P. M. Rosary Sunday, the sick man died after four days illness. The approach of death, anticipated as it was, troubled not the calmness and serenity of Father Gonçalves, for he had always led an exemplary life, and he knew the recompense which awaits those who have sacrificed their all to God. His affections moreover were held to nothing of this world, except it were in a measure for his literary productions, of which the last which he had proposed to himself before his death, waited only to be committed to the press. The news of his death was felt as a calamity throughout the whole city of Macao; and the next morning, without an invitation being given, numerous citizens repaired of their own accord to his funeral, and with sadness accompanied his mortal remains to the place of their reposo. True it is that Father Gonçalves had gained the affections of all, and apart from some peculiarities, they could speak of him only as a good priest, an excellent citizen, and a sage of great modesty. 18.16. 79 Notices of J. A. Gonçalves. The Chinese also had a great veneration for him, and considered him as well instructed as most of their own literary bachelors, not indeed so much for composition in which he did not excel, but for his acquaintance with a great number of individual characters. The study of Chinese has lost. one of its principal supports, and Portugal one of its brightest lights, and I shall surely be excused for adding in my grief, that in him I have lost a teacher and a friend so much the more dear, in that far from appearing to be touched by the criticisms, of which his works were the subject, in my Systema Phoneticum, he at that time redoubled his affection towards me and presented me for the Royal Asiatic Society of which he was an honorary member, a very flattering recommendation of my work, styling it, a work that may be very useful to Chinese scholars, both as an alphabet, to know the Chinese characters, and is a dictionary to understand the Chinese language. The Father Gonçalves was of a height above middling, with very strong limbs which made him appear corpulent, his face oblong, his complexion sallow, his beard very thick, his eyebrows bushy, under which there appeared a few yellow hairs full of expression. Ilis forehead high and open indicated uncommon intelligence, and while the organs of benevolence and veneration were strongly developed on the top of his bald head, there was remarked an extraordinary depression on the side, where the phrenologists place acquisitive- ness, destructiveness and secretiveness. His handwriting was coarse and stiff, yet sufficiently legible and not altogether disagreea- ble to the eye. But although he wrote a great deal, his autographs has become rare, even at Macao, for he was in the habit of destroy- ing his manuscripts after they had been printed, while his corres- pendence also abroad was almost nothing and very laconic. Sornetime after his death the news arrived that the Academy of Lisbon, had placed him in the number of its national members; a token of respect, very tardy indeed, to the merits of a man who had grown grey in labors so glorious for his country. His pupils and his friends, more grateful, united to purchase in perpetuiiy a reser- vation in the ceinetery of St. Paul's, and erected there a marble upon which is read the following inscription : Hic jacet Rever. D. Joaquimus Alfonsus Gonsalves, Lusitanus, presbyter congregationis missionis, et in regali Sancti Josephi Macao- niensi collegio proiessor eximius, regalis socictalis asiaticae socius exter prosinensibas missionibus solicitus, perutilia opera sinico lusi- tano latinoquo sermone composuit ct in lucem edidit, moribuü suaris, Missionary Labors in Siam. ter sinis, doctrina praestanti, integra vita, qui plenus diebus in Domino quievit sexagenario maior, quinto nonas octobris, anno i D C ECXI. In memoriam tanti viri, ejus amici litteraturaeque cultores hunc lapidein consecravere. Repose then, venerable Teacher and Friend, and disdain not the feeble expression of remembrance and gratitude, which I offer your from this place of exile, waiting till I shall have the happiness to meet you in a better tabernacle. Note. Our best thanks are due to M. Callery for the foregoing article, kindly seni to us in sheets from the French press. We hope he will find our English version correct. It supplies a lony wished for article. Art. III. Missionary labors in Siam: ophthalmic hospital in Bangkok; death of Mrs. Bradley ; schools and present prospcet of the mission. [We have received several communications from missionaries at Bangkok, and now lay before our readers such extracts as our limits will allow.] Dear Sir,---I have a long time thought I might perhaps interest and edify your readers, by presenting in your useful paper, a brief view of what this mission is doing for the healing of the bodily di- seases of this people, and for protecting them against such. The sickness and death of my beloved wife prevented me from doing it at the time I intended. The accompanying table will show the cases that were regularly noted on our case-book during a term of one year, beginning with May 7th, 1845. With the exception of vaccination, this will serve as a fair view of what we did in the same department of mission service for several successive years, previous to that date. Our dispersary was first opened August 1835. From that time to November 26th, 1837, we entered on our book 5428 From that time to the date of this tabular view we did not take the trouble to note our cases on a book, and therefore cannot report with much accuracy of the work during that period. Com- paratively little was done during the years 1833 and 1839, owing to the great amount of other duties which then devolved upon the mis sionary physician. It is probably a low estimate to say that all the cases that have come under our care, not noted in our case book, is not less than 4000. Hence the sum total of cases, from the begin- cases, 1816. 81 Missionary Labors in Siam ning to the 6th of May 1845, including cases of vaccination, would be 12,572. We have a small hospital in connection with our dis- pensary. It is a small bamboo building, designed for the lodging and victualing of ten or twelve patients who are not able to go to and from the dispensary. It was erected early in the year 1843. This had on an average about 10 inmates all the time. Our dispensary is a floating house a few rods from the mission premises. The hos- pital stands on the bank of the river near to it. We devote usually one hour daily, and sometimes more, in attendance at both of these places, and are assisted by two young men; one an Indo-Portu- guese, and the other a Siamese. We have also a Chinese and Malay interpreter. The daily applications at the dispensary are probably from 40 to 60. The services are opened by reading a portion of the word of God and prayer by the physician in attendance. Rev. S. Johnson has the charge of teaching the Chinese hospital patients. Nearly all the inmates of the hospital are Chinese. Capital operations in surgery are occasionally required, and performed with a good degree of success. Many totally blind from cataract have left us with very comfortable sight. Indeed very few of all our cata- ract cases fail of receiving sight after the 1st or 2d operation. It is impossible to report with much definiteness the cores we have wrought by the good hand of our God upon us. It p:obably may with safety be stated, that cures or great amendments are the results of at least two thirds of all the cases that apply to us for remedial aid. Almost all kinds of ulcers yield quickly to our treatment. It may be seen that much good has been done by our little establishment. As regards the persons vaccinated, there can be no question, that it will save them from the terrible fires of the sinall pox, and probably lengthen out many of their lives, so that the blessed gospel may reach them before death, and become the power of God unto their salvation from eternal misery. Who can estimate the amount of good done by one who is the means or instrument of rescuing a single soul from hell? But the good effected by our dispensary and hospital, in relax- ing the prejudices of this people against the Christian religion and thus preparing the way of the Lord, is incalculable and our work has no doubt effected much in this way already; but its greatest power remains yet to be developed. Our hospital in order to answer well the end we designe:1 by it, should be greatly enlarged, and far more thoroughly furnished with Dedging places and nurses. Indeed as it is now we have no suitable Judging places; the patients are all in one room, and we have no 11 VOL. XV. NO. Il 82 FEB. Missionary Labors in Siam. nurses, for the want of adequate funds, that we can with propriety employ for the purposes of a hospital. List of Diseases. Abscess 27 |Fistula Lachrymalis 8 Amaurosis 16 Fistula in Ano 1 Amenorrhea 2 Fungus Haematodes - Apthae 4 Gonnorrhoea 10 Asthma 6 Urinary Culculi 3 Bite of a dog 4 Herpes 23 Boils 16 Hemoptisis 3 Bronchitis 3 Hydrocele 1 Bubo 14 Hooping Cough 3 Bullae 1 Hernia Inguinal Strangulated 1 Burns 7 Induration of Bowels 3 Cataracts 14 Inpetigo 3 Cancer 6 Scabies 12 Carbuncle 1 Menses Supressed 16 Crumps 1 Menses deranged 1 Constipation 2 Mania 1 Consumption, Pulmonary 4 Neuralgia 2 Pemphigus 1 Nodes 4 Rheuinatisın 64 Opthalmia 88 Scrofula 12 Paralysis 1 Scald head 1 Polypus 3 Syphilis 45 Pteryia 8 Sprain 1 Psoriasis 25 Splenitis 1 Phlegmon 20 Staphyloma 1 Piles 7 Thorn in foot 9 Tumors 15 Leprosy 25 Ulcers 378 enlarged 13 Whitlow 1. Diseases not named 120 Wounds; contused 9 Sum Total 1308 do. Incised 9 do. Lacerated 5 Classes of the Patients do. Punctured 3 Siamese 601 Chorea 1 Chinese 539 Diarrhea 37 Laos 65 Diabetes 14 Malay 42 Dropsy 8 Cambogians 18 Dyspepsia 14 Surat 13 Dysentery 14 Indo Portuguese 10 Ectropria 1 Bengalese 7 Exostosis 1 English 5 Elephantiasis Peguans 5 Fambrasia Parsee - 1 Fever Intermittent 08 Unknown Fever Remittent 1308 S Worms 1846. 83 Missionary Labors in Siant. Males Females Not noted 414 503 391 1308 Single Married Not noted 1017 Could Read 273 Could not Read 18 Unknown 1308 628 427 Successful vaccinations 253 Unsuccessful do. 13084 1183 653 Along with the preceding notices, we received a printed copy of a sermon, "prached at the funeral of Mrs Bradley, an assistant missio- nary of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions,': which we have perused with much pleasure. She was, in her place, a bright and shining light." She loved her work; she loved her Savior; she triumphed over death; and her end was happy. We have, in the sermon, the following notices of the deceased. “ Mrs. Emilie Royce Bradley, only daughter of Phinehas and Deborah Royce, was born in Clinton, Oneida Co. N. York, July 12th, 1811. She was educated at Clinton Female Seminary-became hopefully pious in the nineteenth year of her age, and joined the Congregational Church of Clinton, in May of the same year 1831. She early became interested in the cause of missions, and expected for a time to spend her life singly, as a teacher, in connection with the Ameri- can mission at Bombay : but God ordered otherwise. She was married to Dan Beach Bradley, M. D., June 5th, 1834 ; embarked for Siam, in Boston July 2d of the same year—arrived in Bangkok July 18th of the following year,-and died of pulmonary consumption in this city, Aug. 2d, 1845. Mrs. Bradley had been the mother of five children, three of whom, still survive.” Under the care of the mission, to which Mrs. Bradley belonged, are several small schools, for Chinese boys. There are also a few Sia- mese pupils, and among them "prince Chau-Fa-Yai, one of the head priests.” The Bible is read by all these. There are likewise “ well selected sites for preaching and tract distribution.” We have dates to the 1st of January 1846. Though the strength of the mission has been reduced, yet its prospects are as fair and encouraging as at any previous period. Its hope is in God, and in the word of his promise. That which he ordains must stand; and that which he purposeth must prosper, The Oregon Territory. FEB; Ar'r. IV. Oregon Territory; its topography, climate, productions, population, political relations, foc. By Rev. GUSTAVUS HINES, (From the Ilongkong Register.) TO PRESENT to an inquiring public in detail the true condition of the Oregon Territory, as regards its geograplıical, historical, political, civil, and religious charıcter, to exhibit the state of the country as respects its climate, fertility, natural productions, wealth and resources, and to commemorate all the impor- tint circumstances, which have attended the settlement of this comparatively unknown, and much neglected portion of our world, would require volumes, instead of the limits of one brief article. It will therefore be my object in this account of the Oregon Territory, to render my remarks as comprehensive as possible. A residence of nearly six years in the country, connected with the fact that I have made it an object to become informed, froin personal observation, with every circumstance of importance which has tianspired in connexion with either the civil, political, or religious interests of the country, ought to have qualified me to present a correct view of this interesting portion of the globe. I am prompted to attempt this from the deep interest which is felt, particularly in England and the United States in refer- ence to Oregon; an interest which, no way exhibits itself more fully, than in the efforts which the two governments are now making to settle the question of boundary betwixt their respective claims. From the fact that Oregon is exciting so much interest at the present time, it is certainly desirable that all concerned become correctly informed in relation to the country; and informa- tion that can be relied upon, so far as it goes, the writer flatters himself is here given. The Oregon Territory is that portion of North America west of the Rocky Mountains, and bordering on the Pacific Ocean, which is drained by the Oregon or Columbia river, and its numerous tributaries, and is embraced within the limits of a most natural boundary. Commencing with the northwest corner at Cape Flattery, near the 49th degree of north latitude, consider the north line as extendling along the Strait of Juan de Fuca eastward, one hun- dred and twenty miles, thence cast northeast along the summit of the mountains which divide the waters of Frazier's river, from those which flow into the Columbia, to that ridge of the Rocky Mountains which separates the waters, which flow into the Pacific Ocean, from those which empty into the Gulph of Mexico, the distance of six hundred miles; thence along said ridge. souih, the dist:ince of eight hundred miles to the Snowy Mountains on the 420 degree of north latitude, forming its eastern bound:ry; thence turning west, and forming its southern linnits along the Snowy Mountains, seven hundred miles tn Cape Men on the Pacific Ocean; and thencc along the Pacific from (Cipe Mendocino five hundreil miles north, to Cape Flattery the place of beginning 1846. 85 The Oregon Territory. These are the natural limits of the country, and surround Oregon on three sides with stupendous ranges of mountains, and give it on the Strait of Juan de Fuca and the Pacific Ocean, more than six hundred miles of coast. Within these limits are embraced more than 360,000 square miles. The face of this country is wonderfully diversified, and presents every variety of scenery, from the most awfully grand and sublime, to the most beautiful and picturesque in nature. In the vicinity of Puget's Sound, the country is level, and exceedingly beautiful, and consists mostly of prairie land, with but a small portion of timber; but, with this exception, all along the coast, it is broken and mountainous. On approaching the coast at the mouth of the Columbia river, ridges of high lands appear on either hand as far as the eye can reach, and the more elevated points serve as land marks to guide the mariner through the intricate channel across the fearful “Bar of the Columbia.” One high mountain called by the Indians “Swalalahoost," from an Indian tradition, and from its appearance, is supposed to have once been an active volcano. With but little variation, the country from thirty to fifty miles back from the coast, presents a rough, wild and mountainous aspect, and is covered with dense forests of fir, spruce and cedar trees. Passing over this broken border of the country, you descend on the north side of the Columbia into the valley of the Cowilitz, and on the south, into that of the Wallamette river. These valleys extend eastward to that range of mountains which, crossing the Columbia river, forms the Cascades, and is therefore called the “ Cascade Mountains.” Comprised in the valleys are many extensive prairies, beautiful woodlands, numberless hillocks, rising grounds, and majes- tic hills, from the top of some of which, scenery, as enchanting as was ever presented to the eye, delights and charms the lover of nature, who takes time to visit their conical sumınits. That part of Oregon extending from the Cascade Mountains to the Pacific Ocean, is called the “Lower Country,” and is about one hundred and thirty miles wide. The Cascade Mountains extend in one continuous range, parallel with the coast, quite to California, and have therefore sometimes been called the “Californian Range.” Those whose mountain observations have not been very extensive, can form no just conception of the grandeur and magnificence of this stupendous range. The highest peaks are covered with eternal snows, and presenting their rounded tops to the heavens, appear like so many magni- ficent domes to adorn the great temple of nature. Some of them are more than fifteen thousand feet above the level of the sea. From one elevation near the Wallamette river, and from sixty to one hundred and fifty miles distant, the writer has counted eight of these snow capped mountains without inoving from his tracks. Surely no sight can be more enchanting. One of these mountains, viz: St. Helen, requires a more particular account from a phenomenon which it presented three years ago. In the month of October, 1842, this mountain was discovered all at once, to be covered with a dense cloud of'sinoke, which continued to enlarge and move off in dense masses to the castward, iud filling the heavens in that direction, presented an appear- unce like that of a tremendous conflagration viewed at a vast distance. When 86 Fer. The Oregon Territory. the smoke had passed away, it could be distinctly seen from various parts of the country, that an eruption had taken place on the north side of St. Helen; and from the smoke that continued to issue from the chasm or crater, it was pronounced to be a volcano in active operation. When the explosion took place, vast quantities of dust or ashes, were thrown from the chasm, and fell in showers for many miles distant. This mountain is the most regular in its form, and most beautiful in its appearance, of all the snow clad mountains of Oregon, and though on the north side of the Columbia it belongs to the Cascade Range. Mount Hood, on the south side of the Columbia, is more elevated than St. Helen, and presents a magnificent object on which the eye can gaze without weariness, from innumerable points more than one hundred and fifty miles from its base. But any description of these gigantic piles of basalt and snow, must fall far below the reality; and it is only necessary to gaze for one moment upon these majestic glaciers, to be impressed with the insignificance of the works of art, when compared with works of nature. Passing over the Cascade Range to the eastward, you come into another extensive valley, which reaches to the foot of another range, which from its azure like appearance, is called the “Blue Mountains." This valley is about two hundred miles broad, and is called the “middle country.” A niunber of beautiful rivers flow through this valley, and it is also intersected by broken ridges, which divide the numerous streams by which it is watered. This part of the country, abounds in extensive plains and “Prairie Hills;" but timber is so very scarce, that the eye of the traveler is seldom delighted with the appearance of a tree. “ 'The Blue Mountains are steep, rocky and volcanic, and some of them are covered with perpetual snow. They run nearly parallel with the Cascade Range, though, far to the south, branches of them intersect with the latter range. They are about midway betwixt the Pacific Ocean, and the Rocky Mountains. The country east of the Blue Mountains, is the third, or upper region, and extends to the eastern boundary of the Territory of Oregon. The face of it is more varied if possible, than it is in that part of the country, lying west of the Blue Mountains, the southern part being distinguished by its steep and rugged mountains, deep and dismal valleys, called “Holes” by the mountaineers, and wide gravelly plains. The northern part is less objectionable in its features; the plains being more extensive, the mountains less precipitous, and the valleys not so gloomy. Many portions of this upper region are volcanic, and some of the volcanoes are in constant action. Many of the plains of this region, are covered with carbonate of soda, which, in some places, may be gathered in vast quantities, and renders the soil generally unproductive. On the eastern limits of this region, rise in awful grandeur the towering summits of the Rocky Mountains, which have been very properly called the “ back bone” of North America. The highest land in North America is in this range, and is near the 53d parallel of north latitude. It is called “ Brown's Mountain." Near this, and in a tremendous gorge of the mountains, one of the principal branches of the Columbia takes its rise. In this region the country presents the wildest and 1840. 87 The Oregon Territory. most terrific appearance. Stupenilous glaciers and chaotic masses of rocks ice and snow present themselves on every side, and defy the power of language fully to describe them. So far as the face of this entire country is concerned, perhaps no other in the world, presents a more varied or a more interesting appearance, The climate of Oregon varies materially as you proceed from the coast into the interior. To a proper understanding of the climate, it is necessary to consider the winter and summer separately. The winds which prevail in the winter are from the south and east, sometimes veering to the southwest. They usually commence about the first of November, and continue till the first of May. Sometimes they come on gradually, but at some seasons, they burst upon the country at once, and with the violence of a thunder storm. They are always attended with continued falls of rain, and the period of their continuance is therefore called the rainy season. During the rainy season there are intervals of warm pleasant weather, which are generally followed by cold chilly rains from the south and west. In the latter part of winter there are generally light falls of snow throughout the country, though in the valleys, and particularly in the Wallamette valley, it seldom falls more than two or three inches deep. However, in th/ winter of 1841 and 1842 the snow fell in this valley twelve inches deep, but eight days afterwards it had all disap- peared. Though the winters are disagreeable on account of the chilliness of the southeast winds, and the extreme humidity of the atmosphere, yet the cold is very moderate, the thermometer seldom falling below freezing point. As a matter of course the ground is seldom frozen, and therefore ploughing may be done a great portion of the winter. Occasionally however, there is an exception to this. A few days before the great fall of snow already mentioned, the mercury fell in some parts of the country, to fifteen degrees below zero ; and it continued excessively cold for several days. The lakes were all frozen, so that cattle and horses could pass over them on the ice, and the Columbia river as far down as the mouth of the Wallamette, was bridged with ice for the period of fifteen days. A similar circumstance occurred in the winter of 1834. In the middle region the rains are not so abundant as in the lower country; the weather is colder, and there is consequently more snow. In that por- tion of Oregon east of the Blue Mountains called the upper region, it seldoin rains except in the spring, and then the rains are not protracted. Vasť quantities of snow fali in this region, particularly in the mountains. This part of the territory is distinguished for the extreme dryness of its atmosphere, which, with the vast difference in the temperature betwixt the day and night, forms its most peculiar trait, so far as climate is concerned. From sunrise till noon, the mercury frequently rises from forty to sixty degrees. It should be observed that none of the winters of Oregon are either so stormy or so cold but that cattle, horses, sheep, &c., find ample supplies of provender on the wide spread prairies, whither they are driven, to roam at large. If the 88 fur. The Oregon Territorij. winters of Oregon are rather stormy and unpicasant, the summers are sufficiently delightful, to counterbalance all that is disagreeable in the winters. In the month of March, the weather becoines sufficiently warm to start vegetation, so that this early, the prairies become beautifully green and many of Flora's choicest gifts appear, to lierald the approach of summer. The sunmer winds are from tho west and north, and there is seldom any pleasant weather, except when these prevail. After a long rainy winter, the people of this country look for the healthy and exhilarating breeze from the bosom of the Pacific, with great solicitude. At length the wished for change takes place. The howl of the storm, and the roar of the southern winds, are hushed to silence, the hills and valleys are gently fanned by the western Zephyr, and the sun, pouring his floods of light and heat from a cloudless sky, causes nature as by enchantment to enrohe herself in all the glories of summer. The delightful weather thus ushered in, continues through the entire summer, with but little deviation, and the temperature of the atinosphere, particularly in the Wallamette valley is agreeably warm and uniform. At noon in the warmest weather the thermometer ranges at about 82° in the shade, but the evenings are considerably cooler. The coolness of the evenings doubtless goes far to neutralize the effects of the malaria that is exhaled through the influence of the sun, from the swamps and marshy places, which are found in some parts of the country. From personal experience, and extensive obser- vation in reference to this particular, the writer is prepared to express the opinion, that the climate of Oregon is decidedly favorable to health. And why should it not be? The temperature, particularly in the lower country, is emarkably uniform. The country is not therefore subject to the evil resulting from sudden changes from extreme heat to extreme cold. The exhilarating ocean breeze, which sets in almost every day during the summer, contributes greatly to purify the atmosphere. These circumstances connected with the fact, that there is but little decaying vegetable matter in the country, and but few dead swamps and marshes to send forth their poisonous miasma, to infect the surrounding regions, are sufficient to show that Oregon must be the abode of health, and that human life is as likely to be protracted, and men to die of old age in this country, as in any other portion of the world. Indeed, such is the healthiness of the climate of this country, that but very few white persons have here sickened and died, since its first occupancy by such, more than 30 years ago. Yet, with these facts before them, there are persons who are ready to publish far and near that the climate of Oregon, and particularly of the lower country is “decidedly unhealthy. That the most malignant and fatal fevers prevail,” than which no representation could be more erroneous. True the ague and fever in a very modified form, sometimes prevails in the lower country; but it is easily controlled by proper remedies, and finally leaves the person with a vigorous and an unimpaired constitution, and sel- dom returns the second season. Those presons who have lived longest in 18.10. 89 T'he Oregon Territory. the country, are generally the most healthy and vigorous; which of itself is a sufficient proof of the friendliness of the climate to the promotion of health. If there is any difference between the different portions of Oregon in regard to the healthiness of its clinate, the middle region, and that immediately along the coast, are the most salubrious. The climate of the valleys of the Wallamette, Cowilitz, Umpqua, and Clameth rivers is well calculated for wheat, barley, oats, peas, apples, peaches, turnips, and all other vegetables usually cultivated in the temperate latitudes, while horses, cattle, sheep, hogs, &c., fourish and multiply beyond all parallel ; but in the middle and some parts of the upper region, the climate is well adapted to all the pursuits of a pastoral life. With a uniform, salubrious, and delightful climate, as well adapted to purposes of agriculture as any within the same degrees of latitude in any part of the world, Oregon loses much of its importance, if the fertility of the soil does not correspond with the nature of the climate. The soil of Oregon has been var:ously represented by persons who have visited the country. Some have viewed it in altogether too favorable a light, while others have greatly underrated it. Some have placed it among the first in the world, while others have considered Oregon as a boundless desert, fit only to be the habitation of wild beasts and savage men. These conflicting representa- tions doubtless have arisen from a superficial acquaintance with the country by the authors of them. They have either not stayed in the country a suffici- ent length of time to become acquainted with its real productiveness, or they have relied upon that inforination which has been artfully designed to prevent the country rom being known. The bottom laids, on each bank of the Columbia river, are subject to an annual inundation, which is occasioned by the melting of the vast quantities of snow which fall on its upper branches, among the mountains. This toodi continues through the month of June and into July, so that whatever may be the richness of the land thus overflowil, but snall portions of it will ever be brought to contribute to the support of man. There are however some portions which lie above high water inark, and are remarkably fertile, and produce in abundance all the grains and vegetables common to the best parts of the country. Tort Vancouver is situat- ed on one of these higher parts of the Columbia valley, and here a farin of two thousand acres is cultivated, and produces annually several thousand bushels of grain. Here also apples, pears, and peaches are cultivated suc- cessfilily, and grapes are brought to a degree of periection. Though but few attenpts have as yet been made to cultivate the uplands, or timbered lands, yet suficient has been done to prove that the soil of these portions must be of a superior quality. And in:leel this is attested by the immense growth of the timber itself. No inferior soil could send forth those enormous trunks, which in their upvur progress spread their magnificent branches to the skies, and often reur tileir heads to the amazing height of three hundred feet. Clatsop Plains, on the south side of the Colombie river, near its morith, embracing an area of about sixiy spare trules, are uitiazingly fertile, being you. XV. NO. 11, 90 Fut. The Oregon Territory. composed of a rich alluvial deposit, and producing all kinds of vegetables in the greatest abundance. The country around Puget's Sound on the north side of the river, is altogether of a different of character. The prairies are extensive and beautiful, the scenery most delightful, but strictly speaking, there is no soil to the country. The prairies are covered with shing!e, or small stones, with scarcely any mixture of earth. Indeed there are but few places on this somewhat extensive tract, where any thing can be raised. Attempts have been made to redeem it from its native barrenness, but as yet, all have failed. The Hudson's Bay Company transported some of their sur- plus population at Red river, to this region, but in consequence of the sterility of the country, they soon became discouraged, and, though con- trary to the wishes of the Company, they have abandoned the place and have settled elsewhere. And yet this region has been represented as distinguished alike for the salubrity of its climate, and the fertility of its soil. The climate is indeed delightful, but the soil is exceedingly forbidding, and can never perhaps be recovered from its extreme barrenness. Of all the different parts of Oregon, those watered by the Cowilitz and Chehalish rivers on the north side of the Colunbia, and those on the south, through which the Wallamette with its numerous tributaries and the Ump- qua and Clameth rivers flow, are unquestionably the most fertile. The valley of the Wallamette, which embraces an area of 25,000 square miles, is un- doubtedly entitled to the appellation of the garden of Oregon. The close observer in traveling through this valley will discover several kinds of soil. On the lower bottoms in some places is a sandy soil, in others a kind of black marle or loam. There is but little difference in the productiveness of the two kinds. They are both the alluvial deposits of the Wallamette river. On the second botio:ns or high prairies as they are called, the soil is a dark loamy clay, and is as strong and fertile as the lower grounds. Some yellow gravelly sand is found high up the river, but this embraces but a small proportion of the valley. The ability of the soil to produce is best ascertained by considering the crops which are annually taken from the land. Under the present system of cultivation the average amount of wheat taken from the English acre, is from twenty-five to thirty hushels. The amount of labors required to accomplish this, is coinparatively trifling. The writer has formerly resided in the great wheat growing country of Genesee, in the state of New York, and understands the amount of labor necessary to raise a thousand bushels of wheat in that country, and from observation in Oregon, he has been brought to the conclusion, that it requires much less labors to raise a thousand bushels in the latter country, than it does in any part of Genesce Flat. The prairies of the Wallamette and other valleys are unlike any thing that can be found in any other country. They are naturally very mellow, anil appear as one is passing over them, as though it had been but a year or two since they were cultivated. They are nyt swarded over with a thick strong turf, as in the western states; but they can be easily plougher with one good prir of horses, and with once ploughing are ready to receive the seed, and weldom fuil even with the first cop, boun- 1846. 91 The Oregon Territory. tifully to reward the husbandman. The first crop however is never so good as the succeeding ones. It is not an uncommon thing for farmers, without using any extraordinary means, to take from fifty to sixty-five bushels of wheat from an acre, and this has been the average through entire fields. Doubtless, if farmers would take more pains in cultivating the land, they would realize much more from the acre than they now do; but, if they lose any thing in this respect, they gain an equivalent in the immense number of acres which they cultivate. The amount of English grain raised by the different farmers in the country varies from 50 to 300 acres each. As wheat never suffers from blight, and as there are no insects to trouble it, a good crop is as sure to reward the labor of the husbandman who sows his seed, as day and night to continue until harvest time. This certainty of a good crop is owing as much to the nature of the climate, as to the quality of the soil. Some other crops are not so certain. Potatoes frequently suffer froin drought, as also Indian corn. But the soil and climate are well adapted to raising melons, cucumbers, beets, cabbages, and all kinds of garden vegetables. Apples, peaches, and all kinds of fruits which abound in New York, flourish so far as they have been cultivated, and will soon become abundant. The soil of the middle region differs materially from that of the low country. It bears one general character, and consists of a yellow sandy clay. It pro- duces in great abundance a kind of bunch grass, as also a variety of small shrubbery, and the prickly pear. It is on the almost boundless plains of this region, that the Indians raise their immense herds of horses. It is no uncom- mon thing for one Indian to own fifteen hundred of these animals. Large por- tions of this country will admit of being cultivated, particularly on the river "De Chutes," the Uritilla and the Walla-Walla, while the whole of its vast extent, is most admirably adapted to purposes of grazing. The soil as a whole though not of the first quality, may be pronounced tolerably good. The upper region of Oregon is less fertile than the middle, though there are many thousands of acres in various parts of it, of good arable land. What has often been said of Oregon as a whole, may be said in truth of a large portion of the upper country, viz.: that “it is an extensive barren waste capable of supporting but a very small number of inhabitants." But this remark will only apply to the upper region of this vast territory. To apply it to that part of Oregon extending from the Blue Mountains to the Pacific Ocean, would be doing the country great injustice. For instead of this being the case, it is the opinion of those who have been longest in the country, and who consequently know best what the resources of the country are, that this portion of Oregon is capable of sustaining as large a population as all of the New England states. In fact, the natural resources of this country are great, and it is only necessary for them to be krown, to be duly appreciated. It is only necessary to presert one single circumstance, to show what the country would be capable of doing, provided it was filled with an industrious population. It will be borne in mind that in the fall of 1843, an emigration arrived in the country numbering from eight to ten hundred persons. But 92 FEB. The Oregon Territory. few of these raised any thing by farming, towards their support the first year. In the fall of 1844, another emigration, equal to the former, arrived, and all those persons numbering at least 1,800, with the former population, which was about equal to the two emigrations, depended upon the products of 1844 for subsistence until the harvest of 1845. Probably not more than one fourth of the entire population cultivated the land in 1844, yet they were all sup- ported from the granaries of the country; fifteen thousand bushels of wheat were shipped to the Russian settlements ; ne thousand barrels of flour were exported to the Sandwich Islands; and thousands of bushels yet remained on hand, before the abundant harvest of 1845 was gathered in. With these facts in view, it does not require much foresight to see that Oregon can and will compete with any other portion of the world, in supplying the islands of the Pacific, the Russian settlements, and every other flour market conti- guous, with bread stuff at as low a rate as can reasonably be desired. In connection with this it may be remarked that pork and beef, of an excellent quality, can be raised in this country, with greater ease and facility even than wheat. And the climate being favorable for curing them, the time is not far distant, when these articles will also be exported in abundance. Already there are many settlers in the country who have from two hun- dred to five hundred head of cattle, and it is not an uncommon thing for a man to be the owner of one hundred hogs. At present, however, from the great influx of population, these kinds of property bear a high price in the country, but the time may be anticipated when the home market will not be so extensive, and the vast supplies from this quarter must find an outlet. As in many portions of the country spruce fir and pine timber abound, and as there are many waterfalls, which afford excellent lydraulic privileges, the facilities for procuring timber in the country are abundant. Already, consi- derable quantities of lumber are exported annually. It should also be observ- ed that salmon in any quantities, and of the very best quality, may be yearly barrelled, which, with the products of dairies, that the country offers the greatest facilities for conducting, in addition to what has already been said concerning the products of the country, is sufficient to show that the exports of Oregon, in proportion to the number of its inhabitants may equai those of most other countries. There are few countries in which a poor man can place himself above wani, with greater facility than in this. This is the testimony of every one that settles in the country. But every country has its defects, and this cer- tainly is not free fioin them. It is not the garden Eden, nor is it a barren desert. It does not “ flow with honey” like the land of Canaan, but in some places, it literally abounds in milk. And though it is not “a land of wine” yet in the more necessary articles of "corn and oil,” it greatly abounds. Though gold and silver are not yet found in the rich veins of the earth, nor in great abundance in many coffers, yet a competency of whatever is neces- sary, is always awarded to industry and economy. That it is a land of mountains and valleys, of rivers and streams, of mighty forests and extended prairies, of a sa!nbriars clhnate, and a rich and fertile 1846. 93 The Oregon Territory. soil, the foregoing remarks will sufficiently show. And in summing up the character of the country, it may be said to be not the best country in the world, but it is well entitled to be called a good country. A minute history of Oregon, embracing an account of its original as well as present inhabitants, would be an interesting work, but it will be impossi- ble in this article, to give more than a very few of the outlines, commencing first with the native population. The time has been when the Indians of Oregon were numerous and powerful. This is the current testimony of the early explorers of the country, and the aged chiefs of the different tribes, now in the country. But at present, this is far from being the case. Indeed, the Indians of Oregon are fast perishing from among men. This doubtless is the result of the introduction ammg thein, of vicious, diseased and un- principled white men. To this cause the indians themselves atiribute their astonishing decrease of numbers. The few that still remain, particularly in the lower country, are a broken, dispirited and wretched race of men. No motive can be presented to them, that will have the least tendency to induce them to engage in any enterprize, from which they are not fully satisfied they shall reap present benefits. Exhort them to build houses, cultivate land, &c., and they meet you with the reply. “It will do no good. We are all dying very fast. But a little time ago, our people were numerous as the leaves of the forest, and they were powerful. The elk and the deer were plenty, we han enough to eat, and the cold sick was not among uz. We were rich and we were happy. But the Boston and the king George people came among us, and brought the cold sick with them. Since that we have been dying very fast, and it will not be long before we shall all be dead.” And indeed there is no life nor spirit nor energy annng tliem. They are a stupid, a melancholy, and a doomed rape of men. And if they go on decreas- ing in the same ratio in the future. that they houve duriog the last twenty yeurs the time is not far distant when there will he but here and there a solitary une to be found, to mourn over the graves of his fathers, and to tell the melancholy tale, that “through the avarice and cruelty of white men, our council fires are extinguished, our warriors are laid in the dust, our women and children have gone to the great spirit, and our land is possessed by our destroyers." The whole number of Indians now in the lower country does not amount to more than 3,000 souls; and these are the broken fragments of tribes speaking distinct languages, which cannot ve understood by each other; but since white men came among them, a jargon has been introduced which is generally understood. For vumberless ages the ancestors of this down-trodden people, dwelt securely in their numerous velleys, roamed unmolested over their towering mountains, chased the wild buffalo, elk and deer over their wide spread plains, “and there were none to molest them, or ſnake them afraid.” But where in the wide world has not the white mil been led by his avarice and cupidity? There is no land so remote that he will 1000 visit it; no ocean storin so violent that he will 101 brave its firy ; no climate so burning noč so frigid 94 FEB. The Oregon Territory. that he will not exopse himself to its influence, and no savage tribes so hostile that he will not seek them, in order to satisfy his curiosity, his thirst for fame, on his love of gold. All these motives have operated for thirty years past, to induce men from almost every civilized nation under the sun to seek the inhospitable shores of Oregon. To a proper understanding of the character of the present population of this country, it will be necessary to consider the source whence it has sprung. Perhaps a more heterogeneous mass of human kind cannot be found in any land than have sought an asylum in the wilds of Oregon. Here are found the Indian, who is the legitimate proprietor of the soil, Ainericans, Englishmen, Frenchmen, Scotchmen, Irishmen, Danes, Germans, Prussians, Canadians, Italians, Spaniards, Hawaiians, and Africans. From continued inter-marriages with one another, and particularly with the natives of the country, an amalgamated population has been produced, presenting every variety of color, disposition and character, of which the human species are capable. The English, Scotch, French, and some others, have principally been introduced into the country through the Hudson's Bay Company. Many of these still belong to the Company, and occupy various stations, from those of servants, and clerks, up through the various grades of office, to chief factors and superintendents. Others, who were formerly the servants of the Company, becoming in some cases superannuated, in others unprofitable, have been dismissed, and the Company chose rather to settle them in the country, and continue to exercise a controlling influence over them, than to return them to the lands whence they came. The numbers which have been supplied the country from this source will amount to nearly 2,000 souls. Many persons have found their way here froin vessels which have touched at various points along this extended coast. Scarcely a ship has visited the Columbia river for years from which two or more have not made their escape, and secreting themselves until the vessel has left, they have come forth to mingle with the inhabitants, as citizens of Oregon. Some have left their ships on the coast of California, and have fought their way to this land, through the hostile tribes that roam among the Clameth, and Umpqua mountains. Some of these adventurous seamen are among the most industrious, temperate, and wholesome of the settlers of Oregon. Another somewhat fruitful source for the supply of settlers to the Walla- mette valley has been found, singular as it may appear, in the vast range of the Rocky Mountains. I do not refer to emigrants directly from the United States, but to those whiteren, who in connection with Companies formed for purposes of traffic among the Blackfeet, Sioux, and other Indians, have been collecting for the last forty years among the snow-clad mountains, which send their waters both to the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. After having spent many years in ranging the mountains, experiencing the most surprising adventures among the Indians, enduring every variety of hardships, they have at last found a peaceful and quiet retreat, where most of them will doubtless close their earthly career. It has been with the most thrilling 1846. 05 The Oregon Territory intcrest that I have heard some of them rclate their mountain adventures, aud “huir breaultlı escapes.” The history of them will sloubtless forin the subject of many a future legend replete with interest. Though, while they doomcal themselves to a precarious subsistence along the hostile clans of the mountains they contracted the most roving, barbarolis, and depraved habits, yet on settling down amidst the increasingly interesting society of Oregon, most of them become stealy, peaceful, anil industrious citizens. It was in the years 1805 and 1806 that lewis and Clark penetrated through the present Territory of Oregon to the Pacific Ocean, and as l!iere are persons now in Oregon who accompanied them, they may be regarded as the first to introduce settlers into the country. There are also a number of persons who were the companions and fellow travelers of Wilson Price Hunt, one of the partners of Jolin Jacob Astor, who established a trading port at the mouth of the Columbia in 1810, who shared with that intrepiil traveler in all the perils, and disasters, of one of the most remarkable expeditions of the kind, that was ever carried to successful issue, and which has been inimitably described in Irving's popular “ Astoria." From these Companies, and also from those of Boneville, Wyatlı, Smith, and others, the country has beer supplied with many of its inhabitants. The most fruitful source at present of the supply of settlers in this country, are the United States of America. Emigrations have arrived direct from Missouri every fall since 1839. In 1810 and 1811, the parties were compara- tively small, but in 1812, the emigration numbered 111 persons in all. In 1843, it increased to 800 persons who came principally in ox waggons, and drove before them 1,500 head of cattle. In 1814, the number was about the same as the preceding year. In 1845, that is, the present year, the number is doubtless much larger. Papers from the United States inform us that more than 5,000, early in the month of May, had already passed Independence in Missouri, and Council Bluffs, on their way to Oregon. These immigrations are composed mostly of persons from the western states, but in them might be found persons from almost every state in the Union, even the most eastern. Maine herself has sent more than one emigrant to these distant shores. Many belonging to these emigrations are persons who have been pushing on in search of “a better country not an heavenly," until they have passed the utmost borders of civilization, and penetrating entirely though the deep recesses of savage life, they had finally emerged from the defiles of the Cascade mountains into the lovely valley of the Wallamette, and here most of them come to the conclusion to put up their tabernacles for life. The whole number now in the country, einbracing those connected with the Hudsen Bay Company, allowing that the last emigration mentioned has arrived, amount to about 10,000 souls. These are settled principally in the Walla. mette and Cowilitz valleys, on the Clatsop Plains, and at the various posts of the Hudson's Bay Company. With this view of the population of Oregon, I will now briefly consider the political condition of the country. I do not mean by this the political relation of Oregon to any other country, but simply the internal politics of the country. 90 Feri Ilir Oregon Territory. For strange as it inny appear we have politics in Oregon, altogether apart fiou our relation with other countries; and these have sprung ip among us from the necessity of the case. Up to 1810 the aunder of persons in the country was so small, the business transaction so limited, and the dificulties so few, that necessity of organizing the cornmunity into a body politic did not appear very great, thongh persons had been chosen to officiate as judges and magistrates. In the summier of 1841 a gentleman died in the settlement, leaving a large estate, without having inade any provision for its administra- tion. On the very day of the burial of this man, who had not a single relative to follow him to the tomb, measures were taken to call a public ineeting to appoint officers for the government of the country, and, particularly, to provide for the proper disposition of the estate of Ewing Young. The meeting took place, and resulted in the appointinent of a judge with probate powers, a few justices and interior officers. The exigencies of the case heing met, nothing morc was done in reference to organizing a government, until the subject was called up in consequence of some Indian disturbances. At some of the mis- sion stations in the interior, as also at the Wallamette falls, the Indians com- mitted some outrages upon the whites, and some few individuals of a party of emigrants were robbed of their effects on their way down the Columbia. The Indians also of the upper count y, had threatened niuch of making war upon the Wallamette settlemont. In consequence of these things, the people became again aroused to the subject of instituting a government for their mutual protection. Accordingly, at a meeting duly called for the purpose, a committee of nine was appointed to draft a code of laws, and to report to a public meeting, to be held on the fifth day of July 1843; at which the people of Oregon were organized into a body politic, and laws adopted, which, with a few alterations, have remained in force up to the present time. These or- ganic 'laws provided for the election of a governor, supreme judge, a legislative com:aittee, a treasurer, collector, and all the inferior officers, necessary to execute the laws. Provision is also made for raising a military force; and indeed every thing necessary to constitute a regular republican government, is provided for in the articles of compact, even an outline of which, it will not be proper to subjoin. To show the disposition of the people of Oregon to preserve good order in the country, I will present one single item from the laws which were enacted by the last Legislative Committee. Previously however, I would observe, that there is no country in the world where the unrestrained use of intoxicat- ing liquors, would be atiended with more unhappy consequences, than Oregon. This has been kept in view in all the civil and political transactions of the country. A few reckless persons had attempted to establish distilleries, and considerable evil had alrearly resulted from what ought to be considered an indelible disgrace to English and American enterprise, nainely, the introduc- tion of alcohol into this country, for purposes of traffic. To prevent the country from being overrun with the evils of drunkenness, in addition to the usual temperance measures, a law was passed prohibiting the manufacture, the introduction, the selling or giving away, citlicr in large quantities or small, 1846. 97 The Oregon Territory. any kind of intoxicating drinks, with a penalty of 200 dollars fine for every offence. The people of Oregon, though differing as much in their education, their degrees of civilisation and refinement, and their constitutional habits, as they do in the color of their skin, have, in their intercourse with one another, form- ed a peaceable and quiet community. It will not be understood by this that we have had no irregularities in Oregon, but simply, that in our civil regula- tions, and daily intercourse in matters of business, as also in our efforts to promote the general welfare of the country, our community has been one of order gentleness and unanimity. As a proof of this, the laws which have been adapted, have been universally acknowledged, and when the collector made his first tour in the community to gather funds to support the govern- ment, nearly every man came immediately forward and paid down his taxes. Another thing which speaks well for the civil order of the country, is, that crimes are exceedingly few, there seldom having been a quarel in the country, that has amounted to blows. There was but one case of assault brought before the supreme judge during his last circuit through the differ- ent countries, and the circumstances of this were so extenuating, that the defendant was fined only $25. The highest charge that has ever come be- fore the justices of judges for the last five years, was against a man who had challenged another to fight a duel, and was fined the moderate sum of $500 and disfranchised for life. But a short time ago the peace of the community was greatly disturbed, by a circumstance which took place in the upper part of the settlement. A man of a reckless and sanguinary character, in resisting the law, when an attempt was made to take him into custody for trespassing upon the rights of another, was unfortunately shot through the head, and immediately expired. The case was of such nature as in the estimation of the supreme judge, to de- mand an investigation by the grand jury. Accordingly the officer who com- mitted the deed was brought before the jury, and after the case was tho- roughly examined, it was pronounced to be a clear case of justifiable homi- cide. These are the inost serious cases of violation of order with which the country has been afflicted for a number of years, except in some instances when Indians have been the aggressors. Perhaps we owe much of our peace and quietness to the fact, that many of the more restless spirits that come to Oregon, not finding sufficient scope for the exercise of their ambition in so limited a sphere, either turn to the left to seek a more congenial theatre in California, or pass over seas. How long this state of things will continue it is impossible to tell; but it is hoped that the community will gather moral strength in proportion to its increase of numbers. If so, the prediction that Oregon is destined to be another Texas in point of morals, will certainly prove false. Be this as it may, the present internal condition of Oregon is such as to demand the serious attention of every person who is interested in the welfare of this new and rising country. Though much might be said concerning the religious aspect of tire country, 13 VOL. XV. NO. 11. 98 FEB. Navigation of the Chinese Seas. 1 1 yet the subject will here occupy but a very few words. So far as the native population of Oregon is concerned, for any thing that has resulted from the missionary labor which has been employed for their benefit, it still remains a problem whether a tribe of North American Indians, can either be Christia- nized, or raised to a state of prosperous civilization. Individuals have doubt- less been benefitted and saved, through the labors of missionaries, but it is to be feared that no tribe of Oregon will ever become an established Christian people. But while this afflictive state of things exists among the Indians of the country, the Christian religion appears prominent among the thousands who are settling its wide spread plains. Christian churches are established in various parts of the country, where the church going bell is heard from Sab- bath, and the ordinances and institutions of Christianity are duly regarded. The more prominent Christian churches are the Methodist Episcopal, the Presbyterian and the Baptist. The Romanists are quite numerous in the country, and are greatly facilitated in their operations by Dr. John McLau- ghlin, superintendent of the affairs of the Hudson Bay Company west of the Rocky mountains, who himself is a member of the Roman church. For the promotion of science, schools have been established; and one which is called “The Oregon Institute," may be considered the morning star of the country. The institution stands upon an elevated portion of a beauti- ful plain in the Wallamette valley, and commands a most delightful pros- pect. And if prosperity attends it, it will doubtless grew into a college that will be a luminary in the moral heavens of Oregon, to shed abroad the lights of science and knowledge, to dispel the surrounding darkness, long after its founders shall have ceased to live. Besides this, a library has been establish- ed, and a printing press has been ordered, which is probably now in opera- tion. In fine, Oregon is daily rising in importance. The original inhabitants are vanishing like the dew of the morning, and far and near may be seen the marks of civilization. Villages are rushing into being, and “Onward,” is the motto of all; and unless the matter of claim is settled before many years, it will be difficult to overturn the government which itself has established. Art. V. Navigation of the Chinese seas : mouth of the Yángtsz’ kiáng ; Wúsung river and port of Shanghái; light-house to the memory of Horsburgh proposed to be erected on Romania Outer Island. CONSIDERING the great amount of life and property annually afloat on the Chinese seas, we hold it to be our duty to lay before our rea- 1846. 99 Navigation of the Chinese Seus. ders--to place on the pages of the Repository_every item of intel- ligence which may contribute to the security of that life and that property. We copy from the Hongkong papers the rear-admiral's letter and memorandum, and doubt not his proposal will be carried into effect. GOVERNMENT NOTIFICATION. His Excellency Her Britannic Majesty's Plenipotentiary, &c., &c., has much satisfaction in giving publicity to the annexed letter and memorandum from his excellency the naval commander-in-chief, having reference to pro- posed aids to the navigation of the river at Shanghái, a port which now affords every prospect of becoming the principal seat of European trade. By order ADAM W. ELMSLIE. “Victoria, Hongkong, 19th January, 1846." Vixen, at Chusan, 28 January, 1846. “Sir,-Having on my recent visit to Shanghái learned with much interest the rapid increase of British trade at that port, and being aware from experi- ence of the difficulties and inconveniences attending the approach of ships to it, I feel desirous of removing them as far as circumstances will admit. And, although from the port and country belonging to another state, and accessible to all nations independent of our control, it will be impossible at present to render the approach to Shánghai so perfectly safe as it is susceptible of being made; yet a great deal may now be done at a very moderate expense, worthy of the consideration of the British trade already resorting there; and I take the liberty of inclosing to your excellency, for the information of the mercan- tile community at Hongkong, a memorandum framed after consultation with captain Collinson, touching upon the material points most deserving early attention, which I request your excellency will do me the favor to cause to be communicated to that body, accompanied by my assurance that upon the pre- sent, as upon every other occasion, I shall have great pleasure in availing myself of any opportunity of rendering my services useful in promoting the success and prosperity of their commercial enterprises. “I have, the honor to be, your excellency's inost obedient servant, " Thos. Cochrane, Rear admirul. “To his excellency sir J. F. Davis, bart., &c., &c." MEMORANDUM. “The difficulties attending the navigation of the Yangtsz' kiáng from its entrance to the Wúsung river, commence after passing Gutzlaff's Island and losing sight of it, which frequently is the case in foggy weather, when not above eight or ten miles from it, although of a clear day the island is visible at the distance of 27 miles. “On losing sight of the beforementioned island, there is nothing to guide the eye until you have advanced far up the river even in clear weather, and as the land on the southern bank is very low, you must go considerably fur- ther in hazy weather to obtain an object to do so; in the meantime the lead is the only guide, but which, from the velocity and irregularity of the tides or 100 FEB. Navigation of the Chinese Scas. current, will not indicate how far a vessel has ascended the river, nor can one be very sure always as to the side of it on which he may be ; and the northern bank is dangerous to approach in consequence of deep water running close up to the sand. “ Under these circumstances it is most desirable that vessels entering this river should have marks leading from one to another until so for advanced in it is to be able to carry four fathoms water within two or three miles of the southern shore. For which purpose, as well as to conduct a ship in safety into the Wusung river, and from thence to the port of Shanghái, it is recom- mended that the following arrangements should be made :- “ Ist. On the starboard hand going in, a rude stone beacon to be erected on the Amherst Rocks, elevating them twenty feet higher than they are at present. “2d. A Chinese boat with a beacon pole raised upon her fifty feet high, surmounted by a suitable top, to be anchored within the Horse-shoe of the sand called “Tungsha,” as suggested by capt. Collinson. N. B. Hereafter a light boat may be substituted for her. “3d. One beacon fifty feet high on the right bank of the river, placed, if possible, so as to be taken up on losing sight of Gutzlaff's Island in hazy weather. N. B. Capt. Collinson has been directed to find out such a position. " 4th. One beacon forty feet high on a point already chosen by capt. Col- linson, and which will bear from the beacon boat S. S. W. & W. by compass, seven miles. “5th. One pole with a suitable top placed near the angle of the fort of Páushán, which, coming on with a whitewashed mark already placed, to be a leading mark to the entrance of the Wúsung river. "6th. Three high poles, painted in different colors, to replace three trees now existing, as marks for advancing in the river; and one painted board, six leet aquare elevated forty feet, to be placed under these poles where a tem- porary board now exists. “7th. One transporting buoy properly moored on the Port-hand entrance to the river. "8th. Three other similar buoys, to be placed as marked by capt. Collinson, to indicate the narrowest pass of the river to Shanghái; and to answer at the same time as warping buoys through the said narrows. “ 9th. Capt. Balfour having suggested the propriety of having moorings laid down opposite the consulate ground at Shanghái, for the purpose of securing ships arriving there, and preventing the accidents that will probably arise as the trade increases from vessels fouling each other, as well as to obviate the confusion that must ensue where vessels are anchored without any plan or arrangement; and capt. Balfour having met the difficulty that occurred to me which might arise from the impossibility of securing obedience to any arrange- ment, however salutary, from vessels of other than our own nation, by in- forming me that the Chinese government had assigned a certain extent of frontage, in face of the ground now secured to the British merchants, with permission to advance a certain distance into the river; I recommend · 1846. 101 Navigation of the Chinese Seas. “That one small stone pillar may be placed on shore at each extremity of this grant, and two large buoys, to correspond with the same, in the river, the said buoys to be sufficiently large for warping buoys; and that old broken anchors be obtained with chain moorings to be placed in two parallel lines within the said boundaries, and that proper but simple regulations be establis- hed for the use of them; and of which foreign vessels could be permitted to avail themselves, on promising to conform to regulations, and to pay the usual fees for that accommodation. “ The following is a rough estimate of the probable expense of the arrange- ments more immediately required for the advantage of the trade resorting to Shanghái : No. 2.--Junk, complete for the service required, $1500 hire per annum of a suitable crew, $360 300 No. 3.-One beacon 50 feet high, No. 4. Do. 40 do. 200 No. 5.-One pole at Páushan, } No. 6.-Three do., and putting up, 150 One square mark under the before mentioned poles, 40 “The transporting or warping buoys, with their moorings can easily be estimated for at Hongkong, and should be prepared there. “ The Chinese authorities will, I understand, guarantee the protection from injury of the different marks, when once they are erected. “Thos. COCHRANE, Rear admiral. * Vixen, at Chusan, 20 January, 1846. An obituary of the late capt. James Horsburgh appeared in our fifth volume, December 1836. A committee-consisting of Messrs. W. Jardine, L. Dent, J. Hine, W. S. Wetmore, J. H. Astel, M. J. S. Van Basel, T. Fox, Framjee Pestonjee, and W. Haylett, had then been appointed and more than $4000 collected in Canton to aid in erecting light-houses in the Straits of Singapore. In January 1838, a letter was addressed to a committee in London, which our readers will find in the Chinese Repository volume VI. page 545. That letter was signed by William Jardine, John Hine, William Blenkin, Lancelot Dent, E. C. Bridgman, Dadabhoy Rustomjee, and Joseph Archer. We have before us a note addressed to one of the members of that committee, dated “Consulate oi the United States, Singa- pore, 8th December, 1845.” That note, and a circular which ac- companied it we subjoin. 'Sir,—Having noticed your name among others who were ap- pointed on a committee, some years since, in Canton to raise funds for the purpose of erecting a monument to Horsburgh the hydrogra- pher, and the Chamber of Commerce of Singapore having requested me to enter in communication with the parties in the United States 102 FEB. Navigation of the Chinese Scas. who have obtained funds for that purpose, and request them "to make the funds subscribed available for the erection of a light-house as a memorial to the late hydrographer," I beg leave to address myself to you for any information you may possess of the names and place of residence of the persons in the United States, who were charged with that commission by the Canton committee, or any other information relating thereto, which may facilitate the duty imposed on me by the Chamber of Commerce. "I beg to subjoin a printed copy of the proceedings of the Cham- ber of Commerce on the 1st inst. and remain, With great respect, sir, your obedient servant, J. BALESTIER, V. s. C. At a meeting of the Chamber of Commerce of Singapore held on Monday the 1st of December, 1845, it was, Resolved. - That the East India and China Association in London, the Cal- cutta and Bombay Chambers of Commerce, captain Baden of Madras, the subscribers in America (though J. Balestier, esq., U. S. consul) and the subscri- bers in France (though the French consul), be addressed with a copy of the Report read this day,—and be requested to make the funds subscribed available for the erection of a Light-house as a memorial to the late hydrographer, James Horsburgh. T. 0. CHANE, Secretary. REPORT. “On 20th November, a deputation from the committee of the Chamber of Commerce, waited on his honor the governor, to seek information as to what is being done, or likely to be ne, in erecting a light-house on, or adjacent to Pedra Branca to serve as a monument to the late eminent hydrographer, James Horsburgh, and to facilitate navigation. " The governor expressed satisfaction with the course adopted, and readily afforded the information sought. It appears that a proposition by a former governor involving a large establishment and the stationing a detachments of troops on a small island, had caused the scheme to be temporarily laid aside. The present governor, shortly after his arrival at the Straits, had given his attention to the matter, and exactly twelve months ago communicated with the Indian government on the subject. This communication with inclosures, with the favorable recommendation of the supreme government, was forward- ed eight months ago, to the court of directors, in whose hands the matter at It appears that funds subscribed in China to the Horsburgh žestimonial, amounting to $5,513 are forthcoming, and will be paid into the hands of government, whenever a pledge is given to construct a light-house in the vicinity of Pedra Branca. The governor most judiciously availed him. self of the presence of H. M. S. Samarang, to obtain a report from the distin- guished scientific officer Capt. Sir Edward Belcher. C. B., who cheerfully gave his services to promote the erection of a testimonial to the hydrographer, Hor- sburgh. " Sir Edward is firmly of opinion that it would tend more to the general inº terests of navigation, if such testimonial stood upon a position where its benefit present rests. 1840. 103 Navigation of the Chinese Seas, would be generally useful to the navigation of the China Scus, as well as to the Straits. For the latter object, he considers the Romania Outer Island the most eligible site, as affording the means of distinctly avoiding night dangers, and enabling vessels to sail to and from Singapore with confidence and security. A line drawn from the centre of Outer Romania Island to tho tall of Johore Bank, would nearly eclipse the proposed light by the intervention of the nearer land. Vessels should not be near this line, but, (as frequentl.y practised in modern British light-houses) it would be easy to screen the light to the safe line, so as to warn vessels in time to shape a safe course,-the rule being, in entering or quitting the Straits to keep the light in sight.” The navigation immediately past the light on the cardinal points, within a short distance is secure :-but the vicinity of danger is easily made known by the lower panes of the lantherns b.ing formed of red glass at the angle of depression ; which would warn in time to haul off; or the rail of the lanthern might be adopted to the same end by slightly obscuring the light by a wire gauze. It this be placed to meet the danger of the “ Rock awash,” and “Stork Reef” which was disco- vered subsequent to Sir Edward Belcher's report, the reäppearance of the light after passing this danger, would reässure the navigator. Sir Edward reports that the island affords good superficial extent for the construction of a light- house, which he is of opinion should be based as a Martello tower, and any chance of surprise from pirates be obviated by clean scarping to low water work; this lower tower to be furnished with a small gun either for signals or defence; the tower of the light-house springing from its cenire.—This would prevent the necessity of any force beyond the lightkeepers; and it is probable that the knowledge of a gun being there mounted would hinder pirates using channels in the vicinity. The light-house might be further rendered useful as a signal station from the China sea. “The Malayan authorities of Johore, in whose territory the Romania island is situated, not only offer the island for a light-house, but express satisfaction at the prospect of its erection. The governor mentioned to the deputation of the Chamber that he had visited the proposed site in the H. C. steamer Diana, hava ing with him the superintending engineer of public works in the Siruits, whom he had instructed to make an estinate of the cost of the proposed erec- tion.—This officer considered that about one, to one and a half, lacs of rupees would be necessary to complete the work of inasonry. This being beyond the sum likely to be available, the governor instructed Mr. Thomson, the government surveyor, to submit an estimate; which had been done by that gentleman with great care and detail, and which was accompanied by an offer from a Chinese contractor to erect a granite base of 16 feet for $2667, and further, if requir- ed, a brick tower (exclusive of lanthern and lamps) for $4,333 additional, or in all $7,000. The governor seemed to think that an iron tower on the granite base, would be preferable to brick, and had suggested the sending of one from England, similar to one erected at Bermuda, at a cost of £ 1,500. Mr. Thomson describes the proposed site as being three quarters of a mile east of large Romania island, 1. mile from Point Romania, and 32 miles east by north frorn Singapore town. The rock is barren, in height about 30 feet above hig! water spring tides, with a length of 160 feet measured due east and west, and a breadth of 130 feet measured north and south; but extending 240 feet if 104 l'en. Navigation of the Chinese Seas. measured northeast and southwest. The rock is hard grey granite, very suitable for building; not liable to be washed by the waves in bad weather. Mr. Thomson proposes the entrance to the light-house to be by a moveable ladder or basket and crane from the top of the granite bascinent, thereby obvial- ing the neccesity of scarping the rock to guard against surprise by pirates. “llis lionor, the governor, did not seem to be aware that money hrad been subscribed in London towards the crection of a Horsburgh testimonial, which money it is believed is still unappropriated. It is supposed also that inoney was subscribed at Calcutta, Midras, Bombay, in America, and on the Continent of Europe with the same object. Possibly this money, in whole or in part, miglit be given towards erecting a light-hvuse as a testiinonial to Horsburgh, and it rests with this Chanber to decide as to taking any and what steps in the inatter. Only about $ 1500 is yet required to complete the light-house according to Mr. Thomson's plan, which the governor contemplated being given by the Hon'ble the East India Company. The lanthern might perhaps, be scemed to think, be furnished by H. M. government, and the cost of maintaining the light would be a local charge on the revenues of Singapore. On this point it need only be remarked that any plan is better than enoroaching on the freedom of the port by levying even a small tax on vesssly. Supposing more money to be received, it will become a question whether to crect another light-house us a inemorial of Horsburgh, or to render the one proposed on Romania island more substantial and elegant,--paucity of means alone having suggested the less durable structure. “The governor very judiciously remarks that a light-house if not properly. attended to, would prove infinitely more perplexing and dangerous to the mari- ner than its total absence, and proposes as the lowest establishment to attend the light and work the gun in case of necessity, 2 Europeans and 8 natives. The Europeans suggested by the governor are pensioners from the artillery, at a charge (in addition to pension,) of 50 Rs. each per month ; 8 Malays each 11 Rs. per inonth, or (if sanctioned,) 8 first-class convicts would be cheaper than Malays. Allowing 50 rupees monthly for cotton, oil, &c., the annual charge against the revenue of Singapore would be 3,356 rupees." N. B. It is hardly necessary to add, that any information, which may serve to aid in the proposed design will be duly appreciated if communicated to the U. S. consul at Singapore; and the Editor of the Repository begs to request that gentlemen, having such infor- mation will be pleased to convey the same directly to Mr. Balestier, U. S. consul at Singapore. ART. VI. Epitaphs on the graves of the Rev. Robert Morrison, 1. D., the hon. John Robert Marrison, and the Rev. Samucl Dyer, in the English cemetery, Macuo. 6. 105 Epitaph on the Grave of the Rev. Dr. Morrisn. 羅 ​羅 ​道​嘉嘉​道​乾​伯 ​伯 ​光​慶慶​光​隆馬​之​皆以​學​馬​言​警 ​二十​十​十四​禮​心得​听力​體 ​十三 ​四十​遜​悉​藉​得​行​遜 ​如 ​四年​年年​六​英​頌​為​於​以​者​我​地 ​年​間​九​六年​人為​津​已​致​乃​英​間 ​初​月​月​正​也​英​梁​者​中​萬​國有 ​月​為​間​二月​生​國力​作​非​世​之​萬 ​內​經​始​十​初​於​賢​中​為之​不 ​公理​來​六五 ​士​功​英華​言​朽 ​司公​中日​日 ​由​倍​字​語​之 ​既​司​國共​距 ​此​故典​文人 ​故事​至​享​終 ​不​英​等​字​也 ​後​務 ​壽​於 ​忘​人 ​及 ​其​仰​使​不​其 ​惠​慕​後​精於 ​立​其​之​道 ​碑​學習​追​年 ​以​不​華​學​來 ​誌​厭​文​成​中 ​之​教​漢​之​國 ​日​不​語​日時 ​朽 ​倦​者​叉​勤 ​之 ​以及 ​後​經理​國家​政 ​享​壽​五十​二歲​溯自 ​萬世​不朽​之​人​端​賴​其​人​有​萬世​不 ​i 理 ​治​未​數 ​VOL. XV. NO. 11, 14 IOS Epitaph on the Grave of the lion. J. R. Morrison. Für, 焉 ​局 ​時​是​調​行禮 ​聖光​廣​亦​月 ​皆​其​居​已​遜​聞 ​人​二​所​累​而 ​是​徐​然​志​君​合 ​-傳 ​十​能​病 ​事​與​藝​所​德 ​千​三​功​濟​述 ​耳​漠​益 ​之 ​八年​垂​其​不 ​更​人​精​達​後 ​百八​永​美​能 ​有無​而​人​必 ​四月​久​故​起 ​異​學者​有​等​各​十​十​實​今​幸 ​人​若​益​非​達​全國​三​五日​其 ​不​動​的​人 ​年​日​近​學子 ​总​能​品​其​如 ​十 ​者​通​生 ​生​我​碑​友​月 ​當中​领​於​英 ​初 ​中華​而​中國 ​八 ​國​正​情​國 ​之 ​日 ​音​愈​之​術 ​英士​连​決​的 ​門 ​久​實​為​近代​之​所​罕​觀者​焉 ​起​幸​其​子​儒​翰​馬​禮​遜​雖未​足​繼​其​被 ​会​开 ​|| 技​: 他​不​為 ​※ 文莱 ​ 1846. Epitaph on the Grave of the Hon. J. Ř. Morrisoson. 103 等​各 ​羅​儒 ​聖​道道​道​伯​翰 ​人​光​善​光光​馬馬​之​永​距​禮 ​二​雖 ​禮​禮​哀​息​料​遜 ​千​十​功​十​十​遜​遜​兹​干​所​力 ​八​三​未​二三​之​君​無​戈​事​為 ​百年​就​年年​子​英​可​之​未經 ​四八​而​两​聞​也​入奈德​終​理 ​十月​身​國​七​生 ​何​開​遂​既 ​十​先​和​月​於 ​立​其​為​開 ​年​五​去​好​初​嘉 ​碑​長​葉​五 ​全國​十​日​宣​職​五​慶 ​以​逝世​港 ​勒​月​非​司​日​十 ​誌​無​中​互 ​籍​共​八 ​之​不外​市 ​碑​友 ​八 ​時​譯​享年 ​日​傷​各​之 ​日 ​之​為​壽​四 ​心​國​區 ​偉​之​二月 ​墮​不​復 ​人​設​十​十 ​派​忘​結 ​黄立​九七 ​共獲​萬 ​章​歲​日 ​作​享年 ​百​安和 ​事 ​身​樂​好 ​事 ​於 ​莫​貿​之 ​畫 ​顯​易​局 ​程​當​距 ​Lluk 108 Fes. Version of the Holy Scriptures. Sacred to the memory of the Reverend Samuel Dyer, Protestant Missionary to the Chinese: Who for sixteen years devoted all his energies to the advancement of the gospel among the emigrants from China settled in Penang, Malacca and Singapore. As a man, he was amiable and affectio- nate; as a Christian, upright, sincere, and humble minded; as a missionary, devoted, zealous and indefatigable. He spared neither time, nor labor, nor property, in his efforts to do good to his fellow men. He died in the confident belief of the truth, by which for so many years, he affectionately and faithfully preached to the heathen. He was born 20th Feb. 1801, was sent to the east by the London Missionary Society 1827; and died in Macao, 21st October, 1843. " For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them, also, which sleep in Jesus, will God. bring with him.” ART. VII. Chinese versions of the Holy Scriptures : need revision ; list of words claiming particular attention ; proposed meeting of delegates. Far be it from us to depreciate the existing versions of our Holy Scriptures in Chinese, though we continue strongly to urge their revision. Ere they can be made so correct as to be universally re- ceived, they must necessarily undergo many changes involving much time and much talent. The sense and mode of expression, in every phrase and word, must be carefully studied; every shade of meaning, in the original Hebrew and Greek tongues, must be exactly and fully com- prehended, and be cast into Chinese clearly and without distortion. The style of the translation, in all cases, must be made to correspond perfectly to that of the originals. The historical, the poetical, the epistolary, or whatever may be the style of the sacred text, the same precisely must be preserved in the translation. The translator must take all that belongs to the original, and give this, the whole of this, and nothing but this, in the translation. What the Hebrew text was to the Hebrews, and the Greek to the Greeks, such also the Chinese version must be to the Chinese. There are now extant two versions of the whole Bible, one by Marshman, and one by Drs. Morrison and Milne. Besides these two, we have a third, of the entire New Testament by Dr. Medhurst and others; also a version of consider- able parts of the New Testament by the Roman Catholics. Many books of the Old Testament likewise have been revised, or retrans- lated since the version of Morrison and Milne was first published. Of the Roman Catholic version we are not prepared now to speak. It may be, taking it all in all, no way inferior to the others. of this, we have not yet been able to assure ourselves. Allowing, as we do, that there are imperfections in the other versions, Atill there But 1846. 109 Versions of the Holy Scriptures, is enough that is plain, clear, and unequivocal in them all, to make them the means of salvation to any and to all sincere inquirers. And we are ready to give them, each of them, circulation to the utmost of out ability. In our last volume we introduced a few re- marks on the words, God, angel, and spirit. Regarding these and inany others we shall be glad to learn and state the opinions of Chinese scholars. We will give here some of the words to which we wish to draw attention : angel; apostle; bap- tism; church; conscience; conversion; covenant ; devil; divine ; elec- tion; evangelist; God; hell; holiness; heart; mercy; messenger ; Messiah; mind; mystery; offerings; prayer; priest; prophet ; preacher; repentance; Sabbath; sacrifice; saint ; soul; fc. We might easily swell this list; and though some of the words may not seem to involve much difficulty, yet it will be seen, on reference to the several versions now extant, that there is a great want of unifor- mity in the translations of them. Since writing the preceding paragraphs we have received two notes from Shanghái, in one of which was inclosed the following, in print having reference to the “Revision of the Chinese translation of the Scriptures." "To the Protestant missionaries engaged in the revision of the Chinese version of the Scriptures. “Dear Brethren, this work, having been divided into parts, allotted to the missionaries at the various station on the coast of China, is now in an ad- vanced stage, and will soon be ready for the inspection of delegates from the different bodies of the missionaries engaged in the work. It is contemplated to hold a meeting of such delegates, in September of the present year, at Shánghái, when the whole of the revisions will be submitted for inspection, and after the views of the brethren respecting them have been ascertained, the complete work will be recommended to the Bible Societies in England and America for adoption. As several important questions have to be decided at such meeting, respecting the adoption of certain Chinese characters for the rendering of certain terms occurring in Holy Writ, about which there have been and still are differences of opinion among Protestant Missionaries, it is hoped that a full attendance will be afforded, in order as far as possible to settle the quesions at issue, and to obviate the necessity of further reference or delay. Those Missionaries who have undertaken certain portions, will have the kindness to get the division of the work allotted to them in readiness, and forwarded to the different stations, and especially to Shánghái, before the time specified; while the Missionaries at Shanghái will do their best to accommodate the brethren from the various stations during their stay at the “I remain, your obedient servant, W. H. MEDHURST, Chairman to the Original Meeting." As many thousands of our fellow Christians in Europe and Ame- rica feel a deep interest in this work, we have thought it right to reprint Dr. Medhurst's note. But we fear the call for a meeting of delegates," is premature. At a meeting of a very large number of missionaries in Hongkong, August 1843, when this work of revision was undertaken and the plan for accomplishing it arranged, it was resolved, among other things, “That, when each of the local com- nittees has completed its task, a transcript thereof shall be sent to said city." 110 FEB; Journal of Occurrences. each station for further revision, and then these transcripts, with the corrections upon them, shall be submitted to the original revisers. IVhen the whole of the New Testament shall have been thus revised, each of the stations shall select one or more of its most experienced men to act as delegates in a meeting of the general committee," &c. (See Chinese Repositorý vol. XII. page 552.) This plan, so far as we know, has been approved, and it ought, we think, to be adhered to in the execution of the proposed revision. We fear however, the time, as limited to September 1846, will not allow of this, for we know that more than one of the five local committees have as yet received from some of the others no part of the proposed revision. ART. VIII. Journal of Occurrences ; foreign consuls ; protestant missionaries in China ; discussion regarding foreigners entering the city suspended ; renewed; Macao to be made partially a free port. By an oversight there were some omissions in our list of consuls given in the Repository for January. The following should have been added : Fre- derick T. Bush, esq. U. S. A. consul, Victoria, Hongkong; and M. Ch. Le- febree de Bécourt, consul of the 1st class, acting as French consul in China ; and M. J. M. Callery, Chinese secretary. At Shanghái there are of the London Miss. Society the Rev. W. H. Med- hurst, D. D., and Wm. Lockhart, physician, and their families; of the Eng. Ch. M. Soc. the Rev. Thomas M'Clatchie; and of the American Episcopal Board of F. M., the Rt. Rev. bishop Boone, D. D., Rev. R. Graham, Rev. E, W. Syle and their families, and Misses E. G. Jones and M. J. Morse. At Ningpo there are, of the American Presbyterian Board of foreign mis- sions, Rev. W. M. Lowrie, Rev. R. Q. Way and Mrs. Way, Rev. M. S. Cul- bertson and Mrs. Culbertson, D. B. M'Cartee, M. D., and Mr. Cole and Mrs. Cole; of the American Baptist Board D. J. Macgowan and Mrs. Mcgowan; Rev. T. H. Hudson and son from the Baptist Churches in England; and unconnected with any missionary society, Miss M. A. Aldersey. At Chusan are the Rev. A. W. Loomis and Mrs. Loomis from the Ameri- can Presbyterian Board. At Amoy there are of the Ame. Presbyterian Board Rev. H. A. Brown, and Rev. J. Lloyd and Mrs. Lloyd; of the Lon. M. Soc. Rev. J. Stronach and the Rev. Wm. Young and Mrs. Young; of the A. B. C. F. M. Rev. W.J. Pohlman; and unconnected with any society Wm. H. Cumming. At Hongkong there are of the London M. Soc. Rev. Willian Gillespie and Mrs. Marshall, from the Baptist Churches in England Rev. William Jarrom and Mrs. Jarrom. At Macao there is the Rev. A. P. Happer of the American Presb. Board. At Canton there are of the American Board of Commissioners Rev. E. C. Bridgman and Mrs. Bridgman, Rev. P. Parker, M. D. and Mrs. Parker, and the Rev. Dr. Ball and Mrs. Ball; of the American Baptist Board T. T. Devan and Mrs. Devan and the Rev. I. J. Roberts; and Mr. James G. Bridgman un- connected with any missionary society. Discussions regarding foreigners entering the city, it will be seen by the following note, have been suspended. Kiying of the imperial house, governor-general of the Two Kwang pro- yinces, &c., &c., and Hwang Ngantung governor of Canton, &c., &c., issue 1846, 111 Journal of Occurrences. this luminous proclamation. Whereas the merchants and citizens of every foreign nation have received the imperial will granting them all the right to reside, and trade at Canton it is in itself right, that you and they should dwell together in mutual peace and cordial friendship. On a former occa- sion, in consequence of the English desiring to enter the city of Canton causing the inhabitanto thereof to raise their opposition, we the ininister and governor issued our pioclamation, and we trust you all know that now the deliberations concerning the English going into the city have stopped short in the midst thereof. All ye people and soldiery must understand our emperor's abounding virtue of lenient regard to the people from afar even to the excellent idea (of granting) to every nation free trade, peace, mutual friendship and good will. It is absolutely necessary that you con- stantly and quietly attend to your trade and delight in its profit. You cannot still persevere in putting out placards stirring up anger; still more are you not to repair to the front of the Thirteen Factories, creating difficulties to the disquietude of the merchants and citizens of all foreign nations in the prosecution of their callings. As it behooves us we issue our proclamation to notify the people and sol- diery within and without the city, that they one and all may understand that hereafter absolutely each one must mind his own business. Any one hav- ing matter (that requires it) can petition the officers of government and wait for them faithfully to inanage it. Let there not again be a making of words (i. e. placards) under the false pretext of justice and righteousness, causing disturbance. If therefore any turns his back upon (this proclamation) and there be a man in whom this idea arises, positively, he shall be searched out, seized, and rigorously treated according to law. Each as is proper implicity obey. No opposition. Special edict. February 5th, 1846. These discussions, which have been suspended for a few days, are again to be renewed; it is rumored that dispatches have been received from the emperor and that a proclamation, commanding the people to conforın to the provisions of the treaty, will soon appear. Macao is to be made but partially a free port, as will be seen by the following official documents, kindly sent to us by a gentleman in Macao. O governador da provincia de Macao, Timor e Solor ein conselho deter- mina o seguinte. Devendo executar-se nesta cidade, em virtude da portaria No. 362 do Mi- nisterio competente, datada em 20 de Novembro ultimo, o decreto da mesma data ; elle se publica para geral conhecimento; ficando entendido, que esta regia determinaçam commecara a ter o seu inteiro vigor, e execuçam desde o primeiro do mez de Abril proximo futuro, em conformidade com o artigo 20. do mesmo decreto; e que as tabellas, regulamentos, e instrucçoens nello consignados, para o mais facil e regular cumprimento das suas disposiçoens, seram publicados com a conveniente antecipaçam. As authoridades a quem o conhecimento desta pertencer assim o tenhain entendido, e executem. Palacio do governo da provincia em Macao, 28 de fevereiro de 1846. Joze GREGORIO PEGADO. Tendo pela abertura de alguns portos do imperio da China ao commercio e navegação de todas as naçoens, cessado as circunstancias excepcionaes que favoreciło o commercio da cidade do Santo Nome de Deos de Macao, não obstante as restriccoens que n’elle erắo impostas, e tornando-se de rigorosa necessidade em vista da mudança de situação que para a dita cidade produzio aquelle acontecimento, adoptar providencias pelas qunes, modificado o systema restrectivo até agora seguido, e aproveitando-se a vantajosa posição geographi- ca dequella cidade se possa fomentar, e desenvolver o seu coinmercio; Pok bem, usando da outhorisação conferido pelo artigo primeiro da Carta da Lei de 2 de Maio de 1843, e tendo ouvido o conselho de ministros, e o de estado, de- cretar o seguinte. Artigo 1. Os portos da cidade de Macao, tanto o interno, denominado do--- hei 112 Journal of Occurrences. Rio-como os externos da-Taipa,me da-Rada, são declarados portos francos para o commercio de todas as naçoens, e nelles serão admittidas a consumo, deposito, e reexportação todas as mercadorias e generos de commercio, seja qual for a sua natureza. Artigo 2. Todos os generos e mercadorias importados nos ditos portos, sob qual quer bandeira, ficào absolutamente isemptos de direitos de entrada, pas- sados trinta dias depois da publicacno deste decreto na cidade de Macao. Irtigo 3. He porem absolutamente vedada a importaçảo de peças d'artilhe- ria, projecteis, mixtos incendiarios, polvora, tabaco de todas as qualidades, rape, sabảo, a urzella. Artigo 4. Será somente admittida em navios Portugueses, procedentes de portos Portugueses, para o effeito de gozar de isempção de direitos,-a impor- tação dos generos seguintes da producção e industria Portugueza a saber :- armas de fogo e brancas, areca, atoalhados, canequins, chapeos de todas as qualidades, azeite de oliveira, coco e palma, carne de porco fuinada e ensacada, fato a calçado feito, panno de linho, sal, medicamentos, pau sandalo, aguas- ardentes de vinho, e de sura de coqueiro, vishos, licores, e vinagres de vinho, e de sura de coqueiro. Artigo 5. Os mesmos generos mencionados no artigo antecedente, quer sejão de produção ou industria Portuguese quer do producção ou industria estrangeira, poderão ser importados por navios Portugueses ou estrangeiros, de portos estrangeiros, pagando vinte por cento ad valoren. Artigo 6. Os ditos generos exceptuados da franquia geral para consumo, poderåo todavia ser recebidos em deposito na cidade de Macao, com destino de serem reexportados dentro de prazo de hum anno, coin as cauteilas e garantias uzadas em taes cazos pügarido tão somente hum por cento ad valorem de depo- sito, e baldeação, alem de armazenagem e trabalho braçal. § unico. Todos estes generos recebidos em deposito, quando dentro no sobredito prazo de hum anno não tiverem sido reexportados, serào obrigados a pagar o direito de consumo marcado no artigo quinto. Artigo 7. Touos os demais generos cuja entrada he inteiramente livre para consumo, ou para reexportação, serão unicamente sugeitos ao pagamento dos trabalhos braçaes do companhia da alfandega, denominados dos-culis-medi- ante huma tabella de salarios que será fixada pelo governador em conselho, ouvido o director da alfandega, e que năo poderá exceder os preços até aqui estabelecidos para a dita companhia. Artigo 8 Os generos de que fazem menção os artigos 4, 5, e 6, serão arre- cadados nos armazens do governo para ficarem sugeitos á fiscalisação da alfan- dega, até serem despachados. Quanto aos demais generos comprehendidos na generalidade da franquia, sará livre a seus donos recolhe-los nos armazens da alfandega, ou em armazens particulares, coino melhor lhe convier. Artigo 9. Para o pagamento das armazenagens será tambem fixada huma tabella pelo governador en conselho, ouvido o director da alfandega; regu- lando-se quanto for possivel o preço de taes armazenagens pelas que he cos- tume pagarem-se em armazenagens particulares. Artigo 10. Para facilidade do desembarque das mercadorias mais volumosas o governo fará collocar nos locaes mais convenientes, ou nos caes mais fre- quentados os guindastes que forem necessarios, arbitrando tambem o governa- dor em conselho a despeza de guindastes que terá de pagar quem delles quizer aproveitar-se. Artigo: 11. He igualmente authorisado a governador em conselho, ouvidas as informaçoens convenientes, para estabelecer huma tabella de ancoragens, de tal modo calculada que as despezas do porto que os navios houverem de pagar em Macao, convidem pela sua modicidade o commercio national e es- trangeiro. Artigo 12. Fica revogada toda a legislaçăr. - contrario. O conselheiro d'estado extraordinario 'mi:istro e secretario d'estado dos negocios da marinha a do ultramar, assim o tenha entendido e faça executar. Paço de Belem, em 20 de Novembro de 1845.-RAINA. JOAQUIM JOZE FALCAM. Está comforine, MANUEL J. v'OLIVEIRA LIMA. > E r 1 L TII E CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XV.—MARCH, 1846.--No. 3. Art, I. Notices of Cochinchina, made during a visit in the spring of eighteen hundred and forty-four, by M. ISIDORE Hende, a member of the French mission to China. AFTER a passage of fifteen days from Singapore we arrived in Tu- ron bay on the 1st of May. We had a strong sea in crossing the gulf of Siam and afterwards fell in with the calms which commonly reign on the Cochinchinese coast. But the French corvette Alc- mène was designed for all those different changes. She had already been under dreadful typhoons and experienced long calms, but had kept herself very well. We anchored in three and a half fathoms of water and at a distance of about 300 feet from a small island called th Observatory island (in Cochinchinese Mo Kože,) in lat. 16° 07' N., and long. 108° 12' E. Greenwich. The ordinary anchorage is rather farther on in the saine line, in front of the high woody moun- tains towards the east called Thann Shann, where a watering place is found. It was said there were there five fathoms of water; other places have more, but they are not generally good for anchorage; there are many banks in the bay. We could scarcely ever go on shore in a boat without touching the bottom. There were at anchor five square rigged Cochinchinese vessels, and the number rose to ten during our stay. These vessels were constructed after the man- ner of occidental nations, but they did not appear to be good sai- lors. Two of them, and one was the admiral's, had left Singapore three days before us. We met with them between Pulo Condor and Pulo Sapata and we arrived three days before them. The entrance of the bay is defended by two small forts called VOL. XV. NO III Notices of Cochinchina. MARCH, Panghaie, at a distance each front tlie other of three miles. Euter- ing the bay by a channel in the form of a spiral, we are then in a dock of an elliptical form, whose greatest axis may be of eight miles and the smallest six miles. This natural dock is surround- ed at the east, north and west by the high mountains on the way to Fouhué, the capital of the kingdom, and whose angular tops of pri- mitive formation rise up in several places to the height of 6000 feet or more from the level of the sea. On the southeast side the bay is separated from the sea only by a large sandy ground, in which is a large village, surrounded by some trees, and which borders on the Turon river. The French name Touranne affords us the explanation of that name better than the English name Turon. As this place is called Fann in Cochinchinese, and there is a fort or tower at the entrance, Frenchmen have called it Tour Hann, which signifies tower of Hann. The small town of Turon, rather a large village, is at the most remote side of the bay towards the south, at about six miles froin the com- mon anchorage on the left side of a broad channel, which is said to communicate with the sea, and into which the river from Sayfo empties itself. The place was formerly very mercantile and several European nations had establishments there. Now they have all de- serted it, and the place is only to be distinguished by the forts built with ditches and walls, after the European manner, one on each side of the water, and at a distance of a mile and a half. We landed, but not without difficulty, because mandarins do not like to see foreigners, especially when they have no presents to give, or when they are influ- enced only by motives of curiosity. We saw the bazar, and some poor joss-houses, but we could not find the renowned white elephants' stables. There were no interpreters, but one poor fellow who could utter a few words in bad French, Spanish and English. We were more happy another day, in going up the channel to the marble mountain called None Nuoc, i. e. fresh water, probably on account of the water of the channel, which being near the junction of the river Sayfo, is fresh and good for drinking, especially at low water. Cochinchinese would have hindered us from visiting those famous rocks. They had called to their assistance all the power of their military and priestly strength. Boats and junks were put across the river; soldiers will their gaus were seen along on both sides of the channel; songs were ficard in all directions. But we landed in spite of all difficulties. ll. would be useless here to try to describe all the beauties of those 1846. Notices of Cochinchina. 115 remarkable rocks, and mysterious caves, where the water hy stalac- tites and stalagmites, has produced so many fantastical works; where nature has been the architect and the sculptor as well as the painter and the beautifier. Perhaps at another time we shall try to give an idea of those magnificent and religious natural mysteries, especially of the subterranean pagoda, called Ouhien Ouhict Dang. We have here only room to mention it. The same day of our excursion we went down and landed at Turon, and visited the chief mandarin who is a man of great ability. He is said lately to have made some animadversions on the present king on account of his administration, a very rare thing in such a country of despotism; and he has since left his position. Turon consists of several groups of villages on each side of the channel, the principal of which has about 500 mean habitations of bamboo and 2500 inha- bitants. On another day we visited the west side of the bay. The shore is flat and sandy and we reached a village, inclosed in a group of trees. In the front is a large temple built in the Chinese manner, and behind bamboo huts, separated by gardens, where vegetables are cultivated. The principal articles are rice and maize. They have also some mulberry trees (morus allea) whose leaves they sell to Sayfo people who rear silk worms. Cotton is also cultivated, but it is employed in a very costly manner. Country people, especially women, have looms in which they weave cotton; their looms are disposed in the Chinese manner, i. e. they have two treddles, or a pair of treddles, and their reed is inclined and pushed by itself from the back side of the loom. Their cotton goods are very common, of one foot broad; some are dyed red, with sapan wood, blue with native in- digo, black with different kinds of leaves and iron water. We found also in a wild state two varieties of mulberry trees, Morus Indica, remarkable for their leaves cut in the shape of a vine; the leaf of the first was broader than that of the other. We found also different species of what the people call ma mc* and which they employ to make ropes and hammocks. We discovered one of them to be the Urtica nivea, from its leaves being on the backside very woody, and another, a species of sida, its leaves being very sharp, pointed and indented like a saw. Those plants grow in the plains * Má, canabum, is a kind of hemp, according to Taberd's Anamitic and La- tin dictionary; but according to loureiro's Flora, Cocinsinensis canabis sativa, which is the true botanical name; the heinp from the Urtica nivea is called yeou kaie, but the generic name is ma. 116 MARCH, Notices of Cochinchina. as well as upon the mountains. We found a plenty of indigo shrubs, several in the marble caves. The woods all around are full of a peculiar kind of monkeys. They are of the size of a boy from four to five feet high. They have a white haired face, surrounded by a red beard. Their body is of a fine shining grey. Their feet and fore paws and their legs red. They are therefore called red breach- ed monkeys. They are very inoffensive and never attack men. But they are said to be very fond of fruits and vegetables, and de- stroy sometimes everything about the villages. People were well satisfied when they saw fifty or sixty of these poor things brought on the shoulders of our sailors and sent to our ship. In the muddy grounds and fields of rice are found a great number of leeches and tortoises. There are also small dangerous watersnakes. All around the bay are found different kinds of fish and fine shells. We did not find the climate of Turon so unwholesome as some have described it. During all our stay, twelve days, we lost no one of the crew and had only twenty men sick. No rain fell and the thermometer continued at 90° Farenheit on board and in the shade. However every evening from seven and every morning from six o'clock, the surrounding mountains were covered with clouds. Lightnings were seen and a great noise of thunder heard all around. We used to take a bath in the bay every afternoon, and I attributed my good health to this circumstance. There are no sharks nor other dangerous fish in that bay. The Cochinchinese were very kind to us; though very poor, they were very civil and hospitable. We laughed at their mandarins, we spoke to their women, we entered their houses, we pushed down their soldiers, we drank their tea, and we found them of the same humor, never angry, never lamenting. They are not fair-faced, but there is something in their appearance which gives confidence. We would rather trust to Cochinchinese than to Canton Chinese. Generally they are very miserable. They are oppressed by their mandarins, who for the slightest offense require them to be put in fetters or to be bambooed. We were happy enough in several instances to save some of these poor fellows from the unsparing severity of their chief. The patience which the Cochinchinese had towards us and their kind reception of us was perhaps owing to the name of France, which has been respected by them since the days of the venerated bishop of Adran. I believe also that the energetic conduct of the com- mander of the American frigate the Constitution, was for something E E 1846. 117 Notices of Cochinchina. in the balance. He had come lately to Turon Bay to take in wood and water; he had heard of the imprisonment of a French bishop, and he resolved to attempt his deliverance. Thanks and congratula- tion may be offered to the generous officer, who for the sake of huma. nity, not consulting the difference of religion, did all in his power to deliver the poor bishop. The object of our voyage to Cochinchina was the delivery of this bishop who had been in fetters for seven months. The commandant of the Alcmene, a French corvette of 36 guns, captain Duplan, brought a letter for the king from rear-admiral Cecile. Immediately after our arrival in town the letter was dispatched, and the answer was, that without difficulty the French bishop would be released and sent from Fouhue to the French ship. Offices of the first and second rank came to bring this verbal answer, and consequently, some days after, M. Lefevre bishop of Isauropolis, was brought on board, ac- companied by a gracious letter from Thieu-fri who earnestly sought to engage Frenchmen to come and trade with Cochinchina. The venerable and courageous missionary gave us some account of himself and the country. He told us that he had been living in the country of Turon these ten years, and had been in the most civilized places as well as among the savage tribes of the Tsiampa and Laos mountains. Christians are now tolerated by some mandarins. But they must not trust to the ill disposed who are the declared enemies of Christianity. No exterior worship was allowed anywhere, and there were no remains of the beautiful churches or monumental chapels erected by and since the bishop of Adran. All have been put down by the unsparing Ming Ming. Cochinchina is actually tributary to China. Gyalong the conqueror of his own kingdom, had got rid of that domination. But his son Ming Ming, father of the actual king, more experienced in belles-lettres and in science than in war, had voluntarily renewed the ancient use of investiture, which has been continued by his son Thieu-fri, a prince excessively rigorous to- wards his subjects. The kingdom of Cochinchina or Anám is now composed of: Ist. Tonquin, which contains according to M. Chaiquean, the ancient French mandarin, 18 millions of inhabitants. That is the richest part of the Anamitic country. There are in the interior two principal towns, Ketcheu and Vi-houang. The population of each is reckoned at 100 or 150 thousand inhabitants, and 220,000 Roman Catholics are supposed to be spread over all the country. 20. Upper Cochinchi- na, wherein is Fonhué, or rather Kignh, residence of the king and 118 MARCH, Notices of Cochinchina. trees. manner. capital of the kingdom. This place is upon an island, formed by two channels of the river. It is remarkable for its fortifications made on the European systein, which were erected by the French and Irish engineers, who in 1799 accompanied the bishop of Adran. It is a town whose streets are said to be paved, gravelled and bordered with Houses are made of stone and bricks after the European There are ramparts defended by numerous artillery, and stone houses and arsenals well furnished with guns, and everything necessary in case of a war for 100,000 soldiers. The surface of the town is about five or six miles in circumference, and its population consists of about 60,000 inhabitants. 3d. Lower Cochinchina, whose principal town is Shaïgoene, another town fortified after the European system, and seaport at the mouth of a river of the same name, which must be an arm of the great Camboja river. There was according to Horsburgh a manufactory for the casting of cannon, and houses and stocks for the building of ships. According to different travelers this town was very mercantile, for the convenience of the harbor and the depth of water. But since the great insurrection of 1833, a great part of its fortifications have been put down, its commerce driven away and almost all the population perished. Those two ports of Cochinchina are said to contain according to the same aforesaid mandarin, 1,000,000 inhabitants, amongst whom are 80,000 Roman Catholics. 4th. Camboja, whose principal town is Penonben or Kalompe, with a population of 30,000 inhabitants. The frontiers of that part which separates the Anamitic empire from the Siamese, or from the uncivilized tribes which are supposed to belong to the Siamese kingdom, are determined exactly, but they are frequently crossed, by parties of warriors, and occupied sometimes by the one and afterwards by the other, according to the chances of war, which has long been carried on by the one government against the other. The population of that fourth part of the Anamitic empire is about one million inhabitants, amongst whom are very few Christians. We cannot give an idea of the surface of that kingdom. It is a long band which embraces more than 12 degrees, from the borders of the three Chinese provinces, Yunnan, Kwangsí and Kwangtung to the southern extremity of Cochinchina at the mouth of the Cam- boja river, at the 10th degree of N. latitude. Its breath is greatest in Tonquin, being of from one to two degrees. But in Lower Cochin- china it is often very narrow, no more than 12 or 15 miles in width. Mountains succeed immediately, inhabited by an unsubdued people, who come at times to plunder the poor and defenseless inhabitants, 1846. 119 Notices of Cochinchina. Cochinchina is a very miserable country, on account of its late intestine wars, and of its form of government, which is very despotic. Nevertheless the country is very fertile, especially in Lower Cochin- china. There are mines, especially one of gold at Phuyenn, and an- other at Shuongreek in the department of Kouannam. But govern- ment, which is afraid of foreign cupidity, forbids to touch them or even to speak of them under a penalty of death. There are but few roads in the country, and some paths on sands and across mountains, which barely permit men to pass on foot. The country was in a state of great prosperity in the time of Gyalong and Ming Ming. But since their time Cochinchina has declined much. Foreign wars, intestine dissension and sightless absolutism have ruined the country. There is virtually no property amongst the people. All belongs to the king, and after him to the officers. Thus if any inan wants to buy or sell any land or building, he is oblig- ed to give presents to the officer according to the proportional value. The value of property generally depends upon its revenue. Thus a certain estate will be sold at four, three and even two times its revenue. So in Tonquin and in Upper Cochinchina, where the population is more dense and money is more abundant, a piece of ground will be sold at four or five times its revenue: But in Lower Cochinchina which is reputed the garden and granary of the empire, in the magnificent alluvial lands formed by the delta of the great river of Camboja, but where population is scarce and the price of silver high, a piece of ground may be obtained for twice its revenue in one year. Religions are almost the same as in China. There are joss-houses where Budhistic gods are represented and the goddess Thin Toie. The literary graduates go to the temple of Confucius to make prostration and receive information Commerce is almost nothing. The kiny has taken to himself all the monopoly of trade. He buys goods fronr his subjects at the price he appoints, and sends his ships to sell them at foreign ports. He employs in trade five square rigged ships and steamers which have been constructed in the country. Не: sends them to Canton, to Singapore, to Batavia, and sometimes to Calcutta. He sends to Singapore indigenous and Chinese silks, also green teas, nankeens, cinnamon, rhinoceros' horns, cardamums, rice, sugar, salt, ivory, buffaloes' skins, precious wood and treasure. Ile receives camlets, cominon long ells, red, blue and yellow, for the use of his soldiers, tin, opium, fire-arms and some Indian goods. He receives from Batavia, cloves, nutmegs, pepper, black and blue silks, 1:20 MARCII, Notices of Cochinchina. and green velvets, and glass ware of every kind. To give an idea of the manner in which the trade is carried on, we may mention, that the last year the king sent to Canton two ships and twelve officers to sell his goods and to buy others in exchange. On their return, not being satisfied with their success, he degraded them, putting them in prison and in fetters and confiscating all their property. And they are still bewailing their miserable condition the reward of their ill suc- cess as merchants. The junks which trade from Cochinchina are un- der private authorisation or managed by fraud. A statement is here presented of the commerce between Singapore and Cochinchina. Imported to Singapore, Exported from Singapore. 1839, $176,261. 1839, $173,447. 1840, 166,479. 1840, 200,304. 1841, 245,521. 1841, 292,686. 1842, 208,484. 1842 248,324. 1843, 254,785. 1843, 227,848. 1844, 177,606. 1844, 229,413. The scale of duties for anchorage is as follows :- At Fouhué 54 kouan for a thuoc (15,944 inches). At Shaïgoene 102 At Turon 72 But the last place only is open to foreign trade. Very few ships come to trade. They have deserted on account of the arbitrary practices of the king, who has the entire monopoly of the trade, and because there are no fixed regulations for its management. Cochinchinese coins have been explained in Morrison's Commer- cial Guide, according to the statements given by the late J. L. Ta- berd, bishop of Isauropolis in his valuable Anamitic dictionary. They are well made both in gold and silver, and are as follows: 1 golden ingot or loaf, weight 10 taels Sp. Drs. 238. 3 5 119. 1 golden nail or dinh vang 1 24. 3 3 1 6. 10 golden nails make one golden loaf so called. 1 silver ingot or loaf nen bac weight 10 taels=Drs. 14. Its specific weight is 95 parts pure silver and 5 alloy, or 100 parts. The value of 17 silver loafs is equal to that of 1 golden loaf. 1 silver nail or dinh bac weighs 1 tael, Drs. 1.40 3 1 70 1 10 silver nails are equivalent to one silver loaf. ور 12. 35 1846. 121 Notices of Cochinchina. the saine. 22 1 > 22 Besides the native coin the late king Ming Ming issued a coinage of gold and silver dollars, and the reigning king Thieu-fri adopted The weight and value are here presented. 1 gold dollar weight 1.039 ounce Troy Drs. 12. 3 0.519 6.50 4 0.259 3.25. 1 silver dollar 0.802 0.70. 0.431 0.35. 0.215 0.17. The specific weight is 190 parts of pure metal, and 80 of copper or alloy. One side bears the face of the Cochinchinese dragon, and the other side the king's name in Chinese characters, some Ming Ming's and others that of Thieu-fri. Some are like common dollars and have a hole in the iniddle, while others are broader and pot so thick. The only popular coin is the cash made of pare zinc. Its form is circular, and is 0,37 inch in diameter. It has, like the Chinese cash, a square hole in the midille, of 19,16 inch cich side, for the convenience of stringing a number together. It is not coined but cast. The Chinese characters are intended to represent the name of the king. Six hundred of them strung together in this manner form what is called a kouan (kuan) or a string. Each konun inakes 10 heaps or tiens, each of 60 cash. The value of tlie cashi varies in different sections, or according to the value attributed to gold and silver. In Turon and in Upper Cochinchina, one Spanish dollar is worth only three or four kouan. In Shaiyoene or in Lower Cochin- china one Spanish dollar is worth five or sis kouan. So in taking the dollar at an average value of four konan we shall huc- 1 (supck) cash worth Spanish dollar 0.0004161. 10 0.00416. 60 0.025. 600 0.2.). 2600 1. WEIGits, armirol. p. 10 one yen > 1 kan, or catty of 16 luongs or taels, 1.1 Qulice cach 1.3378 13.75 50 one biuh 08.90 100 one ta 137.8 500 Olie konan 089. > > VOL. XV. NO). 111 122 MARCH Notices of Cochinchina. 10 sao There is no exactly delermined legal measure of length. Thuoc. is the generic name. Its divisions will be here presented. 10 phans =l tak or inch. 10 tak =1 thuoc or foot or ell. 5 thuoc = ngou, or fathom. 3 ngou =1 sao or rod. =l mao or rood. The generic measure thuoc (the Chinese chih, cubit, or foot) is very different according to circumstances. Those more commonly employed are here presented. Thuoc used for measuring ships for the service of ports 0.405 metre Thuoc used for wood at Turon 0.425 Thuoc mentioned by Taberd 0.48726 Thuoc used by the king for measuring silks and other cloths in his transac- tions with a Frenchman. 0.594 Thuoc used by natives in the Turon market 0.61 Thuoc used according to Morrison 0.64968 MEASURES OF DISTANCE, I ly=444 metres. 2 ly=1 dam=888 metres. 10 ly=5 dam=4444 metres. MEASURES OF LAND. 1 mao=10 sao=165 thuoc=80.3979 metres The mao is what a man may cultivate in one day. MEASURES OF CAPACITY. 1 hao 28 litres. 2 hao=l shita=1 tao in weight=56 litres. The hao is a measure of rice required for a month's subsistence, It is given by the king to his soldiers. MARKET PRICES AT TURON, Hens and ducks' eggs (10) 1 kouan. Fowl or duck (1) 2 tien. Pork (1 catty) 4 tien. Rice (a kani) 1 to 2 kouan. Beef (a catty) 3 tien Plantains (a set) I tien Pine apples (10) rj kouan Oranges (10) 5 tierr 1846. Notices of Cochinchina. 123 zajise: Maize (a han) 5 to 10 tien. Small lemons (10) 1 tien. Flour of millet (a catty) 2 kouan. Salt 3 tien. Veal 4 tien. Buffalo 3 tien. Small onions 1 tien. Sweet potatoes 1 tien. Beans 2 tien. Yams 90 sápeks. Small pigeons (1) 90 Geese (1) 4 tien. Oysters (100) 1) kouan. Turnips (a catty) 1 tien. Cakes made of eggs and flour (1) kouan. Cocoa nut (10) 3 tien. Oil . (a catty) 2 kouan. Fish (all kinds) 2 tien. Tobacco 1 tien. Paper, white leaves, made of bamboo (100) 8 kouan. Sugar (a catty) 1) tien Candy 3 tien. Cucumbers (10) 3 tien. Ginger (sweet meat of) (a jar) 7 tien. Mango (10) 5 tien. Tack 2 tien. Cassia ; (a catty) 2 kouan. Black pepper 13 kouan. Green tea from Hue 3 tien. Wood for fire a ta) 3 kouan. Ebony from Kouannam 10 tien. Eagle wood 10 tien. 50 kouan. Morfit (a catty) 4 kouan. Horns of rhinoceros 10 kouan. Mats (best kind) (a pair) 8 kouan. Green indigo (a catty) 14 kouan. Bees-wax 11 kouan. Cotton 1 to 2 kouan. Raw Silk 3 to 4 kouan. Cotton cloth-a piece of 24 thuoc 7 kouan, > Red copper P 124 MARCH Revicu of Diseases in Hong kong. Coat for a man · (1) 6 kouan. Trowsers 5 kouan. Turban of silk or cotton crape 8 kouan. Day's work in Upper Cochinchina (besides rice) 30 to 40 sapeeks. Lower Cochinchina 2 tien. Mason, carpenter and other mechanical trades in Upper Cochinchina 1 tien. Mason, carpenter and other mechanical trades in Lower Cochinchina 2 to 3 tien. These several prices indicate the variety and cheapness of local productions. But it is not to be inferred that these prices are by any means constant, inasmuch as the king has monopolised com- inerce. For instance, silk may be generally obtained from 2 to 4 kouan which is very cheap. But if it be for exportation, the price may be increased to 6 or 8 or 10 kouin, according to the king's fancy. Under such circumstances trade cannot be easily carried on, and it is not probable that for a long time it will present any secure advantages to foreigners. Note. In tendering our best thanks to Mr. Hedde for his “ Notices,” we must apologize for their poor English dress; we were not aware of the many bid idioms in the article until it was too late to correct them. The present king of Cochinchini, called Thieu-fri, succeeded his father early in 1841. See Chi. Rep. vol. XI. pp. 344, 400, 675. His father's name was on Ming-ming, and his grandfather's Kiálung, written often, as above, «Gyalong." Politically and morally considered, “Cochinchina is a very miserable country," still it has a very fortile soil, and under a better rule and good equitable laws it can become a prosperous and happy country. We wish Europeans knew inore ot' it, and that better relations could exist between Annain in the Tran- quil South," and the nations of the west. Art. IJ. Rrvicu of discases incidental to Europeans in China, particularly in Hongkong and for the year 1845, exhibited in public papers, preparcd by Drs. Tucker and Dill. The first part of the following article we borrow from an introduc- tory address delivere: by Alfred Tucker, esquire, surgeon of the Minden's hospital at the first meeting of the China Medical and Chirurgical Society, on the advantages to be gained by a medical association, and a cursory review of diseases incidental to Europeans 1846. 125 Review of Diseases in Hongkong. in China. The first part of that address was given in our last vo- 445, the remainder we now subjoin, giving first the SYNOPTICAL TABLE No. of Inva- Names of disenses Names of diseases. 83 15 OOCR Co Of the first one thousand patients sent on board the Minden's hospital (in the harbor of Hongkong) for treatment. Patients Patients Pati'nts Patients No. of Inva. rect ived discharge l. death. lidcd. receivcıl. discharged. death. Jider. Febres Inter. 113 15, Hydrops, 2 2 do, Remit. 165 10 54 Vulnus, 6 6 Synochus 3 3 Fractura, 4 2 2 Phlogosis, 1 1 Cystitis, 1 1 Ophthalmia, 3 Hemorrhois, 1 Pneumonia, 2 3 3 Deli. Trem. 5 2 3 Hepatitis, 4 2 2 Strictura, 4 Morbus coxarius 2 2 Caries, 3 2 1 Bronchitis, 9 2 3 Cynanche, 1 1 Sciatica, 1 Gastritis, 1 1 Phrenitis, 1 1 Paralysis. 2 1 Phthisis coaf 15 3 11 1 Chol. malig. 1 1 do. incip. 2 1 1 Icterus, 1 1 Dysenteria, 356 128 195 36 Bubo, 6 6 Dyspepsia, 12 11 1 Fis. in Ano, 4 2 1 1 Diarrhea, 44 36 6 2 do. Axil. 1 1 Convulsio, 1 1 do. Perineo, 1 Ascites, 4 1 2 1 Orchitis, 1 1 Scrofula, 2 1 1 Podagra, 1 1 Syphilis, 21 2 4 Acne rosa. 1 1 Amaurosis, 1 Nodus, 1 1 Contractura, 1 1 Morb. cor. 1 Ulcus, 108 98 8 Variola, 6 6 Necrosis, 7 5 2 Morb. vár. 1 Herpes, 1 1 Hemoptysis, 2 1 1 Tonsilitis, 1 1 Comp. cere. 1 Rheumatismus, 16 10 6 Amentia, 1 1 Enteritis, 1 1 Monomania, 1 1 Periostitis, 1 1 Hydrart. 2 2 Pleuritis, 1 1 Abscessus, 2 1 3 Erysipelas, 2 Anasarca, 1 1 Colica, 1 1 Luxatio, 1 1 Neuralgia, 1 1 Ascites, 4 1 2 1 Atrophia, 1 1 Total, 1000 579 345 100 This abstract of diseases shows the result of practice in an establishment where patients are nursed by most experienced nurses, every dose of medi- cine administered night and day in the presence of a medical officer, the most rigid dietetic regime is enforced, every change in the symptoms and progress of diseases anticipated by iinmediate change of treatment if deemed necessary by the medical officer on duty, and the medicines and medical comforts supplied by the government without restriction. This table also shows the almost universal character of the fatal species of diseases. The necrological tutal exhibits the large proportion of 315 deaths of 1000 treated or 31. 5 per cent; of these 264 werc from periodic fever and dysentery and only 51 from 126 MARCH Review of Diseases in Hongkong. all other diseases inclusive, therefore, I shall assume that these are the only diseases of an aggravated and fatal character which afflict the European in China. Nosologists differ much in the proximate causes of fevers, and as I believe I differ with some as to the genus of the fatal fever of China, many contend- ing that it is a continued idiopathic fever; but my opinion of the genus and ætiology of this fever is, that it is a periodic fever directly caused by the marsh miasına, derived from the oozy soil covered by rank vegetation in the nume- rous ravines on this island frequently extended up their acclivities, the re- mains of the system of terraced vegetation adopted in the growth of rice by the Chinese, previous to British possession. Whether every febrile or con- stitutional disturbance is a consequence of local derangment, or there are any fevers dependent solely on a general cause, and which as being uncon- nected with any local affection, merit the appellation of essential, will form the subject of future discussion; the hypothesis that this fever is caused by mineral decomposition has many followers, from the fact that the hardest rocks are liable to disintegration from long exposure to the weather, and the gradual absorption of oxygen from the air, also the hypothesis of electricity, derived from certain mineral and vegetable substances, perpetually going on during the process of vegetation, is the favorite opinion of some ; but in this colony where the largest proportion of decaying granite has been exposed, the least quantity of disease has appeared. But the Barracks occupied successively by the Bengal Volunteers, 37th and 55th regiments, situated to the westward, and nearly surrounded by swampy ground, were abandoned on account of the fatal ravages of periodic fever and dysentery. The artillery barracks built on the summit of a height bounded on the eastern aspect by a ravine, the go- vernment residence of the late governor sir Henry Pottinger, the eminences on which the Seaman's Hospital and Missionary Institution are situated, having much of this neglected swampy soil in their immediate vicinity, have been the sites where fatal fevers have been contracted. The pestilential cha- racter of the valleys to the eastward, till lately nearly entire swamps, needs 10 comment. But in that part where the larger number of people reside, situated between the Harbour Master's residence, and Mr. Shuck's chapel, only one death from endemic fever has ensued : here is a continuous rock, presenting a new surface, where in the progress of buildings, considerable quantities of the detritus of the underlying rock is turned up. To determine the genus of this fever is very important; one thing is certain that during convalescence it frequently assumes the form of an irregular inter- mittent, but the etiology and type will be discussed on some future occasion, The intensity with which the disease invades the system is very uncertain. As is usual with Pyrexia, there is loss of mental energy, more or less confu- sion of the ideas, diminished motive power succeeded by more or less sensa- tion of cold, frequently amounting to a general rigor ; occasionally this period or stage of collapse is very intense, and great alar caused by the patient dying at the invasion of the disease ; this aggravated form simulates very 1846. 1971 Review of Discases in Hongkong, much the aspect of spasmodic cholera, there is a livid cold surface, covered by a wet sweat, a sunken anxious expression of the countenance, and soine- times incessant vomiting and purging of a thin serous fluid, (this cxhalation of fluid from the mucus surface is frequently mixed with the usual secretions) distressing jactitition, short hurried respiration, apparent somnolency, but when aroused there is perfect intellectuality, and the almost universal reply, is, that they feel much better; but there is an absence of clonic spasm, Is- churia renalis, and the ejected fluid does not resemble the peculiar cholera or rice water excretion. These varieties of the first stage are succeded by the hot skin, flushed coun- tenance, fuctional derangement, generally of the encephalon, quick full pulse, and intense thirst, frequently attended by vomiting, impatience on pressure over the epigastric and hypochondriac regions and increased fre- quency at stool. This stage is also uncertain, the exacerbation being occasion- ally extended to the second and third day, when a free diaphoresis takes place and a well marked remission ensues, which is succeeded by an exercabation which frequently proves fatal. The severity or duration of these exacerba- tions are very uncertain. This fever, particularly the most fatal form, assumes a most insidious and deceptive character, the accessions are marked by little febrile disturbance; in fact, the skin is below the natural temperature, the pulse is rather more frequent, but there is deficient tone imparted to the finger; the tongue is rather dry, and brownish, there is considerable somnolency; but when asked if he has any complaint, replies that he feels quite well, but is evidently fractiuos at being aroused, there is usually a short remissing ini the morning indicated by wakefulness, and apparent little complaint. This form of disease frequently terminates fatally on the fifth or seventh day, to the surprise of the inexperienced practitioner, who has prognosticated to the friends a favorable issue. During the accessions there is generally diarrhea, which frequently he- comes dysenteric, the functions of the various cavities are uncertainly affected, and often the metastasis of venous congestion from one cavity to another is rather embarrassing. The prognosis becomes more favorable as the remis- sions are more protracted, or when it becomes of an intermittent character; the reverse is expected when the exacerbations are prolonged, with progres. sive prostration of the vital powers. As relates to therapeutics, I feel, I have no curative remedy to offer for your opinion. The usual treatment is generally adopted, diaphoretics and effervescing draughts during the accession, relieving local conjections by leeches, cupping, or blisters, and when tiere is much pervigilium a full dose of calomel and opium ; but directly a remission is apparent the exhibition of quinine in combination with small doses of calomel and opium, when not incompatible with cerebral disturbance or intestinal Aux. When the latter is coinplicated with periodic fever, I have found the arsenical solution in a menstruum of infusion of Cascorrilla or Buchu very useful: or when there was much gastric irritabiliy, four drops of Hydrocyanic acid in one ounce of 1.8 MARCUT, Rovici of Discases in Ilongkong, Camphor Julep, every four hours. It is not expected in a cursory review to detail the whole catalogue of remedies usually prescribed ; therefore s shall only say; that in the stage of collapse, i ustially prescribe the diffusible stimuli, frictions of the surface with ammoniated liniment, and the application of artificial warmth , but in the aggravated species of this stage, I should like to gain your opinion as to the propriety of small bleeding from the arın; with the intention of acting as a stimulant, by unloading the large vessels leading to the centre of the circulation-it is certain without that organ is stimulated by arterial blood it never acts. I must make one remark on the treatment of general bloodletting in the stage of excitement. I can assure you I have seen sudden sinking frequently take place after the abstraction of a few ounces of blood. After the European has resided a short time in China, if blood is taken, the large proportion of serosity is remarkable. Probably the atmosphere always more or less surchar- ged with noxious exhalations from the paddy swamps acts as a powerfully debi- litating cause, and it will be an interesting topic at some future meeting to discuss, whether the blood, or the nervous system is primarily affected. The intermittent type of fever appears either as a primary disease or a sequent of the remittent. It most frequently assumes the tertian species, but once the system becomes saturated with marsh poison, it is always liable to erratic returns, developed by atmospheric density, or dietetic irregularity. Post mortem examinations present considerable congestion of the venous system, but no structural change or organic lesion-I shall conclude my remarks on the first order of the pyrexial class, and proceed to offer a few observations on Dysentery. This genus of disease presents two species, the acute and chronic; the latter either succeeds the acute form or appears as a primary disease. The Srst species is generally preceded by constipation, sometimes by diarrhæa, is accompanied with more or less pyrexia, nausea, a distressing sinking sensation, eractation, excessive pain along the track of the colon, but more acute over the site of the cæcum, painful tenesmus, and frequent purging of muco-san- guineous stools. The character of the dejections varies much even in the same individual, some are entirely sanguineous, others are muco-sanguineous, muco-feculent streaked with blood fluid reseinbling the washing of beef, occasionally with an admixture of depraved secretion, rags of detached mu- cous membrane, or viscid mucus. This disease sometimes assuines an adyna- mic or typhoid character, with a cold surface, dry brown encrusted tongue, sordes around the teeth, petechioe, spontaneous ptyalism, ulceration and spha- celas of the gums and lining membrane of the cheeks, and progr. ssive sinking of the vital powers. This is a most hopeless form to treat; mercury acts as a poison, the abstraction of blood even by leeches is often attended by sudden sinking, we know that the discasc is proceeding rapidly in the process of disorganization of the large intestines, we feel that we must do soinething, and it is doubttuil whether we do too little or too much. I have ordered the Ilydrocyanic acid in combination with one of the preparacions of opiunı, thin 1846. 129 Review of Diseases in Hongkong. farinaceous fluid with wine, and the animal broths in small quantities frequent- ly repeated. The first form is a much more satisfactory disease to treat. Au- topsies have shown that it is an active inflammation of the mucous surface of the large intestines, and by decided and prompt measures is generally sub- dued. Warm baths, blood letting both general and topical, and the intro- duction of mercury in combination with opium to impregnate the system. The indication of decreasing or suspending the use of the mineral, is cessation of pain, apyrexia, and healthy feculent discharges from the bowels--for some period the discharges will be more or less mixed with mucus, and some frequency to stool is kept up by slight irritation immediately with the rectum from hyperemia of the hemorrhoidal veins. I have generally found an ene- ma of sulphate of zinc or nitrate of silver, or the application of a few leeches to the anus sufficient to relieve this affection of the rectum. The chronic species will form the next subject for consideration ; a form of disease which too frequently baffles all our best endeavors. As a sequel of the acute species, it frequently depends on an atony of the capillaries, and an undue secreting activity of the submucous glands. This form is generally cured, but leaves the patient susceptible to a recurrence from slight predis- posing causes. The treatment I have pursued is about f grain of calomel in combination with opium and ipecacuan at bed time-small doses of rhubarb, magnesia and 3 or 4 of the tincture of opium in the morning ; rubefacients and flannel bandaging over the abdomen ; but medicine has no avail without the strictest dietetic regime. There is another form of this species, the lien- teric ; this is generally the result of old and neglected diarrhea_when pati- ents think it necessary to apply to a medical man it is too late for any curative treatment to be adopted. They tell you, that they have very little the matter with them, that they have usually three or four stools during the day and night, two of which are usually passed about daylight, that they have lost flesh and strength, and only require some medicine to stop the looseness—they present an attenuated appearance; in fact there is general atrophy, exsangui- fication, the countenance of a yellow tinge, the eyes sunken in their sockets the skin arid and of a dirty straw color, moderate desire for food, tongue sharp, morbidly red with a smooth flayed appearance, the abdomen concave and tense, the dejections composed of a thin brownish fluid much resembling beef tea, with a large proportion of unassimilated food in comparison to the pro- portion received into the stomach; there is no particular pain, but occasional eructation, hiccup and an uneasy sensation of flatulent distension of the abdomen. This disease is always progressive, and when not directly preci- pitated by gastric enteritis seems to prove fatal by simple innutrition. The novice is frequently startled by the information, that the patient he had just pronounced something better, is dead. They appear perfectly unconscious of their own perilous condition and speak continually of the anticipation of soon meeting their friends in the land of their fathers. These form the large proportion of deaths among invalided seamen and soldiers on their passage to England. I believe this disease is incurable. 17 VOL. XV. NO. JI! 180 MARCH, Review of Diseases in Hongkong. The chronic species proceeds insidiously to ulceration of the large intesti- nes by a process of passive inflammation ; the amount of diseased structure found on examination, much surprises the medical attendant, particularly from the very slight pain experienced during the process of the disease. The uniformity of the following post mortem presentations, namely hyper- trophy, lividity, and ulceration of the cæcum, colon and rectum which have frequently a fibro-cartilaginous feel, leaves no doubt of the immediate cause of death in dysentery ; very rarely any other lesion is seen, the healthy ap- pearance of the liver is proverbial, and the stomach and small intestines are perfectly normal. As regards the treatment of the last form described, i have tried the whole list of mineral and vegetable astringents : sulphate of zinc and copper, nitrate of silver, diacetate of lead, ioduret of iron, mercury with chalk, cascarrilla buchu, &c., vesicating the abdominal surface without any improvement in the symptoms. I now satisfy myself with palliating symptoms, as one be- comes more irksome than another. An opiate at bed time, absorbents, opiate suppositories, sinall astringent enemas very gently thrown up, and an unirri- tating bland diet, seem by mitigating urgent symptoms to prolong life. I have described periodic fever and dysentery separately, but with the exception of the acute species, they are generally found in complication, and I have frequently noticed dysentery assume a periodic character particularly of the tertian type. These cases are most tedious in their convalescence, and the permanent cure is almost impossible, without change from this mala- rious atmosphere. I wish to call your attention particularly to a mode of procuring that benefit. The summit of the height, on the declivity of which Victoria is built, is 1800 feet above the level of the sea; and the variation of temperature at the base, when measured by lieutenant Bate of the surveying depart:nent, was 11° of Fahrenheits' scale, the result was 72° 5' at the foot, and 61° 5' at the top in February 1841. But there is a much greater apparent decrease of temperature, and the circulating medium is perfectly free from the noxious exhalations of the low land. I therefore would suggest the establishment of a convalescent hospital on an eligible site at this elevated locality. I think it would be the means of saving very many lives during the summer months. Patients might he very easily removed on a litter, or chair. I trust you will give it mature consideration, and if you approve of the scheme, will meet and make a representation on the subject to the proper quarter. I have read a cursory review of the diseases incidental to Europeans in China. I think in conclusion it is right to consider those diseases from which Europeans have alınost an immunity in China. The abstract table of diseases only presents 3 fatal cases of pneunonia, 12 from phthisis and two from bronchitis ; of 313 fatal cases about 5 per cent or only 14 per cent of the number treated. I believe statistical records show about 1 of the deaths in England from pulinonic disease. There are only 16 cases of rheumatism sent for treatinent of 1000 admitted, a disease so universal in England's therefore 1846. 131 Review of Diseases in Hongkong. I think we may assume that diseases of the thoracic cavity and membranous tissue seldom affect Europeans in this country. The consideration of this subject is important from the position which this colony bears to India, and whether people affected with these diseases might not be induced and receive much benefit by a temporary residence in this country, particularly during the northeast monsoon. No. of deaths. No on sick list. 5 July, 3f og 0; The following report of sickness and death among the officers of the civil government in Hongkong, we borrow from the China Mail for January 29th, 1846. Table 1.--An abstract of sickness and death among the civil government officers, &c., in the island of Hongkong, from 1st January to 31st Dec. 1845. Government officers. Police, &c. Prisoners. No. on gick No. on sick No. of No. of list. list. deaths. deaths. January, 12 35 0 la February, 11 0 26 0 6 0 March, 14 11 1 7 06 April, 13 0 31 1 7 2c May, 21 0 32 2 od June, 15 32 1 12 2 e 14 0 49 2 7 August, 11 0 44 2 9 September, 5 1 25 2 3 Oh October, 5 0 59 5 13 O i November, 8 0 66 1 13 December, 5 0 43 1 8 ok 134 1 453 18 107 a A Chinese female prisoner died from Puerperal mania. 6 The wife of a policeman died of dysentery. c An overseer of roads died of gastric fever. One Chinese prisoner died of ulcers. One Chinese prisoner died from smoking opium. d One policeman died of chronic diarrhea in the military hospital. An overseer of roads died of fever. e Two British prisoners died, the one from apoplexy, the other from dysen- tery. One overseer of roads died of fever. f Two Chinese prisoners died from ulcers. One Chinese prisoner died from smoking opium. One policeman died of dysentery, one sailor found on the street in a state of intoxication and died in jail. g One Chinaman found on the street in a state of destitution and died in custody. One policeman died of remittent fever in 18th R. I. regt. hospital. h Government officer of the supreme court died of low remittent fever. One policeman died of abscess in the liver, another of dysentery. i One policeman died of remittent fever. A woman (formerly a soldier's wife,) and her child died of dysentery; a constable died of dysentery; a police- man died at Stanley, not treated by the colonial surg., and disease unknown. j One policeman died of jaundice. k The wife of a policeman died of dysentery. 132 March, Revicw of Discases in Hongkong. 19 I 93 22 9 G Pu 99 22 12 99 3 02 > 12 PE 9 22 9 the 9 Eu > ar 99 In in ac 99 > > Table II.-The actual number of cases and different diseases among the government officers, &c., in each month throughout the year 1845. Jan. Feb. Mar. April, Alay, June, July, Ang. Sept. Ocl. Nov. Dec. Total. Ague 7 2 10 9 4 6 2 14 11 8 73 Remittent Fiver 7 4 2 3 8 5 3 7 4 9 8 60 Diarrhea 7 2 2 3 1 12 7 6 1 4 20 6 71 Dysentery 1 2 2 1 2 3 2 12 12 14 51 Venoreal Disease 7 4 3 1 5 2 1 2 1 3 3 36 Ottitis 1 2 3 Ophthalmia 1 1 2 2 1 8 Inf. of Knee 1 Infl. of Breast 2 2 Paronychia 1 1 2 Abscess 1 1 2 Dropsy :) 1 Neuralgia 1 1 Insanity :) 1 2 Paralysis 1 1 Delirium Tremens 2 2 Apoplexy - ! 1 1 Coup de Soleil - 1 1 Cynanche Tonsillaris 1 1 2 Catarrh 1 3 2 4 4 1 16 Parulis 1 1 Dyspnea 1 Enteritis 1 1 Dyspepsia 1 1 2 8 1 2 Constipation 1 1 1 1 5 Hæmorrhoids 1 1 1 1 2 7 Liver Diseases 4 3 2 8 6 2 5 2 2 2 36 Splenitis 1 1 Nephritis 1 Uterine Disease 3 1 1 6 Parturition 1 1 1 1 4 Rheumatism 1 2 2 2 4 3 16 Periostitis 1 1 Cutaneous diseases 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 13 Ulcers 2 1 5 1 2 7 4 2 29 Wounds & Accidents 1 3 3 I 4 6 1 3 1 2 25 Effects of Smoking 1 1 2 Opium Diaphragmitis 1 1 Violation 1 1 Intoxication 1 09 1 2 Destitution 2 2 A5 A6 : * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * unbe 3 . > > > 77 9 02 Nore most be obs the ex Octob in wh that pr stalem 100 mc Worms 32 23 > and ye 97 27 79 thy mo 72 u 2 . eases E months In 'T ague, d at the 27 22 92 93 the caug 27 97 No. I. i } 9 were siz have bee 9 " " 97 the six the most 97 9 9) 97 97 97 99 factorily 97 Total 51 29 22 41 43 44 47 39 11 60 73 41 501 The soner why 1846. 133 Review of Diseases in Hongkong. T'he whole No. deaths to recove- of cases. of deaths. number. Table III.-The number of prisoners and the proportion of deaths in the jail during the year 1845. Europeans, Indians, Portuguese, Chinese, Total number No. of deaths. 52 45 10 354 451 7, or 1 in 64.45 Table IV.-The number, proportion of deaths, &c., of all those under the medical superintendence of the colonial surgeon during the year 1845. Proportion of Proportion of The whole No. The while No. deaths to whoic of persons. ries from sickness. Government officers, 65 91 1 1 in 66 1 in 91. Police, wives & child- dren of police and 253 352 18 1 in 14 1 in 195 overseer of roads. Prisoners. 352* 8 1 in 56.5 1 in 7.25 Table V.–The population of Hongkong and the proportion of deaths during the year 1845. Population. Nurnber of population. Number of deaths. Proportion of deaths. Europeans and Macao 731 40 1 in 18.3 58 REMARK 3. In Table No. 1.- We discover that the list of sick is smaller in March than in any other month throughout the year, while on the other hand it is greater in November, although it must be recollected that it is not actually the most unhealthy month. The reason then assigned for the increased sickness in November, is, the circumstance of the number of Indians who usually suffer most from the setting in of the low range of temperature at that time. It will be observed that there have been no deaths during January and February, with the exception of one woman who died in childbirth. The months of July and October shew the greatest mortality ; still we are not to consider the month in which the greatest mortality appears, to be the most unhealthy, as the cases that prove fatal, have generally been taken ill in the previous months and this statement is besides corroborated by what is observed in Britain, where nearly 100 more die of Phthisis in spring and summer than in autumn and winter, and yet these are certainly not the most unhealthy periods. The most unheal. thy months in this island, or rather the months in which the most fatal dis. eases have their origin, are July, August, and September, the three hottest months. In 'Table No. II.—The most prevalent diseases are clearly shown to be ague, diarrhea, remittent fever, and dysentery. But though ague stands at the head of the list in respect to the numier of cases, yet by looking over the causes of death as laid down under the head of " Remarks" in the table No. I. it will be seen that while out of 27 deaths that occurred last year, there were six of fever and nine fatal cases of dysentery, thus proving the latter to have been most fatal. Now by referring to the colonial surgeon's report for the six months ending Deoember 1844, it will be found that fever was then the most fatal malady. The reason for this change cannot at present be satis- factorily accounted for. The difference between this table and the one above is owing to one pri. soner who died in the seamen's hospital not being included in the table above, 134 MARCH, Review of Diseases in Hong kong. In Table No. III.-We see the number and proportion of deaths among the prisoners, which shews the mortality in the prison to be very small, being about 1per cent. The chief causes of the mortality are ulcers. These occur among the lowest class of the Chinese, and are owing to their inexcitable or non-inflammatory temperament, their spare diet, consisting of rice and salt fish, their filthy habits, and a wish on the part of the patients to prevent the ulcers healing so as to avoid work. These are often induced by the chains on their limbs, which may be said to act as the immediate exciting cause. Epidemics have been unknown in the jail. In Table No. 1V.-We find the deaths among the government officers to be small, only amounting to 1 in 66 of the whole, that is 14 per cent. or a little more than 1 per cent. among all the cases that have been under treat- ment in 1845. But in the police department, including overseers of roads, we find a much greater mortality, being 1 in 14 of the whole number of persons, that is 7 per cent. or among those who have been under treatment, 1 in 19.5, that is, about 55 per cent. This mortality is owing to the constant exposure to the vicissitudes of the climate, the intemperate habits of the individuals, the deleterious nature of the spirits they imbibe, and further, to the road overseers living in temporary dwellings erected on the damp soil. Table No. V.–Skews the European and Portuguese population in Hong- kong for 1845 and the number and proportion of deaths to the population, which we discover to be 1 in 18.3 or nearly 5 per cent. The past year appears to have been much more healthy among the civil com- munity than the years previous, which is to be accounted for by the improv- ed state of the colony, improvements in draining, in roads, and in dwellings more adapted to the country, also from the deleterious nature of the climate being better known, and therefore more care taken to avoid the causes which promote disease; and it is hoped that disease will now continue to diminish as the improvement of the place increases. F. Dill, M. D., Colonial hospital surgeon. Victoria, Hongkong, January 17th, 1846. The plan for a sanitarium, suggested by Dr. Tucker, we have often heard commended; we think, with him, “it would be the means of saving many lives.” Something more than a mere “convalescant hospital” might be had; there might be a villa, where not only individuals but whole farnilies could reside. Whether the site he has designated be the best, we are not able to say; one of the more easterly summits has been named as more eligible, being of more easy access and presenting a broader space for buildings. 1816. 135 Houses and Revenue of Hongkong. Arr. III. List of houses and public buildings on the island of Ilongkong, with statements of the revenue and expenditure of the colony during the year ending 31st December, 1845. The following documents are copied from the China Mail. The accounts of the revenue and expenditure are published in the go- vernment paper, by direction of " his excellency her majesty's pleni- potentiary and chief superintendent of British trade,” &c.; the list of houses, &c., seems not to have been published by authority; the Editor of the China Mail, says: “To Mr. A. L. Inglis, the assistant magistrate of police, the public is indebted for this valuable piece of statistics." The account of the various Chinese craft, including fishing boats, &c., is for the month of December 1845. In the second number of the “Hongkong Gazette,” May 15th, 1841, were published the names of the villages and hamlets on the island with the number of their estimated population. See Chinese Repository vol. X. p. 289. There were then : In the bazar, 800 In the boats, 2,000 In twenty villages 4,350 And laborers from Kowlung 300—7,450 At the present time, allowing five to each house (5X1874) there are 9,370 There are also some thousands living in the boats, say in all 4,000 Total pop. in Dec. 1845, say , 13,380 Mr. Inglis, being we believe a student of the Chinese language, will excuse us for drawing his attention to the names of the villages, &c. "Babel” must be written on them as they now stand. As far as practicable, we should certainly say, give the Chinese names and in the court dialect, (as exhibited in Williams' English and Chinese Vocabulary,) taking care to add, where necessary, the local Chinese or English names, or both. By adopting some such method for indi- cating the names of places, the present confusion would be avoided. By the by, while on this subject we will improve the opportunity to acknowledge the receipt of a very obliging note from a friend in Hongkong, drawing our "attention to the subject of the names and surnames by which foreigners should make themselves knowir to the Chinese." This subject is worthy of consideration, not only as regards the names of persons now living, but as it regards the 12 130 March, flouses and Roucnue of Hongkong. of other times, and especially such as occur in sacred history. In writing foreign names, we, in cominon with many others, have some- times adopted the Manchu lisage: thus, for Morrison, instead of writing Má-li-sun, the first syllable only has been given; this in common parlance is well enough, and was the practice of both the Morrisons. Our correspendent, however, is decidely opposed to this usage. We may recur to this subject on another occasion, in the mean time we shall be glad to learn the opinions of others. LIST OF HOUSES AND PUBLIC BUILDINGS ON THE ISLAND OF HONGKONG. 8 14 25 26 8 2 80 38 43 11 14 741 3 1 12 VICTORIA-European. Fishmonger Public offices, barracks, police stations, Poulterers, and hospitals-detached buildings 43 Fruiterers, Churches, 5 Green grocers, Catholic chapel, 1 Manufacturer of plaster of paris, Mosque, 1. Inhabited by Macao portuguese, &c., Merchants' hongs, shops, and private Do. by English, dwelling-houses, 133 Chinese families inhabited, In different stages of erection, 18 Brothels, Untenanted, 50 Lodging houses, 251 Shops for the sale of hewn stone, STANLEY-European. Untenanted, Police stations, 2 In course of erection, Catholic chapel, i Wooden houses inhabited by families, Do. do. Stone cutters, Buildings within the military canton- 12 Do, do. House Carpenters, ment, 15 CHAI-WAN-European SHEK-TONG-TSUI-Chinese. Barracks, 4 Chandlers, Victualler, VICTORIA--Chinese. Stone niasons, Town hall, 1 Lim: burners, Municipal police stations, Fishmongers, Hospitals, Fisherman, Shops with foreign merchandize, - 31 Barber, Druggists, 17 Rice seller, 131 Opium retailers, Basket-maker, Spirit merchants, 18 Painter, TVood do., Chandlers, Carpenter, 54 Gardener and fisherman, House painters, 6 Landscape, Silversmiths, 15 TIN-POONG–Chinese. Coppersuniths, 29 Fisherinan, Blacksmiths, 3. Ilusbandinan, Pawnbrokers, 5 Watchmakers, 2 POK-FU-LUM-Chinese. Bookbinders and stationers, 9 Husbandmen, Cabinet-makers and upholsterers, 46 14 HEONG-KONG-Chinese. Outfitting shops, Tailors, 42 Pleasure-house, Shoemakers, 32 Husbandmen, Builders of hanboo houses, 6 In the neighboring bays, Undertakers, 1 Washermen. 13 ABERDEEN-Chinese. Barbers, 26 Police station occupying, Victual'elis, 10 Chandlers, China and earthenware shops, 6 Rope makers, Bakers, 8 Druggists, Nlilkmen, 3 Barbers, Butchers, 8 Carpenters, 1 1 30 2 glanla r!-- sel 6 3 67 is er wo wo wo 1846. 137 Houses and Revenue of Hongkong. ***** 2 AND Blacksmiths, 3, Compradores, 2 Silversmith, 1 Grass cutters, 3 Rice Store, Tailor, 1 Nam-mo Shops, Householders, 2 Boat builders, Fruiterers, Husbandmen, 17 32 Green grocers, Biscuit Bakers, . TAI-TAM-TOOK-Chinese. Salt-fish stores, Husbandmen and fishermen, 14 Stationer and bookseller, Grass cutters, 7 SHOW-KE-WAN AND A-KOONG- Lime burner, i NAM. Husbandmen, 6 Stone masons, 79 Fishermen, 3 Chandlers, 7 Victuallers, 2 Boat builder, 1 Laborers, Grave Digger, Druggist, 1 Blacksmith, 1 74 Tailor, 1 STANLEY-Chinese. Victuallers, 2 Municipal police station, 1 Rope Makers, 5 Barbers, 2 Spírit merchants and chandlers, 6 Fruiterer, Chandlers, 9 Husbandmen, 5 General stores, 100 Druggists, Biscuit bakers, SHUI-TSEANG-WAN, NGAW. Salt-fish stores, 13 SHUN-WAN, TSUT-SZE-MUI. Opium retailers, HOONG-HEONG-LOO, Sílversmith, 1 SOO-KOAN-POO. Stationer and bookseller, 1 Shops and houses on Messrs. Jardine Blacksmiths, 2 Matheson & Co.'s property, 29 Boat builder, 1 Market house, Cabinet-makers, Stone masons, 63 Shoe-maker, Washerman, Grass cutters, 3 Earthenware shop, : Tea shops, 4 Tailors, . 4 Salt weighman, Barbers, 9 Barbers, 4 Nam-mó shops, Rope-maker, 1 Dyer of nets, 1 Grinder of bean curd, 1 Butchers, 2 Chandlers, 3 Baker, Fruiterers, Carpenter, 1 Grinder of bean curd, i Husbandmen, 17 Husbandmen, grass cutters, laborers, 133 fishermen, &c. 126 WONG-NEI-TSOONG. Unoccupied, 14 Grass cutters, 66 16 SEI-WAN-TSEI-Chinese. Tea shops, 4 Boat builders, Water sellers and fishermen, Tailors, 2 Cowherd, . 1 Schoolmaster, 1 WONG-MA-KOK, CHOONG-HUM, Carpenter, 1 TAI-TAM-HOW, TOO-TI-WAN, ''Lime burner, 1 AND WONG-KOK-TSIU. Fishermen, 4 Husbandmen and fishermen, 19 Chandlers, 3 SHEK-O-Chinese. School house, 1 Fishermen, 7 100 Chandler, 1 SEI-YING-POON. Husbandmen, 21 Butchers, 2 Unoccupied, 6 Tanners, 1 35 Wood merchant, 1 CHAI-WAN-Chinese. Chandlers, ny Lime burners, 4 Sellers of bean curd, 2 Chandlers, Carpenter, 1 . 227 Laborers, WA VOL. XV NO. TEL 18 133 MARCI, Houses and Rovenue of Hongkong. Laborers, 41 brick and tile boats, 12 Flower gardener, 1 Hoi-foong boats with poultry, pigs, 19 145 Total amount of stone, brick, and wooden houses in the colony, 1874 Total 408 and eggs, The following list of Chinese junks EAST-POINTANDSOO-KOAN-POO. and boats engaged in the trade, or At anchor, exclusive of trading otherwise connected with or deriving and passage boats. employment in the colony during the Stone boats, 62 past month of December may be taken Fishing craft refitting, &c., 112 as a standard for the preceding months Boats for transmission of cargo of the year 1845, with the exception of in the harbor, 26 the fishing craft at the villages, which Watermen’s hak-kows, 38 Bumboats, vary monthly 24 VICTORIA. Chü-ka-teang inhabited by families 162 At anchor in the Upper, Middle, and Lower Bays, exclusive of passage and Total 424 trading boats to the coast. Lime boats, 7 Trading junks, &c., which have an- Stone do., 28 chored during the past month at East Large do. for transmission Point. of cargo in the harbour, 24 Tiu-chow and Hoi-foong opium Kow-loong and Cheem-sha-tsui dealers, 5 ferry boats, Ful-kien do. 4 Large fishing craft refitting, . Canton boats with timber for Watermen's hak-kows, 73 building, 10 Bumboats, 35 Do. Chi-ka-teang inhabited by families, Kwei-shin firewood and charcoal with bricks and tiles, 12 the smaller description of which ply boats, 33 with passengers during the day, 394 Macao fast boats hired by private individuals, 16 Total, 578 Kow-loong (Sun-on) lime-boats, 19 Kwei-chin, Hoi-foong, and Tai-chow Trading junks and passage boats to salt boats, 89 the different ports on the coast which Sun-tuk, Poon-yü, Toongkoon, &c., 70 have anchored during the past month Foo-nun (Toong-koon) traders, 11 in Victoria harbor. Kow-loong mandarin boats, 3 Large trading junks from Tien-tsin 3 do. do. Fuh-kien, 15 Total, 272 Canton river salt junks, . 86 Tai-chow do.. 20 STANLEY. Hoi-foong do., 27 Anchored in the bay during the past Macao trading lorchas, 15 month. Do. fast boats, 15 Fishing craft, 1211 Canton do., 14 Fishermen, small sampans, 106 Do. daily post-hoats, 6 Hoi-foong traders in salt-fish, 435 City of Toonkoon passage-boats, 5 Do. and Kwei-shin salt-boats, 16 Shểk-long, (do.) do. 3) Watermen's hak-kaws, 47 Tai-ping, (do.) do. 12 Kwei-shin firewood, and charcoal Sze-kiu, (Poon-yü) du. 2 boats, 18 Chün-chün, (Sun-tuk) do. 3 General traders from different City of (San-wui) do. 2 ports, do. Kong-moon, (do.) 8 2 Fruit and vegetable boats, Sei-leons, (Sun-on) do. 2 Canton, Macao, and Toony-koon Nam-low, (ilo.) do. passage boats, 17 Tai-o, (do.) do. Victoria do. 4 Cheong-chow(do.) do. Chü-ka-leang inhabited by familics, 147 Cleacli, do. Total, 2114 Toon-kvon, Pun-yü, and Sun-luk 105 1846. 139 Houses and Revenue of Hongkong. ABERDEEN. Kwei-shin firewood boats, 10 Anchored in the Bay during the past Fruit & vegetable boats & bumboats, 15 month. Watermen's hak-kows, 9 Fishing craft, 259 Chu-ka-teang inhabited by families, 230 Passage boats being hogged, &c., 16 39 Total 580 Salt do. 2 Rice boats, S. 77 1844, 9 for the year 97 97 Revenue and expenditure of the colony of Hongkong during the year ending 31st December, 1845. Revenue of the colony of Hongkong received during the year 1845. £ d. £ s. d. Taxes. Police assessment, 529 6 3 Duties. Two and a half per cent. on goods 304 6 10 sold by public auction, Rents. On land for buildings, arrears of 1843, 630 11 5 do. do. do. 1844, 6,122 15 1 do. on account of the year 1845, 5,313 14 2 12,067 0 8 Deposits by purchasers of crown land, 76 14 5 From villages, 245 2 10 From stone quaries, 437 14 2 For fishery, 17 4 Of markets, arrears of 99 13 4 do. 1845, 1,463 14 7 1,563 7 11 Of buildings 260 8 4 Licenses. For opium farm, 2,384 15 2 Selling wines and spirits, 1,154 7 9 Auctioneer, 997 1 Salt broker, 226 0 10 Serangs, 111 15 11 Billiard room, 13 13 10 Pawnbrokers, 464 19 3 4,454 19 10 Fees. On leases and deed registry, 445 19 1 For sundries, as signatures, &c., &c. 115 0 2 For registering boats, 108 4 1 From supreme and police courts, 628 3 7 1,297 70 Fines. From supreme and police courts 744 14 4 Forfeitures, 20 2 3 Waif to the Queen, 15 9 1 Surcharges recovered, 92 10 ( Refunds, 76 2 Charts and port-regulations, sailing letters, and passes, 41 9 7 Nett proceeds of sundries sold by public auction, 14 13 3 Total Revenue, pounds sterling 22,242 8 1 Expenditure of the colony of Hongkong, for the year ended 31 st, Dec. 1845. Civil government. £ d. s. d. Salaries, 12,673 77 Ordinary contingencies, 1,016 19 1 Special disbursements, 796 19 2 14,487 5 10 Ecclesiastical department, Salaries, 710 18 10 Ordinary contingencies, 41 15 6 752 14 4 Revenue departments, Salaries, 5,043 16 2 Ordinary contingencics, 657 17 6 Special disbursements, 177 3 11 5,878 17 7 92 0 S. 140 MARCH, Chinese Proverbs. Judicial department, Salaries, 6;590 90 Ordinary contingencies, 742 13 9 Special disbursements, 234 16 0 7,567 18 9 Police departments. Salaries, 4,351 4 8 Ordinary contingencies, 5,311 11 10 Special disbursements, 322 12 1 9,985 8 7 Medical department. Salaries, 600 00 0 Ordinary contingencies, 67 17 3 Special disbursements, 154 10 5 822 7 8 39,494 12 9 Public works and buildings, 26,800 19 3 Compensations for removing houses and clearing ground, 136 4 7 Miscellaneous, 295 2 10 Total expenditure for 1845, pounds sterling 66,726 19 5 FREDERICK W. A. BRUCE, Colonial secretary Victoria, Hongkong, January 9th, 1846. Art. IV. Chinese proverbs, selected from a collection in the Eng- lish version of P. Premare's Notitia Lingua Sinice. The desirableness of having the Notitia Linguæ Sinice of P. Pré- mane translated into English having often been suggested, we are happy in being able at length to announce its completion, and also to state, in reply to inquiries for the book, that it is now half through the press in the office of the Chinese Repository. Prémare's work, we believe, is generally admitted to be the best extant for aiding the student in the acquisition of the Chinese language. We have before us the sheets that have been printed; and as a specimen of the work, and of the thoughts of the Chinese and their mode of expressing them, we select a few of the apothems and proverbs from the closing sec- tion of Part First, which treats of “the spoken language and fami- liar style. PROVERBS. “ The apothems and proverbs in the Chinese language add not a little to its dignity and strength of expression. There are doubtless, in all, many more than are comprised in this collection. In the ex- amples presented it will be desirable to attend as well to the mode of expression as to the sense. So says P. Prérnare. 1. Yih máng tin chung máng, sáng tgiáng juh ho kºáng, El Úlfux ko, if the blind lead the blind they will both go into the pit, CHINESE " 1846. 141 Chinese Procerbs. diseases enter. raises no storm. boat with the current. to kill two birds with one stone. 2. Ho ts’ung k'au ch'uh, ping ts' ung k' au juh, TU RED FREE II 1, misfortunes proceed from the mouth, and by the mouth 3. Hau tien pu ta ting, hầu jin puh táng ping, 4 km #T THAT ff, good iron is not used for nails, nor are sul. diers made of good men. 4. Shun fung puh k'i láng, na Tote it, a fair wind 5. Sui fung táu to, shan shaeui tui chº uen, kế BV ] ft III # , to sail with wind and tide. 6.Shá thun fung ch"ui ho, hiá shui hang ch"uen, E H E KT K FT , to fan the flame in a fair wind, and to impel the 7. Yih niên đoán nien, -8 8 8, one mind, ten thousand years ; always of one mind. 8. Yih kü liáng teh, — m, or yik kü liúng pien, 舉​兩​便​, 9. Yih nien chi chºá, chung thân cá httui, 念​之​差​終身 ​z to, the error of a thought , the regret of a whole life. 10. Siáo puh jin cám tá mau | 7 BLA BÀ, a little impatience subverts great undertakings. 11. K'i hoh i t'ien, jin sin nán mwán, 難​滿​, vast chasms can be filled, the heart of man is never satisfied, 12. I teh ping, i puh teh ming, To fit, dis. eases may be healed, but fate cannot be remedied. 13. P teh shin, é puh teh sin, 1971ů, the body may be healed, but the mind is incurable. 14. Jin sin wei hü kú ling, shán kuh wei hü kú ying, Nů 虚​故​靈​山谷​惟​虚​故​應​, the open mind pieces, the 15. Shủ báu hú đun sán, NH ĐI MI MI5 g, when the tree falls the monkeys flee. 16. Shú tau wú yin, 1 ful , when the tree falls the shade disappears. 17. Ht luh puk t'ung ył, w E Ft, the tiger does not 18. Sui luh ché puh kú tú, * E * 7 , he who pursues the stag disdains to notice the hare. 19. Tá ch'ung puk k'ih fuh juh, te Tip Hill, the tiger does not molest a lying carcass. hollow dell resounds. walk with the hind. 142 MARCH, Chinese · Proverbs. is made deaf. 25. 20. Táng tsi pub tsũ keo hau moh larui, 8 4 | 1 , he who neglects a good opportunity must not afterwards complain. 2. Táng toán puh toán fán sláu ki laoàn, ở ấp / T 3 #L, trouble neglected becomes still more troublesome. 29. Lam chang ph mái sim, hú shảng puh uh gũ, F 1 H et Et, wood is not sold in the forest 'nor fish at the pool. 23. Kuán thán tình shau chº ái, kuán ho tie kºi shui, Ề L VEM A PL K, the keeper of the forest burns up the wood, the keeper of the stream drinks up the water. 24. Shi jih ché hiuen, ting lui ché lung, 1. DI , he who looks at the sun is dazzled, he who hears the thunder Yuh mieh tsih, Prh tsau siueh chung, lik lits Tot of, he desires to hide his tracks and walks upon the snow. 26. Huái ch áu 'rh k'iú fáng, lan , his desire to become agreeable renders him disgusting. 27. K'i lü mik lü, S, he seeks the ass, and lo he sits upon him. 28. Sháng puh bản tsch Biá mán, Ed HJ F 8, when the master is not rigid the servant is remiss. Yen tsing t'iáu hưui k'í táu, 眼睛​跳​悔​氣​道​, when the eyes quiver it is a bad sign. 30. Yih jia sáu fan kiú tsuh toáu chú, - A = 8 L là V, for the crime of one the whole fainily suffers. 31. Moh shwoh tá jin, sien skú liáu tsz ki, 1# T TÉ 2, speak not of others, but first convict yourself. 2. Toáu puh kỵ kan, chung túng fu sang, H 4 R Rẻ Ri , if the root reinains the grass will grow. 33. Yu * cú sang keºái hocol, sũ hiá sa kung fú, tc 2 : 1 HTTEIX, great pleasures are purchased only with great prins. Tạien sºáu chú loan, mang giá puh fah, Tp V = 0 Đ * Pierces, if the root is killed the shoots will not revive. 35. KⓇíh fán fáng yeh, hing lú fáng tieh, PE U U PITK W Bk, do not choke yourself in eating nor let your foot slip in walking 29. 34. 18.16. Chinese Proacilis. 13 36. Lá thái láu là ih tran siú chi, k + H I - 5 4:13, a man who has a tonyue may go to Rome. 37. Ho sláng tº ien ai, k E = 0, to add fuel to the flame. 38. Lá kia gi lý, puh jũ ul li ti – E gii = 42, better be at home than three furlongs off. 39. Chá háu li, miú is ien li, F., a slight devia ion leads to a great error. 40. Fan in phu lo máu sáng, hui shui ph Ao tau liáng, 凡​人不可貌相​海水不可斗量​, a man is not always known by his looks, nor is the sea measured with a bushel. 41. Yuh puh choh puh ch'ing Hi, jin puh mo puh ching tau, 玉不琢不成器​入​不​磨​不成​道​, a gon is not polished without rubbing, nor is man perfected without trials. 42. Ping lin kúu kih pih sű sz’ tih, 6 Billi Bi se , extreme peril requires extreine effort. 43. Fũ "nh chi gen can vũ tu ten lí, kỳ 2 P A + , a word spoken in the ear is heard a thousand miles off 44. Puh ti k'i tung, puh nang jin chung, 7 * WiFi fel, a small beam will not hear a great weight, 45. Siáng yá pul chuk shú k'áu, * *7 ivory does not come from a rat's mouth. 46. Wo puh yin jin tsºi, jin puh yin wo isti, F F 1 € !, if I kecp with my own wife she will not be debauched by others. 47. Kiun to puh nien kiáu ngoh, 3 , 2 , the wise forgets past injuries. 48. Jin sang gio slí, twºáu sang gi chºum, A +- a Æ - man lives one age, the flowers one spring. 49. Ning k'o wú liáu yú puh k'o yú liáu wu, le T T 11 7 DT 5 7 fui, better not be than be nothing. 50. Kí tsz? yü shih tsz’ tau, e F 11 F the eggs fights with the rock. 51. Chi luh wei má, HE, to point at the stag and 52. 1 yáng yih niú, 1 # % +, to exchange a sheep for 59. Ting jin puh táng tu!, AX 1, a man is bet- ter than a pledge. mean the horse. an ox. 144 MARCII, Chinese Proverbs. A 57. T lor Ch nea arti as deni will syste mere ) 54. Háu jin siing fung, ngok jin siáng 11, if t, the good seek each other, the bad mutually repel. 55. Tán sz' puh ching sien, Titte keinen one thread does not make a rope ; a swallow does not make a summer. 56. Wáng mei chú koh, hoá ping keh kt # #g E E ĐH E eu ten to feed upon the pictures of one's own fancy. Kiá cau puh ko cái sáng, ở đ n h 15,do- mestic foibles must not be exposed. 58. Chung chin shi sz’ wú nán seh, lieh fú lin wei yú siáu yung, 中​臣​視​死​無​難忍​烈婦​臨危​有​笑容​, a faithful subject dies without fear, and a virtuous woman meets danger with delight. 59. Fú ts'i mien tseien moh shwoh chin, piang yú mien tseien moh shion in, 夫妻​面前​莫說​真​朋友​面前​莫說​假​, between husband and wife there must be all affection, between friends all fidelity. 60. Yih giá ni ºth kih puh teh làáng kiá fán, 家​女兒 ​吃​不得​兩家​飯​, a woman in one house cannot eat the rice in two; a wise woman does not marry the second time. 61. Nien ki ts'ien pien chi kí hậu, E2 F HI E H H , consider the past, and you will know the future. 62. Káng tác vui ku ái puh chán trú tsui, M DJ RE 5 file : TF, though the sword be sharp it will not wound the inno. Shih ko fu jin kiú ko tú, + tu 1945, nine women in ten are jealous. 64. Wán ngon gin toei shau, peh hãng giáu toei sien, i = han TITBst, sensual indulgence is the greatest evil, filial obedience is the highest good. 65. Shen jin teh fuh wei chí sháng, ngoh jin teh fuh wei chi yáng, 善人​得福​為之​賞​惡人​得福​為之​殃​,prosperity is a blessing to the good, but to the evil it is a curse. 65. Shen jin ting shwoh sin chung ts®z', ngoh jin ting shuoh ’rh pien foung,善​聽說​心中​刺​惡人​聽說​耳邊風​, instruction pervades the heart of the wise, but cannot penetrate the ears of a fool. 67. Hái teh sing ming, tien puh tela tsing ming, he an 27 a man may be deprived of life but a good name cannot be taken froin him. at the those namel gener cent. 63, the m Morrie are all dialect body on given er this actual probab compar reads of show th ciation their so the inde kisbory Fukien one who in the id. V 1848. 145 English und Chinese Vocabulary. ART. V. Ying Hwá Yun-fú Lih-kiái, ## or an English and Chinese. Vocubulary, in the court dialect. By S. Wells WILLIAMS. Printed at the office of the Chi- nese Repository. This work, having been published more than two years ago, ought long since to have been noticed and commended in the pages of the Chinese Repository. Though only a Vocabulary, it comprises in a neat and commodious form of 520 octavo pages, no less than 14,146 articles with an index of 5109 different Chinese characters, and such as are in most common use. It is a vademecum which every resi- dent in China, whether living in Canton or at the northern ports, will do well to have always at hand. The plan of the work, and the system of orthography employed in it, Mr. Williamas thus describes. “The only feature of this work which renders it different from a mere Vocabulary, is the attempt, by means of the index of characters at the end of the book, to make it useful in holding intercourse with those who speak the two provincial dialects most known to foreigners, namely, the Canton and Fukien. The body of the work is in the general language of the country, (usually, but improperly called the mandarin dialect,) as it is exhibited in the syllabic part of Dr. Morrison's Dictionary. In the index, the characters in the volume are all arranged under the 214 radicals, and the pronunciation of three dialects given to each character. The same sound contained in the body of the work is repeated in the index, followed by the sound given to the character in the Canton and Amoy dialects. Wheth- er this plan is one that will succeed well must be decided by actual practice, for the attempt has not heretofore been made. It is probable, however, that the beginner, in almost all cases, will make comparatively but little use of the index, for finding that the words he reads off are not understood by one speaking another dialect, he will show the characters to him, in order to hear and learn his pronun- ciation of them. This is indeed, in all cases, the only way to learn their sounds accurately, and it is then, after having heard them, that the index, by helping him to remember them, will be found useful. It is hoped too that it will facilitate intercourse in the Canton and Fukien dialects to one more advanced than the freshman; enabling one who has learned a number of characters, and made some advances in the idioms of the language, and become acquainted with the usual VOL. XV. NO, HI 19 146 MARCA, English and Chinese Vocabulary. changes which the sound of characters undergo in passing from one dialect into another, to communicate in one or the other of these dialects. The index will then come into use in assisting him to recall the right sound. “It might be added that notwithstanding the labor which has been expended in compiling the whole Vocabulary, it is somewhat doubtful whether it will prove to be more than an imperfect aid to the beginner in talking with the people. It is believed that an educated Chinese will understand every phrase and character in the book when shown to him, except the names of a few foreign articles; but the proportion of educated men to be met with on the coast, and in shops, at landing- places, in families as servants, or wherever foreigners usually meet them, is small; and in addition to the ignorance of the hearer, the pronunciation of the foreigner is at first so strange, his idioms are so unlike those employed by the native, his intonation so incorrect, and his attempts at talking altogether so rude, that the interlocutor will. ofttimes end the conversation, by observing to a third person, “ I don't understand what this man says; what is he talking about?” Besides these obstacles to a ready intercourse in the Chinese spoken language, the number of colloquial phrases that are unwritten is great, and their use so general, as often to drive the more learned book phrase quite out of the common language of the people; and it will then require the aid of an educated person to translate these latter expressions into the better understood phrases in use on the spot. This is so much the case in those parts of Fukien province best know to foreigners through the emigrants from them, and the number of unwritten sounds in that dialect is so great, that it has been a matter of some doubt whether it was worth while to illustrate it at all in this Vocabulary; it will be a pleasure therefore to learn that the present attempt has not quite failed of its object. “It may here be observed that, in order to make the book as small as possible, the pages have been closely printed, and synonymous Chinese phrases have been omitted, and others scattered under English words of similar meanings ; so that if the first phrase turned up is not readily understood, let another one be sought under a word of similar import. A little care must be taken at first, not to use a Chinese word or phrase as a verb, when the English word is a noun, and vice versâ ; for instance, hó lú ok is a grate, not to grate ; jin pún 17 is to bail, not a bail. Every endeavor has been made, however to avoid the liability to such mistakes ; but sometimes two or three phrases with ineanings very unlike, are found under one English word, 1816. 147 English and Chinesc Vocabulary. a noun. 1 corresponding to the different meanings of that word as a verb, or In such cases, soine knowledge of their application is indis- pensible to their right use. “ The orthography of few languages has been so difficult to fix as that of the Chinese. This difficulty is owing chiefly to the endless diversity of pronunciation among the people themselves, resuslting in a great measure from one peculiar feature of their written language, that no word affords in itself the means of ascertanining its own pronuncia- tion, either by any resolution of its parts into elementary sounds, or by attending to any system of rules agreed upon for pronouncing words: In Kánghi's Dictionary, the sound of every character is given by a kind of dissection of the sound with two other characters; as from tsz' and yie to make tsiú y, which is done by taking the initial of the first word and the final of the second, and combining them. Another character of exactly the same sound, if there be one, is then quoted, which the reader is supposed to know beforehand : so that the pronunciation of the entire language is traditionary. In fact, in two well known provincial vocabularies, the Fan Wan 11 in the Canton dialect, and the Sip-ngoi Im + 11 in the Fukien dialect, the characters are all arranged by their sounds, according to a system founded upon the initial and final portions of the words; so that a person must already have heard the sound and learned the character whose meaning he wishes to know, before he can use the work. There are also shades of difference between sounds that must be written with the same letters, much too delicate to be described by any alphabet, consisting of certain inflections of the voice not noticed at all in western languages, and which no modern alphabet was ever contrived to represent, but which in Chinese, when wrongly used, often totally alter the meaning of the word, and perhaps affect the sentence in which it is used. The English words, a present and to present, a record and to recoril, afford a slight illustration of this difference of tones in Chinese words—though it must not hence be inferred that tone is identical with accent. “Another difficulty in settling upon any uniform mode of ortho- graphy for writing Chinese sounds, has gradually grown out of the many western languages in which they have been written, and consequently the various ways which they have been spelled. For in. stance, the character it has been written kuai, c'oai, kouai, kwue, and kw'ai ; has been written tam, seng, saăng, and sang; hy is choam, tchouang, choang, chwang, and chwung ; and so of others : and each of these four modes is intended to express precisely the same sound, 148 Marci, English and Chinese Vocabulary. and several works have been published, in which one or other of them has been followed. If to tliese various forms of writing the sound of a character, when one dialect only is intended, the different sounds it has in various parts of the empire, and the correponding modes of writing them be added, the confusion becomes greater; so that among them all, a foreigner is altogether at a loss to know what is the mean- ing of a phrase when merely the sounds of the characters are written. The various syllables cull, olr, ul, uth, lh, urh, 'rh, i, e, lur, nge, ngi, je,ji, are some of the ways in which the somds of the character fy in different dialects has been spelled by different writers; and there are probably more ways still of sounding this character (which is however a puzzling one) in other dialects in which no books have yet been published. It seems therefore highly desirable that at least those scholars who write upon Chinese literature in the English language, should agree upon a uniform system of orthography for expressing the sounds of the characters in whatever dialect they write; so that a student acquainted with only one, shall be able to use the works explantory of another dialect as soon as he sees the sounds of the characters in that dialect. At present, there are two or three modes of writing the sounds of the character among English sinolo- gues, among French students of Chinese, there seem to be at least three; Portuguese scholars have another mode, and Germans still another. In many words, the differences of spelling in all these languages would be none at all or trifling, as in hing, lin, sung, &c., but in the majority it would be such as to reil the meaning of the cha- racter, except to those acquainted with the particular system adopted. “ The system of pronunciation followed in this vocabulary has been employed in a few works which have lately issued from the press, and has been adopted by many students in Chinese as the one best adapt- ed to express the sounds of all the dialects in the empire. It is much like the sysiem proposed in India by those gentlemen who have Romanized some of the languages of that country, where it has been proved to be well fitted to express all the sounds occurring in those tongues. Owing to the monosyllabic nature of the Chinese lan- guage, it is of the highest importance to have a system of orthography which will as accurately express the sounds of the characters as it is possible for the 26 Roman letters to do it; and that system is undoubt- edly the best which approaches nearest to this mark. Whether this system possesses these qualifications use must decide; those who have made trial of it long enough to become familiar with the applica- rion of the diacritical marks, and the power of the letters, give it the and 1846. English and Chinese Vocabulary. 149 decided preference to all others for expressing the sounds of the Chinese language. It has deficiencies, for there are a few sounds in some of the dialects which elude every attempt to express them by any letters; and objections can be raised against two or three of its features; but on the whole, it will probably be found more consistent with itself, and more flexible in its application to some of the nicer distinctions of sounds with as little expense of time in writing it and as simple an apparatus of marks to express the sounds, as any one heretofore proposed. It may be observed, however, that the attempt to introduce any new system of orthography, containing diacritical or accentual marks of any kind among those who use the English lan- guage, is likely to be opposed on the one hand by those who are fami- liar with the old systems where there are none; and on the other to be disregarded by those who have not yet learned any, simply because it is against the genius of the English language to employ marks of any sort which influence the powers of the vowels. In writing our mother tongue we prefer to give a dozen sounds to one vowel, and employ one vowel to express a dozen sounds, than trouble ourselves with any marks; and the sounds of the diphthongs are as varied as those of the vowels. “This system is now empolyed in writing the sounds of the court dialect for the first time; and in other dialects, it has been used only in the Chinese Chrestomathy and Easy Lessons in Chinese, in the Canton dialect, and Esop's Fables done into Fukien colloquial. The general rule adopted in the system is to mark the long yowels with an acute ['] accent, and leave the short vowel sounds unmarked; some other sounds occur which are marked with the grave [\] accent. As far as it has been possible, the same sound has always been expressed by the same letters, and this fundamental rule, upon which the excellence of any system must depend, has in no case here been infringed. But at this point the difficulty which has been already noticed, that of the discrepancies among different natives in speaking the same character, comes up in full force; and the difficulty of writing a word so that it shall express the most usual sound in the dialect has been great. Not only will one character be sometimes sounded in one, two, and perhaps three ways, by different persons living at no great distance from each other, but the same person will sound it unlike at intervals; while still the general resemblance of the language is so close that the dialect has its characteristic features, which are tolerably well defined, and immediately distinguish it from all others. 150 13:11 British Shipping at Canton. MARCH, Vesse John Hind Mala Scale Coro Aden Euph Charl Robel Elvira Caciq “For instance, the two small books above referred to, the Canton Tonic Dictionary, the Fan Wan; and the Fukien, the Sip-ngoi Im; represent the pronunciation of these two dialects as well as any works which have been published; yet it is nevertheless probably true that while the general features of these dialects are well preserved, not an individual can be found in China who pronounces every word accord- ing to those standards, and the variations from them are almost endless within the range of a few miles. It is from this circumstance easy to be seen that nothing more than an approximation to the pronuncia- tion of a district can be expected in any work ;—when the student begins to use this Vocabulary, he will not therefore, if he bear this in mind, throw the book aside, if he hears a man call a character by a sound unlike that here given to it. The people of Macao speak so much like those in Canton that both parties easily understand each other, and the language of both places is properly called the Canton dialect; but a native of Macao says ngün for in, sui 7k for shui, chi * for tsz’, ngi for í, t'ang lin for ting, &c., &c., so that his birthplace is known to a citizen by his patois. The student will learn these variations by mixing with the people; and as he will never learn to talk in Chinese at all without associating with them, they need give him no anxiety. It may perhaps be safely said, that two Chinese cannot be found in the empire who pronounce every character alike; while the fact is evident that the largest associated body of people that ever existed in the world under one government, use one language, and find it fully adequate for all their wants." Shep! Mona Charl Kests Larnic Lord Maid Jerem Eleph Teaze John Foam. Challe Advoc A tabular list of vowels, diphthongs, and consonants; remarks on the tones and asperates; an alphabetical and comparative list of syllables in the court, Ningpo, Canton, Fukien and Tiéchiú dialects; a collections of homophonous characters in the court dialect, &c., ozake up the remaining part of the Introduction, occupying 88 pages. With this simple account of the Vocabulary, we recommend it as a most convenient and useful inanual, well designed to facilitate inter- course with the Chinese. Corde Prince Enyle Victo Helen Guisa Marm Moha Rova Huis Beula Chus Strat Chee Súng Dow St. V Swit Orie Geos New Lari Flyi Oly Art. VI. Statement of tonnage dues, import and crport duties, paid by British vessels in the port of Canton from 1st Jan. to 31st Dec., 1845. (From the China Mail Fcb. 12th, 1846.) Сас Par Ori- 1810. 1551 British Shipping at Cunion. c. c. in. C. C. in. Tonnage ducs. Vessel's names. Tonnage. t. m. John Wickliffe, Hindostan, Surge, Malacca, Scaleby Castlc, Coromandel, Aden, Euphrates, Charles Forbes Robert Pulsford, Elvira, Cacique, Shepherdess, Monarch, Charlotte, Kestre), Larne Lörd Elphinstone, Maid of Athens, Jeremiah Garnett, Elephanta, Teazer, John Christian, Foam, Imp. fi cap. ilutics. Total. t. t. C. C. 10,893 10,8993 15,238 8 8 8 15,288 8 8 8 10,030 Ø 5 10,030 8 5 11,143 65 11,1433 6 5 33,826 0 5 7 33,826 0 5 7 18,1186 9 9 9 18,986 9 9 9 (1,99991 95 6,991 95 14,396 5 14,396 5 2,:360 5 5 8 2,363 5 5 8 13,630 1 4 13,6:30 1 4 7,505 3 0 5 7,505 3 0 5 431 2 5 43) 2 5 8,120 () 1 8,992) 0 1 5 12,137 6 1 12,37 6 1 11,126 125 11,626 1 2 5,9904 1 2 7 5,904 1 2 2,:376 1 7 6 2,376 1 7 2,255 0 8 8 2,205 0 8 3,59). O 2 5 3,5!)1 0 2 10,122 1 3 5 10,422 1 3 5 7,634 7 2 5 7,6:34 7 2 5 221 1 2 2 221 1 2 2 7,959 2 2 5 7,959 2 2 5 6,991 91 6,991 91 196,372 4 3 1:56,372 4 3 3,736 6 0 5 3,900 98 3,233 4 2 1 3,381 5 4 9,033 7 0 8 9,222 7 0 8 3,492 8 8 8 3,810 6 3 8 10,703 7 9 2 10,897 91 7 2,789 7 6 8 2,984 0 1 8 5,824 6 7 6 6,167 1 7 6 975 6 2 8 1,212 6 2 8 14,912 0 8 9 15,106 08 13,044 9 2 13,231 5 9 20,567 1 20,8:34 1 3 17,9905 9 8 1 18,170 9 3 14,610 4 14,899 4 5 11,442 4 3 11,633 4 3 2,638 0 2,031 5 4 Challenger, 2081 104 3 5 Advocate, 2961 148 1 2 5 Cordelia, 378 189 Prince Albert, 6:353 317 7 5 Eagle, 3884 194 1 2 5 Victoria, 333.1 1.94 2 5 Helen, 685 342 5 Guisachan, 474 237 Marmion, 328 194 Mohawk, 475 237 5 Royal Alice, 534 267 Humayoon 530 265 Beulah, 578 289 Chusan, 482 241 Strathisla, 378 193 5 Cheerful, 123, Sidney, 184 92 Dowthorpe, 373 126 5 St. Vincent, 629 157 2 5 Swithamley, 7274 363 6 2 5 Oriental, 506 253 George Buckham, 385 1925 New Margaret 411 205 5 Earl Powis, 29991 149 6 2 5 86 8 6 City of Sydney, 106 10 6 Olympus, 31.3 157 8 7 5 Isabella, 3553 177 5 Cacique, 150 75 Pantaloon, 202 101 Oriental, 396. 198 2 5 571 285 5 Emu, 581 190 5 7,231 0 m y 6 13,547 5 5 4 23,440 6 3 15,505 9 5 4 5,882 7 0 5 10,257 1 2 7,449 3 6 1,336 4 7 6 1,831 3 9 4 9,231 4 7 6 12,533 3 5 163 6 4 2 562 3 91 12,319 6 3 5 21,100 0 3 5 11,704 1 7 92 7,417 5 6 13,704 8 0 4 23,804 2 5 6 15,778 9 5 4 6,075 20 5 10,462 6 2 7,598 98 5 1,345 0 6 1,841 9 9 4 9,389 3 5 1 12,711 6 1 238 6 4 2 663 3 9 1 12,517 8 8 21,385 5 3 11,894 6. OC OR OTO Earl Grey, 132 Marcii, British Shipping at Canton. ጎn. . C. C. c. C. m. 197 Tonnage dues. l'essel's ramcs. tonnage. l. Louisa, 2721 136 1 2 5 Eliza, 682 34). Constant, 535 267 ő Gwalior, 404 202 Potentate, 344 172 Tory, 608 304 Wigeon, 230 70 Anna Eliza 254,1 127 2 5 Sarah Louisa, 215 107 5 Wm. the Fourth, 199 99 5 Sultana, 1,181 500 5 Arun, 309 1:54 5 Anne Jane, 351 175 5 Queen Mab, 3.4 Sir Ht. Compton, 346 173 Regina, 8004 400 1 2 5 Hesperus, 330 165 India, 573,4 236 75 Framjee Cowasjee, 950 475 Lowjee Family, 1,0704 535 1 2 5 Bangalore, 383 1915 Osprey, 1484 14 8 2 5 l'almyra, 4633 232 8 7 5 Hope, 3771 188 6 2 5 Buckinghamshire, 1,731 865 5 Good Success, 528 264 Bintang, 2544 127 1 25 Competitor, 3554 177 6 2 5 D. of Clarence, 2744 137 1 2 5 Dorisana, 486.5 243 2 5 Thomas Crisp, 87 6 2 5 City of Shiraz, 1054 10 5 2 5 Buenos Ayrean, 349.1 174 7 5 Lady Sale, 325 1625 Amiga, 350 175 Emerald Isle, 501 250 5 R. Çowasjce, 764, 382 2 5 William Parker, 411 205 5 Josephine, 3104 155 3 7 5 Drongan, 421 210 5 James Turcan, 332 166 Rookery, 311 155 5 ĐI lius, 328 164 Jean, 281 140 5 Dchss. of North. 5414 270) 5 Francis Spaight, 3661 183 2 5 Alice Brooks, 212 106 Caledonia, 848 424 Helen Stewart, 419 209 5 Harlequin, 1451 14 5 2 5 Ardaseer, 422 211 Black Dog, 142 14 2 Challenger, 2083 104 3 7 5 Sulimany, 7944 397 2 5 Mauritius, 401 200 5 William Mitchell, 4004 200 1 2 5 Charlotte, 738, 369 2 5 Fort William, 1,2141 607 1 2 5 Prince Albert, 633, 317 7 5 Imp. &. exp. dutics. Total. t. m. t. c. c. 1,974 43 2,110 5 5 5 19,945 % 0 8 20,286 2 08 3,850 0 1 4,117 5 3 1 7,564 4 2 6 7,766 4 2 6 12,5996 1 2 12,768 1 2 7 13,259 0 4 5 13,563 9 4 5 5,853 3 0 5 5,928 3 0 5 1,984 8 4 2 2,112 0 9 2 12 9 7 120 4 3 7 2,101 7 2,2012 8,636 4 2 5 9,276 9 2 5 918 92 1,073 4 2 0,036 2 6 8 9,261 7 6 8 12,822 3 6 13,019 6 1 2,129 4 2 3 2,362 4 2 3 7,123 1 4 8 7,523 2 7 3 9,932 7 1 10,097 5 1 15,504 36 15,791 1 1 4,169 0 6 4,614 076 10,628 5 5 4 11,163 6 7 9 9,292 4 9,483 9 2,029 6 8 2,044 4 7 3 11,503 6 1 1 11,736 4 8 6 11,238 8 0 8 11,427 4 3 3 9,673 0 7 5 10,538 5 7 5 4,165 1 3 4 4,429 1 3 4 403 9 0 5 53) 0 3 10,036 1 6 9 10,213 7 9 4 1,189 1,326 ] 25 13,906 8 3 6 14,150 0 8 6 1,500 1,587 6 2 5 650 3 3 8 660 8 6 3 2,506 7 9 7 2,681 5 4 7 1,484 4 8 8 1,646 9 8 8 12,121 51 12,296 5 1 11,318 2 6 1 11,563 7 6 1 3,688 5 8 7 4,070 8 3 7 11,211 0 5 4 11,416 5 5 4 8,988 3 6 9,143 7 4 1 1,902 8 4 6 2,113 3 4 6 9,915 1 9 2 10,081 1 9 2 9,410 5 6 6 9,566 0 6 6 7,564 35 7,728 35 1,396 5 9 6 1,537 ( 96 3,148 6 3 3,419 38 2,336 6 2,319 9 3 4 1,944 5 2 2,050 5 2 8,767 5 7 3 9,191 5 7 3 14,126 5 9 7 14,336 0 9 7 154 9 4 169 4 6 5 1,988 0 6 9 2,199 0 6 9 336 7 0 5 350 905 4,364 3 1 5 4,468 69 3,469 8 2 5 3,867 0 7 5 10,506 6 7 7 10,707 177 12,384 6 3 6 12,584 7 6 1 4,079 0 7 4,448 2 5 11,898 9 3 8 12,506 0 6 3 3,196 7 3 3,514 4 7 3 1751 1846. 153 British Shipping at Canton. CC. m. C. C. m. c. Victory, Tonnage dues. Vesscl's names. tonnage. t. in. William Shand, 500 2:50 Earl of Chester, 5171 238 6 2 5 Livingstone, 467 233 5 Earl of Clare, 9104 455 1 2 5 Prince of Wales, 820 413 Mary Bannatyne, 5351 267 6 2 5 Charles Forbes, 1,120) 560 Anonyma, 257 123 5 Earl Balcarras, 1,4881 744 1 2 5 Scotia, 7781 389 1 2 5 Castle Huntley, 1,505 732 5 Charles Grant, 1,699 849 5 Faize Rabaney, 563 281 5 Pandora, 297 148 5 Bahamian, 3181 159 1 2 5 Mayarum Dyarum, 7344 367 1 2 5 D. of Northunb. 541, 270 75 Amelia, 102 10 2 City of Derry, 474 237 Boinbay Castle, 60994 304 6 2 5 General Wood, 754 377 Tyrer, 334 167 Scaleby Castle, 1,507 753 5 Sandersons, 3084 154 1 2 5 Macedon, 528 264 4263 213 3 7 5 Anita, 219 109 5 Patna, 362 181 Druid, 342 171 Saghalien, 3774 188 6 2 5 Amazon, 423 211 8 7 5 705 352 5 Inglewood, 518 259 Culdee, 387 193 5 Duke of Bronte, 4231 211 6 2 5 Glenelg, 867} 433 5 Hindostan, 5001 250 25 Ellen, 4404 221 1 2 5 Shah Allum, 939 469 5 Syria, 5123 271 3 7 5 Brahmin, 616 308 Sarah Louisa, 215 107 5 Arun, 309 154 5 Caroline, 323 164 5 D. of Lancaster, 5634 281 8 7 5 Harbinger, 297 148 5 Helen, 635 342 5 Prince Regent, 287 143 5 Dumfries, 46.94 234 1 2 5 Madura, 603 301 5 Julia, 755 377 5 Albert Edward, 327 163 5 F. Mombarack, 1,0904 545 1 2 5 Anna Robertson, 447) 223 7 5 S. Edward Byan, 320 160 Antilles, 1954 97 6 2 5 Royal Exchange, 131 13 1 Devon, 509} 254 6 2 5 Imp. & cap. duitas Total. t. t. C. 14,337 3 9 8 14,537 39 8 23,192 1 4 2 23,450 7 6 7 13,497 8 3 13,31 2 8 3 8,596 68 9,051 8 0 5 3,874 6 0 4 4,287 6 0 4 17,510 4 8 9 17,778 1 1 4 19,036 6 7 10,596 67 3,821 8 7 8 3,950 3 7 8 8,161 68 7 8,905 8 1 2 20,659 2 7 8 21,048 4 0 3 13,849 0 7 7 14,601 5 7 7 10,646 3 3 1 11,495 8 3 1 5,301 3 6 6 5,582 8 6 6 2,092 3 8 9 2,240 8 8 9 10,764 4 0 5 10,923 5 3 2,959 6 6 2 3,326 7 8 any 15,555 5 2 5 15,826 2 444 0 7 5 454 2 13,883 2 3 5 14,120 2 3 5 3,164 9 3,469 6 1 6 3,533 6 7 2 3,60 6 7 2 11,562 6 37 11,729 6 3 7 10,66 8 8 8 11,720 3 8 8 10,4995 1 4 7 10,319 2 7 2 10,614 5 0 6 10,78 5 0 6 11,297 4 11,510 7 5 2,398 6 5 2,508 15 14,146 4 1 4 14,327 1 1 4 15,516 6 1 3 15,607 6 1 3 9,6995 9,884 4 4 9 1,019 Ü 2 7 1,231 5 0 2 19,350 1 19,702 6 4 5 12,827 98 9 13,086 9 8 9 12,083 0 2 5 12,276 5 2 5 13,146 5 8 3 13,358 2 0 8 9,909 0 2 8 10,342 7 7 8 16,7:30 9 4 6 16,981 1 9 6 10,706 8 2 9 10,926 9 5 4 8,502 8 3 3 8,972 3 3 3 16,229 2 7 4 16,500 6 4 16,333 8 9 18,61 8 6 9 3,236 3 1 6 3,343 8 16 7,111 3 0 9 7,1798 8 9 1,70) 6 2 1,866 1 2 14,742 3 9 4 15,024 2 6 9 7,231 9 6 9 7,330 4 6 9 4,026 7 5 2 4,369 2 5 2 1,209 6 4 4 1,:3:53 1 4 4 11,389 3 4 6 11,623 4 7 2,1:1) 308 2,750 80 9,032 91 7 9,110 of 17 8,338 0 9 2 8,501 5 8,60): 25 9,150 37 14,231 3 1 14,45.5 9 2,818 2 2,978 2 0 8 3,556 8 3,651 4 29 2:28 3 211 13,690 13,9-14 8 1. Mary, er oC is oo VOL. XV. NO, III 154 MARCIT, Toleration of Christianity. m. Tonnage ducs. Imp. &. exp. duties. Total. Vessel's naines. tonnage. t. C. c. t. in. C. C. t. ni. C. c. Marquis of Bute, 542 271 13,465 1 2 2 13,736 1 2 2 Grecian, 518 259 14,561 8 7 5 14,820 8 7 5 Peruvian, 304 152 6,344 8 1 1 6,496 8 1 1 Sappho, 446 223 12,417 61 3 12,640 6 1 3 Jane Prowse, 208 104 8,760 4 0 1 8,864 4 0 1 Sir Robert Sale, 711 370 5 2,725 9 0 4 3,096 4 0 4 Duke of Portland, 533 266 5 14,309 7 1 14,576 ? 7 1 Torrington, 144 14 4 557 6 8 9 572 ( 8 9 Woodbridge, 516 2018 2,7558 3 4 3,016 3 4 Ann, 665 332 5 2,165 3 6 1 2,497 8 6 1 Hector, 147 14 7 3,004 1 2 1 3,018 8 2 1 John O'Gaunt, 449 224 5 8,830 y 6 3 9,055 2 6 3 Sophia Frazer, 291 145 5 1,550 9 3 5 1,6996 4 3 5 Lanrick, 283 141 5 1,324 8 7 4 1,466 3 7 4 Dido, 257 128 a 5 849 7 3 2 973 4 8 2 Sophia, 150 75 3,496 8 3 4 3,571 8 3 4 Sea Park, 835 417 5 4,217 7 3 4,6:35 2 3 Marmion, 3734 186 6 2 5 2,826 8 7 5 3,013 5 Sir Ht. Compton, 346 173 2,804 6 1 6 2,977 6 1 6 Foam, 310 155 10,487 3 5 6 10,642 3 5 6 Fenella, 320 100 1,501 6 4 3 1,661 6 4 3 Prima Donna, 222 111 3,366 4 4 1 3,477 4 4 1 Lancaster, 756. 378 2 5 16,781 0 6 17,159 3 1 John Cooper, 659 329 5 15,939 3 5 9 16,268 8 5 9 Spec, 105 10 5 10 5 Anna Eliza, 254 127 2 5 2,059 6 8 2,186 9 3 Adelaide, 6:394 319 7 5 17,513 1 2 17,832 8 7 Red Rover, 253 126 5 1,777 6 2 5 1,904 1 2 5 Queen of England, 538 269 13,698 5 8 8 13,967 5 8 8 Antares, 131 13 1 1,123 78 4 1,136 8 8 4 Alfred, 123 12 3 642 5 5 654 8 5 5 Torrington, 144 14 4 14 4 Total, 86,087 42,050 6 1,622,766 1 0 8 1,664,516 7 0 8 @ 72 per cent, $58,404 $2,253,841 $2,312,245 a 4s. 4d. per $, £12,654 £488,332 £500,986 Canton 28th Jan. 1846. FRANCIS C. MACGREGOR, H. B. Consul. Art. VII. An imperial decree providing for the further tolera- tion of Christianity, by granting the restoration of rcal estate to Chinese Christians throughout the empire. The following proclamation, from Kiying and Hwang, making public the pleasure of their imperial master, is evidently designed to give full effect to the decree of Deceinber 28th, 1844, published in our number for April 1845. See our last volume, p. 195, also pp. 539 and 588. The government of China, so far as we are able to ascertain, is disposed to give, not only the 7" icn Chú kiúu, but Christianity, full toleration, to place the worshipers of the Lord Jesus Christ on the same footing where they stood under the reign of the illustrious Kángl. And the honor of bringing about this change, in 1846. 155 Toleration of Christianity. his majesty's council, is due to the French commissioner Lagrene, and to their excellencies Kiying and Hwang. Kánghi came to the throne in 1662, dismissed the regents and assumed the reigns of government in 1669, and died in 1723. During inost of his reign Christianity was tolerated, and its propagators stood high at court. The year after his death, a decree was is- sued by Yungching forbidding the propagation of Christianity. Hundreds of churches were destroyed, or converted to other purposes. And so, for aught that appears, they have remained till this day. What and where those houses are, which have been preserved," as alluded to in the decree, we do not know. We give below a translation of the decree, &c., and on the following page a copy of the original of the saine. Kíying of the imperial house, vice guardian of the heir apparent, a vice high chancellor, a director of the Board of War, a member of the Censorate, governor-general of Kwangtung and Kwangsí, &c., &c., and Hwang member of the Board of War, governor of Kwang- tung, &c., &c., having respectfully copied out, promulge the follow- ing imperial decree, received the 20th of February 1846, in reply to a memorial laid before the throne for the purpose of securing immunity to those who profess the religion of the Lord of heaven. "On a former occasion Kiying and others laid before us a memorial, re- questing immunity from punishment for those who doing well profess the religion of heaven's Lord; and that those who erect churches, assemble together for worship, venerate the cross and pictures and images, read and explain sacred books, be not prohibited from so doing. This was granted. The religion of the Lord of heaven, instructing and guiding, men in well- doing, differs widely from the heterodox and illicit sects; and the toleration thereof has already been allowed. That which has been requested on a subsequent occasion, it is right in like manner to grant. “Let all the ancient houses throughout the provinces, which were built in the reign of Kánghi, and have been preserved to the present time, and which, on personal examination by the proper authorities, are clearly found to be their bona fida possessions, be restored to the professors of this reli- gion in their respective places, excepting only those churches which have been converted into temples and dwelling houses for the people. "If, after the promulgation of this decree throughout the provinces, the local officers irregularly prosecute and seize any of the professors of the religion of the Lord of heaven, who are not bandits, upon all such the just penalties of the law shall be meted out. “ If any under a profession of this religion do evil, or congregate people from distant towns seducing and binding them together ; or if any other sect or bandits, borrowing the name of the religion of the Lord of heaven, create disturbances, transgress the laws or excite rebellion, they shall be punished according to their respective crimes, each being dealt with as the existing statutes of the empire direct. "Also, in order to make apparent the proper distinctions, foreigners of every nation are, in accordance with existing regulations, prohibited from going into the country to propagate religion. “For these purposes this decree is given. Cause it to be made known. As it behooveth us, we, having copied out, promulgate the decree. Let all the officers, the military and the people understand and yield the obedience that is due. Oppose not. A special proclamation. March 18th, 1846. From the emperor." 恭​錄​曉諭​為此​示​仰​官吏​及​軍民​人​等​咸宜​飲​遵​知照​毋​違​特​示 ​道光​二十​六年​二月​二十​一日​示 ​示​區別​為此​諭令​知​之​欽​此​合​行 ​崔建 ​煽​字​架​圖像​誦經​講​說​圳​庸​查禁​均已​依​議​行​天主教​既​係​勸人​為​善​與​别​項 ​教​迫​不​相同​業已​准​免​查禁​此次​所​請​亦應​一體​准​行​所有​康熙​年​間​各省​普 ​之​天主堂​除​改為​廟​字​民居​者​月​二十​五日​奉 ​上​論​前​據​耆​等​奏​習​學​天主教​為​善​之​人​請​免​治罪​其​設立​供奉​處所​會同​禮拜​供​十 ​太子少保​協辦​大學​士​兵部尚書​兼​都察院​右​都​御史​總督​廣東​廣西​等處​地方 ​兵部​侍郎​兼​都 ​院​右​副​都​御史​巡撫 ​東​等處​地方​提督 ​軍務​兼​理​糧餉​示​室​背 ​軍務​築​理​糧餉​黄 ​恭​錄​曉​論​事​照​得 ​部​膛​具​奏​習​天主教​為​善​免罪​一​摺​於​道光​二十​六年​正 ​毋庸​登​辦​外​其​原​舊​房屋​尚存​者​如​勘​明確​寶 ​其​給​消​該處​奉​教​之​人​至​各省​地方官​接​本​論​台​後​如​將​實在​習​學​天 ​而​花 ​不​為​匪​者​濫​行​查​拿​即​予以​應​得​處分​其​有​藉​教​為惡​及​招集​遠​鄉​之​人​勾結​煽 ​誘​或​别​教​匪徒​假托​天主教​之​名​藉端​滋事​作奸犯科​應​得​罪名​俱​例​辦理 ​仍照​現​定​章程​外國人​概​不准​赴​內地​傳教​以​並​ 1846. 157 Journal of Occurrences. Art. VII. Journal of Occurrences : memorial regarding the late prefect of Canton ; proclamation by the present prefect; popu- lar feeling towards foreigners; the French Legation ; Mr. Everett; the China medal ; Seamen's Hospital in Hongkong ; Morrison Education Society ; Sabbath day salutes; the Plover ; Amoy; Liúchiú ; a visit to Fuchau ; Ningpo; Chusan ; Shang- bái; Peking. REGARDING the riot in Canton on the 15th of January last, we have now before us the memorial of their excellencies Kiying and Hwang. It is perhaps worth translating, and we may give it in our next num- ber. Their excellencies dispose of the affair very easily, as being one of no great importance, having been occasioned by some ban- dits, whom they quickly dispersed, without damage to the records or treasury of the prefect's office. “ Prostrate they beg his august majesty's holy glance and directions." Among the proclamations that have been published by the present incumbent in the prefecture, is one comprising the principal provi- sions of the late treaties. This proclamation is, however, only a repetition of one published some months back by his predecessor. We have not carefully compared the two, but from a cursory read- ing of them on the walls of the city, the several paragraphs of the two, which refer to the relations of the Chinese with foreigners, seem to be identical—their object being to make the people acquainted with the provisions of the treaty. Proclamations from the authorities are usually posted on the several gates of the city, and in a few other places of general resort, such as are most frequented by the people. But these documents, even when they have been printed on imperial paper and in Manchu character, seldom remain entire for a week. If they refer to an unpopular subject-like that whichi appeared on the morning of the 13th of January last, allowing fo- reigners to enter the city,—they are torn down immediately. The first copies of the late prefect's edict, giving the items of the treaties, was not well received but were torn down or defaced within two or three days after they appeared. Those which have been put out by the present prefect are commanding more respect and have been less rudely handled. Some of them are still (March 24th) upon the walls, untorn, undefaced, “ where all eyes can behold them.” Popular feeling towards foreigners, if we may judge from this index, is improving. But it is far from being what it ouglit to be, The hosts of idle vagrants are troublesone subjects, being here, as everywhere else, at the beck of unprincipled demagogues. These vagrants are troublesome not only to the government, but to all the sober and industrious people. They are the offscouring of society, are everything that is base and wicked, and as wretched as they are base. Hundreds of them in Canton annually die of starvation and want, and hundreds more expire under the sword of the public ex- ccutioner. But wicked as these vagrants are, they often give tone 158 March, Journal of Occurrences. “stopped to the popular feeling. It was so at the late riot, in January last. The Chinese authorities understand the character of these baser sort better than foreigners do; and when they can separate them from what they call the “ good people,” they know how to make short work with the bandits, the rabble. That Kíying and Hwang both, like their august master, are favorably inclined towards foreigners there can be little doubt; and that they are using means, the best that they can devise, to carry into full effect the provisions of the treaties, we readily admit. Still they need prompting. And so strong is the influence of old custom and old usages, operating against them, that foreigners must needs be watchful and persevering, or their interests will be neglected, and the advantages, provided for in the treaties, lost. Much remains yet to be done. Foreigners, not excepting high officers—cannot appear abroad in Canton without being assailed with abusive language if not with uncomfortable mis- siles, such as brickbats, &c. Since writing the preceding paragraph, a proclamation, dated the 23d instant, has appeared on the city gates, emanating from the governor-general and governor, Kíying and Hwang, and confirma- tory of what we have said above of vagrants, and of their excellen- cies' watchful care to prevent such from having any opportunity to create disturbances. They repeat, what had been stated by them on a former occasion, that the discussion regarding the entrance of foreigners into the city had been chung chí Þ it, midway," or when half finished. And they add, that, “Recently a French deputy [M. Callery) having arrived at the city, and business requiring a personal interview, they went out to see him." They then state that the business had no reference to the entrance of the English into the city; but hearing that false rumors were abroad, and that lawless bandits would make them an occasion for raising suspicions and exciting popular feeling, they could not but issue a stringent proclamation to repress such conduct. They instruct the people one and all to keep in their places, and not give heed to idle reports. There are other subjects, besides that of entering the city, requiring personal consultation with foreigners, and the people need not harbor any suspicions. And finally they threaten with capital punishment any and all who strive to stir up sedition and discord. The French legation, or diplomatic mission, which arrived in China on the 14th of August, 1844, (see page 447, vol. XIII.) took its departure on the 11th January last, his excellency, M. Th. de Lagrené having embarked two days previously, on the 9th. It was through inadvertence, and not design that this item of intelligence was not given in our Journal of Occurrences for January. Mr. Everett, minister from the government of the U. S. A. to China, is thus spoken of in the late annual message to Congress: the president says: “Since the return of the commissioner to the United States, his health has been much improved, and he entertains the confident belief that he will soon he able to proceed on his niis- sion.” We sincerely hope Mr. Everett will soon be in China: he onght certainly to be here before commodore Biddle, the present acting 1846. 159 Journal of Occurrences. 1 sommissioner, leaves the Chinese waters. But we do not at all like the idea of his having to reside at Macao, or even in the provincii city of Canton. He should go to Peking and reside there. It seems malapropos for a minister plenipotentiary, to a great sovereign like Táukwáng, to be sequestered in a remote corner of the empire, where he can never see the face of the monarch, and where all offi- cial correspondence and all intercourse with the government must be carried on to great disadvantage. “The China Medal” we see in a late English paper, instead of exhibiting "The British Lion trampling on the Dragon," as was at first proposed, is to have a faithful likeness of Her Majesty; and on its reverse side there is to be this motto ; “ Peace in Asia, restorcil by Victoria, 1842." The Scanien's Hospital in Hongkong, now under the trusteeship of Messrs. Alexander Matheson, Alexander Anderson, Donald Mathe- son, Peter Young, Gilbert Smitli, and Frederic T. Bush, has we hear been placed under the immediate care of Dr. Balfour. The friends and patrons of the Morrison Education Sociсty will rejoice to know that the Rev. Mr. Brown has at length the assis- tance of his long expected associate Mr. William A. Macy, from New Haven, U. S. A. It was in 1841, if we remember correctly, in a letter written by the late hon. J. R. Morrison, at the direction of the trustees and in obedience to a resolution of the Society, that formal application was made for a second teacher. We congratu- late the friends of education on this new accession of strength to cultivate and improve the wide field open before them in China. Mr. Macy arrived on the 12th inst., in the Lucas, from New York. Sabbath day salutes. The U.S. A. sloop Vincennes arrived in the harbor late on the 14th inst.; the next day, at noon, the Christian assemblies, in both the Union chapel and the Colonial church, had their services interrupted for some time by a salute and a return salute of 21 guns each; which, with particnlars we gladly pass over in silence, drew forth from the clergymen officiating in the latter, the remark, in the course of his sermon, that such interruptions were “very humiliating to a Christian community The influence of example, too, is not to be overlooked. The Chinese are begin. ning to read the word of God and to inquire about the religion of foreigners; and it is exceedingly desirable that the conduct of Chris- tians should coincide with the sacred canons of their faith. Public attention has of late been repeatedly called to the desecration of the Lord's day; but we hope for better things in future. The Plover, H. B. M. surveying ship, has recently come down from the east coast, where captain Collinson, her commander, has been so usefully employed in searching out, and laying down on a series of charts, the dangers of the Chinese coast. Captain Collinson arrived in China in 1840, and his surveys extend from Nanking to Canton. He is now about to proceed to England, but we hope he may again return to carry on those operations designed to give seci." rity to the navigation of the Chinese seas. Journal of Occurrences. Noic. At Amoy Christian missions are coming under the favorable notice of the local officers, who not only visit the missionaries but invite them to their own dwellings. Public Christian worship is maintained!; audiences, numbering a hundred and more, listen to the preaching of the word; and many more receive portions of Scriptures and tracts. “The city,” say the missionaries, " to whose inhabitants we seek to communicate the saving knowledge of the gospel, is said to contain a population of between 200,000 and 300,000 svuls. It was formerly, as is pretty generally known, the seat of a tolerably extensive trade with western nations, and our countrymen seem to liave resorted thither in considerable numbers, many tombstones, with English inscriptions, erected in 1698, 1700, &c., being still visible in the neighborhood." Some of those inscriptions might not perhaps be deemed out of place if transferred to the pages of the Chinese Repository, with notices of the commerce tliere in by-gone days. We beg pardon for erroneously inserting the name " Mrs. Lloyd," in the list of missionaries at Amoy published in our last number. From the Rev. George Smith, of the church of England Missio- nary Society, we have received some valuable notices of Fuchau, which will appear in our next. They were made on a recent visit there. He estimates the population at half a million. The British consul with his family and others reside within the walls of the city. At Ningpo, by our latest dates, every thing remained in statu quo. So at Chusan; and we hear nothing of the withdrawal of the British forces from the island. It is supposed that sir John Francis Davis has made a reference of the question to the queen, and is now await- ing her instructions. We doubt if all this delay is wise, but there may be reasons for it which we do not understand. Letters and visitors from Shanghái give us favorable accounts of the residences at Shanghái, both with regard to intercourse with the people and facilities for business. We sincerely hope that commodore Biddle, ere he leaves the Chi- nese waters, will display his broad pennant in each of the nortliern ports, especially at Shanghái. It is not perhaps generally known that a mission has been under- taken to the people of Liúchiú. A missionary, Rev. B. J. Bettelheim, M. D., with his family, destined to those islands is now at Hongkong, expecting soon to proceed northward. P. S. While writing this, Dr. Bettelheim has arrived in Cayton, and we learn from him that he will sail immediately and directly to Liúchiú. From Peking we have late dates, but no news. continues to enjoy tranquillity, and seems anxious to have all his peo- ple happy and prosperous; and with a view to this, and in considera- tion of the sling mía lauáng tái hau, Tp B { E, lit. “holy mother august great queen," i. e. the queen-dowager completing her seventh decade of years, his majesty has been pleased to decree that all the arrears of taxes due to the government prior to 1840 shall be graciously remitted. Proclamations, announcing this to all his sub- jects, have recently been published throughout the provinces. The emperor THE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XV.-APRIL, 1846.—No. 4. Art. I. Revision of the Chinese version of the Bible ; remarks on the words for God, Father, Son, Spirit, Soul, Prophet, Baptism and Sabbath. Knowing somewhat of the great interest now felt by the wise and good throughout almost all Christendom in the welfare of the Chi- nese, knowing also some of the difficulties there are to be encountered in the revision of the Holy Scriptures in this language, we may hope to be excused for volunteering to take part in the arduous labor of working out some of the materials requisite to accomplish the pro- posed end. Before this nation will receive the gospel and become a Christian people a great preliminary work must be done. Of this sort, none is more important than the revision of the Scriptures. Success in modern warfare, so far as it depends on second causes, is now made to depend very much on the machinery and weapons em- ployed. By the use of steam vessels and the improvements in gunnery, &c., conflicts between contending nations are brought to a speedy close. Something analogous to this is doubtless to be witnessed in the Christian conflict. The modern champion has, in his armory, a great advantage over those who lived when months and years of toil were required to produce a single copy of the Bible. The truth, including the whole revealed word of God, is the grand ordnance by which “the prince of this world," and "the powers of darkness” are to be overcome. The enemies of all righteousness and of all good dread the pro- gress of Scriptural knowledge. They see it to be as it is charac- terized by the pen of inspiration-"the sword of the Spirit." To 21 VOL XV. NO. IV. 162 Revision of the Chincse Version of the Bible: APRIL, nese. make iliis--- what it ought to be in cvery language perfect, as it came from the pen of those who wrote as they were moved by the spirit of God, is of infinito importance; and to accomplish this-is the high aim of those who are now engaged in revising the Chinese versions of the lloly Scriptures. To the first protestant translators of the Bible into Chinese, Mor- rison, Milnc, and Marshman, much is due. Thcy performed most important service. And doubtless multitudes will be blessed and saved through their instrumentality But from the nature of the case the first versions could not but be imperfect. No one that has been made into any language can claim perfection. Our own Eng" lish version, after all the talent that has been employed upon it, for centuries, is far from being perfect. The critical scholar and the controvertist must have recourse to the original Greek and Hebrew texts. But the humble inquirer after truth and duty, with the com- mon English version in his hands, need not err. So with the Chic In the several versions they now possess, they have instruc- cion enough and sufficiently plain to guide them into the way of eternal life, and sufficient moreover to leave then without excnse if they fail to walk therein. The soldier of the cross, though his wea- pons be not carnal, yet must needs have them in good condition. Faith comes by hearing, and hearing by the word of God; and this word must be in a language that is intelligible, otherwise it cannot be expected to have its full and legitimate effect. In the Chinese version, as in every other, great pains ought to be taken to express correctly the cardinal doctrines of the gospel, and to convey the es- sential terris which involve the eternal welfare of immortal souls. Under present circumstances, it is hardly to be expected that a version in this language can be equal to the English, which was long coming to its present state. Still such has been the advance since the first Chinese versions were published, that longer to neglect their revision would be clearly a dereliction of duty. The following short paragraphs are submitted to the readers of the Repository, in the hope of facilitating the revision by drawing attention to some of the inost difficult terms, arul by eliciting such discussion as the impor- tance of the subject demands. The Bible, it is to be remembered, contains a multitude of facts un ideas, describes many thoughts and feelings, which are new to those who have not enjoyed the light of divine revelation 10 ficis, ideas, avi, must be expressed, however, in words that azo alieady familiar to the minds of the people. And hare io the great IS1O. 163 Rrrision of the Chinese Version of the Bible. difficulty A Christian and a pagan may speak of God, of heaven, of hell of eternity and a thousand other things, and may each use the most appropriate terms in their respective languages, while their ideas may iliſfer exceedingly. How dissimilar their ideas of truth, of faith, of hope, of the soul, &C., &c. And what now is to be donc? The path is plaini. Cominon words, such as are in good and uni versal use, must be employed, and these be left to acquire their pro- per signification by use, &c. We commence with tie word for the supreme being, as used in the Ne Testament, God and dog. Lexicographers are not agreed in opinion regard- ing the origin of these words. The Greeks had gods innumerable. So the Chinese, and the word most commonly used to designate them is to shin. This is a compound one formed of shin, to extend, to explain, and T shi, signs from heaven. The Chinese speak of god or gods of heaven, of carth, of the sea, &c. Among their gods there are ft, icm chí, lord of heaven; t , ti chú, lord of the earth. For a long list of phrases in which the word skin occurs, the Chinese scholar is referred to the Pri Wan Yun Fú of Kanghí. We have already expressed our opinion in favor of this term; and continue to prefer it to *, shin t'ien, divine heaven; or E sháng tí, most high ruler; or Tt tien chúc, divine lord or Lord of heaven. For the words FATHER and son, mainp and úros, (see John's Gospel, 5:20, and elsewhere in the latest Chinese versions of the New Tes- tament) we find it shin fi, divine father, and it 7 shin tsz', divine son; or god father and god son; or, rendering the phrases like F 7 t'ien tsz', son of heaven, we then have father of God, and son of God. We should prefer the simple terms X fú, Father, and Ftsz', Son, and would leave the reader to gather the true sense of the ords from the context, or from any other means at his command. For the word mvsūpa, which occurs more than 370 times in the New Testament, there is a great diversity of phraseology-probably, however, not greater in the Chinese versions than in the English, In some cases an original word may be rendered uniformly by one and the same, either in the English or in the Chinese; but it sometimes far otherwise, as with the word now under consideration. Turn to any Greek lexicon of the New Testament, and it will be there seen how largc is the variety of meanings given to this word. To soine extent this is scen also in our common English version. We cite a fer passages ; froni Mat:1 18, the Holy Ghost : 3:16 164 APRIL, Revision of the Chinese Version of the Bible. 1 the Spirit of God; 5:3, the poor in spirit; 10:1, the unclean spirits; 10:20, the spirit of your Father; 28; 19, yielded up the ghost ; Mark, 9:17, a dumb spirit ; Luke, 1:17, in the spirit and power of Elias; 4:14, in the power of the spirit; 4:18, in the spirit of the Lord; 4:33, a spirit of an unclean devil; 7:24, evil spirits; 24:37, supposed they had seen a spirit; in John, 3:8, it occurs twice, thus, the wind bloweth......born of the spirit, “wind" and "spirit" being one and the same word in the original. Let these few texts suffice. But how shall the word be disposed of in the Chinese version? In Mat. 1:18, one version has for Holy Ghost, ein, shing shin fung; and another has only the first and second words shing shin: shin is the same as above and denotes God, or what is divine; fung corresponds very nearly to avema, and is the common word to denote the wind. The Chinese say FH ŹR Et'ien ti chi shi yue fung, the messenger of heaven and earth is called wind or spirit. Like the Greek word Tvɛūpa, the Chinese fung is used in a great variety of phrases, such as the following ; 7, sing yú háu fung, stars have good influence; 1, tóu fung siú shi, a rational wind (or spirit) renovating the world; they speak also of E., ching fung, a straight or correct wind or spirit, , shen fung, and FS, ngan fung, good, benevolent wind or spirit ; they have also FH, t'ien fung, and th, shing fung, ce- lestial and holy wind or spirit. In Mat. 5:3, for “the poor in spirit,” one version has ů sin pin ché, sin denoting the heart or mind, and pin, poverty; another version has been , hü sin ché, hü denoting vacuity, or what is not filled or sullied. At present we must confess that the word il fung seems to us better fitted than a shin to stand in the place of eveữua. Others prefer L ling, for spirit. Thus they say me The shin nái ling, God is a spirit. (See John's gospel, 4:24.) For the single word spirit, in the original of all the 370 places referred to above, neither a fung nor el ling could be used invariably. This latter, ling, may perhaps be the best word to denote the soul, Luxn, man's immortal spirit. For apomnims, propiet, eshing jin, holy man, has been used. In certain cases the sense of the orignal may be preserved, but we should think generally not. 1846. Shipping in the Port of Canton, 165 In most, if not in all the versions, we find it sí lí, or some equivalent for Barlifw, and its different forms. So in conversation, and in books, the phrase ji lí-pái-yih, is used for the word Sab- bath. In the latter the use of li is perhaps admissible, but we doubt if it be so in the first. We will not now longer encroach on the patience of our readers. Enough has been said to show some of the difficulties that surround this subject of revision-enough, we would fain hope also, to draw forth, from those who are competent to the task, more full and com- plete discussions of these and the many other words and phrases employed in Holy Writ. ART. II. Statements of the number, tonnage, foc., of the mer- chant vessels of different nations in the port of Canton, for the year 1845. (From the China Mail, Feb. 5th, 1846.) In our last number page 151, was given a statement of the tonnage dues, import and export duties, paid by British vessels in the port of Canton for 1845; we now subjoin further statements; and in future numbers we will add such statements as we can command regarding the commerce of Amoy, Fuchau, Ningpo, and Shinghái. These, which we borrow from the China Mail, have been published by di- rection of H. B. M. chief superintendent of British trade. No. I.-A return of the number and tonnage of merchant vessels which arrived at, and departed from, the port of Canton during the year ending the 31st December, 1845, distinguishing the countries to which they belonged, viz. ARRIVED. DEPARTED. Under what colors. No. of No. of Tonnage. Under what colors. vessels. vessels. British, 182 86,087 British, 204 98,277 American, 83 38,658) American, 85 37,959 French, 3 799 French, 4 1,176 Dutch, 11 2,972 Dutch, 11 3,342 Belgian, Belgian, 1 305 Danish, 3 948) Danish, 1,320 Swedish, 6 2,066 Swedish, 5 1.674 Austrian, 2 567) Austrian, 2 567 Ilamburg, 5 1,484 Fannburg, 5 1,484 Bremen, 2 520 Bremen, 2 520 Spanish, 2 1,406 Spanish, 2 1,406 Columbian,"& Peruvian 2 243) Columbian, & Peruvian, 2 243 Siam, 1 1,100 Siam, 302 136,8501 Tatal 327 148,273 Canton, 28th Jan. 1846. Francis C. MACGREGOR, H. M. Consul. Tonnage. 166 APRIT Shipping in 11¢ Port of Canton. No. II.-A return of the number of merchont vessels of all nations, distin- guishing their respective flagg, which aleared at the custom-house at Canton during the year ending the 31st December, 1845, proceeding from, or bound for, the ports and places undermentioned, viz. ARRIVED DEPARTED, AT.erican Freacb Durch urlina Dads: Swedisn. Germa.. Viziune be Tota! PO Boirish 0-09wowowo : TO. 2 : 9 అనిని 23 24 13 20 15 } 6 a 79 30 5 20 20 1 2 2 d 7 1 1 e 3 3 f 5 5 2 1 1 4 1 5 6 1 2 2 1 63 2 69 | 29 29 4 8 m 14 10 4 5 n ปี 2 2 30 P 1 1 19 1 1 in 6 ] 23 T 15 9 1 12 s 2 6 ) 1 t 1 2 1 19 1 2 10 14 1 I 13 39 1 40 6 3 3 6 2 2 y 5 5 Z 2 2 a 2 11 4 b 2 4 5 c 1 2 Id 1 1 2 3 5 e 1 1 4 f 14 14 25 25 g 15 1 h 2 2 5 1 1 1 12 í 12 2 19 182 83 3 11 3 6 9 5 302 204 85 41 4 327 Total of tonnage inwards 136,850. Total of tonnage outward 148,273 NAMES OF PORTS OR PLACES. a London, 6 Liverpool and Newport, c Glasgow, Greenock, Leith, and the Clyde, d Dublin and Cork, e Havre and Bordeaux, f Amsterdam and Rotter- dam, g Copenhagen, h Gottenburg, i Hamburg, j Bremen, k Cape of Good Hope, 1 Bombay, m Calcutta, n Madras, o Tutocorin and Chippicollum, Colombo, q Siam, , Penang, Singapore and the Straits, s Batavia, Sourabaya, Samarang, and Menado, t Bali and Lombok, u Manila and the l'hilipine Is- jands, v Halifax in N. S., w New York, 2 Boston, y Pliladelphia, z Baltimore au Salein, a New Orleans and Mobile, l Mazatlan and Mexico, c Callao and tona, u Valparaisa), c. Sandwich Islands und Polynesia, ſ Sydney, Port Eli 15 24534 5 9 1846 167 Shipping in the Port of Cuento life, and I lobort Town, a Hongkong, i Macan, i Amoy, Chan, Ningpo, and Shanghai Canton, Jan. 28th, 1216. Francis C MACGREGOR, II M Consus) Roork. l'ho colunin hcaileei is Miscellaneous' includes 2 Spanish, I Co- lumnbirn, and onc ihip nder Siam colors No. NA Tui No. 1il.-A staiement exlubiting the movement of British shipping in the trade with the port of Canton during the year 1845, distinguishing the British and Country ship, and showing the number and tonnuge of vessels at Wham pou on the 31st December ARRIVALS DEPARTURES, British. Country. Tolul British. Country. Tutai. Tomm, No. I'm No. TO??? No. Tenge Neo Lungon, 15 6,761 15 6,701 79 37,662 79 37.602 Liverpool 30 12,933 30 12,933 20 8,243 20 8,213 Cilasgow, Leith and 1 574 ! 574 734 2 731 the Clydle, Dublin & ng 2,995 7 2,995 Cork, Burnbay, 26 11,180 37 39,0:39 C3 11,219 2 503 27 22,639 29 23,148 Calculia, 2 1,012 ? $93 1,905 10 5,932 10 5,933 Madras, 5 2,572 5 2.572 854 2 851 'Tutocorin, 8 3,752 8 3,752 Chippicolluin, 1 316 1 316 Colombo, 1 424 1 421 Penang, 1 147 1 147 Singaporc, 7 2,277 7 1,361 11 3,638 5 1,054 5 1,054 Manila, 1 123 123 5 2,053 5 3,376 10 5,129 Lombok, 1 629 1 629 Polynesia, 2 586 2 586 Sydncy, 2 513 1 123 3 636 7 1,816 2 606 9 2,452 Ilobart Town, 1 86 1 80 1 222 3 433 4 055 Port Philip, 1 304 1 34 Siam, 1 826. 326 C. G. Ilope, 1 106 100 Victoria, 16 5,928 9 2,022 25 7,950) I 3,078 6 1,811 15 1,88% Масао, , 1 388 2 306 3 694 2 465 2 405 Amoy, 1 541 1 5111 1 542 2 904 3 1,446 Chusan, 1 608 1 608 Shanghai, 1 215 1 202 2 512 2. 51:27 llalifax, N. S. 1 147 1 11% Total 118 50,199 64 35,888 182 86,087 137 59,124 67 39,153-201 98,277 BUMMARY. Entcrcd. And clicrct in ballasť. British 118 vessels, 50,199 tons British 13 vessels, 4,312 tons Country 64 35,088 Country 10 3,656 Total 182 vessels, 86,087 tons Total 2:3 vessels, 7,998 tons Cleared. Al Whampoa on 31st Deccmcr. British 137 vessels, 59,124 tous' British 3 vessels, 1,325 tuns Country 67 3!), 153 Country 1 123 Total 204 vessels, 98,277 tuns Total 4 vessels, 1,416 tons lif which, number cuterci in ballast. British 12 vessels, 4,800 tons Country 12 2,378 Total 21 vessels, 7,261 1.93 Canton, Jan. 20!h, 18:16: fla:: LasheGuli, 11. 11. Coisa! 417 2 108 APRIL Shipping in the Port of Canton. } Changs 145,472 29 No. IV.-A return of the quantities and value of merchandise imported into the port of Canton, in 158 British vessels of 78,823 tons, and in 60 Hongkong Lorchas of 3,508 tons burden, from the countries and places undermentioned, during the year ending the 31st December, 1845, viz.:- No.in Estimated valuc the Denomination of articles, Quantities in Spanish tariff Dollars. I. British manufactures and staple articles. 1.-Manufactures of wool. Broad cloth, Spanish Stripes, Habit and Medium cloth, $800,257 Narrow woollens, not described, 377,240 503,289 Long Ells, 212,997 283,852 Camlets, 119,754 232,526 Bombazets, 15,258 22,985 Buntings, 987 1,228 Blankets, Pairs 3,916 23,369 Woollens not enumerated, Value $7,536 7,536 13 2.-Manufactures of Cotton. Long cloths, Pieces 679,412 1,867,952 Do. White, 166,735 458,864 Do. twilled, 3,020 9,134 Cambrics and Muslins, 2,427 7,274 Chintzes and Prints, 23,426 56,972 Handkerchiefs, Dozens 14,126 29,236 Ginghams, Pulicates, dyed Cottons, Velvets, Velveteen, Silk and Cotton Mixtures, Wool and Value $19,050 19,050 Cotion mixiures, and all kinds of Fancy goods, 14 Cotton Yarn and Thread, Peculs 20,446 313,835 4.-Miscellaneous Articles, raw and manufactured. 8 Clocks and Watches, including Te. lescopes, Writing desks, and Dres- Value $28,546 28,546 sing cases, Hardware, Ironmon. gery, Cutlery, Perfumery, &c., Earthenware of all kinds, Value $1,840 1,840 19 Flints, Peculs 15,411 7,860 20 Glass and Glass ware, Value $3,927 3,927 30 Iron in Bolts, Bars, Rods, Hoops, &c. Peculs 24,083 60,405 7 30 Tin plales, Boxes 1,006 Lead, Peculs 716 3,587 40 Smalts, 280 12,674 45 Wine, Beer Value $5,650 5,650 $4,770,960 N. B. The abovementioned, - British manufactures and staple articles,” are from the following “countries and places,” viz: London, Liverpool, Glasgow, the Clyde, and Hongkong. II. Productions of India and other countries. 3 Betel-nut, Peculs 15,935 60,154 4 Bicho de Mar, 420 10,428 5 Birds' nests, edible, Catties 125 3,267 Steel, raw, 7,082 1846, 109 Shipping in ihe Port of Canton Teculs 45 23 )) 12 Cotton, viz. Bombay, 150,110 Bengal, 12,599 l'eculs 527,201 Madras, 57,933 1,727,834 Ainerican, 6,531 15 Caw Bezoar, Cattics 10 176 17 Elephants' teeth, 15,271 14,963 18 Fishmaws, 1,696 75,235 22 Ginseng, 246 14,256 24 Gum Olibanum, 4,089 23,645 Myrrh, 6 52 not enumerated or described, Value $1,355 4,355 25 Horns, Buffalo and Bullock, Peculs 1,195 Horns, Unicorn and Rhmoceros, 54 2,760 29 Mother o'Pearl-shells, 419 3,927 30 Metals, Copper in Rods, Sheets, &c., 40 Do. Tin in Blocks, 22:33 4,056 32 Pepper, 4,6 24,635 33 Putchuck, 902 9,082 34 Rattans, 2,381 9,252 35 Rice, 26,567 53,120 36 Rose Maloes, Catties 5,616 2,675 37 Saltpetre, Peculs, 152 1,136 38 Shark fins, 6,084 120,864 39 Skins and Furs, viz : Ox flides, Land-otter, Hare, Rabbit, Beaver, and No. 9,946 19,654 Racoon Skins, 41 Soap, common, Catties 63,933 6,125 43 Sea Horse Teeth, 103 35 46 Wood, Sandal, Peculs 22,593 202,640 Do. Sapan, 395 763 III. Miscellaneous Imports, and Articles not enumerated in the Tariff. Including Agar-agar, Agates, Alum, Amber, Asafetida, Black-lead, Blue Stone, Books, Carpets, Clo- ves, Coals, Coral rough, and Coral Beads, Corks, Cornelians, and Cornelian Beads, Cudbear, Fur- niture, Glass (broken), Goatskins, Gold and Silver Thread, Guiano, Paper and Stationery, Pearls and Precious Stones, Provisions, Rai. sins, Snuff, Timber, Tobacco, Wearing Apparel, and a number of small articles belonging to the trade of India, Value $ 215,650 215,650 N. B. The above-mentioned articles, under divisions II and III, are from British India, Singapore, Penang, Bali, Lombok, Manila, Sydney, and Sandwich Island. IV. Treasure, from $10,392,934 London, Liverpool, anid Penang, 322,568 $10,715,502 Total of Imports in British ships, £2,321,692 Canton, 28th January, 1846. FRANCI3 C. MACGREGOR, H: N. consul, VOL XV. NO. IV 22 170 APRIL, Shipping in the Port of Canton. ton. Remarks. The preceding returns have been compiled from the entries in the books kept at this consulate, and the quantities specified are those that have paid duty. The weights and measures stated are those in use at Can. One catty is equal to 1 pound avoirdupois, and 100 catties correspond with 1333lbs. in England. One chang is 4 English yards, nearly. The value given has been computed upon the average prices of the year in the Canton market. The Spanish dollars have been reduced to sterling at the rate of 4s. 4d. per dollar. 9,125 g . 97 * No. V.-A return of the quantities and value of merchandise exported from the port of Canton in 181 British vessels of the burden of 90,279 tons, and in 24 Lorchas of the burden of 1440 tons, to the countries and places under- mentioned during the year ending the 31st December, 1845. I. Raw produce. 1 Alum, Peculs 30,782 53,986 a 2 Aniseed Stars, 106 1,054 9 Camphor, 1,202 24,123 c 10. Canes, Mille 117 1,437 d 12 Cassia lignea, Peculs 15,897 171,230 c Cassia Buds, 502 8,246 f 12 China root, 3,016 28 Hartall or Orpiment, 207 2,528 h 37 Musk, Catties 106 8,174 i Quicksilver, Peculs 130 15,324 45 Rhubarb, 1,505 60,834 k 46 Silk raw, Nankin, 3467 do. 5,192 Canton, 2,004,260 L 1725 Silk, coarse and refuse, 4,191 420,637 m 52 Sugar, raw, 136,283 683,854 n 55 Tea, viz.- Congou, 289,160 Souchong, 10,856 Pekoe, 5,248 Orange Pekoe, 16,734 Caper, 10,481 Miscellaneous sorts, 7,752 15,825,954 o Twankay, 429,867 24,137 11,786 Hyson Skin, 1,463 Young Hyson, 25,998 linperial, 8,154 Gunpowder, 18,062 56 Tobacco, Piculs 278 2,496 p 19,291,262 NAMES OF PORTS OR PLACES. a Calcutta and. Bombay, 1 Singapore, c London, Madras, Bombay, d Lon- don, Liverpool, Leith, Bombay, e Lonaon, Singapore, Boinbay, f London, Manila, India, London, Liverpool, Bombay, k Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, ¿ Bombay, i Calcutta and Bombay, k London, Manila, Singapore, India, i London, Liverpool, Calcutta, Bombay, m Bombay, n London, Singapore, Calcutta, Bombay, Hobart Town, o Great Britain and Ireland, British India, Singapore, Australia, British America; Cape of Good Hope, p London, Calcutta, Bombay. 4 or Glass Arnlels, Boxes 127 7,867 a 5 Piculs 138 2,520 6 Brass leaf, Boxes 117 2,665 c Black Tea, 340,287 Hyson, Green Tea, 99,600 Bamboo ware, 1840. 171 Shipping in the Port of Canton. 27 8 Bone and Ilorn ware, Catties 3:29 582 14 China ware, Piculs 4,718 94,628 e Crockery, Value $1,055 1,055 j 16 Copper, Tin, andi Pewter ware, Ficuly 173 7,652 g 18 Crackers, and Fireworks, 791 3,843 h 20 Fans of all sorts, Catties 5,496 6,240 i 21 Furniture and Wood ware, Piculs 263 5,625 ; 24 Glass and Glass ware, 275 4,963 k 25 Glass Beads, Boxes 1,639 31,985 1 27 Grass Cloth, Catties 2,256 5,860m 29 Ivory, Mother of Pearl, Sandal 878 4,392 n Wood, and Tortoiseshell ware, 30 Kittysols, Boxes 935 11,767 0 31 Lackered ware, Piculs 263 12,583 p 35 Mats and Matting, 1,765 10,556 9. 38 Nankeen and Cotton cloth, 2:33 12,7:56 12 2 Oil of Aniseed, 24 ? 3,254 s. 12 Do. Cassia, 35 3 8,6461 41 Paper of all sorts, 2,1199 32,186 u 43 Preserves and Sweetmeats, Boxes 5,003 22,512 v 44 Rattan work, Piculs 113 2,975 w 46 Silk thread and Ribbons, Catties 2,831 19,726 ir Silk manufactures, 69,5499 483,848 y 47 Silk and Catton inixture, 24,487 72,1120 : 50 Soy, Piculs 430 4,236 11 53 Sugar Candy, 42,614 319,1271 59 Trunks of Leather, Nests 202 5,670) 61 Vermilion, Boxes 560 27,9-461 20,526,4914 NAMES OF Ports OR PLACES. a Bombay, Calcutta, the Cape, 6 London, British India, Anstralia, c. Bom. bay and Madras, d London, Calcutta, Madras, Pombay, e f London, Liverpool, Britisb India, Australia, Manila, London, Liverpool, British India, h British India, Australia, i Great Britain, British India, Australia, j Great Britain, British India, Australia, ki Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, I Caleutin, Madras, Bombay, m London, Liverpool, British India, në Great Britain, Brilishi India, Australia, o Madras, Bombay, Colombo, p. Great Britain, British India, Australia, q British India, Australia, the Cape, i London and Bonıbay, st. Lon don, Singapore, British India, Manila, u London, British India, Australia, Great Britain, British India, Australia, w Bombay, Sydney, the Cape, z London, Madras, Bombay, y ż Great Britain, British India, Australia, the Cape, a London, British India, Manila, b Bombay, Calcutta, Madras, c: Lon- don, Boinbay, Calcutta, d Bombay, Calcutta, the Cape III. Miscellaneous Exports, and articles not enumerated in the Tariff. Including Bees' Wax, Cochineal. Capoor Cutchery, Curiosities and Fancy Articles, Ready-inade Clothes, Drums, Dragon's Blood, Artificial Flowers, Glass Pictures, Hats and Caps, Glue, Incense Sticks, China Ink, Lanterns, Lead white and red, Value estima. Mace, Marble slabs, Mirrors, Pain led at $ 209,5:14 209,24 a tings in Oil, Pictures on Rice Paper, Pearls factitious, Shoes women's, Silversmith's work, Sinalis, China 'Tinfoil, lurmorir. I'mbrellas, Silk. di. ! $20.7.34,1!!: 'Total of Exports in British Shipa. 14.49:2,370) Canion 28th January, 1846 FRANCIS C MACGREGOE, H M. Consuel 172 APRIL, Captain Mercator Cooper's visit to Japan. Remarks. The preceding returns have been compiled from the entries in the books kept at this office, and the quanties specified are those that have paid duty. The weights and measures stated are those in use at Canton. One catty is equal to 1f pound avoirdupois, and 100 catties correspond with 133}lbs. in England. One chang is 4 English yards nearly. The value given has in most instances been computed upon the average prices of the year in the Canton market, and where this has been impracticable, an approximate estimate has been substituted. The reduction of the Spanish dollars into Sterling has been made at the exchange of 4s. 4d. per dollar. 6. The ART. III. Some account of Captain Mercator Cooper's visit to Japan in the whale Ship Manhattan of Sag Harbor. By C. F. WINSLOW. M. D. The following account we borrow from a public paper, Friend," published at Honolulu, Oahu, February 2d 1846. In a note to the editor of that paper, Dr. Winslow, the writer of the article, says he received all that he has communicated, and much more from Captain Cooper's own mouth, and has endeavored to be entirely correct. Those who are interested in Japan will wish these notices had been more extended and enriched with the additional information in Dr. Winslow's possession. Such as they are we give them, without further comment. " It was about the first of April, as Captain Cooper was proceeding towards the whaling regions of the northern ocean, that he passed in the neighborhood of St. Peters, a small island lying a few degrees to the S. E. of Niphon. 11 is comparatively barren and was supposed to be uninhabited; but being near it, he thought he would explore the shore for turtle to afford his ship's company some refreshment. While tracing the shore along he discovered a pinnace of cu- rious construction, which resembled somewhat those he had seen in the Chi Seas. Turning his walks inland, he entered a valley, where he unexpectedly saw at some distance from him several persons in uncouth dresses, who ap- peared alarmed at his intrusion and immediately led to a more secluded part of the valley He continued his walk and soon came to a hụt, where were collect- ed eleven inen, whom he afterwards found to be Japanese. As he approached them they came forward and prostrated themselves to the earth before him, and Temained on their faces for some time. They were much alarmed and expected to be destroyed; but Capt. C. with great kindness, reconciled them to his pre- sence, and learned by signs that they had been shipwrecked on St. Peters niany months before. He took them to the ore, nted to his vessel and informed them that he would take them to Jeddo, if they would entrust themselves to his 1846. Captain Mercator Cooper's visit to Japan, 173 care. They consented with great joy,; and abandoning every thing they had on the island, embarked with him iminediately for his ship. “Captain Cooper determined to proceed at once to Jeddo, the capital of the Japanese empire, notwithstanding its well known regulations prohibiting A- merican and other foreign vessels to enter its waters. The Capt. had two great and laudable objects in view. The first was to restore the shipwrecked stran- gers to their homes. The other was to make a strong and favorable impression on the government, in respect to the civilization of the United States, and its friendly disposition to the Emperor and people of Japan. How he succeeded in the latter object the sequel will show ; and I will make but few remarks either on the benevolence or boldness of Capt. C.'s resolution, or its ultimate consequences touching the intercourse of the Japanese with other nations. The step decided on, however, has led to some curious and interesting information, relative to this country, whose institutions, and the habits of whose people are but little known to the civilized world. Capt. C. left St. rs, and after sailing a day or two in the direction of Niphon, he descried a huge and shapeless object on the ocean, which proved to be a Japanese ship wrecked and in a sinking condition. She was from a port on the extreme north of Niphon, with a cargo of pickled salmon, bound for Jeddo. She had been shattered and dismantled some weeks previous, and was drifting about the occan at the mercy of the winds, and as a gale arose the foliowing day, the Captain thinks she must have sunk. From this ship he took eleven men more-all Japanese--and made sail again for the shores of Niphon. A- mong the articles taken from the wreck by its officers were some books and a chart of the principal islands composing the empire of Japan. This chart I shall speak of in detail hereafter, and it is, perhaps, one of the most interesting speci- mens of geographical art and literature which has ever wandered from the shores of eastern Asia. “In making the land, our navigator found himself considerably to the north of Jeddo ; but approaching near the coast, he landed in his boat, accompanied by one or two of his passengers. Here, he noticed many of the inhabitants em- ployed in fishing at various distances from land. The natives he met on shore were mostly fishermen, and all appeared to belong to the common or lower clas- ses of society. They seemed intelligent and happy, were pleased with his visit, and made no objection to his landing. From this place he dispatched one of his passengers to the emperor, who was at Jeddo, with the intelligence of his in tention or wish to enter the harbor of the capital with his ship, for the purpose of landing the men whom he had found under such distressed circumstances, and to obtain water and other necessaries to enable him to proceed on his voyage. Then returning to his ship, he sailed along the coast for many leagues, compared his own charts with the one taken from the wreck. The winds becoming unfavorable, however, he was driven away from the land so far, that after they changed, it took him a week to recover a position near the place where he first landed. He went on shore again, dispatched two other messen gers to the Capital, with the same information that he had previously sent, and the reason of his detention. He sailed again for Jeddo, and the winds proving auspicious, in due time he entered the mouth of the bay, deep within which the city is situated. As he sailed along the passage, a barge met him coming from Captain Mercator Cooper's visit to Japan. APRIL, the city, in command of a person who, from his rich dress, appeared to be an officer of rank and consequence. This personage informed himn that his mes- sengers had arrived at court, and that the emperor had granted him permission to come up to Jeddo with his ship. He was, however, directed to anchor under a certain headland for the night, and the next morning was towed up to his anchorage within a furlong of the city. “ The ship was immediately visited by a great number of people of all ranks, from the governor of Jeddo and the high officers attached to the person of the emperor, arrayed in golden and gorgeous tunics, to the lowst menials of the government, clothed in rags. All were filled wlth an insatiable curiosity to see the strangers and inspect the thousand novelties presented to their view. “ Captain Cooper was very soon informed by a native interpreter, who had been taught Dutch and who could speak a few words of English, but who could talk still more intelligibly by signs, that neither he nor his crew would be allowed to go out of the ship, and that if they should attempt it they would be put to death. This fact was communicated by the very significant symbol of drawing a naked sword across the throat. The captain dealt kindly with all, obtained their confidence, and assured them he had no inclination to transgress their laws, but only desired to make known to the emperor and the great offi- cers of Japan, the kind feelings of himself and of the people of America to- wards them and their countrymen. The Japanese seamen who had been taken from the desolate island and from the wreck, when parting from their preser. ver, manifested the warmest affection and gratitude for his kindness. They clung to him and shed many tears. This scene-the reports of the shipwrecked men of the many kindnesses they had received and the uniformly prudent and amicable deportment of the American captain made a very favorable im- pression on the governor of Jeddo. Duriug his stay, this great dignitary treated him with the most distinguished civility and kindness. “ But neither captain nor crew of the Manhattan were allowed to go over her sides. Officers were kept on board continually to prevent any infraction of {this regulation, and the more securely to ensure its maintenance and prevent all communication with the shore, the ship was surrounded and guarded by three circular barriers of boats. Each circle was about a hundred feet asunder, and the inner one about one hundred from the ship. In the first circle the boats were tied to a hawser so compactly that their sides touched each other, and that actking could pass between or break through them. The sterns of the boats were next the ship, and in these were erected long lances and other steel weapons, of various and curious forms, such as are never seen, or heard of in modern times among, European nations. Sometimes they were cover- ed with lacquered sheaths, at others, they were left to glisten in the sun, apparently for the purpose of informing the foreigners that their application would follow any atteinpt to pass them. Among these, were mingled fags and banners of various colors and devices. In the middle of this circle, between the Manhattan and the city, was stationed a large junk, in which the officers resided, who commanded the guard surrounding the ship. The boats compo- sing the second circle, were not so numerous, and those in the third, were more scattering still : but the number thus employed, was almost bewildering to look 18.10. 175 Captain Merculur Cooper: misit in Japan tipon. They amounted to nearly a thousand, and were all armed and ornamented III a similar manner. It was a scene of the most intense interest and unlise ment to the: Americans, the most of whom had never beard of the strange cus: toms of this secluded and amost unknown people. As magnificent and wonder: fuil a spectacle, however, as this vast array of boats presented during the claya decorated with gaudy banners, and with glittering spears of an infinite variety of forms,-in the night it was exceeded by a display of lanterns in such count- less numbers, and of such shapes and transparencies, as almost to entrance the beholders, and to reinind them of the magic in the Arabian Tales. “ The charactar and riyor of the guard stationeel about the ship, was at one time rccidentally put to the test. The captain, wishing to repair one of his boals, at.. tempted to lower it from the cranes into the water, in order to take it in over the l'essel's side. All the Japanese on board inmediately drew their swords. The officer in charge of the deck guard, appeared greatly alarmed at the procedure, reinonstrated kindly, but with great carnestness, against it, and declared to Capt. C. that they should be slain if they permitied ii, and that his own lead would be in danger, if lic persisted in the act. The captain assured the officer that he had no intention to go on shore, and explained to him clearly what his object was. When it was fully understood, great pleasure was manifested by the Japanese officer He commanded the crew who were managing ihe boat to leave it, and set a host of his inenials to work, who took it into the ship with- out allowing it to torol the water. “ The Manhattan was ut anchor in the harbor of Jeddo four du's, during which time the captain was supplied by command of the emperor with wood waler, rice, rye in the grain, vegetables of various kinds and some crockery composed of the lacquered ware of the country. He was recruited with every thing of which he stood in need, and all reinuneration sas refused. But he was told explicitly never to come again to Japan, for it he did he would great y displease the emperor. During these four days, he had inany conversations witri the governor of Jeddo, and other persons of rank, through their interpreter. Ir. one of these, he was informed by the governor that the only reason why he was allowed to reinain in the waters of Japan, was because the emperor felt assured that he could not be a bad hearted foreigner by his having come so far out of his way to bring poor persons to their native country, who were wholly strangers to him. He was told that the emperor thought well of his “heart and had consequently commanded all his officers to treat liim with markce attention and to supply all his wants. The day before he left, the emperor sent him his autographi, as the most notable token of his own respect and consider ation. It is often said that the greatest men are most careless in their chirog raphy, and in this case the imperial hand would support the truth of the remark, for thic autograph, by the size and boldness of its characters, appeared as it'a half-grown chicken had stepped into muddy water and then walked two or threo times deliberately over a sheet of coarse paper than like any other print to which I can imagine a resemblance. “Among the books taken from the wreck was a small one, in form like a note hools, filled with figures of various and eccentric forms and pictures of spears and batile-axes of strange and anoinilois prietterns. Under each were characters, probably explanatory of the objecta, aitached to them. Both ligure and charac 176 April, Captain Mercator Cooper's visit to Japan. ter were neatly and beautifully executed, and they presented the appearance of having been issued from a press of copperplate type like the plates of astro- nomical and other scientific works. This little book attracted Capt. Cooper's attention and excited his curiosity to such a degree that, after 10ticing siinilar figures embroidered in gold on the tunics of the high officers, he ventured to inquire their explanation. He then learned that it was a kind of illustration of the heraldry of the empire--a record of the armorial ensigns of the different ranks of officers and the nobility existing in the country. Capt. C. allowed me to examine this book and it appeared to me to be a great curiosity both as a specimen of typographical art, and as giving us information of the numerous grades of Japanese aristocracy, and the insignia by which they may be distin. guished. 6. These figures were wrought always on the back'of the officer's tanic, and the weapon which appertained to his rank corresponded with the one drawn unº der the ensign in the book alluded to. Eich grade of officers commanded a body of inen whose wapons we 'e of a particular and given shape, and those weapons were used by no others under an officer of different grade, or wearing a differ- ent badge on his tunic. “In a conversation with the governor, when the latter told our navigator he must never come to Japan again, Capt, C. asked him “ how he would wish him to act under the same circumstances." The governor was somewhat dis- concerted-shrugged his shoulders—and evaded by replying that" he must not come again.”—Capt. Cooper th:n asked hiin, ". if he should leave his country, men to starve or drown, when it was in his power to take them from another wreck.” He intimated that it would please the emperor more for them to be left, than for strangers to visit his dominions. Capt. C. told him that he never would see them drown or starve, but should rescue them and feed them; and then inquired what he should do with them. The governor replied, "carry then to some Dutch port, but never come to Japan again." This was all spoken by the governor with mildness but with firmness als(), as if he uttered the imperi- al will. "This governor of Jeddo is represented to be a grave and elderly looking man, somewhat grey, with a remarkably intelligent and benignant countenance, and of very mild and prepossessing manners. He appeared interested with Capt. C.'s account of the people and civilization of America, and the latter spared no pains to leave a good impression of the American name and character, especially as a commercial people, on the minds of those high officers whose position might carry them into audience with their sovereign. "The day he left the country the interpreter gave him an open letter, without a signature, written in the Dutch language, with a bold and skilful hand. Mr. Lingren, the clerk in the Consulate, a gentleman learned in many languages of Northern Europe, has translated it and stated to me the leading ideas con- tained therein. This document informs the world that the bearer of it has ſur- nished assistance to Japanese sailors in distress, and had brought them to their native land,--and then commands all Dutchmen who may encounter him ship- wrecked and in want, to afford him similar services. It further declares for the information of Holland and China,--the only nations in the world with which they have any commercial treaty, or who are allowed within the waters 1846. 177 Captuin Mercator Cooper's visit to Japan. of the empire,-that the persons in the foreign ship had been allowed no com- munication with the shore, and had been strictly debarred from all knowledge of the commodities or com nerce of the country.-Furthermore that the foreign ship had been a long time at sea, and had become destitute of wood, water and provisions, and that the government had furnished the recruits of which she stood in need. " It was early in April, that Capt. Cooper visited Japan; and he represents the climate and appearance of the country to be pleasant and lovely in the extreme. Wherever he inspected the coast, the whole earth teemed with the most luxuriant verdure. Every acre of hill and dale appeared in the highest state of cultivation. Where the eminences were too steep for the agricultural genius of the inhabitants, they were formed into terraces, so that for miles to- gether, they presented the appearance of hanging gardens. Numerous white neat looking dwellings studded the whole country. Some of them were so charmingly situated on sloping hill sides and sequestered amidst foliage of a fresh and live ing green that the delighted mariners almost sighed to transplant their homes there,—the spots were so sunny, so inviting and so peaceful. “ The whole appearance of the landscape indicated a dense and industrious population. Around the capital, the same signs of culture were exhibited as in the country, further north. The city itself was so filled with trees and foliage, that not houses enough could be distinguished from the ship to indicate with certainty that a city existed, or to allow the circuit of it to be defined. The buildings were white and rather low and no towers or temples were seen peer- ing above the other edifices. “The harbor of' Jeddo presented a maratime population as numerous and indus- trious as that which appeared to exist on the land. Vessels of all sorts and sizes, from mere shallops to iminense junks, were under sail or at anchor, wherever the eye turned on the bay. Jeddo seemed to be the mart of a prodigious coast- wise commerce, and the whole sea was alive with the bustle and activity ap- pertaining to it. “ The Japanese, from Capt. C.'s observations, are rather a short race of men, square built and solid, and do not possess Mongolian features to the extent ex- hibited in the Chinese. They are of a light olive complexion, are intelligent, polite and educated. “The dresses of the common people were wide trowsers and a loose garment of blue cotton. Dignitaries and persons of consequence were clothed in rich silks, profusely embroidered with gold and silken thread of various colors, ac- cording to their rank. Soine of these personages were so splendidly attired, as to excite great adıniration in the foreign visitors. No woolen fabric composed any part of their dress, but of this inaterial, they seeined particularly curious, and examined it with great attention. It seemed a great novelty, and all the small pieces they could obtain, were solicited and taken on shore as objects of curiosity. “But the map, of which I spoke, in the carly part of this communication, is perhaps one of the most interesting illustrations of Japanese civilization which has come into our possession. It embraces the island of Niphon, all the islands south of it, and a small part of Jeddu on the north. It is four teel long aird XV, NO. IV, 23 VOL 178 April, Captain Mercator Cooper's visit to Japan. nearly as broad, and when folded up, resembles a common church music book, handsomely bound in boards. As will be perceived the islands are projected on an uncommonly large scale. The minutest indentations in the coast, with all the trading ports, large and small are laid down, apparently after accurate sorveys. Captain Cooper found the coast which he followed to be correctly delineated, by his astronomical observations, and his own charts of Niphon were altogether erroneous. The tracks of the coastwise trade are traced through- out the whole group, from Jesso to Nangasaki. But the most interesting part of this production is the topography of the interior of the islands. They are laid out in districts, and all variously colored, like the states of our republic, in Mitchell's map. The smallest villages are denoted and named. The re- sidence of the governor in each district, and other public establishments occu- pying less ground, are also delineated. They are all embraced in enclosures of different shape and coloring, and from the uniformity of these, in appearance and number in every district, we may suppose the administration of the gov- ernment of Japan is conducted with great system. This is in accordance with our previous knowledge of the country. The rivers, even their smallest tribut- aries, are all traced to their source. The number and extent of these streams, are surprising. No country of its size, can be more abundantly watered, than Niphon. The streams are so numerous, that the whole interior has the appea- rance of being irrigated by countless canals. But they are evidently river channels, and can all be followed from their sources in the valleys, to their junction with each other and their termination in the sea. The public roads are exccedingly numerous, intersecting the whole country from shore to shore, and indicating a vast amount of travel throughout the empire. In several parts, high mountains are laid down in dark coloring. These occur occasionally, in small groups, and occupy but little space. The general appearance of the country is that of bold and lofty hills alternating with great numbers of broad valleys. All pour forth rills and streams which fertilize the earth as they flow along, and afford a thousand advantages and encouragements to an industrious population engaged, like the Japanese, in agricultural and commercial arts. The whole Empire swarms with towns and hamlets. It is almost impossible to conceive of its populousness without an inspection of this map. “On one side of the sheet is a large amount of unintelligible writing, which appears to be explanatory of the figures, characters, roads &c., delineated in the different districts on the map. If interpreted they might furnish us with much novel information. “This map, with several other articles in Capt. C.'s possesion, was accidentally left in his ship by the Japanese: They desireu to give him many things which they perceived were interesting to him, but they assured him they would be in danger of losing their heads should the emperor learn that they had furnished strangers with any means of information relative to their country or its institu- tions. They showed great and real alarm on this subject, and concealed or de- stroyed many things as they approached Jeddo, which had been about the ship. Capt. C. took no advantage of thelr dependant situation, but allowed them to follow their own inclinations in all respects. Having laid at anchor four days, and replenished his stores of wood, water 18.16. 179 Captain Mercator Cooper's visit to Japan. &c., he signified his readiness to depart, but the winds were adverse, and it wag impossible for him to get to sea. There seemed to be no disposition mani- fested by the government to force him away, but there was none for him to remain a moment beyond the time when his wants had been satisfied. A head wind and tide presented no iinpediments to going away from Japan, in the mind of the governor of Jeddo. At his coinmand, the anchor was weighed, and a line of hoats was attached to the bows of the ship, so long that they could not be numbered. They were arranged four abreast, proceed in the greatest order, and were supposed to amount to nearly a thousand. It was an immense train, and presented a spectacle to the eyes of the seamen, approaching the marvellous. The boats, instead of being propelled by rowing or paddles, were all sculled by a single oar, employed however, by several mnen. In this manner, the Manhattan was towed twenty miles out to sea, and the officer in charge of the fleet, would have taken her a greater distance, had not further aid been declined. The Japanese then took a courteous leave of our hero, and while his long train of barges wheeled with a slow and graceful motion towards the shore.,--the latter spread his sails for the less hospitable regions of Kamschatka and the north-west coast, highly gratified with the result of his adventure among this recluse, but highly civilized people." We cannot dismiss Dr. Winslow's account of captain Cooper's visit to the harbor of Yédo (or Jeddo) without a remark or two regard- ing the policy of the Japanese government. From the commencement of the Repository, we have improved every opportunity, that has offered itself, to draw public attention to one of most interesting countries in the world, rich in all its varied productions natural and artificial, with a dense and industrious population. For what has been said in our pages regarding the country and its inhabitants, reference may be made to former volumes.* These are the principal references; and any one who will take the trouble to turn to them will be ready to concur in the opinion that * Volume I, pages 109,365; Volume II, pages 318,327; Volume III, pages 145,193; Volume VI, pages 105,209,353,401,406,460; Volume VII, pages 217,496,598; Volume VIII, pages 226,273,559; Volume IX, pages 86,291,369,489,620,6-25; Volume X, pages 11,72,120,160,205,279,309; Volume XI, pages 244,255,586 ; Volume XII, pages 56,109; Volume XIII, pages 168,353. 180 Captain Mercator Cooper's visit to Japan. ATRIL, Japan is one of the most interesting states in all Asia. Did its inha- bitants possess the knowledge and the sciences which they might enjoy, were free and friendly intercourse allowed with the people of Christendom, the islands of Japan would be in the East what the British isles are in the West. And who will deny that such free and friendly intercourse ought to be allowed ? Could any man, but a misanthropist, situated as captain Cooper was, pass by those exiles, those shipwrecked mariners? He who could leave his fellow-creatures to drown or to starve would be unworthy of the name of Christian or of man. He would be but a brute, a fiend. And yet every one would act thus, if he should revere and conform to the policy of the Japa- nese. Doubtless the emperor would rather his subjects, who had been driven by storm far into the ocean, should perish there than that strangers should visit his dominions. Captain C. was right in saying, as he did, “that he never would see them drown or starve, but should rescue them and feed them." He acted rightly, and he did his duty only, when he took up and carried those poor men to their homes. So in the case of the Morrison. But being unarmed she was fired on. And had the Manhattan been unarmed she might have been treated with like severity. The conduct of the government in both cases was hostile and incompatible with reason and those just principles which ought to regulate international intercourse. The time is not probably very remote when such conduct will be rebuked, and its directors be held answerable for their inhuman cruelty. What if a French or an English admiral should anchor in the bay of Yédo, with a dozen sail, would a triple cordon be thrown around the squadron? Would all intercourse with the shore be denied ? For ourselves, we see no reason why the Japanese waters should not be visited by the government vessels of western nations and treaties of amity and coin- merce formed at once with the emperor. Had the nations of Christendom, ten or twenty years agn, entered on negotiations with the Chinese, and in a proper manner, penses and the horrors of the late war might, probably would, have been saved. So with regard to Japan. It will be well if early and honorable negotiations are entered on and so conducted as to pre- vent a Japanese war." the ex- 1846. 181 Report of the Dispensary at Amoy. Art. IV. Report of the Dispensary at Amoy, from the 1st of February 1844, to 1st of July 1845. By J. C. HEPBURN, M. D. Medical labors amongst the people of this place were first commenced by Dr. W. H. Cumming, about the middle of June 1842, not quite a year after the taking of Amoy. He opened a Dispensary on Kúlongsú in the house of Rev. D. Abeel, where it was continued about a year and a half, until the last of January, 1844. It was not long after its establishment before it became pretty well known, and people from most of the neighbouring cities and villa- ges came to it for relief from their maladies. A large number of patients was accordingly prescribed for. The gospel was also preached to them by Mr. Abeel, and religious books distributed.* On several accounts Kúlongsú was not considered to be a suitable place for the Dispensary, as well as the other missionary operations, principally because it was too much out of the way, and occasionally difficult of access. Amoy was a much more desirable place. A location there was accordingly sought for, but from the timorous spirit of the Chinese, and their unwillingness to rent, a suitable house was not obtain- ed until the beginning of this year. Having made the necessary alterations and repairs, we removed our medicines, &.c., over the latter part of January, Since that time the number of persons who have applied for relief has been much greater than before, and the Dispensary in every way more useful. The religious services have also been better attended. Besides daily conversation with the people, we have had regular service on Sabbath morning, which has been kept up with but few interruptions. At this meeting there is generally an attendance of from 60 to 100 persons, most of them patients. We have always aimed to make the Dispensing of medicines to the sick go hand in hand with religious instructions, which we consider to be the great object of our labours. Our patients are generally persons of the lower classes of society, consis: ting of petty tradesmen, farmers, mechanics, coolies, and boatmen. Few of the middle or upper classes of society have applied to us for medical aid ; this appears to be more especially the case with the citizens of Amoy. Well dressed strangers from a distance, attracted perhaps by curiosity, mot unfre. quently visit us. In relation to the following list of cases it may be well to state, that it comprises only those which were actually prescribed for. Those which we considered incurable, or which could not be relieved without better atten- dance than the circunstances adınitted of, we invariably rejected, as well also as many of those who lived at a distance, and who could not promise a regu- lar attendance. But notwithstanding the care to admit those only who promi- sced to attend regularly, we were often deceived, so that 4 large proportion of the cas recordeu came but once, inany left when they were better, or well 1 1 182 Report of the Dispensary at Amoy. APRIL, enough to return to their avocations, and but few had the patience to attend until they were well. Out of the whole number of cases recorded, we are doubtless within bounds when we say, that there were not 150 cured, though a large majority of them were more or less relieved. The cases recorded below were also with but few exceptions chronic, their duration being reckoned by months and years, and consequently required a long protracted treatment, which few had the patience to go through with. Our Hospital patients have been but few. They were those principally who had undergone a surgical operation, and who required our more particular care and attention. For their accomodation we have rented a separate building near the Dispensary. The rule which we have adopted is, that the room and the cost be supplied by us, while the patients find their own atten- dance and food. This they willingly comply with, and in only a few instances have we been under the necessity of making any exception to it, which was in cases of deep poverty, or where they had no friends to assist them. Conjunctivitis, 147 Aphonia, 5 Palpebral Conjunctivitis, 86 Cough, (generally Bronchial,) 175 Corneitis, . 101 Asthma, 60 Blepharotis, 68 Hæmoptisis, 1 Opacity of Cornea, 38 Bronchitis, 3 Opacity of Cornea with Granula 1 tion of Lids, 9 Total, 244 Iritis, : 19 Trichiasis, 15 Cataract, 5 Gastralgia Simple, 100 Synechia Anterior, . 3 Gastralgia with Pyrosis, . 147 Pterygium, 26 Pyrosis Simple, 38 Entropium, 5 Indigestion, 68 Amaurosis, . 4 Diarhæa, 17 Ulcer of Cornea, 7 Dysentery, · 2 Vascular Cornea, 3 Ascites, 12 Fistula Lachrymalis, 1 Jaundice, 9 Granular Conjunctivitis, 7 Granulations over Cornea, 1 Total. 393 Gonorrheal Opthalmia, 1 Internal Opthalmia with Softening, 1 Melanosis, 1 Phymosis Congenital, 1 Paralysis of Upper Lid, 2 Syphilis Primary, 12 Miscellaneous affections of Eye, 21 Syphilis Secondary and Tertiary, 77 Blenorrhagia, 14 Total, 571 Orchitis, 5 Varicocele, 1 Hydrocele, 5 Otorrhea, . 4 Leuchorrhea, 2 Otitis, 1 Miscellaneous affections of Genital Organs, . 3 Angina Pectoris, . Total, 120 1846. 183 Rrport of the Dispensary at Amoy, 3 1 Prurigo, Lichen, 3 Polypus of Nose, Erysipelas, 3 Meliceris, 3 Liporna of Back, Scabies, 112 Phlegmon, Eczema, 11 Burn, Herpes Zoster, 1 Fistula in Ano, Hepes Phlyctenodes, 1 Bubo, Herpes, 7 Dislocation of Lower Jaw, Ecthyma, 3 Sciatica, Psoriasis, 4 Hip-joint Disease, Impetigo Granulata, 2 Onychia, Leprosy, 5 Miscellaneous affections of Skin, 16 Misceilaneous Medical Cases, Miscellaneous Surgical Cages, Total, 175 1 3 1 1 1 1 67 Enlarged Marnma in a Boy of 18 years old, Paronychia, Gangrene of Finger from Con, tusion, Ganglion, Affections of the Eye. 571 Affections of Organs of Respira- tion, 244 Affections of Organs of Diges- 6 tion, 393 Affections of Organs of Genera- 1 tion, 121) 6 Affections of Skin, 175 liscellaneous, 359 11 Total, 1,862 Totul, Rheumatisın, Bruises, Intermittent Fever, 18 3 11 70 40 Surgical Operations. Pterygium, 16 Entropium, Trichiasis, 1 Hyeirocele radically, 20 Cataract, 4 Polypus of Noge, 48 Meliceris, 1 Lipoma of Back, 1 Circumcision, 4 Amputation of Finger, Gun shot Wouni, , Abscess Phlegimonous, Abscess Scrofulous, Ulcers, Anasarca, Anthrax, Hæmorrhoids, 8 1 1 1 It cannot be expected that in such an institution as this, where there is so inuch ignorance a:nongst the pacients, and so much irregularity in their at- tendance, that any valuable therapeutical or pathological observations should be made. Nor is our record of cases to be relied on as furnishing accurate information or the statistics of disease in this city. None but the most gen- eral conclusions can be drawn from it, and these only in reference to that class of the people, amongst whom our labours were principally confined. The affections or the eye, according to our observations, are much the most numerous, co:nprising nearly one-third of the whole number of cases treated by us. Their frequency is, however, satisfactorily accounted for, by 184 APRIL Report of the Dispensary at Amoy. the fact that it is principally as an opthalmic institution that our Dispensary has acquired a reputation ; that our patients are mostly from that class of per- sons who are most liable, from their manner of life, to attacks of opthalmia ; that when once the disease is contracted, it never has the benefit of judicious medical treatment, and is 'seldon entirely cured ; it consequently continues in a chronic state, or if it gets better is continually liable to recur from slight causes. This indeed is the history of a large majority of our patients. The remedial agents upon which we most rely in the treatment of Chronic Con- junctivitis, Blepharotis, Opacity and Vascularity of Cornea, are Nitrate of Silver and Sulphate of Copper. With the latter particularly we have been much gratified. We use it in the form of ointinent, 16 grs, of Sulph. Cop. to an ounce of lard, diluted more or less to suit the case. About one in seven of our cases have been affections of the organs of re- spiration, most of them coughs, resulting from slight bronchial irritation ; these have generally been cured or much benefited by the use of Tartar em- etic or Ipecacuanha. Asthina is a common complaint. Several of our cases have been young Boys, of 12 or 15 years old. To what extent consumption exists amongst the people here, we do not know. We have seen a number of cases. We conclude however that it is by no means so frequent as in England and America. Derangements of the digestive organs are the most frequent, next to those of the Eye. That form of it, generally known by the name of dyspe- psia, is much the most common. We have analysed and arranged it under the head of its most prominent symptoms. Why it should be so common amongst the Chinese is perhaps owing, principally, to their living so much on salted provisions, especially pickled vegetables and fish, as well as irreg- ularity in eating, opiuin smoking, and immoderate use of tea. Our method of treating these affections is simple, and in the large majority of cases ef- fectual ; indeed we seldom find our treatment entirely to fail. It consists in the use of Black Pepper 10 parts, Rhubarb 1l parts, 3 ounces to be made into 400 pills, two pills to be taken about an hour before each meal, the dose to be gradually increased. * * Affections of the Skin are common, more so than an examination of our table would lead one to suppose, as it is only those cases which we have some prospect of relieving that we have adınitted ; many cases we have, on this account, been compelled to reject. The case of dislocation of lower jaw is one of interest, from the length of time in which the bone had been displaced. The patient was about 30 years of age, and stated positively that it had been dislocated 24 days, which we were at first disposed to doubt, but had no reason to disbelieve. It was reduced in about 15 minutes, with a lever of wood and a cork fulcrum; both sides were dislocated. The patient never came back after the reduction, much to our regret. 1846. 185 Xutices of Fuhchau fü. ART. V. Notices of Fuhchau fú, being an extract from the Journal of the Rev. George Smith, M. A. Oron :, during an exploru- tory visit and residence at the five consular ports of China, on behalf of the Church (of England) Missionary Society. On December 9th, 1845, I embarked at Chusan in a small schooner in ballast for Fuhchau fii, and on the 13th came to anchor under a small island, named “Má-tsú shán," a few miles from the entrance of the river Min. The next day, Sunday December 14th, iwo fisher- men came on board to volunteer their services as pilots, for which they claimed rather an exorbitant reward, but soon becoming more reasonable in their demands, the bargain was struck for the sum of five dollars, and they were duly installed at the helm. On their first coming on board, they crossed themselves repeatedly on the forc- head, cheeks and breast, after most approred Roman Catholic fa- shion, which seemed to please not a little our Malabar steward and appeared to be generally understood by our Indo-Spanish crew of Manilamen. Here the inconvenience of the different dialects soon began to show itself. The Canton linguist, who could also sp.k the mandarin dialect, tried in vain to get a reply to his question " how far it was to Fuhchau.” But though for nearly ten minutes the phrase, alas! was named in every possible way, the parties were as far from understanding each other as at the commencement, thie pilots, with a significant waving of the hand, begged him to desist from the useless effort. Subsequently, howerer, they appeared to be more successful, as, within half an hour afterwards, the linguist came with a request from them to the captain for a glass of spirits, which they drank off in a manner that indicated a not unfrequent use of the beverage. Our captain, not being quite confident of their skill as pilots, gave orders to keep casting the lead and sounding the depth of water, which they appeared to take ill, waving their hands as if to deprecate our distrust. They succeeded in bringing us safely around the bank, which forms the principal danger in the navigation of the entrance to the river, till, passing over the bar, we at last entered the fine circular harbor formed by the projecting points of the main-land and two or three little islands, stretching before us, seven or eight miles, to the point where the river suddenly narrows itself into a little channel about half a inile across. Three VOL. XV. NO, I. 21 186 April, Votices of Fuhchau fú. opium ships were stationed here, outside the cousular boundaries of the port, with about fifty native junks close by: Immense flocks of wild fowl were to be seen in all directions. A few villages on the beach, with a few watch-towers on the sides of the hills and the bold mountain cliffs rising sternly in all their wild magnificence, and closing in the distant prospect, formed a fine specimen of the rug- ged and picturesque scenery which is the general characteristic of this iron-bound coast. We had not anchored long, outside the Kin- pái Pass, before the usual assemblage of Chinese boats came along- side, as avarice or curiosity prompted their owners. The next morning, leaving the schooner, I proceeded in a Euro- pean boat up the river about twenty miles to the city of Fuhchau. After entering the Kin-pái Pass, we passed a large village named Kwántáu, on the right, where there is a military station with a cús- tom-house establishment. The river at this point is about a mile across, being hemmed in by huge towering rocks on all sides, variegated and gilded with the sun's rays, so as to present almost every imaginable form, and glit- tering with the torrents and cascades rushing down the precipices after the recent rains. The combined influence of refraction and reflection raised every distant object above the horizon and gave it a double appearance, the lower part having an inverted form. А succession of villages and watch-towers appeared on the right, till the river suddenly converging its channel forms a narrow pass, call- ed the Min-ín, with columns of rocks on either side, piled up to the height of a thousand feet. Soon after it again widens, and at the Pagoda Island, the usual anchorage for vessels of large burden, it divides itself into two streams, the principal branch leading to the city, and the other taking a southern course, and again joining the main branch of the river Min about seven miles above Fuhchau, forming a large island of well cultivated land. Sailing up the chan- nel, with the lofty range of the Kushin rising 3000 feet on the riglit, with a few villages below and some little rows of pines on the oppo- site shore, we arrived at last at the bar near the bend of the river, where the increasing number of juuks and signs of busy activity indicate the approach to the provincial city. After half a mile's in- tricatc winding course, between the native craft, many of which were frum Ningpo, as their peculiar terms of salutation to a fo- reigner plainly indicated, we arrived in the densest part of the river- suburbs and went ashore close to the bridge which at this point Crosses the river Alim. 1846 187 Notices of Funchau fú. The friendly kindness of a newly-formed acquaintance placed at my disposal, during my stay, the upper story in a small boarded house overhanging the river and situated on a small island of about a furlong in extent. In this my mattress was duly unfolded and spread after true oriental fashion, and I was soon inducted into my new dormitory. After a night of refreshing rest, the noises and vociferating cries of my neighbors, the boatmen plying their busy vocation, effectually roused me at an early hour; and sallying forth in a little kind of gallery, I had a good opportunity of being a quiet spectator of the motley groups below. A large number of boats, serving as family residences to their humble owners, line each bank of the river for about a mile on either side, the principal clusters being stationed off and around the little island, which blocks up the main channel and divides it into two lesser streams, of which the larger flows on the north side. Each boat is decked out with a number of flower-pots and evergreens, according to the taste or the means of the proprietor, and presents a pleasing object from above. All the boat women wore head-dresses of natural flowers, and exhi- bited a neatness unusual in that class. The tops of the boats and roofs of the houses were covered with a white hoarfrost, which lasted more or less for several days, ice having gathered one or two mornings. The celebrated bridge of Fuhchan connects the little island with each shore of the river, and probably from the substantial and durable material, of which it is composed, is called the Wán shau kivu, or "Bridge of ten thousand ages." The larger bridge, on the northern side, consists of about forty arches, if immense slabs of granite thrown across at right angles with the piers, rightly merit that name. The lesser bridge, on the south, consists of nine similar arches. At high water, vessels of small burden can pass up the stream by lowering their masts. At low water a cascade pours forth through into the lower level of the river on the other side. This bridge is occupied by shops, something like London Bridge in olden times, and its narrow thoroughfare is generally crowded by all kinds of busy way- farers. Over this bridge I proceeded in a chair on my way to the British Consulate, between which and the little abode on the island, I subsequently diviucd my time during my stay at Fuhchau. A long suburb of nearly three miles, stretches thence to the southern gate of the city, consisting of a high street, and abounding with every variety of trades and handicrafts. Every part of it was thronged by the same noisy bawling crowds of people, in which were to be observed more 188 APRIL, Notices of Fuhchau fú. 1 i pugnacious looks and more frequent signs of intemperance, depicted in their countenances, than is commonly seen niore to the north of China. The frequent jostling and blows from the chairbearers, in- separable from the crowded state of Chinese streets, were generally horne with their usual calm pbilosophic indifference. On a few occasions, however, I experienced no slight interruption from this cause, and my bearers got into trouble, being unceremoniously laid hold of to compensate the damage to various articles of domestic use, which they broke or upset, in their eagerness to press forward. One literary gentleman also, so far forgot the precepts of his philoso- phy, as to follow us for about a hundred yards, seizing every oppor- tunity of beating, most unmercifully, the head of one of the bearers, who had brought the chair in contact with his person. The looks of the people wear a cold and forbidding aspect, accompanied however hy all the semblance of external respect. In this part, there was no rudely crowding about a stranger, no noisy ejaculations or remarks at the presence of a foreigner, and generally no troublesome out-breaks of curiosity. It could not be otherwise than evident, that the cogent restraints of law had latterly been put into requisition, to render a foreigner at ease among them, as the generally cowed looks and the total absence of northern smiles helped to prove. Onward however we proceeded, through the long single street, a fair specimen of Chinese streets in general, and varying as much in the respectability of the shops, as in the degrees of cleanliness. Here were to be seen the artizans of the various branches of native industry, plying their busy work, and vending the products of their labor in one and the same room, serving the triple object of workshop, ware- house and counter. Here in one part were crowded together, in their narrow dwellings, amid the din of forges and hammers, little groups of wire-drawers, braziers, button-makers, and smiths with four inen alternating their rapid blows on the sounding anvil. Here again were to be seen, image-makers, lamp-makers, cabinet-makers, carpen- ters, trunk-makers, wood-turners, curriers, shoe-makers, tailors, gold and silver leaf beaters, umbrella-makers, cotton-beaters, grocers, druý. gists, jade-stone cutters, seal-engravers, and decorators, with the numerous arts which supply the necessities or luxuries of Chinese life. Farther on were to be seen picture shops hung with the tawdry performances of native artists and caricatures of English admirals, colonels, ladies and steamboats. At every corner were to be seen 0 1 1846. 189 Notices of Funchau fú. portable kitchens, steaming away, and supplying to sundry hungry expectants the savoury materials of a hasty meal; while for the more aristocratic a succession of cook-shops, wine-shops, tea-rooms pastry cooks and fruiterers lined the way. A little farther on, a crowd of gamblers disputed a few square feet of ground with the important holders of orange stands and venders of sugar-cane; while some precocious youths, ripe for speculation were trying chances at throwing lots for cakes and sugar-plums. Naturally associated with these came every now and then the well stored shops of pawn-brokers or the decent exterior of shroff bankers, with bunches of copper cash in elegant imitation-work depending from on high as the emblem of their calling. Frequent symptoms of foreign tastes and habits were to be seen in a number of butcher's shops, fish-stalls, large haunches of dried mutton brought down from Shángtung province in junks, and the various luxuries, such as betel-nut and heche-de-mer (or the sea slug) for which emigration to the Straits has given them a taste. Soon again we passed the usual crowds of China shops, pipe-makers, tea-dealers, rice shops with the prices visibly affixed to the various samples and heaps; paper and tinfoil maunfacturers, weaving looms, a few curiosity shops, silk-dealers, trinket-makers, artificial flower decora. tions, and lastly a few book shops, to indicate that ainid the general eager activity to supply the wants of the outward man, science has had nuinerous votaries, and the mind could here receive its appropiate and intellectual food. Occasionally three or four Bonzes would saunter past, with listless looks, as having little to do with the busy cares or pleasures of the world around them, and whose sanctimow ninus garb afforded no protection from the unceremonious jostling of the secular crowd. Now and then, a few corpulent gentlemen or anxious expectants of office, would hurry past, borne on the shoulders of their less af. fluent countrymen ; while far lower down in the scale of humanity might be seen, every half mile, some two or three wretcted culprits bearing the heavy wooden collar as a penalty to the broken laws, and blowing at the scanty charcoal with which they sought to repel the pinching cold from their extremities or dozing and trying in vain to get the desired slumber. Father onward again the more fortunate possessors of liberty and freedom were assembled in some tea-rooms and sitting over their cups, to listen to some itinerant scholar, spouting for hire from a bench or declaiming from his tam- ble rostrum on some exciting subject of popular romance, 190 APRIL, Vatices of Funchau fi. Passing onward and at length emerging on the other side of the city-gate, through a large and massive breadth of the wall, we pro- ceeded, after a sudden turn to the left, along the inner side of the city wall rather less than a mile, till the thinly scattered houses, a fine sombre avenue of trees and a flag-staff with the British Union floating aloft on the orer-hanging rocks, intimated our approach to the Wú-shih shán or " the Black-stone hill," which first by a gentle acclivity and afterwards by a steep ascent over alternate path-ways and terraces brought me into full view of the romantic collection of detached temples and fanes, which form the site of the British Con- sulate. It would be difficult accurately to depict one's first impres- sions of this delightful residence, when after the disagreeably close and dirty streets alike of the suburbs and the city, the rural aspect of these isolated city pleasure grounds, with the large and beautiful clusters of banians, pines, and lichis interspersed with ancestral tablet-halls and shrines, bursts upon the view and refreshes the weary eye with its novel and unexpected scenery. Here the largest temple is in course of fitting up as an English residence and is al- ready inhabited by the consul and his lady. The firmness of the late consul, Mr. J.ay, succeeded in effecting a removal of his official residence from the incommodious and unsuitable little hong which abutted on the river, to its present salubrious and agreeable site. The exertions of the Chinese authorities and the annual payment of a few hundred dollars, as rent to the principal Bonze or abbot, were arguments which the priests could not bring themselves to Yesist; and now with a strange instance of that looseness of attachi- ment to their religion, which more or less characterizes the whole nation, they behold with complacency their benefice and grounds changed into a foreign residence; and the abbot himself, in the cha- xacter of a kind of head gardener, may be seen every day busily and intently helping to superintend the requisite changes in house and lands. Even though taking the life of animals is a violation of a prominent article in the Budhistic creed, my old friend the abbot (for during my stay I had the honor of forming his acquaintance) will at all times readily afford his proffered services in procuring pheasants, geese, ducks and any kind of game. The liberality of the mandarins is also perceptible in one of the conditions they voluntarily, of their own accord, introduced into their agreement with the build- ing contractor, viz. that none of the masons or carpenters should ever perform any work on the Sabbath day, or in any wise interfere 1816. Votices of thehchuuiit ſú. with the religious observances of the English. In the same spirit, the mandarins, before paying the consul a visit, frequently sent to enquire whether it was the Sabbath day or not. The abbot also of a neighboring Taouist temple, with the same indifference to his tenets and absence of bigotry, for the considera- tion of a small monthly sum, has willingly admitted one of the officers of the Consulate as a tenant of a portion of the building. From the top of Wi-shih shán, about 300 feet above the sur- rounding level, a fine view is gained of the city and adjacent coun- try. Seated on a corner of one of the projecting rocks, with the huge bon der stoncs lying around and aloft, the perennial monuments of one of nature's most violent convulsions, in the wreck and ruins of antecedent ages, with only a few patches of herbage or fragments of bushes, the quiet solitude of the spot where I lingered contrasted strangely with the busy scenies below and the animated appearance of the country around. At iny feet lay the populous city of Funchau, with its teeming inasses of living idolatry, while, at a little distance beyond, the undulating plains, which begirt the city, retreated on either side till they met the range of lofty hills, rising from two to three thousand feet in height and closing it around in a circular basin of natural formation. Oa the east, north and west at the dis- tance of froin four to seven miles, a slightly broken country termi- nates in the hills, forming a bold amphitheatre round the northern half of the city. On the south, the level ground, stretching far across the river to the average distance of about twelve miles, is bounded by the mountainous range, which closes in the prospect: The river, with its meandering turbid waters, pursues its rapii course from west to east, where the depression in the range shows the passage through the hills formed for its channel With the ex ception of this low ground, through which the Min flows on either side, the whole country around forms a hollow circular basin; with a diameter of about twenty miles. The beauty and novelty of the pro. spect are not to be equalled in any city of China open to foreigners; except perhaps from the summit of the celebrated tower of Ningpo. On either side below were to be seen the square battlements of the city wall, in their devious and irregular circuit, carrying the eye over a dingy expanse of houses and streets, an abrupt hill on the extreine north side of the city surmounted with a large watch- tower, terminates the view. On the S. E. a hill, rising from the level of the streets, with its sides built up with interspersed dwellinga 19:2 Notices of Fuhchuu fú. APRIL, and temples, rivalled in height the hill on which I was stationed. Two pagodas interposed between the two hills, forining prominent objects to the eye. Only a few buildings 'rose above the general level to diversify the niountainous sea of tile and roofs. One with the remarkable addition of a large European town-clock, displayed on high this product of foreign skill, a sign of the inroads on na. tional exclusiveness. Others again with joss-poles of honor, or the bright red colour of their exterior, bespoke the various temples scat- tered over the place, or the residences of the great mandarins of the city. The fantastic form of the city watch-towers, and the more regular square form of the public granaries, imparted some little relief to the fatiguing similarity of objects. Adjacent to the city were to be seen only a few suburbs, and those chiefly with an agri- cultural population, except the long straggling street which leads to Nántái, and connects with the river. The serpentine canals with their partially stagnant waters helping to drain the superabundant waters of the city, divide the country around into numberless varie- ties of form, while the fields which they separate are partly inundated, partly fallow, and partly covered with winter crops of vegetables. The city is dotted up and down with numerous trees, peeping forthi with their verdant branches, having scarcely any vacant spots, and being well built up in all directions. Such is Fuhchan with its immense population, as the exciting impressions of that moment fixed its outline indelibly on my mind. The noise and din ascending from below, the trade-cries and bells from its crowded streets, the beating of gongs, drums and cymbals from the precincts of its temples, the noise of fireworks and crack- ers from the offerings of the devout mingling in harmoniously with the guns indicating the exit of mandarins from the city gate, the confused scream of the buzzard hawk careering in its circling flight above; the flocks of ninas, crows and magpies fluttering on all sides; the noise of domestic animals, the barking of dogs, and the gambols of children, with the full tide of population, borne along in the busy hum of toil and trade, stole on my ear and convinced me of the feality of the animated masses which were mingling in the cares of life below. Only a few idle priests from the adjoining temples, some wandering beggars, some boys collecting fuel, or a few strangers from without came hither to catch a bird's eye view of the provincial capital, disturbed the solitudes and helped to awaken from the silent reveries of that mount of vision, 1846. 193 Notices of Fuhchau fú. a The next day I engaged a Chinese teacher, a native of the place and able to speak the mandarin dialect, in order to accompany me in my visits as an interpreter and to explain any objects that might arrest my attention so far as my limited knowledge of the mandarin dialect enabled me to receive his explanations. The time of my visit was an interesting period, as regarded the present state of the relations between the British consul and the local authorities. The late Mr. Lay, on his arrival, in the latter part of 1844, to open the port, experienced considerable obstacles from the unwillingness of the mandarins to grant a suitable residence and the general symptoms of a disposition to 'slight his office. As it has been already intimated, persevering firmness and determined remonstrances liad surmounted and overcome these temporary difficulties, and growing spirit of liberality and respect towards foreigners had arisen. The removal of the consulate within the city, and a frequent inter- change of visits, had gradually produced a friendly understanding with the Chinese authorities which has been happily promoted by the present able and enlightened consul. Repeated proclamations were issued inculcating due respect towards foreign strangers, and denouncing punishment against offenders. Things proceeded rather favorably, till almost three months previous to the present time, when a gentleman, attached to the consulate as interpreter, as he was walking round the city wall in that part adjoin- ing the quarter inhabited by the dominant race of Mánchú Tartars, was assaulted by a number of men, who pelted him with stones and chased him from their quarter of the city, which in former times even the Chinese inhabitants themselves could not visit with impunity. This assault was made the subject of grave remonstrance with the authorities, and the threat was held out by the conşul of the visit of a ship-of-war unless speedy reparation was made by the summary punish- ment of the offenders. Copies of the remonstrance were sent alike to the governor and Tartar general, the latter having exclusive jurisdiction over the Mánchú part of the population, who form the garrison of the city. Though at first they affected to treat it as a light matter, and issued a proclamation in which, with a strange mildness of terms, they spoke angrily of the breach of good manners committed on the occasion of the assault on a stranger, the earnest determination of the consul, and his protest against the mild lan- gnage of the proclamation soon brought matters to a crisis, and the Tartir general, in the paroxysm of hi: alarm at thic possible co!l- VLL NO 194 APRIL, Notices of Fuhchau fú. sequences of a collision, arrested six Tartars for the offence, three of whom were bambooed and the other three underwent severer punishment of the kang, or wooden collar, for a month. The novel and unprecedented event of a Mánchú Tartar wearing the káng, from which mode of punishment they had hitherto enjoyed a prescriptive immunity; and the humiliating announcement attached as usual to the machine of the crime for which they were punished, and that too an assault committed on a new-comer and a stranger from barba- rous regions, were doubly mortifying to the pride of this arrogant class of inhabitants, as it was also a subject of universal chuckling and invidious exultation among the purely Chinese portion of the po- pulation. During the last few weeks there had arisen an evidently favourable posture of affairs for the better. During my stay I took frequent opportunities of testing the truth of this fact, and found al- most invariably a total absence of insult, and in the southern parts of the city, most frequented by foreigners, of nearly all the annoyances of curiosity. December 18th, I rode in a chair on the city wall round the whole circuit, it being altogether a distance of between eight and nine miles. Ascending at a breach, in the wall, close to the foot of the Wú-shih shán, we proceeded in a westerly direction, skirting the bottom of its beautiful little assemblage of shrubbery and avenues rising up the hill. A pleasing little parterre or avenue is here formed by the battlements on one side, and a little row of trees close to the wall on the other. The wall itself varies in height, but generally averages thirty feet on the north side. The causeway on the top is broad enough for a single carriage to drive in most places, and of tolerably regular and even construction though overgrown with grass along the edges. As Fuhchau is a garrison city, with the whole provincial posse of civil and military mandarins, there is a succession of watch-towers every two or three hundred yards, with two or three cannon resting on carriages without wheels, and pointing outwards into the adjacent country. From the clumsiness of this contrivance they are capable only of being moved a little way on either side, and can only be brought to bear point blank on any object or mark. This unwieldy nature of their guns was one of their causes of failure in the late Several of the attendants or sentries came round me, as I examined these parts, aud betrayed some distrust at seeing my note- book. Some of them were rather loquacious, but their eloquence was war. 1846. 195 Notices of fuhchau fú. or lost on me, as I could only comprehend one of their questions, whe- ther the cannon of my honourable country were made of iron or brass. Here some beautiful trees, of large and giant growth in the fields below, fringed the outer portion of wall, with a few ponds covered with the lotus flower, which in the summer must present a beautiful object with its floating bosom of variegated colors, supplying also an article of food to the people. On the inner side, some pieces of stagnant water, flanking at a little distance the long range of public granaries stored with provisions against seasons of dearth, filled up the space, till we arrived at what at first had the appearance of a city gate, but which proved to be the Si-shui kwán, " Western water- barrier.” A long cannon here guards a windlas drawing up or let- ting down (as occasion might require) the huge fender of a large water-course below, which lets out the drains and sewers of the city, but is closed in time of inundations, the water in the suburbs at such times rising far above the level of the city inside. The wes- tern gate of the city came next, with large pillars forming a spacious colonnade above and supporting a watch-tower which looks down on a busy suburban street of limited extent. From this point outside the walls, there extends, in a parallel course for several furlongs, a large sheet of water called the Sí hú, Western lake," with a series of unpretending but unique buildings, lining its margin. A slight rising of ground closes it in on the further side, with a larger kind of temple, and a small bridge or two, with fishing nets dispersed along its surface at intervals. On our arrival at the north gate, about a mile and a half farther on, the keeper walked round with me eyeing my note-book, making himself rather officious, but evidently distrustful. Soon after the wall begins to ascend the lofty hill on the north included within the walls, and surīnounted by the large watch-tower which forms one of the first and most prominent objects to the visitor approaching the city. It is double storied throughout and is called by the name of Yá lau. It overlooks the city and surrounding country, and has seven large stone furnaces or fire-places outside, serving as beacons in case of fire or the approach of an enemy. Immediately outside the wall is a precipice of 200 feet, almost verging to a perpendicular height, and wooded lower down with irregular patches of trees. Beyond this rugged hill there are no suburbs, the country being bare and bold, but beginning to be cultivated at a little distance. On the or 196 APRIL Notices of Fuhchau fú. il inside some fine villas interspersed among gardens and orchards of fruit trees and also bunians with some fine towering cedars rising above odoriferous coppices of dwarf shrubs, with doves flying about, point out the quiet retreat which wealth here affords to its proprietors from the crowded part of the city. Lower down the hill, as the wall bends towards the east, the isolated sites of the houses and dwellings, which are nere of a better kind, point out the aristocratic part of the town. The densely inhabited part of the city soon begins with the kwun-ti miáu which is a soriy kind of building. The gate called Cháng-lau mun, with its three lofty stories, a dark passage through heaps of rubbish and a rope manufactory within, conducted us to the vici- nity of the Minchú Tartar population. Here the keeper followed us some distance, and some Mánchús passed by, evidently subdued by the recollection of recent events and not at all disposed to interrupt my progress. Others soon followed, till passing another large water barrier gate, with its two Mánchú keepers, I now found myself on the long forbidden soil which none but 'Tartar steps were free to tread. “ Procul este profani.” The keepers looked very stern, but gradually relaxed their knit brows and scowling looks as I distributed a few books among them, which they received with affected smiles but soon resumed their anxious disconcerted air. I determined so far to humour their mingled disappointment and consternation as to put out of sight my memorandum book, which they eyed with evident suspicion and dislike. Several Tartars now flocked past, scowling in spite of themselves and hardly daring to look me in the face. Some with a fierce air would hurry by my chair without lifting their eyes towards me, with something of the same kind of manner, as we might suppose a dog, which has narrowly escaped hanging for worrying, would pass by the next flock of sheep he met in his path. As I had declined the offer of an attendant from the consulate, many questions passed be- tween the keeper and my teacher, the latter seeming no ways afraid and fully sensible of foreign protection. A keeper ran on before to the west gate to prevent every possibility of popular ebullition, and to report with anxious looks my approach. I could not therefore be surprised at the general turn out at the Táng mun, or “Bath gate," where a few tracts soon produced polite bowings and a polite reception from the officer in charge. The whole of the adjacent pirts to this gate and the Tung mun, or East gate, which is situated near, is occupied by Tartars, a number of whom were seen practis- ! 1946. 197 Notices of Fuhhau fú. ing at shooting with the bow at a target, in a military exercise ground below, and who stopped to have a view of the unexpected visitor as I passed. A Mánchú of higher rank sent three attendants to see me safe to the next gate. They could all speak the mandarin dialect, but when speaking amongst themselves employed the Manchú tongue, which abounded with most extraordinary screams and into- nations, and sounded the reverse of musical. They were mostly dressed as soldiers with red caps and high boots though it is said that some of them unite with their military calling some trade or other occupation. There was to be seen no cringing amongst them, all appearing to be a haughty and arrogant class, whom a slight pro- vocation would excite. Nor were my bearers of the laughing talka- tive kind, to be met with in the more northern ports, but in a silent and serious mood they trudged onward, willing to meet every wish, but not enjoying a salient flow of spirits. After passing some marshy ground in which were to be perceived a few tombs or rather coffins thatched over, and skirted by a wretched class of habitations, we arrived at another of the water-barrier gates, where the increas- ing civility of the few remaining Tartars I passed, seemed to in: dicate a desire to efface the remenibrance of their late ruffianry amid a profusion of nods and bowing, though probably the remembrance of the káng had no slight influence in prompting these civilities, The Kit-sin shán, or “Hill of the nine genii,” here commences, causing an ascent in the course of the city wall and having houses projecting forth from little rocks along its side to the summit, which here rises opposite to the Wi-shih shán and shares with it the southern side of the city. It has numerous inscriptions carved on its rocky columns, and commands a fine view of the river in its course towards the sea between the towering barrier of hills, which wall in the cultivated valley on either side. The Koán-yin miúu, or "temple of the goddess of mercy", the Peh tah, or “White pagoda," of seven stories with bushy shrubs issuing forth from crevices on the top and around its sides, and the Shih tah, or “Stone pagoda," another dingy half dilapidated building of seven stories with its carved branching roofs, rising one above another, and at present closed against visitors, on account of a recent accident, fill up the space between the foot of the hills and the Nún mun, “South gate, adjoining to which are the buisy parts of the city and the mercantile portion of the population on account of its connection with the populous river suburb of Nántái. Half a mile farther brought us to the spot, by which we had ascended or 198 APRIL, Notices of Fuhchau fú. the wall on our outset, whence we soon reached the Wú-shih shán after an absence of nearly three hours. One impression left by this circuitous visit, was the remarkable paucity of temples and sacred buildings, as well as the general absence of those houses with handsome and grand exterior which are so fre- quently seen at Ningpo. Another observation which struck me, was the total absence of tombs and coffins, scarcely twenty of any kind being to be seen in the whole circuit. The pleasing effect also of the trees interspersed with the roofs of houses, would lead a visitor to form too favorable an idea of the city, till an actual visit to its by- streets and dirty lanes should dissipate every evanescent impression of the kind. The trees also are not of that dwarfish stunted kind met elsewhere along the coast of China, but resemble more the general character of the species found in Europe in the size of their growth at least if not in the precise identity of the kind. The next few days were occupied in an excursion in a boat, a few miles up the river to another large bridge, which crosses the Min, in visiting a few of the temples adjacent the consulate hill, and in perambulating the different streets of the city. On one of the latter excursions I proceeded from the south gate northward into the heart of the city, through the principal street called the Nán mun kiái, or “South gate street.” In this part the people were remarkably well-behaved in imposing restraints on their curiosity. Though they would throng around every shop into which I entered, they would always retreat on either side, so as to form a passage for me, on my exit, without being obtrusive or excessive in their eagerness to watch my proceedings. These little crowds seldom exceeded a hundred persons, and were very quiet and civil in their deportment. As I walked along, there was no assemblage, nor any decided symp- toms of curiosity, except an attentive survey of my dress and person as they passed. The shops are here of a superior kind, especially those which vend European and other foreign articles, watch-makers occupying a few of them and having a fair display of clocks, time- pieces and watches of native and foreign manufacture. In this main street, and especially in one of the principal cross streets, turning to the left through the viceroy's palace yard, there are numerous curiosity shops, well supplied with old bronze vases, images, jade-stone orna- ments and carved wood, for which they ask generally most exorbitant prices. As I approached the center of the city, the crowds in these parts, 18:16. Notices of l'ulchau ji. less familiarized with foreign features, grew more troublesome, and once or twice the sound of " fün kau," "foreign dog," struck my ear. Once hearing this sound proceed from a youth close to my side, I fixed my eye on hiin, to intimate that I understood the phrase, on which he skulked away into the crowd, sometimes summoning up a laugh and repeating aloud the offensive expression, which he saw I fully appreciated. I made a remark to the teacher concerning their liability to punishment by the mandarins for this rude conduct. Unfortunately he mistook my meaning, a mistake more justly chargea- ble on my limited vocabulary of Chinese words, than on his dulness of comprehension, and I soon had the mortification of finding myself at the entrance of a "police-court," to which he was conducting me to lodge a complaint before the magistrate. I happily found out the mistake, as he was knocking at the door and trying to open the barred entrance, in time to request him to desist from the attempt. On our exit, the crowd, who were rapidly increasing, raised a volley of cheers, whether of exultation at supposing us baffled or of approbation at our not persisting in our complaint, it was not certain. I heard however no more of the expression; the only offensive terms which saluted us during the rest of the walk, being the local expression fán jin, “foreigner." Passing under the lofty building, which crosses the way, and is surmounted by the public clock, with its European dial, we were fol- lowed by an increasing crowd, chiefly of boys, to the large suite of courts, forming the ching-wáng miáu, where the sounds becoming louder and the people a little more boisterous, a police runner attached: himself to me, from one of the public offices. This new-comer was apparently very anxious to prevent my being annoyed, not allowing the crowds of boys and idlers who followed to approach within twenty yards, till being tired the latter gradually fell away, or left their places to be supplied by the idlers of the next street, through which we passed. He also from time to time offered ine oranges, betel-nut and paid other similar attentions. Bending our course through a narrow defile of lanes, abounding with filth, and various odours, towards the eastern quarter of the city, I determined on paying a visit to the Manchú Tartars. On my way the people became increasingly curious, and when I entered a shop to rest, the policeman stationed himself at the door to prevent any pressure, returning inside at intervals to offer me a pipe of tobacco, or to volunteer some similar civilities. At last I entered the 17 200 APRIL, Notices of Funchau fü. sacred ground of the Manchis, where none but the conquering race are permitted to reside, and into which till recently no Chinese were bold enough to venture. Men, women and children of every age and condition, turned out to see me as I passed down their streets, with looks which betokened mingled surprise and dissatisfaction. They generally appeared to be of a inore solid build of frame and stallworth growth, and to be of a higher stature than the pure Chi- nese. They all appeared exceedingly anxious not to give any um- brage or ground of offence. The elder portion of them kept waving their hands or using their lungs to deter any of the younger people from following our steps; and at one of the police stations they made them all turn back and desist from following. As we ap- proached the Tartar general's palace, my teacher and police-guide wanted to turn off by a direct bend down a narrow street, till I ver- sisted in proceeding through the range of spacious courts in Mán- chú streets on the opposite side, where a Mánchú officer attached himself to me, as an additional escort, till we arrived at the east gate, where we turned to the northward and pursued our way over the military exercise ground inside the wall. Here about fifty Mánchús followed, all very civil, shewing me the lions of the neighbourhood They first took me to a hot spring, strongly impregnated with sulphur, of which I tasted a little, but which they prevented my drinking, saying that their horses were brought thither to water. They led the way in a small body to the Táng mún, or." Hot Bath gate," through which they conducted me into a little suburb, where the Manchús and Chinese inhabitants are mingled together. We soon arrived at the public hot baths, where for a fee of two copper cash, the inhabitants possess the privilege of an ablution in these medical springs, to which some persons ascribe a more general absence of those cutaneous diseases, which they fancy to be more common elsewhere than at Fulchau. Here the first object which I beheld was about twenty men in a round circular bath of not inore than six feet in diameter, all innmersed up to their chins in the stcam- ing fluid and packed as closely as faggots. A shout of laughter anusual among the serious gloomy people of Fuhchau proceeded from these twenty heads, trunkless as far as my eye was concerned, moving on the surface of the water. Three or four naked men were anxiously sitting as expectants on the edge, till one of the twenty emerging out of the bath, made room for another to pack himself town among the bathers. One or two others miglit be seen anoin- + 1846. 201 Notices of fulchau fú, ting their bare bodies with liniment or plaster, having apparently been using the bath to cure their sores. A little further on, was another bath, with its twenty Chinese packed in a shallow well, and a few others drinking at another well, under the same roof or enclosure. At a few yards distance was another well partitioned off to some distance and guarded from bathers, where the water was carried off in buckets, and persons were only permitted to drink. The water was exceedingly hot even in the cup, but had no taste of medioinal impregnation. In the meantime my new conductors grew very friendly and by degrees became very cheerful. They asked me my honourable sur- name, and requested me to write it on the sand. After which they wished to know what office I filled, and the time of my arrival; what my teacher told them, I could not understand, but had reason to think, from what passed on a similar occasion, that in spite of my statements to him, he greatly magnified my office, at the expense of truth, and sought thereby to augment his own importance. The Manchus are said to number about 3000; but according to their own accounts, on this occasion, they had no accurate means of knowing their precise numbers but computed them to amount, with women and children, to about 8000. They have the cha- racter of being a turbulent and haughty race and sometimes very troublesome to the Chinese officers, from whose jurisdiction they are generally exempt, being subject to officers of their own race. They still retain the pride of conquest, after the lapse of two cen- turies; and as they never amalgamate with the Chinese and are not very numerous throughout the empire, a revolution is more than probable when any general grievance shall rouse the spirit of the nation and a leader be found able and willing to head a general vevolt against their dynasty. Their yoke is said to be at times very gall- ing and humiliating ; but as the dominant race have very wisely consented from the beginning to share the government with the vanquished race, and as the system of literary degrees theoretically opens preferment to all without distinction of caste,. the probable nearness or remoteness of the period of their emancipation from Tartar rule is an enigma of very difficult solution, and at best can form only a subject of very doubtful conjecture to foreigners, the best informed of whom are but little acquainted with the real social and political condition of this peculiar people beyond a few general impressions founded on a very imperfect induction of facts. VOL. XV. NO. IV, 26 202 APRIL Votices of fuhchuuu The emperor appears to share a large portion of their loyalty, as a good man and just ruler; and only a few of the Chinese, connected with foreigners, even dare to whisper the treasonabic language of dislike towards the existing government. Popular opinion is powerful in China, and though there are no regular channels of manifesting its power, in the absence of a representative government, it cannot safely be outraged. A grand national disaster alone appears likely seriously to endanger the stability of the present dynasty, and had not the treaty of Nanking arrested the career of invading conquest, the capture of Peking might ere now have driven the reiguiny dynasty back to their native dominions of Mánchúria, and China Proper be just emerging from the widely spread disasters of a general anarchy. The viceroy and Tartar general in Fulchau hold equal rank, but are seldom on cordial or friendly terms, the boundaries of their equal and divided authority frequently operating as the cause of misunder- standings. Returning into the heart of the city, by a different route, I passed the Tartar general's palace again, till diverging farther towards the west, I reached the viceroy's palace. Here I called a sedan chair from a neighbouring stand in the street, and after another half hour found myself at the foot of the Wúshih shán, where the Chinese servants, attached to the consulate, with their office as retainers of the great English nation embroidered in large characters on the bosom of their dress, as they strutted about in the apparent consciousness of British protection, were living proofs of the mighty inroads which have here been made on the exclusive policy of the present reign. On various other occasions I revisited the central and western parts of the city, occasionally sitting down in the shop of a tradesman, all of whom, as well as the people generally, who could form the slightest claim to an acquaintance, were very civil and seemed to possess the same friendly disposition prevalent among the Chinese in other parts accessible to foreigners. The most unfriendly part of their conduct was the absurdly exorbitant terms which they asked for the most trilling articles of native curiosity or use. One man came down to my price with great humour, as I remonstrated with him on his asking Chinese and foreigners different prices, and repeated the trite proverb that “ All the people comprised within the four seas are brethren.” During my daily strolls on the Wi-shih shán, I had continual opportunities of an insight into the various character and pursuits of the people, who saunter to these parts as the lyde Park of Fuhchau 1846. 203 Notices of Funchau fi. On one occasion I enjoyed the hospitality of the abbot of a Táuistic temple, called the Túu shan Kwán, a venerable old man of seventy- five years of age, with long flowing white beard, who with his brother priests was very friendly and polite. One of them afterwards re- joined me alone, and after reading a few moments a Christian book, as if to shew the universal skepticism of his mind or the unimportant character of such subjects, he gave utterance to the latitudinarian remark that all religions were in principle the same. A few Bonzes also followed me some distance in order to procure some books which they received with their usual protestations of gratitude. Daily instances occured of the real indifference of both sects, alike to their respective superstitions and the total absence of any alarm at the possible diminution of their influence by the dissemination of Christian tenets in these publications. In the same locality, and within a few minutes of time, a Chinese, a Roman Catholic by hereditary profession, after receiving a tract drew forth a medal suspended from his bosom and inscribed with the images of Joseph, the Virgin, and John the Baptist, the sight of which he said) recalled to his mind the good things he read in his holy books. From other sources, I gained the information that there had been a recent persecution of the Roman Catholics in the neigh- bourhood, originating in their refusal to subscribe to the building or repair of some heathen temple. A Spanish padre, named Justa d'A- guilar, has been residing for a year at Fuhchau, under the terms of the recent edict of universal toleration. He wears a Chinese costume, but is said to be a person of but little energy of body or mind and to be greatly discouraged at the prospects of Roman Cath- olicism in the city, saying that the people are so apathetic, that he despairs of any converts from among them. In the north of the province of Fuhkien, at about a hundred miles distance, there is a Popish bishop, a Spaniard of ninety years of age, who has been sixty years in the country. There is also a Popish college, and the Romish converts are said to be more nunerous than the pagan inhabitants in those parts, so as to be too powerful to become the victims of any persecution. It is understood that in the course of conversation, the British consul took occasion to remonstrate with the acting governor of the province, on the subject of the invidious distinctions and ex- clusive spirit which were supposed to pervade the second edict of Kiying, apparently limiting the first edict of toleration to the professors of the Roman Catholic religion. In his reply, he deprecated the idea 204 ARRIL, Notices of Funchau fú. of such differences being known at Peking, and stated that the cmperor in the full spirit of equal privileges to the French and Eng- lish nations would grant free and perfect toleration to the religion generally of western nations. He also intimated that, though at Peking they knew no difference between Roman Catholics and Protestants, he himself knew the difference and preferred the Protestants as less disposed to political intrigues. The native authorities appear to be well acquainted with the movements of the Spanish padre, but have thus far acted with libera- lity, promptly checking the maltreatment of his converts, when the real facts of the case had been duly stated to them in explanation. Mohammedanism also is not without its representatives in the city, six priests being resident at Fuhchau, who soon gain intelligence of the arrival of any Mussulmen, in the crews of foreign vessels, and visit any new comer, in order to sell some of their sacred writings. There are also between twenty and thirty Mohammedan fakirs, or religious beggars, who subsist on the superstitions or rather the fears of the people, as popular report states them to be the special favor- ites of a Mongol Tartar, a member of the highest board of the state, and who from Peking would denounce punishment on any person slighting the beggars. Whether this be true or not, there is no doubt of its being serviceable to one class of those wretched objects, who are so numerous in this and other Chinese cities. December 29th. This being the period of the new moon, the twelfth of the current Chinese year, there were the usual exciting scenes of the season, which gave an additional appearance of bustle to the streets. Parties of mendicant Bonzes were to be seen strolling through the streets in slow movement, chanting some religious ditty, while one or two of their number visited the neighboring shops to make a collection, waiting sometimes for five minutes till the trades- man, busily occupied with his customers, deigned to take any notice of the priest, who was generally dismissed with a few copper cash. Close by, two men of more than ordinary irascibility of tempera- ment were most fiercely dealing blows at each other's person, but were held back by the surrounding crowd, so that little harm was done by the excited pugilists. Being with difficulty separated, they rushed towards each other again, and levelled their aim with redou- bled fury, but again drawn back they had the satisfaction of bea- ting the air. It was pleasing to oliserve the contrast in their anxiety to prevent any further collision between the belligerents with the 1846. Notices of Fuhchan fú. 205 disgraceful scenes prevalent in more civilized countries on such occasions. The shop-keepers rushed out of their shops, and for the time it appeared to be every man's business to divide the combatants and lead them in different directions, The system of dividing the city into wards, and making the re- spective householders of each responsible to government for a breach of the peace, is here productive of the best effects, not only in the prevention of disturbances generally, but also in securing good treat- ment to any stranger who visits the city from European vessels. At night the inusic in all directions indicated the unusual num- her of weddings at this auspicious season, followed by numerous bridal processions on the few succeeding days. Now and then also a newly promoted siútsái might be seen, making a formal visit in a chair with pipers and retinue to his friends and relatives, and re- joicing in his new-born dignity. On the evening of the new moon might also be observed whole streets of inhabitants, soon after sun- set, bringing forth from their houses little heaps of paper, inscribed with Chinese writing, which they devoutly burnt before the door, thus preventing any possible desecration of the Chinese character. The smoking embers might be traced in succession for some dis- tance as a mark of the universality of the custom. The poor delin- quents, who wore the wooden collar as a punishment for their of- fences, and who seemed to outnumber all that I had ever seen in every other part of China put together, seemed also at this time to enjoy some little alleviation of their sufferings in the kind attentions of their friends. Some aged man might be observed, whose appearance might indicate him as the parent of the criminal, feeding with the tenderness of paternal solicitude some full grown offender, who enjoyed either by connivance or permission of the police his share in the convivial festivities of the season. Occasionally a son of ten- der years might be seen performing the office of filiał piety in remov- ing the accumulated filth and vermin from the person of his father, while the criminal himself seemed to have taxed his powers of in- vention in discovering modes of compensating the inconvenience of the projecting plank, separating between his upper and nether ex- tremities, by tooth-picks and ear-picks two feet in length, which, with extended and carefully poised arm, he would endeavor to insert over the wooden incumbrance into its appropriate place of reception. Soon after sunset a policeman arrives to unlock the chain which fastens the káng to the wall, and the culprit is marched, for the 206 APRIL Notices of Funchau fu. night, to the common prison, till on the following day he is again conducted forth to public gaze and exposure. The offences for which they suffered this slow and attenuating torture were generally theft. It was difficult to decide whether this wretched class of men were more to be pitied for their sufferings, or the squalid class of beggars, who may be seen in all the degrees of want and misery from the state of partial nakedness and tattered garbs to that of extreme destitution, shrivelled limbs and consump- tive pale-stricken countenance, loitering in the streets for the casual alms of the benevolent, or lying by the way-side in the helplessness of pining sickness and disease. One poor wretch was pushing him- self along in a kind of box, with his lower extremities eaten away by disease, one of his feet withered and dried being stuck on a peg in front, a hideous spectacle, to obtain the earnestly sought relief of the busy wayfarers. A Mánchú military mandarin passing by in his chair, and attended by his lictors, in all the stateliness and pride of wealth, was a strong contrast with the widely prevalent destitution of the beggar population. During the latter part of my stay at Fuhchau, I remained generally in the suburb of Nántai on the island between the two bridges, which here connect it with the shore. The principal part of this river suburb is situated on the opposite or southern side of the river, and contains, a population of about 20,000, a great portion of whom consist of boatmen, sailors and natives of Ningpo, and other distant places, who come to the city in trading junks. This part abounds with fruit, fish and vegetables, the last of which are brought for sale by a fine healthy looking race of country-women, whose hardy frames and active steps contrast strargely with the limping gait and stunted growth of the female population of the city, among whom the practice of cramping the feet by bandages from early infancy, though not universal as in the north, is very general, few being exempt except the Tartar ladies, the boat-women, and the very lowest order of females, who here may be seen bearing burdens and working with the activity of men. Many of these women perform the work of coolies, and may be seen hurrying along the streets with bare feet or light shoes made of straw. They wear a kind of hair-pin, of large size generally, except in the case of the poorest, made of silver, and are on the whole the finest and most robust race of women to be seen in China, compensa- ting in some degree for the general absence of good looks from the other sex 1816. 307 Notices of Fuhchau fú. a success. Some of the inhabitants of Nántái have an ingenious way of earn- ing tiveir livelihood by training cormorants to dive into the river and bring up fish from the bottom. Generally about the time of low water boatinan may be seen near the arches of the bridge, with four or five cormorants perched on the boat. At a given signal from the owner, one of these birds bounds from the boat into the stream, and after looking about for a few moments, dives to the bottom, becoming invisible sometimes for two minutes, when it rises generally at forty or fifty yards distance, to breathe the air. After another minute the bird descends again into the stream below and repeats the process, till it brings a fish to the surface, struggling in its beak, which is a signal to the boatman to paddle his little vessel to the spot, when he casts a net into the river and hauls bird and fish on board. The bird, conscious of its desert, flaps its wings and by various odd mo- tions seeks the usual reward of a piece of fish or other food for its Sometimes two cormorants are fishing at the same time, being often for some minutes apparently lost. The fisherman how- ever easily follows them, his little boat consisting of nearly half a dozen bamboo poles, which form a very light kind of raft, sufficient for himself and the birds, and is easily paddled with a single oar, During the time I watched their operations, they caught three or four fish, one of which was alniost more than the captor could ma- nage, and weighed down its bill below the stream, as it floated towards the raft. It is said that a ring, placed round the lower portion of the throat of these fishing cormorants, disables them from swallowing their prey before the boatman arrives to the rescue. On Dec. 31st, I made a visit to the country bordering on Nántái to the south by a hill, which rises abruptly to about 200 feet and affords a good view of the city at three miles distance. After passing through some broken ground, covered at intervals with clumps of trees, I found myself among thousands of tombs of every size, froma the small mound which covered the earthly remains of the beggar, to the spacious well paved monument which denoted the wealth and consequence of its occupant. Some of the smaller ones were covered with a hard kind of plaster, and resembled a mere mound of earth as in western countries. The larger kind of mausoleum, from its trefoil shape, resembled the last letter of the Greek alphabet, the omega and the end of all things. A long sandy bill of undulating surface, dotted with a few plantations of cypress and pines formed the general burial ground of the city, with a plain of corisiderable Voices of puhchritt füi. Al'RIL, extent, reaciiing over a cultivated line of country to the distant hills. In one of the temples, on the hill of Niintái, I witnessed a curious specimen of the power of priestorafi, which still retains its hold on a portion of the people. In a building consisting of two or three courts, dedicated to the god of literature, but entrusted to a few Táuistic priests, a Chinese had come to obtain deliverance from domestic grief. The cause of his application was the sickness and expected death of his wife. The husband, dressed out in his finest clothes and loaded with a profusion of offerings, stood before a plat- form in anxious expectation, while a priest went through a variety of evolutions, tossings and tumblings on the floor to procure a good omen. With his head bound in a red handkerchief or turban, and a quantity of burning paper in his hands, he vigorously danced with impassioned gestures around the table, laden with fruits and cakes, while two attendants, beating a gong and drum, kept time with his performance. At one time he prayed in softly-altered tones. Soon again he employed scolding accents to the deity he invoked. One moment he would endeavor to coax away the angry spirit. At an- other he would flog and terrify it away, by whipping the air most lustily. After half an hour's practice, noise and persevering somer- sets on the ground, he rose and placed a hair-pin in the hair of the anxious husband, after binding it in the peculiar tuft of his sect. Some more paper was burnt, outside the temple, the priest ceased from his flagellations, the husband bowed down a number of times before an idol, and after paying the usual fees to the priest re- turned, apparently satisfied, to the scene of his domestic affliction. A more general and detailed description of the character of the city and its population, the disposition of the present local autho- rities and the degree of its eligbility as a missionary station, will close, the more diffusive account of Fuhchau, contained in the pre- ceding pages. Funchau, Tim Hy, the second largest of the five ports open to foreign trade, is situated in 26° 7' north lat., and in 119° 15' east long. The amount of its population, in the absence of all authentic statistics, can at best be only a subject of uncertain conjecture. Its apparent extent of space, covered with houses, is about twice the size of Ningpo, three times that of Shanghái, and nearly five times that of Amoy. The lowest estimate I bave heard, reckoned it to contain a population of more than half a million. I should myself be inclined to place it at about 600,000, a number which will not 1846. 209 Notices of Fuhchau fú. be considered excessive, when we remember its eight and a half miles circuit of walls, and the small proportion of space unoccupied with buildings. Though it is the capital of Fuhkien province, it is a city, on the testimony of the high officers of the local government, of little trade with the interior, and of decreasing commercial im- portance. Nor is the extent of its commerce with the other ports, along the coast of China, of any considerable importance, its trade with maratime parts being checked by the hordes of pirates, who, more or less for centuries, have been the scourge of an unwarlike people and the terror of a weak government. The increasing diminution of inland trade, according to the state- ments of some of the most respectable native traders, is mainly at- tributable to the restraints on legitimate commerce and native in- dustry imposed by the annual drain of sycee bullion from the coun- try, through the payments in specie for opium smuggled along the coast. Two millions of dollars worth of the drug are said to be annually imported into the city, principally from Chinchew 140 miles to the south, in former times, but latterly also from the newly established depot for the smuggling vessels, at the mouth of the river Min, just beyond the cousular limits of the port. At the present time a co:siderable portion of the opium finds its way from Fuhchau to other places in the interior, while from four to eight chests are daily retailed in the city. One half of the population are supposed to be addicted to the indulgence, and even the lowest coolies and beggars will deny themselves a portion of the substantial necessaries of life, at times, in order to enjoy the prized luxury. Upwards of one hundred smoking houses, with the exterior of private dwellings, and duly fitted up with all the conveniences and apparatus for smoke ing, arc spread over the city; and the fact of their being frequently situated near the residences of the muadarins, and being generally resorted to by the police and military, can leave no doubt of the perfect notoriety of their existence. A fear of the personal con- sequences to themselves of any collision with foreigners, lurking suspicion of the English government as being covertly connected with the system, a sense of weakness as a government, and inability to put dowa by force the well-manned and weil-armed vessels st 3- tioned at the sinuggling depots, together with the not improbable harvest of bribes, and secret duties which they are able to reap from thei: connivance, operate conjointly in fostering and upholding an evil which by the general stagnation of native trade and scarcity of 27 VOL. XY. . IY. 1840. İNotices of Funchau fú. 211 cash to the sum of 1000 dollars, which supply all the advantages, with as little as possible of the dangers of a bank-note circulation. Some of these proinissory bills are now before me, and by the blue, red, and black colors, which are blended together, present a rather gay appearance of signatures and indorsings. The name of the is- suing mercantile firm, and a quantity of characters traced around the page, with blanks for the insertion of dates, amount and signa- tures, form the original impression from an ink of a bright blue color. The year of the reiging emperor, the month and day of issue, with ingeniously wrought ciphers for the reception of signatures, and the prevention of forgeries are of a deep red. The entry of the suin, together with the names of the issuing parties, and receivers, stand forth in large black characters. On the opposite side of the bill are the names of the various indorsers, through whose hands the bill has passed, in order to facilitate the detection of forgeries, but not in any wise to render the indorsers further liable. The credit of the firm is generally good, and bankruptcies seldom occur. A small fee or percentage of a few cash is charged on the issue, and also at the discounting of the bills by the firm. The people value these as much as silver, and when I have paid chair-bearers their hire, they have preferred a bill of this kind for 500 cash to the pay- ment of copper, on account of its lightness and the certainty of be- ing paid by the firm in true coin of the realm. of the prospects of a foreign trade with Europe I am but little qualified to form an opinion. As however the place is not rich in products, tea brought from the upper parts of the province is the only article of trade likely ever to become an important item of ex- port. The province of Fuhkien is the great black tea district of the empire, and the famous hills of Bohea (Wái) are situated only 150 miles to the northwest of Fuhchau. It does not therefore seem to be an unreasonable ground of hope that with the arrival of British capital at the port, the tea-merchants should prefer bringing their teas by a more direct and less expensive route to Fulchau to the difficult, tedious and expensive overland route of more than six hun- dred miles to Canton. A cargo of tea may be brought in boats in four days down the stream to Fuhchau, while the expensive route over the mountainous country to Canton would occupy almost as many weeks. The growers also are said to be desirous of bringing their teas to Fuhchau and exchanging them in barter for European goods. Some of them, during the last season, brought down a large 212 APRIL, Notices of Fuhchau fu. cargo, of which the only resident foreign merchants purchased 600 chests, in return for which they willingly took half the purchase in Britis, manufactures. 'The principal obstacles appear to be the general unwillingness of the Chinese to abandon their old habits of trade, (an obstacle in the present instance in progress of reinoval) and the reluctance of the foreign merchants, to increase the number and expense of their agencies at the different ports, by dividing their establishments De- tween any other places than the two principal marts of Canton and Shanghái. Up to the present time only seven foreign vessels have entered the port since the opening of the trade, of which three were American The people bear the character of being unusually apatlietic, and without the generous spirit of enterprise which preëmineatly dis- tinguishes the Fuhkien race above the rest of China. Inhabiting a provincial capital shut up alike by its isolated situation, the difficult navigation of its river, and the inroads of murine freebooters, from extensive intercourse with the exterior, and by th: favoring bounty of Providence, possessing in itself most of the resources iiecessary to supply the ordinary demands of nature, the people have ever been indisposed to emigrate and have, had little experience of foreign nations. They are generally serious, grave and almost sullea in their deportment towards Europeans. This may be only a tempo . rary feeling, as the stringent regulations, relative to the treatment of foreigners, have in all probability cowed and estranged them. The few who are brought into connection with foreigners, show as much respect as is to be commonly seen in any city of China. If from want of a better acquaintance, they are at present less cordial and more cold in their feelings, they are at the same time less addicted to imperº tinent familiarity and forwardness of manner, than in other parts where foreigners are better known. There is an evident existence of growing improvement in the popular mind, which, unless exposed of the unfavorable influences of that reckless ill-treatment and pro- Aligacy of conduct which too frequently mark the advancing tide of our extended commerce, will doubtless erelong be imbued with feelings of general friendliness and respect. The numerous sedan-chairs, with two and sometimes with four bearers, which impede the way at every hundred yards, are a fair proof of the existence of considerable wealth in the city, though by far the greater part of the population, as in other Chinese cities, are + 1846. 213 Notices of Fuhchau fú. immersed in the lowest poverty, earning, in compliance with the sternest conditions of human nature, a scanty subsistence by the sweat of their brow. The neighboring villages are entirely agricultural, scattered over the plain to the encircling hills, those situated on either bank of the river towards the sea being addicted to frequent acts of piracy and lawlessness. The people living in the city pursue the various trades and handicrafts, which with lower work of coolies and labor- ers give employment to the whcle population. Some of the artizans are in advance of other places, being indebted to foreign skill for the acquisition of those arts from which they derive a livelihood. I have met with nearly a dozen watch-makers' shops with watches and clocks of various degrees of excellence, of which they freely confessed that those of most delicate construction were imported into Canton from foreign countries, and that the more common specimens sold to their countrymen were made by themselves in imitation of foreign musters. On the sale of a time-piece a slip of paper is given to the purchaser, containing in Chinese a printed ex- planation of the European figures on the dial. I have seen one of these watch-makers take to pieces a lever watch with the greatest despatch and pronounce promptly on the cause of stoppage. In the willing testimony that they pay to the superior skill of foreigners in products of this kind, they are not at all behind any portion of thcir countrymen. Judging from the frequent exhibition of foreign scenes in their picture shops, they know something of the warlike disposition of the English. A total exemption of the people from the disasters of the late war, and not improbable efforts of the vice- roy to conceal froin them, as in the case of the famous bulletins of Napoleon after the battle of Trafalgar, the humiliating defeats and capture of two important cities within his jurisdiction, may reasona- bly be supposed to render the inhabitants generally less acquainted with the real power and superiority of the English than at the other ports. The mandarins themselves however know the real position of affairs, and in the strong contrast which their proclamations respecting civility to foreigners form with the irresolute tone adopt- ed at Canton, we hail a favorable omen of their sincerity and con- tinued friendly relations with foreigners. Though the question how far Fuhchau is a literary place, is one difficult for a casual visiter to investigate, the following facts, supplied to me by an intelligent Chinese with whom I became ae- 214 APRIL, Notices of Fulchau fú. quainted during my stay, will show that it enjoys no mean reputa- tion in this respect. Previous to my arrival the public examinations of the siútsúi, or students of the first degree, and processions of successful scholars, had excited a temporary interest. It appears that of the siútsai degree conferred twice in every three years, there are about 8000 in the whole province of Fuhkien, of which 2000 belong to Fuhchau. Of the küjin degree, conferred once in the same period of time, there are are about 1000 throughout the pro- vince, of whom 360 belong to the capital. Again of the tsintsz', of whom only about 360 are made at each quinquennial examination at Peking, from the eighteen provinces of the empire, and beyond which step of literary distinction promotion is so rare that only thirty persons are raised to the highest degree of Hánlin at each triennial examination from the whole of China, there are estimated to be 200 in the province of Fuhkien, 60 of whom belong to the city. In Fuh- chau there are also 5000 literary students, who have not yet gained a degree, and who earn their livelihood by tuition and similar pur- suits, a few also being employed in the public government offices in subordinate stations. The siútsái are said obtain promotion to political offices, if supported by the influence of private wealth. The kiijin, without such influence, have generally to wait ten or (welve years. The tsintsz' immediately gain apppointments as the sure reward of their rare distinction. A system of social equality which thus holds out to the offspring of the meanest Chinese peasant the hope of becoming the instrument of family aggrandizement and which naturally summons the predilections of all in its favor, may be deemed without doubt as divulging the real secret of their na- tional cohesiveness and duration through so vast and unprecedented a period of time, amid the frequent change of their dynasties and ruin of surrounding empires. Though their classic literature, except as a means of distinction and as a road to political preferment exercises no very powerful influence on religion strictly so called, nor imposes any form of religious belief, but rather inculcates the wisdom of abandoning such subjects of uncertain speculation, yet it is easy to perceive that such a system of philosophical atheism as here has entwined itself around all their national associations and has become deeply imbedded in the very soul of the thinking inhabitants, will to the propagation of the gospel oppose a gigantic obstacle, against which it will be needful to bring all the advantages which a patient study of their own classics combined with the literature of the west 1840. liö Notices of i'ulchau fú. can confer on those humble and persevering men, to whom belongs the high privilege of extending the kingdom of Christ amoug this morally and spiritually unenlightened nation. It has been before intimated that there is a remarkble scarcity of large and handsome temples in the city. There is however one of some little attractions to visitors about half way between the south and west gates, close outside the city wall, and nearly opposite to the consulate hill. There is also a famous Budhistic monastery, called the Yung-tsiucn shi about half way up the Kishán range, about eight miles in a south western direction from Fuhchau. There are about 100 priests on the endowment, of whom about 60 are generally resident in the temple. There are several intelligent men among their number. The disposition of the present local authorities is said to be on the whole liberal and increasingly favorable to foreigners. The tsung tuh, governor-general or viceroy, of the united provinces of Fuhkien and Chehkiang, at the present time is named Liú Yunko, who though he had the reputation of being, during the war, very fierce in his hostility to the British and the unflinching advocate of the harshest measures towards the barbarians, has now mitigated his hatred, and cultivates a friendly intercourse with the British consul, proving himself in all matters of business a man of high integrity. The Tartar general, or tsiáng-kiun, is not so happy'a speci- men of humanity, being a little bigotted man, in bad health, of a proud and selfish spirit. The táutii, who is also at present the acting governor of the province, is Sii Kíyii, formerly chief judge of Canton, a man of liberal views, and remarkably well versed in the geography and politics of the west. The hai-kwun, or superin- tendent of customs, is llo Lungiú, colonel in the Tartar army, a jovial, frank and well disposed man, but of no great ability, who lately held a similar office at Amoy. Of the subordinate officers of government the most prominent is the Min hien, one of the district magistrates, who held office form- erly at Canton, and has brought thence a taint of the old anti-Euro- pean feeling, which sometimes manifests itself in the flippancy of his conduct and demeanor even when mingling in free and uncon- strained intercourse with foreigners. They all occupy official residences in the city, ill-looking uncom- fortable places, approached by a series of open spaces, court within court, supplied with furniture of a poor kind, sheltered only by wind- 216 APRIL, Notices of Fuhchau fu. ows of paper from the inclemency of the blasts. Their families generally reside at a distance, to avoid the inconvenience and expense of the continual removals consequent upon translation or promotion to other oficial appointments. In the festive mirth and freedom of manner which distinguish their private social intercourse, they evince great natural confidence and appear to be on the best of terms with each other. The city gates are closed soon after sunset, and so rigid are the regulations of a garrison city, that not even the Tartar general can be admitted into the city after they are once closed. Of all these officers of the local government the acting governor of the province far exceeds the rest in the varied extent of his information age! !ibe. rality of his views. In the reference that has already been made to him in the case of the full toleration of foreign religions, it has been seen that he is far in advance of the generality of his .countrymen. In his intercourse with the British consul, he has alluded to the more prominent events of modern European history, and shown his general acquaintance with the whole cycle of European polities; as for in- stance, the difficulty of governing Ireland on account of popery, the revolt of Belgium from Holland, the separation from Britain and Spain of their colonies in North and South America, the ambitious career of Napoleon, and the closing victory of Waterloo. He also seems to have heard of the excitement in Englaed consequent on the discussion of the Maynooth grant. For hours together he will converse on gengraphy, and has pasted the Chinese names over an expensive American Ailas presented to him hy one of his subordinate officers from Canton; in addition to which he will soon also possess ajglobe promised him by tia consul. The consul's lady, at his request, drew for him a map of the 'vorld, colored respectively according to the divisions into British, French and Russian territory. Shortly after the receipt of it, he sent a note inquiring the reason why Ait- ghanistan had been omitted, and whether it had become amalgamated with Persia or was no longer an independent kingdom. The mandarins generally appear in conversation to recognise the superior skill of foreigners, one of them, the admiral, declining to receive a visit of ceremony on board his junk, saying it was nothing after a British ship of war. On the whole when we remember the im- pediments encountered on the first opening of the port, and the studied indifference and neglect exhibited by the Chinese authorities at first, the state of mutual feeling which has been brought about by 1846. 217 Notices of Puhchau fú. the combined influence of courtesy and firmness, on the part of the late as well as the present consul, is a satisfactory indication not only of the growing liberality of the mandarins, but also of that which must be desired by every Christian philanthropist, the permanency of our friendly and pacific relatioirs with China. As regards the residence of individual foreigners, there is no rea- son to believe that any great difficulty will be experienced in renting commodious houses. The partial difficulty, which exists at present, arises more from a desire of extortion, a want of friendliness and a general distrust of foreigners than from fear of the authorities, or deep-rooted aversion in the minds of the people. Large and expensive houses may be obtained without much difficulty even at the present time. A missionary, unmarried in the first instunce, or if married un- accompanied for the first few mouths by his family, might easily find a lodging in some of the temples within the city, either on the Wúshih shin or on the no less agreeable and salubrious site of the Kiúsín shán, till his increasing acquaintance with the local dialect and the increasing confidence of the people should prepare the way also for the residence of missionary families. This leads me to the last and most important point of view in which Fuhchau is to be regarded, viz: the nature and degree of its eligibility as a missionary station. To most minds the obvious disadvantage of its present inaccessibility will readily present itself. To this must be added the fact that the people have never yet been impressed with the superior power or civilization of foreigners. There is also a spirit of suspicious distrust naturally prevalent among the inhabitants towards a race of strangers hitherto unknown. And lastly the local dialect, partaking of all the difficulties of the Fuhkien dialect in other parts, is here considered to be doubly barbarous and difficult of ac- quirement. All these difficulties, however, are either temporary or surmountable by those general habits of energy and perseverance indispensably necessary for usefulness in every part of a country so peculiar as China. On the other hand we behold in Fuhchau claims of no ordinary kind. With a population of more than half a million of idolaters, and as the capital of a province opening important channels of intercourse with surrounding places, it occupies a prominence, inferior only to Canton, among the newly opened ports of China. It is free from the deteriorating effects of an extensive foreign commerce, and the irrita- ting effects of the late war, never having witnessed the advance of invading arinies before their peaceful homes. VOL. XV. NO. IV. 28 218 APRIL, Notices of Fuhchau fú. The disposition of the authorities and the apathetic indifference of the people alike encourage the belief, that there exists no such jealousy of proselytism as is likely to throw interruptions or annoyances in the way of Protestant missionaries. What gives to Fuhchau its highest and paramount claim, is the fact that while every system of supersti- tion has here its living representatives, Protestant Christianity is alone unrepresented in this vast city, and while every point along the coast accessible to foreigners has been occupied by missionary laborers, the populous capital of Fuhkien is destitute of a single evangelist of the pure and unadulterated faith of the gospel. And lastly, as regards security of residence, the writer of these pages feels assured that if past experience permitted him to indulge the hope of ever attaining such a measure of physical strength, in this climate, as to becoine an efficient missionary laborer in this part of the Lord's vineyard, there is no city in China in which he would cherish greater confidence in the absence of persecution and immunity from interruption than in the city of Funchau. Here then a new sphere of usefulness lies open, where no institution of caste operates to divide man from man; where no priesthood wields a general influence over the fears or respect of the people; where no form of religion strictly so called threatens to oppose our progress; where the principal obstacles with which we shall have to contend, are those national traits of apathy, indifference and sensuality, which everywhere, alas! are deeply rooted in the nature of fallen man and form the chief barrier to the reception of pure and vital Christianity. As to the probability of missionary laborers speedily entering this port, nothing appears at present to promise such a result. The writer states however his hope (and at present he is authorized in cherishing nothing more than a hope) that the Church Missionary Society will make an effort to commence a mission at Fuhchau, and decide on this as one of their contemplated stations on the coast of China. The present difficulty is the want of men with those mental, moral and physical qualifications essential to eminent usefulness in a missionary field abounding with such peculiar difficulties as China. May the great Lord of the harvest speedily send forth such laborers into his vineyad. On January 7th, 1846, I embarked on board II. M. brig-of-war the Wolverine, and weighing anchor the following day, arrived at Amoy ou Sunday the 10th. 1846, 219 Destruction of the prefect's office. ART. VI. Destruction of the prefect's office, reported to the emperor in a memorial from the governor-general and governor of Canton. KIYING, governor-general, &c. &c., and Hwang governor of Canton, &c., hereby present a respcetful memorial on the subject of certain vagabonds having availed themselves of other originating causes to assemble the populace, enter directly into the office of the prefect and create troubles, and of their having been driven out and dispersed; praying farther, that the prefect may be temporarily removed from his post, -on which memorial they, with up-cast looks, implore the sacred glance. We would respectfully represent that on the 15th January, 1846, at the time of setting the watch, we suddenly learned that a number of persons had collected together in the office of the prefect of Kwang- chau, clamoring in the great hall and filling up the place. Just as we were giving orders to investigate into the matter, we received a report, corroborative of the above, from the local authorities, within whose jurisdiction the place lies; whereupon we, in conjunction with and superintending the other high provincial officers, gave orders to the civil and military authorities to despatch a large number of soldiers and police to proceed to the spot and suppress the tumult and also search out and apprehend the rioters. Immediately thereon, fire being observed to break out in the interior of the office, the officers and soldiers hurried thither to extinguish it, and the vagabonds availed themselves of the opportunity to run off. Several of the dwelling apartments were burnt down, when the fire was put out without hav- ing extended further. On an inspection being made no deficiency was found of the silver stored in the treasury, neither were any of the records in the writer's rooms missing. On making a sincere investigation into this case, we find that the radical cause of the commencement of the affair was as follows. The prefect, having in the afternoon of the same day gone out of his office on public business, was met where the road passes the place called Shwang-mun Te (Bottom of the double-gate) by Wang Aping, one of the common people, carrying a load of pickled edibles. On one of the attendant police runners trying to impede him, he would not obey, and thus a mutual wrangling ensucd. The prefect then person- ally reprimanded him, but be, as before, disputed with him also, UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN LIBRARIES 220 APRIL, Destruction of the prefect's office. whereupon he was laid down upon the ground and on the decision of the prefect the punishment of beating with the bamboo was inflicted upon him, after which he was led by them back to the office. At that time, however the inhabitants of the street, fearing that Wáng Aping being a tradesman would when taken to the magistrates be involved in trouble, upwards of ten of them followed him into the office, earnestly beseeching that he might be liberated. As the place in question was but a very short distance from the office of the prefect and as it was, morever, a bustling place of traffic and general thor- oughfare, many of the people who were passing followed to look on, until it had in some measure the appearance of a crowd. The prefect, in conjunction with the district magistrate of Pwányü, then addressed his commands to them from the great hall and set Wang Aping at liberty, whereupon the inhabitants of the street immediately retired out of the office. Suddenly, however, a great number of vagabonds, whose names were unknown, cried out loudly that, "the prefect had secretly conveyed barbarians into his office," they therefore desired to make a search for them and it had a very tumultuous appearance. The prefect and the district magistrate explained the matter clearly, but the vagabonds relying on their number would not yield obedience, but rushed straight into the office, the police runners of the prefect not having power to stop them; the furniture was broken and destroy- ed and some apartments burnt down. Subsequently we received report from the local military authorities and the district magistrate, stating that they had apprehended Kúi Afah and some others of the vagabonds, and praying us to depute an officer to try them. After making an investigation it is our opinion, that the prefect, having the duty incumbent on him of keeping the country in due order, his inflicting the punishment of beating with the bamboo on disobedient people when he meets them must be a constantly occur- ring affair, and there is therefore no reason why the public indigna- tion should be excited by it. As to the inhabitants of the street following Wáng Aping to the magistrate’s and praying that he might be liberated because they feared he would be involved in trouble when taken there, this conduct also pertains to the common feelings of human nature, and as they retired out of the office we can perceive that they by no means assembled the multitude and created the distur- bance. But the conduct of the great number of vagabonds, who suddenly entered the office and in a disorderly manner caused trouble, was 1846. 221 Extracts from the Peking Gazettes. exceedingly unlawful. Kúi Afah and some others of them have already been apprehended and brought up to be examined, but as yet we have got no true depositions. It is highly proper that measures be taken to search out and apprehend the ringleaders and the more important of the criminals, a searching examination be clearly and truly conducted, and the utmost exertions made to bring them to punishment; we have therefore given orders to the local, civil, and military officers to institute a secret search, and that they must seek to apprehend thc criminals and hand them over for prosecution ; besides which it is our duty to pray that Liú Tsin, the prefect of Kwangchau be temporarily removed from his post. We have at the same time deputed, by letter, Liú Kaiyih, as acting prefect, to take charge of the official business of the said prefecture and be expressly responsible for it. As in duty bound we now send up a reverential memorial, prostrate entreating Your Majesty's sacred glance thereon and the manifesta- tion of your instructions in the matter. P.S. Although we have a copy of the original memorial, we have preferred borrowing a translation from the Hongkong Register rather than to write out a new one. The above appears, as a translation, over the initials of J. A. T. M. The requests of their excellencies have been granted by the Emperor. Art. VII. Extracts from the Peking Gazettes, Nos. 1 to 4 for the twenty-sixth year of the reign of his imperial majesty Táukwáng A. D. 1846. Formerly the Peking Gazette was called King chau, Transcript from the Capital,' it having been composed of extracts copied from documents in the courts of Peking and circulated in manuscripts official through the provinces. The numbers now before us are called King Páu, #, or ‘Metropolitan Reporter,' and were printed with moveable wooden type. No. 1 extends from January 17th to 22d, and contains twenty: one articles, most of them being imperial edicts, giving minor ap: pointments both civil and military. There are reports also of law- suits and of the degradation and dismissal of sundry officers. No. 2 extends from January 23d to 26th, and, in addition to the ordinary details, it gives the following. No snow having fallen in the capital during the winter, the emperor sent down his will, 222 APRIL Extracts from the Peking Gazettes. directing that altars should be erected and prayers made. Snow soon fel). Moved by this favor, and the snow being but light, on the 23d of January other altars were to be erected—one to the gods of heaven, one to the gods of earth, and one to the gods of the clos- ing year;—three of the emperor's own sons were to repair, one to each altar, there to offer prayers and sacrifices; while his august majesty was to proceed to offer incense in one of the principal tem- ples. Kindred kings were to go and do the same in other temples. Mismanagement of the imperial household and delays in the col- lection of the revenue give occasion for the emperor to animadvert on the conduct of sundry officers in the capital. No. 3, extending from January 27th to the 31st, and containing 24 pages, opens with requests from the officers in charge of the great canals, asking for money to sustain those works. These requests, having been referred to the Board of Works, were subse- quently granted. His majesty has been pleased to intimate that on the 3d of April he will set out on a tour from the Yuen-ming Yuen; on the 7th, will visit the Western Mausoleum; and, on the 10th, having finished the rites due to his departed ancestors, will proceed to the Southern Park; and on the 15th return to his “ Round-bright Gardens,” the Yuen-ming Yuen. In this number there is a sort of programm for the various festivi- ties and civil and religious services of new-year. On the last even- ing of the old year, January 26th, the emperor's sons and others sat down to an imperial banquet. Many of the great ministers were also entertained at the palace. Among the persons appointed to perform religious services were kings and princes, one of whom was of Budhistic faith. Among the divinities, to whom honors were to be paid, are the gods of thunder, the gods of wind, the gods of fire, the gods of the clouds, etc. And among the places where these were to be paid is kih-luh-shi-kúi-wán-fuh-lau, til sink 佛​樓 ​or the Hall of ten-thousand Budhas of the world's most happy age. No. 4, February 1st to 5th, contains, among other edicts, the fol- lowing:弟​親王​編​恺​尚無​承嗣​之​人 ​着​將​皇​五​子​奕​談過​戀​與​悖​格​親王​為​刷 ​) Hint l' E, i. e. “our younger brother Tun tsin-wáng Mien-kái being without an heir, let our august fifth son, Yih-isung 1816. 2:23 Journal of Occurrences, be given to him for an leir, and let him be invested with the title of Tun kwan-wang.” This number contains, also the names of persons to whom the emperor had granted presents, notices of feasts, &c., and makes mention also of tribute from Corea. P. S. Our extracts from the Gazettes come down to March 3d. These notices will be continued in future numbers. ART. VIII. Journal of occurrences : scarcity of grain; rain and thunder storms; hail; deaths by lightning ; Kiying's intervicw with governor Davis; imperial presents; rcvicw of troops ; pub- lic crecutions ; commodore Biddle and the U. S. 1. Legation : new consul at Shanghái ; the five ports. ; Marcao; death of Mrs. Hobson. Sixty years ago, in the reign of Kienlung, there was a famine, oc- casioned by drought, in the southern provinces of China. As the Chinese compute time by cycles of sixty, and as the year 1846 would correspond to the one in which the famine previously occurred, cer- tain gainseekers undertook to predict that there would be a similar calamity during the current season. The consequerce was, a rise in the price of grain, which for weeks continued to advance, though the markets were well stored. At length, on the 26th day of the 12th month of the 25th year of Táukwang, (January 230 1846,) a proclamation came out from the governor-general and governor exg posing, and animadverting on, the conduct of those gainseekers, in their endeavors to impede the free trade in grain and thereby en- hancing its price and consequently listressing the people. Their excellencies showed that the circumstances of the case now differ widely from those of the same year in the preceding cycle. Then there had been drought, but now there have been rains. clamation had the desired effect; and the rains having been seasona- ble, the price of grain has been and is likely to continue moderate. 2. Rain and thunder storms, during the first part of the month, were frequent, and some of them serere. These continued rains have afforded to the husbandman, especially to the growers of rice, additional assurances of a fruitful season. 3. Hail fell on the list, and on one or two subsequent days : sono of the hail-stones were half the size of an ounce hall. 4. In one of those storins, (vro) Chinese mere killed by lightning. UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN LIBRARIES The pro- 10 Journal of Occurrences. APRIL aud others severely shocked. This occurred in the western suburbs, in a house perhaps a mile from the foreign factories. 5. On the 3d an interview took place, near the Bogue, between their excellencies Kiying and governor Davis, having reference, we suppose, to the evacuation of Chusan and the opening of the city gates. Hienling, one of the heroes of the late war, has been ap- pointed to receive back the keys of Tinghái on the evacuation of the island. 6. The emperor has recently sent down numerous tokens of favor, and a score or more of these have fallen upon Kíying. 7. His excellency is now absent from the city, on a tour for the inspection of the military. He is expected back early next month. 8. Public executions are occasionly reported in the "court circular," so called. Twelve criminals “ were finished," on the 19th, at the potters-field near the imperial landing place. 9. Commodore James Biddle, late acting commissioner at Canton on behalf of the government of the U. S. A., left the provincial city on the 15th instant, transferring to the Rev. P. Parker M. D. Secretary and Chinese Interpreter to the mission, the charge of the affairs of the Legation, as Chargé d'affairs of the U. S. ad interim. 10. Henry Griswold Wolcott, esq., has been appointed acting consul of the United States of America at Shanghái. 11. At all the five ports, public affairs in general continue in as favorable a state as could well be expected. At Shánghái some temporary embarrassment has been caused by the failure of Alum and King-wo. There are rumors of some disturbances at Fuhchau, but of their nature and extent we are not informed. The Hongkong Register says there is no reason to doubt that the houses of several of the Englsih residents have been attacked. From Ningpo and Amoy we have no very recent dates. The long expected Areatus has arrived at Hongkong with a cargo of ice from Boston and some “Yankee apples.” Of the cargo of ice for Canton we have no cer- tain intelligence. 12 By the last steamer, which reached Hongkong on the 18th, a new governor, H. E. senhor Amaral, arrived on his wuy to Macao. We are glad to know that, at last, Macao is to be a free port for all kinds of goeds, "arms, gunpowder, and orchilla" only excepted. 13. Died, on the 22d of December 1845, off Dover, in the Eng- Jish Channel, JANE ABBEY, wife of Dr. Benjamin Hobson of the Loudou Missionary Society and of the Medical Missionary Society's Hospital, llongkong TIE CHINESE REPOSITORY. Vol. XV.-MAY, 1846.-No. 5. Art. I. Notices of the city of Funchau fu, from the News of the World, with remarks on the navigation of the river Min, by captain Richard Collinson, R. N. (From the China Mail.) Tous city lies thirty miles from the mouth of the river, in a valley on its right bank. The scenery of the Min froin its embouchure to Fuhchau has been compared to that of the Rhine, with which, in- deed, it has some features of resemblance. The banks are generally steep and abrupt, and though upon the whole rather bare, in many places villages are seen half embosomed in trees, and the land above and around is terraced even to the summits of the hills, and under careful cultivation. A good deal of active bustle and improvement was perceptible as we approached the bridge. Numerous junks were lying in the river, their shapes and devices bespeaking the different ports to which they belonged, from the high poop and clumsy bulk of the Shanghái barks, to the low, long craft, dispatched from Ningpo, and waiting for a cargo of black tea, &c. Shore boats, filled with idle gazers, plied round us in great numbers, generally worked only by women-ruddy, healthy, and merry-looking—by the aid of an oar at the stern and one at the bow, from 25 to 30 feet in length, serving as rudders. The city is not visible from the anchorage. A low sub- urb on both sides of the water, consisting of wooden and very dilapi- dated looking-houses, does not give a very favorable idea of the pro- vincial capital. To the left some low hills advance nearly to the water's edge, fringed with pines and fir-trees, and interspersed with temples and gravestones. To the right, in front and behind, a girdle 29 VOL. XV. NO, , 226 May, Notices of the City of Fuhchau fú. of high hills defines the boundaries of an ample valley, through which, during the rains, the river rolls a rapid and turbid volume of water, often flooding, even for days, the whole of the surrounding country. All Chinese cities bear a striking resemblance to each other, and have been often described. The same narrow and dirty streets, en- cumbered with projecting stalls, stoves, and cooking apparatus. The shops with their open fronts, perpendicular sign-boards painted, gild. ed, and inscribed with the picturesque written character--their gau- dy lanterns swinging above, and their fantastic wares set out in due order, enliven and improve the picture. These are at Fuhchau the same as elsewhere in China. The suburb extends in one long street for nearly three miles before the nearest city gate is gained; and, as our chair-bearers had received no explicit directions to make haste, they left us abundant leisure for observation. Much had been said at Hongkong of the hostility of the people, and their disposition to insult and annoy foreigners; therefore I watched thein narrowly. I could detect but three expressions in their countenances or gestures, idle curiosity, stupid and stolid wonder, utter indifference and apa- thy; here and there among the children I marked derision or fear. I saw no bad feeling exhibited, but certainly no evidence of anything cordial or friendly, and idle curiosity, though unmixed with intention- al impertinence, when carried to extremities, is but a bearish habit which they take every occasion to gratify, careless of the annoyance or inconvenience to the object. As every shop contains froin ten to twenty occupants, a crowd is collected in a Chinese city with greater ease perhaps than in any other part of the world. The whole of the sub- urb was crowded with peasants and porters of both sexes, bringing fish, flesh, and fowl to market. Fish and vegetables largely predomi- nated. When a misfortune, grave or trifling, occurs to a Chinese in the streets, the invariable eifect is to excite a laugh at his ex- pense. This is carried to a singular extent. A friend of mine the other day saw his Chinese servant enter his room with a broad grin on his countenance, as iſ he had some delightful news to relate, and in- formed his master that a fellow-servant had hanged himself. « What could have induced hiin?" "Spose wanche catch bury.” That is, he supposed the man wanted to get decently buried at his master's ex- pense! Their indifference to life, their want of all sympathy with huinan suſfering, is so great as to strike the most careless observer. I rate the Chiness intellectually very low; and a thousand years of stagnation, in complete ignorance of even the elements of modern civilization, and the higher kinds of knowledge, I think warrant the 1816. 227 Notices of the City of Funchau fá. judgment. Yet the women, especially I remarked, had many of them well-formed heads and foreheads, such as the European often cannot boast. Though possessed of little beauty, they have a mild intelligent cast of countenance, far superior in character to that of their lords and masters. They look eminently modest too, both in dress and manner; for though in those accustomed to hard work the legs are bared to the upper part of the knee, the neck is closely veil- ed to the throat, and the bust enveloped in a loose vest drawn in tightly at the natural waist, while a white or blue apron and wide trousers reaching to the knee, complete a dress both modest and ap- propriate. The men of the lower classes in Fuhchau neither step so freely, nor carry themselves so well as the women. In soldier's phrase, they want "setting-up” terribly; neither do they possess any of the mild intelligence of what may truly be said to be their better halves. There is something louche in their gestures (I have not an English equiva- lent), and they stand or move along round-shouldered or half-bent. In expression, they are frequently either stupid or impudent, with no pretensions to manly beauty, nor, generally, to vigor of form. A grade higher, as they mwe, or are carried along in chairs, muffled up in long gowns and hanging sleeves, their vests fitting round the lower part of the throat, a shaven face and head above, with one patch of hair and long pendent tail, they look as if dressed for the guillotine. The Chinese coolies do a great deal of hard work, yet they do not seem to be well-grown, muscular, athletic men. I doubt whether the day's work of an English porter would not kill any three of them. Their muscles seem flaccid and soft; their chests are neither deep not broad, and the whole body is but indifferently set upon the legs. They appeared generally out of condition ; either too spare for strength or too fat for exertion, the latter condition being almost exclusively confined to the shop-keepers. The Tartars are generally a taller and more athletic race. The fish was in considerable variety, but even in this natural product they do not seem to possess many kinds of good or delicate flavor. They have several kinds of inferior shell-fish, and a huge- looking crab that presents anything but an inviting aspect. The turtle is tolerably plentiful. I believe the Chinese, par gout, do not attach importance to the freshness of fish; indeed, if I may judge by the odours of their fish-market, much the contrary. Even in the fish they preserve, the salt is applied when we consider the fish spoiled. 228 Notices of the City of Fuhchau fú. MAY, of meat, some kids and goats, some beef of indifferent appearance, and large quantities of pork, seemed to be in request ; the last, as I afterwards tested, was excellent and of very delicate flavor. I did not observe dogs or cats, alive or dead, for sale ; but fat sows and their progeny, with mangy dogs, dispute the pathway in prodigious numbers. The poorer classes feed chiefly in the streets, clustering round gateways, where sheds or stalls are kept by itinerant cooks, Rice is, of course, the principal food, stewed with a little fish, and dashed with garlic. It is amusing to see these chair-bearers and coolies squatted on their hams and curiously poised upon their feet, instead of resting on that part of the person we are apt to think des- tined for sitting accommodation (for this is their favorite position, especially if they can perch in this attitude on the top of a table or high stool), their knees to their chests their basins and chopsticks to their mouths, shovelling in the rice porridge in the most dexterous manner, and with such gusto that one is much inclined to think it can be no such bad thing after all. The Chinese are, indeed, to a man, good cooks, and well know how to extract the nutritive and glutinous elements out of all that comes under their hands. We passed a succession of coppers-smiths, hammering some excellent. looking metal into all kinds, and some very odd kinds, of pots, pans, incense urns, and dishes. Then came a succession of ironmongers, hammering the red-hot bars with hearty good will, and fashioning the very roughest tools and implements. Another minute and we were in a rag fair, the Monmouth-street of Fuhchau. Second-hand robes, jackets, and caps hung up in all varieties of condition-nearly new, shabby, and threadbare. Then followed a long succession of lantern shops, the lanterns being often of fantastic and yet elegant forms and very delicate materials, oiled paper, transparent silk, or silvery tale covering the slight bamboo frame, bedizened with paint, varnish, and gilding in wonderful profusion, and adorned with figures, painted as only the Chinese can paint themselves, absurd, grotesque, out of drawing, most expressively inexpressive in countenance, and marvellously like the great originals. Of furniture shops there was abundance, with beds, tables, chairs, incense-stands, and wonderful book-cases that would puzzle the most ingenious to set up any two authors on the same level. Then came sedan-shops, providing both the flimsy bamboo chair of the lower classes, and the portly well- made cloth-covered vehicle of the magistrate, basket-shop, bamboo workshops, druggists, cook-shops, curiosity-shops, china-shops, with which the eye sent a rapid glance back through hong within hong, piled 1 1846. 229 Notices of the City af Fuhchau fú. with this handsome ware. Silkmercers and drapers passed in review; there are generally five or six of the same kind together, and these recur often throughout the streets, preserving such a family likeness, that to distinguish them again by their exteriors would be as difficult a task as the puzzled robber found it to point out the house of Ali Baba among eight or ten marked precisely alike. Withdrawing one's eye froin the interior to examine the exterior of these shops and habitations, a curious subject of inquiry presents itself,--how the whole is put together so that walls and roof do not fall asunder entirely--they often do in part,--and why one wall does not go backward and another come forward, seeing that they have long ceased, if indeed they ever pretended, to stand straight, and are perfectly independent of all support ? Paint and gilding in China do the office of charity in covering a multitude of sins. It is well known that in a Chinese house paint and oyster shells supply the place of glass windows; be it also understood that it is not consi- dered always essential that a door be made to shut or a window to open, and, indeed, a medium between an approach to a fit between window and frame seems rather to be preferred. Their paint they lay on with the hand with a little piece of twisted cotton; this may have the effect of working it into the grain, but otherwise does not look very efficient. We, in building, have some narrow prejudice about the sightliness, not to say the importance of perpendicular, horizontal, and parallel lines. These are rather beneath the notice of a Chinese workman, or beyond his reach of art. In building a house at Fuhchau, I per- ceive the fashion is as follows: the foundation is made by a shallow trench, wherein are ranged a few rough-hewn stones, something in the Cyclopiac fashion, not laid as wedges, but filling in angles, and so mutually supporting each other; four or more pillars of wood are then set upon, not into the mud, of which the floor is to be made, standing each on a small slab of stone, thicker or thinner, if any dissimilarity in the length of the several pillar must be made up; four crossbeams make the framework on which the roof is to be laid, being of rafters and loose tiles; lastly, rise the walls of mud, sometimes sparingly assisted with bricks, but with little or no mortar. The walls having little or no connection with the roof or the pillars, do not feel themselves at all constrained to follow the same line, but incline inward or outward, as is most convenient. The roof, if a little top-heavy, as it generally is, gives a jaunty air to the pillars, and, to lend the additional support which seems so much needed, 230 MAY, Navigation of the Min. large sloping beams or buttresses are driven into the earth at each side of the house, which thus appears to stand like a drunken man, not on its own feet, but by the aid of considerate friends. Nothing is more common than to see a perfectly new house propped by these supports. Having proceeded thus far, the work in which they really delight begins. The pillars, ceiling, and roof are daubed with red paint, the walls very respectably plastered, and, if the purse and taste of the proprietor permit, gilded tablets inscribed with the old Chinese character, gay flowers, and grotesque monsters in paint or alto-relievo, cover the walls of cornices; little temples, niches for josses, and grottoes, being added if space will allow, and thus, in Chinese estimation, is completed an admirable and substantial house. The mandarins in Fuhchau are not better lodged thin the shop-kee- pers; though much has heen written of abodes of luxury and habits of indulgence, the foundation for such tales is only to be found in two or three of the wealthy Canton merchants' villas, who have im- bibed some ideas of luxury and refinement from their intercourse with Europeans. A mandarin's residence is a perfect Chinese puz- zle of gateways, courtyards, lanes, temples, and shops, often cover- ing several acres of ground, yet without a single comfortable room. News of the World, July 4th, 1845. Navigation of the Min. The White Dog group will afford shelter to vessels in the northeast mon- soon; but by far the best place for making the entrance to the river is from Chángchí shán and Matsú shán. On the west side of the latter, vessels will find shelter in either monsoon; and as they will have only seven miles to go to reach the bar, they will be better enabled to choose their time. These islands, viz: the White Dog group, Matsú shán, Chánchí shán, together with the Sea Dog, forin admirable leading marks for making the coast, and are thus described by capt. Kellett :- The White Dogs.—“The White Dors, called by the Chinese Pik-kiuen, consist of two large and one smaller islet. To the northeast one and a half mile is a rock upon which the sea breaks; anchorage for ships of any draught may be had under the western island in the northest monsoon; as the water decreases gradually towards the island, large vessels may ap- proach is convenient, bearing in mind that there is 18 feet rise and fall.” H. M. S. Cornwallis anchored here for five days with strong northeasterly winds, and rode easy. The bearings from her anchorage were as follows: West point of northwest island N. 1 W. Village N N E. in 8 fathoms. Smallest island E. } S. One cable off the western point of village bay, on the south side of west island, is a rock which shows at half tide. The channel between the islands } 1846. Navigation of the Nin. is safe. The southwest end of west island is in lat. 25° 59' 1" N., and lon. 119° 57' E. T'he suinmit of the island, which is nearly level, is 5:18. fect above the sel. Fresh water may be obtained in snall quantities. Vessels bound for the Min should start from here with the ebh tide. Pilots may be obtained; but it must be borne in mind that the Bintang was run on shore by one of them either through ignorance or willfulness. Milsú shún lll --Mátsí shán lies due north of the western White Dog, and between the two (N. 14° E. from the latter) is the Sea Dog, a precipitous black rock about 60 feet high, with recfs about it: S. 32° W. from it 1.45 mile is a reef with only eight feet over it at low water ; when upon it, the summit of Mítsú shán bears N. 14° W. Between the Sea Doy and Mátsú shán are two other rocks which are never covered ; and upon the eastern side of Mátsú shán is an islct with reefs extending two cables east- erly. Anchorage (as has been observed) will be found in both monsoons on the western side of Mátsú shán; but in the southwest monsoon vessels must choose such a berth as will enable thein to run round the northwest point of the island and find shelter in the bay upon the north side, in the event of the breeze from that quarter freshening into a gale. Fresh water can be obtained in both bays. Chúngchi shún le li. Chángchí shán lies northeast three miles froni Mátsú shán; on it are two remarkable peaks, the highest is elevated 10:30 feet above the sea, and is in lat. 29° 14' N., and long. 120° 1.7 E. The bay on the south side of this island affords good shelter in the northeast Vessels entering from the northward may round the southeastern horn of its close, and anchor within the point in six fathoms. Junks or fish- ing boats may be had here to coninunicate with the Min. Entrance to the river Min. To the eastward of the north horn of the channel at the entrance of the river is a reef which shows only at low water, the bearings from it are: Mátsú shán peak N. 54° E., Sea Dog N. 88° E., White Dog peak S. 451° E., Sand peak S. 59° W., Sharp Peak N. 71° W., and Rees Rock is in line with the Southern Peak on Square Peak Island. Rees Rock is low and difficult for a stranger to get hold of, unless fro:n the masthead. There are, however, other leading marks, which, unless the hills are obscured, will form good marks to enable a seamen to ascertain his position. On the north side of the river is a remarkable sharp peak; and a square (or double peak) on the south ; nearer than the latter Round Island will be seen, and to the southward of it a sharp sandy peak, bearing about S. 68' W. This latter is the only peak that can be mistaken for the sharp peak on the north side, and the bearing of the White Dogs will at once obviate the mistake, if referred to. The channel between the breakers is two miles across at the entrance; nearly in mid channel is a knoll which at some seasons has only nine feet over it, and at other periods thirteen feet. The leading mark in, to pass upon the north side of it, is to bring Recs Rock in line with Square Peak, bearing N. 81° W. At present, however, (1816, the channel south of it has more water, and is to be preferred, tho monsoon. Navigation of the Minn. MAY, leading mark for which is to bring Rees Rock in one with the first point under and to the right of Square Peak, bearing WNW. Having entered, steer so as to pass one mile north of Rees Rock; the breakers will show on each side of the channel if it be near low water and there is any swell; by skirting the northern side the deepest water will be found, and it is necessa- ry to take great care that the vessel is not set across the channel, as the tide rushes across with great force between the sand banks, the ebb setting to the north ward and the flood southerly. The course from Rees Rock is N. 68° W., and in going up keep the islets (called the Brothers) on the face of Húkiángá in one, which will carry you in mid channel until you are abreast Sharp Peak point, when a NW. by W. course inay be shaped for Temple Point which is upon the north bank of the river, and will be known by the trees and Joss-house upon it. In the chan- nel, without Rees Rock, the depth of water is 24 and 3 fathoms; between Rees Rock and Sharp Peak point there is a hole with five and six fathoms where vessels may stop a tide and find tolerable shelter; Sharp Peak point should not be passed nearer than a cable; the bay west of it is shoal, and under the peak the two fathoms line extends nearly one mile from the shore. The mud also extends southeasterly from Húkiangá nearly 1} mile. Ves. sels beating in this passage must therefore keep the lead going. From the West Brother the mud extend westerly one mile, and upon its north edge is a patch of rocks which are covered at quarter flood. The West Brother bears from them S. 74° E., and the Temple N. 12° E. South 17° W. from the Temple 3 cables is a knoll with 2 fathoms on it. Sharp Peak seen over the lower part of Woga Point will place you on it. From the Temple to Kin-pái mun is not quite two miles W. by S. At the entrance of the passage are two islets; pass between them and keep over towards the south shore to avoid a rock which lies W. by IS. froin the northern islèt. The channel is not quite two cables wide, and should only Je atteinpted at slack tide, as the cháu-cháu water renders a vessel un- manageable. To the westward of Kin-pai point is a rock having 13 feet over it at low water; the bearings upon it are Kin-pái point N. 66° E., fort on the north shore N. 32° E., ferry house S. 48° W., highest hill over Kin-pái point S. 30° E. Kin-pái point in one with the north end of Passage Island (the north- ern islet at the entrance) bearing N. 56° E. will place you south of it, which is the best side to pass, as the channel this side is 14 cable wide, while between the rock and the tail of the spit to the westward, the distance is only half a cable. Having passed the point keep the southern shore close on board to avoid the middle ground, the channel hereabouts being some- times under two cables ; when abreast of the ferry house which is 1} mile above Kin-pái, and on the right or southern bank, edge over to the northern shore, passing Wedge Islet at the cable's length; there are two rocky points above it which are covered at high water, and extend a cable from the embankment. The rock and sudden turn in the Kin-pai pass, render the 1846. 233 Navigation of the Min. navigation exceedingly awkward; but if vessels wait for the last quarter flood they will be enabled to run up on the northern shore. Above the ferry house and the same side of the river is Tree Point, the shore on that side between them being shoal too; a half tide rock bears from the Tree Point N. 9° W. 41 cahles, when on it the ferry house is in the line with Kin-pái point. This reach runs southwest by south and north- easi by north, at the distance of six miles from Kin-pái, the river narrows again to 34 cables, the hills raising abruptly on either side. The town of Min-gan is on the left bank of the river one mile within the strait; the river continues narrow for three miles and the depth of water being generally above twenty fathoms, vessels, unless with a lead- ing wind, should keep a boat ahead as the tide is apt to set you on either shore. Rather more than half a mile above Min-gan and on the same side of the river, is an islet crowned with a fort: at the upper end of the narrows, are two islets upon the right bank; in going up leave them upon your port hand, passing close to the northern point of the outside one, which is steep too, but there is a sunken rock on which the Spiteful struck three quarter S. of a cable from its northwestern shore ; WNW. from the island two cables is a shoal patch of nine feet at low water. Having passed the island, keep along the right bank, gradually hauling up for the Pagoda of Losingtah; S. 12° E. from it rather more than two cables is a sunken rock which shows at low water spring tides; to avoid which, round the Pagoda Point close, and come to opposite the sandy bay above the Pagoda. The river is only navigable for vessels three quarter S. of a mile above the Pagoda. There is a sand bank half a mile the northeast of the Pagoda and three quarter S. of a cable from the shore. The navigation of the river might be greatly facilitated and at a small expense. The following are what appear to me necessary : 1st.-An iron basket high enough to be seen at all times of tide on the reef to the eastward of the north Horn at the entrance. 2d. A buoy on the knoll at the entrance. 3d. Rees Rock to be raised higher, aud a mark on the land under Square Peak (which may easily be made by the paint or white wash) which brought in line with the rock will lead vessels through the channel to the southward of the knoll and obviate the necessity of com- pass bearings. RICHARD COLLINSON, Captain. VOL. XV. NO. V. 30 Scrmon on Christian Blissions, MAM, WORLD AND PREACH THE GOSPEL TO EVERY Art. II. An address on the subject of Christian Missions : being two sermons preached in the Colonial Church, at Hongkong, on Sunday, March 29th, 1846. By the Rev. GEORGE SMITH, M. A. Oxon : missionary of the Church (of England) Missionary Society, and formerly minister of Goole, Yorkshire.* GO YE INTO ALL THE CREATURE Mark 16:15. The subject of Christian missions which I am about to bring before your attention, my brethren, is one of great dignity and im- portance. It cannot have failed to strike most of us, that an unrea- sonable amount of ignorance and prejudice exists in respect to this subject; and that few really coniprehend or form a proper estimate of their own obligations in reference thereto. As most of the errors prevalent on the matter arise frequently from misconception, but still more generally, alas! it is to be feared, from that utter indifference to religion which is the prominent feature of the carnal mind; I trust that it will not be deemed inconsistent with that office and character, which more especially I represent before you, to devote this, probably the last, Sabbath of my temporary ministrations among this communi- ty, to the claims of that great work, in which I feel it to be an honor to havs been permitted to bear a very humble part. Without further prefatory remarks, I shall introduce you at once, , to the five propositions, which I hope to be able to establish; and which, if fairly demonstrated, should produce in you a proportionate sense of responsibility. It is proposed to demonstrate: 1. The missionary work, viewed on the common principles of reason, partakes of the highest order of benevolence. H. It has the special sanction of Scripture and the positive com- mand of our Lord himself. III. The ordinary means employed are primitive and apostolic. IV. The effects of Christian missions in later times have been identical with those in apostolic times, in proportion to the faithful- ness of Christians and the amount of instrumentality used. V The ordinary objections to the missionary work no more affect its elaim to our approval and support than they do the claims of Christianity itself to our belief. The first serion concluded with the 3d division. A few intervening sentences, necessary to the connection of the two discourses, have been omit- red. in printing, as unessential to the continuity of the general subject. 1846. 235 Sermon on Christian Missions. 1. My first proposition, then, asserts that the missionary work, viewed on the common principles of reason, partakes of the highest order of benevolenee. If it be true that Christianity bears with it, in its train, all the important advantages of civilization and its attendant blessings of liberty, freedom, and peace: if the tendencies of our holy religion are to increase and promote the temporal well-being of man, to bring forth the captive from the dungeon, to loosen the fetters of slavery, to abolish the horrors of warfare, to bind the whole human family in one golden cord of philanthrophy and love: if the indirect influence of the gospel on the external frame-work of society, in every land to which its blessed reign extends, is to elevate the character and ame- liorate the condition of its people, to curb the licentiousness of power, to soften and relax the elfishness of wealth, to aise woman from those depths of inferiority and social wrongs to which brutal lust would degrade her,—to spread the blessings of civil and religious freedom through the world : if, more than this, and as immeasurably higher in the estimate and comparison as heaven exceeds earth, eternity outlasts time, and the soul surpasses the body, the reception of these good tidings of the gospel into the soul of the sinner, infuses peace and joy under a sense of the pardoning love of God on high; if it can cause the heart of the afflicted believer in Jesus to bound with emotions of gladness at the prospect of eternal glory; if it can reconcile the poor to the happiness of their lot as being rich in hea- venly things; if it can fill the soul of the persecuted and unfortunate of this world with contentment and peaceful resignation to God's will; if it can melt the soul of the blasphemer, turn the heart of the perse- cutor, purify the conscience of the lust-stricken debauchee, soften the malice of the murderer, and bring the most discordant social elements to harmony and peace, so that the blessed state allegorized by the prophet Isaiah (11:6.) is brought to pass, "The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid, and the calf and young lion and the fatling together, and a little child shall lead them.” If, more than this, it can enable the Christian, racked with pain and in the dread agony of death, to utter, in the full con- fidence of hope and trust in the Redeemer's love, the words of triumph over the last enemy himself, “Oh death where is thy sting! Oh grave where is thy victory," then, brethren, I ask whether the diffu- sion of such a blessed principle of happiness through the world is not rational and good? I ask whether those, who in God's providence have been called to leave the land of their nativity, in order 10 propa- 236 MAY, Sermon on Christian Missions. gate this divine system and to hasten forward the consummation of this glorious plan of salvation, are not engaged in a work indispensably good and essentially benevolent ? If it be true that Christianity, in proportion to the degree of its reception and influence, carries with it all these blessings for time and eternity which have been enumerated (and the Bible infallibly declares, and the history of the church proves, and the experience of every real Christian firmly attests the truth of our assumption,) then, I ask, whether it does not follow that the missionary work may in the sublimity of its objects fairly com- pete with the highest schemes of philanthropy, and whether the truth of my proposition is not unquestionably established in your conviction, that, "the missionary work, viewed on the common principles of reason, partakes of the highest order of benevolence ?” II. But not only is the excellency of the missionary work demons- trable on the common principles of reason; not only are we led to see how rational it is that those, who profess to have discovered such a blessed principle of temporal and eternal happiness, should make efforts to extend a participation in its benefits both at home and abroad (for this is the true missionary principle); but we have the plain, positive and explicit command of Scripture on the subject. We are not left to mere conjecture or deductions of reason on so important a question. No doubt is left of its being agreeable to God's will. The second proposition may be easily proved, that, "the missio- nary work has the special sanction of Scripture and the positive com- mand of our Lord himself.” The passage of Scripture chosen as my text commands this duty, of making an aggressive effort to diffuse the gospel in all lands, as plainly as words can convey meaning: “Go ye into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature." Equally extensive and explicit are the words of the parallel passage contained in Matthew's gospel (28:19), “Go ye therefore and teach all nations.” It was the first command of the risen Saviour to his assembled apostles, after he had triumphed over the power of death and burst the fetters of corruption, that those who profess to love him, should show their gratitude to him, by laboring to extend his kingdom and reign through the world. If we mark the extent of the command teach all nations, or as the word in the original Greek strictly denotes "make disciples" of all nations, we shall see that the duty is coex- tensive with the wants of the whole unchristianized world, and (in- asmuch as no duty is cominanded in Scripture which is impossible in the performance,) that in this passave, as in numerous other pas- 1846. 237 Sermon on Christian Missions. sages of Scripture, there is an earnest and a pledge of the future and final triumph of the gospel over error and superstition. Now this command, to "preach the gospel to every creature," "to go and make disciples of all nations,” must have been intended by our Lord to apply either to the apostles in their own persons exclu- sively, or to the whole Christian church in all ages, represented in the persons of the apostles then assembled in our Lord's presence after his resurrection. That the command was not intended merely to apply to the apostles alone is evident from two considerations. 1st. From the terms of the command, "preach the gospel to every creature," "go and teach" (or make disciples of) "all nations." The impossibilty of the eleven surviving apostles strictly fulfilling, in their own persons, so extensive and universal a command, as that of evangelising the whole human race, will at once present itself to every mind. Added to which many extensive regions of the world were unknown in the age of the apostles and have only been explored and brought to knowledge by the discoveries of a comparatively recent period. That the command was not meant to apply to the apostles in their own persons alone, will be evident also, 2dly. From the promise annexed to it, in Matthew's gospel, “Lo I am with you alway even unto the end of the world." Here a promise, of our Lord's presence to the end of time, is made conditional on the fulfillment of this command. But the apostles, after laboring in different parts of the pagan world in preaching the gospel, fell, one after another, chiefly the victims of persecution, and within sixty or seventy years after the resurrection of our Lord, they had all died and entered into their rest, In what way then is the promise to be fulfilled, “ Lo I am with you alway even unto the end of the world.” It is to be fulfilled in the gracious presence of our Lord with the Christian church, as aggregate of all the true followers of the Lord Jesus Christ, in every age to the end of time, of whom the apostles, who then stood in the presence of our Lord, were the ere the representatives, It conveys a gracious intimation to God's people in all ages, that in proportion as they obey this injunction of their risen Lord, in extend- ing the influence of his gospel among the benighted millions of the heathen world abroad and the masses of baptized heathenisi at hone, in bearing the good tidings of a Saviour's love to every creature in every land where the destructive ravages of sin have extended, their exalted Redeemer will be with them, comforting them with assurances of his love, supporting them by the communications of his grace, and finally conducting them to heaven. It conveys a command that every 239 MAY, Sermon on Christian Missions. particular Christian church, as a branch of the universal company of God's spiritual children, should have its representatives in pagan lands to carry through the world the glorious testimony of a sacrifice and ransom provided for sin. And to this is annexed the promise that, in proportion as this com- mand is obeyed, and the gospel is proclaimed in its purity and power without intermixture of the superstitious corruptions of man's devising or the pride of ecclesiastical ambition, the blessing and presence of our Lord should remain with that church, preserving it from error and making it, in the copious effusion of the gracious influences of his spirit, " like a watered garden and like a spring of water whose waters fail not." III. And this leads me to the third proposition, which asserts that, in the missionary work, the ordinary means employed are pri- mitive and apostolic. In order to ascertain how far in the prosecution of this glorious end, we are treading in the steps of the apostles, and following (as far as may be) the order of means so blessed in the diffusion of Chris- tianity in primitive times, it is necessary that we should gather from Scripture the conduct and proceedings of the early Christians, in this matter. It is necessary to inquire how they understood the command of Christ, and how they set themselves to obey it. It will then be easy to perceive whether the means now ordinarily employed in the prac- tical machinery of Christian missions bear such a resemblance to the early church, as to encourage the hope that we may see similar results flow from the missionary enterprise. We read in the beginning of Acts, 8: that when the persecution, attending the martyrdom of Stephen, was the occasion of dispersing, from Jerusalem through the surrounding region, the first Christian disciples, this apparently dis- couraging event was overruled by God to the furtherance and exten- sion of the gospel. In the words of the sacred historian," they that were scattered abroad went everywhere preaching the word.” The various parts of the Holy Land thus heard the message of the gospel. The iirst preachers of Christianity gradually extended their labors to other lands; but even here their own countrymen, after the flesh, were in every case for a time the first objects of their solicitude, in accordance with the spirit of the command of our Lord, contained in Luke, (24:47,)“ that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem.” But every nation and people, as well as every individual, have their July of grace and their season of repentance. 1846. 239 Sermon on Christian Missions. When the message of reconciliation is rejected, and they wilfully close their eyes to the light of God's truth, their religious privileges, as a nation, are withdrawn, and conferred on other nations less favored than themselves. The continued unbelief and impenitence of the Jews led to the call of the surrounding gentiles to the privi- leges of the gospel. In Acts, 13: 45,46,47, we read, “But when the Jews saw the multitudes, they were filled with envy and spake against those things which were spoken by Paul contradicting and blaspheming: then Paul and Bar:abas waxed bold and said, it was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you, but seeing ye put it from you and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life, lo we turn to the gentiles, for so hath the Lord com- manded us.”—On another occasion also (Acts 18:6,) it is related, “And when they (the Jews) opposed themselves and blasphemed, he shook his raiment and said unto thom, your blood be upon your own heads: I am clean, from henceforth I will go unto the Gentiles.'' From this time, the evangelists, sent forth from the infant churches of Palestine, proceeded on their labors of love to the surrounding heathen. Men of every variety of condition in life, and mental acquirements, from the illiterate fisherman on the Lake of Galilee, Matthew the publican called from his lucrative post at the receipt of custom, Aquila the tent-maker, Luke the beloved physician, to Paul the learned, versed in all the depths of Rabbinical lore, and “ broughs up at the feet of Gamaliel,” were led to consecrate their bodies and minds to the preaching of Christ crucified, the spirit of God in their own hearts and the choice of the churches sealing externally their cail to the work, alike attesting their divine commission. It might have been objected then, as it is sometimes objected novo, that a wide ield of usefulness lay before them among their country. men in their native land; that they should first labor till the fruits of Christianity were more apparent among the Jews; and then, when al! Judea had become Christian, they should go forth to other lands. But not so thought the early disciples, acting under the direction of the spirit of God. Asia, Macedonia, Greece, Rome and surround- ing countries, attested the zeal of their missionary labors. The athe- istic philosophy of Athens, the debauched luxury of Corinth, and the pride of imperial Rome, shared with the “ Barbarian and the Scya thian " the holy sympathy of the apostles. Supported at one time by the contributions of Christian churches, at another time by their own manual labor, they gave themselves to this one thing of diffusing the knowledge of their Redcener. A continual intercourse was 210 May, Sermon on Christian Missions. maintained between the itinerant evangelists and their constituency in Judea. (Acts, 15:4.) “And when they were come to Jerusalem, they were received of the church, and of the apostles and elders, and they declared all things that God had done with them.” In this rapid and imperfect sketch, all who are acquainted with the details of missionary institutions will perceive an exact model of the present plans and operations ordinarily employed for the exten- sion of the gospel. Doubtless many anomalies exist from the altered character of the times and the changed relation of the church, es- pecially in the case of our own church, as established by law in connection with the state. In all the grand outlines, however, there is a perfect resemblance. Many Christians at home feel strongly the duty of the church obeying the Lord's command, "go and teach all nations." From the necessity of the case, and the complicated relations of life, few only can personally engage in the work. As- sociations are formed for the collection of the necessary funds, and the acquisition of the necessary information respecting heathen coun- tries. The openings of providence are prayerfully watched and observed. Laborers are required to enter on the missionary field. Men, in whose piety, zeal, judgment and ability, they have reason to confide as suitable qualifications for the work, are sent forth as their representatives in conformity with the ecclesiastical rules of the church to which they belong. The word of God is translated into heathen tongues, suitable tracts are prepared, instruction is imported, and the preaching of the gospel is as soon as possible commenced. Correspondence is maintained between the church at home and their missionary representatives in heathen lands. They aid them with their prayers; they follow them with their good wishes; they sympa- thise in their discouragement; they rejoice in their success. And amid all the painful instances of liability to error, the weakness of man, and the inconsistencies of some who are nevertheless sincere in their work, and who, (if the truth were known and we could be. hold them in their closet in their secret approaches unto God), con- fess their short comings and deplore their unprofitableness with acuter sorrow than the most vindictive calumny could inflict, who, I ask, will venture to affirm that such a work, such an enterprise, such a system of missionary agency, is not substantially in accor- dance with the will of a merciful God, and will refuse to concede that in the present endeavors for the extension of the Redeemer's Kingdoni, the ordinary means employed are primitive and apostolic ? IV. The effects of Christian missions in later times have been 1846. 241 Sermon on Christian Missions. identical with those in apostolic times, in proportion to the faithful- ness of Christians, and the amount of instrumentality used. In estimating the effects of Christian missions in later times, and comparing them with those in apostolic times, we must remember thai in some important particuiars we are placed in a different posi- tion. The age of the apostles was an age of miracles. Receiving at the feast of Pentecost the miraculous knowledge of the languages of all the nations to which they were sent, and enjoying the miraculous power of healing diseases, the extraordinary powers with which the first apostles were vested were adapted to the obstacles with which they had to cope. They bore with them infallible credentials, by which the divine character of the religion they proclaimed might be tested and established in the niind of the most sceptical inquirer. But the age of miracles has now ceased, with those peculiar circumstances which rendered such extraordinary powers, in the infinite wisdom of God, essential to the diffusion, reception, progress and triumph of the new religion. A moment's consideration will show how widely different are the circumstances of the Christian church in its present efforts to extend Christianity through the world, and how right it is to modify and correct our estimate and expectation of the comparative results of apostolic and modern missionary labors by a reference to the relative advantages of each period. So rapid were the early triumphs of the gospel that before three centuries had elapsed, from the resurrection of our Lord, the banner of the cross waved triumphantly from the battlements of the imperial city, and the conversion of the emperor Constantine was the means of establishing the persecuted religion. But here the onward career of Christianity, going forth “conquer- ing and to conquer," was slackened and retarded only because the missionary pulse of the Christian church had begun to beat less vigorously. The secularizing influence of pomp and power soon deprived the church of its aggressive force; and the primitive zeal, which in the hardihood of its native mountains had stood unmoved by the storms and frosts of persecution, now dwindled away into a tender exotic, on the mild soil of imperial favor. Under the in- fluence of the moral blight, which during the darkness of the middle ages checked the progress of the truth, and banished true religion from the most glorious scenes of its early triumphs; when the growth of sacerdotal ambition, the intermixture of pagan rites, and the progress of internal corruption, had combined with the desolating advances of Mohanimedanism in arresting the career of Christianity; when 31 UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN LIBRARIES VOL. XY. NO, V. 2.12 Max, Sermon on Christian Missions. spiritual Chritianity was well-nigh absorbed in the all-consuming floods of formalism and priestcraft; when missionary zeal had, in the degeneracy of the age, been lowered into the mere desire of extending the boundaries of a sovereign pontiff, enthroned on the seven hills of Rome, and selling, by an assumed right of heaven, the grant of king- doms, of pardons, and indulgences; when the few churches, which remained faithful to the truth, held forth the lamp of the gospel, amid the flames of papal persecution and the darkness of surrounding error; during this long and dreary interval, all the efforts of the faith- ful followers of Jesus Christ, were consumed in defending their position from the influence of surrounding contamination. The missionary principle, as glorious and as important as ever, was directed into other channels, and the faintest efforts for the extension of spi- ritual Christianity were crushed in their incipient birth. After that memorable event in the history of the human mind and of the Christian church, when the energies of men rose against that spiritual despotism which fettered the soul in the trammels of priest- craft and demanded the surrender of private judgment into the hand of an ambitious and self-styled infallible church;-the attention of the newly emancipated band of martyrs to the truth was necessarily occupied in defending their new-born liberty from the assaulis of the Papacy. Like the newly returned Jewish exiles from Babylon, they raised the bulwarks of Protestantism, with the implements of labor in one hand, and with the sword in the other, to guard against the insidious advances of an ever watchful foe. The mind, the talent, the learning of Christendom were employed in controversy with the Popedom. Three centuries of opposition and internal disorder delayed the genuine development of Protestant strength. The last century, though it witnessed during the early part of its course, much of returning torpor and deadness, was nevertheless towards its close a period of rallying. Then the long-dormant powers of missionary zeal, burst forth into new and unwonted activity. Then followed those inissionary institutions, and that spirit of missionary enterprise, which have been the glory of the present century. Then the different churches of Christ, like so many different regiments of one common army,-differ though they might in the color of their facings, in the devices on their banners,-marched forth on one com- mon crusade, against one common enemy, accoutred in the same armor of God, obeying the same Captain-Savior, inspired by kindred joys, and rejoicing in one common hope of victory. The beginning of the present century was then the grand epoch 18.16. 243 Sermon on Christian Missions. of Protestant missions. Bearing in mind the absence of miraculous powers from the church, and remembering the very partial extent to which professing Christians have been roused to the duty of Christian missions, we shall soon perceive that the wonder is not that so little of successful results has followed ; but that with so small and contract- ed a measure of effort, so large and extensive a measure of effects has been realized. I would ask you to bear in mind the obstacles which in our Anglo-Indian empire so long hindered the endeavors of missi- onaries, and by an ill-founded apprehension of the danger of missions to the stability of British dominion, checked, discouraged, and prevent- ed the developement of missionary exertions. I would remind you of the jealousy of the slave-proprietor, fearing the influence of gospel civili- zation on his living goods and chattels. I would remind you of the retarding influence produced by the frequent immoralities of the subjects of Christian nations. I would remind you of the cold and suspicious distrust which persons in influence and power, so long breathed on the missionary work. And then, I would ask you to examine the partial results that have been already achieved in spite of all these combined obstacles; and then inquire whether in propor- tion to the faithfulness of Christians and their obedience to the part- ing command of our Lord, the effects of recent missionary efforts do not exhibit a measure of success, exceeding the most sanguine hopes that could reasonably be entertained; and as far as a similar measure of means authorizes us in looking for a similar measure of results, whether, the effects of Christian missions in later times have not been identical with those in apostolic times in proportion to the faith- fulness of Christians, and the amount of instrumentality used? Within this brief period of exertion, the apparatus and the machi- nery of missionary work have been raised. The mighty engine of Christian philanthropy has been set in motion. Large portions of the heathen world have been explored and occupied. The languages, the customs and the history of many heathen lands have been investi- gated. The word of God, in whole or in part, has within the present half-century, been translated into above a hundred languages. Civi- lization has been spread over numerous spots of pagan darkness. The cannibal of the past generation has become the peaceful member of a Christian community. The ordinances of religion are valued ; the law of God is obeyed; moral improvement has rapidly advanced, in lands previously unvisited by the gospel ; commerce has followed in the steps of Christianity; new codes of law have been enacted on the model of Christian states. And while the reacting benefits of 244 MAS Sermon on Christian Missions. Christian missions at home have been felt in the abolition of slavery from British dominions; the novel spectacle has been witnessed abroad of individuals, not only reclaimed from the errors of Brah- minisin, Mohammedanism, Budhism, and African Feticism, but also set apart by the hands of bishops of our church to the honored work of ministers of Christ and instructors of their fellow countryc.en. I need but mention one fact in connection with this part of any subject, that in that one society of the two great missionary institutions of the church of England, with which I am myself connected, the nuinber of clerical laborers, who have been themselves either heathen or are the sons of heathen, amounts to nearly one twelfth part of the whole number of clerical laborers sent out from Europe. This is exclusive of about a thousand laymen, who once heathen themselves, or the children of heathen, are now engaged as teachers of various kinds in the different parts of the missionary field. Besides there are nearly ten thousand communicants, who after diligent observation and vigorous Christian discipline, are admitted to the Lord's supper, there to commemorate the dying love of that Lord and Redeemer, who has " made of one blood all the nations of the earth." V. The ordinary objections to the missionary work, no more affect its claim to our approval and support, than they do the claims of Christianity itself to our belief. The ingenuity of worldly men is often misspent in discovering excuses for neglecting so obvious a duty, and depreciating so bene- volent an enterprise. Various objections are current in the mouths of those who yet frequent the house of prayer, and offer up the peti. tion of our Liturgy “that God's way may be known. on earth, His saving health among all nations." And yet it is seldom remembered that these very objections, if valid against the work of missions, strike also at the very foundations of Christianity, and that those who use these objections, ought, instead of being nominally believers in Christianity, boldly to proclaim the scepticism of thieir mind and their disbelief in the divine origin of Christianity itself. 1. It is objected against Christian missions, that so small a portion of the world has been Christianized, compared with the large extent to which heathenism prevails. The argument of such objectors seems to be something as follows;- a specimen of the fallacious reasoning, which sensible men sometimes employ in religion, but which they would be ashamed of employing in their secular concerns. L"A great moral disease infects the whole human race, Christianity is the divinely-appointed remedy for this universal malady. This moral 1846. 245 Sermon on Christian Missions. remedy has been extended only through a small part of the world, The portions of the globe, yet unvisited by this blessed remedy, are vast and extensive, compared with the few parts that have received its healing eflects. The magnitude and extent of the evil are raore than we can combat. Therefore let us sit still; let us no longer use efforts to diffuse this panacea for the evils of sin, let us patiently remain inactive and indifferent. We have hitherto effected little, we can effect but little, in diffusing this remedy: we are discouraged at the ravages of sin, and the partial knowledge of its remedy. Let us leave to God to effect by the intervention of a special miracle, the interests of His own truth. Henceforth let us do nothing: let things take their course, we are not responsible !" Now it is not perceived by such objectors that this practical con- clusion, this principle of action, or rather this principle of inaction, this indifference, is quite appropriate in the infidel, who rejects the Bible, and believes Christianity an inposture. But that such lan- guag eshould ever proceed from the lips of a rational man, professedly convinced of the divine origin of Christianity, is strange, is humilia- ting, is a melancholy specimen of the real infidelity of heart of many, who aind it convenient to their position in society to maintain the external semblance of conformity to the usages and forms of the Christian religion. How such language can be held by those who profess to receive Christianity themselves, and yet deprecate the efforts for its extension; and that too on the strange plea, which should operate rather as an urgent demand for its propagation, I have difficulty in reconciling with my views of what is rational. I can understand how the wide expanse of unreclaimed heathenison should furnish an additional stimulus and incentive to missionary exertion, I cannot conceive how the very facts respecting the world's condition, which speak so strongly the need for increased missionary activity, should be pleaded in extenuation of a spirit of indifference, yea of hostility to Christian missions. The only reply necessary to be made to such, is that the objection lies not against the missionary cause, but against Christianity itself. It militates not against a particular duty of the Christian code, but against the whole system of the Christian religion. The objection is not that of the diffident Christian, but of the secret infidei. An explanation is found in the Bible, an ignorance of which is generally the source of the errors even on the fundamental truths of Christianity, which are too prevalent amongst us. The apostolic age witnessed a special outpouring of the Holy Ghost on the heathen 246 MAY, Sermon on Christian Missions. nations, at the rejection of the Jewish nation. A still more glorious effusion of the spirit on the heathen world is destined to mark the period of the restoration of the Jews to the Christian church in later times. The comparative effects of the rejection and restoration of the Jews form an important and affecting portion in the apostle Paul's train of argument on Romans 11 : 12, 15. verses : “ Now if the fall of them be the riches of the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the gentiles, how much more their fulness? For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them be but life from the dead ?”! In the meantime, the duty of Christians is plain. We labor to obey the command, "preach the gospel to every creature," content and encouraged with the present reasure of missionary success, but waiting in humble expectancy, and with continual prayer, for a more glorious period of revival from on high, when the full shower of the divine blessing shall descend on our work, and when in the common joy of God's kingdom, “they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament, and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever." Daniel 12: 3. We have a divine remedy for the evils of sin made known to us in the gospel. Having ourselves, through grace enjoyed its efficacy, we have a command from Christ to make known its precious know- jedge. This duty we must perform and leave the issue in God's hands. Duty is ours, events are God's. In the hands of Orinipotence we are content to leave thein, knowing that there is a time when every eloud of mystery shall be cleared away, and God shall have the full glory. To the finite powers of man, many of God's dispensations are above comprehension. The words of our Lord to his disciples are appropriate. What ye know not now, ye shall know hereafter." 2. It is also objected against Protestant missions that the mission- aries of the various forms of superstition and corrupt religion, evince greater zeal and attain greater success in making converts, and hence a spurious liberality reacts against the efforts to diffuse spi- ritual Christianity. Deeply convinced of the groundlessness of this assertion, and having had opportunities, in various parts of the coast of China, to see something of the real character of such conversions to nominal Christianity, I would merely content myself with denying both the premises and the conclusion, with protesting against both the fact and the inference. It is not, however, necessary to my argument that I should do so. It is only for me to show, that true or untrue, such objections no more affect the enterprise in which we 1846. 247 Sermon on Chuistian Missions. are engaged, than they do our belief in Christianity itself. In the time of our Lord, the corrupters of religion showed a praise-worthy zeal, worthy a better cause. Our Lord declared of the formalists of that day; "Woe unto you, Scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye compass sea and land to make one proselyte; and when he is made, ye make him twofold more the child of hell than yourselves.” Fully inclined to pay a tribute to the self-denying zeal of every body of men professedly engaged in the effort to diffuse Christianity; fully disposed to exhibit towards them all the kindly interchanges of friendly intercourse; fully believing in those energetic men, who with chivalrous ardor are engaged in the endeavor to extend the borders of their church's domination; yet I cannot disabuse my own inind of the insufficiency of a religious system so debased by the intermixture of human devices. I cannot forget that a hatred of the error is compatible with love for the erring. I cannot forget that men are often happily inconsistent with, and superior to, the evil principles of their system. I cannot forget that our Lord made a declaration, leading us fully to expect that the propagators of pure Christianity will sometimes appear to be surpassed by the zealous propagators of a less pure faith, when he said, “The children of this world are wiser in their generation than the children of light.” 3. But it is also objected, that "sincerity is every thing: let a man sincerely follow out his own system; all will be well at last; and therefore we have no right to disturb men in their religious belief. Christianity is good for the Christian; Mohammedanism for the Mo- hammedan; Budhism for the Budhist; and Brahmanism for the Hindoo." Again I repeat, such objections are not valid against the missio- nary work alone; but equally, nay primarily, affect our belief in Chris- tianity itself. It is an humiliating fact, that language so indicative of latitudinarian indifference to all creeds, sentiments affording such palpable evidence of universal scepticism of mind, should ever find a place in the thoughts of those who presume to bear on their lips the name of the adorable Redeemer of mankind! Such language is convenient language for the compromising and the wavering. It is consistent language for the immoral and profane. It is direct blas- phemy in the mouth of the professing Christian. What! The blessed Lord of heaven and earth, himself incarnate, taking man's nature in conjunction with the divine, in order to pay the ransom for the sins of the whole world, and open a way of reconciliation with the Fa- ther; that so, the previously conflicting attributes mercy and justice 248 MAY, Sermon on Chrisiian Niissions. might be reconciled together; that God might be at the same time just and the justifier of the ungodly; and to be virtually told, and that too by a professed believer in the Bible, that this divinely-ac- complished sacrifice was unnecessary, is unessential to the present and eternal happiness of man; that Mohaminedanism, Budhism, Hin- duism are equally good. Oh! Much-to-be-pitied man, who can utter such language! Oh! Much-to-be-pitied darkness of spiritual vision, that can thus trifle with the soul's salvation, and the atonement of the son of God! Not so thought the apostles of old, when, making no truce with error, when, sparing not even the ritual observances of the Jews themselves, they declared in the face of the civilization of the Roman world and the pantheon of Greciau philosophy, “Neither is there salvation in any other; for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved.” Acts, 4: 12. In conclusion, my dear brethren, apart from everything of a con- troversial character, I would earnestly endeavor to irupress upon each one of you the amount of individual responsibility incumbent on you in the furtherance of the missionary work. By your influence and your example, though personally unengaged in the work, you possess the power, you lie under the positive obligation, of lending your help in extending the power of Christianity around you. The gospel recognises no middle course, no state of neutrality. Either you are friends, or you are opponents. “He that is not with me (says our Lord) is against me; and he that gathereth not with me scattereth abroad." Matt. 12: 30. Be very careful, then, lest you hinder this work, by your mistaken prejudices, by your personal hostility, or by your unchristian lives before the heathen. Give not currency, by your outrages on Chris- tian decorum, to the opinion that foreigners have no religion. He who now addresses you, has spoken boldly his sentiments to you, as to men of candid minds and honest convictions. Six years ago, in the quiet retirement of a village pastoral charge, he brought these things before the minds of his humble flock. In his subsequent position in a more populous and important sphere of ministerial useful- ness, the claims of the missionary work became a topic of increasing interest. The way of providence presented itself for a more direct and personal engagement in the work, in the proposal made to him to come out as one of the first missionary laborers of the Church of Engiand to the newly opened ports of China. In this work he has been permitted to act only as an explorer and a pioneer; and he has 18.10. 11. Scimon on Chosline Alissions. to devolve on other stronger and better men, the honorable privilege of laboring permanently in this field. In this, probably his last, address to this assembly, he would state his firm, unchanged, and unalterable attachment to this cause; his belief in its divine excel- lence; and his confidence in its future iriumph. The occasional want of judgment, the indiscreet enthusiasm, or even the unworthiness of missionary laborers, would no more weaken his conviction of the excellence of the work, and his attachment to the cause, than it can shake his belief in Christianity itself. He remembers that in the ancient church, the cowardice of Mark led him to avoid the hardships of the service in which he was engaged. He calls to mind the conten- tion between Paul and Barnabas, which led to their separation in their missionary tour. He remembers that thicre was a Pcter who dissembled ; that there was a Diotrephes, “who loved to have the proeminence;" that there was a Demas, who loved the present world." lle recollects the various intoward events in the Acts of the Apostles, which seemingly delayed the progress of the gospel. But this did not prevent the gracious developement of this divine system of religion, and the triumpli of Christian truth, independent alike of the weakness of its advocates and the virulence of its oppon- Let us judge nothing before the time." To his own paster cach servant is accountable. Let rather our undivided attention be given to the salvation of our own souls; and having found mercy ourselves, let us not grudge the extension of this boon to others. The time is short. Eternity is at hand. Let us not, like unprolil- able and unfaithful servants, lide our respective talents in the ground. Soon we shall have entered that state of being where wealth car purchase no advantage to its proprietor ; where rank can procure no privilege for its possessor ; where ouly one mark of division shall exist, that which separates the godly from the ungodly; where, the prin ciple of difference which liere distinguishes the Christian from the impenitent and unbelieving, shall be infinitely widened and exteuded forcier. ents. VOL. NO 32 250 MAT Letter of Bishop Besi ART. UL. Letter of bishop Besi, apostolic vicar of Shúntung to the Directors of the Work (in Italy). Dated Nanking, Muy 15th, 1843. Translated from the French in Ann. de la Foi of Sep. 1844. By A. P. Messieurs --About the close of 1840, I was connected with the missiou in the southern part of llúkwang, a country then agitated with a violent persecution, when I received from Rome the order 10 accept the apostolic vicarage of Shántung, and the adıninistration of the diocese of Nanking. A sense of my own insufficiency would have led me to decline so responsible a situation, if the brief of his Holiness had permitted the liberty of a refusal; but he directed me to bow the head without resistance and to obey without delay. I then set ofl, in the midst of a rigorous winter, to traverse Honán and Shánsí provinces, to go and receive from the hands of the bi- shop of Shensí episcopal ordination. I arrived at the residence of this venerable prelate after a long and perilous journey of fifty days. The ceremony of consecration being terminated, I resumed iny journey; and visited in passing the provinces of Honán and Chihli; and had the consolation of reaching my flock in time to celebrate with them the passover. It is sweet to me to speak to you in praise of these good neophytes who received me with a holy effusion of the heart. They had never seen a bishop and they were far off from thinking that the Holy See, in its paternal and attentive solicitude for them, had deigned to send to them, for their guide, a pastor who had been elevated to the dignity of a pontiff. The province of Shantung is celebrated, in the annals of China, for giving birth to many grand philosophers of the empire, reputed here to be the first sages of the world: such are Confucius, Mencius, Tsang-tsz' and others of distinction. They show the tomb of Con- fucius in the village of Kiub-fau, a little distance from the city of Wat-hien. It is a majestic monument, surrounded by a forest of oaks, which affords to the numerous visiters a profound retirement, well calculated to nourish in the minds of the Chinese that religious enthusiasm which they always have had towards Confucius. A mountain, which is said to be the most elevated in China, and which for this reason is called the Tái shán (or large mountain) is the renderous for all the devout idolaters of this province, There 1946. 251 Letter of Bishop Besi is not one of the indigenous sects but have their idols and pagodas, so that the mountain is covered from the base to the suminit; the bonzes in great numbers chant day and night their hymns to their gods, and practice a thonsand superstitions which attract from all parts of this vast empire crowds of pilgrims. During the first three months of the year, especially, the ways which conduct to this moun- tain are encumbered with long caravans, who come to accomplish their vous or to solicit health and riches from their favorite god or else to seek the favor of being re-boru in a fortunate condition. I encountered, one day, in one of my apostolic journies, a chariot filled with old women, who followed after me, with a certain holy- day apparel, in the road leading to this celebrated mountain. They descended to a hotel whither I had just preceded them. I had the curiosity to ask who were these women; what motive impelled them to travel at so advanced an age and in such a style. They answered me that they were of the sect, chang-chui"; that this title was given to them, because they had never tasted meat or fish all the days of their lives; that, perceiving their end to approach (the youngest was 78 years and the oldest 90) they had come from the south of Honán, i. e. more than three hundred miles, to remind their god that they had religiously observed this abstinence, and to solicit as a recom- pense to their privation a happy transınigration for their sonls. Poor women! In these complaints from the bottom of their hearts, I thought that one day their austerities would accuse the indulgence a great number of Christians. In Shantung, the soil, although white and dusty, is very fertile, and is adapted to many kinds of culture; the millet, which is the ordinary food of the people, beans, fruits of all kinds, and cotton grow better than anywhere else in China. . But the misfortune is that the rains are but rare, and this often causes crops to fail, and obliges the inhabitants to pass into the other provinces or to pur- chase their provisions at a very dear price to enable them to sustain a most miserable life. There are but few springs, and the wells which they dig are soon emptied, or the water becomes such as can- not be drunk on account of its bitterness. These are only a few of the many things in relation to the physical aspect of Shintung. It has a superficies, according to Wyle, of 50,800 square miles, and its total population according to the same English authority is 23,958,760. To consider it as a mission, this province is, without contradiction, the poorest and most abandoned of the empire. It hardly counts of UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN LIBRARIES 252 MAY, Letter of Bishop Besi. four thousand Christians, scattered hither and thither, and at so great distances as not to be able to afford a mutual support, or to receive frequent visits from the missionary ; they are all very indigent, and, for the most part, are constantly persecuted by the gentiles of Shantung, whose natural haughtiness and ferocity does not resemble in anything the general character of the Chinese. In many districts the priest can only show himself in the night. There is not, it is said, more than six or seven public oratories; if they can be called by that name, which are not able to be distin- guished by the heathen, but that they have been built by the neo- phytes at their common expense; and such oratories ! in Europe you would not use them for pig-sties! Nevertheless in the bosom of these shades, in the silence which is incited by the proscriptions, we celebrate the divine mysteries. Far be the thought from me to accuse the zeal of my Christians. The deprivation of their chapels arises from their poverty, not the smallness of their faith : they fear moreover that an ornamented sanctuary would only serve to awaken the enmity of their enemies, always ready to make the smallest pretext the excuse for oppression. These chapels are all built of earth and straw: they have shapeless holes for doors and windows; and if it happens to rain, the church is entirely inundated. Judge of the interior: in the middle, a table which formerly might have been good for something, but at present used and worm-eaten it scarcely stands on its feet; upon this table, the altar is surmounted by two sticks in the shape of a cross, on each side, a porringer out of service sustains, in default of chande- liers, two wax tapers blackened by the dirt and time'; this is all the furniture of the church. Instead of a floor there is the earth, un- equal and dusty, upon which our Christians spread a little straw on which to put their knees. Such, Messrs. are the cathedrals of Shantung! Such the views each time I have met my flock in their humble inclosure. For an example of more profound poverty I must refer to my an- cient mission in Híkwang, where I exercised the holy ministry five years. Then I traversed the high chains [of mountains in] Patong- hien. Good God! what indigence has been exposed to my view! How deplorable the lot of those mountaineers who live upon the bare and naked rocks, that would better serve as the haunts of the deer than the habitations of men! Separated the one from the other by three or four days journey, the neophytes, not numbering more than five hundred, are able only at long intervals to receive the visits 1316. 2:53 Leller of Bishop Brsi. of the priest. To arrive there it is necessary to leap abysses, to escala lade, by the aid of the hands and feet, heights of such declivity, that iſ a false step is made, or a root which you thought would afford a secure footing yields to your pressure, or a stone accidentally detach- ed by the guide who precedes yon, (if indeed you can get a guide to go on so perilous a jonrney,) would precipitate you down the preci- pices. Then, when dripping with perspiration and panting with fatigue, we arrive about evening at the cabin which is to afford is shelter, our host has nothing to give you but water and a little salt 10 season the rice which we have brought with us, and it is even necessary to wait till the master of the house goes to the neighbor- ing forest to bring fuel to cook our frugal repast. Our bed was the bare earth, happy when we could get a handful of straw, not to soften our couch, but to preserve from the dampness. For the re- mainder, while we sleep with thoughts of God, we enjoyed a calm and profound repose. The houses of these Christians who live upon these rocks are simple cabins : the roof of straw, and indeed the interior partitions also a leap of stones for the table, and the bare carth suffices for repose. But notwithstanding the privations they suffer for the faith, their choice is to be preferred. For instead of the riches of this world, they have treasures of virtue; and they are to the missionary, whom they regard as an angel of God, a rich source of affection and consolation. And in these their thatched cottages, consecrated by an humble resignation, I have enjoyed an inexpressible enjoyment, unknown, I believe in the palaces of the rich. My people of Shantung are not reduced to this excess of dis- tress, but still they are not in peace. I have already said that the dispositions of the heathen are hostile to them; this has recently been made manifest. I had conceived the project of building, in a borough situated twelve furlongs from the city of Wu-ching hien a more becoming building in which to celebrate the holy mysteries. The knowledge I had of the locality, the eagerness of the Christians to second my wishes, all led me to think that the chapel might be erected without exciting a storm. They erected in a few days an oratory, small indeed, and so poor that hatred itself, it was thought, would not re- mark it. This was of no account. One of the most fanatical of the isolaters jadilged it a good occasion to calumniate us; and he could not let it pass. In deis denunciation to the officer he repre- sented us as dangerous conspirators: we have, anid he, more than 1 1 254 MAY, Lilier of Bishop Bisi. the plot. five thousand men preparing arms and casting cannon to besiege Peking; that eight Europeans directed the enterprise; that more than eighty magazines were filled with all kinds of provisions; that in subterranean workshops they were inanufacturing everything that was necessary for the eynipments of a formidable army, &c. The author of the accusation, fearing that if he presented it himself he would be taken in the snare he was spreading for us, threw it dur- ing the night into the court of tlie palace, where it cast all into anxiety. Forthwith the officers sent emissaries secretly to inquire of At this time, the Christians, not dreaming of the suspi- cions that hovered over them, and delighted with having at length a new church, had assembled all diay for prayer and religious obser- vances, under the guidance of my excellent friend, Father Louis de Castellazzo. They were engaged in security in this pious exercise when the spies arrived. They, applying their ear to the door and hearing within a confused noise, without further examination, ran and announced to the mandarin that the denunciation was too well founded, that they had seen the general rendevous of the conspira- tors, and that their number was not less than five thousand (5000). It was well known that the neophytes did not exceed in the village three hundred. At this news the fright of the mandarin rose to its height. He imagined that he already saw the city besieged; he had the gates shut for three days, and without so much as publishing the reason of this extraordinary measure; and all this time he was employed in secret preparations to go and block up the rebels in their supposed fortress. At the moment of his marching into the country, he wished to provide, in case of an attack upon the city, for the security of that which was most precious, by conveying his family and trea- sures out of the province; but as it is proverbially said, that he who casts himself into the water cannot but be wet, thus this same night his wife and children fell into the hands of brigands and were com- pletely despoiled. This was the day of Corpus Christi : the soldiers disguised were come, without noise, to cut off the access to the village. The go- vernor followed them with four military officers and a whole army of satellites. My friend had scarcely time to escape at the moment the troops, animated by the voice of their chiefs, made the assault, overtlırew and pillaged the houses upon their passage, searching for the arsenal of the rebels in the midst of this paltry village without defenders. A pious female, who endeavored to save from profanation 18.10. Letter of Bishop Brsi. some objects of worship, bad her arm pierced by a stroke of a lance. They were soon forced to end the combat for want of enemies, Then commenced the diligent scarch. They sunmoued a country- man to deliver up the canons, the firelocks, the arrows, the sabores, the powder, &c., which the rebels had stored up, it was said, in subterranean magazines; it was more easy to ask for them than to discover them. Their efforts, joined to those of the soldiers, were able to discover nothing else, than some books of prayers, some sa- cred ornaments, my vestments, my pastoral wooden staff, with a certain number of crosses and other religious objects. These were to the conqueror the unequalled trophies for which a city was thrown into a state of siege, an army sent into the country, and misery brought to an inoffensive population. The governor perceived that he had been duped : lie was filled with fury against those who had so cruelly played the fool with him! And his anger was not able to prevent the ridicule and odium that would attach to the expedition. Moreover the affair was noised abroad; it was necessary for the mandarin to give the sequel under the penalty of appearing to compromise his responsibility. It bc- came necessary to collect tlic different objects of religion, to enchain twenty-four Christians and four females, &c., placing them in the centre to return to the city, which he entered in the night in order to conceal his shame. On the morrow he sat on the tribunal and had the prisoners be- fore him: “I went to your village, he said to them, to search for rebels and not for Christians; but as you have fallen into my hands I must judge you according to our laws." IIe then took one of the seized books, and read in a loud voice several passages from it, and commented on them with a surprising medley of admiration, “In truth,” said he to them, “your reilyion teaches nothing reprehensible, in my province (that is of Fulkien), there are Christians, and, I avow that they injure no person, nevertheless, as it is a sect prohibited loy the emperor, I command you to abjure it.” “ We are not able to do it," answered the neophytes. “Disown God and Mary his holy mother," (I ain ignorant whether he was serious, or wliether he spoke thus to mock) “her, who is called in this book the mother of mercy, and you shall surely obtain your pardon." The Christians refused with the same firmness. Then tliey sent the females back to their house: , without requiring them to undergo the torture. All the rigors of the matter fell upon the ineu cuſſed and beaten, some apostatised, tlic others showed a courage superior to torments 256 Leiler of Bishop Besi. MAY, the most atrocious, repeated five days in succession, during which time they refused them all kinds of nourishment, in order to abale their constancy by weakening their bodily strength. One of these intrepid confessors went so far as to stimulate the rage of the tor- mentors; "strike harder," when he had been horribly scourged, attached by the neck, dragged through the inclosure of the palace, bruised against the heavy chains; and, louder than the sound of the strokcs upon bis bleeding loins, he sounded out the name of Jesus and Mary which they wished to stiflle upon his lips, and repeated with love, “ blessed be Jesus Christ." At length the judge was weary of these unsuccessful tortures; lie was desirous to refer the cause to the superior mandarin of the dis- trict; but this magistrate answered him that he did not wish to med- dle with the affairs of the Christians, and he engaged to refer the inatter to the governor-general. The same functionary that refused to enter upon the process, asked if any of the Christians had renounced the gospel, and as it was answered to him that many had; “Oh," says he, “these truly are not good Christians: a true Christian would choose rather 10 die than to be unfaithful to his God.” The inferior officer was thus forced to address his report directly to the court and it suited him to render a very unfaithful ac- count of what had passed. The response of the governor-general was not to have been ex- pected. He gave an order to the subaltern officer to proceed in the way of tortures, to demand of the Christians not only a denial of their faith, but also the denunciation of their Christian accom- plices and especially of the missionaries : and in case of refusal to pronounce sentence upon them with all the rigor of the edicts. This would have been the state of this church, if God, who had per- initted this enmity to form, had not opportunely turned aside that which menaced it, to cause it to fall upon the lead of the principal author. To effect it, at the moment when the governor-general had dispatched the instructions of which we have spoken, a decree arriv- ed from the emperor which directed that he should be inclosed in a cage as a wild beast, and be carried 10 Peking to render an account of his misdeeds. Ilis successor treated the Christians with more humanity. It is very true that men resist the most terrible afflictions, when they arc temporary, better than of an incessant kud, aggravated by the retico- tions of a solitary sadness. This was the case with many of the unfortunate prisoners; the ennui, the sufloealing hcat of the dunia 1846. 257 Letter of Bishop Besi. geon, the disgusting insects with which they were covered, effected that which the torments could not; they retired from the lists before the conflict was ended. A few more days of constancy, and they would have gone forth conquerors with their more courageous breth- ren; for the mandarin, wearied with the long process, sent one and another back to their families, having first directed the demolition of the oratory. Thus ended the persecution. But, if the Christians of Shantung are few in number, miserable and persecuted, the mission of Nanking presents a consoling picture; it is tranquil and flourishing and repays by its abundant fruits the zeal of those who direct it. Of all the provinces of China, this of Kiangnan or Nanking is perhaps the most beautiful and best cultivated. The Kiáng, which in ajestic river the natives call the child of the ocean, divides it into two parts: in the part south of the river the capital is situated, which has given to the whole province the name of Nanking or the southern court, in distinction from Peking situated more to the north. To the south of the Kiáng, the chief city is Suchau, the most elegant, and polished of cities. Everything favors the culture of this beautiful country, the fertility of the soil as well as the in- telligent activity of the inhabitants, the frequent rains that refresh it, together with the many rivers that furrow it in every direction. Notwithstanding the truly prodigious industry of the inhabitants, the inexhaustible fertility of the soil, it is not able to afford sufficient nourishment for the population, which is more dense than in any other province. To supply the annual consumption they import a great quantity of rice from Húkwáng, whence also Kiángnan gets the greatest part of the wood for building. According to Wyle, the superficies of Kiángnan * is 81,500 square miles, and its population reaches to 72,020,050 of inhabi- tants. Formerly religion was so flourishing, that every city had temples consecrated to the true God, a great number of mandarins had been subdued to the yoke of the gospel, and more than 200,000 Christians, it is said, practised with fervor the admirable virtues. But the violence of the persecutions that occurred under the em- perors Yangching, Kienlung, and Kiáking covered the whole extent of this beautiful mission with blood and ruins, the churches which UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN The writer here describes the province of Kiángnan in its extent and population, &c., as it was before it was divided into the two present provinces of Kiangsú and Ngánhwui; so that this must now be taken of the present two provinces. (Truns.) VOL. XV. NO, V. 33 258 MAY, Letter of Bishop Besi. yet exist have been converted either into offices for the officers, or pagodas or public granaries; the ruin of the faith was almost uni- versal, less hitherto from the desertion of apostates, than from the coldness that comes over the soul in the absence of the missionaries, from having fled or been cast into prison. These afflicted sheep would always have remained faithful to the instructions of their pas- tors, I believe, if they could have heard them; but in the time of confusion and terror, deprived of their guides by the fury of the wolves, who made a horrible butchery of the flock, they became so dispersed as no longer to have cominunication among themselves when the sword struck their bishop, M. Godefroi. This successor, though he was hindered many years from acting by the persecution of the emperor Kienlung, succeeded by his illus- trious piety and indefatigable zeal in restoring a great many souls to the church, and at his death in 1782, he had already heard the confessions of more than three thousand. A second general persecution was kindled in 1805, under the emperor Kiáking; but was less fatal in Kiángnan than the preced- ing, its ravages prevailed more to the north, where the churches were destroyed and many of the Christians incarcerated. It appears that the pagans by an invention not less foolish than wicked, fitted a cross to the soles of the feet of the confessors, so that in default of a voluntary abjuration, they were under the necessity of trampling under foot the sacred sign of salvation and thereby convicted of apostacy. To these times of trial days of quietness have succeeded. The return of peace, joined to the zeal of the newly arrived missionaries, and more than all by the blessing of the Lord, who blessed their efforts, has so greatly increased the number of the neophytes, that they number seventy-two or seventy-three thousand, without includ- ing the province of Honán which is also a part of my vicarate. On the side of the sea my jurisdiction extends to the isle of Kung- min and the peninsula Hai-min, where we number more than ten thousand four hundred Christians; the greater portion of the Chris- tians on the mainland reside in Sungkiáng, the capital city of a dis- trict of the first order which embraces seven districts of the third order; to the capital of one of these I am pleased to refer, because the names of two eminent Christians are associated with it, as Shanghai was the theatre of the apostolic success of Father Matthew Ricci, and then the descendants of that most illustrious disciple, the great mandarin Paul Iin, now profess with ſervor the faith of this first minister of the empire. 12.16. 259 Latie of Bishop Besi. Súchau fú and Nanking form two extensive Christian communi- ties. Their number, though it is to me a subject of congratulation, causes me profound grief when I think of the impossibility of my succoring all, and that at the moment I stand beside the dying, some other unfortunate persons, who equally need my ministry, express their wishes, but for want of priests they die without the sacraments. It was under the impression of these distracting thoughts then, that, during the last year, I had the joy of seeing the Jesuit fathers re-entering China, where they had done so much, and where the re- membrance of their knowledge and piety lies still in the hearts of the Chinese neophytes, who have transmitted from generation to genera- tion the hope and the vow of their return at some day: it is for ine the last of the bishop [le dernier des evêques] that providence has reserved the signal favor of welcoming their return to these distant shores. Notwithstanding, the arrival of this generous company, I can only number fourteen co-workers in my immense diocese, viz: four Eu- ropeans, M. Lavaissiere, French Lazarist, Fathers Gotteland, Bruyère and Estève, Jesuits, and ten native priests, for the most part old and infirm. These are not suficient for the ministry of the sick. M. Lavais- siere has in his district alone about nine thousand four hundred Christians, and he is able only to visit them once in three years, notwithstanding his indefatigable zeal and prodigious activity, on account of the infirmities which press upon a missionary for a great part of the time, and that the converts are so separated that it is ne- nessary to make many journeys in going from one to the other. In order to give to my flock the pastors they require, the best plan, without doubt, would be to establish a native seminary; but in my absolute destitution, how can I hope? Nevertheless, passed by the necessity, I have arranged some rooms in a public oratory for the reception of twenty-two pupils, who are studying Latin under the direction of Father Bruyère. Many other excellent persons have entreated me to receive them; but my feeble resources require a painful refusal. And I will even be forced to abandon this little establishment, if I do not soon receive the resources I am hoping to get from Europe. That which encourages me in this enterprise, and sustains me in the midst of my distresses, is the sweet confi- dence that the Great association, raised up ia these last times for the aid of missions, will remove my solicitude in giving, by their alms, the means for the establishment and enlargement of that which was formed with so much difficulty. UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN IBRARIES 260 MAY, Letter of Bishop Besi. 1 If my diocese could only have a day of the apostles in porportion to irs extent, Oh! with what rapidity would it propagate our holy religion! It appears moreover that the mandarins are wanting in any intention to molest us; they know very well that the neophytes are very numerous in this province, that there are more than two hun- dred chapels, that they meet every Sabbath for prayer; and so far are they from taking umbrage, that they not only impose silence upon our detractors, but they wish to publish that the empire has not more faithful subjects than the Christians. This is for us a li- berty unknown to the other provinces. We take advantage of this to give to the feasts a great solemnity at the Christmas and Easter, more than 2000 Christians, assisted at the celebration of the holy misteries; a large number of pagans mingled with the pious throng, and carried away when they retired a germ of the faith which time and grace will cause to spring forth; I baptized twenty-four during the last month, That which gives to my flock the most perfect security is that they are tolerated by the highest authorities. The viceroy of this pro- vince named Sauking, is the Tartar prince who bravely combated the English last year, in the defense of Ningpo. Without doubt he had occasion, during the siege, to appreciate the courage of the Christians; for after they had surrendered the city he publicly de- clared their praises, and turned his resentment against the bonzes, their enemies, destroyed their pagodas, carried away their idols, and sold their gods for a small price upon the march. We were exposed to a false accusation, that we had secret rela- tions with the English ; but by a signal interposition of providence the calumny, promptly refuted, returned upon the authors. Very recently, a troublesome Christian, who had written out an accusation against us, was carrying it to the palace; on the way, be- fore he had arrived, -as of old it happened to Arius, when this heri- earch, denying the divinity of Jesus Christ, had returned in triumph to the great temple of Constantinople to be readmitted to the com- munion of the faithful, -seized with a rending of the bowels at the very door of the officer, this false brother was taken up half dead, by the neophytes who found upon him the rough sketch of the accusa- tion with a long list of names of the missionaries and Christians. We have firm confidence that, thanks to the divine mercy, this vast mission more favored than any other mission by circumstances, will also be the most flourishing in the empire. It is to be fear- ed, it might appear, lest the Anglican proselyters, who scatter sea 1846. 261 Letter of Bishop Besi. Bibles with a plentiful hand, may counteract our efforts; but in my opinion,* it will result in more good than evil; these books though altered in many places, will contribute to the diffusion of Christian ideas, they will inspire in many a strong desire to know more of our great truths, and as is most probable they will come to us to seek an explanation of this dead letter, of those obscure passages which they cannot understand of themselves, the doubts of the pagans will always be resolved in favor of our faith. A Chinese, who renounces idols, cannot be else than a Catholic. Some of the English themselves do us justice and offer to protect us. Mr. Robertson,t second interpreter to the British plenipoten- tiary in China wrote to me a letter to this effect, from which I tran scribe literally the following lines: "For myself, monsieur, I have no expressions to express how much I have been delighted to make your acquaintance. It is true that I am a Protestant, nevertheless that does not prevent me from admiring the heroism, the devotion, and the superiority of the Catholic missionaries in China, yes, this is a proof that your holy religion does not consist in vain words, but that it procedes from the bottom of the heart." This year we have enjoyed the consolation of a general meeting at our spiritual retreat, preaching by Father Gotteland. This reunion of all my priests, who had not as yet seen Nanking, produced an ex- traordinary effect upon the edified Christians, and may serve as a small synod, when we can regulate in common a multitude of things proper to secure the triumph of the gospel. We have adopted this, among other resolutions, to erect schools in all the villages, and to choose in each locality a certain number of pious widows, who hav- ing some knowledge of medicine, may be able, under the pretext of administering remedies to sick infants of pagans, to confer baptism. The expenses of this good work, I have taken as my own charge, and I have engaged to cover all the expenses, like those poor who not having a cent wherewith to pay these debts, and yet generously offer to their friends land and silver. Under God, my hope is in you, my associates; let it not be disappointed! Remember my caution, and your alms will people heaven with new legions of angels. * This is the feeling which all Protestants would wish to find pervading the minds of the Roman Catholic priesthood, when we meet them in heathen lands: where both come to convert those who are regarded as pagans to what each regards as the true gospel. And we are happy to give publicity to this moderate sentiment from bishop Besi. [Trans.] There would appear here to be an error in the name. It should be Mr. Robert Thom. (Trans.] 262 MAY, Chinese Tariff an At least one third of our Nanking Cristians are composed of fish- ermen, living by their nets in their little boats, which conduct them hither and thither, wherever they hope to encounter the minister of the true God. The simplicity and candor of their souls are painted upon their inenuous countenances. Often they meet about evening to the number of twenty barques in the middle of the river, and chant in chorus their holy prayers which always finish with a sweet invocation to Mary conceived without sin; these ascend as agreeable incense to the throne of the Lamb, for they proceed from hearts which the breath of passion has never tarnished. It is not the fishermen only that edify us by their innocence of life! the other faithful do not less astonish us by their virtues, sur- rounded as they are by wickedness of every kind, and deprived of all those abundant succors that are so lavished upon the Christians in Europe. Often, in the midst of the consolations they afford me, blush for myself in seeing the great simplicity of their faith, their profound horror of sin, and the great purity of motive that anim:ates all their actions. I hope you will pardon, Messrs., the length of my letter; it is the first time I have written to you, and I have so many miseries to paint to you, so miay hopes to confide, and such excellent virtues to present to your eyes! Will you excuse these out-gushings of my heart, and I sbeli be doubly happy if I have conimunicated to you some of the sentiments which animate me in favor of those whom God has given to me as children. I have the honor to be, &c. LOUIS DE Besi, Bishop and apostolic administrator of Nanking. Art. IV. The tariff of duties to be levied on merchandise im- ported and exported (by citizens of the United States) at the jive ports of Canton, Amoy, Fuhchau, Ningpo, and Shanghái. 議定​五​口​進出​貨物​完税​則​例 ​The duties which it is agreed shall be paid upon goods imported and exported by the United States at the custom-houses of Canton, Amoy, Fuhchau, Ningpo, and Shanghái, are as follow: the articles being arranged in classes, viz: 1946. ||| Chinese Tarif 263 PER T, N, white alun and blue stone.. pecul 010 the tariff... 500 11 500 11 black, and tine and native green teas. 250 05 0 each catty 0 5 0 pecul 今​將​廣州​福州​廈門​寧波​上海​各​關​合眾國 ​出​進口​貨物​議定​應​完稅​則​分類​開列​於​後 ​計​開​, EXPORTS,出口​貨物 ​CLAss 1. Alumn col, src.油​蠟​攀​磺​類 ​Alum, en es, i. e. white alum, , formerly Anniseed oil, Ah, not formerly contained in Cusinol, 桂皮​油​, not formerly in the tariff.. Clas 2. Ten sprices, c, 香料​橄​茶類 ​Tea, ** , formerly divided into fine and native Anniseed star, / FA.. Musk,麝香​.… Class 3. Drugs,藥材​類 ​Capoor cutchery, = ,赖 ​0 30 Camphor,樟腦 ​Arsonic,信​石​,under different Chinese names, 即​跳​石​一名​人言​又名​础​。 Casian, 桂皮​, Casia bels,桂子​, not formerly contained in the China root, 冷飯​頭​即​土​茯苓​, Cubebs, 澄​苑​即​華​澄​茄​, not formerly Galangal, 夏蕾 ​Hartall, TV Rhubarb,大黄 ​Turmeric, 黃​麓​, Class 4. Sundries, 1 11 . Bangles,手​即​燒​料​, vare, 竹簾​各 ​樣​竹器​同​例​……… 150 1) NDIHIN 0 AliSHIAINO 075 公 ​075 1 tariff.. 100 020 11 contained, in the tariff.. 19 150 01 0 LIBRARIES 0 50 100 11 020 11 not formerly 050 contained in the tariff... Bamboo Screens, and barnboo 039 264 MAY, Chinese Tariff 0 5 0 075 17 1 0 0 27 0 5 0 0 5 0 or paper um- brellas... 0 50 0 2 0 0 1 0 050 050 1 5 0 Corale, 土​珊瑚​即​假​珊瑚​, native or false corals not formerly contained in the tariff pecul Crackers and fire works, 花​竹​響​爆​等​類 ​formerly classed as rockets.. Fans, E D A E T (feather fans, &c.) not formerly contained in the tariff... Glass 玻璃片​玻璃​鏡​燒​料​等​物​, glassware of all kinds, formerly classed as native crystal ware.. Glass beads, + 1, or false pearls.. Kittisols, FS D BE , Marble, TN He ta , marble slabs, not formerly in the tariff.... pecul Rice paper pictures, # # # Paper fang,紙扇 ​Pearls, B (false) not formerly in the tariff.. Class 5. Painters' stores, 8-6-, IT WHAT A SI IN Brass leaf, to 銅​薄​, Gamboge,藤黄​, Red lead, I H Glue, as fish glue, cowhide glue, &c., I en 魚膠​牛皮​膠​各​等同​例​: . Paper, stationary, Fil élo Bil. Tin foil, 9. Vermilion, FOR THE Paintings, I* ** (large paintings) formerly divided into large and small paintings. White lead, 3) pecul CLASS 6. Wares of various kinds, upon IL 18 M. Bone & hornware, 骨器​角​器​各樣​同侧 ​fine and coarse, formerly classed as fine native, coarse, and middling,...... Copper ware and pewler ware,銅器​錫​器 ​Manufacture of wood, furniture, &c., # Ivory ware, For all ed ivory work included, formerly divided into ivory and ivory carvings. 2 0 0 0 5 0 0 5 0 0 5 0 0 5 0 3 0 0 each 0 1 0 0 2 5 1 0 0 China ware, 0 5 0 0 5 0 0 2 0 1 5 0 0 265 1846. Chinese Tariff 100 100 0 20 11 100 10 0 0 020 ps. 1000 Lacquered ware, 漆器 ​Mother of Pearl ware, 海​珠​壳​器​. Rattan ware, Rattan and bamboo work, IT 藤​藤​藤 ​席​及​藤​竹​諸​貨​.. Sandal wood ware, 檀香木​器 ​Gold and silver ware, 金銀​器​各樣​, form- erly divided into gold ware and silver ware...... Tortoise shell ware, HE I hat 10 0 0 Leather trunk and boxes, & #th Class 7. Canes sec. 竹木​藤​椰​類​: Canes or walking sticks of all kinds, 15 # # # 鞭​竿 ​1 050 CLASS 8. Articles of clothing, * hi ft . Wearing apparel, # R, whether of cotton, woolen, or silk, formerly divided into cotton clothing, woolen clothing, silk do. satin do. and velvet, pecul 05 0 Bools and shoes, # , whether of leather, satin or otherwise... 020 Class 9. Fabrics of herapy 4. 布​正​花​慢​類​: Grass cloth, hi and all cloths of hemp or linen, pecul 100 Nankeen, , 紫花​布​, #i, and all cloths of co merly not in the tariff, 100 Class 10. Silk, fabrics of silk &c., 網​銀​絲織​類 ​Raw silk, of any province,湖​絲​土​絲​各 ​等同​例​… 10 0 0 Course or rese silk, 天蠶絲​至​粗​然 ​Organzines of allkinds, 湖​然​經​及各​等 ​絲​經 ​10 0 0 Silk ribon and thread,總​帶​及​絲線 ​各樣​, 1000 Silk and satin fabrics of all kinds, as Crape, Lustring, 網​紗​綾​剪絨​及各​等級 ​&c., &c., formerly classed as silk and satins..... pecul Silk and cotton mixed fabrics, 4 Hy #flyi, 390 Fleretofore a further charge per piece has been 34 cotton for- 11 250 200 VOL.EV. NO.V. 266 MAY, , Chinese Tarif levied; the whole duty is now to le paid in one sum and the further charge is abolished. c., &c, 020 向來​各種​網​級​論​正​另行 ​加​稅​今​統​歸​一例​徵收​不 ​再​另加 ​Class 11, Carpeting, nating; c. 擅​號​毯​席​類 ​Mats, 1915, of all kinds, as of straw, rattan, bamboo, Class 12. Preserves, c, 糖​菜​食物​類 ​Preserved ginger, and fruits of all kinds, , 糖​薑 ​及​各樣​糖​巢​… Soy, 豉​油​, Sugar white and brown,白糖​黃​糖​各樣 ​Sugar Candy, all kinds, Kos, 生​熟​烟​水烟​黄烟​市​烟 ​各​等同​例​: 11 05 0 0 40 025 035 11 Tobacco, prepared and unprepared, &c. of all kinds, 020 CLASS 13. Unenumerated articles. All articles which it has not been practicable to enumerate herein specifically are to be charged a duty of five per cent. ad vulorem. 凡​出 ​11 貨​有​不能​該​載​者 ​即​論​價值​若干​每​百​兩​抽 ​五 ​CLASS 14. Gold and silver coin and gold and Class 15. silver-duty fre. 金銀​洋錢​及​各樣 ​金銀​類​免稅 ​Bricks, tiles, and building ma- terials, duty free. TË RI 磚瓦​片​等​造 ​之​料​免稅 ​IMPORTS,進口​貨物​, CLAs 1. Fransultiver, c. 進口​油​蠟​攀​識​類 ​Wax, it , foreign, as bees wax, also called tile wax 客​蝦​又名​磚​蠟 ​} pecul 100 267 1846. Chinese Tariff 100 03 0 11 , Oil of rose maloes, A 蘇​合​池​, Saltpetre, foreign, FF Titi This article is only allowed to be sold to the go- vernment merchants, formerly this regulation did not exist.………… 此​物​不准​亂​賣 ​只賣​與 ​官商 ​Soaps, foreign, as perfumed soaps, LT 洋​鼠​即​番 ​觀​………… 050 Clas 2. Spics and perfuncs, 進口​香​椒​類​, Gum benzoin and oil of bencoin, 安息香​安 ​息​油​. pecul 10 0 Sandal wood, 檀香 ​05 0 Pepper, black,胡椒 ​0 40 All other articles of this class not specifically men- tioned herein, to pay a duty of ten per cent. ad valorem. Perfumery, five per cent. ad valorem. 凡屬​進口​香料​等​貨​未 ​駿​載​者​即​按​價值​若干​每 ​百​抽​銀​十​進口​香油 ​水​按​價值​若干​每​百​两​抽 ​銀​五 ​Crus 3. Drugs,藥材​類 ​Asafaetida, BoT FULL 100 Camphor,上等​水​片​清​的 ​superior quality, i. e. pure, formerly classed as good & inferior, Camphor, 下​等​冰片​的​,interior quality or refuse formerly uncleaned camphor,..... Cloves,上等​丁香智​子​丁香​,supe- rior quality, picked.. Cloves 下​等​丁香​即​母​丁香​,inferior quality, (mother cloves).... Cow bezoar, # 牛黄 ​per catty Cutch, 兒茶​..…… pecul Gambier, 檳榔​膏 ​Areca nut, hi ha 100 050 150 11 05 0 11 1 0 0 0 30 015 11 0 15 208 May, Chinese Tarif 38 00 3 5 0 0 5 0 0 5 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 2 0 0 » 1 0 0 pecul 0 7 5 3 00 Ginseng, foreign, superior quality, &c, E 參​除​淨​參​鬚​的​..… Ginseng, T # inferior quality, &c. - Of every hundred catties of foreign Ginseng of whatever sort, one fifth part is to be considered as of superior quality and four fifths of inferior quality. 洋參​每​百斤​應​以上​參​二 ​成​下​參​八成​折算 ​Gum olibanum,乳香 ​Myrth, 沒​藥 ​Mace or flower of nutmeg, ŽETE EJER JE » Quicksilver, zk Ter.... Nutmegs, I PER first quality Natmegs,下​等​豆蔻​即​草​蔻​連​壳​的 ​second quality or coarse... Putchuck, * ..... Rhinoceros' horas, Class 4. Sundries, 雜貨​類 ​Flints, y Ta..... Mother of pearl shells, in 1 REAR Class 5. Dried meats, ut Birds nest's, E. Te first quality, mandarin,.. Birds nest's, the second quality, ordinary, Birds nest's, T Ele, third quality, with feathers, Bicho-de-mar, first quality, black, I HR 3. Bicho-de-mar , second quality, white, Titej 參​白​的 ​Sharks fins, first quality, white, EM ... Shark's fins, second quality, black, TM en bh. Stockfish, called dried fish, El the Fish maws, et not formerly in the tariff, .. . 0 0 5 0 2 0 5 0 0 2 5 0 9 0 5 0 0 8 0 0 2 0 í 100 0 5 0 0 4 0 1 5 0 31 1846. 269 Chinese Tarif 5 0 0 } 4 0 0 01 0. 020 11 CLASS 6. Painters stores, Cochineal, 時​懒​米​.. Smales 洋​青​即​大青 ​Sapan wood 蘇木​……… Cus 7. Woods canes, c,竹木​藥​椰​類​: Rattans, y porno Ebony,烏木 ​015 All other imported wood, as red-wood, sačin-wood, yellow-wood, not specifically enumerated to pay a duty of ten per cent. ad valorem. 凡​進 ​木料​如​紅木​紫檀 ​黃楊​木​等​例​不​腹​載​者 ​但​按​價值​若干​每 ​百​而 ​兩​抽 ​银​十​而 ​Cras 8. Clocks patches, c, 鏡​鐘​標​玩​類 ​Clocks,自鳴鐘​; watches,時辰​標​; telescopes,千里​鏡​; glass panes and crys- tal ware of all kinds, * ART 玻璃​水晶​器​; writing desks, 寫字 ​m; dressing cases, the # A jewelry of gold and salver, 各樣​金銀​首飾​; cutlery swords, &c,各​鋼鐵​器​刀劍 ​等​物 ​All the foregoing, and any other miscellaneous articles of the same description, five per cent. ad valorem: 以上​各​貨 ​同類​雜貨​即 ​論​價值​若干​每​百​抽​銀 ​五​面 ​Class 9. Gold and silver bullion, duty free. 凡​進口​金銀 ​各樣​金銀 ​洋錢​疑​免稅 ​Cuss 10. Coation, 布疋​花​慢​類 ​帆布​, chih long, and i chih 7 (sun 1o ? chih 2 isun wide piece 0 0 UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN LIBRARIES Fabrics of cotton canvass, from 75 to 100 270 MAY, Chinese Tarif tsun wide...... 010 11 050 Cotton, le te, allowing five per cent for tare, pecul 040 Long white cloths, ti, 75 to 100 chih long and 2 chih, 2 tsun, to 2 chih, 6 tsun wide, formerly divided into superior and inferior fine cotton cloth. piece 015 Cambrics and muslins, en Hi, from 50 to 61 chih long and 2 chih 9 tsun to 3 chih 3 015 Cottons, grey or unbleached domestic, 原色​洋 ​hli, and from 75 to 100 chih long and 2 chih to 2 chih 9 tsun wide, formerly classed as coarse long cloths 010 Twilled cottons, i Hi gréy, same dimensions... Chintz and prints, EN # titi, of all kinds from 60 to 70 chih long and from 2 chih 9 tsun to 3 chih 3 tsun wide, formerly called ornamented or flower cloths... 020 Cotton yarn, or cotton thread, ha kl. pecul 100 Linen, 蘇布​白色​切​細​洋​竹​布​.hine not formerly in the tariff, from 50 to 75 chih long and 1 chih 9 tsen to 2 chih 2 tsun wide,...... Bunting, 77 布 ​per chang 0 0 11 All other imported articles of this class, are ging- hams, pulicates, dyed cottons. velveteens, silk and cotton mixtures of linen and cotion, &c., &c., five per cent. ad valorem. 此外​屬​進口棉​”類 ​類​如 ​柳條​方巾​顏色​布​剪 ​織​布絲​棉布​毛​棉布​又​粗 ​蔬​布​半​棉​半​簾​布絲​蔬​布 ​毛​蒜​布​等​即​論​價值​若干 ​每​百​抽​銀​五 ​銀​面 ​Fabrics of silk, woolens, &-c. koh Batin. Handkerchiefs, te # pH, large, above 2 chih 6 0 014 Handkerchiefs, 11 F 16, small, under 2 chih 6 tsun. 0:01 Gold and silver thread, superior or real, 上等​金 ​銀​線​.…. per catty 013 Gold and silver thread, inferior or imitation, 下​等 ​金銀絲​· 0 0 3 CLASS 11 tsun... each 12 1846. 271 Chinese Tariff 0 15 0 0 7 0 15 007 11 0033 300 “但 ​each 010 per 100 1 0 0 Broad cloth, K PR, Spanish stripes, &c., from 3 chih 6 tsun to 4 chih 6 tsun wide,.. per chang Narrow cloths, 1l Weis as Long ells, cassimires, &c., formerly classed as narrow woolens,... Caulets, 77712934, Dutch . Canlets, 羽紗 ​Imitation Camlets or Bombazetts, 77 kb Wolen yarn,統​編​: pecul Blankets. 洋​白​會 ​All other fabrics of wool or of mixed wool and cotton, wool and silk, &c., five per cent. ad valorem. 凡​進口​織​貨​例​未​賊​載​者​如 ​素​毛線​毛線​毛​等​即​以​價值 ​若干​每​百​丽​抽​銀​五​丽 ​Class 12. Wines, sc.酒​果​食物​類 ​Wine and beer, in quart bottles, 璃​瓶​大​的​... Wine in pint bottles, 12 il 的 ​Wine in cask, 洋酒​裝​桶​的 ​pecul CLASS 13. Metals. 鋼鐵​鉛錫​類​: Coper, 洋​生​館​, foreign, in pigs, &c..………. Copper, * $ 45, wrought, as sheets, rods, &c. Iron, foreign, unmanufactured as in pigs, # 216 Iron, manufactured as in bars, rods, &c. V 洋​熟鐵 ​Lead, foreign, in pigs or manufactured, 0% Steel, foreign, of every kind, ; E IN *** Tin, foreign, 洋​錫 ​Tin plates, #, formerly not in the tariff, Spelter is only permitted to be sold to goverment merchants. . All unenumerated metals as zinc, yellow-copper, &c., len per cent. ad valorem. 凡屬​進口​銅鐵​錫​錫​等​類 ​如​白銅​黃銅​等​例​未​賊​敢 ​05 0 05 0 1 0 0 1 50 11 0 1 0 015 023 0 40 11 1 0 0 1 0 40 28 Chinese Turifi May, 100 stones 050 pecul 10 0 0 200 05 0 each 150 者​即​按​價值​若干​每​百​兩 ​抽​銀​拾画 ​Class 15. Jewelry. Tą **. Cornelians 瑪​石片​.. Cornelian beads, JIS 瑪瑙​珠 ​… Clas 15. Siling tech borns sec. 櫻​皮​牙​角​羽毛​類 ​Bulocks andburfalo horns, c, 水​黄​牛角​.. Cow and ox hides, tanned and untanned, ## 牛皮 ​Sea otter skins. 海龍​皮​, Fox skins, large, * M Fox skins small, 小​狐狸皮 ​Tiger, leopard, and martin skins, * * ☆ 貂皮​等 ​Land otter, raccoon and sharks skins, 11 * * 雜​皮沙​魚皮​等​, Beaver skins, 海螺​皮​等​. Hare, rabbit, and ermine skins, R N ARN X 線​鼠​皮​等 ​Sea horse teth, 海馬​牙​.. Elephant's teeth, first quality whole LF Elephant's teeth, second quality broken, Foto 牙 ​015 11 0 074 015 hundred 200 hundred 5 0 0 0 50 11 pecul 200 4 0 0 200 Class 16. Unenumerated, All new goods, which it has not been practicable to enumerate herein, a duty of five per cent. ad valorem, 凡屬​進口​新​貨​例​內​不能 ​能者​即​按​價值​若干​每​百​兩 ​抽​銀​五​兩 ​Class 17. Rice and other grains, !) 又​進口​洋 ​米​洋​麥​五穀​等皆​免稅​,July fee Contaband 違禁​貨物​: Opium, 鴉片​, 1946. 278 Extracts from the Peking Gazettes. SHIPPING DUE$. . These have been hitherto charged on the measurement of the ship's length and breadth, at so much per chang; but it is now agreed to alter the system and charge according to the registered statement of the numbered tons of the ship's burden. On each ton (reckoned equal to the cubic contents of 122 tons) a shipping charge of five mace is to be levied, and all the old charges of measurement, entrance and port clearance fees, daily and monthly fees, &c., are abolished. 船​鈔​向來​係​丈量​船身​按​丈​輸​鈔​今​識​查 ​照​船​牌​所​開​此​船​可以​載貨​署​于​每噸​積​方 ​計算​以​賣​百二​十二​斗​為​一​噸​輸​鈔​銀​伍​錢 ​其​丈量​舊​例​及​出口​進口​日月​等​規​全​行 ​免 ​C. CusHING. . L. S. TsIY ENG. L. S. Art. V. Extracts from the Peking Gazettes, Nos. 5 to 8 for the twenty-sixth year of the reign of his imperial majesty Táu- kong, A. D. 1846. No.5. This is occupied with notices of merely the ordinary routine of business, such as filling vacancies in the various offices throughout the empire. His excellency Tni Ili, the literary chancellor of Can- ton, has been directed to retain the seals of his office here, though the regular term of three years of service has expired. No. 1. 京​報​京​字​第​壹​號​道光​二十​六年​正月​十 ​+ , King Priu; King tsz', ti yih háu; Táukwáng, 'rh shih luk nien, ching yueh, shih luh chi 'rh shih yih, i. e. “Metro- politan Reporter; the Gazette, No. 1. Táukwány, the 26th year, 1st month, the 16th to the 20th days.”-February 11th to the 15th, J646. Annually on the 20th of the 12th month of the year, the seals of all the offices throughout the empire are closed up and remain so nominally till the 20th of the succeeding month, which period of 30 days is allowed for the festivities of the new year. In the mean time, however, it is found necessary to carry on a certain ainount of public business; and the Gazettes, instead of being full and coming out once in two days, are very brief, appearing every four, five, or 35 VOL XSY.P9. Y, 274 Mar, Extracts from the Peking Gazettes. six days. These Gazettes, issued during the holidays, form a sup- plementary series, comprising the five preceding numbers. The number before us is the first of the regular series for the current year. The principal document in it is a Report from the Board of Punishments, giving particulars respecting a religious sect, called Tsing Lien Káu, 7 PL, " The Religion of the Green Water-lily," which made its appearance in Kwangsí about the middle of last year. The report occupies twenty-four pages in the Gazette. These sects are very troublesome to the Chinese government and people, being composed of vagabonds who regard neither the laws nor the welfare of their fellow creatures. We should be glad to lay a translation of the report before our readers, but this is impracticable, at least for the present. No. 2 This number of the Gazette is for the 21st and 22d days of the 1st month of the 26th year of the reign of his imperial majesty-Feb. 17th and 18th, 1846. The names of Lin Tsehsii and Tang 'Ting- ching, the first, governor of the province of Kansuh, the other, go- vernor of the province of Shensí, both appear repeatedly in this number. Our readers will remember that these men were principal agents in bringing on the late war between Great Britain and China. Having raised the storm, they subsequently fell into disgrace, were expelled from office, carried prisoners to Peking, and there sentenc- ed to heavy punishment. They both were sent into banishment, and their names for a long period ceased to appear in the Gazettes. Lin was more than once reported dead. The first proof of his being alive, which seeined authentic, was the announcement of a book at Suhchau regarding foreigners, generally understood to be his work. This was in the early part of 1845, before the end of that year the emperor was pleased to recall and to reinstate in office, and reinvest with honors, both Lin and Tang. Placed in such circumstances Chi- nese officers are put on probation. Being now themselves under discipline, these veteran oificers seemn disposed to bring their sub- alterns to a more strict perforinance of their duties, by asking re- wards for the faithful and degradation and punishment for delin- quents. No. 3. This number is for the 19th and 20th of February, and we make from it a single extract, giving first the Chinese and then a trans- lation. It will be seen that their excellencies Kıying and Hwang are among the very few who are to receive special niarks of distinc- tion. This looks well, so far as it regards the new relations with foreigners. If we may judge from this document, Hwing stands preëminent in favor among those of the sime rank in his majesty's service. And he is doubtless as well qualified, as any man in the empire, to act the part of minister for foreign affairs. One of the last messengers from court is said to have brought many little tokens of livor froin the emperor for these others, 1846. 275 Extracts from the Peking Gazettes. 账​論 ​奉 ​交​慮​入​督​贊​端​部​間​心 ​坐​品 ​恩​將​年​任​三 ​端​,爾德​戶​內​齒​事​載 ​叙​海​方​經 ​部​外​雖​者​考 ​餘​疆​宣​额​心 ​付​諸​老​自​績 ​着​廣​力​畿​史書臣​而​當 ​臣​大 ​東​有​疆​部​賽​開​精​顆​典 ​常年​重 ​尚​尚​外力​叙 ​供​撫​協 ​書 ​阿​具​不才​關 ​職​黄​辦​諸​恩​題​就​具​內 ​特恩​大​臻 ​桂​售​除​者​外 ​論 ​學​安​管​藻​依​亦​滿 ​士​乒 ​善​理​乒​次​當年​漢 ​力​兩大​諸部​的​留​力 ​籌​廣​學​務​核​任​衰​臣 ​維​總​士​頗​書 ​大​邁​有 ​共​督​四​見​何​學​届​者​能 ​香​川​認​波士​京​亦​克 ​救​英​總​真 ​霖 ​穆察 ​難​勤 ​定​彈​督​直​精​彰​者​姑​克 ​均​心 ​寶​隸 ​勤​阿​時​息​慎 ​着​竭 ​興​總​襄 ​潘​史​其實 ​ 276 MAY, Extracts from the Peking Gazettes. “A vermilion edict (i. e. an edict written in vermilion by the em- peror's own hand) has been received, showing the results of the great triennial examination for merit held at court. All the Chinese and Manchu ministers, within and without the capital, who are able to show diligence and truthfulness, and discharge the duties of their offices with sincere hearts, ought to be distinguished. Those who possess talents for common service, but whose strength is wasted and whose years are far advanced, it is hard to indulge. But if among the aged there are those whose energies and strength continue un- diminished, these it is right to retain in office. Now on the return of this great examination, the Board of Office having made out a schedule of all the ministers within and without the capital, We have deliberated and acted on the same. “Muhchángáh and Pwun Shingan, high chancellors; Sáisháng- áh and Ki Tsuntsau, presidents of the Board of Revenue; and Ho Jülin, president of the Board of War; expert and dilligent in the discharge of business, of singular virtue and singular mind : Ngan- kroci, a president of the Board of Office, exhibiting somewhat of patience and truthfulnass in the management of all public affairs : Nú’rhkingáh, the governor-general of the province of Chihlí, manag- ing well all the affairs of the important post on the frontier : Páu- hing, high chancellor and governor-general of the province of Sz'- chuen, of sterling character and rectitude, retaining strength beyond his years: Kiying, vice high chancellor and governor-general of Kwangtung and Kwangsí, with all his mind and thoughts con- trolling the maritime frontiers : and Hvoáng Ngantung, governor of Kwangtung. joining strength to councils and aiding in maintaining quiet and stability: let all these le delivered over to the Board of Office to deliberate on the marks of distinction that ought to be given them. As to the others, let them as usual discharge the func- tions of their respective offices. This is from the emperor." No. 4. February 21st and 22d. This has interest to those immediately concerned, containing, as it does, a long list of appointments. No. 5. February 23d and 24th. The emperor's fourth son is commis- sioned to go and pay religious honors to the demigod Kwanti, the great progenitor of the late poor admiral Kwán, hero of the Bogue, who fell so majestically” in the war with the barbarians. We notice also, that Púuhing, governor-general of Sz'chuen, has been delivered over to the appropriate Board, for trial, one of the young cadets, recommended by him to office, having been found on trial to be incompetent for his duties. No. 6. February 25th and 26th. The attention of his majesty has been drawn to the slow progress towards the capital of the vessels, carry- ing grain ; and he gives orders to have the necessary means used to accelerate their morernent. 1846. 277 Journal of Occurrences. The Board of Rites have laid before the emperor a letter from Lisiáng , king of Corea, sent by an embassador, requesting that more than one linguist may be allowed to the embassies from Corea to Peking, the number having lately been reduced from five to one. In future the number is to be two. His majesty expresses concern for the non arrival of the tribu bearers from the king for Cochinchina, and directs inquiries to be made regarding them. No. 7. February 27th and 28th. Tardiness in the transportation of cop- per, as in the case of grain, is complained of; and similar orders are the consequence. Complaints are made, by Muchangah and others, regarding the inequality in the current value of silver and the copper cash, and orders are given to governors of the provinces to look into this matter. No. 8. March 1st and 2d. Local robberies, discipline of the army, and the storing of grain are the leading topics of this number. The do- cuments, however, if translated, would be of little interest to our readers. Robberies abound, it would seem, all over the empire. 1 Art. VI. Journal of Occurrences : the island of Chusan to be immediately made over to the Chinese ; commercial steamers allowed to carry merchandise; correspondence regarding Hong, kong ; a meteor; the foreign residences at Canton, their limit. ed extent and dilapidated condition : Macao, REGARDING the evacuation of Chusan and the opening of the gates of Canton we give the following official notice from the “China Mail.” PROCLAMATION. The autograph assent of the emperor of China having been obtained to a public instrument executed between Her Majesty's plenipotentiary and the Chinese ministers, subject to the final approbation of the Queen, in which, among other stipulations, the previously questioned right of entry to Canton city is conceded and established under the Emperor's own hand, and the exercise of that right is agreed to be postponed only until the population of Canton shall be more under the control of the local government, this is to make known, that the island of Chusan will be immediately made over to the Chinese officers appointed to receive it , and Her Majesty's forces will be withdrawn from that post with all practicable speed. God save the Queen. J. F. DAVIS. Given at Victoria, Hongkong, the 18th day of May, 1846. By his excellency, A. R, JOHNSTON, 278 MAY, Journal of Occurrences. On this proclamation we shall content ourselves, for the present, with giving only the remarks of the Hongkong Register. The Editor of that paper says: “The protracted discussion regarding the right of foreigners to enter the city of Canton, and the consequent delivery of Chusan to the Chinese has at last been brought to an end by the emperor having attached his signa- ture to a document conceding the right of entry to the city. Chusan is therefore to be immediately made over to the Chinese, although the right of entry is postponed until ihe population of Canton shall be more under the control of the local government. To this " lame and impotent conclusion" has the matter arrived. The population of Canton will no doubt be kept informed of the terms, and we have no doubt will take care to make the local government aware from time to time that they are not yet sufficiently under control, while orders can easily be transmitted to the latter to use no harsh measures against them, but to show all due forbearance to their reasonable and patriotic prejudices." Some difficulty having arisen touching the rights of steamers to carry goods, the following has appeared. GOVERNMENT NOTIFICATION. His excellency her majesty's plenipotentiary, &c., &c., make known for the general information of the British community, that his correspondence with the Chinese minister in relation to commercial steamers has terminated in his excellency Kiying acquiescing in the right of such vessels to carry merchandise, as well as passengers and letters. As the reluctance of the Chinese government to the increase of this species of traffic has arisen prin- cipally from a not unreasonable apprehension of danger to its own subjects in the crowded vicinity of trading cities, his excellency the plenipotentiary sees the absolute necessity of holding steam vessels of all descriptions under the most effective control, with a view to preserving unimpaired the existing rights under the Treaty, as well as promoting the establishment of good feeling between the subjects of the two nations. He trusts and believes that there will be no occasion whatever for the interference of authority; but, in case of need, the existing law is sufficient for enforcing either com- pensation for civil injury, or penalties on account of criminal negligence or aggression. By command of his excellency, Victoria, Hongkong, iSth May, 1846. A. R. JOHNSTON. About taxation in Hongkong, &c., the following extract from a dispatch, lately received by governor Davis, from the right honor- able W. E. Gladstone is worthy of notice. We give along with it, the comments of the Editor of the Hongkong Register. No. 1. « With respect to the terms on which lands have been disposed of, there appears to be nothing new in the present representation, and as the subject has been already exhausted both in sir Henry Pottinger's dispatches of March and May, 1844, and lord Stanley's answer of 19th November, 1844, and in your own correspondence with the mercantile body, it would be superfluous in me to renew the discussion. I content myself, therefore with expressing my concurrence in the general reasoning on this subject adopted by lord Stanley, as well as by sir flenry Pottinger and yourself. In regard to the imposi- tion of rates, the mercantile body may niean that as such rates are in this country levied by municipal bodies, and not by the imperial legislature, it is unconstitutional and illegal that they should be levied in Hongkong by the Colonial Legislature. But whether this be or be not the just construction of 1846. 279 Journal of Occurrences. means concur. their language, in the proposition itself which they have advanced I can by no The circumstances of the town of Victoria and of the colony of Hongkong generally, are so different from any state of society existing in this country, or in any British colony, and they are likewise as yet so imper. fectly developed, that it would be in possible, perhaps at any time, certainly at present, to apply to thera principles, or to introduce into them institutions, which elsewhere are recognized and established. The merchants in their letter to lord Stanley, I observe, not only protest against the proposed taxation for draining the town of Victoria, but also against the opium farm, auction duties, and other harassing taxation recently imposed,' as deterring the Chi- nese from settling, and being destructive of the incipient trade; and they denounce as unjust the requiring the civil part of the community to pay any large proportion of the expenses of a colony held rather as a military or naval station than as a place of trade. It appears to me that in this representation the mercantile body have altogether mistaken the object of Great Britain in the occupation of Hongkong. The occupation was decided on solely and exclusively with a view to commercial interests, and for the benefit of those engaged in the trade with China. As a naval or military station, except for the security of commerce, Hongkong is unnecessary. It would, therefore, be impossible for me to hold out to the merchants settled in the colony the ex- pectation that Her Majesty's government will propose to Parliament that it should permanently impose upon Great Britain the whole or the principal portion of the expense of an establishment from which those engaged in the trade with China are to derive the principal benefit; nor, consequently, can I accede to their request that the opiuin farın, auction duties, or other taxes, which have received the sanction of Her Majesty's government, should now be taken off." True extract, FREDERICK W. A. Bruce, Colonial secretary. No. 2. “The inhabitants of Hongkong have for some time looked with a consi- derable degree of anxiety to the answer expected to their representation sent home some time ago. Not that they entertained any high hopes that their case would meet that consideration and justice from the home govern- ment, which we are not aware that any case from China has ever received, but still it is desirable to know even the worst, and the character given to Mr. Gladstone by the home journals, led to an anticipation that some relaxa- tion might be expected. In this it appears we have been mistaken. The honorable secretary can find “nothing new in the present representation,” and old grievances seem altogether below his notice, so there is no use in renewing the discussion. The circumstances of Victoria and Hongkong are different from other colonies and therefore they cannot enjoy institutions elsewhere recognised and established. It might have been satisfactory to learn what those circumstances are, which are not only different (as they must necessarily be) but incompatible with the enjoyment of privileges and institutions generally believed to be the birthright of our countrynien. But Mr. Gladstone tells us these circunstances are not only so different, but as yet so imperfectly developed as to render it impossible to grant our wishes. Here again explanation would be desirable. If the circumstances them- selves are such as to exclude us from institutions elsewhere established, would the farther developement of these adverse circumstances remove the difficulty? or if not, what is the meaning of his expression. Had the me- morial been read with proper attention it would have been found that the merchants did not refuse to pay any large proportion of the necessary ex- penses of the colony, incurred solely and exclusively on the colony's ac- count; but they protested and continue to protest against being burdened with a government altogether incommensurate to the extent and resources of the colony, over whose actions they have no control, yet whose salaries they are expected to pay, though the duties of the officers are fulfilled as 280 Journal of Occurrences, they believe in a way to lead to the ruin of the colony. No one ever ima- gined that Hongkong was occupied for any other purpose than to protect the British trade with China, is it considered unreasonable that this trade should contribute to the expense thus incurred. But the trade with China is not quite synonymous with the trade of Hongkong as the secretary may dis- cover if he can afford a second perusal to the memorial. T'he whole of her majesty's squadron in the China seas is also employed in the protection of the trade with China, and according to Mr. Gladstone's reasoning their expenses also should be held chargeable against the colony of Hongkong, as it is presumed “those engaged in the trade with China derive the princi- pal benefit” from their presence. If there is any force in his reasoning at all it must lead to this conclusion. The secretary's arguments however may be turned another way. If it is just and reasonable that the inhabitants of Hongkong should pay for the benefit they receive; it is equally unjust and unreasonable they should pay for those from whom they receive no benefit whatever. They have ever inaintained and still do, that one half the esta- blishment maintained here, if composed of efficient individuals, is amply sufficient for their wants, and why should they be called on to pay for the remainder. If Her Majesty's government choose to send out a set of officials altogether superfluous, it may be for the purpose of getting situations for their own dependents, or extending their patronage, they may “propose to Parliament" to meet the expense, or do so in any other way they think fit, but have no right to charge their salaries, (not upon the trade of China, which they cannot reach,) but upon the inhabitants of Hongkong, verifying the compassion of our contemporary of the “ Englishman” of our island to the position of Sinbad perishing under the squeeze of the old man of the woods, but with this difference that the old man did not pretend it was for the benefit and protection of Sinbad that he kept his seat. The answer of Mr. Gladstone is universally regarded by every one with whom we have conversed since it was published, as sealing the fate of Hongkong. We do not believe it will be met with any violent reclamation, or outcry, but the thorough disgust it has excited is such as will not be speedily eradicated. What little trade we ever possessed here has been all but extinguished. It is well known many of the firms here had expressed their intentions of removing, which this letter will not only hurry but add others to the list. Flowever humiliating to us as Britith subjects it is upon the whole satisfac- tory to observe the opposite and liberal course pursued by the government of Macao, and we are much mistaken if another year does not witness the return of branches of many of our firms to that port.” On the afternoon of the 14th a meteor was observed in this vicini- ty, at Hongkong and at Macao. “ It seemed to commence in Orion, and burst and disappeared a few degrees above the horizon." The condition of the foreign residences in Canton will soon, very likely, become a subject of discussion. Notwithstanding the great increase in the number of residents, the houses remain almost as limited as they were fifty or a hundred years ago; and some of those recentiy built are in such condition as to render them exceedingly unhealthy and unsafe. We have not space now for details, farther than to notice the fall of one on the morning of the 30th ult., which buried in its ruing several workmen, of whom five at least were kill- ed and several others wounded. Macao has not only become a free port, but it is said foreigners are to be allowed to purchase and hold houses there. So much for the march of improveinent. 282 JUNE, Report of the Ilospital at Shúnghái. or the community. The nasal organs of the Chinese are not so sensitive as those of Europeans, and they care little for the most offensive odours in their streets and houses, while the foreigner feels almost prostrat- ed, by the stenches of various descriptions which assail him on all sides in any of these cities, the natives appear rather to enjoy spicy odours "than otherwise. In spite however of all the circumstances which usually prove in- jurious to health, the inhabitants of this city and district appear to enjoy a good share of health; and though sallow in complexion, they are strong and attain in many instances a good old age. It is only by a much longer residence, that it will be ascertained whether there are any periodic visits of cholera or other severe diseases, affecting the whole community. An accurate register of the thermometer has been kept for the last twelve months and it may be generally interest- ing to show the results :- FOR THE DAY. Greatest Lowest General hcat. heat, average. 88 72 77 100 93 97 85 89 91 68 79 85 59 74 73 55 65 64 35 49 60 34 45 62 36 80 41 53 75 47 64 87 59 71 90 61 76 FOR THE NIGHT. Greatest Lowest General heat. heat. average. 71 65 66 82 71 75 81 75 77 77 63 67 67 41 60 60 40 49 26 36 45 36 47 30 37 64 32 43 65 41 51 68 5.1 60 77 58 68 24 45 June, July, August September, October, November, Deceinber, January, February, March, April, May, June, The register of Cases shows the number of patients to be 10,978 during fourteen months; the diseases that passed under observation, are of much the same character as in the last report, and it is some- what remarkable that intermittent fever should appear in so small a proportion to other affections in this district of the country; and several of the cases mentioned caine from a single village, about four miles from Shanghái, called Lung-hwa, where the pagoda is situated. Many cases of fever, dysentery, and elephantiasis, have come from that place, most probably on account of its low site; the banks of the river are at this place very marshy, and there is much water around the village. In: July. last a juggler was exhibiting his tricks before a crowd, and in the course of his operations had to perform a needle trick as follows, he first pretended to swallow twenty needles singly, then to swallow a piece of string, to which the needles were to become attached (ur 1846. 233 Report of the Hospital at Shanghái. threaded,) and drawn out by a hooked piece of wire. However on passing down his hook, the needles had slipped too low, and both hook and needles became fixed in the throat; after repeated efforts he extracted 8 or 10 of the needles, and was then brought to me; on passing the finger into the throat, the needles were distinctly felt, the hook was firmly fixed at the back of the pharynx, but was finally dis- engaged and drawn out, and with some difficulty four more needles were removed with a portion of string; the rest of the needles could not by any possibility be reached, either by the finger or by forceps, and the worst circumstance in the case was, the needles were all attached to the piece of string, and they themselves penetrated the esophagus in different directions. The patient suffered much from dyspnea, with great agony from a sense of suffocation in the throat; an emetic was given with a slight hope that some of the needles might be loosened by the vomiting, but only one came away; a pro- bang was passed during the evening without difficulty or pain, but also without any benefit;-leeches were plentifully applied with considerable relief for a time; active purging also was used, and hot fomentations applied to the neck; but great tumefaction, internally of the fauces and externally of the whole neck, took place, and advanced rapidly till suffocation ensued five days after the accident. The man's friends expressed their thanks for what had been done for him, and immediately removed the body--the patient was a poor feeble fellow, apparently a victim of long continued dissipation and vicious habits; the state of his health, joined with the great uncertainty of any bene- ficial result, was the reason that no operation was attempted or even proposed. The case of enormous scrotal tumor mentioned in the list occurred in a man 45 years of age, by trade a weaver; he was also affected with elephantiasis of the right leg, but was otherwise in good health. The tumor, or morbid growth of the scrotum commenced ten years ago, but has during the last four years increased very rapidly; it is now of enormous size, measuring from the perinæum to the pubes 45 inches-largest transverse diameter 39 inches-smallest diameter, that is round the neck, 18 inches; the integuments of the abdomen are much dragged down, as is also the whole of the perinæum to the anus; the penis is not to be seen, the urine being discharged through a chasm in the front of the tumor, the left testicle or its epididymis is felt almost of natural size, at the back of the mass, which appears to consist in great degree of indurated cellular tissue, similar to ele- phantiasis; the skin is much corrugated over the whole anterior part UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN LIBRARIES 284 June, Report of the Hospital at Shanghái. but posteriorly it is healthy; and the neck of the tumor consists wholly of healthy skin, the cord of the right side is somewhat en- larged, that of the left side is of natural size. An operation has been talked of, but not yet decided on, though the man is quite willing to submit to anything that would relive him from his oppressive burden; for the present he has returned to his family at Chang-chau fú about 130 miles distant. In the case of enormous hydrocele 12 pounds of serum were removed from the tunica vaginalis of the left side, there was a small scrotal hernia on the right side. In another case of the same disease, but complicated with very large irreducible hernia, which led to much difficulty in the diagnosis, especially as the scrotum was much thickened in structure, 8 pounds of serous fuid was removed in the beginning of August, and in the beginning of September the same quantity was again drawn off. In September last a man applied at the hospital with a tumor on the scalp, to which an escharotic application had been made ten days previously; this had the effect of destroying a large portion of the tumor, and much of the surrounding skin, which were now in process of separation; in a few days a large portion of the tumor was cut away, and shortly afterwards the remainder of it was re- moved, but with it came off the pericranium of the parietal bone, of about the size of a dollar, leaving the bone quite bare; the man was in good health, and though he had experienced much pain in the tuinor during the process of separation, there had been no pain or uneasiness in the head; in the middle of September this patient was obliged to return home, the bone was at this time quite dry, but the granulations all round the exposed part were healthy, and the man was in good health. At the beginning of November the patient returned, he was a sailor on board a bean junk from Kwángtung, (Moukden); his stock of ointment had lasted him almost all the time. The wound had been kept clean, the granulations were healthy, and exfoliation of the parietal bone had taken place; a scale of bone was now removed, the granulated surface underneath which, was red and well nourished ; cicatrization soon commenced and the wound was speedily healed. The case of severe wound of the knee, was that of a man who fell on board his junk, the left knee came in contact with a rice bowl, which was of course broken, and the broken portions inflicted an extensive wound on the anterior part of the knee. He was brought to the hospital five days after the accident, when a wound was found to extend completely across the lower part of the knee joint, the 1846. 285 Report of the Hospital at Shanghái. I ligamentum patella was divided and the cavity of the joint, was laid open, especially on the outer side; there was also a wound of the leg, by which the fascia covering the peronci muscles was divided, and the muscles themselves much lacerated; the man complained of severe pain in the knee; he was immediately put to bed, the wound closed, simple dressing applied, and the whole covered by water dressing; a dose of calomel and opium was given, which much relieved the severe pain, he had previously suffered from it. In a day or two the wound lost the red, inflamed, dry appearance it had at first; became moist and covered with pus; the case went on favorably, the suppuration became very profuse, and a large quantity of glairy fluid came from the joint; occasionally severe pain with slight fever came on, and the patient required constant care; in a few weeks cicatrization advanced rapidly, and in two months the external wound was almost healed, but the joint was stiff and at this period the limb was perfectly use- less. The man was obliged to return home in his junk which was going to Shantung. He will most probably be able to use the limb in a few months; but he will have a stiff joint, though that is a small matter, when the very serious nature of the injury is taken into con, sideration. The captain of a junk presented himself at the hospital, having dislocation of both humeri into the axillæ; this had occurred from a violent fall on his back, on the deck of the junk, during a severe gale of wind, which made the vessel pitch and roll very much, the junk was coming down the Yángtsz' kiáng from Nanking ;-the accident happened 70 days before he applied for relief, attempts were made to reduce the dislocations; but the heads of the ossa humeri, were so firmly fixed in their new positions, and the attempts at reduc- tion gave the man so much pain, that they were not persevered in. Since the establishment of the hospital at Shanghái, endeavors have been made to introduce vaccination among the people, and re- peated trials have been made, with lymph sent from the hospital at Hongkong; and also with further supplies sent through the kindness of Dr. Anderson of Macao, and Dr. Maxwell in charge of the Madras troops at Chusan; this latter had been sent to China from Madras; all however proved unsuccessful, till a fresh supply was re- ceived from Macao last April, the use of which has happily been suc- cessful. At this time the colonel of the Chinese garrison of this city, Haw-ta-jin requested that one of his daughters might be vaccinated, which was done, and finally another of his children and thirty of the soldiers and neighbors' children were vaccinated at his residence, in UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN DIPAARIES 286 Report of the Hospital at Shánghúi. JUNE, addition to which twenty children were vaccinated at the hospital. It is hoped that in a few months, as the plan of vaccination becomes more known, its practice will be extensively sought after. Inocula- tion is much practised by the native physicians, indeed the greatest number of the children are inoculated; the mode followed is to push a piece of cotton impregnated with variolous lymph up the nostrils, or to dress the child with clothes that have been worn by a person affect- ed with small pox, and in a few days the small pox developes itself. But the advantages of vaccination are so great over inoculation, that the former will eventually it is hoped find as much favor here as it has done in Canton, where it was introduced by the late Mr. PEARSON, and an establishment has for many years been kept up at the expense of the Hong-merchants, for vaccinating all who apply. To make known more fully the benefit of vaccination, the pamphlet originally drawn up by Mr. PEARSON, and translated into Chinese by sir G. STAUNTON, was republished with some corrections and slight addi- tions; and a large number of copies distributed in various parts of the surrounding country. It has been said that at Nanking there is an establishment for the performance of vaccination, but hitherto no definite intelligence has been obtained regarding it. There is a short work published by a Chinese practitioner on the subject of inoculation, called" The preservation of infants by inocula- tion.” By the writer it is supposed that small pox arises from poison introduced into the system from the mother's womb, and this is said to be proved by the occurrence of this disease but once during life; this poison is in the Chinese system associated with the principle of heat, and remains concealed in the system till it is developed through the agency of some external exciting cause; hence there being a con- stant liability to this disease breaking out, it is very desirable that some means of modifying its virulence should be adopted, and this means is found in inoculation at such times and seasons, as appear to be most advantageous, and when the system of the patient is in a healthy condition. The ancients possessed the knowledge of inoculat- ing for (or planting) the small pox, which was handed down from the time of Chin-tsung of the Sung dynasty (1014 A. D.) and was in- vented by a philosopher of Go-mei-shan in the province of Sz'chuen. The disease, when it breaks out spontaneously, is very severé and often fatal; whereas when it is introduced by inoculation, it is generally mild, and casualties do not occur oftener than once in ten thousand cases ;-the author concludes his introductory remarks by saying, * to discard this excellent plan and sit waiting for the calamity, is 1846, 237 Report of the Hospital at Shúnghái. 1 much to be deprecated; it ought to be pressed on the attention of all, as a most beneficial thing for their adoption, and all persous that have children ought to confide in it, so that the lives of their children may be preserved." Then follow ten rules, which are to be attended to;-Ist, regarding variolous lymph; this is the auid that comes from the sinall pox pustules, and must be taken from a child which has the mild form of the disease; whether arising spontaneously or from inoculation, the pustules ought to be round or pointed, and of a clear red color, the fluid abundant and the crust which comes away clear and consistent like wax. The lymph itself or the crust rubbed down with a little water can be introduced into the sore, as above mentioned. Another mode of inoculation, is drying the crusts, re- ducing them to powder and then blowing this powder up the nose; this is called dry inoculation. After seven days fever appears, three days afterwards the spots show themselves; three days after this the spots become pustular, in three days more the crusts form, when the whole is completed. If the inoculation does not take effect, it may be repeated in fourteen days. 2nd; Seasons.- The spring and autumn are the most favorable seasons for inoculation, or any time when the weather is moderate; during the very hot or cold months, it ought not to be done. 3rd; Choice of lucky days.-A lucky day ought always to the chosen; the 11th and 15th days of the moon must always be avoided. 4th; Management of the patients. During the process of inocula- tion, it is of great importance that strict rules of management be adopted in respect to heat and cold; with attention to diet and the avoidance of any cause of alarm or fright. 5th; At the time for inoculation. The child must be examined, and the state of its health ascertained; strict attention must also be paid to the state of the family, and if the child be sick the operation must not be preformed. All children ought to be inoculated when they are one year old; if the health be good this ought by no means to be neglected. 6th; Restricting.-The room of the inoculated child ought to be clean and airy and well lighted; all excitement must be avoided, and the child kept quiet and placid. 7th; Promise of the eruption. After the inoculation and before the ſever appears, there suddenly arise on the child's face several pustules like small pox; these are called the “sin miáu” promise, or belief eruption; it is the forerunner of the disease, and the evidence of the poison having taken effect. UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN VIBRAAIFS 288 JUNE, Report of the Hospital ut Shúnghai. 8th; Repetition of the inoculation. If after waiting fourteen days, the fever does not appear, should the season still be favorable the inoculation may be repeated. 9th ; Mode of action. The inoculation must affect the viscera and then fever commences. The nose is the external orifice of the lungs; when the variolous lymph is placed in the nose, its influence is first communicated to the lungs; the lungs govern the hair and skin; the lungs transfer the poison to the heart; the heart governs the pulse and transfers the poison to the spleen; the spleen governs the flesh and transfers the poison to the liver; the liver governs the tendons and transfers the poison to the kidneys; the kidneys govern the bones, the poison of the small pox lies hid orginally in the marrow of the bones; but when it receives the impression from the inoculation, it manifests itself and breaks out externally. 10tk; General rules.- Inoculation is to be performed when there is no disease present in the system; good lymph must be selected, a proper time chosen, and good management adopted and then all will go on well. The retired scholar Lew-lan, respectfully assenting to the imperial decree, compiled the above very important regulations regarding in- oculation, and placed them in the “Golden mirror of the medical practice;" in later times celebrated physicians have discoursed upon them, and revised them with much care and attention. Thus far an imperfect account has been given of the operations of the Medical Missionary Society at Shanghái, it ought also to be added that while attention is paid to the bodily wants of the people, endeavors are made to combine teaching with healing, and for this purpose the Rev. W. H. Medhurst, has kindly attended three times a week, and addressed the patients on the leading doctrines of Chris- tianity, and it is very pleasing to see the marked attention with which they listen to the exhortations made to them. In addition to the pecuniary contributions so liberally made to the hospital at this place, the following have also been received: A case of cataract needles value £2.2 from the Ladies Association in behalf of Medical Missions in China Western Branch,-through Mrs. CHARLES, London. Ten Blankets,--Captain BOMFIELD, Chusan. Ten Blankets,-Lieutenant ELLIOTT, Chusan. Ten Blankets,-Dr. MAXWELL, M. N. I., Chusan. The Tung-jin-tang T F Hall of United Benevolence, was nientioned in the report of last year; in addition to the objects of 1846. 289 Report of the Hospital at Shanghai. the institution there mentioned, a dispensary was opened in the 5th month of last year, and continued till the 8th month, called the A She-e-kung-keuh, or establishment for gratuitous medical relief; this was attended by 8 or 9 native practitioners, who saw the patient once every five days; this attendance was gratuitous on the part of some of them, and was paid for in the case of others; the medicines were supplied by the different apothecaries' shops in the city, one shop dispensing all that is wanted during one day, which is paid for by the subscribers to this part of the above institution; the attendance of patients varies from 300 to 500, who are of all classes ; they are prescribed for in the large halls of the establishment, which are well adapted for this purpose. It is said that every fú district city has a dispensary of this kind, but it is not known to what extent these operations are carried on, most probably not to the same extent as at this place; the reason given for the recent establishment of a means for affording this relief to the sick at Shanghai, which is only a hien or departmental city, is that it has been done by a foreigner who came to reside at the place, and therefore some of the wealthy people wished to show their benevolent feeling in the same way; this dispensary can only be kept open for three months, as the me- dical attendants are not willing to bestow a larger time upon it; it was again opened in the 5th March of this year, and is now in full operation. It is pleasing to observe that the influence of the Medical Missionary Society's hospital is thus felt; and it would be very desirable if the object of the above named establishment could be carried out more extensively, and continued for the whole year, as it is a most praiseworthy undertaking, and while in operation, was conducted with much spirit and energy, and were the medical men better informed in the principles of the healing art, a very large amount of benefit would be conferred on the patients. The attendance at the hospital is not at all diminished, since the establishment of the Chinese dispensary, neither will it be, for the class of cases is different in great degree, and the patients at the hospital come chiefly from a distance. List of patients from May 1st 1944 to June 30th 1845. Intermittent fever, 71 Ulceration of throat, 20 Tussis, 725 Dyspepsia, 1434 Asthma, 91 Dysentery, 100 Hæmoptysis, 100) Anasarca, 18 Phthisis, 28 Ascites, 17 Chronic Laryngitis, 30 Jaundice, 18 Cynanche, 40'Enlargernent of spleen, 6 VOL. XV. NO. VI, 37 290 Report of the Hospital at Shanghái. JUNE, Deaf mute, - Rheumatism, · 1275 Ganglion of wrist, 1 Rheumatic enlargement of joints, 6 Inflamed mamma, 6 Partial paralysis, 12'Harelip, 1 Hemiplegia, 6 Abscess, 80 Paraplegia, 1 Enorinous abscess of thigh, 1 Epilepsy, 6 Abscess under pectoral muscle, 1 Surditas, 76 Ulcers, 350 2 Carbuncle, 6 Warts in Meatus Auditorius, 4 Slough in leg of an old man, 1 Psora, 490 Fistula in ano, 12 Porrigo Decalvens, 20 Do. very extensive 4 Lepra, 40 Do. in perinæo, 1 Extensive eczema, 1 Do. Steno's duct, 1 Leprosy, 40 Excrescences round anus, 8 Elephantiasis, 24 Prolapsus ani, 5 Elephantiasis enormous, 1 Hæmorrhoids, 4 Elephantiasis with vast enlarge- Hernia scrotal, 88 ment of scrotum, 1 Do. Do. double, - Malignant ulceration of scrotum, 1 Do. Do. congenital, - 4 Malignant ulceration of nose, 1. Do, inguinal, 4 Lupus Faciei, 35 2 Hydrocele, Scalds and burns, 6 Do. enormous, 1 Contusions, 20' Do. double with double hernia, 1 Frightful contraction of face Fracture of clavicle, 1 from burn, 1 Do. Radius, 1 Severe inflammation of absor- Do. Fibula, 1 bents of arm, 1 Do. Tibia and fibula, 1 Suicide by opiuin eating, l' Do. Neck of femur, 1 Attempted do. by opium eating, 4 Dislocation of both humeri Opium smoking, 28 from a fall, 1 Accidental amputation of finger, 1 Posterior curvature of spine, 1 Gun shot wounds of face and Distortion of knee, 1 body, 4 Disease of hip joint, 2 Laceration of hand and removal Do. Knee joint, 4 of thumb by bursting of a Do. Shoulder joint, 1 1 Do. Elbow joint, 1 Severe wounds of face, 1 Anchylosis of elbow joint, 1 Wounds of body by fighting Hydrops Articuli knee, 1 with pirates, 1 Strumous enlargement of Severe wound of thigh with Radius, 1 laceration of flexor muscles Periosteal enlargement of from falling on a hoe, 1 Humerus, - Wound laying open the whole Extensive necrosis of humerus anterior part of knee joint with removal of bone and from falling on a rice bowl, 1 solution of continuity, - 1 Swallowing needles by a juggler, 1 Caries of head of fibula, 1 Gangrene of hand, and gangre Caries of head of humerus, 1 nous spots on body fro Do. inferior maxilla, 3 eating a poisonous vegeta Sofi nodes on ulna, tibial and ble, 1 frontal bone; gun, 1846. 991 Report of the Hospital at Shanghái. P Osteo-sarcoma of inferior ma Closure of pupil, 80 xilla, - 1 Amaurosis, 110 Do. superior maxilla, 2. Do. from onanism, 12 Do. humerus, 1 Cataract both eyes, 66 Do. head of fibula, 1; Do. one eye, 40 Destruction of palatal bones, 1 Do. incipient, 79 Secondary syphilis and soft Lippitude, 176 nodes, 4 Pterygium, 388 Glandular swellings of neck, 14 Trichiasis, 143 Tumor of face, 4 Entropium, 163 Do. neck, 5 Ectropium, 81 Do. lip, 1 Contraction of tarsi, 206 Do, head, 1 Epiphora, 6 Large tumor of the Socia, Excessive granulations on the parotidis, - ) conjunctiva, 1 Enormous scrotal tumor, 1 Enlargement of caruncula Sarcoma testis, 1 lachryınalis, 3 Polypus nasi, - 8 Warts on do., 1 Dö. enormous size, 1 Destruction of eye lids, 1 Large excrescences on dorsum Malignant ulceration of do., 4 linguae, 1 Abscess of eye lid, 6 Schirrus mamma, 1 Chemosis, 4 Aneurisinal nævus of lip, 1 Abscess of lachrymal sac, 1 Extensive varicosity of veins of Fistula of do., , 2 thorax and abdomen after Stab in the orbit of the eye, 1 ascitis, 1 Destruction of globe of the eye Painful induration of surface from carcinoma, - 1 of thorax, 1 Loss of both eyes, 113 Catarrhal ophthalmia, 360 Do. of one eye, 102 Pustular ophthalmia, 60 Chronic conjunctivitis, 464 Total number of patients, 10,978 Granular lids, 586 Do. Do. with opacity 623 Operations. Do. Do. pannus, 250 Cataract, 18 Leucoma, 360 Entropium, 30 Ulceration of cornea, 892 Pterygium, 2 Conical cornea, 15 Artificial pupil, 11 Staphyloma, 44 Staphyloma, 2 Iritis, 10 Tumor of face, 4 Hernia iridis, 6 Do. of neck, 1 Hypopium, 4 Polypus nasi, 1 Synechia, 11 Hydrocele, 26 Irregularity of pupil, 24 Aneurismal noevus of lip tied, I Shanghai, July 1st, 1845. UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN VIBRAAIFS Art. II. Synoptical tables of the foreign trade at Canton for the year ending 31st December, 1845, with returns, foc., of the trade at Shanghái, Ningpo, Fuhchau, and Amoy. 292 JUNE, Table of the Export at Canton. .. .. 99 .. A synoptical table of the export trade to foreign countries at the port of Canton during the year ending the 31st December, 1845. Specifying the description and quantities of commodities as well as their estimated value, and distinguishing the national character of the ships in which they were exported, viz: Quantities, and in what Ships Exported. Estimated Aggregate Value in Sp. Description of Commodities Quantities Miscell. Dlrs. at 44 British American French Dutch Danish Swedish German Lorchas Exported Flags Sterling Alum, Piculs 31,032 30,782 250 Piculs 31,032 54,486 Aniseed, Star. 106 12 110 220 50 133 611) 6,300 Oil. 24 43 671 9,494 Bangles Boxes 127 2 2 2 12 Boxes 146 8,848 Bamboo ware. Piculs 1381 74 2 6 41 170 30 10/Piculs 471 7,921 Brass leaf Boxes 1171 1 2 Boxes 120 2,815 Camphor Piculs 1,202 1,0251 2) Piculs 2,2291 44,675 Canes of all sorts Mille 117 53 40 6 Mille 232) 2,823 Cassia lignea Piculs 15,897 12,9301 155 1,433 1,357 696 2,082 760 4,840 Piculs 40,150 426,650 Buds 502 10 371 549 8,969 Oil 35 54 2 4 3 98 24,822 China-root 3,016 39 60 10 265 197 5 19 3,611 10,820 China-ware. 4,7181 909 31 481 10 120 421 5,850 121,078 Copper, Tin, & Pewter wares 173 4 1 5 192 8,637 Crackers & Fireworks.. 791 4,040 2101 12 25 3 1701 15 5,267 27,113 Fans of all Sorts Catties 5,496 28,489| 66 32 561 21,775 250 Catties 56,164 58.681 Furniture & Wood-ware Piculs 2681 2301 3! 2 55 60' Piculs 623 14,247 Glass Beads, & Glassware Boxes 1,939| 20 90 Boxes 2,049 39,138 Grass Cloth Catties 2,256 11,888 465 251 6,721 2,085 8,052 Catties 31,718 41,624 Hartall or Orpiment... Piculs 207 50 25 Piculs 282 3,408 Ivory & mot. o’pearl ware Catties 5,075 89 3 309 398 170'Catties 7,427 18,504 Kittysols Boxes 2 Boxes 940 11,824 Lacquer wares........ Piculs 263 18 3 11 12 18 24 Piculs 501 23,069 Mats & Matting 1,765 15,426 41 151 142 1101 212, 17,675) 110,575 *16 :: 25*1* *mon 79 79 77 19 .. 2 .. 1,207 9351 ** 174 148! 1846. 293 Table of the Export at Canton. .. ... : 7,465 ... ... ... Musk Catties 106) 38, Catties 144 12,142 Nankeens & dyed cottons Piculs 2531 22 12 18 54 52 25 Piculs 436 21,084 Paper of all kinds... 2,1491 48] 35 156) 8 13 321 54 2,495 36,770 Quicksilver. 130 1 12 143 16,949 Preserves Boxes 5,003 2,102 1,602 670 342) 10 Boxes 17,194 71,376 Rattan work. Piculs 1481 855 1 21 26 1 2 Piculs 1,035 21,026 Rhubarb 1,505 823) 52 28 751 9 1801 2,672 111,608 Silk raw 5,192 32 311 75 56 3: 5,389 2,077,710 Coarse and Refuse. 4,191 4,191 420,637 Thread and Ribands Catties 2,831 2,567 240 1,154 3,056 2,851 2,900 Catties 15,599 95,956 Piece goods. 69,549 112,623 536 659) 8,394 13,217 8,266 17,457 2,001 232,702; 1,857,721 Silk & cotton mixed stuffs 24,487 100 22,587 73,020 Soy. Piculs 430 9 78 48) Piculs 5,308 136,283 492 3,082 139,857 701,844 Candy. 42,614 42,672 319,587 Tea. 429,867 139,202 1,931 16,109 1,307 943 7,588 60 3,084 600,091 23,203,082 Trunks, leather Nests 2621 427 18 22 8 3 Nests 740 16,154 Vermilion Boxes 5601 155 5 5 15 4 Boxes 764 39,276 Miscellaneous articles... 213,075/ 154,454 1,033 2,046) 1,296 1,712 1,586 965 2,416 $ 378,583 378,583 Total. 20,734,01€17,979,864 93,010 | 635,533 141,129) 179,615) 419,973) 163,688 219,596) $30,566,426 Or £6,622,726 ... ii: 568 Sugar, Ran. 581 .. 201 Remarks.—The preceding tables bave been compiled from the consular returns of the British and foreign export trade at Canton for the year 1845, and the quantities therein specified are those which actually paid duty. The weights and measures stated are those in use at Canton. One catty is equal to 13 pound avoirdupois; hence one picul of 100 catties corresponds with 133} pounds in England. One chang is 4 English yards nearly. The value given has been computed upon a moderate estimate according to the average prices of the year in the Canton market, including the duty and other charges. FRANCIS C. MACGREGOR Her Majesty's Consul. Canton, 31st January, 1846. SVT NYSIHOIN 10 AliSTAINA 294 JUNE, Table of the Import at Canton. NIE A synoptical table of the import trade from foreign countries at the port of Canton during the year ending the 31st December, 1845, specifying the description and quantities of commodities, as well as their estimated value, and distinguishing the national character of the ships in which they were imported, viz:- Description of Commodoties Quantities, and in what Ships Imported. Ame. Miscell. Portug. Fren. Dutch Danish Sweblish German Flags. Lorchas Aggregate. Estimated Value. British rican. 45 5,095 99 7775 .. 1,100 1,283 13,631 180 16,118 97 99 625 105) 2,818 Dozens 3 Areca or Betel Nuts,.... Piculs 15,935 12,058 4 Biche de Mar,.. 420 5 Birds' Nests, Edible,.. Catties 125 8 Clocks, Watches, &c ..... Value $28,546 6,564 10 Cochineal, Catties 1,680 12 Cotton, Piculs. 527,201 32,943 13 Cottons, Plain, Pieces 846,147 338,286 Twilled, 3,020 132,937 Cambrics & Muslins, 2,427 Printed and Dyed, 23,426 2,981 Handkerchiefs, Dozens 14,126 1,2391 Not enumerated, Value 19,050 50,784 14 Cotton Yarn and Thread, Piculs 20,446 1,785 Earthenware, Value 1,840 125 17 Elephants' Teeth.. Catties 15,271 18 Fishmaws, Piculs 1,696 19 Flints,... 15,411 20 Glass and Glassware, Value 3,842 22 Ginseng, Piculs 246) 2,286 24 Gum Olibanum, 4,089| Myrrh & other gums, Value, 4,407 25 Horns, Buffalo & Bullock, Piculs 45 26 Rhinoceros, 54 29 Mother of Pearl Shells,. 419 1,545 30 Metals, Copper Wrought, 21 674 9 210 246 44 2,088 Piculs 35,221 130,795 4,896 5,289 132,828 25,651 Catties 26,551 232,676 35,110 35,110 Catties 2,7801 6,312 5,316 Piculs 580,544) 5,192,439 54,955 Pieces 1,255,506 3,462,169 4,740 137,677 420,911 2,427 7,274 350 27,283 69,672 15,680 33,168 11,326 $ 84,224 84,224 1,031 Piculs 23,331 400,961 1,965 1,965 1,147 Catties 16,418 16,723 136 Piculs 1,832 82,035 52 19,9271 9,204 3,280$ 11,625 11,625 Piculs 2,532 155,549 4,089 23,645 4,407 4,407 Piculs 451 1,195 64 3,260 1,986 12.879 8101 1,606 36,957 251 3,468 471 525 576 92 $ 3,927 : 10 9 > 22. 120 NE, 295 1846. Table of the Import at Canton. Metals Copper Wrought, 67 1201 :: :: 1 8231 1,858) 12.479 36,957 . > 17 77 70 6,376 Iron, Piculs 24,083 4,375 630 840 Piculs 29,9311 74,952 Steel, 290 20 317 1,270 Tin, Block, 225 225 4,056 Lead, Pig, 716 18,971 1,312 21,076 106,407 Spelter, 1,836 1,836 11,475 Tin Plates,... Boxes 1,006 1901 36 Boxes 1,239 8,692 32 Pepper, Piculs 4,8651 1,028 374 1,121 94 346 Piculs 7,8281 39,534 33 Putchuck, 902 290 265 1,457 14,618 34 Battans,.. 9,381 11,870 5,789 94 12,1091 39,313 112,937 33 Rice and Paddy, 26,867 112,404 4,881 4,432 5,871 12,284 166,739 296,725 37 Saltpetre, 152 692 844 38 Shark's fins, 6,084 27,018 33,102 128,679 3;Skins and Furs, No. 9,946 10,948 9,995 No. 30,889 74,795 40 Smalts, Piculs 280' 33 Piculs 313 14,489 4i Soap, common, Catties 63,933 13,685 Catties 77,618 6,693 4. Wine, Beer, Spirits,. Value 5,650 10,652 7651 1,180$ 18,903 18,903 46 Wood, Sandal,. Piculs 22,593 2 1,142 Piwuls 28,763 214,080 Sapan, 395 716 5,459 6,570 12,955 Wollelis, Broad,... Changs 145,4721 8,245 1,760 1,319 4,440 Chang 161,236 890,996 Narrow,....... 736,236 22,6031 6,415 6,6151 12,768 784,637 1,118,013 Blankels, 3,916 1,118 6201 1,374 Pairs 7,028 40,137 Not enumerated, Value 7,536 7,536 7,536 Miscellaneous Imports, 218,536 30,486 9227,800 1,040 1,226 12,934 258) 15,408 288,610 Total. $ 10,392,934, 2,478,048] 8,318 77,751' 19,871|114,817| 123,530 22,482) 825,060) 14,062,81 Or £3,046,942 656 Pairs Remarks. The preceding tables have been compiled from the consular returns of the British and foreign import trade at Canton for the year 1845, and the quantities therein specified are those which actually paid duty. The weights and measures stated, are those in use at Canton. One catty is equal ta 1$ pound avoirdupois; hence one picul of 100 catties corresponds with 133f pounds in England. One chang is 4 English yards nearly. The value given has been computed upon a moderate estimate according to the average prices of the year in the Canton market, including the duty and other charges. FRANCIS C. MACGREGOR, Canton, 31st January, 1846. Her Majesty's Consul. 296 Table of the Import at Shúnghái. JUNE, pieces 341,581 Liverpool & 73 6,169 » A return of the quantities and value of merchandise Imported into the port of Shágnhái in 62 British vessels of 15,971 tons, from the countries and places undermentioned, during the year 31st December, 1845. From what countries Estimated value in Description of articles. Quantities. and places imposied. sig. at 48. 2d. per $ Munufacture of cotton :- White Longcloths... } £247,659 Grey 911,911 585,932 Dyed value 18,474 Drills white... pieces 1,542 982 grey 1,785 1,199 Chintz. 26,816 18,962 Cambrics. 240 250 Handkerchiefs. dozens 8,369 1,991 Velveteens. value Cotton Yarn piculs 770 4,812 Manufactures of wool :- Habit cloths, Spa. Stripes, &c. yards 297,976 127,215 Long Ells.. pieces 7,981 13,858 Cainlets, English. 4,057 18,872 Dutch. 100 792 Blankets...... pairs 747 500 Woollens unenumerated.... value 2,368 Woollen and cotton mixture.. value 3,802 Metals, viz : Iron pigs. piculs 1,409 734 rods and bars. 12,144 5,957 Lead pigs. 1,771 1,338 Tin plates. 291 1,091 Miscellaneous: Flints.. piculs 7,364 1,868 Class and glassware. value 1,338 Gainbier... piculs 272 Hongkong 147 and Štraits, Pepper. 1,015 1,163 Rattans. 5,022 4,316 Saltpetre. 267 445 Indigo. 1,632 1,508 Smalts. 27 512 Hardware. value 2,836 Woods, Sandal. piculs 190 Ebony. 700 204 Sapan. 478 343 Wines.. dozens 889 1,481 Sundries. value 2,899 Total £1,082,207 Note. A very considerable quantity of treasure has been imported from Wúsung, but the amount unknown. G. BALFOUR, H. B. M. consul ut Shanghái. Shanghai, 31st December, 1845. » > 9 { » > » 76 » 18.16. 247 Table of ile Erport al Shinghui. bulue in olg. (bl 1o, 21.1: * > 91 " 99 79 A return of the quantitice and value of merchandise Exported from the port of Shanghái in the British vesucls of 16,760 tons,.lu tlic countries and places undermentioncd, during thc ycar ending thc 31st December, 1845. Description of articles. Quantities. To chat countries on! Rispurial or ortimuk!. Zihicea caurlaid. Alum.. piculs 2,701 Ilongkong 470 Musk. cuttics 07 837 Rhubarb. piculs 73 351 Silk, Raw, viz. Tsatlee. piculs 5,818 Taysam 2,694 Hongkong, Lomon, Yucnfa 698 piculs 9,505 Liverpool, Cork 7:12, 18) Sorts... 295 Tca, viz:- Congou. piculs 56,371) Souchong 2,703 Pouchong 107 Pekoe.. 202 H. Mucy 173 T'wankay 3,160 } piculs 62,881) Hongkong, London, 162,7:16 Hyson.. 712 Liverpool, Scilly and H. Skin. 1,132 Cork Y. Hvson 2,226 Imperial 350 G. powder 621 Sorts... 2,06:3} Silk Piece Goods . piculs 1879 London & Liverpool Gypsum. 5,480 Ilongkong 570 Nankecn Cloth. 50 025 Sundries. value 1,000 Total .61,259,091 Shanghái, 31st December, 1815. G. BALFOUR, H. B. M. consul at Shiinghiti. H. B. M. Consul at Shanghai hus prepared, in addition to the returns given above, general views of both the Import and Export, trade, from and to foreign countries, at the port of Shanghai; the total of the estimated value of inports is £1,223,930; total of exports is £1,347,052. At Ningpo, H. B. M. Consul, Mr. Thom gives, along with the requisite details, the following summary, for 1815 : Total imports in British vessels £10,398 5s. Od.; e:eports, £17,495 3s. Od, Totul imports in Bremen vessels 2,882 0 0 exports, 462 0 0 Total imports under the Ame. flay 1,128 0 0 crports, 1,116 0 0 At Fuhchau, H. B. M. Consul, Mr. Alcock, gives the following for 1845. Total imports in 5 English vessels, £72,147 178. Od.; exports, £68,159 18s. 4d. Total imports in 3 American vessels, 11,513 19 10 crports, 776 5 0 At Amoy, H. B. M. Vice-consul, Mr. Sullivan, gives the forllowing returns of British vessels, for 1845. Total tmports in 33 vessels £147,494 10s. (.d.; cxports, £15,178 1 17s. 5d. We regret that we cannot give any statements regarding the traffic in opiun. From data published some months back in the Friend of India it appears that the total exports from India for the scuson, 1841-15, was more than 40,000 chests. We suppose it is still on the increase and that little less than forly thousand chests must have come to China las! ycar, and Davo sold for say $20,001),000! XV. NO Vli 38 UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN VIRAAAIFS w VOL 198 JUNE, Roman Catholic Missions in China. ART. III. Roman Catholic missions in China, with particulars respecting the number of missionaries and converts, and the ecclesiastical divisions of the empire. From a Correspondent. The Roman Catholic missionaries to China come from various European nations; particularly, Portugal, Spain, France, and the Italian states, and are connected with and are under the direction of various societies, yet subordinate to the great head of the papisti- cal organization. The missionaries from these different countries occupy different districts of country. The Chinese empire is eccle- siastically divided into three bishoprics, and ten apostolic vicariates as follow, viz.; the bishoprics of Peking, Nanking, and Macao. The vicariates of Sz'chuen, Yunnan, Chehkiáng, Mongolia, Libu- tung, Corea, Húkwing, Shántung, Shánhí, and Fuhkien. We will notice these different dioceses in the order they stand. 1. The bishopric of Peking was once one of the largest dioceses; it now embraces only the province of Pichili. The administration of this diocese belongs to the Portuguese. There is at present no regular bishop in charge : and the administration is committed to bishop Castro. The missionaries in this province are of the order of the Lazarists. Their principal residence is at the college of Siuwan, on the borders of Tartary. The converts are reckoned to be 50,000. 2. The bishopric of Nanking embraces the three provinces of Kiáng- sú, Ngánhwui, and Honán, and is the most populous diocese in the world, embracing in its limits more than eighty-five millions of souls. The administration of this bishopric also belongs to the Portuguese. There is at present no incumbent and the administration is commit- ted to bishop de Besi, an Italian and apostolic vicar of Shantung. The missionaries in this diocese are of the Society of Jesus and Lazarists. There are four Jesuits and two Lazarists. The bishop reports the number of neophytes at 76,000 having 500 converts dur- ing the last year.* 3. The bishopric of Macao embraces the provinces of Kwangtung and Kwangsí, and the island of Hainán. Bishop Matta is the pre- sent incumbent of this see. There are nine missionaries, thirty native priests, two colleges, three agencies (procures) for French and Spanish missions and 52,000 Roman Catholics. The annual num- * Note. We learn that the bishop, Le comp. de Besi, has recently been at Hongkong, having come down from Nanking to welcome a large reënforce- ment of European priests, some fifteen or twenty, several of them Jesuits, and all for the provinces of which he has charge. This will increase the whole number of European priests to about eighty, exclusive of the twelve bishops and eight coadjutors. 1846. :590 Roman Catholic Missions: in China. 1 ber of adult baptisms is about 300. The number of Chinese stu- dents in St. Joseph's college, where there are two European profes- sors, is about fifteen. 4. The apostolic vicariate of Sz'chuen. It embraces the exten. sive province of Sz'chuen and Kweichau, and is one of the most flourishing missions in the empire. The missionaries are connected with the French Society of Foreign Missions. It is under the care of bishop Perocheau, apostolic vicar. He is aided by a coadjutor, and there are nine missionaries and thirty native priests, and 54,000 professors of Christianity. The number of adult baptisms last re- ported is 399, Two colleges serve as nurseries for the priesthood and 54 schools for boys and 114 for girls impart instruction at all points and to all classes, and 500 monastics by their prayers seek to call down blessings from on high. 5. Apostolic vicariate of Yunnán. This is a small and recently established vicariate, and is administered by bishop Ponsot of the French Missions, having three missionaries, one native priest and 4000 Christians. 6. The apostolic vicariate of Chehkiáng embraces the two pro- vinces of Chehkiáng and Kiángsí, and receives its missionaries from the French Society. The administration is in the hands of M. Lar- ribe who was coadjutor to bishop Rameau who was drowned at Macao in July last. The missionaries are from the Congregation of St. Lazarus, and there are about 9000 converts. 7. The apostolic vicariate of Mongolia. This vicariate is recent- ly erected and is connected with the French Missions. Bishop Mouly is the apostolic vicar aided by a coadjutor. The bishop re- ports that the circumstances of the mission are favorable, that schools are established for the young of both sexes, and that 400 had re- nounced their idols and been baptised. 8. The apostolic vicariate of Liautung embraces the three pro- vinces of Manchuria. Bishop Verroles, who is connected with the French Society has charge of it. This mission is recently esta- blished and no full account of its state and prospects has been yet received. 8. The apostolic vicariate of Corea. This embraces Corea and some of the adjacent islands, and also the Lúchú isles. This is recently established. Two priests M. M. Farcade and Seturdu have been appointed from Corea for the Lúchú isles. Their arrival is not yet heard of. S3431 NDIHJA 10 AUSTAINA 300 JUNE, Secret Societies in Singapore. 10. The apostolic vicariate of Húkwáng. This embraces the two provinces of Hupih and Húnán. Its administration is at present in the hands of bishop Rozziolati with two coadjutors, ten Italian and fifteen native priests. The number of Catholics is estimated to be more than 60,000. 11. The apostolic vicariate of Shantung. Bishop Besi has charge of this vicariate in connection with the bishopric of Nanking, there are 4000 Christians, who are much exposed to persecutions. 12. The apostolic vicariate of Shánsí. It embraces the provinces of Shansi and Shensí. Bishop Salvetti is the present apostolic vicar. It is connected with the Italian Societies, of its state and prospects we have no details. 13. The apostolic vicariate of Fuhkien. This province is assigned to the Spanish Dominicans. Bishop Carpena is vicar apostolic, and there are in connection with the mission one coadjutor, five Euro- pean priests and nine native, and more than 40,000 members. This summary gives twelve bishops, seven or eight coadjutors The number of European priests connected with these missions we are not able to give accurately. But we think the number not in- cluding the bishops or coadjutors does not exceed sixty, and the number of native priests ninety, all 170. The sum of the number of members reported by the different missions is 345,000, whilst there are five vicariates from which the number is not reported. The amount of funds remitted to these missions from Europe for the year ending May 1814, was franks 295.733.40. Besides the schools for communicating the benefits of communications of the common rudiments of education to children of both sexes, there are one more school connected with almost every mission, especially for training native priests, and when not already established mcasures are being taken to establish them. Besides these there are five colleges out of China proper for the education of native priests, viz. at Naples (Europe),* Pinang, Macao, Siwan in Mongolia, and on the west border of Sz'chuen in Thibet. ART. IV Secret Sociețirs among the Chinese in Singapore, with particulars of some of their late procecdings. Copied from the Singapore Free Fress. No. 1. To the cditor of the Free Press : Sir About two years ago the columns of your paper were occupied in giving to the public inuch valuable information regarding the Secret Sorieties amongst the Chi Rep. Vol. 1. p. 458 1846. 301 Secret Societies in Singapore. Chinese in this settlement—and after the extraordinary spectacle which took place yesterday this seems to be a proper time to renew the subject. Many years ago a Chinaman, nominally a Baker, settled in Singapore and soon became the head of the Huey. Several murders were committed and he was suspected of being the “ directing power," but no proof could ever be brought home to implicate him sufficiently for the purpose of bringing him to justice. At length he retired from business, and took up his abode at one of the temples belonging to the Secret Society where he remained until his death, which look place 15 days ago. This man was never possessed of much property, in fact, he had all the outward appearance of being poor, but his influence over his clan was immense, which the Police knew and a former magistrate occasionally availed himself of it in discovering robberies. The moment his death was known the clan determined that his body should he laid in state for 13 days and he honored with a public funeral. No secret was made of these arrange- ments ;-indeed some of the leading men asked permission of the authorities to allow them to take place which was granted with this condition-that the number of followers should be limited. In the meantime the police were not idle. They discovered that a very large body of men would be present at the funeral and that other clans would join for the express purpose of creating a quarrel. All this I believe was made known to the local authorities. The superintendent of police, the deputy, the European constables and all the peons that could be spared were in attendance to preserve order. At the ap- pointed hour the procession was formed, consisting of about 6,000 Chinese, the police authorities then suggested to the principal men that it should proceed from the temple over Paber's Bridge in a direct line to the burial place adjoin ing the military cantonments. This was acceded to by some whilst the majority objected and some man immediately cried out “Pan” the well-known watch word for a row. A rush was made to seize the deputy superintendent but the Chinese interpreter, employed sometimes by the authorities, stepped before him and saved him. The interpreter was however half killed when rescued and now lies in a dangerous state. An express was sent to the governor who, with his usual promptitude, called out the military. Colonel Watson, the officers and privates were soon on the spot--but for what? The civil power had been set at defiance, and, notwithstanding the peons were well armed, laughed at. The rebellion (if that terın may be used) commenced the moment the Chinese attempted to seize the deputy superintendent, and the object of seeking the aid of the Military one would naturally suppose was to disperse the mob and sccurc the ringloaders. Nothing of the kind. The sepoys were placed on eaclı side of the road to preserve order, and the Huey had the gratification to see that their body was all-powerful and could act with impunity. I think, Mr. Editor, there is a radical defect in our system of treating the Chinese and if you make inquiries you will find all other governments adopt vigourous measures ir keeping them in order. Here we have this startling fact. An infirm old man dies, apparently poor and of no note, no sooner is his clan made acquainted with it then they determine to congregate from all parts of the island to the number of about 4,000. Other clans immediately seize the opportunity of “casting shame " npon the head of the deceased, as it is termed, and number some 2,700, many on both sides being armed and ready for a murderous attack. Now all this is made known to the local authorities and what steps do they take to prevent the procession-Nonc!! Surely thc rcry circumstance of so many thousand men collecting together ought to have induced them to take prompt measures to prevent more than a reasonable number following the procession. AN EYE WITNESS. Singaporc 10th March 1816 No. 2. It seems there was a fracas yesterday between the police and the notorious Huey Association, which might have led to the most serious consequences. That all but proscribed body, bearding the local authorities in broad day, arranging their lawless members foi a public demonstration, which it reqnires NYIHVIS 10 AIISSZAINO 11 302 JUNE, Secret Societies in Singapore. the presence of the military (who were called out on the occasion) to protect the community froin!! The common report is, that 7,000 Hueys proposed to parade the principal streets of Singapore in procession, under the pretence of doing honor to the funeral rites of a deceased chief, whose body was to form the external rallying point for this rabble, from which to intimidate the com- manity at large, and their uninitiated countrymen in particular, by that con- vincing proof of how careless they are of the frowns of our government. Re- port further says that the deputy superintendent of police-a magistrate in the discharge of his duty —had a narrow escape from being torn in pieces by the mob, and was probably only saved from being murdered for his hardihood in venturing unarmed into the midst of the horde-by their supposing he was amply supported by an armed force close at hand while his thorough knowledge of the common Lingua Franca-Malay-enabled him to reason with some of the chiefs,--who once personally recognized would naturally deprecate any outbreak which might compromise themselves. As it was, it is said that one of them even who broke the rush made on the deputy was seriously wounded, and though his interference had the desired effect of arresting this onward rush, the only triumph of the official was his being ultimately enabled to retreat protecting or being protected by his equivocal preserver. It is well known that the troops were called out and succeeded in protecting the town itself from the insult of being menaced by such a lawless assemblage, where there was so much valuable property to tempt the cupidity of the dangerous brother- hood who had they succeeded to that extent in their contempt for the civil power, and such recent proof in their attack upon Mr. Dunman of how little power to check them was vested in their own office bearers, might not have hesitated to complete their audacity by an attempt to sack the town, while their numbers promised impunity if not success. The only point to be regret- ed is that a compromise should have been made with them after having broken faith. The troops should have been marched to the spot after this, and the funeral, if funeral only it was, prevented from being accompanied by more followers than they chose--even at the risk of having to read the Riot Act. After such an alarning display by those who have hitherto been happy to find themselves as a body rather winked at than tolerated, it is imperative on the local authorities to secure the power if they have it not, as the military stationed here I doubt not provides the force, for the protection of the peacea- ble from this Triad Society. Yours obediently, B. Singapore, 11th March, 1846. No. 3. Some particulars of the fracas which occurred on Tuesday last between the police and Chinese at the funeral of Ho-Yem-Ko, the head of the Tan Tae Hoé, will be found in the letters of two correspondents. Indisposition must be our excuse for not giving a detailed account of what took place, but next week we hope only to be able do this, but to give some particulars on the subject of the Hoes in Singapore and of late chief of the Tan Tae Hoé. The following brief account of what occurred yesterday is all which at present we can offer. Permission was asked some days ago to perform the customary religious ceremonies at the interment of the deceased, which was granted on the condition that there should be no disturbance, and that a greater number of people than usually attend a funeral should not be present. This was accordingly promised. Information was conveyed to the police a few days ago that a large crowd would attend the funeral, and that a number of persons intended to enter the town and sack the houses of several persons belonging to a rival Hoé. In consequence of this a constable was desired to keep an eye upon the proceedings of those attending the funeral, and early on Tuesday morning, he and two peons, in undress, and a person named Hon Cheo Tek, one of the persons who was to be plundered and the head of a rival Hoé proceeded to Rochor, where the corpse lay, and where several thousand 1846. 303 Secret Societies in Singapore. I persons were found to be assembled. The constable mixed in the crowd and spoke to several of those who seemed to have the principal direction, exhort- ing them to try and preserve order which they professed themselves anxious to do. A bad feeling however seemed to prevail among the mob, as the constable was informed from time to time that threats were being uttered against him. He cautioned the chief persons from attempting to enter the town, and at last it was arranged that he should walk at the head of the procession along with a man named Chew Swee, and the procession began to move, one of the most conspicuous objects in it being a heavy car having the figure of a man made of paper upon it. On arriving at the place where the road divides, one branch leading into town by Campong Glam, and the other goes across Faber's bridge leading by a straight road to the burying ground, the procession wished to move on by the former, on which the constable appealed to the leaders, and told them they could not be allowed to go that way and pointing out the other as their most direct course. Considerable confusion then occurred, and the constable apprehensive of a disturbance, sent of one of the peons to apprize the superintendent of police of what was taking place. After a great deal of wrangling the Chinese attempted to push past the constable who had now only one man with him, and they attempted to knock him down by pushing the car against him, which he avoided by jumping back. Captain Cuppage, Mr. Dunman, and a few peons then arrived, and on Mr. Dunman's trying to prevent the procession moving along the road towards Campong Glam a rush was made at him by a number of persons, apparently coolies from the jungle, armed with pieces of iron and wood, and had Ho Cheo T'ek not at that moment thrown himself before Mr. Dunman, the latter would in all probability have been murdered on the spot. Ho Cheo Tek received a heavy blow on the breast which knocked him down, and while on the ground was severely beat about the head. Capt Cuppage seized one of the ringleaders by the tail and gave him in charge of a peon, but he was soon rescued and the peon severely maltreated. After some further altercation the procession moved over Faber's bridge, an armed party of the police being stationed on the other road, and the Military having in the meantime been called out, the funeral procession on arriving at Colman's bridge was joined by them, and moved on escorted by the Military and attended by the civil authorities who, we believe, accompanied them nearly to the grave. Sinall detachments of sepoys were drawn up across the different streets leading into town to prevent the procession going in. Ho Yem Ko's remains were thus more honored than what he himself, we dare say, anticipated, being attended to the tomb not only by his own countrymen, but by the civil and Military Authorities of the Settlement. The above account may be imperfect in some respects but it is the most consistent we have been able, on short notice, to obtain, but next week we trust to supply deficiencies, We observe that An Eye Witness has made a slight mistake in talking of the deceased as the head of a clan. The Tan Tan Hoe of which he was the founder and president, is by far the most powerful of the Hoé in Singapore, and comprehends persons of all clans and provinces. Ho-Yem-Ko we understand retired from business with 5 or 6 thousand Dollars, which he spent in advancing, the interests and power of his Hoé. For sometime past he was unable to take any management in its concerns from indisposition, but he still continued the nominal head, and as such he was treated with all honor after bis death. Had not the procession been interrupted by the Police it was the intention to have marched through the town to Teluk Ayer Street, and there performed a variety of funeral cer- emonies in front of the house of an influential wember of the Hoé. The succession to the vacant sceptre was we understand a matter of debate, various candidates having been proposed regarding whose claims there was UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGÁN VIRAÄAIFS 304 Jint, Score Suicties in Singapore much division. The contest was welcarn terminated on Tucsday cvening hy the election of a Tailor living in Teluk Ayer Street, whose installation will take place in a few days when a splendid procession is to be formed. No. 4. The account which we gave last weck of the disturbances that occurred ilt the funcral of Ho-Yem-Ko, thc late Chief of the Tan Tae Hoe we find to have been pretty correct in its detail, and we nced not thercforc again narrato what then took place. Scveral disturbances have since taken place, and considerable alarni scems to hc manifested of the Chinesc coinmitting greater, outrages and even molesting llic Europeans. We do not consider that there is much gronnd for this last, and in regard to the faction fights, as they may be called, amongst the Chinesc, we think that by proper mcasures they night easily be put a stop to. Considerable confusion of idea and, misapprehension as to the secret combinations amongst the Chinese herc seeming to prevail, many apparently supposing them to be one large body, we shall take leave before adverting to the occurrences of the past week connected with the funcral of Ho-Yen-Ko, to offer a short cxplanation on the subjcct wc rcfcr to. The term loé significs So- cicty, and is gencrally adhibited to the particular descriptive name of different associations. There are a great number of Hoës at cach of the three different Settlements having various objects ; some being exclusively charitable, while others combine different purposes. The lloés in Singaporc arc numerous, the principal being the Tan Tac lloc (Heaven and Earth Society) otherwisc called the Ghee Hin Ilus (justice cxalted Society and the Kwan Tec IJoć. The former is said to number from 10 to 20,000 members, the latter about 1,000. A great rivalry and illwill exists between the two Hors. The inembers of these Hoos wc understand arc not confined to any particular province or clan, but they comprehend persons from all parts of China. The other So- cieties in Singapore arc insignificant in point of numbers and influencc, compared with the two we have above named. We may add the names of á few-EE Kwan Hoć, Cho Soo Kong Hoé, Leong Choo Floé, &c &c. The name of thic Society of which the principal Chinese Merchants are members is Sa Chap Lak Tcan Kong Hoc,—its objects are to assist each other by loans from the common funds, to support widows and children of deceased members, educate the children &c. &c. each member on entry pays 100 Dollars, and an annual subscription. In Pinang there are a great number of thesc Soricties—the names of some of which and their significations wc insert, lloé being understood to be affixed to cach-Ghee Hin (justice exalted,) Ilai Sai (scas and hills,) Hwuy Chew (graceful district,) Chcong Hwa (the following flower,) Icong San (fragrant or incense mountain,) Long Yip (peaceful city or town,) Hlo Seng (harinonious conquering,) Jin Ho (le nevolent harmony,) Jin Seng (benevolence prevailing,) Chun Sim )preserving the heart). The objects of the Ton Tæ and the Kwan Tæc Hoés also profess lo bo charitable, but many of their purposes, as well as those of most of the other Sociсties, are highly owjectionble. While the obligation to mutual 2:3sistance, which they have in common with all such socicties over the world, Mason lodges, &c, if not carried too far, is the opposite of objectio- nable, the way in which this obligation operates and the extent to which it is carried in Chinesc Sccrct Societies, renders it not only illegal but highly dangerous to socicty at large. The objects for which these Sociсties are established inay be pure and good, but it obviously depends on the character of the menubers whether they are to continue so, or are to dcgencrate to lower and unlawful ends We do not believe that the Tan-Tue and the Kium 'l'xc-?lvés were constituted for any originally bad purpuses, but if they have since acquired a ball reputation it hus arisen fiuni meinhais of nhei who may have committed criincs laking advantage of the obligations 1846. 305 Secret Societies in Singapore. to mutual secrets and assistance, by which the other members are drawn in to assist in the escape of offenders from justice, and thus become particeps criminis, and obnoxious to justice. So far indeed from being constituted for the perpetration of crime, we doubt not, if the rules of these institutions, could be procured, they would be found severe in their denunciations of offences and to what is against either the property or the person, and strict in the enforcement of moral and religious obligations and duties. There seems to have been a great want of precaution on the part of the Police on the occasion of Ho-Yem-Ko's funeral. Security was not taken that the terms on which the permission to form a procession was granted, would be observed. The act of taking the head of the rival hoé, as Interpreter, cannot be looked upon otherwise than as a most extraordinary and rash pro- ceeding. It is well known that a most deadly feud exists between the two Societies, and the employment of the head of one of them at the Police as an Interpreter &c has already, we have little doubt, been productive of much mischief, as it is to be supposed that he would avail himself of the opportu- nity this employment afforded him of injuring and annoying the rival faction. The knowledge of their having been thus trusted and employed could scarcely be expected to foster the best feelings in the breasts of the members of the Tan-Tae-Hoe towards the Authorities. The appearance of the man therefore at the funeral in company of the police would naturally be looked upon with feelings of alarm and indignation by the other Chinese, his very presence there being an insult to the deceased. Can we be certain that when interpreting what was said by the Superintendent of Police he did not add something of his own of an offensive nature?—when mingling with the mournerswhat boasts may he not have made use of regarding the intention of the Police to interfere with the ceremonial ? There is no doubt he must have said or done something to produce the irritation which was shewn by the assault upon him. The severe beating which Ho Cheo Tek received of course excited an immediate desire of revenge in the breasts of his followers, and it is said that on receiving intelligence of what had taken place they prepared to arm and take vengeance, and had not the Sepovs been called vut and parties stationed at the different roads leading into town, there can be little doubt that a seri- ous collision would have taken place in which many lives would certainly have been lost. The exacerbation thus excited on both sides led to the acts of violence which have since taken place almost every day and with which members of both Hoés are chargeable. A number of Chinese have been carried off, --some reports making them as many as 20; who are believed to have been murdered. The Cash-keeper of a respectable Chinese Merchant went on Monday afternoon to purchase some Gumn for his Master about twn miles from town, when he was seized by two Chinese who were forcing him towards the jungle when he suc- ceeded in making his escape and reaching the neighbouring Tannah. He afterwards made a complaint to a Constable and offered to point out the two men but the Constable advised him to remain quiet as it would only lead to trouble. He then went to the Police and made a complaint, and we believe the same reply was made to him there! The unfortunate collision which took place between the Police and a number of Chinese on Monday afternoon is also ascribed to the irritated feeling existing between the factions. A Chinese having gone on board a junk for the purpose of trading, and having a small sum on his person, the cupidity of the boatmen was excited and they kidnapped him. The brother of the man gave information to the Police and a warrant was granted for the apprehenison of three men residing at Beach road, Campong Glam, whom he stated to be the criminals. Tbe Police accompanied by this man proceeded 39 1 1 1 1 VOL XV. NO. YI, 306 JUNE, Secret Societies in Singapore. to the house where they took the man into custody and were conveying them to the Tannah when a mob collected and two of the men were rescued,-a scuffle took place, in which the Police finding themselves too weak retreater for reinforcements and during the retreat a shot was fired from a horse which hit the informer and he fell, and was taken to the Hospital where be after- wards died. Some of the Police were hit and a number of the mob were wounded by the fire of the Police, some of them dangerously. A coroner's inquest on the man who died brought in a verdict of wilful murder against some person or persons unknown. The 'Tan Tae people say that the persons apprehended belonged to their society, and that the informer was a member of the Kwan Tæc Hoé; that on the party of Police setting out for Campung Glam, a number of Kwan Tæc people started in a boat, armed, for the spot, with the intention of taking advantage of the circumstance to get up a row, and thus be enabled to attack the opposite party. A great nuinber of Chinese have come over from Rhio lately, some reports say to the amount of 2 or 3000, and are living in this Island without any ostensible means of subsistence. They are scattered through the jungle, and are no doubt prepared to take their part in any mischief. We also learn with some surprise that the Dutch Government are convert- ing Singapore into a kind of penal Settlement for their Chinese Criminals, the Steamer. Bromo having brought several Chinese, on her last trip, who had been banished from Minto, and who were landed here! In our last number, in mentioning the funeral of the old chief of the Tan Tae Haé, it is said that “ had not the procession been interrupted by the Police it was the intention to have marched through the town to Teluk Ayer Street, and there performed a variety of funeral ceremonies in front of the house of an influential member of the Hoe.” It having been conjectured by a number of persons that the party here alluded to was WIAMPOA, whose place of business is in Teluk Ayer Steet, we have been authorised by him to state that if he was meant the report must have originated in a mistake, as fai as he is aware :ot belonging to any Hoé, nor is he in any way interested or mixed in their concer:is, Art. V. Su Amin: annual provision for the support of his widow and mother, voluntarily made by the person who caused his death during the riots in June 1844. Ample details regarding the death of this inan will be found in our last volume, pages 437 and 525, and the sequel. Care was taken to state there every fact having any bearing on the case, it being a novel and a very difficult one. On careful investigation, it was found and declared, " that the killing was a justifiable act of self-defense." See page 526. But the life of the person who caused the death was per- tinaciously demanded; by reference to the pages above named, it will be seen how this demand was met. Should a similar catastrophe occur úguin, we fear a similar demand would be made, the treaties notwithstanding The way to meet all such deinands is plain. In 18.16. 307 Sü Aman's Widou. that case ani in every similar one, the disturbers of the peace ought to be held responsible for the consequences of their conduct. We know it is better to suffer the wrong, than to do the wrong. If the foreigner commences an assault-and such cases are not wanting- let justice and ample punishment be meted out to him. And where the Chinese do the wrong, let the same be done to them. The rioters in 1844 we believe were never punished. We are sorry to know that there is a fearful boldness, among the baser sort-a readiness, a desire to assail the fánkwei. We have known many cases of assault, made without cause by vagabonds. Escape-we say-from all such, as you best can. But while we advocate nonresistance on the part of the assaulted, we cannot exculpate the local authorities from the charge of gross dereliction of duty. Foreigners—and even foreign officers—nay even ladies and little children-are continually, almost as often as they go abroad into the streets, exposed not merely to foul and abusive language, but to pelting with brick bats, sticks, etc. We could give a long list of particulars, which together would make a very grave cause of complaint. It will be scen, in the papers which we subjoin, and which have been kindly placed at our disposal for publication, that the magistrates admitted, that Amán was killed in the act of robbing the forcigners -a view of the case, quite different from that maintained in their correspondence with the foreigners. In two particulars special care should be taken in this case : first that the provision be not considered as compensation, compounding for guilt, of which there was no con- viction, the act having been found and declared justifiable; and, secondly, that this case be not allowed to take such a character that it may by any possibility be made a precedent for getting money, should unfortunately the like ever occur in future. With these few remarks, we beg to call the attention of our readers to the following statements. No. 1. Statement relative to Sü Aman made by his relations, Feb. 18th, 1846. Taukwáng, 24th year, 5th month, 1st day, 4 o'clock P. M. (June 16th, 1844), Sü Aman in Tung-wan kái (New China Street) near the Thirteen Factories was killed with a fowling-piece by a foreigner. In the fourth watch (2 o'clock) the next morning he was placed in a coffin. Now Aman's coffin having been sealed up by a govern ment officer was placed in the Budhist temple, Sz'kioh (in the east- ern part of the city) and is not yet interred. AUSHAINA 1749 las 308 JUNE, Sü Aman's Widow. ! Sü Aman was a native of the village of Pingtáng, in the town of Sánhung, in the district of Tsinghien. At the time of his decease he was 46 years old. Now the mother of Aman is surnamed Cháng and is 81 years old. His wife's name is Hwang shi and is 44 years of age. He had neither son nor daughter. Subsequently to the demnise of Aman, his kindred borrowed from the fund for sacrificial offerings to their original ancestors, for the expense of carrying the case before the officers of government, two hundred and more taels, and different friends to assist them contri. buted twenty and more taels additional. Aman's mother is poor, distressed and without support; fortunately however she has the wife of Aman who goes daily to the mountains and gathers fuel to provide (by the sale of it) for her daily sustenance. If fortunately the benevolent and the good, pitying one who has suffered death without cause, whose mother is advanced in life, whose wife is a widow, poor and without posterity, should manifest to them their great commiseration, then life after life, age after age, they will be grateful for their bound- less virtue. No. 2. The widow of Sü Aman in company with Fang Agán, who married her sister, came to the residence of when the following par- ticulars were elicited by questioning her. My husband Sü Aman formerly resided at Kaukung, in the dis- trict of Fáhshan, where he labored for several years, but being out of employment he came to Canton seeking a livelihood. Some ten days had elapsed after his arrival when he met with his misfor- tune. He was living at the time with one Tihshing, in Lwanning street, a friend of his from the same native district. I am not aware of his being of a quarrelsome disposition, though absent from me he might have had quarrels of which I am ignorant. I think his disposition was good and that he was innocent. It was after the labors of the day he came out to take the air. He had on two gar- ments, rather worn, which came down to the mid-thighs. He was fanning himself, and thought, as he was a mere spectator of what was passing, he had nothing to fear from the foreigners. On laying the matter before the officers of government, they stated that her hus- band was killed by the foreigners in the act of endeavoring to plunder them. Did the officers of government pay you or his mother any- thing? His mother was too old to come to the city. I came with my uncle. The officers were angry and would not low us to enter their court. We afterwards waylaid the Kwangchau fú, and thrust 1846. 309 Sü Aman's Widow, our petition into his sedan as he was returning home, but he would not receive it. · We previously had been to the Nánhái who said he was killed in the act of stealing. Neither his mother nor myself have received anything from friends. Fang Agan was next questioned. I married a sister of Hwang shi, I am an enbroiderer of mandarin dresses, was not much acquainted with Sii Amau. I saw him when he was married, and a few times at Kaukung Aman has no (own) brother or sister. His widow has many relations. Canton, 20th February, 1846. No. 3. Hwang shi and Fang. Agán returned and to further questions re- plied. Sü Aman's wages were from $2.50 to 2.75 per month. He sometimes remitted to me and his mother one dollar and sometimes two dollars per month. We now live upon half a dollar a month, our food consists of salt vegetables and congee, we are unable to buy pork or fish. The clothes she had on were borrowed for the occasion. She was at this time informed of the object of the examination : that the person who caused the death of Su Aman was about to return to his country, and without deciding whether the deceased was innocent or guilty he wished to know what relations were af fected by his death, and to provide for them as much as he had done, for a period equal to his natural life, and she was consulted as to the mode of receiving it. She preferred to receive it in an- nual instalınents. The importance of her silence as to the fact of re- ceiving money from a foreigner was impressed upon her, as she might be robbed or otherwise annoyed by relations of her husbund, whom she had represented as being near akin to pirates. She put her finger upon her pulse and said nothing, intimating she would be silent as the pulse. February 21st, 1846. No. 4. Acknowledgment of Hroáng skí the widow of Si Aman. Cháng shí the mother of Sü Aman and Hwáng shi his widow of the village of Pingtáng, in the town of Sánhung of the district of Tsinghien, in the department of Kwángchau in the province of Can- ton, are widows without support, whose family possesses nothing but bare walls of their house. Before me there is an aged mother, after me there is neither son nor daughter, melancholy and solitary, who is there that will care for us? I can only go daily to the mountains and 310 JUNE, Sü Aman's Vidow. cut wood in order to obtain sustenance for my aged mother ; my dif- ficulties and distress are hard to express. Now I am profoundly grateful to a good and benerolent American, who fortunately looks down upon me with a compassionate ere, and from whom I have obtained an abundant shower of favors. In behalf of another who exercises compassion and charity, he annually pays us $25 for our support. From Kiashin (the 41st year of the cycle,) Táukwáng 24th year, 5th month, (June 1844,) to Wúshin (the 5th year of the next cycle 1869,) a period of twenty-five years, annually exercising this co.npassiou and charity, it is a favor comparatively high as heaven and broad as the earth, and although we become your horses (in the next life) we cannot reward you for one of a thousand of your favors. Now in the Pingwú (43d year of the cycle, Taukwáng 26th year, 1st inonth, 28th day,) Feb. 23d, 1346, I, Sü Hwang shí in person with my own hand, knocking head, received from -- the liberal favor of 850, equal to 30 taels, in the presence of my brother-in-law Fang Agan. Hereafter will kindly give for our expense $25 per annum, which I, Sü Hwáng shi am to come and receive. But I, Sü Hwang shí being a widow, and the passage by water being truly inconvenient, she will trouble her brother-in-law Fang Agán four times a year to come and receive it, and send it to her for our necessary uses, and there will be no mistake. But my aged widowed mother is ashamed that she has no power to repay your trouble, but * * sincerely delights in doing righteousness and in administering to the wants of the distressed, and we poor widows can only engrave upon our hearts our sense of boundless obligation. I specially write this note as a slight mani- festation of my sincerity. Many thanks, many thanks, niany thanks! Hwang shí widow of Sü Aman; X, her mark (the print of her finger dipped in ink). Taukwang, 26th year, Pingwú, (43 year of the cycle,) 1st month, 21st day. Feb. 23d 1846. (Counter Signed) Fang Agán. * * 1840. 311 Chinese Terms for Dcity. ART. VI. Terms for Deity to be used in the Chinese version of the Bible: the words Shangtí, Tien, and Shin oramined and illustrated, in a let.er to the Editor of the Chinese Repository. My Dear Sir: As different usages prevail among missionaries relative to the translation of the word 'God'into Chinese, I have been led to give some attention to the subject; and for my own benefit I have written a brief account of my observations, which I herewith send you for insertion in the Repository, if you think your readers will be at all profited by it. I have copied out many expressions in Chinese, because though they inight easily be referred to by readers, yet it is useful to have such passages collected together, so that they inay all be contemplated at a single view. The reader would do well howe- ver to examine the passages in their connection, as he will thus get a more accurate view of thier meaning and importance than he can from an isolated sentence. If passages from Chinese writing, which would materially affect the subject under consideration, have been overlooked, or if the passages quoted have been misinterpreted, or wrong inferences deduced from them, it is sincerely hoped that those better acquainted with Chinese than myself will take the trouble to point them out, that if possible the subject may be set in so clear a light as to produce uniformity of opinion among all concerned. Shángti and Thien, Land “High Ruler and “Hea- ven." Shángtí is used in ancient Chinese writings as the designa- tion of their highest Deity. Thus the Sháng Shi en 20 paragraph: Tsáng, peaking of the great wickedness of K'ieh, adds, FWET, THE TE ; * I fear Shángti (high Ruler) and therefore do not dare not to correct him (K’ieh).” Examples of this kind are of so frequent occurrence that it is not necessary to quote them. We shall therefore only notice those paz. sages which exhibit some peculiarities in the use of the term. In the Tá Hich, * , the 10 th Section, is a quotation from the Odes, kunt plus ETH GEN, “Before Yin (tne emp- eror of the Yin dynasty) had lost the hearts of the) people he could match with Shángtı." This is explained by the commentary, thus, it 為​天下​君​而​對​乎​上帝​也​“he is Ruler under Heaver and corresponds to Shangtí," one ruling in heaven above the other on carth beneath AlisäinIN 13 312 JUNE, Chinese Terms for Deity. The Hoh Kiảng, 8 , on this passage, says, Żm 天​而​天​之​心​在​民​得​民心​則​上帝​春​之​而得 ​國​失​民心​則​上帝​怒​之​而​失​國​“The emperors decree (by which he holds the empire) is from Tien, heaven; and Tien's heart is in the people. If he obtain the hearts of the people, Sháng. tí will regard him favorably and he will obtain the kingdon. If he lose the hearts of the people Shangtí will be angry with him and he will lose the kindom." In this passage Tien (heaven) and Shàng. ti (high Ruler) seem to he used for each other. The Chung Yung, ifo , Section 19th, says, t Be 以​事​上帝​也​, “ The Kiáu Shié is the ceremony by which they worship Sháng tí. The commentary says. ** F * hile; " The Kiáu is a sacrifice to Tien, the Shié a sacrifice to Tí," from which it appears that Sháng Ti is the same as Tien Tí (heaven and earth). The Hoh Kiáng, A carries out the idea more fully and says, “In winter they sacrifice to Heaven, and in summer to the Earth, and thus worship Shángtí, and make the sincere reverence by which they honor Heaven and Earth an offering in return for their begetting and perfecting virtue." Sháng Mang Em Chap, 2d. Parag. 3d, quotes from the Classics,天降​下​民​作​之​君​作​之​師​日​其​助 ​上帝​. The 合​請 ​explains thus 天降​下​民​不能​自 ​理​於是​立​之​君​使​之​主治​不能​自​教​於是 ​立​之​師​使​之​教訓​其​意​要​爲君​師​者​替​天 ​TT BEŽ 12; “ Heaven produced mankind, but could not himself govern them, therefore he ordained rules to govern; he could not himself instruct them, and therefore ordained teachers to instruct. His intention was that rules and teachers should, in the name or (place) of Heaven, carry forward the princi- ples of reason in order to assist what Shángtí was not able to accomplish.” In the first part of the paragraph, it is Heaven that is not able to rule and teach, and therefore appointed rulers and teach- ers 10 assist or complete what (not Heaven, as we might have sup- posed, but) Shangti (in the latter part of the pargraph) was not able to accomplish, thus implying that they are both one. also shows how low are their views of the power of their highest deities, being but a grade above man and depending on him for the comple- tion of their works. How unlike the God of the Bible! This passage 1846. Chinese Terms for Deity, 313 The relation of Shángtí to Tien may be somewhat explained by a passage in the Sháng Shú, ; speaking of the wicked- nes of Kieh, 摘​上天​,以​布​命​于​下​,帝​用​不​藏 ​式​商​受命​, “With a pretended reliance on high heaven he endeavored to subjugate the people, but Ti in consequence of his wickedness transfered the empire to Sháng;" here we have t# and instead of the common formula. The Commentary says, 天​以​形體​言​,帝​以​主宰​言​, “Ti is used in refer- ence to bodily forın, and Ti in reference to ruling and governing." Though perhaps it might be inferred from this that Tien is the visible heaven, and Shangtí the ruler who inhabits it, yet this does not seem to be the idea so naturally resulting from the language, in connection with the worship of heaven, so often spoken of by the Chinese, as that the two naines belong to one and the same thing only referring to different qualities and operations of that thing. The Tá ¥á A4 parag. 4th says, I Tell A FH All The Commentary says, L M * # ; and a little below adds again, E Ź in I. Thus F f and I are used synonymously. The Shun Tien 2. parag. 6th says, when the kingdom was delivered down from Yu to Shan,類​于​上帝​,于​六​宗 ​4 JIJ, K FT " they offered the Sui” (a sacrifice) to Shángti, in which according to the Commentary heaven and earth are included; the In (another sacrifice) to the (such as the sun, moon, stars, clouds &c.), the Mó to the mountains and rivers; and the Pien to the spirits of sages.” This passage illustrates what was said at the commencement, that Shángtí or Tien is the highest of the Chinese deities. Before leaving this part of the subject, I will add a passage to illus- trate the usage of Tien, Ti, heaven and earth. The Chung Yung section 22d, speaking of a man of per- fect sincerity says:則​可以​贊​天地​之​化育​,可以 ​贊​天地​之​化育​,則​可以​與​天地​參​矣​。 The 合​講​, on this passage says, 大人物​皆​天地​之​所生​, 而不​能使​之​各​盡​其​性​是​天地​之​化育​猶 ​有​不​到處​, 至誠​盡​入​性​,以​盡​物​性​則​裁成 ​1 . 1 1 1 1 i 1 ! 1 VOL xy. NO, Y!! 10 314 JUNE, Chinese Terms for Drity. . 輔​相​補助​天地​之​所​不及​。 Flik Ft 而​覆​物​,地位​平​下​,載​物​, 至誠​位​乎​中​,而 ​成​物​,與​天地​並立​,為​三​而​可以​與​天地​參 ​Â. “Men and things are all what heaven and earth begat (or pro- duced), but the inability to cause each to perfect (or fill out) his (or its) nature is a defective part in the renovating and nourishing power of heaven and earth. The perfectly sincere perfects the nature of man, and thus assists to perfect the nature of things, and thus mutu- ally assists and patches up (or fills up) what heaven and earth could not accomplish (or come up to).” The Commentary here states that heaven an: earth, in carrying on their operations cannot do with- out men of perfect sincerity, and then adds, "Heaven is above and overshadows things, earth is beneath and contains things. The per- fectly sincere (or sage) is between, and perfects things." In this passage we are taught that tl:e sages, Will 所​不及​, Above it was said that they 輔助​上帝​之​所 ​71, expressions entirely parallel. We are also taught that it is the visible heaven above and earth beneath the Chinese regard as their highest deities, and which when spoken of in their ruling capa- city constitute their Supreme Ruler E. We are also taught that the perfect man differs from them, not so much in the extent of his power as in the nature of the functions which he performs, it being the work of the one to beget and of the other to perfect while the former is no more a!»le to do the work of the latter, than the latter to do the work of the former, so that man stands on a level with heaven and earth forming with them a triad! Shin, m, God. The first passage which I shall quote is from the Lun Yu, , Section 11th, paragraph 11; Ki Lú asked how the gods ( l m Kwei Shin) ought to be worshiped. The Hoh King,合​請​, on this passage, after explaining these two words as referring only to different operations of the same principle (a usage which we shall refer to in due season) explains them separately thus, 天地​山川​,風雷​,凡​氣​之​可​接​者​,皆曰​融​,祖 ​#To HE VED heaven, earth, mountains , rivers, winds, thunder, every thing with which Ki (the creating or operating power) is (ou can be connected, all these are called Shin Ancestors 1846. 315 Chinese Terms for Deity. 1 who are worshiped in the ancestral temples are called Kwei." Shin is here defined as a generic terin, including all the higher deities of the Chinese. T'o the same effect is a passage in the Chung Yung $ Sec. 16th. The Hoh King 合​講 ​says. 承​祭祀​,不​事​是​人​鬼​, 凡​天地​,山​五祀​,隨​所​當​祭​者​,皆​是​:“That to which sacrifice is offered is not merely the departed spirits of men : all, heaven, earth, mountains, rivers, the five sacrifices - even what- ever ought to be sacrificed to - all are included." The whole section from which this paragraph is taken refers merely Tib Kwei Shin, hence these two words must include all the in- dividuals enumerated, i. e. 1. Kwei includes the departed spirits of men and Shin the rest. The Lun Yı, , chapter 6th, parag. 4th, speaking of the yellow colored calf of a mixed colored cow, says, Be lik bo M, L4 III # Though men may not wish to use it (in sacrifice) will the mountains and rivers reject it? The Commentary says, 4, NI HII L . Mountains and rivers, means the gods of the mountains and rivers." The same is probably true of wind. thunder, forests, &c. The Commentary adds, AT M, 必​不舍​之​, Again 可用​以​祭山​之​神​矣 ​He (the calf) is proper to use in sacrifice to the gods of the mountains and rivers. The Lun Yu Chap. 3. Par. 12. says, ar ko tha filha tw T . “Sacrifice as though present, —- sacrifice to the gods as though the gods were present." The Commentary adds, A 題​也​,祭​祭​外​也 ​Sacrifice njeans sacrifice to ancestors-sacrifice to the gods, means sacrifice to esternal gods," i. e. others beside their ancestros. The Hoh Kiing, #, says, 51. 耐​謂​山林​溪谷​之​蘭 ​“External gods means the gods of the mountains, forests, streams and vales.' All the passages above cited use Shin as a generic term, applicable to whatever those who used it considered worthy of worship. It is in this same signification that the term is applied to the deified spirits of departed heroes and sages, Thus, in the passage above quoted from the Shun Tien, B!, the mi is so used, as the Commentary clearly shows. So in the Tá vá * * Sect. Ist, *£ £, the Comment. adds, * E ME In It The E“Wan wáng having died u dijaginINII 316 JUNE, Chinese Terms for Deity. and his Shin being on high,” * I ŹM #F, 4E Pet 7 # Ez tite, “Wan wang's Shin (or divinity) is in heaven and constantly in the presence of Shángti” (as an assistant). Wan wang was regarded as a deity, and was sacrificed to after his death by those who were not his descendants, which is not the case with those who are not regarded as deified, hence his spirit is called Shin. Where merely the common worship, which all the Chinese pay to their ancesters is spoken of, kwei is commonly employed; and when this kind of worship is spoken of, in connection with the worship of other deities, hell and sometimes simply that is employed. We have already remarked that the words that are used to denote merely the different operations of one single principle or deity. This usage grows out of the pantheistic theology of the Chinese, as developed in the commentaries of the 16th chap. of the Chung Yung * W. We are there taught that when two separate principles are spoken of 鬼​者​陰​之​靈​也​,肿​者​陽​之​靈​也 ​But it is maintained by the commentators that it is really only a single principle or power; and when engaged in creating, preserving or perfecting it is called Shin, but when in destroying, wasting away or consuming it is called Kwei; that this divinity pervades all things and that nothing can be without it; that it precedes the existence of all things—that all creating, perfecting and preserving and all destroying are the result of its operations—that this one principle or divinity pervades the whole human race, so that every human being possesses a share of it. Thus we read 吾身​之​鬼神​即​祭祀​之​鬼神 ​祭祀​之​鬼​節氣​機​之​鬼神​,“The divinity in my body is the same as the divinity to whom sacrifice is offered. The divinity to whom sacrifice is offered is the same as the all operating divinity." I think it is the share of this principle, which each indivi- dual of the human race is said to possess, and which, as referred to the word Shin, is applied the animal spirits of men. Much more might be said in reference to these words but what has been said is sufficient to illustrate their usage in ull important particulars. Now in reference to the question, which term is the proper one to be used as a translation of God,' in the Bible, it should be borne in mind that, Jehovah does not merely claim to be the highest deity acknowledged by a people, nor will he be satisfied with the name of their highest gods, but he claims to be God alone, to concen- trate in himself all that ought to be worshiped; and he claims an 1846. 317 Chinese Terms for Deity. appellation which involves in itself all that those who use it deem worthy of worship; this name, which the people had been accustomed to bestow equally on several imaginary beings he claims exclusively to himself, and he claiins it without any qualifying epithet; and thus maintains his own exclusive divinity. Such is the nature of the words used in the original Hebrew and Greck scriptures for 'God;' they are not the names or title of any one god, but were applied to what- ever those who used them considered as worthy of worship. These words are used in seripture without any qualifying epithet to desig- nate the supreme being. Now in this view of the case, I think there can be no doubt as to what word should be emploed in translations. Shin is used in the same generic way as the original term; and I believe no other word is so used; this therefore can be used uniformly in every instance where the word God occurs in the Scriptures, while every other expression which has been proposed must in various instances (as when the word is used in the plural or when it is ap- plied to some particular idol, &c.) be changed. Other words are merely names or titles of particular idols, and however high their rank, they can neither answer to the generic comprehensiveness of the original word nor can they come up to the high rank of the God of the Bible. “The gods that have not made the heavens and the earth even they shall perish from the earth and from under these heavens.” Such must be the fate of all the gods of the Chinese ; let not then their names he deemed an adequate designation of him who “is from everlasting to everlasting." ju AllgäinINII 00 ART. VII. A walk around the city of Canton: houses of the cofined dead; the I’ling temple; Mohammedan buildings; scenery on the north; forts; an old citadel; a remarkable burial place; &c. From a private Journal. Monday at 3 o'clock P. M. May 4th. 1846, the weather being re- markably cool for the season and the heavens overcast so as to shut out the rays of the sun, I started in company with Mr. C. on excursion, intending to go round the walls of the city and as far into the country on the north and east as the time would allow. Once foreigners could walk freely and unmolested on the north and east of the city; for a long time past it has not been so. Even since នៗៗខ្លួន៖ an :318 JINE, A walk around the city of Canton : the war and the treaties, an excursion around the city has been con- sidered as unsafe. British officers--the colonial chaplain and the colonial treasurer of Hongkong, and H. B. Ms. vice-consul of Canton, not long ago were rudely assaulted, and the treasurer, Mr. Martin, was severely beaten. It is remarkable, that all, or nearly all these attacks have been made by people on the walls, or by vagabonds close by them, who ought to have been instantly seized by the soldiers and guards; and the inference is, that the authorities, or those under them, have been the first to give annoyance or have allowed others to give molestation to those whom they were and are bound to pro- tect. Thrice before and once since the war, at the request of friends, I have accompanied them round the walls, and though always beset, yet in each case a few words, suited to the persons making the attack, turned them from their evil purposes and allowed us to pass on mharmed. In one instance, however, a gentlemen had his watch taken from his pocket. It would be well, perhaps, as things now are, for foreigners, on all excursions far from their factories, to leave their watches behind them, and to have about them nothing that can attract the cupidity of outlaws and vagrants who abound in the city and suburbs of Canton. From the foreign factories, near the south-west corner of the city, we proceeded directly north in the long straight street that runs parallel with the western wall of the city and is separated from it by a fosse or canal. Having gone nearly two miles on foot and reached a part of the suburbs, off the north-west corner of the city, where the children and vagrants are particularly annoying to the foreigner, we took our sedans (which we had engaged to accompany us before starting) and were soon at the military station, on the borders of the suburbs in this direction. There we halted a moment to pay our respects and to tell the soldiers where we were intending to go. These stations are numerous, within and without the city, usually consisting of a corporal or some low officers and eight or ten men, habited ordinarily just like the common people. Turning to the right, as we left corporal Cháng a gray bearded old man, we walked on over the rising ground, having the fosse and a part of the city wall on one side, and on the other, the north side of our path, a line of low sombre buildings filled with coffins, all tenanted. The number of these buildings on the north and east of Canton amounts to several scores. On the decease of persons, especi- ally if they are from other parts of China and have no burial-place in or near the city, their remains are placed in coffins, closed herme- tically or nearly so, and are then carried out and deposited in these 1846. 319 A walk around the city of Canton : houses, and from thence, after months or years, the inouldering body is borne away to seek affinity with its ancestral dust. On the highest point of the rising ground, which we had now reached, stands the I'ling miúu, a noted temple.* Behind and be- yond it, and the other buildings. just described, are some lofty trees and shrubbery, giving to the scene a pleasing rural air. In the dis- tance, far on beyond some rice growds, are seen other little hills and other similar clumps of trees and shrubbery, quite inviting and half teinpting us to steer our course off in that dirction, which would have brought us to the place where the British troop, under sir Hugh Gough, landed in May 1841. From the I'ling temple we decended the hill, going in a a north- easterly course, passing a few poor houses here and there on either side of the way, till we came to the center of a little village, where three ways meet, about half a mile due north from the Ching peh mun, or principal northern gate of the city. This is but a poor place, the houses and shops few and the people not very civil. From this center we turned norih, ascendding a little on reach- ing the open country. As we caine out of the village, we passed, on our right, a low building, apparently of Mohammedan origin. Half a mile farther on, we came to other larger buildings of the same kind, on the left or western side of the road. These buildings I had previously visited, and as our tiine was now linnited we did not enter them, but passed on farther going over the rice fields and among graves of the Chinese. The people we lere ihet were very civil, and received thankfully small pirtions of the Scriptures in the shape of sheet tracts. A hundred of these were distributed, most of them to people from the adjacent villages. We were now on the ground over which the British troops passed to take possession of the “ Heights of Canton," and had before us on the one side the forts and the ramparts where the inperial troops wade such poor defence, and on the other hand the hills and meadows where the “ village braves” assembled by thousands to exterminate the “barbarians.” But we saw not a trace of all the havoc and devastation made by either the one party or the other. * The I’ling miáu is dedicated to the l’ling tả ti, te, the great god of good physicians." The Chinese say that tú ti is the same as Sháng tí, the high ruler; and that {ling denotes those skilful physicians, who have been always successful, their prescriptions never failing to produce the desired effect. These temples are numerous in China, and they are all dedicated to the “great ruler or rulers," patron or patrons of physicians. By the hy, the patrons are numerous, some great and some small ailəäinINO " IN NO 320 A walk around the city of Canton : JUNE, Returuing, we passed from the Mohammedan buildings to the cen- ter of the village, and from thence eastward till we were direotely before the city gate and distant from it eighty or one hundred rcds. Al this point, the prospect was charmingly picturesque : the valley, the hills, the forts, the city walls, the aged trees, the pocis, the streamlets of water, &c., all combined to fill up the seene. But it was becoming late, and our bearers, who were now to serve as guides, wished us to hasten on our way. They were directed to choose the course that would show us most of the country. Going eastward and northward they carried us through a deep valley almost directly below the large square fort, and the high and prominent object; on the east of the city, off as far as Whampoa, soon opened to view. As we passed along, through this deep valley, the hills on both sides of us were covered with the graves and tombs of the Chinese. On the heights northward, opposite to the square fort, our guides pointed out the ruins of an old citadel, where they said the Manchu conquerers took up their head-quarters when they laid siege against Canton, more than two centuries ago. On emerging from this valley, where we had seen nothing but the habitations of the dead, with naked hills and rocks and a few small patches of rice-grounds, some poor cotlages were seen before us, and some small manufacturing establishments, farmers' houses, &c. Instead of now turning to the right, which would have been the short- est and easiest course for our bearers, they kept off under the brow of the hill on the left; and having gone some rods along the bank of a little water-brook, they crossed it on some stone slabs and then steered a course, over very rough ground, towards the south-east, and by a circuitous rovte brought us to the spot where were piled up the re- mains of those more than two thousand, mien, women, and children, who were burnt to death in the theatre which was consumed by fire in Canton on the 25th of May 1845, No hecatomb could compare with this pile of human bones and ashes. The number destroyed with the theatre was supposed to be not less than 2300, of whom, our guides told us, the remains of 1670 were in the pile now before us! The mound, rising perhaps twelve feet in the center, is surrounded by a wall six or eight feet high, enclosing it may be half an English acre. At one end of this, there are some tablets, and close by a little temple. The shades of the evening had begun to fall, and we could not linger on this melancho- ly spot. It is situated about half a mile directly off eastward from the north-east corner of the city, 1846. 321 Peking Gazette. From this place of the dead, we passed across the northeastern and the eastern parade grounds, homeward bound. As we came down a long street and were crossing the latter, a crowd of vagrants followed us; and when in the open field or parade gound, they shouted thrice and at the same time hurled showers of brickbats. These fell harmless. On our turning around, we saw several respectable men beckoning and warning them off from their evil doing. By this inter- ference, with a few words to those who were near us, the whole crowd became pacific, and we passed quietly on, and reached the point of our departure the foreign factories—a little before 7 o'clock, well pleased with the excursion. 199 Art. VIII. King Páu or Peking Gazettes: with extracts and notices from Number Ninth March 3d to Number Sixtecnth March 17th 1846. We now resume our notices of these State Papers, giving only such items as seem likely to interest the general reader. No. 9. March 3d and 4th 1346. From the Board of Office there is a long report, recommending a great number of changes, which however can be of no interest to our readers. The imperial canals are also noticed; and long details of repairs, expenditures, &c., are laid before the emperor, by the officers in charge of the public works. No. 10. March 5th and 6th. There is in this Number a report from Liú Yenko, governor-general of Fuhkien and Chehkiáng, announcing the completion of the repair, or rather rebuilding, of the walls of the city of Chan-ngan hiem, #3 | Ba, in the department of Cháng chau, ! in Fuhkien." The circuit of the walls is 1360 сháng, and the height and breadth each one and a half cháng, or about twenty feet. These walls were first erected in the time of the Ming dynas- ly, more than three hundred years ago; but the action of the ele- ments having laid thein in ruins, they have now been rebuilt, chiefly by subscriptious and public contributions. No. 11. March 7th and 8th. Piracy and registration are the principal topics of this Number. His excellency Liú Yunko has laid before his master a long memorial detailing the ways and means that have been employed for the suppression of piracy on the high seas, off the coasts of Fuhkien and Chehkiáng, and especially near For- We do not get a very favorable idea of the naval forces in those seas from this document. The vessels, and the officers com- PP mosa. VOL XV. NO. VI, 322 JUNE, Prking Gazette manding them, seem equally bad and inefficient. In a word, these water-thieves," as the pirates are called, like the multitudes of bandits and highwaymen ou shore, are little disposed to obey the im- perial laws. In one part of the memorial, it is stated that the pirates, the more easily to effect their purposes, join themselves with the “barbarians." We suspect there is some error here, about the barbarians. The other document is from the governor of Shantung, complain- ing of irregularities in the registration of certain students, and he begs his august sovereign to have the cases duly investigated. No. 12. March 9th and 10th. In this Number, as in several others, are notices of officers wha, in accordance with decisions given at the great triennial examination, are to be introduced to his majesty, the emperor. The audiences are to take place at the “Round-bright Gardens," called Yuen-ming Yuen. We have also, in this Number, two long papers regarding the army and the mint. Efforts are made to improve the discipline of the one; and to facilitate and augment the issues of the other. There is, in another paper in this Number, allusion to the Hi, Tsing Lien Kitu, " The Religion of the Green Water-lily," in a memorial to the emperor from the governor-general of the two prorinces, riz: Húpeh and Húnán. His excellency gives a dark picture of the morals of the people under his jurisdiction. The numerous ramifications of the “ Green Water-lily," and the mystery in which the aifairs of the whole fraternity are involved, occasion him no small anxiety. No. 13. The fifth son of the emperor, zYih-tsung, who has in due form been a leped by one of his majesty's brothers, continues to be an object of attention at court. His titles, his livings, his seals, &c., hare all to be detcrniined and fixed by the emperor and his advisers. In this number there is a memorial from the Board of Rites, submit- ting various propositions regarding his seals, their dimensions, mate- rial, etc. The commissariat and the revenue, in various parts of the empire, are the topics of other papers in this number. March, 11th and 12th. No. 14. March 13th and 14th. After a variety of details, announcing appointments, &c., there is a document regarding the Mohammedaus and wild barbarians, from which we take the following: "Ho Chángling, governor-general of Yunnan and Kweichan, kneeling, lays before his majesty, by memorial, the following state- inent, regarding the seizure of wicked and cunning Mohammedans, Wlin in connection with wild barbarians proceed in acts of revenge against the city of Yung-Chang in the west part of the province of 1846. 323 Peking Guzette. off ; Yunnan, lat. 25° 04' 40" ind east long. 99° 25' 55" near the Burman frontiers), and concerning the summary measures adopted in the prosecution of the same; all of which, are respectfully sul)- mitted, with the prayer that the holy (emperor) will look thereon. "Lé Hanghien, the submagistrate of Tangyueh, some time ago, , reported that he had received, from the wild chiefs of Wántung, the following facts : a Mohammedan chieftain, Min Yingkwei, having incited the wild men (the savages) of Peh-yeh-shi, and other places, to proceed in acts of revenge against Yingching, he (the said sub- magistrate) immediately assembled his troops to interpose and cut them and when, more than two hundred strong, they made an attack on Shin-mu-lung, he lead on his troops and vigorously pursued them, while the wild men fled taking away with them flocks and herds, but there was no injury done to human life.” Ilis excellency having received this inforination, took measures accordingly, as if the whole empire had been in jeopardy. He went in person to Yungchang and carefully examined and inspected every thing and every body having any connection with the insurrection. The result of all these proceedings was the decapitation of Min-ying- kwei, as chief instigator. We have, in this number, another report to the throne, from his majesty's slave, (or ty, nu-tsái,) Pá-yen-tái, regarding the lands recently brought under cultivation, through the agency of Lin Tsehsii, during the period of his banishment to the western frontiers of the empire, at Aksu, Ushí, Káuché, Hotion, Kash-gar, and Yárk aud. These newly improved grounds do not seem likely to prove very productive; indeed, his majesty's “ Have” at present is unable to say with confidence that they will yield the government any reveille. More time, he says, is required to ascertain their capabilities. No. 15. March 15th and 16th. One long document, regarding metallic currency, fills nearly the whole of this number. A translation of it we hope to give in our next issue. No. 16. March 16th and 17th. Papers relating to new appointments to office, arrangements for the emperor to visit the sepulchres of his ancestors, the superintendency of imperial manufactures at Nanking and Súchau and Hangchau, &C., &c., fill up the first part of this number What these manufactures are, it does not appear from the papers before us; their superintendency, however, like that of cus. toms at Canton, seems to open some lucrative offices for the poorer members of the imperial house. A eunuch of the palace, having been intolerably burdened and beaten, ran away ; and, having been seized by the magistrate of Tsing- yuen, was delivered over to the governor-general of the province at Peking, who sent the poor man back to his masters and along with him a memorial to the throne, detailing of the kwowi particulars 324 JUNE, Peking Gazette. of the case which are too trifling to be here repeated, and only serve to show how great men may employ themselves in very little matters. There is also a paper from the governor-general of the “river- ways” of Honán, “beging and praying for celestial favor and con- descension to pour out 20,000 taels” for repairs. Art. IX. Journal of Occurrences: residences for foreigners ; ren- ting of houses and ground; review of troops; the U. S. A. Squadron ; Macao port regulations; piracies; kidnapping ; Admiralty court at Hongkong: English troops at Chusan; two Chinese catholic priests ; protestant missions ; baptisms of con- verts; marriage ; ordination. RESIDENCES for foreigners are much in demand in the provincial city, and are likely to become still more and more so, as the number of foreigners increases while the houses appropriated for their use remain the same. Many of the houses now occupied are so narrow and so close as to render them both exceedingly uncomfortable and unhealihy, not to say quite intolerable for places of residence. Under these circumstances efforts have been made, but hitherto with little success, to rent houses beyond the lines of the foreign factories, or ground on which houses may be built, in accordance with the provisions of the several treaties. No soouer is it known that a foreigner wishes to obtain a house, or a site on which to build, than whole streets and neighborhoods assemble and combine to pre- vent the same. It appears that some gentlemen have recently been trying to rent a lot of ground on the south side of the river, in the vicinity of the Fáti or “Flower Gardens." “ Flower Gardens." And we have now before us a placard issued in consequence of this. After saying many hard things against the foreigners in question, and against the trai- tors who are aiding and abetting them, the writers declare that they will allow of no such proceedings, and that should any barbarians convert their happy soil into abodes for themselves, they will slanghter the foreigners, and that without mercy! So much for the boasted clemency of the gentle sons of Hán. The review of the imperial troops, in the eastern departments of Canton, is now in progress under the personal inspection of Kiying. His excellency left the provincial city early in June, and will proceed, it is said, as far as to Kiáying chan, by the way of Weichau and Chauchau, fú. Kiuying chau is the home of a race of Chinese known, at the Straits of Malacca and elsewhere, as Háká men. Abroad they are a restive race, but docile at home. The United States squadron, consisting of the Columbus and the Vincennes, under commodore James Biddle, sailed for the north about the end of May, and on the 6th instant was at Amoy. We hope the 1846. 32.5 Journal of Occurrences. commodore will visit all the northern ports, not excepting Tientsin. What the emperor has done to keep all friendly powers at such a distance we are at a loss to conjecture. A visit to the port of Pe- king would only be paying him a just tribute of respect. And it is high time the national Aag of the U. S. A. were seen and known in the northern waters of China, and also in the Bay of Yédo. Macao is again becoming a place of resort, and especially for such as need a refuge from the contracted domicils of Canton. It has as good a climate as can be found between the Capes, excellent houses, and a tolerably good market. The government now seems disposed to modify its regulations so as to invite a more frequent resort to that city. We copy from the Hongkong Register the new Port Regulations, which were to take effect from the 7th ult. 1. The office of the Harbour-master shall be near the Custom-house. 2. Every vessel wanting a Pilot, on entering the Roads, shall have her Na- tional flag at the foremast-head. 3. The Harbour-master alone shall have power to employ in his service pilots who have passed an examination. § 1. In the department of the Harbour-master no cognisance shall be taken of losses in any ship under charge of a pilot who has not been examined, and sent on board by the Harbour-master, whether in entering or departing. § 2. The pay of pilots who have been examined shall continue the same as of those now established. 4. The Captain or Master of the ship shall deliver to the person authorised to keep a Register of them, a list of the names of all the passengers, declaring their employment and destination ; also all the papers he brings, mentioning the number. 5. The Captain, iminediately on landing, shall produce to the Harbour-master his Register, and a list of the crew of the vessel. These doc ents shall be kept at the Harbour-master's office till his departure. 6. The Harbour-master shall send immediately to the Chief of the Custom- house, a statement of the number of tons of the ship or ships entering the River or Typa, extracted from the proper document and authenticated by it. 7. Ships cannot enter or leave the Harbour in the north-east monsoon drawing more than 15 feet of water, and in the South-west requiring more than 16 feet, and that only in spring tides. On other occasions there are only 13 feet. 8. Vessels are not allowed to enter the Harbour with gunpowder on board. It must be deposited on entering at the Bar-fort, and received again on the vessel's departure. 9. It is prohibited to throw ballast or ashees into the sea, within the ports. 10. Vessels cannot change their anchorage within the River, without the consent of the Harbour-master. 11. Vessels are obliged to have their sheet-anchor always ready to drop, 12. If any of the crew desert the ship it must be made known to the Har- bour-master, who shall take measures for his apprehension. If he is not found before the vessel sails, he may be apprehended as soon as he appears, if that is desired, in order to be delivered up to the competent authority. 13. It is prohibited to leave sick persons in Macao, and these can be landed only by permission from the Harbour-master. 14. No Captain shall have the power to turn away all of a part of the crew of his vessel without the consent of the Harbour-master. 15. It belongs to the Harbour-master to make a registration of the crew. 16. Masters, or Caplains of vessels who intend to depart, shall produce some time before to the Harbour-master, all their papers and clearances which ought 326 JUNE Journal of Occurrences. rance to be given them by the Custom-house, declaring if he has gunpowder in de- posit; and if these papers are regular the Harbour-master shall give the last clea- Contravention of these articles shall be subject to the award of the law. 'The authorities to whom the cognizance of these things belongs have thus understood and decreed. Macao , Ist May, 1846. (Signed) Joað MARIA FERREIRA DO AMARAL. Piracies have of late been unusually frequent. We quote, from the local papers, the particulars of two cases. No. 1. ANOTHER CASE OF Piracy. The fast-boat which left Canton on Friday (May 29th) for Hongkong, when off Tongkoo about 9 o'olock on Saturday even- ing, was attacked by pirates, who forced their way on board wounding some of the crew that opposed them. One of the pirates who spoke good English told a young gentleman who was on board as a passenger, that if he lay still and made no resistance, no injury would be done him. Of course, they carried off his clothes and whatever goods he had on board as wall as what belonged to the crew. They also cut the rigging of the boat, disabling her for some time. Before laxing, the same Chinese told him that a Portuguese, assistant in a commercial house in Canton, had become terrified at the fire-balls they threw on board and jumped into the water. As he has not since been heard of there can be little doubt he has been drowned. As none of the native fishermen on the river speak English, this occurrence confirms what has been often before surmised, that these piracies are generally planned and executed by parties in our own harhor. We heard a good deal some time ago of gun-boats to be fitted out by our Government here for the suppression of piracy. As usual the labouring mountain has produced a very small mouse. A paltry-boal of the size of tke commor Chinese row-boats that ply in the harbour has been constructed, and has lain in the harbour about a fortnight, it being considered unsafe, we presume, for her to go out with the crew and armament which was intended for her. That Mr. Lena, who superintendented the construc- tion of her, only obeyed his directions we are well aware and mean no reflec- tions upon that active and zealous public officer. At the same time, this miserable abortion can only become the jest and laughing-stock of the parties it was meant to intimidate. Hongkong Register, June 2d. No. 2. “On Thursday last, the Schooner Privateer was despatched for Cumsing- moon with upwards of 200 chests of opiun. About 3 o'clock p. n. the Cutter Gruce Darling brought intelligence to that anchorage that she had seen the Schooner in possession of Pirates, off Lintin. The Grace Darling, being mere- ly a pleasure boat, was unable to cope with the Pirates, but made all speed to Cuinsingmoon where she and the Theresa were manned, chicfly by the captains of the receiving vessels, and took the southern passage. Another Cutter, the Echo, in which were one captain, six mates, and ten Manilamen, took the opposite and less accustomed route. From the heavy squalls to the southward it was concluded that the piratical vessels and their prize would probably be driven up the river, and the Echo therefore steered northward, and had the good fortune to sight the Priviteer about 5 o'clock the same evening, having two China vessels near her. The pirates probably took fight on find- ing they were discovered, for when the Echo made up to the place and boarded the Schooner, they had disappeared. It was found, however, that the guns had all been removed and the rigging cut adrift, and a portion of the opium (since ascertained to be 72 chests) taken away, At this time it was too dark to give chase, and the captors therefore bore up for Cumsinginoon, where they arrived next morning about 10 o'clock. « The crew of the Privateer had originally consisted of thirteen, chiefly Manilamen, besides the captain and a European passenger, an oficer of a 17.16. :3:27 Journal of Occurrences. merchant vessel. The Echo found only four persons on board, one of whom was the passenger. He states that the Privatecr, while proceeding from Hongkong to Cumsingmoon caine up to what appeared to be two large fishing boats, and that Captain Martell, being unwilling to injure their nets, passed to the leeward, when one of the boats seizing the opportunity, put up her helm, and dropping alongside, boarded the Schooner with an overpowering mumber of armed men. Captain Martell, who had been writing, on deck. fired his rifle at them, and run below to procure more firearms. While attempting to force his way on deck again, and after a severe struggle on his part, he was stabbed in the side and thrown overboard.” “We have since received some iaziher particulars by the Schooner Theresi which arrived here last night, bringing with her the gunner and a seaman, who had been miraculously saved. It seems that when the vessel was board- ed, the chief mate, the gunner, and three Manila men leaped into the boat astern, which was immediately pursued and seized by the Pirates, who brought their prisoners on board, and threw them into the livld of one of their junky. In the course of the night they were one by one brought on deck, where their arms were pinioned, and having been chin-chin'd with lighted Joss paper they were told to drink as much salt water as they pleased, and then tossed over- board. Of tliese victims two were so fortunate as to extricate their hands in the water, and being expert swimmers, contrived to make their way to the neigh- hourhood of Macao. The other four were confined below in the Privnicer, and strictly guarded. Altogether six of the crew have been saved, two Eur- opeans and four Marilamen.'' We undertand that some difference of opinion has arisen about the Echo's, nxclusive claim to salvage, and that the matter is to be referred to the arbitra- tion of two Englishmen and two Ainericans. The value of the property recovered amounts to a large sum. The China Mail, Jure 25th. Kidnapping is common in China: there is now, so it is said, a case before one of the magistrates of Canton, in which the defendants are charged with the kidnapping of young children for the purpose of selling them to foreigners! Trained as the Chinese are to this traf- fice, it is not strange that they should attempt it in such a place as Hongkong. We give the following from the Friend of China for May 27th. On the morning of the 25th a respectable Compradore belonging to a Eur- opean firm, was kidnapped by eight robbers and carried to the opposite shore. The man had gone to the Joss horise on the Saiwan road to pay his devotions according the custom of the sect to which he belongs, and the robbers were doubtless aware that be was a person of respectability, and expected a heavy ransom from his friends. After being gagged and blindfolded, the prisoner was carried off in a large boat, such as are used for carrying cargo. They anchor- ed at a village called Chunewan, somewhere about Pilot's bay, near the Cap- singmoon passage. The boatwoman who carried the Compradore to the Jos- House, gave information to his friends, who procured the assistance of a native police boat, together with some men from the salt Junks, numbering in all eighteen. They were well armed, and taking the boatwoman with them to identify the pirate craft, they proceeded to Pilot's bay. The pirate vessel was anchored there ; and on closing with her the crew jumped overboard and escaped. The Compradore was discovered below and released. He had pre- viously been stripped of his clothes and watch; and in the struggle was stabb- ed in the thigh, and scratched about the face. The pirates told him that he would not be ransomed for less than $4000, and that he would be removed to the interior that night. The policc boat arrived just in time, as there is no doubt that the poor fellow would have been carried to some piratical liaunt, and only delivered on paying a handsome ransom. It is thought that some had characters, who live near West point, were aware of the Compradore's intended visit to the Joss House', iind gave information to the party who capt- 1 1 328 Journal of Occurrences. ured him. The matter was investigated by the Magistrates to-day (Tuesday) but nothing further was elicited. Abductions of this kind are common on the Canton river, and in the neigh- bourhood of Macao, though seldom accompanied with personal violence. The malversations of the Chinese cannot be, or, perhaps we should say, are not, equaled by those of any people ancient or modern. Every day we live in the country, our hearts are pained with the new mys- teries of iniquity that come to the light. Piracies and kidnappings are but small items in the sum total of these evil-doings. A vice-admiralty court has been established at Hongkong; and letters patent “appointing sir John Francis Davis, baronet, to be vice- admiral of the Island of Hongkong,” and “ appointing John Walter Hulme, esquire, to be judge of the vice-admiralty court of Canton," are published in the China Mail for the 4th instant, where also may be found an Insolvent Debtor's Act," for the said island. The English troops, at Chusan, we hear, have been withdrawn from Tinghái and are soon to leave the island. Two young Chinese, educated as priests in the Chinese school at Naples founded by Father Ripa, came on to Hongkong from Mal- ta, in the “Lady Mary Wood” last month; their names are Giovan- ni Evangelista and Giovanni Baptista. Early in the month the Rev. Alexander Stronach arrived at Hong- kong from Singapore, bringing with him the Chinese type and foundary formerly in the care of the late Mr. Dyer of Penang. Some Chinese converts to the Christian faith have been recently baptized at Shanghái and at Amoy. As these are among the first fruits of protestant missions in China, we shall be glad, and feel obliged to our friends and correspondents, if they will give us the particulars of these cases. Any and all correct information regard- ing the progress of Christianity in China is earnestly requested. MARRIED, May 28th, at the Colonial Chapel, Hongkong, by the Rev. V.J. Stanton, CHARLES B. Hillier, Esq., Assistant Magistrate of Police, to ELIZA MARY daughter of the Rev. W. H. Medhurst D. D. of the London Missionary Society at Shanghái. By a note from Shanghái, we learn that the Rev. Thomas McCLATCHIE of the Church (of England) Missionary Society was married to Miss ISABELLA PARKE8, May 29th. ORDINATION OF Rev. JAMES G. BRIDGMAN, MISSIONARY OF THE A. B. C.F.M. In Canton, Sabbath evening the 31st May, 1846, JAMES GRANGER BRIDGMAN, A.B., of Amherst, Massachusetts, U. S. A., was ordained by an ecclesiastical council, consisting of the Rev. Walter H. Medhurst D.D. of Sháng-hái, the Rev.E. C Bridgman, D.D., and the Evangelist Liáng A-fáh. Reading of the Scriptures, and the Introductory Prayer by the Rev. Peter Parker, m. D.; Sermon* by the Rev. Dr. Bridgman, from Ephesians, vi: 11, and 12; Questions to the candidate, the Consecrating Prayer, and the Charge by Rev. Dr. Medhurst; Right Hand of Fellowship by Rev. Dr. Bridgman ; Con- cluding Prayer by the Rev. W. J. Pohlman of Amoy. Besides the above, there were present the following missionaries. Rev. Dyer Ball, M. Di, Rev. T. T. Devan, ill. D., Rev. I. J. Roberts, and Mr. S. W. Bonney of Canton, and the Rev. William Gillespie of Hongkony. This is believed to be the first Ordination of a Protestant minister of Christ in China. The services were peculiarly solemn and impressive, and will not soon be forgotten by those who were privileged to witness and enjoy them. The sermon was not delivered, on account of the preacher's indisposition. TIE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XV.-July, 1846. No. 7. ART. 1. On the signification of the character jin £: jin chí nán yen, EI Communicated for the Chinese Re. pository. In all cultivated languages there are words of such extensive and varied significations that it is difficult to include all their meanings under any one definition. Lexicographers and metaphysicians have puzzled themselves in attempts to define the word TRUTH, and in despair of finding any suitable and sufficiently full definition, soine have made it equivalent to being in general.* The Chinese lan- guage also boasts a word in general use, which may vie with almost any from other languages in the exteut of its significations. The pre- sent essay proposes to offer some remarks on its primary signification, omitting all reference to the minor and accidental meanings, such as nuts, the fruit of a tree, &c., which are given in the dictionaries. There is inuch unanimity in the definitions of jin E, by sinolo- gues. Prémare and the earlier Roman Catholic missionaries called it “caritas.” Morrison defines it “ benevolence: love to all crea- tures; charity; virtue in general." Medhurst says, “benevolence, virtue; affectiou." Callery gives, "misericordia, lenitas, pietas;' and the common'opinion is, that it is best expressed by, benevolence. It is not strange that the word truth should excite much speculation in a world where falsehood and deceit have so often obscured it. It has been a subject of inquiry for inany centuries, for one of the questions put by Pilate to our Savior, was, " What is truth"" Fanciful as it may seem, there is truth in the quaint remark “If Pilale asked in Latin quid est veritas ? the answer is found in the anagram of his question, est vir qui adcst 42 VCL XV. NO. VII, 1846, 331 The Character Jin. common colloquial meaning is not the one now, intended, but its original signification in the Latin language, from which it is derived, and its primary signification as given by correct English lexicogra- phers. The word humanitas (like the Greek Av@pwroins,) signifies human nature, human feelings, all that is necessary to distinguish man from the brutes. It is generally understood in a good sense, as when Cicero says to a friend, “ Natura tibi dedit ut non parum haberes humanitatis : and hence the “vis humanitatis," and the studium humanitatis," of the same writer. With this agree our modern philologists. Webster's definition is : "1. The peculiar nature of man, by which he is distinguished from other beings. 2. Mankind collectively, the human race. 3. The kind feelings, dis- tinguished from the lower orders of animals: kindness, benevo- lence." In this definition benevolence appears a part of humanity. The same definition, in substance, is given by Richardson ; "hu- mane is manly, having the nature or qualities of man; feeling for man; compassionate; benevolent. Humanity is mankind; the na- ture of man; the feelings proper to or becoming man.' To the sam epurpose speaks sir T. Elyot, as quoted by Richardson. “The nature or condition of man, wherein he is lesse than God Almyghty, and excellyge notwithstandyng al other cretures in erth, is called humanitatie, which is a generall name to those vertues in whom semeth to be a mutuall concorde and love in the nature of man." It will be seen below how remarkably the Chinese definitions of jin 1, agree with these definitions of humanity, and with the famous verse of Terence, Humani nihil a me alienum puto. In the synonymes of Crabb are some useful remarks on bene- volence and humanity : "benevolence lies in the will, humanity in the heart;" but as he ises the word in its restricted and colloquial sense, his distinctions, which are not always accurate, are the less appropriate to our present inquiry. The classical passages which must define the meaning of the cha- racter in question, are the words of Confucius and Mencius in the Four Books. In the twentieth chapter of the Chung Yung, Con- ficius says, jin ché jin ye, £#At; and Mencius, in lis seventh section, says jin yé cht' jin y, 1 HW * The reference in this essay are to the octayo edition of lfie Four Books, with the notes of Chú tütsz.', printed in Canton in the year 1.5, with the title $;" Skú Li Kü Tsih Chi Pu til Mesecumu und Clu 1 IN 332 JULY The Character Jin. These words are as express as can well be imagined, and teach that jin 1, is neither more nor less than man or humanity, in the wid- est and best sense. The same doctrine is taught by the most reś. pectable commentators, in language equally pointed and express. Chú fútsz' on the passage in Mencius remarks, jin ché jin chi so i wei jin chi li yé, 1*Ź ST BL Monte ,* "Jin is the principle by which man becomes a man," i. e. by which he is distinguished from the lower orders of creation, becoming a man and not a beast. That jin | must mean humanity in the sense above defined, and not simply benevolence is proved both po- sitively and negatively, (as the old logicians would say,) by the two following quotations. Chú futsz says, sz tien, ºth nang siu shin i hau sz’, jin chi chi yé, $ F HE BEI ŽEt," To serve heaven, and in waiting for death to regu- late one's self, is the very highest part of jin." This is certainly “the highest duty of humanity,” but what it has to do with bene- volence is somewhat difficult of discovery. Ching fútsz' says, fuh jin chi sing, tseh puh jin chi shin ché yé, with A Z VE BU Ti 1 ŻE # thi “To act in opposition to, and to thwart the nature and disposition of men, (by loving what men hate, and hat- ing what men love,) is the extreme of inhumanity," i. e. it is utterly contrary to jin, the nature of man. Here it is necessary to bear in mind the fundamental principle in Chinese ethics, that human nature is pure. The doctrine of origi- nal sin is totally denied by their moralists, and by none more ear- nestly than by Mencius. Once on a time the heir apparent of the state of Tang called on the philosopher. The only remaining re- cord of their conversation is in the oracular words, Mangtsz' táu sing shen, yen pih ching Yúu Shun, o FL PEU “ Mencius maintained that man's nature is good, and in proof quoted Yare and Shun."|| But though this conversation is so briefly narrated, there are others in which he maintains his doctrine at nese page will be given in each instance. It is much to be regretted that there is no correct and portable edition of the Four Books for reference and quotations. Would it not be worth while to have a small edition printed on good paper, to contain simply the text, paged, and the lines numbered for convenient reference? Such a work on sized paper would make only a mo- derate volume, and might be printed for a small cost either by blocks or by metal type. Mencius, 7:37, note. t Ibid, 7:2, note. # Ta Hiob, p. 21, note 1 Mencius, 31 * 1846. 333 The Churacter Jin. es ro Nu- 140 ter length, and with some ingenuity; and it is yet the doctrine of the Chinese moralists. The first sentence of the first book that chil- dren learn, proclaims jin chí tsú sing pan shen, 1 z ki 'pE A “At man's birth his nature is good."* This doctrine, and the doctrine of human ability, or that man is able in his own strength to return to the paths of virtue from which he wanders, run through the whole system of morals of Confucius and Mencius. Our object is not now to combat this doctrine, so repugnant to experience and to the Sacred Scriptures, but to note its influence on the meaning of the word before us. Since human nature is thus naturally good, the word that expresses it can have only a good meaning. We hear no such phrases among the Chinese as, our frail humanity," "poor human nature, manum est errare," and others which with us are not confined to the pulpit and the lecture room. They go much further. Western moralists seek for the foundation of virtue in the nature of God, but the sages of the “celestial empire" place it in the nature of man. Whatever accords with humanity is right; and hence, as one of the ST commentators informs us, Confucius, yü jin i puh yü shin, Tri TT,“ Spoke of man and not of the gods.”+ Mencius was not satisfied, not to speak of the gods. He taught that the people were more important than the gods, and the latter did not hear the prayers and accept the sacrifices of the people, tsch pien chí shié tsih, “Then remove these (useless) gods of the land and the grain, and substitute others in their place."! Human na- ture is the good ground from which grow the five kindly plants called the, wú cháng F1 ', or five constant virtues, of which jin, or humanity is always reckoned the first. So great however is its in- portance that it is sometimes called the heart itself. Thus, jin jin sin yé, í jin lú yé, Flů k tl. “Humanity is man's heart, and righteousness the road in which he walks.?'|| The exprssion," humanity is man's heart," is explained by the constantly recurring phrase, jin chế sin chi teh, ngải chi 1, 1 * ủ To Ž , " Humanity is the virtue of the heart , and the prin- ciple of benevolence,"S or the other and fuller expression, jin ché pan sin chi tsiuen teh, 1 . " Humanity is the San tsz' king. Lun Yu 4:14, note. Mencius, 7; 36. !! Mencius, 6:19. Chu fitsz' in Meneius. 1.2, nola 334 JOLY The Character Jin. perfect virtue of the undefiled heart.' The same idea is thus ex- pressed by Ching fitsz', sin jü kuh chung, jin tseh ki sang chi sing, 心​如​缎​,1則​其​生​之​性​, "If the heart be likened to the planted seed, hunanity is its living nature,"+ and the neces- sity of possessing this virtue is strongly expressed by jin 'rh puh jin tseh fei jin, kwoh rk puh chi tsh puh kwoh í, its i lll 非人​,國​而不​治​則不​國​矣​“A man without the principles of humanity is no man, as a state ungoverned is not a state." I We shall form but an imperfect notion of what the Chinese sages mean by humanity, if we confine our views solely to the little world in each man's own breast. There is a principle in their philosophy, which though not often distinctly announced, is yet built into the foundation of their systemi, and enters materially into the meaning of the word jin. The principle referred to, is something like pan- theism, or the modern transcendentalism, which resolves all things into one's own consciousness, and makes man a part of deity, and of vniversal nature. This principle, which is but obscurely inti- inated in the writings of the older sages, became fully developed after Budhism was introduced into China, and is thus distinctly avowed by Chú fútsz’, jin ché í tien ti wun wuh wei yih tí, moh fei ki yê; jin teh vei ki ho so puh chi Ek Dil ·體​, 莫非​已​也​認得​為​已​何​所​不​至​,“The man of enlarged humanity considers heaven earth and all things to be byt one body to wit himself; knowing that these things are part of himself, where will not this principle lead him ?''li The commen- tator did well to ask " where?” This principle enters largely into the Chinese religion in the dactrine that associates man with heaven and earth ; sản toái chế tiem, ti, Jin, k l HD “The three powers are heaven, earth, and men."$ In this middle station man becomes wán wuh chí ling, to żThe soul of all things, and this is the perfection of his humanity. In this connection we may introduce some reflections of a certain Fán Ling, famous for his pithy sayings. “How vast and confounding is the immensity of heaven and earth! If we look above or beneath us, there are no The same in Lun Yu, 6:18. † In Mencius, 6:19, nota. # Lun Yu, 3:32. ll Lun Yų, 3.34, note The same idea is also expressed in the notes to the Chung Yug, p 4 Sanisy king LOGIA : * 1816. 335 The Clouracier Jinn. Such passages not luts to bound our vision. In the midst of all this immensity is man Regarding merely the minuteness of his body you would say lie is but a single grain of wheat in the overflowing granaries of a king; but if you regard his heart, and from ancient days till now, who boasts not the possession of a heart ?) he ranks on an equality with heaven and carth, and is numbered with the Three Great Powers."* Such is the high destiny and station of man, according to these eas- tern sages, and the principles, thirt fit him for it are called humanity. ( jij ti 11.) If then he acts out his high destiny, how can he sufler selfishness to usurp the place of that all comprehend.. ing humanity which places him in this conimanding station to watch orer and care for, - not merely his own little self - but the interests and happiness of all with whom he associates or over whom he can exert an iulluencc? Regarding min in this light, it is casy to understand the numerous passages of the four Books, and their commentaries, which describe jin, perfect humanity, as being utter- ly incompatible withi sz? yuh, He wiki selfishness. are of frequent occurrence, especially where it is the object of the woralist to inculcate the preservation or the renewal of virtue. Thus Chú fülsz, jin tsch sz’ yuh tsin k'ü, 'rh sin tch chi tsiucn yć, 1 ) FL Kaifii či ko in the "Perfect humanity con- sists in thc entire removal of sellishness, and the filling up of the virtue of the heart.”+ On the words of Confucius, jin che puk yú, { * Title “ The man whose human feelings are properly exercised has no sorrow," the same commentator remarks, lí tsuh í shing sz' kíl puh yú, ! Ei katika ti, His principles are so powerful as to have overcome selfisimess, and hence he has no sor- rows.”! To the same purpose speaks Confucius elsewhere, kik ki fuh li wei jin, Ref 1, "To overcome one's self, and restore intercourse with others to its proper footing, is humanity”. or rather,-is to act out the duties of humanity.ll These statements of the utter incompatibility between humanity and selfishness, ena- ble us to understand the meaning of the note jin ché tien hiá cht. ching li ye, ' *FF TE EE "Perfect humanity is the correct principle of all mankind, because it is only when Mencius, 6: 24, notes Lun Yu, 4;3, note. Lun Yu, 5; 14, and notc Lun Yu; 7:18. Lun Yu 2:2, and in the same idoa further carried ook in Chung Yung pp 8.11. jik TITOITU 5 66 14 1 I 336 July, The Character Jin. men are divested or selfishness, and regardſul, not merely of their own welfare, but of the welfare of all others, that the principles of humanity attain their due expansion, and mankind are blessed with peace and prosperity. Having thus shown, as we think, that by jin is meant humanity, and having pointed out the extent of meaning that it involves, it remains to inquire into some of its exercises and objects. A little examination of the classical writers shows that its object is man, commencing with one's own internal nature, and extending by de- grees first to parents, then to superiors, and dependents, and then to mankind at large, while its affiliated virtue ngái , benevolence or love, embraces without exception all that it can benefit or render happy. Its seat is in man, and its rule is from himself, jin jin chí ngán ész' nui kih wái, El Ž K t }, "The kindly feelings which treat men as men, proceed from the heart outward- ly;" thus Mencius,* and to the same purpose speaks Chú ſútsz', i ki kik jin jin ché chi sin yé, VEIEN EN LIĆ te, “ The humane man's heart, by its own feelings and wants, discerns those of others, and acts accordingly.t As already noticed, perfect humanity requires the removal of all selfishness; it equally demands the cultivation of all virtue in our- selves, itself being the door, and the way of virtue, shing teh i jin wei sin, file 21 st “ Perfect virtue gives humanity the first place."! Thus Mencius says, jin ché ju shié; shié ché ching ki 'rh hau fah, ļ #i huo JF. Zift man who would exercise his manly feelings must be like the archer; the archer first places his own body in an erect position, and then launches his arrow."|| So Confucius, shing kí jin yé, ei te. "To perfect one's self is humanity;" and the same idea is expressed by Kiun tsz' so i wci kiun tsz í kí jin yé, # F BT D# FDIH, "The truly good man becomes so by the right direction of his human principles and feelings."'To encourage efforts to attain this perfection, Confucius maintains that, since the virtues of humanity exist in ourselves, they cannot be hard to exercise, jin yuen hú tsai; po yuh jin, isz' jin chi i, 1 Mencius, 7:31. Lun Yu, 3:31, note. The writer linpes in he escused for not giving a closely literal translation in all cases; it is sometimes impossible. † Lui Yu, 7:30, note. ll Mencius, 2 · 27. Lun Yll, 2.19, note. & 1 1846. 337 The Character Jin. # 1 WIĘ, “Why say that humanity is far off and hard to be exercised? If I but wish to be humane, behold hi- manity is already mine!""* Notwithstanding this strong declaration, one can hardly avoid suspecting that “the teacher of ten thousand ages” was mistaken, for he himself says, wo wi kien háu jin ché wú pun jian che,我​未見​好​!者​不​者​,“I have not yet seen a man who truly and fully loved the perfect virtues of hu- manity, and hated the opposite vices.”[ A man's own heart being thus rectified by the principles of hu- manity, he must next expand them, till they reach those without. The first step is to exercise them towards his own kindred, and above all to his parents. Confucius says, jin ché jin yé, tsin tsin wei tá, 1 AH , "Humanity is man; its inost important duty is to give to parents all that the relation of par- ents demands."} In regard to what are commonly styled "the five relations,” (affection of parents and children, fidelity between prince and subject, due separation between man and woman, due regard to rank between elder and younger, and confidence between friends,) we are told, chí so i chi isz' yé, jin so í tí tsz” yé, kap FT MED tŁ H FT 2 DE X, “Knowledge appreciates these re- lations aright, and humanity embodies them in practice.”|| As the relation between parent and child is the most intimate and endear- ing, it is especially in it that the principles of hunanity must be developed, and Mencius speaks of jin chi yü fü tsz" yé, 1 Ź til ñ F H “Humanity between father and son."$ so also jin tsin i wei páu, 1 L . “ Humanity to parents is consi- dered as a precious jewel;"91 and hence Confucius says, háu ti yé ché k'i wei jin chi pan yü, # * * ka, “As to the filial and fraternal duties they are the most important parts of human actions."* It may be asked here, why we have not adopted the translation, "Filial and fraternal duties are the foundation of humanity?" With- out going into a philological disquisition on the subject, two reasons may be mentioned. 1. Such a translation would not agree with the doctrine tanght in other parts of the Four Books, which mniforinly represent the filial and fraternal duties as one of the exercises of, 3 1 M Lun Yu, 4:15. Lun Yu, 2:19. Chung Yung 25. | Chung Yung 25 : note. , § Mencius, 7:41: I Til Iliols, 19: Lun Yu, 1:3. VOL. XV. NO, vui, 43 338 JULY, The Character Jin. and not the foundation for humanity. 2. The commentator 17, in an able note decides in favor of the interpretation given above. We copy his note as a specimen of Chinese reasoning worthy of notice. « The filial and fraternal duties are the same as the virtue of obedience. Now as to him who does not love to rebel against his superiors, how is it possible for him to resist reason, and practise un- Jawful deeds ? Virtue has a foundation; this foundation being laid, then its principles become fully developed and enlarged. When filial and fraternal duties are practised in the family, then the principles of humanity and love can extend to all mankind, which is what is elsewhere called “Treating one's parents as parents should be treat- ed, and men as men. Therefore he who, wei jin, 1, would practice the principles and duties of humanity, must regard the filial and fraternal duties as fundamental. If you speak according to man's nature, then humanity is the foundation of these duties. Per- haps some may ask, Does not the text mean that we are to consi- der the practise of the filial and fraternal duties, to be the founda- tion of humanity in general ?” I answer, no. It says that he who practises the duties (or possesses the principles) of humanity, must commence with the filial and fraternal duties. These duties are but a part of the actings of humanity. You may say, "He who prac- tises the duties of humanity, considers the filial and fraternal duties to be of fundanental importance," but you cannot say "they are the foundation of humanity," because humanity is nature itself, but the filial and fraternal duties are only the exercise of nature. In our nature we have only these four things, “humanity, righteous- ness, propriety, and knowledge;" how then can the filial and frater. nal duties find a place in it? True indeed, the chief exercise of humanity is love, but there is no nobler love than to love one's par- ents, hence the saying of the text, “He who practises the duties of humanity must regard the filial and' fraternal duties as of fundamen- tal importance.' Humanity is a special virtue of a ruler, and is most necessary in the government of a state, for if a ruler does not treat men with all the consideration due to men, he cannot expect his government to be either profitable or popular. Hence Confucius says, Wei jin kiun chí yü jin, B1The ruler rests in huma- nity, 9* i. e. he misi duly regard the nature of man, and so direct Ta lliuh, 6 18.16. 339 The Character Jin. 66 his government as not to thwart it. The highest praise and dis- praise of monarchs is awarded by this rule. Yúu Shun shwui tien hiá • Jin, kich chau sau tien há mú, P : EIT VÀ 1 : tot Sih FTW “Yáu and Shun governed the empire by adherence to the p:inciples of humanity, but Kieh and Chau by those of oppression."* The necessity and benefit of adherence to the principles of humanity is thus expressed by Confucius, Min chi yü jin yé shin yü shui ho, shui ho wú kien tau 'rh sz' ché i ; wei kien táu jin 'rh sz' che i, ŽAI UTAKK, 78 火​了​見​蹈​而​死者​矣​, 未見​蹈​1而​死者​矣​, It is more necessary to treat the people according to the principles of humanity, than to supply them with water and fire. I have seen people die in consequence of walking in the fire or the water, but I have not seen them die in consequence of walking in the ways of humanity."+ Mencius said, puh sin jin hien, tsch kwoh kung hü, Flä 1 UE" If men distinguished for humanity and wisdom are not entrusted with office, the state will become an empty wilderness;"I and hence the reproof of Mencius to Hwui the king of Liáng for being intent solely on gain, and disregarding the more necessary principles of humanity and righteousness."ll It may be added that the character given toy Mencius to Wú wáng, as being chi jin ché, E ES is well expressed by Cicero's “Sci- pio vir humanissimus.” The same character is elsewhere given to Wan wáng and to Yáu and Shun. The principles of humanity as held by the Chinese sages are such, that, though their chief developement must be sought for in the do- mestic circle, and relations of social life (as where a widow is call. ed puh jin, † 1, wanting in due regard to the duties of human nature, for not following her husband to the grave,) and in the wider sphere of the ruler, yet their influence does not stop there, but ex- tends to all mankind, or even to all the members of that great body of which man is the head and soul. It is only the man who rightly appreciates his position as the soul of all things, and a chief part of the great universe, who is capable of judging between right and wrong, and of saying what is best for the whole. It is one of the highest exercises of true humanity thus to appreciate one's position, and to fill it well; and hence Confucius says, wei jin ché nang háu Tá Hiol1, 15: see also Chung Kung, 24 : | Ling Yu, 8:14. # Mencius, : 3.3 Mencius, 1:1. Mencius, 7 : 32 340) Juur. The Character Jin. jin, nang wu jin, 1 x bf , , "Only he in whoin humanity is truly developed can love men, or hate men.” This sentence is thus explained “the true man, jin ché, 1 is unselfish, therefore he can discriminate between good and bad and award to each their portions."* Elsewhere we are told, tseh yin chi sin jin chi twin yé, 12 I things tha, "To have a compassionate heart, is an indispensable part of humanity," which is explained by a sentence which occurs in the same connec- tion, wú tseh jin chí sin fei jin yé, hihi , bu ÚJ At “He who has not this compassionate heart, is not a man.”+ This doctrine is illustrated by the case of a child about to fall into a well: as there is no one who would not instantly attempt its rescue, so it is evident that compassion is an indispensable part of correct hu- man nature, for he who would see the child perish without an at- tempt to save it, is a brute, not a man. The most interesting passage we have seen, is one that comes under this head, and approaches nearly to our Savior's rule, “Do to others as you would have others do to you." It is in the Lun Yu, Chung-kung wan jin, Tsz' yuch, chuh mun ju kien tá pan, shi min jü ching tá tsi, ki so puh yuh wuh shi yu jin, 11 F Pal 子​日​出門​如​見​大​賓​使​民​如​丞​大​祭​己​所​不 ​fik by the A, "Chung kung asked respecting humanity. The sage replied, when you go out of the house act as if in the presence of an honored guest; when you serve the people act as though waiting at the great sacrifices, and what you would not have done to yourself, do not do to others.”The same idea is thus expressed by Tsz' kung dou puk guº jin chí khá chú ro vé, sofa gi yuh woá kiá chu jia, FB 我​不欲​人​之​加諸​我​也​,吾亦​欲​無​加諸​人 ​“What I do not wish done to myself, by other men, I also by no means would do to others.” This the commentator declares is jin, true humanity, but Confucius told Tsz' kung, that it was a point of excellence which he had not yet attained.ll So far it is well, but it does not reach the excellence of our Savior's rule. His command is to do to others, what we wish others to do to us, but the Chinese moralist is contented with not doing to others what he would not have done to himself. In answer to the question how the character jin Ć came to have Lun Y11, 2: 18, and note. Mencius, 2 : 24. Lun Yu, 6. 20 # Loun Yu, 3:6, and note 1 1846. 341 The Character Jin. a noun. ) so extensive a signification, it may perhaps be permitted to offer the following theory. The character jin) was originally the same as jin 1; (see the quotations from the Chung Yung and Mencius in the first part of this essay,) and like most other Chinese words was either a verb or a noun, as occasion required. Every tyro in Chinese knows that a word is frequently repeated in Chinese com- position, in which case, the first is commonly a verb, and the second Thus chang chang SẼ and tsin tsin / kg, signify, "to treat one's relatives and superiors, as superiors and relatives should be treated.” Lau lau 老老 ​and gyu yu 幼幼​,"to treat the aged and the young, as the aged and the young should be treated." Tien tien ## and ti ti ti ti (quoted on the autho- rity of Premare), “ cælificare cælum," to make heaven to be heaven, and earth to be earth. Many such phrases occur. In strict analogy with the above might be used to signify treating men as men should be treated, and would thus include all the rights and duties of humanity. By a little exercise of the power of abstraction and generalization jin , would signify, not only man in the con- crete, but man in the abstract, i. e. humanity, in which sense it would be synonymous with jin 1 In this sense it occurs at least once in the Four Books, where we meet the phrase kiųn tsz' é jin chí jin D, 1, “The good man, by man governs men," where the definition of the first jin A, as given by Chú fú tsz' is jin chi tár, 1 z. “the principles of mankind,"* which agrees precisely with the definition of jin E, as given in another part of this essay. In process of time however, it was found that to use a character of such frequent occurrence as jin A, in this ab- stract sense would induce confusion, and to prevent this, a character was formed from the original word, jin A, by the addition of two unmeaning strokes, which possessing the same sound, and being suf- ficiently allied to it in derivation, was yet different enough in appear- ance to prevent confusion. If the preceding remarks and speculations are correct, there are two questions worthy of attention: 1. Whether it is proper to distinguish any of the attributes of the true God by the word jin R.? It has hitherto been common to do so, both among the Roman Catholic and the Protestant missionaries. As we have seen, its original signification is confined to human excellence, and unless it Chung Yung p. 14: and note. 342 Report of the Ningpo Missionary Hospital. JULY, has by time and custom lost this primary signification and acquired new ones, it can scarcely be deemed proper to apply it to the character of Him who communicates to us“ in measure parts of his own im- age, but receives from us none. This is however a difficult question. The Chinese language contains few terms that can be used in Chris- tian books without some modification of their meaning, and the christianizing of the language (if the term may be allowed,) is neither the least important, not the easiest part of a missionary's work. 2. If the foregoing representation that the Chinese phrase "man is the soul of all things," is founded on the pantheistic notion, that he is a part of the “great universal whole,” be correct, it becomes a grave question whether that phrase can be used by the Protestant missionary. The doctrine partakes of pantheism and transcendent- alism, (for the two are intimately united,) and as they are rejected by us, why should a phrase deriving its origin from this impure source be admitted without question into a purer theology? On these points the writer would be understood, only as asking for instruction from those further advanced and better able to decide than himself. As this essay was opened with a quotation from Ching tsz'” it cannot be better closed, than by the words of Confucius, - both in apology for its defects and for the errors it may contain. 82" má Niú wan jin, Tsz' yueh, jin che ki yén yê jin, E, FELÉ HE "Sz’ má Niú asked re- specting humanity, the sage replied. It is very difficult to discourse of humanity.” P. S. Since finishing this article the writer has been informed that P. Gonçalves has given to jin, £, the same definition, humanidade, and he is happy to fortify his position with the authority of so able a sinologue. 1 Art. II. Report of the Ningpo missionary hospital, to the Medical Missionary Society of China. By D. J. MacGowan, M. D., Ningpo, Sept. 1st, 1845. THE Ningpo Missionary Hospital was opened in November, 1843, but continued in operation for three months only. It was not re-open- ed until April last. During these eight months, but a small portion 1840, 343 Report of the lingpo Missionury Hospital. of the alternate days of the week were devoted to the treatment of the sick, in consequence of the more urgent clains which the study of the language has had on the physician's time; hence, the comparatively small number received. Until recently the benevolence of the Medical Missionary Society in this city, was carried on in a dispensary, occups- ing at one time a private dwelling, and subsequently the principal temple of the Táu sect, which rendered it difficult to perform surgical opera- tions, and unadvisable to undertake the treatment of dangerous forms of disease. At present, however, there is a suitable hospital, capable of accommodating eighteen or twenty patients. The applicants for aid are so numerous, that were all the medical officers of the Society at this one port, a great multitude of sufferers, many of whom come from remote cities, would be left to their fate, for want of time to prescribe for them. The recipients of the Society's bounty in Ningpo, have been mainly the poor, who generally speaking are the only proper subjects of its charity. It is hoped that at no distant day, those among the Chinese who have the ability will contribute towards the support of the Institution, as a return for the benefits which western Medical science confers on them. As the patrons of the Medical Mis- sionary Society, and the readers of its Reports, do not generally feel interested in the details of medical science, the names of the various diseases treated (though regularly recorded according to the Society's rules,) may be omitted without apology. The city of Ningpo is at the confluence of two rivers, nearly in the centre of a large alluvial plain, varying from about 10 to 15 miles in breadth, and 20 to 25 in length, enclosed on all sides by lofty hills. The plain is intersected in every direction by canals, which serve for draining, irrigation, and transportation. The population of the city may be estimated at 250,000, and that of the plain at as many more. The filthy habits of the people, together with the imperfect interment of their dead, both in town and country, do not seem to be pro- ductive of much disease. The climate, both as it affects natives and foreigners, is salubrious, and generally agreeable. The extremes of temperature, remarked on the eastern continent of North America, prevail on this coast, but to a far greater degree; as much more as the Pacific exceeds the Atlantic in breadth. At Ningpo the winters may be compired to those of Paris, and the summers for a short sea- son to those of Calcutta. The diseases which chiefly prevail here are a mild form of intermita tent Fever, Diarrhea, Rheumatism, Ophthalmia, and various cutaneous affections. Foreigners are subject to the three first nanied aflections 1 3 Report of the Ningpo Missionary Hospital. JULY, 1:19 1 al certain seasons; yet the port can be recommended to invalids at the south with confidence, as affording perhaps the best sanatarium on this side of the Cape. Ningpo enjoys the exemption from pulmonary affections which is common to marshy districts generally; not a single case of consumption has yet come under my notice. The number afflicted with blindness is very great : this is occasioned in a great measure from the violence of the diseases which often follows in- occulation. The blessing which the genius of Jenner conferred on mankind, has not yet extended to the north of China. Efforts will be made this season to introduce vaccination. Another cause of blind- ness is the disease called entropium, or an inversion of the lids, keep- ing up a constant friction of the eyelashes against the visual organ. A very simple operation removes this disease. Chinese surgeons have a method of operating, which often leaves the patient worse than before. Prudential considerations have induced me to decline per- forming for the present any (what in a surgical point of view can be called) important operations. Ten applications were made in behalf of persons who had attempted suicide; in only two of the cases were the remedies successful in averting death. Four of these cases were females, and six males; one resorted to drowning, the rest to opium. The motive in almost every case appeared to be anger, or revenge. Perhaps in the large cities of no country, except Japan, are suicides more frequent than in China. Opium smoking has many victims; the poor subjects of this destructive vice often apply either in person, or through relatives, for some remedy to enable them to overcome the fatal habit. Happily the tradesmen who form the great body of the people have neither the ineans, nor the time for this indulgence. The use of the drug is chiefly confined to the retainers of magistrates, to boat-men, shop-men, and others who have some leisure; the literary- men, and officers are addicted to it perhaps more than other classes. Infanticide is extremely rare in this city; not so an analogous crime. At Fung-hwa, one of the cities of this fú, occupied chiefly by poor people engaged in the manufacture of mats, female children are put to death in great numbers, if the concurrent testimony of the natives can be relied on. The primary object of this hospital has been to disseminate among the people a purer faith, which if received, will prove as certain, as it is the only remedy for their moral, and to no small extent for their physical maladies : to this end each patient is exhorted to renounce all idolatry and wickedness, and to einbrace the religion of the world's Savior. They are admitted by tcns into the prescribing room, and 1846, 345 Hunt's Merchant's Magazine. before being dismissed are addressed to the physician, and the native Christian assistant, on the subject of religion. Tracts are given to all who are able to read. It may be here remarked that the proportion of those able to read in China, to the whole population, is very small, probably not more than 5 per cent of the adult males. The ability to read among females is extremely rare. T'he foreign residents in this city being so few in number, nearly all the benefits which the medical science and humanity of the west can confer on the people must come from the philanthropic of other places. By such it is hoped the claims of the Society supporting the Ningpo Hospital will not be unheeded. The benevolence of the foreign community of Bengal has supplied the means of furnishing the hospital with instruments, anatomical models, plates and books, which have been ordered in Paris though not yet arrived at their destination. Though the pages of a medical journal are the most appropriate place for a detailed account of the diseases treated at this hospital, yet the subjoined statement may not be uninteresting. Two thousand one hundred and thirty- seven patients have been prescribed for of these 1,737 were men, 240 were women, 160 were children. Total 2,137. Of their oc- cupations, there were: Agriculturists, 714 Fishermen, 50 Mechanics, 375 Literary men, 78 Laborers, 164 Beggars, 56 Boatinen, 95 Priests, players and jugglers 42 Pedlers, 92 Barbers, dectors, &c. 30 Shopkeepers, 61 1,737 - 11C1803 1 10 Art. III. Hunt's Merchant's Magazine : commerce a liberal pursuit ; commerce of China; China and the China peace; Chinese Muscum in Boston, foc. The monthly numbers of this work, from its commencement in July 1839 to April last, have reached China, replete with interesting and often very valuable information. Some of the notices of men and things relating to China will not be deemed out of place, we trust, if transferred to the pages of the Chinese Repository, Article first, for January 1810, Commerce as a liberal pursuit," was delivered (6 VOL. XV. NO. VII. 316 JULY, Hunt's Merchant's Magazine. He was PE as a lecture at a meeting of the “ Mercantile Library Association' in New York, by one who for many years was a resident in Canton. The lecturer considered coinmerce, first, as “the nurse and compa- nion of freedom;" then as "the civilizer and refiner of nations ;" as “the promoter of public inprovements and of the mechanic arts;"' as "the disseninator of science and literature;” and finally, as the “ herald of religion.” The article is a good one, worthy of the head and the heart of its author. But this is not the place and the time to speak of his worth. His name deserves a place aniong the admi- rers and promoters of every liberal pursuit. We knew him in the varied walks of life, in sickness and in health, as a man of business and as a disciple of that teacher who was sent from God. ambitious - ambitious to do good, and probably shortened his days by too intense mental efforts made prior to entering on his commer- cial pursuits. His acts of benevolence and charity were many, but for the most part were concealed from public notice He came to China first in 1826, and left this country for the last time in the summer of 1845, in an extremely feeble state of health, and died on board the steamer Bentinck," 27th of September near Aden, in the Indian Ocean. The memory of Charles W. King is dear to inany and will not soon be forgotten. In vol. III. pp. 465, 481, the “commerce of China,” is exhibited; and “the China trade” in vol. XII. pp. 44, 52. These are both good articles, and we inay refer to them on some future occasion for their useful statistics. "China and the Chinese Peace" form the subject for a singular article in vol. VII!. pp. 205, 226, which is chiefly valuable as it indicates, in a very clear manner, the inconipetence of able men, on the other side of the globe, to describe or conceive of the true char- acter and policy of their antipodes. Take one short sentence as a specimen. “The collection of men into clubs and clignes, into odd Fellows' halls and humine preventive societies, or even into the larger classes of religious sects or political combinations, which are so riumerous in Europe and America, is nowhere to be found in the Chinese erspire.” p. 219. Clubs and cliques nowhere to le found in the Chinese empire? Ask the emperor, and he will tell you, what is most notorious, that they exist everywhere "The great mass of the male population is clubbed and cliqued in mammer and degree probably unequalled in any other nation Before he writes another article for the Magazine about! China, Mi Whilton should better inforın himself of what the 1846. 349 Hunt's Merchant's Mugazine. Chinese are, in character, policy, etc. The paper which he has given us shows a benevolent heart, influenced by a good spirit, but laboring sadly in the dark. Persons who have not visited China and carefully and for a long time investigated the workings of the Chinese mind, are very liable to err in their conclusions regarding the intellectual, the moral, the political and the religious character of this nation. It is not so easy to deliniate the mind's acts and qualities as it is to exhibit the forms and uses of things here. To show the mind of the celes- tials of the middle kingdom, so that barbarians can comprehend all its products would be a very difficult task and require volumes. Even the best informed residents here, have a very imperfect knowledge of what the Chinese are; and so will be, till more extended and free intercourse is enjoyed. The recent efforts of such men as Mr. Fortune, Mr. Dunn, and others, to exhibit the products of the soil and the manufuctures of the people are most commendable. From the Magazine for April 1846, we copy a brief account of “the Chinese Museum in Boston, by James H. Lanman, esquire." "The collection of the Chinese Museum, which is now open for public exhibition in the city of Boston, although not the first, is yet the largest that has ever been imported into the United States. The cabinet of the late Mr. Dunn, of a similar character, which was de- posited in the city of Philadelphia, for the inspection of the public in 1838, was removed to the city of London, and these two are the only collections of this sort now known to be in existence; the present being the most considerable in the world. It embraces groups, pre- senting views of different forms in life, from the imperial court, through successive stages of society; the administation of justice, the different modes of travel, the practical exercise of the useful arts, commerce and agriculture, down to the peculiar kind of warfare which exists among that singular people; together with the various species of their manufactures, and indeed everything calculated to throw light upon Chinese charcter and institutions. We here have specimens of their shops, vessels, houses, lanterns, temples, tombs, bridges and paintings, and the innumerable products of industry, both useful and ornamental, which have peculiarly distinguished this ancient people. It is our design to show briefly the prominent features of this exhibi- tion, by specifying the principal articles which it contains. “ The entrance to the hall of the Museum, which is in the Marlboro' Chapel, is decorated with Chinese designs, being painted and gilded, and illustrated with such moitos as are calculated to distinguish the peculiar national character of the collection, .v.v4499*:: 318 JULY, Hunt's Merchant's Magazine. " In the first place, we arrive at an apartment containing a group, the size of life, exhibiting the emperor and the principal personages of the imperial court, all the figures being covered with gold and silk embroidery; and in the next case, is the empress, accompanied by several ladies, the wives of mandarins of the several ranks, also richly clothed, with their attendants; adjoining this group, is a court of justice, where all the appliances of the law are administered, and a culprit is seen suffering the penalty of his crimes. In the fourth case, is a group representing a school, priests of the various religious sects, and paintings of numerous Chinese deities, as well as a tomb, mourning-dress, and mourning-lanterna. Another apartment portrays a domestic scene, namely, a Chinaman smoking opuim, and his wife; and a female attendant with tea, all in a room such as is frequently occupied by individuals in that condition of life, with tables, chairs, book-case, made of bamboo; the walls adorned with paintings, lanterns hanging from the ceiling, and door-screen embroidered with gold, “We now arrive at the store of a merchant, which is alleged to be an exact representation of a mercantile establishment in Canton, where we find the same circumstances represented, as most commonly exist in the shops of that city at the present time. There are also presented views of Chinese modes of warfare, which clearly indicate the obtuseness or the obstinacy of the nation, in adhering to those instruments which it is obvious cannot successfully compete with the approved instruments of war in our own age. The next case gives us an accurate representation of an agricultural scene, in which is a man ploughing with a buffalo, as well as the various implements which are used for winnowing, irrigation, and other matters connected with husbandry. We also have a group in the collection, representing a carpenter, a blacksmith, and a shoemaker, each employed in his ap- propriate occupation. A tanka boat, pagoda, lacquered baskets, and other articles of a similar character, are in the next case. “But one of the most interesting parts of the exhibition, is that of the porcelain manufacture. It is well known that the Chinese en- pire has been long distinguished for the variety and elegance of its manufactures of porcelain, the article itself being most frequently named after the nation in which it was first made. There is here exhibited almost every variety of this product of Chinese industry, some of it of the most elegant and costly kind. Following this, there are also represented the various musical instruments which are used in China, including the gong, which it is well known has been in- trounced into our own country The different species of cards and 18.16. 349 Hunt's Merchant's Magazine. ornamented as well as other paper, constitute a curious part of the exhibition ; for it will be remembered that the Chinese are peculiarly scrupulous in all those matters which appertain to etiquette and ceremony. A model of a summer-house, a silk-store, a China-ware and curiosity-shop, comprise a portion of the collection, that will be of great interest to the mercantile portion of the visitors : and various enameled articles of a light kind, indicate the excellence to which the Chinese have carried this branch of their manufactures. “A model of a canal-boat, similar to that in which the tea is transported from the interior to the places of shipment at Canton and other ports on the sea boards, exhibits the species of vessels which are employed to a great extent upon the inland waters and canals of the empire, where they are either pushed along by men with bamboo poles, or are tracked with ropes. In addition to this, is a model of the junks which are employed in the commerce of China, especially in the coasting trade. The sails of these, like those of other Chinese. vessels, are composed of mats, the ropes and cables of split rattans, and the husk of the cocoa-nut, and the anchors of a hard wood named by the Chinese “iron-wood” The Chinese trading junks are very curiously managed; besides the captain or pilot, is the principal owner, or agent of the owner; the captain or pilot sits almost continu- ally on the weather side of the vessel, observing the coast, and seldom sleeping. Although he possesses the nominal command of the vessel, yet the sailors obey him or not as they please, and there is but little discipline or subordination in the conduct of the crew. Next to the pilot is the helmsman, and there is also employed a purchaser of provisions, as well as clerks for the cargo; and another individual iş engaged, whose business it is to attend to the offerings at the religious shrines. Each individual is a shareholder, with the privilege of plac- ing a certain amount of goods on board ; and it is obvious that in such a state of things, there can be but little of prosperous navigation, or of successful seamanship. “There is also presented in the Museum, a model of a hong-hoat, and a mandarin-boat or revenue-cutter, whose ostensible object is to prevent the smuggling of opium, but which is more frequently em- ployed in assisting its operations, or, at all events, in collecting a cer- tain amount of taxes from the smugglers, by the mandarins who have such boats in charge. In addition to those several prominent articles that we have enumerated, are many smaller, the product of manufac- tures, and which are variously used in domestic life and the arts, together with models of theatres, a Budhist temple, colored lanterns 1 1 1 ! 1 1 350 JULY Hunt's Merchant's Magazine, and numerous other things which are employed in domestic use, or that constitute staples of domestic export. We would especially designate the numerous paintings, exhibiting in their execution the peculiar character of that class of Chinese productions. “In the various specimens of Chinese labor which are here collect- ed, we perceive the products of a nation, which notwithstanding its crowded population, possesses within itself all the resources of inde- pendence, without the absolute necessity of foreign cominerce. The principal staples of import to our own country, which formerly con- sisted of silks, China-ware, and tea, have constituted a principal por- tion of the trade which we have prosecuted with that country up 10 this present time. The import of tea, it is well known, must continue, from the very great and increasing use of that staple with us; but from the manufacture of China-ware and silk elsewhere, their import to this country have been of late somewhat diminishing. "The recent difficulties which have sprung up between that nation and the British government, whatever might have been the merits (if the question between them, there is no doubt, have induced such a negotiation, as to place the commerce of China, with foreign nations vpon a more permanent and solid basis. In consequence of the arbitrary and capricious exactions which have been exercised towards the persons and property of foreigners who have been employed in the Chinese ports, the commercial interests of Great Britain, as well as those of this country, have there suffered to a considerable extent; and the execution of a definitive treaty between our own country and that of China, has tended to define the position in which our com- merce shall hereafter stand in the Chinese marts. From the contact of the Chinese empire with European civilization, we may, more over, presume that the habits and wants of the people of that country will be materially changed; that to the cotton goods, ginseng and lead, which we now export, will be added a long list of products, thus opening an increasing trade. We trust that whatever may be the change wrought in the condition of the Chinese, by its more extend- ed commercial relations, the state of that empire may be advanced, and that the morals of the nation, which appear to be extremely debas- ed, will receive an improved tone, not from an idolatrous philosophy, but from the spirit of a genuine and enlightened Christianity p. 319 1846. 351 Translation of a Budhist Print. Art. IV. Translation of a Budhist print, (descriptive of the) one thousand hands, one thousand eyes, the all-prevalent and most merciful To-lo-ni (gorldess of mercy). OMTO FUN (Ainidha Budba) receives and leads those who worship Budha and are virtuous to go far away and be born in the west:r'n region. In comparison with the repairing of great and small roads-with the rendering to others of various kinds of assistance-with what- ever is most straight forward, rapid, comprehensive, and easy (in order to secure our future happiness) everything is inferior to the worship of Budha. The whole object of the worship of Budha, is to seek for life in the western region and is to obtain a pure coun- try. This means that the western region is an extremely happy world, and is the pure country of Budha. There are 12 Classical or sacred books of the Three Tsáng (a name of Budha) and each of these leads to the great happiness. There are 84,000 doctrines (or law gates) each of which exhorts us to go to the western region, But the doctrine whicli enjoins the worstip of Budha is by far the best and most important; and than it, there is no doctrine more conducive to a benevolent life. ('The Budha) Kúteh says, he who attends to the other doctrines is like an ant ascending a lofty mountain, which in an hour only gets a single step in advance. But the doctrine which'enjoins us to go to the western region; is like a vessel with full sails and favor- able wind and tide, which in an instant advances 1000 miles. When we have once reached the westeru region, we are no more obliged to go out, or exposed to fall. The highest grade (of votaries) is able to ascend the Birdha's ladder. The lowest grade is far supe- rior in happiness to those who live in an emperor s palace. The worshiper of Budlia's merits are very lofty, liis duties are very easy. All, whether honorable or inean, talented or stupid, old or young, male or female, the eater of ordinary food, or he who restricts himself to vegetables, the man wild has left his family (the bonze) or he who still remains in it,--all nay discharge these duties. I therefore exhort the virtuous males and believing females of the ten regions (all the empire), into whose hands this may come, in- mediately to put forth a believing heart, and with the whole heart to worship Budha and seek for a life in the western region If per 352 JULY, Translation of a Budhist Print. chance you are involved in family affairs and endless worldly tran- sactions, and cannot devote your whole mind to this, then you ought every day to recite Budha's name 3000 or 5000 times, and make a regular constant practice of this. If even this you cannot do, your recitation of this sheet will be reckoned as one degree of merit. Having recited this one hundred times, then dot one of the circles ou the inargin, and when the dots are all made they will amount to 150,000. Whether it is for yourself or for your father and mo. ther that you are asking for life in the western region; or whether you are asking for your father and mother, protection from disease, peace, increased happiness, or protracted old age--in all such case, you must in the presence of Budha burn one of these sheets. If f you pray for the happiness of your deceased parents or for your six orders of relations and their relations, you must, before the ances- tral tablet, or over the graves, burn one of these sheets. Whether you worship the gods, or sacrifice to your ancestors, either at the festival of the tombs, the winter solstice, the middle of the seventh month, or the end of the year, you must recite this sheet, and then burn it on the tombs of orphans, or of those who are buried by cha- rity, and thus provide for the happiness of destitute souls who have no relations to sacrifice to them. In doing all this you may rely on the strength of Budha to secure their translation to the pure country. You may do this once or many times, according to your ability; and the inerit you will obtain is inconceivable. I fervently desire that you may together put forth a believing heart, be together virtuous friends, together see Budha, and together ar- rive at the extreme of happiness. Hwui Chau, the head priest of the Drum Mountain (Kú Shán1,) monastery in Fulikien, has respectfully printed this, bows and exhorts. Here follows a picture of a vessel in full sail. It is called, " The Compassionate vessel, Poh-joh” (a name of Budha). The Aags have inscribed on them, “For the exceedingly happy world.” And, “Receive and lead to the western region.” On the sides of the cabin doors are the two following antithetical sentences : • Man, if he wants to go on the road to heaven, ought first to think of securing happiness (by worshiping Budha)." Among the passages (or defiles) that lead to life or death ihe worship of Budha is the chief.” 1) 1846. 353 Translation of a Budhistic Print. On the sail the following is written. The single phrase Mí-to (or Bi-to or Amidha) is a precious sword that can behead the herd of evil spirits, and can destroy the bravest general of hell; it is a clear light that can illumine the blackest darkness; it is a compassionate boat that can carry us across the bitterest seas; it is the road by which we obtain a new birth into the world; it is the excellent prescription by which we escape the evils whether of life or death; it is the infallible specific for enabling us to become genii; it is the divine medicine for chang- ing our bones. The 84,000 doctrines are all comprehended in these six characters (0 mi to Fuh tsieh yin). The 1700 ten- drils of flax or rattan, (emblematic of life's miseries) by one stroke it can sever asunder. By uttering this phrase, Míto, without any other mental effort, or troubling you even to move a finger, you will arrive at the western region. The blocks for printing this sheet are deposited in the monastery, Bubbling Fountain, on the Drum Mountain. Chinese of the foregoing. 千​阿西​修​無​西藥​二千​門​門​上風​方​品 ​手​彌​方​行​如​方​世​部​法​乃​也​高​永​猶 ​千​陀 ​徑​念​又​界​經​門​最​古​山​行​無​月 ​眼​佛 ​路​佛​謂​是​經​門​勝​德华​順​退​天 ​無​接 ​方​念​之​清​經​門​弟​云​時​水​墮​宮 ​礙​引 ​便​佛​修淨​導​勸​一​餘​一​須​上​其 ​大​念​多​一併​歸​往​無門​步​贝​品​功 ​悲 ​悲​佛門​法​土​土​極​西​上學​淨​千​即​最 ​陀​善​,直​謂​言​故​樂​方​方​道​土​里​登高 ​羅​捷​之​西​三八​念​便​如​修​一​佛​其 ​尼​在​簡​求​方​藏​萬佛​之​蟻​行​入​階​行 ​生 ​易​生​極​十四​法​法子​似​西下​甚 ​VOL. XV. Xo. vil, 45 64 JULY, A Budhistic Print. 易​奉​方​五​圈​方​父​祭​焚​一心​刊​念​之​慈​方​四​别 ​不​勸​如​千​點​或​母​眾​化​願同​拜佛​猛​航​一千 ​論​十​或​作​滿​為​六​宗​狐​或​為​勸​弟​將​一句​法​不 ​贵​方家​為​共​父親​祖墳​多​善​極​一​一句​「門​勞 ​暖​善​務​常​計​母​或​義​廳​友​樂​一句​1(六​彈 ​賢​男​牵​一​保​属​每​家​隨同​世​句​彌陀​是​宇​指 ​愚​信​藥​如​十​病​鑒​年​濟​力​見​界​彌陀​是​成全​到 ​老​女​世​再​丑​前清​度​所​彌​般​陀​是​出​他​收​西 ​幻​有緣​不安​及​明​無​成​啦​若是​照​輪​之​一方 ​男​緣​未能​或​增​墓​冬​祀​所​同​慈​斬​黑​迴​秋千 ​女​遇​了​念​自​福​上​至​狐​獲​往​航​暗​之​七 ​奥​此​不​此​身​延​焚​七​魂​功​極​人​邪​之​徑​一百 ​筆​即​能​圖​求​壽​化​月​惧​德​樂天​之​明​路​句​葛 ​奥​發​-一生​皆​佛​十​可不 ​路寶​燈​一​藤 ​素​信心​張​西​佛​前​五丈​可​福​上​一句​1- 出​心​者​為​方​前​無​臘​乘​思​建​作​一句​是​刀 ​家​一​或​一​或​类​可​月​佛​議​鼓​句​」陀​換​断​板 ​在心​每​額為​化​或​年​力​山​為​彌陀​是​骨​斷​藏 ​家​念念​父​或​酬​夜​超​普​生​先​陀​是​脱​之一​誠 ​皆​佛​持​一​母​追​謝会生​願​特​生​是​渡​生​神​句​山 ​可求​念​百​求​荐​神​此​淨​同​慧​死​破​苦​死​丹​」湧 ​行​生​三點​生​過​明​佛土​發​周潤​地​海​之​八​系 ​之​西​千​一​西​去​或​圆​或​信​敬​頭​獄​之​良​萬​無​寺 ​ 1846. 3:5) Amoy 1 Art. V. Amoy: memoranda of the Protestant missions from their commencement, with notices of the city and island. Prepared by resident missionaries. For the following papers we are indebted to two of the members of the mis- sion at Amoy. The second, giving topographical information, &c., has al- ready been published in one of the Singapore newspapers. While we thank our correspondents for these communications, we may express our hope and wish that they will continue to furnish such information as they can for the pages of the Chinese Repository. The security of residence, and the oppor- tunities for observation, now enjoyed at the several ports, will gradually increase our knowledge of the country, its varied resources, its inhabitants and their occupations, manners, customs, &c. The people of Amoy are noted for their friendliness, their freedom from enmity against missionaries and their social character. Foreigners residing at that city have freedom of access to the inhabitants in all the villages on the island and can go where. ever they please without molestation. No. 1. There are three Missionary Societies represented at Amoy. The American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, the Pres- byterian Board of Foreign Missions of the United States, and the London Missionary Society. At the first founding of the inission, the American Protestant Episcopal Church had also a represen- tative there, in the person of Rev. Doctor (now Bishop) Boone of Shanghái. The following statistics of the station, which I send you for publication, may be useful for reference hereafter, and I would request that the same and all other interesting facts regarding mis- sions at the respective ports in China, be collected and preserved in the pages of the Chinese Repository. I shall first speak of the laborers. The mission began by the ar- rival of the Rev. Messrs. Abeel and Boone at Kilang sứ, the 24th of February, 1842. These missionaries came to prepare the way, and selecting a position within the precincts of military protection, they fitted up a house, and at once began the public and stated preaching of the gospel. When it was safe and healthy for families to reside at Kúláng sú, Dr. Boone returned to Macao for Mrs. Boone. Medical labors commenced June 1842. Messrs. Boone and McBryde with their families and Dr. Cum- ming arrived June 7th, 1843, which was the first reinforceinentt Mrs. Boone died August 30th, 1842. Mr. and Mrs. McBryde left the station January 13th, 1843. Dr. Boone departed for the United States February 10th, 1843. Dr. and Mrs. Hepburn arrived Nor. 25th, 18433. Messrs. Doty 3:56 JULY, Amoy. and Pohlman with their families arrived from the Borneo mission, June 22d, 1844. Messrs. John Stronach and Wm. Young with their families arrived from the Singapore mission July 8th, 1944. Mr. Lloyd arrived December 6th, 1844. Mr. Abeel left for the United States on account of complete prostration of health, Decem- her 19th. 1844. Mr. Brown arrived May 6th, 1845. Dr. and Mrs. Hepburn departed June 28th, 1845. Mrs. Pohlinan died Sep. 30th, 1:45. Mrs. Doty died Oct. 5th, 1845. Mr. Doty and Mrs. Siro- nich left Nov. 12th, 1845. Mrs. Stronach died at sea, on her pas. safe to England. Total of men who have belonged to the mission eleven. Total of women who have belonged to the mission seven. Greatest number at one time present cight men and five women. Least number present since the station was first occupied two. Of the foregoing, three are missionaries of the A. B. C. F. M. viz. Messrs. Abeel, Doty and Pohlman; four are missionaries of the A. P. B. F. M. viz. Messrs. McBryde, Hepburn, Lloyd, and Brown; two represent the L. M. S. viz. Messrs. Stronach and Young. Dr. Cumming is not connected with any missionary society. Another class of facts relates to the labors of the missionaries. The first great work has been the study of the language, so as to speak intelligibly and fluently with the people. In doing this para- mount attention has been given to the tones, and no word or phrase has been considered as learned, and consequently usable, till its ori- ginal tone, and the modulation of that tone in combination, have become familiar, and the missionary could speak it out with confidence. It is thus that the language is spoken with the precision and accuracy of mathematical demonstration; and if the inissionary work at Amoy has gone on steadily, and promises fairer than at the other ports, the writer is of opinion that it is owing, under God, to learning the language by rul?, and not relying on the uncertainty of imitation, and to stated intelligible and formal, exhibitions of divine truth on the Lord's day, and during the week. This statement addresses itself loudly to all who are preparing to preach the gospel in China, and its language is, be sure you are understood, and when you have at- tained this great end, then, preach, preach, PREACH. Every missio- nary should, as soon as possible, have a stated time and place for preaching the word of life. My own rule would be - a chapel for each missionary. No man should be a day without a chapel he can call his own, just as soon as he can speak intelligibly. But again let the caution be heeded, be sure you are understood. " Alas! for * mission, where the absorbing obiect of attention with any of its opp 1846. 357 Amoy. 13 members is anything else, than how Christ crucified shall be preach- ed to the heathen so as most effectually to persuade them to be re- conciled to God." The following statistics will show the progress of operations at Amoy. First preaching at Kúláng sí, March 6th, 1842. First preaching at Amoy, January 1844. Bible class commenced March 21st, 1844, with twelve attendants. Second chapel opened Dec. Ist, 1844. Commerced daily revision of Chinese Scriptures Dec. 12th, 1944. Third chapel opened August 24th, 1845. First meeting for females December 16th, 1845. First opening of the chapel of the American Board for daily services, December 224 1845. First Chinese monthly concert, January 5th, 1846. First baptism of native converts, April 5th, 1846. Open ing of Chinese girl's school, May 11th, 1846. The monthly concert is a season of deep interest. Papers pre- viously prepared are read by two of the teachers. The subjects are history of other missions, such as that at the Sandwich Islands, Society Islands, Ceylon, memoirs of distinguished converts, accounts of Mohammedanism, &c., &c. The missionary who presides makes a short address founded on Scripture, and prayers are offered by three of the brethren. Sometimes the meeting continues for more than an hour and a half, and the interest is kept up throughout. There are twelve interesting girls in the school, now under the superintendence of Mrs. Young. The number could be greatly in- creased, provided means and health were at command. A boy's school is in contemplation as soon as more help arrives. Operations of all kinds, stated, itinerary, in the city, in the country, by preach- ing, by teaching, and by distribution of books, can be carried on freely and entirely without molestation to any extent, and the grand desideratum of the mission at this time is MEN, who like Barnabas shall be "good and full of the Holy Ghost and of faith,” that through their instrumentality "much people may be added unto the Lord.” The first Sabbath in April, which happened also to be the anniver- sary of the Chinese feast of the tombs, was a day of solemn and joyful interest to the missionaries at Amoy It was a time of in- gathering and the exercises of that occasion will long be remember- ed by those who participated in, or were eye-witnesses of them. It is in the hope of leading others to rejoice in the progress of the truth, and to awaken the sympathy and prayers of Christians for these first converts, that the following particulars are communicated. The candidates for baptism were two aged Chinese, Wang Fuh- 1 1 358 JULY, Атоу. kwei Eh, and liú Wanshiem (in the Puhkien dialect Ong-hok-kui and Lau-un-sia,) the former 70, and the latter 69 years old. They are known in Amoy by the names of Hok-kui- peyh, and Un-sia-peyh. Peh (peyh) is a term signifying uncle, and is conferred by way of respect on elderly men. Hoh-kui-peyh is a native of Nán-ngán about twenty miles from Amoy, and came to the city at the age of seventeen. His first employment was that of a mill-grinder, for which he received the compensation of 300 cash, or 25 cents a month, and his food. At the age of 22 he enlisted a soldier, and carries scars received in battles fought with pirates. When nearly 50 years of age, he opened a shop for the manufacture and sale of idol paper, a business which then af- forded a good profit, and from which the old man soon realized a competent subsistence for himself and family. After the first mis- sionaries had been at Kúláng sú about six months, he was brought to hear preaching by a friend, and become at once impressed with the reasonableness of the truth, and the utter folly of idolatry. For three years and a half, he has been a steady attendant on all the means of grace, and a diligent seeker of salvation. His conversion has been gradual, though marked. He has since had many domestic troubles, and in the midst of all has shown a spirit of Christian for- titude and resignation. His employment, being indirectly connect- ed with idolatry, caused him great uneasiness, and he abandoned it. Un-sia-peyh, is a native of Tunig-ngán lot, ten miles from Amoy, and came to the city about seven years ago, to take the store of his brother who died. He was brought to the chapel by Hoh- kui-peyh, more than two years ago, and has since continued a diligent and devout hearer of the gospel. At their public examination these old men referred to Mr. Abeel, as the missionary from whom they first heard the glad tidings of great joy. The idols in the house of Hoh-kui-peyh, all belonged to different members of his family, and he has insisted on their removal from the public hall, where they have been worshiped for many years: this after a long struggle, has been done. The only idol in the possession of Un-sia-peyh has been formally handed over to the person from whom he asked baptism, and is now in his possession. It is an old dirty broken headed Tá Peh kung * 16 A, and has been sacredly adored for generations. For many months these old men desired to profess the name of Christ, but they were put off. Though they prayed acceptably at the prayer meeting, and were regular in their attendance at the Bible 18.16. 3:59 Amoy. 1 class, the Sabbath day services and the other means of grace; though correct in all their deportment, and uniforin in their attachment to God's servants, and to the truth as it is in Jesus; yet, being old in sin, and young in grace, we feared they were not sufficiently in- structed, and that possibly they might be actuated by sinister mo- tives, and expect some worldly profit by their connection with mis- sionaries. For three months previously to their reception, the solemn act was before their minds, and they made it a special subject of prayer. As an aid to self-examination they were furnished with questions on practical religion, and the nature of the ordinances to which they were to be admitted. The exercises on the occasion were as follows: a sermon on bap- tisin was preached at the chapel of the American Board, by the Rev. Mr. S. who showed clearly and fully its nature and design. He stat- ed that it strikingly represented the sinfulness of our nature, and the necessity of purification by the blood and spirit of Christ :—that in order to its reception, we must believe in Christ as our prophet, priest, and king; that, as the initiatory ordinance of Christianity, it signifies that the receiver takes on himself the character of a disci- ple of Jesus; that he is saved not by his baptism, but by that which it represents, and must not only be zealous at the commencement of his course, but endure unto the end. After this, the audience convened at the dispensary chapel, where the Rev. Mr. P. addressed them on the nature of the Christian church, its head, its members, its initiatory rites, and its discipline. Then the aged candidates arose, in the presence of the assembly, and with deep solemnity made a profession of their faith in Christ by clear and emphatic replies to the following questions : 1. Do you believe in the only true God, distinct in three persons, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, who made heaven and earth, and all that in them is, of nothing, and still maintains and governs them, insomuch that nothing comes to pass either in heaven or earth, without his divine will ? 2. Do you believe that you were conceived and born in sin, and therefore a child of wrath by nature, wholly incapable of doing any good, and prone to all evil, and that you have frequently both in thought, word and deed, trans- gressed the commandments of the Lord; and are you heartily sorry for these sins? 3. Do you believe that Christ, who is the true and eternal God and very inan, who took his human nature on him, out of the flesh and blood of the virgin Mary, is given by God to you, to be your Savior, and that you receive by this faith, remission of sins in his blood, and that you are inade, by the power of the Holy Ghost, a member of Jesus Christ and of his church? Do you assent lo all the articles of the Christian religion, as they are 360 JULY, Amoy. taught in the Christian church, according to the word of God, and purpose steadfastly to continue in the same doctrine to the end of your lives; and also do you reject all heresies and superstitions, repugnant to this doctrine, such as the idolatrous rites and mummeries rife among the Chinese (here a long catalogue of heathen rites and errors were enumerated); and do you promise to persevere in the communion of this Christian church, not only in the hear- ing of the word, but also in the use of the Lord's supper ? 5. Have you taken a firm resolution always to lead a Christian life; to forsake the world, and its evil lusts, as is becoming the members of Christ, and his church, and to submit yourself to all Christian admonitions? After the rite of baptism was administered to the candidates in a kneeling posture, they stood up, and gave solemn heed to a warning on steadfastness in the faith, by Mr. P. 1. He warned them to guard their hearts, and be instant in prayer, and the study of God's word, assuring them that defection begins in the closet, and that their only security was in fervent prayer, and a devout reliance on the Lord Jesus Christ. 2. He urged each of them to became an example of love to God and man, so that all might see that they were different from what they once were, and different from all around them. In case of having to encounter the scorn and derision of their idolatrous countrymen, they were warned not to render evil for evil, or railing for railing; but contrariwise, blessing. 3. They were told of the goodness of God to them in calling them in their old age to hear the gospel, and embrace it to the saving of their souls; and called upon to render devout thanksgiving to Him for this unspeak- able mercy. (Here they could not contain themselves, but gave a loud and hearty response.) 4. They were urged to activity and zeal in the cause of Christ, by speaking a word in season to their friends and neighbors, by imitating the example of Christ to "go about doing good," and as long as life lasted to make it their business to spread abroad the savor of his blessed name. Finally, they were warned to remain firm unto the end, and amidst all the temptations of the world, the flesh and the devil, to consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself, lest they should be- come weary and faint in their minds. I need not say that the occasion was a solerin and affecting one to us, and that the most serious attention was given by the heathen who were present. But the services of the day did not end here. In the afternoon the missionaries met for the celebration of the Lord's supper, and for the first time sat down with these good old men, rejoicing in hope of the glory of God. There were 15 cr 20 specta- tors and the services were conducted mostly in Chinese. Mr. Y, 882 JI:LY, Amoy *** No. 2 "Since the war with England, this city has secured some little importance in the estimation of merchants as a place of trade, and of Christians as an opening for the ingress of the gospel into the interior of this pari of the Celestial Empire The public will doubtless, for these reasons, feel some interest in any items of information proceeding froin this city. It is the object of the present coinmunication to furnish, if possible, some additional facts to those already known respecting Amoy and the island upon which it is built. « The position of this city gives it many advantages in a commercial point of view It is conveniently situated for trading with my of the important citics and villages of the Funkien province in which it lies. Your readers, no doubt knjw that the city is not built on the main land bit on an island of the same name, which is separated from the continent by a channel of one or two iniles in breadth. The island is about 35 miles in circuit or 10 miles across. It is somewhat circular in forın. The southern and western portions are very much broken by a range of granite hills, which extends along the coast, rece:ling at intervals from the sea and leaving small but beautiful plains which are laid out in fields and dotted with villages. The hills themselves are generally too barren and ragged to adınit of cultivation—where water, however, can be procured at a sufficient elevation, the sides of these hills are terraced and made to yield soine vegetables to the hand of industry. In one or two instances, there are small table-lands lying on the summit of this range whichal so have their well ordered farms and contiguous villages. The prin- cipal use to which the sides of these rocky hills are appropriated, is to supply burial places for the numerous dead. The city of Amoy is situated on the western side of the island and its population, living and dead, completely covers the hills and vallies in and around the place. So numerous are the graves that one can scarcely avoid them in his rambles beyond the suburbs of the city. They protrude their unseemly forms on every side of the path and impart a gloomy aspect to the surrounding scenery. Leaving the hills and passing to the north and east portions of the island, one finds himself in a beautiful region of country, thickly studded with com- pact built villages and teeming with hurnan beings. This section of the island is comparatively level and is under complete cultivation. It is a great relief to the mind to ramble beyond the limits of the city and its adjacent burial grounds and enter this region where the prospect is scarcely marred by a single monument of mortality. The roads or paths are generally narrow but afford pleasant walking, or riding on horseback. “The soil of the island is naturally thin and unproductive, except in the small vallies where water is found and where the mould of the higher regions has been collected by mountain torrents. The industry of the Chinese has, however, in some measure overcome the original barrenness of the ground and now secures tolerably good crops. The productions consist chiefly of sweet potatoes, paddy, wheat, sugar,-cane, ground-nuts and garden vegetables. The prevailing feature of the island, except where the hand of cultivation is 1 1846. 303 Amoy 1 constantly employed, is naked barrenness. The eye searches in vain, except in a few favored spots, for the larger species of the vegetable kingdom. In the villages and around the temples, the comfort and convenience of men, have prompted them to plant and nourish a few shade trees and on the tops of some of the hills a few scattered firs are growing. The island produces no fruits except such as may be found in very limited quantities in private gardens. The markets of the city are abundantly supplied with oranges, plantains, pomelos, pears, peaches, and other fruits in their season, but these are all brougbt from other parts of the province. Even the regions around Fuhchau fú supply in part the fruit markets of Amoy. “ The island produces very little animal food. But few domestic animals are raised upon it. The poultry, pork and beef found in the markets, are brought from the main land. Cultivating the ground and fishing seem to be the principal employments of the village population-some labor as boatmen and sailors. “ The inhabitants of the city are principally engaged in commerce and in manufactures for home consumption. So far as the writer's information ex- tends but few articles for export are manufactured in this place. Perhaps the chief exceptions are shoes and umbrellas. Considerable quantities of these are manufactured here and exported; inost other exports come from the neigh- boring cities and from the interior and are here shipped for other ports. There are, probatbly, three hundred junks of all sizes trading at this port-many of them are the property of Amoy merchants. They trade with the northern and southern ports of China, with the island of Formosa, in the Straits of Singapore and ports in that region. Besides, a daily communication by means of small vessels is kept up with the principal cities which can be reached from Amoy by water, boats go and come loaded with passengers and merchandize. In fact most of the important places on the main-land and far in the interior are dependant upon this place for many articles of consump- tion which they do not manufacture themselves but which they find imported into this city This creates a large native trade with Amoy and gives it an importance which it could not otherwise command. “Of the population of the island not much can at present be said. The whole island tains probably 350, 000 or 400,000 inhabitants. The aggre- gate of 66 villages with which more or less communication has been had and many of which have been visited, is according to statements received from the natives and confirmed in inany cases by personal observation, 40, 660. There are 136 villages on the island and some of the largest are not included in the preceding estimate. Perhaps 100,000 is as close an approximation to the true number of the village population as can be made under present circunstances. The city and suburbs, at the lowest computation, contain 250,000, some say 300,000 inhahitants. This makes the whole population of the island, as before stated, 350,000, or 490,000. “ This is a large number of human beings to be crowded into so limited a space, and one would infer from such statistics that the prosperity of trade and 364 JULY, Notices of the Riot in Canton. manufactures must be great to allure together and support so many persons in so small a compass. How far this prosperity really extends, the writer has not facts sufficient upon which to found any statement beyond what has already been said, except that the majority of the population does not exhibit any external evidences of being in prosperous circumstances. Many complain of oppressive taxes. To one wholly ignorant of the character of this people and passing through this island, the inference from what he would see, would be that the place is on the retrograde-or at least stationary. True, he would see the fields in a high state of cultivation and many residences possessing comfort and plenty within—but he would also see a far greater number of wretched dwellings and neglected temples and a vast amount of squalledness. These things would indicate anything but general prosperity. The demand for laborers is fully supplied and much more than supplied, consequently the fields will be well cultivated and the wealthy will occupy fair dwellings, but for the laborers themselves all is pressing necessity or pinching poverty. A few are enriched by commerce and abound in plenty ; the mass live as they can, consuming to day the little they have earned and compelled to permit the morrow to care for the things of itself.” ART. VI. Notices of the riot in Canton, which occurred on the evening of July 8th, 1846. ABOUT sunset Wednesday July 8th, a scene of disorder opened just without Old China Street, near the corner and in front of what has been known as Mingkwa's hong. Within half an hour it had assum- ed a very serious aspect: showers of stones and brickbats were hurled against the house of a resident gentleman, occupying the front rooms of Mingkwa's hong, and scores of vagabonds were de- molishing the fence and gates before the same, shouting and yelling like so many demons. The noise of the rioters spread rapidly, every moment drawing together larger numbers, and very soon an indiscriminate attack was made on all foreigners within reach of the mob, stones being furiously thrown at them and against the windows of the American factory. Of these proceedings the Chinese police on the spot, belonging to the station at the entrance of Old China street, were idle spectators, making no attempt to seize or inter- fere with the rioters. Before 7 o'clock, H. B. M.'s consul, Francis C. Macgregor Esq., had dispatched messengers to the Chinese authorities, requesting the assistance requisite for protection from violence and depredation of 1846. 365 Notices of the Riot in Canton. the rioters. A similar request to the governor, and to the local magistrates was shortly after repeated by the American Chargé d' Affaires, the Hon. Peter Parker. Shat fún kwei, tí fún kwei, " kill the foreign devils," " beat the foreign devils," rang and reëchoed through all the streets in the vicinity of the foreign factories. Hundreds of the basest of men were already collected and inany hundreds more were hastening to the scene of riot. It was now past 8 o'clock, and the action of the mob was every moment becoming inore violent and more extensive. The gates and outer wall of Mingkwa's hong had been demolished; one of the walls of the cook-house battered down; some of the iron-barred and stone-cased windows of the house dug out of the solid wall, against which a heavy battering-ram was being plied with great fury. It was impossible to mistake the intentions of the inob. Unless force were interposed immediately, it was evident the scenes of 1842- when the British factories were sacked and burnt were to be reacted. Indeed, two attempts had been already made to set the house on fire. Moreover, an officer of the Chinese government with his attendants, having come to the scene, had been driven back. Under these circumstances the only alternative for foreigners was, either to see their factories pillaged and burnt and themselves pelted and chased into the river, or to step forward and disperse the rioters by such means as they chanced to have at command. They had assembled in considerable numbers in front of the fac- tories and in the American garden, most of them prepared for the exigencies of the occasion. The peril of life and property was now such, that any longer delay was deemed unjustifiable. No succor was at hand from the authorities, and it was impossible to tell when troops would arrive, or what they would effect if they came, they recently having been found unable or unwilling to defend from the mob the domicile and offices of one of their own functionaries, the prefect of Canton. The rioters were making every possible effort to get the buildings on fire. The danger was most imminent. Self- defense and self-preservation required immediate action. The gates leading to the scene of riot, from the front of the fac- tories, were at length opened, while the missiles were flying and the mob shouting and exulting more than ever. The foreigners moved in a mass against the crowd, and that part of it which was on the south retreated precipitately from before Mingkwa's, the French and the Spanish hongs and then down the southern Danish, a squad fall 1 366 JULY, Notices of the Riot in Canton. ing off into New China street, and a few stragglers skulking down towards the river in Old China street. A party, close by the police station, near the gates of Old China street, was more determined. Twice or thrice the villains rallied and were nothing daunted, but rather emboldened by the repeated warning from the foreigners. 'Two or three of their number fell, before the mob gave way. Nearly at the same moment, the gang that had been driven down the street of the Danish hong, returned to renew the attack, and their leader paid dearly for his temerity. The foreigners were now masters of the entire space from the police station at the entrance of Old China street to the entrance of the Danish hong, and thus had free communication from one extreme of their factories to the other. Soon after nine o'clock the Chinese authorities with troops came to the assistance of those who, till then, had been left to shift for themselves. By degrees the troops extended their lines over the ground already occupied, through the Old and New China streets, Hog Lane, the Thirteen-factory street or that immediately in the rear of the factories, Lwanhing street or that on the west of the Danish hong, making the Hall of the Hong-merchants, the “Consoo house," their head-quarters; and before midnight, with permission from the proper quarter, about 200 of the Chinese soldiers were marched into the American garden. We were spectators of only a part of these proceedings, having been on the opposite side of the river, in Honam, when the riot be- gan; but on the authority of many who were eye-witnesses, we are able to give, what we believe to be, a correct account of the principal acts which occurred during this trying scene. In consequence of there having been frequent and serious distur- bances in Canton, occasioned by the intrusion of vagabonds, the Chinese government agreed, on the ratification of the Treaty of Wánghiá, July 1844, to keep all idlers and vagrants away from the vicinity of the factories. As that agreement has an important bear- ing on the present case, we here introduce the document entire, bor- rowing it from papers sent by Mr. Cushing to his government, and transmitted by the president of the United States to the Senate, dur- ing the 2d session of the 23th congress. The following are the articles which have been deliberated upon, and settled I. The citizens' shops in the vicinity of the Thirteen Factories being dense- ly crowded together, there is great liability to the calamity of fire, and we must, in anticipation, gr ard against it. Hereafter, it is permitted to the merchants ARE 1846. 367 Notices of the Riot in Canton. 1 and citizens of foreign nations to erect walls on the foundation of their own premises, forty cubits high, and from one cubit and a half to two cubits thick ; all the additional expense of building, labor, and materials, to be defrayed by the occupants of the factorics. 2. From the head of Sintau Lán (Green Pea street) on the east, and from the entrance of Tsing-Yuen Kái (Old China street) on the west, to the river, the old wooden fence shall be changed, and a strong wall erected, either of stone or brick, the expense thereof to be defrayed by the foreign merchants. This is granted to avoid the Chinese, in passing and repassing, looking through the fence, causing disturbances ond quarrels. 3. In the three streets, Tung-wan Ki, (New China street,) Tsing-yuen Kái, (Old China street,) and Sintau Lan, on the north, and on the rear of the Factories, it is also permitted the foreign occupants thereof to erect high walls, and at the north and south ends of these streets to make strong doors of wood, covered with sheet iron. 4. Chinese and foreigners being mixed up together, it is easy for trouble to arise; hereafter, therefore, at the six gates of the three streets, it is right to establish, a military station and posts for sentries, who shall constantly dwell there, and keep guard. Men bearing things about spon their shoulders to traffic with, (pedlars,) are not permitted in front and on the right and left of the Factories, to expose for sale melons, fruits, cakes, etcetera ; and likewise all quacks, fortune-tellers, beggars, and showinen. and all idlers, and the like, are not permitted to pass and repass in front and on the right and left of the Fac- tories, obstructing the way, and collecting a crowd of idlers. Whoever vio- lates this (regulation) shall be searched out, and pursued to the utmost. In the event of any quarrel, or of the calamity of fire, these six gates shall be imme- diately shut and locked and the idlers shall not be permitted to look through; and should any bandits insist on violently entering, and wrangle with the guards and soldiers, the bandits shall be rigorously seized and punished to the utmost. If the soldiers and guards are remiss in expelling them, they shall be severely punished. 5. At the official stations at the head of Tsing-yuen Kái, (Old China street,) a clever and able military officer shall be appointed who shall const- antly have command, with soldiers and guards attached to him, who shall re- side there to keep watch. Should any wrangling or trifling disturbance occur, it shall be warded off by the said military officer in charge of the place; but in the event of a riot, the said mandarin shall petition the high officers of Govern- ment to lead out police men and soldiers in great numbers, and proceed to make investig: tion, and so to manage as to preserve peace. 6. Henceforth the street in front of the factories is not to be a thoroughfare, and the gates at both ends, by order of the consul, may be closed at sunset, and also upon the Sabbath, in order that there may be no confusion. 7. If any of the shops in the neighborhood of the Thirteen Factories cland- estinely sell ardent spirits to foreigners to drink, on being found out, the said shops shall be closed, and the proprietors thereof shall be seized and punished. 8. It is not permitted to throw out and accumulate filth at the head of the streets. This has long been publicly prohibited, it being required that all in front and rear of the hongs, and at the head of the streets, should be kept pure 365 July, Notices of the Riot in Canton and clean. Whoever shall throw out and accumulate filth there, shall, on being found out, be sent to the officers of Governinent, to be tried and punish- ed. 9. The foregoing regulations shall be stereotyped and printed, and deliver- ed over to the military officers, to be posted up at the head of each street, that all may clearly understand. July 12, 1844. (Signed) Hwang NGANTUNG. PETER PARKER. It obvious to remark here, that the late riot could never hare occurred, if the foregoing regulations had been kept; and that they have not been is not the fault of the foreign residents. Application to enforce them has been repeatedly and oficially made to the im- perial commissioner. He has received the application and acknow- ledged the propriety of keeping the regulations." This is on record.” Nevertheless for many months past, the streets adjacent the factories have been thronged with all manner of hucksters an intolerable nuisance. Often they have been literally blocked up and rendered quite irnpassable to any and to all, who were not prepared to elbow their way amidst barbers, butchers, portable-cookshops, fruit-stalls, cat-sellers and denuded and indescribable riff-raff, such as could be congregated only in a half-civilized and pagan nation. On the afternoon of the 8th, the crowd of this sort in front of Old China street one of those places the Chinese authorities had pledged themselves to keep clear was unusually dense, when an English gentleman, having occasion to pass that way and finding the street filled with idlers, pushed one of them aside. Whereupon the man turned and struck him on the back, with his sist. This the gentle. man returned with his stick. Then came a shower of granite; and the man, who had struck the first blo!v, took up a large stone and advancing threw it at the Englishmans hend, who dndged it and and caught him and with the assistance of two or three foreigners took hirn into Mingkwa's hong, amidst volleys of stones and brickbats. Thus the disturbance began. The Chinese, who struck the English gentleman with his fist, and was taken into the hong, soon effected his escape, and has not, that we are aware of, been heard of since. The reason for securing him, at the moment, was that he might be delivered over to the pro- per authorities for trial. It must be left to the reader, and to those whom it may concern, to ascertain, if it be possible, the reasons and the motives that led on the rioters to such lawless and violent acts as those detailed in the Arst part of this article. Who they were, we do not know. Their then sprang 18.16. 369 Notices of the Riot in Canton. conduct affords sufficient evidence regarding their character. During the whole of the riot-after having seen what was going on in front of Mingkwa's, when we came in from the river a little before eight o'clock-having been in constant communication with the Chinese people, residing near the factories, we know that their solicitude, though only their property was in jeopardy, was scarcely less than that of foreigners. At half-past eight o'clock their gong beat, and the inhabitants of the six streets, adjicent the foreign residences, assein- bled in their council-house and adopted measures to meet the ex. igencies of the occasion. They resolved to shut up and barricacia and put themselves instantly on the defensive, in the best manner each could find means to effect, and all to keep in doors, excepting two, who were to take their stand, in the street, each close by their own doors. All the old spears and swords, and every thing of the sort in the neighborhood, were put in requisition. A few of them attempted to remove their property ; but the streets were thronged with such desperadoes as to render this ineasure worse than useless. It was throwing out bate to the furies, and putting prey in the paw of the monster. We might say " legion,” and the reference to sacred and to ancient history would be most apposite, for the rioters were not less numerically than the Roman legion, nor less boisterous than the tenant of the tombs in the country of the Gadarenes. The character of the mob was of the very worst kind. That of 1839 was more numerous, but far less desperate. A small party were shut up in New China street, the shop-men having barricaded the north gate, and the foreigners taken possession of the south. They became perfectly frantic; howling and yelling they ran up and down the stret, not daring to rush on the lead and the steel at one end, and unable to force an exit at the other. In the long street in the rear of the factories we had a good opportunity, while unnoticed by the mob, of seeing what it was composed of and for hours of observ- ing its action. The street was glutted, and every now and then small recruiting parties, screaming and clapping their hands, would shoot off like a fire-brand, and forcing their way far into the suburbs, try to excite more tumult and augment their forces. But, in the good providence of God, this excess of madness produced reaction. The denseness of the mob, hemmed in as it was, rendered it less formidable. The consternation it had excited in all the neighbor- hood now took old of the evil-doers themselves. At 10 o'clock, pursuant to a call from the American consul, P. S. Forbes Es«, a meeting of the Americans in Canton was held at 17 VOL ху NO YIT 370 JULY, Notices of the Rivt in Canton. the consulate, lo deliberate on ways and means for the protection of their lives and property. The meeting, however, was so much dis- turbed by reports of the dangerous movements of the mob, that very little was accomplished besides resolving to form themselves into two divisions for keeping watch and guard during the night. This was accordingly done. Indeed, every one was on the watch, and very few remained off their guard or unprepared for defense. Soon after midnight, the mob began to disperse from the back streets in the vicinity of the factories, and by 2 o'clock on Thursday morning, the 9th, perfect order and quiet were restored, so far as the rioters were concerned. Many however, of both foreigners and Chinese, feared the storm would soon be renewed with increased numbers and fresh violence. Consequently a good deal of excitement was kept up, by the packing and removing of books, treasure, ets. At daylight the following proclamation from Hwang appeared on the walls in front of the hong-merchants hall, written in large cha- racters, and bearing date of the preceding day. Hwáng, vice president of the Board of War, member of the censorate, go- vernor of the province of Canton, director of the military and controller of the commissariat, issues this proclamation. I have just now, unexpectedly heard that the Chinese, residing near the thirteen factories, have had a quarrel with the foreigners; and it devolves on inc, the governor, to ascertain who are right and who are wrong and to act in strict accordance with the principles of justice. If the foreigners are wrong, it will be necessary inflexibly to support the cause of the Chinese. But you must not assemble in multitudes to excite trouble which may lead to punishment. Tremblingly obey. A special proclamation. Instructive commands to be pasted up at the thirteen factories. Given in the 26th year of Tánkwáng, 5th month, 15th day (July 8th 1846). The Chinese superior authorities must have felt no inconsiderable concern for the issue of the riot, knowing as they did the desperate character of the rabble bands, and aware also that they would be held responsible for these acts of violence and depredation. Several of them are said to have come out of the city during the night, with in all about 1000 troops. In course of the morning boats from his Danish majesty's frigate Galatea," with marines, and other boats from the foreign shipping at Whampoa, reached Canton. During the day meetings were held and committees appointed, all having reference to the safety of the coinmunity. On the 11th and 12th the two following documents, from the local magistrale, were made public. Shithe acting magistrate of the district of Nanhas aforic., issues these esphril and urgen! commands, 1846. 371 Notices of the Riot in Canton. Do not, On the 8th instant a wrangling quarrel broke out between the English and the Chinese, and it proceeded to such a degree that three of our people were killed and six wounded. Though the English were certainly in the wrong, yet it is my duty, as magistrate, with a view to prevent lawless men from plundering the houses and shops of our people, to lead out the troops for the suppression of disorder and for the protection and defense of the place. The hudies of the dead and of the wounded have been examined and the several cases duly reported to the superior authorities; and a dispatch has been received from the said authorities, instructing the English consular officers to search out the murderers and punish thein according to the laws. We, the officers of the Chinese, are to our people, what parents are to chil. dren. If you are wronged and injured, the exercise of justice (in your behalf) shall not be withheld. But there is reason to fear lest some of you, seeking to vindicate your cause, may again by your wrangling assemble the multi- tudes and excite quarreling, so that those who were in the right will find themselves among those who are in the wrong. Moreover, should the inob once assemble, it will be difficult to prevent vagabonds from improving such an occasion, to coinmit acts of depredation and violence; and the calamities may extend to your own shops and dwell- ings. Then it will be difficult to discern between the good and the bad; and should you be once seized you may be striken by that just indignation which is due to the vagabonds. Crimes ought to be redressed, for, alas, they are not without cause. How much to be deplored would it be, should any of our good and quiet people, by giving momentary vent to anger and currency to rumors, involve themselves with the vagabonds and then be left to suffer as being alike guilty with them ! Right it is, therefore, to issue these commands. Understand, ye people of every class, that it behooves you to await the examination and decision of their excellencies, the high officers, regarding all that has transpired. Each one must keep quiet in his own sphere and attend to his own affairs on any account, renew the wrangling and so create new disorders, that inay lead to grave consequences. 1, the magistrate, in preserving the local peace, and with a view to the pro- tection of your persons and property, have again and again instructed and admonished you, and you ought to look up and regard the feelings of my heart, yielding obedience without opposition. Canton, July 11th, 1846. Shi the acting magistrate of the district of Nánhái, &c., &c., issues these commands. Regarding the three persons who were killed and the six who were wound- ed on the 8th, in the quarrel with the English, it behooves you to await the action of their excellencies, the superior officers, who have instructed the English consular officers to proceed according to the provisions of the treaty. It is rumored that there are yagabonds who love confusion and disorder, and who under the pretence of recompensing (the wrong) wish to assemble the mob and renew the quarrel. This cannot he allowed. For should the moh once assemble, there will doubtless be in it lawless men, who will improve the occasion to plunder and rob, and the damage will came even to your own houses and shops, as it did on the night of the 8th, when the bandits in the midst of the quarrel attempted to plunder Tungmau's establishment. Under these circumstances, had the civil and rnilitary officers not led out and directed the police and soldiery, and instantly suppressed the riots and dispersed the mob, the damage would have been indescribable. Most right it is, therefore, to issue this proclaination, which it behooves you fully to understand. You who are men of business, engaged in lawful pur. suits, can clearly comprehend what is reasonable. Be sot deceived by vain words. From each of your establishments let one or two able bodied men be appointed to unite their strength and act on the defensive. If the vagabonds renew the quarrel, instantly band together with the police and soldiery and seize the disturbers of the peace for self-protection. Be careful not to get entangled with the evil-doers so as to suffer with thein. A special and very urgent proclamation 372 JULY, Nutices of the Riot in Canton Cinton, July 12th 1816. Let these instructive commands be pasted up ini froval of the hong-merchants' hall. P.S. Up to this day (July 23d) there are no new indications of insubordination. His excellency Kíying returned from his military wour, through the eastern departments of this province, on the even- ing of the 17th. Some communications, relating to the riot, have passed between the Chinese authorities and the British consulate, but of what tenor we do not know. The only documents made public ise, the proclamations given above, which have been well received by the Chinese. The inhabitants of the six streets, who met in council on the evening of the Sth, issued a public notice early the next morning, exculpating themselves from any share in the riot, and declaring that they did only what was necessary for self-defense, The “Tungmau establishment," nanied in the magistrate's procla- mation of the 12th, was a small banking-house, situated in the Thirteen-factory street, in the rear of Mingkwa's hony, near the “ Consoo-house." The only placard we have noticed was a silly and wicked one, pasted up, on the morning of the 13th, directly over the magistrate's proclamation issued the preceding day. It reviles the magistracy, and cries out for the slaughter of “the savage barbarians" The rabble—so it is reported—have made appeals to the gentry, and, through “the friends of the sufferers,” to the au. thorities, and as yet without gaining any sympathy or assistance. llowever, we wait with some anxiety for the sequel, to see how the whole matter will be closed. Their excellencies, Kíying and Hwang, Juure the means of ascertaining “who are in the right and who are in the wrong," and we expect, and all the nations here represented expect, that “the principles of justice will be maintained.” The case is a grave one. Blood has been shed. Ijuman lives have been lost. And impartial investigation ought to be made. The public executioner is not a murderer, nor is lie who defends himself aga- inst the violent assault of incendiaries, however dire be the calamity thit may rccoils upon their own heads. 07 THE TIIRTEEN FICTORIES, te fĪ Shih s.:n hing. The diagram, on the opposite paye, will afford those who have not visited Canton, some idea of the position and plan of the “ Thirteen Factories," Shih s:in hang (or Shop sini hony). By à reference to the XIV volume of the Repository, the manner of numbering them, so as to make out “thirteen," will be seen. The two gardens forın “part.and parcel" of the premises assign- ed to and occupied by foreigners, and, though very small, are their only safe porosimalls, o hole hiring one of its own. The Creek, -01 Die cast of 18.16. 37: Noiices of the Rivt in Canton. : the factories--separates them from several of the large pack or ware-house's of the old hong-inerchants, in one of which is the British consulate-and runs north parallel with the western wall of the city. The Thirteen-factory street, running east and west on the north of the factories, is a great thorough-fare : eastward, after passing over the Creck, it leads on to Carpenters' Square, to the British consulate, and to the city gates and the Imperial landing place in front of the city. There are two small custoin-house stations within the Jines of the factories, one at the mouth of the Creek, and one at the end of Hog Lane, on the corner of the American Garden: also three police stations ; one in Hog Lane, near the landing place; one in Old China street, near the American factory; and one in the Danish street, or Teh-hing kiíi, south side, near the landing place. Beyond Lwan-hing street and the Thirteen-factory street on the west and north, for miles are densely populated suburbs. On the west side of Hog Lane and on both sides of old and New China streets are lines of Chinese shops. The north ends of several of the factories, (in- deed of all excepting the New English) are also occupied by Chinese shops, the foreigners, however, having narrow passages through thein into the street. The Consoo-house is situated on the north side of the Thirteen-factory street at the head of Old China St. The principal scene of the riot was in Old China St. and in front of Miagkwa's hong. Western suburbs. Landing Lwán hing street. New houses. shops Danish hong, north side. Danish st., south side New New China Street. Spanish hong. hongs. French hong Mingquia's new hong. Mingkwa's hong. Old China St. south Old China St. American hong Paushun hong Landing The Chú-kiing, or Peilrl River. Landing: American Iinperial or Ma-ying. Thirteen Factory Steet. Garden. Swedish or Sui hong. Old English. Chowchow. Hog Lane, Englisli Landing New English Factories. Garden. Creek. Hong-merchant puckhouses. 374 Juls. Peking Gazette. one concern- Art. VII. King Plíu or Peking Gazettes : with extracts and notices from Number Seventeen March 19th to Number Thirty- second April 19th, 1846. No. 17. March 19th and 20th. Teh-shun, kit , has been appointed in the place of Yih-tsun, * fx, to superintend the public works at Siáu-kiú, i th. This number contains two very long reports from Nárkingáh, the pas the governor-general of Chihli — one reporting a case of murder and the other relating to delinquencies in collecting the revenue. No. 18. March 21st and 22d. This is chiefly filled with documents having reference to the army and revenue. These documents are from Liú Yenko and Ho Chángling. No. 19. March 230 and 24th. This number opens with a list of promo- tions, and closes with documents concerning the gabel and land-tax. No. 20. March 25th and 26th. In addition to the usual announcement of appointments, we have here three long documents ing robbers, one a case of murder, and the third regarding the storing of grain for the public service. We wish that some of our neighbors, who have ability and leisure, would furnish our pages with full and accurate accounts of the “Corn laws” of China and all that apper- tains to the management of the public granaries, together with the traffic in grain generally throughout the empire. More grain is con- sumed here than in any other kingdom or empire in the world, and it would be interesting to know how it is all produced and made ready for the consumers. Besides the quantities consumed as food, a very large amount of grain is converted into ardent spirits by distil- leries, by aprocess quite like that which obtains in the west, and for identically the same purposes. No. 21. March 27th and 28th. His excellency Nárkingáh, reports a case similar to that which occurred in Canton last winter, when the office of the prefect was demolished by the populace of the provincial city. He says the wicked people, in assembled multitudes, attacked the office of the magistrate of Náuloh. The emperor directs that all these disturbers of the public peace be seized and punished accord- ing to the laws, without allowing an individual to escape. We have also a case of murder and a case of suicide, the latter occasioned by acts of oppression on the part of inferior officers. No. 22. March 29111 and 30th. Several cases of murder are reported in this 1816. 375 Peking Gazette number, and in one instance attended with robbery, carrying off cal- tle, poultry, &c. This occurred in one of the districts of Ngánhwui. No. 23. March 31st and April 1st. The emperor has recently conferred the title of hwang kwei fei Ľ, “august honorable lady," on one of the members as his household, she having reached the 60th year of her age and being one of the concubines of his father the emperor Kiáking. Notices of appointments, promotions, deficits and delays in the collection of the revenue, tardiness in the transportation and deli- very of metal for the national currency, &c., fill up the remainder of this number. Lin Tsehsü appears among the memorialists. No. 24. April 2d and 3d. It would seem from incidental facts given in this, and in other numbers of the Gazettes, that all the offices in the district of Tinghái (Chusan), have been regularly filled by the Chinese government, during the time the island has been in the hands of British officers. We had supposed these appointments were merely nominal. But it now appears otherwise, as one of the naval officers has been degraded for the non-performance of his duty in the suppression of piracy on the high seas, off the coast of Chehkiáng. No. 25. April 4th and 5th. This gives a report regarding some musical instrument, images and sacred books belonging to the Budhists in Chabár, which, having been lost, or left out of their proper places, have now been restored to their rightful proprietors. No. 26. April 6th and 7th. In this number there is a document which indirectly affords strong evidence in favor of the correctness of the Chinese census, the document showing the interest each family has in having all its members recorded in the public register. The Ga- zettes are often very valuable in the indirect evidence which they atford. Indeed to speak straight on, telling only the simple truth, is what the emperor says his servants, the officers of the government, never do, or will not, cannot do. This habit seems not to be confined to officers, but it is a marked feature in the conduct of the people, it is a national characteristic. No. 27. April 8th and 9th. The appropriate Board has received the com- inands of the emperor to make the necessary arrangement for giva ing due honor to the recently promoted,“ august, honorable lady, họcáng koei fei Most of our readers will remember Yihking, zu , one of the valiant heroes of Canton, who for his subsequent inability to defend Chápú against the Ying si ti, was degraded and sent to the rold country. A document has been submitted to the emperor, pro- posing his restoration to honor, 376 Journal of Occideices. Further particulars, regarding the attack made by the wicked peo- ple of Chilli on one of their magistrates is given in this number. Two lives were lost and several persons were wounded. Twelve of the assailants were made prisoners and have been brought to trial. No. 28. April 10th and 11th. The currency and the army are the chief objects of interest in this number, There must be deep and sore evils to lead to such coustant and bitter complaints, as we find in the Gazettes, No. 29. April 12th and 13th. His majesty has been pleased to confer upon his two aged and honorable cabinet ministers Muchángáh and Pwán Shingan, and to pernit then to wear, hwáng má kwá a sort of riding jacket, as a badge or mark of a imperial favor. Púyentái, one of the imperial ministers in I'll having sent a be- autiful horse to his master; and the monarch having mounted and found the animal “very good ;” an edict was forthwith issued in Manchu, conferring on the horse (not on the donor !) the name of kih yun Liú, the "Lucky-cloud Courser." Nos. 30, 31, 32. April 14th to 19th. These three numbers are filled with details of petty thefts and other malversations, notices of little presents from the emperor to the keepers of his gardens, a note of thanks froin Pwin Shingan for his " yellow mákwá," &c., &c. The “Mohan- medan barbarians," on the western frontiers of the empire, are as troublesome as the barbarians on the east. Indeed, the latter are seldom mentioned of late, whereas the former are noticed every month and sometimes every week, in the Gazettes. Arr. VIII. Journal of Occurrences: triennial craminations in. the cightccn provinces ; restoration of Chusan; colonial church, at Hongkong, relief for destitute forcigners, opium farm; typhoon in the Chinese seas; affairs in Canton, an attack. The triennial examination for the degree of kit jin (or A. M.) will be held the coming autumn; imperial examiners have been appointed for all the pro- vinces, and the necessary preparations are being made. Chusan has been restored to the emperor, and the British troops withiraivn. H. E. governor Davis sailed on the 2d instant, for the northern ports, and it is supposed he may also visit Japan. Tenders are out for preparing a site for the “ Colonial church "in Hongkong. A society has been organised there for the relief of sick and destituie fo- reigners. The lease of the opium farm for the coming year has been sold at auction at $1500 per month. The newspapers there give details of a severe typhoon that occured late in June : these shall appear in our next. Here and in the vicinity of the provincial city affairs remain in statu quo. Quirt fias been maintained about the factories, but a very had spirit is abroad, of which there was a fearful exhibition on Saturday the 2011, in an altark iyon it all part of forrignavors in Honam. TIE CHINESE REPOSITORY. VOL. XV.-AUGUST, 1846. No. 8. · Art. I. A Confucian tract, cxhorting mankind always to rescino their celestial principles and their good hearts. The following translation and original, which have been put into our hands for publication, seem to require a few words by way of introduction. At first sight of the Chinese, we were not quite cer- tain to which of the three religious sects-Confucianism, Budhism, or Tauism-the tract belongs; but on examination we have no doubt of its being, as we have designated it, "a Confucian tract.” All the three talk and write alike about "preserving heavenly prin- ciples and a good heart;" but only a disciple of the sage would say it is far better to act benevolently than to get up idol festivals. The phrase sien jü, rendered "an ancient scholar," would perhaps have been better translated "an ancient Confucianist," a disciple of Confucius of a former age,-the word jü being used as the com- mon designation of the professors of the first sect, they, as the followers of the sage, claiming to be the possessors of all wisdoin nd all knowledge, the literati. The tract before us is published in the shape of a placard on a single sheet; we have often seen it past- ed up in the streets of Canton, and it is not a bad specimen of their learning. It shows what wisdom is, and what it can effect, without an inspired revelation-throwing man wholly upon his own resources to secure happiness and prosperity, and to rescue himself, by his own merits and his own strength, from darkness and wisery, Sin and guilt do not come into account in fact, they are not known and recognized in the system of Confucius, or in either or The other religious systems of the Chinese. 48 VOL, XV. NO. VIII, 378 Aug. A Confucian Tract. This "good heart," liáng sin, "the important things." has been chosen, by some of the translators of the New Testament, as a proper term for conscience, d'uvednois, "that faculty of the soul, which dis- tinguishes between right and wrong, and prompts to choose the former and avoid the latter." A better sterm is needed, and should be used if it can be found. We have not been able to give the representation of the heart, as it is drawn in the original tract. The student of the Chinese, however, will readily perceive where it should be drawn. The tract here follows. An exhortation to men constantly to preserve heavenly principles and a good heart. Men when first born have a nature given to them by heaven. An ancient author has said : This (the original good heart) is an im- portant thing; it is the most honorable and weighty thing in a man's life; he must not lose it; because, if this is preserved, then the man is alive; if this is not preserved, then the man is dead. If, although this is not preserved, the man still continues alive, there is after all nothing more leſt of him than the mere bodily shell containing wickedness; there is no real life. Seih Kinghien says, Every day you ought to call out to yourself, (Lordly old man, or) “Old master! are you at home?" In the even- ing, you ought, in a retired apartment, to ask your heart saying, "Do any of the matters, which you have attended to tc-day, wound the heavenly principle, or do they agree with principle?" If your conduct does not correspond with heavenly principle, you ought in future carefully to guard against it. Heaven gives benevolence, politeness, justice, wisdom. (An extract from the Yihking. The words thus translated are so explained by the commentators. In other books they mean, original, expansive, gain, chastity.) Principle. (Here is given a representation of the heart. Inside of it are the words.) Benevolence, justice, politeness, wisdom, nature alınost divine. (Outside, but connected with it are the words :) The affections : joy, anger, sorrow, happiness: thoughts, wishes, purposes. The course of learning, proper for men, consists in restoring reason to its pristine lustre, in an enlightened heart, and in making the summit of virtue the only point of rest. (An incorrect quotation from the Tá Ilioh, one of the Four Bouks.) 1846. . A Confucian Tract. 379 心​良 ​理​天 ​存​常人​勸 ​理​之​命​天​有​載​時​生​初​人 ​天命 ​者​這​先 ​不​簡​儒 ​過​存 ​僅​則 ​留人 ​貞​利 ​亨​元 ​理 ​智​禮義 ​性 ​幾​神 ​這 ​載​简 ​孽​不 ​非​存​物 ​對​室​薛 ​不​自​敬 ​過問​軒 ​天​心​日 ​理​日​每 ​者​今日 ​後​日​自 ​日​所​呼 ​自​為主 ​當​各人 ​戒​事​翁 ​慎​不 ​也​傷​家 ​天​否 ​理​至 ​否​夕 ​合時 ​理​必 ​否​於 ​倘​靜 ​念​意志 ​樂​哀​怒​喜​實則​乃 ​生​人人 ​也​死 ​简​至 ​至​貴​至​重 ​或​這​齒​不​存​而​人​仍​生 ​至​在​在​大 ​於​心​明​學 ​至​明明​之 ​善​在​德​道 ​仍​失 ​生​网 ​ 380 Aug. A Confucian Tract. A map of the heart as it is gradually obscured and lost. (Here is given a representation of the heart in six phases, at first quite white, gradually blackening till it is altogether black.) 1. When the infant is newly born the original heart is altogether conplete. 2. When it is influenced by desire, the original heart begins to be obscured. 3. When principle and lust war togother, the original heart is half obscured. 4. When the passions becoine dissolute and inore and more ar- dent, the original heart is more than half obscured. 5. When the evening feelings (of remorse) are no longer preserv- ed the original heart is exceedingly obscured. 6. When the few (remnants of good) are altogether lost, the ori- ginal heart is completely obscured. A map of the heart as it is in the course of being repaired and again brightened. (Here is a similar representation of the heart, at first altogether black, then gradually whitening, till it becomes all white.) 1. Being involved and drowned in wickedness for a long time, the original heart is destroyed and lost. 2. When we wash away what is unclean, and scrape off the dirt, the original heart begins to be restored. 3. When we reform errors, and remove to virtue, the original heart is gradually being restored. 4. When we subjugate self and put away selfishness, the original heart is half restored. 5. When we put away licentiousness and preserve sincerity, the original heart is very much restored. 6. When all virtue is reverentially brought into action, the origi- nal heart is altogether restored. Heart. Only to use this straight heart is better than to study the classics. Gods and spirits, will all respect you, your after generations and des- cendants will prosper. J.D'H They who only use the heart as thus inverter will form into clubs and beat and rob men. Vengeance will come upon themselves; their wives and children when living will separate from theni. Heart. Those who only tise this transverse hearı madly lose the good heart. When in hades they fall into hell; when in the world, they are changed into brutes. Heart. They who only use this slanting heart, plot and scheme secretly to hurt men. Heaven's net has no holes 10 let them pass throngh; and their sous and grandsons are destroyed. 1846. A Confucian Tract. 381 但​用 ​此​正心 ​心​勝如​去看​經 ​神鬼​皆​欽敬​後代​子 ​孫 ​眼 ​但​用​此​倒​心​聚眾​打 ​3 離 ​搶 ​分​人 ​應​還​歸​己​妻子​活​離​分 ​圖​之​明​復​修​心​圖​之​喪​蔽​漸​心 ​赤子​始​生​渾具​本心 ​感​欲 ​W蔽​本心 ​戰​牛​蔽 ​本心 ​情​蕩 ​本心 ​O 夜​氣​無​存​甚​蔽​本心 ​幾​希​盡​喪​全​蔽​本心 ​失​本心 ​污​刮​垢​初 ​本心 ​O 遷善​漸 ​本心 ​o克己​去​私​牛 ​本​品 ​O去​邪​存​誠​甚​復本​心 ​o 眾​善​奉行​全​復本​心 ​但​用​此 ​横​心​颠倒​喪 ​良 ​心 ​地 ​橫 ​陰​司 ​墮​地 ​日 ​變​畜生 ​復​復​「復​後​復​失 ​但​用​此​邪心​刀​謀​暗害 ​2 孫​人 ​天​綱​無​球​漏​絕​子​又​絕​孫 ​ 382 Aug. A Confucian Tract. In order to become virtuous, read this “heart and destiny" song, and as a matter of course you will have a repentant heart and aroused reflections. When one's heart is good and his destiny (or lot) is also good, he will be both rich and honorable and attain to old age. When the heart is good and the destiny bad, heaven and earth will certainly protect. When the destiny is good and the heart bad, there will be prema- ture death when only half way. When the heart and the destiny are both bad, there will be pover- ty and weariness enduring grief and sorrow. The heart is the destiny's origin; the most important thing is to preserve the benevolent course (or benevolence and doctrine). Destiny is the root of one's body; it is difficult to ascertain pre- viously whether it will be adverse or prosperous. If we believe in destiny, and do not cultivate the heart, it will be in vain to attempt to constrain heaven and earth to our purposes. We ought to cultivate the heart and leave our destiny to heaven; he who made things will certainly requite us. Lí Kwang slew the soldiers who surrendered to him; though lie was made a marquis he soon emptily vanished. Sung Káu saved the lives of ants, and early reached the highest literary rank. Virtue is the foundation of happiness, but wickedness is the omen of misery. We ought secretly to accumulate virtue and merit; and preserve fidelity and filial piety. Riches and honors have their origin in our past conduct. Hap- piness and raisery come on men's own invitation. If we act bene- volently and assist those who are in danger and misery, we act far better than if we were to fast and get up idol festivals. Heaven and earth exhibit vast kindness, the sun and moon do not shine with partiality. When ancestors attain to a long life (in doing good) their de- scendants receive abundant happiness. My heart and other men's hearts all desire honor and splendor ; when this man and that man have the same desire, why should they strive with others to obtain it? In the first place do not deceive, in the second place do not cheat. If in our hearts there sprout up the desire to hurt men, spirits and gods will secretly deride us. If our destiny is five parts better than others, our hearts ought to be ten parts better. To have both the heart and the destiny amended and protected is the precious concern of one's whole life. 1745. 1 Confuciun Tract. ASS 十​啸​心​齋​存​救 ​嬌​要不​心 ​分 ​第​與 ​忠​蝶​修​存​好好​正 ​好​了​彼​天​每​蟻​心​在​中​命​心 ​心 ​休​心地​存​及​一道​途​又​修 ​命​好​各有​孝 ​第 ​聽命​天​好​身 ​兩​狡​欲​洪​富​登​命​乃​折​富​讀 ​修​萌​致 ​恩​貴​科 ​造形​了​贯​此 ​持​心 ​榮​日​有​早​物​之​心​且​心 ​便欲​耀​宿​善​須​本命​到​命 ​是​害​彼​無​因​乃​相​第​俱​老歌 ​終​入​此​私​禍福​報 ​通​不​心 ​身​鬼 ​照​福​之​李​難​好好​然 ​寶​神​般​子​人​基​廣​可​貧​命​有 ​暗​心​孫​自​惡​料​賤​不​回 ​中​何​受 ​受​召​乃​降​信​受​好心 ​笑​用​餘​方​稱​卒​命​煩​天​動 ​命相​慶 ​便​之​封​不​惱​地​念 ​有​計​祖​扶​兆​候​修​心​也​之 ​五​較​危险​事​心​乃​須​意 ​分​第​延​尼德 ​虛​陰​命 ​保​也 ​強 ​壽​勝於​查​陽​之​命 ​心​莫​考​如​陰​宋​空​原​好 ​要​欺​我 ​做功​郊​虛​最​心 ​ 384 Aili. A Confucian Tract. in former times Liú Yuentsiáng, who had been long allicted with a lingering disease, wrote this heart and destiny song and destribut- ed 1,000 copies of it. Suddenly he dreamed that a sien (a superior angelic being) clothed in red garments, in company with an old man arrived and said : because you have composed this song and exhorted many to repentance, God has pity on your severe disease, and has on purpose sent a heavenly physician to cure you. Your life was originally to be only 40; now it will be lengthened by two dozens of years. Having said this they disappeared ? He then took medicine and got quite better. Afterwards he died at the age of 64. If in consequence of exhorting others to repent, men are thus rewarded, how much more if they reform their own hearts. For happiness and misery come by our own invitation. The reader of this tract ought not to despise it. He ought immediately to vow that he will practice virtue, and thus protect his family, produce good fortune, harmony, peace and happiness. If by our efforts, one man is induced to rouse his heart to virtuous conduct, we shall have ten merits. If ten men do so, we shall have 100 merits; if one hun- dred men, we shall be marked as having 1,000 merits. We ought inmediately to correct our hearts and practice virtue. This is the excellent mode of securing what is good and avoiding what is evil. Má Tsán-yuen (distributes this.) Printed in Amoy, blacksmith's jetty at Kom Kok Ku, the Divine Haven Shop [The gentleman who has furnished this tract for the Repository, will please accept our best thanks for the same. In a few places we should have given a different rendering to the Chinese. But we have preferred to submit the translation as we found it; and as our readers have both the tranrlation and the text, they can adopt such a rendering as may to themselves seem best. These little fragments of ethical and moral writing are no unfair indices of the intellectual and moral character of the Chinese.] 1846. 385 A Confucian Tract. 須 ​十​保​福​,而​四​歌 ​朱​昔 ​正​功 ​家​推​卒 ​+ 勸​衣 ​有 ​心 ​十​門​心​是​今人​仙 ​柳 ​修​人​吉​所知​再​回宮 ​元 ​馬身 ​動​慶​召​勸​延​心​同​祥 ​贊​趨​心​和​觀​人 ​者 ​患 ​元吉​者​氣 ​此​回​紀​职​老​察 ​避​就​致​文​心​言​憐​人 ​言​疾 ​板​因​者 ​有誰​者​者​汝​至​帶 ​存​之​百​平​其​尚​而​有​日 ​厦​良​功​安​得​去​惡 ​我 ​我​書 ​島 ​法​百​會​忽​如​於​疾​司 ​忽​此 ​打​也​人​是​諸​此​是 ​特命 ​能 ​福​見​况​,服​令​也​命 ​記​也 ​此​自​藥 ​千 ​单 ​全​醫 ​上 ​功​人​者 ​回​愈​救​千 ​目​動​立​心 ​後​波​以 ​本 ​前​心願​者​六​汝​汝​散 ​時 ​修行​乎​十​之​寫 ​候 ​善​善​盖 ​四​壽 ​心​忽 ​者​可​碼 ​歲 ​本命​夢 ​歌​一千 ​打​铁路​頭​甘谷​居​神​糊​店 ​施​忽​费 ​VOL. YY.N(),II, 19 396 81,100 Sorts, 57,106 1,108 10,411 6,707 1,900 27,756 7,607 1845. ART. II. Particulars of the export of Teas and Raw Silk to the Unite:l Kingdom in each vessel from 30th June, 1845 to 1st July 1846. VESSELS. Depar- Desti- Ination. Date. Congou. Sou- chong. Pow- chong. Pekoe. Hung. Orange muey. Pekoe. Caper. ture. 95,100 22,921 1,864 . 28,135 30,071 19,387 35,300 17,458 37,529 8,200 64,335 16,575 19,646 13,438 99 9 3 Duilius, Amiga, Hesperus, Competitor, Helen Stewart, James Turcan, Emerald Isle, Dorisana, Challenger, Wm. Mitchell, Josephine - Rookery, Wm. Shand, Mary Bannatyne, Livingston, Hope, Wm. Parker, Mauritius, - Bahamian, Earl of Chester, City of Derry, 1845. July 14 Canton London 15 Liverp. 18 Liverp 21 London 221 26 26 30 Aug. 4 Liverp. London Liverp. London 12 13 16 16 20 201 29 Liverp. Cork 9 London 303,450 386,633 424,572 352,882 407,115 350,400 192,652 488,981 204,4331 497,800 401,561 225,100 466,9931 265,859 212,631 331,000 397,570! 278,4351 321,547 548,611 270,300 > 26,000 800 51,782 48,7611 31,911 41,0281 30,3601 31,760 35,100 6,531 125,254 9,5501 27,400 1,687 10,380 8,0681 5,190 6,594 9 373 O 99 7,049 497 9, Sep. 3 16,288 26,2001 17,6001 30,373 47,092 73,2001 35,9001 387 420 128. 135 Particulars of the Export of Teas, &c.-Continued. 1845. Young- Gun- Hyson. powder. Twankay Hyson. Hyson Skin. Imperial. Total Black. Total Green. VESSELS. Totals. Silk. 3,800 1,910 25,243 20,789 7,154 2,620 13,6601 13,980 8,240 11,565 8421 1,2281 2,796 563 3,646 51 4,3001 8131 1,1181 3,800 35,611 19,095 45,8701 13,711 16,500 214,566 23,823) 38,952 Duilius, Amiga, Hesperus, Competitor, Helen Stewart, James Turcan, Emerald Isle, Dorisana, Challenger, Wm. Mitchell, Josephine Rookery, Wm. Shand, Mary Bannatyne, Livingston, 112.990 91,969 10,502 16,991 9,100 8,447 8,877 6,707 3,1001 347 3,326 15,254 398,5501 410,7121 454,5711 389,660 426,502 393,9001 298,627 559,594 204,433 497,8001 411,5611 316,3001 554,749 488,759 281,6881 398,6831 397,570 285,484 409,523 611,991 504,3001 18,000 402,350 446,3231 473,666 435,530 440,2131 410,4001 513,193 583,417 243,385 497,800 424,370 451,000 615,368 617,196 650,145 509, 1001 518,509 512,2131 409,523 647,768 514,5001 12,8091 35,800 8,546 58,995 74,0001 17,389 35,5461 41,541 10,5331 60,991 60,8001 40,385 986 268,363 52,1871 67,790 163,536 12,809 134,7001 60,619 128,437 368,457 110,4171 120,939 226,729 20,100 1,155 7,465 26,094 8,604 17,603 21,652 Hope, 23,433 8,804 Wm. Parker, Mauritius, Bahamian, Earl of Chester, City of Derry, 28,449 7,328 35,777 10,200 10,200 388 :: 22,800 16,6171 15,455 38,5631 66,4621 13,228 5,806 29,104 49,23 85,538 7,317 9,156 22,337 5,000 13,137 9,2601 13,157 26,292 14,959 20,6001 29,100 12,555 88,728 103,360 53,034 1,5981 8,900 15,200 43,000 20,1001 7,200 97,9541 25,917 30,939| 16,334 826 62,440 27,846 11,409| 20,352 87,839 9,415) 12,800 68,000 13,000! 59,150 71,980 24,880 Particulars of the Erport of Teas, foc.-Continued. 1845. 49,5481 56,679 5,244 67,863 34,775 Scotia, Canopus, Dss. of Northbd. Sanderson, Jobo Horton, Patna, Macedon, Ann Bridson, Victory, Saghalien Druid, Tyrer, Syria, Culdee, Arun, Ellen, 91 9 Shang. Liverp. 12 Canton London 13 1 Shang. 23 Canton Liverp. 23 London 2 Shang. Liverp. 26 Canton 27 291 London Oct. 1 78,5801 51,269 50,489 21,000 7,200 16,430 14,500 665,9671 394,062 503,3321 311,3211 318,4301 371,000 144,066 353,522 332,9411 243,100 319,400 366,050 493,013 305,700 180,000 526,300 544,881 335,800 577,330 220,329 219,993 771,761 229,531 516,930 419,524 255,6611 18,000 29,700 >> 6,100 3,900 1,600 34,030 Mary, 18,994 Dublin 17 London Glasgw 21 London 21 21 Liverp. 281 London 1 Shang. Liverp. 31 Canton London Nov. 1 Cors 1 Liverp. 3 Oct. 11 Shang. London Brahmin, Inglewood, Harbinger. Alice Brooks, Hindostan Albt. Edward, Marquis of Bute, Dk. of Lancaster, Lady Bute, 26,293 20,280 4,285 76,142 59,334 11,925 29,002 45,0981 >> 389 200 301,372 363 417,367 798,3-131 399,277 355,685754,321 372,993 1,690 246 ) 5441 5:23,360 669,1201 374 3:4,600 331,500 108 555,200 853,532 831 655,9651 282 655,7201 335,933 246,236.236 818,113 60 410,204 661,693 414,8001 294 619,113 411,04!) 46-1 515,367 446,200 3:32,800 Particulars of the Export of Teas, fc.-Continucd. 1315. 51,2281 19,7501 10,4241 26,249 05,00) 596 4,271 2,852 2,801 1,3731 803) 600 Scotia, Canopus, Dss. of Northbd. Sanderson, John Horton, Patna, Macedon, Ann Bridson, Victory, Saghalien Druid, 314 14,4101 10,2951 636 125,0071 53,389 940 551 44,100 3,106 3,8561 70,9701 17,499 30,474 65,000 2,480 23,2001 191,8241 5,423 9,29) 82,300 8,500 1,300 49,9231 1071 8,8001 3,2231 691 2,700 4,200 3,400 34,000 5,100 1,300 37,169) 3,963 935 7,851 Tyrer, Syria, Culdee, Arun, Ellen, 821,394 399,863 767,8691 325,4771 353,2051 331,6001 427,239 40.5,617 5115,477 357,990 374,390 522,0601 618,197 314,000 248,290 555,200 759,046 439,5261 599,747 261,5301 246,236 8:15,4431 376,5801 571,7031 540,1831 284,765 56,900 19,000 7,409 83,300 Mary, 50,497 55,2001 26,778 18,264 52,3:37 12,263) 9,350 12,8291 509 99,732 16,234 30,000 143 50,247) 3,551 6,260 103,486 217, 1391 55,9731 74,3531 7,000 Brahmin, Inglewood, Harbinger. Alice Brooks, Hinđostan Albt. Edward, Marquis of Bute, Dk. of Lancaster, Lady Bute, 16,620 7,373 5,350 1,608 16,200 6,5761 13,000 30,112 8,804 89,415 4,2761 60,360 97,650 58,460 13,000 33,624 89,995 214,138 88,228) 3,512 2,603 3,500 11,811 1,7551 390 25,336 1,840 3,850 4,800 2,790 2,340 1845. Particulars of the Export of Teas, fc. Continued. Nov 11 Canton > 34,0781 26,238) 15,404 27,651) 22,443 36,924 38,000 Dk. of Portland, Sappho, Jane Prowse, Maia, Carib, Maggie, Pandora, Passenger, Princess Royal, Daniel Grant, Dumfries, Duke of Bronte, 20 Cork 1 Shang. Liverp. 6 London Liverp. London 554,8731 309,306 245,240 300,000 1 15,700 126,800 311,500 210,500 287,500 296,4001 519,6001 Foam, 324,000 3,200 400 50,300 27,889 10,6001 13,300 9 61,7971 29,444 8 Cork 10 London 24 Canton Liverp. 24 London Dec. 2 Nov. 8 Shang. Liverp. Dec. 5 Canton 4 London Nov 17 Shang. Dec. 11 Canton Liverp. 171 London 181 17 6 Shang. Cork 6 Liverp. 6 31 Canton London 3,522 75,139 27,395 Ed, Boustead, John 0. Gaunt, Devon, Argyle, Grecian, Lancaster, John Cooper, Anna Robertson, Adelaide, Larpent, Emily, Circassian Queen of Eng. 8,570 10,398 14,360 71,229! 14,100 19,170 12! 30,700 95,753 496,780 477,503 5:5,651 226,936 353,6001 470,150 535,400 439,7371 920,000 378,350 246,600 138,503 147,163 16,900 34,810 107,900 47,366) 42,000 16,720 63,700 44,493 16,528 17,000 4,037 99 35,000 29,700 53,908 28,1091 236,217 156,186 391 1,607 140,110 942 76,283 723,202 33,3561 649,9581 12,100 288,400 79 523,733 111,578 242 210,5831 588,933 268,258 11 1 278,700 694,000 356,900 653,383 76 10,4401 115,700 2,171 538,469 278 557 39,349 505 626,200 88,000 1845. Particulars of the Export of Teas, fc.--Continued. 70,351 33,3561 11,287) 2,415 7,400 18,387 1,1001 23,562 1,4891 2,200 6,400 Dk. of Portland, Sappho, Jane Prowse, Maia, Carib, Maggie, Pandora, Passenger, Princess Royal, Daniel Grant, Dumfries, Duke of Bronte, Foam, Ed. Boustead, John O. Gaunt, Devon, Argyle, Grecian, Lancaster, John Cooper, Anna Robertson, Adelaide, Larpent, Emily, Circasgian Queen of Eng. 30,100 9,3001 1,300 9,900 59,800 115,000 120,585 5,052 2,954 616,602 6,378 412,155 727 245,240 800 1,000 338,000 115,700 126,800 311,500 2,000 3,900 210,5001 1,500 2,600 287,500 1,600 6,500 296,400 6,000 538,200 15,300 388,000 25,787! 185,439 1,641 3,611 499,1201 13,1771 1,314 519,039 1,402 2,945 642,9431 3,648' 967! 300,955 29,400 415,300 27,350 540,8501 5,800 2,157 556,011 1,014,000 15,604 26,083 378,350 1,500 276,300 364 138,503 16,595 646,919 5,700 7,400 4,800 3,500 4,700 2,0001 20,000 1,600 3,700 9,100 13,100 16,500 32,4001 1,0531 5,9641 17,233 5,848 4,233 20,9981 22,508 2,387 1,1461 2,560 2,996 12,102 9,023 1,900 76,900 72,200 76,100 105,660 43,8901 15,7001 4,700 7,700 4,5701 26,151 2,700 44,000 25,2651 72,364 27,855 800 6,2001 3,6001 6591 384 10,203 25,980! 23,505 23,0181 18,900 126,8001 690 30,100 341,600 120 33,100 243,600 15,600 303,100 43,300 3:39:00 179,2001 567,000 147,425 332,864 84 65,184 584,223) 28,338 329,293 677 341,120 881,9701 3 33,900 740,900 105 92,899 648,910 82 44,000 1,058,000 ! 5,602 98,300 88,120 707,000 57,321 . 43,4121 393 361,381 173,107 120 399,268 190 183,4531 684,647 - 478,876 603,469 123 409,400 306 427,700 323,283 361,100 621,300 44 624,800 220 412 20 268,629 406,444 159 85,6424 601 236,800 13 533,400 1846. Particulars of the Export of Teas, foc.—Continued. Salopian, 72,064 2,3231 6,067 505 41812,1041 185,1481 83,481 VOL. XV. NO. VIII. 2,200 13,640 9,461 24,592 8,7001 5,500 51,800 11,220 22,000 123,752 143,598 39,6711 26,472 28,900 31,840 52,0831 3,762 76,830 Woodbridge Aden, John Laird, Lady Amherst, Victor, Roseanna, Wm. Jardine, John Christian, Greyhound, Lord Althorp, Mary Ann Webb, Dorothy, Annie, Mathilda, Fanny Connell, Regina, Chatham, Humayoon, Isabella, Lady Howden, Euphrates, Bengalee, - Gilmore, Princess Royal, 26,4001 23,398 48,401 3,300 10,400 17,000 66,193 1,752 600 42,370 65,102 66,000 1,608 87,192 32,441 20,9001 41,300 18,900 24,277 16,709 30,400 5,5701 39,715 44,581 1,080 54,475 14,7181 9,8001 3,600 22,600 5,300 9,300 13,2531 10,560 18,6001 3,130 18,041| 13,005 31,155 9,199 54,354 31,2881 255,941 183,7051 227,939 129,6131 437,1001 46,3001 321,000 136,990 459,100 78,420 457,325| 371,078 367,777 95,1641 158,300 78,500 226,802 82,9101 214,736 191,7081 133,616 227,765 173,107 3:30,957 68,311 29,661 153,792 379,292 305,3551 291,540 187,3361 384,991 218,478 130,200 279,200 173,300 254,4001 455,326 367,957 173,100 183,000 341,700 279,600 403,7001 221,100 439,646 28 357,552 457,9001 537,520 828,4031 462,941 10 309,712 22,736 2,756 85,622 126,740 59,954 74,153 37,242 22,215 87,408 131,100 19,200 16,500 2,5001 102,652 56,581 75,300 56,500 184,3001 72,200 13,8001 69,900 27,511 8,059 26,754 23,851 11,856 69,359 22,234 36,832 20,160 66,2121 22,1001 76,800 59,000 112,200 97,7391 74,043 33,700 7,900 4,600 24,400 83,4001 2,756 4,463 17,5651 37,4161 15,542 1,283 22,4531 30,000 64,200 35,579 1,3601 22,500 2,600 8,000 29,600 1846. > Particulars of the Export of Teas, &c.—Continued. 37,453,759|1,531,3631441,669 277,026(1,072,485 519,880 34,006 38,134 394 1844-45, 36,012,358 1,393,210 552,051 131,294 1,815,014 1,369,752 77,459 288,259 1843-44, Marion, » 16 Shang. "727 Total pounds for season 1845–46, 37,182,044 1,976,7641551,646 41,809 2,688,194 1,638,417 137,550765,843 305,1841 Bleng, 6 Shang. Cork 100,759 55,180 Jeremiah Garnett 181 Liverp. 233,845 55,857 16 41,160 24,0381 Old England, Cork 167,484 lanet Wilson, 30 Canton London 58,818 16 155,7151 17,573 Mirzapore, London 238,220 30,940 Marmion, 41,000 . Cork 16 Cork 225,600 18 Shang2,500 Gardner, 200 16 Tomatin, - London 232,9141 37,514 27,104 Buckinghamshire 27 Canton 1,104,000j 46,600 5,384 4,3001 17,275 329,841 1,500 18 Canton 316,407 Wanderer, 18 14,200 1 740 Queen, June 31 331,750 411,775 Hebrides, London 222,9601 14 201 177,349) Dublin 431,600 20,211 Sarah, 27,6291 18. London 357,819 , 3,000 76,149 500 18,500 Earl Powis, May 1 2,839 Prce. of Waterloo 131 Liverp. 464,277 Monarch15,200 23,300 Symmetry, 14,800 8,700 Constantinople, 1 846. Particulars of the Export of Teas, fc.-Continued. 395 Marion, Bleng, 3,432 Marmion, 5,143 33,0811 2,046 15,011 5,359 2,4051 305,184 57,902] 363,086 3881 21,206 6181 21,7061 20,5741 9,607 167,484 77,1431 244,627 Janet Wilson, 3,7381 9,266 2,660 1,440 269,160 17,104 286,2641 168) 46,600 7,700 58,000! 14,300 10,100 6,000 228,100 142,700 370,8001 6601 Gardner, 1,864 5,934 13,929 4,375 2,539 6881 297,532) 29,3291 326,861 169 Buckinghamshire, 294,9001 185,100) 82,100) 84,800 42,600 3,800 1,215,900 693,300 1,909,200 Earl Powis, 15,827 303 2,668 3,296 2,358 316,407 24,452 340,8591 Wanderer, 43,549 2,219 1,930 411,775 47,6981 459,473 Hebrides, 172,400 106,684 112,740 74,475 33,3031 207,8171 499,602 707,419] Prce. of Watterloo, 48,000 3,500 33,500 24,500 8,6001 467,700 118,100 585,800 Monarch, 116,104 7,389 67,423 28,376 400 454,1791 224,835) 679,014 1481 Sarah, 12,5001 3,000 3,700 2,600 470,100 21,800 491,900! Symmetry, 115,751 14,437 223,700 130,188 353,888 Queen, 11,660 3,750 120,170 11,700 7,480 369,4501 154,760 524,210 20 Constantinople, 6,798 22,697 4,5131 352,700 34,0081 386,708 29 Tomatin, 67,8991 5,7991 57,566 23,990 14,070 6,9791 173,2881 176,3031 349,591 697 Mirzapore, 161,812 23,2211 30,365 37,091 15,893 124,0161 268,382 392,3981 Old England, 109,460 27,885 97,527! 45,018 18,189 33,826 155,939 331,905 487,844 712 Jeremiah Garnett, 46,976 20,620 59,916 23,165 8,922 24,8981 290,4291 184,497 474,926 561 3,680,272 1,703,20613,373,239 2,527,923 1,114,132,206,956 44,982,267 12,605,788 67,588,05€ 17,580 3,271,588/2,105,898 2,990,414 2,375,335 1,234,882 335,496 41,639,397 12,320,904/53,960,30/12,935 13,776,790|1,270,120 1,429,25911,257,114 583,1351533,448 41,368,322 8,849,87250,218,194 2,520 396 17,662 G. POWDER11,236 IMPERIAL . 32,719 14,595 18,031 10,761 9,449 7,112 15,573 14,300 58,577 36,913 79,610 54,007 2,400 5,366 12,465 3,080 20,045 45,047 22,857 2,850 2,850 20,722 23,233 5,325 8,732 1,940 11,340 27,311 1815. Art. III. Erport of Teas to the United States from 30th June 1845 to 1st July 1846; with export of silk and sundries to the U. S. in 41 vessels. VESSELS. DATE. Y. HYSON. HYSON. H. SKIN. TWANKAY. 55,478 729 September 13 23 October 24 November 13 28 30 30 December 9 6 23 25,732 61,018 Airone, Huntress, Tonquin, Inca, Panama, Heber, Howqua, John Q. Adams, Ann Mickim, Mary Ellen, Montreal, Horatio, Clarendon, Lenox, 47,608 148,823 1,697 341,260 250,138 324,978 321,831 152,597 153,431 381,205 322,288 433,479 63,171 18,196 26,293 13,076 19,346 3,906 14,950 17,667 8,140 42,503 47,316 51,765 8,314 93,411 24,829 69,645 26 27 29 30 62,131 36,811 49,194 108,695 25,794 1846 January 2 7 14 22,292 10,716 31,985 95,193 66,020 2,658 14 Henry, Montauk, Eliza Ann, Cohota, Leland, Oneida, Grafton, Rainbow, Geneva, Ann Maria, 12,584 5,888 11,003 19,313 19,058 77,392 20,387 310,887 270,163 210,720 470,356 230,635 186,625 52,597 260,702 177,767 273,428 17 19 20 24 31 24,662 39,030 90,717 42,922 47,852 69,985 100,749 37,653 59,205 50,434 56,886 24,749 36,490 41,201 67,856 20,338 41,551 22,101 20,259 68,910 44,376 10,628 Februars 30,657 107,145 9,168 397 465,577 454,050 397,524 792,047 390,311 530,811 338,894 565,168 492,406 505,463 TOTAL 89,848 11,080 333,174 153,483 608,715 362,384 444,565 646,851 347,482 352,270 578,848 566,501 796,774 125,643 1845. Export of Teas to the United States, fc.- Continued. VESSELS. SOUCHONG. POWCHONG. PEKOE. OOLONG. GREEN. BLACK. 4,793 4,066 10,626 Airone, Huntress, Tonqnin, Inca, Panama, Heber, Howqua, John Q. Adams, Ann McKim, Mary Ellen, Montreal, Horatio, Clarendon, Lenox, 4,849 280 53,027 40,550 90,561 33,574 32,061 80,956 84,485 5,897 23,417 17,701 38,359 55,604 3,034 360 75,738 11,237 45,269 18,100 37,613 84,999 7,766 164,368 33,129 506,917 283,541 368,674 503,841 262,997 309,908 490,392 540,082 727,556 63,171 25,730 7,495 4,849 3,314 168,806 120,354 101,798 78,843 75,891 143,010 84,485 42,362 88,456 26,419 69,218 62,472 16,946 16,008 9,496 20,457 55,543 8,718 27,244 6,868 3,615 27,963 17,022 9,163 20,386 Henry, Montauk, Eliza Ann, Cohota, Leland, Oneida, Grafton, Rainbow, Geneva, Ann Maria, 66,982 82,070 2,890 11,852 173,409 71,779 33,306 150,019 26,542 5,304 31,948 17,341 22,949 12,105 46,800 2,910 437,614 437,028 321,379 689,591 360,879 496,314 110,588 481,284 401,823 343,605 27,963 17,022 76,145 102,456 29,432 34,497 228,306 83,884 90.583 161,858 2,897 7,580 8,929 1845. Export of Teas to the United States, fc.-Continued. 399 487,264 707,839 Loochoo, Natchez, Tartar, Paul Jones, Medora, Wissakickon, Lucas, Helena, Douglass, Zenobia, Albion, John G. Coster, Jas. Boorman, Akbar, Candace, T. W. Sears, 110,795 29,318 35,267 505,429 175,380 680,809 137,218 5,694 344,352 142,912 57,008 36,530 402,735 93,538 496,273 69,102 66,140 572,597 135,242 87,079 9,928 2,304 801 310,882 100,112 410,994 60,003 11,635 46,078 71,638 117,716 51,857 23,652 349,192 75,509 424,701 23,664 3,720 590,048 27,384 617,432 131,623 32,039 338,543 163,662 502,205 3,874 10,991 421,559 14,865 436,424 4,791 274,887 4,791 279,678 275,488 25,360 565,491 300,848 866,339 60,694 32,993 205,514 93,687 299,201 309,276 82,791 4,429 6,483 429,780 402,979 832,759 181,006 45,942 15,307 148,054 242,255 390,309 247,054 51,988 303,238 299,042 602,280 3,064,1601 946,378 35,435 | 220,294 1 14,235,825 1 4,266,267 18,502,092 5,280,865 1,301,965 69,285 298,353 13,801,115 6,950,468 1 20,751,583 3,133,133 799,6227 60,178 | 132,594 1 10,131,837 1 4,125,527 1 14,257,364 laden at Shanghai, and the “Montauk” took there a portion of her cargo. The “Talbot,” “ Huntress," and " Lenox" touched at Manila, to fill up. 400 AUG. The Roman Catholic Misssions. Sarsnets, Export of silk and sundries to the United States on the above named 41 vessels. Pongees, Pces 54,004 Cassia, Peculs 7,867 Handkerchiefs, 50,975 Matting, Rolls 23,533 6,167 Rhubarb, boxes 1,135 Senshaws, 4,085 Sweetmeats, 4,637 Satins, 1,982 Vermillion, 176 Damasks, 321 Split Rattans, bundles 1,068 Satin Levantines, 1,099 Pearl Buttons, boxes 204 Crapes, - 199 Chinaware, 644 Crape Shawls, 132,987 Fire Crackers, 20,510 Scarfs, 10,290 Aniseseed star, 159 Sewing Silk, Ibs 630 Oil of Cassia, 154 Raw Silk, boxes 436 Anise, : 174 Grass cloth, 692 Camphor, Peculs 1,346 Fans and Screens, - 1,168 Lacquered ware, boxes 377 >> 2 " 11 ART. IV. Notices of the Roman Catholic missions in the province of Sz'chuen, in letters translated by a Correspondent. Letters of M. Perocheau, bishop of Maxula, apostolic vicar of Sz' chuen, to M. Langlois, superior of the seminary des missions etran- gêres. An. de la Prop. de la Foi. July, 1844. Trans. by A. P. Sz'chuen, Sep. 1st, 1841. Monsieur and dear Brother; There are only three priests who enjoy perfect health; the other six brethren are very feeble. I am about to ordain a Chinese priest. Three pupils from the college at Penang fortunately arrived at Sz'chuen in last December; they, hav- ing been promoted to holy orders, accompanied some European mis- sionaries to review their theology, and, to look after their affairs and these men. I am not able to give you any very consoling news of the mission. The number of thieves has greatly increased. The absence of a great part of the troops at Canton increases their boldness. In many places, under the pretext of searching for the contraband opium, they open the cases of travelers in order to extort silver. The dangers are great on every side. They often pronounce many injurious words against the faithful, as the cause of the war: and sometimes they cry in the streets that the Christians are going to revolt and unite with the English. Fortunately the governors of the province can do nothing. The emperor hiniself has become our apologist, by writing to all the 1846. 401 The Roman Catholic Misssions. mandarins that there was a just difference between the doctrines of the English and the Chinese. His intention is most probably that the Catholics may not be vexed and irritated under the pretext that the English adore the same God. Political motives have without doubt something to do in such a declaration About the time that this let- ter from the emperor arrived, the mandarin oi the city of Changking ordered a Christian, that had been impeached for the cause of reli- gion, to recite the decalogue and divers prayers, according to the titles of one of our books which we held in his hand. The neophyte obeyed; the magistrate being convinced thereby that he was a veritable Christian, instead of blaming, praised him: and setting him free, severely beat the accuser as a disturber of the public peace; saying, that a profession of the Christian religion was not a crime. At the capital of Sz'chuen, the great mandarin Fán is our friend; we have experienced many signal services from his benevolence, among others the enlargement of a Chinese priest and many of the fuithful, arrested last year: he immediately released them insteaŭ of felicitat- ing those who had manifested their zeal. It was the great virtues of the bishop of Zabraca * which disposed his heart in favor of the Christians. During the captivity of the holy martyr, this mandarin often conversed with hiin, and he was at length persuaded of the innocence of the prisoner and of the divinity of the gospel. Since, he has often said to a Christian, my friend, who reported it to me, "that a religion which could inspire such great virtues in such a situation must be true and divine. If I could be a Christian and a mandarin at the same tiine, I would embrace so perfect a religion without delay.” May the Lord grant him grace to renounce his dignity to save his soul. God continues to bless our efforts to effect the baptism of the infants of unbelievers. During the year, 17,824 of such infants, in danger of death have been baptized; and about 11.809 have gone to heaven to praise God and to intercede for lis. Three hundred and thirteen neophytes have been admitted as catechumens, and 406 catechumens have been received to baptisın. We have 54 schools for boys and 60 schools for girls. I have the honor, &c. J. S. Bishop of Maxula, and apos. vic. of Sz'chuen. Extract faom another letter from the same prelate, also dated in Sz'chuen, September 3d, 1843. In the course of the present year, 20,063 infants of unbelievers in Gabriel Tourin Dufresse, bishop of Zabraca, apostolic vicar of Sz chien, was decapitated for the faith, the 14th of Sep. 1815. 51 VOL. Yv. NO. VIII, 402 Avg. The Hall of United Benevolence. danger of death have received baptism; 12,884 have gone to heaven to intercede for us; 389 adults have been baptized. This year we have been less alarmed than during the past. At four different times there has been a small persecution; Christians have been taken before the mandarins : some of whom apostatized immie- diately, and some after enduring long and cruel torments; but the greater number nobly confessed the faith, answered with courage, suf- fered much, and have been set at liberty without having manifested the least weakness; some after a few days detention, and others after many inonths of imprisonment and wearing the cangue. One of the mandarins made publicly in his palace the apology of our religion, and gave commendation to the confessors of the faith; he was dis- pleased that innocent Christians had been taken up on account of the calumnies of bad subjects who, he said, would do well to imitate their virtues. He reſused permission for the arrest of those of whom it was only said that they were Christians. May the Lord inspire all his colleagues with such sentiments. Permit me, Monsieur le superieur, &c. J. S. bishop of Maxula, and apos. vicar of Sz'chuen. be CH Arr. V. Regulations, foc., of Hall of United Benevolence for the relief of widows, the support of aged, providing of coffins, burial-grounds, fc. From a Correspondent at Shanghai. Preface: Since the spring of the 9th year of Kiáking, when this Institution was first established, one or two important affairs have arisen, which have in due order been attended to, such as the yearly estimate of the amount of subscriptions, and the superintendance of business, consequent upon the commencement (of the Institution), with the recording and publishing of the same in the form of a report, being a record of facts. Now especially (has this been done) since, if the amount of the contributions of those who delight in goodness are not periodically written down, there are not any means of accu- rately ascertaining the sum of receipts. The Institution professes to compassionate the widowed, and to minister to the aged by monthly distribution; to dispense coffins, and to give burial by timely assis- tancc; and besides all this, there must absolutely be no deficiency for ! 1336. 403 The Hall of United Benevolence. urces, the outlay on incidental expenses, repairs, &c. Should the amount of these not be put down in order, there cannot be any way of pre- cisely estimating the amount of expenditure. The particulars of receipts and expenditure it is the object of this Report to detail. Regulations of the Hall of United Benevolence. Regulation 1st. The contributions solicited by this Institution, are made by the good and faithful who are willing and have the means of doing so. They are expended for the support of the living and the burial of the dead, and ought to be used economically. Now the superintendents and officers of the cammittee, are none of them to receive either salaries or food; and whatever may be the expenses of the committee meetings, they must be defrayed from their own reso- A mite or a farthing may not be taken from the public fund. Reg. 2d. The regulations of our Institution appoint six super- intendents, for the investigation of the whole : eight assistants, who are to divide between them the management of the four departments of the Institution, viz: the relief of widows, support of the aged, the distribution of coffins, and the burial of the dead, two individuals attending to one department, in order to give weight to the fulfillment of the trust. If either be absent from circumstances, it is required that he select a trustworthy friend to supply his place. Reg. 3d. As concerns the yearly directory of the Institution, in the superintendence of accounts, and the amount of receipts and ex- penditure, it is determined that the officers of each department shall hold it for a year alternately. Aim at integrity! Aim at caution! Let there be no intrigue! Reg. 4th. On the 1st of each month all the officers must assem- ble in the hall, and reverently approach the shrine of Kwán shing-tí. When the prostrations are ended, they should exainine the tickets of relief for widows, and support of the aged, distributing the money accordingly, and changing the tickets. The business of the preced- ing month should then be taken; the amount of receipts and outlay minutely examined and compared; clearly entered and arranged, and also recorded in the ledger. All should be earnest and diligent. Let none fear the inconvenience or fatigue of wind and rain. Reg. 5th. The two departments for the relief of widows and support of the aged must only be extended to such as come under notice within the city of Shanghái, or its immediate vicinity. As regards the distant villages and stations it is difficult to make minute investigations; the receiving of any thence, is entirely prohibited, to the end that all inposition and vagrancy nay be checked. 404 Aug. The Hall of United Benevolence. Reg. 7th. Reg. 6th. At the commencement of the Institution, there were not sufficient funds to meet the expenditure. The amount of in- come was but that of the outlay, and still there was risk of defici- ency. The limit of the department for the support of the aged was one hundred individuals; that for the relief of widows, sixty indivi- duals. Afterwards, when by the accumulation of interest there was an abundance, consultations were renewed regarding the extension of operations. Mem. In the 8th month of the 15th year of Kiáking ten individuals ad- ditional were admitted in the department for the relief of widows. In the 19th year there was again an increase of thirty persons. In the same year there was an increase of thirty persons in the department for the support of the aged. At present the number received is fully enough. Here- after, any coming under our notice, or bearing recommendations to the Institution must be enterd by name upon the water-tablet, and wait until there be vacancies These shall then be taken in succes- sion, as it is disallowable for any to be pushed forward. Reg. Sth. The subscriptions shall be divided into two heads, those of donations and annual contributions. The donations, com- prising the sum total of occasional subscriptions; the annual contribu- tions, the amount of such as are made yearly. Contributions are not to be solicited from the distant villages and hamlets, but only from such as voluntarily and unanimously subscribe within the city and its vicinity. All those who love to do good and delight in imparting to others, shall come to the Institution and there write down their names and the amount of their subscriptions upon slips of paper, which shall be arranged and pasted on the tablet in the Hall, and also entered into the subscription register. When the payments are received, the money shall be given over to, and laid up by, the yearly treasurers. In balancing the monthly accounts, if there be a surplus of 100 tauls or upwards, there shall be a public consultation thereon, whether to put it out to interest in the purchase of a shop or of land. If on the receipt of a subscription, it be not immediately made known to the Institution, but privately taken away, the defrauder and his accomplices shall forth with be sought out, and punished by a fine, double the amount of the sum taken. Reg. 9th. Every year the amount of subscriptions, and names of subscribers, the income and outlay of funds, the names and suir- isames of the aged supported, and widow's relieved the coffins dispens- 1846. 405 The IIall of United Benevolence. ed with the burials, the respective numbers and amount, shall be re- corded in the register, and at the end of the year a report shall be pub- lished and distributed in order to afford the means of investigation. Reg. 10th. The domestic furniture and utensils of the Institution, no matter whether coarse or handsome, new or old, shall all be articles of indispensable utility, and must all be noted in the register. Breakages and damages occuring in the course of time, shall be replaced accordingly. There must not be any wilful destruction, or private loans; and should any things be missing they must be replaced by the managers of the Institution. Reg. Ilth. Ali members of the Society holding office in the In- stitution whether their duties be many or few, laborious or easy, should exercise singleness of purpose and sincerity of exertions, not allowing them to flag, with the lapse of time. They should not be diligent in the commencement, and negligent in the end. And if there be any subject requiring deliberation such must be consulted about in a general meeting. No one person may assume to himself the right of acting on his own judgment. Reg. 12th. At the seasons when a general meeting is held for the arrangement of affairs, there must be neither jesting or idle con- versation; but mutual encouragement to strenuous exertions. Let virtuous feelings be cherished and good actions performed. Thus time will not be wasted, and benefit be derived from mutual in- centives. Regulations of the department for the relief of widows. Reg. 1st. The officers may each recommend such individuals as they are acquainted with, being widowed, without any means of sup- port, and of deserving and old families. The surname and family name must be made known, with the age and place of abode, whe- ther there be sons or daughters or not, and the respective ages of such children. All this must be plainly stated, and entered in the register, and monthly assistance to the amount of 700 cash be afford- ed. The tickets, being distributed in the preceding month, will on the 1st of every month be handed in and the money given out. If any deaths occur, such must be reported, the names erased from the list, and an extra three months allowance made for the purpose of assisting in the funeral expenses. Should any orphans be left up- wards of 20 years of age, these, being able to gain a livelihood for themselves, shall not receive donations on any account. Reg 2d. The widows are sought out and recommended by the 406 Aliti. The Ilall of United Benevolence. w 11 officers. Should it be found out that individuals have for any length of time been re-married, or bave other means of support, these must have been carelessly recommended without strict investigation. Therefore when the matter is brought to light those who recommended them shall be fined the whole amount that has been given as relief. If they shall expose the matter themselves, they must forfeit half of that suin. Reg. 3d. If among the women there be any example of extra- ordinary chastity, or of extreme distress, attended with unusual cir- cumstances, such as the supporting of relatives, or the comforting of orphans, thereby maintaining the family -- and if there be no deprecia- tory accounts among the villagers and neighbors, then shall a par- ticular statement of the case be made, in order to its being recorded, in preparation for the record of merit for the prefectures and dis- triets, where it will be preserved, to the honor of chastity and filial piety. Regulations of the department for the support of the aged. Reg. Ist. The officers shall minutely investigate the particulars of cases, where the individuals are above 6') years of age, being most certainly poor, distressed and without means of support, inaim- ed, or diseased and unable to seek a livelihood. The claims of such shall be admitted after a general consultation. The tickets shall then be given out, and on the 1st of every month taken in, and the money to the full amount of 690 c:sh dispensed. As before, the names of the persons recommeniling them shall be distinctly made known, so as to afford the means for examination and verification. Reg. 2d. All the persons receiving support ought to behave with propriety, as is their duty. If there be any who transgress the regulations, the assistance rendered shall instantly cease. When an individual dies, the fact shall be made known and the name removed. The expenses of the burial shall be given to the amount of 1400 cash. Reg. 3d. Heretofore there has only been this Institution in the city, but lately the custom-house officers have begun to dispense alms; and at present many of those recommended to our Institution have had relief at the custom-house. Of such there have been repeated examples and also of the daring assumption of the names of others, and similar abuses, used as pretexts by vagabunds for the get- ting of gain, whilst the poor, on the other side, are placed in a corner. Our officers must make most minute investigations and if there be 2" ? 1846. 407 The Hall of United Benevolence. any unsatisfactory recommendations, those who have given them shall forfeit the amount that has been expended. Regulations of the department for the dispensing of coffins. Reg. 1st. The preparing of coffins for gratuitous distribution, was originally begun for the poor and desolate, who have not the means of supplying themselves with such. Aid shall not be given to such as have relatives able to supply every thing, but who from niggardly parsimony of their own means irregularly report them to the Institution. Cases of drowning, way-side deaths, and all such ac- cidental mortalities, must be made known to the district magistrate for exainination and evidence. It is not convenient that coffins should be immediately given to such, until all circumstances have been carefully inquired into Avoid heedlessness ! Reg. 2d. If any of the respectable members forming this society are aware of poor families wherein death from sickness has taken place, and who most certainly have not the means of providing for the burial, let them give tickets to such, which being brought to the Institution, the coffins shall be given, and regardless of wind or rain, heat or cold, the acting officer shall in person repair to the house of mourning and make strict inquiries, in order to avoid imposition. Reg. 3d. If there be any poor families, wherein death from sickness has occurred, and who are unknown to any members of the Institution, they are permitted to come themselves and report their place of abode, with the names and surnames of the relatives of the deceased to be filled in, on a ticket which they shall receive from the acting officer. Upon taking this ticket to the Institution the coffin shall be given to them. Reg. 4th. As it has been customary since the 9th month of the 13th year of Kiá-king to dispense, with every coffin, 70 catties of lime, 30 catties of soil, and 30 sheets of coarse paper, this expen- diture shall be defrayed by the interest of the thousand taels subscri- bed by Pih-tsing of Ai-jih-kiu. Regulations regarding the burial-ground. Reg. Ist. The burial-ground of this Institution was purchased by the former magistrate of this city, Tang; who subscribed for it out of his own salary. It lies outside the north gate of our city in the Kaitsz' yli, in the 4th ward of the 25th constabulary. It con- tains 36 máu, 5 fun, 9 lí, and 8 háu; and is surrounded by a ditch on all sides, in order to prevent encroachments, and to serve as a drain. From east to west the characters of the Tsientsz' Wáni (or 408 Aug. The Ilall of United Benevolence. Thousand character classic,) are arranged as marks or numbers, one character serving as a mark for one length. From north to south a bamboo stake is placed at every ten of these lengths. Every coffin being thus well separated, in order to facilite inquiry, if hereafter the friends of the dead buried there, should be able to remove them elsewhere, which is allowable. Reg. 2d. The first burial-ground being already full, and the whole number of coffins deposited there first and last exceeding 10,400 in the first year of Táukwing, Yi, formerly magistrate of this city and since promoted, was the leader of a subscription to which he contributed of his own salary, and subsequently 41 máu, 7 fun, 9 lí, 4 háu of land were purchased in Twántsz' yü, in the 12th ward of the 25th constabulary outside the great south gate. At the entrance was erected a pavilion, and in conformity with the north burial ground, it was surrounded with a ditch and arranged by numbers, one character for a length; also from north to south at every ten lengths by a stone, and at each grave a small stone as memorial and to prevent confusion. The wages of the keeper were also the same. In the 10th year of Táukwang, Ping, formerly magistrate, and Shin acting magistrate, of this city, requested in a memorial that the southern field of 41 máu, 7 li and 1 hiu adjoining their boundary, which had been subsequently purchased by the Institution, should be entered in the Kwán-tsz' ward to pay the taxes. The ditch, and are rangement in numbers &c., are all according to the old regulation. Reg. 3d. Every year at the two festivals of the Tsing Ming and Hiá Yuen, in pursuance of an order from the district magistrate, all the unowned coffins which have long lain in unoccupied houses, and corners, temples or monasteries, in every direction and from the four quarters, shall be collected by the neighbors, who assembling with the constable shall report to the officers of the Institution, and at the same time carry such to the burial-ground, where all necessary ex- penses shall be defrayed froin our funds. Reg. 4th. Two men are to be appointed as keepers of the burial- ground. Their monthly wages each shall be 1680 cash. The three- omed, one-storied house on the east of the Yuen Sháng pavilion shall be given to them as a residence. All dead bodies brought in coffins to the burial-ground, shall be reported to the officers, and the number of the ticket put on the register. The interment shall take place immediately on the arrival in due order according to the ticket. The earth shall be piled in a heap in order, to avoid any damage from excessive wet. With every coffin, shall be given 140 cash for the room 13.16, The llall of United Bencoolence. 103 Reg. 5th. expense of interment; with a child's coffin 70, and jars for the bones 30 cash. Not a cash shall be taken from the family of the deceased. Whenever there be accidental road-side deaths, or by drowning, whether within or without the city, there being no relatives to bury the dead body, the name and surname being also unknown. and it having been ascertained that the death originated from 110 other cause, it is permitted that the constable go to the institution and receive a coffin, with 4800 cash for the expenses of the shroud and the erection of a temporary shed over the body. It is forbidden that the constable or other such officers, should extort any thing from the neighbors about the place of death. In the 11th year of Kiáking, we petitioned the magistrate to make a representation to the superior officers of this case, which was ac- cordingly permitted and put on record, and the cdict engraved on il stone tablet. Regulations for the supply of water in cases of fire. Reg. Ist. The officers of the Institution have appointed 11 sta- tions, at each of which shall be kept in readiness 10 pairs of water buckets, with ten carrying poles, viz. 1st. Great tranquillity Lane. 9th. The western parade ground 2d. The large jetty. bridge. 3d. The crooked corner. 10th. The southern parade ground 4th. The Kiáu family Brook. bridge. 5th. The western Yáu family Lane. 11th. 6th. 12th. The merchant's street. 7th. The fragrant flower bridge. 13th. The crooked street. 8th. The small bridge. Reg. 2d. In each station of our Institution there shall be 12 lanterns, 10 round badges, and 300 bamboo billets, 12 marked coats, and 1 billet bag. In each shall be ten hired coolies with one head- man, entrusted with the control. Upon report of fire, these shall repair to the station and receive from the officer the lanterns and clothes, immediately take up ten loads of water, and with ten other men each carrying a lantern, who shall be called in to assist, and the 300 bamboo billets, all repair to the place of danger. It is inn- material to what place the water-engines belong, they shall be straightway taken and filled, and the coulies shall carry water from the nearest and most convenient places, and keep up the supply in con- stant succession. For every load one bamboo-billet shall be given, and these shall be paid for according to the ease or difficulty with which they are obtained, and the distance whence carried. The next day all shall assemble at the hall of the Institution, where in a VOL. XV. NO. VIIT: 1846. 411 The Hall of United Benevolence. to mark the number of coolies who start, and must be given out at the outset. This is in order to render it more convenient on the following day, when taking in the billets, to give to the right coolies the 100 cash for the first load. If these men merely had the small billets, it is to be feared that confusion would arise, and there be no means of ascertaining the rights of the case. Reg. 2d. Since mistakes are made even in the day time in giving out the billets, how much more difficult it must be to distinguish rightly the station-marks on the clothes in the night-time. We have therefore determined, that if the place of the fire be in streets running from north to south, those who give out the billets shall collect the coolies of 4 or 5 stations into one body, and shall give out the billets according as their course lies from N. to S. or S. to N. It being then needless to distinguish the station-mark. Having thus combined 4 or 5 stations into one body, each set will then consist of at least 15 or 16 men. Of the men who give out the billets 4 or 5 will be a sufficient number, and the remainder may be variously employed in the care of the engines, and guarding against the overturning or throwing away of the water by the way, or at the place whence the water is taken. Each one should hold in his hand a long bamboo with a station lantern suspended from it, for convenience in recogni- tion. If the fire be in streets running from east to west then the coolies can in like manner be distinguished by that direction of their course. Reg. 3d. The officers who first reach the place of the fire, shall forthwith give out the billets to the coolies, and when they whose business it is to do so, arrive, they shall previously consult those who first arrived, that they may distinguish between those coolies who have and those who have not yet received the billets, lest they should give again to those who have already received them. Reg. 4th. In the night time the station lantern serves as a mark, all employed by the Institution, and when seen by soldiers or policemen, they will of course be allowed to pass on without obstruc- tion. In the day the long bamboo-billet will answer this purpose, and none will retard their coming or going. The names and surnames of the officers of the Institution for the 23d year of Tíukwáng (1843). General superintendents or managers (six names are here given). Officers of the department for the relief of widows two names). Do. for support of aged (three names). Do. for dispensing of coffins (two names). 412 AvG. The Hall of United Benevolence. Do. for care of burying-ground (two names). Do. for care of drains (one name). Do. for conducting of burials (two names). Do. for charge of registers (one name). Account of contributions by the good and faithful who are pleased to subscribe, for the 23d year of Túukwáng. Cash. Cash. List, &c., by the proprietors of 15,000 the cloth shops.... 52,500 15,000 Ву for the purchase of cof- 1,920 fins,..... 20,000 19,250 15,000 17,700 15,0001 Total amt. of above sub. 171,370 Annual subscriptions for the 23d year of Túukráng. (The names of the subscribers are all individually given here.) 100,000 100,000 10,000 50,000 100,000 20,000 10,000 40,000 100,000 20,000 20,000 88,400 120,000 20,000 100,000 Total 898,400 INTRODUCTION To a call for a liberal subscription for the voluntary ten-cash coffin tickets. The Institution of the Tung-jin ting in our city comprises the four departments of relief for widows, &c.; of these the one for the dis- pensing of coffins can have no fixed yearly account. At the com- mencement of this Institution, fearing lest resources should not be sufficient and anxious lest distress should arise, we came to a deter- mination to adopt the same measures as those used by the Súchau, Kí-shin táng, and the Sung-kháng tung-shen táng, for the supply of coffins by the voluntary 10 cash tickets. We extensively exhorted the good and worthy to take from one to ten of these, according as they felt pleased to assist, but without constraint, so that for each coflin given away they might contribute towards it ten cash for every 10 cash ticket held. Receipts are to be made out at the Institution stating the number of the coffin, with the day, month, and year in which given out. These should be carried round by an officer and the cash collected accord- ingly. Thus the small sums will soon amount to a large aggregate. To those who loosen their purse strings, the sum will be very small; and those whom we would assist may rely on there being no deficiency of the means of doing so. Two registers were prepared, distinguished as the 1st and 2d registers. The collins given out when marked 18.16. 413 The Hall of United Bencvolence. as No. 1 are supplied from tickets collected within the city. Those with No. 2. from collections without the city. Hence there will be a constant succession of subscription and assistance, extending onwards as a flowing stream, arising indeed from the benevolence of those worthy individuals who delight in goodness and the merit of which truly cannot be limited. We, the superintendents of the Tung-jin táng make this public statement and beg that those who are anxious to afford their assis- tance will plainly state their names and places of residence, with the number of tickets, when it shall be entered in the books, in order to facilitate the giving out of the tickets, and bringing in of their products. We respectfully state that the coffins which have for several years been buried in the south burial-ground of the Tung-jin táng, have from age and the action of the wind and rain been destroyed and worn, and the soil gradually wasting and becoming thin. And wher- ever there is any accumulation of water, the white bones are soaked, and those who see it are grieved indeed. We cannot on any accoulit, delay increasing the supply of soil and the raising of the mounds. But of late years the demands upon the contributions have been numerous, and have rendered it difficult to supply this necessary aid. More especially, as the number of coffins there deposited exceed 11,000, and the labour of carrying soil, and raising the mounds is not a small affair. We have therefore taken into consideration, that the 10 cash coffin tickets both of the 1st and 2d register, though nominally 10 cash tickets in point of fact only brought in 5 cash each, and have accordingly determined to intreat all the good and faithful to pay in full 10 cash for every ticket whether of the 1st and 2d register, beginning from the sixth month of this year. Thus may the accumulation of little become much towards the effecting of this object. We are happy that lately the coffins given out have not been numerous, and it will therefore now be easy for the good and the faithful to open their purses. If hereafter the number of deaths should be greater we can then come to the determination of putting a stop to it, and resume the old custom of 5 cash per ticket. The sum spent in this charity is very small, but the merit is very great. We anticipate that all the worthy individuals we address will most gladly assent to this proposition on our statement. In the 7th month of the 17th year of Táukwáng. Statement by the superintendents of Tung-iintang 414 AvG. The Hall of United Benevolence. No.. of tickets. No. of tickets. 142 Total amount of the 10 cash coffin tickets willingly subscribed for by the good and faithful within and without the city, for the 23d year of Táukwáng. Mem. Commencing on the 4th day of the 1st month of this year, with No. 6,016 and ending on the 10th day of the 12th month of this year with No. 4,190, the total number of registered coffins given out is 175. List of subscribers (names originally stated). 9 for ten tickets each,.. 90 12 for four tickets each,... 48 1 for eight tickets,.. 8 10 for three tickets each, 30 1 for seven tickets,. 7 71 for two tickets each,... 1 for six tickets, 9 136 for one each,...... 136 12 for five tickets each,..... 60 527 Cash. Every 10 cash ticket bringing in 1,750 cash, the amount is.......... 922,250 Irregular subscriptions...... 19,770 Sum total of cash receipts by ten eash coffin tickets,.... 942,020 Origin of the regular subscription of the guild of Bean Merchants. The worthy scholars and inhabitants of Shinghái, in consequence of the subscription purchase of the free burial-ground by Tang, the former magistrate of this city, agreed upon adopting the name of the Tung-jin-táng (or United Benevolence Hall) and with noble elevation of mind purchased several halls and rooms for a public place of the Institution. At the commencement in the 9th year of Kiáking, it was determined to do good by the effecting of four objects. The sphere of United Benevolence is very wide, and it is difficult to say where it should begin and where end. As it is, the support of the aged, relief of widows, with the procuring of cofins and burial, are four objects affecting the greatest amount of misery of the living or the dead, and which are also most striking to the eye and wounding to the heart. It is therefore imperative, that with unremitting efforts these should be made their first business. But for such an under- taking the necessary expenditure is very large. Benevolent purposes should be universally upheld. We, of this branch of trade, therefore, fearful, lest at any time our resources for subscriptions should be limited conceived that nothing could be better than to subscribe a small sum according to the supply of the commodity, which would be a plan for the perpetuating of a continual contribution. We accordingly came to a public determination, that from the middle of the 1st month of the present year, with the exception of rice, every description of bean, wheat, pulse, &c, should for every 100 peculs pay a subscription of 14 cash, and the bean-cakes 7 cash for every 100 peculs. This subscription to be paid into the hands of the 1946. The Hall of United Benevolencc. 415 monthly treasurer, according to the monthly supply of the trade, for the public fund of the Tong-jin táng. There may not be the slight- est concealment or diminution, which wouid at once destroy the invariable principle of right on which we wish to act, and if any discovery of fraud should hereafter take pluce, it is determined that a heavy fine and forfeiture shall be the penalty. But as our trade has been gradually flourishing and the objects of the Institution demand of us to supply the deficiency from our surplus, and since also the operations of the Institution are daily extending, it is our humble opinion that the promotion of good and bestowal of blessing tends to increase the prosperity of our trade, and the amount of our monthly subscription is distinctly stated as follows. By unanimous and public agreement in the 8th month of the 20th year of Kiáking (A. D. 1791) we lay on every 100 peculs of pulse 25 cash, and on every 200 peculs of the bean.cake 25 cash. Amount of subscriptions from ike yth of Bean merchants for the 23d year of Tiu?:coing. (The names of 78 shops and their respective subscriptions are here given. The amount of the subscriptions varies very gradually from the sum of 63,541 cash to 30 cash.) Cash. Sum totol of subscriptions, 628,648. Subtract loss on dollars,.. 2,160. Total of receipts, 626.488. At the establishment of the Institution in the 9th year of Kiáking, it comprised the four departments of relief of idows, support of aged, dispensing of coffins, and burial. They were afterwards extended by the support of a free-school, a fund for sparing animal life, the sup- ply of water-buckets and padded clothes, ſor assisting in cases of fire, funeral expenses, the relief of statrving strangers, way-side deaths, and casualties by drowning, all involving a great expenditure. We have been constantly favored, worthy gentlemen, by your donations, annual subscriptions and contributions, besides the voluntary 10 cash coffin tickets, voluntary vagrant tickets, and voluntary padded coat tickets; you have opened your purses and cheerfully aided the effect- ing of all these objects. In the first month of the present year, magistrate opened a Refuge for the board and lodging of destitute, sick, and infirm. This necessarily involved us in a large amount of expenditure and the income was not sufficient to meet the outlay. We have been led to consider how that which is raised by inany, is easily supported, and how the joining of many small pieces, will soon our 410 Aug. The Huli of United Benevolence. make a whole skin. Therefore, as at our instance, the honorable guild of the bean merchants increased their voluntary impost, we respectfully solicit the honorable guilds of the cloth merchants here and in the south district of Tsz' ki in Chehkiáng, to follow the same plan pursued by the bean merchants and to send us in a regular subscription. Thus by consentaneous assistance to so worthy an object it will be perpetuated. The earnest and respectful address of the superintendents of the Tutig-jin táng. The guild of the bean merchants subscribe on eaci 100 peculs of pulse,... 25 Cash, on each 200 peculs of bean-cake,. 25 The guild of lean merchants of Tsz' kí subscribe of current value 100 peculs of pulse 2 fun 5 lí 200 do. bean-cake 2 fun 5 lí The guild of cloth merchants subscribe on every bale ten cash. The guild of cloth merchants of Tsung-ming, both the shop keepers and the travelers, pay 5 cash on each bale. The guild of money changers pay in a monthly subscription. The guild of seed-cotton merchants subscribe on each large bale 2 cash, on each small bale los cash. The guild of the cleansed cotton merchants pay in a inonthly subscription Subscriptions from the guild, of cloth merchants for the 23tl year of Tiukroing. Cush, Cash, Cash, Cash, Cash, 49,550 39,290 9,100 2,600 3,200 2,600 32,200 12,350 8,800 2,690 1,820 1,540 6,500 6,500 5,200 1,200 1,830 1,300 5,200 5,200 5,200 Total of above 222,120 4,550 5,200 5,200 Sub. loss on dollars 1,910 3,900 3,900 2,600 Suin total 220,210 Cash, Subscriptions from the pulse, bcan-cake and salt-pork merchants for the 23d year of Taukwing. (The names of the shops are all given in the original; the subscriptions are pui down in liáng, tsien, fun, and lí, i. e. tuels, mace, cundarcens, cash.) 1. m. C. C. C. C. t. in. C. c. t. m. e. C. 31 2 5 0 6 4 0 10 3 5 6 1 7 0 0 16 2 6 5 4 2 5 0 8 5 0 0 5 1 2 5 14 8 8 0 3 4 0 0 6 0 0 0 8 5 0 13 3 1 3 2 3 6 0 Total 122 8 8 9 1. m. Odd 880 + 400 1,280 Cush. Total amount in cash,.. Also in cash,.. sun total of subscription 188,150 1,280 189,4:30 1846. 417 The Hall of United Benevolence. Subscriptions from the Tsung-ming cloth merchants for the 23d year of T'áukwáng. Cash, Cash, Cash, Cash, Cash, Cash, 27,525 3,570 2,350 3,575 2,650 500 8,405 3,250 1,500 300 5,050 3,175 1,200 Total 86,750 4,500 3,150 750 Deduct loss on dollars 205 4,030 3,100 725 3,950 2,925 525 Sum total of subscription 86,545 Subscriptions from other Tsung-ming cloth merchants for the 23d year of Tiukwing. 51,750 + 18,950 + 16,300 + 10,850 + 6,200 104,0150 Total cash. Monthly subscriptions of the change shops for the (23d year of Táukwung.) Names of subscribers originally given. Amount of 13 months sub... 10,400 do. 10 months,..... 2,000 5 subrs. of 7,800 cash each, 39,000 do. 8 months, 1,600 9 do of 5,20 each. 46,800 do. 6 months,.. 1,200 5 do of 2,600 each.. 13,000 dc. 1 month,.. 200 Amount of months sub. 4,400 do. 12 months,.. 2,400 125,400 do. 11 months, Deduct loss on cash 583 2,200 do. 11 months, 2,200 Sum total of subscription 124,817 Subscriptions of the seed-cotton merchants and monthly subscription of the cleansed-cotton merchants of Nanpang for 23d year of Táukwáng. LIST OF NAMES (omitted) Cash, Cash, and 457 3 1,013 7 830) 2 1,456 6 1,206 2 764 6 1,174 2 522 5 1,824 1,860 4 2,214 1,161 4 1,424 470 4 956 300 3 1,377 60=77,400 19,008 LIST OF MONTHLY SUBSCRIPTIONS. and 815 674 3 815 674 2,020 1,020 2,041) 680 1,361 674 674 6=7,710 11,446 Cash. Subscription....... 19,008 $60=77,400 Monthly do......... 11,446 $6 7,710 Sum total of subscription. 115,564 Monthly subscriptions of the guild of cotton merchants for the 23d year of Taukwang. Cash, Cash, Cash, 11,200 5,600 3,360 3,360 VOL. XV. 1O. VIII. 53 $9 Cash, 418 Alg. The Hall of United Benevolence. 3,360 3,360 3,360 3,360 3,360 2,240 2,240 2,240 2,240 1,680 300 51,260 Deduct loss on cash... 536 Sum total of subscription.... 50,724 Expenditure in the department of relief for widows for the 23d year of Túukwang. (A list of the names of 70 females is here given). Each of 69 of the above mentioned individuals received in full cash 9,100 cash, making a total,.. cash 627,900 No. 45 received in full,.. 4,900 The successor of No. 45 received,.. 4,200 The custom-house relieved in addition 20 persons.. The officers of custom-house also 10 persons... (A list of the names of 30 females extending from No. 71 to No. 100 is here given). Each of the above individuals received in full 9,100 cash, mak. ing a total of...... 273,000 Thus the year's expenditure including the intercalary month in this department is,... 910,000 Expenditure in the department of support of the aged for the 23d year of Táukwáng. (A list of the names of 129 individuals generally females, is here given). One hundred and eleven of the above mentioned individuals each received 7,800 cash, making a total...... cash 865,800 Nos. 14, 27, 40, 63, 101, 130, each received 7,200 cash,...... 43,200 No. 87 received,..... 6,690 The successors of Nos. 17 and 50 each received 6,000 cash,...... 12,000 No. 69, and successor of No. 100 each received 4,800 cash,. 9,600 The successors of Nos. 15 and 39, with Nos. 46 and 77, each received 5,400 cash...... 21,600 Nos. 13, 52, 59, 123 each received 4,200 cash,.. 16,800 The successors of Nos. 13, 52, and 123, with Nos. 59 and 100 each received 3,60) cash 18,000 The successor of No. 69 received cash : 3,000 No. 39 received cash, ........ 2,400 Nos.: 15 and 50, with successor of No. 17, each received 1,800,, 5,400 The successors of Nos. 46 and 87 each received 1,200, 2,100 The successor of Nos. 14, 27, 77, 101, 130, with Nos. 40 and 63 each received 600 cash, 4,200 Ilie officers of the custom-house relieved in addition 10 persons. ( lhe names of 10 persons, from No. 131 to 140, are here given). The above-mentioned individuals each received 7,800 cash, . 78,000 Thus the year's expenditure including the intercalary mouth In this departinent is 1,033,000 Notice of the Jinli iubirriprion, beyond the usual subscriptions to the Tong-jin táng there was Ꭵ& The Hull of United Brnevolence. 419 one anonymous subscriber, who from the 9th year of Kiáking until the end of the 21th annually contributed 1000 taels of copper cashi, the suin total of the same amounting to 16,000 taels, at the rate of 760 copper cash to the tael. The principal was put out to interest; which interest was employed in the relief of a number of widows, and support of the aged. As this number exceeded the fixed limit the individuals composing it were distinguished by a red ticket. For in the two departments of relief of widows and support of aged, our Institution has appointed a fixed number, the names of all being published. If any are removed from the list, their places are supplied by others, but should more be admitted than there are vacancies left, these accumulating for any length of time would far exceed the limited number. And had we not had this subscription, how should we have managed as we have done, since for forty years the red tickets have been given out upon the strength of this Jin-lí resource? During the time of its accumulation, as the capital constantly increas- ed so did the interest, and had there been but the widowed and aged to supply, we need not have anticipated any deficiency. But besides these, the repairing of bridges, paving of streets, and other extraor- diuary calls upon our Institution have been made, which being all worthy objects, must accordingly be supplied by our funds. Inde- pendently of these too, there are perquisites, and other small sums at- tendant upon the conducting of business, of which no regular annual estimate can be made, and for which in the course of management the money must be at hand. We contracted debts against the prin- cipal which for several years successively we were obliged to repay. At first we used only the interest, but eventually made use of the principal itself, as the amount of this decreased, so did the interest, but the red ticket charity still exists. Henceforward therefore the Jin-li subscription must not be asked for. (N. B. The detailed ac- counts are all open to investigation.) And beginning from this, the 234 year of Táukwáng we should have taken the red tickets into the stated number, and devised other plans for meeting the expen- diture, but that we hoped that you, worthy and benevolent gentlemen, would recall to mind, that the present lack of funds in our Institu- tion will be made still more deficient by the addition of the 20 widows and 100 aged persons of the red tickets, and that you would all contribute according to individual ability and means, that all may go on as heretofore, and necessity for the alteration be removed. The merit of so dong would be truly unbounded. This is our declaration 420 Aug. The Hall of United Benevolence. INI Expenditure in the relief of widows, of the red tickets, for the 23d year of Táukwang. (A list of 17 names is here given), The above 17 persons each received in full 9,100 cash, making a total of....... cash 154,700 No. 107 received,. 7,000 Nos. 101, 117 each received 5,600 cash, 11.200 The successors of Nos. 101, 117 each received 3,500 cash,... 7,000 The successors of No. 107 received cash.......... 2,100 'Thus the year's expenditure, including the intercalary month, of the red ticket in this department is,... 182,000 Expenditure in the support of aged, of the red ticket for the 23d year of Táukwung. (A list of 94 names is here given.) The above 94 persons each received cash in full 7,800 cash, making a total of... cash 733,200 The successors of Nog. 62, 97, and 100 each received 6,600 cash, 19,800 No. 50 received....... 6,000 The successor of No. 70 received, 4,800 No. 22 received,.. 4,200 The successor of No. 22 received, 3,600 No. 70 received,.. 2,400 Nos. 62, 97, each received 1,200 cash, 2,400 The successors of Nos. 50, 100, each received 600 cash......... 1,200 Thus the year's expenditure, including the intercalary month, of the red ticket in this department is.. 777,600 Account of burial expenses in the department of support of uged for the 23d year of Táukwing. (A list of 22 names is here given). The above 22 persons each received 1,400 cash for burial ex- penses, making a total of........ 30,800 Account of burial expenses in the department of relief of widows, for the 23d year of Táukwang. (The names of 3 persons are given). The above 3 persons each received 2,100 cash, making a total of 6,300 Account of coffins dispensed during the 23d year of Tiukwáng. No. of tickets. 1st month beginning with No. 6,016 ending with No. 6 033,.... 18 2d .No. 6034 6,044, 11 3d 6,045 6,055, 11 4th 6,056 6,069, 14 5th 6,070 6,080, 11 6th 6,081 6,098, 18 6,099 11 71h intercalary 6,110 6,125, 16 8th 6 126 6,140, 9th 6,141 6,153, 13 2 7th 6 109, 15 422 Aug: The Hall of United Benevolence. Account of burials in the northwest new burial ground for the 23d year of Túukwung, NB. The coolie hire and burial expenses of every large coffin annount to 140 cash, of every small 70 cash. From the 1st to the 12th month inclusive. 549 large coffins, hire, &c.... cash 76,860 157 fir-plank coffin,.. 21,980 373 small coffins, 26,110 42 large coffins removed,.. 5,880 35 do. making up graves of,... 4,900 13 sinall coffins do do 910 Sum total of expenditure for burying, remov- ing, and making up graves of coffins,...... 136,640 Miscellaneous expenses connected with the burial-ground for the 23d year of Taukwang. Annual collecting and depositing of broken coffin wood and bone-jars, cash 87,440 Burial dress given out with the Or-plank coffins, with coolie hire, 22,260 Tobacco, paper money and coolie hire for the three annual fes- tivals in the north and south burial-grounds...... 87,901 Reciting prayers, tobacco, purchase of 14,000 bundles of paper money in the new burial-ground on the 15th day of the in- tercalary month,.. 25,494 108 stone tablets,.. 21,600 2200 common bricks,... 2,094 Bone-jar covers, plaster for closing them up and cotton wool,... 14,110 85 bone chests, 42,500 Mending paling and trimming hedge, 5,074 Painting and repairing the burial-ground house, 15,100 Purchase of iron spades forks, corns, and poles,....... Close of the year, 2 taels to the constable, 4 candareen and 4 fun to the book keeper,... 1,904 Wages and food of the lodge keeper,.... 9,100 Miscellaneous expenses for rice, pasting, tea and charcoal,... 55,820 Sum total as above,..... 397,025 6,636 Names of individuals and account of burials with expenses for lime and labor, for the 23d year of Táukwúng. (The particulars as specified in the three first examples, are in the original given with each.) Wang, 1 large and two small coffins, 4 peculs of mortar and 6 coolies hire with labor. Buried in the 12th Tú of the 25th Táu,.. cash 4,712 Wú, 1 large ooffins, 2 peculs of mortar, 4 coolies and labor hire. Buried in 12th Tú of the 25th T'áu,.... Cháu, 1 ccoffin, 24 peculs of mortar, 24 coolies and labor hire, 1 bone chests. Buried in the 4th Tú of the 25th Táu, 27,692 2,496 1.16 123 The Hull United Benevolence Tag. coftins, Wang, 1 Kwang, 1 Hlwan, 2 Tsien, 1 Fany, 4 Tsiai, 1 Clau, 1 Chang: 1 Wung, 1 TA11g, 1 large 1 sinall, Chang, 2 Yang, 1 Shi, 3 Clau, 5 coffins, 6 hone.jars, Kú, Lul, 1 Ilo, 2 Sin, 1 Fan, 5 Hlwang, 3 Láu, 3 Jin, 1 Tsu, Wei, 3 Yang, 1 Chih, 4 large, 1 sınall, E, 2 Chang, 1... Wang, 3 large 2 bone chests. Li, 1 Ho, 2 large, 3 bone chests,. Sin, 2 King 3 Luh, 1 Ku, 3 Total. 9,524 2,496 2,496 4,432 2,216 8,408 2,496 2,496 2,216 2,216 3,295 4,292 2,496 7,488 10, 6,753 2,496 5,058 2,496 11,472 7,068 7,140 2,496 2,342 6,508 2,496 10,182 4,896 2,216 6,508 2,570 6,617 4,765 7,902 2,846 6,928 214,087 ) Amount of elpenditure for sheds in cases of way-side deaths or drowning, for the 23 year of Táukwáng. Case of death by crushing a't erection: of shed and small sedan chair............ cash 6,200 Way side death near the Kwanjir pavilion; erection of shed and small sedan ehair, 6,200 Boat expenses of the offieer in superintending way side deaths for repoiling the occurrence of such, 3,414 1846. 125 The Ilall of United Benevolence. Purchase money of refreshments on three occasions, 28,080 Door keeper and other servants' wages and food,.. 34,560 Presents at the close of the year, to constable 4 taels, do.'s as- sistant 1 tael 2 candareens, watchman 200 cashı, head of the too, 4 candareens, and public registrer 4 candareens, ser- vants 1500 cash, and to Fung-tá 2 taels,.. 7,1140 Watchman's wages, . 13,000 Labor and materials for repairs of water gates and bridges,.... 79.940 Labor and materials for changing the foot of the 6 lí bridge at Pu-tung,.. 58,678 Making the Chang family bridge and the Wu-kiá bridge, clear- ing off the account over and above that defrayed by the subscription for the purpose, . 70,000 Labor and ingredients for painting 7 bridges, 42,8:39 Lamp-oil for the the water gate,.. 7,900 Miscellaneous expenses in the management of public business, 64,957 Presents to the bearers of subscriptions,- 4,916 Loss upon copper cash and dollars,.. 13,235 Total,..... 1,661,838 Extra expenditure on account of the Tsung k{ Hall, for the 23d year of Tiukuing In the department of relief for widows. The names of 4 persons are here given, each person having re- ceived 4,550 cash, ..... 12,200 In the department of support of aged. The names of 6 persons are here given, each person having re- ceived 3,900 cash,.. 2:3, 100 To two sick persons, 1,100 Total,.. 1:3,000 Table of income for the 23d year of Trukwing from the Ist to the 12th month inclusive. Contributions by the good and faithful,. cash 171,370) Annual subscriptions of do..... 898,4:0 Custom-house, 182,01)0 Officers of custom-louse, . 169,008) Receipts from 10 cash coffin tickets,. 9.12,020 Guild of bean merchants,. 626,182 Pulse, bean-cake, and salt-pork shops, 189,13:) Guild of cloth merchants,. 220,210 Guild of Tsung-ining do.. 86,545 do. do. 104,050 Monthly subscriptions of change shops, 124,817 do. otraw-cotton merchants,... 115,561 do. of guild of cleansed cotton merchants,. 50,721 Received from Flang Liu Union Hall,.. 2,000,000 Yearly interesť of the A-jih-kin subscription,. 70,000 VOL. XV. No Vili, 1361 All. List of Foreign Residents in Canton. Rental uf' housis adjoining the Institution,. 13,600) Total of income,.. 5,961,218 Table of outlay for the 23d year of Taukwang, from 1st to 12th inonth inclusive In the department of relief for widows,. cash 910,000 In the department of support of aged, 1,089,000 Red ticket, relief for widows,... 182,000 Red ticket, support of aged,.. 777,600 Relief for widows, expenses of sickness, deaths, and burials,. 6,300 Sipport of aged do. do. do. 30,800 Dispensing of coffins,. 754,800 Dispensing of coffins for hire, mortar, paper, paste and labor. 55,512 Coolie hire at burials,. 136,640 Miscellaneous burial-ground expenses,. 397,025 Lime and labor in do. 214,087 Water supplied in case of fire,.. 95,833 Sheds, &c., for way-side deaths, &c.. 28,744 Miscellane' us expenses of the Institution,. 1,069,838 On account of the Tsung Kí Hall,.. 43,000 Free school expenses, 97,501 Total of outlay, 5,8-8,680 Surplus of preceding year,- 707,503 Present year's income, 5,964,218 Present year's outlay,. 5,888,680 Surplus funds... 783,041 The balance shect for the 24th ycur of Táukwung gives the following result Surplus funds for preceding 22d, 23d, year,. 783,041 Present year's income,. 5,677,495 Present year's outlay, 5,487,504 Surplus funds, 973,032 ART. VI. List of foreign resident's in Canton, August Anno Domini eighteen hundred and forty-six. LWAN-HUNG KAI. No. 3, and 4. kpv. T. T. Devan, m. D. BOUSTEAD & Co. Edward Boustead. Danish Hong, or 'l'E-UING KAI. Martin Wilhelmy. No. 1. Edward Burton Kali's lloji. No. 5. No. 2 woy's llotil, S E Piattolo. No. 6 R. VcGregor M. Fun & Co 1846. 427 List of Foreign Residents in Canton. Martin Ford. Y. J. Murrow. Candido D. Ozorio, C. G. Clarke. No. 7. No. 6. HUGHESNON & Co. BENJAMIN SEARF & Co. Charles Hughesdon and family. Benjamin Seare. Henry Rutter. J. L. Man. William Rutter. Spanish Hong. No. 8. HENRY Moul & Co. Edward Vaucher. Henry Moul. No. 9. John Silverlock. Arthur Agassiz. George Moul. Edmund Moller. No. 10. FRENCH Hong. No. 1. Rev. Dyer Ball, M. D. and family. No. 11. George Barnet Saliman Taramamat. William Barnet. Amarsachara. H. Wiltshire. No. 2. Assam Usmar. Abdalah Molina. Bovet, BROTHERS & Co. No. 12. Louis Povet. Thomas Hunter, surgeon. Fritz Bovet. Alexis Bugnon. No. 13. No. 3. Maneckjee Bomanjee. No. 15. PESTONJEE FRAMJEE CAMA & Co. REYNVAAN & Co. Maneckjee Nanabhoy. H. G. T. Reynvaan. Rustomjee Framjee. L. Carvalho. Bomanjee Muncherjee. Limjeebhoy Jemsetjee. M. J. Senn Van Basel. Merwanjee Pestonjee. A. P. Tromp. Cowasjee Pestonjee. No. 4. T. D. Bulsing. T. B. Rodrigues. Noor MAHOMET DHATOOBHOY & Co, Thawerbhoy Allam. L. Wysman. Nanjeebhoy Hassam. Mahomed Thawer. No. 16. Rev. E. C. Bridgman, d. D. and family. Careem Mawjee No. 5. Rev. James G. Bridgman. S. W. Bonney. AMMEROODEEN & SHAIK Davood. Shumgoodeen Abdoollaliff. Joaquim dos Anjos Xavier. Jafurbhoy Budroodeen. New Hong, or South TE-HING Kai. Shaik Hussun Shaikaminud. No. 1. Nuzmoodeen Shojaully. Elias Husan. Surrufully Chadabhoy. Amed Ularucken. Shaik Munsoor Nezamully. No. 2 No. 6. Sureefcan Canjee. P. & D. NESSERWANJEE CAMAJEE. Cursetjee Hormusjee. Pestonjee Nowrojee Pocha wjee. Joomabhoy Jewraj. Dorabjee Nesserwanjee Cainajee. Easack Allymamed. Hormusjee Nesserwanjee Pochawjee. No. 7. Soomejee Visram. Mohummudully Motabhoy. Daya Jamal. Shaiktyab Furžoolla. Dosabhoy Mawjee. Shak Ebrahim Moolla. Ne. 3. Saboo Tyeb. A. R. B. Moses, Moloo Noormamed. No. 8, and 9. Sulaman Tarmamed. AUGUSTINE HEARI) & Co. Hasum Ismael. George B. Dixwell. Oiner Suchadian. John Heard No. 5. Joseph L. Roberts. MIRROW & Co. Oliver E. Roberts. 428 Aug. List of Foreign Residents in Canton. C. H. Brinley. R. H. Douglass. New FRENCH HONG. John Miller. No. 1. A. A. RITCHIE & Co. S A. Seth. A. A. Ritchie. Henry M. Olmsted. L. M. de Souza. Charles F. Howe. M. E. de Souza. No. 3. j. de Souza. Ripley Smith & Co. No. 2. Philip W. Ripley and family. HENDERSON, WATSON & Co. R. Ellice. J. P. Watson. Henry H. Smith. S. Tackenzie. No. 4. A. Thorne. C. S. Compton & Co. No. 5. Charles S. Compton, B. Kenny, surgeon, and family. Charles Sanders. Florencio do Rozario. A. E. H. Campbell. No. 6. VANDER Burg RomsWINCKEL & Co. PAUSAUN Hong. P. Tiedeman jr. No. 1. F. H. Tiedeman, Isaac M. Bull. D. Vander Burg. E. Dyer Vinton. No. 2. MINGQUA's Hong. HASTING & Co. No. 1. William Hasting. James Church. James Whittall. William Stirling. John Bellamy. William Gilbert. No. 3. George de St. Croix. JAMES CROOKE & MASSEY, No. 2. James Crooke. CHALMERS & Co. W. R. Snodgrass. Patrick Chalmers. J. T. Cuvellier. James Dickson Park. No. 4. No. 3. HEERJEEBHOY ARDASEER & Co. LINDSAY & Co. Heerjeebhoy Hormusjee. T. Buxton. Ardaseer Rustomjee. H. D. Margesson. Cursetjee Hosenjee. MINGQUA's New Horg. No. 1. Dadabhoy Pestonjee. John N. Alsop Griswold. Manackjeə Pestonjee. H. H. Warden. Manackjee Cowasjee. Pestonjee Rustomjee. W. Buckler. No. 5. John Sayre jr. Cowasjee Shapoorjee Lungrana. No. 2. Nesserwanjee Dorabjee Mehta. CARLOWITZ HARKORT & Co. Pestonjee Byramjee Colah. Richard Carlowitz, Framjee Shapoorjee Lungrana. Bernhard Harkort. Pestonjee Jamsetjee Motiwalla. No. 3. Rustomjee Pestonjee Motiwalla. William PUSTAU & Co. Dossabhoy Hormusjee. William Pustau. Ruttunjee Framjee. Edward Cramer. Dadabhoy Jemsetjee. Ruttunjee Dossabhoy Modie. AMERICAN HONG. Merawanjee Eduljee. No. 1 and 2. Framjee Hormusjee. OLYPHANT & Co. Horni usjee Jamsetjee Nauders. Williain H. Morss. No. 6. Richard P. Dana. Dent & Co. James A. Bancker. Archibald Campbell. Frederick A. King. Daniel J. Johnson. Dayid O. King James Bowman 1846. 429 List of Foreign Residents in Canton. IMPERIAL HONG No. 1 and 2. WETMORE & Co. Nathaniel Kinsman. William Moore. Stephen T. Baldwin. George H. Lamson. T. Gi.tins. William H. Gilman. Jacob C. Rogers. Manoel Simoens. Arnaldo Botelho. J. E. Munsell. No. 3. George Lyall. Francisco da Silveira. No. 3. Samuel Marjoribanks, surgeon. Athanazio de Souza. No, 4. ORIENTAL BANK. No. 5. Gibb LJVINGSTON & Co. J. Gibbons Livingston. John Skinner. George Gibb. W. H. Wardley. No. 6. DIROM GRAY & Co. W. W. Dale. C. Ryder. J. Hodgson. A. Gray. D. W. McKenzie. No. 5. TIERS, BOURNE & Co. H. F. Bourne. R. P. De Silver. James P. Rousseau. OLD ENGLISH COMPANY. No. 1. NYE, PARKIN & Co. William W. Parkin. Clement D. Nye. Thomas S. H. Nye. Timothy J. Durrell. Julius Kreyenhagen. Joaquiin P. Van Loffelt. A. V. Barretto. No. 2. RATHBONES WORTHINGTON & Co. James Worthington F. Duval. Domingos P. Simoens. No. 3. JAMIESON, Huw & Co. J. F. Edger. Alexander Walker. Richard Rothwell. No. 4. MACVICAR & Co. Thomas David Neave. Thomas C. Piccope. No. 5. DALLAS & Co. Stephen Ponder. Frederick Chapman. John Butt. No. 6. GILMAN & Co. R. J. Gilman. Levin Josephs. W. H. Vacher. J. Williams. A. J. Young CHAUCHAU HONG. No. ). D. & M. RusTOJJEE & CO. Dhunjeebhoy By ramjee. Jamoojee Nusserwanjee. Jamsetjee Eduljee. Dadabhcy Hosunjee. Muncherjee Eduljee. Nusserwanjee Ardaseer. Nusserwanjee Dhunjeebhoy. Cursetjee Dhunjeebhoy. Balunjee Nuserwanjee. Fortunato F. Marques. No. 2. Rustomjee Byramjee Cursetjee Rustomjee Daver. Pestonjee Dinshowjee. Sweedish Hong. No. 1, 2, and 3. Russell & Co. Paul S. Forbes. W. H. King. George Perkins. E. A. Low. S. J. Hallam. F. Reiche. M. G. Meredith. Segismundo J. Rangel. Pedro Joze da S. Loureiro, jr. C. V. Gillespie W.0, Comstock. C. Agabeg. No. 4. John D. SWORD & Co. John B. Trott. Edward Cunningham. Rev. Peter Parker, M.D., ind fain. Dhunjeebhoy Framjee. 430 AUG List of Foreign Residents in Cunton. : No. 3. Maneckjee Cooverjee. Cowasjee Pallanjee. Cooverjee Bomanjee. B. & N. HORMOJEE. Cowasjee Framjee. Burjorjee Hormojee. Sapoorjee Bomanjee. DADABHOY NussERWANJEE Mody&Co. No. 4. Nusserwanjee Bomnanjee Mody. Cursetjee Pestonjee Cama. Munchersaw Musserwanjee Mody. Rustomjee Ruttonjee. Rustomjee Dadabhoy Camajee. No. 5. Dhunjeebhoy Hormerjee. Dadabhoy Burjorjee. Burjorjee Sorabjee. TURNER & Co. Dhunjeebhoy Dadabhoy. P. Dudgeon. Sorabjee Byramjee Calah. E. H. Levine. Ardaseer Furdoonjee. A. Small. No. 6. KENNEDY MacGREGOR & Co. Aga Meerza Boozrug. George C. Bruce. Aga Merrza Mahomed. Henry R. Hardie. New ENGLISH FACTORY. Fischer & Co. BELL & Co. Maximilian Fischer. Alfred Wilkinson. W. A. Meufing. J. Mackrill Smith. Edward Reimers. Thurston Dale. Stephen K. Brabner. Richard Gibbs. DAVID SASSOON Sons & Co. Francis Wilkinson. Eliaoo D. Sassoon. HOLLIDAY, WISE & Co. Abdalah David Sassoon. John Wise. Dahood Moses. Roger Jackson. Agostinho de Miranda. John Shepard. Nesserwanjee Byramjee Fackeerajee. Bateson. Nesserwanjee Framjee. R. Bremridge. Aspenderjee Tamojee. MACLEAN, DEARIE & Co. Francis B. Birley. R. R. Culvert. H. C. Read. KWANG-LEE Hong. R. F. Thorburn. JARDINE MATHESON & Co. J. L. Maclean. David Jardine. Jehengeer Framjee. R. H. Rolfe. Marciano da Silva. A. da Silveira. John T. Mounsey. BLENKIN, RAWSON & Co. William Blenkin. BRITISH CONSU I. ATE. A. J. Croom. Francis C. Macgregor. Henry Balkwill. John Backhouse. Patrick McCarte. Thomas T. Meadows. William Brown. J. A. T. Meadows. Francis A. Layton. Edward F. Giles. EDULJEE FRAMJE E Sons & Co. WHAMPOA ANCHORAGE. Bomanjee Eduljee. Henry Holgate, surgeon. Dadabhoy Eduljee. Thomas Hunt. Nathonial Beaed. RUTTONJEE HORMUSJE E CAMAJEE&Co. Ruttonjee Hormusjee Camajee. TUNG-SHIH KOK, Sorabjee Framjee. Rev. I. J. Roberts. 18:16. 131 Journal of Occurrences. Art. VII. Journal of Occurrences; the late riot; a murderous attack; the Nenesis; Chinese soldiers ; ragabonds and foul condition of the streets ; chuplain for Whampon; annual meeting of the Morrison Educution Society; relief of destitute sick foreigners in China; consulates; evacuation of Chusan; Ningpu; Roman Catholic missionarics ; revision of the Chinesc version of the New Testument. Affairs at the provincial city remain as they were for the most part. The official correspondence regarding the late riot has been kept secret. Well-informed Chinese declare that ten or twelve of the rioters were shot dead and double that number wounded. On the 25th ult., a murderous attack was made on a small party of foreigners. They were in a hong-boat, returning from a short excursion on Honám, when, as they were passing through a creck, gangs of ruffians furiously assailed them with brickbats and stones. * The forcign deyils have killed our people and we will kill you to re- venge their death;" these and many similar words they used; and, suiting the action to the language, they tried hard to effect the deadly purpose, heedless of remonstrances on the part of the boatmen and the foreigners. When the boat passed under the stone bridge (the Máchung kiau) they threw down a shower of heavy stones, quite enough to have sunk the boat and destroyed the whole party in it. But in their fury most of them missed their aim. The boat, however, when it had passed the bridge, was alınost a wreck, and only two of the seven boat-men were at their posts, all of them having been hit, and one received a deep gash in the forehead by a sharp tile. One stone, brought off, weighed 85fIbs. Two things should be noted particularly in judging of this attack: the party in the boat had not been into the village and had given no offense; the assailants only knew that they were foreigners, and as such determined to kill them to revenge what had been done at an- other time and in another place. The steamer Nemesis has for some days past been anchored near the factories, and it seems to be the almost univeral wish of the for- eign community that she, or some other vessel, remain here. Most of the Chinese soldiers have been withdrawn from the vicinity of the factories; and all manner of hucksters are congregating, and filth and vermite accumulating, in the adjacent streets-just as they were before the late riot! A chaplain from the Seamens Friend Society is expected soon to arrive at Whampoa, where we know he will be most welcome. The next annual meeting of the Morrison Education Society, ac- cording to the Society's constitution, will be held the last Wednes- day, of Sep. the 30th prox. The Society has now existed ten years, and we trust its friends will erelong place it on a basis commens- rate with the demands for such education as it is designed to give. The Institution is worthy of every support, and we hope it will long continue a growing and glorious monument not only of the Morris sons but also of the united-benrrotence of many of a like spirie 13. Journal of Occurrences. With pleasure we republish the minutes of a meeting, recently held in Hongkong Minutes of a meeting of the inhabitants of Hongkong, held pursuant to public notice, on Monday the 13 July, 1846, at the house of Henry Robert Harker, esq., to take into consideration, the desirability of forming a fund for the relief of sick and destitute foreigners in Hongkong, (the word foreign- ers to include natives of every country excepting China,) and to consult on the best means of carrying such a project into effect. The Rev. V. Stanton was in the chair. After a preliminary address by the chairman- 1. It was proposed by Dr. Dill, and carried unanimously, that a fund be formed by public contribution for the purpose for which this meeting was convened, and that it be designated the “ Fund for the relief of sick and de- stitute foreigners.” 2. It was moved by Mr. Carr, and carried by acclamation, that the Rev. V. Stanton be appointed Secretary to the fund. 3. It was moved by Mr. Cairns, seconded by Mr. Goddard, and carried unanimously, that the following gentlemen he appointed a Commitee of man- agement, with power, to add to their numbers if requisite :- The Rev. Vin- cent Stanton, John Stewart, esq., Frederick T. Bush, esq., lieut. William Pedder, John Carr, esq., William F. Bevan, esq. 4. Moved by Mr. Harker, seconded by Dr. Dill, and carried unanimously, that the Managers of the Oriental Bank he requested to act as Treasurers. 5, Moved by Mr. D. Matheson, seconded by Mr. Bush, and carried una- nimously, that the Coinmittee of management be requested to raise, by subs- criptions and donations, the sum requisite for carrying into effect the object of ihe meeting 6. Moved by Dr. Dill, seconded by Mr. Goddard, and carried unanimous- ly, that the Editors of the local papers be requested to publish the minutes of this meeting and the list of subscribers, and the annual reports of the Com- mittee of management. Thanks having been by acclamation voted to the chairman, the meeting was dissolved. C. B. HILLIER, Secretary to the mecting, Numerous changes are being made in the British consulates: Mr. Jackson goes to Fuhchau; Mr. Alcock to Shanghái; and Mr. Thom to England. Mr. Wolcott has been appointed U. S. A. consul at Shanghái. The following we copy from the China Mail. PROCLAMATION. The Island of Chusan, having been restored to the emperor of China in conformity with Treaty engagements, is no longer to be considered as one of those ports or places with which trade is perinitted. British subjects are there- fore warned that after the departure of Her Majesty's 98th Regiinent, which is fixed for the 22d instant, any persons resorting to the Island, or to any of its dependencies, will become liable to the penalties provided by the 4t.11 ar- ticle of the Supplementary Treaty. GOD SAVE TIE QUEEN. J. F. Davis, Giren on board H. M.'s St. V. Vulture this 16th day of July, 1846. [True copy} A. R. JOHNSTON. We have recent letters from Ningpo, and intended to give some extracts. Foreigners there enjoy a good climate and much liberty. Alomst every monthly mail brings accounts of new appointments of Catholic missionaries for China, many of them Jesuits. On the revision of the Chinese version of the New Testament, we have ou hand some communications which shall soon appear. 434 Sep. Chinese Views of Intoxicating Liquor. is the most ancient and sacred of all their books. It is regarded as containing, in embryo, every thing worth knowing, and every son of Hán holds it in as high estimation as the Christian does his Bible. It contains "the quintessence of Chinese literature and the great mass of native writers have formed their diction according to its pattern." The term used for wine, tsiú, 175, is applied to all kinds of intoxi- cating liquor, not excepting beer, cider, &c. Distilled spirits, made from a species of glutinous rice, called no-mei Fra * appears to have been known early in the history of the Chinese, as is evident from the mention of that liquor, and its disastrous effects in the old records of the empire. The Yau Hioh, 31 ascribes the making of wine to Tú Kúng, tŁ Among the outside nations, the honor of this invention is awarded to foreigners in the northen regions, who flourished in the time of Tá Yü, tor Yu the Great, B.C. 2205. Another account mentions the name of I-tih, IK, the inventor. The history of it is thus laconic and prophetic." In the time of Yi, I-tih invented wine; Yü drank it. He had no sooner tasted it, than he banished I-teih, and prohibited the use of wine, saying, af. ter-ages will make use of it to ruin the country.” Never was prophecy more true or striking. Almost every page of Chinese history is a com. mentary on this sage remark of the celebrated Yü. The best part of the story is, that he himself ever after abstained from the use of wine. Mencius, who flourished 1766 years after Yii, in praising the worthies of antiquity for some one particular virtue, selects this as the theme of his praise of the celebrated Yü. His language is, “ Yü detested the taste of wine, but loved virtuous words." The arrack or søn shu at present in constant use among the peo. ple is distilled from rice, and seems to be used in moderation. Very seldom is a drunkard seen reeling along the streets of China. There are no wine-shops or taverns where the people may resort for intoxica- tion. All the drinking is done at home, or in private circles of friends and aoquaintances. The great source of intemperance is opium, the use of which is increasing to an alarming exent, and plunging hundreds and thousands into irretrievable ruin. The disas- trous effects of the use of opium, in a country so thickly settled as China, must be great, beyond all calculation. We see but little of its doings, because we are so much shut out from the people. Could we have constant intercourse among all classes, go into families, enter private abudes, we would no doubt find that a large amount of the 1846. 435 Chinese Views of Intoricatıny Liquor. pauperism, crime, disease and death may be traced to this prolific source. And I entertain not a doubt that you and your readers will unite with me in the opinion that it is only by banishing the “ black mud" from China, together with the whole family of intoxicating liquors, that we can hope for success in introducing true knowledge, science, and the Christian religion among its multitudinous inha- bitants. As a specimen of the style of the Shú King, I send a literal transla- tion of the text. This may be of use to students of Chinese, while the more free rendering will serve for the general reader. I also add so much of thc commentary as is necessary to elucidate the text. In many places the meaning is very clear, while in others the sense is obscure in the extreme. This is the fault of the whole work, and would lead us often to suppose that the Chinese characters comprising it were thrown together at random, or that the prince of Chinese literature, Confuci- us, who composed it from ancient records, performed the stupendous work in a very summary way. However that may be, the work should be read by every Chinese scholar as containing a vast variety of original ideas and principles which to the very end of the existence of human society, will continue to constitute the basis of good go- vernment. M. N. N. Canton Sep. 1st 1846 (1) 15 語 ​THE WINE ANNOUNCEMENT. (2) El AH 大命​于 ​妹 ​The king thus said, “Make clear the great order in Mei Text. 1. The wine announcement, or speech of Wú wang on wine, B. C. 1120. 2. The king addressing Kangshuh, or Fung, said to this effect. “ Make clear manitestation of (my) great injunction to the city of Mei. COMMENTARY, 1. Cháu, of the Shang dynasty becoine inaddened with wine, and the em- pire was corrupted by him. Mei-tú the capital city of Shang was the more deeply polluted with this wickedness. Wa wang took this territory, and con- ferred it on Kúngshuh. Hence he composed a warning to instruct him. 2. Mii pang is what the book of Odes called Mei hiang. 436 Chinese Views of Intoxicating Liquor SEP. 8 (3) Th 穆 ​# E 肇 ​city. Your venerable predecessor Wan wang, founded 國​,在​西 ​土​歌 ​誰 ​I a kingdom in the western land, and announced a warning (to) all #6 + SAP the states, all the offices, together with the assistants (&) managers 1 17 he 弦 ​酒 ​of business, morning evening saying, (for) sacrifices, (is) this wine; Hotel F # only Heaven sent down the decree at first (for) my people Tī ml (4) B El on account of the great sacrifices. Heaven's sending down inflictions # Ę 用​大亂​喪 ​德​亦 ​(on) my people (&) causing great rebellions destruction of virtue, also 問​,非​消 ​FT # tito * # notis it not wine only does it? And small large Pre 71 非​酒​,惟 ​$(5)* being lost, also is not wine the sole fault? Wan states not 3. “ Your venerable predecessor, Wan wáng, founded a kingdoni in the western land, and warned and cautioned all the states, all the officers -- together with the assistants and managers, morning and evening, saying, in sacrifices use this wine. Heaven only sent down che degree at list for our people (to make wine) on account of the great sicrifices. 4. “Heaven's sending down inflictions on our people, and causing formidable rebellions (among the people), and the destruction of virtue, is invariably on account of wine: only that does it. And the calise of the ruin of small and large states (by princes) is also invariably on account of wine. That is the sole fault. 3. Wan wáng morning and night warned them saying: in arranging sacrifices, then use this wine. Heaven originally permitted people to invent wine only on account of the great sacrifices. All the states of the western regions were far removed from the capital of Sháng. Wan wang in his warn- inys also repeatedly making wine the subject of his cactions, then we may know wliat kind of a city the capital of Shang was. Wan warg was western Jord, and hence he warned all the states. 4. The calamity which wine causes men is considered as heaven's inflice tion. Trouble and disarder are also perfected by heaven. The desi i uction of virlue by the people, and the ruin of states by princes are both caused by wine. 1846. Chinese Views of Intoricating Liquor 437 王 ​諧 ​教 ​小 ​子​有​正 ​wáng announced instructions to the small children have correct 有事 ​無 ​藥 ​酒 ​越 ​庶 ​國 ​國​飲 ​hava business. Do not forever wine it and all states drink 惟 ​將 ​無​醉​(6) 惟​日 ​only at sacrifices. Virtuously take it. Dont get drunk. Also said, 我 ​民 ​迪小子 ​性​土​物 ​愛 ​my people lead on little children, only land things to esteem 厥​心 ​藏 ​聰 ​祖考​之​疑 ​临 ​and heart correct. Readily listen to ancestor ' 's constant 越 ​大 ​德 ​小 ​子 ​性 ​instructions and small great virtue, little children, only (7) 妹​土 ​爾​股 ​肽 ​純 ​Mei land continue your legs magnify 其​藝 ​泰​樱 ​奔 ​走 ​事 ​厥 ​考 ​the art millet grain. Hurry to serve your fathers one. arms run 5. “Wan wang instructed the youth, the office-holders, and men of business, thus; "Dont be constantly guzzling wine. And let the occasion of a national drinking be when sacrifices are offered, and then use it moderately so as not to become intoxicated." 6. Also he said, “Let our people led on their children only to esteem the productions of the soil, and their views will be correct. Let them attentively listen to the constant instructions of their pre- decessors, and let the youth look upon virtue in small and in great matters as only one and the same. 7. "Oh ye inhabitants of Mei, exert yourselves in magnifying the art of raising miller (husbandry). Hasten to serve your fathers and el- 11 5. « Little children is a designation of young persons, Because their blood and breath are not settled, and they are inore easily deluded by wine to the ruin of their virtue, llierefore Wan wang, especially announced instruction to them. 6. Wan wang says, our people also should constantly instruct, and lead on their sons and grandsons to regard only the productions of tire scil, to be dili- ɛent in sowing and reaping, and cultivating the land, without doing any thing else ; then what their hearts maintain will be correct, and virtue will da:ly increase. . Those who are sons and grandsons should also wholly